• ………… . ، ، ،*** 2. -º. ¿ …» «.ſãº： .T.§ . ' , -, , ， : •,，, ºs. TĚ ： • • • » ： s’. ºg z）}） . . aevºs *（.*' + |× *）. L（s， 2 %§ ºz. :-（, s. *** ~ ~~~~----- ---- ！”. × × × ， ， ）ae ： , ， º：~º.|-！·|- |-: ， ， , „s, e º--~~~~،L-（º _' + º ： · * *~~· ،ſ · · *،∞ſ-a ），” …... * *F （ ）~：~-* * * · ·' .~~ • • • • • • • • • • × （-3°）， º.º… »， «… ~~ ~~~~ ~~~~ ~ ~~~~ ~ ~ ~,~~~wsaes=~---º， ， ）ºº！！！ ：-） ----><！-- .-. ".……！--…ſex, ººr --， -… （…ºs，Ķs）.* （ （！ _** - ）ſae *^*'^®-· ----”-- -~~ £ș%-•· ：* - * *----§， 3: ***º-º-º--- »~*** ~，~~~~****** ~~~）; ∞,∞， -∞∞∞ --~~:：~~= } ：r. º º… *× . . . . . . . . . … ”-F; */ ****** • • • ** * ~=+ ， ！ *， ， , … * .*--（ ） ſ.º.ººº， ºsºvº: º, , , ！º.º.º. --~~ şºv -- -*--><！-- …， ©، ، ،∞ √--：-- ---- ：· · · * * * * * * ~~~~， ，：s=s， |-， ！ 、、、。、。ºs··- -·-：∞ √° √∞". « º »z.ſºs，• •„… （ º.º. 2） a v i|---->-· · ·：·º·:·*** |（$*******|-· º, ， ， ， . ！--- № º sae）. . ， ， ， ！ **<（（（g ***kºşsº∞ ºſº- º ！ * * ·，≤ ≥ ≠ ≤ ≥ ± − ×|--- -- ~♥~<！-- ！= ， ， ， sº ！！！！！！!！！！！！！ ; :：•·§§ăți*** ''§žºše ſº??！！！！！！！！！！） ） * （ （ . ）'.'）！！！--~~~ （， ， ！|- --· -·， ， * … ·gaeae--¿¿.¿¿.*¿¿.* ¿∞∞∞ È ſº， - *（* 2. *** * * *（?：（.* - * * , º - . . . - E " ; ', , . . . . . . . . . . . . * * - ". - º - - º - t º º “. - º - w - - -- º - º - * - F- t . . . . . . . . . " . . . . . . . . . , . . . A. . . . . . . . sº . sº tºº. º Tºº .* ºr ~. tº w - , & & ... . . . . . . . . . . yºr z - E - wº *** * 2-ºxº~ * ~ * * : * , . ‘. ſº º, . º” . Jº ºf tº } ; '...} - --- - * -------> *-***-** - º º- - * . . §. º a * - - *- º … . - *-* - - º .* = . º - .* * * * * * **** zº 5* ºf . J / . . . ; 5 * º " * * *. . * …" . . " º -- * lºº. - * -- ... º. --> zº ºf º- . º . . . …; ? & . . .” -- . . .”. . . . . .2/- zº 2. …’’. . . . . [...~" . . ... " . . . . ;-- ~~~~ : - ... º. -- " " " `. *-** … --> - - - * * *-* - - - - - “sº -*. r" - - --~~ - - - -- - .… -º . . . .-- ~~ º ... " ... • * ---> ---, º --...--> * : *** * -----" - *- - - * ~… " " " -º-º-, .. - * - º--- - - - * > s - . ." * . * - º º º -- - N. . :: , \ \ . . w - ſ º º a & º } : * * * - 2. º A. lº : f ** - - * * - … . . ~. Lºrº . - L’. -: - - ... --> º º º . . . . . - ;" º w c. "S “s , SN s' TSS . . . . - º *. N -- - . - º & - sº, . N \ w . . º : . ſ \ .* r - 2 Fº § | ) ) - } º y - º # , , - ºr - - } Aº - ... -- ~ * -->†: - --- ... * ... " - * ... * : * . - - - - --~~~~ ºf r - - 3. - . . - 2. --- * . . .T * r → *- - --~ *w ~… . . . . -----º-º-º-º-º- * -ºº º * * * *- - ... " ºss Tºss, `s sº - *S*. Fº ; , YS ) ) DD * * * . ))}} } } }} }. D } J Jº 22 - –” - . . * L- Z. L d - Eº A -- & Z --e. L-4 ‘. . .." 23. ---2" …” -º-º: -- sº --> * : -- ** - - - - - --- - - - - - - . - - - * * * > ) > X > ); - sºs, sº sº. TS **. * -- E-7 by 5 S > 5 DoD DD ) > S tº S. Tº --~ -ss - S S. Sºº. . S is Aſ . } - D y N º }\ -- - º ) y w º * . - - * . " * , , º º i| ºº -º,| ºT -&. *,W., s-* º:,º .|-ºPf |-º* " -* -ſº --*-- - -ºr- “.- § |º. | !|i ~º - y-: - T L’- --~~" - >> D 3. • * *...) - ^of the gnºmºuſillºw ) * . , N. * N l N Nº. N º -- ….sº . . . ~~ - . . * * *-*. -*. SN tº º 3. Z : : |-- H| º N. º - # ** - º "-- 555 * -l # Q. º : .: º- * ºf lº Bºº w > --nº z- Wikº . . . i.--> ** º . --- * **** D > DoDD ) > || } ſ cº i. º * - - - ºs- w * - º § P * * § … A. - - . - * .” - º * - .* - ; E.- ------- ** - - ~~ - - *- ; : ... . ** - T --> * , S. º - .." 4. º N , , N § ſ º < f º i º - - Bºx: - --—sº - sº -\tfºzarz sº w * : * ~ §º: º -- --> s::se- +++ - º **, Sº, º T. - . . . .* . . ºld? --Sº..t-a-ºº: ‘. . ~~. *ś’ º f-C º-wNW. & * : - .*.*.*.*.*. * º * º #-tº - &\’ “ ** * -º Tºxº Jºyzvº - |T. E.-#! º - - -- -- - ... ." º - - -- - - * *** -- ~~~~. S. * * sº --- * *. - D * ~ * - - T N º 3 FITTITITUTiſſiliſ[iſ] l - - - º º ". º "...S. -º -- ~~ . . --> - - sº | N N º - O -: TNs, sº ** . - E- - - -- * - - - º- . . . . () O). S. Sºx T I I IC (; I ICT OF D. ' ' ) - ". \ . - C t - --" ... " --~ ...A . . . . . ." . . . . . . . . . . . ... --~~~1. a " - --> * -- E-C S - - * --> 5- -----.S.S. Tº ºffs. TSN *s re-- T- E: O.K.VSc'Yv \\\ S, . y \ . . . . . . . . - } - º * - D . . . . . . T. g- miſmºmºrrºr-tººt ; , , , i'i''': ; ; ; ; ; 'ſ '''I''' ji'''I'''I'' ſº ºffſ, - º __ - - T - ~~ N - *** TN Sºs - TSS Y,. . ºš º ºs * - - N * N. NY. § jº 4 * \; - º - º zº A. ºr-º- , . } - '..." w D D ) DD ...:”. A 2. Prº .." '- º - … -- - - * . . . - ~. ſ --- *~ * > - -- - **, - §A § . Nº N) N - Nº O. :) Ş. D) % TS - - & as . - / º f ; . 2. - Z - 2.” _42 º º ‘. . . à . . . . . . – ºf .22 - - - - - ------ -- ~-" - 'º - - - --> ºf- -- ~~. S. * * - ***, º * * - - Tº- º- * - - * * F- *----- * Fº & * . s º D - , D) º Nº. t º y * Sº -º Sº Tº sº * . *~ SS º A. Y. S.N W. N - tº bºº ſº y > S >> , 'D DD >D) > X > 3 > X >. * 2 - …& 22 " ' L’ …” --- . - . * º: -- ... -----> - . . .” ſ Lºfºº - DDDºS) D > S >> 2^ "…”.”.” ‘’ → * * * * * * * : * > * > − Sº Sº º . . . § S. * º Nº. NS Y Y. - * . - A t * D) N D DD D) } . . º - l y) * 2. º / ) -- º - - - - ...' …". - . T w . -- * - T - -- ~~ S. - ºs . hº . . . . . is ºs sº-sº ss --> S is º , NY X > N DOD DD. D >> D > D D > D > X > ) 222 22 _2_A 2'-2'-2' …º. ; : . . . . . . ." ºr º - g 4° 2' . * * * ... ". . .” * - - - --~~ =º ºf . . ~ * - * - vs. -- • ' . . . . . . . .27 º'. 22% º – 27 ° - . - . = -r-, ... . . s. ſº- s , , , S-S S. S. Sº ſº 2) 2) º 20 -2 -2 . . --→ . - - " - i. Iº . . . . . . . Sºs -> T-Sº ſº --~~ * ºf - - - . . . . ------ - ºrs - .. Tºs . ST * -- , - s > * > D D | X D > D) D > S > 22.2 22 °-22 -2 tº 22 3 T---- gº ºr | - ... . T. - ; V : s is iss w * - " . . . is s | * * ** . N --~~< −3 Jººs ºs ºs ºs ºss is sis. TSS . . . . . h Nº Y - } ) \, , ) 9 º' y > y Dº D. - * – º' - - - --> .* * ---2 ------ºf - ~ *- : * ºf T S. N L^ - L . . a-2 - *Pººr . * > NY S D > D » D > ) > −3, SS Sºº is ºs S S S S S) D >, >, >, > , tº SS S. Sº Yº y D > DD ) > X > * > 2 -2° F ... -- -- * º -- -- * ~~ R- “--> Tºss- T- N -> - * - jº Y N ºf º E---> . * * > T-J ** YS , tº - y * } }} . } A tº Ş) º j DD D > 22 22° 5. º --~~~~ -- ~ * - - -T 2. º - ** - . - . -T 1. *- * . - ~ - .S. - - . , D. Y º - D D > D) } DD D D DDDD 22 º ºs s isº , s > * > . Tº . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . º- . . . . . . . - - D 55 sº D DD SD D > S > Doº 22 º - ---------- --- w S. Şe - , ºr Sº, * : * , § º -- - º . . * . ... • - . . . . . . , º, . -- - - ' ' . . . . . . . . . . . s. v. ,, . " , " . * * * * º . . . . . . * * * , . . . . . ." D. ſº f - ºW ，~$. （A ：-ſº， º ！، ، ،-·، ：º.*~ ·-· |-（ ）：* …... ? ----ſº·، •·•, ’t.*, , ********， --|-~~~~ ،·--··~≡-... * §№vº-~~~~ ----·§ ' *: ***------ ~--~ ∞Ķ●ğ º*… , ！·-∞8.*-->D● …··#،- S （ ）º ,， ！-----º，----~--~--~ -•º …*-- - * ... * .B， wae~）;|-：-∞ ~* ，→ -،; º· ***·--~|º , !- → ·-:，º.~ ?----， ،, ，* , .،^ ：|×· º-- ∞ *< . D ►?： }D（ »（». }} **） .…? ſº ČSS∞ F~~ Dò（»№ *** * *， });D| k g l *-* *. Gift, oi: G He º High School 3.20.3 H 15. “A Work of Immense Utility, both a Dictionary and an Encyclopædia.” THE AMERICAN NCYCLOPEDIC DICTIONARY. * > * tº A THOROUGHLY ACCURATE, PRACTICAL AND EXHAUSTIVE WORK OF REFERENCE TO ALL THE WORDS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, WITH A FULL ACCOUNT OF THEIR ORIGIN, MEANING, PRONUNCIATION AND USE. EDITED BY er, ‘Ks [...” Liz ROBERT HUNTER, A.M., F.G.S. ASSISTED BY JOHN A. WILLIAMS, A. M. S. J. HERRTAGE, A. B. And also by the following named Specialists in their various branches: ASTRONOMY, sº • sº * - «s - R. A. PROCTOR, PHYSIOLOGY, * º - - * sº sº PROF. Hux LEY. FRANCIS WALKER. A. M r * * * * 9 * * * * * * * CHEMISTRY, } WILLIAM HARKNESS, F. I. C. MINERALOGY AND PETROLOGY, º - MILITARY MATTERS, - MUSIC, - º -- *- SIR Joh N STAINER, Mus. Doc. BOT ANY, * - - - * * - F. BRITTEN, F. L. S. * DR. GUENTHER, F. R. S. ZOOLOGY, - * -- - e- * } A. D. BARTLETT. * ANARCHY, Judge Jose PH E. GARY, Trial Judge in the Chicago Anarchist Case. THE ENTIRE WORK RE-EDITED AND REVISED BY AN T. DAVIES, F. G. S. Lieut.-Col. COOPER KING. TREASURY, Hon. SCOTT WIKE, Assistant Secretary of the U. S. Treasury HORTICULTURE, J. M. SAMUELs, Chief of the Horticultural Department, World’s Columbian Exposition. MINES AND MININC, F. J. V. SKIFF, Chief of the Mines and Mining Department, World's Columbian Exposition. ELECTRICITY, Prof. J. P. BARRETT, Chief of Electrical Department World's Columbian Exposition, and City Electrician of the City of Chicago. NATIONAL BANKS, Hon. JAMES H. Eck ELs, Comptroller of the Currency U. S. Treasury Department. STOCK EXCHANGES, Joseph R. WILKINs, Chairman Chicago Stock Exchange. NEWSPAPERS, Maj. Moses P. HANDY, Department of Publicity and Pro- motion, World's Columbian Exposition. EXTENSIVE CORPS OF EMINENT AMERICAN PROFESSORS. It is impossible to mention by name a tithe of those who have contributed directly or indirectly to lighten the labors of the Editors in Securing accuracy and in bringing this work to completion. Presidents, Secretaries and members of Scientific and Learned Societies, the chief officers of Religious Bodies, University Professors, Government Officials and a host of private persons have rendered willing help by affording information, in many cases possessed by themselves alone. unapproached in any other dictionary, Entire libraries have been ransacked and the whole work has been done on a scale of thoroughness heretofore Volume 1 of the 4 Vol. Edition. COPYRIGHT, 1894, BY OGILVIE PUBLISH (NG COMPANY. CHICAGO, ILLINOIS: W. B. CONKEY COMPANY. 1895. PREFATORY NOTE. IN the present Work the aim has been to give ALL the words in the English language now in use, with their several significations re-investigated, re-classified, arranged afresh, and illustrated by examples, a large number of them having been brought together by independent research. In addition to these, a very large number of obsolete words have been introduced, which, it is hoped, will afford readers much assistance in the perusal of Old English authors. Obsolete spellings and significations of existing words have also been given, the latter chronologically arranged, so as, if possible, to show the process by which the present meaning has arisen. Obsolete words and significations are marked with an asterisk,”; those which have not dropped altogether out of use, but are only rarely found, with an obelisk, i. Special attention has been given to scientific and technical terms. COMPOUND Words in which complete adhesion has taken place between the two or more constituents have been arranged as independent words; while those still so loosely united as to be usually connected by hyphens, have been placed under the first word of the compound. * THE PRONUNCIATION is indicated by diacritical marks, a key to which will be found at the foot of the several pages. The division into syllables has been made solely with reference to pronunciation, and with no reference to the etymology of the word. In syllables wherein two or more vowels come together, not forming diphthongs, only that one of them which gives its sound to the syllable bears a diacritical mark, the others being treated as mute. Thus, in bréad, séa, flöat, the a is mute, the syllables being pronounced as if spelled brēd, sé, flöt. Words of more than one syllable bear a mark upon the accented syllable, as āl'—tér. THE ETYMOLOGY will be found enclosed within brackets immediately following each word. To understand the plan adopted, let it be noted (1) that retrogression is made from modern languages to ancient ; and (2) that when after a word there appears such a derivation as this—“In Fr. . . . . Sp. .... Port. .... Ital. .... from Lat. ....," the meaning is, not that it passed through Italian, Portu- guese, Spanish, and French before reaching English, but that there are or have been analogous words in French, Spanish, Portuguese, and Italian, all derived, like the English, from a Latin original. The illustrations are intended not for the purpose of embellishment merely, but also to impart a conception of the objects repre- sented clearer than any mere verbal definition could afford. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS WORK. A. N. Anglo-Norman. Slav. Slavonic. der. derived, derivation. | naut. nautical. Arab. Arabic. Sp. Spanish. dimin. diminutive. nomin. nominative. Aram. Aramaic. Sw. Swedish. dram, dramatically. numis... numismatology. Arm. Armorican. Syr. Syriac. dynam. dynamics. | obj. objective. A. S. Anglo-Saxon. Teut. Teutonic. E. East. tº s & obs. obsolete. Assyr. Assyrian. Turk. Turkish. eccles. ecclesiastical. ord, ordinary. Bohe. Bohemian, or Czech. Walach. Walachian. econ, economy. Ornith. Ornithology. Bret. Bas-Breton, or Celtic of Brit- Wel. Welsh. e; g., earémpli gratia=for example. palaeont, palaeontology. tany. elect. electricity pass. passive. Celt. Celtic. entom. entomology. path. pathology. Chal. Chaldee. a... or adj. adjective. etym. etymology. perf. perfect. Dan. Danish. adv. adverb. ex. example. , psers. person, personal. Dut. Dutch. art, article. f., or fem. feminine. persp. perspective. E. Eastern, or East. conj. conjunction. fig. figurative, figuratively. phar. pharmacy. E. Aram. East Aramaean, generally inter.j. interjection. fort, fortification. phil. . philosophy. called Chaldee. particip. participial. freq. frequentative. philol. philology. Eng. English, or England. pa. par. past participle. fr. from. phot. pºiy. Eth. Ethiopic. pr. par. present participle.’ fut. future. phren. phrenology. Flem. Flemish. prep. preposition. gen. general, generally. phys. pij; Fr. French. pro. pron Oun. * gend. gender. pl., plur. plural. Fries. Friesland. s., subst., or substan. Substantive, or genit. genitive. poet. poetry, or poetical. Fris. Frisian. I). OUl Il . tº a tº geog. geography. polit. econ. political economy. Gael. Gaelic. v. i. verb intransitive. geol, geology. poss. possessive. Ger. German. v. t. verb transitive. geom. geometry. pref. prefix. Goth. Gothic. gram. grammar. pres. present. Gr. Greek. * her, heraldry. pret. preterit. Gris. Language of the Grisons. ablat, ablative. hist. history. prim. primary. Heb. Hebrew. accus. accusative, hor, horology. priv. privative. Hind. Hindustani. agric. agriculture. hortic. , horticulture. prob. probable, probably. Icel. Icelandic. alg. algebra. hydraul. , hydraulics. pron. pronounced, pronunciation. Ir. Irish. anat. anatomy. hydros. hydrostatics. pros. prosody. Ital. Italian. antiq. antiquities. * i.e., id est-that is. psychol, psychology. Lat. Latin. aor. aorist. ichthy... ichthyology, pyrotech. pyrotechnics. Lett. Lettish, Lettonian. approx. approximate, -ly. Ibid. ibidem = the same. . v. quod vide=which see. L. Ger. Low German, or Platt arch. architecture. imp. impersonal. ºt. rhetoric. Deutsch. archaeol. archaeology. imper. .imperative. Scrip. Scripture. Lith. Lithuanian. arith. arithmetic. indic, indigative. sculp. sculpture. Modiaev. Lat. Mediaeval Latin. astrol. astrology. infin, infinitive. sing. Singular. Mag. Magyar. astron. astronomy. intens. intensitive. S. South. M. H. Ger. Middle High German. auxil, auxiliary. lang, language. sp. gr. specific gravity Mid. Lat. Latin of the Middle Ages. Bib. Bible or Biblical. Linn. Linnaeus. spec. Special, specially. N. New. biol. biology. lit. literal, literally. suff. suffix. N. H. Ger. New High German. bot. botany. mach. machinery. Sup. Supine. Norm. Norman. carp. carpentry. m., or masc. masculine. Surg. Surgery. Norw. Norwegian, Norse. Cent. ('entigrade. math. mathematics. tech. technical. O. Old. class... classical... . . mech, mechanics. theol. theology. O. H. Ger. Old High German. Ch. hist. Church history. med. medicine, medical. trig. trigonometry. O. S. Old Saxon. cf. compare. met. metaphorically. typog. typography. Pers. Persian. C. G. S. Centimetre-grainme-second. metal., metallurgy. var. variety. Phoenic. Phoenician. chem, chemistry. metaph. metaphysics. viz. namely. Pol. Polish. chron. chronology. meteorol. meteorology. W. WoSt. Port. Portuguese. cogn. Cognate. meton. ..., metonymy. * * zool. zoology. Prov. Provençal. COmn. COIY, Il GTC G. mil., milit. military. Provinc. Provincial. comp. comparative. min., miner. mineralogy. Russ. Russian. compos. composition. mod. modern. * Obsolete words. Rabb. Rabbinical. conchol. conchology. º myth, mythology. + Words rarely used. Sam. Samaritan. contr. contracted, or contraction. N. North. = Equivalent to, or signifying. Sansc. Sanscrit. crystallog. crystallography. n., or neut. neuter. * Nota bene – take notice, Serv. Servian. dof, definition. nat. phil. natural philosophy. PREFACE. HE publication of a good and useful book is a distinct gain to any generation. In presenting to the public the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY, the result of long patient, exhaustive labor, the editors and publishers feel that they may congratulate not only themselves but the whole American people on the happy accomplishment of their important task. When the practical and permanent value of such a work as this is thought of, when the amount of research necessarily involved is considered, then it will be seen that there can scarcely be any limitation to time or painstaking care necessary to bring it to a successful conclusion. It is impossible that such work as this can be done effectively and done in haste. The continuous labor and unremitting care involved in the production of an ordinary dictionary, such as Web- ster's or Worcester's, can be fully understood only by those who have entered upon So exacting a task; but when, as is the case in this instance, there is added to the Dictionary the larger and more comprehensive charac- ter of the Encyclopaedia, then the labor and research are proportionately increased. The AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY was originally intended to occupy about five-sixths of the space it now fills, but the experience gained by the editors as the work progressed showed clearly that if it were to be carried to a completion in anything like the full and thorough manner in which it was originally conceived, it would be necessary to extend the space to its present limits. The public have now given to them in the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY & most exhaustive Dictionary of the English language. It was designed and has been carried out on a plan, the effectiveness of which can not be questioned, the intention being to trace the history of each word step by step, thus showing the successive gradations of meanings as they rose out of each other, and each meaning has been illustrated as far as possible by quotations from the written and printed language. This necessarily involved a great amount of extra research and care. It has been the aim of the publishers to make this work above all things a People's Dictionary, and with that end in view, the Greek and Hebrew characters have been entirely eliminated, and in their place will be found the Greek or Hebrew words prefaced by “Gr.” or “Heb.,” as the case may be, to signify their root, and the words themselves have been set in English equivalents, so that any one may read them. This, no doubt, will be appreciated by those who do not read Greek and Hebrew, and certainly no objection can be offered by those who do, as they will be at no loss to comprehend the change. The AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY contains in round numbers some 18O,OOO words or headings. Comparing this with the number contained in other dictionaries, it will be seen at once how much more exhaust- ive it is than its predecessors. But the contents of the present work are not to be estimated by the extra number of words alone, for each word has been Subdivided as far as possible into the various meanings which it assumed at different times. It is a curious fact that, as a general rule, the shorter the word, the more numerous its subdivisions, and the more difficult its treatment. See, for instance, such words as be, do, go, öring, take, &c. The sorting and arranging of the slips containing quotations illustrative of the various senses in which such words occur required very great labor and care. The exhaustive nature of the present work may be judged by comparing the space occupied by some other dictionaries: thus (exclusive of Introduction, Appendix, &c.), Webster's latest “International” Dictionary fills I,681 pages, and Worcester's Dictionary 1,696 pages, while the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTION- ARY extends to considerably over 4,200 pages, or more than two and one-half times the number in either Webster's International or Worcester's Dictionary. The work has been brought as far as possible up to date, words which have only just come into use being duly inserted in their places, and special attention has been given to the insertion of words and phrases which have not previously found a place in any dictionary. 37} 637 - PREFACE. THE FUNCTIONS OF A DICTIONARY. The rapid growth and spread of living languages, the progress of philological and linguistic science, and the facilities afforded by the art of printing for the diffusion of knowledge, have made the dictionary one of the most important features of modern literature. The dictionary, as we understand the term now, is of compar- atively recent origin. Manuscript vocabularies existed in ancient times, but the revival of classical learning created an immediate necessity for the compilation of lexicons of the ancient tongues, and these were soon followed by more or less ample dictionaries of the modern languages. Modern languages are in a constant state of growth and change; new words are being ever introduced with the progress of civilization, older words are continually dropping out of use, and thus it follows that the labor of the lexicographer can never cease to be in demand. A dictionary may be described as an enlarged index verborum, a key to the works of the great masters who have adorned, and the speech of the people who have uttered, the language of whose elements it professes to be a repository. & I. It should contain every word which properly belongs to the language, and occurs in its printed litera- ture, from the period when it became a distinct speech to the latest date. 2. It should give the words inserted in all the forms of orthography which they have successively assumed. 3. It should represent by some system the pronunciation of each word, and the changes of pronunciation, So far as known. 4. It should give as complete definitions as possible of the original and historically developed meanings, literal and topical, of each word; and, inasmuch as definition alone is incapable of fully conveying the force and signification of words, there should be copious exemplifications of their uses, in every sense ascribed to them. Further, it should contain such combinations of words popularly called phrases, and often, loosely, idioms, as have acquired a special meaning not deducible from the individual significations of the several words of which they are composed. It should treat as compounds all assemblages of vocables the sense of which cannot be inferred from that of the words which compose them; it should insert them in its vocabulary with explanations and exemplifications; and it should, moreover, where it is practicable, give in full the original formulae of which they are often elliptical expressions. 5. The etymological history of each word, not formed by the familiar and regular modes of derivation and composition from other native or naturalized words, should be traced from its earliest known or probable domestic root, or foreign analogue, to its latest form, and reference should be made to all related words which either explain any of its forms or meanings, or serve to show the ethnological relations of the language to other tongues. * Such is the ideal of a perfect dictionary. Up to the last few years lexicographers, or rather the compilers of dictionaries, have been content to copy from their predecessors, adding what fresh material came to their hand, but not taking the trouble to verify the words, definitions, or quotations found in existing works of the same kind. Misreadings and misspellings were thus perpetuated, and gave rise in Some cases to words which never existed. & It is always interesting to trace the history of words, many of which have not entered the language in their primary meaning, e.g., Advent; the original meaning of which in English was, the ecclesiastical season before Christmas; the second, the coming of Our Lord; and the last (a comparatively modern use), the arrival or coming of any person or thing in general. SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THIS DICTIONARY. I. WHAT THE AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY CONTAINs. In many respects the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY differs from its predecessors. It is primarily and emphatically a DICTIONARY, but it is not an ordinary dictionary, in the sense of being a mere alphabetical list of the words composing our language; it partakes also to a great extent of the character of an Encyclo- paedia. In fact, it is professedly at the same time a Dictionary and an Encyclopaedia; it explains not only words, but things; it gives not only the meanings of words, but also an explanation of the things to which such words are applied. With the exception of geography and biography, the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPEDIC DICTIONARY con- tains all the words to be found in a first-rate cyclopaedia, while the Dictionary proper includes not only modern English words, but an exhaustive list of obsolete words from about Chaucer's time to the present, and, in addition, a complete vocabulary of words to be found in the most extensively read old English authors. 10 PREFACE. In the compilation of a dictionary a most important and difficult question is, What words can legitimately claim admission? and this question raises several minor points, some of which are not readily solved, and may, indeed, give rise to considerable difference of opinion. Briefly stated, the broad question is—Ought words. treated under the following headings to be inserted or not? I. TECHNICAL TERMS. The present work not being a simple dictionary, or mere list of words with definitions, there can be no question that technical terms are entitled to insertion. The very title of the work expressly includes all such terms, otherwise it would be a misnomer. An eminent writer, discussing this question as Connected with dictionaries proper, says: “There is, we believe, no doubt that technical terms peculiar to Science, the generic and Specific nomenclature of organic and, inorganic things and properties of things, including also the dialect of mathematics, are alone much more numerous than the other or common words properly belonging to the English language. But, because all these terms of art have been, or may be, used in English. books, does it therefore follow that they are to be inserted into general dictionaries of the English language 2 The mere statement of the fact answers this question by showing the impossibility of it. Some of them, no doubt, must be introduced, but what is the criterion, of admissibility ? It is difficult to lay down precise rules on the subject; more difficult still, perhaps, to determine upon the application. of the rules when once agreed upon. With respect to terms of art generally, it seems obvious that the technicalities of those knowl- edges most familiar to, and most intimately connected with, the daily life of man, present the strongest claim. Thus, every man of even average education possesses a certain amount of attainment in mathematics, statics and dynamics, in elementary chemistry, in geology, and in astronomy; and words originally framed for the exclusive purposes of those sciences are becoming every day more and more familiar to common apprehension, more frequently heard in household conversation, and more constantly met with in mis- cellaneous literature. Hence, the special nomenclatures of these sciences have become, to Some extent, a part of the common English, speech, and to that extent they are legitimately entitled to a place in every general vocabulary of the language, The technical terms. and specific designations employed in the nomenclatures of zoology and botany are both less familiar, and, in the main, of less imme- diate practical importance than those belonging to physics and pure mathematics, and therefore a smaller proportion of such would be received into a judiciously selected English vocabulary; but there are, nevertheless, many animals and plants, which, though foreign. to English soil, or even, perhaps, everywhere extinct, are familiarly known by their scientific names in English speech and English literature, because they have peculiarities of structure, or of properties, which have made them objects of enlightened curiosity to every intelligent people. Thus, the mastodon, the trilobite, the dimornis, the ornithorhynchus are words almost as common as rhinoceros and came/opard and Zion, which no one would sooner exclude than the designation of our most familiar native quadrupeds.” If this is true of an ordinary dictionary, then much more is it true of a work like the present. Many technical terms are either entirely omitted from or are incorrectly (and even in some cases ludicrously) defined in existing dictionaries. There has been an attempt in the present work to make a complete collection of technical terms. The technical terms of the various processes of law are clearly and concisely described. 2. SLANG AND COLLOQUIALISMS. The propriety of inserting slang and colloquial terms and phrases may possibly evoke difference of opinion. So far as colloquialisms, as distinguished from slang proper, are concerned, few probably will question. their claim to insertion. It would be difficult for a foreigner to guess at the meaning of many of our colloquial phrases from a reference to the literal meanings of the words composing them. In the AMERICAN ENCYCLO- PAEDIC DICTIONARY there will be found, arranged under the heading of the main word, as full and complete a collection of colloquialisms as it has been found possible to bring together. The right of slang terms and phrases to insertion is more doubtful; but cogent reasons for giving some of them a place may be urged. In the first place, slang, or semi-slang, words and phrases enter largely into the language of commercial and social life, and it is often difficult to distinguish between what is slang and what is colloquial. Far be it from our purpose, however, to legitimatize slang; rather, simply to give in this work definitions to such words as are in ordinary use, and such as have a claim for standing in consequence of their usage. Secondly, slang frequently expresses meanings, and shades of meanings, which it would be difficult, if not impossible, to convey clearly and exactly in more classical language. Thirdly, what is slang today may tomorrow be recognized and used by even our best writers as good English. Many words now tabooed as slang, or even worse, were formerly admitted into good society. Slang is. largely employed by the realistic novelists of the present day, so that it is mere prudery to affect ignorance of its existence, and least of all should it be ignored in a dictionary to which every one naturally turns when at a loss to appreciate exactly the meaning of a word or phrase. It is not, of course, intended, nor would it be: desirable, to insert every slang word; most of them must be relegated to a dictionary devoted to such words. 11 IPREFACE. ---> 3. SPECIAL COINAGES. Each case belonging to this class must be judged on its own merits, and no strict line or rule can be laid down. Many of these words are amusing and interesting, while some are eminently expressive, and until the whole body of English literature has been carefully read, it would be rash to assert positively that the word is peculiar to the author in whom the first instance (so far as known) of its use occurs. 4. SEMI-NATURALIZED WORDS. There can hardly be any question as to the necessity of admitting this class into any dictionary claiming to be at all a complete vocabulary of the English language as ordinarily spoken and written. Many words now universally recognized as units of the language were but a few years ago looked upon as foreign. Thus a critic in the Monthly Review, vol. xxviii., p. 56 (1799), speaks of an author as having “disfigured his pages with the French words fracas, route, and trait,’” while Gray (Works, v. 299) names together as French words advertisement, &clat, ennui, fracas, halºgout, raillery, and ridicule. So with collaborateur, millionaire, reverie, antique, cocoa, hammock, hurricane, potato, mufti, and many others. 5. HYBRID COMPOUNDs. Hybrid compounds, i. e., words made up from two different languages, have, as a rule, been inserted. English abounds in hybrid words; and as in the case of interloper, which is half Latin and half Dutch, the two languages from which the word is made up are often brought into strange conjunction. Similar instances are cablegram, daguerreotype, many words beginning with the prefixes dis-, inter-, mis-, and over-, besides such words as nonsense, somnambulist, peajacket, &c. II. ARRANGEMENT AND STYLE. The style in which the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY has been compiled differs in many particu- lars from all its predecessors. I. The adoption of various styles of type removes all difficulty in distinguishing the various divisions and subdivisions of the words. In these divisions and subdivisions of meanings, it will be noted that a regular system has been adopted. In the case of verbs, they are first divided into transitive and intransitive. This division will be found most convenient for reference by the general reader. The transitive and intransitive divisions are next subdivided as follows: firstly, into meanings used in ordinary language, and secondly, into technical uses—a further subdivision of each of these being made into literal and figurative senses. Last of all come the phrases and idioms connected with each verb. So far as the above divisions and subdivisions apply, the same course has been adopted in the case of adjectives, adverbs, and nouns. Each word has been broken up into as many different meanings as can be discovered, or are illustrated by quotations. Words of the same form, but from different roots, and therefore really different words, are placed under separate headings. 2. The etymologies given in the present work are based on the very best and latest authorities. The cognate forms in other languages of each word are shown distinct from the roots. In at least one other prom- inent American dictionary the roots and cognate words or forms are mixed up in a way calculated to mislead and bewilder the reader, in such a manner as to make him conclude that the English word was derived from the whole of the others. 3. The technology is almost as full as in works of special reference; so full, indeed, as almost to super- sede the necessity for their use. 4. Quotations illustrative of every sense of each word are given freely, and with as full references as it was possible to give. In this respect the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY far surpasses all its predeces- sors, inasmuch as in them, with very few exceptions, only the name of an author is given, reference being rarely made to the name of the work quoted from, and still more rarely to the page, chapter, or line of the work. It has not been possible to give a full reference in every case, some having necessarily been obtained from preced- ing works. Many quotations, it will be seen, are taken from newspapers and periodicals. Some people might object to this, as leading to the insertion of words used only by journalists. But where can there be found so many instances of words in everyday use, well understood, and recognized in every way as elements of the English language, as in the Press? It is hardly possible for an observant reader to take up any one of the leading daily papers without coming across some word or phrase either wholly omitted from, or imperfectly explained in, hitherto existing dictionaries. Colloquial words and phrases abound in them, and it will be noted that from them have been 12 PREFACE. quoted, in the present work, a large number of terms, examples of which it would be difficult, if not impossible, to find elsewhere. The writers in our leading daily papers and periodicals are, in many, if not in most cases, far superior in their knowledge and use of the English language to the authors of many of the books published in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and are far more entitled to be quoted as authorities for particular uses or meanings of words surviving in the same senses. 5. Illustrations are freely given where it has been considered that they would assist the reader to under- stand the word treated of. 6. The pronunciation of words is shown in the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY by diacritical marks, the key to which is printed at the foot of each page. 7. Obsolete words, that is, words which have disappeared entirely from use, and special coinages now out of use, are distinguished by an asterisk (*), while words which are still in use, though rarely or very rarely found either in the written or spoken language, are marked with an obelisk (f). Cross-references are also inserted where required, and in many cases the past tenses and past participles of the verbs are given in the various forms assumed by them. 8. The question of the insertion of compounds is a most complicated and difficult one. The practice adopted in the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY is to admit all such compounds or combinations of words as have acquired a special meaning, not readily deducible from the individual significations of the several words composing them. Of ordinary compounds, the meanings of which are sufficiently obvious, as being merely a combination of words retaining their original force, a brief selection has been given at the end of the principal word of the compound. To insert all the compounds of which it is possible for a word to form a part would be an endless and useless task. 9. As the limit of past time from which words have been accepted as English, and have been inserted in the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY, the close of the twelfth century has been selected. At that time, English literature had fallen to its lowest ebb. From A. D. I 150 to I2OO, the period, so far as English literature is concerned, may be likened to the narrow tube connecting two funnels—the language widening in each direc- tion. This period, therefore, appears the most convenient to start from. In fact, up to nearly the close of the twelfth century there was little or no English literature. The year IO66 saw the beginning of the deepest mark graven on our speech. * IO. As regards spelling, no attempt has been made to introduce any phonetic system, the ordinary accepted Orthography being adopted. As complete a list as possible has been given, under each word, of the successive forms of orthography which it has assumed at various periods of its life, thus assisting the word in telling its own history as far as possible Thousands of new words having recently come into use through the introduction of electrical and other inventions, the labor of searching out and properly placing them in the dictionary has been, indeed, great. But having successfully accomplished this task, the editors and publishers of the AMERICAN ENCYCLOPAEDIC Dic- TIONARY are enabled to give to the world a most complete dictionary of the English language. THE PUBLISHERs. 13 THE ANAERICAN ENCYCLODEDIC DICTIONARY. A, a. The first letter in the English alphabet, as in those of all the modern Indo-Euro- pean tongues. The Latin al- phabet, also commences with a, and the Greek with a similar letter, alpha. In Sanscrit the vowels are classified by gram- marians separately from the 3- ºr º e º 'º - ºf a *- : * ~ * consonants. The vowels are placed first, and two sounds of a, the first a very short one, intermediate between à and ii, as in the word Veda, and the other long, as in the first syllable of Brahman, head the list. In the Semitic, also, more accurately called the Syro- Arabian, family of languages, a letter with the a. sound stands first in order. Thus the, Hebrew alphabet commences with A. (Aleph), followed in succession by B (Beth), G (Gimel), D (Daleth), desig- nations which at once suggest the names of the Greek letters Alpha;. Beta, Gamma, Delta. . The comparative originality of the Hebrew series is shown by the fact that the appellations of the let- ters have meanings which the original forms of the characters are supposed roughly to represent: thus, A (Aleph), signifies an ox, B (Beth) a house, (Gimel) a camel, and D (Daleth) a door. These terms are properly Aramaean. The old Hebrew, the Aramaean, and the Greek letters seem to have come from the ‘Phoenician, a Syro-Arabian tongue. The Phoenician letters, again; as Gesenius suggests, may have been derived from the Egyptian hieroglyphics. [ALPHABET.] The arrangement which makes A the first letter extends far beyond the Aryan and Syro- Arabian tongues, and is believed to be nearly uni- 'form through the world. I. A as a vowel sound. A owes its position at the head of so many alpha- bets to the facility with which it may be pro- nounced: it is needful but to breathe strongly through the open mouth, and one of the a sounds gomes forth. This letter has three leading sounds, two of which again are somewhat modified in many words, apparently by the succeeding consonants. 1. The long sownd 3. : § As in fate, marked in this work by 3. ii.) A modification of this sound, produced, by the consonant r following it, as in fare, marked 3. 2. The open sound of A: e § As in father (marked a). This, or a sound much approaching it, is common in many lan- .guageS. * A trifling modification of this sound is produced by its occurrence in a closed syllable, as in fast, but it is not sufficiently distinct from it to require a special diacritical mark. (ii.). A shorter form of the open sound in a closed syllable, as in fat. It is here marked a. (iii.) The shortest possible sound of A, scarcely distinguishable from one of the w sounds, as in amidst. It is here marked a. It is very common in Sanscrit words, as Veda. 3. The broad sound of A: , , § As in fall, here marked 3. . . ii.) A closer form of it, marked 3, as in what. II. A as an initial is used: 1. In Chronology, for Ammo (Lat.)=in the year: as A. D., Anno Domini = in the year, of our Lord; A. U. C., Ammo wrbis conditoe = in the year of the city founded—i. e., from the foundation of the city (Rome) = 753 B.C. (Varro). 2. In Horology, for the Lat. prep. ante= before: as a. m. (amte meridiem) = before noon. 3. In desigmating University degrees, for Artium : as A. M. (Lat.), or M. A. (Eng.), Artium Magister = Master of Arts; A. B. (Lat.), or B. A. (Eng.), Artium baccalaureus = Bachelor of Arts. T In England M. A. and B. A. are almost exclu- sively employed, while in the United States A. M. and A. B. are used. 4. In Academies of Music, Painting, Science, dºc. : (w) for Academy, or Academician, as R. A. = Royal Academy; or (b) for Associate, as A. R. A. = Asso- ciate of the Royal *g: or (c) for Antiquaries, as F. S. A. =Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries. 5. In the Army, for Artillery: as U. S. A. = The United States Artillery, or United States Army. 6. In Music, for alto; as S. A.T. B. = Soprano, Alto, Tenor, Bass. 7. In Nautical Language, for able. Thus, A. B. = able-bodied seaman. & 8. In Commerce, for accepted, and is used spe- cially of bills. III. A as a symbol stands for— 1. In Logic: A universal affirmative. 2. In Music: The 6th note of the dia';onic scale of C major, corresponding to the la of the Italians and the French. 3. In Heraldry: The chief in an escutcheon. 4. In Pharmacy: a or aa is a contraction of the Greek preposition ama, and has two meanings: (i.) of each (ingredient) separately; or (ii.) in quan- tities of the same weight or whe same measure. 5. In Botany: According to the method of nota- tion in botanical drawings proposed by Mr. Fer- dinand Bauer, and followed by Endlicher in his Iconographia Gemerwm Plantarum, for a flower before expansion, while A 1 is a flower expanded. 6. Im Nawtical Langwage : A 1 = a vessel of the first class, excellently built. Figuratively: Any- thing highly excellent, the best of its class. 7. In Mathematics: A and the other letters of the alphabet are used, e. g., in Euclid, to repre- sent lines, angles, points, &c. In Algebra, a and the other first letters of tho alphabet are used to express known quantities, and the last letters to express such as are unknown. Im. Law or arguments, the first letters of the alphabet are used to indicate persons in cases supposed or stated for illustration: as A promises B to pay C. IV. A used in composition : 1. As a prefia: ; (i.) To English words derived from the A. S., generally means an (=ome), at, to, im, of, on. . It may be severed from the rest of the word by a hy- phen, as a -day; or the two may be completely united, as along. A was once used as a F. in many instances, especially to participles, where now it is not used: e. g., “I am a-going, or tºº". a TO now confined to the vulgar, and are not ſooked upon as correct. But Max Müller considers such phrases more accurate than those which have dis- placed them ; and they are frequent in the Bible, as Heb. xi. 21. Cf. Shakespeare, Merry Wives, act iii., sc. 3, “We'll a-birding together.” “In some cases,” says Lye, “it was originally merely an ini- tial augment, altering nothing in the sense of the word.” Sometimes it=A. S. ge, as in cºware=A. S. genvoºr. (ii.) To words derived from the Latim, is (1) the Latin prep. a, ab, abs (of which a is used before words beginning with a consonant): as avert—to turn away from ; abduct=to lead away; abstract =to draw away. (2) The Latin prep. ad=to: as agmate, from agnatus, past participle of agnascor - º to be born to, or in addition to. iii.). To words of Greek derivation is sometimes what is called alpha £º; that is, alpha, which deprives the word to which it is prefixed of its positive meaning, and substitutes what is neg- ative instead. . It signifies not: as theist=one who believes in God; atheist=one who does not believe in God. In cases where the word so contradicted begins with a vowel an is used, as amelectric, the opposite of electric. gº lº To words derived from the French, occa- sionally, but rarely, at: as a merce, from Fr. & merci = (put) at the mercy (of the court). V.) & [apparently, from its accent, French, but probably really only the Latin prep. a = from ; and the accent is a mark of its having come to us in this use through the French], in English, some- times=from. , (1.) Noting paternity, especially of an honorable kind, as Thomas & Becket=Thomas Becket; Anthony & Wood=Anthony Wood. (2.) Íogical progression, as in a priori and & poste- viori (q.v.). 2. As an affia: im burlesque poetry at once adds another syllable to a line, and produces a ludi- crous effect— “And chuck'd him under the chin-a.”—Rhymes quoted tn Macaulay’s “Hist. of Engl.,” chap. xvii. V. A. as a part of speech. A., a, ān. [a before words commencing with a consonant or the aspirate; am before a vowel or silent h; as “a man,” “a heart,” “an art,” “an heir.” To this rule there are exceptions: (1) When the accent on a word commencing with the aspirate falls on other than the first syllable, an is frequently used: as “an histo'rian,” “am, hotel'.” (2) A is used before the vowel o in one where the vowel carries the sound of ww, as in the phrase “such a one.” (3) A is used before the vowel at when it carries with it a y Sound, as if written yow, as “a union,” “a university;” and also before words commenc- ing with ent, or ew which have a similar sound, as “a eunuch,” “a ewe.” T Originally am, meaning one, was used before words beginning with a consonant, as well as those beginning with a vowel. In earlier English, as in the Bible, we find am generally used before words commencing with h, whether aspirated or not, as “an house,” “am, heart.” “Such an one’’ occurs as frequently as “such a one.” An is found before w with the y sound, as “am unicorn,” “Cum, usurer.” These uses have been followed by many modern writers, but chiefly in poetry. Mac- aulay speaks of “an university.” 1. As the indefinite article, points out persons and things vaguely; more specifically, it signifies— (a) Each. “Once a [i. e., each] year.”—Lev. xvi. 34. (b) Any. - “If a [i. e., any] man love me.”—John xiv. 23. (c) One in particular. “He sent a man before them.”—Ps. cy. 17. (d) Every. “It is good that a [i. e., every] man should both hope and wait for the salvation of the Lord.”—Lam. iii. 26. y fâte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wet, here, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kw. bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go. gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. =bel, del. aabam (e) When placed before the name of a person it converts the proper noun into a common noun, as– “An Orpheus I am Orpheus ! Yes, faith may grow bold.”—Wordsworth; Power of Music. * 2. As a substantive, as: e § In the expressions “Capital A, small a.” b). In the phrase “A per se” (i.e., A by itself, A standing alone), which means “one pre-eminent, a none-such.” “O faer Creseide, the flower and A per se Of Troy and Greece.” Chaucer: Testament of Creseide, v. 78. 3. As an adjective, as “the a sound.” VI. A as an abbreviation, stands for: 1. The interjection ah! (Old Eng.) “And seyd A / doughter, stynt, thyn hevy messe.” Chaucer: The Knightes Tale, i. 2,850. 2. The personal pronoun he. “Bowmce would 'a say; and away again would 'a go, and again would 'a come.”—Shakespeare: Henry IV., Part II., iii. 2. 3. The infinitive have. [HA’.] “I had not thought my body could 'a' yielded.”— Beaumont dº Fletcher. 4. The word all (Scotch). “They have a' th' soldiers to assist them.” Sir W. Scott: Guy Mannering, chap. v. 5. In Chemistry: A = acetate; as KA = Potassium acetate. Other letters, as O for oacalate, are used in the same manner. * AAA is used for amalgama or amalgamation. A. I. L. registry mark denoting a ship of the highest class; hence, colloquially, first-rate; prime. *a'—a-bäm. [Old Fr.] A term formerly used by French alchemists for lead. *a'-am, a -ham, Öhm, or öhme, 8... [Dut. In Ger; ahm.] [Webster thinks'it may be from Heb. and Aram. ammah = (1) the arm beneath the elbow: hence (2) a measure of length, the cubit, the dis- tance from the elbow to the extremity of the middle finger. (Exod., xxv., 10, 17).] A Dutch measure of capacity used for liquids, now obsolete. It varied in different cities from 37 to 41 English wine gallons = 296 to 328 English pints. *ā-ān, adv. [ON.] On. “Do, cosyn, anon thyn armys aan.”—Ashmole MS. (Halliwell: Dict. of Archaic and Provincial Words.) *ā'—ande, s. [Dan, J Breath. [AYNDE.] “. . . hys aande stynkes.”—Hampole MS. Bowes. (Wright: Dict. Obsol. and Provinc. Eng.) *ā'—ane, s. [AwN.] The beard of barley or other grain ; an awn. “And that we call the aame which groweth out of the eare like a long pricke or a dart, whereby the eare is defended from the danger of birds.”—Googe; Husbandry (1577). (Halliwell.) aar, s. [ARN.] The alder-tree (Scotch.) (Jamie- som. Scotch Dict.) *ā'—ar, prep. [A. S. Cer.] Ere, before. mance of King Alisawmder.) (Halliwell.) a'—ard-vark, s. [Dut. aard= earth; varken- pig.] The name given at the Cape of Good Hope to an ant-eater, the Orycteropus capensis of Geoff. St. Hilaire. föß" a'—ard-WQlf, 8. |Pºº aard=earth, , and wolf =wolf.] The Dutch name of a digitigrade car- nivorous animal, the Proteles Lalandii, from Caff- raria, akin at once to the dogs, the hyenas, and the civets. [PROTELES.] *ā’-arm, s. [A. S. earm.] The arm. (Wycliffe: Bod. MS.) (Halliwell.) *ā’—armed, pa. pair. & a. [ARMED.] (Wycliffe.) Aär-ön. ſº. Aaron of the Septuagint; Heb. Aharon. erivation uncertain..] The first high- priest of the Jews. Aaron’s beard, s. (The Ro- Ps. cxxxiii. 2.) The name sometimes given to a plant, Hypericum calycinwmv, or large-flowered St. John's wort. Aaron’s rod, s. (Numb. xvii.) 1, Arch.: A rod, with a serpent twined around. It is similar to the caducews, or wand, with two serpents about it, borne by Mercury, e 2. Bot... (1) Of wild British plants: Solidago virga wrea, Verbascwm. thapsw8. (2) Of garden plants: Solidago Canadensis. *aar'-ön, s. [A corruption of Arum, as Sparrow- grass is of asparagw8.] e * Bot. : The plant called wake-robin (Arum mac- wlatwm). [ARUM.] (Cotgrave.) Aăr—&n'-ic, Aár—ön'-ic—al, a. Pertaining or re- lating to Aaron. *āas, s. An a ce. and valueless. “T-sºn sls tortune is turned into an aas.” Chaucer: Momkes Tale. So of something very small 16 *ā’—at, s.[A. S.] Fine oatmeal used for thickening pottage. (Markham : Eng. Howsewife.) a'-a-vör -a, s. A name given to various palm- trees. [AVOIRA. A. B. (See a as an initial, II. 3, 7.) ab. The syllable ab found at the commence- ment of the names of places, as Abingdon, is gº. a shortened form of abbey; though in tevenson’s edition of the Chronicon Monasterii de Abingdom, the word is derived from Abbemus, an Irish monk who is said to have foundgd, the mon- astery and called it after himself, “Moûnt of Abbe- nus” =Abingdon. (See Stevenson's Preface, p. xii.) Ab (āb), [Heb. q b.] . The fifth month according to the ecclesiastical reckoning—the eleventh, by the civil computation—of the Jewish year. The name Ab does not occur in the Old Testament or in the Apocrypha. It was not introduced till the Captiv- ity, and was of Babylonian origin: The month Ab may begin in some years as early as the 10th of July, and in others as late as the 7th of August. * Ab is also the twelfth month of the Syrian year, , nearly coinciding with our August. *āb, s. [Etym. unknown.] The sap of a tree. “Yet diuerse have assayed to deale without okes to that end, but not with so good successe as they have hoped, bicause the ab or juice will not so soon be removed and clean drawn out, which some attribute to want of time in the salt water.”—Harrison: Descrip. of Eng. (Halliwell.) āb-a-ca, āb'-a-ka, s. ſº name.] The name given in the Philippine Islands to the Musa teactilis, Or troglodytarwºn, a species of the plantain genus, which yields manila lemp. āb-a-gis-cis, s. [Gr, abakiskos], dimin, from abaac=a colored stone for inlaying mosaic work. Amcient Arch. : Any flat member. A tile or square of a tessellated pavement. [ABACUS.] âb'-a-gist. [Lat. abacus...] One who calculates, one who casts accounts. [ABACUS.] *a-bäck', s. [Fr. abaque.] A square tablet, a cartouche. [ABACUS.] “In the centre or midst of the pegm was an aback, in which the elegy was written.”—Ben Jonson: King James’ Entertainment, vi. 436. a-bäck', *a-backe, *a-bak, adv. [A. S. on boec= at or on the back.] I. Ordinary senses: 1. Backward. “But when they came where thou thy skill didst show, They drew abacke, as half with shame confounded.” Spenser; Shepherd's Calender; June. 2. Behind=from behind. “Endangered her being set upon both before and abacke.”—Knolles : Hist. of Turks, 879A. 3. Away, aloof. (Scotch.) “O wad they stay abaek frae courts An please themselves wicountra sports,” Burns: The Tuba Dogs. 4. Behind of place. (Scotch.) “The third that gaed a wee aback.”—Barns. 5. Back: of time past. (Scotch.) “Eight days aback.”—Ross: Helenore. II. Technical : Nawt. : Backward, with the sails pressed back against the mast. “Brace the foremost yards aback.” Falcomer: Shipwreck. * Taken aback means (a) that the sails have been driven in the opposite direction from that in which the ship is advancing, and laid against the mast. This may be produced by a sudden change of the wind, or by an alteration in the ship's course. A ship is laid aback when the sails are purposely put back to destroy the forward motion of the vessel, or even make her temporarily move stern foremost, to avoid some danger ahead. Ships of war are also laid aback when they have advanced beyond their places in the line of battle. Hence (b) metaphoric- ally from the above=taken by surprise. fāb'-a-có, s. Arithmetic. [ABACUS.] *a-back—ward, *a-bac-Ward, adv. [Eng. aback; -ward.] Aback, backward, to the rear. “Arthur the hte hime abacward.” Layamom, ii. 419. [Lat. abactio=a driving away.] āb-ác -tion, s. [AB- Law: A stealing of cattle on a large scale. ACTOR.] āb-āc"—tor, pl. abac-tor-Ég. [Lat, abactor=a cattle-stealer on a large scale; one who drives away herds of cattle: a bigo=to drive away : ab=from ; ago=to lead or drive.] In Law, with the same meaning as the Latin word from which it comes. [ABIGEAT.] “The abaotores, or abigeatores, who drove one horse or two mares or oxen, or five hogs, or ten goats, were subject to capital punishment.”—Gibbon: Decl. & Fall, ch. xliv. abaft āb-a-cis, s. [Ger. abacus; Fr. abaque; Ital. otbalco, fr. Lat. abacus. Gr. abaac, -akos. The word: appears to have signified originally and specially the Pythagorean multiplication table, and thus to have been derived either from the first two letters of the alphabet, or from the Heb. abaq=dust, or a corresponding term in some other Syro-Arabian language; the allusion being to the ancient prac- tice of spreading dust on tablets, with the view of tracing diagrams among it. Hence its various sig- nifications, which are the same in English as they are in Latin ..] 1. A counting-frame; an instrument made of wires and beads designed to facilitate arithmetical calcu- lations. It was used g in Greece as well as in Rome, and is still employed in China where it is caiſed Shwanpan. In Ameri- ca an abacus of a humble kind , is oc- º ©EOED. |(3GSGGXGXGXD ©BC; tiºnally sold in toy lº gººgººd ShOpS. aw ºve-sº § *...ºnlığıllıIBºlſºlilºſºlſ||Nº|| ſº 2. 45-ch. A flat ". \lfillſ stone crowning the Abacus, for Counting. çapital of a column. It was square in the Tuscan, Doric, and all the ancient Ionic styles. In the Corinthian and Composite orders the sides were hollowed, and the angles in nearly all cases trun- gated. It is the same in some of the modern Ionic. In the Grecian Doric, the Roman Doric, and the Tuscan, the abacus was thick, while it was thin in the Doric and Corinthian. It was to these last. forms that Vitruvius, the Roman writer, who intro- duced the word abacws into architectural nomen- clature, limited the term. The checker and tile, the abacus of the Doric, he denominated plinthus or plimthis = a plinth. º Abacus: Grecian Doric. * Special uses of the word are found in the fol- lowing expressions: (1.) Abacus harmonicus: The arrangement of the keys of a musical instrument. . (2.) Abacus major (Metal.): A trough in which ore is washed. t (3.) Abacus Pythagoricus: & Olé. (4.) Abacus logisticus: A right-angled triangle whose sides forming the right angle contain the numbers from 1 to 60, and its area the products of each two of the numbers perpendicularly opposite. *a-bād', *a-bä'de, *a-bäi'd (Scotch), *a-böd', *a-böod (Chaucer), S. [ABIDE.] Delay, abiding, tarrying The multiplication “For soone aftir that he was made He fel withouten lenger abade.” MS. of 14th Cent. a-bād-dón, S. [Gr, abaddon Heb. abaddon= destruction. It occurs in the Heb. of Job xxxi. 12. From abad, Heb. Chald. (E. Aram.), Syr., or Sam. = to be destroyed, to perish.] A proper name. 1. The *#. of the bottomless pit (Rev. ix, 11). 2. Poet. : Hell. “In all her gates Abaddon rues Thy bold attempt.” Milton: P. R., iv. 624. *āb-ae-il-i-én, v. t. [A. S. abaeligan?] To irri- tate. (Stratmanºv: Dict. O. Eng. Lang.) . *abælien, v. t. [A. S. āboeligan.] To oppose, to irritate. - “Bruttes ofte hine abaeileden.”—Layamon, ii. 8. *a-bāf-elled, pa, par. [BAFFLE.] Baffled, treated scornfully. “What do you think chill be abafelled up and down the town.”—London Prodigal, p. 21. (Halliwell.) ta-baff"e, adv. [ABAFT.] Behind. “Once heave the lead again, and sound abaffe.” Taylor; Works (1630). a-baft', prep. g = On ; becaftan, adv. & prep. = after, behind A. aftan Goth, aftan.] Nawt. : Behind; in the hinder part of the ship, close toward the stern. (Opposed to afore.) “And the boteswaine of the galley walked abaft the maste.”—Hackluyt: Voyages, vol. ii. Abaft the beam : In that arch of the horizon which is between a line drawn at right angles to fate, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whô, sān; mute, cib, cire, unite căr, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = à, qu = kw. abaisance the keel, and the point to which the stern is directed... º . ." Sometimes contracted into aft, as in the expres- sion “fore and aft.” [AFT, AFTER.] *a-bäis'-ange, s. [Fr. abaisser=to express.] [OBEISANCE.] “To make a low abaisance.”—Skinner: Lingwoº Anglicance (1671). T. Skinner considers that abaisance is more cor- rect than obeisance, which even in his time was taking its place and is now universal. *a-bäisch'-ite, *a-bäischt', *a-bäissed", *a- bāisshed", *a-bäist, *a-bä'-sit, *a-bäst", pa. par. [...; ABASH.] . Abashed, ashamed, frightened, ereaved, disappointed. “I was abaischite, be oure Lorde Of our beste bernes.” Mo?"te A7°th wºre. [Deriv. uncertain.] Burnt ivory, Etymologicon a-bäi'—sér, s. or ivory black. *a-bäi'sse, v. t. [ABASE.] *a-bäit'-en, v. t. To bait. (Stratmann.) *a-bäk'-ward, adv. Backward. (Halliwell.) āb-à-li-Én-āte, v. t. . [Lat. abalienatus, pa, par. of abalieno = to alienate property from one to an- other, to transfer the ownership from one to an- other: ab = from, and aliemo = (1) to alienate, to transfer by sale; (2), to set at variance, to render averse; alienus = belonging to another, or foreign; aliws = another.] t1. Civil Law: To transfer property, or SOme- thing else of value, from ourselves to others. Gen. : To withdraw the affection from, to estrange. [ALIENATE.] “So to bewitch them, so abalienate their minds.” Archb. Sandys: Sermons, fo. 182 b. āb-ā'-lì-Én-ā-têd, pa. par. [ABALIENATE.] āb-ā'-li-Én-ā-tíñg, pr. par. [ABALIENATE.] āb-à-li-Én-ā'—tion, s. The transfer of property, such as land, goods, or chattels, from One to an- other. [ABALIENATE.] āb-a-miir"—is, s. [Lat. murus=a wall.] Arch. : A buttress, or second wall, erected to strengthen another one. *a-bänd', v. t. [Poet.: Contracted from abandon.] To forsake. [ABANDON.] “And Wortiger enforst the kingdome to aband.” Spemser: F. Q., II. x. 65. a-bän'-dön, v. t. [Fr. abandommer, from & bandom = at liberty: & = Lat, ad = at ; O. Fr. bandom-Low Lat. bandwm = an order, a decree; Sp. & Port. abandominar; Ital. abbandomare.] tº *1. Prim & special: To cast out an object in con- sequence of its having been denounced or fallen into evil repute. “Blessed shall ye be when men shall hate you and abandon your name as evil.”—Luke vi. 22 (Rheims ver- sion). “Cast out your name as evil '' (Auth. version). 2. To cast away anything, without its being im- plied that it has been denounced. “Abandom fear.”—Milton: P. L., vi. 494. “In the Middle Ages the system derived from the Roman calendar . . was to a great extent abandomed.” —Lewis: Astrom.. of the Ancients. - 3. To leave, to yield up. “Meanwhile the British Channel seemed to be aban- doned to French rowers.”—Macaulay: Hist. of Eng., chap. XIV. - 4. To desert a person to whom one owes allegiance, or is under obligation. “A court swarming with sycophants, who were ready, on the first turn of fortune, to abandon him as they had abandoned his uncle.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., chap. xi. 5. Reflea'.: To resign (one’s self), e.g., to indolence, Or to vice. “He abandoned himself without reserve to his favorite vice.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., chap. xiv. 6. Comm. : To give over to insurers a ship or goods damaged as a preliminary to claiming the whole money insured thereupon. . . *7. To bring under absolute dominion. (Scotch.) “And swa the land abandonwynthe, That durst name warne to do his will.”—Barbour. *8. To let loose, to give permission to act at pleasure. (Scotch.) “The hardy Bruce ane ost abandonwynt xx thousand he rewyllt be force and wit.” Wallace, x, 317, MS. .*9. To destroy, to cut off, in consequence of being given over. (Scotch.) “Yondyr the king this ost abandomand.” Wallace, x. 259, MS. *10. To deter, effectually to prevent. (Scotch.) “To dant their attemptatis and to abandom thaym in tymes cumyng.”—Bellem.: Crom., b. 10, c. 2. 17 "I Wedgwood considers that signification No. 7 is the primary one. w *a-bän'-dón, 3. [ABANDON, v. t.] 1. A relinquishment. “These heavy exactions occasioned an abandom of all wares but what are of the richer sort.”—Lord Kaimes. 2. One who completely forsakes or deserts a per- son or thing. “A friar, an abandon of the world.”—Sir E. Sandys: State of Religion. 3. Unreserved, devotion to a particular object, taste, emotion, &c. ºn-aon. adv. [A. N. & bandom-at discre- tion. 1. Lit.: At discretion, freely. “Aftir this swift gift 'tis but reason He give his gode too in abandom.” - Rom. of the Rose, 2,342. 2. In a completely exposed state. “His ribbes and scholder fel adoun, Men might see the liver abandom.” Arthur and Merlin, p. 228. a-bän'-dòned, pa. par. & adj. [ABANDON.] Used in the same senses as the verb, and also As adjective: 1. Deserted. -ºr “Your abandoned streams.”—Thomson: Liberty. 2. Wholly given up to wickedness, hopelessly cor- rupt. “. . . . the evidence of abandoned persons who would not have been admissible as witnesses before the secular tribunals.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., chap. vi. * Dryden (Span. Friar, iv. 2) has the redundant expression abandoned o'er, now obsolete. a-bän'-dön–ée, s. [ABANDON.] Legal : A person to whom anything is abandoned. d a-bän'-dön-èr, s. [ABANDON.] One who aban- OI).S. “Abandoner of revels, mute, contemplative.” Shakesp. & Flet.: Two Noble Kinsmen, v. 3. a-bän'-dòn-iñg, pr. par., & S. [ABANDON.] As subst.: A forsaking; a total desertion. “When thus the helm of justice is abandoned, a uni- versal abandoming of all other posts will succeed.”—Burke. * p 4- * - a-bän'-dón-mênt, s. [ABANDON.] 1. Qrd. Sense: The act of abandoning, giving up, or relinquishing. “The Latins now make secret preparations for the open abandonment of their long-standing Roman alliance.”— Lewis: Cred. Early Rom. Hist., ch. xiii. 2. The state of being abandoned, as “He was in a state of complete abandonment.” 3. Comm.: The relinquishment of an interest or claim. Thus, in certain circumstances, a person Who has insured property on board a ship may re- linquish to the insurers a remnant of it saved from a wreck, as a preliminary to calling upon them to pay the full amount of the insurance effected. The term is also used of the surrender by a debtor of his property. . & * - .4. The yielding to a passion, taste, object or emo- tion. *a-bän-diim, s. [BAN.] Old Law: Anything forfeited or confiscated. (Dwcange.) *a-bän'-dûne, v. t. [A. S.] To subject, to aban- don. * - “Fortune to her lawys can not abandume me.” Skelton: Works, i. 273. (Halliwell.) a-bän'-ga, s... [I.Qcal #º A name given by the negroes in the island of St. Thomas to a kind of palm. [ADY.] *3–banne, v. t. [BAN.] To curse. “So solemnly to abamme and accurse them all.”—Jewell: Works, ii. 697. à-bān-mi'-tion, s... [Law Lat. abamnitio, an old legal term, now little used.] Banishment for one or two years for manslaughter. [BAN.] *ā-bāp-tís'-tón, or ā-bāp-tist'-i-Ön, s. (Gr. gbaptiston - not to be dipped, baptizo = to dip; frequentative of bapto = to dip, to dye. In Galen is found the expression frupamon = a trepan not to be dipped, that is, with a guard to prevent its sink- ing too deeply.] Old Swrq.; A guarded trepan. [TREPAN.] *a-bär'-gy, s. [Low Lat. abartia.] Insatiable- ness. [ABARSTICK.] (Ducange.) *a-bäre, v. t. [A. S. cabarian.] To make bare, to uncover. [BARE. *a-bar-rand, pr. from, aberring. *a-ba'rre, v. t. [A. N. abarrer.] To prevent. “. . . . . . the famouse princes of Israel, which did not only abarre yaolatrye and other ungodlyness, but par. [ABERR.] Departing abastardize .- utterly abolished all occasyone of the same.”— Wright: Monastic Letters, p. - *a-bar'-stigk, or a-bäs-tigk, a... [Etym. un- certain; possibly connected with abarcy, (q.v.).] Insatiable. (Blownt.) *a-bar'-stick, s. Insatiableness. (Cockeram.) *a-bar'—stir, a. [ABASE?] More downcast. - “Might no more be abarstir.”—Towneley Mysteries. āb-ar-tic'-à-lä-tion, s. [Lat. ab = from ; artic- wlatio = a putting forth of new joints: articulo = to divide into joints; articulus = a little joint; &rtus = a joint.] - Amat..: That kind of articulation, or jointing, which admits of obvious or extensive motion. §ºmous with diarthrosis and dearticulation Q1. V.). - a'-bās, s. [In Ger., &c., abas: der. apparently from Shah Abbas of ºia: A weight used in Persia for weighing pearls. It is one-eighth less #. the European carat, and is equal to 225 grains TOy. * a'—bās, s. [Arab.] Med...: A cutaneous disease, the scald-head (Por- rigo favosa). [PORRIGO.] a-bä'se, v. t. [Fr. Cubaisser; Low Lat. abéusse = to lower; Ital. abbassare ; Sp. Cuba.car : cogn. with Eng. base ; Low Lat. bassus = low. [ABASH.] - 1. Lit.: To depress, to lower. “And will she yet abase her eyes on me?” - Shakesp.: Richard III., i. 2. 2. Fig.: To make low, to lower, to degrade, to humble, to disgrace. “But the Hydes abased themselves in vain.”—Macaulau: . Hist. Eng., ch. vi. •º - - ‘I To Cubase the coinage; same as to debase (q.v.). [ABASING, S., 3.] - 1. In the same senses as the verb. 2. Her. : The term used (1) when the wings, e. g., in place of being expanded, with their apices pointing outward, either look down toward the point of the shield, or else are shut. (2) When a chevron, fesse, or another ordinary, is borne lower than its usual situa- tion. (Parker, Gloss. of Her.) [ABASE. a-bä'se-mênt, s. [ABASE.] 1. The act of bringing low or humbling. 2. The state of being brought low. - “There is an abasement because of glory.”—Rºccles. xx. 1. * , Wings Abased. “The austerities and abasement of a monk.”—Smith Wealth of Nations, book V., chap. i. a-bāsh', v. f. [O. Fr. esbahir, Fr. Abahir.] To put to shame, to cause to hang down the head, by suddenly exciting in one the consciousness of guilt, mistake, or inferiority; to destroy the self-posses- sion of a person; to dispirit; to put to confusion. “He was a man whom no check could abash.”—Macaulays Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. - a-bāsh'ed, pa. par. & a. [ABASH.] (1) As the verb– to put to shame; hence (2) Modest, unob- trusive, bashful. “The boy of plainer garb, and more abashed In countenance—more distant and retired.” Wordsworth : Eaccursion, bk. viii. a-bāsh'-iñg, pr. par. & S. [ABASH.] As subst.: A putting to shame. “An abashing without end.”—Chaucer : Boecius. a-bāsh'-mênt, s. [ABASH.]. Confusion produced by shame; fear, consternation; a being put to shame. - - “Which manner of abashment became her not yil.”— Skelton, p. 38. - a-bā'-sińg, pr. par. & S. [ABASE.] As substantive: 1. Lit. (as 1. of the verb): ing lower. “Yet this should be done with a demure abasing of your eye.”—Bacon: Works, vol. i. - 2. Fig.: A making low, a humbling. The same as ABASEMENT. º - - *3. Depreciation of the coinage. [DEBASING...] “The abasing of the said copper money.”—Grafton: Chronicle, Edw. VI. - - a-bäs'—si, a-bäs'—sís, or a-bäs'—sées, s. [Pers.] A Persian silver coin (from Shah Abbas II, under whom it was struck) bearing the value of about 21 cents, but varying with the price of silver. a-bäs'—tard-ize, v. t. [A. N. abastarder.] To reduce to the condition of a bastard. [BASTARD.] A depressing, a mak- bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, çell, Chorus, -sion = Shiin; çhin, –tion, bençh; -Šion = go, germ; thin, this; Sin, Zhūm. -tious, -cious, -sious = expect, shiis. -ble, XenophOn, —dle, &c. = bel, exist. -ph = f. del. aş; 2 abasure “Corrupted and abastardized thus.” – Daniel: Queen's 7°C. *a-bä'—siire, s. Mysteries.) *a-bä'—ta-ble, a. Able to be abated; that may be abated. [ABATE.] a—bā-ta—mén-tūm, s. [Law Lat.] [ABATE.] Law: An entry by interposition; the term used when, on the death of a landowner, some one, not the heir or devisee, takes unlawful possession of the is estate. *āb-a-täyl'-mênt, s. [A. N.] A battlement. (Sir ‘Gawayme, p. 30.) a-bä'te, v. t. & i. [O. Fr. abatre; Fr. abattre+to beat down; battre+to beat or strike; Sp. batir. abatir; Port. bater, abater; Ital, battere, abbattere, Low Lat. abatto: a = down, and Lat. batuo, battwo ==to hit, to strike..] [BEAT, BATE.] I. Transitive : 1. Lit., (of material things): *(a) To beat down, to overthrow. “The more schulm they ben abatid and defouled in helle.”—Chaucer: Persomes Tale, p. 186. *(b) To lower. “Alle the baners that Crystem founde They were abatyder.”—Octavian, imp. 1743. [A. N.] Abasement. (Towneley 2. Fig. : (a) #, contract, to cut short, to lessen, diminish, moderate, mitigate. “Nought that he saw his sadness could abate.” Byron: Childe Harold, i. 84. “Abate thy rage, abate thy manly rage : Abate thy rage, great duke l’’ Shakesp.: Henry V., iii. 2. * Het. O weary night, O long and tedious night, Abate thy hours: shine comforts from the east.” Shakesp.: Mids. Night’s Dream, iii. 2. *(b) To subtract, to deduct: sometimes followed by from. “It shall be abated from thy estimation.”—Leviticus xxvii. 18. (c) To remit: e.g., a tax. *To replenish an exhausted treasury, it was proposed to resume the lavish and ill-placed gifts of his predeces- sor; his prudence abated one moiety of the restitution.”— Gibbon; Decl. and Fall, ch. xlviii. *3. Law: (i.) To beat down, to pull down, to de- stroy, to put an end to, as “to abate a nuisance.” (ii.) T. annul a suit or action. (iii.) To reduce proportionally a legacy or a debt when the testator or bankrupt has not left funds enough to pay it in Ul * - 4. Metall.: To reduce to a lower temper. II. Intransitive : 1. To decrease, to become less; applied to mate- rial substances, to movements, to diseases, also to feelings or emotions, and indeed to anything capa- ble of diminution. ** The wind Was fall'n, the rain abated.” Wordsworth. Eaccursion, ii. “The fury of Glengarry, not being inflamed by any fresh provocation, rapidly abated.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. 2. To lessen, to moderate. “So toilsome was the road to trace, The guide, abating of his pace, Led slowly through the pass's jaws.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, v. 3. 3. To cease altogether. “Ys continuance abated eny boast to make.” Political Songs, p. 216. 4: Law:...(i.). To come to nought, to fall through, to fail. (ii.) To abate into a freehold=enter into a freehold on the death of the former, possessor, re- gardless of the rights belonging to the heir or ãev. ISéé, *5. Horsemanship: A horse is said to abate, or take-down his curvets, when he puts both his hind legs to the ground at once, and observes the same exactness at every successive step which he takes. a-bä'te, s. [Old Fr. abat.] Event, adventure. 1. (Scotch.) Accident; something that surprises, as being unexpected. 2. A casting down. [ABATE, v. t.] a-bä'—těd, pa. par. & adj. [ABATE.] As adjective: 1. º same as the verb. i 2. Poet. : Humbled. ‘Still your old foes deliver you, as most Abated captives, to some nation.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, iii. 3. abatelement (pron. Āb-a-té'-lè-mang), s. [From Fr. abattre+to beat down.] 1. Comm. : A local term, formerly a sentence of the French consul in the Levant against any mer- chants of his country who broke their bargains or defrauded their creditors. Till the abatelement was 18 #. º, the delinquent could not sue any person Or CI6 Ot. 2. Her. : A mark of disgrace affixed to an escutch- eon. [ABATEMENT, 5.] a-bä'te-mênt, s. [ABATE.] I. Gem. : The act of abating, the state of being abated, or the amount abated. II. More specifically: 1. A lessening, diminution, decrease. “Abatement in the public enthusiasm for the new mon- arch.”—Imdeac to Macaulay’s “Hist. Eng.” “The spirit of accumulation . . . requires abatement rather than increase.”—Mill ; Pol. Econ., b.R. i. 2. Deduction, subtraction. “Would the Council of Regency consent to an abatement of three hundred thousand pounds 7”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng , chap. xxii. 3. Comm. : (a) Discount for ready money. (b) A deduction from the value of goods occasionally made at custom-houses on account of damage or loss sustained in the warehouse. This is called also rebate, or rebatement. [REBATE.] 4. Law: (i.) A beating down, a putting down, as the abatement of a nuisance. (ii.) A quashing, a judicial defeat, the rendering aś"; law, as when a writ is overthrown by some fatal exception taken to it in court; a plea designed to effect this result is called a plea in abatement. All dilatory pleas are considered pleas in abatement, in contra- distinction to pleas in bar. (iii.) Forcible entry of a stranger into an inheritance when the person seized of it dies, and before the heir or devisee can take possession. [OUSTER.] 5. Her.: Abatements, sometimes, called rebate- ments, are real or imaginary marks of disgrace affixed to an escutcheon on account of some fla- grantly dishonorable action on the part of the bearer. Scarcely any instance is on record of such marks of disgrace having been actually affixed to an escutcheon. a-bä'-têr, s, [ABATE.] The person who, or the thing which abates. [ABATOR.] “Abaters of acrimony or sharpness are expressed oils of ripe vegetables.”—Arbuthnot. a-bä'-tiâg, pr. par. [ABATE.] abat—jour (a-ba'-jôr), s. [...] sloping aperture made in the wa for the admission of light. a-bä'—tör, s. [ABATE, ABATER.] 1. Law: One who, on the death of a person seized of an inheritance, enters it before the rightful heir or devisee can take possession 2. One who abates a nuisance. wº 3. An agent or cause through or by which an abatement is effected. a, b a t t is or a b at is (pron. a-bät'—té as a French word, but often, as English, A skylight or of an apartment º Fr., abatis, from % 3% ſº abattre+to beat % º % “ºbbiºn * gº g Ul ISIle Ø ' ', 4% 2. F O 7 t . ; º % º %iº temporary defense Abattis. formed by felling tº g e trees, and placing them in a row, with their boughs, which are pointed, directed against the enemy; they impede the advance of the foe, besides afford- ing cover for the defenders to fire over “Miltiades protected his flanks from the enemy’s cav- alry by an abattis.”—Thirlwall; Greece, chap. xiv. “Pretty groups of trees, too, have been cut down in a slovenly manner to form abattis.”—Times, Dec., 1876. a-bät'—tised, a. Furnished with an abattis. abattoir (a-bät'—wār), s. [Fr. qbattre+to beat down; to fell.] A building in which cattle are slaughtered. ne was commenced in Paris by de- cree of Napoleon I., in 1810, and it was finished in 1818. An approach to the abattoir system was made in London in 1855; it has been introduced also into other English towns. In , America they are more commonly known as stockyards. a battuta (pron. a bit-tū'—ta). [Ital.: (lit.) to the beat.] Music: In strict or measured time..., “This term is usually employed when a break in the time of a movement has occurred, and it is desirable to resume the original pace by the beat.” (Stainer dé Barrett.) *āb-a-tide', s. ILate Lat. abatwda.]. Anything diminished. (Bailey.) (In old records, Moneta, abatwda is clipped money.) [ABATE.] *āb'-a-tiire. [Fr...abattre+to beat.] Grass beaten down by the trampling of a stag passing through it. ab–at–vent (pron àb'-a-vah), S. [Fr.] Arch.: The sloping roof of a tower; a penthouse. abbe ab–at–voix (pron. Åb'-av-wä), s. [Fr.] Arch. : A sounding-board over a pulpit. abavi (pron. Āb'-a-vé), a-ba-yô', s: , [Local names.]. The name, in various African dialects, of the Baobab tree, Adamsonia digitata. *āb-ā'we, *āb'-ā'ue, *ā-bā ve, *a-bay, v. t. 1. To bow, to bend. (MS. Cantab., Halliwell.) 2. To dazzle, astonish, or confound. “I was abawed for merveille.” Romawnt of the Rose, 3,644. *āb-ā'wed, pa. par. [ABAwF.] , *a-bä'y, *a-bā'ye, s. [A, N.] [BAY.] The bark- ing of a dog, “. . . and make a short abay for to rewarde the hondes.” —MS. Bodl. 546. (Halliwell.) ‘I At abaye : At bay. “Then the forest they fraye The hertes bade at abaye.” Degrevante MS. (Halliwell.) *a-bäy', *āb-bāy", *a-bä'ye, v. i. To obey. [ABAWE.] “. . . and every man have a small rodde yn his hond to holde of the houndes that thei shul the better abaye.”— MS. Bodl. 546. *a-bä'y, v. i. & v. t. [ABIE (2).] (Skimmer.) *a-bā'y, v. t. To astonish. [ABAWE.] (Scotch.) *a-bā'ys, v. t. [Fr. abassir.] To abash, to con- found. (Scotch.) *a-bäy'-schid, , *a-bäy'ssh-ite, Abashed, frightened. [ABASH.] *a-bäyst, pa. par. of ABASE. pointed. “And that when that they were travyst And of herborow were abaust.” Brit. Ribl. iv. 83. (Halliwell. Dict.) . *ābb, 3. [A. S. ab or ob- (1), a beam, (2) the woof 1n Weaving # A term formerly used among weavers, and signifying yarn for the warp. ºf Abbwool=wool for the yarn used in a weaver's Warp. - âb'-ba, s... [Heb. ab=father, with, suffix ba to º the definite article.] The E. Aram. (Chal.) and Syr. name for father. “. . . the Spirit of adoption, whereby we cry, Abba, Father.”—Ron. viii. 15 *ab–bāg -ín-âte, v. t. [Ital. ad=to; bacino=a basin.] To destroy the eye-sight by placing, a red- hot copper basin close to the eyes. It was chiefly on captive pringes, or other persons of influence, that this detestable cruelty was practiced. *f; cites instances. of its perpetration amºng the Italians in mediæval times, the Greeks of the lower º; and others. He also repeats the story that, early in the twelfth century, Henry I., Iſing of Eng: land, thus treated his brother Robert, the deposed Duke of Normandy, but the charge is not supported by contemporary evidence. (Ducange, Leæicon, art. “Abbacinare ") *ab-bäç-in-ā'—tion, s, , The, destruction, of the eye-sight in the manner described under the verb ABBACINATE. - âb'-bā-gy. [Low Lat. abbatia, from E. Aram, and Syr. abba-father.] The dignity, rights, and privileges of an abbot. [ABBOT, ABBA.] “According to Telinus, an abbacy is the dignity itself.” —Ayliffe: Parergom Juris Canonici. āb-bān-dón-a-mên'-te. [Ital.] Music: With self-abandonment, despondingly. âb'-bas, s. Old spelling of ABBESs (q.v.). *āb'-bat, s. [ABBOT.] [In reality a more correct form of the word than ABBOT. It comes from ab- batem, accus. Of Lat. abbas, from Syr. abba = father.] IºnThe abbats of exempt abbeys.”—Glossary of Heraldry, *āb'-ba-têsse, s. Fem. form of ABBAT (q.v.). “And at length became abbatesse there.”—Holinshed: Chrom., g āb-bā'-ti-ál, a. Pertaining to an abbey. “Abbatial government was probably much more favor. able to national prosperity than baronial authority.”—Sir T. Eden: State of the Poor, p. 50. āb-bāt-i-cal, a. The same as ABBATIAL. & *ab'-bay, or *ab-baye, s. An old spelling of AB- BEY. £90, [A. N.] Disap- par. “They caried him unto the next abbay.” Chaucer: Prioresses Tale, 15,035. “They would rend this abbaye's massy nave.” Scott: Lay of Last Minstrel, canto ii., 14. abbé (pron. Åb'-bä), s. [The French term for ABBOT...] Literally, the same as an abbot, but more generally a mere title without any definite office or responsibilities. Before the first French Revolu- tion the title was so fashionable that many men who had pursued a course of theological study, făte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. abbess though, not at all of ecclesiastical proclivities, as- sumed it; but that practice almost terminated with 1789, after which the word became once more lim- ited to its natural meaning. “Ere long some bowing, smirking, smart abbé.” Cowper: Progress of Error. TI Abbés Commendataires. [ABBOT.] âb'-bêss, s. . [O. Fr. abaese, abbesse; Low Lat. abbatissa.] The lady superior of a nunnery, exer- cising the same authority over the nuns that an abbot does over monks in a convent, the only excep- tion being that she cannot exercise strictly ecclesi- astical functions. “The Palmer caught the abbess’ eye.” Scott: Marmion, v. 19. âb'-bey, s. [O. Fr. abeie, abaie; Fr. abbaye, from Low Lat. abbatia; ital. abbadia or badia; Ger. abtei.] 1. A monastic community. A society of celibates of either sex, who, having withdrawn from “the world” and bound themselves by religious vows, henceforth live in seclusion, the men, termed monks, in a convent, and the females, denominated ºvums, in a nunnery, the former ruled over by an abbot {ABBOT), and the latter by an abbess. Originally, the term abbey was applied to all such fraternities or sisterhoods, then it became more limited in meaning, as a distinction was drawn between an abbey proper and a priory. The more powerful abbeys in the Middle Ages tended to throw out off- shoots, as a vigorous church now is pretty sure to found one or more humbler churches in its vicinity. These were called priories, and were ruled by priors which was a more modest dignity than that of abbot. ... For, a period, they were subject to the authority of the abbot by whose instrumentality º had been founded, then they gained strength and became independent of the parent monastery, and finally the distinction between an abbey and a priory almost vanished. [MONASTERY.] ge 2. A building either now or formerly inhabited by a monastic community. An abbey in the Middle Ages had a church, a dormitory, a refectory for meals, a proper fº. for viands, and all other conveniences for the monks, who, though individu- ally poor, were collectively rich. It stood in the midst of grounds walled round for protection and privacy. Some abbeys have been converted into modern cathedrals or churches, others are in ruins. [PRIORY, CONVENT, NUNNERY, Mośstºry. i “It is impossible to conceive a more beautiful specimen of lightness and elegance of Gothic architecture than the eastern window of Melrose Abbey.”—Scott: Notes to “Lay of Last Minstrel,” ii. 8. T In London “the Abbey” significs Westminster Abbey. - - “All the steeples from the Abbey to the Tower sent forth a joyous din.”—Macaulay: Hist. of Eng., chap. xi. * In Scotland “the Abbey” specially means Holy- rood House, Edinburg. [ABBEY-LAIRD.] 3. The privileges of sanctuary possessed by those repairing to any such building. Scots Law: The right of sanctuary afforded to a #. who lives within the precincts of Holyrood OUIS6), abbey-laird, s. A cant term for an insolvent debtor who takes up his residence within the pre- cincts of Holyrood as a protection against his cred- itors. (Scotch.) abbey-land, s. Land now, or formerly, attached to an abbey. On the .*.*. of the monas- teries at the period of the English Reformation, the abbey-lands were transferred to the Crown, and were soon afterward given, at prices beneath their value, to private persons. By the statute 1st Phil. & Mary, c. 8, any one molesting the possessors of abbey-lands, granted by Parliament to Henry VIII. or Edward Wi. incurred the penalty of a premunire. While yet the lands now referred to were attached to the respective abbeys, their possessors, in most cases, had succeeded in freeing them from all charge for tithes. When their modern owners man- age to prove this they also are exempt from tithe rent-charge; (See Blackstone's Commentaries, Book IV., ch. 8; Book II., ch. 3.) abbey-lubber, s. A term of contempt for a fat, lazy, idle monk. lt is still used. “This is no Father Dominic, no huge overgrown abbey- lubber; this is but a diminutive, sucking friar.”—Dryden: Spanish Friar, iii. 2. * ºilº and abbey-lwbber there are in English literature a number of other words com- pounded with abbey; for instance, abbey-church and abbey-plate (Froude), abbey-gate and abbey- wall (Shakespeare). *āb'—bey, s. [A. N. Probably a corruption of ABELE (q.v.).] A name given in Yorkshire and Westmoreland to the great white poplar, a variety of Popwlus alba. 19 *āb'-bis, s. pl. [An old form of ALBs.] White surplices worn by priests. (Scotch.) *āb'—bād, s. Old form of ABBOT (q.v.). of Gloucester.) âb'-böt, *āb'-bat, or āb-êt. [A. S. abbod, ab- bad; Ger. abt; Fr. abbé; Ital. abate; Low Lat. abbas, fr. E. and W. Aram, abba : Heb. ab= father, of which the plural sounds like abbot, aboth. [ABBA.] A term originally applied to any monk, or to any ecclesiastic, specially if aged, and designed to ex- press veneration for his sanctity; then limited to the superior of a society of monks living in a mon- *.*. next restricted still further to the ruler of an abbey as contradistinguished from a priory; and, finally, acquiring again a somewhat more ex- tended meaning as the distinction between an abbey (Robert and a priory became less regarded. [ABBEY, PRI- ORY. When in the fourth century, A. D., the scat- tered and solitary monks living in the Egyptian and other deserts began to be gathered into small communities, each society elected a spiritual chief over it, to whom the name abbot was given by the Syrians and others, and archimandrite by the Greeks. The bishop soon gained the right of con- firming the nomination. As yet the abbots were deemed laymen, but about the sixth century most of them became priests. After the second Nicene Council, in A. D. 787, they were allowed to consecrate monks for the lower sacred orders. The abundant leisure which they possessed led a few of them to become learned men, and the bishops finding them useful in controversies with “heretics,” gradually induced them to remove their monasteries to the vicinity of towns. By the eleventh century their influence had so increased that the more powerful of them succeeded in shaking off the authority of the bishops, owning no jurisdiction now but that of the Pope ; these were, in consequence, called imsu- lated abbots. Though nominally the next grade be- low bishops, yet most of them adopted the episco- F. crosier, which, however, they bore in their right and, while the bishops did so in their left. They also assumed mitres like their rivals, and even many ordinary abbots became crosiered; thus a distinc- tion arose between mitred and crosiered abbots. The houses presided over by insulated abbots had mostly sentforth priories; the heads of those which had done so on a large scale were sometimes called cardinal abbots; and the ambitious title of cecu- menical, meaning wrviversal abbot, imitated from the patriarch of Constantinople, was not unknown. The privilege of making appointments to posts of such importance was claimed, and in many places successfully, by the civil power, which then nomi- nated laymen for secular ends. Hence arose abbot- counts (in Lat. abba-orabbi-comites) and field-abbots (in Lat: abbates milites), who received appointments on condition of rendering military service for what was deemed their feof. In Germany there were #. abbots, and Kings Philip I. and Louis VI. of France were abbots of the monastery of St. Aignan. In England, before the Reformation, twenty-six or twenty-seven mitred abbots, with two priors, sat in the House of Lords; the former were called, in consequence, abbots-general, or abbots-sovereign. They ceased to be peers when the monasteries were stººd by Henry VIII. e ishops whose cathedrals were at one time ab- beys have sometimes been called abbots. In modern Roman Catholic countries abbots are enerally divided into regular and commendatory abbés commendataires). The former are really monks; the latter are only laymen, but are obliged to take orders when they have reached the right age. . T. Abbot of the People was a title formerly given in Genoa to one of the chief civil magistrates, a layman. A person who in mediaeval times was the leader of Christmas revels was called by the Eng- lish the Abbot or Lord of Misrule, by the Scotch the Abbot of Unreason, and by the French Abbé de Liesse = the Abbot of Joy. [MISRULE.] āb-bêt-ship, s. The state, position, or appoint- ment of an abbot. - abbreuvoir (approximately āb-brüv-wār), 8. º Fr. = a watering-place; a drinking-pond or animals. Ital, abbeverare : from bevere; Lat. bibere = to drink.] 1. A watering-place. 2. Masonry; The junction between two stones; the interstices between two stones designed to be filled up with mortar. -*** ab–bré'—vi-àte, v. t. [Lat. abbreviatus, pa. par. of abbrevio: ad=to, and brevis-short; Sp. abreviar; Ital, abbreviare; from Lat. abbrevio; Gr. brachwºmó, brachus=brevis-short.] 1. To shorten, to curtail, to reduce to a smaller compass, yet without loss of the main substance. “It is one thing to abbreviate by contracting another by cutting off.”—Bacon: Essay Xxvi. 2. To shorten, to cut short with a lessening of the main substance. abbuttals “The length of their days before the Flood were abbre- viated after.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. 3. Arith. dº Alg. : To reduce a fraction to its low- est terms. [ABBREVIATION, I ab–bré'-vi-āte, s. An abridgment. Scotch Law: Abbreviate of adjudication means an abstract of adjudication, and of the lands ad- judged, with the amount of the debt. tºº. a. & “pa. £º. v. t.] [Used occasionally for the regular form ABBREVI- ATED (q.v.).] ab-bré'-vi-ā-têd, pa. par. or a. [ABBREVIATE.] i. Shortened, abridged, contracted. “Irregular, abbreviated, and bastardized languages.”- Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i., part i., ch. ii. 2. Arith, dº Alg. : Re- duced to lower terms; shortened, simplified. 3. Botany: A term used in comparative descriptions to indi- cate that one part is shorter than another. For instange, an abbre- viated calyx is one which is shorter than the tube of the corolla (a in fig.). *ab-bré'-vi-āte—ly, adv. [Eng, abbreviate; -ly..] Shortly, concisely. “Abbre v i a te l y a n d meetely according to my º Of º - old plain song.”— Nashe: laritima, with Abbre- Lenten Stuffe. lºo viated Calyx. āb-bré'-vi-ā'-ting, pr. par. [ABBREVIATE.] āb-bré'—vi-ā'—tion, s. [ABBREVIATE.] . I. Gen.: The act or process of shortening, abridg- ing, or contracting. £ “. . . the process of abbreviation and softening.”—Don- aldson: N. Cratylus, bk. ii., c. ii., p. 291. 1. Spec, ; The curtailmert of a document or the contraction of a word or words by omitting several of the letters, as 4. M. = Master of Arts [see A as an abbreviation, adj. for adjective, &c. ‘x * 2. Alg. & Arith. : The reduction of a fraction to a simpler form: as (a + b) 3a. 1 sº-º-º-º-º-º-º-º-º: to - 3a2 (a + b) Cl, 3, Music: , A conventional way of writing the notes so as to save space. Thus, a semi-breve with the symbol of a quaver underneath means as many demi-semi-quavers as there are in a crotchet—viz., 8. II. The result of such an act or process; thus A. M. is the abbreviation of Master of Arts. (a + b) 3a. 3aº (a + b) “. . . in the circumstance of using abbreviations.”— Swift. III. The state of being shortened or abridged. ab–bré'-vi-ā'tör, s. [ABBREVIATE.] 1. Gen. : One who abridges or curtails. “Neither the Archbishop nor his abbreviators.”— Hamilton: Logic, ii. 2. Spec.: The term applied to a college of seventy- two persons in the Roman Chancery whose duty it is to abridge the petitions granted by the Pope into proper forms for being converted into bulls. , ab-bré'-vi-ā'-töry, a. Abbreviating, shorten. ing. [ABBREVIATE.] *ab–bré'-vi-ā-tiire, s. [Ital. abbreviatwra.] 1. A mark used for the sake of shortening. “Written with characters and abbreviatures.”—Bp. Taylor; Rule of Conscience. 2. An abridgment, a compendium, a short draft. [ABBREVIATE.T “This is an excellent abbreviatwre of the whole duty of a Christian.”—Taylor; Gwide to Devotion. *ab-broch, v. t. . [Etym. doubtful..] To monopo- lize goods or forestall a market. º v. t. [A. N.] To broach a barrel. [ABROACH. “Abbrochym or attamyn a vessele of drynke.”—Prompt. Party. ab-bró'gh-mênt, s. [A. N.] [ABBROCH.] 1. The act of forestalling. ... tº 2. Spec. : The act of forestalling a market or fair. This was formerly regarded as a criminal offense; but by 7 & 8 Vict. the penalty for it was abolished. ab-bit'—tals, s, pl. , [Law Lat, abutto, and butta, from butum, Fr. bout-end, termination; or, Celt. bot or bod–foundation, lowest part.] The buttings or boundary of land toward any point. Anciently, 1 — is the abbreviation of C. C!, *ab-big-gēt, v. t. To expiate, to make amends toº ſº 3).] 3. bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph. = f. a $; -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shiin; del. –tion, -gion zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shüs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, nounce one (especially a son) abbyt bounds were distinguished by artificial hillocks called botemines, from which cance BUTTING, ABUT- TALS, &c. *āb'-byt, s. [HABIT.] A habit. “ Under the abbyt of seynte Austynne.” Wright: St. Patrick's Purgatory, p. 66. A B C. The first three letters of the English sºet, designed as symbols of the alphabet gen- erally. “As alphabets in ivory employ, Hour after hour, the yet unletter'd boy, Sorting and puzzling with a deal of glee Those seeds of science call’d his A B C.” - Cowper : Conversation. *ā-b-gé, or ā-bê-gē, s. [ABECE.] The alphabet (sixteenth century). Abdal (Ab'-dal), s. [Arab. abd=servant; Al= Allah-God.] Among Mussulmans: A transported by the love of God. Abdals are called in Persia Divaneh Khodas. People belonging to other faiths often find them dangerous fanatics. #) D'Herbelot's Bibliothèque Orientale, A. D. 7.) āb-dé1'-a-vi, S. . [Arab, local name in Pºiº The name given in Egypt to various species of the genus Cucumis (cucumbers and melons). Abderian (āb-dér-i-an), or Abderite (āb- dér'-ite), a. [From Abdéra, a town of Thrace, the inhabitants of which were regarded as very stupid, et from among them sprung the philosophers emocritus and Protagoras.] Pertaining (1) to Abdera;, (2) to incessant laughter, from Democ- ritus, who was known as “the laughing philos- opher.” āb'-dèst, s. [Pers. ab=water; dest=hand.] The Mohammedan ceremony of washing the hands as a religious duty. . *Abdevenham (Āb-dé-vén—ham). Astrol. : The head of the twelfth house in a Scheme of the heavens. âb'-di-cant, a. & S. [Lat. abdicans, pr. par. of abdico.] [ABDICATE.] e * * * * 1. As adj. : Abdicating, renouncing, relinquishing. “. . . monks abdicant of their order.”—Whitlock; Man- mers of the English People, p. 93. 2. As substantive: One who abdicates. âb'-di-cate, v. t. & i. [Lat. abdico-(lit.) to say a thing does not belong to one, to detach one's self from, to renounce, resign, abdicate; (legal) to re- to disinherit him : ab=from ; dico-to bind, to dedicate, consecrate or devote.] I. Transitive : 1. Gem. : To relinquish, abandon, give up. . 2. Spec.: To relinquish the throne without resign- ing it. * The word abdicate is sometimes used for the desertion of offices inferior to the throne. 3. Formally to resign an office before one's time of service has expired, or an office which one might have been expected to retain till death. “It was in the twenty-first year of his reign that Dio- cletian executed his memorable design of abdicating the empire. . . . . Diocletian acquired the glory of giving to the world the first example of a resignation which has not been very frequently imitated by succeeding mon- archs.”—Gibbon: Dec, and Fall, chap. xiii. 4. To reject, to renounce, to relinquish as a right gºon supposed to be or privilege, or a valuable possession. “But Christ as soon would abdicate His own, As toop from heaven to sell the proud a throne.” Cowper: Truth. “The understanding abdicates its functions, and men are given over, as if by magic, to the enchantments of insanity.”—Froude: Hist. of Eng., chap. vii. 5. Civil Law: To renounce a son, to disinherit a son, during the lifetime of a father. “It may be further observed that parents were allowed to be reconciled to their children, but after that could never abdicate them again.”—Potter: Grecian Antiquities, iv. 15. T Also figuratively: “. . . . draw them closer unto thee whom thou seemest for the time to abdicate.”—B)). Hall. *6. To dethrone, to deprive of office, to degrade. “The Turks cabdicated Comulus, the next heir to the empire.”—Burton: Anat. of Melancholy. II. Intransitive ... To abandon or relinquish a throne, or other office, dignity, or privilege. “. . . since he [a prince] cannot abdicate for his chil- 20. *º- âb'-di-ca-têd, pa. par. & adj. [ABDICATE.] 1. Active: Used of one who has abdicated a throne or other dignity. “The abdicated monarch retired.”—Gibbon: Decline and Fall, chap. xli. 2. Passive: Abandoned, renounced, referring to the throne or office abdicated. “And hoped to seize his abdicated helm.” Cowper: Eacpostulation. ab-di-ca'-tiiig, pr. par. [ABDICATE.] āb-di-ca'—tion, s. [Lat. abdicatio.] The act of abdicating or relinquishing. 1. Spec. : The relinquishment of an office, and particularly the throne, without a formal resigna- tion. It differs from resignation, which is applied to the giving back by a person into the hands of a superior an office to which that superior appointed him ; while in abdication, one theoretically, with- out an earthly superior in the country, relinquishes what came to him at first by act of law. “Somers vindicated the use of the word abdication by quotations from Grotius and Brissonius, Spigelius and Bartolus.”—Macaulay. Hist. of Eng., ch. x. 2. The resignation of a throne or other office with or without due formalities. “The ceremony of his [Diocletian’s] abdication was per- formed in a spacious place, about three miles from Nico- media.”—Gibbon: Decl. and Fall, vol. ii., chap. xiii. T An involuntary abdication may take place, like that of Napoleon I. at Fontainebleau, April 11 #; prior to his virtual banishment to the Isle O Flba. - 3. Gem. : A casting off, a rejection. “Wrongful abdication of parentality.”—Jeremy Bent- ham, - 4. The state of being abdicated or relinquished. *āb'-di-ca-tive, a... [Lat. abdicativus.] That which causes or implies abdication. [ABDICATE.] *āb'-dit-ive, a. [Lat. abditivus; abdo=to put away, to hide: ab=from ; do=to put, place, give.] Having the quality or power of hiding. âb'-di-tór-y, àb-di-tór'-i-àm, s. [Lat. abdo.] A place for hiding articles of value, as money, plate, or important documents. e Spec. : A chest in churches for relics. (Dugdale.) âb'-dòm, s. A contraction, in physicians' pre- scriptions, for ABDOMEN. āb-dó-mên, or āb'-dò-mên, s. [Lat. abdomen, -inis; from abdo=to put away, to conceal; or pos- sibly contr. from adipomen, from adeps = fat..] Properly a Latin word, but quite naturalized in Pnglish anatomical medical and zoological works. 1. That portion of the trunk which in man com: mences beneath, and in mammalia behind the dia- phragm, and terminates at the extremity of the elvis. The abdominal cavity is the largest in the human body. . It is lined with a serous membrane called the peritoneum. It contains the liver, with the gall-bladder, under its right lobe, the stomach, the pancreas, the spleen, the two kidneys, the blad- der and the intestines. The more highly organized of the inferior animals have a similar structure. 2. Emtom. : The whole posterior division of the body united to the thorax by a small knot or attach- ment, well seen in the wasp. It includes the back as well as the parts below. Externally it is made up of a series of rings. āb-dóm'—in-al, a. [ABDOMEN.] the abdomen. Belonging to “. . . the size of the abdominal cavity.”—Todd and Bow- man: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 266. . Abdominal regions: Certain regions on the ex- ternal surface of the abdomen formed by the trac- ing upon it of imaginary lines. A line is drawn horizontally from the extremity of the last rib on one side to the same point on the other. A second line is then drawn parallel to the first, between the two anterior superior §. of the ilium. These two lines necessarily divide the abdomen into three horizontal bands or zones. The first or highest one is called the epigastrium [EPIG ASTRIUM); the second or middle one, the umbilical region [UMBILICAL); and the third or lowest the hypogastrium [Hypo- GASTRIUM). Two vertical lines are then drawn on either side from the cartilage of the seventh rib downward to the anterior superior spine of the ilium. These necessarily intersect the three hori- Zontal Zones, dividing each of them into three parts so as to make nine in all. The central division of the epigastrium constitutes the epigastric region, properly so called, on either side of which lie the right and left hypochondria [HYPOCHONDRIA]. The central portion of the umbilical region is the um- abduct left lumbar regions. The hypogastric region is similarly divided into three, the central called the pelvic region, and the two side ones the right and left iliac regions. Abdominal ring or imgwimal ring : One of two oblong tendi- nous openings or “rings” exist- ing in either groin. Through these rings pass the spermatic cord in the one sex, and the circular ligament of the uterus in the other. The aponeurotic fibres which form the immedi- ate boundaries of the two open; ings are called the pillars of the ring. One of these is superior, internal or anterior and the other inferior, externa and posterior. ABDOMINAL REGIONS. 4. Epigastric. 10. Iliac. 5. Umbilical. 11. Inguinal. 6. Hypogastric. 15. Inferior dorsal, 9. Hypochondriac. 16. Lumbar. THORACIC REGIONS. 1. Humeral. 12. Scapular. 2. Subclavian. 13. Interscapular. 3. Mammary. 14. Superior dorsal or sub- 7. Axillary. Scapular. 8. Sub-axillary or lateral. āb-döm'-in-al, àb-döm'-in-als, s. [Lat, ab- dominales.] [ABDOMEN.] (The full term is Mala- copterygii abdominales=soft-finned *...} An order of fishes having the ventral fins suspende to the under part of the abdomen behind the pecto- rals, without being attached to the humeral bone. It is the most nu- In eI'OllS 111 SIDeClGS of the soft-finned orders, and con- tains the greater nu m be r of the fresh-water fishes. It is divided into five families: the The Carp, an Abdominal Fish. §§ or Carps; the Esocidae, or Pikes; the Si- luridae, or Siluri; the Salmonidae, or Salmon; and the Clupeidae, Or Herrings. [MALACOPTERYGII.] āb-döm-in-ös'-cö-py, s. º abdomen ; Gr. skopeq=to look at or after, to ſook jº Med...: An examination of the cxternal surface of the abdomen with the view of detecting symptoms of internal disease. āb-döm'—in-oiás, a. [Lat. abdomen: Eng. Suff. -ows=Lat. Osws=full of..] 1. Pertaining to the abdomen. 2. With a large abdomen. “Gorgonius sits, abdominous and wan, Like a fat squab upon a Chinose fan.” Courp cr: Progress of Error. āb-dû'çe, v. t. [Lat, abducos-to lead away.] +1. Gem. : To lead away. “From the whych opinion I colde not abduce them with al my endevor.”—State Papers, Hen. VIII., i. 557. 2. Amat. To draw from one part to a different one, to withdraw one part from another. “If we abduce the eye into either corner, the object will duplicate.”—Sir T. Browne: Vulgar Errors, iii., chap. xx. āb-dû gent, q;...[ABPUgºl Iſlatº abdºgens= drawing frºm..] Drawing from, drawing back. Anqt.: The term applied to several, muscles, the function of which is to fall back, withdraw, or open the parts to which they belong. The cubglucent or abductor muscles are opposed in their action to the adductor or adducemt muscles. [ABDUCTOR.] âb-dict', v. t. [Lat. abduco, pa. par, abductwº.] Law: To take away by guile, or forcibly to carry * dren.”—Swift: On the Seiitiments of a Church of England bilical region properly, so called; whilst the com: off; as, for instance, a man's wife, or his children, Man. - partments on either side are named the right and or a ward or heiress; or to kidnap human beings făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, Wolf, Wörk, Whö, Sön; mite, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 3; ey = a, qu = Ew. |- abducted with the view of selling them into slavery. {ABDUCE.] “His Majesty had been abducted or spirited away, enleve by some person or persons unknown.”—Carlyle: French Revolution, pt. ii., book iv., chap. iv. āb-dict'—éd, pa. par. & adj. [ABDUCT.] āb-dict'-iñg, pr. par. [ABDUCT.] āb-dûc'—tion, S. [ABDUCT.] A. Active: I. Gen. : A leading or drawing away. “Increased abduction of the stream by the water com- panies.”—Times, Sept. 9, { II. Spec. : 1. Law: The taking away of a child from its arents, a wife from her husband, or a ward from #. guardian; by fraud, persuasion, or open force. We also speak of the forcible abduction of a voter in a similar sense. .. * º 2. Phys.: The action or operation by which mus- cles part or separate certain portions of the body from others with which they are conjoined. [AB- pUCENT, ABDUCTOR.] . * 3. Swrq.: A fracture in which the broken parts re- cede from each other. “It ſº. thigh-bone] may be separated from the middle line of the body, so as to form an angle with the lateral gurface of the trunk (abduction), or it may be restored and made to approximate the middle line (abduction).”— Todd and Bowman, vol. i., ch. vi., p. 135. 4. Logic: An argument. Sometimes called, after the Greek, apogoge, in which the greater extreme is evidently contained in the medium, but the medium is not so evidently implied in the lesser extreme as not to require some further proof to make this ap- pear. B. Passive: The state of being abduced, led, or drawn away. āb-dic'—tor, s. [ABDUCT.]. One who abducts, or that which abducts—i.e., leads or pulls away. Amat.: A muscle of the body, which pulls back any part of the frame—e.g., the eye. The word abduc- ior is opposed to adductor, a muscle which pulls to. {ABDUCENT.] “The abductor muscle of the eye.”—Todd and Bowman. *a-bê',”a-bêe'. In the expression “let abe”=let be, let alone, far less, not to mention (a = at, the Northern sign of the infinitive). (Scotch.) “I let that abee.”—Robson: MMS., i. 176. “I hate fords at a' times, let abe when there's thousands of armed men on the other side.”—Scott: Bride of Lam- ‘ºlé7°W). OO1°, * Sometimes=forbearance or connivance. “I am for let abe, for let abe, as the boys say.”—Scott: Pirate. a-bêam', adv. [a-on; beam.] Nawt. Lang.: On the beam. In a line at right angles to a vessel's keel. *a-bear', v. t. [A. S. aboeran.] Now shortened to BEAR. § 1. To bear, to endure, to put up with. 2. To behave (one’s self). “So did the faerie knight himself abeare, And stouped oft his head from shame to shield.” Spenser: Faerie Queene, bk. v., xii. 19. *a-béar'-ange, s. [a; -bear.] Behavior, conduct, demeanor. - “Good abearance, or good behavior.”—Blackstone, Comment., book iv., chap. 18. *a-bear'-iñg, s. [ABEARANCE.] Behavior, con- duct, demeanor. * Law: Good abearing=the proper and peaceful carriage of a loyal subject. “He shulde be of good aberynge towarde the king.”— Fabyam: Chromycles, c. 154. *a-bêat'—en, v. t. (pret. abette). To beat down. {BEAT.] (Stratmann.) *ā-bê-gē, s. A word used chiefly in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. 1. The alphabet. “He was more than ten yer old or he couthe ys abece.”— Robert of Glouc., p. 266. . Hence, 2: The elements of a science: as, for instance, of arithmetic. “When that the wise man, accompteth Aftir the formal propirte Of algorismes abece.” Gower MSS., Soc. Antiq. ā-bê-gé-dār'-i-an, s. [From a, b, c, d.] 1. One who teaches the alphabet. “One that teaches the cross-row.”—Cockeram: Dict. 2. One who is engaged in learning the alphabet. (Māmshew.) *ā-bē-gé'-dar-y, or ā-bē-gé-dār'-i-an, a. & s. [From º; c, d.] Ç 3. bóil, boy; pout, jowl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 21 A. As adj. : A term applied to compositions ar- ranged alphabetically; pertaining to the alphabet; rudimentary. B. As subst. (Pl.) : Rudiments; principles. “Two abecedary circles, or rings of letters.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. Abecedarian Psalms: Psalms, the verses of which began with the successive letters of the alphabet. a-bêche, v. t. [Fr. abecher=to feed, fill the beak.] [É. To feed, to satisfy. a-bêched', pa. par. [ABECHE.] “Yet should I somdele ben abeched, And for the time well refreshed.” Gower: C. A., bk. v. *pśa, adv. [Properly on bed; pref. a =on, or to; €Cl. 1. In bed. “Not to be a-bed after midnight is to be up betimes.”— Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, ii. 3. 2. To bed. “Her mother dreamed, before she was delivered, That she was brought a-bed with a buzzard.” Beaum. & Flet.: False Ome, iv. 3. *a-bê'de, v. t. To bid, to offer. [BID.] (MSS. of the 14th Cent.) *a-bêd'e, v. i. (pret. of ABIDE.) *a-bêd'ge, v. [ABIE (2).] “There durst no wight hand on him ledge But he no swore he shall abedge.”—Urry: Chaucer. *abefoir, adv. # intensive, or without meaning; befoir= before.] Before. (Scotch.) “. . . the landis . . . quhilhes wer abefoir unite.”—Acts James VI. (1609). *a-bêg'-en, v. t. (pret. abwyde.) [A. S. abegan.] To curve, to bend. *a-bêg'ge, a-bége', v. t. To suffer for, to atone for. [ABIE (2).] “He schal it abegge that broughte him thertoo.” Chaucer: Cokes Tale of Gamelyn, 810. “He would don his sacrilege That many a man it shufde abege.” MS. Gower, Soc. of Antiq. (Halliwell.) h, a-bêech, adv. [Prob. corrupted from Åloof, at a safe distance. (Scotch.) “Toum’s bodies ran and stood abeigh.” Burms: Auld Farmer to His Mare. a-bé'—is, a-bi'es, prep. [Corrupt. of ALBEIT.] In comparison with ; as, “London is a big town abies Edinburgh.” (Supp. Jamieson’s “Scottish Dialect.”) *a-bêis'-aunçe. [OBEISANCE.] Obedience. a-bêl-a'-sié, s, , [Arab, local Egyptian, name.] The name given at Alexandria to certain little fleshy and º: tubers, slightly aromatic, which are employed as food-plants and analeptics. They ap- pear to possess the Fº increasing the secre- 3—beig at bay.] tion of milk in nurses. They probably belong to the Cyprus escwlentws. *a-bélde', a bê1'-dén, v. t. [A. S.] To become bold. [BOLD. “The folk of Perce gan abelde.” Rºymg Alysawnder, 2,442. a'-béle, al-bêille, or, a -bêl-trée, s. One of the English names applied to the great white poplar (Populus alba, Linn.). “Six abeles in the kirkyard grow.” Browning: Rhyme of the Duchess. *a-h:1' * * a-bê1'-gén, v. i. & t. (pret. abalh, part. abolgem). [A. S. abeigan; O. H. Ger. ;;...? A. Intrans.: To grow angry. B. Trams. : To make angry. a-bê1'-ſ—a, s. [Named by Robert Brown after Mr. Clarke Abell, author of A Journey in China, 1818.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Caprifoli- aceae, or Caprifoils. Abelia floribwnda from Mexico, and A. rupestris from China, are ornamental shrubs, the former with purple-red, and the latter with pale rose-colored flowers. Abelian. [ABELITE.] Å-bél–ite, Å-bé1'-i-an, Ā-bêl-o'-ni-an, s. [Ger. Abelonian; from Abel, the son of Adam.j A sect mentioned by St. Augustine, who imitated what § considered to be the example of Abel in dying without having consummated marriage. They arose in Africa, in the time of Arcadius, about the end of the fourth century, A. D., but exerted little perma- ment influence on the Church. à-bél–mös'-chiis, s... [Lat. abelmoschus; Arab. kalb-el-misk=a grain of musk; Gr. moschos=musk..] A genus of plants belonging to the order Malvaceae, or Mallowworts. The A. esculentus is the Indian Bendy, Bandikai, or Ramtoorai. It furnished the Oghro or Gobbo pods used for thickening soup, while those of A. moschatus are used to perfume pomatum, and bruised or steeped in rum as an an- tidote to snake-bite. (Stratmann.) Ghin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; sin, aberration ă'-bê1-mösk, s. The Anglicized form of the word ABELMOSCHUS. Abelonian. [ABELITE.] ă'-bê1–trée. [ABELE.] *ā'-bêl-whack'-ets, s. #: [1, , Abel; 2, from whack– a blow.] A game of cards flººd by sailors, so called from the horse-play which succeeds it; theioser receiving a whack or blow with a knotted handkerchief for every game he loses. (Grose.) *abelyche, adv. Ably. “That ne the craft abelyche may conne. —Constitution of Masonry. (Halliwell.) *a-bê–6'-dén, v. t. [A. S. abeodan; O. H. Ger. aribiota.m.] To offer. (Stratmann.) āb-ê-qui-täte, v. t. [Lat. abequito-to ride away; from ab=away, from, and equito–to ride.] To ride away. (Mimshew : Gwide into Tongues, 1627.) *ab-êr'—and, or *ab-ār-ränd, pr. par. [ABERR.] (Scotch.) ** Aberand fra the Cristen faith.” Bellend.: Cron. viii. 19. ... a-bêr'-dé-vine, s. [White, of Selborne, spelled it. ABERDAVINE.] A small bird, called also the sis- kin. It is green above, and has a yellow breast. It comes from the north of Europe about the time the swallows depart. It is the Carduelis spinus of Cuvier. [CARDUELIS.] Known by the more famil- iar name of goldfinch. - *a-bêre', a. [From A. S. abarian=to lay bare.] Detected, convicted. “Abere theof is a detected or convicted thief, and abere morth a detected homi- cide.” (See Ancient Laws and Institutes of Eng- land: Lea; Camwti, c. 104.) a-bêre', v. t. [A.S.] [ABEAR.] To bear. “Abere thilke truage.”—Rob. Glouc., p. 196. a-bêre'—mörd, a-bêre'-mird-er, s. ſº S. abere =apparent, notorious; mord=murder.] Plain or downright murder, as distinguished from the less heinous crime of manslaughter or chance medley. It was declared a capital offense, without fine or commutation, by the laws of Canute, c. 93, and of Henry I., c. 13. (Spelm.) (Walton: Law Leacicon.) *a-bêr'—en, v. t. (pret. aber). [A. S. aberan.] To bear. (Stratmann.) *a-bêr'—ing, s. [ABEARING..] *a'-bêrne, a. [AUBURN.] (Halliwell.) “Long aberme beardes.” Cummingham: Revel’s Accounts, p. 56. āb-êrr', *aberre, v. i. [Lat. aberro = to wander away: ah. = away, from, and erro = to wander, to stray.] To wander: used chiefly in natural science. “We may aberre from the proper acceptation.”— Brownes Vulgar Errors, p. 189. āb-êrr'—ange, #b-êrr'—an-gy, s. [ABERR.] º: A Wandering from, in a literal sense, as from a pa * ſº g e . *2. A wandering from, in a figurative sense, such as from right reason, from morality, or from God. “Render it [his understanding] as obnoxious to aberr- ances as now.”—Glanvill: Scepsis Scientifica. “They commonly affect no man any further than he deserts his reason or complies with their aberrancies.”— Browne: Vulgar Errors, bk. i., chap. 3. 3. Nat. Science: A divergence from the typical characters of some division, great or small, in the animal or vegetable kingdom. āb-êrr'—ant, a. [ABERR.] 1. Gen. : In the same sense as the verb. . Spec. (Nat. Science): Deviating from the type of the fºr: which they belong. A term much used by the Macleay or quinary school of zoologists, who, arranging animals in five kingdoms, five classes, five orders, &c., called, the third of these the first aberrant; the fourth, the second aberrant; and the fifth, the third aberrant. The term aberr. ant is still in common use among naturalists. [QUINARY.] * “Our so-called osculant or aberrant groups.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. xiii. 429. āb-êrr-ā'—tion, 3. [Lat. aberratio.] [ABERR.] Lit.: A wandering from. I. Gen. : A wandering from. “. . . the aberration [of a river] from the direct line of descent.”—Lyell: Princip, of Geology, chap. xiv. II. Naț. Phil. : 1. Optics. Spherical aberration: That wander- ing of the rays of light from the normal path which takes place when they are made to pass through curved lenses, or are reflected from curved mirrors, constituting portions of a sphere, instead of parts of a parabola. It arises from the unequal refrac- tion by the lenses of the several rays of light, and its effect is to render the images formed in some de- gree undefined about the edges. Chromatic aberr- ation [Gr. chroma=color]: , That fringing of im- ages with the prismatic colors which takes place aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = Shan. &c. = bei, del. –tion, -ble, -dle, -sion = shin; -Sious = Shiis. –tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, aberring when light passes through curved lenses. It arises from the unequal refraction by the lenses of the several elementary colors. Both spherical and chromatic aberration may be corrected by the em- ployment of a proper combination of lenses instead of one. [ACHROMATIC.] 2. Astron.: The aberration of light is that alter- ation in the apparent position of a star which is §§ by the motion of the earth in its orbit uring the time that the light is coming from the star to the eye. The effect of this aberration is to make each star appear annually to describe a minute circle of about 40%" diameter parallel to the earth's diameter. e 3. Te?"restrial §. : The aberration of light may be seen on the earth as well as in the heavens. If one walk rapidly forward in a shower, the rain- drops seem as if they come at an angle to meet him; if he walk swiftly backward, they appear as if they come, at an inclination from behind; if, finally, he stand still, their real motion becomes discernible; in other words, they appear to fall nearly or quite vertically. III. Biol. : Deviation from a type. IV. Med. : 1. The passage of blood, or any other fluid of the body, from morbid causes, into vessels not designed to receive it. 2. Mental aberration : That wandering from soundness of judgment which is so conspicuous in the insane. “. . . . every degree of such mental aberration.”—Sir H. Holland; Chapters on Mental Physiology, iv. 114. W. Ethics and Theol. Moral or spiritual aberr- ation: A wandering from the path of rectitude, or from God. “So then we draw near to God, when, repenting us of our former aberrations from Him, we renew our cow- enants with Him.”—Bishop Hall: Sermom on James iv. 8. āb-êr'-riñg, pr. par. & a. [ABERR.] *āb-ê-rūji'-căte, v. t. [Lat. averrumco-to avert as a calamity or evil omen. Perhaps from verro-to sweep; or verto-to turn; or the English form ma be from pref. ab, and Lat. erumco-sto weed out. To pull up by the root, utterly to extirpate, to erad- icate. (Johnson: Dict.) *a-bès'se, v. t. [Fr. abaisser=to humble.] To humble, depress, abase. (Blownt.) *a-bès'sed, pa, par. [ABESSE.] *a-bès'—tór, s. [Deriv. uncertain.] A kind of stone. “Among stones abestor, which being hot will never be cold for our constancies.”—Lyly: Mother Bombie (1594). *a-bès'-yans, s. [OBEISANCE.] “With all manner of abesyams we recommend as ryght.” —MS., Tanner. (Halliwell.) -bët, v. t. [O. Fr. abeter=to deceive: from bett =a Cry designe to set dogs on their prey. (Wedg- wood. [BAIT.] & * 1: To encourage or aid, a person, or, cause, by word or deed, not necessarily taken in a bad sense. “Abet that virgin’s cause.”—Spenser: Faery Queen. 2. Gen. and spec. in Law: To aid, countenance, encourage in, or to incite, stimulate, or instigate to a criminal act. “And you that do abet him in this kind Cherish rebellion.”—Rich. III., ii. 3. *a-bêt', s. The act of aiding or encouraging to a CIIIſle. “. . . through mine abet.” Chaucer: Troilus and Cres., bk. ii., f. 357. a-bêt'-mênt, s. [ABET.]. The act of abetting, countenancing, Or encouraging One in a crime. “Advice and abetment amount to principal treason.”— Blackstome: Comm., iv. 3. a—bèt'—téd, pa. par. & a. [ABET.] a-bêt'—tiiig, pr. par. [ABET.] a—bèt'—tór (formerly abetter); S. [ABET.] ...One who encourages another in anything, originally in a good as well as a bad sense. Pope employs it in the former. Now it has usually a bad sense. Law One who encourages, instigates, or sets on another to the commission of some criminal act; an accessory to a crime, . An abettor who is present at the time of committing a crime is considered as a principal, in the second degree. One absent, but still cognizant of what is to take place, is called an accessory before the fact. (Blackstone: Comm., iv. 3.) [ABET, ACCESSORY..] “But let the abetters of the Panther's crime.” Dryden: Hind and Panther, 3. “But the Hesiodic demons are in no way authors or abettors of evil.”—Grote: Greece, vol. i., chap. ii. āb-ê-väc-ā-ā'—tion, s. [Lat, ab=from ; evacuatio =emptying out; vacuus=empty..] . . Med. : An expulsion of the morbid matter from the body. 22 *a-bey', *a-beye', *a-bêgge', v. i. To suffer from. [ABIE ğı “That they me perische; for I dar wel seye, If that they doon, ye schul ful sore abeye.” Chaucer: Doctor's Tale, 1314–15. ā-bey', s. A kind of mahogany found in St. Do- Illing O. a-bey'—ange, *ab-bey'—ançe. [O. Fr. abéiance, from beamţ, pr. par, of beer; Fr. bayer=to gape, to look at, with mouth open ; Ital, badare=to amuse one’s self, to stand trifling, cognate with abide.] Lit. : Expectation. 1. Law: The expectancy of an estate. In abey- ance is the term applied to a freehold or inheritance which is not for the time being vested in any one, but which awaits the appointment or the compe- tence of the person who is entitled to the possession. Thus when a living is vacant, as it is between the death of one incumbent and the appointment of his Successor, it is held as being in abeyance. .2. Ord. Lang.: The state of being held back for a time, dormancy, quiescence. “The German league was left in abeyance till the imme- diate danger was past.”—Froude: Eng. Hist., ch. vii. “In this state of things, the Senate decided to place the consular functions in abeyance.”—Lewis: Rom. Hist., xii. 1. a-bey'—ant, a. Being in abeyance, dormant, qui- eSCent. *a-bey'd, v. [ABIDE.] “And to abeyd abstinens and forsake abundans.”—MS. Douce. (Halliwell.) *a-beye', v. i. [A. S. abegan.] To bow to. [ABE- GEN.] *āb-gé-tór'-i-a, s. [Erse aibgitir; Gael. aibghitir =the alphabet.] The alphabet. (Matt. West.) *āb-gré-gāte, v. t. [Lat. abgrego: ab=from ; grea: =flock.] To separate from a flock or herd. (ſtin. Shew.) *āb-gré-gā'—tion, s. [ABGREGATE.] Separation from a flock or herd. *āb-höm -in-a-ble, a. [ABOMINABLE.] A pe- dantic spelling of the word ABOMINABLE, formerly used by those who erroneously believed the etymol- ogy to be ab-homime, instead of abominor. It is thus ridiculed by Shakespeare: “This is abhominable, which he [Armadol would call abominable.”—Love's Labor’s Lost, v. 1. āb-hor', v. t. [Fr. abhorrer; Sp. aborecer; Ital. aborrire; all from Lat. abhorreo = to shrink back from ; ab = from, and horreg = (1) to stand erect, bristle up; (2) tremble as with cold; (3) shudder at, &S IIl ; 1. So to to loathe. “I hate and abhor lying ; but thy law do I love.”—Ps. cxix. 168. “I abhor death.”—Byron.: Heaven and Earth, i. 3. t2. To despise, neglect. “He hath not despised nor abhorred the affliction of the afflicted.”—Ps. xxii. 24. +3. To cast off, to reject. “But thou hast cast off and abhorred . . . thy anointed.” —Ps. lxxxix. 38. T Formerly, the passive was sometimes followed by of, applied to the person entertaining the hatred. Now by is used: “And all Israel shall hear that thou art abhorred of thy father.”—2 Sam. xvi. 21 It is also found in a half transitive sense. (Poet.) “You would abhor to do me wrong.”—Cowper. *4. To protest against. “I utterly abhor, yea, from my soul Refuse you as my judge.” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., ii. 4. *5. To fill with horror. (Scotch.) “It wald abhor thee till heir red The saikles blude that he did schede.”—Lindsay. āb-hor"—réd, pa. par. & a. [ABHOR.] “The weedy, foul, abhorred ground.” Thomsom: Castle of Indolence, ii. 67. āb-hör'—rénçe, º s. [ABHOR.] Hatred, producing a shrinking back from, aversion to. “And what theologian would assert that, in such cases, we ought, from abhorrence of the evil, to reject the good?” —Macaulay: Hist. of Eng., chap. xiv. “A show of wonder and abhorrency in the parents.”— Locke on Education, $ 110. āb-hör'—rent, a. [ABHOR.] 1. Fº an extreme aversion to, drawing back from with loathing or fear. “He would abhorrent turn.”—Thomson: Seasons. 2. Contrary or foreign to, thoroughly inconsist- ent with. ate as to shrink back in aversion from ; abiding T. Followed formerly by from, now generally by to, and sometimes used simply as a qualifying ad- jective : “And yet it is so abhorrent from the vulgar.”—Glanville: Scepsis Scient. “Abhorrent to our ideas of fitness.”—Darwin: Species, XIV. “Their abhorrent gladiatorial exhibitions.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, wol. i. āb-hör'—rent-ly, adv. Tën C6. āb-hor’—rèr, s. [ABHOR.] One who abhors. “. . . abhorrers of episcopacy.”—Swift. āb-hor"—riñg, pr. par. & S. [ABHOR.] As a substantive: .. e * 1. Subjective: A feeling of aversion to anything. “I feel no decay in my strength. . . . no abhorring in my appetite.”—Donne: Devotion. 2. Objective: An object of great aversion. Fol- lowed by to: “. . . shalt be an abhorring to all flesh.-Isa. lxvi. 24. ã'-bib, or āb'-ib, s. . [Heb. abib-a full, green ear of grain, from the root abab=to put forth fruit, es- º ripe fruit; from Aram. eb-fruit (eb in eb. =greenness).] The first month of the Jewish civil year (Exod. xii. 2). The feasts of unleavened bread and of the passover fell within it (Exod. Xii., xiii., xxxiv. 18; Deut. xvi. } During the Captivit the name Nisan supplanted that of Abib. [NISAN. The month fell about the time of our April, and its name suggested that at that period of the year in Palestine barley was in green ear. âb'-ī-chite, s. A mineral named after Dr. Abich, [ABHOR.] With abhor- of Tiflis. [CLINOCLASITE.] a-bi'-dange, s. [ABIDE.] Continuance. t “. ... so long is his abidance [in purgatory].”—The Puri- Clºt, li. l. a-bi'de (1), v. i. & t. (pret, and pa. par. abode). [A. S. d.bidam, from a =on, bidam—to remain; Sw. bida ; Dut. beiden; Dan. bie, for bide; Ital. abitare; Russ. vitaya= to dwell, rest, or continue: Arab. abada.=to be, or continue.] I. Intransitive : 1. To dwell or live in a place. “Lord, who shall abide in thy tabernacle?”—Ps. xv. 1. 2. To stay or tarry for a short time, to wait. “And they said, Nay; but we will abide in the street all 2 night.”—Gen. xix. 2. 3. To continue, to remain, to rest. “And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you an- other Comforter, that he may abide with you forever.” —John xiv. 16. 4. To remain firm, to be incapable of being over- thrown. “Thou hast established the earth, and it abideth.”—Ps. cxix. 90. T Abide is followed by the prep, with of the per- son or persons, as in (3); and in, at, by, or on of the place, as in (1) and (2). At, as in Lev. viii. 35. “Abide at the door of the tabernacle.” By, as in Job xxxix. 9: “Will the unicorn be willing to serve thee, or abide by thy crib?” (i.e., beside thy crib.) Om, as in Hosea xi. 6: “And the sword shall abide on his cities.” In the sense of wait it is followed by for, as— “They shall abide for me many days.”—Hosea iii. 3. T. To abide {{ a promise or resolution is to stand to it, to avoid departing from it. “Abides by this resolve.”—Wordsworth: Happy Warrior. II. Transitive : 1. To await, to wait for. “Bonds and affliction abide me.”—Acts xx. 23. (Or by supposing an ellipse of for, the verb may be considered intransitive.) 9 2. To endure, to bear, to sustain. “The nations shall not be able to abide his indigma- tion.”—Jeremiah x. 10. *3. To forbear. (Lydgate.) a-bi'de (2), v. t. [ABIE.] .fa-bi'-dér, s. [ABIDE.] One who abides or con- tinues. “Speedy goers and strong abiders.”—Stamey: Poesie. a-bi'-diſſig, *a-biºdynge, pr. par. & adj. [ABIDE.] ... As adjective: 1. Continuing, permanent, durable. stain'' – a permanent stain. *2. Patient. “And bold and abidynge Bismares to suffre.”—Piers Plottgh., p. 413. “An abiding făte, fūt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wärk, whö, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rôle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. abiding "I Abiding-place = place of abode. Cf. resting- place = place of rest, &c. “This deep abiding-place.”—Wordsworth: Eaccur., iv. a-bi'-difig, s. [ABIDE.] ..I. The state of abiding. 1. Continuance, stay. “Nothing in that place can consist or have abiding.”— Raleigh: Hist. of the World. 2. Spec. : Sojourning. (Rider: Dict., 1640.) II. The place where one abides, an abode. (Ibid.) III. The act of abiding anything, or of continuing to do anything. e & ºterius endurance, or toleration of anything. 10. - 2. Perseverance in a course of action. (Ibid.) a-bi'-difig-ly, *a-bi-dynge-ly, adv. [ABIDE.] In a permanent manner, with continuance. “. . . with me familiar, And in myn housolde ben abidymgely.” MS. Soc. Antiq. (Halliwell.) *a-bie' (1), *a-by' (1), *a-bye' (1), v. i., & t. [Fr. gbayer, abaier, baier, béer; O. Fr. baer=(1).to gape (2) to listen attentively: from obs: root ba, imitate from the sound most naturally uttered when One gapes. Corresponds to ABIDE, but comes from Fr., whereas ABIDE is from A. S.] (Wedgwood.) [ABIDE, ABEYANCE.] & e º 1, Intransitive: To abide, to continue, to remain. “But nought that wanteth rest can long abu.” Spenser ; F. Q., III., vii. 3. 2. Transitive: To stand to, to risk, to dare, to endure, to abide by. “But whence shall come that harme which thou dost Seen 6 To threat him that mindes his chance to abye?” Spenser: F. Q., bk. ii., c. iv. 40. TI Sometimes confounded with the next. *a-bie, (2), *a-bye (2), *a-by. (2), *a-buy", *a-bê, *a-bêye', *a-bége', *a-bêgge', *a-bêdge, *a-big'—géde, *a-big'—gén, *a*bidge, *ā-buyge', *a-bygge' (pret. abogt, aboght, aboghten), v. t. & i. [A. S. ābicgam, aby.cgan = to redeem, to pay the penalty of..] [BUY.] I. Trans, : To pay for, to expiate by suffering the appropriate penalty, to atone for; also to pay, to Uly. “Disparage not the faith thou dost not know, Lest to thy peril thou aby it dear.” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night’s Dream, iii. 2. “Here he had the destenee * That the poore man schulde abé.” Reliq, Antiq., i. 68. “. . . . thy love abeye.”—Gower MS. (Halliwell.) “He wolde don his sacrilege, That many a man it schulde abege.” Gower M.S.: Soc. Antiq., 134, f. 174. (Halliwell.) “Alle Grece it schulde abegge sone.” Ibid., f. 96. (Ibid.) “The wich schal it abiggede.” Legendae Catholicoe, p. 206. “This ryot thou shalt now abuyge.” Mapes: Poems, p. 345. “The kynge schalle hyt soone abygge.” MS. Cantab., ff. 11, 38, p. 107. II. Intransitive: To suffer. “But he that killed him shall abuy therefore.” Ariosto (Herring), xvi. 34. “Thou shalt abeye for that is done.” Hartshone, Met. T. 225. (Wright.) “Ther durst no wyht hand upon him legge That he ne swor anon he schuld abegge.” Chaucer : Reeves Tale, 3,935. * Alle they schalle abbigget dure That token him in that tide.” MS. Ashmole, 83, f. 14. (Halliwell.) “These bargeyn wyl be dere abogt.” MIS. Douce, 802, f. 1. (Halliwell.) “And that aboghten guiltles Bothe Dejanire and Hercules.” Gower MS., Soc. Antiq., 134, f. 75. (Ibid.) âb'-ī-èg, s. [Lat. abies, genit. -etis=white fir- tree. Bullet says it is derived from one of the dia- lects of the Celtic abetoa, Ital. abete; Sp. abeto.] A genus of trees belonging to the order Pinaceae (conifers). It contains four natural divisions—sil- yer firs, spruces, larches, cedars. Most of the best known fir-trees belong to it. [CEDAR, FIR, LARCH, SPRUCE, SILVER.] âb'—i–Š-tène, s. [ABIES.] Chem. : A hydro-carbon obtained by distilling the resinous exudation of the nut-pine of Califor- nia (Pinus sabiniana). (Watts' 2d Suppl.) âb'-i-śt'-ic, a. [ABIES, Pertaining to the vege- table genus Abies. abietic acid, 8. (C44E64O5.) [ABIES.] 23 Chem.: A crystalline aromatic acid contained in colophony. It crystallizes in small colorless rhom- bic prisms, insoluble in water, soluble in hot alco- hol and ether. [COLOPHONY.] âb'-i-ē-tín, s. º; A neutral resin, ex- tracted from Canada balsam and Strasburg turpen- tine: the former the product of Abies balsamea, the Balm of Gilead fir; and the latter of A. picea, the silver fir. [ABIETIC ACID.] âb'-i-è-ti-nae, s. [ABIES.] * Bot.: , The first sub-division of the coniferous order of Gymnosperms. It is characterized by in- verted ovules and oval-curved pollen. The most noteworthy genera are Pinus, Abies, and Arawcaria. [PINACEAE.] - âb'—ſ-à-tite, s. (C8H8O3.) [ABIES, I hem.: . A sugar contained in , the needles of Abies pectingta. It much resembles mannite, but differs from it in chemical composition. (Watts.) âb'-i-Ét—i'-tês, s. [Iaat. abies, and Gr. lithos=a stone..] A genus of fossil cones found in the Wealden and Lower Greensand. âb'-i-gáil, s. [Originally a Heb. proper name= father of joy; or, whose father is joyful..] A waiting Iſlal Cls “Mantua-maker, soubrette, court beggar, fine lady abi- gail, and scion of royalty.”—Carlyle: Diamond Necklace. āb-íg'—é–ät, s. [Lat. abigeatus=cattle-stealing: from abigo=drive away; abigeator, abactor, or ab- tgewr-cattle-stealer.] [AEAgronj ſº Law: (1.) The crime of driving away cattle in theft or robbery. (2.) A miscarriage criminally produced. *a-big-géde, *a-big-gén. [ABIE (2).] ta—bíl-i-āte, v. t. [ABLE.] To enable. “To have wrought miracles before an age so expert therein, and abiliated either to outvie, or at least to de- tect them.”—Bacon. ta-bil-i-ā-têd, pa. par. [ABILIATE.] *a-bil'—i-mênt, s. [ABLE.] Ability. “. . . abiliment to steer a kingdom.” — Ford: Broken Heart. *a-bíl-i-mênts, *ā-by1'-y-mênts, mênts, *āb-bil-i-mênts (Scotch), mênts, *a-bêil'-y-mênts, s, pl. ABULYIEMENTS.] a-bil-i-ty, s. [Fr. habilité; Ital. abilità: Sp. habilidad; Lat. habilitas, from habeo = have or hºld; [ABLE.] tº tº * 1. Power possessed by any one in virtue of his physical, mental or moral nature. “The ability to spread the blessings wide Of true philanthropy.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, iv. 2. Specially of intellect. “The public men of England, with much of a peculiar kind of ability.”—Macaulay: Hist. of Eng., ch. xxii. “James G. Blaine was a man of great ability.”—N. Y. Herald, Oct. 30, 1893. T Similarly, abilities in the plural is often used specially for intellectual gifts: “That gentle firmness to which, more perhaps than even to his great abilities, he owed his success in life.”—Ma- caulay: Hist. of Eng., ch. xvi. iſ Ability and capacity are not quite synonymous. Capacity refers especially to one's capability of re- ceiving, particularly, to receptivity of knowledge; ability implies that the intellect and knowledge are used in action: capacity looks upon the person as passive; ability as active. 3. The possession of wealth; means, or substance; wealth being power or. *ability,” concentrated in small compass till required. “Then the disciples, every man according to his ability, determined to send relief.”—Acts xi. 29. 4. Metaphys. and Theology: Moral or spiritual power. g 5. Law: Legal competence to do certain acts. T As a suffix=fitness for, capability of. ă'-bill, à'-bil, a. & adv. [ABLE.] (Scotch.) 1. Fit. 2. Able. 3. Perhaps. [Cf. AIBLINS.] *ā'-bill, v. t. [ABLE.] To enable, to assist. “And namely to thame that abills thame thereto.”—MS. Lincoln. (Halliwell.) *a-bime, *a-by me, s. [A. N.] An abyss. [ABYSM, ABYSS.] *a-bil’— *a-by1'-y- [HABILIMENTS, “. . . till that they be fallen downe Unto the abyme.” Cursor Mundi. MS., Trim. Coll., Cantab. (Halliwell.) âb'-in-tés'—tate, a. & s. [Fr. ab intestat; Lat. ab intestatus: ab=from ; im–not ; testatus, pa. par. Of tºor-to attest; testis=witness.] [TEST, TES- TIFY. 1. As adj. Law: Inheriting the estate of a per- son who has died without making a will. abj ect 2. As swbstantive: A person who inherits the estate of one who has died without making a will. à-bi-ö-gēn’–é-sís, S. [Gr. a, priv.; bios=life; emesis =generation.] A scientific word invented by rof. Huxley to indicate the view that living matter can be produced from that which is not in itself liv- ing matter. It is opposed to BIOGENESIS (q.v.). ā-bi-ög'-en—ist, s. . [ABIOGENESIS (q.v.).] One who holds the hypothesis of abiogenesis. [ABIo- GENESIS.] “. . . a common objection of , abiogenists.”—Huacley: Presidential Address, Brit. Assoc., 1870. *a-bish’-Ér—ing, *...*f; S. ally, a forfeiture or amercement; he special sense (2) the state of being quit of amerce- ments, “a liberty of freedom.” “Wherever this word is applied to persons in a grant or charter they have the forfeitures and amercements of all Others, and are themselves free from the control of any within their fee.” (Rastall: Abr. Termes de la Ley, 7.) # Spelman considers that the words should be written MISHERING, MISHERSING, or MISKERAIG. *ab'-it, s. Old spelling of HABIT (q. v.). (Rob. Glowc., pp. 105, 434.) *ab’—it, s. Old spelling of OBIT (q.v.). º . an abit or other rites.”—Apology for the Lollards, P. * - * In old Scotch, the plural is a bitis: “. . . daylie dargeis With owklie abit is to augment their rentales.” Scott : Banmatyne Poems. .#bit, 3 pers. Sing., v. t. & i. [ABIE (1).] (Chaucer, C - (1.) Origin- IlC6 ID, a Dºn Ore *āb'-it-a-cle, s... [Lat: habitaculum: habito–to dwell.] A habitation, a dwelling. “In whom also be ye bilded togedre into the abitacle of §º, in the Hooli Goost.”—Wycliffe : New Test.; Ephes. ii. 22. lºbite, *a-by'te (pa. par. abitem). [A. S.] To l €, “Broun lyouns and eke white That wolden fayn his folk abyte.” Ryng Alisaunder, 7,096. *3,'-bite, s. [Lat. habito.] A habitation. “To leave his abite, and gon his waie.” Romawnt of the Rose, 4,914. āb-i'—tion, s. [Lat. abitio-going away.] 1. Lit.: The act of going away. 2. Fig.: The act or state of dying. (Cockeram.) âb'-jéct, a. [In Fr. abject; Ital. abietto, from Lat. abjectus, pâ. par. of abjicio=to throw away.] [ABJECT, v. t. e 1. Lit. (of material things): Cast away. “From the safe shore their floating carcasses And broken chariot-wheels : so thick bestrewn, Abject and lost lay these, covering the flood.” Milton: Paradise Lost, bk. i. 2. Fig. (a) (of persons): Pertaining to a east- away; a social pariah, or one excessively poor and despised. “See yonder poor o'erlabor’d wight, So abject, mean, and vile.”—Burns. . Hence § (of persons); Cringing, servile, grovel- ing, morally debased to a contemptible extent, whether from being a castaway, or from other CallS6S, “. . . the most abject of flatterers.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xi. 3. Of things immaterial: (a) Servile, degraded, morally debased. - “. . . . or that abject, peace of mind which springs from impudence and insensibility.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. (b) Mean, low, quite dissevered from the idea of debasement by loss of place or otherwise. “But the most abject ideas must be entertained of their taste.”—Gibbon: Decl. and Fall, ch. xlv. âb'-jéct, s. [ABJECT, v. t. & a.] 1. A person of the lowest social condition, a social pariah, a humble servant. “We are the king’s abjects, and must obey.” Shakesp.: Richard III., i. 3. 2. One who, whatever his rank, is morally vile to an extent which might have been expected to exist only in miserable outcasts. . “Yea, the abjects gathered themselves together against me.”—Ps. xxxv. 15. fāb'-jéct, v. t. [From Lat. abjectus, pa. par. of abjicio = to throw away : ab = from ; jacio = to throw.] 1. To throw down, to throw or cast away. “And downe againe himselfe disdainefully abjecting.” Spenser: F. Q., bk. iii., xi. 18. 2. To cast off, to reject. “For that offence only Almighty God abjected Saul that he should no more reign over Israel.”—Sir T. Elyot: The Govermor, c. i. - -- bóil, boy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, chorus, çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, -tian = shan. del. –tion, —dle, &c. = bel, -sion = shiin; -ble, —tion, -Sious = Shiis. -Šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, abjected 3. To cast down, to deject. “It objected his spirit to that degree that he fell danger- ously sick.”—Strype: Memorials, b. i., c. 15. āb-jéct'—éd, pa. par. & a. [ABJECT, v. t.] āb-jéct'-Éd-nēss, s. [ABJECT, v. t.] .1. The state of an abject; existence in the condi- tion of a social outcast. “Our Saviour . . . sunk Himself to the bottom of abjectedness to exalt our condition to the contrary ex- treme.”—Boyle. *. 2. The servile spirit which such want of, position and regard is apt to produce; baseness, vileness. *āb-jëct'-iñg, pr. par. [ABJECT, v. t.] āb-jëc'—tion, s. [ABJECT, v. t.] [In Fr. abjec- tion, from Lat, abjectio.] I. The act of casting away. “The audacite and bolde speeche of Daniel signifyeth the abjection of the kynge and his real me.”—Joye: Eacpo- sicion of Daniel, c. 5. II. The state of being cast away. 1. The state of a social outcast. g 2. That meanness of spirit which such a state is apt to induce. “That this should be termed baseness, abjection of mind, or servility, is it credible?”—Hooker. III. An objection. “For they must take in hande To preche and to withstande All manner of abjections.”—Skelton, i. 345. âb'+jēct—ly, adv. [ABJECT.] In a mean, con- temptible, or servile way. “He . . . abjectly implored the intercession of Dart- mouth.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. âb'-jëct-nēss, s. [ABJECT.] 1. The state of a social outcast; a low, servile condition. e i & ºr e te 2. The character which is likely to be produced in a social outcast, servility, meanness of spirit, de- basement. - “Servility and abjectness of humor is implicitly in- volved in the charge of lying.”—Gov. of the Tomgue. *āb-jū'-di-cáte, v.f. [Lat. abjudico-to take away by a indgment or sentence: ab=from, judico-to #aše. To give, to take away, or to transfer, by a judicial sentence. āb-jū'-di-ca-têd, pa. par. [ABJUDICATE.] āb-jū'-di-cat'-iñg, pr. par. [ABJUDICATE.] ... àb-jū-di-ca'—tion, 8. º The act of taking away by a judicial sentence; rejection. § : A legal decision by which the real estate of a debtor is adjudged to belong to his creditor. âb'-jū-gāte, v. t. . [Lat...Qbjugo=to unyoke: ab= from ; jugo-to bind to rails, or generally, to join ; jugum=a yoke.] To unyoke. āb-jūr-à-tion, s. [In Fr. abjuration; Sp. abjur- acion; Lat. abjwro=to deny on Oath, to abjure: ab =from.; juro-to swear.] I. The act of forswearing, abjuring, or renouncing upon oath ; a denial upon oath, a renunciation upon oath. Chiefly a law term, and used in the following * Sen S&S : 1. An abjuration of the realm. During the Middle Ages the right of sanctuary was conceded to crim- inals. A person fleeing to a church or churchyard might permanently escape trial, if, after confessing Hināšelf guilty before the coroner, he took an oath abjuring the kingdom, i. e., promising forthwith to embark, at an assigned port, for a foreign land, and never to return unless by the king's permission. By this abjuration the blood of the criminal was at- tainted, and he forfeited all his goods and chattels. 2. Spec; ; , An abjuration or renunciation of all imagined allegiance to the Jacobite line of rulers, after the English nation had given its verdict in favor of William and Mary. “An Abjuration Bill of extreme severity was brought º the House of Commons.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., Cºl. XV. The oath of abjuration was fixed by 13 Wm. III., c. 16. By the 21 & 22 Vict., c. 48, one form of oath was substituted for the oaths of allegiance, su- premacy, and abjuration. For this form another was substituted by the Act 30 & 31 Vict., c. 75, s. 5. This has in turn been superseded by the Promissory Oaths Act, 31,& 32 Vict., c. 72, by which a new form of the oath of allegiance is provided. 3. An abjuration, renunciation, or retractation of real or imagined heresy or false doctrine. Thus the now abolished 25 Chas. II., c. 2, enacted that certain tenets of the Church of Rome were to be solemnly renounced. This is sometimes called an Adjuration Act, but the term is more appropriately confined to that mentioned under No. 2. 4. In a popular sense: A more or less formal glºw Ing Ulp. II. The state of being abjured. 24 III. The document containing a solemn renuncia- tion on oath of a person or doctrine. - “As it was, he was committed to the Fleet on the charge of having used heretical language. An abjuration was drawn up by Wolsey, which he signed.”—Frowde: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. āb-jūr'-a-tö-ry, a. [In Fr. abjuratoire; fr. Lat. abjwro.] Intended to imitate abjuration. āb-jii're, v. t. & i. [Lat. abjuro-to deny on oath; Fr. abjurer; Sp. & Port. abjura.r.] A. Transitive: I. To renounce, recant, retract, or abrogate any- thing upon oath: * *** º Law: Especially (1) to abjure the kingdom; that is, to swear that one will leave the kingdom and never return. [ABJURATION (1).] “. . . if required so to do by four justices, must abjure and renounce the realm.”—Blackstome: Comm., bk. iv., ch. 4. (2.) To renounce a pretender. , Spec. : To re- nounce allegiance to James II. . and his successors, after England had pronounced in favor of William and Mary. [ABJURATION (2).] “Nay, is it not well known that some of these persons boastfully affirmed that, if they had not abjured him, they never could have restored him?”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. II. Solemnly to renounce, e. principles, or society; or to act done so. “. . . unless they speedily abjure this practical heresy.”—Gibbon: Decl. and Fall, chap. xlix. “To abjure forever the society of man.” º Shakesp.: Mids. Night’s Dream, i. 1. “The servile crowd might purchase their safety by ab- juring their character, religion and language.”—Gibbon: Decl. and Fall, chap. xli. B. Intransitive: To take an oath of abjuration. “An ancient man who had abjured in the year 1506.”— Bp. Burmet: Hist. Ref. - āb-jii'red, pa. par. [ABJURE.] lºſure-ment, s. [ABJURE.] Solemn renuncia- 1OIl, “Such sins as these are venial in youth, especially if expiated with timely abjurement.”—John Hall; Preface to his Poems. āb-jūr-er, s. [ABJURE.] One who abjures; one who solemnly renounces. āb-jiir"-iñg, pr. par. [ABJURE.] fäb-läc'-täte, v. t. [Lat., a blacto-to wean: ab; lacto- to suckle: lac–milk.] To wean. āb-läc-tā'—tion, s. [From Lat. ablacto-to wean.] 1, Med...: The weaning of a child from the mother's { one's faith or ike one who has IIlllk. . 2. Old Hortic. : Grafting by approach or in arch- ing. [GRAFTING..] *āb-lā'-di-àm, s. [Med. Lat.] 1. In Old Records: Cut corn. ... . 2. A particular method of grafting where the scion is, as it were, weaned by degrees from the maternal stock, till it is firmly united to the stock on which it is grafted. (Dictionarium Rusticwm, 1726.) *a-blånd', pa. par. [A.S.] Blinded. [ABLENDE.] “The walmes han the abland.”—Sevyn Sages, 2,462. āb-lá'-qué-āte, v. t. [Lat. ablaqueo = to disen- tangle, or turn up the earth round the roots of a tree to form a trench: ab=from ; laquews=a noose or snare.] Hortic... To lay bare the roots of trees; to expose them to air and water. āb-lá'-qué-ā'—tion, s. [ABLAQUEATE.] 1. Hortie.: The act or process of laying bare the roots of a tree to expose them to the air and to moisture. “Uncover as yet roots of trees where ablaqueation is requisite.”—Evelyn : Cal. Hort. 2. The state of being laid bare. *a-bla'ste, s. [A. N.] [Lat., balista=a cross- bow, or a more powerful engine for the propulsion of arrows.] A crossbow. [ARBAL EST.] a—blast'—én, v. t. To blast. [BLAST.] “Venim and fir to gedir he caste, That he Jason so sore ablaste.” Gowen MS. (Halliwell.) āb-lā'—tion, s. [Lat. ablatio-a taking away; ablatus=taken away : ab=away; latus, pa. Dar. O tollo–to raise, to remove.] I. The act or process of carrying away. 1. Im a general Semse: “And this prohibition extends to all injustice, whether done by force or fraud; whether it be by ablation, or de- taining of rights.”—Jeremy Taylor : Works, vol. iii. “Wrongful ablation of servantship, if it be the offence of the master, but not otherwise, coincides with wrongful abdication of mastership ; if it be the offence of a stran- able-minded er, it involves in it ablation of mastership, which, in as far as the mastership is a beneficial thing, is wrongful.”— Jeremy Bentham. 2. Med...: The carrying, away from the body of anything hurtful to health. 3. Chem.: The act of removing whatever is no longer necessary. II. The state of being carried away. -- âb'-la-tive, a, & S. [Lat. ablativus; Ger, ablativ; Fr. ablatif.; Ital, ablativo. [ABLATION.] I. As adjective: , f1, Gen. (from lit. sense of the word): Pertain- ing to ablation, i.e., the act of taking away. “Where the heart is forestalled with misopinions, abla- tive directions are found needful to unteach error.”—Bp. Hall: Serm. --- 2. Spec. : (a) The sixth and last case in the Latin language. An extant fragment of Julius Caesar's De Analogia informs us that he was the inventor of the term in Tuatin. He found time to introduce it during his Gallic War. The ablative case expresses a variety of relations, such as separation, instrumentality, osition in time and place, and these we express in English by the prepositions from, by, with, im, at, &C. - (b) Pertaining to the sixth case in the Latin lan- guage. The word is, no doubt, originally an adjective, as in Latin; but as in that language there is fre- § an ellipse, of the substantive casus, so in £nglish we find ablative standing by itself, and it is thus used— II. As a swbstantive: “The ablative denotes the moving cause.”—Schmitz: Lat. Gram., § 291. T. The ablative absolute is a mode of expression in Latin by which, in a subordinate clause detached from the rest, the subject is put in the ablative, and the verb is changed into a participle, and made to agree with it; as, Reluctante matură irritus labor est-exertion is useless, nature being against it, i.e., when nature is against it. ‘ſ There is an ablative in the Chinese as well as the Latin language. (See Max Müller.) ta-blåw'-én, “a-blé'we, v. [A.S. ablawan=to blow up.] To blow up. “. . . . he gan hire herte ablowe.”—Shoreham, 160. . 3-bla'ze, adv, & a. [Pref. a =on; blaze.] On fire, in a blaze, blazing. “All a-blaze with crimson and gold.” Longfellow; Golden Legend. -able, in compos., a suffix=able (q.v.), implyin that which may do or be dome: as Žiº. may perish ; eatable=which may be eaten. àºble, a. [O. Fr. habile; Norm. ablez, hable. habler-to enable: fr. Lat. habilis–that may be easily handled; habeo-to have or hold.] I. Old Eng. dº Scotch (in the etymological sense): Fit, proper. • “. . . . . James Erle of Mortoum his guidschir, and fºreby maist able to succeed to him.”—Acts James VI., *II. Liable, in danger of. “Finding yourself able to droone, ye wold preis agane to the boit.”—Bammatyme: Trans., p. 159. III. Having sufficient physical, mental, moral, or spiritual {". or acquired skill, or sufficient pecu- niary and other resources to do something indi- cated. “I have wounded them, that they were not able to rise.” —Ps. xviii. “And no man was able to answer him a word.”—Matt. xxiii. 46. “God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able.”—1 Cor. x. 13. “. . . able to read.”—Statesman's Year Book (1873). “Every man shall give as he is able.”—Deut. xvi. 17. Am able mam: A man of intellect. “Pepys, the ablest man, in the English Admiralty.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. ºf Rarely of things: Sufficient, enough. “. . . their gold shall not be able to deliver them.”— Ezek. vii. 19. IV. Having legal permission, orpossessed of legal competence, to do anything stated. able-bodied, a. 1. Having a body sufficiently strong to permit of one's doing an average amount of manual labor. “For the able-bodied vagrant, it is well known that the 3. English laws had no mercy.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., CIl. i. 2. Nawt. : Applied to a sailor possessing some ex- perienge of the work on shipboard. Often con- tracted into A. B. (q.v.). - able-minded, a. Talented, clever, possessed of intellect. fāte, fīt, fäll, amidst, what, färe, father; Camel, hēr, hère, wét, wé, thére; marine; gè, pöt, sire, sir, pine, pit, or, wore, Syrian. wolf, wörk, whô, sön; ae, oe = 6; ey = 3. Qiu = kW. try, miite, füll; ciib, ciire, unite, Cir, ràle, able tă'-ble, v. t. [From the adjective.] 1. To enable, to make fit for, to adapt, to suit. 2. To warrant or answer for, to undertake for any «OI) 62, “None does offend, none, I say, none, I’ll able 'em.” Shakesp.: King Lear, iv. 6. .# -ble, a -blins, adv. [AIBLINs.] Perhaps, pos- sibly. (Scotch.) “Who would go search among such heroes' sheep May able find many poor scabbed crock,” &c. Pream of Sir David Lindsay: Works, 53. a-bléc-tigk, or a-bléc'-tive, a. [Lat. ab=from ; lego-to lay in order.] Set out or adorned for sale. (Cockeram.) tāb'-lè-gāte, v. t. [Lat. ablego-to send away: ab; lego = to send as an ambassador.] To send abroad specially as an ambassador. fāb-lè-gā’—tion, s. [ABLEGATE.] A sending abroad; as (1), spec., an ambassador; (2) gen, any person or thing from the place usually occupied. “. . . an arbitrarious ablegation of the spirit into this or that determinate part of the body.”—Dr. H. More: .4n- tidote against Atheism, I. ii. 7. *ā'-ble-mêntes, s. pl. gymg's Chromicle, f. 145. âb'-lén, or āb-lét, s. [In Fr. ablem or ablette.] Names º given to a small fresh-water fish more commonly, termed the bleak. It is the Cyprinus alburnus of Linnaeus, and the Lewciscus alburnus of Cuvier. [BLEAK.] *a-blén'de, *a-blènd'–én, v. t. (pret. ablente). |A. S., a blendan=to blind.] To blind, to dazzle. lso (fig.) deceived. [BLIND.] “He schal both ablende his enemies' sigt.” MS. Douce, 291, f. 12. tă'—ble-mêss, s. [ABLE.] Ability, physical or mental. (Now ABILITY.) “That nation doth so excel both for comeliness and ableness.”—Sidney. *a-blënt', pa. par. 2led; also deceived. “Stronge thef, thou schalt be shent, For thou hast me thus ablent.” MS. Addit. (Halliwell.) à-blép'-si-a, or ā-blép'-sy, s. . [Gr, ablepsia= blindness.] #. want of sight. (Cockeram.) [HABILIMIENTs.] (Hard- [ABLENDE.] Blinded, daz- ā-blép-tíc-al-ly, adv. [From Gr, ablepteo-to overlook; a, by oversight. *a-blés"–syd. Old spelling of BLESSED. âb'-lèt. [ABLEN.] ablewe (a-blfi'), pret. [BLOW.] Blew. “Aswon tho sche overthrewe Wawain some hir ablewe.” Arthou?' and Merlin, p. 315. *a-bliche, adv. Fitly, properly. “These mowe abliche be chosen to chivalrye.” MS. Douce, 291, fo. 10. - âb'-lí-gāte, v. t. [Lat. ab; ligo=to tie, to bind.] To tie up firm. âb'-lí-gā'ition, s. [Lat. ab; ligatio- a binding: digo=to bind.]. . . 1. The act of tying up. 2. The state of being tied up. *āb-li-gū-rí'—tion, fib-li'-gū-ry, s. [Lat., abli- £º consuming or feasting: ab: ligwrio=to ick off, to consume in feasting: ab; ligwritio= Excess priv.; blepo-to look.] Inadvertently, daintinéss; ligurio and liqurrio=to lick.] in eating and drinking. (Minshew.) āb-li-kën, v. i. [M. H. Ger, erblichen..] To be- come white. *a-blin'-dén, #3-blyn'-dén, v. t. [A. S. ablendan, v. t.] [ABLENDE. 1. Transitive: to blind, to dazzle. “Why menestow thi mood for a mote In thi brotheres eighe, Sithen a been in thyn owene Ablyndeth thiselve.”—Piers Plowman, p. 189. 2. Intransitive: To grow blind. fäb'–16-căte, v. t. [Lat. abloco (lit.)=to place from, to place away from, to let out: ab; loco- to place, to lease.] To let out, to lease out. (Calvin. Leacicom Juridicum.) āb-ló-că'—tion, s. [From Lat. abloco.] A letting out for hire. *a-blóde', adv. Bloody, with blood, bleeding. “Olubrious sat and by held How here lymes ronne ablode.”—W. de Shoreham. ta-bloy", interj. [A N. ablo () An exclamation used in hunting=" On 1 on , ” *āb-la-gi-oián, s. [Sp. ablucion; Eng, ablution.] Old Chem.: The cleansing of medicines from im- purities. “Oyles, abluciown, and metal fusible.” Chawcer: C. T., 16,324. bóil, jówl; cat, böy; pétit, çell, Chorus, 25 fāb-lade, v, i... [Lat. abludo-not to be in tune with :, hence, to differ from: ab; ludo-to play.] To be unlike, to differ. “The wise advice of our Seneca, not much abluding from the counsel of that blessed apostle.” – Bp. Hall; Balm of Gilead, vii. 1. tâb'-la-Ént, a. & S. [Lat. ablvems, pr. par. of abluo-to wash away: ab; l'uo-to wash. Gr. lowo.] Washing away, washing, cleansing by means of water or other liquid. As substantive: A Washing away. Phar. : Applied to medicines which were formerly supposed to purify or cleanse the blood. *āb-lā'-gēn, "... i. (pret, abluied). [M. H. Ger. erbliwgen.] To frighten. “Tha iwarth that folc swithe abluied.”—Morris: O. Eng. Homilies of the 12th & 13th Cent. āb-lā'—tion, s. [In Ger. & Fr. ablution; Sp. ab- lucion; Ital, abluzione; from Lat. ablutio-wash- ing.] I. The act of washing, cleansing, or purifying by means of water. g e 1. Spec. : One of those washings which figure so largely among the ceremonial observances of Qri- ental faiths, and are recognized also in Christian baptism. “Ablutions before prayer.”—Herklots: Mussulmans of India, xiii. 72. 2. Fig. : “A Jordan for the ablution of our woes.” Cowper: Conversation. 3, Med... The washing of the body externally by baths, or internally by fluids effective for the pur- p0Se. * e & 4. Chem, ; The purification of bodies by the pour- ing upon them of suitable liquids. II. The state of being washed. *III. The water which has been used for the pur- pose of washing. “Wash’d by the briny wave, the pious train Are cleans'd, and cast the ablutions in the main.” - Pope: Homer’s Iliad. *āb-la-yi-ön, s. [Qld. Lat, abluvium = a deluge.] That which is washed off. (Dwight ) à-bly, adv. [ABLE.] In an able manner; with ability. “And bare him ably in the fight.” Scott; Lay of Last Ministrel, iv. 23. âb'-nē-gāte, v. t. [Lat. abnego = to refuse or deny: ab; nego=to refuse, to deny..] [NEGATION.j To deny, to repudiate. “The very possibility of heroism had been, as it were, formally abnegated in the minds of all.”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. W. âb'-nē-gā'-têd, p. par. & a. [ABNEGATE.] âb'-nē-gā’—ting, pr. par. [ABNEGATE.] āb-nē-gā'—tion, 8. 5. abnegatio; Fr., abnéga- tion.] [ABNEGATE.] enial, renunciation, dis- claimer. “Patience and abnegation of self, and devotion to others.”—Longfellow : Evangeline. fāb'-nē-gā'-tive, a. [ABNEGATE.] Lat., abnega- tivus = negative: abnego.] Denying, negative. fáb'-nē-gā'-tór, , 8... [Lat. abnegator = one who denies.] One who denies, renounces, or repudiates. [ABNEGATE.] “Abnegators and dispensers against the laws of God.”— Sir E. Sandys: State of Religion. âb'-nó-dāte, v. t. [Lat. abnodo = to clear trees of knots: ab = from ; modus = a knot..] To clear knots away from trees. āb-nó-dā'—tion, s. [ABNODATE.] 1. The act of cutting knots from trees. 2. The state of having knots cut away from trees. āb-nor’—mål, a. [Lat. abnormis = without rule: ab = from ; , norma = a carpenter's square (fig., a rule).] Not according to rule; irregular; anom- alous, departing from the ordinary type. “Quite regently introduced into English.”—Trench. g It is now quite a common word, especially in scientific works. “. . . she was reduced into that abnormal and singu- lar condition.”—Froude: Hist. of Eng., ch. iv “If present in the normal human embryo, they be- come developed in an abnormal manner.”—Darwin : JDescent of Man, ch. iv. āb-nor-mâ1'-i-ty, s. [ABNORMAL.], The quality of being abnormal; departure from rule. “A single body presented the extraordinary number of twenty-five distinct abnormalities.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i. (1871), part i., ch. iv., p. 109. *āb-nor me, v. [From Lat. abnormis.] To disfig- ure, to disguise. “And all his chere and speche also he abnormeth.” Chaucer: Troilus and Cresside, i. 828. gem; thin, this; gC), ghin, bench; Sin, aboding āb-nor’—mi-ty, s. [ABNoFMAL.] Irregularity: departure from the ordinary type. āb-nor-moiás, a. [ABNORMAL.] Not according to rule; departing from the ordinary type. “The former being often the more extravagant and ab- 7-Orºnous in their incidents, in proportion as the general type of the gods was more vast and awful than that of the heroes.”—Grote: History of Greece, vol. i., ch. i. Spec. : In being colossal, huge, gigantic, or mon- Strous. T ENORMOUS is generally used in this sense. āb-ö, S. [Welsh.] The carcass of an animal killed by a wolf or other predatory animal *a-bö'–3.de, pa. par. of ABIDE. dured. - “He would not have aboade it.”—Druyton: Poems, p. 173. a-board, adv. & prep. [Pref. a =on; and board.] [BOARD.] I. As adverb : 1. On board; into a ship. “And finding a ship sailing over unto Phenicia, we went aboard, and set forth.”—Acts xxi. 2. 2. On board; in a ship. ** Pro. : Go, go, be gone to save your ship from wreck, Which cannot perish, having thee aboard.” Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, i. 2. Naut. : , To fall aboard of is to come against another ship when one or both are in motion, or one at least is so. Aboard main-tack: The order to draw the main- tack, meaning the lower corner of the main-sail, down to the chess-tree. II. As preposition. [In Ital, a bordo 1. On board; into a ship, “. . . convey thy deity Aboard our dancing boat.” Shakesp.: Pericles, iii. 1. Suffered, en- 2. On board; in a ship. *a-böar'd, s. Approach. (Sir K. Digby.) *a-bóar'd, v. t. [Fr. aborder.] 1. To approach the shore. “Ev’n to the verge of gold, aboarding Spain.” Soliman and Persida (1599) 2. In some games, this phrase signifies that the person or side in the game which was previously either none or few, has now got as many as the other. (Dyche.) *a-böbb'ed, a. [A. N. aboby-astonished.] Aston- ished. - “The messangers were abobbed tho Thai nisten what thai mighten do.” Arthowr and Merlin, p. 75. *a-bögche-mênt, _*a-böçch-ynge, s. [A. N.] Increase. (Prompt. Parv.) - abococked. [See explanatory note, s. v. ABACOT.] *a-bö'-dange, s. [ABODE, v. t.] An omen. a-bê'de (pret. of ABIDE). a-bä'de, s. [ABIDE.] (Abode is connected with bode, the pa. par. Of the A. S. verb bidan-to abide.) I. The state of abiding. 1. The state of residing for a longer or shorter period in any place; residence. “If a man love me, he will keep my words; and my Father will love him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him.”—John xiv. 23. *2. Delay. “[He] having her from Trompart lightly reared, Upon his courser sett the lovely lode, And with her fled away without abode.” Spenser: F. Q., III. viii. 19. II. The place where one resides; a habitation, a dwelling, a house, biome, residence. “Come, let me lead you to our poor abode.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. 3–bó'de, v. f. & i. [BODE.] I. Trans.: To foreshadow, to forebode, to bode, to OIſlCD. “That this tempest, Dashing the garment of this peace, aboded The sudden breach on't.”—Shakesp.: Henry VIII., i. 1. II. Imtrams. : To be an omen. “This abodes sadly.”—Decay of Christian Piety. *a-böde-mênt, 8 [a; bode; and affix -ment.] A foreboding an evil omen, unfavorable prognosti- cation. “Tush, man abodements must not now affright us. By fair or foul means we must enter in, For hither will our friends repair to us.” Shakesp.: 8 Henry VI., iv. 7. a—bó'-difig, pr. par. [ABODE.] a-bo-difig, s. [ABODE, BODE.] Prognostication, presentiment. exist. ph = f. Xenophon, expect, a $; -cian, -ble, —tian = Shan. —tion, —dle, &c. = bel, del. -sion = shin; -Sious = Shūs. —tion, -śion = zhin. –tious, -cious, abofe “What strange ominous abodings and fears do many times on a sudden seize upon men, of certain approach- ing evils, whereof at present, there is no visible appear- ance.”—Bp. Bull: Works, ii. 489. *3—böfe, *a-böffe, adv. [ABove.] “Wolde God, for his modurs lief, |Bryng me onys at meyne abofe I were out of theire eye.” Cambridge MS. 15th Cent., ff. v. 48, 55. (Halliwell.) *a-böghte, *a-böght-ên, pret. of v. [ABOHTE.] *a-bö'-gi-án, v. t. (pret. abogede, pa. par. abogen.) [A. S. abugam.] To bow. (Bailey.) “Wel corteisli thanne abogede she.”—Halliwell: Dict. 10. *a-böhte, or *a-böghte (pret. sing: of ABIE; pl. aboghten). Atoned for; paid for; expiated. “Murie he ther wrohte Ah Rymenild hit abohte.” Ryng Horn (1402). *āb'-ö–1éte, a. [Lat. abolitus.] Old, obsolete. (Skelton.) “To practyse suche abolete sciens.”—Skelton: Work, ii. 48. a—böl'—ish, v. t. [Fr. abolir; Sp. abolir; Ital. abolire: fr. Lat. aboleo-to grow out of use, to abol- ish: ab;, olesco-to grow.] * 1. To do away with, to abrogate, annul, disannul, cancel or revoke. Used especially of laws, customs, institutions, or offices. “It was therefore impossible to abolish kingly govern- ment.”—Macaulay: Hist. of Eng., ch, i. f2. (Phys. sense): To destroy. “And the idols he shall utterly abolish.”—Isa. ii. 18. “ . . . our Saviour Jesus Christ, who hath abolished death, and hath brought life and immortality to light through the gospel.”–2 Tim. i. 10. a-bêl'—ish-a-ble, a. [In Fr. º, |É.i. Ish.] Able to be abolished; that may be abolished, abrogated, repealed, annulled, or destroyed. “Not abolished, not abolishable.”—Carlyle: French Revo- dution. a—böl'—ished, pa. par. & a. [ABOLISH.] a—bö1'—ish-Ér, s. [ABOLISH.] One who abol- ishes. a—bël'—ish-iñg, pr. par. [ABOLISH.] fa-böl'—ish—ing, s. [ABOLISH.]. A repealing, an annulling, an abrogating, a destroying. (Nearly obsolete, its place being taken by ABOLITION.) “The abolishing of detestable heresies.”—Henry VIII. Quoted by Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. ta-bê1'-ish-mênt, S. [In Fr. abolissement.] The act of abolishing, the act of repealing, annulling, or abrogating. “ . . . . a godly act was made [in 1539] for the abol- ishment of diversity of opinion concerning the Christian religion.”—Froude: Hist. Eng, vol. iii., ch. xvii., p. 501. āb-öl—ſ'—tion, s. [In Fr. abolition; Ital. abol- izione: fr. Lat. abolitio.] [ABOLISH.] I. The act of abolishing. The act of annulling, erasing, effacing, destroying, or sweeping Out of existence. “. . . . he would willingly consent to the entire aboli- tion of the tax.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. II. The state of being abolished. āb-öl-i'—tion—ism, 8... [ABOLITION.] The views entertained by an abolitionist. āb-êl-i-tion—ist, s. [ABQLITION.] [In Ger. aboli- tionist; Fr. abolitioniste.] Qne who entertains views in favor of “abolition,” meaning the aboli- tion of slavery. a—bó1'-la, s. [Lat., fr. Gr. ambola-a mantle.] Among the ancient Greeks and Romans: A thick woolen mantle or cloak, worn principally by military men, and thus was opposed to the toga, which was especially the habili- ment of peace. [TOGA.] Its use was, however, not con- é fined to military excursions, but it was also worn within the §§ It was also used by the Stoic philosophers at Rome as a distinctive dress. a—bó'—ma, s. [Local (Gui- ana) name. A large and formidable American Snake, called also the ringed boa. It is the Epicratis Cench rea; Anciently it was worshiped by the Mexicans. āb-êm'–a–sis, ab-êm'—a- sim, 8. [Lat. ab; omasum, a Latin or Gaelic word signifying the stomach of a lººk.] The fourth stomach in a ruminating animal. Its sides are Abolla. * SOme, 26 a-bêm'-in-a-ble, a... [In Fr, abominable: Ital, abbominevole: fr. Lat. abouvinabilis-worthy of imprecation, execrable; fr; abominor=to deprecate anything unpropitious. [ABOMINATE.] Very loath- 2, hateful, or odious; whether (1) "as being of- fensive to the physical senses— alºnd I will cast abominable filth upon thee.”—Nahumi Ill. O. or (2) (in Scripture) as being ceremonially un- clean— “Any unclean beast or any abominable unclean thing.” —Leviticus vii. 21. or (3) as being offensive to the moral sense— “And the scant measure that is abominable.”—Micah. vi. 10. T It may be used of persons as well as things: “Ye shall not make yourselves abominable with any creeping thing that creepeth.”—Lev. xi. 43. & 4 . . . . in works they deny him, being abominable.”— Titus i. 16. a-bêm'—in-a-ble-nēss, s. . [ABOMINABLE.] The quality or state of being physically or morally loath- SOI (10, “. . . to urge atheists with the corruption and abominableness of their principles.”—Bentley; Serm. a-bêm'-in-a-bly, adv. [ABOMINABLE.] In a very loathsome manner, whether physically or morally. 1. Phys.: As in the sentence, “Decaying tangles smell abominably.” 2. Morally: “And he did very abominably in following idols.”— 1 Kings xxi. 26. a-bêm'-in-āte, v. t. . [In Sp. abominar; Ital. abbominare ; Lat. abominor = to depreciate as be- ing of evil omen; hence, to detest: abº omen, genit. ominis; as if it had been said, absit omen = may the omen depart, God forbid that the omen should #. to pass.] fo loathe, to detest, to hate exceed- Ingly. “He preferred both to abominate and despise all mys- tery, refinement, and intrigue.”—Swift. a-bêm'-in-āt-éd, pa. par. [ABOMINATE.] a-bêm'—in-à-tíñg, pr. par. [ABOMINATE.] a-böm-in-ā'—tion, s. [ABOMINATE.] I. The act of doing something hateful. “. . . every abomination to the Lord, which he hateth.”—Deut. xii. 31. “. . . . because of the abominations which ye have committed.”—Jer. xliv. 22. II. The state of being greatly hated or loathed. “. . . Israel also was had in abomination with the Philistines.”—1 Sam. xiii. 4. “Tobacco in any other form than that of richly scornted snuff was held in abomination.”—Macaulay : Hist. of Eng., ch. iii. III. Objectively; . An object of extreme, hatred, loathing, or aversion. An object loathed on ac- count-, . te § Qf its offensiveness to the senses. 2) Of its ceremonial impurity: “. . . eating swine's flesh, and the abomination, and the mouse.”—Isa. lxvi. 17. (3) Of its moral offensiveness: “. . . . . wickedness is an abomination to my lips.”— Prov. viii. 7. T In this sense the word is often used in Scripture for an idol: “. . . Mil.com, the abomination of the Ammonites.— I Kings xi. 5. . (4) Of some other cause than those now men- tioned: “. . . for every shepherd is an abomination unto the Egyptians.”—Gen. xlvi. 84. *a-böm'—ine, v. t. The same as ABOMINATE. Poet. dº Lwólicrows: “By topics which though I abomine 'em, May serve as arguments ad hominem.”—Swift. 3—bó'ne (1), prep. & adv. [ABOVE.] 1. As prep. ; Above. (Arthowr and Merlin, p. 128.) 2. As adverb: Above. *3—bó'ne (2), adv. [Fr. & bon.] Well. “Tho thei seeche a litel hem abome Seven knightes y-armed come.” Arthour and Merlin, p. 128. 2. Adverb: Well. “And a good swerde, that wolde byte abome.” Sir Gawayme, p. 217. a-bóod', pret. [ABIDE.] Waited, expected, re- mained. “And Cornelie abood hem with hise cosyns and neces- sarie frendis that weren clepid togidre.”—Wickliffe: New Test., Acts x. 24. a—bóon', prep. (Scotch, and N. of Emg. dialect for ABOVE.) [ABUNE.] 4 & aborting *a-bóord', adv. [Fr. bord=border.] From the bank. (Spenser.) “As men in summer fearles passe the foord, Which is in winter lord of all the plaine, And with his tumbling streames doth beare aboord. The ploughman’s hope and shepheard’s labour vaine.”—Spenser: Ruines of Rome (1591). a-bêot', pa. par. Beaten down. (Skinner.) ... a-bóot', adv. [ABOTE.J. To boot, the odds paid in a bargain. (Roacbwrgh.) *a-bord’, s. [Fr.] First appearance, manner of address, accosting. (Chesterfield.) *ā-börd', v. t. [Fr. aborder=to approach..] To approach, to accost. (Spenser.) *a-bord", adv. [Fr. border=shore.] Across; from shore to shore. (Spenser.) *a-börd-age (age=ig), s. . [Fr. aborder=to board.] The act of boarding a ship. “The master further gettis of the ship taken bi him and his companie, the best cabell and anchor for his. abordage.”—Balfour: Pract., p. 640. a-bore, pa. par. Born. [BEAR.] “At Taunedeane lond I was abore and abred.” MS. Ashmole, 36, f. 112. (Halliwell.) ºš. a., & s. . [Lat. ab=from ; origo. -inis–the beginning: fr. orior=to rise.] I. As adjective: 1. Original. “And mantled o'er with aboriginal turf And everlasting flowers.” * Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. vi. “On a sudden, the aboriginal population rose on the colonists.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. i. 2. Primitive, simple, unsophisticated. “. . . . these are doubtless many aboriginal minds, by which no other conclusion is conceivable.”—Herbert Spencer. II. As substantive: 1. A man or woman belonging to the oldest known race inhabiting a country. “I have selected for comparison these extreme speci- mens of skulls characteristic of race, one of an aboriginal of Van Diemen's Land.”—Owen; Mammalia. 2, An animal or plant species brought into being Within the area where it is now found. “. . . . hence, it may be well doubted whether this. frog is an aboriginal of these islands.”—Darwin: Voyage 1°ow?vd the World. ... àb-à-rí '-in-al-ly, adv. [ABORIGINAL...], From its origin, beginning or commencement; at first, at the outset. “We have evidence that the barren island of Ascension aboriginally possessed under half-a-dozen flowering plants.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. xii. āb-à-rig-in-ès, s, pl. [Lat., Aborigines: (1) An old tribe inhabiting Latium; (2) the earliest known inhabitants of *ś land.]... [ABORIGINAL..] .. 1. The earliest known inhabitants of any conti- ment, country, or district. - “In South Africa the aborigines wander over the moss and plains.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. i., ch. vii., p. 237. . 2. Spec. : The Latian tribe mentioned above. “When Æneas arrived in Italy, they were given by him to Latinus, king of the Aborigines, as hostages for the observance of the compacts entered into with the natives.” —Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. x. a-bor-mênt, s. An abortion. bly a misprint for abortment. *āb-or'se-mênt, s. Miscarriage, abortion. “. . . . . . to give any such expelling and destructive medicine with a direct intention to work an aborsement º is utterly unlawful and highly sinful.”—Bo. Hall: Cases of Conscience. 3-bort', v. t. & i. [Lat. aborto, old form of abortio =to miscarry.] 1. Transitive: To render abortive. & & *. (Topsell.) Proba- . . . . . . . the oil-gland is quite aborted.”—Darwin: Orig. of Species, ch. i., p. 22. “Although the eyes of the cirripeds are more or less aborted in their mature state.”—Owen. Comp. Anat. 2. Intransitive: To miscarry. (Lord Herbert of Cherbury.) *a-bort', s. “. . . . dying of an abort in childbed.”—Reliquae Woottonianae, p. 431. *a-bort'-Éd, pa. par. [ABORT, v. t.] Rendered abortive. a-bor"—tí–ént, a. [ABORT, v. i.] [From Lat. abor- tiens, pr. par. of abortior.] Bot. : Barren, sterile. [ABORTION.] An abortion. wrinkled, and it is the true organ of digestion. An- . . . aboom the pass of Bally-Brough.”—Sir W. ë alagous to the simple stomach of other mammals. Scott: Waverley. a-bort -iñg, pr. par. [ABORT, v. t.] făte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; milte, ciib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. abortion a-bor"—tion,. s. Lat. abortio-premature de- livery, miscarriage: from abortus, pa. par. of aborior =to disappear.] I. The state of miscarriage, failure to reach inde- pendent existence. & ſº & Phys. : (1) A, miscarrying, miscarriage. If the foetus is brought forth before the end of the sixth month, the term used by medical men is abortion or miscarriage; but if after the sixth month, that employed is premature birth. The law does not recognize this distinction, but applies, the term abortion to the throwing off of the foetus at any period, of the pregnancy. To take means to pro: cure abortion—the crime now generally termed foeticide—is felony. “The symptoms which precede abortion will be gener- ally modified by their exciting cause.”—Dr. R. Lee: Cucl. of Pract. Med. 2. The non-development of an organ or a portion of an organ required to constitute an ideal type. “. . . the development and abortion of the oil-gland.” —Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. i., p. 22. 3. Hortic.: The premature development of the fruit, or any defect in it. II. The fruit of the miscarriage. 1. The foetus brought forth, before it has been sufficiently developed to permit of its maintaining an independent existence. “. . . the abortion proved only a female foetus.”— Martimws Scriblerus. 2: Fig.: Any fruit, produce, or project, which fails instead of coming to maturity; as in the sen- tence, “His scheme proved a mere abortion.” a—bort'—ive, a. [In Fr. abortif, Sp. and Ital, abortivo; Lat. abortivus = born prematurely.] [ABORTION.] e e tº 1. Brought forth in an immature state, fading before it reaches perfection. “If ever he have child, abortive be it, Prodigious and untimely brought to light.” Shakesp. ; Richard III., i. 2. 2. Fruitless, ineffectual, failing in its effect; like a crude and unwise project. “To their wisdom Europe and America have owed scores of abortive constitutions.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. xi. 3. Biol. : An abortive organ is one wanting some essential part, or which never comes to maturity. An abortive stamen generally wants the anther and pollen; an abortive petal is generally a mere bristle or scale; and an abortive ovule never develops into a seed, but shrinks away. g 4. Pertaining to abortion. Thus, “Abortive tions are potions designed to produce abortions.” tAbortive vellwm is vellum made of the skin of an abortive calf. gº *5. Rendering abortive. “Plunged in that abortive gulf.” Milton: P. L., ii. 441. a—bort'—ive, s. [ABORT, ABORTION.] That which is brought forth prematurely. “Many are preserved, and do signal service to their country, who, without a provision, night have perished as abortives.”—Addison: Guardiant. a-bort'—ive—ly, adv. [ABORTION.] 1. Immaturely; in an untimely manner. “If abortively poor man must die, Nor reach what reach he might, why die in dread 32° foung; Night Thoughts, vii. 2. So as to produce no proper effect; a failure. “The enterprise in Ireland, as elsewhere, terminated abortively.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iv., p. 94. a-bort'—ive-nēss, s. [ABORT.] The quality or state of being abortive. *a-bort'-mênt, s. [ABORT.] An untimely birth. “. . . in whose womb those deserted mineral riches must ever be buried as lost abortments, unless those be made the active midwives to deliver them.”—Lord Bacon. *a-böst'e, v. [A. N.] To assault. “A Bretone, a braggere Abosted Piers als.” –Piers Plow., p. 126. *áb'-Öt. [ABBOT.] *a-bó'te, pa. par. Beaten down. “She was abashid and abote.”—Chaucer: Dreame, 1,290. *a-bó'te, prep. Old spelling of About. “They cum the towne abote.”—Reliq. Antiq., ii. 21. *a-böth'e, adv. [Pref. a =on, bothe-both.] On both. “Abothe half lay mani on.”—Arthowr & Merlin, p. 18. *a-bóügh'ed, pa. par. Bowed, obeyed. *abought, pret. of ABIE. 1. Atoned for. “And that hath Dido sore aboughte, Whose deth schall ever be bethoughte.” Gower MS., Soc. Antiq., 134, fo. 104. O- 27 2, Bought. 3. An incorrect form of About. *a-böul'—zie-mênts, s. pl. Dress. [ABULYIEMENT.] “Aboulziements I hae, aneu I’se gie mysel and a' to you.” Taylor; Scotch Poems, 57. *a-boun, prep. [ABOVE.] Above. “To God aboun be joy and blysse.” Tundal: Visions, p. 158. a-bóünd', v. i. [Fr. abonder: Sp. abundar; Ital. abbomdare; Lat. abwndo=to rise up, to swell, to overflow; from wnda.= a wave. 1. To possess in great quantity, to be well Sup- plied. (Followed by with.) “A faithful man shall abound with blessings.”—Prov. xxviii. 20. TI Followed by in : “That ye may abound in hope.”—Rom. xv. 13. 2. To be in great plenty, greatly to prevail. “And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold.”—Matt. xxiv. 12. *a-bóünde, a. [ABOUND.] Abounding. “Ryght so this mayd of grace most abounde.” Lydgate MS., Soc. Antiq., 134, fo. 3. (Halliwell.) a-bóünd'-iñg, pr. par. [ABOUND.] a-bóünd'-iñg, s. Existence in great quantity. “Amongst those aboundings of sin and wickedness.”— South: Sermons, ii. 220. *a-boure, s. [A. N.] The same as AVOURE=a patron. “By God and Seynte Mary myn abouré.” MS. of 15th Cent. a-bóüt', prep. & adv. [A. S. ābūtan, 6büton, on- butan, ynbe-wtan, embutan=about or around; on, gym, or ém being analogous to the Gr. amphi, and butan signifying without: be = by, ſtan = out [fluºr] ; literally = around, on the Qutside..] . . 1. Around (all round:, of place), encircling a per- son, place, or thing in whole or in part. “Let not mercy and truth forsake thee; bind them about thy neck.”—Prov. iii. 3. 2. Near in time. “He went out about the third hour.”—Matt. xx. 3. 3. Upon or near one's person; easily accessible where one is at the moment. “If you have this about you.”—Milton : Comus, 647. 4. Near one, attendant on one. “That he should come about your royal person.” Shakesp.: K. Henry VI., Part II., iii. 1. 5. Concerned with, engaged with, connected with. tº e "º I must be about my father’s business.”—Luke ll. e “Thy servants’ trade hath been about cattle.”—Gen. xlvi. 34. 6. Respecting, regarding. “The eleven hundred shekels of silver that were taken from thee, about which thou cursedst.”—Judg. xvii. 2. II. As adverb: 1. Near to in quantity, quality, or degree. “. . . the number of the men was about five thou- sand.”—Acts iv. 4. 2. Here and there, hither and thither. “And withal they learn to be idle, wandering about from house to house.”—1 Tim. v. 13. 3. Round, by a circuitous route. “But God led the people about, through the way of the wilderness of the Red Sea.”—Eacod. xiii. 18. ºf Round about: In every direction around. “A fire goeth before him, and burneth up his enemies Townd about.”—Ps. xcvii. 3. 4. Just prepared to do an act. “And as the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship.”—Acts xxvii. 80. iſ To bring about, or, as it is in 2 Sam. xiv. 20, to fetch about, signifies to take effective measures for accomplishing a purpose; to accomplish a purpose or end. Nawt. : To go about is when a ship is made to change her course, and go, upon a particular tack different from that on which she has been previously proceeding. About ship, Qr ready about, is the con- cise method of giving orders for such a change of COUITS0, to * ." Bring about: To bring to the point or state de- sired. “. . . to bring about all Israel unto thee.”— 2 Sam. iii. 12. “Whether she will be brought about by breaking her head, I very much question.”—Spectator. * Come about: To arrive, to reach the proper moment for the occurrence of an event. *The time was come about.”—1 Sam. i. 20. [HABILIMENTs.] above. "I Go about: To wander hither and thither with the view of finding opportunity to do a deed. “Why go ye about to kill me?”—John vii. 19. III. As the imperative of a verb, or especially with GO requiring to be supplied: “About my brains” (i. e., brains go to work). Shakesp.: Hamlet, ii. 2. *about-hammer, about-sledge, s. The largest hammer used by Smiths. It is generally employed by under-workmen called hammer-men. (Note in. Beaumont and Fletcher, ed. Dyce, iv. 289.). In America is called a sledge-hammer, and is wielded by both hands. - .*about-Speich. [About; speech..] Circumlocu- tion. (Scotch.) “Rycht so my about-speech often tymes And semblabill wordis we compyl our rymes.” Douglas: Virgil, 10, l. 12. *about—ward, adv. Inclining to, on the point of. “But than syr Marrok, hys steward Was fast aboutewarde To do hys lady gyle.” MS. Cantab, ff. ii. 38, 71. (Halliwell.) *a-bóüt'e, or *a-bóüt'—en, prep. & adv. About. [ABOUT.] “And other ladyes in here degrees aboute.” Chaucer: C. T., 2,586. “For both me goon abouten oure purchas.” Chaucer: C. T., 7,112. “And in this wise these lordes all and some Ben on the Sonday to the citee come Aboutem prime, and in the toun alight.” Chaucer: C. T., 2,191. *a-bouye, 3. [A. S. abugam..] To bow. “Alle londys ssole abouye to by weste and by este.” Robert of Gloucester, p. 215. a-bêve, prep. & adv. [A. S. ābūfan, būfan. be ºf an fut. bovem.] A. As a preposition: 1. Lit.: Higher in place; also to a higher place beyond. G “. . . the waters which were above the firmament.”— 67%, l. l. “Above the brims they force their fiery way.” Dryden: AEmeid. 2. Fig.: Higher or superior to, of greater rank or dignity than. “The disciple is not above his master, nor the servant above his Lord.”—Matt. x. 24. 3. Higher in number or quantity; more in number or quantity, upward. “For the man was above forty years old.”—Acts iv. 22. 4. Higher in measure or degree, more in measure, or degree, more than, beyond. “. . . thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field.”—Gém. iii. 14. 5. Higher than it is possible to grasp intellect- ually, unattainable. “It is an old and true distinction that things may be above reason without being contrary to it.”—Swift. 6. Too high in point of conscience willingly to do a disreputable deed; also too high in one's own self- esteem for; too proud for. “Kings and princes in the earlier ages of the world laboured in arts and occupations, and were above nothing: that tended to promote the conveniences of life.”—Popes Odyssey, Notes. T Above all is an elliptic phrase for “above alſº tºº, above all circumstances, chiefly, princi- pally. Above-stairs: On the floor above. - *7. Colloquial: (1) Above a bit = exceedingly. (2} Above your hooks = too knowing, too clever. B. As an adverb: I. Lit...(of place): 1. Overhead. “When he established the clouds above.”—Prov. viii. 28. 2. On the higher or upper part, on the top. “. ... and in a cubit shalt thou finish it [the ark]. above.”—Gen. vi. 16. 3. In heaven. º: “I should have denied the God that is above.”—Job. xxxi. 28. II. Fig.: 1. Beyond, in point of size or number. “. . . the fragments of the five barley-loaves, which re- *d over and above unto them that had eaten.”—Johna. Vl. e 2. In a superior social position of power and dignity. “And the Lord shall make thee the head, and not the tail; and thou shalt be above only, and thou shalt not be beneath.”—Deut. xxviii. 18. III. Of time: Before, previously. In the phrase, “We have shown above,” and in the adjectives bóil, boy; pout, j6W1; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem, thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. 3. -sion = Shiin; -Sious = shiis. -tion, -gion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, above-board above-cited, above-described, above-mentioned, above-named, above-specified, above, signifies in the immediately preceding portion of the book, but not necessarily on the upper part of the same page. The use of these terms carries us back to the time when books were written on long continuous scrolls, and a previous part of the composition was really above that to which the writer had come. “. . . . . the above-cited mammalian genera of the Old World.”—Owen, Brit. Fossil Mammals. ºf Sometimes it is employed almost like a sub- stantiye. It then signifies— (1) The higher part, the upper part. “. . . the waters of Jordan shall be cut off from the waters that come down from above.”—Josh. iii. 13. (2) Heaven, the place of bliss. “Who shall ascend into heaven? (that is, to bring Christ down from above.)”—Rom. x. 6. above-board, adv. Lit. ... Aboye, the board or table, in open, sight, so as to forbid the possibility, or at least the likeli- hood of fraud, trick, or deception. In a way op- posed to the procedure of the gamester who puts his hands under the table to shuffle the cards. 1. In open sight, without trickery. “It is the part also of an honest man to deal above-board and without tricks.”—L’Estrange. 2. Openly, without the effort at concealment which a proper feeling of shame would induce. “Now-a-days they [villainies] are owned above-board.”— South: Sermons. ‘I Used more frequently in colloquial language than by our best English classics. above-deck, a. 1. Nawt. : Upon the deck of a vessel, not in the cabin or other parts below. * & fi 2. Fig. : (Like ABOVE-BOARD, q.v.) Without arti- CG, above-ground, a. Alive, unburied. “I’ll have 'em, an they be above-ground.” JBeaumont dº I'letchen”: The Chances. *a-bö’ven, prep. & adv. Old form of ABOVE. “And especially aboven every thing.” Chaucer: Somponoures Tale, 7,296. *a-bow, v. [AVOW.] To maintain, to avow. (Ar- £howr dº Merlim, p. 193. *a-bó'We, v. i. & t. [A. S. abugan.] I. Imtrams. : To bow. “To Roland then sche gan above Almost doun til his fete.” MIS. Ashmole, 33, p. 37. II. Trans.: To daunt, to put to shame. eram.) *a-bów'e (O. Eng.), (Halliwell.) (Cock- *a-bów'en (O. Eng. & Scotch), *a-bow'ne and *a-bow'yne (both O. Scotch), prep. & adv. * I. As prep. ; Above. “Above all othur.”—Cov. Myst., p. 83. II. As adv. : Above. “Kepe hyt therfore wyth temperat hete adowne, Full forty dayes, tyll hyt wer black abowen.” Ashmole: Theat. Chem. Brit., p. 171. *a-bö'Wed, pa. par. [ABOWE, v.] *a-bów'-3s, s, pl. [A. Nº Probably for aboures or avowes = patron saints. (Halliwell and Wright.) “God and Seinte Marie and Sein Denis also And alle the abowes of this churche, in was ore ich am i-do.” Robert of Gloucester, p. 475. ºwsht, *a-bów—tyne', prep. & adv. [ABOUT.] Ollt, “Abowght the body.”—Torrent of Portugal, p. 9. “And made fyere abovtyme.”—MS. Ashmole, 61, f. 5. (Halliwell.) Abp. A contraction for ARCHBISHOP. Āb-ra-ca-dāb-ra, or År-ás-a-dāb'-ra, the Ar’-a-ca-län of the Jews. 1. A Syrian º; º 2. A magical collocation of letters placed as in the figure below: A B R A C A D A B R A A B R A C A B R. It will be observed that the name abracadabra can be read not only on the uppermost horizontal line, but on any of the lines below it, with a continuation, slantingly upward, on the right-hand side of the triangle. So can it also on that right-hand line, or any one parallel to it, the continuation in the 28 latter case being on the uppermost line toward the right hand. A paper inscribed in such a fashion, and hung around the neck, was supposed to be a tacit invocation of the Syrian deity mentioned above, and was recommended by the sapient Serenus Saronicus as an antidote against fever and various other diseases. Shortly before A. D. 1588, a quack doctor, who charged £15 for his prescription, made a patient suffering, from ague much worse, by in- ducing him to eat the charm instead of wearing it round his neck. “. . . A little afore his fit was at hand he called unto the wife of the patient to bring him an apple of the largest size, and then with a pinne write on the rinde of the apple Abracadabra, and perswade him to take it pres- ently in the beginning of his fit, for there was (sayth he) a secret in those words. To be short, the patient, being hungry of his health, followed his counsell, and devoured all and every piece of the apple.”—Clowes, A. D. 1588 *a-bråd", pa. par. [A. S. abreothan-to bruise, break, destroy, kill, frustrate.] Withered (Halli- well). Killed, destroyed (Wright). “Fair i-woxe and fair i-sprad, But the olde tre was abrad.” The Seveyn Sages, 610. āb-rā'de, v. t. [Lat. abrado=to scrape away, to rub off: ab=from, away, and rado=to scrape off, to touch in passing, to graze.] To rub down, to crumble or wear away by friction. 1. Geol.: To rub away rocks by water, frost, or similar agencies. “Stones which lie underneath the glacier and are pushed along by it, sometimes adhere to the ice; and as the mass glides slowly along at the rate of a few inches or at the utmost two or three feet per day, abrade, groove, and polish the rock.”—Lyell: Mam. of Geol., ch. xii. 2. Nawt. : also Bot., &c.: To rub or wear away by friction. 3. Med...: To produce a superficial excoriation, with loss of substance, under the form of small shreds, in the mucous membranes of the intestines; to tear off or fret the skin. “Instead of nourishing, it stimulates, abrades, and carries away part of the solids.”—Miscellanies (1762). 4. Fig. : To wear away. “Nor deem it strange that rolling years abrade The social bias.” Shenstome: Econ., p. 1. *a-brā‘de, adv. [ABROAD.] āb-rā'-déd, pa. par. & a. [ABRADE.] “The abraded summits of the grinding teeth.”—Owen; Fossil Mammals & Birds (1846). āb-rā'-difig, pr. par. & 3. [ABRADE.] As pr. par. : (See the verb.) As swbstantive : & 1. Geol.: The rubbing down of rocks by frost or similar causes. tº & ... 2. Agric: , The abrading of earth is the causing it to crumble away through the action of frost. *a-brae-dén, v. t. [M. H. Ger, erbreitem.] To dilate. (Stratmann.) Å'-bra-hām, A-bram [Lat. Abrahamus. Sept Gr. Habraam; fr. Heb. Abraham=father of a mul- titude: the second and original form (Abram) is from Gr. Habram ; Heb. Abram=father of eleva- tion.] An ancient patriarch, father and founder of the Jewish nation. (See Gen. xi.-xxv.) iſ, In, compounds: Derived from, connected, or pretending to be connected with the patriarch Abraham. Abraham-man. Tom of Bedlam, or Bedlam Beggar=a sturdy beggar. The Abraham-men for- merly roamed through England, begging and pil- fering: they were well known in Shakespeare's time, and on to the period of the Civil Wars. “An Abraham-mam is he that walketh bare-armed and bare-legged, and fayneth hymself mad, and caryeth a packe of wool, or a stycke with baken on it, or such lyke toye, and nameth hymself poor Tom.—Fratermitye of Vacabondes (1575). “And these what name or title e'er they bear Jarkman, or Patrico, Cranke, or Clapper-dudgeon, Frater, or Abram-mam, I speak to al That stand in fair election for the title Of king of beggars.” Beaumont & Fletcher. Begg. Bush, ii. 1. T The phrase “to sham Abraham,” still common among sailors, and meaning to feign sickness, is probably founded on the hypocritical pretenses of the Abraham-men. Abraham Newland. A name formerly given to Bank of England notes, owing to their bearing the signature of Abraham Newland, who was chief cashier for many years. Dibdin alludes to him in the lines— “Sham Abraham you may, But you musn't sham Abraham Newland.” *Abraham's balm, s. According to Cockeram, “a willow in Italy that brings forth agnus castws like pepper.” Bullokar (1641) says that it was used as a charm to preserve chastity. (See Halliwell: Dict. of Obs. Eng.) abrase t Abraham's eye, s. A magical charm, the ap- plication of which was supposed to deprive a thief, who refused to confess his crime, of eyesight. (MS, on Magic, 16th Cent.) *abraham, *abram, a. & S. Catachrestic for AUBURN. “Our heads are some brown, some black, some abram, some bald.”—Early Edit. of Shakespeare: Coriol., ii. 3. | The folio of 1685 altered it to awbwºrm. (Halli- well. 4|alam-colored, abram-colored = auburn-col- OI’GC1, “A goodly long, thick, Blw?"t: Maste?" Constable. Á'-bra—ham-ites, S. pl. [ABRAHAM.] Church. History:. . 1. A sect of Paulicians who rose toward the end of the eighth century, and were suppressed by Cyr- jacus, Patriarch of Antiqch. Their leader was Abra- ham, a native of Antioch. e * * 2. An order of monks who practiced idolatry, and were in consequence extirpated by Theophilus in the ninth century. e 3. A Bohemian sect, nominally followers of John Huss, who, in 1782, ayowed themselves as holding what they alleged to haye been Abraham's creed be- fore his circumcision. They believed in the unity of God, but at the same time they accepted none of the Bible except the Lord's Prayer. In 1783 the Emperor Joseph II. expelled them from Bohemia. A-bra—ham—it'-ic, A'-bra—ham—it’—i-cal, a. Pertaining to or in some way related to the patriarch Abraham. *a-brăid', *a-brăide, *a-brā’y, *a-brāyd', *a-bråyde', *a-bråyd -en, “a-brey'de, v. t. & i, [A. S. abredam..] I. Transitive : 1. To arouse, to awaken another person or one’s abraham-colored beard.”— Self. 2. To excite, to stir up. “For theyr comodites to abrayden up pride.” Lydgate: Minor Poems, p. 121. T Reflectively: To stir up one's self to do anything, “I abrayde, I enforce me to do a thynge.”—Palgrave. 3. To start. “Bochas present felly gan abrayde To Messaline, and even thus he sayde.” Bochas, bk. vii., ch. 4. (See also MSS. Egerton, 829, p. 72. Halliwell.) 4. More fig.: To draw a sword from a scabbard. II. Imtransitive : 1. To become awake, or to return to conscious. ness after a reverie. “This man out of his slep for fer abrayde.” Chaucer: Nonne Priestes Tale, 16,494, “But when as I did out of sleep abral/ I found her not where I her left whileare.” Spense”: F. Q., IV. vi. 36. “But from his study he at last abray'd, Call'd by the hermit old, who to him said.” Fairfaac: Tasso xiii. 50. 2. To start up, to become roused to exertion, to speech, or to passion. “Ipomydon with that stroke abrayde, And to the kynge thus he sayde.” Ipomydom, 1,149. 3. To cry out, to shout, to speak with a loud voice. “As a man all ravished with gladness Abrayded with a loud voice.” Elyot on Boucher. (Wedgwood.) 4. To arise in the stomach with a sense of nausea. a-brăid -it, pa. par. & a. Scotch form of ABRADED. [ABRADE.] âb'-ra-mis, S. [Gr. abramis, genit. -idos=a fish found in the sea and in the Nile; possibly the bream.] A genus of fishes founded by Cuvier, and belonging to the family Cyprinidae, All the species are inhabitants of fresh water. [BREAM.] à-brān-chi-a, 3. [Gr. a, priv., and, branchig== ills of fishes; pl. of branchiom—a , fin, , a gill.] . luvier's third order of the class Annelida. As their name Abranchia imports, they have. no ap- arent gills. The order includes two families—the umbricidae, or Earthworms, and the Hirudinidae, OI" Leeches. à-brån'-chi-an, adj. (generally used as substan- tive). A species of the order Abranchia. [ABRAN- CHIA.] ā-brån'-chi-āte, a. [ABRANCHIA.] 200l. : Destitute of gills. “. . . the abranchiate annelides.”—Prof. Owent Lectures on the Invertebrated Amimals. āb-răşe', v. t. [Lat. abrasum, Supine of abrado.] [ABRADE.] To scrape, to shave. (Cockeram.) āb-răşe', a. [Lat. abrasus, pa. par. of abrado.] [ABRADE.] Smooth. “An abrase table.”—Ben. Jomsom, ii. 866. fâte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kw. abrasion āb-rā'-sion, s. [In Fr. abrasion; fr. Lat. ab- rasw8, pa. par. of abrado.] [ABRADE.] I. The act or process of rubbing away. II. The state of being rubbed away. 1. Spec. in Geol. : The attrition, or rubbing away of rocks by ice, by contact with other blocks of stone, &c. “. . . if they are well protected by a covering of clay or turf, the marks of abrasion seem capable of enduring for ever.”—Lyell: Manual of Geol., ch. xii. 2. Numis. : The wear and tear of coins. III. That which is rubbed away from bodies. āb-rā'-iām, s. A kind of red clay used to color mahogany. it is found in the isle of Wight and in Germany. a-bräx-às, s. [From the Greek letters having their equivalents in a, b, r, a, x, a, s, of which the numerical values are: a =1, b=2, r=100, a =1, x=60, a=1, s–200, in all 365.] e - 1. A mystical or cabalistic word, used, by the #º and especially by Basilides, who lived in the second century. He intended by it to ex- press his view that between the earth and the em- pyrean there were 365 heavens, each with its order of angels, or intelligences: these also were 365 in number, like the days of the year. Anything in- scribed with the word abraacas became a charm or amulet. Gems with it upon them are still often brought from Egypt. “. . . the well-known figure of the serpent-legged abraacas.”—Archaeol. Jow?'m., xix. (1862), 104. 2. A genus of moths, which contains the well- known gooseberry or magpie moth (A. grosswla- riata). LMAGPIE-MOTH.] *a-brā’y, *a-brāyd', *a-brāyd'–én, v. t. & i. [ABRAID. à'—bra-zite, s. [Gr. a, priv.; brazo—to boil.] A mineral composed of alumina, potash and lime, first noticed near Rome, and sometimes called Gismond- ite, after the name of its discoverer. â'—bra—zît'—ic, a. Pertaining to the mineral called abrazite. Not melting or effervescing before the blowpipe. a-bréa'd, adv. Abroad. (Scotch.) “O Jenny, dinna toss your head, An' set your beauties a’ abread 1’’ * Purns: To a Louse. a-bréast', adv. [a-on ; breast.] 1. Gen. : Standing or moving with the breasts in a line, exactly in line with each other. “. . . two men could hardly walk abreast.”—lſa- caulay : Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. . 2, Naut.: Ships are abreast when their bows are In 11n.0. “The Bellona. . . . grounded abreast of the outer ship of the enemy.”—Southey: Nelson, vol. ii. T Naut.: A ship is abreast of an object when that object is on line with the vessel's beam. . . . . - A vessel is abreast a promontory when it lies or is sailing off the shore directly off that promontory. On board a ship, abreast means in a parallel line to the beam. *āb'—ré-cöck, s. An apricot. (Gerard.) āb-ré'de, v. t. & i. [A. S. abredian-to open.] * Transitive: To publish, to spread abroad. [ABRAIDE.] (Scotch.) & * Intransitive: To start, to fly to a side, to depart. (Eng. & Scotch.) “Troilus mere out of his witte abrede.” Test. Creseide Chron. S. P. i. 158. a-bré'ed, a-bré'id, adv. [ABROAD.] Abroad (Scotch.) “The prophecy got abreed in the country.”—Antiquary, ii. 245. “The story of Achilles stout With gold was browdered there abreid.” Burel: Entr. Queen, Watson’s Coll., ii. 8. “An' spread abreed thy weel-fill’d brisket.” Burns: A wild Farmer's New Year Morming. *a-bré'ge *a-brèg'ge, v. t. [ABRIDGE.] “And for he wolde his longe tale abrege.” Chaucer : Cant. Tales, 9,531. “. . . they yit wel here days abregge.” Chaucer : Knightes Tale, 3,001. *a-bréid'–én, v. t. (pret. abreid, past abrodem). {A. S. abregdam, a bredam..] To turn away, to draw out, or start up. (Stratmann.) *a-brék'—Ém, v, i. (pa. par. abroken). abrecan...] To break out. “And yf we may owhar abreke.” Arthour & Merlin, p. 292. *a-brénn'—é, v. t. [M. H. Ger, erbrennen.] To burn up. (Stratmann.) *āb'-ré-nóünge, v. t. To renounce utterly. [A. S. 29 fāb-ré-niān-çi'-ā'—tion, s. [Eccles. Lat. abre- mwntio = to renounce: Class. Lat. ab; renuncio = to carry back word, to announce; nuncio = to an- nounce; mºuntius = one newly come, a messenger; #: = now..] Absolute renunciation, absolute de- Illal, “They cal:ed the former part of this form the abre- nunciation, viz., of the devil and all those idols wherein the devil was worshiped among the heathen.”—Bp. Bull Works, iii. 555. *a-breó'-den, v. i. [A. S. abreótan..] To fall away. (Stratmann.) *āb-répt', v. [Lat. abripio = to snatch away from: ab = from ; rapio = to snatch, to take away by violence.] To take away by violence. “. . . his nephew's life he questions, And questioning abrepts.” Billingslu's Brachy-Martyrologia (1657). āb-rép'—tion, s. [Lat. abreptio, frabripio-to take away by force: ab; rapio=to carry or snatch a Way. 1. The act of seizing and carrying away. 2. The state of being seized and carried away. “Cardan relates of himself that he could when he pleased fall into this aphairesis, disjunction or abreption of his soul from his body.”—Halliwell: Melampronaea, p. 73. abreuvoir (pron. a-breiiv'-war), s. [Fr. abrewv- oir=(1) a watering-place, (2) a horse-pond; abrewver =to water (animals); from O. Fr. abeuvrer, from Low Lat. abeverare, abebrare: ad=in the direction of, and Lat. bibere=to drink; Sp. abrevar; Gr. brechö=to wet on the jºl, [ABBREUVOIR.] Masonry: . The interstice between contiguous ...” t that it may be filled with mortar or CéIOleInt, - *a-brey'de. [ABRAID.] *a'-bric, s. . [Deriv. uncertain.] [BRIMSTONE..] Sulphur. (Coles: Eng. Dict., 1677.) *āb'—rí-céck, *āb'-ri—cöt, s. [APRICOT.] “Northere the damson wants nor abricock.” , Drayton: Poly-Olbions, s. xviii. abricock-apple, s An apricot-tree. (Ryder.) a-bridge, *a-bryºgge, v. t. [From Fr. abrevier, abbregier, a bridgier, a brigier, and that from Lat. abbrevio: ad=in the direction of, and brevio=to shorten; brevis-short; Fr. abréger; Prov. & Sp. abreviar; Ital. abbreviare. Wedgwood shows that the Provençal has brew for brevis, brewgetat for brevitas, in analogy with which the verb correspond- ing to abbrevićtre would be abbrewjar, leading im- mediately to the Fr. abréger.] Gem. : 1. To curtail, to shorten in some way or other; or, less specifically, to diminish. “. . . as in no wise she could abridge his wo.”—Turber- ville: Tragical Tales (1587). “Besides, thy staying will abridge thy life.” Shakesp.: Two Gent. of Verona, iii. 1. “Tyranny sends the chain that must abridge The noble sweep of all their privilege.” Cowper: Table Talk. 2. To curtail the length of a book or other literary composition, either by re-writing it in shorter com- pass, or by omitting the less important passages. “Plutarch's life of Coriolanus is principally abridged from the history of Dionysius, and the extant account in Appian’s Roman history is derived from the same source.” —Lewis: Credibility of the Early Roman History, chap. Xll. .3. To deprive, to strip; followed by, the accusa- tive of the person, and of referring to the thing lost. “That man should thus encroach on fellow-man, Abridge him of his just and native rights.” Cowper: Task, bk. v. * The use of from, of the thing, is now obsolete. “Nor do I now make moan to be abridg’d From such a noble rate.” Shakesp.: Merch. of Penice, i. 1. .4. Alg.: To reduce a compound quantity or equa- tion to a simpler form. Thus a − a +2a may be ºrigged to a + a and 3.v — 5 — 2.c = + 8 — 5 to Q: F Ö. a-bridged, pa. par. & a. [..ABRIDGE.] “The following is an abridged scheme of his arrange- ments.”—Owen; Mammalia. a-bridg’–ér, s. [ABRIDGE.] 1. Gen.: One who shortens, a shortener. “. . . self-destroyers, at least abridgers of their lives.”— Whitlock; Manners of the English. 2. Spec. : One who writes a compendium or abridg- ment of a book. “. . . to be a methodical compounder and abridger.” —Lord Bacon: Inter. of Nat., ch. vi. a-brid'g-iñg, pr. par. [..ABRIDGE.] t abroad I. The act or process of abridging. ti;" 1. The act of shortening a count or declara- IOIl. 2. Abridgment, of Damages: Exercise of a right by a court of reducing damages when justice seems to require it. II. The state of being abridged. 1. In a general sense. , *2. Diminution, lessening. “To be master of the sea is an abridgment of a mon- archy.”—Bacon: Works, “Essay Civ. dº Mor.,” ch. xxix. 3. Deprivation of, restraint from. “It is not barely a man’s abridgment in his external accommodation which makes him miserable.”—South. III. Most common sense: The thing abridged. 1. An epitome of a book, a compend, an abstract, a summary of a volume or of an oral statement. * 2: A short play, or the players. º (a) The play; so called, it is thought, because in the historical drama the events of several years are abridged or presented in brief compass. “Say, what abridgment have you for this evening? What mask? what music?” Shakesp.: Mids. Night’s Dream, v. 1. (b) The players. “Hamlet . . . For look, where my abridgment comes. Enter four or five players.)”—Hamlet, ii. 2. In the same act and scene Hamlet is made to say— “Good, my lord, will you see the players well bestowed? Do you hear, let them be well used; for they are the abstract and brief chronicles of the time.” TI Abstract and brief chronicles, are expressions. quite analogous to abridgment. [ABSTRACT.] *a-brigge, *a-brí'ge, v. [ABRIDGE, ABRYGGE.J. 1. To abridge, 2. To shield off, to ward off. “Alle myscheffes from him to abridge.” Lydgate: Minor Poems. *ab-rip'—ted, pa. par. & al. [From Lat abripio, -ipwi, -eptwm—to take away by force: ab=from ; rapio=to snatch away.] Snatched or stolen away. (Cockeram.) [ABREPT. a-bróa'gh, *a-brö'ghe, v. t. To set abroach, to broach. “Thilke tonne that I shall abroche.” Chaucer: C. T., 5,759. [Pref. a =on, and broach = a [ABROACH, adv.]: a-bróa'gh, adv. spit.] [BROACH.] . 1. With egress afforded. (Used of vessels or pipes in a position, &c., to allow the included liquid to run freely out.) “Hogsheads of ale and claret were set abroach in the streets.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvii. 2. Fig.: Tapped Qr opened. “Alack, what mischiefs he might set abroach In shadow of such greatness.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., v. 2. ºf Used, it will be seen, specially in the phrase “to set abroach (properly to setten on brocche)= (1) to tap, to pierce, to Open ; (2) (fig.) to diffuse. abroad. *a-bróa'gh-mênt, s. The act of forestalling the market. a-broad, adv. [Pref. a = on, and broad.]. [BROAD. Gen. : In an unconfined manner, widely, at large. Hence— 1. Out of the house, though it may be in other houses. “In one house shall it be eaten; thou shalt not carry- forth ought of the flesh abroad out of the house.”— Eacod. xii. 46. 2. Outside the house; in the open air; away from, one’s abode. “Abroad the sword bereaveth, at home there is as death.” —Lam. i. 20. - “Ruffians are abroad.”—Cowper: Task, bk. v. “. . . go abroad out of the camp.”—Deut. xxiii. 10. 3. In another country than one's native land. “Another prince, deposed by the Revolution, was living abroad.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. 4. Widely; not within definite limits; far and WICle, “. . . . if a leprosy break out abroad in the skin.”— Lev. xiii. 12. “And from the temple forth they throng, And quickly spread themselves abroad.” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstone, canto i. 5. Throughout society, or the public generally. “. . . and all these sayings were noised abroad." throughout all the hill-country of Judea.”—Luke i. 65. Spread abroad: Widely circulated. (First Sketches of Henry VI., p. 97.) “. . . either to abrenownce their wives or their liv- a-bridg-mênt (formerly abridgement), s. A. ings.”—Fox : Acts and Deeds, fol. 159. [ABRIDGE.] *a-broã'd, a. [BROAD.] Broad. (Minshew.) bóil, boy; påut, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. ...tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -śion = zhūm. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. abrodietical *a-brö-di-Št'—i-cal, a. [Gr. habrodiaitos: fr. habros=graceful, delicate, luxurious; digita=mode of life.] [DIET.] Feeding daintily, delicate, lux- urious. (Minshew: Guide into Tongues, A. D. 1627.) (Wright.) âb'-rög-a-ble, a. [ABROGATE.] Able to be ab- rogated; that may be abrogated. “An institution abrogable by no power less than di- wine.”—Dr. H. More : Letter viii. at the end of his Life by R. Ward, p. 326. àb'-rö-gāte, v. t. [In Fr. abroger; Sp. abrogar; from Lat, abrogatus, pa. par. of abrogo=to repeal (a law); ab; rogo=to ask; (spec.) to propose a bill.] 1. To annul; to repeal as a law, either by formally abolishing it, or by passing another act which su- persedes the first. “. . . . . statutes regularly passed, and not yet regularly abrogated.”—Macawlay : Hist. Eng., ch. xi. *2. More general sense: To put an end to. “. . . so it shall please you to abrogate scurrility.”— Shakesp. : Love's Labor's Lost, iv. 2. àb'-rö-gate, a. [ABROGATE, v t.] Abrogated. “. . . whether any of those abrogate days have been Kept as holidays.”—Kimg Edw. VI. : Injunctions. āb-rū-gāt-éd, pa par. & a, [ABROGATE, v. t.] àb'-rö-gāt-iñg, pr. par. [ABROGATE, v. t.] āb-rö-gā-tion, s. [ABROGATE, v. t.] [In Fr. abrogation; fr. Lat. *:::::::::: he act of abro- gating. The repeal by the legislature of a law pre- viously binding. It is different from ROGATION, DEROGATION, SUBROGATION, DISPENSATION, and ANTIQUATION, all which see. “The . . . principle of abrogation annuls all those sen- tences of the Koran which speak in a milder tone of un- believers.”—Milman: Hist. Lat. Christ., bk. iv., ch. i. *a-brö'ke, *a-brö'-ken, pa. par, [ABREKEN.] 1. Gen. : Broken. 2. Spec. : Having a rupture. (Kennet: M.S. Gloss- ary.) (Halliwell.) 3. Broken out; escaped. “But develis abroken oute of helle.” Sir Ferwmbras MS. (Halliwell.) 3–brö'–ma, s. [In Ger. abrome; Fr. ambrome; Gr. a, priv., broma = food—unfit for food.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Byttneriaceae, or Bytt- neriads. They are small trees with hairy, lobed leaves, clusters of yellow or purple flowers, and five- celled winged capsules. A. augusta, or the smooth- stalked, and A. fastwosa, or the prickly-stalked abro- ma, are cultivated in stoves in Britain: the latter is from New South Wales; the former—the Wollwt comwl or Wullut cumal of the Bengalees—is from the East Indies, where the fibres are made into cordage. It is a handsome tree, with drooping purple flowers. *ā-brön, a. Auburn. “With abrom locks.”—Hall: Satires, iii. 5. āb-rö-ni-a, s. [Gr. habros=delicate.] A genus of plants belonging to the Order Nyctaginaceae, or Nyctagos. The A. wºmbellata, or umbelled abronia, is a small plant, with flowers surrounded by an in- volucre of a fine rose color. *a-bró'od, adv. [Eng. a =on; brood (q.v.).] In the act or process of brooding. “. . . . . seeing he sate abrood on addle eggs.”—Clo- bery: Divine Glimpses. *a-bró'od, adv. Abroad. [ABROAD.] “To bere bishopes aboute Abrood in visitynge.”—Pier8 Ploughman, p. 38. *a-bró'od—ifig, a. [a-on ; brooding.] Sitting to brood. *a-brook, v. t. [NOW BROOK (q.v.).] To brook, to tolerate, to suffer. “. . . . ill can thy noble mind abrook The abject people gazing on thy face.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry VI., ii. 4. Lat. abrotomum : Gr. abro- āb-röt'—a-niām, 8. [ARTEMISIA.] Tournefort's tomon-southernwood. - º - º *... . . . . . . . . . Sºº Southernwood (Artemisia Abrotanum). Plant, Leaf, and Flower. name for a genus of composite plants now merged 30 āb-röt'-ān-Öid, a., used as s. [Gr, abrotonon, and eidos=form. e Lit. : Abrotanum-shaped. A term applied to a Species of perforated coral or madrepore. ab-ript', a. . [Lat. abruptus=broken off; ab- Twmpo-to break off : ab=from ; rumpo-to burst asunder, to break.] 1. Lit. : Broken off. “The rising waves obey the increasing blast, Abrupt and horrid as the tempest roars.” Cowper: Retirement. 2. Broken, very steep, precipitous (applied to rocks, banks, &c.). “Tumbling through rocks abrupt.”—Thomson: Winter. 3. Bot. :, Truncated, looking as if cut off below or above. An abrupt root is one which terminates W. Nº. º W § ſº § & º º - § % §§§Cº. ºft º § § º ºftº. gº º y § *\. Abrupt Leaves. Tulip-tree (Liriodendron Tulipiferum). suddenly beneath. The term abrupt is nearly the same as premorse. An abrupt or truncate leaf is one in which the upper part looks as if it were not now complete, but as if there was a portion wanting which had been cut away with a sharp instrument. 4. Applied to Speech, to writing, or in a more gem- f; sense: Unconnected, with no close connecting IIM KS. “The abrupt style, which hath many breaches, and does not seem to end but fall.”—Ben Jomsom: Discovery. “The same principles are followed by horticulturists; but the variations are here often more abrupt.”—Darwin: Species, ch. i. 5. Separated... (Middleton: Works, ii. 151.) 6. Sudden, without warning given. “. . . his abrupt change on his election to the see proves remarkably how the genius of the Papacy could control the inclination of the individual.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. 1ſ. Used as a substantive: A precipitous bank mar- gining a gulf or abyss. “Or spread his airy flight Upborne with indefatigable wings Over the vast abrupt.” *- Milton: P. Lost, bk. ii., 409. *ab-ript', v. t. To tear off, to wrench asunder, to disturb, to interrupt. “. . . the security of their enjoyment abrupteth our tranquilities.”—Sir T. Browne: Christian Morals. *ab–ript'—éd, pa. par. & a. [ABRUPT.] “The effects of this activity are not precipitously ab- rupted, but gradually proceed to their cessations.”—Sir T. Browne: Vulgar Errors, vi. 10. 1. The act of breaking off or wrenching asunder, literally or figuratively. “Who makes this pretty abruption?”—Shakesp.: Troil. and Cress., iii. 2. 2. The state of being broken off or wrenched asun- der, literally or figuratively. “. . . have commonly some of that matter still adhering to them, or at least marks of its abruption from them.”— Woodward. Nat. Hist. ab-rüpt"-ly, adv. [ABRUPT.] I. In space: 1. As if broken off, as if a part were wanting; truncate. & e Botany. Abruptly pinnate: Having a compound leaf with neither a leaflet nor a tendril at its extremity. It is called also equally pinnate or pºgº º g 2. Sheer up, or sheer down, vertically, perpendic- ularly, “This small point rises abruptly out of the depths of the ocean.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. i. II. In time: Suddenly, without warning given. “And thus abruptly spake—‘We yield.’” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstone, canto iii. ab-ript'-nēss, S. [ABRUPT.] The quality of ter- abscissa I. Literally: - 1. The quality of ending in...a broken-looking or truncated manner. “. . . . which abruptness is caused by its being broken off from the said stone.”— Woodward: Nat. Hist. 2. Precipitousness. “In the Cordillera I have seen mountains on a far grander scale; but for abruptness nothing at all compar- able with this.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xviii. II. Fig.: action, &c. “But yet let not my humble zeal offend By its abruptness.”—Byron.: Manfred, iii. 4. Applied to speech, style of writing, “. . , in which we may evenly proceed, without be- ing put to short stops by sudden abruptness, or puzzled by frequent turnings and transpositions.”—Pope: Homer's Odyssey, Postscript. a-brüS, s. [In Sp. abro de cuentas de rosario; fr. Gr, habros = graceful. So, called from the deli- cate and graceful character of its leaves.] A genus Of papilonaceous plants. A. precatorius, a native of India, but which has spread to Africa and the West Indies, is the Jamaica wild liquorice, so called because its roots are used in the West Indies for the same purpose as the liquorice of the shops. The #. furnishes those pretty red and black bead- ike seeds so frequently brought from India. Lin- naeus says that they are deleterious, but they are eaten in Egypt. The term precatorius (= pertain- ing to petitioning) refers to the fact that the beads are sometimes used for rosaries. *a-brygge, v. t. & i. [ABRIDGE.] A. Trams. : To abridge or shorten. B. Intrams. : To be abridged. “My dayes . . . schullen abrugge.”—Cambridge (Halliwell.) ābs'-gēss, s. [In Fr. absces; Sp. abscesso; Ital. absesso; Lat, pl. abscedentia (abscesses): fr. Lat. abscessus=(1) a going away, (2) an abscess: abscedo = to go away; abs=from, Or away; cedo=to go.] Med...: A gathering of jº. in any tissue or organ of the body. It is so called because there is an absces- sus (= a going away or departure) of portions of the animal tissue from each other to make room for the suppurated matterlodged between them. It results from the softening of the natural tissues, and the exudations thus produced. , Abscesses may occur in almost any portion of the body. They are of three types: the acute abscess, or phlegmon, arising from an inflammatory tendency in the part; the chronic abscess, connected with scrofulous or other weak- ness in the constitution; and the diffused abscess, due to contamination in the blood. ābs-gēs'—sion, s. ILat. abscessus=a going away.] A departing, separating, or going away. āb-scind', v. t. ſº abscindo=to cut off: ab- from ; Ścindo=to split.] t To cut off. “When two syllables are abscinded from the rest.”— Johnson: Rambler, No. 90. āb-sgind'-ed, pa. par. & a. [ABSCIND.] āb-sgind'-iñg, pr. par. [ABSCIND.] āb-sgis'—sa, or ābs-giss", 8. [In Ger. abscisse; from Lat. abscissus=torn off; pa. par. of abscindo: fr. ab and Scindo; Gr. Schizö=to split; cogn. with the Eng. Scissors.] Comic Sections: The abscissa of a parabola is the part of a diameter intercepted between its vertex and the point in which it is intersected by one of its own ordinates. The abscissa of the aaris is the part of the axis intercepted between its vertex and the point in which it is intersected by one of its own MS. C |C A JB A B ID D Fig. 1. Fig. 2. ordinates. In the parabola C A D (Fig. 1), A B is an abscissa not of the axis, corresponding to the point C. In Fig. 2, A B is the abscissa of the axis, corre- sponding to the point C. Only the abscissa of the axis is perpendicular to its B ordinate, as A B here is to the ordinate C. D. * A In an ellipse, the abscissae of C any diameter are the segments into , which that diameter is divided by one of its own ordi- & nates. In the ellipse A B C D Fig. 3. (Fig. 3), B Q and Q D are the abscissae of the diameter in Artemisia. [ARTEMISIA. minating abruptly. B D, corresponding to the point A. fâte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wet, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pīt, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whö, sèn; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, ce = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. º abscission The abscissoe of the aa is are, the segments into which the major axis is divided by one of its own Ordinates. e In a hyperbola, the abscissae A D of any diameter, are the seg- ments into which, when pro- E duced, it is divided by one of its own ordinates and its verti- ces. In the opposite hyperbolas, A B C and D, E, G, (Fig. 4), E, H and H B are the abscissae of the diameter E B, corresponding to the point D. Fig. 4 * g 8. o *āb-sgis'—sion, s. [Lat. ab- e scissus (rhet.)=a breaking off in the middle of a discourse.] I. The act of cutting off. Specially: .1. Surg.: The act of cutting off, cutting away, or simply cutting. “. . . . not to be cured without the abscission of a member, without the cutting off a hand or leg.”—Taylor': Sermons, vol. ii., Senºm. 13. 2. Old Med...: , The termination of a disease in death before it had run its natural course. (Hooper: Med. Dict.) e gº g 3. Rhet.: A breaking off abruptly in the middle of a discourse. 4. The act of annulling or abrogating. “. . . . . this designation of His [of Jesus] in submit- ting Himself to the bloody covenant of circumcision, which was a just and express abscission of it, was an act of glorious humility.”—Jeremy Taylor; Great Eacemplar, p. 60. *II. The state of being cut off. “By cessation of oracles with Montacutius we may onderstand the intercission not abscission or consum- mate desolation.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. *āb'-scönge, s. [Low Lat. absconsa.] A dark lantern holding a wax light, used in the choir to read the absolutions and benedictions at matins, and the chapter and prayer at lauds. ābs-cánd, v. t. & i. [Lat. abscondo=to or hide from ; abs=away, and condo=to esconderse, v. t.=to hide; Ital. ascondere.] *A. Transitive: 1. To put away with the view of hiding. 2. To conceal, to obscure. “Do not abscond and conceal your sins.”—Hewyt: Ser- mons, p. 56. (Leatham.) “Nothing discoverable on the lunar surface is ever covered and absconded from us by the interposition of any clouds or mists, but such as arise from our own globe.”—Bentley: Serm. viii. B. Intransitive: I. Used of men: 1. Gen.: To vanish from public view and take refuge in some, hiding-place, or in some foreign country, to avoid unpleasant consequences which might arise by remaining at One's post. “But if he absconds, and it is thought proper to pursue him to an outlawry, then a greater exactness is necessary.” —Blackstone: Comm... bk. iv., c. 24. 2. More special: To desert one's post. “. ... that very home-sickness, which, in regular armies, drives so many recruits to abscond at the risk of stripes and of death.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. 3. Law: To go out of the jurisdiction of a court, or to conceal one’s self, to avoid having a process served upon one *II. Used of animals: To lie concealed, to hyber- nate. “The marmotte, or Mus alpinus, which absconds all winter, lives on its own fat.”—Ray: On the Creation. ābs—cénd'–éd, pa. par. [ABSCOND.] fäbs—cónd'–éd—ly, adv. [ABSCOND.] In conceal- ment, in hiding. & & * H B F C G ut, away ide; Sp. 8. edly in Oxon.”—Wood: Athenoe Oaconienses, i. 681. ābs-cönd’-enge, s. [ABSCOND.] Concealment. ābs-cénd-ör, s. [ABSCOND.] One who absconds, one who vanishes from his post from consciousness of crime, fear, or other cause. “The notice of several such absconders may be entirely lost.”—Life of Kettlewell (1718), p. 888. ābs-cénd'-Ifig, s. Concealment. [ABSCOND.] “. . . endeavol by flight or absconding to save them- selves.”—Hicks’ Sermon on the 30th of January. ābs-cán'-si-Ö, s. [ABscond (B).] Amat.: A cavity in one bone which receives and conceals the head of another one. *ābs-cén'—sion. [Lat. absconsio.] Concealment. âb'-senge, s. [In Fr. absence; Ital. assenza; Lat. absenitia, fr. absens, pr. par. of abswim—to be away, to be absent.] n old Roman priest that then lived abscond- . 31 1. The state of being away from a place in which one has formerly resided, or from people with whom one has previously been. - “Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my ab- sence.”—Phil. ii. 12. ºf Used of things as well as persons. “We should hold day with the Antipodes, If you would walk in absence of the sun.” Shakesp.: Merchant of Venice, v. 1. 2. Want of, destitution of, not implying any pre- vious presence. “. . . the absence of medullary canals in the long bones in the sloths.”—Owen; Classific. of Mammalia. 3. Law: Failure to put in an appearance when cited to a court of law. 4. Inattention to things present. Often a person charged with “absence of mind” has his mind in- #. present in some imagined scene or train of thought quite different from that with which the rest of the company are occupied. From their point of view, therefore, he manifests “absence of mind.” In other cases the absent person is not particularly attending to anything, but is simply in a lethargic mood. . In the same way we speak of an “absence of all thought.” âb'-sent, a. [Lat. absens, pr. par. of absum (abesse) = to be away.] . * * 1. Not present, away, implying previous presence. “To be absent from the body, and to be present with the Lord.”–2 Cor. v. 8. 2. Not present now, or ever having been so before. “The clavicle is rudimental or absent.”—Owen; Classi- Jication of Mammalia. 3. Inattention to what is passing around, gener- ally with the words “in mind” appended. [AB- SENCE, 4.] “I distinguish a man that is absent, because he thinks of something.”—Budgell; Spectator, No. 77. * As substantive: One who is not present. “Let us enjoy the right of Christian absents, to pray §" another.”—BP. Mortom: To Archbp. Usher, Letters 6 º âb-sent", v. t. [In Fr. absenter, fr. Lat. absento, v. t.= to cause to be absent.] To make absent; to cause tº leave, withdraw, or depart. .. * At first not always with the reflective pronoun. “. . . or what change Absents thee, or what chance detains?” Milton. Par. Lost, bk. x. ‘ſ Now always with the reflective pronouns. “Some of those whom he had summoned absented them- selves.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. *āb-sen-tä'-nē-oiás, a... [ABSENT, a..] Relating to absence; being ordinarily absent fāb-sen-tä'—tion, s. [From ABSENT, v.] The act or state of absenting one's self. “Your absentation from the House is a measure which always had my entire concurrence.”—Wakefield: Letter to C. J. Foac (A. D. 1800). āb-sènt'—éd, T)0. pa?". [ABSENT, Q}, t.] āb-sen-tée, S. & q. [From absent, v. t.] One who habitually lives in another district or country from that in which, if a landed proprietor, his estate lies, or from which he derives his revenues. It is especially used of those owners of Irish estates who spend the revenues derived from them in England, rarely yisiting, and never for any, length of time settling in the country from which their in- come is drawn. “The personal estates of absentees above the age of sev- enteen years were transferred to the king.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. Used as adjective: ... Habitually residing away from the country or district whence one's support is drawn. “. . . pronounces confiscated the estates of all ab- sentee proprietors.”—Act of Absentees, A. D. 1536. (Frowder Hist. Eng., ch. viii., note.) āb-sen—tée’—ism, s. [ABSENTEE, ABSENT.] The practice of habitually absenting one's self from the country or district whence one's pecuniary support is dérived. (See Macleod, Dict. of Pol. Econ., p. 2.) āb-sènt-ér, s. [From absent, v. t.] One who absents himself. àb-sént'—ifig, pr. par. [ABSENT, v. t.] *āb-sånt-mênt, s. [From absent, v. t.] The state of being absent. “A peregrination or absentment from the body.”—Bar- row: Works, ii. 888. *āb-sey'—book, s. [A B C.] A primer. “And then comes to answer like an absey-book.” Shakesp.: King John, i. 1. T In Mrs. Cowden Clarke's Concordance the line reads, “an A B C book.” abs, feb. (absente febre). A contraction in physi- cians’ prescriptions, signifying “in the absence of the fever.” absolute âb'-sinth, s. [Lat. absinthium; Gr., apsinthion, also apsinthos; , Pers. & E. Aram. afsinthim. 1. Wormwood, a species of Artemisia. “. . . absinth and poyson be my sustenance.” The Passenger of Benvenuto (1612). 2. A strong spirituous liquor flavored with worm- wood and other plants containing the bitter prin- ciple termed absinthin. Indigo and even sulphate of copper are believed to be occasionally used as goloring matters in it. It is prepared chiefly in Switzerland, and consumed in France and America. āb-sinth'-àte, 3. [ABSINTH.] Chem.: A Salt formed along, with water, by the union of absinthic acid with a base. âb'-sinthe, s. [Fr.] 1. Wormwood. 2. Bitters. *āb'-sin'-thi-án, as . [From absinth (q.v.).]. Of the nature of absinthium (wormwood); relating to wormwood; wormwood-like. “Best physic they, when gall with sugar melts, Temp'ring my absinthian bitterness with sweets.” Randolph : Poems, p. 60. āb-sin'-thi-ā'—těd, pa, par... [Lat. absinthiatus. From imaginary verb absinthiate.] [ABSINTH (q.v.).] Tinged or impregnated with absinthium. āb-sin'-thic, a. [From absinthium (q.v.).] Per- taining to absinthium (wormwood). * > Absinthic acid : An acid derived from absinthium. āb-sin'-thin, or āb-syn'-thi-in, s. . [From ab- sinth (q. v.).] The bitter principle inherent in Artemisia absinthiwm (wormwood). Its formula is C16H22O5. . It has a scent of wormwood, and an ex- ceedingly bitter taste. āb-sin-thi'-tês, s. [Lat. absinthites, s. ; Gr. apsinthités oimos...] [ABSINTH.] Wine impregnated with wormwood. *āb-sī-à-nār'–3, v. t. To shun or avoid... A term used by the Anglo-Saxons in the oath of fealty. (Sommer.) fāb'-sis, s. [APSIs...] An arch or vault. âb-sist', v. i. [Lat. absisto-to stand off, to with- draw: (1) ab=from, and (2) sisto–to cause to stand; sto-to stand; root sta; Sansc. 8tha=to stand.] To stand off, to withdraw, leave off, to desist. *āb'-sål-ćnt, a. Absolute. “And afterward syr, verament They called hym knyght absolent.” The Squyr of Lowe Degre, 630. âb'-sà-1āte, a. [Lat. absolutus, pa. par. of ab- solvo-to loosen from, to disentangle: ab=from, and solutus=unbound, loose; solvo–to untie, to loosen. in Ger, absolutºr absoli, ; Ital. assoluto..] . Essen- tial meaning: Unbound, unfettered, under no re- straint. Hence specially— I. Ordinary Language. Applied— 1. To God: Self-existent and completely uncon- trolled by any other being. “In judging of God’s dispensation we must not look merely at His absolute sovereignty. . . .” Blunt : Dict. Hist. & Theol., art. “Decrees Eternal.” 2. To a sovereign or sovereignty, or power in gem- eral: Uncontrolled, unchecked by any other human powers; arbitrary, despotic. “. . . either the king must become absolute, or the Parliament must control the whole executive administra- tion.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. i. *3. To a person : § Absolved, freed. (Chaucer.) b) Highly accomplished, perfect. “. . . till This Philoten contends in skill With absolute Marina.” Shakesp.: Pericles, iv., Prologue. 4. To a mental state, a quality, dºc. : Unlimited. “Faith absolute in God.”—Wordsworth; Eaccur., b.R. iv. *5. Positive, undoubting, fully convinced. “I’m absolute *Twas very Cloten.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, iv. 2. 6. Unconditional. “. . . . the words of his mouth are absolute, and lack nothing which they should have for performance of that thing whereunto they tend.”—Hooker: Eccles. Pol., ii. 6. *The celebrated doctrine of an absolute decree of God respecting the salvation of mankind, which was unknown to Zwingli, was inculcated by Calvin.”—Mosheim: Ch. Hist., Cent. XVI. II. Logic. According to Whately: 1. Absolute or Nom-commotative is opposed to At- tributive or Connotative. The former does not take note of an attribute connected with the object, which the latter does. Thus Rome and sky are ab- solute terms; but Rome, the capital of Italy, and our sky are attributive or connotative. (See Whately, Logic, bk. ii., ch. W., §§ 1, 2–5.) böll, boy; pôüt, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, go, gem; thin, this; ghin, bench; sin, expect, Xenophon, a $; exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. —tion, -dle, -sion = shin; -ble, –tion, -śion = Zhūn. -tious, -Sious = Shiis. -Cious, --- absolutely 2. According to J. S. Mill, it is incorrect to regard 2.977-Comºgtative and absolute as synonymous terms. He considers absolute to mean non-relative, and to be opposed to relative. It implies that the object is to be considered as a whole, without reference to anything of which it is a part, or to any other object distinguished from it. Thus mam, is an ab- solute term, but father is not, for father implies the existence of sons, and is therefore relative. (J. S. Mill, Logic, blº. i., ch. ii.) III. Metaph. : Existing independently of any other CallS63, “. . . this asserts to man a knowledge of the uncondi- tioned, the absolute and infinite.”—Sir W. Hamilton: Dis- cussions, &c., Append. i. IV. Gram. : A case absolute is one consisting essentially of a substantive and a participle, which form a clause not ºf with or governed by any word in the remainder of the sentence. In Greek, the absolute case is the genitive; in Latin, the ab- lative; in English, it is considered to be the nomi- native. In Latin, the words sole stamte in the expression, “sole stante terra vertitur” (the earth turns round, the sun standing still)—that is, whilst the sun is standing still—are in the ablative absolute. In English, thow leading, in the words— * “I shall not lag behind, nor err The way, thow leading ” (Milton) are in the mominative absolute. So also are I rapt in the line— 2 “And, I all rapt in this, ‘Come out,’ he said.” Tennyson: Princess, Prol. 50. V. Law: Personal rights are divided into abso- lute and relative; absolute, which pertain to men as individuals; and relative, which are incident to them as members of society, standing in various re- lations to each other. The three chief rights of an absolute kind are the right of personal security, the right of personal liberty, and the right of private roperty. (Blackstone, Comment., bk, i., ch:. i.) § there are absolute and relative duties. Public sobriety is a relative duty, whilst sobriety, even when no human eye is looking on, is an abso- lute duty. (Ibid.) Property in a man's possession is described under two categories, absolute and § property. His chairs, tables, spoons, orses, cows, &c., are his absolute property; while the term qualified property is applied to the wild animals on his estate. An absolute decision is one which can at Once be enforced. It is opposed to a rule misi, which can- not be acted on until cause be shown, unless, in- deed, the opposite party fail to appear. Absolute law: The true and proper law of nature. Absolute warrandice (Scotch conveyancing ) : A warranting or assuring against all mankind. VI. Nat. Philosophy: Absolute is generally op- osed to relative. As this relativity may be of many £; various shades of meaning thus ariso: thus— 1. Absolute or real eacpansion of a liquid, as Op- posed to its apparent expansion, the expansign which would arise when the liquid is heated, iſ the vessel containing it did not itself expand. (See Atkinson, Ganot's Physics, bk. vi., ch. iii.) ſº 2. Absolute gravity is the gravity of a body viewed apart from all modifying influences, as, for instance, of the atmosphere. To ascertain its amount, there- fore, the body must be weighed in vacuo. 3. Absolute motion is the change of place on a body produced by the motion so designated, viewed apart from the modifying influence arising from disturbing elements of another kind. 4. Absolute space is space considered apart from the material bodies in it. 5. Absolute time is time viewed apart from events or any other subjects of mental conception with which it may be associated. 6. Absolute force of a center: ter (q.v.). VII. Astron.: The absolute equation is the aggre- gate of the optic and eccentric equations. [EQUA- TIONS, OPTIC, ECCENTRIC.] VIII. Algebra : Absolute numbers are those which stand in an equation without having any letters combined with them. Thus, in the following equa- tion— 2.c + 9=17, * 9 and 17 are absolute numbers, but 2 is not so. IX. Chem. ; Absolute alcohol is alcohol free from Water. âb'—sö1–6te-ly, adv. [ABSOLUTE, a...] I. With no restriction as to amount ; completely. “. . . . how persistently an absolutely useless faculty may be transmitted.”—Darwin: Descent of Ham, vol. i., pt. i., ch. i., p. 20. 1. Without restriction as to power; independently, 2. After the manner of a person of independent power; positively, peremptorily, without leaving liberty of refusalin the person commanded. “Command me absolutely not to go.” Milton: Par. Lost, bk. ix. Strength of a cen- 32 3. As if decreed by absolute power; indispensably. “It was absolutely necessary that he should quit Lon- don.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. - 4. Wholly, completely. “. . . . . the anomalous prerogative which had caused so many fierce disputes was absolutely and for ever taken away.”—Macawlay; Hist. Eng., ch. xv. “Assuredly the one [doctrine] is true. and the other absolutely false.”—J. S. Mill: Logic. II. Without restriction as to relation or condition. 1. Without close relation to anything similar. Opposed to relatively. “. . . . the antlers were both absolutely and rela- tively larger in the great extinct species.”—Owen; Fossil Mammals and Birds (1846), p. 446. 2. Unconditionally, without condition or quali- fication. “Absolutely we cannot discommend, we cannot abso- lutely approve, either willingness to live or forwardness to die.”—Hooker, v. āb-söl-āte-nēss, s. [Eng. (1) absolute, (q.v.), and (2) suff. -mess = the quality or state of..] I. The quality or state of being unlimited. 1. In a general Sense: “The absolutemess and illimitedness of his commission was much spoken of.”—Lord Claremdon, viii. 2. Specially im, power: Despotism. “They dress up power with all the splendor and temptation absoluteness can add to it.”—Locke. II. The quality or state of being unconditional. “. . . . . the absoluteness of God’s decrees and pur- poses.”—South: Sermoms, viii, 241. #b-så1-a-tion, S. [Fr. absolution; , Ital. assolu- zione; fr. Lat. absolutio = acquittal, properly a loosing: absolvo = to loosen from : ab = from ; solvo = to loosen, untie.] [ABSOLVE.] I. In a civil sense: 1. In ancient Rome: Acquittal in a court of law. 2. In civil law: “Absolution in the civil law im- ports a full acquittal of a person by some final sen- tence of law.” II. In an ecclesiastical sense: 1. In the Roman Catholic Church. : Forgiveness of sins, alleged to be by the authority of God. This power has been claimed since the date of the Fourth Lateran Council, A. D. 1215; the formula previously in use, “Deus absolvitte,” or “Christus absolvit te,” having then been exchanged for “Ego absolvo te.” “He knelt by the bed, listened to the confession, pro- nounced the absolution, and administered extreme unc- tion.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. 2. In the Chºwrch of England: The remission of sins declared and pronounced by the officiating priest to the people of God being penitent. (Lit- urgy, Morning Prayer.) 3. In some other churches: Removal of a sentence of excommunication. “After prayer the sentence of absolution is to be pro- nounced in these or like words. . . “I pronounce and de- clare thee absolved from the sentence of excommunica- tion formerly denounced against thee, and do receive thee into the communion of the Church.”—Compendium of the Laws of the Church of Scotland (1880), bk. iv., p. 439. III. Ord. Lang. : * Finish. “Then the words are chosen, their sound ample, the composition full, the absolution plenteous, and poured out all grave, sinewy, and strong.”—B. Jonson: Dis- coveries. - âb'—sö-lāt-ism, s. [ABSOLUTE.] 1. Arbitrary government, despotism. “. . . those political convulsions of 1848, which shook absolutism all over the Continent.”—Times, Oct. 21, 1876. 2. Predestination. (Ash.) âb'—sö-lāt-ist, S. & a. [ABSOLUTE.] One who is in favor of arbitrary government; an advocate for despotism. º º As adjective: Pertaining to absolutism. “. . . the same absolutist footing.”—Times' Corre- spond. from Hungary, 1851. āb-sö1'-fl-tö-ry, a. [Eng. (1) absolute, and (2) suff.-ory = relating to: in Ger, absolutorisch, Fr. ab- solutoiré; Lat. . absolutorius F pertaining to ac- quittal.] Pertaining to acquittal; absolving; that absolves. “Though an absolutory sentence should be pro- nounced.”—Ayliffe: Parergom Juris Camomici. āb-Sö1'—vat-ö-ry, a. [Eng. (1) absolve, (2) suff. -atory = making..] Having power to absolve, inti- mating or involving absolution. [ABSOLVE.] (Cot- grave.) āb-Sö1've, v. t. [Lat. absolvo = (1) to loosen from, to disengagé, (2) to free from, (3, in Law) to acquit, (4) to pay off, (5) to complete or finish: ab = from. and solvo = to loosen, to untie; Fr. absowdre; Ital. assolvere.] absorb 1. To loosen, to set free; to release from, in whatever way. * Followed (1) by the accusative of the person, and from preceding the thing: “What is the legal effect of the words which absolve the subject from his allegiance?”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. or (2) by the accusative of the thing. “. . . . to absolve their promise.”—Gibbon: Decl. and Fall, ch. xlix. - lſ. It is used similarly in senses Nos. 2, 3, 4; 2. Law: To acquit, to pronounce not guilty of a charge. “The committee divided, and Halifax was absolved by a majority of fourteen.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. 3. Theol. : To pardon a sinner or his sin. “Thy merit Imputed, shall absolve them who renounce Their own both righteous and unrighteous deeds, And live in Thee transplanted.” Milton: Par. Lost, bk. iii. “That doom shall half absolve thy sin.” Byron.: Siege of Corinth, 21. 4. Eccles. Lang.: To declare by Church authority that men's sins are forgiven. To declare forgiveness to One who is penitent; to restore an excommuni- gated person to the communion of the Church. [ABSOLUTION, II., 1, 2, 3.] & “‘Son of the Church 1 by faith now justified, Complete thy sacrifice, even as thou wilt, ; The Church absolves thy conscience from all guilt 1?” Longfellow: Totles of a Wayside Inn. *5. To complete, to finish, to bring to an end- (From one of the uses of the Latin verb solvo.) “. . . and the work begun, how soon Absolved.”—Milton; Pan'. Lost, bk. vii. T. Absolve is once used by Gibbon apparently but not really as an intransitive verb: “They prayed, they preached, they absolved, they in- flamed, they conspired.”—Gibbon: Decl. and Fall, ch. xlix. āb-Sölved, pa, par. & a. [ABsolve.] āb-sölv'-Ér, s. [Eng. (1) absolve, and (2) -er-one who..] . One who absolves; one who intimates the remission of sin. “The public feeling was strongly against the three absolvers.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. âb-sölv'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ABSOLVE.] “I'or when one near display’d the absolving cross.” Byrom: Lara, canto ii. 19. 3b-sö1-yit-or; *āb-sö1'-vi-toiár, āb-så1-vſ- túr, Ś. [Lat. 2d or 3d pers, sing. fut. imper., or the 3d pers., sing, pres. indic, pass. of absolvo (Lat.) =be thou absolved, or let him be absolved, or he is absolved.] Im Scots Law: . An acquittal, a verdict in favor of the defendant in any action. It is of two kinds. (1) An absolvitor from the instance is where there is some defect, or informality in the proceedings, “for thereby that instance is ended until new cita. tion.” (2) An absolvitor from the claim, when a person is freed by sentence of a judge from a claim made against him by a pursuer. (See Spottis- woode’s Law Dict.) “. . . . . by whose means he had got an absolvitor.”— Spalding, i. 304. fāb-són-ānt, a. [Lat. absonus=out of tune. Or ab=from, and Sonans-sounding, pr. par. of sonot =to sound; somws=a noise or sound. 1. Untunable. , (Cockeram.) & 2. Discordant to or with. “ . . . more absonant to nature than reason.”— Quarles: Judgment and Mercy—The Mowrmer. âb'-sån-āte, w. t. [Lat. absonws=out of tune; and Suff. -ate=to make.] [ABSONANT.] To avoid, to show aversion to. fāb-sèn-oiás, a. [Lat. absonws = out of tune, discordant, incongruous: ab = from ; somus = a sound.] 1. Unmusical. “That moise, as Macrobius truly inferreth, must be of necessity either sweet and melodious, or harsh and ab- somous.”—Fotherby: Atheomastia, p. 318. 2. Not in harmony with ; remote from being agree- able to, discordant with or to. “. . . is unwarranted by any of our faculties, yea, most absonous to our reason.”—Glanville: Scepsis Scient- tifica, ch. iv. āb-sorb’, v. t. [Lat. absorbeo = to swallow up or devour: ab and sorbeo = to suck in, to drink down, to swallow ; Ger. absorbiren, Fr. absorber; Sp. absorver; Ital, assorbire. Apparently cogn. are the Arab. and Eth. sharaba, the Rabb. Heb. sharap, whence syrup, sherbet and shrub. Lit.: To suck up, to drink in water or other liquid as a Sponge does. “Little water flows from the mountains, and it soon becomes absorbed by the dry and porous soil.”—Darwin; Voyage round the World, ch. xv. “The evils that come of exercise are, that it doth absorb and attenuate the moisture of the body.”—Bacom. .* făte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; marine; gö, pöt, pit, sire, sir, pine, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, Ce = €; ey = a, qu = kW. absorbability 2. To cause a material body to disappear in some ymore or less analogous way, as, for instance, by fire; to swallow up. “The final flames of destiny absorb The world, consumed in one enormous pyre l’’ - Cowper: Transl. of Milton. 3. To cause the spirit, one's personal, identity, or separate interest, to disappear in, the being or in- terest of another. “. . . or was absorbed, and as it were transformed into the essence of the Deity.”—Gibbon : Decl. (und Foull, ch. xlvii. “I found the thing I sought—and that was thee; And then I lost my being all to be Absorb’d in thine—the world was past away— Thou didst annihilate the earth to me.” Byron : Lament of Tasso, 6. 4. Gen. : To cause, anything immaterial or abs- tract in any way to disappear. “. . . dark oblivion soon (tbsorbs them all.” Cowper'. 5. To engross one's whole attention, to occupy one fully. “And here my books—my life—absorb me whole.” Cowper : Transl. of Milton. * It may be used in this sense also of the inferior animals— “Wild animals sometimes become so absorbed when thus engaged, that they may be easily approached.”— Darwin : Descent of Mam. āb-sorb–a–bíl-i-ty, s. [Eng. (1) absorb ; (2) ability.] The state or quality of being able to be absorbed. “. . . the absorbability of different gases by water.” —Graham : Chemisty'y. āb-sorb'-a-ble, a. [ABSORB.] Able to be ab- sorbed ; that may be swallowed up. āb-sorb'ed, #b-sorb't, or āb-sorpt, pa. par. & a. [ABSORB.] . . 1. Lit. : Sucked in, swallowed up. “. . . he sinks absorpt, Rider and horse, amid the miry gulf.” Thomson : Autumn. 2. Engrossed, pre-occupied. “Conceals the mood lethargic with a mask Of deep deliberation, as the man Were tasked to his full strength absorb’d and lost.” Cowper: Task, bk, iv. “Absent I ponder and absorpt in care.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. iv. āb-sorb'-ent, a, & S. [In Fr. absorbant; Ital, absorbent: , Lat. absorbens, pr., par. of absorbeo.] hº drinking in, swallowing: Or in a state to imbibe, drink in, or swallow. “. . . the specimen is absorbent, from the loss of animal matter.”—Owent: Brit. Fossil Mammals and Birds, p. 116 A. As adjective : 1. Amat. : Producing absorption. The term is applied chiefly to a system of vessels described under ABSORBENT, s. (q.v.) ſº 2. Painting: Absorbent grownd is ground pre- pared for a picture by means of distemper or water- colors, which are designed to absorb the oil of the painting, thus best economizing time and increasing the brilliancy of the coloring. B. As substantive : I. Gen. : That which absorbs or sucks in. “. . . for the clouded sky seldom allows the sun to warm the ocean, itself a bad absorbent of heat.”—Darwin: Journal of Voyage round the World, ch. xi. II. Spec. : 1. Chem. : A substance which has the power of absorbing gases and vapors into its pores, as char- coal made from dense wood, which thus takes up 90 times its volume of ammoniacal gas. 2. Amat..: All organized tissues are properly ab- sorbents, but some are so to a much larger extent than others. Hence the name is specially given to the lacteals and lymphatics. . [LACTEALs, LYM- PHATICs.] It is now known, however, that the blood vessels also have a share in the function of absorption. 3. Vegetable Phys. : The portions of a plant which imbibe the moisture necessary for its growth; the chief of these are the spongioles of the root, although to a certain extent moisture is undoubtedly im- bibed by the leaves and bark. & ...4. Phar, ? (1) A medicine with no acrimony in itself, which destroys acidity in the stomach and bowels, such as magnesia, prepared chalk, Oyster- shells, crabs' claws, &c. Similar substances are applied externally to ulcers or sores in neutralizing any acid which they may contain. They are called also gntacids and antacrids (q.v.)., (2) A medicine which acts on the absorbent vessels, causing them to reduce enlarged and indurated parts. (Example, iodine.) 33 āb-sorb'-Ér, s. [ABsor B.] That which absorbs. “. . . the power of different gases as absorbers of ra- diant heat.”—Tyndot ll: Heatt. âb-sorb -íňg, pr. par. & a. [ABSORB, v. f.] As adj. : (1, lit.) Imbibing; (2, met.) engrossing one’s whole care, occupying all one's thoughts. “. . . a direct absorbing power of the blood-vessels.”— Todd and Bowman : Phys. Amat., vol. i. “. . . the circulating, absorbing, and nervous systems.” —Dr. Fordyce, quoted by Dr. Tweedie, art. “Fever,” Cyclop. of Pract. Med. “. . . engaged in the absorbing task of constitution- making.”—Times, Nov. 10, 1875. “Such is the absorbing hate when warring nations meet.”—Byron : Childe Harold, iv. 63. *āb-sorb-i'—tion. Old form of ABSORPTION. “Where to place that concurrence of water or place of its absorbition, there is no authentic decision.”—Sir Thos. Browne: Tracts, p. 165. āb-sorp-ti-Öm'—ét-êr, s. [Eng. absorption and Gr, metron=a measure: An instrument used, by Bunsen for measuring the extent, to which particu- lar gases may be absorbed by certain liquids. (See Graham's Chemistry.) āb-sorp –tion, s. [In Fr. absorption ; late Lat. absorptio- a drink or beverage; fr. (tbsorbeo–to swallow up, to devour.] [ABSORB.] I. The act, operation, or process of absorbing, sucking in, or swallowing anything, or otherwise causing it to disappear in another body. A. Lit. : 1. Gen. : The sucking in of a liquid by a sponge or other porous substance. Biol. : Absorption by organized bodies is the tak- ing up or imbibing, by means of their tissues, of material suitable for their nourishment, that it may ultimately be transmitted by the vascular chan- nels to more distant parts. [ABSORBENT, s., I. & II.] “Death puts a stop to all further absorption of nutri- tive matter.”—Todd and Bowman: Phys. Amat. 2. Chem. : The taking up of a gas by a liquid, or by a porous solid. [ABSORBENT, 8.] “The absorption by the lungs of atmospheric oxygen.” —Martimeau : Comte's Philosophy, bk. iv. 3. Nat. Phil. : The taking up rays of light and heat by certain bodies through which they are passing. Absorption of light: The retention of some rays and the reflection of others when they pass into an imperfectly transparent body. If all were absorbed, the body would be black; if none, it would be white; but when some rays are absorbed, and others reflected, the body is then of one of the bright and lively colors. Absorption of heat: . The retention and conse- quent disappearance of rays of heat in passing into or through a body colder than themselves. (See No. III. 4. Old Geol. : The swallowing up of a solid by an- other body. Absorption of the earth. A term used by Kircher and others for the subsidence of tracts of land pro- duced by earthquakes or other natural agencies. B. Fig.: The act or process of causing anything partly or wholly immaterial to disappear in a more or less analogous way. “. . . . a constant process of absorption and appro- priation exercised on the dialects of Italy and Greece.” —Maac Miller: Science of Lang., vol. ii., p. 309. “. . . when the ordinary rule of the absorption of the weaker letter does not hold good.”—Bea mes: Comp. Gram., Aryan Lang. Of India, vol. i. (See also example under No. II.) II. The state of being so absorbed, sucked in, swallowed up, or made to disappear. "I Used in all the senses of No. I. (q.v.) “When one of two adjoining tribes becomes more mu- merous and powerful than the other, the contest is soon settled by war, slaughter, cannibalism, slavery, and ab- sorption.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, ch. vii. III. The thing so absorbed, or its amount. Heat: The power of absorption is equal to that of emission. Chem. : The co-efficient of absorption of a gas is the volume of the gas reduced to 0° Cent, and 760 m. m. pressure, which is absorbed by the unit of volume of any liquid. (Graham : Chem., vol. ii.) absorption. Spectrum, s. An apparatus used by Professors Stokes, Gladstone, and others for ob- serving the relative quantities of the several colored rays absorbed by a colored medium of given thick- ness. The principle is to view a line of light through a prism and the colored medium. āb-sorp'-tive, a. [Lat. absorptus, pa. par. of absorbeo-to absorb, and suff. -ive- (1) that can or may, (2) that does...] Having power to imbibe, cap- able of imbibing or drinking in. “This absorptive power of clay.”—Graham: Chem. āb-sorp-tív -ity, s. Capacity for absorption. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; -cian, -tian = shan. Cat, –tion, çell, -SiOn = Chorus, Shiin; absterge 9. *ābs'—ta-cle, s. [An old spelling of OBSTACLE (q.v.).] (O. Eng. & Scotch.) “Some of the King is servantis maid abstacle and debaitt.”—Pittscottie: Chron., p. 26. * ābs—tā in, v. t. & i. [O. Fr. abstener; Fr. s abs- timer; Sp. abstemerse; Ital. astenersi; Lat. abs- fineo-to hold away: abs=from, and teneo- to hold.] [TENANT.] I. Intransitive : & 1. Gen. : To hold back, to refrain from anything in which there is a tendency to indulge. “But not a few abstained from voting.”—JIacawlays Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. “. . . as abstaining from all stretches of power, and as resigning his office before the six months had ex- pired.”—Lewis: Credibility of Early Roman Hist. (1855), ch. xii., pt. i., § 13, vol. ii., p. 49 2. Used, Spec., with reference to the indulgence of the appetites or passions, or to the partaking of particular kinds of food or liquor. “. . . . abstain from fleshly lusts which war against; the soul.”—1 Peter" ii. 11. II. Transitive: To keep (a person) back from doing anything. “Whether he abstain men from marrying.”—Milton : Tef j'achordon. ābs—tā'in-èr, s. [..ABSTAIN.] Lit. : One who abstains. * Used specially of a person who all but abstains from the use of intoxicating liquors, as contradistin- guished from a total abstaimer, i.e., one who totally abstains both in health and in sickness. But even the latter term has lost much of its primitive force, and is now usually employed of a pledged teetotaller, whose vow forbids him to use intoxicating liquors as a beverage, but permits their use in sickness, under medical advice. âbs—tā'in-iñg, pr. par. [ABSTAIN.] ābs-té'-mí-i, S. pl. [Lat. pl. of abstemius.] [ABSTEMIOUS. Ch. Hist. : The name given to such Christians in the Reformed Churches as declined to partake of the wine in the communion. ābs-té'-mi-oiás, a. [Lat. abstemius=abstainin from intoxicating liquor, sober: abs=from, j temvwºm=Strong drink, from the root tem, in Sansc. tim -to be wet; I tal. astemvio.] I. Of persons: 1. Sparing in the use of food and strong liquors, especially of the former. “The instances of longevity are chiefly amongst the abstemious.”—Arbuthnot. 2. Sparing in the indulgence of the appetites or passions; or careful to avoid temptation to such in- dulgence. . . . . be more abstem ions, Or else good night your vow.” Shakesp.: Tempest, iv. 1. II. Of things: *1. Inspiring abstinence. “Such is the virtue of the abstem ious well.”—Dryden: Fables. 2. Marked by abstinence. “Till yonder sun descend, ah! let me pay To grief and anguish one abstemious day.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xix., 327-8. âbs-tê-mi-oiás—ly, adv. [ABSTEMIous. In an abstemious manner, very temperately; with no un- due indulgence in food or liquor, but going rather to the opposite extreme. “. . . he lived very abstemiously afterwards.”— Whiston : Memoirs, p. 273. ābs-té -mſ-oiás-nēss, s. [ABSTEMIOUs.] . The quality of being very sparing in the use of food and of liquor. ābs-tén-tign, 8... [Law Lat. abstentio; abstem- twm, supine of abstineo-to hold back. 1. The act of abstaining; a holding back. “The Church superintended times and manners of abstention.”—Jeremy Taylor; Visitation of the Sick, iv. 5. T Often followed by from : “. . . an abstention from the sacrament.”—Burnet: Hist. of Reformation. 2. Law: (1) The holding of the heir to an estate back, from taking possession. (2) The tacit re- nunciation of succession by an heir. (Used espe- cially in French law.) *ābs-têr, v, f. [From Lat. absterreo: abs=from ; terreo- to terrify.] To terrify, deter. “So this in like manner should abster and fear me and mine from doing evil.”—Bacom. ābs-têrge, v. t. [In Fr. absterger; Lat. abstergeo = to wipe off or away : abs=from ; tergeo or tergo= to rub off.] ſº Chiefly in Med... To wipe clean; to make clean by wiping; to purge by medicine. “. . . . they [the public baths] are still frequented by the Turkes of all sorts, men and women . . . to absterge bençh; -Šion = go, gem; thin, this; Zhiin. -tious, -cious, çhin, –tion, Sin, -SiOuS = expect, Xenophon, Shiis. -ble, -dle, aş; exist. ph = f. &c. = bel, del. 3 abstergent belike that fulsomeness of sweat to which they are then subject.”—Burton: Amat. of Melancholy, p. 238. ābs—tér-gēnt, a. & s. [In Fr. abstergent; fr. Lat. abstergens, pr: par. of abstergeo.] Wiping clean, making clean by wiping. Bot. : Having a cleansing quality, as the berries of Sapindus. (Lowdom.) As substantive: A medicine which cleanses away Oulness, or removes obstructions, concretions, &c. Soap is an abstergent. (Cf. DETERGENT.) *ābs-tér'-gi-fie, v. i. [Lat. abstergeo-to wipe off.] To cleanse. “Specially wher wee would abstergiſle.”—Passenger of Benvenuto (1612). *ābs—tér'se, v. t. [Lat. abstersus=wiped away, pa, par. of abstergeo-to wipe away.] To wipe, to cleanse. “. . . . an acid and vitriolous humidity in the stomach, which may absterse and shave the scorious parts thereof.” —Browne: Vulgar Errors. ābs-têr-sion, s. [In Fr. abstersion; Ital. aster- Sione ; Lat. abstersus, pa. par. Of abstergeo.] 1. The act of wiping clean, a cleansing or clearing away foulness in the body by medicine. “Abstersion is plainly a scouring off or incision of the rmore viscous humors, and making the humors more fluid, and cutting between them and the part; as is found in nitrous water, which scoureth linen cloth speedily from the foulness.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., § 42. 2. The state of being so cleansed. ābs—térs'—ive, a. & S. [Eng. absterse; Fr. abs- tersif; Ital. astersivo, fr. Lat. abstersws.] A. As adjective: 1. Cleansing. “And let th’ abstersive sponge the board renew.” * Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xx. 2. Purging, having the power of removing obstruc- , tions, *- “. . . . for certainly, though it would not be so abstersive, and opening, and solutive a drink as mead.”— Bacom: Nat. Hist. B. As substantive: That which effects abstersion, wipes, cleanses, or purges away. “Abstersives are fullers’-earth, soap, linseed-oil, and ox-gall.”—Bp. Spratt; Royal Soc., p. 295. täbs-têrs'—ive-nēss, s. [ABSTERSIVE.] The qual- ity of being abstersive. “Indeed, simple wounds have been soundly and sud- denly cured therewith, which is imputed to the absters- iveness of the water [Epsom keeping, a wound clean, till the balance of nature doth recoverit.”—Fuller: Worthies, Surrey. ābs'—tín-enge, s. [Lat. abstinentia=abstinence from anything.] [ABSTAIN.] 1. Lit.: A voluntary refraining from, a holding back from. “ . . . the Gauls refused to fulfill their engage- ment, and asserted that the money, was the price of their abstinence from ravaging Etruria.”—Lewis: Credi- bility of Early Rom. Hist, ch. xiii. 2. Spec. and more frequent w8es: A refraining, generally voluntary, from some indulgence of the appetite, or the gratification of the ordinary pro- pensities of nature. (a) From food. “But after long abstinence, Paul stood forth in the midst of them.”—Acts xxvii. 21. (b) From intoxicating liquor, especially in the phrase “total abstinence.” TLSee ABSTAINER.] (c) From undue indulgence of the appetites. “The precept that enjoins him abstinence.” Cowper: Progress of Error, 236. * (d) From fighting during a stipulated interyal; a truce, a temporary cessation of arms. (Old Scotch.) “It was the 27th of September, some days before the expiring of the abstinence, that the noblemen did meet (as was appointed) to consult upon the means of a per- fect peace.”—Spotiswood: Hist., p. 268. * This signification occurs also in French and Médiaeval Latin. e g º * 3. Med...: Partial or total privation of food, in most cases involuntary, or nearly so. It may be the result of calamity, as of famine, or shipwreck; it may be necessitated by disease of body, as inflam: mation of the oesophagus, or produced by mental frenzy or monomania; or it may be prescribed by a physician as a remedy in certain diseases. When onó has suffered from severe abstinence food should be administered at first in very sparing quantities. ##bs'—tín-en-gy, s. [Lat. abstinentia.] [ABS- TAIN.] Abstinence. “Were our rewards for the abstinencies or woes of the present life . . .”—Hammond on Fundamentals. "I Now nearly superseded by ABSTINENCE. 34 ābs'-tîn-ent, a. [In Fr. abstinent; Ital, astin- emté; Lat; abstinens...] [ABSTAIN.J. Refraining from undue indulgence, especially in food and liquor; abstemious. “Seldom have you seen one continent that is not abst in- ent.”—Hales: Golden Remains. ābs -tîn-ent-ly, ade. [ABSTINENT.] In an abs- tinent manner; with abstinence. “If thou hadst ever re-admitted Adam into Paradise, how abstinently would he have walked by that tree.”— Domme: Devotions, p. 623. âbs'-tin-ents, S. pl. [ABSTAIN.] Church. Hist. : A sect which, appeared in France and Spain about the end of the third century, hey were against marriage and the use of animal food, and are said to have regarded the Holy Spirit as a created being. ābs—tort –éd, a. [Latin abs = from ; tortus = twisted, pa. Dār, of torqueo = to twist.] Twisted away, forced away by violence. âbs-träct', v, f. & i. [In Ger: abstralviren; Fr. abs- tratère; Ital. astraere, from Lat. abstractus, pa. par. of abstraho = to drag or pull away: abs = from, and traho = to draw.] A. Transitive: I. To drag or pull away; specially to take away surreptitiously, as when a thief abstracts a purse from some one's pocket. II. To soparate physically, without dragging a Way. 1. Chem. : To separate by distillation. “Having dephlegmed spirit of salt, and gently abs- tracted the whole spirit, there remaineth in the retort a styptical substance.”—Boyle. 2. Writing : To make an epitome of a book or document. * “. . . let us abstract them into brief compends.’ }} atts : Improv. of the Mind. III. To separate the mind from thinking on a subject. “Minerva fixed her mind on views remote, And from the present bliss abstracts her thought.” Pope ; Homer's Odysselſ, xix. 558, 559. IV. To separate morally. “That space the Evil One abstracted stood From his own evil, and for the time remained Stupidly good.”—Hilton : P. L., ix.463. B. Intrams. : To perform the operation of abs- traction; to distinguish logically ; , to attend to some portion of an object separately. (Followed by from.) “Could we abstract from these pernicious effects, and suppose this were innocent, it would be too light to be matter of praise.”—More : Decay of Piety. ābs"—träct, a. [In Ger, abstract, abstrakt; Fr. abstrait; Lat. abstractus=dragged away, pa. par. Of gºtraw-to drag or pull away.] [ABSTRACT, 'v. f. A. Used as an adjective: I. In Ordinary Langwage amal Poetry: 1. Gem. ; Abstracted, separated, viewed apart f om. (a) From other persons or things of a similar kind. “. . . the considering things in themselves, abstract from our opinions and other men's notions and dis- courses on them.”—Locke. (b) From reference to an individual. “I love’s not so pure and abstract as they use to say Which have no mistress but their muse.” Don ne: Poems, 27. 2. Poet. : For abstracted; absent in mind, like One in a trance. “Abstract, as in a trance, methought I saw, Though sleeping, where I lay, and saw the shape.” Milton: Par’. Lost, bk. viii. 3. Separate; existing, in the mind only; hence with the sense of difficult, abstruse. II. Logic and Grammar: 1. In a strict sense: Expressing a particular property of any person or thing viewed apart from the other properties which constitute him or it. Thus depth is an abstract term. Used of the sea, it means that the property of the sea expressed by the word depth is viewed apart from the other proper- ties of the ocean. So is bluemess an abstract word. In this sense abstract is opposed to concrete. This use of the term was introduced by the Schoolmen, and was highly approved by Mr. John Stuart Mill, who employed the word in no other sonse in his “Logic.” Abstract mowns: The last of the five classes into which nouns may be divided, the others being (1) proper, singular, or meaningless mouns; (2) com- mon, general, or significant nouns; (3) collective nouns; and (4) material nouns. Most abstract nouns are derived from adjectives, as whiteness from white, height from high, rowmaness from rownd: these are called adjective abstract mowns, or adjective abs- * abstract tracts. Others come from verbs, as creation from create, and tendency from tend; these are denom- inated verbal abstract mowns, or verbal abstracts. Abstract nouns have properly no plural. When used in the plural this is an indication that they have lost their abstract character and gained a concrete meaning, so that they are now common Or general nouns. §. Bain’s Higher Eng. Gram.) 2. In a loose sense: Resulting from the mental faculty of abstraction, general as opposed to partic- ular. The term is used even when the idea, con- ceived of as separate from all others with which it is associated is not a quality. In this sense reptile, star, and money are abstract or general words, though none of the three is a quality. Locke did much to bring this looser sense of the word into currency. It is censured by John S. Mill (Logic, Bk. I., ch. ii., § 4). “The mind makes the particular ideas received from particular objects to become general ; which is done by considering them as they are in the mind, such appear- ances, separate from all other existences and the circum- stances of real existence, as time, place, or any other con- comitant ideas. This is called abstraction, whereby ideas taken from particular beings become general representa- tives of all of the same kind, and their names general names, applicable to whatever exists conformable to such abstract ideas.”—Locke : IIuman Understanding, bk. ii., ch. xi., § 9. f.Abstritct science: matics. “Another discriminates mathematical properties, and he addicts himself to abstract science.”—Isaac Taylor': Elements of Thought (1846), p. 20. Abstract or pure mathematics: , Mathematics, which treats of number or quantity viewed as stand- ing alone, as is done in geometry and arithmetic It is contradistinguished from miced mathematics, in which these are viewed as modified by the physi- cal properties of the bodies in which they inhere. This is done in mechanics, hydrostatics, optics, &c. Abstract wºmbers: Numbers considered in them- selves without reference to any persons or things with which they may be conjoined. Thus, three is an abstract number, but if conjoined with men it becomes concrete. B. Used as a swbstantive: 1. Logic: An abstract name, as opposed to one which is concrete. [See CONCRETE.] - “Each of them [of the concrete terms] has or might have a corresponding abstract name to denote the attri- bute connoted by the concrete. Thus the concrete ‘like ’ has its abstract ‘likeness;’ the concrete ‘father’ and ‘son’ have or might have the abstracts ‘paternity’ and filiety or filiation.”—Mill: Logic, p. 45. In the abstract, or (less frequently) in abstract, signifies in a state of separation, the looking at an idea apart from all other ideas with which it may be more or less intimately connected. It is opposed to in the concrete, which, however, is rarely used. “Honest. So the old gentleman blushed, and said, Not Honesty in the abstract, but Honest is my name.” —Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. “The hearts of great princes, if they be considered, as it were, in abstract, without the necessity of states and circumstances of time.”—Sir H. Wottom. 2. A summary, an epitome, a compendium of a book or document. “Man, the abstract Of all perfection, which the workmanship Of Heaven hath modeled.”—Ford. “I have been urged to publish this abstract.”—Darwin: Orig. of Species (1859), Introduction. “Neither press, coffer, chest, trunk, well, vault, but he hath an abstract for the remembrance of such places, and goes to them by his note.”—Shakesp.: Merry Wives, iv. 2. T. In Shakespeare (Hamlet, ii. 2), play-actors are called the “abstract [or in some copies the abstracts] or brief chronicles of the time,” perhaps because they acted history on a much smaller stage than that of the world, and in briefer time than the events which they reproduced really occupied. Abstract of Title (Law) : An epitome of the evi- dences of ownership. An abstract should show the soundness of a person's right to a given estate, together with any charges or circumstances in any wise affecting it. A perfect abstract discloses that the owner has both the legal and equitable estates at his own disposal perfectly unencumbered. The object of any abstract is to enable the purchaser or mortgagee, or his counsel, to judge of the evidence deducing and of the encumbrances affecting the title. (Wharton : Law Learicom.) *Abstract of a Fime. . [FINE.] *Abstract of Pleas: An epitomo of the pleas used or to be used against the pleas of one's opponent. *4. An extract or a smaller quantity containing the essence of a larger. “If you are false, these epithets are small ; t You’re then the things, and abstract of them all.” I) ryſlem: Aurungzebe, iv. 1. “A man, who is the abstract of all faults That all men follow.” Shakesp.: Antony and Cleopatra, i. 4. A term applied to mathe- fate, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, w8re, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. abstracted âbs-träct'—éd, pa. par. & a. [ABSTRACT, v. t.] As adjective : * g e g 1. Separated or disjoined from everything else, physically, mentally, or morally. “. . . from his intellect And from the stillness of abstracted thought He ask’d repose.”—Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. i. Hence, 2: Abstruse, difficult. 3. Refined, purified. “Abstracted spiritual love, they like Their souls exhaled.”—Donne. 4. Absent in mind. [ABSENT, s. (4).] ăbs-träct'-èd—ly, adv. [ABSTRACT.] 1. In the abstract, yiewed apart from everything else connected with it. “. . . deeming the exception to be rather a case abstractedly possible, than one which is frequently real- ized in fact.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ. (1848), vol. i., bk. i., ch. ix., § 1, p. 163. 2. In a state of mental absence. “Or whether more abstractedly we look.” Dryden: Religio Laici. ... àbs-träct -ād-nēss, s. [ABSTRACT.] The qual- ity or state of being abstracted; abstract character. “They complain of the subtilty and abstractedness of the arguments.”—Barter: Enquiry into the Nature of the Soul, ii. 354. ābs-tract'—Ér, s. [ABSTRACT, 8.] One who makes an abstract. ābs-träc'-ti, s. (pl. of abstractus, pa. par. of abs- fraho). º Church. Hist. : A Lutheran sect in the sixteenth £entury. Their leader was, Heshusius, a Prussian bishop who contended, against Beza, that not only was Christ to be adored in the concrete as the Son of God, but that His flesh, in the abstract, was an object of adoration. ābs-träct'-iñg, pr. par. [ABSTRACT, v. t.] ābs-träc'—tion, s. [In Fr; abstraction; Lat. abs- tractio = a separation; abstraho = to drag away: abs = from ; traho = to draw or drag.] I. The act of dragging or drawing away or sepa- rating. A. Gen. : Physically: The act, operation, or process of draw- ing or dragging away, or otherwise withdrawing any Tmaterial thing, especially by surreptitious means, as “the abstraction of the purse by the pickpocket was cleverly managed.” B. Tech?vical. 1. In distillation : . The operation of separating the volatile parts in distillation from those which do not pass into vapor at the temperature to which the vessel has been raised. 2. Mentally. In Memtal Phil. : The act or process of separating from the numerous qualities inherent in any object the particular one which we wish to make the subject of observation and reflection. Or the act of withdrawing the consciousness from a Thumber of objects with a view to concentrate it on some particular one. The negative act of which attention is the positive. [see METXPrysics.j II. The state of being separated, physically or Tnentally. 1. Physically: “. . . . a wrongful abstraction of wealth from certain Tmembers of the community, for the profit of the govern- ment, or of the tax-payers.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ. “. . . the abstraction of four equivalents of water.”— &raham: Chemistry. 2. Mentally: . º (a) Absence or absorption of mind. “What answers Lara? to its centre shrunk His soul in deep abstraction sudden sunk.” * Byron: Lara, i. 23. ..(b) The separation from the world of a recluse; disregard of worldly objects by an unworldly per- “A hermit wishes to be Pope: Letters. ..III. That which is abstracted. tion formed by abstraction. “Give us, for our abstractions, solid facts.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. IV. The power or faculty of the mind by which a Terson is able to single out from a complex mental -Conception the particular idea which he wishes to make the subject of reflection. [See I. (B. 2).] âbs-träc-tí'—tious, a. [ABSTRACT, v. t.] The same meaning as ABSTRACTIVE (2), the passive sense (q.v.). ābs-träct'—ive, a. [ (1) abstract, v. t. ; (2) -ive- which may, or can, or does. In Fr. abstractif.] [ABSTRACT, v. t.] tº 1. Active: Possessing the power or quality of praised for his abstraction.”— A mental concep- 35 2. Passive: Abstracted or drawn from other sub- stances, especially vegetables, without fermenta- tion. ābs-träct’—ive-ly, adv. [ABSTRACTIVE.] In an abstractive manner, so as to be separated from any- thing else with which it is associated. “According to whatever capacity we distinctly or abs- tractively consider him, either as the Son of God, or as the Son of Man.”—Barrow. ābs"—träct—ly, adv, [ABSTRACT.] In an abstract manner; in a state of separation from other ideas connected with it. “Matter abstractly and absolutely considered, cannot have subsisted eternally.”—Bentley: Sermons. ābs'-träct-nēss, s. [ABSTRACT.] The quality or state of being separated from other ideas. “. . . which established prejudice or the abstract- mess of the ideas themselves might render difficult.”— Locke. ābs-trict'—éd, a. [Lat. abstrictus, pa. par. of abs- trim go..] Unbound. [ABSTRINGE.] ābs—tringe., v. t. . [Lat, ab=from ; stringo=to draw, or tie tight, to bind together; Gr, stramgö= to draw tight; Ger. Strangelm.] [STRANGLE.] To unbind. ābs-tring'-iñg, pr. par. [ABSTRINGE.] *ābs-trade, v. t. [Lat. abstrudo=to thrust away.] [ABSTRUSE.] To thrust away, to pull away. ābs-trä'se, a. [Lat. abstrusus, pa. par. of abs- trudo=to thrust away; Fr. abstrus; Ital. astruso.] Lit.: Hidden away (mever wsed of material Ob- jºi. * 1. Hidden from man's observation or knowledge. (Used of an object, an idea, or any subject of in- quiry.) “Th’ eternal eye, whose sight discerns Abstrusest thoughts, from forth his holy mount.” Milton: Par. Lost. 2. Out of the beaten track of human thought. Not such a subject as the popular mind occupies itself with. Hence, difficult to be understood. “. and often touch'd Abstrusest matter, reasonings of the mind Turn’d inward.”—Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. i. ābs-trú'se-ly, adv. [ABSTRUSE.] In an abstruse manner, as if thrust out of sight, so as not to be discovered easily. ābs-tra se-nēss, s...[ABSTRUSE.] The quality of being remote from ordinary apprehension, difficulty of being understood. ābsitrú's-i-ty, s. . [ABSTRUSE.] 1. The quality or state of being abstruse. 2. That which is abstrusc. “. . . antipathies, sympathies, and the occult abs- trusities of things.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. āb-stame, v. t. [Lat. absumo = to take away: ab = from ; sumo = to take.] 1. To take away from. “And from their eyes all light did quite absume.” Virgil, by Vicars (1632). 2. To bring to an end by a continual waste; to COIASUILI10. + - “. if it had burned part after part, the whole must needs be abswºmed in a portion of time.”—Sir M. Hale: Origination of Man. * āb-sa'med, pa. par. & a. [ABSUME.] āb-stam-iñg, pr. par. [ABSUME.] àb-simpºtion, s. [Lat. absumptio = a consum- ing: ab = from ; Swmptio = a taking ; swmo = to take.] 1. The act, operation, or process of consuming. 2. The state of being consumed; extinction, non- existence. (Applied to things material and imma- terial.) “Christians , abhorred this way of obsequies, and though they stick not to give their bodies to be burnt in their lives, detested that mode after death; affecting rather a depositure than absumption.”—Sir T. Browne : Urne Burial, ch. i. “That total defect or absumption of religion which is naturally incident to the profaner sort of men.”—Dr. Gawden : Eccl. Ang. Suspiria (1659). ab-stird', a. [In Fr., absurde; Ital., assurdo; Lat. absurdws=giving a dull or disagreeable sound; swrdws=deaf.] I. Lit.: As much at variance with reason as if a deaf man were to sing at a concert, not knowing *:::: notes the rest of the performers were giving Orth. Applied (1) to persons: Without judgment, un- reasonable. “Why bend to the proud, or applaud the absurd f' Pl/rom. (2.) To things: Contrary to reason, inconsistent with reason. “'Tis grave Philosophy’s absurdest dream, That Heaven’s intentions are not what they seem.” abundance II. Tech. (in Logic) : A scholastic term, employed when false conclusions are illogically deduced from the premises of the opponent. In this sense it is sometimes used in what are known as indirect dem- onstrations of propositions in geometry where the proposition is shown to be true, by proving that any supposition to the contrary would lead to an absurdity: as, “Because in the triangle C B D the side B C is equal to the side B D, the º B D C is equal to the angle B C D ; but B D C has been proved to be greater than the same B Öf ; there- fore the angle B D C is at the same time equal #Q; and greater than the angle BCD, which is absurd.” The term is borrowed from the Latin, absurdum in the phrase “reductio ad absurdum ” (q. y.). Im- possible, however, is more frequently used in this way than absurd. ab-siird-i-ty, s. [In Fr. absurdité; from Lat. absurditas=dissonance, incongruity.] 1. (Abstract) : The quality or state of being flatly Opposed to sound reason. “The gross absurdity of this motion was exposed by several eminent members.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi, 2. (Concrete): Anything which is opposed to TeaSOI). “It is not, like the story of Numa and Pythagoras, a chronological absurdity.”—Lewis: Credibility of the Early, IRom. Hist., ch. xi., § 23. * In this sense it has a plural: “A bewildering, inextricable jungle of delusions, con- fusions, falsehoods, and absurdities, covering the whole field of life.”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, lect. i. - ab-stird'–ly, adv. [ABSURD.] In a manner wholly at variance with reason, in an extremely silly man- IlêIT, - “To gaze at his own splendor, and to exalt Absurdly, not his office, but himself.” Cowper: Task, ii. 548. fab-stird'-nēss; s. [ABSURD.] Absurdity. “The folly and absurdness whereof I shall not en- deavor to expose.”—Dr. Cave: Sermon (1675). *a-bäe', v. i. [OBEY.] To bow, to render obedi- €Il CG. “The noble stude that al the worlde abweth to.”—Rob. Glouc., p. 193. w *a-biif (O. Eng.); *a-büf—in (O. Scotch), prep, & adv. Old spellings of ABOVE (q.v.). ~. “Alle angels abuf.”—Towneley Mysteries, p. 22. .9: the landis abuſin writin.”—Act Dom. And, (1478), p. Ov. *a-bä'-gen, v. t. [A. S. abwgan-to bow, to bend, to turn..] To bow. - *a-büg'-gén, v. t. (pret. aboughte, past aboht). A. S. aby.cgam- to buy, to redeem.] To pay for. ABIE.] *a-bii1'-yeit, *a-bül'—yied, *a-bäil'—yfed, *a-bil’-yeit, a. [Fr. habiller=to clothe.] 1. Dressed, appareled. (Scotch.) “With the blessed torche of day, Abulyeit in his lemand fresche array Furth of his palace reall ischit Phoebus.” Douglas : Virgil, 399. 2. Equipped for the field. “. . . are ordanit to have gude housholdis and well. #eit men as effeiris.”—Acts Ja. II. (1455), ch. 61, ed. 66. a-bül'-yie-mênt, s. [Fr. habiliment.] [ABILI- MENTS.] & * * * it 1. Singwlar: Dress, habit, habiliment. (Scotch.) “. . . and came in a vile abwlyiement to the king.”— Pittscottie, p. 45. 2. Plural: (a) Dress in general. “. nocht arraying they m wid gold, sylver, nor pre- cious abuluiementes.”—Bellendem : Cron., bk. xiii., ch. 11. (b) Accoutrements. (Scotch.) “. . . to return his armor and abwlyiements.”—Sir W. Scott : Old Mortality, ch. vii. a—bü'—na, s. [Coptic (lit.)=our father.] The title given to the archbishop or metropolitan of Abyssinia. He is subordinate to the patriarch of Alexandria. a-bünd'—ange, s. [In French abondance; Ital. abbon damza, Lat. abwndantia=plenty.] [ABOUND.] I. Of quantity: 1. So great fullness as to cause overflowing, ex- uberance. “Out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speak- eth.”—Matt. xii. 84. 2. Great plenty, a very great quantity of. “Therefore the abundance they have gotten, and that which they have laid up, shall they carry away to the brook of the willows.”—Isa. xv. 7. “There came no more such abundance of spices as those which the queen of Sheba gave to King Solomon.”— abstracting. -- Cowper : Hope. 1 Kings x. 10. boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. “cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhiin. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. abundant 1I. Of number: Great numbers. “Abundance of peasants are employed in hewixg down the largest of these trees.”—Addison om Italy. a—bünd-ant, a. [In Fr. abondant, Ital. abbond- ante; fr. Lat: abundams=abounding.] [ABOUND.] 1. Överflowing, exuberant. “The Lord God, merciful and gracious, long-suffering, and abundant in goodness and truth.”—Eacod. xxxiv. 6. “. . . and was abundant with all things at first, and men not very numerous.”—Burmet. 2. In i. supply, plentiful, fully sufficient. * Followed by im, or rarely by with. “O thou that dwellest upon many waters, abundant in treasures.”—Jer. li. 13. * In Arith. : An abundant number is one the sum of whose aliquot parts exceeds, the number, itself. * Thus 24 is an abundant number, for its aliquot parts (the numbers which divide it without a remainder) added together (viz., 1+2+3+4+6+8+12), amount to 36. . On the contrary, 16 is not an abund- ant number, for its aliquot parts added together (viz., 1+2+4+8), amount to only 15. a-bünd'—ant—ly, adv. [ABUNDANT.] 1. Amply, sufficiently, fully, completely; more than enough, exuberantly. “. . . our God will abundantly pardon.”— Isa. lv. 7. 2. Copiously, plentifully, in large quantity or JTheaSUlre. “And Moses lifted up his hand, and with his rod he smote the rock twice: and the water came out abundantly and the congregation drank.”—Numb. xx. 11. “Thou hast shed blood abundantly.”—1 Chrom. xxii. 8. “. . . that they may breed abundantly in the earth, and be fruitful.”—Gen. viii. 17. a-bā'ne, prep. Above. (Scotch.) “See, yonder's the Rattan’s Skerry—he aye held his neb abwme the water in my day; but he’s aneath it now.”—Sir W. Scott; Antiquary, *a,'—bürne, a. [ABERNE.] “. . . his beard an abwrne browne.” Thos. Heywood: Great Britaine's Troy (1609). a-bür—tön, a. . Naut. : Stowed in the hold athwartships. (Ap- plied to the stowage of casks on board a vessel.) *a-büş'-a-ble, a. [ABUSE.] That may be abused, that may be put to an improper use. “That abusable opinion of imputative righteousness.” —Dr. H. More: Mystery of Godliness (1660), Preface, p. xxvi. *a-biiş'-age, s. [ABUSE, v. t.] Abuse. “By reason of the gross abusage to which the corrup- tion of men hath made them subject.”— Whateley: Re- dempt. of Time (1634), p. 1. a-büşe, v. t. . [Fr. abuser; Sp. abusar; Ital. • abusaré; Lat, abutor, pret, abusw8=(1) to use up, (2) to misuse: ab=removal by : utor=to use, viz., to remove by use, to use up ; Irish idh; Wel. guyeth- use; Gr. ethó=to be accustomed.] [USE.] *I. To disuse, to give up the practice of any- thing. (Old Scotch.) “At [that] the futbal and golf be abusit in tym cum- myng, and the buttis maid up ; and schuting usit after the tenor of the act of parlyament.”—Parl. Ja. III. (1471), ed. 1814, p. 100. II. In a general sense: To put to an improper use, to misuse. “And they that use this world, as not abusing it.”— 1 Cor. vii. 31. III. Spec. : 1. To maltreat, to act cruelly to a man. . lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me.”—1 Sam. xxxi. 4. 2. To use bad language to, to reproach coarsely, to disparage. “All the hearers and tellers of news abused the general who furnished them with so little news to hear and to tell.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. 3. To violate a woman. “. and they knew her, and abused her.”—Judg. xix. 25. ºf Law: To abuse a female child is to have carnal intercourse with her, which, if she be a minor, is felony, even if she consent, 4. To disfigure (applied to persons or things). “Poor soul, thy face is much abused with tears.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iv. 1. 5. To deceive, impose upon. “The world hath been much abused by the opinion of making old.”—Bacom: Nat. Hist. 6. Applied to Language: . To use in an illegiti- mate sense, to wrest words from their proper mean- Ing. “This principle (if one may so abuse the word) shoots rapidly into popularity.”—Froude: Hist. Eng. Ilay, An old spelling of AUBURN. & & e 36 a-büs’e, s. [In Fr. abus; Ital, and Sp. abuso; Lat. abusus=a using up..] [ABUSION.] . 1. Employment for a wrong purpose, misuse. “. . . but permits best things To worst abuse, or to their meanest use.” Milton: Pan' Lost, iv. 201. 2. A corrupt practice, especially in any public in- stitution “. . . if these be good people in a commonweal, that do nothing but use their abuses in common houses, I know no law.”—Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, ii. 1. - “. . . whether better regulations would effectually pre- vent the abuses which had excited so much discontent.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. T In Law: (a). Abuse of Distress: tel distrained. * * (b) Abuse of Process: . The gaining of an advan- tage over one's opponent by some intentional irreg- ularity. . . . 3. Insulting language. “The two parties, after exchanging a good deal of abuse, came to blows.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. 4. Violation. “After the abuse he forsook me.”—Sydney. ..5. (Applied to words or º Use in an illegitimate sense, perversion from the proper mean- IIlg. a-bü'Sed, pa. par. & a. [ABUSE, v. t.] “O you kind gods, Cure this great breach in his abused nature; The untuned and jarring senses, O wind up, Of this child-changed father.” Shakesp.: King Lear, iv. 7. a-bü'se-fil, a. [ABUSE, v. t.] Full of abuse, abusive to a great extent. “He scurrilously reviles the King and Parliament by the abuseful names of hereticks and schismaticks.”—Bp. Barlow; Remains, p. 397. *… a-büş'-Ér, s. [In Fr. abusewr.] [ABUSE, v. t.] . I. Gen.: One who puts any person or thing to an lm proper use. “And profligate abusers of a world, Created fair so much in vain for them.” Cowper: Task, bk. iii. II. Spec. : 1. One who reviles; one who uses foul, abusive language to another. “The honor of being distinguished by certain abusers. . . .”—Dr. Brown to South, p. 6. 2. One who deceives. “Next thou, th’ abuser of thy prince's ear.” Sir J. Demham: Sophy. 3. A ravisher, a violater of women. “Abuser of young maidens.” Fletcher: Faithful Shepherdess, v. 1. 4. A sodomite (1 Cor. vi. 9). a-büş'-iñg, pr. par., adj. & S. [ABUSE, v. t.] As substantive: The act of putting in any way to an improper uSe. “. the abusing of the tombs of my forefathers.”— Earl of Angus, quoted in Froude: Hist. Eng. (1858), vol. iv., p. 399. a-bü's-î-Ö, S. . [Lat. (in rhetoric) = a false use of words: abwtor=to misuse..] A misuse of words. The error in composition called by the Greeks katachré- sis, a term adopted by modern logicians, to signify the substitution of a wrong, for the right word in any sentence; as if one who killed his mother were called a parricide instead of a matricide. *a-bü'-sion, s. [ABUSIO.] . 1. An error in doctrine, an inconsistency in reason- ing ; an incongruity. (O. Emg. dé O. Scotch.) “And certes that were an abusion That God should have no perfite clere weting More than we men.”—Chaucer: Troilus, bk. iv. 2. An error in practice, a sin, an abuse. “. the utter extirpation of false doctrine, the roote and chief cause of all abusions.”—Udal: Pref. to St. Mark, & e 3. A cheat, an illusion. “For by these ugly formes weren portray'd Foolish delights and fond abusions Which doe that sense besiege with light illusions.” Spense”: F. Q., ii. 11. a-bii's—ive, a. [In Fr. abwsif; Lat. abwsivus= misapplied.] I. Gen. : Put to, a wrong use, pertaining to the wrong use of anything. “. both the things themselves and the abusive use of them may be branded with marks of God’s dis- like.”—Jeremy Taylor; Artificial Handsome mess, p. 26. II. Spec. : . (1) Of persons: Prone to use violent and insult- ing language, or otherwise practice abuse. “And most abusive calls himself my friend.” Pope: Prol. to Satires, 112. |Using an animal or chat- * abutting (2) Of the language weed by them : Containing abuse, reproachful. “Scurrilous abusive terms.”—South: Sermons, viii. 200. % Qf words spoken or written: . (a) Used wrongly, used in an improper sense, misapplied. “I am for distinction' sake necessitated to use the word Parliament improperly, according to the abusive accep- tion thereof for these latter years.”—Fuller: Worthies of England, vol. i., ch. xviii. * (b) Deceitful, fraudulent. “. whatsoever is gained by an abusire treaty, ought to be restored in integrum.”—Bacom: Consid. on War with Spain. a—bü's-îve-ly, adv. [ABUSIVE.] 1. In an abusive manner; spec , with the use of bad language. *2. Applied to a word wrongly wsed. “. . . . the oil abusively called spirit of roses.”— Boyle. Sceptical Chemist. a-bü's-îve-nēss, s. being abusive. Spec. : 1. Foulness of language. “ . . he falls now to rave in his barbarous abrusive- mess.”—Milton: Colasterion. *2. Logical impropriety. “. . . . the abusiveness of evacuating all His ſour Lord's] laborious and expensive designs in acquiring us.” —Barrow', ii. 328. a-biit', v. i. bout-end: O. with the head as a ram or [BUTT.] tº & * Lit. : To have its end contiguous to, to adjoin at the end; but the more general signification is, to border upon, to be contiguous to, without reference to the side which constitutes the boundary line. “The leafy shelter, that abuts against The island’s side.”—Shakesp.: Pericles, v. 1. āb-it'-il-ön, s. [From Gr, abutilon, said to be one of the names of the Inulberry tree, which these plants resemble in leaf.] A genus of plants belong- ing to the order Malvaceae, or Mallow-worts. The species are annual or shrubby plants, generally with handsome flowers, yellow or white, often veined with red. They have a five-carpelled fruit. A. esculentum is used in Brazil as a vegetable. Several Species are wild in India. Two of them, A. Indicwm. and . A polyandrum, have fibres which may be twisted into ropes. Other varieties, A. striatum, A venoswim, A. insigne, &c., are ornamental garden. or greenhouse plants. a-büt'-mênt, s. [ABUT.] [In Fr. buttée or butte = a knoll, a hill.] Arch. : The solid part of a pier, or wall, or mound, against which an arch rests. The abut- ments of a bridge are the strong erections at either end for the support of the two extremities of the bridge. 1. Literally: “The abutments of the floodgates are still existing be- tween the hills through which it [the canal] passed.”— Bryant : Annals of Amc. Mythol. 2. Figuratively: [ABUSIVE.] The quality of Fr. bowter=to meet end to end; fr. r. boter, boiter, bowter = to strike. goat does; to butt.] “. . . . furnish us, so to speak, with chronological abutments.”—Strawss : Life of Jesus, $59, p. 415. Mach. : A fixed point from which resistance or reaction is obtained. In an ordinary steam-engine this is alternately the two ends of the cylinder; and in a screw-press it is the nut in the fixed head. Carpentry: A joint in which two pieces of timber meet in such a manner that the fibres of one piece runs in a direction oblique or perpendicular to the joint, and those of the other parallel with it. a—büt'—tal, 8. [ABUT.] [In O. Eng. botem immes, from the same root, are artificial hillocks designed to mark boundaries. Gem. in the plwral: The buttings or boundings of land toward any point. . (Properly, the sides of a field are said to be adjoining to and the ends abut- ting on the contiguous one, but the distinction is frequently disregarded.) “Selborne and its abuttals.”—White : Nat. Hist, of Sel- borne. fa-biit'—tal-iñg, s. [As if pr. par. from v. abwt- tal.] The traging, on a title-deed the abuttals or boundaries of land. “The name and place of the thing granted were ordi- narily expressed, as well before as after the Conquest; but the particular manner of abuttalling, with the term itself, arose from the Normans '’—Spelman: Ancient Deeds de Charters, ch. v. a—büt'—tér, s. [ABUT.] That which abuts. a-biit'-tíñg, pr: par. &. a. [ABUT.] (1) Bound- ing, constituting the limit or boundary of land; (2) butting with the forehead, as a ram does In făte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, " cir, rôle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu = kw. abuy the example which follows these two significations are blended together. “Are now confined two º monarchies, Whose high upreared and abutting fronts The perilous, narrow ocean parts asunder.” Shakesp.: Henry V., Prologue. Arch. Abutting power is the power of resistance to the horizontal thrust. *a-buy, *a-buyge'. [ABIE (2).] âb'—vol-āte, v. t. [Lat. abvolatum, supine of cubvolo- to fly from..] To fly from. āb-völ-ā'-tion, s. [ABVOLATE.] The flying from. *a-by' (1), *a-bye' (1). [ABIE (1).] *a-by' (2), *a-bye' (2), *a-bygge . [ABIE (2).] *ā-by sm', s. [O. Fr. abysme, now abime and abyme J. An abyss, “When my good stars, that were my former guides, Have empty left their orbs, and shot their fires Into the abysm of hell.” Shakesp.: Amt. and Cleop., iii. 11. “In so profound abysm. I throw all care Of others' voices.”—Shakesp.: Sommets, czii. “In the dark backward and abysm of time.” Shakesp.: Tempest, i. 2. fa-bysm'—al, a. [ABYSM.] 1. Lit. : Pertaining to an abyss. “Far, far beneath us the abysmal sea.” Tennyson: Krakem. act of y 2. Fig.: Deep, profound. “With abysmal terror.”—Merivale: Hist. a-bysm'—ing, a. Overwhelming. “. . these abysming depths.”—Sir K. Digby. a-byss', s. [In Fr; abime ; Ital. abisso; Lat abyssw8; Gr. abussos=bottomless.] * The English word abyss seems to have been but recently introduced into the language, for Jackson, in his Commentaries on the Creed, b. xi., c. 19, § 6, says, “This is a depth or abyssw8 which may not be dived into.” (See Trench, On some Deficiencies in owr English Dictionaries, p. 27.) Essential meaning : That which is so deep as to be really bottomless, or to be frequently conceived of as if it were SO. Specially: I. Lit. : A vast physical depth, chasm, or gulf: e.g., depth of the sea, primeval chaos, infinite space, Hades, hell, &c. “Thou from the first Wast present, and with mighty wings outspread, Dove-like, sat'st brooding on the vast abuss.” - Milton: Par. Lost, bk, i. “Deep to the dark abyss might he descend, Troy yet should flourish, and my sorrows end.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. vi. 354-5. Rom., v. II. Figuratively: 1. Infinite time, conceived of as if it were a bot- tomless depth. “For sepulchres themselves must crumbling fall In time's abyss, the common grave of all.” Dryden: Juven. 2. A vast intellectual depth. “Some of them labored to fathom the abusses of meta- physical theology.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. 3. A vast moral depth, e. g., sin; or emotional depth, e g., Sorrow. - “Acknowledging a grace in this, A comfort in the dark abyss.” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rulstone, ii. III. Tech?vically : Classic Archaeol. : The temple of Proserpine. The reason why it was called the abyss was that it con- tained within it an immense quantity of gold and other precious material, some of it buried under- ground. Her.: The center of an escutcheon. To bear a flew. de lis in abyss = to have it placed in the middle of the shield free from any other bearing. e Alchemy: (1) The immediate receptacle of seminal matter, or (2) the first matter itself, a—byss'—al, a. [ABYSS.] Pertaining to an abyss of any kind. * • Āb-yss-in-i-an, a. [From Eng. Abyssinia.] Per- taining (1) to the country of Abyssinia, or (2) to the Abyssinian church or religious tenets. Abyssinian gold, s. Also called Talmi gold. 1. A yellow metal made of 2074 parts of copper and 8:33 of zinc, the whole plated with a small quantity of gold. . . 2. Aluminium bronze. Åb-yss-in-i-ans, s. [In Arab. Habashom = Ab- yssinians, fr. habasha = to collect or congregate.] 1. The people of Abyssinia. . . . & 2. A sect of Christians consisting chiefly of the dominant race in the country from which the name is derived. The Monophysites, or those who be- lieved that Christ possessed but one nature, 8 Te divided into two leading communions—the Copts bóil, jówl; cat, çell, póüt, böy; Chorus, 37 and the Abyssinians. The Abyssinians look up to the Alexandrian patriarch as their spiritual father, and allow him to nominate over them an ecclesi- astical ruler called Abuna. [ABUNA.] The doctrines of the Abyssinians are the same as those of the Coptic church, but several peculiar rites are Ob- served. The oldest churches are hewn out of the rock. Like the Greeks, the Abyssinians do not tolerate statues, but paintings a FC Il UIII le TOUIS. *a-byss'—is. [ABYss.] *ab'-y't, s. [An old spelling of HABIT.] Raiment, dress, apparel. “In abyt maad with chastité and schame Ye wommen schuld apparay] you.” Chaucer: C. T., 5,924. A. C., in Chromology, is ambiguous. It may stand (1) for Amte Christwm=before Christ; or (2) for Ammo Christi-in the year of Christ, v. e., in the year of the Christian era; or (3), for After Christ, as B. C. stands for Before Christ. It should not be used without an explanation of the sense in which it is to be taken. *ac, conj. [A. S., &c.] But, and, also. a C im, composition. A. As a prefia: ; I. In Anglo-Saxon proper names. . [A. S. go, gac =an oak..] An oak, as Acton=oak town. In this sense it is sometimes varied, as ak or ake [AK.] II. In words from the Latin: 1. Most commonly as a euphonious change for ad: as accommodate, fr. Guccommodo-adcommodo = to fit to. 2. Sometimes from an obsolete root=sharp : as in acid, acrid, &c. B. As a suffia (Gr.): (1.) To adjectives: Pertaining to, having the property or the energy of, that can or may ; hence, that does: as ammoniac-having the energy of ammonia. (2.) To swbstantives: One who or that which has or does: as maniac-one who has mania; polem- ac=one who makes war. ºfte-a-lis, s. [Gr. akakalis–the white tama- T1SK, Phar. : A name given by some authors to the wild carob. a-cac'-a-lót, or āc"— -lót, s. [Mexican.] An merican bird, the Tam- ſº Meacicamus of Gme- II]. a-că'-çia, S. [In Ger; akazie; Fr., Lat., and Sp. acacia = (1) the aca- cia-tree, (2) the gum ; Gr, akakia, fr. Cukč-a point or edge.] iſ 1. The Acacia vera, or true acacia of the ancients; probably the A c a c i & Nilotica, the Branch of Acacia Arabica. Egyptian thorn. .." 2. Bot. : A genus of º belonging, to the Mi- mosae, one of the leading divisions of the great Leguminous order of plants. They abound in Aus- tralia, in India, in Africa, tropical America, and generally in the hotter regions of the world. Nearly 300 species are known from Australia alone. They are easily cultivated in greenhouses, where they flower for the most part in winter or early spring, The type is perhaps the Acacia Arabica, or gum- arabic tree, common in India and Arabia. It looks yery beautiful with its graceful, doubly pinnate leaves, and its heads of flowers like little velvety pellets of bright gamboge hue. It is the Species re- ferred to by Moore: (a) Literally: “Our rocks are rough, but smiling there Th’ acacia waves her yellow hair, Ionely and sweet, nor loved the less For flowering in a wilderness.” Moore : Lalla Roolch (Light of the Haram). (b) Figuratively: “Then come—thy Arab maid will be The loved and lone acacia-tree.”—Ibid. Other species than the A. Arabica produce gum- arabic. That of the shops is mostly derived from the A. vera, a stunted species growing in the Atlas mountains and other parts of Africa. [GUM.] A. Verek and A. Adamsonii yield gum Senegal. [GUM.] A. Catechw furnishes catechu. [CATECHU.] Other species contain tannin; and are, used in tanning. Others yield excellent timber. The pods of A. con- cinna are used in India for washing the head, and its acid leaves are employed in cookery. The bark of A. Arabica is a powerful tonic ; that of A. ferru- gimea and A. leucophoea, with jagghery water super- added, yields an intoxicating liquor. The fragrant flowers of A. Farmesiana, when distilled, produce a delicious perfume. gem; thin, this; bençh; 30, çhin, Sin, academic 3. The Robinia pseudo-Acacia: A papilionaceous tree, with unequally pinnate leaves, found in North erica, where it is called the Locust-tree. 4. Phar; : (1) The inspissated juice of the unripe fruit of the Mimosa Nilotica. It is brought from Egypt in roundish masses wrapped up in thin blad- ders. The people of that country use it in spitting of blood, in quinsy, and in weakness of the eyes, (2) Gum arabic. (3) German acacia : The juice of un- ripe sloes inspissated. (4) Acacioe flores: The blos- soms of the sloe. acacia-gum, S. acacia-tree, s. [ACACIA.] acacia leaves, s. [ACACIA.] “To obtain the acacia leaves they crawl up the low, stunted trees.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. XVII. Bastard Acacia, or False Acacia : Robinia pseudo. Acacia. [ACACIA.] Rose Acacia : Robinvia hispida. a-că'-gi-ae, S. pl. Bot. : The third tribe of the sub-order Mimosae. A-că'-gians, S. pl. [From Acacius.] Ch. Hist. : The name of several Christian sects, 1. Two sects called, after Acacius, Bishop of Cae sarea, who flourished between A. D. 340 and A. D.366, and wavering, between Orthodoxy and Arianism, . the head first of the one party and then of the Ot, Il CI’. 2. A sect which derived its name from Acacius, Patriarch of Constantinople from A. D. 471 to A, D He acted in a conciliatory way to the Mon. Ophysites, and was in consequence deemed a her. etic by the Roman Pontiff and the Western church, who ultimately succeeded in obtaining the erase. ment of his name from the sacred registers. a-că'-gin, s [ACACIA.] Gum-arabic. a-gā'-Gi-O, s. Acacia proxima Mordi, a heavy wood of a red color, resembling mahogany, but darker. It is prized in ship-building [SAVIco.] *äc'-a-gy, s. . [Gr...akakia=guilelessness; . fr. Qkgkos=unknowing of ill, without malice: a, priv.; kakos=bad.] Without malice. i äc-a-dé'me, s. Poet. form of ACADEMY. 1. The Academy of Athens. “See there the olive grove of Academe, Plato's retirement.”—Milton; Par. Regained. 2. Any academy. “. ... the books, the academes From whence doth spring the true Promethean fire.” Shakesp.: Love's Labor's Lost, iv. 3. “Our court shall be a little academe, Still and contemplative in living arts.” Shakesp.: Love's Labor’s Lost, i. 1. ãc-a-dé'-mi-al, a. [ACADEMY.] Pertaining to an academy. ãc-a-dé-mi-an, s... [ACADEMY J A member of an academy, a student in a college or university. “That now discarded academian.” Marston: Scourge of Villamy, ii. 6. ãc-à-dém-ic, a. & S. [In Fr. académique; Sp. and Ital. accodemico; Lat. academicus.T [ACAD- EMY.] I. As adjective : 1. Pertaining to the Academical School of Phi- losophy. “. . . lost himself in the mazes of the old Academic philosophy.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. The Academic Philosophy was that taught b Plato in the “Academy’’, at Athens. [ACADEMY. It was idealist as opposed to realist, materialist, or sensationalist, Plato believed in an intelligent First Cause; the author, of spiritual, being and of the material world, to whom he ascribed every per- fection. He greatly, commended virtue, and held the pre-existence and the immortality of the imma- terial part of our nature. No ancient philosophy § rºadly blended with Christianity as that of 3. CO, 2. Pertaining to a high school, college, or uni- versity. “Hither, in pride of manhood, he withdrew From academic bowers.” Wordsworth: Eacc., bk. v. [ACACIA.] II. As swbstantive : 1. A person belonging to the academy or school of Plato, or adhering to the Academic Philosophy. The academics were separated at length into old, middle, and new. The first followed the teachin of Plato and his immediato successors; the j that of Arcesilaus; and the third that of Car. neades. “Of Academics, old and new.” Milton - Par. Reg., bk. iv. 2. The member of an academy, college, or uni- versity. “A young academic shall dwell upon a journal that treats of trade.”—Watts: Impr. of the Mind. expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, &c. = bel, del, -tian = Shan. —tion, -ble, -dle, -SiOn = -Sious = Shūs. —tion, zhūn. shiin; -Šion = -cious, —tious, academical ãc-a-dém'—i-cal, a & S. [AcADEMy.] A. As adj. : The same as ACADEMIC (q.v.). B. As subst. (Pl.): An academical dress; a cap and gown. âC-à-dém'-i-cal-ly, adv. [ACADEMIC, a. In an academic manner. “These doctrines I propose academically, and for exper- iment's sake.”—Cabalistić Dial. (1682), p. ii. 8-ca.d.-è-mí'-Qian, s. [Fr. académicien..] A per- son belonging to an academy, i.e., to an association designed for the promotion of science, literature, Or art. “Within the last century academicians of St. Peters- burg and good naturalists have described . . .”—Owen on the Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 57. Royal Academicians, of whom, excluding Hon- orary Retired and Honorary Foreign Members, there are forty-two, are, members of the Royal Academy, and constitute the élite of British paint- ©rS. T The word academician is frequently used also to designate a member of the celebrated French Açademy or Institute, established by Cardinal Richelieu in 1635, for fixing and polishing the French language. [ACADEMY.] académie, (pron. #c-a-dā'-mi), s. [Fr.] An academy. [ACADEMY.] “. . . for that sound Hush’d ‘Académie ' sigh’d in silent awe.” Byron : Beppo, xxxii. 3-Căd'–ém-işm, s. [ACADEMY.] The tenets of the Academic Philosophy. “This is the great principle of academism and sceptic- ism, that truth cannot be preserved.”—Baacter : Enquiry into Nature of the Soul, ii. 275. ta-cád'–ém—ist, s. [ACADEMY.] A member of an academy. “It is observed by the Parisian academists that some *. quadruped, particularly the sea-calf or seal, hath his epiglottis extraordinarily large.”—Ray on the Creation. ãc-a-dé'-müs, s. [Not classical in Latin, except as a proper name. An academy, in Latin, is aca- demia, and in Greek akadémeia.] [ACADEMY.] 1. The academy where Plato taught. 2. Any academy of the modern type. “My man of morals, nurtured in the shades Of Academus — is this false or true 3’’ Cowper : Task, book ii. a-cad'—É-my, 3. [In Ger. akademie; Fr. aca- démie ; Sp. academia ; Ital, accoolemia; Lat. academia; Gr. akadémeia = the gymnasium in the suburbs of Athens in which Plato taught, and so called after a hero, by name Academus, to whom it was said to have originally belonged.] I. The gymnasium just described, which was about three quarters of a mile from Athens, and at last was beautifully adorned with groves and walks shaded by umbrageous trees. The spot is still called Academia. For the doctrines there taught, see ACADEMIC PHILOSOPHY. “But for the Stoa, the Academy, or the Peripaton, to own such a paradox, this, as the apostle says, was without excuse.”—South: Sermoms, ii. 245. II. A high school designed for the technical or other instruction of those who have already acquired the rudiments of knowledge; also a uni- versity. - 1. Ancient: There were two public academies: one at Rome, founded by Adrian, in which all the sciences were taught, but especially jurisprudence; the other at Berytus, in Phoenicia, in which i. were principally educated. (Murdock: Mosheim's Ch. Hist., Cent. II., pt. ii.) 2. Modern : e.g., the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich. Sometimes used also for a private school. III. A society or an association of artists linked together for the promotion of art, or of scientific men similarly united for the advancement of science, or of persons united for any more or less analogous object. Thus the French possess the celebrated Academy or Institute, established by Cardinal Richelieu in 1635, for fixing and polishing the French language. The use of the word academy, different from the ancient one, is believed to have arisen first in Italy at the revival of letters in the fifteenth century. The nearest approach to these institutions in America is the Smithsonian Institute in Washington. IV. The building where the pupils of a high school meet, or where such an association for the romotion of science and art as those jº }IlêIl- tioned is held: e.g., “the Academy, which was one of the ornaments of the town, caught fire, and was in danger of being burnt down.” 8-că'-di-al-ite, s... [Named from Acadia, the Latin form of Acadie, the old French name for Nova sº A mineral, simply reddish chabazite. 38 a-gaº'-na, s. [Gr. akaima=a thorn, prick, or goad: aké=a point, an edge.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Sanguisorbaceae, or San- guisorbs. The species are small herbs, often with Woody stems, unequally pinnate leaves, and small white or purple flowers. They are found in South America, Australia, &c. A. ovima, an Australian or Tasmanian weed, has a bristly fruit, which sticks to sheep and to clothes. A decoction of A. sam- guisorba, the Piri Piri of New Zealand, is there used as tea and as a medicine. ãc'-a-jod, s. [In Fr. acajou.] 1. A name given to the cashew nut-tree (Amacar- dium occidentale), and to a gummy substance de- rived from it. t 2. A gum and resin obtained from the mahogany- I'Gé. *a-ca.1'-di-en, v. i. & v. t. (pa. par, accolded). [A. S. acealdiam, O. H. Ger. escalten..] v. i. To grow cold. v. t. 'To make coſd. (Stratmann.) *a-ca'-lén, v. i. To grow cold. (Stratmann.) ãc'-a-lèph, or āc"-a-lèphe, s. A member of the class Acalephae. [ACALEPHAE.] “. . . the vascular system of the Bero'ſ form Acalephs.” —T. Rymer Jones: Gen. Outline, &c., ch. vi. “. . . a (probably larval) acalephe, one inch in di- ºr”—Prof. Owen; Lect. on Comparative Anatomy, P. g a—cal-āph—a, a Calephae (q. acalepha is used as a plural. vol. xii.) a-cá1'-èph-ae, or āc-a-lèſ-phae, S. pl. [Gr. aka- léphé=a nettle; so called from the property some of them have of imparting, when touched, a sensation like the sting of a nettle.] The third class of the Radiata, Cuvier's fourth sub-kingdom of animals. In English they are called Sea-nettles. They were defined as zoo- phytes which swim in the sea, and in the or g a nization of which some vessels are per- ceived which are most fre- quently only productions of the intestines, hollowed in the parenchy- ma of the body. They were di- vided into Ac- a lep hop sim- plices and A. h. { drostaticoe : the first con- tained the gen- era Medusa, AEquorea, &c.; and the latter, Physalia, Diphyes, and others. They are now combined with the hydroid polypes to form the class Hydrozoa. They fall under Huxley's Siphonophora, Disco- phora, and probably a third as yet unnamed order, to contain the animals called by Haeckel Trachy- 7medusoe. Of Acalephae may be mentioned the genus Medusa, of which the species on our coasts are called “jelly-fish,” from their jelly-like aspect; and the Physalia, or Portuguese man-of-war, which is common in more southern latitudes. a-ca.1'-Éph-an, 8.. [ACALEPH.] Any species of the class Acalepliae (q.v.). . . a new genus of a calephan.”—Owen: Invert. Anim., p. 111. a-că1'-Éph-óid, a. ſ.Gr. akaléphé = a nettle; eidos = form.] Resembling one of the Acalephae. (Gloss. to Owen's Lect. on Invert. Animals.) ãc'-a-lót. [ACACALOT.] generally written in the plur. Sometimes, also the word (See Griffith's Cuv., V. Acaleph (Rhizostoma Cuvieri). Lect. on a-ca.1-y-gine, à-că1'-y-gin-oiás, a. [Gr, a, priv.; calycine, fr. calya; (q.v.).] Bot. : Destitute of a calyx. a-cá1-yph-a, s. [Gr. akaléphē = a nettle.] Three-sided Mercury: genus of plants belonging to the order Euphorbiaceae, or Spurge-worts. The species, which are found in the warmer parts of the world, especially in South America, are stinging nettle-like plants of no beauty. More than 100 are known. A. rubra is the extinct string-wood of St. Helena; A. Indica, or Cupameni, an Indian plant, has leaves a decoction of which are laxative, and a root which, when bruised in hot water, has cathar- tic properties. The word was originally acalepha, but it ap- pears to have been altered to acalypha, to distin- guish it from acalepha = a class of radiated ani- mals. [ACALEPHAE. ãc-a-lyph'-è—ae. [ACALYPHA.] Bot. : A section, tribe, or family of the order Eu- acanthime a-cam, a-tós, a. [Gr. a, priv.; kammó-to work one's self weary.] - Amat. ... That disposition of a limb which is equally distant from flexion and distension. ãc-a-nā-gé-oiás, a. [Gr. akamos = a kind of thistle. [ACANT HACEOUS..] - Bot. : Armed with prickles. Applied to a class of plants that are prickly, and bear their flowers and Seeds on a head. a-cá'-nor, s... [Perhaps another spelling of ATHA- NOR.] A particular kind of chemical furnace. [ATHANOR.] a-can'-tha, s. [Gr, akantha = a spine or thorn: ake=a point or edge.] I. In composition : 1. Bot. : A thorn. . te s: Zoology: The spine of a fish, of a sea-urchin, ZC. II. As a distinct word: Amat..: The spina dorsi = the hard posterior pro- tuberances of the spine of the back. *a-cán-thäb'-ö1–üs, a. [Gr. akantha = a spine or thorn; balló= to throw.] Old Surg. ... An instrument called also volsella, for extracting fish-bones when they stick in the oesoph- agus, or fragments of weapons from wounds. a-can-thä-gé-ae (R. Brown, Lindley, &c.), a-căn'-thi (Jussieu), s. [Lat. acanthus...] [ACAN- THUS.] Acanthads. An order of monopetalous exogens, with two stamina;, or if there are four, then they are didynamous. The ovary, is two-celled, with hard, often hooked placentae, and has from one Acanthaceous Plant. or two to many seeds. There are often large leafy bracts. The Acanthaceae are mostly tropical plants, many of them being Indian. They have both a re- semblance and an affinity to the Scrophulariaceae of this country, but are distinguishable at once by being prickly and spinous. In 1846 Lindley estimated the known species at 750, but it is believed that as many as 1,500 are now in herbariums. The acanthus, so well known in architectural sculpture, is the type of the order. [ACANTHUS.] The Acanthaceae are divided into the following sections, tribes, or families: 1, Thunbergieae; 2, Nelsonieae; 3, Hygrophies; 4, Ruellieae; 5. Bar- leriese; 6, "Acanthese; 7, Aphelandreae: 8, Genda- russeas; 9, Eranthemes ; 10, Dicleptereae; and 11, Andrographideae. - a-can-thä'-çë-ois, a. [ACANTHUs.] (1) Pertain- ing to one of the Acanthaceae; (2) more or less closely resembling the acanthus; (3) pertaining to prickly plants in general. a—cin'-thé-ae. [ACANTHUS.] Bot. : A section of the order Acanthaceae (q.v.). a-cán'-thi—a, s. [Gr. akantha = a spine or thorn.] A genus of hemipterous insects. The species con- sist of bugs with spinous thoraxes, whence the generic name. a—can'-thi—as, s. [Gr. akanthias- (1) a prickly thing; (2) a kind of shark.] . A genus of fishes be- longing to the family Squalidae. It contains the icked dog-fish" (A. vulgaris), so much detested by shermen. *a-cánth'-i-gé, s... [Lat. Acanthice mastiche : Gr. akanthiké mastiché; akanthikos = thorny.] [ACANTHUs.] The name given by the ancient natur- alists to gum mastic. [GUM.] a-cin'-thi-Í-dae, s. pl. [ACANTHIA.] A family of hemipterous insects. The typical genus is Acan- thia (q.v.). a—cinth'-ine, a. . [Iat. acanthinus; Gr. akanth- §: [ACANTHUs.] Pertaining to the acanthus ant. }} * Acanthime garments of the ancients: Probably garments made of the inner bark of the acanthus. * Acanthime gum : Gum-arabic. [CHABAZITE. phorbiaceae, or Spurge-worts. * Acanthime wood: Brazilian wood. făte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rôle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kw. acanthite a-cánth'-ite, s. [In Ger. akamthit. From Gr. akamtha = a thorn; suff. -ite; fr. Gr. lithos=a stone.] A mineral classed by Dana under his Chalcocite group. Comp., AgS. It has about 86-71 of silver and 12"70 of sulphur. It is orthorhombic ; the crys- tals are generally prisms with slender points. Hard- ness, 25 or less. Sp. gr., 7°16 to 7'33. Lustre, metallic. Color, iron-black. Sectile. Found at New Friburg, in Saxony. a-canth-ö-gēph'-a-la, and a-cánth-ö-gēph'-a- lans, S. [Gr. akantha;=a thorn; kephalé–the head.] Having spinous heads. An order of intestinal worms, containing the most noxious of the whole Entozoa. There is but one genus, Echinorhynchus. [ECHIN- ORHYNCHUS.] a-canth-6'-dés, s. [Gr. akanthödés = full of thorns; akamtha = a thorn, prickle.] The typical genus of the family of fossil fishes called Acanth- odidae. [ACANTHODIDAE.] a-cánth-ö'-di-dae, or a-cánth-ö'-di-i, s. º A family of fossil fishes placed by rofessor Müller in his first sub-order of Ganoid- ians, the Holostea, or those with a perfect bony skeleton, &c., ranked by Professor Owen as the second family of his Lepidoganoidei, a sub-order of Ganoidean fishes. They had heterocercal tails. They occur in the Old Red Sandstone, Carbonifer- ous, and Permian rocks. [ACANTHODES.] a-cánth-ö-li-mân, s. [Gr. akantha=a thorn; leimón = a meadow ; anything bright or flowery..] A genus of plants belonging to the order Plumbagi- naceae, or Leadworts. About forty species are known from Persia, Asia Minor, and Greece. glumaceum is a pretty plant, with pink flowers and white calyx, occasionally cultivated in garden rock- GI’16S, a-cán-thè-mê-tri-na, s. [Gr. akantha=a thorn, a prickle; metrios=within measure, moderate.] Zool. : family of Radiolarian Rhizopods. Haeckel enumerates sixty-eight genera and 150 species. They are found in the Mediterranean, the Adriatic, and the North Sea. They form beautiful microscopic objects. a-canth'-àph—is, s. [Gr. akantha;=a thorn; ºº:: A genus of snakes belonging to the family Viperidae. It contains the Australian Death-adder or Death-viper, A. antarctica. a-cánth'-àp-ód, s. [Gr. akantha = a thorn, a Spine; pows, genit. podos-foot.] 1. Zool. : y animal with spiny feet. 2. Spec. : A member of the coleopterous tribe Acanthopoda. [ACANTHOPODA.] a-cánth-öp'-öd-a, s. [Gr. akantha=a thorn, a Spine; pows, genit. podos-foot..] A tribe of clavi- corn beetles, having, as their name imports, spiny feet. The Acanthopoda include only one genus, Heterocerus, the species of which frequent the borders of marshes, digging holes to conceal them- selves, but speedily issuing forth if the earth about them be disturbed. a-cinth-öp'—tér–a, a-cánth-öp'-têr-i, s. [Gr. akamth.cg=a thorn, a prickle; akö - a point; pteron, = a feather, a wing, or anything like a wing, e.g., a fin; ptesthai, infin. of petomai-to fly.] Ichthy. : The fourth sub-order of Professor Müller's order Teleostea. It contains those fishes of Cuyier's Acanthopterygii, or spiny-finned fishes, which have the inferior pharyngeal bones distinctly Separated. Professor Owen places under it two sub-orders, the Ctenoidei, and Cycloidei. It is di- vided into the families Aulostomidae, Triglidae, Per- çoidae. Trachinidae, Mullidae, Sphyraenidae, Sciaenidae, Šparidge, Chaetodontidae, Teuthidae, Scomberidae, Xiphiidae, Coryphaenidae, Notacanthidae, Cepolidae, Mugilidae, Anabatidae, Gobeidae, Bleniidae, and Lophiidae. (See those words.) a-cánth-öp'-têr-i. [ACANTHopTERA.] a-cánth-öp-têr-yg'-i-an, a. & s. [ACANTHop- TERYG II.] As (todjective: Pertaining to fishes of Cuvier's order Acanthopterygii. “. . . . he [Cuvier] called those Acanthopterygian which had the fin-rays or some of the anterior ones in the form of simple unjointed and unbranched bony spines.” -Prof. Owen; Lect. on Comp. Amat. of Perteb. As substantive : A fish belonging to Cuvier's order Acanthopterygii (q.v.). “. . . and that the Acanthopterugiams, constituting three-fourths of all the known species of fish, are also the type most perfected by Nature, and most homogeneous in all the variations it has received.”—Griffiths’ Cuvier, vol. X., p. 18 a-canth-öp-têr-yg-i-i, s. [Gr. akamtha = a spine; pterwac = (1) the wing of a bird, (2) the fin of a fish. "Called also ACANTHOPTERI and ACANTHOP- TERA : pteron F a wing, a feather.] 1. In Cuvier's classification, a large order of fishes placed at the head of the class, as being in most respects its most highly organized representatives. They have the first portion of the dorsal fin, if there A. 39 is but one, º by spinal rays; if there are two, then the whole of the anterior one consists of spinous rays. The anal fin has also some spinous rays, and the ventrals one. . The order contains about three-fourths of all the known species of fishes. Cuvier included under it fifteen families, and Dr. Gunther makes it consist of five great groups, tho first containing forty-eight families or sub-families, and the second, third, fourth, and fifth, one each. It is the same as Acanthopteri. [ACANTHOPTERI.] 2. In the system of Müller, a group of fishes be- longing to the sub-order Pharyngognatha. It con- tains the families Chromidae, Pomacentridae, and Labridae. a-canth-öp-têr-yg'-i-oiás, a. [Gr. akamtha = a thorn ; pterwgion= (1) a little wing, (2) a fin, dimin. of pterata:=a wing or fin.] Pertaining to the Acanth- opterygii. a-canth-iir"—is, s. IGr. akantha = a thorn; own a = tail.] A genus of fishes belonging to the family Teuthidae. The A. chirurgus of the West Indies is called the surgeon-fish, because it extracts blood from the hands of those who, in handling it, forget that it has a spine in its tail. a-cánth'-lis, s. [In Fr. acanthe; Sp. & Ital. acanto; Lat. accumthws; Gr. akanthos; fr. akantha = a thorn, because many of the species are spinous. Virgil confounds two plants under the name acamth- ws. One is either the accumthws of modern botan- ists (see No. 1), or the holly ; the other is an acacia. The acanthus of Theophrastus was also an acacia, and probably the Arabica.] [See ACACIA. 1. A genus of plants, the typical one of the order Acanthaceae, or Acanthads. In English it is inele- gantly termed Bear's-breech, or more euphoniously, brank ursine. There are several species. Most have a single herbaceous stalk of some height, thick, great pinnatifid leaves, and the flowers in terminal spikes. • on either side Acanthus, and each odorous bushy shrub, Fenced up the verdant wall.” Milton: Par. Lost, bk. iv. 2. Arch. : The imitation, in the capitals of the Corinthian and Composite orders, of the leaves of -------- zzº, sº SN & Sºsº º *zº $º: * * Ş Acanthus in Architecture, and its Prob- able Origin. a species of Acanthus, the A. spinosus, which is found in Greece. The acanthus first copied is Sup- posed to have been growing around a flower pot; and the merit of adopting the suggestion, thus afforded for the ornamentation of the capital of a pillar is attributed to Callimachus. Another species, the A. mollis, grows in Italy, Spain, and *weavor, --> Acanthus Mollis. the South of France. Both are cultivated in Britain. * 8 & * In composition, as: acanthus-leaf, s. “Acanthus-leaves the marble hide They once adorned in sculptured pride.” Hemans: }}'idow of Crescent ints. acanthus-Wreath, s. “To watch the emerald-colored water falling Thro’ many a woven acanthus-wreath divine !” Temnyson; Lotus-eaters; Cho?'ic Song. a-cán'-ti-cone, a-cán'-ti-con-ite, s. [Gr. (1) (tkö = a point, an edge, (2) amt i = opposite; kónnos = a cone..] Mim. ; Pistacite. [PISTACITE.] acauline ãc'-a-nis, s. . [Gr, akanos = a thorn, prickle..] A genus of fossil fishes, belonging to the family Per- coideae. It was founded by Agassiz. The species are found in schists at Glaris in Switzerland. a ca—pé1'-la, alº-la ca-pê1'-la. [Ital. a, alla- we & according to ; capella = chapel. . As is done in the Sistine Chapel at Rome, viz., without instru- mental accompaniment to the vocal music.] . 1. In the church style; i.e., vocal music without instrumental accompaniment. 2. Church music in a chapel time, i.e., two or four minims in each bar. (Stainer and Barrett.) a-car'-di-ác, a. [Gr. a, priv.; and kardia=the heart.] Without a laeart; destitute of a heart. “. . . in the acardiac foetus.”—Todd and Bowman: Phys. A mat., ii. 372. a-cár'-i-dae, s, pl. [Gr. akari– a mite or ...] True mites. A family of spiders, the typical one O the order Acarina. It contains the genera Acarus, Sarcoptes, &c. - a-căr'-id-am, s. An animal of the family Acar- idae, or at least of the order Acarina. a-car-i-dés, fic-ar-i-na, s. [Gr, akari = a mite, a tick.] The second order of the Trachcarian sub- class of Spiders. It is also called Monomerosomata. It contains the families Linguatulidae, Simoneidae, Macrobiotidae, Acaridae,. Ixodidae, Hydrachnidae, Oribatidae, Baellidae, and Trombidiidae. . [See ACA- RUS.] The young of most species have at first birth six legs, to which another pair is added on their first moulting. . ãc-ar-i-na. [ACARIDEs.] a-car -īt-ês, s. pl. In Cuvier's classification, a tribe of spiders, the second of the division or sub- order Holetra. A-car'-nar, s. An obsolete or erroneous spelling of ACHERNAR (q.v.). ãc'-a-roid resin, or Resin of Botany Bay (C6H6 }: A resi:) derived from Xanthorrhoea, hastilis, a 131C eous plant from Australia. • a-car'-pî-oiás, s. [Gr. akarpia = unfruitfulness: fr...akarpos=without fruit: a, priv.; karpos=fruit.] Without fruit, barren. * ãc'-a-ris, s. [Latinized fr. Gr. akari–a mite or tick.]. The typical genus of the family Acaridae. It contains the Acarus domesticus, or cheese mite, and various other species. *a-cast-ên, v. t. To cast down. (Stratmann.) ā-căt-a-lèct'-ic, s. [In Sp. acatalectico; Lat. acatalecticus: fr. Gr. akataléktos=incessant: a, priv.; katalègo-to leave off, to stop.] * Lit.: Not stopping or halting. , The term applied to lines in classic poetry which have all their feet and syllables complete. The ordinary iambic line of the Greek drama is correctly described as the iambic trimeter acatalectic. ā-căt-a-lèp'-si-a, ā-căt-a-lèp-sy, s. [Gr. akat- alëpsia = incomprehensibleness; a, priv.; kata- lépsis = a grasping, apprehension; or comprehen- sion: kata=intensive; lépsis:=a taking hold: lam- band, lêpsom (ti-to take. ... Acatalepsy; incompre: hensibility; the impossibility that some intellectual difficulty or other can be solved. 1. Incomprehensibleness. * * * * * f2. Med.: Difficulty or impossibility of correctly identifying a disease. - ā-căt-a-1ép'-tic, a. [Gr. akataláptos=not held fast, incomprehensible.] [ACATALEPSIA.] Incom- prehensible. *a-căte, or ā-châte, s. [CATEs...] A thing pur- chased. [ACHAT.] “The kitchen clerk, that hight Digestion, l)id order all the acutes in seemly wise.” Spenser: F. Q., II. ix. 31. “Ay and all choice that plenty can send in, Bread, wine, acates, fowl, feather, fish, or fin.” B. Jomson: Sad Shepherd, i. 3. a—că,'—tér, s. [ACATE.] A caterer, a purveyor. “He is my wardrobemaru, my cucatter, cook, Butler and steward.” Ben Jonson: Devil is an Ass, i. 3. a—că'-têr-y, or ac-că"—try, s. A term formerly applied in the royal household to a kind of check between the clerks of the kitchen and the purveyors. ãc-a-thar'-si-a, s. [Gr. akatharsia = want of cleansing, foulness of a wound or sore: a, priv.; katharsis-cleansing; katharos=clean ; kathairó= to cleanse.] * Surg. : Foulness of a wound, or the impure matter which proceeds from a wound; impurity. a-căul-ès'-gēnt, a. [Gr. (1) a, priv.; (2) Lat. cawlis, Gr. kawlos=a stem; (3) -escent, fr. Lat. Suff. -escens (properly crescens) = growing.] The same as ACAULINE (q.v.). a-căul’—ime, a-căul'-Öse, a-căul'-oiás, a. [Gr. (t, priv.; Lat. cawlis; Gr. kºtwios=a stem.] bóil, boy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, this; gem; thin, çhim, bençh; go, sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. a $; -cian, -tian = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Shan. —Sious = –tion, -Šion = zhūn. -SiOn = –tion, shin; —tious, -cious, accable . Bot. Growing nominally without a stem. Seem- ingly stemless, though in reality a short stem is in all cases present as in the case of Žº the cowslip. º #3 o' \º à c'-ca-ble, R& Q7. t. [F I”. CLC- es cabler=to over- - burden,..., to op- | press.]...To weigh § 2 do w n, to de- *> “There is a second accepcion of the word faith.”— Saunderson : Sermoms (1689), p. 61. ãc-gēpt', v. t. . [In Ger, acceptiren; Fr. accepter; Sp. aſceptar; Ital, accettare; Lat. accepto, fre- quentative=to take Ol' accept often : from accep- twm, supine of accipio (lit.)=to take to one's self, to accept: ad=to; capio=to take: g 1. To consent to take what is offered to one; this element of consent distinguishing it from the more general word, receive. Thus, one may, receive a blow, i. e., it is thrust upon him. unwillingly; but he accepts a present, i.e., he consents to take it instead of sending it back. “Accept the gift.”—Wordsworth : Laodamia. 2. To view with partiality, to favor. “How long will ye judge unjustly, and accept the per- sons of the wicked?”—Ps. lxxxii, 2. 3. Theol. : To receive into favor, granting at the same time forgiveness of sin ; to forgive. “If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted 2’’—Gen. iv. 7. 4. To agree to with disfavor, under some measure of constraint. “The Spanish Government . . . was ready to accept any conditions which the conqueror might dictate.”—JIacau- lay : Hist, Eng., ch. xxii. . 5. To admit to be true in point of fact, or correct in point of reasoning. “To the mind that will not accept such conclusion . . . . . .”—Owen : Classific. of the Mammalia, p. 60. 6. Comm. : To consent to renew a bill and promise to pay it. is sept, s. [From the verb.] Acceptance, con- €nt, ãc-çëpt'-a-bil-i-ty, s. [From acceptable.] The uality of possessing the attractions likely to pro- uce, or which actually have produced, a favorable reception; likelihood of being received. “. . . for the obtaining the grace and acceptability of repentance.”—Jeremy Taylor : Worthy Communicant. ãc-gēpt-a-ble, a. [In Fr. acceptable; fr. Lat. acceptabilis.] e * 1. Able to be accepted, that may be received with pleasure, gratifying. “With acceptable treat of fish or fowl, By nature yielded to his practiced hand.” Wordsworth : Eccur., bk. vii. * In poetry, often with the accent on the first syl- à Die. ‘ſ Often used in advertisements, e.g., in the phrase “an acceptable offer"—one which the seller of any- thing considers sufficient to allow the transaction to take place. 2. Agreeable to. - “Ben to the hihe God mor acceptable Than youres, with your festis at your table.” Chaucer: Sompnow.res Tale, 7,495–6. “Let the words of my mouth, and the meditation of my heart, be acceptable in thy sight, O Lord.”—Ps xix. 14. 3. Favorable. “Thus saith the Lord, In an acceptable time have I heard thee, and in a day of salvation have I helped thee.” —Isa. xlix. 8. ãc-çëpt'-a-ble-mêss, s. [From acceptable.] The possession of a quality or of qualities fitting a per- son or thing to be favorably received. “It will therefore take away the acceptableness of that conjunction.”—Grew: Cosmologia Sacra, ii 2. thin, çhin, bench; go, gem; this; Sin, 3,0001"Se ãc-çëpt-a-bly, adv. [From acceptable.] In such a manner as to please, gratify, or give satisfac- tion to. “Let us have grace, whereby we may serve God accepta- bly.”—Heb. xii. 28. âc-gēpt –ange, s. [ACCEPT.] I. & II. The state of receiving with satisfaction, or at least with acquiescence; or the act of taking what is offered to one. * The state of receiving anything— (1) With satisfaction: § “. . . shall come up with acceptance on mine altar.”— Isa. lx. 7. - (2) With dissatisfaction: “. . . a sum which he thought unworthy of his accept- ance, and which he took with the savage snarl of disap- pointed greediness.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. III. That which has been received. Comm. & Law: A bill of exchange drawn on one who agrees absolutely or conditionally, to pay...it according to the tenor of the document itself, . To render it so valid that if the drawee fail to liquidate it the drawer may be charged with costs; the prom-. ise of the drawer must be in writing under or upon the back of the bill. -, “ . every trader who had scraped together a hun- dred pounds to meet his acceptances, would find his hun- dred pounds reduced in a moment to fifty or sixty.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. fIV. The generally received meaning of a word, phrase, or assertion. “. . . an assertion most certainly true, though under the common acceptance of it, not only false, but odious.”—South. ăg-gēp-tá-tion, s. [In Fr. acceptation; Sp. acep- tacioni; Ital. accettazione..], [ACCEPT.] 1. Reception, coupled with approbation. “This is a faithful saying, and worthy of all accepta- tion.”—1 Tim., i. 15 iſ 2. Reception generally. - “. . all are rewarded with like coldness of accepta- tion.”—Sir P. Sidney. 3. Acceptableness. “. . . . . are notwithstanding of so great dignity and acceptation with God, that most ample reward in heaven is laid up for them.”—Hooker. 4. Estimate, estimation. “. . . king in the reputation or acceptation of God.” —Report on the Num of Kent’s Case. (See Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. vii.) * Specially used of high estimation or esteem. “. . . the state of esteem or acceptation they are in with their parents and governors.”—Locke: Education, $53. 5. The sense or meaning put upon a word. “. . . . . proof that the words have been employed by others in the acceptation in which the speaker or writer desires to use them.”—J. S. Mill: Logic. ãc-çëp'—téd, pa. par. & a. [ACCEPT, v. t.] “My new accepted guest I haste to find, Now to Peiraeus’ honour’d charge consign'd.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xvii., 66, 67. ãc-gēp'-têr, àc-çëp'—tor, s. [Lat. acceptor.] 1. Ord. Lang. : One who accepts. In this sense generally spelled ACCEPTER. “God is no accepter of persons.”—Chillingworth: Ser- mons, 3. 2. Law & Comm. : One who having had a bill of exchange, drawn upon him, accepts it. [ACGEPT- ANCE.] Till he has done this he is called the drawee. täc-gēp-til-ā'-tion, s. . [Lat, acceptilatio, . fr. acception (Comm.), that which is received; latus, pa, par. of fero=to bear.l. Forgiveness of a debt, the extinction of a yerbal contract attended with Some hollow formalities. “A verbal acquittance, when the debtor demandeth of the creditour, Doe you acknowledge to have had and received this or that? And the, creditour answereth, Yea, I doe acknowledge it.” (Mimshew.) ãc-cép'-tíñg, pr. par. [ACCEPT.] *äc-gēp'—tion, s. [Lat. acceptio = an accepting.] 1. Acceptance, the state of being received. “. . . the original cause of our acception before God.”—Homilies, II. : Alms Deeds. i 2. The received meaning of a word. “That this hath been esteemed the due and proper ac- ception of the word.”—Hammond Fundamentals. fäc-gēp'-tive, a. Ready to accept. “The people generally are very acceptive, and apt to applaud any meritable work.”—B. Jomson : The Case is Al- tered, ii. 7. ãc-çëp'—tor. [ACCEPTER.] *äc-gēr'se, v. t. [Lat. accersio.] To call together, to Summon. “, . and thereupon accepºsed and call together hys army.”—Hall : Edward IV., f. 26. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian shiis. -ble, -dle, Shan. -SiOus —tion, -cious, -sion = Shiin; Zhiin. —tion, -Šion —tious, 8,000SS ãc'-gēss, *āc'-gēsse (formerly pron. āc-çëss': see the examples from Milton, Shakespeare, Pope, &c.), s. [In Fr. accès; Ital. accesso, fr. Lat. ac- cessw8 = a going to, a coming to: also, a fit, the Sud- º attack of a disease: accedo = to go to, to come I. The act, process, or movement of going for- ward, in contradistinction to going back. “. . . were it not for the variations of the accesses and recesses of the sun, which call forth and put back.”— Bacon : De Calore et Frigore. Hence. II. Increase, addition. 1. Generally: “A stream which, from the fountain of the heart, Issuing, however feebly, nowhere flows * Without access of unexpected strength.” Wordsworth : Eaccursion, bk. iv. 2. Medicine : * - e. e g (a). The return of a periodical disease, such as in- termittent fever, madness, &c. An access and par- oxysm are different. Access is the commencement of the new invasion made by the disease, while the paroacysm is its height (See Blount.) “And from access of frenzy lock'd the brain.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xii. 218. Hence, (*b) formerly used for a fever itself. (Chawcer.) “A water lily, which doth remedy In hot accesses as bokes specify.” Bochas, bk. i., c. 15. ‘ſ The word is still used in Lancashire for the ague. (Halliwell: Dict.) [AXES.] III, Liberty, means or opportunity of approach. 1. Gen. : Liberty of approach, as to God, to a great man, or to anything; approach. “I, in the day of my distress, Will call on Thee for aid : * For Thou wilt grant me free access, And answer what I pray’d.” Milton: Ps. lxxxvi. “When we are wrong’d and would unfold our griefs, We are denied access unto his person.” Shakesp.: K. Henry IV., Part II., iv. 1. * Go, lest the haughty partner of my sway With jealous eyes thy close access survey.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. i., 676-7. “. . . they were neither contemporary witnesses, nor had personal access to the evidence of contemporary witnesses.”—Lewis: Credibility of Early Roman Hist. 2. Spec. : Opportunity of sexual intercourse. “. . . if the husband be out of the kingdom of Eng- land, . . . so that no access to his wife can be pre- sumed.”—Blackstome: Comment., bk. i., ch. 16. 3. Means of approach. (a) Generally: “The access of the town was only by a neck of land.”— Bacon. (b) Arch. : A passage, such as a corridor, between the several apartments in a building. ãc'-gēs—sar-i-ly, adv. [ACCESSORILY.] ãc'-gès-Sar-i-nēss, s. [ACCESSORINESS.] ãc'-cés-Sar-y, s. & a. [ACCESSORY..] *āc'-gēsse, s. [Fr.] Old spelling of ACCESs. ãc-gès-si-bil-i-ty, s. [Lat. accessibilitas.] Ap- proachableness. “. . . to place the Scriptures in a position of access?- bility to the mass of the community.”—Gladstome: State in Relation to the Church, ch. vii. ãc-çës'—si-ble, a. [In Fr. accessible, fr. Lat. ac- cessibilis.] I. Able to be approached, approachable: 1. As a place with a path or road leading to it. “Conspicuous far, winding with one ascent, Accessible from earth, one entrance high.” Milton: Par. Lost, bk. iv. As a person of courteous manners, affable. . As God, in the capacity of Hearer of Prayer. “May she? and if offended Heaven be still Accessible, and prayer prevail, she will.” Cowper: Table Talk. 4. More fig.: As a mind by reason. “. . . . whose testimony would have satisfied all minds, accessible to reason.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch, viii. II. Obtainable, procurable. “It appears from the best information which is at pres- ent accessible . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. “No authentic record of the migrations or acts of the Pelasgian people appears to have been accessible to the historians of antiquity.”—Lewis: Credibility of Early Roman Hist. º, §c-gés'-si-bly, adv. [ACCESSIBLE.] In such a ºtion or of such a character as to be approach- 8. Oie. 42 ãc-cés'-sion, s. (In Fr. accession: fr. Lat. accessio = a going or coming to ; accedo= to go Or COme : ad=to; cedo=to go or come.] I. Lit.: The act of going to. Specially: 1. The act of a º or queen in coming to or reaching the throne when it has become vacant by the death or removal of the former occupant. “The bill . . received the royal assent on the tenth day after the accession of William and Mary.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. 2. The act of acceding to, adhering to, engaging or joining in a project, enterprise, treaty, or any- thing similar. “Beside, what wise objections he prepares Against my late accession to the wars?” I}ryden: Fables. *3. Accessoriness to, complicity with or in. ‘‘I am free from any accession, by knowledge, counsel, or any other way, to his late Majesty’s death.”—Marquis of Argyle: Speech on the Scaffold. II. That which goes or comes to another thing, that which is added to anything. 1. Gen. : Increase, addition. “. . so enormous an accession of gain would prob- ably induce the improver to save a part.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Economy. “. . . . a great accession of strength.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. “Nor could all the king's bounties, nor his own large accessions, raise a fortune to his heir.”—Claremdom. 2. Med ; The coming on of the paroxysm of pºlºgical disease: as, for instance, of intermittent €WeI". “Quotidian, having an interval of twenty-four hours, the accession of the paroxysm being early in the morn- ing.”—Cyclop. of Prac. Med. 3. Law: An addition to property produced by natural growth or by artistic labor upon the raw materials. The increase of a flock of sheep by the birth of lambs is, in law, an accession to the prop- erty. - ãc-gés'—sion—al, a. [ACCESSION.] Pertaining to accession, additional. - “The accessional preponderancy is rather an appear- ance than reality.”—Sir T. Browne: Vulgar Errors. * àc-gés'—sive, a. [Eng, access; -ive.] 1. Contributory. “His own accessive and excessive wickedness.”—Adams: Works, ii. 379. 2. Additional. *äc-çës'—sive—ly, adv. [Eng. accessive; -ly.] By his own seeking (Halliwell); accessorily, as an ac- cessory (Wright). ãc-gés-sör-i-al, a. [ACCEssoRY..] Pertaining to an accessory. [ACCESSORY, a.] ãc'-gès-sór-i-ly, àc'-gēs—sar-i-ly, adv. [AC- CESSORY or ACCESSARY..] After the manner of an accessOry. ãc'-gès-sàr-i-nēss, àc'-gés-Sar-i-nēss, s. [Ac- CESSORY or ACCESSARY..] The state of being acces- SOry. “. . . . a negative accessoriness to the mischiefs.”— Dr. H. More: Decay of Christian Piety. ãc'-gès-sór-y, s. [In Fr. accessoire; Low Lat. accessorius, fr. classical Lat, accessw8.] [ACCEss.] A. Of persons: Law: One who is not the chief actor, in an offense nor present at its commission, but still is connected with it in some other way. Accessories may be- come so before the fact Or after the fact, Sir Matthew Hale defines an accessory before the fact as one who, being absent at the time of the crime committed, doth yet procure, counsel, or command another to commit a crime. . If the progurer be present when the evil, deed is being done, he is not an accessory, but a principal. An accessory after the fact is one who, knowing a felony to have been com- mitted, receives, relieves, comforts, and assists the felon. In high treason of a pronounced character there are no accessories, all are principals. In petit treason, murder, and felonies, there may be acces- sories; except only in those offenses which, by judgment of law, are sudden and unpremeditated, as manslaughter and the like, which, therefore, can- not have any accessories before the fact. So, too, in petit larceny, and in all crimes under the degree of felony, there are no accessories either before or after the fact; but all persons concerned therein, if guilty at all, are principals. (Blackstone: Com- mentaries, bk. iv., chap. iii ) 2. Ord. Lang. (somewhat figuratively): One who abets or countenances anything which is wrong, whether human law consider it a crime or no. “An accessary by thine inclination To all sins past, and all that are to come, From the creation to the general doom.” Shakesp.: Rape of Lucrece. accident B. Of things: 1. Gen.: That which helps something else. “. . . the consideration constitutes an accessari/ to the fundamental law of progress.”—Martineau Comte's Philosophy, Introd., ch. i. 2. Painting: Accessories, are whatever repre- sentations are introduced into a painting apart from the leading figures. In literary composition &c., the word has an analogous meaning. “. . . who seeks only to embody in language the sub- stance of the fact, and who discards all accessories, all ornament, and all conjecture.”—Lewis: Credibility of Early Roman Hist, 3. Biol.: Something added to the usual number of organs or their parts. (Lowdom.) “The swim-bladder has also been worked in as an accessory to the auditory organs of certain fish.”—Dar- wim: Origin of Species. ãc'-gés-sàr-y, ac'-gés-Sar-y, a. In Fr acces- soire.] I. Of persons: Acceding to, contributing or con- tributory to, partially responsible for “. . . he would rather suffer with them than be acces- sary to their sufferings.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. † In the earlier editions of Macaulay the spelling adopted is accessary, in the later ones accessory. II. Of things: Contributing, aiding in a secondary Way. & 1. Generally: “. . . . . imply a whole train of accessory and explana- tory local legends.”—Grote: Hist. of Greece. 2. Amat. Accessory merves (accessorius Willisii, or par accessorium) : A pair of nerves which pursue a very devious course in the bodily frame. Arising by several filaments from the medulla spinalis of the neck, they advance to the first vertebra, and thence through the foramen of the os occipitis to the cranium. After communicating there with the ninth, and tenth pairs, they pass out close to the eighth, and terminate finally in the trapezius. “The eighth pair [of nerves, according to Willan's arrangement] including the glosso-pharyngeal, the pneumo-gastric, and the spinal accessory.”—Todd & Bow-. man: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., ch. xi. -- 3. Zool. Accessory cusps (in teeth): Those super- added to the Inore normal ones, and contributing to their efficiency. “The tooth of the fossil in question differs in the shape of the middle and in the size of the accessory cusps.”—Owen; British Fossil Mammals (1846), p. 72. Accessory valves §: the shells of the molluscous genera Pholas, Pholididia, and Xylophaga) : Small valves additional to the two large ones naturally occurring in those “bivalve' shells. They protect their dorsal margins. They are well seen in the common Pholas dactylus. 4. Painting: Pertaining to the unessential parts of a picture, introduced either for the purpose of illustrating the main subject, or for ornament's sake. 5. Scots Law: (a) Accessory actions are those which are sub- servient to others, or designed to prepare the way for them : as, for instance, an action for the recov- ery of lost deeds. , (b). An accessory obligation is an obligation aris- ing from another one which is antecedent and primary to it. Thus, when one borrows money at interest, the repayment of the , principal, is the primary, and the regular liquidation of the interest, the accessory obligation. ãc-gés'-sis. [Lat accessus.] A term in canon law, signifying a method of voting at the election of a pope, generally known as an election by ac- clamation. ac-ci-a-ca-tū’-ra (ci as çhi), S. [Ital., from. acciaccare = to bruise, to crush, to jam down.] Music : The procedure of an organist when, in place of touching a single note, he also momentarily allows his finger to come in contact with the semi- tone below. º ãc'-gi-dénçe, s. [Lat. accidentia = a casuał event.] An elementary book of grammar, especially of Latin grammar. “Mrs. Page. Sir Hugh, my husband, says, my son. rofits nothing in the world at his book; I pray you, ask im some questions in his accidence.”—Shakesp : Merry Wives, iv. 1. ãc -çi-déns, s. [Lat. accidens, pr par, of ac- cido; also S.] The opposite of essence or substance [ACCIDENT, No. II.] ‘‘Accidens, on the contrary, has no connexion whatever with the essence, but may come and go, and the species. still remain what it was before.”—J. S. Mill: Logic. ãc'-gi-dént, s. [In Fr, accident; Ital accidenfe; Lat, accidens, pr., par. of accido = to fall to, to arrive suddenly, to happen: ad = to ; cado = to: fall.] [CASE, CADENCE.] făte, fät, amidst, what, färe, fäll, father; wét, hère, wé, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, Or, qu = kW. wöre, ey = a. wolf, wörk, whô, ae, Oe = €; Syrian. sön; try, rmiite, ciir, ràle, fūll; ciib, ciire, unite, accidental I. Of occurrences: 1. Gen. : An occurrence or event of whatever kind. “And ye choice spirits, that admonish me, And give me signs of future accidents! (Thunder.)” Shakesp.: King Henry VI., Part I., v. 3. 2. §§ : (a) Something unpurposed or unintentional, an occurrence not planned beforehand by man. ** A mt. Do it at once; Or thy precedent services are all But accidents unpurposed.” Shakesp.: Amtomy and Cleopatra, iv. 12. “And more by accident than choice, - I listened to that single voice.” Longfellow: Golden Legend, iv. (b) An unforeseen occurrence, particularly if it be of a calamitous character. This is the most com- mon use of the word. “An unhappy accident, he told them, had forced him to make to them in writing a communication which he would gladly have made from the throne.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. “The old ones seem generally to die from accidents, as from falling down precipices.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World. (c) The state of a betrayed girl. II. Of wrvessentials: 1. Logic: T (a) Whatever does not really-constitute an essen- tial part of a person or thing ; as the clothes one wears, the saddle on a horse, &c. (b) The qualities, or attributes of a person or thing, as opposed to the substance. Thus bitterness, hardness, &c., are attributes, and not part of the substance in which they inhere. (c) That which may be absent from anything,leav- ing its essence still unimpaired. Thus a rose might be white without its ceasing to be a rose, because color in the flowers of that genus is not essential to their character. & ºf Accidents, in Logic, are of two kinds—separ- able and inseparable. If walking be the accident of a particular man, it is a separable one, for he would not cease, to be that man though he stood still; while on the contrary, if Spaniard is the acci- dent connected with him, it is an inseparable one, since he never can cease to be, ethnologically con- sidered, what he was born. (Whately: Logic, bk. ii., chap. v., § 4. From iógic these significations have found their way into ordinary English literature. “And torne substaunce into accident.” Chaucer; Pardomeres Tale, 13,954. “The accident of his birth . . . had placed him in a post for which he was altogether unfitted.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. 2. Gram. : A property attached to a word which nevertheless does not enter into its essential defini- tion. Each species of word has its accidents: thus those of the noun substantive are gender, declen- sion, and number. Comparison in an adjective is also an accident. “Unto grammar also belongeth, as an appendix, the consideration of the accidents of words, which are meas- ure, sound, and elevation or accent, and the sweetness and harshness of them.”—Bacon : Advanc. of Learning, bk. ii. 3. Her. : An additional note or mark on a coat of armor, which may be omitted or retained without altering its essential character. (Rider.) iMed...: A symptom of a disease. ãc-gi-dént'—al, a. [Fr. accidentel.] 1. Occurring suddenly, unexpectedly, and from a cause not immediately discoverable, or, as some of the unphilosophic and irreligious believe, “by chance.” “So shall you hear Of accidental judgments, casual slaughters.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, v. 2. *2. Adventitious; produced not from the natural qualities of the agent or agency left to itself, but by the influence of something foreign to it. “By such a minister as wind to fire, That adds an accidental fierceness to Its natural fury.”—Denham : Sophy. 3. Not essential to, which might be dispensed with, and yet leave the thing to which it pertains, or in which it inheres, unimpaired. “He determined that all the species occurring in this marl, twelve in number, agreed in every respect, even in their accidental variations, with the same species now existing in Yorkshire.”—Owen : British Fossil Mam. & Birds, p. 168. ºf Specially: e (a) In Logic, an accidental definition is one which assigns the properties of a species or the “acci- 43 dents” of an individual. Besides accidental, there are also physical and logical definitions. (Whately: Logic.) (b) Persp.: An cuccidental point is the point in which a straight B line drawn from 21 A the eye parallel ..:* to another given ...” straight line in- || | ... ...” tersects the ...”"...' plane of the F_{"...” picture. Thus, *—J– in the accom- * ...” panying figure, A B is the line parallel to C D, the line given in - perspective. A B cuts the plane B F in the point B. B is the accidental point. & (c) Music: Accidental is the term used respecting such sharps, flats and naturals as do not occur at the clef, and which imply a change of key, or mod- ulation different from that in which the piece be- gan. For instance, in the key of C natural major, an accidental sharp prefixed to F implies the º: G major, and a flat placed before B implies the key of F major or D minor. (d) Optics: Accidental colors, called also ocular spectra, are those which, are produced by a weak- ness in the eye, and which are not essential to the light itself. If a person look intensely with one eye at a colored wafer affixed to a sheet of white paper, and then turn that same eye on another part of the paper, a spot like the wafer will appear, but of a different color. If the wafer was red, the spot will be green ; if the former was black, the latter will be white; and there will be corresponding transfor- mations whatever the color. . (e) Painting. . Accidental lights: Secondary lights; effects of light other than ordinary day- light. (Fairholt.) ãc-gi-dént'—al, s. [From the adjective.] 1. Logic, and Ord; Lang.: A property which is not essential ; that is, one which may be dispensed with without greatly altering the character of that of which it is a property. *I Often in the plural. “Conceive as much as you can of the essentials of any subject before you consider its accidentals.”—Watts: Logic. “This similitude consisteth partly in essentials, or the likeness of nature ; partly in accidentals, or the likeness in figure or affections.”—Pearson: The Creed, Art. I. 2. Painting (plural): Those fortuitous effects produced by light falling upon particular objects, so that portions of them stand forth in abnormal brightness, and other portions are cast into the shadow and greatly darkened. 3. Mwsic (sing.): A sharp or flat prefixed to cer- tain notes in a movement. [See the adjective.] fäc-çi-dént-āl-i-ty, s. [From accidental, adj.] The quality of being accidental. “. . . to take from history its accidentality, and from science its fatalism.”—Coleridge: Table Talk. ãc-gi-dént'—al-ly, adv. [From accidental, adj.] 1. In an unforeseen way, without obvious cause, casually, fortuitously, or what is so called, though really regulated by law. “. . . it [the Great Seal] was accidentally caught by a fishing net and dragged up.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. 2. Not essentially. “Proprium and accidens, on the other hand, form no part of the essence, but are predicated of the species only accidentally.”—J. S. Mill: Logic. ãc-çi-dënt'—al-nēss, s. [ACCIDENTAL, a.] The quality of being accidental, fortuitousness. *āc-çi-dënt'—ar—y, *āc-gi-dént'—ar—ie, a. [Lat. accidens, and suff. -ary=pertaining to..] Accidental. “Some are supernatural, others naturall, and others accidentarie.”—Time's Store-House, 760, 2. *äc-gi-dén'-ti-a-ry, a. [ACCIDENCE.] Pertain- ing to the accidence. “. . . which every accidentiary boy [i. e., every boy in a grammar class] in school knoweth as well as you.”— Bishop Morton: Discharge, p. 186. *äcº-cí-die, *āc'-gide, s. [Mediæval Lat, acci- dia; Gr, akédeia=carelessness, indifference: kédeia =care; Kédos=care; ködö, v. t.=to trouble, to dis- tress.] Negligence or carelessness arising from dis- content, melancholy, or other causes. Specially used when the carelessness is in the performance of one's religious duties. “He hadde an accidie That he sleep Saterdry and Sonday.” - Piers Ploughman, p. 99. “Accide ys slow the in Gode's service.”—MS. Bodl. 48, f. 135. (Halliwell: Dict.) acclamation “De accidia . (i.e., accidie) maketh him hevy, thoughtful, and wrawe * * thanne is accidie the anguishe of a trouble hert.” Chauce?": Parsomtes Tale. ãc-gi-pên'-sèr, s. [ACIPENSER.) ãc-gip'-í-ènt, s. [Lat. accipiens, pr. par., of ac- cipio = to receive: ad=to; and capio=to take. A receiver, one who receives. âc-çip'-it-êr, s. [Lat. accipiter=a bird of prey, ºnly (1) the goshawk, and (2) the Sparrow- la WR. 1. A genus of raptorial birds belonging to the fam- ily Falconidae. It is from this genus that the whole order is frequently .* . called Accipitres. vs. ºr Formerly the ge- nus Accipiter con- tained, as among the ancient Ro- m a ns, both the sparrow-hawk and the goshawk, but now only the for- mer is retained in it, the gosh a w k receiving the name of Ast at r palwm- - sº b a r i º s. [ ACCIP- *~~ * Ś- ITRES, 2= * -- - \s- > 3. A 'b and age 2-ºxºşºe. applied over, the Sparrow-hawk (Accipiter Nisus). nose; so called from its likeness to the claw of a hawk. Som.) ãc-gip'-i-tral, a. [Lat. accipiter, and Eng. adj- suff. -al.] Of or pertaining to a hawk. --- *āc"—gip-i-tra-ry, s. [Lat. accipitrarius, fr. ac- cipiter (q.v.).] One who catches birds of prey; a fal- coner. (Nash.) ãc-çip'-i-trés, s. pl. [Lat. pl. of accipiter.] Zool. : The designation given by Linnaeus, Cuvier, and other writers to the first-order of the class Ayes, or Birds. The name Raptores is now more fre- quently employed... [RAPTORES..] Though the Ac- cipitres are called from Accipiter, the hawk, the genus Falco is the real type of the Order. ãc-cíp-i-tri'-mae, S. pl. ſ ACCIPITER, hawks. A family of raptorial birds. iter (q.v.). ãc-gip'-i-trine, a. [From Lat. accipiter (q.v.).] Pertaining to the order Accipitres, or to the genus. Accipiter; rapacious, raptorial, predatory. ãc-gis'-miis, s. [Gr. akkismos=coyness, affecta- tion.] & Rhet.: A feigned refusal of something which a. person earnestly desires. *äc-cite, v. t. . [Lat, accitum, supine of accio= to summon : ad=to; cieo-to put in motion, to ex-. cite.], [CITE.], . g 1. To incite, to impel, to induce. - “Every man would think me a hypocrite indeed. And what accites your most worshipful thought to think so?” —Shakesp.: King Henry IV., Part II., ii. 2. 2. To cite, to summon. “Our coronation done, we will accite (As I before remember'd) all our state.” Shakesp.: Henry IV., Part II., v. 2. ăc-cla'im (Eng.), āc-clame (Scotch), v. f. [In Sp. aclamar ; Ital. acclamare; fr. Lat. acclamo- to cry, or shout to : ad=to; clamo= to shout ; Welsh levain; Irish livmham.]. [CLAIM, CLAMQR.] - i 1. To applaud, to proclaim applaudingly. (Eng.) “. while the shouting crowd Acclaims thee king of traitors.” Smollett: Regicide, v. 3. (Dungli- Sparrow- ype, Accip- 2. To claim. (Scotch.) “. . . contraire to the perpetuall custome, and never acclamed before.”—Acts Chas. I., ed. 1814, p. 282. ãc-cla'im, s. [From the substantive.] Poet. and Rhet. : Acclamation. - “As echoing back, with shrill acclaim, And chorus wild, the chieftain's name.”.. - Scott: Lady of the Lake, ii. 21. ãc-claimed, pa. par. & a. [ACCLAIM, v. t.] ãc-cláirm-iñg, 1)?". p(t?". & Ct. [ACCLAIM, ??, t.] “Attended by a glad, acclaiming train.” .. Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 74. ãc-cla-măte, v. t. [Lat. acclamatum, supine of acclamo.] To applaud. “This made them acclamated to no mean degree.”- Waterhouse: Apology for Learning (1653), p. 120. ãc-clam-a'-ted, pa. par. & a. [ACCLAMATE.] ãc-clam-ā'-ting, pr. par. [ACCLAMATE.] ãc-clam-ā'—tion, s. [In Fr. acclamation; Ital. acclamazione, from Lat. acclamatio=a calling tor a shout: from acclamo; ad=to; clamo=to cal out or shout. The Roman acclamatio (acclamation) bóil, böy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = shan. Shūs. -ble, -dle, –tion, -SiOus = -Sion = -cious, Shiin; zhin. -tious, –tion, -Šion = acclamatory differed from plausus (applause) in this respect that the former, as its etymology (clamo=to caii -out) suggests, meant applause uttered with the voice; whilst plausus, from plaudo-to strike, clap, or beat, meant clapping of hands.] I. Approbation of a person or thing expressed by cº; of hands. e e sed § when the applause is given simply to express feeling. “The inhabitants of the town crowded the main street, and greeted him with loud acclamations.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. Or (2) when it is designed formally to carry a motion. “When they [the Saxons] consented to anything, it was rather in the way of acclamation than by the exercise of a .deliberative voice or a regular assent or negative.”—Bush: Abridgment of Eng. Hist., ii. 7. ºf Among Antiquaries: Acclamation Medals are medals which represent the people as in the act of expressing acclamation. II. Rhet.: A figure of speech used by rhetoricians, and called by i. Greeks, and after them by the Romans, epiphonema. ãc-clim'-a-tór-y, a. Expressing approval by ac- clamation. täc-clim-a-tá-tion, s. [Fr.] Acclimatization Qi. W. J. “The Acclimatation (or, as we term it, acclimatization) Society of Paris was founded in 1854.”—Nature, vol. i. (1869). ãc-cli'-mate, v. t. [Pref. ac=Lat. ad=to, and Eng. climate; Fr. acclimater.] Gradually to adapt the body to the peculiarities of a climate other than its own, so that it will be uninjured by the diseases incidental to that climate; to inure or hab- ituate to a climate; to acclimatize. [CLIMATE.] ãc-cli-ma-têd, pa. par. & a. [ACCLIMATE.] “The native inhabitants and acclimated Europeans enjoy a state of health the most perfect.”—Crawford: Commiacture of Races. täc-cli'-mate-mênt, s. matization. ãc-cli'-mat-ing, pr. par. [ACCLIMATE.] täc-cli-mâ’—tion, s. [ACCLIMATE.] Acclimati- zation (q.v.). “. . . the means of acclimation and culture.”—Low- dom: Encycl. of Agriculture. ãc-cli'-ma-tise, v. t. [AccLIMATIZE.] ac-cli-ma-tí-zā'—tion, £c-cli-ma-ti-śā'—tion, s. {ACCLIMATIZE.] 1. The process of inuring a human being, one of the inferior animals, or a plant, to a foreign cli- imate. “The acclimatisation and agricultural societies [in New South Wales] have been directing their attention to the subject.”—Nature, vol. iii., p. 473. 2. The state of being so inured. “The races differ also in constitution, in acclimatiza- fion, and in liability to certain diseases.”—Darwin: De- scent of Man, vol. i., pt. i., ch. vii. ãc-cli'-ma-tize, fic-cli'-ma-tise, v. t. [Fr. acclimater.] [ACCLIMATE.] To produce such a change in the constitution of a human being, one of the inferior animals, or a plant, as to adapt it to endure the climate of a country not its own. “ . . . in the case of some few plants, of their be- -coming, to a certain extent, naturally habituated to differ- ent temperatures, or becoming acclimatised.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. i., p. 140. T. Sometimes to is placed before the climate to which the constitution is adapted: “These men are so thoroughly acclimatized to their cold and lofty abode.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. i., ch. iv. ãc-cli'-ma-tized, fic-cli'-ma-tised, pa. par. & a. [ACCLIMATIZE, ACCLIMATISE.] ãc-cli-ma-tiº-zing, àc-cli-ma-ti-sing, pa. par. [ACCLIMATIZE, ACCLIMATISE.] ãc-cli-ma-tiire, 8. [ACCLIMATE.] Acclimatiza- tion (q.v.). täc-cli've, *āc-cli'—voiás, a. [Lat. acclivis- sloping upward: ad=to; clivus=a slope; from the Toot kli or klin, seen in Gr. klimó=to cause to bend; Lat., declinq=to decline, to bend down; inclimo- to bend in, to incline.] Sloping upward, rising, steep. ‘ICLEAVE, CLIFF.] “The way easily ascending, hardly so acclive as a desk.” — A wbrey: Letters; Account of Verwlam, ii. 231. ãc-cli'—vis, s. [ACCLIVE.] A nat. : A muscle of the stomach, otherwise called the obliquus ascendens muscle. ãc-cliv'-i-ty, s. [Lat. acclivitas, from ad = to, and clivus = a slope. 1. Ord. Lang. : A slope upward, as the ascent of a hill, or a sloping bank. The same hillside or bankside would be called a declivity by one de- scending it. “The men clamber up the acclivities, dragging their 3&ine with them.”—Ray: Creation. [ACCLIMATE.] Accli- 44 2. Fort.: The talus of a rampart. *ác-cli'—voiás, a. [ACCLIVE.] *ac-cloy.' (1), * ac-cloy e, v. t. [CLOY.] To cloy, to overload, to fill up, to choke. “At the well-head the purest streams arise ; But murky filth his braunching armes annoyes, And with uncomely weedes the gentle wave accloues.” Spenser . F. Q., II. vii. 15. [Fr. enclower = (1) to prick To drive a nail into (Prompt. Parv., [TALUS.] *ac-cloy” (2), v. t. (animals), (2) to spike guns.] the hoof of a horse in shoeing it. p. 6.) (Halliwell.) r- *ac-c16 yd', s. ſº A wound inflicted on a horse by driving the mail into the quick of the hoof in shoeing it. (Topsell. Fowr-footed Beasts (A. D. 1693), p. 14.) (Halliwell.) *ac-cloyed, pa. par. [ACCLOY.] (Optick Glasse of Humors, A. D. 1639.) (Halliwell.) *3.C-Côa,"st, v. t. [ACCOST.] *ac-c6i’e, *a,'-c6i.e., v. f. [O. Fr. coi; Lat. quietus = quiet.] To calm down ; to daunt. (Spen- SG7°. *ac-c6ied, pa. par. [ACCOIE.] *ac-coil', v. i. [Fr. accueillir = to receive, to welcome.] To crowd, to bustle. [COIL.] “About the cauldron many cooks accoil’d, With hooks and ladles, as need did require.” Spenser ; F. Q., II. ix. 30. *ac-céll, v, f. [Fr. accoller, from Lat. ad = to and collwmv=the neck.] To embrace round the neck. “Thrise raught I with mine armes t” accoll her neck.” Surrey : Virgil ; ACneid, ii. ãc'-cö-lâde, s. [Fr. = an embrace; Lat. ad=to, and collum = the neck.] 1. Her. : The ceremony by which in mediaeval times one was dubbed a knight. On the question what this was antiquaries are not agreed. It has been made an embrace round the neck, a kiss, or a slight blow upon the cheek or shoulder. “The new attorney-general having stooped down with- out objection to the usual accolade.”—Townsend: Lives of Twelve Eminent Judges; Lord Eldom. 2. Music: The couplet uniting several staves. It may frequently be seen in part music, or in piano- forte music. *ac-cél'-déd, a. [A. S. acálian, acélan=to become cold.] Cold. “When this knight that was accolded—and hit was grete froste—and he saw the fyre, he descendide of his horse, and yede to the fyre, and warmide him.”—Gesta Romano- 7'um, p. 83. * ãc'-cöl-ent, s. [Lat. accola = a dweller near a place, a neighbor: ad=to, or near; colo-to culti- vate, to intº One who dwells near a country, a borderer. (Ash. ãc-cé1'-le, a. & S. [From Fr. col= the neck.] I. Used adjectively: 1. Her. Gorged or collared, , as lions, dogs, and other animals occasionally are in escutcheons. 2. Her. : Wreathed, entwined or joined together, as two shields sometimes are by their sides. The arms of a husband and wife were often thus placed. (Gloss. of Her., A. D. 1847.) II. Used swbstantively: 1. An animal with a crown on its head, or a collar round its neck. 2. Two shields united to each other by their sides. 3. A key, baton, mace, sword, or other implement Or weapon placed saltierewise behind the shield. (Ibid.) *ac-com'—bér, *a-cöm'—bér, “ac-cém -bre, *a-Cim'-bre, v. t. [Pref. ac=Lat. ad, and Eng. cumber (q.v.).] To encumber, perplex, or destroy. “Me thynke ye are not gretly with wyt acombe”/d.” Sicelton : Magnificence, 2,242. *ac-cöm'-bêred, pa. par. [ACCOMBER, ACOMBER.] *ac-cöm'-bêr-ois, a. [..AccoxIBER.] Cumber- some, troublesome. “A litil tyme his yeft is agreeable, But ful accomberous is the usinge.” Complaint of Jºen us, 42. fac-cöm'-möd-a-ble, a. [Fr. accommodable.] That may be accommodated or adjusted. “Such general rules as are accommodable in their variety.”— Watts: Logic. tac-cöm'-möd-a-ble-mêss, S. . [ACCOMMODABLE.] Capability of being accommodated. ac-cém'-möd-âte, v. t. & i. (Lat. accommodatus, pa. par. Of accommodo- to make one thing of the same size and shape as another, to fit, to adapt: ad =to, and commodo-to adapt; commodws=measured with a measure, from com = com = together, and modws=a measure.] [MODE.] accommodation I. Transitive: 1. To fit, to adjust to. “. . . and their servile labors accommodated the old system to the spirit and views of despotism.”—Gibbon: Decl. and Fall, ch. xliv. “. . . the art of accommodating his language and deport- ment to the society in which he found himself.”—Macau- toty: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. 2. Spec.: To make up or adjust differences. “. . . every attempt that was made to accommodate one dispute ended by producing another.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. . 3. To furnish with anything needful or conven- ient. “Heaven speed the canvas gallantly unfurl’d To furnish and accommodate a world; To give the pole the produce of the sun, And knit the unsocial climates into one.” Cowper: Charity. 4. Comm. : To lend with the view of suiting the convenience of the borrower. “In the former the borrower was obliged to restore the same individual thing with which he had been accommod- ated for the temporary supply of his wants.”—Gibbon : Decl. and Fall, ch. xliv. 5. Theol. : To suit or fit the language of a º: ecy to an event which it typifies or illustrates rather than directly predicts; to use the sensus accomod- cutivus of the Roman Church. “In accommodating the passages of Scripture.”—Trans., 2 º Tholuck on the Hebrews, ii. 202. *II. Intrans.: To be conformable to ; to agree with. “How little the consistence and duration of many of them seem to accommodate and be explicable by the pro- posed motion.”—Boyle : Sceptical Chemist. T In Shakespeare's and, Ben Jonson's days ac- commodate was a very fashionable word, or, as the latter expresses it, one of “the perfumed words Of the time.”—(See Shakesp., 2 Hem. IV., iii. 2.) *ac-com'—möd-âte, a. [See the verb..] Suitable to, fit for, adapted to. “He condescended to it, as most accommodate to their present state and inclination.”—Tillotson. ac-cém'-möd-āt-êd, pa. par. & a. ATE, v.] *ac-cóm'-möd-âte-ly, adv. ate, adj.) Suitably, agreeably. “Moses his wisdom held fit to give an account accom- modately to the capacity of the people.”—Dr. H. More : Conjectura Cabalistica, p. 130. *ac-cém-möd-âte-nēss, s. [From accommod- ate, adj.] The quality of being accommodate ; fit- ness, suitableness. “Its aptness and accommodateness to the great purpose of men’s salvation may be further demonstrated.”—Hal- liwell ; Saviour of Souls, p. 80. ac-cém'—möd-ā-ting, pr. par. & a. [ACCOMMOD- ATE, v. t.] I, Used adjectively : 1. Qbliging; as “an accommodating man.” 2. Convenient; as “an accommodating arrange- ment.” . g 3. Easily adjusted to. II. Used swbstantively: Accommodation. “Accommodating of the eye.”—Carpenten'; Human Physi- ology. ac-cöm-möd-ā'-ting—ly, adv. [From the prºpar.] In an accommodating manner. sºm mºa-a-úon. s. [From Lat. accommod- cutio. Essential signification: (1) The act of accommod: ating; (2) the state of being accommodated; and (3) that which constitutes the convenience re- ceived. g More specifically : I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Adaptation to. “ . . . the organization of the body, with accommod- ation to its functions, is fitted with the most curious mechanism.”—Sir M. Hale: Organization of Mankind. 2. Adjustment of differences, the reconciliation of persons quarreling. “Accusations and recriminations passed backward and forward between the contending parties. All accommoda- tion had become impossible.”—blacawlay: Iłist. Eng., ch. i. 3. Lodging, a place of residence, or a place to transact business in, convenience. “There accommodation had been provided for the Par- liament.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. II. Comm. : A pecuniary loan. An accommodation, or note, is one drawn for the accommodation of a person who promises the friend lending him his signature that he will either him- self pay the bill when it falls due, will furnish funds for the purpose, or will in some other way prevent the accommodating party from suffering for the good-natured deed he has done. [ACCOMMOD- [From accommod- făte, fät, färe, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, * -1- * *ac—ciis'—tóm-a-ry, a. [ACCUSTOM.] Customary, usual. [CUSTOMARY. “The ordinary and accustomary swearing then in use among the Jews.”—Fealty : Dipper Dipt, p. 160. ac-ciis'—tómed, pa. par. & a. [ACCUSTOM, v. t.) 1. As pa. par. : As in the verb. 2. As adj. : Usual. “I roved o'er many a hill and many a dale With my accustomed load.” Wordsworth : Eaccursion, bk, i. Bold 3. Frequented. ac-ciis'—témed-nēss, , 3. [ACCUSTQMED.] The state of being habituated to ; familiarity. “Accustomedness to sin hardens the heart.”—Pierce : Sermons, p. 230. ac-ciis'—tóm-íňg, pr. par. [ACCUSTOM, v.] àçe, s. [Fr. as = an ace of cards, dice, &c.; Ital. gº from flat. as= (1) a unit, (2) a pound weight, C. 1. A unit; a single point on cards or dice; a card with but one mark upon it. [AMBSACE.] “An Ace of Hearts steps forth: The King unseen Lurk'd in her hand, and mourn’d his captive Queen.” Pope: Rape of the Lock, canto iii. 95, 96. 2. A very small amount, or a very small quantity; an atom. “He will not bate an ace of absolute certainty.”—Dr. H. More: Government of the Tongwe. ace-point. The side of a die possessing but one point. ăç–é-cón—it’—ic äg'-id, s. (C6H6O6.) ...Chem. A tribasic acid łºś. along with citracetic acid, by heating ethylic bromacetate with Sodium. It is isomeric with aconitic acid. (Watts: Suppl.) A-gé1'-da-ma, s. [Syro-Chal. Chhaqual-field of; dema, in Heb. dam =blood.] 1. As a proper, name: A field purchased by the Jewish chief priests and elders with the thirty pieces of silver returned by Judas. It was used as a place of interment for strangers. The traditionary site is on a small plateau half way up the southern slope of the Valley of Hinnom, near the junction of the latter...with the Valley of j ehoshaphat. (See Matt. xxvii. 3–10; Acts i. 18, 19.) before that he is accused, have the accusers *. 50 2. As a common mown : A field of blood. Spec., a field of battle just after a sanguinary contest has terminated. *a-gé'le, v. t. [Old form {Robt. of Glowcester.) *a-gé'led, pa. par. [ACELE.) ăc-à-nāph'—thène, àg-èt-y-lö-nāph'-tha-lène, LNAPHTHALENE.] *a-gēnt'e, s. [AssRNT, 8.] (Robt. of Glouc., p. 96.) *a-gén'-tén, *a-cén'-tyn, v. i. [ASSENT, v.] (Prompt. Parv.) a-gén'-tric, a. [Gr, a, priv.; kentron = a sharp point, the center of a circle; kented=to prick, to goad. I)estitute of a center. *a-gén-tyn, v. i. [ACENTEN.] —ageous. An adjectival suffix. [Lat. -qceus, as testaceus=of brick, shelly; fr. testa=a brick, a tile, a shell.] Having, characterized by ; as testaceous= having a testa, Or shell. a-gēph'-a-la, a géph'-al-ans, s. pl. , [Gr, akeph- alos-headless: a, priv.; kephalé+ the head.J., The fourth class of Cuvier's great division or sub-king- dom of the Animal Creation called Mollusca. He included under, it two orders—the Testacea, or Acephalans, with shells, generally, bivalve; and the IWuda, Or Naked Acephalans, without shells. The class was a natural one, but the name was objection- able, inasmuch as the mollusks of the class Brachi- opoda are also without apparent heads. Hence new names have been found for the Acephala, viz., Conch- ifera and Lamellibranchia (q.v.). a-gēph'-al-an, s. [ACEPHALA.] 1. Gen. : An animal without a head, . 2. Spec. : A mollusk belonging, to Cuyier's class Acephala (q.v.). Often used in the pl., Acephalans. A-gēph'-al-i, S. pl. [Lat. Acephali ; Gr. a.keph- aloi=headless; a, priv.; ſcephalé=the head.] I. Lit. : Without a head, or reported to be with- Out One. 1. Phys.: Infants born without heads. º 2. Amcient Geog. : Certain nations in Africa, India, &c., fabulously alleged to be without heads. II. Fig.: Headless in the sense of having no chief. 1. Civil Hist. : Certain levelers in the reign of Henry I. of England, who acknowledged no head Or emperor. 2. Church. History: (a) The name applied to those who, On occasion of a dispute which arose in the Council of Ephesus, A. D. 431, refused to follow either John of Antioch, or Cyril of Alexandria, (b) The name applied, in the fifth and sixth centuries, to a large section of the followers of the Monophysite, Peter Mongus, who cast him off as their leader because of his accepting a peaceful formula called the Henoticon. They soon after- ward split into three parties, the Anthropomor- phites, the Barsanuphites, and the Essianists, who again gave origin to other sects. (c) Bishops exempt from the jurisdiction and discipline of a patriarch. *a-gēph'-al-ist, s. [ACEPHALA.] One who does not acknowledge a head or superior. “These acephalists, who will endure no head but that upon their own shoulders.”—Gawden; Ecclesia, Anglicanae Suspirict. *a-gēph'-al-ite, s. [ACEPHALA.] Law: One who held nothing in fee from king, bishop, baron, or other feudal lord. a-gēph'—al-ö-gyst, s. . [Gr, akephalos=headless; kustis=bladder.] A sub-globular or oval vesicle filled with fluid, which sometimes grows up within the human frame; It varies from the size of a pea to that of a child’s head. Acephalocysts have recently been found to consist of the cysts or larval forms of the cestoid Entozoa. Livois, Dr. Budd, and other observers, have discovered in them animalcules of the genus Echinococcus. [ECHINO- COCCUs, HYDATID.] a-gēph'—al-oiás, a. of SEAL.] To seal. S. [ACEPHALA..] Without a ead. tº º 1. Zool. : Pertaining to any headless animal. [ACEPHALA.] “The acephalous mollusca are all aquatic.”—Owen: Invert. Animals, Lect. XX. 2. Botany. Acephalous 3. : One with the style springing from its base instead of its apex. a-gēph'-al-ūs, S. [ACEPHALA.] 1. Among the Greeks and Romans: A hexameter line beginning with a short syllable. *2. An obsolete name for the toemia, or tapeworm, founded on the wholly erroneous belief that it is destitute of a head. te e 3. Med...: A foetus born (if born it can be called) headless. ă'-gēr, 8. [In Ital, and Port, acero, from Lat. acer=the-maple-tree, acer, adj=pointed, sharp, acerbity piercing; obs, root ac-sharp. This occurs in Lat. acwo, acies, &c.; in the Fr. aigre; and in Eng. Qcute, e age?", &c. [MAPLE.] The tºº, genus of the A ceraceae, or Maples (q.v.). One species is indig- enous in Britain—the A. campestre, or common maple; another, the 4. pseudo-platanus, the greater º º § §§ ſhaft § º ºf | 3. * § \º º § §º º ſ $, º º £: £º: :*º * : ...º. § §º Lý ºść 3, ºf *{{{#: "\\} : R \º ſº. º - § g § º § Nº \\ º § & % § ..º. Leaves, Blossom, and Seed-Vessel of Maple (Acer f'seudofºlatanus) & maple, sycamore, or plane-tree, is thoroughly nat- uralized. º It is wild in , Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Italy, &c. A. saccharinwm, is the sugar-maple of North America. [SUGAR- MAPLE.] A. striatum, also from the New World, has a black-and-white striped bark, and furnishes a white wood much used for inlaying in cabinet- work. The bark of A. rubrum, the red or swamp- maple of Pennsylvania, dyes dark blue, and is used for making a good black ink. There is a large variety of maples in America as hard-maple, soft-maple, birds’-eye-maple, an curled maple. These are used largely for cabinet- work and building purposes. The leaves of the soft-maple constitute one of the chief elements of the splendor of our woods in the Indian summer SeaSOIl, “The leaf is growing old, And wears in grace of duty done, The gold and scarlet of the sun.” Margaret E. Sangster: A Maple Leaf. ã'-gēr—a (1). [ACERACEAE.] ă'-gēr—a (2), S. pl. [Gr, akeratos=without horns: a, priv.; keras–a horn.] Zoology: 1. A genus of mollusks, of the family Bullidae. Seven species are known. 2. Insects “without antennae,” or, more accur- ately, the antennae of which are minute. Some apterous insects, and the Hippoboscidae among the Diptera, have this character. ā-gēr-ā'-gé-ae (Lindley, &c.), a -çër-in-è-ae (De Candolle), a -çër—a (Jussieu). [Lat. acer= maple..] A natural order of polypetalous exogen- Qus plants, consisting of trees with simple leaves; flowers with eight stamens; a samaroid, two-celle fruit; and the inflorescence in axillary corymbs or racemes. In 1845, Lindley estimated the known Species at sixty. They are spread over the temper- ate parts of the northern hemisphere. ã'-gēr-an, S. [ACERA (2).] An insect with minute anterinae. à'-gēr-ás, S. [Gr, q, priv.; keras–a horn. So called from its being without a spur on, the labellum.] Man-Orchis, a genus of plants belonging to the order Orchidaceae, or Orchids. Aceras anthrophora, the green man-orchis, is wild in parts of England; A. hircina, the Íizard-orchis, is from Čontinental Europe. *āg-Érb', s. [Lat., acerbus=(1) unripe, (2) bitter, Sour; Fr. acerbe; Ital. acerbo.]. Possessing sour. ness. (Applied to unripe fruits, &c.) (Quincy.) *āg'-er-bāte, v. t. [Lat. acerbatus, pa. par. of acerbo.] To make sour or sharpen. [ACERB.] “‘’Tis this,” said he, “that acerbates my woe.’” Billingslus Brachy-Martyrologia (1657), p. 53. *äç–ér-bā'-têd, pa. par. & a. [AcKRBATE.] *āg-Ér-bā'-tiâg, pr. par. [ACERBATE.] *a-gēr'-bi-tūde, 8. [Lat. acerbitudo.] Sourness, acerbity, a-gēr'-bi-ty, 8. [Lat, acerbitas=(1, lit.) sourness, ; of unripe fruit; (2, fig.) moroseness; Ital. acer- 1. UCL. I. Lit. ... Sourness, with roughness, or astringency, as of unripe fruit. II. Figuratively: 1. Sourness of temper, moroseness. “True it is that the talents for criticism—namely Smartness, quick censure, vivacity of remark, indeed aii but acerbity—seem rather the gift of youth than of old age.”—Pope. fāte, fūt, amidst, whât, fäll, färe, father; camel, hēr, hère, wét, wé, thére; pine, pit, pöt, sire, sir, marine; gé, er, wore, ey = 3. Wolf, wórk, whô, a, Ce = €; sön; qu = kW Syrian. miite, try, ciib, ciire, unite, ciir, ràle, fūll; acerdese . 2. Sharpness of pain, torture, bitterness of suffer- IIlg. “We may easily imagine what acerbity of pain must be endured by our Lord, on His tender limbs being stretched forth, racked, and tortured, and continuing a good time in such a posture.”—Barrow on the Creed, Ser- mon 26. a-gēr-dège, s. A mineral called also MANGA- NITE (q.v.). ā-gér"-ic, a. [ACER.] Pertaining to the maple- tree. à-gēr'-i-dés, s. [Gr. a, priv.; kéros=wax.] Plas- ters made without wax. ā-gēr-i'-na, s. A genus of fishes belonging to the family Perçidae, or Perches. A. vulgaris, the ruff or pope, is found in some English rivers. ā-gēr-in-è-ae, s. [ACERACEAE.] à – Q & r– 6 S'e, s. {Lat. º º Bot. (s.7) e c. O \º Zeaves) : ščáſ. º'ſ \ ºº % % shaped, i. e., nar- w Nº. ſh row, linear, rigid, Nº. ſ and tapering to a Nº. ſ/WM; fine point. Exam- ples, those of the JP i m w s sylvestris, Juniperus commu- qvis, &c. * à g’–ér-öte, s. £3r own brea. d. (Mimshew.) Jā-cér-à-thé-ri- 3. ºu Iſl, S. [G. r. (1) WS. a ke?' os = hornless & (ACERA); (2) thº- rion) = wild ani- mal.] A fossil mammal of the order Pachyder- mata. It was a connecting link between the Paloe- otherium and the Rhinoceros. à-gēr-ois, a. [Gr. a, priv.; keras–a horn.] Zool. : Without horns or antennae. With reference to this form of structure, insects are divided into dicerows=such as have two antennae; and agerous, or such as have none. [ACERA (2).] *a-gēr'se-cóm-ick, s. . [Gr, akersekomés, fr. a, priv.–not ; kersö Żolic & Ep. 1st fut. of keiro–to gut the hair short; komé=hair.] A person whose hair has never been cut. (Cockeram.) *a-gēr'—tain, v. . [Original form of AsgBRTAIN.] To make certain; to give certain information about. “For now I am acertained throughly Of everything I desired to know.” Todd : Gower & Chaucer. *a-gēr'—tained, pa. par. [ACERTAIN.] - *a-gēr-val, a. [Lat. acervus=a heap.] Pertain- ing to a heap. *a-gēr'—vâte, v. t. ... [Lat. acervatum, sup. of acervo- to heap up..] To heap up, to amass. a-gēr'—vâte, a. [ACERVATE, v. t.] . Nat. Science: Heaped up; also growing in heaps or clusters. *āc-Ér-vā'-têd, pa. par. & a. [ACERVATE, v. t.] *äç–ér-vā'-tíñg, pr. par. [ACERVATE, v. t.) *äç–ér-vā'—tion, v. [Lat. acervatio.] The act of heaping up. *a-gēr'—vose, a. [Lat. acervus=a heap.] Full of heaps. a-gēr-yū-liis, S., [Dimin. of Lat. acervus=a heap; (lit.) a little heap.] The name given by Söm: . to a mass of sabulous matter, composed of phosphate and carbonate of lime, situated in a cav- ity toward the base of the pineal body in the brain. It is found in the human species after seven years of age, but not in the inferior animals. a-gés'-Gençe, a-gés'-gen-gy, s. [Lat. acescens, r. par. of acesco = to turn sour; aceo = to be sour. rom obsolete root acăsharp, or sour, with the suff. -escence or -escency.] The state of turning or being SOUl I’. T Substances which contain sugar tend to undergo, first, an alcoholic, and then an acetous fermenta- tion. While the latter process is being effected, the substance exhibits acescency, that is, it becomes in- creasingly sour. “. . . the milk having an acescency very prejudicial to the constitution of the recipient.”—Jones: Life of Bishop Horne, p. 850. 3-gès-gent, a. & 8. cens: Thé suff. -escens= £ng.] A. As adjective: *1. Qrd. Lang, : Becoming , increasingly sour. Sometimes used loosely for slightly sour. ; N N ſ ſ E.7. % Acerose Leaf (Pinus). In Fr. acescent; Lat. aces- at, crescens–Eng. increas- 51 *B. As subst.: That which tends to sourness or acidity. “. . . qualified with a sufficient quantity of acescents, bread, sugar, and fermented liquors.”—Arbuthnot. *a-gé'se, v. t. & i. [CEASE.] 1. Transitive: To cause to cease, to satisfy. “Al wo and werres he schal acese, And set al reams in rest and pese. M.S. Douce, 302, f. 29. (Halliwell.) 2. Intransitive: To cease. ăç–ét—āb'-u-lar, a. [ACETABULUM.] Pertaining to the acetabulum. - “Of the borders, one is external or acetabular; as it ends below, at the margin of the acetabulum.”—Flower: Oste- ology of the Mammalia, p. 283. ăg-ét-āb'-u-li-form, a. [Lat. acetabulum (q.v.), and forma=form.] Concave, depressed, round, with a border a little turned outward. Example, the fructification of some lichens. (Limdley.) . āq-Ét-âb'-u-liim, s. [Lat:=(1) a vessel for hold- ing vinegar; (2) the socket of the hip-bone; (3 the suckers of polypi; (4) the calyx of flowers. From acetwm (q.v.). - I. Anatomy: 1. A cavity in any bone désigned to receive the protuberant head of another one, so as to constitute the kind of articulation called emarthrosis. Spec., the socket of the hip-joint in man. “. . . the acetabulum, an articular depression.”— Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 105. 2. A glandular substance found in the placenta of Some animals. 3. The fleshy suckers with which the Cephalopoda and some other Invertebrata are provided. II. Zoology: A genus of polypes. III. Botany: 1. A species of lichen. 2. A cotyledon. 3. The receptacle of certain fungals. a-gēt'—al, s. C2H4O(C2H5)2O. A compound of aldehyde with ethyl oxide; it is isomeric with diethylic ethenate. It is one of the products of the slow oxidation of alcohol. Acetal is a colorless liquid boiling at 140°. Oxidizing agents convert it into acetic acid. It was first formed by Döbereiner, who called it oacygenated ether; a-gēt'-a-mide, s. N } C#:0 } [AMIDEAl Formed by heating ammonium acetate; also by the action of ammonia on ethyl acetate. Acetamide is a white crystallic solid, melting at 78°, and boiling at 222°. eated with acids or alkalies, it is con- verted into acetic acid and ammonia. Distilled with phosphoric oxide, it is decomposed into water and acetonitrile or methyl-cyanide. ăç–ét-ām'—i-dò bún-zö-ic, a. [Aceto & amido- benzoic (q.v.). Acetamido-benzoic acid : A monobasic acid exist- ing in the form of white microscopic crystals. Formula: • C9H9NO3+OH2=C2H4O2+C7H7NO2. ăçºğt-ār-i-oiás, a, [Lat. acetaria, S. pl., or pl. of, adj., with olera (=yegetables) implied. Vege- tables prepared with vinegar; a salad..] Prepared with vinegar, or suitable for being so. Acetarious plants: Plants suitable for being made into salad with vinegar. - *ā-gēt-ārre, s. [ACETARIOUS..] A salad of small herbs. (Cockeram, 1659.) ăç'-êt-àr-y, s. [ACETARIOUS..] The term applied by Grew to the inner or pulpy part of certain fruits, It is sometimes called also the immer parenchyma. In the pear it is globular, and surrounds the core. The name acetary is derived from the sourness of its taste. ăç'-āt-āte, s. [In Ger. acetat; Fr. acetate; Lat. acetas.] [ACETIC ACID.] ăç'-Ét-êne, s. [ACETUM.] The same as ethylene and olefiant gas. *āg'—éth, *āg'-ithe, s. [ASETH.] ā-gēt'-ic, or ā-gēt-īg, a. . [In Fr. acétique, fr. Lat, acetum =vinegar..] Pertaining to vinegar, akin to Vinegar, SOur. acetic acid, s. The acid which imparts sourness to vinegar, vinegar being simply acetic acid diluted, tinged with color, and slightly mingled with other impurities. The formula of acetic acid is C2H3O(OH), or Hºo }, Or C#0 O = methyl-formic i. It is formed by the acetous fermentation of alcohol. [FERMENTATION.] Acetic acid is a monatomic monobasic acid. Its salts are called acetates. A molecule of acetic acid can also unite with normal acetates like water of crystal- 3 y acetophenone calcium are very soluble. Aluminum acetate is used in dyeing. Lead acetate is called, sugar of lead from its sweet taste. It dissolves in 1% parts of cold water; it also dissolves oxide of lead, forming a basic acetate of lead. Basic cupric acetate is called verdigris. Acetic acid below 15°5° forms color- less transparent crystals (glacial acetic acid), which melt into a thin, colorless pungent, strongly acid liquid, soluble in alcohol, ether, and water. It boils at 118°. Its vapor is inflammable. . . & Pyroligneous acid is impure acetic acid, formed by the destructive distillation at red heat of dry hard wood, as oak and beech. acetic ethers [example, ethyl acetate, C3H3O #9}o] tº º are formed by jºinſ. the typical H in acetic acid by a radical of an alcohol, as ethyl, &c. Ethyl acetate is a fragrant liquid, sp. gr. 0.890, boils at 74° ; methyl acetate boils at 56°. acetic oxide = acetic anhydride; also called an: hydrous acetic acid. lt is formed by the action of acetyl chloride on sodium acetate. It is a heavy oil which is gradually converted by water into acetic acid. The formula of #; oxide is }o. e ā-gēt-ī-fi-ca-tion, s. [Lat. acetum = yinegar; fació = to ...] The process of making into vinegar, or of rendering Sour. ā-gēt'-i-fy, or ā-cèt'-i-fy, v. t. [Lat. acetum; fació.] To convert into vinegar, to render Sour. “. . . the brandy is acetified without the addition of a ferment.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., ii. 427. ā-gēt-im'—ét–ér, s. [ACETOMETER.] - ā-gēt-im'-et-ry, s. [In Ger, acetimetries, Lat: acetwm-vinegar; Gr. metron- a ...] The act or method of ascertaining the strength of vinegar. ā-gēt'-in, s. Acetic glycerine. Compound ethers are formed by replacing the 1, 2, or 3 H atoms in the hydroxyl, when glycerine is heated in a sealed tube with monatomic organic acids. These glyceric ethers are called glycerides, and are oily liquids. By the action of acetic acid are ºtained- Mono-acetin, C3H5” & QH. O OC2H3O Diacetin, C3H5' tº º } OC'2H3O f OC2H3O OC2H3O Triacetin, C3H5''' { QC2H3O ā-gēt-öm'—ét-er, à-cét-im'—ét-er, s. [In Ger. acetimeter; Lat. acetwm-vinegar; Gr. metron=a measure.] A hydrometer graduated for determin- ing the strength of commercial acetic acid accord- ing to its density. ā-gēt-ö'ne, s. Chem.: A compound having the formula C2H3O so, $ CH3 or co"{{#, also called methyl-acetyl, or dimethyl-ketone. It is prepared by º; the Clin acetyl chloride by methyl CH3, also by the dry distillation of calcium acetate; by the oxidation of isopropyl alcohol; by passing the vapor of acetic acid through a red-hot tube. It is a colorless, limpid liquid, with a peculiar odor. It is very inflammable, and burns with a bright flame; sp. gr. 0.792. ā-gēt-öm'—ic, a. [ACETONE..] acetone. acetonic acid, s. Chem.: A compound, formed by treating acetone with hydrocyanic acid, water and hydrochloric acid. JC4H8O3. Isomeric with oxybutyric acid. à-gēt'-5-nine, s. Chem.: N2(C3H6)3”. A basic compound obtained by heating acetone with ammonia to 100° C. ā-gēt-ön'-it-rile, s. Chem.: , (ÇgH3N, or CH3CN=methyl cyanide or ethenyl-nitriſe.j An oily liquid, which boils at 77° . Prepared by distilling a mixture of potassium cyanide and the potassium salt of methylsulphuric acid, or by the dehydrating action of phosphoric oxide on ammonium acetate. Isomeric with methyl isocyanide. ' ā-gēt-öph'-É-nöne, s. Chem. : Methyl-phenyl ketone, ... f : _ro, CH CŞHsO-Coº;8:#. Prepared by distilling a mixture of calcium acetate and benzoate. It boils at 198°, and is converted by nitric acid into two isomeric nitracetophenones, C8H1(NO2)Q, one crystalline, the other iº. The syrupy modification made into a paste with fifty Pertaining to tº lization. Its principalsalts are those of potassium, parts of , a mixture of one pint soda-lime and nine 2. Bot. Sour, tart, acid. (Lowdon: Cyclop. of sodium,and ammonium a solution of which is called parts zinc dust is converted into indigo blue, JPlants, Gloss.) Spiritus Mindereri. The acetates of barium and C16H10N2O3 + 2.H2O+ O2. boil, boy; psût, Jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. acetosalicylol ā-gēt-ö-sà-liç'-y-löl, s. Chem.: Csh;(C2H5O)O'COH. Formed, by the action of acetic &iáčº sodium-salicylgl; , it has the same composition as coumaric acid, C9H8O3. It melts at 37° and boils at 253°. It is an aldehyde. *ā-gēt-ose'. a. [ACETUM.] Sour, acid. *ā-gēt-ös'-i-ty, s [ACETUM.] Sourness. ăg'—ét-oiás, or ā-cèt'—oiás, a. [ACETUM.) *1. Gen. : Containing vinegar, sour. “Raisins . . being distilled in a retort, did not afford any vinous, but rather an acetous spirit.”—Boyle. 2. Bot. : Producing acidity or sourness. (Lowdom. Cyclop. of Plants, Gloss ) - ăç–ét-àm, or ā-cèt'-iām (genit, aceti), s. [Lat., properly pa. par. (=becoming sour) of aceo-to be sour.] Winegar. aceti spiritus, s. Plain spirit of vinegar It is distilled from a mixture of º. filings...and vinegar. Its uses are similar to those of distilled vinegar, but its action is more potent à-gēt'—y 1, S. Chem.: A monatomic organic radical, having the formula C2H3O'. Acetylchloride, or acetic chloride, C2H3OCl, is prepared by the action of phosphorus entaghloride on glacial acetic acid. It is a color- ess liquid which boils at 55°. Acetyl cyanide, C2H3O' à-gēt'-y-lène, 8 Chem.: A º having the formula C2H2, also called ethine. The carbon atoms are united to each other by three bonds It is produced by pass- ing an electric current between carbon poles in an atmosphere of hydrogen, and also by the incom- plete combustion of hydrocarbons. It is a colorless gåS, ; gr 0'92, has a peculiar odor, and burns with a bright flame; it forms a red precipitate with am- moniacal cuprous chloride, which, by the action of nascent hydrogen, is converted into ethylene, C2H4. *ach, S. Smallage, water-parsley (Apium grave- gº. [APIUM, CELERY.] (Prompt. Parv., pp. 6, A-chae'—an, A-chai—an, Achaiws; Gr. Achaios.] A 48 adjective: Belonging to the district of Achaia, in the north of the Peloponnesus. “. . . the number of Achaean emigrants.”—Thirlwall; iſist. Greece, ch. x. “I aver that they are Achaiam men, Achaian manners, an Achaian age.”—Gladstone: Homeric Synchromism, pt. i., ch. iii., pp. 79, 80. Achoean or Achaian League: A confederacy among a large number of the long-separated Hel- lenic States which, during the third and second centuries B. C., maintained the independence of a great part of Greece against aggressions on its #bºy. till at length the league was vanquished and dissolved by the Romans. It was from its 19nominence at the time of the Roman conquest that Greece received the name of Achaia. B. As substantive: An inhabitant of Achaea or A chaia. tº & a. [Lat Achaew8, . . . the issue was in favor of the Achaeans.”— Thirlwall, Hist. Greece, ch. vii. “The Achaians, then of Merepthah's reign probably 8.T6 the Danaans of the reign of Rameses III.”—Gladstome: Bomeric Symchronism, pt. ii., ch. i., p. 147. a-chae'-ni-iim, a-ché'-ni-iim, a ké'-ni-àm, 4-ché'ne, s. [Gr, achané=a chest, a box; achanés, adi. =::motopen- ing the mouth : fr. a, p r iv.; c v C. i. 7, Ó = to yawn, to gape to open wº Bot any. simplo fruit of the tº po carp- cus class, one- cell e d, on e- 3eeded, in de- hiscent, hard, and dry, with the in t e g u- marits of the seed distinct from it. It has also been call- ed Sper mid- iam, Xylo di- um, The cid- º º º . º. º º º º Borage (Borago Officinalis). 1. Flower. 2. Seed-vessel. 3. Achaenium. jum, and by 4. Section of Achaenium. Linnaeus, Nux. . [See these words.]...The most not- able example of the Achaenium is the fruit of the Composite. ...What used to be called the “naked.” seeds in tho Labiatae and Boraginaceae are properly 52 A-chai'—an. [ACHAEAN.] *a-cham'—èck, s. The dross of silver. (Howell.) (Halliwell.) a-chan'-i-a, s. [Gr. achamés=not opening.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Malvaceae, or Mallowworts. The species are shrubs from the hotter parts of the Western world. A. malaviscus, i. scarlet flower, and others, are cultivated for their eauty *a-gharm'ed, a. Delighted. “Ther ben somme that eten chyldren and men, and eteth noon other flesh fro that tyme that thei be a-charmed with manny's flesh, for rather thei wolde be deed, and thei be cleped werewolfes, for men shulde be war of them.”—MS. Bodl., 546. (Halliwell.) *a-gharn'e, v. [From Fr. acharmir.] To set on (Halliwell); to aggravate against (Wright). “That other reason is whanne thei a-charneth in a con- tre of werre there as bataylee have y-be, there thei eteth of dede men, or of men that be honged "–MS. Bodl., 546. A-char'-ner. [ACHERNAR.] a-chât', a chât'e, a-că'te, s. [O. Fr. acat, achat=a purchase; Fr. acheter; Low Lat. accoupto =to purchase.] I. Singwlar " 1. Law French & Ord. Lang.: A contract or bar- gain, especially one produced by purchase. “‘Cursed be he,’ quod the kyng, ‘that he achat made.’” —MS. Cott. Vespas., E. xvi., f. 83; see also Urry’s Chaucer, p. 862. (Halliwell.) 2. Bargaining. “Coemption is to saie, comen achate or buying to- gether, that were established upon the peple by soche a maner imposicion, as who so bought a bushell of corne, he must yeven the kyng the fiveth parte.”—Chaucer: Boe- thiws. T. Mr. H. T. Riley, editor of the Munimenta Gild- halloe Londimensis, says, in his preface, p. xviii., that in the fourteenth and the beginning of the fifteenth centuries the more educated classes use the French word achat, probably pronounced by the English acat, to designate buying or º a profit. This “achat” was the source of Whittington's wealth. When the term had gone into disuse, and its meaning had become forgotten, some inventive genius, not understanding it, devised the story of “Whittington and his Cat.” Max Müller declined §. an opinion upon this hypothesis till e had traced the story or myth now mentioned to its earliest form. (See Science of Lang., 6th ed., 1871, p. 605.) II. Plural. Ord. Lang. : Provisions, viands. “The kitchin clerke, that hight Digestion, Did order all th’ achates in seemely wise.” Spenser: F. Q , II. ix. 31. T It is so in the first and second quartos, but in the folios it is cates. a-chá'-tês, s. [Gr, achatés, Lat, achates=the agate; also in part the Onyx. Pliny says that it was first, found on the banks of the Achates, now the Drillo, a river in Sicily.] An agate. (Mim- shew, dēc.) “These following bodies do not draw, smaragd, achates.”—Bacon: Physiol. Rem. âch-a-ti-na, s. [Gr. achatés=to agate.] A genus of snails belonging to the family Helicidae. In 1851 Woodward estimated the known species at 120 re- cent and 14 fossil. The Achatinae are the largest of all snails, some African species being eight inches in length, and depositing eggs an inch in their larger diameter. *a-Ghà'—tºr, *a-chá'-tóur, s. [AchAT.] The person who had charge of the acatry, the purveyor, a caterer. * ‘ſ By 34 Edward III., it was enacted that all pur- veyors should thenceforth be called achators. “A gentil maunciple was ther of a temple, Of which achatowrs mighten take exemple.” Chaucer: Prologue to C. T., 569. *a-chá'u'fe, v. t. [A. N. In Fr. 6chauffer=to heat, to overheat; chauffer=to heat..] [CHAFE.] To warm, to heat, to make hot. “That swollen sorrow fer to put away With softe salve achaufe it and defie.” Boetius MS. (Halliwell.) *a-Ghàu'nge, v. t. [An old form of CHANGE (q.v.).] To change. ** Whan the emperice that understod, Al achaumged was hire blod.” Sevyn Sages, 466. *a-ghāu'nged, pa. par. [ACHAUNGE.] *a-ghā'y-Ére, s, , [Etym. doubtful.] Gear array, achesoun âche (formerly pron, aghe), s. [A. S. dice.] #iºſ the body: Pain, especially of a continued IIl Cls “In coughs, aches, stitches, ulcerous throes and cramps.” Tennyson : St. Simeon Stylites. “Sore aches she needs must have but less Of mind, than body's wretchedness, From damp, and rain, and cold.” Wordsworth Ruth. ‘ſ Often used in this sense in composition, as a headache, an earache, toothache, &c. 2. Of the mind: Distress, sorrow, grief. (See second example under No. 1.) àche (formerly pron, aghe), *āke, v. i. [A. S. acam, acian.] & 1, Qf the body: To suffer pain, to be in pain, to be painful- “For all my bones, that even with anguish ache, Are troubled.” Milton - Trams. PS. vi. 2. Of the mind: To suffer grief, to be grieved, dis- tressed, or afflicted. “With present ills his heart must ache.” Cowper. To Rev. Mr. Newton, T In this sense also it is used, though more rarely, in composition, as heart-ache, meaning not disease of the physical organ, but mental distress. iſ. In Hudibras III.ii. 407, ach-es is a dissyllable. *Pricking aches: Convulsions. (Rider.) *āghe, s. Anº An ash-tree. (Plumptom Cor- Tesp., fo. 188. *āghe, s. Age. “But thus Godis low, and he wil welde Even of blod, of good, of ache ’’ MS. Dowce, 302, fo. 30. (Halliwell.) *ā'ghe-bêne, s. [AITCH-BONE..] The hip-bone. (Wright.) *a-ghèk'-id, a. Choked. “And right amon whan that Theseus sethe The best achekid, he shal on him lepe To sleen him, or they comin mine to hepe.” Ley of Ariadne, 123. *āgh'-él–or. Old spelling of ASHLAR (q.v.). a-ché'ne, a-ché'-ni-iim, s. [ACHAENIUM.] *a-Ghé-6-ki-án, a-ghè-ö -ken, a-gho'-ken, v. [CHOKE J To choke, to suffocate (Chaucer.) *á'gh-Ér, s. An usher. “. . . . . [Loys Stacy] acher to the Duke of Burgoine.”— Quotation im Archaeologia, xxvi. 278. A-Ghér-nar, * A-ghèr'—ner, * A-char'-ner, * A- gar-nar, .8. [Corrupted Arabic...] A star of the first magnitude, called also a Eridani. Åch'-à-rön,8. [Lat., Acheron; Gr. Acherón: gehog-pain, distress; rh908=a stream; rhed- to flow.] A fabled stream in the infernal regions. Some rivers belonging to this world bore the same Ilal (162, - “. . . behold black Acheron/ Once consecrated to the sepulchre.” Burom: Childe Harold, ii. 51. “Get you gone, And at the pit of Acheron Meet me i' the morning; thither he Will come to know his destiny.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, iii. 5, “And enter there the kingdoms void of day; Where Phlegethon's loud torrents, rushing down, IHiss in the flaming gulf of Acheron.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, x. 607–609. Āch-é-rön-tira, s. [Lat. Acherontis, genit. of Acheron. So calléâ because of the terror the sphinx so designated causes in some superstitious minds.] A genus of Sphinxes or hawk-moths, containing the celebrated A. atropos, or Death's-head Hawk-moth. [DEATH's-HEAD HAwk-MOTH..] *a-chèr'—sét, s. [Etym. doubtful.] Eng. Archdeo!. . A corn-measure, supposed to equal Our quarter=eight bushels. *āch'-Ér-Spyre, s. [ACROSPIRE.] A sprout, a germination. (Scotch.) “As soon as the acherspure appears.”—Jamieson: Dict. Scott. Lang. *āch'-Ér-spyre, v. i. to germinate. “They let it acherspyre, and shute out all the thrift and Substance at baith the ends, quhere it sould come at ame end only.”—Chalmerlam Air, ch. xxvi. Āch-é-rū’-si-an, a [Lat. Acherusius, fr. Ache- rom . Gr. Acheröm.] Pertaining to Lake Acheru- sia, in Campania. “He passed bleak Pindus, Acherusia's lake, And left the primal city of the land.” Byron: Childe Harold, canto ii. 47. [A. N. achiaison..] Reason, TACROSPIRE.] To sprout, *a-chès'-oián, s. four Achenes. or more probably chère, countenance cause. Occasion. (Hearne: Gloss. to Langtoft.) *a-cha,'—hi, 3 “Ścho was frely and fayre, “And all he it dede for traisoun º ; : * * ſe Wele semyd hir achayere.” King to be was his achesown.” O. Chem. ; Alum-water. (Howell.) (Halliwell.) Sir Degrevante, MS. Lincoln. (Halliwell.) Arthowr dº Merlin, p. 6, făte, iát, färe, amidst, whât, fäll, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hêr, -1- thère; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt. or, wore, wolf, w8rk, whô, sān; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = }; ey = a, qu = kw. A. acheta. ăch'-à-ta, s. [Lat. acheta=the cicada; Gr, ach- etas and acheta, fr. achetēs=clear-sounding: £ched= to sound..] A genus of insects with no affinity to the Cicadas, though the etymology suggests the con; trary. They belong, to the order Orthoptera, and the section of it called Saltatoria, that is, having jegs adapted for leaping. It contains the well- known domestic hearth-cricket (Acheta domestica) and the field-cricket (A. campestris). [CRICKET, ACHETIDAE.] a-chèt'—i-dae, s. pl. [ACHETA.]. The family of Orthopterous insects, of which Acheta is the type. {ACHETA.] ăch-èt—i'—na, āch-öt-i-nae, S. pl. [ACHETA.] Entom. : In some classifications, a sub-family of insects placed under the family Gryllidae, which again is made to include, all the Orthopterous in- sects having legs adapted for leaping. *a-chá'-tyn, v. To escheat. (Prompt. Parv.) *a-ghè've, v. [A. N.] To accomplish. “And through falshed ther lust acheved.” Ičom. of the Rose, 2,049. "I Urry reads achived. a'-chi-ar, s. [Malay.] An Eastern condiment, consisting of the young shoots of the bamboo (Bam- Öwsa arundinacea). a-chiev'-a-ble, s. . [ACHIEVE.] Able to be achieved, within man's power to accomplish. “Are enterprises like these achievable?”—Bowring: Pref. to Bentham's Works. fa-ghiêv'—ange, s. [ACHIEVE.] Achievement, accomplishment of a great and arduous enterprise. “. . . it may sufficiently appear to them that will read his noble acts and achievances.”—Sir T. Elyot: The Governour, 195b. a-ghiêve, *at-ghiê've, v. t. [Fr. achever, Prov, acabar=to bring to a head, complete, to finish, to accomplish, achieve; Q. Fr. chever-to come to the end: fr. French chef=head, in Proy, cap. To gain by heroic effort, to effect an exploit by skill, cour- a; and endurance. . . sed (a) when the aim is a person. “Aaron, a thousand deaths would I propose, To achieve her whom I love.” Shakesp.: Titus Amdronicus, ii. 1. (b) When it is a victory gained by arms or other advantage on the field of action. “Some people, indeed, talked as if a militia could *chieve nothing great.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. (c) When it is a great intellectual acquisition. “For aught that human reasoning can achieve.” 3. Wordsworth: Eaccursion, iv. a-ghiê'ved, pa. par. & a. [ACHIEVE.] . a-ghiève-mênt, s. [Fr. achèvement=a comple- tion, a finishing.] I. Ordinary Language: 1. An heroic deed, an exploit successfully carried out on the field of action. “The noble achievements of remote ancestors.”—Macau- &ay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. 2. An intellectual feat. “The highest achievements of the human intellect.”— ČMacaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. “I, as a man of science, feel a natural pride in scien- §§ achievement.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), W. $33. II. Technically: . Her.: A, complete heraldic composition, exhibit- ing the shield with its quarterings and impale- ments, together with its external accessories of cor- onet, supporters, crests, motto, &c., Applied espe- cially to a funeral escutcheon, exhibiting the rank and family of a deceased nobleman or gentleman, 2nd placed on his demise in front of his house, or in Some other conspicuous place. [HATCHMENT.] a-ghiê'-vèr, s. [ACHIEVE.] One who is success- ful in doing an heroic deed, or in making an intel- lectual conquest. . conquerors and achievers of mighty exploits.” -B0.7°7'O10. a-ghiê'—víňg, pr. par. [ACHIEVE.] a-chil-lé'-a, s. [From Achilles, a disciple of Chiron, said to have been the first physician who used the plant for healing wounds.] Milfoil. A genus of plants belonging to the order Asteraceae, 9r. Composites, the sub-order Tubulifloreae, and the tribe Anthemideae. 3-chil-lé'—in, s. (C20H3SN2O15.) [ACHILLEA.] Chem. ; A nitrogenous substance which, along With moschatin, exists in the aqueous extract of the iva-plant (Achillea moschata). It appears to 9ccur also in the common milfoil (Achillea mil- Čefolium). It is brittle, glassy, of a brown-red color, and melts at 100°. 53 a-chil-lèt'-in, s. (C11H17NO.4.) [ACHILLEA.] Chem.: A substance formed by boiling achillein for several days with dilute sulphuric acid. A-chil'—lis tén'-dó (tendo Achillis-the tendon of Achilles). [Lat. According to classic fable, the mother of Aghilles dipped him in the waters of the river. Styx, thus rendering every part of him invul- nerable, excepting only the heel by which she held him. He lost his life, notwithstanding this, by a wound in the heel produced by an arrow from the bow of Paris, son of the Trojan king.] º Amat.: A strong tendinous cord affording insertion in the bong to Iſ the gastrocnemius and the soleus * muscles. It is situated, at the part - of the heel where Achilles received Tendon of his death-wound. It is the largest Achilles. tendon in the body. “The tendo Achillis inserted into the os calcis.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., ch. vii., p. 170. a-chim’-àn-ès, s. [Etym. doubtful. Probably Gr. a, priv.; cheinna = winter weather, cold, frost, winter.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Gesneraceae, or Gesnerworts. It consists of erect herbs,with axillary flowers of great beauty. They have underground tubers by which they are propa- gated. They are cultivated in hot-houses, the origi- mal country of most of them being Central America. ă'-chifi.g., pa. par., a. & S. [ACHE.] As adjective: “Each aching nerve refuse the lance to throw.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. ii., 464. “The aching heart, the aching head.” - e. Longfellow: Golden Legend, ii. “What peaceful hours I once enjoy’d l How sweet their memory still ! But they have left an aching void The world can never fill.” Cowper: Olney Hymns. As substantive: . 1. Continued pain of body. “When old age comes to wait upon a great and wor- shipful sinner, it comes attended with many painful #. and achings called the gout.”—South. 2. Continued and very painful mental distress. “That spasm of terror, mute, intense, That breathless, agonized suspense, From whose hot throb, whose deadly aching, The heart hath no relief but breaking.” Moore: Lalla Rookh. ăch'-ir-ite, ách'-ir-it, s. . [In Ger. achirit. Named after Achir Mahmed, a Bucharest merchant who discovered it about 1785.] A mineral, called also DIOPTASE (q. v.). a-chi'-ris, s. [Gr: a, priv.: cheir = hand, but here used for fin.] The name given by Lacepède to a genus of fishes of the order Malacopterygii sub- brachiati. The species resembles soles, but are totally destitute of pectoral fins. āgh-lām-yd –é-oiás, as [Gr. a, priv.; chlamus, genit. chlamvwdos=a cloak, a mantle.] (Lit.) With- out a cloak. * - • Bot. : Añº, to plants in which the essential parts of the flower, the stamens and pistils, are unprotected either by calyx or corolla. The Wil- lows, some species of Euphorbia, the Peppers, &c., afford examples of this structure. “No very striking affinity can be pointed out as yet be- tween it and the other parts of the Achlamydeous group.” —Lindley : Nat. Syst. Bot., 2d ed., p. 192. *agh'-lère, s. (ASHLAR.] âch'-ly–a, s. A genus of Algae (Sea-weeds), or possibly a fungus allied to Mucor, but developed in water, 4. proliferq grows on diseased gold fishes and similar, animals, and is fatal to their exist- ence. The Achlya possesses spontaneous motion. āgh'-lys, s. [Gr.gchlus=a mist, gloom, darkness. In Hesiod personified as the eternal night, more ancient than chaos.] * * - Med...: A darkness or dimness of sight; also, a speck upon the cornea, rendering it more or less OpäQUle. âch'-ma-tite, s. [In Ger: achmatit, from Achma- torsk, in the Ural mountains, where it occurs..] A mineral, called also EPIDOTE (q.v.). ãch'-mite, ác'-mite, s... [In Ger, achmit; Gr. akmé=a point..] [ACMITE.] ăch-nān"—thé—ae, s. [ACHNANTHES.] Bot. : A cohort of Diatomaceae (q.v.). ãch-nān'-thés, s... [Gr, achiné-anything shaved off, froth, chaff; anthos=a blossom, a flower.] Bot. : A genus of Diatomaceae. *a-ghūk'ed, pa. par. & a. [CHOKE..] Choked. “For he was a-choked anon, And toward the dethe he drough.” MS. Laud, 106, fo. 166. (Halliwell.) achromatic % a-chö1'-i-a, s. [Gr. acholia=want of gall: a, priv.; cholē-gall, bile.] º Med.: Deficiency or absence of bile—often a fatal disease. It differs from jaundice, in which bile is made as usual by the liver, but is afterward ab: sorbed by the blood, while in acholia it is not formed at all. The iatter may, arise from acute atrophy, impermeability of the bile-ducts, cirrhosis, fatty degeneration of the liver, or other causes. (Tanner: Mamwal of Med.) *agh'-ón, a. Each one. “The lady tok her maydens achom, And wente the way that sche hadde ergon.” -- Lawnfall, 1,018. ăch—or, s. . [Gr, achór, genit, achöros, later achöris=scurf, dandruff. &aſen considered achöres as ulcerations peculiar to the hairy scalp, and dis- charging from very small pores a viscidichor, con- sequent to pustules. Med. : The scald-head, a small pustule full of straw-colored matter, breaking out on the heads of infants or young children. ăch-ör'—i-ön, s. [Gr, achör-scurf, dandruff.] Bot. : A genus of Fungals, of which one species, the A. Schaenleinii, is parasitic on the human skin in the disease called Porrigo favosa. a-chöte, a-chi-6"te, s. A seed of the arnotto- tree (Biaca orellama). âch'-rås, s. [Gr, achras, genit. ,achrados= the Pyrus pyrdster, a kind of wild pear. *1. A wild choke-pear. [See etymology.] (i.eu) 2. Mod. Bot.. Sappodilla or Nisberry tree. genus of plants belonging to the order Sapotaceae or Sapodillas, and containing the Sappodilla plum (Achºras sapota), the marmalade (A. mammosa), both tropical fruits used as articles of the dessert. âch-rö'–ite, s. [Gr. achroos=colorless: a, priv.; chrös, or chroia=(1) the surface of the skin ; (2) com- plexion, color.] A mineral, a colorless variety of ordinary tourmaline. It is found in Elba. ăch-rö-mât'—ic, a. . [In Fr. achromatique; from Gr, achrömatos=colorless: a, priv.; chröma=color.] Optics: Colorless. 1. Achromatic º: The name given by Dr. Bevis to an improved form of the refracting tele- scope constructed by Dollond in 1761. When a single lens is used for the object-glass of a telescope, the image of the object is fringed with color, and hence high magnifying powers cannot be used, unless the focal length of the lens is very considerable. Sir Isaac Newton, from experiments made on the re- frangibility of light, had erroneously concluded that the size of the object glasses of refracting tele- j could not be enlarged beyond three or four inches [APERTURE]: for this reason he turned his attention to reflected light, in which the image of the object is uncolored. Reflecting telescopes of the Sºrº form were from Newton's time generall used. In the middle of the last century, Lollond, a Spitalfields weaver, undertook a course of experi- ments with the object of ascertaining the correct- ness of Newton's statements. His researches were rewarded by the valuable discovery, that by using two different kinds of glass, and giving to the sur- faces of each lens a different curvature—the focal lengths of the two lenses being in a certain ratio— an image of the object could be obtained free from color; while, by a skillful arrangement of the radii of the surfaces of each glass, the errors arising. from spherical aberration [ABERRATION] could be entirely removed. In the early telescopes made by Dollond and his son Peter, the object-glass was usually a double concave lens of flint enclosed be- tween two convex glasses of crown (Fig. 1); but modern object-glasses have only a concave lens of flint combined with a convex of crown or plate (Fig. 2). . A century ago flint-glass of a size suitable for large telescopes could not be ob- tained; but more recently the re- moval of the excise duty, and the success attained by Guinand and others in glass manufacture, has t enabled English and foreign op- Fig. 1. Fig. 2. tigians to construct achromatic telescopes of considerable magnitude, with object- glasses of twelve, fifteen, and even twenty-six inches diameter, the area of aperture having the property of increasing in a considerable ratio the power of the telescope to penetrate into space and render yisible the minutest objects. Achromatic telescopes, from their convenient size and comparative cheap- ness, have been and still are generally used by astronomers in Great Britain, Europe, and America, and by their aid many modern disgoveries have been made. So perfect is the image formed by a well- corrected achromatic object-glass, that almost any magnifying power, can be applied; and thus a tele- scope of this form three or four feetin length is supe- rior in its definition and surpasses in magnifying ower one of the old unwieldy telescopes 100 feet ong. The eye-glasses of the telescope also require to § W º i \ º § § | §§ h sº | 2 bóil, boy; póüt, jowl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. -sion = shin; -SiOus = -ţion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, achromaticity be free from color and aberration, and the correction of these defects is accomplished by an arrangement of the lenses forming the eye-piece. [See EYE-PIECE, OBJECT-GLASS, APLANATIC.] g 2. Achromatic Microscope: In a compound micro- scope an image of the object is first formed by the objective, and afterward enlarged by, the lenses constituting the eye-piece. Till about the year 1830 the object-glasses of microscopes were mostly formed of single or combined lenses, the apertures of which, in order to obtain a distinct image of the object, were exceedingly small. The labors of mod- ern opticians to adapt the achromatic principle to compound microscopes were rewarded by the con- struction of lenses in which the images of objects were rendered distinct in their minute details even when high magnifying powers were applied. In a modern microscopic objective, not only is the color corrected and the image free from distortion, but by an increase in the angle of aperture [ANGLE OF APERTURE] the penetrating power of the objective is considerably increased, and less magnifying power is required from the eye-piece. With a good objective of one-eighth of an inch focus, magnifying powers ranging from 450 to 1,200 diameters can be obtained by using different eye-pieces. [OBJECTIVE.] a-chrö-mat-īg-i-ty, s... [ACHROMATIC.] The quality or state of being achromatic. a-chrö'-mat-ism, s. [Gr. chrömatismos = color- ing, dyeing.] The quality or state of being achro- matic. “The achromatism of the eye may be in part due to the diversity of shape and density of the refractive media, which seem to bear some analogy to the system forming the achromatic object-glass of Herschel.”—Todd & Bow- man: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 50. ach'—rôot (the ch is a strong guttural) s. [Local name.] The root of Morinda tinctoria, a Cinchonad. It is used in India as a dye. ach-tar-āg'—dite, s. [Named from the Achtar- agda, a tributary of the Wilna, where it º A mineral ranged by Dana, in 1868, as a doubtfu species, and placed under his “ Appendix to Clays.” It soils the fingers like chalk. *a-chu'yn, agh'—wyn, v. t. [ESCHEw.] To shun, to avoid. “Achuynge or beynge ware.”—Prompt. Parv. *ach'-wré, s. [Wel. ach-gwré=near-beet.] An en- closure of wattles or thorns surrounding a building at such a distance from it as to prevent cattle from gaining access to the thatch. (Ancient Institut. Wales.) *agh'—wyn. [ACHUYN.] ãch-yr-àn'—thés, s. [Gr, achwron = chaff; an- thos = a blossom, à flower. The name refers to the chaffy nature of the floral envelopes.] A genus of plants belonging to the Order Amaranthaceae, or Amaranths. About thirty species are known, all from the hotter parts of the Old World, whence a few have spread to America. They are sometimes climb- ing trees or shrubs, but most are mere weeds. A. aspera and A. frºtticosa are used in India in cases of dropsy; A. viridis as a poultice. à-gic'-ul-a, S. [Lat. = a small pin for a head- dress. A feminine diminutive for acus = a needle; Gr. aké = a point; Lat. acies = a point.] 1. Bot. & Zool. : A slender spine or bristle. * In Bot. (spec.): The bristle-like, abortive flower of a grass. In this sense used specially by Dumor- tier. (Lindley: Introd. to Bot.) 2. Zool, . A genus of operculous pulmonated Mol- lusca. A. fusca occurs recent in Britain, besides being fossil in the Pliocene of Essex. à-gic'-ul-ar, a. [From Lat. acicula (q. v.).] Needle-shaped. 1. Min. : A term applied to long, slender, and straight prismatic crystals. (Phillips : Mimeral., ; ed., p. lxxxiii.) Example, the crystals of titan- . It €. 2. Bot. : A term applied specially to leaves. (Low- don: Cyclopaed. Of Plants, Glossary.) acicular bismuth, s. A mineral called also AIKINITE (q.v.). à-gic'-ul-ar-ly, adv. . [AGICULAR.] In an acic- ular manner or form, in the form of needles or bristles. à-gic'-ul-âte, à-gic'-ul-ā-těd, a. wla (q.v.).] * & Bot. : Marked with fine, irregular streaks, such as fººt be produced by the point of a needle. (Lind- €y. ā-gic—ill'—i-form, a. [Lat. (1) acicula (q. v.); (2) forma =form, shape.] Of an acicular form, needle-shaped. à-gic'-ill-ite, s. [Lat, acicula–a small pin for a headdress, dim., of acus=a needle; suff. -ite.] A mineral called also AIKINITE (q.v.). See also ACIC- TLAR BISMUTH. y [Lat. acic- 54 ăç'-id, a, & S. [In Fr. acide; Ital, acido, fr. Lat. acidus=Sour, tart; aceq=to be sour, fr. root *ac= sharp, which appears also in Lat. acies=the point of a weapon, and Gr. aké–point, akis–point, akmé =point, akros = at the point or end, &c.; Sansc. asi = the point of a sword; Wel. awc= an edge or point.] [EDGE.] I. As adjective: Sour, tart, sharp to the taste. “The fruit of Averrhoa is intensely acid.”—Lindley: Nat. Syst. Bot., 2d ed., p. 140. II. As substantive: 1. Chem.: A salt of hydrogen in which the hydro- gen can be replaced by a metal, or can, with a basic metallic oxide, form a salt of that metal and water. Acid oxides of the same element are distinguished by the termination of -ows and -ic—as sulphurous and sulphuric—the latter containing the most oxy- gen; they are also called anhydrides. They unite with water and form acids having the same termi- nations. By replacement of the hydrogen by a metal they form salts distinguished by the termina- tions -ite and -ate respectively. These acids are called oxygen acids; formerly it was thought that all acids contained oxygen, this element being re- ſº as the acidifying principle (generating acid). ut many acids are formed by direct union of hydro- en with an element, as hydrochloric acid (HCl), ydrosulphuric acid (H2S), or with an organic radical, as hydrocyanic acid, H(CN). Acids which are soluble in water redden blue litmus, and have a sour taste. Acids are said to be monobasic, dibasic, tribasic, &c., according as one, two, or three atoms of hydrogen can be replaced by a metal. Organic acids can be produced by the oxidation of an alcohol or aldehyde. º contain the monad radical (HO’OC)', once if they are monobasic, twice if di- basic, &c. They are also classed as monatomic, diatomic, &c., according as they are derived from a monatomic or diatomic alcohol, &c. Acids derived from a diatomic alcohol can be alcohol acids or aldehyde acids. [See ‘...; Many organic acids occur in the juices of vegetables, some in animals, as formic acid in ants. 2. Min. : In W. Phillips’ arrangement of minerals, acids constitute his third class. He arranges under it sulphuric acid and boracic acid, both of which occur native. ăç-id-if-Ér-ois, a. [Lat. acid (root of acidus= acid); -i connective, and fero=to bear.] Bearing or containing an acid. n W. Phillips’ distribution of minerals into eight classes, Acidiferous Earthy Minerals con- stituted the fourth, Acidiferous Alkaline minerals the fifth, and Acidiferous-Alkaline Earthy minerals the sixth. Under the fourth class above-named were ranked such minerals as calc spar, gypsum, boracite, witherite, heavy spar, strontianite, &c.; under his fifth class were ranked nitre, natron, borax, sal-ammoniac, &c.; and under his sixth, alum, cryolite and glauberite. Minerals are now arranged on another principle. [MINERALOGY..] ... àg-id-i-fi-a-ble, a. [ACIDIFY.] Capable of be- ing rendered acid. ăç-id-i-fi-ca'—tion, s. The act or process of acidifying or rendering acid; also the state of being so acidifie e ăç-id'—ſ—fied, pa. par. & a. [ACIDIFY.] ăç-id-i-fy, v. t. [Lat. acid (root of acidus = acid); -i connective, and facio=to make.] To ren- der acid or sour. ăç-id"—i-fy-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ACIDIFY.] acidifying principle, s. That which gives an acid property to a substance. ăç-id-im-èt-ér, s. [Eng. acid, and Gr, metron= a measure.] An instrument for measuring the strength of acids. ăç-id-im-èt-ry, s. [In Ger, acidimetrie..] [ACID- IMETER.] The process of determining the quan- tity of real acid in a sample of hydrated acid. This may be done by volumetric or by weight analysis. The former method is carried out by ascertaining the measured quantity of a standard alkaline solu- tion required to saturate a given volume of the acid. That by weight analysis can be effected in more ways than one. A convenient one is to decom- pose a known weight of the acid with an excess of acid carbonate of sodium or potassium, and esti- mate by weight the quantity of carbonic anhy- dride evolved. hen this is done the quantity of real acid can without difficulty be ascertained. ( Watts; Chemistry.) *āg'-id—ist, s. [ACID.] One who maintains the doctrine of acids. “. . . agreeable to what the acidists would call an alkali.”—Dr. Slare: Hist. Roy. Soc., iv. 442. ăç-id'-i-ty, s. [In Ger. aciditat; Fr. acidité; Ital. acidita, fr. Lat. aciditas.] The quality of be- ing Sour or sharp to the taste; sourness, tartness, sharpness to the taste. “. . . and consequently acidity was but an accidental quality of some of these bodies.”—Maac Miller: Science of Lang., 6th ed., ii. 54. acinous ăç-id-nēss, s. [ACID.] Acidity, sourness, sharp- ness to the taste. ãc -id-öm'—é-têr, s. An instrument used to de- termine the specific gravity of an acid. ăg'-id'—u—lae, s. pl. [Fr. eawa acidules=acidulated waters.] Mineral waters containing carbonic an- hydride. They effervesce and have an acid taste. “The acidulae, or medical springs, emit a greater quantity of their minerals than usual.”—Woodward: Nat. Hist. ăç-id'-u-lāte, v. t. [In Fr. acidwler, fr. Lat. acidulus=sourish, a little sour, a dimin. fr. acidus= sour.] . [ACID.] To render slightly sour, to make somewhat acid. “. . . . by acidulating the solution with hydro- chloric acid.”—Graham: Chem., 2d ed., ii. 677. ăç-id-u-lā-têd, pa. par. & a. [ACIDULATE.] “Simple acidulated fluids produce little or no change on meat, and albumen in the course of twelve or twenty- four hours.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., ii. 202. ăç-id'—u—lā-ting, pr. par. [ACTDULATE.] ăç'-id-ille, s. [In Ger. acidul.] The same as ACIDULUM (q.v.). *āg-id'-u-lent, a. [ACIDULUM.] Fig. : With an expression of acidity, sharp. “But king's confessor, Abbé Moudon, starts forward ; with anxious acidulent face, twitches him by the sleeve.” —Carlyle: French Revol., pt. i., bk. i., ch. iv. *āg—id'—u—loiás, a. [Lat. acidulus.] A little sour or acid, moderately sharp to the taste, sub- acid. “. dulcified from acidulous tincture.”—Burke. *āg—id'—u—liim, s. [In Fr. acidule.] Phar.: A salt of which the , base is super-satu- rated with acid. Examples: the tartareous acidu- lum, or acidulous tartrate of potash, and the Oxalic acidulum, or acidulous oxalate of potash. ăg'-i-èr-äge, s. [Fr. acierage, from acier=steel.] Process of coating metal plates with steel. ăç'-i-èr-āte, v. t. To convert into steel. ã'-gi-form, a. [Lat. acus=a needle; forma- form.] Needle-shaped. ăç-in-à-gé-oiás, a. [ACINUS.] Full of kernels. ăç-in-ág -í-form, a. . [Lat. (1) acimaces; Gr. akingkés, properly a Persian word=the shortsword or sabre in use among the Persians and Scythians; (2) forma = form.] Bot. : Scimitar-shaped, i. e., curved, fleshy, plane on the two sides, the concave border being thick and the convex one thin. - Example, the leaves of d Mesembrydnthemwm ac- tnaciforme. (L i m. d le y : Introd. to Bot., 3d ed., p. 449.) a-gin-è'-sī-a, a-gin'- ē-sis, s. [Gr, akinēsia, akinēsis=qui e s c e n ce, rest: a, priv., and kimed, Čsö= to set in motion.] Med...: Paralysis of mo- tion. A kind of imper- fect paralysis. Imperfect paralysis is divided into two kinds: acinesia= paralysis of motion, and amoesthesia=paralysis of sensibility. a-gi-né'—ta, s. [Gr. akimétos = motionless; a, priv., kimed=to set in motion.] 1. Bot. : A genus of Epiphytal Orchids from Cen- tral America. They have splendid racemes of yel- low flowers. Various species are cultivated in hot- houses. i Zool, : A genus of Infusoria, allied to Vorti- Célla, a-gin-et-i-na, S. pl. [ACINETA.] Zool. : A family of Radiolarian Rhizopoda. ăç-in-i-form, a. [Lat. acinus = berry; forma = OTIOl. 1. Bot. : Clustered like grapes. 2. Amat.: The Tunica acimiformis is the same as the Tunica wea of the eye. ăç'-in-Ös, äç'-yn-ös, s. thyme..] [CALAMINTHA. ăç-in-Öse, a. [Lat., acimosus=(1) full of grapes, (2) resembling grapes.] [ACINUs. . Min. : Resembling grapes. A term applied to iron ore found in masses and variously colored. ăç'-in-oiás, a. [In Fr. acimewa..] Min. : Consisting of minute granular concretions. Acinaciform Leaf of Mes- embryanthemum. [Gr. akimos = basii făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wet, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt. or, wore, wolf, wörk, whô, sān; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, rale, füll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. acinula ăç-in-u-la., 8. [Lat. acimºws=a berry, which it somewhat resembles.] A genus of fungi belonging to the order Physomycetes. A. clavus is the ergot of corn. ăç-in-iis (pl. ag-in-i), s. [Lat. acinus & acinum = (1) a young berry with seeds, especially the grape; (2) the kernel of a drupe.] I. Botany: 1. A bunch of fleshy fruit, especially a bunch of grapes. In Gaertner's classification of fruits, Acinus is the first subdivision of the genus Bacca, or Berry, and is one-celled, with one or two hard seeds, as in the grape, the raspberry, the gooseberry, &c. 2. (pl.) 'The smail stones as in grapes, strawber- ries, & (Lowdom. Cyclop. of Plants, Glossary.) II. Angt. (plur.) : Portions of glands suspended like small berries around a central stem. “These cells grow, and become the future acimi.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., ii. 454. –acious. Suffix. [Lat. acis, genit. of adj. termi- nation aa, and suff. -Osws, -ows=full of, or charac- terized by: as pertimacious, fr. pertimaci, S., genit. of adj; pertinaº, and suff, -ous=full of determina- tion, characterized by determination; veracious, fr. veraci, S., genit. of adj. veraac, and -ows=full of, or characterized by, truth. The suffix acious is akin to, but not identical with -aceows (q.v.). ăç-ī-pên'-Sér, 8. ILat., agipenser & acipensis; Gr. ºpº fish, probably, the sturgeon.] genus of fishes belong in g to Cuvier's sev - enth order, the Chondrop tery- gii (cartilagin- ous fishes), with fixed gills. The best known species is the common stu r- geon (Acipenser Head of Sturgeon (Acipenser). stwrio, Linn.), common in the At- lantic coast regions of North America and Europe. ã'-gis, s. A genus of endogenous plants. belong- ing to the order Amaryllidaceae, or Amaryllids. The species are pretty, bulbous tubers from Southern Europe and Northern Africa. *a-giše, s. Assize, assizes. “Ther he sette his own acise, And made bailifs and justices.” Kyng Alisaunder, 1,428. *a-gite', v. t. [A. N.] To cite, to summon. [ACCITE.] a-git-li, s. A name given to a bird—the great crested grebe or diver (Podiceps cristatus). ãºgí-iār-gy, s. [Gr. Qkis = a, point; , ergon = a work, an operation.] A description of the several surgical instruments. äck-a-wa'-i nutmeg, s. [Local name.] The fruit of the Acrodiclidiwm Camara, a plant of the order Lauraceae. *äcke, adv. [Ac, conj.] But, “Acke that me tel thou no man.”—MS. Lawd. 108, fo. 1. *äc-ké'le, v. [Acol, EN.] To cool. “But verray love is vertue as I fele, For verray love may freile desire ackele.” Cowrte of Love, 1,076. _*äck'-Ér, *āk-Ér, ºak-yr, ,”ág -ar (Eng.); ãi-ker (Séotch), s, , [A. S. egor=the flowing of the sea.]. A ripple on the surface of the water, a tide; also the bore in a river. [EAGER, BORE.] “Wel know they the reume yf it a-ryse, An aker is it clept, I understonde, Whos myght there may no shippe or wynd wytstonde.” MS. Cott. Titus, A. xxiii., f. 49. *äck'-èr, v. i., [From the substantive.] To curl, as water does when the wind blows over it. (See Carlyle: Hero-Worship, Lect. 1.) àck-Ér-dāle, s. [A. S. oecer=an acre; doelam= to divide..] Divided into single acres or into small portions. (Scotch...) “. . . all of it is ackerdale land.”—Memorie of the Somervills, i. 168. - *äck'-è-tón, *āck-è-tóün, S. [HACQUETON.] [A. N.] A quilted leathern jacket worn under the mail armor; sometimes used for the armor itself. “FIis foemen were well boun To perce hys acketown.” Lybeaus Discomws, 1,175. *ac-knów’, v. i. [A. S. Onchd wan=to perceive.] [AKNOWE.] To acknowledge. “You will not be acknown, sir; why, 'tis wise ; Thus do all gamesters at all games dissemble.” Bem, Jomson: Volpome, 6. T Now used only in the North of England. (Suppl. to Hardyng's Chronicle, p. 75.) (Halliwell.) J #c-knöwl-èdge, *āk-nówl'-Édge, *āk-nówl- # 55 A. Ordinary Lamgwage: I. To confess, to admit. 1. Spec. : To admit a trifling amount of fault, error, or mistake, which the confession all but com- pensates. In this sense it is opposed to comfess, but the distinction between them is not always ob- served. [CONFESS.] “. . . a gentleman acknowledges his mistake and is forgiven.”—Blair: Lectures on Rhetoric and Belles Lettres (1817), vol. i., p. 232. 2. Less precisely: To confess a sin or crime. “. . I acknowledged my sin unto thee, and mine iniquity have I not hid.”—Ps. xxxii. 5. “. . . and acknowledged his treason.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. II. To accept a statement of any kind, or a doc- trine as true; this not involving admission or per- sonal mistake or error, sin or crime. “For we write none other things unto you than what ye read or acknowledge, and I trust ye shall acknowledge even to the end.”—2 Con’. i. 13. III. To accept the just claims of a Being or person. Specially— 1. Of God: To show veneration for, to admit the paramount claims of, to yield unbounded and lov- ing homage to. “In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths.”—Prov. iii. 6. 2. Of a son, or daughter: To give parental recog- nition to ; to admit relationship and consequent parental obligation to a son or daughter whom there may be a temptation more or less to disown. “He shall acknowledge the son of the hated for the first-born.”—Deut. xxi. 17. | Similarly: To admit the position and claims of other dependents. (Used of God as well as man.) “Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel: Like these good figs, so will I acknowledge them that are carried away captive of Judah, whom I have sent out of this place into ge land of the Chaldeans for their good.”—Jer. XXIV. O. 3. To recognize the authority of a public func- tionary, or any one else bringing proper credentials. “Dundee, meanwhile, had summoned all the clans which acknowledged his commission to assemble for an expedition into Athol.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. IV. To give a receipt for money, to feel or express gratitude for some benefit bestowed. “. they his gifts acknowledged not.”—Milton. B. Law: To own ; so to assent to a legal instru- ment as to give it validity. * In all the foregoing senses the place of the accusative may be supplied by the clause of a sentence introduced by that. “. . . nothing would induce them to acknowledge that an assembly of lords and gentlemen who had come together without authority from the Great Seal was con- ºnally a Parliament.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., CIl. XV. ãc-knöwl-édged, pa. par. & a. [ACKNOWL- EDGE.] { % . calm subjection to acknowledged law.” Wordsworth : Eaccur., bk. iii. “. . . namely, from what we know of the actual dis- tribution of closely allied or representative species, and likewise of acknowledged varieties.”—Darwin . Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. vi., p. 178. ãc-knöwl -édg-Ér, s. [ACKNowLEDGE.] One who acknowledges. “She proved one of his most bountiful benefactors, and he as great an acknowledger of it.”—I. Walton : Life of He?"be?"t. ãc-knöwl'—édg-iñg, pr. par. & s. As substantive: An admission, a confession, an acceptance, a recognition. “ . ... the acknowledging of the truth.”—2 Tim. ii. 25; Titus i. i. ãc-knöwl'—Édg-mênt, or *āc-knöwl-Édge- mênt, s... [ACKNOWLEDGE.] The act of acknowl- edging, the state of being acknowledged, or the thing acknowledged. A. Ordinary Language : 1. (Spec.): The act of acknowledging a trifling mistake, or a more serious fault, sin, or crime. “. . . an acknowledgment of fault by Henry.”— Froude : Hist. Eng., ch. i. - 2. The admission of the truth of a statement, a narrative, a doctrine, or tenet, especially if it be for one’s apparent self-interest to controvert it. “The advocates of the Government had been by uni- versal acknowledgment overmatched in the contest.”— Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. viii. “. . . to the acknowledgment of the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ.”—Col. ii. 2, 3. The admission of the position and claims, of any Being, or person; also such homage or other action as the admission thus made implies. “. . he himself, the Pope said, could not make ad- vances without some kind of submission; but a single act 3,013, WeIl 4. The admission of having received money, whether owing to one or bestowed as a gift; the ad- mission of having received from one a benefit of any kind; also (spec.), the receipt for such money, the expression of gratitude for such favor. § { . “. . . . the seeming acknowledgment of Henry's serv- ices.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. ... to use the benefits conferred on us by M. Comte without acknowledgments.”—Martineaw: Comte's Positive Philosophy, Preface, vi. B. Technically: 1. Law: The admission of an act to take the re- sponsibility of it, or the owning of a legal deed to give it validity. "I No verbal acknowledgment of a debt will bar the operation of the statute of limitation [LIMITA- TION]; it requires the acknowledgment to be in Writing. 2. Fewdal Custom. Acknowledgment money: Money paid as a recognition of the new lord who succeeds to an estate on the death of his predecessor. *āc-knöwn', pa. par. [ACKNow.] ãck'-rôot, àk'-rôot, s. An Indian name for the walnut. *äck-sen, S. [ASH.] Ashes. MS. Lamdsd., 1,033.) *äck'-wards, adv. T. Used (spec.) when an animal lies backward and cannot rise. (Praise of Yorkshire Ale, 1697, p. 89, Gloss.) *āc-lé a. s. [A. S. ac-oak; leag=a place..] A field in which oaks grow. (Cummingham.) ãcºli de...s. [Lat. aclidem, acc. of aclis–a small javelin.]. An ancient, Roman missile weapon, furn- ished with spikes, which was cast from the hand and then drawn back ºft. by a thong. Each Rºman warrior seems to have been provided with WO. a-clim'—ic, a. & s. Lit. : Unbending. Magnetism. Not dipping. a clinic-line, s. Professor August's name for the magnetic equator where the needle ceases to dip and becomes horizontal. *...nº y; i. [Dut. verklewmem=to benumb.] To become torpid. *a-cloy"e, v. To cloy, to overload, to overrun. “How her contrey was grevously acloyed With a dragon venoms and orible of kend.” IłIS. Laud, 416, p. 35. (Halliwell.) *a-ClOm–Sen, v. i. To grow (Kennet: Gloss., [Gr. klimó=to cause to bend.] *a-clim'—sén, clumsy. *a-clim'-sid, *a-clom-sid, a. numbed with cold. (Wycliffe.) ãc'-mé, s. [In Fr. acmé; fr. Gr. akmé=a point or edge, the highest point: aké=a point or edge.] I. Ordimary Language: 1. Gen. : The top or highest point (figuratively rather than literally). iſ Till lately the word acme was so imperfectly naturalized in our language that it was expressed in Greek letters. Jeremy Taylor, South, Culver- well, and Phillips write it so. (Trench: On some Deficiencies im owr Eng. Dict., p. 30; Eng. Past and Present, p. 46.) “The Latin language was judged not to have come to its akmé or flourishing height of elegance until the age in which Cicero lived.”—Phillips: Pref. New World of Words, 3d ed. (A. D. 1671). “Its acme of human prosperity and greatness.”—Burke: A Regicide Peace. 2. Spec. : Mature age. “He must be one that can instruct your youth, And keep your acme in the state of truth.” Ben Jomson: Staple of News, Prol. [A. S.] Be- II. Technically: 1. Med... Used by the Greeks to designate, the height of a disease, a meaning which it still re- tains. 2. Rhet. The height of pathos to which a speaker has risen by means of a climax. ãc'—mite, s. [Sw., achmit; Ger. qkmit, fr. Gr. akme=a Fº o, called from the pointed extremi- ties of th A mineral placed by Dana O § under his Amphibole group, the Pyroxene sub- group, and the section of it with monoclinic crys- tallization. Çomposition, R30 + Si3O3 +2Fe2O3 + i8O2. . Or silica, 51°3; sesquioxide of iron, 30°4; protoxide of iron, 5 ‘i. Hardness, 6; gravity, 3-2 to 3’53; lustre, vitreous; color, brownish or reddish. brown, blackish green in the fracture. It is opaque, has an uneven fracture, and is brittle. It occurs in Norway in crystals nearly a foot long. *ãc-nā-wān, v. t. [A.S. oncodiwan=to acknowl- Čg, v. t. [Mid. Eng. a =on; knowlechen-acknowl- of acknowledgment was all which he required.”—Froude: edge.] [ACKNow.] O acknowledge, to own, to edge.] [KNOW.] Hist. Eng., ch. vii. confess. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shūn; -tion, -śion = zhiin. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. -* 8,0116. ãG-nē, 8, , [Gr, achiné-anything shaved off, as froth, from a liquid, chaff from wheat, &c.] A genus of skin-diseases containing those characterized by pustules, which, after suppurating imperfectly, become Small, hard, red circumscribed tubercles on the skini resolving themselves but slowly. Among the leading species of the genus are (1) the A. sim- 27) lea, consisting of small vari, which break out on the face, the shoulders, and the upper part of the \back; (2) A. follicularis, or maggot-pimple; (3) the A. indwirata, or stone-pock; and (4) the A. rosaceae, or carbuncled face. a—cnés'—tis, a. [Gr. o., priv.; kmaj= to scrape or scratch..] The part of an animal which it cannot scratch, being unable to reach it. It is the portion extending along the back from between the shoul- der-blades to the loins. ăç'-ni-da, s, [Gr. a, priv.;kmidé, a nettle: knizo- º to scrape, (2) to make to itch..] . Virginian hemp. genus of plants belonging to the order Cheno- podiaceae, or Chenopods. mon Virginian hemp. a'-Cô, s. A fish found in the Mediterranean. It has been called also the aquo, the sarachºws, and the sarachinºws. ãc-ó-cán'—thér-a, s. [Gr. (1) aköké=a point (2) anthéros = flowering, blooming.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Solanaceae, or Night- shades. A. venemata is a large bush with fragrant flowers, which grows at the Cape of Good Hope, and is so poisonous that the Hottentots use a de- coction of its bark to envenom their arrows. a-cóck'-bill, adv. Nawt. : A term used (1) of an anchor which hangs A. cammabima is the com- * - - -º-º: - Anchor A-cockbill. down § its ring from the cathead, or (2) of the yards when they aro temporarily fixed at an angle with the deck. a-cöck'—horse, adv. Triumphantly. (Ellis: Literary Letters, p. 265.) A somewhat slang phrase now obsolescent. (Nursery Rhymes.) a-goe-16'-mi, S. pl. [Gr. a, priv.; koilos=hollow.] Opposed to COELOMATI (q.v.).] Bloodless worms. irrast Haeckel's name for those worms which pos- sess neither blood nor blood cavity (Coelomi). He includes under the designation the Flat-worms (Platyhelminthes), the Gliding-worms, the Sucker- worms, and the Tape-worms. a-có–é-mêt'—ae, s, pl. [Gr, a, priv.; koimaj=to put to sleep.] Ch. Hist. : A kind of monks who flourished in the fifth century A. D., and whose practice it was to have Divine worship carried on in their churches unceasingly, three relays of them taking duty by turns. ome Roman Catholic monks still follow the practice of the old Acoèmetae. *a-Côi"e, v. t. [ACCOIE.] To make quiet. “Sith that ye reft him thaquaintaunce Of Bialacoil, his most joie, Whiche all his pain is might acoie.” Romawnt of the Rose, 3,564. *a-cóil'd, a. [ACOLEN.] Congealed. “Now thi blod it is acoild.”—Gy of Warwike, p. 20. *3–Cóil'e, 8. A Christmas game, the same as LEV- ELCOIL (q.v.). (Beawmont dº Fletcher, iv. 215, Note.) *a-cö1–äs'-tic, a.[Gr. akolastikos.]"Intemperate, riotous, prodigal, lascivious.” (Mimshew : Gwide into Tongues, 1627.) .* *a-cö1-âte, a... [Gr. a. priv.; kolam, for kolasein, 2 a.or.inf. of kolazö=to curtail, to prune, to check, to punish.J. Froward, peevish. (Rider: Dict.) *a-cóld', a. [ACOLEN.] Cold. “There lay this povere in gret distresse Acolae and hungrid at the gate.” Gower MS., Soc. Antiq. 134, fo. 183. (Halliwell.) tº less thy five wits Tom's a-cold.”—Shakesp.: Lear, 111. ‘k. 56 % .*a-cöld'ºïg, *a-cöld'-yng, pr. par. [ACOLD.] Getting cold. “The syknesse of the world thou schalt knowe by charyté, acolayng, and elde of hys feblenesse.”—Wimble- tom Sermon (1388). (MS. Hattom, 57, p. 24.) *a-cö'led, a. [ACOLEN.] Cooled. (Robert of Gloucester: Herald's College Ms) TI Another reading is akélde. (Hearme's ed. Robt. of Glowc., p. 442.) *a-cö1'-en, v. t. [A. N.] To embrace. [ACCOLL.] “Then acoles he the knyt, and kysses him thryes.” Syr Gawayme, p. 71. *a-Cöl’-en (pret, acolede, pa. par. acóled), v. [A. S. acoliam, acélam.] To become cool. ãc'-61-in, s. A bird allied to the partridge, com- mon in the Spanish West Indies, where it is used for food. a-cö1–ö-gy, a-köl-ā-gy, s. [Gr, (1) akos=a cure, relief, remedy: fr. akeomai-to heal; (2) logos =a discourse.] The science which treats of the remedies for diseases; the science of medicines; the materi medica; therapeutics. ãc-ö1-yte, ác-ö1-à-thist, àc-ö1-yth, Āc-à1– ythe, àc-ö1-y"—this (pl. ac-öl-y-thi), s. [In Ger. akoluth; Fr. acolyte; Gr. akolowthos=a follower, gººd-to follow; a, copulative; kelew.thos=a path. Ch. Hist. : One belonging to an order of petty ecclesiastical functionaries instituted in the third century to attend upon the Latin clergy. Their chief duty was to light the lamps and prepare the elements for the communion. At their ordination they received a candlestick with a taper, to sym- bolize the first of these functions, and an empty pitcher to º the second. Similar officers still exist in the Church of Rome. “. . . . to ordain the acolothist to keep the sacred ves- sels.”—Ayliffe: Parergon Juris Camomici. “At the end of every station an acolythe (an inferior kind of officer), dips the pitiful pitch into the oil of a burning lamp.”—Brevint: Saul and Samuel at Endor. “The words subdeacons, acolythi, ostiarii . . .”— Mosheim: Church. Hist., cent. iii., pt. ii., ch. ii. *a-cöm'—bér, v. t. To encumber. (Chaucer.) *a-cöm'-bêrd, pa. par. [ACOMBER.] (Chaucer.) *a-cöm'—bre, v. [A. N.] To encumber, to trouble. [ACUMBRE.] “Acombred was he for to here Aske of so many lettres sere.” Cursor Mundi, MS. Coll. Trim., Cantab., f. 76. ..ººd, *a-clém-myde, a. or pa. par. Cognate with provincial CLAMM’D, CLEMMED.] nervated with cold. (Prompt. Parv.) a-cön-dyl-oils, a. [Gr. a, priv.; kondwlos= the knob formed by a bent, the knuckle. Chiefly Bot. : Having no joints. *äcº-ön-ick, a. [ACONITE.] Poisonous. (Rider.) ãc-ón'-it-àte, s. . [ACONITUM.]. A chemical com- pound formed with aconitic acid and a base, as calcium aconitate, magnesium aconitate. ãc –ön-ite, s. . [Lat. acomitum (q.v.). 1. A name of the common Blue Monk's-hood (Ac- omitum mapellus). It occurs wild in Carinthia and Carniola, and, having long been cultivated in Brit- ish gardens, has escaped and become naturalized in England. It is a very poisonous plant, the root being especially dangerous. When the leaves and flowers have died away, the root, or root stock, has sometimes been mistaken for that of horse-radish, and has been eaten with fatal results. The root is of tapering form, and when old is dark brown out- side and white inside, whilst the young ones are much paler. Its taste is bitter at first, after which there is a numbness and tingling of the lips and tongue. The root-stock of the horse-radish (Coch- learia amaracea) is much larger than that of the aconite, and does not taper. Externally it is of a dirty yellow color, and marked at the top by trans- verse scars, left behind by the leaves. Its taste is at first acrid or pungent, not bitter. [ACONITUM.] 2. ſº (among some gardeners and popw- larly): The Eramthis mivalis, a plant of the order Ranunculaceae, the same one as that to which the proper aconite belongs. "I Winter-aconite= Eramthis mivalis. ITE, 2.] ãc-àn—it’—ic, a. [ACONITE.] Pertaining to the aconite. alconitic acid, S. An acid existing naturally in Aconitºwm mapellw8, Delphiavintm consolida, and Eqwisetum flºwviatile, and doubtless in some other plants, but obtained most easily by the application of heat to citric acid. Formula C6H6O6= (C6H3O3) " (OH)3. Its salts are called aconitates. ãc—ön-it-i-na, āc-ön'-it-ine, s. [In Ger. acomitim.] An alkaloid substance existing in Acomitum. §§§ and some of its congeners. Formula C30H47NO7. A white substance slightly soluble in &id, soluble in fifty parts boiling water, very soluble in either. It melts at 80°. It is in- [See ACON- 3,00I'ê tensely poisonous. It is given internally in Yery small doses in severe neuralgia and rheumatism, and also forms a valuable liniment. ãc-ön–I'-tūm, s. [In Fr. aconit; Port., & Ital, aconito, fr. Lat. acomitum ; omitom- a poisonous plant growing on sharp Štěp rocks en akonais, or in a place called Akonai, in Bithynia, or from akön=a dart, from, its having long ago been used to poison darts with.] º 1. Bot. : Wolf's-bane, a genus of plants belonging to the order Ranunculaceae, or Crowfoots. , The species are generally from three to six feet high with digitate and palmate leaves, and termin spikes of blue or yellow flowers. The best known is the Monk's-hood (A. mapellus). [ACONITE.] The Indian A. feroa, supposed to be . Only a variety of the former, is a more virulent poison than it, being acrid in a high degree. A. mapellw8 and cammarwm are diuretic. & 2. Ord. Eng.: ... Before the word ... aconite was naturalized in the language, acomitum was th term employed. - “. . . an aconitum or rash gunpowder.” Shakesp.: Henry IV., Part II., iv. 4. a-cón'—thé—a, s. The name of a butterfly, the Adolias, aconthea, one of the Nymphalidae. The caterpillar has many long spines projecting from its body. It is found in Java and India. a-cón'-ti-ás, s. [Gr. akomtias- a quick-darting serpent; akomition=a dart or javelin; akön=a javelin; aké= a point, an § º & 1. Zool. : A genus of snakejike lizards, belonging to the family Änguidae. The species are akin to the Angwis fragilis, but can rear themselves up and dart forward. Čontrary, however, to common be- lief in the regions which they inhabit, they are quite harmless. A. meleagris is the Cape pintado snake. A. jacwlis, the dart-snake of the Greeks and Romans, and, according to Bochart, also the gippºz mentioned in Isaiah xxxiv. 15, which is º; rendered “great owl” in the authorized Englis version of the Bible. [DART-SNAKE..] 2. Bot. : A genus of Brazilian plants belonging to the order Araceae, or Arads. So named because the spots on the stem were supposed to resemble the serpents above described. *3. Astron.: A comet, or meteor, so called from its resemblance to a snake. ( sºn-ute, s. A mineral, a variety of MISPICKEL Q. W. ). *a-cöp", adv. [A. S. cop-top.] On end, conically. “Marry, she's not in fashion yet; she wears a hood, but it stands acop.”—Ben Jomson: Alchemist, ii. 6. *äc-öp—a, S. pl. [Gr. kopos=weariness.] Old Med...: Medicines which were supposed to be useful in removing lassitude. *āc-öp'-ic, a. [AcoPA.] Preventing or alleviat- ing fatigue or weariness. ãc-àp'-í-ga, àc'-öp-inn, 8... [Gr., akopia=free- dom from, fatigue.] TA medicine administered to relieve fatigue or weariness. *a-cö'-pled, a. Coupled. powd., p. 50.) *äc'-àp-às, s. A herb, or stone (it is not known which), used as an ingredient for a charm. (Mid- dleton : Witch Works, iii. 327.) ãc'—or, s. [Lat. acor=an acid taste, sourness: º-to be sour.] Acidity or sourness in the stom- a C & Jäg-ör-à-gé-ae (Lindley), *āc-ör-i-na (Link), *ációr-ói'-de-ae (Ag.). An old order of plants cut off from Araceae, chiefly on account of the different arrangement of leaves in the bud, and the posses, sion of the rudiments of a perianth, these being wholly wanting in Araceae. *a-cord', s. & v. An old form of ACCORD (q.v.). “Lene me youre hand, for this is oure acord.” Chaucer: Knightes Tale, 3,084. *a-cor’-daunt, *a-cör'-dend, a. [A. N.] [Old forms of ACCORDANT.] Agreeing. “Me thinketh it acordaunt to resoun.” - Chaucer: Prologwe, 37. . . . whiche in this vyse is acordend.” Chaucer: Prologue (ed. 1532), f. 36. (Halliwell.) *a-cor’—déd, *a-cor’—did, pa, par. [AcoRD.] “And thus they ben acorded and i-sworn To wayte a tyme, as I have told biforn.” Chaucer: Milleres Tale, 3,301, 3,802. “They ben acordid, as ye schal after heere.” Chaucer: Man of Lawes Tale, 4,658. *a-core", *a-cor’—ye, *a-cor’—ie [A. S. ceorian = to lament]. To sorrow, to grieve. “At Gloucestre he deide, ac eir nadde he non; That acorede al this lond, and ye men echon.” Rob. Glouc., p. 75. “Bu a peyre of a marc other thou salt be acorye sore.” Rob. Glouc., p. 390. “Thou it schalt acorie sore.” MS. Lawd, 108, f. 12. (Halliwell.) (Plumptom Corres- & & făte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, són; Syrian. ae, Ce = €; ey = a, qu = kw. miite, try, cüb, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; 8,00I’Il à'—corn, s. [A. S. Cecerm, Cecerem, accepm, neut, pl. =fruit of the field or country, from oecer=field (Skeat); Icel. akarn; Dan. agerng Dut. aker; Ger. ecker, eichel ; Goth. akron–fruit. 1. Lit.: The fruit of the oak. Formerly acorns were used for human food, and in times of scarcity are still eaten in different, parts of the Continent. T. Botanically viewed, it is an indehiscent dry fruit, surrounded by a cupulate involucre. It is the type of the genus glams, in Gaertner's classifi- cation of fruits. *I Sweet acorn is the fruit of Quercus ballota. 2. Nawt. : A little ornamental piece of wood, con- ical in form, fixed on the mast-head above the vane, to keep it from being detached when the wind is violent, or the ship leans much to one side when under a press of sail. acorn-ball, S. An acorn fixed on its cupule, or cup, as a ball may be in a socket. “She, Dryad-like, shall wear, Alternate leaf and acorm-ball In wreath about her hair.” Tennyson: Talking Oak. acorn-barnacle, s. The Balanws crematus, com- mon on British coasts. [ACORN-SHELL.] acorn-Coffee, s. A preparation made from acorns, husked, dried, and roasted. In some re- ; it is better than common coffee, not having the drying properties of the latter. acorn-cup, s. The calyx or cup in which the acorn is fixed. “Creep into acorn-cups, and hide them there.” Shakesp.: Midswmmer Night’s Dream, ii. i. aCOrn-meal, s. A meal made on acorns. “And still the sad barbarian, rowing, mixed With beast of prey, or for his acorn-meal Rought the fierce tusky boar.” Thomson: Autumn, 58. acorn-Shell, s. 1. The shell, gland or husk of the actual acorn. “Who from hollow boughs above him Dropped their acorn-shells upon him.” Longfellow: Song of Hiawatha, xvi. 2. The English name given to the sessile barnacles {Balanidae), from the resemblance which they bear to acorns. The shell is usually composed of six segments, firmly united into a tube. The lower part of this tube is fixed to some solid body, such as a wooden stake, or stone within high-water mark. The upper part is covered and protected by a mov- able roof, consisting of two to four yalves, from between which the balanus can protrude its beauti- fully delicate cirri. à"-COrned, a. [ACORN.] 1. Gen. : Bearing acorns; having fed on acorns: possessed of acorns. . g iº tº 6 & ‘I Chiefly, if not even exclusively, in composition. “A full acormed boar.”—Shakesp.: Cymbeline, ii. 5. 2. Her. : Having represented upon it an oak with acorns. (Used of escutcheons.) *a-cör'se, v. t. & i. [ACCURSE.] To curse. “Called hem catyves, Acorsed for evere.” Pier's Plowghman, p. 375. *a-cor’—sy, v. [ACCURSE.] To curse; to pronounce anathema against. “Deus laudem it is y clepud This salme the quene radde For to acorsy here brother body, And alle that him ladde.” MS. Coll. Trin., Oacom., 57. (Halliwell.) ãc'-ör-üs, s. [In Fr. acore; Sp., Port., & Ital. cºcoro, fr. Lat. acorus, or acorum ; Gr. akoros= the Sweet-flag: a, priv.; koré = the pupil of the eye, or the eye, for the diseases of which the plant was supposed to be beneficial.] Sweet-rush. 1. Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Qrontiaceae, or to Araceae. In the case of the interest- ing A. calamus, Linn., the sweet-sedge, or sweet-flag, the flowers are arranged upon a sessile spadix. The spathe, which resembles the leaves, is not convolute. The perianth is in six pieces, and inferior. The ovary is three-celled, the fruit baccate. Its rhizome which is aromatic, is used in the preparation of hair-powder and other perfumery; confectioners manufacture a candy from it; blenders use it for flavoring gin, and brewers in making beer. The whole p ant, when bruised, gives forth a pleasant Smell, on which account it was formerly mixed with Tushes when the latter were strewed on the floors of * and in churches and cathedrals on festival ayS. 2. Bot. dº Phar. : A name sometimes given to the great galangule (Alpinia galanga), a Zingibera- ceous plant. 3. Zool. : Blue coral. ā-cös'-mi-a, s. (Gr. a, priv.; kosmos=order.] ...Med...: Irregularity in the crises of diseases; also ill health, especially when attended by lividity of aspect. bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, Chorus, 57 - *a-cöst', adv. [A. N.] On the side. “Forth thai passeth this land acost To Clarence with alle her ost.” . Arthowr and Merlin, p. 281. a-cöt-y-lè'-dòn, s. [Gr. a, priv.; kotulédon= any cup-shaped hollow or cavity, from , kotulé= anything hollow ; also Lat. cotyledom – a plant, the Cotyledon winnbilicus of Linnaeus.] A plant with no cotyledon, that is, having no seed-leaf. [COTYLE- DON.] A member of the class Acotyledons (q.v.). a-cöt-y-lè'-dòn-és (Jussieu), a căt-y-lè-dón'— é-ae (Agardh), a-cot-y-lèſ-dàns (in Eng.), s. pl. îAcolyºpos.j One of the #; #. Of the Vegetable Kingdom, the others being Dicoty- ledons and Monocotyledons. In the Dicotyledons there are two cotyledons, or seed lobes; in the Mon- o cotyle dons, one; and in the 57, M . A cotyledons, A § 2 technically c on side red, n on e. How the n, germ in a tion take place? It does so not from two fixed p o in ts — the plum ul e and the r a di c 1 a —but indiffer- ently from any portion of the surface, a char- acter which the A cotyle dons sh a re w it h some Aroideae. See ACROGENS, R Y P T O GAM- IA.] The old class of Acoty- e e e ledons has been divided by Lindley into two—the Thallogens, containing the Algal, Fungal, and Lichenal alliances;, and the Acrogens, including the Muscal, Lycopodal, and Filical alliances. [See these words.] a-cöt-y-lè'-dòn-oiás, a. [ACOTYLEDON.] Having fººledons. pertaining to a plant without seed- O OGS, “Class III. Acotyledonous or Cellular Plants.”— Hooker and Arnott; Brit. Flora, 7th ed., p. 577. a-cöu'—ghi, s. A kind of balsam. Balsam of Acouchi, , or Acouchi Resin: The in- spissated juice of a plant, Icica sºlº be- longing to the order Amyridaceae, or Amyrids. a-cáu-chy, s. [Local name.],...A mammal like a rabbit; the Cávia acuchi of Gmelin. It is found in the hotter parts of America. a-cöu'-mê-têr, s. [Gr. (1) akoué=hearing, fr. akowd=to hear; and (2) metrom=a, measure.] An instrument for measuring the extent of the sense of hearing in any individual case. *a-cóün'-tre, s. [Fr. contre, adv. = against.] [ENCOUNTER.] An encounter. “The acountre of hem was so strong That mani dyed ther among.” Gy of Warwike, p. 291. *a-cöupe', v. [O. Fr. acow.lper; Fr. acowper, from Lat. acculpare=to accuse, to find fault..] To blame, to accuse, to inculpate. “Alleye pryde and vanyté, Of al shalt thou acowped be.” MS. Harl. 1,701, f. 23. (Halliwell.) *a-cóüpe'-mênt, s. [A. N.] [ACOUPE.] An ac- cusation. “Withoutten answere to a cowpement.” - Hartshorne: Met. Tales, p. 109. *a-cöup'-yng, s. [ACOUPE.] An onset. “At the acowpyng the knightes (speres) either brak on § i: £7. § º \ § º fN gº i § º* : : :- s- i § t&\º º g º º Acotyledonous Plants. 1. Agaricus campestris. Tuber melanosporum. 3. Polytrichum commune. Other, Swiftli with there swerdes swinge thei togeder.” William and the Werwolf, p. 124. a-cóüs-mât'-ic, or a-cóus-mât'-ic, s. [Gr. akowsmattikos=Willing to hear; akousma = a thing heard; akowó=to *:::::: A disciple of Pythagoras, Y. had not yet completed his five years' proba- IOI] . - a-cóüs'—tic, or a-cóus'-tic, a. & s. [In Ger. akwstik, Fr. acoustique; fr. Gr. akowstikos=belong- ing to the Sense of hearing; akowstos=heard, audi- ble; akowo- to hear.] r A. As adjective: 1. Amat..: Pertaining to the ear, constituting part of the physical apparatus for hearing. Acoustic duct: The meatus awditorius, or external passage of the ear. ( ºtic merves: The same as auditory nerves Qi, V. J . “. . . to transmit vibrations to the acoustic merve.” —Darwin: Descent of Mam, pt. i., ch. i. çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, acoustics 2. Med...: Designed to act on the ear. Acoustic medicine: One designed to remove some disease of the ear, or to improve defective hearing. (Quincy.) 3. Hist. : Obtaining knowledge by the ear. - Acoustic Disciples, or Acousmatics. [ACOUS- MATIC.] 4. Art: Designed to facilitate hearing or itself to be heard. Pertaining to sound. (See the ex. from Tyndall under Acoustic AL.) Acoustic instrument: Generally a synonym for a speaking trumpet. Acoustic vessels: Brazen tubes used in ancient theatres for the purpose of sending the voice of the speaker as far as possible. In general, they sug- ceeded in doing so to the distance of 400 feet. [ACOUSTICS.] B. As swbstantive : 1. Med...: An acoustic medicine. 2. Hist. : (See adj., No. 3 a-cóüs'—tic—al, or a-cóus'-tic—al, adj. [ACOUS- TIC.] The same as ACOUSTIC (q.v.). “Acoustical experiments on the Seine during the siege of Paris.”—Nature, vi., 447 “The sound of the village bell, which comes mellowed from the valley to the traveller upon the hill, has a value beyond its acoustical one.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., v. 104. a-cóüs-tí'-gian, or a-cóus—tí'-gian, s. [ACOUS- TIC.] One who investigates the phenomena of sound. & & (See adj., No. 2.) . . the earlier acousticians.”— Whewell: EIist. Induct. Sciences, bk. viii., ch. vi. a-cóüs'—tics, or a-cóus-tics, S. [In Fr. acous- tique..] [ACQUSTIC.] A term introduced by Saveur. The science which treats of sounds, or, more sº that branch of natural philosophy which treats ºf the nature of sound and the laws of its production and propagation, as far as these depend on physical principles... Sound is produced by the vibration of the particles in a sonorous body, evoked by a blow or in some other way. If a number of small, light wooden balls be i.º. silk threads over a bell-jar, just in contact with the widest part of the glass, thé drawing of a violin-bow across the edge of the glass will impart to the particles of the latter a vibratory movement, which will make itself yisible by flinging off the balls oftener than once. Sound requires an elastic medium for its trans- mission to the tympanum of the ear. In vacuo it becomes inaudible, but brought in contact with air it is heard without difficulty. Its rate of progress through dry air, at a temperature of 32°, is, accord- ing to Van der ičoik, 1,091 feet 8 inches in a second; and according to Mr. Stone, 1,090.6 feet; through metallic rods its motion is much more rapid. Two particles which are in the same state of vibra- tion—i.e., are equally displaced from the positions which they occupied in equilibrio, and are moving in the same direction, and with equal velocities—are said to be in the same phase; whilst those which are proceeding in a contrary direction are said to be in opposite phases. f the vibration of particles takes place in the same direction as that in which the disturbance is moving from particle to particle, it is called longi- twdinal; if at right angles to it, transverse. & So analogous are the sound-producing vibrations of particles to those of waves in the ocean that the terms waves and undwlations are used in Acous- tics as well as in Hydrology. The distance which separates two particles in the same phase is called the length of a wave. As in Optics, so in Acoustics, there are refraction and reflection, the laws in both cases being the same. Refraction of sownd: The change of direction which is produced when a wave of sound, traveling through one medium, meets a second one not of the same kind, and excites in it a wave of a different velocity and direction from the first. Reflection of sownd: The change of direction which is produced when a wave of sound, travel- ing through one medium, meets a second one diverse from the first, and in addition to transmit- ting to it a refracted waye, excites in it an undula- lation traveling in a different direction, but with the same velocity as the other. A sound may be º repeated, as from an echo-producing cliff, and in a whispering gallery or a tunnel. Two or more sonorous waves traveling through the same medium, and acting on the same particles are said mutually to interfere with each other. f; they move toward such an interference from exactly opposite directions, they produce between them a stationary wave. This expression, does not ;Pº that every particle of the wave thus produced is motionless. Some Rºº. are so, whilst others vibrate longitudinally or transversely. The points at which the particles are stationary are called modes, and the vibratory portions ventral segments. A vibrating musical string, a tuning-fork, or other stiff rod vibrating longitudinally, make stationary waves. These are generated also inside wind- aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. —tian = shiis. -ble, -dle, Shan. -tion, -Sion = -Sious = Shiin; -cious, –tion, —tious, -Šion = zhūn. 3,00Ver instruments when the latter are blown. The vibra- tions of a solid are best communicated to another solid: hence a tuning-fork being struck is applied to a table, and violin-strings are placed in contact with a hollowwooden box, which imparts to their sound a greater intensity than if its transmission to the ear were entrusted to the air alone. & Noise is a single blow given to the ear, whilst Music is caused by a series of feeble blows follow- ing one another at regular intervals. [MUSIC, HAB- MONY, SOUND.] Some writers have divided Acoustics into Dia- coustics, which treats of those sounds which pass directly from the sonorous body to the ear; and Catacoustics, which investigates the phenomena of reflected sounds. Another division is into Acoustics proper, or the science of hearing, and Phometics, or the science of sound; the latter word being from Gr. phôné=sound. *a-cöv'-èr, v. t. [O. Fr. covrir, cowrer, from Lat. cooperio=to cover.] To uncover. “Belisent, withouten lesing, Acoverd and undede her eyin.” Arthowr and Merlin, p. 315. *a-cöv'-èrd, pa. par. [Acover.] *a-cöv'-êr-ünge, s. [AcovER.] Recovery. *a-cóy'nte, v, t. [O. Fr. accointer=to make known.] To make acquaintance. “Hed a-coynted hym anon; and bicomen frendes gode Bothe for here prowes and for hed were of on blode.” Robert of Gloucester, p. 15. *a-góy'-sińg, s. [ACCUSING..] Accusing, an ac- cusation. “He is forth brought, and the kyng Giveth him acoysyng.” Ryng Alisaunder, 3,978. a C-qua'int, v. t. & i. [Fr. acointer=to become intimate; Prov, accoinder= to make known; O. Fr. coint-informed of a thing, from Low Lat.,adcognito =to make known, from Lat. ad=to, and cognitus, pa. par. Of cognosco-to know..] [KNOW.] A. Transitive: ... 1. Not reflexively: To inform, to communicate an item of intelligence. gº º & T The person informed is in the accusative, and the intelligence is introduced by of, with, or the clause of a sentence commencing with that. “Wife, go you to her ere you go to bed, Acquaint her here of my son Paris' love.” Shakesp.: Romeo & Juliet, iii. 4. “Brutus acquainted the people with the doer and man- ner of the vile deed.”—Shakesp.: Tarquim dº Lucrece, Argument. “I must acquaint you that I have received New-dated letters from Northumberland,” Shakesp. ; 2 Hem?'y IV., iv. 1. 2. Refleasively: To make (one's self), familiar with a being or person, his character, or his procedure. “Acquaint now thyself with Him [God], and be at peace.” —Job xxii. 21. ..B. Intrans.: To be cognizant of anything, to be observant of what passes, or is taking place at the time; to be or become familiar with. “Though the Choiseuls will not acquaint with you.”— PWalpole: Letters, iii. 504. *ac-qua'int (in Scotch pron. *ac-qué'nt, *ac- quñ"nt), pa. par. & a. [ACQUAINT.] ( T Nºw altogether superseded by ACQUAINTED Q1. V. o “Thou also most entirely art Acquaint with all my ways.” Rowse's metrical version of Ps. cxxxix. 3. “He is weel acquent wi' a' the smugglers, thieves, and banditti about Edinburgh.”—Scott; Heart of Mid-Lothiam. tac-qua'int-a-ble, q. [ACQUAINT.T Easy to gain the acquaintance of, easy of access. “Wherefore be wise and acquaintable.” Rom. of the Rose, 2,213. ac-qua'int-ange, S. & “a. [ACQUAINT.] A. As substantive: I. The act of gaining a greater or less amount of knowledge of any person or thing. II. The state of becoming known to a person. “As I'll myself disgrace : knowing thy will, I will acquaintance strangle, and look strange.” Shakesp.: Sommets, 89. “For goodness' sake, consider what you do ; How you may hurt yourself, ay, utterly Grow from the king's acquaintance by this carriage.” Shakesp.: King Henry VIII., iii. 1. from a familiar acquaintance with the mechan- ical processes of certain arts, trades, and manufactures.” — Sir G. C. Lewis: Influence of Authority, ch. ii. III. A person with whom one is acquainted. *1. A friend. “But it was thou, a man mine equal, my guide and mine acquaintance. We took sweet counsel together, and walked into the house of God in company.”—Ps. lv. 13, 14 6& 58 2. (a) Really singular: A person whom one knows but #. ly, or who, if he has been lºſſ known, 9 t has still, for some reason or other, been kept out- side the circle of one's chosen and trusted friends. “Montgomery was an old acquaintance of Ferguson.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. (b) Collectively: People whom one knows. “. . . they sought him among their kinsfolk and ac- quaintance.”—Luke ii. 44. TI Sometimes, applied figuratively to the inferior animals or to things. B. As adjective (highly vulgar) : Acquainted. “Evans. . . . Give her this letter; for it is a 'oman that altogether's acquaintance with Mistress Anne Page.” —Shakesp.: Merry Wives, i. 2. ‘I It should never be used in this sense. ac-qua'int-ange-ship, s. [ACQUAINT.] The state of being acquainted. (Chalmers.) *AC-qua'int-ant, s. An acquaintance. “. . . an acquaintant and a friend of Edmund Spenser.”—I. Walton. ac-qua'int-ed, pa. par. [ACQUAINT.] T Used in the same sense as the verb, with rarely the special sense of well-known. “. as things acquainted and familiar to us.” Shakesp. ; Henry IV., Part II., v. 2. fac-qua'int-éd-nēss, s. [AcQUAINT.] The state of being acquainted. ac-qua'int-iñg, pr. par. [ACQUAINT.] *ac-qué'int-aunge. [ACQUAINTANCE.] “For here acqueimtaunce was not come of newe; Thay were his approwours prively.” Chaucer: Freres Tale, 6,924–5. ãc'-quést, s. [In Fr. acquise, pa. par. of acquérir; fr. Lat. acquisitw8, pa. par. of acquiro; or ad quaesitus, pa. par. of quoeri..] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of acquiring. II. The state of being acquired. III. The thing acquired, e.g., a conquest. “New acquests are more burden than strength.”—Bacon. “Mud reposed near the ostea of rivers makes continual additions to the land, thereby excluding the sea, and pre- serving these shells as trophies and signs of its new ac- quests and encroachments.”—Woodward. B. Law: Goods or effects acquired either by pur- chase or donation. *ac-qué'ymt, pa. par. [A form of AQULYNT.] Quenched. ãc-qui-É'søe, v. i. [Lat. acquiesco = to become uiet, to rest: ad; quiesco = to rest; quics = rest; r. acquiescer.] * 1. TO rest. “Which atoms never rest till they meet with some pores, when they acquiesce.”—Howell: Letters, iv. 50. 3. To submit to, or remain passive under, instead of rebelling against. “The nation generally acquiesced in the new ecclesias- tical constitution.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. 3. To assent to, to accept tacitly or formally. ãc-qui-ès-gēnge, fac-qui-És-gēn-gy, s. [AC- QUIESCE.] Submission to, express or tacit consent to endure, without protest or rebellion that which is not really liked. “. . . if not with approbation, yet with the show of acquiescence.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. ii. 2. Contentment, rest, satisfaction with. “. . . but seldom from a full satisfaction and acqui- escence in their present enjoyments of it [i. e., fame].”— Addiso?t. ãc-qui-śs-gēnt, a. [Lat. acquiescens, pr: par. of acquiesco.] [ACQUIESCE.] Submissive to, disposed fº formally to submit to what cannot really € Ilke Cis “. . . acquiescent in his condition.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. ãc-qui-ès'-gińg, pr. par. & a. [ACQUIESCE.] *ac-qui-Ét, v. t. [Low Lat. acquietare.] 1. To quiet, to compose. (Eng. dº Scotch.) “Acquiet his mind from stirring you against your own peace.”—Sir A. Shirley: Travels. & £ the pepill ar almaist game wilde, it is therefor statut, for the acquietting of the pepill, that . . . . Acts Jas. IV., 1503 (ed. 1814), p. 249. 2. To secure. (Scotch.) “. . . to werrand, acquiet, and defend . . . landis.”—Act Dom. Conc. (A. D. 1489), p. 133. *AC-qui'ght (gh silent), v. t. An old spelling of ACQUIT (q.v.). the £ 6 for yonder way We needes must pass (God doe us well acquight).” Spenser: F. Q., II. xii. 3. acquisitiveness *āc—quill', v. t. [A. N.] aquiller, a form of accueillir. Hwnting: A term applied to the buck and doe, the male and female fox, and all “vermin.” "I Nearly synonymous with the more modern word IMPRIME, afterward applied to unharboring the hart. (Halliwell.) “Syr huntere, how many bestis acquill? Syr, the buk and the doo, the male fox and the female, and alle othir vermyn, as many as be put in the book. And how many braches? Sire alle that be acquilez.”—Reliq. Antiq., i. 151. ac-quir-a-bil-i-ty, s. [ACQUIRABLE.] Capa- bility of being acquired. ac-quir'-a-ble, a. [ACQUIRE.] acquired. “. . . though they are truths acquirable.”—Sir M. JHale: Origination of Mankind. ac-quire, v. t. [Lat. acquiro, -isivi, -isitwm=to. acquire: ad–to ; quoero=to look or search for; O. Fr. acquerre, aquerre; Prov. acquirir; Fr. acquérir; Ital. acquisitare.] e 1. Of man: To gain material possessions by gift, by purchase, by conquest, or in any other way; also to make intellectual attainments by study, to gain skill in manual employment, &c. “ . ... kingdoms, dukedoms, counties, lordships, ac- qui red in different ways.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. XXIll. & & ſin O. Fr. engwiller, That may be: . . had indeed acquired more learning than his slender faculties were able to bear.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. 2. Of the inferior animals, animals or plants, organs, or imanimate things. “. . . these %. acquire individual characters.”— Owen: Mammalia (1859), p. 17. ac-quire'-mênt, s. [ACQUIRE.] 1. The act of acquiring or obtaining any desirable object, such, as wealth or other property, skill in manual work, intellectual attainments. & & had grown, in the course of centuries, on con- cession, on acquirement, and usurpation to be what we see. it.”—Carlyle: French Revolution, pt. i., bk. iii., ch. v. 2. The object gained. . ſº Used almost exclusively of those intellectual conquests which one makes by the use of his talents, as opposed to the talents themselves. “That party was not large; but the abilities, acquire- ments, and virtues of those who belonged to it made it, respectable.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. ac-quir'-Ér, s. [ACQUIRE.] One who acquires. ac-quir'-iñg, pa. par., a. & S. [ACQUIRE.] As swbstantive: Acquisition, that which is gained. “. . . . with the acquirings of his father's profes- sion.”—Nawm-tom: Fragmenta Regalia, Leicester. *ag-qui-ry, s. ...[ACQUIRE.] An acquiring, an obtaining; acquisition. “No art requireth more hard study and pain toward the acquiry of it than contentment.”—Barrow: Sermons, iii. 62. *ac-qui'se, v. t. [A. N.] To acquire. [ACQUEIs.] *äc'-qui-site, a. [Lat., acquisitum, or pa. par. acquisitºws.] [ACQUIRE.] Gained with more or less of permanence. “Three [notions] being innate and five acquisite . . . .”—Burton: Amat. of Melancholy, p. 29. ac-qui-Šížtion, S. . [In Fr. acquisition, fr. Lat. acquisitio=(1) the act of acquiring, (2) the thing acquired. fr. acquisitum, conventionally called the supine of acquiro: ad and gwoºro.] I. The act of acquiring. II. The state of being acquired. “. . . . by his own industrious acquisition of them.” —South. III. Anything agguired, whether land, money, material, skill, or intellectual gains. “The English still held their acquisition.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., iv. 368. ac-quíš'-i-tive, a. [Lat. acquisitus, pa. par. of acquiro–to acquire (q.v.).] 1. Acquired. “He [William I.] died not in his acquisitive, but in his native soil.”—Sir H. Wottom: Reliquiae Wottonianae, p. 106. 2. Prone to attempt acquisition, even though this should be made only by laying hands on that which is not one's own. “. . . the knavish, smooth-tongued, keen, and acquis- itive Hermes.”—Grote: Hist. Greece, vol. i., p. 80. T It is sometimes followed by of. ac-quíš'-it-ive-ly, adv. [Eng. acquisitive; -ly.] In virtue of having acquired anything; as having acquired anything. ac-quíš'-it-ive-mêss, S. [ACQUISITIVE.] Among phrenologists: One of those human pro: pensities which are supposed to be represented externally by bumps or protuberances on the brain. The spot which they point out for acquisitiveness is at the inferior angle of the parietal bone, with făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pöt, or, Wöre, wolf, Wörk, whô, Rön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. acquisitor ideality in front and secretiveness in the rear. It is described as a propensity. that Prº one to seek for property. The individual so unhappily constituted is considered to be a man who, if in the higher walks of life, will be prone to “klepto- mania,” and if in the humbler ranks of society will too probably figure in the police-courts as an inveterate thief. *āc-qu횺ſt-ör, S. [Lat. acquisitus, pa. par. of acquiro.] One who acquires. *äc'-quist, v. t. [Lat. acquisitus, pa. par. of ac- quiro.] To acquire. (Skinner. *äcºquist, s. [From the verb.] An acquisition, something gained. “His servants he, with new acquist Of true experience from this great event, With peace and consolation hath dismissed.” Milton: Samson Agonistes, 1,755. ac-quit', *ac-qui'ght (gh silent), *ac-quite, *a-quite, *a-quyte (mod; pret. & pa. par., ac- witted, formerly also acquit), v. t. [O. Fr. Gugwiter; #. acquitter, from Low Lat. acquieto, from ad = to, quieto – to settle.] ſº QUITE.] † In Old Scotch it has sometimes the pret. acquate, as in the example— “. . . worthily acquate himself of the great place and trust.”—Acts Chas. I. (ed. 1814), v. 517. I. Ordinary Language: 1. To pronounce one innocent of a crime, sin, or fault. [See II. 2.] “God wite in a dai wan it aquited be.” Rob. Glowc., p. 565. “The Lord is slow to anger, and great in power, and will not at all acquit the wicked.”—Nahwºm. i. 8. T Formerly followed by from prefixed to the charge; now of is employed. “. . . thou wilt not acquit me from mine iniquity.”- Job x. 14. *2. To requite, to pay for, or to avenge. *(a) To requite. “O how ill dost thou acquite the love I beare thee.” Shepherdess Feliacmena. (Collier : Shakesp., 28.) (b) To pay for. “Or if his winning be so lite That his labour will not acquite Sufficiauntly at his living, Yet may he go his brede begging.” Rom, of the Rose, 6,742. (c) To avenge. (Scotch.) “He exhortit his men to have curage; set asyd al dred- our (gif they had ony), remembring the gret spreit and manheid of thair eldaris, that thay may acquite thair deith.”—Bellend.: Crom., bk. vi., ch. xiii. 3. To set free from obligation. “For, as I hear, he was much bound for you. Amt. No more than I am well acquitted of.” Shakesp.: Merchant of Venice, v. 1. “Let each a token of esteem bestow. This gift acquits the dear respect I owe.” Pope ; Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xx., 861, 362. 4. Reflectively (with self superadded) : To quit (one's self), to behave, to discharge the trust re- posed in one. “Marlborough, on this as on every similar-occasion, acquitted himself like a valiant and skillful captain.”— Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. II. Law: To set at rest with respect to a claim or an accusation. 1. With respect to a claim : T According to the feudal system, if a tenant held lands of a lord mesne, and the mesne of the lord paramount, then the mesne was expected to acquit the tenant of all services except those which he him- self claimed for the lands. 2. With respect to, an accusation: To pronounce One void of guilt with respect to any charge which has been brought againstone; to justify. ac-quit, pa., par. [The same as ACQUITTED (q. v.) | Acquitted, quit. “To be acquit from my continual smart.”—Spemser. 3.C-quite, v. t. [ACQUIT.] 3.C-quit'—ment, s. [ACQUIT.] 1 & 2. The act of acquitting, the state of being acquitted; acquittal. “The word imports properly an acquitment or dis- charge of a man upon some precedent accusation, and a full trial and cognizance of his cause had thereupon.”— South. ac-quit'—tal, s. [ACQUIT.] Law & Ordinary Langwage: 1. A judicial direction that one is innocent of a charge brought against him, or at least that proof of the accusation has failed. T. An acquittal may be in deed, that is, by a ver- dict; or in law, that is, the boon may come to the bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, chorus, accused person more indirectly. Thus, if he be tried as accessory to a felony, the acquittal, of the principal will carry with it also his acquittal. “The acquittal of the bishops was not the only event which makes the 30th of June, 1688, a great epoch in his- tory.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. “. . . the audience, with great glee, expected a speedy acquittal.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. viii. 2. Discharge or release from a promise or obliga- tion. “And fair acquittal of his oath.” Scott: Lord of the Isles, iv. 27. Acquittal contracts: A discharge from an obliga, tion. This may be by deed, prescription, or tenure. (Co. Lit. 100 a.) ac-quit'—tange, s. [A. N.] [ACQUIT.] I. An acquittal. 1. The act of acquitting or releasing from a charge Or debt. 2. Forgiveness, acquittal. “. . . but soon shall find Forbearance no acquittance.” Milton : Paradise Lost, bk. x. 3. That which acquits. Spec., the receipt which furnishes documentary evidence of the discharge or release from a debt or obligation. ºf Now more frequent in the North of England than elsewhere. “Boyet, you can produce acquittances, For such a sum, from special officers Of Charles his father.” Shakesp.: Love's Labor's Lost, ii. 1. *II. Requital. *III. Acquaintance. (Skinner.) *ac-quit'—tange, v. t. [ACQUITTANCE, s.] To acquit. “Your mere enforcement shall acquittance me From all the impure blots and stains thereof.” Shakesp.: Richard III., iii. 7. 3.C-quit'—ted, pa. par. & al. [ACQUIT, v. t.] ac-quit'-tiâg, pr. par. [ACQUIT, v. t.] *ac-quy'se, v. t. [ACQUIRE.] To acquire. “Honour and goodes dayly to acquyse.” Maitland: Lambeth Books, p. 281. à-Grâ’ini-a, 8, pl. [Gr. a, priv, ; kranion = the skull.J Haeckel's name for the skulless animals. Vertebrata without skull and brain. Only repre- sentative, the Amphroacus lanceolatus, or Tube- hearted Leptocardia. *a-crá'sed, a. [ACRAZE.] Crazed. (Grafton.) fac—rā'-si-a, āc-ra-sy, ac'-ra-sie, s. [Gr. ak- rasia=want of power, especially over one's pas: sions; a, priy.; either, from krasis=the mixing of two things, giving the idea of mixture of two sub- stances, but not in due proportion; or from kratos= strength; meaning want of power . or control.] Excess, want of power over one's passions. “Doth overthrow the Bowre of Blis, And acrasy defeat.” Spenser: F. Q., c. xii., motto. “. . . the acrasie and discomposedness of the outer man.”—Faringdom: Sermons (A. D. 1657), p. 120. “. . . a little prone to anger, but never excessive in it, either as to measure or time, which acrasies, whether you say of the body or mind, occasion great uneasiness.”— Cornish: Life of Firm im, p. 184. a-Crâ'-ti-a, s. [Gr. - a, priv., kratos=strength.] Want of strength, weakness. *a-cráz’e, *a-crāş'e, v. t. [CRAZE.] 1. To make crazy. “And I acrazed was.” Mirror for Magistrates, p. 138. 2. To impair, to destroy. “. . . my credit acrazed.”—Gascoigne: Letters in the Hermit’s Tale, p. 21. ãº-cre, *ā-kér, s. [A. S. Cecer, ceccer, oecyr=a field, land, anything sown, Sown corn, corn; an agre; Ger., acker= (1) a field, (3) soil, (3) acre; O. H. Ger. achar: Goth. akrs; Dut...akker; Sw;...&ker; Dan. ager; Icel. akr; Fr. acre; Irish acra, Wel. eg; Lat. ager—a field; Gr. agros; Pers. akkar.] . *1. Originally, any field whatever its superficial aI’G 3. . -v. “Pople with alle the rechesse, and akers, als thei wonnen Thorgh ther douhtinesse, the land thorgh thei ron- men.” Peter Langtoft, p. 115. 2. From about the time of Edward I, the word became more definite, and its limits were prescribed by the statutes 31 and 35 Edward I., and 24 Henry VIII. By the Act 5 George IV., the varying meas- ures of the acre current in the kingdom were re- duced to one uniform standard. The Imperial acre contains, 4,840 square yards, the Scottish one 6,104-12789 square yards, and the Irish one 7,840 Square yards. The imperial acre is current in the nited States. The old Roman jugerum, generally translated “acre,” was about five-eighths of the im- perial acre. çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, acridiidae NUMBER OF PLANTS FOR AN ACRE OF GROUND. Dist. apart. Number of | Dist. apart. Number of Inches. plants. eet. plants. ' 3 by 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 696,960 6 by 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,210 4 by 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . 392,040 || 6% by 6%. . . . . . . . . . . . 1,031 6 by 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 174,240 by 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . 881 9 by 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 77,44 8 by 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 680; Feet. 9 by 9 . . . . . . . . . ... 537 by 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 43,560 | 10 by 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . 435. 1% by 1%. . . . . . . . . . . . 19,860 | 11 by 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . 360) by 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,780 12 by 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . 302, by 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,890 13 by 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 2% by 2%. . . . . . . . . . . . 6,960 14 by 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . *4 by 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,520 | 15 by 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . 193: 3 by 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,260 | 16 by 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, by 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,840 | 16% by 16%. . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 8% by 3%. . . . . . . . . . . . 3,555 | 17 by 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, by 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,890 18 by 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 by 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . ,445 19 by 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 4 by 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,630 | 20 by 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . 108; by 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,722 || 25 by 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 4% by 4%. ........... 2,151 30 by 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . 48. by 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,712 33 by 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . 40: 5 by 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,356 40 by 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . 27. 5 by 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,904 || 50 by 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 5 by 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,178 || 60 by 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. 5 by 5 ............ 1,742 | 66 by 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 5% by 5%. ........... 1,417 *acre-fight, s. A combat in the olden time with. lances between single combatants, consisting of English and Scotch borderers. It was also called. camp-fight, and the combatants were named cham- pions, from their fighting in the open field (in Fr. champ). (Cowell.) Or more probably from A. S. camp, comp- a battle. *acre-man, s. A husbandman. “. and acre-men yede to the plough.” Lay le Freime, 176. *acre-shot, *acre-tax, s. A local tax upon land, fixed at a certain sum for each acre. “The said in-dikes should be carefully maintained and repaired by those dyke-reeves out of the common acre- shot assessed within every of the said towns.”—Dugdale: Imbanking, p. 275. acre-staff, *aker-staff, s. cleaping the plow-coulter. (Kersey.) ă'-cre–age (age=ig), s, , [AGRE.] The area of any piece of arable or other land, measured in a CI'êS. & & g An instrument for . 5,000 farmers who made no return respecting either the acreage of their farms or the number of men. ºpºsed"—census Report of 1861 (Appendix), vol. iii., p. 139. acred (pron. a'-kērd), a. [From the substan- tive..] Pertaining to the owner of “acres,” i. e., landed property. *āc"—réme, s. [ACRE.] Old Law: Ten acres of land. *a-crés", v. t. [ACCRESCE.] To accresce, to in- crease. (Scotch.) “Ay the tempest did acres, And na was lykin to grow les, Bot rather to be mair.” Burel: Pilgrim. (Watson: Coll., ii. 31.) ac-ri-bei'—a, s. . [Gr. akribeiq=literal accuracy, exactness, precision.] ... A purely Greek, word oc- casionally used in English, there not, being in our tongue a short term bearing exactly the same shade of meaning. ãc'-rid, or āc"-rid, a. [In Fr. &cre ; Sp., Port. and Ital, acre ; fr. Lat. acer, fem. acris, neut. acre, genit. (tcris. tº e & B e. 1. Lit. : Sharp, pungent, piercing, hot, biting to. º taste. Used of chemical substances, of plants, &C. “. . . the mariner, his blood inflamed With acrid salts.”—Cowper: Task, bk. i. “Bitter and acrid differ only by the sharp particles of the first being involved in a greater quantity of oil than. those of the last.”—Arbuthnot: Om Aliments. 2. Fig. : Sharp, pungent, sarcastic. person’s mind, of speech, writing, &c.) “. . . of a man whose body was worn by the constant. workings of a restless and acrid mind.”—Macaulay: Hist- Eng., ch. xi. ãc'-ri—da, s. [Gr, akris, genit. akridos=a locust.] Entom. : Mr. Kirby's name for the genus Locusto. of Geoffroy, containing, however, not locusts, but grasshoppers. Others use, instead of Acrida, the term Gryllus. ſGāyīLUs.' Example, the great green grasshopper, Acrida viridissima, or Gryllus viridissimws. Acrida must not be confounded with Acridium (q.v.). ãc-rid'ºï-id-ae, a-crid'—i-dae, s. plural. [AC- RIDIUM.] Entom. : A family of Saltatorial Orthoptera, of which the genus Acridium is the type. There is much confusion in the naming of two out of three families of the Saltatorial tribe. This one contains among other insects, the migratory locust, and some of the small “grasshoppers” so often heard. and seen among grass, which are properly locusts- aš; (Used of a. expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, del. —tian Shan. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, —tion, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -SiOn = Zhūn. -tious, shūn; -Šion —tion, acridity The family is, by various authors, called Locustidae, a term, however, which some apply to the grass- hoppers proper. [LOCUSTIDAE.] “. . . and the Acridiidae, or grasshoppers.”—Darwin: JDescent of Man, pt. x., ch. ix. “. . . and the male migratory locust of Russia, one ăç'-yn-Ös, s. [ACINos.] *a-gyr-ö–1ög'-i-call, a. . [Gr, akyrologia-an im- proper phrase; akyros=without authority; a, priv.; kyros=authority; logos=word.] Containing an im- propriety of expression. (Rider: Dict., 1640.) *a-cy'se, s. [ASSIZE, II. 3..] Manner, custom. “An halyday fyl, as ys the acyse Men to go to Goddys servyse.” MS. Harl. 1,701, f. 81. (Halliwell.) a-gyt-tär"—i-a, s. [Gr. a, priv.; kyttaros=(1) a hollow, (2) the cell of a honeycomb or of a plant.] Zool.: Chamber-shells. Haeckel's name for the first “legion” of the Ray-streamers, or Rhizopoda (Root-feet). Though the lowest in organization of the class, the whole of their body consisting merely of slimy cell-matter, yet most of them secrete a shell of calcareous earth, and generally of exquisite 66 *ād, 3d person sing., pres, indicat. of verb to have. Obsolete spelling of hath. [HAVE.] “Lo, hou he ad me to rent Mi bodi and mi face i-schent.” The Seven Sages, 469. ãd, Lat, prep. [In Lat.=to. Cognate with Eng. at, and many words in other Aryan tongues. (AT.) Perhaps more remotely akin to various Syro-Ara- bian verbs, as Heb., E. Aram., and Sam. athah = to come, to go ; Arab. athe (a-the) = to come near, to approach. (See AD, II., in compos.) Ad was for- merly written ar, a form which still remains in some words, such as arbiter.] I. As an independent word: A purely Latin prep- osition, used in many phrases from that tongue § ore or less frequently quoted in English composi- 1OIl, ad admittendum clericum (lit.)=to admit a clergyman. a.d. arbitrium=at will, at pleasure. ad captandum=to captivate. T Captandum is the accusative of the gerund, or the gerundive participle of capto- to catch at fre- quently or eagerly, freq. of capio=to take. Oratory: . With the view of, captivating. Used specially of public speakers who utter sentiments which they do, not themselves believe, but which they think will render them acceptable to their hearers. ad finem- to the end. ad hoc=with respect to this, specially of this. “. . . . appoint their various ambassadors and con- suls as reporters ad hoc.”—Daily Telegraph, March 14, 1877. ad hominem (lit.)=to a or the man. & © Logic. , [ARGUMENTUM, under which also similar logical phrases will be found.] ad indefinitum. [Lit. = to the indefinite.] To an indefinite extent. { ad infinitum. [Lit. = to the infinite.] To in- finity, without any limit. “Nay, then, thought I, if that you breed so fast, I’ll put you by yourselves, lest you at last Should prove ad infinitum, and eat out The book that l already am about.” Bunyan: Pilgr. Prog., Apology. ad inquirendum=to be inquired into. Law: "Used when a writ is issued ordering an in- quiry to be made. ad interim=in the meantime. ad largum (Law)=at large. ad leones (lit.) = to the lions. Ch. Hist. : A popular cry or a magisterial sentence among the old Romans, dooming a real or supposed criminal to be given to the lions. The cry “Ad leones ſ” was raised against the apostolic father Polycarp, though death was ultimately inflicted in another Way. ad libitum=at pleasure. 1. Gen. : As much as One likes. 2. Music: At the performer's pleasure; generally applied to a portion of the piece which may be played or passed over as the performer likes. ad manes fratrum=to the manes of [some one's] brothers. [MANES.] “Give us the proudest prisoner of the Goths, That we may hew his limbs, and on a pile, Ad manes fratrum sacrifice his flesh.” Shakesp.: Titus Andronicus, i. 2. ad referendum = to be referred to , a higher authority, or held over for the present that it may receive further consideration. ad valorem. [Lit.=to or according to value: Valor, however, it should be added, is not classical Latin. 8%. : A term applied (1) to the amount of the duties or customs paid on certain goods taxed ag- cording to their value, and not simply by their number, weight, or measure; (2) to stamp-duties, payable according to the value of the subject- matter of the particular instruments Or Writings. ad vitam aut culpam. [Lat. (lit.)=to (one's) lifetime or fault. e Law: Used of the tenure of an office which the incumbent holds for life, provided that he conduct himself with propriety. II. In composition, ad=to: as Lat. adhgereo, Eng. adhere=to stick to. In the Latin words into which it enters, the final letter d generally remains un- changed when it is followed by a vowel, or by some one of the consonants b, d, h, m, and v, as addello, addo, adhoereo, admiror, and adveho; while, for euphony’s sake, it is assimilated to the succeeding letter when that letter is one of the consonants c, f, g, l, m, p, r, s, or t, as accelero, affero, aggredior, alligo, annumcio, appareo, arripio, assigno, attendo. The Latin, preposition ad enters directly or indi- directly, into the composition of many English words derived from the Latin ; and the laws of Adam's needle adhere, admire, advocate; (2) assimilated: acceler- ate, affluence, aggressive, allegiance, ammowmce, ap- parent, assignation, attention. A. D. Initials for Ammo Domini (lit.) = in the year of the Lord, i.e., our Lord Jesus Christ. *ād-àct', v. t. [Lat. adigo, -egi, -actum=to drive to: ad=to, and agg-to drive.] To drive, to com- pel, to drive in by force. (Mimshew.) *ād-āct'—éd, pa. par. [ADACT.] *ād-àct'-iñg, pr. par. [ADACT.] a-dāc'-tyle, s. [Gr. a, priv.; dactylos=a finger.] Amat.: Used of a foot without toes, or a hand without fingers. - *a-dād', adv. [A. S. a-in: doed=deed, or it may be a corruption of egad=bygad, bygod...] Indeed truly. “They are all deep, they are very deep and sharp, sharp as needles, adad, the wittiest men in England.”—Shad- well: Squire of Alsatia (1688). *ād-ae-quate, a. [ADEQUATE.] *a-dā‘ff, v. t. To daunt. [Junius refers to adaffed as occurring in Chaucer, but Urry reads adassed= dazzled.] (Halliwell.) - *a-dāffed, pa. par. [ADAFF.] ād-age, *ād-a-gy, s. [In Fr., adage; from Lat. adagiwm--a provérb, an adage.] A proverb or short sentence, embodying a wise saying, generally dis- covered by popular observation, or experience; a pithy saying, hoary with antiquity, but whose eas- hºpprehended truth keeps it in popular currency S º “That is because I have done it myself, and not left it to others. Serve yourself, would you be well served, is an excel- lent adage.” Longfellow: The Courtship of Miles Standish, i. 37. ad-āg'-i-al, a. [ADAGE.] Pertaining to an ad- age, proverbial. ad-a'-gi-Ö, adv. & s. agio=ease, leisure. Music : g . 1. As adverb: Slowly, in a leisurely manner, with ease and grace... 2. As substantive: A slow movement. “Be teaches those to read, whom schools dismiss'd, And colleges, untaught; sells accent, tone, And emphasis in score, and gives to prayer The adagio and andante it demands.” * - Cowper: Task, blº. ii. *ād-a-gy, s. [ADAGE.] Ād'-am, s. [In Lat. Adamus; Gr. Adam, fr. Heb. Adam = (1) man in general; (2) Spec., Adam, the first man, fr. adam=to be red. Cognate with these are didamah =the ground, edom and Ödem=the ruby or sardine stone. In Gen. ii. 7, it is stated that God formed man (eth-ha-adam=the man) of dust (min- ha-didamah = from the ground), as if to suggest that man was made of red earth, or perhaps that his blood (in Heb. dam) remotely resembles the color of some reddish or brownish-red soils.] 1. Gen. : The name given in the Hebrew Script- ures (1) to the human race or man in general; and (2) to Adam, as being the first man and the progeni- tor of the human race. *2, Technically. Mirthfully: A serjeant, a bailiff, a jailor. “Not that Adam that kept the Paradise, but that Adam. that keeps the prison.”—Shakesp.: Comedy of Errors, iv. 3. Adam and Eye, 8. [Adam, see etym.; Eve- the first mother of the human race. *1. Bot. : , The two , tubers, of , Orchis maculata, which, by the fanciful, were held, singly, to resem. ble the human figure, and, together, to suggest the first parents of Our race. (Cravem.) 2. In America : The similar tubers of another orchid the Aplectrum hyemale. It is called also the Putty-plant. It grows in the United States. Adam's ale, S. Water. (Eng. colloquial.) Adam's apple, 8. [In Tat. Adami pomum.] *1. Bot. : (1) The name given by Gerarde and other old authors to the plantain-tree (Musa para- disiaca), from the notion that its fruit was that sinfully eaten by Adam in Eden. (2) The name given for the same reason to a species of Citrus. 2. Amat.: A protuberance on the fore part of the throat formed by the os hyoides. The name is sup- posed to have arisen from the absurd popular no- tion that a portion of the forbidden fruit, assumed to have been an apple, stuck in Adam's throat when he attempted to swallow it down. *Adam's flannel, S. ſNamed possibly from the soft white hairs which densely clothe both sides of the leaves of the plant.] (Carr.) Bot. : The white mullein (Verbascum lychºmitis). (Cravem.) Adam's needle, s. Bot. : The popular name of the genus Yucca, mag- [Ital. Cudagio: fr. ad= with ; form. The larger number of the Species live at the assimilation are essentially the same in both nificent plants of the Liliaceous order. The term bottom of the sea. tongues. Examples—(1) unassimilated: addition, meedle refers to the sharp-pointed leaves. [YUCCA.] fate, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = à, qu = kw. Adam's wine Adam's wine, s. Water. (Colloquial.) (Scotch.) “Some take a mutchkin of porter to their dinner, but I sloken my drouth wi' Adam's wine.”—Sir A. Wylie, i. 107. *Ád'—am ti'–1ér, s. [Apparently from a certain Adam Tiler.] A pickpocket's associate, who receives stolen goods and'runs off with them. (Wright.) ād-a-mânt, s. & a. [O. Fr. fr. Lat, adamanta, acc. of adamas; from Gr, adamas. As substantive = (1) the hardest metal, probably steel; (2) a com- pound of gold and steel; (3) the diamond. As adject- ive = unconquerable; a, priv.; damazô- to Oyer- power, to subdue; Ger, demant or diamant ...SW. damant; Fr. diamant; Ital, diamante..] [DIA- MOND.] A. As substantive: I. Lit.: A stone of such impenetrable hardness that it cannot be crushed or pierced. “So great a fear my name amongst them spread That they supposed I could rend bars of steel, And spurn in pieces posts of adamant.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., i. 4. “As an adamant harder than flint have I made thy fore- head.”—Ezek. iii. 9. Špº. *i. The loadstone. “As iron, toucht by the adamant’s effect, To the North Pole doth ever point direct.” Sylvester; Dw Bartas, p. 64. ** Hel. You draw me, you hard-hearted adamant ; But yet you draw not iron, for my heart Is true as steel.” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night’s Dream, ii. 2. I See also the ballad Romaunt of the Rose, 1,182. 2. The diamond, the hardest of minerals. “Laws inscribed on adamant.” Cowper : Transl. of Milton. Still used in this sense, but chiefly in poetry. 3. The scoriae of gold. II. Fig.: Hard, incapable of feeling, destitute of pity. “An unblushing forehead, a smooth lying tongue, and a heart of adamant.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xviii. B. As adj. : Made of adamant, pertaining to adamant, (Literally and figuratively.) [See the substantive.] “Ah ! strike off this adamant chain, And make me eternally free.” * & *g Cowper: Olney Hymns, lxvii. ād-a-măn'-té—an, a. [Lat. adamantew8=made of steel, adamantine.] As hard as adamant. “Of brazen shield and spear the hammered cuirass, Chalybean-tempered steel, and frock of mail \º Adamanteam proof l’’—Milton : Samson Agonistes, 134. ād-a-măn'-time, a. [Lat. adamantinus; Gr. adamantinos=hard as steel, adamantine.] Wery hard. (Rider: Dict., 1640.) i. i.it. Made of adamant. “Wide is the fronting gate, and raised on high With adamantime columns threats the sky.” Dryden: Virgil’s AEmeid, wi. 745. 2. Fig. : Which cannot be broken. “With hideous ruin and combustion, down To bottomless perdition ; there to dwell In adamantine chains and penal fire.” Milton: P. L., i. 48. iſ In poetry it is not always easy to decide whether the word adamantine is used in a literal or figurative sense. a damantine Spar, 8. Min; [So called from its lustre.] The name iven by Black and others to gorundum from India. t is of a dark-greyish smoke-brown tint, but is greenish or bluish by transmitted light, that is, in specimens sufficiently translucent to admit of the experiment being made. When ground it is used, as a polishing material. Dana classifies it with his anhydrous oxides. ãd'-a-măs, .8. 4; [ADAMANT.] (Pliny, xxxvii. 15.) The diamond. [See ADAMIANT and DIAMOND.] Adamas siderites. [Gr, sideros=iron.] Pliny’s name for corundum. (Pliny, xxxvii. 15.) [CORUN- DUM.] (Dama.) *ād-a-măte, v. t. [Lat. amo, -avi, -atum=to love.] To love dearly. (Minshew.) Äd-a-mi, genit. of Lat. s. [ADAM.] Of Adam. Adami pomum, s. [ADAM's APPLE. Ād-ām-ic, Ád-ām'—i-cal, a. [Lat. Adamicus.] Pertaining to Adam (q.v.). Adamic earth, s. A term for red clay, ād-a-mine, s. [ADAMITE, 2.] Äd'-a-mite (1), s. [From Adam, our first father.] 1. A descendant of Adam. “. . . to an Adamite Forgive, my Seraph! that such thoughts appear, For sorrow is our element.” Adam w8=Adam. 67 - 2. Plural. Ch. Hist. : A sect of Gnostics which arose in the second century. Professing to imitate the state of our first father in Paradise, they re- jected marriage and the use of raiment. It was not long before the sect became extinct. . It was, how- ever, revived again in the twelfth, and subsequently in the early part of the fifteenth century. John Zisca, the famous general of the Hussites, attacked the Adamites, who were bringing discredit upon his army, slew some of them, and committed others to the flames. [See Merry Beggars, ii. 1.] ãd'—a—mite (2) (Dana, &c.), ād-a-mine (Frie- del), s. . [In Ger, adamits. Named after Mr. Adam, of Paris.]... A mineral classed by Dana with his Pſydrous Phosphates and Arseniates. Its composi- tion is arsenic 39.95, zinc 54'32, with a trace of iron and manganese. #ardness, 3'5; specific gravity, 4’338; lustre, strongly vitreous. It is of a honey color, with violet externally. It is transparent. The crystals are orthorhombic. Found in Chili. Äd-a-mit-ic, Ád-a-mit-ī-cal, a. [ADAMITE(1).] ºraining to the Adamites, resembling the Adam- 1U62S, ãd'—ams-ite, 8. |Nº. by Shepard after a Mr. Adams.] A mineral, a variety, Qr perhaps a mere synonym of Muscovite (q.v.). It is a greenish-black mica, found in the United States. ād-ān-só'-ni-a, s. [In Fr. Adamsonie. Named after Adanson, a celebrated French traveler, who lived from 1749 to 1754 in Senegal, investigating its natural §§ A genus of plants belonging to the order Sterculiaceae, or Sterculiads. The A. dig- itata is the Baobab, Monkey-bread, African cala- bash, or Ethiopian sour-gourd, tree. . It has a fan- tastic look, its stem being of little height, but of reat thickness; one specimen was found thirty eet in diameter. The fruit is about ten inches long. Externally it is downy; within this down is a hard woody rind, which requires a saw to gut it across; and inside the rind is an eatable pulp, of slightly acid taste. The juice mixed with sugar is serviceable in putrid and pestilential fevers. The Africans mix the dried and powdered leaves with their food to promote perspiration, and they have been found useful in diarrhoea and dysentery. The Adamsonia is properly a native of Africa, but it has been introduced, probably by the Mussulmans, into India, where its large white flowers, appear in May and June, to be in due time followed by fruit. *a-dānt', v. t. [ADAUNT.] ãd'-a-pis, s. [From adapis, a synonym for the COIIl Cºl Old rabbit, given by Gesner, and adopted for this genus from its resemblance in size, structure, and, it is believed, in habits, to the rabbit.] Palaeont.: A fossil mammal of which some re- mains were met with in the gypsum of Montmartre, near Paris. It appears to have resembled a hedge. hog, but to have been one-third larger. It was of eOcene age. ad-àpt', v. t. [In Fr. adapter; Sp. adaptar; Ital, adattare: Lat. ad=to; apto-to fit; Gr. hapto = to fasten, or bind to..] To fit to, to adjust to, to make suitable for. (Used either of things material or immaterial.) & £ Ships adapted both for war and for trade were re- quired.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. “Can portion out his pleasure and adapt His round of pastoral duties.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iv. *ad-àpt', a. [ADAPT, v.] Fitted. “Adapt to prudent husbandry.”—D'Urfey: Walk, ch. 1. ad-āpt-a-bil-i-ty, s. [ADAPTABLE.] I. Gen. : The quality of being able to be adapted. “One of the most wonderful circumstances in the con- struction of the hand is its adaptability to an infinite number of offices.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat. i. 149. II, Technically : Darwinism. Variability: The capability, pos- sessed by organized beings, to acquire new qualities through the operation of the external conditions of life under which they are placed. “On the other hand we call adaptability (adaptabilitas), or variability (variabilitas), the capability inherent in all organisms to acquire such new qualities under the influence of the outer world.”—Haeckel; Hist. of Crea- tion, i. 220. fººt-º-ble, C!. adapted. tad-àpt'-a-ble-nēss, , s: , [ADAPTABLE.] . The quality of being able to be adapted or adjusted: ‘I Nearly obsolete, its place being supplied by ADAPTABILITY. ãd-apt-à'—tion, *ad-āp'—tion, s. [In Fr. adapt- Cition. A. Generally: 1, 2, 3. The act of adapting, adjusting, or fitting to ; the state of § adapted, adjusted, or fitted Collin’s [ADAPT.] That may be adarcon / “Its (the eye's) capacity of adaptation, under the in- fluence of the will, to distinct vision at every distance beyond that of a few inches.”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Anat., ii. 47. B. Technically: Darwinism: The capability of acquiring new characteristics; also the new characteristics ac- quired by a living being through the operation of the external conditions of life under which it is placed. “They can hardly be due to adaptations within a late period.”—Darwin : Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. vi. . . . . . more perfect adaptation to the external con- ditions of life.”—Ibid., pt. ii., ch. viii. ad-āpt'-ed, pa. par. & a. [ADAPT.] “But in the case of an island, or of a country partly surrounded by barriers, into which new and better adapted forms could not freely enter . . .”—Dar- win : Orig. of Species, ch. iv. ad-àpt'-ed-nēss, s. [ADAPT.] The state of being adapted, suitableness ad-àpt'-Ér, s. [ADAPT.] Gen. : One who or that which adapts. iſ The term adapter is also used to denote that piece of tubing by which the smaller tube of a tele- Scope or microscope containing the eye-piece, &c., is connected with the larger or main tube. It also signifies, in chemical apparatus, a connecting piece of tube to unite a retort to a bottle, &c. ad-àpt'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ADAPT.] *ad-āp'—tion, s. [ADAPTATION.] ad-àpt'—ive, a. [ADAPT.] . 1. In an active sense: Having the power of adapt- ing one thing to another, or in fact so adapting it. “. . . . . the adaptive understanding.”—Coleridge : Aids to Reflection, p. 81. "I The adaptive power = the understanding which has the faculty of adapting means to ends. “. ... what I have elsewhere called the adaptive power, that is, the faculty of adapting means to proxi- mate ends.”—Coleridge ; Aids to Reflection, p. 178. 2. In a passive sense. Spec. in Biology: Capa- bility of being adapted, or being actually adapted to something else. “In the greater number of mammals the bones assume a very modified and adaptive position.”—Flower : Oste- ology of the Mammalia, p. 242 “. . . adaptive changes of structure.”—Darwin. Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. i., ch. iv. *I Biol. An adaptive character : . An analogical character; one founded not on affinity, but on anal- Ogy. [ANALOGY..] “These resemblances, though so intimately connected with the whole life of the being, are ranked as merely adaptive or analogical characters.”—Darwin: Origix of Species, ch. xiii. . ad-āpt'—ive-ly, adv. [ADAPTIVE.] In an adapt. ive manner, so as to be adapted to something else. “. . . . such later and less typical mammalia do more effective work by virtue of their adaptively modified structures.”—Owen : Classif. of Mammalia. *ad-àpt'-nēss, s. [ADAPTNESS..] The state of being fitted to. ‘I Adaptation and aptness have now taken its place. “Some notes are to display the adaptness of the sound to the sense.”—Dr. Newton. ad-àpt-ör -ī—al, a. With the tendency to adapt; fitting, suitable. A—dar', s. [Heb. Adar. Perhaps from the Syri- ans; or from the Heb. adar= to be ample, to be magnificent.j. The sixth month of the jewish civil, and the twelfth, of the , ecclesiastical year. The name was not introduced till after the Captivity (Esther iii. 7, 13; viii. 12; ix. 1, 15, 17, 21). It cor- responded to the latter part of February and the be- ginning of March. If derived from the Heb. (adar= to be ample, or magnificent), the name may refer to the splendid character of the spring vegetation as seen during Adar. The Jewish months being lunar, the year of twelve months thus constituted falls short of the solar one by about eleven days. To rem- edy this inequality, a second Adar was intercalated Once in three years, which was called Vegdar. A-dār'—a, s. . [Corrupted Arabic (?).] Astrom, : . A fixed star of the 2.5 magnitude, called also Canis Majoris. ãd ar-bit'—rí-iām. [Lat.] [AD 3 a *a-dar'-gē, s. [Gr, adarké, adarkés, a darkos, or adarkion= a saline efflorescence on the herbage of marshes.]. A saline effiorescence on marsh-herbage, . first seen in Galatia. It was used in leprosy, tet- ters, and some other skin diseases. a-dar'-cön, 8...[Heb.adarkon = a daric (1 Chron. xxix. 7; Ezra viii. 27), in which our English trans- lators rendered it “a drachm.” in Ezra ii. 69; Neh. vii. 70, T1, 7% the word is darkemon also rendered “a Byron.: Heaven and Earth, i. 1. to ; the thing adjuste drachm.” Talmud, darkon; Gr, dareikos.j A daric, bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. adarme a Persian gold coin current in Palestine after the Captivity. Who first struck them is still a matter of dispute. [DARIC.] ... 3-dar-mé, s. A small weight used in the Span- ish peninsula and in Spanish America. lt is the sixteenth part of a Spanish ounce. *a-dar'-mêch, s. A golden color. (Howell.) *a-da,'rned, a. Ashamed. (Coles.) *a-dar'-rís, s. The flower of sea-water. (Howell.) *a-dāşe §. par, adased, , adassid), v. [Icel. dasa ; cf. A. S. dwoºs = stupid.] fijºsº. 1. Lit.: To dazzle. “My clere and shynynge eyen were all adased and derked.”—Caacton: Divers Fruytful Ghostly Maters. 2. Fig.: To put out of countenance. “Beth not adased for your innocence.” Chaucer (ed. Urry), p. 106. a-dā-ta-is, a-dā'-tís, or a-dā'-tys, s. A kind 9f cloth made of muslim. It is manufactured in Bengal and other parts of India. *a-dā'unt, *a-dānt, v. t. [A. N. Old form of DAUNT (q.v.).] 1. To daunt. (Damiel.) 2. To tame, to subdue, to extinguish. “His fleshe wolde have charged him with fatnesse, but that the wantonnesse of his wombe with travaile and fastyng he adawn teth.”—Robert of Gloucester. 3. To mitigate; to restrain. “Ageyns hedm thy wrathe adant, Gef heom mercy.”—Kyng Alisawnder, 2,853. *a-dā'unt—ré1–èy, s. [AvAUNTLAY.] *a-dāw", *a-dāw"e, v. t. & i. A. Transitive: 1. To daunt. “As one adaw’d and half confused stood.” Spenser: F. Q., W. v. 45. 2. To awake. - “But, sire, a man that waketh of his slepe He may not sodenly wel taken kepe Upon a thing, ne seen it partitly Till that he be adawed veraily.” Chaucer: C. T., 10,274. 3. To abate. B. Technically: 1. To be daunted. 2. To awake. * al-dawe, adv. [ADAW, v.] Of (from) day, i.e., €. (Spenser.) “Some wolde have hym adawe, And some sayde it was not lawe.” JRichard Coeur de Lion, 973. a-daw-lèt, a-dāw'-liit, s. [Hindustani: (1) Justice, equity; (2) a court of justice.) In India: A court of justice. In those portions of fºritish Oriental possessions where Mohammedan law terms are in use, the courts of justice are di- vided into Dewanee and Foujdarry, the former being civil and the latter criminal courts. a-dā'y, a dā'y, adv. [Eng. a day.] *1. In the daytime, by day. “For what thing William won aday with his bowe, Were it fethered foul, or foure-feted beste.” William and the Werewolf, p. 8. 2. Each day. “Cym. Nay, let her languish A drop of blood a-day; and, being aged, Die of this folly!”—Shakesp.: Cymbeline, i. 2. a-dāyś, adv, [Eng. a days.] On days or in days. Ušéd in the expression “now-a-days.” “There be many servants mow-a-days that break away every man from his master.”—1 Sam. xxv. 10. ād-az, s. [ADDICE.] (Kennet's MS, Gloss.) (Hal- liwell.) ād-gor -por-āte, v. t. . [Lat. ad = to; corpus = body..] To unite one body to another, to incorpor- ate. (Mimshew : Gwide into Tomgwes, 1627.) ãdd, v. t. & i... [In Ger, addirem: Fr. additionner; fr. Lat, addo=(1) to give in addition to, (2) to add: ad=to, and do=to give.] A. Transitive: f 1. To give in addition to. “And she called his name Joseph, and said, The Lord shall add to me another son.”—Gen. xxx. 24. 2. To put a number or anything to another. (a) To put one number to another with the view of ascertaining their sum As a rule, the number added to is larger than that which is added to it, but it may be otherwise. “Whatsoever positive idea a man has in his mind of any quantity, he can repeat it, and add it to the former, as easily as he can add together the idea of two days or two years.”—Locke. (b) To put one thing to another. “Can Nature add a charm, or Art confer A new-found luxury not seen in her ?” Cowper : Eacpostulation. făte, fit, fare, amidst, whāt, fall, father; 68 *] In this sense it is often followed by ºff, with reference to the fact that one desirous of finding the sum of a series of figures placed line beneath line, generally commences with the lowest, and moves wo till he reaches the topmost one. (Lit. & fig.) “. . . as man can certainly produce great results by adding wo in any given direction mere individual differ- ences.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. iv. “. . rejecting that which is bad, preserving and adding up all that is good.”—Ibid. B. Intransitive: 1. To augment, to produce an increase. “His influence at Edinburgh added to the terror which he inspired among the mountains.”—Macaulay : Hist. of England, ch. xiii. 2. To append one statement to another. “Be added that he would willingly consent to the en- tire abolition of the tax if it should appear that the tax and the abuses were inseparable.”—Macaulay : Hist. of JEng., ch. xi. ‘I In the example under B. 1, there may be an ellipsis of an accusative after added; and in that under B. 2, the whole statement commencing that he would may be regarded as a substitute for an ac- cusative. ãd'-da, s. [Arabic.] A small lizard, the Scincus officinalis, which occurs in Syria, Arabia, India, Egypt, Nubia, Abyssinia, and elsewhere. It is cel- ebrated by Eastern physicians on account of its imagined efficacy in curing elephantiasis, leprosy, and other cutaneous diseases common in those re- g LODS. täd-da-ble, a. [ADDIBLE.] ād-dāx, s...[An African word; Lat, addaw, genit. addacis. º ii. 37.) Col. Hamilton Smith considers P iny's strepsiceros to be the genuine ad- dax. (Griffith's Cuvier, iv. 193.)] A species of an- telope, formerly called oriº addaar, now Orya: ſmasomaculata. It is about three feet seven inches high at the shoulder, and three feet eight inches at the loins. It has a lengthened mane upon the neck, and a tuft of hair beneath the throat, points by which it is distinguished from the typical Oryces. The horns are equally robust in both sexes, and have two and a-half spiral turns. The greater part of the animal is of a white color. It is found in Arabia, in the Sahara, and as far west as Senegal. *ād'de, pret. of v. [HAD.] ād-dèg'-im-āte, v. t. [Lat. ad=to; decimo=to decimate; decimus=the tenth; decem=ten..] To take tithes, or to ascertain the amount of tithes. ād-déd, pa. par. & a. [ADD.] A. As past participle: “. . . I wish to get the added force of all ten.”—Tyn- dall: Frag. of Science, iv. 77. B. As adjective: Additional. “The baby seems to smile with added charms.” * ** Cowper: Progress of Error, 521. . *ād-déem, àd-dém'e, v. t. [A. S. adéman-to judge, adjudge, doom, deem, Qr try.] To deem, to adjudge, to account, to regard. “And for revengement of those wrongful smarts, Which I to others did inflict afore, Addeem'd me to endure this penance sore.” Spemser: F. Q., VI., viii. 22. *ād-déem'-ed, *ād-dèmed, pa. par. [ADDEEM.] [ #ºn-aim, pl. ad-dén'-da, gerundive par. all 1 ºl. Sing. : A thing (plur. things) to be added. ād-dé-phâg'-i-a, s. [ADEPHAGIA.] ãd'-dér, s. A person who, or a machine which adds numbers. ãd-dér, s. .[A. S. moedre-an adder, the form ad- der having arisen from the wrong division of the article and the noun, a moeddre, am geddºre; Dut. adder=a viper; Icel. madhr, madhra ; Goth, madrs; ... neider; Lat, matriæ-a water-snake..] [NAT- RIX. £, I. Specifically: 1. The most common English name of tho viper, Pelias berus. Its color is yellowish-brown or oſive, with a double series of black spots along the back, and the sides paler and spotted with black. It has a broad trian gular he ad a n d a short tail. It rarely exceeds two feet in length. It is the only pois- onous rep tile found in Brit- aim. The com- m on sin a ke (Col w ber ma- triac), which is sometimes con- founded with it, may be dis- The Adder (Pelias Berus). tinguished by having a longer tail, and what looks wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hér, there; adder's-wort like a yellowish-white collar around its neck. The minute wounds made by an adder-bite should be promptly sucked, and the poison spat outs, after which they should be bathed with olive-oil, and ammonia administered internally. “It is the bright day that brings forth the adder; And that craves wary walking.” Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, ii. 1. . In America the term is applied to several varie- ties of non-venomous reptiles, such as the puffing adder, milk adder, &c. 2. In Scriptwre: An appellation given to four probably venomous snakes: (a) Heb. achshub, Gr. aspis–the viper (Bochart, &c.) or the puff adder (Col. Hamilton, Smith), Ps. cxl. 3, quoted in Rom. iii. 13, where the reptile is called the asp. e * (b) Heb. pethem, Ps. lviii. 5; xci. 13=the “ asp” of Deut. xxxii. 33; Job xx. 14, 16; Isa. xi. 8. It may be the Naia haje (Dr. Lindsay Alexander, &c.). (c) Heb. tsiphoni and tsepha, Prov. xxiii. 32. In this passage, it is rendered in, Septuagint Greek kerastēs. It is the “cockatrice” of Isa. xi. 8; xiv. 29; lix. 5. [COCKATRICE, g - (d) |Heb. shephiphon, Gen. xlix. 17. Probably the Vipera cerastes. “Dan shall be a serpent by the way, an adder in the ath, that biteth the horse heels, so that his rider shall all backward.”—Gen. xlix. 17. II. Generically: 1: Any serpent of the extended Linnaean genus Coluber. (Griffith's Cuvier, ix. 256, 331. 2. Plural. Adders. The name given by Haeckel's translator to the Aglyphodonta, a sub-order of Ser- pentS. 3. An animal, plant, or anything more or less §, resembling the adder described under No. 1. (See the compounds below.) * adder-bead, s. [ADDER-STONE.] (Scotch.) adder-bolt, adder-fly, s. A name sometimes given to various species §f dragon-flies. adder-gem, s. A kind of charm. adder-like, a. Like an adder. Spec. : Wenomous, revengeful. “Worm-like ’twas trampled—adder-like avenged.” Byrom: Corsair, canto i. 14. adder-pike, s. The lesser-weaver, or sting-fish. (Trachinus vipera). adder's-graSS, s. - *1. A plant; the Cynosorchis. (Gerard: Herball.) ( 2. * name sometimes given to the adder's tongue Cl. V. ). adder's mouth, s. A name for the plants of the genus Microstylis. (American.) adder-stone, adder-bead (Scotch), s. [So called because it was formerly supposed to be formed by adders. (See Jamieson: Scott. Dict.)] A stone or bead used by the Druids as an amulet. adder's tongue, s. I. Singular: 1. The English name of the fern-genus, Ophioglos- sum. The scientific appellation [fr. Gr. ophis-a Serpent; glössa=tongue] has nearly the same mean- Adder's Tongue (Ophioglossum Vulgatum). 1. Complete plant. 2. Fructification. 3. Portion of No. 2 magnified. 4. Spores. ing. The reference is to the fact that the fructifica- tion is not, as is usual with ferns, on the back of the frond, but is in a lengthened spike, remotely re- sembling a serpent's tongue. 2. Yellow cudder's tongue: A. name for the Ery- thromium Americanwm, a genus of liliaceous plants. II. Plural: , Lindley's name, for the Ophioglos- saceae, an order of the Felicales or Fern-alliance. [OPHIOGLOSSACEAE.] adder's-WOrt, s. *1. The common bistort, or snakeweed (Polygonumv bistorta). g gö, pót, pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, clib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, Ce = €; ey = a. qu = kW. addettit | f 2. The adder's tongue (Qphioglossum) (q.v.). The sea-adder is a pipe-fish—the Symgnath ws acus. [SEA-ADDER.] *ad-dét'-tit, pa, par. [DEBT.] Indebted. (Scotch.) “And was addettit for my misdoing, Unto our cuntré to have sufferit pane.” Douglas: "Virgil, 351. ăd'-di-bil-i-ty, *ād-da-bíl-i-ty, s. [Lat. addo = to put to, to add.] Capability of being added. “This endless addition or addibility (if any one like the word better) of numbers, so apparent to the mind, is that which gives us the clearest and most distinct idea of infinity.”—Locke. ãd'-di-ble, fid'-da-ble, a. . [Lat. addo=to put to, to add.] That may be added, capable of being added. “The first number in every addition is called the ad- dable number; the other the number or numbers added ; and the numbers invented by the addition, the aggregate or Sum.”—Cocker". “The clearest idea it can get of infinity is the confused incomprehensible remainder of endless addible numbers, which affords no prospect of stop or boundary.”—Locke. *ād'-dige (1), s. [ADZE.] “The addice hath its blade made thin and somewhat arching. As the axe hath its edge parallel to its handle, so the addice hath its edge athwart the handle, and is ground to a basil on its inside to its outer edge.”—lſoacom: Mechanical Eacercises. *ād'-dige (2), s. An addled egg. (Huloet.) (Halli- well.) ad-dict', v. t. [Lat. addictus, pa. par of addico = to adjudge or assign, to devote to: ad=to; dico, dicavi-to dedicate, to consecrate.] A. Ordinary L(tºnguage: 1. Completely to give one's self oyer to a practice or pursuit. This may be good, indifferent, or bad. (a) Good: “They have addicted themselves to the ministry of the saints.”—1 Cor. xvi. 15. (b) Indifferent: “. . . as little addicted to staying at home as their kins- folk of New England.”—J. S. Mill: Pol. Econ. - “A poet’s cat, sedate and grave As poet well could wish to have, Was much addicted to inquire For nooks to which she might retire.” Cowper: The Retired Cat. “. . . the Hebrew, which stands second in point of antiquity, is less addicted to this practice.”—Beames: Compar. Gram., Aryan Lang. of India, vol. i., ch. iv. (c) Bad: “A man gross indeed, sottish, and addicted to low com- pany and low merriment.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. iv. * It is not creditable to human nature that the bad sense of the word now is the most common one, as if one more frequently gave himself over to an evil pursuit or practice than to a good One, and the devotion in the former case was, as a rule, greater than in the latter. B. Technically. Old Roman Law: Various mean- º; among others, to assign a debtor to the service of his creditor as a means of liquidating his debt. The principal of the debt, as contradistinguished from the interest accruing on it, was called addict- ws. With tacit reference to this Roman custom, Ben Jonson says, “I am neither author nor fauter of any sect, but if I have anything, defend it as truths.” “. the technical difference between the measus and the addictus, or between the debt arising from the principal loan and that arising from unpaid interest.”— Lewis: Early Roman Hist., ch. xii. d-dict', a. [Lat. addictws, pa. par. of addico.] Addicted. “If he be addict to vice.” Shakesp.: Passionate Pilgrim, 17. a d-dict'-ed, pa. par. [ADDICT.] Wholly given over to. This may be done formally; or it may arise, without the deliberate intention of the indi- yidual, by his allowing himself to be overmastered by a habit. fad—dict'—éd-nēss, s, [ADDICTED.] The quality or the state of being addicted. “Those know how little I have remitted of my former addictedness to make chemical experiments.”—Boyle, a d-dict'-iñg, pr. par. [ADDICT.] * It is generally followed by a reflective pronoun. Its meaning is=devoting [one's self] to, giving one's self wholly over to; allowing one's self to become a slave to a habit. ad-dic'—tion, s. [Lat. addictio-the sentence of a praetor adjudging property to any one, or a debtor to the service of his creditor.] 1. The act of addicting or devoting. 2. The state of being addicted or devoted; pro- pensity, proclivity. “Since his addiction was to courses vain; His companies unletter'd, rude, and shallow.” ** Shakesp.: King Henry V., i. 1. ãd'-difig, pr. par. [ADD.] bóil, -cian, böy; póüt, -tian = jówl; Shan. Cat, –tion, çell, -SiOn = Chorus, Shiin; 69 ad-dit'—a-ment, s. [Lat. additamentum, q. v.] Something added, as º, to property pre- viously acquired, furniture to a house, or a commer- cial venture to one which has gone before. [ADDIT- AMENTUM.] “But then it must be considered whether the charge of the additament will not destroy the profit.” – Bacom: Physiol. Item. --- ad-dit-a-mên'-tūm, 8, [Lat. = an addition, an ^ increase.] Old Anat, ; That method of joining bone to bone which is called epiphysis. [EPIPHYSIS. ad-di-tion, s. [In Ger. and Fr. addition; Ital, addizione: fr. Lat, additio; addo=to put to..] [ADD.] I. The act of adding— * : * (a) An arithmetical number, an algebraic term, º pore generally, anything to another of the same IIl Cl. “The infinite distance between the Creator and the noblest of all creatures can never be measured, nor ex- hausted by endless addition of finite degrees.”—Bent. (b) Anything to one of a different kind, as “this addition of insult to injury.” II. The state of being added to. “Their common object was to collect the memorials preserved in the different nations and cities, whether in sacred or civil depositories, and to publish them for gen- eral information, in the form in which they were ob- tained, without addition or subtraction.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xiv. III. The thing added. (a) Ordinary Language: An arithmetical num- ber, an algebraic term, or anything added to an- other of the same kind or to something else of a different character. “Such a kingdom, had it been contiguous to Provence, would indeed have been a most formidable addition to the French monarchy.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. “They are not mentioned by Livy, and probably formed no part of the Licinian law, but were additions of a sub- sequent date.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xiii. (b) Technically: - 1. Arith. : The branch of arithmetic which teaches how one can find a number equal to the sum of two or more given numbers. It is divided into simple and compound addition. Simple addition deals with numbers of the same denomination, as $2.00 6 $3.00 5 $4.00 11 $9.00 while compound addition has to do with those of different denominations, as S. d. 1 6 11 2 4 8 #23 11 7 “Addition is the reduction of two or more numbers of like kind together into one sum or total.”—Cocker: Arith- 7netic. 2. Her.; Something added to a coat of arms as a mark of honor, as, for instance, a bordure, a quar- ter, a canton, a gyron, or a pile. It is opposed to ABATEMENT. [ABATEMENT.] (Lit. and fig.) “Ajaac. I thank thee, Hector: Thou art too gentle, and too free a man: I came to kill thee, cousin, and bear hence A great addition earned in thy death.” Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, iv. 5. “They clepe us drunkards, and with swinish phrase Soil our addition; and indeed it takes From our achievements.”—Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 4. 3. Music: A dot placed at the right side of a note, to indicate that it is to be lengthened one half. Thus ** is a crotchet and a half, not simply a crotchet. 4. Distillation: Anything added to a wash or liquor when it is in a state of fermentation. a d-di'—tion—al, a. & s. [In Fr. additionel.] à As adjective: Pertaining to that which is a CiC10Ol. “. . . whether any, or if any, how much, of these additional debts would be claimed.”—Frowde: Hist. of Engl., vol. iv. “. ... every increase of capital gives, or is capable of giving, additional employment to industry, and this without assignable limit.”—J. S. Mill; Political Economy. B. As substantive: That which is added. “Maybe, some little additional may further the incor- poration.”—Bacon. ad-di'—tion-al-ly, adv, [ADDITION.] By way of addition. *ad-di'—tion-a-ry, a. [ADDITION.] The same as ADDITIONAL. àd'-dit-ive, a. [Lat. gaditivus.] That mº be or is to be added; opposed to subtraction. (Used of numbers, of algebraic quantities, or figuratively.) “. . . all of it is additive, none of it is subtractive.” —Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. IV. go, gem; thin, Zhiin. -tious, çhin, –tion, bençh; -Šion = this; -cious, Sin, -Sious = Shiis. address ãd'-dit-ör-y, a. [ADDITION.] That which adds or may add. “The additory fiction gives to a great man a larger share of reputation than belongs to him, to enable him to serve some good end or purpose.”—Arbuthnot. - ãd'-dix, s. [Gr, addix = a measure of four choin- ikes.] A Greek measure of capacity, containing about half an English gallon. *ād'—dle (1), v. t. & i....[O. Norse odlask = to get, to grow; Sw. odla = to till, to cultivate the soil, the Sciences, the memory.] I #: Transitive: To earn, to get by cultivation or 8 OOI’. - “With goodmen’s hogs, or corn, or hay I addle my nine pence every day.” Richard of Dalton Dale. B. Intransitive: To grow, to thrive. “Where ivye embraseth the tree very sore, JKill ivye, ar tree else will addle no more.” Tusser: Five Hundred Points (1573), p. 47. 3d'-dle (2), v. t. [In A. S., adl, adel, adol is = a disease; as adj. = diseased, corrupted, putrid: a dela = filth, a delilit = filthy; Wel. hadlu = to de- cay, to rot; Sw. adla or ala = to pass urine. . (Used of cows.)] To gause to rot by depriving of vitality. (Used chiefly of eggs.) [See the adjective.] ‘I Rarely, if ever, employed, except in the pa. par. ADDLED (q. V. ſº ād-dle, *ād’—ill (O. Scotch), a. &s. [See the verb.] A. As adjective: 1. Putrid through having vitality, as an egg. “There’s one with truncheon, like a ladle, That carries eggs too fresh or addle; And still at random, as he goes, Among the rabble rout bestows.”—Hudibras. 2. Deprived of intellectual vitality. “. . . yet thy head has been beaten as addle as an egg.” —Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iii. 1. B. As substantive: 1. Foul and putrid water. “. . . sche gan behold In black adill the hallowit watter cold Changit in the altare.”—Dowg.: Virg., 115. 2. The dry lees of wine. addle-headed, a... [Eng. addle; head..] A term of contempt applied to one, whose brain seems destitute of all intellectual vitality. addle-pated, a. [Eng, addle; pate.] The same as ADDLE-HEADED. “Poor slaves in metre, dull and addle-pated; Who rhyme, below even David's psalms translated.” Dryden. ãd'–dled, pa. par...& a... [ADDLE (2).]. Putrescent rotten. (Üséâ chiefly of eggs when in a state of decay through being deprived of vitality.) “Now, if the cuckoo was obliged to sit on her own eggs, she would either have to sit on altogether, and therefore leave those first laid so long that they probably would become addled.”—Darwin: Journal of Voyage round the World, ch. iii. ad-dûl-ār-āte, v. i. . [Lat. ad=to, for; dolor= rief.] To grieve. (Florio: Eng. dº Ital. Dict., * Dolorare.”) ad-dòom, v, t, [A. S. deman-to deem, judge, think.] To adjudge, to doom. [DEEM, DOOM.] ad-dor'se, v. t. . [Lat. ad=to; dorsum=back.] Her. : To place back to back. (Used of anim on coats of arms.) ad-dor'sed, pa. par. & a. [AD, DORSE.) As adjective. Her, Back to back (used of animals on coats of arms, or, less frequently, of any other figures capable of being placed back to back.) *In place of addorsed, the French term adossé, or the English word endorsed, is occasionally em- ployed. (Glossary of Heraldry.) *ad-doiáb'ed, a. [A. N.] Armed, accoutred. “. . . was hotter than ever to provide himself of horse and armor, saying that he would go to the island bravely addowbed, and show himself to his charge.”— Sidney: Arcadia, p. 277. ad-doiil'se, v. t. [ADULCE.] ad-dréss', v. t. & i. [Fr. adresser; O. Fr. adrescer, adrecier, from Late Lat. drictio, directio, from Lat, directus.] [DRESS...] A. Transitive: I. Ording ry Language: 1. To make straight. 2. To dispose, to make military or naval disposi- º or generally to prepare for any enterprise or WOI K. “They fell directly on the English battle; whereupon the Earl of Warwick addressed his men, to take the flank.”—Hayward. a $; been deprived of EE7 # *E- = E Addorsed. expect, Xenophon, exist. ph. = f. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del, address T.It is sometimes used in this sense with the re- flexive pronoun self or selves. “It lifted up its head, and did address Itself to motion, like as it would speak.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i.1. *3. To put on ; as, To address one's arms. 4. To direct prayers, vows, or, indeed, oral com- munications of any kind to a person or Being. Fol- lowed by the accusative of the vow, petition, or other communication, and to applied to the person Or being addressed. “Away ! address thy prayers to Heaven.” Byron: Parisima, 12. Specially: . (a) To make a speech to, followed by the accusa- tive of the public body or other audience ad- dressed. “He now addressed the House of Peers, for the first time, with characteristic eloquence, sprightliness, and audacity.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vi. (b) To present to a superior, and especially to the ruling Sovereign, a congratulatory, supplicative, or other formal document in which he figures in the §nd person. Also to pray or return thanks to OCl. “The representatives of the nation in Parliament, and the privy-council, addressed the king to have it recalled.” -Swift. “Strains follow'd of acknowledgment address'd To an Authority enthroned above The reach of sight.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk, iii. j, In, this second sense also it is sometimes used with the reflexive pronoun self or selves. “In vain did she address herself to numerous places in Greece, the Asiatic coast, and the intermediate islands.” r–Grote: Hist. of Greece, vol. i., pt. i., ch. i. 5. To write a direction on the back of a letter. [ADDRESS, s., III.3.] II. Technically: 1. Comm. : To consign goods to the care of an agent, Or, generally, of another. 2. Golf. : To aim : as, To address the ball. B. Intransitive: 1. To prepare. º, J & 2. To make a communication to, to speak to. “Young Turnus too the beauteous maid addressed.” Dryden: Virgil’s AEmeid, viii. 83. T. By supposing ellipses of accusatives in the two last senses, the intransitive use of the verb will disappear. ad-dréss', s. [In Ger. & Fr. adresse.] *I. The preparing of one's self for action or a course of conduct. “His [Christ's] address to judgment shall sufficiently declare his person, and his office, and his proper glories.”—J. Taylor; Sermon. II. The act of making a verbal or written commu- nication. Specially: & - 1. Manner of speaking, delivery. “. . Affectionate in look, And tender in address, as well becomes A messenger of grace to guilty men.” Cowper: Task, bk. ii. 2. Tact, skillful management. “Prior, with much address, and perhaps with the help of a little hypocrisy, completely removed this unfavor- able impression.”—Macaulay: Hist. of Eng., ch. xxiii. III. The verbal or written communication made. “The address was instantly sent up to the Lords.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. “While Westminster was in this state of excitement, the Common Council was preparing at Guildhall an ad- dress of thanks and congratulation.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. “Venus had heard the virgin’s soft address, That, as the wound, the passion might increase.” JPrio?". Specially: 1. A soft speech, or soft. Speeches, made to a fe- male with the view of gaining her affections; COUrt- ship. Formerly sing, and plur., now plur. only. Chiefly in the phrases “to pay one's addresses to,” or, more rarely, “to make One's addresses to.” “They often have reveal’d their passion to me: But tell me whose address thou favor'st most ; I long to know, and yet I dread to hear it.” Addison. “A gentleman, whom I am sure you yourself would have approved, made his addresses to me.”—Addison. .2. The direction on the back of a letter; the in- timation on a visiting card, or anything similar, as to what one's full name is and where one resides. ad-dréss'ed, *ad-drést', pa. par. [ADDRESS, v.] Prepared, ready. “Philost. So please § grace, the prologue is addrest. The. Let him approach. Shakesp.: Midsummer Night’s Dream, v. 1. 70 ad-dréss'–ér, s. [ADDRESS..] One who addresses. “The addressers offer their own persons.”—Burke to the Sheriff of Bristol. ad-dréss'—fill, a. [ADDRESS, s.] Full of address, full of tact, skillful. [ADDRESS, s... II. 2.] ad-dréss'—ifig, pr. par. [ADDRESS, v.] *ad-dréss'-merit, s. [Eng. address; -ment.] Ad- dressing. “The most solemn piece of all the Jewish service—I mean that great atonement—was performed toward the east, quite contrary to all other manner of addressment in their devotion.”—Ord M.S. (Latham: Dict.) tad-drést', pa. par. [ADDRESSED.] ad-dûge, v. t. [Lat., adduco-to lead to, to con- duct: ad=to; duco-to lead. 1.To lead or draw to. . . To bring forward or cite a passage, an example, an argument, or decision in favor of a statement or OpIn 10n. “In such cases it would seem to be the simple duty, and the only course for the historian, to relate the facts as recorded, to adduce his authorities, and to abstain from all explanation for which he has no ground.”—Milman: Bist. of Jews, 3d edit., Preface. “Numerous examples of this power may be adduced.”— Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 11. “Reasons of no great weight were adduced on both sides; for neither party ventured to speak out.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. ad-dû'çed, pa. par. [ADDUCE.] ad-dû-gēnt, a. [Lat... addwcens, pr. par. of ad- dwco.] [ADDUCE.] eading or drawing to. Amat.: A term applied to muscles which draw one portion of the bodily structure toward another. Adducent muscles = adductor muscles. [AD- DUCTOR.] ad-dû'-gér, s. [ADDUCE.] One who adduces or brings forward, or cites for the purpose of argument. d-dû-gi-ble, a. [Eng, adduce; -ible = able.] Which may be adduced or brought forward. “The adducible testimonies in favor of . . . .”—Glad- stome: State in Relation to Church. ad-dû'-gińg, pr. par. [ADDUCE.] fad-dûct', v. t. To draw or lead to, to lure. “. . . either impelled by lewd disposition, or ad- ducted by hope of rewards.”—Time’s Storehouse. Ord M.S. ad-dûc'—tion, s. [Lat. adductwm, Supine of ad- dwco.] [ADDUCE.] A. Ordinary Language: 1 & 2. The act of leading or drawing to, bringing forward or citing ; the state of being led or drawn to, brought forward or cited. B. Technically: Amat. : The drawing together of one part of the frame to another by the action of muscles. ad-dûct'—ive, a. [In Fr. adductif.] Leading or drawing to ; bringing forward; or fitted to do so. “. . . their adductive motion.”—Brevimt i Sawl and Samwel at Endor, p. 411. ad-dûct'-ör, S. or a:... [Lat.] (s.) That which leads or draws to ; (a.) leading or drawing to. e ... Amat.: A term applied to a muscle whose function it is to bring one part of the physical frame towards or in contact with another one, which, as a rule, is larger or more important than the first. “The muscular impressions [in bivalve shells] are those of the adductors, the foot and byssus, the siphons and the mantle.”—Woodward : Mollusca, p. 401. “The adductor impressions are usually simple, although the muscles themselves may be composed of two ele- ments.”—Ibid, pp. 400-1. - : *ad-dû'lçe, *a-dû'lçe, *ad-doiá'lse, v. t. [Lat. dulcis-sweet.] - p# & fig.: To sweeten. (Minshew : Dict. Howell: tot. “Thus did the French ambassadors, with great show of their king's affection, and many sugared words, seek to addulce all matters between the two kings.”—Bacom . Henry VII. -āde. A suffix occurring in words originally French, as cannonade, rodomontade. It corresponds to the Spanish ada, the Italian ata, and the Latin pa. par, atus. It implies an action in progress. a'-déb, s, [Arab.]. An Egyptian weight, gener- ally of 210 okes. In Rosetta, however, it is only 150 okes. The oke is about 2% English pounds avoirdu- p01S. a-dé'-13, 8, [Gr, adèlos=not seen, inconspicuous: a, priv.; and délos=visible.] A genus of moths, be- longing to the family of Yponomeutidae. It contains the A. De Geerella, or Long-horn Moth, which spins thin gossamer threads like those of spiders. It is found in woods. ād-Él-ān-ta/-dó, s. [Span.] A governor of a province; a lieutenant-governor. (Mimshew.) “Open no door; if the adelantado of Spain were here, he should not enter.”—B. Jomson: Every Man Out of His Hw?mor. ademanthera, a-dèl-ar-thrös'-ma-ta, S. [Gr, adèlos=not seen, inconspicuous, Secret; arthrom-articulation, joint; and sºnia-body. Animals having bodies with in- conspicuous joints. 200l., . The third order of Trachearian spiders. It consists of animals which haye the cephalo-thorax and the abdomen closely united; but in the latter, when closely examined, inconspicuous annulations will appear. They have jaws, connected with which are palpi and nipping claws like those of the scorpion. They are divided into three families–the Phalangi- dae, the Cheliferidae, and the Solpugidae (q.v.). a-dèl-ās'—tér, s. [Gr, adèlos=not seen, and astēr- =a star. Lit. ' An unseen star.] Bot. : A nominal genus proposed for the purpose of placing under it those garden plants which, not having been seen in flower, or at least not yet having had the flowers botanically examined, cannot for the present be, classified. With the, progress, of botany, one adelaster after another will find another resting-place, and the artificial genus will dis- appear. *ād'–él-iñg, *āth'-àl-iñg, s. [A. S. aetheling, §§ = the son of a king, a prince, one of the royal blood, the heir apparent to the crown, a noble- man next in rank to the king. (Bosworth.). From . opthel, aethele=noble, and limg=state or condition of a person. In Sw, adelig; Dut. edel; Ger. edel and a delig-noble. In Sp. hidalgo–an inferior grade of nobleman. In Arab. athala is= to be well rooted, or to be of noble stock or birth.] A title of honor in common use among the Saxons. It occurs in the name Edgar Atheling. [ETHEL, ATHEL.] ãd'-Él-ite, s: [Sp.] A person belonging to the class of Spanish conjurers who pretended to read fortunes by the flight or singing of birds and other so-called omens. They were called also Almoga- Il Gan S. a—dé1–ö-pôde, s. ſº. adèlos=not seen, obscure; a, priv.; dèlos=visible; pows, genit. podos-foot. Zool. : One of a species not having visible feet, not having the feet apparent. a-dé1'-phi-a, S. pl. [Gr, adelphos=a brother.] Bot. : Brotherhoods. The fanciful but still not inappropriate name given by Linnaeus to the aggre- gations or bundles of stamina found in some genera of plants. When all the stamina in a flower were aggregated into one bundle, as in the mallows and geraniums, he placed the plant under his class Mon- adelphia (one brotherhood); when into two bun- dles, as in most of the papilionaceous sub-order, he ranked it under his Diadelphia (two brotherhoods) ; and when into more than two, as in the Hypericum, then it was assigned its place in his Polyadelphia. (many brotherhoods). A-dél–phi-à-ni, A-dé1'-phi-ang, s. pl. [Named after their leader, Adelphius. Ch. Hist. : A Christian sect in the fourth century, the members of which always fasted on Sunday. [EUCHITEs.] a-dé1'-phē-lite, s. [In Ger, adelpholit, fr. Gr. adelphos=a brother, and lithos=stone.] Mim. : A columbate of iron and manganese. It is. subtranslucent, has tetragonal crystals, a greasy lustre, a brownish-yellow, brown, or black color, and a white or yellowish-white streak. It is from Finland, where it occurs with columbite. (Dana.) *ād-öm—and, s. [ADAMANT.] ad-Émp'-tion, S. ... [Lat. ademptio = a taking away: ad = to ; emptio = a buying; adimo, ademi, ademptwm=to take to one's self, to take away: ad== to ; emo=to take, to receive, to buy.] Law: The revocation of a grant. *a-dén' (pa. par, adenyd), v. (Old form of DIN (q.v.).] To din, to stun. “I was ademyd of that dynt, Hit stoned me and made me stont, Styl out of my steven.” MS. Douce. A'-den, s. [Arabic for Heb. Eden.] JPoet. : Eden. “For thee in those bright isles is built a bower, Blooming as Aden in its earliest hour.” Byron : Bride of Abydos, canto ii. 20. a dén ándº-ra, s. [(1) Gr, adém-(i.) an acorn, (ii.) a gland; amér, genit. andros=a male. Bot.: A stamen.]. A genus of plants belonging to the order Rutaceae, Rueworts, and the section Diosmeae. Several species are cultivated in greenhouses. a-děn-àn'-ther—a, s. [In Sp., Port, and Ital. adémanterg, fr. Gr. Qdén=(1) an acorn, (2) a gland; anthéros=flowery, blooming: antheg=tó bloom: qnthos=a blossom, a flower..] Bastard flower fence. A genus of plants belonging to the order Legumi- nosae, and the sub-Order Mimoseae. The best known Species is the 4. pavonima, an unarmed tree, with small white flowers, in axillary , and terminal racemes. ..It is wild in some parts of India, besides growing there in gardens. The bright scarlet Seeds are worn by women in the East as beads, and the (Halliwell.) făte, Or, fät, wöre, färe, wolf, amidst, whât, fall, wörk, whô, sć SOrl; father; milte, hère, unite, Camel, hēr, cir, ràle, wét, ciire, wé, ciib, füll; thère; try, pine, pit, Syrian. sire, sir, ae, Ce = €; pöt, Qıll = kW. marine; gö, ey = 3. adeniform chips yield a yellow dye, called in the Mahratta country Rwkta-chºwn dwm, or red sandal-wood, which is used by the Brahmans for marking their foreheads. a—dén'-i-form, a. [Gr, adém-(1) an acorn, (2) a gland; Lat. forma-form, shape.] Shaped like a gland. a-dén-i'—tís, S. [Gr, adém- . . -itis=inflammation.] Med...: Inflammation of the lymphatic glands. It almost always exists with angeioleucitis=inflam- mation of the lymphatic vessels. It is, produced when an open wound of any kind comes in contact with irritating or poisonous matter, generally from without, though sometimes also generated within itself. When one with a sore on his hand has to touch a noxious fluid, he should smear the wound with oil or grease to prevent the poisoning of the absorbents. a-děn-Ö. - In composition: Connected with a gland, affect- ing a gland. adeno-meningeal fever, s. A particular kind of fever, believed by Pinel to arise from the diseases of the mucous follicles of the intestines, and from that alone. ºr. Tweedie : Cycl. of Pract. Med., art. “Fever.” a-dén-Ö-car-piis, s. [Gr, adém- . . . a gland; karpos=fruit.} Botany: A genus of papilionaceous plants allied to Gemista. They have fine yellow flowers, and are found on the mountains of Southern Europe and the regions adjacent. ad-šn-Ö-gé'le, s. [Gr, adém = a gland; kélé=a tumor.] Surgery: A growth or tumor in the female breast, resembling the tissue of the breast itself. It takes a variety of forms, and has been called Chronic Mammary Tumor, Pancreatic Sarcoma, Mammary Glamdular Twºmor, Hydatial Disease of the Breast, and Serocystic Sarcoma. It requires excision. *; hº s. [Gr, adém-a gland, and graphé=a delineation, a description; graphſ)=to write.] The department of anatomy which treats of the glands. a-dén'-6id, a. [Gr, adém-a gland; eidos = that which is seen, form; from eido- to see.] Having the form of a gland, glandiform. a-dén-Öl-ög'-i-cal, a., [ADENOLOGY..] . Pertain- ing to the science of adenology; pertaining to in- vestigations regarding the glands. a-dém-ö1–ö-gy, a. [Gr, adém-a gland; logos=a discourse. Amat. : That part of anatomical science which treats of the glands, their structure, function, and the alteration which they undergo in disease. sº s. . [Gr. adém- a gland; phyma (also Lat. phyma)=a growth, a tumor, fr. phyö=to bring forth. Med. : The swelling of a gland. When the liver is thus affected, the term used is hepatophyma ; when the groin, then it is bubo. ād-ön-ös, s. “Marine cotton,' ton brought from Aleppo. ād-šn'-Öse, a. . [Gr, adén–a gland.] Resembling a gland; pertaining to a gland; adenous. ād-àn-Öst-y-lè-ae, s, pl. [Gr, adém-, ... . gland; Gr. and Lat, stylus=a pillar, a style for ing with, the style of a plant. Bot. : A sub-tribe or sub-division of Composite plants of the tribe or division Eupatoriaceae. It consists of genera in which the style is covered with long glandular hairs. Examples: Adenostylis, Eupatorium, Linatris. [ADENOSTYLIS.] | #d-ēn-öst-y-lis, s. [ADENOSTYLEAE.] f fºot. The typical genus of the tribe Adenostyleae , a gland; Suff. a species of cot- . . a Writ- q. v.). The species are found on the mountains of outhern Europe. A. glabra has been used in coughs. ād-ön-öt'-àm—y, s. [Gr. adém-a gland, and tomé F & ºf from temnà– to cut...] Amat. : She cutting of a gland. ād-šn-oiás, a. . [Gr, adém- a gland.] The same as ADENOSE (q.v.). *a-dënt', v. t. To fasten. (Minshew.) *a-dém'-yd, pa. par. [ADEN, v.] Äd-e-Ö-na, s. [A Roman goddess.] 1. Astron.: An asteroid—the 145th found. It was discovered by Mr. C. H. T. Peters on the 3d of June, 1875; another asteroid, Vibilia, having previously been met with by the same gentleman that night, 2. Zool. : A genus of Zöophytes allied to Eschara. *a-dép'-gioun, s. [ADEPTION.] a-déph'-a-ga, s. [Gr. adéphagos=eating one's fill and more: (1) adém-to one's fill, enough; aded= tº: (2) phagein – to eat, 2 aor. Of phagomai = [O G8 U, Entom. : A sub-tribe of Coleoptera (Beetles). If the Coleopterous order be divided according to the 71 number of joints in the tarsi, the Pentamera, or beetles with five joints, will head the list. At the C O In In e n C. e- ment of the tribe Pentame- ra is the sub- tribe Adepha- ga, consisting of be e t lies which have à, ſº. si. Beetle of the Sub-tribe Adephaga. in all. All are predatory. They are divided into the Geodephaga, or Land Adephaga, and the Hy- º or Water Adephaga. The Geodephaga contain the Cicindelidae, Carabidae, &c., and the Hydradephaga the Dytiscidae. ad-š-phâg'-i-a, ad-dé-phâg'-i-a, s. pººl, [ADEPHAGA.] Med. : A morbidly voracious appetite for food. [BULIMIA.] ād-àps, s. [Lat. adeps, genit. adipis, the soft fat of animals.] Animal fat. ãd'–épt, or a-dépt', s. & a. [In Ger, adept; Fr. adepte; fr. Lat. adeptws, pa. par. = obtained ; ad- eptw8, S. = an obtaining; adipiscor= to come up to, to attain: ad=to, and apiscor= to obtain.] A. As substantive: 1. Alchemy: One who was supposed to have ob- tained the elixir and philosopher's stone which en- abled him to transmute everything into gold. 2. One completely versed in any science or art. T Followed by in of that in which the person is skilled. “An adept next in penmanship she grows.” JSyron : A Sketch. “. . . adepts in the arts of factious agitation.”— Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. [Gr, adé- B. As adjective: Thoroughly versed, well skilled. “If there be really such adept philosophers as we are told of, I am apt to think that, among their arcana, they are masters of extremely potent menstruums.”—Boyle. T It may be followed by im, or be without it. a-dép'—tion, *ad-ép-gioun, s. [Tat, adeptio=an obtaining.] An obtaining, acquisition ; an acquire- ment. “In the adepcioux and obteynyng of the garland.”— Hall: Richard III., 30. *a-dépt'—ist, s. [ADEPT.] An adept. ãd-é-qua-gy, s. [Lat, adgequatio-a making equal; adoegwo-to make equal: ad=to, and Cequo = to make level or equal; Cequus=level, equal.] The state or quality of being equal to, on a level with, proportionate, commensurate, or suitable to ; suf- ficiency, commensurateness. ād-à-quate, *ād-ae-quate, a. ſº (toldequatus, pa. par. of adoeqwo- to make equal ; Ger. addiq wat; Fr, adéquat ; Sp. adecuado; Ital, adequato.] 1. Equal to. “Why did the Lord from Adam Eve create? Pecause with him she should not b' adequate. Had she been made of earth, she would have deem’d Herself his sister, and his equal seem’d.” Owen; Epigrams (1677). 2. Sufficient, proportionate, commensurate, suit- 3. Oie. “. . . an ambassador of adequate rank.”—Froude: Hist, Eng., ch. v. “Thus by the incessant dissolution of limits we arrive at a more or less adequate idea of the infinity of space.”— Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., i. 3. iſ It is often followed by to. “Small skill in Latin, and still less in Greek, Is more than adequate to all I seek.” Cowper : Tirocini wºm. *ād-à-quate, *ād-É'-quate, v. t. [See the adj.] To make even or equal; to equal; to resemble ex- actly. (Mimshew.) “Though it be an impossibility adequate God in his eternity * cowrses, p. 277. ād-à-quate-ly, adv, [ADEQUATE, a.] In an ade- quate manner, commensurately, suitably to, in pro- portion to, in correspondence with, on the levei of. “. . . . a gulf of mystery which the prose of the his- torian will never adequately bridge.”—Froude : Hist. Eng., ch. i. 4 & * for any creature to . .”—Shelford : Dis- g an adequately modified form of the mechan- ism of sound.”—Tyndall : Frag. of Science, 3d ed., vii. 133. ād-à-quate-nēss, s. [ADEQUATE.] The state or quality of being adequate or in just proportion to. *ād-à-quá'—tion, S. [Lat. adapquatio = a making ºl. an adapting; fr. adoegwo = to make equal.] Adequateness. (Barlow.) f Åd-ér-ai-min, or . Al-dér-a'-min, s. [Cor- rupted Arabic (?).] A star of the third magnitude in the left shoulder of Cepheus. adhere *ād'-Ér-cöp, s. [ATTERCOP.) *ā'-des, s. [ADDICE.] *Á'-dés, s. [HADEs.] a-děš'—mi-a, s. [Gr, adesmios, adesmos = unfet- tered.] - Bot. : A large genus of papilionaceous plants found in South America. The balsam, A. balsami- fera, a Chilian species, is highly beneficial as an application to wounds. g A-dés-sèn-ár'-i-ang, s. (Lat. adesse = to be present, infin. of adswºm.] tº º º * te Church. Hist.: A sect of Christians in the sixteenth century who held that the body of Christ was really in the Eucharist, but rejected the hypothesis of transubstantiation. They had no universally-ac- cepted view of their own. They were at variance with each other as to whether the Saviour's body was in, about, or under the bread. Ad—és'—té Fi-dé'–1és. [Lat. (lit.)=“Be present, ye faithful.”]. The first words of a Christmas carol, translated “Come, all ye faithful.”. It is sung in Catholic churches at the Mass on Christmas morn- Ing. *a-dew' (1), pa. par. [DO.] O. Scotch. : Done. “Derffly to dede that chyftans was adew.” Wallace, vii., 1,199, MS. (Jamieson.) *a-dew' (2), pa. par. or a . [ADIEU.] (O. Scotch.) Gone, departed, fled. “Anone is he to the hie monte adew.” Douglas: Virgil, 394. *a—dew'-en, v. t. To bedev. “Thy gracious shourys lat rayne in abundaunce Upon myn herte tº adewen every veyne.” Lydgate: Minor Poems, p. 251. ad-féct'-ed, a. [Lat. adfectus or affectus=en- dowed, furnished, constituted; afficio=to do to, to affect: ad=to ; facio=to make or do.] Alg. : Containing different powers of an unknown quantity. The term is used in describing quadratic or higher equations. Quadratic etuations are di- vided into two classes: Pure Quadratics, involving only the square of the unknown quantity; and Ad- fected Quadratics, involving both the square and the simple power of the unknown quantity. Thus, ac2+6=10 is a pure quadratic; acº–H5=11—a is an ad- fected one. *ad-fil’—i-āte, v. t. LAFFILIATE.] ad-fil-i-ā'-tion, s. [Lat. ad=to, and filius=a son.] A Gothic custom, still perpetuated in some parts of Germany, by which the children of a first marriage are put on the same footing with those of a second one. Äd'-ha, s: [Arab.] A festival celebrated by the Mohammedans on the tenth day of their twelfth month, by the sacrifice of a, sheep and other cere- monies. . It is the feast called by the Turks the great Bairam. *ad-hăn'-tare, v. place. (O. Scotch.) “Vaigaris adhantaris of ailehoussis.”—Ab. Reg. ād-ha-tº-da, s. [Malayalim or Cingalese name Latinized.] A genus of Acanthacean plants. The fruit and other parts of A. varicci are used in asthma, fever, and ague. ad–hére', v. t. [Lat. qdhaareo-to stick to: ad= to, and hopreo-to stick; Ital. aderire; Fr. adhére).] I. Literally: 1. To stick to, as a viscous substance more or less does to anything with which it is brought in con- tact. - 2. To stick to anything, not through the pos- session of glutinous qualities, but by some other physical process. “Each tooth has its peculiar socket, to which it firmly adheres by the close co-adaptation of their opposed sur- faces.”—Owens Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 15. II. Figuratively: #1. To cleave to, as a bribe does to the guilty hand which accepts it, or gommission or other pay- ment for work done is left unobjectionably in the hand of the person who executed it. - “In this wealth, without reckoning the large portion which adheres to the hands employed in collecting it.”— J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., p. 15. 2. To remain firmly attached to one's church, political party, or expressed opinions. “Rochester had till that day adhered firmly to the royal cause.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. “These people, probably somewhat under a million in number, had, with few exceptions, adhered to the Church of Rome.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. vi. “A hundred and eighty-eight were for adhering to the vote of the eleventh of December.”—JIacaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. *3. To cohere, to hang together, to be consistent, or agree with. ..? [HAUNT.] One who haunts a “Nor time, nor place, Did them adhere.”—Shakesp.: Macbeth, i. 7. bóil, boy; pout, jöwl; cat, çell, Chorus, gem; thin, bençh; this; Ghin, 3O, * Sin, Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, -tian = Shan. -tion, del, -Sion = Shiis. -ble, shin; —dle, &c. = bel, –tion, -Šion -Sious –tious, Zhiin. -cious, adherence ad–hér-enge, t ad-hér’-en-gy, s. [In Fr, ad- hérence; Ital, aderemza.] Ordimary Langwage: fL. Lit.: The actor the state of sticking to by the operation of something glutinous, or in any other way, to a material thing. * In this sense the much more common word is ADHESION (q.v.). ... II. Figuratively: 1. Of immaterial things: Power of sticking to, pertinacity in clinging to. “Vices have a native adherency of vexation.”—Decay of Piety. 2. Qf persons: Firm attachment to one's church, political party, or opinion. “The firm adherence of the Jews to their religion is no less remarkable than their dispersion; considering it as persecuted or contemned over the whole earth.”—Addi- SO?. ad–hér'-ent, a. & S. [In Fr. adhérent; Ital. ad- erente, fr. Lat, adhoerens, pr. par. of adhoereo-to stick to.] A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Lit. : Sticking to, as a glutinous substance does to anything with which it is brought in con- tact, or as various non-glutinous bodies do in other ways. [See B. 1. 2. Fig.: Tenaciously attached to a person, party, or opinion. “If a man be adherent to the king's enemies in his realm, giving to them aid and comfort in the realm, or elsewhere, he is also declared guilty of high treason.”— Blackstone: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 6. II. Technically: 1. Botany: [ADHERING..] 2. Logic. Of modes: limproper. “Modes are said to be inherent or adherent; that is, proper or improper. . Adherent or improper modes arise from the joining of some accidental substance to the chief subject, which yet may be separated from it: so, when a bowl is wet, or a boy is clothed, these are adherent modes; for the water and the clothes are distinct sub- stances, which adhere to the bowl or to the boy.”—Watts: Logic. B. As substantive: 1. Of things: Anything adhering to one in what- ever way. “When they cannot shake the main fort, they must try if they can possess themselves of the outworks; raise some prejudice against his discretion, his humor, his car- riage, and his extrinsic adherents.”—Dr. H. More: Govern- ment of the Tongue. .2. Of persons: One attached to another by venera- tion, affection, or other close bond, so as to be dis- posed to follow him as a leader; one attached to a church, a political party, or an opinion, so as to be prepared to make sacrifices on its behalf. “He had consequently a great body of personal ad- herents.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. ii. ad–hér’-ent-ly, adv. [ADHERENT.], . In an ad- herent manner; after the fashion of a thing or of a person adherent to another. ad–hér'–6r, s. [ADHERE.] An adherent; one who adhores to. “He ought to be indulgent to tender consciences; but, at the same time, a firm adherer to the Established Church.”—Swift. ad–hér'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ADHERE.] “. . . the adhering impurities are got rid of.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i., ch. i., p. 87. Botany. An adhering or adherent organ is one united externally by its whole surface to another ‘one. ad–hé'-sion, s. [In Fr, adhésion; Lat, adhoesus, pa, par. of adhoereo-to adhere.] [ADHERE.] A. Ordinary Lamgwage: 1. Lit.: The act or state of sticking to. “. . . and by the firm adhesiom of the alveolar perios- teum to the organized cement which invests the fang or fangs of the tooth.”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 15. “So also by tapping the end of the poker we loosen the adhesion of the fluids to the atoms, and enable the earth to pull them apart.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science. 2. Fig.: A sticking to; but when the sense is fig- urative, adherence is the word more commonly used. “. . . and choose justice with adhesion of the mind.”— Jeremy Taylor; Works (1839), vol. iii., p. 4. B. Technically: 1. Mim. Adhesion to the tongue, or failure to do this, is one of the points to be tested when one seeks to identify a mineral. (Phillips: Mineralogy, 2d ed., p. xxxvi.) 2. Nat. Phil. : The molecular attraction exerted between bodies in contact. Its effect is to make them adhere firmly together. It takes place between two solids, between a solid and a liquid, or between 72 a solid and a gas. It acts only at insensible dis- tances. . It differs from chemical affinity in this re- spect, that it acts between surfaces of any size, and without altering the character of the adhering bodies; whereas chemical affinity takes place be- tween the ultimate particles of substances, and gen- erally alters the aspect of the latter in a remark- able way. 3. Med...: The sticking together or uniting of parts of the bodily frame which, in a perfectly healthy Subject, remain apart; the reuniting of parts tem- porarily severed by wounds or bruises. “The healing of wounds, the adhesion of divided parts, are flººr to every one.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. A mat., i. 11. 4. Bot. : The growing together of two portions of a plant normally distinct, as of two opposite leaves; the petals in a nominally polypetalous plant, &c. ad–hé-sive, a. [In Fr. adhésif, fr. Lat, adhoesum, Supine of adhoereo.] [ADHERE.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Sticking to by means of something glutinous; sticky, viscous, 062 b, * 2. Sticking or adherent to in some other way. [ADHERE, # “If slow, yet sure, adhesive to the tract, Hot steaming up.”—Thomson. * * adhesive cushions.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. ii., ch. xi. B. Technically: 1. Pharmacy. Adhesive plaster: Sticking-plaster. f 2. Mim. : A mineral or rock of a slate-grey color, which adheres to the tongue. It is found in the gypsum formation of Paris, and is the embedding substance of the menilite. It was recognized by Phillips as a mineral, but does not figure in more modern books. 3. Med. Adhesive inflammation: Inflammation which terminates in adhesion of portions of the bodily frame previously separated. . ad-hé'-sive-ly, adv, [ADHESIVE.] In an adhe- sive manner; in a way to stick to. ad–hé'-sive-nēss, s. [ADHESIVE.] The power of Sticking to, the quality of sticking to ; stickiness, tenacity of union. “We might also name it [the associating principle] the law of adhesion, mental adhesiveness or acquisition.”— IBaim : The Senses and the Intellect, bk. ii., ch. i. a'-dhi, a -di, s. [Sansc. and Pali-over, preme.] adhi Buddha, a di Buddha, s. - Among the Buddhists: The first Buddha, identi- fied with the Supreme Being. adhi raja. ſ. Lit.=over king.] Supreme king or ruler. The Sanscrit term suggested by Prof. Max Müller as the best rendering of the term em- Jeror in the expression “Emperor of India,” con- #. by Parliament in 1876 on future English 11\gS. adhi rajni. [Lit. = Over queen.] A term simi- larly suggested as the best to apply to Queen Victo- ria and any queens regnant who may succeed her as “Empress of India.” T. These terms, derived from Sanscrit, were not ultimately adopted ; but terms derived from the European title of Caesar were used instead. [KAISER, KAISERIN.] *ād-hib, , s: [Deriy. uncertain.]. A plant; the eye-bright (Euphrasia officingulis.). (Dr. Thos. More's MS. additions to Ray.) (Halliwell.) ad–hib'-it, v. t. [Lat, adhibitus, pa. par. of ad- hibeo-to hold to, to apply one thing to another: ad=to; habeo-to have or hold. *1. To use, to employ. “Salt, a necessary ingredient in all sacrifices, was ad- hibited and required in this view only, as an emblem of purification.”—Pres. Forbes’ Letter to a Bishop. i2. To apply, add, append: as, To adhibit one's name to a petition. ad–hibi'—tion, s. [From Lat, adhibitio=an em- ploying; fr. adhibeo.] Application, use. “The adhibition of dilute wine .”— Whitaker"; Blood of the Grape. , Ad-hil, 8. [Corrupted Arabic, (?).] A star of the sixth magnitude, in the constellation Andromeda, It is situated upon her garment, and under the last star in her foot. *ad–hort', v. l. [Lat, adhortor=to exhort: ad =to; hortor=to exhort.] “Julius Agricola was the first that by adhorting the Britaines publikely, and helping them privately, wun them to builde houses for themselves.”—Stow: Survey of London (ed. 1593), p. 4. ad–hort-à'—tion, s. . [Lat, adhortatio, fr. adhort- or=to exhort: ad=to; hortor=to exhort...] The same as exhortation to ; an exhortation addressed to (one). “. . . the swete adhortations, the hyghe and assured promises that God maketh unto us.”—Remedy for Sedition. £ & SUI- adieu ad–hort-a-tór-y, a. [From Lat. adhortator=an exhorter.] Pertaining to an exhortation; addressed to one; hortatory. a'-di, s. [ADHI.] - -di-a-bāt-ic, s. [Gr, adiabatos=not to be crossed or passed: a, priv.; diabatos= to be crossed or passed ; a diabaimô . . . = to step across, to pass over: dia– through ; baind-to walk, to go..] Not able to be crossed or passed. Nat. Phil, ; Adiabatic compression of a fluid : Compression under such circumstances that no heat enters or leaves the fluid. (Everett: The C. G. S. System of Units, ch. ix., p. 55.) a-di-a-bät'-ic-al-ly, adv. [ADIABATIC.] In such a way that there is no passage through. “Increase of pressure adiabatically.”—Ibid., p. 55. a-di-ānt'—um, s. [In Fr. adiante; Sp., Port., and Ital, a diamto: flat. adiantwm, fr. Gr. adianfon= maiden-hair; a diamtos=not wetted : a = not; dictimó= to wet, to moisten, because, says Pliny, you in vain Fº it in water, it always remains dry.] [MAIDEN- HAIR. •. . A genus of ferns of the order Polypodiaceae. The involucres are membranaceous, and are formed from the margins of the frond turned inward. Taken in small quantity, it is pectoral and slightly astringent, while in larger quantities it is emetic. In India the leaves of A. melamocawlom are believed to be tonic. a-di-āph'-Ör-a-gy, s. [Gr, adiaphoria=indiffer- ence, from adiaphoros=not different.] [ADIAPHOR- ISTIC.] ... Indifference. a-di-āph'-ör-ism, s. [Eng. adiaphor(y); -ism.] The belief or ...; bfan adiaphorist. “The Protestant Lecture Halls, says Scherr, rung for years with the most perverse contests about a diaphon- 7sm.”—S. Baring-Gould: Germany, i. 310. a-di-āph-ör-is'—tíc, a. [Gr. adiaphoros=not different, indifferent: a, priv.; diaphoros=differ- ent.] [DIFFER.] Ch. Hist. : Pertaining to things indifferent, or looked upon as not worth disputing about. The term was introduced to designate an ecclesiastical controversy which broke out in the year 1548. The Emperor Charles V. having issued a paper, popu- larly called the Interim, in which he prescribed what faith and practice the Protestants were to adopt till the Council of Trent should dictate a permanent form of belief and worship, Maurice, Elector of Saxony, urged Melanchthon and his friends to decide what portions of the document they would accept and follow. Melanchthon, whose temperament was timid, and whose spirit was eminently conciliatory, proposed to go very far in the direction, prescribed. Regarding many doc- trines and practices in dispute between the antago- nistic churches of Rome and Wittenberg as a diaph- oristic—that is, as pertaining to matters indiffer- ent—he considered that, for the sake of peace and harmony, the Emperor might be permitted to have his own way with regard to them, and that, to a Very large extent, the Interim might be accepted and obeyed. Luther had died two years previously, but his followers, being specially irritated to find the doctrine of justification by faith figuring among the things adiaphoristic, refused to join in the great concessions proposed. A controversy in con- Sęquence arose between the followers of Luther and those of Melanchthon. It was called the adiaphor- istic controversy, and embraced two questions: (1) What things were indifferent; and (2) whether, with regard to things indifferent, the Emperor could or could not, in conscience, be obeyed. (Mosheim: Ch. Hist.) A-di-àph'-6T-ists, A-di-āph'-6r-ites, s. pl. [In Ger. Adiaphoristem.] Ch. Hist. : Those who sided with Melanchthon in the Adiaphoristic controversy already described. a-di-āph'-6r-oiás, a. [Gr, adiaphoros=not dif- ferent.] Indifferent. [ADIAPHORISTIC.] * O. Chem. : Neutral. The name given by Boyle to a Spirit distilled from tartar and some other sub- stances. He called it adiaphorous, i. e., neutral, or in herent because it was neither acid nor alka- 1I] G. “Qur adiaphorous spirit may be obtained by distilling the liquor that is afforded by woods and divers other bodies.”—Boyle. Med, ; Producing no marked effect, either good or a Cl, -di-āph'-6r-y, s. Gr. º łºśće. [ a-dietl', nominally an adverb, but more resemb- ling the imperative of a verb; also a substantive. [In Ger, and Fr. adieu, fr. Fr. & Diew= to God.] I. As adverb or imperative of a verb : * 1. Originally: A pious commendation of a friend, on parting with him, to God. ‘See etym. ) 2. Now: Farewell; good wishes at parting, ex- pressed after the French fashion. [ADIO.] “Adieut, adient! my native shore Fades o'er the waters blue,” Byrom: Ch. Harold. a diaphoria = indiffer- fâte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. adight T It may be spoken to inanimate nature as well as to a person. “My home henceforth is in the skies; Earth, seas, and sun, adieu.” ** Cowper: Stanza, “Bill of JIortality” (1789). II. As substantive : Farewell. * In this sense it has a plural. “Where thou art gone Adieus and farewells are a sound unknown.” Cowper: Mother's Picture. 3-dight' (gh silent), a... [A. S. adihtam-to dress, to equip;] ade up, fitted up, done up, dressed, equipped. [BEDIGHT, jº 3. “Yonder ben tuo yonge men, wonder well ad ight, And paraventure there ben mo, who so loked aright.” Chaucer: C. T., 635, 636. *3-dihte, v. t. [ADIGHT.] ... To fit, to suit. (Wright: Political Songs.) (Halliwell.) ãd-í-māin, Ş. The long-legged sheep, a breed of sheep in South Africa remarkable for their long legs and their robust make. ād-in-Öle, s. [Perhaps fr. Gr. adinos=close, thick.] . A mineral classed doubtfully by Dana under his Compact Albite=Albătic felsite. He i. 9f it—"Adinole is probably albitic; it is reddish, from Sala, Sweden.”. It cannot, therefore, be as yet considered an established species or variety. făd H-5, 8... [Sp.], The Spanish form of ADIEU, and with a similar derivation. “In the evening I gave my adios, with a hearty good- will, to my companion Mariano Gonzales, with whom I had ridden so many leagues in Chile.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xvi. *ad-i-Or'-male, * ad-joiárn'—al, s. [ADIORNIs.] . O. Scotch Law: The record of a sentence passed in a criminal cause. “The said is personis to bring with thame, and produce before my said Lord Governor and thre estatis of Parlia- Tment, the pretendit acts of adiornale, sentence and pro- •ces of fon fallour.”—Acts Mary (1542), p. 420. *ad-i-or-nise, v. t. [Fr. adjourner=to cite one to appear On a certain day; jour=a day.] To cite, to Summon. (Scotch.) “Tha had adiornist him tharfor as insufficient stuf.”— Aberd. Reg., A. D. 1545. 3-dip'-[c, a. [Lat. adeps, genit. adipis–the soft fat of animals.] Pertaining to fat. adipic acid, s. Chem:: CŞH10O4 (Ç Hs)” (CO-OH)2. diatomic dibasic ačić of fats by nitric acid. ād-ip-Ö'-gēr-âte, v. t. [Lat. adeps, genit, adipis #fat; cera, Gr, kêros= wax; suff. -ate=to make.] To make into adipocere, to convert into adipocere. G ād-ip-Ö-gēr-ā'—tion, s. [ADIPOCERATE.] A mak- ing or conversion into adipocere. ãd-ip-6-gēre, Åd"-ip-Ö-gire, s. [In Fr. adipo- cire; Lat. adeps=fat, and cera, Gr. kéros=wax.] A chemical substance in its character somewhat re- sºmbling wax or spermaceti. It arises through the chemistry of nature, when the bodies of men and animals buried in soil of a certain kind are sub- ected to the action of running water, or otherwise rought in contact with moisture. In such circum- stances the soft parts of the corpses, instead of decaying, may become transformed into adipocere. A notable case of the An organic produced by the oxidation g kind occurred in a Parisian burial-ground in the year 1787. T Mineral adipocere is a name given to a certaiſ; fatty matter found in the argillaceous iron ore of Merthyr, Wales. ād-ip-Ö-gér"—oiás, a. [ADIPOcERE.] Full of ad- ipocere. ãd'-ip-6-gire, s. [ADIPOCERE.] ãd'—ip-Öse, a. º adipis, genit. of adeps=fat, and Suff. -ose=full of. Webster, inquires whether adeps may be connected with Chaſdee and Heb. # = to grow fat, and Arab. tafasham = fat, y. Phys. Fat, loaded with fat, with fat abundantly Secreted. adipose cells, s. The cells described under AD- IPOSE TISSUE (q.v.). adipose cellular tissue, s, , A term formerly ap- plied to two distinct kinds of structure which the perfection of modern microscopes has now enabled physiologists to separate, as being different both in Structure and function—Adipose tissue, properly so called, and Areolar tissue. [AREoſ, AR.) f adipose ducts, s. The ducts containing animal - à g adipose membrane, s. The membrane whence the cells of the adipose tissue are formed. It does not exceed the guºuth of an inch in thickness, and is quite transparent. adipose sacs, s. The sacs or vesicles containing animal fat. Todil, -cian, böy; –tia. cat, gell, póüt, jówl; Il —tion, j = Shan. -SiOn = Chorus, Shiin; 73 adipose substance, s. Animal fat. adipose tissue,. s. A membrane in a state, of reat tenuity, fashioned into minute cells in which at is deposited. It occurs in man, and in the in- ferior animals, both when mature and when of im- perfect development. adipose vesicles, s. [ADIPOSE SACS.] (Todd dé Bowman : Physiol. Amat.) ãd'—ip-oiás, a. [Lat. adipis, genit, of adeps= ſº ) ull of fat, fatty, fat. The same as ADIPOSE QI. V.). a-dip'-si-a, a-dip'-sy, s. [Gr. adipsed = to be free from thirst; adipsos=free from thirst.] Med...: Absence of thirst, *ā'-dir, a. Old form of EITHER (q.v.). “And that adir of them shall have . . . .”—Davies: York Records, p. 155. (Halliwell.) ad—ist', prep. [Ger. dies=this...] On this side. (Scotch...) “I wish you was neither a dist her nor ayont her.”— Scotch Proverb. *ād'-it, s. [In Ital. adito, fr. Lat. aditus=a going to, ºrance avenue: adeo-to go to ; ad-to; eo- to go. 1. A passage for the conveyance of water under- ground; a subterranean passage in general. “For conveying away the water, they stand in aid of sundry devices; as adits, pumps, and wheels driven by a stream, and interchangeably filling and emptying two buckets.”—Carew. 2. The entrance to, a mine, or sometimes to an ordinary building; also the approaches to these. “Care has them to be taken for the drainage of the mine, which is partly effected by the excavation of an ad it or tunnel.”—Black: Guide to Cornwall, p. 228. *3. Entrance, approach. “Taunt me no more; Yourself and yours shall have free adit.” Tennyson: Princess, vi. 283. *ad-i'—tion, s. [Lat. aditiora going to, an ap- proach; aditwm, supine of adeo = to go to, to #. ad=to; itio-going: ad, and eo = to go.] The act of going to, or approaching. a-dit-ya, s. [Sansc.] Hindu Myth. : The sun, worshipped as a god. ãd'—ive, s. . [Local name.] A fox, the Vulpes corsac, found in Siberia. *ad-jā'-genge, ad-jā'-gen-gy, s. [Lat. adjacens, #. Fº of adjaceo-to lie near to: ad=to; jaceo=to ie.] The state of lying adjacent or near to. “Because the Cape hath sea on both sides near it, and other lands (remote as it were) equi-distant from it; therefore, at that point, the needle is not distracted by the vicinity of adjacencies.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. ād-jā'—gent, a. & S. [In Fr. adjacent; Ital. adi- acemte; Lat. adjacens, pr. par. Of adjaceo-to lie near to, to adjoin : fr. ad=to; jaceo-to lie.] A. As adjective: 1. Lying near to ; situated contiguous to, in place. “. the tribes inhabiting adjacent districts are al- most always at war.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iii. 2. Lying near to, in other respects than in place. “. when the case to which we reason is an adja- cent case ; adjacent, not as before, in place or time, but in circumstances.”—J. S. Mill: Logic. B. As substantive: Anything lying near to, any- thing contiguous to another. (Literally or figura- tively.) “The sense of the author goes visibly in its own train ; and the words, receiving a determined sense from their companions and (tdjacents, will not consent to give count- enance and color to what must be supported at any rate.” —Locke. Geom. Adjacent angle: One contiguous to an- other, so that one side and the vertex are common to them both. The term is most frequently em- ployed when the other sides enclosing the angles are in the same straight line. In Fig. 1, E is the vertex, C E the side common to the two adjacent angles C C E A, B E C ; A E and E B the other sides which, it will be observed, are in the A E R same straight line A. E. B. In such a case the two ad- jacent angles together Fig. 1 constitute two right ang- lg. l. les, and each is the supplement of the other. Ad- jacent, when used of an angle, is opposed to oppo- site; C E A and B E D are opposite angles; so also are C E B and A E D ; whilst C E A and A E D, A E D and D E B, D E B and B E C, with B E C and C E A al- ready mentioned, are adjacent angles. In a triangle with one side produced, the angle contiguous to the exterior one is called the interior (tdjacent, whilst the others are denominated the in- terior and opposite angles. 30, Zhiin. çhin, bench; —tion, -śion gem; thin, —tious, this; -cious, Sin, -Sious = Shiis. adjoining In the triangle A B C (Fig. 2), one side (BC) of which is produced to D, A. A C D is the exterior angle and A C B the interior ad- jacent, whilst C B A and B A C are the interior and opposite angles. (See C 1) Euclid I. 15, 16, 32.) B Fig. 2 ad-jā'—gent-ly, adv. 3. 4. [ADJACENT.] So as to be contiguous to. idiº, v. t. [Lat, adjectum, supine of adjicio = to throw to, to add to : from ad–to ; jacio=to throw.] To put or add one thing to another. *ād-jéct'-ed, pa. par. & a. [ADJECT.] *ād-jëct'-iñg, pr. par. [ADJECT.] *ād-jég -tion,...s. [Lat, adjectio- a throwing to, an addition.] . The act of adding; the state of being added; anything added. “That unto every pound of sulphur, an adjection of one ounce of quicksilver; or unto every pound of petre, one ounce of sal-ammoniac, will much intend the force, and consequently the report, I find no verity.”—Browne: Vul- gar Errors, bk. ii., ch. v. *ād-jëct-ti'—tious, a. [ADJECT.] Added, ād-jéct-i-val, a. [ADJECTIVE.] Pertaining to an adjective. “. . . and so an adjectival offspring . . Philological Essays, p. 257. ãd'-jëct—ive, a. & s. . [In Ger., adjektiv.; adjectif, Ital. addiettivo, fr. Lat. adjectivus=add adjicio=to throw to : ad=to; jacio=to throw.] A. As adjective: Added to (as opposed to substan- tive=previously existing). “The whole English law, substantive and adjective, was, in the judgment of all the greatest lawyers, of Holt and Treby, of Maynard and Somers, exactly the same º: the Revolution as before it.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., CIl. X. Adjective colors: Colors which require to be fixed by some base or mordant in order to be used as per- manent dye stuffs. B. As substantive: Grammar: One of the parts of speech, consisting of words joined to nouns to define and limit their signification, as bright silver, which is less exten- sive in signification than silver in general; and a good man which is a narrower term than man in the abstract. Adjectives are divided into three classes: (1) Promomºmal Adjectives, as my, his, this; (2) Ad- jectives of quantity, as much, little, sia, eighth, and § Adjectives of Quality, as good, white, Indian. PRONOMINAL, QUANTITY, QUALITY..] Adjectives have degrees of comparison, as wise, wiser, wisest; good, better, best; eaccellent, more eaccellent, most eaccellent. [COMPARISON.] djectives in this Dictionary are marked a. or adj. Most participles are at times used as ad- jectives; these are generally called participle ad- jectives, as “a tinkling cymbal,” “a condemned criminal.” [PARTICIPLE.] fād-jéct—ived, a. [ADJECTIVE.] Made into an adjective. ād-jéct—ive-ly, adv. manner of an adjective. “In place of brazen in this sense we now substitute the substantive brass, used adjectively.”—Trench : English, Past and Present. ad'-jóin, v. t. & i. [In Fr. adjoindre, from Lat. adjwmgo: ad=to, and jungo=to join.] A. Transitive: *1. To join to. “To whose huge spoke ten thousand lesser things Are mortised and adjoined.” Shakesp. ; Hamlet, iii. 3. 2. To be situated next to: as, His house adjoins mine. B. Intrams. : To be immediately adjacent to ; to join : as, Our houses adjoin. *ad-jöin'—ant, *ad-jöyn'-aunte, a. & s. [AD- JOIN. 1. As adjective: Adjoining, lying immediately contiguous to. (Halliwell.) 2. As substantive: A person or thing contiguous to another. “. . . “to grewe and hurte his neighbors and ad- joymauntes of the realm of England.”—Hall : 11enry VI., f. 53. .”—Key: Fr. ed; [ADJECTIVE.] After the ad-jóin'ed, pa. par. & a. [ADJOIN.] [ADJOYNT, ADJOYNATE.] ad-jóin'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ADJOIN.] 1. Transitive: Joining to. 2., Intransitive: Adjacent to, contiguous. (Either with or without the prefix to.) “The adjoining hospital was sacked.”—Macaulay. IIist. Eng., ch. xi. expect, Xenophon, -ble, -dle, aş; exist. ph = f. &c. = bel, del. sº adjoint *ad-joint, s. [ADJUNCT.] An associate. ºis lady is your adjoint.”—Gentleman Instructed, P. e ad-joirn', v. t. & i. [O. Fr. affoiner, affwrner: a=to, and jowr=day.] A. Transitive: 1. To put off (anything) for a single day. “Or how the sun shall in mid heaven stand still A day entire, a night's due course adjourn.” Milton: P. L., bk. xii. Spec.: To postpone till next day the remaining business of a parliamentary body, of a law court, or other meeting, releasing the members from attend: ance meanwhile. The term adjourn may be used ºnly of the business or of the meeting. [See O. 2. 2. To postpone, such business, or, meeting to, a specified time, which need not be limited to the next day. s “The debate on this motion was repeatedly adjourned.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. “Halifax, wishing probably to obtain time for com- munication with the prince, would have adjourned the meeting: but Mulgrave begged the lords to keep their seats, and introduced the messenger.”—Ibid., ch. x. B. Intransitive: To defer, business, or cease to meet till the next day, or till some other date gen- erally fixed beforehand. “It was moved that Parliament should adjourn for six weeks.”—Select Speeches, vol. v., p. 403. To adjowrm sine die. [ADJOURNMENT.] ad—joirn'ed, pa. par. & a. [ADJOURN.] ad-joirm'—ifig, pr. par. ADJOURN.] ād-joirn'-mênt, s. [Fr. affourmement: ā-to, and jowr=day; suffix -ment (q.v.). A. Ordinary Language: I. The putting of anything off till next day, or, more loosely, till a future period. *1. (Spec.); The putting off duty which should be done to-day till to-morrow, and when that ar- rives then again till to-morrow ; procrastination. “We will, and we will not; and then we will not again, and we will. At this rate we run our lives out in adjourn- ments from time to time, out of a fantastical levity that holds us off and on, betwixt hawk and buzzard.”— L’Estrange. 2. Properly the putting off the remainder of a meeting of a legislative or other body, for one day; but it may be used in a wider signification for post- ponement till a specified day. When no day is indicated, then, if the word adjournment is used at all, it is said to be sime die—i.e., without a day. “Common decency required at least an adjournment.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. II. The time during which or to which business or a meeting is postponed. Used, for example, of the time during which Congress Qr any other public body which has been adjourned, remains without re-assembling; as “the hon, member saw his friend for a few hours during the adjournment.” B. Technically: Law: A further day appointed by the judges at the Nisi Prius sittings for the trial of issues in fact, which were not before ready for disposal. *ad—jöyn'—ate, pa. par. [ADJOIN.] “Two semely princes, together adjoymate.”—Hardyng: Chronicle, p. 154. *ad—jöynt", s. [A form of ADJOINED.] One joined with another, an associate, a companion, an at- tendant. “Here with these grave adjounts (These learned maisters) they were taught to see Themselves, to read the world and keep their points.” Daniel: Civ. Wars, iv. 69. ad-jūdg'e, .#. v. t. & i. [O. Fr. Gjuger: Fr. adjuger=to adjudge, from juger, Lat. judico- to judge.] [JUDGE.] A. Transitive: 1.To judge or try a person; to come to a judicial decision, regarding a case; to announce such a de- cision when arrived at. “Adjudged to death, For want of well pronouncing Shibboleth.” Milton: Samson Agonistes. "I Followed by the person whose case is pronounced upon in the objective, and to before the verdict given. (Lit. & fig.) Sometimes, instead of to, the verdict constitutes the clause of a sentence introduced by that : “The popular tribunal was more lenient; it was ad- judged that his offense should be expiated at the public expense.”—Lewis: Early Roman Hist., ch. xi. 2. To award by a judicial decision. (Followed by the thing awarded as the object, and to of the per- son.) (Lit. & fig.) “The great competitors for Rome, Caesar and .#. on Pharsalian plains ; 74 3. In a more general sense: To judge, to consider, to deem, to regard as, to decide to be. “He adjudged him unworthy of his friendship, pur- posing sharply to revenge the wrong he had received.”— Knolles. B. Intransitive: In the same sense as A. Spec. : To decide, to settle. “. . . there let Him still victor sway, As battle hath adjudged.”—Milton: Par. Lost, bk. x. ad-jūdged, pa. par. [ADJUDGE.] ad-jūdg'-iñg, pr. par. [ADJUDGE.] ad-jūdg'-mênt, s. [ADJUDGE.] The act of judg- ing or deciding, by a judicial decision; also the judgment or verdict given. ad-jā'-dic-àte, v. f. & i. [Lat. adjudicatum, su- pine of adjudico; ad=to; judico = to judge; judea: =a judge; jus = a judicial decision ; dico = to pro- nounce.] 1. Transitive: To judge, to determine. 2. Intransitive: To come to a judicial decision. "I To adjudicate upon : Judicially to decide upon. ad-jū'-dic-à-těd, pa. par. [ADJUDICATE.] ad-jū'-dic-à-ting, pr. par. [ADJUDICATE.] ad-jū-dīc-à-tion, 8. [In Ital. aggiudicazione, fr. Lat, adjudicatio- an adjudication.] A law term. I. The act of adjudging or judging. II. The state of being adjudged. III. The decision, judgment, sentence or, decree given forth after the act or process of judging is complete. ad-jū'-dic-à-tör, S. adjudicates. ad-jū’-gāte, v. t. [Lat. adjugo=to yoke to: ad= to ; jugwm = a yoke.] To yoke to. .*ad-jū’-mênt, s. . [Lat. adjwmentum=a means of aid; help : contracted from adjuvamentum ; adjuvo =to help: ad=to; juvo-to help.] Aid, assistance, help. (Miege.) ãd'-júñct, S. & a. [Lat, adjunctus=joined to, pa. par. of adjwmgo-to join to : Qud=to, and jumgo=to yoke, to join ; Ger, adjunkt; Fr. adjoint.] A. As swbstantive: I. Of things: 1. In a general sense: Anything joined to another without being an essential part of it. “But they were comparatively an idle adjunct of the matter.”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. I. “. . but to avoid the risk of asking amiss, we ought to purify the question of all adjuncts which do not neces- sarily belong to it.”— Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., viii. 4, p. 180. 2. Technically: & * (a) Metaphysics: Any quality of a physical, sub- stance or of the mind. Thus weight is, an adjunct of a body, and consciousness of the mind. . (b) Grammar: Words used to qualify other lead- ing words. For instance, in the sentence, “The stars visible in our latitude,” the word stars, which, standing alone, would include all visible from any part of the globe, is limited in meaning by the adjunct or adjuncts, “yisible in our latitude.” . 3. Music: The relation between the principal mode and the modes of its two fifths. II. Of persons: 1. Gen. : A person associated with another for the promotion of some pursuit, or for any other pur- p0S6. “He made him the associate of his heir-apparent, together with , the Lord Cottington, , as an adjunct of singular experience and trust, in foreign travels, and in a business of love.”— Wotton. 2. Law: An additional judge. B. As adjective: 1. Gen.: Added to, or conjoined with any person or thing of groater importance. “And every humor hath his adjunct pleasure, Whereip, it finds a joy above the rest.” Shakesp.: Sonnets, 91. “And when great treasure is the meed proposed, Though death be adjunct, there's no death supposed.” Shakesp.: Tarquim, and Lucrece. 2. Roman Arch Ceology. Adjunct deities were in- ferior gods or goddesses attendant upon those of higher rank. Thus Mars, the god of war, was at times attended by his wife or sister Bellona, the goddess of war. He was a principal, she an ad- junct deity. ad-jūnc'-tion, s. ſIn Fr. adjonction; fr. Lat. (td- junctio = a joining to, a union ; fr. adjungo = to join to : or from ad = to ; junctio = a joining. A joining to ; the act of joining to, the state of being joined to, a thing joined to. [ADJUDICATE.] One who adjustment ad-jūnc'-tive, a. & S. [Lat. adjunctivus.] I. As adjective: 1. Gen. : Having the quality of joining or being added to. . 2. Latin Grammar: The adjunctive pronouns are ipse, ipsa, ipsum = self. (Schmitz: Latin Grammar. hambers, 1860.) II. As substantive: Anything joined to (another). ad-jūnc'-tive—ly, adv. [ADJUNCTIVE.] In an adjunctive manner, as is the case with anything joined to. ad-jūnct—ly, adv, [ADJUNCT.] As is the case with anything joined to ; in connection with ; con- Sequently. ad-jiir-à'—tion, s. [In Fr. adjuration; fr. Lat. adjuratio = a swearing by; adjuration.] 1. The act of adjuring, or charging one on oath or Solemnly ; also the act of Swearing by. “A Persian, humble servant of the sun, Who, though devout, yet bigotry had none, Hearing a lawyer, grave in his address, With adjurations every word impress, Suppos'd the man a bishop, or at least, God’s name so much upon his lips, a priest : Bow’d at the close with all his graceful airs, And begg’d an interest in his frequent prayers.” Cowper : Conversation. 2. The thing sworn ; the form of oath tendered in adjuring one; also the particular oath used by a Solemn or by a profane swearer. 3. A solemn §: or adjuring conjuration. “These learned men saw the daemons and evil spirits. forced to confess themselves no gods by persons who only made use of prayer and adjurations in the name of their crucified Saviour.”—Addison : On the Christian Religion. ad-jiire, v. t. [In Fr. adjurer; fr. Lat, adjwro = to swear, to confirm by oath: ad = to, and juro = to Swear; jus = equity or law.) & 1. To charge upon oath, to charge upon pain of a curse or of the divine displeasure. “And Joshua adjured them at that time, saying, Cursed be the man before the Lord, that riseth up and buildeth this city Jericho.”—Josh, vi. 26. “I adjure thee by God, that thou torment me not.”— Mark v. 7. 2. To charge solemnly. “But he adjured them as gentlemen and soldiers not to. imitate the shameful example of Cornbury.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. t3. To attempt to procure by adjuration or earnest entreaty. (Poetic.) “My friends embrac'd my knees, adjur'd my stay; |But stronger love impell’d, and I obey.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xxii. 307, 308. ad-jiir'ed, pa. par. & a. [ADJURE.] 3.6—jiir"-er, s. [ADJURE.] One who adjures. ad-jiirº-iñg, pr. par. [ADJURE. ad-jūst', v. t. [Sp. affwstar; Fr. affwster: , Ital, fºr-to adjust : Lat. ad=to; justus=just.] UST. 1. To fit, to adapt to, mechanically or otherwise. (a) Mechanically: “A striding level is furnished with the [transit] in- strument, to be used when required for adjusting the axis.”—Chambers: Astron., bk. vii., p. 652. (b) Otherwise: “. . . the representative system was adjusted to the altered state of the country.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. “And unremitting energy pervades, Adjusts, sustains, and agitates the whole.” Thomson: The Seasons, Spring. 2. To arrange, as the terms of a treaty, by mutual. negotiation. “. . . the terms of the treaty known as 'the Second Treaty of Partition were very nearly adjusted.”—Mac- aulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. adjúst'-a-ble, a. [ADJUST.] That may or can be adjusted. tad-jūst'—age (age=ig), s. [ADJUST.] The same. as ADJUSTMENT. ad-jūst'-ed, pa. par. & a. regulated; arranged. “. . . taking advantage of nicely adjusted combinations of circumstance.”—Herschel Astronomy, 5th ed., § 481. ad-jūst'-Ér, S. [ADJUST.] One who or that which adjusts. “. . . collectors of various readings and adjusters of texts.”—Dr. Wartom: Essay on Pope, ii. 298. ad-jūst'-iñg, pr. par. [ADJUST.] “. . . the precision of this adjusting power.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. A mat., ch. vii. “. . . the adjusting screen.”—Tyndall on Heat, 3d. ed., p. 303. tad-jūst'—ive, Ct. [ADJUST.] Tending to adjust. [ADJUST.] Fitted: Where stern Bellona with one final stroke e “. . . . the adjunction of any kingdom unto the * * Adjudg’d the empire of this globe to one.”—Phillips. King of England,”—Bacon. ad-jūst'-mênt, s. [In Fr. aiustement.] [ADJUST.] făte, fīt, fare, amidst, what, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. adjutage A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of adjusting, fitting to, rendering con- formable to a certain standard; or reducing to order. 1. The act of fitting to (lit. Or fig.). “. . . the time which was absolutely required for the erection and adjustment of the instruments, with or with- out observatories over them.”—Transit of Venus; Times, April 20, 1875. - . . let us see what, by checking and balancing, and good adjustment of tooth and pinion, can be made of it.”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. V. 2. The act of arranging or coming to an agree- ment about. “The farther and clearer adjustment of this affair I am constrained to adjourn to the larger treatise.”—Wood- ward. II. The state of being adjusted, fitted or adapted to. “As the prismatic camera was the instrument requir- ing least time for adjustment, so it was the one which could be employed for the longest period during the eclipse.”—Transit of Venus; Times, April 20, 1875. III. Things, adjusted, fitted or adapted to each other; the nature of the fitting itself. “. . . . the various parts of the body are weights, and in the muscular adjustments are treated as such.”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., ch. vii. “. the eye may be perfect in all its optical adjust- ments.”—Ibid., ch. viii. “. . . the mechanical adjustments of his frame are less favorable to preserve the standing posture than in the four-footed animal.”—Ibid., ch. iii. B. Technically. Marime Insurance: The ascer- tainment of the exact loss at sea on goods which have been insured, and the fixing the proportion which each underwriter is liable to pay. ad'-jūt-age, or a-jūt'-33e (age=ig), S. [Fr. ajutage; fr. affouter=to adjoin.] Hydraulics: The effect of a tube fitted to an aperture in a vessel from which water is flowing, as, for instance, in a jet or fountain. adjutancy (ād'-jit-an-çy), S. [ADJUTANT.] 1. The office of an adjutant. 2. Skillful arrangement. “It was, no doubt, disposed with all the adjutancy of definition and division.”—Burke: Appeal to Old Whigs. adjutant (ād-jit-ant), S. [In Ger, and Fr. adjut- ant; Ital. aftſtante; fr. fat. adjutans, pr. par. of adjuto-to help often or much ; freq. from adjuvo, -awi, -utum=to help : ad; juvo-to help.] I. Of persons: An officer of the staff, whose duty it is to assist the colonel, or commanding officer of a regiment, battalion or garrison. Each regiment of horse and each battalion of foot has one. Adjutant-General: º 1. Military: A high functionary who stands to the whole army in the same relation that an ordinary adjutant does to a battalion or regiment. The de- partment of the Adjutant-general is charged with the execution of all orders relating to the recruiting and equipment of , troops, their instruction, and their preservation in proper efficiency. There are also assistant and deputy-assistant adjutants-gen- eral of divisions and districts. 2. Ecclesiastical: A certain number of fathers who resided with the general of the Jesuits, and made known to him the important events passing through- out the world. Each limited his attention to a sin- gle country, in which he had emissaries, visitors, regents, provincials, &c., to furnish him with infor- mation and forward his views. 3. Any assistant. II. Of a genus of birds: Spec.: The gigantic crane. The name adjutant was given by the Anglo-Indians of Bengal to this bird from the fancy that it resembled the dress and the dignified walk of the military function a ry called an adjutant. It is the Leptoptilus, Argala, and belongs to the Cicon- inae, or, Storks, a , Sub- family of the Ardeidae, or Herons, which again are ranged under the Order Grallatores, or Wading birds. The adjutant of Bengal and of Southern Africa is about five feet high, and is an extremely voracious bird. The ex- panse of its throat is so wide that it can swallow a large cat entire. It is deemed sacred in the East, and, apart from superstition, , earns, the title to be left without molestation by being so useful a scavenger. $ & * Adjutant (Leptoptilus Argala). It is 75 A somewhat smaller species, the L. Marabow, which furnishes the marabou feathers, occurs in tropical Africa. III. Of things in general: An assistant. “A fine violin must and ever will be the best adjutant to a fine voice.”—Mason: Ch. M., p. 74. fad'-jū-tă-tºr, s. [AGITATOR (2).] *ad-jū‘te, v. t. [Lat. adjuto-to help.] To add. “Six bachelors as bold as he, Adjuting to his company.” Ben Jonson : Underwoods. fad-jūţ-6r, s. [Lat. adjutor.] One who aids or assists. [COADJUTOR.] “All the rest, as his adjutors and assistants, you must awake out of this error.”—Spalato: Rocks of Christian Shipwreck (1618), p. 12. ad-jū-tór'—i-ām, s. . [Lat.=assistance, support.] Amat.: A name applied to the humerus from the assistance which it renders at times when it is needful to raise the arm. jº, a. [Lat. adjutorius.] Aiding, as- sisting; which aids or assists. ... àd'-jū-trix, s. º The feminine correspond- ing to the masc. JUTOR.] A female assistant. ãd'-jāv-ant, a. & S. [Lat. adjuvans=helping; É.i. f adjuvo-to give help to : Gud, and juvo- to help. . As adjective: Which aids or assists; aiding, as- Sisting. “They [minerals] meeting with apt matter and adjuv- ant causes.”—Howell: Letters, I., 635 As substantive: An assistant; he who or that which assists. “I have only been a careful adjuvant, and was sorry I could not be the efficient.”—Yelverton (1609): Archaeol., xv. 51. Specially. Med. : A substance added to the prin- cipal one prescribed in order to increase its effi- Clency. täd'-jūv-āte, v. . . . [In Ital, qjutare, fr. Lat. adjwvo.] To give aid to, to assist, to help. ãd lår'-gūm. [AD.] ād-lèg—ā’—tion, s. [In Ger, adlegation; Lat, ad= to ; legatio- the office of an ambassador: lego, -avi- to send as an ambassador.] A term formerly used in the public law, of the German empire to desig- nate the right claimed by the several states of send- ing plenipotentiaries to be associated with those of the emperor in negotiating, treaties and transacting other public business which affected their welfare. When a dignitary sent a negotiator not on, state business, but on his own affairs, this was called le- gation, and not adlegation. ād-lib'-i-tiim. At one's pleasure. ād-1öc—ü'—tion, s. [ALLOCUTION.] f ad-mar'-g'ín-āte, v. t. . [Lat., ad=to; mar- ginem, acc. of margo=margin...] To write on the margin of a book, or anything else capable of being so treated. ad-mêa'-Süre, v. t. [Lat. ad; Eng. measure.] 1. Gen.: To measure with the view of ascertain- ing the dimensions or capacity of anything. [MEASURE.] 2. Law: To apportion, as in the case of dower, pasture, &c. [ADMEASUREMENT.] “It recited a complaint that the defendant hath sur- charged, superomeraw it, the common; and therefore com- mands the sheriff to admeasure and apportion it.”—Black- stone: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 16. * In this word and its derivatives S=zh. ad-mêa-Süre-mênt, s. [ADMEASURE.] Ordinary Language: 1. The act of measuring. “In some counties they are not much acquainted with admeasurement by acre; and thereby the writs contain twice or thrice so many acres more than the land hath.” —Bacon. 2. The state of being measured. 3. The dimensions ascertained. ad-mêa'-Sür—ér, s. [ADMEASURE.] One who ad- IſleaSUlréS. ad-mêa'-Sür-iñg, pr; par. & S. [ADMEASURE.] fad-mên-sir-à-tion, s. [Lat., ad, and Eng. menswration.] The act or process of measuring; the state of being measured; the amount, capacity, &c., ascertained by measurement. *ād'—mér—all, s. [ADMIRAL.] fad—mé'—ti-àte, v. t. [Lat. admvetiatus, pa. par. of admetior= to measure out..] To measure. (Bailey.) fad-min'-i-cle, tad-min-a-cle, s. [In Fr. ad- mimicºyle=help, aid, support;. fr. Lat. (vdminiculum. = (1) the prop by which a vine twines; (2) aid, as- sistance: adminiculor= to prop, or support.] A law term. 1. Old Law Books: Aid, help, assistance, support. administrate 3. Scotch Law: . A collateral deed, produced to prove, or at least throw light upon, the contents of another deed or document which has been lost. “When it is to be proved by the testimony of witnesses, the pursuer ought, in the general sense, to produce some adminicle in writing, i. e., some collateral deed referring to that which was lost, in order to found the action.”— Erskine: Inst., bk. iv. *ād-min-ic-u-lar, ad-min-ic'-u-lar—y, a. [ADMINICLE.] Pertaining to aid, helpful, auxiliary. “He should never help, aid, supply succor, or grant, them any subventitious furtherance, auxiliary suffrage, or adminiculary assistance.”—Translation of Rabelais, iii. 34. *ād-min-ic'-u-lāte, v, i. [Lat. adminiculatus, pa. par. of adminiculor=to prop up. *ād-min-ic'-u-lāte, a. . [See the verb.] Sup- ported, set forth. (Scotch.) “It is so notoriously adminiculate by an act of secret council, and yet denied upon oath by the principal officers. of state.”—Crookshank: Hist., i. 381. *ād-min-ic-u-lā’—tion, s. [Lat. adminiculatus, pa. par. Of adminiculor.] A prop or support. “Some plants are helpt by adminiculation to be straight.”—Hacket: Life of Williams, ii. 217. ad-min-ic'-ii-liim, s. A term applied to the ab- dominal semicircular row of teeth, which enable certain subterranean insects to force their way to the surface. ad-min'—ist-êr, v. t. & i. [In Ger. administrirem: Fr. administrer; Ital. aminimistrare; fr. Lat. ad- ministro= (1) to attend upon, to assist, to serve, (2) to execute, to perform: ad=to, and ministro=to: attend, to wait upon; fr. minister = a servant.] [MINISTER.] A. Transitive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. To act as minister, i.e., as servant to. (Used of the political ministers of a constitutional country, who constitute the executive government for carry- ing out the enactments of the legislative body.) “Beyond that mark is treason. He is ours, To administer, to guard, to adorn the state.” Cowper: Task, bk. V. 2. To dispense, as, e. g., justice, the sacraments, grace, &c. “. . the settlements of those squatters who, far to: the west of the Mississippi, administer a rude justice *he rifle and the dagger.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., CIl. ill. “Have not they the old popish custom of administering the blessed sacrament of the holy eucharist with wafer cakes? '’—Hooker". “. . . this grace, which is administered by us to the glory of the same Lord.”–2 Cor. viii. 19. 3. To tender an oath. Authoritatively to require one to take an oath. x: “Swear by the duty that you owe to heav'n To keep the oath that we administer.” Shakesp.: Richard II., i. 3. 4. To give to one as medicine is given. “He asserted that his malady was not natural, that a noxious drug had been administered to him in a dish of porridge.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. 5. To grant, to bestow, to afford. “When he was come up to the gate, he looked up to the writing that was above, and then began to knock, suppos- ing that entrance should have been quickly administered to him.”—Bunyan : Pilgrim’s Progress. II. Technically. Law: To take legal charge of the affairs of a person dying intestate; to act as administrator. [ADMINISTRATION, B. 1.] “. that in case of intestacy, the ordinary shall depute the nearest and most lawful friends of the deceased to administer his goods.”—Blackstone: Comm., bk, ii., ch. 32 B. Imtramsitive : 1. Qrd. Lang. ... To conduce, to tend. T The simple form minister is generally used in this sense. “I must not omit, that there is a fountain rising in the upper part of my garden, which forms a little wandering rill, and administers to the pleasure as well as the plenty- of the place.”—Spectator. 2. Law: To arrange financial matters connected with the real or personal estate of one dying with- out a will. [ADMINISTRATION, B. 1 fad-min'-ist-êr, s. [From the verb.] An ad- ministrator. & 4 ... a good administen' of the revenue.”—Bacon: To Så rjohn Denham. *ad-min-is-tér’—i-al, a. [ADMINISTER.] Ad- ministering, having the power of performing min- isterial functions; conducive to an end. ad-min'-is-tra-ble, a. [ADMINISTER.] be administered. fad-min'-is-träte, v. t. [From Lat, administra- tum, supine of administro=to attend upon.] [AD- MINISTER.] To administer. “They have the same effects in medicine, when inwardly Able to specially valuable as a great destroyer of serpents. 2. Civil Law: Imperfect proof. administrated to animal bodies.”—Woodward. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -Sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. administrated tad-min'-is-tra-têd, pa. par. [ADMINISTRATE.] ad-min-is-tra'-tion, s. . [In Fr. administration; Ital, amministrazione, fr. Lat. administratio.] [AD- MINISTER.] A. Ordinary Lamgwage: I. The act of administering. .1. The act of managing anything on certain prin- ciples or by certain methods. Spec., the carrying out by a constitutional minister of the laws and regulations established by the legislature for the management of the several departments of govern- ment. [See No. III.] “. . those effects which make up what we term good or bad administration.”—J. S. Mill ; Logic, 2d ed., vol. ii., ch. xx. “. . . the conducting of delicate negotiations, and for the administration of war.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. ii. “His financial administration was of a piece with his military administration.”—Ibid., ch. v. 2. The act of dispensing anything, as justice, the sacraments, or medicine. “. . . . the very scheme and model of the administra- tion of common justice between party and party was entirely settled by this king (Edward I.).”—Blackstone : Comment., bk. iv., ch. 33. “By the universal administration of grace (begun by our blessed Saviour, enlarged by His apostles, carried on by their immediate successors, and to be completed by the rest to the world’s end), all types that darkened this faith, are enlightened.”—Sprat : Sermons. II. The state of being administered. “There is, in sacraments, to be observed their force, and their form of administration.”—Hooker. III. That which is administered, or those who ad- iminister. 1. The thing administered; the duties or responsi- bilities #º. or of some department of it as the civil, the military, the naval, or the financial departments. “Sunderland had good reason for recommending that the administration should be entrusted to the Whigs.”— Macawlay : Hist. Eng., ch. xx. “. . . to take on himself the civil and military ad- "ministration.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. x. “The naval administration and the financial adminis- tration were confided to Boards.”—Ibid., ch. xi. “And there are differences of administrations, but the same Lord.”—1 Cor. xii. 5 2. The administrators; the members of govern- ment taken collectively. “Did the administration in that reign [in Queen Anne's] avail themselves of any one of those opportunities?”— JBurke: Tracts on the Popery Laws. B. Technically: 1. Law: The management, by means of an ad- ministrator, of the estate of any one dying intestate. The administrator can do nothing till letters of ad- ministration are first issued. He then buries the dead person in a manner suitable to his rank, col- lects debts due to him, pays what he owes, and finally distributes the property among the heirs. 2. The office or power of an administrator. “. . . that the ordinary is compellable to grant admin- ºstration of the goods and chattels of the wife to the busband, or her representatives.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 32. 3. The document, or documents, called letters of administration, conferring on one the right to act as administrator. “First, as to the original of testaments and administra- tions.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., p. 489. “. ... then general letters of administration must be $ granted by the ordinary.”—ibid., bº. ii., ch. 32 ad-min'-is-tra-tive, a. [In Fr, administratif, from Lat. administrativus=fit for administration. 1. Fit for administration, or which actually ad- aministers. “It was too large and too divided to be a good adminis- trative body.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. ii. 2. Pertaining to administration, designed for ad- ministration. ad-min'-is-trä-tör, s, [In Ger., administrator; Fr. administratewr: Ital amministratore, fr. Lat. administrator=a manager, an agent. There is also in Lat. administer=a servant.] A. Ordinary Language: One who administers affairs in general; one who conducts the administration of the country, or of any institution or business within its limits. “It is indeed most important that legislators and ad- ministrators should be versed in the philosophy of gov- ernment.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. xi. B. Technically: 1. Law; One who administers to the estate of a person who has died without making a will. [AD- MINISTRATION, B. 1.] “But if the deceased died wholly intestate, without making either will or executors, then general letters of 76 administration must be granted by the ordinary to such administrator as the statutes of Edward III. and Henry VIII. before mentioned direct.”—Blackstone : Comment., bk. ii., ch. 82. 2. Ecclesiastical: One who dispenses the sacra- ments. “I feel my conscience bound to remember the death of Christ, with some society of Christians or other, since it is a most plain command ; whether the person who dis- tributes these elements be only an occasional or a settled administrator.”— Watts. ad-min'-is-tra-tór-ship, s. The office of an administrator. ad-min-is-trä'-trix (fem. form of ADMINISTRA- TOR}, s. [Lat., but not classical. In Fr. adminis- tratrice.] A female who administers either in gov- Shinent or to the estate of one dying without a W1 Ll. & & [ADMINISTRATOR.] g ... and any ſeme-covert may make her will of goods which are in her possession in auter droit, as exec- utrix or administratriac.”—Blackstone : Comment., bb. ii., ch. 32. *ad-mir-āb'-il-is săl. [Lat. = admirable salt.] Glauber's salt. ad-mir-a-bil-i-ty, s. [Lat., admirabilis = (1 the quality of exciting wonder; (2) admirableness. Admirableness; worthiness of being admired. ād-mir-a-ble, a. & s... [In Fr, admirable; Ital. ammirabile, fr. Lat, admirabilis-worthy of admir- ation.] A. As adjective: *1. Exciting wonder, without its being stated whether or not this is combined with moral ap- proval. “In man there is nothing admirable but his ignorance and weakness.”—Jeremy Taylor: Dissuasive from Popery, pt. ii., bk. i., § 7 2. Exciting wonder, mingled with approval. “Cowper defended himself and those who were said to be his accomplices with admirable ability and self-posses- sion.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. “His fortitude was the more admirable because he was not willing to die.”—Ibid., ch. xxv. “I have attempted to show how much light the princi- ple of gradation throws on the admirable architectural powers of the hive-bee.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. XIV. *B. As substantive: That which is to be admired. 1. A liquor made of peaches, plums, sugar, water, and spirit. (Ogilvie : Dict., Supp.) 2. The White Admirable : The namo given in Har- ris' Aurelian to the butterfly more commonly called the White Admirable (Limenitis camilla). [ADMIRAL, C.; LIMENITIS.] ād-mir-a-ble-nēss, s. [ADMIRABLE.] Admira- bility; worthiness of exciting admiration. “Eternal wisdom appears in the admirable mess of the tºwance of the gospel.”—Hally well: Saving of Souls, I). g ãd'—mir-a-bly, adv. mirable manner. “. . . . the whole hand is admirably adapted for re- taining a firm grasp of the boughs of trees.”—Owen: Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 66. ād-mir—al, *ād-mêr-all, *ām-èr-al, *ād- myr-àld, *ām'-or-āyle, *ām'—réll, *ām'—rāyl, *ām'-y—ral, s. . [In Ger, admiral; Fr. amiral; Sp. almirante; O. Sp. alamir; Ital. ammiraglio, as if from Lat. admirabilis; Low Lat. admiraldus, ami- ralius; Byzantine Gr. améras, améraios. The first part of the word is pretty certainly Arab, amír, often spelled in Eng. emir=a prince, a leader; perhaps with the Arab. article al merged in it. The second half is more doubtful. “Hammer's derivation from a mir-al-boihr-commander of the sea, is unten- able.” (Max Müller: Science of Lang., 6th ed., ii. 264.) Others make the word Emir-alma =emir of the water.] A. Of persons: *I. A Saracen commander or king. “Tho spec on admyrold, Of wordes he wes swythe bold.” King Horn, 95. [ADMIRABLE.] In an ad- II. A naval officer of high rank. Specially: *1. Originally: The Lord High Admiral of Eng- land. is office commenced in A. D. 1286, if not earlier. Among its duties were the trial and pun- ishment of offences committed at sea. Under George II, the functions were divided among seven com- missioners, and the arrangement having been con- tinued till the present time, England has not now a Lord High Admiral, but in lieu of him possesses Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. 2. Now: A naval officer of high rank—the com- mander-in-chief of a fleet or fleets. T There are various gradations in rank among ad- mirals. The chief distinction is into admirals, vice-admirals, and rear-admirals. admire B. Of ships: A ship which carries, an admiral; a flagship; the most considerable ship of any fleet, whether of merchantmen or fishing-vessels, hence, any large and fine ship. “The mast of some great ammirall.” Milton : P. L. i., 294. C. Of butterflies: A name given to more than one butterfly, 1. The Red Admiral. Butterfly is the Vanessa ata- lanta. It has, the wings black above, crossed by a bright red band, the up- per pair with white spots, and the under part of all the four marked with various colors. The cat- erpillar, which is spiny, in color black, and with a range of saf- ron lines on º The Red Admiral (Vanessa Atalanta). º each side, feeds on the nettle, the leaves of which it forms into a sheath fastened with silk. It is found in Great Britain. [WANESSA.] 2. The White Admiral: A butterfly—the Limenitis sybilla. It is dull black above, variegated with ob- scure dark spots. Both pairs of wings are trav- ersed by a broad oblique white band, which on the upper pair is much interrupted. Each of these has also four white spots on it, whilst the lower pair of wings, has numerous dark ones. The preyailing color beneath is brownish yellow, with the base of the hinder wings and the under side of the body pale blue. The expansion of the wings is nearly two inches. The caterpillar, which is green, with the head, dorsal appendages, and sides of the belly reddish, feeds on the honeysuckle. D. Of shells: Admiral Shell: A shell—the Conus ammiralis. It has three pale yellow transverse bands alternating with two broad mottled ones of a darker color, and occurs in the Philippine Isles and the adjacent re- gions of the ocean. ãd'—mir-al-ship, s. [ADMIRAL.] The office of an admiral. ād-mir—al-ty, *ām'-Ér–al-té, s. [ADMIRAL.] [In Ger, admiralität, Fr. amirawté; Ital, ammir- agliato.] *The sovereignty of the sea. (Halliwell.) “Cherish merchandise and kepe the ameralte, That we be maesters of the narow see.” MS., Soc. Antiq., 101, f. 50. (Halliwell.) *ād-mir'—ange, s. [ADMIR.E.] Admiration. “With great admirance inwardly was moved.” Spenser: F. Q., W. x. 39. ād-mir-ā'—tion, s. [In Fr. admiration; Ital. am- mirazione, fr. Lat. admiratio=a wondering at..] [ADMIRE.] . The act of wondering or admiring ; the state of being wondered at or admired; the object of wonder, the object admired. + Sºlº e 1. Wonder, not yet limited to cases in which this is mingled with approbation. It is excited by an astonishing object. “And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus; and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.”— JRev. xvii. 6. [See also example under ADMIRE, 1.] s 2. Wonder coupled, with approbation. It is ex- cited by a person or thing in any respect possessed of unexpectedly high excellence. “. even at Versailles the hatred which he in- spired was largely mingled with admiration.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. “I could not look on the surrounding plants without admiration.”—Darwin: Journal of Voyage round the World, ch. xviii. fād-mir-a-tive, a. [ADMIRE.] Expressing ad- miration in either of the two senses of that word. Punctuation. The admirative point: The point Of ºlamation. the point of admiration ( !). (Min- Shew. ad-mi're, v. t. & i. [Fr. admirer; Sp. & Port. admirar; Ital, ammirare; Lat. admiror=to wonder at, to regard with admiration, to admire: ad=to, and miror=to Wonder, to marvel at..] A. Transitive: *I. To wonder at anything novel, unusual, , ex; traordinary, or great, without its being implied that the wonder is coupled with approbation. "I Followed by the objective case of the thing wondered at ; or, impersonally, by part of a sentence introduced by that. “It taketh away vain admiration of any thing, which is the root of all weakness: for all things are admired, either fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, .ciib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kw. $ admire because they are new or because they are great.”—Bacon: Advanc. of Learning. “Neither is it to be admired that Henry [IV.] . . should be pleased to have the greatest wit of these times in his interest.”—Dryden: Preface to the Fables. II. To wonder at, the wonder being coupled with approval. 1. To feel more or less respect, but not actual love for a person or being. This may be evoked, by beauty or other gifts, unaccompanied by sensibility of heart. - “Yet rather framed To be admired than coveted and loved.” Wordsworth. Eaccursion, bk. vi. 2. To feel ardent affection, or deep, and loving veneration for a person or being. This may be evoked by beauty, with sensibility of heart; by heroism, by high moral character or conduct. “ . . . to him made known A blooming lady—a conspicuous flower, Admired for beauty, for her sweetness, Whom he had sensibility to love, Ambition to attempt, and skill to win.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. ii. “Admir’d as heroes, and as gods obey'd.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xii. 378, “Cleo. Celerity is never more admired Than by the negligent.” Shakesp. ; Antony and Cleopatra, iii. 7. ‘‘’Tis virtue that doth make them most admired; The contrary doth make thee wonder'd at;” Ibid.: King Henry VI., Part III., i. 4. “When he shall come to be glorified in his saints, and admired in all them that believe.”—2 Thess. i. 10. 3. To regard with somewhat analogous, emotions things inanimate. [See example under ADMIRER.] B. Intransitive: To wonder; to wonder with ap- proval. “They see their lord, they gaze, and they admire.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xxiv. 451. “So spake the eternal Father, and all heaven Admiring stood a pace: then into hymns Burst forth, and in celestial measures moved.” Milton: P. R., bk. i. *ad-mi're, s. [From the verb.] Admiration. “He thus concludes his censure with admire.”—Row- land. ad-mir'ed, pa. par. & a. As adjective : * * * 1. Wondered at ; wonderful, astonishing. “With most admired disorder.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, iii. 4. 2. Regarded with respect, love, or high veneration of persons, beings, or things. --" “Or vainly comes the admired princess hither.” Shakesp.: Love's Labor’s Lost, i. 1. “Of this once-admired poem.”—Scott: Thomas the Rhymer, pt. iii. ad-mir'—ér, s. hing. “See Nature gay, as when she first began With smiles alluring her admirer, man.” Cowper: Hope. ad-nir'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ADMIRE.] “In vain the nations, that had seen them rise With fierce and envious yet admiring eyes.” Cowper: Eacpostulation. “Now round the lists th’ admiring army stand.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. iii. 423. ad-mir'-iñg—ly, adv. [ADMIRING..] In an admir- Ing. Imanner. “Ber. Admiringly, my liege: at first I stuck my choice upon her.” Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, v. 3. ad-mis-si-bil-i-ty, s. . [In, Fr. admissibilité.] The uality of being admissible; capability of be- ing admitted. [ADMIT.] ad-mis'—si-ble, a. [In Fr. admissible.] Capable of being admitted. [ADMIT.] “Even if this explanation were admissible in other in- 8tances.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. xi. ad-mis'—si-bly, adv. [ADMISSIBLE. In an ad- missible manner. admission (ad-mish'-lin), s. [In Fr. admission, from Lat. admissio = a letting in; admission: ad = to ; missio = a letting in, a sending; from missus, pa, par. of mitto = to let go, to send. [ADMIT.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of admitting. 1. Permission to enter, in a literal sense. “By means of our solitary situation, and our rare ad- mission of strangers, we know most part of the habitable world, and are ourselves unknown.”—Bacon: New Ata- lantis. 2. Permission to enter, in a figurative sense. “Dionysius agrees with Livy as to the proposal for the admission of plebeians to the consulate.”—Lewis: Early Roman Hist., ch. xii., pt. iv., § 56. [ADMIRE.] One who admires a person or 77 3. The confession that an argument, a statement, or a charge which one would gladly deny or repudi- ate, if he had the power, is true. [See example under No. IIl.] II. The state of being admitted or permitted to enter. (Lit. or fig.) “All springs have some degree of heat, none ever freez- ing, no not in the longest and severest frosts; especially those, where there is such a site and disposition of the strata, as gives free and easy admission to this heat.”— Woodward: Nat. Hist. III. A thing admitted. “. . . the truth of this admission will often be dis- * by other naturalists.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, Cil. li. B. Technically: Law: e (a) Eng, dº Civil Law: 1. Permission accorded to one to enter on the pos- session of land, office, or privilege. “. in my will I must declare my intentions and name a devisee, who will then be entitled to admission.” —Blackstone: Comment., ok. ii., ch. 22. 2. In a suit: Facts acknowledged by one party to be true, and which, therefore, the other one is not under the necessity of proving. [ADMITTANCE.] ..(b) Ecclesiastical Law: A term used when a bishop declares, a clerk presented to a vacant church by a patron to be duly qualified for the office, and admits him to it, using the words, Ad- mitto te habilem. (Ayliffe: Parergom.) ad-mis'—sive, a. Implying an admission. ad—mit', v. t. & 7. [In Ital, ammettere; fr. Lat. admitto = to let in, to admit: ad = to ; mitto = to let go, to send, whence is Fr. mettre = to put.] A. Transitive: I. Lit.: To let in, to permit to enter, as the door of a house. “They must not be admitted into his house.”—Macau- lay : Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. II. More or less figuratively: 1. Qrdinary Language and Law: To declare, one qualified and entitled to enter on an office, civil or ecclesiastical, or to enjoy a privilege, or to give him actual possession of it. * Gº (g) To declare the office or privilege legally open him. “They should with pleasure see Protestant Dissenters admitted in a proper manner to civil office.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. vii. “If the bishop hath no objections, but admits the pa- tron’s presentation, the clerk so admitted is next to be instituted by him.”—Blackstome : Comment... bk. i., ch. xi. (b). Actually to put one in possession of the office or privilege. “They had not had their share of the benefits promised by the Declaration of Indulgence : none of them had been admitted to any high and honorable post.”—Macaw- lay : Hist. Eng., ch. ix. *| Used in this sense in the phrase, To admit to ſt copyhold [ADMITTANCE], to admit to bail, &c. Or actually to give one legal possession of some prop- erty or privilege. “. . . . he thereupon admits him tenant to the copy- hold.”—Blackstone : Comment., bk. ii., ch. 22. “. . . had, after a long confinement, been admitted to bail by the Court of King's Bench.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. iv. 2. To allow approach in a mental or moral sense, as an inferior to Qne's intimate friendship, a thought into the mind or an emotion into the heart. “. . . the recollection of the familiarity to which he had admitted them, inflamed his malignity.”—Macau- lay : Hist. Eng., ch. iv. “Pleasure admitted in undue degree Enslaves the Will, nor leaves the judgment free.” Cowper : Progress of Error. 3. To accept as valid in point of argument, or as sustainable at the bar of justice, or simply to toler- ate. (a) As valid in point of argument. “That we have been far too slow to improve our laws must be admitted.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. “IHe, with sighs of pensive grief, Amid his calm abstractions, would admit That not the slender privilege is theirs To save themselves from blank forgetfulness l’’ Wordsworth; Eaccursion, bk. viii. (b) As sustainable at the bar of justice. “This only spares no lust, admits no plea, But makes him, if at all, completely free.” Cowper: Hope. (c) To tolerate, to suffer, to endure, to stand. “. . . the dreadful day No pause of words admits.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. v., 631-2. “Her power admits no bounds.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, xvi. 229. B. Intransitive: To be susceptible (of); to per- mit (Of). admixtion T. This sense occurs in the compound transitive verb admit of, and by the use of that to introduce the subjunctive sentence. “The liberality of the House admits, however, of an easy explanation.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. fad-mit-ta-ble, a. [ADMIT.]. Able to be ad- mitted; that may or can be admitted. “The clerk who is presented ought to prove to the bishop that he is a deacon, and that he has orders; other- wise the bishop is not bound to admit him; for, as the law then stood, a deacon was admittable.” – Ayliffe: Paren'gon. ad—mit'—tange, s. [ADMIT.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of admitting anything, physically, men- tally, or morally. 1. Physically: The act of admitting a body in whole or in part material to a place. [For example see No. II. 1.] º 2. Mentally: The concession of a position in argu- ment. “Nor could the Pythagorean give easy admittance thereto; for, holding that separate souls successively sup- plied other bodies, they could hardly allow the raising of souls from other worlds.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. 3. Morally: , The permission tacitly given to an emotion to enter the mind. “ Upon mine honor, all too confident To give admittance to a thought of fear. Shakesp.: King Henry IV., Part II., iv. 1. II. The state of being admitted in any of the above three senses. Physically: Permission or facilities to enter a place. (a) Of persons. “They had requested admittance to his presence for the purpose of tendering their counsel in this emergency.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. - T In this sense it is used specially of ambassa- dors desiring audience of the sovereign to whom they are accredited. * Enter a Messenger. “Mess. Ambassadors from King Henry of England Do crave admittance to your majesty.” * Shakesp.: King Henry V., ii. 4. (b) Of things. - “As to the admittance of the weighty elastic parts of the air into the blood, through the coats of the vessels; it seems contrary to experiments upon dead bodies.” —Arbuthnot on Aliments. III. That which procures admission. *Spec., rank or culture, garrying with it by custom or by law the privilege of being permitted to enter a particular place, as, for instance, the court of the sovereign or “society,” in the limited sense of the word. “Now, Sir John, here is the heart of my purpose: You are a gentleman of excellent breeding, admirable dis- course, of great admittance, authentic in your place and person.”—Shakesp.: Merry Wives, ii. 1. B. Technically: Eng. Law: Permission, with due formalities to enter on the possession of land or other property, or of office or privilege. {º In copyhold assurances, admittance is the last stage of the process, and is of three kinds: Admit- tance (1) upon a voluntary grant from the lord, (2) On Surrender by the former tenant, and (3) upon de- scent from an ancestor. ad-mit -têd, pa. par. & Cº. [ADMIT.] “Around that lucid lake, TJpon whose banks admitted souls Their first sweet draught of glory take!” Moore: Lalla Roolch; Paradise and the Peri. “. . . from the admitted fact that other associations. . . .”—J. S. Mill: Logic, ii. 97. fad-mit-têr, s. [Eng. admit; admits. “Here is neither a direct exhibition of the body to this purpose in the offerer, nor a direct consecration to this. ºn the admitter.”—BP. Hall: Honor of Married Clergy, P. fad-mit-ti-ble, a. [ADMIT.] The same as AD- MISSIBLE (q.v.). [ADMITTABLE.] “Many disputable opinions may be had of warre with- out the praysing of it, as only admittible by enforced necessitie, and to be used only for peace sake.”—Harrison: JDescript. of Britain. ad—mit'—tifig, pr. par [ADMIT.] ad-mix', v. t. [Lat, admisceo, admiscwi, admix- twm=to, admix: ad=to, and misceo-to mix.] To mix with. *ad mix-ti-Ön, s. [Lat., admittio=an admix- ture, fr. admisceo-to admix.] Admixture, mixture. [ADMIXTURE.] - “All metals may be calcined by strong waters, or by: admiation of salt, sulphur and mercury.”—Lord Bacon: Physiol. Rem. -er.] One who bóil, boy; póüt, jówl; cat, gell, Chorus, this; go, gem; thin, çhin, bench; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. a $; -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = &c. = bel, del- Shūn; -ble, -dle, –tion, -śion = Zhūn. -tious, -Cious, -Sious = Shiis. admixture ad-mix'—ttire, s. [ADMIX.] 1. The act of mixing. (Lit, or fig.) 2. The state of being mixed. (Lit. or fig.) “The condition of the Hebrews, since the dispersion, Thas not been such as to admit of much admiacture by the proselytism of household slaves.”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 97 (Lit. or fig.) 3. That which is mixed. “. . . . the above admia:twre varies at different parts of the body.”—Ibid., p. 74. ad-möm'—ish, ºad-mön"—ist, *ad-mon-est, *a-mon-est, v. t. [In Fr. admonester=to admonish; Ital, ammomire, from Lat, admoneo-to put in mind, to admonish, to warn: ad=to, and moneo-to re- mind, to warn, from the root mem=to cause to remember.] A. Ordinary Language: *I. To put in mind, to recall to remembrance. “. . . as Moses was admonished of God when he was about to make the tabernacle; for, See, saith. He, that thou make all things according to the pattern shewed to thee in the mount.”—Heb. viii. 5. II. To reprove, to warn, to caution. 1. Gently to reprove for a fault committed. In this sense it was formerly followed by of, referring to the fault; now some such word as regarding or zespecting is used. “. . . . . . he of their wicked ways Shall them admonish . . . .” Milton: P. L., bk. xi. 2. To warn or caution against a future offense or a more or less imminent danger. Followed by against, referring to the offense or peril, or by the •y infinitive. “. . able also to admonish one another.”—Rom. xv. 14. “One of his cardinals, who better knew the intrigues of affairs, admonished him against that unskillful piece of ingenuity.”—Decay of Piety. “. . . . . they were therefore admonished to compose all internal dissensions.”—Lewis: Early Roman Hist., ch. xii. “Me fruitful scenes and prospects waste Alike admonish not to roam.” Cowper: The Shrubbery. B. Technical. Ecclesiastical discipline: Kindly, but seriously, to reprove an erring church-member for some fault, of a grave character which he has committed. [ADMONITION.] ad-möm'—ished, pa, par. [ADMONISH.] ad-möm'—ish-Ér, s. [ADMONISH.] One who ad- monishes. - “Borace was a mild admonisher; a court satirist, fit for the gentle times of Augustus.”—Dryden. ad-möm'—ish-iñg, pr. par. [ADMONISH.] ad-món'-ish-mênt, s. [ADMONISH.] An admon- ishing; an admonition. “But yet be wary in thy studious care. Plan. Thy grave admonishments prevail with me.” Shakesp.: King Henry VI., Part I., i. 5. “. . . . she who then received The same admonishment, have call'd the place.” Wordsworth: Naming of Places, iv. ād-mön-i'—tion, S. [In Fr., admonition;. Ital, ammonizione, fr. Lat. admonitio. “Admonitio est quasilenior objurgatio” (Cicero)=“An admonition is, as it were, a somewhat mild reproof.” Admoneo =to put in mind, to admonish: ad; momeo- to cause to remember.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Gentle reproof on account of bygone faults. “Escal.: Double and treble admonition, and still for- feit in the same kind?”—Shakesp.: Meas. for Meas., iii. 2. 2. Friendly caution against future dangers, especially of a moral nature. B. Technically: 1. Law: A simple lesson given by a judge, cautioning a suspected person, showing that he is observed, and recalling him to his duty by a re- spectable authority. (Bentham : Principles of Penal Law, ch. ii.) • 2. Ecclesiastical discipline: Gentle reproof given to an erring church-member, publicly if his offense was public, and privately if it was private. It was the first step of the process which, if it went on to the end, terminated in excommunication. “. . . after the first and second admonition reject.” —Titus iii. 10. Äd—mön-i'—tion-èr, s. [ADMONITION.] 1. Ord. Lang. : One who or that which admon- ishes. “. . . those whose better gifts and inward endow- ments are admonitioners to them of the great good they can do.”—Hales: Remains, p. 24. 78 Word,” and desiring that the Church should be placed in agreement with the doctrine and practice of Geneva. (Hook: Church, Dict.) “Albeit the admonitioners did seem at first to like no prescript form of prayer at all, but thought it the best that their minister should always be left at liberty to #. as his own discretion did serve ; their defender, and is associates, have sithence proposed to the world a form as themselves did like.”—Hooker. Ad-mön-i'—tion—ist, s, [ADMONITION.] Ch. Hist. : The same as ADMONITIONER, 2 ad-món'-it-ive, a. [Lat. admonitum, supine of admomeo.] [ADMONISH.] Containing admonition. “This kind of suffering did seem to the fathers full of instructive and admonitive emblems.”—Barrow: Sermons, ii. 370. ad-món'-it-ive-ly, adv. [ADMONITIVE.] In an admonitive manner; by way of admonition. ad-mön -it-ör, S. [Lat..] One who admonishes. (The same as MONITOR.) . “Conscience is at most times a very faithful and very prudent admonitor.”—Shemstome. *ad-mön-i-tór-i-al, a. [Eng. admonitory; -al.] Admonishing. “Miss Tox has acquired an admonitorial tone.”—Dick- ems: Dombey & Son, ch. li. ād-món'-it-ör-y, a. [Lat. admonitorius.] Per- taining to admonition. “Admonitory texts inscribed the walls.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. ād-mor-tíz-ā'—tion, s. The settling of lands or tenements in mortmain. *ād-móve, v. t. [Lat. admoveo: ad = to, and moveo-to move.] To move to. ād-mür-mür-ā'—tion, s. [Lat., admurmwratio, from admurmuro = to murmur at...] A murmuring to another. ãd-nās"—gent, a. [Lat., adnascens, pr: par. of ad- mascor=to be born in addition to: ad=to; mascor= to be pm. Nascent to, growing to or from. [AD- NATA. “Moss, which is an admascent plant, is to be rubbed and scraped off with some instrument of wood which may not excorticate the tree.”—Evelyn: Sylva, ii. 7, § 8. ãdºnà'—ta, s. . [Lat, adnata, fem. sing... and neut. pl. of admatus=born in addition to : fr. admascor.] I. Fem. singular: . Anat.: Qne of the coats of the eye, the same that is called also Albugimea. It lies between the scle- rotica and the conjunctiva. II. Newt. plural: 1. Biol. : Hair, wool, or any similar covering at- tached to plants or animals. Also excrescences on them, such as fungi, lichens, &c. 2. Gardening : Offsets proceeding from the roots of the lily, the hyacinth, and yarious plants of simi- lar organization, and which after a time become true roots. Fuchsius called them also Adnascentia, or appendices. ãd-nā'te, a. [From Lat, adnatus.] (ADNATA.] Biol. : Adhering to the face of anything. Bot. : Admate applied to the anther of a flower implies that it is attached to the filament by its back. Had it been attached by its side it would have been called innate; and by a single point, ver- satile. Applied to the lamellae or gills of an Agari- cus, it signifies that the ends nearest the stipes, or stalk, cohere with it. ād-nā'-tūm, s. [Lat. sing. of adnatus.]. [AD- NATA.] Richard's name for one of the small bulbs, called by gardeners cloves, developing in the axil of a parent bulb, and at last destroying it. *adnichil (ad-nih'—hil), *ad-ni'-chell, *ad– ni-hil, v. t. [Lat, ad=to; nihil-nothing.] . Law: To annul, to cancel, to make void. (28 Henry VIII.) *adnichiled (ad-nih'-hilld), pa. par. [AD- NICHIL.] *ad-ni-hil, v. t. [ADNICHIL.] ad-nóm-in-al, a. [Lat. adnominis, genit. of Gudmomen.] [ADNOUN.] Relating to an adnoun. (Prof. Gibbs.) *ād-nó'te, v. t. [ILat. admoto, ammoto=to write down.] To note, to observe. “In this mateir to be admoted What evyl counsell withe pryncys maye induce.” Brit. Bibl., iv. 204. ād-nóün, s. [Lat. ad, and Eng: mown. In Lat. admomen, agnomen.] [NOUN.] (Joined) to a noun; an adjective. iād-nil'-bil-ā-têd, a... [Lat. ad=to; nubilo–to be cloudy; fr. ºnwbes=a cloud.] Clouded. *ad-nāl' (Eng.), ad-nill' (Scotch), v. t. [AN- Adonia *a-do, *a-don, pa. par. [ADO, v.] To do away. “Now his venime is adom.”—Leg. of Hyperm, 82. a-dó', s. [In Eng. with no pl. , in Scotch with pls. adoes, adois, addois. *1. Trouble, difficulty, not implying that any un- necessary fuss is made. “He took Clitophon prisoner; whom, with much ado, he keepeth alive; the Helots being villainously cruel.”— Sidney. 2. Fuss, bustle. t “Why make ye this ado and weep? The damsel is not dead, but sleepeth.”—Mark v. 89. “Will you be ready? do you like this haste? We’ll keep no great ado;-a friend or two.” - Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iii. 4. “Then should not we be tired with this ado.” Shakesp.: Titws Andromicus, ii. 1. 3. Plural (Scotch): (a) Business, affairs. “Thai wer directit be his Maiestie to returne within this realme for certane his Maiesties speciall adois within the same.”—Acts Ja. VI. (1592). (b) Difficulties. (See No. 1.) a-dò'be, s. [Sp.] A sun-dried brick. In parts of Texas, and more largely in New Mexico, houses are built of these sun-burnt bricks and are commonly known as adobe houses. a-d6'-iñg, £º par. [Pr. par. of do, with a =on, or in, prefixed.] Being done. “Let us seem humbler after it is done, Than when it was a-doing.” * * * * * * * * Shakesp.: Coriolamus, iv. 2. ād-ö1-ès'-genge, ad-öl-ćs'-gēn-gy, s. [In Fr. adolescence; Ital. adolescenza, fr. Lat. adolescentia =the age of a young person of either sex growing up-twelve to twenty-five in boys, twelve to twenty- one in girls—or less precisely, fifteen to thirty, or even to thirty-four, forty, or forty-four. From ado- lesco-to be growing up.] 1. Ordinary Language and Physiology: The state of growing youth ; the period of #. after the cessa- tion of infancy when one is growing up to his or her proper height, breadth, and firmness of fibre. In the United States the term of adolescence is generally reckoned to be, in the male sex, from fourteen to twenty-five; in females, from twelve to twenty-One. “The sons must have a tedious time of childhood and adolescence, before they can either themselves assist their parents, or encourage them with new hopes of posterity.” —Bentley. “He was so far from a boy, that he was a man born, and at his full stature; if we believe Josephus, who places him in the last adolescency, and makes him twenty-five years old.”—Brown. 2. Eng. Law: The period of life between fourteen and twenty-one in males, and twelve and twenty- one in females. (Wharton: Law Leacicom, by Wiś.) ād-öl-ès'—gent, a. & S. [Fr, adolescent, fr. Lat. adolescens, pr. par. of adolesco-to grow up.] A. As adjective: Growing from a boy into a young man, or from a girl into a young woman. “Schools, unless discipline were doubly strong, Detain their adolescent charge too long.” Cowper : Tirocini wºn. B. As substantive: One growing from a boy into a young man, or from a girl into a young woman. “There are two sorts of adolescents : the first dureth .."; eighteen years.”—Wodrolohe - Fr. & Eng. Grann., P. * ād-öl-öde, s. [Gr. a, priv., and dolos=a bait for fish, a stratagem.] An instrument occasionally em- ployed for detecting fraud in distillation, a-dón', pa. par. [ADo, v.] Åd-ön, s. [ADONIs.] Åd-ön-ai, s. [Heb. Adûnai-lords; pl. of excel- lence of adón=Lord; fr. diin–to subject to one's self, to rule over; E.Aram. and Syr. Adonai; the same meaning as in Hebrew.] A Hebrew name for God, less. Sacred than Jehovah. The general opin- ion now is that throughout the Hebrew Bible the vowel-points of Jehovah are really those of Adonai, the Jews, fearing to pronounce the latter awfully holy word. The Jews, when they meet with Jeho. vah in the Sacred text, pronounce Adomai in its stead; and as they have done so from time immemo- rial, the proper vowel-points of Jehovah are now a matter of dispute. [JEHOVAH.] Äd-ö-nā’-is, 8. A name given to the poet Keats by Shelley, who wrote a monody on his death bear- ing this name for its title. A-dó-nē-an, a. [ADONIs...] Pertaining to Adonis. A-dò-ni-a, S. plur. [ADONIS.] Festivals form- erly held by the Phenicians, the Syrians, the Egyp- tians, the Lycians, and the Greeks, in honor of Adonis. They, lasted two days; the first of which 2. Ch. Hist. : The name given to certain Puritans NUL.l., e was spent by the women in mourning and cries, and who, in 1571, sent an “admonition to the Parlia- *a-dó, v. t. [Mid. Eng, at=to, and dom-do.] To do the second in feasting and jollity. The prophet ment, condemning the retention of ceremonies in “. . . and done al that thei have ado.” Ezekiel is supposed to allude to the procedure of the Church of England not “commanded in the Romawmt of the Rose, 5,080. the first day in ch. viii. 14. fāte, fūt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kw. Adonic A-dòn'-ic, a. & s, [ADONIS.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to Adonis, or to the X. called by the same name. [See the substan- T1W 8. B. As substantive: A kind of verse consisting of a dactyl and a spondee or trochee. It is fitted for gay and Sprightly poetry. It is common in Horace and other Latin lyric poets, being generally com- bined, with three Sapphic lines preceding it, this combination making up what is known as the Sap- phic metre. “Térrúit tirbem ’’ and “AEquöré dāmā’’ are Adonics. Anglo-Saxon Adonics consist of one long, two short, and two long syllables, as “Wöp iip-á-hă-fên.” A-dò'-nis, S. [Gr. Adûmis; Lat. Adonis= the mythological personage described under A. i. in Fr. Adomide; Sp. & Port. Adonis; Ital, fiore d'Adono- a plant (the Pheasant's Eye, B. 1): fr. Adonis, the person.] A. Of persons: I. Classic Mythology: 1. Lit. : . An exceedingly beautiful youth, killed by a wild boar. The goddess Venus, by whom he was greatly beloved, soothed her grief for his loss by converting him into a flower, supposed to be the anemone. The death and re-appearance in a beau- tiful form of Adonis were supposed by some to sym- bolize the death of vegetation in winter and its re- vival in spring. . . In this sense the word is sometimes shortened in poetry to Adom. . “‘Nay, then,' quoth Adon, “you will fall again Into your idle, over-handled theme.” Shakesp.: Pemws and Adon is. 2. Fig. : A young man greatly beloved, or re- markable, like Adonis, for great beauty. “Rich, thou hadst many lovers—poor, hast none, So surely want extinguishes the flame, And she who call'd thee once her pretty one, And her Adonis, now inquires thy name.” Cowper: On Female Inconstat ncy. 3. A for pish young man; a dandy; a dude. B. Of things: Bot. : Pheasant's eye. A genus of plants so called because the , red color of the species made them look as if they had been stained by the blood of Adonis. It be- longs to the 㺠order Ranun- sº sº º § º ; *&^%!ºſ, ºf 2. º º ºzºº ºf º C culace ae, or Ç Crowfoots. It has five se- pals and five to ten petals w it h out a nectary; sta- m en S a n d styles many; fruit consist- ing of numer- Ous awnless a c h e n e s grouped in a short spike or head. A spe- cies — the A. (tutumn a l is, ‘O I’ } or n Phe as a n t 's assººr The Adonis (Pheasant's Eye). * fº § 1. The plant. 2. The flower. 3. The Eye–is found fruit: a head of achemes. 4. A sin. 9ccasionally gle achene. in corn-fields in Britain, but it has escaped from gardens, and is not properly wild. It is a beautiful plant, with bright scarlet flowers, and having very markedly composite leaves with linear segments. Plants of this genus are easily cultivated. A-dò'-nists, s. pl. [In Ger. Adonisten, fr. Heb. Adomai.] |...”. The name applied to those scholars who believe that the vowel-points of the Hebrew word Jehovah are really those of Adonai. º Those who hold the contrary view are called Jehovists. The controversy is now all but Settled in favor of the Adonists. *a-d6'ors, *a-dò'reş, adv. [Eng. a =of; doors.] Out of doors. ... “But when he saw her goe forth adores, he hasted after into the streate.”—Riche: Farewell (1581). “. when we came out a-doors.” * Woman Pleased, iv. 1. ad-öpt', v. t. [Lat. adopto- to choose, to select: (td=to, and opto- to choose, to select; Ger. adopt- arem : #. adopter; Ital, adottare.] A. Of persons: 1. To take a stranger, generally a child, into one's family, and give him or her all the privileges of a legally-begotten son or daughter. Similarly, to take a foreigner into a country, and give him the same rights as if he had been one of the native population. “We will adopt us sons; Then virtue shall inherit, and not blood.” Beaumont & Fletchen': Maid's Tragedy, ii. 1. 79 T One is now said to be adopted by the person or country Welcoming him ; formerly to was occasion- ally used. - “Sold to Laertes, by divine command, And now adopted to a foreign land.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xv. 521. .2. To take one into more or less intimate rela- tions with. “Friends, not adopted with a schoolboy's haste, But chosen with a nice discerning taste.” Cowper: Retirement. B. Of things: To make one's own what previously belonged to some one else, according, at the same time, proper respect to the rights of the original pOSSessOr. “Fortunately for himself, he was induced, at this crisis, to adopt a policy singularly judicious.”—Macetulay; Ilist. Eng., ch. ii. “This view is adopted by Dr. Arnold.”—Lewis: Early Roman. Hist., ch. xiii. ad-öp'-têd, pa. par. & a. [ADOPT.] “To be adopted heir to Frederick.” Shakesp.: As You Like It, i. 2. “Mix’d with her genuine sons, adopted names In various tongues avow their various claims.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xix., 198, 190. *ad-öpt-Éd—ly, adv. [ADOPTED.] After the man- ner of a person or thing adopted. “ Lucio. Is she your cousin? Isab. Adoptedly; as school maids change their names, By vain, though apt affection.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, i. 4. ad-öpt'—ér, s. [ADOPT.] 1. Ord. Lang. One who or that which adopts. “Adopter: He that makes the adoption.” (Huloet.) 2. Chem. ... A conical tube placed between a retort and a receiver with the view of lengthening the neck of the former. [ADAPTER.] Ad-öp-ti-á'-ni, Ad-öp'-ti-ans, ists, S. plur. , [ADOPTION.] e g e Ch. Hist. : A Christian sect which arose in Spain toward the end of the eighth century. Its leaders were Felix, Bishop, of Urgel, and Elipand, Arch- bishop of Toledo, who believed that Christ was the Son of God not by nature, but by adoption. ad-öpt'-iñg, pr par. & a. [ADOPT.] ad-öp'—tion, s. [In Ger. & Fr. adoption, fr. Lat. adoptio, possibly contracted from adoptatio= (1) adoption, (2) (gardening) ingrafting; adopto- to choose, to select: ad=to; opto- to choose.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of taking a stranger into one's family as a son or daughter. (See B. 1.) 1. The taking a person, a society, &c., into more intimate relations than formerly existed with an- other person or Society. 2. The taking as one’s own, with or without ac- knowledgment, an º plan, &c., originating with another; also the selecting one from several courses open to a person's choice. II. The state of being adopted in any of these senses. (See example under B. 3.) B. Tech.mically: 1. Foreign Law, Amcient and Modern : The act of taking a stranger into one’s family, as a son or daughter, and constituting the person so adopted one's heir. The practice was common among the Greeks and Romans, and is still practiced in some modern nations. There is a law of adoption in this country. Elsewhere Adoption by matrimony is the placing the chil- dren of a former marriage on the same footing, with regard to inheritance, &c., as those of the present Ad-öp'—tion- On O. Adoption by testament is the appointing a person one's heir on condition of his assuming the name, arms, &c., of his benefactor. (See below, Her., “Arms of Adoption.”) Adoption by hair was performed by cutting off the hair of the person adopted, and giving it to the adoptive father. Adoption by arms: The presentation of arms by a prince to a brave man. These the recipient was expected to use for the protection of his benefactor. 2. Her. Arms of Adoption : The heraldic arms received when the last representativo of an expiring aristocratic family adopts a stranger to assume his armorial bearings and inherit his estates. The re- cipient may obtain permission from Parliament to .. the name of his benefactor, either appended to or substituted for his own. (Gloss. of Her.) 3. Scripture and Theology: The act of admitting one into the family of God, or the state of being so admitted. The previous position of the person adopted in this manner was that of a “ servant,” now he is a “ son,” an “heir of God,” and a “joint heir with Christ.” “To redeem them that were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons. . . Wherefore thou art, no more a servant, but a son.”—Gal. iv. 5, 7. “And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint heirs with Christ.”—Rom. viii. 17. .** adoration No one of the Thirty-nine Articles formally defines adoption; but the doctrine of the English Church and most others is identical with that of the Shorter Catechism. “What is adoption ? Adoption is an act of God’s free grace, whereby we are received into the number, and have a right to all the privileges of the sons of God.”—Shorter Catechism, Q. 34. 4. Ecclesiastical Language. , t Adoption by Bap- tism: The act of becoming godfather or godmother to a child about to be baptized. Unlike real adop: tion, however, this, does not constitute the child heir to its spiritual father or mother. Ad-öp'—tion—ists, S. pl. [ADOPTIANI.] ad-öp'—tious, a. [ADOPT.] Adopted. “. . . with a world Of pretty fond adoptiows christendoms, That blinking Cupid gossips.” * Shakesp.: All’s Well that Ends Well, i. 1. ad-öp'-tive, a. & S. [In Ger. adoptiv. Fr. adoptif; Ital. Cudottivo, fr. Lat. adoptivus. A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Language: 3. One who is adopted. . ſº * (a) Of persons: Taken into a family; not native to a country. “There succeeded him the first divi fratres, the two adoptive brethren.”—Bacom: Adv. of Learn., bk. i. “There cannot be an admission of the adoptive without a diminution of the fortunes and conditions of those that are not native subjects of this realm.”—Bacon; Speech in Parliament (5 Jas. I.). (b) Of things: Not native. . “Intellectual weakness, whether it be indigenous or adoptive, is prejudice.”—Bowring: Bentham, i. 218. 2. One who adopts another. “An adopted son cannot cite his adoptive father into court without his leave.”—Ayliffe: Paren'gon. II. Technically: . Her. , Adoptive arms are those which a person en- joys not in virtue of himself having a right to them, but solely by the gift or concession of another. B. As substantive: A person or thing adopted. ad-ör-a-bil-i-ty, s. º; Adorable- ness; capability of being adored, worthiness of being adored. ad-ör'-a-ble, a. [In Fr, adorable; Ital. ador- abile, from Lat...adorabilis-worthy of adoration.] 1. Specially: Worthy of divine honors. “‘On these two, the love of God and our neighbor, hang both the law and the prophets,’ says the adorable Author of Christianity; and the Apostle says, “The end of the law is charity.’”—Cheyne. 2. Generally: Worthy of the utmost love and re- Spect. ad-ör'-a-ble-mêss, S. [ADORABLE.] Worthiness of being adored. ad-ör'-a-bly, adv. [ADORABLE.] In an adorable manner. *ād'-Or-at, s. A weight of four pounds, formerly used for weighing chemical substances. (Phillips.) *ad-Or-ate, v. t. [Lat. adoratum, supine of adoro.] To adore. “A king that kings adorate.”—Davies: Wittes Pilgrim- age, p. 27. ād-ör-ā'—tion, s. [In Fr, adoration; Ital. ador- azione, from . Lat, adoratio=praying to: ad=to; oratio=speaking, an oration: oro-to speak, to pray; os, genit. Oris- the mouth.] A. Ordinary Language : I. The act of adoring. 1:, Worship . The expression, by means of some yisible symbol, of intense veneration for the true or for a false God. Kneeling, bowing, uncovering the head, maintaining silence during divine service, prayer, and praise, are all acts of adoration. - “The holy time is quiet as a Nun. Breathless with adoration.” Wordsworth: Sonnets. © & a hero of worth immeasurable ; admiration for whom [Odin), transcending the known bounds, became adoration.”—Carlyle: Heroes & Hero- Worship, Lect, I, 2. The expression of intense veneration for some earthly being or other creature, without, however, mistaking such a being for a divinity. “How much more, Poured forth by beauty splendid and polite, In language soft as adoration breathes.” Cowper: Task, ii. 495. II. The state of being adored. “And when the One, ineffable of name, In nature indivisible, withdrew From mortal adoration or regard.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk, iv. B. Technically: The election of a Pope by adora- tion means that the cardinals, as if suddenly pos- sessed in common by a divine impulse, rush hastily to some one, and declare him pope. & & bóil, boy; póüt, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, this; çhin, bençh; gem; thin, 30, Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, , del. -tian = Shan. -tion, shiis. -ble, -dle, -sion = -SiOus = shin; zhin. —tion, —tious, -Šion = -cious, adore ad-öre' (1), v. t. [Fr. adorer; Ital, adorare, from Lat. adoro = to speak to, to entreat, to pay to, to pray to, to adore: ad = to, and org = to speak to, to pray : OS, genit, oris = the mouth, possibly hint- ing at kissing the hand to.] 1. To express intense veneration for, as man for the Supreme Being. To pay divine honors to. “Here you stand, Adore and worship, when you know it mot: Pious beyond the intention of your thought, Devout above the meaning of your will.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iv. “Therefore thou shalt vow By that same god, what god soe’er it be, That thou adorest and hast in reverence— To save my boy, to nourish, and bring him up.” Shakesp.: Titus Andronicus, v. 1. . 2. To express intense. veneration for a created be- ing, as a real, or imagined hero, or a person of the opposite sex from one's own, . . . , *. “The great mass of the population abhorred Popery '. and adored Monmouth.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. * *3. To invoke. “Doe yet adore the Roman forces.”—P. Holland: Cam- Siem, p. 46. *ad-öre' (2), v. t. [ADORN.] “Like to the hore Congealed drops which do the morn adore.” - Spemser'; F. Q., IV. xi. 46. e & downright adorement of cats, lizards, and beetles.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. ad–6r'—ér, s. [Eng. adore; -er.] One who adores. 1. Spec. One who worships the Supreme Being or any false god. “Not longer than since I, in one night, freed From servitude inglorious, well nigh half The angelic name, and thinner left the throng Of his adorers.” Milton: P. L., bk. ix. 2. One who greatly venerates or entertains deep affection for a woman or other created being, as, for instance, a lover for his mistress. “I would abate her nothing; though I profess myself her adorer, not her friend.”—Shakesp.: Cymbeline, i. 5. ad-ör-iñg, pr. par., a. & S. [ADORE.] A. & B. As pr. par. & adj. : (See the verb.) “Hark how the adoring hosts above With songs surround the throne.”—Watts. C. As 8wbst. : The act of adoration. ad-ör'-iñg—ly, adv. [ADORE.] In an adoring Iſla IłIleſ, ad–orn', *ad-orne, ºan-orne, v. t. [Lat. adorno = to prepare, to furnish, to decorate: ad=to, and orno=to fit out, to adorn ; Fr. orner=ornament; Sp. & Port. ornar; Ital. ornare; Arm. a.owrma.] 1. Spec. To decorate, to ornament; to deck out with something glittering, or otherwise beautiful. “. . . as a bridegroom decketh himself with orna- ments, and as a bride adorneth herself with her jewels.”— Isa. lxi. 10. 2. To add attractiveness to, by supplying some- thing whose chief grace is derived from its useful- ness rather than from its glitter or beauty. “For him sod seats the cottage-door adorm.” Wordsworth: Descriptive Sketches. 3. To furnish the intellect with the knowledge requisite to set it off to the best advantage. “His books well trimm’d and in the gayest style, Like regimented coxcombs, rank and file, Adorm his intellects as well as shelves, And teach him notions splendid as themselves.” Cowper: Truth. 4. To render anything attractive by illustrating or publicly displaying its inherent glories. “. . . that they may adorm the doctrine of God our Saviour in all things.”—Titus ii. 10. *ad—orn', *ad-Orne, a. & S. [ADORN, v.] 1. As adjective: Adorned. “Made so adorm for thy delight the more; So awful, that with honor thou may’st love Thy mate.” Milton: P. L., viii. 576, 2. As swbstantive: Ornament. “Without adorne of gold and silver bright, Wherewith the craftsman would it beautify.” Spense”; F. Q., III. xii. 20. tad–orn'-āte, v. t. [Lat. adormatum, supine of adorno.] [ADORN.] To adorn. “. . . to a dormate gardens with the fairness thereof [of the tobacco ſlower].”—Frampton, 33. (Latham.) +ād-orm—a,'—tion, s. [ADORN.] Ornament. “Memory is the soul’s treasury, and thence she hath her garments of adormation.”— Wit’s Commonwealth. (Latham.) *ad–orne (O. Eng. & Scotch), v. t., pa. par. ad- ormit (Scotch). Old spelling of ADORE. “The sonne, the moone, Jubiter and Saturne, And Mars, the god of armes, they dyd adorne.” 4 & 80 ad-Orned, pa. par. & a. [ADoRN.] 1. Ord. Lang. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. e wº 2. Her. : Ornamented or furnished with a charge. “An article of dress which is charged is said to be ad- ormed with the charge.”—Gloss. of Heraldry, ad-orm'-Ér, s. [ADORN.] ad-Orn'-ing, pr. par., a. & S. As substantive: Adornment. “Whose adorning let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or putting on of apparel.”—1 Pet. iii. 3. “Eno. Her gentlewomen, like the Nereides, So many mermaids, tended her i' the eyes, And made their bends adornings.” Shakesp.: Antony and Cleopatra, ii. 2. ad–orn-ing-ly, adv. [ADORNING...] In a man- ner calculated to adorn. ad-orm'-ment, s... [ADORN.] An adorning, orna- mentation, decoration. “This attribute was not given to the earth while it was confused; nor to the heavens before they had motion and adornment.”—Raleigh: Hist. of the World. ad–orsed, ad-össed, a. [ADDORSED.] ād-ös-cul-ā -tion, s. [Lat. adosculor=to kiss: Gud=to, Oscwlor=to kiss; osculum—a small mouth, a kiss, or the mouth.] * Biol. : A term introduced by Dr. Grew to desig- nate a kind of jº such as that of plants, by the falling of the pollen upon them. ad-össed, a. [ADDORSED.] *a-dó'te, v. i. [Old form of DOTE.] To dote. “It falleth that the moste wise Ben otherwhile of love adoted, And so by-whaped and assoted.” Gower. (Halliwell.) a-dóübt'-ed (b silent), a. Dreaded, redoubted. [DOUBT.] “And Michel adowbted in everich fight.” Gy of Warwike, p. 120. a-dówn', *a-dóüni', *a-dóün e, prep. & adv. [Eng. g; dowº, from, A. S. adum, adwme=down; of dwme, lit.=off the hill.] Poetical form of Down, prep. I. As preposition: 1. Down, from a higher to a lower place. “Adown the path which from the glen had led The funeral train, the shepherd and his mate Were seen descending.” Wordsworth; Eaccursion, bk, iv. 2. Throughout. “Full well 'tis known adown the dale, Though passing strange indeed the tale.” Percy Reliques, I. iii. 15. II. As adverb: Down, from a higher to a lower place; already at the lowest place; below. “The drops of death each other chase Adown in agonizing dew.” Byron: Oscar of Alva. g-dòx -a, s. [Gr, a, priv., and, docq=glory; liter- ally, inglorious, meaning that the plant is an in- conspicuous one..] Moschatel, or Musk Crowfoot. A genus of plants, belonging to the order Araliaceae, or Ivy worts. There is a British species, the A. Mos- chatelling, or tuberous Moschatel, which, though small and not striking in its inflorescence, is yet an interesting plant. It is found in moist shady places. ād-pôynte, v. t. Old form of APPOINT (q.v.). ād-prèssed, a. [Lat, adpressw8, appressus, pa. par. of ſtdprimo Or apprimo = to press to: ad = to, and premo = to j te Bot. : In close contact with, but not adherent. *ād-qui-é -tó, S. [Lat, adgwietum, supine of adqwieso or acquiesco = to become physically quiet.] Payment. (Blowmt.) *ad-raid', a. [ADRED.] ād-ra-gant, S. Gum tragacanth. *a-drām'—iſig, a. Churlish. (Kersey.) a—drast-īās, S. [A Greek hero, a king of Argo, who obtained great glory in... that mythic war against Thebes called, the War of , the Seven Worthies.] A genus of Coleoptera, of the family Elateridae (Club-beetles). The A. acuminatus is one of the insects, the larvae of which constitute the wire-worms, so called from their long slender, cylin- drical, somewhat rigid, forms, occasionally so de- structive to the crops of the farmer and gardener, from their habit of root-gnawing. It is the smallest of the species inhabiting cultivated land. Known in the United States as the Wire-grub. a-drãw"e, v. i. [.A. S. dragam = to draw.] 1. To draw away; to withdraw. “Away fro hem he wold adrawe Yf that he myght.” Octavian, 357. adrogation *a-dréad', *a-drád' (Eng. & Scotch), *a-drāddie (Scotch), a. & adv. [Eng. a = in ; and dread; A. S. adroedan. = to dread, to fear; dred=feared.] In dread; afraid. [ADREID.] “And thinking to make all men adread to such a one, an enemy who would not spare nor fear to kill so great. a prince.”—Sidney. * “. and was adrad of gyle.” . Chaucer . C. T., The Cokes Tale, 558. *a-dré'am, v. t. & i. [Old form of DREAM.] To dream. ta-dré’am’d, a-dré'amt, pa. par. [ADREAM.) “I was even now a dream'd that you could see with. either of your eyes, in so much as I waked for joy, and I hope to find it true.”—Wits, Fittes and Famcies (1595), 94. “Wilt thou believe me, sweeting? by this light I was adream on thee, too.”—O. Pl., vi. 351. *a-dréd', adv. [Fr. adroit or droit.], [Aproſt. I Downright. (Scotch.) (Jamieson : Scott. Dict.) *a-dréde, v. t. & i. [.A. S. adroedan=to dread. } [ADREAD.] To dread, fear. “Gauhardin seighe that sight, And sore him gan cudrede.” X- Sir Tristrem, p. 288. *ā'-drel-Würt, s. [In A. S. adrem int= the fever- few, the mugwort, from adre, opdre, oedd re-a vein. : A plant, the feverfew, (Matricaria parthenium ?) (Old M.S. list of plants.) (Halliwell.) a-drénçh'-en, v. t. [A. S. adren.can, adrencham= to plunge under, to immerse, to drown; pa. par- adrent, adreynte, adronc.) To drown. “The see the shall adrenche.”—Kyng Horn, 109. *a-drént', pa. par... [ADRENCHEN.] (Robt. of Glowcester, 39; Piers Plowghman, 918.) *a-drés'—ly, adv. [ADDRESS..] With good ad- dress. (Scotch.) “Commendyt heily his affere, His a porte and his manere, As ha hym havyt adresly.” Wyntown, ix. 27, 317. *a-drésse, v. t. Old form of DREss (q.v.). a-drés-Sée", S., [ADDRESS..] One to whom any- thing is addressed. *a-drés'—sid, pa. par. [ADRESSE.] (Gower M.S.) (Halliwell.) A'-drí-a, s. [Eng. Adria=the Gulf of Venice (or the Sea adjacent, Acts xxvii. 27); fr. Lat. Hadria, a. town of the Veneti.] Astrom. ; An asteroid, the 143d found. It was dis- covered at Pola by Palisa, in February, 1875. A-drí’—an, a. [In Lat. Hadrianus.] [ADRIA.J 1. Pertaining to the Gulf of Venice, or the sea ad- jacent to it. “When Paul and all his hopes seemed lost, By Adrian billows wildly tossed.”—McCheyne. 2. Spec. Venetian. “Was Alp, the Adrian renegade!” Byron: Siege of Corinth, 3. A'-dri-an-ists, S. pl. [From Adrian, a man's Ila Iſle, 1. Ch. Hist.: The followers of a real or mythic Adrian, a disciple of Simon Magus. 2. The followers of Adrian Hamstead, an Ana- baptist. Å-drí-āt'-ig, a. & 8... [Lat. Adriaticus, Hadriat- tº: º Adria or Hadria, the Gulf of Venice. } ADRIA. - 1. As adjective: Pertaining to the Gulf of Venice. 2. As substantive: The Gulf of Venice. tºº, a. & adv. [From a =on, and drift (q.v.).] RIFT. - 1. Lit. Driven, impelled ; floating about hither and thither on thé sea, a lake, or other sheet of water, as the winds may impel it. “ . then shall this mount Of Paradise by night of waves be moved Out of his place, push’d by the horned flood, With all his verdure spoiled, and trees adrift.” Milton : P. L., bk. xi. 2. Fig.: Detached from a fixed position and cast loose upon the world. (Used of persons or things.) “As I have said, it was A time of trouble: shoals of artisans Were from their daily labor turn’d adrift To seek their bread from public charity.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. i. *a-dri'he, *a-dry ghe, a-dreich, al-dri'gh (ch. and gh, guttural), adv. [ADREICH.) Aside, behind. “The kyngis doughter which this syghe For pure abaschement drow hyre adrihe.” Gower MS. (Halliwell.) ād-rö-gā'ition, s... [Lat. ad=to; rogo=to ask, taken from the questions put in adrogation.] Hardyng: Chronicle, f. 55. 2. To draw. - Old Romn. Law: A kind of adoption in which the “. . . that thou suld be adorn it and worshippit as “. bygan ys mace adrawe.” person selected was old enough to have an opinion godde.”—Archbp. Hamilton’s Catechism. Rob. Glouc., 207. (Halliwell.) with regard to the advantage or otherwise of the făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, © tº * a -- ** * tº º º */ - ems * e * - or, wore, wolf, Wörk, whö, Sön; mite, cib, ciire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = à. qu = kW, adroit step contemplated. His or her consent had, there- fore, to be obtained to, render the proceedings valid. Adrogation was the form of adoption had recourse to in the case of boys above fourteen and girls above twelve years of age. a-drójt', a. [Fr. adroit=handsome, apf, or fit for anything, prosperous; &=to, and droit=right, as opposed to left. The word deaferous is from Latin deacter=right, as opposed to left; it is, there: fore, etymologically of the same meaning as adroit.] LDIRECT, RIGHT, DEXTEROUS..] A. Of persons: 1. Dexterous in the use of the hands; handy. “An adroit stout, fellow would sometimes destroy a whole family, with justice apparently against him the whole time.”—Jervas' Dom Quiacote. 2. Dexterous in the use of the mind; cunning. “They could not without uneasiness see so adroit and eloquent an enemy of pure religion constantly attending the royal steps, and constantly breathing counsel in the royal ear.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. B. Of things: Resulting from dexterity of hand or of mind. “. . . still had a superiority of force; and that superi- ority he increased by an adroit stratagem.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xx. “Before going on board, Mr. Wilson interpreted for me to the Tahitian who had paid me so a droit an atten- tion.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xviii. a-dróit"-ly, adv., [ADROIT.] In an adroit man- ner; dexterously, skillfully. Used primarily of the hands, but more fre- quently of the mind. “Use yourself to carve ſtdroitly and genteelly.”— Chesterfield. a—dróit —nèss, s. [ADROIT.] Dexterity, skillful- ness. (Used of the hands, or, more frequently, of the mind.) “He had neither adroit mess to parry, nor fortitude to endure, the gibes and reproaches to which, in his new character of courtier and placeman, he was exposed.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. *a-drońc', pt. t. [ADRENCH.] ..º. . A mixed metal, a kind of aurical- cium, in Eng. auricalc. a-dry', a. . [A. S. adrigan, adrygan, a drugégº, &c. =to dry, to dry up, to rub dry, to wither.] Thirsty. T It is placed after the noun. “He never told any of them that he was his humble servant, but his well-wisher; and would rather be thought a malcontent, than drink the king's health when he was not adry.”—Spectator. º v. t. [A. S. adriogctin, (tdrioham = to bear.] To bear, to suffer. “In alle thys londe ther ys not soche a knyght, Were he never so welle y-dyght, That his stroke myght (tal rye, But he schulde hyt sore abye.” JIS, Cantab. (Halliwell.) ād-sgi-tí'—tious, a. [Lat. ascitus = approved, adopted; ascisco = to approve, to adopt, to join.] Joined; additional, supplemental. (Bentham.) “He found no term characterizing the use in one liti- gation of evidence which had been elicited for service in another, so as to distinguish it from evidence collected solely for the litigation in which it is applied—and he called the former adscititious evidence.” — Bow: ring: Jeremy Bentham's Works, $1. ād-sgi-tí'—tious—ly, adv. [ADSCITITIOUS..] In an adscititious manner. ãd-script, s. [Lat, adscriptus, ascripfus. As substantive=a naturalized, citizen; as adjective = prescribed, fixed; fr. ascribo, -ipsi, ziptwrit - to add to or insert in a writing; to enroll.], One enrolled as under the obligation, or at least under the necessity, of giving service to a master. A slave is an adscript to a certain place or person. (Bancroft.) àd-stric'-tion, s. [ Lat, adstrictio, astrictio=a power of binding close, astringency: adstringo, as- tringo=to draw close, to bind: ad, and stringo=to draw tight, to be tight..] [STRICT.] A binding fast. Med... The rigidity of any portion of the body, as of the bowels, producing constipation. ãd-strict'—ör-y, a. [ADSTRICTION.] astringent.] *ād-String'-ent, a... [ASTRINGENT.] *ād-têm'pte, v. [ATTEMPT. (Scotch.) fād'-ul-a-ble, a. [See ADULATE.] Susceptible of flattery. (Minshow.) ād-ul-ār-ſ-a, -s. [In Ger, adular; Fr. & Ital, ºdulaire, from, Mount. Adula, in the Grisons, in witzerland, whence it is, believed, that the first specimens were brought...] . One of the minerals çalled Moonstone. It is a sub-variety of Orthoclase. Rana divides Orthoclase into two varieties: (1) Ordinary Orthoclase; (2) Compact Orthoclase, or orthoclase-felsite. Under the former of these he ranks thirteen sub-varieties, of which adularia is the first. It is transparent, is cleavable, and in Binding, 81 most cases has opalescent reflections., Specific gravity, 2:539 to 2:578. It occurs on Snowdon, in the Isle of Arran, and at various places abroad. ād-ul-âte, v. f... [Lat: adulatus, pa. par. of q.clw.lor, rarely adulo–to fawn like a dog; Fr. Cºd- wler.] To fawn upon. “It is not that I adulate the people; Without me there are demagogues enough.” Byron.: Don Juan, ix. 25. àd-ul-ā'—tion, s. [Fr. adulation: Ital. adula- zione, from Lat, adulatio=(1) fawning like a dog, (2) cringing, flattering.] [ADULATE.] . 1. The act of fawning upon or flattering. 2. The state of being so fawned upon, flattered or addressed with exaggerated compliment. “. . . had already returned to enjoy the adulation of poets.”—Macaulay: IIist. Eng., ch. ii. ãd-ul-ā'-tór, s. [In Fr. adulate wr: Ital. adul- citore; ſr. Lat. (tdulator.] One who fawns upon ; one who flatters. ād-ul-ā-tör-y, a. [In Fr; adulatewr: Ital, ad- atlatore, fr. Lat, adulatorius.) Flattering; contain- ing extravagant compliments. “The language of Jeffreys is most offensive, sometimes scurrilous, sometimes basely adulatory.” — Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xviii. - ād-ul-à-tréss, s. . [The feminine form of ADUL- ATOR.] A female who fawns upon or flatters in a servile manner. *a-dû lçe, v. t. [ADDULCE.] A-dûll'-a-mite, ºt, & S. [Adullam (Heb.)=the cave mentioned in J Sam. xxii. 1, 2; -ite=a native of, one connected with, J A. As adjective: 1. Pertaining to the village or cave of Adullam, or the natives of the latter place: . 2. Pertaining to the political party described under B. 2. B. As substantive : 1. Scripture: A native of the village of Adullam. “. . . and his friend Hirah, the Advillcºmite.”—Gen. xxxviii. 12. 2. Eng. Hist. Plural: The name or nickname of a political party which arose in 1866, and continued for a short time subsequently. In the year now mentioned, Earl Russell, and Mr. Gladstone having introduced a Reform Bill embodying proposals for a considerable enlargement of the franchise, some of the more, moderate Liberals declined to support it, and took counsel together, how to prevent its passing into law. On this Mr Bright, who was warmly in its favor, compared the new party to the discontented persons who repaired to King Dayid when he was in the Caye of Adullam (1 Sam. xxii. 1, 2). The name took effect, and those to whom it was applied, became, for the time, universally known as, the Adullamites. . A more sweeping Reform Bill than that proposed in 1866 having been carried, under, a Conservative, Government a year later, the Adullamite party, which contained men widely differing on many points, ceased to , act together, and gravitated some to the one and others to the other side of the House. a-dûll'-am-y, s. [From 24 dullam.] AMITE.] * g fe º 'º' A newspaper word : What is deemed the political offense of taking refuge, in a cave, like that of Adullam, with the view of thwarting the measures of one’s Parliamentary chief. [ADULLAMITE.] ãd'-tilt, or a-dûlt', a. & S. [In Fr. adulte; Ital. adulto, from Lat. adultus=full grown, pa. par. of adolesco- to grow up...] A. As adjective: Grown to maturity. (Used of man, of the inferior animals, of plants, and of the several organs which they possess.) “They would appear less able to approve themselves, not only to the confessor, but even to the catechist, in their adult age, than they were in their minority.”—Decay of Pict it. “The difference in the facial angle between the young and adult apes.”—Owen : Classif. of Mammalia, p. 68. “. . . in the horns of our sheep and cattle when nearly adult.”—Darwin : Origin of Species, ch. iv. “Examination of admit cuticle.”—Beale : Bioplasm, § 116. “. . . adult texture.”—Todd & Bowman : Physiol. 4 m (tt., i. 10. B. As substantive : 1. Gen. : A man or beast grown to maturity. may be used even of plants. “. . . . children, whose bones are more pliable and soft, than those of adults.”—Shatrp e : Sun'gery. In Law: A man or woman of the age of twenty- one or more years, 2. Among Civiliſtms : A youth between fourteen and twenty-five years of age. adult school, s. A school attended by adults in- stead of by children. [ADULL- It, adulteration *a-dûl-têd, a. Having completely reached maturity. *a-dûl'—tér, v. t. [Lat. adultero.] . 1. To commit adultery against; to violate con- jugal obligations to. “His chaste wife He adulters still.”—Ben Jonson. 2. To stain, to pollute. “. . . his adultering spots.”—Marston : Scourge of Villainy. a-dû1'-têr-ant, s. A person or thing that adul- terates. a-dûl'—tér-āte, v. i. & t. [ADULTERATE, a.] *A. Intransitive; To commit adultery. (Lit. & fig.) * { [ADULT.] . . . we must not kill, steal, nor adulterate.”—Light- joot : Miscell., p. 201. g “But Fortune, oh! She is corrupted, changed, and won from thee; She adulterates hourly with thine uncle John.” Shakesp. ; King John, iii. 1. B. Trotºnsitive : 1. Lit. (Of a metal or other, article of commerce): To corrupt or debase anything by intermixing it with a substance of less money value than itself. “Common pot-ashes, bought of them that sell it in shops, who are not so foolishly knavish as to adulterate them with salt-petre, which is much dearer than pot- ashes.”—Boule. *...*. (Of the mind): To corrupt, to contami- Ilālū63, “Could a man, be, composed to such an advantage of constitution, that it should not at all adulterate the images of his mind, yet this second nature would alter- the crasis of his understanding.”—Glanv.: Scep. Scient. a-dûl'—tériate, a... [From Lat. adulteratus, pa. par...of adultero = (1) to commit adultery, (3) to falsify, to debase.] * 1. Tainted with the guilt of adultery. “I am possess'd with an adulterate blot, My blood is mingled with the crime of lust.” Shakesp.: Comedy of Errors, ii. 2. “That incestuous, that adulterate beast.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 5. 2. Corrupted or debased by the admixture of a less valuable substance. “They will have all their gold and silver, and may keep their adulterate copper at home.”—Swift: iſºscell. a-dûl-têr-à-téd, pa. par. & a. [ADULTERATE.] a-dû1'-têr-āte-ly, adv. [ADULTERATE.] In an adulterate manner. * a-dûl-têr-âte-nēss, S., [ADULTERATE.] The quality or state of being adulterated. a-dûl'—tér-à-ting, pr. par. [ADULTERATE.] a-dûl-têr-à-tion, s...[In Ital, adulterazione, fr. Lat:... adulteratio; adultero = (1) to defile, (2) to falsify, to adulterate.] ... . - --- I. The act of adulterating. II. The state of being adulterated. III. The thing which mixed with another debases its value. Specially: 1. Of different kinds of food, or any other articles possessed of marketable value: “Thé act of debas- ing a pure or genuine article for pecuniary profit, by adding to it an inferior or spurious article, or taking, one of , its constituents away.” Another definition which has been given is, “The act of add- ing intentionally to an article, for purposes of gain, any substance or substances the presence of which is not acknowledged in the name under which the article is sold.” The practice of adulteration must, more or less, have prevailed in every country, and in all but the most primitive ages. In England, as early as the thir. teenth century, the legislature attempted, though with but partial success, to strike a blow againstit, in the Act 51 Henry III., stat. 6, often quoted as the “Pillory and Tumbril Act.” The methods of debas- ing salable articles which were adopted in those early times were few and simple; it was not till a çomparatively recent period that the more ingenious forms of adulteration began to prevail. Once hav- ing taken root, however, they soon flourished greatly. Between 1851 and 1854, and even on to 1857, a sanitary commission on the adulteration of food, instituted in connection with the Lancet newspaper. and most ably conducted. by Dr. Arthur Hill Has- Sall, made revelations of so startling a character that parliamentary, action took place on the sub- ject. The first legislative measure which followed -that of 1860—was a complete failure, the act being inefficient and useless. A stronger enactment was consequently passed in 1872. It was on titled “An Act to Amend the Law for the Adulteration of Food, Drink, and Drugs.” Under this Act many prosecu. tions and convictions took place; but owing to the seller being entirely in the hands of the analyst, bóil, boy; -Qian, pôut, jowl; cat, -tian = shan. -tion, çell, -Sion = Chorus, shūn; gem; thin, -tious, this; -cious, bench; -Šion = çhin, –tion, gC), Zhiin, Sin, -Sious = Shiis. expect, Xenophon, -ble, -dle, aş; exist. ph = f. &c. = bel, del. 6 adulterator there being no appeal from his certificate, a feeling of dissatisfaction and distrust arose in the minds of manufacturers and traders, and another act was demanded. This, which came into force in 1875, gave the right of appeal to the Laboratory, Somer- set House, in cases in which the correctness of the local analyst's certificate was disputed. In 1869 an *:had been passed to restrain the adulteration of See CIS. The various States of the Union have their own laws concerning adulteration. There is a national law regulating the sale of oleomargarine, an adul- iterated form of butter. The most notable kinds of adulteration are the following: 1st. The addition of a substance of in- ferior value for the sake of adding to the bulk and weight of one more precious, as the mixing of water with milk, fat with butter, or of chicory with coffee. :2d. The addition of a substance with the view of heightening the color and improving the appearance of an article, as well as to conceal other forms of adulteration. . Example: The coloring of pickles or preserves with salts of copper. 3d. The addition of a substance designed to aid or increase the flayor or pungency of another. Example: ...The addition to vinegar of sulphuric acid. 4th. The addition of a substance designed to insure that a lagº. Quan- tity of another one shall be consumed., Example; Beer, one of the chief adulterants of which at present is salt, put into the liquor to insure that when one employs it to slake his thirst, the more he drinks the more thirsty will he become. . Some of the sub- stances used for adulterating articles of food—the salts of copper and sulphuric acid for instance—are poisonous. At present adulteration does not prevail as extensively as the public believe. The purchaser of a debased article is more likely to suffer in purse than in health. 2. Of anything else, material, mental, or moral, capable of being debased: “. they manifest but little evidence of Egyptian, Asiatic, or Thracian adulterations.”—Grote: Hist. of Greece, vol. i., pt. i., ch. i. a-dûl-têr-ā-tór, s. [Lat.] One who adulterates. “. . . the great depravers and adulterators of the pagan theology.”—Cudworth, 855. a-dûl'—tér-Ér, s. [In Fr. adultere; Ital, adultero; Lat. adulter.] [ADULTERY. I. Ordinary Language: Law: A married man who has sexual commerce with a woman, married or unmarried, who is not his wife. Or an unmarried man who has such inter- course with a narried Woman. “There foul adulterers to thy bride resort.” Pope: Homen's Odyssey, xi. 148. II. Scripture dé Theology: 1. In the same sense as No. T. “The eye also of the adulterer waiteth for the twilight, saying, No eye shall see me: and disguiseth his face.” —Job xxiv. 15. 2. A violator of the seventh commandment, in deed, word, or thought. [ADULTERY No. II. 1.] “But I say unto you, that whosoever looketh on a woman to just after her hath committed adultery with her already in his heart.”—Matt. v. 28. 3. One who gives the supreme place in his affec- tions, not to God, but to idols, or to the World; idolatrous. “But draw near hither, ye sons of the sorceres3, the seed of the adulterer and the whore. Enflaming yourselves with idols under every green tree.”—Isa. lvii. 3. 5. y “Ye adulterers and adulteresses, know ye not that the friendship of the world is enmity against God?”—James iv. 4. a-dû1'-têr-èss, s. The fem, form of Eng. ADUL- TERER. 1. A married woman who holds sexual commerce with any other man than her husband. “. . . and the adulteress will hunt for the precious life.”—Prov. vi. 26. 2. In Scripture: A woman who gives the Supreme place in her affections, not to God, but to some in- ferior object of desire. (James iv. 4, already quoted.) a-dûl'—tér-ine, a. & S. [In Fr. adultérim ; fr. Lat. adulterinus=(1) adulterous, spurious, (2) counter- feit.} A. As adjective: 1. Lit.: Proceeding from adulterous commerce. “. . . asserted that Charlot was an adulterime bas- tard.”—Palgr.: Hist. Eng, and Norm., i. 271. Adulterime Marriages: According to St. Augus- time and others, marriages contracted after a di- VOTC0. e 2. Fig.: Spurious; counterfeit. .. Adulterime Gwilds: Traders acting as a Corpora- tion without possessing a charter, and annually paying a fine for permission to exercise their usurped privileges. (Smith : Wealth of Nations, bk. l., CEl. X. 82 B. As substantive: A child proceeding from adul- terOus commerce. *a-dûl'—tér—ize, v. t. adultery. “Such things as give open suspicion of adulterizing . . .”—Milton : Doctrine and Discipline of Divorce. [ADULTERY..] To commit a-dûl'—tér-ois, a. [ADULTERY.] 1. Pertaining to adultery. When applied to a person, it means guilty of adultery. “Such is the way of an adulterous woman.”—Prov. xxx. 20. “Mec. Welcome, dear madam, Each heart in Rome does love and pity you : Only the adulterows Antony, most large In his abominations, turns you off.” Shakesp.: Antony and Cleopatra, iii. 6. . . Also in the same sense as ADULTERER, II. 3: idolatrous. “An evil and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign.”—Matt. xii. 39. f2. Spurious. “. . yet did that forged and adulterous stuff, trans- lated into most languages of Europe, . . . pass cur- rently.”—Casaubom: Of Credulity, p. 297. *a-dû1'-têr-ois-ly, adv. [ADULTEROUS..] In an adulterous manner. “Because some husbands and wives have adulterously profaned that holy covenant.”—BP. Taylor; Artificial Handsomeness, p. 22. #-dûl-têr-y,’s. . [Fr. adultere; Ital, adulterio; from Lat. adulteriwmv= (1) adultery, (2) (Bot.), the ingrafting of plants. ence Pliny speaks of the arborum adwlterea = the “adulteries” of trees.] [ADULT, ADULTERATE.] A. Of persons: I. Law & Ord. Lang.: An unlawful commerce among two married persons not standing to each other in the relation of husband and wife, or be- tween a married person and another unmarried. In the former case it has been called double, and in the latter single adultery. Varied punishments mostly of a very severe character, have in nearly aii countries and ages been inflicted on those who have committed this great offense. In some cases it has been deemed lawful for a husband or the woman's father to kill the guilty person if taken in the act. By the law of England, the slaughter of the offending parties in such cases is deemed man- slaughter of a not very aggravated sort. The com- mon law governs this matter generally in the º States with some variations in different St.8 UGS, “So neither was anything but adultery esteemed a violation of the seventh [commandment].”—Jeremy Tay- lor: The Decalogue. II. Scriptwre dº Theology: 1. Any violation of the law of chastity, in thought, Nº. or deed, specially the sin described under O.' s . “Thou shalt not commit adultery.”—Exod, rz. 14. 2. The worship of idols, or of any created things; a transference to them of the affection which should have been supremely given to God. “. . . . she [the nation of Judah] defiled the land, and committed adultery with stones and with stocks.”— Jem'. iii. 9. III. *Among old ecclesiastical writers: The in- trusion of one prelate into the bishopric of another, without waiting till it was made vacant by his death. B. Of things: Adulteration, corruption. “Such sweet neglect more taketh me Than all the adulteries of art; They strike mine eyes, but not my heart.” B. Jonson: Epicene, i. 1. a-dûlt'-nēss, s. [ADULT.] The state of an adult; the adult state. *ād-àm'—bér, v. t. [Lat. adumbro.] BRATE.] To shadow or cloud. ād-ām'—brant, a. [Lat., adumbrans=shadowing forth; pr. par. of adumbro.] [ADUMBRATE.] Shadow- ing forth. ād-ām'-bråte, v. t. [Ital, adombrare, from Lat. adwmbratwm, supine of Cudwmbro- (1) to cast a shadow, (2) to image forth by means of a shadow. From ad–to, and wrmbra, in Fr. ombre, Ital, ombra, Sp. sombra—a shadow.] Faintly to image forth, as a shadow does the object from which it proceeds. “Heaven is designed for our reward, as well as rescue; and therefore is adumbrated by all those positive ex- cellences which can endear or recommend.”—Decay of Piety. ād-ām-brā’—tion, s. [Lat. adwmbratio=a draw- ing, a sketch, from adwmbro. [ADUM- advance 1. Ord. Lang. : The act of faintly shadowing forth; the state of being faintly shadowed forth ; the thing which in such a case casts the shadow and forms the image. (Lit. défig.) “To make some adumbration of that we mean.”—Bacom: Nat. Hist., Cent. II., § 187. 2. Her. : An adumbration, or transparency is a figure on a coat of arms traced in outline only, or painted in a darker shade of the same color as the field or background on which it is represented. Families who had lost their possessions, but did not like to surrender their armorial bearings, are said to have occasionally adopted this method of indicating their peculiar position. (Gloss. of Heraldry.) *a-dûm', prep. & adv. [A. S. advan, adtºme=of dun. = down, adown, downward.] [ADOWN.] (Relig. Antiq., ii. 175.) fād-u-nā’—tion, s. [Lat. adumatio=a uniting, a union ; aduma = to make one: ad-to, and wºmo-to unite; wrvus=one.] i. The actor process of making one. 2. The state of being made one. * There is an analogy between this word and atonement, both in etymology and signification, ex- cept that adwºmation is from Latin and atonement from English cºd = at ; wrv = one; ation = ment. [ATONEMENT.] “When, by glaciation, wood, straw, dust, and water are supposed to be united into one lump, the cold does not cause any real union or adumation; but only hardening the aqueous parts of the liquor into ice, the other bodies being accidentally present in that liquor, are frozen up in it, but not really united.”—Boyle. fād-iān'-gi-ty, s. [Lat. aduncitas=hookedness, curvature inward; a dwmcus=bent inward: ad=to, and wncus=hooked ; wºmcus, s.- a hook, a barb.] The state of being curved inward, or hooked; curvature inward. “There can be no question but the adumcity of the pounces and beaks of the hawks is the cause of the great and habitual immorality of those animals.”—Arbuthnot dº Pope: Martimus Scriblerus. ād-ànc'-oiás, º (we mute), a. [Lat. adwmcws.] Curved inward, hooked. “Of which parrots have an adumgue bill, but the rest not.”—Bacom: Nat. Hist., Cent. III., § 238. *a-dun-Ward, adv. [A. S.] Downward. (Lay- amon, i. 81.) [ADUN.] *ād-iire, v. f. [Lat. aduro–to set fire to, to burn, to scorch : ad=to, and wro-to burn..] To burn. “. . . . doth mellow and not adure.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. IV., § 319. ad-tir’-ent, adj. [Lat. adwrems, pr. par. adwro.] [ADURE.] Burning, hot to the taste. “. . . nitre; the spirit of which is less adwrent than salt.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. V., § 340. [See *ad-tirn'e, *ad–6rn'e, v. t. To adore. ADORN, ADORE.] (Scotch.) “Gif ye deny Christis humanitie, bi resoun of the in- separable conjunctioun thairof with his divinitie to be adurnit.”—Keith: Hist. App., p. 288. a-dûst', a-dûst'-Éd, a. [In Ital. adusto, fr. Lat, adustus, pa. Dar. of adwro-to º l # Lit. : Burnt, scorched, dried with fire, intensely 1Ot, of “And vapor as the Lybian air adust, Began to parch that temperate clime.” Miltom: P. L., blº. xii. “Sulphurous and nitrous foam They found, they mingled ; and with subtle art Concocted and adusted, they reduced To blackest grain, and into store convey’d.” Ibid., bk. vi. 2. Fig.: Hot, fiery choleric in temper or temper- ament. “They are but the fruits of adusted choler, and the evaporations of a vindictive spirit.”-—Howell. ta-dûst'-i-ble, a. FADUST.] Capable of being burnt or scorched. ta-dûst'-i-ön, ºad-list'-àn, s. [In Ital, adust- ione, fr. Lat. adustio-the act of burning.) The act of burning or Scorching; the state of being burnt or scorched. [ADURE.] “Against all asperity and torrefaction of inward parts, and all adustion of the blood, and generally against the dryness of age.”—Bacon: Med. Rem. * The form adustom is in Greene, Planetomachia. (1585), fo. 11. *ād'—u—tánte, a. Fine (?) (Halliwell.) “With ther coppentante They loke adutante.” } Skelton: Works, ii. 429. ãd va–16r-Šm, phr. [Lat.] [AD.] ad-va'nge, v. t. & i. [In Fr. avancer=to advance. to move forward : avant, prep. = before; adv. = for, forward. In Sp. avanzar=to adyance; Ital avan. zótre+ to get, to increase; Armorican avams=to ad- vance, from Lat. ab=from ; ante=before.] [VAN, ADVANTAGE.] fate, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; ... we, wét, hēre, camel, hér, thère; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, sün; mute, cèb, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, Ce = €; ey a. qu. = kw. advance A. Transityve : I. Of place: (a) To cause to move forward horizontally; to Čoring to the front. g s & 1. i.it.: To move a material thing thus forward in place. “Some one glides in like midnight ghost— Nay, strike not! 'tis our noble Host. Advancing then his taper's flame.” Scott; Lord of the Isles, iii. 8. 2. Fig.: To cause any thing, and especially, any immaterial thing, to move, forward, to bring it to the front, to move it from the background into the foreground, or from obscurity into public notice. Specially: To express an opinion, to adduce an -argument. “What we admire we praise; and, when we praise, Advance it into notice, that, its worth Acknowledged, others may admire it, too.” Cowper: Task, bk. iii. “The views I shall advance in these lectures . . . .”— 48eale: Bioplasm, $ 2 “. . . has often been wavanced as a proof.”—Darwin: ADescent of Man, pt. i., ch. i. (b) To move upward, to render more elevated. 1. Lit.: To move a material thing upward. “Who forthwith from the glittering staff unfurl’d The imperial ensign; which, full high advanced, Shone like a meteor streaming to the wind.” Milton : P. L., blº. i. 2. Figuratively: g (a) To promote a person to a higher rank. “. . . the greatness of Mordecai, whereunto the £ing advanced him.”—Esther x. 2. “The weak were praised, rewarded, and advanced.” Wordsworth: Eccursion, bk. iii. (b) To heighten, to grace, to shed lustre upon anything. “As the calling dignifies the man, so the man much "more advances his calling. As a garment, though it warms the body, has a return with an advantage, being much more warmed by it.”—South: Sermons. (c) To cause to mount up in an unpleasant way, as a parasite climbs up a tree to the injury of the -stem Supporting it; to increase, to augment. “. . . like favorites, Made proud by princes, that advance their pride Against that power that bred it.” Shakesp.: Much Ado abov't Nothing, iii. 1. II. Of time or development (lit. défig.): 1. Lºt. : To move forward in time or in develop- Tment: as to accelerate the growth of plants, to move the season of the year forward. “These three last were slower than the ordinary Indian wheat of itself; and this culture did rather retard than advance.”—Bacon. “The summer ..Hist, Eng., ch. viii. 2. Figuratively: , , & s (a) To cause anything, as a science, one's knowl- ‘edge, &c., to move forward. “. . . there is little doubt that the photographs his party has secured will do more to advance solar physics than any permanent, records obtained by any former expedition.”—Times, April 20, 1875, “Transit of Venus.” (b) Ordinary Language and Commerce. To ad- gance money is to give money before an equivalent for it is rendered; or to lend, with or without inter- ‘est; to pay money before it is legally due. “. . . . the farmer, who advances the subsistence of the laborers, supplies the implements of production.”— J. S. Mill: Pol. Econ. “. . . . advanced to the government at an hour's Inotice, five or ten thousand pounds.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. B. Intransitive: I. Lit.: To move forward. 1. In place: “. . . our friend Advanced to greet him.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. ... When applied to a promontory or peninsula, it signifies to jut or project into the ocean. “And thus the rangers of the western world, Where it advances far into the deep.” * Cowper: Task, bk. i. 2. In tume: “. . . Smoothly did our life Advance.” Wordsworth: Eccursion, bk. iii. II. Fig.: To make progress, as in knowledge, Tank, &c. “It will be observed, therefore, that the scale of com- Position goes on steadily increasing in copiousness as the work advances.”—Lewis' Early Rom. Hist, ch. ii., § 9. * To advance in price: To rise in value. ad-Va'nge, s. [ADVANCE, v.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act or process of moving forward. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, was now far advanced.”—Macaulay: Chorus, 1. Gen. (Used of movement in time, in place, or in both.) (Lit. dé fig.) “A letter announcing the advance was written on the 31st of August.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. 2. Spec, (plural); Approaches made by a lover to gain the favor of the person courted; or approaches made by a government to another one with which it iS at Variance. “Falsely accused by the arts of his master's wife, whose criminal advances he had repelled, he was thrown into prison.”—Milman: Hist. Jews, i. 50. “Finally, that he might lose no time in reaping the benefit of his advances.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. II. The state of being moved forward. 1. Lit. : (Used of material things.) “Gazing, with a timid glance, On the brooklet's swift advance.” Longfellow: Maidenhood. 2. Figuratively : (a) Promotion in rank or office. re (b) Improvement, , as , in knowledge or virtue; progress toward perfection. “The principal end and object of the greatest impor- tance in the world to the good of mankind, and for the advance and perfecting of human nature.”—Bale. III. The amount by which a person or thing moves another forward, or is moved forward by an- other. (See B. 1.) B. Technically: 1. Comm. : . Increased price. 2. Money given beforehand for goods afterward to be delivered; money paid on account or before it is legally due. 9 3. A loan to be repaid. e & C T In advance: Beforehand; before it is actually due: specif., the payment of a portion of a man's wages before the whole is due. (Lit. défig.) “In order that the whole remuneration of the laborers should be advanced to them in daily or weekly payments, there must exist in advance, and be appropriated to pro- ductive use, a greater stock or capital.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., bk. i., ch. iv., § 2. “. . . and paid you in advance the dearest tribute of their affection.”—Junius to the King, 1769. “A is in advance to B $50,” means. A is in the state of having advanced to B the sum of $50. ad—va'nged, pa. par. & a. [ADVANCE. I As adjective: A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Of place: 1. Moved forward. “When thou hast hung thy advanced sword i' the air.” —Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, iv. 5. 2. Occupying a more forward position than that with which it is compared. “The more advanced position of the astragalus.”— Owen. Classif. of Mammalia, 94. II. Of time or development: 1. Advanced age=very considerable age. “. . . to re-appear in the offspring at the same ad- vanced age.”—Darwin. Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. viii. 2. An advanced thinker, cowntry, or community: A man before his age in ideas; a country or com- munity before most others in civilization. “This demand is often supplied almost exclusively by the merchants of more advanced communities.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., Prelimin. Rem., p. 16. “. . . however much accelerated by the salutary in- fluence of the ideas of more advanced countries.”—Ibid., bk. ii., ch. v., § 3. B. Technically: 1. Fortification. Advanced ditch: , The ditch which surrounds the glacis and esplanade of a fortress. 2. Milit. Advanced guard, fadvance-guard: f(a) The first line or division of an army march- ing in front of the rest, and therefore likely to come first into collision with the enemy. º (b) A small detachment of cavalry stationed in front of the main-guard of an army. “It was, however, impossible to prevent all skirmish- ing between the advanced guards of the armies.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. ad-vange-mênt, ... a-van'ge-mênt, s. [Eng. advance; Ememt. In Fr. avancement; ftai avanza. mento.] [ADVANCE.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of advancing any person or thing. II. The state of being so advanced. Specially : . e 1. The moving forward or promotion of any one to a higher office or rank in society; preferment. “The dungeon opens a way to still farther advance- ment.”—Milman: Hist. of Jews, 3d ed., i. 50. “He had hitherto looked for professional advancement to the corporation of London.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. “K. Rich. The advancement of your children, gentle lady.”—Shakesp.: K. Rich. III., iv. 4 gC), gem; thin, this; bençh; ghin, Sin, advantage 2. The moving of any one forward to a higher intellectual or moral platform; intellectual or moral improvement. “. . . the advancement of the intellectual faculties.” —Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iv. “And as thou wouldst the advancement of thine heir In all good faculties.”—Cowper: Tirocinium. 3. A similar movement forward of society, wealth, or civilization. “From this time the economical advancement of society has not been further interrupted.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., Prelim. Rem., p. 22. “Many of the faculties which have been of inestimable service to man for his progressive advancement.”—Dar- win: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. ii. 4. The promotion of science or anything similar. “. . . i. e., the combination of individual efforts toward the advancement of science.”—Owen : British Fos- sil Mammals and Birds, p. vii. - III. The thing advanced; the amount by which anything advances or is advanced. 1. The thing advanced. . [See B.Com.m. & Law.]. 2. The amount by which anything advances or is advanced; a stride forward. “This refinement makes daily advancements; and I hope in time will raise our language to the utmost per- fection.”—Swift. B. Technically: I. Comm. : The payment of money in advance; also the amount of money paid in advance. II. *Old Law : 1. The settlement of a jointure on a wife, or the jointure settled. “The jointure or advancement of the lady was the third part of the principality of Wales.”—Bacon. .*2. Property given to his child by a father in his lifetime instead of by will at his death. ad-vang–ér, ad-va'ung-Ér, s. [ADVANCE.] 1. Ord. Lang.: One who advances any person or thing; a promoter. “. . . and the succession is between master and dis- ciple, and not between inventor and continuer, or ad- wancer.”—Bacon: Filwm Laby., § 4. 2. Among sportsmen: A start or branch of a buck's attire between the back antler and the palm; the second branches of a buck's horn. “In a buck they say bur, beame, braunch, advantſ, cers, palme, and spellers.”—Manwood: Forest Lawes. (Nares.) ad—va'nç-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ADVANCE.] “And Asteris th’ advancing pilot knew.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, i. 1,104. “He was now no longer young: but advancing age had made no essential change in his character and manners.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vi. “. . . the advancing winter.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. iii. “. . . an advancing physiology.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 28. *ad—va'nç—ive, a. [ADVANCE.] Tending to ad- vance Or promote. ad—va'nt—age (age=ig), s. º from avant–before; Ital. #“º [ADVANGE.} I. Essential meaning: That which is fitted to move one forward; any natural gift, any acquisi- tion, made, any state, circumstance, or combination. of circumstances calculated to give one superiority in any respect over an antagonist, or over people in general. Specially: e e 1. Profit or gain of any kind. (a) In a general sense : - “What advantage then hath the Jew? or what profit is there of circumcision?”—Rom. iii. 1. “It was not impossible, indeed, that a persecutor might be convinced by argument and by experience of the advantages of toleration.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. (b) In a more limited sense: (Lit.) The interest of money; (fig.) overplus, increase. “Methought you said, you neither lend, nor borrow, Upon advantage.”—Shakesp.: Merch. Venice, i. 3. “We owe thee much; within this wall of flesh There is a soul counts thee her creditor, And, with advantage, means to pay thy love.” Shakesp.: King John, iii. 3. 2. A favorable time or opportunity. “Give me advantage of some brief discourse With Desdemona alone.” Shakesp.: Othello, iii. 1. “. . . and somewhere, nigh at hand Watches, no doubt, with greedy hope to find His wish and best advantage, us asunder.” Milton: P. L., bk. ix. 3. Personal qualities, natural, gifts, acquired knowledge or experience, good habits, &c. “If it be an advantage to man to have his hands and arms free, of which there can be no doubt.”—Darwin : Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iv. aş; [In Fr, avantage, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. expect, -cian, -tian = shiis. -ble, Shan. -tion, del. -Sion = -d]e, &c. = bel, Shiin; -Sious = —tion, -Šion = zhin. -cious, —tious, advantage “In the practical prudence of managing such gifts, the laity may have some advantage over the clergy: whose experience is, and ought to be, less of this world than the other.”—Sprat. * In this sense it is similarly used of the inferior animals. - “When these birds are fishing, the advantage of the Hong primary feathers of their wings, in keeping them dry, is very evident.”—Darwin : Voyage round the World, th. vii. . 4. A consideration superadded to one going before, and giving it increased force in argument. “Much more should the consideration of this pattern arm us with patience against ordinary calamities; espe- cially if we consider his example with this advantage, that though his sufferings were wholly undeserved and not for himself, but for us, yet he bore them patiently.”— Tillotson. II. The victory or success, of whatever kind actually resulting from such aids. “. . . and because in other struggles between the dictatorial and tribunician authority, the dictator had always the advantage.”—Lewis: Early Roman Hist., ch. xiii. “Lest Satan should get an advantage of us.”—2 Cor. ii. 11. Tſ. In this and in some other senses it may be used of the inferior animals or of things inanimate. “When I have seen the hungry ocean gain Advantage on the kingdom of the shore, And the firm soil win of the watery main.” Shakesp.: Sommets, 64. * Formerly used occasionally with on ; now of, over, or a clause of a sentence introduced by that is used instead. (See various examples given above.) “Upon these two arches the superincumbent weight of man is solidly and sufficiently maintained, as upon a low dome, with the further advantage that the different joints, cartilages, coverings, and synovial membranes give a certain elasticity to the dome, so that in leaping, run- ning, or dropping from a height, the jar is diffused and broken before it can be transmitted to affect the enor- mous brain-expanded cranium.”—Owen : Classif, of Mam- malia, p. 94. - * To set out to advantage, to set to advantage: TO arrange or place in such a manner that its value may be seen : to place in the most favorable light. “Ilike jewels to advantage set, Her beauty by the shade does get.”— Waller. To take advantage of ; *to take advantage on : To avail one's self of an opportunity of gaining the superiority over one in Some matter. Usually in a bad sense, to outwit, to overreach. “. . . but the Roman consuls, who had led out an army to meet them, take no advantage of their weakness.” —Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii. t “To take advantage on presented joy; Though I were dumb, yet his proceedings teach thee.” Shakesp.: Venus and Adom is. Advantage-grow;vd. [WANTAGE-GROUND.] “This excellent man, who stood not upon the ad- vantage-ground before from the time of his promotion to the archbishopric . .”—Clarendon. fad—va, nt-age (age=ig), v. t. & i. A. Transitive : 1. To benefit one, to profit one. (a) Personally. “For what is a man advantaged, if he gain the whole world, and lose himself, or be cast away?”—Luke ix. 25. “The liquid drops of tears that you have shed, Shall come again, transform'd to orient pearl; Advantaging their loan, with interest Of ten times double gain of happiness.” Shakesp.: King Richard III., iv. 4. (b) Half impersonally. “If after the manner of men I have fought with beasts at Ephesus, what advantageth it me, if the dead rise not? jet us eat and drink, for to-morrow we die.”—1 Cor. xv. 32. 2. To promote the interests of. “To ennoble it with the spirit that inspires the Royal Society, were to advantage it in one of the best capacities in which it is improvable.”—Glanville: Scepsis Scien- tifica. B. Intransitive: To be advantageous, to be fitted to confer superiority. “Not flying, but forecasting in what place To set upon them, what advantaged best.” Milton: Samson Agonistes. ad—van'-tage-a-ble (age=ig), a. [ADVANTAGE.] Able to be turned to advantage; advantageous, profitable. . “Shall see advantageable for our dignity, Anything in, or out of, our demands.” Shakesp.: King Henry V., v. 2. ad—van'-taged, pa. par, & a. [ADVANTAGE.] As pa. par. : In the same sense as the verb. *As adjective: Excellent. “In the most advantaged tempers this disposition is but comparative.”—Glam ville. \ 84 ād-van-tá-geous, a. [ADVANTAGE.J. Promising or actually conferring advantage; profitable, bene- ficial ; opportune, convenient. - “The large system can only be advantageous when a large amount of business is to be done.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. JEcon., bk. i... ch. ix. “. . the amount of advantageous modification in relation to certain special ends.”—Darwin: Descent of llam, pt. ii., ch. viii. “Just in that advantageous glade, The halting troop a line had made.” Scott: Marmion, iv. 5. “. . . to capitulate on honorable and advantageous terms.”—Macaula y : Hist. Eng., ch. xii. * Always with to before the person or thing benefited. “Since every painter paints himself in his own works, 'tis (vdvantageous to him to know himself.”—Dryden. ād-van-tá-geous–ly, adv. [ADVANTAGEOUS..] In an advantageous manner; profitably, bene- ficially. - “It has, in consequence, appeared to the author of the following work that an attempt might advantageously be made to treat the history of ancient astronomy.”—Lewis: Astronomy of the Ancients, ch. i., § i., p. 2 “. . a business of real public importance can only be carried on advantageously upon so large a scale.”— J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., bk. i., ch. ix. ād-van-tä -geous-nēss, s. [ADVANTAGEOUS..] The quality of being advantageous; profitableness, profit, benefit. “The last property which qualifies God for the fittest object of our love, is the advantageousness of His to us, both in the present and the future life.”—Boyle: Seraphic Love. ad-van-targ—ing, pr. par. [ADVANTAGE.] *ad-vāun ge, v. t. [ADVANCE.] 1. To recommend. (Spenser.) e 2. To incite, to inflame, to stimulate. [AD- VANCE.] (Spenser.) *ad-vāunged, ad-váun St, pa. par. [AD- VAUNCE.] *ad-váunt, s. [AVAUNT.] A boast, a vaunting, a bragging. “And if ye wyn, make none advaunt.” Playe called the Foure P. P. *ad-Våunt-ofir, s. [ADV AUNT.) A boaster. *ād-vā'yle, s. [AVAIL.] Profit, advantage, gain. “For lucre or adva iſle, Ageynst thyr kyng to rayle.” Skelton: Works, ii. 432. *ād-véC-ti –tious, a. [Lat, advecticius, advecti- tius, from advectus, pa. par. of adveho=to carry to.] Brought from another place; imported, foreign. täd-vé'ne, v, i. [Lat. advento–to come to, to arrive at: ad=to, and venio-to come.] To come to, to accede to, to be added to, though derived from a foreign source. “A cause, considered in, judicature, is stiled an acci- déntal cause, and the accidental of any act, is said to be whatever advenes to the act itself already substantiated.” —Ayliffe: Parergon. *ād-vé'-ni-ent, a. [Lat. adveniens, pr. par. of advemio.] [ADVENE.] Approaching, coming, being superadded from foreign sources. “Being thus divided from truth in themselves, they are yet farther removed by advenient deception, for they are daily mocked into error by subtler devisers.”—Browne: Pulga!" Errors. ād-vént, s: [In Ger, advent; Fr. avent; Ital. avvento; ail from Lat. Cldventum, Supine of ad- vemio.] [ADVENE.] I. The act of coming. 1. (Spec.) Theol. : The first, or the expected second coming of Christ. “Gives courage to their foes, who, could they see The dawn of thy last advent, long desired, Would creep into the bowels of the hills, And flee for safety to the falling rocks,” Cowper: Task, blº. vi. 2. Ordinary Language (in a respectful or in a mock-heroic sense) : The coming of any merely hu- man personage, or of people, to a place. “. . . changed habits of life which always follow from the advent of Europeans.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. vii. “When it was known that no succor was to be expected from the hero whose advent had been foretold by so many seers, the Irish who were shut up in Galway lost all heart.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvii. II. The time when a coming takes place. Spec. (in the Ecclesiastical Calendar) : The Season of the year when the Roman Catholic, the English, and various other churches commemorate the first and anticipate the socond coming of Shrist. It comprises four Sundays, and commences on the one which precedes, or that which follows, St. Andrew's Day (November 30), or on St. Andrew's Day itself. adventure *ād-vén'-täyle, s. [AVENTAILE.]" Ad—vént—ist, s. Qne who looks for the proximate second coming of Christ; also called Second Ad- ventist. ād-vén-tí'—tious, a...[In Fr. adventice; fr. Lat. adventicius or adventitivs=coming from abroad, foreign.] [ADVENT.]. . . f 1. Not properly pertaining to; extraneous to; for- eign to. “. . . the adventitious moisture which hangeth loose in the body.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. IV., § 865. “The adventitious matter of this communication.” —Froude: Hist. Eng., iv. 455. “These again are either connate or adventitious.”— Bentham : Works (ed. 1843), i. 32. 2. Coming unexpectedly or incidentally. . 3. Bot. : Ābnormal, as a genuine root with leaf- Mangrove-tree, showing Adventitious Roots. buds on it, or a slender aerial root sent down from the branches, as in the banyan and mangrove trees. ād-vén-tí'—tious-ly, adv. [ADVENTITIOUS..] In an adventitious manner; casually; accidentally. ād-vén-tí'—tious-mêss, 3. [ADyENTITIOUS..] The quality or state of being adventitious. fad—vént’—ive, a. & S. [Low Lat, adventivus, from, adventum, supine of advenio..] [ADVENE.] ū . As adjective: Foreign to, not native; adventi- tious. “. . . the considerations of the original of the soul, whether it, be native or adventive, and, how far it is ex- empted from laws of matter and of the immortality thereof, and many other points. . . .”—Bacom: Adv. of Learm., bk. ii. • *As substantive: A person or thing coming from abroad. “That the natives be not so many, but that there may- be elbow-room enough for them and, for the adventives: also.”—Bacon. *ad-vént'—ry, s. [ADVENTURE.] An adventure. an enterprise. “Act a brave work; call it thy last adventry.” - B. Jomsom: Epig. ad–Vēnt'—u—al, a. [ADVENT.] Pertaining to the season of Advent. “I do also daily use one other collect, as, namely, the collects ſtdventucul, quadragesimal, paschal, or pente- costal, for their proper seasons.”—Bishop Sawnderson. ad—vént'-iire, *a-věnt'—tire, s. [Fr. aventure: Ital, avventura, from Lat, adventurus, fut, part. of advemio.] [AUNTER.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of venturing or hazarding, hazard (fol- lowed by of or standing alone). “The adventure of her person.” Shakesp.: Winter’s Tale, v. 1. “He loved excitement and adventure.”—Macaulay- Hist. Eng., ch. xii. At all adventures: At all hazards, at all risks. “Where the mind does not perceive probable connec– tion, there men's opinions are the effects of chance and hazard: of a mind floating at all adventures, without choice and without direction.”—Locke. II. That which constitutes the venture or hazard. *1. Chance, fortune. [AVENTURE.] “A venture so hath turned his pas Ageynes the kyng his mas.” Kymg Alisawnder, 7,837. *2. An occurrence, especially if it is of an im- portant character. “The adventures of one's life.”—Bacon. 3. An enterprise of uncertain issue; an exploit not to be achieved without risk. “This hard adventure claims thy utmost care.” Pope: IIommer’s Iliad, bk. xxiv., 436. “To taste the fruit of yon celestial tree, Or die in the adventure.” Shakesp.: Pericles, i. 1. “He had been accustomed to eccentric adventures.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. făte, fit, fare, amidst, whāt, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pöt, zor, wēre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = à. qu = kw. * adventure B. Technically : Comm. (especially by Sea): That which is, put to Shazard; a ship or goods sent to sea at the risk of the sender. “. . . reserving to himself only one-tenth part of the gains of the adventure.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. ‘ī More usually VENTURE (q.v.). A bill of adventure: A writing signed by one who receives goods on board his vessel at their owner's risk. Or a writing signed by a merchant, stating that the goods shipped in his name belong to an- other, to the adventure or chance of which the per- son so named is to stand. ad—vént'—iire, v. t. & i. [In Fr. aventurer; Ital, , Cuvventwretre. (Adventure, 8.] e 1. Trans.: To risk, to hazard, to put in danger. “So bold Leander would adventure it.” Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, iii. 1. “Yet they adventured to go back.”—Bunyam: The Pil- grim’s Progress, pt. i. * It is sometimes used reflectively. “. . . desiring him that he would not adventure him- aself into the theatre.”—Acts xix. 31. 2. Intrams. : To venture. “Page, I am almost afraid to stand alone Here in the churchyard; yet I will adventure.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, v. 3. * There is properly an ellipsis in the above ex- :ample, the meaning being, “yet I will adventure to do it;” it thus resembles the example from Bunyan. ad—vént'-iired, pa. par. & a. [ADVENTURE, v.] *ad-vént'-tire-fúl, a. [ADVENTURE.] Full of adventure; delighting in enterprise. *ad—vént'—tire-mênt, s. [Eng, adventure; -ment.] Danger, hazard, risk. “Laughs at such dangers and adventurements.” Hall: Satires, IV. iii. 34. ad—vén'-tiir-Ér, s. [In Ger, abentewrer; Fr. aven- twrier; Ital, avventwriere.] 1. Qriginally: All who belonged to a company of merchants united for the discovery and coloniza- tion of new lands, or for trade with remote parts of the world. ... The Society of Adyenturers arose in Burgundy; it was established by John, Duke of Brabant, in 1248, and, being translated into Eng- land, had its constitution and privileges confirmed by various kings, beginning with Edward III., and terminating with Henry VII. The official name which it ultimately bore in England was the Mer- chant Adventurers. Adventurers woon return; called also Putters out. Adventurers who lent money before departing on a bazardous journey, stipulating that if they returned alive they should receive their capital back, with heavy interest upon it; while if they died abroad it would become the property of the borrower. [PUT- TER QUT.] 2. One who, being conscious that he possesses “courage and ability, seeks his fortune in new and perilous enterprises, military, political, or of any other kind, it not being implied that he is a mem- ber of any chartered company like that above de- scribed. “Adventurers they, from far who roved, To live by battle which they loved.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, vi. 3. “These contests, however, did not take place till the younger adventurer had attained riches and dignities such that he no longer stood in need of the patronage which had raised him.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. *ad-vént'-tire-sème, a. [ADVENTURE.] Bold, 'daring, adventurous. * Now shortened into VENTURESOME (q.v.). ad-vént'-tire-sème-nēss, s. [ADVENTUREsoME.] The act or quality of being venturesome. (This word is now shortened to VENTURESOMENEss.) ad—věnt'-iir-iñg, pr. par. [ADVENTURE, v.] ad-vént'-iir-ois, a. [In Fr. aventwreuz.] [AD- VENTURE.] Full of adventure. 1. Of persons: Fond of adventure, prone to em- bark in hazardous enterprises, enterprising. “What time I sailed with Morgan’s crew, Who oft, 'mid our carousals, spake Of Raleigh, Frobisher, and Drake; Adventurous hearts! who bartered, bold, Their English steel for Spanish gold.” Scott: Rokeby, ii. 18. 2. Of things: Involving danger, perilous; not to be done or achieved without danger, not to be en- countered without risk. The hazard may be to life, to liberty, to reputation, or to anything else which is prized. “. . . that breathed Heroic ardor to adventurous deeds Under their godlike leaders, in the cause Of God and His Messiah.”—Milton: P. L., bk. vi. [See also the examples under ADVENTUROUSLY.] 85 ad-vént'-iir-ois-ly, adv. [ADvex.TUROUS..] In an adventurous manner; courageously, boldly, daringly. - “They are both hanged; and so would this be, if he durst steal any thing adventurously.”—Shakesp.: K. Henry V., iv. 4. “He has drawn heavily upon time in his development of species, and he has drawn adventurously upon matter in his theory of pangenesis.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., vii. 158. ad—vént'—tir-ois-nēss, s. [ADVENTUROUS..] The quality of being adventurous; enterprise, courage, boldness, valor. *ād'—vén-tie, s. Old spelling of AveNUE. ãd'—vérb, s. #. Ger. adverbium ; Fr. adverbe; Ital. avverbio, from Lat. adverbium = an adverb: ad=to, and verbum – a word, a verb. The etymol- ogy does not suggest the full meaning of the term adverb. An adverb may be placed before, or in immediate connection with, other parts of speech than a verb (see below).] One of the “parts of speech.” A word placed in more or less immedi- ate conjunction with a verb, a participle, an adjec- tive, or another adverb, and designed to qualify its meaning. In the sentences, “he rides well,” “splen- didly done,” “remarkably good,” and “very pros- perously,” well, splendidly, remarkably, very and prosperously are adverbs. ād-vérb'-i-al, a. [In Ger. adverbialisch: Fr. adverbial; Ital, a va'erbiale, from Lat. adverbialis, from adverbium = an adverb.] [ADVERB.] 1. Pertaining to an adverb, containing an adverb. ‘‘I next proceed to the adverbial forms.”—Key: Philo- logical Essays (1868), p. 179. 2. Liberal in the use of adverbs. “He is wonderfully adverbial in his professions.”— Tatler, No. 191. ād-vérb'—i-al-ly, adv. manner of an adverb. “. . . . and which are used adverbially by the moderns.”—Beames: Compar. Gram. Aryam Lang. of India, i. 183 *ād-vé're, v. t. [ADVERT.] fād-vèrs-a-ble, a. [ADyERSE.] Contrary to, opposite to. (Johnson : Dict.) *ad'—vèrs-à'-gy-Ön, s, [ADVERSE.] Contention. “Desyringe so a castell in to dwell, Hym and his men to kepe from all adversacyon.” Hardyng: Chron., f. 55. *ād-yér-sant, a. [ADVERSE.] Adverse. (Min- shew : Guide invto Tongues.) ād-vér-sār-i-a, s. pl. [Lat., a note-book, a com- mon-place book, a journal, memoranda, especially a book in which debtor and creditor entries were placed adverse, that is, opposite to each other.] 1. A common-place book. “These parchments are supposed to have been St. Paul’s adversaria.”—Bull: Sermons. 2. A printed miscellany. *ād'—vêr-sa-ríe, s. [ADVERs.ARY.] ād-vér-sår'-i-oiás, ...a... [ADVERSARY..] Full of opposition to, exceedingly adverse to. (Poetic.) (Sowthey.) ãd'—vér-sar-y, s. & a. [In Fr. adversaire; Ital. avversario, fr. Lat. adversarius=turned toward, opposed to : adversus, part., adj., & prep. = turned toward, opposite: ad=to; versus=turned, pa. par. of vertö– to turn.] A. As swbstantive: 1. One temporarily or permanently brought into antagonism with another, as in a battle, a lawsuit, a competition, or even a friendly game; an oppo- nent. . “And eek by witnessyng of many a wight, That al was fals that sayde his adversarie.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,609-10. “And do as adversaries do in law— Strive mightily, but eat and drink as friends.” Shakesp.: Taming of the Shrew, i. 2. “. . . . let him not go down with us to battle, lest in the battle he be an adversary to us.”—1 Sam. xxix. 4. . 2. One who from having been brought in some way into antagonism with another, has become his secret or avowed foe. In a more general sense, an enemy, whether public or private. (Used also of the ene- mies of God.) “And he was an adversary to Israel all the days of Solo- mon.”—1 Kings xi. 25. “Let mine adversaries be clothed with shame.”—Ps. ciz. 29. “The adversaries of the Lord shall be broken to pieces . . . .”—1 Sam. ii. 10. Applied in Scripture by way of eminence to 3.08 Il. [ADVERBIAL.] After the S 4 & your adversary the devil, as a roaring lion, wºketh about, seeking whom he may devour.”— 1 Pet. Y. &. adverser B. As adjective : Opposed to, adverse to. “An unvanquishable fort against the inapressions and assaults of all adversary forces.”—Bp. King: Vitis Palat. (1614), p. 30. Law: . Not unopposed. . An adversary suit is a suit to which opposition has been intimated. ād-vèrs'-a-tive, a. & S. [In Ger. adversativum; Fr. adversatif, Ital, avversativo, from Lat. adversa- tivus.j A. As adjective: 1. Gen. Expressing some opposition to, or at least some difference from or with. e e & 2. Spec. : Pertaining to, resembling, or containing an adversative. “Two members of one and the same sentence connected with the adversative particle “but.’”— Worthington: Mis- cell., p. 4 T Prof. Bain considers the Adversative terms as the second class of Co-ordinating Conjunctions, the others being called, Cumulative and Illative. The adversatives place the second sentence or clause in some kind of opposition to the preceding one. There are three species or divisions in the class: Ecclusive Adversatives (viz., not, but, else, otherwise), Alterna- tive Adversatives (viz., either – or ; whether — or ; neither—mor), and Arrestive Adversatives (as but, but then, still, only, nevertheless, and others). (Bain: Higher Eng. Gram.) B. As substantive : Grammar: A word putting in more or less distinct opposition to each other the two portions of a sen- tence between which it is placed. [See the adjective.] ãd'—vèrse, a. [In Fr. adverse; Ital. avverso, fr. Lat. adversus=turned to: ad=to; versus, pa. par. of verto- to turn.] ‘I, Shakespeare generally accents on the first syl- lable as is now done; but in the following passage he does so on the second : “Though time seems so adverse, and means unfit.” Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, v. i. A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Of purely physical opposition : So turned to- ward a person as literally to stand in the way of his progress. * & & ſº Used (1) of anything in action against a person or thing. “One by storms annoyed and cud verse winds.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iii. (2) Of what is simply opposite to a person or thing. “And Afric's coast and Calpe’s adverse height.” Byron : English Bards and Scotch Reviewers. II. Of opposition not purely physical. . 1. Of persons or beings: Hostile, antagonistic, in- imical, unpropitious. “Besides, the king’s name is a tower of strength, Which they upon the adverse faction want.” Shakesp. King Richard III., v. 3. “The adherents of the ministers were victorious, put the adverse mob to the rout . . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. ‘‘E’er since our adverse fates decreed That we must part, and I must mourn.” Cowper: To Delia. 2. Of things: (a) In opposition to the real or supposed welfare of ; calamitous, afflictive. “What if he hath decreed that I shall first Be try’d in humble state, and things adverse; By tribulations, injuries, insults, Contempts, and scorns, and snares, and violence º’” Milton: P. R., bk. iii. (b). In its nature opposed to, incongruous or in- consistent with. “The benevolent spirit of the Christian morality is undoubtedly adverse to distinctions of caste.”—Macau- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. B. Technically: Law. Adverse, possession : Occupancy against the person rightfully entitled, but which, however, will become unimpeachable, if the latter remain quiet on the subject for twenty years. *ād'—vèrse, v. t. ſº the adjective. adversor=to oppose. tility to, “Of that fortune him schulde adverse.” Gower: Confessio Amantis, bk. ii. ād-vérse-ly, adv. [ADVERSE.] In an adverse manner, Oppositely. “If the drink you give me touch my palate adversely, I make a crooked face at it.”—Shakesp.: Coriolanus, ii. 1. ād-vèrse-nēss, s. [ADVERSE.] The state or quality of being adverse; opposition. “. . . a seeming adverseness of events to his en- deavors.”—Barrow: Sermons. . *ād-vèrs'–ér, s. [ADVERSE.] An adversary. “Myn adversers and false wytnes berars agaynste me.” –4 rehceologia, xxiii. 46. . In Lat. To oppose, to manifest hos- bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, del. -Sion = -ble, Shiin; -dle, &c. = bel, –tion, -Sion = -Sious = Shiis. Zhiin. -cious, –tious, adversifoliate ād-vérs'—ſ—fo-li-āte, ād-vèrs-i-fú'-li-oiás, a. : adversw8 = turned to, opposite; folium = a £3 ſ. Bot. : Having opposite leaves. *ād-vér'-sion, s. [ADvert.] attention. “The soul bestoweth her adversion On something else.”—More: Phil. Poems, p. 294. ād-vér-sī-ty, *ād-vèr-si-té, s. [In Fr. adver- sité; Ital, avversità, fr. Lat., adversitas=(1) con- trariety, antipathy; (2) misfortune, calamity..] . 1. Adverse circumstances, misfortune, calamity, trouble, either one affliction or a series of them. (In this sense it has a plural.) “He hath said in his heart, I shall not be moved: for I shall never be in adversity.”—Ps. x. 6. “And though the Lord give you the bread of adversity, and the water of affliction . .”—Isa. xxx. 20. “And ye have this day rejected your God, who Himself saved you out of all your adversities and your tribula- tions .”— 1 Sam. x. 19. 2. The state of mental depression produced by such adverse circumstances or calamities. “Haveth som reuthe on hir adversité.” Chaucer: C. T., 5,074. ād-vért', v. t. & i. [In Ital. avvertire, fr. Lat. adverto, v. t. = to turn toward: ad=to; verto- to turn.] *1. Transitive: To regard, to advise. “So though the soul, the time she doth advert The body's passions, takes herself to die.” Dr. H. More: Song of the Soul, iv. 39. 2. Intransitive: To turn the mind or attention to, to remark, to notice. (a) With to: “I may again advert to the distinction.”—Owen: Classif of the Mammalia, p. 97. “A child of earth, I rested, in that stage Of my past course to which these thoughts advert, Upon earth's native energies.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iii. A turning to, *(b) With wbon: “While they pretend to advert upon one.libel, they set up another.”— Vindic. of the Duke of Guise (1683). *ād-yért', v, t. [Lat. averto: a = from ; verto-to turn. The d is improperly inserted.] To avert, to turn away from. (Scotch.) “Frae my sinnes advert thy face.”—Poems, 16th cent. ād-vért'-ed, pa. par. [ADvTERT.] *ād-vért'—ange, s. [ADVERTENCE.] (Old Scotch.) *adºvér-tā'-tion, *ad-ver-ta-cy—oun, s. [AD- VERT.] Information. (Digby Myst., p. 106.) ād-vért’-enge, *ād-vèrt’-ange (O. Scotch), s. [In Ital. avvertenza.] [ADVERT. - I. The act of turning the mind to; attention, notice, heedfulness. *1. Without to : “Although the body sat among them there, Her advertence is always ellis where; For Troilus full fast her soule sought. Withouten worde, on him alwaie she thought.” Chaucer: Troilus and Cress., iv. 698. 2. With to: ... “Christianity may make Archimedes, his challenge: give it but where it may set its foot. allow but a sober advertence to its proposals, and it will move the whole world.”—Decay of Piety. II. A person or persons attending upon. (O.Scotch.) 1. Retinue. “And all his advertance that in his court dwellis.”— Rauf Coilyear. 2. Adherents, abettors, advisers. “Schir William of Crechtoun and Schir George of §htoun, and thar advertence.”—Short Chron. of Jas. II., p. 30. täd-vert’-en-gy, s. [ADVERTENCE.] The same as ADVERTENCE, in sense No. I. “Too much advertency is not your talent; or else you had fled from that text, as from a rock.”—Swift. ãd-vért’-ent, a. [Lat. advertens, pr. par of adverto..] [ADVERT.] Turning toward, attentive, heedful. “This requires choice parts, great attention of mind, sequestration, from the importunity of secular employ. ments, and a long, advertent, and deliberate connexing of consequents.”—Hale: Origin of Mankind. ãd-vért’-ent—ly, adv. [ADVERTENT.] In an ad- vertent matter; not unintentionally, but with delib- eration, Or, at least, willfully. ãd-vért'-iñg, pr. par. [ADvTERT.] ãd'—vér-tise, àd'—vér-tize, v. t. & i. [O. Fr. advertissant, pr. par. of advertir; Fr. avertir; Ital. avvisare; Lat. adverto..] [ADVERT.] 86 A. Transitive: *1. Gen. : To notify, to inform, to give intelli- gence to. “I have advertiz'd him by secret means.”—Shakesp.: Henry VI, Part III., iv. 5. “And I thought to advertise thee, saying, Buy it before the inhabitants . .”—Ruth iv. 4. “I was advertised their general slept.” Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, ii. 2. 2. Spec. : To publish in a newspaper, or in Some similar way, a paragraph generally designed to pro- mote the financial or other interests of the person who seeks its insertion. [ADVERTISEMENT, III. 2.] B. Intransitive: To publish an advertisement in a newspaper, or in any other way, give it currency. T. Formerly used sometimes with woon, so as to make a compound transitive verb. “. . . do advertise woom that learned knight, my very worthy friend.”—Sir Wm. Read: Tatler, No. 224. ād-vér-ti'sed, Åd-vér-ti'zed, pa. par. [ADVER- TISE, ADVERTIZE.] ad—vér'—tise-mênt, *ad-vér-ti'se-mênt, s. [In Ger. & Fr. avertissement.] I. The act of advertising. 1. Gen. : . The act of advertising, intimating, or giving notice of anything. *2. Spec. : Admonition. “My griefs cry louder than advertisement.” Shakesp.: Much Ado about Nothing, v. i. II. The state of being advertised, ability to be advertised. - III. That which advertises. i 1., Gen. : Intimation in any way of something which has occurred. “K. Hem. The Earl of Westmoreland set forth to-day; With him my son, Lord John of Lancaster; For this advertisement is five days old.” Shakesp.: Henry I. V., Part I., iii. 2. 2. Spec. : . A short paragraph in a newspaper, not of sufficiently general interest to warrant the editor to insert it as a piece of news, but which is of so much importance to the financial or other interests of some one individual that he is willing to pay for its insertion. It is the profit derived from adver- tisements which keeps many newspapers in exist- €In Ce. ād-vér–ti-sér, s. [ADVERTISE.] 1. Of persons: One who advertises. “The great skill in an advertiser is chiefly seen in the style he makes use of.”—Tatler, No. 224. 2. Of things: That which advertises. (Used as the mame of various mevspapers, as the “Morming Advertiser.”) “They have drawled through columns of gazetteers and advertisers for a century together.”—Burſce: Works, ii. 13. ād-vér-tiš'-iñg, pr. par. & a, [ADVERTISE.] I. As present participle : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. t II. As adjective : 1. Furnishing advertisements, as “an advertising 3 * - 2. Constituting a receptacle for advertisements, as an “advertising van.” Vehicles designed for such a purpose cannot legally be sent forth to traverse public thoroughfares. *3. Attentive. *I Advertising and holy=attentive and faithful. (Johnsom.) -* “As I was then Advertising and holy to your business, Not changing heart with habit, I am still Attornied at your service.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, v. 1. ād-vér-ti'ze, &c. [ADVERTISE.] ... àd-vésp'-Ér-āte, v. i. [In, Lat. avesperascit, impers. verb-evening approaches: ad=to; vesper. asco-to , become evening; vespera or vesper=the evening.] To draw toward evening. *ād-vést', v. t. [Norm. Fr...advestir, fr. Lat, ad =to, and vestis-a garment.] To put in possession, to invest. (Cotgrave.) *ad—vew"e, v. [VIEw.] To consider. *ad—vew ed., pa. par. [ADVEw E.] ad—vi'ge, *a-vis", *a-vise, *av-i-Ís", *a-vy's, s. [Fr. avis; Ital. avviso..] [ADVISE.] A. Ordinary Langwage: *1. Opinion, view, sentiment. “And seth then sayd hir aviis Of God, that Loverd was and ever isse.” Saynt Katerime, p. 179. Deliberate consideration, prudence. “What he hath won, that he hath fortified ; So hot a speed, with such advice dispos'd ; Such temperate order, in so fierce a course, Doth want example.” Shakesp.: King John, iii. 4. [See also example under No. 3..] (Spenser.) advise 3. Information. [See also Commerce (B. 1).] “How shall I doat on her with more advice, That thus without advice begin to love her l’’ Shakesp.: Two Gent., ii. 4. 4. Counsel; an opinion offered as to what ones ought to do, either habitually, or in the circum- stances which have at the time arrived. & 4 xx. 7. “His friends were summon'd on a point so nice, To pass their judgment, and to give advice; But fix’d before, and well resolved was he (As men that ask advice are wont to be).” Pope: Jam wary and May, 81–84. To take advice is to accept it when tendered, and act upon it. “This advice was taken, and with excellent effect.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. To take advice with, is to take counsel with ; to consult, to hold a conference with, and ask the Opinion of, as, for instance, an adept in any art. “Great princes, taking advice with workmen, with no- less cost set their things together.”—Bacon: Essays. B. Technically: 1. Comm. : Information on some business matter- communicated by one engaged in mercantile life toº another person, similarly engaged. º T Often in the plural; in which case it means. telegrams, letters, or other documents, or even verbal communications, interesting to commercial men, regarding occurrences happening elsewhere. A letter of advice: A letter sent, by one merchant to another, informing him when bills or cheques are drawn on him, with particulars as to when payment is to be made. . 2. Nautical. Advice-boat: A small vessel to carry despatches, or, in some cases, verbal information. between places accessible by water. *ād-vig'-il-âte, v.t. [Lat. advigilo-to watch by, to keep guard over: ad=near, and vigilo- to be- wakeful, to watch ; vigil–awake, watchful..] To. watch over, to watch. ad-vis-a-bil-i-ty, s. [Eng. advisable :-ity..] The quality or state of being advisable; advisableness. ad—vis'-a-ble, a, [ADVISE.] *1, Able to be advised; not indisposed to accept advice, and therefore encouraging others to offer it. “He was so strangely advisable that he would advert unto the judgment of the meanest person.”—Fell: Life of" Hammond. .* 2. Such as one acting on good advice would adopt: right, proper, befitting, fitting, expedient. “He called a council of war to consider what course it. would be advisable to take.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. ad-vis'-a-ble-nēss, s. [ADVISABLE.] The quality of being proper, befitting, or expedient. (Johnsom Dict.) give here your advice and counsel.”—Judg.,. ad—vis-a-bly, adv. [ADVISABLE.] In an advis– able manner. (Webster.) ad-vi'se, *ad—vy'se, *ad—vize, *a-vi'se, *a-vy'se, *a-vize, v. t. & i. . [O. Fr. adviser; Ital- avvisare = to view, to perceive, to take note.] [AD- VICE.] I. Transitwe : (a) Ordinary Language : *1. To observe, to look at. “Hed heorn avysed among ther play, For he was nought of that contray.” Kyng Alisawndex', 221. ** He looked back, and her avizing well Weened, as he said, that by her outward grace, That fairest Florimel was present there in place.” Spense”: F. Q., IV. ii. 22. *2. To consider, to deliberate upon. § Not with self added (unreflectively). b) With self added (reflectively): To take coun- sel with one's self; to reflect. “Now therefore advise thyself what word I shall bring again to him that sent me.”—1 Chrom. xxi. 12. 3. To inform, to acquaint, to apprise; to teach. [See Commerce. “Quick. Are you advised o' that ? You shall find it a great charge: and to be up early and down late.”— Shakesp.: Merry Wives of Windson', i. 4. 4. To counsel; to offer counsel to, in the hope, or at least with the desire that it may be followed. “Brother, I advise you to the best.”—Shakesp.: King' Lear, i. 2. “I would advise all gentlemen to learn merchants’ accounts.”—Locke. (b) Technically: & e & & Comm.: To communicate intelligence regarding: the state of the markets, the consignment of goods, bills drawn on one, &c. făte, fät, färe, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt. or, Wöre, Wolf, Wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rale, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. advised f II. Intratnsitive: To consult, to deliberate, to re- flect. “Now advise, and see what answer I shall return to him that sent me.”—2 Sam. xxiv. 13. ad-vişed, pa. par. & a. [ADVISE.] As adjective: .1. Of a person: Counselled; acting with delibera- tion; prudent, Wise. “Let him rather be advised in his answers than forward to tell stories.”—Bacom: Essays. (a) Well advised: Humble, prudent. “Only by pride cometh contention; but with the weil &dvised is wisdom.”—Prov. xiii. 10. (b) Ill advised: Foolish. 2. (a) Qf a resolution: Well considered. (b) Of an act: Deliberate. “. . . . . after a great and long and advised disputa- tion.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. “When they had sworn to this advised doom.” Shakesp.: Tarquim and Lucrece. “In other words, he may either have been aware of the circumstance or not aware; it may either have been pres- ent to his mind, or not present. In the first case, the act may be said to have been an advised act, with respect to the circumstances; in the other case, an unadvised one.” —Bowring: Bentham’s Works, i. 42. ad—vi'-Séd—ly, adv, [ADVISED.] With mature deliberation. *1. Attentively. “This picture she advisedly perused, And chid the painter for his wond’rous skill.” Shakesp.: Tarquin and Lucrece. 2. With mature deliberation; with deliberate pur- pose. “I dare be bound again, My soul upon the forfeit, that your lord Will never more break faith advisedly.” Shakesp.: Merchant of Venice, v. 1. *ad-viº-Séd-nēss, s. [ADVISED.] The quality of having been adopted after mature deliberation; advisableness. “While things are in agitation, private men may mod- estly tender their thoughts to the consideration of those that are in authority; to whose care it belongeth, in pre- scribing concerning indifferent things, to proceed with all just advisedness and moderation.”—Saunderson: Judg- 7ment inz. One View. *ad—vise'-mênt, *a-vise'-mênt, s. [ADVISE.] 1. Consideration, deliberation. “. . . . which [lake or portion of the sea) is not with- out peril to such as with small advisement enter the same.”—Harrison : Descriptive of Britaine, p. 33. “. . . in good advisement and remembrance.”—4 MS. from the Rolls' House, quoted in Froude's “Hist. Eng.,” ch. iv. 2. Consultation. “ . David, when he came with the Philistines against Saul to battle : but they helped them not ; for the lords of the Philistines upon advisement sent him away, saying, He will fall to his master Saul to the jeopardy of our heads.”—1 Chron. xii. 19. 3. Advice, counsel. “Ten schippes were dryven, through ille avisement, Thorgh a tempest ryven, the schipmen held then schent.”—Langtoft : Chrom. p. 148. ad-vi-Sér, s. [ADVISE.] One who advises. & 4 ... nor had he near him any adviser on whose judgment reliance could be placed.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. vii. - “Halifax was generally regarded as the chief adviser of the Crown.”—Ibid., ch. xiv. . ad—vi'-Sér-ship, s. [ADVISER.] The office or posi- tion of an adviser. r ad-vi'—ging, pr. par. & S. [ADVISE.] As substantive: Advice, counsel. “. . . fasten your ear on my advisings.”—Shakesp. ; Measure for Measure, iii. 1. *ad—vi'-sion, s. [AVISION.] A vision, a dream. (Wright.) *ad—vi'-sö, s. Advice. & 4 * & e Reft., p. 4. *ad—vi'—sör-y, cº. [ADVISE.] 1. Having power to advise. “The general association has a general advisory super- intendence over all the ministers and churches.”—Turn- bull: Hist. Conn. 2. Containing advice. ad vi'-täm äut câ1'-pâm. [Lat..] [AD.] *ad-vite, a. [Lat. avitus=(1) pertaining to a grandfather; ancestral; (2) very old: avºws=(1) a grandfather; (2) an old man.] Adult. “Fyrste such persones, beyng mowe advite, that is to Saye, passed their chyldehoode, as wel in maners as in yeres.”—Sir Thos. Elyot : Governor, p. 85. © † [Low Lat. adviso; Ital, aviso.] their counsels and advisos.”— Wagstaffe. IIist. 87 ãd'—vo-ca-gy, s... [Lat. advocatio, fr. advoco-to call or summón to..] . [ADVOKE. *1. A lawsuit. .' “Be ye not ware how that false Poliphete Is now about eftsonis for to plete, And bring in on you advocacies new 3’’ Chaucer: Troilus and Creseide, ii. 1,469. 2. The act of pleading for a person or a cause. “If any there are, who are of opinion that there are no antipodes, or that the stars do fall; they shall not want herein the applause and advocacy of man.” – Browne: Vulgar Errors. ãd'—vo-cáte, *ād'—vo-cat, *ād'—vök-Éte, s. [Lat. advocatus=(1) originally one whose aid was called in or invoked; one who helped in any business mat- ter; (2) Law, at first, one who gave his legal aid in a case, without, however, pleading, this being the function of the patromws; (3) the advocatats fisci, who attended to the interests of the fiscus, or the emperor's privy purse. From advoco- to call or Summon to one: ad=to, and voco-to call, to sum- mon; Ger. advokat; Fr. avocat, Ital. Civvocato.] [ADVOWSON, ADVOKE, VOICE.] A. Ordinary Language: 1., Lit. : Qne who pleads a cause in a civil or crim- inal court belonging to any country. “O thou, that art so fair and ful of grace, Be myn advocat in that hihe place.” Chaucer: C. T., 11,995-9. “The advocates contended on both sides with far more than professional keenness and vehemence.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. viii. 2. Figuratively: * (a) One who defends against opposers, and seeks to recommend to the acceptance of the public any OplmlOll. Or CauSe. “And thither will I bear thy suit, Nor will thine advocate be mute.” Scott; Lord of the Isles, iv. 15. ‘ſ It is used with of or for after it. “The advocates of ‘transmutation' have failed to ex- plain them.”—Owen: Classification of Mammalia, p. 49. “And advocates for folly dead and gone.” Pope: Epistles. (b) Christ, as pleading before the Eternal Father for sinners. “And if any man sin, we have an curlwood fe with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous.”—1 John ii. 1. B. Tech?vically: I. In the old German Empire : A person ap- pointed by the emperor to do justice. In Germany and elsewhere juridical advocates were made judges in consequence of their attending when auses were pleaded in the count's court. II. In the Mediceval Church. : One appointed to defend the rights and revenues of a church or mon- astery. The word advocate, in the sense of a de- fender of the church, was ultimately superseded by that of patrom, but it still lingers in the term ad- vowson. [ADVOWSON.] Constitutional advocates, in Rome, pleaded be- fore the consistory in cases relating to the disposal of benefices which they opposed. Elective advocates were chosen by a bishop, an abbot, or a chapter. Peºdal advocates were persons assigned lands on condition of their fighting for the Church, leading out their vassals for the purpose. Matricular advocates defended the cathedral churches. Military advocates were appointed to fight for the Church. [See also ADVOCATUs. Devil’s Advocate. [ADVOCATUS, FRA.] III. In English, Law : 1. Originally: One who pleaded a cause in a civil, but not in a criminal court. Formerly, cer- tain persons called advocates, learned in the civil and canon law, were akone entitled to plead as coun- sel in the English ecclesiastical and admiralty courts, but these are now thrown open to the or- dinary bar. (Will: , Wharton's Law Leavicom.) 2. Now . In English and American law, one who pleads a cause in any court, civil or criminal. It is not, properly speaking, a technical word, but is used only in a popular sense, as synonymous with barrister or counsel. [COUNSEL: ADVOCATE, A, 1.] The Queen's Advocate was a member of the Col- lege of Advocates, whose office it was to advise and act as counsel for the Crown in questions of civil, canon, and international law. He ranked next to the sºlicitor General (Will. Wharton's Law Lew:- º,CO)\,. T At stations of the army the judge-advocate is the officer through whom prosecutions before courts-martial are conducted. There is also a Judge-Advocate-General for the army at large. IV. In Scotlatºnd. 1. Law : A member of “the faculty of advocates,” or Scottish bar. These have not derived their priv- ileges from any Act of Parliament incorporating advouterer them into a society, but have possessed them from a period of unascertained antiquity. The associa- tion is formed on the model of that of the French (tvocats, and, like it, is presided over by a dean, or doyen. “The College of Justice, a great forensic society com- posed of judges, advocates, writers to the signet, and so- licitors. . ‘’—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. 2. A solicitor practicing in Aberdeen. T The Lord Advocate is the principal Crown law- yer in Scotland. It is his duty to act as public pros- ecutor, which he does in great cases in which the Crown is interested, leaving the inferior ones to the procurators fiscal, who act under his instructions. He is virtually Secretary of State for Scotland, and, as a rule, it is, through him that the Government proposes, explains, and defends the special legisla- tion for that country. ãd'—vo-cáte, v. t. & i. [Lat. advoco-to call or sum- mon to. In Law: To call an adyocate to one's as- sistance: ad=to; voco+to call.] This is an old Eng- lish word which fell into disuse and again revived. “It would be difficult,” says Trench, “to find an ex; ample of the verb ‘to advocate’ between Milton and Burke.” (Tremch. : Eng., Past cumd Present, p. 55.) I. Thransitive : *1. To call upon or to, to summon, to ask to hear. “. . . . we may, in those cases, express our oath in the form of advocating and calling the creature.”—Jeremy Taylor; Of the Decalogue. 2. To speak or write, if not even to agitate, in favor of a person, an opinion, or a measure. “The most eminent orators were engaged to advocate her cause.”—Milford. “. . . persons who advocate this sentiment.”—jſac- kenzie: Life of Calvin. II. Intransitive: * O. Scotch.: To strivo, as an advocate does, to win a CallSC. “For men seldom advocate against Satan's work, and sin in themselves, but against God’s work in them- selves.”—Rutherford : Letters. ãd'—vo-cate—ship, s. [ADVOCATE.] 1. The office of an advocate. “Leave your advocateship, Except that we shall call you orator Fry.” .. Ben Jonson : New Imm, ii. 6. 2. Advocacy. “The redemption of the world was made a great part, of the advocateship of the Holy Spirit by our Lord.”— Hally well ; Salv. of Souls, p. 71. ãd'—vo-cá-têss, s. The feminine form of ADvo- CATE. “He [the Archbishop of Florence] answers e is God hath provided us of an advocatess who is gentle and sweet, &c., and many other such dangerous proposi- tions.”—BP. Taylor : Dissuasives from Popery. ād-vö-că-tíñg, pr. par. [ADVOCATE.] . ad-Vå-cá'—tion, s. (Lat., advocatio = a summon- ing of legal assistance..] [ADyoCATE.] 1. The act or office of pleading ; advocacy. “Des. Alas; thrice gentle Cassio, My advocation is not now in tune ; My lord is not my lord.” * & © Shakesp.: Othello, iii. 4. *2. Scots Law: A mode of appeal from certain in- ferior courts to the supreme one. g Note of advocation : A writ employed for this ap- peal. ād-vö'-ca-trige, s. [ADvoc.A.T.E.] A female ad- vocate. (Elyot.) ād-vö-că'-tūs, S. [Lat.] [ADvocate.] In the Papal Court: A. diaboli = the devil’s advo- cate; the same as the Fra di diabolo. A person ap: pointed to raise doubts against the genuineness of the miracles of a candidate for canonization. [FRA l *ad—vöid', v. t. [Avoſo.] *ad-vo'ke, v. t. [Lat. advoco = to call or sum- mon to one : ad = to ; voco = to call.] To call or lºmon to ; to transfer a cause (to one's self) for tria “His holiness . . promising not to revoke the said commission should not, at the point of sentence, have advoked the cause, retaining it at Rome.”—Bonner. (Frowcle’s “Hist. Eng.,” ch. vii.) *ād'—vo-kète. [ADvoc.A.T.E.] *ad—vol-ā'—tion, s. [From Lat., advolatio = a flying to, from gdvolor=to fly, toward; ad=to, and tolo=to fly..] The act of flying to or toward any- thing. (Johnsom. Dict.) *ād-völ-ū’—tion, s. [Lat. advolutio=a rolling up, from cºdvolutws, pa. par. of advolvo- to roll to or toward: ad=to, volvo- to roll.] The act or process of rolling toward. *ad-vöugh, v. i. [Avouch..] *ād-vóü'-têr-èr, s. [ADvouTRY..] An adulterer. “God will condemn advow terers . . .”—Bayle: 4'et a Course at the Romysche Fooc, f. 70. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, Ghin, bench; go, gem, thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = del. Shan. -tion, Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, -Sion = -SiOus = shin; Zhiin. -tious, -cious, —tion, -Sion = advoutreSS *ād-vóü'—trèss, *ād-vöw'-trèss, s. The fem. form of ADVOUTRER, or ADVOWTRER. “This kind of danger is then to be feared, chiefly, when the wives have plots for the raising of their own children, or else that they be advowtresses.”—Bacon: F'ssays, ch. xvi. *ād-vöü'-trie, *ād-völü'—try, *a-vöw'—try, *a-vóü -têr-ie, s. Adultery. [ADULTERY...] “. . . calling this match advow trie, as it was.”— Mirror for Magistrates, p. 342. “. . . that he had lived in frequent a vowtry.”— Anderson: Coll. iv., pt. i., p. 101. *ād-vóü'—trois, a. [AD VoûTRY...] “. . the fall of the advowtrous, cursed, and malig- mant church of hypocrites.”—Bale . I'e relations, ii. *ad—vow", *ad-vowe, v. t. [Avow.] - ad—vow"—ée, a-vOw'—ée, s. [ADVOW, Avow.] 1. An “advocate ’’ of a church or monastic body. IADVOCATE.] 2. A person possessed of an advowson; the patron of a church. The paramowmt advowee: The sovereign. ad—vow'-55m, s. [Norm. Fr. avoeson, avoerie; Fr. avowerie, fr. avower=to grant, to allow; avowe = an attorney. Low Lat. advoatio; Class. Lat. advocatio=a summoning legal assistance, the bar, &c.; Low Lat. advoo; Class. Lat. advoco-to call or summon J [ADVOCATE.] - English, Ecclesiastical Law: The right of presen- tation to a vacant benefice, what is called in Scot- land patronage. [PATRONAGE.] This is of three lcinds: (1) Presentation, when the patron has a right to present a clergyman to the bishop for in- stitution; (2) collation, when the bishop is himself the patron of the living; and (3) domation, when the king or a subject, acting under the royal li- cense, founds a church or chapel on the footing that it shall be subject to his visitation only, and not be placed under the bishop, and that he (the patron) shall have the power of putting a clergy- man in it without presentation, institution, or in- duction. Hence advowsons are classified as pre- sentative, collative, and donative. The reason why they were generally vested in lords of the several Iºnanors was that it was in most cases their ances- tors, or at least predecessors more or less remote, who originally built the church, or were “advo- cates” of ecclesiastical privileges. [ADVOCATE.] An advowson still attached to a manor is called an appendant. If, however, it be once sold to a pur- chaser it ceases in all future time to be appendant, and is said to be in gross, or at large. Advowsons, originally trusts, are now considered heritable property. “The advowson and right of next and perpetual pre- gentation to the rectory of —--, subject to the life of the present incumbent, now in his seventy-first year.” —Advertisement in Times, 1875. This law is not applicable in America from the fact that there is no established church. *ad—vöw'—tréss, s. [.ADVOCTRESS.) *ad—vow –try, s. [ADvouTRY.] advoyer, or avoyer (pron. ad-váy"—a, a-voy -á), s. [O. Fr. advoes...] The chief magistrate of a Swiss town. Or Canton. *ād-vys’-yön, s. [AvTSION.] A vision, a dream. “. . . the old lady that thow sawest in thyn advºys- yon.”—Morte d'Arthur', ii. 245. *ād'—wärd, v. t. [AWARD, v. f.] *ād-wärd, s. [AWARD, s.] *ad-waythe, v. [AWAIT.] To wait for. (Wright: Monastic Letters, p. 202.) a'-dy, s. A palm-tree, called also abanga, a na- tive of the West Indies. The large leaf-shoot at the summit of the stem, when cut into, furnishes a liquor used as wine. The kernels of the fruit are regarded as a cordial, and an oil prepared from the fruit may be used as butter. *a-dyght' (gh mute), cº. [ADIGHT.] a-dyn-ā'-mi-a, a-dyn'-am-y, s. (Gr. adynamia = want of strength: a, priv.; dynamis=strength; dynamai = to be able.] Med...: Debility resulting fron sickness. a-dyn-ām'-ic, a. [ADYNAMIA. | Pertaining to adynamy; without strength, weak. Medicvme. A dynamic fever: “A kind of fever characterized by great prostration or depression of the vital powers, with a tendency to putridity.” (Dr. Tweedie: Cycl. of Pract. Med., Art “I'ever,” ii. 162.) a-dyn'-am-y, s. [ADYNAMIA.] *ād-yt, àd’—yt-àm, s. [Lat. adytum ; Gr. ady- ton and adytos, fr. the adj. adytos=not to tered: a, priv.; dyö=to get into, to enter.] A shrine; the innermost and most sacred part of a temple; the holy of holies. “Behold amidst the adyts of our gods.” Greenue: Works, i. 114. whât, fall, *ād-vow-try, [O. Fr. Ctvoutrie.] Adulterous. fate, fat, fare, amidst, be en- father; *a-dy te, v. t. . [In Old Fr. endicter, fr. Lat, in- dico- to indite; in and dico.] To indite, to write. “Kyng Ryehard dede a lettre wryte, A noble clerk it gan adyte.” £ichard Coeur de Lion, 1,174. ãdze, adz, *ād'-dige, s. ſ.A. S. adese; Sp. azuela.] 1. An instrument consisting of an arched cut- ting blade of iron and a handle, the latter being placed transverse to the edge of the blade, where- as in the axe the two are M \, § | § º | ** parallel. It may be con; ſº §§ \ |ſ sidered as a kind of ſº crooked axe. It is used §§§ {\|| by shipwrights, carpen- ters, coopers, a n d other artisans, and is specially designed for chopping a horizontal surface of timber. (Min- shew, &c.) 2. He,'... A & XC. ãdze, v. t. To shape by means of an adze. ãdzed, pa. par. [ADZE, v.] ãdz'-iñg, pr. par. [ADZE, v.] k ae (pron. generally €, and occasionally. § ; when it has the latter sound, it is marked in this work 33). I. As an initial : A Latin diphthong correspond- ing to the Greek ai, and used chiefly in words origi- naily derived from the Greek language. When fully naturalized in English the Greek ai and Lat. ce become simply e. Thus the Gr, aithêr is in Lat. aether. In Eng. some writers, Tyndall for 9ne, look: ing on the word as but partially naturalized, still write it with the diphthong cether; while the gen- erality, regarding it as fully naturalized, make it ether. [ETHER...] "I Quite a multitude of Anglo-Saxon words com- mence with de, but the oe becomes changed in, vali- ous ways when these are naturalized in English. It is often transformed into a or e, less frequently into ee, or ea, or o, or aw, or oi, or oa; or it is wholly omitted. Fa'amples : 1. As a . A. S. oecse, ae:c-Eng. axe: Cecerm = acorn ; cºffer=after; ande – and ; cengel=angel; Cepl; Ceppel, &c. = apple; Cet = at. º 2. As e. A. S. opbumg=Eng. ebbing ; Gefen. Gefyn, cefen n = even ; (elf-elf; Cemetta, cemete=emmet, ant; ACnglisc=English. 3. As ee. A. S. cel -- Eng. eel. 4. As ea. A. S. Cetta wa to eat; Cervictºn-to earn. 5. As o. A. S. oene-Eng. One. 6. As a wº. A. S. Cel=Eng, awl. 7. As oi. A. S. Cel= Eng. Oil. 8. As oa. A. S. (ec= Eng. Oak. 9. With the oe wholly omitted. A. S. Cebare=bare; ceend=and. II. As a termination. [Lat. genitive singular (usually) and nomn. pl. of the first declension, as pennae, genitive singular and nomin. pl. of pemma = a pell. Science (chiefly Biology) : The termination of most orders of plants, and also of most families and sub-families of animals. Some of these terms are classical Latin, but the majority are only modern imitations of it. Examples: (a) Class. Lat.: Algae (pl. of alga), Sea-weeds, the sea-weed order of plants; Rosaceae (with plantoe= plants, understood), the Rosaceous order of plants, called by Lindley Roseworts. (b) Imitated from class. Lat. : Psittacidae= the Parrot family of birds, &c. ach-mö -diis, s. [Gr. Clichmē = a point, and odous =a tooth.] Palaeoruf. : The name given by Sir Philip Egerton to a genus of fossil fishes formerly called Tetrago- molepis. ae-gid -í-iim, s. [Dimim, fr. aikion= (1), an in- jury, a loss; (2) a wheal.] A little wheal. A genus of plants belonging to the alliance Fungales and the sub-order Caeomacei. The various species consti- tute what is called rust. The species are widespread and numerous. They are found on the dandelion, the violets, the pines, the epilobiums, and various other plants. On grain crops they may often be seen under the glumes of the calyx. When ripe they burst, and discharge a powder of a bright orange color. One species is, in consequence, known to agriculturists as red gum. They do not appear to injure the crops. It is incorrect that the AEcidium berberidis, a parasite, as its name implies, upon the 38erberis, or Barberry, tends to produce mildew on wheat growing in its vicinity. 32d, in compos. [...A. S. } { E.A.D.] à-dé1-fors-ite, s. [From ACdelfors, in Sweden.] Min. : The name of two minerals. 1. An impure Wollastonite, which, to distinguish it from No. 2, is better spelt, as by Dana and others, EDELFORSITE (q.v.). common º wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; aeginetia 2. The name given by Retzius to a red zeolite from AEdelfors. It is considered by J. N. Berlin and by Dana to be an impure Laumonite. LAUMONITE.] ãd'–él–ite, Šd –é1-ite, s. [AEdel, a shorter form of AEdelfors, in Sweden; -ite, Gr. suff. = be- longing to, derived from..] Min. : Prehnite from Adelfors. [PREHNITE.] a'-dile, s. [Lat. Oedilis, originally from cedes = (1) a sanctuary, a temple, (2) a dwelling for men.] 1. (Plural.) In ancient Rome: Magistrates who had charge of public and private buildings, of aqueducts, roads, sewers, weights, measures, the national worship, and, specially when there were no censors, public morality. There were two leading divisions of tediles—plebeian and curule. Two of the former class were created A. U. 260, to assist the tribunes in their judicial functions. The same number of gurule aediles were elected from the patri- C1& Il S U. 387, to perform certain public games. For a time these officers were chosen alternately from the patricians and the plebeians, then they were taken indiscriminately from either of these castes. Their insignia of office were like those of the old kings—the toga praetexta (a purple robe) and the Sella curulis, or, curule chair, ornamented with ivory. To the ordinary two piebeian aediles Julius Caesar added another pair, called cereal Cediles, to look after the corn supplies and the food of the capital generally. 32'-dile-ship, s. [Eng. Cedile; -ship.] The office of an cedile. “But he had filled no higher office than the cedileship.” –4 ºn old: Hist. Rome, ch. xlvii. *ā-fer, *ā-fre, *ā-vere, *a-vere, adv. [EVER.] apº-ga, s. A genus of Crustaceans belonging to the order Isopoda. a-gāg'-ré, or ae-gāg'-rüs, s. [Gr. aigagros=a wild goat: from air, genit. aigos=a goat; agrios= wild.] A name for the wild goat, the Capra cegagrus of Gmelin. It appears to be the stock *::::::: .#'ſ. varieties of the domestic goat sprung. The male has large horns, whilst those of the female are short or wanting. It inhabits the Caucasus and the mountains of Persia, and is still more abundant in Asia Minor. It may possibly be wild even in the Alps and the Pyrenees, though the identity of species from these various localities has been doubted. It is gregarious. Its name in the Persian mountains is Paseng. a-ga-gróp-i-la, s. [Lat. (egagrus (q.v.); pilus º A ball composed of hair, found in the stomach of the chamois. 82-gēr-i-a, s. [AEgeria, or Egeria, a nymph or goddess from whom Numa Pompilius pretended that he received his laws.] A genus of §. (Hawk- moths); the typical one of the family AEgeridae. .# the Currant Clear-wing, Æ. tipwliformis so called from its resemblance to the two-winged tipula, while the English appellation points to the fact that the larva feeds on currant bushes. ae-gér"-id-ae, S. pl. . [AEGERIA.] A family of Sphinxes (Hawk-moths). The wings are so trans; parently clear that the insects are popularly called Clear-wings. This character, however, obtains also in the neighboring family of Sesiadae. ae-gi-ás, s. [Gr. aigias- a white spot in the eye (Hippocrates).] (For signification see etym.) a'-gil-5ps, s. [In Fr., Sp., & Ital. egilope; Port. egilopee, Cegilops; Gr. aigilops= º a wild oat, (2) a kind of oak, (3) an ulcer in the eye. From (1) aigilos, an herb of which goats are fond: aiac, genit. aigos=a goat; and (2) Ups=the eye, the face.] I. Botany: 1. Hard-grass. A genus of grasses of the family Triticeae. The heads of AE. ovata, the oval-spiked hard-grass, are roasted and eaten by the Sicilian peasantry. * Kersey, in his Dictionary, 3d ed., A. D. 1724, uses Cegilops in an analogous sense for “a weed that grows among corn, darnel, wild oats.” 2. The specific name of a gall-bearing oak, Quercus Cegilops. II. Med...: A tumor in the corner of the eye ad- jacent to the nose. It is so called because goats are supposed to be specially liable to it. “AEgilops is a tubercle in the inner canthus of the eye.” — Wiseman: Surgery. AE-gi'-na, s. ſ. Lat. fr. Gr. Aigina, a daughter of Asopus and Metope, carried off by Jupiter. The island of AEgina was named from her.] 1. Class. Myth. (See the etym.) 2. Astron.: An asteroid, the ninety-first found. It was discovered by Stephan, on November 4, 1866. ae-gin-èt'-i-a, s. [Named after Paul AFginette, a physician of the seventh century.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Orobanchaceae, or Broom- rapes. The AE. Indica is a small rush-like plant, with a purple flower, . When prepared, with sugar and nutmeg it is considered an antiscorbutic. gö, pöt, pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; or, Wöre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = e, ey = à. qu = kW. aegiphila 2—giph'-[1—a, s. [In Fr. Oegiphile ; Ital, egiſila; :Sp. ejifila; Port, egiphila ; Gr. aiw, genit. Qigos = a , goatſ; philos=beloved, dear.] A genus of plants be- longing to the order Verbenaceae, or Verbenas. The species are found in the West Indies, and are favor- ably regarded by goats. ae’—gir–ine, s. [AEGIRITE.] *2–gir'-in-ón, s. [Deriv. uncertain. Possibly it is Gr, aiaz, genit. aigos = a goat; rhinon-shield; or rhinos = skin, hide. Why so called is not obvious. “A sort of ointment made of the berries of the black poplar-tree.” (Kersey.) ae'—gir-ite, ae'—gyr-ite, a -gir-ine, 8... [In Ger., Sw., &c., oegirim, fr. AEgir, the Scandinavian god of the sea. Min. g This mineral, all the spellings of which given above are used by Dana either in the body of his work or in the index, is classified by him under his “Oxygen Compounds—Bisticates.” It contains more than 50 per cent. of silica, 22 of Sesqui-oxide of iron, 9 of soda, and 6 of lime. It is mono- clinic, and isomorphous with pyroxene. It generally occurs in striated or channeled prisms of a greenish- black color and vitreous lustre. It is found in Nor- way, in Arkansas, &c. ae-gir'—üs, s. [Possibly from Gr, aigos, genit. of aiac-sa goat. (Woodward.)]. A genus of mollusks belonging to the family of Doridae, or Sea-lemons. The species are widely diffused. ae'—gis, s. [In Ger. aegide; Fr. egide; Lat. Cegis; Gr. aigis, genit. aigidos.] I. Classic Mythology: 1. The shield of Jupiter. “The dreadful AEgis, Jove's immortal shield, Blaz'd on her arm, and lighten’d all the field. Round the vast orb a hundred serpents roll’d, Form'd the bright fringe, and seem’d to burn in gold.” Pope: Iliad, ii., 526-29. t2. The shield of any other classic : god, as, for instance, Apollo. “Thrice at the battlements Patroclus struck. His blazing deg is thrice Apollo shook.” Ibid., xvi., 859-60. 3. A short cloak (not, as most modern poets represent it, a shield) worn by Minerva. It was set, with Minerva, the Gorgon's head, and fringed with Wearing º (Liddell dº Scott: Greek Her Ægis. 63C. “Gone were the terrors of her awful brow, Her idle ceg is bore no Gorgon now.” Byrom: Curse of Minerva. II. Fig.: 4 & . . . withdrew the national (eg is that so long had : sheltered fraud.”—Daily Telegraph, Oct. 8, 1877. ... aegis-Orb, s. An orb–that of the sun, shaped like the round “shield'' worm by Minerva. “Hung o'er a cloud above the steep that rears Its i. all flame, the broadening sun appears : A ſong blue bar its (egis-orb divides, And breaks the spreading of its golden tides.” Wordsworth : Evening Walk. AEg'—lé, aeg"-lé, s. [Class. Myth., Lat. AEgle; Gr. ...Atglé=a very beautiful naiad ; fr. aiglö=splendor.] 1. Class. Myth. : The naiad mentioned in the ..etymology. “And make him with fair AEgle break his faith.” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night's Dream, ii. 5. 2. Zool. : A genus of decapodous short-tailed crabs. The AE. rufopwmctata, or red-spotted AEgle, is found in the Mauritius and the Philippine Islands. 3. Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Aurantiaceae (Citron-worts). The AEgle Marmelos, the Bhel, Bale, Bilwa, or Bengal Quince, a thorny tree with ternate leaves and a deficious pulpy fruit, with a smooth, yellow, very hard rind, grows wild in India. Dr. Royle says that the astringent rind is used in dyeing yellow. In Ceylon a perfume is prepared from it, and the seed is employed as a cement. In India the legumes are used in asthma, the fruit, a little unripe, in diarrhoea and dysentery, and a decoction of the root and bark in hypochon- driacal complaints and palpitation of the heart. 4. Astron.: An asteroid, the ninety-sixth found. It was discovered by Coggia, on February 17, 1868. • { { *āg'-lögue, s. [E.LOGUE.] An eclogue (q.v.). A pastoral song.” (Kersey.) A word introduced by Petrarch, who derived it from Gr. aiaz, genit. aigos= a goat, and logos=speech, and attributed to it the meaning “the talk of goatherds,” in place of the “talk of goats.” Spenser and some other writers adopt it. It is simply eclogue spelled in a different Way, Owing to the fact that its proper etymology has been misunderstood. [ECLoGUE.] “Which moved him rather in Ceglogues otherwise to *Write.”—Spenser: Pastorals. bóil, jówl; -cian, Protection. bóy; pout, çell, Cat, Chorus, 89 ae-gö-bróñ-chöph'-ön-y, s. [Gr. aia, genit. aigos =a goat; bronchos = the windpipe; phómé=a sound..] A mixture, of two sounds called respec- tively degoohony and bronchophony, heard in cases of pleuro-pneumonia, when part of the lungs having undergone hepatization with bronchophony, we hear the sound modified by the effusion of matter: Laennec compared it to the squeaking voice of Punchinello, but superadded to this there is a tremulous or vibratory character in the sound, which, moreover, seems alternately, to approach to and recede from the ear in sudden jerks. ... (Dr. Williams: Cyclop. Pract. Med., “Prewmonia.”) ae-gö-phön'-ic, a. [AEGOPHONY.] Med...: Pertaining to aegophony. “. . through the whole of the cegophonic region.” —Dr. Williams: Cyclop. Pract. Med., “Pheumonia.” a-göph'-ön-y, s. [Gr. air, genit. aigos=a goat; phômé- a sound..] .. * Med...: A sound like that of the bleating of a goat, heard in cases of pleuro-pneumonia. (Dr. Williams: Cycl. of Pract. Med.) ae-gö-pöd-í-iām, s. [In Sp. and Port. egopodio; Gr. Guia!, genit. aigos=a goat; pows, genit. podos-Ea foot, so called because the leaves are cleft like the foot of a goat.] Gout-weed. A genus of plants, be- longing to the order Apiaceae, or Umbellifers. The AE. $º. Common Gout-weed or Bishop's- weed, is a common weed, said to have been widely distributed by missionaries. The leaves smell like those of angelica, and may be eaten as salad. ae-grö-tāns, ae-grö-tät, S. [Lat., pr. par. or 3d sing. pres. ind of Gegroto=to be sick.] English Universities: Sick. “The Mathematical Tripos list contains ninety-six names, of which thirty-six are wranglers, . . . and one ranks as an (eg rotans.”—Davily Telegraph, Jan. 27, 1877. ae-gypt.-i-a-ciim, s. . [Properly n. of adj. Gegypt- iacus, with wnguemtum implied. From Gr. Aigypt- ios=belonging to the Egyptians; Aigyptos=(1) the river Nile; (2) Egypt.] A kind of ointment. “AEgyptiacum, an ointment made of honey, verdigris, dyers' galls, &c.”—Kersey. #AE-gyp'—tian, s. [EGYPTIAN.] ae-gyr-ite, s. [AEGIRITE.] *ā’-eir—y, s. [EYRIE.] *aeit-lond, *eit—lond, *eyt-lond, . s. [A. S. igoth, from Icel. ey=an island, and dimin. -et.] An island. [AIT.] (Layamom, iii. 159.) ăl, é'-âl, é-âll', al, in compos. [A. S.] All, as Ağlfred [ALFRED]=all peaceful; AClwin [ELWIN]= all conqueror: Albert=all illustrious; Aldred=alto- gether reverend. - ălf, in compos. . [A.S.] An elf, a genius (Bos- worth), as A.lfwin [ELFw1N]= victorious, elf, or genius. , Camden, Todd, and others consider celf, wlf, welf, hulph, hilp, helfe, and helpe in proper names all to mean help, and make AElfwin=victor- ious help ; AElfwold=an auxiliary governor; AElf- giva = a lender of assistance. (Gibson, Camden, Todd's Johnson.) a-ê1'-ló, S. [Lat. aello; Gr. (telló=a storm-swift, the name of a harpy, also one of Actaeon's dogs; fr. aella—a stormy wind, specially a whirlwind.]. A genus of bats founded by Leach on a single species of unknown habitat, the A. Cuvieri. *ae-liir"—iis, s. [Lat.] The cat. (Kersey.) [AIL- URUS.] AE-mil'-i-a, s. [Name of several Roman ladies.] Astron. ... An asteroid, the 159th found. It was discovered by Paul Henry on the 26th of January, 1876. *ām'—u—loiás, a. [EMULOUS..] *ām-iāl-ūs, s... [Lat. Gemulus=striving after.] A rival, a competitor. “The rival of his fame, his only Cemulus.” Drayton: Poly-Olbion, s. 18. (Trench : Om some Deficiencies in own Eng. Dict., . 12. AE'-nē-id, s. [Lat. AEmeis, fr. AEmeas.] One of the great epic poems of the world. lt was written in Latin by Virgil, and published after his death, which took place about 16 B. C. Its hero is Æneas, one of the Trojan chiefs, whose adventures during and after the siege of Troy it recounts, till the time when he succeeded in fully ºp; himself in Italy. The poet, like the majority of his country- men, believed that the imperial family of the Cae- sars had AEneas for their remote ancestor, and that many other illustrious Romans were descended from his companions in arms. *32n-gā'—geant S, s. pl. [Fr. engaged nt-engag- # pr. par. of emgager=to engage.] A kind of I’ll II. “AEngaged mts are double ruffles that fall over the wrists.”—Lady’s Dict. (1694). *ae-nig'—ma, s. [ENIGMA.] *ae-nig-mât'-ick, a. [ENIGMATIC.] go, gem; thin, p bençh; this; çhin, Sin, 28O1 *ae-nig-ma-ti'ze, v. i. LENIGMATIZE.] ae-àl-ânth'-lis, s. [Lat. AEolus; Gr. anthos=a. blossom, a flower.] A genus of plants belonging on the order Lamiaceae, Labiates, and the sectiot Ocimoideae. The AE. suavis is used in Brazil in spasmodic strangury. (Lindley.) AE-ö’-li-an (1), aº-Ö'-li-an (2), a. [From AEolus, the god of the winds and king of the volcanic islands off the coast of Italy, now called the “Lipari” Islands, in the caverns of which the winds were supposed to be confined. This is probably an old way of attempting to explain the occurrence of noises as of struggling air in the caverns, the result, perhaps, of volcanic commotion.] 1. Pertaining to AEolus, or the cavern in which he was fabled to keep the winds confined. . “Less loud the winds that from th’ AEolian hall Roar through the woods, and make whole forests fall.” Pope ; Homer's Iliad, xiv., 459, 460. 2. Pertaining to the wind. “A wind that through the corridor Just stirs the curtain, and no more, And, touching the Geolian strings, Faints with the burden that it brings I’’ Longfellow : Golden Legend. AEolian harp, s. A harp played by AEolus—in other words, by the wind. It is made by stretching strings of catgut over a wooden sound-box. If ex- posed to the action of the wind, a succession of pleasing sounds proceed from it, plaintive when the breeze is slight, but bolder as it increases in force. “As an AEolian harp through gusty doors Of some old ruin its wild music pours.” Longfellow : The Student’s Tale. “Like an AEolian harp that wakes No certain air, but overtakes Far thought with music that it makes.” Tennyson : Two Voices. AE-5'-lí-an (2), AE-ö1'-ic, a. [Lat. AEolius, AEo- licus; Gr. Aiolios, Aiolikos = pertaining to AEolia, or AEolis.} AEolic dialect: One of the three great dialects of the Greek language, the others being the Doric and the Ionic. The expression Attic dialect often occurs, but this should be regarded as the normal type of Greek rather than as a divergent dialect of that tongue. AEolic digamma: A letter similar in character and sound to the letter F. It is so called because the AEolians used to prefix it to certain words be- ginning with a vowel, and insert it between vowels in the middle of words. It does not appear as a letter of the ordinary classical Greek alphabet. AEolic rocks (Geol.) : Rocks formed by the action of the wind. Example, sand dunes. They are some- times called also ačrial rocks. AEolic verse, called also Eulogic, Archilochian and Pimdaric verse: A verse consisting of one iambus or spondee, then of two anapests separated by a º syllable, and then another syllable concluding à * AE-6'-li-an, s. [The adjective used substantively.] A native of AEolia. ae-ö1'-i-dae, s. pl. [AEOLIS.] Zool. : A family of gasteropodous marine mollusks, belonging to the section Tectibranchia. The gills are papillose, and arranged around the sides of the back; the tentacles are non-retractile, and there is no distinct mantle. There are several genera. *ae-öl—i'-ma, s. [Lat. AEolus, the god of the winds.] [AEOLIAN.] A small musical instrument, consisting of a frame set with a number of metallic laminae, or springs, and played by the human breath. It is now rarely used. ae-ö1'-i-pile, s. [EOLIPILE.] ae'-31—is, s. [Deriv. uncertain. From AEolis= ancient Mysia, in Asia Minor (?).] A genus of mol- lusks, the typical one of the family AEolidae. The species move about in an active manner among the rocks at low water, moving their tentacles and ex- tºnding and contracting their papillae. ae'–31–ist', s. [From Lat. AEolus.] [AEOLIAN.] A pretender to inspiration. [INSPIRATION.] (Swift.) ae-ö1'-3-phēn, s. [EOLOPHON.] ae-àn, 8... [Lat. Geom=eternity, fr. Gr. aion=(1) a period of time, (spec.) a lifetime, a generation; (2) a long space of time, eternity; (3) a space of time clearly marked out, a period, an age, a dispensation. (Liddell dº Scott.) T The flat. Ceom, given above, which is simply the Gr. aiān, with the substitution of the Lat. diphthong de for the Gr. one, ai, is rare. The common Lat. word is devum, which is used in poetry in most of the senses of aion, and is simply that Gr. term Latinized, the inserted v being the remains of the AEolic digamma (q.v.). Cognate words are Goth. aws, crude form awa. Bopp, Graff §§ Kuhn derive all these terms from Sansc. i-to gO. I. Amcient Philosophy and Theology: Among the Gnostics: A virtue, attribute, or per- fection of God, personified and regarded as an in- ferior sort of god or goddess. Thus Valentinian, in aş; Xenophon, exist. ph = f. expect, -tian = Shan. shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. –tion, -Sion = -SiOus = –tion, shiin; -cious, -Šion = Zhiin. -tious, AEonian the second century, taught that in the pleroma (the §nostic name for the habitation of Go ) there were thirty opoms, fifteen male and fifteen female; besides these there were four unmarried—Horus, Christ, the Holy Spirit, and Jesus. (Mosheim : Ch. Hist, 2d cent., pt. ii., ch. v.) II. Modern, Science and Literature: A period of immense duration, specially one of those which geology makes known. “. . . the Silurian and Devonian ceons.” — Owens Classif. of Mammalia, p. 58. “Having waited through those AEons until the proper conditions had set in, did it send the fiat forth, ‘Let life be l’”—Tymdall: Frag. of Science, vii. 163. AE-Ön'-i-an, a. º lasting, eternal; Lat. Geom; Gr, aion.] [AEON.] Of aii but eternal duration. “The sound of streams that swift brslow Draw down AFom fam hills, and sow The dust of continents to be.” Tennyson: In Memoriam, 35. ae-5'-ni-iim, or ae-ön'-i-iim, s. . [Latinized form 9f Gr. Qiānion, n. 9f adj. aionios=lasting, eternal.] Named from their tenacity of life. A genus of lants belonging to the order Crassulaceae, or House- eeks. ...A. arboreum, the tree house-leek, a garden plant, is thickly laden with yellow flowers. ae-py-or-nis, S. [Gr, aipus=high and steep; ormis-bird. e * Palaeont.: A genus of gigantic birds founded by Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire on some fossil bones and eggs brought from Madagascar. It belongs to the order Cursores, and has a certain affinity to the ostrich, but it is believed to have been twice as high as that tall bird. The eggs were 12% inches in length, and had a capacity equal to six ostrich eggs, 9r to 148 of the domestic fowl. The remains were found in alluvial soil, and were, geologically viewed, so recent that it is open to question, whether living Specimens may not yet be found in the unexplored parts of Madagascar. *ae-qui-lib'-ri—im, s. [EQUILIBRIUM.] .*ae-qui-nóc'—tia, S. pl. [Lat. plural of Cegwinocº tium=the equinox: Toegwus=equal; moa;=night.] The equinoxes. “. . . as matural tempests are greatest about the dequinoctia.”—Bacom: Essays, ch. xv. *ae-quí'-pa-rate, v. [Lat. Cegwiparo=to put on a level: oºgwus=level, flat; paro=to make equal; par=equal.] To ièvel (to the ground), to raze. “Th’ emperiall citie, cause of all this woe, King Latine's throne, this day i']e ruinate, And houses tops to th’ ground aequiparate.” Vicars: Virgil (1632). ae-quðr'-é—a, s. [Lat. Cegwor= the sea.] A genus of Medusae, the typical one of the family AEquori- dae. Example: AE. cyanea. ae-quër’-à-al, a. [Lat. Ceaworeus=belonging to the sea..], Pertaining to the sea. A term applied to a fish—the aequoreal pipe-fish, Symgmathw8 acquo- rews, Linn. ae-quêr-í-dae, s. pl. , [AEquor E.A.] . A family of Medusae belonging to the class Discophora, and the order Gymnophthalmia...It contains some of the largest species of naked Medusae. à'—ér, s. [A. S. ar=an oar.] An oar. & © ſº (Scotch...) . ... before the ship ly on dry land, and put forth an aer.”—Stat. Gild., ch. xxii. *ā’–ér, s. [Lat. ačr; Gr. ačr.] The air. a,621." * [Lat. (lit.)=air able to be blown through ; hence airy, windy.] Open air. “. . . open air, which they call aer perflabilis.”— Pacom: Nat. Hist., Cent. IV., § 331. aer'—a, S. [ERA.] â–ér-in"—this, s. [Gr, (tār-air; anthos=a blos- Som; a º: A genus of plants belonging to the family Orchidaceae, or Orchids. The species, are aërial, and , have jarge beautiful flowers. They occur in Madagascar. ae-rār-í-an, s. [Lat. aerarius, fr. oerarius=per- taining to the cerarium, or treasury: Cera, plural of oes=copper ore-money..] ... * In ancient Rome: A citizen who had either been deprived of or was not allowed to posscss, a vote, and who was moreover subjected to a heavier rate of taxation than others possessing the same pecun- lary resources. “The cerarians, consisting of those freedmen, natural- ized strangers, and others, who, being enrolled in no tribe, possessed no vote in the comitia, but still enjoyed all the private rights of Roman citizens.”—47'mold: Hist. of Rome, ch. xvii. “. . . or if he were an ordinary citizen he was expelled from his tribe, and reduced to the class of the aºrarians.” —Ibi à’–6r-àte, v. t. -atum)=to make. I. Gen.: To subject to the action of atmospheric air, or any of its constituents. Lat. aér=air; suffix -ate (fr. Lat. [Latinized from Gr. aionios= 90 II. Specially: 1; Agric. (of land): To cause air to permeate the soil of cultivated land for the purpose of facilitating the growth of the plants upon it... [AERATION.] 2. Physiol. (spec. of blood): To subject to the action of the oxygen existing in atmospheric air; to oxygenate. (Used specially of the arterialization of the venous blood by the air inhaled into the lungs.) “As in most groups of animals, important organs, such as those for propelling the blood, or for wërating in.”— Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. xiii. “The air passes to cuérate the blood.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., ii. 603. “The function by which the fluids are thus ačrated is called respiration.”—Ibid., i. 24. 3. Of Chem. & Art (of bread) : . To subject, at one stage of the process of manufacture, to the action of carbonic dioxide. [AERATED.] à-ér-à-têd, pa. par. & a. [AERATE.] aerated, bread, a. Bread formed by forcing carbonic dioxide, generally, called carbonic acid, into the dough in lieu of that developed by fer- Inentation. à'—ér-à-ting, pr. par. & a. [AERATE.] “. . . the inaction of the lungs as aérating organs.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. A mat., ii. 848. à’–ér–ā’—tion, s. [AERATE.] I. Gen. : . The act of subjecting to the action of atmospheric air or to any of its constituents. II. Specially: 1. The act or process of causing land to be per- meated to a certain extent by air, which is neces- sary for the proper, growth of plants. The thor- ough breaking up of tenacious land by steam giyes access to air and to moisture, the latter carrying with it much atmospheric air. 2. Physiol. (of blood): Oxygenation. [See AER- ATE.] & & any mechanical impediment to the aëration of the blood.” Troid a Bowman. Physiol. A mat., ii. 403. 3. Chem. & Art (of bread): The act or art of aêrating it. [AERATED.j tă-Ér'—é—al, a. [AERIAL.] *ā’–ér–é-mân-çë, a -ēr-e-mân-gy, s. [AERO- MANCY.] â—er'—i-al, fa-er'—e–a1, a. [Formed, in imitation of ethereal (q.v.), from Lat. aerius, more rarely gèreus=(1) pertaining to air, (2) rising high in air, (3) vain, fleeting; Fr. ačriem; Ital, aereo.] . . g * The spelling cuéreal is rare, and used chiefly in poetry. - I., Gem.: In any way pertaining to, or connected with, the air. II. Specially: .1. Consisting of air, or of a gaseous substance like it. Filled with air or anything similar. “Soft o'er the shrouds (tàrial whispers breathe, That seemed but zephyrs to the train beneath.” Pope: Rape of the Lock, canto ii., 57, 58. “. . . from the earth Up hither, like aërial vapors flew.’’ Milton P. L., bk. iii. “Twelve days, while Boreas vex'd th’ aerial space, My hospitable dome he deign'd to grace.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xix., 230-1. 2. Resembling air. “Before us, mountains stern and desolate; But in the majesty of distance now Set off, and to our ken appearing fair Of aspect, with a Brial softness clad, And beautified with morning's purple beams.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. ii. 3. Produced by the air. “The gifts of heav'n my following song pursues; 4érial honey and ambrosial dues.” Dryden: Virg., Geor. 4. Inhabiting or traversing the air. “Where those immortal shapes Of bright aerial spirits live inspher’d, In regions mild of calm and ser ne air.” Milton : Connus. “Aérial animals may be subdivided into birds and flies.”—Locke. “Or fetch the aërial eagle to the ground, Till drooping, sick’ning, dying, they began.” Pope: Essay on Ilſan, ep. iii., 222, 223. “. . . although, as we have seen, the young of other spiders do possess the power of performing aerial voy- ages.”—Darwin: Poyage round the World, ch. viii. iſ Aérial music; Music in the air. (Milton.) 5. Rising high in the air. “. . upon rock Aërial, or in green secluded vale.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iii. 6. Feeding on air. Aërial plants are those which absorb most of their food from the atmosphere. aerography III. Fig.: Ethereal, refined. “Some music is above me; most music is beneath me. I like Beethoven or Mozart, or else some of the aërial com- positions of the older Italians.”—Coleridge: Table Talk. * || Aërial acid : What was subsequently called. ºis acid, and now is termed carbonic dioxide. 7"e. Aérial images: Images caused by the convergences of refracted and reflected rays of light, when these appear to be suspended in the air. T Examples, the mirage and the images formed by a concave mirror. Aérial perspective: That higher artistic manage- ment of the perspective of a landscape which not. merely presents the various objects of the relative- size which, by the laws of perspective, they must. assume when viewed from the observer's stand- point, but also succeeds in imparting effects as if they were seen with their outline softened by the action of air. Claude, Lorraine was specially dis- tinguished for this high artistic attainment. “These results have a direct bearing upon what artists. call aerial perspective.”—Tyndall : Frag. of Science, x. 284. *ā-ār-i-ā1'-i-ty, 8. [Eng. ačrial; -ity.] Airiness, unsubstantiality. (De Qwimcey.) à-ér'-i-al-ly, adv. [AERIAL.] In an aerial man- D.QI". “Your hair is darker, and your eyes Touched with a somewhat darker hue, And less aérially blue.”—Tennyson: Margaret. A-er'—i-ans, s. * Church. Hist, : The followers of Aërius, a presbyter. who lived in the fourth century, and held semi-Arian. tenets respecting the Trinity. He, moreover, main- tained that there was no scriptural distinction be- tween bishops and presbyters, that Easter should not be celebrated, and that there should be no. rºyers for the dead. (Mosheim : Ch. Hist., Cent. *82r'-i-ca, s. [Lat. aeris, genit, of aes = copper, bronze, sometimes incorrectly rendered brass.] "A fish of the color of brass, a herring, a red herring.”— (Kersey.) à-ér'—i-dés, s. [Lat. aer; Gr. ačr = the air.] [AIRºd ANTs. A genus of plants belonging to the order Orchidaceae, or Orchids. It derives its name from the fact that the species appear to derive their principal nourishment from the air, as they can exist for weeks in their native clime, and send forth blossom after blossom while hung up in a room quite away from the vegetable soil. Their flowers are beautiful and, finely, fragrant. The A. odoratum. is sometimes kept in greenhouses, but rarely: flowers. *ā’–ér—ie, s. [EYRIE.] ā-ār-if-Ér-ois, as [Lat. agr = air; fero = to: bear.] Air-bearing, bringing air, conveying air. (Used chiefly in biology.) “The aëriferous tubes in insects are called tracheae.”— Owen : Invertebr. Animals, Lect. xvii. à-Ér-if-ic-ā'—tion, s. [Lat. ačr = air; facio = to: make.] 1. The act of combining air with another sub- stance, or the state of being so, combined. 2. The act or process of rendering any substance- gaseous, or the state of being so transformed. ă'—ér-i–fied, pa. par. & a. [AERIFY.] ā'-Éri-form, g. [In Fr. a6 riforme; Lat., aer- air, and forma=form.] ...Of the form of air; that is, gaseous, as opposed to liquid or solid. “The inorganic matters are aériform, liquid, or solid.” 13. –Todd & Bowman: Physiol. 4 nat., i. à-êr-i-fy, v. t. [Lat. Guér–air, and facio=to: make.] ſº 1. To combine (a substance) with air; to infuse air into. 2. To convert from the liquid or solid into the gaseous state. ă'-êr-ø-gyst, s. der. Bot. : One of the air-cells of an algal. ã–ér-ö-dy-măm'—ics, s. [Lat. aer; Gr. aer, and dy- mamis-force, power.] [DYNAMICs.] The science. which treats of the force exerted by air when in motion. . ā-èr-àgºnés—y, s... [Gr, ačr=air, and gnosis=(1) inquiry, (2) knowledge: gigmüskö=to perceive, to know..] . The science which investigates the subject of the air. ā-ér-ög-räph-y, s. [In Fr. dérographie, fr. Gr. (tćr- the air; grºphē = a description, fr. graphô=to ...; A description of the air as it is, without special inquiry into the causes which make it as we find it. These fall under AEROLOGY (q.v.). “4érography. A description of the air or atmosphere, its limits, properties, &c., amounting to much the same. as Qºrology, unless the latter be confined to the theory, and the former to the description.”—Puntologia, “Aérog. *aphy.” [Gr, ačr=air; kystis=a blad- fäte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, .pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wärk, whö, sān; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, Ge = €; ey = à. qu. = kw. aerolite ã'-Ér-öl-ite, få'-Ér-öl—ith, s. [In Ger, aerolit; Fr. aérolithe: ' Port aerolithe, aerolitho, fr. Gr, aer =the air; lithos=a stone..] A stone which falls from the air or sky. The name is somewhat inappropriate, now that it is known that the connection of these stones with the air is but slight, they simply travers- ing it as, under the operation of gravity, they fall from the regions beyond to the earth. They have also received the name of meteorites, from the fact that the fall of one or more ačrolites is generally preceded by the appearance of a meteoric fire-ball, which, after gleaming forth for a brief period, then explodes, irresistibly suggesting the inference that the aeroiites. which fall constitute its fragments. Hence aérolites and large mete- ors are classed under one cate- gory. Sometimes ſtérolite and me- teorite are made quite synony- mous terms; but it is better to draw a distinc- tion between the two, m a king meteorite the general, word and limiting ſtérolite to the stony varieties of the genus. * The aërolites in this limited sense, as a rule, fall to the ground in an incandescent state. They are gen- erally sub-angular, but with the angular points rounded off, and are coated, to the depth of about a marter of a line, with a black crust like varnish. When fractured they commonly display a series of small gray spherical bodies in a gritty substance, occasionally with yellow spots interspersed. When thus consisting of stony spherules they are some- times termed chondritic ačrolites, from Gr, chon- drites=of the shape or size of groats; chondros=a corn, grain, groat. Iron is found in large quantity in nearly eyery ačrolite, sometimes malleable, and sometimes in a state of oxide. It is always in con- nection with nickel. Other substances, found in more limited quantity in aérolites are silica, mag- nesia, sulphur, alumina, lime, manganese, chrome, cobalt, carbon, soda, and water. No new element has been found, but the combination of the old OI) CS is different from any occurring in this planet. Though the fact that stones could fall from the sky to the earth was doubted by the scientific almost till the close of the eighteenth century, the occurrence of such a phenomenon had been again and again popularly reported in various countries, and from a high period of antiquity. There is rea- son to believe that the object of worship in many a pagan shrine in ancient times was an aérolite; that this was the case with the idol worshiped in the great temple of Diana at Ephesus is all but im- plied in the town-clerk's words, “The image which fell down from Jupiter’’ (Acts xix. 35). [AERO-SID- ERITE, METEORITE, SIDERITE.] ā-Ér-öl—it'-ic, a. [AEROLITE.]. Pertaining to an aërolite; of the character of an aérolite. “May 22d.-Aérolitic meteor observed at L'Orient and Vannes.”—Brit. Assoc. Report (1869). ā-ār-Š1-ög'-i-cal, (t. . [Gr. (1) ačr=air; (2) logos =a discourse..] Pertaining to ačrology. à-Ér-ö1'-6-gist, s. [Gr, ačr=air, and logistès= a calculator, a reasoner; or fr. Eng. (térology, and affix -ist.] One who is a proficient in, or at least studies, ačrology. ā-ār-à1'-à-gy, s. . [In Fr. aćrologie, fr. Gr. ačr= the air; logos=a discourse.] The science which treats of the air. When little could be done in this department of knowledge except to record facts, aérography (a writing about or a description of the air) was an appropriate enough name; but now that the causes of many ačrial phenomena are be- coming known, (térology (a discourse or reasoning about the air) is the more suitable term. ā-ār-0-mân-gy, *ā-ār-à-mân-tie, or *ā-ār- š-mân-çë, s. [In Fr. a6 romancie; Ital. aerimamza : Lat, ačromantia, from Gr. (teromatºvteiſt: ačr=air, and manteia = divination.] Divination by means of the air and its movements. “He tempteth ofte, and eek also Aeremance in juggement.” Gower MIS., Soc. Antiq., 184, f. (Halliwell.) ‘ſ Aéromantie is the spelling by Cotgrave, ačro- mamcy that by Kersey and in modern books of reference. *ā-ér–Šm -ël—i, s. Honey dew. (Kersey.) fă–ér-àm'—ét-êr, s. [In Fr. aéromētre, fr. Gr. Guér-the air; metrom-a measure.] In a general sense: Any instrument for Aérolite. [Lat. Cuér-air; mel=honey.] “measur- N. Aº ~ *., 91 Specially: An instrument invented by Dr. Marcus Hunt, jº) for ascertaining the density or rarity of air, and (2) for making the necessary cor- Tections in ascertaining the mean bulk of gases. It is now little employed. fā-êr-ó-mêt'-ric, a. . [AEROMETER.] Pertaining to the measurement of the air; to ačrometry or the aërometer. fā-ār-àm-êt-ry, s. [In Fr. aerométrie, fr. Gr. ačr= the air; metron=a measure.] The science which “measures the air,” that is, ascertains the mean bulk of the several gases of which it consists, With their pressure, elasticity, rarefaction, and con: densation. Pneumatics is the term more commonly employed. “Wolfius, in lieu of pneumatic, uses the word agrom- etry, q. d., the art of measuring the air.”—Ency. Lond., art. “Pneumatics.” à'-ºr-àn-ăut, s. [In Fr. ačronaute, fr. Lat. aer– the air, and manita-a sailor; or fr. Gr. aćr=the air; nawtés=Sailor; maws=a ship.] I, Lit. ... A human being or one of the inferior ani- mals navigating the air. e Used: (a) Of a human being who ascends in a balloon. “When the aëromawt wishes to descend he opens the valve at the top of the balloon by means of the cord, which allows gas to escape, and the balloon sinks.”—At- kinsom: Ganot's Physics, $170, (b) Of a spider which sails aloft by means of a thread which itself has spun. “The little ačromaut, as soon as it arrived on board, was very active, running about, sometimes letting itself fall, and then re-ascending the same thread.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. viii. II. Fig.: One who commits himself to a political Or other scheme, beautiful for a spectator to con- template, but very perilous to the operator. “Let us be satisfied to admire rather than attempt to follow the aëronauts of France.”—Burke. à-ér-ön-ău'—tic, a. [(1) Lat. ačr=the air, or Gr. (tôr-the air; (2) Lat. mawticus, Gr. mawtikos= nautical, pertaining to ships.] Pertaining to the navigation of the air by means of balloons, or in Some similar way. à-ér-ön-ău -tics, s. . [In. Fr. aéronautique.] The science or art which treats of ačrial naviga. tion. With the example before him of birds created anatomically on a type in some essential particu- lars similar to his own, man was certain to covet and seek to attain the art of flying. Two fatal difficulties, however, appear forever to forbid his Success in this endeavor unless he be assisted by machinery to supplement his physical defects. Compared with a bird he is proportionately heavier, and that to no slight extent; whilst, in addition to this, the conformation of his breast does not afford a proper point of attachment for the powerful muscles required to use his arms after the manner of wings. Any one carving the breast of a fowl can at once perceive the superiority in this respect, even of that type of bird, to the strongest man. To affix wings to the arms is useless, if the latter are too weak to turn them to account. From the half, if not wholly, mythic Icarus to the “Fly- ing-man,” who ascended from London in 1874, fail- ure of the most disastrous kind has attended every effort to “fly,” as contradistinguished from taking one's passage in an aérial vessel. The art of Aéronautics is, in the present state of science, virtually that of making and navigating balloons. [BALLOON.] fā-êr-ön-āu'—tísm, s. ſº (teromawt; -ism.] The same as AERONAUTICS (q.v.). ā-êr-ö-phô'-bi-a, s. [Gr, ačr= air, and phobos= fear; fr. phebomai-to fear.] Med...: Dread of the wind or fresh air, a morbid symptom in hydrophobia and some other diseases. ã'–ér-ö-phyte, s. [Gr, ačr=air, and phyton = a lant, a tree; phyö= to bring forth. A plant which ives exclusively in the air, a parasitical plant. Many Orchids are aérophytes, and a fungus akin to Mucor is called Aérophyton. ă'-ér-ó-scép-sy, s. [Gr, ačr=air, and skepsis = perception by the senses; skeptomai-to fly. ] The faculty of perception by means of the air, supposed by some entomologists to exist in the antennae of insects. (Kirby.) à–ér-ös-cóp'—y, s. [Gr. ačr=air, and skoped = to behold.] The observation of the air. g sº sº air-te. s. [ Gr, ačr = air, sideros= II’OI). Min. : Meteoric iron, an alloy of iron and nickel, with small amounts of other metals. [METEORITE, AEROLITE, SIDERITE, I (Prof. Maskelyne: G wide to Brit. Mws. Minerals.) aerº-Šs-ite, s. [In Ger., aerosit; fr. Lat. Gerosus= abounding in copper or bronze; ags=copper; Eng: suff. -ite=of the nature of..] A mineral, an ore of silver; the same as PYRARGYRITE (q.v.). .* aeschynite ă'-Ér-ös-tät, s. [In Fr. aérostat; fr. Lat. ačr = the air, and status=a standing; sto-to stand: or fr. Gr. aér–air, and statos=standing; histémi-to cause: to stand.]. A name sometimes given to a balloon, from the fact that it not unfrequently “stands” or is poised almost without motion in the air. “Hence the machines which are employed for this pur- pose [aerial navigation] are called ačrostats or aerostatic machines, and from their globular shape air-balloons.”— Encycl. Londin., “Pneumatics.” â–ér-ös-tät'-ic, or ā-ār-às—tät'—i-cal, a. [In Fr. ačrostatique.] “Standing ” in the air. Pertain- ing to ačrostatics. “. . aerostats or aerostatic machines.”—Encycl. Lond., “Pneumatics.” ā-Ér-às-tät'-ics, s. [In Ger. aerostatik.] The science which treats of air at rest, that is, with its particles in equilibrium. Opposed to pneumatics, the science which treats of air in motion. ã–ér-üs—tā'—tion, s. [In Fr. aérostation.] 1. The science or art of suspending, and if possible controlling balloons in the air; ačronautics. 2. The science of weighing air; the static portion of pneumatics. “The general principles of ačrostation are so little dif- ferent from those of hydrostatics, that it may seem. superfluous to write more upon them.”—Adams. ae-rid—gin'-è-ois, ae—rd'-gi-nois, a... [Lat. Ceru- gimosus...] Pervaded by copper rust; with the rust, of copper upon it. Nat. Science: Verdigris-green; having a color like. that of cerugo, or verdigris, without its being im– plied, however, that any oxide of copper is actually preSent. tae-ria'-gö, S. [Lat. from aes=copper ore, copper.] 1. Rust of copper, whether natural or artificial. “Copper is turned into green, named Cerugo, Ces viride.” —Bacon: Physiol. Rem. 2. Mildew. “Aºrugo. The rust or canker of metal, verdigris; also mildew, or the blasting of corn.”—Kersey. ã'-èrºy, q. [Lat, aereus, a rarer way of spelling- §§ [AIRY..] A poetic way of Spelling AIRY Q. V.). “Throws his steep flight in many an ačry wheel, Nor stay’d till on Niphates’ top he lights.” Milton; P. L., bk. iii. “Whence that ačry bloom of thine.” Tennyson: Adeline. Aéry-light: The same as airy-light, that is, light. aS all’. £ i. * his sleep Was aéry-light, from pure digestion bred, And temperate vapors bland.” Milton: Par. Lost, bk. v. ă'—ér—y, s. [EYRIE.] aes, s. [Lat.] 1, Copper ore, copper; 2, bronze; 3, 4, &c. aes cyprium. Copper. (Pliny.) (Dama.) as grave. [Lat. Oes=copper; grave, n. Of gravis =heavy.] & - 3 & º Numism.: (1) The old heavy coins as distinguished from ases reduced in value. (2) Any quantity of copper coins reckoned not by tale, but by the old standard of 1 lb. weight to the as. (3) Uncoined metal. (Smith : Dict. of Greek and Rom. Antiq.) “Next, in this ancient division, come the Roman coins, beginning with the copper—the aes grave—at first a pound in weight, which came into use about the third century. B. C.”—Nichols: Handbook of Brit. Mus. (1870), pp. 387-8. aes ustum. Calcined copper. (Kersey.) aes viride (lit. =green copper). The rust of copper. [AERUGO (2).] *aes'—chna, s. [AESHNA.] AEs-cii-lâp'—ian, a. Pertaining to Æsculapius; medicinal. AEs-cii-lā'-pî-iās, s. physician. aes—chy-nān"—this, s. [Gr, aischwmé=shame; cunthos=blossom, flower.] A genus of plants be-, longing to the order Gesneraceae, or Gesner-Worts. They are very beautiful, having for the most part pendent stems, opposite fleshy leaves, and Scarlet or orange-scarlet flowers. . They grow in Java; Bor- neo, and other parts of tropical Asia, whenge several have been introduced into hot-houses in other countries. aes'—chy-nite, s. [In Ger. Cechymit; Gr.gisch wºné =shame, dishonor. So named by Berzelius, who felt put to the blush because chemical Science was not sufficiently far advanced at the time of the dis- govery of the mineral to separate two of its dissim- ilar constituents, titanic acid and zirconia.] mineral classed by l)ana with his “Oxygen Com- pounds—Tantalates Columbates.”. Its crystals are orthorhombic, generally long serrated prisms, H5-6, C 49–523. Lustre, resinous; color, nearly black when opaque, brownish yellow when translucent. The god of medicine; a ing the air ‘’ bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, —tian = Shan. -tion, -Sion = shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del- Shiin; -SiOus = –tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, aeschynomene • Composition: columbic and titanic acids, together about 51°45, protoxide of cerium 18°49, thoria 15°75, with other ingredients in smaller quantity. From IMinsk and Orenburg, in Russia. aes—chyn-Öm'—én-é, s. [In Fr. eschymomene; Lat. -opschymomene; Gr. aischymomené-ashamed, pa. par. of aischymomai-to be ashamed; aischynó-to dis- figure, to dishonor. A plant with sensitive leaves mentioned by Pliny. Apparently it was a Mimosa.] Bastard Sensitive Plant, a genus of papilion aceous plants of the sub-section Hedysarea. They have jointed pods, and generally yellow racemes of flowers. "Upward of thirty species are known. AE. sensitivus, from the West Indies, has sensitive leaves; so also is AE. viscidula from Florida. The stem of Æ, aspera, which resembles pith for light- iness, and is called in India solah, is cut into thin strips for the manufacture of solah hats, most use- ful articles for the protection of the head against the fierce tropical sun-heat. It is also made into Swim- ming jackets, floats for nets, bottles, models of temples, and other objects of sale. aes—chy-nóm'—én-oiás, a. [AESCHYNOMENE.] Bot. : Pertaining to the genus AEschynomene, or to any plant which, when one comes near it with ...his hand, shrinks in its leaves. (Bailey: Dict., &c.) aes-cu-lā'-gé-ae, S. pl. [Lat. Oesculus (q.v.).] An old order of exogenous plants, now merged in the Order Sapindaceae. They have a five iobed calyx, five or four petals, seven or eight stamina, a three- angled three-celled ovary, and a coriaceous fruit, with one, two, or three valves, and as many cells and seeds. The leaves are opposite, without stipules, and are quinate or Septenate. 'The flowers are in ºterminal racemes. The order or sub-order contains the Horse-chestnuts. [AESCULUS.] as-cu-lé'—tín, s. [Lat. Oescwlºws (q.v.).] Chemistry: A bitter crystalline substance <(C9H6O4). aes'—cil-lin, s. [Lat. Cesculus (q.v.).] Chem.; C21H24O13. A crystalline fluorescent bit- ‘ter substance obtained from the bark of the genera AEsculus and Pavia. Its ñºs solution is very fluorescent. The reflected light is of a sky-blue color. By boiling with hydrochloric acid it is re- solved into glucose and aesculetin. aes'—cu-liis, s. {#. Sp. & Port. Oescwlo, fr. Lat. ºsculus, used by Virgil and Horace for a kind of oak, believed by Lindley and others to be a variety --Of Öuercus sessiflora. (Lindley: Veg. Kingd., 1847, p. 291.) In classical Latin it appears never to mean the horse-chestnut tree.] Bot. : Horse-chestnuts. A genus of plants of the order Sapindaceae, Soap-worts, and the section Hip- pocastaneae. . There are several native species, in North America, where they are commonly called ºbwckeyes (q.v.). aesh'-na, *a*S'-chnà, s. A genus of insects be- longing to the order Neuroptera and the family Libellulidae, or Dragon-flies. They have the abdo- men narrow and elongated, in place of ensiform, as in the Libellulae #º The middle lobe of the Habium is large, and the two hinder simple eyes are on a transverse keel-formed elevation. The larvae are proportionately larger than those of Libellulae; their eyes are larger, their mask is flat and pro- vided with two strong talons. “AEschma.-The ash-colored water-fly.—Kersey. aes'-meg-y, s. [ESNECY.] AE'-såp, s... [Lat. AEsopus.]. A Greek writer, the reputed author of the most celebrated collection of ancient fables... It is said that he lived in the latter part of the sixth century B. C.; that he was a slave at Samos, but was afterward set free. In reality, however, his date, the events of his life, nay, even £he fact of his having existed at all, are all some- -what uncertain. AESOp prawns, s. [From the above-mentioned Alsop, whom some writers in the Middle Ages rep- resented as ugly and deformed, which the ancients had not done. The AEsop prawns are supposed to resemble the fabulist in having their abdomen praised toward the center and then bent downward.] Prawns belonging to the genus Hippolyte, or its im- mediate allies. aes—thé'-si-a, s. [From Gr. aisthésis-perception by the senses, feeling; aisthanomai- fut. aisthésomai = to perceive..] Perception, feeling, sensibility. The opposite of ANAESTHESIA (q.v.). aes—théte', s. One who affects a peculiar liking "for aesthetics. ... aes—théºtic, as-thé-tic—al (sometimes -thét"— ic-), a. [In Fr. esthétique; Gr., aisthétikos=of or from perception, perceptive, aisthésis = perception.] {AISTHESIA.] Pertaining to the science of aesthetics. “Many years ago I met with a quotation from a German -author to the effect that the cesthetic sentiments originate from the play-impulse.”—Herbert Spencer: Principles of .#’hysiology, vol. ii., § 533. -- 92 aes—thé'-tics, és—thé-tics (sometimes -thèt"— ics), s... [In Fr. esthétique, from Gr. aisthétikos= perceptive..] [AESTHESIA.] The science which treats of the beautiful and the pleasing. The term was first used in its present sense by Wolf about the middle of the last century. According to Herbert Spencer, one characteristic of aesthetic feelings is that they are separated from the functions requisite to sustain life, and it is not till the latter have had proper scope accorded them that the former gain power enough to act. The delight in painting, music, sculpture, poetry, and the drama, nay, even in fine mathematical demonstrations, is aesthetic ; and the science investigates the origin of such sen- sations, the laws which characterize them, and the excellent effects which, when they are not abused, result from their operation to humanity. . (Herbert Spencer: Principles of Physiology, 2d ed., vol. ii., §533–40.) astho-physiology, s. [Gr: (1) aisthésis= per- ception by the senses, especially by feeling, from aisthanomai-to perceive ; and (2) physiology (q.v.). For brevity preferred to .#####}} . A word introduced by Mr. Herbert Spencer to desig- nate that section of psychology which treats of Sensation and emotion in their relations to nervous (Herbert Spencer: action. Psychology, vol. i., ch. vi.) aes'—tim-a-tór-y, a. [ESTIMATORY..] faes—ti'—val, és—ti'—val, *a*s-ti-vall, aes-tive, Cl. Fº opstivus, from oestas= the hot season, sum- mer.] Pertaining to summer; continuing through the summer. . . The spelling gestivall is in Holland (1609), and in Rider's Dict, (1640); that of oestival is in Kersey's Dict, (1721); estival in Johnson’s Dict. (1773). “Auriga mounted in a chariot bright (Else styl’d Heniochus) receives his light In th’ obstive circle.”—Sylvester: Du Bartas. The oestival solstice: The summer solstice. “In which at the time of the oestivall solstice, when the sumne stretcheth to the uttermost of his summer race.” —Holland: Ammian w8 Marcellimus (1609). aes'—tív-āte (also #), Šs-tiv-āte, v. i. [Lat. cestivo–to spend the sº tº 1. Gem. : To remain in a place during the sum- IIle I’. 2. Spec. : To fall into a summer sleep. “The mollusca of temperate and cold climates are sub- ject to hibernation; during which state the heart ceases to beat, respiration is nearly suspended, and injuries are not healed. They also cestivate, or fall into a summer sleep, when the heat is great, but in this, the animal functions are much less interrupted.”—Müller's Quoted in Woodward’s “Mollusca,” p. 49 aes—tiv-à'—tion (also #3), šs-tiv-a'-tion, s. [Lat. Gestivatum, supine of oestivo- to spend the summer.] [AESTIVATE.] The state of spending the summer at any place or in any particular way. } In the same book (Introd. to Bot., 3d ed.) Lindley has the spelling opstivation at p. 152, and estivation at p. 483. Used: tí. Of man. “A grotto is a place of shade or estivation.”—Bacon. #2. Zool. : Of mollusks. The state of being in a summer sleep. (Woodward: Mollusca, p. 475.) [See AESTIVATE (2).] 3. Bot. : A term used of the manner in which the arts of a blossom are arranged within a flower- ud before the opening of the latter. It is more rarely called prefloration. The word oestivation is separately applied to, the calyx, the corolla, the stamens, and the pistil, but not to the flower in general. There are many kinds of aestivation. It may be imbricated, or valvate, or convolute, or cir- cinate, or twisted, or of various other types. aes'-tū-ar-y, s. [ESTUARY.] *aes'—tiire, s. [Lat. Gestwo- to boil, to rage; oºstus =heat, fire; the ebb and flow of the sea; a surge, a wave..] Rage. (Chapman : Homer.) *ae-tä'-té prä-bän'-dà, s. & par. [Lat.-with the age to be proved; for the proving of the age. Old Law: A writ which lay for the heir of the tenant holding of the king in chief to prove himself to be of full age. (Kersey.) ae—thal-i-iim, s. [Gr, aithaloeis-sooty: from aithalos=soot..] A genus of Fungals, one species of which, AE. flavum, does much damage to stoves and garden frames, the high temperature enabling it greatly to flourish and increase. When it ap- pears on a stove plant, the latter should be dusted with quicklime or salt. (Treasury of Bot., &c.) Åth'-el, Éth-el, Áth'-el, s. [A. S.] In compos. = noble. Used in proper names, as Ethelbert, Eth- elred, Ethelwulf, Ethelbald, Athelstane. Åth’-el-ing, Éth -el-ing, Āth’-el-ing, s. [A. S.] Properly a nobleman, but generally confined to princes of the blood; it is less frequently used of a ruler or governor. It occurs as a proper name, as Edgar Atheling. [ADELING..] aetites ăth-é-ög'-am-oiás, a. [Gr, aethés-unwonted, unusual; a, priv., and Čthos= . uSage, ...] Bot. : A term designed to describe the method o fructification in the lower forms of plants more accurately than the Linnaean word Cryptogamic. The latter term implied that these are “Of con- cealed nuptials;” the former word expresses the idea that these nuptials are not secret, but only of an unusual character. a'—thér, s. [ETHER..] ae-ther'-É—al, a. [ETHEREAL.] a'-thi-öps mineral, s. [ETHIOP's MINERAL, SEPIA.] aeth –ra, s. [From Lat. aethra, Gr. aithré, later aithra =clear sky, fair weather.] t ºrſ. Class. Myth. : A female attending on Helen at L'I'Oy. -- 2. Astron.: An asteroid, the 132d found. It was discovered by Watson, on the 13th of June, 1873. aeth'-ri-Ös-cópe, s. [Lat. aethra; Gr. aithria= fine weather, the open sky; and skoped= to behold.] An instrument devised by Sir John Leslie, and de signed to determine the radiation against the sky. It consisted of two glass bulbs united by a vertical glass tube so narrow that a little column of liquid was supported in the tube by its own adhesion. The lower bulb was protected by a metallic envelope, and gave the temperature of the air, whilst the up- per one was blackened, and was surrounded by a metallic cap, designed to protect the bulb from terrestrial radiation. “The sensibility of the in- strument,” says its inventor, “is very striking, for the liquor incessantly falls and rises in the stem with every passing cloud.” ae-thii'-ša, s. [In Fr. Cethuse; Gr. aithô= to light up, to kindle, to burn. The name is given from its acridness.] Lesser Hemlock, or Fool’s Parsley. A genus of plants belonging to the or der Apiaceae, or Umbellifers. The AE. cymapi- ºtny, Or É'...}}. Parsley, occurs in Europe, and is very common in North America, taking the form of an evergreen shrub. In aspect it partly resem- bles garden pars- ley, but is dark- er in color, and is not curled. Its odor is unpleas- ant. It is so acrid as to be poison- Ous. As an anti- dote, Dr. Christison recommends that milk be swal lowed, that mustard-poultices be applied to the legs, and that the body be sponged with vinegar. AEthusa Cynapium (Fool's arsley). “The murmuring pines and the hemlocks.” Longfellow. It is probable that from this class of plants the hemlock that filled the fatal cup of Socrates was gathered. AE'-ti-ans, s. [From Lat. Ætius.] Chºwrch. Hist. : The followers of AEtius, an Arian who flourished about A. D. 336, and held that both Christ and the Holy Spirit are completely different from the Father. āt-i-Ö1'-3-gy, Śt-i-Öl'—5–gy, ai-ti-Š1–ö-gy, s. [Gr. aitologia Ea giving a cause of anything ; aitol- oged=to inquire into and account for: attia = a cause, from aited= to ask; logos=a discourse.] 1. An account of the causes of anything. “The whole of this is a mere conjectural detiology of the ancient appellation of the senators.”—Lewis: Early Roman Hist., ch. xii. 2. Spec. : The science which investigates the causes of the several diseases to which man or the inferior animals are liable. *ā-ê-ti'—tés, s. [Lat. aštites; Gr. aetités: from aetos=an eagle.] The eagle-stone: a nodule or peb- ble which received its name from the belief that the eagle transported it to its nest, knowing that it would not be possible without it to hatch its eggs. Nor were these its only reputed virtues. Thieves could be discovered by its aid; and, according to Lupton, it was a charm to be used by women in childbirth, and produced love between man and wife. Kersey's definition of it is, “The eagle-stone, a certain stone which, when shaken, rattles as if there were another within it.” Any pebble or nodule answering to this description would have been called ačtites, or eagle-stone; but, apparently, the term was most frequently used of those modules found abundantly in the carboniferous strata, făte, fät, făre, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, , Romantnt of the Rose. *alder—first, *alther—first, a. First of all. “And alder first he bad them all a bone.” Chaucer: C. T., 9,492. “And ye that wilne to wynne worchipe in armes, Folweth me, for in feith the ferst wil i bene, That smertlischal smite the alderfirst dint.” William of Palerme (ed. Skeat), 3,345. *alder-formest, a. Foremost, or first of all. “William and themperour went alder-formest, and Agºgºus next after.”— William of Palerne, Skeat's ed., y & ºlder-highest, *althir-hegeste, a. Highest Of all. “This is the name that is abowne all names, name alth ir-hegeste.”—Richard Rolle de Hampole. *alder—last, *alder-last, a. Last of all. “And alderlast of everychon Was peynted Povert al aloon.” Romaunt of the Rose. *alder—least, *aldyr-leste, cu. Least of all. “Love, agens the which ho so offendith Hymself moost altherlest availleth.” Chaucer: Troilus and Creseide, bk. i. *alder-lievest, a. [From A. S. luf, lufe=|love. In Ger. Culler-liebit...] Loved most of all. “The mutual conference that my mind hath had, In courtly company, or at my beads, With you, mine alder-lievest sovereign; Makes me the bolder.”—Shakesp.: 1 Hen. VI., i. 1. , alder-lowest, a. Lowest of all. (Reliq. Antiq., l, . *alder—most, *alther—moost, a. Most of all. “But althermoost in honour, out of doute, They had a relik hight Palladion, That was her trust abovyn everychon.” Chaucer: Troilus and Creseide, bk. i. *alder-next, *alther-nexte, a. Next of all. “The Saterday althern eacte sewyng.” Lydgate: Minor Poems. (Wright.) *alder-Sconist, at. [A. S. scome=beautiful. Same as ALDER-FAIREST (q.v.).] (Chawcer.) *alder-wisest, *alther-wysest, a. “And trewly hit syt wele to be so ; For altherwysest han therwith be plesyd.” Chaucer: Troilus and Creseide, bk. i. * There are many other similar compounds. Al-dér—a,'—min, s. [Corrupted Arabic..] A fixed star of the third magnitude, called also Alpha Cephei. ăl'-dér-man, s. [From A. S. ealdor=an elder; mam= man ; Ger. aldermann; Fris, alderman; gen- erally supposed to be from alder (older), and mam, alder being the comparative of the Anglo-Saxon ald or eald. If so, then an alderman is so called from being, as a rule, well-up in years. But Dean Hoare thinks the term means not gulderman, but of all the men chief, the alderman being the first in the cºncil after the mayor.] [ALDER, in compo- sition. *1. In Saaron times: A person possessed of an office of rank or dignity. The title Alderman of all England was applied to the first subject of the realm, and corresponded to the present English Grand Justiciary. Other aldermen, or ealdermen, were governors of counties; hence the English word earl. (See Hoare, pp. 94, 95.) Even kings were so called, as, for instance, Cerdic, founder of the king- dom of Wessex, and his son Cymric. The office reached its highest dignity about the times of Ethel- red and his son Edward. “But, if the trumpeº's clangor you abhor, And dare not be an alderman of war, Take to a shop, behind a counter lie.” Dryden: Juv. Sat. 2. An apocalyptic “elder.” (Rev. iv. 4, 10.) “For aungells and arcangells all thei whit vseth, And alle aldermen that bene ante tronum.” Piers Ploughman, 690-1. 3. One of the body of municipal officers ranking in dignity next to the mayor, and having a legisla- tive function. â1'-dér-man-gy, s. [ALDERMAN.] The function or office of an alderman. àl-dér-mân'-ic, a. [ALDERMAN.] Pertaining or fººting to an alderman, or to the office which he S, * *āl-dér-mân-i-ty, s. [ALDERMAN.] 1. The behavior and manners of an alderman. “I would fain see an alderman in chimia! that is, a ale-bench 2. The society or fraternity of aldermen. “Thou (London) canst draw forth thy forces, and fight The battles of thy aldermanity; Without the hazard of a drop of blood, More than the surfeits in thee that day stood.” Ben Jomson: Underwood's; Speech atcc. to Horaceſ? âl-dér-man-like, a. [Eng. alderman; -like.] Like an alderman. â1'-dér-man-ly, a. [Eng. alderman: -ly-like. } Like an alderman ; pertaining to an alderman; as might be expected from an alderman. “Wanting an aldermanly discretion.”—Swift: Miscell. âl-dèr-man-ry, s. [ALDERMAN.] The dignity or office of an alderman. âl-dér-man-ship, s. [Eng. alderman; The same as ALDERMANRY. âl-dérn, cu. Made of alder. “Then aldern boats first plowed the ocean.” May: Virgil. Al’-dér-neys, s. pl. , [From Alderney, one of the Channel Islands.] A designation given to a breed of cattle, better termed Jerseys (q.v.). *āld-fa'-dér, s. A father-in-law. [ELDFATHER...], “Sir Alexander the athill thine culdfader bane The thare but graunt me to geve.” t A leacantler, ed. Stevenson, 5,376–7. Al-dine, a. [From Aldus Manutius, a celebrated: printer, who lived in Venice in the sixteenth century.] 1. Aldine Editions: Editions, chiefly of the classics, which em- anated from the printing-press of Aldus Manutius, mentioned above. 2. More recently the word has been used for an edition of the English poets, designed to be of special excellence. I * ã1'-dòl, s. [Eng. ald (ehyde) Imprimatur (alcoh)ol.] . of Aldus. Chem. : CAH3O2=CH3. CH(OH). CH2.CHO. A sub- stance intermediate in its chemical characters between aldehyde and alcohol. It is a colorless, syrupy liquid; at 135° it is converted into water and crotonic aldehyde. It is obtained by the action of hydrochloric acid at a low temperature on a mixture of aldehyde and water. *Á1'-dri-an, “à1-dry-an, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A star in the neck of the Lion (the constellation Leo). “Phebus hath left the angel merydyonal, And yit ascendyng was a best roial, The gentil Lyoun, with his Aldryan.” Chaucer: C. T., 10,577-9. Ål-drö-yān'-dine, a... [Named after Aldro- vandi..]_ Pertaining to Ulysses Aldrovandi, a cele- brated Italian naturalist (1527–1605). Aldrovandine Owl. A name given by Macgillivray to the Scops-eared Owl (Scops Aldrovandi). [SCOPs.] *ā1'-dir—fa-dûr, s. father.] An ancestor. “. that wolde bone haue, Thin aldwrfadur Alexandre.” Stevenson: Aleaxtnder, Appendix, 1,049-50. àle, S. [A. S. aloth, alath, ealoth, ealath, eoloth, ealo, ealw, eala, eal; , Dan., ale; Sw. Öl; Dut... eel; Ger. ael; Fr. ale, adopted from the Eng.: Gael. lectºn, lïorºn, Ol, Óll, v. = to drink, s. =drink, po- tations, drunkenness.] 1. An intoxicating liquor, made by infusing malt, in hot water, then fermenting the liquid so formed, and adding a bitter, usually hops. It differs from orter in having a less proportion of roasted malt. t was the favorite drink of the old Germans, the Anglo-Saxons, the Danes, &c. The old Welsh and Scots had two kinds of it, spiced and common ale, #. ſº being legally fixed at twice the value of € latter. “His breed, his ale, was alway after oon.” Chaucer: C. T., 343. Medicated Ale is that in which medicinal herbs have been infused or added during the fermen- tation. *2. A merry meeting in a rural district. So called because the consumption of ale was a prominent feature in such gatherings. “That ale is festival, appears from its sense in com- position; as, among others, in the words Leet—ale, Lamb- ale, Whitson-ale, Clerk-ale, and Church-ale.”—Warton: Hist. Eng. Poetry, iii. 128, note. -ship.] … [A. S. aldefoeder=a grand- “On ember-eves, and holy ales.” Shakesp.: Pericles, i., Introd. [Eng. ale, and bench A. S. ealo- ale-bench, s. tº º e A bench either inside or outside of a public benc.] house. Whan that we comen ageyn from Canturbery.” treatise of aldermanity, truly written.”—Ben Jomson: “. . . as he talketh now with you, so will he talk Chaucer: C. T., 801. Staple of News, iii. when he is on the ale-bench.”—Bunyan: P. P., pt. i. boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, , -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. ale-berry ale-berry, s. A beverage made by boiling alo with Spice, Sugar, and Sops of bread; caudle, warm broth. “Their ale-berries, cawdles, possets, each one, Syllibubs made at the milking pale, But what are composed of a pot of good ale.” JBeaumont & Fletche?”. ale-brewer, s. A brewer of ale. “The summer-made malt brews ill, and is disliked by most of our ale-brewers.”—Mortimer: Husbandry. *ale-conner, *ale-kenner, *ale-founder, *ale- taster, S. [Ale-commer or kenner means one who knows what good ale is...] An inspector of the measures in which ale was sold and of the quality of the ale. “Headboroughs, tithing-men, ale-commers, and sides- men are appointed, in the oaths incident to their offices, to be likewise charged to present the offenses [of drunk- enness].”—Act of Parl. 21 Jac. I., ch. 7. *ale-cost, s. [Ale, and cost occurring in the Eng. word costmary; Lat., costum ; Gr. kostos = an Ori; ental aromatic plant, Costus speciosus.] An old English name of the common costmary, Pyreth? wrm. tarvacetum, formerly called Balsamita vulgaris, a composite plant. The appellation was given be- cause the plant was put into ale. *ale-draper, s. A common designation for an ale-house keeper in the sixteenth century. “Well, I get me a wife; with her a little money; when we are married, seek a house we must; no other occupa- tion have I but to be an ale-draper.”—H. Chettle, Kind- hart's Dreames (ed. Rimbault), p. 37. *ale-drapery, s. The selling of ale. “Two milch maydens that had set up a shoppe of ale- drapery.”—H. Chettle. Kind-hart's Dreames (ed. Rim- bault), p. 20. ale-fed, a. Fed with ale. “The growth of his ale-fed corps.”—Stafford; Niobe, ii. 62. ale-gallon, s. A gallon measure of, ale... In the TJnited States and Canada, an ale-gallon is to an imperial one as 1.01695 to 1. ale-gill, 8. [Eng: ale; gill=ground-ivy.] A liquor prepared by , infusing the dried leaves of ground-ivy in malt-liquor. It was reputed abster- sive and vulnerary, and was used in disorders of the breast and in obstructions of the viscera. ale-house,s. [Eng. ale; and house; A.S. ealo, and hºws.]. A house in which malt liquor ſale, beer, or porter) is sold, but no Spirituous liquors; a beerhouse. “They filled all the ale-houses of Westminster and the Strand.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. *ale-knight, s. A “knight” of the ale-house; one who frequents an ale-house, and is its champion and defender. “The old ale-knights of England were well depainted, by Hanville, in the ale-house colors of that time.”— Camden. ale-shot, s. A shot or reckoning to be settled for ale purchased or consumed. *ale-stake, s. A stake set as a sign before an ale- house. / “As gret as it were for an ale-stake.” Chaucer: The Prologue, 669. ale-vat, s. [Eng; ale, and vat, A: S. ealo, and foet.] A vat in which ale is fermented. *ale-washed, a. Steeped or soaked in ale. “. . . ale-washed wits.”—Shakesp.: 1 Henry V., iii. 6. ale-wife, s. A woman who keeps an ale-house. “Ask Marian Hacket, the fat (tle-wiſe of Wincot, if she know me not.”—Shakesp.: Taming of the Shrew; Induc- tion, ii. a—1éak', a. [Eng. a =on; leak.] Leaking. a-lèan'-iñg, pr. par, or adj. [Eng. a = on ; lean- 77,0. Poet. : Leaning. “Weak Truth aleaning on her crutch.” T'ennyson • To , 3. ă1'-à-a-tór-y, a. [Lat. aleatorius=pertaining to a gamester; aleator=a gamester; alea = a die or cube..] Pertaining to what is uncertain, and as if dependent on the throw of a die. Aleatory contract : A contract or an agreement of which the effects, whether they involve gain or loss, depend upon an uncertain event. (Civil Law.) a—1éc'—tó, S. [From Alecto, one of the Furies.] 1. The Alecto of Leach, a genus of Star-fishes now more generally called by Lamarck's name o Comatula (q.v.). 2. A genus of Polyzoa. Example, A. dichotoma. *a-lèc'—tor, s. [Gr, alektör=a cock: a, priv., and lektron=bed ; or elektör=the beaming sun.], Mer- rem's name for some large gallinaceous birds like the large wild turkeys, found in America. In Grif- fith's Cuvier they are divided into Hoccos (Crax), the Pauxi (Ourax), the Guans, Yacous (Penelope,) the Parraquas (Ortalida), and the Hoazin (Opis- thocomus). 130 a-lèc-tór'—ſ-a (1), s. [Lat. alectorius=pertain- ing to a cock..] [ALECTOR.] A stone called also Alectorius lapis, Alectorolithos, and Cock-stone, said by the ancients to be found in the gizzards of old cocks. They attributed to it many fabulous virtues. a-lèc—tor-i-a, (2), s. [Gr. alektör and alektros= unwedded; a, priv., and lektron=bed ; meaning that nothing has been made out regarding the male organs of fructification.] A genus of plants be- longing to the alliance Lichenales, and the order Parmeliaceae. The A. Arabum is reported to be Sedative; the A. w8meoides may be used for the same purpose as the Iceland Moss; and the 4. jwbata species, found on fir-trees, employed like archil for dyeing. a-lèc'—tor-ö-mâch-y, a-lèc-try, s. [Gr, alektör =a cock, and maché= a fight.] A cock-fight. a-lèc-trá-ri-mae, s. pl. A sub-family of Musci- capidae, or Fly-catchers. They are found in South America. a-lèc'-tril-rūs (Mod. Latin), al-lèc —trüre Eng.), s. [Gr. alektör=cock, and owra = tail. Jock-tails. The typical genus of the sub-family of birds called Alectrurinae (q.v.). The tail is long, compressed, and able to be erected in so remarka- ble a way that the circumstance has suggested the generic and the popular names. Type, A. tricolor. a-lèc"—try-ö-mân-çy, s. [Gr, alektryön-a cock, and manteia = divination.] Imagined divination by means of a cock. A circle being described upon the ground, and divided into twenty-four equal por- tions, each with a letter of the alphabet inscribed in it, and a grain of wheat laid upon the top of a letter, a cock was then turned loose into the area, careful note being taken as to what grains of wheat he ate. The letters under, the eaten grains were then made into a word or words, and were supposed to be of value for purposes of prophecy or divina- tion. The practice was said to have existed during the declining period of the Roman empire. A-lèc"—try-ön, s. [Gr, alektryön=a cock.] A name given by Longfellow to a cock in a farmyard. “And from out a neighboring farmyard, Loud the cock Alectryon crowed.” Longfellow: Pegasus in Pound. a-lède, s. [A. S. leod=people, law.] Rule. (Scotch...) “He taught him ich alede.”—Sir Tristram, p. 22. *a-lèdg e-mênt, s. [From Eng. alegge (q. v.).] Ease; relief. (Skimmer: Dict.) a-lè"e, adv. [Eng. a = to, at, or on ; lee.] Nowt. : To or at that side of the vessel toward which the wind is blowing. The helm of a ship is culee when it is pressed closely to the lee side of the vessel. When this is the case the fact is intimated in the words, “Helm's alee;” on hearing which the sailors cause the head-sails to shake in the wind, with the view of bringing the vessel about. The order to put the helm alee is generally given in the words “Hard alee,” or “Luff alee.” (Falconer: Marine Dict., &c.) âl'—é-gar, s. [Eng. ale and eager, in the sense of sour; Fr. ºsº [EAGER. 1. Properly : Sour ale; the acid produced when ale has undergone a fermentation similar to that which converts alcohol into vinegar. . It is used by the makers of white lead, by dyers, &c., instead of vinegar. (Dyche: Dict.) 2. Vinegar, from whatever source produced. *a-lège, v. t. [ALEGGE.] *a-lèg'-3-aunge, s. [ALEGGEAUNCE.] *a-lèg'—ºr, q... [Fr. alégre and allègre; Lat. alacer..] Sprightly, gay, filled with alacrity. “. . . do all condense the spirits, and make them strong and aleger.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. viii., § 738. *a-lèg'ge, *a-lèg'e, v. t. [Fr. alléger=to lighten, to disburden, to relieve. In A. S. alecgan, alecgean, is=to lay down.] [ALLAY.] 1. To alleviate, to lighten. “The joyous time now nigheth fast, That shall alegge this bitter blast, And slake the winter sorowe.’’ Spense”: Shepheard's Calender; March. 2. To absolve from allegiance. (Scotch.) “All his liegis of alkyn greis Conditiounys, statis, and qualiteis, Levit and lawit aleg it he Of alkyn aith of fewté.” *a-lèg'ge, v. t. [ALLEGE.] *a-lég-gé-aunge, *a-lèg'—É-aunçë, s. [ALEGGE.] Alleviation. . “What bootes it him from death to be unbow.nd, To be captived in end lesse duraunce Of sorrow and despeyre without aleggeawmce.” Spense”, F. Q., III., v. 42. l *s-set, pa, par. [ALEGGE.] Alleviated, al- ayed. “Alle the surgyens of Salerne, so some ne couthen, Haue your langoures alegget, i leue for sothe.” William of Palerºme (Skeat ed.), 1,033-4. Wyntown, ix. 20. alert *āle'—höof, s. [A. S. ealo=ale; heafod-head. In Dut. Qiloof is-ivy.] A plant, the ground-ivy (Nepeté. glechoma). It was called § as being, among the old English, the chief ingredient in ale. [ALE- GILL.] “Alehoof, or ground-ivy, is, in my opinion, of the most excellent and most general use and virtue of any plants we have among us.”—Temple. a-lé'ide, pa. par. [A. S. alegd=deposed, fright- ened.} Abolished, put down. “Pes among the puple he put to the reaume, Aleide alle luther lawes that long had been vsed.” William of Palerme (ed. Skeat), 5,240. *al'-eis, S. Old spelling of ALOES. *a-lé ive, v. t. Old form of ALLEVIATE. a—lém'-bic, *a-lêm'-bike, s. [Fr. alambique; Sp. & Port. alambique; Ital, limbicco; Arab. alam- b ik : a l- the ; a m b i k= &ºmºmº º a chemical vessel.] A ves- sel made of glass or cop- per, which was formerly used for distillation. The lower part of it, shaped like a gourd (in Lat. cucurbita), was called in consequence cucurb it; whilst the upper part, which received the steam and condensed it, was named the head, and had a beak, which was fitted into the neck of a receiver. tº The alembic has now, in a large measure, given place to the retort and the worm-still. “Viols, croslets, and sublimatories, Concurbites, and alembikes eeke.” Chaucer: C. T., 12,721-2. “This art the Arabian Geber taught, And in alembics, finely wrought, Distilling herbs and flowers . . . Longfellow: Golden Legend, i. âl-Ém'—bröth, s. [Arabic.] Alchemy: Alembroth, or salt of alembroth, was (1) an alkaline salt believed, like the celebrated alkahest [ALKAHEST], to have the power of dissolv- 1ng bodies and promoting the separation of metals from their ores. It contained HCl2.2NH4C1.OH2. (2) A double salt of corrosive sublimate and sal- ammoniac, HgCl2(NH4Cl)2.H2O. a—1éñgth' (Eng.), a-lènth’ §º: adv. [Eng. cº-at or on ; length..] At length ; unfolded to full length; stretched out at full length. āl-e-öch'-a-ra (ch guttural), s. [From Gr. aleos = warm ; alea = warmth, heat: and chairó= to re- joice; º: A genus of beetles belonging to the section Brachelytra and the family Tachyporidae. Some species deposit their eggs in rotten turnips, and the larvae, when hatched, feed afterward in large numbers on the decaying bulbs. *āl'—eois, S. Old form of ALLEYs (?). Milit. Arch. : Loopholes in the walls of a fortified building through which arrows might be dis- charged. ā-lèp'-i-dòte, s. lepidos=a scale; lepo- to strip off a rin Any fish without scales. à-lèp-ö-gēph'-a-liis, s. [Gr, a, priv., lepis = scale, and kephalë-head. Having the head bare of scales.] A genus of fishes belonging to the or- der Malacopterygii Abdominales, and the family Esocidae (Pikes). Type, A. rostratus, from the Med- iterranean. āl-érce, s. [Sp. alerce=the larch-tree; from Lat. laria: ; also Gr. laria:= the larch (Laria: º The Spanish name for the European larch and the American species of the Pine family akin to it. “On the higher parts, brushwood takes the place of larger trees, with here and there a red cedar or an alerce pine.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xiii. alerce-plank, s. A plank cut from an alerce- TGe. “. . . a troop of fine mules bringing alerce-planks and corn from the southern plains.”—Darwin Voyage round the World, ch. xiv. al–ért", adj. & s. [Fr. alerte; Sp. alerto; Ital. all' erta = on the watch ; erta =hill, declivity; stare all’erta = to stand on one's guard (lit. on the hill); erto-steep, upright; Lat. erectus=upright, erect, lofty; pa. par. Of erigo = to put up straight, to erect.] A. As adjective : 1. Watchful, vigilant; not to be thrown off one's guard. “The malecontents who were leagued with France were alert and full of hope.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. 2. Brisk, sprightly, quick in movement, and flip- pant in speech and conduct. “. ... and the alert And nimble motion of these restless joints That never tire.”—Cowper. Alembic. $ 9 [Gr. a, priv., and lepis, genit. or husk..] fäte, fīt, fare, amidst, Whāt, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thère; marine; gé, pöt, pine, pit, sire, sir, or, wore, wolf, wärk, Whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = 3. Qu = kW. alertness “I saw an alert young fellow that cocked his hat upon a friend of his, and accosted him: “Well, Jack, the old prig is dead at last.’”—Addison: Spectator. B. As substantive : Watch. On the alert: On the watch, on one's guard; ready in a moment to start up and act. (Used specially of a military or civil watch, but also of a political party, or of an individual, &c.) “Nestor gives the watch an exhortation to be on the alert, and then re-enters within the trench.”—Gladstone: Studies on Homer, vol. iii., 35, 36. “In the counties more remote from Somersetshire the supporters of the throne were on the alert.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. al-ćrt'-nēss, s. [ALERT.] Alacrity; sprightli- Il CSS, “. . . in energy, alertness, and discipline, they were decidedly superior to their opponents.”—Macawlay: II.ist. Eng., ch. xx. ăl-ć -tris, s. [From Gr, aleiar-wheaten flour, the plants being powdered over with a kind of mealy-looking dust; aleó=to grind.] A genus of North American plants belonging to the order Haemodoraceae (Blood-roots). The A. farimosa is the most intense bitter known. In small doses it is a tonic and stomachic, and has been found useful in chronic rheumatism. In large doses it produces nausea and vomiting. iá1–étte, s. [Fr., dimin. of aile=a wing.] Arch. : A small wing ; a jamb or door-post ; the face of the pier of an arch ; the border of a panel which overshoots a pilaster. āl-eiir-i-tês, s. [In Fr. alewrit; Gr. alewrités= made of wheaten flour; alewron=wheaten flour; «tled = to grind. So called because the plant seems dusted over with a farinaceous lº. A genus of plants belonging to the order Euphorbiaceae (Spurge-worts). The best known species is the 4. triloba, which grows in the Moluccas, in India, and elsewhere. The nuts are believed to be aphrodisiac. The Tahitians chew the gummy substance which oxudes from the seeds. In Ceylon gum-lac is made from the A. laccifera. (Lindley: Veg. Kingd., 1847, pp. 278, 280.) āl-eiir'-8-mân-gy, s. [Gr. aleuromanteion=divi- nation from flour; alewrom, generally in the pl. a leura = flour, and manteia = divination.] Divina- tion by means of the flour with which a victim was besprinkled. z * It is called also krithomanteia and alphitoman- &eia. (Potter: Grecian Antiq., 1837, p. 302.) *a-lèv-ön, a. Old form of ELEven. *a-lew, s, , [Probably another form of HALLoo. (Nares.).] A clamor, outcry, howling, lamentation. “Yet did she not lament, with loud alew, As women wont, but with deep sighs and singulfs few.” Spense”: I'. Q., W. vi. 13. âle-wife, a-lôof (pl. alewives or aloofs), s. [In a North American Indian dialect, aloof.] Cluped ser- Tata, an American fish of the Herring genus. Al-Éx-and-Ér, s. [Lat. Alexander; Gr. Alex- &mdros. (1) The original name of Paris, who fig- ured in the siege of Troy. It was given because of his success in defending the shepherds of Mount Ida, among whom he was brought up, against rob- bers and wild beasts. From a lea:0 = to Ward or keep off; amer, genit. andros=a man: “defending men.” (Liddell dº Scott.) (2) The world-renowned Alex- ander of Macedon, born B. C. 356, died B. C. 323. (3) A multitude of other men in ancient and modern times called after the Macedonian king.] Alexander's foot, s: , [Named after No. 2.1. The name of a plant; the Pellitory. (Skimmer.) [PELL- ITORY...] âl-Éx-and-örs, s. [A corruption of Lat, olus- Cutrum, the specific name of the plant; from Lat. Olus=kitchen herb, and atrum=black.] The English name of the Smyrniwm olusatrum, a plant of the order Apiaceae (Umbellifers). It is from three to four feet high, with bright yellow-green, slightly aromatic leaves, and flowers of the same color in dense round umbels. It is most frequently found near the sea. It was formerly cultivated instead of celery. Al-éx—an'-dra, s. [The feminine form of Alex- &mder.] 1. Rom. Hist. : One of the nurses or attendants of the Emperor Nero. 2. Eng. History: Wife of Albert Edward, Prince of Wales, and eldest daughter of Christian IX. of Denmark. 3. Astrom. ; An asteroid, the 54th found. It was lºgovered by Goldschmidt, on the 11th of April, {} § Al-éx-an'-dri-an, Ál-Éx-an'-drine, & S. [From the name of Alexander the Great...] A. [From Lat. Alexandrinus=pertaining to Alex- andria, the maritime capital of Egypt, named after Alexander the Great, its founder.] Cl, 131 I. As adjective: 1. Gem. : Pertaining to Alexandria. Bot. : The Alexandrian laurel. A popular name for the Ruscus racemosus, which is not a laurel at all, but an aberrant member of the Liliaceae, or Lily family. [RUSCUS.] 2. Hist.; Pertaining to the celebrated school of Alexandria, or some one of the philosophies which emanated thence. A leasandrian School of Philosophy. In a general sense: The teaching of the series of philosophers who lived in Alexandria nearly from the commence- ment of the dynasty of the Ptolemies on to the early centuries of the Christian era. Specially, the teaching of the Neo-Platonists, who attempted to spiritualize, harmonize, and modify for the better the several pagan faiths and philosophies, with the view, among other results, of raising a barrier against the advance of Christianity. [NEO-PLATON- ISTs.] II. As substantive : - 1. A native, or, more loosely, an inhabitant, of Alexandria. 2. A person attached to one of the Alexandrian philosophies. 3. The same as B., I. (q.v.). B. [From a kind of verso used in a French poem on the life of Alexander the Great, published in the twelfth century. (In Fr. aleazandrim ; Sp. & Port. alearamdrino.).] , I. As substantive: Prosody: A kind of verse consisting of twelve syllables, or of twelve and thirteen syllables alter- nately. It is much used in French tragedies. Eng- lish aleaeandrimes have twelve syllables. The last line from Pope quoted below is an example of one. “Our numbers should, for the most part, be lyrical. For variety, or rather where the majesty of thought requires it, they may be stretched to the English heroic of five feet, and to the French Aleaxandrime of six.”—Dryden. “Then, at the last and only couplet, fraught With some unmeaning thing they call a thought; A needless Aleacamdrine ends the song; - That, like a wounded snake, drags its slow length along.”—Pope: Essay on Criticism. II. As adjective: Pertaining to an Aleaxandrime; having twelve syllables. Alexandrian-judaig, a. Pertaining to or ema- nating from the powerful Jewish colony long resi- dent in ancient Alexandria. ſt a “. . . the Aleaxandrian-judaic theology.”—Strauss: Life of Christ, Trans. 1846, vol. i., § 46. âl-Éx—an'-drite, s. [Named after Alexander I., Czar of Russia: Min. ... A variety of chrysoberyl, of a green color by daylight or magnesium, light, but an amethyst color by gas or candle light. It is an aluminate of glucina. It is orthorhombic. Hardness, 8'5; sp. gr., 3.64., Lustre vitreous, transparent. Found in the Ural mountains. āl-āx-i-pharm -ic, âl-Éx-i-pharm'-i-cal, *āl- ëx-i-pharm'-3-cal, a. & S. [In Fr. alexipharmaque, adj. & S.; Sp. and Port. Culexipharmaco, adj. ; Lat. alewipharmacom ; Gr, aleripharmakos, fr. alea:0= to ward off; pharmakom-medicine, drug, remedy.] A. As adjective: Constituting an antidote against poison. “Some antidotal quality it may have, since not only the bone in the hart, but the horn of a deer, is alea i- pharmacal.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. “A prosperous condition hath such a secret poison in it, as against which no medicine hath been sufficiently ale.ci- pharmacal.”—Pierce: Serm., May 29, 1661, p. 12. B. As substantive: An antidote against poison. ã1–Šx-i-tér -ī-al, àl-éx-í-têr'-ic, #1-èx-i-têr- i-cal, a & S. [In Fr. alea'itere, adj. & S.; Port. cule.citerio: from Gr. Culevétérios=able to keep or ward off, from alea:0=to ward off.] A. As adjective: Acting, or at least given as an antidote against poison. B. As substantive: An antidote against poison. *āl'—éy, s. [ALLEY.] āl-ey-rö'-dés, s. [Gr, alewrödés=like flour: alewron=wheaten flour; eidos:=form, appearance.] A genus of insects of the family Aphidae, of which one species, the A. proletellge, is often found in large numbers on cabbage, brocoli, &c. .*āl-férés, *āl-far-šz, s. [Sp, alferes=an en- sign. Skinner thinks it a contraction of Lat. aquilifer- an eagle or standard bearer, the chief centurion of a legion: Cugwila = eagle, and fero=to bear.] 1. Lit. Of persons: An ensign or standard bearer. “It may be said to have been adopted for a time as an English word, being in use in our army during the civil wars of Charles I. In a MS. in the Harleian Collection, No. 6,804, § 96, among papers of that period, it is often repeated. “Alfeyes John Mannering, Alferes Arthur Car- rol,’ &c.”—Nares. algaroba. “Commended to me from some noble friends For my alfe res.” Beaumont & Fletcher: Rule a Wife, i. 1. “Jug here, his alfarez: . An able officer, gi' me thy beard, round jug.” Ben Jonson: New Inn, iii. 1. 2. Fig. Of things: Becoming the standard of, Sustaining the reputation of. “The heliotropium, or sunflower, it is said, ‘is the true alferes, bearing up the standard of Flora.’”—Emblems to the Parthenian Sodalitie, p. 49. *āl-fét, 3. . [Low Lat. alfetum.] An ancient or- deal, in which the person accused plunged his arm up to the elbow in a caldron of boiling water. *al'—fin, “all-fyn, s. [ALPHYN.] Al-fôn -si-a, s. [Named after Alphonso Esterse, Duke of Ferrara.] An old genus of palms belong- ing to the section Cocoinae. It is now merged in Elaeis (q.v.). One species, the A. amygdalina, has been computed to have as many as 207,000 male flowers in a spathe. *āl-fri-dār-i-a, s. [Deriv. uncertain.] Astrol. : “A temporary power which the planets have over the life of a person.” “I’ll finde the cuspe, and alfridaria.” Albumazar, in Dodsley, vii. 171. ã1-ga (plur. ā1-gae), s. [Lat. =sea-weed.] Algº, marina, literally marine sea-weed, which would be a tautology were it not that certain species of algae occur not in the ocean, but in fresh water. [ALGA..] “It is reported that algo marina, sea-weed, put under the roots of coleworts, and, perhaps, of other plants, will further their growth.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist. āl-gā'-gé-ae, à1'-gae, s. pl. [ALGA.] An order of flowerless plants, belonging to the class Thallogens, and containing what are commonly denominated &º > * §º Bººk: º º *ś § º ºº::\º º & W Aº, º gº tº º % Nº º *== ºfºº # ºr -º º ºsº, tºº: Group of Algae. -- Sea-weeds, with other allied species. , Lindley elevates the Algie into an alliance called Algales, which he divides into five Orders. [ALGALEs.] âl-gal, g. [Lat, alga− a sea-weed.] Pertaining to sea-weeds, or to the botanical Order of Algae. âl-gā-lès, 8... pl. [Lat. algo–a sea-weed.] [ALG A.] Añ alliance of plants, belonging to the class Thallogens, and consisting of Sea-weeds and their allies. The species are flowerless, without proper leaves, but the higher species have lobed fronds formed of uniform cellular tissue, and the sporules contained in thecae. The alliance contains five orders: , Diatomaceae, Confervaceae, Fucaceae (the typical, one), Ceramiaceae, and Characeae (q.v.). Another division given of them is into Mºosº, or olive-spored; Rhodospermeae, or rose-spored; and Chlorospermeae, or green- spored. In 1827 Lindley estimated the known species at 1,994. The most highly-organized and typical of the Algales inhabit the ocean, their geographical distribution in it being marked, like that of plants on land; others occur in fresh water, and some on damp soil, rocks, walls, or glass. âl-ga-rö'-ba, s. [From Algarrobo, a town in An- jºia: or from Arab. al-the ; kharrowb-carob- tree. 1. The carob-tree, Ceratonia siliqua, which is one of the Caesalpinieae. [CAROB. 2. Certain South American species of Prosopis, belonging to the sub-order Mimoseae. In the Levant the species is also found. The carob-tree bears a sort of pod-shaped fruit, called “husks,” which proves good food for animals, and has sometimes in times of scarcity been used to appease the hunger of men. “. . . where there is a tiny rill of water, with a little vegetation and even a few algaroba trees, a kind of mi- mosa.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xvi. bóil, böy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, chorus, bench; Ghin, go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, del. —tian = —dle, &c. F. bel, Shan. -tion, shiis. -ble, -SiOn = -SiOllS = Shiin; -cious, —tion, -Šion = –tious, Zhūn. algaroba bean algaroba, bean, s. The name given to the pods of the Ceratonia siliqua, which are imported from Spain. all-gar-Št, all-gar-àth, s. [Either Arabic or named after its inventor, Algarotti, a physician of Verona.] Chem.: The name of an emetic powder. It is a pale, fawn-colored crystalline precipitate, consist- ing of a compound of trichloride and trioxide of antimony, obtained by pouring antimonious chlo- ride, SbCl3, dissolved in HCl, into water. Alkaline solutions dissolve out the chloride and leave the oxide. *ā1'-gāt, *āl'—gāte, *āl-gātes (Eng.), *āl'— gãit, *ā1'-gā-tís (Scotch), adv. [A. S. (tl-geats=al- ways, altogether; al– all, whole, and geat, gat=a gate, door, opening, or gap.] [GAIT, GATE: AGATE, AGATES, AGATIS. 1. Always, continually, at all times, under all cir- CumStances. “Be bad hem algates wake and pray.” Bonavent wra, 357. “That he was deed er it was by the morwe; And thus algates housbon des had sorwe.” Chaucer: C. T., 6,337-8. 2. Altogether, wholly. “And how and whan it schulde harded be, Which is unknowe algat unto me.” Chaucer: C. T., 10,559-60. “Cristes curs mot thou have, brother art thou myn; And if I schal algate be beten anon, Cristes curs mot thou have, but thou be that oon.” Chaucer: C. T., 114–116. 3. In any way, by any or by all means, on any terms. “Alisandrine algate than after (that) throwe Bi-thought hire feel busily howe best were to werche To do William to wite the wille of hire lady.” William of Palerme, Skeat's ed., 649–651. 4. Certainly, of a truth, verily, indeed. “And seyd, “My fadyr euer lastyng, Shall my dere sone dye culgate 2 ''' Bonaventura, 698, 699. 5. Nevertheless. “But if thou algate lust light wirelayes, And looser songs of love to underfong, Who but thy selfe deserves sike Poetes prayse?” Spemser: Shep. Cal., xi. āl'-gaz–é1, s. [Arab. al-the ; gazl=gazelle.] The name given to a species of antelope, the Anti- lope Bezoastica, inhabiting Western Africa, in the vicinity of the Niger and in Gambia. It is about 5 feet 2 inches long, and 3 feet 5 inches high. The horns are separate from each other. They are about 3 feet long, and have their lower half annu- lated with thirty-six rings. Å1'-gé-bār, s. [Arab. al-the: gebar; Heb. gibbor =brave, strong, energetic. Used in Gen. x of a hunter: Heb. gabhar, gabher=to be strong or brave. A poetic name for the constellation Orion, viewe as resembling a strong man or a hunter. “Begirt with many a blazing star, , Stood the great giant Algebar, - Orion, hunter of the beast !” Longfellow: “Occultation of Orion. * In using the expression “Occultation of Orion,” Longfellow explains that he speaks not astronomic- ally, but poetically. . He is well aware that Orion cannot be occulted, but only the individual stars of which it is composed. ăl'-gé-bra, s. [In Sw., Dan., Dut., Ger., Sp., Port., and Ital, glgebra; Fr. algebre. Evidently all from Arabic. Many etymologies from this language have been given. It has been taken from the Arabic phrase, aljebre al mokabalah-restoration and re- duction (Penny Cyclo.). This view is essentially adopted by Wedgwood, who spells the phrase eljabr wa, el mogăbala, and rendersit-the putting together of parts and equation.] What_Sir Isaac Newton termed wrviversal arithmetic. The department of mathematics which enables-one, by the aid of cer- tain symbols, to generalize, and therefore to abbre- viate, the methods of solving questions relating to numbers. It was not till a late period that the Greeks became acquainted with algebra, the cele- brated treatise of Diophantus not having appeared till the fourth century, A. D. . The science came into Western Europe through the Arabs, who prob- ably derived it from the Hindus. It conducts its operations by means of alphabetical letters stand- ing for symbols of numbers, and connecting signs +–, &c.) representative of arithmetical processes. f the letters, those near the commencement of the alphabet—a, b, c, d, &c.—generally stand for known uantities; and those toward its end—ac, y, and z— or unknown ones. One of the most important operations in algebra is the solution of what are called equations—a beautiful and interesting pro- cess which, without tentative guesses of any kind, fairly reasons out the number or numbers for which one or more unknown quantities stand. “The Greek Algebra was as nothing in comparison with the Greek Geometry; the Hindu Geometry was as little worthy of comparison with the Hindu Algebra.”—Cal- 132 Dowble Algebra : A term introduced by Prof. De Mººn for a kind of algebra, which he thus de- D.G.S “Signification of Symbols in Dowble Algebra. This particular mode of giving significance to sym- bolic algebra is named from its meanings requiring us to consider space of two dimensions (or area), whereas all that ordinary algebra requires can be represented in space of one dimension (or length). If the name be adopted, ordinary algebra must be called single.” āl-gé-brā'-ic, al-gé-brā’-i-cal, a. [Eng, alge- brot, -ic. In Port. algebraico.] 1. Gen. : Relating to algebra ; containing Opera- tions of algebra. “In the case of algebraic reasoning. Spencer, 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 19, § 281. “Its algebraical conditions will be the following.”— Airy on Sound (1868), p. 44. 2. Spec. : Having but a finite number of terms, each term containing only addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and extraction of roots, the exponents of which are given. (In this sense it is opposed to transcendemtal.) Algebraic curve: A curve, the equation of which contains no transcendental uantities; a figure, the intercepted diameters of which bear always the same proportion to their respective ordinates. Algebraic sigms: Symbols such as + (plus) the sign of addition; – (minus) that of subtraction : X or . that of multiplication ; -- that of division ; and ) implying that the quantities within paren- theses are to be treated as if they were but a single On 62, âl-gé-brā’-i-cal—ly, adv. [ALGEBRAIC.] By the process or processes used in algebra. “. . . this, however, has not been proved algebrai- cally.”—Airy on Sowmd (1868), p. 122. * âl-gé-brā’—ist, s. [Eng. algebra; -ist. In Ger. and Dut. algebraist.] One who is proficient in algebra. “. . . the synthetic and analytic methods of geo- metricians and algebraists . . . .”—Watts: Logic. âl-gé-brā’—ize, v. t. [Eng, algebra; -ize.] To re- duce to an algebraic form, and to solve by means of algebra. Āl-gei'-ba, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star of the second magnitude, called also (Gamma) Le- OD.I.S. *ā1'-gēn, v. t. [HALGEN.] Ål-gén—ib, s. [Corrupted Arabic.]. A fixed star of the second magnitude, called also (Gamma) Pe- gaS1. Āl-gér-ine, q. & S. . [From Algiers, in the north of Africa, now the capital of Algeria. I. As adjective: Pertaining to Algiers. II. As substantive: A native of Algiers. âl-gēr-ite, s. [From Mr. Francis Alger, an Amer- ican mineralogist.] A mineral, a variety of Scapo- lite, which is reduced by Dana under Wernerite, though he has a Scapolite group of Unisilicates. He considers algerite as an altered scapolite, allied to pinite. It occurs in New Jersey. Āl-gi-a-bär-i-i, S. [From the Arabic.]. A Mo- hammedan sect who attribute all, the actions of men, whether they be good or evil, to the agency of God. They are opposed to the Alkadarii (q.v.). täl-gid, a... [In Fr. algide ; from Lat. algidus.] Cold. (Coles.) # ăl-gid'-i-ty, à l'—gid-nēss, s. dws=cold.] Coldness. “Algidity, algor.”—Coles: Eng. and Lat. Dict. āl-gif-ic, a. [Lat. glgiſicus; from algus=cold, and facio=to make..] Producing cold. (Johnson.) āl-göd"-àn-ite, s... [Named after the silver mine of Algodenes, near Coquimbo, in Chili, where it is found..] A lustrous mineral, consisting of 83°50 parts of copper, and 16:50 of arsenic; found both in North and South America. Å1'-göl, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star in Medusa's head, in the constellation Perseus. It is called also (Beta) Persei. . It is, technically of 2% magnitude; but really varies in ºliº from the second to the fourth magnitude in 3% hours, re- maining thus for about 20 minutes. In 3% hours more it is again of the second magnitude, at which it continues for 2 days 13 hours, after which the same series of changes takes place again. ăl'—gor, s. [Lat. algor=coldness. I Med...: Any abnormal coldness in the body. Al-gór-És, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A star of the third magnitude, called also (Delta) Corvi. Jºã1-gór-ithm, *ā1-gūr-ism, *ā1-gūr-isme, *āl'—grim, s. º Arithmetic ; numerical com- putation. [AWGRIM. “FIe [Gerbert] certainly was the first who brought the algorithm from the Saracens, and who illustrated it with such rules as the most studious in that science cannot . ”—Herbert [From Lat. algi- alicant “Let this poor figure of algorism, trouble no divine ne wise man.”—Martin: The Marriage of Priests, sign. G., ii. b. “I send now to my good daughter Clement her algor- is me stone.”—Sir T. More: Letter to his Daughter Mar- garet. “Methought nothing my state could more disgrace, Than to beare name, and in effect to be A cypher in algrim, as all men might see.” Mirror for Magistrates, p. 338. *āl-göse, a. [Not from Lat. algosus=abounding in Sea-weed, but from algor or algus=coldness; algeo-to be cold, to feel cold.] Full of cold; very cold. (Johnsom.) ăl'—goiás, a. [Lat. algosus=full of, abounding in sea-weed; alga–sea-weed.] Pertaining to sea-weed; abounding in sea-weed; resembling sea-weed. ăl'-guaz'-il, s. [Sp. algwacil; Arab. al-the, and wazir- an officer, a lieutenant, a vizier.] In Spain: An inferior officer of justice, whose duty it is to see the decision of a judge carried into execution; a constable. “The corregidor, in consequence of my information, . sent this alg wazil to apprehend you.”—Smollett: Gil Ct S, ăl'-güm, #1'-müg, s. [Heb., pl. algummim, 2 Chron. ii. 7, 10, 11, and with the letters transposed, almwggim., 1 kings x. 11, 12. According to Max Müller, from the Sanscrit word valguka =sandal- wood; ka is a termination, and valgu has almost the sound of algwmv.] The wood, apparently sandal- wood, which Solomon and Hiram’s mariners brought from Ophir, probably at the mouth of the Indus, along with gold, ivory, apes, and peacocks. The terms for apes and peacocks, like that of algum, and the corrupted form almwg, are primarily of Sanscrit origin; and there can be no doubt that they were brought directly or circuitously from India, and seemingly from Malabar. (See Maac Müller's Science of Langwage.) [SANDAL-wooD, APE, PEACOCK.] ... àl-hâg'-i, S. [Arabic.] A genus of plants belong- ing to the Order Fabaceae (Leguminous Plants), and the sub-order Papilionaceae. It contains the Camel- thorns, A. camelorum, A. maurorum, &c. They are, as the name implies, thorny plants, which are found in the desert, and afford food to the camel as he traverses those wastes. Several species of Camel's-thorn, allied to A. maurorwm, produce a kind of manna in Persia and Bokhara, but not, it is said, in India, Arabia, or Egypt. [MANNA.] Al-hām-bra, s. [Arab. =a red house.] The palace and fortress of the Moorish, sovereigns of Grenada, in Spain. It was built in the year of the Hegira 675 = A; D, 1273. Extensive and splendid ruins of it. still exist. “He pass'd the Alhambra's calm and lovely bowers, Where slept the glistening leaves and folded flowers.” Płemans: The Abencerrage, c. 1. âl-hén-na, s. [Arab. al = the, and henna.] [HENNA.] al-i-ás, adv. S. & adj. [Lat, adv. =otherwise.} A. As an adverb: Law. A term used to indicate the various names under which a person who attempts to conceal his true name and pass under a fictitious one is ascer- tained to have passed during the successive stages of his career. - TI Used in a similar sense in ordinary language. “Nor Verstegan, alias Rowly [had “undertook' – under- taken] the confidence to render well-nigh all the consider- able gentry of this land, from the etymology of their names, Teutonics.”—Sir T. Herbert: Travels, p. 396. B. As a swbstantive: 1: A second name, or more probably one of a string of names, assumed by a member of the crim- inal classes to render his identification difficult. “. . . . . forced to assume every week new aliases and new disguises.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. *2. Law: A second writ or execution issued against a person when the first had failed of its effect. G. As adjective: In a similar sense to B. 2, as “an alias writ.” âl-i-bi, s: (In Lat, not a substantive, but an ad- verb–elsewhere, in another place.] Law: . A plea that the person accused of having committed a crime, perpetrated, of course, at a cer- tain place, Gould not possibly have done what was laid to his charge, inasmuch as he was “elsewhere’’ at the time when the breach of the law occurred. If he substantiate this, he is said to prove an alibi. “. characteristically negligent in taking steps to verify the alibi which he had set up.”—Daily Telegraph, Oct. 8, 1877. fäl-jºble, a. [Lat. alibilis, from alo-to nour- ish.] That may be nourished. (Johnson.) Jä1'-i-cánt, *ā1'-i-cánt, *āl -i-gãunt, *ā1-li- cutta Review, ii. (1846), p. 540. explain.”— Warton: Hist. of Eng. Poetry, iii. 46. gānt, S. [Named from Alicante, a province and fate, fat, fire, amids”, whāt, fall, father; we, wät, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pöt, & © & * cºs ** tº tº * * -i. * * * * wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = 3; ey = a. or, wäre, * Qu = kW. alidada. fortified city in Spain..] A kind of wine said to be made near Álicant from mulberries. (Nares.) [AL- LEGANT.] “You’ll blood three pottles of alicant, by this light, if you follow them.”—O. Pl., iii. 252. as the emperor had commanded, the wine (as farre as my judgement gave leave) being alligant.”—Sir Thomas Smith: Voyage to Russia (1605). âl-i-da'-da, ā1-i-dāde, s. [In Sp. Culidada, from Arab] Thé label or ruler that moves on the center of an astrolabe, quadrant, or other math: ematical instrument, and carries the sight.” (Blount: Glossog., 1719.) à-li-en, a. & S. [In Ital. alieno, from Lat. Culi- emus= (ſ) belonging to another person or thing not one's own ; º not related, foreign, strange; (3) un- suitable; (4) hostile; (5) diseased in body or mind; fr, alius=another.] A. As adjective: 1. Of foreign extraction; having been born or had its origin in another country; or simply foreign. (Used specially of man, the inferior animals, plants, or countries.) - “. . . no honorable service which could not be as well performed by the natives of the realm as by alien mercenaries.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. “The mother plant admires the leaves unknown Of alien trees, and apples not her own.”—Dryden. “Far, far away did seem to mourn and rave On alien shores.”—Temnyson: The Lotos-eaters. 2. Foreign, with , the added, sense of being es- tranged from in nature or affection. 3. Estranged from ; averse to ; hostile to, whereso- ever born. (Used of persons.) “Oft with its fiery force His arm had quelled the foe, And laid, resistless, in its course, The alien armies low.”— J. Montgomery. * In this sense used with from or to: “The sentiment that arises is a conviction of the deplor- able state of nature to which sin reduced us; a weak, ignorant creature, alien from God and goodness, and a prey to the great destroyer.”—Rogers: Sermom. 4, Incongruous with inconsistent with ; not fitted to harmonize or amalgamate with ; in contrariety to the genius of ; adverse to. (Used of things.) “To declare my mind to the disciples of the fire, by a similitude not alien from their profession.”—Boyle. B. As swbstantive: l Ord. Lang.: One born in another country than that in which he now resides; a foreigner. “. . . for he said, I have been an alien in a strange Tand.”—Ecod. xviii. 3. “Our inheritance is turned to strangers, our houses to aliens.”—Lam. v. 2. * It is sometimes followed by from or to. “. . . being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel.” —Ephes. ii. 12. “The lawgiver condemned the persons, who sat idle in divisions dangerous to the government, as aliens to the community, and therefore to be cut off from it.”—Addi- Som: Freeholde?". alien ami, or amy, S. [Fr. ami-friend..] [See ALIEN-FRIEND.] alien-duty, s...The duty or tax formerly paid by aliens on mercantile transactions in larger measure than by natural-born subjects. alien-enemy, s. An alien belonging to a country with which ours is at the time at War. | alien-friend, ami or amy, 8... An alien belong- ing to a country with which ours is at peace. alien-née, s. [Fr. mé = born.] A man born an 3.1191), *ā-li—en, +a1'-i-ène, v. t. [Fr. aliémer; fr. Lat. alieno.] The same as ALIENATE (q.v.). Used (1) Of property: “If the son alien lands and then repurchase them again in fee, the rules of descents are to be observed, as if he Y. the original purchaser.”—Hale: Hist, of Common {{10}, “. . . our whole estate aliened. and canceled.”— Jeremy Taylor: Om Forgiving Injuries. (2) Of the affections or desires: “The king was disquieted when he found that the prince was totally aliemed from all thoughts of, or inclin- sation to, the marriage.”—Clarendom. - à-li-en-a-bil'-i-ty, s. [Eng. alien, ability. In Fr. aliénabilité.] Capability of being alienated. {Used of property.) ă'-li-en-a-ble, a. [Eng. alien -able. In Fr. Culiémable.] That may be alienated. (Used of property.) “Iland is alienable and treasure is transitory, and both must pass from him by his own voluntary act, or by the violence of others, or at least by fate.”—Dennis: Letters. ãº-li-en-age, s. [Eng. aliem; -age.] The state of being an alien. “Why restore estates forfeitable on account of alien- age 3’’—Story. § { * 133 â'-li-en-āte, a. & s. . [Lat. alienatus, pa. par. of aliemo = to make another's, to estrange: alienw8 = belonging to another, foreign, alien.] Law and Ord. Lang. : To transfer one's title to property to another; to dispose of property by sale or otherwise. [ALIENATION.] To estrange the affections from one who before was loved, or from a government, dynasty, or ruling house, to which loyalty was felt. “. . then my mind was alienated from her, like as my mind was alienated from her sister.”—Ezek. xxiii. 18. “I shall recount the errors which, in a few months, alienated a loyal gentry and priesthood from the House of Stuart.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. ã'—li-en—ate, a. & S. [Tat. alienatºw8, pa. par. of alieno=to make another's, to estrange.] A. As adjective: Estranged; withdrawn in affec- tion from. “O alienate from God, O spirit accursed, Forsaken of all good.”—Milton: P. L., bk. v. B. As substantive: An alien ; a stranger. “Whosoever eateth the lamb without this house, he is an alienate.”—Stapleton: Fortresse of the Faith, fol. 148. ă —li-en-āt-ed, pa. par. & Cº. [ALIENATE.] “His eye survey'd the dark idolatries Of alienated Judah.”—Milton : P. L., bk. i. â’-li-en-āt-iñg, pr. par. [ALIENATE, v.] à-li-en-ā'-tion, s. [In Fr. aliénation, from Lat. aliematio.] A. Ordinary Language: j I. The act of alienating. II. The state of being alienated. Used (1), Of the transference of property by gift, sale, or otherwise, from one to another. (See B.) “God put it into the heart of one of our Pºiº to give a check to sacrilege ; her successor passed a law which prevented all future alienations of the church revenues.” —Atterbury. (2) Of the estrangement of the affections from one Fº loved, or from a government to which loyalty was felt; the transference of the de- sires from one object of pursuit to another. “It is left but in dark memory, what was the ground of his defection, and the alienation of his heart from the king.”—Bacon. (3) Of the aberration of reason in an insane per- son; delirium. “Some things are done by man, though not through outward force and impulsion, though not against, yet without their wills; as in alienation of mind, or any like inevitable utter absence of wit and judgment.”—Hooker. B. Technically: Law: The transference of land or other property from one person to another. Alienation may take place by deed, by matter of records, by special cus- tom, and by devise. e t & Alienation in mortmain: An alienation of lands or tenements to any corporation, Sole or aggregate, ecclesiastical or temporal., Spec, alienation to a religious house or other ecclesiastical, body. Alienation office: A place to which all writs of covenants and entries were carried for the recovery of the fines levied upon them. It is riow abolished. à-li-en-à-tör, s. [Lat. alienator; Fr. aliéna- tewr.] One who alienates (spec., of property). *ā-li-ene, v. Old spelling of ALIEN. (Blackstone.) â’-li-en-èe, s. . [Eng. alien, -ee.] One to whom property is transferred. “. . . in the two former of which cases the forfeiture arises from the incapacity of the culienee to take; in the latter from the incapacity of the alienor to grant.”— Blackstone: Comment., blº. ii., ch. xviii. à-li-en-ism, s. [Eng. alien; -ism..] The state of being an ālien, “The law was very gentle in the construction of the dis- ability of aliemism.”—Kent. ā’-li-en-ör, s. . [Eng. alien, -or.] One who alienates or transfers property to another. “... ... for the alienor himself to recover lands aliened by him during his insanity.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. xix. ta-life, adv. mild oath.) - “I love a ballad in print a'-life.”—Shakesp.: Winter's Tale, iv. 4. à-lif–ér-oiás, a. [Lat. ala = a wing; and fero= to ºr. Bearing wings; possessing wings. (John- SO??.. â'-liform, a. [Lat. &la=wing; forma-form, shape.] Wing-formed; shaped like a wing. ā-líg'-Ér-ois, a. [Lat. aliger, from ala– a wing; and gero=to bear, to carry, to have..] Bearing Wings, i. e., possessing Wings. (Johnson.) a-light' (gh silent), (1), v, i. (pret, alighted, or, in poetry, alit). [A. S. (a) lihtam, gelihtan-to alight, to descend from ; from liht, leht=light, not heavy. The meaning is thus to lighten anything by remov- ing a weight from it.] [Eng. a =on; life.] On my life. (A aliment 1. To descend, as a bird from the wing; to cease flying and rest upon the ground. “That there should be geese and frigate-birds with webbed feet, either living on the dry land or most rarely alighting on the water.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. vi. “I saw his wing through twilight flit, And once so near me he alit, I could have smote, but lacked the strength.” - Byron.: Mazeppa, 8. 2. To descend, as a person from a carriage, or from horseback. “My lord, alighting at his usual place, The Crown, took notice of an Ostler’s face.” Cowper: Retirement, 585. 3. To reach the ground, as falling snow, or any- thing else descending from the sky, or from above Othe. “But storms of stones from the proud temple's height Pour down, and on our battered helms (tlight.” Dryden: Virgil’s AEmeid, ii. 554. 4. To stop, to pause as a man on foot running. “Came running in . . . But he for nought would stay his passage right, Till fast before the king he did alight.” Spenser: F. Q., I. xii. 24, 25. 5. To light on, happen on, meet with. “By good fortune I alighted on a collection of MSS. in the State-paper office.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., iv, 549. a-light" (gh silent) (2), v. t. #: S. alihtam.] To make light, to remove a weight from, to lighten. a-light, (gh silent) (3), , v, f., [A. S. aleohtan, glyhign=to illumine; leoht=light. To illumine, to give light to. “For to wissen hem by night A fiery piller hem alight.” e e Gower: C. F., ii. 183. 2. To set alight, to set light to. 8. “Anon fer sche alight.”—Layle Freine, 199. a-light', (gh silent), q. [ALIGHT, v.] Alighted, as from a horse or vehicle. “How that we bare us in that ilke night, Whan we were in that ostelrie (tlight.” Chaucer: C. T., 723, 724. a-light' adv. [ALIGHT (3), v.] Lighted. y a-light'-iñg (gh silent), pr. par. [ALIGHT.] fa-lign' (g silent), v. t. & i. . [Fr. aligner=(1) to lay out in a straight line, (2) to gºat; - - A., Trams. : , To measure by means of a line; to regulate or adjust by means of a line. B. Intrams. : To form a line, as soldiers do. a-lign-mênt (g silent), S. [Eng. align: -ment.] In Fr., aligmement...] ... - 1. The act of adjusting by means of a line. 2. The state of being so adjusted. 3. The line of adjustment. 4. Engin. : The ground-plan of a road or earth- work. a-like, *a-ly ke, a. & adv. on=on ; lic=like.] A. As adjective : 1. The same; without any difference. “. . the darkness and the light are both alike to thee.”—Ps. cxxxix. 12. 2. On the same model. “He fashioneth their hearts alike.”—Ps. xxxiii. 15. .." This adjective never precedes the noun which it qualifies. B. As Cldverb : & & * (gh silent), [A. S. Onlic, amlic, Equally. 2. ... thou knowest not whether shall prosper, either this or that, or whether they both shall be alike good.”— Eccles. xi. 6. falike-minded, s. mind or disposition. “I would to God, not you only that hear me this day but all our brethren of this land, were alike-minded.”— Bp. Hall: Rem., p. 82. âl-im-8, 8... [Gr. halimos=belonging to the sea: hals=the sea..] A genus of Crustaceans belonging to the Order Stomapoda, and the family Phyllosom- idae. Example, the transparent Alima of the warmer Sea S. ã1'-i-mênt, s, , [In Fr. aliment; Sp., Port. & Ital. ºnto ; Lat. alimentum, from alo=to nourish, to ee(1. * : * e 1. Lit. : Nutriment supplied to an organized body, whether animal or vegetable; food. - . “Though the aliments of insects are for the most part in a liquid form .”—Griffith's Cuvier, vol. xiv., p. 70. 2. Fig.: That which tends to nourish, and conse- quently to perpetuate anything. “ . he saith they were but aliments of their sloth and weakness, which, if they were taken away, necessity would teach them stronger resolutions.”—Bacon: Colors of Good and Evil, ch. x. Like-minded; similar in bóil, jówl; cat, bóy; pout, çell, Chorus, bençh; go, gem; thin, çhin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. a.S; f -cian, Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. -tian = Shan. —tion, -SiOuS = -cious, -SiOn = –tion, Shiin; -Šion = zhiin. -tious, aliment Scotch Law: The maintenance which parents and children are reciprocally bound to accord to each other when a necessity for it exists. (It is used also for similar obligations.) âl-i-mênt, v. t. . [From the substantive. In Fr. alimenter; Sp. and Port. alimentar; Ital. alimen- tare.] To furnish with food and other necessaries of life. âl-i-mênt'—al, a. [Eng. aliment; -al.] Pertain- ing to aliment; fitted to supply aliment; nutritive. “. and the making of things inalimental to be- come alimental may be an experiment of great profit for making new victual.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. vii., § 649. âl-i-mênt'-al-ly, adv. [Eng. alimental; -ly..] So as to furnish aliment. “The substance of gold is invincible by the powerfullest action of natural heat, and that not only alimentally in a substantial mutation, but also medicamentally in any corporeal conversion.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. âl-i-mênt –ar-i-nēss, s. [Eng. alimentary; -mess.] The quality of being alimentary; that is, furnishing nourishment. (Johnson.) âl-i-mênt'-a-ry, a. [Eng, aliment; -ary. In Fr. alimentaire; Port. & Ital. alimentario; from Lat. Culimentarius.) A. Ordinary Language: 1. Pertaining to aliment, canal.” (See B., 1.) 2. Furnishing aliment. “Of alimentary roots, some are pulpy and very nu- tritious; as turnips and carrots. These have a fattening quality.”—Arbuthnot: Aliments. B. Technically : I. Physiology: 1. Alimentary camal: The great tube or duct by which the food is conveyed through the body. “. . . . including the alimentary canal.”—Owen; Mam- malia (1859), p. 57. 2. Alimentary compartment: The lower part of the pharynx, which is dilatable and contractile. It affords a passage for the food from the mouth to the oesophagus. (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Anat., vol. ii., 185.) 3. Alimentary mucows membrame: The membrane which lines the interior of the long and tortuous passage by which food taken into the mouth makes its way through the body. The ducts of the mu- cous, as well as some other glands, open into it. (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., 162.) 4. Altmentary taube: The passage by which the food makes way through the body from the mouth downward. (Ibid., p. 185.) II. Law. Alimentary law . The , law. by which parents are held responsible for the alimentation of their children. âl-i-mênt-ā'—tion, 8. [Eng. aliment; -ation. Ger. & Fr. alimentation. Sp. alimentacion.] 1. The act or quality of affording nourishment. “. . they [the teeth] are subservient in man not only to alimentation, but to beauty and speech.”—Owen : Classif. of the Mammalia (1859), p. 50. 2. The state of being nourished by assimilation of matter received into the body or frame. “Plants do nourish, in animate bodies do not: they have an accretion, but no (tlimentation.”—Bacom: Nat. Hist. âl-i-mênt –ive-nēss,s. [Eng. aliment, -ive, -mess.] Phren. : A protuberance on the brain or skull, alleged to constitute the organ which imparts the pleasure which is felt in eating or drinking. tâl-i-mö'-ni-oiás, a. [Eng. alimony; -ous.] Per- taining to nourishment. “The plethora renders us lean, by suppressing our spirits, whereby they are incapacitated of digesting the alimonious humors into flesh.”—Harvey: Comswnuption. âI'-i-mön-y, s. [Lat. alimonia and alimonium = nourishment, sustenance; from alo=to nourish.] Law: (a) The proportional part of a husband's income allowed a wife for her support, during a matrimonial suit; also (b) that granted her at its termination. Ål -í-5th, S. [Corrupted, Arabic.] A fixed star of the third magnitude, called also Epsilon Urste Majoris. It is situated in the tail of the imaginary “Bear.” This star is often used in observations for finding the latitude at Sea. ă1'-i-pêd, a., & S. [In Sp. & Port. alipede. From Lat. alipes: ala- a wing, and pes, genit, pedis=a foot.] A. As adjective: Wing-footed; with toes con- nected together by a membrane which serves the purposes of a Wing. B. As substantive: An animal whose toes are connected together by a membrane which Serv GS the purpose of a wing. The Bats, or Cheiroptera, have this structure. âl-ip-ite, 3. [Gr, alip's=without fat: a, priv., and lipos=fat, without fat; and -ite= lithos=a as the “alimentary In 134 mineral of an apple-green color, containing about thirty-two per cent. of oxide of nickel. It occurs in Silesia. Dana makes it distinct from, though closely akin to, pimelite. Alipite is sometimes written Alizite. [PIMELITE.] …’ â1'-i-quant, a. [In Ger, aliquant; Fr. aliquante; Sp. & Port. aliquanta, Lat. aliquantus=Somewhat (great), or somewhat (small); hence, in considera- ble quantity or number. rom the root ali-Hany, and quantus=great..] Pertaining to a number which does not exactly measure another number, but if used as its divisor will leave a remainder. Thus 4 is an aliquant part of 7, for 7+4=1, with a remain- der of 3. ºf Aliquant is the opposite of aliquot. âl-i-quët, a. [In Ger, aliquot; Fr. aliquote; Sp. & Port. aliquota ; Ital, aliquoto. From ilāt. (tliq wot =somewhat, some, a few..] Pertaining to a number which will measure another given one exactly, that is, without leaving a remainder. Thus 4 is an ali- quot part of 8, for 8-4-4-2 exactly. “In place, then, of measuring this precise aliquot part, . .”—Herschel; Astrom., 5th ed. (1858), S 213. âl-ish, a. [Eng. ale; -ish..] Resembling ale; having some, at least, of the qualities of ale. “Stirring it, and beating down the yeast, gives it the sweet, alish taste.”—Mortimer: Husbandry. âl-is'-ma, s. [Lat. alisma, Gr. alisma=the water- plantain ; Celt. alis–water.] A genus of plants of the natural order Alismaceae, or Alismads. The A. plantago, or Greater Water-plantain, is the best nown. It is frequent in lakes, rivers, and ditches, and has pale, rose-colored flowers, with six stamens. The Calmucks eat its rhizoma, having first dried it to take away its acidity. * âl-is-mâ'-gé-ae, or āl-ís'-măds, s, pl. [ALISMA.] An order of endogenous plants, with a perianth of six pieces, the three outer being herbaceous, and the three inner petaloid. The ovaries are numer- ous. The best known genera are the Actinocarpus, Alisma, and Sagittatrict (q.v.). ã1'-is-Ön-ite, s. º after Mr. R. E. Alison, of Chili...] A mineral; a variety of covellite. Color, deep indigo blue, tarnishing on exposure. Compos. : sulphur, copper, and lead. It is found in Chili. âl-i-sphe'-nóid, s & a. [Awkwardly compounded of a mixture of Latin and Greek, Lat. ala – a wing; Gr. sphém - a wedge, and eidos=form, shape.) A. As 8wbstantive: The greater wings of the sphe- noid bone at the base of the skull. “. . the foramen oval pressing the alisphenoid.” – Flower: Osteology of the Mammalia (1870), p. 118. B. As adjective: Pertaining to, or connected with, the greater wings of the sphenoid bone. “Through this the external carotid artery runs for part of its course, and it has been called the allisphenoid canal.” —Flower: Osteology of the Mammalia (1870), p. 118. *a-lit'e, adv. [Eng. a and little contracted.] A little. “And though thy lady would alite her grewe, Thou shalt thy peace hereafter make. Chaucer: Troilus, bk. iv. täl-i-triink, s. [Lat. ala—a wing; and Eng. trumk, from Lat. trumcws.] Entom. : The thorax of an insect; that portion of the body or trunk to which the wings are affixed. *ā1'-i-tiire, S. [Lat. alitura.] . Nourishment. (Blownt: Glossographia, 2d ed., 1719.) a-live, *a-ly've, *a-life, *ā-life, *čn-live, a. [A. S. on life=in life, alive; on=on, in ; lif-life.] I. Literally: In a state of life: living, as opposed to dead. { % * * * and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark.”—Gen. vii. 23. * It is sometimes used simply to give emphasis to the noun with which it agrees. At first this was done in formal and serious composition: now it is colloquial, and even begins to carry with it a slight tinge of the ridiculous, “John was quick, and understood business; but no man alive was more careless in looking into his accounts.”— Arbuthnot. II. Figuratively: 1. Existent, as opposed to extinct; remaining; continuing. “. . . I had not left a purse alive in the whole army.” —Shalcesp.: Winter’s Tale, iv. 4 To keep alive. v. t. : To maintain in such a stato of continued existence. “Hence Liberty, sweet Liberty, inspires And Iceeps alive his fierce but noble fires.” Cowper: Table Talk. ‘‘This fame, if due to her beauty, would probably have #, her name alive.”—Gladstome: Studies on Homer, l. e 2. Of quick, susceptible temperament; or, for the time being, highly active in mind or body, espe- cially in the phrase all alive. “She's happy here, she's happy there, She is uneasy everywhere ; Her limbs are all alive with joy.” alkali-metal 3. Swarming with living beings in active move- ment. “In a few minutes the Boyne, for a quarter of a mile, was alive with muskets and green boughs.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., chap. xvi. 4. In a spiritual sense: Temporarily or perma- nently free from the power of sin ; having sin dead within one, or being one's self dead to it. (In this ; it may be followed by to, or the old form 2.77.7 O. “For I was alive without the law once: but when the tºnnament came, sin revived, and I died.”—Rom. V 11. $3. “T,ikewise reckon ye also yourselves to be dead indeed unto sin, but alive unto God through Jesus Christ our Lord.”—Rom. vi. 11. * This adjective nover precedes the noun it qualifies, âl-iz-ār"—ic äç'-id, s. [PHTHALIC ACID.] âl-iz'-ar-in, s. [From alizari, the name given to madder in the Levant. Chem. : C14HsO4=C12H6(CO.OH)2. The chief color- ing matter of madder (Rubia tinctoria). It crys- tallizes in red prisms, slightly soluble in water or alcohol, but dissolving in concentrated sulphuric acid, also in alkaline liquids. It is a feeble dibasic acid. Heated with zinc dust, it is converted into anthracene. Nitric acid oxidizes it into oxalic and phthalic acids. Alizarin has been produced artifi- cially by Oxidizing anthracene to anthraquinone, converting the latter into dibromanthraquinone, and heating this with caustic potash, the two atoms of Br are replaced by (OH)2. âl-iz-ite, s. [ALIPITE.] âl-ka-dār'-it, s. [Arab. alkadan=a decree.] Among the Mohammedams : A sect who maintain free-will as opposed to the doctrine of eternal, ab- solute decrees. They are a branch of the Mota- Zalites, and have for their theological opponents the Algiabarii (Q. v.). ã1'-ka-hést, s. [In Ger. alkahest; Sp. alkaest; Arab. al- the ; Ger. geist=ghost, spirit; = all spirit: or Low Lat. alk(alc) est-it is an alkali; =all spirit; spirit of salt...]. A word first used by Paracelsus, and adopted by his followers to signify (1) what was fancied to be a universal menstruum, a liquid capa- ble of resolving all bodies into their constituent elements; (2) fixed salts volatilized. ăl-ka-hès-tic, a. [Eng. alkahest; -ic.] Pertain- ing to the alkahest. Al-kā'id, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star of the 2% magnitude; called also Benetnasch, and Eta Ursae Majoris. [BENETNAsCH.] āl-kal-ā-mide, à l'-cal-ā-mide, a. [From alkali and amide (q.v.).] âl-kal-ès-genge, al-kal-ès-gen-gy, s. [Eng. alkal (i) ; -escence. In Ger. alkalesenz; Fr. alcal- escence.j The state of becoming alkaline in proper- ties, or the tendency to do so. āl-kāl-ćs'—gent, a. [Eng. alkal(i); -escent, from Lat. crescens—increasing. In Fr. alcalescent: Port. alcalescente.] 1. In process of acquiring the properties of an alkali, or possessing a tendency to become alkaline. “All animal diet is alkalescent or antiacid.”—Arbuth- 77 ot. 2. Bot. : Having the properties or effects of an alkali. Example, Rumex acetosa. (Lowdom: Cyclop. of Plants, 1829; p. 1,094.) ăl -kal-i, *āl-cal—y, s. [In Sw., Ger. & Sp. al- kali; Fr., Port.; and Ital. alcali. From źt the, and kali-pian ts of the genus Salicornia (Glass- wort), which, being burnt, left behind a white re- siduum now called alkali. The word was then first a botanical, and afterward a chemical, one..] A salt of any kind which effervesces with acids; but now the term is used to denote a strong base, which is capable of neutralizing acids, so that the salts formed are either completely neutral, or, if the acid is Weak, give alkaline reactions. Alkaliès turn red- dened litmus blue, turmeric paper brown, and most vegetable purples green; they have a soapy taste, act on the skin, and form soaps with fats. The fixed alkalies are the hydrated oxides of the alkaline metals and metals of the alkaline earths. The vol- atile alkalies are ammonia and the amines of Or- ganic Chemistry; their salts are volatilized at a moderate heat. The term alkali in commerce usually means caustic soda or potash, impure NaHO or KHO ; both are used in the arts for the manufacture 9f glass, soap, and many other pur- poses, Caustic potash is used in surgery as a Cautery. “Salt tartre, alcaly, and salt preparat.” º Chaucer: C. T., 12,738. alkali-metal, S. A metal whose hydrate is an alkali. The alkali metals are all monatomic, oxi- dize in the air, and decompose water at ordinary temperatures. They are potassium, sodium, lith- stone. So named because it is not unctuous.] A Wordsworth : Idiot Boy. ium, caesium, and rubidium. făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, • * & A -º- -- ** tº e º * - * º * wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, råle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = e; ey = a, or, wore, * Qu = kW. alkali-works alkali-works, s.pl. Manufactories where alkalies are prepared. Also applied to those in which car- bonate of sodium is manufactured from common salt, by converting it into sulphate of sodium through the action of sulphuric acid, and roasting the sulphate of sodium with a mixture of chalk and coal-dust. ăl-kal-i-fi'-a-ble, a. [Eng. alkalify; -able.] Capable of being converted into an alkali. â1'-kal-i-fied, pa. par. & a. [ALKALIFY.] ăl'—kal-i-fy, v. t. & i. [.(1) Alkali; (2) the v. t. from Lat. facio=to make ; the v. i. from fio-to be- come, the passive of facio.] 1. Trans.: To convert into an alkali. 2. Intrams. : To pass into the state of an alkali; to be converted into or become an alkali. âl-kal-ig'-Én-oiás, a. [Arab., &c., alkali and Gr. genmad-to beget; from gemma =birth ; the causal of gigmomai-to be born.] Generating or producing an alkali. āl-kal-im-èt-êr, s. [In Ger. alkalimeter, from Arab., &c., alkali; and Gr. metrom- a measure.] An instrument invented by M. Descroizilles for ascer- taining the amount of alkali in commercial potassa and soda by neutralizing it with a standard acid solution. It is called also burette. One of another kind has been contrived by Dr. Mohr, of Coblentz. It consists of a graduated tube with a shorter glass tube attached to it, and a clamp by which the flow of the liquid can be regulated. āl-kal-i-mêt'—rí-cal, a. [ALKALIMETER.]. Per- taining to the measurement of the proportion of alkali in certain impure salts. “The object of an alkali metrical process may also be obtained .”—Graham: Chem., vol. i., p. 552. āl-kal-im-èt-ry, s. [ALKALIMETER...] The meas- urement of the amount of alkali contained in caus- tic soda or potash, and of carbonates of the alka- lies in a commercial sample, by means of a standard acid solution. â1'-kal-ine, a. [Eng. alkali ; -ime. In Fr. Gilcºt- lin; Sp. alkalimo; Port. & Ital. alcalimo..] Having the properties of an alkali. “. . . an alkaline state.”—Arbuthnot. * An alkaline substance has a soapy taste, turns reddened litmus paper, blue, gives a brown color to turmeric paper, neutralizes acids, dissolves Qrganic matter, and forms soaps with fats. The alkaling metals are potassium, sodium, lithium, caesium, and rubidium; the metals of the alkaline earths are calcium, strontium, and barium. āl-kal-in-i-ty, s. [In Ger, alkalinität, Fr. alcal- inité.] The quality which constitutes any sub- stance an alkali. “It is an alkaline fluid, and its alkalinity is chiefly due to the presence of free soda.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., ii. 296. âl-kal-i-oiás, a... [Eng., &c., alkali; -ows.] Pos- sessing the properties of an alkali. “Each of them may partake of an acid and alkalious nature.”—Dr. Kim neirº: Essay on the Nerves (1739), p. 134. *āl-kal'—iz-āte, v. t. To render bodies alkaline. (Johnson.) âl-kal'—iz—ate, a, & S. [ALKALIZE.] Possessed of alkalino properties. A. As adjective: Impregnated with an alkali. “The color of violets in their syrup, by acid liquors turns red; and by urinous and alkalizate turns green.”— Newton. B. As substantive: “That which has the qualities of an alkali.” āl-kal-i-zā'-tion, fūl-kal-i-śā'—tion, s. [AL- KALIZE.] The act of alkalizing bodies, or impreg- nating them with an alkali. (Blount.) âl-kal-ize, v. t. [Eng. alkali; -ize. In Ger. alkalisiren, Fr. alcaliser; Port. alcalisar; Ital. (tleg lizzare.] To render alkaline either by working a chemical change in them, or by impregnating them with alkali. ăl -kal-6id, a. & S. [(1) Eng., &c., alkali; and (2) Gr. eidos=form, appearance..] Resembling an alkali in properties. Alkaloids are natural organic bases containing nitrogen, and having high molec- ular weights. They occur in many plants, and some in animal tissues; they have not, except co- nine, been formed by synthesis. They are substitu- tion compounds of ammonia, most are tertiary amines. They form salts with acids, and double salts with platinic chloride. They are generally crystalline bodies, soluble in hot alcohol, sparingly Soluble in water. They have mostly a bitter taste, act powerfully on the animal system, and are used in medicine as quinine, morphine, and strychnine; they are often violent poisons. The names of most of the alkaloids end in ine, as, theine, which occurs in tea and coffee. *ā1'-ka-mye, s. The metal “alchemy” (q.v.). (Prompt. Parv.) bóil, jówl; Cat, bóy; påut, çell, Chorus, 135 âl-kan-èt, *āl -ken-èt, s. [Arab. alkanna.] [HENNA.] The English name of several plants. tl. Properly Lawsonia inermis. [HENNA. * 2. (a) The Alkanna tinctoria. [ALKANNA.] Lind- ley mentions that it was once supposed to exhilarate, and was in consequence regarded as one of the four ºś §. lſº 'º § § Ş r $ §º *$3 Yº Y., Nº § *A* § tº - - § § º ſº % ſ: §º § Alkanet (Alkanna Tinctoria). cordial flowers; the other three being the borage, the “rose,” and the “violet.” \!. Its root, which is much used to give a fine red color to oil and other fatty matters, and was formerly employed to stain the face. 3. The English name of the genus_Amchusa, be- longing to the order Boraginaceae, or Borage-worts. Two are doubtful natives of Europe, A. gficinalis, or Common, and A. sempervirens, or Evergreen Alkanet. The former has purple, the latter beauti- ful blue flowers. The evergreen species is less rare than the other. The American name “Puccoon,” of North American Indian origin, covers this species of plants yielding a red pigment ; sometimes the term “blood-root” is used. ăl-kān'-ma, s. [Arab.] A genus of Boraginaceae, or Borage-worts, akin to Anchusa (q.v.). A. tinc- toria, generally, called Anchusq tinctorict, is the plant to which the name alkamet is most frequently applied. [ALKANET.] ăl-kar-gén, s. [See CACODYLIC ACID.] *āl'—kar–6un, s. [ALKORAN.] ăl'-kar"—sim, s. [Apparently Arabic...] [See CACO- DYL.] ăl-ké-kën'-gi, s. [In Fr. alkekenge; Sp. alka- kengi, alkamattegi; alkangwegi; Port. Culkékem- | The specific name of the Common Winter Sherry, Physalis alkekengi. Though called cherry, it is really of the Nightshade order. The berries are acidulous and slightly bitter. The ancients considered them as detergent and aperient. The plant is a native of Southern Europe; the fruit is eaten in Germany, Switzerland, and Spain. Ål-ké na, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star of magnitude 23, called also Gamma Geminorum. āl-kën'-ma, āl-hén'-ma... [HENNA.] - ăl-kèrm –és, s. [In Fr. alkermes; Sp. alkermes, alquermes; Arab. al-the, and kermes.] [KERMES...] Ö. Med...: An imagined remedy made mainly of kermes “berries,” really the swelled bodies of in- sects belonging to the family Coccidge, that to which the cochineal insect belongs. With this were combined into a confection, , pippin-cyder, rose- water, sugar, ambergris, musk, cinnamon, , aloes- wood, pearls, and leaf-gold. Sometimes, however, the sweets were omitted from this strange confec- tion. Much medicinal virtue was attached to it; but it is almost needless to add that it has disap- peared from the modern pharmacopoeia. “The other is of beads, made of the scarlet powder, which they call kermes, which is the principal ingredient in their cordial confection alkermes.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. x., § 965. Āl-kés, s. [Corrupted Arabic (?).]. A fixed star of the fourth magnitude, called also Alpha Crateris. alkoran, alcoran, *alcheron, *alkaroun (āl- kor-àn' or āl-kör'—an), s. [In Ger, aukorem . Fr. (ulcoram Ital. alcorano. From Arab. al-the ; koram =book.] º » 1. The Mohammedan Scriptures. [KORAN.] “The holy lawes of our Alkaroun, Geven by Goddes messangere Makamete.” Chaucer: The Man of Lawes Totle, 4,752-3. “With soule-profaning Turkish Alcheron.” Time's Whistle, Satire I. 188. “I had rather believe all the fables in the ILegend, and the Talmud, and the Alcoran, than that this universal frame is without a mind.”—Bacom: Essays, Civ. and Mor., chap. xvi. 2. Arch.: The name given to a high slender tower in Persian mosques in which the priests, at stated times, recite aloud prayers from the Koran. (Gwilt.) ăl-kor-ān-ig, àl-cor-ān-ic,.. a. [Eng., &c., alkoram -ic.] Pertaining to the Koran. go, gem; thin, çhin, bençh; this; Sin, all āl-kor-ān-ist, s. [Eng., &c., alkoran; -ist.] One who adheres to the letter of the Koran. rejecting all traditions. The Sheeah sect is alkoranist, while the Soonnees adhere to the opposite practice. ăll, *āl, *āle, *ālle, *āwl, *āwle (Eng.); a” (Scotch), (taj., S., adv., conj., and in compos. [.A. S. eal, cel, al, pl. eculle. In Sw. all, hel; Dan. al, alle; Dut. al., alle, geheal; Ger. (uller, in compos. all; Goth. alls; Irish & Gael. wile; Arm. ole; Wel. Oll, hole ; Icel, allr, pl. allir; Goth. alls, allai ; O. H. Ger. al, aller. esenius recognizes a connection, also, with Heb. kol-every, all. Wedgwood looks in another direction, believing all to be from the same root as (tye (q.v.).] A. As adjective : #. Of number: The whole number of ; every one “And Samuel said unto Jesse, Are here all thy chil- dren?”—1 Sam. xvi. 11. II. Of quantity : 1. Of ſtºn article, of work, dºc. : The entire amount; the whole of. & 4 six days shalt thou labor and do cºll thy work.”—Eacod. XX. Ry, 2. Of time: The entire, or whole duration of. “. . . . Master, we have toiled all the night, and have taken nothing. . .”—Luke v. 3. Of space or e.vtension : The whole extent; whether this is to be reckoned by length only, by length and breadth, or by length, breadth and depth. “Ther was also a Doctor of Phisik, In al this world ne was ther non him lyk.” Chaucer: C. T., 413, 414. T. Sometimes all is loosely used, especially in colloquial language, for a large number, quantity, amount, or extent of anything; though this may fall far short of the whole. “I am a linen-draper bold, As all the world doth know.” Cowper: John Gilpin. B. As substantive : 1. Plural: All people; all persons of the kind indicated. “And all that believed were together.”—Acts ii. 44. 2. Singular : (a) The whole, as opposed to a part. “And win, what haply fate may yet accord, A soldier’s death—the all now left an empire's lord.” Hemams: The Last Constantime, 90. (b) Every person; everything. “. . . tomorrow I will let thee go, and will tell thee all that is in thine heart.”—1 Sam. ix. 19. C. As adverb : *1. Originally: A particle intended to give in- creased emphasis, to a sentence or clause of , a sentence. It is still so used in the languages of the Germanic family. “He thought them sixpence all too dear.” Shakesp.: Othello, ii. 3. (Song.) 2. Just ; exactly ; at the exact time when, or the place where. “All as the dwarfe the way to her assyn’d.” Spenser: I’. Q., I., vii. 18, 3. Wholly, completely, entirely. “Woe to the bloody city it is all full of lies and rob- bery.”—Nah. iii. 1. “ Unwounded from the dreadful close, But breathless all, Fitz-James arose.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, v. 16. 4. In all respects, “None are all evil.”—Byron : The Corsair, I. xii. 5. Only; to the exclusion of all other persons or things. “Sure I shall never marry, like my sister, To love my father all.” Shakesp.: King Lear, i. 1. *D. As conjunction: Although. “And those two froward sisters, their faire loves, Came with them eke, all they were wondrous loth.” Spenser: F. Q., II., ii. 34. * In this sense it is often written albe, or albee G. W. ). * There are many phrases in which all is found in composition with other words. The most im- portant of these are— After all : After everything has become known or been taken into account. All along : (1) The whole way along (in space); (2) during the whole bygone period to which refer- ence is being made (in time); (3) a term used in bookbinding, denoting that the thread passes from end to end of the fold, or directly between the dis- tant points of puncturation. All and some : One and all ; every one; every- thing. - “In armour eke the souldiers all and some, With all the force that might so soon be had.” Mirr. for Mag., p. 91. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. —tian Shan. Shiis. -ble, -dle, –tion, -SiOus = -cious, -sion = Shūn; -Šion = —tion, Zhiin. -tious, all-abandoned All a-row, all-a-row: All in a row. “My friends above, my folks below, r Chatting and laughing all-a-row,” . Pope. Imitations of Horace, Sat. vi., 185-6. In the same sense as ALL FOURS, y +All four. No. 1 (q.v.). - “. . . whatsoever goeth upon all four.”—Lev. xi. 42. All fours: (1) The whole of the four extremities (used of a human being creeping on arms and legs, or arms and knees; or of the ordinary movements of a quadruped). , “He [the gorilla] . . . betakes himself to all fours.” —Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia (1859), p. 89. (2) A low game at cards played by two ; so named from the four particulars by which it is reckoned, and which, joined in the hand of either of the par- ties, are said to make all fours. (Johnson.) (3) Law: One case is sometimes said to be on all fours with another one when the two agree in all partic- ulars with each other. (Will: Wharton's Law Lea'icon.) & 4 it must stand on all-fours with that stipula- tion.”—Daily Telegraph, March 15, 1877. All in all: (1) Supreme and undisputed ruler (adj., used of God). “And when all things shall be subdued under him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that put all §ngs under him, that God may be all in all.”—1 Cor. xv. 28. (2) The aggregate of the qualities required to form an estimate (substantive). “Ham. He was a man, take him for all in all, I shall not look upon his like again.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 2. (3) In all respects (adv.). “Lod. Is this the noble Moor whom our full senate Call all-in-all sufficient 7” - Shakesp.: Othello, iv. 1. All one: In all respects the same thing. “The Saxons could call a comet a fixed star, which is all one with Stella crimita, or cometa.”—Camden. Remains. All over: (1) Spread over every part; wholly, completely. (Colloquial.) 2. All included. “Give me your hands, all over.” Shakesp. ; Julius Caesar, ii. 1. All the better: In all respects the better. Used loosely for “So much the botter.” iſ All to : [ALL-TO.] And all: Included, not excepted. “A torch, snuff and all, goes out in a moment, when dipped in the vapor.”—Addison: Remarks on Italy. At all: In any respect ; to the extent; in any de- gree; of any kind; whatever. “I find in him no fault at all.”—John xviii. 38. E. In composition : In composition all may be an adjective, joined with a present or a past parti- ciple, or an imperative, , as, all-absorbing, all- abandoned, albeit, an adverb, joined with an adjective or present or past participle, as all- merciful, all-pervading, all-accomplished; a sub- stantive, as all-shºwn med; or an interjection, as all- hail. all-abandoned, a. Abandoned by all. “. . . this all-abandoned desert.”—Shelton: D. Quiac., i. 4, 1. all-abhorred, a. Th". of Abhorred by all. all-abhorred war.” Shakesp.: Henry IV., Part I., v. 1, all-aboard. A direction given by the conductor of a passenger train for all passengers to get on board the train. all-absorbing, g. Absorbing all. Engrossing the attention; wholly occupying the mind so as to leave no room for thought about anything else. all-accomplished, q. In all, respects accom- plished; of thoroughly finished education. all-admiring, a. Wholly admiring. “Cant. Hear him but reason in divinity, And, all-admiring, with an inward wish, You would desire the king were made a prelate.” Shakesp, King Kemnºy V., i. 1. all-advised, a. Advised by all. “He was all-advised to give such a one.”—Bishop Warbwirton: Letters, p. 13. all-aged, a. Of all ages without distinction. “Lowlander made the all-aged Stakes.”—Times, Oct. 30, 1875, Sporting Intelligence. all-amazed, a. Thoroughly amazed. “And all-amazed brake off his late intent.” Shalcesp.: Venus and Adonis. Approved by all. all-approved Spenser.”—More: Song of the Soul, all-approved, a. & 4 Preface. 2 all-approving, a. Approving of everything. “The courteous host, and all-app rowing guest.” 136 º a. Arraigning all people, or every part of one's conduct or reputation. “We dread the all-arraigming voice of Fame.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xxi., 348. all-assistless, a. Wholly unable to render one's self or others assistance. “Stupid he stares, and all-assistless stands.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xvi., 970. all-atoning, a. Atoning for all, or for every- thing; making complete atonement. “A patriot's all-atoming name.” Dryden: Absalom and Achitophel. all-be, conj. [ALBE.] all-bearing, a. Bearing, in the sense of pro- ducing everything ; omniparous. “Whatever earth, all-bearing mother, yields.” Milton : P. L., bk. v. “Where on th’ all-bearing earth unmark'd it grew. Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. x., 362. all-beauteous, a. Everywhere, and in all re- spects, full of beauty. & & All-beauteous world!” e Byron : Heaven and Earth, i. 8. all-beautiful, a. In all respects very beautiful. “All-Ueautiful in grief, her humid eyes, º Shining with tears, she lifts, and thus she cries.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xix., 301-302. all-beholding, a. Beholding everything. “Jove to deceive, what methods shall she try, What arts, to blind his all-beholding eye?” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xiv., 185, 186. “Of all-beholding man, earth's thoughtful lord.”... Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. viii. all-bestowing, a., Bestowing everything, or be- stowing whatever is bestowed. “Had not his Maker's all-bestowing hand Given him a soul, and bade him understand.” Cowper: Conversation. ... all-blasting, a. Blasting every creature under its influence. “This boundless upas, this all-blasting tree.” Byron Childe Harold, iv. 126. all-bounteous, a. Infinitely bounteous– an attribute of God. “. . . the all-bounteous King, who shower'd With copious hand.” Milton : P. L., bk. v. all-bountiful, ,a. [The same as ALL-BOUNTE- QUs.) Infinitely bountiful; whose bounty has no limits. all-bright, a. Completely bright; bright every part. “All-bright in heavenly arms, above his squire, Achilles mounts, and sets the field on fire.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xix., 434-5. all-but, all but, a. Only slightly falling short of universality; nearly, almost. “. . . I too acknowledge the all-but omnipotence of early culture and nurture.”—Carlyle: Sartor Resartus, bk. ii., ch. ii. - all-changing, a. Perpetually changing. “. ... this all-changing word.” Shakesp.: K. John, ii. 2. Cheering all; inspiring all in all-cheering, a. with cheerfulness. 6 & the all-cheering sun.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, i. 1. all-collected, a. Thoroughly collected. “Fierce, at the word, his weighty sword he drew, And, all-collected, on Achilles flew.’’ Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xxii., 389-90. all-comfortleSS, a. Wholly without comfort. “All-comfortless he sits, and wails his friend.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xix., 367. , all-commanding, a., Commanding all; that is, issuing commands to all; possessed of unlimited SOvereignty. “Who, by his all-commanding might, Did fill the new-made world with light.” Milton: Transl. of Ps. cxxxvi. , all-compelling, a. Compelling all beings, and in all matters. “. . and all-compelling Fate.” Pope: Home?’s Iliad, bk. xix., 88. all-complying, a. Complying always, and in every particular. “All bodies be of air compos'd, Great Nature's all-complying Mercury '' More: Song of the Soul, App., 28. all-composing, adj. Composing all; making all tranquil. z all-composing sleep.” 1°ope: IIomer’s Iliad, bk. xxiv., 8. all-Comprehending, a. Comprehending every- all-discovering all-comprehensive, a. [The same as ALL-com- PREHENDING..] Comprehending everything. “The divine goodness is manifested in making all creat- ures suitably to those ideas of their natures, which he hath in his all-comprehensive wisdom.”—Glanvill: Pre- eacistence of Souls, ch. 8. all-Concealing, a. & £ Concealing everything. all-concealing night.” Spense”: M. Hubb. Tale, ver. 340. all-Confounding, a. Confounding all. “Ever higher and dizzier are the heights he leads us to; more piercing, all-comprehending, all-confounding are his views and glances.”—Carlyle: Sarton Resartus, bk. i., ch. xi. all-conquering, a. Universally conquering; everywhere victorious. “. all-conquering Rome.” Cowper: Eacpostulation. “And sunk the victim of all-conquering death.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xviii., 150. all-conscious, a. In every respect conscious. “He, whose all-conscious eyes the world behold, Th’ eternal Thunderer, sat thron’d in gold.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. viii., 550-1. all-considering, a. Considering all things. “On earth he turn'd his all-considering eyes.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xi., 111. “To few, and wondrous few, has Jove assign'd A wise, extensive, all-considering mind.” Ibid., bk. xiii., 917-18. Constraining all. ſº Nature, by her all-constraining law, Each bird to her own kind this season doth invite.” Drayton: Polyolb., Song 13. Consuming everything ex- all-Constraining, a. & 4 º all-consuming, a. posed to its action. £ 4 an all-consuming fire.” Byron : Hours of Idleness. “To God their praise bestow, : And own His all-consuming power, Before they feel the blow.” Goldsmith: An Oratorio, act iii. all-controlling, a. Controlling all. (Everett.) all-covering, a. Covering all persons or things. “ No: sooner far their riot and their lust All-covering earth shall bury deep in dust.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xv., 37-8. all-creating, a. Capable of creating everything; which actually creates, or has created everything. “His other works, the visible display Of all-creating energy and might.” Cowper: Task, bk. v. all-curing, a. Curing all or everything. “When Death’s all-curing hand shall close their eyes.” Sandys: Job, ch. xxi. all-daring, , a, Daring, everything; shrinking from no effort, however arduous. “ . the all-daring power of poetry.”—B. Jonson: Masques att Court. all-dazzling, a. Dazzling all. “. . . bind To his young brows his own all-dazzling wreath.” Cowper: Transl. of Latin Poems of Montil. all-defying, a. Defying all. “Love, all-defying Love, who sees No charm in trophies won with ease.” Moore: The Fire-Worshipers. all-depending, (t. Depending more or less upon every Creature. “. . . bereft By needy man, that all-depending lord.” Thomson: Summer. all-designing, a. Designing all things. all-destroying, a. Destroying everything. “But ah ! withdraw this all-destroying hand.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xxi. 437. all-devasting, a. Devastating everything. “From wounds her eaglets suck the reeking blood, And all-devast img war provides her food.” Sandys: Job, p. 58. all-devouring, a Devouring or consuming everything. (Lit. & fig.) “ . . all-devou?'ing flame.” Cowper: Burm imſy of Lord Mansfield's Library. a 11-dimming, (t. Rendering everything dim. “Then close his eyes with thy all-dimming hand.” Marston : Address to Oblivion at the end of Satires. all-directing, (t. Directing everything. & £ º all-directing day.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 47. all-discerning, a. Discerning everything. all-discovering, a. Discovering in the sense of disclosing everything. ‘‘Till all-discovering Time shall further truth declare.” Byrom : Lara, I. xxix. thing. More: Song of the Soul, Inf. of Worlds, st. 93. fåte, fīt, fare, amidst, whät, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; milte, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, = é; ey = a, qu = kw. all-disgraced all-disgraced, a. In every respect disgraced; thoroughly disgraced. “The queen Of audience, nor desire, shall fail: so she From Egypt drive her all-disgraced friend, Or take his life there.” Shakesp.: Antony and Cleopatra, iii. 10. all-dispensing, a. 1. Dispensing all things. *: “As frankly bestowed on them by the all-dispensing 'bounty as rain and sunshine.”—DIiltom: Of Reform, bk. ii. 2. Affording a dispensation, from the enforcement of a law or penalty; indirectly granting permission to do an otherwise illegal act. “That little space you safely may allow; Your all-dispensing power protects you now.” Dryden: Hind and Panther all-disposing, a. TXisposing all things. “Of all-disposing Providence.” Wordsworth: The White Doe of Rylstone, c. vi. all-divine, a. In all respects divine; infinitely divine. “Then would I write the all-divine Perfections of my valentime.” Howell: Lette”, i. 5, 21. all-divining, a. Divining everything; saga- ciously unraveling every present mystery and fore- casting every future event. “But is there aught in hidden fate can shun Thy all-divining spirit ‘’” Sir R. Fanshawe; Pastor Fido, p. 181. all-dreaded, a. Dreaded by all. “. the all-dreaded thunder-stone.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, iv. 2. all-dreadful, a. In all respects dreadful; very Adreadful. “When Juno's self and Pallas shall appear, All-dreadful in the crimson walks of war.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. viii., 459-60. all-drowsy, a. Very drowsy. “At t-drowsy night.”—Browne; Brit. Past., ii. 1. all-eating, (v. Eating everything. (Lit. & fig.) “Were an all-eating shame and thriftless praise.” Shakesp.: Sonnets, ii. all-efficacious, a. In all respects efficacious. (Everett.) all-efficient, a. Of unlimited efficiency. In all respects, and to an unlimited extent, efficient. all-eloquent, (t. In the highest degree eloquent; of unbounded eloquence. “O Death all-eloquent 1 you only prove What dust we doat on, when 'tis man we love.” Pope: Eloise to Abelard, 335-6. all-embracing, a. Embracing everything. (More or less figurative.) “. . . an all-embracing ocean tide.”—Carlyle: Heroes and IIero-Worship, Lect. I. “Soon as, absorb’d in all-embracing flame, Sunk what was mortal of thy mighty name.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xxiv., 91-2. . “A comprehensive, all-embracing, truly Catholic Chris- tianity.”—Milman: Hist. of Jews, 3d ed., Pref. vol. i., 3). XXXiv. all-ending, a. Putting an end to all things. “Methinks, the truth shall live from age to age, As 'twere retail'd to all posterity, Even to the general all-ending day.” Shakesp.: King Richard III., iii. 1. all-enduring, a. Enduring everything. “With a sedate and all-enduring eye.” Byron: Childe Harold, iii. 89. all-enfolder, s. He who unfolds everything. “Who dares to name His name, Or belief in Him proclaim, Veiled in mystery as He is, the All-enfolder 7” Goethe. (Quoted in Tyndall's Frag.of Science, xiv. 442.) all-engrossing, a. Engrossing all. , “... . . . the all-engrossing torment of their industrial- ism.”—J. S. Mill; Pol. Econ., bk. i., ch. vii., § 3. all-enlightened, a. In all respects or on all matters enlightened. “O all-ºnlightened mind!” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xiii., 484. all-enlightening, a. Enlightening all or every- lllg. “Forth burst the sun with all-enlightening ray.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xvii., 735. all-enraged, a. Enraged in the highest degree. “How shall I stand, when that thou shalt be hurl’d Qn clouds, in robes of fire, to judge the world, Usher'd with golden legions, in thine eye Carrying an all-enraged majesty?” John Hall: Poems, p. 77. all-envied, a. Envied by all. “. th’ all-envied gift of Heav'n.” Pope: Miscellanies; Horace, Epist., bk. i., 4. hóil, böy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 137 all-essential, a. Quite essential; that cannot on any account be dispensed with. (Everett.) all-evil, a. In all respects evil; evil in the high- est degree. & & ... his own all-evil son.” Byron. Parisima, bk. vi. all-excellent, a. Infinitely excellent; of un- bounded excellence. “O Love all-earcellent.” Cowpen': Transl. from Gwion. all-flaming, a. In a thorough blaze; flaming in every direction. “She could not curb her fear, but 'gan to start At that all-flaming dread the monster spit.” Beaumont: Psyche, viii. 85. All Fools'. Day, s: The 1st, of April; the day when, ..ºf to the ethics. handed down, prob- ably from pre-Christian times, it is considered right, if not even laudable, to make fools of all people, if one can, or at least of as many, as possible. The approved method of doing this is to send them on silly or bootless errands. The victim thus entrapped is called in England, an April fool, in Scotland an April gowk, and in France Poisson d'Avril, an April fish. A similar practice obtains in India at a some- what licentious festival called the Huli, or Holee, which is designed to celebrate the yernal equilnox. The habit of making the 1st of April a day of prac- tical joking was once common in the United States, but is now falling into disuse. “The first of April, some do say, Is set apart for All Fool's Day.” Poor Robin's Almanac (1760). “The French, too, have their All Fools' Day, and call the person imposed upon ‘an April fish, poisson d’ Avril,’ whom we term an April fool.”—Brand: Popular Antiqui- ties, all-forgetful, a. Wholly forgetful. “. . . all-forgetful of self.” Longfellow: Evangelime, pt. i., 4. all-forgetting, a. Forgetting all people. “How blest the solitary’s lot, Who all-forgetting, all-forgot, Within his humble cell.” Burns: Despondency, 3. all-forgiving, a. Forgiving all. “That all-forgiving king, The type of Him above.” Dryden: Thren. Awg., ver. 257. all-forgot, all-forgotten, a. Wholly forgotten, Or forgotten by all. * “For hours on Lara he would fix his glance, As all-forgotten in that watchful trance.” Byron : Lara, I., xxvi. (For ex. of ALL-FORGOT, see ALL-FORGETTING...) all-giver, s. The giver of everything. “The All-giver would be unthank'd.”—Milton; Comus. all-glorious, a. Infinitely glorious. “All-glorious King of kings.” Cowper: Transl. from Guiom’s Joy in Martyrdom. all-good, s. & a. A. As subst. : A name sometimes given to a plant, the Chemopodium Bonus Henricus, called also the Mercury Goose-foot or Good King Henry. It is common in various portions of Europe. [CHENO- PODIUM.) B. As adj. : Infinitely good. all-governing, a. Governing all. “But Jove, all-governing, whose only will Determines fate, and mingles good with ill.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xvii., 507-8. all-gracious, a. Infinitely gracious. { { all-gracious Heaven.” Scott: Lord of the Isles, v. 33. Grasping everything. all-grasp img Rome.” Scott: The Ba?"d’s Incantation. In every respect great; infinitely all-grasping, Ct. all-great, a. great. “. . . that France was not all-great.”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. VI. all-guiding, a. Guiding all persons and things. “Now give me leave to answer thee, and those, Who God’s all-guiding providence oppose.” Sandys: Job, ch. xxxv. all-hail, imper. of v., or interj., s, & v. [Eng. Cull, and hail=health.] A. As an imperative of a verb, or as an interjec- tion: A salutation to God, to a human being, or to an in animate thing. . . . . w ºf 8 1. Applied to God, it indicates reverential joy or adoration in approaching His presence. “Jehovah, with returning light, all-hail.” Byron : Cain, i. 1. 2. Addressed to a person, it properly wishes him perfect health, but is used more vaguely as a saluta- #. to express the pleasure which is felt in meeting lilll . “And as they went to tell His disciples, behold, Jesus met them, saying, All-hail.”—Matt. xxviii. 9 thin, Çhin, bençh; go, gem; this; Sin, all-heal 3. Addressed to a thing, it implies that it is to the utterer a source of great delight. “All-hail, ye fields, where constant peace attends! All-hail, ye sacred solitary groves! e All-hail, ye books, my true, my real friends.” * * Walsh. B. As substantive: Welcome. “Greater than both, by the all-hail hereafter!” Shakesp.: Macbeth, i. 5. “Give the all-hail to thee, and cry, “Be bless'd For making up this peace!’” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, v. 3. C. As a verb: To salute. “Whiles I stood rapt in the wonder of it, Came missives from the king, who all-hailed me, Thane of Cawdor.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, i. 5. *All-hallond, s. [ALL-HALLOWS.] *All-hallond-eve, s. The eve of All-hallows' Day. [ALL-HALLOWs’ EVE.] All-hallow, s. [ALL-HALLOWS.] all-hallowed, adj. Hallowed in the highest degree. our all-hallow’d ark.” Byron.: Heaven and Earth, i. 8. [ALL-HALLOWS' EVE.] The same as ALL-HALLOWS All-halloween, s. All-hallowmas, S. q. V.). All-hall0Wn, a. All-hallows. * An All-hallown swimmer is a late summer. “Farewell, thou latter spring! farewell, All-hallown summer.” Shakesp.: Henry IV., Part I., i. 2. All-hallows, All-hallow, All-hallow maS, Hallowmas, *All-hallond, s... [Eng, all ; hallows or hallow ; A. S. halge (genit. higan)=saints.j [HALLOW. * 1. The old English designation of All Saints' Day, the 1st of November, formerly ushered in through: out Britain by the ceremonies and merry-making of Wºlloween [ALL-HALLOWEEN, ALL SAINTS’ AY. “Book of Riddles! why, did you not lend it to Alice Shortcake upon All-hallowmas last, a fortnight afore Michaelmas?”—Shakesp.: Merry Wives, i. 1. 2. During the darkness of mediaeval times, if the example which follows may be trusted, there were people who believed All-hallows to be a saint in- stead of a saint's day, and had no misgivings with #ºo the genuineness of “his” relics when ex- ibited. Pertaining to the time about “Friends, here shall ye se evyn anone Of All-hallowes the blessed jaw-bone, Kiss it hardely with good devotion.” Heywood: Four P's. All-hallows’-eve, * All-hallond-eve, All- halloween, *All-halloween-tide, Halloween, s. [Eng. all; hallows'-eve; hallond=hallows; eve, een =evemtide. In A. S. tid, tiid=tide time.] The 31st of October, the evening before All-hallows §: v.). Till recently it was kept up (especially in Scotland) with ceremonies which have apparently come down from Druidical times. [HALLQWEENJ Though connected with All Saints' Day (1st of November), yet it seems to have been formerly a merry-making to celebrate the end of autumn, and help to fortify the mind against the advent of winter. “Froth, All-hallond-eve.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, ii. 1. “Betwixt Michaelmas and All-halloween-tide. . . .” sº Petition of John Field, in Froude's Hist. of Eng., CIl, WI. All-hallow-tide, s. At or about the “tide” or time of All-hallows (q.v.). “Cut off the bough about All-hallow-tide.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. v., § 427. all-happy, a. highest degree. all-hating, a. Completely happy. Happy in the Hating all. this all-hating world.” Shakesp.: Richard II., v. 5. all-heal, s. [Eng. all heal: doubtless from the erroneous notion that the plant so designated was a remedy for all diseases.] *1. The mistletoe. “This was the most respectable festival of our Druids, called yule- tide; when mistletoe, which they called all- heal, was carried in their hands and laid on their altars, as an em- blem of the salutifer- ous advent of Messiah.” —Stukeley: Medallic Hist. of Carausius, b. 2. 2. A name for a plant, the Valeriana officinalis, or Great Wild Walerian. 3. Clown's All-heal; a plant—the Stachys palustris —belonging to the Labiatae, or Labiates. a.S; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, dei. -tian = Shan. Shiis. -ble, -dle, –tion, -SiOuS = -Sion = -cious, Shiin; Zhūn. –tion, -Šion = –tious, all-healing all-healing, a. Healing all (diseases). “The Druids' invocation was to one all-healing or all- saving power.”—Selden: Drayton's Polyolb., Song 9. “Thy all-healing grace and spirit Revive again what law and letter kill.” - Donne: Div. Poems, xvi. all-helping, a. Helping all. “That all-healing deity, or all-helping medicine, among the Druids.”—Selden on Drayton's Pollyolb., Song 9. all-hiding, a. Hiding all things; concealing all lingS. -- “O Night, thou furnace of foul reeking smoke, Let not the jealous day behold that face Which, underneath thy black all-hiding cloak, . Immodestly lies, martyr'd with disgrace!” Shakesp.: Tarquin amd Lucrece. all-hollow, a. Completely; as, “to beat one gll- º that is, completely to surpass one. (Vul- go!?". all-holy, a. Infinitely holy; holy to a boundless extent. “. . . the yearning for rescue from sin, for reconcili- ation with an All-holy God.”—Milman: Hist. of the Jews, Pref., vol. i., p. xxii. all-honored, a. Honored by all. “. the all-honor’d honest Roman, Brutus.” Shakesp.: Antony and Cleopatra, ii. 6. all-hoping, a. Hoping everything. - all-hoping favor and kindness.” – Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. VI. all-hurting, a. Hurting all things. “That not a heart, which in his level came, Could 'scape the hail of his all-hurting aim.” g * - Shakesp.: A Lover's Complatimt. alk-idolizing, a. Idolizing everything. “All-idolizing worms, that thus could crowd And urge their sun into thy cloud.” Crashaw: Poems, p. 156. all-illuminating, ct. Illuminating everything. all-imitating, (t. Imitating everything. “All-imitating ape.” More: Song of the Soul, I. ii. 136. all-important, a. Important above all things; in the highest degree important; exceedingly im- portant. “The all-important emotion of sympathy is distinct from that of love.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, Part I., ch. iii. all-impressive, a. Exceedingly impressive; im- pressive in the highest degree. all-including, a. Including all. “. when he spreads out his cutting-board for the last time, and cuts cowhides by unwonted patterns, and stitches them together into one continuous all-including C#Se .”—Carlyle: Sartor Resartus, bk. iii., ch. i. all-infolding, a. Which covers over or infolds all things. “The foodful earth, and all-infolding skies, By thy black waves, tremendous Styx that flow.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xv., 42, 43. all-informing, a. Informing all. “’Twas He that made the all-informing light, «» And with dark shadows clothes the aged night.” Sandys: Ps, civ. all-interesting, a. In the highest degree inter- eSting. all-interpreting, a. Interpreting all things. “The all-interpreting voice of Charity.” Milton: Doct. and Disc. of Divorce, ii. 9. all-invading, a. Invading everything. “What art thou, Frost? and whence are thy keen stores Deriv'd, thou secret all-invading power ?” - Thomson: The Seasons; Winteº. ... all-jarred, a. , Completely, or in all respects jarred; completely shaken. “All was confused and undefined To her all-jar,’’d and wandering mind.” Byron: Parisima, xiv. a. Judging all. ... of all-judging Jove.”—Milton: Lycidas. all-just, a. Wholly just. all-kind, a. Infinitely kind. all-knowing, a. Knowing everything; possessed of all knowledge. “Since the all-knowing cherubim love least.” Burom: Caim, i. 1. all-knavish, a. Wholly knavish. “After the same manner it may be proved to be all- weak, all-foolish, and all-kmavish.”—Bowring: Bentham’s Works, vol. i., p. 282. all-licensed, a. Licensed by all, or having re- ceived boundless license. 4 & your all-licensed fool.” Shakesp.: Lear, i. 4. & 4 all-judging, 138 l all-loving, a. Infinitely loving; of unbounded OW 9. “By hearty prayer to beg the sweet delice Of God's all-loving spright.” More: Song of the Soul, I., iii. 32. ºn-making, a. Making all ; all-creating, om- Ill Il C. “By that all-seeing and all-making mind.” JDryden. , all-maturing, a. Maturing everything; bring- ing all things forward to ripeness. “Which all-maturing Time must bring to light.” Dryden: Ann. Mir., ver. 564. all-merciful, a. Infinitely merciful; of un- bounded mercy. “The all-merciful God.”—Coleridge; Aids to Reflection, 4th ed., p. 201. all-murdering, a. Murdering every creature within his or its power to kill. “. one all-murdering stroke.” Sir R. Famshawe; 4th Book of Virgil. all-nameless, at. Not on any account to be Ilal]] (2C1. “Since that all-nameless hour.” Byron.: Manfred, i. 1. all-noble, a. In all respects noble. “Spirit and matter have ever been presented to us in the rudest contrast, the one as all-noble, the other as all- vile.”—Tyndall: Frºg. of Science, vii. 164. all-nourishing, a Nourishing all; nourishing all men, animals, and plants. “Friend, hast thou considered the ‘rugged all-mourish- ing Earth,’ as Sophocles well names her?”—Carlyle: Saº- tor Resartus, bk. ii., ch. vi. all-obedient, a. Thoroughly obedient to every command. “Then bows his all-obedient head, and dies.” Crashaw: Poems, p. 169. all-Obeying, ct. Receiving obedience from all. “Tell him from his all-obeying breath I hear The doom of Egypt.” Shakesp.: Antomy and Cleopatra, iii. 1. all-oblivious, a. Causing complete forgetful- IO €SS. “’Gainst death and all-oblivious enmity Shall you pace forth.”—Shakesp.: Sommets, lv. all-obscuring, a. Obscuring everything. ‘‘Till all-obscuring earth hath laid The body in perpetual shade.” Bp. Henry King's Poems: The Dirge. all-overish, a. [All over, and the suffix -ish.] Possessed of a feeling of being out of health from head to foot, without being able to specify any dis- ease existing in one's frame. (Vulgar.) & all-Overpowering, ct. Overpowering all. “Yes! such a strain, with all-o'erpowering measure, Might melodize with each tumultuous sound.” Scott: Vision of Don Roderick, Introd., wer. 2. all-overtopping, ct. Overtopping all the rest. “. . . the grand all-overtopping Hypocrisy Branch.” —Carlyle: Sartor Resartus, bk. ii., ch. iii. all-painting, ct. Thoroughly panting. “Stung with the smart, all-p anting with the pain.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xi., 351. all-patient, a. Thoroughly patient. (Mitford.) all-penetrating, (t. Penetrating everything. “Since I cannot escape from thy [Christ's] all-penetrat- ing presence .”—Stafford: Niobe, ii. 31. all-peopled, cl. Peopled by all. “ . the all-peopled earth.”—Byron; Caim, i. 1. all-perfect, a. Infinitely perfect. “. . . such th’ all-perfect Hand 1 That pois'd, impels, and rules the steady whole.” Thomson : Swºn me?”. all-perfection, s. Complete perfection. [ALL- PERFECTNESS.] “All-perfection of the British Constitution.”—Bowring: Bentham's Works, vol. i., p. 225. all-perfectness, s. Complete perfection; per- fection, unmarred even by the smallest flaw or im- perfection. “. . . the world, heaven, and all-perfectness.”—More: Conj. Cabb., p. 153. all-pervading, a. Pervading all space. “An all-pervading Spirit . .” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iv. all-piercing, a. Piercing everything. “Lest Phoebus should, with his all-piercing eye, Descry some Vulcan.”—Marston: Satires, Sat. 5. all-pitiless, a. In the highest degree pitiless; totally destitute of pity. “An all-p i tiless demon .”—Byron.: Manfred, ii. 2. all-pondering, a. Pondering on everything. “To whose all-pondering mind . . . .” Wordsworth : Sonnets to Liberty. all-seeing all-potent, a. Having all power; all-powerful, Omnipotent. all-powerful, a. Having all power; omnipotent, (In its proper sénse it can be used only of God, but it is sometimes loosely employed of men.) “O all-powerful Being ! the least motion of whose will can create or destroy a world . .”—Swift. ... the all-powerful Campbells.”—Macattlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xix. all-praised, a. Praised by all. “This gallant Hotspur, this all-praised knight.” Shakesp.: Henry IV., Part I., iii. 2. tall-prayer, s. Unceasing prayer. “. . . he [Christian] was forced to put up his sword, and betake himself to another weapon called all-prayer (Eph. vi. 18).”—Bunyan: Pilgrims’ Progress, pt. i. 4 & all-present, a. Present everywhere; omni- present. all-preventing, a. Preventing everything. ( ; Preventing a person or persons from being taken unawares by an enemy or by danger. “The cautious king, with all-preventing care, To guard that outlet, plac'd Eumaeus there.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xxii., 146, 147. all-protecting, a. Perfectly protecting in every respect. , all-quickening, a. life to all. & 4 e Quickening all; imparting all-quickening grace.”—Cowper: Charity. all-redeeming, a. Redeeming all; ransoming CVery One. “Not the long-promised light, the brow whose beaming Was to come forth, all-conquering, all-redeeming.” Moor'e: Lalla Rookh. all-rending, a. Rending everything. “The all-rending hammer flung from the hand of Thor.”—Carlyle: Heroes, Lect. I. all-right, imper. of v, or interj. A term in com- mon use signifying readiness for action. all-righteous, a. Of unbounded righteousness. “Such future scenes th’ all-righteous powers display By their dread seer, and such my future day.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xxiii., 303-4. all-ruling, a. Ruling over all; possessed of uni- versal sovereignty. “. ... heaven’s all-ruling Sire.” Milton: Par. Lost, blº. ii. all-Sagacious, Ct. Possessed of perfect sagacity. All-Saints' Day, s. A festival instituted by Pope Boniface IV., early in the seventh century, on the occasion of his transforming the Roman heathen Pantheon into a Christian temple or church, and consecrating it, to the , Virgin Mary and all the martyrs. It did not take root for two centuries later, but once having done so, it soon spread through the Western Church. It is kept by the Churches of England, Rome, &c., on the ist of November. It is designed, as its name implies, to honor all Saints, or at least those no longer living on earth. It was formerly called All-hallows. In many American churches a custom has grown up of making the Sunday nearest the 1st of November the occasion of a service in memory of those who have died during the year. all-Sanctifying, a. Sanctifying all. “The venerable and all-sanctifying names of the Apos- tles.”—West: On the Resurrection, p. 328. all-saving, a. Saving all. “The Druid's invocation was to one all-healing or all- saving power.”—Selden: Drayton's Polyolb., Song 9. all-searching, a. Searching everything. “Consider next God’s infinite, all-searching knowledge, which looks through and through the most secret of our thoughts, ransacks every corner of the heart, ponders the most inward designs and ends of the soul in all a man’s actions.”—Sowth: Serm., ii. 99. all-seed, S. The name given to the Polycarpon, a genus of plants belonging to the order Caryophy}- laceæ, or Cloye-worts. The A. tetraphyllum, or four-leaved all-seed, occurs wild on the coasts of Western Europe. . It has three stamina and a three- valved, many-seeded fruit. [POLYCARPON.] all-Seeing, a. & S. As adjective: Seeing every person and thing. (Lit. & fig.) “. . . for what can 'scape the eye Of God all-seeing 2"–Milton : P. L., blº. x. “Q. Eliz. All-Seeing Heaven, what a world is this!” Shalcesp.: Richard III., ii. 1. the all-seeing sun.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, i. 2. As substantive: The Being who sees all persons and everything—God. “. . he has cast himself before the All-seeing . . .” —Carlyle: Sarton' Resartus, bk. ii., ch. iii. & & - fāte, fīt, fare, amidst, whāt, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, sān; mite, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu. = kw. All-Seer All-Seer, s. He who sees all. “That high All-seer, which I dallied with, Hath turned my feigned prayer on my head.” . Shakesp.: Richard III., v. i. all-shaking, (t. Shaking everything. “Thou all-shaking thunder.” Shakesp.: Lear, iii. 2. all-shamed, &, Shamed, or put to shame before all; completely put to shame. “Tho' thence I rode all-shamed, hating the life He gave me.” Temmyson: Enid. all-shrouding, a. Shrouding everything. all-shunned, a. Shunned by all. “His poor self, A dedicated beggar to the air, With his disease of all-shunn’d poverty, Walks, like contempt, alone.” Shakesp.: Tim. of 4th., iv. 1. all-sided, a. On every side. “. . . a culture which should not be one-sided, but all-sided.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science. all-silent, a. In complete silence. “Sighfully or all-silent gaze upon him, With such a fixt devotion, that the old man, Tho' doubtful, felt the flattery.” Tennyson: Merlin and Vivien. All-Souls' Day, 8. The day on which the Church of Rome commemorates all the faithful deceased. It was first enjoined in the eleventh century by Oidlon, Abbot of Cluny, on tho monastic order of which he was the head, and soon afterward, came to be adopted by the Church generally. It is held on the 2d of November. “Rich. This is All-Souls’ Day, fellows, is it not ? Sher. It is, my lord. Rich. Why, then, All-Souls' Day is my body’s dooms- day.”—Shakesp.: leichard III., v. 1. All-Souls' Eve, s, , The evening before All-Souls' Day. The evening of November 1st. “”Twas All-Souls’ Eve, and Surrey’s heart beat high: He heard the midnight bell with anxious start.” Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, vi. 16. all-spreading, a. Spreading in every direction. 4 & all-spreading happiness.” Byron: Cain, i. 1. Strangling all. the surges of the all-strangling deep . . .” Byron.: Heaven and Earth, pt. i., S. iii. all-subduing, a. Subduing all persons, or all things, all-strangling, Cº. & 4 g “Love, all-subdwing and divine.” Cowper: Translation from Guiom. all-submissive, a. Completely submissive; in all respects submissive. all-sufficiency, s. Sufficiency for everything. “O God, the more we are sensible of our own indigence, the more let us wonder at thine all-sufficiency.”—Bp. Hall: Occasional Meditations, lxx. all-sufficient, a. & S. A. As adjective: 1. Sufficient for everything. “Books and schooling are absolutely necessary to ed- ucation, but not all-sufficient.-J., S. Mill: Political Econ- ony (1848), vol. i., blº. ii., ch. vii., § 2, p. 830. 2. In all respects sufficient. “Here, then, is an all-sufficient warrant for the assertion of objective existence.”—Herbert Spence”: Psychol., 2d ed. (1872), vol. ii., p. 452, § 448. B. As swbstantive: The All-sufficient Being—God. “Through this [faith] Abraham saw a phoenix-like resurrection of his son, as possible with God; therefore obeyeth that command of offering his son, believing a met- amorphosis possible with the All-sufficient.”—Whitlock: Manners of the English, p. 544. “Thou All-sufficient love divine.”—Charles Wesley. all-surrounding, a. Surrounding everything. Spec., encompassing our globe. “. . . all-surrounding heav'n.” Thomson: Spring. all-surveying, a. Surveying everything. “Then I observed the bold oppressions done, In presence of the all-swrveying sun.” Sandys: Eccles., p. 6. all-sustaining, a. Sustaining all things. “Doth God withdraw His all-sustaining might 7” Sir J. Beaumont: Poems, p. 69. all-telling, a. Telling, that is, divulging every- hing. “ All-telling fame Doth noise abroad, Navarre hath made a vow.” Shakesp.: Love's Labor's Lost, ii. 1. all-terrible; a. In all respects terrible; terrible to all, * “High o'er the host all-terrible he stands, And thunders to his steeds these dread commands.” Pope; Homer's Iliad, bk. xix., 488-9. bóil, bóy; påut, jówl; Cat, çell, same as allot-catpellcº. chorus, 139 all-the-World, s. Fig.: An epithet applied by a person in love to the object of affection. “You are my all-the-world, and I must strive To know my shames and praises from your tongue.” Shakesp.: Som nets, cxii. tall to, tall-to, fall-too, adv. [Eng. all; to.] 1. Originally, the all and to were distinct from each other, the to being connected with the verb immediately following, to which it imparted force. At first that verb was always one meaning to break or to destroy, and the prefix to implied that this breaking or destruction was complete or thorough. “The bagges and the bigirdles He hath to-broke hem all.” Piers Ploughman, Vis. i., 5,073. “Al is to-broken thilke regioun.”—Chaucer: C. T., 2,759. 2. Subsequently, in the opinion of some, the all and to became connected, acquiring the significa- tion of altogether, quite, wholly, completely. Others would reduce all these cases under No. 1, and sweep No. 2 away. “It was not she that call’d him all-to naught; Now she adds honors to his hateful name.” Shakesp.: Venus and Adom is. “She plumes her feathers, and lets grow her wings, That, in the various bustle of resort, Were all-to ruffled, and sometimes impaired.” lſ ilton : Commutts. “And a certain woman cast a piece of a millstone upon Abimelech's head, and all to brake his skull.”— Judg. ix. 53. “. your Bonaparte represents his Sorrows of Na- poleon Opera in an all-too stupendous style; with music of cannon-volleys, and murder-shrieks of a world . . .” —Carlyle: Sartor Resartus, bk. ii., ch. vi. all-too-full, a. Altogether too full. “Strait-laced, but all-too-full in bud For Puritanic stays.” Tennyson: The Talking Oak. all-too-timeless, a. Altogether too timeless. “But some untimely thought did instigate His all-too-timeless speed, if none of those.” Shakesp.: Tºurqu in and Lucrece. all-triumphing, a. Triumphing everywhere, or Over every One. ~. “As you were ignorant of what were done, By Cupid’s hand, your all-triumphing son.” B. Jomson. all-unwilling, a. Highly unwilling. “His presence haunted still: and from the breast He forced an all-unwilling interest.” Byron: Lara, I., xix. All-upholder, s. Upholding all. (An attribute of the Deity.) “Gleams across the mind His light, Feels the lifted soul His might, Dare it then deny His reign, the All-upholder P’’ Goethe. (Quoted in Tyndall’s Frag. of Science.) all-watched, a. Watched throughout. “Nor doth he dedicate one jot of color Unto the weary and all-watched night.” Shakesp.: Hem. V., iv., Chor. all-Weak, a. Thoroughly weak. “After the same manner it may be proved to be all-weak, all-foolish, and all-knavish.”—Bowring: Bentham’s Frag- ment of Government, wol. i., p. 282. All-wise, a. In all respects wise: , Wise, with no admixture of folly... (A term applied to the Supreme Being, or to His action in the universe.) “Adam : God, the Eternall Infinite! All-wise?” Byron : Cain, i. 1. all-witted, a. Having all descriptions of wit. “Come on, signior, now prepare to court this all-witted lady, most naturally, and like yourself.”—B. Jonson: Every Man out of his Humor, v. 1. all-worshiped, a. Worshiped by all. “. . . in her own loins She hutch'd the all-worship’d ore and precious gems.” Milton; Comus. all-worthy, a. In the highest degree worthy. “Pis. Oh, my all-worthy lord! Clo. All-worthy villain!” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, iii. 5. al"-la, prep. [In Ital. the dative case fem. of the definite article la, the one which is used before fem- inine nouns beginning with a consonant. Or it may be considered the Pº. allg, alli, agli, Gulla, gulle, which is=to, at, and is identified with the article. It corresponds with the French au, awa', do la.] 1. To the ; according to. 2. After the manner of the . . cese=after the French fashion. alla-breve, a, S. & adv. [Lit.=according to the breve..] . In quick time; in such time that the notes take only half their usual time to execute. . It is the It is very rarely used in mod- ; as Alla Fram- ern music. bençh; çhin, go, gem; thin, this; Sin, allantois alla-Capella, a., S. & adv. [Lit. =according to the capella, or rather cappella, meaning chapel.] As is done in church music, which contains one breve, or two semi-breves, or notes equivalent to them in time. alla-prima, S. [Lit.=to the first; meaning, at the first ; at the very first.] Painting : A process by which the proper colors. are applied at once to the canvas without its being previously impasted for their reception. A1'-la, S. [Arab.] [ALLAH.] ,' āl-lag—ite, s. [In Ger. allagit. Apparently from Gr. allagé = change; qllassó=to change; -ite.] A mineral, a variety of rhodonite, arranged by Dana in his Carbonated section. It is of a dull green or reddish-brown color, and is found in the Hartz. mountains. Al'-lah, S. [Arab. Allah, contr. from Al-Ilah– the Adorable; the (Being) worthy to be adored. Al =the, Ilah, from alah = to adore. Heb. Eloah, E. Aram. #ººk The name of God in use among the Arabs and the Mohammedans generally. “He called on Alla, but the word A rose unheeded or unheard.” Byron: The Giaowr. Allah akbar, interj.-God (is) great. A Mo- hammedan war-cry. Alla hu, Alla ho, interj. (= God is.) A Moham- medan war-cry, consisting of words taken from the muſézzin's call to prayer. The full form is Allah-hw. akbar=God is great. .(See Herklots, Saffur Shur- meef’s Mooswlmans of India, 1832, p. xcviii.) “God and the prophet—Alla Hw 1 Up to the skies with that wild halloo !” Byrom: The Siege of Corinth, v. 22. Allah il Allah, interj. God is the God. “Alla il Alla Vengeance swells the cry— Shame mounts to rage that must atone or die I'' Byron: The Corsair, ii. 6. âl-la-măn'-da, s. [Called after Dr. Frederick Allemand, a professor of Natural History in Ley- den University, and a correspondent of Linnaeus.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Apocy- naceae, or Dogbanes. The A. cathartica is, as its name implies, cathartic. In moderate doses it is. useful in such diseases as painters' colic, but given in excess it is violently emetic and purgative. ã11-a-mort, a. [Fr. & la mort.] [AMORT.] âl-lan-ar-ly, adv. [ALLENARLY.] ăl'-lan-ite, s. [From T. Allan, the Edinburgh. mineralogist, who first recognized it as a distinct species.] Min. : According to the British Museum Cata- logue, a variety of Orthite; but Dana considers it. a distinct. Species. He places it in his Epidote. group of Unisilicates. It is monoclinic and isomor- phous with epidote. . Its crystals are sometimes. tabular and flat, at others long and slender, or even acicular. The hardness is 5'5–6, the sp. grav. 3-0 to 4'2. It is i.º. of a pitch brown or black color, with a sub-metallic pitchy or resinous lustre. It is akim to epidote, and is a cerium epidote. It con- tains the other rare metals—lanthanum, didymium, yttrium, and sometimes glucinium. Dana divides it into seven varieties: (1) Allanite proper, includ- ing, Cerime, Bucklandite, and Tantalite; (2) Ural- orthite, (3) Bagrationite, (4) Orthite, (5) Xanthor- thite, (6) Pyrorthite, and (7) Erdmannite. It is. found in Greenland, Norway, and other places. al-lām-tó-ic, a. [Eng. allantois; -ic...] Belong- ing to the allantois; pertaining to the allantois. allantoig acid, S. An acid found in the liquor of the foetal calf. It was formerly called amniotic acid. [ALLANTOIS.] allantoic fluid, s. A fluid found in the embryo. of man and animals. The most notable element. found in it is allantoin (q.v.). - al-lān-tū’-id. [ALLANTOIs.] al-lān-tū-in, s. [From allantois (q.v.).] Chem. : CAN4 HGO3. A neutral organic substance. which contains the elements of 2 molecules of am- monium oxalate, minus 5 molecules of water. It is. found in the allantoic liquid of the foetal calf. . It is obtained artificially, together with oxalic acid and urea, by boiling uric acid with lead dioxide and water. Allantoin forms colorless, tasteless pris- matic crystals. al-lān-tū'-is, tal-lān-tū -íd, s. [In Fr. and Port. Gullamtoide; from Gr, allantoeidés-shaped like an allas, genit. (tlantos=a kind of meat inter- mediate between Our sausage and black pudding.] A thin membrane existing in the embryos of amni- otic vertebrata. It is situated under the chorion, and Outside the amnion of the embryo. It is well developed in the Ruminantia, but less so in the Rodentia. In the chick of birds it becomes applied to the membrane of the egg-shell, and constitutes. the breathing apparatus of the young animal till the lungs are formed. The embryo of man possesses, aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = Shan. Shūs. -ble, -dle, —tion, -SiOuS = -Sion = -cious, Shiin; zhūn, -tious, –tion, -Šion = allanturic an allantois, which, however, is but transient, shriveling before, the end of the second month of development, and soon afterward entirely dis- appearling. âl-lan-tūr-ic, a. [Eng, allantois; wric.] allanturic acid, s. Chem. ; An organic acid having the formula C3N2H3O3.H, obtained from uric acid. *al-lâs", interj. [ALAs.] *āl-lā'-träte, v. [Lat. allatro=to bark at: ad= to ; latro= to bark.] To bark as a dog. “I let Cerberus, the dog of hell, allatrate what he list, to the contrary.”—Stubbes: Amat. of Abuses. al-lā’y, *a-lāy, *a-lā'ye, *al-lègge, a-lègg'e, v. t. & i. [It is probable that the A. S. alecgam and the Fr. §º have both had to do with the origin of this word, which in its old form is best spelled with a single l º, when from a lecgan), and a double one (allegge) when from alléger. The A. S. alecgan, imp. alege, is=(1) to place, to lay down, to lay along, (2) to lay aside, confine, diminish, take away, put down or depress. ... Cognate with Dut. Jeggem - to lay, put, or place. The Fr. alléger is=to lighten, unload, ease, relieve, mitigate; lege= empty, light. In Sp. aliviar; Ital, alleviare; Lat. allevo- (1) to lift up, (2) to lighten, to alleviate, (3) to diminish the force of, to weaken ; from levis- light, not heavy. At first, allay and alloy were the same words.] [ALEGGE, ALLEGE, ALLOY, ALLE- VIATE.] A. Transitive : *1. Formerly: To mingle the precious metals with baser ingredients. 2. To diminish the acrid character of a substance; to mix wine with water. “Being brought into the open air, It would alloy the burning quality Of that fell poison which assaileth him.” Shakesp.: King John, v. 7. “If he drinketh wine let him alatye it, or let it be soure.”—Hollybush: Homish Apothecary, p. 41. 3. To appease, to quiet, to diminish, to soften, to mitigate. (Applied to the appetites, the emotions, the passions, &c. “But God, who caused a fountain, at thy prayer, |From the dry ground to spring, thy thirst to allay After the brunt of battle. .” Milton: Samson Agonistes. “But his exhortations irritated the passions which he wished to allay.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. - B. Intransitive: To abate. tal-lä, y, s. [From the verb.] [ALLQY, S.] The act of adding one thing to another, with the effect of diminishing, mitigating, or subduing the pre- dominant characteristics of the one to which the addition is made; the state of being so mixed; the thing added to, mingled, or combined with the other; the mixture or combination, thus made. , Used (1.) Of metals: An alloy, of one metal with another; alay, aloye, allay being the Old Way of writing alloy. [ALLOY.] “For if that thay were put to such assayes, The gold of hem hath now so badde alaves With bras, that though the coyn be fair at ye, It wolde rather brest in tuo than plye.” - Chaucer: C. T., 9,042-5. “The Scriptures mention the rust of gold, but that is in gregard of the allay.”—Lord Bacom: Works. (2.) Of other things: Used in the general sense already given. “Dark colors easily suffer a sensible allay by little scattering light.”—Newton: Optics. * “True it is that the greatest beauties in this world are * receptive of an allay of sorrow.”—Jeremy Taylor: Life of Jesus, Š XV. al-lāyed", pa. par. & al. [ALLAY, v. t.] al-lāy"-er, s. [ALLAY.] A person or thing that has the power of allaying. “Phlegm and pure blood are reputed allayers of acri- mony.”—Harvey. al-lāy'-iñg, pr. par. & al. [ALLAY.] ** Men. one that loves a cup of hot wine with not a drop of allaying Tyber in 't.”—Shakesp.: Coriolanus, ii. 1. al-lāy'-mênt, S. [Eng, allay; -ment. In Fr. al- Zegement.]. The act of allaying; the state of being allayed; that which allays, alleviates, diminishes, mitigates, or Subdues. “. . . and apply Allayments to their act.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, i. 6. *älle, d. & adv. [ALL.] *älle, s. [A corruption of Sw, alka-puffin (?).] The little auk, or black and white diver, Mergulus alle, or M. melamolewcos. It is called also the Com- mon Rotche. It inhabits the northern Seas. {ALCA.] º s. [Ger. aller=all; kraft=strength.] A kind of light armor worn by the Swiss and some “Short allowance of victual.” Longfellow: Miles Standish, V. “In such a scant allowance of star-light.” Milton: Comus, 308. 2. An abatement, deduction. “Allowawnce in rekonynge. Subductio.”—Huloet: cedarium. (a) Figuratively: (1) An excuse. “The whole poem, though written in heroic verse, is of the Pindaric nature, as well in the thought as the ex- pression; and as such, requires the same grains of allow- ance for it.”—Dryden. (2) An abatement. “After making the greatest allowance for fraud.”—Mac- aulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. *3. Permission, license, indulgence. “They should therefore be accustomed betimes to con- sult, and make use of their reason before they give allow- ance to their inclinations.”—Locke. 4. Assent, acknowledgment; assent to the truth Of an opinion ; admission that there is justice in a claim. “Modesty in general which is a tacit allowance of im- perfection.”—Burice: Sublime and Beautiful, i. 332. 5. Sufferance, permission. “There were many causes of difference; the chief being the allowance of slavery in the South.”—Freeman: Gen. Sketch of Hist., p. 864. 6. A stated sum of money given in lieu of rations, of food, &c., or designed to enable a person occupy- ing a high official station to dispense hospitality on a large scale. “. . . that, though he drew a large allowance, under pretense of keeping a public table, he never asked an officer to dinner.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. II. Technically: *pś, : e e 1. The state of being admitted: as, the allowance of a franchise= the admission that a franchise which one has been exercising, or claims legitimately, belongs to him. (Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., Abe- 144 2. The state of being granted: as, the allowance of a pardon=the granting of a pardoñº the allow- ange of a writ of error= the permission to obtain a writ of error. (Blackstome: Comment., blº. iv., chaps. 30, 31.) & 3. Money or property, allotted, as, for instance, that which is allotted to a bankrupt for subsist- ence. (Blackstome: Comment., ii. 31.) (b) Comm. : Deductions from the weight of goods sold on, account of the weight of the packages II]. which they are enclosed: or, more specifically, for draft, tare, tret, and cloff (q.v.). tal-lów-ange, v. t. [From the substantive.] 1: To put upon allowance; to assign a certain weighed or measured quantity of food or liquor. “You’ve had as much as you can eat . Then don’t you ever go and say you were allowanced, mind that.”— Dickens: Old Curiosity Shop, ch. xxxvi. 2. A sum of money allowed to a son, or daughter or ward, for expenses, which is generally paid quarterly. al-lówed , pa. par. & a. As adjective : 1. [ALLOW (1).], Approved of, tolerated, sanc- tioned, licensed, chartered. “There is no slander in an allow'd fool.” Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, i. 5. 2. [ALLow (2).] Admitted; not denied; yielded to ; or in the other senses of the verb. “These, my lord, Are such allowed infirmities, that honesty Is never free of.” [ALLOW.] Shakesp.: Winter’s Tale, i. 2. al-lów –&r, s. [Eng. allow; -er.) One who al- lows. “This unruly handful of ministers that made the fash- ion of keeping this pretended assembly, together with their associates and allowers, do much brag of the equity of their cause.”—The King’s Declaration, in a Declaration of His Majesty’s Proceedings against those attainted of High Treason (1606), p. 13. al-lów"—ifig, *al-lów'—yn, pr. par., a., s. & conj. [ALLOW.] *As conjunction : Supposing, admitting for the sake of argument. āl-löx -ān, s. Chem. : A substance obtained by the action of strong nitric acid on uric acid in the cold. Alloxan crystallizes in large efflorescent rectangular prisms, C4N2H2O4.4H2O, which lose their water of crystalli- zation at 160°. Alloxan dissolves in water; the so- lution is acid and astringent, and stains the skin red; it gives a blue color with a ferrous salt and an alkali, and white percipitate of oacalwramide with hydrocyanic acid and ammonia. à1–1öx-ān'-ic, a. [Eng, allowan; -ic.] Pertain- ing to alloxan. alloxamic acid, s. Chem. : C4H4N2O5. A bibasic acid obtained by adding baryta-water to a solution of alloxan heated to 60°, and decomposing the barium salt by dilute sulphuric acid. Alloxanic acid crystallizes in small radiated needles. Its silver salt is insoluble and anhydrous, and when its salts are boiled with water they are decomposed into urea and mesoxalates. ã1–1öx-ăn'-tín, s. Chem. : CŞN4H4O7.3H2O. A substance obtained by passing H2S through a strong cold solution of alloxan, when the alloxantin is precipitated along with sulphur; it dissolves in boiling water, and separates on cooling in the form of small four- sided, oblique, rhombic, colorless prisms. Its so- lution reddens litmus paper, gives a violet-colored precipitate with baryta-water, which disappears on heating ; it reduces silver salts. By chlorine or nitric acid it is oxidized to alloxan. It is converted into dialuric acid by passing H2S through a boiling solution of it. . A hot saturated solution of al- loxantin, mixed, with a neutral salt of ammonia, turns purple, which disappears, uramile being de- posited. When boiled with water and lead dioxide, alloxantin forms urea and lead carbonate. Its crystals, when heated to 150°, give off their water of crystallization. al-lóy", *al-lä y, *a-Tâ’ye, s. [In Dut. allooi; Fr. culoi (from loi=law), alliage; Sp. liga, Port. liga, Ital. lega, legatmzad-league, alloy. (Šeć the verb.) Connected with Lat. ligo=to bind, and with lea:=law; the proportion of any metals combined for the purpose of the coinage being regulated by law. (See Wedgwood, &c.).] "I Alloy was formerly spelled ALLAY (q.v.). A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Literally: 1. The act of mixing a baser with a more precious metal for a legitimate purpose or for fraud. . Used specially, though not exclusively, of the coinage. alloy per cent. ; a pound of silver contains 11 oz. 2 dwt. of silver, and 18 dwt. of alloy. For jewelry there are the following legal standards: 18, 15, 12, and 9 carats. “The gold of hem hath now so badde alayes With bras, that though the coyn be fair at ye, It wolde rather brest in tuo than plye.” Chaucer: C. T., 9,048-5. 2. The baser metal so mixed with the one more precious. II. Fig.: The act of mixing, anything of lesser value, or of no value at all, with something preciOus. “It would be interesting to see how the pure gold of scientific truth found by the two philosophers was mingled by the two statesmen with just that quantity of allop which was necessary for the working.”—Macawlay: II.ist. Eng., ch. xxi. B. Technically: 1. Chem. : The mixture of any metal with any other, precious or less precious, it matters not, mercury only being excepted. A mixture of mercury with another metal is called an amalgam, and not an alloy. [AMALG AM.] “The combinations of metallic elements among them- selves are distinguished by the general term alloys, and those of mercury as amalgams.”—Graham: Chem., 2d ed-, vol. i., p. 115. 2. Mim. : A matural alloy is the occurrence of two or more metals united in a state of nature. Osmium. and iridium, when met with, are always in this condition. [IRIDOSMINE.] On the contrary, the alloys of metals for manufacturing purposes are, as a rule, artificially made. Thus brass, an alloy of copper, contains 28 to 34 per cent. of zinc: gun- metal, 90 parts of copper to 10 of tin; bronze, 91 parts of copper, 2 parts of tin, 6 parts of zinc, and 1 part of lead. al-lóy", *al-lā'y, *a-lā'ye, v. t. [Apparently from the verb, rather than the verb from it. In Fr. gllier= (1) to ally, to unite, to alloy; Port. ligar; Lat. ligo=to bind.] [ALLAY.] I. Literally: 1. To mingle a precious metal with one of a baser Character, “Silver may be readily alloyed with most metals.”— Graham: Chem., 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 343. 2. To mingle two metals together without refer- ence to the question whether one is more and the other less precious. Composition of Alloys : A statement of the aver- age proportions in which the metals enter the best known alloys, the composition of which is gener- ally very variable, is given in the following table: | Gold, 90. \ Copper, 10. i Gold, 75 to 92. Coinage of gold. . . . . . . . . . . Gold jewelry and plate... Copper, 25 to 8 Silver, 90. Silver coinage. . . . . . . . . . . . . Copper, 10 g } Silver, '95. Silver vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q Copper, 5 | Silver, 86. Silver jewelry............. | Copper, 20. Copper, 90 to 95. e * ( Aluminium bronze. . . . . . . . * Aluminium, 10 to 5 Bronze coins, medals. . . . . * }: *** Bronze cannon. . . . . . . . . . . . - § º 90 Bronze bells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . sº ºp: , 78. Bronze cymbals. . . . . . . . . . . ex º; 80. Specula of telescopes. . . . . * $º. 67. Pinchbeck ................ *: %. º 90. * Tº ºf * Copper, 67 to 72. Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A Zinc, 33 to 28. ſ Copper, 50. German silver. . . . . . . . . . . . . & Zinc, 25. Nº. 25. y ead, 80. Type metal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antimony, 20. Tin, 100. English metal. . . . . . . . . . . . . #. *; 8. lº, i Pewter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #.” Liquid measures.......... ºis Plumbers' solder.......... R #º II. Fig.: To diminish the purity or value of any- thing by mingling with it that which is inferior t it in these respects. (Sometimes it has after it with, or more rarely by.) “His history appears to be better ascertained than that of his father, Cypselus; but the accounts of him are largely alloyed with fable.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xiv., § 14. & & learned with delight, alloyed by shame . . .” ch. 17.) The general alloy of gold is from twenty-two to two –Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. x. făte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, clib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu. = kw, alloyage +a1-16 y-age, s. age, from allièr=to alloy..] metals; also, the combination thus formed. voisier.) . al-lóyed', pa. par. & a. [ALLOY, v.] al-lóy"—iſig, pr. par. [ALLOY, v.] àll'—spiçe, s. [Eng. all; Spice. So named be- cause its flavor somewhat resembles that of a mixt- ure of cinnamon, cloves, and nutmeg. 1. A kind of pepper, consisting of the dried ber- ries of Pimenta officinalis (Myrtus Pimenta, Linn., Eugenia Pimenta, De C.), a tree belonging to the order Myrtaceae (Myrtléblooms). It is imported almost entirely from Jamaica, and is hence called Jamaica, pepper. It is termed also Pimento, from Sp. pimienta = pepper; its berries in shape and flavor resembling peppercorns. The trees are cultivated in Jamaica in plantations called pimento walks. Their unripe fruits, and to a lesser extent all parts of them, abound in an essential oil, which has the same composition as oil of cloves; of this the ber- ries yield from three to five per cent. It is a pow- erful irritant, and is often used to allay toothache. [Eng. alloy; -age. In Fr. alli- £he art of alloying (La- Allspice (Pimenta Officinalis). (Leaves, Flower, and Fruit.) The bruised berries are carminative; the late the tº digestion, an stimu- $º * relieve flatulency. The allspice imported into this country is derived from Pimenta officinalis, and not from Pimenta acris. The latter affords a product some- what similar, which is occasionally used as a sub- stitute for the other. Hence the allspice-tree, prop- erly so called, is the Pimenta officinalis. 2. The £nglish name of the genus Calycanthus, and specially of C. floridus, which has a scent like the pimento-tree, grows in Carolina, and is often called the Carolina allspice. Lindley, in his Nat. Syst. of Bot, termed the order Calycanthaceae, the Carolina Aïspice tribe; but in his Veg. Kingd. he altered the designation to Calycanths. ‘I Japan ablspice is the English name of the genus Chimonanthus, which belongs to the Calycanth- aceae; Wild allspice is Benzoin odoriferum, a spe- cies of the Laurel order. ă1–1ü–âud"—ite, s. [Named after M. Allaud.] The name given by Damour to a mineral supposed to be altered triplite, found near Limoges. It is not the same as the Alluaudite of Bernhardi. Dana classes it as a variety of Triphylite (q.v.). 3.1—ld'de, v, i. [In Sp. alwdir; Port. alludir; Ital, allwdere; Lat. alludo=to play with ; ad=with re- spect to ; ludo=to play.] To make indirect refer- ence to, to hint at, without directly mentioning. “These speeches of Jerome and Chrysostom do seem to allude unto such ministerial garments as were then in use.”—Hooker. al-lä'-diſig, pr. par. [ALLUDE.] al-lā'—mée, a. [Fr. allumé, pa. par. of allwmer= to light.] [ALLUMINATE.] Her. : A term applied to describe the eyes of ani- mals when they are depicted sparkling or red. ... "al-lii'-min-āte, v. t... [Fr., allumer: to light, to illuminate; from lumière = light.] To color, to paint upon paper or parchment, to illuminate a manuscript. T Now superseded by ILLUMINATE (q.v.). *al-lii'-min-Ör, s. [Fr. allumer=to light.] One who colors or paints upon paper or parchment. He was called an alluminer, that is, an illuminator, because of the light, grace, and ornament which he imparted to the figures on which he operated. º Now contracted into LIMNER (q.v.). *al-lin—ge, *al-lun-ges, al-lins, :*ge, * . eallwnga, Teallinga.] Entirely, com- adv. . [A. pletely, fully. “It semethe as it were of whete, but it is not allynges of Suche sauour.”—Maundeville: Travels, p. 189. “Turn me allunge to the.” O. E. Homilies (ed. Morris), i. 186. al-liir'—ance, s. [ALLURE.] Enticement, flat- 145 *al-liir"e, s. . [From Fr, lewrre=a lure.] A lure or decoy for birds; or, figuratively, a source of temptation to people, It is now contracted into LURE (q.v.). “The rather to train them to his allure, he told them both often, and with a vehement voice, how often they were over-topped and trodden down by gentlemen.”— PHayward. al-liir"e, v. t. [From Fr. leurren’= to decoy, to lure; from lewºrre–a lure.] To draw or tempt one forward by º an object of attraction likely to act upon him or her, as bait does upon fishes, or the crumbs in a snare upon birds. “They allure through the lusts of the flesh, through much wantonness, those that were clean escaped from them who live in error.”—2 Peter iii. 18. al-liired', pa. par. & a. [ALLURE. v.] al-liir"e-mênt, s. [Eng, allure; -ment.] 1. The act of alluring. “Adam by his wife's allurement fell.” Milton: P. R., bk. ii. 2. That which allures; that which attracts or tempts. “With feminine all wrement soft and fair.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. viii. al-liirº-er, s. [Eng. allwre; -er.] One who al- lures, attracts, or entices. “Our wealth decreases, and our changes rise ; Money, the sweet allure” of our hopes, Ebbs out in oceans, and comes in by drops.” Dryden: Prologue to the Prophetess. al-liirº-iñg, pr. par, a. & S. [ALLURE.] A. As present, participle or adjective: Luring, enticing, attractive. B. As substantive: Enticement, lure. “I stand, Thus heavy, thus regardless, thus despising Thee, and thy best allurings.” Beaumont dº Fletcher : Woman’s Prize, i. 3. al-liirº-iñg—ly, adv. [Eng., alluring; , -ly.] In an alluring manner, attractively, enticingly. fal-liir-iñg-nēss, s. [Eng. alluring : -mess.] The quality of alluring or attracting by the presenta- tion of some object of desire. al-lii-Šion, s. . [In Fr., allusion; Sp., alwsion; Ital, allusione: from Lat. allusio- a playing or sporting with..] [ALLUDE.] 1. Ordinary Langwage: A reference to anything not directly mentioned, a hint. “. . . considerations to which no cºllusion can be found in the writings of Adam Smith Jeremy or Bent- ham.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. xi. 2. Rhet.: A figure by which something is applied to or understood of another, on account of a certain resemblance between them. al-lii'-sive, a. [In Sp. alwsivo; Port, and Ital, allwsivo.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Containing an allusion. *2. Parabolical. “Allusive, or parabolical, is a narration applied only to express some special purpose or conceit, which latter kind of parabolical wisdom was much more in use in the ancient times, as by the fables of AEsop, and the brief sentences of the Seven, and the use of º may appear.”—Bacon : Advancement of Learning, bk. ii. ; º B. Technically: EH, HEEEEE Her. : Allusive arms, called （F # also canting or punning arms, º §§ and, by the French, armes par- rººf; lantes, are those in which the # charges suggest the bearer's # Ila IIlê. us the arms of Castile #####$ft. and Leon are two castles and two lions. The arms of Arundel are swallows (Hirondelles). Till the time of James I., allu- sive arms were treated respect- fully, but afterward they fell into disrepute. (Gloss, of Her- aldry.) al-lii'—sive-ly, adv. [Eng. allusive; -ly.] By means of an allusion; by way of allusion. “. . by those eagles (Matt. xxiv. 28), by which, allusively, are noted the Roman armies, whose ensign was the eagle.”—Hammond. al-lil'—sive-nēss, s. [Eng, allusive; -ness.] The quality of being allusive. “There may, according to the multifarious allusive- mess of the prophetical style, another notable meaning be also intimated.”—More: Seven Churches, ch. 9. [See B.] sº H ºHE ſ # tºº. Eº Hºl # HESHEEB; it; # # # Lºlº Fº Arms of Arundel. al-lii'-sör—y, a. [From Eng. allusion.] Contain- ing an allusion. “This was an unhappy allusory omen of his after- ally āl-lii'-vi-al, a. [Eng. alluvium; -al. In Ger, and Fr. alluvial; Lat. alluvius.] Pertaining to alluvium ; washed away from one place and de- posited in another. (Used specially in geology.) “Portions of plains loaded with alluvial accumulations by transient floods.” — Lyell; Princip. of Geol., 8th ed. (1850), ch. xlvii. Alluvial deposits: Deposits consisting of alluvium QI. V.). tal-lii'—vi-oiás, a. [Lat. alluvius.] Alluvial. al-lil'-vi-iim, fal—lil'—vi-Ön (Eng.), al-lii'-vi-6 (Scotch), s. In Fr. allwvion; Sp. alwvion; Port. alluviao; Ital, alluvione. From Lat. alluvio = (1) a Ił inundation, (2) alluvial land; allug = to wash against: ad=to, against; luo-to wash.] A. Ordinary Language; The act or process of washing away soil, gravel, rocks, &c., and deposit- ing the débris in other places; also the materials thus deposited. “. . either by alluvion, by the washing up of sand and earth, so as in time to make terra firmat.”—Black- stome: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 17. B. Technically: I. Geol. and Physical Geog. In these sciences the form of the words is allwviwm, or rarely allºwvion. *1. Formerly: The gravel, mud, sand, &c., depos- ited by water subsequently to the Noachian deluge; It was opposed to dilwvium, Supposed to be laid down by the deluge itself, or, in the opinion of others, by some great wave or series of Waves originated by the sudden upheaval of large tracts of land or some other potent cause, different from the comparatively tranquil action of water which goes on day by day. [DILUVIUM.] . Now : (a) “Earth or mud, gravels, stones, and other transported matter which have been washed away and thrown down by rivers, floods, or other causes upon land not permanently submerged beneath the waters of lakes or seas.” As generally used, the word is specially employed to jº. the trans- ported matter laid down by fresh water during the Pleistocene and recent periods. Thus it indicates partly a process of mechanical operation, and partly a date or period. It should not be forgotten that the former has gone on through all bygone geological ages, and has not been confined to any one time. Many of the hardest and most compact, rocks were once loosely-cohering débris laid down. by water. The most typical example of alluvium may be seen in the deltas of the Nile, Ganges, Mississippi, and many other rivers. Some rivers have alluviums of different ages on the slopes down. into their valleys. The more modern of these bé- long to the recent period, as do the Organic or other remains which they contain, while the older (as those of the Somme, Thames, Ouse, &c.), which are of Pleistocene age, enclose more or less rudely chipped flint implements, with the remains of mammals either locally or everywhere extinct. NEOLITHIC, PALAFOLITHIC, PLEISTOCENE, , &c.] hough in, many cases... it is possible clearly to separate alluviums of different ages, yet the ten- dency of each new one is to tear up, re-distribute, and confound all its predecessors. “Moreover, the last operations of water have a tendency to disturb and confound together all pre-existing allw- vi wins.”—Lyell: Elem. Of Geol, ch. vii. “As a general rule, the fluviatile alluvia of different ageS . .”—Ibid., ch. x. (b) Volcanic alluvium: Sand, ashes, &c., which, after being emitted from a volcano, come under the action of water, and are by it re-deposited, as was the case with the materials which entered and filled the interior of houses at Pompeii. (c) Marine gullwviwm : . Alluvium produced by in- undations of the sea, such as those which have from time to time overflown the eastern coast of India. II. Law. The form of the word generally used in English law is allºwvion, and in Scotch law allwvio. In both of these the enactment is, that if an “eyott,” or little island, arise in a river midway between the two banks, it belongs in common to the proprietors on the opposite banks; but if it arise nearer one side, then it Fºlºnii to the proprietor whose lands it, there adjoins. If a sudden inundation cut, off part of a proprietor's land, or transfer the materials to that of another, he shall be recompensed by ob- taining what the river has deposited in another place; but if the process be a gradual one, there is ºtes. (Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. XVI 1. *äll'—wäy, *āll-wāyes, *āll wayes, *al-wey, adv. [ALWAYS.] (Prompt. Parv., Spenser, dºc.) al-ly", *al-ly"e, *al-li'e, *a-ly", v. t. [Fr. allier = to ally, to combine; Sp. aliar; Port. alliar: from Lat. allego-to bind to ; ligo=to bind.] * * 1. To unite or form a relationship by means of tery. actions.”— Heath's Flagellum, or Life of Cromwell (1679), marriage. * “To draw by allurance. Blandior.”—Baret. p. 12 “Eliashib ... was allied unto Tobiah.”—Neh. xiii. 4. bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. “-ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del, -cian, 10 } ally 2. To unite in a confederacy; also, to unite by the bond of love, “These three did love each other dearely well, And with so firme affection were alleyde.” Spense”: F. Q., IV., ii. 43. “O chief 1 in blood, and now in arms allied ?” Pope: Homen's Iliad, bk. vi., 667. 3. To establish between two things a relation founded on their resemblance to each other. “Two Jines are indeed remotely allied to Virgil's sense; but they are too like the tenderness of Ovid.”—Dryden. T Ally, is used more frequently in the passive than in the active voice. al-ly', 'al-lye, , *al-lie, *a-ly", s. [From the verb. In Fr. allié.] 1. A person united to another by the marriage bond, or by the tie of near relationship. “‘This day I take the for myne all ye,’ Sayde this blisful faire mayde deere.” Chaucer: C. T., 12,220-21. “Thy brother some, that was thy double allie.” Ibid., 15,889. “This gentleman, the prince's near ally.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iii. 1. 2. A state or prince bound to one by a treaty or league; a confederate. “Dewis had spared no effort to gain so valuable an ally.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. ix. “Then turning to the martial hosts, he cries: Ye Trojans, Dardans, Lycians, and allies! Be men, my friends, in action as in name.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xvii., 205-207. *ā1–1y-chö1-y, a. Fº the word melam- choly half remembered by an uneducated person.] Melancholy. “Host. Now, my young guest, methinks you're ally- cholly; I pray you, why is it? Jwl. arry, mine host, because I cannot be merry.” Shalcesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, iv. 2. *8.1'-lyfe, conj. [Eng, all; if..] Although. “That alluſe your Lordshippes letters came . . .”— PW. Blithemane, Letters (1523), Monast., iv. 477. 3.1—ly'—ing, pr. par. [ALLY, v.] ă1'-ly 1, s. [From allium (q.v.).] Chem.: A monad organic radical having, the formula, (Çgliſ)', isomeric with the triad radical propenyl {&#.)” two of the carbon atoms being united to each other by two bonds. allyl alcohol, S. Chem.: C3H6O=C3H5.OH=allylic alcohol=acrylic alcohol, a primary monatomic alcohol obtained by decomposing allyl iodide with silver oxalate. , The allyl oxalate is decomposed by ammonia, yielding oxamide and allyl alcohol. Allyl alcohol is a color; less, pungent liquid, boiling at 103°. It is oxidized into acrylic aldehyde and acid. e & ſº * * g. Allyl iodide, C3H5ſ, is obtained by distilling glyc- erine with phosphorus tetriodide. A liquid boiling at 100°. By the action of zinc and hydrochloric acid it is converted into propene. . * g Allyl sulphide (C3H5)2S, exists in, volatile oil of garlić, obtained also by distilling allyl iodide with potassium monosulphide. º Allyl swlpho-cyanate, C3H5.CNS, occurs in vola- tile oil of mustard. #1'-ly 1–éne, s. [Eng, allyl, -eme.] Chem. : C3H4=propine, a hydrocarbon, obtained by the action of a sodium ethylate on , bromopro- pene. It is a colorless, stinking gas, which burns with a smoky flame. it gives a yellow precipitate with cuprous chloride. *ā1'-lynge, adv, , [A, S, eallunga, eallinga, allwaga-entirely, absolutely, altogether.] Com- pletely; absolutely. [ALLUNGE.] “Hit is not allymge to carpe, sire kyng, wher-of we comen.”—Joseph of Arimathie, 4 “Allynge to carpe=altogether (the right thing) to speak: quite (the thing) to speak.”—Glossarial Indec to Joseph of Arimath?é. ã1'-ma, S. [ALME.] â1'-ma, a. [Fem, of Lat, adj. almºus=nourish- ing; from alo=to nourish. . . . . Aima Mater (lit. = the nourishing mother, or the fostering or bountiful mother) : A term Qften ap: plied to the university, at which, one studied; and which, like a bountiful mother, fostered the higher powers of one's intellect and heart. “The studious sons of Alma Mater.” Byron: Granta. *al-ma-cán'—tar, 8. [Arab.] [ALMUCANTAR.] A1-mâch, *Á1'-mâ–ac, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star of the third magnitude, called also Andromedae. al-mā'-die, s. [Local name.] 1. In Africa: A sort of canoe, or small Yessel; about twenty-four feet long, made generally o 146 2. In India : A swift boat, eighty feet long, and six Qr seven brºad, used at,Qalicut, on the coast, of India. Small vessels of this description are called also cathuri. Ål-ma-gést, s. [In Ger. almagest; Fr. almageste ; Sp., Port., & Ital, culmagesto. rom Arab. article al- the ºr. mvegistos=greatest, superlative of megas =great. 1. Spec. : A name of honor conferred on a book treating of geometry and astronomy, published by the celebrated Alexandrian geographer and astron- omer Ptolemy. “That saith this proverbe in his Almagest: Of alle men his wisedom is highest.” Chauce?', C. T., 5,907-8. “On cross, and character, and talisman, And almagest, and altar, nothing bright.” Scott: The Lay of the Last Minst rel, vi. 17. 2. Gem. : Any similar production. āl-ma’-gra, āl-ma-gre, s. [Sp. Called by the Latin writers Sil. Atticwmv, that is, Attic or Athenian yellow ochre..] A fine deep-red ochre, of high specific gravity, dense yet friable, and with a rough, dusty surface. It is found in Spain, and is used at Seville to color snuff. all-mal, s. [ALME.] *Á1'-māin, “A1'-mâyne, Ál'-mâum, s. [From Fr. Allemagne=Germany. ] 1. A German. “Iago. Why, he drinks you, with facility, your Dane dead drunk: he sweats not to overthrow your Almain ; he gives your Hollander a vomit, ere the next pottle can be filled.”—Shakesp.: Othello, ii. 3. 2. A kind of solemn music. (Skimmer, Nares, &c.) almain-leap, s. A dancing leap. “And take his almain-leap into a custard.” B. Jomson : Devil an Ass, i. 1. almain-rivet, s. [Eng., almain rivet.]. A kind of light armor introduced into this country from Germany. It has plates of iron for the defense of the arms. - “. . . . and by the statute of the 4th and 5th of Philip and Mary, we learn that the military force of the king- dom was composed of black bill men, or halber- diers, who wore the armor called almain-rivets, and morions or Sallets, and haduebutiers similarly appointed.” —Planché: Hist. Brit. Costume (1847), p. 318. (See also Blount's Glossographia.) ã1'-măist, adv. [ALMOST.] (Scotch.) à1'-man-ác, 31-man-āck, s. [In Sw., Ger., & Fr. alma mach , Dan. & Dut. almamak; Sp. alman- ak, almamaque; Port. Cºlmanach ; Ital. almvam.acco. Apparently Arab. Probably from al-the ; manach =a calendar or diary: from mama, or mamah = to compute; Heb. mamah = to distribute, to compute. Wedgwood points out that in the Arab. of Syria almamakh is=climate or temperature. Others con- sider the word to be of Teutonic derivation. Thus Dean Hoare believes it Anglo-Saxon. He says that a square stick on which the Anglo-Saxons carved the course of the moon during the year, to fix the times of new and full moon and the festival days, was called by them almonaght = all-moon-heed. (Hoare: Eng. Roots, 1855.) Other derivations, both Arabic and Teutonic, have been given.] 4. *1. A kind of instrument, usually made of wood, inscribed with various figures and Runic char- acters, and representing the order of the feasts, the dominical letters, the days of the week, the golden number, and other matters. It was used by the Old Scandinavian nations for the computation of time, civil and ecclesiastical. It might be made of leaves, connected like those of books, or of brass, or horn, or the skins of eels; or the information might be cut on daggers, or on tools, of various kinds. Such productions were sometimes called rimstocks, or primstaries, or runstocks, or run- staffs, or clogs. Remnants of them are still found in some English counties. 2. A small book primarily designed to furnish a calendar or table of the days belonging to the sev- eral months of the year for which it is constructed. It is known that an almanac was published by the Greeks of Alexandria about the second century A. D. Almanacs were produced by Solomon Jar- chus, about 1150 A. D.; by Purbach 1450-1461; and by Regionontanus between 1475 and 1506. tº e | The English Nautical Almanac is a work Origi- nated in the year 1767, by Dr. Maskelyne, the astron- omer royal, and many years edited by him. It contains a summary of the lunar observations made at Greenwich Observatory, and by its aid the mari- ner observes the moon and adjacent stars with his sextant, and from comparison of his observations with the positions, given in the Nautical Almanac computes his longitude, and ascertains the place Of his vessel on the trackless ocean. This work con- tains about 600 pages of elaborate astronomical tables, constructed specially for the use of seamen in any part of the globe, but containing yaluable information for the astronomer on land. Each almner the phenomena of the sun and moon; then follow the ephemerides of the seven principal planets. After this come a catalogue of the leading fixed stars, with their annual variations, followed by a list of the principal, stars near which the moon }. in her monthly revolution through the leavens. . The eclipses of the year are elaborately described. Then follow a list of stars to be occulted by the moon during each month. The eclipses of Jupiter's satellites, so useful in determining the longitude at sea, together with the configuration of the satellites on those occasions when the planet is visible, are successively detailed; besides other matters equally valuable to the mariner. This almanac has always been published three or four years in advance, in order that it may be sent to all parts of the world in time for the observation of the phenomena described in its pages. A similar work is published in this country. The American Almanac, first published at Boston in 1830, em- braces a great mass of statistical knowledge, besides that usually given in almanacs. almana,c-maker, s. A maker of almanacs. “Mathematicians and almanac-makers are forced to eat .."; own prognostics.”—Gayton's Notes on Don Quiac., p. 268. āl-mänd-ite, ál-mänd-ine, al-mänd-in, à l'-mönd-ine, s.. . [From Lat. Alabandicus (Pliny) =pertaining to Alabanda, a city of Caria, where the mineral was cut and polished. Alabanda is said to have been called from Alabandus, its found- er.] A mineral, a variety of garnet classed by T)ana under the heading Iron-alwmima garnet. Composition: Silica 36-1, alumina 20-6, protoxide of iron 43°3=100. Thus it is mainly a silicate of alumina and protoxide of iron. When it is of a deep red color and transparent, it is called precious garmet; When brownish-red, or translucent, common garmet, when black, melamite. It is found in freianá. Norſ. way, Greenland, Hungary, Brazil, and other places. “But I would throw to them back in mine Turkis and agate and almondime.” Temmyson: The Merman, 3. *ā1'-mân-dre, s. [ALMOND.] â1'-man-fúr"—nage, s. [ALMOND-FURNACE.] *ā1'-mar-y, s. [AMBRY.] *Ál-mâun, s. [ALMAIN.] *al'—maind, s. [ALMOND.] *āl-mâyne-rív'-ets. [ALMAIN-RTVETs.] al-mé, all-ma, , al-mai, S. . [Mod. Arab, of Egypt, alme, almai-the learned; corrupted from Arab. alimah, fem. , adj. = knowing, wise.} An Egyptian dancing-girl. tal-mê'-na, s. A weight used in various parts of Asia to weigh saffron. It is about two pounds. *ā1'-mér–y, *ā1'-mêr-ie, s. [AMBRY..] *āl-might'-i-fúl (gh silent), a. [Eng. almighty: —ful...] In the fullest sense possessed of almighty power. “. . . almightiful voice of Jesus.”—Udal: Luke iv. âl-might'-i-ly (gh silent), adv. [Eng. almighty; -ly.] § almighty power.” y âl-might'-i-nēss (gh silent), s. -mess.] tence. “Noah. Ask Him who made thee greater than myself And mine, but not less subject to His own Almightiness.”—Byrom: Heaven and Earth, i. 3. Al-might-y, ...A1-might-y, *Ál-myght-ye, *All-myght-i, *āl'—mygt—y (gh, and g silent), a. & s. [Eng. all; mighty. A. S. Celmiht, Celmihti, oºl- mihtig., ealmiht, ealmihti, ealmihtig., a, ; AElmihtiga, Eulmihtiga, s.] A. As adjective: 1. In a strict sense: Omnipotent; able to do every- thing not inconsistent with the divine attributes, and not involving a contradiction in terms. “. . . I am the Almighty God . . .”—Gen. xvii. 1. “Insensible of Truth’s almighty charms, Starts at her first approach, and sounds to arms!” Cowper: Hope. 2. In a loose semse: Possessed of great ability, strength, or power. “O noble almighty Sampson, leef and deere, Haddest thou nought to wommen told thy secré.” Chaucer: C. T., 15,538-9. B. As substantive: God, viewed specially in con- nection with His omnipotence. “I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end- ing, saith the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty.”—Rev. i. 8. “The trembling queen (th’ almightly order given) Swift from th’ Idaean summit shot to heaven.” Pope: Homer's Iliad., bk. xv., 84, 85 *al'miš, *al'—měsse (l silent), s. [ALMS.] g º [Eng. almighty; he quality of being almighty; omnipo- bark, and in use among the negroes. month has twenty pages, containing full details of *alm'-nēr (l silent), S. [ALMONER.] fate, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; ... we, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, 4- thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whô, sön; mute, citb, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, Ce = €; ey = a, qu = kW. almond all-mönd, *all-maind (l silent), s. [In Sw., Dan., & Ger. mandel; Dut. amandel; Fr. amandé (the fruit), amamdier (the tree); Sp. almendra (the fruit), almendro (the tree); Ital, mandola, man- dorla : Lat. amygdala and amygdalwm (the fruit and the tree both); amygdalus (the tree only). From Gr, amygdalé, amygdalon, and amygdalos= the almond fruit and the almond-tree.] Almond (Amygdalus Communis). (Leaves, Flowers, and Fruit.) A. Ordinary Langwage : 1. The fruit of the almond-tree. It is a slight ovate drupe, externally downy. There are two varieties of it, the One sweet and the other bitter. Sweet almonds are eaten. Taken in moderate amount they are nutritive and demulcent, but con- sumed in large quantities they are purgative. Bitter almonds contain prussic acid, and eaten in large quantities are poisonous. The distilled water con- taining their concentrated essence, if drank, is almost instantly fatal. Brandy and ammonia may be given as an antidote. “. . . spices and myrrh, nuts and almonds.”—Gen. zliii. 11. “Pound an almond, and the clear white color will be altered into a dirty one, and the sweet taste into an oily one.”—Locke. 2. The tree on which the fruit now described grows, the Amygdalus communis, of which there are two varieties, the A. communis, simply so termed, and the A. communa, var. amara, or bitter almond. The former has pink and the latter white flowers. They bloom very early in the season. The leaves are oblong-lanceolate, with serrated margins. Both varieties are found in the south of Europe, the sweet one being the more common. They seem to have come originally from Persia, Asia Minor, Syria, and the north of Africa. ſ. º; ºf Almond in Scripture seems correctly translated. “Many varieties of the almond are cultivated, differing in the nature of their fruits.”—Treas. of Botany. B. Technically: . I. Among lapidaries: Pieces of rock crystal used in adorning branch candlesticks. II. Amatomy: 1. Almonds of the throat, or tonsils: Two round glands placed at the basis of the tongue on either side. Each has a large Oval sinus opening into the fauces. This, with a number of smaller sinuses inside it, discharge a mucous substance designed to moisten and lubricate the fauces, larynx and Oesophagus. 2. Almonds of the ears: An inaccurate name some- times given to the almonds of the throat, or tonsils. “The tonsils, or almonds of the ears, are also frequently Swelled in the king's evil ; which tumor may be very well reckoned a species of it.”—Wiseman: Surg. - C. In composvtion : Among the compounds are the following: almond-bloSSOm, 8. F06, The blossom of the almond- “Where all about your palace-walls The sun-lit almond-blossom shakes.” Tennyson: To the Queen. almond-flower, s. The flower of the almond-tree. “Springs out of the silvery almond-flower, y That blooms on a leafless bough.” Moore: Lalla Rookh; Light of the Haram. almond-furnace, alman-furnace, or Sweep, s. Mech. : A kind of furnace used by refiners to sep- arate metals from cinders and other, dross. By means of it also the slags of litharge left in refining iºr are reduced by the aid of charcoal again to €8 (1. almond-leaved willow, s. Salia: amygdalina, now ranked, not as a distinct species, but simply as a variety, of S. triandra, the blunt-stipuled trian- drous willow. “Trees more and more fady, till they end in an almond- willow.”—Shenstone. almond-oil, bitter almond-oil, or benzoic aldehyde, s. Chem. : An oil obtained by pressing almonds. The 147 poisonous. It has, however, been used as a cure in intermittent fever. It produces urticaria. It also relieves intoxication. almond-peach, s. A hybrid between the almond and the peach, cultivated in France. almond-shaped, a. Of the form of an almond. . . . round or almond-shaped nodules of some min- eral.”—Lyell: Manual of Geol., 4th ed., ch. xxviii. almond-tree, s. [ALMOND.] “And I said, I see a rod of an almond-tree.”—Jer, i. 11. “Not a vine, not an almond-tree, was to be seen on the slopes of the sunny hills round what had once been Heidelberg.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xii. âl-mönd-ine, s. [ALMANDITE.] al-mónd-wórts (l silent), s, pl. [Eng, almond; º Lindley's name for the order Drupaceae Cl. V.). ăl-mân-ár, “alm-nēr ( i silent), s. [Fr. au- monier.] A person whose office it is to distribute alms. It was first given to such a functionary in a religious house, there being an ancient canon which specially enjoined each monastery to spend a tenth part of its income in alms to the poor. By an ancient canon also, all bishops were required to keep almoners. Kings, queens, princes, and other people of rank had similar functionaries. “. .: ... the chaplain and almoner of, the queen dow- ager.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vi. al-mön-ry, *alm'-ry, *alm'—ér—y (l silent), *āWme-bry, *āwm'—ér—y, s. [Fr. awmonerie; Ital. elemosinieria.] 1. The place where an almoner resides, or where alms are distributed or stored for distribution. “The queen's royal alms were distributed on Saturday lººr. anby, at the almonry office.”—Times, April 16, 2. Sometimes confounded with AMIBRY (q.v.). ãl -mºst, *āl-möste, *āl-měst, *all móst, adv. & adj. [Eng. all; most...] e 1. As adverb: Nearly, well nigh; approaching the whole. “And Paul said, I would to God, that not only thou, but also all that hear me this day, were both almost, and alto- gether such as I am, except these bonds.”—Acts xxvi. 29. tº. As adjective: Well nigh; all but. “. . . between the first rudiments of an art, and its almost perfection.”—Goldsmith: Polite Learning. alms, *almes (l silent), *all-mêss, *all-mêsse, *al'-mês, *ē1'-mêsse, s. [A. S. Celmesse, Celmasse, Celmuysse, almes. In Sw. almosor; Dan. almisser; Dut. aalmoes; Ger, almosen; Fr. awmóme; Norm. Fr. almoymes; Sp. limosma, Port. esmola ; Ital. limosima, Low Lat. eleemosyma , Gr. eleēmosynē= (1) pity, mercy, (2) charity, alms; eleed = to have pity; eleos = pity. Thus culms in English, when traced to its origin, is really the Greek word elee- mosynē corrupted ; and the fact that so long a Greek word should have been worn away into so short an English one, is fitted to suggest that in these islands during the Middle Ages it can scarcely ever have been out of people's lips. The Continental nations, it will be observed, have not yet succeeded in reducing the six Greek syllables into less than three or two: we have cut it away into a mono- syllable, not susceptible of much further reduction. There must have been among our ancestors much charity or much mendicancy, or much of both one and the other.] A. Ordinary Langwage: Money, food, clothing, or anything else given as a gratuity to relieve the poor. [OBLATION.] ºf The s of the word alms is not the sign of the plural ; it is the s of the Greek word. Alms is now, however, often used as a plural. “. . . whan a freeman by kyn or burthe is con- streigned by povert to eten the almes of his enemyes.”— Chaucer: Tale of Melibeus. “Hir hond mynistre of fredom and almesse.” Chawcer: C. T., 4,588. “. . . who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple, asked an alms.”—Acts iii. 3. B. Technically: Im. Law : (a) Reasonable alms: A certain portion of the estates of intestate persons allotted to the poor. (b) Tenure by free alms, or frank almoyme: Ten- ure of property which is liable to no rent or service. The term is especially applied to lands or other property left to churches or religious houses on condition of praying for the soul of the donor. Many of the CŞā monasteries and religious houses in Britain obtained lands in this way, which were free from all rent or service. In the United States churches, schools and charitable institutions are free from taxation. alms-basket, s. The basket in which money or provisions are put in order that they may be given at the fitting time in alms. “Cost. Oh, they have lived long in the alms-basket of very nearly alnager alms-box, s. A box for the reception of money or provisions to be given in alms. Anciently alms were collected in such boxes both in churches and in pri- vate houses. alms-chest, s. A chest for the reception of money or provisions to be given as alms. alms-deed, s. A deed, of which the essence was giving of alms, an act of charity, “. . . this woman [Dorcas] was full of good works, and alms-deeds which she did.”—Acts ir. 36. “And so wear out, in alms-deed and in prayer, The sombre close of that voluptuous day, t Which wrought the ruin of my lord the king.” Tennyson: Gwinevere. *alms-drink, s. Wine contributed by others in excess of one's own share. - “1 Serv. They have made him drink alms-drink.” Shakesp.: Antony and Cleopatra, ii. 7. *alms-folk, s. Persons supported by alms. “This knight and his lady had the character of very good alms-folks, in respect of their great liberality to the poor.”—Strype: Ann. of the Ref., i. 233. alms-giver, s. A person who gives liberal alms to the poor. “The fugitives of Palestine were entertained at Alex- andria by the charity of John, the Archbishop, who is distinguished among a crowd of saints by the epithet of alms-giver.”—Gibbon: Decline and Fall, ch. xlvi. alms-giving, s. The giving of alms. “Mercifulness, and alms-giving, purgeth from all sins, and delivereth from death.”—Homilies. Bk. 2, “Of Alms- deeds.” alms-house, *almess—house, s. 1. A house designed for the support of the poor On a private charitable foundation. “And, to relief of lazars, and weak age Of indigent faint souls past corporal toil, A hundred almshowses right well supplied.” Shakesp.: Henry V., i. 1. 2. A poorhouse, what is now called a workhouse. A house designed for the support of the poor upon public rates. “Only, alas ! the poor, who had neither friends nor attendants, Crept away to die in the almshouse, home for the omeless.”—Longfellow: Evangeline, pt. ii., v. 5. *alms-man, “almes-mann, s. A man who lives by alms. [BEDESMAN.] “My gay apparel for an almsman's gown.” Shakesp.: Richard II., iii. 3. *alms—people, s. People supported by alms. “They be bound to pay four shillings the week to the six almspeople.”—Weever: Funeral Monuments. jäl-mü-cán'-tar, tál-mi-cán'-têr, tál-ma- cán-tar, tàl-mö-căn'-tar, s, [Arab., whence Fr. almicantarat; Ital. almwcantaro.]. A circle drawn parallel to the horizon. ..., Generally, used in the plural for a series of parallel circles drawn through the several degrees of the meridian. They are the same as what are now called parallels of altitude. almugantar's staff,8. An instrument commonly made of pear-tree, or box, with an arch of fifteen degrees, used to take observations of the Sun, about the time of its rising and setting, in order to find the amplitude, and consequently the variation of the compass. âl-müçe, a u-milge, s. [Low Lat, almwciwm.] A cover for the head, worn chiefly by monks and ecclesiastics. It was square, and seems to have been the original of the square caps worn by students in some universities, Schools and cathe- drals. ăl'—mid, S. [Sp.] In Spain and Barbary: A measure for corn. contains about half a bushel. ă1'-mid, s. [Turkish, fr. Sp; almwd MUDE.] A measure used in Turkey and is=1'151 imperial gallons. ăl'-mâde,...s. [Port.] A wine measure used in Portugal. The almwale of Lisbon is=3-7 imperial gallons, that of Oporto-5'6. ăl'-müg, s. [ALGUM.] âl-mâ-gé-a, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] Astrol. : A certain configuration of the five plan- ets, in respect to the Sun and moon, correspondent to that which is between the hours of those planets and the sun's and moon's hours. (Rees: Cyclop.) âl-my'gh-ty, a. & S. [ALMIGHTY.] fäl'—nage, tàul-nage, s. [Fr. awmage; O. Fr. awlnage; from awme=an º [ELL.] Measure- ment by an ell as a standard; ell-measure. (Cowel.) fäl'—nag–ér, tàul'—nag-Ér, s. [Eng. almage, or awl- mage; -er.] An officer whose original function it was to examinewoolen cloth, ascertain that it was of the proper length, affix to it a seal testifying to the fact, It, § ..] [AL- gypt. It oil of bitter almonds, at least when impure, is very words !”—Shakesp.: Love's Labor's Lost, v. 1. and then collect alnage-duty. Next, a searcher and boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Alnath a measurer relieved him of part of his work, leav- ing him, only the almage to collect; and finally this, and with it his office, was swept away by the Act 11 and 12 William III., c. 20. fál-nāth, f\ll -nāth, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] The first star in the horns of Aries, whence the first mansion of the moon derives its name. “And by his thre speeres in his worching, He knew ful wel how fer All math was schove Fro the heed of thilk fixe Aries above, That in the fourthe speere considred is.” Chawcer: C. T., 11,592-5. *ăln e-way, adv. [ALw AY.] *āl'-night (gh. º s. [Eng, all; night.] “A Service which they call alnight is a great cake of wax, with the wick in the midst; whereby it cometh to pass that the wick fetcheth"the nourishment farther off.” (Bacon.) Āl-nil-ām, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star of magnitude 2%, called also (Epsilon) Orionis. ăl'—niis, s. ºly from the Heb. &lon=a strong tree, an oak ; from ºl= (1) to revolve, (2) to be strong. According to Théis, almws is from the Celtic al= near, and lam– a river (or rather= the tide).] [AL- ; A genus of plants belonging to the order Betulaceae (Birch-worts). The flowers are monoe- ceous and amentaceous. In the barren ones the scale of the catkin is three-lobed, with three flow- ers; the perianth is four partite; the stamina, four. In those which are fertile the scale of the catkin is subtrifid with three flowers, and there is no perianth. The ovary is two-celled, two-ovuled, but only one ovule reaches perfection. ta-ló'-dy, s. [ALLODIAL.] Inheritable (Wharton's Law Leacicom.) ã1–6e, s. [In Sw, aloeërt; Dan., Dut., Ger., Sp., and Ital, aloe; Port. aloe, aloes; Fr. aloes; Lat. aloe; Gr, aloé." Not the same as the aghil of some #indoo languages.] [See AGALLOCH, AGILA.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Any species of the genus described under B, or even of one, such as Agave, with a close analogy to it. T The American aloe is the Agave Americana, an Amaryllid. 2. The aloe of Scripture, which is probably the agallochum. Royle believes that the reason why the aloe proper and the agallochum became con- founded was that alloeh, alloet, or allieh, the Arabic name of the latter, closely resembled elwa, the appellation given to the former in various Hindoo tongues. [See AGALLOCH.] B. Technically: Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Liliaceae, or Lily-worts, and constituting the typ- ical genus of the section called Aloinae. The species are succulent herbs, shrubs, or even trees, with erect spikes or clusters of flowers. They are used in the West Indies for hedges; the juice is purg- ative, and the fibres are made into cordage or coarse cloth. ă1–óes, *āl'-eig, s. [ALOE.] A. Ordinary Language : I. Literally : 1. The drug described under B. tº e. 2. The aloes of Scripture. [Heb, ahálim, Prov. vii. 17; ahāloth, Ps. xlv. 8; Song iv., 14. Gr. aloé, John xix. 39.] The fragrant resin of the agalloch. [ALOE (A. 2), ALOES-WOOD, LIGN-ALOES.] II. Fig.: Anything bitter to the feelings. -- “And sweetens in the suffering pangs it bears, The aloes of all forces, shocks, and fears.” Shakesp. ; A Lover's Complaint. land. B. Technically: Pharm.: The inspissated juice of the aloe. The cut-leaves of the plant are put into a tub, the juice collected from them, and either boiled to a proper consistence or exposed to the sun till the fluid part evaporates. There are four principal kinds, two officinal. (1) Barbadoes Aloes (Aloe Barbadensis), formed from the juice of the cut-leaf of Aloe vul- garis. . It is imported in gourds, and has a dull yellowish-brown opaque color, breaks with a dull conchoidal fracture, shows grystals under, the mi- croscope, has a nauseous odor, and is soluble in proof spirit, (2) Socotrine Aloes (Aloe Socotrina), the produce of several species of aloes; it occurs in reddish-brown masses, and breaks with a vitreous fracture. Its powder is a bright Orange color. It has a fruity smell. It comes from Bombay. (3) Hepatic Aloes, or East India Aloes non-officinal, is liver- colored; its powder is yellow. (4) Cape Aloes, the produce of Aloe spicata and other non-officinal species, is a greenish-brown color; this is given to 148 The watery extract of aloes is free from these objectionable properties. Cape Aloes is less purg- ative. The use of aloes is not followed by consti- pation. Aloes has a very bitter taste. aloes-resin, s. Chem. A substance differing from resin in, being soluble in boiling water. It is produced by the oxi- dation of aloine. aloes-WOOd, s. Comm. : The name for a highly fragrant gum taken from the inside of two trees—the Aquilaria ovata, Or Malaccensis, a native of Malacca, and A. agal- lochwm, which grows in the district of Silhet, in Bengal. It is an inflammable resinous substance. Some Asiatic nations consider it as a cordial; and in this country it has been prescribed in cases of gout and rheumatism. Agawoon, AQUILARIA, ALOES (A. 2), LIGN-ALOES. ăl-ó-êt'-ic, a. & S. [In Fr. aloétique; Port. and Ital. º E ſº 1. As adj. ; Pertaining to the Aloe genus of plants, Or to the substance called aloes; consisting chiefly of aloes. “. . . . a perceptible smell of aloetic drugs.”—Car- lule : Sartor Resartus, bk. iii., chap. iv. “It may be excited by aloetical scammoniate, or acri- monious medicines.”—Wiseman’s Surgery. .2. As substantive: A medicine of which the prin- cipal ingredient is aloes. (Quincy.) aloetic acid, s. Chem. : An acid occurring in aloes. āl-ö–ét'-i-cal, a. [Eng, aloetic; -al.] The same as ALOETIC, adj. (q.v.). âl-ā-éx'-yl-ān, s. [Gr, aloé, and aculon=wood.] A genus of papilionaceous plants. The A. agallo- chum produces one of the two kinds of Calambac Eagle-wood, or Lign-aloes. [LIGN-ALOES.] a-löft', adv. & prep. [Eng. a =on; loft.] [LOFT.] A. As adverb: I. Ordinary Language: 1. From a lower to a higher situation. (Applied to an animate or inanimate being ascending.) (Lit. défig.) “Simon also built a monument upon the sepulchre of his father and his brethren, and raised it aloft to the sight, with hewn stone behind and before.”—I Maccab. xiii. 27 “Is temper'd and allay’d by sympathies Aloft ascending.” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstone. 2. High, far from the ground. . (Applied to an animate or inanimate being at rest.) “The peacock in the broad ash-tree Aloft is roosted for the night.” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstone, iv. II. Technically: Nawt. : High above the deck, in the rigging, or even at the mast-head; also on the deck, as opposed to below. “Come, aloft, boys, aloft 1" Beaum. dº Flet.: Knight of the Burning Pestle, ‘I All hands aloft : An order (designed to call the seamen on deck from below. B. As preposition: Above. “Now I breathe again Aloft the flood, and can give audience To any tongue, speak it of what it will.” Shakesp.: King John, iv. 2. Å1-à-gí, S. pl. [Gr, alogos=(1) without speech, (2) without reason.] Unreasonable or senseless people. “. . . the greater number of our Alogi, who feed on the husks of Christianity.”—Coleridge: Aids to Reflection (ed. 1839), p. 187. A-ló'-gi-ans, 8, pl. [Gr, a, priv., and the Logos, translated “Word” in John, i. 1, 14.] [LOGOS.] Chºwrch. Hist. : A sect which arose toward the end of the second century; they denied that Christ was the Logos, rejected John's Gospel and the Apoc- alypse, and considered that the miraculous gifts mentioned in the New Testament had ceased to exist in the Church. ãº, s. [In Ger. alogotrophie. From Gr. alogos= without reason, unreasonable: a, priv., and logos = reason; trophē = nourishment; trephô= to nourish..] Disproportionate nourishment of por- tions of the body; over-nourishment to some parts of the body as compared with others, as in the dis- ease called the rickets. ã1–ö-gy, s. [In Fr. alogie; Gr. alogia- (1) want of esteem, disrespect, (2) senselessness; a, priv., and logos=word, reason.] nreasonableness and ab- along * âl-ö-in-è-ae, s. [ALOE.] Bot.: The third of the eleven sections into which Lindley divides the order Liliaceae. [LILIACEAE.] *āl-àm, s. [ALUM.] ăl'-3-mân-gy, s. [Gr, hals=Salt, and manteia= divination.] Imagined divination by means of salt. a—lö'–na, s. [Derivation uncertain..] A genus of Entomostraca belonging to the family Lynceidae. Three species, A. reticwlata, A. quadrangwlaris, and A. Ovata, are common. a-ló'ne, *al-lôon' (Eng.), a-lā'ne (Scotch), a. & adv. [Eng. all; one. In Sw. allema; Dan, aleme; Dut. alleen; Ger, allein.] A. As adjective : 1. Not in the company of others; by one's self, in solitude. (Used of one single person when tem- porarily or permanently apart from all others.) “I watch, and am as a sparrow alone upon the house- top.”—Ps. cii. 7. "I Sometimes the word all is prefixed to alone to render the idea of solitude more emphatic. “Alone, alone, all, all alone, Alome on the wide, wild sea.” Coleridge: Ancient Mariner. T It may be used of two or more persons separated from all other company. “. . . . and they two were alone in the field.”— 1 Kings xi. 29. 2. Possessed with the feeling of solitude. “Then stirs the feeling infinite, so felt In solitude, when we are least alone.” Byron: Childe Harold, III. x.c. 3. Not to be matched; peerless. “To her, whose worth makes other worthies nothing: She is alone.”—Shakesp.: Two Gent., ii. 4. To let alone signifies=to leave undisturbed, to allow to remain quiet. It is used sometimes to dis- suade one from officiously aiding a man quite com— petent to manage his own affairs; at others, to caution a person against compromising himself by speech or action, when it would be wiser to abstain from either. (Followed by an objective case of a person or thing.) “Is not this the word that we did tell thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians?”—- Eacod. xiv. 12. t4. Own, peculiar. “God, by whose alone power and conversation we all. live, move, and have our being.”—Bentley. B. As adverb.: Merely, simply, only. “To God alloom in herte thus sang sche.” Chaucer: C. T., 12,063. “With wise reluctance, you would I extol, Not for gross good alone which ye produce.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. * Blair objected to this adverbial use of the word. He thus discriminates between only and alone: “Only imports that there is no other of the same kind; alome imports being accompanied by no. other. An only child is one which has neither brother nor sister; a child alone is one which is left by itself. There is a difference, therefore, in precise. language betwixt these two phrases, *Virtue only makes us happy,' and ‘Virtue alone makes us. happy.' Virtue only makes us happy, imports that nothing else can do it; virtue alone makes us happy imports that virtue, by itself, or unaccompanied. with other advantages, is sufficient to do it.” (Blair: Lectures on Rhetoric and Belles-Lettres, 1817, vol. i., p. 230.) *a-lö'ne-ly, *āll 5'ne–ly, a. & adv. [Eng., qlone; -ly.] 1. As adjective: One only. “By the same grace of God, by alonely God.” Mountagu: Appeal to Coesar, p. 202. 2. As adverb: Only, merely, singly. “The sorowe, daughter, which I make, Is not all omely for your sake.” Gower: Conf. Am., b. 1. a—lö'ne-nēss, s. [Eng, alone: -mess.] The state of existing alone. (Applied to God.) “God being . ... alone Himself, and beside Himself nothing, the first thing He did or possibly and conceivably could do, was to determine to communicate Himself, and did so accordingly, primo primum, communicate Himself out of His Alomenesse everlasting unto somewhat else.”— Mountagu's Appeal to Caesar, p. 61. a-lóñg', adv, & prep. [A. S. andlang=on length by the #8 of..] if ºğ.] 9 A. As adverb: 1. In the direction of anything lengthwise. “Some rowl a mighty stone; some laid along, And, bound with burning wires, on spokes of wheels are: horses.' . An inferior variety...is called. Caballine sºdity (Coles.) 3 y tive, affecting chiefl 2. 3'- e e hung. Dryden. flºw: §. ºš. It, ić. à l'—ö–ine, s. [Eng. aloe; -ime.] e 2. Through any space measured lengthwise. the flow of the bile; it often produces griping when ... Chem. ...Q11H11O11, the active principle in all aloes. “. . . . . we will go along by the king's highway.”— given alone, and sometimes causes haemorrhoids. It crystallizes in needles. Numb., xxi. 22. făte, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hér, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, w8re, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. 2, Ce = É; ey = a, qu = kW. alonge 3. Onward, in motion forward, in progressive motion. “Come then, my friend, my genius, come along, Thou master of the poet and the song!”—Pope. All along : The whole length, full length ; all throughout, in space or in time. “They were all along a cross, untoward sort of people.” —Sowth. *Along by: Coesar, ii. 1.) Along with : In company with, in union with, in conjunction with. “I your commission will forthwith dispatch; And he to England shall along with you.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 3. º shore º : Along the shore, as of a ship moored lengthwise along the shore. Along shoreman : [LONG SEIOREMAN.] Lying #: : Pressed down on one side, as by the weight of soil. B. As preposition : (1) In consequence of, owing to. (Chaucer.) (2) By the §. of. “Along the lawn where scattered hamlets rose.” Goldsmith; Deserted Village. *a-löng'e, *al-lóng', v. t. [Old form of LONG, v.] To cause to long for. “And he was sore alonged after a good meel.” Chaucer: C. T., 630. a-löfig"-side, adv. [Eng, along; side.] Mawt. : By the side of. a-lóñgst', adv. [ALONG.] The same as ALONG. “The Turks did keep strait watch and ward in all their ports alongst the sea coast.”—Knolles: Hist. of Turks. a-lôof, *a-16ofe, *a-lóüfe, adv. [From all; off. § Johnson, &c.) Cognate with aloft Jumvus). Probably from leave (Webster). From the nautical term loof, or luff=" to turn the vessel up into the wind.” (Wedgwood.) The old spelling aloufe is against Skinner's etymology, and in favor of that advocated by Wedgwood.] 1. To the windward of: fience, at a safe distance from. (Lit., or more or iess fig.) “It was on these grounds that the prince's party was now swollen by many adherents who had previously stood aloof from it.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. ta-lóof-nēss, s. [Eng, aloof; ſº The state Of keeping at a safe distance from. (Lit. Or fig.) An Old English word used in Rogers’ “Naaman the Syrian,” and revived by Coleridge, who, apparently did not know that it had been in use long before. (Trench: Om Some Defic. in owr Eng. Dict., p. 15.) al-o-pê-cür -üs, s. [In Sp., Port. & Ital, alope- Cwro; Lat. alopecurus; Gr. alopekouros, from alópda: = a fox, and owra–the tail.] Foxtail. A genus of grasses (Graminaceae) of the tribe Phalarea. Six Species are widely diffused, the A. pratensis, #ſº agrestis, bºwlbosws, gemiculatus, and fulvus. The A. pratensis, or Meadow Foxtail Grass, is use- ful for forming lawns, and is valuable for both hay and pasture, as are also A. gemiculatus and most other species of the genus. âl-6-pé–gy, s. [Lat, alopecia; Gr. alópekia, from Cºlópéa:= a fox.] 1. Old Med...: A disease like the mange in foxes, in Which the hair falls off; the fox sickness; the fox Imange. 2. Mod. Med. : º The falling of the hair from certain parts of the body. (2) Baldness. ăl-6-pî-às, s. [Lat. alopecias; Gr. alopekias.] A genus of fishes belonging to the family Squal- [Along with..] (Shakesp.: Julius The Thresher (Alopias Vulpes). iº ºr Sharks. A. vulpes is the Thresher, or Fox- S}} {l I’ âl-6-pô-nó'-tūs, s. [From Gr, alopos=fox-like, and motos= the back.] genus of Saurians belong- ing to the family Iguanidae. [APLONOTE.] a-lór-iñg, *a-lór-y-iñg, s. [ALURE.J âl-Ö -sa, s. [In Ger. & Fr. Qlose ; Lat, alosa or salawsa.] A genus of fishes, of the family Clupeidae. It contains two British species, the A. fimta, or Twaite Shad, and the A. communis, or Allice Shad. The shads resemble herrings in their form and Structure, but are so much larger than the well- nown species that they have been popularly called the mother of herrings. The Twaite Shad enters 149 : there in July. The Allice Shad is rare in the Thames. The American species, culped stupidissima, is abundant on the Atlantic coast, and ascends the larger rivers in the spring to spawn. *a-lö.se, v. t. [Norm. aloser; Fr. lower=to praise.] To praise. *a-ló Sed, pa. par. [ALOSE.] “Too bryng at his bauer, for bold thei were, And a losed in lond for leeflich knightes.” Alisaunder (Skeat's ed.), 138-9. âl-oil-āt'—ta, āl-oil-āt-é, s. A name of the Mono Colorado, or Red Howling Monkey (Mycetes, Sem- iculus, filiger) of South America. [MYCETES.] a-lóüd', *a-lówd’, adv. [Eng. a, loud.] Loudly; with a loud voice. “. . . . break forth into singing, and cry aloud . . . —Isa. liv. “Then gan the cursed wretch alowd to cry, Accusing highest Jove and gods ingrate.” Spense”: F. Q., II., vii. 60. *a-lóü'e, v. t. [ALLow.] *a-lóü'-ten, v. [A. S. hiltſtan=to bow.] To bow to. “As the lioun is lorde of living beastes, So the ludes in the lond alowtem him shall.” Alisaunder (Skeat's ed.), 851-2. 3-ló'ºw, a-lówe, adv,.. [Eng., a low.] Low; in a low place; not high. (Generally, but not always, Opposed to aloft.) “And now alow and now aloft they fly.”—Dryden. “Not the thousandth part so much for your learning, and what other gifts els you have, as that you will creep alowe by the ground.”—Foac: Life of Tindal. fa-lów', a. [Eng. a =on; Scotch low = a blaze.] In a blaze, on fire. “Sit doon and roam, ye sure the sticks are alow.”—Scott: The Pirate, ch. v. "I To gamg alow (v. i.)=to take fire. *āl-Öw'-Ér, a. or adv. The same as ALLovER. (Old Scotch.) *a-lóy'se, interj. [ALAs(?).] “Alouse, alouse, how pretie it is l is not here a good face?”—O. Pl., i. 226. a-lóy'-si-a, s. [Named by a Madrid botanical professor after Maria Louisa, Queen of Charles IV. of Spain.] A genus of plants belonging to the Order Verbenaceae, or Verbenas. A. citriodora is the Lemon-scented Aloysia. ălp, s. sing., but more often in the pl., Alps, *Álpes. [In Ger. Alpen; Lat. pl. Alpes, more rarely sing. Alpis, Gr, plur, Alpeis: from alphos, Lat. albus=white; or from Irish and Gael, ailp=a huge mass or lump.] I. Literally: 1. Plur. A magnificent chain of mountains con- necting France, Italy, Switzerland, Germany, and Austria. , They are of crescent form, extend about six hundred miles, and contain Mont Blanc, the loftiest mountain in Europe, which rises 15,744 feet above the level of the sea 2. Sing. : Any high mountain, wherever situated. “O'er many a frozen, many a fiery alp.” Milton: P. L., bk. ii. “Alps frown on Alps, or rushing hideous down, As if old Chaos were again return’d, Wide rend the deep, and shake the solid pole.” Thomson: Winter". II. Fig.: Anything towering, and opposing for- midable obstacles to the person who wishes to sur- mount it, or to ignore its existence. * This may be (a) physical— “Those that, to the poles approaching, rise In billows rolling into alps of ice.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. iv. 9 y Or (b) mental or moral. “If the body bring but in a complaint of frigidity, by that cold application only, this adamantine alp of wed- lock has leave to dissolve.”—Milton: Tetrachordon. âl-pâcº-a, s. [Sp. American.] The name given to a species of llama, which has for a long time *ºnesiº, ޺ in Peru. It was £º first found by Pi- éº º zarro, and was ºf § ºw > * afterward Scien- , Kº %; º tifically described sº § in 1590 by Acosta. § § * ºf Jº Its modern zoolog- ical name is Antch- envia Paco. It has a long fine fleece, valuable in the woolen manufact- ure. There is a second species of llama in Peru, but its fleece is short, The Alpaca (Auchenia Paco). alphabet e *ālpe, s... [Boucher, thinks, it is , from alp = a mountain, to which the tufted head of the bird is hyperbolically compared.] A bullfinch. “For there was many a bridde syngyng, Throughout the yerde al thringyng, In many places were nyghtyngales, Alpes, fynches, and woolewales.” Ghaucer: Romaunt of the Rose, 655-8. *ālpe, s. [A. S. elp.]. An elephant. (Old Scotch.) Alpes-bom (alpes-alpe’s = elephant's; bon = bone): Ivory. “Thei made her bodi blo and blac ! Thater was white so alpesbon.” - Leg. Cathol., p. 185. (Halliwell.) â1'-pên-glöw, S. ... (Ger. ...Alpen = the Alps; º = glowing, ignition.] The glow from the pS. “On August 23, 1869, the evening Alpen-glow was very fine.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, x. 282. ăl pén-stöck, s. [Ger. Alpen. = the Alps; stock = stick.] A staff used by an explorer to aid him in ascending the Alps or other mountains. āl-pha, s. [Gr. alpha.] A. Ordimary Language: 1. Lit.: The first letter of the Greek alphabet. As a Greek numeral it stands for 1; or when under- written by a point or dot it expresses 1,000. 2. Figuratively: (a) The Being of all others first existent. (Ap- plied to Christ.) “I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last. . .”— Rev. i. 11. (b) Combined with omega, and applied to things, it means=the first and the last, the supreme aim, or the sum total ; as “Ambition was the very alpha. and omega of his existence.” B. Technically: 1. Astron.: Alpha (a), and the other Greek letters are used to catalogue the stars in the several con- stellations, even though some of them may have Arabic , or other distinctive names. , Alpha, (a) stands for the brightest star. This method of indi- cating the stars in each constellation in the order of their brilliancy was first introduced by Bayer, a German astronomer, in the 17th century. It is still retained in modern star-maps and catalogues. 2. Chem. ; Alpha, or (t, is used to distinguish one of the modifications of the same compound, as— º!. acid : A monatomic aromatic acid, C11H1403, formed by the action of caustic alkalies on cymyl cyanide. Alpha-orsellic acid : C16H14O7, obtained from the South American variety of Roccella timetoria. Alpha-toluig. acid : C6H5.C.H.CO,OH, a mona- tomic, crystalline, aromatic acid, melting at 76.5°. It is prepared by boiling benzyl cyanide with strong potash solution as long as ammonia is liberated. Alpha-aylic acid : C6H4(CH3). CH2,CO.OH, a crys- talline, aromatic, monatomic acid, obtained by boiling xylyl chloride with K(CN), and boiling the resulting xylyl cyanide with potash. â1'-pha-bêt, S. [In Dut., Ger. and Fr. alphabet; Sw. and Dan. alfabet . Sp. and Ital. alfabeto; Port. alphabeto; Later Lat. of Tertullian (about 195A. D.) and of Jerome (about the end of tho fourth cent- ury) alphabetwm ; Gr. of Epiphanius (about 320 A. D.) alphabétos, from Gr. alpha = the first, and béta, the second letter of the Greek alphabet.] A table or list of characters, which stand as the signs of particular sounds. Koppe in 1819, and Gesenius in 1837, with much, probability, traced back most of the chief Syro-Arabian alphabets, and nearly all those current in Europe, to the ancient Phoenician one. The latter investigator constructed an elab- orate table of their complex affinities. . The square Hebrew now used in printing figures in this table as a descendant of the old Aramaean, modified by the influence of the Palmyrene letters. The old Greek characters are a primary offshoot from the earliest Phoenician, and the Roman letters are modifications of the Greek alphabet. Perhaps the old Phoenician alphabet itself may have been al- tered from the Egyptian hieroglyphics, and they again from picture writing like that by means of which the ancient Mexicans on the coast sent to their government an intimation that white men (Spaniards) had landed in their country. [HIERO- GLYPHICS.] Other families or groups of alphabets exist besides those now indicated. The cuneiform letters of Babylon, Assyria, Persia, &c., are not closely akin to these now described, and appear in- dependent. . [ARROW-HEADED, CUNEIFORM.T The alphabets of all the modern languages of India have apparently been derived from one common character—the Devanagari. Inscriptions in caves, on seals, &c., show an older form of this than that to which one is accustomed in ordinary Sanscrit books. It does not seem to have sprung from the Phoenician. [DEVANAGARI.] Similarly independent of the latter tongue and of each other are the Chinese characters, the Mexican or Aztec alphabet, the Thames and other rivers in May, and spawns and therefore much less valuable. [LLAMA.] and that of Yucatan. Other groups may yet be dis- bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. * alphabet cºvered,and some of those already known may be affiliated together. It will be observed that any division of mankind formed on similarity or dis- similarity, of their alphabets would be of an arti- ficial kind: it is mainly on philology, physiology, and history that a proper ethnological arrangement must rest. [See A (page 1).] º: ã1'-pha-bêt, v. t. . [From the substantive.] To arrange in aiphabetical Order, to indicate by means of the alphabet. âl-pha-bêt-àr-i-an, s. One engaged in learning the alphabet. 3. 85 .* Every alphabetarian knows well that the Latin [for a city] is wrbs or civitas.”—Archbishop Sancroft: Sermons. *āl-pha-bêt'-ic, *āl-pha-bêt'-ick, #1-pha- bèt'-i-Cal, a. ſIn Fr. alphabétique; , Sp. & Ital. alfabético; Port, alphabetico.] Pertaining to the alphabet, arranged in the same order as the letters of the alphabet. “I have digested in an alphabetical order all the coun- ties, corporations, and boroughs in Great Britain, with their respective tempers.”—Swift. âl-pha-bêt'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. alphabetical; § In an alphabetical manner, in the order in which the letters of the alphabet stand. “I had once in my thoughts to contrive a grammar, more than I can now comprise in short hints; and a dic- tionary, alphabetically containing the words of the lan- guage which the deaf person is to learn.”—Holder: Ele- aments of Speech. ă1'-pha-bêt-ism, §. . [Eng. alphabet; rism..] No- tation by means of alphabets instead of by symbols for ideas. “. . . then from this to alphabetism, in which the syllable is no longer denoted by an invisible symbol, but is resolved into vowel and consonant, each with its own accepted sign.”—Encyclop. Brit. (9th ed.), “Alphabet.” Al-phard, 8, [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star of the second magnitude, called also Alpha Hydrae, or Cor Hydrae= the heart of the Hydra. Āl-phéc'-ca, s. [Corrupted Arabic (?).] A fixed star of magnitude 2%, called also Alpha Coronae Borealis. âl-phé-i-dae, S. pl. failed Crustaceans. ăl-phé-nix, s. - fabulous bird so called.] [PHOENIX.] sugar. [BARLEY SUGAR.] Āl-phér-ätz, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star of the first magnitude, called also Alpha An- dromedae. āl-phé'-às, 8. ºff. a river in the Pelo- ponnesus, or a fabled god presiding over it...] A #; Crustaceans, the typical one of the family pheld 80. Å1'-phirk, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] . A fixed star of the third magnitude, called also Beta Cephei. âl-phi"—tó-mân-gy, s. [Gr. alphiton-peeled or pearl-barley, or bârley-méal; manteia=prophecy or divination.] Divination by means of barley-meal. Āl-phēn-sín, Ál-phēn-sine, a... [From Al- phonso X., King of Castile and Leon.] Pertaining to the above-mentioned Alphonso. Alphonsin tables, S. pl. Astronomical tables, published in A. D. 1252, which had been prepared under the patronage of the SOvereign just named, by certain Jews of Toledo. āl-phēn'-Sin, s. [From Alphonso Ferri, a Neapol- itan physician, who lived in the 16th century.] "An instrument invented by the above-mentioned Al- phonso Ferri for extracting bullets from gunshot wounds. It consists of three branches, closed by a ring. When inserted into a wound, the ring is drawn back, so as to allow the branches to separate and take hold of the bail. Then the ring is pushed from the haft, by which means the branches grasp the ball firmly, and permit of its being extracted. ã1'-phis, s. [From, Gr. alphos=a, dull white leprosy, or tetter, found especially on the face; the Så II), © which is called in iatin vitiligo.] Med. : With the same meaning as the correspond- ing Greek word. (See etymology.) *al-phyn, “al-phyne, *al-fyn, *al—fin, *au—fyn S. fºotably a Persian” or Arabic word.]. A namé for the bishop in chess. “He by held the kyng sette yn the pley . . among awfuns and powmys.”—Gesta Romanorum (ed. Herrtage), P. â1'-pî-gène, a... [Lat. Alpes, or Gr. Alpeis, and genmao-to engender.] Produced in Alpine districts or countries; growing in Alpine regions. Å1'-pine, a. & S. [In Fr. Alpin; Sp. & Ital. Alpino, from Lat. Alpinw8.] A. As adjective: 1. Pertaining to the Alps, or to any lofty mountain. “He was a creature of the Alpine sky.” - Hemams: League of the Alps, 21. A family of decapod, long- [ALPHEUS.] Arab. al- the ; Lat. phoeniac, the White barley 150 2. Growing on the Alps, or growing on any high mountain, Applied especially to plants which are at home in elevated regions, or, if natives of the plain, have their structure modified to adapt them jºish and ungenial localities which they now IIlſla Olú. . B. As substantive: The Alpine Strawberry, which is a variety of the Wood Strawberry, Fragaria. ‘U6 SCCº., Alpine-brook, s. Saa'ifraga rivularis. Alpine-stock, s. [ALPENSTOCK.] âl-pín'-i-a, s. [Named after Prosper Alpinus, an Italian botanist who lived in the sixteenth century.] A genus of plants belonging to the Order Zingibera- ceae, or Ginger- worts. Some of S$ the species, as, for instance, the A. mwtºns, are very beautiful. Their rhizomes possess a rom a tic and stimulating prop- erties. The Ga- langa major of druggists, and the Card a moms of C O m merce, are produced by spe- cies of Alpinia. [GALANGA, CAR- D A M O M. J. The fresh roots of the A. £; # I 0. used to season fish and for other eco- nomical purposes. They and the rhizomes of A. racemosa are used by Indian doctors in cases of dyspepsia. In infusion, they are deemed useful also in coughs. The root of the A. aromatica, which, as its name implies, is finely aromatic, is employed in Bengal as a carminative and stom- achic. ălp"—ist, Alp'-i-a, s. [Fr., Sp. and Port. “; A small seed used for feeding birds. It is derive from a Species of canary-grass (Phalaris). â1'-quière, Å1'-quéire, s. [Port.] A measure used in Portugal and Brazil. The alguiere of Portugal is= 0.36 of an imperial bushel; the alquiere of Rio, in Brazil—one imperial bushel. âl-réad'—y, *āl-réad'—ie, àll réad'—y, adv, [Eng. all; ready. In Dan. allerede..] Properly all ready, completely prepared; but generally used to mean at a bygone time, or commencing at a bygone time, and ending now, or previously to some event which has occurred. “Is there anything whereof it may be said, See, this is new 2 it hath been already of old time, which was before us.”—Eccles. i. 10. T It may be used in the future perfect tense; as, “Long before the formal decision of the judge, the verdict of public opinion will already have been given.” *āls, adv. & conj. [ALSO.] Al-Sā –tian, Al-Sā'—cian, s. [From Alsatia= Alsace.] 1. A native of Alsatia, or Alsace, a German terri- tory between the Rhine and the Vosges mountains, long in French possession, but re-taken by Germany during the war of 1870-1. 2. One of the names adopted by those debtors and others who fled to a sanctuary to avoid im- prisonment. The term was applied in the 17th century to the outlaws who lived in Whitefriars, which went by the name Alsatia. (See Sir Walter Scott's Fortunes of Nigel.) âl-ség -nó, adv. index.] [SIGN...] Music: “To the sign.” A direction given to a singer or player to go back to the sign $, and re- peat the music from that place. It is an expedient to save the space and trouble of printing the same notes twice over. Ål'—shāin, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star of magnitude 3%, called also Beta Aquilae. āl-sin-à-geous, a. [Eng, and Lat. alsine; Eng. suff. -aceous...] Pertaining to the genus Alsine, or to chickweed ; resembling chickweed in some par- ticular. An alsinaceous corolla, in Link's classifi- cation, is one with short, distant claws. ăl-si'-nē, s. [Sp. & Lat. alsine; Gr. alsiné. A plant, probably chickweed; from alsos=a grove.] Chickweed, an old genus of plants belonging to the order Caryophyllaceae (Clove-worts). It is now broken up, the species being distributed among the genera Arenaria, Stellaria, and Spergularia. Alsine media is the Linnaean name for the Common Chick- weed, now called Stellaria media. A species of Saxifrage; the Alpinia Nutans. [Ital, segmo- a sign, mark, altar āl-si'-nē-ae, S. pl. [From alsine (q.v.).] Bot. : One of the three sub-orders into which the Caryophyllaceae (Clove-worts) are divided. The sepals are distinct, and when equal in number to the stamens, are opposite to them. They have a close affinity to the Sileneae, though having far less conspicuous flowers. âl-sö, *ālse, *āls, *āls'—wa, adv. & conj. º: ealswa, eallswa, Oelswa, alswa. Also is etymologic- ally the same as as (q.v.).] r 1. Also, likewise, in like manner, even as. “. . . thereof was William, a-wondred and meliors alse.”—William of Palerne (Skeat's ed.), 2,503. “. and for the peril als.”—Ibid., 996. *2. As. [See etymology. See also AS.] “Also fresch as the hauk.”—Joseph of Arim., 595. Also wel : As well. “He seigh the peple thorw peine, passen in-to helle. Also wel the holyeste heolde thider euene As the moste fooles.” Joseph of Arim., 112, 113. ăl-söph'-i-la, S. . [Gr, alsos=a grove: philos=a friend..] A genus of ferns, most of them arborescent. They occur in tropical America, the South Sea Islands, the Malay Archipelago, and Australia. About sixty-five species are known. ăls—tó'-ni-a, s. [Named after Alston, once Pro- fessor of Botany in Edinburgh.) A genus of plants belonging to the order Apocynaceae, or Dog-banes. The A. scholaris has wood as bitter as gentian. āls'-tên–ite, s. [Named from Alston in Cumber- land, near which it is found.] Min. : The same as Bromlite (q.v.). ăls-troe-mér'-i-a, s. . [Named after Baron Claudius Alstroemer, of Sweden, who, when travel- ing in Europe, sent many plants to Linnaeus.] A. genus of plants belonging to the order Amarylli- daceae. They are beautiful, and A. ligtw. is highly fragrant. ... The A. Salsella is a diaphoretic and diuretic ; the A. ornata is astringent, and a kind of arrowroot is made in Chili from the roots of the A. pallida. *āls' wil-i, *ālss-wilc, adv. [A. S. alswile, or eallswil.c.; als=as, Swilc=such..] Even as, likewise. “And good let oc thu hem bi-se Alswile als hem bihu.[f]lik bee.” Story of Gen. ww.d. Eacod. (ed. Morris), 4,107-8. ălt, S. & a. [Ger.] [ALTO.] Al-tä -ic, a [ALTAITE.] [TURANIAN.] Al-täir', s: , [Corrupted Arabic..] A fixed star of magnitude 1%, called also Alpha Aquilae. âl-tä -ite, s. [Named from the Altai or Altaian range of mountains in Central Asia; Altai in some Tartar tongues is=a gold mountain..] A mineral placed by Dana in his Galena division. It is a com- pound analogous to Hessite. It is tin white, with a yellowish tinge. A specimen consisted of tellu- rium 37, lead 47-84, silver 11'30, and gold 3.86=100. âl-tar, *āl-têr, *āl'—tére, *āul'—tér, #á'u- têr, *āºw-tér, s. [A. S. alter. In Sw, altare; Dan. alter; Dut. altaar; Ger., Sp. & Port. altar; Fr. awtel; Ital. altare. From Lat. altar or altare= an. altar, especially one higher and more splendidly adorned than an ara. From altws= high.] A. Literally: An erection made for the offering of sacrifices for memorial purposes, or for some other object. 1. In Patriarchial times. An altar designed for sacrifice is mentioned in Scripture as early as the time of Noah (Gen. viii. 20). Abraham, Isaac and Jacob built several, altars in places where for a brief or more lengthened period they sojourned. Most of these appear to have been for sacrificial purposes, and one or two seem to have been for memorial ends; but the most unequivocal case of the memorial altar was subsequently. (Josh. xxii. 10-34; Gen. xii. 7, 8; xiii. 4, 18; xxii. 9; xxvi. 25; xxxiii. 20; xxxv. 1, 7.) 2. Im, Jewish times: At Sinai directions were given that altars should be of earth or of stone unhewn, and that the ascent to them should not be by steps (Exod. xx. 24–26). When the tabernacle worship, was established, there was an altar of wood covered with brass, designed for sacrifice, and one overlaid with gold, on which incenso was burnt (Exod. xxvii. 1–8; xxxi. 1–10). Both had projections at the four corners of the upper surface. To those of the bra- zen altar victims were bound, and a fugitive from death seizing hold of one of these could not legally be dragged away to meet his doom. Strictly speak- ing, all sacrifices were to be confined to the one sac- rificial altar, but the injunction was observed only to a partial extent. (1 Sam. vii. 17 ; 2 Sam. xxiv. 25; 1 Kings xviii. 32.) 3. In Christian times : (a) In the early Christian centuries altars were generally of wood. During the sixth century stone was employed in the construction, and this con- tinued to the time of the Reformation. fâte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à, qu = kW. altar-bread b) In the Church of Rome an altar is essential, it being believed that in the mass an actual though bloodless sacrifice is offered, for sin. Formerly, also, there was an upper altar (superaltare), which was a small portablo one for the consecration of the communion elements, when the priest had not the opportunity of using the altar in a church or º; (c) In the Church of England. The stone altars which were in the churches when the Reformation began [see (a)] were removed about the year 1550, and tables substituted for them. Queen Mary re- stored the altars, which were, however, again removed on the accession of Queen Elizabeth. What is sometimes called “the altar” is every- where in the Prayer Book called “the holy table.” 4. Among the old ethnic and modern non-Christian, ovations. any of the old ethnic nations built altars for idolatrous worship on the tops of hills or in groves. The Greeks and Romans built high altars to the heavenly gods, and some of lower ele- vation to the demigods and heroes, whilst they worshiped the infernal gods in trenches scooped out of the ground. Many nations have had, and yet possess, altars of turf, stone, wood, Or, in rare cases, even of horn; but they are wholly absent among the Mohammedans. B. More or less figuratively: 1. Used of Christ, by the figure of speech called metonymy, by which the altar is substituted for the gº victim offered upon it in sacrifice. (Heb. xiii. 10. 2. The most sacred spot or most sacred service of religion, truth, or aught else to which complete consecration of the powers is due. (Pope: Homer's Iliad, v. 592.) 3. The hymeneal altar, or simply the altar: The altar in a church before which a marriage is solem- nized. [HYMENEAL.] e g 4. Used also as the synonym of religious liberty and privilege. “Strike, till the last armed foe expires, Strike, for your altars and your fires, God and your native land.” Fitzgreeme Halleck. altar-bread, 8. Bread used in the celebration of the Eucharist. In the Roman church it is thin, round and unleavened, and usually stamped with a crucifix. [HOST.] altar-card, s. A portion of the Mass, printed and placed on the altar to assist the memory of the celebrant. There are three ; one is placed at each side and one against the tabernacle. They are occasionally used in Ritualistic churches. altar-carpet, s. The carpet covering the sanct- Tlary. altar-cloth, s. The cloth which covers an altar in a church. * altar-fire, s. The fire on an altar, or connected with religion. altar-frontal, S. [ANTEPENDIUM.] altar-hearse, s. [HERSE.] altar-horn, s. [HORN.] altar-piege, 8;. A picture or ornamental sculpt- ure behind the altar in a church. altar-place, s. . A place which has served for an altar, or on which an altarias been at one time reared. (Byron.: Darkness.) altar-plate, s. The plate which is designed for the service of the altar. altar-screen, s. The partition behind an altar in a church ; the reredos wall or screen at the back of an altar. altar-stairs, s. pl. The stairs of an altar. (Used in a figurative sense.) “The great world's altar-stairs That slope through darkness up to God.” Temum lyson: In Memoriam, liv. altar-Stone, S. The stone constituting the altar; also, loosely, the chanceſ or Sanctuary. The same as ALTARIST. º | d .. |||| *** * * * #º | #: ſt; # º #: Fäſſ: ii: º, ºt ſº §§§ Altar-tomb. altar-tomb, s. A raised monument resembling 151 altar-vase, s. A vase to hold flowers for the decoration of an altar. altar-vessel, s. A vessel used in the Anglican Communion Service or in the Roman Mass. altar-wise, adv. After the manner of an altar. àl -tar-āge, s. [Low Lat. altaragiwm.] 1. Revenue derived by a priest or clergyman from offerings made in connection with an altar. 2. An altar or altars erected within a church in mediaeval times, with money left to purchase masses for some person deceased. âl-tar—ist, al'—tar-thane, s. [Eng. altar.] Old Eng. Law: One who ministered at the altar, and was the recipient of the offerings thore pre- sented. [TH ANE.] ălt-āz'—i-müth, s. [Eng. alt (itude), and azi- muth (q. v.).] The same as AZIMUTH AND ALTI- TUDE INSTRUMENT (q.v.). àl -têr, v. t. & i. [Fr. altérer=to alter; Sp. & Port. alterar; Ital. alterare; Low Lat. altero. j Class. Lat. alter=one of two.] [ALTERCA- TION, 1. Trams. : In some respect or other to change anything more or less completely from what he or it was before. “And the God that hath caused his name to dwell there destroy all kings and people, that shall put to their hand to alter and to destroy this house of God which is at Jeru- salem.”—Ezra vi. 12. “My covenant will I not break, nor alter the thing that is gone out oil rhy lips.”—Ps. lxxxix. 34. 2. Intrams. : To change; to become different in some respect or other. “. . . according to the law of the Medes and Per- sians, which altereth not.”—Dan. vi. 8. âl-têr-a-bil'-i-ty, s. [Eng. alter; ability..] The capacity of being alterable; capable of being al- tered; alterableness. ã1'-têr-a-ble, a... [Eng. alter; -able.] Able to be altered; capable of being altered. “. . . the manner of it is very alterable; the matter and fact of it is not alterable by any power under the sky.”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. v. âl-têr-a-ble-nēss, s. [Eng., alterable; -mess.] Al- terability; capable of being altered. äl'—tér-a-bly, adv. [Eng. alterable: -ly.] In an alterable manner; in a manner capable of change. à l'—tér–age, s. [From Lat. alo=to rear, nourish.] The breeding, nourishing, or fostering of a child. (Sir J. Davies om Ireland.) ăl'—tér-ānt, a. & S. [Eng. alter; -ant. altérant.] 1. As adjective: Altering, changing. “And whether the body be alteramt or altered.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. ix., § 800. 2. As substantive: An alternative. (Used in medi- cine.) ã1—tér—a,'—tion, s. [Fr. altération; Sp. alterat- cion; Port. (tlteração, Ital, alterazione; Low Lat. altero=to change. i. The act of altering, or change. “Alteration, though it be from worse to better, hath in it inconveniences, and those weighty.”—Hooker. 2. The state of being altered. ** Methinks it should be now a huge eclipse Of sun and moon ; and that the affrighted globe Should yawn at alteration.”—Shakesp.: Othello, v. 2. 3. The change made. In Fr. “When man fell, Strange alteration." Sin and Death amain Following his track (such was the will of Heaven) Paved after him a broad and beaten way Over the dark abyss.” Milton : P. L., ii. 1,024. âl-têr-a-tive, a. & s. [Fr. altératif, m., altér- a five, f A. As adjective: Producing alteration. & 4 such an internal cellular or cellulo-vascular structure as can receive fluid matter from without, alter its nature, and add it to the alterative structure.”—Owen; Palaeontol. (1860), p. 4. Chiefly Med...: Producing alteration in the system, from a morbid state to, or toward, one of health. “By an alterative course of treatment is commonly meant the continued exhibition of certain medicinal agents supposed to have the power of altering certain dis- ordered actions, chiefly of a chronic character.”—Cycl. Pract. Med., i. 53 B. As substantive : 1. Lit. Med. : A kind of medicine which, when iven, appears for a time to have little or no effect, ut which ultimately changes, or tends to change, a morbid state into one of health. Garrod divides alteratives into seven groups: (1) Mercurial Altera- tives, (2) Iodine Alteratives, (3) Chlorine Alteratives, § Arsenical Alteratives, (5) Antimonial Alteratives, (6) Sulphur Alteratives, and (7) Alteratives of unde- termined action. 2. Fig.: Anything fitted to produce an alteration for the better on a morbid mind. “Like an apothecary’s shop, wherein are remedies for alternate â1'-têr-cate, v. i. [In Sp. altercar; Ital. alter- care. From Lat. altercor, sometimes alterco-to wrangle, to quarrel; from alter = another.] To carry on an angry contention in words; to engage in noisy Wrangling. àl-têr-că –tion, s. [In Fr. altercation; Sp. alter- cacion; Port. altercaçao; Ital. altercazione; Lat. altercatio, from alterco..] [ALTERCATE.] A wran- gling, dispute, or debate., Angry contention of words between two persons. “. . . a stormy altercation followed.” — Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. “Livy regrets that he cannot ascertain the truth with respect to this unseemly altercation.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xiii., pt. ii., § 83. ăl -têred, pa. par. & a. [ALTER.] “But he found the comrade of his youth an altered man.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. âl'—tér-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ALTER.] “With age, and altering rheums? Can he speak? hear?” Shakesp.: Winten’s Tale, iv. 3. âl-têr-i-ty, s. The state of being another; the state of being different. (Coleridge.) âl'—térn, a. [In Fr. alterne; Port. alterno. From Lat. alternus=every other, alternate; from alter= one of two.] A. Ord. Lang. : Alternate. “And God made two great lights, great for their use To man, the greater to have rule by day, The less by night, altern; and made the stars.” Milton: P. L., bk. vii. B. Technically: 1. Geom. Altern base: A term used for a base which is not the true one. Thus, if in an oblique triangle the true base is=the sum of the sides, then the altern base is=their difference; or, if the true base is=the difference of the sides, then the altern is=their sum. 2. Crystallography: Exhibiting on its upper and lower part faces which alternate among themselves, but which, when the two parts are compared, cor- respond with each other. *āl'—térn, v. t. [From Eng. altern. In Fr. al- termer; Sp. & Port. altermar; Ital. altermare.] To alternate. dººrnº, ac., to alterm.”—Fernandez: Spanish Dict. fāl-térn-a-gy, s. [Eng, altern; -acy..] The state of being alternate. * tål-térn'—al, a. [Eng, altern -al.] Pertaining to what is alternate. Alternative. (Sherwood.) Done by turns or courses one after another. fāl-têrn'—al-ly, adv. [Eng. alternal; -ly.] The same as ALTERNATELY (q.v.). “Affranius and Petreius did command Those camps with equal power, but concord made Their government more firm: their men obey’d Alternally both generals' commands.” May: Lucan, bk. iv. tål-têr"—nant, a. [In Fr. alternant: Lat. alter- mams, pr. par, of alterno=to do first one thing and then another; alternws=one after another, inter- changeably; alter=one of two, the other.] Alter- nating. âl-têr-nāte, or à l'—tér-nāte, v. t. & i. [ALTER- NATE, a..] [ALTERN, a. & v.] A. Transitive: To perform by turns with another person or persons, or to change one thing for an- other reciprocally, i.e., to do first the one, then the other, and afterward the first again, uniformly observing the same order of succession as long as the operation goes on. “The most high God, in all things appertaining unto this life, for sundry wise ends, alternates the disposition. of good and evil.”—Grew. “Those who in their course, Melodious hymns about the sov’reign throne Alternate all night long.”—Milton: P. L., bk. v. B. Intransitive : 1. In time. To happen by turns with another OCCU. TrêſlC6. “. . . tempests quickly alternated with sunshine.”— Froude: Hist. of Eng., pt. i., vol. iv., 94. * 2. In place: In turns to precede and then to fol- low anything else. Often used in geology for a bed, or a series of beds again and again recurring in a section ; but in most cases what now are succes- sive re-appearances in place were produced in a remote age by the return of the same combination of circumstances in time. f “. . . but as we proceed northward to Yorkshire, it [the mountain limestonel begins to alternate with true coal measures.”—Lyell: Man wal of Geol., ch. xxiv. . âl-têr-nate, a., s. & adv. [From Lat. alter- natus, pa. par. of alterno.] A. As adjective : I. Ordinary Language : 1. Of time : Done or happening in a series, first. one and then the other, by turns; reciprocal, In colloquial language, “turn about.” “In either cause one rage alone possess'd an altar. It is a term of modern introduction. all infirmities of mind, purgatives, cordials, alteratives.” The empire of the alternate victor's breast.” (Gloss. of Arch.) —Burton: Anat, of Mel., p. 279. Byron: Lara, ii. 10. bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph .# -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del J , -va - zºº alternately & £ . Castor and Pollux, who enjoyed a peculiar privilege of life after death, and revisited the earth in some mysterious manner on alternate days.”—Gladstone: Studies on Homer, i. 134. 2. Of relative place or position. (See II., 1.) II. Technically: . 1. Bot.: Alternate leaves are those which are not inserted opposite to each other, but of which each is higher or lower º the stem #. º \G CO WNS e COrresponding sº one on the other Wº. &N $N side. The word fº/? § ><> alternate , is the # § reverse of opposite also when used of other portions of a plant, as sepals, petals, stamens, &c. 2. Zool. : In a cor- responding sense to that described un- der No. 1. ‘ſ Alternate gem- erations. [See AL- TERNATION, B. 1.] 3. Other Physical Sciences: With a similar meaning. Math. Alternate angles: Two angles are said to be alternate with each other when they are made by two straight lines, intersected by a third, and are on opposite sides of that third. One alternate angle is beneath the first of the two lines so intersected, and the other is above the second one. If the two straight lines be parallel, then the alternate angles are equal to each other. (See Euclid, 29.) If the º straight line A B intersect the two parallel straight lines C D and E F, then C G H and G H F constitute one, and D G H and G H E a second pair of alternate angles. Her. Alternate quarters: A term applied to the first and fourth quarters on an escutcheon, which are generally of the same kind; and also to the sec- ond and third, which also similarly resemble each other. * B. As swbstantive: That which alternates with anything else; an alternative; a vicissitude. “”Tis not in Fate th' alternate now to give.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xviii., 117. “And rais'd in pleasure, or repos'd in ease, Grateful alternates of substantial peace.” Alternate Leaves. Common Elm (Ulmus Cam- pestris). Prio?". C. As adverb: Alternately. ... I Common in poetry, owing to the difficulty of introducing alternately into a line. “And live alternate, and alternate die, In hell beneath, on earth, in heaven above.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xi., 372-3. “Oft, placed the evening fire beside, The minstrel art alternate tried.” Scott; Rokeby, iv. 13. al-térn'—ate-ly, adv. [Eng, alternate; -ly.] A. Ordimary Language: 1. In time: Happening by turns. “”Tis thus, reciprocating each with each, Alternately the nations learn and teach.” Cowper: Charity. In reciprocal succession; first on (See B. 1.) 2. In space: one side, and then on the other. 38. Technically: 1. Bot. #. 7)innate : A term use of a pinnate leaf which has the leaflets alternate on a com- mon petiole. Exam- ple: Potentilla rupes- tris, Tolwifera balsa- *]??,*(,771,. 2. Geom. Or Alg.: If there be four mag- nitudes or quantities in , proportion, of vzhich the first is to the second as the third to the fourth, then either of the expressions perm w- Zando (by permuta- tion) or alternamdo £atternately) is employed, when it is inferred that the first proportional has the same ratio to the third that the second has to the fourth, or that the Alternately Pinnate Leaves. (Toluifera Balsamum.) 2 152 Thus if A B : C D : : M N : P Q, then these proportionals are placed alternately; if they stand thus— C D : A B : : P Q : M N, Or A B : M N : : C D : P Q. So also if a b : ; c : d, then these symbols are placed alternately if they are Written b : a : d : c, and a ; c : ; b : d. (See Euclid, Bk. W., Def. 13, Prop. 16.) fāl-térn'—ate-nēss, s. [Eng. alternate; -mess.] The same as ALTERNATION (q.v.). âl-têrn'-at-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ALTERNATE, v.] âl-térn-ā'—tion, s. [In Sp. alternacion; Port. altermaçao; Ital, alternazione, from Lat. alter- natio.] A. Ordinary Langwage: . I. Gen. : The succession of things to one another in a reciprocal order; interchange of things oftener than once with others, in time or in space. (a) In time: “. . . the alternation of day and night . . .”— Lewis: Astrom.. of the Ancients, ch. i., § 3. “During two or three days there were many alterna- tions of hope and fear.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xx. “Slow alternations of land and sea.”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 55. (b) In space: “Each successive tide brings its charge of mixed powder, deposits its duplex layer day after day, and finally masses of immense thickness are piled up, which, by preserving the alternations of sand and mica, tell the tale of their formation.”—Tyndall; Frag. of Science, 3d ed., p. 408. II. Specially: 1. Responses by the congregation in liturgical worship. “For such alternations as are there used must be by several persons; but the minister and the people cannot so sever their interests as to sustain several persons, he being the only mouth of the whole body which he pre- sents.”—Milton: Apology for Smectymnuus, . 2. Alternate performances between the two divis- ions of a choir. B. Technically : 1. Biol. or Zool. Alternation of Generations: The rendering of a scientific term used by Prof. Steenstrup to express an abnormal kind of genera- tion, called by Prof. Owen Metagemesis. It implies that one kind of birth takes place in one genera- tion, and another in the next; the third is again like the first, and the fourth resembles the second. In the first generation there is the ordinary prop- agation of the race by impregnation ; in the second, immature animals, which appear as if they had not passed beyond the larval state, give birth to young. This feature in the case Prof. Owen calls Partheno-genesis (q.v.). By the curious arrange- ment now mentioned, the young do not resemble their immediate parents, but their grandparents; as in due time what may be termed their grand- children will resemble them. The best known instance of alternation of generations is in the Aphides. [APHIS.] (Steenstrup : Altermation of Generations, Ray Society. Owen : Invert. Amim., 2d ed., pp. 667, 668.) 2. Alg.: Alternations are the same as what are more generally called permutations. âl-têrm'-a'-tive, a. & S. [In Ger. alternativ: Fr. altermatif, adj., alternative, s. ; Sp. & Port, atterm- ativo, adj., alternativa, s. ; Itai. alternativo, adv. = by turns; alternativa, S.] A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Language: 1. Offering a choice of two things, as an “alterm- ative proposal.” 2. Alternate. “The manners, the wits, the b2alth, the age, the strength, and stature of men daily vary, but so as by a vicissitude and revolution they return again to the former points from which they declined, and again decline, and again return, by alternative and interchangeable course.” —Hakewill's Apology, p. 41. II. Technically: 1. Bot. : A term used when the pieces of an organ being in two rows, the inner is covered by the outer in such a way that each of the exterior rows over- laps half of two of the interior ones. 2. Grammar: The alternative conjunctions are Either—or, Whether—or, Neither—nor. (Baim : English Grammar, London, 1863, p. 65.) B. As substantive : 1. Strictly: Permission to choose either of two things, but not both ; also the two things viewed as standing together that choice may be made between altimeter 2. More loosely: One of two things offered for choice. In this sense the two things offered are called, not as they should be, an alternative, but two alternatives. “. . . and announce that if this demand is refused, the alternative is war. The Romans refuse all redress, and accept the alternative.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. i., 3. Still more loosely: offered to choose among. “My decided preference is for the fourth and last of these alternatives.”—Gladstone: Homer, i. 43. * There is no alternative, means, no choice is offered; only one thing is presented for acceptance. “With no alternative but death.” Longfellow: The Golden Legend, iv. º adv. [Eng. alternative; -ly.] By turns; reciprocally . “An appeal alternatively made may be tolerated by the civil law as valid.”—Ayliffe: Parergon. âl-têrn'—a-tive-nēss, s. [Eng. alternative; -mess.] The quality or state of being alternative. (Bailey. fāl-têrn'-i-ty, s. [Eng, altern; -ity.] The same as ALTERNATION (q.v.). “They imagine that an animal of the wastest dimen- sions, and longest duration, should live in a continual motion, without the altermity and vicissitude of rest, whereby all other animals continue.”—Sir T. Browne: ulgar Errors. ăl—tha'—a, āl-the-a, s. [In Sp. & Port. althea; Ital. altea : Fr. & Lat. althopa; Gr. althaia-marsh- mallow ; altho-to cure; so called from its healing virtues.] 1. A genus of plants belonging to the order Mal- vaceae, or Mallow-worts. It contains one well-known species, the A. Officinalis, or Common Marsh- mallow, and One only apparently wild, the A. hir- swta, or Hispid Marsh-mallow. The A. rosea of our gardens is the Hollyhock. Its flowers are used in Greece in poultices. lozenges, &c. Its leaves are said to furnish a coloring matter not inferior to indigo. Marsh-mallow contains much mucilage and altheine, which is the same as asparagin. It is used as a demulcent to allay cough. “Althaea with the purple eye; the broom, Yellow and bright, as bullion unalloy’d.” Cowper: Task, bk. vi. . Marsh-mallow is used very freely in the composi- tion of a candy, or confection greatly in favor with the young people of the United States. 2. An asteroid, the 119th found. It was discovered by Watson on the 3d of April, 1872. ăl-thé-ime, s... [Eng, althea; -ine.] A vegetable principle found in the roots of the marsh-mallow now shown to be identical with Asparagin (q.v.). *āl'—thér, a. [ALDER, ELDER.] Elder. (Piers Plowman.) *āl'—thér, *ā1-thir, *āl'—thire, a. [ALDER.] Of all. (For their numerous compounds, see ALDER.) “Certes, ne never other man Sith Lameth was, that alther-first bygan To loven two, as writen folk biforn.” Chaucer : C. T., 10,864. “In althire maiste joy.” A leacander (ed. Stevenson), 486. “Althirfirst ye schul considre .”—Chawcer . The Tale of Melibeus. âl-though, *āll though, *āl thogh (wgh orgh. silent), conj. [Eng. all; though. In Dut. al, or glhoewel=although; Though=A., S, theah, the h.] THOUGH.] Notwithstanding that; however it may e that ; even if ; even supposing that. “Al thogh he were of age.”—Bonaventura. “But Peter said unto him, Although all shall be of. fended, yet will not I.”—Mark xiv. 29. *āl-ti-ca, s. [HALTICA.] *āl-ti-gräde, a... [Lat. altus=high; gradus=a step, a pace; gradior=to take steps, to walk.] Rising on high; mounting, ascending. āl-til-à-quénge, s. [In Port, altiloquencia; Lat. Cultus=high, and loquentia=fluency of speech; logºwor=to speak. Lofty speech; pomposity of language. âl-tí1-5-quént, a. [Lat, altus = high, and loquems = speaking; pr. par. of loquor = to speak. Lofty or pompous in speech. (Bailey.) Foun often in forensic addresses and sermons. Many examples may be found in the works of Thomas Carlyle. âl-tim’-Ét-ér, s. . [Lat. altus = high, and Gr. metrom = that by which anything is measured; a measure, a rule.] An instrument employed for One of several things first is to the third as the second is to the fourth. them. In this sense it has no plural. measuring altitudes trigonometrically. făte, fit, fare, amidst, whāt, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, Sir, marine; gö, pöt, Qll = kW. or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, Ce = €; ey = a. g altimetry #1-tim'—&t-ry, s. [For etym. See ALTIMETER. In Sp. & Port. altimetria.] The art of measuring altitudes trigonometrically, as by a quadrant, the- odolite, &c. ăl-tim, s. [Russian.] A Russian coin worth be- tween two and three cents. It is equal in value to threo copecks, one hundred of which again make a ruble (q.v.). fāl-tin'-car, S. [TINCAL.] ăl-tín-gi-ā'-gé-ae, s. pl. [From the old botani: cal genus Altingia, now called Liquidambar.] i`iquidambars... An Qrder of exogenouš, plants, placed by Lindley in his first sub-class Diclinous Éxogens, and in his eighteenth Alliance, the Amen- tales. It consists of tall, balsam-bearing trees, which are placed under the Linnaean genus Liquid. ambar. [LIQUIDAMBAR.] They are found in the hotter parts of Asia and America. ăl-tís'–Šm—ant, àl-tís'-àn-oiás, a. [In Sp., Port., & Ital, altisoriante ; Sp. & Port. altisomo; Lat, altis- onus = high sounding: altus = high ; 8omans, pr: par. of somo = to sound: or from Somws = a Sound.] High sounding; of lofty or pompous sound. “Speculative and positive doctrines, and altisonant phrases.”—Evelyn. ăl-tiss'—i-mö, s. [Lat, altissimus, superl. degree of altus.] º; ALT.] . A term used in music to designate the sounds that lie in the octave above the pitch of sounds in alt—viz., from g” to f". ă1'-ti-tūde, s. [In Fr., altitude : Ital, altitudime. From Lat. altitudo = altitude: altus = high.] A. Ordinary Language : I. Lit.: The elevation of an object above its base, or of an object in the air above the surface of the earth. - e “. . . Oft did he take delight To measure th' altitude of some tall crag That is the eagle's birthplace, or some peak, Familiar with forgotten years.” & Wordsworth: The Earcursion, bk. i. II. Figuratively: 1. The highest point in degree of anything. “He did it to please his mother, and to be partly proud, which he is, even to the altitude of his virtue.”—Shakesp.: Coriol., i. 1. 2. High rank, superiority in wealth or other re- sources; mental or moral elevation. “Your cultitude offends the eyes Of those who want the power to rise.”—Swift. 3. (Plural.) Haughty airs. B. Technically : 1. Geom, : The altitude of a triangle, parallelo- gram, or other figure, is the straight line drawn from its vertex perpendicular to its base, or the base produced. § bk. vi., def. 4.) 2. Perspective: The altitude of the eye is a right line let fall from the eye perpendicular to the geo- metrical plane. 3. Trigonom. : The same as A., I, An accessible altitude is one the lower part of which may be approached, so that a base may be Imeasured from it for the purpose of trigonometrical calculation. An inaccessible altitude is one of which the lower part is unapproachable; as, for instance, a castle beyond a river which one has not the means of crossing. 4. Astron.: The elevation of a heavenly body above the horizon, i.e., the arc of a vertical circle inter- cepted between the center of the body and the true horizon. It is generally expressed in *, ', and ". The apparent altitude of a heavenly body is the ap- parent height above the sensible horizon. Its true altitude is its height above the real horizon, after corrections have been made on account of refrac- tions and parallax. Meridian altitude is the alti- tude of a heavenly body when passing the meridian. The body is then at the highest point it can on that day reach. Observed altitude is the altitude as shown by the instrument with which the observation was taken. Refraction of altitude is the increased elevation given to a heavenly body by refraction. Altitude and Azimuth Instrument. [See AZIMUTH AND ALTITUDE INSTRUMENT.] täl-ti-tūd-in-ār-i-an, s. [Lat. altitudimis, genit. of altitudo= height ; suffix -arian-a person who..] A term occasionally used to indicate a person of lofty aim or pretension, an ambitious person. fāl-tív'-āl-ānt, a, [Ital. altivolante; Lat. altus =high, and volams=flying, pr. par. of volo, -(tvi-to fly.] High-flying. (Evelyn.) *āl-tö, adv. [ALL TO.] täl-tö, ält, s. [In Ger, alt, alto; Fr. hawt; O. Fr. hawlt; Sp., Port., & Ital, alto; Lat. Cultus. It may have a remote connection with E. Aram. illay or ghillay=highest; Heb. Čilah – to ascend, and various •cognate words...] A term designating pitch of sound, derived from the old gamut of the organ-builders. The sounds lying between G, the highest note on the * 153 treble stave, and F, seven notes above (or, as it would now be written, from g” to f"), are said to be im, alt. ăl –tó, a. & S. [f^LTO, ALT.] A. As adjective: Music : 1. The term applied to the highest male voice, most usually falsetto, having a compass of about an octave and a half, from f to c", called also the counter-tenor voice. The term contralto is usually applied to the lowest sort of female voice, which frequently takes the same part in vocal music as the alto male voice. e 2. When applied to musical instruments the term is usually employed to designate those next in pitch above the tenor of the same Species, as alto trom- bone. B. As substantive: The part of the music sung by persons possessing the alto or contralto Voice. [A., 1, Music.] alto-clef, s. A name for the C clef when, it is placed on the third line of the staye; called also the Counter-tenor clef. The usual form of the clef is shown in the accompanying figure. [CLEF.] alto-fagotto, s. A musical wind instrument, known also by its French name of the bassom quințe. It is similar in character to the bassoon or fagotto, and has a compass of the same extent, but five notes higher in pitch. [BASSOON.] - alto-rilievo, or alto-relievo,8. ſº alto ri- lievo; alto-high, and rillevo-relief.] Sculptured R ; : * - * ſº ºf § ſ º § º | : º † | gº º º º § § S. º § | | W work of which the figures project more than half their true proportions, as shown in the illustration. When they project just one-half, the term used is Mezzo-relievo; and when less than half, Basso-re- lievo, or in English, Bas-relief. [BAS-RELIEF.] alto-ripieno, 8. ſº An alto part, either vocal or instrumental, used for filling up and add- ing to the force of a Tutti. [See RIPIENO, TUTTI.] alto-viola, s. [Ital.]. A stringed instrument of the violin species, usually called the viola or tenor, somewhat larger than the violin, and with a system of tuning five notes lower in pitch. [VIOLA, TENOR.] ..º.º. adv. [Eng. Cull; together.] Wholly, completely, entirely. “Thou wast altogether born in sins.”—John ix. 34. “Except thou make thyself altogether a prince over us.” —Nwºmb. xvi. 13. ă1-tri-ces, s. [Lat. pl. of altria..] Nursers, a term applied to birds whose young are hatched in a very immature condition. ăl'—tra-ism, s. [In Ital. altrui-others; altrui- other people’s goods. Lat. Culterwter = One of two, the one or the other, either; alter=one of two ; uter =which of the two, or whether. A word framed by M. Comte, and adopted with warmly expressed ap- proval by Herbert Spencer, to express an antithesis to Egoism...] Benevolence, beneficence. ( Herbert Spencer: Psychol. (1881), vol. ii., § 524.) ăl'-tra-ist, s. [Fr. altruiste.] One who practices altruism. ăl-tra-is-tic, a. [From Eng. altruism (q.v.). A word framed like altruism by M. Comte, and adopted with high approval by Herbert Spencer, to express an antithesis to Egoistic..] Benevolent, beneficent. [ EGO-ALTRUISTIC.] ( Herbert Spencer: Psychol. (1S$1), vol. ii., § 524.) āl-tra-ist'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng, altruistic; -al, -ly.] In a benevolent manner; with care for the pºsts of others. ( H. Spencer: Data of Ethics, i:3. âl-il-gi-ta, s. . [Iſat. aluciţa- a gnat. A genus of moths, the typical one of the family Alucitidae. âl-u-git-i-dae, s. pl. [From the typical genus A luciţa (q.v.).] A family of moths, distinguished alum-slate like lobes. A few species exist in this country. One, the A. heasadactyla, called erroneously the Twenty- plume Moth, for it has, in reality, as many as twenty- four plumes, may often be seen running up window- panes in autumn. âl-ii-dé1, s. [In Fr. alwdel; Gr. a, and Lat. lurum-mud, clay, potter's earth. Without clay; without luting.] A subliming pot used for chemi- cal purposes, without a bottom, but which was fitted into a second, and that into a third, and So on, withoutluting being required...The complex ves- sel thus made was used in sublimations. At the bottom of the furnace a pot was placed to hold the substance which had to be sublimed, and at the top a head was added for the purpose of retaining the vapor which might arise from the process. âl-ii-la, s. [Dimin. of Lat. ala—a wing.] A little W1ng. Entom. : (1) One of the two minute membraneous scales situated above the halteres in some dipterous insects. (2) One of the similar scales placed under the elytra of certain water-beetles. ã1'-àm (1), *āl'—ym, s. [In Sw, alum; Dan. allum; Dut. alwin; Ger. alawn; Fr. alwm Sp. alwmbre; Port. alwmen; Ital. allume. From Lat. alwmen-alum.] 1. Chem. : The name given to double salts of Sul- phate of aluminium with sulphates of potassium, sodium, ammonium, or of other monatomic metals, as silver, thallium, caesium, rubidium. They crys- tallize in octohedra. Potash alum, Al2K2(SO4)4-H. 24H2O, is prepared by the decomposition of a shāle containing iron pyrites, FeS2, which is gently burnt and exposed to the air in a moist state; it oxidizes and forms sulphates, and, on the addition of a potash salt to the solution obtained by water, alum cryställizes out. Alum has a sweet astringent taste, reddens litmus paper, and dissolves in its own weight of boiling water. Sodium alum is very soluble. Ammonium alum is often prepared by adding the ammonia liquor of gas-works instead of potash. Alum is used in dyeing and in preparing skins, &c. Alums can be also formed in which ferric or chromic sulphates replace aluminium sul- phate, as potassio-ferric sulphate, Fe2R 2(SO4)4-H 24H2O, and ammonio-chromic sulphate, Cr2(NH4)2- (SO4)4-H24H2O. These crystallize in the same form, and cannot be separated from each other by crys- tallization. Alum is used in medicine as an astringent in doses of ten to twenty grains. BurLiu alum is alum deprived of its water of crystallizz - tion by heat; it is used externally as a slight escharotic. “. . . and oyle Of tartre, alym, glas, berm, wort, and argoyle.” Chaucer: C. T., 12,740, 12,741. 2. Mineralogy. Dana makes Alum the type of a group of minerals, classed under his “Oxygen Com- ounds—Hydrous Sulphates,” and places under it Tschermigite and Kalinite. Ammonia. Alwm : A mineral, called also Tscher- migite (q.v.). Feather Alum : A mineral, called also Halotrichite Qi. W. © Iron Alum : A mineral, called also Halotrichite Q1. V.). º e Magnesia. Alwm : A mineral, called also Picker- ingite (q.v.). e *gº Alwm : A mineral, called also Apjohn- ite (q.v.). Native Alwm : A mineral, called also Kalinite Qi. V.). Soda. Alwm : A mineral, called also Mendozite Q. V.). 3. Art: Saccharime Alum is a composition made of common alum, with rose-water and the white of eggs boiled together to the consistence of a paste, and thus capable of being molded at pleasure. As it cools it grows as hard as an ordinary stone. *alum-earth, or poleura, s., Names formerly given to a fibrous mineral of a silky luster, brought by Dr. Gillies from the Chilian Andes. It was said to be used by the inhabitants as a mordant in dye- ing red. Ure describes alum-earth as an impure earthy variety of lignite. Both alum-earth and pol- eura, seem to have disappeared from the most mod- ern works on mineralogy. alum-root, S. 1. The English name of the Geranium maculatwºm. Its root contains a great deal of tannin, and is pow- erfully astringent. It is recommended in diseases which on their removal leave debility behind. The tincture may be locally applied with much advan- tage in sore throats and ulcerations of the mouth. 2. Hewchera Americana and Hewchera, cortusa, plants of the Saxifrage order, both of which figure in the American pharmacopoeia. alum-Schist, s. [ALUM-SLATE.] alum-Slate, alum-Schist, s. A kind of slate occurring in carboniferous rocks. It is a siliceous clay, with coaly matter and bisulphide of iron in minute portions. Alum is often manufactured from by having the wings split into a series of feather- it. [SCHIST.] bóil, boy; póüt, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -Sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. alum-stone alum-Stone, s. [ALUNITE.] ăl -üm, v. t. [From the substantive alum (1); in Dan. Cullwine; Ger. alawmen; Fr. alwner.] Dyeing : To steep in a solution of alum, or other- wise to impregnate with the salt. The fiber of cotton which has been impregnated with an alumin- ium salt has the property of retaining vegetable coloring matters so firmly that they cannot be washed out; such colors are called fast. âl-iām (2), s... [Lat.] A plant described by Pliny as resembling thyme or sage. Some have made it the comfrey (the Symphytum. Brochum of Bory). ã1'-timed, pa, par. & a. [ALUM, v.] âl-il'—mén, s. [Lat.] Chem. : The technical word for common alum. [ALUM (1).] âl-il'-mi-an, S. [Lat. alwmin (is); suff. -an.] A mineral classed by Dana with his Crocoite group of Anhydrous “Sulphates, Chromates, Tellurates.” It is white and sub-translucent. It consists of sul- phuric acid, 60'9; alumina, 39°1. It is found in Spain. * âl-il'—min—a, tal'-il-mine, s. [In Fr. alwmine; from Lat. alwmima, pl. of alwmem=alum. 1. Chem. : The only oxide of aluminium known. Its sp. gr. is 39. It is isomorphic with ferric and chromic oxides. It occurs native in crystals, as corundum, ruby, Sapphire, and less pure as emery. It is the hardest substance known except the diamond. It can be obtained by precipitating a salt of aluminium by ammonia and igniting the pre- cipitate. It is nearly insoluble in most acids. #. is a white, insoluble, tasteless, amorphous powder. Three hydrates are known, Al2O3.H2O, Al2O3.2H2O, and Al2O3.3H2O ; the trihydrate is the ordinary gelat- inous precipitate. It is soluble in acids and fixed alkalies. . It is a weak, base, many of its salts hav- ing an acid reaction. It is largely used in dyeing as a mordant. . It forms insoluble compounds with vegetable colors called lakes. It occurs native as Gibbsite. The monohydrate is Diaspore. The dihy- drate cannot act as a mordant; it is Soluble in acetic acid. . (See Watts' Dict. Chem.) Silicate of aluminium forms the basis of clays. 2. Mineralogy. Aluminium, sometimes called ar- gil, or the argillaceous earth, is the basis of all clays, and imparts to them the plastic character for which they are distinguished. For the * which it presents when it occurs native, see No. 1. It enters into the composition of many minerals, the propor- tion in which it occurs being generally stated just after that of the silica; thus, garnet taken from the Ural mountains has silica 36'86, and alumina Cupreows Phosphate of Alumina: called also Amphithalite (q.v.). li *::::: g Alwmime: A mineral, called also Fluel- lte (Q. V.). Flwosilicate of Alumina : A mineral, called also Topaz (q.v.). g Hydrate of Alumina : A mineral, called also Diaspore (q.v.). Hydroswlphate of Alwmima : A mineral, called also Aluminite {. V. ). Hydrows Phosphate of . Alwmima and Lime : A mineral, a variety of Amphithalite (q.v.). sº Mellite of Alwmima : A mineral, now called sim- ply Mellite (q.v.). Native Carbonate of Alumina and Lime: eral, called also Hovite (q.v.). . §º of Alwmima : A mineral, called also Wavellite (q.v.). e Sulphate of Alumina: A mineral, called also (1) Alumian, (2) Alunogen, and (3) Felsobanyite (q.v.). âl-iām'—in-āte, s. [Eng. alwmin, -ate.] Chem.: The hydrogen in aluminium trihydrate can be replaced by an equivalent quantity of vari- ous metals; such compounds are called alwminates, as potassium aluminate, Al2O3K2O., Some occur native, as Spinell, an aluminate of magnesium ; Gahnite, an aluminate of zinc. âl-iām-in-if"–ér-oiás, a. [Lat. alwmen, genit. -inis-alum ; fero=to bear.] Bearing alum ; con- taining alum. âl-iām-in'-i-fôrm, a... [Lat, alwmen, genit. alum- inis, and forma-form, shape.] Having the form of alumina. *āl-ūm—in'-i-lite, s. [Lat. alwmem=alum, and suff. -īte.] The name of a mineral, called also Alunite (q.v.). ăl—ilm'—in-ite, s. [Lat. alumen-alum, and suff. -ite.] A mineral called, also Websterite. . It is a hydrosulphate of alumina. Its composition is alumina 29-8, sulphuric acid 23°2, and water 47'0= 100. It is opaque, has a dull earthy luster, a white color, and an earthy fracture. It adheres to the tongue. Found in the Harz mountains, in Germany, and in Sussex, in England, &c. âl-ilm—in'-i-àm, s. [In Ger. & Dut. alwminium. From Lat. alwmem=alum.] g Chem.: A tetratomic metal; symbol Al; atomic weight 27°4; sp. gr. 2:6; melts at red heat. It is a fäte, fīt, amidst, what, fall, or, wore, A mineral, A min- färe, father; 154. white, sonorous, ductile, malleable metal, not ox- idized in the air, nearly insoluble in dilute sul- phuric or nitric acid, readily soluble in HCl, and in solutions of potash or soda with evolution of H. It is used for instruments and ornaments; it forms a valuable alloy with copper, resembling gold, and not easily tarnished, called aluminium bronze. It is prepared by decomposing the double chloride of aluminium and sodium by metallic sodium. It forms one oxide, alumina, Al2O3 (q. v.). Its most important salts are alums (q.v.) and aluminium chloride, Al2Cl6, which is formed when aluminium hydrate is dissolved in HCl, but upon evaporation HCl escapes and leaves Al2O3. It can be obtained by pouring C1 over a mixture of Al2O3 and carbon heated to redness. It is a transparent waxy sub- stance, boiling at 180°. It forms double salts with alkaline chlorides, as Al2Cl6.2NaCl. Aluminium fluoride Al2F6, also forms double salts, aluminium and Sodium. Fluoride, Al2F6.6NaF, occurs as the mineral cryolite in Greenland. Numerous silicates of aluminium occur as minerals [see CLAYS, FELD- SPAR, &c.]. The salts of aluminium are recognized by giving a blue color when moistened with nitrate of cobalt, and heated before the blow-pipe. Alumina is precipitated from its solutions by caustic alkalies as a white precipitate, soluble in excess; ammonia gives a similar precipitate, insoluble in excess; al- kaline carbonates precipitate the hydrate, and CO2 escapes; ammonia Sulphide gives a white precipi- tate of aluminium hydrate. The salts of aluminium belong to the same class as the ferric and chromic salts;. Qxides of aluminium, chromium, and ses- uioxide of iron are precipitated with ammonia. ANALYSIS.] The alumina and phosphate of alumin- ium are dissolved by boiling with caustic potash; phosphate of aluminium is distinguished by being insoluble in acetic acid. âl-tim-in-oiás, a... [Lat. aluminis, genit. of al- wmen-alum, and suffix -ows=full of..] Composed, at least, in part of alumina, or in some other way per- taining to alumina. “When the first aluminous solution, containing not less than 4 or 5 per cent, of alumina . . .”—Graham: Chem., 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 759. â1'-ām-ish, a. resembling alum. “. tasting something alumish, and being found near some places which afford alum.”—Hist, Royal Soc., iv. 196. à-liim-niis, S.; pl. #-liim-ni. . [Lat. alumnus, adj. =nourished, brought up; alo = to rear, to nourish..], One, brought up at a.school, a univer- sity, or other place of learning. Thus, an alumnus of Yale or Harvard means one whose higher educa: tion has been obtained there. âl-iām-à-cá1–gite, 8. ILat: alwmen, and cala, genit. º A mineral, a variety of tripo- lite, which is itself again a variety of opal. It seems to be tripolite with a little lime and alumina. â1'-un-ite, à l'—iim-stöne, *āl-um-ſm'—i-lite, s. [Alwmite is from Fr. alwm-alum, and suff, -īte. Alwm-stone is from Eng. alwmv, and Stone. TALUM- INILITE.] A mineral classed by Dana under his “Oxygen Compounds—Hydrous Silicates.” It con- sists of about 35-50 of sulphuric acid, 39°65 of alu- mina, about 10 of potash, and 15 of water. It crys- tallizes in obtuse rhomboids, variously modified. It is white, grayish, or reddish. It varies from transparent to sub-translucent. Dana makes five varieties: (a) Crystallized; (b) Fibrous concre- tionary; (c), Massive, and moderately tender; (d) Hard, mainly from disseminated silica; º Cav- ernous. It forms seams in trachytic and allied rocks, being produced by the action on them of sulphurous vapors. It occurs in Italy, Hungary, and France. Roman alum is prepared from this mineral. It is almost free from iron. ** Alwºm-stone appears to be continually produced at the Solfatara, near Naples, and other volcanic districts, by the joint action of sulphurous acid and oxygen upon trachyte ; a volcanic rock composed almost entirely of feldspar.”—Graham: Chem., vol. i., p. âl-iān'-ó-gén, S. [Fr. alum= alum, and gennad– to engender.] The name of a mineral; the same as Keramohalite; but of the two names Dana prefers alwmogem. He classes it with “Oxygen Compounds —Hydrous Sulphates,” and makes it the type of a group containing itself with Coquimbite. º gCn- erally occurs either in delicate fibrous crusts or massive. It is white, tinged with yellow or red, has a vitreous luster, is sub-translucent or transparent, and tastes like alum. It is a sulphate of alumina, containing about 36°40 of sulphuric acid, 16 of alumina, and 46 of water. It is found near Bogotá, and also in the vicinity of Königsberg. fa-lint', adv. In a blaze. To set alwmt, v. t. : To cause to blazo (lit. & fig). (Scotch...) “For if they raise the taxes higher, They’ll set alwmt that smoostin' fire.” Hogg : Scot. Pastorals, p. 16. [Eng. alwm -ish..] Somewhat hér, hère, Camel, wét, wé, thère; alveolar arch *ā1'-tire, *āl'–6üre, *ā1'-iir, ºã1'-tir—a, *āl – liir—a, *a-lór'-ing, *a-lór-yng, à l'—iir-yng, s. [In Fr. alleure, or allée, Low Lat. allorium, ala- toria. Cognate with ALLEY (q.v.). A. Generally of the form alwre, or one of the four which immediately succeed it. 1. The passage behind the battlements in a castle, cathedral, church, , or similar, building, which served as a channel to collect the water which feii upon the roof, and was carried off by the gurgoyles; the galleries behind the battlements of a castle. “ Up the alure of the castles the ladies then stood, And beheld this noble game, and which knight were good.”—Rob. Gloucester. “The towrs to take and the torellis, Wautes, alouris and corneris.” Ryng Alisawmder. (Notes to Prompt. Parv., &c.) 2. A passage, a gangway, a gallery. “For timber for the new alur between the king's chamber and the said chapel.”—Brayley: Houses of Par- liament, p. 127. (Gloss. of Arch.) .* 3. A covered walk, sometimes called a deambula- tory, in a street. “Devysed were longe, large, and wyde Of every streate on the fronter side; Fresh alures with lusty hye pynacles, And in mounstrying outward costly tabernacles, Vaulted above lyke to reclynatoryes, That were called deambulatoryes. Men to walke togethirs twaine and twaine, To keep them drye when it happed to rayne.” Lydgate; Boke of Troye. (Gloss. of Arch.) . 4. The clerestory galleries of a nave or transept in a cathedral. “In superioribus all wris ecclesiae.” Ely Sacris Roll, 21 E. (Gloss. of Arch.) 5. The middle aisle or passage in a church. “In allura inter frontem et rubroctum chori.” Testam. Ebor., p. 197. (Gloss. of Arch.) 6. A walk in a garden. B. º of the form, aloring, or the two imme- diately succeeding it.) The parapet wall surround- ing the alure, or gutter, described under A. 1. “A botras rising unto the tabill that sall bere the alor- tymg.”—The Catterick Contract. (See Gloss. of Arch.) âl-tirg'-ite, s. [Gr, alourgos=wrought in by the sea, sea-purple; hals= the sea; *ergö= to do work, and suff: ité. So named from its color.] A mineral, said to be a variety of Biotite. It occurs massive and in scales. It varies in color from purple to cochineal red; there is much manganese in its com- position. It is found at St. Marcel, in Piedmont. a-lii-Ši-3, S. [Gr. alusis=distress, anguish.] Path. : Hallucination (q.v.). alusia, elatio, S. Sentimentalism; mental ex- travagance. alusia hypochondriasis, 8: Hypochondriacism; low spirits. (Mayne: Lea:ic. Med. Terms.) âl-il'—ta, s. [Lat.=a kind of soft leather dressed with alum.] In English it has the same meaning. âl-il-tä'-gé-oiás, a. [Lat. alutacius=pertaining to alwta, or soft leather.] Chiefly as a botanical term : . 1. Leathery, having the consistence of leather, as the leaves of Prwmws law.rocerasws. 2. Leather-yellow, whitish-yellow. âl-Ü-tä -tion, S. [Lat. alwta (q.v.).] The tan- ning of leather. âl-ū'-têr-ès, s. A genus of fishes of the order Plectognathi, and the family Balistidae. ăl'—vé-ar—y, *āl'—vé-ar-ſe, s. [In Ital. alveario; Lat. alvearium and alveare=a bellying vessel, a bee-hive; from alvews=a cavity, a hollow vessel; alvus= the belly.] 1. A bee-hive (lit. & fig.). (Barret.) 2. Amat.: The hollow of the external ear, or the bottom of the concha, in which the cerumen, or wax, is deposited. ã1–vé-ā'—těd, a. [Lat. alveatus=bollowed out like a trough..] Formed like a bee-hive; of the same shape as a bee-hive. ăl'—vé-Ö–1ar, fal'—vé–ö–1ar—y, a. [From Lat. alveolus.] [ALVEOLUS.] Pertaining to the alveoli, or sockets of the teeth. alveolar arch, s. A semi-parabolic arch in the upper jaw, separating the palatine from the zygo- mato-facial region, and perforated in the adult by alveoli, or honeycomb-like pits for the insertion of teeth. There is a corresponding arch in the lower jaw, also with alveoli. “. . . . which bounds the alveolar arch in front.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 173. gö, pöt. marine; sire, sir, pine, pit, Wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; Syrian. 82, Ce = 6; miite, ey = 3. cib, ciire, unite, qu = kW. füll; cir, räle, try, alveolar processes alveolar processes, s. Cavities in which the teeth are fixed; they are called also alveoli. “The alveolar processes in both jaws appear with the teeth, and disappear when no longer needed to support and enclose them.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 181. ăl'—vé–0-late, a. . [Lat. alveolatus=hollowed out like a little trough, channeled; from alveolus (q.v.).] Excavated like the section of a honeycomb; honeycombed, deeply ed, as the receptacle of many Composite flowers and the seeds of Papaver (Poppy). . fä1'-vé-Öle, s. pl. An Anglicized form of ALVE- OLUS. âl-vé–ö-lite, s. [Lat. alveolus, and Gr, lithos= 200l. : A genus of fossil Polypiaria, founded by Lamarck. It belongs to the Cretaceous and Tertiary strata. ; â1'-vé-Ö-liis, s., plur. #1'-yé-ó-li. . [Lat., alveo- lus=a little trough; dimin. of alvus=the belly.] 1. Qne of the sockets in which the teeth are set, or other similar cavity. “The alveoli, or sockets in which the teeth are set.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 173 2. One of the cells of a honeycomb. ăl'—vine, a. [From Lat. alvus=the belly..] Per- taining to the belly, or to the intestines. alvine concretions, S. pl. Congretions or cal- culi arising in the stomach or intestines. ã1-vite, s. [From Lat. alvus=the belly, and suff. -ite (Min.).]. A mineral placed by Dana in his Hydrous Silicates. It contains silica, 20:33; alumina . and glucium, 14:11; thoria, ū) 15:13; sesquioxide, of iron, 9'66; yttria, 22:013. Zirconia, 392, with other ingredients. It is a reddish-brown, greasy mineral, with crystals like those of zircon, and occurs in Norway. Å1'-waid, s... [Corrupted Arabic..] A fixed star, Of magnitude 2%, called also Beta Draconis. āl-wär"—grim, s. . An English name for a plover, the Charadriws apricarius, which some consider to be the young of the Golden Plover, C. plwvialis. âl'—wäys, tál'—wäy, *ā11'—wéy, *āl'—wäies, *āl'-wayes, *āll'—wāyes, *āll' wayes, adv. [A. S. eqlme weg, alles weis; eal=all;, weg–way.] (1) At all ways, at all goings; (2) at all times. I. Throughout. 1. All the while, without intermission; uninter- ruptedly. “The child weped alway wonderliche fast.”—William of Palerme (ed. Skeat), 345. “But loke alwey that thy counseilours have thiike thre condiciouns that I have sayd bifore.”—Chaucer. “I have set the Lord always before me.”—Ps. xvi. 8. 2. Whenever opportunity presents itself; at stated and other convenient times; on all occasions. “. . . and prayed to God alway.”—Acts x. 2. II. For a very lengthened period. 1. Forever. “I loathe it; I would not live alway.”—Job vii. 16. 2. During life; while one lives. “. . . . Mephibosheth, thy master’s son, shall eat bread alway at my table.”—2 Sam. ix. 10. *III. Although. (Scotch.) “The kind and maner of the disease is concealed: alwaies it may be gathered of the penult verse of the chapter.”—Bruce: Serm. (1591). ‘I The forms alwaies, alwayes, allwayes, and all wayes are in Spenser, F. Q. *Á1'-wes, s. An old form of ALL-HALLOws. *ā1'-ym, s. [ALUM.] â1-yp-àm, s, , [Gr, alypon, a certain plant; from adj. alypos=without pain. Šo called from its ano- dyne qualities.] A plant mentioned by Dioscorides. It was once conjectured to be the Globularia Alyp- ºm, one of the Selagads, but is now believed to be a Euphorbiaceous species. al-ys'—i-a, s. [Gr, halysis=a chain, a bond.]. A genus of insects belonging to the family Ichneumon- idae. The A. manducator is believed by Mr. Curtis to be parasitic in the maggots of Anthomyza and Other two-winged flies which feed on the roots of turnips. A. ruficeps, a smaller species, has similar habits. âl-ys-sin'-à-ae, s, pl. [From alyssum (q.v.).] A tribe of plants belonging to the order Brassicaceae (Crucifers). al-ys'—sóid, s. . [Lat. alysson; Gr. eidos=form, 155 al-ys"—sim, s. alisso; Sp. aliso; Lat. and Gr. alyssom, a plant used as an anti- dote to the bite of a mad dog: a, priv., and lyss Q =r a ge, gº madness. Or a plant & used to cure h icº º cough ; a, priv., and lyzö = to have the hiccough..] Alysson Madwort. A genus of plants belonging to the order Brassi- caceae, or Crucifers. A. Sctacatile, popu- larly called Gold- dust, is a show y plant with bright yellow flowers. It flowers early in the season. It, with & Alyssum. other species, is sometimes used to decorate rock- eries on the margin of walks in gardens. Sweet Alyssum is Glyce or Komiga maritima. [KONIGA.] â1'-y-tês, s. the family Ranidae. Nurse-frog (q.v.). . *a-lythe, v. t. igate. A genus of Amphibia belonging to The A. obstetricans is the [ALIGHT (2).] To lighten, to mit- “Ful feyne she wulde hys pene algthed.” R. de Brunive’s Trams. of Bonaventura, 589. à-lyx'-i-a, s. [Apparently from Gr. alya is=a shunning, an avoiding.] A genus of plants belong- ing to the order Apocynaceae, or Dog-banes. The species, of which sixteen are known from Australia, Madagascar, and tropical Asia, are evergreen trees or shrubs with fragrant flowers. The bark of A. Stellata is aromatic. âm, *āme, v. . [O. North. am; A. S. edm; Goth. thm.; Pers. am, Gr. eimi ; AEol. Dor. envmi, Lith. es-mi ; Sansc. asmi, from as= to be..] The first per- son sing. pres. indicative of the verb to be. [BE.] “And God said unto Moses, I AM THAT I AM; and he said, Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, I AM hath sent me unto you.”—Eacod. iii. 14. “Come then, my soul; I call thee by that name, Thou busy thing, from whence I know I am: For knowing that I am, I know thou art; Since that must needs exist, which can impart.” Prio”. “What hard misfortune brought me to this same; Yet am I glad that here I now in safety ame.” Spenser; F. Q., III., viii. 28. am as a prefix: The same as ambi=around, but much rarer. Example, am-pleasi-cawl=embracing the stem (around). A. M. as an abbreviation : (1) For Lat. artium. magister=master of arts; (2) for Lat. ammo mundi =in the year of the world. a'-ma, S. Any wine measure, as a pipe, a cask. a'-ma, a -mill-a, ha'-ma, ha, -mill-8, 8. [Dut. acum (q.v.).] Eccles. ... A vessel, in which wine, water, or any- thing similar, was kept for the eucharist. *ām-a-bil-i-ty, s. [AMIABILITY..] ām-a-crät'-ic, a. [Gr. hama-together; kratos =strength, mind.] Optics: Uniting the chemical rays of light into One focus. (Used of photographic lenses.) º }% # tºº. 4. ſº º * : * ºr ºff º º ? ſº : 3% - º, ºf ºººººººººººººº. & zº º - - º º 2 . " tº." (?, a - à º y 2^2:$º **º X #º \\\ Ǻr -- } > §§2::. º *. Sºs tº tº ". : .3° § >~~~ Amadavat (Estrelda Amandava). * * tº º e am–ad'…a vät, s. [Occurs in this form in several of the Hindoo languages.] An Indian bird, the Estrelda amamdava. Male: Bill, carmine-colored ; upper parts, brownish-gray before, red behind; lower, whitish, with dashes of red and black; wings dark, covered, as are the sides and posterior parts of the back, with white spots. The female is less [In Fr. alysse; Port, and Ital. amalgamate long, occurring in the Indian Archipelago. [AMAD- INA, ESTRELDA.] “The Bengali baboos make the pretty little males of the amadavat (Estrelda amandava) fight together.”—Dar- wim: Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. xiii. ām-a-dét'—tó, s. [Named by Evelyn, after the person who first introduced it...] A kind of pear. âm'-a-di-na, s. [From Indian name amadavat (q. § A genus of birds º by Swainson under his family Fringillinae, or Finches, and his sub-family Coccosthraustinae, or Hardbills. One of its sub-genera he makes Estrelda. [AMADAVAT.] âm'-a-dût, s. [In Ger. amadottenbirn.] A kind of pear. âm'-a-dod, s. . [In Fr. amadow.] A kind of brown match, tinder, or touchwood, brought chiefly from Germany. It is called also spunk, German tinder, and pyrotechnic sponge. It is made by steeping a large fungus—the Boletus igmiariw8—in. a strong lye prepared with saltpetre, and after- ward drying it thoroughly. In addition to being employed as a match, it is used to stop haemorrhage. The Hermandia Gwiamensis, a species of Daphnad, readily takin; fire with flint and steel, is used as amadou. In India, a fungus, the Polyporus fomen- tarius, or an allied species, is cºi for the Same purpose. *A-mail-mön, “A-may-mân, s. The name of a fiend, inferior in rank to Sidonay or, Osmoday. According to R. Holmes, “he is, the chief whose dominion is on the north part of the infernal gulf.” (Nares.) “Amaimon sounds well ! Lucifer, well, &c. . . Shakesp.: Merry Wives, ii. 2. “He of Wales, that gave Amaimon the bastinado,” &c. Ibid.: 1 Henry IV., ii. 4. a-mă in, adv. [A. S. a- on ; moºgen, mgegym- main, strength, power, force, energy, valor.] [MAIN, MAY, MIGHT.] 1. With might, power, force, or strength; ener- getically. “Silent he stood; then laugh’d a main— And shouted, . . .” Wordsworth: The Mother’s Return. 2. Quickly, at once. “Now, when he was got up to the top of the hill, there came two men running amain. . .”—Bunyam: Pil- grim’s Progress, pt. i. Nawt. : To strike amain=to lower or let fall the topsails. To wave amain=to wave a drawn sword, or make a signal of a similar kind to the enemy, as a demand that they lower their topsails. a-mă1-gam, *a-mă1-gam–a, s. [In Fr. amal- game; Sp. Port. and Ital. amalgama. By Some derived from Gr. hamma=together, and game0=to marry. By others taken from malagma = (1) an emollient, (2) soft materials, from malassó=to soften. The latter is the more probable derivation.] I. Literally: 1. Chem. : The union or alloy of any metal with quicksilver (mercury). “ Alloys of mercury or amalgams. Mercury combines with a great number of metals, forming compounds called amalgams, which are liquid or solid according as the mer- cury or the other metal prevails.”—Graham: Chemistry, vol. ii., p. 324. 2. Mineralogy: (a) A mineral classed by Dana, under his “Native Elements.” . It occurs crystallized, massive, , or semi-fluid. Its color and streak are silver-white. It is brittle, and when cut gives a grating noise. It consists of silver 348, and mercury 65°2. It OCCUlrS in Hungary, the Palatinate, Sweden, Spain, Chili, and elsewhere. e * * (b) Gold amalgam : A mineral occurring in white crumbling grains about the size of a pea, or in yel- lowish-white four-sided prisms. . It consists of gold 39:02, and mercury 60'98. It is found in Columbia and in California. * II. Fig.: A mixture of two things, which in their nature are different from each other. (a) Of two physical substances. “. . . . . either that the body of the wood will be turned into a kind of amalgama, as the chemists call it . . .” —Bacom: Nat. Hist., Cent. i., § 99. (b) Of what is not physical. “They have attempted to confound all sorts of citizens, as well as they could, into one homogeneous mass; and then they have divided this their amalgama into a num- ber of incoherent republics.”—Burke. a-măl-gam-āte, v. t. & i. [Eng. amalgam: -ate. In Ger, amalgamirem: Fr. amalgamer; Sp. & Port., amalgamvar, Ital, amalgamare.] A. Transitive : 1. Lit.: To unite or alloy a metal with quicksilver. “When the zinc is pure, or its surface amalgamated with 93 aspect.] Resembling the alyssum. highly colored. A small bird, about five inches mercury ,”—Graham: Chem., 2d ed., vol. i., p. 245. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = Shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del- amalgamated 2. Fig.: To compound two things together. “Ingratitude is indeed their four cardinal virtues com- pacted and amalgamated into one.”—Burke. “. . . . an inclination to amalgamate Eastern beliefs with Greek philosophy.”— Duke of Somerset: Christian Theol., xii. 66. B. Intransitive: To mix together intimately, to blend, to merge into one, to become united. (Lit. Or fig. “The feudal system had, some centuries before, been in- troduced into the hill-country, but had neither destroyed the patriarchal system nor amalgamated completely with it.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. a-măl'-gam-à-têd, pa. par. & adj. [AMALGAM- ATE.] “In the amalgamated plate it is not zinc itself, but a chemical combination of mercury and zinc, which is pre- sented to the acid.”—Graham: Chem., 2d ed., vol. i.,. p. 247. a-mă1-gam-à-tíñg, pr. par. [AMALG AMATE.] a-măl-gam-ā'-tion, s. [Eng. amalgam ; -ation. In Ger. & Fr. amalgamation; Sp. amalgamacion; Port. amalgamacao.] s g 1. Lit; : The act or process of uniting or alloying a metal with mercury; or the state of being sq united... (It is by amalgamation, that native gold and native silver are extracted from the rocks in which they occur.) “Amalgamation is the joining or mixing of mercury with any other of the metals.”—Bacom: Physiol. Item., § 6. 2. Fig.: The act or process of uniting two things together, or the state of being so united. “Early in the fourteenth century the amalgamation of º races was all but complete.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., }: 2k sk There is a power whose care Teaches thy way along that trackless coast, The desert and illimitable air, Lone wanderings but not lost. * > 2}: Thou'rt gone, the abyss of heaven Hath swallowed up thy form; yet on my heart Deeply hath sunk the lesson thou hast given And shall not soon depart. $. 2k He, who from zone to zone - Guides through the boundless sky thy certain flight In the long journey I must tread alone, wiil'lead my steps aright. wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, French amoustomoser; Port. amastomosarse. thére; ana Stomose ān-a-sar-ca, s. [In Fr. amasarque; Port. ana- Sarca Gr. ama-up, and sarc, genit. sarkos-flesh. Med. : A disease characterized by a dropsica effusion of serum into the cellular tissue. It may be acute or chronic, local or general. The dropsical effusion which often appears in children after Scarlatina, and that which after heart disease in old age creeps up from the lower limbs till it terminates life, with other dropsical effusions, are all ranked under anasarca. Anasarca may either generally or locally attend upon organic disease of any part of the body. “. . . . that dropsical effusion which is commonly called Amasarca.”—Todd & Bowman: Phys. Amat., i. 53. ān-a-sar'-coiás, a. [Eng, amasarca; -ows.] Per- taining to anasarca. “This amasarcows swelling is commonly observed first, in * face.”—Dr. J. Darwell: Cyclo. Pract. Med., vol. i., P. fān-a-stāl-tic, a. . [Gr, anastaltikos=fitted for checking; amastelló= (1) to send or raise up; (2) to draw back, to restrain ; ama-again, and stelló=to set in order, to send.] Old Med...: Astringent. ân-ás'—ta-sis, s. [Gr. anastasis=(1) a making to stand up, (2) a removal, (3) a or the resurrection; amistómi-to make to stand up, to raise from sleep or from death ; cºva-up or again; and histèmi-to cause to stand, to raise.] t *1. Old Med...: Hippocrates used the word in vari- ous senses, as for (a) a migration of humors, and (b) a rising up or recovery from sickness. 2. Theol. : The resurrection. In the Greek of Matt. xxii. 28 and many other parts of the New Testament. Anastasis was the title chosen for works on the Resurrection of Christ from the dead, by many writers of the seventeenth century. ān-a-stät'-ic, a. [Gr. anastatos.] Pertaining to the raising up of any person or thing. ana Static printing, s. A method of zincography invented by Wood in 1841, designed to reproduce drawings, engravings, printed matter, &c., whether recent or old. If, for instance, it be sought to ob- tain the fac-Simile of an old newspaper, the paper is first wetted with dilute phosphoric acid, and then placed between sheets of blotting paper to remove the superfluous moisture. It is then found that the acid has corroded the blanks, but has not affected the printed letters. The sheet is next placed in contact with a plate, and pressure applied, which makes a fac-Simile of the letters in reverse order on the plate. Gum is next applied, and more ink, then a little acid, and finally again ink, when the printing stands out as clear and dis- tinct as in the original. ān-a-stät'-i-ca, s. [Gr, anastatos=made to stand up; from amastasis (q.v.).] A genus of plants belonging to the order. Brassicaceae, or Crucifers. The A. hierochiemtima is the celebrated “Rose of Jericho.” It is an annual, inhabiting the Egyptian desert. It is so highly hygrometric that when fully developed it contracts its rigid branches so, as to constitute a ball. º then to the action of the wind, it is driven hither and thither. If, how- ever, it be brought in contact with water, the ball- form vanishes, and the branches again acquire their natural expansion. Superstitious tales about this so-called rose are afloat in the East. It is said to have first bloomed on Christmas Eve, and con- tinued in flower until Easter; at its birth heralding the advent of the Redeemer, and immediately before its departure honoring His resurrection. Plants of this kind are sold in the florists’ stores in America about Easter time. , They appear to be dead, but placed in water they revive. They are sold as “Resurrection plants.” ān-a-stöm-āt'-ic, , a, & S. [Gr, ama-through, and stoma = the mouth.] 1. As adjective : Having the quality of Opening vessels, or of removing obstructions. 2. As swbstantive: A medicine having the quality of opening the mouths of the vessels of the body and removing obstructions. Examples: deobstru- ents, cathartics, and sudorifics. ân-a-stöm-ö'se, tin-a-stöm-i'ze, v. i. [In From Gr. amastomod=to furnish with a mouth : ama– throughout, and stomod=to stop the mouth of ; stoma-mouth.] Nat. Science: To blend together mouth to mouth. (Used of vessels or cells which, retaining their dis- tinction throughout a great part of their extent. still either really or apparently blend together at their mouths; to inosculate.) “Anastomosing (amastomozams): the ramifications of anything which are united at the points where they come in contact are said to a mastomose. The term is confined to veins.”—Lindley: Introd. to Bot., p. 466. “The capillaries are very fine, their meshes large, and they amastomose throughout.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii. (1856), p. 274. marine; gö, pöt, pine, pit, sire, Sir or, wēre, wolf, wörk, whô, són; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, Ce = €; ey = 3. Qiu = kW. amastomosing ān-a-stöm-ös'-ing, pr. par. & a. MOSE.] [ANASTO- . . . the branching or a mastomosing character of its fibrillae.”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. 21?vat., i. 74. “. . . the length of the transverse anastomosing capillaries.”—Ibid., vol. i., p. 166. ān-a-stöm-ó-sis, tán-a-stöm-ö'-sy, s. [In Fr & Port. amastomose; Gr. and stomósis- an Opening, an outlet, a discharge.] [ANASTOMOSE.] 1. A uniting by the mouths of vessels distinct during the greater part of their course. (Used especially of the veins and arteries in the human or animal body, and of the veins in plants.) “One of the most simple of these anastomoses is found in the union of two arteries, originating from different trunks to form one.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 823. 2. More, loosely: actually doing so. “The amastomosis of nerves thus formed differs from the more correctly named a mastomisis of blood-vessels; for in the latter case the canals of the anastomosing vessels communicate, and their contents are mingled; but in the former the nerve-tubes simply lie in juxtaposition, with- out any coalescence of their walls, or any admixture of the material contained within them.”—Todd & Bowman: JPhysiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 218. ān-a-stöm-öt'-ic, a, & S. [Gr. anastomotikos= fit for opening.] 1. As adjective: Pertaining to anastomosis. “An amastomotic branch.”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 116. 2. As substantive. Old Med...: A, medicine designed to open the mouths of the extreme blood-vessels. an-ás'-tröph-É, an–äs'-tröph-y, s. [In Ger., Fr., & Sp. amastrophe. From Gr. amastrophé=a turning back or wheeling round; amastrephô=to turn upside down, to turn back: ama-back, and streph,0- to twist, to turn.] Rhet. d: Gram. ; A figure by which the natural order of the words in a sentence or in a clause is reversed. ân -a-täse, s. [Gr. and tasis=extension; amateinö = to stretch up : amaz-up, and teimó=to stretch. Named curvatasis=extension, from the length of its crystals as compared with their breadth; they are, however, minute in size.] A mineral, called also Octahedrite (q.v.). an-áth -ēm—a, tán'-a-thème, *ān'-ath-Ém, s. In Ger. amathem Sp. & Ital. amatemvat, Port, & at, amathema. In Greek there were two similar words, one amathéma, and the other amathema. Both in Latin became amathéma. In Greek the first signified a votive offering set up in a temple to be preserved ; the second, ultimately at least, a similar offering devoted to destruction it is from the latter that the English word amatisema comes. |Both are from amatithami– to lay upon, to set up as a votive gift; ama-up, and tithemi-to put, to place.] I. In the New Testament: 1. The act of pronouncing “accursed,” the solemn giving over of a person to God for utter destruction, corresponding to what is called in Hebrew chhérem, Or chhérem, 1 Kings xx. 42. (See Trench's Synonyms of the New Testament, pp. 17–22.) 2. The object of such a curse. “If any man love not the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be Amathema.”– 1 Cor. xvi. 22. II. Chºwrch. History: 1. Excommunication and denunciation by a pope, a council, or a bishop, of a real or reputed offender. This was called the judiciary anathema. “Her bare amathem as fall but like so many bruta ful- 7mina upon the schismatical.”—South: Sermous. “. ... the Apostle, who hath denounced an amatheme him, . . ”—Sheldon : Miracles of Anti-christ (1616), 5. To appear to unite without to P. “Your holy father of Rome hath smitten with his thunderbolt of excommunications and a mathemes, at one time or other, most of the orthodox churches of the world.”—Ibid., p. 129. 2. The abjuratory anathema pronounced by a con- vert in renouncing his “ errors” or “heresies.” an-áth-Ém-āt-i-cal, a. [Gr. anathematikos.] Relating to an amathema ; containing an anathema. an-āth-êm-āt -í-cal-ly, adv. [Eng. amathemat- ical ; -ly.] In an anathematical manner. (Johnson.) an–äth'-em-at-ism, S. [In Port, amathemat- ismo: Gr. amathematismos...] An excommunication, a CUll'Slſlº. “Sundry civil effects—excommunication and a mathemat- ism by law do work.”—Dr. Tooker: Of the Fabrique of the Church (1604). an-áth-em-at-i-zā'-tion, s. [In Fr. amathemati- sation; Port, anathematizaçao.] The act of anathe- matizing, an excommunication, an accursing. “Anathematization, excommunication, and accursing are synonymous.”—Compend. Of the Laws of the Church of Scotland (1830), xxxv. which will 181 an-áth’-em–at–ize, v. t. [In Fr. anathematiser; Sp. amatematizar; Port. and thematisar; Ital, angi- emizzare; Lat. amathematizo; Gr. amathematizö.] 1. Lit.: To excommunicate, to accurse, to put under a ban. “The pope once every year (on Maunday Thursday) excommunicates and amathematizes all heretics.”—BP. Barlow: Remains, p. 220. 2. Fig. : Publicly to denounce. “That venality was denounced on the hustings, anath- ematized from the pulpit, and burlesqued on the stage.”- Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. an–áth’-em-at-ized, pa. par. & a. MATIZE.] an—āth-em-at-i'Z-Ér, S. . -er.] One who excommunicates, curses, Or Il OUlDiC G.S, “How many famous churches have been most unjustly thunderstruck with direful censures of excommunica- tions, upon pretense of this crime, which have been less guilty than their anathematizers!”—Bp. Hall: Cases of Conscience. an–äth-em-at-i'z-iñg, pr. par. IZE.] ián'—a—théme, s. [ANATHEMA.] an-áth-ār-üm, s. [Gr. an=ywithout, and ºthér =the beard or spike of an ear of corn; awn. AWn- less.] . A genus of plants belonging to , the order Graminaceae, or Grasses. The A. m.wricatum is said [ANATHE- [Eng. amathematize; de- [ANATHEMAT- Anatherum Nardus : Root, Stem, and Flower. (One-sixth natural size.) to be acrid, aromatic, stimulating, and diaphoretic; while the A. mardus, possesses similar qualities to such an extent that it is called the Gingergrass. an—āt'-i-dae,...s. . [From Lat. amas= the Duck genus.] A family of birds, the last of the Natato- rial, or Swimming order. †hey have a flattened bill covered with a soft skin, and furnished at the edges with a series of lamellae, with which they sift the mud in which they seek their food. The family con- tains geese and swans as well as ducks, and has been divided into the following sub-families: Ana- tinae (True Ducks); Fulegulinae (Pochards); Mer- inae (Mergansers); Cygninae (Swans); Anserinae §§ and Phenicopterinae (Flamingoes), the last-named sub-family connecting the family Anat- idae and the order Natatores, or Swimming, with the Grallatores, or Wading Birds. ān-at-if”—Ér—oiás, a. [In Fr. amatif, amatifere; Port. amatifero; Lat. amas=a duck, and fero=to bear.] Producing ducks. “If there be amatiferous trees whose corruption breaks forth into branches, yet if they corrupt they degenerate into maggots, which produce not them again.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. ān-a-ti-nae, s. [Lat. amatinus=pertaining to a duck.] The typical sub-family of the Amatidae. [ANAS, ANATIDAE.] fan-āt'-6-gism, s. [In Fr. amatocisme: Sp. anat- ocismo, Lat, amatocism w8; Gr., angtokismos=com- pound interest: qma-again, and tokos=(1) a bring- ing forth, (2) offspring, (3) interest of money ; tiktö = to bring forth.] Compound interest. (Glossogr. Nov.) fān-a-tóm'—ic, fin-a-tóm'—i-cal, a. [Fr, ana- tomiq we ; Sp., Port., & Ital. cum (vtomico-anatomical ; Lat. Tamcvtomicos=an anatomist; Gr. Cumatomikos= skilled in anatomy.] Relating or pertaining to an- atomy. [ANATOMY.] 1. Spec. : Used for the purpose of anatomy. “An amatomical knife.”—Watts: Logic. 2. Proceeding on the principles of anatomy; as exhibited by anatomy. “. ... the various tissues, the amatomical character of be discussed in subsequent pages.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 46. “. . . the amatomical evidence by which they may be supported.”—Ibid., vol. ii., p. 47. anatomy 3. Separated into minute portions, as if by the knife of an anatomist. “The continuation of solidity is apt to be confounded with, and, if we look into the minute amotomical parts of matter, is little different from, hardness.”—Locke. ān-a-tóm'—i-cal-ly, adv. [Eng. amatomical; -ly.] In an anatomical manner; on the recognized prin- ciples of anatomy; in the way required by anatomy; by anatomical research. “The presence of nerves, and their mode of sub-division, have not as yet been satisfactorily demonstrated anatomi- cally.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat, vol. i., p. 70. “. . . . it ceases to be amatomically recognizable.”— Ibid., vol. i., p. 168. ân-át'-öm—ist, s. [In Sw, anatomist; Fr. amat- omiste; Sp; Port;, & Ital, amatomista...] 1. Lit.: One who dissects the bodies of men or animals to ascertain their internal Organization. One who dissects plants with a similar object in view is never simply called an anatomist; he is de- nominated a vegetable anatomist. Adjectives are prefixed to the noun to indicate the departments of animal anatomy which the cultivator of the science specially studies: as— Comparative anatomist: parative anatomy. “Pursuing the comparison through the complexities of the bony framework, the comparative amatomist would first glance at the more obvious characters.”—Owen : Classific. of the Mammalia, pp. 77, 78. Morbid amatomist: One whose special department Of the science is morbid anatomy. [ANATOMY.] “. . . the researches of the morbid anatomist.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 816. ‘ſ The chief names in antiquity which have come down to our time as anatomists are those of the Second Hippocrates, who was born B. C. 460, and died about 377; Aristotle, who made his chief ana- tomical, investigations between B. C. 334 and 327; Herophilus and Erasistratus of Alexandria, in the third century B. C. (?); Celsus, A. D. 3 to 5 (?) and the most illustrious, in this respect, of all, Galen of Pergamus, who was born in A. D. 131, and died about the beginning of the third century. In modern times the revival of anatomical study began in Italy, and quite a crowd of illustrious inquirers flourished in that country before much was done in this department of science in the other parts of Europe. The first was Mondini of Bologna, who flourished about A. D. 1315. Of the rest may be mentioned Eustachi, about 1495 or 1500, after whom a tube in the ear is called, and a valvular membrane in the heart. [EUSTACHIAN.J.; Fallopio, or Fal- lopius, who was born about 1523, and died in 1562, and who gave a name to the Fallopian tubes of the uterus; Caesalpini, after whom the Caesalpinia genus of plants is called; and finally, Malpighi, born in 1628, and died 1694, after whom the Malpighia genus of plants and a gland are named, f the early English anatomists, the most illustrious was Harvey, who was born in 1578, published his im- mortal work, in which the circulation of the blood is intimated, in 1628, and died in 1657. The later anatomists who have rendered good service to the Science are too numerous to be mentioned here. 2. Fig.: One who examines the internal structure of anything ; one who keenly dissects anything sub- mitted to his scrutiny. ân-á-têm-i-zā'—tion, -ation...] Anatomy. an-āt-öm—ize, v. f. [In Sw, anatomisera; Fr. amottomiser; Sp. & Port. amatomisar; Ital. amat- omizzare.] 1. Lit. : To dissect an animal with the view of ascertaining its internal structure. Similarly, to dissect a plant. “Our industry must even amatomize every particle of that body which we are to uphold.”—Hooker. . 2. Mentally to dissect or separate into minute portions, with the view of thoroughly understand- ing it, any object presented to the senses, or any idea suggested to the mind. “. . . his psychological dissection went no farther than the extremities of the subject he had laid out for an- gºing"—howrino, Bentham's Works (1843), vol. i., P. ll- “I think it will be most useful to begin, as it were, by dissecting the dead body of language, by a natomizing its phonetic structure . . . . .”—Maa: Müller: Science of Lang. (6th ed.), vol. ii. (1877), p. 80. an-āt-öm-ized, pa. par. [ANATOMIZE.] an-āt-öm-i'z-iñg, pr. par. [ANATOMIZE.] ân-át'—öm-y, *ān-āt'-àm-ie, s. [In Sw. & Dan. anatomi : Ger. & Fr. amatomie : Sp. & Ital. amot- omvict Latin amatomia, anctionvica, a natomice. From Gr. amatomé– a cutting up, a dissection; an- atemvrič) = to cut up : Cuna = up, and temmó-to cut.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Literally: 1. The act or process of dissecting the body of a man or an animal, with the view of ascertaining One versed in com- S. [Eng. amatomize; bóil, póüt, jowl; cat, bóy; çell, chorus, this; gem; thin, çhim, bençh; £0, Sim, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. a $; -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian Shan. -tion, -ble, -dle, -Sious = Shiis. -SiOn Zhūn. Shiin; —tion, -śion –tious, -cious, anatreptic its internal organization, its development, and the changes which its structures undergo in disease. The act or process of similarly treating a plant. (In this first sense anatomy is an art.) 2. The knowledge of the internal structure of hu- man or animal bodies, or of plants, acquired by such dissections. (In this second serise anatomy is a science.) II. Figuratively: 1. A skeleton. “Oh that my tongue were in the thunder's mouth, Then with a passion I would shake the world, And rouse from sleep that fell am atomy Which cannot hear a feeble lady’s voice.” Shakesp.: K. John, iii. 4. 2. The body. $ $ * . Oh, tell me, friar, tell me, In what vile part of this an atomy Doth my name lodge º tell me, that I may sack The hateful mansion.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iii. 3. 3. In ridicule : A thin, meager-looking person. “They brought one Pinch, a hungry, lean-faced villain, A mere amatomy, a mountebank, A threadbare juggler, and a fortune-teller, A needy, hollow ey'd sharp-looking wretch, A living dead man.”—Shakesp.: Com. of Errors, w. 1. 4. Such elaborate division, and subdivision of anything as remind one of dissections by an an- atomist. “It is therefore in the an atomy of the mind as in that of the body ; more good will accrue to mankind by at- tending to the large, open, and perceptible parts, than by studying too much such finer nerves and vessels as will forever escape our observation.”—Pope. B. Technically: I. Science: The knowledge of the structure of or- ganized bodies obtained by their dissection. (See A., I. 1, 2.) It is naturally divided into (1) Animal Anatomy, generally called by way of eminence sim- ply Amatomy, and (2) Vegetable Anatomy. 1. Animal Amatomy: To this the name of Zoot- omy is sometimes applied. It is naturally subdi- vided into (a) Human and (b) Comparative Anat- Omy. (a) Hwman Amatomy, or the amatomy of the hºw- man swbject. It is sometimes called Anthropotomy (q.v.). The prejudice against º the body § a relative, or even a corpse of any kind, to be dissected, long retarded the progress of this highly important and useful department of human knowl- edge, the ancients, and many moderns, too, being obliged to limit their dissections to the dead bodies of the lower animals, drawing analogies thence to the human frame instead of directly studying the corpses of mankind. Happily this difficulty has now been in a large measure overcome in all civil- ized countries. Human anatomy is generally di- vided into three subdivisions, Descriptive, General, and Pathological or Morbid Anatomy. The first 1nvestigates the various organs of the human body as they are in health, and the third as they are in disease; while the second inquires into the tissues, structures, or characteristics which are common to several organs. Sometimes Descriptive Anatomy, as distinguished from that which is General, is called Particular or Special. Sometimes, again, a new category is added, Swryical Amatomy, which treats of the position of the several organs with the view to possible surgical Operations. . tº (b) Comparative Amatomy: The science which compares the structure of man with that Qf the in- ſerior animals, and also that of the several classes, orders, &c., of the animal kingdom among each other, to ascertain the resemblances and dissimi- larities in their analogous structures and Organs. The knowledge thus acquired is then used for the purposes of classification and for the study of development. This is the science of Cuvier, Owen, and Huxley. “There is no just ground to fear that the time required to gain the requisite elementary knowledge of Compara- tive Amatomy will detract from that which ought to have been exclusively occupied in the study of human anatomy and surgery.”—Owen; Lectures on the Comparative Amat- ony and Physiology of the Invertebrate Animals (1843), p. 5. "I Akin to Comparative Anatomy are Physiologi- cal Anatomy, defined by Todd & Bowman,(Amat., vol. i., p. 28) as “that kind of anatomy which in- vestigates structure, with a special view to func- tion,” &c.; Transcendental Amatomy, which in: quires into the plan or model on which the animal structure and its several parts have been framed. 2. Vegetable Anatomy: The similar dissection of a plant, or any part of it, to ascertain its structure. It is sometimes called also Phytotomy (q.v.). “. . . little was known of vegetable physiology, nothing of vegetable amatomy.”—Lindley: Introd, to Bot. (3d ed., 1839), Pref. II. Art: 1. The art described under A., I. 1 (v. Q:). 2. Artificial anatomy: The art of making models in wax, or some similar material, of the several parts of the frame in health and disease. 182 ān-a-trép-tic, a. [Gr, anatreptikos=turning over, overthrowing ; amatrepô= to turn up or over, to overthrow ; ama-up, and trepô= to turn.] Over- turning, overthrowing. (Enfield.) *a-mă'-trón, *a-nā -trim, s. [Gr, nitrom-matron, not saltpeter, but potassa, soda, or both. Lat. º ; Ital. matrwm.] Old names for NATRON Cl. V. ). an-āt'-röp-oiás, a. [Gr. anatrepò=to turn up or OVGr. Bot: The term applied to the position of an ovule of which the whole inside has been so reversed that the apex of the nucleus, and consequently the fora- men, corresponds with the base of the ovule, with which, however, it maintains a connection by means of a vascular cord called the raplve. Exam- ples: the almond, the apple, the ranunculus, &c. ân-áux'-ite, s. [Gr. amawares=not increasing: am, priv., and award=awaramó= to cause to increase.] A. mineral, a variety of clay, but placed by Dana under the same number as Comolite. It is translu- cent, is of greenish-white color and pearly luster, and contains about 557 parts of silica, a large per- centage of alumina, 11:5 of water, a little magnesia, and protoxide of iron. It occurs at Bilin, in Bo- hemia. ăn'-bir-y, an’-bêr-ry, àm'-bir—y, s. ampre, ompre- a crooked swelling vein.] 1. A soft wart on a horse's neck. *2. The disease called “fingers and toes” in tur- nips. The roots of turnips grown in too wet soil or otherwise unfavorable conditions, rot, and send forth an offensive smell. Insects are then attracted to the decaying structure, and deposit their eggs, which in due time generate larvae, whose office it is to consume the putrid bulb. One of the species most commonly fººd is the Trichocera hiermalis, or Winter Gmat. –ange, or -ăn'-gy. An English suffix, correspond- [A. S. ing to and derived from the Lat. -antia ; as Eng. abundance, Lat., abundamţia. It is= the state of: as abwndamce=the state of abounding; temperance = the state of being temperate. *ān-çëll'e, s. [From Lat. ancilla.] maid. “Glorius virgin, mayden, moder off God, Doughter and ancelle, which milkest with-all The Some of God with thy brestes brod.” The Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 6,455-7. ân'-gēst-ör, “àun'-gēst-ör, “àn'-gés-tre, *ān'— gès-Soiire, s. [Fr. ancetre; O. Fr. ancessowr; Sp. & Port. (pl.) antecessores; Ital. antecessore. From Lat. antecessor=he who goes before ; antecedo— to go before..] One from whom a person is descended, whether on the father or mother's side. It is dis- tinguished from predecessor, one who previously held the office to which one has now succeeded. “But I will for their sakes remember the covenant of their anceston's, whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt. . ”—Lev. xxvi. 45. ān-çës'—tor’—i-al, a. [Eng. ancestor; -ial.] An- cestral. A hand- & & of a regal ch. xi., § 1. ey ān-çës'-tral, àn'-gès-trel, a. [Formed as from Lat. antecessoralis.] Pertaining to ancestors; de- rived from or possessed by ancestors. “He generally vegetated as quietly as the elms of the avenue which led to his ancestral grange.”—Macaulay: FIist. Eng., ch. viii. ăn'-gès-tréss, s. female ancestor. a feminine sense.) ăn'-gés-try, *ān-'gès-trie, *āun'-gès-trie, *âun'-gès-trye, s. [O. Eng. ancestre; -y.] 1. The whole series or succession of persons, the last pair of whom were, one's father and mother; the men and women who lived in one’s country before he was born, and came of the same race as he now is. they wish to adhere to their ancestorial form government.”—Lewis: Early Roman Hist., [O. Eng. amcestre; -ess.] A (More usually ancestor is used in & & Many precious rites And customs of our rural ancestry Are gone or stealing from us.” Wordsworth: The Ea:cursion, bk. ii. 2. High birth, aristocratic or otherwise honorable lineage. “Who so wil seeke, by right deserts, t'attaine, TJnto the type of true nobility; And not by painted shewes, and titles vaine, Derived farre from famous awmcest?'ie.” Spense”. Sommets; True Nobility. “Heirs to their labors, like all high-born heirs, Vain of our ancestry as they of theirs.” Byrom : Open img of Drury Lane Theater, 1812. *āngh'—ént-ry, s. [ANCIENTRY.] *ān'-ché–Soián, s. [ENCHESON.] anchor ànch-i-é'—ta, s. [Named after P. Anchietea, a Brazilian writer on plants.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Violaceae, or Violet-worts. A. salutaris, a creeping bush, Smelling like cabbage, º - sº º º and Seed. (One-fourth natural size.) is a native of Brazil, and is considered by the in- habitants of that country as useful in skin diseases. It is also a purgative. ãňch-i-lôps, s. [Gr. angchilops=a sore at the inner corner of the eye : Gungchi = near ; l euphonic; and Öps= the eye.] Same meaning as the Greek word. ãňch-ſ-ther -í-iim, s. !'; angchi = near ; therion, = a beast, specially a wild beast hunted.] A fossil mammal belonging to the family Palaeotheridae. It has been called also Hipparitherium, suggesting an affinity to the horse in the neighboring family of Equidae. The A. A wreliamense occurs in Miocene rocks in Spain, France, Germany, and in Nebraska. “The second and fourth toes may be subsequently de- veloped as in the rhinoceros; or they may be represented only by mere splint-like rudiments of their metacarpals, as in the horse. All intermediate conditions are met with in various extinct forms, as Palaeotherium, Anchi- therium, and Hipparion.”—Flower: Osteol. of the JIammalia. (1870), p. 265. ãň-chö'–ic, æg'-id, s. Chemistry : Lepargylic acid, Coh 16O4= (C7H14)” O''.OH)2. A diatomic, dibasic, fatty acid, "ob- tained by the action of nitric acid on Čhinese Wax, and on the fatty acids of cocoanut oil. ăilch'-ör (1), *ān'-cre, *ān-kre, *ān-kër, s. A. S. gºvcer, amcor, oncer. In Sw. amkar, ankare; an., Dut., & Ger. Cumker; Irish amkairé, a mooir, fing im Gael. acair; Cornish amkar; Arm. ancor ; Fr. ancre ; Sp. ancla, amcora : Port. and Ital. cum- cora Lat, ancora, less properly amohora ; Gr. ang- kwra; Russ: iacor; Pers. amghar. All from a root anc or amg=a bend. In Sansc. ak, amkami, ake=to bend; amkas– a bend or curve.] A. Ordinary Language : 1. Lit. The well-known instrument for mooring a ship, , (Described at length under B. 1.) † Of the several nautical phrases arranged under B. 1, some have made their way into ordinary Eng- lish. Specially— To cast anchor: º (q) Lit: To drop the anchor into the sea with the design of mooring the vessel. “Regularly at that season several English ships cast anchor in the bay.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. (b) Fig.: To infix itself firmly in a rock, as a tree does on a mountain side. “Aloft the ash and warrior oak, Cast anchor in the rifted rock.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, I. xii. To drop the anchor, or to drop anchor: To let it run down into the Sea. The same as cast anchor. “Entering with the tide, He dropp'd his anchors and his oars he ply'd, Furl’d every sail, and drawing down the mast, His vessel moor’d, and made with haulsers fast.” Dryden. To lie at anchor: To remain steady in the water without drifting ; being held to a nearly fixed spot by the anchor. To ride at anchor: The same as to lie at anchor, but employing more motion. “Far from your capital my ship resides At Reithrus, and secure at anchor rides.” Pope. To weigh anchor: To heave or raise the anchor from the ground to which it is fastened. 2. Fig. Scriptwre, &c.; That which gives stability and security to hope or faith or the affections. “Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul, both sure and steadfast, and which entereth into that within the vail.”—Heb. vi. 19. B. Technically: 1. Mech. dé Nawt. : A well-known instrument for preventing a ship from drifting, by mooring her to fāte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kw. & anchor-ground the bottom of the sea, provided that the water is shallow enough to permit of this being done. Its invention was at a very early period. Those of the early Greeks were simply large stones, sacks filled with sand, or logs of wood loaded with lead. Then the Tuscans, or Midas, king of Phrygia, introduced a tooth, or fluke, which was ultimately exchanged for two. The modern anchor consists of a long bar or shamk of iron (c),branching out at the lower ex- tremity into two arms (b) ending in flukes (a), barbed at their extrem- ity, and with a stock of oak or wood (d) at the upper one, while it terminates in a ring, to which a rope or chain is affixed. The arms or flukes are de- signed to pene- trate and fix themselves in the sea-bottom. They consist of a blade, b a palm, and a bill. The one end of the shank is made tº * tº gº square to receive and hold the stock steadily in its . without turning. To keep the stock also from shifting along the shank there are raised On it from the solid iron, or welded On it, two square tenon-like projections, called mºtts. The end of the shank next the stock is called the small rowmd. The other extremity, where the arms, and the shank unite, is called the crown ; and the points of the angle between the arms and the shank, the throat. A distance equal to that between the throat of one arm and its bill [BILL] is marked on the shank from the place where it joins the arms, and is called the trend. The use of the shank is to present an attachment for the cable. GANGER.] That of the stock is to make the anchor fall in such a way as to enable one of the flukes easily to infix itself in the ground. Large vessels have more anchors than one, which are stowed in different parts of the ship. The best bower to the starboard, the small bower [BOWER} to the port- cathead, with the flukes on the bill-board, the sheet anchor on the afterpart of the fore-channels on the starboard side, and the spare anchor on the port side. [For other anchors see STREAM, KEDGE, GRAP- NEL, MUSHROOM, FLOATING, MOORING...] 2. Nawt. Some technical phrases which have found their way into English literature have al- ready been given. [A, 1.] Others are the follow- lºng : An anchor is said to come home when it is wrenched out of the ground and dragged forward by the violence of the wind or the sea, or by the strength of a current. It is foul if it become en- tangled with the cable; a wash, when the stock is hove up to the surface of the water; a-peak, when the cable is so drawn as to bring the ship directly over it; a-cockbill [A-COCKBILL], when hanging ver- tically; a-tip, when drawn out of the ground in a perpendicular direction; and a-weigh, when it has § drawn just out of the ground and hangs verti- Cally. At anchor is the same as amohored. To back an anchor is to lay down a small anchor ahead of the one by which the ship rides, with the cable fastened to the crown of the principal one to aid in preventing its “coming home.” To cott the amohor: To draw the anchor to the cat- head by means of a machine called the “cat.” To fish the amehor: To employ a machine called a “fish,” to hoist the flukes of an anchor to the top of the bow. To steer the ship to her amehor: To steer the ship to the spot where the anchor lies while the cable is being heaved on board the ship. To shoe the amohor: To cover the flukes of it with a triangular plank of wood to enable it to fix itself more tenaciously in a soft bottom. To sweep the anchor: To dredge at the bottom of the anchoring ground for a lost anchor. To throw the amehor: The same as Cast the amchor (A. 1). 3. Art. : The shape of a buckle, the latter being usually described as having a tongue and an anchor. 4. Arch. : A kind of carving somewhat resembling an anchor. It is generally used as part of the enrich- ment of the bottoms of capitals in the Tuscan, Doric, and Ionic orders, or as that of the boultins of bed-moldings in Doric, Ionic, and Corinthian cornices, anchors and eggs being carved alternately throughout the whole building. 5. Her. : An anchor is an emblem of hope. C. In composition, amchor is a substantive. bóil, | i | # Š i Anchor. bóy; pout, jowl; Cat, çell, [CABLE, SHACKLE, Chorus, 183 anchor-ground, s. Ground suitable for anchor- ing. lt should not be too deep, or too shallow, or rocky. [ANCHORA GE.] anchor-hold, s. 1. Lit. : The hold or fastness of the anchor. 2. Fig. : Security. & 4 as the one and only assurance and fast anchor- hold of our souls' health.”—Camden. anchor-lining, s. [BILL-BOARDS.] anchor-Smith, s. A smith who forges anchors. “Smithing comprehends all trades which use either forge or file, from the anchor-smith to the watch-maker.” —Matacom. anchor-stock, s. The transverse beam of wood or bar of iron near the ring of an anchor. ãňch -ór, “āfi'-cre, *āń-kre, v. t. & i. [From the substantive. In Sw. ankrat, Dan. (unkre; Dut. amkeren : Ger, amkerm Fr. cºncrer; Sp. amclar, amcoratºr; Port. amcorar; Ital, amcorarsi.] A. Transitive: 1. Naut. ...To moor by means of an anchor. 2. Fig. : To fix firmly, to cause to rest. * “. . and great Pompey Would stand, and make his eyes grow in my brow; There would he anchor his aspect, and die With looking on his life.” Shakesp. ; Amtomy and Cleopatra, i. 5. “Stars countless, each in his appointed place, Fast anchored in the deep abyss of space.” & Cowper: Retirement. B. Imtratnsitive : 1. Nantt. : To come to an anchor. “Hoarse o'er her side the rustling cable rings; The sails are furl’d; and anchoring round she swings.” º Byron : Corsair, i. 4. 2. Fig.: To fix (the eye) upon. “Posthumus rumchon's upon Imogen: And she, like harmless lightning, throws her eye On him.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, v. 5. *áñch -ór (2), s. [ANCHORITE.] *āńch'-6r (3), s. [ANKER.] ãňch'-Ör-a-ble, a. [Eng. anchor; -able.] Able to be used as a place of anchorage. . . . and the sea everywhere twenty leagues from land anchorable.”—Sir T. Herbert’s Travels, p. āńch'–6r-à-car-pâ'-gē-ă, S. [From Gr. angkura = (1) an anchor, (2) a hook; and karpos= the wrist, the carpus.] Zool. : The name given by Milne-Edwards to a tribe of Entomostracans, belonging to the order Lerneadae. They attach themselves to their prey by means of long, arm-shaped appendages springing from the thorax, united to each other at the tip, and terminating in a horny button in the center. ânch-ör-ā-gēr-à-gē-ă, s. [From Gr. angkura = (1) an anchor, (2) a hook; and kercus=a horn.] Zool. : The name given by Milne-Edwards to a tribe of Entomostracans, belonging to the order Lerneadae. They attach themselves to their prey by means of the head itself, which is furnished with one or more pairs of horn-shaped appendages, projecting laterally. It contains the families, Penelladae and Lernaeoceradae. āfīch-ör-age (age=ig), s. In Fr. amcrage; Sp. ancorage. *1. The hold of the sea-bottom by the anchor. “Let me resolve whether there be indeed such efficacy in nurture and first production, for if that supposal should fail us, all our anchorage wºre loose, and we should but wall der in a wild sea.”— Wotton. 2. The set of anchors belonging to a vessel. “The bark that hath discharg’d her freight Returns with precious lading to the bay From whence at first she weigh’d her anchorage,” Shakesp.: Titus Andron., i. 2. 3. Duty paid at a port for permission to anchor. “This corporation, otherwise a poor one, holds also the anchorage in the harbor, and bushelage of measurable commodities, as coals, salt, &c., in the town of Fowey.”— Carew: Survey of Cornwall. 4. A place suitable for anchoring in-that is, a place in which the water is of convenient depth, and the bottom such as will permit the anchor to hold. (This meaning, which is not in Johnson, as if it were unknown in his time, is now the almost exclusive signification of the word anchorage.) “. . . the water was so deep that no anchorage could be found.”—Detru in : Voyage round the World, ch. xi. 5. A support that holds on like an anchor, as, the anchorages of a suspension bridge. ãňch –ör-à-stöm-à-gē-ă, s. pl. [From Gr. angkwra = (1) an anchor, (2) a hook; and stomat= mouth..] The name given by Milne-Edwards to a tribe of Entomostracans belonging to the order Lerneadae. They attach themselves to their prey by means of their stout foot-jaws, which are armed with strong hooks. & 4 [Eng. anchor; -age. Ghim, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, ¥ anchorite āfīch-öred, pa. pcer. & Cº. [ANCHOR, v.] As adjective : 1. Held by an anchor. “In the anchor’d bark.”—Byron: Corsair, i. 7. 2. Shaped like an anchor; forked. (Used of a serpent's tongue. “Shooting her anchor’d tongue, Threat’ning her venom'd teeth.” More: Song of the Soul, II. ii. 29. 3. Her. : An anchored cross is one the four ex- tremities of which resemble - the flukes of an anchor, as 43: shown in the illustration. It is called also anchºry or (tncré. It is designed to be emblem- atic of hope through the cross of C Cf. Heb. vi. 19, Xhrist. “Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul, both sure and steadfast.” ãňch-ör-él–la, s. [Dimin. of Lat. anchora or ancora- little anchor.] A genus of Entomostracans, the typical one of the family Anchorelladae. The A. Quncimato, is parasitic on the cod and the haddock. he A. rigosa was taken upon a cod. āfīch-ör—é1'-la-dae, s. pl. [From anchorella (q.v.).] A family of Entomost racans, belonging to the order Lerneada and the tribe Anchoracarpaceae. ãň'-chör—èss, *āń'-crés, s. [Eng. anchor = anchorite; -ess, to mark the feminine gender.] A female anchorite. “Anch’resses that dwell Mewed up in walls.”—Fairfaac: Tasso. “To this secluded spot, now famous more Than any gifove, mount, plain had been before, By relique, vision, burial, or birth, Of anchoress or hermit.” Browne: Brit. Pastorals, ii. 4. āfīch-ör-Ét'-ic, finch-ör-ét -í-cal, a. [Eng. anchoret, -ic, -ical. In Fr. anachorétique; Sp. am- acoretico; Port. amachoretico; Gr. at natchörétikos.] Pertaining to an anchorite ; after the manner of a hermit. ânch -ór-ice, s. Ice formed at the bottom of a river, lake, &c. *áñch-ör-idge, s. [Probably a corruption of Eng. anchorage (q. v.).] The porch of a church, particularly that of Durham, the church being com- pared to a ship. (Kenvmet’s MSS. Gloss.) (Boucher.) āfīch'-6r-iñg, pr. par. [ANCHOR, v.] ãňch-ör-ite, áñch-ör-Št, , , fan-āch-ör-êt, *an-ách-ör-ite, *āńch –ör, “ail-kër, s. [A. S. ancer; Fr. and chorête ; Sp. & Ital. amacoreta º Port. & Lat. a machoreta ; Gr. anachörétés, from a machöred = to go back, to retire : ama-backward, and chored = to make room for another, to retire ; choros= space, room.) I. Literally: 1. Church. History: Any person who, from religious motives, has renounced the world, and retired from it into seclusion. (For the distinctions between the various kinds of ASCETICS, see that word. See also EREMITES.) The peculiarity of the anchorites, properly so called, was, that though they had re- tired for solitude to the wilderness, yet they lived there in fixed abodes (generally caves or hovels) in place of wandering about. When they did travel they slept wherever night overtook them, so that visitors might not know where to find them. They were most numerous in the Egyptian desert, where they lived on roots and plants, believing that to afflict the body was the best method of spiritually benefiting the soul. Most of them were laymen ; there were also female anchorites. They first arose, it is said, about the middle of the third century and in the seventh the Church extended its contro over them, and ultimately threw difficulties in the way of any one who wished to adopt such a mode of life. [ASCETIC, EREMITE, MONASTICISM, Monk, &c.] 2. In a general sense: Any person of similar habits to those of the old anchorites now described. The mistaken desire to retreat from the “world’’ to the wilderness is not distinctively Christian ; it tends to manifest itself to a greater or less extent in all re- ligions and in all ages. Anchorites of various Hindoo ascetic sects are at present to be found among the jungles and hills of India, and they were much more numerous when the dominant faith in that land was Buddhism. “To desperation turn my trust and hope An anchor’s cheer in prison be my scope.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 2. “Yet lies not love dead here, but here doth sit, Vow’d to this trench, like an amachorite.”—Donne. “Stooped ever to that anchoret’s behest.” Scott. Vision of Don Roderick, ver, 30. s & I know that with mankind, Thy fellows in creation, thou dost rarely Exchange thy thoughts, and that thy solitude Is as an anchorite’s, were it but holy.” Byron: Manfred, iii. 1. Anchored Cross. & & aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. –tian = Shan. Shiis. -ble, -dle, —tion, -SiOus = -Sion = Zhūn. -tious, -cious, Shūn; -Šion = –tion, s’ anchovy II. Figuratively. The anchorite of the forest is the bear. ãºy; , àn-chö'—vy, s. [In Sw, anſovis; Dan. amschovis; Dut. ansjovis; Ger. amschove; Fr. am- clois; Sp. ame hoa, amchova; Port. anchova, Ital. acciuga; Lat. aphya, apwa Gr, aphºw8, usually translated an anchovy or sardine, but according to Yarrell and Adams, the mackerel-midge (Motella glaw.ca).] (Liddell dº Scott.) A fish, the Engrawlis encrasicolus of Fleming ; the E. vulgaris of Cuvier. It belongs to the Clupeidae, or Herring family. . In general, its length is from four to five inches; but specimens have been found seven and a half inches Anchovy (Engraulis Encrasicolus). long. It is common in the Mediterranean and parts of the ocean. Shoals of anchovies annually enter the Mediterranean, and various fisheries exist along its northern shores, the most celebrated being at Gorgona, a small island west of Leghorn. Some- times another species, the E. meletta, is either mixed with, or substituted for, the genuine fish. ancho Vy-pear, s. The English name of the genus Grias, which is placed by Lindley doubtfully under the Order Barringtoniaceae (Barringtoniads). Grias cauliflora, the stem-flowering anchovy-pear, is an elegant tree, with large leaves, which grows in the West Indies. The fruit, which is eaten, tastes like that of the mango, and is pickled in the same way. anch OVy-Sauce, s. A sauce made of the fish called anchovy. ân-chil-sa, s. [In Ital, amcusa; Sp. & Lat. Clºvchusa. From Gr, angchowsa=alkanet; angchö= to press tight, to strangle; so called from a ridicu- lous notion entertained by Dioscorides that one might kill a viper if he irritated its throat, by spit- ting into its mouth after having chewed the leaves of alkanet.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Boraginaceae (Borage-worts). It contains two well- known and widely distributed species, the A. offici- qualis, the Common, and the A. sempervirens, the Evergreen Alkanet. Lycopsis arvensis is sometimes called Anchusa arvensis. The real alkanet, once termed. Anchusa tºnctoria, now figures as Alkanna tinctoria. [ALKANNA, , ALKANET.] A beautiful Species, sometimes cultivated in flower-borders, is Amchw80 panviculata or Italica. ăiich-ti'-Šine, s. [Eng. anchusa; -ime.] A red coloring matter obtained from the plant formerly º 4?vchw80 timetoria, but now Alkamma time- O?"? CL. àfigh-y-lög"—ér-às, s. . [Gr. angkylos=crooked, and, keras = horn.] A shell belonging to the class Cephalopoda. The A Calloviensis occurs in the Kelloway rock. t ãňch-y-1ö'sed, ifik-y-lö'sed, ific-y-ló'sed, a. (or pa. par. of a verb anchytose, not used). [Gr. angkyloſ), 1 fut, amgkylösö= to crook, hook, or bend; angkylä- the bend of the arm ; angkos=a bend or hollow. Amat.: Having an anchylosis. (Used of two bones, &c., so firmly united as to prevent motion between them.) “ . . . they [the teeth] are always lodged in sockets; and never anchylosed with the substance of the jaw.”— Owen; Classif. of Mammalia, pp. 11, 12. ànch-y-lö'–sis, ank-y-16'-sis, inc-y-16 –sís, s. [Gr, angkylösis=a stiffening of the joints or of the eyelids...] [ANCHYLOSED.] Amat. : The coalescence of two bones, so as to prevent motion between them. If anything keep a joint motionless for a long time, the bones which constitute it have a tendency to become anchylosed, in which gaše all flexibility is lost. In other cases, when anchylosis is the lesser of two evils, the bones which nature is about to weld together should be kept in the positions in which they will be of the ºst use when the union between them takes place. “Had immobility been the object to be attained, that might have been more effectually accomplished by the fusion of the extremities of the segments together, as in anchylosis,”—Todd & Bowman Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 133. āfīch-y-löt'-ic, fink-y-löt'-ic, inc-y-löt-ic, a. [From Eng. anchylosis.} Pertaining to anchylosis. *ān'-cien-çy, S. (Eng. ancien (t); -cy. In Fr. ancienneté.] Antiquity. [ANCIENTY. “. . And the rest of the bishops follow him, in their due precedency, according to the dignity and an- ciencies of their respective sees.”—Jura Cleri, p. 42. ân'-cient, a... & S. [Fr. ancien; Sp. anciano; Ital. anziano, from amzi =before. Cognate with Tat. antiquw8=old, ancient; anticw8=in front, fore- 184 A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Language: #1. Old, estimated tacitly or explicitly by the standard of human life. g (a) Pertaining to persons advanced in years. (Opposed to young.) “. . . Then they began at the ancient men which were before the house.”—Ezek. ix. 6. (b) Pertaining, to things which have existed for some considerable time in one's history. (Opposed to recent.) “But they, upon their ancient malice, will Forget, with the least cause, these his new honors.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, ii. 1. 2. Old, estimated by the average duration of that to which the term ameiemt is applied. “. . . some far- spreading wood Of ancient growth.” Cowper: Task, bk. 1. “. . . an ancient castle overgrown with weeds and ivy. . .”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. 3. Old, estimated by the historic standard of time. (a) Opposed to modern, and especially referring, at the present day, to the centuries anterior to the fall of the Roman Empire. (In this sense, which is the most common use of the word, it is opposed to moderm.) “The whole history of ancient and of modern times records no other such triumph of statesmanship.”—Mac- aw lay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. (b) In the mouth, of one who lived at an early period of the world's history, it meant an age prior to his own. “Is this your joyous city, whose antiquity is of ancient days?”—Isa. xxiii. 7. 4. Old, estimated by the geological standard of duration. “Processes now going on in nature on a small scale, or imitated artificially by man, may enable us to comprehend imperfectly in what manner some of these infinitely grander ancient metamorphoses were effected.”—Murchi- son : Sil wria, ch. i. 5. From eternity. “Thales affirms that God comprehended all things, and that God was of all things the most ancient, because He never had any beginning.”—Raleigh. * The words ancient and old are akin in meaning, and it is not easy to draw an absolutely precise line between their respective significations. Old, being opposed to mew, is especially used of anything which is fresh when new, but has a tendency to wear out when old, or has nearly reached its proper term of existence, as an old hat; but it is also used when the lapse of time has increased instead of diminished the value of an article, as old wine. So also we speak of the old masters, meaning those who lived long ago, not those who are advanced in years. Finally, old generally indicates a lesser amount of duration than dºmcient. [OLD.] II. Technically: In Law: Amcient writings: thirty years old. B. As substantive : Ordinary Language: †1. An old man, especially when invested with important office in the community. “The Lord will enter into judgment with the cºncients of His people, and the princes thereof.”—Isa. iii. 14. “The ancient and honorable, he is the head; and the prophet that teacheth lies, he is the tail.”—Ibid., ix. 15. *2. A predecessor in anything. “He toucheth it as a special pre-eminence of Junias and Andronicus, that in Christianity they were his ancients.”—Hooker. * The reference is to Paul's statement, “Andron- icus and Junia, my kinsmen and my fellow-prison- ers, . . . who also were in Christ before me.” (Rom. xvi, 7.) 3. (Plur.) Those who lived long ago. To us in general this means before the fall of the Roman Empire, the relapse into semi-barbarism which fol- lowed its overthrow, making a great gap in time between the civilization of what may be called the old world and that now existing. In this sense, amcients is opposed to moderms. This is the com- mon use of the word. “Some by old words to fame have made pretense, Ancients in phrase, mere moderns in their sense.” Pope: Essay on Criticism, 324, 325. * To those who lived in the early ages of the world, of course the term signified men of a consid- erably prior date. “As saith the proverb of the ameients. . . xxiv. 13 4. The Being existent from eternity. “I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit.”—Dan. vii. 9 (see also verses Legal documents more than .”—1 Sam. ancille *ān-cient, *ān-shent, s. [A corruption of Fr. enseigne, from Low Lat. insignia, Lat. insigne=a standard.] [ENSIGN..] I. Of things: 1. A flag, ensign, or streamer of a ship, and form- erly the flag or ensign also of a regiment. “. . . ten times more dishonorable ragged than an old-faced ancient.”—Shakesp.: 1 Hem. I V., iv. 2. “It was a spectacle extremely delightful to behold the jacks, the pendants, and the ancients sporting in the wind.”—Don Quiacote (ed. 1687), p. 569. (Boucher.) 2. Heraldry: (a) In the form anshent-the guidon used at funerals. (b) A small flag ending in a point. II. Of persons: The bearer of a flag, a flag-bearer, an ensign-bearer, an ensign in a regiment. “This is Othello's ancient, as I take it— The same indeed, a very valiant fellow.” Shakesp.: Othello, v. i. “'Tis one Iago, ancient to the general.”—Ibid, ii. 4. “. . . ancient Pistol.”—Shakesp. ; 2 Hem. IV., ii. 4. “. . . and now my whole charge consists of ancients, corporals, lieutenants, gentlemen of companies . Shakesp.: 1 IIen. I V., iv. 2. àn-cient-ly, adv. [Eng. ancient; -ly.] In ancient times; in times long gone by ; the antiquity being estimated in any of the ways mentioned under ANCIENT (q.v.). “The colewort is not an enemy, though that were Cúciently received, to the vine only, but to any other plant, because it draweth strongly the fattest juice of the earth.”—Bacon. “. . . for new varieties are still occasionally pro- duced by our most anciently domesticated productions.” —Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. xiv. àn-cient-nēss, s. [Eng. ancient; -mess.]. The state of having existed from ancient or old times; antiquity. “The Fescenine and Saturnian were the same; they were called Saturnian from their ancientmess, when Saturn reigned in Italy.”—Dryden. fān-cient-ry, *an -çhént-ry, s. [Eng. ancient; -ry In Fr. anciemmeté; Ital. ancianita.] 1. The honor or dignity of having ancestry capa- ble of being traced a long way back. “Wherefore, most foolishly do the Irish think to en- noble themselves by wresting their ancientry from the Spaniard, who is unable to derive himself from any in certain.”—Spenser; On Ireland. 2. The people of ancient lineage taken collect- lWely. “. . . wronging the ancientry.”—Shakesp.: Tale, iii. 1. 3. Antiquity, or imitation of it. “Heralds may here take notice of the antiquity of their art; and, for their greater credit, blazon abroad this precious piece of ancientry; for before the time of Semir- amis we hear no news of coats or crests '''—Gregory's Posthuma, p. 236. “You think the ten or twelve first lines the best; now I am for the fourteen last; add, that they contain not one word of ancientry.”— West to Gray, Lett. 5, $ 3. .*ān-cient–y, 8. [Eng. Cºmcient; -y.] Age, an- tiquity. [ANCIENTRY. $ ‘‘Is not the forenamed council of amciently above thousand years ago ‘’’—Martin; Marriage of Priests, sign. I., ii. b. ān-çi'-lé, s [Lat.] A shield said to have fallen from heaven during the reign of Numa Pompilius. It was believed to be the shield of Mars; and as the prosperity of Rome was supposed to depend upon its preservation, eleven others were made like it, that any one wishing to steal it, might not know which to take. . (Could it have been originally a lump of meteoric iron ?) “Recorded to have been sent from heaven in a more celestial manner than the (tncile of ancient Rome.”— Potter: On the Number 666, p. 176. “The Trojans secured their palladium, the Romans their ancile; and now the Roman Catholics have so great care of their images.”—Brevint: Saul and Samuel at Endor, p. 385 ān-çil-lär-i-a, s. Winter’s Lat. ancilla = a maid-serv- ant.]." A genus of shells, belonging to the family Buccinidae Both the shell and the animal resemble those of Oliva. Recent—twenty-three species from the Red Sea, India, Madagascar, Australia, and the Pacific Ocean. Fossil, twenty-one. Eocene— Britain, France, &c. (Woodward, 1851.) *ān-gil'-lar-y, an-çil —lar—y, a. [Lat. ancillaris =pertaining to female servants.] 1. Lit.: Pertaining to female servants or their occupation ; subservient. 2. Auxiliary, aiding. “It is beneath the dignity of the king's courts to be merely ancillary to other inferior jurisdictions.”—Black- stome. ân-Gil-lé, s. [Lat. &ncilla.] A maid-servant. most ; and ante=before.] 13, 22). (Chawcer.) fäte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, here, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, Wöre, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; milte, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. ancipital ān-çip'-i-tal, àn-çip-i-toiás, a. [Lat. anceps, genit. ancipitis=(1) two-headed ; (2) having two sides, double.] º Bot. : (The translation of the Latin amceps.) Two- edged, compressed, with two sharp edges, as the stem of an iris. ān-çis-trö-clá'-dé-ae, s. pl. [From Amcistrocla- dws (q. v.).] A new Order of plants proposed by Planchon for the reception of a solitary and anom- alous genus Ancistrocladus. The inflorescence is in panicles, with ten stamens in one row, five shorter than the others. The ovary is one ceiled, with a single ovule. The fruit is a nut, crowned by the ersistent calyx. Its nearest affinity is with the ipterocarpaceae. ān-çis-trö-clá'-dûs, s. [Gr. angkistron=a fish- hook; angkos=a bend or hollow ; klados=a slip or shoot of a tree; klad-to break, to break off.] A genus of East Indian climbing plants, the type of Planchon's order Ancistrocladeae (q. v.). ânc'-le, s. [ANKLE.] *áñc-öme, ...ºfic'-öme, *āńc'-öme, s. . [A. S.] A ind of boil, sore, or foul swelling in the fleshy partS. “Swell bigger and bigger till it has come to an ancome.” —Marston; Eastward Hoe, iii. 1. ãňc-ön (1), s. [Lat. ancon, genit. anconis; Gr. angkom-the bend or hollow of the arm, the elbow.] 1. Anatomy: The apex of the elbow. 2. Architecture (plural ancomes): (1) Ornaments on the keystones of arches, or on the side of door- cases; (2) the corners of walls or beams. ânc'-ön (2), S. & a. A kind of sheep. As adjective : “. this is known to have been the case with the * sheep.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. i., I). 3U. àn-Cô'-nē-al, a. [Eng. amcom, : -eal.] Pertaining to the ancon. “The ulna is always characterized by a conspicuous, more or less compressed prolongation extending upward beyond the excavated humeral articular surface (sigmoid notch), and serving as the point of attachment to the ex- tensor muscles of the fore-arm, called the olecranon or ançoneſtl process.”—Flower: Osteology of the Mammalia (1870), p. 243. - ān-cö-nē-ăs, *ān-cö-noe-às, s. [Lat. ancon; Gr. angkóm= the elbow.] Angut. : A muscle used in distending the fore-arm or cubit. ān-cón'-Öid, a. [Gr, angkön=elbow, and eidos= form, appearance.]" Elbow-shaped, angular. ăn'-cön-y, s. [Gr. angkon=the elbow (?).] Iron manufacture: A bloom wrought into the fig- ure of a flat iron bar, about three feet long, wit two square round knobs, one at each end. (Cham- bers.) [BLOOM.] *áñº-cre, s. [ANCHOR.] *āń'-cred, pa. par. & a. [ANCHORED.] *áñº-crés, s. [ANCHOREss.] ān-çy1'-6d-ön, s. [Gr. angkylos=bent, crooked, and odous=a tooth.] A genus of fishes of the fam- ily Sciaenidae. - ãňc-y-lö'sed, pa. par. & a. [ANCHYLosed.] ãňc-y-lö'-sis, s. [ANCHYLOSIS.] ãňc-y-lāt'—&m-ès, s. [Gr. angkyle=(1), a bend in the arm ; (2) a joint bent or stiffened by disease; (3) a loop, a thong: temnà-to cut.] - Surgery; (1) A crooked knife or bistoury. (2). A Knife for dividing the fromwim lingwoº in tongue-tied perSOI).S. ān-çyl-ūs, s. [Gr, angkylos, adj. =crooked, curved, rounded.] . A genus of fluviatile shells belonging to the family Limnaeidae. They have limpet-like shells, and are called river-limpets. . In 1875 Tait estimated the recent species at forty-nine, and the fossil at eleven ; the latter from the Eocene. ând, finde, conj. & S. [A. S. and ; Dut. en; Ger. wind. The English and and an=if, are essentially the same word, and were of old used almost inter- changeably J . [AN.] A. As conjunction : *1. As expressing contingency. “And thou wilt gyuen vs any good.” Pierce the Plowman's Crede (1394, ed. Skeat), 893. (a) As standing for if, though, or although. “It is the nature of extreme self-lovers, as they will set an house on fire, and it were but to roast their eggs.”— Bacon. (b) As joined to if, and therefore redundant. “I pray thee, Launce, an’ if thou seest my boy, Bid him make haste.” Shakesp.: Two Gent, of Verona, iii. 1. 2. As a simple connecting, particle, conjoining words with words, clauses with clauses, or sentences with sentences. This is now the normal use of the Word and. “Shem, and Ham, and Japheth.”—Gen. vii. 18. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 185 “Be fruitful, and multiply, and fill the waters in the seas, and let fowl multiply in the earth.”—Gen. i. 22. “And he put them altogether into ward three days. And Joseph "said unto them the third day, This do, and live: for I fear God.”—Gen. xlii. 17, 18. B. As substantive : “Thou servest me, I ween, wt iffes and with andes.”— Sir T. More: Works, p. 54. T In Gen. iii. 16. “Thy sorrow and thy concep- tion”=the sorrow of thy, conception. In this respect the English simply, copies the Hebrew: A similar idiom exists in Latin. Virgil Speaks of hurling “molem et montes” (a mass and mountains) = a mass of mountains. *—änd as a suffia. Old English dialects: The present participle ter- mination in northern dialects now Superseded by the Southern -ing. “His glitterand armor shinëd far away.” Spenser. F. Q., I. vii. 29. ând'—a, s. A genus of plants belonging to the order Euphorbiaceae (Spurge-worts). Habitat, Bra- zil. The Anda is remarkable for the purgative properties of its seeds, in this respect resembling the not remotely allied plant, the well-known castor-oil. The Brazilians use them in indigestion, liver-complaints, jaundice, and dropsy. They are called Purga da Paulistas. Their rind roasted on the fire is used in diarrhoea brought on by cold. If steeped when fresh in water, they render the liquid so narcotic that it is sufficient to stupefy fish. . The oil is well adapted for the purposes of the painter. The fruit is eatable. tänd-āb'-a-tísm, s. [From Lat. andabata = a gladiator whose helmet was without any opening for the eyes...] Uncertainty. “To state the question, that we might not fail to andab- atism, we are to understand, that as there be two kinds of perfection, one of our way, the other of our country to which we are traveling; so there are two kinds also of ful- filling God’s law, one of this life, the other of the next.” —Shelford: Learned Discourses (1635), p. 121. ând-a-läs-ite, s. & a... [From Andalusia, in Spain, where it was first found; and -ite= lithos= Stone. A. As substantive: A mineral classed by Dana with his Subsilicates. It is orthorhombic. The hardness in typical specimens is 7°5, but in some opaque kinds only 3–6. Its sp. gr. 3:1 to 3°2, 3:05 to 3:35; its luster vitreous; its color whitish-red, flesh- red, violet, pearl-gray, reddish-brown, or Olive- green. There is strong double refraction. The composition is silica, 33 to 40°17; alumina, 50'96 to 61.9; sesquioxide of iron, 0°30 to 5’71; sesquioxide of manganese, 0:53 to 0.83; magnesia, 0°17 to 1-14; lime, 0-21 to 4:12; soda, 0.10; potassa, 0°30 to 1'50; water, 0.25 to 2-60. Dana divides andalusite into “War. 1, Ordinary; 2, Chiastolite (macle).” Andalusite is found in argillaceous Schist, in gneiss, in mica- schist, and rarely in serpentine. It is sometimes allied to kaolin, to mica, or to cyanite. It occurs at Andalusia in Spain, in Germany, Austria, France, and Russia; at Killincy Bay, near Dublin, in Ire- land; near Ballachulish, in Scotland; and at Cum- berland in England. Myelin has the composition of cyanite and andalusite. B. As adjective : Dana has an Andalusite group of minerals defined as anisometric, containing only sesquioxides. It includes andalusite, fibrolite, kya- Inite, and topaz. ān-dān'—té, s. & adv. ºl. amdamte=going, the pr. par. of andare=to go..] [WEND. 1. As substantive: A moderately slow movement between largo and cullegro. . It is the third in order of the five kinds of musical movement. “. . . and gives to prayer The adagio and andante it demands.” Cowper: Task, bk. ii. 2. As adverb : In the time described above. ān-dān-ti'-nó, adv., a. & S. . [Ital.] A move- ment quicker than amdante, of which the word and antino is a diminutive. It is intermediate between amdante and allegretto. ān-dar-ác, s. Red orpiment. ān-dā'-tês, s. [Celtic..] A goddess or female power worshiped in Britain in pagan times. “And to Andates, female power who gave (For so they fancied) glorious victory.” * A. Wordsworth; Eaccursion, bk. ix. *ām-dé'—na, s. 1. The swath made in the mowing of hay. 2. As much ground as a man could stride over at On Cé. Ånd'–ér-sön-ville pris'-àn, s. A prison estab- lished by the confederate states at Andersonville, Georgia, during the American civil war. The total number of deaths in Andersonville prison was 12,462, about one-third of which took place in the stockade and two-thirds in the hospital. The greatest number imprisoned at any one time was 33,006. Number of escapes, 328. çhim, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, / andradite ând-ös–ite, s. [In Ger, andesin. From , the Andes mountains, in which it occurs..] A triglinic mineral classed by Dana in his thirteenth, or Feld- spar group of Unisilicates. . The hardness is 5–6; #. sp. gr. 2:61 to 2.74; the color white, gray, green- ish, yellowish, or flesh red; the luster sub-vitreous, inclining to pearly. It consists of silica, 51°15 to 60-29; alumina, 17-62 to 26-78; sesquioxide of iron, 0.30 to 8:35; magnesia, 0.03 to 1:85; lime, 224 to 9:23; soda, 391 to 7-99; potassa, 0.05 to 399; and water, 0.34 to 3-84. It is often, if not always, altered oligo- clase, and itself it sometimes changes to kaolin. It occurs in the Andes, in Canada, in France, and Austria, Saccharite, a variety of it, is found in Silesia. [ÅNoisyrº.' ăn'-dé-syte, s. [From andesite, but with yte in place of ité, to show that it is a rock, and not, a mineral.] A syenite-like rock occurring in the Andes. One of its ingredients is the mineral Ande- site (q.v.). ând-ir'—a, s. [The Brazilian name.] A genus of plants belonging to the papilionageous sub-Qrder. About twelve species are known, all tropical Amer- ican trees of moderate height, with alternate equally pinnate leaves about a foot long, and, ax- ilſary or terminal panicles of generally showy flow- ers. The fruit is one-seeded, drupaceous, and in aspect like a plum. A. inermis is the cabbage-tree of the West Indies. [CABBAGE-TREE.] Its bark and that of A. retusa are anthelmintic. In small quantities it is drastic, emetic, purgative, and nar- cotic, while in larger doses it is actually poisonous. ān-dir-a-gua'-ca, S. [A South American name of the Vampire Bat, Phyllostoma Spectrum.] [PHYLLosTOMIDA, WAMPYRE.] There are two spe- cies of the blood-sucking vampire bats in South America belonging to the genera Desmodus and Diphylla. These bats have sharp teeth, with which they make punctured wounds from which they suck the blood of their victims. ànd -īr-Ön, händ-irº èn, awnd-ir-ön, *āwynd-yrné, *āwynd'–ér, s. [In A. S. brand- {semis–a branding-iron or rod, a tripod (Bosworth), but this does not seem the origin of the English word. Sw. brand-jerm; Fr. & Arm. landier; Mediæv. Lat. andema=an and iron. Skinner derives it (a) from hand and irons, or (b) from and and irons, or (c) from brand and irons. In Yorkshire the term end-irons(see b) is applied to two coarse iron pl a tes used to con- tract the fire- place. These being mov - able may be placed at a d is t a n c e from e a ch other when a large fire is wanted, and nearer when what is need- ed is only a sm all on e. B O u c h e r thinks th a t and in and- irons is the A. S. separable prep. and, Gr. anti, implying Opposi- tion, and that and irons are pieces of iron Opposed to each other. Wedgwood believes the true etymol- ogy is the Flemish wend-ijser, from wendem = to turn ; and iron would then be the rack in front of the kitchen dogs in which the spit turns.] Generally in the plural: A pair of and irons=fire- dogs. A utensil consisting of two upright and gen- erally ornamented pillars at some distance from each other, with a horizontal bar connecting them together. It was originally designed, as it still is in America, to prop up the extremities of logs of wood while they were being burned. Then it was used to support the ends of a spit. “. . . Her cum dirons (I had forgot them) were two winking Cupids.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, ii. 4. andiron brass, s, Lustrous brass, suitable to be used in the construction of and irons. “And besides, I take it, and iron brass, which they call white brass, hath some mixture of tin to help the luster.” —Bacon: Physiol. Rem. ăn'-drad-ite, s. [Named after the Portuguese mineralogist, D’Andrada, who first described it. A mineral arranged by Dana as a sub-variety of garnet, and the variety chrome-garnet. He desig- nates it “E. Lime Iron-garnet.” It is the same as Allochroite. Its colors are various shades of yellow, green, brownish red, brown, and black. It is sub- divided by Dana into—1. Simple Lime Iron-garnet: (a) Topazolite; (b) ("olophonite; (c) Melanite, in- cluding Pyreneite; (d) Dark-green Garnet, includ- ing Jelletite. 2. Manganesian Lime Iron-garnet: Andirons. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = &c. = bel, del. Shan. -ble, -dle, –tion, -Sious = Shūs. -sion = -cious, Shiin; —tious, –tion, Zhiin. -Šion = andraea, (a) Rothoffite, including Polyadelphite; ſº Ap- lome. 3. Yttriferous Lime Iron-garnet, or Ytter- garnet. Sub-division 1 seems to include Calderite, the place of which is not yet thoroughly determined. ān-drae—a, s. [Called after J. C. R. André, a German botanist.] The typical genus of the Andraeaceae (q.v.). ān-drae-ā'-gé-ae, s. pl. [From Andraea (q, v.).] Split-mosses. An order of acrogenous plants placed by Lindley under his Muscales, or Muscal alliance. It contains only the single genus Andraea, which agrees with mosses in having a calyptra and operculum, and with Jungermanniaceae in having a valvular theea. ān-drān-āt-öm—y, s. [Gr, andr, gen. andros=a man as opposed to a woman ; and amatomé= dissec- tion.] [ANATOMY.] The dissection of a human being, especially of the male sex. ān-dré-as-bêrg -ó-lite, s. [(1) Andreasberg, a bailiwick and town of the province of Hanover, in the Harz mountains, with mines of iron, cobalt, copper, and silver in the vicinity; (2) -lite.] A mineral, the same as HARMOTOME (q.v.). ān-dré'n—a, s. [From Gr. anthrēnē =a wasp.] A fºls of bees—the typical one of the family Andren- IOI83. ān-dré'n-i-dae, s. pl. [From Andrena (q.v.).]. A family of bees, one of two constituting the sub-tribe Anthophila. They differ from the Apidae, the other family, in having a short and blunt trunk, and in other respects. The species are all solitary in their habits. âm'-dré-à-lite, s. [In Ger, andreolich..] [AN- DREASBERGOLITE.] A mineral, the same as HIAR- MOTOME (q.v.). ān-droe'-gē-ăm, s. [Gr. andr, genit. andros=a man, as distinguished from a woman ; and oikos= a house. Bot. : Röper's name for the male system or appa- ratus of a plant; in other words, for the stamina. ān-drög'-ra-phis, s. [Gr, amér, genit. andros= a man; graphis=a style for writing.] . A genus of plants belonging to the order Acanthaceae. A. an iculata, called in India Kariyat, is a bitter onic and stomachic, very similar to quassia. It is used in general debility, in convalescence after fever, and in an advanced stage of dysentery. ān-drög'-yn-al, a. [Formed as if from Lat. an- º [ANDROGYNE.] The same as ANDROG- YNOUS (q.v.). àn-drög-yn-al-ly, adº... [Eng. androgymal; -ly.] With the characteristics of hermaphrodites; at once male and female. “The examples hereof have undergone no real or new transexion, but were androgym (tlly born, and under some kind of hermaphrodites.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. ān-drög'-yn-è, s. [In Lat. S. fem. = a masculine, heroic woman ; in Gr. feminine of amdrogynos = a hermaphrodite: from amér, genit. andros=a man, a male; and gymé=a woman.] A hermaphrodite. “Plato, under the person of Aristophanes, tells a story, how that at first there were three kinds of men, that is, male, female, and a third mixt species of the other two, called for that reason androgymes.”—Ferrand: Love Melam- choly, p. 72. ān-dróg -yn-oiás, a. [Lat. androgynus=a her- maphrodite.] Presenting the characteristics of both sexes in the same individual; at once male and female; pertaining to a hermaphrodite. “Early androgynous condition of the vertebrata.”—Dar- awin: Descent of Man, vol. i., p. vii. “. . . hermaphrodite or androgynous.”—Ibid., vol. ii., part i., ch. vi. - Bot. : Producing both male and female organs on the same root, or in the same flower. (Lowdon : Cyclo. of Plants, 1829, Gloss.) ān-dróid, Ån-dróid-ès, s. [Gr, anár, genit. andros=a man, and eidos=form, appearance.] The name given to any machine constructed to imitate some of the movements or actions of a man, as, for example, to an automaton flute-player, exhibited in Paris in 1738, by the constructor, Vaucason; or an automaton rope-dancer, occasionally seen in London now. Än-dröm'-Éd-a, 3. [Lat. and Gr.] 1. Class. Myth. : A daughter of Cepheus, king of Ethiopia, and Cassiope. It was fabled that she was chained to a rock by order of Jupiter Ammon, and then exposed to the attacks of a monster. Perseus released, and afterward married her. On her death she was changed into the constellation which bears her name. ... (Ovid : Metam., iv. 670, &c. 2. Astron.: A constellation, fancifully suppose to resemble a woman chained. It is in the northern hemisphere, and is surrounded by Cassiopeia, La- certa, Pegasus, Pisces, Triangulum, and Perseus. It contains the bright stars Almach and Mirach, and Alpherat is on the boundary-line between it 186 and Pegasus. There is in the girdle of Andromeda a fine elliptic nebula, visible to the naked eye, and continually mistaken by the uninitiated for a comet. (Herschel : Astrom., § 874.) “. . . . . . from eastern point Of Libra to the fleecy star that bears Andromeda far off Atlantic seas.” Milton: P. L., bk. iii. 3. Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Ericaceae, or Heath-worts. . A species (the A. poli- jolia, or Marsh Andromeda) occurs in the bogs of Marsh Andromeda. (One-third natural size.) Britain, the desolate character of the localities which it inhabits recalling to classical minds of fanciful tendency the barren rock to which Androm- oda was chained (see No. 1). The Marsh Andromeda is an evergreen shrub, with beautiful rose-colored drooping flowers. Its shoots poison sheep, as do those of the A. Mariana, which grows in America; and the A. ovalifolia, of Nepaul, acts with similar effect upon goats. A. hypnoides, which looks when in leaf like a moss, covers great tracts of ground in the Lapland Alps, and adorns them with its red flowers. ān-drö-pêt'—al-oiás, s. [Gr. andrea man, and petalon. Properly a leaf, but used by botanists for a petal.] Botany: Having stamens transformed into petals, as sometimes takes place when a single flower is converted into a double one. Ån-dröph'-a-gi, s. pl. [Gr. Androphagoi, the people described below ; androphagos=eating human flesh; and r- a man, and 2 adr. inf. phage in =to eat.] - A race of cannibals, adjacent to Scythia, ºtioned by Herodotus; hence cannibals gener- ally. Än-dröph'-ār-üm, s. [Gr. andra-a man, a male; and pheró= to bear.] Bot. : Mirbel's name for the tribe formed by the union of the filaments in monadelphous plants. (Lindley: Introd. to Bot.) ān-dröp'-3-gón, S. [In Sp., Port. & Ital, androp- § from Gr, amera a man, and pågøm-a {...}. there being on the flowers’ a bearālike tuft of hairs...] A genus of plants belonging to the order Graminaceae, or Grasses. A. sorghwm, better known as Holcus sorgh wºm, is extensively cultivated in In- dia as a cereal. It is the Jowaree or Jondla of that country, and is called in English Great Millet. An- other species, also grown in the Deccan as a cereal, is A. saccharatus, or Shaloo. Other species are the A. Schoemanthws, or Lemon-grass [LEMON-GRAss]; the A. calamws aromaticws "...º.º. and the A. Iswaramcwsa. The fragrant roots of the A. m.wri- catus, called throughout India Khºws, are used for making tatties [TATTY), or for similar purposes. ān-drö-såg'-8, 8. [Fr. androsacé. In Latin an- drosaces, Greek androsakes, is not a plant, but a madrepore, from amér, genit andros=man, and sakos=a shield, to which the large round hollow leaf of the most common species has a certain re- semblance.]. A genus of plants belonging to the order Primulaceae. Elegant mountain plants found on the continent of Europe. ān-drö-saem'—iim, s. [Lat. androscemon; Gr. androsačmon, lit. = man’s blood; amér, genit. andros = a man, and haima = blood.] *1. Amcient classic writers: A species of St. John's Wort, with blood-red juice: Hypericum, andro- 800m wºm, momfonum or ciliatºwn. 2. Modern Botany: A genus of plants belonging to the order Hypericaceae, or Tutsans. The A. officinale is tonic and astringent. ân'-drö–Sphinx, s. [Gr. androsphina, from amér = a man, and sphina:..] A man-sphinx, that is, a sphinx with the bust of a man, and not, as is usually the case, with that of a woman. ām-dröt'-öm-y, s, [Gr. androfomed, lit.=to cut a man; amér– a man, and temmö= to cut.] Dissection anely of the human body, in contradistinction from zoot- omy, or dissection of the bodies belonging to the inferior animals. ăn'-droiás, in compos. [Gr, anár—a man, a male.] Bot. : Pertaining to the stamina. It is used only in composition, as monamdrous plants, those with one stamen: diamdrows, those with two, &c. *änd'—swäre, v. & S. [ANswer.] *änd'—vile, s. [ANVIL.] *a-né'al. [ANELE.] a-né'ar, adv. [Eng. a -mear.] Near. “The lady shrieks, and, well amear! Doth fall in travail with her fear.” Shakesp.: Pericles, iii. (Introd.) ... àn-éc-dó-tal, a. [Eng. anecdote; -al.] Pertain- ing to anecdotes. ân -éc-dóte, s. [In Sw. amekdot; Dan. & Ger. amekdote ; Dut. & Fr. cumecdote ; Port. anekdota, Ital. ameddoto; Gr. anekdotos=something not pub- lished, but kept secret: am, priv., and ekodotos= given out; ek=out, and dotos=granted; didómi=to glve. 1. Originally something kept unpublished, secret history, or an ancient work not in fact published, though there was no intention of keeping its con- tents undivulged. The best collection of anecdotes, in this first sense of the word, is generally said to lmave been that of Muratori, in A. D. 1709: but the thing, if not the name, must have been much older. “Some modern anecdotes aver, He nodded in his elbow chair.”—Prior. 2. A short but generally striking narrative of some single event in a person's history, related generally with a view of exhibiting his characteristic pecul- iarities. Among the best collections of anecdotes, in the modern sense, are the “Percy Anecdotes,” sent forth by George Byerley and Joseph Clinton Robinson. *ān-Éc-dót–ic, amecalote, -ic, -ical. dotico.] 1. Pertaining to anecdotes. “Particular anecdotical traditions, whose authority is unknown or suspicious.”—Bolingbroke to Pope. 2. In the habit of relating anecdotes. ăn'-Éc-dót—ist, s. . [Eng. amecdote ; -ist. In Port. amecdotista.] One who relates anecdotes by word of mouth or by the pen. *ā'ne-hède, s. [A. S. am, cem=one; suffix had= Eng. hood or head; as in A. S. ww.dwwam had=Eng. widowhood ; moºdenhad=Eng. maidenhead or maidenhood.] Oneness, union. “The amehede of Godd with mannis soule.”—Richard Rolle de Hampole, viii. (ed. Perry), p. 14. *an-ei'-mi-a, an–é'—mi-a, s. [Gr. cºmeimóm= with- out clothing ; ºt, priv., and eima-dress, a garment; hem nºwmi– to dress. ...So called from the naked ap- pearance of the spikes of inflorescence..] A genus of plants belonging to the order Polypodiaceae, or Ferns. A. tomentosa, smells like mº *ān'—él-āge, an–él–a'-gi-Ö, s. [ANLACE.] *ān-É'le (1), a né'al, *an-nóy le, v. t. [A. S. del-oil.] To administer extreme unction. “Hyt ys not gode to be helut, How a wyght schal be am-elet.” Instructions for Parish Priests (ed. Peacock), 1811-12. *a-né'le (2), v. t. [Derivation uncertain, prob- ably from Lat. cumhelo–to pant.] To attack, to Yº. (R. Morris.) To approach. (Sir F. Mad- (27? . “Bothe wyth bullez and berez and borez other quytes And etaynez that hym an elede, of the heghe felle.” Sir Gawayme (ed. R. Morris), 722, 723. *ân-á-lèc'-tric, a. & S. [Gr. am, priv., and Eng. electrics (q.v.). 1. As adjective: Non-electric. 2. As substantive (plwr.) : A term formerly used to designate those bodies which were commonly be- lieved to be incapable of becoming electrical by friction. & & e *ān-èc-dót-ī-cal, a. [Eng. In Fr. amecdotique; Port. amec- . . bodies were formerly divided into ideoelec- trics, or those which become electrical by friction, and amelectrics, or those which do not possess this property.” —Atkinson; Gawot's Physics, 3d ed. (1868), p. 585. ān-è-lèc'-tröde, s. [Gr. ana–up; and Eng. elec- trode (q.v.). tº º º & Elec.: The positive electrode or pole of a galvanic battery. (Faraday.) [ANODE.] ān-è-lèc-trö-tö'-müs, s. [Pref., am-, and Eng., &c., electrotomus (q.v.).] The condition of the nerve closo to the positive pole. (Ganot: Physics (ed. At- kinson), p. 924.) *ā'ne-ly, adv. [A. S. am=one; Eng. Suff. -ly- like..] Only; alone. “I fan de Ihesu in deserte, fastande in the monte, amely prayande.”—Richard Rolle de Hampole. fate, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, Wöre, Wolf, Wörk, Whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. anelynes *ā'ne-ly-nēs, s. [O. Eng. amely (q.v.); -mes= -ness.] Loneliness. “. . . noghte in wantone joyenge, bot in bytter gre- tynge, noghte emange many, bot in amely mes.”—Richard Folle de Hampole, I. (ed. Perry), p. 5. ān-èm-ög'-raph-y, s. [Gr., anemos= the wind, and graphē = . . . a description.] A description of the winds. ām-èm-ö1 -óg-y, s... [Gr, anemos= the wind, and logos=a discourse.] The science which treats of the winds. ān-èm-öm'—ét—ér, s. [In Ger. amemometer; Fr. anémometre; Port. anemometro; Gr. amemos= the wind, and metrom=a measure.]. An instrument de- signed to measure the velocity of the wind, on which its strength depends. It was invented by Fig. 3. Anemometers have been made of three kinds: 1st, those in which a windmill twists string round an axle against pressure; 2d, those in which a defined surface, say of a foot square, is pressed against a spring (Fig. 1); . those in which Fig. 2. Wolfins in 1709. water or some other liquid is made to stand at a higher level in one leg of an inverted syphon than in the other (Fig. 2). The anemometer now most commonly in use is more akin to the first, which also was the earliest type of the instrument, than it is to the second or the third. Four light metallic hemispheres, called from Dr. Robinson, who first employed them, Robinson's cups (Fig. 3), are made to revolve like a vane or weather-cock, and are found to do so at the rate of exactly drie-third the velocity of the wind. The result is then recorded in pencil marks by a self-registering apparatus. ān-èm-öm'—ét–ry, 3. [In Fr. anémometrie; Port. anemometria. (For etym. See ANEMOMETRY.)] A measurement of the velocity and strength of the wind. [ANEMOMETER.] * * -l. * * * -- * ān-èm'–5m-è, an-Ém'–6n-y, s. [In Dan., Ger., Dut., Fr., Sp., Port., Ital., & Lat. amemone ; in Port. also a memola. Gr. amemómé, lit. = wind-flower, from amemos= the wind; because the flowers are easily moved by the wind.] * A. Ord. Lang. (Of the forms anemome, and am- emony.) Any wild or cultivated plant of the botan- ical genus Anemone. (See B., 1.) “From the soft wing of vernal breezes shed, A memonies, auriculas, enrich'd With shining meal o'er all their velvet leaves.” Thomson: Spring, 536. B. Technically. (Of the form (unemome only.) 1. Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the Order Ranunculaceae, or Crowfoots. What to the un- Anemone. (One-third natural size.) initiated seems a corolla is in reality a petaloid calyx highly developed. A. coronaria and hortensis are common garden flowers. 2. Zool. : A popular name given to various radi- ated animals which present a superficial resem- blance to the anemone, but really look more like the Chrysanthemum or some others of the Com- 187 Bendlet; the Snake-locked Anemone is the Sagartia vidwata, and the Plumose Anemone is the Actino- lobot dictm#h ws. ām-èm-ö'–mi-a, s. fān-èm-ön'-ic, a. ing to the anemone. ân-êm –ön-ine, àn-èm'-àn-in, in-èm-ö'-ni-a, s. A chemical substance obtained from various species of anemone. It burns like camphor. ān-èm'-àn-y, s. [ANEMONE..] ān-èm'-à-scöpe, s. [In Fr. anémoscope; Sp. an- emoscopio; from Gr. amemos= the wind, and skopeč = to look at..] An instrument for rendering visible the direction of the wind. In that commonly used there is a vane exposed to the wind acting upon an index moving round a dial-plate on which the thirty-two points of the compass are engraved. ān-èn-çë-phāl'—i-a, s. [For etymology see AN- ºrnatus. Absence of the brain, or a portion of it. ān-èn-çëph'—al-ic, a. [Eng., &c., anemcephalus (q.v.); Eng. -ic.] Brainless; without a brain. ān-èn-çëph'-al-oils, a. [Eng., &c., amencephalus º: v.), and Eng. suff. -ows.] Brainless; anenceph- all C, . ām-èn-çëph'-al-ūs, s. [Gr, am, priv., and eng- kephalos= the brain ; adj. = without brain.] b Animal Physiol. : A foetus born without the R’8 II] . *an-end (1), *an-ende (1), *an-end-es, *an—ont, *an-ente, *an-ent-is, *an-ent—es, *an-ems, *an– empt—es, *o-mence, *an-ent, *an-enst, prep. º contraction for amefent or omefent, representing the true form amefen or omefen–A. S. on-efen–even with, near, on an equality with.] 1. Opposite. 2. Respecting, regarding, concerning. (Eng., in the forms an emde and amente ; Scotch, in the form ament.) ** “An-emde ryghtwys men, yet saytz a gome Dauid in sauter, if euer ye sey hit.” Alliterative Poems; Pearl (ed. Morris), 696-7. an-end (2), *an-ende, On-end (am or on-on, in, and end), adv. I. Ordinary Lamguſtge: 1. On end, perpendicularly. 2. Lastly. “I drede onem de quat schulde by falle, Lest ho me es-chaped that I ther chos.” Alliterative Poems; Pearl (ed. Morris), 186-7. II. Nawt. : A term applied to the situation of any mast or boom when standing perpendicularly to the plane of the deck, to that of the tops, &c. Top- masts are also said to be amend when they are hoisted up to their usual station at the head of the lower masts. ân-á-pâl-läc'—ta, S. pl. [Gr. amepallaktos=not interchanging ; Gum, priv., epallass0- to change over, to interchange; epi- upon, or over, and allassà- to change.] The term applied by Aristotle to those animals in which the upper and lower teeth do not interlock; namely, the herbivorous quadrupeds. (Owen. : Classif. Of the Mammaliſt, p. 2.) ăn'–ér–ly, a. Single, solitary. (Scotch.) ăn'—ér–óid, a. & S. . [Gr. Q, priv., and méros=wet, damp; from mad=to flow.] A. As adjective: Not containing any liquid. (Used chiefly in the expression, “Aneroid barome- ter. Theroid bctrometer: A barometer not containing a liquid, but constructed on a totally different prin- ciple from a mercurial barometer. Various forms of the instrument exist. One of these consists of a cylin- drical metal box exhausted of air, and having its lid of thin corrugated [ANEMONINE.] [Eng. a memone, -ic.] Pertain- m et a 1. As the press u re l n - creases, the lid, which is highly elastic, and has a spring inside, is forced inward; while, again, as it diminishes, it is forced outward. Delicate multiply- ing levers the n transm it these motions to an in- dex which moves on a scale, and is graduated empir- ically by a mercurial barometer. Aneroid Barometer. It is wonderfully delicate, but is apt to get out of order, particularly when it has been exposed to great variations of anfractuousness B. As substantive: A barometer of the kind described under A. ânes (often pronounced €ns), adv. [A. S. ames, genit. m. and n. of am, cem= (1) one, (2) single, sole, another; acne, oeeme=once, at once. 1. At one time, at once; once. (Scotch.) “I down a take muckle siller at anes . . Antiquary, ch. xii. 2. Only, solely. ... àn-ès-is, S. . [Gr, amesis=(1) a loosening, relax- ing, (2) remission, abatement; amiémi=to send up or forth, . . . to slacken, to relax: ana–up, and hiêmi = to set a-going.] Med...: The abatement of morbid symptoms. a-nēš-ó-rhiz'-a, S. [Gr, andson, or anésson, the same as a methon=dill anise, and rhiza = root.) A genus of plants of the Umbelliferous order, of which One species, the A. capensis, is used in Southern. Africa as an esculent. a-nēth-öl, s. [Lat. anethwm-anise; oleum= oil.] [OIL OF ANISE.J a-nēth -üm, s. [In Fr, ameth; Ital. aneto; Sp. emeldo; Port. emdro. From Lat. amethwm, Gr. améthom–anise or dill.] Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Apiaceae, or Umbellifers. A. graveolens is the dill. Its fruit is aromatic and carminative. a-neil'ch (h, guttural), adv. [ENOUGH.] Enough. (Scotch...) ān-eiir-ism, tán'-eiir-ysm, s. [In Fr. anevrisme, (tmévrysme; Sp. & Port. amewrisma, Gr. amewrysma, and amewrysmos, from anewrymd=to, widen, to open; erwyno = to make wide or broad; ewrys = wide, broad.] * -- “Tº e * Med, . A morbid dilatation of the aorta, or one of the other great arteries of the body. Four varieties of this malady have been described. In the first the whole circumference of the artery is dilated; in the second, or true aneurism, the dilatation is confined to one side of the artery, which then takes the form of a sac ; in the third, or, false aneurism, the inter- nal and middle coats of the artery are ulcerated or ruptured, while those which are external or cellular expand into a sac ; in the fourth, or mixed variety, the false supervenes upon the true aneurism, or upon dilatation. ān-eiir-ism'—al, a. [Eng. aneurism; -al. In Fr. amétrismal, anévrysmal; Port. anewrism al.). Per- taining to an aneurism ; affected by an aneurism. “. . . a rational treatment of wounded arteries.”—Todd & Bowman: vol. i., p. 29. a-new", adv. [Eng. a = on ; mew. In Sw, a mºto.] 1. Another time ; over again ; afresh, again. “. . when, lo l the North anew, With stormy nations black, on England pour’d Woes the severest e'er a people felt.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. iv. 2. Newly, in a new manner, freshly. “He who begins late is obliged to form anew the whole disposition of his sou . . .”—Rogers. anfelt, s. [AN VIL.] ān-frâc'-tū-Öse, a... [From Lat. an fractuosus= winding, crooked...] [AN FRACTUOSITY...] Anfractu- Oll S. “Behind the drum are several vaults and an fractuose cavities in the ear-bone, so to intend the least sound im- aginable, that the sense might be affected with it; as we see in subterraneous caves and vaults how the sound is re- doubled.”—Ray. . ān-fråc-tū-ös-i-ty, s. [Eng. amfractwose; -ity. .”—Scott- ament rismal and Physiol. 217, at., In Fr. am fractuosité; Lat. (unfractus=(1) a curving or bending, an orbit; (2) a tortuous route.] [AN- FRACTUOUS..] The quality or state of being an frac- tuOlls; tortuousness. “. . . their surface is generally smooth: the an frac- tuosities, when present, are few and simple.”—Owens Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 24. ān-fråc'-tū-oiás, a. [In Fr. anſract wewa: ; Port- anfractwoso. From Lat. (unfractus, adj; = broken, bent, round, winding, crooked; amb, and fractus= broken, pa. par. Of framgo=to break.] A. Ordinary Langwage : 1. Lit. : Winding, crooked, mazy; full of winding passages; spiral. “. . . with anſractatous spires and cocleary turnings. about it.”—Fuller: Worthies; London. 2. Fig.: Tortuous. “. . . an fractuous and involved consequences.”—Bp. Taylor: Rule of Conscience, bk. ii., c. 3 B. Technically: Botany: Spiral, resembling in direction the spires of a corkscrew, or full of turnings and winding pas sages. (Lindley.) ān-fräc-tū-oiás-nēss, s. [Eng, amfractuous; posite. The “ anemone” meaning the Sea-anem- pressure. From its portability it is much used for -mess...] The quality of being antractuous; an frac- one is A. mesembryanthemwm, called also the determining the heights of mountains. tuosity, tortuousness. (Bailey.) bóil, boy; pout, jowl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sim, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = sham. -tion, -sion = shin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. angardly *an-gard–ly, . *an-gare-ly, *an-gar-ly, *an- gurd—ly, adv. Angrily. [ANGRY.] *ān-gār-i-ā'—tion, s. [In Fr. angarier=to fol- low after, to persecute; Ital, amgariare=to force, to overcharge; amgariatore=an oppressor; angher- dare=to compel, to Oppress; amgheria=force, com- pulsion; Lat., amgario; Gr. amgareud [see Matt. y, 41, in Gr.]=to press one to serve, as an anggros (in Lat, amgarius) a slight modification of a Per- sian word, amgaria=a mounted courier; Gr. am- ſºil; Spec., such service, (2) Gen., service to a ord, villenage.] Compulsion, service forcibly ex- acted. “But if in these earthly angariations one mile, accord- ing to our Saviour's counsel, may bring on another: yet, in spiritual evil ways, no compulsion can prevail upon a resolved spirit.”—Bo. Hall: Temptations Repelled. “This leading of God’s Spirit must neither be a forced angariation (as if God would feoffe grace and salvation upon us against our wills), nor some sudden protrusion to good.”—BP. Hall: Rem., p. 153. “The earth yields us fruit, but it is only perhaps once a year, and that not without much cost and amgariation, requiring both our labor and patience.”—Ibid., p. 43. ān-gei-Öl-ā-gy, 8... [Gr. angeion = a vessel; logos= a discourse. The doctrine of the vessels of the body. ān-gei-ó-tën'-ic, a. [Gr, angeion= (1) a vessel, (2) a blood-vessel; teinö, fut, tend= to , stretch, strain, extend..] Lit. =straining the blood-vessels. (See below.) angeiotenic fever, 8. A name of inflammatory fever, Pinel believed its seat to be in the organs of circulation. ān-gei-Öt'—öm—y, s. [ANGIOTOMY.] àn'—gel, *ān'-gle (1), s. & a. [In A S. engel, gmgel; Sw., ljan., Dut. & Ger, engel; Russ., angel; Irish angeal, amgiol; Fr. ange; Sp. angel; Port. amjo, Ital. angelo; i.at. angelus. From Gr. am- §§ a messenger, (2) an angel, (3) the message rought ; amgelló=to bear a message, to announce.] A. As substantive: I. Ordinary Language: 1. Gem. : *A messenger, one employed to Carry a message, a locum temens, a man of business. (In this sense it is masc. or fem.) “Resigns his crown to angel Carwell’s trust.” Marvell: Britannia and Raleigh, 122. T Grosart, the editor of Marvell's works, considers that this is the true explanation of the very common “Angel Inn.” (Andrew Marvell: Poems, ed. Gro- sart, vol. i., p. 335.) tº ſº 2. Spec, Lit.: Qne of an order of spiritual beings superior to , man in power and intelligence, vast in number, holy in character, and thoroughly devoted to the worship and service of God, who employs them as his heavenly messengers. Their existence is made known to us by Scripture, and is recognized also in the Paršee sacred books. “. . . noe man, noe angle, noe god.”—Orthographie and Congruitie of the Britam Tongue (ed. Wheatley). “And the angel answering said unto him, I am Gabriel, that stand in the presence of God.”—Luke j. 19. “We find, as far as credit is to be given to the celestial hierarchy of that supposed Dionysius, the senator of Athens, the first place or degree is given to the angels of love, which are termed Seraphim; the second to the angels of light, which are called Cherubim; and the third, and so following places, to thrones, principalities, and the rest, which are all angels of power and ministry, so as the angels of knowledge and illumination are placed be- fore the angels of office and domination.”—Lord Bacom: Adv. of Learn., bk. i. * We learn from Scripture that many angels, originally holy like the rest, fell from their pristine purity, becoming so transformed in character that all their powers are now used for the purpose of do- ing evil instead of good. These are to be identified with the devils so frequently mentioned in holy writ. “And the angels which kept not their first estate but deft their own habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day.”—Jude 6. “He cast upon them the fierceness of his anger, wrath, and indignation, and trouble, by sending evil angels among them.”—Ps. lxxviii. 49. 3. Figuratively: (a) Christ in angelic form or otherwise, pare Gen. xxxi. 11-13, with John i. 18.) (b) A spirit which has assumed the aspect of some human being. The reference probably is to the Jewish belief that each person has his or her guardian-angel. - “But, she constantly affirmed that it was even so. said they, It is his angel.”—Acts xii. 15. (c) The representative of each of the seven Asiatic churches. “Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus (Com- Then write ” (Rev. ii. 1); , and “unto the angel of the church of Smyrna write,” ver. 8. (See also ii. 12, 18; iii. 1, 7, 14.) 188 (d) An appellation given by an intimate friend, or especially by a lover, to the object of his or her affection. “For Brutus, as you know, was Caesar's angel: Judge, O you gods, how dearly Caesar loved him ''' Shakesp.: Julius Coesar, iii. 2. (e) A person of seeming innocence, purity, and benevolence. “Oh, what may man within him hide, Though angel on the outward side!” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, iii. 2. 4. The name of a beautiful fish, which has its body covered with, large green, scales, and the laminae above the gills armed with cerulean spines, . It is one of the Chaetodons, and occurs on the coast of Carolina. It is quite different from the angel- fish (q.v.). II. Technically: Numis. : A gold coin, named from the fact that on one side of it was a representation of the Archangel Angel of Edward VI. Michael in conflict with the Dragon (Rev. xii. 7). The reverse had a ship with a large cross for the mast, the letter E on the right side, and a rose on the left ; while agº; the ship was a shield with the usual arms. It was first struck in France in 1340, and was introduced into England by Edward IV. in 1465. Between his reign and that of Charles I. it varied in value from 6s. 8d. to 10s. It is not now current either in France or England. The last struck in England were in the reign of Charles I. (H. Noel Humphreys: Coins of England, 5th ed., 1848; amal other awthorities.) “. . . shake the bags Of hoarding abbots; their imprisoned angels Set them at liberty.”—Shakesp.: K. John, iii. 3. “. . . and a counterfeit angel is made more like a true angel than if it were an angel coined of China gold.” —Bacom: Inter. of Nat., ch. xi. B. As adjective: Angelical. “All angel now—yet little less than all, While still a pilgrim in our world below.” Scott; Lord of the Isles (Conclusion). C. In composition, Angelis generally a substantive, but sometimes it is an adjective. angel-age, s. [Eng, angel; and age=time of ife.]" An age or period of life at which a certain character is possessed, or certain actions done. It is not the same as ANGELAGE (q.v.). “Why should you two, That, happily, have been as chaste as I am. Fairer, I think, by much (for yet your faces, Like ancient well-built piles, show worthy ruins), After that angel-age turn mortal devils?” Featumont and Fletcher: Valentinian, i. 2. angel-bed, s. A bed without posts. angel-choir, s. A choir of angels, especially that which sang when Christ's birth was announced to the shepherds at Bethlehem (Luke ii. 13, 14). “God set the diadem upon his head, And angel-choirs attended.” dº Cowper: The Task, bk. vi. angel-fish, s. A fish of the Squalidae, or Shark family, the reverse of angelic in its look, but which derived its name from the fact that its extended pectoral fins present the appearance of Wings. It is called also Monk-fish, Fiddle-fish, Shark-ray, and Kingston. It is the Squatima angelus of Angel-fish. º Duméril, the Squalus squatina of Linnaeus. . It has an affinity to the Rays, as well as to the Sharks. It lies close to the bottom of the sea, and feeds rav- enously on flat-fishes. It sometimes attains the length of seven or eight feet. It is found on the coasts of Europe and North America. # angelic angel-food, 8. A delicate white cake, composed chiefly of beaten whites of eggs, powdered white sugar and sifted wheat flour. angel-form, s. A form deemed to be or resemble that of an angel. “To weeping grottos and prophetic glooms, Where angel-forms athwart the solemn dusk.” Thomson: Sectsons; A witumn. angel-guest, s. An angel who has been received aS a guest. “To entertain our angel-gwest.” Milton: P. L., bk. v. angel-hand, s. The hand of an angel, he being assumed to have a body. “ Fleeter than the starry brands Flung at night from angel-hands.” Moore. Paradise and the Peri. angel-head, s. The head of an angel cut in stone or other material. “What, always dreaming over heavenly things, Like angel-heads in stone with pigeon-wings?” Cowper: Conversation. angel-like, a. & adv. Like an angel; in an angelic manner. “How angel-like he sings : ” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, iv. 2. angel-peopled, a. Peopled with angels. (Jews- bwry.) angel-quire, S. pl. A quire (choir) of angels. “And join thy voice unto the angel-quire.” Milton: The Morning of Christ’s Nativity. angel-Seeming, cl. Appearing as if they were angels. “Than these same guileful angel-seeming sprights, Who thus in dreams, voluptuous, soft, and bland, Pour’d all th’ Arabian heaven upon our nights.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, i. 45. angel-trumpet, s. A trumpet used by angels. “Where the bright seraphim, in burning row, Their loud uplifted angel-trumpets blow.” Milton: At a Solemn Music. angel-water, s. A scented water lººd in Portugal. It consists of rose, orange blossom, and myrtle water, commingled together, and addition- ally perfumed with musk and ambergris. angel-Welcome, s. A welcome by angels. Timg. angel-Wing, s. The wing of an angel. “Subjected to his service, angel-wings And flaming ministers, to watch and tend Their earthly charge.”—DIilton: P. L., bk. ix. angel-Winged, a. Possessed of wings resembling those of angels. º Fig.: Rising to a high and serene atmosphere. “She ſº.º. all angel-winged The heights of science and of virtue gains, Where all is calm and clear.” Thomson: Spring. angel-worship, s. The worshiping of angels. “Angel-worship is plainly forbidden in the text of St. Paul, which I am now considering [Coll. ii. 19, 20), as also in Rev. xix. 10, xxii. 9.”—Trapp : Popery truly stated, pt. ii. angell-hede, s. The hooked or barbed head of 8.D & I"I'OW. “Ane angell-hede to the hukis he drew.” Wallace, iv. 554. (Jameson.) ſº a corruption of Eng. angle (q.v.). In Fr. ange=chain-shot.] angel-shot, s, Chain-shot; cannon-shot cut in halves, which are then connected together by means of a chain. ān-gél–age, s. [Eng. angel; suffix -age.] The existence or the state of angels. ān-gé1-Ét, s. [I)imin. of angel.] An old English coin, in value equal to half an “angel.” [ANGEL, s.] ân'-gél–hood, s. ſºng, angel; suff. -hood.] An- gelic, nature or character; the state of being an angel. (E. B. Browning : Song for Ragged Schools.) ān-gél–ic (1), *ān-gél–ick, *ān-gē1'-ique, àn- gé1'-ic—al, a. [In Dan, engleliig, Ger, angelika, Fr. angélique; Sp., Port., & Ital. angelico; Lat. angelicus, from Gr: angelikos.] g 1. Gen. : Pertaining to a messenger of any kind. “Angelic Cromwell, who out-wings the wind.” Marvell: First 47, wiversary, 126. 2. Spec. : Pertaining to an angel, or the hierarchy (Bow- ân-gé1 (3), 8. ..of angels; resembling an angel; like what an angel might have done; of a nature like that of the angels; superhuman ; the Opposite of demoniac. “The union of womanly tenderness and angelic patience in her who had been dearest to the brave sufferer.”—Mac- aulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. ‘ſ Angelic doctor: A title given to St., Thomas Aquinas, on account of the clearness of his inter- pretation of Scripture. The common idea that he discussed how many angels could dance on the point of a needle, is erroneous. fäte, fat, fare, amidst, whāt, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hèr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whô, són; mite, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, Ce = €; ey =-à. qu. = kW. angelic ān-gé1'-ic . (2), a. [From Eng., &c., angelica (q.v.).] Pertaining to the Angelica plant. angelic acid, S. Chem.: C5H8O2=C3H7.CO.OH. A monatomic acid belonging to the acrylic series, obtained by boiling the root of Angelica archangelica with lime and water, and distilling, the concentrated liquid with dilute sulphuric acid. Angelic acid forms long needle crystals, which melt at 45°, and boil at 190°. ān-gē1'-i-ca, s. [In Ger. angelika Dut... engel- wortel; Fr. angélique; Sp. amjelica; Dan., Port, & Ital, angelica. From Lat... angelºts; Gr. angelos= an angel. So called from its medicinal qualities.] A genus of plants belonging to the Order Apiaceae, or Umbellifers. It contains one species, the A. sylvestris, or Wild Angelica, and one, the A. arch- # gº; sº º °. §§ §º assº º: tº §§ - | § : Rºž º § *: & ºf lºgº §4% §N. \º §§ * º: SN § Sº * /* lſº * £7A32 &-> r: SS- Auz’ § \ \\ º §4 :- cº ºssº: Nº t WS Nº (§ § SS Angelica Sylvestris: Branch, Flower, and Seed. (One-fifth natural size.) angelica, or Garden Angelica. It is sometimes cul: tivated for its leaf-stalks, which are blanched and eaten as celery, or candied with Sugar. It is re- garded as stimulant and anti-pestilential. “In his hand he carried, Angelicats uprooted, With delicious fragrance Filling all the place.” Longfellow: The Saga of King Olaf, ch. xvi. angelica-root, s. The root of the Arch-angelicot officinalis. It is fragrant, bitter, and pungent. When first tasted it is sweet, but ieaves behind a glowing heat in the mouth. The Laplanders eat the stalks, roasted in hot ashes, for coughs, hoarse- ness, &c., and boil the tender flowers in milk.to promote perspiration in catarrh attended with fever. In a candied state it is eaten as a SWeet- meat. - } angelica-stalk, s. The stalk of an angelica plant. * “Now will I confess it. Better things are jewels Than angelica-stalks are For a Queen to wear.” Longfellow. The Saga of King Olaf, ch. xvi. angelica-tree, s. Aralia spinosa. Its leaves are like those of the Angelica, whence its name. It is a small tree ornamental for lawns. The berries of ...i. tree are used for relieving rheumatism and CO lic. ān-gé1'-i-cal, a. [ANGELIC.] ān-gé1'-i-cal-ly, adv. [Eng, angelical; -ly.] In an angelic manner; like an angel. ān-gē1'-i-cal-nēss, s. [Eng, angelical, -ness.] Having the qualities of an angel. Ån-gēl'—i-ci, s. pl. [Plural of Lat. &ngelicw8= angelic.] e Chºwrch. History: The name given to an old Chris- tian sect who greatly venerated angels, if indeed they did not attribute to them even the creation of the world. They flourished about A. D. 180. ān-gé1–i-fy, v. t. [Lat. angelus=an angel ; facio = to make.] To render angelic. “The soul at this first resurrection must be spiritual- ; refined, and angelified.”—Farimdon: Sermons (1647), P. Ob. Än-gēl—i'—na, s. [A female name, from Lat. an- gelus=an angel.] An asteroid, the sixty-fourth found. It was discovered by Tempel, on the 6th of March, 1861. - An'-gél–ites, s. pl. [In Ger. Angelitem. Named from Agelius, or Angelius, a part of Alexandria in which they used to meet.] . An old Christian sect, a branch of the Sabelliams, who flourished toward the termination of the fifth century. They believed that the persons of the Trinity were not the same or self-existent, but distinct gods, existing by par- ticipation in a deity common to them all. They were called also Severites and Theodosians, from Severus and Theodosius, who were successively their leaders. 189 ān-gē1-à1'-àg-y, s. ºr. angelos=an angel, and logos=a discourse.] The department of theology which treats of angelic beings. ān-gé1-5'-ni-a, s. [Sp. angelon; from Lat, am- gelus=Gr, angelos=an angel.] A genus of plants elonging to the order Scrophulariaceae. (Fig- worts.) A. salicariopfolia, or Violet Angelonia, is a herbaceous stove-plant, with fine, large, light-blue flowers. ān-gél–éph'—ān-y, s. [Gr. angelos=an angel; phaimú- to bring to light; to make to appear.] The appearance or manifestations of angels. “. the Theophany and Angelophany of the Old and New Testament.”—Strauss: Life of Jesus (Marti- neau’s transl.), vol. i., § 14, p. 67. ān-gē1-6t, s. [Fr.] 1. Numis. : An ancient French coin struck at Paris while that capital was temporarily in Eng- lish occupation. It was so called from having On it the figure of an angel supporting the escutcheon of England and France. 2. A small cheese made in Normandy. 3. Music: A musical instrument somewhat re- sembling a lute. ān-gēl-üs, s. A prayer to the Virgin, instituted by Pope Urban II., offered in Roman Catholic coun- tries in the morning, at noon, and in the evening, at the sound of a bell called the Angelws. It is so called because it begins with the words “Angelus Domini nuntiavit Mariae' (the angel of the Lord announced to. Mary). [HAIL-MARY.] “Sweetly over the village the bell of the Angelus sounded.” Longfellow: Evangelime, i. 4. ãňg-èr, s. [A. S. ange=straitened, sorrowful, troubled, from Icel. angr=grief, sorrow. Ang in compos. =trouble. It implies narrowness, con- straint, or difficulty; as angswºm, anges wmv= diffi- cult, narrow ; &ngbreost-an asthma, a difficulty of breathing (ANGUISH). Cognate with emge=narrow, confined. Mediaev. Lat. angaria = vexation, trouble, distress, , anxiety; Lat. ango; Greek angchö=to press tight.] *1. Originally: Any vexation, distress, or uneasi- ness of mind having its origin— (a) In bodily pain. ‘‘I made the experiment, setting the moxa where the first violence of my pain began, and where the greatest ange” and soreness still continued, notwithstanding the swelling of my foot.”—Temple. ‘ſ Though the substantive has now lost this sense, the adjective still retains it; for we speak of “an angry wound.” (b) In any other cause. Spec., grief. “She held hire hard in thralles wune, And dede hire forge and ange” mune.” Story of Gen. and Eacod. (ed. Morris), 971-72. 2. Now: An emotion or passion of the human heart excited by the spectacle of wrongdoing, espe- cially to one’s self. When it arises, the heart beats more frequently, the blood circulates more rapidly, the voice becomes loud and menacing, all thought of personal danger passes away, and a desire is felt, if indeed it be not carried out, of punishing the offender. Essentially anger is a virtuous emotion, planted in the breast to intimidate and restrain wrongdoers; but, through human infirmity, it is almost sure to be abused in one of four ways. A person under its influence may be hasty, passionate, fretful, or revengeful. - “. . . anger is like A full-hot horse, who being allow’d his way, Self-mettle tires him.”—Shakesp.: Henry VIII., i. 1. “A slight flush Of moral anger previously had tinged The old man’s cheek.”— Wordsworth: Eacc., bk. v. *] In Scripture it is frequently attributed to God. “And the Lord’s anger was kindled the same time, and He sware, saying .”—Numb. xxxii. 10. “. . . ]et not thine ange,' burn against thy servant.” —Gen. xliv. 18. * In poetry anger has sometimes, though rarely, a plural. In this case it ceases to be an abstract word, because a concrete one=successive acts or states of indulgence of anger. “Delicious spites and darling angers.” Tennyson: Madeline, ãňg'-Ér, v. f. & i. [From the substantive.] A. Transitive : *1. To render painful, (used of the body); to trouble, to vex (used of the mind). “He turneth the humors back, and maketh the wound bleed inward, and angereth malign ulcers and pernicious imposthumations.”—Bacon. 2. To inspire with anger, to provoke. (a) Of man : f “By them that are no people, and by a foolish nation I will anger you.”—Romans x. 19. (b) Of God: “They angered him also at the waters of strife.”— Ps. cwi. 32. { { Used— angiology B. Intransitive: To become angry. (Scotch.) “When neebors anger at a plea.” Burns: Scotch Drink. ãňg'—Éred, pa. par. & a. [ANGER, v.] “The flush of anger'd shame O'erflows thy calmer glances.” * -i- Tennyson; Madeline, 8. āfīg'-Ér-fúl, a. [Eng. anger; ful(l).] Angry. ãňg'-Ér-iñg, pr. par., a. & S. [ANGER, v.] ãňg'-er-lèss, a. [Eng. anger; -less.] Calm; with- Out anger. fáñg-èr—ly,..., *āńg-êr-lich, adv. [Eng. anger, -ly; A. S. lic=like..] Angrily ; like an angry person. “And angerlich y wandrede the Austyns to proue.” Pierce the Plowman’s Crede (ed. Skeat), 268. “Why, how now, Hecate f you look angerly.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, iii. 5. *āńg-Ér-nēss, s. [Eng. anger; -mess.] The state of being angry. “Hail, innocent of angerness!” MS. cited by Warton, Hist. Eng. Poetry, i. 315. ãňg-í-eń-chy'-ma, s. [Gr. angeion=a vessel, and engchyma = an infusion; engched=to pour in ; en-in, and ched=to pour.] . Bot.: , Professor Morren's name for vascular tissue. It is his fourth division of tissue, and com- prehends (1) Pleurenchyma, or woody tissue; (2) Trachenchyma, or, spiral, vessels; (3) Modified trachenchyma or ducts; (4) Cinenchyma, or lati- ciferous vessels. ân-giºna, s, [In Fr. angine; Port. & Lat. angina. =the quins.y. From ango, Gr. anghó=to press tight, especially the throat; to strangle.] Medicine : *1. A quinsy or other inflammatory disease of the throat. “Angima. * It is an inflammation on the parts of the throat subservient to respiration, speech, and deglutition; it is called a strangulation of the fauces, more properly an inflammation of the internal fauces.”— Parr; Med. Dict. (1809), i. 116. 2. The angina pectoris (q.v.). angina pectoris, S. [Lat.=angina of the breast. The name first given by Dr. Heberden in 1768, and , since then universally adopted as the designation of a very painful disease, called by him also a dis- order of the breast; by some others “spasm of the chest,” or “heart-stroke,” and popularly “breast- pang.” . It is characterized by intense pain in the praecordial region, attended by a feeling of suffoca- tion and a fearful sense of impending death. These symptoms may continue for a few minutes, half an hour, or even an hour or more. During the parox- ysm the pulse is low, with the body cold, and often covered with clammy perspiration. Death does not. often result from the first seizure, but the malady tends to return at more or less remote intervals. generally proving fatal at last. There are several varieties of it: an organic and functional form ; and again a pure or idiopathic and a complex or sympathetic one. have been recognized. Angina is produced by disease of the heart. It specially attacks elderly persons of plethoric habits, men Oftener than women, generally coming on when they are walking, and yet more, if they are running up-stairs or exerting great effort on ascending a hill. Stimulants should be administered during the continuance of a paroxysm; but it requires a radical improvement of the general health to pro- duce a permanent effect on the disorder. ān-gi'-nóse, a. [Lat. anginosus, fem, anginosa.] Pertaining to angina (q.v.). angingse Scarlatina, S. . [Lat. Scarlatina angi- Atosa...] . A variety of Scarlatina, more severe than Scarlatina. simplex, and less dangerous than Scar- latina maligna. [SCARLATINA.] ân-ái-nois,a. [Lat. angemosus; Fr. angineux..] Pertaining to the angina pectoris. “. . . . , the anginous symptoms being either feebly. manifested .”—Cyclo. Pract. Med., vol. i., p. 87. ân-gi-Ö-carp'-i-ans, s, pl. [ANGIOCARPoUs.] Bot.; Mirbel's second class of fruits. The fruit is seated in envelopes not forming part of the calyx. It is opposed to Gymnocarpians (q.v.). ān-gi-6-carp-oiás, a. [Gr. angeion=a vessel, a pail, a receptacle; from angos=a vessel, a jar, and karpos=fruit...] . Bot. : With fruit seated in an envelope not consti- tuting part of the calyx. ān-gi-Ög'-ráph-y, s. [In Fr. angiographie. From Gr. angeion= . . a vessel (of the human body), and graphē = a drawing, a writing, a descrip- tion. X- Anat.: A description of the vessels of the human body, arteries, veins, lymphatics, &c. ān-gi-Ö1'-à-gy, s. [In Fr. angiologie; Sp. & Port. angiologia. From Gr, amgeiom—a vessel, and logos =a discourse.] . tº Amat.: The science which treats of the arteries, veins, and other vessels in the human body. bóil, jówl; cat, böy; póüt, çell, Chorus, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. —tia. -ble, -dle, Il F —tion, -Sious = Shiis. Shan. –tion, -cious, -sion = shin; Zhūn. -tious, -sion = angiomonospermous * ān-gi-ö-mön-ö-spèrm-oiás, a. [Gr. Qungeion=a vessel; monos=alone; and Sperma=seed. Bot.: Producing one seed only, and that not naked, but in a seed-vessel. ān-gi-Öp -têr-ís, s. [Gr. angeion= a vessel; pteris =aTziºd of fern...] A genus of plants belonging to the alliance Filićales (Ferns), and the order Dante- aceae (Danaeworts). The A. erecta is used with a fern of another genus in the South Sea Islands in preparing cocoanut oil. ânº-gi-à-scópe, s. [Gr, amgeion=a vessel, and skoped-to look at, to contemplate.] An instrument designed to be employed in the study of the capillary vessels of an organized body. ān-gi-à-spèrm, s. [Gr, angeion=a vessel, and sperma-seed.] e e Bot. : A plant presenting the characters of Lin- naeus' order Angiospermia (q.v.). ān-gi-à-spèrm -í-a, S. pl. [Gr, amgeiospermos= having the seed in a capsule ; also encºngetosperim- atos, from em. = in, amgeion = vessel, and Sperma = a seed. ; : In the artificial classification of Linnaeus the second order of the class Didynamia. It in- cludes those didynamous plants which have their seeds inclosed in a seed-vessel, as contradistin- guished from those in which they are apparently *naked.” [GYMNospeFM.I.A..] Most of the Scrophu- lariaceae and their immediate allies fall under this Linnaean order. ān-gi-à-spèrm -oiás, a. [ANGIOSPERMIA.] Bot.: Having the seeds inclosed in a pericarp. It is opposed to Gymnospermous (q.v.). [ANGIO- SPERMIA.] ān-gi-Ös'-pôr-oiás, ct. [Gr. angeion=A vessel, and sporos=a seed, a spore; speirº-to, sow. * Bot.; Having the spores inclosed in a hollow shell or bag : e.g., Lycoperdon. ān-gi-Öt –öm—y, s... [In Fr. angiotomie, Sp. & Port. angiotomia. From Gr, amgeion= a vessel Of the body, and tomos=a cut, from temn0=to cut.] Med...: The cutting open of a vein, an artery, Or some other vessel of the body. āfīg'-lar-ite, s. [From Anglar, one of the places where it is found.] A mineral, a massive variety of Vivianite (q.v.). āfi'-gle (1), 8... [A. S. angel, angil, angl H a hook, a fishing-hook; Dan. angel; Dut. hengel.] A fishing- rod, with its attached line and hook. “They take up all of them with the angle, they catch them in their net, and gather them in their drag . . .”- Hab. i. 15. “The patient fisher takes his silent stand, Intent, his angle trembling in his hand: With looks unmov’d he hopes the scaly breed, And eyes the dancing cork and bending reed.” Pope: Windsor Forest, 137-140. angle-rod, s. A fishing-rod. “The second bigness is used for angle-rods . . .”— Bacon; Nat. Hist., Cent. vii., § 656. āfi'-gle, v. i. & t. [From the substantive. In Dan. angle; Dut. hengelen; Ger, angeln.] A. Intransitive : 1. Lit.: To fish with a rod, line, and hook. “The ladies angling in the crystal lake, |Feast on the waters with the prey they take.” Waller. “But angled in the higher pool.” Tennyson: The Miller's Daughter. 2. Fig.: To attempt to gain human hearts by the use of tempting bait of one kind or other. “She knew her distance, and did angle for me, Madding my eagerness with her restraint.” Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, v. 3. tR. Trans.: To attempt to gain, or allure. “If he spake courteously, he angled the people's hearts: if he were silent, he mused upon some dangerous plot.” —Sidney. “I have angled me on with much pleasure to the thatch'd-house; and now I find your words true, That good company makes the way seem short.”—Walton: Compl. Amgler, ch. 1. āfi'-gle (2), s. [In Fr. angle; Sp. & Port. an- gulo; Ital. angolo; from Lat. angulus= an angle, a corner; Gr, angkylos=grooked. {. Wel. Ongle is = an angle. Cognate with A. S. angel, angil–a hook § Asoº No. 1); Teut. amg or emg=a narrow Strip. A. Ordinary Language : The opening between two lines which meet one another; a corner, as of a TOOIſl, “For, where the rock and wall Met in an angle, hung a tiny roof.” Wordsworth. Eaccursion, bk. ii. 190 B. Technically: The inclination of two lines to one another. 1. Geometry: Angles may be ranked under two leading divisions, plane and solid angles. A plgme angle is the inclination of two lines to one another in a plane, which two lines meet together, but are not in the same straight line. [PLANE...] A solid angle is that which is made by the meeting in one point of more than two plane angles, which, how: ever, are not in the same plane. . [SQLID.] Each of the leading divisions, plane and solid angles, may again be subdivided into rectilineal, cwrvili near, and mvived angles. A plane recti- lineal angle is the inclination to each other of two straight lines, which meet together, but are not in the same straight line (Fig. 1). A curvilinear angle is the inclina- tion to each other of two curved lines, which meet in a point (Fig. * 2). A mixed angle is one formed by the meeting of a curve and a straight line (Fig. 3). Angles are measured by arcs (Fig. 4, M, N, P, Q), and it is immaterial with what ra- A A dius the latter are described. The result is generally stated in de- grees, minutes, and seconds, ' '."; thus—36° 14' 23" =36 degrees, 14 min- *: and i. jº. º l62 I) 1. angle is isolated from other angles, º wn "Tºº º it may be named by a single letter, Fig. 2. Fig. 3. as A (Figs. 1 to 4); but when two or more, angles meet at one point they are named by three letters, never by one or two. In such cases the letter at that point is always named in the mid- dle. Thus, in Fig. 5 there are two angles, the first of which may be named indifferently B C A or A C B, but not B A C ; and the second D C A Or A C D, but not C A D. The point at which the lines forming the Fig. 4. angle meet is called the Cºng- º ular point or the vertea of the angle, and the lines themselves the sides or legs of the angle. In Figs. 1, 2 and 3, A is the angular point of the respective angles, the legs or sides being unlet- A tered. In Fig. 5, c is the angular point, and B C, AC, and C D, Or C B, C A, and D C are the sides or legs. Plane rectilineal angles are gener- ally divided into right and obligwe, or into right, obtuse, and acute. When a straight line standing upon another straight line makes the two adjacent angles (those on the right and left of it) equal to one another, oach of them is called a right angle. An oblique angle is one which is not a right angle. . An obtuse angle is that which is greater than one right angle, but less than two. An acute angle is that which is less than a right angle: both are oblique. The angles marked A in Figs. 1 and 4 are acute angles: In Fig. 5, if A C make the adjacent angles A C B and A C D equal to each other, A then each of them is a right angle. In Fig. 6, A G D is an obtuse angle, and A C B an acute angle. YC Analogous terms exist in B D the case of curvilinear Fig. 6 and mixed angles. Thus, 85 s ve in Figs. 2 and 3, A is an acute angle. A spherical angle is one formed by the intersection or the meeting of two great circles of a sphere. . Many other designations are applied to angles; thus, in Geometry there are opposite, eacterior, invterior, alternate, vertical, and other angles, also angles of contact, &c. (See the italicized words.) 2. Mech. : In this science there are angles of direc- tion, of friction, of repose, &c. 3. Optics has angles of incidence, of reflection, of Tefraction, of deviation, of polarization, &c. 4. Astronomy has angles of position, of sitwation, of elevation, inclimation, depression, &c. (For these see the italicized words with which angle is com- bined.) 5. Fortification. Dead angle: An angle so formed that a small plot of ground in front of it can neither be seen nor defended from the parapet. 6. Anatomy: The angle of the jaw is the point at which the vertical hinder edge of the ramus descending from the condyle, meets the horizontal inferior border. "I Facial angle. angle-bar, S. Joinery: A vertical bar at one of the angles of a polygonally-shaped window. angle-bead; S. . A bead of wood or other material affixed vertically to the exterior, angle of a room, or similar erection, and placed in the same plane with the plaster. It is called also staff-bead. A Fig. 1. i \f B C D Fig. 5. [FACIAL.] anglesite . angle-brace, angle-tie, s. Carpentry: A piece of timber affixed to two adja- cent sides of a quadrangular frame, so as to make, Angle-brace. with the angle to which it is opposite, a right-angled triangle. If the Wood join the two opposite angles Of ; rectangle, then it is called the diagonal brace OI’l 262. angle-bracket, s. A bracket placed at the point where two straight lines containing, an angle meet, but not at right angles to either of those sides. angle-Capital, S. Architecture: A. term used in describing Ionic capitals. It signifies, such a capital on the flank column of a portigo, having the volutes placed at an angle of 45° with the plane of the front and re- turning friezes. angle-float, S. Plastering : A float made to any internal angle of a room. ſIFLOAT. angle-iron, S. Plates of iron, angular in form, used for the edges of any structure. angle-meter, S. An instrument for measuring angles. angle-modillion, S. angle-rafter, s. Architecture: A rafter placed along the angle of a hipped roof. angle-shades, S. . A fine British moth, Phlogo- phora meticulosſº, the generic name, which means bearing flame, alluding to the shape of the mark- ings on the anterior wings. The insect has long, slender ciliated antennae, the abdomen tufted, and the wings dentate, The upper wings are pale rosy white, clouded with olive brown, each with a large triangular purplish mark in the center, and beyond it a, white band. The hinder wings are whitish, with a dusky central crescent, and two or three faint transverse-waved dusky lines. The expansion of the wings is nearly two inches. The caterpillar is green, with a row of oblong white spots on the back, and a continuous white line on each side. It feeds on culinary vegetables and various field plants. angle-staff, s. A vertical head of wood or other material affixed to the exterior angle of a building, in line with the plaster. angle-tie, s. [ANGLE-BRACE.] āfi'-gled, a. [Eng, angle (2); -ed.] Furnished with angles. “. . . fifty-angled custards.” B. Jomson: Masques, Nept. Triumph. “The thrice three-angled beech-nut shell.” * * * * * * Bp. Hall: Sat. iii. 1. āh-gle-mê'-têr, S. . [Lat. angulus, and Gr. metron=a measure. An instrument used by geolo: gists to measure the dip of strata, the angle of joint-planes, &c. ãňg'–1ér, 8. ſºns. angle; -er. In Ger. angler; Dut. hengelactºr. i Gen. One who angles; one who fishes with a TOC1. 2. Spec, ; A fish called also sea-devil, Frog, or Frog- fish; and in Scotland, Wide-gab, signifying wide mouth. . It is the Lophius, piscatorius of Linnaeus, and is placed under the order Acanthopterygii, and the family which has the pectoral fins feet-like. It has an enormous head, on which are placed two elongated appendages or filaments, the first of them broad and flattened at the end. These, being movable, are maneuvered as if they were bait; and when small fishes approach to examine them, the angler, hidden amid mud and sand, which it has stirred up by means of its pectoral and ventral fins, seizes them at once; hence its name. It occurs along the British coasts, and is three, or, occasion- ally, five feet long. ãňg'-lès-ite, s. ... [Named from the isle of An; glesea, in which it was first found..] A mineral classed by Dana under the Celestite group of Anhydrous Sulphates, Chromates, and Tellurates; Anglesite has been called also “Lead mineralized [MODILLION.] fate, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, , hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pôt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. Anglic by vitriolic acid and iron,” “Lead Vitriol,” and “Sulphate of Lead.” It is orthorhombic. The hardness is 275-3; the sp. gr. 6'12 to 6'39. The luster is resinous, vitreous, or adamantine; the color white, tinged with yellow, gray, green, or blue. Anglesite varies from transparent to opaque. It is very brittle. The composition is sulphuric acid, 26'4; oxide of lead, 73°6=100. In addition to Anglesea, it is found in Cornwall, Derbyshire, Cum- berland, in Scotland at Leadhills, in Australia, in America, and elsewhere. A variety of it is called Sardinian (q.v.). Cupreous anglesite: A mineral, the same as LIN- ARITE (q.v.). tRig-lig, Añg"-li-can, G. & 8, [In Dut. Angli- catamsch Ger. Amglicamer (s.); Fr. Anglican ; Sp., Port. & Ital. Anglicano; Lat. Anglicamus. From Anglia, a Latin name of Britain, which at a yet un- ascertained date superseded that of Britannia, which had been formerly employed. The Lat. Anglia is from A. S. or O. S. Anglem, now Angelm, a district in the southeast of Schleswig, extending from the river Schlei, in the south, to the Fleus- burg Hills on the north, with an area of about 330 square miles, and a population at present amount- ing to about 50,000. Angelm, comes from A. S. ange, enge=narrow.] A. As adjective : 1. Pertaining to England; English. “. . . the sober principles and old establishment of the Anglican church.”—Fell: Life of Hammond, $1. 2. Pertaining to one holding the religious views described under B., 1 or 2. Spec., pertaining to one holding high church views or to high churchism. B. As substantive : 1. In the siacteenth century: One who held Roman Catholic doctrine, but preferred the rule of the English king or parliament to that of the Papacy. “Secondly” [the reference is to A. D. 1539], “there were the Anglicans, strictly orthodox in the speculative system of the faith, content to separate from Rome, but only that they might bear Italian fruit more profusely and luxuriantly when rooted in their own soil.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., pt. i., vol. iii., ch. xvi. 2. Now : (a) A member of the Church of England belong- ing to the High Church party. (b) An English churchman, whether high, low, or broad. “The old persecutors, whether Pagan or Christian, whether Arian or Orthodox, whether Catholics, Angli- cams, or Calvanists, actually were, or at least they had the decorum to pretend to be, strong Dogmatists.”—Burke: I,etter” to R. Burke. Åfig-li-can-ism, s. [Eng. Anglican; -ism. In Fr. Anglicamisme.] 1: The Anglican system of doctrine or adherence it. 2. Admiration of England leading to efforts to Copy its institutions. Åfig"-li-gé, adv. [Lat.] 1. In English. (Used of language or idiom.) 2. After the manner of the English. (Used of manners or customs.) * This word is frequently written thus: Anglice. Åfig"-li-gi-fy, w. t. [Anglici, genit. sing. Of nomin. pl. of Lat. Anglicus; suff. -fy, from facio= to make.] To make English ; to Anglicize. Añg'—lí-gism, s. [In Ger. Anglicism; Fr. angli- cisme; Port. & Ital, Anglicismo.] The English idiom, such as our countrymen are almost sure to introduce when they attempt to speak or write an ancient classic or a modern Continental tongue. “They corrupt their style with untutored Anglicisms.” —Milton. Añg’-li-Qize, v. t. [Eng. Anglic; -ize. In Ger. Englicisiren...] To make English; to assimilate to the English language in idiom, or to the English people in pronunciation, manners, customs, or sym- pathy. “He [the letter UJ pleaded, that the same place and powers, which Y had in the Greek language, he stood fully entitled to in the English; and that therefore of right he ought to be possessed of the place of Y even in all Greek words Anglicized, as system, hypocrite, &c.”— Edwards: Can. Crit., p. 275. “The glaring affectation of Anglicizing Latin words.” —Warton: Hist. Eng. Poetry, ii. 282. Añg-li-Qized, pa. par. & a. [ANGLICIZE.] Añg-li-Qi'-zing, pr. par. [ANGLICIZE.] Añg"-li-ciis sil'-dór, . s... [Lat.=the English sweat; the English perspiration.] .. tº Med...: A term applied to the sweating sickness of the Middle Ages. "[Sweatin G SICKNESS.] Åfig-li-fic-ā'-tion, s. . [Lat. Anglus=English; facio= to make.] The act or process of rendering English. * * 191 Äng-li-fy, v. t. [Lat. Anglus=En lish; fy, from Lat. facio=to make.] To make English. It is used (1) of people who, born in another country than England, yet settle here, or copy English manners, or approximate more or less to a correct English pronunciation. It may be also employed of a place thronged by English, or modified in the direction of English manners by an influx of tourists or settlers from this country. “. indeed, I should think that Calais or Boulogne was much more Anglified.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xxi. (2) Of an English, idiom occurring in speech or composition in another language. Åfig-li-fy-iñg, pr. par. [ANGLIFY.] ãňg"-lińg, pr. par., a. & 8. IANGLE, v.] A. As present participle : In Senses corresponding to those of the verb. B. As adjective: 1. Fishing with an angle. & 2. Designed to be used in fishing. C. As substantive: Fishing with a rod and tackle. This may be done at the bottom of the water, mid- way between the bottom, and the surface, or with the fly on the surface itself. “Then did Deucalion first the art invent Of angling.”—Davors: Secrets of Angling, b. i. angling-rod, s. A fishing-rod. Åfig-lize, v. t. [ANGLICIZE.] Ää'-glö. In compos. =English, but properly im- plying that the word combined with it is the more emphatic, one, though this rule is not always ob- served. Among the numerous compounds which it forms are the following: Anglo-American, a. & s. A. As adj. : Pertaining to an American, whose more or less remote ancestors were English. B. As subst.: An American more or less remotely of English descent. Anglo-Catholic, a, & s. A. As adj. : Regarded as being at once English and Catholic. B. As substantive: 1. In the sixteenth century: An Englishman who, though a Roman Catholic, leaned more to his coun- try than to the Papacy. “ . ... and the Anglo-Catholics did not intend to re- peat the blunder of showing a leaning toward the Ro- manists.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xvii., vol. iii., p. 517. 2. Now: A member of the English Church who contends for its Catholic character. Anglo-Catholic Church: Any church modeled on the English Reformation. (Hook.) Anglo-Danish, q: , Pertaining at once to the Danes and the English. “His excellent and large collection of Anglo-Saxon and Anglo-Danish coins.”— Wottom: View of Hickes' Thesau- 7°us, p. 82. Anglo-German Germans and the “. . if the Anglo-German league assumed an organ- ized form.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., pt. i., vol. iii., ch. xvii. Anglo-Imperial, a, , Pertaining at once to an empire (not the British one), and to England or the English. “. . would put a final end to Anglo-Imperial tri- fling.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., pt. i., vol. iii., ch. xvii. Anglo-Indian, a. & s. A. As adj. : Pertaining at once to India and to England. “Every Anglo-Indian official July 19, 1878. , B. As subst: ; A native of England or of the Brit- ish isles resident in India. “There is no doubt of its permanent popularity among Anglo-Indians.”—Times of India, July 19, 1878. Anglo-Irish, a. & S. A. As adj. : Pertaining at once to the Irish and the English, or to one who has relations with both. B. As subst. : A settler, in Ireland, who was of English origin, and, unlike the native Irish, was regarded as within the Baie.” • The Anglo-Irish of the Pale and the Celts of the prov- a...Pertaining at once to the 'English. .”—Times of India, 'inces.”—Frowde: Hist, Eng., pt. i., ch. xviii., vol. iv. Åfi-glö-mā'-ni-a, 8. . [In Fr, anglomanie ; Port. anglomania.] A passion on the part of a person belonging to another country to imitate whatever is English. Anglo-mania. [ANGLO-MANIA.] Anglo-Norman, a. & s. A. As adj. : Pertaining to the Anglo-Normans. & ſº unable to encounter the shock of the Anglo- Angostura, - a. . B. As substantive: A Norman, and yet an Eng- lishman... (Used specially of the Normans who came to England with William the Conqueror, and, not returning to the Continent, became, and still are, an important element in the composite Eng- lish nation.) Anglo-Saxon, a. & S. A. As adjective: 1. Pertaining to the Anglo-Saxons. “. . . Anglo-Saacom monasteries.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. 2. Pertaining to the Anglo-Saxon tongue. “It is estimated that in English there are about 38,000 words. Of these, 23,000, or more than five-eighths, are of Anglo-Saaron origin.”—Bosworth: Anglo-Saacon and Eng. Dict. (pref.). * B. As substantive: 1. One of the Anglo-Saxon race—that is, of the mingled Anglo-Saxons, and other Teutonic tribes from whom the English, the Lowland, Scotch, a great proportion of the present inhabitants of Ulster, and the mass of the population in the United States and various British colonies sprung. “Thus it appears that one Jute, three Saxon, and four Angle, altogether eight kingdoms, were established in Britain by the year 586, and that the Angles and Saxons bore the leading and chief part in the expeditions; they, therefore, when settled in this country, were collectively called Anglo-Saacoms.”—Bosworth: Anglo-Saacon cºnd Eng. Dict. (pref.). 2. The language originally spoken by the race or races mentioned under No. 1. “Anglo-Saxon, that is Angle, Engle, or English Saxon, is the language of the Platt, Low, Flat, or North part of Germany, brought into this country by the Jutes, the Angles, and Saxons, and modified and written in Eng- land. Those who remained in their old locality on the Continent had the name of Old Saxons, and their lan- guage Old Saxon; but those settled in Britain were prop- erly designed Anglo-Saacoms, and their language, perfected and written in England, was called Anglo-Saacom.”—Bos- worth: Anglo-Saacon and Eng. Dict. (pref.). * The Anglo-Saxon tongue did not pass directly into the English. The Norman conquest, as was in- evitable, introduced a new element into the lan- guage, and produced temporary confusion. When this began to pass away, and it became evident that the tongue of the conquered rather than that of the conquerors was destined ultimately, to prevail, it was not the old Anglo-Saxon pure and simple which remained. There game in place of it various dia- lects, specially a Midland, a Northern, and a South- ern One. It was a mixed dialect, mainly Midland, but also slightly Southern, which with Chaucer, in the fourteenth century, became the standard lan- guage; and at last, by a series of insensible changes, hºped into the modern English tongue. [ENG- LISH. . Anglo-Saxonism, s. [A word or idiom belong- ing to or borrowed from the Anglo-Saxon tongue. Anglo-Turkish, a. Pertaining to or formed be- tween England and Turkey; as, “the Amglo-Turkish Convention.” ãňg'-à-bêr, s. A kind of pear. An-gö -la, s, [The native name of a country on the west coast of Africa, between lat. 8° 20' and 9° 20' S.] Angola-cloth, s. A light fabric made from the wool of the Angora-goat. . Angola-pea, s. A papilionaceous plant, belong- ing to the genus Cajanus (q. v.). It is called also JPigeon Pea, Angola-seeds, S. pl. , Small red seeds of the wild liquorice, used for beads, &c. ãň'-gón, S. . [In Fr. angon.] A barbed spear used by the Anglo-Saxons, the Franks, and many other Teutonic nations. ãňg'—or, s. . [Lat.=(1) a compression of the neck, suffocation, the quinsy ; (2) anguish, torment, vex- ation ; from ango=to suffocate, to strangle.] * 1. Pain. “If the patient be surprised with a lipothymous angor, and great oppress about the stomach, expect no relief from cordials.”—Harvey. 2. Anxiety and constriction in the precordial region. (Mayne.) *Angor pectoris. [Lat. = intense pain in the breast.] The name used by Franche, in 1813, for the disease called Amgina pectoris. [ANGINA.] An-gór'—a, s. [The name of a vilayet in Asiatic ºrkey. A stuff made from the wool of the Angora- goat. Angora-goat, s. ... A goat reared in the vilayet of Angora, famed for its wool. Ån-gös-tūr-a, Án-gūs-tūr'—a, s. [The old name of a city in Venezuela, in South America, now called Ciudad-Bolivard.] Angostura bark: A bark, very valuable as a feb- Åñg-li-fied, pa, par. & a. [ANGLIFY.] Norman cavalry.”—Scott. The Norman Horse-Shoe. rifuge, in possession of the Capuchin friars belong- bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. angosturin ing to the missions on the river Carony, in South, America. It is a rutaceous plant of the genus Gal- ipea, but whether it is the G. cwsparia (Bomplandia. trifoliata), or the G. officinalis, has not yet, been completely determined. (Lindley: Veg. Kingd., p. 471.), In, Loudon's Encyclopaedia of Plants it is said to be the Cwsparia febrifuga. ān-gös—tür'—in, s. A principle extracted from the Angostura bark. ãňg'-red (red as érd), pa. par. [ANGERED.] ãňg'-ri—ly, adv. [Eng. angry; -ly.] In an angry manner; under the influence of anger. “Let me not angrily declare No pain was ever sharp like mine.” Cowper: Olney Hymns, xliii., Prayer for Patience. ãňg'-ry, *ān-gré, a. [From Eng. anger; -y.] A. Ordinary Language: *I. Of things imanimate: Bitter. “The clay that clenges ther-by arn corsyes strong, As alum and alkaran, that angré arn bothe.” Alliterative Poems: Cleanness (ed. Morris), 1,034-5. II. Of the body: Inflamed, painful. (Used of a wound or sore.) III. Of the mind or heart. 1. Temporarily under, the emotion of anger. (a) Followed generally by with of the person regarded with anger. “. . . Now therefore be not grieved nor angry with yourselves that ye sold me hither.”—Gen. xlv. 5. (b) *Formerly it was occasionally followed by at of the person. “. . . are ye angry at me because I have made a man every whit whole on the Sabbath day?”—John vii. 23. (c) Followed by at or for of the thing exciting anger. “. . . wherefore should God be angry at thy voice ... ?”—Eccles. v. 6. “. . . . wherefore then be ye angry for this matter?”— 2 Sam. xix. 42. T. It may be used of the inferior animals; and (with the inappropriateness of all human language employed of the Divine Being) of God. # “An angry Waspe th' one in a viall had.” Spense”: F. Q., III. xii. 18. “And the Lord was angry with Solomon, because his heart was turned from the Lord God of Israel, which had appeared unto him twice.”–1 Kings xi. 9. 2. Habitually under the dominion of anger. “It is better to dwell in the wilderness than with a con- tentious and an angry woman.”—Prov. xxi. 19 3. Exhibiting the marks of anger, proceeding from anger, Sounding angrily. “The north wind driveth away rain ; so doth an angry countenance a backbiting tongue.”—Prov. xxv. 23. "I Sometimes the term angry is applied to a whole group of passions, in place of a single emotion or its manifestations. “He had always been more than sufficiently prone to the angry passions.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. 4. Fig.: Of such a character, that if it proceeded from a being capable of emotion, it would be re- garded as a manifestation of anger. “So that wildest of waves in their angriest mood, Scarce break on the bounds of the land for a rood.” Byron: The Siege of Corinth, ver. 16. B, Technically: Hist.: Angry boys was the designation assumed by gangs of uproarious youths, who rendered the Lion- don streets unsafe during the Elizabethan age, like the Mohawks of a subsequent time. (See Nares! Gloss.: Boys.) “Get thee another nose, that will be pull'd Off, by the angry boys, for thy conversion.” Beaumont tº Fletcher: Scornf. Lady, iv. 1. ãňg-sag"-na, āfīg-sa'—va, s. [Name given in some Indian, languages.]. A red, gum, resembling that called dragon's blood. It is brought from the East Indies. âng"—u, s. [West Indian name.] Bread made from the Cassada (Jatropha manihot), a Euphor- biaceous plant growing in the West Indies. Añ'-guí-fér, s. [Lat. anguifer; from anguis=a Snake, and fero=to bear.] Astron.: Another name for the northern constel- lation Ophiuchus, which has been called also Ser- pentarius. ān-guí1'-la, s. . [Lat.= an eel. In Fr. anguille; Sp. angwila, Ital. anguilla..] A genus of fishes of the order Apodal Malacopterygii, and the family Muraenidae (Eels). ān-guil"-li-form, a. and forma = form, shape.] Eel-shaped. Johnsom.) ān-guil-li-form'-eş, S. pl. [From Lat. angwis= a snake, and forma-form.]. According to Cuvier, the only family of fishes included under the order Malacopterygii Apodes. It is now more commonly [Lat. angwilla = an eel; (Todd's 192 - ān-guil-lu-la, s. [Dimin, of Lat, angwilla-an eel.] The typical genus of the family Anguillulidae (q. v.). The “eels” in vinegar are A. aceti ; the similar animals in blighted wheat, A. tritici; and those in sour paste, A. glwtimosus. ān-guil-lil'-li-dae, S. pl. [From the typical genus Anguillula.] 200l. : A family of annulose animals belonging to the class Nematelmia, and the order Nematoidea. It consists of non-parasitic nematoid worms, and nearly corresponds to Dujardin's family of En- oplidae. Typical genus, Anguillula (q.v.). ān-guín-ār-i-a, S. pl. [From Lat, amgwinews= E.; to a snake..] A genus of Zoophytes elonging to the family Eucratidae. ânº-guine, a. . [Lat. angwimws, from anguis=a snake..] Pertaining to the genus Anguis, or to snakes in general. & Angwine Lizard (Chamaesawra angwina) : A lizard with four rudimentary feet. It is very snake-like. It inhabits the Cape of Good Hope. ān-gui'-né—al, a. [Lat. anguineus.] Pertaining to a snake, Snaky; resembling a snake. ān-guin-i-dae, s. pl. A family of serpent-like lizards. Typical genus, Anguis. It is sometimes reduced to a sub-family, Anguininae, or made alto- gether to disappear in the family Scincide. ān-guin-jº-nae, S. pl. [ANGUINIDAE.] ân'-guís, S. [Lat. anguis=a snake..] A genus of lizards of the family Scincidae. It contains the Am- gwis fragilis, or Slow-worm, which is so snake-like rom its being entirely destitute of limbs, that until lately it was ranked with the Ophidians. Though called the Blind-worm, it is not blind, but has per- fectly visible, though small eyes. The popular belief that it is venomous is quite erroneous. ãň'-guish, *āń-guygh, s. [A. S. ange=vexation, trouble, sorrow, affliction, anguish; ange=vexed, troubled, sorrowful, troublesome, vexatious; amg- swm-difficult, narrow. In Sw. Čingslän, angest; Dan. angest, omgste; Dut. & Ger. angst, amgoisse; Sp. amsia, angwstia ; Port. angustia, Ital, amgoscia, angosciamento-anguish, vexation; angwstia=dis- tress, scarcity. From Lat. amgustia=a strait, a defile, generally in the plur., angustice=straits; angwstºws= narrow ; amgo=to press tight. (ANGER.) Properly, such present fear and anxiety for the immediate future as arise when one has got squeezed into too narrow a place and cannot extri- cate himself.] 1. Excessive pain or distress. (a) Excessive pain of body. “. . . the anguish as of her that bringeth forth her first child . .”—Jer. iv. (b) Excessive distress of mind. “For when thacces of angwych watzh hid in my sawle,” All iterative Poems; Patience (ed. Morris), 325. “. . . we saw the anguish of his soul when he be- sought us, and we would not hear.”—Gen. xlii, 21. 2. The expression in the countenance of intense bodily pain or mental distress. “She spoke: and, furious, with distracted pace, Fears in her heart and angwish in her face, Flies through the dome (the maids her steps pursue), And mounts the walls.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xxii., 592-595. 3. Anything fitted to excite intense bodily pain or mental distress. “Seeing myself engaged, yea, and engulfed in so many anguishes and perplexities.”—Trams. of Boccalini (1626), p. 37. *āń'-guish, v. t. . [From the substantive.] To in- flict anguish; to inflict excessive bodily pain or mental distress. “Socrates was seen and observed to be much angwished, grieved, and perplexed; still seeming to feel some grief of mind.”–Trams. of Boccalini (1626), p. 108. āh'-guished, pct, par. & a. [ANGUISH, v.] “A strong emotion shakes my anguish’d breast.” Pope: Homen’s Odyssey, bk. xix., 442. ãňg'-u-lar, a. [In Fr. angulaire; Sp. & Port. amgular: Ital. angolare. From Lat. angwlaris– having angles or corners; angulus=a corner, an angle.] & * A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Lit.: Having angles or corners, cornered; so shaped as that the sides are united to each other by angles; containing an angle ; aiding to constitute an angle; situated at the point where an angle is formed. - “As for the figure of crystal, it is for the most part hex- agonal or six-cornered, being built upon a confused mat- ter, from whence, as it were from a root, angular figures arise, even as in the amethyst and basaltes.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. 2. Fig. Of persons: Too little disposed to make concessions to others, and therefore exciting or tending to excite opposition to itself which a more conciliatory course of conduct would have pre- angulate B. Technically. I. Matthematics: 1. The angular point in an angle is that at which the two lines inclined to each other meet. Used also in natural philosophy and other sciences. “The distance of the edges of the knives from one an- other, at the distance of four inches from the angular point where the edges of the knives meet, was the eighth. part of an inch.”—Newton: Optics. 2. Angular section is the section or division of an angle into any number of equal parts. Angular sections: The branch of mathematical analysis which investigates the properties of circu- lar functions. II. Mechanics: 1. Amgular motion is the motion of any body around a fixed point, whether it revolves like a planet or vibrates backward or forward like a pendulum. Angle of angwlar motion or Angle of rotation : The angle made by the two directions before and after the turning of a line perpendicular to an axis. (See III. 1.) 2. Angular velocity is the absolute velocity of a body moving round a fixed axis at a certain unit. of distance. (See III. 2.) III. Astronomy: 1. Angwlar intervals : Arcs of the equator inter- cepted between circles of declination passing through the heavenly bodies observed. 2. Amgular motion: (a) Amgwlar motiom of the sum is a calculated movement of the luminary through space, which in 1783 made Sir William Herschel propound the hypothesis that the luminary was in progress toward the star Lambda Herculis. (b) The angular motion of the stars is a minute deviation from their relative places of several “fixed ” stars, as the two stars of 61 Cygni, Epsi- lom. Indi, Mw Cassiopeiae, and many others. (Her- schel : Astrom., §§ 852-4.) 3. Amgwlar velocity. The angular velocity of the Swn's apparent motion is in the inverse proportion of the square of the distance: thus, to compare the daily motion of the sun in longitude at one point, A, of its path, and at another B, the formula used is: The square of the line connecting the earth. and sun, when the latter is at B, is to the square of that connecting them when he is at A, as the daily motion at A is to the daily motion at B. (Herschel : Astron., § 350.) * The expression is used in a similar sense of the planets. IV. Perspective : A kind of perspective in which. the two sides of the leading object represented are not parallel to the plane of the picture, and in which, therefore, the Horizontal lines are so drawn as to meet each other at a vanishing point. It is called also obliqwe perspective. V. Amatomy: 1. Angular Artery : The terminal part of the facial artery, which inosculates at the inner side of the orbit with a terminal branch of the ophthal- mic artery. 2. Angular vein: The vein formed by the junction of the supra-orbital and frontal veins. It is per- ceptible beneath the skin, as it runs obliquely downward, near the inner margin of the orbit, resting against the side of the nose at its root. VI. Botany: 1. Qf the general form: , Having projecting lon- gitudinal angles. (Sometimes the terms “acute angled” and “obtuse angled” are used.) 2. Spec. Of the margin of a leaf or other organ: Having several salient angles on the margin, as the leaf of Datura stramvonium. (Lindley.) ... àfig-u-lär'-i-ty, s. [From Lat. cungularis=hav- ing angles.] The quality of being angular, i.e., having corners. “Squareness; also an abounding in nooks and corners.” “What body ever yet could figure show Perfectly perfect, as rotundity Exactly round, or blameless angularity?” More: Song of the Soul, III. ii. 38. ãňg-u-lar-ly, adv. [Eng. angular: -ly.] In an angular manner; with angles, with corners. “. . . a labyrinthean face, now angularly, now cir- cularly, every way aspected.”—B. Jomson: Cumthia’s Revels. “Another part of the same solution afforded us an ice amgularly figured.”—Boyle. tääg'-u-lar-nēss, s. [Eng. angular; -ness.] The quality of being angular; angularity. ãňg"—u—late, áng-u-lā'-têd, a. [Lat. angulatus, from angulo-to make angular, angwlw8= an angle.} Angular; having angles. “Topazes, amethysts, or emeralds, which grow in the fissures, are ordinarily crystallized, or shot into angulated figures; whereas in the strata, they are found in rude lumps like yellow, purple, and green pebbles.”—Wood- called Muraenidae. vented from arising. ward. fäte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, here, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu. = kw. angulo ăiig'-u-ló, in compos. Having an angle. angulo-dentate, a. Bot.: Angular and toothed, angularly toothed. fääg-u-löm'—ét-ér, s. [Lat. angulus=an angle, and Gr. metrom = measure.] An instrument for measuring angles. The more common term is ANGLEMETER, and in the case of crystals, in miner- alogy, GONIOMETER is employed. ääg-u-lös'-i-ty, s. . [From Lat, angulosus=full of corners..] Nearly the same as angularity; but perhaps, as its etymology suggests, a stronger word. *āńg"—u—loiás, a. [In Fr. angwlewa:..] Angular, hooked. “Nor can it be a difference, that the parts of solid bodies are held together by hooks and angulous involu- tions, since the coherence of the parts of these will be of as difficult a conception.”—Glanville. *āń-gúst', a. [In Ital, angusto; Lat. angustus, from ango=to press tightly..] Narrow, straight, contracted. ãň-güs'—tate, a. [Lat. angustatus, pa. par. of angwsto- to make narrow.] Botany, déc. : Narrow at the base, but dilated above. ãň-gūs-tä'—tion, s... [From Lat. angustus=nar- row.] The act of making narrow, the state of being made narrow ; straitening. “The cause may be referred either to the grumousness of the blood, or to obstruction of the vein somewhere in its passage, by some cºngwstation upon it by part of the tumor.”— Wiseman. ãň-gūs'-ti-clave, a. [In Fr. angusticlave; Lat. angusticlavius, from angustus=narrow, and clavus =a nail, . . . a purple stripe on the tunic.] In old Rome: Wearing a narrow purple stripe on the tunic. This was done by the Equites, and by the plebeian tribunes, while the senators had a broad purple stripe. ãň-güs-tí-fö'–1í–āte, áñ-gúst-ī-fö'–lí-oiás, a. [From Lat. angustus=narrow, and foliwm=a leaf.] Bot. : Having the leaves narrow. Ån-gūs-tūr-a, s. [ANGosTURA.] *ān'-háñg, v. t. [A. S. hangian-to hang.] To hang up ; to hang. “The remenaunt were an hanged, more and lesse, That were consented to this cursednesse.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,690, 13,691. *ān'-hââged, pa. par. [ANHANG.] ān-har-mön-ic, a. [In Fr. anharmonique; Gr. am, priv., and harmonios= producing harmony.] Not harmonic. [HARMONIC.] anharmonic ratio or proportion, s. Geom. : The term used by Prof. Chasles, when four points, a, b, c, d, being in a straight line, the ratio a c. b e. Or when A, B, C, D, a d b d meeting in the same point, or proportion is sin. (A : C) . sin. (B: C) sin. (A :D) sin. (B: D)' ºsted (Chasles: Géométrie Supérieure, 1852, D., XIX. ān-hé'ale, v. i. [Lat. anhelo.] To pant. ân-hé-lā'—tion, s. [Lat. anhelatio-difficulty of breathing, panting, from anhelor=to pant: halo- (1) to breathe, (2) to exhale.] The act of panting; #. state of being short of breath, difficult respira- IOIle “Those unknown tendencies and anhelations of divine souls after the adorable object of their love.”—Glanville: Sermons (1681), p. 813. ān-hé–1ö'se, a. [In Sw. aandelos. From Lat. (tnhelus- (1) panting ; (2) causing shortness of breath..] Out of breath, panting. ăn'—him—a, s. [Brazilian name.] The name of a bird, the Horned Screamer (Palamedea cornuta, Linn.). It is a wading bird, and the type of the The Anhima (Palamedea Cornuta). family Palamedeidae of Mr. G. R. Gray. It is black- ish, with a red spot on the shoulder. The top of the head bears a long, horny, slender, and mobile stem, 193 and the wing is armed with two triangular spurs. It lives in the marshy parts of South America, and has a powerful voice, heard at a great distance. The sexes manifest much fidelity to each other. It is sometimes called “the horned screamer,” or “the kamachi.” fan-hifi -gry, adj. . (Shakesp.: Coriolanus, i. 1 l ºn-hy, adv. [Old Eng. an=on; hy=high..] On llg D. [AHUNGRY. J Hungry. “. . . besechith God am-high.” Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 2,704. ān-hy-dride, s. [From Gr. anydria=want of water; amydros= wanting water; am, priv., and hydor=water.] An anhydride or an anhydrous acid is a chemical substance formed by the substitution of an acid radical for the whole of the hydrogen in one or two molecules of water. (Graham : Chem., 2d ed., vol. ii.,542.) . By the action of water they are converted into acids. Anhydrides do not act on lit- mus or other vegetable colors. ān-hy'-drite, s. [In Ger. anhydrit; Gr. anydros =without water; referring to the fact that it con- tains no water of crystallization.] Mim. : A mineral classed by Dana under his Celes- tite group. Its crystals are orthorhombic. The hardness is 3–3'5; the sp. gr. 2'899–2°985; the luster vitreous, or somewhat pearly ; the color white, or brick-red. Composition: Sulphuric acid, 55'80 to 59-78; lime, 40-21 to 43°06, with smaller portions of silica, sesquioxide of iron, and water. It is altered, by the absorption of moisture, into gypsum. It is divided by Dana into War. 1: Ördinary. § Crys- tallized ; (b) Fibrous; (c) Fine granular; (d) Scaly granular, under which is ranked Vulpinite (q.v.). War. 2. Pseudomorphous. It occurs in various parts of Europe and in North America. ān-hy'-droiás, a. [In Ger. anhyder. From Gr. amydros=without water; a, priv., and hydór= water.] & g e 1. Chem. : Having no water in its composition as anhydrous gypsum, gypsum with no water in its COmposition. “. . . . thus the anhydrows sulphuric acid does not redden litmus.”—Graham: Chemistry, vol. ii., p. 188. 2. Min. : Dana divides the minerals classed as compounds of Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine into § Anhydrous Chlorids, (2) Hydrous Chlorids, and (3) Oxychlorids. (Dana : Min., 5th ed., p. 110.) He separates Fluorine Compounds into Anhydrous and Hydrous (Ibid., p. 123), and adopts the same classification of the Oxyds: 1st (Ibid., 131); the Sil- icates (Ibid., 203); the Phosphates, Arsenates, Anti- monates (Ibid., 527); the Sulphates, Chromates, Tel- lurates (Ibid., 613), and the Carbonates (Ibid., 669). *ān-i, a. [ANY.] a'-ni, S. [South American name (?).] The name given to the birds belonging to the genus Cro- tophaga, and indeed to those ranked under the sub- family Crotophaginae, a division of the Cuculidae, or Cuckoos. The typical anis—those of the genus Crotophaga—are found in South America, the West Indies and Florida. They are about the size of our blackbird. *ān'-ie, a. [ANY.Y *ān-i-Ént"e, a. [Fr. anáantir=to annihilate; from &=to, and néant=nothing, nought.] To bring § nºt to frustrate. The same as ANIENTISSE CI. V.). *ān-i-én'-tisse, v. f. [F r, anéantissement=anni- hilation; anéantir=to annihilate.] To reduce to nothing; to annihilate. . . . . the which three things ye ne han not aniem- tissed or destroyed.”—Chaucer: Melibeus. *ān-i-èn'-tissed, pa. par. [ANIENTIssE.] ia-night (gh silent), adv. [Eng. a =on, at, and night.] At night, during the night. “I broke my sword upon a stone, and bid him take that for coming an ight to Jane Smile.”—Shakesp.: As You Like It, ii. 4. +3-nights (gh silent), cadv. [Eng. a =on, at ; mights, pl. of might.] Night after night. “Sir Toby, you must come in earlier amights; my lady takes great exceptions at your ill hours.”—Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, i. 3. “The turnkey now his flock returning sees, Duly let out an ights to steal for fees ''' Swift: Description of Morming. ān-ig-ö-zánth'-5s, 8...[Gr. &mischö, the same as anechó-to hold up, to lift up ; and anthos=flower.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Haemodo- raceae (Blood-roots). They are curious, Australian plants, with yellow or green flowers. The roots of the A. floridus, though acrid when, raw, become mild and nutrious when, cooked, and are used for food by the natives of the Swan river. (Lindley: Veg. Kłºgd., 1847, p. 152.) { { animable an'-il, s. [In Ger., Fr., Port. & Sp. amil-indigo; Arab. milon; Mahratta and some other. Indian languages nila-dark blue; as Nilgherry Hills= the Blue Hills.] The Indigo plant. ăn'-ile, a. [Lat. anilis.] Old-womanish. fān-i le-nēss, s. [Eng. anile; suffix -mess.] Anility. ân-il'—ic, a. to anil (q.v.). anilic acid, s. - Chem. : Indigotic acid = nitrosalicylic acid. C7H5NQ5=CH3(NO2)O3. Obtained by the action of boiling nitric acid and water on indigo, or, on salicylic acid. It crystallizes in light yellow needles, soluble in hot water and alcohol. ān-il'—ine, s... [from anil (q. v.)] =amidoant- benzene=amido-benzol=phenyl-amine= C6H5 \' C6H7N = ( ) {N-chº. H H Chem. ; Aniline was first obtained by distilling in- digo with caustic potash. It occurs in the heavy oils from coal-tar. It is prepared from benzene, C6H6, which is converted into nitro-benzene, C6H5- (NO2)", by the action of strong nitrig acid. º, nitrobenzene is reduced to aniline by the action of acetic acid and iron filings, or by sulphide of am monium. Aniline is the basis of most of the coal- tar colors. It is an oily, colorless, refractive, vola- tile liquid, boiling at 182°. Its sp. gr. at 0° is 1.036. It solidifies at-8° to a crystalline mass; when expose-l to the air and light it becomes brown. It is nearly insoluble in water, but dissolves in ether, alcohºl. and benzene. It forms crystalline salts with acids. It does not turn red litmus paper blue. A slight trace of aniline gives a deep purple color with a solution of bleaching powder. Aniline combinos with the iodides of alcohol radicals like amines. The atoms of H. united to N in aniline can be re- placed by alcohol radicals, as ethyl aniline— C6H5 N \}} C2H5. The H in the benzol ring (C6H5) can also be re- placed by radicals forming substitution compounds of aniline, of which, when one atom of is re- placed by an atom of C1 or a radical, there can be always three modifications: thus, three modifica- tions of nitro-aniline º Nøj (Nîi ) are known ; also chloraniline, C6H4Cl(NH2)", and bromaniline. §§§." Sečkº.”...". Langorrois fias found that the putrefaction and de- composition of animal matter can be prevented, even when it is exposed to the air, and in an ele- vated temperature, by the use of small quantities of aniline. aniline black, s. A dye produced by a mixture of aniline, potassium chlorate; and cupric sulphate or a vanadium sait, it is used in caličo printing. aniline blue, 8... Obtained by heating rosaniline with excess of aniline at 150–160°. A hydrochloride of triphenyl-rosaniline, C20H16(C6H5)3N3. aniline greens, s. The aldehyde green is ob- tained from aldehyde, magenta, and jºi. acid heated together, and then poured into a boiling solution of sodium thiosulphate. The dye is pre- cipitated by sodium acetate. The iodine green is ºd by heating aniline violet with iodide of methyl. aniline Orange, 8. A salt of dinitroparacresol. aniline purple, or mauve,...is prepared by adding to aniline sulphate a dilute solution of potassium bichromate. It contains a base called mauveine, C27H94N4. aniline red [see ROSANILINE], called also MA- GENTA. Obtained by heating crude aniline with arsenic acid to 140°. The presence of toluidine is necessary for its formation. aniline Violet, s. Obtained by heating rosan- iline with ethyl iodide, a hydroiodide of triethyl- rosaniline, C20H16(C2H5) 3N3. aniline yellow. [See CHRYSANILINE.] ān-il'-i-ty, s. [Lat. anilitas, from anilisi-per- taining to an old woman, old-womanish; anºws=an old woman ; Celtic hem-old.] The state of being an old woman. The state of entertaining such views and feelings as are natural to women well advanced in life. “Since the day in which the Reformation was begun, by how many strange and critical turns has it been per- fected and handed down, if not entirely without spot or wrinkle, at least without blotches or marks of anility.”— Sterme: Sermon on the Inauguration of K. George III. * Todd says: , “Anility is not confined to the feminine character, as Dr. Johnson would imply. It means dotage in general. ân îm-a-ble, a. [From Lat. animo-to fill with . or air, to animate.] Capable of being ani- Iſlat, 62C1. * * * * * * [Eng. a nil; suff. -ic...] Pertaining & .* boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. -tian = Shan. -tion, -Sion - -Sious = -ſion, -śion zhin. -tious, -cious, Shiin; animadversal ān-im-advér-sal, a. & s. IFrom Lat. animad- versum, supine of animadverto. || || ANIMADVERT.] 1,4s adjective: Having the faculty of perception, or the power of perceiving. . . 2. As 8wbstantive: That which has the faculty of perception; the soul. “That lively inward animadversal: it is the soul itself; for I cannot conceive the body doth animadvert; when as objects, plainly exposed to the sight, are not discovered till the soul takes notice of them.”—More: Song of the Sowl, Notes, p. 22. ân-im-ad-vér-sion, s. ...[In Fr. animadversion. From Lat, animadversio=(1) the perception of an object, attention; (2) censure, punishment.] I. Ordinary Language: 1. The act of perceiving an object; attention. “The soul is the sole percipient which hath animad- version and sense, properly so called.”—Glanville. 2. As close attention to anyone's conduct is pretty sure to detect serious imperfections in it, the word acquired the secondary, signification of severe censure, reproof, serious blame. This is now almost its sole meaning. “He dismissed their commissioners with severe and sharp animadversions.”—Clarendon. 3. Punishment. [See II.] “When a bill is debating in Parliament, it is usual to have the controversy handled by pamphlets on both sides, without the least animadversion upon the authors."— Swift. II. Technically: Medioev. Eccles. Law: The infliction by the civil power, at the instigation of the church, of punish- ment on offenders against ecclesiastical law. “An ecclesiastical censure and an ecclesiastical anim- adversion are different things: for a censure has a relation to a spiritual punishment, but an animadversion has only a respect to a temporal one, as degradation, and the delivering the person over to the secular court.”— Ayliffe: Parergon. *ān-ſm-ad-vér-sive, a. [From Lat. animad, versum, supine of animadverto..] [ANIMADVERT.] PIaving the power of perception. “The representation of objects to the soul, the only animadversive principle, is conveyed by motions made on the immediate organs of sense.”—Glanville. ân-im–ad—vér-sive-nēss, 8... [Eng. animad- versive: -ness.] The quality or state of perceiving; perception. ân-im-ad-vért', v, i... [Lat: animadverto- (1) to turn the mind to, (2) to notice, (3) to censure or punish: animws= the mind; adverto-to turn to ; ad=to, and verto-to turn.] º 1.To turn the mind to any person or thing; to notice. * 2. To blame, to censure, to make objurgatory remarks upon. “Certain questionable people . . . were animatd- tjerted ºpº [in an Act of Parliament].”—Froude: Hist. of Eng., vol. ii., p. 434. 3. To punish. “If the Author of the universe animadverts upon men here below, how much more will it become Him to do it upon their entrance into a higher state of being?”—Grew. * Animadvert is followed by upon or on. (See the foregoing examples. Very rarely against is also used.) “Your Grace very justly animadverts against the too great disposition of finding faults .”—Pope: Letter to the Dwice of Buckingham (1718). ān-im-ad—vér'—tér, 8... [Eng. animadvert; -er.] One who censures or punishes. “God is a strict observer of, and a severe animadverter upon, such as presume to partake of those mysteries with- out such a preparation.”—South. ân-im—ad—vér'—tífig, pr. par. [ANIMADVERT.] ān-im-ad-vér'-tiše, v. t. [ANIMADVERT.] To inform. ăn'-im—al, S. & a... [Lat. animal = an animal; animale=neut. of adj. animalis = possessing life. [ANIMATE.] A. As swbstantive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. A beast, as contradistinguished from a man. “Combativeness is the natural disposition which men and animals feel in various degrees to quarrel and fight.” —Penny Cycl., xviii. 16. 2. In contempt: A man of no intellect, or of bestial propensities. 3. In the same sense as, No. II. (Zool.) nification of the word includes man. “. . . . though defenseless, Man can arm himself with every variety of weapon, and become the most terribly destructive of animals.”—Owen : Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 50 II. Technically: Zool.: An organic being, rising above a vegetable in, yarious, respects, especially in possessing sensi- bility, will, and, the power of voluntary motion. Professor Owen defines an animal as an organism This sig- 194 which can move, which receives nutritive matter by a mouth, which inhales Oxygen and exhales car- bonic acid, and, finally, which develops tissues, the proximate principles of which are quaternary compounds of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitro- gen. (Owen : Palaeont., 1860, p. 4.) Though, prac- tically speaking, there is in general no difficulty in distinguishing an animal from a vegetable, yet the animals and plants of humble organization closely approach each other in structure, and it is not always easy to say whether a particular organism belongs to the one kingdom or the other. By his bodily Organization man is an animal, though his mental and moral qualities give him an immeasur- able superiority over all the other members of the animal kingdom. B. As adjective: 1. Pertaining to an animal as opposed to a vege- table, or to an animal as distinguished from the more general term, an organized being, as, animal functions (q.v.). “The animal membranes exercise the Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 2. Pertaining to the inferior sentient beings as opposed to man; brutal. “The immortal Aristotle, in his system of the animal world, excludes man from his scheme.”—Swaimson: Clas- sific. of Quadrupeds, $15. 3. Pertaining to those parts of our complex nature which we have in common with the inferior sen- tient beings, as contradistinguished from those mental, moral, and spiritual capabilities in which man on the earth stands alone. “There are things in the world of spirits wherein our ideas are very dark and confused: such as their union with animal nature, the way of their acting on material beings, and their converse with each other.” — Watts: Logic. animal charcoal, s. [CHARCOAL.] animal economy, s. The natural laws on which the welfare of the animal world depends, and to which, within certain limits, instinct teaches the several species to conform. animal electricity, s. [GALVANISM.] animal flower, s. A name often given to those radiated animals which have their tentacles in rows around their mouths, not unlike the petals of a double flower. The term has been applied specially to various species of the genus Actinia, which have been called, from their fancied resemblance to par- ticular flowers, Sea Anemones, or fixed Sea-nettles. The other radiated animals which have been called animal flowers belong to the genera Holothuria, Tubularia, Sertularia, Hydra, and Alegonia. [AC- TINIA.] animal food, s. 1. Food consisting of the flesh or other portions of animals. f2. Food designed for animals. animal functions, S. pl. , Functions exercised by animals. They are divided into two classes: (1) Those peculiar to and characteristic of animals, as distinguished from organic functions, which are common to them and vegetables. The animal func- tions of this first category are sensibility, or inner- vation, and voluntary motion, or locomotion. (2) The merely vital or vegetative functions, which are common to animals and vegetables. These are nutrition and generation. [ORGANIC FUNCTIONs.] animal heat, s. The heat possessed by the higher animals, and which, so long as they retain life, they maintain, whatever the surrounding tem- perature may be. . It is highest in birds, and lowest in reptiles and fishes. animal kingdom, s. One of the three great kingdoms of visible Nature, the other two being the Vegetable and the Mineral Kingdoms. Cuvier divided the Animal Kingdom into four great sub- kingdoms: 1; Vertebrata;2, Mollusca;3, Articulata; 4. Radiata. Professor Owen, in his Palaeontology, adopts the following classification: Kingdom I. Protozoa. Kingdom II. Animalia. Sub-kingdom I. Invertebrata: Province 1, Radiata; 2, Articulata ; 3, Mollusca. Sub-kingdom II. Vertebrata. Pro- fessor Huxley, writing in 1869, said that in the then existing state of knowledge, the Animal Kingdom required to be divided into no fewer than eight dis- tinct groups, which he arranged thus: 5 § & ºperty. VERTEBRATA. MOLLUSCA. ANNULOSA. MOLLUSCOIDA. ANNULOIDA. COELENTERATA. INFUSORIA. PROTOZOA. He could not, however, assert that all the eight groups were of equal value, or that the Infusoria, the Molluscoida, and the Annuloida would ulti- mately stand. animal magnetism, s. A science, or art, so called because it was believed that it taught the method of producing on persons of susceptible or- ganization effects somewhat similar to those which a magnet exerts upon iron. It is now gènerally denomi- nated Mesmerism (q.v.). animate animal mechanics, s. [MECHANICS.] animal oat, S. An oat (Avena sterilis), which has a beard so hygrometric that, when the seeds fall off, it twists itself and moves spontaneously, when certain alterations in the weather occur. At such, times it resembles a strangely-shaped insect crawling on the ground, whence its English name of Animal Oat. It is sometimes grown as an object of curiosity. animal painter, S. A painter whose special taste and skill lie in the representation of animals. animal ºff, s. The department of paint- ing which treats of the representation of animals. animal Spirits, 8, pl. , Nervous or vital energy, the gaiety and capability for action which arise from the possession of a sanguine temperament and a healthy physical organization. animal strength, 8. [STRENGTH...] ân-im-ā1'-cu-la, S. pl. [The neut. pl. of Lat. animalculum, but not classic ; compounded of an: £mal, and the termination culum, signifying little.] Minute animals. T Sometimes the word animalcula is mistaken by incorrect writers for a Latin, noun of the first de- clension, and receives at their hands a plural ani- malculae. Such an error should be carefully avoided. [ANIMALCULE.] ân-im-ā1-cu-lar, a...[Eng., &c., animalcula; -ar..] Pertaining or relating to animalcula. “It rendered at once evident to the senses why air filtered through cotton-wool is incompetent to generate animalcular life.”—Tundall : Frag. of Science, 3d ed., xi. 324. ân-im-āl-cille, s. [Fr., from Lat. animalcula (q.v.). In Port, animalculo.] An animal so minute as to be visible Qnly by means of the microscope, The term is applied specially to , members of the classes Infusoria and Rotifera; the former called infusoriai, and the latter Wheel-animalcuies.”ft. FUSORIA, ROTIFERA.] “. . . . . . Infusorial Animalcules.”—Owen: Comparat. Amat. of the Invertebrata (1843), p. 17. “. . . . . the Rotifera, or Wheel-animalcules.”—Huacley: Introd. to the Classif. of Animals (1869), p. 47. fan-im-āl-Cu-line, a... [Eng., &c., animalcule; -ime.] Pertaining or relating to animalcula. T Not so common a term as ANIMALCULAR (q.v.). “Animalculine putrefaction is the immediate cause of those diseases.”—Dr. Dwight: Trav. in New Eng., &c., vol. i., p. 436. ān-im-āl-cu-list, 8. . [Eng., &c., animalcule; -ist.] One who makes animalcules a special study. ăn'-im-al-ish, a. [Eng. animal; -ish..] Like an animal. ân'-im-al-igm, s. [Eng. animal; -ism.] The series , Qf qualities. which characterize a mere animal in contradistinction to a man. . ān-īm-fil-i-ty, s...[In Ger., animalität; Fr. an- imalité; Ital, animalità..] Conformity to the animal type of structure. “It is evident that such characters must be derived from the animal functions of sensation and motion, for these not only constitute and create an animal, but also, by their greater or less capacity, may be said in some measure to establish the degree of its animality.”— Griffith's Cuvier, vol. i., p. 59. ân-im-āl-í-zā'-tion, s. [Eng. animalize; -ation. In Fr. animalisation; Port, animalisacaö.] The act of making into an animal, or into , animal matter; the state of being made into an animal, or into animal matter. ân-im-al-ize, v. t. [Eng. amimal; -ize. In Fr. animaliser ; Port. animalisar.] . 1. To make into an animal; to impart animal life to. * e 2. To convert into animal matter. ân-im-al-ized, pa. par. & a. [ANIMALIZE.] As adjective : “But they eat, I observe, a very large proportion of fet, which is of a less animalized nature.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. vi., p. 117. ām-im-al-i z-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ANIMALIZE.] As adjective : “. . . . . the unconscious irony of the Epicurean poet on the animalizing tendency of his own philosophy.” — Coleridge; Aids to Reflection (1839), p. 97. fān-im-al-nēss, 8. . [Eng. aminal; -mess...] The quality or state of being an animal; animal exist- GI1CC, ân -ím-àte, v. t. & i. [In Fr. animer; Sp. & Port. animſtr; Ital, animare. From Lat...animo–to fill with breath or air, to make aliye. To endow with (tnima = air, a soul...] [ANIMAL.] A. Transitive : I. Literally: To endow with natural life; to im- part life at first, or preserve it when imparted. “Where searching sunbeams scarce can find a way Earth animated heaves.”—Thomson: Summer, 296. fâte, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, work, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, rôle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kw. animate II. Figuratively : 1. Of inanimate things: To impart the semblance of life to ; to give power to ; to heighten the effect of. “Heroes in animated marble frown.” Pope: Temple of Fame, 73. 2. Of persons: ..., * (a) To inspire with courage or ardor, to enliven, to stimulate. “Thus arm’d, he animates his drooping bands.” Pope; Homer's Iliad, v. 606. (b) To imbue or inspire with ; to cause to be actuated by. “They would come up to Westminster animated by the spirit of 1640.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. viii. B. Intrans.: To become lively, to revive. D’Arblay : Cecilia, bk. i., ch. iv. ăn'-im-àte, a. The same as the participial adj. ANIMATED (q.v.). the admirable structure of animate bodies.”— (Mad. Bentley. * ăn'-im-à-têd, pa. par. & a. [ANIMATE, v.] As adjective: “Can storied urn, or animated bust, Back to its mansion call the fleeting breath?’” Gray: Elegy. “. . . the same animated descriptions, . . Lewis: Earlg Rom. Hist., ch. xiii., pt. i., § 1. “. . . on the report there was an animated debate.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. Animated Nature: That portion of Nature, in which there is life, in contradistinction to that #on whichiife is absent. “Nature in animate employs sweet sounds, But animated Nature sweeter still, To soothe and satisfy the human ear.” Cowper: Task, bk. i. fān-ſm'—ate-nēss, 8... [Eng. animate; -ness.] The state of being animated. (Johnson.) ân'-im-à-tíňg, pr. par. & a. [ANIMATE, v.] A8 adjective: y 3 “. . to the sun allied, From him they draw their animating fire.” Thomson: Seasons; Summer. “As from a º; at once they rise, And urge their chief with animating cries.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. x., 558, 559. Animating Principle: An English term corres- ponding to the Greek pswché, which means (1) breath, life; (2) Soul; (3) reason, (4) a living spirit, supposed to go through all the earth and the ocean. It was called by the Romans amima mundi. In the plural, animating principles correspond to the Greek pswchai. The hypothesis of Aristotle on the subject was that there were an infinite number of distinct animating principles, no two precisely identical with, each other in qualities. Each of these necessarily had its corresponding body, which accounted for the , great diversities, among the species of animated beings existing in the world. All, however, acted under the direction of the su- reme animating principle or phºwsis- (1) growth, § outward form, (3) nature. The immortal Har- vey held a somewhat similar belief, and the “materia vitoe” (material of life) of john Hunter, the “ organic force'' of Müller, and the “organic agens” of Dr. Prout are all akin to the Swché, or animating principle of Aristotle. (See Todd & Bowman's Physiol. Amat., vol. i., pp. 16, 17 ăn'-im-à-tíñg-ly, adv. . [Eng. animating; -ly.] In a manner to produce animation. ân-im-ā'-tion, s. [In Fr. animation; Sp. anim- acion; Port. animaçao; Ital, amimazione; Lat. an- £matio, from animo- to with breath or life; anima=air, life.]. The act of animating; the state of being animated. Specially: 1. Lit. : 'file act or process of making to breathe 9r live for the first time, or after vital action has been suspended; also the state of having life thus imparted or revived. “The body is one ... much more by the animation of the same soul quickening the whole frame.”—Bishop Taylor: Of Repentance, c. vi., § 2 “Amimation (Lat.) is the informing an animal body with a soul.”—Glossog. Nov. Suspended amination is a term used in the case of persons all but drowned, in whom the vital actions have temporarily ceased, and will probably do so permanently unless means be adopted for their im- mediate restoration. 2. Figuratively: (a) Of men or other comScious beings, singly or in Combination : The act or process of inspiring life- like energy or ardor; also º state of having such energy or ardor imparted. “. the faction which had been prostrated and stunned began to give signs of returning animation.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. 195 (b). Of things in animate: The act or process, of making painted or sculptured figures so life-like º they appear to the imagination as if actually all LV e. ăn'-im—a-tive, a. [Eng. animate; -ive..] Having the power to impart life or spirit. ăn'-im-à-tör, s. . [Lat.] One who or that which animates or imparts life or spirit. “. . those bodies . conform themselves to situations wherein they best unite unto their animator.” —Browne: Vulgar Errors, bk. ii., ch. ān-i-mé', a. [Fr. animé=animated.] Her; : A term used when wild animals are repre: sented with fire proceeding from their mouth and ears. It is called also incensed. (Gloss. Of Her- aldry.) ân-ime, s. [In Ger., Sp., &c., anime.] A resin procured from the Hymengea Courbaril, a plant of the Papilionaceous sub-order. It is of a transpar- ent amber color, an agreeable smell, and little taste; The Brazilians use it in fumigations for pains and aches arising from cold. ān-im-èt'—ta, s. [Ital. = the part of a cuirass which covers the body in front.] Eccles. Ritwalism : The cloth with which the cup in the eucharist is covered. ân -ím-ine, s. [Lat. anim (a); Eng. suff. -ine.] Chem. : An organic base obtained from bone oil. It has not been prepared pure. ân'-im-ism, s. [From Lat. anima=the principle of animal life.] ſº The doctrine that the life of an animal arises from a spiritual cause and not from materiality. ân'-im—ist, s. One who holds the doctrines of Animism (q. v.). ān-i-mê' für-ān-di (used in Eng, as adv.). [Lat.] With the mind or intention to steal. *ān-īm-6'se, a...[In Sp. animoso; Lat. animosus.] Full of life and spirit; spirited. *ān-im-6'se-nēss, s. [Eng. animose; -mess.] The quality of being spirited. (Johnsom.) ân-im-ès'-i-ty, s. [In Fr. animosité; Port. animosidade; Ital, animosita, animositade, ami- mositate ; Lat. animositas=(1) boldness, (2) impetu- osity, (3) hatred; animosus=full, of courage, spirited; anima=(1) wind, (2) the air, (3) breath, life. Gr. anemos =wind; Sansc. animi, amas=wind, air: an=to breathe.] *1. Spirit, courage, boldness, without implying the presence of the malignant element. (See ex. § Plutarch's Morals in Trench's Select Gloss., D. G. 2. Irrepressible anger or hatred against one, prompting the individual who entertains it to open endeavors to injure the person against whom his spirit is so violently excited. “A mimosity (Lat.), stoutness, stomachfulness: Animos- ities, quarrels, contentions.”—Glossog. Nov. “To the evils arising from the mutual animosity of fac- tions were added other evils arising from the mutual ani- mosity of sects.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. ān-im-iis, S. [Lat.=the spiritual and rational soul in man; opposed to anima=(1) the principle of animal life, (2), the will, purpose, (3) the affec- tions, the inclinations, the passions.] Intention; purpose, especially of a hostile character founded on the presence of animosity in the heart. “The lightest of these charges were symptoms of an animus which the Crown prosecutors would regard as treasonable.”—R'rowde: Hist. Eng., vol. iii., ch. xiv. “During the last eighteen months there had been a curious amimus in certain quarters against the subject races of the Porte.”—Mr. Trevelyan, M. P.; Times, Feb. 2, 1878. ân-iñ'-ga, s... [W. Indian name.] The designa- tion given in , the West Indies to several plants, most of them Aroids. One species, if not even more than one, was formerly used in sugar refining. ān-i-ön-è, in-i-ön-é, ín'-i-ön, s. [Gr. anión, pr. par. of aneimi-to go up; ama-up, and ióm, pr. par. of eimi = to go.] & Electrolysis: Faraday's name for that element in a body decomposed by voltaic electricity which ap- pears at the anode [ANODE], or positive electrode of the battery. It is opposed to KATIONE (q.v.). *ān-i-oiás, a... [O. Fr. aniewa: ; , Lat., anarius= anxious.] Wearisome, sorrowful ; fatiguing. “Then thenkkezh Gowan ful some Of his anious uyage.” Sir Gawayme (ed. Morris), 534-5. ân'-is-ál, s. [From Eng., &c., amise.] A chemi- cal substance called also amisic aldehyde and hy- dride of a misyl. ân -is-àtes, s. pl. [From Eng., &c., amise.] Chem. : Salts of anisic acid. - ān-ise, s. [In Sw., Dan., Ger., Fr., Sp., & Port., amis; Dut. amys; Lat. amisum, Gr. anison and anisol anéthon, also Ionic amnéson, aneson; poetic, anné- tom, anéton; later Attic, Doric, and Æolic amison, annison = dill or anise. Arab. aimison.] [ANE- THUM.] 1. The amise proper: An umbelliferous plant, the Pimpinella ami- sum. It is culti- wated in Malta and Spain for the sake of the seeds, which are imported in to this and other countries. They are aromatic and carminative. Its scent tends to neutralize other sm ells. It is Sometimes sown here for its leaves, which are used like fennel as a seasoning or garnish. 2. The amise of Scripture: In Gr. to [the I a m é- thom, should, it Anise (Pimpinella Anisum). One-sixth natural size; plant, flower, and ripe fruit enlarged. is believed, have been translated “dill,” Amethwm, gº. [DILL.] It also is of the ‘Umbeiß OllS OPCle.T. “. for ye pay tithe of mint and anise and cum- min, .”—Matt. xxiii. 23. Oil Qf ºvise. A solution of anise camphor, or ane- thol, C10H12O, in an oil like turpentine; it solidifies at 10°. It is the essential oil of Pimpinella amisum. The camphor is obtained pure from alcohol by pressure and crystallization. In pharmacy it is used as a stimulant, aromatic, and carminative; it relieves flatulency, and diminishes the griping of purgative medicines. anise-camphor, s. [ANETHOL.] Cheme: A White crystalline substance; sp. gr. 1'014. It melts at 18°, and boils at 222°. ân'-i-séed, s. [Eng, ani(se); seed.] The seed of the anise (q.v.). aniseed-tree, s. [Anise-seed tree, so called be- cause the leaves and capsules have a strong smell of anise-seed.] The English name of Illicium, a genus of Magnoliaceae, or Magnoliads. The best known species are I, floridanum and I. parviflo- rwm, from Florida. fin-i-sétte de Bourdeaux Bór-dò'), s. [Fr.] A liquor consisting of anise macerated in eau-de-vie. ân-is-ic, a. [Eng. anise, and suff, -ic.] Pertain- ing to anise or anise-seed. Amisic acid = Methyl-paraoxybenzoic acid = hy- drate of anisyl=draconic acid, C8H8O3. A monobasic aromatic acid, obtained by the oxidation of anisic aldehyde. It crystallizes in colorless prisms which melt at 175°. It is soluble in hot water, alcohol, and ºi By distillation with lime it yields CO2 and à IllSO1. Amisic, alcohol. C5H10O2. An aromatic alcohol obtained by treating anisic aldehyde with alcoholic potash. It boils at 250°. It crystallizes in hard white needles, which melt at 23°. Anisic aldehydé = Anisal = Hydride of Anisyl: C8HsO2. An aromatic yellow liquid obtained by oxidizing anisic alcohol. It is oxidized into anisic acid, and by nascent H converted into anisic alco- hol; it forms crystalline compounds with alkaline acid sulphites. Also obtained by the action of dilute HNO3 and anise-camphor. It boils at 255°. ān-is-î-di'ne, s. [From Eng., &c., amise.] Chem. : N.C7H7O.H2 = methylphenidine, an or- ganic base formed by the action of sulphide of ammonium on nitranisol, it combines with acids forming salts. ān-i-sà-dāc'-tyl-ás, s. pl. [Gr, amisos=unequal: º priv., and isos=equal; (2) daktulos=a finger or à LO62. Zoot. Temminck's name for those insessorial birds which have toes of unequal length. ān-i-sā-dyn-a-moiás, a. [Gr. (1) anisos=un- equal: am, priv., and isos=equal; (2) dunamis- power, strength ; dwmamai-to be able.j Bot. : Of unequal strength. (Used of monocoty- ledonous plants which, when they germinate, grow with greater force on one side of their axis than on the other.) ān-i-sā'-ic àg'-id, s. [From anise (q.v.).] Chem. : C10H18O3. A product of the oxidation of oil of star anise. - in-isºl, 8. [Lat. anisum=anise, and oleum= ll. Chemistry: C7H8O-C6H4(CH3).OH. An aromatio alcohol (also called methyl ſº methyl carbolic acid, or drºcol)... obtained by , heating potassium phenate, C6H5.OK, with methyl iodide, CH3.I; also O bóil, jówl; cat, póüt, böy; çell, Chorus, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, a $; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = Shan. –tion, —dle, -ble, -sious = Shiis. -SiOn = —tion, shiin; -cious, Zhiin. -tious, -Šion = amisometric by the dry distillation of methyl salicylate, or by distilling anisic acid with excess of caustic baryta Anisol is a colorless liquid, boiling at 152°. It dis- solves in H2SO4, forming swlphamisolic acid, C7H8- SO4. By fuming HNO3 there are one, two, or three atoms of H replaced by (NO2)", forming mono-, di-, or tri-nitramisol, which by reducing agents give fºgº. basic amido-compounds; as C7H7- (NO2)O, nitramisol, gives C7H7 (NH2)O, ritramisi- dine. (See Watt's Dict. Chem.) ân—i-sö-mêt'—ric, a. [Gr. anisometros=of un- equal measure with : am, priv., isos=equal to ; metron=a measure.] • Min. : Of unequal measurement. - “II. Titanite Group. Anisometric.”—Dama: Mim.; 5th ed., p. 362. “Mesotype Group. Anisometric.”—Ibid., p. 421. ān-i-sà-né'-ma, s. [Gr. amisos=unequal; and (?) néma =a web.] e Zool. : A genus of Infusoria belonging to the fam- ily Thecamdnadina. ān-i-sāp'-lì-a, s. . [Gr, anisos = unequal, and hoplom-a tool, an implement, a weapon...] A genus of lamellicorn beetles. One species, A. horticola (Garden Chafer or May-bug), which may be recog- nized by its green body and tawny elytra. It is much given to destroying thorn hedges, roses in gardens, corn in fields, in the months of May and June. Another, A. agricola (Field Chafer), green in color, is similarly hurtful in France and Ger- Imany, ān-i-sà-sgèl'—i-dae, S. pl. [Gr, amisos=unequal; skelos= the leg, including the foot.] A family of bugs. The Diactor bilimeatus has enormous expan- sions on the hindmost pair of legs. ān-i-só-spèr'—ma, s. [Gr, amisos=unequal, and sperma=seed.]. A genus of plants belonging to the order Cucurbitaceae (Cucurbits). The seeds of A: passiflora contain a bitter oil mixed with a bland sebaceous matter and resin. Taken in small doses they are stomachic, but swallowed in larger quanti- ties they act as purgatives. ān-i-sā-stèm'—ön-oiás, a. . [Gr. anisos=unequal, and Lat. stamen – . . . a thread. Bot. : Having the stamina in number unequal to the petals. tãn—i-sås'—tóm-oiás, a. and stoma-mouth.] Bot. : “Having unequal mouths.” 'calyx or corolla divided unequally.) ăn'-i-syl, s. [From Eng., &c., anise.] Chem.: C3H7O2; , An organic radical contained in anisic acid, anisyl hydride, &c. āfi'-kër (1), s. [In Dut., Ger., & Dan., anker; Sw ankare.] - - - © 1. A Dutch liquid measure containing about 10% imperial gallons... . tº e • 2. An English liquid, measure for spirits, wine, &c., containing about 8% imperial gallons. “. ... ankers of brandy.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch, xii. *áñ'—kēr (2), s. [ANCHORITE.] *áñk—ér'—as, s. Old spelling of ANCHORESS. *āńk'—ére, s. Old spelling of ANCHOR (q.v.). ăii'-kèr-ite, s. [In Ger, ankerit., Named after Prof. Anker, of Styria.] A mineral classed by Dana under his Calcite group of Anhydrous Carbonates. Its crystals are rhombohedral; it occurs also mas- sive, granular, or compact. The hardness is 3-5 to 4; the sp., grav; 2.95 to 3-1; the luster vitreous to pearly; the color white, gray, or reddish. . It is translucent, or nearly so. Its composition is car- bonate of lime, 46.40 to 5645; carbonate of magne- sia, 11.85 to 36:35; protoxide of iron carbonate, 1326 to 35-31; protoxide of manganese carbonate, 0.34 to 10°09. It is found in Styria, in Nova Scotia, &c. āfī-kis—trö-dès'-miis, s. [Gr. angkistron=a fish- book; desmos=a bond..] . . Bot. : A genus of Desmidiaceae. Character: Cells elongated, attenuated, entire, aggregated into fag- got-like bundles. ãň'—kle, àfircle, s... [A, S, ancle, ancleo, Sw., & Dan, ankel; Ger. denkel; , Dut, enkel.] The joint by which the foot is united to the leg. “. . . and he brought me through the waters; the waters were to the ameles.”—Ezek. xlvii. 3. “For still, the more he works the more Do his weak amicles swell.” Wordsworth: Simony Lee. ankle-bone, ancle-bone, s. The bone of the a DR16. “. . . immediately his feet and ancle-bones re- ceived strength.”—Acts iii. 7. ankle-deep, a. Sunk in . Some semi-liquid or liquid substance as deep as the ankles. “Hence, ankle-deep in moss and flowery thyme, We mount again . . .”—Cowper: Task, bk. i. [Gr. amisos = unequal, (Used of a 196 ankle-joint, s. The joint of the ankle. “. . . the backward position of the ankle-joint sur- face presented by the astragalus to the tibia.”—Owen: Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 67. afi'—kled, a. [Eng; ankle; suffix -ed.] Pertain- ing to the ankles. (Chiefly in composition.) “Well ankled, two good confident calves.”—Beaumont & Fletcher: Wit at Several Weapons, ãňk'—lét, s. [Dimin. of Eng. ankle.] ti. A little ankle. . 2. An ornament placed on the ankle as a bracelet is on the wrist. *āń'-kre, s. [ANCHOR.] *āńk'—rèss, s. Old spelling of ANCHORESs. ãňk-y-lö'sed, a. [ANCHYLOSED.] ãňk-y-lö'–Šís, s. [ANCHYLOSIS.] ãňk-y-löt'-ic, a. [ANCHYLOTIC.] ăn'-lâge, an’–1äs, s. [In Mediaev. Lat. amela- cium. From Wel. anglas-a sword..] A falchion, a wood-knife, a dagger. “An amlas and a gipser al of silk Heng at his gerdul, whit as morne mylk.” Chaucer: C. T., 359, 360. “Bot Arthur with ame amlace egerly smyttez, And hittez ever in the hulke up to the hiltez.” Morte Arthure (ed. Perry), 1,148–49. “And by his side an amlace hung.” Scott: Rokeby, v. 15. ân'-na, s. [Mahratta amma; Bengali and Sansc. ama...] An imaginary coin used in calculations in India. It is the sixteenth Fº of a rupee, is in value about three cents, and is estimated to con- tain four pice. ān-na-bér'-gite, s. [From Annaberg, in Saxony, where it occurs..] A mineral placed by Dana in his Vivianite group. It is monoclinic, has capillary crystals, and is besides massive and disseminated. The color is a fine apple-green; the streak greenish- white. Composition: Arsenic acid, 36°8 to 38'90; protoxide of nickel, 35 to 37°35; oxide of cobalt, from a mere trace to 25; water, 23.91 to 25'5. Besides Annaberg, it is found in fauphiny, in Connecticut, and other places. ăn'—nal, s. . [In Fr. annal is=annual (used spe- cially of plants). From Lat. annalis=belonging to a year; amnus=a year.] A. Singwlar (Annal). ti. Generally: The singular of the word ANNALs (q.v.). [ANNAL-WRITING...] 2. Technically. In the Roman Catholic Church: A mass said for an individual every . in the year, 3. ºnly on a particular day of each year. (Dw. Q?\ge. B. Plural (Annals). [In Sw. & Dan. annaler; Ger. annalem; Fr. annales; Sp. anales; Ital, ammali. From Lat. anmales (pl.) ; rarely annalis (sing.) = year-books, yearly records, from annºws=a year.] 1. Properly: The record of historical events ar- ranged chronologically, and divided into yearly portions. In this sense the record of the important events in the Roman State, said to have been made annually for the first six centuries of its existence by those who successively filled the high office of Pontifex Maximus, were annals. “Their model was the official ammals of the year kept by the Pontifex Maximus.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist, ch. ii., 2. More loosely: Records of historical events, or even of less important incidents, although they may not be formally divided into yearly portions. There has been considerable iº regarding the precise difference between annals and history. roadly speaking, annals are simple records or chronicles of events, in yearly portions or otherwise, without any effort to trace occurrences to their causes, to investigate the characters and motives of the chief actors, or to intercalate philosophical generaliza- tions. When these elements are superadded to the Fº chronicle of incidents then annals become his- Ory. “Nor Grandeur hear with a disdainful smile The short and simple ammals of the poor.” Gray: Elegy. (Tennyson : Coming annal-book, s. A history. of Arthwr, 116.) annal-writing, s. Writing of annals. “. the distinction we have stated between history- writing and annal-writing.”—Penny Cyclo., vol. ii., p. 41. ăn'-mal-ist, s. [Eng. amnal; suffix -ist. In Ger. ammalist; Fr. annaliste; Sp. analista; Port. & Ital. ammalista..] One who writes annals. “The native historians of Rome, who were prior to Sal- lust, Dionysius, and Livy, have been sometimes grouped together under the common designation of ammalists.”— Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. iii., § 11. “The records of an annalist may be jejune.”—Ibid., ch. xiii., pt. i., § 1. annelida ān-nal—ist'-ic, q, [Eng. annalist; suffix -ic.] Pertaining to annalists. “Now the ammalistic style is marked by brevity and dry- ness.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xiii., pt. i. “. . . the dry annalistic style of the early Roman historians.”—Ibid., ch. ii., § 2. ân'—nal—ize, v. t. [Eng. amnal; suffix -ize.] To note down as annals. “Observe the miracle, deserving a Baronius to ammalize it.”—Sheldon: Mir. of Antich, (1616), p. 832. ân'—nals, s. pl. [ANNAL..] ān-nat (Eng: & Scotch), *ānn (Scotch), 8. Often in the plural, àn'-mats, an’-mâtes. [In Ger. an- maten; Fr. & Ital. ammate ; Sp. amata; Port. an- mata. From Lat. annus=a year.] I. “Primitiae" (First-fruits): 1. When the Papal power was dominant: The first. year's revenues of a benefice which each new in- cumbent was required to remit to the papal treas- ury. Cowel says that first-fruits were called ammates because paid after one year's profit of a living had been obtained. . The original imposition of annates. is generally attributed to John XXII. in the four- teenth century, but they existed before his time. Valuations of them were made in England in A. D. 1254 and in 1292...(See Mosheim's Church. Hist., Cent. xiv., pt. ii., ch. ii., § 6, Murdoch's note; also Cent. XV., pt. ii., ch. ii., § 532.) “Though the Council of Basil damned the payment of anmats, yet they were paid here till Henry VIII. annexed them for ever to the crown.”—Bp. Barlow; Remains, p. 172. 2. Since the Reformation : (a) In England: The first-fruits exacted by Henry VIII. in England, at the Reformation, were the an- nates of the bishoprics, which the king had dissev- ered from the Pope. (b) In Ireland: Pefore the passing of the first Reform Bill the annates were applied primarily to. the repair of ecclesiastical buildings, and then to the augmentation of poor livings. II. In the modern Church of Rome: Masses said for a year either for the soul of a person deceased, OT º that of a person living. (See Ayliffe's Parer- go??. an—né'al, v. t. [A. S. ancelan=(1) to kindle, to inflames. to light; (2) to , anneal. From oelan=to kindle, light, set on fire, also to bake; ael-fire.] I. Literally: 1. To heat a metal with the view of regulating its elasticity, or glass to render it less brittle, or to fix colors in it. . When a metal is to be annealed it is raised to a temperature lower than the one neces- sary to temper it, and then allowed to cool slowly. The elasticity of the metal is thus diminished. Springs have thus imparted to them the precise measure of elasticity which is deemed the most suitable. Glass is similarly annealed. It is first heated, and then allowed to cool slowly. (See Ganot's Physics, 3d ed., 1868, p. 63.) “But when thou dost anneal in glass thy story, . . . . . then the light and glory More rev'rend grows, and more doth win, Which else shows waterish, bleak, and thin.” Herbert. “Beneath those chambers of the Sun, Some amulet of gems amneal’d In upper fires . . .” Moore: Paradise and the Peri. t2. To temper by cold. (Shemstone.) 3. To bake. (Used of tiles.) II, Figuratively: To temper the character by the heat of suffering or trial, so as to enable it to en- dure more without being shattered. “The mind to strengthen and amneal, While on the stithy glows the steel !” Scott; Rokeby, i. 31. an-né'aled, pa. par. & a. [ANNEAL.] “Both the poles, you find, attract both ends of the needle. Replace the needle by a bit of amnealed iron wire, the same effects ensue.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., xiii. 881. an-né'al-iñg, *a-nē al-iñg, pr. [Sometimes corrupted into NEALING As substantive: , The process of first heating and then cooling a metal, with the view of regulating its elasticity or tempering it. The process of similarly treating glass to render it less brittle or fix colors in it. “Enameling and anealing.”—Sprats Hist. of the Royal Soc., p. 286. ân-nēcitant, a. [From Lat. annectens, genit. ammectentis, pr. par. of annecto-to tie to, to annex: gd=to, and mecto-to bind, to tie.] Affixing, join- IIlg, an IlexIIlg. ăn'-nélºïd, Ån'-nēl-ide, *ān'-31-ide, àn-nēl-i'— dºn, 3. [ANNELIDA.] . An animal belonging to the class Annelida. (Hwazley, &c.) .#m-nēl-i-da, 8, pl. [Lat. annellus or anellus=a little ring, dimin. of annulus, or anulus=a ring...] A class of animals belonging to the sub-kingdom. far. a., & 8. fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, clib, cire, unite, cèir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. annelidan Articulata, the Annulosa of Some naturalists. They are sometimes called Red-blooded Worms, being the only invertebrated animals possessing this, charac- ter. They are soft-bodied animals, mostly living in the water, sometimes in moist earth, but never par- asitically within the bodies of other animals; the higher ones possessing limbs, though of a rudiment- ary character, which makes them resemble centi- pedes; while the lower ones, like the leeches, are wholly destitute of these appendages. The respira; tion is effected by external branchiae, by internal vesicles, or by the skin itself. Contractile vessels supply the place of a heart. The nervous system consists of a single or double ventral cord, furnished with ganglia at intervals, and surrounding the oesophagus above. Cuvier divided them into three orders—Tubicola, Dorsibranchia, and Abranchia; Milne-Edwards into Suctoria, Terricola, Tubicola, and Errantes; Professor Huxley into Čhaetophora and Discophora; and Griffith and Henfrey into Tur- bellaria, Suctoria (Apoda), and Chaetopoda (Seti- gera). (ANNELLATA.] ān-nēl—i'-dan, S. [ANNELID.] ân-nē1–1ā'—ta, ān-el-lā'—ta, S. pl. [Lat, anellus, annellus=a little ring.]. A name sometimes given to the class of animals called by Cuvier Annelida. It is thus used in the first edition of Owen's Comparat. Amat. of the Invertebrate Animals (1843), but in the second edition (1855) Annulata is the term used. ân'-nētt, s. A name sometimes given to the Kit- tivake guit, Larus tridactylus. ān-néx', v. t. [In Fr. anneacer; Sp. amea’ar; Port. anneacar. From Lat. anneacwm, Supine of annecto = to tie on or to: ad=to, and mecto-to bind to, to add to the end of anything.] 1. Properly: To tie to the end of; to append. 2. To add something of lesser size or importance to anything else of greater size or importance exist- ing previously. (It is often used for the addition of another kingdom or province to an empire.) “He wished to humble the United Provinces, and to anneac Belgium, Franche Compté, and Loraine to his dominions.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. “The great fiefs which, three hundred years before, bad been, in all but name, independent principalities, had been anneaced to the Crown.”—Ibid. . 3. To connect something with another by the relation of sequence to it, as a penalty to a crime. “ . . some fatal curse anneac'd, Deprives them of their outward liberty; Their inward lost.”—Milton: P. L., bk. xii. *ān-néx', s. . [From the verb. In Fr. anneare; Port. anneaca.] Anything annexed, appended, or added. 1. Of writings: “Moses did in other anneaces of the law.”—Jeremy Tay- ∨ Of the Decalogue. Works (ed. 1889), vol. iii., p. 48. * An additional stipulation to the Anglo-Turkish convention of 1878 was called an amneae. 2. Of buildings: A subsidiary building added on to a main building. ān-néx'—ar—y, s. [Eng. amnea ; suff. -ary..] Some- thing appended; an addition. “. ... of these societies, unto which sun- dry of them are no other than anneacaries and appurte- nances.”—Sir E. Sandys: State of Religion. ān-nēx-ā'—tion, s. [Eng, annex; suff. -ation:1 The act of annexing; the state of being annexed; anything annexed. I. Ordinary Language: 1. The addition of any document or writing to the end of one which is already in existence. The join- ing of something smaller to something greater, or something less to something more important. (Used especially of the addition of a smaller country to a greater, as the proposed annexation of Canada to the United States.) 2. The addition of one thing to another, the thing added being joined to its predecessor by the bond of logical or other sequence. “If we can return to that charity and peaceable mind- edness which Christ so vehemently recommends to us, we have His own promise that the whole body will be full of light, Matt, vi., that all other Christian virtues will, by way of concomitance or anneacation, attend them.”— Hammond. II. Technically: Eng. Law: The appropriation of church lands to the Crown; also the vesting of a privilege, patron- age for example, in one holding a certain office. “How anneacations of benefices first came into the 'Church, whether by the prince's authority, or the pope's license, is a very great dispute.”—Ayliffe: Parergon. “The Dean of Windsor, by an ancient ammeasation, is patron thereof.”—Bp. Hall : Specialities of his Life, p. 27. annexationist, s. One who is in favor of an- inexation. ān-néx'ed, pa. par. & a. [ANNEx, v.] ân-nēx -iñg, pr. par., a. & S. [ANNEx, v.] hóil, boy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 197 tān-néx'-ion (xion=kshin), s. [In Fr. anner- ton; Sp. anea’ion.] Annexation; addition. “It is necessary to engage the fears of men, by the anneacion of such penalties as will overbalance temporal pleasure.”—Rogers. “With the anneacions of fair gems enrich'd And deep-brain’d sonnets, that did amplify Each stone's dear nature, worth and quality.” Shakesp.: A Love's Complaimt. anºnéx'-ion—ist,. a. [Eng. amneasion; -ist.] Tending to annexation. “. with the mysterious neutrality of Germany on One, and the ammeasionist inclinations of Italy on the other side . . .”—Times, Nov. 13, 1876. fān-nēx-mênt, s. [Eng, amnea ; suff. -ment, l The act of annexing, the state of being annexed; the thing annexed. ..! “When it falls, Each small amneaement, petty consequence, Attends the boist’rous ruin.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 3. ân'-ni-cit, #n'-i-ciit, s. [Native term. Canar- ese annekattie, anekatte.] “One of the principal amicuts has given way, and the waters have swept down into the plain, doing enormous damage to the crops.”—Times, Sept. 10, 1878. In India : A dam or mole built across a river to raise the level of the water for the purposes of irri- gation, and, to a certain extent, also with the view of facilitating navigation. Such an annicut was some years ago constructed near the mouth of the Godavery River. ān-mi'—hil–a–ble (h silent), a. [Eng annihil- (ate); -able.] Capable of being annihilated. ān-ni'—hil–äte (h silent), v. t. [In Fr. annihiler; Sp. amiquilar; Port, ammiquilar; Ital. anmichilare. From Lat. annihilo: ad=to, and nihil–nothing.] 1. To reduce to non-existence in the literal sense of the word. “There is nothing more certain in nature than that it is impossible for any body to be utterly annihilated; but that as it was the work of the omnipotency of God to make somewhat of nothing, so it requireth the like om- nipotency to turn somewhat into nothing.”—Lord Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. 1., § 100. 2. To reduce anything to non-existence by dissolv- ing it into its constituent elements, and thus de- stroying its distinctive character. Thus an army is annihilated if some soldiers belonging to it are slain, some taken prisoners, and the remainder so demoralized that they have scattered in all direc- tions with no intention of again repairing to their standards. “He proposed, he said, first to annihilate the army of Vaudemont.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. 3. To annul, to abolish, to destroy the force of. “There is no reason that any one commonwealth should annihilate that whereupon the whole world has agreed.” —Hooke?". 4. Fig.: To make one feel as if blotted out of ex- istence, as by severe rebuke, the refusal of an im- ºnt request, &c. (For ex, see ANNIHILATING as adj. ān-ni'—hil-âte (h silent), a. Assimilark, v.] Reduced to nothing ; null and void. “. . . then you do repute the same as vain, and an- nihilate.”—Oath to the Statute of Succession, A. D. 1534. ām-ni'—hil-ā-têd (h silent), pa. par. & a. [AN- NIHILATE, v. “Annihilated senates—Roman, too, With all thy vices, for thou didst lay down With an atoning smile a more than earthly crown.” Byron: Childe Harold, iv. 83. ān-ni-hil-ā-tíñg, pr. par., a., & S. [ANNIHIL- ATE, v.] A. & B. As present participle dº adjective: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. “If they must mourn, or may rejoice In that annihilating voice.” Byron: The Siege of Corinth, 24. C. As substantive: The act of blotting out of ex- istence, either by reducing to nothingness, or by resolving into its constituent parts; the state of being thus blotted out. “. ... for spirits that live throughout Vital in every part, not as frail man In entrails, heart or head, liver or reins, Cannot but by annihilating die.” Milton: P. L., bk. vi. ān-ni-hil-ā'—tion (h silent), s. [Lat. annihilatio. In Fr. annihilation; Sp. amiquilacion; Port. anni- quilaçao; Ital, ammichilaziome.] I. The act of blotting out of existence— (1) By reducing to nothingness— “The tempest cometh: Heaven and Earth unite For the annihilation of all life. Unequal is the strife Between our strength and the Eternal Might!” Byrom: Heaven and Earth, i. 3. Or (2) by resolving into its constituent elements, and rendering useless for the purpose to effect which these were combined. go, gem; thin, ghin, bench; this; Sin, Anno Domini II. The state of being thus blotted out of exist- €n Ce. “God hath his influence into the very essence of things, without which their utter annihilation could not choosé but follow.”—Hooker. - * Blank annihilation=complete annihilation. “. . . which presents not the too fugitive glimpses of past power, but its blank annihilation.”—De Quincey: Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., p. 118. an-ni-hil-à-tion—ist, s. ... One who beſieves in the doctrine of man’s annihilation at death. ân-ni-hil-ā-tör (h silent), s. [Eng. annihilate; suffix,-or;] . One who or that , which annihilates. (In the latter, sense chiefly in composition, as smoke-annihilator.) ăn'-nite, s. [Named from Cape Ann, in North America..] A mineral classed by Dana in his Mica group. Its hardness is 3; sp. gr.,3'169; color, black; streak, dark-green. Composition: Silica, 37.39 to 33'55; alumina, 1666 to 1673; sesquioxide of iron, 12:07 to 1374; protoxide of iron, 17:48 to 19:03; potas. sa, 10.20 to 10'66, with smaller proportions of ses- º of manganese, magnesia, &c. At Cape nn it occurs in granite. *ān-nív'-él-āiş, s. pl. [Lat. annus=a year.] Chantry priests, whose duty it was to say private masses at particular altars, as in Exeter Cathedral. They were galled also annualais and chaplaims. ān-ni-vér'-sar-i-ly, adv. [Eng. anniversary; suffix -ly.] At the return of the same period of the year; annually. “A day was appointed by public authority to be kept anniversarily sacred unto the memory of that deliverance. and victory.”—Bp. Hall, Rem., p. 312. ân-ni-vér'—sar—y, a. & s. [In Fr. anniversaire; Sp. aniversario; Port. & Ital. anniversario. From Lat. anniversarius=yearly, annual; anni-of the year, genit. of annus=the "ear, and versum, supine of verto-to turn.] A. As adjective: *1. Performed in a year. “The heaven whirled about with admirable celerity, º constantly finishing its anniversary vicissitudes.”—. Q4/. 2. Recurring once a year at a stated time; annual, yearly. Anniversary services: Services held on annually recurring days to commemorate certain occurrences which happened on those days, or are associated with them. Most congregations of recent origin have an anniversary service to commemorate the day on which their church was opened. The name. is less frequently applied to Good Friday Christmas Day, and similar Christian festivals. B. As swbstantive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. An annually recurring day on which some nota- ble event in ecclesiastical, in national, in local, or in personal history took place, or is wont to be cele- brated. “. the memory of the róut at Allia, kept alive by a solemn anniversaru, was fresh in the minds of the peo- ple.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xiii., pt. i., § 13. “That day was the ammiversary both of William’s birth and of his marriage.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch., ix. “It was near nine in the evening before the House rose. The following day was the 30th of January, the anniversary of the death of Charles I.”—Ibid., ch. x. 2. The celebration, which takes place at such an- nually recurring periods. “Donne had never seen Mrs. Drury, whom he has made immortal in his admirable anniversaries.”—Dryden. II. Technically. In the Church of Rome: An office for the souls of certain deceased persons, which is celebrated once a year, but which, it is held, ought to be so daily. (Ayliffe : Parergom.) - *ān'-ni-vérse, s. [Lat. anni, genit. of annus=a year, and versus=turning; verto-to turn. The turning of a year.] An anniversary. “. ... shall an anniverse Be kept with ostentation to rehearse A mortal prince's birthday, or repeat An eighty-eight, or powder plot's defeat.” Hale on Christmas Day. ân'—niv-ite, S. . [Named from the Anniver valley # º Valais.' A mineral, a variety of Tetrahe- I'LL0, 3: ân'-nó, S. [Lat. Ablative of annus=a year.] Anno Domini. In the year of the Lord, i.e., our Lord Jesus Christ. The time is fixed by the calcu- lations of Dionysius Exiguus, which are erroneous, it is thought, by about four years. [DIONYSIAN #RA.]" (tisually written A. ii.) ** Stadlin’s within : She raises all your sudden ruinous storms That shipwreck barks, and tears up growing oaks, Flies over houses; and takes Ammo Domini Out of a rich man’s chimney.” Middleton: Witch, i. 2. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. –tion, shiis. -ble, -dle, -sion = shin; -SiOuS = —tion, -Šion = zhūm. -tious, -cious, Anno Mundi Anno Mundi. In the year of the world. (Usually written A. M.) T Since Geology has proved the earth to have existed infinitely longer than was once believed, the expression Anno Mundi, in the old sense, has become obsolete. The dates which it furnishes are hºnown not to have even approximated to the TUILI1, ăn'—nö-dā-těd, a. Heraldry: Bowed, embowed, or bent like the let- r º - ān-nó-dön, s. [ANODON.] *ān'-nóis—ange, 3. [NUISANCE.] ān-nóm'—i-nāte, v. t. [As if from a Lat. annomi- mor.] To Ila IIle, ân-nóm-in-ā'—tion, s. [In Fr. annomination. From Lat. annominatio, agnominatio; ad=to, and nominatio- a naming; momino=to name; momen—a In a Iſle, 1. Alliteration. The use of several words begin- ning with the same letter. “Giraldus Cambrensis speaks of ammomination, which he describes to be what we call alliteration.”—Tyrwhitt: Ess. on the Lamg. of Chaucer, § 1, m. 2. Rhet.; A paronomasia, a pun. The using of two words alike or nearly alike in sound, but widely different in meaning. A very feeble kind of wit. “He who would make a pun would pick a pocket.”—Rev. Sydney Smith. ān-nó'—na, s. [Lat.] .1. The year's produce; hence the necessaries of life, grain. “L. Minucius was appointed prefect of the annona, with the special duty of providing supplies of corn.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist. (1855), ch. xii., pt. iv., § 59. 2. Bot. [ANONA.] ân'-nó—täte, v. i. [In Fr. annoter; Port. annotar; Ital. annotare. From Lat. annoto=to write down, to comment upon.] To make notes or comments upon a book or manuscript or other composition. “Give me leave to annotate on the words thus.”—Ilive: Oration, p. 26. ān-nó-tá-tion, S. [In Fr. annotation; Sp. ano- tacion; Port. annotaçao; Ital, annotazione. From Lat. annotatio- a noting down, annotation: ad=to, and notatio- a marking, a noting; moto = to distin- guish by a mark; nota=a mark. 1. The act of noting anything down. 2. The thing noted down. Generally in the plural, ; notes, comments, or scholia on a pub- lished work or a manuscript writing, of which the annotator is not the author. “It might appear very improper to publish annotations without the text itself whereunto they relate.”—Boyle, Med...: The first symptoms of a fever, or attack of a parOXySm. fān-nó-tā'—tion—ist, s. [Eng. annotation; -ist.] One who annotates; an annotator. “. . . Mr. Mede hath with far more clearness shewn, than the annotationists of the new way have discovered.” —Worthington: Miscell., p. 58. ân'-nó-tá-tór, s. f Lat. annotator=an observer, remarker, overseer. In Fr. annotatewr: Sp. amota- dor; Port. annotador; Ital, annotatore.] One who makes annotations; a scholiast, a commentator. “I have not that respect for the annotators which they generally meet with in the world.”—Felton: On the Clas- sics. ān-nó-tā'-tór-y, a. . [Eng. annotator, and suff. -y.] Containing annotations. ān-nót'-i-noiás, a. [Lat. annotinus=of a year old; from annus=a year. Bot. : Yearly, annual, year. * * ān-nót'—té, an’-nót-ta. [ARNOTTO.] an-nóü'nçe, v. t. [Fr. annoncer=to proclaim; nonce=a nuntio; Sp. amwmciar; Port. annwnciar; aving the growth of a Ital, ammunciare. From Lat. annwncio or annwntio =to announce, to proclaim: Cºd–to, and muntio=to proclaim ; mºuntiw8=a messenger.] [NUNTIUs.] 1. To proclaim, to publish at news, to make pub- licly known. (Followed by the objective case of the intelligence made known, or by a clause of a sen- tence introduced by that.) “Of the Messiah I have heard foretold By all the prophets; of thy birth at length Announc’d by Gabriel with the first I knew.” Milton: P. R., bk. iv. “The peal of a musket from a particular half moon was the signal which announced to the friends of the House of Stuart that another of their emissaries had got safe up the rock.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. #2. To give forth a judicial decision. “Those, mighty Jove, meantime, thy glorious care, Who model nations, publish laws, announce Or life or death.”—Prior. an—nounced, palpar. & a. [ANNOUNCE.] an-nóün'ge-mênt, 8. [Eng. announce; -ment.] The act of announcing; the state of being an- nounced; the news proclaimed, published, made known, or declared. fāte, fit, whât, fäll, färe, amidst, father; 198 T Of modern introduction into the º announcing having been the term formerly em- ployed. “As soon as Lewis was again at Marli, he repeated to the Court assembled there the announcement which he had made at Saint Germains.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. . an-nóü'n-çër, s. . [Eng. announce; -er. In Fr. ammonceur.] One who announces. (Cotgrave.) an-nóü'n-çing, pr. par. [ANNOUNCE.] an-nóy", *a-nóy'e, *a-nóie, v. t. [Norm. an- noyer, fr. newre or nwire=to hurt; Fr.,ennwyer=to weary; nwire=to damage, to hurt; Ital. annoiare= to weary, to tire; nºwocere=to hurt. From Lat. noceo-to harm or hurt.] [NUISANCE, NOx IOUS..] 1. Lit. Of persons or other conscious beings: To tease, to molest, to put to inconvenience, to trouble, to inflict vexation upon. “None awenture, for wich the knyghtis weire Anoit all at the abiding thare.” & Lancelot of the Laik (ed. Skeat), bk. i., 350, 851, “His falous-chip abasit of that thing, And als therof anoyt was the king.” Ibid., bk. ii., 2,243, 2,244. “. . . . he determined not yet to dismiss them, but merely to humble and annoy them.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. 2. Fig. Of wrºconscious eacistence: . (a) To drive or toss hither and thither. “His limbs would toss about him with delight, Like branches when strong winds the trees annoy.” & Wordsworth. (b) To harm, to injure. “Salamon saith, that right as motthes in schepes flees annoyeth the clothes, and the smale wormes to the tre, right so annoyeth sorwe to the herte.”—Chaucer. *an-nóy", *ān-nóye, s. [From the substantive.] Annoyance. (Obsolete, except in poetry.) “Councel or help; and therfor telleth me Al your annoy, for it schal be secré.” Chaucer: C. T., 14,540, 14,541. “And, in the shape of that young boy, He wrought the castle much annou.” Scott: The Lay of the Last Minstrel, iii. 21. an-nóy'—ançe, s. [Eng. annoy; -ance.] 1. The act of annoying, molesting, or teasing. “For the further annoyance and terror of any besieged place, they would throw into it dead bodies.”—Wilkins. 2. The state of being annoyed, molested, or teased. § { a government which has generally caused more annoyance to its allies than to its enemies.”—Macaw- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. xx. 3. That which annoys, molests, or teases. “Prud. Can you remember by what means you find your annoyances, at times, as if they were vanquished?”—Bwn- van: P. P., pt. i. *an-nóye, s. [ANNOY.] an-nóy'ed, pa. par, & a. [ANNOY, v.] an-nóy'-Ér, s. [Eng. annoy; -er.] One who an- In OyS. *an-nóy'-fúl, *a-nói'-fúl, a. [Eng. annoy; j will.] Eminently capable of inflicting annoyance. “For al be it so, that al tarying be anoiful, algates it is not to repreve in geving of jugement, ne in vengeance taking, when it is suffisant and reasonable.”—Chawcer: Melibews. *an-nóy'—ing, pr. par. & a. [ANNOY, v.] *an-nóy'nte, v. t. [ANOINT.] *an-nóy'—oiás, *a-nóy'—oiás, a. [Eng. annoy; -ow8.] Troublesome, fitted to produce annoyance. “Ye han cleped to your conseil a gret multitude of people, ful chargeant and ful amoyous for to here.”— Chaucer: Melibews. ăn'-nil-al, a. & 8. [In Fr. annuel; Sp. anual; Port. annual; Ital. annwale. From Lat. annualis =a year old; annus=a year. “Annus was synony- mous with annulus, and originally meant a ring or circle, like circus and, circulºs.”, (Lewis: Astron. of the Ancients, ch. i., § 3.) The old form of amnus was ammus, as in Solemnis. (Key: Philol. Essays, 1868, p. 260).] A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Requiring just a year to finish; performed exactly in a year. “That waits thy throne, as through thy vast domain, Annual, along the bright ecliptic road.” Thomson: Seasons; Summer. 2. Occurring or returning every year. “To Castile came the ammual galleons laden with the treasures of America.”—Macawlay. Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. 3. Fulfilling its function and running its course; or being born, living and dying within a period often falling short of, but in no case exceeding, a year. (See II. 3, and B. 1.) “Every tree may, in some sense, be said to be an ammual plant, both leaf, flower, and fruit proceeding from the coat that was superinduced over the wood the last year.” —Ray. hère, camel, hēr, wét, wé, thére; annuitant T The Old English word, which annual partly displaced when it came into the language was gearly. (Barnes: Early English, p. 104.) II. Technically: 1. Astronomy: Annwal Equation. Annwal Parallaa.. [PARALLAX. Annwal Variation. "[WARLATION.] 2. Botany and Gardening : º (a) Annual leaves, called also deciduous leaves are those which fail in the autumn, as those of most of our common trees. (Lindley.) e (b) Annual rings: Concentric rings or circles seen when exogenous stems are cut across trans- versely. Though generally indicating annual ad- ditions to the woody growth, yet there are rare and abnormal cases in which a tree may produce two of them in a year. (c) Annual plants. [B. 1.] B. As swbstantive : 1. Qrd. Lang. Botany and Gardening: . A plant which is sown, grows up, flowers, sheds its seeds, and dies, all within the compass of one year; or, more probably, of the portion of the year extending from spring to autumn. “Now is the time to procure and sow (under glass) the seeds of all the choicest annuals. sters of varieties, balsams, zinnias, and stocks are quite indis- pensable.”—Hortic. Record, March 1, 1877. 2. A book published only once a year, and prob- ably about Christmas. ‘I See also ANNUEL. *ān'-nil-al-āis, S. pl. [Eng. annual.] The same as ANNIVELAIS (q.v.). ăn'—nti-al-ist, s. [Eng. annual; -ist.] One who edits or writes in an annual. ân'-nil-al-ly, adv. [Eng. annual ; -ly.] Year by year, every year. “. . . . an army for which Parliament would annºt- ally frame a military code, . . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. *ān-nil-ar-y, a...[In Fr. annuaire; , Port., an- nwario=a book published once a year.] Annual. “Supply anew With annuary cloaks the wandering Jew.” John Hall: Poems, p. 10. *ān'-nil-el, *ān'-il-Éll, s. [Fr. annwel=annual.] A mass to be said annually, or the money to pay for it. [ANNAL, A, 2.] “To hauen hir to our hous and henten gify mighte An Anwell for myn owen [vse] to helpen to clothe.” Pierce the Plowman's Crede (ed. Skeat), 418, 414. *ān'-nil-el-lèr, s. [From Fr. annwel=annual.] A priest who sings anniversary masses for persons deceased. “In London was a #. anºvueller That therein dwelled hade many a year.” Chaucer: C. T., 12,940. ān-nil'-i-tant, s. [Eng. annuity; -ant..] One who receives or is entitled to receive an annuity. “As the annuitants dropped off, their annuities were to be divided among the survivors, till the number of survivors was reduced to seven.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xix. The term Annuity properly signifies a sum of money payable annually, for a certain length of time, or forever; and implies pensions, salaries, remts, and so on. A Certain Ammºwity is one payable for a specified length of time. A Perpetual Ammºwitty is one that is to continue forever. A Contingent Annuity is one whose beginning or termination depends on some contingent event—as the birth or death of a person. An Annuity in Arrears is one whose payments have not been made when due, but allowed to ac- cumulate with interest. The Amount of an annuity in arrears, is the sum of all the payments due, and the interest thereon. The Presemt Worth of an annuity is such a sum as would amount to its final value, at the given rate, for the given time. To find the Amount of an annuity in arrears at Simple Interest: Multiply the annuity by the number of payments due, and to the product add the ANNUAL interest on the several payments. Find the amount of an annual salary of $1,000, in arrears for 5 years, at 6 per cent, simple interest? Ans., $5,600. Sum of 5 payments, $1,000–$5,000 Int. On $1,000 for ten years= 600 Amount, $5,600 The first payment becomes due at the end of the first year, consequently draws interest for 4 years; the second jº for 3 years; the third for 2 years, and the fourth for 1 year. Now 4–H3+2+1 years’ interest equals 10 years’ interest. pine, pit, §§ gö, pöt. marine; sire, sir, or, wore, ae, Ce = €; wolf, ey = a. whô, wörk, sön; qu = kW. Syrian. try, Imiite, füll; ciib, ciire, lunite, 'cir, ràle, annuity an-nil'-i-ty, s. [Fr. annwité; Ger. annwität, from Lat. annus=a year. A. Ordinary Langwage: A fixed sum of money paid yearly. Specially: A yearly allowance. “He was generally known to be the son of one earl, and brother to another, who supplied his expense beyond what his annuity from his father would bear.”—Claren- dom. Law: Under the Roman law annuities were some- times granted by will, the obligation of paying them being imposed upon the heir. Borrowers in the Middle Ages were frequently obliged to grant annuities in lieu of interest, the exaction of which by creditors was forbidden as usury; and the prac- tice received the Papal sanction in the fifteenth century. an–nil', v. t. [In Fr. annuler; Sp. anular; Port. annullar; Ital, annullare; Eccles. Lat. annullo; from ga-w, and nullwm, accus. neut. of nullw8= In OIlê. *1. To reduce to nothing. well as things.) “Truly the like yt han might to do good, and done it not, ye crown of worship shall be take from hem, with shame shall they be annulled.”—Chaucer : Test of Love, bk. iii. “Light, the prime work of God, to me is extinct, And all her various objects of delight Annull'd, which might in part my grief have eased.” Milton: Samson Agonistes. 2. To abrogate, to make void, repeal, nullify, or abolish a law, a legal decision, an obligation, ar- rangement, or a custom deriving its validity from constituted authority; also to nullify a gift, grant, or promise by whomsoever made. “. . ; that he should assume the power of annulling some judgments and some statutes.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. “How in an hour the power which gave annuls Its gifts, transferring fame as fleeting too.” Byron: Ch. Har., iii. 18. “. . . . . all subsisting debts shall be forthwith annulled, and all insolvent debtors, reduced to slavery by their creditors, shall be liberated.”—Lewis : Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. i., § 16. ăn'-nu-lar, a. [Fr. annulaire; from Lat. annu- laris Or anularis=pertaining to a signet ring; ammu- lw8 or amulus=a ring.] In the form of a ring; ringed; wearing a ring, as annular finger. (Beaumont: Psyche, 50.) 1. Min. An annular º is a hexagonal prism with six, or an octagonal, prism with eight, mar- ginal faces disposed in a ring about its base, or one or other of these prisms truncated on all its ter- minal edges. 2. Astron. . An annular eclipse of the sun is an eclipse in which the whole of the moon is seen upon the sun's disc. The moon, however, in certain positions being too small to cover the disc, the sun ap- pears in a form more or less resembling a ring. At other times the moon is so situ- ated as to be able to pro- duce a total eclipse of the re a t e r 1 u m in a ry. Herschel : Astrom., 5th ed., 1858, § 425.) An ammular meb- wla is a nebula of a form suggestive of a ring. Such nebula exist, but are among the rarest objects in the heavens. A nebula of this character has been resolved by Lord Rosse's power- ful telescope into a multitude of minute stars, with filaments of stars adhering to the edges. (Ibid., 10th ed., § 875.) 3. Amat..: Any portion of the human frame which approaches the form of a ring. “That they might not in bending the arm or leg rise up, he has tied them to the bones by annular ligaments.” —Cheyne. Annular protuberance: The same as the Pons Varolii. It is called also the Isthmus emcephali, and the Nodws emcephali. 4. Arch. Amºnwlar vault: A vaulted roof sup- ported on circular walls. àn'-mil-lar-ly, adv. [Eng. annular; -ly.] In the form of a ring. ăn'-nu-lar—y, a. [Lat. annularis, annularius.] In the form of a ring or rings. “Because continual respiration is necessary, the wind- pipe is made with annulary cartilages, that the sides of it may not flag and fall together.”—Ray. ān-nil-lā'—ta, 8, pl. [From Lat. annulatus, or anwlatus=furnished with a ring ; annulus or amwlw8 =a ring.] A class of annulose animals—the same (Used of persons as Annular Eclipse. 199 ân-nil-lāte, án'-nil-lā-těd, a. [See ANNULATA.] I. Ord. Lang.: Furnished with rings, or made of a series of rings; marked with ring-like furrows or depressions. “This group [of antelopes] is distinguished by having heavy, thick, annulated horns.”—Penny Cycl., ii. 89. II. Technically: 1. Zool. : Pertaining., to the class Annulata, Cuvier's Annelida, or, like them, having the body formed of a series of rings. 2. Bot. : Ringed, surrounded by elevated or de- pressed bands; as the roots of some plants or the cupulae of several Oaks. 3. Her. : Having a ring or annulet. {Used spe- cially of a cross with its extremities thus fretted.) ãn-nil-lā'—tion, s. [From Lat. annulatus = ringed.] e º Bot., dºc. : A ring or circle. ân'-nu-lét, s. [In Fr, annelet; Ital. aneletto; from Lat. annulus or amwlws=a ring.] I. Architecture : 1. A small fillet, one of several encircling the capital of a Doric column, just under the ovolo or echinus, as shown in the illustra- tion. They are also called fillets . * and listels. Their number varied, being three, four, or five, according to the taste of the architect. 2. A narrow flat molding com- mon to other parts of the column which it encircles. II. Her. : A ring borne on an es- cutcheon. (In heraldic descriptions the color of the annulet must al- ways be expressed.) *(q). Formerly it stood as the symbol of nobility and jurisdiction, being the gage of the royal favor and protection. (See ANNULUM ET BACULUM.) e (b) Now it is the mark of dis- tinction which the fifth son in a family bears on his coat of arms. ān-nu-lét'—ty, a. [Eng. annulet; -iſ.] Pertain: * * an annulet; annulated, or ringed. (Gloss. Of 7°C/1,. ān-niāl'-la-ble, a. [Eng. annul; -able.] Capa- ble of being annulled, repealed, or abrogated. an-niāl-ment, s. [Eng. annul; -ment.] The act of annulling. ān-nil-lói'-da, s. pl. [Lat. annulus or anulus=a ring; and eidos=form, appearance. } In Professor iſſuºley's classification, one of the eight.primary #.”. into which he divides the Animal Kingdom. e places it between the Annulosa and the In- fusoria. He includes under it (1) the Trematoda or Flukes; (2) the Toeniada, or Tape-worms an Bladder-worms; (3) the Turbellaria; (4) the Acan- thocephala; (5) the Nematoidea, or Thréad worms; and (6) the Rotifera, or, Wheel, Animalcules. , But he, thinks it not improbable that the Annuloida will require ultimately to be merged in the Mol- lusca. ān-ni-lô"—sa, s. pl. [Lat. annulus or anulus= a ring. A sub-kingdom of the Animal Kingdom, cor- responding with Cuvier's Articulata. The word Ar- ticulata, signifying jointed, is not a sufficiently dis- tinctive term, for the Vortebrated animals are also jointed. Annulosa, signifying ringed, is decidedly etter, for the animals ranked under this sub-king- dom have their skeleton, which is external, com- osed of a series of rings. They are divided into }haetognatha, Annelida, Crustacea, Arachnida, My- riapoda, and Insecta, these classes being ranged in an ascending order. The last four are further tººd together under the designation Arthropoda Q1. V.). fān-nu-16'-sang, s. pl. [ANNULOSA.) An Eng- H. fºrm corresponding to the Latin Annulosa QI. V.) . ān-nil-ló'se, a. [ANNULOSA.] 1. Gem. : Ringed. k 2. Spec. : Pertaining to animals of the sub-king- dom. Annulosa. “The body is always divided into rings or transverse joints; from which circumstance naturalists have agreed to call them annulose or ringed animals.”—Swaimson dº Shuckard: Hist. and Classif. of Insects (1840), p. 1. ân'–nil-liim ét bäc'-il-liim, ac. sing. of two Lat. swbstantives with copwlative et. They are in the ac- cusative because the preposition per is understood. Lat.= (by means of) a ring and a staff, or crosier.] jºys: A ring and pastoral staff or crosier Annulet. Annulet. ormerly delivere by kings to bishops on their election. These were designed, it was said, to con- fer the temporalities annexed to the spiritual office; but Pope Gregory VII. and his successors contende Annunciation-day subject ultimately prevailed; and the Emperor Henry V., with the other European Sovereigns, agreed to confer investitures not per annulum et baculwºm, but ſ". sceptrum, by the scepter, the un- doubted symbol of temporai authority. ân'-mil-liis (plur. Ån'–nil-li), s. [Lat.=a ring.] I. Bot.: (1), The thickened longitudinal, ring which partially surrounds the sporangia, of ferns. (Lindley.) , (2) The elastic external ring with which the brim of the sporangium in mosses is furnished. (Ibid.). (3) That part of the veil in fungi which, remaining next to the stipes, surrounds it like a loose collar. (Ibid.) II. Anatomy: 1. Gen.: Anything resembling a ring. “They [the horns of the Nyl-ghau (Antilope pieta)} are perfectly smooth and without annuli.”—Penny Cycl., ii. 75. 2. Technically. Annulus ovalis: A thick fieshy ring nearly surrounding the fossa ovalis, a depres- sion on the middle of the septum in the right auri- cle of the heart. III. Astron.: The “ring” of light left during a solar eclipse, when the sun’s disc is almost covered by the dark body of the moon. [ANNULAR, 2.] “. . an annular eclipse, a phenomenon to which much interest is attached by reason of some curious opti- cal phenomena first observed by Mr. Baily at the moments of th. forming and breaking of the annulus, like beads of light alternating with black thready elongations of the moon’s limb, known by the name of “Baily’s beads.’”— Herschel; Astron., 10th ed. (1869), $425. ān-niā'-mêr-āte, v. t. [Lat. annumero = to count out to, to pay; ad=to, and nwmero=to number.] To add a number to a former one. ān-mü-mêr-ā'—tion, s. (Lat: annumeratio or admwmeratio, from annumero. } Addition to a former number. Än-niān-gi-ade, s. [Fr.] Church. Hist. : A religious order of women founded by Queen Jane of France, wife of Lewis XII., and confirmed by the Pope in 1501 and 1517. It was called also the order of the ten virtues or delights of the Virgin Mary, and was designed to honor these with beads and rosaries. tan-niān'-gi-āte, fan-niān-tí-āte (ti as shi), v. t. [In Sp. amwmciar. From Lat. annuntio, an- muncio: ad=to, and numtio=to announce; mºuntiws= a messenger.] º * * * * 1. Gen.: To announce; to proclaim tidings of an important character. “Let my death be thus annunciated and shewn forth till I come to judgement.”—Bo. Bull: Corrupt. of the Chwrch of Rome. * 2. Spec. : To announce, as the angel did to the Virgin Mary, that she was about to become the mother of the long-promised Messiah. “There should he see his blessed Saviour’s conception annuntiated by the angel, March 25.”—BP. Hall: Rem., p. 33. “. . . they who did annunciate unto the blessed Vir- gin the conception of the Saviour of the world . .”— Pearson on the Creed, Art. 9. tan-niān'-gi-à-têd, fan-mün'-ti-à-těd, *an- min'-gi-āte (ti as shi), pa. par. & a... [ANNUN- TIATE.] “Lo Sampson, whiche that was annunciate, By thangel, long er his nativite.” Chaucer: C. T., 15,501-2. an-niān-çi-ā'—tion, s. (In Fr. annonciation; Sp. anwmciacion; Ital. annunziazione. From Lat. an- nºwntiatio, annwnciatio.] I, Gen. : Announcement; promulgation of import- ant tidings. “The annunciation of the Gospel.”—Hammond's Ser- mons, p. 578. II. Specially : 1. The announcement by the angel to the Virgin that she was about to become the mother of the Divine Saviour. “And the angel came unto her and said, Hail thou that art highly favored, the Lord is with thee, blessed art thou among women. . . Fear not, Mary; for thou hast found favor with God, and behold thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a son, and shalt call his name Jesus.”—Luke ii. 27–31. * Upon the day of the Annunciation, or Lady-day, medi- tate on the incarnation of our blessed Saviour; and so upon all the festivals of the year.”—BP. Taylor. “The most prevalent of these was the year commencing on the festival of the Annunciation of the Virgin, or Lady-day, March 25, which was generally used in England from the 15th century till the abolition of the old style in 1752.”—Lewis: Astron. of the Ancients, chap. i., § 6. 2. An appellation given by the Jews to a portion of the Passover ceremonies. Annunciation-day, s. The 25th of March, the day on which the Episcopal and Romish churches celebrate the angel's annunciation of the Saviour's which was called by Cuvier the Annelida. [ANNE- that the symbols adopted were not those of sec- approaching birth to the Virgin Mary. It is called LIDA.] ular, but of sacred office. The papal views on the also Lady-day. bóil, boy; pout, jowl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. annunciator an-niān'-gi-à-tör, s. [In Ital. annunziatore; from Lat. annwntiator.] * 1. Gen. : One who announces. “ . . appeal to Moses and the prophets as annum- ciators of the death of Jesus.”—Strawss: Life of Jesus (Transl. 1846), $ 107. *2. Eccles. : An officer in the church at Constan- tinople.whose duty it was to inform the people of the festivals about to be celebrated. 3. Electrical: An apparatus for announcing a call from one room to another. Used very largely in hotels. -- an-niān'-gi-a-tór-y, a. [Eng, annunciator; -y.) Containing an announcement; giving intelligence. ān-niās, 8... [Lat.] A year. The ablative anno occurs in such expressions as Ammo Mundi, con- tracted A. M. = in the year of the world; Amno Domini, contracted A. D. =in the year of our Lord. Scotch Law. Annus deliberamdi (a year for delib- erating): . A year allowed an heir to deliberate whether or not he will enter on possession. a-nó'–3, s. . [A name found in the MSS. of Goy- ernor Loten.] "A sub-genus of ruminating animals provisionally placed by Col. Hamilton Smith under Antilope. The typical species is the A. depressi- cornis, a quadruped resembling a small buffalo found gregariously in the mountains of the island of Celebes. - a-nó'-bi-àm, s. [Gr, and=up, upward, . . . aloft ; biod—to º: A genus of beetles belonging to the family Ptinidae. ; contains the well-known Death-watch insects, A. striatwmv, A. tesselatwm, &c. ān-ö-că-thar'-tic, a. [Gr. and=up, upward, and kathartikos=(1) fit for cleansing, (2) purgative; kathairó= to purify, to cleanse; katharos=clean, pure.] Purging upward; emetic. *ān-Ö-gys'-ti, S. pl. [Gr. and=up, upward, and kustis=bladder.] An old division of Echinidae, com- prising those species which have the vent on the dorsal surface. The others were Pleurocysti, with the vent marginal; and Calocysti, with the vent on the under surface. Fleming divided the Anocysti into two sections: (1) Went ventral, in the axis of the body; genera, Cidara, Echinw8, Clypews. (2) Went lateral, above the margin ; genera, Cassidwla, and Nucleolites. ân-Ö'de, s. [Gr, anodos=a way up; ama-up, and hodos-a way, a road.] Electrolysis: The name given by Faraday to what is called by Daniell the zincode, and by various other writers the positive pole of an electric bat- tery; or, more precisely, the “way ” or path by which the electric current passes out and enters the electrolyte on its way to the other pole. It is a platinum plate occupying the same place in the decomposing cell that a zinc plate does in an ordinary cell of a battery. The other plate corre- sponding to the second platinum one in an ordinary cell is called by Faraday the cathode or kathode, by Daniell the platinode, and by many other writers the negative pole. At the positive pole appears one element of the decomposed body called amione, and at the negative the other element termed katione. [KATHODE.] ân'-5-dòn, fan-Ö-dön'—ta, s. [Gr. anodown, neut. sing., and amodonta, neut. plur. of amodows=tooth- less: am, priv., and odows, genit. odontos=a tooth.) 1. A genus of fresh-water molluscs belonging to the family Unionidae, or Naïdes. The ordinary English name of them is Swan-mussel. Woodward, in 1851, estimated the known recent species at fifty, and those found in a fossil state at five, the latter from the Eocene formation. Tate raises the former number to 100, and the latter to eight. A. cygnews is the river-mussel. 2. A genus of serpents destitute of teeth. They belong to the family Dasypeltidae. One species, the Dasypeltis scabra, or Rough Anodon, feeds on eggs, which it sucks. It is found in Southern Africa. (Wood: Nat. Hist., p. 135.) ān-Ö-dyne, 8, & a. [In Fr. anodin; Sp., Port., & Ital, anodimo. From Gr. amodwmos= free from J.ain ; am, priv., and odwmé=grief, pain.] A. As substantive : 1. Med...: A, medicine which alleviates pain, though, if given in too large doses, it induces stupor. fe ‘ī Garrod arranges anodynes with narcotics and soporifics together, thus: Class II. Medicines whose principal effects are upon the nervous sys- tem. Sub-class I. Medicines acting especially upon the brain proper; but probably also upon other łºś. of the central nervous system. Order 1. Xhilarants. Order 2. Narcotics, Anodynes, and Soporifics. Order 3. Anaesthetics. Opium is sopor- ific and anodyne; while belladonna is anodyne and anti-spasmodic. 2. Fig.: Anything designed to mitigate the pain produced by the consciousness of guilt; an Opiate for the conscience. “He had at his command an immense dispensary of amodynes for wounded consciences.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., chap. vi. 200 . B. As adjective: Mitigating or assuaging pain. “ . whilst anodyne, emollient, or gently laxative enemata should be administered.”—Dr. Joseph Browne: Cyclop. Pract. Med., vol. ii., p. 228. ăn'-Ö-dy-noiás, a. [Gr, amūdunos=(1) free from pain; (2) mitigating pain..] Having the qualities of an anodyne; mitigating pain of body, or stilling inquietude of mind. (Coles.) *ā-nög', a. [A. S. genog, genoh-sufficiently, abundañtiy, enough.j [ÉNoüghj “It adde listed longe anog.” Story of Gen. and Eacod. (ed. Skeat), 600. *a-nói'e, v. t. [ANNOY, v.] *a-nóie, s. [ANNOY, s.] *a-nói-fúl, a. [ANNoyFUL.] a-nó-ine, a...[ANOA.l. Pertaining to the Anoa (q.v.). In Griffith's Cººter the iast subdivision of Antilope is called the Anoine group. (Griffith's Cwvier, vol. iv., p. 292.) an–6int, *an-Öynte, an-nóy"nte, v. t. [Fr. Oindre, pa. par. oint. In Sp. & Port, wingir, wrvtar; Ital, womere. From Lat. wºngo or ºff I. Literally: 1. To pour oil upon. This may be— (1.) For purposes not specially sacred. “But thou, when thou fastest, anoint thine head, and wash thy face.”—Matt. vi. 17. (2.) For sacred purposes, and specially for conse- cration of a person, place, or thing. Under the Old Testament economy this was done in the case— (a) Of Jewish priests. “Then shalt thou take the amointing oil, and pour it upon his [Aaron's] head, and amoint him.”—Eacod. xxix. 7. (b) Of Jewish and other kings. “Samuel also said unto Saul, The Lord sent me to anoint thee to be king over his people, over Israel.”— 1 Sam. xv. 1. “. and when thou comest, anoint Hazael to be king over Syria.”—1 Kings xix. 15. (c) Of Jewish prophets. “ . . and Elisha the son of Shaphat of Abel meholah * thou anoint to be prophet in thy room.”—1 Kings xix. 16. (d) Qf the tabernacle and its utensils. (For the ºff, of the tabernacle, see Exod. xl.9; for that of the altar of burnt-offering, see ver, 10; and for that of the layer and its foot, see ver, 11.) 2. To smear with some more or less viscous sub- stance, which need not be oil. (1.) For pºwrposes not specially sacred. “. . . he anointed the eyes of the blind man with the clay.”—John ix, 6. “Amoimted let me be with deadly venom, And die, ere men can say—God save the Queen ''' Shakesp.: Richard III., iv. 1. *(2.) For sacred purposes. “That hade ben blessed bifore wyth bischopes hondes, and wyth besten blod busily amoymted.”—Alliterative Poems: Cleanness (ed. Morris), 1,445-6. II. Figuratively: 1. Very seriously: (1.) To set solemnly apart to sacred office, even when oil was not actually poured upon the head. “. . . thy holy child Jesus, whom thou hast anointed.”—Acts iv. 27. (2.) To adopt the means of obtaining spiritual discernment. “. . . and amoint thine eyes with eye-salve, that thou mayest see.”—Rev. iii. 18. *2. Jocosely: To give a good beating to. “Then thay put hym hout, the kyng away fly, Which so well was amoymted indede, That no sleue ne pane had he hole of brede.” The Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 5,652-4. an–6int-éd, *an-Öynt-éd, *an-nóy"nt—éd, pa. par., a., & 8. (ANornſ.j A. & B. As past participle and adjective: In sen- ses corresponding to those of the verb. “Thou [Tyre] art the anointed cherub xxviii. 14. C. As substantive : | I. An anointed king. Used— 1. Literally: (a) Of any Jewish king. [ANOINT, I. 1, (2), (b)]; the customary phrase being “the anointed of the Lord,” or, “the Lord's anointed.” “The breath of our nostrils, the amointed of the Lord, was taken in their pits.”—Lam. iv. 20. “And David said unto him, How wast thou not afraid to stretch forth thine hand to destroy the Lord’s an- ointed?”—2 Sam. i. 14. (b) Qf an English or other, sovereign. In this sense the term is applied with latent, sarcasm to those, despotic rulers who have largely exercised what has been termed “the right divine of kings to govern wrong.” “Still harder was the lot of those Protestant clergymen who continued to cling, with desperate fidelity, to the cause of the Lord’s amointed.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., chap. xii. . ”—Ezek, anomalistic 2. Figuratively : e tº e . . . (a) Cyrus, as executing the Divine commissions of conquering Babylon and releasing the Jews from captivity. - - “Thus saith the Tord to his anointed, to Cyrus, whose right hand I have holden, to subdue nations before him.” —Isa. xlv. 1. (b) Christ, the Messiah, the former appellation being from Greek, and the latter from Hebrew; both signifying Amointed. (John i. 41.) “But let us wait; thus far He hath perform’d, Sent His anointed.”—Milton: P. R., bk. ii. tl I. An anointed prophet, (Lit. & fig.) [ANOINT, I. 1, (2), (c).] “Saying, Touch not mine anointed, and do my prophets no harm.”—1 Chrom. xvi. 22; Ps. cw. 15. an–6int'-Ér, s. [Eng, anoint; -er.] One who at the moment is engaged in anointing, or whose office iS to anoint. 1. In a general sense. “. . . and the sinner also an amointer.”—Strauss: Life of Jesus (Transl. 1846), $ 90. 2. Church. Hist. (See the example.) “At Watlington, in Oxfordshire, there was a sect called Amointers, from their anointing people before they ad- mitted them into their communion.”—Dr. Plot's Oacford- shire, ch. xxxviii. (Grey: Notes on Hudibras, iii. 2.) an-Öint'-iñg, pr. par., a., & S. [ANOINT.] A. As present participle : In senses correspond- ing to those of the verb. B. As adjective. Used— 1. Of the person applying the oil. . . . . the amointing woman. of Jesus (Transl., 1846.), $90. 2. Of the oil applied. “. spices for amointing oil, xxv, 6. .”—Strauss: Life .”—Eacod. & © This shall be an holy anointing oil unto me throughout your generations.”—Ibid., xxx. 31. C. As substantive : 1. Lit.: The act of anointing; the state of being anointed for Ordinary or for sacred purposes. “Their bathings and amointings before their feasts, their perfumes and sweet odors in diverse kinds at their feasts.”—Hakewill: Apology, p. 390 “. ... for their anointing shall surely be an everlast- ºriesthood throughout their generations.”—Eacod. X1. 10. 2. Fig.: The . of spiritual benefit, even when no actual application of oil has taken place. “But the amointing which ye have received of him abideth in you, and ye need not that any man teach you: but as the same anointing teacheth you of all things, and is truth, and is no lie, and even as it hath taught you, ye shall abide in him.”—1 John ii. 27. - an–6int-ment, S. [Eng, anoint; -ment.] The act º: pºintins: the state of being anointed. (Lit. Jigſ. “. . of his holy anointment from God the Father, which made him supreme bishop of our souls, . . .”— Milton: Animadv. Rem. Def. àn-Öl-ís, s. [From Anoli, or, Anoalli, the name given to the Anolis in the Antilles.] The same as the Anolius of Cuyier. A genus of Saurians belong- ing to the family Iguanidae. Various species exist, some of which have been removed to other genera. All are American. Two of the best known are the Green Carolina Anolis (A. principalis), and the Red-throated Anolis, a native of the American con- timent and the West India islands. fan-Öm'—al, s. [Fr. anomal-anomalous.] An anomalous verb or other word. (Ogilvie.) an–Šm'-a-li-péd, an-Öm'-a-li-pöde, a. & s. [In Ger. amonvalepedisch. From Gr. amómalia=anom- aly, and Lat. pes, genit. pedis, or Gr, pows, genit. podos-foot.] A. As adjective: Having an anomalous foot; hav- ing the middle toe united to the exterior one by three phalanges, and to the interior one by a single. phalanx only. B. As swbstantive: A bird with toes thus consti- tuted. *an-Öm'—al—ism, s. [Formed by analogy, as if from a Greek andmalisma.] [ANOMALOUS..] An ir- regularity, an anomaly. an-Öm-al-is'-tíc, an-Öm-al-is'-ti-cal, a. [In Ger., anomalistisch; Fr. anomalistique; Port. an- omalistico.] Pertaining to what is anomalous or irregular. Astronomy: e Anomalistic Period: The time of revolution of a planet in reference to its line of apsides. In the case of the Earth, the period is called the anomal- istic year... (G. F. Chambers: Astron., Gloss.) Amonvalistic year: A year consisting of 365 days 6 hrs., 13 min., 49.3 secs. . It exceeds the siderea year by 4 min., 397 secs., because, Owing to a slow fāte, fit, fåre, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. anomalistically motion which the longer axis of the earth's ellipse makes of 11.8 seconds yearly in advance, our planet is the number of minutes and seconds mentioned above in traveling from perihelion to perihelion. (Herschel : Astrom., 10th ed., § 384.) an-Öm-al-is-tic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. onomalis- tical; -ly.] , In, an anomalous way; in an abnormal way; irregularly. an-Öm'—al-oils, a. [In Fr. anomal; Sp., Port., & Ital. anomalo; Lat. amomalos. From Gr. amómalos = uneven, irregular; deviating from a general rule: own, priv., and homalos=even, level, smooth ; homos =one and the same, in common; Wel. hama, Irish amhail=similar.] beviating from rule; irregular, abnormal. “And how long was the anomalous government planned by the genius of Sancroft to last.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. x. an-Öm'-al-oiás—ly, adv. [Eng. anomalows: -ly.] In an anomalous manner. “Eve was not solemnly begotten, but suddenly framed and anomalously proceeded from Adam.”—Browne: Vul- gar Errors, bk. v., ch. v. an–Šm'-a-ly, s. [In Ger. & Fr. anomalie; Sp. amomalia, anomalidad. From Gr, anomalia=un- evenness, irregularity, deviation from rule; anom- alos=uneven, irregular; a, an, priv., and homalos= even, smooth; homos=one and the same.] [ANOMAL- OUS. A. Ordinary Language: Gen.: Deviation from rule; irregularity. “As Professor Owen has remarked, there is no greater anomaly in nature than a bird that cannot fly.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. v. “The truth is that the dispensing power was a great anomaly in politics.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. B. Technically: I. Aston...: The deviation in a planet's course from the aphelion or apogee. It is of two kinds, the true and the mean anomally. The true is that which actually takes place. The mean is the angular motion which would have been performed had the motion in angle been uniform instead of the motion in area. (Herschel : Astrom., 5th ed., § 499.) Astron. Eccentric Anomaly: “An auxiliary angle employed to abridge the calculations connected with the motion of a planet or comet in an elliptic orbit. If a circle be drawn, having its center coin- cident with that of the ellipse, and a diameter equal to the transverse (major) axis of the latter; and if from this axis a perpendicular be drawn through the true place of the body in the ellipse to meet the circumference of the circle, then the eccentric anom- aly will be the angle formed by a line drawn from the point where the perpendicular meets the circle to the center, with the longer diameter of the ellipse.” (Hind.) Describe the circle A B C D, so that its center L shall coincide with that of the ellipse, A E C F, in which the planet P moves, and its diameter A C be- the longer axis of the ellipse. Let S be the position of the sun in one AP of the foci of the ellipse, then A is that of the planet when in perihel- ion, and C that which it occupies | when in aphelion. | Join Ps, then the A angle P S L is the S tr we a mo m a lºy. Proximity to the sun made the planet travel more quickly at A than at C. If the rate had been uniform, e it would not have Eccentric Anomaly. reached P. Let it be supposed that it would have been only at E, then A S E is its mean anomaly. Let fall P R a perpendicular to A C from P; produce it in the other direction to B in the circumference of the circle; join B L, then A L B is the eccentric anomaly. In calculating the motion of the moon, the earth is supposed to be at s, as it is also held to be when inquiry is made into the apparent course of the Sun through the ecliptic. 2. Music: A small deviation from a perfect inter- val, in tuning instruments with fixed notes; a tem- perament. ān-ö-mê'—ans, fin-Ö-moe'—ans, S. pl. [Gr, ano- moios=unlike: am, priv., and homoios=like.] Chºwrch. Hist. : A sect who are reported to have held that Christ was a created being, and possessed of a nature unlike that of God. Their leader was Eunomius, secretary to Ætius. He was made Bishop of Cyzicum in A. D. 360, and died about 394. The OOleanS Were considered extreme Arians. The were condemned by the Semi-Arians at the Counci 201 of Seleucia in A. D. 359, but they soon afterward ºated at the Council or Synod of Constanti- nople. ān-Ö'—mi-a, s. [Gr. anomoios=unlike (Wood- ward); anomia=lawlessness (Owen).] A genus of molluscs belonging to the Ostreidae, or Oyster fam- ily. They are found attached to oyster and other shells, and frequently acquire the form of the sur- face with which they are in contact. They are not eatable. In 1875 Tate estimated, the known recent species at twenty, and the fossil thirty-six, the lat- ter from the Oolite upward. The 4. Ephippium, is the saddle-shell. It is a beautifully thin, and ele- gantly waved shell. It inhabits the British seas. ān-Ö'—mi-a-dae, s. pl. [From the typical genus Anomia (q.v.).] A family of Conchiferous Mol- luscs, recently separated from Ostreidae. Tate in- cludes under it the genera. Anomias, Placunomia, Placuna, Carolia, Placunopsis, and Placenta. âm'-à-mite, s. [From Eng, anomia (q.v.), and -ite.] A fossil anomia. ān-Öm—ö-dön'-tí—a, s. pl. g a, priv., momos= . . . law, and Odows, genit. Odontos =a tooth. “Having lawless teeth.” In Professor Owen's classification, the fifth order of the class Reptilia, or Reptiles. He includes under it two families, Dicnyodontia and Cryptodontia. ān-Ö-moe'—ans. [ANOMEANS. ) ān-Öm-iir'—a, s. pl. [Gr, anomos=without law; owra-tail. Zool. : A sub-order of Decapod Crustaceans, inter- mediate between Macrura and Brachyura, differing from the former in the absence of an abdominal fan-shaped fin, as also of natatory feet; and from the latter in generally possessing appendages at- tached to the penultimate segment of their abdo- men. The sub-order is divided into the families Paguridae, Hippidae, Raninidae, Homolidae, and Dromiidae (q. v.). Its best known representatives are the Hermit Crabs (Paguridae). ân'-öm—y, s. [Gr, anomia=lawlessness; a, priv., and momos-law.] Breach or violation of law; law- lessness. “If sin be good, and just, and lawful, it is no more evil, it is no sin, no anomy.”—Bramhall against Hobbes. a-nón", *a-nó'on, adv. & v. i. [A. S. on-in; an= one. Junius, Horne Tooke, &c., supply minute, and make amon mean primarily “in one minute.” Web: ster believes it should be in continuation, in exten- sion, applied first to extension in measure, and then by analogy to time. He quotes the Saxon Chronicle, A. D. 1022, where it is stated that a fire “weax on lengthe up an on to than wolcne,” which he freely renders, “increased in continuation to the clouds.” See also, he adds, A. D. 1127. Morris brings amon from A. S. amame, oname = in one moment. (Alliterative Poems, Gloss.) In Bosworth's A. S. Dict, amon is=singly, and on-am-in one, once for all, continually.] A. As adverb: 1. Quickly, speedily, at once, in a short time. “And hastily for the provost they sent. He came anoom, withoute tarying.” Chaucer: C. T., 15,027-28. “Fyrst of my hyre my lorde con mynne, I watzh payed amon of al and sum.” Alliterative Poems: Pearl (ed. Morris), 582-3. “But Simon’s wife’s mother lay sick of a fever, and amon they tell him of her.”—Mark i. 30. *I Amon, sir = Immediately, presently, sir; or as the phrase now is, “Coming, sir,” was the customary answer of waiters in the Elizabethan age, when called to attend on a guest. (Nares.) “Like a call without Amon, sir, Or a question without an answer.” Witts Recreations, sign. T. 7. “Th' Anom, sir, doth obey the call, Speak in the Dolphin, speak in the Swan, Drawer: Amon, sir, Anon.” Ibid. 2. At other times. (Opposed to sometimes.) “Full forty days he pass'd, whether on hill Sometimes, amon in shady vale, each night, Or harbor'd in one cave, is not reveal’d.” Milton: P. R., bk. i. Ever and amon : Every now and then. B. As verb intransitive: To hasten. “I most anoom, sethens it is your wille.” Chaucer: C. T., 4,702. a-nó'-na, s. [In Dut. & Sp. annoma, amona. From Lat. annona-the year's produce, grain; annus=a year. Probably named “grain.” on ac- count of the nourishing qualities found in the fruit. Corrupted from , the Malay manga, pro- nounced, in the Banda islands, menona.J. The typ- ical genus of the order of plants called Anonaceae, or Anonads. It contains the Custard Apple (A. Gr. anomos=lawless: anoplothere squamosa), the Sour-sop (A. m.wrigata), the Bºl löck's Heart (A. reticulata), and the Čherinolia (A. cherimolia), &c. The seat of the genus is prop- erly the warm- er parts of America, but the species now named are cul- tivated in In- dia, where the Custard Apple is called Secta- hul (that is, ectaS tº: and the Bul- lock's Heart, Ramphul, that is, Ramas fruit. A. palustris is the corkwood of Jamaica. A species of An- On a grew , 1n Britain during Anona squamosa (Custard Apple.) the Eocene period, its seeds being found fossil in the London clay of Sheppey. The seeds of A. squamosa are highly acrid and poisonous. Pow- dered and mixed with flour made from grain (Cicer grietinum), they are used by the natives of India for washing their hair. In Brazil corks are made from the root of A. palustris, and the light white wood of A. sylvatica is employed by turners; while the fruit of the last-named species is eaten at des- SertS. ān-ö-nā'-gé-ae (Mod. Lat.), a-nó'-nāds (Eng.), s. pl. [From the typical genus Among Šiš. An order of exogenous plants classed by Lindley under his Ranales, or Ranal Alliance. They have six petals, hypogynous stamina generally indefinite in number, numerous ovaries, and a many-carpeled, succulent, or dry fruit, and alternate simple leaves without stipules. They are trees or shrubs occur- ing in the tropics of both hemispheres. In 1846 Lindley estimated the known species at 300. Most have a powerful aromatic taste and smell, and the flowers of some are highly fragrant. Some have a succulent and eatable fruit. [ANONA.] *an-ön'-dér (Eng. & Scotch) *ān-ön'—&r, *ān- iínd'–ér (Scotch), prep. [A. S. an=in; onder=Eng. wnder.] noier. “Ther nis non betere amonder Sunne.” King Horn (E. E. T.), 567. “Then the Bible amwmder his arm took he.” Hogg: Mountain Bard, p. 19. *a-nēnt', *an-Önde, *čn-ond'e, “àn-ènd'e, prep. [ANEND.] Opposite to, level with. “Bere thyn ost a-mont thy breste, In a box that ys honeste.” Instructions for Parish Priests (ed. Peacock), 1,962. ān-Ön'-ym-al, a. [ANONYMOUS..] ān-Ön-ym-i-ty, s. [In Dan, anonymitet..] [AN- ONYMOUS..] The state of being anonymous; anony- mousness, anonymity. fān-ön-y-mös'-i-ty, s. [From Gr. andmwmos; Eng. suffix -ity, from Lat. -itas.] The state of being anonymous; anonymousness, anonymity. an-Ön'-y-moiás, a. [In Sw, anonym; Fr. an- onyme;. Sp. & Ital. amonimo. Port. , anonymo. From Gr. amómwmos: am, priv., and onoma= Ił a Iſle. *1. Which has not received a name, implying, however, that one will yet be attached to it. “These animalcules serve also for food to another anonymous insect of the waters.”—Ray. 2. Intentionally nameless. Used— - (a) Of the authorship of verbal statements, writ- ings, publications, &c. “. . amonymous letters.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. (b) Of writers not appending their names to their literary productions; of benevolent men with- holding their names when they give charity. “The combatants on both sides were generally anony- mous.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. “Nearly a hundred years have passed since an amony- mous benefactor founded in France a prize for virtue.”— Daily News, August 8, 1878. an-Ön'-y-moiás—ly, adv. [Eng. anonymous; -ly.] With no name attached to it. “. . . the edition published anonymously . . .”— Scott: William and Helen. an-Önj-moiás-nēss, s. [Eng, anonymous; -ness.] The state of being anonymous; anonymity, anonymosity. *a-nó'on, adv. & v. i. ān-öp-lö-theºre, s. English name— (1.) Spec. : Of the Anoplotheriwm commune. “. ... the aquatic cloven-hoofed animal which Cuvier has cailed Amoplothere.”—Owen; Brit. Foss. Mammals and Birds (1846), p. xviii. [ANON.] [ANOPLOTHERIUM.] The bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = -šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Shan. -tion, –tion, -sion = shin; anoplotheridae (2) Gen.: Of any fossil mammal belonging to the same family. Cervine Amoplothere: Dichobwne Cervinwm. [DICHOBUNE, ANOPLOTHERE.] ān-Öp-ló-thér'-i-dae, s. pl. [ANOPLOTHERIUM.] A family of mammals belonging to the order Pachy- dermata. All are extinct. [ANOPLOTHERIUM.] àn-Öp-lö—thèr'-i-iim, s. [From Gr. an, priv. hoplon=a weapon, and thérion=beast. “Unarme beast.” The name refers to the absence of such natural weapons as tusks; long and sharp. canine teeth, horns or º The appellation given, by Cuvier to a genus of hoofed quadrupeds found in the middle Eocene gypsum of the Paris basin. It is the type of the family An- o plot heridae (q.v.). A. curi- OllS Fº of the Anoplo- therium genus, shared only by man, is that the in c is or s and canine teeth were so equally developed that they form ed on e unbroken series with the premolars and true molars. The A. commune was about four and a-half feet long, or with the tail, eight feet. It is found not merely in the vicinity of Paris, but also in the contemporary Eocene strata of Hampshire and the Isle of Wight. [ANOPLOTHERE.] (Owen : Brit. Foss. Mamm. and Birds, pp. 4–32-439.) ān-Öp-lö—thér'–6id, o. & S. [From Eng., &c., anoplotherium (q.v.), and Gr. eidos=form...] 1. As , adjective (Palaeont.) : Resembling the Anoplotherium. 2. As substantive (Palaeont.): bling the Anoplotherium. ān-Öp-lär'—a, S. pl. [Gr, an, priv.; , hoplon=a tool, . . . a weapon, arms; owra-tail. aVing unarmed tails.] Zool.: . An aberrant order of insects, sometimes termed from their parasitic habits Parasitica or Epizoa. They have six legs, no wings, and either two simple eyes or none. hey undergo no proper metamorphosis, though there is, a certain semi- transformation when they shed their skins. They are parasitic upon mammals and birds, and are enerally termed lice. There are two sub-orders: 1) Haustellata, or Rhyncota, having a mouth with a tubular, very short fleshy haustellum, and (2) Mandibulata, or Mallophaga, in which the mouth is provided with two horny mandibles. ân-áp'-sy, s. [Gr, and priv., and gp8=the eye.] Med...: Absence of sight, want of vision; blind- IlêSS, ăn'-à-réx-y, s. . [In Fr. anorea:ie; Port, ano- reacia ; Gr. amorea:ia: am, priv., and orea is=a long- ing or yearning after anything; oregö=to reach, to stretch out..] - Med...: Want of appetite. ta—nor"—mal, a. [In Fr. anormal. [ABNORMAL.] ān-orth'-ic, a... [Gr, am, priv., and orthos= Skeleton of Anoplotherium. An animal resem- straight . . . . right, as a right angle.] Irregu- Har; abnormal. º º Crystallog.: A term applied to all crystals which do not belong to the more regular systems, i. e., which do not fall under the cubical, the Fº the rhombohedral, the prismatic, or the oblique systems. (Phillips. Min, ed. 1852,. p. 9.) The An- orthic is called also the Triclinic, the Doubly Oblique, and the Tetarto-prismatic system. [TRI- CLINIC.] (See Dana’s Min., 5th ed., 1875, p. xxvi.) ān-orth'-ite, s. [In Ger. anorthit. From Gr, am, priv., and orthos=direct, straight; suff, -ite. So named in 1823 by Rose from its “anorthic,” or what would now be called triclinic, crystals.] [AN- oRTHIC.] A mineral placed by Dana under his Feld- spar group of Unisilicates. Anorthite Occurs crys- tallized or massive. Its hardness is 6–7; sp. gr. 2:66–278: luster of ordinary faces vitreous, of cleavage planes inclining to pearly color, white, grayish, or reddish. . It is transparent or translu- cent, has a conchoidal fracture, and is brittle. Composition: Silica, 41.78 to 47.63; alumina, 28.63 to 37'5; lime, 828 to 1911; magnesia, 0.29 to 5'87; sesquioxide of iron, '07 to 4'0; potassa, 0.25 to 6'58; soda, 0.27 to 3:35; and water, 0.31, to 5:03. The va- rieties recognized by Dana are (1) Anorthite proper, which occurs in Italy among the old lavas of Monté Somma, at Mount Vesuvius, and on the Isle of Pro- cida. It has been called also Christianité and Bio- time. Thiorsite is the same species from the plain of Thiorsa, near Hecla, in Iceland. % Indianite, from India; - (3) Amphodelite, from Finland and Sweden, called also Lepolite. . It includes Latro- bite, from Labrador, and apparently Tankite from Norway. Besides these, Linseite and Sundvikite fāte, fit, amidst, whât, fall, or, wore, färe, father; 202 are altered Anorthite. Dana numbers Cyclopite, Barsowite, and Bytownite as if they, too, were not properly distinct from Anorthite. ān-orth'-6-scópe, s. [Gr, an, priv.; orthos= straight; skopeč=to look at. & • Optics: An instrument for producing a particular kind of optical illusion by means of two opposite disks rotating rapidly. The hinder disk, which is transparent, §. certain distorted figures painted upon it. The other one, which is in front of that now described, is opaque, but is pierced with a number of narrow slits, through which the figures on the disk behind it may be viewed, ān-ös'-mi-a, s. [From Gr. a, priv., and osmé= smell.] º Med...: Absence of the sense of smell. When it exists, which is, but rarely, it is a congenital defect, or arises from disease or from the subjection of the olfactories to strong stimuli. fān-ös-töm-ö'-sís, s. [ANASTOMOSIs.] ān-ös -têm-üs, 8. [From Gr, and = above, and stoma-the mouth.] A genus of fishes belonging to the Salmon family. ān-Öth'-Ér (Eng.), ān-íth".-èr (Scotch), a. Ens. an, other; A. S. an=One, and other.] [OTHER. 1. Not the same; different. “But my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit with him . . .”—Numb. xiv. 24. “When the soul is beaten from its station, and the mounds of virtue are broken down, it becomes quite another thing from what it was before.”—South. *2. Otherwise. “‘Bi Mary,’ quoth the menskful, ‘me thynk hit another.’”—Sir Gawayne (ed. Morris), 1,268. 3. One in addition; one more. “. have ye another brother ?”—Gen. xliii. 7. 4. Any other. “. discover not a secret to another.”—Prot. Xxv. 9. 5. Not one's self. “Let another man mouth.”—Prov. xxvii. 6. It is, sometimes used when the two entities compared belong to different categories, whereas in its more normal senses another implies that they are of the same kind. “I am the Lord : that is My name; and My glory will I not give to another, neither My praise to graven images.” Isa. xlii. 8. TI.(1) Qme to angther, or one another (Eng.)=ame amither (Scotch), is used reciprocally. “Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to another.”—Mal. iii. 16. “This is my commandment, That ye love one another.” —John xv. 12. “There has been mony a blythe birling—for death and drink-draining are near neighbors to ame amither.”— Scott : Bride of Lammermoor, ch. xxiii. 2. You're another: The tw quoque of the unedu- cated classes. Davies gives an example from Udal: Roister Doister, iii. 5. *another-gaines, a. Of another kind. “If my father had not plaid the hasty fool, I might have had another-gaines husband than Dametas.”— Sidney. *another-gates, s. Of another kind. [OTHER- GATES.] “And his bringing up another-gates marriage than such a minion.”—Lyly: Mother Bombie, i. “A good report maketh the bones fat, saith Solomon ; and that, I ween, is another-gates manner, than to make the face shine.”—Bo. Sanderson : Sermons. “ Hudibras about to enter Upon another-gates adventure.” Butler : Hudib., iii. 428. *another-guess, a. (Corrupted from another- guise.) [Eng. another, and Fr. guise=manner, way, corresponding in meaning to the Eng. & A. S. wise appended to a word, as likewise.] Of another kind. (Vulgar.) “Oh Hocus! where art thou? It used to go in another. gttess manner in thy time.”—Arbuthnot. another-guise, a. [ANOTHER-GUESS.] a-nót'—ta, s. [ARNOTTO.] *a-mod’—Ém, adv. Above. “And sette hit on his swerde, Amonume at than orde.” King Horn (E. E.T.), 623-4, *a-mod’rne-ment, s. [ANORNE.] Ornament, “The hous and the amournementes he hyghtled togeder.” Alliterative Poems; Cleanness (ed. Morris), 1,290. *a-nóy"e, v. t. [Old form of ANNoy (q.v.).] To praise thee, and not thine own TÜ, “Who badde foure spirits of tempest That power han to noyen land and see, Bothe north and south, and also west and est, Amoyen neyther londe, see, ne tree?” Chaucer: C. T., 4,913-14. wét, wé, hère, Camel, hēr, thère; 3.I] SWCT h #jº. S. pl. [The pl. of Lat. ansa=a handile, a aft. Astron. . Ansoe of Saturn's ring. The º: or arms of the ring on each side of the globe of the planet. (Hind.) They were so called by Galileo The Ansae of Saturn's Ring. and other early astronomers from their resembling to the eye of one looking at them through the im- Fº telescopes of that period, the andles of a pot or other utensil. Ån'-sar, s. [O. Fr. anseor=a judge, an arbitrator.] Scotch Mythol. (For def. see example.) “David Deans believed this and many other such ghostly encounters, and victories on the faith of the Ansars, or auxiliaries of the banished prophets.”—Scott: Heart of Mid-Lothian, ch. xv. An-sår'-i-ang, s. pl. (AsSASSIN.] ân'-sà-têd, a. [Lat. ansatus=having a handle; from ansa=a §:, Ulr- - nished with a handle or handles of some kind or other. ansated Cross (crwac ansata), s. The handled Tau cross, uni- formly found in the hands of the old Egyptian deities, being regarded as the symbol of life. It was called in Coptic ankh- life. *änse, s. [Lat. ansa=a han- dle-] One of the handles of a Anseted Cross. CaLALl OI! . anse de pa"-nj-er, s. [Fr.] [SURBASED.] ân'-sér, s. [Lat. anser; Ger. gans; O. H. Ger. kans: Eng. gander, goose; Gr. chén; Sansc. hamsa.] 1.20al. : , A. genus of , natatorial or swimming birds, the º: One of the sub-family Anserinae. It contains the geese. Several species are found in this country. [GOOSE.] t2. Astron.: A portion of the constellation called by Hevelius Vulpecula et Anser (the Fox and Goose). It belongs to the northern hemisphere, is placed over the Eagle, immediately under the star Albireo, or Beta Cygni, with a little one called the Arrow between. It is rarely met with in modern Star-maps. Eng. ân'—sér-ā-ted, a. -ated.] Heraldry: An anserated cross is , one with its extremities shaped like the heads of lions, eagles, or similar animals. ân'-sér-ēš, s. pl. [The pl. of Lat. anser=a goose.] The third of Linnaeus' six orders of Birds. The species are characterized by smooth beaks, broad- est at the point, covered with smooth skin, and denticulated. The toes are web-footed. The tibiae are short and compressed. It includes the birds now called Natatores, or Swimmers. [NATATOREs.] ânº-Sérin-ae, 8, pl. [ANSER.]_A sub-family of Anatidae (Ducks), cóntaining the Geese. ân-sér-ine, a. [Lat. anserinus.] Pertaining to the Anseres, or Geese; resembling a goose; framed on the model of a goose; after the manner of a goOSe. & 4 [Lat. anser = goose; a flattened beak like that of a duck, which is used in the amserine manner to extract insects and worms jº the mud.”—Owen; Classific. of the Mammalia (1859), P- *ān'-seyne, s. [ENSEINYIE.] *ān-slā'ight (gh silent), s. onslaught, an attack, an affray. “I do remember yet that anslaight, thou wast beaten, And fled'st before the butler.” Beaumont & Fletcher: Mons. Thomas, ii. 2. an’-swer, *an-swäre, *an-swār-en, “and- swäre (Eng.), *ān'-swir (Scotch), (w silent), v. t.& i. [A. S. answarian, and swarian, andswerian=to answer: and, inseparate prep, like Gr., anti, denot- ing opposition, in reply, in return; and swaran=to answer, cognate with swerian=to swear. [SweAR.} In Sw, svara, and in Dan, Svare and ansvare=to answer.] A. Transitive: I. Literally: 1. To reply to a question formally put to one. (In this and some of the following senses answer may pine, pit, gö, pöt, Syrian. [ONSLAUGHT. j. An sire, sir, marine; wolf, wörk, whô, sān; ey = 3. 32, Ce = €; miite, qu = kW. ciib, cire, try, cür, ràle, fūll; unite, allSWer be followed by an objective of the person replied to, by an objective of the communication made, or by both together.) “And he him answerede modi and bold.” Story of Gen. and Earod. (ed. Morris), 2,728. “The baptism of John, was it from heaven or of men? answer me.”—Mark xi. 36. *But he answered her not a word.”—Matt. xv. 23. See also the example under No. 3.) In the authorized version of Scripture the expression occurs, “answered him and said. “And Peter answered him and said, . . .”—Matt. xiv. 28. 2. To reply to a statement of facts, or an argument, whether given forth verbally, in writing, or by means of the press. Spec., to attempt in whole or in part to refute it. “This reasoning was not and could not be answered.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. 3. To reply to an accusation; to endeavor to rebut it. “And the high priest arose and Baid unto him, Answer- est thou nothing 7 . What is it which these witness against thee ?”—Matt. xxvi. 62. 4. To sing in alternate parts, or in any other way to alternate with another person in what he or she is saying or doing. “And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands.”—l Sam. xviii. 7. (Apparently one choir sung, Saul hath slain his thousands;” and a second one finished the sentence by adding, “And David his ten thousands.”) “With piercing shrieks his bitter fate she moans, While the sad father answers groans with groans.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xxii., 514, 515. “So spake the mournful dame: her matrons hear, Sigh back her sighs, and answer tear with tear.” Ibid., 662, 668. ă. To solve an arithmetical, mathematical, or other question or problem proposed to one. II. Figuratively: 1. To make a suitable return for anything said or done. Thus, to answer a prayer or petition is, if it be deemed right, to grant what it solicits: to an- swer the door-bell is to go and ascertain who has rung it, and what his object is in visiting the house; to answer a legitimate claim on one's purse is to pay it; to answer an evil doer or evil deeds is to punish him or them; to answer an enemy's fire in battle is to fire back at him. “Thou calledst in trouble, and I delivered thee; I am- steered thee in the secret place of thunder.”—Ps. lxxxi. 7. “I the Lord will answer him by myself. And I will set my face against that man, and will make him a sign and a proverb, and will cut him off from the midst of my people.”—Ezek. xiv. 7, 8. #. To stand accountable for; to incur the penalty O e “Shall he that contendeth with the Almighty instruct º he that reproveth God, let him answer it.”—Job “In thine own person answer thy abuse.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry VI., ii. 1. “. . . . . who studies day and night To answer all the debt he owes unto you, Even with the bloody payments of your deaths.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., i. 3. . “Let his neck answer for it, if there is any martial law in the world.”—Ibid., Henry V. 3. To be suitable for; to be capable of being em- ployed for; to serve for. “. money answereth all things.”—Eccl. x. 19. 4. To correspond to or with. “Weapons must needs be dangerous things if they answered the bulk of so prodigious a person.”—Swift: Gulliver’s Travels. “Still follow Sense, of ev'ry art the soul, Parts answ'ring parts shall slide into a whole.” Pope: Moral Essays, Epistle IV., 65, 66. 5. To be opposed to, to face. “Fire answers fire; and, by their paly beams, Each battle sees the other's umber'd face.” Shakesp.: Henry V.; Chorus. B. Intransitive : I. Literally: To reply verbally, or in writing, to a question, a call, a summons, a judicial charge, a petition, Or a prayer. “And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right . ”—Luke x. 28. “The Lord called Samuel, and he answered, Here am I.’” -1 Sam. iii. 4. “Then Paul stretched forth the hand, and answered for himself.”—Acts xxvi. 1. “But there was no voice, nor any that answered.”— 1 Kings xviii. 26. T. In the English Bible the expression and said” is common. “But he answered and said unto him that told him, Yºº my mother? and who are my brethren?”—Matt. Xll, 4tſ. $ $ r answered 203 Once it is used anomalously, in the sense of made a statement, no question having preceded it: “The king answered and said unto Daniel ” (Dan. ii. 26). Daniel had not previously to this addressed the king. (See also Acts v. 8.) II. Figwratively: 1. To reply to any of these by deeds rather than words. “. . . and the God that answereth by fire, let Him be God.”—1 Kings xviii. 24. 2. To speak for, to windicate, to witness for. “So shall my righteousness answer for me in time to come.”—Gen. xxx. 33. “I have ever been of opinion, that, if a book can’t answer for itself to the public, 'tis to no sort of purpose # its author to do it.”—Pope: Letter to the Hom. J. C. (1711). 3. To be held.responsible for, to beliable for, to be accountable for; to satisfy any demands, which justice may make concerning (one’s actions). “Those many had not dared to do evil, If the first man that did th’ edict infringe, Had answer'd for his deed.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, ii. 2. 4. To be suitable for, to serve for, to succeed. “. . . . the trial in great quantities doth not answer the trial in small; and so deceiveth many.”—Bacon. “Jason followed her counsel, whereto, when the event had answered, he again demanded the fleece.”—Raleigh. 5. To correspond to or with. “Dol. Hear me, good madam: Your loss is as yourself, great; and you bear it As answering to the weight.” Shakesp.: Antomy and Cleopatra, v. 2. “As in water face answereth to face, so the heart of man to man.”—Prov. xxvii. 19. 6. To sound in return, as in the case of the re- sponse from an echo. “The woods shall answer, and their echo ring.” Pope: Pastorals; Summer, 16. .7. To vibrate to the touch, or otherwise act re- ciprocally to. “Say, do'st thou yet the Roman harp command? Do the strings answer to thy noble hand?” Dryden. an’–swer, *an'—swäre, *an'—swar, *ānd-swere (w silent), 8. [A. S. and swaru. In Sw. & Dan, svar.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Literally: 1. Gem : A reply to a question, command, call, entreaty, address, or argument. “Efſt] this andswere, ben ut gon, Moyses forth and Aaron.” Story of Gen. and Exod. (ed. Morris), 3,081, 3,082. “So watzh al samen her answar soght.” Alliterative Poems; Pearl (ed. Morris), 517. “Now advise, and see what answar I shall return to him that sent me.”—2 Sam. xxiv. 13. 2. Specially: (a) A reply to a legal accusation against one. (B., Law.) “At my first answer no man stood with me, but all men forsook me.”—2 Tim. iv. 16. (b) A reply in an oral debate to the allegations of an opponent, or a publication in reply to another publication. & (c) The solution of an arithmetical question or a geometrical problem, the former at least being gen- erally proposed in the form of a question. II. Figuratively: 1. A return for anything said or done. “. ... the answer was given by a volley of musketry.” —Darwin: Voyage rowmd the World, ch. iv. 2. One thing produced by another; an effect viewed as proceeding from a certain specified cause. “Contraction is an answer to stimulus.”—Todd dº Bow- man: Physiol. Anat., vol. i., p. 3. Account to be rendered to justice. “He'll call you to so hot an answer for it, That you shall chide your trespass.” Shakesp.: Henry V., ii. 4. 4. The reverberated sound of an echo. B. Technically (Law): The formal defense made by an accused person against the charge brought against him, or the formal reply of one side in a lawsuit to the allegations of the other. Also the appearance for such defense. fanswer-jobber, s. One who makes a business of writing answers. “What disgusts me from having anything to do with answer-jobbers is, that they have no conscience.”—Swift. an’–Swęr-a-ble (w silent), a. [Eng. answer; -Cuble. 1. That to which a more or less satisfactory answer can be given. ant .2: Responsible, liable to be called to account for, liable for. - “For the treaty of Dover the king himself is chiefly answerable.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. 3. Correspondent, similar, like. “It was but such a likeness as an imperfect glass dotk give; answerable enough in some features and colors, but erring in others.”—Sidney. 4. Proportionate to, commensurate to or with. “. . . and twenty cubits was the length, and the height in the breadth was five cubits, answerable to the hangings of the court.”—Eacod. xxxviii. 18. 5. Suitable. “. . . it was a violent commencement, and thou shalt see an answerable sequestration.”—Shakesp.: Othello, i. 8. “If answerable style I can obtain Of my celestial patroness.”—Milton. 6. Equal, sufficient to meet. “There be no kings whose means are answerable unto other men's desires.”—Raleigh. an’—swór-a-ble-nēss (w, silent), s. [Eng. an- swerable; -mess.] The quality of being answerable. “To shew therefore the correspondency and answer- ableness which is between this bridegroom and his. spouse,” &c.—Harmar: Transl. of Beza, p. 196. an’—swór-a-bly (w silent), adv. [Eng. answer- able; -ly.] Proportionally, correspondingly. “It bears light sorts into the atmosphere to a greater or lesser height, answerably to the greater or lesser intense- ness of the heat.”—Woodward. [See AN- an’—swóred (w silent), pa. par. & a. SWER, v.] an’—swär-Ér (w silent), s. [Eng., answer; -er.] One who answers to a question, or who replies in a controversial manner to a writing or publication. “I know your mind, and will satisfy it: neither will I do it like a niggardly answerer, going no further than the bounds of the question.”—Sidney. “It is very unfair in any writer to employ ignorance and malice together, because it gives his answerer double work.”—Swift. an’-swär-iñg, *an'-swór-yńg (w silent), pr. par., a. & S. [ANSWER, v.] “Discret sche was in answerung alway.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,463. “. . . while all the Greeks around With answering sighs return'd the plaintive sound.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. iv., 184, 185. “. . . for an answering sign, That the good Cross doth hold its lofty place Within Valencia still.” Hemans: Siege of Valencio. an’—swär-less (w silent), a. [Eng. answer; suffix -less.] Without an answer, either as not yet having been replied to, or as not capable of being answered. (Byron.) ânt, *āunt, *āmt, *ām'-Ét, *ēm"—ét, Śm'-mêt, s. [According to Junius, the Eng. word an is dé. rived from Eng. emmet, A. S. Cemette; Trench con- sidering the successive steps of the process to have been emmet, emet, amet, amt, and amt. (Trench : Eng. Past and Present, pp. 198 to 200.) A. S. Cemete opmette, oemetta, oemytta, emete, emette; Ger.ameise.} 1. Ord. Lamg. dé Entom. : The name given to cer- tain small, but singularly intelligent and industri- ous insects well #. in this and other lands. They are classed by naturalists under Heterogyna, the first tribe of aculeated Hymenoptera. Ants live in society like the more common species of wasps and bees. Like them, also, their polity consists of these kinds , of individuals, males, females, and neuters, the last-named being probably abortively- formed females. The males are winged during the whole course of their existence, the females only during the pairing season. and the neuters not at. aii. The maſes and females meet not on the ground, but in the air. Soon afterward the males, which cannot do much for themselves, having neither stings nor even mandibles, perish of cold or other hardships. The females, on the contrary, immedi- ately after meeting with the other sex in the air, lose or actually pull off their wings, are found by neuters, and become the object of their tender care. The neuters are the most numerous class of ants, and do nearly the whole work of the com- munity. Specially, they carry the eggs, the larvae and the cocoons from place to place in the nest, as the temperature and moisture vary; they feed the larvae with liquid disgorged from the stomach, and besides open the cocoons for them when they are ready to emerge as perfect insects. Hence the neuters are sometimes called workers or murse-ants. Sir John Lubbock says that ants can distinguish colors, being particularly sensitive to violet. They have yery delicate smell, but apparently no hearing. The different species present curious analogies to the earlier stages of human progress—the hunting and pastoral, and even the agricultural...There are various genera and species of ants, differing in habits and methods of operation. Some, like For- bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; cat, y çell, Chorus, thin, this; go, gem; çhin, bench; sin, Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, del- -tian = Shan. -tion, shiis. -ble, -sion = —dle, &c. = bel, shiin; -Sious = –tion, -Ši. Il = zhin. -tious, -cious, ant-bear mica sanguinaria and, F. caespitwmum, have been called Mining-ants; others, as F. flava, produce a kind of masonry; while, F. rufa, the Wood-ant, similarly addresses itself to carpentry. ... Finally, some ants keep aphides as graziers do milch, cows on account of a secretion which they yield; and others hold slaves, the eggs, larvae, and pupae of which they have captured in war. Of these the most notable is the Amazon-ant. [AMAZON, No. 4. sºlo HETEROGYNA, FORMICA, MYRMICA ATTA, C. ‘ſ The ant of Scripture, Heb. memdilah, Sept. murméac, Vulg. formica, seems correctly translated. “Go to the ant, thou sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise.”—Prov. vi. 6. “The ants are a people not strong, rxx. 25. . 2. Popularly; The White Ant [TERMITEs], which is not a genuine ant at all, but a neuropterous insect. [ANT-HILL.] ant-bear, s. The name generally given in Deme- rara to the Great Ant-eater, Myrmecophaga jubata. (ANT-EATER, MYRMECOPHAGA. ant-eater, S. 1. The English name of the animals belonging to the genus Myrmecophaga of Linnaeus. [Gr. murméa: =an ant, and phagos=a glutton; phagein-to eat.] They have a lengthened muzzle terminated by a small, toothless mouth, from which they protrude a .”—Prov. The Ant-eater. long, thread-like tongue, covered with viscous saliva. This they thrust into the nests of termites, or those of ants proper, sucking the animals which adhere to it up into their mouths. . Their claws are strong, and are used for tearing to pieces, the structures erected by the Termites. Among the species may be enumerated the M. jubata, the Great or Maned Ant-eater, which has four toes before and five be: hind, and the M. didactyla, the Little or Two-toed Ant-eater. Both are South American. g The Scaly Ant-eaters are of an allied genus, Manis. They derive their English name from the fact that they are covered with thick scales, which give them the superficial appearance of reptiles. The Short- tailed Manis, M. pentadactyla, Linn., is found in Bengal and the Indian Archipelago, and M. tetra- dactyla in Africa. The proper and Scaly. Ant-eaters belong to the mammalian order of Edentata, or toothless animals. To the same order belong the ‘Cape Ant-eaters (Orycteropus ſº. AARD- VARK.] Prof. Owen considers it remarkable that “not a trace of a Scaly Ant-eater, recent Or extingt, has been discovered in South America, where the Edentate order is so richly represented by other generic and specific forms.” (Owen : British Fossil Mammals and Birds, 1846, p. xxxix.) The Porcupine Amt-eater, or Acwleated Ant-eater (Echidna Hystria), is not closely allied, to the species new mentioned, but is one of the Monotre- mata. [ECHIDNA.] e 2. The King of the Amt-eaters: A bird, the Twraws rea of Gmelin, and Corvus grallariws of Shaw, now Grallaria reac. [ANT-CATCHER, ANT-THRUSHES.] ant-eggs, ants' eggs, 8, pl. 1. Accurately: The eggs of ants. They are of different sizes and in small parcels, so that they can be moved from place to place. 2. Popularly, but erroneously: The elongated egg- looking bodies which ants when disturbed seem so anxious to carry off. They are not eggs, but co- coons. They have been recommended as food for the nightingale and other birds, and have been ex- tensively used for feeding pheasants and partridges. #-hui, s. & a. [In A. S. Cemete-hyll, Cemette- .hyll. A. As substantive: 1. The mounds or hillocks raised by some species of ants proper. “Put blue flowers into an ant-hill, they will be stained with red; because the ants drop upon them their sting- ing liquor, which hath the effect of oil of vitriol.”—Ray. 2. The much more remarkable erections made by different species of termites (white ants). , In most cases the descriptions of unscientific travelers refer to these rather than to the constructions of the ants proper. The nest of the African Termes belli- cosus is described by Sparrmann as rising ten or twelve feet above the surface of the earth... Its shape, is that of a sugar-loaf. Externally it, is covered with a broad cap, while in side it is divided 204 into a multitude, of chambers. The T. atroa and the T. mordaa; build nests two feet high with coni- cal roofs, called turreted nests. [WHITE ANT and TERMEs...} B. As adjective: In various respects presenting the characteristics of an ant-hill like those just described; small, petty. “. ... all things that do pass, Upon this amt-hill earth !” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, i. 49. ant-hillock, s. Nearly the same as ANT-HILL (q.v.), but smaller. “Those who have seen ant-hillocks . . ant-like, a. Like an ant. ant-lion, s. The English name of a genus of in- sects. [MYRMELEON.] It belongs to the order Neu- roptera, and has gauzy wings like a dragon-fly, from which, however, it may be at once distin- guished by having longer antennae. The species are .”—Addison. º: -T tºº tºº/A > SSJ &: º Ut &3& 3% Fº § The Ant-lion. called Ant-lions from the extraordinary habits of their larvae, which construct a funnel-shaped pitfall in the sandy or dusty ground, at the bottom of which they bury themselves all but their antennae. When ants or other insects are hurrying along they are apt to miss their balance and tumble into the pitfalls, where they are at once devoured. It is said that when they do not quite lose their equilibrium on the brink of the abyss, they are he jaws of death by a shower of sand or dust flung up from below. , Ant-lions occur in the south of Europe, in India, &c. ant-thrushes, tant-catchers, ant-eaters, s, pl. Names given to the several species of birds placed by Illiger under his genus Myiothera, and some of its immediate allies. They, belong to the family Turdidae, and the sub-family. Formicatinae, called Myotherinae by Swainson. They live on insects, especially on ants. They are found in both conti- nents, but, those of the Old World have the more brilliant plumage. The names Ant-thrushes or Ant-catchers are preferable, to . that of Ant-eaters, used in Griffith's Cuvier, vol. vi., 399, as the latter designation has long been pre-occupied for various mammalian animals. *ānt, conj. [AND..] And. “Twin-wifing ant twin-manslaght.” Story of Gemesis and Eacodus (ed. Morris), 485. ân’t, conj. A contraction for and it, or and if it; as “an’t please you’’=if it please you. (Johnson.) ân'-ta, s. [Lat.] (1) The sing, of ANTAE (q.v.). (2) The Brazilian name of the American Tapir (Tapirus Americanus). ânt-āg'-id, *ānt'-i-ăç-id, a. & S. [Gr. anti-in opposition to, and Eng: acid (q.v.).] 1. As adjective: Diminishing acidity; alkaline. Pharm. Amt acid or Alkalime Medicines: Agents designed to diminish acidity in the frame by in- creasing its alkalinity. For instance, they relieve heartburn, which is produced by an over-acid state of the alimentary canal, increase the alkalinity of the blood, alter the urine and other secretions. In Garrod's classification, alkaline or antacid medi- cimes are the second order of his first class (medi- cines which act upon the blood); these again ranking under his first division (internal, rem- edies). He divides Alkaline or Antacid Medicines into (1) Direct Alkaline Remedies; (2) Direct but not remote Antacids, at least upon the urine; and (3) Remote Alkaline Remedies. “All animal diet is alkalescent or anti-acid.”—Arbuth- 77 of. 2. As substantive: An antacid or alkaline remedy. (See the adjective.) “Oils are anti-acids, so far as they blunt acrimony; but as they are hard of digestion, they produce acrimony.”— Arbuthnot. “It will be seen that a subdivision of these medicines is made into direct and remote antacids.”—Garrod. Ma- teria Medica, 3d ed., p. 386. *ān-tác"—ríd, a. [Gr. anti = opposed to; acrid (q.v.).] fitted to correct acrimony. ân'-tae, 8, pl. [Lat. In Ger, antem; Fr. antes; Sp. antas; Ital, amte.] Roman architecture: Pillars on either side of a door, or pilasters terminating the side walls of tem- ed into the antana clasis pſes when they are prolonged beyond the faces of the end walls. [ANTES.] ân-tág'-ön-ism, s. [In Fr. antagonisme; Port. antagonismo. . From Gr. antagömisma=2 struggle with º [ANTAGONIZE.J. Contest with ; op- ºn to. (Often preceded by im, and followed y O. “Trustees have abandoned their old attitude of ex- clusiveness and antagonism.”—Times, Sept. 17, 1878. isis. . . new wars, fresh antagonisms.”—Echo, Sept. 16, ân-tág'-ön-İst, S. & a. [In Fr. antagoniste; Sp., Port, & Ital, antagonista. T. From Gr. antagónistès =an adversary, Opponent, rival.] A. As swbstantive: I. Ordinary Language : 1. A person who combats against one in a public contest or in battle. “The earldom of Shrewsbury had been bestowed, in the fifteenth century, on John Talbot, the antagonist of the Maid of Orleans.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. viii. 2. A controversial opponent; a person encounter- ing one on the field of public disputation. “Mr. Locke was a philosopher; his antagonist, Stilling- fleet, Bishop of Worcester, was a man of learning.”— Goldsmith: The Bee, No. viii. II. Technically: Anatomy: That which counteracts. (Used spe- cially of muscles which, like the flexor and extensor muscles of the arm, operate in counteraction of each other, and, between them, produce the need- füimotions of the limb.) “Muscles opposed in action are called antagonists.”— g 9. Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. B. As adjective: In conflict with; opposed to in nature Or in action. “. . . . . the nature of the two antagonist forces by which the productiveness of agricultural industry is de- termined.”—J. S. Mill; Political Economy (1848), vol. i., bk. i., ch. xii., § 8, p. 224. “. . the antagonist schools of philosophy.”—Her- bert Spencer: Psychol., 2d ed., vol. ii., §§ p. 389. ján-tág-ön-is-tic, *ān-täg-ön-is'-tick, in- tàg-ön-is-tic—al, a. [Eng. antagonist; -ic, -ical.] 1. In personal conflict or contention with. “It may be too, i' the ordinance of nature; Their valors are not yet so combatant, Or truly antagonistic, as to fight, But may admit to hear of some divisions Of fortitude, may put ’em off their quarrel.” B. Jomson: Magn. Lady. 2. Opposed in action to. “. ... the action of the external and internal inter- costals must be antagonistic.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 399. ân-täg-ön-i'ze, v..t. [Gr. antagönizomai = to struggle against: amti = against, and agómizomai- to contend for a prize..] [AGONIZE.] To contend against in combat or in controversy; to oppose in action. “. ... the brain and spinal cord are surrounded by fluid, the pressure of which, probably, antagonizes that which must be exerted through the blood-vessels.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 297. ân-täg-ön-i'zed, fin-täg-ön-i'sed, pa. par. [AN- TAGONIZE.] ân-tág-ön-i z-iñg, àn-täg-ön-i's-iñg, pr. par. [ANTAGONIZE.] “. . . . . . there is some antagonizing principle at work capable for a time of making head against the law.”— J. S. Mill: Pol. Ecom., bk. i., ch. xii., § 8. “. but the antagonizing agency, . .”—Ibid. ân-tág'-àn-y, S. [Gr. antagönia.] A struggling against in combat; contest or controversy with; opposition to. * “. . . the incommunicable antagony that is between Christ and Belial, .”—Milton: Doct. and Discipl. of Divorce, i. 8 *ān-tä1–gic, a. & 8, [Gr, anti-opposed to; algos = Qāln. A. As adjective: Fitted to alleviate pain; ano- dyne. B. As substantive: A medium fitted to alleviate pain; an anodyne. (Johnsom.) *ān-tä1-kal-i, s. .[Gr, anti-opposed to; Eng., &c., alkali..] A chemical agent which has the props erty of neutralizing an alkali. Nearly all the acids can do so. *ān-täl'-kal-ine, 8. [Gr, anti-opposed to; Eng., &c., alkali ; -ime.] te Med. : A remedy designed to neutralize an alkali, or counteract an alkalescent tendency in the sys- tem. The same as ANTALKALI (q.v.). *ān-tān-a-cla’-sís, s. [In Ger. antanaclasis. From Gr. amtamaklasis=(1) a reflection of light, of heat, or of sound; (2) the use of a word in a differ- fāte, fīt, amidst, what, fall, or, wore, färe, father; hère, wét, camel, hēr, wé, thère; sire, sir, pine, pit, marine; go, pöt, Syrian. wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; qu = kW. ey = a, Imiite, tºº cib, ciire, unite, 30, O2 = 6; try, cir, rale, fūll; antanagoge ent sense: anti-against; ana- « . . . klasis=a breaking; klad=to break off.] Rhetoric: e * g 1. A figure by which a word is repeated in a sen- tence, but in a different, if not even in a contrary, sense from that in which it was used on the first occasion. As, In, thy youth learn some craft, that in old age thow mayest get thy living without craft. In the first clause it may be observed that craft means handicraft or business, and in the second, trickery. 2. The returning, after a parenthesis, to the same words which were previously employed. By doing so the structure of the sentence is made more clear. *ān-tān-a-gó'-gē, 3. [In Ger. antamagoge. From Gr. antanagö-to lead up against; or anti-against, and anagögé=a leading up..] . [ANAGOG.E.] .. Rhet. : A figure by which, when the accusation of one's adversary is felt to be unanswerable, he is de- clared to have done the same thing which he charges against one, or at least to have acted quite as badly. *ān-täph-rö-dis'-i-ác, a. &s. [Gr, anti-against, and aphrodisiakos = belonging to Venery; aphro; disios=belonging to love or venery.] [APHRODITIC.] A. As adjective : Fitted to lessen or extinguish venereal desire. The same as ANAPHRODISIAC (q.v.). B. As substantive: A medicine fitted to lessen or extinguish venereal desire. *ān-täph-rö-dis'—ſ-a-cal, a. [Eng. antaphro- *:::: ; -al.] The same as ANTAPHRODISIAC, adj. Q. V.). *ān-täph-rö-dit’—ic, *ān-täph-rö-dit-ick, a. & S. [Gr. anti-against, and Aphrodité-Venus; aphros=foam, whence she was fabled to have Sprung. A. As adjective: 1. Fitted to lessen or extinguish venereal desire. [ANAPHRQDISIAC.] (Johnsom.) g 2. Suitable to be employed against the venereal disease. B. As substantive : 1. A medicine fitted to lessen or extinguish vene- real desire. . 2. A medicine suitable to be employed against the venereal disease. *ān-täp-ö-pléc'-tic, a. [Gr, anti-against, and apopléacid=apoplexy.] Suitable to be employed in apoplexy. *ān-ta'rch—ism, s. again, and [Gr. anti, and archē = . Sovereignty.] Opposition to government in gen- €I’all, *ān-ta'rch—ist, s. [ANTARCHISM.] One who opposes all government and fancies he may possibly better his condition if anarchy arise. *ān-tarch—is'—tic, *ān-tarch—is'—tic—al, a. [Eng. antarchist, -ic, -ical.] Opposed to government 1In general. *ān-ta'rc-tíc, a. [In Fr. antarctique; Sp. & Ital. antartico; Port. antarctico. From Gr. antarktikos; anti-Over against, opposite to, and arktikos=near the Bear, northern ; arktos=(1) a bear, (2) the con- stellation of the Great Bear.] [ARCTIC.] A. As adjective: Opposed to arctic; the opposite of arctic. Antarctic circle : A small circle of the earth de- Scribed around the Southern pole at a distance from it of 23° 28′. Sometimes, however, the term Was more loosely applied to the South polar regions in general. t.Antarctic pole: The Southern pole, whether of the earth or of the heavens. *Antarctic tropic: The tropic of Capricorn. “Query, whether in the coast of Florida, or at Brazil, the east wind be not the warmest, and the west the cold. est, and so beyond the antarctic tropic, the southern wind the coldest.”—Bacon: De Calore et Frigore. B. As substantive: The antarctic circle, or the Zone which it encloses. “It advances far into the deep, Tow’rd the antarctic.”—Cowper: Task, i. 620. An-tär"—és, s. [Gr. anti = opposed to, in the $ºnse of rivaling; , Arés, Ares, the Greek, name of Mars. “Rivaling Mars” in its red color.] A fixed star of the first magnitude, called also Alpha Scor- Dionis, and Cor Scorpionis=heart of the Scorpion. *ān-tar-thrit-ic, *ān-ar-thrit-ick, a, & s. [Gr, anti-against, and arthritis–gout...] A. As adjective: Suitable to be employed in gout. B. As substantive: A medicine believed to be of use in the gout. *án-tästh-mât'-ic, a. & S. [Gr. anti-against, and asthma. ] 1. As adjective : asthma. 2. As substantive: employed in asthma. bóil, boy; pout, Suitable to be employed in A medicine suitable to be jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 205 fān-ta-tröph-ic, a. & s. atrophia-atrophy. 1. As adjective; Tending to check atrophy. 2. As substantive: A medicine given to check atrophy. ân'-té, s. (1) [ANTAE.] , (2) In the game of poker, the player next to the dealer deposits a “chip ’’ of an agreed yalue in the pool, before the cards are dealt. This is, his “ante,”, and, the remaining players must also “ante-up” if they conclude to play. ante-up, v, . Slang phrase, commonly meaning, to pay. sed in that sense in the game of poker. ân'-té, én'-té, a. [Fr. anté, or enté=engrafted.] Her.: “Engrafted,” or joined into each other in any way, as by dovetails, swallow-tails, or rounds. ăn'-té, in compos. [Lat, ante, prep., adv., or more rarely adj. =before. In Fr. ante, in compos.; Sp. ante, prep. and in compos.; Port. ante, in compos, ; Ital. anzi–before, ante; anze, in compos.; Ger. ant, in compos. ; A. S. & Goth. and, in compos. Cognate with Gr, anti (ANTI), anta =over against; amtén=against, Over against; Sansc. alti-above or beyond..] Before, in place or in time, as ante- chamber=a chamber before or in front of another; amtedate= to date before the true time. (Very few compounds of ante retain the hyphen.) ante-historical, a. Prior to the time when so- called “history'' becomes worthy of the name. “The second and third books seem likewise to have turned upon the legendary and ante-historical period of the Italian cities.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. iii. § 8. ãn'-té-āct, s. [Lat. ante, and Eng. act.] A pre- vious act. ân-té—al, a., [Lat, ante, and Eng. suffix -al.] Pertaining to what is before or in front. (Fleming.) ân-tê-ām-bü-lā’—tion, s. . [Lat. ante, and ambu- latio=walking about; ambulo- to walk about.] The act of going before one to clear the way, as a forerunner does. ân-tê-căm'—Ér—a. [ANTI-CAMERA.] ân-té-gé-dā'-nē-oiás, a. [Lat. antecedo-to go before.] Antecedent in point of time; preceding another event. “Admit that, which as capable of antecedaneous proof may be presupposed.”—Barrow: Sermons, ii. 407. ân-tê-gé'de, v. t. [In Sp. anteceder. From Lat. antecedo=to go before: amte=before, and cedo=to go.] To precede in point of time. “It seems consonant to reason that the fabric of the world did not long antecede its motion.”—Hale. ân-tê-gé'-dençe, an—té-gé'-den-gy, s. [From Lat. antecedentia=a going before; antecedens, pr. par. of antecedo=to go before.] A going before in point of time. “. . . those relations of antecedence and sequence.” —Herbert Spencer. Psychol. (2d ed., 1872), vol. ii., p. 63. “Let the collections of the last antecedency be observed.” —Hacket: Life of Archbp. Williams (1693), p. 168. Astrom. *In antecedence § antecedential: A term, formerly used in describing what is now called the retrograde motion of a planet, that is, its motion from east to west. ân-tê-gé'-dent, a. & S. [In Fr. antécèdent; Sp., Port. & Ital. antecedente. From Lat. antecedens= going before, pr. par. of antecedo=to go before.] A. As adjective: Preceding in point of time; prior to. [Gr. anti-against; * * derived their doctrines from antecedent writers.”—Duke of Somerset: Christian Theology and Mod- erm Scepticism, xxx. 181. “Prud. I ask, then, if there was ever anything that had a being antecedent to or before God?”—Bunyan: Pil- grim’s Progress, pt. ii. B. As substantive : I. Ordinary Language : 1. (Sing.) Gem.: That which goes before in point of time. - “A duty of so mighty an influence that it is indeed the necessary antecedent, if not also the direct cause, of a sin- ner’s return to God.”—South. 2. (Plur.) Spec. : The events of a person's bygone history sought out to test his present character or retensions, and afford assistance in forecasting his future action. (Used sometimes also of public events instead of persons.) “. . . and it was trebly necessary to act in the mat- ter with entire Openness, owing to so many questionable antecedents.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iv., p. 133. II. Technically: 1. Grammar: An antecedent is a word going be- fore a relative pronoun, and to which that relative points back. In the connected clauses, “Then Saul, who also is called Paul,” Sawl is the antecedent to the relative who. “Which is likewise used for restrictive purposes, or to º or explain its antecedent.”—Bain; Eng. Gram. (1863), p. 2: bençh; çhin, go, gem; thin, this; Sin, antecursor 2. Logic: That part of a conditional proposition, on which the other depends. (Whately.) The other part is called the consequent. In the sentence, “If thou. faint in the day of adversity thy strength is small,”, the words “If thou faint in the day of ad- versity” are, the antecedent, while those which remain, viz., “thy strength is small,” are the conse— Quent. 3. Mathematics: (a) Gen. ...“That term or quantity which the mind. considers first in comparing it with another.” (Glossographia Nova. (b) Specially (Plur.) : The first and third terms in a Series of four proportionals. The second and fourth are consequents. Thus, if A : B : : C ; D, then A and C are antecedents, and B and D consequents. (See Euclid, Bk. W., Def. 12.) 4. Med. Antecedent signs: The signs or symptoms. which precede the attack of any particular disease. ân-té-gé-dént'—al, a. [Eng. antecedent; -al.] Pertaining to what is antecedent, or goes before. Math. Antecedental method: A method of inves-. tigating universal comparison and general geomet- rical proportion, published by Mr. j.ames Glenie in 1793. It is derived from an examination of the an– tecedents of ratios having given consequents, and a given standard of comparison in the various degrees. of augmentation and diminution which they un- dergo by composition and decomposition. *ān-té-gé-dén'-tia (tia as shi-a), s. [Lat., but not classic.] Antecedence. *In antecedentia. In antecedence. DENCE.] ân-tê-gé-dent—ly, adv. [Eng. antecedent; -ly.] Previously; before, in point of time. [ANTECE- & 4 an agrarian law, which, antecedently to a division, dis ossessed patrician squatters.”—Lewis. Early Rom. Hist. (1855), ch. xii., pt. iv., § 68, p. 295. ján-tū-gés-sār, ºn-tá-gās-soir (Eng.), *ān- ty-gés-sàr, “àn-té-gés'-såur, “àn-tê-gés'-tre (Scotch), S. [In Sp. antecesor; Ital, antecessor. From Lat. antecessor=one who goes before: amte- before; cedo=to go..] One who goes before another- Specially— 1. An ancestor. “For in Charlemain time antecessbur had she, When Charlemain had conquered truly The hole erldome and contre by werre myghty.” The Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 6,359-61. 2. A predecessor in an office or estate. “And his cruell antecessoures also, By whom to greuous torment put we be.” The Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 4,786-7. “The successor seldom prosecuting his antecessor’s devices.”—Sir E. Sandys: State of Religion. ân'—té-chäm-bêr, *ān'-ti-chäm-bér, s. [In Fr. antichambre ; Ital. anticamera.] 1. Lit. : An outer chamber or room in which people wait before being admitted to the inner or chief apartment. “When the host was elevated there was a strange confu- sion in the antechamber.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., chap. iv. 2. Fig.: The mouth, viewed as , the entrance to some of the interior parts of the physical frame. “. . . . the mouth, the antechamber to the digestive canal.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 434. “The empress has the antechambers past, And this way moves with a disorder'd haste.” Dryden: Aurungzebe, ii. 1. ân'-tê-chäp-el, s. #: amte (from Lat.), in compos. =before; and Eng. çhapel.] The part of a chapel which lies between the western wall and the choir-screen. (Gloss. of Arch.) “. . . . . the antechapel of Trinity College chapel.”— Warton: Life of Bathurst, p. 190. ân-tê'—cians, s. pl. [In Fr. antéciens; Sp. an- tecos; Lat. pl. antaeci. From Gr. antoikos=livin in an opposite latitude: amti = opposite to, an oikeó=to dwell; oikos=a house. Geog. dé Astron.: A term applied to two persons or two communities living the one north, the other- south, of the equator, on the same meridian of lon- gitude and the same parallel of latitude. Taking- the whole course of the year, both parties have the same length of day; only it is winter with the one while it is summer with the other. [ANTISCIAN.] ân-té-Cöl-ūm'-bi-an, a. [Eng. ante (from Lat.), in compos. =before; Eng. Colwmbian, from Christopher Columbus, the navigator.] Previous to the time of Columbus; before the discovery of America. ân-té-cir-sār, s. [Lat. ante=before, and cursor = a runner; from cwrsum, Supine of curro-to run. (1) A forerunner; a precursor; one whose arrival presages the coming of some other person or per- sons. (2) One of the advanced guard or pioneers. in front of an army.] A forerunner. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = &c. = bel, del- Shan. -ble, -dle, —tion, -sious = Shiis. -sion = -cious, shiin; —tious, –tion, -Šion = zhin. antedate ân'-té-dāte, s. [Eng. ante (from Lat.), in com- Ipos. =before ; and date, s. In Fr. antidate; Sp. an- §a. A date preceding another date; a prior at 62. “Why hath not my soul these apprehensions, these presages, these changes, those antedates, those jealousies, those suspicions of a sin, as well as my body of a sickness?” —Donne: Devotions, p. 10. ân'-té-dāte, v. t. [Eng. ante (from Lat.), in Compos. = before; and date, v. In Ger. antidatirem; Fr. antidater; Sp. antedatar; Ital. antidata re.] 1. To date a document earlier than the time at which it was actually written for fraudulent or Other purposes. “As the error antedates the event by twenty years, . —Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. iv., § 62. 2. To cause an event, to come at an earlier date than it otherwise would have done, by removing the hindrances which postpone its arrival. “But for the long contest with France, the most benefi- cent domestic legislation of our time might have been antedated by perhaps half a century.”—Times, Novem- ber 24, 1876. 3. To anticipate the arrival of an event before its actual coming, and feel and act as if it were already paSSIng. º “Controls, decides, insults thee every hour, And antedates the hatred due to Pow’r.” Pope. Satire, 1,740. ân'—té-dā-têd, pa. par. & a. [ANTEDATE, v.] ân'—té-dā-tíñg, pr. par. [ANTEDATE, v.] ân-tê-di-lá'—vī—al, a. [ANTEDILUVIAN.] The same as ANTEDILUVIAN, a. (q.v.) ân-tê-di-la'-vi-an, a. & S. [In Ger, antediluvi- anisch , Fr. antédilwvien, Port. antediluviano; Ital. antidilwviano. From Lat. ante=before, and dilw- vium=a or the deluge.] A. As adjective: 1. Lit.: Before the deluge; relating to the per- sons, the events, or the period before the Noachian deluge. “The text intends only the line of Seth, conducible unto the genealogy of our Saviour and the antediluvian chronology.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. “These huge reptiles, surrounded by the black lava, the leafless shrubs, and large cacti, seemed to my fancy like some antediluvian animals.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xvii. 2. Fig.: Rude and primitive, such , as may be supposed to have existed before the deluge, in the in fancy of manufactures and other departments of civilization. “ . above all, the whole system of traveling ac- commodations was barbarous and antediluvian for the requisitions of the pampered south.”—De Quincey's Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., pp. 162, 168. B. As swbstantive: One who lived before the deluge. - t “We are so far from repining at God, that He hath not extended the period of our lives to the longevity of the antediluvians, that we give him thanks for contracting the days of our trial.”—Bentley. *ān'-tê-fäct, s. [Lat. ante = before; factum = something done..] Something done before another. (Opposed to postfact.) “Some have published that there is a proper sacrifice in the Lord's Supper to exhibit Christ's death in the post- fact, as there was a sacrifice to prefigure in the old law the antefact.”—Copie of the Proceedings of some Divines (1641), p. 2. ân-tê-fix-ae, àn-tê-fix'-És, S. pl. [In Fr. ante- fiases; Ital, antefisse; Lat. antefia:Q2.] Arch. : Ornamental tiles, placed on the cornices and eaves of ancient buildings, where each ridge of tiling terminated...They were designed to conceal the ends of the ordinary tiles. (Gloss. of Arch.) ân—té–Göth'-ic, a. [Lat. ‘ante=before; Eng. Gothic..] Previous to the rise of the Gothic archi- tecture. “. . . the style which belongs to the Roman or Amte-Gothic architecture, . . .”—Longfellow: Introd., Slceleton im A^*m.07". ăn'—té–1öpe, s. [In Dut. & Port. antelope; Dan., Ger. & Fr. amtilope. From Gr. antholops=a species of antelope (a word used by Eustathius, who wrote about A. D. 1160); anthos=a flower, . . . . . . bright- ness: l, euphonic (?); ops=the eye. “Brightness of eye.”] i’ANTriopé. A. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit. : The English equivalent of the large zoolog- ical genus Antilope, or sub-family Antilopina. For its scientific characters see the former of these two words. Most antelopes are deer-like animals of great elegance. They have large lustrous eyes; are swift of foot, and take enormous leaps, when flying from a foe, when wishing to clear a bush or other obstacle in their path, or in the exuberance of their 3 y 206 is the common Indian antelope (Antilope cervi- capra, Pallas), common in the Deccan and other parts of Europe. [SASIN.] “Our sands are bare, but down their slope The silver-footed antelope As gracefully and gaily springs As o'er the marble courts of kings.” Moore: Lallw Rookh; Light of the Haram. 2. Fig.: Comparisons of a person beloved to an antelope are common in the erotic poetry connected with Eastern Europe. B. Technically: . Her. The heraldic antelope: An antelope drawn in a conventional way to gratify heraldic taste: . It is distinguished from the natural antelope, which is one in which the artist has aimed at a genuine imitation of nature. ân-té–16'-pine, a. [Eng. antelope; -ime.] Per- taining to an antelope, or to the antelope genus or family. . In Griffith's Cuvier “the antelopine group '' is a sub-genus of the great genus Antilope. ân'—té-lil'—can, a. [Lat. antelucanus=before day- break: amte=before, and lua, genit. lucis-light.] Held before daylight. A term specially applied to the religious services held in the early ages of Chris- tianity before daylight, to shield the worshipers from persecution, or to afford convenience to those who were not their own masters, and could not at- tend a congregation during working hours. There was a fascination to some minds, about such meet- ings, which, were continued after the necessity which had first brought them into existence had passed away. “There the Jupiter of exemplary honor and magnifi- cence, there the ºr: of piety and antel weam devo- tion.”—Byp. Hall: Rem., p. 44. “All manner of antelucan laborers, who make provision for the flesh, make the flesh their provision.”—Gayton: Notes on Don Quiacote, iii. 6. fánt-ém-blét'-ic, a. [Gr. ontemballó=to make an inroad in turn, to attack in turn ; anti-corre- sponding to ; emballó=to throw in ; em=in ; balló= to throw.] bestowed in reparation of a loss. “Offenses against amtembletic trust.”—Bowring: Bent- #. Principle of Morals and Legisl., ch. xviii., Note 4, IV. ân-tê-mêr-īd'-i-an, a. [Lat. ante, and Eng. 'meridian. J. Before the time at which the sun comes to the meridian, that is, before noon. ‘I It is usually contracted into a. m. or A. M. ân-tém-èt'-ic, a. & s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. emetic (q.v.). 1. As adjective : Fitted to act in a manner opposite to that in which an emetic does; in other words, fitted to check, instead of produce, vomiting. (Quincey.) The same as ANTI-EMETIC, adj. (q.v.). 2. As substantive: A medicine fitted to check vomiting. The same as ANTI-EMETIC, s. (q.v.) ân-té-mê-šā'-ic, a. [Lat. ante=before, and Eng. Mosaic.] Before the time of Moses. ân-tê-min'-dāne, a. [Lat. ante, and Eng. mundame.] Before the creation of the world. ân-tê-mü'r-al, 8. (In. Sp. antemural, antemu- ºralla, amtem wro; lital. antemurale. From Lat. ante=before, and murus=a wall.] barbican con- sisting of a high and strong wall with turrets built in front of the gateway in old castles, and designed for its defense. ân'—té-nāt-Éd, a. [Lat. ante=before; and matus, pa. par. of mascor=to be born.] Before the proper time. ân-té-Ni-gé'ne, a. [Lat. ante, and Eng. Nicene.] Before the meeting of the first Christian council which took place at Nice in A. D. 325. (The term is applied to the first three Christian centuries, but not to any period of greater antiquity.) ân-tén'-nae, S. pl. [Lat. pl. of antenna– a sail- yard; Fr. sing: amtemme; Port. pl. antennas; Ital. sing. antenna.] Entom. : The organs of insects, placed nearly in the same position as horns in ruminating quadru- peds. The antennae are two in number, and are perhaps always present, though in some few genera they are so inconspicuous that these have been considered acerous [ACEROUS ], or “without horns,” while to the great mass of insects the term dicer- ows [DICEROUs], “two-horned,” has been applied. The antennae vary greatly in length, in form, in text- ure, and in the number of joints which they pos- sess. They are organs of touch and probably of hearing. ân-tén'-nāl, a. [Lat. antenna; Eng. -al.] T'er- taining to the antennae of an insect, or an animal of similar organization. “. . . the antem mal nerve . . brata (1843), Lect. xvi., p. 211. ân—tén-nā'r-i-a, s. [Lat. antenna = (1) a sail- .”—Owen : Inverte- antepenultimate is so called from the resemblance which the hairs of the pappus in the sterile florets bear to the antenna of an insect.] Botany: e 1. Tºverlasting, a genus of plants belonging to the order Asteraceae, or Composites. The 4...dioica, Mountain Everlasting, or Cat's Foot, is indigenous to, and the A. margaritacea, or feari Everlasting of North America, naturalized in, Britain. The former, which is abundant on mountain-heaths, has cottony stems and white or rose-colored flowers. The latter, called in France and elsewhere immor- telles, are often made into wreaths to be laid on the graves of deceased relatives. They may be often seen either in their natural hue, or dyed of bright colors, as Ornaments in rooms. .2. A fungus of the tribe Physomycetes. . The spe- cies may be seen hanging from the roof of wine vaults and enveloping the casks and bottles below. ân-tén-nāir-I-iis, 8. [Lat. antenna—a sail-yard.] Zool. : A genus of spiny-finned fishes akin to the Fishing Frogs (Lophius). The Walking-fish (A. º is an exceedingly grotesque-looking animal. It is a native of the Indian seas. ân—tén-nif'-Ér-oils,...a.. .[Lat. . antenna—a sail- yard; fero=to bear.] Bearing antennae. ân-tên'-nī-form, a. [Lat. antenna–a sail-yard; forma-form, shape..] Shaped like the antenna of an insect. ân-tên–nil-lā'r-ſ—a, s. [Lat. antenna, the dimin. -wl, and the suff. º A genus of Zoophytes belonging to the family Sertulariadae. It includes the two species, A. antennima and A. ramosa. ân'—té-niām-bêr, 8. [Lat. ante, and Eng. number. In Sp. antenombre. A number preceding another OD16, “Whatsoever virtue is in numbers for conducing to consent of notes, is rather to be ascribed to the ante- mumber than to the entire number, as that the sound returneth after six or after twelve, so that the seventh or thirteenth is not the matter, but the sixth or the twelfth.” —Bacom. ân-té-niip'—tial, adj. [Lat. Before marriage. ân—té-päg'—mént (Eng.), ān-té-pâg-mên'-tūm Lat.), s. [Lat. antepagmentum = the jamb of a OOT : Otºče tº O6- H fore, in front of, and pagmentwm- Antepagment. The latter is antenuptialis.] a joining together; pag, root of pango =to fasten or fix.] Architecture : 1. On e o f the jambs of a door. 2. The ornament- ed architrave of a doorway. * The plural may be antepagments or antepagmenta. the more commop: ân-tê-päs-chāl, a. [Lat. ante = before, and paschalis-pertaining to the passover or to Easter; from pascha, in Gr, pascha-the passover; Heb. £º.º.º. immunity from punishment, ut, more frequently (1) the paschal lamb, (2) the festival of the passover; pasach = to pass over (Exod. xii. 27).] 1. Before the passover. 2. Before Easter, which nearly coincided in time with the passover. “The dispute was very early in the Church concerning the observation of Easter; one point whereof was, con- cerning the ending of the antepaschal fast, which both sides determined upon the day they kept the festival.”— Nelson: Fasts and Festivals. ân'—té-päst, s. [In Ital. antipasto. Lat. ante= before, and pastus, pa. par. Of pasco, pavi, pastwm. = to feed.] A foretaste. ân-té-pên'-di-iām (Lat.), ān'-tê-pênd, Ån'-ti- pênd (Scotch), s. . [Mediaev. Lat, amtependiwm.] The frontal of an altar [FRONTAL); a rest or screen for covering the front of an altar. It is used in some Roman Catholic churches, especially on festi- Val days. “Item, ane antepend of black velvet.”—Coll. Inventories (1542). (Jamieson.) ân-té-pên-ilt' (pl. an—té-pên-il'—ti-ma), s. [In Fr. amtépémwltième; Sp., Port. & Ital. antepenwlti- mo; Lat., ante=before, and penultimws or poemulti- mus (s.) the penult, (a.) the last but one; poeme or {...º.º. and ultimºus= the last.] The syllable efore the penultimate one. As the penultimate one is next to the last, the antepenultimate is two from the last, as cin in vaccination. The word is really only a shortened form of the following. ân-tê-pên-ā1'-tim-āte, a, & s. [In Fr. antépém- wltième.] A. As adj. : Pertaining to the last syllable but activity, apparently for very wantonness. The spe: yard; (2) one of the two horn-like appendages to the two. (Crabb.) cies referred to by Moore in the examples quoted head of an insect. The Antennaria genus of plants B. As swbst. : The last syllable but two. fâte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. antepileptic ân-tép-il-Ép-tic, æn-tép-i-lèp'-ti-cal, a. & 8. {In Ger, antiepileptisch. From Gr, anti-against, and epilépsis=(1) a taking hold of ; (2) epilepsy, falling sickness; epilambanö-to take besides, to lay hold of: epi-on, upon; and lambamó=to take.] i. As adjective: Deeme of use against epilepsy (falling sickness). - “That bezoar is antidotal, lapis judaicus diuretical, coral antepileptical, we will not deny.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. : 2. As substantive: A medicine deemed of use against epilepsy. ăn'—té-pône, v. t. [In Sp. antepomer; Ital, ante- porre—to prefer. From Lat. antepomo: ante-be- fore, and pono-to put or place..]. To place one thing before another; to prefer one thing before another. ân'-tê-pôrt, s. [Lat. ante=before, and portam, accus. of porta=a city gate, a gate.] A gate in advance of a gate; namely, an Outer gate. ām-tê-pös—i'—tion, s. [In Ital, anteposizione. From Lat. ante, and Eng. position=a placing.) Grammar: The placing a word before another, the natural position of which would be after it. ân-té-prän'-di-al, a. [Lat. ante=before; Eng. prandial (q.v.).] Before breakfast. #ān-té-pré-dic'-a-mênt, s. [Lat. ante, and Eng. predicament.], [PREDICAMENT. & Logic: Anything in logic proper to be studied before the subject of the predicament. *ān'-têr, s. [AUNTER.] ân-têr-i-dés, s, pl. [Lat. anterides=buttresses; Gr. antérides, plur. of antëris, genit. antéridos=a prop. Anterides, in Greek, are beams to stay the outer timbers of a ship's bow in case of their receiv- ing a shock: amtérès-set against, opposite; amtén =against, Over against; anti-against.] • ‘, Architecture: Buttresses for the support or strengthening of a wall. ân-têr-i-Ör, *ān-té'r-i-oir, g. [Lat: anterior= before, preceding. In Fr. antérieur; Sp. & Port. anterior; Ital. anteriore.] I. Ordinary Language: 1. Situated before anything in place. (In this and the second signification it is opposed to posterior.) (For example, see No. II.) 2. Preceding in time. II. Technically: Used chiefly in sense No. I., in Anatomy, Zoology, Botany, and Science generally. “Hence, if after the anterior face has received the heat from one radiating source, a second source, which we may call the compensating source, be permitted to radiate against the posterior face .”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), viii. 4, p. 181. In Amatomy: Amterior chamber of the eye. [CHAMBER, EYE.] Anterior or frontal “” horm '' of the brain. º Amterior pillars of the formia.. [PILLARS, FORNIX. Anterior pyramids of the brain. [PYRAMID.] ân-têr-i-or'-i-ty, s. [Eng. anterior; -ity. In Fr. antériorité; Sp. anterioridad; Port. anteriori- dade; Ital, anteriorita.] The state of being before in place or in time. “Our poet could not have seen the prophecy of Isaiah, because he lived 100 or 150 years before that prophet: and this anteriority of time makes this passage the more observable.”—Pope: Iliad, xix., note, v. 93 ân-té'r-i-ör—ly, adv. [Eng. anterior; -ly.] In an anterior situation. “Anteriorly the presphenoid narrows to a sharp verti- cal edge.”—Flower: Osteol. of the Mammalia (1870), p. 128. ... àn-têr-ö, in compos. [From Lat, anterior=which is before; ante=before.] antero-lateral, a. That which is anterior, and also lateral; that is, to the side. “All that is anterior to the posterior horn [of the gray ‘grescent belonging to the spinal cord l is called the antero- º column.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., I). Zöö. antero-posterior, a. Commencing in the ante- Tior part of an organic structure and continued through it, so as to appear also on the posterior part, Or in a direction from behind forward. “When the medulla oblongata is divided vertically along the median plane, a series of fibers is seen to form a septum between its right and left half. These fibers take a direction from before backward; and appear to Connect themselves with the posterior olivary fibers. They are limited inferiorly by the decussating fibers. Cruveilhier proposes for them the name antero-posterior fibers. They appear to belong to the same system as the ºrm fibers.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., P. * ăn'-té-rôom, s. [Eng. ante (from Lat.), in com- pos. = before, and Eng. room...] A room before or in front of another one. “An winteroom in the Duke’s palace.” * Shakesp.: Two Gent. of Ver., Stage Dir. ân-têr-ö S, s. [Gr, anteros or Anterós=return- love, love for love. (Personified.) (1) A “god” who avenged slighted love; (2) a “god” who struggled 207 against Eros, the personification of love. In Latin anteros signified a kind of amethyst (Pliny).] A being poetically imagined to struggle against love. “He who from out their fountain dwellings raised Eros and Amteros, at Gadara.” Byron: Manfred, ii. 1. *ān'-ter-ois, a. [AUNTEROUS..] ân'-tês, s. pl. [Lat., plur. = rows or ranks of any- thing. In Port. antes; Sp. antas.] A r ch. : Pillars of large dimen- sions supporting the front of a building. ... àn – tº - stāt' - ure, S. Fort. : trenchment form- ed of gabions. ân'-té-stöm — ach, s. [Eng. amte (fr. *:::: in compos. = before, and stomach...] An anterior c a vity leading into the stomach. It oc- curs in birds which feed on fishes. “In birds there is no mastication or comminution of the meat in the mouth, but it is immediately swallowed into a kind of antestomach, which I have observed in piscivorous birds.”—Ray. ân-tê-têm-ple, s. [Eng. ante (from Lat.), in compos. = before, and temple.] (For def. See exam- ple.) “Of the ancient churches there was a twofold division. If we take it in the stricter sense, it includes only the buildings within the walls, which were the “narthex" or antetemple, where the penitents and catechumens stood ; the “naos” or temple, &c.”—Christian Antiquities, i. 229. *ān'—té–teiime, s. [ANTHEM (?).] (Scotch.) *ān'—té-vért, v. t. [Lat. anteverto-to take one's turn before another; ante=before, and verto- to turn..] To prevent. “To amtevert some great danger to the public, to our- selves, to our friend, we may and must disclose our knowledge of a close wickedness.”—Bo. Hall: Cases of Conscience, Add C. 3. ân'—té-vért—ing, pr. par. & s. [ANTEVERT.] As substantive: Preventing, prevention. “It is high time to mourn for the amteverting of a threatened vengeance.”—Bp. Hall: Rem., p. 157. ân-té-vir-gil’-i-an, a..., [Gr. anti-against; Eng. Virgilian=pertaining to the poet Virgil.] ân-tha-mor-rhāg'-ic, a. [Gr, anti-against, and haimorrhagikos = pertaining to hamorrhage; hai- morrhagia-haemorrhage: haima = blood, and rhég- numi= to break or break through ; 2 aor. errhagén.] Pharm.: Deemed of use against haemorrhage, meaning a flux of blood. ām-thé-li-On, s. [Gr, anthélios=a later form of amtélios=opposite to the sun; but it is now used for instead of the 8wn anti-instead of, and hélios= the sun.] A mock sun; the representation, by an opti- cal deception, of One or more pseudo-suns in the sky besides the actual one. ân-thé'-lix, s., [Gr, anti-opposite to, and helia: =anything spiral ; helia:=twisted, curved; helissO- to turn round or about ; eiled, eilö=to roll up. Amat. : The curved elevation within the helix or rim of the external portion of the ear. It surrounds the concha or central cup. Above it bifurcates so as to include a fossa. (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 66.) ân-thèl-min'-tic, a. & S. [In Fr. anthelmintique; Port. anthelmintico; Gr. anti-against, and helmins, genit. helmimthos=a worm, especially a tapeworm t] 1. As adjective : Capable, or believed to be capable, of killing and expelling intestinal worms from the human frame. 2. As substantive: A medicine given against intes- tinal worms. The chief intestinal worms found in the human body are the Long Thread Worm (Tricho- cephalus dispar) in the upper part of the large in- testines; the Common Tape-worm (Toenvia soleum), the Broad Tape-worm (Bothriocephalus latus), and the Large Round Worm (Ascaris lumbricoides), in the small intestines; and the Maw or Thread Worm O.cy wris or Ascaris vermicularis), in the rectum. f these the most frequent are the common tape- worm, the large round worm, and the maw or thread worm. Garrod makes anthelmintics, defined as substances which have the power of destroying the life of entozoa in the alimentary canal, the fourth order of his Class IV., Sub-class I., and subdivides it into Direct Anthelmintics, or Vermicides; Indi- rect Anthelmintics, or Vermifuges; and Worm Pre- ventives. Among direct anthelmintics may be enumerated oil of male fern, oil of turpentine, antherea kousso, kamela, and bark of pomegranate root; of vermifuges, calomel, Scammony, jalap, gamboge, and castor-oil; and of worm preventives, sulphate of iron or other ferruginous salts, quassia, and nux vomica. (Garrod : Mat. Med.) ān-them, tàn-theme, *ān-té-theme, *ān-té- tême, *ān'—tém (Eng.), *ān'—té-tetime (Scotch), s. [In A. S. antefen- a hymn sung in alternate parts, an anthem ; O. Fr. anthame, antene, antiemme, ante- veme; Prov. antifema, antifona ; §§ & Ital. anti- Jona; Low Lat. antiphona, from Gr. antiphömon =an antiphon, an anthem ; antiphömos=sounding contrary, . . responsive to : anti = opposite to, contrary to ; phómé=a sound, a tone.] *1. Originally: A hymn sung ‘‘ against”, another hymn; in other words, a hymn in alternate parts, the one sung by one side of the choir, the other by the other. . “Anthem, a divine song, sung alternately by two oppo- site choirs and choruses.”—Glossog. Nov., 2d ed. (1719). [See also example under ANTHEM-wrSE.] 2. Now: A portion of Scripture or of the Liturgy, set to music, and sung or chanted. There are three kinds of anthems: (1) A verse anthem, which in general has only one voice to a part; (2) a full anthem with verse, the latter performe y single voice, the former by all the choir; (3) a full anthem, performed by all the choir. Anthems were intro- duced into the English Church service in the time of Queen Elizabeth, and *ś who have dis- tinguished themselves in this kind of composition may be mentioned Tallis, Farrant, Orlando Gib- bons, Blow, Purcell, Michael Wise, jeremiah Clark, Croft, Greene, Boyce, Nares, as well as many mod: ern Writers. & & the thanksgiving sermons and thanksgiving anthems.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. anthem-wise, adv. After the manner of an anthem. “Several quires placed one over against another, and taking the voice by catches, anthem-wise, give great pleasure.”—Bacon: Essays, Civ. and Mor., ch. xxxvii. ăn'-them—is, S. [In Fr. anthemis; Lat. anthemis; and Gr. anthemis-chamomile; antheó=to blossom ; anthos=a blossom, a flower. The anthemis is so called apparently from the copiousness of its bloom.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Aşteraceæ, or Composites. It contains the Common Qhamomile (4. mobilis). The flower-buds constitute the chamomile of the shops. Cattle eat it with avidity. . As a medicine it is tonic and stimulating. A warm infusion of it excites vomiting. The true ghamomile plant has a fine smell, in this differing from another common species of anthemis, the 4. cotwila, or “Stinking Chamomile.” The latter Fº moreover, is erect, whereas the former is pros- I’ate. ăn'-thér, s. [In Fr. anthere; Lat. anthera= a medicine composed of flowers; Gr. anthéros= flowery, blooming; anthed=to blossom, to bloom; anth98=a blossom, a flower.] Bot. : An organized body constituting part of a stamen, and generally attached to the apex of the filament. As a rule, it is composed of two parallel lobes... or cells; sometimes, how- ever, there are four, and some- times only on e. he cells a re united by the connective, and contain pollen. When the time for shedding it arrives, the an- thers burst gen- erally by a longi- tudinal fissure from the base to the apex, but in Anthers. sºme Plants...in 1. Geranium lucidum. 2. Lime. other ways. The 3. Lily anther is t he * e theca of Grew, the capsula of Malpighi, the apea of Ray, the testiculus or testis of Vaillant, the capitu- lum of Jungius, and the spermatocystidium of Hedwig. Anther-dust: The pollen from an anther. It con- stitutes a yellow dust, which, when it falls from the atmosphere, has often been mistaken for a shower of sulphur. It is very copious in the Coniferae. ân'—thér–al, a. [Eng. anther; -al.] Pertaining to a single anther of a plant, or to the anthers collectively. ân-thér-é'—a, s. [From Lat. anthera.] [AN- THER..] A genus of moths of the family Bombyci- dae. The A. Paphia is the Tusser or Tusseh of the Hengalese, which furnishes a kind of (silk used by º: natives of India in the manufacture of cloth for I'êSSéS. { bóil, jowl; cat, böy; pout, gell, Chorus, go, gem; thin, this; bençh; çhin, Sin, Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aš; -cian, -Sious -tian = Shan. –tion, del. Shiis. -ble, -SiOn —dle, &c. = bel, shin; —tion, -Šion Zhiin. -tious, -cious, anthericum ân-ther-i-ciſm, s... [In Dut. anthericum, Fr. ºnthéric; Sp., Port., & Ital. anterico, anthericos; Gr, anthérikos.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Liliaceae, or Lilyworts. The A. ramoswm is considered to be diuretic. ân-thèr-id-i-im . (plur, ân-ther-id’—i-a), s. [Lat. anthera, and dimin. -idium.] . Bot. : A term used by some cryptogamic botanists IIl describing certain obscure organs in the Mosses, Jungermanniaceae, and Hepaticae. In mosses the antheridia are cylindrical, articulated, clavate mem- braneous bodies opening by an irregular perforation at the apex, and discharging a mucus granular fluid. Some contain spermatic animalcules appa- rently vibrios. Organs somewhat similar are found in Jungermanniaceae and Hepaticae in the axillae of the perichaetial leaves. Lindley objects to the word antheridia, as suggesting an analogy with anthers, properly so called, which has not been made out. ân-thér-if-Ér-ois, a... [Lat. anthera; and fero =to bear.] Bearing anthers. ân-thèr-Šg-ēn-oiás, a. ſºn; anther, and Gr. geinomai-to be engendered.] Engendered from anthers. Applied to such double flowers as have anthers transformed on the principles of morphol- ogy into petals. ân'—thèr-Öid, a. [Eng. anther, and Gr. eidos= appearance..] Presenting the appearance of an anther. * ân-thèr-à-zö'–óid, 8. . [Gr, anthéros=flowery, blooming; zöön–a living being, an animal; eidos= appearance..] A spermatozooid; one of the minute bodies in the antheridia of cryptogamic plants, analogous to Spermatozoa in animals. ESPERMA- TOzool D.] “. . . and with the Algae, &c., by the locomotive power of the antherozooids.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. ii., chap. viii. ân'—thès-is, s. [Gr, anthésis, the same as anthé =a blossom.] Botany: The time when a flower opens. Än—thès-têr-i-Ön,8. . [Gr, Anthestérión.] The sixth month of the Athenian year. It was so called because within it there occurred the three days' festival of Dionysos (Bacchus), which was called Anthesteria. The month consisted of twenty-nine days, and corresponded to the latter part of Novem- ber and the first part of December. *.*.*. s. [From Lat, anthias.] [ANTHIAs.] A genus of large predatory beetles belonging to the family Brachinidae. The A. swlcata is a native of Senegal. ăn'—thi—as, s. [Lat. anthias; Gr. anthias-a fish Labrus, or Serranus anthias).] . A genus of spiny- nned fishes belonging to the Percidae, or Perch family. ăn'—thid-ae, s. pl. . [ANTHUS.] In the arrange- ments of Yarrell and "others, a family of Dentiro,3- tral Birds. [ANTHUS.] . ān-thi-stir"—i-8, 8. [Gr, anthistémi = to stand against, Named from its very stiff stubble.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Graminaceae, or Grasses. The A. awstralis is the Kangaroo-grass of Australia... It is used for fodder, as is the A. ciliata in India. ăn—tho'-bi-an, s. [Gr. anthos = a blossom, a flower, and bios=course of life.] An animal pass- ing its existence on flowers. ân—thū-car'-pí, s. §: Gr. anthos=a blossom, a flower, and karpos=fruit...] Lindley's fourth class of fruits. He calls them also Collective Fruits, and defines them as those of which the principal char- acters are derived from the thickened floral envel- opes. They are divided into single and aggregated; the former including the fruits called Diclesium and Sphalerocarpium, and the latter those termed Syconus, Strobilus, and Sorosis. ân-thū-carp'-oiás, a. [ANTHOCARPI.] Pertain- ing to the order of fruits called Anthocarpi. ân-thèg'—ér-ös, s. [Gr. anthos=a flower; keras, genit. keratos=horn.] Botany: The typical genus of the family Antho- ceroteae (q.v.). A. loºvis is found in wet places in this country. ân—thé-cér-öt'-É-ae, s. pl. [ANTHOCEROS.] Botany: A tribe of Hepaticae. ān-thè-chae’r—a, s. [Gr. anthos, and chairó=to rejoice; rejoicing in flowers.] The name given by Vigors to a genus of insessorial birds belonging to the family Meliphagidae, or Honey-eaters. The A. carwmcwlata of Australia, called by the natives Goo-gwar-ruck, in imitation of its harsh note, and by the settlers Wattled Honey-eater or Brush Wat- tle-bird, frequents the Banksias when they are in flower. * * * * ân-thè-sy"-a-mé, fin-thè-gy'—an-ine, an—thū- ky"—fin, Ån—thè-gy'—an-in, s. [Gr, anth08, and kwaneos, adj. = dark-blue; kwanos, S. = a dark-blue substance.] 208 Bot. : A blue matter, which Macquart considers to be produced from chlorophyll by the abstraction of water. It is an extractive matter, soluble in water but not in alcohol. It is stained red by acids, an green by alkalies. It forms the bases of all blue, violet, red, brown, and many orange flowers. ân-thé'-di-iim, s. [Gr. anthödés=like flowers, flowery, from anthos=a blossom, a flower, and eidos =appearance.] e Bot. The inflorescence, seen in the Compositae. It is the cephalanthium of Richard, the calathis of Mirbel, and the calathiwm of Nees von Esenbeck. ân-thy-leil'—gin, s. [Gr, anthos=a flower, and leukos=bright . ... white.] The white coloring matter in plants. ăn'—thé-lite, s. [Gr. anthos=a blossom, a flower, and lithos=a stone..] A mineral—a variety of Am- phibole (q.v.). Dana sums up its constituent ele- ments in calling it Magnesia-Iron Amphibole. It graduates into kupferrite, under which Dana places part of the German antholith, assigning another portion of it to anthophyllite. ân-thè-lög"-j-cal, a. [Eng. anthology; -ical.] Pertaining to anthology. ân-thè1–ö-gy (1), s. [In Sw, anthologi; Dan., Ger., & Fr. anthologie; Sp. antologia ; Port, anthol- ogia; Gr. anthologia = (1) a flower-gathering, (2) a collection of poems: anthos = a flower, and legö = . . . to gather.] 1. Gen. : A gathering of flowers in a metaphorical sense; a collection or gathering together of passages of flower-like beauty from Greek, Roman, or indeed from any classic authors. Though some of these might be in prose, yet the great majority were, as was natural, in poetry, which might be grave or gay, it mattered not ; what, above all, was needful was, that whatever the subject treated of, some one rominent thought should be expressed in terse and elicitous language. [EPIGRAM.] “They are very different from the simple sepulchral inscriptions of the ancients, of which that of Meleager on his wife, in the Greek anthology, is a model and master- piece.”—Dr. Warton: Essay on Pope, ii. 472. 2. Spec. . In the Greek Church: A collection of devotional pieces. ân—thè1–ög-y º s: [From Gr. anthos=a flower; logos=a discourse.] A discourse about flowers; a dissertation on flowers. “Anthology (Gr.), a discourse or treatise of flowers.”— Glossog. Nova, 6(1. ân-thè1'-yz—a, s. [In Dut, antholyza : Fr. an- tholise. From Gr. anthos=a blossom, a flower, and lussaºrage, madness. The flower remotely, resem- bles the mouth of an animal which may be sup- posed full of rage and about to bite.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Iridaceae, or Irids. ân-thè-mā'-ni-a, s. [Gr., anthos=a flower, and mania=mania; mainomai-to rage.] A mania for flowers. ân-thè—my'-i-a, s: [Gr, anthos = a blossom, a flower, and mºwia=a fly.] A genus of flies, of which one of the best known is the Anthomyia Brassicae (Cabbage-Fly). Its larvae feed on the roots of cab: bages, turnips, &c. In the adult state the male and female are so unlike that they might be mistaken for different insects. Another species, the A. trim- aculata, the Three-spotted Anthomyia, when in the larva state, also feeds on the roots of turnips; so likewise does the A. radicum, or Root Turnip. Fly: while the A. tuberosa attacks the tubers of pota- toes. (Curtis.) Many species of the genus occur in this country. [ANTHOMYZA.] ân-thè-myz"—a, s. [Gr., anthos=a flower, and mwzö= (1) to murmur with closed lips, (2) to suck.] The name given by some entomologists to the dip- º genus more commonly called Anthomyia Q1. V, º ân-thè-my'—zī-dae, s. pl. [ANTHOMYzA.] A fam- ily of dipterous insects, of which Anthomyia is the typical genus. Ån-thū'-ni-ans (h silent), S. pl. monk Anthony.] Church. Hist. : An order of monks said to have been founded by St. Anthony about A. D. 324. ..º. fire (h silent), s. [SAINT AN- THONY's FIRE, ERYSIPELAS.] ân—thèph'-il-a, S. pl., [Gr, anthos=a blossom, a flower, and philosa. F(1) beloyed; (2) poet, loving, fond; s., a friend..] “Flower lovers.” A division of Hymenopterous insects established by Lafreille and still recognized. It contains the Bees. iBij # is divided into two families, Apidae and Andren- IO be, ân-thèph'-5r-a, s. [Gr. anthos=a flower, and phored=to bear or carry..]. A genus of Bees, family Apidae. A. retusa is the Mason-bee (q.v.). ān-thè-phère (Eng.), ān-thèph'-ör-üm (Mod Lat.) s. [From Gr. anthophoros=bearing flowers: anthos=a flower, and phored=to bear.] [From the anthracene Botany: The name . by De Candolle to the lengthened internode below the receptacle in Cary- ophylleae which bears the petals and stamina at its summit. (Lindley: Introd. to Botany.) ān-thèph'-yl-lite, s. [In Dan. & Sw, anthophyl- lit. Schumacher, as quoted by Dana, says that it was derived from Lat. anthophyllwm = the clove, and so named from its clove-brown color.] A min- eral placed by Dana under his Amphibole group. and sub-group of Bisilicates. It is orthorhombic, and usually lamellar or fibrous massive; the hard- ness is 5'5; the sp. gr., 31–322; the luster, pearly; color, brownish-gray, yellowish-brown, or brownish- green. It is translucent, or nearly so, brittle, and possesses double refraction. Composition: Silica, 56 to 56°74; alumina, 2-65 to 3; protoxide of iron, 13 to 1413; protoxide of manganese, 0.91 to 40; mag- nesia, 23 to 24°35; lime, 1:51 to 2; and water, 1.67 to 2°38. Occurs in mica schist in Norway. Hydrows anthophyllite: According to Dana, an altered asbestiform tremolite. ân-thèph-yl-lit"-ic, a. [Eng. anthophyllite; -ic.) Pertaining to anthophyllite; containing more or less of it in composition with some other substance. ăn'-thor-Išm, (Eng.), ān-thor—is'-miis, s. [Gr. amthorismos = a counter-definition; anti = against, and horismos=(1) a marking out by boundaries; (2) the definition of a word: from horizö=to divide or Separate.] Logic & Rhetoric: A counter definition; a defini- tion different from, and counter to, that made by one's adversary. ân—thé-sid'–ér-ite, s. [From Gr. anthos=a blos- som, a flower: sideros=iron.]_A mineral placed by Dana in the Appendix to his Bisilicates. It occurs in fibrous tufts, or feathery-looking flowers. The hardness is 6'5; the sp. gr., 3; the luster, silky; the 99.lor, yellow, yellowish-brown, or white. Composi- tion in one specimen: Silica, 60°3; sesquioxide of iron, 35.7; and water, 4. Found in the province of Minas Gereas, in Brazil. ân-thè-sö'–ma, s. [Gr. anthos= . . Söma– a body.] A. genus of Entomostracans. THOSOMADAE.] ān-thè-sö'-ma-dae, s, pl. [ANTHosoma.] A family of Entomostracans, of the order Siphonostomata, and the tribe Pachycephala. ân-the-spér-mé-ae, S., pl. IGr, anthos = ... . flower, and sperma=seed.] A section of the Cincho- naceous order of plants. ân—thè-spér'—miim, s. [In Fr. anthosperme; Sp., Port., and Ital, anytospermo; Gr. anthos=a flower, and sperma-seed.] genus of plants belonging to the order Cinchonaceae, or Cinchonads. A. oethiopi- cwm is the Ethiopian amber-tree. [AMBER-TREE. ân—thè-täx'-is, s. [Gr. anthos = a flower, and taaris– an arranging ; tassó=to arrange.] Botany: The arrangement of flowers in the several kinds of inflorescence. #.º. s. [Gr. anthos=a blossom, a flower. and twpos=a blow, the mark of a blow, . . . a type, &c.] 㺠A generic term for papers impreg- nated with the colored juices of flowers, used for photographic purposes. ân-the-xăn'-thine, s. [Gr. anthos=a flower, and acanthos=yellow.] The yellow coloring matter in plants. It is an extractive resinous substance, soluble partly in water and partly in alcohol or ether. Treated with sulphuric acid it becomes blue. [ANTHOCYANE.] (Lindley: Introd. to Bot.) ân—thé-xãn'-thiim,. s. [In Sp. & Ital, antor- anto; Gr. anthos=a flower, and acanthos=yellow, because the flower-spikes are yellowish, especially when old.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Graminaceae, or Grasses. It has but two stamina, whereas three is all but the universal num- ber among grasses. The A. odoratum, or Sweet- scented Vernal Grass, flowers in May and June. The sweet scent is more conspicuous when the plant is dying than when it is fresh. It has been attrib- uted to benzoic acid. fān-thè-zö'—a, s. pl. [Gr. anthos=a flower, and zööm = a living being, an animal.] A class of Zoo- phytes now more commonly called Actinozoa (q.v.). Johnston divides his Zoophytes into Anthozoa and Polyzoa, the former again subdivided into Hy- droida, Asteroida, and Helianthoida. (Johnston: Brit. Zoophytes, 1867.) Another classification places under the Anthozoa the eight following families: Actiniadae, Zoanthidae, Xeniidae, Alcyonidae, Penna- tulidae,Tubiporidae,Caryophyllidae, and Gorgoniadae. *re-gene. s. [Gr, anthraac, genit, anthrakos = COa i. CH Chemistry: C14H10=C6H4-3 &H’ C6H4. Obtained ... a flower, [AN- by the fractional distillation of the coal tar boiling above 360°. It crystallizes in monoclinic plates; it is slightly soluble in alcohol, but dissolves readily fäll, whât, amidst, färe, fäte, fit, father; hère, camel, hêr, wét, wé, thére; marine; sire, sir, pine, pit, gö, pöt, Syrian. or, wore, wolf, wórk, whô, sön; Qu = kW. aº, Ce = €; ey = 3. try, ciib, miite, ciire, ciir, ràle, fūll; lumite, anthracidae in benzene; it melts at 213°, and boils at 362°. It can be formed along with benzyl-toluene by heating in sealed tubes to 180° a mixture of benzyl chloride and water. ân-thräg'-i-dae, s. pl. [ANTHRAX.] A family of dipterous insects belonging to the section Tanysto- mata, but having shorter probosces than its imme- diate allies. ăn'-thra-gite, s. [From Gr. anthrakités=resem- bling, or of the nature of, coal; anthraac, genit. anthrakos=coal.] In Dana the first variety of Min- eral coal. Called also Glance, coal. , Hardness 2 to 2:5; sp. gr. 1:32 to 1:7; luster submetallic, iron-black, often iridescent. It contains from 80 to 94 per cent. of carbon, and burns with a pale, feeble flame. Free-burning anthracite: A variety of anthracite intermediate between the typical kind and bitumin- ous coal. ân-thra-git'-ic, a. . [Eng, anthracite; suff. -ic.] Pertaining to anthracite; composed in whole or in part of anthracite. - ân-thräg'-it-ois, a. [Eng., anthracite; -ows.] The same as ANTHRACITIC (q.v.). (Edin. Rev.) ân-thrác"—ön-ite, 8. LFrom Gr, anthraq:=coal.] A mineral, a yariety of Calcite. The name has been specially applied to— 1. Black marble; marble colored by the carbon- aceous matter arising from the remains of the animal and º organisms inhabiting the old sea from whic calcite was derived. Marbles of this type are called also Lucullan and Lucullite (q.v.). * 2. Black bituminous fetid limestone. From their odor they have been named also Swinestones and Stinkstones. ân-thra-cd-ther'-i-ām, s. [Gr. anthra.c, genit. anthrakos=coal or charcoal; and thérion=a beast, especially one of the kinds hunted; properly dimin. from ther=a wild beast, a beast of prey.] A fossil mammal of the Pachydermatous order, named from the fact that it was first found in tertiary lignite or brown coal. “The Dinotherium and Narrow-toothed Mastodon, for example, diminish the distance between the Lophiodon and Elephant; the Anthracotherium and Hippophysis that between Chaeropotamus and ºº::...ºns British Fossil Mammals and Birds (1846), pp. xxi., xxii. ân-thrác-ö–xën'-ite, án-thrác-ó-xé'ne, s. [In Ger, anthracoacem; Gr. anthraa:=coal; azenos=for- eign, a foreigner; suff. -ite=Gr. ités=of the nature of..] A mineral classed by Dana in his sixth, a yet unnamed group of Qxygenated Hydrocarbons. It is obtained as a black powder from a resin-like min- eral between layers of coal in Bohemia. Its compo- sition is, carbon 75:274, hydrogen 6'187, and oxygen išš. it is insolubie in ºther. ân-thrān-il'—íc, a. [Gr. anthraw-coal; Eng., &c., anil-a plant. [ANIL.] anthranilic acid. ICARBANILIC ACID.] ân-thra-quin'-6ne=Oxyantracene, S. CO Chemistry: C14H8O2=C6H43 6 >C6H4. Obtained by boiling anthracene with dilute H2SO4 and potassium dichromate. It crystallizes, from # nitric acid in pale yellow needles, melting at ăn'-thräx, s. [. Fr. anthraac, Port. anthraz; Gr. anthraa:=coal or charcoal, . . . a carbuncle.] *1. Old Med...: A carbuncle. 2. Entom. : A genus of dipterous insects, the type of the family Anthracidae (q.v.). ân-thris'-cis, s. [Lat. anthriscus (Pliny); Gr. anthºriskos = the southern cherwil (Scandia, aws- tralis).] A genus of plants belonging to the order Apiaceae Öğüß. ân-thrög'-Ér—a, s. [Gr. anthraſe=coal; keras-a horn.]. A genus of hawk moths, Sphingides, the typical one of the family Anthroceridae. ân-thrö-gēr'-i-dae, s. pl. [ANTHROCERA.1 A family of Sphingides. The species fly by day, and are brightly and beautifully colored. The Burnet Moths and the Green Forester belong to the family. It is called also Zygaenidae. ân-thröp'—ic, a. [Gr. anthrôpikos.] Man-like, resembling man; human. - ân-thröp'-i-dae, s. pl. , [Gra.gºthrôpos : * man.] "In Prof. Huxley's classification the first family of the order Primates, which stand at the head of the class Mammalia. There, is, but one Species, the Homo sapiegº, or Man. 1 The dentition ; := follows – Incisors, » : ; canines—iſ premolars, |-j; molars, H =32. In the Simiade there is some- times the same dentition, though in other cases the premolars are in place of : The hallux is nearly as long as the second toe and issusceptible of being moved both backward and forward only to a the carbonate of lime forming the 209 very limited extent, whereas in the Simiadae it is much more mobile in Man the arms are shorter than the legs, while in the Simiadae they may be either longer or shorter. After birth in Man the legs grow faster than the rest of the body, while in the Simia- dae they do not. Man's stature is erect, while the natural attitude of the apes and monkeys is on all fours. (Prof. Huxley's Classification of Animals, p. 99.) Man has a higher facial angle and a brain of greater volume than the monkeys, and his mental and moral powers are infinitely greater. ân-thrö'-pô-glöt, (Eng.), ān-thrö-pö–glöt'—tiis (Mod. Lat.), S. [Gr, anthrôpoglössos, in Attic am- thrôpoglöttos=speaking man's language: anthrôpos =man; and glössa, in Attic glötta=the tongue.] An animal possessing a tongue, i.e., speech remotely resembling man’s. Example, the imitative species of the Parrot family of Birds. ân-thrö-pög"—raph-y, s. [Gr, anthrôpos=man, and graphē = . . . . . a description; graphô=to grave, . . . to write: A, writing, about man. . A description of man...] . A science which investigates the geographical distribution of mankind, noting the physical character, the languages, the customs, and the religious tenets, and observances of the several races distributed, over the , globe. When the historic element receives prominence, anthro- pography becomes ethnography or ethnology. It, * 3. branch of the great Science of Anthropology QI. V.). àn-thrö'–póid, a. [Gr. anthrôpoeidés = in the shape of a man; anthrôpos = a man, and eidos= ... form ; from eidó=to see.]. Resembling man; a term applied especially to the apes, which ap- proach the human species in the following order: 1st (most remote), the gibbons; 2d, the orangs; 3d, the chimpanzee; and 4th (nearest), the gorilla. (Owen : Classif. of the Mammalia, 1859, p. 84.) “ , • Only in the very highest and most anthropoid, viz., the gorilla and the chimpanzee.”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 78. ân-thrö-pói-dés, s. [ANTHROPOID.] A genus of wading birds, belonging to the sub-family Gruinae. A. virgo is the Numidian Crane. ân-thrö'-pô-lite, s. [Gr. anthrôpos=man; and -lite-Gr. lithos=a stone..] Man petrified, as in the Guadaloupe specimen now in the British Museum. ân-thrö-pó-lög"—i-cal, a. [In Ger, anthropolog- tsch , from Gr. anthrôpologos=speaking or treating of man.] (For an extended investigation of the etymology, see Prof. Turner in Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1871, pt. ii., pp. 144-146.) Pertaining to the science of anthropology. ân-thrö-pú1'-àg—ist, s. [In Ger., anthropolog.] One who cultivates the science of anthropology. “. . . . the comparative study of the arts of different races, in different conditions of culture, must continue to hold a prominent place amongst the researches of anthro. pologists.”—Col. Lane Foac: British Assoc. Rep. for 1872, pt. ii., p. 171. ân-thrö-pö1'-à-gy, s. [In Ger. & Fr. anthro- pologie; Port. anthropologio. From Gr. anthrôpos =man ; and logos=. . . discourse.] I. Natural science: * 1. Gen. : The science of man in the widest sense of the term. The word anthropology has been vari- ously defined as: “The doctrine of anatomy; the doctrine of the form and structure of the body of man.” “A discourse or description of a man or of a man's body.”, Kant gaye a much wider range than this to the subject in his Amthropologie, published about the year 1798, as he had previously done orally in his university lectures. Finally, its aim is “to study man in all his leading aspects, physical mental, and historical; to investigate the laws of his origin and progress; to ascertain his place in nature, and his relation to the inferior forms of life.” In this sense ethnology is a department of anthropology. “The science of Man, therefore, or, as it is sometimes called, Anthropology, must form the crown of all the natural sciences.”—Maac Müller: Science of Language, vol. ii., (6th ed., 1871), p. 7. 2. Spec.: The science which investigates the re- lation in which man stands to the inferior animals. In this sense ethnology is a cognate science to an- thropology. ān-thrö'-pô-mân-gy, s. [Gr, anthrôpos=a man, and manteia-power or mode of divination; man- tewomai = to divine; mantis = one, who divines, a seer.] Fancied divination by examining the inward parts of a human being. ân-thrö-pó-mêt'—ry, s. [Gr. anthrôpos = man, and metron–a measure.] e measuring or meas- urement of man, that is, of man's bodily frame. However, not the body, but “the mind's the standard of the man.” ân-thrö-pê-morph'-ic, a. [Gr. anthrôpomorphos =of human form ; anthrôpos=man, and morphé= form.] Pertaining to anthropomorphism.] “From some quarter or other the anthropomorphic force came in.”—Gladstone. © © anthropopathy ân-thrö-pö-morph -ism, s. [In Ger, anthropo- morphism; Fr. anthropomorphisme; Port. anthro- pomorphismo, Gr. anthrôpomorphia-human form; anthrôpos=man, and morphé=form, shape.] Properly: The attributing of a human form to God. When this is really done it is a gross degra- dation of the divinity, and is condemned in Script- ure. But when the only anthropomorphism is the . use of metaphorical phrases, such as the arm of the Lord (Ps. lxxyii. 15), or His eyes (Ps. xi. 4), or His ears. (Ps. xxxiv. 15), to make abstract ideas more readily conceivable, the practice has the counte- nance of Scripture itself. There are thus in this sense, a legitimate and an illegitimate anthropo- morphism. - “Anthropomorphism is always connected with anthro- pºism."-smith & Wace: Dict. Christ. Biog., vol. i., p. 1.19. ân-thrö-pó-morph'—ist, s. In Ger. anthropo- morphist.] One who really or apparently attributes to God the human form, or thoughts, emotions, or . passions like our own. : ân-thrö-pö-morph'-ite, s. & a. [In Fr. anthro- pomorphite; Port. anthropomorphita, Gr. anthrö- pomorphos=of human form.] A. As substantive: I. Ordinary Language: One who attributes to God the human form, or thoughts, emotions, and passions like our own. . “. . though few profess themselves anthropo- morphites, yet we may find many amongst the ignorant of that opinion.”—Locke. - II. Technically: 1. Church. Hist. (pl.) : A sect which arose in Egypt. in A. D. 395, and became prominent in the fifth gent- ury. They were a subdivision of the Acephali, who again sprung from the Monophysites or Euty- chians. They held anthropomorphism in a gross form. Many individuals also in the Church catholic, and in the sects which had sprung from it, enter- tained a similar belief. (Mosheim : Ch. Hist., Cent- W., pt. ii., ch. v., § 20.) “The Anthropomorphites who swarmed among the . monks of Egypt and the Catholics of Africa . .”— Gibbon: Decline and Fall, ch. xlvii. 2. (Plur.) A party (they had scarcely the coher- ence of a sect) which existed in Italy and elsewhere in the tenth century. They supposed that God pos- sesses a human form, and sits upon a golden throne. B. As adjective: Attributing to God human form, thoughts, or emotions. “Multitudes could swallow the dull and coarse anthro- pomorphite doctrines.”—Glanville: Prſeacist of Souls, ch.iv. ân-thrö-pö-morph—it'-ic, æn-thrö-pö-morph- it'-i-cal, d. [Eng. anthropomorphite; -ie, -ical.] Pertaining to anthropomorphism, or to e An- thropomorphites. | - ân-thrö-pô-morph'-it-ism, s. [Eng, anthropo- morphite; -ism...] The system of doctrines charac- teristic of the Anthropomorphites; an anthropo- morphism. [ANTHROPOMORPHISM.] ân-thrö-pö-morph'-6se, v. t. [Gr. anthrôpos= a man, and morphoö= to form, to give shape to.] One would expect this verb to mean to change into the form of a man; but Davies gives an example from Howell (Parley of Beasts, p. 3), in which it. evidently=to change from the form of a man into that of a beast. .' ân-thrö-pö-morph'-oiás, a. [In Fr. anthropo- morphe. From . Gr. anthrôpomorphos.] Possessed of a form resembling that of man. “Mr. Lyell, however, in 1830, had remarked that, the evidence of the total absence of the Anthropomorphows tribe [the Quadrum anaj was inconclusive.”—Owens Brit. Fossil Mammals and Birds, p. 2. ân-thrö-pô-päth'-ic, fin-thrö-pö-pâth'-i-cal a. [Gr. anthrôpopathés-with human feelings.j Pertaining to human feelings; having human feel- IngS. ân-thrö-pó-päth'—f-cal—ly, adv. [Eng. anthro- popathical -ly..] . In a manner to show the posses- sion of human feelings. º, ân-thrö-pöp'-a-thişm, s. [Eng. anthropopathy; -ism...] The same as ANTHROPOPATHY (q.v.). (See example under ANTHROPOMORPHISM.) ân-thrö-pöp'-a-thy, *ān-thrö-pôp'-a-thje, s. [In Ger. anthropopathie. From Gr. anthºpop- atheia-humanity; anthrôpos=a man, and pathé– a passive state, or pathos=anything that befalls one, . . . suffering, emotion; aor, inf. of paschö, = to receive an impression.] 1. Human feeling, humanity. - “Two ways then may the Spirit of God be said to be grieved, in Himself, in His saints; in Himself, by an ax- thropopathie, as we call it; in his saints, by a sympathie; the former is by way of allusion to human passion and carriage.”—Bp. Hall: Rem., p. 106. 2. Theol.: The attributing of human thoughts. emotions, or passions to God. As in the case of bóil, boy; póüt, jöwl; cat, çell, Chorus, gem; thin, this; çhin, bench; &O, Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, -tian = shan. del. —tion, -dle, &c. = bel, -sion = shiin; -ble, -tion, -Sious = Shiis. -tious, -cious, -gion = zhūn. anthropophagi anthropomorphism, this may be legitimate or ille- gitimate. It is the former if done only figuratively; it is the latter if done really. (a) Figuratively: “And it repented the Lord that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him at his heart '' (Gen. vi. 6). (b) Really: “Thou thoughtest that I was alto- getlier such an one as thyself” (Ps. 1. 21). ân-thrö-pöph'-a-gi, s. pl. [Plural of Lat. an- thropophagus; Gr. anthropophagos = a man-eater; anthrôpos = man, and phagein, from *phagö, now made 2 agr. inf. of esthºo-to eat. In Fr. anthro- pophage.] Man-eaters. Cannibals, people feeding on human flesh. ân-thrö-pö-phâg -í-cal, a. [Eng. anthropoph- agy; -ical. In Fr. authºropophage; Port. anthro- ##! Pertaining to anthropophagy; eating uman flesh. ân-thrö-póph-a-gin-i-an, s. [From Lat. an- thropophagus (ANTHROPOPHAGI), and the dignified suff.-inian ; Shakespeare's design being to frame in ridicule a word ‘‘ of learned Iength and thundering sound.”]. A cannibal. “Go knock and call, he'll speak like an anthropopha- £iºn unto thee; l;nock, I say.”—Shakesp.: Merry Wives, IV. O. ân-thrö-pöph -a-goiás, a. [In Fr. anthropoph- #. I From Gr. anthropophagos.] Man-eating, can- Illſ)&l. ân-thrö-pöphºa-gy, s. [In Fr. anthropophagie. From Gr. anthrôpophagia.] Man-eating, canni- balism. ** ân-thrö-pös-cöp-y, s, , [Gr, anthrôpos=man, and Skopia:. . . . a looking out; Skopeč=to look at or after.] An attempt to discover the mental and moral tendencies of any one by studying his bodily characteristics. ân-thrö-pös-à-phy, s. [Gr, anthrôpos=man, and sophia =skill, higher knowledge, wisdom.] The knowledge of man; the acquisition of wisdom (if such a thing is possible) by the study of mankind. ân-thrö-pôt'—öm—ist, s. [Gr. anthrôpos=man, and tomis, or tomews=one who cuts.] One who cuts up or dissects a man; an anatomist. “. . . the large mass of transverse white fibers called *corpus callosum' by the anthropotomist.”—Owen; Clas- sif. of the Mammalia, p. 22. àn-thrö-pôt'—öm—y, s. [Gr. anthrôpos=man, and omć . . . a cutting; temn0=to cut.] The anat- $. of man; i. e., the dissection of the human OCly. ân-thrö-piir"—gic, a. [Gr. anthrôpowrgos=mak- ing man; but intended by Bentham to signify oper- ated on by man; anthrôpos=man ; *ergö=to do work.] (For def. see example.) “Thus Natural History and Natural Philosophy are respectively represented by Physiurgic Somatology and Anthropurgic Somatology; the one signifying the science of bodies, in so far as operated upon in the course of nature, without the intervention of man ; the other, the science of bodies so far as man, by his knowledge of the convertible powers of nature, is able to operate upon tº "-souring: Benthºn’s Works, Introd., § 6, vol. i., p. 10. ânº-this, s. [Lat. anthus; Gr. anthos, masc. = a small bird like a bunting (not amthos=a flower, which is neut.).] ool. : A genus of birds, the typical one of the family Anthidae, in the Dentirostral tribe, but with affinity, shown by their lengthened hind toe, to the genus Alauda (Lark) in the Conirostral one. Some place the genus Anthus under the Motacillinae, a sub-family of Sylvidae, or Warblers. The species are" called in English Titlarks or Pipits. The A. arborews, or Tree Pipit; the A. praiensis, or Mead- ow Pipit; the A. petrosus, or Rock Pipit; and the A. Ricardi, or Richard's Pipit belong to the order. #m-thyl-lis, s. [In Fr. anthyllide; Sp. & Ital. antillide; Gr. &nthos=a flower, and ioulos-(1) first rowth of the beard, (2) down on plants. So called rom its downy calyces.] A gen- us belonging to the Papilionace- Ous sub-order of the Fabaceae, or T. egum in ous plants. It con- tains one spe- cies, the A. vul- averaria, or Com- mon kidn ey We t c h, called also Lady's & F in gers. It grows, chiefly in the vicinity of the sea. It has from five to nine leaflets and crowded heads of generally red flowers. The roots #if: foreign species, the A. Hermanniae, are diu- TeſſiC, $º § sº º Anthyllis Vulneraria. făte, fat, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, 210 ân-thy p-nót'-ic, a, & s. [ANTI-HYPNOTIC.] ânt-hyp-ó-chön'-dri-ac, a. & s. [ANTIHYPO- CHONDRIAC.] ânt—hy-pêph –ör—a, s. [ANTI-HYPOPHORA.] ânt-hys-têr -ic, a. & 8. [ANTI-HYSTERIC.] ân-ti, prefia: (1). For antic (?) in the word ANTI- MASK (q.v.). ân'-ti, préfia (2). A. [From Gr. anti, prep., Original meaning=over against . . . ; hence=opposed to. In Greek com- pos. = (1) Over against, Opposite to, (2) against, in Opposition to ; (3) one against another, mutually; (4) in return ; (5) instead; (6) equal to, like: (7) cor- responding to, counter. (Liddell dº Scott's Greek Lecicom.) , The Greek anti-over against, against, is essentially the same word as the Latin ante=be- fore; hence there are in Lat. anticipo (B.); in Ital. anticomere = a forerunner, antidata = antedate, anti-camera-antechamber; in Sp. Amtechristo; in Fr. Antechrist, antidate, antichambre; and in Eng. (ºnticipate (B. ; see also ANTE). The root is amt; Sansc, anti-opposite, facing.] 1. The opposite of, as anticlimaa. 2. Opposed to: as Antichrist, antidote. º ‘I (a) Compound words having as ono of their elements the Gr. prefix anti are infinite in number. We do not profess or indeed desire to give a com- plete list. Those which are still loosely compacted together, being generally spelled with a hyphen, fol- low as compounds under anti; while those in which the union has been more complete, the hyphen being generally dropped, are arranged as primary words. In the case of the former, the usage of authors or printers (it is uncertain which) with regard to the employment of capital letters Varies in three ways:— (1) There may be one capital commencing the Word Anti, as Amti-arminium. (Bishop Barlow.) (2) There may be one, but beginning the second of the two words in the compound, as anti-Realism, Gºvti-Realistic (Herbert Spencer); anti-Gallican (De Quincey); anti-English (Frovide); anti-Repub- lican (Times newspaper). Or (3) each of the words united may begin with a capital, as Anti-Judaic (Milman); Anti-Law.dism. (Carlyle.) (b) With in the word withstand, and gain in gain- say, are equivalents in signification, though not in etymology, to the Greek anti. iB. [From Lat. ante=before, as anticipate, in Lat. anticipo = to take beforehand ; ante=before, and capio=to take..] Before, beforehand, as antici- pate. (See etymology of B.) anti-abolitionist, s. One opposed to a party in the United States which, §. slavery existed there, sought its abolition; or, more generally, one Opposed to the abolition of slavery in any country where it still lingers. anti-American, a. people or their aims. anti-apostle, s. One opposed to the apostles. “The cardinals of Rome are those persons which may be fitly styled anti-apostles in the Romish hierarchy.”— Potter. On the Numb. 666, p. 96. anti-Arminian, s. One opposed to the Arminian tenets. “. . . . . . and many bad characters cast on good men, especially on the anti-Arminians . .”—By. Barlow: Remains, p. 181. anti-attrition, s. Any, thing, which opposes attrition, as, a mixture for lubricating machinery. anti-Centenarianism, s. [Gr. anti, and Eng. centenarianism, from Lat. centum=a hundred, and annus=a year.] Qpposition to the assertion that the persons from time to time reported to have died aged a century or more had really attained to that age, “Anti-centenarianism.”—Heading of a paragraph in the Times, Thursday, January 8, 1874. anti-chamber. [ANTECHAMBER.] anti-corn-law, 8... [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. Corm Law.] Opposition to the Corn Law or laws. The Anti-Corn-Law League was formed in Man- chester, England, on the 18th of September, 1838, and ultimately became a most powerful organiza- tion, carrying agitation, everywhere. The Corn Laws having been abolished on June 26, 1846, the reason for the continued existence of the League ceased, and it dissolved itself on the 2d of July of the same year. anti-docetae, a. Opposed to the Docetae, a Gnostic sect [DOCETAE], or to their religious tenets. (See example under amti-G mostic.) anti-dynastic, q. , Opposed to the reigning dynasty in any particular country. “. . . but the leaders of the popular movement be- long to the anti-dynastic faction of the Opposition.”— Daily Telegraph, October 8, 1877: Piemma Corresp. Opposed to the American antiar anti-English, a. Opposed to the English or their aims. “The anti-English party were in the ascendant.”— Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xix., vol. iv., p. 168. anti-Gallican, S. Opposed to the “Gallican,” i. e., the French aims or aspirations. “One of the cardinals, he [Coleridge] tells us, warned him, by the Pope's wish, of some plot, set on foot by Bonaparte, for seizing him as an anti-Gallican writer.”— De Quincey's Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., p. 95. anti-Gnostic, a. Opposed to Gnosticism or to the Gnostics. - “. . . the anti-Gnostic, or more strictly, the anti- docetic tendency which has been ascribed to the gospel.” —Strauss: Life of Jesus, Transl. (1846), $ 107. anti-Jacobin, S., One opposed to, the principles and procedure of the Jacobins in the first French Revolution. “Then grew a hearty anti-Jacobin.” Byron: Vision of Judgment, 97. *I. The word is best known as the title of a famous satirical, Tory periodical (1798–1821), the #. contributors to , which were Gifford, Hookham Frere, and Canning. anti-Judaic, a. Opposed to what is Jewish. “. . . the anti-Judaic party in Alexandria, of which Apion was no doubt a worthy representative.”—Milman: Hist. of Jews, 3d ed., vol. i., note to p. 70 anti-Laudism, S. Opposition on the part of the Puritans to the doctrine and discipline of Arch- bishop Laud. - “. . . Anti-Laudisms, Westminster Confessions.”— Carlyle: Heroes and Hero- Worship, Lect. VI. anti-national, a. Opposed to the aims, the pro- cedure, or what are believed to be the interests Of one's nation. “. . . could have attended the most ultra professions of anti-national politics.”—De Quincey's Works (ed., 1863), vol. ii., p. 178 anti-principle, s, , A, principle opposed to an- flººr principle which has been previously speci- €C1. “ . That besides one great cause and source of good, there was an anti-principle of evil, of as great force and activity in the world.”—Spencer: Om Prodigies, p. 168. anti-prophet, s. An opponent of prophets or of prophetic revelation. “Well therefore might St. John, when he saw so many anti-prophets spring up, say, ‘Hereby we know that this 1S gº last time.’”—Mede: Apostasy of the Later Times, P. {} W anti-Realism, s. : Metaphys, The system of speculative belief Opposed to that of realism; nominalism. “And thus is Realism negatively justified: any hypo- thetical uncertainty it may have is incomparably less than that of Amti-Realism.”—Herbert Spencer: Psychol., 2d ed., vol. ii., § 491. anti-Realistic, a. . Metaphys. : Opposed to what is realistic; nom- inalistic, nominalist. “. . . that contradiction which the Anti-Realistic conception everywhere resents.”—Herbert Spence": Psychol., 2d ed., vol. ii., § 469, p. 486. & 4 ... we proceeded to value by it the Realistic and Anti-Realistic conclusions.”—Ibid., p. 491. anti-Republican, a. Opposed to Republican institutions and their advocates or defenders. “For the simple reason that he and the Duc de Broglie and the anti-Republican party are determined not to resign the power which they accidentally hold.”—Times, November 16, 1877. anti-Roman, a. Opposed to Roman aims. “But at this crisis the anti-Roman policy was arrested in its course by another movement.”—J. A. Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. vi., vol. ii., p. 12 anti-Socialist, a. Opposed to the Socialists. “The debate on the anti-Socialist Bill commenced in to-day’s sitting of the German Parliament.”—Times, Sept. 17, 1878. - anti-Tribonian, 8. great jurist Tribonian. . . . . . e ºf Plural: A sect, the distinctive peculiarity of which was this opposition. ân-tí-āg'-id, a. & S. [ANTACID.] ân-ti'-a-dés, S. pl. [The plur, of Gr. antias, genit. antiados=one of the glands of the throat when swollen; antigs=opposite to ; from anti.] Amatomy: The tonsils. fin-ti-a-di-tís, s. [Gr. antias; and suff, itis= inflammation.] (ANTixpºs.j * Med...: Inflammation of the tonsils. ân-tí-āph-rö-dig'-i-ác, in-tí-āph-rö-diš'-î-a- cal, a. [ANTAPHRODISIAC.] ân'—ti-ár, or ānt'—jär, s. . [ANTIARIs...]. A poison made from the upas-tree of Java. Antiaris to3.i. CCI,7°º Cº., A person opposed to the pôt, or, Wäre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; miite, Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. try, cüb, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; antiarine ân-tí–är"-ine, s. [ANTIARIs...] The active prin- ciple in the poison of the upas-tree; LANTIA RIS.] It is obtained from the inspissated juice of the plant in shining whitish crystals, soluble in water. ân-ti-air’— is, s. A genus of plants be- longing to the order Art O - carpaceae, Or Artocarpads. The A. toaci- caria is the famous up a S- tree of Java. {UPAs.] The antjar poison is made from it. Its exceed- ingly deleteri- •ous p r O p 6 r- ties a rise from its con- taining sº & ſº tº are & * nine. A shirt made from it, if insufficiently pre- pared, excites much itching. ân-ti-ar-thrit'-ic, a. & S. [ANTARTHRITIC.] ân-ti-ásth-mât'-ic, s. [Gr, anti-against; Eng. asthmatic..] A medicine, used against asthma. {ANTASTHMATIC.] “Anti-asthmatics (Gr. ) are medicines against the short- ness of breath.”—Glossog, Nova. ân-tí-bäc-chi'-às, s. [In Fr. antibachique; Sp. antibaquio; Port, antibacchio; Ger. & Lat. anti- bacchius. From Gr. antibakcheios.] Prosody: A reversed Bacchius, that is, a foot like the Bacchius of three syllables, but differing from it in this respect, that whereas the Bacchius has the first syllable short and the last two long, as in bé | di | te, the Antibacchius has the first and second syllables long and the third short, as in ail | dº | ré. ân-ti-bar'-bar-ois, a. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng, barbarows.]. Against what is barbarous. Used— (a) Of books like those of Erasmus, Nizolus, and Cellarius, directed against the use of barbarisms in the Latin or in other tongues. (b) Of the use of an unknown tongue in divine service. Peter de Moulin employed it in this sense. ân-ti-bāş-il'—i-can, a. [(1) Gr. anti-against, opposed to ; and Lat. basilica- a building in the forum with double colonnades, used as a court of justice and as an exchange. (3) A cathedral: Gr. basilikö, same meaning; basilikos, adj. = kingly, royal ; basilews=king.] Opposed to royal or eccles- iastical pomp or splendor. ân-ti-bib-li-ö1–a–try, s. [Gr, anti, and Eng. Bibliolatry.] Opposition to bibliolatry (q.v.). “At a period in which Drs. Marsh and Wordsworth have by the zealous of one side been charged with Popish principles on account of their anti-bibliolatry Coleridge: Aids to Reflection, p. 115, note. ân-ti-bib'-lös, s. [Gr. anti-in return, and bib- {...} the inner bark of the papyrus, (2) paper, a OOK. Civil Law: An instrument by which a defendant admits that he has received a “libel,” or a copy of it, and notes the date when it was served upon him. ân-ti-bil -í-oiás, a. [Gr. anti, and Eng. bilious.] Pharm, Opposed to biliousness; counteracting biliousness. ân-ti-bräch'-i-al (ch guttural), a. [Lat. anti- brachialis.] [ANTIBRACHIUM.] Pertaining to the forearm. 4 & & Antiaris Toxicaria. the peculiar length of arm, in those “long- armed apes’ is chiefly due to the excessive length of the antibrachial bones.”—Owen; Classif. of Mammalia, p. 78. ân-ti-bräch'-i-àm (ch guttural), s. [From Lat. ºtnte=before; and brachinum, Gr. brachión= the arm, especially the forearm, from the hand to the elbow.] The forearm. “. . . the forearm, or antibrachium.”—Flower: Os- 4eol. of the Mammalia (1870), p. 214. An-ti-biir"—ghērs (h silent), s. pl. [Gr, anti– against, and Eng. burghers. Chºwrch. History: A Scottish sect which arose in 1747. A certain oath having been instituted in Edinburgh, Glasgow, and Perth, to be taken as a Criterion of burghership, many members of the As- Sociate Synod, or Secession Church, considered its terms to be such that they could not conscientiously take it. Others declared that they could. The Secession in º: split into distinct bodies— tho “ Burghers,” who took the oath, and the “Anti- burghers,” who refused it. Another schism ulti- mately followed, owing to the conflict between pro- £ressive and conservative ideas; and thus there Were produced four distinct denominations—viz., póil, boy; póüt, jówl; Cat, gell, Chorus, 211 the Old Light Burghers, the New Light, Burghers, the Old Light Antiburghers, and the New Light Antiburghers. Most of these are now merged in the United Presbyterian Church, and their old denominations are becoming obsolete. (Burton : PHist. Scotland.) ~ ăn'—tic, *ān-ticke, *ān'-tíke, a. & S. [In Sw. antik, adj:= (1) antique, ancient, (2) antic; subst::= (1) an antique, (2) an antic; Dan, antik, adj.-(1) antique, (2) antic; Fr. antique = (1) ancient, (2) an- tiquated; Sp. antiquo: (1) antique, ancient, , (2) antic; Port, antigo, adj. =antique, ancient; subst. =an antique; Ital. antico-antique, ancient; Lat. antiquus=antique, ancient. The English antic was Originally the same word as ANTIQUE (q.v.).] A. As adjective : 1. Antique, ancient; old. “At the nether ende were two broade arches upon thre antike pillers all of gold . .”—Hall: Hem. VIII., an. 18. (Trench.) 2. Old-fashioned, antiquated; out of date, and therefore grotesque. “A foule deform’d, a brutish cursed crew, In body like to antike work devised Of monstrous shape, and of an ugly hew.” Harrington: Ariost., vi. 61. (Nares.) 3. Grotesque, odd, ludicrous, without any refer- euce to antiquity. “With frolic quaint their antic jests expose, And tease the grumbling rustic as he goes.” Byron : Howl's of Idleness; Childish Recollections. “The prize was to be conferred upon the whistler that could go through his tune without laughing, though pro- voked by the antic postures of a merry-andrew, who was to play tricks.”—.4ddison. B. As substantive: I. Of persons. 1. A person or being of hoar antiquity, out of harmony with modern manners, and left by people in society as much as possible to himself. “. . . within the hollow crown That rounds the mortal temples of a king Keeps Death his court; and there the antic sits.” Shakesp.: Rich. II., iii. 2. 2. A merry-andrew, a buffoon; one who dresses up fancifully, adopts odd postures, and says what he deems smart things, with the object of eliciting half- pence from those who behold his tricks. “Fear not, my lord, we can contain ourselves, Were he the veriest antic in the world.” Shakesp.: Tamimg of the Shrew, Ind. II. Of things. Generally in the plural: 1. Works of art, specially architecture, sculpture, Or painting produced by the ancients; antiques. [ANTIQUE.] & e 2. Grotesque representations, odd imagery or devices. [ANTI-MAsK.] “A work of rich entail and curious mold, Woven with antickes and wyld yrnagery.” Spense”, F. Q., II, vii. 4. “For elen at first reflection, she espies Such toys, such anticks, and such vanities.” * DCtvies. 3. Odd tricks. “And fraught with antics as the Indian bird That writhes and chatters in her wiry cage.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. vi. ân -tic, čn'-tick, v. t. [From the substantive.] To cause to assume the appearance of an antic. e * “Mine own tongue Splits what it speaks; the wild disguise hath almost antick'd us all.”—Shakesp.: Amt. and Cleop., ii. 7. .#n-ti-cá chégºtic, *ān-ti-chä-chéc'-ticks (h silent), a., & S., [Gr. (unti = against, and kachektés= having a bad habit of body; kakos=bad, and hearis =a having possession; heard, fut. of echö=to have.] .1. As adjective: Deemed of use against a cachec- tic state of the constitution. 2. As substantive : A medicine designed to coun- teract a cachectic state of the constitution. “Anti-chachetticks (Gr. ). Remedies that correct the ill disposition of the blood.”—Glossog, Nova. g in a cavin-law, 8. [Gr. anti; Eng. Calvin- 1St. Church. Hist. One opposed to the Calvinists or their religious tenots. ân-tí-Căl-vin-is-tic, a. [Gr. anti; Eng. Cal- 'viºvistic." Chºwrch. Hist, dº: Theol. : Opposed to the Calvinistic tenets. ân-ti-căm-èr—a, *ān-tê-cám’–ér-a, s. [Sp. antecamara, Ital, anticamera— antechamber; from camera- a chamber.] An antechamber. “. whereof you must foresee, that one of them be for an infirmary, if the prince or any special person should be sick, with chambers, bedchambers, antecamera and recamera, joining to it.”—Bacon : Essays, Civ. and Mor’., ch. xlv. çhin, bench; antichristianism ân-ti-car'-di-àm, s. [Gr, antikardion.] Amat.: The pit of the stomach, the ocrobiculus COrdis. ân-tí-car-niv'-ār-ois, a... [Gr. anti, and Eng. carnivorows.] Opposed to the use of flesh as an article of food; vegetarian. ân-ti-ca-tar-rhal (h silent), a. & S. [Gr. anti- against, and katarroos=a flowing down. A catarrh..] [CATARRH.) 1. As adjective: Deemed of use against catarrh, i. e., a cold. 2. As substantive: A medicine given as a remedy against catarrh. ân-ti-cău-söt'-ic, q & s. [Gr. anti-against, and kantsos= (1) burning heat; (2) bilious, remittent i. | kawso, later fut. of kaió= (1) to light, (2) to UłI’I] . 1. As adjective: Used against a burning fever of whatever § & 2. As substantive: A medicine used against burn- ing fevers. ân'-ti-chäm-bêr. [ANTECHAMBER.] ân'-ti-cheir, s. [Gr, anticheir=the thumb; from amti =opposed to, and cheir=the hand.] A mat.: The thumb; so called from being opposed to the rest of the hand. *ān-ti-chré'-šís, s. [Gr. anti-chrésis=reciprocal usage: amti = in return, and chrésis=a using, an employment; chºraomai-to consult or use an Oracle, to use; chºrać– to furnish what is needful.] Old Law: A mortgage. , ăn'-ti-christ, Ån'-ti-christ, s. [In A. S. Ante- crist, Anticrist; Sw., Dan, Dut., & Ger. Antichrist; Fr. Antechrist; Sp. & Port. Amtechristo; Ital. Anti- cristo; Lat. Antichristus. From Gr. Antichristos: anti-instead of, or=against (see Trench's Synonyms of the New Testament, pp. 115–120, ; Christos=Christ.] 1. Gen. : Any one who denies the Father and the Son ; or who will not confess that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh; or who, leaving the Church, pretends to be the Christ (or Messiah), and, thus becomes a rival and enemy of Jesus, the true Christ, as in the following examples. “He is antichrist, that denieth the Father and the Son.”—1 John ii. 22. “For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist.”—2 John 7. “Little children, it is the last time: and as ye have heard that antichrist shall come, even now are there many antichrists; whereby we know that it is the last time. They went out from us, but they were not of us . . . . .”—1 John ii. 18, 19; compare with Matt. xxiv. 3–5, Mark xiii. 1–5, Luke xxi. 5–8. 2. Spec. : One who should prečminently stand forth as the antagonist of Christ, and should be a sufficiently prominent personage to become the theme of prophecy; or if anti be held to mean ânstead ºf [see etymology], then the characteristic of Antichrist will be a supercession of Christ, not an avowed antagonism to him. If, when St. John says, “Ye have heard that antichrist shall come,” he refers to the rival and opponent of God described by St. Paul in 2 Thess. ii., then Antichrist is to be identified as the “man of sin,” “the son of perdi- tion, and that Wicked,” of verses 3,8. Many Prot- estant controversial writers, from Luther down- ward, have applied the name Antichrist in this specific sense to the Papacy. (See the example from Bishop Hall, as a specimen of a multitude more scattered over the whole extent of English and Scotch theological literature.) “Anti-christ, which was conceived in the primitive times, saw the light in Boniface the Third, and was grown to his stature and alcmé in Gregory the Seventh.” —Bp. Hall: Hon. of the Marr. Clergy, 8, § 6. ân-ti-christ'-i-an, a. & s. [Gr. anti-against; Eng. Christian. In Fr. antichrétien; Port. anti- christao; Ital. anticristiano. 1. As adjective : Opposed to Christianity, or pertaining to the Antichrist of New Testament prophecy. “That despised, abject, oppressed sort of men, the min- isters, whom the world would make antichristian, and so deprive them of heaven.”—South. 2. As substantive: One opposed to Christianity, or a follower of the prophetic Antichrist. - “A new heresy, as the antichristians and priests of the breaden God would persuade and make their credulous company to believe.”—Rogers: On the Creed, Pref. “To call them Christian Deists is a great abuse of lan- guage; unless Christians were to be distributed into two sorts, Christians and No-christians, or Christians and Anti-christians.”—Waterland; Ch., p. 63. ân-tí-christ'-i-an-ism, s. [Eng. antichristian; -ism. In Fr. antichristianisme.] Opposition to Chris- tianity in an individual, a party, or a speculative tenet. “Have we not seen many whose opinions have fastened upon one another the brands of antichristianism f*—More: Decay of Piety. go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Shan. -SiOuS = —tion, -tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sion = Shiin; antichristianity ân-tí-christ-ī-àn'-i-ty, , s: [Gr, anti-against; Eng. Christianity.] Opposition or contrariety to Christianity in an individual, a party, or a specu- lative tenet. (In use identical with the previous word.) “They breed grief of mind in a number that are godly- minded, and have Antichristianity in such detestation that their minds are martyred with the very sight of them in the Church.”—Hooker: Eccl. Pol., bk. iv., § 8. ân-ti-christ-i-an-ize, v. t. [Eng: antichristian ; -ize.] To turn from Christianity those who previ- ously accepted its doctrines. ân-tí-chröm'—i-cal, a. [Gr. anti-against, and chronikos = pertaining to time; chromos = time.] Opposed to or out of the proper chronological date. ân-tí-chrön'-i-cal-ly, adv. [Eng. anti-chromi- cal; -ly.] In a manner that is opposed to proper chronology. fān-ti-chrön"—ism, s. [In Ger. antichronism.] Deviation from proper chronology; the placing events in wrong order of time. “Our chronologies are by transcribing, interpolation, misprinting, and creeping in of antichromisms, now and then strangely disordered.”—Selden: Om Drayton's Poly- olb., Song 4. ân-tích'—thén, s. [Gr. anti-on the opposite side of, and chthon=country.] One of the Antipodes. (Bp. Hall: Works, v. 478.) ân-tig'-i-pant, a. [Lat. anticipans, pr. par., of anticipo = to take beforehand, to anticipate.] [AN- TICIPATE.] Anticipating, in anticipation Of. © Med...: A term used of periodic fevers or other dis- eases in which the paroxysms arrive earlier than their normal period, the successive intervals of respite diminishing from day to day. ân-tíg'-i-pâte, v. t. & i. [In Ger. tantizipiren; Fr. anticiper; Sp. anticipar; Port. antecipar; Ital. anticipare. From Lat., anticipo-to take before- hand; ante=before, and capio-to take, from the root cap.] A. Transitive : 1. To take before another person has had time to do so, and thus preclude his gaining possession at all. Or to perform a work before he has had time to execute it, and thus render his services in the matter needless; to be beforehand with One. “ . . . he would probably have died by the hand of the executioner, if indeed the executioner had not been anticipated by the populace.” — Macaulay: Hist. Eng., “Anticipated rents, and bills unpaid, Force many a shining youth into the shade.” Cowper: Retirement. 2. To say or do anything before the appropriate, or at least the normal, time for it has come. (a) In a speech or literary composition, to say or write anything before the time or place at which it should appropriately be introduced. - (b) To carry out an expected command before it is given, or conjectured wishes before they are uttered in speech. “The dinner served, Charles takes his usual stand, Watches your eye, anticipates command.” Cowper: Truth. “. . . would have done wisely as well as rightly by anticipating the wishes of the country.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. 3. To realize a future event, and feel as one would if it had already arrived; or simply to expect a future event to happen. ‘‘Timid men were anticipating ,another civil war.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xviii. B. Imtramsitive: To say or write anything before the time or place at which it should appropriately be introduced into a speech or literary composition. “I find I have anticipated already, and taken up from Boccace before I come to him; but I am of the temper of Rings, who are for present money, no matter how they pay it.—Dryden. ân-tig -í-pâ—těd, pa. par. & a. [ANTICIPATE.] *ān-tig -í-pâte-ly, adv. [Eng. anticipate; -ly.] By anticipation. “It may well be deemed a singular mark of favor that our Lord did intend to bestow upon all pastors, that he did anticipately promise to Peter.”—Barrow; On the Pope’s Supremacy. ân-tíg'-i-pâ-tíñg, pr. par. & a. “. . . an active and anticipating intelligence.”— Owen: Classif. of Mammalia, p. 62. ân-tíg-i-pâ'—tion, S. [In Fr. anticipation; Sp. anticipacion; Port. anticipaçao, antecipaçao; Ital. anticipazione. From Lat. anticipatio= (1) a pre- conception, an innate idea ; (2) the first movements of the body in infancy; (3) Rhet., occupation, pro- lepsis: from anticipo-to anticipate.] A. Ord. Lang.: The act of anticipating; the thing anticipated. Specially: 1. The act of forming a preconceived notion of any being, person, or thing; the formation of an fāte, fīt, amidst, whât, fall, or, Wöre, färe, father; 212 opinion before the grounds on which it can be safely based are known; the thing thus preconceived, a prejudice. “What nation is there, that, without any teaching, have not a kind of anticipation, or preconceived notion of a Deity ?”—Demham. “Of the great error of inquiring knowledge in antici- pations. That I call anticipations, the voluntary col- lections that the mind maketh of knowledge, which is every man’s reason.”—Bacon: Interpr. of Nature, ch. xv. 2. The act of saying, writing, or doing something before the natural time for giving attention to it has arrived. “The golden number gives the new moon four days too late by reason of the aforesaid anticipation, and our neglect of it.”—Holder. 3. The act of realizing a future event, and feeling or acting as one would do if it had actually arrived. The act of foreseeing, or at least of expecting a future event, or providing for a future necessity. “But whose achievements, marvelous as they be, Are faint anticipations of a glory About to be revealed.” Robert Browning: Paracelsus. B. Technically: - tiº Med...: The attack of a fever before its usual 1Iſle. 2. Painting: The expression of an expected action. 3. Logic: A presumption, prejudice, or preçon- ceived opinion, . It is called also preconception, presentation, or instinct. 4. Epicurean Philosophy: The first idea or defini- tion of anything. 5. Rhetoric : A figure, called also Prolepsis (q.v.). Music: The obtrusion of a chord upon a syncopated note to which it forms a discord. ân-tíg'-i-pâ-tive, a. [Eng. anticipate; -ive.] Anticipating, containing an anticipation. ân-tíg'-i-pâ-tór, s. [Lat. anticipator; Ital, an- ticipatore..] One who foresees, or at least expects, a future event. ân-tíg'-i-pâ—tör-y, a. [Eng. anticipator; -y.] Anticipating, foreseeing, forecasting ; containing or implying an anticipation of some future event. “. and this distinguished geologist concluded by the remarkable anticipatory observation that . . .”— Owen: British Fossil Mammals and Birds (1846), p. 2. *ān'-tick, s. [ANTIC.] - ân-tí-cli'-max, s. [Gr. anti-opposite to, or the opposite of ; and klimaa = a ladder or staircase . . . ; Rhet., a climax.] Rhet. : The opposite of a climax. As in a climax the ideas increase in grandeur as the sentence ad- vances, so in the anti-climax they sink lower and lower as the sentence proceeds. The effect in the former case is sublime; in the latter, ridiculous. The example of an anti-climax most frequently given (and there could scarcely be a better one) is the following:— “Next comes Dalhoussie, the great god of war, Lieutenant-col’nel to the Earl of Mar.” more tolerant of avowed indifference toward his own writings, and, finally (if the reader will pardon so violent an anti-climaac), much more ready to volunteer his assistance in carrying a lady's reticule or parasol.”— De Quincey’s Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., p. 232. ân-ti-cli'—nal, a. & S. [Gr. anti-klinó=to lean on again; anti-against, and klinó=to make to bend or slant.] A. As adjective : 1. Geol. : So situated that the strata dip from it in opposite directions. “. . . one of the anticlimal ridges of the Jura.”— Lyell: Manual of Geol., ch. v. Amticlimal aasis or anticlimal lime: An imaginary line on the two sides of which the strata dip, in op- posite directions. The two sloping sides of the roof & © º of a house resemble strata in an anticlinal position, and, the ridge, running lengthwise along the roof 1D163, is like an anticlinal axis or Anticlinal is con- Section of Anticlinal Strata. trasted with synclinal (q.v.). In the majority of cases, an anticlinal, axis, forms a ridge, and a syn- tººl one a valley; but there are exceptions to this I’Ul IG. wét, hère, we, camel, hēr, thére; anti-Creator 2. A mat..: Presenting a certain remote resem- blance to a geological anticlinal axis. Anticlinal vertebra : . A vertebra which has an upright spine toward which the others are directed. B. As substantive: The same as an anticlinat aaris Or lime (q.v.). “The Silurian and Devonian rocks are thrown up into a number of narrow anticlimals.”—Duke of Argyle: Q. J. Geol. Soc., vol. xxiv., p. lxv. tán-ti-cli'—nic, fin-ti-cli'-nic—al, a. [ANTICLI- NAL...] The same as ANTICLINAL. ăn'—tic-ly, *ān'-tick—ly, adv. [Eng, antic; -ly.} Like an antic, after the manner of an antick. “Scrambling, out-facing, fashion-mongring boys, That lye, and cog, and flout, deprave and slander, Go antickly, and shew an outward hideousness, And speak off half-a-dozen dangerous words.” Shakesp.: Much Ado Abowt Nothing, v. 1. *ān'-tic-mask. Another spelling of ANTI-MASK. ân-tic-né'-mi-Ön, s. [Gr. antikmémion=the shin, the leg: amti = against, and kmémé=the part of the leg between the knee and ankle; the leg.] Anatomy: The bone of the shin. *ān-tic-nēss, *ān'-tick-nēss, s. [Eng. antic; -mess.] The state or quality of being “antic.” [AN- TIC, a.] “Rom. And ’tis believ’d how practice quickly fashioned, A port of humorous antickmess in carriage, Discourse, demeanor, gestures,” * * Ford: Fancies, iv. 2. ân-tí-có1'-ic, a. fering in the kölom, use against colic. _ān-tí-cön-stí-tū’—tion—al, a. [Gr. anti-against; Eng. comstitution; -al. In Fr. ahi iconstitutionnel.j Opposed to the constitution of the country, or to: Sound constitutional principles. “Nothing can be more easy than the creation of an anti-constitutional dependency of the two Houses of Par- liament on the Crown will be in that case.”—Bolingbroke: Om Parties, Lett. 19. ân-tí-cön-stí-tū’—tion-al-ist, s. [Gr. against; Eng. constitutional, -ist. 1. One who is anticonstitutional. 2. One opposed to the political party calling them- Selves the constitutionalists. ân-tí-cön-tā'-gi-ön-ist, s. [Gr. anti-against; Eng. contagion, -ist.] One who opposes the view that any particular disease is contagious. ân-ti-cón—tä'-gi-oiás, a... [Gr. anti-against; and Eng, contagious.] Believed to have the property of neutralizing contagion. ân-tí-cön-vii.1'-sive, a. [Gr. anti-against; and Eng, convulsive (in Fr. convulsif).] Deemed of use against convulsions. “Whatsoever produces an inflammatory disposition in the blood, produces the asthma, as anti-convulsive medi- cines.”—Floyer. ân'-ti-cor, s. [Gr, anti-opposite to ; and Fr. coewr, Lat. cor=the heart.] (For def. see ex- ample.) “A preternatural swelling of a round figure occasioned by a sanguine and bilious humor, and appearing in a horse's breast, opposite to his heart. An antico” may kill a horse, unless it be brought to a suppuration by good remedies.”—Farrier’s Dict. ân-tí-cös-mêt'-ic, *ān-ti-cis-mêt'-ick, a. & s. Gr. anti-against, and kosmētikos=skilled in deco- rating ; kosmed-to adorn ; kosmos=order . . . decoration.] 1. As adjective: Destructive of or detrimental to beauty. “I would have him apply his anti-cosmetic wash to the painted face of female beauty.”—Lyttleton. 2. As Swbstantive: A preparation which destroys beauty. *ān'-ti-court, a. [Gr, anti-against; and Eng. court.] Opposed to the court. “The anti-cow?'t party courted him at such a rate that he feared it might create a jealousy elsewhere.”—Reresby : Mem., p. 153. ân'-ti-court-i-Ér, s. [Gr. anti-against; and Eng. cowrtier.] One opposed to the courtiers, or to the political party then in favor at court. tän'-ti-coiás, a. . [Lat. anticus = in front, fore- most ; ante=before. w - Botany: Turned toward the axis to which, it appertains. Brown applies to those anthers which have their line of dehiscence toward the pistil the term anticoe; other botanists call them introrsoº, meaning=turned toward. ân-tí-cré-ā'-tór, s. Eng. Sº, 1. One who has the impiety and folly to oppose the Creator. ti One who is the Opposite of the creator of any- 1Ilg. “Let him ask the author of those toothless satires, who was the maker, or rather the anti-creator of that universal foolery.”—Milton: Apol. for Smectym. (Richardson.) Gr...anti-against; kólikos=suf- aving the colicj Deemed of anti- [Gr, anti = against; and pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, wolf, wórk, whö, sān; Qill = kW. ey = 3. Imüte, aº, O2 = 6; ciib, ciire, Syrian. unite, try, ciir, ràle, fūll; anti-Darwinism ān-ti-Dār'—win-ism, s. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. Darwinism. (q. & Against Darwinism; against the doctrine of evolution. [DARWINISM.] ân-ti-dém-ó-crát'-ic, ân-ti-dém-ó-crât'-i- cal, a. ſ. Gr. (t,nti-against; Eng. democratic, -ical.] Opposed to the Democratic party, or to any form of democratic government. ân-tí-dès-ºna, s. [In Fr. antidesme; Gr. anti- instead of, an 1 desmos=a bond, a fetter. So named because its b. rk is used in making ropes.] A genus of plants be onging to the order Stilaginaceae, or Antidesmads. It consists of trees or shrubs with the inflorescence in spikes, and the leaves, which are alternate, simple and entire. About thirty species have been described; they are found in India, Africa, Ailstralia, and the parts adjacent. The current-like drupes of A. pubescens, as men- tioned by Roxburgh, are eaten by the natives of India. It is a middle-sized evergreen tree, with Heaves like those of the lemon, and the fruit, which is red and acid like the barberry, in racemes. ân-ti-dés'-măds, s. [ANTIDESMA.] The English name given to the Order of plants called in Latin Stilaginaceae. It contains the genera Stilago and Antidesma. [STILAGINACEAE.] An—ti-di-kö-mar'-i-an-i-tae (Lat.), An-ti-di- Rö-mar-i-am-iteş (Eng.), s. pl. [Gr. Antidikomari- anitai = adversaries of Mary.] w Chºwrch. History: The name given to those Arabi- ans who, in the fourth century, held with Bonosus and Helvidius that the brethren of Jesus were real brothers of His, born to Joseph and Mary after His miraculous nativity. “Is not this the Carpenter's Son? Is not His mother called Mary? and His brethren James and Joses and Simeon and Judas? and His sisters, are they not all with wns?”—Matt. xiii. 55, 56. ân-ti-dò-gé-tic, a. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. Docetic..]. Against the Docetic doctrines; against the doctrines of the Docetae (q.v.). “. . the anti-Gnostic, or, more strictly, the anti- Pocetic tendency which has been ascribed to the gospel # John].”—Strauss: Life of Jesus (Translation 1846), š tān-tí-di-nick, 8...[Gr. anti-against, and dinos = (1) a whirl eddy; (2) vertigo, dizziness.] A medi- cine given to counteract dizziness. ân-tí-dó'-tal, a. [Eng, antidote; -al.] Pertain- ing to an antidote; considered as fitted to neutral- ize the effects of poison. “That bezoar is antidotal, we shall not deny.”—Browne. “Animals that can innoxiously digest these poisons, 'become antidotal to the poison digested.”—Browne: Vul- gar Errors. : ân-tí-dò'—tal-ly, adv. "[Eng, antidotal; -ly.] In the manner of an antidote; by way of antidote. ... “The Africans, men best experienced in poisons, af- firme whosoever hath eaten basil, although he be stung with a scorpion, shall feel no pain thereby; which is a wery different effect, and rather antidotally destroying than generally promoting its production.”—Burton: Amat. •of Melancholy, vol. ii., ch. ân-tí-dó'—tar-y, a. &s. [Low Lat, antidotarius =pertaining to an antidote, from antidotum; Gr. antidoton.] A. As adjective: Antidotal. B. As substantive. [In Sp. antidotario=a dispen- sary; Mediaev. Lat. antidotarium.] 1, A book giving directions as to the preparation of the several medicines. “Ant. Guianerius in his antidotary hath many such.”— JBurton: Amat. of Melancholy, p. 36 2. A dispensary, a place where medicines are dis- pensed. * ân'-ti-dòte (Eng.), *ān-tî-dó-tūm, (Lat.). [In Fr. antidote; Sp., Port., & Ital, antidoto; Lat. anti- dotum. From Gr, antidoton=a remedy, an antidote; Properly the neut... of adj. antidotos=given, as a Yemedy: anti-against, and dotos=given; didómi, to give.] I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Lit. : In the same sense as II. $ & (Med.) ..". . . . to find the antidotum for this disease is impos- sible.”—Report on the State of Ireland, 1515. (State Papers, vol. ii., p. 18.) “And the antidotes for poisons.” ~ Longfellow: The Song of Hiawatha, xv. 2. Fig. : Whatever acts or is designed for the Counteraction of any evil. “..]16tc. . Canst thou With some sweet oblivious antidote Cleanse the stuff'd bosom of that perilous stuff That weighs upon the heart?” Shakesp.: Macbeth, v. 3. “In guid time comes an antidote Against sic poison’d nostrum.” Burns. The Holy Fair". boil, boy; pout, jöwl; cat, gell, chorus, chin, bench; 213 II. Technically: Med...: A medicine designed to counteract the in- fluence of poison introduced by any means into the system. In Garrod's classification, Antidotes figure as order iſ of his iivision ſiſ. He discriminates them into direct and indirect antidotes; the former neutralizing or destroying the poison against which they are prescribed on meeting it in the system, the latter counteracting its injurious physiological ef- fects. He gives a classified list of the more common poisons, with their respective antidotes. It com- mences with “(a) Acids counteracted by magnesia, chalk, and dilute solutions of alkaline carbonates; (b) Alkalies and Alkalime earths, to which the anti- dotes are, first, vinegar and water, or, second, oil; (c) alkaloids,against which should be administered finely divided animal charcoal.” tän'-ti-dóte, v. t. [From the substantive.] To give as a remedy against poison (lit. dº fig.). It may be followed— (a) By an objective of the person to whom the remedy is administered: “. . . antidote thyself against the idolatrous infec- tion of that strange woman's breath, whose lips yet drop as an honeycomb. .”—More: Against Idolatry, ch. x. Or (b) by an objective of the poison administered, or the thing containing the poison. “Either they were first unhappily planted in some place of ill and vicious education, where the devil and his agents infused such diabolical filth and poison into their hearts, that no discipline or advice, no sermons or sacraments, could ever after antidote or work it out.”— South; Serm., vi. 367. “Fil] us with great ideas, full of heaven, And antidote the pestilential earth.” Young: Night Thoughts, 9. ân-tí–d6'-tic—al, a. [Eng. antidote: -ical.] Per- taining to an antidote, suitable for an antidote, used as an antidote. ân-ti-dò'—tic-al-ly, adv. [Eng, antidotical; -ly.] After the manner of an antidote. Acting in the way of antidote. º ân-tí-dó'—tüm, s. [ANTIdoTE.] ân-tíd'—röm—al, a. [Gr. antidromed=to run against; or, anti-against, and dromos=a course, running; dramein, 2 aor. = to run.] Pertaining to that which runs against another. Bot. : A term used, of the cyme, in monocotyle- donous plants when the direction of the spire is the reverse of that on the central stem. ân-ti-dys-án-ter’-ic, *ān-ti-dys-Én-têr-ick, 8. (Gr. anti-against, and, Eng. dysenteric..] A medicine given against dysentery. ân-tí-dys-iirº-ic, a. . . [Gr, anti = against, and dwsouria=dysury, retention of urine.] Deemed of use against dysury. ân-ti-śd'-rite, s. [In Ger. antiedrit; Gr. anti- over against; hedra=a seat. . . . . a base, and * ºte: A mineral, called also Edingtonite Q. V. ). ân—tſ-Ém-èt'-ic, *ān-tí-êm-èt'-icks, a. & s. [Gr. anti-against, and emetikos=provoking sickness, emetic.] 1. As adjective: Opposed to the action produced by an emetic—namely, vomiting; given to allay vomiting. 2. As substantive: A remedy employed to check vomiting. ân-ti-Én-nē-a-hé'-dral, a. . [Gr. anti-against; emmea = nine, and hedra = a sitting place, a seat a base.] Crystallography: Having nine faces on two oppo- site parts of the crystal. *ān'—tient. [ANCIENT.] ân-tí-ēn-thii-si-às'—tic, *ān-ti-śn—thii-si-ás'- tick, a., [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. enthusiastic.] Opposed to anything enthusiastic; resisting enthu- S13, SII] . “According to the anti-enthusiastick poet's method.”— Shaftesbury. *ān'-tient-ry, s. The same as ANCIENTRY (q.v.). fān-tí-éph-i-āl-tic, a. [Gr, anti-against, and ephialtés=One who leaps upon, . . . . the night- mare.] Used against the nightmare. ân-tí-Ép-il-ép'-tic, *ān-tí-šp-il-šp'-tick, a & 8.. [Gr. anti-against, and epileptikos=epileptic.] [ANTEPILEPTIC.] 1. As adjective: Deemed of use against epilepsy. 2. As swbstantive: A remedy administered in cases of epilepsy. ân-ti-Ép-ís'-cöp-al, a [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. episcopal. In Fr. antiépiscopal.] Opposed to Cpl.SCOpa Cy. “Had I gratified their anti-episcopal faction at first, in this point, with my consent, and sacrificed the ecclesias- tical government and revenues to the fury of their covet- ousness, ambition, and revenge .”—K. Charles I. : Eik. Bas., ch. ix. go, gem; thin, this; Sin, antihypnotic “As for their principles, take them as I find them laid down by the anti-episcopal writers.”—Dr. Hickes: 80th Jam. Serm., p. 17. ân-ti-É-vān-gé1'-ic—al, a. [Gr, anti = against and Eng. evangelical. In Fr. antievangélique.j Opposed to evangelical doctrine. ân'—ti-fage, s. [Gr. anti-opposed to, and Eng. face.]. The face with characteristics exactly the opposite of those possessed by another One. “The third is your soldier's face, a menacing and astounding face, that looks broad and big: the grace of this face consisteth much in a beard. The antiface to this is your lawyer's face, a contracted, subtle, and intri- cate face, &c.”—B. Jomsom: Cynth. Rev. > ân-ti-fan-āt'-ic, *ān-ti-fan-āt'-ick, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. fanatic..] One opposed to fanatics or fanaticism. “What fanatic, against whom he so often inveighs, could more presumptuously affirm whom the comforter hath empowered, than this anti-famatick, as he would be thought?”—Milton: Notes on Griffith's Sermom. ân-tí-fé-brile, as & s. [From Gr, anti-against, and Eng. febrile. Or from Fr. antifebrile; Lat. febrilis-producing fever; febris=a fever.] A. As adjective: Deemed of use against fever. B. As substantive: A medicine deemed of use against fever; a febrifuge. “Antifebrile medicines check the ebullition.”—Floyer. ân-tí-féd'–ér—al, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. federal , -ism...] Opposed to Federation. 1. Opposed to the union of the American States on a federal basis. 2. In the American War of 1861-5: Opposed to the Federalists. ām-tí-féd'–ér-al-ism, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. federation.] Opposed to the party and princi- ples of Federalism. ân-tí-féd'–ér-al-ist, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Federalist.] $ g One opposed to Federalism or its advocates. ân-tí-flåt'—tér-iñg, a. . [Gr; anti-against, and Eng, flattering.] Opposed to the practice of flatter- ing people; also who or which in fact does not flatter, but the reverse. “Satire is a kind of anti-flattering glass, which shews us nothing but deformities in the objects we contemplate in it.”—Delamy: Observ. on Ld. Orrery, p. 144. ân-tí-flåt'-u-lent, a. ſº anti-against, and Eng. flatwient.] Deemed of use against flatulence. ân-tí-gal-āc'-tic, s. [Gr, anti-against, and gal: aktikos = milky; from gala, genit. galaktos=milk.] A medicinal substance fitted to reduce the secre- tion of milk. Ån-tig -čn-è, s. [Gr. Antigoné, a feminine proper name.] 1. Classical M7 º '---. (a) The daughter of QEdipus, king of Thebes, who was most dutiful to her blind father. : (b) A daughter of Laomedon, king of Troy. Pre- suming to set herself up as a rival in beauty to Juno, she was changed into a stork. {} A play on this subject by Sophocles. d) A musical setting of a version of the play by Mendelssohn. * sº 2. Astronomy: An asteroid, No. 129. It was dis- covered by Peters, February 5, 1873. ān-tig'-ör-ite, ..s.. [From Antigorio Valley, in Piedmont, where it is found.]. A mineral, a variety of lamellar Serpentine, of a brownish-green color by reflected, and a leek-green by transmitted light. ân-tí-gráph, S. [Gr. dº a reply in writing; (2) an answer in law; (3) a copy.] A transcript ; a copy. ân-ti-gūg'-glér, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. guggler, from guggle, the same as gurgle.l. A bent tube, one end of which is inserted into a bottle to enable the liquor to be drawn off without the gurg- ling sound usually heard on such occasions. ân-tí-héc'-tic, *ān-tº-héc'-tick, a & S. [Gr. anti-against, and hektikos= . . . hectic, con- sumptive.] A. As adjective: Deemed of use against hectic fever.] ~. B. As substantive : A medicine used against hectic fever. (Glossog. Nov., 20 ed.) ân-tí-hé'-lix, s. Another form of ANTHELIx. ân-ti-hy–drö-phöb'-ic, a. & S. . [Gr. anti = against, and hydrophobikos=pertaining to or seized with hydrophobia; hydrophobia.] A medicine given against hydrophobia. ân-ti-hy-dröp'-ic, a. & S. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. hydropic from Gr. hydrops=dropsy..] A medicine given to counteract dropsy. ân-ti-hyp-möt-ic, fin-thyp-nót-ic, *ān-ti- hyp-nót'-ick, a. & 8, [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. hypnotic; from Gr, hypnos=sleep.] a $; Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; del. shiis. -ble, –tion, -Sion Zhūn. —dle, &c. = bel, –tious, -cious, -SiOuS antihypochondriac A. As adjective: Having a tendency to prevent sleep. . B. As substantive: Any medicine or agent that tends to prevent sleep. •. ân-ti-hyp-ö-chön'-dri-ác, anti-against, and Eng. hypochondriac; from Gr. hupochondriakos = affected in the hypochondriom. (q.v.). tº tº & *I. Port, antihypochondriacos.] A medicine given as a remedy for hypochondria. ân-tí-hy-pêph'-ör-a, ān-thy-pôph-ör-a, s. [Gr. anthwpophora:Ean objection; anthwpopherd= to urge by way of objection against...]. º Rhet.: A figure by which an objection is refuted by a contrary inference occurring in some sentence or other. ân-ti-hys-têr-ic, fin-thys-tér-ic, , *ān-ti- hys—tér'-ick, a. & S. . [Eng. hysteric, from ...Gr. anti-against, and husterikos = hysterical...] [HYS- TERICs.] A. As adjective: Useful against hysteria. [In Fr. antéhystèrique; Port. antihysterico.] A medicine used as a remedy for hysteria. “It raiseth the spirits, and is an excellent anti-hys- teric, not less innocent than potent.”—By. Berkeley; Siris, 99. “Anti-hysterics are undoubtedly serviceable in mad- ress arising from some sorts of spasmodic disorders.”— ..Battie: On Madness. ” ân-tí–1é-göm'-Én—a, S. pl. [Gr, antilegomena = disputed, contradicted, pr. par, pass. of antilego- to speak against; anti-against, and lego- . . . to speak.] Biblical Criticism: A term borrowed from Euse- bius, and still in use for those books of Scripture which were not at first universally received through- out the Churches. The Antilegomena were the Epistle to the Hebrews,. James, 2, Peter, 2 and 3 Jöhn, Jude, and Revelation. The term is opposed to HöMOLOGOUMENA (q.v.). ân-tí-lith'—ic, a. & S. [Gr. anti-against, and lithikos= pertaining to stones; lithos=a stone.] A. As adjective: Tending to check the deposition of urinary calculi, or to destroy them when formed. B. As substantive: A medicine designed to check the deposition of urinary calculi, or to destroy them when formed. tº º Plural. Antilithics: The medicines just described. ân-tí–1ö'—bí-iām, s. [Mediaev. Lat. antilobium, from Gr. anti– opposite to, and lobos= the lobe or lower part of the ear.] Amat, ; The part opposed to the lobe of the ear; the tragus. ,” ān-tí-lög"—ar-ithm, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. logarithm...] º *í. The complement of the logarithm of a sine, tangent, or secant, i.e., the difference of that loga- rithm from the logarithm of 90°. 2. The number to a logarithm: thus, on Briggs's system, since 3 is the logarithm of 1,000, 1,000 is the antilogarithm of 3. ān-tí–1ög'-ic—al, a. . [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. logical.] Contrary to logic, illogical. ân-tí1'-àg-oiás, a. [Gr, amtilogos=contradictory: anti-against, and logos= proportion.] Reverse. Pyro-electricity. Amtilogous pole : he end of a crystal which shows, negative electricity when heated, and positive when cooled. It is opposed to the analogous pole (q.v.). •. ān-tí1'-à-gy, s. [In Fr. antilogie; Sp. & Port. amtilogia. From Gr. antilogia = controversy, dispu- tation: anti-against, and logos=a word, a thought, reason.) Contradiction between different passages in the same author. ân-tí–16i-mic, *ān-tí-lói-mick, s. [Gr. anti- against, and loimikos= pestilential, from loimos= the plague.]. A medicine given against the plague. Antiloimics (plwr.); Medicines. Of the kind now described, such as chlorine, nitric acid, muriatic acid, &c. ān-tí1'-à-pé, s. [For etym., see ANTELOPE.] ...A genus of ruminating animals belonging to the family |Bovidae. They have more or less cylindrical horns, often annulated, and, in some cases, sub-orbital sinuses and inguinal pores. Linnaeus placed the few species known to him partly under his genus Capra (Goats), and partly under Cervus (Stags), and they have a certain affinity with both those genera of animals. They make an approach also to oxen and sheep. The size of the genus has caused it to be broken up into numerous sections or sub-genera. Col. Hamilton Smith has Dicranocerine, Aigocerine, Orygine, Gazelline, Antelopine, Reduncine, Oreo- tragine, Traguline, Raphicerine, Tetracerine, Ce- phalophine, "Neotraginé, Tragelaphine, Naemorhae: dine, Rupicaprine, Alpocerine, and Anoine groups of Antelopes—seventeen in all. (Griffith's Cuvier, iv., * ân-thyp-à-chön'- drí–äc, *ān-ti-hyp-ö-chön-drí–äck, a. & S. [Gr. 214 group being suppressod, the remaining sixteen become sub-genera Dicranocerus, Aigocerus, Oryx, Gazella, &c.) Some, again, have made Antilope not a genus, but a sub-family Antilopinae, or even a family Antilopidae or Antelopidae, and have elevated the sections or sub-genera into genera quite distinct from each other. The great metropolis of the ex- tended genus Antilopo is Southern Africa. Of sixty- nine species recorded by Professor Wagner, twenty- five occur in that locality, and twenty-nine in other parts of Africa, making fifty-four from the whole of that continent. Among the species found in South- ern Africa are the Ourebi or Oribi (A. scoparia, Schreber); the Steenbok (A. tragwlus, Lichten- stein); the Klippspringer (A. Oreotragus, Forster; Oreotragus saltatria, Smith); the Koodoo (A, strep- siceros, Pallas; Strepsiceros koodoo, Smith); the Boshbok (A. sylvatica, Sparrmann); the Rheebok (A. capreolus, Licht.); the iſſuikerbók (A. mergens, Blainville); the Kleenbok (A. perpusilla, Smith); the Springbok (A. euchore, Forster); the Blessbok (A. pygarga, Pallas); the Gemsbok (A. orya, Pal- las); the Blaubok (A. leucophaea, Pallas) ; the Canna, the so-called Eland=Elk of the Cape Dutch (A. oregs, Pallas); the Caama or Hartebeest (A. caama, Cuv.); the Gnu or Gnoo § gmw, Gmelin; Catoblépas gnu, Smith); the Brindled Gnu (A. gor- gon, Smith). Pringle alludes to several of these species, but “the gazelle” of which he speaks is not that of Northeastern Africa. “By valleys remote where the oribi plays, Where the gnu, the gazelle, and the hartebeest graze, And the gemsbok and eland unhunted recline By the skirts of grey forests o'erhung with wild vine.” Pringle: A far in the Desert. Among the antelopes from other parts of Africa may be mentioned the Modoqua (A. Saltigma, Blain- ville), a dwarf species from Abyssinia; the Gazelle (A. dorcas, Pallas), (Gazella dorcas), from Egypt and Barbary : the Addax (A. addaac, iichtenstein; Orya, addaa", Smith), widely spread; the Abu-harte (A. leucorya:, . Pallas) [UNICORNI, in Senaar and Kordofan ; the Bekr-el-Wash (A. bºwbalus, Pallas), from Barbary ; and the Bush Antelope (A. silvicul- tria, Afzelius; Cephalorºhus sylvicultria, Smith),from Sierra Leone. Next to Africa, Asia, including the Eastern Archipelago, is the most important habitat of the genus. The Sasin or Common Antelope of India is A. cervicapra, Pallas; and in the same country the Nylghau (A. picta, Pallas; Portar picta, Smith); the Chickara (A. quadricormis, Blainville; Tetracerus chickara, Leach), &c. Other species are in Western Asia, Thibet, Sumatra, but none appear to exist in Australia or Madagascar. In Europe there is a typical one—the Saiga (A. colus, Smith), found in Roumania, Poland, and Russia, and one of a more aborrant character, with affinities to the goats—the Chamois (A. rupicaprat, Pallas; Rupi- capra vulgaris, Smith), in the Alps, Pyrenees, Car- pathians, and the mountains of Greece. America has only two undisputed species—the Rocky Mount- ain sheep or goat (Haplocerus lamiger), a true an- telope; and the Prongbuck, called goat by the fur traders. It is Amfilope or Dicranus furcifon (Smith), and is found in the western part of North America. * Some of the above species of antelope have other designations than those now given. The Springbok is now frequently called Gazella ent chore; the Blessbok, Gazella albifroms; the Blaubok (blue antelope) Gazella leucophoea the Eland, Bosela- phºws oreas or Oreas canna ; the Brindled Gnu (bas- tard wild beast), Catoblepas gorgon; the Addax, Addaac masomaculata ; the Chickara, Tetracerus quadricornis; the Saiga, Colus saiga or Amtilocapra saiga, and the Chamois, Rupicapra tragus. ân-tíl-ćp'-i-dae, fin-têl-āp'-i-dae, s. pl. [From Amtilope (q.v.), and Amfelope (q.v.).] Zool. : In some classifications a family of rumi- nants, with its type Antilope (q.v.). ân-tí1–ö-pi-mae, s. pl. [ANTILOPE.] A sub-family of Rovidae. " If the various sub-genera of the old genus Antilope be raised to the rank of independ- ent genera, then it becomes needful to point out their affinity for each other by grouping them into a sub-family, naturally designated Antilopinae. [ANTILOPE, GAZELLE, &c.] ân-tí1'-à-pine, a. [From antilope (q.v.).] Per- taining to an antelope. “We have here another instance of wool on the skin of an antilopine species.”—Griffith's Cuvier, vol. iv., p. 197. *ān-tí1'-à-quist, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Lat. logwor=to speak.] A person who speaks against or contradicts any person or statement. (Bailey.) * *ān-tí1'-à-quy, s. [Gr. anti- (1) against, (2) over against : and fat. loquor= to speak.] 1. Contradiction. Spec., contradiction between two passages in the same author; an antilogy (q.v.). (Cocker(tm.) *2. A proface or introduction. *ān-tí-lys'—sés, s. [Gr, anti-against, and lussa =rage, fury, as of warriors; of rabid dogs, &c.] Any medicine alleged to be of use in cases of mad- antimonarchicalness ân-ti-ma-cás-sar, s. . [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. macassar=oil (q. v.)...] An ornamental cover- ing thrown over chairs, sofas, &c., to prevent their being soiled by the hair. - ân-tî-măg'-ic, q, [Gr...anti-against, and Eng. magic.] Opposed to magic, fitted to remove the delusive effects of so-called magic. *ān-tí-măg-íst'-rí-cal, a. [Gr, anti, and Eng. magistrical.] Opposed to magistracy. ân-tí-mā'-ni-ac, #m-tí-mā'-ni-a-cal, q. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. maniac, maniacal.] Suit- able to be employed in cases of mania. *ān'-tí-mask, *ān-tí-masque, s. [Eng, antic (q, y,), and mask. In , Fr. masque.] A secondary mask; or masque, designed as a contrast to the principal one; a ridiculous interlude dividing the parts of the more serious one. “Let, anti-masks not be long ; they have been commonl y of fools, satyrs, baboons, wild men, antics, beasts, spirits, witches, ethiopes, pigmies, turquets, nymphs, rustics, cupids, statues, moving and the like, As ſor an- gels, it is not comical enough to put them in anti-masks . . .”—Bacom: Essays, Civ. and Mor., ch. xxxvii. “On the scene he thrusts out first an anti-masque of bug. bears.”—Milton; Ams. to Eik. Bas., xx. ăn'-ti-mā-sån, s. [Eng. anti; mason.] One actively opposed to Freemasonry. ân-tí-ma-sån'-ic, . *ān-ti-ma-săn'-ic—al, a. [From Gr, anti-against, and Eng. masonic..] Op- posed to Freemasonry. - ân-tí-mā'-sön-ry, 8. [Gr. anti = against, and Eng. mason!!!...] In active opposition to Freema- Sonry. In New York State, in 1826, a man called. Morgan was carried off and not again seen. As ho was believed to be writing a book disclosing the secrets of Freemasons, they were suspected of his abduction, and anti-masonry, for some years after- Ward, was the badge of a party polling many votes at elections. *ān'-tí-masque, s. [ANTI-MASK.] ân-tí-mâtri-mó-ni-al, a [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. matrimonial.] Against matrimony. ān-ti-māt-ri-mö'-ni-al-ist, 8. [Eng. antimat— rimonial; -ist.] A person opposed to matrimony. ân-tí-mêl-an-chö1'-ic, s. [Gr. anti- against, and nelancholict = (1) a deprayed state of the bilo, in which it grows yery dark; (2) melancholy madness...} A potion given in cases of melancholy madness. ân-tí-mé-tāb'-à-lé, s. [Lat., from Gr. antime- tabolé=an interchange, a transformation, a revo- lution ; from Gr. anti = against, and metabolò = a change; metabºlló- to throw in a different position. to turn quickly; meta, in comp., implying change. and balló= to throw.] * Rhet. : The shifting or transferring of two things Over against each other. It occurs twice in the fol- lowing sentence: “Allowing the performanco of an honorcible action to be attended with labor, the labor is soon Over, but the honor is immortal: whereas should even pleasure wait on the commis- sion of what is dishonorable, the pleasure is soon. over, but the dishonor is eternal.” (Rees.) ân-tí-mê-täth'-És-is, s. [In Ger. antimetathese- From Gr. antimetathesis=a counter charge: anti- against, and met athesis = transposition, chango; metatithémi-(1) to place among, (2) to placo dif- ferently, to alter; meta, implying change, and, tithemi–to put, to place.] Rhet. : The inversion of the parts or members of an antithesis, as “Compare this peace with that war.” - ân-tim-èt-êr, s. [In Ger. antimeter; Gr. anti- metreo-to measure out in turn, to recompense; or cºnti = Opposite to, and metrom=a measure.] Am optical instrument for measuring angles with greater accuracy than can be done by the quadrant. or sextant. (Rees.) ân-tí-mêt'-rí-cal, a. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. metricql.]. Opposed to or in contrariety to what is metrical. ân-tí-min-is-tér'-i-al, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. ministerial. In Ger, antiministerielle.] Opposed to the ministry, for the time being, in political power. “Tf I say anything anti-mimisterial, you will tell me, you know the reason.”—Gray's Letters. ân-tí-min-is-tér'-i-al-ist, s. [Gr. anti-against., and Eng. ministerial.] Ono opposed to the min- istry. ân-ti-mön-ar-chic, *ān-ti-mön-arch-ick, ān-tºi-món-arch-ic-al, *ān-ti-mön-arch-i-al, (t. [Gr. &nti-against, and Eng. monarchic, mom- archical; monarchy; suff. -al, In Fr. antimon- archique.] Opposed to monarchical government. ân-tí-mön-ar'ch-ic-al-nēss, s. [Eng. anti- monarch...] The quality of being opposed to mon- 162 to 294. In vol. v., 322 to 355, the Oreotragine ness in dogs or hydrophobia in men. archy. (Johnson.) fāte, fat, fäfe, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pót, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. _2^ antimonarchist àn-tí-mön-arch—ist, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. monarchist.] One opposed to monarchy. a “Dennis Bond, a great Oliverian and anti-monarchist, died on that day; . . . .”—Life of A. Wood, p. 115. ân-tim'-ön-āte, s. [Eng, antimon (y); -ate.] A salt of antimonic acid. [ANTIMONIATE.] Min, ; Dana has as the third division of his “Ternary Oxygen Compounds,” “Phosphates. Arsenates, Antimonates, Nitrates,” the first sub- division of which is headed *Phosphates, Arse- nates, Antimonates, . . .” For its sections see PHOSPHATES. antimonate of lead, s. BINDHEIMITE (q.v.). ân-tim'—&n-êt-têd, a. [ANTIMONIURETTED.] ân-tí-mö'-ni-al, Cº. & 8. [In Fr., Sp., & Port. antimonial; Ital. antimoniale.] A. As adjective: , Pertaining to antimony; made of antimony, consisting of antimony; containing more or less of antimony. “Though antimonial cups prepar'd with art, Their force to wine through ages should impart; This dissipation, this profuse expense, Nor shrinks their size, nor wastes their stores immense.” Blackmon'e. “They were got out of 'the reach of antimonial fumes.”—Grew. B. As substantive: A medicine in which antimony is a leading ingredient. antimonial arsenic, s. A mineral containing above ninety per cent. of arsenic; the other element in its composition being antimony. It is found in radiated reniform masses in California. antimonial copper, 8. A mineral, called also Chalcostilbite (q.v.). antimonial copper glance, s. A mineral, called also Bournonite (q.v.). antimonial, nickel, S. Breithauptite (q.v.). *antimonial ochre, s. An obsolete name for two minerals, Cervantite and Stibiconite (q.v.). antimonial powder, s. Pharm.: A medicine consisting of oxide of anti- mony one ounce, and phosphate of lime two ounces. It is used as a substitute for James' powder. antimonial silver, s. A mineral, called also Dyscrasite (q.v.). antimonial Silver blende, s. A mineral, called also Pyrargyrite (q.v.). antimonial Wine, s. Pharm.: A wine consisting of forty grains of tartarated antimony (tartar emetic) dissolved in twenty ounces of sherry wine. Cups used to be ºle of antimony, and the liquid became medici- Ilai. ân-tí-mö–ni-ate, s. [Eng. antimony; -ate.] Chem. : A salt of antimonic acid. [ANTIMONATE.] ân-tí-mö'-ni-ā-téd, a. [Eng. antimony; suff. -ated.] Tinctured naturally or prepared artificially with antimony. Antimoniated galena : . A variety of galena oc- jºins in the Dufton mines in the north of Eng- 3. Il C1, ân-ti-mön-ic, a. [Eng. .antimony: -ic.] Per- taining to antimony or containing antimony. Antimonic chloride, or antimony pentachloride, SbCl5, is obtained as a colorless volatile fuming iiquid by passing excess of chlorine over the metal or the trichloride. On distillation it decomposes into SbCl3 and Cl2. Antimonic tetroacide, or antimonoso-antimonic oacide, Sb2O4 or Sb2O3.Sb2O5, obtained by heating the metal or trioxide. It is a yellow infusible non- volatile powder, insoluble in acids, but dissolves in alkalies. Amtimonic oride, Sb2O5. Obtained by the action of HNO3 on the metal. It is a yellow insoluble powder, which by heat is converted into the tetrox- ide. Its hydrate forms salts called amtimoniates; those formed from the hydrates of the trioxide are called antimonites. By adding water to antimonic chloride, Sb2C15, a hydrate is precipitated called metamtimonic acid, H4Sb2O7. The acid sodium *metamtimoniate, Sã, isºft-6H.6. is insoluble in Water. ăn'-ti-mön-ide, s... [Eng. antimony; suff. -ide.] [ANTIMONIURETTED.] *, ân-tí-mön-if-Ér-ois, a. [Mediaev. Lat. antimo- nium, and Class. Lat. fero = to bear.] Bearing antimony. Antimoniferous galema. LENA.] . ām-tí-mö'-nī-oiás, a. Containing as one of its ingredients antimony. Antimonvious chloride, or Cºmtimony trichloride, SbCl3, called also butter of antimony. By dissolv- bóil, jówl; cat, -cian, –tion, A mineral, called also A mineral, called also [ANTIMONIATED GA- .*. böy; pou ū, çell, -tian = Shan. -sion = with Chorus, Shiin; 215 ing the metal or the sulphide in strong HCl, and distilling the liquid, SbCl3 volatilizes and forms a white crystalline mass. Amtimonious Oaside, or antimony trioacide, Sb2O3. Obtained by decomposing SbCl3 with an alkaline carbonate. It is a colorless powder, crystallizing in octobedra: it becomes yellow when heated, melts at red heat, and volatizes in a close vessel, but absorbs oxygen from the air, and becomes Sb2O4. Antimonious oxide dissolves in cream of tartar, forming tartar emetic, or potassium anti- mony tartarate, 2(C4H4HC(SbO) O6)+H2O. Antimonious sulphide, Sb2S3, occurs native as a lead-gray, shining, crystalline, brittle mineral; sp. gr. 4°6: easily fusible, and a good conductor of elec- tricity. It is used in horse medicine and in Bengal lights. When precipitated by H2S it is an orange- red powder, which is soluble in ammonium sul- phide. Kermes mineral is a mixture of Sb2S3 and Sb2O3. Sulph-antimonites are compounds of §§§ bašić sulphides. Antimony pentasulphide, or antimonic swlphide, Sb2S5, is a yellow-red powder obtained by decom- posing sodium sulphantimoniate, Na3SbS4, a crys- talline substance. ân'-ti-mön-ite, s. [Eng. antimony, and suff. -ite (q.v.). In Ger. Cwmtimonit.] A mineral, the same as STIBNITE (Q. v.). ân-tí-mö'-ni-àm, S. [Latin, but not classical.] Antimony. ân-tí-mö-ni-ur-èt'—téd, in-tí-mön–ét'—téd, a. [Eng. antimony; Suff. -wretted, -etted (q.v.).] Min- gled with antimony fumes. (Applied to gaseous antimony in combination with another gas.) Amtimoniwretted Hºſº, or antimonious hºſ- dride, or stibine, SbH3. Obtained by the action of Cl on zinc, in the presence of an antimony salt. It is a colorless gas, burning with a white flame, lib- erating Sb2O3. At red heat it deposits metallic antimony; passed through a solution of AgNO3, it deposits a black precipitate of SbAg3. ân-tí-mön-ó-phy1'-lite, s. [Ger. antimon; Gr. phyllon=leaf, and suff. Fite.] A mineral occurring in thin angular six-sided prisms. Its precise locality is unknown. It was originally named by Breit- haupt. Dana considers that it is probably the same as WALENTINITE (q.v.). ăn'-ti-mön-y, s. [In Ger. antimon, antimonium; Sw. & Mediaev. Lat. antimonium ; Fr. antimoine, from anti-against, and moine=monk; Sp., Port. & Ital. antimonio. The name is said to have arisen from the fact or allegation that the celebrated alchemist Basil Valentine, who was a German monk, having observed that hogs fattened on antimony, administered some of it to render a similar service to his fellow-monks, but found the well-meant pre- scription attended by fatal results. The narrative has a somewhat mythic air. Hence Morin derives it from Gr. anti-against, and monos=alone, be- cause it is not found alone; an improbable etymol- ogy. In Class Lat. stibium or stimmi, Gr. Stimmi, is =antimony, or rather sesquisulphuret of antimony.] I. Chemistry: Antimony is a triad metallic ele- ment, but in some less stable compounds it appears to be pentad. Symbol, Sb. ; atomic weight, 122; sp. gr., 6-8; melting-point, 450°. It can be distilled, but takes fire when strongly heated in the air, forming Sb2O3. Antimony is a bright bluish-white, brittle easily pulverized metal, which occurs as Sb2S3, an as cervanite, Sb2O, ; also as valentinite and semar- monite, Sb2O3. *f; metal is obtained by heating the sulphide with half its weight of metallic iron, or with potassium carbonate. It is oxidized by nitric acid, forming Sb2O5. Type metal is an alloy of lead with twenty per cent. of antimony. Finely powdered antimony takes fire when thrown into chlorine gas. It forms three oxides: (1) Antimony Trioxide, or Antimonious Oxide; (2) Antimonic Tetroxide, or Antimonoso-antimonic Oxide; and (3) Antimonic Oxide. (See these words.) Antimony also forms bases with alcohol radicals, as Trim- ethylstibime, Sb (CH3)3. Salts of antimony are used in medicine; in large doses they are poisonous. An- timony is detected by the properties of its sulphide, chloride, and of SbH3. It is precipitated by metallic zinc and iron from its solutions as a black powder. Copper is covered by a metallic film. Antimony salts, when fused on charcoal with Na2CO3, give a white incrustation and a brittle metallic bead, converted by nitric acid into a white oxide soluble in a boiling solution of cream of tartar. Antimony is precipitated by hydric sul- phide, H2S (see ANALYSIs), as an orange-red powder, sulphide of antimony, SbS3, which is soluble in sulphide of ammonium, again precipitated by hydrochloric acid. With potash the solution of trichloride of antimony gives a white precipitate of the trioxide, soluble in large excess. Ammonia gives the same precipitate, which is insoluble in large excess; but if tartaric acid is º these precipitates dissolve easily. A liquid containing antimony salts, treated by zinc and dilute sulphuric acid, yields antimoniuretted hydrogen, SbFI3, which bençh; go, gem; thin, this; -Šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, çhin, –tion, It occurs also as a mineral, and is then c Sin, -Sious = Shūs. antinephritic burns with a bluish tinge. A deposit of antimony. takes place on a cold porcelain plate held in the flame. This metallic film may be destroyed from arsenic by dissolving it in aqwa regia, and the Solu- tion treated with H2S, which gives the characteris- tic orange sulphide. Or moisten the metallic film with nitric acid, evaporate the acid without boiling, a , white deposit of trioxide of antimony remains which gives a black spot with ammonio-nitrate of silver. A film of arsenic treated in the same way gives either a yellow precipitate of arsenite or a red-brown precipitate of arseniate of silver. II. Mineralogy: Antimony occurs native, occa- sionally alloyed with a minute portion of silver, iron, or arsenic. Its crystals are rhombohedral; hardness, 3–3.5; sp. gr., 6'62 to 6'72; its luster is me- tallic ; its color and streaks tin white. It is very brittle. It occurs in Sweden, Germany, Austria, France, Borneo, Chili, Mexico, Canada, and New Brunswick. Arsemical antimony : A mineral, called also Alle- montite (q.v.). *Butter of antimony: A name formerly given to the trichloride, or antimoniows chloride, the for- mula of which is SbCl3. It is a white highly crystal- line mass, very deliquescent. It is used as a caus- tic for foot-rot in sheep. *Female antimony. [MALE ANTIMONY.] - *Glass of antimony: An impure oxide of anti- mony fused. Gray antimony: * A minéral, called also Stibnito Q. V.) . *Male amtimony: A trivial name sometimes given to a specimen of antimony ore in, which veins of it. red or golden color occur, while one in which they are wanting is denominated Female Antimony. Native antimony: A mineral more usually called simply Antimony (i. v.). [ANTI- Oxide of antimony, O.cyd of antimony. MONY OxIDE.] - Plumose ore of ºff: pºe antimonial ore : (1) mineral, called also Jamesonite. [FEATHER ORE. ) (2) Stibnite $ii V. J . ( º antimony: A mineral, called also Kermesite QI. V.). - § of antimony: A compound of oxide, and sulphide of antimony. Its formula is SbO3.2SbS3. ed reiſſ. antimony Ore. Sulphid of antimony, sulph wret of mineral, called also Stibnite (q.v.). White antimony: A mineral, called also Valen- tinite (q.v.). * III. Pharmcl.cy: Black antimony consists of native sulphide of antimony fused and afterward powdered. It is not itself used as a drug, but is employed in prepar- ing tartar emetic, sulphurated antimony, and ter- chloride of antimony. It is given to horses as an alterative powder: two parts of sulphur, one of salt- peter, and one of black antimony. It is used in the preparation of Bengal signal lights: six parts of saltpeter, two of sulphur, and one of black anti- In Ony. Chloride of antimony: SbCl3. A solution of it is used as a caustic and escharotic; it is never given internally. g . . - Sulph wrotted antimony consists of a sulphide of antimony with a small admixture of oxide of anti- mony. It enters into the composition of compound calomel pills. Tartarated antimony. [TARTAR EMETIC.] antimony blende, antimony bloom, s. A min- eral. The same as WALENTINITE (q.v.). antimony glance, s. A mineral, called also Stibnite (q.v.). • antimony ochre, s. A mineral, in part Cervan- tite and in part Volgerite. [See these words.] antimony oxide, oxide of antimony, oxyd of antimony, s. A mineral, made by Dana the same as, Valentinite, and by others synonymous with White Antimony, Senarmontite, Valentinite, Cer- vantite, and Kermesite (q.v.). antimony sulphide, s. A mineral, also called Stibnite (Q. v.). * ân-ti-mör-al-ism, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. moralism...] Opposition to morals. * ân-tí-mör-al-ist, s, [Gr. anti-against, and Eng., moralist.] An opposer of moralists or of morality, or one alleged to be SO. ām-ti-mü'-šíc-al, at. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. musical.] Qpposed to music, through, inabil- ity to appreciate it, from want of ear, of early train- ing, or both. (American Review.) ân-tí-mă –tion—al, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. national.] Unpatriotic. - ân-ti-nēph-ritº-ic, a. & s. [Gr, anti-against, and nephros=a kidney.) s A. As adjective: Deemed of use against diseases of the kidneys. g aş; f : antimony: A Xenophon, —dle, &c. = bel, exist. ph = f. del. expect, -ble, , ºrzº 2. antinomacy B. As substantive: A medicine given in diseases of the kidneys. *ān-tín-Öm-a-gy, s. [Gr. anti-instead of, and onoma=name.] . Groºm. : A figure in which an appellative is used for a proper name. Än-ti-nó'-mi-an, a. & S. [In Ger. Antimomier; Gr. anti-against, and nomos= . . . . law, from memo-to deal out, to distribute.] A: As adjective: Opposed to the law. Pertaining to the Antinomian sect or to their doctrine. (See the substantive.) “It is a mad conceit of our Antinomian heretics, that God Bees no sin in His elect; whereas He notes and takes, more tenderly, their offenses than any other.”—Bo. Hall: Rem., p. 283. B. As substantive. [In Ger. Antinomier; a term first introduced by Luther.] 1. Gen. : One who holds tenets opposed to the authority of the moral law or ten commandments revealed in Scripture. From the apostolic times downward individuals misunderstanding the doc- trine of justification by faith “without the deeds of the law” (Rom. iii. 21, 28), have tended to Antino- mianism (Rom. vi. 15). “That doctrine that holds that the covenant of grace is not established upon conditions, and that nothing of performance is required on man’s part to give him an interest in it, but only to believe that he is justified; this certainly subverts all the motives of a good life. But this is the doctrine of the Antinomians.”—South: Sermons, vii. 195. 2. Spec, (pl.) : A sect which originated with John Agricola, a companion of Luther, about the year 1538. He is said to have held that as the church is not now under the law, but under the gospel, the ten commandments should not be taught to the people. Enemies said that he or his followers considered that a believer might sin at his pleasure, but this is believed to have been a calumny. (Mosheim.) Ån-tí-nó'-mi-an-igm, s. [Eng. antinomian, and suff: -ism...] The system of doctrine held by the Antinomians. “Antimomianism began in one minister of this diocese Worwich], and how much it is spread, I had rather ament than speak.”—Bo. Hall: Rem., p. 189. An-tín-Öm-íst, s. [Eng. antimom (y); -ist.] An Antinomian. “Great offenders this way are the libertines and Antin- omists, who quite cancel the whole law of God, under the pretense of Christian liberty.”—Bo. Sanderson: Sermons, p. 310. - ân-tin'-àm—y, s. [In Fr. antinomie, Sp. & Port. antinomia; Gr. antinomia—an ambiguity in the law: anti-against, and normos=law.] I. Law. i. Gen. : A contradiction between two laws of any kind, or two portions of the same law. “Antinomies are almost unavoidable in such variety of opinions and answers.”—Balcer. 2. Spec. : . A contradiction between the Code and Pandects of Justinian. | “. . . and the cºnfimonies or contradictions of the Code and Pandects, still exercise the patience and sub- tlety of modern civilians.”—Gibbon: Decline and Fall, ch. xliv. “The on timonies or opposite laws of the Code and Pandects are sometimes the cause, and often the excuse, of the glorious uncertainty of the civil law.”—Ibid., Note. II. Phil.: , In, the Critical Philosophy of Kant, the self-contradiction, into which, as he believes, reason falls when it attempts to conceive the com- plex external phenomena of nature as a cosmos or world. Ån-tin'-6-iis, s. (Lat. Antinows; Gr. Antinoos. {See Def. I.)] I. Classical Mythology dº. History: 1. One of the suitors of Penelope, Ulysses' queen. 2. A beautiful Bithynian youth, a favorite of the Fmperor Adrian. He was drowned in the Nile. II. Astronomy: An old constellation called after the second of these notabilities. It was one of the forty-eight recognized by the ancients, and is the only one of all that number which has been degraded from its pristine rank. It is now included under the Northern constellation Aquila. Än—ti-Ö'-chi-an (1), a. [From Antiochia, now Antakia, a celebrated city on the Orontes, in Syria, built by Antiochus or Seleucus.] ... Pertaining to Antioch, in Syria, or any other city of the same natue. (Anciently there were several.) Chromol.: The Antiochian, epoch was, the date of the bestowal of liberty on the city of Antioch, just after the battle of Pharsalia. The Syrians dated it from 1st of October, B. C. 48; the Greeks from Sep- tember, B. C. 49. An-tí–6'-chi-an (2), a. [From the philosopher Antiochus. See, def.] Pertaining to Antiochus. The Antiochian Sect or Academy, sometimes called 216 the fifth Academy, was a sect or academy founded by Antiochus, a philosopher, who was contempo- rary with Cicero. Though nominally an Academic, Antiochus was really a Stoic in his views. ân-tí-ö-dönt-āl-gic, a. [Gr. anti = against; odontalgia-the toothache; odous, genit. odontos=a tooth, and algos= pain..] Deemed of use against the toothache. (Castle: Leacic. Pharm.) Ān-ti'-à-pé, s. [Lat, and Gr.] 1. Class, Mythology: The wife of Lycus, king of Thebes. Her history was wild and romantic. 2. Astronomy: An asteroid, the ninetieth found. It was discovered by Luther on the 1st of October, ân-ti-pae-dò-bāp –tist, s. [(1) Gr. anti-against, and (2) Eng. Poedobaptist, from Gr, pais, genit. paidos=a child, and baptizö=to baptize.) Opposed to paedobaptists or their procedure in baptism. ân-ti-pâ'-pal, a [Gr...anti-against, and Eng. papal; from Lat. papa = (1) a father; (2) (in ecclesi; astical writers), a §º. or specially, the pope.] Opposed to the Pope or the doctrines of the Romish church. “. . to turn the current, and conciliate the anti- *; party . . .”—Froude: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi., vol. iv., P. 531. fān-tí-pâ'-pišm, 8. [In Ger. antipapismus. From Gr. anti-against, and Lat. papa = a father, . . . the pope..] Opposition to the #. ân-tí-pa-pîs'-tic, fin-ti-pa-pis'-tíc-al, a, [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. papistic, papistical. In Ger. antipapistich..] Opposed to the #; Or to papistical doctrine or procedure. “It is pleasant to see how the most antipapistical poets are inclined to canonize their friends.”—Jortin: On Milt. Lycidas. ân-tí-pār-al-lèl, S. & a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. parallel. In Ger. antiparallel.] A. As substantive: In Geometry ( §.”. : - (a) Lines making equal angles with two other lines, but in the reverse order. If A B and A C be two iimes, and F c and A Fººtwo others intersect. f ing them in such a man- / ner that the angle D B F is=D E A, and the angle C=A D E or B D F, then B C and D E are antipar- allels to A B and A C, and vice versö. In this case A B : A C : : A E : A * B D :: D_B : E g, and F E : F C : : F B : B F : : D E : B C, (b) Leibnitz called any two lines antiparallel which cut two parallels so that the external angle and the internal one are together=a right angle. B. As adjective: Acting not in the same manner, but quite in the opposite direction; running in a contrary direction. “The only way for us, the successors of these ignorant Gentiles, to repair those ruins, to renew the image of God in ourselves, which their idolatrous ignorance defaced, must be to take the opposite course, and to provide our remedy antiparallel to their disease.”—Bammond: Serm., p. 646. ân-tí-pār-a-lyt'-ic, a. & S. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng, paralytic ; Gr. arolytikos=affected with paralysis (the palsy).] §§§ A. As adjective: Deemed of use against the palsy. B. As substantive; A medicine given against the palsy. ân-tí-pār-a-lyt'-ic—al, a, [Gr. anti-against, and Eng, paralytical.] The same as ANTIPARA- LYTIC, adj. (q.v.). fān-tí-pār-às'—ta-sis, S. . . [Gr, anti-opposite, and parastasis= a putting aside or away; paristémi = to place by or beside.] Rhet.: The admission of one part of an opponent's argument coupled with a denial Of the rest. ām-ti-pa-thèt'-ic, *ān-ti-pa-thèt'-ick, fin-ti- pa—thèt'-ic—al, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. pathetical.] Having an antipathy or contrariety to. (It is opposed to sympathetic.) “[Being] ty’d upon the sledge, a papist and a protestant in front, two and two together, being two very desperate and antipathetic companions, was a very ridiculous scene of cruelty.”—Icon Libell., p. 110. “The circumstances of moral, religious, sympathetic, and antipathetic sensibility, when closely considered, will appear to be included in some sort under that of bent of inclination.”—Bowring: Bentham’s Works, vol. i., p. 24. “The soil is,fat...and luxurious, and antipathetical to all venomous creatures.”—Howell: Vocal Forest. ân-ti-pa-thèt'-ic-al-nēss, s. [Eng, antipathet- ical; -mess.] The quality or state of having a con- trariety or antipathy to. (Johnson.) ân-tí-päth'—ic, a. [In Fr. antipathique: Sp. & Ital, antipatico; port. antipathico; Gr. antipathēs = (1) in return for suffering, (2) of opposite feelings or properties.] Fº antiperiodic 1. Gen. : Having opposite feelings. 2. Med...: The same as ALLOPATHIC (q.v.). ân-tip'-a-thise, v. i. [Eng. antipath(y); -ise.] To be opposed to.. (Usually followed by against.) (Adams: Works, iii. 157.) ân-tip-a-thite, s. [Eng. antipathy; -ite.] One who has an aversion to anything. “An antipathite to vertue.”—Feltham: (Richardson.) ân-típ'-a-tholis, a. . [Eng, antipath(y); -ous.] Having an aversion to ; in contrariety to. “As if she saw something antipathous Unto her virtuous life.” Beaumont & Fletcher; Queen of Corinth, iii. 2. ân-típ'-a-thy, s. [In Dan. antipathi; Dut., Ger. & Fr. antipathie; Sp. & Ital. antipatia; Port. & Lat: antipathia, from Gr. antipatheia = an opposite feeling, aversion; antipathed- to haye an aversion; anti-against, and pathéin, 2 agr., inf. of paschö=to suffer; also pathos=suffering, feeling.] A. Ordinary Language:. 1. Of beings susceptible of emotion: The state of feeling exactly the contrary to what another feels; the opposite of sympathy. Antipathy may be strong or weak; it may be founded on contrariety of nature, and therefore be permanent; or it may arise from something local, conventional, or tem- porary, in which case it may pass away. The nat- ural result of this pronounced contrariety of feeling is a drawing back from, an aversion to, a hatred of. Though really a distinct meaning from the former, the two are so closely connected that they are scarcely ever dissevered. Antipathy is used— (a) Of man to man. “Antipathy; ill will, viz., toward this or that particular individual.”—Bowring: Bentham's Works, vol. i., p. 218. “Antipathy or resentment requires always to be regu- lated, to prevent its doing mischief.”—Ibid., vol. i., p. 11. “The personal and perpetual antipathy he had for that family .”—Goldsmith: The Bee, No. viii. (b) Of man to any of the inferior animals, or of them to him, or to each other. “Antipathies are none. No foe to man Lurks in the serpent now: the mother sees, And smiles to see, her infant’s playful hand Stretch'd forth to dally with the crested worm, To stroke his azure neck, or to receive The lambent homage of his arrowy tongue.” Cowper: Task, bk. vi. (c) Of man to an inanimate thing, or to what is abstract in place of concrete. “A man may cry out against sin, of policy; but he can- not abhor it but by virtue of a godly antipathy against it.”—Bunyam: The Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. i. | Hatred, is entertained against persons; antip. athy is felt to º: or things; and repugnancy to actions which one is called on to perform. 2. Of imanimate things, or of abstractions: Mutual repulsion, as that of oil and water, or certain other chemical substances to each other, or, figuratively, of good and evil. “All concords and discords of music are, no doubt, sympathies and antipathies of sounds.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist, Cent. iii., § 278. “Another ill accident is, if the seed happen to have touched oil, or anything that is fat, for those substances have an antipathy with nourishment of water.”—Ibid., Cent. vii., § 669. “Ask you what provocation I have had? The strong antipathy of good to bad. When truth or virtue an affront endures, Th’ affront is mime, my friend, and should be yours.” Pope: Epilogue to Satires. T Formerly antipathy might be followed by with: now to, against, or for is used. (See the examples already given.) B. Technically: 1. Med.: Internal horror . and distress on the erception of particular objects, with great rest- essness or with fainting. (Copland: Dict. Pract. Med., 1858.) e 2. Painting: Contrast degradation of colors. The mixing of incongruous colors, such as purple with yellow, or green with red, the result being that the brilliancy of the respective colors is destroyed. ân-tí-pâ-tri-Št'-ic, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. patriotic..] Opposed to patriotic conduct. ân-tí-pâ'-tri-ö-tism, 8, [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. patriotism...] Unpatriotic conduct. (Carlyle.) ân-tí-pé-dò-bāp'—tíst, s. [ANTIPAEDOBAPTIST.] ân-tí-pér-i-Öd'-ic, a. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng periodic.] A. As adjective: Designed to counteract periodic fevers. & & * Resolve, 56. * the antiperiodic remedies, such as quinitie or arsenical solution.”—Dr. Joseph Browne; Cycl. Pract. Med., vol. ii., p. 224. B. As substantive: A medicine designed to cure diseases, like intermittent fever, which return at periodic times. They consist (a) of various remedies fäte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fåll, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rale, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = e, ey = a, qu = kW- antiperistalsis derived from the cinchona tree, yiz., “bark,” the salts of quinine, quinidine, cinchonine, and cin- chonidine; (b) of arsenical solution; (c) of the sul- phate of zinc ; and (d) of various bitters and combi- nations of them, with aromatics. Garrod combines “antiperiodics” with “nervine tonics,” and places them as the second order of his Class II., Sub- class 3. “. . . and if the antiperiodic be employed in this cure.”—Dr. Joseph Browne: Cucl. Pract. Med., vol. ii., p. 227 ân-tí-pār-í-stä1-sī8, 8... [Gr. anti-against, and peristaltikos=clasping and compressing ; peristelló =to dress, to clothe: peri-around, and stelló=to set, to send...] Resistance to the peristaltic motion of the bowels. [PERISTALTIC.] “But Dr. Brunton has very ably shown that there is no antiperistalsis of the bowels under these circumstances.” —Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat, vol. ii., p. 287. ân-ti-pêr-ī-stāl-tic, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. peristaltic. In Fr. peristaltique; Port. anti- peristaltico.) ...Opposed to peristaltic (q.v.), or per- taining to antiperistalsis. [PERISTALTIC. “. an inverted direction of the action of the muscular tissue of the intestines (anti-peristaltic action).” —Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Anat., vol. ii., p. 287. ân-tí-pêr-is'—ta-sis, s. [In Ger. antiperistase; Sp. antiperistasis; Gr. antiperistasis: anti = against, and peristasis = a standing round, . . circumstance; periistémi = to stand round: peri = round about, and histémi-to make to stand.] . A term used by Aristotle and others to signify the heightening of any quality by the reaction pro- duced in it by the action of its opposite. Thus in warm countries the influence of even hot air blow- ing on water in porous vessels is to cool the water; So also an unjust attack on one's character will often raise instead of impairing it. "I Bacon uses the Greek accusative. “. ... which is that they term cold or hot per anti- peristasin, that is, environing by contrarjes.”—Bacon : .."; (ed. 1765), vol. i.; Colors of Good and Evil, ch. vii., I). ân-tí-pêr-ī-stät-ic, a. . [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. peristatic. Pertaining to antiperistasis. (Ash.) ân-tí-pès-tí-lèn'—tial, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng, pestilential. In Fr. antipestilentiel; Sp. antipestilencial.] Counteracting pestilential influ- ences; checking contagion and infection. “Perfumes correct the air before it is attracted by the lungs; or, rather, antipestilential unguents, to anoint the nostrils with.”—Harvey on the Plague. ân-ti-phâr-i-sā'-ic, a. . [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. pharisaic.] Against the Pharisees, their tenets or procedure. “. . . the antipharisaic discourse, Matt. xxiii.”— Strauss: Life of Jesus (transl. 1846), š 117. ân-tí-phar'-mic, s. Counteractive of poison; antidotal. ân-ti-phil-à-söph'—i-cal, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng, philosophical. In Fr. antiphilosophique.] Opposed to philosophy. ân-ti-phlö-gís'-ti-an, s. [Gr. anti-against, and phlogizö=to set on fire, , to burn ; phlogº-a flame.] . One opposed to the old doctrine of Phlo- giston (q.v.). ân-tí-phlö-gís'—tic, *ān-ti-phlö-gis'-tick, a. & s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. phlogistic.] A. As adjective: 1.Med...: Tending to counteract burning heat; antifebrile. “I soon discovered & under what circumstances recourse was to be had to the lancet, and the antiphlogis- gºesimon"—sir W. Fordyce, on the Muriatic Acid, p. & & . . . . and the antiphlogistic remedies alone perse- ...; in.”—Dr. Joseph Browne: Cycl. of Pract. Med., vol. ii., p. 227. 2. Chem. : Opposed to the old doctrine of phlogis- ton. [PHLOGISTON.] B. As substantive: A medicine designed to coun- teract phlogistic tendencies. “It is both unctuous and penetrating, a powerful anti- phlogistic, and preservative against corruption and infection.”—Bo. Berkeley; Siris, 59. *ān'-ti-phēn, s. [ANTIPHONY.] ân-tiph'-ön-al, a. & S. [Eng, antiphon; -al.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to antiphony. [AN- TIPHONY (2).] “Antiphonal singing was first brought into the Church of Milan in imitation of the custom of the Eastern churches.”—Bingham: Christian Antiquities (ed. 1855), vol. v., p. 13. - “He [Calvin] thought that novelty was sure to succeed, that the practice of antiphonal chanting was supersti- tious,” &c.—Warton: Hist, Eng. Poet., iii. 164. 217 ( B. g substantive: The same as ANTIPHONARY C}. W. ſº “. . . to bring and deliver unto you all antiphonals, missals, grayles, processionals,” &c.— Burmet: Hist. Re- formed Records, pt. ii., bk. i., 47. ān-tiphºön-ary, *. ân-tiph'-ön-ère, *ān- typh’-5m-£r, àn-tiph'—ón—ar (Eng.), an—ti-phēn- âr-i-ām (Medioev. Lat.), s. . [In Fr. antiphonaire, antiphonier; from Gr; antiphömos=(1) an accord in the octave; (2) an antiphon, an anthem.] A service- book compiled by Pope Gregory the Great. It com- prised all the invitatories, responsories, collects, and whatever else was sung or said in the choir,ex- cept the lessons. From the responses contained, in it, it was sometimes called responsorium. Similar compilations, or books of anthems, also received the name of antiphonaries. [ANTHEM.] “FIe O alma redemptoris herde synge, As children lerned her antiphomere.” Chaucer: C. T., 14,930. ân-tí-phö-nēt'-ic, a. ſ. Gr. anti-opposite, and Eng. phonetic (q.v.).] nswering to, rhyming. (Barham : Ingoldsby Legends; Cynotaph.) ân-tí-phön'-ic, in-ti-phön'-ig-al, a. antiphon; -ic; Rical. In "Gr. antiphönos.] taining to antiphony. “. . . they sung in an antiphonical way.”—Wheatley on the Common Prayer, p. 161. ân-tiph'-ön-y, anº-ti-phön, *ān-tí-phö-ma, s. [In Ger, antiphonie; Ital...antifona; Gr. antiphöned =to sound in answer: anti-against, and phómeð= to sound; phóné=a sound.] 1. Opposition or contrariety of Sound. “True it is that the harmony of music, whether it be in song or instrument, hath symphony by antiphony (that is to say), the accord ariseth from discord and of contrary notes is composed a sweet tune.”—Holland: Plutarch, p. 186. (Richardson.) 2. The alternate chanting or iºn; in a cathe- dral, or similar service by the choir, divided into two parts for the purpose, and usually sitting upon opposite sides. It is sometimes used also when the parts are repeated instead of sung. Antiphony dif- fers from symphony, for in the latter case the whole choir sing the same part. It also differs from re- sponsorium, in which the verse is spoken or sung by only one person instead of many. “In antiphons thus tune we female plaints.” Old Play, vii. 497. (Nares.) “These are the pretty responsories, these are the dear antiphonies, that so bewitched of late our prelates and their chaplains with the goodly echo they made.”—Mil- tom: Areop. “Then came the epistle, prayers, antip homies, and a benediction.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. “. . when the antiphonies are chanted, one party singing, with fury and gnashing of teeth.”—l e Quincey: Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., Note, pp. 180-1. 3. The words given out to be sung by alternate choirs. & 4 * [Eng. Per- this [alternate psalmody] for its division into two parts, and alternate answers, was commonly called antiphony.”—Bingham: Christian Antiquities (ed. 1855), vol. v., p. 13. 4. A composition made of several verses taken from different psalms, the expressions of sentiment in which are appropriate to the occasion for which the antiphony is prepared. ân-tiph'-ra-sis, s. [In Ger. & Fr. antiphrase; Sp. antifrasis; Port. antifrase, antiphrasis; Gr. antiphrasis, from antiphºrazó= to express by antith- esis or negation: anti-against, and phrazö=to intimate.] Rhet. de Gram. : The use of words in a sense con- trary to their ordinary one. In Greek the change was of words with an evil sense into those with a good meaning, but in English it may also be an exchange of good for bad. “You now find no cause to repent that you never dipt your hands in the bloody high courts of justice, so called only by antiphrasis.”—Sowth. ân-tí-phrás-tic, fin-tí-phrās'-tic—al, a. [Gr. antiphrastikos.] Pertaining to antiphrasis. ân-tí-phrás-tíc'-al-ly, adv. [Eng. antiphrasti- cal; -ly.] In an antiphrastic manner; in the form of speech called antiphrasis. “The unruliness of whose pen, and the virulency thereof, none hath more felt than myself, as well in his book of Mitigation as in his (antiphrastically so called) Sober Reckoning.”—Bo. Morton’s Discharge, p. 206. ân-ti-phthis'-ic, in-ti-phthiş-ic-al (ph silent), a... [Gr. anti-against, and phthisikos= consumptive: phthisis-consumption; phthió=to decay.] Given against consumption. (Glossog. Nov., 2d ed.) ân-ti-phys'—ic—al, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng., physical; from Gr, physikos=natural; physis lºture.] Against physics; contrary to natural a W. antipsoric ān-ti-plear-it-ic, *ān-tº-plear-it-ick, s...[Gr. anti-against, and . Eng. plewritic..] A medicine given against pleurisy. ân-tí-pöd-äg'-ric, a. & S. [Gr, anti-against, and podagrikos =gouty; podagra=(1) a trap for the feet, (2) gout (Lat. podagra=gout): pous, genit. podos-a foot, and agra=hunting.] A. As adjective: Deemed of use against the gout. B. As substantive. A medicine given against the gout; an antarthritic. ân-tip-ād-al, a. & S. [Eng. antipod(e); -al. In Port. antipodii. A. As adjective: Pertaining to the antipodes, or the part of the world which they inhabit. B., As substantive: One inhabiting the other side of the world from that in which the speaker or writer is. [ANTIPODEs.] “The Americans are antipodals unto the Indians.”— JBrowne. - tán-ti-pôde, thm'-ti-pêde (sing.); in-tip-à- děš, Ån-tip-à-dés (plwr.), s. [In Sw. & Dan. an- tipode” (pl.); Ger. antipoden (pl.); Fr. antipode sing.), antipodes (pl.); Sp. & Port. antipoda (sing.); tal. antipodi (pl.); Lat. antipodes (pl.); Gr. antipo- des, pl. of antipows (a word first introduced by Plato) = with the feet opposite. From anti-oppo- site to, and pow8=a foot; podes=feet.] T Rare in the singular, common in the plural. I. Lit. (plur.) : People who, from their situation on the globe, have their feet opposite to those of the speaker or writer who applies to them the term antipodes. For example, if Greenwich Qbservatory is in lat. 51. 28' N., and long. 0° E. or W., then the antipodes, if any exist, of the astronomers at Green- wich must be sought in lat. 51° 28′ S. and long. 180° E. or W. That point falls in the ocean S. E. of New Zealand, near Antipodes Island. Those who are our antipodes have seasons exactly like those of ours, but reversed in time, their shortest day being Our longest, their winter our summer, and vice 'versö. - II. Met. : Something exactly and completely opposed or opposite to another. - in up as ºn a. & S. [Eng. antipode(s); suff. •CL71. A. As adj. : Pertaining to the antipodes. B. As subst. : One who lives at the antipodes. ân-tip-à-dés, s. pl. [ANTIPODE.] ân-ti-pôi"-sån, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. poison...] An antidote to poison of some kind or other. “In venomous natures, something may be amiable: poisons afford antipoisons: nothing is totally or altogether uselessly bad.”—Browne: Christ. Mor., xxviii. 1. ân'-ti-pópe, s. [Gr. anti = against, and Eng. pope. In Fr. antipape; Sp. & Ital, antipapa.] One who usurps the popedom, in opposition to the indi- vidual elected in the normal way. “This house is famous in history for the retreat of an antipope, who called himself Felix V.”—Addison. ān-ti-pêp'-u-lar, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. popular.] Against the interests or opinions of the people. ‘‘The last two tables are the work of the second decem- virs, whose government was antipopular.”—Lewis: Cred. Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. iii., § 54. ăn'-ti-pôrt, s... [In Ital. antiporta, antiporto, from Gr. anti-Opposite to, and Lat. porta=a city gate, a gate.] An outer gate; an outer door. “If a Christian or Jew should but lift up the antiport, and set one step into it, he profaned it.”—Smith: Mann. of the Turks, p. 75. ân-tí-präc'-tige, v. i. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. practice.] To oppose. ān-tº-pré-lāt-ic, *ān-ti-pré-lāt-ick, in-ti- pré-lāt'-ic—al, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. prelatic; -ical.] Opposed to prelatists or to prelacy. “The rooters, the antiprelatio pºrº, declaim against me.”—Sir E. Dering: Speeches, p. 161. ân'-ti-priëst, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. priest.] One opposed to priests. “While they are afraid of being guided by priests, they sºut to be governed by antipriests.”—Waterland: Ch., p. 28. ân-ti-priëst-graft, s... [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. priestcraft.] Opposition to priestcraft. “I hope she [the Church of England] is secure from lay bigotry and antipriestcraft.”—Burke: Speech on the Claims of the Church. ân-ti-psor'-ic (p silent), a. [From Gr, anti- against, and Eng., psoric. From Lat. psora, Gr. 80ra-the itch or the mange; psad, or psøð-to rub. n Fr. antipsûrique.] Thought to be useful in cases of the itch. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian Shan. -tion, ** -sion = Shiin; &c. = bel, del. –tion, -Šion Shiis. -ble, -dle, zhin. -tious, -Sious -cious, antiptosis ān-ti-ptö'-sís (p silent), s, ſº Fr. & Port, an- tiptose; Gr. antiptósis= (1) a falling against (2) (In Gram, see below); antipiptó-to fall against: anti =against, and piptó=to fall.] Grammar: An interchange of one case for an- other. (Glossog. Nov., 2d ed.) - ân-ti-piir-i-tan, S. & a. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. puritan.] A. As substantive: One opposed to the Puritans Or to Puritanism. “. . . Dr. Samuel Parker, famous for his tergiversa- tion with the times, now an antipwritam in the extreme.” —Warton: Notes to Milton’s Smaller Poems, p. 501. B. As adjective: Opposed to Puritanism. “. . . the purification of our lighter literature from that foul taint, which had been contracted during the antipuritan reaction.”—Macaulay: Iłist. Eng., ch. xiv. ân-tí-pyr-êt'-ic, a. & S. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. pyretic, From Gr. pyretos=(1) fiery heat, (2) fever; pyr-fire. In Port. antipyretico. } A. As adj. : Deemed of use against fever. B. As substantive: A medicine given against fever. ân-tí-quar'-i-an, a. & S. [In Sw, antiquarie, s. ; Dan. º, a., antiquarius, S.; Ger. Cºntiquar, s. From Lat. antiquarius, a. & S.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to antiquarians or to antiquity; antique, Old. “The belief in an original year of ten months was prev- alent among the antiquariam and historical writers of Rome.”—Lewis: Astrom.. of the Ancients, ch. i., § 9. B. As substantive: 1. An antiquary. “Thus Cincius is described by Livy as being a dili- gent antiquarian, in relation to events prior to his own age.”—Lewis: Early Itom. Hist., ch. ii., § 8. 2. A large kind of drawing paper. ân-tí-quar’—i-an-ism, s. [Eng. antiquarian ; suff. -ism...] Love of antiquities or of antiquarian research. “I used to despise him for his antiquarianism.”—War- burton, Letter 221. *ān-tí-quar—ism, S. [Eng. antiquar(y); -ism.] The same as ANTIQUARIANISM (q.v.). “. . . a question above antiquarism.”—Browne: Hy- driotaphia. ăn'—tí-quar—y, s. & a. [In Ger. antiquar; Fr. antiquaire; Sp., Port, & Ital, antiquario; from Lat. antiquarius, S. & a.] A. As substantive: I. Originally: A keeper of the antiquarium or cabinet of antiquities. . - 2. A student of antiquity, or, rather of the relics, such as inscriptions, old buildings, manuscripts, &c., which antiquity hasieff behind. “With sharpen'd sight pale antiquaries pore, Th’ inscription value, but the rust adore.”—Pope. B. As adjective: Antique, old. “Here's Nestor, Instructed by the antiquary times; He must, he is, he cannot but be wise.” Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, ii. 3. tän'-ti-quate, v. t. [In Port. antiquar. From Låt, antiquatus, pa. par...of antiguo = to restore a thing to its former condition.] To render anything out of date, and therefore presumably less valuable than once it was. To render obsolete. When a law becomes antiquated it is rarely put in force, if indeed it is not swept from the statute-book. “The growth of Christianity in this kingdom might reasonably introduce new laws, and antiquate or abrogate some old ones, that seemed less consistent with the Christian doctrines.”—Hale. ." The verb is rarely used except in its past par- ticiple. ăn'-tí-qua-têd, pa. par. & a. [ANTIQUATE.] As adjective : 1. Out of date, obsolete, of less value than for- merly; superseded, abrogated. “Almighty Latium, with her cities crown'd, §. an antiquated fable sound.”—Addison. 2. Made to imitate antiquity. “In reading a style judiciously antiquated, one finds a pleasure not unlike that of traveling on an old Roman way.”—Pope: Homer's Odyssey, PostScript. +3. Old, but in nowise out of date. “The antiquated earth, as one might say.” Wordsworth; Sonnet to a Friend (1807). ân -ti-qua-tád-nēss, tán-tí-quate-nēss,...s. [Eng, antiquated, ºness; º º The quality or state of being out of date, obsolete, or superseded. “. . . that no one may pretend antiquatemess of the Old Testament.”—Appendia: to Life of Mede, xli. ân-tí-qua-tion, s. [Lat. antiquatio-an, abro- gating, an annulling ; from antiquo, v. t.] The act * 218 rendered obsolete. Spec., used of the antiquation of a law, which is properly its repeal or abrogation, but is sometimes more loosely used for the refusal to pass it when it appears as a bill for discussion. “You bring forth now, great queen, as you foresaw, An antiquation of the salique law.” Cartwright: Poem to the Queen. “Reason is a law High and divine, engrav’d in every breast, Which must no change nor (untiquation know.” Beaumont: Psyche, xv. 164. ... . . antiquation, which is the refusing to pass a law.”—Ency. Lond. ân-tique, *ān-tíque, a. & S. [In Ger. antik, a., antike, S.; Fr. antique, a & S.; Ital. antico, S. From Lat. antiquws=former, old, ancient; amte = before.] A. As adjective: 1. Ancient, old, that has long existed. It may be used (a) in the geological sense=of an age measured by millions, of years; or, (b) historically=prior. to the birth of Christ; or (c) mediaeval; or (d) having been long in existence compared with others of its kind. [ANCIENT, ANTIQUITY..] “. . . . a rock very different in age from the antique and crystalline gneiss of Scotland and Scandinavia.”— Murchison: Siluria, ch. xiv. “The seals which we have remaining of Julius Caesar, which we know to be antique, have the star of Venus over them.”—Dryden. “Huge convent domes with pinnacles and towers And antique castles seen through drizzling showers.” Wordsworth : Descriptive Sketches. “Ye distant spires, ye antique towers.” Gray: View of Eton. 2. Old-fashioned, antiquated. “The first, if I remember, is a sort of a buff waistcoat, made antique fashion, . . . .”—Goldsmith: The Bee, No. ii. 3. Odd, antic. (See ANTIC, which was originally the same word as antique.) “And sooner may a gulling weather-spy, By drawing forth heav'n's scheme, tell certainly, What fashion’d hats, or ruffs, or suits, next year Our giddy-headed antique youth will wear.” Domme. B. As substantive, it is frequently used in the Fºl ANTIQUES=such busts, statues, vases, &c., as have come, down from classic antiquity, and are rized for their value as works of genius and art no ess than for the light they throw on the life of the Old World. “Misshapen monuments and maim’d antiques.” Byrom: Eng. Bards and Scotch Reviewers. tän-ti'que-ly, adv. [Eng. antique; -ly.] In an antique way; after the fashion of antiquity. ân-ti'que-nēss, s. [Eng. antique; -mess.] The quality of being antique. “We may discover something venerable in the antique- ness of the work.”—Addison. ân-ti ques, S. pl. [ANTIQUE.] ân-tíq—ui-tär"-i-an (ui=wi), s. [Eng. antiq- wit(y); -arian..] ...Qne who praises bygone days; a mediaevalist. (Milton : Of Ref. im Eng., bk. i.) ân-tíq'—ui-ties (ui=wi), S. pl. [ANTIQUITY..] ân-tig -ui-ty, *ān-tíq'-ui-tie (ui=wi), s. . [Fr. antiquité, from Lat. antiquitas, antiquws=ancient.] A. Singular: I: The state of having existed long ago; the state of being ancient. . 1. By the geological standard: Vast and uncer- tain age. & & & & & inferiority in position is connected with the superior antiquity of granite.”—Lyell: Manual of Geol., 4th ed., ch. xxxiv.. Antiquity of man. The specific term applied to the hypothesis now generally accepted by geologists and other scientific investigators as correct, that man came into being not later than the glacial period, if indeed he did not exist in pre-glacial times. From the historic point of view this makes him very “antique,” though by the geological standard the date of his birth is exceedingly modern. (Lyell: Amfiquity of Man.) 2. By the historic standard: (a) Ancient times, especially those from the ear- liest known period to the fall of the Roman empire. “I mention Aristotle, Polybius, and Cicero, the great- est philosopher, the most impartial historian, and the most consummate statesman of all antiquity.”—Addison. (b) Sometimes the word in this sense is used much more vaguely. “From a period of immemorial antiquity it had been the practice of every English government to contract debts.”—Macaw lay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. 3. By the standard of human or other life or eacist- emce. Ludicrowsly: agG. “Par. Hadst thou not the privilege of antiquity upon antisacerdotal II. The ancients, the people who lived during the times mentioned under No. 2. * “Wherefore doth vaine antiquitie so vaunt, Her ancient monuments of mightie peeres 7” Spense”: Sommet on Scanderbeg. B. Plural: Antiquities signify such coins, in- scriptions, statues, weapons, sepulchral urns, ruined edifices, nay, even manuscripts, as have come down to us from the classical and other nations of ailtiq- uity, or from the early period of our own country’s history. They are valued as confirming, checking, or enlarging the information given by historians, or in some cases as laying the basis for reconstructing the most outstanding events connected with nations or periods regarding which ordinary histories are silent. - “So of histories we may find three kinds: Memorials, Perfect Histories, and Antiquities; for memorials are his- tory unfinished, or the first or rough draughts of history: and antiquities are history defaced, or some remnants of history which have casually escaped the shipwreck of time.”—Bacon: Adv. of Learm., bk. ii. ân-tí-rhoe'—a, s. [Gr, anti = against; rhed = to flow. Named from being used against haemor- rhage.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Cinchonaceae (Cinchonads). The species are found in Mauritius and Bourbon; The root and bark of the A. verticellata are believed to be very astrin- gent. ân-tí-rhea-măt'—ic (h silent), a. & s. = against, and Eng. rheumatic. tiº As adjective: Deemed of use against rheuma- ISPY). 2. As substantive: A medicine given against rheu- matism. ân-tí-rév-ó-lā'—tion-ar—y, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. revolutionary. In Fr. antirévolutionnaire.] Opposed to political, and especially to sanguinary, revolution. “. . . . to disgorge their antirevolutionary pelf.”— Burke: Regicide Peace. ân-tí-rév-ó-lä -tion—ist, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. revolutionary..] One opposed to revolution Or to revolutionary parties. “. . . the apartment called by the antirevolutionists, ‘the plotting parlor.’”—Guthrie: Eng. ân-tír-rhi'-niām (h silent), s. [In Sp., Port. & Ital. antirrino. From Lat. antirrhinon, a plant, Lychnis githago (?); Gr. antirrhinom-snap-dragon: anti = compared with ; rhis, genit. rhinos = the nose. Nose-like..] Snapdragon. A genus of plants [Gr. anti Antirrhinum Majus. 1. Upper portion of a plant of Antirrhinum majus (Snap- 2. Corolla cut open, showing stamens. dragon). 3. Ripe fruit. belonging to the order Scrophulariaceae, or Fig- worts. The A. Orontium, or Lesser Snapdragon; and the A. majus, Or Great Snapdragon, are included in this genus. ân-tí-rū’-mor, v. t. [Gr, anti, and Eng. rumor.] To spread a report contrary to one generally cur- rent. (Fuller: Ch. Hist., III. viii., § 14.) ân-ti-sāb-ba-tá'r-í-an, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Sabbatariam..] One who holds that the Jewish Sabbath was part of the ceremonial rather than of the moral law, and that, in its essential character, it is different from the “Lord’s Day” of the New festament. “The antisabbatarians hold the Sabbath day, or that which we call the Lord's day, to be no more a Sabbath: in which they go about to violate all religion; for take. away the Sabbath, and farewell religion.”—Pagit: Heresi- ography, p. 119. ân-ti-sā'-bi-an, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Sabicum (q.v.).] Opposed to Sabianism, that is, to the worship of the heavenly bodies. (Faber.) ân-ti-săç–ér-dó'—tal, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Sacerdotal.] Opposed to the priestly office or procedure. “The charge of such sacerdotal craft hath often been. unjustly laid by cum tisacerdotal pride or resentment.”— or process of rendering obsolete; the state of being thee—.”—Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, ii. 3. Waterland: Ch., p. 58 făte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. antischolastic ân-ti-schö-läs-tic, a. . [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. scholastic..] Opposed to what is scholastic. (S.T. Coleridge.) ām-ti-sci’—ans (Eng.), án-ti-sci'-i (Lat.), S. pl. [In Fr. antisciens; Lat. antisgii; Gr., antiskógi : anti-opposite, and skia=a shadow.] [ANTCECI.] Geog, dº Astron.: Two sets of people, whose shadows at the same moment, fall in opposite direc- tions. The parties south of the tropic of Capricorn are always antiscians to those north of the tropic of Cancer, and vice versá. ân-ti-scor-bü'-tic, *ān-tí-scor-bil-tick, a. & 8. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Scorbºttic ; Ger, anti- scorbutisch, Fr. antiscorbutique; Sp., Port. & Ital. antiscorbwtico.] A. As adjective: Deemed of use against Scurvy. (Glossog. Nov., 2d ed.) B. As substantive: against Scurvy. ân-tí-scor-bil'—tic—al, a. -al.] [ANTISCORBUTIC.] *án'-ti-script, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Lat. scriptum = something written: scribo = . . . to write.] A writing directed against (any person or thing). “His highness read the charges, and admired at the virulency; with the antiscripts of the keeper, which were much commended.”—Hacket: Life of Archbishop Williams (1693), p. 199. ân-ti-scrip'-tu-ral, a... [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Scruptural.] Opposed to Scripture. ân-ti-scrip'-tu-rism, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Scriptwre; -ism...] Opposition to Scripture. “Now that antiscriptwrism grows so rife, and spreads so fast . .”—Boyle on the Style of the H. S., p. 146. ân-tí-scrip-tu-rist, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. scriptwrist (q.v.).] One opposed to Scripture. “Not now to mention what is by atheists and anti- scriptwrists alleged to overthrow the truth and authority of the Scripture.”—Boyle. ân-ti-scröph'—u—loiás, a & S. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Scrophºwlows. In Fr antiscrofulewa:..] A. As adjective: Deemed of use against Scrofula. B. As swbstantive: A medicine given against scrofula. ân-ti-sép'-tíc, *ān-ti-sép'-tick, a. & S. [In. Ger. antiseptisch , Fr. antiseptique Port. antisep- tico; Gr. anti-against, and séptos=putrid, decayed; sépô=to make rotten or putrid.] A. As adjective: Counteracting the tendency to putrefaction. “. . . the gastric fluid itself, which, according to all observers, is remarkably antiseptic, being capable of checking the further progress of putrefaction in meat in which that process has already begun.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii. (1856), p. 202. B. As swbstantive: A substance which has the effect of counteracting the tendency to putrefaction. Garrod makes “Disinfectants and Antiseptics” the second order of his “Division III. Chemical agents used for other than their medicinal properties.” Antiseptics prevent chemical change by destroying the activity of the infectious, matter, the chemical composition of the body still in many cases remain- ing the same ; while disinfectants decompose and remove the infectious matter itself. Antiseptics are called also Col. YTICs (q. v.). Among them may be named carbolic acid, alcohol, sulphurous acid, chloride of sodium (common salt), corrosive sub- limate, arsenic, &c. ân-ti-sép'-tic—al, a [Eng. antiseptic; -ttl.] Pertaining to an antiseptic; counteracting the tendency to putrefaction. ân-tí-slā'—vér-y, a. & S. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. slavery.] 1. As adjective: Opposed to slavery. 2. As substantive: Antagonism to slavery. ân-tî-só'-gial (cial = shal), a... [Gr. against, and Eng. social. In Fr. antisocial.] . 1. Opposed to mingling in society; disposed to Solitude. 2. Opposed to the principles on which society is founded. ân-ti-spås'—is, s ſº Port, antispase; Gr, anti- spasis=a drawing back of the humors of the body: antispaú= to draw the contrary way: anti-against, and spad-to draw.) Med...: The revulsion of any fluid in the body from One part to another. ân-ti-spås-möd'-ic, *ān-ti-spáš-möd-ick, a. & S. [From Gr anti-against, and Eng. Spasmodic. In Fr. antispasmodique; Port. antispasmodico. From Gr. antispasmos=an antispasmodic : ant?= back, and spasmos=(1) a drawing, (2) a convul- sion ; spaú= to draw. } - A. As adjective: Deemed of use against Spasms Or convulsions. A medicine deemed of use [Eng. antiscorbuttic; anti- 219 B. As substantive: A medicine designed to counter- act or allay spasms. Garrod makes antispasmodics the first order of his Sub-class 3. They are of two kinds: (1) Direct Antispasmodics, or Spinal Tonics, of which the chief are assafoetida, Valerian, musk, castor, various oils, camphor, &c.; (2) Indirect Anti- spasmodics, as conium, bromide of potassium, salts of silver, hydrocyanic acid, belladonna, stramo- nium, henbane, opium, chloroform, &c. (Garrod : Materia, Medica.) ân'-ti-späst, fin-tí-spås'-tūs, s. [Lat. anti- spastus; Gr. antispastos=an antispast; from anti- S º draw the contrary way: anti and spač=to Tà W. Prosody: A foot consisting of four syllables, the first and fourth short, and the second and third long : as mé diil lö | sits. s ân-tí-spås'-tic, *ān-ti-spås'-tick, a. & s. [From Gr. anti-against; and Eng, spastic (q.v.).; or from Gr. antispastos=drawn in contrary directions.] A. As adjective: *I. Medicine: 1. Pertaining to antispasis; believed to cause, a ºlion of fluids from one part of the body to the Ot, 1163 T. 2. Antispasmodic. II. Prosody: Pertaining to an antispast. B. As substantive: 1. A medicine believed to cause a revulsion of fluids from one part of the body to the other. (Glos- SOg. Nova.) 2. Antispasmodic. ân-ti-splé-nēt-ic, *ān-tí-splé-nēt'-ick, a. & s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. Splemetic.] A. As adjective: Deemed of use against diseases of the spleen. B. As substantive: A medicine given against dis- eases of the spleen. “Antisplenetics open the obstructions of the spleen.” —Floyer. ân-tís'—ta-sis, s. [In Ger. antistase; Gr. anti- stasis=standing against, opposition : amti = against, and stasis=(1) a placing, (2) a standing ; histémi- to make to stand.] Rhetoric : A defense of any action on the ground that what was done was the lesser of two evils. ân-tís'—tés (plural àn-tís'—tí-tês), s. [Lat.] (1) A president of any kind; (2) a high-priest. “He tells what the Christians had wont to do in their several congregations, to read and expound, to pray and administer, all which he says the procstos, or antistes, did.”—Milton: Of Prel. Episcopacy. “Unless they had as many antistites as presbyters.”— bid. ân-tís-trö-phé, fin-tís"—trö-phy, s. [In Ger. & Fr. antistrophe; Port. antistrophe, antistrope. From Gr. antistrophē = a turning about; antistrephā = to turn to the opposite side: amti = opposite to, and strephô=to twist, to turn.] I. Amcient Choruses and D&nces: 1. The returning of the chorus, exactly answering to a previous strophe, except that now they moved from left to right, instead of from right to left. 2. The lines of the poem or choral song sung dur- ing this movement. “It was customary, on some occasions, to dance round the altars, whilst they sung the sacred hymns, which con- sisted of three stanzas or parts; the first of which, called strophe, was sung in turning from east to west ; the other, named antistrophe, in returning from west to east ; then they stood before the altar and sung the epode, which was the last part of the song.”—Potter: Antiq. of Greece, bk. ii., ch. 4 II. Rhetoric : The figure of retortion. III. Logic: Aristotle's designation for the conyer- sion or transposition of the terms of a proposition. IV. Grammar: An inverted construction. W. Relation of one thing to another. “The latter branch touching impression, hath not been collected into art, but hath been handled dispersedly; and it hath the same relation or antist rophe that the former hath.”—Bacon: Adv. of Learx., b.R. ii. ân-tí-ströph'-ic, ct. [Eng. antistrophe; -ic.] Per- taining to an antistrophe. ān-tís'-trö'-phön, s. [Gr. antistrophos = turned opposite ways, set over against, and hence correla- tive.] “That he may know what it is to be a child, and yet to meddle with edged tools, I turned his ºn f is trophon upon his own head.”—JIilton: Apol. for Smectymnuus. ân-ti-strå-mât'-ic, a. & S. [Gr. anti-against, and Lat, struma-a scrofulous tumor; struma.] A. As adjective: Counteracting or mitigating the strumcus, that is, the scrofulous constitution. antithetic B. As substantive: A medicine believed to have some effect in counteracting or Initigating the strumous constitution. “I prescribed him a distilled milk, with antistrumat- fes, and purged him.”—Wiseman. ân-ti-strú'-moiás, a. [ANTISTRUMATIC.] The same as ANTISTRUMATIC (q.v.). ân-ti-syph-i-lit"-ic, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. syphilitic. In Fr. antisyphilitique.] Believed. to be of use against syphilis. (Castle: Lea icon. Pharm.) Än-ti-täc-tae, Án-ti-tac-tês, s. pl. [Latinized from Gr. antitassji= (1) to range in battle, (2) to counteract, to resist: anti-against, and tasso-to- arrange.] Chºwrch. Hist. : A Gnostic sect who maintained that not God but a creature had created evil. ân-ti-tar-tär"-ic, a... [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. tartaric..] Opposed to TARTARIC (q.v.). antitartaric acid. An acid differing from tar- taric acid in this remarkable respect, that whereas the latter turns the plane of polarization to the right, this does it to the left. If the two be mixed together they lose all influence on polarized light. ân-tí—thé'-ism, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. theism. Or from antitheos, a., in the sense of op- posed to God; for in Homer it means god-like, equal to the gods.] Opposition to God or to belief in His eXistence. ām-ti-thé—ist, s: [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. theist.] . One who opposes the belief in a God. The antitheist is a more decided opponent of theism. than the atheist. ân-ti-thé—ist'-ic—al, a. [Gr. anti-against, and Eng. theistical. Or Éng. antitheist; -ical.] Op- posed to theism; antagonistic to the belief in God. ân-ti-thé—ist'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. antitheist- Žcal ; -ly.) After the manner of an antitheist; with vigorous opposition to faith in God. ân-títh"—én–ar, s. [Gr. anti-against, and thenar- = the palm of the hand, the sole of the foot.] Amat.: One of the muscles which extend the thumb. ...” ân-tith'-à-sís (pl. #n-títh".-è-sés), s. [In Sw. antithes; Dan. & Ger. -antithese; Fr. antithèse; Sp. antitesis, antiteto; Port. antithese, antithesis; Ital. antitesi, Gr. antithesis=opposition, from anti- tithémi-to set against, oppose: anti-against, and tithemi–to set or place.] . Rhet. : Sharp opposition or contrast between word and word, clause and clause, sentence and sentence, or sentiment and sentiment, specially designed to impress the listener or reader. T. Macaulay's writings are full of antitheses, of which the following may serve as examples: as, “He had covertly shot at Cromwell, he now opeply Ctimed, at the Queen.” (Hist. Eng., ch. 'ih * But blood. alone did not satisfy Jeffreys; he ed his coffers. by the sale of pardoms.” (Ibid., ch. xvii.) “Antithesis or opposition.”—Coleridge: Aids to Reflection. (1839), p. 129. “. . . the habitual antithesis of prose and poetry, fact and fiction.” – Herbert Spencer, 2d ed., vol. ii.,. p. 532, § 491. “Athene, the man-goddess, born from the head of Zeus, without a mother, and without feminine sympathies, is the antithesis partly of Aphroditë.”—Grote: Hist. of Greece (1846), *of i., pt. i., ch. i., p. 74. * The plural is still in the Greek form antitheses. “I see a chief who leads my chosen sons, All arm'd with points, antitheses, and puns.” Pope. *ān-tí-thét, s... [ANTITHETON } An opposite. statement Or position. - ( in ºn-site. S. pl. The plural of ANTITHETON: Cl. V. Jo ân-tí-thèt'-ic. fin-tí-thèt'-ic—al, a. [In Fr. an- tithetique; Sp. antitetico. From Gr. antithetikos.] A., Ordinary Language: Pertaining to or marked by the presence of an antithesis. “The antithetical group of cases.”—Herbert Spencer: Psychology, 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 55, § 293. B. Technically: *Old Chem. Antithetic, or polar formulae are formulse written on, two lines instead of one. In the upper line are placed all the negative constitu- ents, and in the lower the positive. . This method of notation was proposed by Dr. Graham. In this. system potash has the formula k instead of K. O'; O3 sulphuric acid -— instead of SO3. There is no anal- }. ogy to an algebraic fraction. It does not mean that O, formerly multiplied by K, is now divided; and the algebraist unacquainted with chemistry- must be on his guard against giving the apparent. fractions this meaning. The formulae now given. are altered in the new notation. bóil, böy; pétit, jowl; cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del- —tian = Shan. shūs. -ble, -dle, –tion, -Sious = -Sion Zhiin. -tious, -cious, = Shiin; -Šion = —tion, antithetically f ân-tí-thèt'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. antithetical; -ly.] In an antithetical manner; with sharp con- trasts. “Antithetically opposed divisions.”—Herbert Spencer: JPsychology, 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 311, § 387. ân-títh"—É-tön, s. [Lat. & Gr. antitheton.] An antithesis. In the plural: Antitheta; in the Instructions for Oratory (1661) erroneously made antithetas. Theses argued for and against. “Antitheta are theses argued pro et contra.”—Bacon: Adv. of Learm., bk. ii. ân-tit’-ra-gūs, s. [Gr. anti-opposite to, and Tat. tragus; Gr. tragos...] [TRAGUS.] A portion of the external ear opposite the tragus and beneath the cocha. “Opposite this [the tragus], behind and below the concha, is the antitragus.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 66. ân-tí-trin-i-tä'r-i-an, a. & s. [Eng. anti, trin- ity; suffix -arian. In Ger. antitrinitarisch, a.; antitrimitarier, s. ; Port. antitrinitario.] 1. As adjective: Opposed to the doctrine of the “Trinity. 2. As substantive: One opposed to the doctrine of the Trinity. “The antitrinitarians have renewed Arius' old Theresy; and they are called Antitrimitarians, because they blaspheme and violate the Holy Trinity.”—Pagit: JHeresiography, p. 116. ân-tí-trin-i-tä'r-i-an-ism, s. [Gr. anti = º and Eng. trimitarianism...] The creed of which the chief feature is a denial of the doctrine of the Trinity. ân-tit’—rö-pal, àn-tit'-rö-poiás, a. [Gr. anti = opposite to, and tropos=a turn, direction; trepô= to turn.] JBot. : A term applied to an embryo which is in- verted so as to have the radicle at the extremity of the seed most remote from the hilum. The sacs of the ovule are in no degree inverted, but have their common point of origin at the hilum, the raphe and chalaza being necessarily invisible. ân-tí-typ'—al, a. [Eng. antityp(e); -al.] Of the nature of an antitype (q.v.). ăn'-ti-type, s. [In Sp. antitipo; Gr. antitypos= (1) repelled by a hard body; echoed, echoing; (2) corresponding as the stamp to the die: anti-oppo- site to, and typos= (1) a blow, (2) that which is produced by a blow; typod- to impress, to stamp; Żyptó=to strike.] i. Gen. : That which corresponds to something else, as a stamp does to the die by which it was struck off. * “. ... and the observant friars, with their chain geroles and shirts of hair, were the antitypes of Parsons and Campion.”—Froude: Hist. Eng. vol., ii., p. 173. 2. Theol. : He or that which in the New Testa- ment corresponded exactly to the types of the Old— Inamely, Christ or His atoning death. “He brought forth bread and wine, and was the priest of the most high God; imitating the antitype or the sub- stance, Christ Himself.”—Taylor. 3. Among the ancient Greek fathers, and in the Greek liturgy: A term applied to the symbols of bread and wine in the sacrament. ân-tí-typ'-ic—al, a. [Gr. anti-against, and typical ; or Eng. antitype, and -ical.] Pertaining to an antitype. - ân-tí-typ'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng, antitypical; -ly.] In an antitypical way; by antitype. ân-tí-ty'-poiás, a. [Eng. antitype; -ows.] The same as ANTITYPICAL (q.v.). ân-ti-vác-çín-ā'—tion, S. [Gr. anti-against, and IEng. vaccination.] Opposition to vaccination. ân-ti-vág-Qin-ā'—tion—ist, s. [Eng. antivacci- 2nation; -ist.] & 1. One opposed to vaccination, as believing it to be injurious to the human frame. “. . . to describe anti vaccinationists as a ‘school' is to push satire to the verge of cruelty.”—Times, Nov. 18, 1876. 2. One who, though deeming vaccination bene- ficial, is yet opposed to the law which renders it compulsory, as believing that such an enactment is inconsistent with proper civil liberty. ân-ti-va-ri-Öl-oiás, a... [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. Jarºšious, from Mediæv. Lat. variola =Small- pox.] Thought to be protective against Smallpox. an-tí-vén-è'r-é-al, a. [Gr, anti-against, and Eng. venereal. In Ger. antivenerisch Fr. anti- vénérien : Port. & Ital. antive mereo.] Believed to counteract or resist venereal poison. “. . . you will scarce cure your patient without exhibiting antivenereal remedies.”— Wiseman. ânt -jār, s. [From antiar or amtschar, its Javan- ite name.] A poison made from the upas tree of Java, Antiaris towicaria. [ANTIA RIS.] ânt'—1ér, s. [Fr. andowiller=a brow-antler.] 1. Properly the first branch, but now used for any ºramification of the horns on the head of a stag or 220 similar animal. The lowest furcation, that nearest the head, is called the brow-antler; and the branch next above it, the bes-antler. & 4 Hist. Eng., “Richardson figures a pair of antlers of the wild rein- deer with twenty-nine points.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. xvii. “Grown old they grow less branched, and first lose their brow-antlers, or lowest furcations next to the head.”—Browne. huge stags with sixteen antlers.”—Macawlay: ch. vii. 2. A moth, the Charoegs or Cerapterya, qraminis. It It is of a is of the family Noctuidae. rown color with a white line on the up- per wings, and a row of black marks at the apex of each. The caterpil- lar, which is brown W i t h yellowstreaks, *****.*.*.* - º feeds on grass. Antler Moth. ânt-lèred, a. [Eng, antler; -ed.] Furnished with antlers. “The antler'd monarch of the waste, Sprung from his heathery couch in haste.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, i. 2. ânt'-lī-a, s. [Lat. antlia=a machine for draw- ing water; a pump; Gr. antlia=(1) the hold of a ship, (2) bilge-water. Entom. : The spiral proboscis of the Lepidopter- ous order of insects. It “is formed by the elongated slender maxillae, still characterized by the minute palpi at their base. The inner margins of the maxillae are concave, and the edges of the channels are in close contact, or are confluent so as to form a canal along which the juices of the flowers can be pumped up into the mouth. The large labial palpi defend the antlia when it is retracted and coiled up.” (Owen : Comp. Amat. Invert. Animals.) Antlia, S. [See preceding.] Astron.: An abbreviation for Antlia. Pneumatica (the Air-pump), one of the Southern constellations introduced by Lacaille. ânt-li-ā'—ta, s. pl. [Mod. Lat.=furnished with a sucker, like a pump.] The name given by Fabricius to the Dipterous order of insects; but as amtlia is now confined to the spiral sucker of the Lepidoptera, Antliata, as a synonym for Diptera, would be mis- leading. ânt-lińg, s. [Eng. ant; dimin. Suff. -ling.] . A young ant. (McCook : Agric. Amt of Teacas, p. 20.) ânt-oe-gi (Lat.), ānt-Ge'-gi-ans, ant-é'-gi-ang (Eng.), s. pl. [Gr. plur. Of amtoikos=living in an opposite latitude; anti-opposite to, and oikeó=to inhabit, from oikos=a house..] Persons living in the same latitude north and south of the equator as well as in the same longitude. The identity of longitude makes them have exactly the same hours, but the difference of N. and S. in the latitude causes the seasons of the one to be opposite to those of the other, and the length of any day in the one to be exactly gºal to the same night of the other. [AN- 4. & § *...*. : . . . º. 2 § - § §§. º - \ º Nº & º: º : S § §§ º Xº, º sº sº Sº § ty º w º Rººs TISCIANS. ânt-ön-ó-mā'-ší—a (Lat.), ánt-ön-ö-mā'-sy (Eng.), s. [Ger. antonomasie; Fr. amtonomase; Lat, amtonomvasia ; Gr. antonomasia- (1) a differ- ent name; (2) see def. ; amtonomazô=to name in- stead; anti-instead of, and Onomazö=to name; onoma =name.] The designating of a person not by his actual surname, but by his office, rank, dig- nity, or even by his trade, his country, &c.; as, His Honor, the Honorable so and so, Member of Con- gress, the learned counsel, the great commander, the shameless mendicant, “a Daniel come to judg- Inent.” ânt-ön-ö-mâs"—tic-al-ly, adv. [From Lat., Gr., & Eng. antomonvasia (q.v.).] In a way to involve the rhetorical figure antonomasia. ân'-tó-nym, s. [Gr, anti-against, opposite: onoma = a name, a word.] A word expressing the reverse of any other word; the opposite to a syno- nym : thus bad is an antonym of good. ºwns and synonyms.”–Title of book by C. J. Smith. Änt-ö-sī-ān'-dri-an, s. [Gr. anti-against, and Osiander.] One of a religious party opposed to Andrew Osiander, a theological professor at Königs- berg from 1548, who called that redemption which Luther regarded as justification and that justifica- tion which the great German reformer demominated sanctification. The Antosiandrians were strongly Lutheran. - ânt'-6-zône, S. & a, [Gr. anti-against; and Eng., &c., ozone (q v.). 1. As substantive: In the opinion of Schönbein, a permanently positive variety of oxygen, opposed to anvil ozone, which he holds to be a permanently negative one. Inactive oxygen he considers to be a produce of the union of the two. Meissner agrees with him, and states that ordinary oxygen is resolved by elec- trication into ozone and antozone; the former is ab- sorbed by iodide of potassium, pyrogallic acid, &c., while the latter remains unabsorbed. Antozone has been found by Engler and Nasse to be nothing but lºosen peroxide, H2O2. (Watts: Chem., Suppl. “The dark violet-blue fluor of Wölsendorf, Bavaria, af- forded Schrötter 0:02 per cent. of ozone, which Schönbein - - showed to be antozone.”—Dana: Min., 5th ed., p. 124. 2. As adjective: Pertaining to antozone, 8. (q.v.) “Its strong antozone odor [that of Antozonite] is said often to produce headache and vomiting in the miners.” —Dama: Mim., 5th ed., p. 124. ânt-ö-zó'n-ite, 3. [Eng. &c., antozone (q.v.), and suff, -ite. A mineral, a variety of Fluorite or Fluor. Dana divides Fluor into º Ordinary; (2) Antozonite of Schönbein. The latter, is a dark violet-blue mineral, found at Wölsendorf, in Bava- ria. [ANTOZONE..] *ān'—tre, s. [Fr. antre; Lat. antrum=a cave..] A cave, a cavern, a den. “With all my travel’s history, Wherein of antres vast, and deserts idle, . It was my bent to speak.”—Shakesp.: Othello, i. 8. ăn'-trim-à-lite, s. [Named from Antrim, in Ire- land, where it, is found; suffix -ite=Gr. lithos=a stone..]. A variety of Mesolite. Its hardness is 3'5–4; its sp. gr., 2°096. ān'-trim, s. [Lat.=a cave.] 1. Amat.: A term used for several parts of the body which have a cave-like appearance. Thus antrum. ſº is the great concavity of the stomach approaching the pylorus; amtrum buccimosºm,is the cochlea of the ear, and amtrum gence is the maxillary sinus. e 2. Bot. : A name given by Maench to the kind of fruit called by Lindley Pomwm, an apple or pome. A'-nil, S. [Assyrian.] Assyrian Myth. : The first great deity of the upper Triad: Anu-Heaven; Elu or Bel= Earth; and Hea. =Hades. The Accadians regarded him as the Spirit or fetish of heaven; while the Assyrians elevated him to the high position of the Greek Zeus or the Latin Jupiter. T(Boscawen : quoted in Mr. W. R. Cooper's Archaic Dict., 1876.) A—nii'-bis, s. [Old Coptic (?).] 1. An Egyptian god represented with the head of a dog, or rather .# a jackal... Mr. Cooper describes him as the chief deity presiding over the mummied or other dead. “The brutish gods of Nile as fast, Isis, and Orus, and the dog Anubis haste.” Milton : Odes, i. 2. Zool. Anubis zerda, the Sabora of the Arabs, and the Megalotis famelicus of naturalists, is a fennec found in Kordofan, and believed by Profes; sor Kroetschmer to be the animal taken for a jackal on Egyptian temples and on the catacombs of Thebes. (Jardine: Naturalist's Library, vol. iv. (Dogs), p. 235.) à-niis, s. [Fr. anus; Lat., m.] The fundament. a-nā S-wa-ra, a-mă s—wär, s. [Sanscrit.] Philol. : A nasal sound given to certain letters in the Indian languages. “Secondly, this amuswära is in most languages pro- nounced as a distinct nose intonation.”—Beames: ºr. Gram. of the Aryan Lang. of India, vol. i. (1872), p. 49b. ān-vil, *ānd'—vile, *ān'—wild, *ān'—vílt, S. [A. S. Cºnfilt, Cenfilt. In Dan. ambolt; But admbeeid, from gan=to, at, in, upon ; and beeld= image, statue, figure. On this etymology an anvil is that on which things are built or fashioned. So in Latin, incus is *E-i #Fº º: | !: º .7 sº . . . . . d º ##, º º § º º lºſ . Anvil. from imcwdo=to forge with a hammer, to fabricate; in – upon, and cudo = to strike, beat, pound, or knock. An anvil, then, is that on which anything is fabricated by being struck.] 1. A mass of iron or other material, smooth above, on which a smith hammers into the required form făte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kw. anvil the metal which he has previously softened by heat- ing it in a furnace. - “So dreadfully he did the andvile beat, That seem'd to dust he shortly would it drive.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. v. 37. 2. Anything on which blows are laid. “Here I clip The amvil of my sword, and do contest Hotly and nobly.”—Shakesp.: Coriol., iv. 5. To be on the anvil, means to be contemplated, to be, in process of preparation, to be in process of being hammered into presentable shape by public discussion or private conference. (It is, used especially of measures sought to be carried into law.) “Several members of our house, knowing what was upon the amvil, went to the clergy and desired their judgment.”—Swift. ăn'—vil, v. t. [From the substantive.] To fashion on an anyil. . & ºf Used chiefly in the pa. par. (q.v.). ăn'—villed, pa. par. Fashioned on an anvil. { { with all care put on The surest armor anvil’d in the shop Of passive fortitude.” Beaumont & Fletcher: Lover’s Progress, iv. 1. āfix-i'-e-ty, s. [In Fr. anziété; Port. amaziedade; Ital. ansietà , at. amarietas, from anxius. [ANXIOUS..] • * 1. Ord. Lang.: Trouble, solicitude, or mental distress, on discerning the seeming, approach of a future event which it is believed will, on its arrival, inflict on one loss, injury, or sorrow, and which one fails clearly to see any practicable means of avert- IIlg. “Another week of amaciety and agitation passed away.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. viii. 2. Med...: Lowness of spirits, restlessness, with uneasiness of the stomach. “In amacieties which attend fevers, when the cold fit is over, a warmer regimen may be allowed; and because amacieties often happen by spasms from wind, spices are useful.”—4rbuthnot. anxious (āńk'-shūs), *ang-us-sus, adj. [In Fr. amaziewa: ; Sp. & itái. amsvoso; Port, anarioso; Lat. anacius, from ango = to press tightly, to strangle..] ..[ANGER.] w & 1. Very much troubled, or solicitous about some future event of a nature likely to be painful to one, and which one knows no means of averting. “Whaune thu lest him the cupe iseo Wel angussus he wile bed.” Floriz and Blauncheflur (ed. Lumby), 365-6. “Our days are number'd, let us spare Our anacious hearts a needless care.” Cowper: Gwion’s Love of God. 2. Inspiring anxiety; such as cannot be contem- plated without some measure of doubt and fear. “An amacious duty which the lofty site, Far from all public road or beaten way . . . .” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. “And, reading here his sentence, how replete With anacious meaning, heavenward turn his eye?” Cowper; Bill of Mortality (1788). 3. Eagerly desirous (to do something). “He sneers alike at those who are anacious to preserve, and at those who are eager for reform.”—Macaulay: Hist. Bng., ch. ii. TI Amaziows.is followed by a verb in the infinitive, or by about, concerning, or for, of the noun designat- ing the object of solicitude. “No writings we need to be solicitous about the mean- ing of, but those that contain truths we are to believe, or laws we are to obey; we may be less amasiows about the sense of other authors.”—Locke. ‘ſ The phrase anacious of is rare or obsolete. “Anacious of neglect, suspecting change.”—Granville. anxiously (āńk'-shūs-ly), adv. [Eng. anacious; -ly.] In an anxious manner, šolicitously. “. . . . and the members asked each other amaziously whether it was likely that the Abjuration and money bills Would be passed before he died.”—Macaulay. Hist, Eng., ch. xxv. anxiousness Q/machows; anxious. £ ſº (afik'-shiis-nēss), s. * Eng. -ness.] The state or quality of eing & & her cards, to which she returns with no little anariousness till two or three in the morning.”—Addison: Spectator, No. 79. any, *anie, *ani (én'-y), a. [A. S. oenig, aeneg, çng=any; any One: from an=one, and suff. -ig= Eng. -icº having. In Dut, eenig, Ger, einige.] At least one, if not even a few. Used— 1. As a singular: (a) Of persons or living existences, not excluding the Supreme Being himself. (It is used in opposition to no or mome.) “And David said, Is there yet any that is left of the house of Saul, that I may show him kindness for Jona- than's sake?”—2 Sam. ix. 1. “Is there a God beside me? yea, there is no God; I know not any.”—Isa. xliv, 8. 221 (b) Of things, in the most. extensive Sense; an amount small, but not precisely defined of any- thing; some. “The was of hin fer ear bi-foun, Or ami werldes time boren.” \ Story of Genesis and Eaxodus (ed. Morris), 47, 48. “They loved armes, and knighthood did ensew, Seeking adventures where they anie knew.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. ii. 46. “There be many that say, Who will shew us any good 7” —Ps. iv. 6. 2. As a plural: Any living beings, any persons, any things. “. . . if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusa- lem.”—Acts iz. 2. anybody (ên'-y-bêd-y), s. Any person. “His Majesty could not keep any secret from anybody.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. T While the expression “anybody,” spelled as one word, is applied to persons, as in the foregoing example, “any body” standing, as two distinct words, is used only of material things, as the human body, a planet, &c. anyhow (ên'-y-hów), adv. [Eng. amy; how.] At any rate, any way, some way or other, in any case. (Colloquial.) anything, any-thing, anything (śn-y-thing), S. ng. Qiny; thing...], . 1. Any thing; something or other. “ . or in any thing of skin.”—Lev. xiii. 57. 2. (Personified.) “. . . also Mr. Smoothman, Mr. Facing-both-ways, Mr. Anything.”—Bunyan: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. i. anything-ār-i-an (anything as ên-y-thing), S. [Eng. anything; -ariam..] A person indifferent to all creeds. anything-ăr'-i-an-ism (anything as én-y- thifig), s... [Eng. anythingarian; -ism..] Indiffer- ence to religious matters. anywhere (ên'-y—whère), adv. where.] In any place. ſº tany, while. (én'-y—while), adv, [Eng. any and while.] Any time; for any length of time. “. . . and calling unto him the centurion, he asked him whether he had been any while dead.”—Mark xv. 44. fanywhither, fany-whither (én-y-whith-Ér), adv. [Eng. any and whither.] To any place. “This [profit] is the bait, by which you may inveigle most men any-whither.”—Barrows: Works, i. 9. fanywise, tamy-wise, tany wise (Én'-y-wise), adv. . [Eng. any; wise.] In any way, in any man- ner, in any respect; to any extent. “How can he be any-wise rich, who doth want all the best things, ?”—Barrow: Works, i. 16 T When any wise, are made separate words the preposition in may be put before them. “And if he that sanctified, the field will in any wise redeem it. . . .”—Lev. xxvii. 19. A-6'-ni—an, a. [From Aomia: see definition.] 1. Lit.: Pertaining, to the region of Aonia, in Boeotia, said to be inhabited by the Aones, descend- ants of a son of Neptune. It contained the mount- ains Helicon and Cithaeron, sacred to the Muses, who from their supposed residence in the district were called Aonides. 2. Fig.: Pertaining to the Muses. “And they are sure of bread who swink and moil; But a fell tribe th’ Aonian hive despoil.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 2. ă'-or-ist, s...& a. [In Ger. aoristus; Fr. aoriste; Sp., Port., & Ital, aorista; Gr.,aoristos=an, aorist: from adj., aoristos = without boundaries, from a, priv., and horizö = to separate by a boundary; horos = a boundary.] A. As substantive (Greek Grammar) : A tense ex- ressing time of an indefinite date or character. In }.; the phrase “He went '' is properly an aor- ist, as no information is given as to when the action spoken of was performed. Greek verbs have two aorists, a first and a second; but, as a rule, only one of them is generally used. tiº As adjective: Like an aorist; indefinite in 1Iſle. à-or-is'—tíg, à-or-is-tic—al, q, Iln, Ger, aoris- tisch; from Gr, aoristikos=pertaining to an aorist; indeterminate, like an aorist.] 1. Pertaining to an aorist. 2. Like an aorist, indefinite in point of time. a-or-ta, s. [In Fr. aorte; Sp. & Port, aorta; Gr. aorté– (1) In pl., the lower extremities of the wind- pipe; (2) later dº sing., the aorta (see def.). From aeiró-to lift.] The largest artery in the human body, and the main trunk of the arterial system itself. It takes its departure from the upper part [Eng. amy; body.] [Eng. amy; apalike of the left ventricle of the heart, whence it runs up- ward and to the right, at that part of its progress being called the ñº aorta; then it turns to the fe; passes the spinal, column, and bending downward forms the arch of the aorta. Continuin its course along to the left of the spine, it is called. the descending aorta. Passing through the aper- ture in the diaphragm into the abdomen, it becomes the abdominal aorta. Finally, it bifurcates about the fourth pair of lumbar vertebrae, and forms the two primitive iliac arteries. Upward from the heart the ramifications are numerous and exceed- ingly important. The aorta has three valves called the sigmoid or semi-lunar valves, to prevent the reflux of the blood into the heart. a-or'—tal, d. [Eng, aorta; suff. -al.] Relating to the aorta; aortic. a-or-tic, a. [Eng. aorta; suff. -ic.] Pertaining to the aorta. - Aortic arch, or Arch of the aorta : The name applied to that downward bend of the aorta which. takes place just after that great artery has turned to the left, passing in front of the spinal column. Aortic bulb.: The first portion of the ventricle whence an artery springs. It is dilated and Sur- rounded by muscular fibers. à-or-ti'-tis, s. [Gr. aorté– the aorta; inflammation.] Med...: A disease; inflammation of the aorta. à-5'-tês, *ā-5'-tūs (Humboldt), s. [Gr. a, priv., and ous, genit. Ötos=the ear.] A genus of very short-eared monkeys belonging to the family Çebidae, or American monkeys with prehensile tails. The A. invirgatus of Humboldt inhabits the thick §. adjacent to the Cassiquiare and the Upper I’IDOCO. a'—od-dād, s. [Native name.] The Ammotrogus tragelaphus, a remarkable species of sheep, with certain affinities to the goats. It is of a reddish- brown color, with much long hair hanging down. from the front of the neck and the base of the fore legs. It has long powerful horns, and is fierce in character. It inhabits mountainous regions in Abyssinia and Barbary. a-pâ'çe, adv. [Eng. a =on, at, and pace.] With a pace, at a pace; that is, at a quick pace; speedily. (Applied to things in motion, actions done quickly, Or events in a state of rapid progression.) , “Apace he shot, and yet he fled apace.” Spenser: F. Q., II. xi. 27. “Kings of armies did flee apace.”—Ps. lxviii. 12. āp'-a-gū-gé, fip'-a-gó-gy, s. [In Ger., &c., apa- goge. From Gr. apagógé= (1) a leading away; (2) a. taking back or home; (3) payment; (4) bringing a. delinquent taken in the act before the magistrate, also the process against him; (5) In Logic, see below.] 1. Logic: The Greek term for what is now called, from Latin, abduction, a kind of argument in which the greater extreme is unquestionably contained in the medium one, but the medium not so obviously contained in the lesser extreme as to render it un- necessary to establish this by proof. Thus, What- ever God has revealed is true. But God has revealed the doctrine of the incarnation: therefore it is a true doctrine. 2. Math. : A progress or passage from one propo- sition to another, by employing - one previously demonstrated to establish the truth of others. ãp-a-gög'-i-cal, a. [Eng. apagoge ; -ical.] Per- taining to apagoge. \ lMath. : An apagogical demonstration is a demon- stration of the truth of a proposition, by proving the absurdity in which one is landed who proceeds on the supposition of its being incorrect. Its more usual name is a reductio ad abswºrdwm. (Dyche.) ãp'-a-gū-gy, s. [APAGOGE.] ap-àg'-y-noiás, a. [Gr. hapaw-once, and gyně = a, WOIO 8.0. ſe * Bot. : Fructifying but once; monocarpic. *a-pā'id, *āp-pâ'yed, *a-pâ'yed, *a-pâ'yde, sºyd, pa. par. [APAY.] Satisfied, pleased, palCl. “. . . thy toils, but ill apaid.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, i. 66. “. . . he was so well apayd.” Chaucer: C. T., 11,852. “Whan that oure pot is broke, as I have sayd, Every man chyt, and halt him evel apayde.” Ibid., C. T., 12,848-49. “. . . . thay holde hem nought apayed, as saith the book, of Soden fleissch that was to hem offred, but thay tooke by force the fleissch that is raw.”—Ibid.: The Per- Somes Tale. “. . . and thou art well appay’d.” Shakesp.: Tarquin and Lucrece. āp-a-like, 8, (American name.]. A large fish of the Herring family, the Megalops Cyprinoides. . It is called also Savalle. It is occasionally twelve feet long. The A. filamentewa, an Asiatic species, is: also sometimes termed Apalike. itis– bóil, -cian, bóy; pout, jowl; -tian = shan. Cat, —tion, çell, Chorus, -sion = Shiin; ghin, bench; -tion, go, gem; thin, this; -šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, Sin, -Sious = Shūs. expect, Xenophon, -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, aş; exist. ph = f. del. \ apalled *a-pâlled, pa. par. [APPALLED.] ãp-an-age. [APPANAGE.] āp-ān'-thröp-y, s. [Gr. apanthrôpia (see def.): apo- from ; anthrôpos=man.] An aversion to man; --> Apiary. ã'-pî-ar-y, s. [Lat. apiarium=a bee-hive; apis =a bee.] A shed or stand for bee-hives. “Those who are skilled in bees, when they see a foreign swarm approaching to plunder their hives, have a trick to divert them into some neighboring apiary, there to make what havoc they please.”—Swift. ă'-pî-cal, a. [From Lat. apea, genit. apicis- the tip or top.] Pertaining to the tip, top, or vertex of a cone, a triangle, a leaf, &c. ă'-pî-gés, a '-pêx-és, S. pl. The Latin and Eng- lish forms of the plural of APEX (q.v.). *a-pick'-pâck, adv. Astride on the back, as a child is sometimes carried. [PICK-A-BACK.] à-pic'-ul-âte, à-pic'-ul-ā-têd, a. [Mod. Lat. opiculus, dimin. of Class. Lat, a peac.] Bot. : £ointleted; terminating abruptly in a little point. It differs from mucronate in this respect, that the point constitutes a part of the Timb, instead of arising wholly from a costa. ã'-pî-Gül-tiire, S. ...[Lat. apis=a bee, and cul- twra–tilling, cultivating, tending.] The “culture '’ or tending of bees; bee-keeping. “To those acquainted with German and American ap i- culture, it is a well-known fact that we are at least a cen- tury behind these nations in this important art.”—Rev. George Raynor, in Times, October 1, 1875. à-pic'-u-liis, S. [In Lat., an unclassical dimin., from a peac, In Bot. : A small point, used especially of cases in which the midrib projects beyond the leaf, so as to constitute a small point, or when a small point is Suddenly and abruptly formed. a ºn ºpiº s. pl. [From Lat. apis-a bee.] A fam- iły of insects, the typical one of the Hymenopter- ous sub-tribe Anthophila, the tribe Aculeata, and the order Hymenoptera itself. The Apidae have an elongated tongue; while the Andrenidae, the other family of Anthophila, have the trunk short and blunt... It contains the social bees, Apis, Bombus, &c., with some of the solitary ones, as Xylocopa. 3-piège, a-pié'ge, adv. [Eng. a, and piece.] Each. To each. : “The golden spoons were twelve, full of incense, Weighing ten shekels apiece.”—Numb. vii. 86. “. the modern invention of printing poems for pence a-piece, has brought the nosegays of Parnassus to bear the same price.”—Pope: Letter to H. Cromwell, March 7, 1709. à-pi-ö-crim-i-tês, s. [From Gr. apion=a pear, krimon = a lily, and Eng. suffix -ite = Gr, lithos = Stone. Literally, pear-shaped lilies of stone.] Pearencrimites, a genus of Encrinites somewhat resembling a pear in form. Specimens of the A. rotundws are found at Bradford, with the stumps of their stems still standing on the great oolite in which they grew, though their articulations have been broken off, and now lie scattered through the stratum above, which is of clay. à'-pî-öm, s. [Gr. apióm=not fat: a, priv., and pión =fat...] A genus of Weevils (Curculionidae), the larvae of the several species of which are very injurious in clover fields. The A. apricans preys, 225 when in the grub state, on the flowers of the purple clover (Trifolium pratense); the A. flavipes on those of the Dutch clover, (T., repens); the A. assimile chiefly on the sulphur-trefoil (T. ochroleucum); and the A. pomonoe on the tare (Vicia sativa). A'-pis (1), s. [Lat. Apis; Gr. Apis, genit. Apios.] An Egyptian deity, the same as Osiris. He was worshiped under the form of an ox, white in color, with black spots. “He blamed Dryden for sneering at the Hierophants of Apis.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. b à-pis (2), s. [Lat. apis or apes, genit. apis = a OG 1. Entom. : The typical genus of the family Apidae, and the Hymenopterous tribe, Anthophila. The workers have the first articulation of the posterior tarsi in a long square; it is moreover furnished at its internal face with silky down, divided into trans- verse bands. The A. mellifica, from Lat. mellificus, a.=honey-making (mel=honey, and facio=to make), is the Hive-bee. [BEE.] 2. Astron.: A small constellation in the Southern Hemisphere, first named by Halley. It is called also Musca, literally = the Fly, but in this case rendered “ the Bee.” [MUscA.] à-pish, a. [Eng. ap(e); -ish. In Ger. apisch.] 1. Prone to imitate in a servile manner, as an ape might do; hence, also, foppish, affected. “Report of fashions in proud Italy, Whose manners still our tardy apish nation Limps after, in base imitation.” Shakesp.: Richard II., ii. 1. 2. Playful, wanton, like an ape; hence, also, silly, trifling, insignificant. “And apish folly, with her wild resort Of wit and jest, disturbs the solemn court.” Prior". “And this is but apish sophistry . . .”—Glanville. ă'-pish-ly, adv. ºn; apish : -ly.] In an apish manner; with servile imitation ; foppishly, con- ceitedly, playfully, with silly trifling. à-pish-mêss, s. § apish : -mess.] The quality of being apish. Mimicry, playfulness, insignifi- Carl C62, a-pis'—tés, a-pis'—tós, a-pis'-tūs, s. [Gr. apistos = faithless, not to be trusted: a, priv., and pistos = faithful. So called because a strong, suborbital spine jutting out from the cheek of the fish so desig- nated becomes a perfidious weapon.] A genus of spiny-finned fishes belonging to the family Triglidae. They are of small size, and are somewhat allied to Blennius. They rise into the air like ordinary flying- fish. Ehrenberg seeing the abundance in the Red Sea of the 4. Israelitorwm, or Sea-locust, supposed that it might be the Scriptural quail. [QUAIL.] ta-pit-pât, adv, [Eng: a pit; pat: . A word the sound of which is designed to imitate the movement or action which it describes.j Palpitating, or pal- pitatingly; beating with more than average force. Applied to the heart; more usually in the form PITAPAT. “O there he comes. Welcome, my bully, my back! . . . my heart has gone apitpat for you.”—Congreve. à'-pî-iim, s. [In Sp. apio, Ital, appio; Lat. apium = parsley (#) * º or wild celery - (?); Gr. apion = (1) a pear, (2) parsley: ap, ab, or av in various languages = W a t e r, a S Punja u b = he five w a t e r s . ) C el ery. A ge n us of plants, the typical on e of the Order Apiaceae, or TJm bellifers. The 4.grave- olens, Small- age, or Wild Celery, grows in marsh y * E. e. places, especially near the sea. It is the original of the garden celery. [CELERY..] A. petroselinum is the well-known parsley. [PARSLEY. āp'-jöhn—ite, s. [Named after Apjohn, who analyzed it..] A mineral, placed by Dana under his Alum and Halotrichite groups. It occurs in white fibrous or asbestiform masses at Lagoa Bay, in South Africa. Composition: Sulphuric acid, 32°97; alumina, 10-65; sesquioxide of , manganese, 733; water, 48:15; sulphate of magnesia, 1'08=100. *a-pla'ge, *a-pla's, adv. [Eng. a place.] In one's place, before all. “Ther men anon forth aplace hir brought, Fair melusine, en myddes the chapel.” The Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 932-3. Apium Graveolens. 1. Part of the inflorescence. 2. Flower. 3. Root-leaf, and base of stem. 4. Ripe fruit. apo āp-lân-át-ic, a. [From Gr. a, priv., and planaº =to cause to wander; from plané=wandering.] Not wandering; destitute of aberration. Aplanatic lens: One which, could it. be con- structed, would so refract all the rays of light inci- dent upon it, whether they entered it in a direction parallel to its axis, or converged to, or diverged from, a point in that axis, as to make them all ultimately meet in a single point or focus. More than one form of lens would be aplanatic could it be, made with mathematical exactness, different media be- ing employed to render it achromatic. Lenses can at present be made only approximately aplanatic, and tables are therefore constructed to show how, with a given refractive index, the aberration of the focus may be reduced to a minimum. [ABERRA- TION, ACHROMATIC.] a-plas'-tic, a [Gr, aplastos=unmolded, un- shapen.] Not plastic; incapable of being easily molded into shape. [PLASTIC.] *a-plight (gh silent), adv. [A. S. a+on; (1) a pledge, º danger, obligation.] As if by obligation; faithfully. “ Hu ihc hire boghte aplight For seuesithe of golde hire wight.” Floriz and Blawncheſlur (ed. Lumby), 649-50. a—plég'-Ér-ine, a. [APLOCERUs.) Pertaining to the sub-genus Aplocerus. Col. Hamilton, Smith makes the Aplocerine group one of the sub-divis- ions of the great genus Antilope (q.v.). (Griffith's Cuvier, vol. iv., p. 285. a-plög"-Ér-üs, s. [Gr. haplos; from haploos= simple, and keras–horn.] A sub-genus of Antilope. he species are American. In character, they approach the goats. a—plomb', s. [Fr. from &=to, and plomb-lead.] Downrightness of manner; self-possession; coolness. āp-lö'me, s. [In Ger, aplome; from Gr, haplos- simple. The name was given by Haüy because a cube is simpler than a dodecahedron. (See def.).] A mineral ; a variety of Manganesian Lime, Iron Garnet. It is usually of a deep-brown or orange- brown color. It is opaque. It is harder than quartz. Like the garnet, it is crystallized in the form of a dodecahedron, with rhomboidal planes; . but these are striated parall cł with the lesser diag- onal, which, in Haüy's opinion, indicates that the primitive form of the crystal is a cube. Found on the banks of the Lena, in Siberia, also in Saxony. #p-lö-nó'-tūs (Latin), s. [Gr. haploos=simple, and mótos=the back..] A genus of lizards of the family Iguanidae. The Aplonote, A. Ricardi, is of a blackish-brown color, with spots of tawny brown. The back is without scales, but has small granules, and along its summit a shallow crest. *a-plüs"—tre, *a-plüs'—tér, s. [Lat, aplustre; Gr. aph lastom.] An ornament affixed to the stern, or sometimes to the prow of ancient vessels. It was made of wood, and resembled the tail of a fish. A staff or pole rose from it with a riband or streamer at the top. *The one holds a sword in her hand, to represent the Iliad, as the other has an aplustre, to represent the Odys- sey, or voyage of Ulysses.”—Addison. a-plüs'-trim, s. [APLUSTRE.] A genus of shells of the family Bullidae. They have oval ventricose, highly-colored shells, with their spire wide and lºsed. In 1851, Woodward estimated the species at ten. *a-ply, v. t. . [Old form of PLY (q.v.).] To ply; 3. Yºr } ply liht= ound bend. PLY. “Which lightly me wold to bow me aply.” - The Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 4,187. a-plys'—i-a, s. [Gr, aplysia=filthiness; aplysiai, pl. ; Lat, aplysia- a kind of Sponge, so called from its dirty color.] ... genus of mollusks, the typical one of the family Aplysiadae. , The species have an oblong convex flexible and translucent; shell, with a posterior slightly incurved apex. The animals are oval, with four tentacles. They are called Sea-hares. They inhabit the laminarian zone of the sea, and when molested discharge a violet fluid. Tate, in 1875, estimated the known recent species at forty-two, with one or two more doubtfully identified from the Tertiary formation. a-ply §'-i-a-dae, s. pl. [APLYSIA.] A family of molluscous animals, the third of the Tectibranch- iate section of the Gasteropodous order Öpistho- branchiata. The shell is wanting or rudimentary, and the animal slug-like. It contains the genera Aplysia, Dolabella, &c. a-pnoe'—a, s. [Gr. apnoja–want of wind, a calm : a, priv., and pned=to blow, to breathe.] . Med...: Absence or great feebleness of breath, as in the case of swoon. āp'-ó, in composition. IGr, apo; Sansc. apa; Lat. ab or abs; Goth. af; Ger. abº Eng. of, off.] A Greek prefix occurring in many finglish words gºals from the Greek. It generally signifies . 7°O7??.. bóil, boy; -cian, póüt, jówl; cat, -tian = shan. -tion, çell, chorus, -sion = shiin: bench; go, gem, thin, this; -šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, çhin, -tion, Sin, -Sious = Shūs. expect, Xenophon, -ble, -dle, aş; exist. ph = f. &c. = bel, del, I5 apocalypse a-póc'-a-lypse, *a-pôc'-a-lipse, s. [In Ger. apokelyse; Fr. & Port. apocalypse; Sp. apocalipsis; Ital. apocalisse, apocalissé. From Lat. apocalypsis; Gr, apokalwpsis=an, uncovering, a revelation ; apok- alwotö– to uncover: apo = cessation from, and kaluptó=to cover.] 1. Gen. : An uncovering, disclosing, or revealing of what was before hid. “The vates poet with his melodious apocalypse of Nature.”—Carlyle : Heroes and Hero-worship, Lect. iii. 2. Specially . 4 & * (a) The vision or visions recorded in the last book of the Bible. “Oh, for that warning voice which he, who saw The apocalypse, heard cry in heaven aloud.” Milton; P. L., bl. iv. (b) The last book in the Bible, which receives both its Latin and its Greek, name from the fact that its contents mainly consist of a revelation, or apocalypse of future events previously hidden from mental cognizance. IREVELATION.] fa-póc'-a-lypt, s. [Gr. apokaluptă-to uncover.] The author of the Apocalypse. (Coleridge.) (Reid.) a—pöc-a-lyp'-tic, *a-póc-a-lyp'-tick, a. & S. [In TFr. apocalyptique; Sp. apocaliptico; Port. §. rom Gr. apokaluptikos = fitted for disclosure.] Pertaining to a revelation, or 1. As adjective: e containing one. Especially º; to the revel- ation made in the last book of the Bible. “It was concluded by some, that Providence designed him the apocalyptick angel which should pour out one of the vials upon the beast.”—Spense” on Prodigies, p. 314. The Apocalyptic number, 666. (Rev. xiii. 18.) 2. As substantive; One who makes an apoca- lyptic communication. - “The divine apocalyptick, writing after Jerusalem was ruined, might teach them what the second Jerusalem must be; not on earth, but from heaven, Apoc. xxi. 2.”— Lightfoot: Miscell., p. 107. a-pôc-a-lyp'-tíc—al, a. [Eng. apocalyptic; -al.] Tlie same as APOCALYPTIC, a. (q. * ºpº adv. [Eng. apocalyp- tical; -ly. ] in a manner that is apocalyptic. #far-pi, S. pl. [Gr. apo–from, and karpos =fruit. Bot. : " The 1st class in Dr. Lindley's classification of Fruits. ‘The fruit is simple: that is, the ovaria are strictly simple; a single series only being pro- duced by a single flower. Some are one or two seeded, viz., Utriculus, Achaenium, and Drupa ; and the rest many-seeded, viz., Folliculus, Legumen, and Lomentum. [APOCARPOUS..] (Lindley: Introd. ‘to Bot.) āp-ó-car'-poiás, a, [APOCARPI.] Bot. : A term applied to the carpels of a com- pound pistil when º are either wholly or partly distinct. Example: Caltha. SYNCARPOUS (q.v.). āp-ó-cá-täs'—ta-sis, s. [Gr. apokatastasis = complete restoration ; apokathistèmi = to re-estab- lish: apo, intensive and kathistem i = to set down; kata = down, and histémi = to make to stand, to set. Or apo = from, and katastasis = a settling, ap- Ipointing. 1. Astrom. : The period of a planet; the time which it takes to return to the same apparent place in the heavens from which it moved on its seemingly erratic course. 2. Med...: The cessation or subsidence of morbid or other symptoms. (Parr.) āp'—ö-cha, s. [Gr. apoché..] A receipt, a quit- tance. (Hacket: Life of Williams, i. 25.) āp-ó-ca—thar'-sis, s. (Gr. apokatharsis = a therough cleansing; apokathairò = to cleanse thor- oughly : apo, intens., and katharsis = cleansing, from kathairò = to cleanse; katharos = pure.] Med...: A purgation, a discharge downwards. Sometimes less properly applied to vomiting. āp-ó-ca—thar'-tic, a. & S. [Gr. apo, here redund- ant; and cathartic º: v.).] As adjective: Cathartic: As substantive : A cathartic. Hooper: Med. Dict.) āp-ó-gén–6'-sis, s. (Gr. apokenösis = an empty- ing; apoken.00 = quite to empty: apo, intensive, and Icemoč = to empty out, to drain; kemos = empty. Or from apo, and Icemosis = an emptying, a discharge.] Med. A discharge. A term applied by Dr. Cul- len to a discharge with blood. It is limited to hemorrhages, in contradistinction to those which are attended with fever. (Parr.) *āp'-à-clásm, s. [Gr. apoklasma, see def. : apo- klaſ - to break off: apo = from, and klad = to break.] Med... The breaking away of any part of the body. āp-ó-cö'-dé-ine, s. [Gr, apo = from, and Eng. codeine (q.v.).] It is opposed to [APOCATHARSIS.] 226 Chem.: C18H19NO3. An organic base obtained by heating a solution of codeine hydrochloride with ZnCl2. It is a mild emetic. a-pêc-àp-āte, v. t. [In Sp. apocopar. From Gr. apokopos=&ut off; apokopto-to cutoff: apo- from, and kopto- (1) to strike, (2) to cut º: To cut off. Spec. In Grammar: To cut off the last letter or syllable of a word. Often in the pa. par. (q.v.). a-pâc'-öp-āte, a-pôc-öp-à-těd, pa. par. & a. Cut off, as the last letter or last syllable of a word. Thus, in Heb. Vigel is the apocopate fut. for yigleh, the full form of the future of the Heb. verb galah = to uncover, to reveal. a-pôcº-öp-à-tíñg, pr. par. [APocoPATE, v.] a-pôc'-Öp-è, #p-öc-àp-y, s. [In Fr., Sp., & Lat. apocope; Gr. apokopé- a cutting off; apokoptó=to cut off.] [APOGOPATE.] . . 1, Groºm. ; A figure by which the last letter or syl- lable of a word is cut away, as in Lat. ingeni for 1719emºv. 2. Surg.: The cutting away of any soft part of the body. (Parr.) *a-pôc-ris-ā'r-í-iis, a-póc-ris-ar-y, ap-à- Criş-i-ār-i-às, S. [Lat. apocrisiarius, apocrisarius. From Gr. apokrisis=(1) a separating, (2) an answer; apokrimö–to separate, (middle) to answer: apo– from, and krimö= to separate.] Eccles. : A delegate or deputy sent out by a high ecclesiastical dignitary ; as a legate or a nuncio may be by the Pope. (Spelman.) āp-ó-cris–tic, a. & s, [Gr, apokroustikos=able to drive off; apokroud=to beat off: apo–from, and krouſ = to strike, to Smite. Or apo = from, and lcrowstikos=fit for striking.] A. As adjective (Med.) : Repellent. B. As substantive (Med.): A repellent; a medi- cine operating with a repellent or astringent effect a-pôc'-ry-pha, *a-pêc'-ri-pha, s. [In Fr. apoc- Typhe. Properly the neut. pl. of the Lat. adj. apoc- ryphºws; Gr. apokruphos=hidden. Applied to books, it means (1) of unknown authorship; (2) fabulous, untrustworthy; from Gr. apokruptö= to hide from : apo–from, and krupto- to hide. A. In the Early Christiam Chºwroh : (1) Books pub- lished anonymously. (2) Those suitable for private rather than public reading. - (3) Those written by an apostle or other inspired author, but not re- garded as part of Scripture. (4) The works of heretics. B. In English, now : I. Literally: 1. Spec. : The following fourteen books: I. 1 Esdras; II. 2 Esdras; III. Tobit; IV. Judith; W. Additions to Esther; VI. The Wisdom of Solomon; VII. Ecclesiasticus, called also the Wisdom of Jesus, the son of Sirach; VIII., Baruch; IX. The Song of the Three Holy Children; X. The History of Susanna; XI. Bel and the Dragon; XII. The Prayer of Manasseh, King of Judah; XIII. 1 Maccabees; and XIV. 2 Maccabees. Most of the above-mentioned books were composed during the two centuries immediately preceding the birth of Christ, though some were penned, or at least interpolated, at a later period. They were written not in Hebrew or Aramaean, but in Greek; and the jows never accorded them a place in the Öld Testament canon. They were inserted in the Septu- agint, and thence passed to the Latin Vulgate. The Christian fathers were divided in sentiment as to their value and the relation they stood to the canon- ical Old Testament books; Jerome dealing with them in a free, enlightened, and discriminating manner; while Augustine and others were much less independent. The question whether or not they were inspired remained an open one till the Refor- mation. Wycliffe, whose mind was cast in what we should now call a wonderfully Protestant mold, was against them ; so was Lüther; and yet more strongly, Calvin, with his followers. To uphold their waning authority, the Council of Trent, on the 8th of April, 1546, placed them on an equal level with Scripture, amathematizing all who held the contrary opinion. Portions of them are in the New as well as in the Old Lectionary of the English Church; but the sixth of the Thirty-nine Articles explains that “the other Books” [the fourteen enumerated], “as Hierome saith, the Church doth read for example of life and instruction of manners, but yet doth it not apply them to establish any doctrine.” . The Westminster Confession of Faith, the formulated creed of the Presbyterian Church regards them as simply human writings, and denies them all authority. . The several apocryphal books are of unequal merit. 1st Maccabees is a highly valuable history; while Bel and the Dragon is a monstrous fable. Taking them as a whole, they throw much light on the religious opinions and the political state of the Jows before the advent of Christ, and explain not a little which else would be obscure in the New Testament. The Greek Church prohibits their use. apoda. We hold not the Apocrypha for sacred, as we do the holy Scripture, but for human compositions.”—Hooker. 2. Gen. : Any productions of similar character to the apocryphal books of the Old Testament. Writ- ing regarding gospels of this nature, Strauss says— “In several apocrinohas . . . . .”—Strauss: Life of Jesus (Transl.), vol. i. (1846), p. 209. & II. Fig.: Untrustworthy statement, myth, fable. “Every account of the habits of a wild animal obtained at second-hand from the reports of aborigines has its pro- portion of apocrypha.”—Owen; Classif. of Mammal, p. 91. a-póc'-ry-phal, a. & S. [Eng. apocryph (a); -al. In Dan, apocryphiste; Dut. Qpocryfe; Ger., apocry- phisch; Fr. apocryphé; Sp. & Ital apocrifo, Port. apocrypho.] A. As adjective: *I. Formerly. In the Early Church: Anonymous unpublished, uninspired, heretical. [Apocrypºx.j “Jerome, who saith that all writings not canonical are apocryphal, uses not the title apocryphal as the rest of the Fathers ordinarily have done; whose custom is so to name, for the most part, only such as might not publicly be read or divulged.”—Hooker. II. Now : 1. Pertaining to the fourteen books collectively denominated the Apocrypha. ‘ſ Apocryphal Controversy: A controversy which arose about 1821 as to whether the British and Foreign Bible Society were acting rightly in bind- ing the Apocrypha, between the two Testaments of the Bibles which they issued, this practice having been adopted in order to render the sacred volume more acceptable in Roman Catholic countries or districts. The anti-Apocryphal party ultimately prevailed over their opponents. About 1826 the Apocrypha was altogether excluded from the Soci- ety's Bible. [APOCRYPHA.] 2. Of doubtful authority; mythic, fabulous. “The passages to which it refers are, however, in part from apocryphal or fictitious works.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. iii., § 2, vol. i., p. 73. B. As substantive: One of the fourteen books named under APOCRYPHA, B., I. 1., or any literary production of similar pretensions and character. “Nicephorus and Anastasius . . . upon this only account (as Usher thinks), because they were interpolated and corrupted, did rank these epistles in the number of apocryphals.”—Hammer: View of Antiquity, p. 419. a-pôc'-ry-phal—ist, s. [Eng. apocryphal; -ist.] An admirer of the Apocrypha, a defender of the Apocrypha. (Penny Cyclop.) a-pôc'-ry-phal–ly, adv. [Eng. apocryphal; -ly. ]. . With ãoubtfüí authority or aś mythically. a-pêc-ry-phal-nēss, s. [Eng. apocryphal; -mess.] The quality of being of doubtful authority, if not even indisputably fabulous. fa-póc'-ry-phic-al, a. [Eng. apocryph (a);-ical.] The same as APOCRYPHAL. a-pôc -ry-phy, v. t. [Lat. apocryphus, and § * as pass. of facio=to make.] To render doubt- Ull. & āp-ö-gy-nā’-gé-ae, s, pl. [APOCYNUM, An order of plants, the English Dog-banes. Lindley places them under his Gentianal alliance, and the Asclep- iadaceae, or Asclepiads, under his Solanal one, thus separating two orders which in nature are closely akin. Both have mono-petalous cºrollas, with five stamens, the fruit in follicles, and the juice milky; but they differ in the details of the sexual appa- ratus. In 1846, Lindley estimated the known species of Apocynaceae at 566, since increased to about 600. Qf 100 known genera only one, Vinca, is found in England; the rest inhabit warmer countries than Old I’S. āp-ó-gy"-niām, S. [In Fr. apocin; Sp. & Ital. apocino; Gr. apokwmon, a plant, Cymanthus erect- ws: apo–from, and kwon=dog. iterally, from dog or dog away; meaning, from which dogs must be kept away, since it is poisonous to them.] Dog's- bane. A genus of plants, the typical one of the family Apocynaceae. The species are not very beau- tiful. The North American Indians use the fibers of the bark of A. cammabinum and hypericifolium. as a substitute for those of hemp in manufacturing cordage, linen cloth, , &c. . A. androsoemifolium is the Fly-trap of North America. [FLY-TRAP.] āp'-öd-a, S. pl. [Gr, apoda, neut. pl. of apows, genit. apodos-without feet.] *1, Zool. : Aristotle's third section of Zootoka, or sºng vivipara. It included the Whales, which the Stagirite, with remarkable scientific §ºracy, ranked with the warm-blooded quadru- pedS. 2. The second order of the class Amphibia, or Batrachia. The body is like that of an earthworm, and is quite destitute of feet. The order contains but one family, the Caeciliadae (q.v.). făte, fat, what, fäll, amidst, färe, father; hér, hère, wet, wé, Camel, thére; marine; gö, pöt, sire, sir, pine, pit, or, wore, Syrian. Wolf, Wörk, whô, aº, Ce = €; sön; ey = 3. Qll = kW. try, ciir, ràle, miite, cib, ciire, unite, füll; apodacrytic 3. According to Professor Müller, a group of fishes belonging to the sub-order Physostomata. . It is so called because the ventral fins are wanting. It contains three families, the Muraenidae, or Eels, the Gymnotidae, and the Symbranchidae. fäp-à-dāc-ryt'-ic, *āp-ö-dāc-rys-tick, s. [Gr. apodakrutikos=calling forth tears; tıpodakrwö=to shed many tears: apo, intensive, and dakrwö=to weep; dakrw, or dakrwon- a tear.] Pharmacy: A medicine tending to produce tears. “Apodacrysticks (Gr.). Medicines that provoke tears.” —Glossog. Nova, 2d ed. ãp'-öd—al, a. & S. LAPODA.] A. As adjective: 1. Gen. : Without feet. 2. Ichthy. : Without ventral fins. B. As substantive: Used specially in the second and third senses given under APODA (q.v.). Plural: The English equivalent for APODA (q.v.). āp'-Śd-an, "åp'-öd-ön, s. [Eng., apode; -am.]. An animal destitute (a) of feet, or (b) of ventral fins. {APODA.] täp-Öde, s. {Q. v.). āp-öd-ês, s, pl. [Gr, apodes, the pl. of apows, genit. apodos-without feet.] 1. Gen. : Animals without feet. *2. Spec. : Linnaeus's first order of Fishes. He placed under it the genera destitute of ventral fins. The assemblage was not wholly a natural one. āp-ö-dic—tic, *āp-ó-dic'-tick, Åp-ó-dic-tíc- al, a. [Lat. apodicticws; Gr. apodeiktikos, apodeik- mumi=topoint away from, . . . . to demonstrate: apo- from, or intensive; and deikmwmi = to bring to light, . . . to show, . . . . to prove. Or apo, and deiktikos = able to , show.] Demonstrative; capable of being established on demonstrative evi- dence. (The term was introduced by Aristotle, and has been used in modern times by Kant and others.) “The argumentation is from a similitude, therefore not apodictick, or of evident demonstration.”—Robinson: Eudoaca, p. 23. “Holding an apodictical knowledge and an assured *nowledge of it; verily, to persuade their apprehensions otherwise were to make an Euclid believe that there were more than one center in a circle.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. āp-ó-dic'-tíc-al-ly, adv. With complete, mathematica fragably. “Mr. Mede's synchronisms are apodictically true to any one that has but a competency of wit and patience to pursue them.”—Dr. H. More: Myst. of Godl., p. 175. a-pôd'—i-dae, s. pl. . [APUs.] A family of Ento- mostracans of the order Phyllopoda. The typical genus is Apus. āp-ó-di-Öx'—is, s. [Gr, apodiókö, fut. apodiózomai = to chase away: apo- from, away; diókö-to make to run, to pursue.] & e Rhet. : A figure in which a particular argument is rejected with indignation. āp-ö-dix'—is, S. [Latin; from Gr. apodeixis=a showing forth, . . . . . demonstration; apodeik- numi=to show, forth.], [APODICTIC.], Demonstra- tion; the establishment of a proposition on abso- lutely irrefragable evidence. *āp'—öd-ön, s. [APODAN.] āp-ö-dög'-yn-oiás, a. [Gr. a, priv.; pows=a foot; and gwmé= woman.] Bot. : A name given by Richard to disks which do not adhere to the base of an ovary. ap-öd'–é-sis, s. [Lat: apodosis; Gr, apodosis=a giving back . . . . . In Gram. (see º Gr, apo– from, and dosis=a giving; from didómi. Gram. The chief clause in a conditional sen- tence, that intimating the consequence which will ensue if the condition expressed in the subordinate clause which preceded it, called the protasis, be realized. In the sentence, “If ye shall ask anything in my name, I will do it” (John xiv. 14), the protasis is, “If ye shall ask anything in my name,” and the (tpodosis, “I will do it.” Some grammarians extend the terms protasis and apodosis to antecedent and Consequent clauses, even when the sentences to which they belong are not conditional. “. . . it is observed by Jaspis that the Apostle has put only two members of the comparison, when there should properly have been four, omitting one in the pro- tasis and another in the apodosis.”—Bloomfield: Greek: Test. (1841); Comment on Rom. vi. 4. ãp-ö-dy-têr-i-iām. s. [Lat. apoditerium; Gr. (tpodwtérion; from apodwó- to strip off: apo, priv., and dwó=to get into, to put on.] g 1. Classical antiquity: A room where One stripped before going into the bath. 2. Now: Any room used for the purposes of robing and unrobing. * [APODA.] The same as APODAL Eng. apodictical; -ly.] demonstration; irre- 227 ãp-à-gée, *āp'-à-gē-ăm, *āp-à-gae-tim, *āp- ô-gé-ön, “áp-ö-gae'—ön, s. [In Fr. apogée; Sp., Port., & ſtai. apogeo. Apogeum and apogoewm are properly the neut. Of adj. apogoews, and apogeom and apogaeon are Latinized from the Gr. apogaion, neut. of adj. apogaios, also apogeios, and apogeos= from land, or the earth (Astrom., in apogee: see def.) : apo- from, and gaios=On land; gaia = land: from gé=land, also the earth.] 1. Astrom. : The point in the orbit of any planet at which it is the greatest distance from the earth. hen a corresponding term was introduced by the ancients, they proceeded on the supposition that tho earth was the center of the solar system, and therefore measured from it. The sun, therefore, was at a certain time said to be in apogee. The term is still used, but in general it is more correctly stated, not that the sun is in apogee, but that the earth is in aphelion [APHELION]; in other words, measurement is made from the sun as the center, not from the earth. The moon, again, being the satellite of the earth, is appropriately said to be at a certain time in apogee. The lunar apogee circu- lates in about nine and a half years. “It is yet not agreed in what time, precisely, the apo- geum absolveth one degree.”—Browne : Vulgar Errors. “ . . while on the other hand the sun is most remote (in apogee, , or the earth in its aphelion).”— Herschel : Astron., § 368a. See also $$ 406 and 687. 2. Fig. : As high above one, or as far from a per- Son or thing as it is possible to be. “Thy sin is in his apogoeon placed ; And when it moveth next must needs descend.” Fairfaac. āp-ö-gell'—sis, s. [Gr, apogeusis; from apogewo- mai-to take a taste of anything: apo- from, and gewö= to give a taste of. Or apo–from, and geusis =the sense of taste; from gewö.] The same as AGEUSTIA (q.v.). (Parr.) āp-ög-gi-a-tū’—ra, āp-ö-gi-a-tū'-ra, s. [APPOG- GIATURA.T āp'-à-gón, s. [Gr. apógón=beardless: a, priv., and pogön–beard.]. A genus of spiny-finned fishes of the Percidae, or Perch family. A Mediterranean species is called A. rea; mullorum=the king of the mullets. It is red, with a black spot on each side of the tail. It is three inches long. Another species is the A. fasciatus, or Banded Mullet, of the Feejee Islands. āp'-ö-gráph, 8... [Lat. apographon; Gr. apo- graphon=a copy; from apographô=to write off, to copy: apo–from, and graphô=to write.] A tran- script; a copy. (Blownt.) *āp-ög"—ra-phal, a [Eng. apograph; -al.] Per- taining to an apograph. “Parallel places—nowhere else extant but in these apocryphal apographal pieces, either as citations out of, or allusions to, them.”—Dr. Lee : Dissert. Theol. (1752), vol. i., p. 104. făp'-ó-jöve, s. [Gr, apo–from, and Eng. Jove= Jupiter; from Lat. Jovis, genit. of Jupiter.] Astron.: The point in the orbit of any one of Jupiter's satellites at which it is as far from the planet as it can go. A word framed on the model of APOGEE and APHELION (q.v.). It is opposed to PERIJOVE. a-pô'-lar, s. [Gr. a, priv., and Eng. polar.] Not Amat..: Pertaining to nerve-cells which send out no fiber. Kölliker at first maintained their exist- ence, but afterward thought they might be unipolar cells, with the issuing fiber in some way hidden from view. “Some writers still insist upon the existence of “apolar' and ‘unipolar’ nerve-cells in many parts of the nervous system, although the results of observation positively rove the existence of two fibers in the case of cells which had previously been regarded as unipolar and apolar.”— Beale: Bioplasm (1872), $ 243. “See also my paper on the structure of the so-called Apolar, Unipolar, and Bipolar Nerve Cells. Phil., Trans., 1863.”—Ibid., § 273. *āp'—ö-lèp-sy, *āp-ó-lèp-sis, s. = (1) a taking back, a recovery; (2) an intercepting, a cutting off; from apolambamó=fut. apolépsomali = to take or receive from : apo- from, and lambamó = to take. Or apo- from, and l&psis=a taking hold; from lambamó.] ſº Old Med...: An obstruction of the blood; a reten- tion or suppression of urine or any other natural evacuation. (Parr, &c.) “Apolepsy (Gr.). The interception of blood and animal spirits.”—Glossog. Nov., 2d ed. A-pöl-lin-à'r-i-an, s. [Lat. Apollinaris=per- taining to Apollo.] Pertaining to or connected with Apollo. Apollinarian games. Certain games instituted among the Romans in the year 212 B.C., after the Battle of Cannae, and celebrated by means of scenic representation. [Gr. apolépsis apologetics A-pöl-lin-ār-i-ang, A-pôl-lin-ā'r-ists, s. pl. [From Apollinaris the Younger, Bishop of Laodicea in the latter part of the fourth century.] The fol- lowers of the Apollinaris mentioned, who contended for the divinity of Christ against the Arians, but taught that Christ assumed only a human body endowed with a Sentient, but not an intellectual, soul.,. He believed that the divine nature in Christ supplied the place of a rational human soul. His Views seem to have tended in the direction of those afterward held by Eutyches. They were condemned by the Council of Constantinople in A. D. 381. A-pol-lin-a-ris wa-ter, s. An effervescing table Water obtained from a mineral spring in Apollina- Tisburg, near Bonn, Prussia. A-pô1–16, s. [Lat. Apollo; Gr. Apollon.] . Classic Myth. : The god of poetry, music, medi- cine, archery, and augury. He is usually repre- sented as a handsome young man, beardless, and with long hair on his head, which, moreover, is growned with laurel, , and surrounded by rays of light. In his right hand he bears a bow and arrows, and in his left a harp. “And all Apollo’s animating fire.” Thomson: The Seasons; Winter. The Apollo Belvedere: A celebrated statue of Apollo, , so called from having been placed in the Belvedere of the Vatican by Pope Julius II. It was found in the ruins of ancient Antium, now §o d’Anzo, about the end of the fifteenth or the beginning of the six- teenth century, and was Sculpture d probably about the time of Nero. Byron gives a, beautiful description of this fa- mous statue in Childe Harold, iv., 141-163. A-pôl-lón'-ī-cón, s. [Låt. Apollo; Gr. Apol- lom, the god of music, &c.; Gr. suffix -ikom = Eng. -icom..] The name given to a very powerful cham- * ber-organ, exhibited in London in 1817, giving the combined effect of a complete orchestra. It was so constructed that it might be self-acting, or might #. played upon in the usual manner by means of eyS. A-pöl'-ly-ön, s. & a. [Gr. Apolluon, the pr. par. of apollumi, or apollwo-to destroy utterly.] A. As substantive: Destroyer. The Greek name applied in Rev. ix. 11 to the “angel of the bottomless pit,” called in Hebrew Abaddon (q. v.). Bunyan introduces it into the Pilgrim's Progress as the name of a fiend, B. As adjective: Destructive. “But he [Kant] had no instincts of creation or restora- tion within his Apollyon mind.”—De Quincey's Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., p. 58. A-pö1'-ly-àn—ist, s. [Eng., &c., Apollyon; -ist.] One who follows or is subject to Apollyon. Spec., the “locusts” of Rev. ix. “The Locusts or Apollyonists.”—Phineas Fletcher": Poems (ed. Grosart), ii. 63–107. a-pâl-ö-gēt'-ic, *a-pôl-ö-gēt'-ick, a-pô1–ö- gèt'-ic—al, a. [Fr. apologétique; Port. & Ital. apol- ogetico; Lat. apologeticus; Gr. apologétikos=fit for a defense.] - il; Spoken or written in defense of a person, a faith, an opinion, &c., and not intended to imply the smallest admission of error. [APOLOGETICs.] “With the advance of theology, general Apologetics tends to disappear, and in its stead comes an apologetic introduction justifying each of the fundamental doc- trines of dogmatics.”—Ency. Brit., 7th ed., ii. 189. 2. Acknowledging slight error which, passed over in silence, might give just offense. “. . . speak in a subdued and apologetic tone.”—Mac- aulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xviii. “I design to publish an essay, the greater part of which is apologetical, for one sort of chymists.”—Boyle. a-pâl-ö-gēt-íc-al-ly, adv. [Eng. apologetical; -ly. ]. In apologetical language, in an apologetical tone; by way of apology. “... . . has been apologetically explained by the sup- position . {T} & The Apollo Belvedere. . ”—Strauss: Life of Jesus, vol. ii., § 67, p. 32. a-pôl-ó-gēt'-ics, s. [In Ger, apologetik.] [APOL- OGETIC.] The department of theology which treats of the establishment of the evidences and defense of the doctrines of a faith. Christian apologetics, generally called simply Apologetics, treats of the evidences of Christianity, and seeks to establish the truth of the Bible and the doctrines educed from it. - póüt bóil, boy; 3. jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tia Il F -šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Shan. –tion, -sion = Shiin; —tion, apological āp-à-lög -īc-al, a [Eng, apolog(we); -ical.] Of the nature of an apologue. (Adams: Works, ii. 166.) a-pâl-ó-gi'se. [APOLOGIZE.] a-pó1'-à-gist, s. [In Fr. a ologiste; Sp. & Port. apologista.J. One who defends a faith, an institu- tion, a practice, a deed, &c. Spec., one who defends Christianity, or the character and proceedings of its professors. (Cowper: Expostwilation.) a-pôl'-à-gize, a-pôl-ö-gi'se, v. t. & i. [Gr. apologizomai-to reckon up, to give an account.] *I. Transitive : To defend. II. Intransitive: To make an acknowledgment of a greater or smaller amount of error (generally, the latter) as a moderate atonement for an injury done one. (It is sometimes followed by for, and an objective case.) “To apologize especially for his insolent language to Gardiner.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iii., ch. xvii., p. 70. *| Sometimes a person apologizes for a deed re- quiring far graver treatment. . . to apologise for a judicial murder?”—Macau- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. a-pô1–ö-gi-zër, a-pâ1-à-gi-Sér, s. [Eng. apolo- gize, apologise: -er.] One who defends a person, a faith, an institution, &c.; an apologist. “His apologisers labor to free him: laying the fault of the errors fathered upon him unto the charge of others.” —Hammer: View of Antiquity, p. 289. āp'-à1–ögue, s. [In Ger, apolog; Fr. apologue; sº." & Ital. apologo; Lat: apologus; from Gr. Cl, ologos:(1) a long story, a tale; (2) a fable, like %. s; (3) an account: Gr. apo-from, and loggs= . . . discourse; meaning that an apologue is a discourse drawn from (a fable).] A fable designed to convey to, and impress upon, the mind some moral truth. It resembles a arable, but differs in this respect, that, whereas the event narrated in the parable is within the imits of lº and #: have happened, if indeed it has not actually done so, the apologue is bound by no such re- straints; it can draw for its speakers and actors on the brute creation, or even on in animate nature. The prodigal son (Lake xv. 11–32) and the ewe lamb (2 Sam. xii. 1–14) are Fº parables; while the story of the trees electing a king (Judge. ix. 7–20) is an apologue. “The Senate having decided in favor of a conciliatory course, sent Menenius Agrippa as their envoy to the seceders, who addresses to them the celebrated apologue of the Belly and the Limbs.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. i., § 16 fäp'—öl-à-guèr, *āp'-ö1-5-gér, s. ogue; -er.] One who utters apologues. “A mouse, saith an apologer [apologuer], was brought up in a chest, there fed with fragments of bread and cheese.”—Burton: Amat. Of Mel., p. 559. “Why may not a sober apologer ſº. be per- mitted, who brings his burthen to cool the conflagrations of £ºy wits?”—Waterhous: Apology for Learning, &c., P. a—pö1'-à-gy, *a-pô1'-3–gie, s. [In Fr. apologie; Sp., Port., Ital.,. & Lat. apologia; Gr. apologia=a defense, a speech in defense: apo–from, and logos =a word, language, . . . discourse; legö= . . . to speak.] * #1. The act of making a defense against an accu- sation; vindication, without its being implied that in this there is anything hollow or unsatisfactory; also the defense made. *I Used specially of the defense of Christianity and its professors, against Opponents and calumnia- tors, made by several of the early Fathers. Thus, Justin Martyr wrote two “Apologies”—one about A. D. 150, and the other after 160; Athenagoras one in 177, and Tertullian in 198; as did Melito, Quadra- tus, Miltiades, Aristides, and Tatian in the same century. Many works of a similar character were subsequently published, though not always, or even generally, under the same title. Various modern writers have used the term Apology in the old sense: thus, Bishop Richard Watson was author of an “Apology for Christianity,” and an “Apology for the Bible.” So also the department of theology once generally termed “Evidences of Christianity” is now technically denominated Apologetics (q.v.). “We have, among other works of his [Justin Martyr's], two Apologies for the Christians.”—Mosheim: Chwºrch. Hist., Cent. i., pt. ii., ch. ii., § 5. 2. An admission of a fault; generally one of no great magnitude, for which this slight humiliation is held sufficient to atone. Sometimes it is so small that the apology for it approaches, a full vindica- tion, and sometimes, as in cases of libel, so grave that, even when the apology is accepted, the whole expenses of the trial-at-law are cast on the person who acknowledges himself to have erred. *| Crabb considers that “there is always some imperfection, supposed or real, which gives rise to an apology; ” that “a defense presupposes a con- sciousness of innocence more or less; ” that “a justification is founded on the conviction not only & 4 * [Eng. apol- 228 of entire innocence, but of strict propriety;” that “eacculpation rests on the conviction of innocence with regard to the fact.” “Eaccuse and plea are not grounded on any idea of innocence; they are rather appeals for favor resting on some collateral circum- stance which serves to extenuate: a plea is fre- quently an idle or unfounded eaccuse, a frivolous attempt to lessen displeasure.” He adds that “ Eac- cwse and plea, which are mostly employed in an un- favorable sense, are to º defense, and e3.cul- pation, as the means to an end; an apology is lame when, instead of an honest confession of an unin- tentional error, an idle attempt is made at justifi- cation; a defense is poor when it does not contain sufficient to invalidate the charge; a justification is nugatory when it applies to conduct altogether wrong; an eaccuse or a plea is frivolous or idle, which turns upon some falsehood, misrepresenta- tion, or irrelevant point.” (Crabb : Eng. Synonyms.) āp-ö-mē-cöm'—é-têr, s. . [APOMECOMETRY..] An instrument for measuring objects at a distance. āp-ö-mē-cöm'—ét—ry, s. [Gr. apo–from ; mékos =length, and metrečj=to measure; metron- a meas- ure.] The measuring or measurement of objects at a distance. (Dyche.) āp-ó-mör'-phine, s. [Gr, apo–from, and Eng. morphime (q.v.). Chem. : C17H17NO2. An organic base obtained by heating morphine or codeine in a sealed tube to 150°, with excess of HC1. Apomorphine is soluble in alcohol and ether, and is precipitated by caustic potash and ammonia. It gives a §§e: liquid with F2Cl6. It is an emetic, in small doses. *ap-ön'e, prep. [UPON.] āp-ó-né-cré'-sis, s. [Gr, apomekrösis=a becom- ing quite dead; aponekroo-to kill utterly, especially by cold: apo–from, and mekroö=to kill; nekros, S. =a dead body, adj. =dead.] Med. : Complete death. āp-ó-netir-àg'—ra-phy, s. [Gr, apomewrösis, and graphé= a delineation, . . . a description.] [AP- ONEUROSIS.] - Med...: The department of medical science which treats of aponeurosis. āp-ó-netir–6'-sis, ap-ö-neii'r-ó-sy, s. ſº Fr. & Port. aponévrose; Gr. apomewrösis=the end of mus- cle, where it becomes tendon (Galem); apomewroö= to change into a tendon: apo–from, and mewroö= to strain the sinews; mewron=a sinew, a tendon.] The expansion of a tendon into a membrane, lam- ina, or fascia. Aponeuroses occur in connection with the voluntary muscles. “. attached by their extremities, through the medium of tendon, apomewrosis, or some form of the * tissue.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., P. āp-ó-netir-öt'-ic, a. [In Fr. aponévrotique; Port. aponeurotico.] [APONEUROSIS.] Pertaining to apo- In ell POSIS, “A pomewrotic tendonous expansions.”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 71. āp-ö-netir-öt'-àm—y, s. [Gr. (1) apo = from ; º mewrotomos=cutting sinews ; ºvevrotome6=to cut the sinews; newron=a sinew, and temn0=to cut.] The dissection of an aponeurosis (q.v.). āp-ön-ö-gé'—tón, S. [In Fr. apomoget. An incom- plete anagram of the word POTOMAGETON (q.v.).] A plant belonging to the order Naiadaceae, or Naiads. The species are aquatics, ornamental in an aqua- rium. In India, the tuberous roots of A. monos- tachyom, or simple-spiked Aponogeton, are eaten by the natives like potatoes. āp-ó-pêmp'—tic, a. & S. [Gr, apopemptos = sent forth, *;. ; apopempô=to send off, to dismiss: apo–from, and pempó-to send.] A. As adjective: Classic Poetry: Pertaining to a hymn addressed to a stranger on his departure from a place to his own country, or to the gods when they were fabled to be about to return to their habitation. B. As swbstantive: A hymn used on such occa- sions. a-pôph'-a-sis, s. [In Fr. apophase; Gr. apophasis =a denial, a negation; apophēmi = (1) to speak out plainly ; (2) to say no, to deny: apo = from, and phémi-to declare.] Rhet. : A figure by which a speaker formally de- clines to take notice of a point, with the probable effect of making the imagination of his audience so to work on what he has ostentatiously declined to bring forward, as to cause them to be more affected by it than if he had spoken out plainly. āp-ö-phlég-mât'-ic, a. & s. [Gr, apo–from, and phlegma = (1) flame, Ö inflammation, (3) phlegm ; from phlegö=to burn.] A. As adjective: Designed to expel phlegm by the nostrils. B. As swbstantive: A medicine designed or fitted to cause the flow of serous or mucous humor from the nostrils. Some stimulatives have this effect. g apophysis āp-ó-phlég'-ma-tísm, s. [In Ger, apophlegmatis- mos; Gr. apophlegmatismos; apophlegmatizö;=to urge away phlegm : apo–from, and phlegma=a ame, inflammation, phlegm.] A medicine specially designed to expel phlegm from the blood. “. . and so it is in apophlegmatisms and gargar- isms, that draw the rheum down by the palate.”—Bacom: Nat. Hist., Cent. i., § 38. āp-ó-phlég'-ma-tíz—ant, s. [Gr. apophlegmatizā = to expel phlegm.] An apophlegmatic (q. v.). (Quincy.) āp'-ö-phthègm, àp'-à-thégm (ph and g silent), s. [In Ger. apophthegma, Fr. apophthegme . Sp. apotegma; Port. apophthegma, apothegma; Ital. apotegma; Gr. apophthegma, apophthemgonnai–to speak one's opinion plainly, to utter an apophthegm : apo–from, and phthemgomai-to utter a sound, to speak out. Or Gr. apo- from, and phthegma = a voice, from phthemgomai.] A terse pointed saying: a maxim expressed in few but weighty words; a brief pithy remark uttered by a distinguished char- acter, or on a notable occasion. “So again in his book, Apophthegms, which he col- lected, we see that he esteemed it more honor to make. himself but a pair of tables, to take, the wise and pithy words of others, than to have every word of his own to be made an apophthegm, or an oracle, as vain princes, by custom of flattery, pretend to do.”—Bacon: Adv. of Learm- ing, bk. i. , ãp-à-phthég-māt-ic, ap-à-thég-māt-ic, æp- ö-phthég-mât'-ic—al, àp-ó-thèg-mât'-ic—al (ph. § silent), a. [Gr. apophthegmatikoš.] Senten- 1OllS, āp-ö-phthég'-ma-tíst, ... àp-à-thèg'-ma-tíst, s. É; ºlºgº. genit. of apophthegma, and ng. suffix -ist; from Gr. istés=one who..] One who collects or composes apophthegms. āp-à-phthég-ma-ti'ze, àp-ó-thèg-ma-ti'ze, v. i. [Formed like APOPHTHEGMATIST (q.v.), but with Eng. suffix -ize=to make, instead of -ist.] To utter apophthegms. āp-öph'-y-gé, #p-öph'-y-gy, s. . [In Ital. apoſigi; Lat. apophyges; Gr. apophºwgé= (1) an escape or place of refuge; (2) Arch. ſº ef.); apophewgö=to flee from : apo–from, and phewgó= to flee. Or apo-from, and phºwgé=flight, escape.] Arch. : The small curvo at the top of a column by which its shaft joins its capital. It is sometimes called the spring of the column. º it. was the ring which bound the extremities of wooden pillars to keep them from splitting, imit a ted in stone-work. The same name is given to the corresponding concavity connecting the bottom of a pillar with the fillet at its base. “Apophuge in architecture is that part of a column where it seems to fly out of its base, like the process of a bone in a man’s leg, and begins to shoot upward.”— Glossog. Nova, 2d ed. āp-öph'-yl—lite, s. [In Ger, apophyllit; Gr. (1) apo–from ; (2) phºwllomża leaf; and (3) suffix -ite (Min.) (q.v.). , Apophylite was so, called by Haüy from the iºnº. to exfoliate.] A tetragonal mineral, called also Ichthyophthalmite, classed }. Dana as the º of an Apophyllite group of nisilicates. The hardness is 45 to 5; the sp. gr. 2:3 to 2'4; the luster of the face of the crystal termi- nating the low prism, pearly; that of the sides, vitreous. Color, white or grayish ; occasionally with greenish, yellowish, rose-red, or flesh-red tint. It is generally transparent; is brittle, and has feeble double refraction. It is a “hydrated calceo- potassic silicate; ” its composition being—silica, 51-60 to 52'69; lime, 24*71 to 25°86; potassa, 4-75 to 5’75; water, 15'73 to 1673; and fluorine, 1573 to 16-67. It occurs chiefly in amygdaloid, though occasionally in granite and gneiss. It is found at Ratho, near Edinburgh, and in Fife, Dumbarton, and Inverness- shires. It occurs in Europe, in India, in Siberia, in America, in Australia, and elsewhere. Dana sub- divides it into Ordinary (1) Oxhaverite; (2) Tes- selite; (3) Leucocyclite; and places with it also Xylochloré. a-pôph'-y-sis, ta-pôph'—y-sy, s. [Gr, apophusis =an offshoot; apophuô=to put forth as an offshoot, gº) to grow: apo–from, and phºwö==to bring OT LI] . 1. Amat. : The process of a bone. “Processes of bone have usually their own centers of ossification, and are termed epiphyses until they are finally joined to the main part, after which they receive hºme of apophyses.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. .1mat., l. © 2. Bot.: A sporangium in mosses, which is regul- larly lengthened. It occurs in most species of the genus Splachnum. 3. Arch.: The same as APOPHYGE (q.v.). Apophyge. fāte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. miite, try, ciib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; apoplanesis āp-ö-plan—É'-sis, s. . [Gr, apoplanésis, see def. ; apoplana0-to make to digress. r apoºrom, and planésis=a making to wander; plana0, fut, planéso =to make to wander; plané–a wandering.] Rhet.: A digression. āp-ö-pléc -tic, *ś. a. & S. [In Fr. apoplectique; Sp., Port, & Ital, apopletico; Lat. apoplecticus; Gr. apopléktikos.] A. As adjective: Relating to apoplexy. “Soon after he had risen from table, an apoplectic stroke deprived him of speech and sensation.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvii. i. As substantive: A person afflicted with apo- D16Xy. “Rasis, the Arabic physician, hath left it written as I Thave it from Quistorpius, that it was ordained by a law, that no apoplecticks, who foamed about the mouth, should be buried till after seventy-two hours.”—Kmatchbull , Tr., p. 77. *āp-ö-pléc'-tic—al, a. [Eng. apoplectic; -al.] The same as APOPLECTIC, adj. (q.v.). “In an apoplectical case he found extravasated blood making way from the ventricles of the brain.”—Derham. āp-à-pléxed, a. [Old Eng. apoplew (APOPLEXY); -ed.] Affected with apoplexy. “. . . But, sure, that sense Is apopleac'd : for madness would not err.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii, 4. āp-ö-pléx–y, *āp'—ö-pléx—ie, *āp'—ö-plēx, s. §. Fr. apopleaſie; Sp. apoplegia; Ital, apoplessia; er., Port., & Lat. §"; Gr. apoplécia = (1) a being disabled in mind, stupor; (2) the bodily dis- ease described below; from apopléktos, apopléssó=to disable in body or mind. Or apo- from, and pleasis =a stroke, a blow ; plessO=to strike, to §f 1. Med...: A serious malady, coming on so sud- denly and so violently that anciently any one affected by it was said to be attonitus (thunder- struck), or sideratus (planet-struck). hen a stroke of apoplexy takes place, there is a loss of sensation, voluntary motion, and intellect or thought, while respiration and the action of the heart and general vascular 'system still continue. The disease now described is properly called cere- bral apoplexy, the cerebrum or brain being the part chiefly affected. Another malady has been called not very happily Pulmonary Apople.cy. It is the Pneumo-hemorrhagia of Andral, and consists of an effusion of blood into the parenchymatous sub- stance of the lung, like that into the substance of the brain in cerebral apoplexy. “ P. Humph. This apoplea will, certain, be his end.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., iv. 4. 2. Fig.: Anything that dulls the senses and par- alyzes action in the frame. “Peace is a very apopleasy, lethargy, mulled, deaf, sleepy, insensible.”—Shakesp.: Coriolamus, iv. 5. ãp-à-pnix'—is (p often silent), s. [From Gr. apopnigó=to choke. Or apo, intens., and pniacis- strangling, smothering; pnigó= to choke. Med. : Suffocation, āp-or-6 -tin, s. [Possibly apo–from, and rhétiné = resin gum.] A resin obtained by chemical process from extract of rhubarb. a-pâ'r-i-a, a-po'r-y, s. [Lat. aporia; Gr. aporia =being “without passage,” involved in difficulty; Cºporos = without passage, difficult: a, priy., an poros=means of passing, . . . a pathway. 1. Rhet. : Perplexity, real or affected, on the part of a speaker as to what to choose from the great abundance of matter lying ready to his hand. Specially perplexity where to begin, where to end, what to say, and what, though well worthy of being Stated, to pass by. Aporia is used also for the real or affected perplexity felt by a speaker in coming to a decision on points of difficulty in connection With which there are various ways open to choose. The following sentence, quoted from Cicero in Smith's Rhetorick, is an excellent example of an aporia :-‘‘Thus Cicero says, Whether he took them from his fellows more impudently, gave them to a harlot more lasciviously, removed them from the Roman people more wickedly, or altered them more, presumptuously, I cannot well declare.” (Smith's Rhetorick.) 2. Med. : Restlessness; uneasiness occasioned by obstructed perspiration, or any stoppage of the natural secretions. (Parr.) *a-pôr-ó-brāfi'-chi-ang, s. pl. [Gr. a, priv., ſporos=a pore, and branchiom - (1) a fin, (2) a gill.] Zool. : Latreille's name for an order of Arachnida (Spiders), characterized by the absence of respira- tory pores (stigmata) on the body. a-pô r–ön, ta-pôr-ime, s. [APORIA.] plexing problem. * The Glossog. Nova has the form aporime. ap-Or-rhá'-is, s. [Gr. aporrhais=a shell; apor- Theó=to flow from : apo–from, and rheo-to fiów.] Spour-shells. A genus of gasteropodous mollusks belonging to the family Cerithiadae. In 1875, Tate A per- 229 \ estimated the recent species of Aporrhais at four, and the fossil ones doubtfully at above two hundred, the latter ranging from the Lias to the Chalk. *āp-or-rhoe'—a, s. [Gr, aporrhoia, aporrhoë=(1) a flowing off, a stream; (2) an emanation; a porrheó = to flow from : apo–from, and rhed-to flow. An emanation; an effluvium. “The reason of this he endeavors to make out by atom- ical apporrhoeas; which, passing from the cruentate weapon to the wound, and being incorporated with the particles of the salve, carry them to the affected part.”— Glanville: Scepsis. *āp-ö-sép'-i-din, s. [Gr. apo–from, and sépedom = rottenness, decay; sépô=to make rotten.] Chem. : A crystallized substance obtained from impure cheese. It is impure leucine (q.v.). (Watts.) āp-ó-si-ö-pê'—sis, *āp-ó-si-öp-é-sy, s. [Lat. aposiopesis; Gr. aposiópésis- (1) a becoming silent; % see def.; aposiopad-to be silent after speaking: apo–from, and siðpaô= to be silent or still. Or apo =from, and siópésis=silence; from Siôpað..] ... Rhet. : A term used to describe the , reticence which a speaker occasionally employs from deli- cacy of feeling, from forbearance, from the fear of consequences if he give utterance to all that he thinks, from being overcome by emotion, or when he designs, by pretending to pass over something, really to call attention to it more forcibly than if he had treated of it formally. From one of these causes a speaker will occasionally, omit part of a sentence, as our Saviour, under the influence of emotion, does in Luke xix. 42. “. . . such aposiopeses being frequent in language dictated by grief or strong emotion.”—Bloomfield: Greek Test. Note on Luke xix. 42. āp-ó-sit’—i-a, ap-às'-it-y, s. [Gr. apositid= distaste for food; apositos=having eaten nothing, without appetite: apo–from ; Sitos=wheat corn grain, . . . . bread...] A loathing of food. * Apositio is in Parr, and aposity in Glossog. Nova, 2d ed. făp-ó-sit'-ic, a. [Gr. apositikos: from, sitos=wheat, . . . Od.] . e Med...: Taking away or diminishing the appetite for food. āp-ó-spås'—ma, āp'-5-spāşm, s. [Gr, apospasma =that which is torn off; apospad-to tear or drag away: apo–from, and spad-to draw out, . . . . to tear.] The separation of one part from another; & violent irregular fracture of a tendon, a ligament, apo = a Way C. T Parr has the form apospasma, and the Glossog. Nova, 2d ed., apospasm. a-pôs'—ta-gy, S. [APOSTASY.] āp-ó-stäs'-i-a, s. [Gr. apostasis = a standing away from..] [APOSTASY. Botany: A genus of Orchids, the type of the Apos- tasiads (i. v.). The anthers are distinct from each other, and the style is quite free from the stamina, whereas in ordinary Orchids these are combined. There are two species found in the East Indies. āp-ö-stäs-î-ā'-gé-ae (Bot. Latin), āp-ó-stäs-î- ãds, S. pl. [APOSTASIA.] Botany: An order of Endogenous plants belong- ing to the Orchidal Alliance. They differ from Or- chidaceae proper in having a three-celled fruit, with loculicidal dehiscence, and in the style being alto- gether free from the stamina for the greater part of its length. They occur in damp woods in the hotter arts of India. In 1847, Lindley estimated the nown species at five. a-pós'—ta-sis, S. away from..] *Old Medicine : 1. A suppurative inflammation, throwing off the peccant humors left by fever or other diseases, 2. Transition from One disease to another. a—pös'—ta-sy, ta-pôs'—ta-gy, *ā-pós'—ta-sie, s. [In Ger. & Fr. apostasie; 㺠Port., Ital., & Lat. apostasia; Gr. apostasia, a later form for apostasis =a standing away from—hence, defection, revolt; aphistèmvi- to put away (in passive, to stand away): apo–from, and histémi-to make to stand, Or apo = from, and stasis = a placing, Setting ; from this- têmi.] A. Ord. Lang.: A defection from real or imag- ined allegiance. Specially- 1. Direct rebellion against God or His authority. “The affable archangel had forewarn'd Adarn, by dire example, to beware Apostasy, by what befell in heaven To those apostates.”—Milton: P. L., bk. vii. 2. The abandonment of a religious faith which one has previously held, or a church with which one has been previously connected. “The canon law defines apostasy to be a willful depart- ure from that state of faith which any person has pro- fessed himself to hold in the Christian church.”—Auliffe: Pan'ergom. [Gr. apostasis = a standing apostemation 3. The abandonment of a political party with which one has hitherto acted. B. Technically: *Med... It is sometimes used as the rendering of the Greek term apostasis (q.v.). a-pôs'—tate, *āp-ó-sta -ta, S. & a. [In Ger. & Fr. apostat; Sp., Port., Ital., & Lat. apostata. Gr. Cupostates= (1) a runaway slave, a deserter, a rebel; (2) see below; apostated=to stand aloof. [APOS- TATIZE.] A. As substantive: 1. A rebel against the Divine authority; one who has cast off the allegiance which he owes to God. “High in the midst, exalted as a god, The apostate in his sun-bright chariot sat.” Milton: P. L., b}<. vi. 2. Qne who abandons the religion which he has #. professed, or the church with which he has before been connected. In the Church of Rome one is also deemed an apostate who, without a legal dispensation, quits a religious order which he has entered. “And whoso passed that point Was apostata in the order.” Piers Plowman, 667-8. (Trench.) “The character of Apostate has injured the reputation of Julian.”—Gibbon: Decl. and Fall, ch. xxiii. 3. One who similarly abandons his political creed Or party. “If a name be found where it ought not to be, the apostate is certain to be reminded in sharp language of the promises which he has broken and of the professions which he has belied.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. B. As adjective: Rebel; rebellious. One who has cast off the allegiance which he owes to God, or has abandoned a faith formerly held, or a church, or a political party to which he previously adhered. “So spake the apostate angel . . .”—Milton; P. L., bk. i. *a-pós'—tate, v. i. ſº the substantive. In Sp. & Port. apostatar; Ital, apostatare.] To apos- tatize. “Perhaps some of these apostating stars have, though themselves true, let their miscarriage make me heedful.” —Bp. Hall: Occas. Medit. (Richardson.) āp-ös-tät-īg-al, q. [Lat. apostaticus; Gr. apostatikos.] Pertaining or relating to an apostate. “To wear turbants is an apostatical conformity.”— Sandys. a-pôs-ta-ti'ze, a-pès-ta-ti'se. v. i. [Eng. apos. tate; -ize. . In Fr. apostasier; Sp. & Port, apostatar; Lat. apostato (Cyprian) ; Gr. apostated = to stan aloof from, . ... to fall off from : apo–from, and histémi = to make to stand. Or apo = from, and statizö, poet. for histémi.] 1. To rebel against God. , (APOSTATE, s. & a.] 2. To abandon a faith, which one has previously held, or desert a church with which one has been formerly connected. “Another had not indeed yet apostatised, but was º related to an apostate.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., CIl. lx. 3. Similarly to abandon a political faith which one has held, or desert a political party with which one has acted. a-pôs-ta-ti-zing, a pús-ta-ti-sing, pr. par. [APOSTATIZE.J ãp-ös-täx -ís, s. [Gr, apostasis = droppings; apostazö fut. aposta.co = to let fall drop by drop : apo–from, and stazö=to let fall drop by drop. Or apo, and Staaris+ a dropping; from stazú.] Med...: The fall of any fluid drop by drop, as blood from the nose. (Parr.) *a-pús'—tel, s. [APOSTLE.] *āp'-à-stèm, *āp'-à-stème, *āp-ö-stüme, s. In Fr. apostème; Sp., Port.; Ital., & Lat. apostema; Gr. apostéma: (1) distance, interval, (2) an abscess; aphistèmè- to put away from, to remove: apo– from, and histómi-to make to stand.] Med. . . A large deep-seated abscess; a swelling filled with purulent matter. “How an apostume in the mesentery breaking, causes a consumption in the parts, is apparent.”—Harvey. “With equal propriety we may affirm that ulcers of the Iungs, or apostemes of the brain, do happen only in the left side.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. “A joyful casual violence may break A dangerous apostem in thy breast.” Donne: Progr. of Soul, ii. 479. * Now corrupted into IMPOSTUME (q.v.). a-pôsitémiãte, a-pôs"—tüme, v. i. [Eng. apos- tem. -ate.] To become an apostem or abscess. (Wiseman: Swirgery.) a-pôs"—tém-āte, s. [APOSTEMATE, v.] An ab- SCGSS, a-pôs-têm-à-tion, s. [Eng. apostem; -ation.] The process of forming an apostem or abscess; the gathering of matter in a purulent tumor. bóil, boy; påut, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, go, gem; thin, this; ghin, bench; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. a $; -cian, -tian = shan. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. –tion, -Sious = Shūs. -SiOn = –tion, -Sion = Shiin; -cious, Zhūn. -tious, \ v. apostemed “Nothing can be more admirable than the many ways nature hath provided for preventing or curing of fevers; as vomitings, apostemations, salivations, &c.”—Grew. a-pôs'-têmed, a. [APOSTEM, s.] Corrupted. āp-ös-têm'-a-toiás, a. [Gr, “gº genit. Of apostěma, and suffix -ows.] ertaining to an * or apostem ; resembling an abscess. TEM. à pås-têr-í-6'r-i, used as a, & adv. [From Lat. a=from, and posteriori, ablative of posterior, com- par. Of posterws=following after, next.] Logic (lit. =from that which is after): An argu- ment which reasons backward from effects to causes, from observed facts to the law of nature which explains them, or in some similar way. If one infer, from marks of design in nature, that there must be a Designer, the argument is one & posteriori. It is opposed to the a priori argument, which more ambitiously attempts to reason out new facts from previously ascertained laws of nature, or from abstract conceptions. Though this latter process will sometimes brilliantly anticipate discovery, yet it is liable to lead one astray; and the immense advance made during the last two centuries by physical, science has arisen mainly from its resolute adherence to the Ča posteriori method of reasoning. [A PRIORI, DEDUCTION, IN- DUCTION.] & ta-pôs"-til, ta-pôs"-till, s. . [Fr. apostille=(1) a postscript, (2) a recommendation; Sp. & Port. apos- tilla.] A postscript. apostle (3-pôs'-el), *a-pés"—tel, s. [In Sw., Dan., Dut., & Ger., apostel; Fr. apótre; Sp. apostol; Port. & Ital. apostolo; Lat. apostolus; Gr. apostolos=(1) a messenger, an ambassador, an envoy; (2) an apostle; (3) a fleet ready for sea; (4) a merchant vessel; apostelló= to send off or away : apo- from, and stelló= (1) to set or place, (2) to send.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit.: The official designation of twelve or (Paul included) of thirteen men, appointed by Jesus as His messengers, deputies, envoys, or ambassadors to the world. The Greek word apostolos occurs in a more general sense in various passages of the New Testament: as in John xiii. 16, where it is rendered, “he that is sent;' and in fhilipp. ii. 25, and 2 Cor. viii. 23, where it is translated “messenger.”. In an ambiguous passage in Rom., (xvi. 7), the English word apgstle may, possibly be used in the same sense: “Salute Andronicus and Junius my kinsmen, and my fºllºwº who are of note among the apostles.” robably, however, the meaning is not “which apostles are of note,” but “who are highly regarded among or by the apostles.” Of the thirteen, twelve were designed specially for the Jews, and the remaining one, the most distinguished and successful of the whole, for the Gentiles. The twelve seem to have had but little culture in their early life; but Paul had the highest education which the age could afford. Among the special qualifications of an apostle, one was that he must have been an eye, and ear witness of the miracles and teaching of Christ from the commencement to the close of His ministry (John xv.27; Acts i. 21, 22); or, at the very least, must have seen Him once with the bodily eyes (1 Cor. ix.1;.xy. 8, 9). Another was, that he must have been divinely called to the high office he was to fill (Matt. x. 1–42; Mark i. 16–20; ii. 14; iii. 14; Luke v. 27; vi. 13; Acts i. 24–26; 1 Cor. i. 1; Gal. i. 1, &c.). The power of working miracles, though not confined to the apostles, also went far toward proving apostleship (see 2 Cor. xii. 12, &c.). The special work of the apostles was to be “am- bassadors for Christ” (2 Cor. v. 20), and to teach [Gr. mathêtewsate=make disciples of] all nations, baptizing them in [Gr. eisainto the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. With this commission a promise was given them of the pres- ence and guidance of their Divine Master through all succeeding time (Matt. xxviii. 19, 20). <} “The apostel Poule unto the Romayns writeth . . .” —Chaucer: The Tale of Melibews. [APOS- “And when it was day, he called unto him his disciples; and of them he chose twelve, whom also he named apostles.”—Luke vi. 13. 2. Fig.: By prečminence, Jesus, Christ, as sent forth on a divine mission by His Heavenly Father. “. . . consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Jesus.”—Heb. iii. 1 3. A missionary who has labored with zeal and success, like that of the old apostles, to convert a kingdom to Christ. t “On account of his vast labors in propagating Chris- tianity among the Germans, Boniface has gained the title of the Apostle of Germany.”—Mosheim : Ch. Hist., Cent. VIII., pt. i., ch. i., § 4. * Similarly John Elliot has been called , the “Apostle of the Indians;” Judson, “the Apostle of Burmah: ” Father Mathew, “the Apostle of Tem- perance,” &c. 230 4. Sarcastically : A preacher or pastor unfit for his office. - “From such apostles, O ye mitered heads, Preserve the Church and lay not careless hands On skulls that cannot teach and will not learn.” Cowper: Task, bk. ii. B. Tech?vically: 1. Church. History: (a) [APOSTOLI.] (b) In the “Catholic Apostolic,” or , Irvingite Chºwrch : , The highest of the four ecclesiastical grades, the others being Prophets, Evangelists, and Pastors. The “Apostles'' ordain by the imposition of hands, interpret mysteries, and exercise disci- pline. [CATHOLIC.] 2. Law: The rendering sometimes given of the Latin word Apostoloe=letters of dismission given to an appellant. They state his case, and declare that the record will be transmitted. (The term is used chiefly in Civil and Admiralty law.) Apostles’. Creed. The well-known creed begin; ning, “I believe in God; the Father Almighty,” and ending with the words “the life everlasting. Amen.” For many centuries it was attributed to the Apos- tles, but historical criticism has shown that it arose some time after their age, and probably not all at one period. It is found in its present form in the works of Ambrose, Bishop of Milan, from 374 to 397. [CREED.] apostles’ coats. Coats worn by performers at the miracle plays of the Middle Ages. (Lee: Gloss.) Apostles’ Islands. A group of twelve islands at the Pacific end of the Straits of Magellan. apostle spoons. Spoons of gilded silver, the handle of each ending in the figure of an Apostle. Apostle Spoons. They were the usual present of sponsors at bap- tisms. (Nares.) “And all this for the hope of two apostle spoons, to suffer and a cup to eat a caudle in for that will be thy legacy.”—B. Jomson: Bartholomew Fair, i. 3. (See also Shakesp.: Henry VIII., v. 2.) . apostleship (a-pós'-el-ship), s. [Eng. apostle; suffix -ship. In Dut. apostelshap.] The office or dignity of an apostle. “That he may take part of this ministry and apostle- ship, from which Judas by transgression fell, . . . .” —Acts: i. 25. - a-pôs"—tó1–ate, s. [In Fr. apostolat; Sp. & Port. apostolado; Ital. apostolato; Lat. apostolatus= the office of an apostle..] . 1. The office or dignity of an apostle. “Himself [St. Paul] and his brethren, in the apostol- ate.”—Killingbeck: Serm., p. 118. 2. The office or dignity of the Pope, or, more rarely, of an ordinary bishop. A-pós-töl-i, s, pl. [Lat.=Eng. apostles.] Church. Hist.: An ascetic sect founded by Ger- hard Sagarelli, of Parma, who was afterward burnt in that city in the year 1300. They were opposed to the possession of property, and to marriage, but were attended by spiritual sisters. (Mosheim : Ch: Hist., Cent. xiii., pt. ii., ch. v., § 14.) [APOSTOLICI.] āp-ös-tó1'-ic, *āp-ös-tó1'-ick, *āp-ös-tó1– ique, a. & S. [In Fr. apostolique; Sp., Port., & Ital. apostolico; Lat. apostolicus; Gr. apostolikos.] A. As adjective : 1. Pertaining or relating to the apostles; derived directly from the apostles; agreeable to the doc- trine or practice of the apostles. “He follow’d Paul: his zeal a kindred flame, Płis cup ostolic charity the same.”—Cowper: Hope. 2. Pertaining or relating to the Papacy. [See APOSTOLICAL.] Catholic Apostolic Church : The Irvingite church. [CATHOLIC.] e His §§§ Majesty: A title first conferred by Pope Sylvester II. on Duke Stephen of Hungary. It was acquired by the ruling sovereign of Austria when Hungary became subject to him, and is still used by the Austrian emperor. B. As substantive : Plural. Church. Hist. [APOSTOLICI.] Apostolic Canons. Eighty-five ecclesiastical laws, the compilation of which was fraudulently attributed to Čiement of Rome. They were brought together subsequently to his time, but give valu- able information regarding the discipline of the Greek and other Oriental churches in the second and third centuries. (Mosheim : Ch. Hist., Cent. i., pt. ii., ch. ii., § 19. apostrophe Aºsº Churches. Churches first established by the apostles, especially those of Rome, Alexan- dria, Antioch, and Jerusalem. Afterward the term obtained a less precise meaning. Apostolic Clerks. A religious association founded by John Columbinus, a nobleman of Siena, and abolished by Clement IX. in 1668. (Mosheim: Ch. Hist., Cent. xiv., pt. ii., ch. ii., § 35.) Apostolic Constitutions, Certain voluminous directions regarding ecclesiastical discipline and worship; also fraudulently attributed to Clement, but which did not obtain their final form till about the fourth century. (Mosheim : Ch. Hist., Cent. i., pt. ii., ch. ii., § 19.) Apostolic Fathers. Those Christian fathers or writers who lived so early that they had oppor- tunities of holding intercourse either with the apostles or their immediate disciples. They were Clement of Rome (Clemens Romanus), Ignatius, Polycarp, Barnabas, and Hermas. (Mosheim : Ch. Hist., Cent. i., pt. ii., ch. ii., §§ 20, 21.) Apostolic party. A fanatical Roman Catholic party which figured in the history of Spain from 1819 till 1830, when it became merged in the Carlists. apostolic sees. Sees said to have been founded by the apostles; specially Antioch, Ephesus, and Rome. (Lee: Gloss.) apostolic succession. The claim made by most i.;; clergymen and bishops that they constitute links in an unbroken chain of simi- larly ordained persons, the first of whom were set apart to their sacred functions by the apostles themselves. Those who hold that view most tena- ciously generally combine with it the opinion that, only clergymen who are in the line of this spiritual succession are entitled to the pastoral office in the Christian Church, all others simply usurping the functions of the ministry. āp-ös-tó1–ic—al, a. [Eng. apostolic; -al.] The same as APOSTOLIC, adj. (q.v.). “They acknowledge not that the Church keeps any thing as apostolical which is not found in the apostles’ writings, in what other records soever it be found.”— Hooke?". “The Pope had been requested to give his apostolical sanction to an arrangement so iº to the peace of Europe.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. āp-ös—tó1'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. apostolical; -ly.] After the manner of the apostles. fäp-ös-töl'-ic-al-nēss, s. [Eng. apostolical; -mess.] Apostolicity (q.v.). (Johnson.) Åp-ös-töl-i-Qi, Āp-ös-tó1'-ics, s. pl. Apostolici (pl.); Eng. Apostolics (pl.); J . Church. Hist. More than one ascetic sect which arose in France in the twelfth century. Their tenets were almost the same as those afterward held by Sigarelli. [APOSTOLI.] St. Bernard contended against, them, strenuously. (Mosheim: Ch. Hist, Cent. xii., pt. ii., ch. v., § 15.) [Lat. iãp-ös–tól'-i-gism, s. [Eng. apostolic; -ism.] Apostolicity (0. v.). (J. Morison.) (Reid.) āp-ös—töl—ig'-i-ty, s. [Eng. "apostolic; -ity.] The quality of being apostolic. (Faber.) a-pôs'-trö-phé, *a-pós'-trö-phy, *a-pös'-trö- phüs, s. [In Sw, apostrof; Dan. apostroph; Sp. §. º : Port. apostrophe (Rhet.), apostrofo (Gram. ; Ital. apostrofe (Rhet.), apostrofo (Gram.); Fr. & Lat. apostrophe; Gr. apostrophē=(1) a turn- ing away; (2) Rhet., an apostrophe; apostrophos= as Cudj., turned away from ; as subst., an apostrophe (in, gram.); apostrephô=to turn back: apo–from and strephē-to twist, to turn. Or the £hetoricai apostrophe may be from apo and strophē = a turn- ing ; strephū= to turn.] A. In the forms apostrophe and *apostrophy: Rhetoric : A figure of speech by which, according to Quintilian, a speaker turns from the rest of his audience to one person, and addresses him singly. Now, however, the signification is wider, and is made to include cases in which an impassioned ora- for addresses the absent, the dead, or even things inanimate, as if they were present and able to hear and understand his words. When Jesus, in the midst of an address to his apostles in general, sud- denly turned to Peter and said, “Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat” (Luke xxii. 24–37), the apostro- phe was in the Quintilian sense. The following: are examples of the same figure in the wider mean- 1I] g :- ã) Living, but absent. “'Tis done—but yesterday a king, And arm’d with kings to strive— And now thou art a nameless thing, So abject, yet alive.” Byron: Ode to Napoleon. (b) Dead. - “My mother, when I learn'd that thou wast dead, Say, wast thou conscious of the tears I shed ?” Cowper: Om Receipt of my Mother’s Picture. (c) Inanimate. “Why leap ye, ye high hills P’”—Ps. lxviii. 16. făte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt. or, wäre, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; , mùte, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rale, füll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu = kW. -* apostrophic B. In the forms apostrophe and *apostrophus: 1. Gram.: The substitution of a mark like this (') for one or more letters omitted from a word, as tho’ for though, 'Twas for It was, king's for kinges. (See No. 2 2. The mark indicating such substitution, espe- cially in the case of the possessive. The old possess- ive singular was 68, and the apostrophe stands for the omitted e. Thus Chaucer has the “ Knightes,” “Monkes,” and the “Clerkes’ Tales; for what now would be written the “Knight's,” “Monk's,” and “Clerk’s ” Tales. The old spelling is preserved in the word Wednesday=Wodenes day=Woden's day. The name apostrophe is given also to the mark in the possessive plural, as brethren's, assassins'. “Many laudable attempts have been made by abbreviat- ing words with apostrophes, and by lopping polysylla- bles, leaving one or two words at most.”—Swift. "I Two apostrophes (”) are usually employed to mark the ending of a quotation, the commence; ment of the quotation being indicated by inverted commas (“); thus— The Mosaic narrative commences with a declaration that “In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.”—Buckland: Geol., vol. i., p. 20. More rarely only one is used, thus— The note of interrogation must not be used after indirect questions; as, “he asked me who called.”—Bain: Eng. Gram. (ed. 1874), p. 203. When there is a quotation within a, quotation, one apostrophe is generally employed, thus— “I say that the Word of God containeth whatsoever things may fall into any part of man's life. For, as Solo- mon saith in the second chapter of the Proverbs, “My son, if thou receive my words,’ &c., ‘then thou shalt understand justice and judgment, and equity, and every good way.’”—T. C., quoted in Note to Hooker's Eccles. Pol. (ed. 1841), p. 282. āp-ös-tröph'-ic, a. [Eng. apostrophe; -ic.] 1. Pertaining to the rhetorical figure denominated an apostrophe. & 2. Pertaining to an apostrophe. (Used in gram- mar and in poetry in lieu of a letter or letters omitted.) (Mwrray.) - a—pös-trö-phi'ze, v. t. & i. [Eng. apostroph.(e); -ize. In Fr. apostropher; Port, apostrophar; Ital. apostrofare.] A. Transitive : *- 1. To address one or more persons after the man- ner of a rhetorical apostrophe; to turn from an audience in general to a single person in it; or, to address the absent, the dead, or things inanimate as if able to listen to one's impassioned words. “There is a peculiarity in Homer's manner of apos- trophizing Eumaeus, and speaking of him in the second person; it is generally applied only to men of account.” —Pope. 2. To contract a word by omitting a letter or let- ters, or to mark such an omission by inserting an apostrophe. B. Intransitive: called apostrophe. “. . . the learned world apostrophizing at my un- timely decease, .”—Goldsmith: The Bee, No. iv. a-pôs-trö-phi'zed, a-pôs-trö-phi'sed, pa. par. & al. [APOSTROPHIZE.] a-pôs-trö-phi'z-iñg, a-pôs-trö-phi's-iñg, pr. par. [APOSTROPHIZE.] *a-pós"—trö-phy, s. (APOSTROPHE.] *āp'-ö-stüme, s. [APOSTEM.] *a-pôs"—tüme, v. t. [APOSTEMATE.] Äp-à-täc-tites, s, pl. [Lat. Apotactatoe; Gr. Apataktoi specially appointed; apotassó=to set apart: apo–from, tassó=to arrange.] º Church. History: An austere Christian sect which arose in the second century. Believing matter to be essentially evil, they renounced marriage, fasted frequently, and used water instead of wine in the Communion. ... Many followed Tatian. They were called also Encratites (Abstainers) and Hydro- parastatae (Water-drinkers). *a-pôt'-É-car-y, s. [APOTHECARY.] āp-ö-tël-āş-māt-ic, a. . [Gr. apotelesmatikos= (1) of or for completion, (2) of or for astrology; apotelesma=(1) that which is completed; (2) the in- fluence of the stars on human destiny; apoteleo-to bring to an end: apo–from, and teleó= to bring about, to complete; telos= the fulfillment or accom- plishment of anything.] Relative to astrology. a-pôth-à-car—y, *a-pôt -ē-car-y, s. [In Sw. apotekare; Dan., 'Dut. & Gér. tºotheker ; Fr. ºpothicaire; Sp. boticario. From Lat. (tpotheca : Gr, apothéké=ā place where anything is laid up, a shop, a storehouse, also what is stored therein ; from apotithem i = to put away: apo = from, and tithūmi-to put. Or Gr. apo–from, and Lat. theea, Gr, thekë=a case, box, chest, &c., to put anything in ; from tithémi. To use the rhetorical figure *1. The keeper of a shop or warehouse. * *2. The officer in charge of a powder magazine. *3. A general practitioner in medicine. 4. One who prepares and sells drugs. “Ther was also a Doctouſ of Phisik, × * × Ful redy hadde he his apotecaries, * To sende him dragges, and his lectuaries.” Chaucer: The Prologue, 412, 427-8. “. . . the common drugs with which every apothe- cary in the smallest market town was provided . . . .”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. a-pô-thé-gi-lim, s. [Gr, apo–from, and theké= a case, chest, or box to put anything in..] [APOTHE- CARY. - Botany: - 1. The scutella or shields constituting the fructi- fication of some lichens. They are little colored cups or lines with a hard disc, surrounded by a rim, and containing asci or tubes filled with sporules. . 2. The cases in which the organs of reproduction in the Algaceae, or Sea-weeds, are contained. āp'-ö—thègm (g silent), s. [APOPHTHEGM.] T For its derivates also see the spelling com- mencing APOPHTH. *āp'-ó-thém, s. [Gr, apotithem i=to put away: apo–from, away; tithemi– to put or place.] The name given by Berzelius to the insoluble brown deposit which forms in vegetable extracts exposed to the air. It is a mixture of various substances, and not a proper chemical compound. (Watts.) a-pôth-è-ö'-sis, s. [In Ger. apotheose; Fr. apothéose ; Sp. apoteosis; Port. apotheosis, apothe- Qse; Ital. apoteosi; Lat. apotheosis; Gr. apotheósis, from apotheod= to deify : apo-away, and theod=to deify; theos = God..] The deification of a human being; the elevating to the rank of the “gods” of a person who was remarkable for virtue, for hero- ism, or even for audacious vice. Temples were then built to the new divinity, priests appointed, sacrifices offered, and probably festivals instituted. The Romans called apotheosis consecration, and were accustomed in this way to honor their de- ceased emperors. It still exists in India and other pagan countries. The French Revolution was re- garded by many of the ardent spirits of that time as the apotheosis of Liberty. “. . according to which, that which the Grecians call apotheosis, and the Latins relatio inter divos, was the Supreme honor which man could attribute unto man.”— Bacon: Adv. of Learn., bk. i. a-pôth-è-ó-size, v. t. [Eng. apotheos(is): -ize.] To grant one an apotheosis; to deify one, to elevate one to the rank of the “gods.” (Bacom. a-pôth'—É-sís, s. [In Ital. apotesi; Lat. apothe- sis; Gr. apothesis—a laying up in store; (upotithemi = to put away: apo–from, and tithémi-to put. Or apos=from, and thesis=a setting, a placing; from tithem?..] I. Architecture : 1. The same as APOPHYGE (q.v.). 2. A repository for books, &c., on the south side of the chancel, in:the primitive churches. “This [the chancell being appropriated only to the sacred ministry, is very short from east to west, though it takes up the whole breadth of the church, together with the diaconicon or prothesis, and the apothesis, from north to south.”—Sir G. Wheler: Desc. of Anc. Churches, p. 82. #. sºro. : The reduction of a dislocated bone. O.)*}”. 3. a-pôt'-öm-é, a pút-öm-y, s. [In Ger, apotom: Gr. apotomě=a cutting off; apotem nó-to cut off: apo- from, and temvrvö= to cut. Or tomé– a stump, . . . . a cutting; from temno.] 1. Amcient Greek Music: (a) That interval in the ratio of 2187: 2048, which, being cut off from the major tone 9 : 8, left the interval called a leimma, or minor semitone, in the ratio 256 : 243. (b) The in- terval 125 : 128 was called a major apotome, and 2025 : 2048 a minor One. 2. Math. : The remainder or difference of two incommeasurable quantities. āp-ö-trép'-sis, s [Gr apotrepsis = aversion; apotrepô= to turn away from : apo- from, and trepò = to turn. Or apo- from, and trepsis= turning; from trepò.] Med. : The resolution of a suppurating tumor. fa-pôt -rö-py, 3. [Lat. apotropae, apotropaea, s. pl. rom Gr. apotropé– a turning away from : apo = from, and tropé= a turn ; trepô= to turn.] Greek Poetry: A verse or hymn designed to avert. The divinity chiefly the wrath of incensed deities. invoked on such occasions was Apollo. āp'-ó-zém, s. [In Fr. apozème; Port, apozema, apozima : Lat. Qpozema, Gr. apozema, from apo- zed, t. = (1) to throw off by fermenting; (2) i., to cease fermenting : apo- from, and zed = to boil. Or apo- from, and zema = that which is boiled, a de- coction ; zed.] A decoction. An extraction of the substance of plants by boiling them and preserving the infusion. “During this evacuation, he took opening broths and apozems.”— Wiseman: Surgery. appanage āp-ó-zé'm-ic-al, a. [Eng. apozem; -ical..] Per- taining to an apozem or decoction; resembling an apozem or decoction. *. “Wine, that is dilute, may safely and profitably be adhibited in an apozemical form in fewers.” — Whitaker: Blood of the Grape, p. 33. * *ap-pā'id, *ap-pâ'yed, pa. par [APPAY.] *āp-pâ ire, *āp-pâ'yre, *a-pā'ire, *a-péſire, *ap-pêir, v. t. & i... [Norm. Fr; appeirer; from Lat. ad, implying addition to, and pejoro=to make worse; pejor=Fr. pire, Prov. peire= worse.J. [IM- PAIR...] A. Transitive: To impair, to make worse; to lessen, weaken, or injure. (Now fMPAIR.) “. his flatereres, maden semblaunt of wepyng, and app aired and aggregged moche of this matiere, . . .” —Chaucer: Tale of Melibeus. B. Intransitive : To become worse or less; to degenerate. “I see the more that I them forbere, The worse they be fro yere to yere: All that lyveth appayreth fast.” Morality of Every Man: Hawkins' Old Pl., i. 38. ap-pâ'1, *ap-pâ'-lén, v. t. & i. [Often derived from Fr. palir (t.)=to make pale, (i.) to grow pale; but Wedgwood considers that it is with pall, and not with pale, that it is connected.] A. Transitive: “To cause to pall; ” to take away or lose the vital power, whether through age or Sudden terror, horror, or the like. (Wedgwood.) ec., to inspire with terror; greatly to terrify; thoroughly to discourage; to paralyze energy through the influence of fear. : “That in the weak man’s way like lions stand, His soul appal, and damp his rising fire ** Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 60. B. Intransitive: To come under the influence of terror; to become dismayed ; to become discour- aged ; to have the energy paralyzed with fright. “To make his power to appallen, and to fayle.” Lydgate. “Therewith her wrathfull courage 'gan appal, And haughtie spirits meekely to adaw.” Spense”: F. Q., IV. Yi. 26. ap-pâl", s. . [APPAL, v.] Dismay, terror. (Chap- man: Homer's Iliad, xiv. 314.) ap-pâ’lled, pr. par. & (t. [APPAL.] “Give with thy trumpet a loud note to Troy, Thou dreadful Ajax, that th’ appalled air May pierce the head of thy great combatant.” Shakesp.: Troil. and Cress., iv. 5. ap-pâ 1-ling, pa. par. & a. [APPAL.] ap-pâ 1-ling-ly, adv. [Eng. appalling; -ly. ] In an appalling manner. ap-pâ’l-ment, tap-pâ'll-ment, ment, s. [Eng. appal; -ment.] “As the furious slaughter of them was a great discour- . agement and appalement to the rest.”—Bacon: Henry VII. “Transient emotions 2. Terror. 3. Appalment. 4. Consternation. 5. Dismay.”—Bowring: Beowtham’s Table of the Springs of Action ; Works, vol. i., p. 204. ,- ãp-pan-age, táp-an-age, *āp-pên-age, *ap- ān-nage, s. [In Dan., Ger., & Sp. aparvage ; Fr. Gºpanage, tappamage, tappennage = an appanage; Ital. appan naggio = an appendage; Law Latin ap- penagium, appanagiwm = an appanage. ... If the former spelling is the correct one, then Spelman considers that it may be from Lat. ab appendendo from being (something) which should be appended to (meaning to younger sons, for their support). If the spelling should be appamagiwm, then probably it is from Lat. appan (tre+ to furnish with bread; ad panem-for bread, that is, for sustenance. This is the preferable etymology.] I. Litercully : 1. Properly, lands assigned as portions to the younger sons, or sometimes the brothers of the French king, who in general took their titles from the appanages which they held. Under the first two dynasties of French kings, the sons of the mon- arch divided his dominions among them. After- ward the kingdom was assigned to the eldest, and appanages to the others. Then the dominant power of the latter princes was so circumscribed that their appanages could not be willed away to any one, or descend to females, but, on the failure of male is- sue, were made to revert to the crown ; and finally, on the 22d of November, 1790, the power hitherto possessed by the crown of granting appanages was taken away, and provision made for the younger sons of the royal family by grants from public funds. During the earlier period of the existence of French appanages, they were divided into royal and customvary; the former being those granted to the king's brothers, and not allowed to be possessed by, or descend to, females; and the latter granted to the king's sisters, and consequently under no such restriction. “It has been before remarked, that the French noblesse became at an early period divided into the greater and *ap-pâ'Ie- bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. . -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. shūn; -SiOus = -ţion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, appanagist the less, the former possessing territories, apamage, sov- ereignty, almost independent power.”—Evans Crowe: Hist, France, vol. i., p. 165. 2. A similar provision made for princes in other countries than France. “He became suitor for the earldom of Chester, a kind of appanage to Wales, and using to go to the king's son.” —Bacon. 3. A dependency. “Is the new province to be in reality, if not in name, an appanage of Russia Y”—Times, November 16, 1877. II. Figwratively: Sustenance, support, stay. “Had he thought it fit That wealth should be the appamage of wit, The God of light could ne'er have been so blind, To deal it to the worst of human kind.”—Swift. ap-pân-a-gist, s. [Fr. apamagiste, s. & a..] A prince endowed with an appanage. (Penny Cyclop.) *ap-pār'—ail, v. t. [APPAREL, v.] ãp-par-ā'-tūs, s. . [In Sw., Ger., & Fr. apparat; Sp. aparato; foºt. & ‘Ital. apparato ; Lat. appara. tus, S. = (1) a making ready; (2) an equipment, as instruments, &c.; (3) pomp, state: apparatus=pre- pared, pa. par. of apparo=to prepare: ad=for, and paro=to prepare.j Any equipment. A. Ordinary Language: Specially— 1. Art: Instruments, machines, &c., prepared with the view of being used for certain ends: such as the cases of instruments provided for surgeons for land surveyors, for mathematicians, for natural philosophers, for chemists, &c. Such also are the tools of a trade, the books of a student, the dresses and scenes in a theater, the furniture of a house, and the munitions of war. “. a little apparatus for the former purpose. This consists of a thin cylindrical vessel of brass.”— Fownes; Chem., 11th ed., p. 6. “The Greek tragedians, it is indisputable, did not aim at reproducing the whole contemporary appara- tus, which was in strictness appropriate and due to their characters.”—Gladstone: Homer, i. 31. 2. Nature: An equipment; , anything in nature divinely prepared or furnished. “ . who does not see in the vast and wonderful appargtus around us provision for other races of ani- mated beings?”—Herschel; Astronomy, 5th ed., § 819. B. Technically: 1. Physiol. A series of organs all ministering to the same end, in the animal or vegetable economy; as the respiratory apparatus, the circulatory ap- paratus, the digestive apparatus, &c. “. in both sexes a remarkable auditory apparatus has been discovered.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. x. 2. Swrgery: The operation of lithotomy, or cut- ting for the stone. [LITHOTOMY.] 3. Astron.: Apparatus Sculptoris, called also Of- ficing Sculptoris = the Sculptor's Apparatus or Workshop., Qne of Lacaille's twenty-seven South- ern constellations. *ap-pâr'—ayl, v. t. [APPAREL.] *ap-pâr'—ayl-yńg, pri par. & S. [APPARELING..] *āp-par-gēyve. [APPERCEIVE.] . *āp-par-gé'yv-yńge. [APPERCEIVING...] *ap-pār-Éill, *ap-pār-Éille, s. & v. [APPAREL.] ap-pār-el, *ap-pār-Éill, *ap-pār-àille (Eng.), *ap-pār-ale, *ap-pār-al-ye, rap-pār- aill (Scotch), 3. [Fr. appareil=preparation, train, dressing, apparatus, symmetry; appareiller = to apparel, to join, to assimilate, to match, equalize, level; pareil-like, similar, equal. In Prov, apar- elh, Šp. ..a parejos; , Port, apparelho; Ital. appar- ecchio, apparechiatura; Lat, paro5 to make equal; par=equal. Cognate also with Lat. apparo=to prepare; ad=for, and paro=to prepare.] A. Ordinary Language : Essential meaning=that which is fitted, adjusted, or prepared. I. Literally: 1. Dress, vesture, garments, clothing, clothes. “Then David arose from the earth, and washed, and anointed himself, and changed his apparel.”—2 Sam. xii. 20. 2. The furniture of a ship ; as sails, rigging, anchor, &c. II. Fig.: tions. “Our late burnt London, in apparel new, Shook off her ashes to have treated you.” Waller: To the Duchess of Orleans. B, Technically: - 1. Eccles. Vestments: Apparels (pl.) were five or- namental pieces of embroidery, placed one on each of the wrists of the alb, one on the lower part of it before, another behind, and the fifth, or amice, round the neck. Some thought that they symbol- ized the five wounds of Christ. (Lee: Gloss.) 2. Fort. [In the French form appareille.] The slope or assent to a bastion. External habiliments, garb, decora- º 232 ap-pār-el, *ap-pár—ail, *ap-pār'—ay1, *ap- pār'—eill, *ap-ār-ail, *ap-àr'—al, v. t. [From the Substantive. In Fr. appareiller (APPAREL, v., etym.); Prov. & Port. aparelhar; Sp. aparejar; Ital. apparechiare.] (See the substantive.) A. [Remotely from Lat. paro=to make equal.] (See etym. of the substantive.) I. Literally: To dress, to clothe, to place gar- ments upon. “And she had a garment of divers colors upon her: for with such robes were the king's daughters that were virgins appareled.”—2 Sam. xiii. 18. II. Figuratively: 1. To equip, to fit out, to furnish with weapons or º pºtatus for war. (Used of warriors or of SD1])S. “Apparell’d as becomes the brave.” Byron: The Bride of Abydos, I. ii. “It hath been agreed, that either of them should send ships to sea well manned and apparelled to fight.”—Sir J. Hayward. 2. To deck out gaily, to adorn, to ornament, to render attractive. “Of ther fair chapel doubt therof had non, Wel apparailled was it hie and bas, With riche iewelles stuffed many on.” Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 926–28. “There was a time when meadow, grove, and stream, The earth, and every common sight, To me did seem Apparell’d in celestial light, The glory and the freshness of a dream.” * Wordsworth: Intimations of Immortality. iſ Apparel is generally used in the pa. par. B. [Remotely from Lat, paro=to prepare (?).] To prepare. “And al swo hi hedden aparailed here offrendes swo kam sisterre thet yede to for hem in to Jerusalem.”—Old Kentish Sermons (ed. Morris), p. 26. - ap-pār-elled, *ap-pār-àilled, *a-pār'—ailed, *a-pār-al-it, pa. par. & a. [See APPAREL, v.] “. . ... two white apparelled angels.”—Strauss: Life of Jesus (Transl. 1846), § 143. º, ap-pār-el-lifig, *ap-pār'—ayl-yńg, a. & s. As substantive: Preparation. “For Tullius saith, that long apparaylyng by fore the bataille, maketh schort victorie.”—Chaucer: Tale of Melibeus. tap-pār-enge, tap-pār-en-gy, *ap-pār-en- çie, s. [In Fr. apparence; Port, apparencia; Ital. §º. Lat. apparentia=(1) a becoming visi- ble, (2) external appearance.] The state of becom- ing visible; appearance. “Which made them resolve no longer to give credit unto outward apparences.”—Trans. of Boccalini (1626), p. 66. “And thus this double hypocrisie, With his devoute apparencie.” Gower: Conf. Amant., blº. i. “It had now been a very justifiable presumption in the king, to believe as well as hope, that he could not be long in England without such an apparency of his own party that wished all that he himself desired, .”—Lord Clarem don: Life, ii. 21. ap-pār-ent, a. & S. [In Fr. apparent; Sp. apar- ente ; Port. & Ital, apparente ; Lat., apparens, pr: par. of º become visible, to appear; ad =to, and pareo-to appear.] A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Language : 1. That may be seen, visible, in sight, in view, or coming in sight, appearing. (Opposed to secret, hidden, or concealed.) “Large foliage, overshad’ wing golden flowers, Blown on the summit of th’ apparent fruit.” Cowper: Task, bk. iii. f #Plain. obvious, indubitable. (Opposed to doubt- Ull. “The main principles of reason are in themselves apparent.”—Hooker. 3. Open, evident, known. pected.) “As well the fear of harm, as harm apparent, In my opinion ought to be prevented.” Shakesp.: Richard III., ii. 2. 4. Seeming. (Opposed to real or true.) As seems to the senses in contradistinction to what reason indicates. & £ (Opposed to sus- . . . to live on terms of civility and even of appar- ent friendship.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. T This is the most common use of the word, especially in scientific works. “. . the real diameters must be to each other in the proportion of the apparent ones.”—Herschel; Astronomy, 5th ed., § 463. II. Technically: 1. Optics, Astrom., dºc. [For the Apparent Alti- twºe, Dict meter, Magnvitude, Figure, Motion, Place, and Distance of an earthly or heavenly body see appasionated ALTITUDE, DIAMETER, MAGNITUDE, FIGURE, Mo- TION, PLACE and DISTANCE ; for the #. horizon, which is the same as the visible horizon, see HORIZON ; for Apparent conjwmction of the Planets, see CONJUNCTION.] 2. Horology, Astrom., dºc. see TIME.] - e 3. Law: With rights or prospects not likely to be set aside by any contingency but death. Opposed to presumptive. This is the use of the word in the phrase heir apparent, the import of which is, that the person so designated will be entitled to suc- ceed to the estate, if he survive its present possessor. An heir presumptive, on the contrary, though at present the nearest in succession, may have his hope defeated by the birth of a nearer heir. (See Black- Stone's Commentaries, bk. ii., ch. 14.) B. As substantive: Apparent is used elliptically for heir apparent. “Primce. My gracious father, by your kingly leave, I’ll draw it as apparent to the crown.” Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., ii. 2. ap-pâ'r-ent—ly, adv. [Eng. apparent; -ly.] *1. Plainly, clearly. (Opposed to doubtfully.) “With him will I speak mouth to mouth, even appar- ently, and not in dark speeches.”—Numb. xii. 8. 2. Seemingly. “They found the Emperor himself apparently frank.” —Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iv., p. 375. ap-pâ'r-ent-nēss, s. [Eng. apparent; -mess.] The state of being apparent; the quality of being perceivable. ãp-par-i-tion, s. [In Fr. apparition; Sp. apari- cion; Port. apparicao; Ital. appariziome. From Lat. apparitio- (1) service, attendance; (2) domes- tics, from appareo-to become visible, to appear.] [APPEAR.] I. Ordinary Language: 1. The state of becoming visible; visibility, appearance. “It was also observed that he was troubled with appari- tions of hobgoblins and evil spirits; . ”—Bunyan: I’ilgrim’s Progress, pt. i. . 2. A person who, or a thing which, suddenly, and perhaps unexpectedly, becomes visible; an appear- &IlC6. “Fitz-James looked round—yet scarce believed The witness that his sight received ; Such apparition well might seem Delusion of a dreadful dream.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, v. 11. “A thousand blushing apparitions start Into her face; a thousand innocent shames In angel whiteness bear away those blushes.” Shakesp.: Much Ado about Nothing, iv. i. 3. Spec. : . A so-called ghost, specter, or hobgoblin; also a spirit of any kind from the unseen world. “That, if again this apparition come, He may approve our eyes, and speak to it.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 1. [For Apparent Time, II. Technically: Astrom. : A term applied to the appearance in the heavens of a comet, or to the visible ascent above the horizon of a star previously beneath it; or in the shining forth of one which, though up, was before left unenlightened from being occulted or eclipsed by another heavenly body. In the latter case it is opposed to Occultation (q.v.). “The intervals of these successive apparitions being 75 and 76 years, Halley was encouraged to predict its [the ºneºj reappearance about the year 1759.”—Herschel; Astronomy, 5th ed., § 567. “A month of apparition is the space wherein the moon appeareth; deducting three days wherein it commonly disappeareth, and this containeth but twenty-six days and twelve hours.”—Browne; Vulgar Errors. Circle of apparition: That part of the heavens in any given latitude within which the stars are always visible. It is opposed to the Circle of occultation. “All celestial objects within the circle of perpetual appan'ition come twice on the meridian, above the hori- zon, in every diurnal revolution, “once above and once below the pole.’”—Herschel; Astronomy, 10th ed., § 125. āp-par-i-tion—al, a. Pertaining to or resem- bling an apparition. ap-pār'-i-tór, s. [In Fr. appariteur; Ital, ap- paritore; Lat., apparitor= a public servant, such as a lictor, a writer, or a priest; from appareo = to appear. 1. A petty officer in a civil or criminal court who assists in carrying out the decisions of the judges. In ecclesiastical courts, one who carries summonses. “They swallowed all the Roman hierarchy, from the pope to the apparitor.”—Ayliffe: Parergon. 2. In other institutions: The beadle or similar functionary. *ap-pá'-sion-ā-têd, a. [Ital, appasionoto = endured, suffered; affectionate; appasionare=to make to endure or suffer.] Impassioned. “. . . the seven appasionated shepherds.”—Sydney. Arcadia. bk. ii. făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. appaumee appaumée (ap-pā'u-mé), a. [APAUMEE.] *ap-pâ'y, v. t. [O. Fr. appayer, apaier; Prov., Sp., & Port, apagar=to quench, to appease; Ital. appagare=to satisfy ; pagare=to pay. From Lat. pacare = to pacify; paa: = peace.] To satisfy, to appease, to content, . | Now contracted into PAY (q.v.). “So only can high justice rest appaid.” Milton: P. L., bk. xii. *ap-pâ'yed, *ap-pā'id, pa. par. [APPAY.] *ap-pê’agh, *a-péaghe, *a-pê'ghe, v. t. & i. {Norm. Fr. apescher, which Mahn believes to be from Lat. appacto, º: of appango=to fasten to : ad=to, and pamgo=to ağ [IMPEACH.] A. Trams. : To impeach. (Lit. dº fig.) “Were he twenty times My son, I would appeach him.” Shakesp.: Richard II., v. 2. “His wonder far exceeded reason's reach, That he began to doubt his dazeled sight, And oft of error did himselfe appeach.” Spenser: F. Q., II. xi. 40. B. Intrans.: To tell; to make revelations of any thing which it was the desire or interest of one's self or others to conceal. “. . . come, come, disclose The state of your affection; for your passions Have to the full appeach’d.” Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, i. 3. T The slang expression to “peach,” current among the criminal classes, is the word appeach or impeach. contracted. The same slang word is freely used among our young people who, in their juyenile code of honor, count it a shameful thing to “peach " of ‘one another. *ap-pé a ghed, pa. par. [APPEACH.] *ap-pé’agh-Ér, s. [Eng. appeach; -er.] One Yºº “appeaches” or impeaches another or him- S63] [. “. common appeachers and accusers of the noble men, and chiefest citizens.”—North's Plutarch, p. 286. (Richardson.) . *ap-pé’agh-mênt, 3. [Eng. appeach; -ment.] An impeachment. “The duke’s answers to his appeachments, in number thirteen, I find civilly couched.”—Wottom. ap-pé'al, *ap—pé'le, *ā-pé’ele, v. t. & i. [In Sw. appelléra; Dan, appellere; Dut. ºppº. Ger. appelliren : Fr. appeler; Sp. apelar; Port. §. Ital, appellcºre; Lat, appello, -avi- (1) to callupon, to speak to, ſº to entreat, (3) to appeal to, (4), to name, or call, (5) to pronounce. Cognate with appello, -puli– to drive to: ad=to, pello = (1) to push or strike, (2) to drive.] A. Transitive: Law & Ordinary Language: * * fi } To accuse, impeach, or charge with. (Lit. dº ſlg. “Quod Youthe to Age, ‘Y thee apeele, And that bifore oure God y-wis.’ ” Mirror of the Periods of Man's Life (ed. Furnival), 433-4. “As well appeareth by the cause you come: Namely, to appeal each other of high treason. Cousin of Hereford, what dost thou object Against the Duke of Norfolk º’’ Shakesp.: Richard II., i. 1. . 2. To carry from an inferior to a superior court or judge. B. Intransitive: - I. Law & Ordimary Language: - 1. To carry a case from an inferior to a superior Court of law, or from an inferior to a superior judge. [APPEAL, s.] “I appeal unto Caesar.”—Acts xxv. 11. 2. To carry a controverted statement or argu- ment, for judgment, to another person, than the one who has decided against it; to lay it before the tribunal of public opinion ; to point to arguments in its support; or if the issue be very important, and the support adequate, to draw the sword in its defense. “Whether this, that the soul always thinks, be a self- evident proposition, I appeal to mankind.”—Locke. “It may suffice here to appeal to the immense amount of gross produce, which, even without a permanent ten- ure, English laborers generally obtain from their little allotments.”—J. S. Mill; Polit. Econ., blº. i., ch. ix., § 4 ap-pê al, *ap-pêl', s. [From the verb. In Dan. & Dut. appel; Ger. appelation; Fr. appel, appella- tion ; Sp. apelacion; Port. appellaçao; Ital, cup- pello, appellazione, appellagiome; Lat. appellatio =(1) an accosting, (2) an appeal, (3) a calling by l] & IIlê, I. Literally: Law dº Ordinary Language: 1. An application for the transfer of a cause or Suit from an inferior to a superior court or judge. It differs from a writ of error in two respects: (1) That an appeal may be brought on any interlocu- bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; 233 tory matter, but a writ of error only on a definite judgment; (2) that on writs of error the superior court pronounces the judgment, while on appeals it gives directions to the court below to rectify its decree. (Blackstone's Comment... bk. iii., ch. 4.) . 2. The right of carrying a particular case from an inferior to a superior judicatory. ... “But of those rights the trustees were to be judges, and judges without appeal.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. *3. Formerly: Private prosecutions for heinous offenses, e. g., the murder of a near relative, larceny, rape, arson, mayhem, &c., from which one's self has suffered, or for treason against the state. If the prosecutor failed to establish the accusation, he was punished. In some cases the person who appealed was an accomplice in the act which he denounced. (Blackstone's Comment., bk. iv., ch. 23.) “Hast thou according to thy oath and band Brought hither Henry Hereford, thy bold son, Here to make good the boist’rous late appeal Against the Duke of Norfolk 2'' Shakesp.: Richard II., i. 1. . . . the most absurd and odious proceeding known to our old law, the appeal of murder.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. 4. A summons to answer to a charge. “Nor shall the sacred character of king Be urg'd to shield me from thy bold appeal; If I have injur'd thee, that makes us equal.” Dryden. & © II. Figuratively: 1. The referring of a controverted statement or argument to one in whose judgment confidence is gººd, or to the verdict of public opinion, or to OCl. “From the injustice of our brother men— To him appeal was made as to a judge; Who, with an understanding heart, allay’d The perturbation: listen’d to the plea: Resolved the dubious point, and sentence gave.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. ii. “The casting up of the eyes and lifting up of the hands is a kind of appeal to the Deity, the author of wonders.”—Bacom. . 2. Recourse, resort. “. . . not to denounce all preparations for battle and all appeals to arms.”—Times, Nov. 24, 1876 ap-pé'al-a-ble, a. [Eng. appeal; -able.] Law & sº e * e 1. Of cases: Which may be appealed; which is of such a character that permission will be given to the person against whom the verdict has gone in the inferior court to appeal to a superior one. “To clip the power of the council of state, composed of the natives of the land, by making it appealable to the council of Spain.”—Howell: Letters, I. ii. 15. 2. Of persons: Who may be called on by appeal to answer to a charge. *ap-pê'al—ant, s. [APPELLANT.] ap-pé'aled, pa. par. & al. [APPEAL., v.] ap-pê'al-ćr, s. [Eng. appeal; -er.] One who appeals. [APPELLOR.] ap-pê'al-iñg, pr. par. & a. [APPEAL., v.] A. As pr. par. : (See the verb.) B. As adj. (Spec.) : Imploring; mutely soliciting. (Scott: Rokeby, v. 8.) -- ap-pê'al-iñg-nēss, s. [Eng. appealing; -mess.] Beseechingness. (G. Eliot: Daniel Deromaa, ch. xxxv.) ap-pê'ar, ap-pê're, a-pé're, a-pié're, v. i. [In Fr. apparaitre, apparoir; Sp. aparacer; Port. apparecer; Ital. apparire; Lat, apparere, from ad, and pareo-to come forth, to appear.] I. Literally: 1. To become visible to the eye, to come in sight. “. . . Let the waters under the heaven be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry land appear.”— Gen. i. 9. 2. To be visible to the eye, to be in sight. “. . . so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear.”—Heb. xi. 8. II. More or less figwratively: h (In a sense analogous to that of coming in sight. - (a) o be manifested to ; as God, Christ, an angel, or a heavenly portent may be to man. “Tho nicht efter thet aperede an ongel of heuen in here slepe ine metinge, and hem seide and het.”—Old Kentish Sermons (ed. Morris), p. 27. “In that night did God appear unto, Solomon.”— 2 Chron. ii. 7. (See also Mark Xvi. 9; Exod. iii. 2; Matt. ii. 7; and Rev. xii. 1.) (b) To arise as an object of distinction among mankind. “Ages elapsed ere Homer's lamp appeared, And ages ere the Mantuan swan was heard.” Cowper: Table Talk, 556. Sin, appearance (c) Formally to present one's self before a person, or at a place, as at a sacred spot for worship, or before a judge in a court of law, whether as the accused person, as the prosecutor, or as an advocate. “When all Israel is come to appear before the Lord thy God # the place which He shall choose . . .”—Dewt. XXXI. & & & we must ali appear before the judgment-seat Coº". V. 10. to appear in the presence of God for us.”— of Christ . .”— $ & Heb. ix. 24. “One ruffian escaped because no prosecutor dared to appear.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. d) To become visible to the eye of reason; to be fully established by observation or reasoning. “. . . . from the way in which they at first acquitted themselves, it plainly appeared that he had judged wisely § not leading them out to battle.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., CIl. XIV. . - 2. (Analogous to the sense of being visible.) To present the semblance of, to resemble: * (a) Its being implied that, notwithstanding this, the reality is absent. “Even so ye also outwardly appear righteous unto men, but within ye are full of hypocrisy and iniquity.”—Matt. xxiii. 28. (b) Without its being implied that the resem- blance is unreal. “. . . . the signature of another plainly appeared to have been traced by a hand shaking with emotion.”—Mac- aulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. j Appear is sometimes, used impersonally: e. “it appears to him ;” “it appeared that . . (See ex. under II. 1, d.) *ap-pé'ar, 8. [From the verb.] Appearance. ** Here will I wash it in this morning's dew, Which she on every little grass doth strew, In silver drop, against the sun’s appear.” Fletcher: Faithful. Shepherdess. ap-pê'ar-ange, *ap-pé'r-åunge, *a-pé'r-ans, s. [Fr. apparence; Sp. apariencia; Ital, appar- enza, from Lat. apparentia.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The state of coming in sight. 1. Literally. (a) In an ordinary way. “. . . choice cider from the orchards round the Malvern Hills made its appearance in company with the Champagne and the Burgundy.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. (b), Supernaturally, as a spirit may do to the bodily eye. y “I think a person terrified with the imagination of specters more reasonable than one who thinks the appearance of spirits fabulous.”—Addison. 2. Figuratively: (a) Entry into the world, into society, or a partic- ular company or place. Or entry in a particular character. “Do the same justice to one another which will be done us hereafter by those who shall make their appearance in the world, when this generation is no more.”—Addison. .*(b) Visibility to the mind's eye; probability, likelihood. “There is that which hath no appearance, that this priest being utterly unacquainted with the true person, according to whose pattern he should shape his counter. feit, should think it possible for him to instruct his player.”—Bacon. II. That which becomes visible. 1. A vision. “Bot so befell hyme that nycht to meit An aperams, the wich one to his spreit.” Lancelot of the Lake (ed. Skeat), bk. i., 363-4. 2. The aspect presented when a person or thing becomes visible ; mien. “FIis external appearance is almost as well known to us as to his own captains and counsellors.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. “She knew not he was dead. She seem’d the same In person and appearance.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. i. “As the appearance of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain, . ”—Ezek. i. 28. 3. A phenomenon; the latter word, and not ap- pearance, being that now commonly used by men of science. “The advancing day of experimental knowledge dis- closeth such appearances as will not lie even in any model extant.”—Glanville: Scepsis. 4. Semblance, as opposed to reality; or outward show, as opposed to internal hollowness. “. . . to answer them which glory in appearance, and not in heart.”—2 Cor. v. 12. - “TJnder a fair and beautiful appearance there should, ever be the real substance of good.”—Rogers. 5. Semblance, without its being implied that there is unreality. - “. . there stood before me as the appearance of a man.”—Dam. viii. 15. aş; 9;; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. & -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; &c. = bel, del. —dle, —tion, -śion Zhūn. -tious, -cious, shiis. -ble, -SiOus appearer 6. Plural: Circumstances collectively fitted to produce a bad, or to produce a good, impression. “Appearances were all so strong, The world must think him in the wrong.” Swift. . To save appearances, or to keep º appearances, is to make things look externally all right, when in reality they are to a greater or less extent wrong. B. Technically: Law: Formal presentation of one's self in a COUlrt, in answer to a summons received, to answer any charges which may have been brought against one. A person who does so is said to put in or to make, an appearance. (See Blackstone's Com- ament., bk. iii., ch. 19.) “I will not tarry, no, nor evermore Upon this business my appearance make In any of their courts.” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., iii. 4. Perspective: The representation or projection of a figure, a body, or any similar object upon the perspective plane. ap-pé ar—Ér, s. [Eng. appear; -er.] One who or that which appears. “That owls and ravens are ominous appearers, and presignify unlucky events, was an augurial conception.” —Browne. ap-pé'ar-iñg, pr. par. & a. AS #. articiple & adj. : Sponding to those of the verb. “We see the appearing buds . . .” Shakesp. ; 2 Henry IV., i. 8. ap—pé'ar-iñg, s. [APPEAR.] The state of becom- ing visible; appearance. “. . . until the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ.” —l Tim. wi. 14. ap-pê'as-a-ble, a. [Eng. appease; -able.] Not implacable; capable of being appeased. ap-pê'as-a-ble-nēss, s. [Eng. appeasable; -mess.] The quality of being appeasable. The opposite of implacableness. ap-pê'aše, v. t. [Fr. apaiser; O. Fr. apaisier, apaissier; Prov. apasiar; from Lat. ad=to, and paco-to appease, quiet..] [PEACE.] . Properly, to make peace where agitation before existed; as– *1. To quiet or calm the agitated deep. “By his counsel he appeaseth the deep, and planteth islands therein.”—Eccles. xliii. 23. 2. To dispel anger or hatred, and tranquilize the heart previously perturbed by one or both of these passions; to cause one to cease complaining. . . I will appease him with the present that goeth before me.”—Gen. xxxii. 20. “Now then your plaint appease.” . . Spenser: F. Q., I. iii. 29. * Formerly it was sometimes used reflexively. “And Tullius saith: ... Ther is no thing so commendable in a gret lord, as whan he is debonaire and meeke, and appes ith him lightly.”—Chaucer: Melibews. 3. To tranquilize the conscience and make it cease from troubling. [APPEAR.] In senses corre- & 4 * “. . . and peace Of conscience, which the law by ceremonies Cannot appease .”—Milton: P. L., bk. xii. 4. To satiate a clamorous appetite, and by satiety make its cravings cease. “The stock of salted hides was considerable, and by gnawing them the garrison appeased the rage of hunger.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. ap-pé'ased, pa. par. & al. [APPEASE.) ap-pé'ase-mênt, S. [Eng. appease; -ment.] 1. The act of pacifying. . 2. The state of being pacified. 3. An article or guarantee of peace. * “Being neither in numbers nor in courage great, partly by authority, partly by entreaty, they were reduced to some good appeasements.”—Hayward. ap-pê'as-Ér, s. [Eng. appease; -er.]. One who appeases; one who pacifies; a peace-maker. ap-péaş-iñg, pr. par. & al. [APPEASE.] ap-pé as–ive, a. [Eng. appease; suffix -ive.] Having the tendency to appease ; quieting. *ap-pê'le, v. t. [APPEAL., v. t.] ap-pêl-lan-gy, s. [Lat. appellans=appealing.] 1. Appeal. (Todd.) 2. Capability of appeal. (Todd.) ap—pé1'-lant, *ap-pê'al—ant, a. & S. [In T)an. & Dut. appellant; Fr. appelant; Sp. apalante ; Ital. , appellante. From Lat. appellams, pr. par. Of appello = to call upon.] & º A. As adjective: Appealing. “The party appellant [shall] first personally promise and avow, that he will faithfully keep and observe all the rites and ceremonies of the Church of England,” &c.— Comst. and Canons Eccl., 98. 234 B. As swbstantive : I. Ordinary Langwage: .1. One who calls out or challenges another to single combat. “These shifts refuted, answer thy appellant, Though by his blindness maim’d for ; attempts, Who now defies thee thrice to single fight.” Milton : Samson Agonistes. #2. One who stands forth as a public accuser of another before a court of law. “Come I appellant to this princely presence. Now, Thomas Mowbray, do I turn to thee. 3k × × × Thou art a traitor and a miscreant.” g Shakesp.: Richard II., i. 1. 3. One who appeals from an inferior to a superior court or judge. In this sense it is opposed to appellee Or respondemt. “An appeal transfers the cognizance of the cause to the superior judge; so that, pending the appeal, nothing can be attempted in prejudice of the appellant.”—Ayliffe: JParen'gon. II. Tech?vically: Chºwrch. History: A term applied in the eighteenth century to the Jansenists and others who appealed to a general council against the bull “Unigenitus.” launched by Pope Clement XI. against the trans- lation into French of the New Testament, with notes, by Paschasir's Quesnel. (Mosheim : Church, Hist., Cent. xviii., §§ 10, 11.) ap-pê1'-late, a. & S. [Lat, appellatus, pa. par. of appello- to call upon.] [APPEAL.] A. As adjective: 1. To which there lies an appeal. “. . . . by assenting or dissenting to laws and exer- cising an appellate jurisdiction.”—Blackstome: Comment., Introd., § 4. *2. Against whom an appeal is taken. “. . . and the name of the party appellate, or person against whom the appeal is lodged.”—Ayliffe: Paren'gon. 3. In any other way pertaining to an appeal. , B. As swbstantive: The person appealed against. ap-pê1'-lāte, v. t. [APPELLATE, a. & S.] To name, to call. (Southey : The Doctor, ch. cxxxvi.) ap-pêl-lā’—tion, s. [In Ger. & Fr. appellation; Sp. apelacion; Port. appellaçao; Ital. appellazione, appellagiome = an appeal. From Lat. appellatio- (1) an accosting, (2) an appeal, (3) a naming; from appello- to call. 1. The act of appealing; an appeal. “Father of gods and men by equal right, To meet the God of Nature I appeale Sk x: >k × And bade Dan Phoebus scribe her Appellation seal.” spenser: F. Q., VII. vi. 35. 2. A name, a designation, that by which any per- son or thing is called. “Several eminent men took new appellations by which they must henceforth be designated.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. xi. ap-pêl'-la-tive, a. & S. [In Dan. & Ger. appel- lativum, S.; Fr. Q ppellatif, a. & S.; Sp. apelativo, a. & s. ; Port. & Ital, appellativo. From Lat. appella- tivws.] A. As adjective: Common as opposed to proper. (Used especially in grammar.) (See the substan- tive.) “Nor is it likely that he [St. Paul] would give the common appellative name of Books to the divinely in- spired Writings, without any other note of distinction.” —Bp. Bull: Works, ii. 401. B. As substantive : 1. Gem. : An appellation, a name, a designation. “. . . that the kingdom of Christ may not only be in us in name and form, and honorable appellatives, but in effect and power.”—Jeremy Taylor : Eacposition of the Lord's Prayer; Works (1839), vol. iii., p. 74. 2. Grammar: A common, as opposed to a proper name. Thus bird, plant, rock, star, are appella- tives; but Chicago, Shakespeare, and the plant Venus are not SO. “Words and names are either common or proper. Com- mon names are such as stand for universal ideas, or a whole rank of beings, whether general or special, these are called appellatives; so fish, bird, man, city, river, are common names: and so are trout, eel, lobster, for they all agree to many individuals, and some to many species.”— Watts : Logic. - ap-pê1–1a–tive-ly, adv. [Eng. appellative; -ly.] As appellatives do or are; after the manner of ap- pellatives: as, “he is a perfect Goliath;” meaning, he is a man of gigantic stature. “. . . the fallacy lieth in the Homonymy of Ware, here not taken from the town so named, but appellatively for all vendible commodities.”—Fuller . Worthies ; Hert- fordshire. (Richardsom.) appendicate ap-pê1-la-tive-nēss, , s. [Eng. appellative; -ness.] The quality of being appellative, “. . . reduce the proper names in the genealogies following to such an appellativeness as should compose a continued sense.”—Fuller : Worthies; Suffolk. (Richard- son.) ap-pê1'-la-tór-y, a. [Lat. appellatorius=relat- ing to an appellant or an appeal.]. Containing an appeal, in any of the senses of that word. “An appellatory libel ought to contain the name of the party appellant.”—Ayliffe: Parejºgom. ap-pêl-lée, s. [Lat. appello–. . . to appeal.] Law: 1. The defendant in a case appealed from a lower to a higher court. * .2. Eng. Law: . The defendant against an accusa- §a fought by a private person. LAPPEAL, S., O. 5. “In this case he is called an approver or prover pro- bator, and the party appealed or accused is called the appellee.”—Blackstome: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 25. ap-pêl'—lor, ap-pêl-lor', s. [Lat. appellator.] 1. Eng. Law: . One who accuses, another person, called the appellee, of a crime, and prosecutes him before a criminal court. “If the appellee be acquitted, the appellor (by virtue of the statute of Westm. 2, 13 Edw. I., c. 12) shall suffer one year's imprisonment, . .’’ &c.—Blackstome: Com- memt., bk. iv., ch. 23. i2. One who carries a case from an inferior to a Su- perior court. Not used in this sense now ; the word appellant being used instead. * When appellor and appellee are used together §§ are generally both accented on the last Sylla- 62, āp'-pên-age, s. [APPANAGE.J ap-pênd", v. t. [Fr. appendre; Ital, appendere; Lat. appendo=to weigh to ; ad=to, and pendo=to suspend as weights, to weigh.j 1. To hang to or upon. 2. To add one thing as an accessory to another. “. . . and appended to them a declaration attested by his sign-manual, and certifying that the originals ºn his brother's own hand.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., Cºl. VI. ap-pênd-age (age=ig), s. [Eng. append; -age. In Fr. apanage.] [APPEND.] º 1. Ordinary anguage: "Something added, or appended to another, but not properly constituting a portion of it. [APPANAGE.] “. . . and such his course of life, Who now, with no appendage but a staff, . . . Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. i. “The tail is, however, by no means an invariable appendage of comets.”—Herschel; Astron., 5th ed., $557. “They began to consider the crown of France as a mere appendage to the crown of England.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. 2. Bot. ( ſº : Certain superficial processes ap- pended to the stems, leaves, calyces, &c., of plants; as hairs, prickles, thorns, glands, tubercles, dilata- tions or expansions of parts, utricles, pitchers, &c. [APPENDICULATE.] ap-pên'-dange, ap-pên'-dénge, *ap-pên'-dén- Çy, S. |Fr. appendance..] Anything appended or all. In 62 XCC1, “When we see and hear of high titles, rich coats, ancient houses, long pedigrees, glittering suits, large revenues, we honor these (and so we must do) as the just monuments, signs, and appendances of civil greatness.” —Bp. Hall: Rem., p. 29 “Battell with his appendences.”—Withals: Dictionarie (1608). (Halliwell: Comt. to Learic.) “Abraham bought the whole field, and by right of appendency had the cave with it.”—Spelman. ap-pên'-dant, a. & S. [Fr. appendant, pa. par. of appendre..] [APPEND.] A. As adjective : Ordinary Language: 1. Lit. : Hanging to or upon. * 2. Fig.: Annexed to, dependent upon, concomit- ant to, pertaining to, though not intimately. “. the latent irregularity, which is certainly ap- pendant to ordinary litigations.”—Jeremy Taylor; Works (ed. 1889), vol. iii., p. 60. B. As substantive: Anything attached to another one, as an accidental or accessory, not an essential, part of it. “Pliny gives an account of the inventors of the forms and appendants of shipping.”—Hale: Origin of Mamlcind. ap-pên'-déd, pa. par. & a. [APPEND.] *ap-pên'-dén-gy, s. [APPENDANCE.] *ap-pên-di-cate, v. t. [Lat. appendia (acc. (p. pendicem), and Eng. Suff. -ate.] [APPENDICLE.] To append, to add to. “In a palace there is the case or fabric of the struc. ture, and there are certain additaments, as various furni- ture, and curious motions of divers things appendicated to it.”—Hale. făte, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whö, sān; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = 6; ey = à. qu = kW. appendication appendicate; s. [Eng. something —pèn-di-ca'—tion, tap-p - an adjunct; -ion.] "An appendage, annexed. “There are considerable parts and integrals, and appendications unto the mundus aspectabilis, impossible to be eternal.”—Hale. ap-pên'-di-gēš, S. pl. APPENDIX (q.v.). ap-pên'-di-cle, s. [Lat. appendicula, dimin. from appendia..] A small appendage. ap-pên-dic'-u-lar, a. [Lat. appendicula; Eng. suff. -ar.] Constituting or otherwise pertaining to a small appendage. “The endo-skeleton is divided into an aacial portion, belonging to the head and trunk, and an appendicular portion, belonging to the limbs.”—Flower: Osteol. ºf Mammalia, Čičič , p. 9. The Latin plural of Appendiculate. A. 1. Scutellaria galericulata (Skullcap). 2. Calyx. B. 1. Salsola Kali (Saltwort). 2. Segment of the Calyx. ap-pên-dic'-u-lāte, a. [Bot. Lat. appendiew- latus; from Class. Lat. appendicula- a small ap- pendage, dimin. of appendix (q.v.).] Botany: A term applied to a leaf, leaf-stalk, calyx, or a portion of a plant, when this is fur- nished with an appendage or appendages. Exam- § the expansions or dilatations in the calyces of cutellaria and Salsola. (Lindley: Introd. to Bot.) ap-pên'-difig, pr. par. [APPEND.] ap-pên'-dix (plural formerly ap-pên'-di-gēś, now generally ap-pên'-dix-ÉS), s. [In Dan. ap- endia: ; Fr., Port., & Ital, appendice; Sp. apendia. “rom i.at. appendia:, pl. appendices = (i) that which hangs to anything; (2) anything annexed, an appendage.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Anything appended or added to another one more important than itself. “The cherubim were never intended as an object of worship, because they were only the appendices to another thing.V. But a thing is then proposed as an object of wor- ship, when it is set up by itself, and not by way of addition or ornament to another thing.”—Stillingfleet. * 2. An adjunct or concomitant. “To this Christ makes an appendia’, ‘But I say unto you, He that is angry with his brother without a cause.’” —Jeremy Taylor on the Decalogue. “All concurrent appendices of the action ought to be surveyed, in order to pronounce with truth concerning it.”— Watts. 3. (Now almost exclusively.) A longer or shorter Supplement appended to a book. B. Technically. As a Latim word, with the Latin, plural appendices. I. A natomy: 1. (Sing.) Appendia, coeci vermiformis: A worm- looking process about three inches long, and rather more than the thickness of a goose-quill, which hangs down into the pelvis from the inner and pos- terior part of the coecum. (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 216.) 2. (Plur.) Appendices epiploicoe (that is, resem- bling the epiploon or great omentum): ' Small processes containing fat which are attached to the colon. (Ibid., p. 218.) 3. (Plºwr.) A. pyloricoe (Pyloric follicles): Tubu- lar prolongations from the interstices of fishes. (Ibid., p. 218.) II. Botany: 1. (Sing.), Anything, attached to another part, especially the back, when dilated and compressed, of one of the horn-like processes attached to the COrona in some plants. It is also called ala (wing). (Ländley: Introd. to Botany.) 2. (Plºwr.) A name given § Fuchsius to the shoots thrown up from the subterranean part of the stem of some endogenous plants, such as the pine-apple, He called them also ADNATA and ADNASCENTIA. (Lindley: Introd. to Bot.) ap-pênse, a. [Lat. appensus, pa. par. of ap- pendo = to weigh to, I Bot. : Hung up, like a hat upon a pin; but very different in meaning from pendulous. *ap-pê še, v. t. [APPEASE.] 235 *āp-pêr-géive, *āp-par-gé'yve, *a-pêr-géive, *a-par-gé-iùy, *a-pêr-cé –yüe, v. t. [Fr. aper- cevoir.] To perceive, to comprehend. “Thanne him deth the grace of God yuele to zothe and to aparceivy his onconnynge, and thet he ne can naght.” —Ayembite (ed. Morris), p. 131. “Or by hir word apparceyve, that sche Were chaunged . .”—Chaucer: C. T., 8,476-7. *āp-pêr-gé'iv-ing,” p-par-gé'yv-ynge, pr: par. & S. [APPERCEIVE.] . . As substantive : Perceiving. “For drede of jalous folk apparceyvynges.” Chaucer: C. T., 10,600. *āp-pêr-gēp'—tion, S. [Lat. ad = to, and Eng. perception...] Perception which makes itself its object; self-consciousness, consciousness. “The philosopher makes a distinction between per- ception, and what he calls apperception. By apperception he understands that degree of perception, which reflects, as it were, upon itself; by which we are conscious of our own existence, and conscious of our own perceptions.”— Reid: Inquiry. “Now, this word apperception, which Mr. Coleridge uses in the iast number of ‘The Friend,’ surely, surely it would not have been approved by Addison; no, Mr. Lloyd, nor by Swift; nor even, I think, by Arbuthnot. Some- body suggested that the word was a new word of German mintage, and most probably due to Kant—of whom the bishop seemed never to have heard. Meantime the fact was, and to me an amusing one, that the word had been commonly used by Leibnitz, a classical author on such subjects, one hundred and twenty years before.”—De Quincey: Works, vol. ii., pp. 115, 116. *ap-pêr'-il, s. [Old form of Eng. PERIL (q.v.).] Peril; danger. “Let me stay at thine apperil, Timon.” Shakesp.: Timom of Athens, i. 2. ãp-pêr-tā'in, "åp-pêr-té'yne, *āp-êr-têyne, *āp-pêr-té in, v. i. [In Fr. appartemir; Ital, ap- partemere; Lat. appertimeo-to belong to: ad=to, and pertimeo- to hold through, to extend through or to ; per=through, and teneg=to hold.]. To be- long to by nature, by natural right, or by divine or human, appointment, or as a partisan by his own choice belongs to his chief. “‘Sire,’ quod he, “as to us sirurgiens appertiemeth, that we do to every wight the beste that we can.’”— Chaucer: The Tale of Melibeus. * & . . thinges that aperteymen to rydyng, . . .”— C. T., The Persomes Tale. e e that supreme military authority which, from time beyond all memory, had appertained to the regal office.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. “And the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their houses, and all the men that appertained unto Korah.”—Numb. xvi. 32. “Who would not fear thee, O King of nations? for to thee doth it appertain.”—Jer. x. 7. āp-pêr-tā'in-iñg, *āp-pêr-té'yn-yng, pr. par., a. & s. [APPERTAIN.] A. As present participle & adjective: In the same sense as the verb. “Rom. Tybalt, the reason that I have to love thee Doth much accuse the appertaining rage To such a greeting.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iii. 1. B. As substantive: That which belongs to ; that which pertains to. *āp-périºtă in-mênt, s. [Eng. appertain, -ment.] That which belongs to one on account of his rank, dignity, or in any other way. “He shent our messengers, and we lay by Our appertainments, visiting of him.” Shakesp.: Troil. and Cres., ii. 3. *ap-pér'-tên-ange, s. [APPURTENANCE, s.] *ap-pér-tên-ange, v. t. [APPURTENANCE, v. t.] *ap-pêr-té'yne, *ap-pér-té'in, v. i. [APPER- TAIN.] *ap-pér'-tin-ènt, a, & s. [APPURTENANT.] *āp'-pêt-enge, ap'-pêt-en-gy, s. [In Fr. ap- pétence; Sp; apetencia; , Port. appetencia; Ital. º Lat. appetentiſt, from appetens, pr. par. of appeto- (1) to approach, (2) to seek after: ad= to, and peto- (1) to go to, (2) to seek ſº ſº tº 1. Of man or other sentient beings: Instinctive desiré or impulse to perform certain actions. Spec., lustful or other appetite or desire. “Of lustful appetence, to sing, to dance, To dress, and troll the tongue, and roll the eye.” Milton: P. L., bk. xi. 2. Of things not sentient: The tendency bodies show to make certain approaches to each other, as in the case of chemical attraction. *āp'-pêt-ent, a. [In Ital, appetente, from Lat. Qppetens, pr. par. of appeto. esirous of gratify- ing appetite; lustful, or eagerly desirous of any- thing. “Knowing the earl to be thirsty and appetent after gº and renown.”—Sir G. Buck: Hist. of K. Richard III., p. 60. Chaucer: & 4 appetitival *āp-pêt-i-bil'-i-ty, s. [Eng. appetible; -ity.] The quality of being fitted to call förth appetite or desire. - “That elicitation which the schools intend, is a deduc- ing of the power of the will into act, merely from the ap- petibility of the object; as a man draws a child after him with the sight of a green bough.”—Bramhall against Płobbes. *āp-pêt'-i-ble, a. [In Sp. apetecible; Ital. ap- petibile; Lat, appetibilis, from #. [APPE- TITE.] ‘Fitted to excite some one of the appetites; fitted to call forth desire; desirable. “Power both to slight the most appetible objects, and to control the most unruly passions.” — Bramhall against Hobbes. 㺠*āp-pê-tit, s. [In Sw, aptit; Dan. & Ger. appetit; Fr. appetit; Sp. apetito; , Port. appetite; Lat. appetitws = (1) an tal. appetito; attack, (2) a passionate d appeto..] [APPETENCE.] A. Swbjectively: I. Lit. Of sentient beings: .1. Ord. Lang. & Mental Phil. One, or those de- sires which arise chiefly from the body, and which man shares with the inferior, animals. These are the desire for meat and drink, and the sexual impulse. (In this sense often in the plural.) “Fal. Oh, she did so course o'er my exteriors with such a greedy intention, that the appetite of her eye did seem. to scorch me up like a burning-glass 1'-Shakesp.: Merry Wives of Windsor, i. 3. “Supple and flexible as Indian cane, To take the bend his appetites ordain.” r Cowper: Hope. ‘I, Hooker thus distinguishes between Appetite and Will: “. . ... the Will, properly, and strictly taken, , . . . . . differeth greatly from that inferior natural desire which we call Appetite. The object of ſº is whatsoever sensible good jºi be wished for;, the object of Will is that good which Reason, doth lead us to seek. Affections, as joy, and grief, and fear, and anger, with such like; being, as it were, the sundry, fashions and forms of #: can neither rise at the conceit of a thing indifferent, nor yet choose but rise at the sight of some things; Wherefore it is not altogether in our power, whether we will be stirred with affections or no; whereas actions which issue from the dis- position of the Will are in the power thereof to be performed or stayed. Finally, Appetite is the Will's solicitor, and the Will is Appetite's controller; what we covet according to the one, by the other we often reject; neither is any other desire termed properly Will; but that where Reason and Under- standing, or the show of Reason; prescribeth the thing. desired.” (Hooker: Eccles. Pol., bk. i., ch. vii., §3 e te e 2. Spec. : The desire for food, which in excess leads to gluttony. “Schal ben his sause maad to his delyt To make him have a newe appetit.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,960-61. “When thou sittest to eat with a ruler, consider dili- gently what is before thee, and put a knife to thy throat, if thou be a man given to appetite.”—Prov. xxiii. 1, 2. “. . . their appetite became keen .”—Macaw- laty: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. 3. Wehement desire for anything. “They contained much that was well fitted to gratify the vulgar appetite for the marvelous.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. ix. II. Fig. . Of things: A tendency to go together; as by gravity, cohesion, or chemical affinity. “It is certain that in all bodies there is an appetite of union and evitation of solution of continuity.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. iii., § 293. B. Objectively: The object of vehement desire. “Ha! Melusine, my hertes Appetite, Fair lady, my hert, my loue, my The Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat), 2,896-97. “Power being the natural appetite of princes, a limited monarch cannot gratify it.”—Swift. āp-pê-tite, v. t. [From the substantive.} Greatly to desire. (Chaucer.) “. . . . . appetiting by generation to bring forth his semblable.”—Sir T. Elyot: Governour, p. 70. āp-pê-ti-tion, s. [In Ital, appetizione; Lat. appétitio= (1) a grasping at, (2) a passionate long- ing for, (3) appetite.] Wehement desire. “The actual appetition or fastening our affections on. him.”—Hammond: Practical Catechism. “We find in animals an estimative or judicial faculty, an appetition or aversation.”—Judge Hale. *āp-pê-ti –tioiás, a... [Eng. appetit(e); i ; -ows.] Grateful to the appetite, desirable. “Some light inspersions of truth to make them appeti- tious, passable, and toothsome.”—Brief Descrip. of Famat- ics, &c. (1660), p. 17. täp-pêt-i-ti-val, a. [Formed by analogy as if from a Lat. appetitivus.] Appetitive. esire for anything; from lesaunce.” bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, &c. = bºl, del. -tian —dle, Shan. -tion, Shiis. -ble, -SiOn -Sious Shiin; -cious, –tion, –tious, -Šion Zhiin. appetitive .#p-pē-ti'-tive, q. [Sp. apetitivo. In Ital, appe- titivo, J Possessed of appetite; which desires greatly, which eagerly longs for. “The will is not a bare appetitive power, as that of the sensual appetite, but is a rational appetite.”—Hale: Origin of Mankind. “I find in myself an appetitive faculty always in exer- cise in the very height of activity and invigoration.”— Norris. āp-pê-ti'ze, v. t. [Lat, appeto- . . . to strive after, to long for, and Eng. suff. -ize. In Fr. ap- pétissant=imparting an appetite; ltal. appetiziome =appetite.] To give one an appetite, to make one feel hungry. (Sir Walter Scott.) āp-pê-tized, pa. par. [APPETIZE.] āp-pê-tiz-Ér, s. [Eng. appetize; -er.] He or that which gives one an appetite. (Ogilvie.) āp-pê-tiz-iñg, pr. par. & a. [APPETIZE.] Ap'-pî-an, a., Pertaining to some one of the Romans called Appius, Claudius, and specially to that one who lived in the time of the war between the Romans and Pyrrhus, king of Epirus. Appian Way. The great Roman highway con- structed' by the above-mentioned Appius Claudius, from Rome to Capua, and afterward extended to Brundusium, and finished B. C. 312. It was built of stones four or five feet long, carefully joined to each other, covered with gravel, furnished with stones for mounting and descending from horseback, with milestones, and with houses at which to lodge. *ap-pié’re. [APPEAR.] ap-pia'ud, v. t. [In Fr. & Port. applaudir; Sp. ap law.dir; Ital; applaudere, applaudire; Lat. ap- playwdo-EtO strike upon, to clap, especially to clap the hands in token of applause: ad=to, and plaudo =to clap, strike, beat; cognate with imido- to praise, laws=praise; also with Eng. lowd..] [LOUD.] 1. To express approbation of, or admiration for, a speech or a person, by clapping the hands. “I would applaud thee to the very echo, That should applaud again.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, v. 3. 2. To express approbation of, or admiration for, in any other Way. “You, that will follow me to this attempt, Applaud the name of Henry, with your leader. (They all cry—Henry ()'' Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., iv. 2. ap—plaud-öd, pa. par. & a. [APPLAUD.] “For having produced an applauded tragedy.”—Gold- smith: On Polite Lectºrm img, ch. x. ap-pla’ud-Ér, s. [Eng. applaud; -er.] One who applauds. “I had the voice of my single reason against it drowned in the voices of a multitude of applauders.”—Glanville: Scepsis Scientifica. ap—pla’ud-iñg, pr. par. & al. [APPLAUD.] ap—plau'se, S. [In Port. & Ital, applauso; Sp. oplawso; Lat. applausus, pa. Dar. Of applaudo. Or from ad=to, and plausw8=the noise of clapping or striking two bodies together; plaudo- to clap. 1. Among the ancient, Romans: Certain methods of expressing applause, had recourse to in the thea- ters and elsewhere. There were three kinds of it: (1) bombws=a humming or buzzing noise; (2) im- Brices=noises made with the hollow hands: and (3) testoe= the striking of the flat portion of the hands together after the manner of two testoe (tiles). 2. Now: High approbation expressed by clapping the hands, beating the ground with the feet, giving forth huzzas, or in Some similar way. “This communication was received with loud ap- plause.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. *ap—plau-šion, s. [Eng, applaus(e); -ion.] Con- gratulation. (Puttenham : Eng. Poesie, bk. i., ch. xxvi.) *ap—pla'u-sive, g. [Eng. applaus(e); -ive..] Ap- plauding, commendatory. “Thine eye, applausive, each sly vermin sees, That balks the snare, yet battens on the cheese.” Scott: The Poachey”. āp'-ple, *āp'-pel, S. [A. S. Gepl, a pel, aeppel, cepfyl, appel, appl, apwl; SW. diple; Dan, Čible; Dut. & {} Fries. appel; Ger. apfel; O. H. Ger. cuphol; O, Icel. epli; Gael. wbhall. Irish abhal, vibhal; Wel. afal; Armor, aval; Russ. gabloko; Polish jablko; Bohem. gablko, gablo.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Literally : 1. A well-known fruit; also the tree on which it grows. The fruit is that of the Pyrws malus, or Kºrab-apple, when modified and improved by long cultivation or grafting. [APPLE-TREE.] The apple was known to the classical nations of antiquity; the Greeks calling it mêlom, Doric malom, and the Lat- ins malom. *These words, however, with the analo- gous Latin one, pomum, were properly generic terms, comprehending several kinds of fruit. The varieties 236 of the apple amount to thousands rather than hun- dreds, and they may be º: almost indefi- nitely by artificially applying the pollen of one to the stigma of another. § “Ac quane here apples ripe ben.” Story of Genesis and Eacodws (ed. Skeat), 1,129. “If the matter depended alone upon me, His apples might hang till they dropp'd from the tree.” Cowper: Pity Poor Africans. 2. Scripture: Probably the fruit of the Citron- tree (Citrus medica). [APPLE-TREE.] “. comfort me with apples mom ii. 5. *3. Apple of love: What is now called the LovE APPLE (q.v.). It is the common tomato (Lycoper- dom, escwlentwºm). “ Apples of love are of three sorts, Husbandry. 4. Apple of Sodom.: A plant growing near the Dead Sea, thus described by Josephus: “. . . . and the traces [or shadows] of the five cities are still to be seen, as well as the ashes growing in their fruits, which fruits have a color as if they were fit to be eaten ; but if you pluck them with your hands they dis- solve into smoke and ashes.”— Whiston: Josephus’ Wars of the Jews, bk. iv., ch. viii., § 4. .”—Song of Solo- .”—Mortimer: Apple of Sodom (Solanum Sodomeum). 1. Branch in flower (one-fourth natural size). 2. Ripe ruit. Some suppose the description to refer to the So- lamwm Sodomewm, a plant of the Nightshade genus, and others to the Calotropis procera, one of the Asclepiads. II. Figuratively: 1. Apple of the eye: The pupil of the eye, called apple probably from its rotundity. “Keep my commandments, and live; and my law as the apple of thine eye.”—Prov. vii. 2. 2. Apple of discord: Anything, not necessarily an apple, or even a fruit, which, introduced into a nation, church, family, or other society, produces dissension among its members. The expression is founded on the classical myth that Eris, the god- dess of strife, on one occasion flung into a meeting of the gods and goddesses a golden apple inscribed with the words, “For the fairest.” It produced great jealousy among the female deities, of whom three—Juno, Minerva, and Venus—contended for it, the last-named being the successful competitor. B. Technically: 1. Bot. Apple or Pome: The English name given by Lindley to the kind of fruit called Pomum (q.v.). 2. Her. Apple of Grenada. The Pomegranate (Punica gramatum). (Gloss. of Her.) ºff For such words as Alligator ſº Custord Apple, &c., see ALLIGATOR, CUSTARD, &c. apple-bee, s. A meeting of young people to cut up apples for drying. apple-berry, s. The English name of the Billar- diera, a genus of Australian plants belonging to the order Pittosporaceae, or Pittosporads. apple-blight, s. A white cottony substance found upon the trunks of apple-trees. It is pro- duced by one of the Aphidae, the Lachmus lanigerus, apple-blossom, s. The blossom of the apple- tree. (Generally in the plural.) “The farmhouse peeping from among bee-hives and apple-blossoms.”—Macaulatly: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. apple-brandy, or apple-jack, s. Brandy made from apples. A favorite beverage among farmers. ºlº, s. A preserve, a sauce made of apples stewed in cider, and seasoned with spices. A favorite preserve among American children. apple-cart, s. A slang phrase: “To upset one's apple-cart,” is to upset his business, to overthrow him, to defeat his plans. appleringy apple-Crook, s. A crook for gathering apples from the tree. “The appelcroke drawinge tourmentis to synful men.” —Wycliffe: Prefat. Epist., p. 70. apple-graft, s. A graft from, the apple-tree inserted in the stock of some allied species. “We have seen three-and-twenty sorts of apple-grafts upon the same old plant, most of them adorned with fruit.”—Boyle. apple-harvest, s. 1. Aharyest of apples; the gathering of apples. 2. The time when apples are gathered. “The apple-harvest that doth longer last.” Ben Jomson: Forest, iii. apple-jack, 3. [APPLE-BRANDY.] apple-john, s. A kind of apple late in coming to maturity, and preserved in a shriveled state for consumption during the winter. “What the devil hast thou brought there? apple-Johns 2 thou know'st, Sir John cannot endure an apple-Johm.”— Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., ii. 4. apple-moth, S. . A species of moth belonging to the family Tortricidae. It is the Tortria; pomnamana. apple-pie, s. A pie consisting of apples enclosed Within a crust. A §: bed: A bed made with the sheets so doubled as to prevent a person getting his legs be- tween them. Commonly supposed to be so named from its resemblance to an apple turnover, but really from Fr. plié= folded. Apple-pie order: Perfect order. (Colloquial.) apple-Snail, s. An English synonym of the genus of shells called Ampullaria. - apple-tree, s. 1. Pyrus malus. The tree of which sº are the fruit. It is the crabapple-tree, much altered by centuries of cultivation. [APPLE, A., I. 1; APPLE.] r “Of a young apple-tree, . .” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. i. 2. The apple-tree of Scriptwre, in Heb. tappūach, from the root maphoich– to breathe, also to emit a scent. Apparently not the apple-tree, the fruit of CRAB- Citrus Medica (Apple of Scripture). 1. Citrus Medica in fruit (one-seventh its natural size). 2. Cross section of fruit. which is indifferent in Palestine, except on Mount Lebanon; but the citron-tree (Citrus medica), the only species of the Orange tribe known to the ancientS. “As the apple-tree among the trees of the wood, . . .” —Song of Solomon, ii. 3. - apple-woman, s. A woman, who sells apples, exhibited by her on a stall or otherwise. “Yonder are two apple-women scolding, and just ready to uncoif one another.”—Arbuthnot dº Pope. apple-yard, s. A place enclosed for the cultiva- tion of apples; an Orchard. .*āp-ple, v. t. [From the substantive.] To form like an apple. “The cabbage turnep is of two kinds; one apples above ground, and the other in it.”—Marshall: Gardening. *ap-plé'iş, v. t. [O. Fr. applaire.] To satisfy, to content, to please. (Scotch.) “Gif thou wald cum to hevynis bliss, Thyself apple is with sober rent.” Bannatyne Poems, p. 186. (Jamieson.) *āp'-plér-in-gy, *āp'-plér-in-gie, s. [In O. Fr. a wrone = southernwood, from Lat. abrotamwm.] Southernwood (Artemisia abrotamum). (Scotch.) (Jamieson.) “The window looked into a small garden rank with appleringy and other fragrant herbs.”—Sim' A. Wylie. fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; try, Syrian. a, oe = €; ey = à. qu. = kw. f appliable *ap—pli'-a-ble, a. [Eng. apply; suffix -able.] #1 Pliable. (Scotch.) (Colkelbie Lore.) (Jam- ieson.) * e 2. Capable of being applied. (Now APPLICABLE is used in its room.) : “All that I have said of the heathen idolatry is appli- able to the idolatry of another sort of men in the world.” —South. ap—pli'-ange, S. [Eng. apply; -ance.] 1. The act of applying. “Have you done this, by the appliance And aid of doctors?” Longfellow: The Golden Legend, i. 2. Anything applied; an application. “. . . the appliances and aids for producing which they serve to transmit.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., vol. i., bk. i., ch. xii., § 8. ap—pli-ca-bíl-i-ty, s... [Eng. applicable; -ity.] The quality of being applicable to anything. * It is often followed by to. $ which charge is certainly not true as respects Polybius, whatever applicability it may have to the others.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. ii., § 7. āp'-plí-ca—ble, a. [In Fr. applicable; Sp. apli- cable; Ital, applicabile.] , Which may be applied, or which is proper or suitable to be applied to any- thing. “But a law which merely alters the criminal procedure may with perfect propriety be made applicable to past as well as to future offenses.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. XVI. . āp'-plī-ca—ble-nēss, S. . [Eng. applicable; -ness.] The quality of being applicable to anything. Ap- plicability. “The knowledge of salts may possibly, by that little part which we have already delivered of its applicable- mess, be of use in natural philosophy.”—Boule. *āp'—pli-ca-bly, adv. [Eng. applicable; -ly.] In an applicable manner. Of such a character, or in such a manner, that it may be fitly applied. āp'-plí-can-gy, s. [Lat. applicans.] APPLI- CANT.] The quality or state of being applicable. āp'—pli-cant, s. [Lat. applicans, pr. par. of applico- (1) to join or fasten; (2) to consult with ; (3) to direct intently toward, to apply to.] * 1. One who applies, for anything; as for a situa- tion, for charitable relief, &c. & a $. 2. A pupil remarkable for application to study. (American.) *āp'-plī-căte, v. t. . [Lat, applicatus=lying upon or close to, attached to; pa. par. Of applico-to join or fasten..] To apply to. “The act of faith is applicated to the object according to the nature of it.”—Pearson: On the Creed, Art. ix. ãp'-plí-cate, a. & S. [Lat. applicatus, pa. par. of applico.] g & th ; gaſ. (Ordinary Language): Applied. (Isaac Guylor. 2. As subst. (Math.) : A straight line drawn across a curve, so as to bisect its diameter. applicate number. One applied to a concrete C&Sé. applicate ordinate. A straight line applied at right angles to the axis of a parabola, ellipse, or hyperbola, and bounded by the curve. āp-plī-că'-tion, s. [In Fr. application; Sp. gplicacion; Port, applicacao; Ital, applicazione; Lat. Qpplicatio- a binding, a joining to; applico– to join to : ad=to, and plico-to fold together.] [APPLY.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of applying (followed by to). 1. The act of , literally applying one thing to another in a mechanical manner. “What we here do by the application of a metal plate of determinate length and curvature, we do on the earth by the measurement of a degree of variation in the alti- tude of the pole.”—Herschel; Astron., 10th ed., § 218. 2. The act of placing one line or figure above º not mechanically, but mentally. (B. I., Peom. 3. Close attention to study; the act, or process of applying the mind, to anything with which it desires to occupy itself. “Of studious application, self-imposed, Books were her creditors.” Wordsworth: Eccursion, bk. vi. “I cannot say whether it is a felicity or unhappiness, that I am obliged at this time to give my whole applica- tion to Homer .”—Pope: Letter to Blownt. 4. The use of certain means to gain an end. “If a right course be taken with children, there will not be much need of the application of the common re- wards and punishments.”—Locke. 5. The employment or a statement, narrative anecdote, fable, or anything similar as a means of inculcating a moral lesson. [B. 3. é & & 237 “This principle acts with the greatest force in the worst application, and the familiarity of wicked men more successfully debauches than that of good men re- forms.”—Rogers. 6. A soliciting, petitioning, or asking for any- thing. “It should seem very extraordinary that a patent should be passed upon the application of a poor, private, obscure mechanic.”—Swift. II. The state of being applied in any of the fore- golng SenSeS. “There is no stint which can be set to the value or merit of the sacrificed body of Christ; it hath no measured certainty of limits; bounds of efficacy unto life it knoweth none, but is also itself infinite in possibility of applica- tion.”—Hooker. III. Anything applied. “Ilend me an arm;-the rest have worn me out With several applications:—nature and sickness. Debate it at their leisure.” Shakesp.: All’s Well that Ends Well, i. 2. B. Technically: T - -- 1. Geom. : The act of mentally placing one line above another, or a figure above another one of the same dimensions; or of applying one figure to an- other of the same area, but of different form ; or of transferring a given line into a circle or other fig- ure, so that its ends shall be in the perimeter of that figure. 2. Theol. : The divine act of placing the merits of Christ to the account of sinners for their justifica- tion. (Bp. Hall.) 3. Public speaking, and especially pºiſ. : That portion of a discourse or address in which the general principles or important truths laid before the audience are applied to their individual case. It generally constitutes the conclusion of a dis- course. [PERORATION.] āp'-pli-ca-tive, a. [Eng. applicate; -ive..] Which applies. “The applicative command for putting in execution is in the will.”—Bramhall against Hobbes. āp'—pli-ca-tor, s. [Eng. applicat(e); -or.] One who applies. (Gawden.: Tears of the Chºwrch, p. 294.) āp'—pli-ca-têr-i-ly, adv. [Eng. applicatory; -ly.] Like that which is applicatory; by way of applica- tion, by its being applied. (Mowmtagu : Appeal to Coesar, p. 194.) āp'-plí-ca—tór-y, a, & S. [Eng. applicate; -ory.] 1. As adjective: Containing an application ; ap- plying. 2. As substantive: That which applies. “There are but two ways of applying the death of Christ: faith is the inward applicatory, and if there be any outward, it must be the sacraments.”—Taylor; Worthy Communicant. ap—plied, pa. par. & a. [APPLY.] applied science. Science of which the abstract principles are put to practical use in the arts. *ap—pli-Éd-ly, adv. [Eng. applied; -ly.] In a manner which may be applied. “It is not but in such acts as be of themselves, or appliedly, acts of religion and piety.”—Mountagu : Appeal to Caesar, p. 267. ap—pli'-Ér, “ap-ply"—Ér, s. [Eng. apply; -er.] One who applies. “For his own part, he said, he detested both the author and the applyer alike.”—Conf. at Hampton Court, p. 49. *ap—pli'-ment, s. [Eng. apply; -ment.] Appli- cation. “These will wrest the doings of any man to their own base and malicious appliments.”—Introduction to Mars- tom's Malcontent. ap-ply", *ap-ſpli’e, *ā-ply", v. t. & i. [Eng. ply. (PLY.) In Fr. appliquer; O. Fr. applier; Sp. apºli- car; Port. applicar; Ital. applicare; Lat. applico =to join or fasten, to attach to: ad=to, and plico– to fold, to lay flat; root, plak-to twist.] A. Transitive: I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Mechanically to place one thing upon another, or adjust it to that other. (a) As a single act: “The warder at the door his key applies, Shoots back the bolt, and all his courage dies.” Cowper: Hope. f(b) As a series of acts: To ply, as an oar, or the feet in walking. “A varlet running towardes hastily, Whose flying feet so fast their way apply'd, That round about a cloud of dust did fly.” Spenser; F. Q., II. iv. 37. 2. To do so mentally... [B. 1., Geom.] *3. To bend to, submit to. “In pees hys contre haldyng full manly, Non durste hys heste breke, but to hym apply.” The Romans of Partenay (ed. Skeat.), 5,312–13. appoint “To keep employed. (For this we now use PLY Q1. W. “She was skillful in applying his humors, never suf- fering fear to fall to despair, nor hope to hasten to assur- ance.”—Sidney. 5. To direct the attention to, to fix the mind or heart upon. “Ne other worldly busines did apply.” Spenser: F. Q., II. x. 46. “Apply thine heart unto instruction, and thine ears to the words of knowledge.”—Prov. xxiii. 12. T This is the only sense in which apply is used in the English Bible. 6. To address to. “Sacred vows and mystic song apply'd To grisly Pluto and his gloomy bride.”—Pope, 7. To use as means for the attainment of an end; for instance— * & * * (g) To give medicine to a diseased or torpid body. (Lit. dé Fig.) “Even now the stimulants which he applied to his tor- pid and feeble party produced some faint symptoms of returning animation.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. ... (b) To expend money for a certain object, or put it to a specified use. “The profits thereof might be applied toward the sup— port of the year.”—Claremolom. 8. Formally to point out or tacitly to suggest the reference or suitability of a statement or principle to a certain person or thing; also to use science for the regulation and improvement of art. [APPLIED.] “This brought the death of your father to remem- brance, and I repeated the verses which I formerly applied to him.”—Dryden: Fables. “I had never deliberately applied these views to a spe- cies taken singly.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. i. 9. To have recourse to, in the hope of being able to obtain assistance. (Now generally used intransi– tively.) [B., 2.] II. Technically: 1. Geom, Mentally, to place, one line or figure upon another one, and adjust the two together in a prescribed way. “For if the triangle A B C be applied to D E F, so that the point A may be on D, and the straight line A B upon. D E . . .”—Euclid, Bk. I., Prop. 4. 2. Theol, . To place to the sinner's account the merits of Christ for justification. B. Intransitive: 1. To suit, to agree, to harmonize with, to bear lººks to, to refer to, to have some connection WIUIn , “Would it apply well to the vehemency of your affec- tion that I should win what you would enjoy?”—Shakesp.: Merry Wives, ii. 2. ~ 2. To haye recourse to, as a petitioner for some kind of aid, or for some favor or right. “I had no thoughts of applying to any but himself; he' desired I would speak to others.”—Swift. ap-ply "-ing, pr. par. [APPLY.] ap-pâg-gi-a'-tū, a., adv., & s. [Ital, appoggiato. = propped; ap º appoggiatoio, appoggio- prop, support, defense..] [APPogIATURA.] SUIS-- taining of the voice in passing from one note to an- other. [PORTAMENTO.] ap-pêgºgí-a-tū’r-3, a-pôg-gi-a-tū’r-a, a- pö-gi-à-tū’r-3, s. [Ital. In Fr. appoggiature. From Ital, appoggiqre=to lean upon: ad=to, and oggiare=to ascend; poggio- a hill, cliff, ascent;. at. podium = an élevated place, a height.] Music: A grace-note consisting of a sound situ- ated a semitone or tone, above or below that to which it is affixed, occurring usually on an accented portion of a bar, and written as if extraneous to its. contents. Written, Remdered. Written, Rendered. ################ #-tº-d Il -H-ſ—--—F-i-H-I-H ap-point, *a-pôy nte, *ad-pôynte, v. t. & i. [Fr. appointer, from point, pointe-a point; O. Fr. &pointer= to prepare, to arrange; Prov. apuntar, apomtar, a pointar; Sp. apuntar- to point, denote Or appoint, . . . . to sharpen; Ital. appwntare = to sew, to sharpen, . . . . . to fix, appoint; Low Lat, appwncto-to bring back to the point; Class, Lat. ad=to, and punctum, accus. of punctus Or punctum = (1) a pricking, a stinging, (2) a point: wngo, pupwgi, punctum=to prick, to puncture.] APPOINTER.] bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. —tion, -ble, -dle, -sion = shin; -Sious = Shiis. –tion, zhūn. -tious, -cious, -Šion = appointable A. Transitive : I. Ordinary Language. *1. To point to or at. “Appoint not heavenly disposition.” Milton: Samson Agonistes. 2. To decree, to ordain; hence to make secure, to settle. - (a) To decree, to fix, to ordain, by divine or by human authority; 3S the arrangements in nature, those for divine worship, times, places, or anything similar, ** He appointed the moon for seasons.”—Ps. civ. 19. “And the Lord appointed a set time, saying, To-morrow the Lord shall do this thing in the land.”—Eacod. ix. 5. “Moreover I will appoint a place for my people Israel, . . .”—2 Sam. vii, 10. “It was their undoubted prerogative to regulate coin, weights, and measures, and to appoint fairs, markets, and ports.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. (b) To make secure, to establish, to settle. “. . . when he appointed the foundations of the earth . .”—Prov. viii. 29. 3. To nominate by competent authority to an office; or to do temporary service. (Followed by two objectives—one of the person nominated, and the other of the office.) “. . . to appoint me ruler over the people of the Lord . . .”—2 Sam. vi. 21. 4. To allot, to assign, or adjudge to one a portion, wages, or an office or dignity... (Followed— (a) By an objective of the thing given, and to or wnto before the person receiving it: “And I appoint unto you a kingdom, as my Father hath appointed unto me.”—Luke xxii. 29. (b) By two objectives; there being an ellipsis of the to or wmto. “. . . and appoint him his portion with the hypo- crites.”—Matt. xxiv. 51. £ 4 Appoint me thy wages, and I will give it.”— Gen. xxx. 28. 5. To command, to enjoin. “. . . and ordain elders in every city, as I had appointed thee.”—Titus i. 5. 6. To equip, to supply, to furnish with all things necessary to efficiency. “The English, being well appointed, did so entertain them, that their ships departed terribly torn.”—Hay- 2007"d. II., Technically. To make a conveyance altering the disposition of landed property, and assigning it to a specified person. B. Intransitive: To decree, to arrange; fixedly to resolve. “So Jeroboam and all the people came to Rehoboam the third day, as the king had appointed, saying, Come to me again the third day.”–1 Kings xii. 12. “For the Lord had ppointed to defeat the good coun- sel of Achitophel . . .”—2%am. xvii. 14. ap-point-a-ble, a. [Eng. appoint; -able.] Com- petent to be appointed. ap-pôint-Éd, pa. par. & a. [APPOINT.] “Is there not an appointed time to man upon earth 7" —Job vii. 1. ap—póin—té'e, s. [Eng. appoint; -ee; Fr. appointé, Pa. par. of appointer.] I. Ordimary Language: 1. Gen. : One who has received an appointment. 2. Spec. : Formerly, a foot-soldier in the French army who, on account of his long service and tried courage, received higher pay than his comrades of the same grade. A lance-corporal. II. Technically (Law) : 1. In the same sense as I. 1. e 2. A person in whose favor a power of appoint- ment is executed. (Wharton.) “But the usual course now is for some one to procure letters of patent, or other authority from the king, and then the ordinary of courts grants administration to such appointee of the Crown.”—Blackstone: Comment., blº. ii., ch. 32. g - appointée (ap-pôi'n-tā), a. par. of appointer.] . [APPOINT.] ... . e He?". : #. (Applied to things which touch at the points or ends; as two swords touching each other at their points or tips.) ap-poin-têr, ºap-poy'ric-têr, S. [Eng. appoint; -er.] One who appoints. “That this queen was the first appointer of this chaste attendance [eunuchs] for her bed-chamber, Ammianus testifieth.”—Gregory: Posthuma, p. 134. ap-pôint'-iñg, pr. par. [APPOINT.] ap-point'-mênt, *a-pôynte-mênt, s, [From Late "Lat. appunctuamentum. In Fr. appointe- ment; Sp. apuntamiento.] [Fr. appointé, pa. 238 A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of appointing; the act of fixing any arrangements, by divine or human decree, edict, or command, Or by mutual stipulation. Specially: e * *i. The act of making preparations of any kind. 2. The act of ordering or commanding any one; Order, direction, injunction. “At the appointment of Aaron and his sons shall be all the service of the sons of the Gershonites, in all their burdens, . ”—Numb. iv. 27. “. . . by the appointment of Absalom this hath been determined . . . .”—2 Sam. xiii. 32. 3. The act of arranging for a meeting together; an assignation. “. for they had made an appointment together to come and mourn with him.”—Job ii. 11. 4. The act of nominating to any office. “But such appointments could no longer be made yºut serious inconvenience.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., CIl. XI. II. The state of being appointed. III. That to which one is appointed, or which is appointed to one. (Gem. & Spec.) Specially: . 1. A situation, an office. . 2. Equipment, dress, furniture, arms, armament. “They have put forth the haven: further on, Where their appointment we may best discover, And look on their endeavor.” Shalcesp.: Antony & Cleopatra, iv. 10. ‘I Sometimes it is used in the plural. “A fish was taken in Polonia: such an one as repre- sented the whole appearance and appointments of a bishop.”—Gregory: Posth. (1650), p. 123. *3. (Plur.), Certain allowances paid to one, in virtue of his holding a particular office; perquisites. “Tyrconnel began to rule his native country with the ower and appointments of lord lieutenant, but with the Mºler title of lord deputy.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., Cºl. Vi. B. Technically (Law): 1. A device for a ºritable U1SG. Comment., bk. ii., ch. 23. 2. An instrument or deed deriving validity from a §: deed, and operating as a conveyance by imiting or altering previous uses. Power of appointment: The technical name given to the earlier of the two deeds just mentioned—that which gives force to the other. *ap-po'rt, v. i. [Fr. apporter.] To bring, to con- duce, to import. *ap-poºr—tér, s. [Fr. apporter= to bring, to con- vey; Ital. apportare; Lat. apporto-to bring or carry to : ad=to, and porto-to carry (spec., some- thing heavy).] One who imports or carries any- thing from one place to another, or from one coun- try to another. T Now IMPORTER (q.v.). “This makes only the apporters themselves, their aiders, abetters and assistants, traitors; not those who receive it at second hand.”—Hale: Hist. Pl. Cr., ch. 20. ap-poºr–tion, v. t. [Lat. ad=to, and portio=a portion.] |PORTION, PART.] Ord. Lang, dº Law: To mete out in just propor- tions; to share among several persons or several things in suitable proportion. “Christ proportions several degrees of punishment in the other world, which he apportions to the degrees of death which had ever been among the Jews.”—Jeremy Taylor; Works (ed. 1839), vol. iii., p. 40. ap-poºr–tion—ate, v. t. [Eng. apportion; º: To apportion. (Hacket: Life of Williams, p. 275. ap-po'r–tion-āte-nēss, s. [Eng. apportion; -ate, -mess.] The quality of being in just proportion to something else. “There is not a surer evidence of the apportionateness of the English liturgy to the end to which it was de- signed, than the contrary fates which it hath under- gone.”—Hammond: Pref. to View of the New Directory. ap-poºr–tioned, pa. par. & a. [APPORTION.] ap-pâ'r–tion-Ér, s. [Eng, apportion; -er.] One whose business it is to apportion. ap-po r-tion-iñg, pr. par. [APPORTION.] ap-po'r–tion-mênt, s. [Eng. apportion; -ment.] Qrd Lang. & Law: The act of meting out any- thing, the rent of a house, for instance, in just pro- portions among several owners. The distributing anything among several persons according to their just claims; also, the state of being so meted out. “It is even possible to conceive that in this original apportionment, compensation might be made for the injuries of nature.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econv., vol. i., bk. ii., ch. i., § 2. *ap-pâ Śe, v. t. [Fr. apposer=to affix, to put to : Port. appor; Lat. appomo- to put at or near to...] [APPOSITE.] (Blackstome: appraiser * 1. To apply to. “By malign putrid vapors, the nutriment is rendered unapt of being apposed to the parts.”—Harvey. 2. To question, to examine. TI Now written POSE (q.v.). “Which hem apposed, and knew alle here entente.” Chaucer: C. T., 12,291. to the end they may be apposed of those things which of themselves they are desirous to utter.” —Bacom. ap-po-Sér, S. [Eng. appose; -er.] J. Gen. : One who questions another or others. (Now POSER.) āp-pô-site, a. [Lat. appositus, pa. par, of ap- pomo- to put Or lay at or near, to apply to: ad=to, and pomo- to put. n *1. Added. , (Glossog, Nova, 2d ed.) 2. Peculiarly applicable to ; suitable to time, place, persons, and circumstances. “The duke's delivery of his mind was not so sharp, as Solid and grave, and apposite to the times and occasions.” — Wotton. “This contrast, not unsuitable to life, Is to that other state more apposite.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk, v. āp'-på-site-ly, adv. [Eng. apposite; -ly.] In an apposite manner; fitly, suitably, appropriately. £ 4 e tº Quoted the New Testament appositely.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. ãp-pó-site-nēss, 8. [Eng. apposite; -mess.] The quality of being apposite; fitness, suitableness, appropriateness. “Judgment is either concerning things to be known, or of things done, of their congruity, fitness, rightness, appositeness.”—Hale: Origin of Mankind. ap-pâ-ší'—tion, 8. [In Ger. & Fr. apposition; Sp. aposicion; Port, apposiçao; Ital, apposizione; from Lat. appositio.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. The act of placing to or adding to. 2. The state of being placed to or added to. “. . . ... certain bones, placed more or less in apposition. with it.”—Flower: Osteol. of Mammalia, p. 12. B. Technically: Gram. : The placing of two nouns or pronouns which are in the Same case in juxtaposition with each other, without, however, gonnecting them by a conjunction. The word placed in apposition to the other does not so much add a completely new idea to that conveyed by the first one, as it explains that first. Examples: “She walks, a queen,” “It is I,” “Hamlet, Prince of Denmark.” In these sentences qweem is in apposition with she, I with it, and Prince with Hamlet. She, I, and Prince are all in the nominative case. *ap-pê-ší'-tion—al, a. [Eng. apposition; -al.] Relating to apposition; in apposition. *ap-pâş-i-tive, a. [Eng. apposit(e); -ive..] Ap- posite. “The words in the parenthesis being only appositive to ºwords going immediately before.”—Knatchbull, Tr., p. 44. ap-poy"nt, v. t. [APPOINT.] ap-präise (1), *ap-prize, *ap-pri'se, v. t. [Fr. apprécier=(1) to Value, (2) to appreciate, to esti- mate; O. Fr. apreiser, apreisier, º cuproisier; Sp. apreciar; Port. º tal. apprezzare; Lat. appretio- (1) to value, to appraise, (2) to pur- chase, (3) to appropriate: ad=to, and pretios= to prize; pretivm = price..] [APPRIZE, APPRECIATE, PRICE, and PRIZE.] To value any kind of property, especially by means of persons acting under the authority of the law, or by mutual agreement of the parties concerned. - “. . . to apprize all the goods that were in the house.”—Bo. Hall : Account of Himself. tap-prăi'Se (2), v. t. [Formed from Eng, praise (q.v.).] To praise. (Poetic.) “Appraised the Lycian custom, . . .” Tennyson : The Princess, ii. ap-prăi'sed (1), *ap-prized, *ap-pri'sed, *ap- pri's-it, pa. par. [APPRAISE (1).] tap-prā'ised (2), pa. par. [APPRAISE (2).] ap-prā'ise-mênt, *ap-pri'se-mênt, s. appraise; ºr 1. Ord. Lang. : The act of appraising ; the state of being appraised; that at which anything is ap. praised. (Dyche.) ap-prā'is–ér, “ap-priş'-Ér, ºap-priz'-Ér, s. [Eng. appraise; -er.) One whose occupation it is to appraise property. The appellation is given chiefly to brokers of household furniture, but is also applied to all, of whatever calling, who in fact appraise property of any kind. (Dyche.) § { [Eng. fäll, amidst, what, fāte, fat, färe, father, hér, hère, Camel, Wé, wét, thère; pót, sire, sir, pine, pit, marine; go, Syrian. or, wore, ey = 3. wörk, whö, sön; Wolf, 30, 00 = qu = kW. try, miite, ciire, cib, cir, räle, limite, füll; / appraising ap-prā'is-iñg, *ap-pri's-iñg, *ap-pri’z-iñg, pr. par. & S. . [APPRAISE (1).] As substantive: The act of valuing by means of persons authorized to do so. *ap-pré-că'—tion, s. [Lat. ad=to, and precatio a praying, a prayer; from precor=to speak as a Sup- pliant, to ask or beg for.] Prayer or supplication to or for. “Such shall be the fervent apprecations of your much devoted friend.”—BP. Hall: Remains, p. 404. *āp'-pré-ca—tór-y, a. [Lat. ad=to, and pre- catorius=pertaining to prayer.] Relating to prayer or supplication. “. . . how forcible shall we esteem the (not so much apprecatory as declaratory) benedictions of our spiritual fathers, sent to us, out of heaven.”—Byp. Hall: Cases of Conscience, iii. 9. ap-pré'-gi-a-ble appréciable.] tº e 1. Capable of being estimated and its value as- certained. . . (a) Used in a general sense. “Equally conclusive and , more readily appreciable (or ci-shi), a. [In Fr. proof... . .”—Owen; British Fossil Mammals and Birds, p. xxiii. e (b). Used specially of a quantity which, though small, is yet large enough to enable it to be ascer. tained, or at least estimated. “. . . the derivative oscillation (as it may be termed) will be imperceptible in one case, of appreciable magni- tude in another, .”—Herschel:. Astron. “. the difference between the sexes in the amount of scarlet is so slight that it can hardly make any appre- eiable difference in the danger incurred.”—Darwin: The Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. xv. 2. Worthy of being appreciated, valuable. ap-pré'-gi-āte, *ap-pré-ti-àte (or ci, ti-shi), v. t. [In Fr. apprécier; Sp. apreciar; Port, appre- ciar; Ital. apprezzare; Lat. appretio.] AP- PRAISE.] g e 1. To value at a proper price. ... Spec., to estimate at a high price or value. (Lit. dé Fig.) “. . . utterly incapable of appreciating his higher qualities.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. “. the mental culture necessary in order to ap- jpreciate Homer, . . . .”—Gladstome: Studies on Homer, vol. i., § iii., p. 25. 2. To estimate anything, even though the element of price enter into it only remotely; to comprehend, to understand, accurately to conceive. “. . . to enable us to appreciate the action of an organ in health.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., Introd., p. 31. w Crabb considers that while appraise and appre- ciate both signify to value, appraise is used in a literal, and appreciate in a figurative, sense. One appraises goods, he º and does not ap- Praise the gharacters of men. To estimate a thing is to get the sum of the value by calculation; to esteem anything is to judge its actual and intrinsic value. Estimate is used either literally or figura- tively; esteem, only in a moral sense. One estimates losses by fire, he esteems the character of a good Illéill, ap-pré'-gi-à-těd (or gi = Shí), pa. par. & a. [APPRECIATE.] ap-pré'-gi-à-tíňg ( or ci = Shi), pr. par PRECIATE.] ap-pré-gi-ā'—tion, *ap-pré-ti-á'—tion (or ci and tí as shi), s. [In Fr. appréciation; Port. appre- ciaçao.] [APPRECIATE.] The act of estimating any- thing at its just value, especially if that be a high one; the state of being so valued; the price, valu- ation, or estimate set upon it. “Sorrow for sin—in appreciation they would ever have to be excessive.”—Dr. Playfere: The Power of Prayer (1617), p. 58. [AP- § { . . . a defective appreciation of colors.”—Herbert Spencer, 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 249, § 858, Note. ap-pré'-çí-a-tive (or ci as shi), a. [Eng. ap- preciate ; -ive. In Fr. §. Port, apprecia- tivo.] Having, containing, or implying appreciation for. (Goodrich dº Foriº) ap-pré'-gi-a—tör—y (or ci as shi), a. [Eng, ap- preciate; -ory..] The same as APPRECIATIVE (q.v.). (Goodrich dº Porter.) & āp-pré-hēnd', v. t. & i. [In Fr. appréhendre & apprendre; Sp. a prehender; , Port. apprehender, gprender; Ital, apprendere–to learn, to conceive; Lat. apprehendo= (1) to seize, (2) to allege, (3) to comprehend: ad=to, and prehendo=to take hold of, to seize. From Hººgº; and the same root which appears in A. S. hentan, gehemtan=to take hold of, to pursue.] A. Transitive: I. Of physical action: To take hold of, to grasp, tº seize; especially to seize a criminal with the View of bringing him to justice. bóil, boy; pååt, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, 239 “There is nothing but hath a double handle, or at least we have two hands to apprehend it.”—Taylor. “And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, . . .”—Acts xii. 4. II. Of mental action: To seize, grasp, or lay hold of an idea or a conception; to entertain an emotion. 1. Of mental conceptions: (a) To interpret, to understand but somewhat doubtfully. “What was spoken metaphorically may be apprehended literally. What was spoken ludicrously may be appre- hended seriously.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. - (b) To believe, to be of opinion. “ . to do what they conscientiously apprehended to be wrongº-Macaulag. Hist. Eng., ch. xi. 'A 2. Of emotion: To dread the approach of some evil; to look forward with anxiety to a coming event. “Here, therefore, the opposition had more reason than the king to apprehend violence.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. * In this sense it is sometimes used impersonally. “It was apprehended that, if he were now armed with the whole power of the Crown, he would exact a terrible retribution for what he had suffered.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. B. Intransitive: 1. Partially to understand. 2. To think, conceive, entertain an opinion. (Gen- erally followed by º T (1) Apprehend in the sense classed above as II., 1, (a) is a much weaker word, than comprehend. Every one apprehends much which he does not com- prehend. g º When # rehend is used in the sense classed as No. II., 1 ( * may be contrasted with the verbs to conceive, to swppose, and to imagine. . According to Crabb, to apprehend is simply to take an idea into the mind, as children do; to conceive an idea is to form it after reflection, as is done by adults. To apprehend and to conceive are applied only to reality, while to suppose and imagine are used of things which may exist only in the imagination. Apprehend expresses the weakest kind of belief. A man is said to comceive that on which he forms a direct opinion; what one swpposes may admit of a doubt, what one imagimes may be altogether improbable or impossible, and that which cannot be ºmagimed may be too improbable to be believed. (Crabb : Eng Symon.) tº (3) When apprehend is used in the sense classed as No, II., 2, it may be contrasted with the verbs to fear and to dread. These rise above each other in force after the manner of a climax in the order apprehend, fear, dread. We apprehend an unpleas- ant occurrence; we fear a misfortune; twe dread a calamity. Moreover, apprehend respects things only; fear and dread relate to persons as well as things. (Crabb : Eng. Synom.) . (4) More (Sleep of the Sowl, ii. 28) uses the form appremd, probably metri gratio. āp-pré-hēnd'-Ér, s. [Eng. apprehend, -er.] One who apprehends in any of the senses of that verb. “Gross apprehenders may not think it any more strange, than that a bullet should be moved by the rarefied fire.”— Glam ville. sºft-hand-ins, pr. par., a., & S. [APPRE- HEND. A. As pa. par. & adj. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. B. As substantive: Apprehension. “. . . . to issue a proclamation for the apprehending of Ludlow.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. āp-pré-hén'-sī-ble, a. [Lat, apprehensibilis.] *1. Able to be comprehended or included; com- prehensible, in a literal sense. “The north and southern poles are incommunicable and fixed points, whereof the one is not apprehensible in the other.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. 2. Able to be apprehended, in a lit. Or fig. sense. “. . in reality it exacts so powerful an effort on the part of the reader to realize visually, or make into an apprehensible unity, the scattered elements and circum- stances of external landscapes painted only by words .”—De Quincey: Works (ed. 1š. vol. ii., p. 173. āp-pré-hēn-sion, s. [In Fr. appréhemsion; Port. apprehensao; Lat. apprehensio, from apprehenswmv, supine of apprehendo.] [APPREHEND. I. The act or power of apprehending. 1. Physically: Thé act of laying hold of, grasp- ing, or seizing with the hands or in some similar way, and especially of seizing a criminal to bring him to justice, [PREHENSION.] “A lobster hath the chely or great claw of one side longer than the other, but this is not their leg, but a part of apprehension, whereby they seize upon their prey.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. bençh; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, apprentice 2. Mentally: & (a) The act of mentally grasping or laying hold of, especially the act of laying hold of an idea with- out studying it in its various relations so as to com- prehend it. [COMPREHEND.] “Simple apprehension denotes no more than the soul’s naked intellection of an object, without either composi- tion or deduction.”—Glanville. - “And acts in that obedience, he shall gain The clearest apprehension of those truths, Which unassisted reason’s utmost power Is too infirm to reach ''' Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. . (b) Opinion, belief, founded on sufficient or rest- ing on doubtful evidence. “. the unpardonable guilt of murder, which, in his apprehension, was aggravated rather than excused by * vice of intoxication.”—Gibbon: Decline and Fall, ch. Xll. (c) The power or faculty by which man mentally apprehends. - “What a piece of work is a man! . . . . in action, how like an angel! in apprehension, how like a god!”— Shakesp.: Hamlet, ii. 2. II. The state of being apprehended, or being under the influence of apprehension. 1. The state of being seized, grasped, or laid hold of ; seiztire. “See that he be convey’d unto the Tower: And go we, brothers, to the man that took him, To question of his apprehension.” Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., iii. 2. “Corm. True or false, it hath made thee Earl of Gloster. Seek out where thy father is, that he may be ready for our apprehension.”—Shakesp.: King Lear, iii. 5. 2. Foreboding of evil, suspicion that something unpleasant is about to happen ; fear. “But Mackay's gentle manner removed their apprehen- sion.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. III. That which is apprehended; an object of apprehension. “. a foolish extravagant spirit, full of forms, figures, shapes, objects, ideas, apprehensions, motions, revolutions.”—Shakesp.: Love's Labor's Lost, iv. 2. āp-pré-hēn-sive, a. [Fr. appréhensif; Sp. ap- Tehensivo, Port. apprehensivo; from Lat, appre- ºwn. Supine of apprehendo=to seize, or lay hold OI. I. Of intellect: *1. Cognizant of, acquainted with. “She, being an handsome, witty and bold maid, was both apprehensive of the plot and very active to prosecute it.”—Fuller: The Profane State, bk. v., c. 5 (See Trench, Glossary, 7.8.) 2. Quick to understand. “Nourish’d imagination in her growth, And gave the mind that apprehensive power By which she is made quick to recognize The moral properties and scope of things.” Wordsworth; Eaccursion, bk. i. II. Of emotion: 1. Gen. : Keenly susceptible of feeling in general. “...ºft. my tormentors, armed with deadly stings, Mangle my apprehensive tenderest parts.” Miltom: Samson Agon. 2. Spec. : Entertaining suspicion or slight fear of present or foreboding of future danger. “. . . . a man insatiably greedy of wealth and power, and yet nervously apprehensive of danger.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. ãº. adv. [Eng. apprehensive: -ly.] In an apprehensive manner; with apprehen- SIOIl. āp-pré-hēn’-sive-nēss, s. The quality of being apprehensive; fearfulness, dread. “Whereas the vowels are much more difficult to be taught, you will find, by falling upon them last, great help by the apprehensiveness already gained in learning the consonants.”—Holder. *āp-prènd', v. t. [APPREHEND, v., "I (4).] ap-prén'-tige, *a-prén'-tise, *a-prén'-tys, s. [In Fr, apprenti, as S. = an apprentice; as adj. = apprenticed; from apprendre = to learn; O. Fr. Prov, apprentis, apprentiz; Sp. aprendiz = an. apprentice; a premder = to learn; Tow Lat. ap- prenticius = an apprentice; Class. Lat. apprendo (poetic) = *:::::::::... " Seize, . . to com- prehend.] fºsi 1. Ordinary Language dº Law: A young man, or young woman, who has been bound by indentures to serve a particular master or mistress for a certain term of years; the master again, on his side, cov- enanting to maintain the apprentice, and teach him or her the trade of which he makes profession. “. . . a kindly man, who became attached to the little fellow, and in due time made him [Faraday] his apprent ice without fee.”—Tyndall, Frag. of Science, 3d ed., xii. 849. ' aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. —tion, -SiOllS = -sion = Shiin; —tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, apprentice fee 2., In, old Law-books: Advocates or barristers under sixteen years' standing were called Appren- tices (Apprenticii ad legem). After sixteen years they became Sergeants (servientes ad legem). (Black- stome: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 3 apprentice fee. The fee paid to a master for taking charge of, supporting, and giving technical instruction to an apprentice. ap-prén'-tige, v. t. [From the substantive.] To bind as an apprentice or as apprentices. ap-prén'-tiged, pa. par. & a.[See APPRENTICE, v.] “Him portion'd maids, apprentic'd orphans blest, The young who labor, and the old who rest.” Pope. *ap-prén'-tige—hôod, s. [Eng. apprentice, and suffix -hood.] Apprenticeship. “Must I not serve a long apprenticehood To foreign passages, and in the end, FIaving my freedom, boast of nothing else But that I was a journeyman to grief?” Shakesp.: Rich. II., i. 3. ap-prén'-tige—ship, s. [Eng. apprentice, and suffix -ship.] 1. Strictly: The term of years for which one is bound as an apprentice; also the state or condition of an apprentice. $2:-- * The duration of apprenticeships varies in dif- ferent countries. They seem to have been unknown jº old Romans. In England they are inci- dentally mentioned in an Act of Parliament in 1388, but they were then so common that their origin must be sought at a long prior date. By the “Statute of Apprenticeship,” 5 Eliz., c. 4, it was en- acted that no person should for the future exercise any trade, craft, or mystery at that time exercised in England, unless he had previously served an apprenticeship to it of at least seven years. The judges of the higher courts of law gave as nar- row an interpretation as they could to this repress- ive enactment. Adam Smith (Wealth of Nations, bk. i., ch. x., pt. ii., and bk. iv., ch. ii.) denounced it; and the Act 54, Geo. III., c. 96, swept it away. Optional apprenticeship, however, still flourishes in England, and is the common method of learning a handicraft. The enforcement of apprenticeship was never carried out to the same extent in Ireland and in Scotland as in England. France, Germany, and Italy have all at one time or other had compul- sory apprenticeships, though in the first-named §" they were abolished during the Revolution Of 1789. “. . . during his apprenticeship he [Faraday] found his appetite for knowledge provoked and strengthened by the books he stitched and covered.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., xii. 849. 2. Loosely : The time during which one is learn- ing a profession, or acquiring skill in anything, even though he may not be formally bound by indentures to a master. “He had never, he said, served an apprenticeship to the military profession.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. ap-prèn'-tíg-iñg, pr. par. [APPRENTICE, v.] *ap-prén'—tis—age, s. [Fr. apprentissage; Sp. aprendizage.] The state or condition of an ap- prentice; apprenticeship (lit. défig.) “. . . than to be utterly without apprentisage of War .”—Bacom . Observ. upon a Libel (1592). āp-prèssed', fip-prèst', a. [From Lat, appres- swºm (adpresswºm), Supine of apprimo (adprinzo)=to press to: ad=to, and premo=to press.] g Bot. : Pressed to, anything else; as, for instance, hairs pressed closely to the stem of a plant. [AD- PREssed.] (Lowdom: Cycl. of Plants; Gloss.) *āp-pré'-ti-āte (ti as shi), v. t. [APPRECIATE.] *āp-pré'—ti-ā'—tion (ti as shi), S. [APPRECIA- TION.] *ap-prell'e, *ap—pri'eue, v. t. [APPROVE.] (Scotch.) *ap—pri'se, *ap-prize, s. . [In Fr. apprise= the formal notice sent to an inferior judge of the deci- sion come to by a superior one ; from appris, pa. par. of apprendre-to learn, to teach..] [APPRE- HEND.] otice, information. - “Then I praied him for to saie His will, and I it wolde obeie, After the forme of his apprize.” - Gower: Conf. Amantis, bk. i. ap-pri'se (1), *ap-prize (1), v. t. [From ap- rise, s. (q. v.).] To inform, to make aware, to #: to the notice Of. “Herman' I command thee, Knock, and apprise the Count of my approach.” Byron.: Manfred, iii. 3. *ap—pri"Se (2), v. t. [*AFPRIZE (2).] ap—prised (1 & #2), pa. par. [APPRISE (1 & #2).] ap—pri's—ing (1 & #2), pr. par. [APPRISE (1 & “2).] 240 *ap-prized (1 & 2), pa. par. [*APPRIZE (1 & 2).] *ap-prize-ment, *ap-pri Še-ment, S. [AP- PRAISEMENT.] - *ap-pri'z-Ér, “ap-pri's-èr, s. [APPRAISER.] *ap-pri’z-iñg, pr. par. [APPRIZE (1).] *ap-priz-iñg, pr. par. & S. [APPRIZE (2).] .*As substantive (Scotch Law) : Formerly, an ac- tion by which a creditor sought permission, to take the estates of his insolvent debtor. , Adjudications have now been substituted in lieu of apprizings. ap-pré'agh, *ap-pro ghe, *ap-pré'gh, v. i. & t. [Fr. approcher, from proche=near; Prov, a prop; ghar, from propi–near; Ital. approssimarsi : Old Ital, approcciare; Low Lat. approprio, from Lat. ad=to, and prope=near.] A. Intransitive: ... 1. Qf place: To advance to the immediate vicin- ity of, to draw near. “Daunger vaine it were to have assayd That cruell element, which all things feare, Ne none can suffer to approchem neare.” Spenser: F. Q., III. xi. 22. “Wherefore approached º so migh unto the city when ye did fight?”—2 Sam. xi. 20. 2. Of time: To draw near, to be not far off. “Behold, thy days approach that thou must die.”—Dewt. xxxi. 14. 3. Figuratively : e l . (a) Gen. : To draw near to in other respects; as in aim, in attainments, or in intellectual or moral character. “To have knowledge in all the objects of contempla- tion, is what the mind can hardly attain unto; the in- stances are few of those who have, in any measure, ap- proached toward it.”—Locke. (b) In Scripture (Spec.): To have near access of a spiritual kind to God. “I will cause him to draw near, and he shall approach unto me: for who is this that engaged his heart to ap- proach unto me?saith the Lord.”—Jer. xxx. 21. B. Trcumsitive : #1. Really transitive: To cause to draw near. “By plunging paper thoroughly in weak spirit of wine, and approaching it to a candle, the spirituous parts will burn without harming the paper.”—Boyle. 2. Only apparently so, there being an ellipsis of to: To draw near to in place, in time, or in any other Way. “It was indeed scarcely safe to approach him [that is (to) him].”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. “He was an admirable poet, and thought even to have approached Homer.”—Temple. ap-pré'agh, *ap-pré'ghe, s. [From the verb. In Fr. approche.] A. Ordimary Language : I. The act of drawing near in place Or in other Ways. “The Pastor learn’d that his approach had given A welcome interruption to discourse.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. “. . . a nearer approach to the human type.”—Owen : Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 85. II. The state of being brought near in place, in time, or in other ways. “Poets sang with emulous fervor the approach of the golden age.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. III. That by , which one draws near; means or liberty of drawing near. . Lit. : A road, a street, an avenue, or other way by means of which one can draw near to a place. “We should greatly err if we imagined that the road by which he entered that city [Cork] bore any rese, ablance to the stately approach which strikes the traveler of the nine- teenth century with admiration.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng. ch. xii. [See also B. 1, º * 2. Fig.: Liberty of drawing near; access. “Honor hath in it the vantage-ground to do good; the approach to kings and principal persons, and the raising of a man’s own fortunes.”—Bacon. B. Technically: 1. Fortification (Plur.) : (a) Ger.: The works thrown up by an army for its protection while it is moving forward to attack * a fort or other military post. Among these are the first, second, and third parallels, epaulements, with and without trenches, redoubts, places of arms, saps, galleries, and lodgments. James: Military Dict, * A signification analogous to this has found its way into poetry. “. . . Sextus Pompeius Makes his approaches to the port of Rome.” Shakesp.: Antony and Cleopatra, i. 8. “Against beleagur'd heav'n the giants move: Hills pil’d on hills, on mountains mountains lie, approbation Counter approaches are trenches carried on by the besieged against those of the besiegers. (b) Spec. : Attacks. & “. . . so soon we shall drive back Of Alcibiades the approaches wild.” Shakesp.: Timon of Athens, v. 1. 2. Geom. Curve of equal approach: A curve of such a form that a body descending it under the impulse of gravity, makes equal approaches in equal times to the surface of the ground. 3. Algebra. Method of approach. [See APPROxI- MATION, B. 4. Gardening. [APPROACHING..] ap-pré'agh-a-ble, a. [Eng. approach ; -able.] Capable of being approached. “. . . a region essentially mythical, neither ap- proachable by the critic nor measurable by the chronolo- ger.”—Grote: Hist. Greece, pt. i., ch. i. ap-pré'açh-a-ble-nēss, s. [Eng. approachable: -mess.] The characteristic of being approachable. ap-prä aghed, *ap-prä'çhed, pa. par. [AP- PROACH, v.] ap-pré'agh-Ér, S. [Eng. approach; -er.] One who approaches, one who draws near. “Thou gav'st thine ears like tapsters, that bid welcome To knaves and all approachers.' Shakesp.: Timon of Athens, iv. 3. ap-pro agh-Ifig, pr. par., a., & S. [APPROACH, v.] A. & B. As present participle and #. &al gºtive : In senses corresponding to those of the VOTE). “Unable to discern the signs of approaching reaction.” —Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. C. As substantive: 1. Gen. : A drawing near, an approach. “A young Venetian, one that comes before To signify the approaching of his lord.” Shakesp.: Merchant of Venice, ii. 9. 2. Gardening : The grafting of a shoot or a small branch of one tree into another without detaching it from the parent stock. It is called also engraft- Žng by approach or by in arching. *ap-pré'agh-lèss, a. [Eng. approach; -less.] Having no means of approach. ap-pré'agh-mênt, s. [Eng. approach -ment.] The act of drawing near; the state of being brought. Il 6281T, g “As for ice, it will not concrete but in the approach- ment of the air, as we have made trial fra glasses of water, which will not easily freeze.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. *āp'-prê-bāte, v. t. [APPROBATE, a.] To express approval of. “Mr. Hutchinson approbated the choice.”—J. Eliot. Scots Law: The term approbate is generally used along with reprobate, to which it is opposed. To §. and reprobate is to attempt to take advantage of those portions of a deed which are in one's favor, while repudiating the rest. This is not legally admissible. If a person approbate, approve, or assent to portions of a deed, and take legal advantage of this assent, he must accept the deed as a whole; he cannot “reprobate,” repudiate, or reject the portions of it which he dislikes. āp'-pré-bāte, g. [Lat. approbatus, pa. par. of approbo, -avi, -atwm = to approve: ad = to, and probo=to try, test, judge, to prove . . . . . to ap- prove; from probus=good, excellent.] Approved. “All things contained in Scripture is approbate by the whole consent of all the clergie of Christendome.”—Sim- T. Elyot: Governour, fol. 206. º āp'-pré-bā-têd, pa. par. [APPROBATE, v.] āp'-pré-bā-tíñg, pr. par. [APPROBATE, v.] āp-pré-bā'—tion, *āp-prä-bā-cion, s. [In Fr. ##". Sp. aprobacion; Port. approvaçao; Ital, approbazione, approvazione; Lat: approbatio. = (1) an approving, an assenting to, (2) proof, con- firmation; from approbo = (1) to approve, (2) to prove..] [APPROBATE, APPROVE, PROVE.] I. The act of approving or of proving. 1. Of approving: . (a) By words, or in any other way: Commenda- tion, praise, approval. “Many, therefore, who did not assent to all that the king had said, joined in a loud hum of approbation when he concluded.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. “Animals manifestly feel emulation. They love appro- bation or praise.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. i., ch. ii., p. 42. (b) Tacitly: The act of approving of one's self, of another, or of others, within the secret recesses of the heart; liking, satisfaction, pleasure, compla- CenCy. “I am very sensible how much nobler it is to place the reward of virtue in the silent approbation of one's own breast than in the applause of the world.”— Melmoth: *ap—prize (2), *ap—pri'se (2), v. t. Modified To make their mad approaches to the sky.” tº: º § (2), & Dryden. Pliny; Letters, bk. i., lett. 2. fāte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hér, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rule, füll; try, Syrian. a, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. approbative #2. The act of proving; attestation, support, proof. “For God doth know how many now in health Shall drop their blood in approbation of what your reverence shall incite us to.” Shakesp.: Henry V., i. 2. II. The state of being approved. *Spec.: The state of being on probation; a novi- tiate in the Roman Catholic Church, before being hopelessly committed to the secluded life of a monk Or Ill] Il. “This day my sister should the cloister enter, And there receive her approbation.” Shakesp.: Meas. for Meas., i. 2. *āp-pré–bā-tive, a. [In Fr. approbatif.; Port. approbativo.] Containing, expressing, or implying approval of ; commendatory, laudatory. (Cotgrave.) [APPROBATORY..] fäp-prä-bā—tor, s. [ Lat. adprobator, appro- bator. In Fr. approbateur; Ital, approvatore..] One who approves. “Accept them for judges and approbators.”—Evelyn : Mem. and Letten's. fäp'-pré-ba-tor-y, *āp-pré-bā—tor-ie, a. [Eng. approbate; -ory.l. Expressing or implying appro- bation; commendatory, laudatory. “. . . after the approbatorie epistle of Cardinal Turrecremate .”—Sheldom: Miracles of Antichrist, p. 800. *ap-prä'ghe, v. t. [APPROACH.] *ap-pré gh-é—and, pr. par. [Northern dialect pr. par. of APPROCHE (q.v.).] Proximate, in the vicinity. (Scotch.) “. . . it was equal in glore of armes to my town approcheand.”—Bellend.: T. Levins, p. 17. *ap-prämpt', v. t. . [Lat, ad, implying addition to, and Eng. prompt (q.v.).] To prompt, to stimu- }ate, to question. “Neither may these places serve only to apprompt our invention, but also to direct our inquiry.”—Bacon: Learm- ing, bk. ii. *ap-pré'of, s. [From Eng. approve.] 1. Approval, approbation. “O most perilous mouths, That bear in them one and the self-same tongue Either of condemnation or approof!” Shakesp.: Meas. for Meas., ii. 4. 2. Proof, trial, experience. * “. . . Sister, prove such a wife As my thoughts make thee, and as my farthest band Shall pass on thy approof.” Shakesp.: Anto. vy and Cleopatra, iii. 2. *ap-prép'-Ér-âte, v. t. [Lat. approperatus, pa. par. of appropero= to hasten..] To hasten, to accel- erate, to set forward. *āp-grö-pin"-quate, v. i. [Lat. appropinquo- to draw near: ad = to, and propingwo = to bring near; propinquºus= near; prope=near.] To draw near to, to approach. .*āp-pré-pin-qua-tion, S. . [Lat, appropinqua- tio; Sp. apropinquacion...] A drawing near, an approach. “There are many ways of our approp inquation to God.” Bn. Hall: Remains, p. 90. jº v. i. [Lat. appropinquo-to draw near.]. To draw near, to approach. (Intended to be in a ludicrous sense, though the subject is exceedingly serious.) e & º “I. In the example there is. an ellipsis of to, which ºftes the verb look transitive. It means (to) an CI) Ol. “Mortal crisis doth portend My days to appropinque an end.” Butler: Hudibras, i. *ap-pro-pre, v. t. [See def.] Original form of APPROPRIATE, i. (q.v.). ... “His awen ioyes, les and mare, That til hymself sal be appropried thare.” Hampole: Prick of Consc., 9,346. ap-prºpri-a-ble, a. [Eng. appropri(ate); -(tble.] Which may be appropriated. “This conceit, applied unto the original of man and the beginning of the world, is more justly appropriable unto its end.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. ap-pré'-pri-āte, v. t. [APPROPRIATE, a.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Literally: !. To transfer, to one's self money, property, or other tangible thing, which one previously held in ºlon with others, or even which was wholly GII’S, - “. . . other the y-halyedestedes thet byeth apropred to guodes seruise.”—Ayembite (ed. Morris), p. 40. ": . . he spoke of merchandise as well as provisions ºed and appropriated.”—Froude: Hist, Eng., vol. iv., boil, boy; pâût, jówl; -cian, -tian = shan. Chorus Shiin; Cat, –tion, çell, -SiOn sºmeº gº , chin, bench; 241 2. To set aside part of what is one's own for a Special purpose. “As for this spot of ground, this person, this thing, I have selected and appropriated, I have inclosed it to my- self and my own use: and I will endure no sharer, no rival, or companion in it.”—South. 3. To set apart or designate a sum of money to be expended for a particular purpose. II. Figuratively: 1. To take or attempt to take to one's self a nat- ural or spiritual advantage designed to be common to many others. “. . . to themselves appropriating The Spirit of God, promised alike, and given To all believers.”—Milton: P. L., bk. xii. “A liberty like his, who, unimpeach'd Of usurpation, and to no man’s wrong, Appropriates nature as his Father's work, And has a richer use of yours than you.” Cowper: The Task, bk. v. 2. To assign a specific meaning to words which previously were general in their signification. “He need but be furnished with verses of sacred Script- ure; and his system, that has appropriated them to the orthodoxy of his church, makes them immediately irre- fragable arguments.”—Locke. B. Technically: Eng. Law: To annex the fruits of a benefice to a spiritual corporation. [APPROPRIATION, B., 1.] “Before Richard II., it was lawful to appropriate the whole fruits of a benefice to any abbey, the house finding one to serve the cure.”—Ayliffe. a p-prä'—pri—ate, a. & s. [From Lat. appropria- tws, pa. par. of approprio: from ad=to, and pro- fººt; appropriate ; tºº. own ; perhaps rom prope= near. m Fr. approprié. LAPPRO- PRIATE, v. 1. Properly: Pertaining to something previously shared in common, but now rendered the property of an individual. 2. Suitable, fit, becoming, well adapted to the cir- cumstances. “. . . with appropriate words Accompanied, . . .” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. vii. B. As substantive: Special function or aim. “The Bible's appropriate being (as itself tells us) to enlighten the eyes and make wise the simple.”--Boyle: On the Style of Holy Scrip., p. 44. ap-pré'—pri-à-těd, pa. par. & a. ATE, v.] [APPROPRI- “. in an appropriate spot.” Wordsworth: The Ea:cursion. ap-prä'-pri—ate-ly, adv. [Eng. appropriate; suffix -ly.) In an appropriate manner; fitly, suita- bly, pertinently, properly. (Todd.) ap-prä -pri–ate-nēss, s. [Eng. appropriate; -wess.] The quality of being appropriate. “The appropriateness of this particular charge was a fresh cause of suspicion.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iv., p. tº • a p-pré'—pri-ā-ting, pr. par. [APPROPRIATE, v.] ap—pro-pri-ā'—tion, s. [In Fr. appropriation ; Sp. apropiacion; Port. appropriaçao; Ital. appro- priazione; Lat. appropriatio.] [APPROPRIATE, v.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of appropriating. 1. Lit.: The act of taking that to one's self which one previously held in common with others, or of applying anything to a special purpose. “The first of these modes of appropriation, by the gov- ernment, is characteristic of the extensive monarchies which from a time beyond historic record have occupied the plains of Asia.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., Prelim. Re- marks, p. 14. 2. Fig.: The act of mentally assigning to a gen- eral idea a limited or specific meaning. “The mind should have distinct ideas of the things, and retain the particular name, with its peculiar appro- priation to that idea.”—Locke. II. The state of being appropriated. III. That which is appropriated. “ . and thus were most if not all, the appropria- tions at present existing, originally made, being annexed to bishoprics, prebends .”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 11. IV. The act of designating or setting apart any- thing, especially money, for a particular purpose or llS62. V. That which is set apart for a particular pur- p0SC. B. Technically (Eng. Law) : 1. The transference to a religious house, or spir- itual corporation, of the tithes and other endow- ments designed for the support of religious ordi- nances in a parish; also these when transferred. When the monastic bodies were in their glory in the go, gem; thin, this; zhin. -tious, -cious, * º * —tion, -śion Sin, -SiOus approve Middle Ages, they begged, or bought for masses and obits, or in some cases even for actual money; all #. ºvºsº. which they could get into their la Il CiS. church, or minister there in holy things themselves. They generally did the latter, and applied the Sur- plus to the support and aggrandizement of their order. On the suppression of the monasteries in the reign of Henry VIII., the appropriated advow- sons were transferred to the king, and were ulti- mately sold or granted out to laymen, since called ſºpropriators. (Blackstome: Comment., bk. i., ch. 3. Appropriation of payments: The application by a creditor of money received from a debtor, who owes him several accounts, to that particular one which he (the creditor) thinks fit to reduce or liquidate. ap-pré'-prī-a-tive, a. [Eng. appropriate: -ive.] Appropriating; involving the appropriation of Something. ap-pré'—pri-à-tör, “ap-pré'-pri-É-tar-y, [Lat. apropriator, appropriator.] I. Of the form. APPROPRIATOR only. Gen. : One who appropriates anything. II. Of either form. Eng. Law: A spiritual corporation which has had annexed to it the tithes of a benefice; or the individ- ual at the head of such a corporation. Also a lay- man who has such tithes transferred to him ; but in this latter case the term commonly used is impro- prietor, meaning one who, not a sacred personage, improperly holds church funds Or lands. “. . . a vicar has generally an appropriator over him, entitled to the best part of the profits, to whom he is in fact perpetual curate, with a standing salary.”—Blrtek- stone: Comment., bk. i., ch. 2. S, “Let me say one thing more to the approprietaries of benefices.”—Spelman. ap-pré'v–3–ble, a. [Eng. cupprove ; -able.] Able to be approved of, meriting approval. “The solid reason or confirmed experience of any main is very approvable in what profession soever.”—Browne : Vulgar Errors. ap-pró'v-a-ble-nēss, s. [Eng. approvable; -ness.] The quality of being worthy of approba- tion. ti ap-pré'v–al, S. [Eng. approve ; -al.] Approba- 1Oll. † Dr. Johnson calls this “a word rarely, found,” but since his time it has completely revived. “There is a censor of justice and manners, without whose approval no capital sentences are to be executed.” —Temple. *ap-pré'v-ange, s. [Eng. approve ; -ance..] Ap- probation, approval. “As parents to a child complacent deign Approvance, the celestial Brightness smil’d.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. iv. a p-pré've, *ap-preſſi'e (Eng.), *ap—prié've (Scotch), v. t. & i. [In Fr. approwver; Prov. apro- bar, aproar; Sp. aprobar; Port. approvar; H tal. approbare; lat. approbo= (1) to approve, (2) to prove: ad=to, and probo-to try, test, . . . . to be shown to be good; probws=good.] [APPROB.ATE, PROVE.] - A. Transitive: I. Ordinary Language: 1. To be pleased with. (g) More or less formally, to express satisfaction with, or liking for, or complacency with regard to any statement, measure, or perSOn. “His deep design unknown, the hosts approve Atrides’ speech.” Pope : Homer's Iliad, bk. ii., 173, 174. (b) To like, to feel satisfied with, to be pleased with, even, when there is no outward or formal ex- pression of such inward complacency. “He seemed to seek in every eye If they approved his minstrelsy.” Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, i. 31. 2. To prove. t(a) To establish the truth of any proposition by reasoning; to attempt to show that it is worthy to be accepted; hence, to assent to it. “In religion, What damned error, but some sober brow Will bless it, and approve it with a text P’ Shakesp.: Merchant of Venice, iii. 2. f(b) To prove by actual experience; to test, to try, to show, to exhibit. “ . In all things ye have approved yourselves to be clear in this matter.”—2 Cor. vii. 11. (See also Acts ii. 22; 2 Cor. vi. 4.) “During the last three months of his life he had approved himself a great warrior and politician.” — Ma- caulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. as; expect, Xenophon, shiis. -ble, -dle, exist. ph = f. &c. bel, del. gººms In obtaining these they came under the obligation either to present a clergyman to, the 16 approved (c) To commend one's self to another person or being by worthy deeds. “Study to shew thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed.”—2 Tim. ii. 15. II. Technically: Military Law: The confirmation by a superior officer or functionary of the sentence come to by a court-martial. “The colonel or commanding officer approves the sen- tence of a regimental court-martial . The governor or other commanding officer of the garrison approves the sentence [of a garrison court-martial].”—James: Milit. Dict., 4th ed. (1816), p. 141. B. Intransitive: To express or to, feel approba- tion... (Generally followed by of. Milton put an infinitive after it, but this is now obsolete.) “Avaux listened, wondered, and approved.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. “Why hast thou, Satan, broke the bonds prescribed To thy transgressions? and disturb’d the charge Of otºlers, who approve not to transgress.” Milton: Paradise Lost, bk. iv. ap-pré'ved, *ap-prô'v-yd, pa. par. & a. A. As past participle : & most approvyd in counsaylinge . . .”— Chauce?”: Meliberts. B. As participial adjective: “Our public hives of puerile resort, That are of chief and most approved report.” Cowper: T'irocinium. “Claud. Not to be married, Not to knit my soul to an approved wanton.” Shakesp.: Much Ado, iv. 1. ap-pré've-mênt, s. [Eng. approve; -ment.] I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. The act of approving, approbation, approval; the state of being approved. “It is certain that at the first you were all of my opin- ion, and that I did nothing without your approvement.”— Hayward. *2. Improvement. (II., Law, 1.) II. Law: 1. The improvement of lands by enclosing a por- tion of them for purposes of cultivation. “For it is provided by the Statute of Merton, 20 Hen. III., c. 4, that the lord may approve, that is, enclose and convert to the uses of husbandry (which is a melioration or approvement) any waste grounds, woods, or pastures, in which his tenants have common appendant to their estates; provided he leaves sufficient common to his ten- ants, according to the proportion of their land.”—Black- stone; Comment., bk. iii., ch. 16. ap-pró'v-èr, 8. Fus. approve; -er. In Ger. prii- fer; Sp. aprobador. A. Ordinary Language: 1. One who approves of any person or thing. “He that commends a villain is not an approver only, but a party in his villainy.”—Sowth: Sermons, viii. 190. 2. One who makes trial. “Their discipline, Now mingled with their courage, will make known To their approvers they are people, such That mend upon the world.’ Shakesp.: Cymbeline, ii. 4. II. One who approves or appeals, that is, confesses a felony, at the same time, betraying his accom- lices, in the hope of obtaining pardon to himself. he reason why he is called approver (in Lat, pro- bator=prover) is that he has to prove what he alleges. Any person whom he accuses is called an appellee. It is felony in a jailor to force, a man to turn approver. (Blackstome: Comment., bk. iv., chaps. 10 and 25.) “. his testimony would have far greater weight with a jury than the testimony of a crowd of approvers gwearing for their necks.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. XXl. ap-pré'v-iñg, pr. par. [APPROVE.] “That, pledged on earth and seal’d above, Grows in the world's approving eyes, In friendship's smile and home's caress.” Moore: Lalla Rookh; The Fire-Worshiper's. ap-pré'v-iñg-ly, adv. [Eng. approving; -ly.] In a manner to ensure approval. ºppº, a. [In Ital. approssimante ; from Lat. approximians, pr: par. of approacimo.j [APPROxIMATE, v.] Approaching. “. . . whereby our times might be approacimant and conformant to the apostolical and pure primitive church.” —Sir E. Dering's Speeches, p. 74. ap-préx'-i-mate, a. [Lat. approacimatus, pa. par. of approacimo.] A. Ordinary Langwage: Nearest to, next to. “These receive a quick conversion, containing approaci- 242 B. Technically: 1. Math., Chem., Music, and Science generally: Making a near approach to , exactness, but , not quite exact. Used with regard to quantities which cannot be ascertained with absolute accuracy. “. . . the approacimate concord of an octave.”—Airy: On Sound (1868), p. 262. 2. Zoology: (a) In the same sense as No. 1. “Although hardly one shell, crab or fish is common to the above-named three approacimate faunas of Eastern and Western America, and the eastern Pacific islands.”— Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. xi., p. 348. (b) Of teeth: So arranged in the face as to leave no obvious interstices between them. ap-préx'-i-mâte, v. t. & i. [From approacimate, adj, (q.v.). In Fr. approximer; Port, approacimar; Ital, approssimare; all from Lat. approacimo (Ter- twilliam): ad=to, and proacimo–to approach ; proact- mus-nearest, the superl. of prope=near.] A. Trans.: To cause to draw near, to make to approach. “The favor of God, embracing all, hath approacimated and combined all together; so that now every man is our brother, not only by nature, as derived from the same stock, but by grace, as partakers of the common redemp- tion.”—Barrow: Works, i. 241. B. Intrams. : To draw near, to approach. “Among such five men there will be one possessing all the qualifications of a good workman, one bad, and the other three middling, and approacimating to the first and the last.”—Burke: Thoughts on Scarcity. ap-préx'-i-mă-têd, pa. par. & a. [APPROXI- MATE, v.] A. As past participle : Brought near; made to approach. B. As adjective (Bot., dºc.) : Near together. (Low- dom: Cycl. of Plants, Gloss.) * g.º.º. adv. [Eng. approacimate; -ly. o as to draw near or approach, as a calcula- tion which cannot be made with perfect exactness, but to which an approach is practicable. “. prolonged movements of approacimately con- temporaneous subsidence.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xvi. “. . . marks of approacimately the same shape. . —Ibid., Descent of Man (1871), pt. ii., ch. xvi. “In both cases the pressure may be represented at least approacimately by the formula.”—Prof. Airy: On Sound, pp. 19, 20. ap-préx'—í-mă-tíñg, pr. par. [APPROXIMATE, v.] ap-préx-í-mā'—tion, s. [In Ger. & Fr. approari- mation ; Sp. aproximacion; Port. ;: "º , Ital. approssimazione; from Lat, approacimo...] [AP- PROX IMATE, v.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. The act of approaching; approach, drawing near in any Way. “Unto the latitude of Capricorn, or the winter solstice, it had been a spring; for unto that position it had been in a middle point, and that of ascent or approacimation.” Browne: Vulgar Errors. 2. The state of being near; nearness, proximity. “. our access to such temptation, whose very ap- proacimation is dangerous.”—Jeremy Taylor: Eacposition of the Lord's Prayer. “In the principal events there is an approacimation to an agreement.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. i., 14. y 3 B. Technically: I. Geometry, Algebra, Arithmetic, déc. : 1. Implying motion toward: A continued ap- proaching nearer and nearer to a quantity or mag- nitude which cannot be determined with absolute precision. 2. Imptying rest: A quantity or magnitude pre- senting as near an approach as is practicable to the unattainable one. (See 1.) II. Biol.: An approach in structure, indicating affinity. “This approacimation, also, is more especially marked in the larger development of the innermost of the five digits of the foot in the chimpanzee.”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 67. III. Med...: Communication of a disease by con- tact. Spec., a ridiculous and now obsolete method of attempted cure of a disease by transferring it by contact to an animal, or even a vegetable, placed in the immediate proximity to the diseased person. (Parr.) IV. Surgery: The bringing of a fractured portion of the skull into immediate and dangerous proxim- ity to the dura mater. (Parr.) ap-préx'-i-ma-tive, a. [Eng. approacimate; -ive. In , Ger. approacimvativ; Fr. approacimatif.] Approaching, containing an approach. aprasia ãp-pui’, (pui-pwi), āp-puy' (puy=pwé), s. [Fr. appwi-support.] Support. *A. [Of the form appwy.] Support. (Scotch.) “What appuy or of whom shall she have, being forsaken of her own and old friends.”—Letters of Lethington, in Keith’s Hist., p. 233. (Jamieson.) B. [Of the form appwi.] (Eng.) Technically: 1. Mil. : Any particular given point or body upon which troops are formed, or by which they are marched in line or column. This point is called, after the example of the French, the “point d'ap- pwi.” (James: Military Dict.) .2. Horsemanship: The stay upon the hand of a rider; the horse's sense of the action of the bridle in the horseman’s hand. * A full appwi is a firm stay upon the hand; and a more than # appwi is exhibited when a horse is stopped with some suddenness and decision, but still so that he does not force the rider's hand. (Ibid.) *āp'-pille, s. Old form of APPLE. *āp'-pâl-móy, *āp'-pil-mâge, *āp'-pyl-möse, 8.. [O. Fr. appwl=apple, and A. S. mos=food.]. A dish in cookery, of which apples appear to have been the principal ingredient. (Boucher dº Prompt, Parv.) The following is a recipe for it:—“Take apples, and Seeth hem in water; drawe them thrugh a Strynour; take almande mylke and honey, and flo'r of rye, saffron and powderfort, and suet, and Seeth it stonding (i. e., boil, it to so thick a con- sistence that a spoon or anything of that sort will stand in it).” (Pegge: Forme of Cwry., No. 79.) (Bowcher.) āp'-pilse, 8.. [In Ital., appwlso; from Lat. ap- pulsus, S. = a driving to ; also alianáing, • . . 8 [l arrival; appulsus, pa. par, of appello, appwli, appulswm=to drive to : ad=to, and pello–to push or strike; to drive.] *1. Ordinary Language: A striking against. “An hectic fever is the innate heat kindled into a destructive fire through the appwlse of saline steams.”— IHarvey. 2. Astron.: The approach of a planet or a fixed Star to the meridian, or to conjunction with the sun Or the moon. “All the stars, it is true, occupy the same interval of time between their successive appulses to the meridian or to any vertical circle.”—Herschel; Astrom., § 143. *ap-pilº-sion, s. [Lat. appulsus, pa. par. of Cºppello...] [APPULSE.] The same as APPULSE (q. v.). *ap-pilº-sive, a. [Eng. appulse; -ive..] Causing bodies to suffer an appulse. *ap-pil’-sive-ly, adv. [Eng. appulsive; -ly.] In an appulsive manner, so as to cause an appulse. *ap-piń"ct, *a-pââ"ct, v. t. [Low Lat. appunct- ware=to come together: ad=to, and punctum = a point...] To settle. (Scotch.) [APPo1NT.] “It is apunctit and accordit betwix William Coluile and Robert Charteris.”—Act. Dom. Comc., A. 1488. *ap-piir"-Ghase, v. t. [PURCHASE, v.] To obtain, to procure. (Scotch.) “. which he appurchased by his moyen.” (Pittscottie.) (Jamieson.) ap-piir"—tén-ange, *ap-pêr'—tén-ange, s. [O. Fr. apwrtenaw.nce; Fr. appartenance; Ital. appar- temenza. From Lat, appertimens, pa. par. of apper- timeo=to belong to; ad=to, and pertimeo- to hold through, to pertain to ; per=through, and teneo-to hold.], That which belóngs to any person or thing; that which, though perhaps loosely connected with another thing, still pertains to it, or is a part or an appendage of it. (It is followed by of or to.) [AP- PERTAIN and PURTENANCE.] “Can they, which behold the controversy of divinity, condemn our enquiries in the doubtful appurtenances of arts, and receptaries of philosophy 2"—Browne: Vulgar Errors. “Come then: the appurtenance of welcome is fashion and ceremony . . .”—Shakesp.: Hamlet, ii. 2. “ . for we see globes, astrolabes, maps, and the like, have been provided as app wrtemances to astronomy and cosmography, as well as books.”—Bacon: Advanc. of Learm., blº. ii. ap-piir'-tên-ant, tap-pér'-tin-ent, a. & S. [O. Fr. apwrtenawnt: Fr. appartenant; from Lat. ap- ertimens, pr. par. of appertimeo = to belong to..] APPURTENANCE.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to, belonging to. B. As substantive: That which belongs to a per- Son or thing; an appurtenance. “You know how apt our love was to accord, To furnish him with all appertiments Belonging to this honor.” sº Shakesp.: Henry V., ii. 2. a-prä'-Si-a, S. [Gr, aprasia=want of purchasers: g, priv., and pipraskößto sell.] A genus of lizards belonging to the family Gymnophthalmidae. The mate dispositions unto animation.”—Browne: Vulgar “This statement is, of course, only approacimative and extremities are almost entirely wanting. The A. E?-???”8. subject to modification in detail.”—World, N. Y. pulchella, the only species, inhabits Australia. fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; , pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, gº tº * A. -1. * * e e * * - * or, wēre, wolf, work, whö, Sön; mute, clib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. apricate rāp'-ri-cate, v. i. [Lat. Qpricor and aprico, V. t., from Lat, apricus. In Ital, aprico = (1) open, un- covered, (2) sunny..] To bask in the Sun. “Positively not sunning, but mooning himself-apri- cating himself in the occasional moonbeams.” – De Quincey: Works (ed. 1868), vol. ii., p. 229. fäp-rig -í-ty, s. . [Lat. apricitas.] Sunshine. ãp' ri-cot, *ā-brí'-cöck, *āb"—rí-cót, *āp'-ri— cöck, s. [In Ger. abricose; Fr. abricot; Arm. bri- gosen; Wel, bricyllem Sp. albaricoque; albar = white; Ital. albicocca : Lat. albw8=white, and coc- cum- a berry; Gr. kokkos=a kernel.] In Dioscorides praikokiom. From Lat. prºcoquis, praecoquºus, or praecoac=early ripe.] . A fruit—that of the Prunus armeniaca, also the tree on which it grows. It is not settled that it came, as the Latin specific name would imply, from Armenia. It is wild in Africa and in the Caucasus, where the mountains in many places are covered with it; it is found also in China and some other countries. It is esteemed Only Sec- ond to the peach. “Gard. Go, bind thou up yon dangling apricocks.” Shakesp.: King Richard II., iii. 4. “And Basra dates, and apricots, Seed of the sun, from Iran’s land.” Moore: L. R. : The Light of the Haram. #riº a. [In Lat. * Yellow, with a perceptible mixture of red. Lindley: Introd. to Bot.) apricot-tree, s. [Eng. apricot; tree. In Ger. abricosenbawm, Fr. abricotier; Ital. albicocco.] [APRICOT.] The tree on which the apricot grows. A'—pril, s. & a. [In Sw., Dan., Dut., & Ger. April; Fr. Avril; Irish Abrail : Gaei. Gible an Corn. Ebril; Wel. Ebrill; Sp. & Port. Abril; Ital. Aprile; Lat. Aprilis. Generally regarded as a contraction of a perilis; from a perio=to Open. Opening month; the month in which plants open. But Sir Cornewall Lewis says: “ The derivation of Aprilis from a perire overlooks the fact that with a year of 304 . April would not always have been a spring month.” Another etymology connects it with aphros=foam, from which Venus, to whom the month was sacred, was said to have sprung.] [APHRODITE.] A. As substantive : 1. Lit.: Now the fourth month of the year, though when Aprilis was first introduced into Rome by the mythic Romulus it was the second. The Anglo- Saxons called it Easter-monath=Easter month. During April the sun is technically said to pass through Aries and Taurus, but the precession of the equinoxes makes him really traverse portions of Pisces and Aries. “”Twas April, as the bumpkins say, The legislature called it May.” Cowper: A Fable. .2. Fig. ... The commencement of love; the spring- tide of affection. “Ant. The April's in her eyes: it is love's spring, And these the showers to bring it on.” Shakesp.: Amt. and Cleop., iii. 2. “Sweet April! many a thought Is wedded unto thee, as hearts are wed: Nor shall they fail till, to its autumn brought, Life's golden fruit is shed.” Longfellow: Am April Day, st. 8. B. As adjective : 1. Lit.: Belonging to the fourth month of the year. “Oh, how this spring of love resembleth The uncertain glory of an April day; Which now shews all the beauty of the sum, And by and by a cloud takes all away !” Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, i. 3. Promising warmth. . . . men are April when they woo, December when they wed.”—Shakesp.: As You Like It, iv. 1. April-fool, s. One sent upon a bootless errand, or otherwise made a fool on the 1st of April. April-fool-day, s. The first day of April. [ALL- FOOLS’-DAY.] “I do not doubt but it will be found that the balance of folly lies greatly on the side of the old first of April; nay, I much question whether infatuation will have any ſººn what I call the false April-fool-day.”—The World, O. 1U. 2. Fig.: à pri-6'r-i, w8ed as adj. or adv. [Latin, literally =from that which is before, The a, º really Latin, is generally marked &, as if it were French.] tl. Logic: [A method of reasoning forward from an hypothesis to its legitimate consequence, or from a known or imagined cause to an effect. It is essentially the same as deduction, while the Ó pos- teriori method is the equivalent of induction. A priori reasoning is quite trustworthy in mathe- matics; for the data being hypothetical, error can- not arise if the ratiocination be properly conducted. In metaphysics, intuitions assumed as the starting- Oint for reasoning rest on an & priori foundation. In, natural, theology we reason a priori when we infer the divine origin of the universe from the theory of an intelligent Creator; we reason & poste- bóil, boy; pout, jówl; Cat, Gell, Chorus, 243 riori when we infer the existence of an intelligent Creator from the works of creation. [A POSTERIORI, DEDUCTION, INDUCTION.] “Thus the conception of the decomposition of com- pound molecules by the waves of aether comes to us rec- ommended by a priori probability.”—Tyndall: Frag. Of Science, 3d ed., x. 2. Ord. Lang.: Prior to investigation; before thinking seriously of a question. *a-pri'se, v. t. [Fr. pris, pa. par. of prendre-to take, to seize.] To take. “The riche prince was there aprised, He suffred to be circumcised.” Festivals of the Church (ed. Morris), 230–31. *a-pri'se' *a-pry'se, s. [O. Fr. emprise = an enterprise.] An enterprise. “For Alisaunder's gret aprise.” Alisawmaer, 353. “Hyt war a fayr apryse.” Lyl Discom. 1,596. (Boucher.) ă'-prèn, *ā'-pèrn, ºnă -prün (Eng.), mä'p-pêrn (N. of Emig.), s. [In Gael. aparam, aparram; Ir. aprum (these three are from the English); Fr. mapperon = a small tablecloth, put Over the great one, to protect the latter from stains (Littré) ; mappe = a tablecloth; Old Fr. naperon, which Wedgwood, partly following Roquefort, considers to be the in- tensitive of mape = a cloth, as mapkin is the diminu- tive; Old Fr. appronaire=a woman's apron; appi- onier = a blacksmith's apron. Low Lat. mapa, mappa = napkin. Thus, m is now missing from the word apron, arising from the false division of the article and the noun; thus a mapron was incorrectly written an apron. Cf. adder.] [NAPERY.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. A cloth, a piece of leather, or anything similar, tied round the waist, and hanging down before – d (a) To keep the clothes clean while work is being OD 62. (Boucher.) “Prince. How might we see Falstaff, and not ourselves be seen? - Poins. Put on two leather jerkins and aprons, and wait upon him at his table as drawers.”—Shakesp.: 2 Hen. IV., ii. 2. Or (b) for delicacy. “ . and they sewed fig-leaves together, and made themselves aprons.”—Gen. iii. 7. 2. A piece of leather, oil-cloth, or similar material used to shield persons riding in vehicles in stormy weather. 3. The apron of a goose: The fat skin covering the belly of a goose. B. Technically: 1. Gunnery: A square plate of lead, placed over the touchhole of a cannon, to preserve it clean and open, and keep the powder inside dry. (Dyche, James, &c.) 2. Naval Architecture ; , , (a) A piece of curved timber fixed immediately above the foremost end of the keel. (b) A platform raised at the entrance of a dock, against which the dock-gates are shut. 8. Mech. : The piece that holds the cutting tool in a planing machine. (Goodrich dé #iº, 4. Plumbing : A strip of lead which leads the drip of a wall into a gutter: a flashing. apron-lining, s. ( º Carpentry: The cover of the apron-piece Q. V.). apron-man, 8. A man wearing an apron; a term, designed to be somewhat contemptuous, for an artisan. - “You have made good work, You, and your apron-mem.”—Shakesp.: Coriol., iv. 6. apron-piece, s. 1. Howse Carpentry: A small piece of timber pro- -- s Apron-piece. jecting from a wall to support the ends of the joists underlying the landing-place in a staircase. 2. Mech. : [See APRON, B., 3...] apron-string, s. The string of an apron... “To be tied to the apron-strings of a wife, sister,” &c., means=to be unduly controlled by her. (Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. x.) à-prèned, a. [Eng. apron; -ed.] Wearing an apron. (Pope: Essay om Man, iv. 197.) *ā-prän-ečr', s. [Eng. apron; -eer.l. A trades- man. Contemptuously applied by the Cavaliers to the Parliamentarians. (D'Urfey: Collin's Walk, iii.) àpropos (āp'-rö-pô), adv. & adj. (Fr. &, and propos= (1) a thing said in conversation, (2) speech, (3) purpose, design, (4) pl., idle talk. go, gem; thin, çhin, bench; this; Sin, apsides A. As adverb : 1. Opportunely, seasonably, by the way. 2. As ºring upon the subject, as suggested by: by the way. (See example under B. 2.) T Frequently followed by of; as, apropos of this, &c. B. As adjective: 1. Opportune, seasonable. ge 2. Appropriate, bearing on the matter in hand; to the point. “Our Friend Dan Prior told (you know) A tale extremely āpropos.” Pope: Imitations of Horace; Sat. vi. 153-4. āpse, æp'—sís (pl. ap'-si-dés Ortàp'-SéS), S. [In Ger. apside; Fr. abside (Arch.), apside (Astron.); Sp. & Port. (pl.) apsides (Astron.); Ital. apside; Lat. absis, genit. absidis; or apsis, genit; apsidis; Gr. hapsis-Ionic apsis= (1) a joining, a fastening. (2) the felloe of a wheel or the wheel itself; hence, also, a bow, an arch, a vault; haptó=to fasten or bind to.] +I. Carriage Building: The felloe or exterior rim or circumference of a wheel. (See etym.) II. Architecture; 1. Gen. : The arched room of a house, an oven, &c. 2. Specially: (a) A semi-circular or polygonal and generally dome-roofed recess in a building. Several apses exist in some mediaeval churches, the episcopal throne being against the center of the wall of one, the principal altar in front of a second, and Smaller altars in others. They exist also in the temples of antiquity. (Gloss. of Architecture.) “: º | º º * \\ N - W * l º lº º Apse. (b) The bishop's seat or throne, called also Eacedra and Tribune. III. Art.: A reliquary or case in which the re- puted relics of saints were placed. IV. Astron. [See APSIDES.] āp'-sī-dal, a. [Lat. apsidis, genit. of apsis; and Eng...suffix -gl=pertaining to..] [APSE.] 1. Pertaining or relating to an architectural apse OT apSlS. “Gloucester Cathedral crypt, with aisle and three radi- ating apsidal chapels.”—Gloss. of Arch., p. 29. 2. Relating to the apsides of the moon or of the primary planets. ( sº des. s. pl. The plural of APSE or APSIs Q. V.). I. Generally: II. Technically (Astron.) : The two points in the elliptic orbit of a planet where it is at the greatest and at the least distance respectively from the body around which it revolves. The moon moving in an elliptic orbit around the earth, which is situated in one of the foci, is at what was anciently called its higher apse when it is in apogee, and at its lower one when it is in perigee. Similarly, the primary planets, including the earth and comets, moving in elliptic orbits around the sun, which is situated in one of the foci, pass through their higher apse when they are in aphelion, and their lower one when in perihelion. It is the same with the satellites of Jupiter when they are in apojove and perijove. Lime of the apsides: The line connecting the two apsides of a primary or sec- ondary planet. Were it not for D a motion of the apsides, it would exactly coincide with the major or longer axis of the ellipse. Let A D B be the orbit of the moon, of which the eccentricity has been pur- posely exaggerated, and let C be the earth; then A and B are the two lunar apsides. Progression of the moon's apsides: A slow movement in the position of the apsides of the moon, produced by the perturbing attraction of other heavenly bodies. It is about 3° aş; exist. ph = f. expect, Xenophon, -cian, -tian = shiis. -ble, -dle, Shan. &c. = bel, del. —tion, -Sious = -sion = -cious, Shiin; —tion, -Sion = zhin. -tious, apsis of angular motion in one revolution of the moon, and in the same direction as her progression in her orbit. The apsides of the primary planets are also to a certain extent perturbed. . Revolution of the moon's apsides: The movement of the apsides, around the entire circumference of the ellipse, which takes place in 3232°5753 mean solar days, or about nine years. . Libration, in planetary apsides; A movement sometimes forward and sometimes backward in the apsides of Venus and Mercury, from perturbations caused by other heavenly bodies. āp-sis, s. [APSE.] ãº, *āpte, a. [In Fr. apte; Sp. & Port, apto: Itaſ, atto. From Lat, aptus=(1) fitted or attache to ; (2) bound or tied together, connected; (3) Suit- able: apto-to fit; Gr. hapto-to fasten or bind to: Sansc. &p=to go to, to obtain.] "| Not used in the first or second senses of the Lat. aptus, but only in the third or figurative One. I. Fit, suitable, proper. “Long frieze mantles, resembling those which Spenser had, a century before, described as meet beds for rebels and apt cloaks for thieves . .”—Macaulay; Hist. Eng., ch. xii. II. Having a tendency to. 1. Of things: Liable to. “Things natural, as long as they keep those forms which give them their being, cannot possibly be apt or inclinable to do otherwise than they do.”—Hooker. 2. Ofgº : Having a disposition to, prone to, inclined to. (Used of persons.) III. Quick, ready. “I have a heart as little apt as yours.” hakesp.: Coriol, iii. 2. IV. Qualified for; with a natural genius, or ac- quired skill and knowledge for, or both. “Apt to teach.”—1 Tim. iii. 2; 2 Tim. ii. 24. *apt-tinding, a. [Eng, apt; A. S. tendan; tymdan =to tind, to set on fire.] Having a tendency to ignite. “Incessantly th’ Till it inflame.’ Sylvester's Dw Bartas. (Wright: Dict. Obs. & Prov. Eng.) *āpt, v. t. [From the adjective. In Port, aptar; Lat. apto. *I. Lit.: To place in close proximity to, as if fitted or adjusted to. “They sit so apted to her.”—Beaum. & Flet. (1647). II. Figuratively: 1. To suit, to adapt, to fit. “We need a man that knows the several graces Of history, and how to apt their places.” Ben Jomson. “Delivers in such apt and gracious words That aged ears play truant at his tales.” Shakesp.: Love's Labor’s Lost. 2. To dispose, to prepare. “The king is melancholy, Apted for any ill impressions.” Denham: Sophy. *äpt'-a-ble, a. [Eng. apt; -able.] That may be adapted. *āp'—täte, v. t. [Lat. aptatus, pa. par. of aptor= to be made fit.] Astrol.: To render apt, fit, or suitable. “To aptate a planet is to strengthen the planet in apt-timding fume is tost y position of house and dignities to the greatest advantage, 2. in order to bring about the desired end.”—Bailey. *āp'—těd, pa. par. [APT, v.] āp-tén-Ö-dy'-tês, s. [(1) Gr, aptén= (1) un- fledged, (2) unable to fly: a, priv., and ptemos= feathered, winged; ptèmai, aor. inf. of petomai-to fly; (2) dwtés=a diver; dwó– to enter, to plunge into.] Ornith : A genus of swimming birds, classed by some under the family Alcada, and by others under that of Spheniscidae. It contains the penguins of the ś hemisphere. Their wings are rudi- mentary, with only vestiges of feathers, and their feet, so far behind that when on shore they have to sit or stand bolt upright. . When pursued, however, they can manage to make way quickly by using their wings as an anterior pair of legs. The water is their natural element, in which they live, and they move in it with much agility. They are web- footed diving birds. Example, A. Patagomica, a species as large as a goose, seen standing in large * flocks on barren shores near the Straits of Magel- lan, and here and there as far as New Guinea. āp'—tér—a, S., pl. [Neut, plur, of Gr. apteros= rºles: a, priv., and pteron=a wing ; peto mai-to y. Zool.: Linnaeus's name for his seventh and last order of Insecta. This order contained a heteroge- neous assemblage of six-footed insects proper- spiders, crabs, and centipedes. Any entomologists who now retain it limit it to the wingless Orders of 244 insects proper—the Anoplura, the Mallophaga, the Thysanura, and the Aphaniptera, which, however, are now not placed in a single category, owing to the fact that the Aphaniptera differ from the rest in undergoing metamorphosis. ãp'—tér—al, a. [In Fr. aptère; Port. aptero. From Gr. apteros=wingless.] [APTERA.] f1. (Lit.). Zool. : Without wings like those of a bird or insect. 2. (Fig.) Arch. : Not having columns on the sides. (Used of temples or similar buildings. āp'—tér-ăns, S. pl. [APTERA.] equivalent for APTERA (q.v.). ãp-têr-ö-nó'-tūs, s. [Gr. apteros = . . . fin- less, and notos, or màtom-the back. Zool. : A genus of American fishes of the Eel family. They have on their back not a fin, but a soft, fleshy filament couched in a furrow. They have an affinity to Gymnotus. āp'-têr-ois, a. Gr. apteros=wingless. In Fr. aptère; Port, aptero..] [APTERA.] 1. Zool. : Wingless. “Cuvier and Latrielle divide the Apterous insects into three tribes: the Suctoria (Fleas); the Parasita (Lice), * . . and the Thysanoura.” — Owen : Invertebrata, Lect. xvi. .2. Bot. : Without membranous, wing-like expan- Sions. Lowdom. Cycl. of Plants; Gloss.) āp-têr-yg'-i-dae, s. pl. [APTERYX.] Zool. : A family of Cursorial Birds, with some affinities to the Struthionidae, or Ostriches, but dif- fering in their lengthened bill, their short legs, their possession of a short hind toe with a strong claw, and finally by their wings being quite rudi- mentary. ãp'-têr-yx, s. [Gr. a, priv., and pterwa, genit. pterugos=a wing.] Zool. : A genus of birds, the typical one of the family Apterygidae. Two species are known—the A. australis and A. Mamtelli, both from New Zeal- and. The natives call the former, and probably also the latter, Kiwikiwi, which is an imitation of ſº The English Ž & º §: \\ Ø//ſ/ſº }}|º % %% º:// º ś % ºf MI/ %. W ſº W º % ºfº | Ø a wº ſº ſ º §§ #% % º ſ ſºftº their peculiar cry. The A. awstralis is somewhat less in size than an ordinary goose. It runs when pursued, shelters itself in holes, and defends itself with its long bill; but unable as it is to fly, its fate, it is to be feared, will soon be that of the dodo—it is now almost extinct. *āp'—thane, s. Another spelling of ABTHANE. (Scotch.) āp'-ti-tūde, s. [In Fr. aptitude; Sp. aptitud; Port. aptidao; Ital. attitudime; Lat, apto- to fit; aptus=fit.] 1. Fitness, suitableness, adaptation. Used— (a) Of things: “The mutual aptitude of seed and soil.” Wordsworth : Eaccursion, bk. v. (b) Of persons: Competence for, natural genius or acquired skill for learning or for doing any par- ticular thing. “. . . he seems to have had a peculiar aptitude for the management of irregular troops.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. 2. Tendency toward, proneness to. (Used of man and other animated beings, as well as of things inanimate.) “The aptitude of the Cheiroptera, Insectivora, and cer- tain Rodentia to fall like Reptiles into a state of true tor- pidity .”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 34. *āp-ti-tū'-din-al, a. [From Eng. aptitude.] Possessing aptitude for. *āp-ti-tū'-din-al-ly, adv. [Eng. aptitudinal: -ly.] In an aptitudinal manner. āpt"-ly, adv. [Eng. apt; -ly.] 1. Fitly, suitably; with proper adaptation, corre- spondence, or connection. “In his wild notes seem aptly met A strain of pleasure and regret.” - Scott; Rokeby, ii. 29. a qua, 2. Pertinently, justly. “Irenaeus very aptly remarks, that those nations who were not possest of the gospels, had the same accounts of our Saviour which are in the Evangelists.”—Addison. 3. Quickly, readily. (Johnson.) ãpt'-nēss, s. [Eng. apt; -mess.] 1. Fitness, suitableness. “The nature of every law must be judged of by the apt- mess of things therein prescribed, unto the same end.”— Hooker. 2. Tendency. Used— (a) Of things inanimate: “Some seeds of goodness give him a relish of such re- flections as have an aptness to improve the mind.”—Addi- SO??, (b) Of animated beings: Propensity, proneness. “. . . their aptness to superstition.”—Jeremy Taylor; Of the Decalogue. Works (ed. 1839), vol. iii., p. 14. 3. Quickness, readiness. “What should be the aptness of birds in comparison of beasts to imitate speech Y may be enquired.”—Bacom. *āp'-töte, s. [Lat. aptota, neut. plur. ; Gr. ap- töta, neut. pl. of aptótos, adj. =without cases: a, priv., and #-É 3. failing, (2) a case; peptóka, 2 perf. of piptó=to fall.] . Grammar: A noun “without cases,” that is, an indeclinable noun. *āp'-ty-chiis, s. . [Gr: a, priv., and ptuchos, genit. of ptua:= a fold, leaf, layer, or plate. Palaeont. : A fossil body now regarded as the Operculum of Ammonites (q. v.). Before their nature was understood they were called Trigonel- lites, Lepadites, and various other names. à'-pús, S. [Gr. apows = footless, without feet: a, priv. and pows= a foot. º 1. Zool. : A genus of Entomostracans, the typical One of the family Apodidae. They have the cara- pace of one piece, and completely enveloping the anterior part of the animal. Though the name im- plies that they are footless, yet they have about Sixty pairs of feet. e 2. Astron.: One of Lacaille's twenty-seven South- ern constellations. Its English name is “the Bird of Paradise,” that animal being once erroneously Supposed to be destitute of feet. [PARADISE.] ãp-y-rét-ic, a... [In Fr. appretique; Gr. a, priv., and puretikos = feverish; pºwretos = burning heat, e fever; puressó = to be feverish, to be in a fever; pur=fire . . .] Free from fever. ãp'-y-réx–y, fip-y-réx-i-a, s. [In Fr, apyreasie; Port. & Mod. Lat, apyreacia; Gr; apwreasia; a, priv., and #: [APYRETIC.] The intermission or the abatement of a fever. āp-y"—rite, s. [In Ger. appyrit; Gr. apwros = witHºt fire: Q, wº and pwrºfire; Eng. suffix -ite, denoting quality.] Min. : An unimportant variety of Tourmaline not now retained. āp-y"—rois, a. [In Fr. apure; Lat. apuros; Gr. apwros=ywithout fire: a, priv., and pur-fire. In- combustible; not able to be altered by the greatest amount of heat to which, in the present state of scientific knowledge, it can be subjected. ‘ſ An approws body is not the same as a refractory one. In the former the heat produces no percepti- ble change; while the latter may be in various ways altered, though not fused. aq. A contraction for AQUA, used in physicians’ preSCriptions. aq. bull., contracted from aqwa bulliens=boiling Water. aq. fer., contracted from aqwa fervens=boiling Water. aq.; dest., contracted from aqua destillata=dis- filled water. aq. font., contracted from aqwa fontana =spring Water. à'-qua, s. [Lat.=water. In Ital. acqua, Port. agwa, ago.g. : Sp. agua; Old Fr. aigu, jawve, con- tracted in Mod. Fr. into eaw; A. S. ed. = running water, a stream, water; O. H. Ger. ana–a river; Goth, ahva, Wei. gwy, aw; Irish oig, oiche; Gael. wisge; Arm. eagwiz-to water; Pers. awb-water, as Punjaub or Panjā’b=the five waters or rivers; Sansc. ap=water, ap=to go.] 1. (Standing alome): Pharm., &c. : Ordinary water. 2. (Having in apposition with it an adjective or substantive which limits its signification): Pharm., Chem., dºc. : A liquid, of which water con- stitutes the chief part, the adjective or substantive indicating which. In the Materia Medica, aqua, followed by the genative of some plant, means wa- ter holding in solution a small quantity of oil or other volatile matter derived from that plant; as Aqwa camphoroe=water of camphor; Aqwa cinna- moni-water of cinnamon ; Aqua rosoe=rose water. făte, fīt, amidst, whât, fall, or, wore, färe, father; camel, hēr, hère, wét, thère; Sir , marine; go, pöt, pine, pit, sire, Wolf, wörk, whô, sèn; 39, Oe = Syrian. miite, ey = a. qu = kW. ciib, ciire, unite, ciír, ràle, é; try, füll; aqua, aqua alcalina oxymuriatica. ... Oxymuriatic alkaline water, used as a bleaching liquid. aqua aluminis composita. Compound alum Water. aqua, aluminis Bateana. Bates's alum Water. aqua ammoniae. Water of , ammonia; called also Liquor ammoniae. It is a solution of ammonia- cal gas in Water. aqua ammoniae acetatis. Water of acetate of 3 II, IIl OIll& . aqua, ammoniae causticae. Caustic water of al]] In OD la . aqua, ammoniae acetitis. Water of acetite of a II, IIl OIn 181. aqua, ammoniae purae. Pure water of ammonia. aqua anethi. In modern pharmacy = dill Water. aqua calcis. Lime water. aqua, calcis composita. Compound lime water. aqua, Camphorae. In modern pharmacy=cam- phor water. aqua carbonatis ammoniae. Water of carbon- ate of ammonia. aqua, Carui. In modern pharmacy=caraway Water. aqua Carui Spirituosa. Spirituous caraway Water. * ceraSorum nigrorum. Black cherry Wat,0T, aqua Cinnamomi. namon water. aqua Cinnamomi fortius. Water. aqua Cinnamomi Spirituosa. namon Water. aqua Citri aurantii. Orange-peel water. aqua Citri medicae. Demon-peel water. aqua Cupri ammoniati. Water of ammoniated In modern pharmacy=cin- Strong cinnamon Spirituous cin- COpper. a qua, Cupri Vitriolata. Water of sulphate of COppCT. aqua destillata. Distilled water. [AQUAE, A.] aqua, floris aurantii. Orange-flower water. a qua foeniculi. In modern pharmacy=common Or SWeet-fennel water. aqua fontana. Water from a fountain; spring Wà Uer. *aqua fortis. . [Strong water. In Sp. agwa fuerte..] In Chemistry, Modern Pharmacy, &c., an old name for nitric acid. “It dissolves in aqua fortis, with good ebullition and . into a red liquor so red as blood.”—Bacon: Physiol. em. aqua graeca. . A weak solution of nitrate of silyer, sometimes sold to dye hair of a black color. It is unwise to use such dyes. aqua, kali. Water of kali, or the liquor of the Subcarbonate of potassa. a qua, kali Caustici. Water of caustic kali. a qua, kali praeparati vel puri. Water of pre- pared or pure kali. aqua juniperi composita. Water. aqua labyrinthi. In anatomy, a fluid contained within the labyrinth of the ear. * lauri Cassiae. Cassia or Bastard cinnamon Water. aqua lauri cinnamomi. Cinnamon water. * laurocera.Si. In modern pharmacy=laurel Water. , a qua lithargyri acetati. litharge. a qua lithargyri acetati composita. pound water of acetate of litharge. a qua, lithargyrites. Water of litharge. aqua menthae piperitae. In modern pharmacy = peppermint Water. aqua menthae piperitae spirituosa. OuS peppermint Water. a qua, menthac pulegii. Pennyroyal water. a qua, menthae Sativae. Spearmint water. aqua, menthae sativa spirituosa. Spirituous Spearmint Water. aqua, menthae viridis. Spearmint Water. aqua menthae vulgaris. Compound juniper Water of acetated Com- Spiritu- In modern pharmacy= Common mint water. 245 *aqua mirabilis. [Lit. = the wonderful water.] A liquor prepared of cloves, galangals, cubebs; mace, gardamoms, nutmegs, ginger, and Špirit, of wine, digested twenty-four hours, and then dis- tilled. (Johnsom.) - aqua morgagni. A watery humor found after death between the capsule and the body of the lens in the human eye, having probably been absorbed from , the aqueous. humor. (Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 34.) - nºua muriatis calcis. Water of muriate of 1IIl C. aqua, myrti pimentae. Allspice water. aqua, mucis moschatae. Nutmeg water. aqua. Oxymuriatica. Oxymuriatic water. aqua oxymuriatis potassae. Water of oxy- muriate of potash. aqua, picis liquida. Tar water. aqua pimentae. In modern pharmacy=pimento OT allSpice Water. aqua pimentae spirituosa. Spirituous pimento Water. aqua piperis jamaicensis. Water. aqua potassae. Water of potash. A solution of potassa in water. aqua pulegii. Pennyroyal water. aqua, pulegii spirituosa. Spirituous penny- royal water. aqua raphani composita. horse-radish. aqua regia, [In Sp. agua regia.] A liquor con- sisting of nitric and hydrochloric acids in certain proportions. It has the property of dissolving gold, whence its name, regia or royal. Properly speak- ing, it is only the chlorine which attacks the gold. “Gold is dissolved with agwa regia into a yellow liquor, .." is little heat or ebullition.”—Bacon: Physiol. Rem., Ps aqua, rosae. Rose water. aqua, Sambuci. Elder-flower water. aqua Saturnina. Water of lead. aqua secunda... Nitric acid, liberally diluted with pure water. Its use in art is to clear the Sur- face of metals and of certain stones. aqua seminum anisi composita. Compound aniseed water. aqua, seminum carui. Caraway-seed water. aqua seminum carui composita. Compound caraway water. aqua, styptica. Styptic water. aqua. Subcarbonatis kali. Water of Subcarbon- ate of kali. aqua sulphureti ammoniae. phuret of ammonia. aqua, sulphureti kali. Water of sulphuret of kali. Hydrosulphuret of potassa. a,Qlla, SuperCarbonatiS pota,SS32. supercarbonate of potash. aqua, SupercarbonatiS SOdae. carbonate of soda. aqua tofana. [From an infamous Italian woman called Tofana, who lived about the middle of the seventeenth century, and is said to have poisoned more than 600 people by means of a deadly prepa- ration she had discovered. A preparation in which the main ingredient is crystallized arsenic in solu- tion. Modern chemistry very easily detects the presence of arsenic in the stomach and intestines of one poisoned by it, and renders the rise of a second Tofana all but impossible. aqua, vegeto-mineralis. Vegeto-mineral water. aqua vitae. [Lit. =water of life. . In Dan; agva- ºrit...] A term applied to distilled spirits by its vo- taries, to indicate their belief that it has the power of imparting life to those who worship with suffi- cient frequency at its shrine. The same creed was held by those who first coined the words Whiskey, Usqwebaugh, Eaw de Vie, and Geneva (g. v.). Some extend the term aqwa vitae to spirits of wine and brandy, while others apply it to spirituous liquor distilled from malt, as contradistinguished from brandy, which they limit to liquor procured from wine or the grape. “Alas ! alas !—Help ! help my lady's dead ſ— O, well-a-day, that ever I was born 1 Some aqua vitae, ho My lord my lady l’’ "Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iv. 5. aqua, Vitae man. A seller of drams. “Sell the dole beer to aqua vitae mem.” Ben Jomson : Alchemist, i. 1. aqua, Vitriolica. Witriolic water. aqua, Vitriolica, Caerulea. Blue vitriolic water. Jamaica pepper Compound water of Water of sul- Water Of Water of super- aquatic A. Nomin. Plur. : Waters. Aqwa destillatoe: Aqueous distillations of herbs. They contain volatile oils from the plants thus treated. In the singular agwa destillata has a dif- ferent meaning, being=distilled water, i. e., Water gºned to render it as pure as possible. (Castle, J.C. B. Gemit. Sing. : Of water. Aquae dwctus. [Lit.=the leading or conducting of water.] In Scots law, “a servitude,” consisting in the right to make a watercourse through the lands of another person. Aquge haustus. "[Lit.=the drawing of water.]. In Scots law, “a servitude,” consisting of a right to water cattle at a river, rivulet, pond, or well in the land of another. *a-qua'ke, pret. a-qué'ightte (gh silent), v.i. [A.S. acwaciam=to be moving or trembling.] To tremble. “The glev men useden her tongue, The wode aqueightte so hy sunge.” Alisawmder, 5.25. (Boucher.) à -qua-ma-rine, *ā'-qua, ma—ri'-na, S. [Latin =marine water, a term borrowed from the Italian lapidaries, to whom it was suggested by a remark of Pliny’s, that the mineral thus named resembled the green color of the sea.] Min. : A bluish-green variety of the Beryl (q.v.). It is regarded as a gem. The finest specimen known came from Brazil. “Kinchinjunga bore nearly due north, a dazzling mass of snowy peaks, intersected by blue glaciers, which gleamed in the slanting rays of the rising sun like aqua- marimes set in frosted silver.”—Hooker: Himalayan Jour- mals, chap. viii., vol. i., p. 184. T On the Continent of Europe, the term Aquama- #. has been applied also to a specimen of Apa- ite. *ā-qua-pô'-tys, s. A kind of pottage. “Aquapotys.-Pil garlic, and cast it in a pot with water and oile, and seeth it. Do thereto safron, salt, and pow- derforte, and dresse it forth hool.”—Forme of Curry (1390). (Wright: Dict. Obs. and Prov. Eng.) A-qua'r-i-ans, A-qua'r-i-i, S. pl. [Lat, aquarii, from aquarius = of or relating to water; aqua = water.] Chºwrch. Hist. : Christians in the primitive church who used water instead of wine in the Lord's Sup- er. Some of them did so from holding sentiments ike those now entertained by total abstainers, while others, employing wine at the evening com- munion, used water in the morning One, lest the smell of wine might betray their assemblies to per- secuting foes. a—quar-i-iim, s. [Lat. = a watering-place for cattle; aqwa =water.] An artificial tank, pond, or vessel, filled with salt or fresh water, and used, in the former case chiefly for the purpose of keeping alive marine animals in circumstances which ren- der it easy to study their habits, and in the latter for cultivating aquatic plants. The most wonderful aquarium in the world was that of the Fisheries department of the World's Columbian Exposition held in Chicago in the summer of 1893. A-quar-i-iis, s. [In Sp., Port., & Ital. Aquario; from Lat. aquarius = (1) a water-carrier, (2) an in- spector of conduits or water-pipes, (3) a constella- tion. (See 1 & 2.) From aquarius=of or relating to water.] Im, Astronomy: 1. The eleventh of the twelve ancient zodiacal constellations, now generally called, signs of the zodiac. It is generally quoted as “Aquarius, the Water-bearer.' * 2. A division of the ecliptic—that between 300° and 330° of longitude, which, on account of the preces- sion of the equinoxes, has gradually advanced from the constellation Aquarius, once within those limits. The sun enters this part of his course about the 21st of January, at which time there are generally copious rains in Italy, whence the name Aquarius= the water-bearer or waterman. (Herschel : Astron., §§ 380, 381.) It is marked thus &. “A constellation in the watery sign, Which they Aquarius call.” Cleveland: Poems, &c., p. 17. a—quat'-ic, *a-quat'-ick, a. & S. [In Fr. aquat- tgue; Sp., Port., & Ital. aquatico. From Lat., aquat- tews = (1) found in the water, (2) watery, (3) like water.] A. As adjective: 1. Of plants: Growing in the water. “Characae are aquatic plants found in stagnant fresh Or * water.”—Lindley: Nat. Syst. of Bot., 2d ed. (1886), p. 410. 2. Of animals: Living in or about the water; swimming in, flying over, or deriving its food from the water, “Brutes may be considered as either ačrial, terrestrial, aqua menthae Vulgaris Spirituosa. Spiritu- a '-quae, 8... [Genit, sing. or nomin. pl. of Lat, aquatick, or amphibious. Aquatick are those whose con: OuS mint water. aqwa (q.v.).] stant abode is upon the water,”—Locke. boil, boy; pout, jöwl; cat, gell, chorus, çhin, bench; go, gem, thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. aquatical lant growing in, or be- Lowdon : Cycl. of Plants; B. As 8wbstantive: A longing to, the water. Glossary.) “Flags, and such like aquaticks, are best destroyed by draining.”—Mortimer: Husbandry, *a-quat'-ic-al, a. [Eng. aquatic; -al.] The same as AQUATIC, adj. (q.v.). (Evelyn.) *ā'-qua-tile, *ā'-qua-til, a. & S. [In Sp. aqwa- til. From Lat. aquatile, neut. of adj. aquatilis- aquatic.] A. A8 adjective: Aquatic. B. As substantive: The water-frog. “We behold many millions of the aquatile, or water frog, in ditches and standing plashes.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. à'-qua-tint, à-qua-tín'—ta, S. & a. [In Ger. aquatinta; Fr. agwa-tinta, agwa-tinte ; Lat. aqua- water, and ſtal. intaºa dye, a tincture.] A. As substantive: A kind of engraying, so called from its resemblance to water-color drawings. The most approved method of practicing it is to first trace the outline of the proposed picture on a copper-plate by means of an etching, needle or other sharp instrument. Next, the º ground is removed, and the plate thoroughly cleaned with whitening and water. The plate is then placed in a flat tin or earthen vessel in an inclined position, and on it is poured a solution of resinous matter, prepared in rectified spirits of wine. hen dry, the design is drawn upon it with the bursting- ground [BURSTING-GROUND1, and the plate is var: nished and dried. Some clear water is then applied to it, and finally, the design is bit, into the copper by two successive applications of dilute nitric acid. B. As adjective : Pertaining to the kind of engrav- ing now described. “. . method of producing the aquatimt ground.”— Rees: Cyclop. ii., “Aquatimta.” ã'-qua-tint, v. t. [From the substantive.] To carry out the process described under AQUATINT, substantive. (q.v.). “The principal disadvantages of this method of aqua- tinting are .”—Rees: Cyclop. ii., “Aquatint.” ă'-qua-tint-iñg, pr. par. [AQUATINT, v.] ă'-qua-va-lènt, s. [Lat. aqua-water, and valens :* pr. par. of valeo-to be worth, to have a W8 Ille. Chem.: The molecular ratio of the water to the salt contained in a cryohydrate. âq'-ué-dûct, *āq'—ua-dûct, àq-ué-dûc'-tūs, āq-uá-dûc'—tüs (aque=ak-Wä), s, h r. aqueduc, gquéduc; Sp. & Port. aqueducto, Ital, aqwidotto; Lat. aqueductus=aqwCe ductus= a leading or con- ducting of water; duco-to lead.] A. (Of the English forms aqueduct, *aquaeduct): In a general sense any artificial channel for the con- yeyance of water from place to place; but the term is generally limited to an artificial channel or con- E}! - **- ń. - - †† | * in ɺºl'ſſº --- 'i. | - | º #: ſº º ," º a mill ſº º - l º% º * º ; § duit raised on pillars for the conveyance of drink- ing water to a city. Of all the nations of antiquity, the Romans were the great builders of aqueducts. No fewer than twenty of these erections converged on the capital during its palmy days; while there were many more in the provincial parts of the empire. Magnificent ruins of some of these still remain, the best of them in the Campagna around Rome; the others, in portions of France, Spain, Italy, Cicily, Greece, Asia, and Africa, Once occu- pied by important cities and towns. - Appius Claudius Caecus, while censor, advised and constructed the first Roman aqueduct, as well as the Appian way, about 312–308 B.G. There are now some remarkable aqueducts in Europe: that at Lisbon is of great extent and beauty; that at Segovia has 129 arches; and that, at Warsailles is three miles long, and of immense height, with 242 arches in three stories. The stupendous aqueduct on the Ellesmere canal, in England (1007, feet in length, and 126 feet high), was completed by T. §, and opened Dec. 26, 1805. The Lisbon aque- fäll, whât, fät, amidst, făre, fāte, father; 246 duct was completed in 1738, and the Croton aque- duct, near New York, was constructed between 1837 and 1842. The aqueduct to supply Marseilles with water was commenced in 1830. An aqueduct to supply London with water from the Welsh lakes was proposed by Mr. J. F. Bateman in 1865. The Washington Aqueduct was founded in 1856, and has cost about $3,500,000. It collects the Potomac water by a line of stone dams at the Great Falls, and con- ducts it to Washington by an aqueduct sixteen miles in length, or eleven miles from the Great Falls of the Potomic to the distributing reservoir, and five miles from the latter to the capital. Its capacity is about 70,000,000 gallons per day. On the line of this work are eleven tunnels and six bridges, the chief of which is over Cabin John Creek, a stone structure 100 feet in height, and having a single span of 220 feet. Aqueduct of the cochlea. [AQUEDUCTUS, B.] Aqueduct of Fallopius. [AQUEDUCTUS, b Aqueduct of Sylvius. [AQUEDUCTUS, B.] B. (Chiefly of the form aqueductus): A. cochleae, the aqueduct of the cochlea. [COCH- LEA...] A funnel-shaped canal in the ear. It leads to the jugular fossa, and is supposed to afford a paSSage for a smail vein. (Todd dº Bowman, Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., pp. 74, 75.) . A., Fallopii, the aqueduct of Fallopius. A channel ID. * ear near the tympanum. (Ibid., vol. ii., D. (U. A. Sylvii, the aqueduct of Sylvius. A channel in the brain, connecting the third and fourth ven- tricles. . (Ibid., vol. ii., p. 289.) A. vestibwli: A canal running from the vestibule of the internal ear to the posterior surface of the pars petrosa of the temporal bone. ( ºne site (gh silent). Pret. of v. AQUAKE Q. V.). *a-qué'int (2), pa. par. [AQUENCH.] *a-qué'int-a-ble, a. [ACQUAINTABLE.] *ā-qué-i-ty, s. [In Ital, aqueita, aqueitade= waterishness.] Wateriness. “The aqueity, Terreity, and sulphureity, Shall run together again.” Ben Jomson: Alchemist, iv. 1. *a-qué'lle, *a-quil', *a-qué1'-lèn, *ac-quê1– lan (pa. par. *a-quð'ld), v. t. [A. S. acwellam..] To kill. “Nule heo the sothe telle Thah me scholde heon aquelle-” Simmers Beware (ed. Morris), 241–42. *a-quén'ch, *a-quén'che, *a-quén'-chen (pret. *a-qué'int, *a-qué'ynt), v. t. [A. S. aquencam= to quench.] To quench. “. ... man theruore the bethench er thou ualle of thi bench thi Zenne aquench.”—Ayembite (ed. Morris), p. 130. *a-quënt', *a-qué'int (1), a qué ynte, pa. par. [ACQUAINT, pa. par..] (Chawcer, Prompt. Parv.) *a-qué'n-tyn, v. t. [ACQUAINT, v.] To make known. (Prompt. Parv.) ă'-qué-oiás, a. [In Fr, aquiewa: ; Sp., Port., & Ital, aqueo; from Lat, aqua = water.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Consisting wholly or in large measure of water. 2. Made by the addition of water. 3. Deposited from water. [B. 4.] B. Technically: 1. Meteorol. Aqueous vapor: The water which, on evaporating from the earth, goes to constitute clouds. “The leaves of the plants absorb both the carbonic acid and the aqueous vapor of the air.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., iv. 87. 2. Amat. Aqueous humor: A humor of the eye filling up the space between the cornea and the crystalline lens. It is partially divided by the iris into an anterior and posterior chamber. The for- mer is the larger, and has the cornea in front, the iris behind, and a portion of the ciliary ligament on its circumference. “The aqueous humor of the eye consists very nearly of water. Berzelius states that all its other constituents taken together do not amount to so much as one-fiftieth part of the whole. Of these, more than half is chloride of sodium, and the rest is extractive matter, soluble either in water or alcohol.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 36. 3. Chem. [A, 2.] 4. Geol. Aqueous rocks: Rocks originally de- posited from water, whence they are sometimes called aqueous deposits. As what is deposited is sediment of some one kind or other, they are also termed sedimentary rocks, and as, unless too much metamorphosed, they contain the now fossilized re- mains of the animals which lived in the water, and the plants which grew or were carried into it, they are denominated fossiliferous rocks. Finally, as the sediment successively deposited from the water tended to arrange itself in layers or strata, the rocks hér, Camel, hère, wét, wé, not that strong tooth in thére; aquiline thus formed are called stratified rocks. (Lyell Ge- 9logy.) A great part of the science of geology has been built up on the careful study of aqueous rocks, the relative order of their disposition, and their fos. sil contents. à'-gūe-ois-nēss, s. [Eng. aqueous; -ness.] The Quality of being watery; wateriness. *ā-qué'ynt, pa. par. [AQUENCH.] *...* -ār-ois, a. [Lat. aqua-water, and ferð =to bear.] Bearing water. “..... ... with a conspicuous (aquiferous f) pore in the middle.”—Woodward: Mollusca (1851), p. 117. ā-qui-fô-li-ā'-gé-ae, s. pl. [Lat. aquifolia, aqui- folium.] Hollyworts. An order of monopetalous lants ranked by Lindley under his Gentianal iance. It consists of trees or shrubs with coria- çequs, leaves, small axillary flowers, and fleshy indehiscent fruit with from two to six seeds. The common, holly, Ilea: aquifolium, is the type of the Order. In 1846 Lindley estimated the number of known species at 110. ā-qui-fô-li:iim, 8. [Lat. aquifolium, or aqui- folia - the holly-tree, or the Scarlet, Holm (Ilea: QQuifolium); aquifolius, adj. = having pointed leaves...] A. plant-genus from which the Holly fº is called Aquifoliacae. (Now ranked under 62X. ă'-qui-form, a. . [Lat. aqua-water, and forma– form, shape.] In the form of water. āq-uil—a (āq'-uíl = àk-wil), s. [Ital, & Lat. º-an eagle, perhaps from the root ac-sharp, SWII U. 1. Zool. : A genus of rap- torial birds, the typical One of the Aquilinae, or Eagle, a sub-family of Fal- conidae. The species have their bills which the fal- COns possess, and are feebler for their size, less Courageous and less preda- tory than the falcons proper. Two species occur in England, the A. chry- Saëtos, or Golden Eagle, and the A. moevia, or Spotted Eagle. [EAGLE. 2. Astrom. : One of the twenty, ancient Northern constellations. Within it, is included also the constel- lation Antinous, the only One of forty-eight recognized by the ancients which modern astronomers have merged in another one. [ANTINOUs.[ āq-uìl-ār-i-a (äg-uíl as āk-wil), s. [From Lat., aquila=an eagle..] [AGALLOCH.] A genus of plants, the typical one of the order Aquilariaceae (q.v.). Aloes-wood, Agila-wood, or Eagle-wood, is the inside of the trunk of the Aquilaria ovata, and A. Agallocha. [ALOES-WOOD, AGILA-WOOD.] āq-uíl-ār-i-ā'-gé-ae (āq-uìl = àk-wil), s. pl. [AQUILARIA.] An order of plants classed by Dr. Tindley under his Rhamnales, or Rhamnal Alliance. They have the calyx turbinate or tubular, with its orifice furnished with ten or five bearded scales, which are really stamens. Corolla, (); stamina, ten or five, in the latter case opposite the segments of the calyx; style,.0, or conical and thread-shaped; Stigma, large, simple; ovary, superior, one-celled; Seeds, Qne on each placenta, , or , one abortive. Trees with alternate entire shining leaves without stipules. Habitat, the East Indies. In 1847, Dr. Lindley estimated the known species at ten. āq-uìl-āte (āq'—uil=äk'—wil), v. t. [From Lat. Clgwila = an. ...}} Her. : To adorn with eagles' heads. (Used chiefly, if not exclusively, in the pa. par.) āq'—uil-ā-těd (āq'-uíl = #k'—wil), [AQUILATE.] āq-ul-lè'-gi-a (āq-ui=āk-wi), s. [A. S. and Ital. aqwilegiſt; from Lat. aqwila=an eagle, the species resembling eagles' claws.] Columbine. A genus of plants belonging to the order Ranuncula- ceae, or Crowfoots. āq-ul-li-mae (āq-uì=āk-wi), s. pl. [From Lat. aqwila=an eagle.] A sub-family of Falconidae. It contains the eagles. āq'-uſ-line (āk-uí=āk-wi), a... [In Fr. aquilin; Sp. aquilimo and agwileno; Port. & Ital. aquilimo; Lat. aquilimus, from aquila = an eagle.] 1. Gen. : Pertaining to an eagle. 2. Spec. : Eagle-like in bill or in nose; hooked. “His nose was aquilime, his eyes were blue, Ruddy his lips, and fresh and fair his hue.” Dryden: Palamon & Arcite, iii. 74. “We may trace the commencement of an aquiline curv- ature in the nose of the Hoolock Gibbon.”—Darwin: De- scent of Man, pt. i., ch. vi. pine, pit, Aquila. pCº. p(tº". gö, pöt, marine; sire, sir, Ör, wóre, ae, Oe = €; Wolf, whô, sön; wórk, ey = 3. qu = kW. Syrian. try, ciib, miite, ciire, unite, ciir, räle, füll; Aquilon Åq'-ul-lón (Aq'-uí=āk-wi), s. Fr. & Sp. aqui- lon; Port, aquilao; Ital, . ºuilone. aquilomare; Lat, aquila...] The north wind. “Blow, villain, till thy sphered bias cheek Outswell the colic of puff’d Aquilon.” Shakesp.: Troil. and Cress., iv. 5. ã'-quit-êl-ae, S. pl. [Lat. aqua-water, and tela rta. We O. - Zool. : A Subdivision of Araneidae, containing the genus Argyroneta (q.v.). a—quit’te, v. t. [AQUYTTE.] fā-quð'ge, a. ſº Sp. & Port, aquoso; Ital. aq^4OSO *ś rom Lat. aqwosus=abounding in water.j atery, aqueous. (Bailey.) ta-quês'-i-ty, s. [In Fr. aquosité; Sp. aquosidad; Port, aqwpsidade, aquosita, acquosita; Low Lat. aquositas.] ɺsé Wateriness, aqueousness. à'-qui-la, 8. [Lat.=a small stream; dimin. of agwa-water.] A., acoustica (Amat.) : A fluid which fills the cavity of the vestibule connected with the internal 63 F. *a-quy'ke, v. t. [A. S. acuzician – to make alive: cwic, cwwc= Guick, alive.] To kindle. “Is ofte aquyked thet uer of lecherie. Huerof the writ- frige. Spekth thet word of fole wyfman is berninde ase eur.”—Ayembite (ed. Morris), p. 203. sº *a-quit'te, *a-qwyt'—yn, v. t. [AC- JIT. 1. To acquit, set free, release, pay. “Him behoueth paye ne neure aquitte he ne may, and ºore hassel by yolammed.”—Ayembite (ed. Morris), I). g “And the heghe men thet uol yeth the tornemens and thet hy betaketh hyre londes and hare eritage ine wed and dead wed thet naght him ne aquytteth.”—Ibid., p. 36. 2. To bereave. “And the Admiral hit mighte iwite That he mere of his life aquite.” Floriz and Blawmcheflwr (ed. Lumby), 207, 208. *ā-qWynt, ſpa, par. [ACQUAINT.] (Lancelot of the Lake, blº.’ #. 1,295.) *a-qwy'-tyn, v. t. [ACQUIET.] (Prompt. Parv.) -ar. [An Eng. suffix from Lat. -aris=of or be- longing to ; as stellar. (Lat. stellaris)=of or belong- ing to a star.] A. R. An abbreviation for Anno Regmi-in the year of the reign; as A W. R. 30= anno regmi Vic- torice régimoe tricesimo=in the thirtieth year of Queen Victoria's reign. *ār, conj. [A. S. ar=ere, before.] [ERE.] Ere, before; ere ever, before ever. “But al to deere they bought it ar they ryse.” tº 4 Chaucer: C. T., 4,840. ar'-3', S. [Lat. = an altar.] “The Altar: ” one of the fifteen ancient Southern constellations. a -ra, 8. [South American Indian name, designed to imitate the voice of the bird.] Zoºl. : A genus of birds, the typical one of the sub- family Arainae, which is ranked under the family Psittacidae, or Parrots. It is called also Macro- Çerçus, from Gr, makros=long, . . . large, and kerkos= tail. It contains the Macaws. [MACAw.] År-ab, S. & a. [In Ger. Araber (s.), Arabisch, §: Fr. & Port. Arabe (s. & adj.); Ital, Arabo adj.) ; Lat. Arabs (s.); Gr. Araps (s.), genit. Arabos.] : §s º &A s ; g º º ºš º, ſº º - tº º & Łº Bºz A. As substantive: A native of Arabia. “In his march over the sandy desert between Emesa and Palmyra, Aurelian was perpetually harassed by the Arabs.”—Gibbon. Decline and Fall, ch. xi. B. As adjective: Pertaining to Arabia or its in- habitants. “Our Arab tents are rude for thee.” Moore. Lalla Rookh; Light of the Haram. böy; pout, jówl; bóil, Cat, Çell, Chorus, 247 Arab-like, a. Like an Arab in roaming tend- ency, or some other particular. “Here, Arab-like, is pitched my tent, And straight again is furled.” Longfellow: The Two Locks of Hair. , ar'-a-ba, s. [Hindustani, &c.] . A wheeled car- riage, a gun-carriage, a kind of cart used in Eastern JOurneys Or Campaigns. ar-a-ba,'—ta, s. [Native name.] An American monkey (Mycetes straminews). År-a-bêsque (que-k), *Ár-a-bêsk', s. & adj. [As substantive: In Dut. Arabesken (pl.); Ger. Ara- beske (sing.); Fr. Arabesque (sing.); , Port. Ara- bescos (pl.); Ital. Arabesco, Rabesco (sing.); terms all implying that the style of ornamentation so designated originated with the Arabs, whereas it seems to have sprung up first among the Romans.] A. As substantive: Arch. : A style of ornamentation in which are Fº men, ºn*: the , latter consisting of ſº, mythic as well as actual ; § © § }\SS © §§ 3. §§§: º forms); plants, with leaves, flowers, and fruit; mathe- maticai figures, &c.; the whole put together in a whim- sical way, so that, for in- stance, the animals not merely rest upon the plants, but grow out of them like blossoms. There are three kinds of Arabesque:—1st (and oldest), that of the Romans, without the animals. . They Occur in the mural paintings at Pompeii, Herculaneum, and other places. 2d. That of the Arabs, also without, the animals. This is well seen in the Alhambra. 3d. The Chris- tian Arabesque, with the fig- ures introduced. It appears in illuminated mediaeval man- uscripts and elsewhere. Arabesque Panel. B. As adjective (in Fr. Arabesque.) t1. Gem. : Pertaining to Arabia or its inhabitants. “Though a follower of the Arabian school, the assi- duity with which he [Achillini] cultivated anatomy has rescued his name from the inglorious obscurity in which the Arabesque doctors have in general slumbered.”— Ency. Brit., 7th ed., ii. 756. 2. Spec. : Consisting of, or pertaining to, the kind of Ornaments called Arabesques. [See A., as swb- stantive.] “A kind of ornament, which may be called Arabesque, was much used in the domestic architecture of this country in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.” —Gloss. of Arch. Ar-ā'-bi-an, a. & S. [Eng. Arabi (a); -am.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to Arabia. 4 & ... the rigor of the Arabian laws, The Bee, No. iv. B. As substantive: An Arab, a native of Arabia. “. . neither shall the Arabian pitch tent there.” —Isa. xiii. 20. Arabian Architecture. [See MOHAMMEDAN ARCHI- TECTURE.] År'-ab-ic, *Ár'-ab-ick, a. & S. [In Eng. Arab, -ic; Ger. Arabisch, Fr. Arabiqwe ; Port. Arabico; Lat. Arabicws.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to Arabia, or to the language prevailing there. “What way was there taken for spreading his [Po- cock's] Arabick translation of Grotius de Veritate Relig- ionis Christianae Y”—Worthington to Hartlib, Epist. 7. “Gum arabic, or gum acacia, is an exudation from various species of acacia.”—Treas. of Bot. (ed. 1866), ii. 5, B. As substantive: The language of Arabia or of the Arabs. It is properly the dialect of the Kore- ishite tribe in Arabia, rendered classic by its being the language in which the Koran was composed. It is now vernacular in Arabia, Egypt, and North- ern Africa, and the learned and sacred tongue of all Mohammedan countries. The numbers who at present speak it have been estimated at 100 millions, which is probably an exaggeration. Philologically viewed, Arabic is the most southerly of the Syro- Arabian family of languages, besides being itself the type of one of the three classes into which that leading family of tongues is divided. Associated with it in this relation are the living Amharic and the dead Ethiopic and Himyaritic tongues. About two-thirds of the Hebrew roots occur with slight modification in Arabic, which renders the language useful to the Biblical student, as its wide diffusion does to the missionary; while numerous chemical, alchemical, astronomical, and astrological words which arose during the brilliant, but brief, period when the Saracens aimed at intellectual as well as go, gem; thin, this; cº e .”—Gold- smith: çhin, bench; Sin, aſ 8,0688 political ascendency, will always render it an object of interest to scientific men. The Arabic literature is posterior in date to the time of Mohammed. “That Schultens had from the Arabick happily and satisfactorily illustrated some very obscure and difficult :* of the Hebrew text, .”—Parkhurst : Heb. Leac., rel. *Arabic numerals: The first nine digits—1, 2, 3, &c.—and the cipher used in writing the number 10. Though often called Arabic, they are really of Brahmanic origin. [NUMERALS.] *Ar-āb'-ic—al, a. [Eng. Arab: -ical.] Pertain- ing to Arabia or the Arabs. The sanae as the adj. ARABIC. “Written in Arabical characters.”—Shelton : Don Quiacote, ii. 2, 1. *Ar—āb"—ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. Arabical; -ly.] After the manner of the Arabs. “Mahomet, whose name Arabically signifies deceit.”— Sir T. Herbert: Travels, p. 321. Ar—āb"—i-gi, s. pl. [From Arabia, in which the Sect arose. Chºwrch. Hist. : A sect which sprung up about A.D. 207. Their distinguishing tenet was, that the soul died with the body, but revived with it at the res- urrection. Origen is said to have re-converted them to the orthodox belief, and thus extinguished their separate organization. * Ar-âb'-i-gize, v. t. [Eng. Arabic; -ize.] To ren- der akin to Arabic. * ... being superseded by Hindi in its 4 rubicized form of Urdu.”—Beammes : Compan'. Gram. of .4 ryan Lang. of India, vol. i., Introd., p. 96. ār-à-bid'-à-ae, s. pl. [ARABIs...] A tribe of plants belonging to the order Brassicaceae, or Crucifers. ăr'-a-bin, S. [From Arabic, in the term gum arabic.] The pure soluble principle in gum arabic and similar substances. It is precipitated by alco- hol and by basic lead acetate, but not by the neutral acetate. . It is composed of C12H22O11. It is isomeric with came sugar. (Fownes: Manwel of Chem., p. 689.) ăr'-a'-bis, s. [In Fr. arabette ; Sp. arabide.] The Wall-cress. A genus of plants belonging to the order Brassicaceae, or Crucifers. Five species are natives of England; the most common being the A. hirsuta, or Hairy Rock-cress. It has small white flowers. År-ab-ism, s. [In Eng. Arab, -ism Ger. Arab- §sm...] An idiom or other peculiarity of languages borrowed from the Arabic. Ar’-a-bist, s. [Eng. Arab suffix -ist.] One con- versant with the Arabic language and literature. ăr'-a-ble, *ēr'-a-ble, a. [In Fr. arable; Ital. arabile; Lat. arabilis-that may be plowed: aro= Gr. aroö=to plow. In Wel. arad is-a plow, and ar=arable land; Gael. ar=a plow ; Irish iratin—to plow.) Capable of being plowed. Applied to land which may profitably be plowed, with the view of being sown with cereal or, other crops. It is con- tradistinguished from land not worth plowing, but which it is thought better to leave in grass pastur- age, if not even in wood and moor. “The arable land, and pasture land were not supposed by the best political arithmeticians of that age to amount to much more than half the area of the kingdom.”— Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. . År'-a-bó, in compos. =connected with the Arabs. Arabo tedesCO, S. [Ital. Arabo, and Tedescho- { { Arch. : A style of architecture blending together the Roman, Moorish, and German-Gothic. ar—a-ca'-ri, s. [Imitated from the note of the bird.] Zool. : . The name given in Brazil to several Scan- sorial birds ranked as aberrant members of the Rhamphastidae, or Toucan family. They are placed under Pteroglossus and its allied genera. They have smaller bills than the Toucans proper, and are of brighter colors, being generally green, with red or yellow on their breasts. *ār—a ge, *ār-as", v. t. [Fr. arracher= to pluck, to pick, to pull away.] To pluck Out, to tear away. “That with gret sleight and gret difficulté, The children from her arm they gonne (trace.” Chaucer: C. T., 8,978-9. “The tronsione of o brokine sper that was, Quhich no man out dedenyt to a ras.” Lancelot of the Lake (ed. Skeat) Prolog., 239-40. ār-ā'-gé-ae, S. pl. [Latinized from arum (q.v.).] Arads. An order of endogenous plants having for their inflorescence a spadix placed within a spathe. They have neither calyx nor corolla. The leaves are frequently cordate. The fruit is succulent, with many seeds. They are acrid in character, and often poisonous. The Caladium Sequinwm, or Dumb Cane of the West Indies and South America, when as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. -ble, -dle, –tion, -Sious = Shiis. -SiOn = -Šion = Shiin; –tion, zhin. -tious, -cious, 8, I’8,000US chewed, causes the tongue so to swell as to cause temporary dumbness. In 1847, Dr. Lindley esti- mated the known genera at twenty-six, and the species at 170. There is one species known as the A rum maculatum. Cuckoopint, Wake-Robin, or Ilords and Ladies. [See ARUM.] âr-ā'-gé-oiás, a. ARACEE.] Pertaining to the Araceae (q.v.). ār-a-chid-ic, a. [Fr. arachide; Eng. suffix -ic.] Pertaining to the Earth-nut (Arachis hypogaea). [ARACHIs. arachidic acid. Chem, ; , C39H40O2 = C19H29COOH. A monatomic fatty acid, obtained by the saponification of the oil of the Earth-nut (Araçhis hypogaea). It crystallizes in minute scales, which melt at 75°. It is soluble in boiling alcohol and in ether. ăr'-a-chís, s. [In Fr. arachide; Lat. aracos, a name applied by Pliny to a plant which had neither stem nor leaves; Gr. arakos, arakis, and later ara- chos, the name of a leguminous plant.] A genus of leguminous plants belonging to the sub-order Caezsalpiniege. The A. hypogaea, the underground Arachis [Gr. h.wpogeios = subterranean], is thus called because the legumes are produced and ma- tured beneath the soil. The plant is believed to , have come originally from Africa, but it is now cul- tivated in the warmer parts both of Asia and Amer- ica. The legumes are eatable. The seeds have a sweet taste, and furnish a valuable oil used for lamps and as a substitute for olive-oil. In South Carolina they are employed for chocolate. a-rách'-ni-da, ta-rách'-ni-dae, fa-rách'-ni- déS, s. pl. [In Fr. araignée, Sp. arama : Port. aranha . Ital. aragma, aragmo Lat. aramews, ara- nea. From Gr, arachmés and arachmē = a spider, and eidos=form. Zool. : The class of animals which contains Spiders, Scorpions, and Mites. It belongs to the Ar- ticulata or Annulosa, and the sub-class Arthropoda, and is appropriately placed between the Crustacea on the one hand, and the Insecta on the other. The highest Crustacea have ten feet, the Arachnida eight, and the Insecta six. The Arachnida are wing- less, have no antennae, breathe by means of tracheal tubes or pulmonary sacs performing the function of lungs. As a rule, they have several simple eyes. They have no proper metamorphosis. They live in a predatory manner. Cuvier divided the class into two orders: Pulmonariae and Tracheariae; that is, those breathing by lungs and those breathing by trachoa. The former include the Spiders proper and the Scorpions; the latter, the Acari (Mites) and their nearer and more remote allies. Huxley separates the Arachnida into six orders: (1) Arth- rogastra, including Scorpio, Chelifer, Phrynus, Thalangium, Galeodes, &c.; (2) Araneina, or Spiders; (3) Acarina, or Mites and icks; (4) Fresh- water Arctisca or Tardigrada, called Water-bears; (5) Pycnogonida (Marine animals); and (6) Pentas- tomida (Parasites). “Most of the Arachnides live on insects.”—Griffith's Cuvier, vol. xiii. (1833), p. 384. “ . . it supports the first of the four pairs of legs usually ascribed to the Arachnidae.”—Owen : Invertebrate An imals (1843), Lect. xix. - “The next four classes–Insecta, Myriapoda, Arachnida, Crustacea—without doubt also present so many charac-, ters in common as to form a very natural assemblage.” —Huacley: Classif. of Animals (1869), p. 76. a-rách'ºnid, s. [ARACHNIDA.] A member of the class Arachnida; an Arachnidan. “. . . a Crustacean, an Arachmid, a Myriapod, or an insect, .”—Huacley: Classif. of Animals, p. 77. a-rách'-ni-dan, a. & S. [Eng. Arachnida; -am.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to the Arachnida. B. As substantive: An animal of the class Arach- nida. “The smaller Arachmidans breathe, like insects, by trachete exclusively.”—Owen: Invertebrate Animals, Lect. Xl X. a-rách-ni-tís, ta-rách-nói-di-tís, s. [Eng. arachnoid, and suffix -itis=Gr. -itis, implying in- flammation.] [ARACHNOID.] Med...: Names given by Martinet to a formidable malady, the inflammation of the arachnoid. Some- times the other membranes investing the brain are also affected, in which case the disease is termed Moningitis (q.v.). It is also apt to spread to the substance of the brain. Arachnitis and Meningitis are akin to apoplexy and cerebritis, from which, however, they may be distinguished by the absence of premonitory symptoms, by the occurrence of spasmodic and convulsive symptoms on both sides of the body, and by the presence of febrile excitement without decided paralysis, followed by collapse. a-rách'-nóid, a. & S. [In Fr. arachnoide. From Gr, arachmés and arachnē = a spider, and eidos= form.] --- 248 A. As adjective: I. Amat.: Of the form or aspect of a spider's web. Specially— 1. Pertaining to the membrane of the brain called the Arachnoid. (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 253.) * 2. Pertaining to the tunic of the crystalline humor of the eye. º 3. Pertaining to one of the coverings of the spinal IYY & I"I’OW. II. Botany and Biology generally: Long and loosely entangled, so as to resemble a cobweb. (Used specially of hairs in plants. Example, Calce- olaria arachmoidea.) B. As substantive (Amatomy) : 1. The serous membrane of the cranio-Spinal cav- ity. It adheres to the dura mater by its parietal layer, and with the intervention of the pia mater to the brain and spinal cord by its visceral layer. (Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Anat., vol. ii., p. 253.) 2. The capsule of the crystalline lens, which is a continuation of the hyaloid membrane. [ARACH- NOIDES.] arachnoid cavity. The space between the two layers of the arachnoid membrane. arachnoid membrane. [ARACHNOID (B. 1).] *a-rách-nói'-dés, *a-rách-nói'-da, s. [ARACHNOID.] he form arachnoida is in Glossog. Nova, 2d ed. (1719), with the meaning, “The crystalline Tunic of the eye.” In Johnson's Dictionary, ed. 1773, there is arouchnoides with the two significations given un- der Arachnoid (B. 1, 2). The same form is in Parr's Med. Dict. (1809), and even in Todd (1827). “As to the tunics of the eye, many things might be taken notice of: the prodigious fineness of the arach- moides, the acute sense of the retina.”—Derham. fa-rách-nói-di-tis, s. [ARACHNITIS.] a-rách-nó1'-à-gist, s. #. arachnolog(y); -ist.] One who makes the Arachnidan, or Spider class of animals a special subject of study. a-rách-nó1–ö-gy, s. [Gr, arachmés or arachné= a spider; logos= . . . . . discourse.] The depart- ment of Natural Science which treats of the Arach- nidan or Spider class of animals. făr-ack, s, [ARRACK.j ta'-ra-cón, s. A term in alchemy, denoting cop- per. ar'-ad, S. [From Lat. arum (q.v.).] Bot. : A plant of the genus Arum, or at least of the natural order Araceae. .. Plural. A rads: The English name of the natural order Araceae. ar-à-àm'—ét-êr, s. [AREOMETER.] âr'–3–é-style, (1), s. & a. [In Fr. aréostito; Lat. areQstylos; Gr. arguiostulos: a raios=thin, nar- row, slight, with intervals; stulos=a pillar with columns far separated.] (Vitruvius.) A. As substantive: Arch. : A kind of intercolumniation, in which the pillars are so wide apart, that the intermediate spaces are each upward of three diameters of the column. This constitutes one of the five kinds of intercolumniation described by Vitruvius. B. As adjective: Pertaining to the intercolum- niation now described. âr-à-ö-sys'-tyle, s... [Gr, araios=thin, narrow; slight, and sustulos=with columns standing close.] (Vitruvius.) pl. # ſºft ºffſ #ift|||}| # §§ º: º º º º {{ſ. º ſº tº it; | , ſº º º º :- | | º º à Trºy- Aræosystyle: Western Front of St. Paul's Cathedral. Architecture : The arrangement attendant. On coupled columns, as in the western front of St. Paul's Cathedral. ār-à-àt'-ics, 3. pl. rarefying ; a raiod = . thin. Med. : Remedies which rarefy the humors, and thus make it more easy for them to be carried away by the pores of the skin. [Gr, araiotikos = of or for to make thin ; araios= Aramism àr'–3–Šx-êne, s. [In Ger. aroeovem; from Gr. arolios=thin, narrow, slight, . . . . porous, Spongy, and acemos=foreign, strange.] A mineral, the same as Dechenite (q.v.). *ar'-age, *ar'-5ghe, s. Any plant of the genus 4triplea. (Prompt. Parv. & Palsg.) ar'-age, s. [AVERAGE.] (Scotch.) a—räg-ön-ite, far-räg'-àn-ite, 8.. [From Ara: gon, in Spain, where it was first found.]. A mineral with orthorhombic crystals, generally six-sided prisms, though the rectangular Octobedron is con- sidered its regular form. It occurs also globular, reniform, coralloidal, columnar, stalactitic, and incrusting. The hardness is 3-5-4; the sp. gr., 2.927 to 2-947; the luster vitreous or nearly resinous on fractured surfaces. Its color is white, gray, yellow, green, or violet; it is transparent or translucent, and brittle. The composition is carbonate of lime, 95'94 to 99.31, with smaller quantities of strontia- carbonate, &c. Dana thus divides it:—War. 1. Ordi- nary: (a) Crystallized in simple or compound crystals, or in radiating groups of acicular crystals; (b) Columnar, including Satin-spar; (c) Massive, 2. Scaly massive. 3. Stalactitic or Stalagmitic. 4. Coralloidal. 5. Tarnovicite. Mossottite and Os- erskite also rank, with Aragonite. . lt occurs, in . Austria, Italy, England, America, and else- WI) 6T0. aragonite group. Dana’s second group of An- hydrous Carbonates, comprising Aragonite, Man- ganocalcite, Witherite, Bromlite, Strontianite, and Cerussite. ar-a-gua'—tó (gua–gwa), s. [South American name of Humboldt.] A species of monkey (the Mycetes wrsinus), found in South America. *a-rā'id, pa. par. of ARAYE (q.v.). *araignée, arraign (a-rá'n-yā, a-rā'n), S. [Fr. a raigmée= (1) a spider, (2) a cobweb.] Fortification : A branch, return, or gallery of a mine. (Bailey, James, &c.) *a-rā'ise, *a-rāy'ge, *a-ré'iše, v. t. [A. S. aras- £am=to raise. Cognate with Gothic wrreisan=to stand up..] To raise. * “A medicine whose simple touch Is powerful to araise King Pepin.” Shakesp; All's Well That Ends Well, ii. 1. a—rā’-li—a, s. [In Ger. & Fr. aralie; Dut. aralia. Derivation unknown.] A genus of plants, the typi- cal one of the order Araliaceae. A. wºmbellifera exudes an aromatic gum. A. mudicatulis is used as a substitute for sarsaparilla, The berries of A. spinosa, the Angelica-tree, Prickly Ash, or Tooth- ache-tree, of America, infused in wine or spirits, are used in cases of colic, while a tincture of them is prescribed in toothache. A. racemosa, the spike- nard of America, is also regarded as a medicinal plant. [ANGELICA-TREE.] a-rál-ī-ā'-gé-ae, s. pl. [ARALIA.] Ivyworts. Lindley.), An order of plants, belonging to the mbellal Alliance, and akin to the Apiaceae or Um- bellifers, from which, however, they differ in their many-ceiled fruit and their more shrubby appear- ance. They inhabit China, India, and America. In #. Dr. Lindley estimated the known Species at År-a-mae'—an, a. & S. [Heb, diram, or Aram, the youngest son of Shem (Gen. x. 22); diram in Heb. means high, from arám- to be high, apparently im- plying that the region which Aram inhabited was a # one. The term was applied to Syria and Mes- opotamia.] 1. As adjective: Pertaining to the Aramaean ter- ritory, and especially to its language—the Aramaean or Aramaic. [ARAMAIC.] 2. As substantive: The language now described. [See No. 1.] År-a-mae'—an-ism, Ār-a-mé-an-ism, s. [Eng. A ramoeam : -ism..] An idiom or other peculiarity of language borrowed from the Aramaean tongue. Ar-a-mă'-ic, a. & S. [From Heb. diramith, 2 Kings xviii. 26 and Dan. ii. 4 of the Heb. Bible (rendered in the Eng. version “Syrian” or “Syri- ack.”).] [ARAMAEAN.] - 1. As adjective: Pertaining to the Aramaic or Aramaean tongue. The Semitic family of languages may be divided into three classes or branches: (1) The Arabic, or Southern Semitic; (2) the Hebraic, or Middle Semitic; and (3) the Aramaic, or North- ern Semitic. Under the third of these classes Prof. Max Müller ranks of living languages the Neo- Syriac ; and of dead ones, É) the Chaldee of the Masora, Talmud, Targums, and the Bible; (2) the Syriac or Peshito of the second century, A.D.; an (3) the cuneiform inscriptions of Babylon and Nineveh. (Maa: Müller: Science of #} - 2. As substantive: The languagé or sub-family of languages above described. [See No. 1., adj.) År'-am-i Şm, s. [Heb. diram.] [ARAMAEAN.] The same as ARAMAEANISM (q.v.). făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whô, són; Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = 3. qu. = kW. Imtite, try, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; 8. I’8,1108, a-rá'n-è—a, s: , [Lat. aranea; Gr, arachmés, and arachmē = a spider.] The typical genus of the family Araneidae, the order Araneina, and the class Arachnida. It contains the domestic spider (A. domestica) and other species. fa-rān-É-i-da, S. pl. [ARANEINA.] a—rān-É-i'-dae (Mod. Lat.), a-ră'n-è-i-dans (Eng.), s. pl. [ARANEA..] The typical family of the class Arachnida. They have the eyes in two rows, one behind the other, the terminal claw of the mandibles directed inward, and the palpi, though long, never converted into foot-like Organs. All spin for themselves, a dwelling-place, and most weave webs. It contains the genera Aranea, Epeira, Argyroneta, &c. Their mode of life is so various that Walcnáer divides them thus: I. Terrestres. 1. Wenantes: (a) Latebricolae, (b) Tubicolae, (c) Cellulicolae, (d) Cursores, (e) Saltatores. 2. Vagantes: Laterigradae. 3. Errantes: (a) Niditelae, (b) Filitelae. 4. Sedentes: (a) Tapitelae, (b) Orbitelae, Retitelae. e II. Aquaticae; Natantes; Aquitelae. ta—rā'n-è-i-dés, S. pl. [ARANEINA.] a-rá'm-è-i-form, a. ...[Lat., aramea =Spider, and forma = form, shape.] Shaped like a spider. a—rān-è-i-na, ta-rán-è—i'-da, fa—ră'n-é-i-dés, S. pl. [ARANEA.) Zool, . An order of Arachnida. the term Araneina, makes it the second of the six öråers into which he divides that class of animals. The Araneina have the abdomen unsegmented; it is, moreover, connected with the thorax by a nar- row peduncle. They breathe by means of two or more pulmonary sacs and two Stigmata contiected with tracheae. They have from four to six spinner- ets for the exit of the silken threads whence their webs are spun. They are sometimes called Dimer- osomata. Carpenter, Dallas, &c., divide them into ºnnie-Aranean. flycosidae, and Mygalidae Q. V.). “The first family of the Pulmonary Arachnides, that of Araneides, is composed of the Spiders (Aranea, Linn).” —Griffith's Cuvier, xiii. 387. (c) Huxley, adopting “The Araneida do not undergo any essential change of form.”—Ibid., p. 440. “The Araneina (or Spiders) have the abdomen not seg- mented.”—Huaclely: Classif. of Animals, p. 123. *a-rān-É-à'se, a. [Lat, arameosus=full of spi- ders' webs; aramewm- a spider's web.] The same as ARACHNOID, adj. (q.v.). sºn-á-ois, a. [Lat. aramewm- a spider's WCI). *1. Full of spiders' webs. g (Glossog. Nova.) 2. Resembling a spider's web. “The curious araneous membrane of the eye constring- eth and dilateth it, and so varieth its focus.”—Derham. *a-ráňg", s. [HARANGUE.] a-rán'-góes, S. pl. [Local name.] Pierced beads of various forms made of rough carnelian, formerly imported from Bombay to be re-exported to Africa. (M’Culloch's Dict. of Comm.) a-ra-ram-bóy'—a, s. [Brazilian name.] A Bra- zilian Snake, green in color. It is called also the Dog-headed Boa, or Bojobi. It is the "Xiphosoma. camin'wm. *ār-as", v. t. [ARACE.] *a-rā'—tion, s. [Lat. aratio-plowing; aro-Gr. aroj= to plow.] The operation of plowing. a-rá'—tór, s. [In Ital. aratore; from Lat. arator =a plowman, a farmer.] A plowman, one who plows. *ār-a-tór-y, a...[From Lat. arator=a plowman.] Contributing to tillage. (Johnson.) a-rā'-trim, s. [Latin=a plow.] aratrum terrae. [Literally=a plow of the land.] Scots Law. As much land as can be, tilled with One plow. (Jacob : Law Dict., ed. Tomlins, 1797.) âr-a-tii"r—a têr'-rae. [Lit. = a plowing of the land.] The service which the tenant is to do for his lord in plowing the land. (Jacob: Law Dict, ed. Tomlins.) ar-àu-cá'r-i-a, s. [From the Chilian name ar- acqwmos. This again is called after the Araucarian tribe, of Indians, , or, their country, Araucaria, which is between the Andes and the Pacific Ocean about 37° S. lat., and nominally constitutes part of Chili, but is really independent.] Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Pinaceae (º and to the family or section Abietinae. The inflorescence is terminal; the male flowers in cylindrical spikes; and the fruit succeed- ing the female ones large and globular; each scale, if not abortive, bearing a single seed, The branches are Verticillate and spreading, with stiff pointed bóil, boy; pout, j6W1; Cat, çell, Chorus, 249 leaves. Five or six species are known ; all from the Southern hemisphere. The one so common in Eng- lish gardens is A. imbricata, a native of the mount- ainous parts of Southern Chili. It is of hardy con- stitution, scarcely requiring protection, except in very severe weather. Another species, A. eaccelsa, or Norfolk Island Pine, is a splendid tree of giant size. All the genus are ornamental from their fine and unfading foliage. Araucarian pines were abundant in Šuš. during the Oolitic period, as- sociated with mammals, fishes, &c., whose nearest living analogues are now confined to Australia and the adjacent regions. ar-àu-că'r-i-an, a. [ARAUCARIA.] Bot. : Pertaining or relating to the Araucaria. “. . . he says it belongs to the fir tribe, partaking of the character of the Araucarian family.”—Darwin: Voy- age round the World, ch. xv. *a-rá'ught (gh guttural), pa. par. [ARECHE (2).] *a-rā'y, v. & S. [ARRAY.T *a-rā'ye (pret. & pa. par. 3-rā'id), v. t. afflict (?). “The blak knycht than on to hyme-self he said: * Remembir the, how yhow haith ben a raid.’” Lawmcelot of the Lake (ed. Skeat), iii. 8,269-70. a-rá'yne, pa. par. [ARRAY, v.] (Scotch.) *ar'-bal-Ést, *ar'—bal—ist, *ar'-bal-št, *ar’— blast, *ar'-cu-bal-ist, *ar-cu-bal-is'—ta, s. [In. Fr. arbolète; O. Fr. arbaleste; Port, arbalista; Lat. arcuballista, from arcus = a bow, and ballesta, balista = a military engine for hurling stones and other missiles. Gr. ballô= to throw.] 1. A steel crossbow used in mediaeval was set in a wooden shaft, with a sling a n d trigger be n t with a Fº of iron, fitted for the pur- pose, and used to throw bullets, large arrows, darts, and other missil e s. (James: Mil. Dict.) <==< “It is reported by Arbalest and Arrow. William Brito, that the arcubalista or arbalist was first shewed to the French by our King Richard the First .”—Camden. *2. A mathematical instrument, called also , a Jacob's staff, formerly used to measure the height of stars above the horizon. (James: Mil. Dict.) *ār-bal-És—té-na, s. pl. [From Eng., &c., arbal- est (q. v.).], Cruciform apertures in the walls of ancient for tifications through , which arrows were discharged. *ar-bal-šs—tér, *ar'- bal-is-têr, “ar-bla's— tir, “ar-cu-bal-is'—tér, s. [Eng. arbalest, arba- list; -er. In Lat. arc.w- º One whose weapon is the crossbow ; a crossbow-man. “When Richard was at the #: siege of this castle [Chaluz], an arbalester standing on the wall, and seeing his time, charged his steel bow with sº. a square arrow or quarrel, lºft. making first prayer to God º *— tº TO times. It $º ºil § | ! - ; # ſ | § f º !ºſſibºl • 2 ** that he would direct the shot, and deliver the inno- cency of the besieged from oppression.” — Speed : Hist. of Eng., p. 481. “King John was espied by a very good arcubalister, who said that he would soon dispatch the cruel tyrant.”— Camden: Remains. sº Arbalestena. (Chateau de Pierrefonds.) ar'-bi—tér, *ar'-bi-tröure, s. [In Fr. arbitre; Sp., Port., & Ital. arbitro; Lat, arbiter=(1) one who comes to a place, a visitor, an intruder, an eye-wit- ness, (2) an umpire, , (3) a manager. By some de- rived from ar (ad)=to, and the root bit= to come or go; but Wedgwood connects it with the Finnish arpa = a lot, believing the original meaning was a “lot's man,” or soothsayer.] I. Of persons: 1. Law and Ord. Lang. : An arbitrator, a person chosen, in most cases by mutual agreement, to de- cide between contending parties who do not wish to go to law. Now the term used is ARBITRATOR (q.v.). “He would put himself into the king's hands, and make him arbiter of the peace.”—Bacon. 2. One who is so much raised above his fellows that law cannot, for the time, at least, reach him,. bençh; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, arbitrary and who has therefore the power of , absolutely deciding questions affecting the property and even the lives of others. “But swear, impartial arbiters of right, Swear to stand neutral, while we cope in fight.” Pope ; Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xviii. 64-5. II. Of things. Fig.: That which acts with un- controlled influences and on a great scale. “Next him high arbiter Chance governs all.” Milton; P. L., ii., 909. ar'-bi-tra-ble, a. [Lat. arbitror= to observe, . . . to judge; Eng: -able. In Sp. arbitrable.] 1. Arbitrary, settled by the will; voluntary. “. offerings bestowed upon God by the people, either in such arbitrable proportion as their own devotion moveth them, or as the laws or customs of particular places do require them.”—Spelman. 2. Determinable. “The value of moneys or other commodities is arbi- trable according to the sovereign authority and use of several kingdoms and countries.”—Bo. Hall: Cases of Conscience, Dec. 1, Case 1. *ar'-bi-trage, s. [Fr.] Arbitration. (Sir Will- iam Temple.) (Worcester.) ar-bit'—ra-mêmt, ar-bit'—ré-mênt, s. [From Low Lat. arbitramentum ; Lat. arbitror=to ob- serve, to judge.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Of persons or other intelligent beings: 1. Power or liberty of deciding; choice, decision, determination. “. . . to stand or fall Free in thine own arbitrement it lies.” Milton: P. L., bk. viii. 2. Compromise. “Lukewarm persons think they may accommodate points of religion by middle ways and witty reconcile- ments, as if they would make an arbitrement between God and man.”—Bacom: Essays, Civ. and Mom’., ch. iii. II.Qf things (Fig.): The final decision of a case, question, controversy, or struggle by the sword, by natural law, or in some similar way. “The arbitrement is like to be bloody.” Shakesp.: King Lear, iv. 7. . . . a people who had challenged the arbitrament of the Sword.”—Mr. Forsyth, M. P., Parl. Deb., Times, Feb. 17, 1877. “The Supreme importance of these characters has been proved by the final arbitrament of the battle for life.”— Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iv. B. Law: The award given by arbitrators. ar'-biºtra-ri-ly, adv. ... [Eng. arbitrary; , -ly.] Agreeably to one's own will or caprice without ref: erence, to the rights, or the feelings of others; des- potically, tyrannically. “But the power of arbitrarily taking away the lives of men is infinitely less likely to be abused than the power of arbitrarily taking away their property.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. ar'-bi-tra-ri-nēss, s, ... [Eng., arbitrary; -ness.] º quality of being arbitrary, despotical, tyranni- Cà l. “Self-regarding or dissocial moral qualities * * * * Arbitrariness.”—Bowring: Bentham's Table of the Springs of Action. Works, vol. i., p. 198. *ar-biträ'r-i-oiás, a. ſ. Lat. arbitrarius=(1) per- taining to arbitration; (2) arbitrary..] Arbitrary, despotic, tyrannical. “These are standing and irrepealable truths; such as have no precarious existence or arbitrarious dependence upon any will or understanding whatsoever.”—Norris. *ar-bi-trä'r-i-oiás—ly, adv. [Eng. arbitrarious; -ly.] In an arbitrary manner. “Where words are imposed arbitrariously, distorted from their common use, the mind must be led into mis- prision.”—Glanville. ar'-bi-tra-ry, a. [In Fr. arbitraire; Sp., Port., & Ital. arbitrario; Lat. arbitrarius=(1) pertaining to arbitration ; (2) arbitrary, depending on the will; (3) unfixed, uncertain.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. According to one's own will or caprice, and probably not defensible at the bar of reason or jus- tice. Capricious. “It may be perceived with what insecurity we ascribe effects, depending on the natural period of time, unto arbitrary calculations, and such as vary at pleasure.”— Erowne: Vulgar Errors. “But the detailed description of the lights on the Roman spears, in the Sabine war of 503 B.C., given by Dionysius, has all the appearance of arbitrary fiction.”— Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. v., § 11. 2. Despotic, tyrannical. (Applied to power, the deeds of a government, or to the character of a ruler.) “The thought of establishing arbitrary power, by call- ing in the . of foreign arms, . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. “. . . had served the most arbitrary of monarchs . .”—Ibid., ch. xxiii. aş; & & expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. —tion, -SiOuS = -Sion = –tion, shūn; -Šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, ...sº arbitrate B. Technically: Law..., Arbitrary punishment: (1). A punishment left to the discretion of the judge; (2) because cap- ital punishments are never so left, therefore it sig- nifies also a penalty not capital. ar'-bi-trate, v. t. & i. [In Fr. arbitrer; Prov., Sp., & Port. arbitrar; Ital. arbitrare; Lat. arbitror, -atw8= (1) to observe, (2) to judge, (3) to testify, (4) to believe.] A. Transitive: 1. To judge, to judge of. “Yet where an equal poise of hope and fear Does arbitrate th' event, my nature is, That I incline to hope rather than fear.”—Milton. 2. To decide, settle, determine. “At Coventry, upon Saint Lambert's day; There shall your swords and lances arbitrate The swelling difference of your settled hate.” Shakesp.: King Richard II., i. 1. “Let heaven's high powers be call'd to arbitrate The just conditions of this stern debate.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, b}<. xxii., 323-4. B. Intransitive: To decide in the capacity of an arbitrator; or, more generally, to decide, to deter- DOllºl.0, “. . . consuls and vice-consuls, whose business was to keep the Pacha and the Cadi in good humor, and to arbitrate in disputes among Englishmen.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. ar-bi-trä'—tion, s. [In Fr., arbitration; Port. arbitraçao; Lat. arbitratio-decision, will; from arbitror.] [ARBITRATE, I A. Ordinary Lamgwage: 1. The decision of a case by means of an arbi- trator. (B. 1, Law. * * * * e 2. Final decision of a matter in dispute or in doubt, without reference to the method by which this is effected. “. . . the will And arbitration wise of the Supreme.” Cowper: Task, bk, ii. “. . . there was little chance that they would sub- mit to any arbitration but that of the sword.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xxiii. B. Technically: 1. Law: The decision of a case not by a judge of a law court, but by an arbitrator or arbitrators, that is, by a person or persons to whom the con- tending parties mutually consent to submit their differences. When there are more than one, and they disagree in what is termed their award, a third person, called an umpire, is in general called in to give a final decision. When the arbitrators and umpire do their duty well, their verdict may be en- forced by a court of law. 2. Comm. Arbitration of Eacchange: The operation of converting the currency of any country into that of a second one by means of other currencies inter- vening between the two. arbitration bond. Law: A bond which is generally entered into by parties wishing to submit their differences to arbi- tration. It binds them to acquiesce in the award given. (Blackstome: Commemf., bk. iii., ch. 1.) ar'-bi-tra-tór, *ar'-bi-trä—töure, s. [In Fr. arbitratewr: Sp. & Port. arbitrador. From Lat. ar- bitrator= a lord, master, or ruler.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Of persons : tl. A ruler or governor. (Applied by Milton to the Supreme Being.) £ & . . . . . Though heaven be shut, And heaven’s high Arbitrator sit secure In his own strength, . . .” Milton: P. L., bk. ii. 2. He who occupies so high a position, for the moment at least, that he can settle disputes as he himself thinks fit, and enforce the award he makes. “Another Blenheim or Ramillies will make the confed- erates masters of their own terms, and arbitrators of a peace.”—Addison: On the State of the War. 3. A person or even a public body invited or per- mitted to decide between contending parties who do not wish to go to law. [ARBITRATION.] “. . yet he adviseth that Christian arbitrators be appointed for decision of emergent questions.”—Jeremy Taylor: Of Lawsuits. Works (ed. 1839), vol. iii. p. 60. “Instead of this, the senate is convened, and appears to occupy the position of arbitrator and mediator between the decemvirs and the plebs.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. iii., § 54. II. Of things: That which finally settles anything. “And that old common arbitrator, time, Will one day end it.” Shakesp.: Troil. and Cress., iv. 5. “Out, idle words, servants to shallow fools! Unprofitable sounds, weak arbitrators/ 250 B. Technically: Law: A person chosen to settle disputes between .* parties who otherwise would probably engage in litigation; an arbiter, a referee. ar—bi-trä-trèss, s: , [The fem, form of Eng. arbi- trator.] A female arbitrator; an arbitratrix. ar-bi-tra'-trix, s, g ruler.] A female arbitrator, an arbitratress. (Beau- mont: Psyche, xix. 168.) *ar'-bi-tre (tre+tér), v. t. BITRATE.] To decide finally. “All that shal be declared, ordeined, and arbitred, by the forsaide Archebishop, dukes, and bishoppes.”—Hall: Henry VI. (an. 4). *ar'-bi-trée, s. [Fr. arbitre = . . . will; Lat. arbitrium.] free will “To destroyen the freedom of our arbitree, that is to say, of our free will.”—Chaucer: Boecius, bk. v. ar-bit'—ré-mênt, s. [ARBITRAMENT.] *ar'—bí—trèss, *ar'-by-trés, s. [The fem. form of arbiter (q. v.).] he same as ARBITRATRESS and ºrms. A female who acts as arbiter. (Lit. Jig. [Fr. arbitrer..] [AR- “Overlmead the moon Sits arbitress, and nearer to the earth Wheels her pale course.” Milton; P. L., i. 785. *ar'—blast, s. [ARBALEST.] ar-bêl—ist, s. [Sp. arbolista (?).]. A word oc- curring twice in Howell (Dodoma's Grove, p. 11, p. 131. Probably a misprint for arborist (q.v.). ar'-bOr, s. [Lat.= a tree.] I. Bot. : A tree; that is, a vegetable having branches which are perennial, and are supported upon a trunk; in the latter respect differing from a shrub, one characteristic of which is, that its branches proceed directly from the surface of the ground without having a supporting trunk. (Lind- ley: Introd. to Bot.) II. Mechanism : 1. The axis or spindle of a machine; as, for in- stance, of a crane or windmill. 2. That part of a machine which sustains the reSt. arbor Dianae. (Lit. = the tree of Diana.) A beautiful arborescent appearance presented by sil- ver when precipitated from its nitrate by the add - tion of mercury. arbor genealogica. A genealogical tree. [GENE- ALOGICAL.] arbor Saturni. [Lit. = the tree of Saturn.] An arborescent appearance presented by lead when a piece of zinc is suspended in a solution of acetate of lead. arbor Vitae. [Lit. = the tree of life.] 1. Bot. : A name given to the trees belonging to the coniferous genus Thuja. T. occidentalis, or American Arbor Vitae, is a well-known and valued evergreen. 2. A mat..: A dendriform arrangement which ap- ears in the medulla of the brain when the cerebel- um is cut through vertically. far'-bor-a-ry, a. [Lat. arborarius=pertaining to trees.] Pertaining to a tree or trees. T ARBOREAL is now the more common word. far'-bor-à-tór, s. [Lat. arborator=one who prunes trees.] One who prunes or who plants trees. “The course and nature of the sap not being as yet uni- versally agreed on, leads our arborators into many errors and mistakes.”—Evelyn. ar-bê'r-é–a1, a. [Lat. arbore(ws); and Eng. suffix -al.] Pertaining to a tree or trees. Spec., liv- ing in trees, or climbing trees. “. . . a temperature sufficiently high for arboreal Mammalia of the four-handed order.”—Owen; British Fossil Mammals and Birds, p. 8. ar—bo'r-É-oiás, a. [In Sp., Port., & Ital. arboreo. From Lat. arborews=pertaining to a tree.] 1. Arborescent, becoming or being a tree. dom, : Cycl. Of Plants; Gloss.) “A grain of mustard becomes arboreous.”—Browne 2. Growing on a tree, as contradistinguished from growing on the ground. “They speak properly who make it an arboreous excres- cence, or rather a superplant bred of a viscous and super- fluous lopp, which the tree itself cannot assimilate.”— Browne : Vulgar Errors. ar—bār-es'—genge, s. [In Fr. arborescence, as if from a Lat. arborescentia=a growing into a tree; arboresco- to grow up into a tree.] 1. Bot. : The characteristics of a tree, as contra- distinguished from those of a shrub or of an herb. Min. dº Chem. : Dendritic markings on min- erals, or a tree-like appearance of chemical sub- stances. ar-bêr-És'—gent, a. & S. [In Fr. arborescent, from Lat. arborescens, pr. par. of arboresco–to become a (Lou- [Lat.= a mistress, a female, p. 361 arbored A. As adjective: I. Lit. (Bot.) : Properly, growing up, into a tree; having a tendency to become a tree, from a shrub becoming a tree; also, less precisely, existing as a tree. “Pandanaceae are remarkable among arborescent mon- ocotyledons . .”—Lindley: Nat. Syst. Bot., 2d ed. (1836), “ , an arborescent grass, very like a bamboo . . .” —Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xi. II. Fig. (Physical Science and Ord. Lang.) ' 1. Gen. : Having ramifications like a tree. “. . . they ramify in an arborescent manner.”—Todd dé Bowman: Physiol. Anat., vol. ii., p. 274. 2. Specially: is g º (a). Min. : Dendritic. Native copper is commonly of this form. [DENDRITIC.] e (b) Zool. The Arborescent Starfish : A species of starfish, the Asterias Caput Medusae. B. As substantive: A plant growing up into a tree. “. . sproutings, or branchings, or arborescents.”— Bacon: Physiol. Rem. \ ar'-bêr-èt, *ar'-bór-ètt, ar'-bêr-É'-tūm, s. [In Ital, arboreto; Lat: arboretum=(1) a plantation, a vineyard, (2) a single tree.] A. (Of the form arboretum.) A spot in a park, nursery, or any similar place, planted with trees, One of each kind. (Brande.) B. (Of the forms arboret and arborett.) Either (a), a small grove, a place planted or overgrown with trees or shrubs, or (b) a single small tree or shrub, apparently the latter. “No daintie flowre or herbe that growes on ground, No arborett with painted blossoms drest, And smelling sweete, but there it might be found To bud out faire, and throw her sweete smels all around.” Spenser: F. Q., II. vi. 12. “Nearer he drew, and many a walk traversed Of stateliest covert, cedar, pine, or palm ; Then voluble and bold; now hid, now seen Among thick woven arborets, and flowers Imborder'd on each bank, . . .” Milton: P. L., bk. ix. *ar-bör'-ic—al, a. [Lat. arbor=a tree; Eng. suffix -ical.] Pertaining to trees. g º . . of that arborical discourse.”—Howell: Letters, iv. 23. ar-bêr-i-gūl-tiir-al, a. [Eng. arboriculture; -al.] Pertaining to the culture of trees. ar-bór-i-cil'—türe, s. [In Fr. arboriculture, from Lat. arbor=a tree, and cultura=cultivation.] The cultivation of trees. ar-bār-i-cil'—tür—ist, s. [Eng. arboricultur(e); -ist.] One who cultivates trees. (Lowdom.) ar—bār-i-form, a. [Lat. arbor=a tree, and forma = form.] Formed like a tree. *ar'-bār-ist, s... [Fr. arboriste..] One who makes a special study of trees. “The mulberry, which the arborists observe to be long in the getting his buds.”—Howell: Vocal Forest. ar—bār-i-zā'—tion, s. [Fr. arborisation.] Min. & Geol. : The method of forming dendritic markings on a simple mineral or on a fossil. ar'-bór-ize, v. t. [In Fr., arboriser.] To form the likeness of a tree; to make dendritic markings on some simple mineral or rock. ar'-bór-ois, a. [Lat. arboreus=of or pertaining to a tree..] Full of trees; formed by trees. “Under shady arborous roof.”—Milton: P. L., v. 187. *ar'—bór, ar'-böur, ºar'—bér, *hér'—bér, ºhér'- bère, s. [O. Fr. herbier=a herbary; in O. Eng. herber, erber. It was first confused with A. S. hereberge, Icel. herbergi– harbor, shelter, and after- ward from a supposed connection with trees, writ- ten arbor, as if from the Lat. arbor = a tree, Properly it is a garden of herbs...] A frame of lat- ticed work, over and around which creeping and clinging plants are turned, so as to form a shady and romantic retreat ; a bower. ** And so I followed till it me brought To syht a pleasant herber well ywrought >}: × × >}: >k And closed in all the green herbere With sicamour was set and eglatere.” Chaucer: The Floure and the Leafe. “There found she her (as then it did betide) Sitting in covert shade of arbors sweet.” & Spenser: F. Q., IV. viii. 9. “From these heights We dropp'd, at pleasure, into sylvan combs; Where arbors of impenetrable shade, And mossy seas, detain'd us side by side.” g is wº Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iii. arbor-vine, s. A species of bind-weed. ar'-böred, a. [Eng. arbor; -ed.] Furnished with Ibid. Tarquin & Lucrece, tree ; arbor=a tree. an arbor. (Pollok.) făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. arbuscle ar—büs'—cle (cle= Rel), s. [Lat. arbuscula = a small tree..] A small tree. e * Sometimes the Latin term arbusculus is em- ployed. It is not so classical as arbw8cula. (Lind- ley.) ar—büs—cill-ar, a. [Eng. arbuscule; -ar.] Per- taining to a small tree. (Da Costa.) ar—büs'-tive, q. [Lat. arbustivus, from arbw8tum (q.v.).] Planted with shrubs or trees; containing copses of shrubs or trees. (Bartram.) ar—büs'-tūm, s. [In Fr. arbuste ; Sp., Port, & Ital. arbusto; Lat. arbwstwm, a contraction of arboretum. =(1) a plantation, (2) a tree; from arbor, a tree, Bót. : A shrub, distinguished from a tree by the character that its branches rise directly from the ground without being supported on a trunk. It is called also FRUTEX. ar—büte, s. [ARBUTUS.] ar—bü'—té—an a. [Lat. arbwtews.] Pertaining to the arbutus. “Arbuteam harrows, and the mystic van.” Evelyn: Virgil. ar—bü-tūs (Lat.), ar-bilte (Eng.), S. . [In Dut. arbutus; Fr. arbousier; Ital. arbuto; from Lat. arbitus = the wild strawberry-tree; , arbitum, its fruit: from arbor=a tree, or, according to Theis from the Celtic or rough awstere, and boise=a bush.j A. Ord. Lang.: (Of the forms Arbutus and Ar- bute.) Any plant of the genus Arbutus; Specially, the A. wºmedo, or strawberry-tree, described under B. “There have been in the neighborhood of Killarney specimens of the arbutus thirty feet high and four feet and a half round.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. vi. (Note.) “In falling, clutched the frail arbute.” Longfellow: To a Child. 2. º - Nº. $). | i \ ſ' 'º-A §§ . § Arbutus Unedo (Strawberry-tree). 1. Flower. 2. Ovary and stamen. 3. Stamen enlarged. 4. A branch in fruit. 5. Section of fruit. (Figures 1 and 4 one-third natural size.) B. Bot. : (Of the {{... Arbutus.) Strawberry-tree. A genus of plants belonging to the order Ericaceae (Heath-worts). A species, the A. wrvedo, or Austere Strawberry-tree, is found, apparently wild, in the neighborhood of the Lakes of Killarney. It has panicles of large, pale greenish-white flowers and red fruit, which, with the evergreen leaves, are especially beautiful in the months of October and November. Trailing Arbutus, , a creeping or trailing plant (epigged repens) with rose-colored blossoms, found chiefly in New England in the spring. Commonly called May-flower, or sometimes growmd lawrel, ar-by-trés, s. [ARBITREss.] arc, *arck, *ark, s. [In Fr. arc = an arch, an arc ; , Prov. arc; from Lat. arcus = a bow, . . . . . anything arched, a mathematical arc. Essentially the same word as the Eng. ARCH (q.v.).] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. An arch. “Their rich triumphall arcks which they did raise.” Spenser: Son met on Scanderbeg, “Statues, and trophies, and triumphal arcs.” Milton: P. R., bk. iv. “Turn arcs of triumph to a garden gate.” Pope: Mor. Ess., Ep. 4. 2. (In the geometric sense of the word.) [See B.] (Lit, and Fig.) “Your loss is rarer: for this star Rose with you thro' a little arc Of heaven.” Tennyson: To J. S. “The circle of human nature, then, is not complete without the arc of feeling and emotion.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., v. 104. B. Technically: .1. Geom. ; A portion of the circumference of a circle, cut off by two lines which meet or intersect it. Its magnitude is stated in degrees, minutes, and Seconds, which are equal to those of the angle which it subtends. Hence, counted by degrees, minutes, and seconds, the arc of elevation and the s & § 6. ſ § sº fºll}{\, ºft º |\ \ § \ 251 angle of elevation of a heavenly body are the same, and the two terms may be used in most cases indif- ferently. The straight line uniting the two extrem- ities of an arc is called its chord. “Their segments, or arcs, for the most part, exceeded not the third part of a circle.”—Newton: Optics. Equal arcs must come from . circles of equal magnitude, and each must contain the same num- ber of degrees, minutes and seconds as the others. Similar arcs must also each have the same num- ber of . degrees, minutes, and seconds, but they belong to circles of unequal magnitude. Concentric arcs are arcs having the same center. 2. Math. Geog.: An arc of the earth's meridian, or a meridional arc, is an arc partly measured on the surface of the earth from north to south, partly cal- culated by trigonometry. Such arcs have been measured in Lapland; in Peru; from Dunkirk, in Prance, to Barcelona, in Spain; at the Cape of Good Hope, and from sånå. Down, in the lsle of Wight, to Balta, in Shetland. It was by these measurements that the earth was discovered to be an Oblate spheroid. (Airy's Pop. Astron., and Herschel's Astron.) 3. Astron.: (For arc of elevation, see ANGLE. For Diwrmal Arc, Nocturnal Arc, &c., see DIURNAL, NOCTURNAL, &c.) 4. Mech. Phil.: Arc of vibration (in a pendulum); The arc in which it vibrates. 5. Electricity. , Voltaic arc : A luminous arc, which extends from one pencil of charcoal to an- other, when these are fixed to the terminals of a battery in such a position that their extremities are one-tenth of an inch apart. (Ganot: Physics, transl. by Atkinson, 3d ed.) arc-lamp, s. A lamp in which the light is pro- duced by a voltaic arc. arc-lights, s. Light produced by the voltaic arc. ar'-ca, s. [Lat. arca = a chest.] A genus of Conchiferous Molluscs, the typical one of the fam- ily Arcadae. The shell is strongly ribbed, or cancel- lated, hinge straight, with very numerous transverse teeth. They are universally distributed, but are commonestin warm seas. They inhabit the zone from low water to 230 fathoms. In 1875 Tato estimated the known recent species at 140, and the fossil ones at 400, the latter commencing with the Lower Silur- ian rocks. Of the recent species, A. Noce, A. tetra- goma, A. lacted. A. raridentata, and A. barbata, occur in England. The fossil species are found in the United States, Europe, and Southern India. tar-ca—bd-cé'-ro, s. [Sp.] A musketeer. “Here in front you can see the very dint of the bullet Fired point-blank at my heart by a Spanish arcabw- cero.”—Longfellow: Courtship of Miles Standish, i. ar'-ga-da, S. pl... [ARCA..] A family of Conchifer- ous (bivalved) Molluscs. . They have the shell reg- ular and equivalve, its hinge with a long row of slender, comb-like teeth. . It contains the genera Arca, Cucullaea, Pectunculus, Avicula, Leda, &c. ar-că de, s. [In Sw. arkad; Ger. arkade; Fr. arcade. Sp. & Port, arcada ; Low Lat. arcata; from Class. Lat. arcus=a bow, an arch..] [ARCH.] Architecture : 1. Properly: A Series of arches sustained by col- umns or piers. . They may be open or may be closed by masonry, behind: thus the small arches built into the walls of Some cathedrals are genuine exam- ples of the arcade proper. * An arcade differs from a colonnade in this re- spect, that while the columns of the former support arches, those of the latter sustain straight archi- traves. (Gloss. of Arch.) alſº - º * .. º --> *S -* º : º J º " º l # w M º sº º º ſ \; d §§ It iſ # # # §§ # º | | ||º º º | iſ: # =5sº † - |º] $º # *:: " "..." Ali. - | | º º : ..º. º # , ſ: Arcade. “He had probably, after the fashion of his craft, plied for customers under the arcades of the Royal Exchange.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. * “. . . . . a goodly spot, With lawns, and beds of flowers, and shades Of trellis-work in long arcades.” Wordsworth : White Doe of Rylstone, iv. 2. Less º: : The arches and piers dividing º * of a building from its aisles. (Gloss. of 7°C - 3. A long arched gallery lined on both sides with shops. (P. Cycl.) arch 4. Loosely: Any gallery or passage with shops, though not arched. ar-că'-déd, a. with an arcade. (Penny Mag.) Ar-că'-di-an, a. & 8... [In Ger. & Fr. Arcadien; Lat. Arcadius; from the country Arcadia, said tº be named after Arcas, a son of Jupiter and Callisto.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to Arcadia, a country in the heart of the Peloponnesus, the inhabit- ants of which were reckoned as simple, ignorant, and stupid, but happy. --- “The poor, inured to drudgery and distress, Act without aim, think little, and feel less, And nowhere but in feign’d Acadian 8cenes, Taste happiness, or know what pleasure means.” Cowper: Hope. [Eng. arcade; -ed.] Furnished B. As substantive: 1. An inhabitant of Arcadia. “The Arcadians speak of Jupiter himself.” ... Cowper: Transl. from Virgil, AEmeid, bk. viii. 2. A name sometimes assumed by , persons in modern times who imitated or affected to imitate. Arcadian simplicity. “. . . the wits even of Rome are united into a . rural group of nymphs and swains under the appellation of modern Arcadians.”—Goldsmith: Polite Learning, ch. iv. ar-cá'—na, s. pl. [Pl. neut. of Lat. arcanus.] [ARCANUM.] *ar-cá'ne, a... [Lat. arcanus=shut up, closed; from arca – a chest.] Hidden, concealed, Secret. “Have I betray’d thy arcane secrecy.” Tragedy of Locrime, v. 4. “. . . the arcame pºrt of Divine wisdom, . . .”— Bp. Berkeley: Siris, $ 269. ar'-ca-nite, s. [From Lat. arcanum duplicatwºm; one of the names, given to it by the alchemists.] The name of a mineral, the same as Aphthitalite and Glaserite (q.v.). far-cán –na, s. A kind of red chalk used by carponters to color their lines. ar-că -niām, s. [Lat. arcanum, neut: sing. of adj. arcanus, neut. pl. arcana. In Ger. & Fr. Curcanwmv, Sp., Port., & Ital. arcano.] I. Gen. : Anything hidden, a secret. Anything difficult to explore. (Generally in the plural, arcana =secrets.) “. . which, until traced by Newton up to this their origin, had ranked among the most inscrutable arcana of astronomy.”—Herschel; Astrom. (5th ed.), § 230. II. Specially : 1. Med...: An unaivulged remedy, or what passes. for such. e - 2. Alchemy dº Old Chem. : A mysterious operation. arc-boil-tant, arch-büt'-tant (ant-àng), s. [Fr. arc-bowtant, arc-bow- ter' = to buttress: arc= a bow, an arch; bout-end, extremity. Arch. : An abutment. “An arch-formed p r O p which connects the walls of the upper and central portions of an aisled struc- ture with the vertical but- tresses of the outer walls.” (Glossary of . Architec- twre.) It is called also a flying buttress, because it passes through the air over the roof of the side aisles. *ar'-cé-tyr, s. [Lat. and Old Eng. ars=art.] One who learns or teaches art. (Prompt. Parv.) argh (1), *arghe, s. [In Fr. arche; Sp., Port., & Ital. arco; Low Lat. arca , Class. Lat. arcws=(1) a bow, (2) the rainbow, (3) anything arched or curved, . . . a mechanical arc, (4) an architectural arch.] [ARC.] A. Ordinary Language: iI. An arc of a circle. “The mind perceives that an arch of a circle is less. than the whole circle, as clearly as it does the idea of a. circle.”—Locke. II. (In the architectural sense.) [B., I.] “To build, to plant, whatever you intend, To rear the column, or the arch to bend.” Pope: Moral Essays, Epistle iv. 47-8. “Bid the broad arch the dang'rous flood contain.” Ibid., 199. “Arches on arches' as it were that Rome, Collecting the chief trophies of her line, Would build up all her triumphs in one dome Her Coliseum stands.” Byron: Childe Harold's Pilgrimage, iv. 128. III. Any object in nature or art which is formed like an architectural arch [B., I.], or is curved like the segment of a circle. boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. —tian Shan. -tion, -sion * * -sious = shiis. –tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, shiin; Arches 1. Generally: “It is well once to behold a squall with its rising arch and coming fury, or the heavy gale of wind and mount- ainous waves.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xxi., p. 502. 2. Specially: (a) The rainbow. “Beholds th’ amusive arch before him fly.” Thomson: Seasons; Spring, 215. “Triumphal arch that fills’t the sky When storms prepare to part.” Campbell: The Rainbow. ſº Triumphal Arch defined under B.] b) The vault of heaven, which, to a spectator on the earth, seems to be an arch of infinite span. “What a grand and majestic dome is the sky I How is that immeasurable arch upheld 2 . . .”—Hervey: Meditations on the Starry Heavens (1747). “Fanning his temples under heaven’s blue arch.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. viii. B. Technically: I. Arch. : A Series of wedge-shaped stones or bricks, so arranged over a door or window in an edifice for habitation, or between the piers of a bridge, as to support each other, and even bear a great superin- cumbent weight. The stones and bricks of a truncated wedge shape used in building arches are called vowssoirs. The sides of an arch are called its haunches or flanks, and by old English writers of the sixteenth century its hawse. The highest part of the arch is called its crown, or by the old English authors the scheme or skeen, from the Ital. schiena. The lowest voussoirs of an arch are called springers, and the central one which holds the rest together the keystone. The under or concave side of the voussoirs is called the intrados, and the Outer or convex one the eactºrados of the arch. A chord to the arch at its lower part is called its span, and a line drawn at right angles to this chord, and extending upward to its summit, is called its height. The impost of an arch is the portion of the pier or abutment from which the arch springs. . If the height of the crown of an arch above the level of its impost is greater than half the span of the arch, the arch is said to be swrmounted. If, on the con- trary, it is less, then the arch is said to be swrbased. The curved arch was known to the Assyrians and the Old Egyptians. , Sir J. G. Wilkinson considers that it existed in brick in the reign of Amenoph I., about B. C. 1540, and in stone in the time of Psam: metichus II., É. C. 600. The evidence is derived from the ruins of actual buildings, but º #. to carry, the arch back to about 2020 B. C. "There is no mention of the genuine arch in Script- ure, the term “arches,” in Ezek. xl. 16, being a mis- translation. The arch was brought into extensive use by the Romans, and everywhere prevailed till the twelfth century A. D. when the arch pointed at the apex, and called in consequence the pointed arch—the ‘One so frequently seen in Gothic architecture-ap- peared in Europe as its rival. The forms of both curved and pointed arches may be varied indefi- #ºsº. Itſ F}< Sºx fº fºliº * * Semi-Circular Arch. Horse-Shoe Arch. initely. Of the former may be mentioned the horse- shoe arch, a name which explains itself, and the foil arch, from Lat. folium=a leaf, of which there are the trefoil, the cinque- foil, and the multifoil varieties, so named from the plants after which they are modeled. Other arches are the pointed one; the equi- lateral one, when the centers of the circles whose intersection, con: stitutes the pointed arch coincide with the angular points at the two sides of the base; the lamcet arch, when the centers of the circles fall beyond these points; the drop arch, when they fall within the base; and the segmented pointed arch, the sides & gº tº of which constitute segments of circles containing less than 180°. Besides these there are several other varieties of arch distinguished by their respective forms. (Gloss. of Arch., &c.) Pointed Arch. 252 Triumphal arch : An arch erected in commemora- tion of some triumph. The idea has been borrowed from the ancient Romans, who erected many such structures, as those of Augustus, Titus, Trajan, and other emperors. - II. Amat.: The word arch is employed to desig- nate various portions of the mechanism existing in the body. & & its neural arch.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., ii. 597. “. the first visceral arch, ... the second visceral arch, the third visceral arch.”—Ibid., p. 599. ,s Arches, Court of. [So named from the fact that it. originally met in the church of St. Mary-le-Bow (Lat. Samta Maria de arcwbws), literally, “ of bows'’ or “arches,” by which is meant that the roof or steeple was supported by arches. The name was retained after the court was removed, first to Doc- tors' Commons and then to Westminster Hall.] An ecclesiastical court of appeal for the Archbishopric of Canterbury. It has proper jurisdiction over thir- teen “peculiar ” parishes in London belonging to the Archbishop of Canterbury; but as the judge of the court, who is called Dean of Arches, is also the principal officer under the Archbishop, he now re- ceives and determines appeals from the sentences of all inferior ecclesiastical courts within the prov- ince. Combined with it, or annexed to it, is the Court of Peculiars. [PECULIARS.] Appeal from both of these ecclesiastical judicatories originally lay to the King in Chancery, afterward it was to the Judicial Committee of Privy Council. (Black- stome, Whartom, &c.) arch-brick, s. A brick of a wedge shape, suit- able to be employed in the building of an arch. farch-buttant, s. [ARC-BOUTANT.] arch-buttress, s. The same as arc-boutant, a fly- ing arch. [ARC-BOUTANT.] arch-like, a. Like an arch. “At this period the arteries run in arch-like branches.” —Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. i. arch–Stone, s. A stone belonging to an arch. “. . . the weight of any one arch-stone.”—Penny Cyclop., ii., 261. arch-way, s. A way under an arch. arch-wayed, q. Provided with a way which runs under an arch. arch-work, s. Work with the object of erecting arches. *arch (2), s. [ARCHE (2), ARK.] argh, v. t. & i. [From the substantive. In Fr. arquer; Sp. & Port. argwear; Ital. archeggiare.] A. Transitive : 1. To cover with an arch or arches. “The proud river, which makes her bed at her feet, is arched over with such a curious pile of stones. - Howell. 2. To form into an arch or arches. “The stately sailing swan Gives out his snowy plumage to the gale, And arching proud his neck, with oary feet Bears forward fierce, . . .” Thomson: Seasons; Spring. B. Intransitive: To assume the form of an arch, or of a series of arches. “The nations of the field and wood Build on the wave, or arch beneath the sand.”—Pope. argh, a. [A corrupted form of argh. In A. S. eargh =inert, weak, timid, evil, wretched; Sw, erts=chief, first, arrant; arg=angry, passionate, bitter, shrewd, vehement; Dan. arrig=malicious, spiteful; wicked; Dut. arglistig=crafty, cunning; Ger. arg—bad, mis- chievous, cunning, severe. Mahn connects it with the Gr. archos=a chief, a commander, . It is closely akin to arrant..] Sly, cunning; sometimes, but not always, combined with the sense of mirthful mis- chief, or waggishness. Used— (a) Of persons: “Great. Above all that Christian met with after he had passed through Vanity, Fair, one By-ends was the arch one.”—Bunyam: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. (b) Of a word spokem : “. . . . after his comic manner spoke his request with so arch a leer that .”—Tatler, No. 193. “And freak put on, and arch word dropped . . .” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. vii. argh, S., adj., and in composition: A. As substantive: [From Gr. archos=a leader, a chief, a commander.] [See B., etym.] A chief, a leader. “My worthy arch and patron comes to-night.” Shakesp.: Kimg Lean', ii. 1. . B. As adjective: Either an independent word, or in COmposition. tº In compos.: , [Gr, archi, an inseparable prefix from the same root as archos = chief; archö= to be first, to be a leader, a commander; arché=beginning. In arch-enemy Lat. archi; Low Lat. & Ital. arci; Port. & Sp. arce; Fr. archi; O. H. Ger, erzi; M. H. Ger, erze, erz; #. Ger. erz Dut. aerts; Dan, ark, arki; Sw.erke; A. S. arce..] Chief, principal, highest, most eminent, of the first order. It is used— (a) As an independent word. “There is sprung up An heretic, an arch one, Cranmer.” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., iii. 2. “The most arch deed of piteous massacre, That ever yet this land was guilty of.” Ibid.: Richard III., iv. 3. (b) In composition, as a prefix to many words derived from Greek or any other language, as arch- alſº archbishop, archduke. * = & he compounds of arch are indefinite in num- ber. . Those which immediately follow generally retain, the hyphen; the others more commonly omit it, and are therefore here arranged as independent words. arch-abomination, s. A chief abomination ; one more loathsome than others of a more ordinary kind. (Everett.) arch-apostate, s. An apostate who stands out more, conspicuously than many others who have forsaken the faith. Spec., Satan. arch-apostle, s. A chief apostle. “That the highest titles would have been given to St. Peter, such as arch-apostle, supreme of the apostles, or the like.”—Trapp: Popery Truly Stated, pt. i. arch-architect, s. The Supreme Architect. “I’ll ne'er believe that the Arch-architect With all these fires the heavenly arches deckt Only for show.” Sylvester: Du Bartas. arch-beacon, 8. The chief beacon. “You shall win the top of the Cornish arch-beacon Hain- borough, which may for prospect compare with Rama in Palestina.”—Carew. arch-botcher, s. Sarcastically, the chief botcher. “Thou, once a body, now but air, Arch-botcher of a psalm or prayer.” Bp. Corbet to the Ghost of R. Wisdome. arch-buffoon, s. One who plays the buffoon above others. arch-builder, 8. The chief builder. “Those excellent arch-builders of the spiritual temple of the Church, I mean the Prophets and Apostles.”— Harmar: Tr. of Beza's Serm., p. 9. arch-butler, 8. The chief butler. An officer of the old German or Holy Roman empire. It was his special function to present the cup to the emperor on great occasions. He was called also arch-cup- bearer, or arch-skinker#. Ger., erz schenke). The office was filled by the King of Bohemia. arch-chamberlain, s. A chief chamberlain. An officer of the Germán empire with functions like those of the great chamberlain here. The Elector of Brandenburg, was so designated by the golden bull under the old German empire. arch-chancellor, s. [ARCH-CHANCELLOR.] lºgh-chanter, s. The chief chanter in a church CIlOlT. arch-ghemic, arch-chymic, a. Producing chemical effects on an unparalleled scale of mag- nitude and importance. “The arch-chymic sun, so far from us remote, Produces, with terrestrial humor mix’d, Here in the dark so many precious things Of color glorious, and effect so rare.” * Milton : P. L., bk. iii. arch-city, *arch-citie, s. A chief city. “To that arch-citie of this government.” Phim. Fletcher : Purple Island, ii. 44. arch-conspirator, s. A chief conspirator. “Severian, the grand adversary and arch-conspirator against Chrysostom.”—Maundrell ; Journey, p. 13 arch-count, S. . A chief count. A title formerly given to the fearl of Flanders on account of his great wealth and power. arch-critic, *arch-critick, s. A chief critic. “. . . the arch-critick of the sacred muses.”—Tr. Of Boccalini (1626), p. 187. arch-cupbearer, s. A chief cupbearer. BUTILER. arch-dapifer, s. arch-defender, 8. “Nay, drunkennesse hath got an arch-defender, Yea, more than that, a principall commander. Early Eng. Teact Soc. (ed. Cowper), vol. 46-48, Satira, v. 2,111, 2,112. arch-divine, s. A chief divine; that is, a chief clergyman or theologian. “Georgius Wicelius, one of their own arch-divines, exclaims against it and all such rash monastical vows.”- Burton : Amat. of Mel., p. 587 arch-enemy, s. ... [Eng, arch; enemy..] A princi- pal enemy; specially, Satan. “To whom the arch-enemy, And thence in heaven called Satan . . .” * Milton: P. L., bk. i. [ARCH- [ARCHIDAPIFER.] y? fate, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pót, or, w8re, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. miite, try, cüb, ciire, unite, cir, röie, fūll; arch-felon arch-felon, s. A chief felon. “Which when the arch-felon saw, Due entrance he disdained.” * Milton; P. L., bk. iv. arch-fiend, s. A chief fiend. “Whom thus answer'd the arch-fiend . . .” g Milton: P. R., bk. i. arch-flamen, s. . [From Lat. flamen or filamen, a priest of One particular deity; filwm=a, thread or fijiet; the latter worn by flamenšl Achief flamen; that is, a chief priest of any particular deity. “In lesser figures are represented the Satrapae or Per- sian nobility, who with their arms stand on one side of those majestic figures; and on the other, the magi or arch- flamens, some of which hold lamps, others censers or per- fuming-pots, in their hands.”—Sir T. Herbert: Trav., p. 148. “The Roman Gentiles had their altars and sacrifices, their arch-flamens and vestal nuns.”—Howell: Lett., ii. 11. arch-flatterer, s: , [Eng, arch ; flatterer. In Fr. archiflattewr.] A chief flatterer; one who flatters above all others. “. . . the arch-flatterer, which is a man's self.”— Bacom: Ess. of Praise. arch-foe, s. A chief foe. (Milton.) arch-fool, s. A fool above others. arch-founder, s. A chief founder. “Him, whom they feign to be the arch-founder of prel- aty, St. Peter.”—Milton: Reason of Ch. Gov., i. 2. arch-god, s. A chief, god, or the chief god. “Homer knows nothing of Uranos, in the sense of an arch-god anterior to Kronos.”—Grote: Hist. Greece, pt. i., ch. i. arch-governor, *arch-governour, s. governor. “The arch-governow'r of Athens took me by the hand.”— Brewer: Lingwa, ii. 4. arch-heresy, s. The greatest heresy. “He accounts it blasphemy to speak against any thing in present vogue, how vain or ridiculous soever, and arch- heresy to approve of any thing, though ever so good and wise, that is laid by.”—Butler: Characters. arch-heretic, S. . [Eng. arch ; heretic. archihérétique.] A chief heretic. “From their pulpits they poured out execrations against heresy and the arch-heretic, Henry of England.” —Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iv., pp. 40, 41. arch-hypocrite, s. A chief hypocrite. hypocritical above all others. “Alexius, the Grecian emperor, that arch-hypocrite and grand enemy of this war.”—Fuller: Holy War, p. 63. arch-magician, 8. A chief magician. “Lying wonders wrought by that arch-magician, Apol- lonius.”—Spencer: Om Prodigies, p. 289. arch-marshal, S., [Eng, arch ; marshal., In, Fr. archimaréchal; Ital, arcinaresciallo..] A chief marshal, like our field-marshal. arch-mock, s. A mock or mocking of a pre- eminently insulting character. “Oh, 'tis the spite of hell, the fiend’s arch-mock, To lip a wanton in a secure couch, And to suppose her chasta!”—Shakesp.: Othello, iv. 1. “Foredoom'd by. God—by man accurst, And that last act, though not thy worst, The very fiend’s arch-mock.” Byron: Ode to Napoleon. arch-monarchy, s. A leading monarchy. “, ... the world’s arch-monarchies aptly to com- pare.”—Fuller: Worthies: Miscell. (Cadwaller), vol. i., p. 47. arch-pastor, s. The chief pastor. “The Scripture speaketh of one arch-pastor and great shepherd of the sheep, exclusively to any other.”—Bar- row: On the Pope’s Supremacy. arch-philosopher, s. A chief philosopher. philosopher of the first reputation. “It is no improbable opinion, therefore, which the (treh-philosopher was of, that the chiefest person in every household was always as it were a king.”—Hooker. arch-pillar,...s. A chief pillar; the principal pillar of a building. “That which is the true arch-pillar and foundation of human society, namely, the purity and exercise of true religion.”—Harmar: Tr. of Beza’s Serm., p. 294. arch-poet, s. A chief poet; a poet laureate. “He was then saluted by common consent with the title of ‘archipoeta,’ or arch-poet, in the style of those days; in Ours, poet laureat.”—Pope: The Poet Lawreat. arch-politician, s. A chief politician; a poli- tician standing out more prominently than others. “He was indeed an arch–politician.”—Bacom. arch-pontiff, s. A chief pontiff. Spec., the Pope. (Burke.) arch-prelate, s. A chief prelate. “May we not wonder that a man of St. Basil's authority and quality, and arch-prelate in the house of God, should ave his name far and wide called in question?”—Hooker. bóil, A chief In Fr. One A bóy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, 253 arch-presbyter, s. [Eng. arch; presbyter. In Fr. archipretre, arciprêtre; Lat. archipresbyter; Gr. archipresbwteros.] A chief presbyter. “As simple deacons are in subjection to presbyters, ac- cording to the canon law, so are also presbyters and arch- presbyters in subjection to these archdeacons.”—4!/liffe : Parergom. arch-priest, s. [Eng: arch ; priest. In Fr., archi: pretre, archiprete; Sp. & Port. arcípreste.] A chief priest. “The word decanus was extended to an ecclesiastical dignity which included the arch-priests.”—Ayliffe : Par- en'ſſom. arch-priesthood, s: [Eng. arch ; priesthood. In Sp. arciprestazgo; Ital...arcipretato.J. Chief priest- hood; the office or dignity of a chief priest. arch-primate, s. The chief primate, if those, all of whom are primates, or first in rank, can have a chief. “One arch-primate or Protestant pope.”—Milton : Rea, son of Ch. Gov., i. 6 arch-prophet, s. prophet. “The arch-prophet, or St. John Baptist.”—Warton: Hist. Eng. Poetry, iii. 60. arch-Protestant, s. . A chief Protestant; a Prot- estant standing prominently out from among his COmpeGTS. Gr. archiprophētēs. A chief “These sayings of these arch-Protestants and master ministers of Germany.”—Stapleton: Fort. of the Faith, p. 9. arch-publican, 8. “The arch-publicam Zaccheus, of Conscience. i. 7. arch-rebel, s. A chief rebel. “Dillon, Muskerry, and other arch-rebels.”—Milton: Art. of Peace between the E. of Orm. and the Irish. arch-Swindler, s. A more notorious swindler than all others. “Many of the persons named by this arch-swindler as having been concerned in these transactions deny the truth of his statements.”—Daily Telegraph, Oct. 8, 1877. arch-traitor, s, [Eng. arch, traitor; Fr. archi- traitre.] A chief traitor; one who has stood forth more prominently than others as a traitor. “It was reasonable to expect that a strict search would be made for the arch-traitor, as he was often called.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. arch-treasurer, s. [Eng. arch; treasurer, Fr. architrésorier.] A chief treasurer. “The elector of Hanover claims the post of arch-treas- wºrer.”—Guthrie. arch-treasurership, s. The chief treasurership; the office of the chief treasurer. (Collins: Peer- age.) arch-tyrant, S. . A chief tyrant; one invested with more power to tyrannize than others, and who takes advantage of his opportunities to act despot- ically. “As every wicked man is a tyrant, according to the philosopher's position; and every tyrant is a devil among men; so the devil is the arch-turant of the creatures; he makes all his subjects errand vassals, yea, chained slaves.” —Bp. Hall: Rem., p. 25. arch-villain, s. A chief villain; a person villain- ous above all others. “Yet an arch-villain keeps him company.” Shakesp.: Timon of Athens, v. 1. Villainy at the time unparal- A chief publican. .”—Bp. Hall: Cases In arch-villainy, 8. leled. “All their arch-villaimies, and all their doubles.” Beaum. and Flet. : Wom. Prize, iii. 4. arðh. A contraction for Architecture [ARCH, B.], [Lat. architecturaº baccalawrews.] Bachelor of Architecture. ar-chae-àg'-ra-phy, s: [Gr. archaios=from the beginning or origin, ancient; and graphē = a writ- ing, a description.] A writing about, or a descrip- tion of, antiquity or antiquities, but not of a char- acter so scientific as to merit the appellation of archoeology. (Elmes.) (Worcester's Dict.) ar-chae-à-ló'-gi-an, s. [Eng. archaeology; -ian.] the same as ARCHAEOLOGIST (q. v.). (J. Murray.) (Worcester's Dict.) ar-chae-à-lóg -íc, tar-chai-à-lóg -ic, *ar-chai– §–1ög'-ick, ar-chae–6–lög'-ic—al, a. [In Fr. archéo- logique; Gr. archaiologikos: archaios=ancient, and logikos=pertaining to speech ; logos=a word, . ſº lºgourse.] Pertaining to the science of archae- O10gy. T the form archaiologick is in Todd's Johnson's Dictionary, while archaeologic is absent. The lat- ter term appears in Webster. ar—chae-à-lög'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. archaeo- logic; -ally. ] After the manner of archaeologists. In the way recognized in archaeology. go, gem; thin, bençh; çhin, this; Sin, archbishop ar—chae-à1-à-gist, *ar-chai–ö1'-à-gist, s. [In Fr. archéologue; Gr, archaiologos, archaiologed = to discuss antiquities; archaios = ancient; logis- tikos = skilled in calculating or in reasoning.] Ile who makes a special, study. of antiquity, and es- pecially of the ruined buildings, the inscriptions, and other relics which it has left behind. There are in London at present a British Archaeological Association and a Royal Archæological, Institute: besides the Society of Antiquaries, which received its charter in 1707. [ARGºogy. ar—chae–Č1'-ö-gy, *ar-chai–ö1'-à-gy, s. [In Ger. archaologie; Fr. archéologie; Port. archeologia ; Gr. archaiologia, from archaiologe6 = to discuss things out of date; archaios = from the beginning, ancient: archē = beginning; logos = a discourse; legö = to say, Speak, utter. The word came into the language in the Greek form archaiology, which is the word in Johnson's Dictionary. Now only the Latin spelling archaeology is used.] The science which treats of antiquity, which it investigates by studying oral traditions, monuments of all kinds written manuscripts [PALAFOGRAPHY], and printe books [BIBLIOGRAPHY]. The Society of Antiqua- ries (ARCHAEOLOGIST], at its first constitution, gaye special attention to mediaeval times; of late, the combined efforts of geologists and archaeologists have thrown much light on the hº of primeval savage man in Europe; and finally, the Society of Biblical Archaeology, founded in 1870, has scientific- ally investigated Accadian, Assyrian, Babylonian, Jewish, Egyptian, Cyprian, and other antiquities with equal ardor and success. [ARCHAEOLOGICAL.] ar-chae-àp'—tér-yx, s. [Gr, archaios = ancient, and pterua. = a wing, a bird...], . Palgeomt. : A genus of fossil birds. A lithographica. (Von Meyer) is a fossil bird allied to the Gallinaceae, but constituting a distinct order in the class of Birds in the opinion of Professor Owen. Mr. Parker makes it akin to the Palamedea, or Screamer. It has a curiously antique tail. It occurs in the Sol- enhofen Shale, believed to be of Upper Oolitic age. ar—châ’—ic, far-châ’—ic—al, a. [In Fr. ar- chaigue; , Gr. archaikos, , or archaikos = old- fashioned; archaizö=to be old-fashioned; archaios =ancient; arché=beginning.] Pertaining to antiq- uity. “. . . not devoid of information to the archaic student.”—Way: Pref. to Prompt. Parv. (1843), i. 7. “It was engraved on a brazen pillar, in Greek characters of an archaic form, but, as it appears, was composed in the Latin language.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. v., § 7. “What is sentimental, romantic, archaic, or patriarghal in the Homeric politics . . .”—Gladstone: Studies on. Homer, vol. iii., pp. 6, 7. *ar-chai-Ö-lög'-ick, a. [ARCHAEOLOGIC.] *ar-chai–öl'-à-gy, s. [ARCHAEOLOGY..] ar'-châ-ism, s. [In Ger, archaism; Fr. archa- isme: Ital, arcaismo, Gr. archaios=ancient, from archē = beginning.] An obsolete word or idiom which has lingered behind, and appears (though somewhat out of place) in a more modern composi- tion. “. . . a certain amount of archaism is indispensable in all works purporting to draw their subject from a long past age.”—Gladstome: Studies on Homer, i. 33. ar—châ'—ist, s. An antiquarian ; an archaeologist. ar'ch-ān-gel, *ar'ch-àun-gel, S. [In Sw. erke- angel; Dan, erkeengel; Dut. aartsangel ; Ger. archangel; Fr. archange; Sp. arcangel; Ital. arcangelo; . Lat, archangelus: Gr, archangelos: jº chief, and angelos= (1) a messenger, (2) an angeſ. J , , e 1. A chief angel, a leading angel, one high (ac- cording to Jewish writers, of the eighth rank) in the celestial hierarchy. “Yet Michael the archangel, when contending with the devil . . . .”—Jude 9. 2. The name of a plant, called also the Yellow Weasel-snout. It is the Galeobdolon luteum of Hudson, and , belongs to the , order Lamiaceae (Labiates). It occurs in ### [º]. T Loudon uses it as an English name for the whole genus Lamium. arch-ān-gél–ic, a., [Gr, archangelikos.] Per- taining to an archangel or archangels. “He ceased; and the archangelic power prepared For swift descent.” Milton: P. L., bk. xi. arch-ān-gēl -i-ca, s. [Lat. archangelus=an arch- angel, | A genus of umbelliferous plants, contain- ing the Angelica officinalis, called also Angelica. archangelicat. [ANGELICA.] argh-bish-öp, s. [Eng. arch; bishop. In Sw. erkebishop : Dan. Cerkebishop; Dut, aartsbisschop; Ger. erzbischof; Fr. archevéque; Sp. arzobispo; Port. arcebispo, Ital, arcivescovo; Lat. archi- episcopus; Gr, archiepiscopos, archi-chief, and #;"º.º.º. [See BISHOP.] A chief bishop. he attentive reader of the Acts of the Apostles, aš; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian Shūs. -ble, -dle, Shan. -tion, -Sious -sion = Shiin; -cious, –tion, -Šion Zhiin. -tious, archbishopric noting that nearly the whole missionary energy of St. Paul was expended upon the cities and chief towns rather, than on the villages and the country qistricts, will be prepared to learn that there were flourishing churches in the leading centers of popu- lation, while as yet nearly all other parts remained “pagan.” [PAGAN.] So ºft however, was the evangelistic spirit prevailing, that in due time every one of the first-formed churches was surrounded by a number of younger and less powerful congrega- tions which it had called into being. The pastors of these new churches being called “bishops,” that term no longer appeared a dignified enough appel- lation for the spiritual chief of the mother church, and about A. D. 340 the Greek title of archiepiscopos =Eng. archbishop, was introduced to meet the dif- ficulty. Two archbishops figure at the Council of Ephesus, in 431, and in subsequent centuries the designation became common over Christendom. In England the early British churches were, in large, measure, sº away by the Anglo-Saxon invaders, who were heathens, and the country con- sequently required to be re-converted. The great southern center from which this was done was Canterbury, then the capital, of Kent, where King Egbert gave Augustine, the chief missionary, a set- tlement. In the north, York, the chief town of Northumbria, where King Edwin built a shrine for Paulinus, became the great focus of operation for that part of England; hence the two archbishoprics now existing are those of Canterbury and of York The prelate who occupies the former see is Primate of all England, while his brother of York is only Primate of England, the superiority of the see of Canterbury, long contested by that of York, having been formally settled in A. D. 1072. The former is the first in dignity after the princes of the blood; the latter is not second, but third, the Lord Chan- cellor taking precedence of him in official rank. An archbishop is often called a Metropolitan. He exercises a certain supervision over the bishops, and receives appeals against their decisions in mat- ters of discipline. “A secular assembly had taken upon itself to pass a law requiring archbishops and bishops, rectors and vicars, to abjure, on pain of deprivation, what they had been teaching all their lives.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. argh-bish-öp-ric, s. [In Fr. archevache; Ital. arcives.covado-archbishop; and Eng suffix -ric= territory or §.” The Office or dignity of an archbishop, or the see over which he exercises spiritual authority. “Several months were still to elapse before the arch- bishopric would be vacant.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. XIV. ar'gh-büt'ler, s. A chief butler, an officer of the old German empire who presented the cup to the emperor on solemn and state Occasions. arçh-ghan'-gél–1ór, s. [Eng, arch; chancellor. In Fr. archichancelier.] A chief chancellor. An officer of high rank who formerly presided over the secretaries of the court. Under the first two races of French kings, when their kingdom consisted of Germany, Italy, and Arles, there were three arch- chancellors—viz., the archbishops of Mentz, Co- logne, and Treves. “The seals of the triple kingdom were borne in state by the archbishops of Mentz, Cologne, and Treves, the per- petual archchancellors of Germany, Italy, and Arles.”— Gibbon: Decline and Fall, ch. xlix. argh-dāp'-i-fér, s. [ARCHIDAPIFER.] ar'gh-déa-cón, *ar'ghe-dékne (or con-kn, s. |Eng, arch, and deacon, A. S. arcediacon; Dan. and Ger. arkidia.com/ws; fut, dartsdeken ; Fr. arch- idiacre; Sp. arcediano; Port. arcediago; Ital, arcidiacomo; Lat. archidiacomws; Gr. archidia- komos; archi-chief, and diakonos=deacon.] [DEA- CON.] A chief deacon. The first institution of deacons [Gr. diakonoi=servants, waiting-men, min- isters, ...; is recorded in Acts vi. They were elected to discharge such half-secular functions as raising and distributing alms to the poor, thus leaving the apostles free for purely spiritual work. It may be assumed that when meetings of the dea- cons took place, some one presided over them, and if this chairman was one of themselves, he would naturally be called in Greek archidiakonos, in Eng. archdeacon. The president of the deacons' meet- ing would require to be often in conference with the pastor; and when people meet, mind will affect mind, altogether apart from the relative dignity of the men brought in contact with each other. The archdeacon gradually gained in power, and becom- ing what was called ‘‘the bishop's eye,” was often dispatched on confidential missions to different parts of the diocese, there probably being about him a pliability wanting in the chörepiscopoi= country, coadjutor or suffragan bishops. The sur- vival of the fittest took place, and the archdeacon ended by superseding the more dignified but less bending functionaries. The same drama was re- enacted on English soil between the archdeacons and the rural deans, the latter. who were at first 254 higher in position than their rivals, being now re- flºº. as inferior to them in rank; an ordinary, or ull dean, however, as contradistinguished from a rural dean, is admittedly superior to an archdea- con. . There were in December, 1878, seventy-six archdeacons in the English Church, who give as- sistance to the bishops, and have under them 610 rural deans exercising an unpaid supervision Over the clergy. The emoluments of the archdiaconates being but trifling, the occupants of the office gen- erally hold also other preferments. They are em- powered to hold a court, the lowest in the scale from which there lies an appeal to the bishop of the diocese. “They weren in the archedekmes book.” Chaucer: C. T., 6,900. “Twenty-two deans and fifty-four archdeacons sate there in virtue of their offices.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. ar'gh-déa-cön-ry or (con–Kn), s. [Eng. arch- deacom, and suffix -ry.]. The district over which an archdeacon exercises his authority or jurisdiction; more rarely his office, or his residence. “Every diocese is divided into archdeaconries.”—Black- stome: Comment., b.R. i., Introd., § 4. ar'gh-déa-cön-ship (or com=kn), s. [Eng. arch- deacon, and suffix -ship.] The office of an arch- deacon. ar gh-dé-géi-vér, s. [Eng. arch; deceiver.] A chief deceiver; one pre-eminent above all others for deceit. “He set off for London, breathing vengeance against Churchill, and learned, on arriving, a new crime of the arch-deceiver. The Princess Annie had been some hours missing.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. ar'gh-di-à-gēse, s. [Eng. arch; diocese.] The locality over which the archbishop presides. ar'gh-drà-id, s. [Eng. arch; druid.] A chief druid; the head of the ancient Druids. ar'gh-dû-cal, a. [Eng. arch; ducal. In Fr. & Sp. archidwcal.] Pertaining to an archduke. “It would be difficult to enumerate all the different quarterings and armorial bearings of the archducatl family.”—Guthrie. ar gh-dûgh-Éss, s. [Eng. arch, and duchess. In Fr. archiduchesse; Sp. archiduquessa ; Ital. archi- duchesa..] A chief duchess. An Austrian title, applied to the daughters of the emperor. ar'gh-dāgh-y, s. [Eng. arch ; duchy. In Fr. archidwché; Ital. arciducato..] The territory ruled over by an archduke or archduchess. ar'gh-dûke, s. [Eng. arch ; duke. In French archiduç, Sp. & Port. archiduque; Ital, arciduca.J A chief duke. An Austrian title applied to the sons of the emperor. “Philip, archduke of Austria, during his voyage from the Netherlands toward Spain, was weather-driven into Weymouth.”—Carew's Survey. ar'gh-dûke-dòm, s. [Eng. archduke; -dom.] The territory or jurisdiction of an archduke or archduchess. “Austria is but an archdukedom.”—Guthrie. *arghe (1), 8. [ARCH (1.).] *arche, *arch (2), s. . [Fr. arche=Noah's Ark, or any similar structure. Lat. arca- a chest, a purse.] [ARK.] 1. An ark. “Dat arche was a feteles good, Set and limed a-gen the flood.” Story of Gem, and Earod. (ed. Morris), 56.1-2. 2. A purse. “Thi tenement complet and consummat. º Thyne siluer and thine arch euacuate.” Early Scottish Verse (ed. Lumby), i. 272. *arche-wold, s. An ark-board. “Quan he dede him in the arche-wold.” Story of Gen. and Eacod. (ed. Morris), 576. ar—ché'—al, a. LARCHEUS.] Pertaining to, or caused by, the “archeus.” arghed, pa. par. & a. [ARCH, v.] As participial adjective: 1. Covered with an arch. “As she paused at the arched door.” Scott: The Lay of the Last Minstrel, i. 20. 2. Curved in the form of an arch. “. . . the swan with arched neck.” Milton; P. L., bk. vii. 3. Her. Arched, or archy, signifies that an ordi- nary on an escutcheon is bent or bowed. *arche-di-a-cre, s. [Fr. archidiacre.] An arch- deacon. (Chaucer.) ar'ch-ên-gēph’. al-a, s. [Gr. archö=to overrule; enkephaloğ=the brain; kephalé=the head..] A term proposed by Professor Owen for his first sub-class arches of Mammalia. He included under it one order, Bimana, and a single genus, Homo, or Man. The characters he assigned to the sub-class were the overlapping of the olfactory nerves and cerebellum by the cerebral hemispheres, so that the latter con- stitute a third lobe; the presence of a posterior horn to the lateral ventricle, and also that of the hºcampus minor. (Owen : Classif. of Mamma- toº. ar'gh-ér, s. [In Fr. archer; Sp. archero; Port, archeiro, Ital, arciere, arciero; from Lat. arcus=a OW. 1. Ord. Lang. : One who is skilled in the use of the bow, having acquired the art either to employ it in battle or for other purposes. “Against him that bendeth let the archer bend his bow, . . .”—Jer. li. 3 2. Astron.: The constellation Sagittarius. “Now when the cheerless empire of the sky To Capricorn the Centaur Archer yields.” Thomson: Spring. archer-fish, 8. A fish, the Toa-oles aculator. which shoots water at its prey. It is found in the East Indian and Polynesian seas. archer-game, s. A game of archery. Shooting at marks with bows and arrows, for prizes or other honors. “I must be boune To see the archer-game at noon.” Scott : Lady of the Lake, v. 17. archer-man, s. One skilled in the use of the OWe “While, to explore the dangerous glen; Dive through the pass the archer-men.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, vi. 16. archer-rank, s. A rank of archers drawn up for battle, or at least for the employment of the bow. “Then spurs were dash'd in chargers' flanks, They rush'd among the archer-ranks.” Scott: The Lord of the Isles, vi. 23. ar'gh-ér-èss, s. [Eng. archer; -ess.] A female archer. “The swiftest and the keenest shaft that is, In all my quiver—— I do select ; to thee I recommend it, O archeress eternal l’’ Fanshawe; Past. Fid., p. 143. ar'gh-èr—y, s. [Eng. archer; -y.] 1. The employment of the bow and arrows in bat- tle, in hunting, or for other purposes. The art is of great antiquity. It is mentioned in Gen. xxi. 20, and in the Iliad and the Odyssey, besides being de- picted on Egyptian monuments and Assyrian sculpt- ures. The Philistines seem to have excolled in it which caused David to issue orders that special instruction and training in it should be imparted to the Hebrews (2 Sam. i. 18). There were archers in both the Greek and Roman armies. In England up to the time when gunpowder came into general use, the archers constituted...some of the most formidable soldiers in the English army, several of the battles won over the Scots having been gained by their surpassing skill in the use of the bow. The weapon first employed was the airbalest, or cross- bow [ARBALEST]; afterward the long bow sup- planted it, the change taking place some time be: fore the reign of Edward II. The Scottish “Royal Company of Archers” still claim the right of act. ing as the Sovereign's body-guard in Scotland; but picturesque as they may look in a procession, it is to be hoped, both for their own and the monarch's sake, that they may never have to test the powers of their antique weapons against those of the breech-loading rifle. “Had often heard the sound of glee When there the youthful Nortons met To practice games and archery.” Wordsworth: The White Doe of Rylstone. v. t2. The art or skill of an archer. “Blest seraphims shall leave their quire, And turn Love's soldiers upon thee, To exercise their archery.” Crashaw: Steps to Temple. t3. Those who at any time or place practice archery; taken collectively the archers. (Chiefly poetic.) “The venison free, and Bourdeaux wine, Might serve the archery to dine.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, v. 25. 4. Archery as an outdoor sport is very popular in the United States, ar'gh-ès, S. pl. (1). [Pl. of ARCH (1), s. (q.v.).] 1. Entom.: The English name given to various species of moths with arch-like zigzags on their wings. Black arches: Psilvra monacha, a moth of the family Bombycidae. The primary wings are grayish- fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, són; Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. miite, try, ciib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; archet white with many, black spots, and four zigzags of the same color. ...The secondary wings are brownish- gray, spotted with black, and having a white border. Black Arches (Psilura Monacha). The expansion of the , wing , is from fifteen to eighteen lines in the male, and two inches in the female. The caterpillar is brown with gray hairs, and one black with two white spots. Jardine's Naturalist's Libr.) Green Arches: Polia herbida, a moth of the fam- ily Noctuidae. Light Arches: Xylophasia lithoscylea, a moth of the family Noctuidae. Buff Arches: Thiſatira dérasa; a moth of the fam- ily Noctuidae, of a light yellowish-brown color, with two white oblique bands on the upper wings, and several brown or buff zigzag lines on two rows of small white arches on th. lower ones. The cater- pillar is yellowish-green, with dark brown spots and lines. (Dwmcan, in Jardime's Naturalist's Libr.) ar'-ghèt (t silent), s. [Fr. archet; Ital. archetto = the bow of a violin or a similar instrument.] Music : & archat (with bow), a term applied to such musical instruments as are played with the bow. (Porter.) ar—ché-ty-pal, a. [Eng. archetype, -al; Lat. archetypus; Gr. archetwoos.] Pertaining to an archetype, pattern or model. “Him, who is fairer than the sons of men; The source of good, the light archetypal.” Norris. * In the Platonic Philosophy the archetypal ºworld is the idea or model of the world as it existed in the Divine mind previous to its creation. ar'-ché-type, far'-chi-type, s. [In Fr. arché- type ; Sp. arquetipo; Port, archetypo, Ital. arche- tipo; Lat. archetypwm Gr. archetupon, s., the neut. of archetwypos=stamped as a model: arché= beginning, and twpos = a blow, . . . anything Struck, . . . a model, type.] ... 1. Platonic Philosophy, and generally: The prim- itive type, model, or pattern on which anything is formed. “Then it was that the House of Commons, the arche- tl/pe of all the representative assemblies which now meet, either in the Old or in the New World, held its first sittings.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. i. Rem. 2. Minting : The standard weight by which the others are adjusted. 3. Comp. Anatomy. The archetype skeleton : Professor Owen's name for an ideal skeleton of which those actually existing in the several classes of vertebrated animals are held to be modifications. ar-ché-typ'-ī-cal, a . [Eng. archetype; -ical.] The same as ARCHETYPAL. (Warburton.) ar—ché'-às, s. . ſº Gr. arché. = beginning g first, principle element.] A term applied by Basil Valentine, Paracelsus, and Van Helmont to denote the regulative and conservative principles of the animal world—what is now called vital force. *ar'ghe-wyves, s, pl. [Eng. arche – Gr, archi = chief, and Old Eng. wyves= wives.) Wives who aspire to govern their husbands. (Chaucer.) arçh-hi'-Ér-ey, s. [ARCHIEREY.] targh'-i-ā'—tér, s. [Lat. archiatrus; [Gr. archi- afros: from archi-chief, and iatros=a surgeon, a physician=to heal, to cure.] 1. Anciently : The first physician of the Roman emperor; the chief ruler in Greece, &c. It is still used in a similar sense in (Dwmcan, in this great architype .”—Bacon: Physiol. 2. Now: . Some Continental countries. ..“I wanted not the advice and help of the archiater, the king's doctor.”—Sir T. Herbert, Tráv., p. 233. ar'-chi-cal, a. [Gr. archikos = pertaining to Tule; archē =beginning, rule.] Chief, primary. “When the brutish life leads us astray from the gov-" ernment of reason, and we cast away ... that princi- Pality and archical rule, wherewith God hath invested us, Qyer all our corporeal passions and affections . . .”— Hallywell: Eaccel. of Mor. Vir., p. 48. argh-i-dāp'—i-fér, argh-dāp -ī-fér, s. [Gr. %rehºs=a chief; Lat. daps, genit, dapis=sacrificial 9r other dignified feast; fero=to bear. Chief food- bearer.] bóil, e=~ boy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 255 In the Old German Empire: An officer whose special function it was, when the emperor, was crowned, to carry the first dish of meat to table on horseback. The office belonged to the Elector of ɺla, though claimed by the Palatine of the lD62. arch-i-di'-à-cón—al, a. [From Lat. archidi- acomus; Gr. archidiakonos=an archdeacon.] Per- taining to an archdeacon. “Thus, the Archidiacomal Courts, the Consistory Courts, the Court of Arches, the Court of Peculiars, and the Court of Delegates were revived.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vi. arch-i-à-pis'-cöp-a-gy, s. [In Fr. archiépis- copat.] The state of an archbishop. “I did not dream, at that time, of extirpation and abolition of any more than his [Laud's] archiepiscopacy.” —Sir E. Dering's Speeches, p. 5. *º-º: a. [In Fr. archiépiscopal; Sp. º; Ital. arcivescovile..] Pertaining to an archbishop “Nothing in England astonished him so much as the Archiepiscopal library.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. arch-i-à-pis'—cóp—ate, s. . [In Fr. archiépis- copat ; Port, archiepiscopado.] The office, dignity, or jurisdiction of an archbishop ; an archbishopric. (Ch. Obs.) arch-i-è-pîs-có-pâl-i-ty, s. [As if from a Low Lat. archiepiscopalitas.] The dignity of an arch- bishop. (Fuller: Ch. Hist., II. iii. 39.) arçh-i-Ér-ey, arçh-hi'-êr-ey, s. [Lat. archie- rents; Gr. archierews=a chief priest: archi– a chief, and hierews=priest, a sacrificer.] A name given in Russia to the higher ecclesiastical dignities of the Greek Church, the metropolitans, the arch- bishops, and the bishops. (R. Pinkerton.) ar—chig'—ra-phér, s. [Gr. archi = chief, and graphô=to write.] A chief secretary. (Dr. Black.) ar'-chill, ar'-göl, or'-chil, or'-chill, or—châl, 8. [In Fr. archil, archilla, and orchilla, also Orseille des Canaries.] Two species of lichen, the Roccella. timetorict and R. fusiformis, which grow in the Canary and Cape Verd Islands. They are found on rocks near the sea. They produce a fine but fugi- tive purple dye, and are largely employed for that purpose. Arriving in this country in its natural state; it is ground between stones so as to be com- pletely bruised, but not reduced to powder. Then it is moistened with a strong spirit of urine, or with urine itself mixed, with quicklime. In a few days it acquires a purplish-red, and finally a blue color. In the former state it is called Archil, in the latter Lacmus or Litmus. Cudbear is similarly made. Other lichens, such as the Variolaria orcina, the Lecanora tartarea, &c., are sometimes used in place of the Roccella. Ar-chi-16'-chi-an, a. & s. [In Ger. isch, Lat. Archilochius. See the def.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to the Greek satiric poet Archilochus, who flourished about 700 B.C., or to the verse which he introduced. B. As substantive: A kind of verse supposed to have been invented by the Greek poet Archilochus. The “Archilochius major” has seven feet, the first three dactyls or spondees, the fourth a dactyl, and the fifth, sixth, and seventh trochees, as– Nünc décèt aiit virí | di niti | diim capiit Impé | diré myr td. Archi. loch- (Horace, Carm. I., iv. 9.) The Archilochian minor has two dactyls and a Caesura, as- Arböri büsqué co, må. Horace, Carm. IV., vii. 2.) Horace varies these two meters in four different ways, called, the first, second, third, and fourth Archilochian meters. The first consists of a dac- tylic hexameter combined with an Archilochius minor; the second of a dactylic hexameter with an iambelegus ; the third of an iambic trimeter and an elegiambus; and the fourth of an Archilochius major, with a catalectic iambic trimeter. Arch-i-mâge, Arch-i-mâ’—gó, Ar-chim’–a– güs, S. [Gr. archi-chief, and Magos=a Magian, . . ..., an enchanter, a wizard.] 1. The high priest of the Median or Persian Magi. The title was assumed by Darius Hystaspes. 2. Any magician or wizard; an enchanter. he term perpetually figures in Spenser's Faerie Queene. Some other writers have copied it from that work. 3. “‘I will,” he cry’d, “so help me, God destroy That villain Archimage.’” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 32. arch-i-mân'-drite, s. [In Russ. arkhuman- drum, Ger, archimandrit; Fr. archimandrite; Sp., Port., Ital., & Lat. archimandrita ; Gr. archiman- drités=archi = chief, mandra—an enclosed space, • 8. monastery.' An Eastern abbot or superior of a monastery, especially one of the first order. go, gem; thin, this; d & çhin, bench; sin, architect “His rival Eutyches was the abbot, or archimandrite, or superior of three hundred monks.”—Gibbon. Decline and Fall, ch. xlvii., vol. iv., p. 353. † Formerly it was used in a somewhat wider sense, being occasionally applied to archbishops. Arch-i-mê'-dé—an, Ar-chi-mé'-di-an, a. [Eng. Archimed (es); -ian.]. Pertaining to Archimede, a celebrated mathematician of Syracuse, who lived in the third century B. C. Archimedean principle, or Archimedean theorem : Archimedes's principle or theorem : It is that a body immersed in a liquid loses a part of its weight equal to the weight of the displaced liquid. It was by this law that he discovered the amount of alloy mixed in Hiero's crown. (Ganot: Physics, transl. by Atkinson, 3d ed.,, 1868, $104.) It holds good of § as well as liquids properly so called. (Ibid., Archimedean Screw, Archimedes's Screw: , A water-screw or “cochlion.” ... Cochlion, is, from the Greek kochlion=a small snail, the shell of which it resembles, though it must be confessed very re- motely, in being of a spiral form. It consisted of a spiral pipe or tube wound around a long cylinder. Tüß-E--> ||||||||||||| : ——— * * * * * * * * * * : * * * * * * * * * * * * * •. tº -., -, 3 ºr . - - i ºil. ... ºfattººſ"ſºft|TTTTT §§§ {{lºg\lºiſſ. ! | "I'll,” ill,vºlº ºś * §§§§º §§§ §§ sºs & sessssssss grºsssssrºegssºs Archimedean Screw. The machine, which was originally designed for raising water from the Nile, was slanted So that one end of the spiral tube was beneath the water of the river, and the other rested on the bank. The inside of the tube really consisted of an inclined plane, down which the water flowed, though to a super- ficial observer it seemed to flow up in contraven- tion of the laws of gravity. It was, of course, un- able to act if slanted to the water at too high an angle. It is now disused, one serious defect which it has being that it is apt to become clogged up with weeds, mud, stones, &c., which cannot easily be removed from a tube of spiral form. argh'-ing, pr. par. & a. [ARCH, a.] A8####### adjective:. 1. Having in it an artificial or a natural arch. “Now driv'n before him through the arching rock, Came tumbling, heaps on heaps, th’unnumber'd flock.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. ix., 280-1. 2. Curving like an arch. “Blue ribbons decked his arching mane.” Scott: Marmion, i. 6. “The arching limes are tall and shady.” Tennyson: Margaret, 5. ar-chi-pêl'-ag—ic, g. [Eng. Archipelag(o); -ic.] Pertaining to an archipelago, and especially to the most notable one—that between Greece and Asia Minor, divided by the AEgean Sea. (Ed. Rev.) (Worcester’s Dict.) Ar-chi-pêl'-a-gö, s. [In Dut. & Fr. Archipel; Ger. Archipel or 4-chipelogus; Sp. & Port. archi- lago; Ital, arcipelago; Gr, archi-chief, and pel- agos=sea; countenancing the belief that the Greeks considered the sea which washed their eastern shores, and was the chief sea to them, the chief sea also to others.] 1. The sea studded with islands which lies between Greece and Asia Minor. “. the line [of Euboean hills] is further prolonged by a series of islands in the Archipelago, Andros, Tenos, Myconos, and Naxos.”—Grote: Hist. Greece, pt. ii., ch. i. 2. Any sea agreeing with the former in containing many islands. “. . . hence, after long subsidence, this great reef would not produce one great atoll 400 miles in length, but a chain or archipelago of atolls, of very nearly the same dimensions with those in the Maldiva archipelago.”— Darwin: Voyage rowmd the World, ch. xx. ar-chip-piis, S.J. Gr. º a Greek name (Col. iv. 17; Philem. 2).] Damaws archippw8. ar'-chi-têct, s. [In Dan. architect; Sw, arkitekt; Ger. architekt; Fr. architecte; Sp. arquitecto; Port. architecto, Ital. cºrchitetto; Lat, architectus, archi- tectom, Gr. architektön–chief artificer, (literally) chief carpenter: archi-chief, and tektön–a car- penter. ...The word carries us back, to the period when edifices were constructed chiefly of wood.] 1. Lit.: One, who, draws the plans designed to show the builders the exact dimensions, form, and aş; roper fine butterfly, the expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = Shan. —dle, –tion, shiis. -ble, -SiOn = -Sious = shiin; —tion, -Sion = Zhiin. -fious, -cious, architective arrangements of an edifice which, under his super- intendence, they are engaged to erect. Among great architects may be enumerated M. Vitruvius Pollio, who seems to have lived in the time of Augustus; and in England. Inigo Jones, born about 1572, died 1652; and the very celebrated Sir Chris- topher Wren, who died, aged ninety-One, in 1723. He drew out the plan for the restoration of St. Paul's, and the rebuilding of many city churches destroyed in the great fire of 1666. * 2. Fig.: A contriver or designer of anything. Used— (a) Spec. : Of man. “Chief architect and plotter of these woes; The villain is alive in Titus' house.” Shakesp.: Titus Andronicus, v. 3. “A Frenchwoman is a perfect architect in dress; she never, with Gothic ignorance, mixes the orders . . .”- Goldsmith: The Bee, No. ii. g (b) Of God, as the Designer of everything cre- ated. “This inconvenience the Divine Architect of the body obviated.”—Ray: Om the Creation. “. . . as by work Divine the sovereign Architect had framed.” Milton: P. L., bk. v. (c). Of any animal constructing a habitation for itself by instinct, but in a style suggesting the architecture of man. ar-chi-téc'—tive, s. [Eng. architect; :ive..] Used for building purposes; suitable for building pur- OSese p “How could the bodies of many of them, particularly the last-mentioned, be furnished with architective mate- rials?”—Derham • Physico-Theology. ar—chi-têc—tón'-ic, *ar-chi-têc—tón'-ick, a. & s. [In Ger., architectomisch, Fr. architectomique; Port. architectonico; Ital. architettonico; at. architectonicus; Gr. architektonikos, from architek- tomeå=to be an architect, to construct, to contrive: archi-chief, and tektainomai-to make or frame, to devise; tektön-a carpenter.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to architecture; hav, ing a ; or an instinct for architecture; skified in architecture. “How much will this architectonic, wisdom (if I may call it), excited in framing and regulating an innumer- able company of differing creatures, be recommended!”— Boyle: Works, v., p. 147. (Richardson.) B. As substantive: The art or capacity of arrangº ing knowledge methodically. (Goodrich dº Porter.) ar—chi-têc—tön'—ic—al, a. & S. [Eng. architec- tomic; -al.] A. As adjective: The same as ARCHITECTONIC, adj. (q.v.). “. . not ectypal, but archetypal, and architecton- ical of all.”—Cudworth: Intell. Syst., p. 853. (Richardson.) B. As substantive: That which, in a loose sense, creates, frames, or originates anything. “Those inferior and ministerial arts, which are sub- jected unto others, as to their architectonicals.”—Foth- erby: Atheomastia, p. 186. ar—chi-têc—tön'-ics, s. . [In Ger, architektonik.] The science or art of architecture. far-chi-têc'—tor, *ar-chi-téc'—toir, S. [Port. & Lat..] An architect. “Having first, like a skillful architector, made the frame, he now raises and sets it up.”–4 wistin: Haec Homo, p. 55. “. . . merchants, pilots, seamen, architectown's, ma- sons, &c.”—Gayton : Notes on Dom Quiacote, iv. 11. ar—chi-téc'-tréss, s. [Eng. architector; -ess.] A female architect. (Lit. défig.) “If Nature herself, the first arcmitectress, had (to use an expression of Vitruvius) windowed your breast.”—Wot- ton: Remains, p. 139. ar—chi-têc'-tur—al (tur-tyiir), a. [Fr. archi- tectural.] Pertaining to architecture. (Mason.) “Plot's, though a neat engraving, and in the most fin- ished manner of that excellent architectural sculptor, Michael Burghers, is by no means a faithful and exact representation.”—Warton : Hist. of Kiddington, p. 16. ar'-chi-têc-ture (ture=tyūr), s. [In Ger. archi- tektur, Fr. architecture; Sp. arquitectura ; Ital. architetlura ; Port. & Lat. architectura, from Lat. architectus.] [ARCHITECT.] ... 1. Properly, the art of building ; more specifically, the art of building human habitations, temples, or edifices of any kind, whether humble or splendid. The term is generally, however, limited to the art of erecting edifices which, besides answering their primary purpose of utility, are fitted by beauty, by symmetry, and in other ways, to please the eye and gratify the mind. About half a century ago it was common to limit the signification still farther to buildings constructed , after Greek or Roman models; but this unduly narrow meaning is now abandoned. Architecture, like other arts carries out the principles of science, and must rest upon them. So continually, indeed, does it draw upon geometry, that it might almost itself be called a science. The architecture of a people is an index of 256 civilization which they have reached. Fergusson considers it also more trustworthy than language in settling the question of race. The numerous styles, of architecture, partly diverse, partly con: nected with each other, may be primarily divided into Ethnic and Christian. The following is a more minute classification:—In America two styles of architecture worthy of notice exist—the Mexican and the Peruvian. The rapid growth of American cities has involved the development of all classes and combinations of architecture. The culmina- tion of this characteristic was seen at the World’s Fair in Chicago in 1893, when every order of archi- tecture was represented. The Chinese have one in Eastern Asia. In India there are two totally dis- tinct races—an Aryan one [ARYAN], of which the Brahmans are the type, and a Turanian one, repre- sented by the Tamuls of the Coromandel coast and Ceylon. The latter were the great, builders. Fer- gusson recognizes in India a Buddhist, a Jaina, a Southern Hindoo, , a Northern Hindoo, a Modern Hindoo, and a Cashmerian style. In Western Asia there existed, at a more or less remote period, a Phoenician, a Jewish, an Assyrian, a Babylonian, a Persepolitan or Persian, and a Sassanian type of building; while in Europe there were Pelasgian or Cyclopean, Etruscan, and Druidical or Celtic types. A celebrated style commencedin Egypt as the Egyp- tian style; transferred to Greece, and modified there by Assyrian, it was called Grecian, and became a model for universal imitation. Adopted by the Romans, it was called Roman. Passing from them, it gave rise in one direction to the Saracenic, Ara- bian or Moresque, and in another to the Christian style, the latter with Romanesque, Gothic, and By- zantine subdivisions. [SARACENIC, GOTHIC, &c.] The following are the leading styles of English architecture, arranged in the chronological Order in which they flourished:— A.D. A.D. 1066 to 1154 1154 to 1189 1189 to 1272 1272 to 1307 I. Norman . . . . . . From II. Transition from this to the next, i. e., from { { I. to III. . . . . III. Early English . . . . “ IV. Transition from III. to } { % V. Décorated . . . . . . “ 1807 to 1877 VI. Transition from V. to: { { 1377 to 1399 VII. Perpendicular . . . . “ 1399 to 1547 VIII. Tudor . . . . . . ** 1550 to 1600 IX. Jacobean . . . . ** 1603 to 1641 (Fergussom, Gwilt, &c.) “. . . architecture, an art which is half a science, . . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. * The subject now treated generally, called simply Architecture, is sometimes more precisely described as Civil Architecture, in which case there are at least two others, viz., Military Architecture, treating of the construction of fortifications, and Naval Archi- tecture, the subject of which is the construction not merely of ships, but of harbors, docks, or aught else requisite to promote maritime enterprise. In this division the term civil is used vaguely, so as to include Ecclesiastical Architecture, but more fre- quently the two are made distinct. 2. The method of construction adopted in nature, which one insensibly compares or contrasts with the handiwork of man. “The molecular attractions of the liberated carbon and hydrogen find expression in the architecture of grasses, plants, and trees.”—Tyndall; Frag. of Science, 3d ed., iv. 87. TI Heaven’s architecture= the sky. “Them and their citty vtterly to quell With fire which from heaven’s architecture fell.” E. E. T. S., vol. 46-48, Satira, v., 1,667-8. ar'-chi-téc-ture (ture as tyūr), v. t. To build. ar'-chi-träve, s. [In Ger. architrav, architrab; Fr. & Ital. architrave; from Gr. archi-chief, an Ital. trave, from Lat. trabs=a beam ; Gr. trapčac, genit. trapčkos=a beam ; trepô=to turn.] Architecture : 1. The lowest portion of the entablature of a col- umn, immediately resting on the column itself. º Nº. 2 º' | § # : § †S. | §: º | # ſ: ºn tº §: || || | †† sº : # "H ºrſº. Tº j f ###! "If? ºnly ăţă ſ | ilºſſ # Architrave: Temple of Agrigentum. The architrave is immediately surmounted by the frieze, and it again by the cornice, which is the highest portion of the entablature. “Built like a temple, where pilasters round Were set, and Doric pillars overlaid archon 2. The ornamental molding surrounding the ex- terior portion of the curve belonging to an arch, or round doors, windows, &c. 3. The mantelpiece in a chimney. *ar-chi-tri'-clin, s. [Gr. arch i = chief: Lat. triclinium ; Gr. triklinion and triklinos = a couch running round three sides of a table for guests to recline on at a feast.] Master of a feast (John ii. 18). “. tho seide ure lord to tho serganz, Moveth to gidere and bereth to Arehitri clim, that was se thetferst, was i-serued.”—Old Kentish Sermons (ed. Morris), p. 29. iſ Morris says that this word is frequently mis- taken for a proper name in early English books. *ar'-chi-type, s. [ARCHETYPE.] ar-Chi'—Va., s. pl. [ARCHIVES.] ar-Chi'-Val, a. [Lat. pl. archiva, Eng. suffix -al.] Pertaining to archives. (Tooke.) ar'-chive (pl. ar—chives, *ar-chi'—va), s. [In Sw., arkiv; Dan. archivet. Dut. archievem; Ger. archiv.; Fr. archives (pl.); Ital. archivi (pl.), arch- ivio. Lat. archiva, pl. of archivw.m. There is also a Latin form archivm ; Gr., archeion=the town-house, the official residence of the first magistrate. 1. Plur. : The place in which important cal records are kept. “Though we think our words vanish with the breath that utters them, yet they become records in God’s court, and are laid up in his archives as witnesses either for or against us.”—Government of the Tongue. 2. (a) Pl.: The records themselves. These gener- ally consist of charters and other documents bear- ing on the rights, the history, &c., of a nation or of a smaller community or house. “The Christians were able to make good what they asserted by appealing to those records kept in the Roman archiva.”—H. More: On Godliness, b.7, ch. 12, § 2. (Trench.) “I shall now only look a little into the Mosaic archives, to observe what they furnish us with upon this subject.”— Woodward. f(b) Sing. : One such record. “Vespasian, according to Suetonius, restored this national archive, by procuring copies from all quarters.” —Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. v., § 9 ar'-chi-vist, s. [In Fr. archiviste; Ital. archi- vista Lat. archeota..] One who has charge of archives; a keeper of records. (Rees: Cyclop.) ar'-ghi-volt, ar–ghi-vol'—tüm, s. [Fr. archivolte; Ital. archivolto; properly, a contraction for Ital. architrave voltato (lit.)=an architrave turned.] 1. Used by mediaeval writers for a vault. 2. Used by the writers of the Renaissance for the group of concentric moldings and ornaments with which the face of a classical arch is decorated. istori- § £: ſºft. *: #ffliº ; º ſº :=> *i. * , º, º & E. ? i Archivolt of Notre Dame du Port, Clermont. § º i sº º tº ºl º * 3. By Some modern authors it is applied to the mass of moldings which usually occupy the faces and Soffits of a mediaeval arch. (Gloss. of Arch.) ar'gh-lüte, ar'gh-i-liite, s. [In Fr. archiluth.] A long and large lute, with its bass strings length- ened after the manner of the theorbo, and each row doubled, either with a little octave or a unison. It is used by the Italians for playing a thorough bass. ar'gh-ly, adv. [Eng. arch; -ly.] In an arch manner; roguishly, slyly, cunningly, waggishly. “This he archly supposes.”—Thyer: Notes to Butler's Remains. ar'gh-nēss, s. [Eng. Curch; -mess.] Slyness, cun- ning, roguishness, waggery. “. ... and such a dryness and arch mess of humor, as cannot fail to excite laughter.”—Dr. Warton: Essay on. Pope, ii. ar'-chön, s. [In Ger, archont; Fr. archomte ; Ital. arconte ; Lat. archom ; Gr. archön- a ruler, com: mander, from archö=to begin; arché=a beginning.] 1. Civil Hist. : Any one of the series of individuals who, when the royal authority was abolished at Athens, succeeded to the highest place in the State. At first the archonship was for life, and even heredi- tary, but the person elected by the people might again be deposed—“The right, divine of kings to govern wrong '' was not recognized. After a time the occupancy of the office was limited to ten years; and then to one year; while its duties were divided their mental and moral qualities, and of the state of With golden architrave.”—Milton : P. L., bk. i. among ten persons; the first one called, by way of fate, fit, füre, amidst, whät, fall, father; we, wät, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, Ce = €; ey = a, qu = lºw. g archonship pre-eminence, the archon; the second, the king; the £hird, the polemarch, or leader, in war; and the other seven, thesmothetes, or legislators. “Among these, the first in rank retained the distin- guishing title of the archon, and the year was marked by his name.”—Thirlwall. Hist. Greece, ch. xi. T Lord Archon: A similar officer in an imaginary English government never realized. “All the detail, all the nomenclature, all the cere- monial of the imaginary government was fully set forth, Polemarchs and Phylarchs, Tribes and Galaxies, the Lord Archon and the Lord Strategus.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. 2. Church. Hist. The “Great Archon" of the Gnostic Basilides: A created being who was Sup- posed to rule the world. “There burst forth and was begotten from the cosmical seed and the conglomeration of all germs the great Archon and Head of the world.”—Hippolytus: Refut. of all Heresies, bk. vii., ch. xi. ar—chön-ship, s. [Gr, archön=archon, and Eng. Suff. -shi º The office of an archon, or the time during which he held office. “Draco's archonship, in which his laws were enacted, is placed Ol. 89, B. C. 624.”—Thirlwall: Hist. of Greece, ch. xi. ar-chön'-tics, s. [In Ger. archontiken.] Church. Hist. ...A Gnostic sect, a branch of the Valentinians. They were of opinion that the world was brought into existence not by God, but by inferior “Archontes,” beings themselves created. |ARCHON (2).] *ar'gh-wife, s. [ARCHEwyves.] ar'gh-wise, adv. [Eng. arch; suffix -wise.] Shaped like an arch ; in the form of an arch. “The Court of Arches, so called ab arcuata ecclesia, or from Bow Church, by reason of the steeple or clochier thereof, raised at the top with stone pillars, in fashion of a bow bent archwise.”—Ayliffe: Parerſjon. ar'-ghy, a. [Eng. arch; -/.] 1. Ord. Lang.: Arched. “Beneath the black and archy brows shined forth the bright lamps of her eyes.”—Partheneia Sacra (1633), Pref. 2. Heraldry. [ARCHED.] ar'-ci-form, a. [Lat, arcus=a bow, and forma =form.] Shaped like a bow, curved. “. . . some arciform fibers which cross it at its §. part . .”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. A mat., i. 264. *ar'-gi-tên–ént, a. [Lat. arcitemens, from arcus =a bow, and tenens, pr: par. of teneo=to hold.] Bow-bearing. (Johnson.) ar'-cö-gráph, s. [Lat. arcus=a bow, and Gr. grapho-to grave, . . . to describe..]. An instru- ment for describing an arc without the use of a central point; a cyclograph. (Hebert.) farc-tä'—tion, s. [In Fr. arctation; Mod. Lat. arctatio; Lat. arctus, artws=pressed together, close, narrow; arcto-to narrow, to enclose.] fMed...: A narrowness or constriction of any pas- sage in the body. (Used specially of constipation of the intestines produced by inflammation or by spasms. It is called also ARCTITUDE.) wº Arctation, Lat.: Streightning or crouding,"—Glossog. AWOt)0. arc'-ti-a, s. [Apparently from Gr, arktos= a bear, referring to the woolly character of the cater- pillar; but Agassiz, in his Nomenclator Zoologicus, derives it from arkteia=consecration...] A genus of moths, the typical one of the family., Arctiidae. A. caja is the well-known and beautiful, Tiger- moth. Its caterpillar is the “Woolly Bear.” arc'-ti-a-dae, s. pl. [ARCTIIDAE.] arc-tíc, *arc'-tick, a. [In Fr. arctique; Sp. & Port. arctico; Ital. artico; Lat., arcticus, from arctos, Gr. arktos, a bear, also the constellation Ursa Major. In Sanscrit riksha, from the root ark or ask=to be bright, is (1) an º; and (2) a substantive=a bear, so called either from his bright eyes or from his brilliant tawny fur. Before the Aryans had finally separated, riksha-bright, applied to the plow-like constellation, had be- come obsolete, and the substantive bear remained, whence the constellation came to be called arktos among the Greeks. Ursa among the Latins, and Bear among ourselves. (Max Müller: Science of Language, 6th ed., vol. ii., p. 393.)] g 1. Properly: Pertaining to the constellation called by the Greeks arktos=bear, by the Romans Ursa, and by ourselves Ursa Major, the Great Bear, the Plow, 8. Wain, &c. 2. Pertaining to the North generally, or more specially to the region within the arctic circle. “Man has become a denizen of every part of the globe, from the torrid to the arctic zones.”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 49. Arctic circle: A small circle of the globe, 23° 28. distant from the north pole, which is its center. It bón, böy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, shiin; -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = 257 is opposed to the antarctic circle, which is at the same distance from the south pole. (Glossog. Nov., dºc.) Arctic eacpedition: An expedition designed to explore the all but impenetrable regions surround- ing the north pole. The object, with which these enterprises were commenced by the English was to obtain a passage by way of the polar, regions to India, º being in Mohammedan hands, and fear, which now seems absolutely ludicrous, being felt that the Portuguese would successfully debar daring English seamen from using the route by the Cape of Good Hope. When the utter hopelessness of finding either a northwestern or a northeastern passage to India through the polar regions became apparent, it was felt that arctic expeditions might still profitably be sent out for purely scien- tific exploration, one main object now being to make as near an approach as possible to the pole. They have continued at intervals to our own times, and are not likely ever to cease. Two of the most notable events in their history which have hitherto occurred have been the discovery of the northwest passage by Captain McClure, of the Investigator, on the 26th of October, 1850, and the tragic deaths of Sir John Franklin and his crew, about the year 1848, the catastrophe being rendered all the more im- pressive to the public mind by the uncertainty which long hung over the gallant explorers’ fate. The following are the farthest points of north º reached by Arctic explorers, up to pres- ent Ciate : YEAR EXPI, O.R.E.R.S. N. LATITUDE. 1607. Hudson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80° 23' 0" 1773. Phipps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80° 48' 0° 1806. Scoresby. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81° 12' 42" 1827. Parry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82° 50' 0" 1874. Meyer (on land). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82° 0' 0" 1875. Markham and Parr (Nares' expe- dition). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83° 20' 26" 1876 Byer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83° 07' 0" 1884. Lockwood (Greely's party). . . . . . . 83° 24' 0° The most northern observations of temperature taken for a complete year were those of the “Alert . —(Saptain Nares' expedition, 1875-6. The “Alert” reached and wintered in latitude 82' 27° N., the highest northern latitude reached by a vessel up to the present time. The average temperature of the summer months was 34°, and of the winter 36°, with an average of 3° for the year. The lowest tempera- ture registered was 73° in March at Floeberg Beach, by the “Alert” in 82° 27' N. Sea water freezes, at , about 28°. The greatest thickness attainable by ice in one season is about seven feet. Old ice is believed to become thicker in a second winter, and to even reach ten feet in thick- ness. Icebergs and sea glaciers reach an enormous thickness, but they are the accumulation of snow and ice alternately on the top of each other for years. Arctic fox (Vulpes º : A species of fox found in North America within the arctic circle. It is blackish-brown in summer, but in winter has a long, thick white fur, which renders it a beautiful animal. Arctic pole: The north pole as opposed to the antarctic or southern one. (Glossog. Nova.) Arctic zone: The zono or belt of the earth be- tween the north pole and the arctic circle. arc'—tſ-gite, s. [In Ger. arcticit; from Gr. ark- tikos=near the Bear, arctic, northern.] [ARCTIC.] * mºral called also Wernerite and Scapolite Q. W.). arc'—ti-i-dae, arc'-ti-a-dae, s. pl. [ARCTI.A..] A family of moths, comprehending the Arctia caja, or Tiger-moth, the Phragmatobia fuligimosa, and other beautiful species. The larvae are hairy, in conse- quence of which they are denominated Woolly Bears, or Bear Caterpillars. “But the moths in certain families, such as the Zygae- nidae, various Sphingidae, Uraniidae, some Arctiida' and Saturniidae, fly about during the day or early evening, and many of these are extremely beautiful, being far more brightly colored than the strictly .# kinds.”— Darwin. Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. ii., ch. xi., p. 396. arc-tís'-ca, s. pl. [Gr. arktos=a bear, and iskö = to make like..] Water-bears. [ARACHNIDA, BEAR- ANIMALCULES.] arc'—ti-tilde, s. arctus, artus= presse as ARCTATION (q.v.). arc'-ti-iim, s. [Lat. arktion= a plant, the Ver- bascum ferrugineum (?), or a Lappa; Gr. arktion, from arktos=a bear; in Celt. arth, after which the Arctium is called, on account of its shaggy invo- lucres.] Burdock. A genus of plants belonging to the order Asteraceae, or Composites. It contains the Common Burdock, A. lappa, Linn., which grows by roadsides in many parts of Europe and America, as it does also in Japan. It is a biennial. arc-tó-gā1'-i-dae, s. ... [Gr, arktos=a bear, and alé=a weasel.] A family of carnivorous Mamma- ia, containing the Skunks (Mephites) and some allied animals. In Fr, arctitude; from Lat. together, narrow.] The same gem; thin, –tious, this; -cious, bench; -Šion = çhin, –tion, 8O, zhin. Sin, -sious = Shūs. arcuation arc-tó-gē-ă1, a. Noting colder parts of the earth; pertaining to the arctic regions. arc-tó-mys, s. . [Gr, arktos=a bear, and Lat. mºws=a mouse.] The Mammalia genus to which the Marmots belong. It is placed under the Rodentia. They have pointed cheek-teeth. There are several species, the A. marmotta, or Marmot, resident in the mountains of Europe and Asia fMARMoºnj, the A. bobac of . Poland and Northern Russia, the M. citillus, the Zizel or Souslik, and several in America. arc-tóp'-sis, s. [Gr, arktos=a bear, and opsis= aspect.]. A genus of decapodous Crustaceans of the family Maiadae. The A. tetraodon is the Four- horned Spider-crab of the British coasts. arc-tó-stäph'-y-lós, s. [Gr, arktos=a bear, and staphylè- a bunch of grapes. Hence arctostaphylos means bear-grape.] The Bear Berry. A genus of plants belonging to the order Ericaceae (Heath- Worts). It has an ovule corolla, ten stamina, and a fleshy, five-celled, five-seeded fruit. arc-tó’—tis, s. [In Fr. arctotide; Sp. & Port. arc- totis; Gr. arktos=a bear.] A genus of plants, be- longing to the order Asteraceae, or Composites. The Species are found at the Cape of Good Hope. Arc-tii r-üs, s. [In Ger. Arktwr.; Fr. Arcture. Arcturus; Port. Arcturo ; Ital. Arturo; Lat. Arc- furus; Gr. Arktowros, from arktos=bear, and ouros. a termination corresponding to ward in English, à S thyrðros=a door-ward, a doorkeeper. Hence Arc- turnus means bearkeeper.] (Maa. Müller.) I. Astronomy: 1. A fixed star of the first magnitude, called also Alpha Bootis. It is one of the very brightest stars in the Northern heavens. In March, 1635, Morin saw it in the west for more than half an hour after sun- rise. To find it, draw a line through the tail of the Bear four times the length of the distance between the stars Mizar and Benetnasch in the diagram be- low. The ancients considered it a red star. Piazzi could not find it had any parallax. Though nomi- .nally “fixed,” yet it has a proper angular motion of 2'250', equivalent to 53.32 miles in a second. . In 752 years it altered its latitude 5', and in twenty cen- turies, according to Humboldt, it has moyed 2%. times the diameter of the moon's disc. In 1803, Herschel found its diameter, seen through a fog, ğ, of a second, from which he calculated its diameter- to be not less than 8,000,000 leagues=48,000,000 miles. (ºft FHerschel, dºc.) 2. The Arcturus of Scripture. , Heb. Ash, Job. ix. 9; Aish, xxxviii. 32. Sept. Arktowros; Vulg. A re- twrus. Not the star now called Arcturus, which stands in solitary grandeur in the sky, unaccom- panied by any of his “sons,” banèha, mentioned in Job xxxviii. 32, but the Great Bear (Ursa Major). Heb. Ash, is formed by aphaeresis from Heb. meash– a bier or litter. In Arabic magsgh, cognate with the Heb, meash, is the name of the four stars (Gr. Alpha, Beta, Gamma and Delta) constituting the & Mizar. -- *. *- e--- Ss.é Alioth. B , n ° *... enetnasch. 7) S., 8 Dubhe. *-----, * a Arcturus. \ . :: $:-------- $: ‘Y £3. |Ursa Major and the Star Arcturus. hinder, portion of the Great Bear; while the three in the tail (Gr. Epsilon, Zeta, Eta) are called in Arabic Bamatnaasch. = daughters of the bier, meaning, the mourners following the bier. ...The last of these (Gr. Etat) is still designated by its Arabic name Benet- masch (q.v.). “Which maketh Arcturus, Orion, and Pleiades, and the chambers of the south.”—Job ix. 9. “Canst thou bring forth Mazzaroth in his season? or canst thouguide Arcturus with his sons?”—Job xxxviii. 32. II. Zool. : An isopod crustacean. Example, the A. Baffinii, or Baffin's Bay Arcturus. ar'—cil-âte, a. . [In Sp. argweado, arcuado; J tal. circuato; Lat. (trówatus, pa. par. of arcwo-to bend like a bow ; arcus=a bow.] Ordinary, Language, Botany, dºc. : a bow, or like the arc of a circle. “. . . sounds that move in oblique and arcuate lines, .”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. iii., § 224. *ar-cu-a-tile, g. [Lat. arcuatilis=bow-shaped, from arc.wo-to bend in the form of a bow, to curve; arcus=a bow.] ... Nott. Science: Curved like a bow. ar—cil—a'—tion, s. [In Fr. arcwation. From Lat. arcuatus=bent in the form of a bow; arcwo- to bend like a bow; arcus= a bow.] - A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. The act of bending any thing; incurvation. 2. The state of being bent. Curved like XenophOn, —dle, expect, -ble, exist. ph = f. &c. = bel, del. a $; 17 's arCuature B. Technically : Gardening: The method of propagating certain 'trees by bending down to the ground the branches which spring from the offsets or shoots after they have been planted. Arcuation is adapted for the elm, Time, alder, and the willows, which cannot easily be raised from seed. ar’—cil–a–tiire, s. [Lat. arcuatus=bent like a bow.] The curvature of an arch. *ar'-cu-bal-ist, *ar-cu-bal-is'—ta, *ar-cu-bal- is'-têr, s. [ARBALEST.] *ar'-cii-biis, s. [ARQUEBUS.] ar'-ciis, s. [Lat. = a bow.] arcus senilis. Literally, the Senile arch ; the arch of old men or of old age; an opacity around the margin of the cornea which constitutes one of the numerous marks of old age. —ard, -art, -heart, as terminations. [From Ger. hart=hard; A. S. heard; Icel. , hard ; Goth: hardws. In M. H. Ger, and in Dutch it in general has, as an appellative, a bad meaning; but it is the reverse in 3. H. Ger, proper names, as Berimhart, Bernhart=strong, like a bear; in Fr. & Eng. Bern- ard. (Mahºn.) Bain, and others consider that it was introduced into the languages of France, jº and Italy by the Germanic invaders, who overthrew the Roman empire.] (a) One who does, or, (b), one who is: as sluggard=one who is slothful like a slug; braggart=one who brags. In the majority of cases ard and art are used in a bad sense, as dull- ard, coward, laggard, braggart, but this is not the case with the form heart. ar-dās'—sines, s. [Ardassines, plur. of Fr. ardas- sine; Sp. ardacing ; Arab. & Pers. ardan = a description & º of raw silk.] The finest kind § - of Persian silk used in the French looms. sº ar’—dé—a, s. [Lat. ardea; Gr. eródios=a heron.] The SS º ºn. typical genus of the sub- SNAW////ſº family Ardeinae, and the Nºſſº: family Ardeidae. Ardea cin- &\;\ff. erea is the Gray Heron which is found in Europe. It is a tall bird, standing upward of three feet high, with a long black crest on the back of its neck, the feathers of its back dark in color, and those on its breast white. In summer it may be seen on the margin of lakes or rivers, and in winter on the shores of the sea, waiting for its prey, which consists of Small fish, crustacea, &c. ar'-déb, S. [In Arab. irdab or wºrdab.]. A meas: ure of grain containing, almost eight bushels, used in the parts of Africa where the Arabs most abound. ar—dé—i’—dae, s. pl. , [ARDEA..] A family of gral- latorial or wading birds. They have large, long, and strong beaks and powerful wings, yet their flight is but slow. They are migratory, frequenting the margins of lakes, or of the ocean, of the several countries in which they sojourn. The family is divided into four sub-families—the Ardeinae, or Herons proper; the Ciconinae, or Storks; the Tan- ; inte, or Ibises; and the Plataleinae, or Spoon- §§ § §§§ º Rºyº- - #º Ardea Cinerea. arºdě-i-nae, 8. #. ſº The typical sub- family of the family, Ardeidae. It contains the true Herons [ARDEA], the Bitterns, the Boatbills of South America, and their allies. *ar-dé1'-i-ó, S. [In Fr. &rdélion; Lat. ardelio, from ardeo=to burn..] A busy-body, a meddler. “Striving to get that which we had better be without, ardelios, busy bodies as we are.”—Burton: Amat. of Melan- Cholu, pp. 12, 77. (Trench.) ar'-den-çy, s. ſIn Sp. ardentia; Port. ardentia, a}^dencia; Ital. ardenza; from Lat, ardens.] LAR- DENT.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit.: Heat. “By how much heat any one receives from the ardency of the sun, his internal heat is proportionally abated.”— Sir T. Herbert; Travels, p. 27. 2. Fig. : Warmth of affection or of passion; ardor, vehemence of courage, zeal, &c. “The ineffable happiness of our dear Redeemer must needs bring an increase to ours, commensurate to the ardency of our love for him.”—Boyle. B. Technically: Nawt. : The tendency of a vessel to gripe. vie.) * ar'-dent, *ar-daunt, a. [In Fr. ardent; O. Fr. ardaunt; Sp. ardiente; Port. & ºl. ardemte; Lat. (Ogil- 258 . Of material things: . Burning, in a literal Sense. “. . . more ardent than the blaze of fire.” Cowper: Homer's Iliad, bb. xviii. 2. Fiery to the taste. “. . . wine, tea, and ardent spirits . . .”—Macaw- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. 3. Shining, brilliant, reminding one of the reflec- tion of fire. ; “A knight of swarthy face, High on a cole-black steed pursued the chace; With flashing flames his ardent eyes were fill’d.” Dryden. II. Of emotions or conduct : 1. Warm in affection, in passion, or desire. “And death stands ardent on the edge of war.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xx. 28. “Ardent and intrepid on the field of battle, Monmouth was everywhere else effeminate and irresolute.”—Macaw- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. 2. Inspired by warm feeling, and therefore power- ful as a flame in its effects; warm or even more than warm. “Her manner was warm and even ardent.”—De Quincey’s Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., p. 134. “Other leaders have inspired their followers with a zeal as ardent.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. ar'-dent-ly, adv. [Eng, ardent; -ly.] In an ar- dent manner; with warmth of desire or affection; with warmth of emotion generally; affectionately, passionately. “What ardently I wish'd, T long believed.” Cowper: On Receipt of my Mother's Picture. ar'-dent-nēss, s. [Eng. ardent; -mess.] The quality of being ardent; ardor. *ar'-dèrs, *ar'-dotirş, S. Fallowings or plowings of ground. (Coles.) ar—dis'—i-a, s. (Gr. ardis=a point, in reference to the acute segments of the corolla.] The typical genus of the Ardisiads (q.v.). About one hundred species are known. They are Ornamental plants having fine leaves, flowers, and berries. §...i have been introduced into this country from the East and West Indies. The bark of A. colorata, called in Ceylon dam, is used in that Island in cases of fever and diarrhoea, besides being applied ex- ternally to ulcers. The red juice of the berries of A. solamacea becomes brown on paper, and retains its color permanently. ar—dis–à–ā’-gé-ae (Mod. Lat.), ar—dis'-i-áds, (Eng.) S. pl. Ardisiaceae is the name given by Jussieu to an order of exogenous plants called by Lindley and others Myrsinaceae (q. v.). Type, Ardisia (q.v.). Ardisiads is Lindley's name for the Myrsinaceae. ar'-dor, *ar'-diire, s. [In Fr., ardewr: Sp. & Port. ardor: Ital; ardore, andwra; from Lat, ardor = (1) a burning, fire, (2) brilliancy, (3) fire of affec- tion or passion.] 1. Lit.: Heat, as of the sun, a fire, &c. “Joy, like a ray of the sun, reflects with a greater ardo, and quickness, when it rebounds upon a man from the breast of his friend.”—South. 2. {#ſºft : & * (a) Heat of the affections or of the passions, of courage, of'zeal, &c. “The wicked enchaufing or ardure of this sin.”— Chaucer: The Persomes Tale, “Wounds, charms, and ardors were no sooner read, But all the vision vanished from thy head.” Pope: Rape of the Lock, i. 119, 120. “ Unmov'd the mind of Ithacus remain'd, And the vain ardors of our love restrain'd.” Pope. “Neither his years nor his profession had wholly extinguished his martial ardor.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. V. (b) Poetically: A shining being. “Nor delay'd the winged saint, After his charge receiv'd; but, from among Thousand celestial ardors, where he stood Weil'd with his gorgeous wings, up-springing light, Flew thro’ the midst of heav'n.” Milton: P. L., bk. v. ar'-dû-i-ty, s. [In Sp. arduidad; Ital. ardwita, arduitade, arduitate ; Lat. ardwitas= steepness; tº ardww8.] [ARDUOUS..] Arduousness. (John- SO?l. ar'-dû-oiás, a. [In Fr. ardu:, Sp., Port...& Ital. arduo; Lat. &rdwus=(1) steep, lofty, (2) difficit. Cognate with Gr. orthos= straight, or (applied to height) upright. In Erse ard is a height, and in Sansc. ºrdva, means=raised up or lofty.] 1. Lit. : Steep and lofty; high and precipitous. “High on Parnassus' top her sons she show’d, And pointed out those arduous paths they trod.” 8.T68, 2. Involving much labor, difficult. “To point them to the arduous paths of fame.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xi., 302. “He, must have been aware that such an enterprise would be in the highest degree arduous and hazardous.” Macaw lay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. ar'-dû-oiás—ly, adv. [Eng. arduous; -ly.] With great labor; laboriously, ar-dû-Qūs-mêss, s. . [Eng. arduous; -mess.] The uality of being high . and steep, and therefore ifficult to climb; or, in a more figurative way, presenting difficulty. *ar'-diire, s. [ARDOR.] *are (pl. areš), S. The old way of spelling the letter R. “iij ares for iij Richardes that bene of noble fames.” —Twelve Letters to Save England (ed. Furnivall), 21. are. The plural of the present tense in the verb to be. It is used in all the three persons—we are, you are, they are. ... Obviously it came originally from another root than be. O. Northern Eng. arom. “We are all one man's sons; we are true men, thy serv- ants are no spies.”—Gen. xlii. “Ye are spies; to see the nakedness of the land ye are come.”—Gen. xlii. 9. are, S. [Fr. are, from Lat. area (o. iſ: In French superficial measure, a square of which the sides are ten meters in iength. “We prefer the form which we have employed because it is etymologically correct. Mr. Sadler seems not to know that a hecatare is so called because it contains a hundred ares.”—Macaulay: Sadler’s Refutation Refuted. a'-ré, a -la-mi-ré, s. [Ital.] The lowest note but one in Guido's scale of music. [A-LA-MI-RE.] “Gamut, I am, the ground of all accord, A re, to plead Hortensio's passion; B mi, Bianca take him for thy lord, C faut, that loves with all affection.” Shakesp.: Taming of the Shrew, iii. 1. *äre, adv. [A. S. ar=before, early.] Before. (O. Eng.) g “He herde a new tiding That he heard never are.” Sir Trist rem, 85. (S. in Boucher.) âr'-É—a (pl. ar'-É—as or ār'-3-ae), s. [In. Ger. areal; Fr. aire; Ital. aſia ; Sp., Port., & Lat. area = (1) an open Space, (2) Med. (see B., 4). A. Ordinary Language: I. Generally: 1. Any Open space, as the floor of a building, the part of a church not occupied by pews or other fix- tures, thes arena in an amphitheater, the stage in a theater; or, Outside buildings, the open space within any inclosure. “Let us conceive a floor or area of goodly length, with the breadth somewhat more than juž the longitude.”— Wottom. “The Alban lake is of an oval figure; and, by reason of the high mountains that encompass it, looks like the area of some vast amphitheater.”—Addison. “In areas vary'd with Mosaic art, Some whirl the disk, and some the jav’lin dart.” Pope. 2. The space inclosed within defined limits, how- ever large or however small. & “Extensive as was the area which he governed, he had not a frigate on the water.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. “. . . therefore nearly 167,000 square miles is the least space which can be distinctly discerned on the sun ºisible area.”—Berschel; Astronomy, 5th ed. (1858), II. Specially: 1. The inclosed space or site on which a building stands. * 2. The sunken space, generally enclosed by rail- ings, which exists in most of the larger town houses, to afford light and ingress to the servants in the tºº.” the house built below the level of the St I'GQt. B. Technically: 1. Geom., Nat. Phil., Astron., dºc.: The space in- closed by the lines which bound any figure. Thus the area of a circle is the space inclosed by its cir- cumference, the area of a triangle the space within its three sides, &c. Measures of area are the same as square meas- ure, such as a square inch, a square foot, a Square yard, a square mile, &c. The wrºit of area : The area of the square described upon the unit of length. (Everett.) “If in this case L stands for length, their area is-L.” —Everett: The C. G. S. System of Units, ch. i., pp. 1, 5. ( 2. gold Almost in the same sense as A., I, 3 QI. V.). “. . . . . led me to conclude that the great oceans are still mainly areas of subsidence, the great archipelagoes still areas of oscillations of level, and the continents ardens, pr. par. of ardeo-to burn. Pope. areas of elevation.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. ix. făte, fat, fare, amidst, whät, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, sān; milte, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 3; ey = a, qu = kW, 3,188, & Mining : A compass of ore allotted to diggers. OſC6. 4. Med...: Baldness, or a bald spot upon the head produced by alopecy; also alº itself. 5. Amat, ; Any space in the embryo or more developed physical structure. (See also the com- pounds which follow.) area-germinitiva. Amat.: The space in an egg in process of being hatched in which the first traces of the embryo appear. It is marked by an opaque roundish spot upon the germinal membrane. (Todd dº Bowmam . Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 576.) area-pellucida. Amat. : A clear space which appears in the center of the germ of an egg when the latter is exposed for a few º: to hatching heat. It ultimately in- creases to about a line in diameter. (Ibid., p. 582.) area-vasculosa. Amat. : An area surrounding, the A. pellucida in an egg in which the process of incubation bas com- menced. (Ibid., p. 583.) area-Vitellina. Anat. : An area surrounding the A. vasculosa in an egg in which the process of incubation has com- menced. (Ibid., p. 583.) fa-ré'ad, ta-ré'ed, ta-ré'de (pa, par. a-réd', a-réd'd), v. t. [A. S. aroedan- (1) to read; (2) to tell, to speak; (3) to conjecture, to prophesy, find out; (4) to elect; (5) take counsel; (6) to care for; (7) to pursue; (8) to effect.] *1. To read. & *2. To tell, to say, to declare, to describe, to in- form, to teach, to interpret, to explain. [REDE.] “To whom she thus: “What need me, Sir, to tell That which your selfe have earst ared so right?’” Spense”: F. Q., VI. iv. 28. 3. To advise, to counsel, to warn, to order: “At those prowd words that other knight begonne To wer exceeding wroth, and him (tredd To turne his steede about, or sure he should be dedd.” Spenser: F. Q., III. viii. 17. “But mark what I a reed thee now: Avaunt; Fly thither whence thou fledd’st.” Milton : P. L., blº. iv. #4. To guess, to conjecture. “Of which no man couth a reden The nombre . . .” Alisaunder, 5,115. (Boucher.) *5. To detect as an impostor or an imposition. “So hard this Idole was to be ared, That Florimell her selfe in all mens vew She seem'd to passe: so forged things do fairest shew.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. v. 15. *6. To choose, to elect, to appoint, to Ordain. “Whose praises having slept in silence long, Me, all too meane, the sacred Muse a reeds To blazon broade emongst her learned throng.” Spenser: F. Q., I. i. 1. “And time and place convenient to a reed, In which they two the combat might darraine.” Ibid., W. xii. 9. * Aread, though generally called obsolete, is still used, though rarely, in poetry. “Imagined in its little schemes of thought; Or e”er in new Utopias were ared, To teach man what he might be, or he ought.” Byron: Childe Harold, ii. 36. *a-réad'-i-nēss, s. [READINESS.] * { and therefore we put in areadiness our army.” —English Manifesto, A. D. 1542, quoted in Froude's Hist. Eng. âr"—É-ae. The plural of AREA (q.v.). ār-è—al, a. [Lat. arealis=pertaining to a thresh- ing-floor; from area.] Pertaining or relating to an Shakesp.: Cumbeline, iv. 2. #2. To furnish with bodily arms. “Her shoulders broad and long, “. . . when we have sent awa the haill meal in the bicolor] are bordered with a beautiful series of hairs.”— Armed long and round. arle and the girnal.”—Scott: Old Mortality, ch. xx. Ibid, iii. 182. Beaumont dº Fletcher. fate, fit, fare, amidst, whät, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pôt, - or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, clib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; try, Syrian, ac, oc = É; ey = a, qu = kW. 18.TIOl arm (2), v. t. & i. [From Eng. arm. (2). In Fr. armer; Sp. & Port. armar; Ital, armare; Lat. armo- to furnish with implements, and spec., with warlike weapons; from arma = arms. A. Transitive : I. Ordinary Language : 1. Lit.: To equip with weapons, defensive or offensive. “And Saul armed David with his armor, and he put an helmet of brass upon his head; also he armed him with a coat of mail.’’—1 Sam. xvii. 88. 2. Figuratively : (a) Of material things: To add to anything what will give it greater strength or efficiency. “Yon must arm your hook with the line in the inside of it.”—Walton: A mgler. (b) Of things immaterial: To impart to the mind or heart anything that will make it more fitted for offense or defense; to provide against. “. . arm yourselves likewise with the same mind.” —1 Pet. iv. i. II. Technically: Magnetism. To arm a magnet is to connect its poles by means of a soft iron bar. [ARMATURE.] B. Intransitive: To equip with weapons of war. (Used of individuals or of communities.) “. . and thus aloud exclaims: Arm, arm, Patroclus ! . . .” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xvi., 155-56. *arm, *arme, *ar'-eme, a. [Sw., O. Icel., and Mod. Ger. arm–poor.] (Moral Ode, ed. Morris, 223.) ar-mâ'-dà, *ar-mâ'-dó, s. [Sp. armada = a war fleet as contradistinguished from flota = a fleet of merchant vessels; Lat. arma = arms. From Spanish, armada has passed into German, French, &c., and is=Ital. armata=a navy, a fleet.] (1) Spec. : The celebrated fleet, called at first, by anticipation, “The ‘Invincible' Spanish Armada,” which was sent in 1588 to assail England, but which, utterly failing in its object, and coming to a tragic and inglorious end, was latterly known simply as the “Spanish Armada,” the word “invincible" being dropped. “They melt into thy yeast of waves, which mar Alike the Armada’s pride or spoils of Trafalgar.” Byron: Childe Harold, iv. 181. Hence (2) Gen. : Any war fleet. “So by a roaring tempest on the flood A whole armado of convicted sail Is Scatter'd and disjoin’d from fellowship.” Shakesp.: King John, iii. 4. . . . We will not leave, For them that triumph, those who grieve, With that armada gay.” Scott; Lord of the Isles, i. 17. ar-ma-dil'-la, s. [In Fr. armadille; from Sp. armadilla, dimin. of armada.] A small armada. ar-ma-dîl-lö (plural-lös and -lóes) s. [In Ger. Gºmgºlill and armadilthier. From Sp. armadillo.] . 1. The Spanish American name, now imported into English, of various Mammalia belonging to the order Edentata, the family Dasypodidae, and its typical genus fasypus. [DASYPUs.] ãhe Ila Iſle *\º º, ºft" Y. \\ &\\ 'N Š Q - \º \\{j\ º - & 4 ſ\, y . * *-ºs SNæ & ** * * * * * i. armadillo, implying that they are in armor, is applied to these animals because the upper part of their body is covered with large strong scales or plates, forming a helmet for their head, a buckler for their shoulders, transverse bands for their back, and in some species a series of rings for the protection of their tail. Another peculiarity is the great number of their molar teeth; these amount in One species • to more than ninety. There are five toes on the hinder feet, and four or five, according to the species, on the anterior ones. The fore feet are admirably adapted for digging, and the animal When it sees danger, can extenporize a hole an Vanish into it with wonderful rapidity. If actually captured, it rolls itself into a ball, withdrawing its ead and feet under its strong armor. There are Several species—such as the Great Armadillo, or Tatu * 267 and the Hairy Armadillo (D. villo- sus). They feed chiefly on ants and other insects and worms, and are peculiar to South America, where a giant-animal of similar organization, the Glyptodon, lived in Tertiary times. “It is generally understood that the Armadillos bring forth but once a year.”—Griffith's Cuvier, iii. 286. 2. A genus of Crustaceans belonging to the order Isopoda, and the family Oniscidae, the type of which is the well-known wood-louse. It is so called partly from its being covered with a certain feeble kind of armor; but chiefly from its rolling itself up into a ball after the fashion of the South American mam- malian Armadillos. armadillo-like, a. with natural armor. “In the Pampaºan deposit at the Bajada I found the Osseous armor of a gigantic armadillo-like animal.”— Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. vii. *ar-mâ’–d6, s. [ARMADA.] ar'-ma-mênt, s. [In Fr. armement; Sp., Port., & Ital. armamento; Lat. armamentum = the out- fitting of a ship, the supplying it with everything excepting only its hull: armo- to furnish with implements; arma =implements, . . . the tackle of a ship.] I. The act of arming a fleet or army; the state of being armed. II. That which , constitutes the equipment or which is itself equipped. 1. That which constitutes the equipment. (Often in the pl., armaments, signifying everything need- ful to render the naval and military forces of a country efficient.) Spec., weapons and ammunition. “. . and the increase [of expenditure] is for the most part due to more costly armaments.”—Times, Nov. 11, 1876. 2. The forces equipped for war. (a) A naval expedition fitted out for war; a fleet, with the men, guns, ammunition, and stores on board. “English sailors, with more reason, predicted that the first gale would send the whole of this fair-weather arma- ment to the bottom of the Channel.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. (b) Land forces fully equipped; an army encamp- ed for war (Lit. dº fig.). (Byron : Siege of Corinth, XX. *ar-ma-mên'-ta-ry, s. [Lat. armamentarium.] An armory, an arsenal. (Johnsom.) ar'-man, S. A confection for restoring appetite in horses. (Johnson.) *ār'-ma-ry, s. [Lat. armarium=a chest, a coffer.], [ALMERY..] A chronicle or archive. (Wy- cliffe : 1 Esdras ii. 15.) ar'-ma-tiire, s. [In Ger. armatur; Fr. arma- tewy and armature ; Sp. armadura ; Ital. & Lat. armatwra=(1) armor, (2) armed soldiers, (3) a kind of military exercise.] A. Ordinary Lamgwage: 1. Armor worn for the defense of the body, or, more frequently, the armor in which some animals are enveloped for their protection against their natural foes. “Others should be armed with hard shells, others with prickles; the rest, that have no such armature, should be endued with great swiftness and pernicity.”—Ray: Crea- tion. * 2. Offensive weapons. “The double armature is a more destructive engine than the tumultuary weapon.”—Dr. H. More: Decay of Piety. B. Technically: 1. Magnetism : The armatures, called also the keepers, of a magnetic bar are pieces of soft iron placed in , contact with its poles. These, by being acted on inductively, become magnets, and, (D. searcinctus) Like an armadillo, covered Armatures. re-acting in their turn, not merely preserve, but even increase, the magnetism of the original bar. ity. Armenian Sometimes an armature is made of steel and is permanently magnetized. Such an armature is termed a polarized armature, and is used in various appliances, magneto generators, telegraphic instru- ments, &c. '. In dynamic electricity, the armature is the shaft. or central revolving arm of an electric generator, by the movement of which the current is generated. 2. Electricity: (a) The internal and eacternal armatures, or coat- tngs of a Leyden jar, and the coatings of tinfoik on its interior, and part of its exterior, surface. (Atkinsom. Gamot's Physics, $ 668.) (b) Siemens’ armature or bobbin. : An armature. designed for magneto-electrical machines, in which the insulated wire is wound longitudinally on the core, instead of transversely, as is the ordinary arrangement. (Ibid., § 782.) • 3. Arch.: Iron bars employed for the consoli- dation of a building. (Gloss. of Arch.) armed, q, [From arm, s.] Furnished with arms in a literal or figurative sense. Specially in the phrase “an armed chair "- an arm-chair (q.v.). armed, pa. par. & a. [ARM, v. t.] A. Ordimary Language: I. Literally: 1. Equipped with weapons offensive or defensive, or both. [B., 1, Mil.] “So the armed men left the captives and the spoil . . .”—2 Chron. xxviii. 14. 2. Having its natural efficiency increased by mechanical appliances. “But they continually grow larger, and pass by in- sensible gradations into the state of cloud, when they can no longer elude the armed eye.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., vii. 150. II. Fig.: Strengthened in mind and heart against. danger. ; B. Technically: I. Military and Naval: 1. Of mem. An armed body of men is a military detachment provided with arms and ammunition, ready for an engagement. [A., 1.] (James: Mil- Dict.) 2. Of ships: - (a) Armed in flute, that is, armed after the man- ner of a transport, part of her guns having been removed to make more room. (b) An armed ship is one taken into the Government service, and º in time of war with ar- tillery, ammunition, &c. (James.) 3. Of shot. A crossbar shot is said to be armed when some rope- yarn is rolled around the end of the iron bar running through the shot. 4. Of procedure. Armed menttral- [NEUTRALITY..] II. Heraldry: 1. Furnished with arms. * A man armed at all points (see the annexed figure) is a man covered with armor on every por- #. of him excepting only his & Cº., § º º: i :- C-3 * [. º%- ** s º º º # E" * #3*...*º: 2. Adding to anything that º º a -2 which will give it greater strength 3 ºf or efficiency. * The term armed, followed by Armed at all of, is applied to a beast of prey JPoints. when his teeth, and claws, or to a predatory bird when his talons, and beak, are differently colored from the rest of his body. III. Biology. Used— 1. (Zool.) Of the matural armature of various ; of the body of man or of the inferior animals: urnished with teeth, tusks, nails, claws, &c. “. . . the most formidably armed jaws.”—Owen: Classif. of Mammalia, p. 76. 2. Botany: Of thorns, prickles, &c., on plants. IV. Magnetism. An armed magnet: One provided: with an armature (q.v.). *ar'-mée, s. [ARMY.] Ar—mé'-ni-an, a. & S. [Eng. Armeni(a); -am. In Fr. Arméniem;... from Lat. Armenia; Gr. Armenia. Armenia, in 2 Kings xix. 37, is in the original Ararat. and should have been so rendered.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to Armenia, a coun- try situated on the mountainous region between the Black and the Caspian seas, between latitudes 37*. and 42° N., and longitudes 39° to 50° E. B. As substantive : 1. A native of Armenia. 2. The language spoken by the Armenians, who- (Dasypus gigas), the Three-banded Armadillo, (Atkinson: Gamot's Physics, $ 624.) Magnets thus are not confined to their native land, but are many or Apara (D. Apar), the Six-banded Armadillo provided are said to be armed. of them successful merchants in India, Persia, bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f- -cian, -tian = shan. -tion. -sion = shin, -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del- Armenian Tartary, &c. . The Living comes from the Old or Dead Armenian, ranked by Max Müller under the Iranic Branch of the Southern Division of the Aryan Languages. Armenian bole. OLE. Armenian stone. . brought from Armenia. Armenian Whetstone. Dana’s rendering of the Šireek term akomé eac Armenias, the name given by Theophrastus to emery (q.v.). *ar-mên'-tal, g. [Lat. armentalis; from armen- fum=cattle for plowing or for draft.] Pertaining or relating to a herd of cattle. (Bailey.) ar-mén'-tine, a. . [Lat. armentum (ARMENTAL), and Eng. Suffix -ime.] The same as ARMENTAL (q.v.). (Bailey. . *arºměn'-tóse, adj. [Lat. armentosus.] Abound- ing with cattle. (Bailey.) arºměr-i-8, 8... [From the term Flos Armeria, applied by the botanists of the Middle Ages to some 9f the Sweet William Pinks. Flos Armeria again is, according to Clusius, the French word armoiries (armorial bearings), Latinized. (Hooker and Arnot.)] . A genus of plants belonging to the order IPlumbaginaceae (Leadworts). ar'-mét, s. . [French=armor for the head.]. A helmet used in the thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. It is represented in the an- nexed illustration. a r met – g ra n d, 8. grand = great...] An worn with a beaver. armet-petit, s. [Fr. petit =little..] An armet worn with- -out a beaver. It had a guard for the face, consisting of three bars. arm'—fü1, *arm'—füll, a. UEng. arm; full. In Ger. arm- voll.] As much of anything as an arm can hold. “He comes so lazily on in a simile, with his ‘armfull of weeds,' .”—Milton: Apol. for Smectymnuus. “As an especial favor, he allowed me to purchase, at a Dhigh price, an armful of dirty straw.”—Darwin: Voyage 2-ound the World, ch. xvi. *arm'-gãunt, a. [Eng. arm ; gaunt.] As gaunt —i.e., as slender—as the arm ; no thicker than the manner of the harp, that is, striking the notes in rapid succession in place of simultaneously. .“The funeral song was sung in recitative over his grave by a racaraide, or rhapsodist, who occasionally sustained his voice with arpeggios swept over the strings of the harp.”—Walker: Hist. Mem. of the Irish Bards, p. 17. 271 *ar'-pênt, *ar'-pên, s. [Fr. arpent, Norm. Fr. arpent, arpen; Prov, arpem, aripin , Sp. Cura- pende, Low Lat., from Domesday Book, arpennus, arpendºws; Class. Lat. are pennis, a rapennis (said to be of Gaelic origin), equal, according to Columella, to a Roman semijugerum, i. e., half an acre of ground.] º An obsolete French meas- ure of land, varying in amount in different parts of the country. The standard arpent was that of Paris, which contained 100 square perches (about five-sixths of an American acre). *ar'-pên-tá-tór, s. [Anglicized from O. Fr. arpentewr- a measurer of land, from arpenter=to measure land...] [ARPENT.] A laud surveyor. (Bowvier.) ar'-qua-têd, a. [Lat. arguatus, from arquus, an old way of writing arcus.] Bent like a bow, curved. (E. James.) ar'-qué-bis-āde, s. & a. [Fr. arquebusade. Port. arcabwzada.] A. As substantive: 1. The discharge from an arquebuse. 2. The name of an “aqwa ” (water), formerly used as a vulnerary in gunshot wounds, whence its name of arquebusade. It was prepared from numerous aromatic plants, as thyme, balm, and rosemary. It was called also Aqwa vulneraria, A. Sclopetaria, * A. catapultum. (Parr: Med. Dict., i. 165, 166, B. As adjective: Pertaining or consisting of the “water '' described under A. 2. “You will find a letter from my sister to thank you for the arquebusade water which you sent her.”—Chesterfield. ar'-qué-büse, ar'-qué-büss, *har'-qué-büse, s. [Fr. arquebuse; O. Fr. harquebus; Sp. & Port. arcabwz; Ital. archibwso; Dut. hadkbus, from hadk =hook, and bus-box, urn, barrel of a gun. This is preferable to the old view, to which Planché adheres, that arquebus is Fr. arc-à-bouche or arc-à-bowsa= bow with a mouth or aperture or opening.] An old In Arquebuse. hand-gun, longer than a musket, and of larger cali- ber, supported on a rest by a hook of iron fastened to the barrel. It was an improvement on the old hand-gun, which was without a lock. Henry VII., in establishing the yeomen of the guard in 1485, armed half of them with arouebuses, while the weapons of the other half were bows and arrows. (James: Mil. Dict. Planché : Costwme, dºc.) “A harquebuse, or ordnance, will be farther heard from the mouth of the piece than backward or on the sides.”— Batcon. “Each arm’d, as best becomes a man, With arquebuss and ataghan.” Byron.: The Giaown". ar-quë-büs'-i-ér, *har-qué-büs'-si-Ér. s. [Fr. curquebusier. In Dan, arquebuseer; Port. arca- buzeiro.] A Soldier whose offensive weapon is an arquebuse. “He compassed them in with fifteen thousand arque- busiers, whom he had brought with him well appointed.” . —Knolles. “. . . the appearance and equipment of the harque- bussiers.”—Planché. Brit. Costume (1847), p. 284. ar'-quêr-ite, s. . [From the mines, of Arquero, in Coquimbo, a department of Chili, where it abounds.] According to the British Museum Cat- alogue, a variety of Amalgam ; but Dana makes it a distinct species, which he places between amalgam and gold amalgam. In appearance it resembles native silver, and is composed of about 86'5 of sil- ver, and 13°5 of mercury. . Its sp. gr. is 10°8. ar'-qui-foux (oux as ſl), s. [Fr.] Comm. : An ore of lead used by potters to give a green varnish to the articles which they manufac- ture. (McCulloch.) *ar'—ra, s. [ARRFIA.] ar-ra-ca'-gha, s. [From the South American Indian name of various tuberous plants.] 1: A genus. of plants belonging to the order Apiaceae, or Umbellifers. As esculenta is cultivated for the sake of its root in the elevated portions of equinoctial America. 2. A species of Wood Sorrel (Oaxalis cremata). (Treas. of Bot.) *ār"—rage, v. t. [ARACE.] The Scotch form of the Eng. ARACE (q.v.). *ar"—rach (ch guttural), s. [ORACHE.] ăr"—rack, 3r'-rac, ar'-ack, 3r'-ac, track, s. [In Sw. & Fr. arack and rack; Dan. & Dut. arak; Ger. arrack and rack; Turk. raki , Mahratta arka = distilled spirit, the sun; Hind. (traq-sharab : Arab. arraignment araq = (1) perspiration, (2) juice, sap, (3) spirituous liquor; araga..] A term used, in the countries to which the Arabs have penetrated, for distilled spirits. In India, where the word is continually used by Anglo-Indians and others, arrack is made by double distillation chiefly from “todi” or “toddy,” a sweet juice derived from the unex- panded flowers of various palm-trees, and notably of the cocoanut (Cocos nucifera). [COCOS, TODDY.] It is manufactured also from the succulent flowers of the Bassia genus of trees [BASSIA], from rice. and from other vegetable products. Liberty to sell it in the several districts of India is farmed out to native contractors at a stipulated sum, notwith- standing which it is obtainable at a very cheap rate. which leads to a good deal of drunkenness both among European soldiers in the East and the low caste natives of India. The beverage arrack may be imitated by dissolving forty grains of flowers of benjamin in a quart of rum. Dr. Kitchiner calls this “Vauxhall nectar.” “I send this to be better known for choice of china, tea,. an"rack, and other Indian goods.”—Spectator. arrack-punch, s. Punch made of arrack. “They treated me with port wine and arrack-punch. . . .”—Graves: Recollection of Shenstome, p. 16 far-räg'-àn-ite, s. [ARAGONITE.] *3r-rā'ied, pa. par. [ARRAYED.] ar-rā'ign (g silent), v. t. [O. Fr. arraigner Circugnier, aregnier, aregnir, aramier, a reisnier, a res- mer, Ctralismier, are isomer, a raisoner, arra isommer; Prov, arrazomar; Low Lat. arrainare, arraizonare, arrationare=to address, to call before a court, to require a prisoner to make pleadings: ad=to, and Tationo- to speak; Low Lat. rationes= pleadings, plural of Class. Lat. ratio-the mode or art of thinking.] I. Law. Of persons: To summon a prisoner to the bar of a court to answer a matter charged against him in an indictment. On being thus called he is required to respond to his name, or in some other way signify that he is the person whose presence is required. Then the indictment is distinctly read Over to him in the vernacular tongue, after which he is asked whether or not he is guilty. He may stand mute, or confess the fact alleged, or plead to ºistment. (Blackstone: Comment., bk. iv., CIl. Zº). “When the time was come, they were brought before their enemies, and arraigned.”—Bunyan: The Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. i. II. Ordinary Language : . *1. The same as ARRANGE. (Apparently an erro: neous meaning founded on a wrong etymology of arraign.) “Arraign, is to put a thing in order or in its due Place; also to Indict and put a prisoner on his Trial.”—Glossog. Nova, 2d ed. (1719). 2. To bring an accusation against, to complain of, to find fault with, to denounce; to stigmatize per- Sons, actions, arrangements, or institutions. “. . . . had been an accomplice in some of the mis- deeds which he now arraigned with great force of reason- ing and eloquence.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. ‘Wild she arraigms the eternal doom, Upbraids each sacred power.” Scott: William and Helen, 22. ' ar-rā'ign (g silent), 3. [ARRAIGN, v.] Arraign- ment. ar-rā'igned, *a-ré'gn-yd (g silent), pa. par. & [ARRAIGN, v.] ar-rā'ign-èr (g silent), s. One who arraigns. ar-rā'ign-iñg (g silent), pr: par. [ARRAIGN, v.] ar-rā‘ign-mênt, *ar-rā‘igne-mênt, *ar-ré'ign- mênt (g silent), S. [Eng. arraign; -ment.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of arraigning, accusing, complaining of, or finding fault with ; the state of being so arraigned. [B.] 1. In the same sense as B. (Q. v.). “But yet in ſlayer's case, A. D. 1722, . ... the prisoner stood at the bar in chains during the time of his arraigm- ment.”—Blackstone: Comment., b.R. iv., ch. 25. 2. In a more general sense. “Wrathful at such arraignment foul, Dark lowered the clansman’s sable scowl.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, v. 6. II. The charge made against one. “In the sixth satire, which seems only an arraignment of the whole sex, there is a latent admonition to avoid ill women.”—Dryden: AEmeid; Dedication. B. Technically : Law: The act of calling a person to answer before a court of law to an indictment, brought against him, or the indictment to which he is required to plead. [A.] Cl. [Eng. arraign; -er.] boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sim, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. -sion = shin; -SiOuS = –tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, ---, arraiment *ar-rā'i-mênt, *ar-rāy-mênt, s. [Eng. array; -ment.] The same as RAIMENT (q.v.). *ār-rand, s. [ERRAND..] ar-ränge, ºar-rā'ynge, v. t. & i. [In Ger. arrangiren; Fr. arranger; (Fr. ranger=to put in order, to draw up in rank; rang= rank); Prov. gºrrengar, remgar; Port. arranjar.] [See RANGE, RANK...] A. Transitive: 1. Essential meaning : To put in rank. Spec., to put in order, to put persons or things in the places where it is requisite for the carrying out of a pur- pose that they should be located. “. . . candles were curranged in the windows for an illumination.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. “. . a proud show Of baby houses curiously arranged.” Wordsworth; Eaccursion, bk. ii. .2. To plan, to prepare beforehand, to settle par- ticulars before commencing action. “A place and a time were named; and the details of a butchery were frequently discussed, if not definitely arranged.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. B. Intrams. : To assume a form of order. “But soon, within that mirror, huge and high, Was seen a self-emitted light to gleam; And forms upon its breast the earl’gan spy, Cloudy and indistinct, as feverish dream; Till, slow arranging, and defined, they seem To form a lordly and a lofty room.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, vi. 18. 3r-rā'nged, pa. par. [ARRANGE.] ar-ră'nge-mênt, s. ºne. arrange; -ment. In Ger. & Fr. arrangement. A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of putting in rank or in order; the state of being so put in order. “There is a proper arrangement of the parts in elastic bodies, which may be facilitated by use.”—Cheyne. II. The ranks thus formed, the disposition made, the order evoked, the settlement resulting. 1. Of material things: Things placed in rank or in certain defined positions. “Taking a slice of white light from the beam of an electric lamp, I cause that light to pass through an ar- rangement of prisms.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., ix. 226. 2. Of things immaterial : (a) Dispositions, needful preparations. “Donelagh made the arrangements for the flight.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxii. (b) Stipulations, conditions of adjustment of out- standing differences. “It was impossible to make an arrangement that would please everybody, and difficult to make an arrangement that would please anybody; but an arrangement must be made.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. B. Technically: Natural Science: Classification; the placing of animals, plants, and even minerals, along with the species most nearly akin to them. “I believe that the arrangement of the groups within each class in due subordination and relation to the other groups .”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. xiii., p. 420. ar—ră'n-gér, s. [Eng. arrang(e); -er. rungeur..] One who arranges. “None of the list-makers, the assemblers of the mob, the directors and arrangers, have been convicted.”— Burke: IReflections on the Ececutions in 1780. ar-rá'n-ging, pr. par. [ARRANGE.] ăr'-rant, *ēr-ränd, *ēr'-rant, *ēr'-raunt, a. | Of somewhat doubtful etymology. The most obvi- ous hypothesis is to assume its identity with Eng. errant, from Lat. errans= wandering, from erro- to wander. This would first have a good, or at least an indifferent sense, meaning simply wandering, nomad; but would ultimately contract a bad one, from the fact that owing to the facilities which that method of life affords for the commission of certain delinquencies, the wandering races are generally of low morality. This etymology is adopted with more or less confidence by Johnson, Todd, Webster, Mahn, and others. But a more probable one is from arghand-timid, cowardly, pr. par. of the Northern verb argh. [ARCH.] . Owing to similarity of sound, this was easily confounded with the word errant, and was changed into arrant. (Skeat.)] A. Obviously the same as Emg. or Fr. errant: Er- rant, wandering, roaming in search of adventures. “Come ye to seek a champion’s aid, On palfrey white, with harper hoar, Like arrant damosel of yore?” Scott: The Lady of the Lake, vi. 9. B. Of more dowbtful etymology: Pre-eminent in some quality, good or bad. tl. In some good quality. “An arrant honest woman.”—Burtoon. In Fr. cºr-, 272 II. In some bad quality, as in cowardice, folly, dishonesty, &c. (It is generally of persons, rarely of things.) 1. Of persons: “He [the devil] makes all his subjects errand vassals, yea, chained slaves.”—Bo. Hall: Remains, p. 25. “That they were a company of errand hypocrites . . .” —Asheton: Serm. at Guildhall Chapel, 1673, p. 11. “A vain fool grows forty times an arranter sot than before.”--L’Estrange. “ . this chief had been a notorious murderer, and was an arrant coward to boot.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xviii. . . . found to have been arrant thieves.”—Froude: Hist. of Eng., 2d ed., vol. iii., ch. xvi. { { ... he [the Dewan] being an arrant pedlar.”— Himalayan Journals, ch. xxvi., vol. ii., p. 226. 2. Of things, as “arrant weeds'':-rank weeds. “Your justification is but a miserable shifting of those testimonies of the ancientest fathers alleged against you, and the authority of some synodal canons, which are now arrant to us.”—Milton : An imad. on Remonstrants' Def. (tgainst Smectymnuus. “. are weeds, arrant weeds.”—Cowper: Hope. ār-rant—ly, *ār-rön–ly, adv. [Eng. arrant; -ly..] Shamelessly, impudently, infamously. “. Funeral tears are as arrantly hired out as mourning clokes.”—L'Estrange. âr"—ras, s. [In Fr. farrás; Ital. , arazzo; Port. ºraz. So called because it was manufactured chiefly in the French city of Arras, the capital in bygone times of the province of Artois, now of the depart- ment Pas de Calais. Both Arras, and Artois, the former called in Flemish Atrecht, are from Atre- bates, a barbarian tribe described by Caesar as inhabiting the region (De Bell. Gall. vi. 6).] Tapes- try hangings with interwoven figures hung, in the Elizabethan age, around the rooms of old mansions, often at so great a distange from the wall as to leave a convenient hiding-place behind. At a meet: ing between Queen Mary and Elizabeth, Philip of Spain was thus concealed behind the arras. “With goodly arras of great majesty, Woven with gold and silke, so close and nere That the rich metall lurked privily.” Spense”: F. Q., III. xi. 28. “Pol. At such a time I’ll loose my daughter to him: Be you and I behind an arras then; Mark the encounter.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, ii. 2. “Where were now the brave old hangings of arras which had adorned the walls of lordly mansions in the time of Elizabeth º'’—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xviii. “For some were hung with arras green and blue, Showing a gaudy summer-morn, Where with puff’d cheek the belted hunter blew His wreathed bugle-horn.” Tennyson : The Palace of Art. ăr—ras-wise, a... [Eng. arras, and suffix -wise= after the manner of..] fe Her. A term used when any square object is so placed as to exhibit a perspective view of its top and two of its sides. *ar-rā'ught, *a-rá'ught (gh silent), v. The pret. of ARECHE (2) (q.v.). ar—rā'y, *a-rā'y, *ā-ră ye, s. [In Fr. arroi= train equipage; O. Fr. arroi, arrai, arrei, from rai, rei, roi=order, arrangement; Prov, arrei; Sp. ar- reo-ornament, dress, horse-trappings ; Port. arreio, Ital. arredo=furniture, implements. Cognate also with A. S. geroed, geroedit, geroedro=housing, har- ness, trappings; Sw. reda=order; Gael. earradha dress; Irish earradh-armor, accouterments, wares.] [ARRAY, v.] A. Ordimary Language: I. The act of arranging, putting in, order, or decorating; the state of being so arrayed, adorned, or decorated. Specially: 1. Equipment, equipage. “But for to telle you of his a ray, His hors was good, but he ne was nought gay.” Chaucer: C. T., Prologue, 73-4. 2. Order of battle in soldiers. . e e In array; In military order, with the view of im: mediately fighting. [Used of an army, a battle.” (the main body of an army) (?), or rarely of a single fighting man.] | “. . . he chose of all the choice men of Israel, and put them in array against the Syrians.”—2 Sam. x. 9. “ . . and set the battle in wrray against the Philis- tines.”—1 Sam. xvii. 2. “. they shall ride upon horses, every one put in array, like the man to a battle, against thee, O daughter of Babylon.”—Jer. 1. 42. 3. Adornment. tº g (a) Lit., Qf persons: Dress, especially when rich or beautiful. “The sun is bright; the fields are gay With people in their best array Of stole and doublet, hood and scarf, Along the banks of the crystal Wharf.” Wordsworth : White Doe of Rylstone. & & Hooke?"; 3.TI’eal’ (b) Of things: Regular order, with adornment. “Again his waves in milder tints unfold Their long array of sapphire and of gold.”... . Byrom . The Corsair, iii. i. II. The persons thus arrayed or placed in orders Spec., the whole body of fighting men. [See also B. “The whole array of the city of London was under arms.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. i. “Arm ye for the day! Who now may sleep amidst the thunders rending, Through tower and wall, a path for their array X" Hemams : The Last Constantime, 81. B. Technically (Law) : *1. The Commission of Array was a commission of arranging in military order, formerly issued from time to time by the English sovereigns and put in regular form by Parliament in 5 Henry IV. It empowered certain officers in whom the Govern- ment could confide to muster or array—that is, set in military order—the inhabitants of every district. (Blackstome: Comment., bk. i., ch. 13.) 2. The act or process of setting a jury in order to try causes; also the jury thus put in order, or their names when impaneled. - “Challenges to the array are at once an exception to the whole panel in which the jury are arrayed, or set in order by the sheriff in his return.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 23. ar—rá'y, *a-rā’y, *a-rá'ye, v. t. [O. Fr. arraier. arreier, arreer, arroier= to set in order, to prepare; Port. arreiar-to caparison, to harness; Prov. a re- dar, arrezar; Ital. arredare=to prepare. Cognate also with A. S. geroedian=to make ready, to ar- range, to teach, to decree; Sw. reda = to disentan- gle (in Scotch, to redd); Dan. rede=to comb, to “ make ’’ a bed; rede-ready, prepared; Dut. red- derem= to arrange; Ger. redderem – to dress sails.] [REDD, READY.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. To put in order. Spec., to put in military order for a battle or for a review. “The English army had lately been arrayed against him.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. “. . a force of thirteen thousand fighting men were arrayed in Hyde Park, and passed in review before the Queen.”—Ibid., ch. xviii. 2. To invest with raiment, especially of a splendid 10 Cl, (a) Literally: “. . . and arrayed him in vestures of fine linen.”— Gem. xli. 42. “And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet color, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, .”—Rev. xvii. 4. (b) Figuratively: “. . and he shall curray himself with the land of Egypt, as a shepherd putteth on his garment . . .”— Jen’. Xliii. 12. “. . . in gelid caves with horrid glooms arrayed.” Trºtºn bºt/t. B. Technically : Law: To set a jury in order for the trial of an accused person. “. . . in which the jury are arratyed or set in order by the sheriff in his return.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 23. ar—rā'y, s. The whole body of jurors called to try a case in court. ar-rāyed, “ar-rā'ied, *a-rāyed, *a-ráied, *a-rā'ide (Eng.), *a-rā'yne (Scotch), pa. par. & a. [ARRAY, ‘U., ARAY, w.] “So wel arrated hous as ther was on, Aurilius in his lif saw never non.” Chaucer: C. T., 11,499, 11,500. ar—rā'y-Ér, s. [Eng. array; -er.] 1. Gen. : One who arrays. ſº g 2. Spec; ; One of the officers whose function in mediæval times it was to see the soldiers of an army duly º with armor, and who had therefore charge of the armor and accouterments. (Cowel. ) ar-rā'y-iñg, *a-rā'i-yńge, pr. par. [ARRAY, r. ARAY, v.] *ar-rā'y-mênt, *ar-rā'iy—mént, *ar-rā'i-mênt, s. [Eng. array; -ment.] The same as RAIMENT (q.v.). “Whose light arraiment was of lovely green.” Beaumont: Hermaphrodite. (Richardson. ) *arre, s. A scar. “If it is brokun, if it hath a wounde or an a "re."— Wycliffe: Levit. xxii. 22. ar–ré'ar, *ar-ré'are, *a-ré'ar, “a-ré are, *a-ré re, adv. & S. [Fr. arrière; as adv. =back- ward, behind, in arrear, in debt; as s.-the hinder }. of anything, especially the stern of a ship ; rov. areire; arretrato (pl.)=arrears, from Lat. (t(f =to, and retro=backward, behind: re=back, and suffix -tro.] [ARRIERE.] . fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wet, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whô, sān; mite, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. arrearage A. As adverb: - 1. To the rear; implying behind one. - $ “Ne ever did her eyesight turn cºrere.” Spemser: Virgil’s Gmat, 468. 2. In the rear; implying rest; behind one. “To leave with speed Atlanta in arrear.” Fairfaac: Tasso, ii. 40. 3. Behind hand, falling back; not so far forward as might have been expected; becoming slow. “From peril free he away her did beare; But when his force gan faile his pace gan wez areare.” Spenser: F. Q., III. vii. 24. motion to any place; B. As swbstantive : 1. That payment which is behind. The remainder of money owing, of which a portion has already been paid; or, more, loosely, money Overdue, of which not even the first installment has been re- ceived. “If a tenant run away in arrear of some rent, the land remains; that cannot be carried away or lost.”—Locke. 2. The rear. (Heylim : Reformation, i. 92.) ar-ré'ar-age, *ar-ré'r-age (age=ig), s. [Fr. arrérages (pl.) = arrears, from arrière = bºº [ARREAR, ARRIERE.] The remainder of a sum o money of which a portion has been paid; or gen- erally, any money unpaid at the due time; arrears. “Ther couthe noman bringe him in arrerage.” Chaucer: C. T., 604. “He’ll grant the tribute, send the arrearages.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, ii. 4. *ar-ré'ar-ange, s. [Eng. arrear; -ance.] The same as ARREAR (q.v.). *ar-réct', v. t. [Lat. arrectum, sup. of arrigo= to set upright; ad=to, and regq=to stretch, to lead in a straight line; rectus=(1) drawn in a straight line, straight; (2) correct, proper.] I. Lit. : To set upright; to point anything directly upward. (Fuller: Ch. Hist., X. i. 20.) II. Figuratively: 1. To address, to direct to a being or person. “My supplication to you I arrecte.” kelton to Dame Pallas. 2. To impute, to attribute. “But God, because he hath from the beginnyng chosen them to euerlastynge blisse, therefore he currecteth no º of theyr deedes vnto them.”—Sir T. More: Works, *ar-réct', a. [ARRECT, V.J. .. * 1. Lit. : Pointing directly upward; upright. “Having large ears, perpetually exposed and arrect.”— Swift: Tale of a Tub, $ 11. 2. Fig.: Attentive. - ār-rén-à-théle, a. [Gr. arrhemothélus=male and female, of uncertain or doubtful sex.] Androgynous, uniting the characters of the two sexes in one per- SOIl, “Mr. Bancroft seems to me to accept the arremothele character of these deities on insufficient evidence.”— Brintom: Myths of the New World, p. 161, ar-rén—tā'—tion, s. [From Fr. arrenter; Sp. & Port, arrendar=to rent, to farm, to take by lease.] |RENT.] English Forest Law: License granted an owner of lands in a forest to enclose them with a low hedge and a small ditch, on condition of his paying a yearly rent for the privilege. (Johnson.) *ar-rép'—tion, s. [From Lat. arreptwm, sup. of (tripio-to seize or draw to one's self; tıd=to, and Tapio=to seize and carry off.] A seizing and carry- ing away. (Bp. Hall.) far-rép-ti-tious, (1), a. [In Sp. arrepticio = possessed with a devi ; Lat. arrepticius or arrep- titious=seized in mind, inspired; arreptus, pa. par, ºf arripio=to seize: ad=to, and rapio=to seize.] Snatched away. far-rép-tí'—tious, (2), a. par, of (trepo = to creep towar = to creep.] Crept in privately. *3r-ré'r-age (age=ig), s. [ARREARAGE.] arrëst', ºar-réste, *a-rést', “a-réste, a ré'est, *a-rést' (Eng.) *ar-ré'ist, a ré'ist (Scotch), v. t. [In Sw. arrestera; Dan. arrestere; }}ut, arresteeren; Fr. arrêter=to march, to cease, to fix, to attach, to decide, to make prisoner, to inter- rupt . Fr. arrester, a rester, a resticºr, ‘tresleir; Prov., Sp., & Port. arrestar; Ital. cºrres- tº Low Lat. arresto; , Class. I & £480–to stand behind, to keep back, to withstand.] [ARRET, REST.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. To cut short the course of anything which pre- viously Was in unimpeded motion; to stop, to stay. Specially— bøll, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, [Lat. arrectus, pa. par. of arrigo.] kº. Lat. arreptw8, pa. : ad = to, and repo • : at. ad=to, and Chorus, 273 (a) To stop the motion of running water. “An icy gale, oft shifting o'er the pool |Breathes a blue film, and in its mid career Arrests the bickering stream.” Thomson: The Seasons; Winter. . (b) To stop the advance, or the flight of a soldier in battle, the progress, of a conquering army or nation, or the course of law. “The fatal lance arrests him as he flies.” - Pope: Homen’s Iliad, bk. v. 70. “His diplomatic skill had, twenty years before, ar- rested the progress of the French power.”—Macawlay: FIist. Eng., ch. xii. 2. To fix, to attach; to call in wandering thoughts or affections, and concentrate them on an object. (It is not now followed by upon.) “We may arrest our thoughts upon the Divine mercies.” —Bp. Taylor. 3. To seize an offender or his property. [B. Law.] B. Technically (Law): 1. To apprehend or seize upon a person either that lie may be imprisoned, or that security may be ob- tained for his appearing when called upon to answer to a charge about to be brought against him. [AR- REST, S., ARRET.] “Constables were unwilling to arrest the offenders.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. T It is sometimes followed by of prefixed to the alleged offense. “I arrest thee of high treason, by the name of Thomas Grey, Knight of Northumberland.”—Shakesp.: King Hewry W., ii. 2. 2. To seize property in virtue of authority re- ceived from a magistrate. “He hath enjoyed nothing of Ford’s, but twenty pounds of money, which must be paid to Master Brook: his horses are arrested for it.”—Shakesp.: Merry Wives, v. 1. ar-rést', *a-rèst', *a-rèst'e, s. [In Sw, Dan., Dut., Ger., O. Fr., & Prov. arrest.; Mod. Fr. arrêt. Sp., Port., & Ital. arresto; Low Lat, arrestwm, ar- resta...] [ARREST, v. A. Ordinary Language: The act of arresting ; the state of being arrested; seizure, detention. Specially: *i. Stoppage, delay, hindrance. “And in he goith, withouten more arest, Thar as he saw most perell and most dred.” Lancelot of the Lake (ed. Skeat), bk. iii., 3,072-3. 2. The seizure of a person, charged with some tºº. or that of his goods [B., 1.] ; detention, cus- tody. “And dwelleth eek in prisoun and arreste.” Chawcer: C. T., 1,312. To make arrest wbom, or of: To arrest, to seize. “Was lik an hound, and wold have maad arrest TJpon my body, and wold han had me deed.” & - Chaucer: C. T., 16,386-7. Under arrest: Into or in the state of one who has been and remains arrested, seized, kept in custody, or at least under restraint. (Generally preceded by the verb to put or to place.) “William refused to see him, and ordered him put under arrest.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. “The governor was placed under arrest.”—Ibid., ch. ix. ‘I See also cxamples given under ARRET, s, B. Technically : I. Law: 1. Of persons: The seizure of a suspected criminal or delinquent that security may be taken for his appearance at the proper time before a court to answer to a charge. rdinarily a person can be arrested only by a warrant from a justice of the peace; but there are exceptional cases in which he can be apprehended by an officer without a warrant, by a private person also without a warrant, or by what is technically called a hºte and cry. An arrest is made by touching the body of the person accused, and after this is done a bailiff may break open the house in which he is to take him ; but without so touching him first it is illegal to do so. The object of arrest being to make sure that he answers to a charge about to be brought against him, it does not follow that after being seized he is incarcerated; if bail for his appearance at the proper time be given, and the case be not too aggravated a one for such security to be accepted, he will be released till the day of trial. 2. Of things. Arrest of judgment: The act or pro- cess of preventing a judgment or verdict from being carried out till it shall be ascertained whether it is faulty or legally correct. Judgment may be arrested (i) when the declaration made varies from the orig- inal writ, (2) where the verdict materially differs from the pleadings and issue thereon, and (3) where the case laid in the declaration is not sufficient in law to admit of an action being founded upon it. (Blackstone: Comment., blº. iii., ch. 24.) çhin, bençh; go, thin, gem; this; Sin, arride II. Biology: Arrests of development. [See AR- RÉSTED.j “. . . they are due chiefly to arrests of development.” —Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 99. III. Veterinary Science: A mangy humor between the ham and pastern of the hinder legs of a horse- (Johnson.) far-rés-tā'-tion, s. [Fr., arrestation.] The act, of arresting; the state of being arrested. ar-rés'—téd, pa. par. [ARREST, v.] Biol. Arrested development: Development ar- rested at some stage of its progress. (See the example.) - “Arrested development differs from arrested growth, as parts in the former state still continue to grow, whilst still retaining their early condition. , Various monstros- ities come under this head.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iv. ar-rés'—tée, s. [Eng. arrest; -ee.] Scots Law: The person in whose hands property attached by arrestment is at the time when it is thus dealt with. ar-rés'—tér, ar-rés-tör, S. [Eng. arrest; -er, -Or.] * Scots Law: The person who obtains legal per- mission, on which he acts, to arrest a debt or property in another's hands. ar-rést'-ing, pr. par. [ARREST, v.] ar—rést'-mênt, s. [Eng. arrest; -ment. In Ital- arrestamento-act of arresting.], , * Scots Law: The process by which a creditor de- tains the effects of his debtor, which are in the hands of third parties, till the money Owing him. ls. paid. ... It is of two kinds:—(1.) Arrestment in- security when proceedings are commencing, or there is reason to believe that a claim not yet in a state to be enforced will speedily become so. (2.) Arrestment in evecution, being that which follows the decree of a court, or when a debt is otherwise settled to be legally owing. ar—rét", + ar—rét’t, *a-rèt'te, *a-ritte, v. t. [From Fr. arrêter; Low Lat. arreto; the same as arresto..] [ARREST, v. & S.] 1. To reckon, to lay to the charge, or put to the account of. - “. . . his fate is aretted to rightwysnesse.”—Wycliffe: Rom., iv. 5. 2. To charge with a crime. (Scotch.) “And gud Schyr Dawy of Brechyn Was off this deid arettyt syne.” Barbour, xix. 20. MS. 3. To assign, to allot; to adjudge, to decree. “But, after that, the judges did arret her Unto the second best that lowed her better.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. W. 21- “The other five five son dry wayes he sett Against the five great Bulwarkes of that pyle, And unto each a Bulwarke did arrett.” Ibid., II. xi. 7. - tar-rét', s. [Fr. arrêt=an arrest, a sentence, a. judgment; degree of a sovereign or other high authority.] Old spelling of ARREST, v. & S. *ar-rét'—éd, *ar-rét -têd, *a-rêt'—téd (Eng.), a-rét'-yd (Scotch), pa. par. *ar-ré'yse, v. t. [ARAISE.] *ar'—rha, *ar'-ra (pl. ar"—rhae, ar'-rae), s. [In Fr. (plur.) arrhes ; Lat. arrha, arra, Cºrrhabo, and arrabo, from Heb. erabon = a pledge; &rdiö = to promise, to pledge one’s faith.] 1. A pledge. & 4 we have not onely our arra and earnest penny of his assured covenant, .”—Anderson: On the Hymn. Benedictus (1573). 2. Scots Law: Earnest money (in Scotland popu- larly called Curles). ~ ar–rhēn-áth’–ér-üm, s. athêr- an awn.] Botany: A genus of plants belonging to the order Graminaceae, or Grasses. A species grows wild in England—A. ave?vaceum, or tall, oat-like grass. It is also cultivated Occasionally in England, and much more frequently in France, but is not very nutritious. far-rhoe'—a, s. [Gr. a, priv., and rhed-to flow.} The absence of any flux. (Parr.) âr'-ri-age (age as ig), S. [AVERAGE.] Used only in the expression, Arriage and carriage, signifying plow and cart services formerly demanded by lords from their vassals. They were abolished by 20 Geo. II., ch. 50. (Scotch.) “. . . . payment of mail-duties, kain, arriage, carriage, dry multure, .”—Scott: Heart of Mid-Lothiam, ch. vii. *ar-ri'de, v. t. [In Ital. arridere = to smile, to favor; Lat. arrideo-to smile upon especially, ap- provingly (opposed to derideo = to laugh at, to deride).] [Gr, arrén–male, and aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -Clan, 18 -tian = Shan. -tion, -sion = shūn; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. arridge 1. To Smile upon pleasantly, as a symbol of appro- bation. Fig., to please. “Her form answers my affection, It arrides me.”—Marmion: Antiquary, ii. 1. “I have had more care to suite the capacitie of the vul- par, than to observe those criticismes which arride the learned.”—Wither: Transl. of the Psalms (1632), Pref., p. 1. 2. To laugh at, to deride. ..T. Ben Jonson in Every. Man Out of His Humor (ii. 1) ridicules arride, evidently regarding it as an affected Latinism. *ar-rid'ge, s. [A. S. hirycg=the back of a man or beast; a ridge..] A ridge. “This staan taeks a fine curridge.” Craven Gloss. (S. in Boucher.) arrière (ar-ri—é're), s. [In Fr. arrière, s.- the Fear; also arrear or arrears; adj. =hinder, back, behind ; adv. =behind.] 1. In the rear. (a) Of an army: “The horsemen might issue forth without disturbance of the foot, and the avant-guard without shuffling with the battail or arrière.”—Hayward. (b) Of anything : 2. Arrears. [ARREAR.] arrière-ban, s. [Fr. arrière-ban; O. Fr. arban, heriban, herisban; Prov. a wriban Low Lat. ar- bawmwºm, herebanºnwm, heribannwm, O. H. Ger. hariban, heriban; N. H. Ger. herban m=the calling together of an army; O. H. Ger. heri-an army, and ban = a public call, a proclamation. (ABANDON, BAN.) . The French, not understanding the old Teutonic term heri = an army, have supposed Currière-bam to have the word arrière in its compo- sition, which is believed to be an error. (Mahm). 1. Lit. : A general proclamation by which the old French kings summoned to their standard, for the purpose of war, their feudatory vassals, with those also who were in a state of vassalage to them. 2. Fig. :' y general summons issued by an authoritative voice. “Thus Vice the standard rear'd; her arrier-ban Corruption call’d, and loud she gave the word.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 30. arrière-fee, arrière-fief, s. [Fr. arrière-fief.] A fee or a fief depending on one above it. These fees commenced when dukes and counts, rendering their governments hereditary, distributed to their officers parts of the domains, and permitted those officers to gratify the soldiers under them in the same manner. (Johnson.) arrière-vassal, s. The vassal of (Trevouac.) arrière-Vous Sure, s. [Fr. vousswºre (Arch.) = coving.) A secondary arch. An arch placed within an opening to form a larger one. Sometimes it has the effect of taking off the bearing upon a wooden a vassal. lintel. [DISCHARGING..] far-ri—é'-ró, s. [Sp.] A muleteer. & & ... an ‘arriero,” with his ten mules . . . .”— Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xv. är'-ri-Önt, S. [Mr. R. Bell asks if it may be from ariowt=rioting.] Riot (?). “Ay dronken, whiles her arriont last Out of this noble vesseals son dry wynes.” Chaucer: C. T., 15,686-7. ăr'-rís, s. [Fr. º a fish-bone; (2) (Arch.), see def. ; O. Fr. areste. From Lat. arista = an awn of corn, . . . the bones of a fish.] Architecture : 1. The line in which the two straight or curved surfaces of a body forming an exterior angle meet i. other. This intersection forms the edge of the OOly. 2. The same as ARRIS-GUTTER (q.v.). arris-fillet, s. A triangular piece of wood used to raise the Slates or lead of a roof against the shaft of a chimney or a wall, so as more readily to throw off the rain. It is used also for forming gutters #!" skylights. It is sometimes called a tilting- r le * arris-gutter, S. A wooden gutter shaped like the letter W. (Gwilt.) far-ri—Sion, s. [Lat. arrisio, from arrideo.] ARRIDE.] A smiling upon with approbation. Johnsom.) *ar-ri'—vage (age as ig), s. [Fr.] Arrival. (Lit. or fig.) “At his first entrance and arrivage, he [Pertinax] as- saied by rough hand to suppresse the rebellions of the army.”—Speed: The Romans, c. 21. (Richardson.) “Man’s life is ever a short passage: Paine upon paine is his arrivage, And then comes death that spareth none.” Holland: Plutarch, p. 424. (IRichardson.) ar–ri'—val, s. [Eng. arriv(e); -al.] . I. The act or state of arriving. 1. Lit.: The act of reaching any place, or the state of being brought to it, by water, by land, or in any Way. “The unraveling is the arrival of Ulysses upon his own island.”—Broome; View of Epic Poetry. 274 2. Fig.: The act of attaining to, or the state of being made to attain to, any object of desire. II. The people who reach the place indicated. “To-day the Lady Psyche will harangue The fresh arrivals of the week before.” * = Tennyson: The Princess, ii. *ar–riv–ange, s. [Eng. arrivée); -ance.] 1. The same as ARRIVAL, ; meaning the act of arriving, or the state of being made to arrive. 2. People arriving ; company coming. “For every minute is expectancy Of more arrivance.” tº e Shakesp.: Othello, ii. 1. ar–rive, *a-rive, *a,'ry've, *ry've, v. i. & t. [Fr. Curriver- to disembark, . . . to arrive, from rive =bank of a river; Prov. aribar; Sp. & Port. arribar; Ital. arrivare Low Lat. arrivo, arripo, adripo; from Class. Lat, ad=to, and , ripa = the bank of a river, more rarely the shores of the sea.] A. Intransitive: I. Lit.: Properly, to reach the bank of a river or the shore of the sea; but it is now quite as com- monly used for one finishing a land journey. 1. To reach by water. “At length a ship arriving brought The good so long desired.” Cowper: A Tale, June, 1793. “And they arrived at the country of the Gadarenes. . . And when he went forth to land, . . .”—Luke viii. 26, 27. 2. To reach by land journey. “When we were arrived upon the verge of his estate, we stopped at a little inn, to rest ourselves and our horses.”— Sidney. “. . . there was no outbreak till the regiment an- rived at Ipswich.-Macaulay; Hist. Eng., ch. xi. II. Figuratively: 1. Of persons: To reagh any aim or other object toward which one has for some time been moving. (Generally followed by at, rarely by to.) “It is the highest wisdom by:despising the world to ar- 7°ive at heaven.”—Taylon'. “. . . the conclusions at which I arrived.”—Darwin: Descent of Mum, vol. i., pt. i., ch. i. (1871), p. 3. 2. Of things: e (a) To reach, to attain to. “If some things are too luxuriant, it is owing to the richness of the soil; and if others are not arrived to per- fection or maturity, it is only because they are overrun and opprest by those of a stronger nature.”—Pope: Preface to Home?’s Iliad. (b) To come, to happen, to occur, to take place. “Happy to whom this glorious death arrives; More to be valued than a thousand lives.” e Walley". *B. Transitive : To reach. “But ere we could arrive the point proposed, Caesar cried, ‘Help me, Cassius, or I sink.’” Shakesp.: Julius Caesar', i. 2. *ar–rive, *a-ri’ve, s. [From arrive, v. In Fr. arrivée, Sp. arriba, Ital, arrivo.] An arrival. “. . . and in the Greete see At many a noble arive hadde he be.” Chaucer: C. T., 59, 60. ar–ri'V-iñg, pr. par. [ARRIVE, v.] ar'-rö-ba, s. [In Fr. cºrrobe; Sp. & Port. arroba; from Arab. ar-rub or ar-rubw- a fourth part.] A. In Spain : 1. An old weight = twenty-five English pounds. (Fermandez : Eng. & Sp. Dict., 1811.) 2. An old measure, as yet only partially super- seded by the French metric system of weights and In 98 SUlreS introduced into Spain on January 1, 1859. It is of two capacities: (1) The qºroba for wine con- tains 3% imperial gallons. (2) The arroba for oil contains 2%. (Statesman's Year-Book, 1875.) B. In , Portugal: An old Portuguese weight of about thirty-two pounds. (Simmonds.), It is too completely disused to be mentioned in the States- mam's Year-Book. ar–rö'de, v. t. [Lat. arrodo: from ad–to, and rodo=to gnaw.] To gnaw, to nibble. (Johnson.) ār-rö-gänge, far-rö-gan-gy, s. . [In Fr. arro- gamce; Sp. & Port. arrogancia ; Ital, arroganza; at. arrogamtia from arrogams, pr. par. of arrogo.j [ARROGATE.] Properly, the act of taking to one's self in an insolent way that which one unjustly claims, or of helping ..one's self to that which, though one's own, should have been handed to one by another; the taking too much upon one's self; exorbitant pretensions, insolence. “The fear and hatred inspired by the greatness, the in- justice, and the arrogance of the French king were at the height.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. är"—rö-gant, a. [In Dan. & Fr. arrogant; Sp., Port., & Ital. arrogante; Lat. arrogams; pr. par. of arrogo.] [ARROGATE.] 3.TTOW 1. Of persons: Taking in an overbearing manner something which one claims, but not justly, as one's own, or that which, though one's own, should have been passively received by him ; assuming, over- bearing, manifesting too high an appreciation of one’s self; insolent. “In the hour of peril, the most arrogant and mutinous spirits will often submit to the guidance of superior gen- ius.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. 2. Of things: Marked with arrogance; the off- Spring of arrogance. “The pride of arrogant distinctions fall.” Cowper; Retirement, 659. ār-rö-gant-ly, adv. [Eng. arrogant; -ly.] In an arrogant manner; with undue assumption. “Our poet may Himself admire the fortune of his play; And arrogantly, as his fellows do, Think he writes well, because he pleases you.” Dryden: Imdian Emperor. (Prol.) är'-rö-gant-nēss, s. [Eng. arrogant; -ness.] The quality of being arrogant; arrogance, (Johnson.) är"—rö-gāte, v. t. [In Fr. arroger; Sp. arro- garse; Ital. arrogare, arrogarsi ; Lait, arrogatum, supine of arrogo=to ask, . . . to claim what is not one's Own: ad=to, and rogo=to ask.] To put forth unduly exalted claims, the offspring of self-conceit; to manifest assumption, to put forth baseless pre- tenSiOnS. “He arrogated to himself the right of deciding dog- matically what was orthodox doctrine and what was heresy, of drawing up and imposing confessions of faith, and of giving religious instruction to his people.”—Mac- aulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. är"—rö-gā-têd, pa. par. [ARROGATE.] ăr'-rö-gā-tíňg, pr. par. [ARROGATE.] ār-rö-gā'—tion, s. [Lat. arrogatio; from arrogo =to ask, . . . to adopt as a son: ad=to, an rogo=to ask.] * * e. e 1. The act of , arrogating; claiming or taking to one's self more than is one's due. “. . . have still a smack of arrogation and self seeking.” —More's Poems: Notes on Psychozoia, p. 371. (Boucher.) 2. Among the old Romans: ‘Fhe act of formally adopting an adult as a son. & 4 recourse was then had to adoption, properly called arrogation.”—Note by Guizot in Gibbon’s “Decline and Fall,” ch. xliv, (ed. 1846), vol. iv., p. 211. ār-rö-gā-tive, a. . [From Lat. arrogo=to arro- gate.] Arrogating, claiming or taking what one has no real right to; putting forth unfounded pre- tensions, “Mortification, not of the body (for that is sufficiently insisted upon), but of the more spiritual arrogative life of the soul, that subtil ascribing that to ourselves that is God’s, for all is God’s.”—More: Song of the Soul, Notes, p. 371 far-rūn-dée, far-rön'-di, far-ön-die, fa- röm -dy, S. [Fr. arrondi– (1) rounded, (2) round, (3) roundish, (4) full (in º pa, par. of arrondio = (1) to round, (2) to enlarge. Her. : Made round. (Gloss. of Her.) ār-rón'-disse-ment (ent=&h), s. [Fr. arron- dissement = (1) a rounding, (2) roundness, (3) a district or ward; aromaer = (1) to round, (2) to onlarge; roma= round.] In France : A territorial division of the country, łess than a department, but greater than a canton, which again is higher than a commune. “France was divided, in 1866, into 89 departments sub- divided into 373 arrondissements, 2,941 cantons, and 37,548 communes.”—Statesman's Year-Book (1875), p. 76. *ār-rön–ly, adv. [ARRANTLY.] *ar-rū'se, v. t. [Fr. arroser; Lat. ros=dew.] To wet, to bedev. ar-rö'–Šion, S. [Lat. arrosus, pa. par. of arrodo = to gnaw, to nibble: ad=to, and rodo=to gnaw.] The act of gnawing, or the state of being gnawed. (Johnson.) *ar-róünd", v. t. [Pref. ar=Lat. ad, and Eng. 'round, s.] To surround. (Heath: Odes of Horace, l. ār-röw, *ār-öwe, *ār—we (pl. ar'-róws, *ār- röwes, *ar-wes, *ar"—wen), s. [A. S. arewe, aruwe, arwe ; from ar = ore (Bosworth), earh. = an arrow going, archery; O. Icel. Ör, pl. orvar = arrow (Strat- mamm, Wedgwood, &c.). Mahn brings it from Wel. arf, arv=weapon; Arm., Fr., & Gael. arm ; Lat: arma =arms. Other derivations have been given.] I. Lit. : A missile weapon designed to be propelled by the impulse communicated by the snapping of the string of a bow, temporarily bent into an angu- lar form, back to its normal state of rest in a straight line. To make the wound it inflicts more deadly, and prevent its being easily pulled out, it is fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. alſTOW-C3, Se barbed at the tip, and often poisoned, while at the other extremity it is, feathered, to make it move more directly forward. [ARCHERY.] “An lamech droge is arwe ner.” Story of Gen. & Eacod. (ed. Morris), 478. “. . . that which commaundeth bowes and arrowes.” —Spencer: Present State of Ireland. “And as the lad ran, he shot an arrow beyond him.”—1 Sam. xx. 36. II. Fig.: In Scripture arrows signify or symbolize (1) bitter words (Ps. lxiv. 3); (2) false words (Jer. ix. 8); (3) a false witness; (4) affliction divinely sent (Lam. iii. 12, 13; Job vi. 4; Ps. xxxviii. 2); (5) the judgments of God on sinful nations or individ- uals (Numb., xxiv. 8; Deut. xxxii. 23), or more spe- cifically (a) famine (Ezek. v. 16, &c.), (b) lightning (2 Sam. xxii. 14, 15; Ps. xviii. 14; Zech. ix. 14); (6) children, especially stalwart sons (Ps. cxxvii. 4), 1. Her. : , Arrows are often represented on coats of arms, either singly or in sheaves, i.e., in bundles. A broad arrow is one with a head resembling a pheon, except in wanting the engrailing or jagging on the inner edge. [See 2.] (Gloss. of Beraldry.) 2. Surveying: A “broad ar- row'' is the name applied to the mark cut by the officers of the Ordnance Department conducting the trigonometri- cal survey, to note the points from which their several measurements are made. ué § A. yº. at he salient angle of a glacis. 3. (James: Mil. Dict., p. 237.) The “Broad Arrow.’ *arrow-case, s. A quivor.(Wycliffe : Gen. xxvii. 4.) *arrow-girdle, s. A quiver. (Wycliffe: Ezek. xxvii. 11.) arrow-gra,SS, s. º English name of the botanical genus Triglochin. Two well known spe- cies are the Marsh Arrow-grass (T. palustre) and the Seaside Arrow-grass (T. maritimum). They have small greenish flowers. [TRIGLOCHIN.] arrow-head, s. 1. The head of an arrow. 2. Cartography : A mark like the following, ‘-, used to #. the direction of a road or river, or line of march. 3. Bot. : The English name of the botanical genus Sagittaria. It is so called because its leaves re- semble an arrow-head. There is one British species, the Common Arrow-head (Sagittaria sagittifolia). [SAGITTARIA.] arrow-headed, a. Bot., Archaeol., &c. : Shaped like the head of an arrow ; sagittate. Arrow-headed characters: [CUNEIFORM ). arrow-maker, s. A maker of arrows. Arrow- makers were formerly called fletchers and bowyers, and were deemed persons of importance. [See ex. under ARROW-HEAD.] arrow-pois0n, S. Poison used by savages to tip their arrows with. That of Central America is Curarine. (Fownes: Manwal of Chemistry, 10th ed., I). 903.) arrow-seed, s. Seed shaped like an arrow ; ar- roWy. (Tennyson : The Poet, 19.) arrow-slain, a. Killed by an arrow. (Tennyson: Vivien, 415.) .*arrow-smith, s. tion of Troy, 1,588.) arrow-wounded, g; Wounded by an arrow. (Tennyson: Princess, ii. 251.) ār-rów-lét, s. [Eng. arrow, and dimin. suff. #} A little arrow. (Tennyson : Gareth, dº Lyn- © UIC. âr-rów-rôot, s. [Eng. arrow; root. The trans- lation of a term originally applied by a tribe of Thative American Indians to the root of Maramta (trundinacea), which had long been used by them to counteract the effect of wounds inflicted by poisoned arrows. Other derivations have been given. It is, however, noteworthy that in Ger. (troit'root is pfeilww.rz: pfeil being=arrow, and (Uttrz= root. 1. Bot. : The English name of the botanical genus Maranta, the type of the endogenous order Maran- facete, called by Lindley, in his Nat. Syst of Bot., the Arrow-ROot tribe; but altered in his Vegetablé Kingdom to Marants. The flowers of Maranta are in long, close, spike-like panicles, with irregular Qorollas, each having a single perfect stamen, with half an anther. The veins of the leaves run out ob- º from the midrib to the margin. The root is a fleshy corm, which, when washed, grated, strained through a sieve, and again repeatedly washed, fur- An arrow-maker. (Destruc- 275 2. Comm. : The starch extracted from the rhizomes of a Maranta, and exported to England in large quantities from the East and West Indies, and from Africa, each importation taking the name of the place from which it comes. Thus they have East Indian arrowroot, Bermuda arrowroot, St. Vincent arrowroot, Natal arrowroot, &c. Attempts have been made to call every starch arrowroot which bore the slightest resemblance to the true Maranta; for example, Potato or British arrowroot, from the Solanum tuberosum : Tous-les-mois, or French arrowroot, from the Camma edulis; Tapioca, OT Brazilian arrowroot, from the Manihot utilissima, &c. This has failed since the passing of the Adul- teration Act, and it is now understood by public analysts, magistrates, &c., that arrowroot must consistentirely of the starch which is extracted from the rhizomes of a Maranta, and that any admixture of potato or other starch is regarded as an adulter- ation. Fast India, arrowroot is said by some to be pre- pared from the tubers of the Curcumvat †† Such we believe to be the case in Southern India, where it is a favorite food among the natives; but the article sold in this country as East Indian ar- rowroot is certainly the starch of a Marant, and not a Curcuma. This is readily determined by the microscope. Natal arrowroot has given much trouble to the public analysts, owing to the granules somewhat resembling those of potato-starch. It has, how- º been lately proved to be a genuine Maranta Stal'C fl. Portland currowroot: A name applied to a starch prepared, some years ago, in Portland, from the roots of the Arwm maculatum. It is not now an article of commerce. ºf Arrowroot is adulterated either by the mixing together of various qualities of arrowroot, or by the admixture of other starches, such as potato or tapioca. Neither of these methods renders the ar- rowroot deleterious; but when we consider that the price of the different qualities of genuine arrow- root varies from 12c. to 60c. per pound, and that the price of potato or tapioca flour seldom exceeds 12c. per pound, we then see how the public may be cheated in pocket. The adulteration by potato or tapioca flour is readily detected by the microscope. ār-rów-y, a. [Eng, arrow; -y.] 1. Consisting of arrows. “He saw them, in their forms of battle rang’d, How quick they wheel'd, and flying, behind them shot Sharp sleet of arrowy show'r against the face Of their pursuers, and o'ercame by flight.” Milton: P. R., bk. iii. 2. Resembling an arrow in form or appearance. “By the blue rushing of the arrowy Rhone.” Byron: Childe Harold, iii. 71. “And beside it outstretched the skin of a rattlesnake glittered, Filled, like a quiver, with arrows; a signal and chal- lenge for warfare, Brought by the Indian, and speaking with arrowly tongues of defiance.” Longfellow: Courtship of Miles Standish, iv. *ar-rii'r—a, s. [ARURA.] *ar—ry've, v. i. Old spelling of ARRIVE. *ars, s. [ART.] A.R.S.A. An abbreviation for (1) Associate of the Royal Society of Arts, London, England; (2) Associate of the Royal Scottish Academy, Edin- burgh, Scotland. ar'se, *ērs, s. §: S. ars, ears; Sw. ars; Dut. aars; Ger. arsch Pers. arsit, arst.] The buttocks or hind part of an animal. (Chaucer: C. T., 3,732. To hang an arse: To be tardy, sluggish, or dila- tory. (Vulgar.) “For Hudibras wore but one spur; As wisely knowing, could he stir To active trot one side of 's horse, The other would not hang an arse.” Hudibras. arse–Smart, s. Bot. : (1) A vulgar name for the plant Polygonum persicaria , (2) P. Hydropiper. *ar-så-dine, *ar-sa-dine, *ors'-dén, s. [A vulgar corruption of arsenic (q.v.).] Yellow orpi- ment. (Nares.) “A London vintner's signe, thick, jagged, and round fringed, with theaming arsadi me.”—Nashe: Lem tem. Stuffe. âr'—sé–ène, s. [A. S. aersc-hem, ersc-henn—a quail; from ersc- a park, a Warren; and hen-hen..] A quail. (Scotch.) “Upon the sand yit I saw, as thesaurare tane, With grene awmons on hede, Sir Gawane the Drake The Arseeme that ourman ay prichand.” Howlate, i. 17. (Jamieson.) ar-sen, in compos. [From arsenic (q.v.).] Con- taining arsenic; as arsen-monomethyl, arsen-dime- ârsenic ar'-sån-al, s. [In Sw., Dan., Ger., Fr., & Arm. arsenal; Dut. arsenaal; Port. arsenale; Sp. arsenal = dockyard; atarazama = dock, arsenal, rope-yard, Wine-cellar;, Ital. arsenale, arsanale, arzamale=a dock; Arab. dér cinó'a-house of in: dustry or fabrication: dàr=house, and cina'a- industry.] A magazine of military stores, contain- ing Weapons of all kinds and ammunition for the §§pply of the military force belonging to a country. The chief arsenal in England is at Woolwich. A great many of the stores are manufactured as well as kept there. In the United States each State has its guard With an armory, where arms and ammuni- tion are kept. There are large arsenals at Rock Island, Ill., Fort Monroe, Va., and Mare Island, San Francisco Bay. “The Spanish fleets and arsenals were doubtless in wretched condition.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. ar'-sén-āte, ar-sé'n-i-āte. [See ARSENIC ACID.] arsenate or arseniate of cobalt. [ERYTHRITE.] arsenate or arseniate of copper. [TRICHAL- CITE, OLIVENITE, LIROCONITE.] arsenate or arseniate of iron. [PHARMACOSTD- ERITE.] arsenate or arseniate of lead. [MIMETITE.] ºfenate Or arseniate of lime. [PHARMACOL- ITE. arsenate Or arseniate of manganese. [CHROND- ARSENITE.) arsenate or arseniate of nickel. 1. & 2. Two allied minerals placed by Dana as an appendix to his Qxygen Compounds. One is dark- green or brownish, and the other sulphur-yellow. 3. [See CARBERITE.] arsenate or arseniate of nickel and cobalt (called also Hydrous bibasic Arseniate of Nickel and Cobalt.). A mineral akin to Annabergite (q.v.). It is found in the desert of Atacama. arsenate or arseniate of zinc. [KöTTIGITE.] ars'e—nic, *ars’ e-nick, *ars e-nicke, *ars'— něk, s. [In Sw., & Gr. arsenik; Fr. & Prov. arsenic; Sp., Port., & Ital. arsemico; Lat. arsenicum, arrhen- icum, which, however, is not native arsenic, but sulphuret of arsenic, Orpiment; Gr. arsenikon, arr- hemikon, not arsenic, but orpiment; arrhenikos= masculine; arrhém, older form arsém - a male. From Some one of these comes Arab. Zirmakom; Syr. zar- mika. Arsenic is so called from its powerful ef- fects.] A. Ordinary Language: The substance described under B. 1 (Chenn.). “Ars mek, Sal armoniak, and brimstoon.” Chaucer: C. T., 12,726. B. Technically: 1. Chem. ; Arsenic is a triad semi-metallic ele- ment, but it may be a pentad in some of its com- pounds. Symbol. As ; atomic weight, 75; vapor density, 150 (H=1); atomic volume, 3% ; sp. gr., 5-75. It volatilizes when heated without fusing, and its vapor smells like garlic. It is obtained by distilling native alloys of arsenic and iron, copper, cobalt, or nickel ; also by heating arsenious oxide (As2O3) with charcoal in earthen crucibles. Arsenic has a steel- gray metallic luster, is very brittle, and crystallizes in rhombohedrons. It unites with metals when fused with them, forming brittle alloys called arsen- ides. Arsenic is added to lead used for making shot, to make it run into regular globules. Metallic arsenic is often called black cursemic, to distinguish it from the white arsenic of shops, which is arseni- ous oxide. Arsenic forms two oxides, arsenious oxide (As2O3), and arsenic oxide (As2O5), but only one chlorides. Asºlº (arsenious chloride). It is prepared by distilling one part of metallic arsenic with six parts of corrosive sublimate or, arsenious oxide, with , strong hydrochloric agid. . It is a colorless, oily, poisonous liquid. §hi. unites with nascent hydrogen, forming hydride of arsenic, ASS3. Arsenic forms sulphides (q.v.). It also forms organic bases (see CACODYL and ARSINE). Arsenic is easily detected in cases of poisoning, but the reagents must be first tested for arsenic, as traces occur in zinc and in mineral acids. Compounds of arsenic, when heated on charcoal, give off fumes of metallic arsenic, recognized by its garlic-like smell. If heated with charcoal in a test- tube it forms a metallic ring. Arsenic is precipi- tated from solutions in the presence of hydrochloric acid by H2S (see ANALYSIS), as a yellow sulphide, As2S3, soluble in sulphide of ammonium, also in carbonate of ammonium. A piece of bright copper heated in a solution containing arsenious oxide or an arsenite rendered acid by hydrochloric acid, be- comes covered with a gray film of metallic arsenic. Any arsenic compound treated with zinc and hy- drochloric acid gives off arseniureted hydrogen (AsH3), which burns with a gray-blue flame, and deposits metallic arsenic on a cold porcelain dish mishes the substance so much prized as food for thyi, Tarsen diethyl, arsen chiorodimethide, &c. held in the flame; It may be distinguished from invalids, which is described under No. 2. (Fowmes: Mamwal of Chem.) antimony by dissolving in hypochlorite of sodium. bóil, boy; póüt, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, , Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shün; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. arsenic-glance Metallic arsenic, heated in a current of air, yields the characteristic octobedral crystals of arsenious acid. Nitrate of silver gives a yellow precipitate with arsenites, and a brick-red one with arseniates. Arseniates require to be reduced or heated before they are precipitated by sulphureted hydrogen. Arseniates give a white crystalline precipitate with magnesium mixture and ammonia like the phos- phates. 2. Mim. ; Arsenic occurs native in rhombohedral crystals, or massive, reticulated, reniform, and stalactitic. The hardness is 3•5; the sp. gr., 5'93; the luster, sub-metallic; the color and streak, tin-white, soon tarnishing dark gray. It occurs with various metals in crystalline and schistose rocks. It is found in Norway, Hungary, Silesia, and the United States. [For other ores of it see REALGAR, ORPI- MENT, &c.] White arsemic is the same as Arsenolite (q.v.). arsenic-glance. In Mineralogy, a variety of Arsenic. arsenic oxide. Arsenolite (q.v.). arsenic Sulphides. Chem. : There are three sulphides—As2S2, As2S3, and As2S5. - Disulphide of arsenic (As2S3) occurs native as realgar (q. v.). It can be prepared by melting metallic arsenic with sulphur. It is used to pre- pare Indian white fire, a mixture of twenty-four parts of miter, seven parts of sulphur, and two parts of realgar. Heated with strong sulphuric acid, As2S2 forms arsenious and sulphurous acids. It is used as a pigment. Arseniows sulphide (As2S3) occurs native as Orpi- ment. It is obtained in a pure state by passing hydrosulphuric acid º through a solution of au. arsenic acidified by hydrochloric acid. Arsenious sulphide is used as a pigment, called King's Yellow, also as a dye stuff. Arsenic sulphide (As2S5) does not exist in a sepa- rate state, but in combination with metallic sul- phides, as Sulpharsenates. ar-sén'-ic, a. [Formed from the substantive, but distinguished from it by being accented on the second syllable instead of the first. In Fr. arsénique; Port. arsenia.co.] arsenic oxide, As2O5, called in the hydrated state arsenic acid. This compound is prepared by oxidizing arsenious oxide with nitric acid, also by passing chlorine into aqueous arsenious acid. Ar- senic oxide forms three hydrates analogous to phos- phoric acid — monhydrate (HAsO3), dihydrate (HAs2O), and trihydrate (H3AsO); the last forms salts isomorphous with the phosphates. Arsenic OX- ide, when strongly heated, is decomposed into ar- senious oxide and oxygen, and is reduced to metal- lic arsenic by charcoal or cyanide of potassium at red heat. Sulphurous anhydride, SO2, reduces As2O5 to As2O3. Hydrosulphuric acid, H2S, passed through a warm solution, acidified with hydro- chloric acid, of arsenic acid or of an arsenate, gives a precipitate of As2S3+S2. Arsenic oxide is used in dyeing and in preparing aniline colors. The salts of arsenic acid are called arsenates or arsemiates. The salt of magnesium and ammonium is a white crys- talline salt like the corresponding phosphate. Ni- trate of silver gives a brick-red precipitate, and with basic acetate of lead a white precipitate, which is reduced by heating with charcoal with evolution of arsenic, recognized by the garlic-like smell. ar-sém'—ic—al, a. [Eng. arsenic (adj.), and suff. -al. In Fr. & Port. arsemical.] Pertaining to ar- senic; having arsenic as one of its constituents. arsenical antimony. A mineral, the same as Allemontite (q.v.). It is not identical with Anti- monial Arsenic (q.v.). arsenical bismuth. [In Ger. arsenik wismuth.] A mineral consisting of ninety-seven per cent. arsenic and three per cent. of bismuth. It WºS known to Werner. ... arsenical cobalt. ite (q.v.). arsenical copper. A mineral, called also Con- durrite (q.v.), a variety of Domeykite (q.v.). arsenical copper pyrites. A mineral, called also White Copper. arsenical iron. A mineral, the same as, Mis- pickel (q.v.). There is a variety of it called Ar- gentiferous Arsemical Iron. arsenical nickel. A mineral, called also Nickel- ine (q.v.). arsenical pyrites. pickel (q.v.). arsenical silver. A mineral, a variety of Dys- crasite. There is also an Arsemical Antimonial Silver. arsemical silver blende. A mineral, called also Proustite (q.v.). In Mineralogy, the same as A mineral called also Smalt- A mineral, called also Mis- 276 ar-sén'-i-căte, v. t. [Eng. arsenac (adj.), and suff. -ate.] To combine with arsenic. ar-sén -i-că-têd, pa. par. [ARSENICATE.] ar-sén'-ī-gite, s. [Eng. arsenic, and suff. -ite.] A mineral, the same as Pharmacolite (q.v.). ar'-sén-ide, s. [Eng. arsen (ic); -ide..] An alloy of arsenic with a metal. These alloys are generally brittle. Motallic arsenides, when fused with niter, are converted into basic arseniates. Arsenides fused with sulphur and an alkaline carbonate yield a sul- pharsenite or sulpharsenate of the alkali metal, and the other metal remains as a sulphide free from arsenic. ar-sén'-i-ö, in compos. [Eng., &c., arsenićc); -o.] Containing arsenic. arsenio-sulphuret, or Sulpharsenite. Com- pounds of arsenious sulphide (As2S3) with metallic sulphides. They are generally of a red or yellow color. (See Watt's Dict. Chem.) ar–sén-i-Ö-sid’-Ér-ite, s. . [Eng., &c., arsenio (q. v.); and siderite, from Gr. sideros=iron. J . A mineral, called by Glocker arsemocrocite, it being his belief that arseniosiderite was so alike in sound to arsenosiderite that it was expedient to alter one of these terms, and arseniosiderite had the preced- ence in time. ſº It is a fibrous species of a yellow golden color and a silky luster. |Hardness, 1–2; sp. gr., 3:520–3°88. Compos. : Arsenic acid, 37'9; sesquioxide of iron, 42°1; lime, 11'1; water, 8'9–100. lt occurs in France. ar—sén'-i-oiás, a. [Eng. arseni (c); suffix. -ows.] Pertaining to arsenic; having arsenic as one of its constituents. arsenious oxide, or arsenious anhydride, As2O3, called in the hydrated state arseniows acid. It is formed by burning arsenic in the air, but is obtained by roasting arsenical, pyrites, ores of tin, cobalt, &c., which contain arsenic, in a furnace sup- plied with air, and condensing it. Arsenious oxide crystallizes in Octobedra. It volatilizes at 2.18°C. If it is condensed on a hot surface it fuses into a vitre- ous form, which is more soluble in water than the crystalline variety. One part dissolves in twelve parts of hot and thirty parts of cold water; no definite hydrate exists. It is insoluble in alcohol and ether. Arsenious oxide is a violent irritant poison, two grains producing death, but by com- mencing with small doses it is possible to take even four grains without injury. The Tyrolese eat arsenic to increase the power of the respiratory organs, as they have to climb mountains. Arsenious oxide is used in medicine in small doses in skin diseases. It is rapidly absorbed into the blood when it is applied to a wound. The best antidote is obtained by add- ing magnesia to ferric chloride; the mixture of sesquioxide of iron and magnesia can be used at once, without washing it. Arsenious oxide reduces chromic acid, manganic acid, &c.; but it is reduced to metallic arsenic by potassium, charcoal, sulphur, and phosphorus at red heat. Arsenious oxide unites with bases forming arsemites, but they are not very stable compounds. Their solutions give a yellow precipitate with argentic nitrate, soluble in acetic acid, also in caustic potash; a light-greem precipi- tate (Scheele's green) with cupric salts. Aceto- arsemite of copper (Schweinfurt green) is used as a pigment for wall papers, and is very poisonous. Arsenite of sodium, formed by dissolving As2O3 in caustic soda, is used to prepare the papers to poison flies. Arsenious oxide is used to poison rats and as aflux for glass, also in calico printing and for mak- ing pigments. Arsenites are decomposed by heat. Hydrosulphuric acid (H2S) gives a yellow precipi- tate, As2S3, from a solution of an arsenite in hydro- chloric acid. ar'—sén–ite, s. [Eng. arsen; -ite. In Fr. arsémite.] 1. Chem. : [See ARSENIOUS OXIDE.] 2. Min. : [In Ger. arsemit.] The same as Arseno- lite (q.v.). ** * ar—sén'-i-iir-èt, ar-sén'-iir-ét, s. [Eng., &c., arsen (q.v.); suffix -iwret, -wret (q.v.).]_ Arsenic in combination with a metal. [ARSENIDE.] ar—sén'-i-iir-ét-éd, a. [Eng. arsenwiret : -ed.] Combined with arsenic. arseniureted hydrogen, arseneted hydro- gen, arsenic trihydride, arsenious hydride, or arSine. A gas, obtained pure by the action of strong hydrochloric acid on an alloy of equal parts of zinc and arsenic; also formed when hydrogen is 4, liberated in contact with arsenious oxide. . Arsen- iureted hydrogen (AsH3) is a colorless poisonous as, smelling like garlic; it burns with a blue ame; its sp. gr. is 2-695. ar-sen-Ö-crö'-cite, s. [Eng., &c., arseno (q.v.), and crocite; from Gr. kroké= Woof or, weft, . . . . a thread, so called from its fibrous character. In Ger. arsemokrokit.] A mineral, the same as Arsen- iosiderite (q.v.). ar—sén'-à-lite, s. [Eng., &c., arseno (q.v.), and suffix. -lite. Altered by Dana from the name arsenite, which is used in another sense in Chemistry. A 8.TSOIl mineral the same as White Arsenic, Oxide of Arsenic, and Arsenious Acid. It is isometric, Oc- curs octahedral, usually in minute stelliform crys- tals, or crusts, investing other substances, or botry- oidal or stalactitic. The hardness is 1'5, the sp. gr. 3:698, the luster vitreous or silky, the color white, occasionally tinged with yellowish or reddish, and the taste somewhat sweet. Composition: Oxygen, 24'24; arsenic, 75°76=100. Occurs at Wheal Sparnan, in Cornwall, England, also on the Continent. ‘I Dana has an Arsenolite Group, containing this mineral and Senarmontite. It is the first placed under “Oxyds of elements of the Arsenic and Sul- phur Groups, Series ii.” ar–sén-Ö-py"—rite, s. [Eng. arseno (q.v.), and pyrite, from Gr. purités, S. = pyrites; adj. = of or in fire; pur-fire.] A mineral ranked by Dana as a distinct species, which he places in his Marcasite Group of the Pyrite Division of minerals, and calls. also Mispickel. It is orthorhombic, has a hardness of 5'5–6, sp. gr. 6'0 to 6'4, a metallic luster, and a silvery-white or steel-gray color. Its composition is—arsenic, 46; sulphur, 19.6; iron, 34'4=100. It is found in England, Sweden, Norway, Germany, and North and South America. Dana divides it into War. (1) Ordinary : (2) Cobaltic, Danaite, including Vermontite and Akontite; (3) Niccoliferous; (4) Ar- gentiferous. ar-sén-Ö-sid'–6r-ite, s. Mim. : An obsolete name for Löllingite (q. v.). [See also ARSENIOSIDERITE.] ar'-sén-oils, a. [Eng. arsen (q.v.), and suff.-ows. In Port. arsenioso.] Pertaining to arsenic, or hav- ing it as one of its constituents. [ARSENIOUS..] arsenous acid. The same as Arsenolite (q.v.). *ar'se—vér-sy, *ar'se-vér–sie, * ar'-sye vér'— sye, adv. [Fr. & renverse, & revers; J tal. a' rim- 'verso, a riverso.] Reverse; turned backward. “But the matters being turned arsye versye, they haue the fruicion of those pleasures that neuer shall decaye.” —Udal: James, c. 5. “Arseversie preposterously, perversely, without order.” —Glossog. Nova. arS'-foot, s. [Eng. arse; foot.] An English name for a bird—the Great crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus). Small arsfoot: The minor). far'-Shéen, tar'-Shine, s. [Russ. arschim ; from Turkish or Tartar arshim, arshim- an ell, a yard. } A Russian measure of length, 2 feet and 4.242 inches; but the English foot of 12 inches has since 1831 becn. the common measure of length in Russia. (States- mam’s Year-Book, 1875.) ar'-sime. In compos., as a prefix or a suffix. Chem. : A name given to AsF18, arsonious hydrido. A name also given to the organic arsenic bases, as Tricthylarsine, As "(C2H5)3, obtained by distilling an alloy of arsenic and sodium with ethyliodide. It is a colorless, stinking liquid, boiling at 140°. It unites with ethyliodide, forming a crystalline sub- stance, As(C2H5)4I, from which freshly precipitated silver oxide separates the hydrate Aigº Little Grebe (Podiceps: a powerfully alkaline compound. [See also CA- CODYL.] ar'—sis, s. [In Ital. & Lat. arsis; Gr. arsis, from. airò– to raise.] I. Prosody: 1. A raising of the voice at any part of a line. It is opposed to what the Greeks called thesis, which was a depression of the voice. 2. The point in a line on which the stress is laid. 3. The rhythmic accent, metrical accentuation. It has been a subject of controversy whether this was produced by a higher tone, greater force, or more prolonged time. II. Music : g 1. The raising or depressing the hand in beating time. - 2. The part of the music where this occurs. *ars'-mêt-rike, *ars'-mêt—ike, s. [See ARITH- METIC.] *ars'-nēk, s. [ARSENIC.] ãrs. Fröpe, s...[Eng: arse, and rope..] A gut, an entrail. (Wycliffe, 1 Kings v. 9.) ar'-sön, (1), s. [O. Fr. arson, arsion, arsun; Prov. arswim, arcio, from Lat. arsum, sup. of ardeo = to burn..] The malicious and willful burning of a dwelling-house or out-house belonging to another person by directly setting fire to it, or even by ignit- ing some edifice of one's own in its immediate vicinity. If a person, by maliciously setting fire to an inhabited house, cause the death of one or more of the inmates, the deed is murder, and capital pun- ishment may be inflicted. When no one is fatally injured the crime is not capital, but is still heavily punishable; it is a penal offense also to attempt to : house on fire, even if the endeavor do not suc- CGGCI. făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. 2, Ce = €; ey = a, qu = kW. 8.TSOIl ar'-sön (2), * ar'-soan, s. [In Fr. arcon; Ital. arcione; Lat. arcwm=a bow.] A saddle-bow. “Petween the saddle and the arsown.”—Guy of War- wick, vol. ii. *arst, adv, [A., S. Gerst, Cerost, erest, superl. of Cer-before, early, first.] First. “A sonne thou schalt curst habbe.” Alisawnder, 312. (S., in Boucher.) art, *ard, v. [A., S. arth..]. The second person sing, pres, indic. of the verb to be. Formerly it was used in speaking to men; now it is rarely employed except in addresses to the Deity. “Of alle thine riche weden Nu thu an’d al skere.” Death, xxiii. (ed. Morris), 179, 180. “Thou art, O Lord, the light, and life w Of all this wondrous woºd we see.” Thomas Moore. art, % *arte, *ars, s. [In Fr. & Prov. arte ; Sp., Port, & Ital. art, from Lat. &rtem, acc. of ars = art of which the root is cur- to fit, to join.) [ARTE, v. A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Subjectively: 1. Skill, dexterity, tact in planning and in carry- fing out a project. “It is not strength, but art, obtains the prize.” I’ope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xxiii. 383. 2. Cunning. “More matter with less an’t.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, ii. 2. 3. Speculation. “I have as much of this in art as you; But yet my nature could not bear it so.” Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, iv. 3. II. Objectively: The results of such skill or dex- terity. Specially- * e e 1. The principles of science, practically carried out; a series of rules designed to aid one in acquir- ing practical skill or dexterity in performing some specified kind of work, manual or mental. The several arts may be arranged in two groups--(a) the mechantical, and (? the liberal or fine arts. The Mechanical Arts are those which may be success- fully followed by one who, does not possess genius, but has acquired the facility of working with his hands, which long practice imparts. Such are the arts of the carpenter, the blacksmith, the watch- maker, &c. They are often , called trades. The Liberal or Fine Arts are such as giye scope not merely to manual dexterity, but to genius; as music, painting, sculpture, architecture, &c. “But, it is assuredly an error to speak of any language as an art in the sense of its having been elaborately and methodically formed.”—Darwin : Descent of Man (1871), vol. i., pt. i., p. 61. 2. Spec.; The visible expression of the sublime and beautiful. “A thousand lamentable objects there, In scorn of nature, art gave lifeless life.” Shakesp.: Rape of Lucrece, 1,874. 3. Anything planned; a device, a project, a scheme of operations. “They employed every art to soothe and to divide the discontented warriors.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. 4. Whatever has been made by man, as opposed to what is natural. “Elsewhere we find towns, like St. Petersburg, built on artificial foundations, but the whole country of the Dutch is a work of art.”—Times, Nov. 11, 1876. “Art is the child of nature, yes, Her darling child in whom we trace The features of the mother’s face, Her aspect and her mien.” Longfellow: Keramos. B. Technically: Mediceval Edwecution : The “arts” signified the Whole circle of subjects studied by those who: Sought a liberal education. This included science as well as art. The seven liberal arts, which in the palmy days of Rome plebeians were not allowed to study, were thus divided: 1. The Trivium—viz., Grammar, Rhetoric, and Logic. 2. The Quadrivium. TViz., Arithmetic, Music, Geometry, and Astronomy. It is a remnant of this classification, which was in Vogue as early as the fifth century, that we still Speak of as the curriculum of arts at a university, and that graduates become bachelors or masters of “arts.” “Four years spent in the arts (as they are called in eolleges) is, perhaps, laying too laborious a foundation.”— Goldsmith: On Polite Learning, ch. xiii. fart and jure. [Eng. art, and Lat. jus, (genit. Jitris) = law, equity.] Arts [ART, B.] and jurispru- dence. (Scotch.) “And thereafter to remane thre yeris at the scules of 41's and Jure, scio that thai may have knaw.lege and inderstanding of the lawis.”—Acts James IV., 1496 (ed. 1814), p. 288, bóil, -cian, jówl; cat, —tion, gell, -SiOn = bóy; pout, -tian = Shan. Chorus, Shiin; 277 art-union, s. A union of persons interested in art | ART, II, 2.], and who desire to promote it specially by purchasing the pictures of meritorious artists. These are generally distributed to the members by a lottery, which is legal in this case, though the reverse in most others. There is an art- union in London, and others exist in some of the leading provincial cities. art, (2), s. "[A contraction for artifea. (?).] The doer of an action. Used only in the Scotch law phrase, art and part, supposed to be a contraction for Lat. artifea. et particeps=a doer and a partici- pant in a specified crime. The phrase is equivalent to what in English law is called accessory to a crime. “One may be guilty of a crime not only by perpetrat- ing it, but by being accessory to or abetting it; which is called, in the Roman law, ope et consilio, and in ours, (17't and part. By art is understood the mandate, instigation, or advice, that may have been given towards committing the crime; part expresses the share that one takes to him- self in it by the aid or assistance which he gives the criminal in the commission of it.”—Erskine: Institutes, Bk. IV., iv. 10. —art, -ard, as a suffiac. [ARD.] ar'—ta, s. A species of catfish found in Ceylon, Hºying power to move on land by means of its side Il S. ar—ta-bó'—trys, s. [Gr. artað = to fasten, and both'ws=a cluster of grapes. So called because it possesses tendrils.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Anonaceae. A. odoratissima, or Sweet- scented Artabotrys, is a beautiful Chinese plant, which makes a fine covering for walls. *ar-tā'il-yé, s. [ARTILLERY.] (Scotch.) ar—tain'—thé, s. [Gr. artað–to fasten or hang one thing upon another, and anthos=a blossom, a flower.] A genus of plants belonging to the Order Piperaceae (Pepperworts.) The stems are jointed ; the flowers are in spikes opposite to the leaves, which are rough, and are used with good effect for stanching blood. A. elongata, in Peru, furnishes a kind of cubeb; and A. adimia, in Brazil, is a pungent, aromatic, and stimulant. *ar-tä'—tion, s. [Low Lat. artatio, from Classical Lat. arto, arcto-to press close.] [ARTE, v.] Ex- hortation, incitement, encouragement. (Scotch.) “Gaif him gret artation to purseu the third weird.”— Bellenden: Crom., bk. xii., c. 3. (Jamieson.) art"e, *arcºte, v. t. [O. Fr. arter= to force; Lat. artws, arctus= pressed together; hence close, con- fined, from arto–to shut up, to confine.] To con- strain, to force, to urge, to compel, to prompt. “And over al this, myche more he thoght What to speke, and what to holdyn inne, And what to artym.” Chaucer: Troilus and Creseide, i. 889-91. “Love arted me to do my observaunce To his estate, and done him obeisaunce.” Chawcer: Court of Love, 46-7. *ar'—té1, s. [Russian (?).] Comm... An association of laborers who became responsible as a body for the honesty of each indi- vidual member of the brotherhood. They placed their earnings in a common fund, whence each received enough for his support, the rest being dis- tributed among the members at the close of the year. Many were Russian crown serfs, chiefly in the province of Archangel. *ar'-tel–ries, s. pl. [ARTILLERY.] Ar—té'—mi-a, s. [Gr. Artemis, a goddess usually identified with the Roman Diana.] Zool. : A genus of Entomostracans belonging to the family Branchipodidae. The A. salina, or Brine Shrimp, loves water so salt that most other marine animals die in it. Ar"—tém—is, s. 1. Class. Mythology: [Lat. Artemis; Gr. Artemis.] A celebrated Grecian god- dess, worshiped in Arcadia and elsewhere. She corresponded to the Roman Diana (q.v.). 2. Astron.: An asteroid, the 105th found. It was discovered by Watson on Sept. 16, 1868. ar—té-miş’—i-a, s. [Lat. artemisia, and Gr, arte- misia =wormwood. Called after Artemis, the Greek goddess corresponding to the Roman Diana. ] Wormwood, Southernwood, or Mugwort. A genus of plants belonging to the order Asteraceae, or Com- posites. It contains four British species—the A. campestris, or Field Southernwood; the A. vul- garis, or Common Mugwort: the A. absinthium, or Jommon Wormwood; and the A. maritima, or Sea- wormwood. The Common Wormwood grows luxu- riantly among the sage brush of the Rocky Mount- aim regions. [ABSINTHIUM, ABSINTIIIC, WORM- WOOD.] “Where Cuckow-pints and Dandelions sprung, (Gross names had they our plainer sires among), Their Arums, there Leontodons, we view, And Artemisia grows where wormwood grew.” Crabbe's Poems: The Parish Register. go, gem; thin, this; Zhiin. -tious, -cious, bençh; -Šion = çhin, –tion, Sin, -Sious = Shūs. Artesian ar—té'r-i-a, tar—té'r-i-àm, s. Lat. arteria, far. tº: Gr. artéria = (1) the windpipe, (2) an ar- ry. * Amat. : An artery. TI Not used as the ancient Greeks did, for the windpipe. ar—té'r—i—al, a. [Fr., artériel; Sp. & Port. Cºrte- rial; Ital. arteriale.] Pertaining to an artery or to arteries; contained in an artery Or arteries. “. . . . on the opposite sides of those air-bladders, along the surface of which this arterial tube creeps.”— Arbuthnot. Arterial blood is scarlet in color. It is obtained from the left side of the heart, and from the ar- teries. (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., pp. 290. 291. - Arterial movigation : Navigation through the interior of a country by means of estuaries, rivers, inland lakes, canals, &c., which, to a certain extent, present an analogy to the arteries in the bodily frame. ar—tér-i-al-i-zā'-tion, s. [Eng. arterialize; -ation.] The process of converting venous blood, which is dark-red, or even almost black, into ar- terial blood, which is bright scarlet. This is done by chemical action; the venous blood, while pass- ing through the lungs, absorbing oxygen from the air inhaled, and giving forth the carbonic acid which is breathed forth in succeeding expirations. . ar—tér-i-al-ize, v. t. [Eng. arterial; -ize.] To convert venous into arterial blood. [ARTERIALIZA- TION.] (Prowt.) - ar—tér-i-al-I'zed, pa. par. [ARTERIALIZE.] ar–ter-i-al-I'z-iñg, pr. par. [ARTERIALIZE.] ar—tér-i-Öl-ā-gy, s. [In Sp. arterwology; Fr. artériologie; Port. & Ital, arteriologia, Gr. ar- téria– an artery, and loggs=a...discourse,] A dis- course regarding the arteries. The part of medical science which treats of the arteries. (Dwºnglison.) ar—tér-i-Öt'-à-my, s. [In Fr. artériotomie; Sp., Port., & Ital. arteriotomia Lat. arteriotomia ; Gr. artériotomia, from artériotomeo- to cut the wind- pipe or artery; artérict=artery, and tomě=a cut- ting ; temnó= to cut.] The Operation of making an incision in an artery and drawing blood. ar—tér—i'—tis, s. [Eng. arter(y); -itis.] Inflamma- . tion occurring in the arteries. lt may be acute or chronic. Its anatomical characters are redness of the internal membrane of the heart and arteries, an effusion of plastic, pseudo-membranous lymph on its surface, and thickening and ulceration of its substance. In chronic, which is much more com- mon than acute inflammation, the internal mem- brane of the artery is thickened, softened, and col- ored a deep, dirty red, especially in the vicinity of calcareous and other degenerations. (Dr. J. Hope: . Cycl. Pract. Med.) ar'—tér—y, s. [Ger. arterie; Fr. Curtère; Sp., Port., Ital., and Lat. arteria, Gr. artéria = the windpipe or trachea ; (2) an artery, from ačr=air, and tòreó= to watch over; teros=a watch, a guard. So called because the ancients, finding that, in the dead bodies which they examined, the arteries were empty of blood, took up the very erroneous notion that they were designed for the circulation of air through the system. Thus Cicero says, “Spiritus ex pulmone in correcipitur et per arterias distribuitur, sanguis per venas.” (Cicero, De Nat. Deorum, ii. 55, 138.) This error was not shaken by ºl One of the vessels designed to convey the blood from the heart. The arteries are long cylindrical tubes, with three coats, an external tunic commonly caiſed the cellular coat, a middle or fibrous tunic or coat, and an epithelial tunic. The coating of the arteries is very elastic. The largest arteries which leave the heart are the aorta and the pulmonary artery; both spring from the base of the heart in front. They branch and anastomose to a large ex- tent. The contractility of the arteries forces the blood to the extremities from the heart, the valves of which prevent its return. “The prominent dif- ference between blood drawn from the arteries and that from the veins is to be found in the bright Scarlet color of the former and the dark red, almost black, of the latter.” (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 310.) “The chief arteries so frequently run in abnormal courses that it has been found useful for surgical purposes to calculate from 12,000 corpses how often each course pre- wails.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i. (1871), pt. i., ch. iv. Ar—té-Si-an, a. [In Fr. Artésien.] Pertaining to Artois, an old province of France. [ARRAs.] Artesian well. A well of a type copied from those in use in Artois, though it is said that similar ones previously existed in Italy, Egypt, China, and probably elsewhere. If at any place the strata bend into a trough or basin, with its concavity upward, and if two impermeable beds are separated by one or more strata which water can penetrate, then the rain will percolate into the porous beds at any point a $; Xenophon, -dle, &c. = bel, exist. ph = f. del. expect, -ble, } artful where an outcrop takes place, and, prevented from moving far up or down by the impermeable strata, will accumulate till it reaches the outcrops. If now a bore be made in the center of the basin, the water will be forced up by that standing at a higher level than itself, and may reach or even, rise above the surface of the ground. Artesian wells now exist at various points in Europe and America. art'—fül, a. [Eng. art, and ful.] I. Of persons: , Disposed to have recourse to schemes contrived with art; cunning. “While a large party was disposed to make her an idol, she was regarded by her two artful servants merely as a puppet.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. II. Of things: 1. Performed with art. “The last of these was certainly the most easy; but, for the same reason, the least artful.”—Dryden. 2. Crafty, cunning. “. . . the long-delayed and artful revenge of various animals.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. ii. 3. Artificial as opposed to natural. art-fúl—ly, adv. [Eng. artful; -ly.] 1. In a manner to evince art; in an artful manner; craftily. * 2. By the operation of art, as opposed to natur- ally ; by the operation of nature. “IHe knows indeed that, whether dress'd or rude, Wild without art, or artfully subdued.” Cowper: Retirement. * art-fil-nēss, s. [Eng. artful; -mess.] The qual- ity of being artful. *1. Skill. “Consider with how much artfulness his bulk and situ- ation is contrived, to have just matter to draw round him these massy bodies.”—Cheyne. 2. Cunning. (Johnson.) ar—thän'-it-in, s. [From Arthamita officinalis, a plant now called Cyclamen Europgewm.] Chem. : A crystalline substance which may be ex- tracted from the roots of the Cyclamen Europaeum, Primula veris, Anagallis arvensis, , and Limosella aquatica. It is called also Cyclamin. It is purga- tive in its effects, besides producing vomiting. (Watts: Chem.) ar–thrit'-ic, ar–thrit’—ic—al, adj. [Lat. curthrit- teus; Gr. arthritikos, from arthron=a joint.] tl. Relating to the joints. “Serpents, worms, and leeches, though some want bones, and all extended articulations, yet have they arthritical analogies; and, by the motion of fibrous and muscular parts, are able to make progression.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. 2. Relating to the gout, as affecting the joints; gouty. * º “Oh, may I live exempted (while I live Guiltless of pampered appetite obscene) From pangs arthritic, that infest the toe Of libertine Excess.” Cowper: Task, bk. i. ar–thriºtis, S. . [Lat.,arthritis; Gr. arthritis= belonging to the joints.] Disease of the joints, especially gout. (Quincy.) ar—thrö-di-a, s. [Gr. arthrödia, from arthron= a joint; the obsolete radical form of arariskö=to joint, to fit together...] . . © º Amat. : A particular kind of articulation. (See example.) “The varieties of the diarthrodial joint are as follow:— (a) Arthrodia. In this species the surfaces are plane, or one is slightly concave, and the other slightly convex. The motion is that of gliding, limited in extent and direction only by the ligaments of the joint, or by some process or processes connected with the bones.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 134, 136. ar-thrö'-di-al, a. . [Eng. arthrodi(a); -al.] Per- taining to the kind of articulation called arthrodia. v.) * Arthrodial joints are generally provided with liga- ments.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. A matt., i. 136. tar-thrö'-dic, a. [Eng., arthrod (i.a.); -ic.] The same as ARTHRODIAL (q.v.). ar—thrö-dyn-i-a, s. [Gr. arthron, a joint, and odwmé=pain..] Pain in the joints; chronic rheuma- tism. ar—thrö-dyn-ic, a... [Eng.,. &c., arthrodym (i.a.); -ic.] Pertaining to arthrodynia. ar—thrö-gås'-tra, S. pl. , [Gr, arthron=a joint, and gastër, genit. gasteros, by Syncope gastros= the belly.] In Prof. Huxley's classification; an order of Arachnida (Spiders), in which the abdomen is distinctly divided into somites—i. e., into segments —each with an upper and lower pair of appendages. The leading genera are Scorpio, Chelifer, Phrynus, Phalangium, and Galeodes. (Hwa'ley: Classif. of Animals, 1869, p. 123.) ar-thrög-ra-phy, s. graphé=description.] & 8 Anat.: A description of the joints. [Gr, arthron- a joint, and 278 ar–thrö-lö'-bi-ām, s. [Gr, arthrom=a joint, and lobos=a legume.] Joint-vetch. A genus of plants belonging to the Leguminous order. º ar—thrö1'-à-gy, s. [Gr. arthron, and logos=a discourse.] A discourse concerning the joints; that part of anatomical science which treats of the joints. ar—thrö-möm'-al-ūs, s. [Gr. arthron= a joint, and amómculos= uneven, irregular; am, priv., and homalos = even, level; homos=one and the same. ) Zool. A genus of centipedes. The species A. lon- gicormis is phosphorescent. ar–thröp'-ö-da, S. pl. [Gr, arthron=a joint, and ... genit. podos- a foot. Animals with jointed €Gºt. Zool. : A subdivision of the Annulosa, or Articu- lata, containing the classes belonging to that sub- kingdom which are of the highest organization. The body is very distinctly divided into rings or segments, sometimes, as in the Myriapoda (Centi- pedes and Millepedes), mere repetitions of each other, but more frequently with some of them differ- entiated for special ends. In general the head, thorax, and abdomen are distinct. Under the sub- division Arthropoda are ranked in an ascending Series the classes Myriapoda, Crustacea, Arachnida, and Insecta. ar–thrö'-sis, s. [From Gr, arthrom- a joint.] Anatomy: Articulation. ar'-ti-ād, s. [Gr, artios=complete; even, opposed to odd.] Chem. ; A name given to elements of even equiv- alency, as dyads, tetrads, &c.; those of uneven equivalency, as monads, triads, &c., are called per- issads [Gr. perissos= uneven]. *ar'—tic, *ar'-tick, a. [ARCTIC.] The same as ARCTIC (q.v.). “But they would have winters like those beyond the article circle; for the sun would be 80 degrees from them.” —Brozone. * ar'-ti-ghāke, s. [In Sw. Čirtstocka; Dan. artis- chok ; Dut. artisjok; Ger. artischoke , Fr. artichawt; Sp. artichoka Ital. articiocco, carciofo, carciofumo, or corciofalo; O. Ital. archiciocca..] Cymara Scoly- mus, a plant belonging to the Order Asteraceae, or Composites, the sub-order Tubuliferºe, and the sec- tion Carduineae, the same to which the thistles belong. It considerably resembles a huge thistle. The receptacle on which the florets are situated, and the fleshy bases of the scales are eaten. The modern Arabs consider the root as aparient, and the guin, which they term kwmicirzeed, as an emetic. Artichokes were introduced into England early in the sixteenth century. “Artichokes grew sometimes only in the isle of Sicily, and since my remembrance they were so dainty in Eng- land that usually they were sold for crowns apiece . .” —Moffatt: Health’s Improvement. ‘ſ The Jerusalem. Artichoke, in Ger. erdartischoke, is not from Jerusalem, and is not an artichoke. It is an American sunflower (Helianthus twberosus). The word Jerusalem arose from a mispronuncia- tion or corruption of the Italian girasole, meaning twrver to the Swn, which is the most obvious pecul- iarity of the Helianthus genus. The tuberous roots of this species have occasionally been used as a substitute for potatoes. (HELIANTHUS, SUNFLOWER.) ar'-ti-cle (cle as kel), *ar'-ty–ctile, s. ... [In Sw., Dan., Dut., & Ger, artikel; Fr. article ; Sp. & Port, articulo; itài. articolo; Lat. articulum = (1), a little joint, a joint, a knuckle; (2) Fig., (a) a member of a discourse, (b) a moment of time; gº of artus = a joint: Gr. arthrom...] [ARTHRO- DIA. JEssential meaning : A separate portion of any- thing connected, in some way, with the other por- tions of the same thing. Specially— A. Ordinary Language : I. Lit. Of material things: [ º %. A separate portion of a material thing. ... i., B. Ol. 2. Any particular commodity or material sub- stance. (Most frequently used of things manufac- tured, or of things exposed for sale.) “There were few articles important to the working man of which the price was not, in 1685, more than half of what it now is.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. “The large farmer has some advantage in the article of ºnains"— S. Mill: Polit. Ecom., vol. i., bk. i., ch. ix., II. Fig. Of things essentially immaterial: 1. One of a series of facts, principles, or proposi- tions presented with logical precision and clear- ness in their natural order. When these are all viewed as a whole, the plural is used. (a) (Reduced to writing.) “. . . he might lay on the table articles of impeach- ment against all the chief ministers .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. “Articles of capitulation were speedily adjusted.”— Ibid., ch. xvi. article (b) (Not necessarily reduced to writing.) “Cops. You have broken The article of your oath ; which you shall never Have tongue to charge me with.” Shakesp. ; Antony and Cleopatra, ii. 2. “. . . each article of human duty.”—Paley. 2. One distinct portion of a printed newspaper Or other periodical too important to be called a para- graph, and not consisting simply of a reported speech. “For the copyright Dryden received two hundred and fifty pounds, less than in our days has sometimes been paid for two articles in a review.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. * A leading editorial is one of the chief articles in a newspaper. It is supposed to be written by, or at least express the views of, the editor, and is ac- corded larger and more conspicuous type than that, used in most other parts of the paper. 3. A point of time: in the phrase, “in the article of death,” a translation of the Latin im (tri iculo mortis, meaning=at the exact moment of death. B. Technically: I. Bot. : The part of an articulated stem between the joints. II. Gram. : A part of speech consisting of the particles a, am, or the, placed before a noun to im- part to it a more or less limited signification. In Greek the article is thus written : o, e, to in Fr. le, la, in the sing., and les in the pl. ; in Ital. il, lo, ia. in Eng. a. or am, the former used before a consonant sound, and the latter before a vowel one, is called the indefinite article, because it does not. define or limit the exact person or thing to which it points; and the is called the definite article, be- cause it does thus define or limit the person or thing which it indicates. [A, AN, and THE.] “The articles are of great value in our language.”— Baim: Higher English Grammar (ed. 1874), p. 33. - III. History and Law: 1. English. History and Law: (a) Articles of the Navy: Certain express regula- tions, first enacted soon after the Restoration, but since modified, which enumerate punishable offenses in the navy, and annex specific penalties to each. (Blackstome: Comment... bk. i., ch. 13.) (b) Articles of War: similar regulations for the army of much ſater origin, the delay being caused by the reluctance with which Parliament admitted the principle of a standing army. [ARMY., 1, f.] (c) Articles of the Peace : A recognizance or obli- gation whereby certain parties acknowledge them- selves indebted to the Crown in a certain sum, but to be void if they appear in court on a certain day and meanwhile keep the peace. (Blackstome: Com- memt., bk. iv., ch. 18.) 2. Old Scottish. History and Law : *Lords of the Articles. (See example.) “It had long been the custom of the Parliaments of Scotland to entrust the preparation of Acts to a select number of members who were designated as the Lords of the Articles.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. 3. American. Hist. & Law. , Articles of Confedera- tion : The compact entered into by the thirteen States, the confederation of which formed the United States of America. These “Articles” were adopted on March 1, 1781, and remained the supreme law till 1789. (Goodrich & Porter.) IV. Theology, Church. History, Civil History, and Ilaw. The Thirty-nine Articles: “Articles of Re- ligion,” amounting to that number, framed and adopted as the recognized creed of the English Church during the progress of the Reformation struggle, having been “agreed upon by the arch- bishops of both provinces, and the whole clergy,” first in a Convocation held in 1562, and then in another in 1571. The ratification of successive sov- ereigns was also given, the first of them, in con- formity with the spirit of the age, adding, “from which " [Doctrine, and Discipline of the Church of England now established] ‘‘We will not endure any varying or departing in the least degree.” The Thirty-nine Articles give prominence to the distinct- ive tenets which sever the Church of England from that of Rome. They assail the supremacy of the Pope (Art. 37); the asserted infallibility of the Church of Rome and of General Councils (Arts. 19 & 21); the enforced celibacy of the clergy (Art. 32); the denial of the cup to the laity (Art. 30); transub- stantiation (Art. 28); and five out of seven of the alleged seven sacraments (Art. 25); purgatory and relics; the worship of images (Art. #) ; and finally, works of supererogation (Art. 14). The Thirty-nine Articles agree in doctrine, as distinguished from discipline, with those of the other Protestant com- munions at home and abroad. Assent to the Arti- cles is required from every one who aspires to the office of a clergyman and pastor in the English Church. Till lately a similar subscription was de- manded from every student taking a degree at One of the two oldest English universities, but the Act 17 & 18 Vict., c. 81, removed this disability from Oxford, and the 19 & 20 Vict., c. 88, did so from fāte, fit, füre, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à, qu = kW. article Cambridge. These acts made it possible for Non- conformist students who had scruples against sign- ing the Thirty-nine Articles to share the honors of the University. [DEGREES, SUBSCRIPTION.] W. Commercially: 1. Articles of, Association: Rules, specifications, &c., framed as the basis of commercial agreements. 2. The agreement or conditions on which an ap- prentice, &c., is articled. ar"—ti-cle (Cle=kel), v. t. & i. In Fr. articuler.] A. Transitive : 1. To draw up in the form of articles, or a state- ment of particulars, either, for a legal accusation against one, or for some similar purpose. “He whose life seems fair, yet if all his errors and follies were articled against him, the man would seem vicious and miserable.”—Taylor'; Rule of Living Holy. 2. To bind an apprentice to a master by a cove- nant, agreement, articles, or stipulations. B. Intransitive: To make a covenant with, to stipulate with. “If it be said, God chose the successor; that is mani- festly not so in the story of Jephtha, where he articled with the people, and they made him judge over them.”— Locke. ar'-ti-cled (cled=keld), pa. par. & a. [ARTI- CLE, v.] f articled clerk. An apprentice bound by articles requiring him to serve an attorney or solicitor for a certain time on condition of being instructed in his profession. ar—tic'—ll—lar, a. articularis.] Pertaining or relating to the joints. “. . . the head of the thigh-bone, an articular emi- mence.”—Todd de Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 105. “. . . the acetabulum, an articular depression . . .” —Ibid., p. 105. ar–tic -u-lar-ly, adv. [Eng. articular; -ly.] In an articular, manner; with distinct articulation of each word and letter. (Hwloet.) ar–tic-u-lā’—ta, S. pl. [Lat. n, pl. of articulatus =divided into joints, pa. par. of articulo–to divide into joints.] tºº.) Cuvier's name for the third great division or sub-kingdom of animals. The species so designated have their body divided into rings, with the muscles attached to their in- terior. ºf heir nervous system consists of two cords extending along the under part of their body, and swelled out at regular intervals into knots or ganglia. One of these is the brain, which is not much larger than the other ganglia. Cuvier divided the Articulata into four classes, arranged in an ascending order—-the Annelida, the Crustacea, the Arachnida, and the Insecta. Professor Owen in- cludes under the province Articulata four classes— (1) Annulata, (2) Cirripedia, (3) Crustacea, and (4) Insecta. With the insects proper he combines also the Myriapoda, or Centipedes, and the Arachnida, or Spiders. (Owen : Paloeont., 1868.) The name Articulata (jointed animals) being somewhat indef- inite, Ammulosa (ringed animals) has been substi- tuted for it by Macleay and other naturalists. Prof. Huxley divides Cuvier's Articulata into Annuloida and Annulosa (q.v.). (See also ARTHROPODA.] ar–tic —u—lāte, v. t. & i. [From. Lat. articw- latwm, supine of articulo- (1) to divide into joints, (2) to utter distinctly.] A. Transitive: I. Lit.: To connect by means of a joint; to joint. “Although the foot be articulated to the leg Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 72. II. Figuratively: *1. To draw up in articles. “These things indeed you have articulated, Proclaim’d at market-crosses, read in churches.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., v. 1. 2. To enunciate, to utter, to pronounce. “Parisian academists, in their anatomy of apes, tell us, that the muscles of the tongue, which do most serve to articulate a word, were wholly like to those of man.”— Ray: Creation. B. Intransitive : 1. To joint; to form a joint with. 2. To treat with ; to attempt to form articles of agreement with. 3 y “Send us to Rome The best with whom we may articulate, For their own good and ours.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, i. 9. . 3. To utter distinctly ºperated and therefore intelligible sounds; to speak. “The prisoner, stupefied by illness, was unable to articulate, or to understand what passed.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. ar–tic'—u—late, a. [From Lat. articulatus, pa. par, of articulo (see the verb). In Sp. articulado; Ital, articolato.] bóil, boy; *. póüt, jöwl; cat, çell, [From article, s. [In Fr. articulaire; from Lat. Chorus, 279 A. Ordinary Language: 1. Divided into joints. *2. Put into the form of articles. “Henry's instructions were extremely curious and articulate, and, in them, more articles touching inquisi- tion than negotiation; requiring an answer in distinct articles to his questions.”—Bacon. 3. So uttered as to be intelligible. (a) Lit. : So spoken that each sound is separated from the rest, and each word, and letter distinctly enunciated. The gift of doing this is a special glory of man ; the inferior animals do not possess it in any considerable degree. “Those were his last articulate words.”—Macaulavy: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. (b) Fig.: Intelligible, however uttered or com- municated. In this sense it may be applied even to a written document as well as an oral communi- Cation. “Wherever articulate contemporary declarations have been preserved, ethnological is not less certain than other sorts of history.”—Lewis : Early Rom. Hist., ch. viii., § 1. B. Technically; Scots Law. Articulate Adjudication : An adjudi- cation proceeding at the instance of a single cred- itor for several debts, each placed quite distinct from the other, so that if the evidence for one fail, that for the other may not be damaged. [ADJUDI- CATION.] “This is called an articulate adjudication, and is strictly a congeries of single adjudications carried on in one action 5. º expense.”—Bell: Comment. Law of Scotland, 6th ed., g ar–tic'-u-lā-têd, pa. par. & a. [ARTICULATE, v.] A. Ord. Lang. : In senses corresponding to those Of the verb. “They would advance in knowledge, and not deceive themselves with a little articulated air.”—Locke. B. Technically: 1. Zool. : Having joints. Articulated Animals; A common English name for the animals called in Latin Articulata and Annulosa (Q. v.). 2. Bot.: (1), United to another body by a real or apparent articulation. , (2) Possessed of joints, of which the separate portions at a certain stage of development fall asunder, or at least may be read- ily separated, as the joints of some legumes. ar–tic'-u-late-ly, adv. [Eng. articulate; -ly.] . 1. In the form of a joint; after the manner of a joint. 2. In the form of articles or separated particu- lars; article by article. . . . 3. With distinct, enunciation of the separate Sounds, and therefore intelligibly; or intelligibly, without reference to sounds at all. “. . . . . . articulately pronounced; onittynge no letter or syllable.”—Elyot: Governour, bk. i., ch. 5 “The secret purpose of our heart no less articulately spoken to God, who needs not our words to discern our meaning.”—Decay of Piety. ar–tic'-u-late-nēss, s. [Eng. articulate; -mess.] The quality of being articulate. ar–tic'-u-lä-ting, pr. par. [ARTICULATE, v.] “. . the articulating surfaces are generally flat- tened.”—Owen : Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 12. ar–tic-u-lā’—tion, s. In Ger. artikulation; Fr. articulation ; Sp. articulacion : Port. articulaçao; Ital. Curticolazione. From Lat. articulationem, acc. of articulatio=the putting forth of new joints or nodes. A. Ordinary language. . I. The act of articulating. Spec., the act of form- ing sounds distinctly separated. “I conceive that an extreme small, or an extreme great, sound cannot be articulate; but that the articulation. requireth a mediocrity of sound.”—Bacon. II. The state of being articulated. Bº Lit. : The state of being jointed. [B., Zool., Ol. 2. The state of being articulately sounded, so as to be intelligible, or simply of being intelligible, without indication how. “The looks and gestures of their griefs and fears Have all articulation in his ears.” Cowper: The Needless Alarm. III. That which is articulated. [B., 1, Amat., &c.; 2. Bot.] B. Technically: 1. Amat, Zool., Painting, Sculpture, &c. : A joint; the particular kind of connection between two bones. This is of, three kinds, Diarthrosis, Synar- throsis, and Symphysis (q.v.). “A joint, or articulation, may be defined to be the union of any two segments of an animal body, through the intervention of a structure or structures different from both.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 131. go, gem; thin, çhin, bench; this; Sin, artificial 2. Bot. : The nodes or joints of an articulated stem. 3. Gram. : A consonant, so called because it is formed by the bending of the organs of voice into the joint as closing the lips, &c. ar–tic'-u-lā-tór, s. [Eng. articulat(e), and suff. -or.] One who articulates. (Boswell. ar—tic —u—lite, s. [Lat. articulus= a little joint, and lite=Gr. lithos=stone..] A mineral, called also Itacolumite, a variety of Quartz (q.v.). ar'-tí-fige, s. [Fr. artifice; Sp. & Port, artificio; Ital, artificio, artiſizio= (1) handicraft, trade, art, (2) skill, ingenuity, (3) theory, system, (4) dexterity, skill: , from artificem, acc. of artife.c5+an artist or an artificer; ars = art; facio = to make..] [ARTIF- ICER.] . I. The act or practice of making anything by art. 1. Lit.: A handicraft, a trade; art in general. “. . . and as ye see a thing made by artifice perish, . . .”—The Golden Boke, ch. 42. (Richardson.) 2. Fig. : Skill. “. . such as illustrate the artifice of its [the sun's] Maker.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors, bk. vi., ch. v. (Hich- ardson.) II. Anything contrived by art; anything skillfully devised. * 1. (Not necessarily in a bad sense): Anything framed, devised, or contrived by man, as contra- distinguished ... from that which emanates more directly from God. “Rhetoric is artifice, the work of man.”—Cowper: Eac- postulattion. 2. (In a bad sense) : A stratagem, a trick, a piece of low cunning. “The ring leaders, the men of rank, fortune, and edu- cation, whose power and whose artifices have led the multitude into error, are the proper objects of severity.” Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. ar—tíf-i-gér, s. [Eng. artificer; -er. In Fr. ar- tificier; Sp., Port., and Ital, artifice. From Lat. artificem, acc. of art fea:= (1) one who exercises a liberal art, an artist; (2) a maker of anything: ars =art, and facio= to make.] I. Lit. : One whe is proficient in, or practices, any art. (Originally applied especially to one prac- ticing a liberal art, but now generally to a simple artisan.) “. . . for all manner of work to be made by the hands of artificers.”—1 Chron. xxix. 5. II. Fig.: One who frames, contrives, or devises anything of whatever kind; a contriver, a deviser, a forger, a framer. 1. In a good sense; (Used of God, the great Framer of all things; rarely of man.) “But by the great Artifice, endued With no inferior power.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iv. 2. In a bad sense: One who devises anything bad. Spec., a cunning person, a trickster. ‘‘He, soon aware, Each perturbation smooth'd with outward calm, Artificer of fraud! and was the first That practic’d falsehood under saintly show.” Milton: P. L., bb. iv. ar-tíf-i-gēr-ship, s. [Eng. artificer; suff, ship.j The state of being an artificer; the whole body of artificers taken collectively. ar-ti-fig"-ial (g as sh), a. & s. In Fr. artificiel; Sp. & Port. artificial; Ital. artificiale and artifiziale; Lat. artificialis, from artificiwm..] [ARTIFICE.] A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Language : 1. Framed or produced by, art instead of by nat- ure; in Some way modified by art rather than by nature. (a) Framed, made, or produced by art instead of by nature. “Artificial fountains spouted among the flower-beds . . .”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. (b). With which art has had to do. vated, as Qpposed, to growing or arising sponta- neously. (It may be used in a good sense, as an “artificial grass ''Ha cultivated one; or in a bad sense, as in the subjoined example.) “They swathe the forehead, drag the limping limb, And vex their flesh with artificial sores.” Cowper: Task, bk. i. (c) Not comformable to nature; unnatural, as Opposed to natural. - “These seem to be the more artificial, as those of a single person the more natural governments.”—Temple. 2. Contrived with some measure of art or skill, as Opposed to what is artless, undesigned, or unskillful. (a) (In a good, or at least, in an indifferent sense): Ingenious. (b) (In a bad sense): Containing or involving Some kind of trickery. a $; Spec., culti- expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = Shan. -tion, Shiis. -ble, -dle, -SiOn -Sious smº -cious, Shiin; -tion, -śion zhin. -tious, s artificiality II. Technically: 1. Rhet. , 4rtificial arguments: Proofs on consid- erations which arise from the genius, industry, or invention of the orator. They are thus called to distinguish them from laws, authorities, citations, and the like, which are said to be inartificial argu: ments. .. 2. Astrom. Artificial horizon. 3. Mathematics: ((t) Artificial limes: Lines, on a sector or scale, SO contrived as to represent the logarithmic sines and tangents; which, by the help of the line of numbers, Solve, with tolerable exactness, questions in trigonometry, navigation, &c. (b) Artificial numbers: Logarithms. 4. Bot. ... The artificial system of classification: That of Linnaeus, founded mainly on the number Qf the stamens and pistils; the chief aim being to facilitate the naming of specimens, and not to rank tºgether the plants which are most closely akin. The Natural as opposed to the Artificial System makes, this latter object its special one, and the classification of Linnaeus, which in its day ren- dered immense service in popularizing Botany, has now all but sunk into disuse. fb. As substantive: Anything produced by art. “There ought to be added to this work many and various indices, besides the alphabetical ones; as, namely, one of all the artificials mentioned in the whole work.”- Sir W. Petty: Advice to S. Hartlib, p. 19. far-ti-fig-i-ā1'-i-ty (g as sh), s. [Eng. arti- ficial; -ity.] The quality of being artificial. “Trees in hedges partake of their artificiality.”— Shenstone. ar–ti-fig–ial-ize (g as sh), v. t. [Eng. artificial; -zze.} To render artificial. ar-ti-fig'—ial-ly (g as sh), adv. ficial; -ly.] *1. Artfully, skillfully, with contrivance. “How cunningly he made his faultiness less; how art f- Jicially he set out, the torments of his own conscience.”— Sidney. 2. By art, not by nature. “The tail of the giraffe looks like an artificially con- structed fly-flapper.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. vi., p. 195. ar-ti-fig'—ial-nēss (g as sh), s. [Eng. artificial; -ness.] The quality of being artificial. (Johnsom,) *ar-tí-fig'—ioiás (c as sh), a. [Lat. artificiosus; Fr. artificiewa!...] The same as ARTIFICIAL (q.v.). (Johnson.) *ar—til—i'ze, v.t. [Eng. art, formed on the analogy of maturalize; see example.] To make to resemble art. (Used of operations upon nature.) “‘If I was a philosopher,’ says Montaigne, ‘I would naturalize art, instead of artilizing nature.” The ex- pression is odd, but the sense is good.”—Bolingbroke to Pope. artí1–1ér-ist, s. [Eng. artiller(y); -ist.] An artilleryman; one practically acquainted with artillery or gunnery. ar-tilt-Jér-y, *ar-till-lèr-ie, ºar-tyl-ār-y, ºar- tii'-yér—y, *ar-til'—rie, *ar-tél–rie (Eng.), *ar- tā'il-ye (Scotch), s... [In Ger. & Fr. artillerie; O. Fr. artillerie, arteillerie, from artiller = to render strong by art, to work with artifice, to fortify, to arm; Prov. artillaria, artilheria Sp. artilleria : Port. artilharia; Ital, artiglieria; Low Lat, artil- Zare=to make machines; artillaria, artilleria = warlike engines, vans iaden with military arms; Class. Lat. ars=art.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Implements of war. 1. Fº • * * º (1) Gen. : Warlike implements of whatever kind. “And al his vthir artilyerly also He dowblith hath, that merwell was to sen.” Lancelot of the Laice (ed. Skeat), bk. iii. 2,538-9. * Formerly it might be used in the plural; now only the singular is employed. “Swiche as han castelles and other manere edifices, and armure, and artilries.”—Chawcer: Tale of Melibews. (2) . gº'ſ : *(a) Bows and arrows. “And Jonathan gave his artillery [bows and arrows] unto his lad, . .”—1 Sam. xx. 40. (b) Cannons or other great guns, and also all ap- pliances needful to keep them in a state of efficiency for use in time of war. 2. Figuratively: (1) Any weapon used in intellectual, moral, or spiritual warfare. “He laughs whatever weapon Truth may draw, And deems her sharp artillery mere straw.” Cowper: Hope. amidst, whāt, fall, [HORIZON.] [Eng. arti- fâte, fit, fare, father; 280 . (2) The “electric fluid" in the clouds when flash- ing forth lightning accompanied by the roar of thunder. “And heaven’s artillery thunder in the skies.” Shakesp.: Taming of the Shrew, i. 2. II. The science and art of gunnery. “In artillery practice the heat generated is usually concentrated upon the front of the bolt, and on the por- tion of the target first struck.”—Tymaall; Frag. of Science, 3d ed., i. 17. ºf Here the word is used almost adjectively. III. The men constituting the military corps, in charge of the cannons, and who are trained to fire them in war. “But there was no regiment of artillery, no brigade of Sappers and miners, . . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. B. Technically: Mil. : For the several uses of the word artillery, See A., I., II., . It is often divided into (1) Kºi. Artillery, (2) Field Artillery, and (3) Garrison rt111ery. Field Artillery : Artillery designed to be taken with an army to the field of battle. Park of Artillery [PARK1 : Artillery, with the carriages, horses, and stores of all kinds necessary for its effective use. Siege Artillery: Artillery of heavy metal, designed to be employed in breaching fortifications. Train of Artillery: A certain number of pieces of cannon mounted on carriages, with all their furni- ture fit for marching. ar-til'-1ér-y-man, s. [Eng. artillery; man.] One who belongs to the artillery or who serves a £UlD. “ . from the artillerymen being in particular cases mounted upon the cart attending the brigades.”—James: Military Dict., p. 26. ar–ti-ö-dāc"—ty-la, s. pl. [Gr. artios=equal, and daktylos=a finger or toe. Having equal toes.] In the classification of Mammalia by Professor Owen, the first (highest) order of the Ungulata. It is divided into two families or sections: Omnivora, as the Hog ; and Ruminantia, as the Sheep. ar–ti-ö-dāc-tyle, a. [ARTIODACTYLA.] Having even toes, that is, toes even in number. “In the even-toed or ‘artiodactyle ' Ungulates, . . —Owen : Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 3 *ar-tique (tique–tik), adj. same as ARCTIC (q.v.). “From tropic, e'en to pole artique.” Dryden: To Sir G. Etherege, 6. *ar"—tis (Old Eng.), airts (Scotch), s. pl. Quarters of the sky. [AIRT.] “Of a the airts the wind can blaw * I dearly like the west.” Burns: I Love my Jean. ar-ti-sān, s. [Fr. artisan; Sp. artesamo; Ital. artigiano. From Lat. ars=acquired skill, art.] *1. One who practiced any of the arts, including the liberal ones, such as sculpture and painting, or was a student of books. “Zeuxis [meaning the celebrated painter], a professed (trtisam, .” Select Gloss., pp. 8, 9.) 2. One trained to practice a manual art; a handi- craftsman, a mechanic, a tradesman. "I This meaning, though not the original One, has still long existed; for instance, Bullokar, in the edition of his English Expositor, published in 1656, defines an artisan to be “A handy craftsman; an artificer.” “Even in the towns the artisans were very few.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. ar'—tist, s. [Fr. artiste; Sp., Port., & Ital, artista, from Lat. ars=art. I. Of a person's profession, occupation, craft, or study: *"one who has had a liberal education, or at least is a reader, and has in consequence acquired knowledge, as contradistinguished from one who is unread. “The wise and fool, the artist and unread.”—Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, i. 3. * It was used especially (a) for a cultivator of classical learning : “Some will make me the pattern of ignorance for making this Scaliger the pattern of the general artist.”— Fuller: Holy State, bk. ii., ch. 8. Or (b) for a cultivator of science. In the subjoined oxample it probably means “astronomer,” or if it be “constructor of the telescope,” the example will illustrate signification 2 instead of 1. [ART (B.), ARTSM.A.N.) { { 33 $º [ARCTIC.] The . . the moon, whose orb Through optic glass the Tuscan artist views At evening from the top of Fesole.” Milton: P. L., blº, i. hér, Camel, wét, hère, wé, "—Holland; Pliny, pt. ii., p. 535. (Trench: thére; artly i2. One who practices an art of whatever kind. (The variety of occupations to which the term may be applied may be seen in the example from Pope under No. II “Then from his anvil the lame artist rose.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xviii. 482. 3. One who practices any of the fine arts, as music, painting, sculpture, engraving, or architect- ure. (This is now the ordinary signification of the word.) (a) Literally: “Rich with the spoils of many a conquer'd land, All arts and artists Theseus could command, Who sold for hire, or wrought for better fame; The master painters and the carvers came.” Dryden. (b) Figuratively: “Well hast thou done, great artist, Memory.” - Tennyson: Ode to Memory, 5. “He is the greatest artist, then, Whether of pencil or of pen, Who follows Nature.” Longfellow: Keramos. *II. One who is possessed of trained skill in any art Or º as distinguished from one who is destitute of such training. (Lit. cf. Fig.) “It is not strength, but art, obtains the prize And to be swift is less than to be wise, 'Tis more by art than force of numerous strokes The dexterous woodman shakes the stubborn oaks: By art the pilot, through the boiling deep And howling tempest, steers the fearless ship; And 'tis the artist wins the glorious course, Not those who trust in chariots and in horse. In vain, unskillful, to the goal they strive, And short or wide th' ungovern'd courser drive ; While with sure skill, though with inferior steeds, The knowing racer to his end proceeds.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xxiii., 383-94. *artist-god, s. [Here the word artist is used in the sense I., 2.] Vulcan. “To her the artist-god: Thy griefs resign, Secure, what Vulcan can, is ever thine.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xxiii., 531-2. Like an artist. “Artist-like, Ever retiring thou dost gaze On the prime labor of thine early days.” Temm lyson: Ode to Memory, 5. ar'-tíste, S. [Fr.] One who practices an art and professes to do so in the ſº style. (Often used of play-actors, and musicians, but not unfre- tºº. also of milliners and gooks, who, deriving their inspiration from Paris, wish to be designated by a word current in that capital rather than by One of native growth.) ar–tis'—tic, ar–tis'—tic—al, a. [Eng. artist; -ic, -ical. In Fr. artistique.] 1. Governed by rules of art. 2. Relating to an artist. ar–tis'—tic-al-ly, adv. In an artistic manner. art’-lèss, a. [Eng. art; -less.] Specially— I. Of persoms or minds: 1. Not understanding art; , destitute of acquaintance with art. (Rarely followed by of ) “The high-shoed plowman, should he quit the land, Artless of stars, and of the moving sand.”—Dryden, 2. Guileless, simple, undesigning, too innocent to try to deceive, and not likely to succeed even if the attempt were made. “Suspicion lurks not in her artless breast; The worst suggested, she believes the best.” Cowper. Charity. II. Of things: 1. Destitute of art; not evincing the possession of art in its or their constructor. “. . . these assemblages of artless and massy pillars.” — Warton: Hist. of Kiddimg tom. 2. Conceived in simplicity and sincerity; not designed to produce an effect, but producing it all the more on account of this. “Oh, how unlike the complex works of man, Heaven’s easy, artless, unencumber'd planſ” Cowper: Truth. art’-lèss—ly, adv. [Eng. artless; -ly.] In an art- less manner. Specially— 1. Without skill. e 2. Without craft; simply, guilelessly, undesign- edly, sincerely. “Nature and truth, though never so low or vulgar, are yet pleasing, when openly and artlessly represented.”— Pope. art’-lèss-nēss, s. [Eng, artless: -mess.] The quality of being artless; simplicity, sincerity, unaf- fectedness; absence of guile or affectation. (Todd.) art"-ly, a. [Eng. art; -ly..] Artificially, by human skill or contrivance. “A crabstock, if it have a cyen of some delicate apple artly grafted upon it, they [the branches] will all follow the nature of the stock.”—Samderson: Works, i. 431. gö, pót, artist-like, a. [Eng. artistical : -ly.] Without art. all marine; sire, sir, pine, pit, or, wore, Syrian. wörk, whö, Sön; wolf, ey = 3. qu = kW. miite, try, ciib, ciire, unite, Cir, räle, füll; artocarpaceæ ar—tó-car-pâ'-gé-ae ( Mod. Lat.), ar-tº-car'- páds (Eng.), s, pl. [ARTOCARPUs.]. An order of exogenous plants, placed by Lindley under his Urticales or Urtical Alliance. The female flowers are collected into fleshy masses or heads. The stipules are convolute and sheathing, as in the genus Ficus. In 1847, Lindley estimated the known species at fifty-four. ar—tó-car-poiás, ar-tá-car'-pé-oiás, a. [ARTO- CARPUs.] Relating to the order Artocarpeae, the genus Artocarpus, or to the Bread-fruit. ar—tó-car"—ptis, s. [In Ital, artocarpe: Mod. Lat. artocarpus; from Gr, artos=bread, and karpos =fruit. Bread-fruit..] A genus of plants—the typi- cal one of the order Artocarpaceae, or Artocarpads. It contains various species. The most notable, is the A. incisa, or Bread-fruit tree. It is a middle- tºº gºº. ºğ §§ º Kºś sº º $º: sº º: § º & º º ºº: % º º º sº º sº sº s, Bread-fruit Tree. sized tree, with large variously-cut and lobed leaves. It has a round, curiously-muricated fruit. [BREAD- FRUIT.] It flourishes in the South Sea Islands. Dampier, Anson, and Captain Cook made it known in Europe, and the expedition of Captain Bligh of the “Bounty,” dispatched with the view of introduc- ing it into the West Indies, ended in the mutiny of the crew, the capture of the vessel, and the settle- ment of some of the mutineers in 1790 on Pitcairn's Island, whence their descendants were transferred to Norfolk Island in July, 1856. The A. integrifolia, is the Jack-tree. [JACK-TREE.] ar—tó-tyr-i'—tés, S. pl. [Gr, artotyros=bread mº wº cheese: artos=a loaf of bread, and tyros ECI1620SQ, Ch. Hist. : A sect in the primitive church who celebrated the Lord's Supper with bread and cheese, on the ground that the first oblations of men were not only the fruits of the earth, but their flocks (Gen. iv. 3, 4). *ar'—tow, *ar'—tóü, *ar'—td. (Eng. art; thou.] A contraction for art thow. “Why artow so discolored on thy face?” Chaucer: C. T., 12,592. “Chyld, whicvrtow not a-schamed?” Dispute between Maru and the Cross (ed. Morris), ii. 22. art'—ship, S. [Eng. Curt; -ship.] Artistic skill. (Sylvester: The Vocation, 118.) *arts-mân, s. [Eng. arts; man.] A man skilled in any science or art. “, and that the pith of all sciences, which maketh the artsman differ from the inexpert, is in the middle propositions, which in every particular knowledge are taken from tradition and experience.”—Bacom (Quotation from Plato): Adv. of Learm., bk. ii. ār-üm, s. [In Ital. aro; Sp. yaro; from Lat. (tros, arom, Gurum = the cuckoo-pint; Gr. arom. IHooker and Arnott think the Greek word m a y come from the Heb. Ör, in the sense of fire or flame, and may refer to the burning or acrid charac- ter of these plants. J A ge n us of plants belong- ing to the or- der Araceae, or Arads. It con- tains the well- known A. ma- gulatwºm, the Cuckoo-p in t ( m e a n in g point), Lords and Ladies, or Wake-Robin. The solitary spikes of bright scarlet berries may often be seen under hedges in Winter, after the leaves and spadix have disappeared. Arum Maculatum. 281 They are poisonous. The rhizomes are used in Switzerland for soap. There is in them an amyla- ceous substance, which, after the acrid matter has been pressed out, may be employed in lieu of bread- flour. A—rün-dé1'-i-an, a. [Eng. Arundel; -ian.] Per- taining to any of the successive Earls of Arundel. Arundelian or Oxford Marbles. Certain marbles brought from Italy, Greece, Asia Minor, by Mr. William Petty, who purchased them for Thomas, Earl of Arundel, in 1624. Arriving in London in the year 1627, they were placed in the gardens of Arundel House, which then occupied the site on which Arundel, Norfolk, Surrey, and Howard streets, run- ning off the Strand, in London, now stand. In 1667 theion. Henry Howard, grandson of the first pur- chaser, and afterward Duke of Norfolk, presented the collection, which had met with Vandal treat- ment in London, to the University of Oxford. It was either from his ancestor or from him that the term Arwmdelian, applied to the marbles, was derived. The marbles contain the Parian Chronicle (q.v.). a-rin-dif–ér-ois, a. #. arwindife?", from arwmdo=a reed or cane; and fero=to bear.] Reed- Pearing, cane-bearing. Bearing reeds or canes. (Ogilvie.) a-rin-di-nā’-gé-oiás, a. Resembling a reed or cane. a-riin-dîn-ár'—i-a, s. [From arundo (q.v.).] A genus of grasses containing the Cane-brake of North America (A. macrosperm (t). a-riin-dīn'-é-oiás, a-riin-din-Ö'se, adj. drum dimews, Curwmdimosus.] 1. Made of reeds. 2. Abounding in reeds. 3. Resembling a reed. a-riin'-dó, s. [Lat. arundo=a reed.] A Linnaean genus of grasses. One species (A. domaa.) Supplies material for fishing-rods, and is imported for the purpose from the south of Europe, where it is indi- genous. The striped-leaved variety, formerly more common than it now is in gardens, is called Gar- dener's Garters. *3–1 d’r—a, *ar-riff'r—a, s. [Lat. arwra; Gr. arowra, =tilled or arable land, corn-land; aroj= Lat. aro= to plow, to till.] A day's plowing. [AROURA.] a-ris'-péx, tha-rüs'-péx, a rús'-pige s. [In Fr., Sp., & ltal. aruspice; Port. Curwspice, harwspice; Lat. harwspea: ; farwspea’, from (1) hira = the empty gut ; Sansc. hirá– the intestines; Gr. cholas and cholic; Old Norse gar-mir—the intestines; and (2) specio or spicio= to look at..] Among the Etruscans and Romans: A soothsayer or diviner who pretended to foretell future events by the inspection of the entrails of victims. “Adorn'd with bridal pomp, she sits in state ; The public notaries and aruspear wait.” Dryden: Juv. Sat. 10. “The Senate, however, consider this a ruspeac of uncer- tain authority, and await the response of the Delphian Oracle.”—Lewis: Early Rom. History, ch. xii. T Though the form aruspice is given in Diction- aries, the examples cited to illustrate it, being in the plural, do not establish its existence, for arus- pices might be the plural of the Lat. aruspeac, as well as of the English arwspice. “The second sort of ministers mentioned by Cicero, were not priests, but augurs and (truspices, designed to be the interpreters of the mind of the gods.”—BP, Story on the Priesthood, ch. 5. “They [the Romans] had colleges for augurs and arus- pices, who used to make their predictions sometimes by fire, sometimes by flying of fowls, &c.”—Howell: Letters, iii. 23. a-ris'-pî-gy, s. [From Lat. aruspicem, accus. of a ruspea:= a soothsayer.] [ARUSPEX.] Pretended divination of future events by inspecting the en- trails of victims. “A flam more senseless than the roguery Of old aruspicy and augury.” Butler: Hudibras, pt. ii., c. iii. *ar-val, *ar'—vēl, *ar'—vil, *ar"—thèl, s. [Etym. somewhat doubtful. Wormius says that there is a Danish word arfwoel= a solemn feast in honor of a deceased chieftain, from Cerf= an heir, and ol=ale. Hutchinson derives (wrval from Wel. arwyl=funeral solemnities; and Boucher from Wel. ar=over, and wylo=to Wail, to Weep. (**{{...} Barnes considers it Welsh.] A funeral. (Use chiefly in the north of England.) *arval-bread, s. Bread given to the poor in the north of England on occasion of funerals. *arval-feast, *arvil-feast, s. A feast made at a funeral. “I had an inclin on’t at th’ arvil-feast.” Yorkshire Dialogue, p. 59. (Boucher.) *aryal-Supper, s. A supper in connection with a funeral. [Lat. arundinacews.] [Lat. ‘nomad. . [TURANIAN.] Aryan * ar-vic-öl—a, s. [Lat. arvum=a field, and color= to dwell in, to inhabit..] A genus of rodent mam- malia belonging to the family Castoridae, though #. have also close affinities with the Muridae, or lC6. Ar—Vö'-ni-an, a. [From Arvonia, the Roman name of a district in Wales.] Pertaining to the above-mentioned Arvonia. Geol. : A Pre-Cambrian formation found in Pem- brokeshire, Carnarvonshire, and Anglesea, Wales. Dr. Hicks divides the Pre-Cambrian formation into Dimetian, Arvoniam, and Pebidian. Each of these must have been many thousand, feet in thickness, and their horizontal extension is very wide. The Arvonian formation contains the quartz-felsites and porphyries, called halleflinta by Törell, and petrosi- § ree by Hunt. (Q. J. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxv., | $3. *ar"—w8, *ar"—whé, *ar'-àwe, a. [A. S. earg– inert, weak, timid.) LARGH, a.] Timid. *ar"—we, v. t. [A. S. eargian-to be a coward.] [ARWE, a.] To render timid. “Hast curved many herdy men that hadden wil to fyghte.” Piers Plowman. (Boucher.) *ar"—we (plural *ar'—w85, *ar"—wen), s. [ARRow.] An arrow. “A bow he bar, and arwes bright and kene.” Chaucer: C. T., 6,963. *ār"—wyg—yll, s. [EARwro.] ºvsvil-worms. An earwig (q.v.). (Prompt. CL7" Uſ. - —ary, as suffiac. [From Lat. Suff. -arinus, -ariwm.] 1. An agent in performing any act or doing any . as lapidary (Lat. lapidarius) = a worker in SUOD 8. 2. A place for; as library (Lat. librarium) = a place for books. Ar’-y-an, t{\r'-i-an, a. & S. [In Sansc. Arya (as Substan.) = (1), a tribe, or nation—the Aryas; (2), in later Sanscrib (as adj.) = noble, of good family. India was called Arya-à-varta = the country of the Aryas. These Aryas were iuvading Brahmans, Kshatriyas (warriors), and Vaisyas (merchants); While the aborigines of India were called in the Vedas Dasyus. In later Sanscrit A ryot specially meant the third or merchant class, the most numer- ous of the three, whence it came to stand for the whole nation. It seems to mean onc who plows or tills, and to be connected with the Latin word aro = to plow, to till. It was opposed to Tutra, in San- Scrit meaning (1) as adj. =swift; (2) as substan. = a n Zend cuirych (adj.) means venerable, and (substan.) the Persian people. (The Persians and the Indian Aryans were originally the same nation.) Persia was called by Hellenicus, who wrote before Herodotus, Aria. Horodotus says that the Medes called themselves Arii. In the cuneiform inscriptions Darius denominates himself Ariya. Many other words, ancient and modern, appear to contain the term, as Iran (Persia); Ar- menia; Aria, in Thrace; the Arii, in Germany; and even our own Erin and Ireland. ... (See Max Müller on the Science of Language, 4th ed., pp. 246-255.) The word has sometimes been written Arictim but Aryam is more correct, besides having the great ad- vantage of discriminating the term from Arian, pertaining to the Presbyter of Alexandria, so promi- nent in discussions regarding the doctrine of the Trinity.] A. As Cudjective: I. Philol. dº Ethmol. : Belonging to the great family of human languages described below. Aryan family of languages: A great family of languages, sometimes, though rarely, and not quite accurately, called Japhetic; more frequently desig- nated as the Indo-European or Indo-Germanic family of tongues. They have reached a higher development than those of the second great family, the “Semitic,” better described as the Syro-Arabian family, and are far in advance of the next one— that comprising the Turanian tongues. [LAN- GUAGES.] Like the Syro-Arabian forms of speech, they are inflectional [INFLECTIONAL}; while those of Turanian origin are only agglutinate. [AGGLUTI- NATE.] Max Müller separates the Aryan family of languages primarily into a Southern and a North- ern division. The former is subdivided into two classes: (1) the Indic, and (2) the Iranic ; and the latter into six: (1) the Celtic, (2) the Italic, º the Illyric, (4) the Hellenic, (5) the Windic, and (6) the Teutonic. [See these words.] (Maag Müller: Science of Langwage, vol. ii., p. 411.) It is often said that Sanscrit, spoken by the old Brahmans, is the root of all these classes of tongues. It is more correct to consider it as the first branch, and assume the existence of a root not now agcessible to direct investigation. As an illustration of the affinity among the Aryan tongues, take the common word daughter. It is in Sw, dotter; Dan. datter; Dut. dochter; Ger. tochter; O. H. Ger, tohtar; Goth. dauhtar; Lith. dwktere; Gr. thygatór; Armenian bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; germ; thin, this; 30, Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. shin; -tian Shan. -tion, -SiOn -SiOUIS –tion, -śion = Zhiin. -cious, –tious, aryght dustr; Sansc, duhitri: the last-named word signify- ing, primarily, “milkmaid.” that being the func- tion, in the early Brahman or Aryan household, which the daughter discharged. Not only are the roots of very many words akin throughout, the several Aryan tongues, but (a more important fact) so also are the inflections. Thus the first person singular of a well-known verb is in Lat. do; Gr. didóni, Lith. dumi; Old Slav, damy; Zend dad- hāmī; Sansc. dadámi ; and the third person sing. present indic. of the substantive verb is in Eng. is, Goth. ist, Lat. est, Gr. esti, Sansc. asti. “. . . there exists in India a sort of rivalry between the Aryan languages, or rather between the three princi- pal ones—Hindi, Marathi, and Bengali—each considering itself superior to the others.”—Beames: Compar. Gram. Aryan Lang. of India, vol. i. (1872); Introduction, p. 31. II. Ethnology: 1. Gem. : Pertaining to the old race speaking the primeval Aryan tongue ; or any of the numer- ous forms of speech which have sprung from it. The ancestors of most modern Europeans lived together as one people, speaking the primeval Aryan tongue, in Central Asia, and apparently near the Pamir steppe. Their separation took place at SO remote a period that, while they seem to have known gold, silver, and copper, they were unac- quainted with iron, the name of which is different in all the leading Aryan tongues. (Maa. Müller, Science of Language, vol. ii., p. 258.) e 2. Spec.: The Aryan race which invaded India at a period of remote antiquity, possibly 1700 B and still remains the dominant Hindoo race there. B. As substantive: The race or races described under A., II. (q.v.). *a-ry'ght (gh silent), adv. [ARIGHT.] *ar'-y-öle, s. [Lat. hariolus=a soothsayer.] A Soothsayer, a diviner. “. . . for aryoles, nygromancers brought theym to the auctors of their god.”—Trevisa de Prop. Rerum, f. 126. (Boucher.) *a-ryse, v. i. [ARISE.] “And made forward erly to aryse.”—Chaucer: C. T., 33. *a-ryst e, s. [A. S. oerest, oºrist = resurrection; arisam- to arise.] Resurrection. “As hed stode and speken, and weren at wenynge, Of wre louerdes armyste, and fele other thinge.” The Passion of Our Lord (ed. Morris), 595, 596. ar—y—té'-nóid, º; a. & S. [In Sp. arytena-the larynx; Lat. arytemd or arutena; Gr. arytaina or arytêr-ladle or cup ; aryö=to draw water.] Ladle-shaped or cup-shaped. A. As adjective: . Arytenoid cartilages: Two pyramidal bodies ar- ticulated by their bases with the oval articular sub- stances which exist on the upper margin of the cricoid cartilage in the human larynx. (Todd & Powman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 434.) Arytenoid muscle: Muscles which pass from one of the arytenoid cartilages to the other. (Ibid.) B. As substantive: Plural. Arytenoids: The cartilages described above. “The mobility of the articulation of the arylenoids with the cricoid, and their connection with the vocal ligaments, give them great importance in the mechanism of the larynx.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. A mat. ãs, *āşe, adv., conj., & pref. [A contraction for Eng. also. As in A. S. is ealswa, alswa, Dut. & Ger. als; M. H. Ger. also O. H. Ger. also, from al- all, and so-SO.] [ALSO.] A. As an adverb of comparison. Eng. Gram.) - I. Denoting comparison resulting in the discovery of likeness. . . e 1. Like, similar to, resembling. “And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us.”—Gemesis iii. 22. “As the husband is the wife is, Thou art mated to a clown; And the coarseness of his nature Will have power to drag thee down.” Temmyson: Locksley Hall. 2. In the same manner as; like that or those which. 2 * * (Baim : Higher “Ase we hit findeth iwriten In the goddspelle.” Death, xxiii. (ed. Morris), 15, 16. “The Lord seeth not as man seeth; for man looketh on the outward appearance, but the Lord looketh on the heart.”—1 Sam. xvi. 7. . "I In some cases, especially when the comparison is presented at length, as is either followed or pre- ceded by so. (See also B., II., 2.) “As your fathers did, so do ye.”—Acts vii. 51. “And He said, So is the kingdom of God, as if a man should cast seed into the ground.”—Mark iv. 26. 282 ." To render the so more emphatic, even is some- times placed before it. “For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive.”—1 Cor. xv. 22. "I When so is not present it is understood. “As in my speculations I have endeavored to extinguish passion and prejudice; I am still desirous of doing some good in this particular.”—Spectator. T Such is occasionally employed as the word in relation to as. “. , such an one as Paul the aged.”—Philemon 9. 3. With. “. upon the like devotion as yourselves.” Shakesp.: Richard III., iv. 1. 4. Than. (Scotch.) “Better be dead as out of the fashion.” Ferguson: S. Prov. (Jamieson.) II. Denoting proportion; in the same degree with, equally with, as much as. “Thou good old man, benevolent as wise.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey. “Before the place A hundred doors a hundred entries grace: As many voices issue, and the sound Of Sybil's words as many times rebound.” Dryden. . . In this sense it is generally succeeded after an interval by another as, with which it stands in rela- tion. “. . . . . his personal qualities were as amiable as his poetical, . . .”—Pope: Letter to Wycherley (1704). III. Redundant; but this use of the word is vul- gar. [See As how.] - B. As a Swbordinating conjunction of reason amd cause. (Baim : Higher Eng. Gram.) I. (Implying time): While, whilst. “. . . it whistled as it flew.”—Dryden. II. (Implying reason): 1. (Denoting a cause): Since, because, because of being. “. . . as thou art a 1 Henry IV., iii. 3. *2. (Demoting a comsequence): That. “The relations are so uncertain, as they require a great deal of examination.”—Bacon. C. As an intensifying prefix: Frequently used in Mid. Eng., as asswythe, astyte, &c. D. In special phrases, with varying signification, according to the words with which it is combined. 1. As far as: To the extent. “. . . . . as far as I can see.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. ii., ch. xi. “Every offense committed in the state of nature, may in the state of nature be also punished, and as far forth as it may in a commonwealth.”—Locke. “. . . as far as can now be ascertained.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xx. 2. As for: As far as relates to, with regard to, with respect to. “As for such as turn aside unto their crooked ways . . .”—Ps. cxxv. 5 3. As how: How, the word as being considered redundant. (Provincial.) “As how, dear Syphax?”—Addison: Cato. 4. As if: Like what it would be if. “As in the case of the aether, beyond the “as if you cannot go.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., vii. 135. T In poetry, when the necessities of the meter re- quire it, the if is occasionally omitted. “He lies as he his bliss did know.”—Waller. “. . . as they would dance.”—Milton: P. L., blº. vi. 5. As it were: Like, resembling. “. . . . . . and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying, Come and see.”—Rev. vi. 1. 6. As long as: Noting (a) extent of space. “He draws a bonny silken purse As lang's my tail.”—Burns: The Twa Dogs. Or (b) Duration of time. “Because He hath inclined His ear unto me, therefore will I call upon Him as long as I live.”—Ps. cxvi. 2. 7. As soon as: Whenever. “. . . as soon as I am gone out of the city.”—Eacodus. ix. 29. 8. As though : As if. “. . . under color as though they would have cast, anchors out of the foreship.”—Acts xxvii. 30. 9. As to : With respect to, concerning. “I pray thee, speak to me, as to thy thinkings, As thou dost ruminate; and give thy worst of thoughts The worst of words.”—Shakesp.: Othello, iii. 3. 10. As well as: Equally with, no less than. “But I have understanding as well as you; I am not inferior to you.”—Job xii. 3. prince, I fear thee.”—Shakesp.: aSaphes ºf Sometimes the words as well are separated from the as. “. . . as well the stranger as he that is born in the land.”—Lev. xxiv. 16 11. As yet: Up to this time. “Though that war continued nine years, and this hath as yet lasted but six; yet there hath been much more action in the present war.”—Addison. *āş, 2d dº. 3d pers. sing. pres. indic. of verb. [HAVE, HAS.] Hast, has. “And qui as thu min godes stolen?” . Story of Genesis and Ecodus (ed. Morris), 1,760. *ás (1), s. [Ash (1).] ãs (2), s. [In Ger, asz; from Lat, as, genit, assis, whence are the Eng., Fr. & Sp. ace, and the Port. Cl2. Among the Romans: A weight, coin, or measure. I. As a weight of twelve ounces, the same as a libra or pound, and divided into twelve parts called unciae or ounces. These were: Uncia – 1 Oz. ; sea:- tams (#th)=2 oz. ; quadrams ($4)=3 oz. ; quincuma:=5 OZ. ; semis (*) =6 oz. ; Septwrva:=7 oz. ; bes-8 oz. ; dod- ºrams=9 oz. ; deactams, or decwmac=10 Oz. ; dewmac=11 oz. II. As a coin, which, in the time of Tullus Hos- tilius, is said to have weighed twelve ounces. After the first Punic war had exhausted the treas- ury, it was reduced to two ounces. The second Punic war brought it to one ounce; and, finally, the Papirian law fixed it at half an ounce only. At first it was stamped with a sheep, an ox, a ram, or a Sow, but under the empire it had on one side a two-faced Janus, and on the other the rostrum or prow of a ship. “. . . three minae or 3,000 ases for each prisoner.”— Armold: Hist. Rome, ch. xliv. III. As a measure : 1. § An acre. 2. (Linear) A foot. TI As in Latin has other significations, among which may be noted (in Law) a portion divided among heirs. FACE.] As. The contraction and symbol for Arsenic. Atomic weight, 75; density of vapor, 150; hydrogen being taken as 1. âs"—a s. [Mod. Lat, asa; probably a corruption of Class. Lat. laser, genit. laseris- (1) the juice of the plant Laserpitium assafoetida, (2) the plant itself. In Pers. aza, is=mastic ; and in Arab. asū is =healing, isã= a remedy..] The name of a gum. a Sa. dulcis. [Lit. =sweet asa, as opposed to asa, joetida=fetid asa.] Benzoine (q.v.). a Sa foetida. [ASAFETIDA.] ăs-a-fét'-i-da, ās-a-foet'-i-da, ās-sa-foet'-i-da, ãs —a foet'-i-da' (oe=é), s. [In Ger. assafoetida; Sp. asa fetida. From Mod. Lat. asa (q. v.), and Classical Lat. foetida=fetid, having a bad smell.] 1. The English name of two, if not more, plants growing in Persia and the East Indies, the Ferula Asafetida. asafoetida and the F. Persica. order Apiaceae, or Umbellifers. 2. The drug made from them. Old plants being cut across, juice exudes from the wound. This being scraped off, is exposed to the sun to harden it, and is sent in large irregular masses to this. country for sale. It is a useful medicine in hys- teria, asthma, tympanites, , dyspnoea, pertussis, and worms; it is sometimes given also as a clyster. * al-Sā'ile, v. t. [ASSAIL.] às'-a-phēš, S. [Gr, asaphés=dim, indistinct; a, riv., and Saphés=clear, distinct.] A genus of chneumons, of which the best known species, 4. vulgaris, deposits its eggs in aphides, on which the larvae, when hatched, prey. (Branch, Flower, and Seed.) They belong to the fäte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; Syrian, ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kwe try, asarabacca, ăs—ar-a-bäc'-ca, S. [Lat. asarum (q. v.), and bacca-a berry.J.,. Bot.: The English name of the Asarum Euro- paeum. It is a plant with binate reniform leaves and solitary flowers, containing twelve stamina, a six-lobed stigma, and a six-celled many-seeded fruit. The leaves are emetic, cathartic, and diu- retic. Used as snuff, they produce a copious dis- charge from the nostrils. as'—ar-àne, s. [From Lat, asarum (q.v.).] Cam- phor of asarum, , , , . & Chen...: A crystallized substance obtained from the Asarum, Evropowmv, ăs'—ar-üm, s. [In Fr. asaret; Sp., Port., & Ital: asaro; Lat. &sarum ; Gr. asaron ; from gº, priv., and seira=a cord, string, or band. The plant was so called because it was rejected from the garlands of flowers made up by, the ancients.l. A genus of plants belonging to the order Aristolochiaceae, or Birthworts. It contains the species, Asarwm Euro- popum, or Asarabacca (q.v.). *a-să'ye, *a-să'y, v. t. [ASSAY, v., ESSAY, v.] *a-să'yle, *a-să'y-li, v. t. [ASSAIL.] *a-să'yled, pa. par. [ASAYLE.] as-bê-fér-rite, s. . [Eng., &c., asbestos; ferrite. From Lat. ferrum =iron, and Eng. Suff. -ite. J. A mineral, a variety of Amphibole. It is of a grayish- white or ashy-gray color. Dana, classes. Asbeferrite with Dannemorite under the head “Iron-Manga- nese Amphibole.” as-bés'-tic, a. [Eng., &c., asbest (os); -ic.] Per- taining to asbestos; made of asbestos. as—bés'-ti-form, a. . [Lat, asbestos, and forma- form.] Of the form which asbestos generally as- sumes; fibrous. “Asbestiform, or lamellar-fibrous . fith ed., p. 234. as-bés'-time, a. [In Sp. asbestino; Gr. abestinos =made of asbestos. Applied especially to the cloth made from it...] 1. Made of asbestos. g 2. Like asbestos; incombustible. (Johnson.) as-bés'—toid, a. & S. [Gr, asbestos, and eidos= form.] 1. As adjective: Of the form of asbestos; fibrous. 2. As substantive : . A mineral resembling asbestos in form. It is called also Byssolite (q.v.). as-bés-tós, as-bés'-tūs, *as-bês -tên, tàs'— běst, s. [In Ger. & Fr. asbeste; Sp. & Port. asbesto; Lat. asbestos; Gr. asbestos, as S. (see def.); as adj;= unquenched, unquenchable: a., priv., and sbestos =quenched; from söesö=first fut. of soemmiumi=to quench.) *I. Among the amoients: 1. Quicklime. . . . quicklime, which is named (says Procopius, 1. ii., c. 27) titanos by the ancients; by the moderns asbes- tos.”-Gibbon; Decline and Fall. Note under ch. xli. "I By moderns, of course, Procopius means the men of his own time, viz., the sixth century A. D. 2. The mineral described under II. 1. II. Now (Mineralogy): 1. A variety of Hornblende, which itself is classed by Dana as a synonym or subdivision of Amphibole. He says that the several yarieties of Amphibole, and notably Tremolite and Actinolite, when they have little alumina in their composition, tend to become fibrous, in which case they are called As- . ”—Dama: Min., { { * bestos. Haüy regarded the fibers as rhomboidal prisms. As the etymology imports, asbestos is ex- ceedingly infusible, at least in a mass. It contains a considerable percentage of magnesia in its com- position. It occurs mostly in serpentine districts. The varieties are: . (4) Amiamthus, in which the fibers are so exceed- ingly long, flexible, and elastic, that they may be Woven into cloth. [AMIANTHUs.] (b) Common Asbestos, with the fibers much less flexible. It is heavier' than the first variety. It is dull green, sometimes pearly in luster, and unctuous to the touch. º Mountain Cork, light enough to float on Water. (d) Mountain Leather, also very light, but thin- ner and more flexible than the last, *(e) Mountain Paper, a designation formerly given to fine thin specimens of Mountain Leather. (f) Mountain Wood, which, in the external aspect, resembles dry wood. 2. The fibrous varieties of Pyrocene. It is diffi- cult to distinguish these from the former. ºf Blue Asbestos: [CRoCIDOLITE.] asbeston-stone, s. [AsbEstos.] āş-böl-ān, s. [ASBOLITE.] āş-böl-ine, s. [Gr, asbolos, asbolé=soot.] ..Qhem. ; A yellow, oily substance, very acrid and bitter, obtained from soot. 283 āş'-bêl-ite, ás'-bê1–ān, s. [Gr, asbolaimô=to cover with soot; asbolos, asbolé=soot.]. A mineral, called also Earthy Cobalt. Dana makes it a va- riety of Wad (q.v.), and considers it to be that mineral combined with oxide of cobalt. ăs-că1'-a-phis, s. [Gr, askalaphos. A word in Aristotle, apparently meaning a kind of Owl. Entom. : A genus of Neuropterous insects belong- ing to the family Myrmeleontidae, or Ant-lions. They differ from the Myrmeleon proper in having much longer antennae and shorter bodies, while their larvae do not construct a pitfall. ăs-căr’—i-dae, s. pl. [ASCARIs.] Zool. : A family of intestinal worms belonging to the class Intestina Entozoa of Rudolphi, Cuyier, &c., the class Entozoa of Owen and others, and the doubtful class Scolecida, group or sub-class Nema- toidea (Thread-worms). They constitute the high- est type of intestinal worms. [ASCARIS.] às'-car-is, s. [Gr, askaris, from askarizö, or skarizö= to leap, to throb, to palpitate.] Zool. : A genus of intestinal worms, the typical one of the family Ascaridae. A. lumbricoides, or Round Worm, is the commonest intestinal parasite of the human species, generally occupying the small intestines; it is found also in the hog and ox. In the human species it is much more common in children than in adults, and is extremely rare in aged persons. It reaches seven inches in length. A second species, the Ascaris or Oxywrws vermvicularis, is one of the most troublesome parasites of chil- dren, and occasionally of adults. It infests the larger intestines, especially the rectum. The male is two or three lines long, and the female five. (Owen Compar. Anatomy of the Invertebrate Ani- mals, pp. 66, 67, &c.) *as-cá'unge, *as-cá'uns, adv. [ASKANCE.] *als—ca unt, adv. [ASKANT.] as-gēl'—li, S. pl. [Latinized dimin. from Gr, askoi, plural of askos=a bottle.] Bot. : The same as ASCI (q.v.). *as-gēn’-gioun, s. [AscENSION.] as-gēnd, *as-séndi, v. i. & t. [In Sp. ascender; Ital. ascendere; Lat. ascendo; from ad-to, and scando=to climb.j A. Intransitive: I. Ordinary Langwage : 1. Lit. : To move from a lower to a higher place. It is opposed to descend (q.v.). (t) Of animated beings: To climb up, or even without actual climbing to move from a lower to a higher elevation. “. . . . and assend yt to hevyne.”—The Craft of Deyng (ed. Lumby), 227. :- “ . behold the angels of God ascending and descending upon it [the ladder].”—Genesis xxviii. 12. * It is often followed by up. “And no man hath ascended up to heaven, . . .”— John iii. 13. ſº Of things: To go up as smoke or vapor does by the operation of the law of gravity, or as any material substance goes up without actual climb- lſ] g . *y “. . . the curling smoke ascends.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. “The piston either ascended or descended.”—Smith: Wealth of Nations, bk. i., ch. i. 2. Figuratively : (a) To proceed from recent to remote times, or trace back a course of development. “. . . they boast Their noble birth, conduct us to the tombs Of their forefathers, and, from age to age Ascending, triumph their illustrious race. Cowper: Transl. of Greek: Verses on Pedigree. (b) To mount up from what is materially feeble to what is materially strong, or from what is mor- ally or intellectually low to that which is in these respects higher. “As when the winds, ascending by degrees, First move the whitening surface of the seas.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk iv. 478-9. (c) To proceed from particulars to a more or less wide generalization, or from trifling matters to matters of greater moment. “By these steps we shall ascend to more just ideas of the glory of Jesus Christ, who is intimately united to God, and is one with Him.”— Watts: Impr. of Mind. II. Technically: 1. Astron.: To rise higher above the horizon, and proceed more or less directly toward the zenith. 2. Music: To pass from a lower to a higher note. B. Trans.: To climb or move from a lower to a higher place. 5 y “Ascend thy car, And save a life, the bulwark of our war.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. v. 306. . . . their galleys ascended the river.”—Gibbon: Declime and Fall, ch. xlii. & & ascending as-gēnd'-a-ble, a. [Eng. ascend; -able.] Able to be ascended. (Johnsom.) as-gēnd'—an-gy, s. [AscENDENCY.] as-gēnd'—ant, a, & S. [AscENDENT.] as-gēnd'-Éd, *as-gēnd'—id, pa. par. & a. [As- CEND. J Brutus goes into the Rostratm. “3 Cit. The noble Brutus is ascended: Silence!” Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, iii. 2. “For whan degrees fyftene were ascendid.” Chaunce”. C. T., 16, 343. as-gēnd-en-gy, as-gēnd'—an-gy, s. [In Fr. as- cendance; Sp. ascendencia=ancestry; Port. ascend- encia . Ital, ascendenza; , from Lat, ascendens = ascending.] [ASCENDENT.] Controlling influence; governling power. º Barrington, however, admits that superiority in song gives to birds an amazing ascendancy over others, as is well known to bird-catchers.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. xiii. “The ascendency of the sacerdotal order was long the Qscendency which naturally and properly belongs to intel- lectual superiority.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. as-gēnd-ent, as-gēnd'—ant. a. & s. [In Fr. as- cendant; Sp. ascendient; Port. and Ital. ascend- ente ; from Lat. (tscendems, pr. par. of ascendo=to ascend..] [ASCEND.] A. As adjective: cendent.) I. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit. : Moving upward. . 2. Fig.: Dominant, predominating, ruling. “. . . . . the ascendant community obtained a surplus of wealth.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., Prelim. Rem., p. 19. II. Technically: 1. Astrol. : Above the horizon. “Let him study the constellation of Pegasus, which is about that time ascendant.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. 2. Bot.; Ascending; (Applied to a procumbent stem which rises gradually from its base to ovules attached a little above the base of the ovary, and to hairs directed to the upper part of their support.) B. As substantive: I. Ordinary Language : 1. Lit. : Ascent, slope, acclivity. “. . . the ascendent of the hyll called Blackheth. Hyll.”—Hall; Henry VIII., an. 31. 2. Figuratively : .. e te (a) Height, elevation ; point of elevation. “He was initiated, in order to gain instruction in sciences, that were there in their highest ascendant.”— Temple. b) Superiority of any kind, as in power, wealth, influence, intellect, or morality. “The friends of the English alliance were now recover- ing the ascendant.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iv., 17. “By the ascendant he had in his understanding, and the dexterity of his nature, he could persuade him very much.”—Clarendom. II. Technically: .. * Astrol. : The degree of the ecliptic which is ris- ing in the eastern part of the horizon at the moment of a person's birth. This, when ascertained, was supposed to indicate his tastes or proclivities, and enable his horoscope to be drawn out. In the celestial theme, other names are given to the ascendant, viz., the first house, the angle of the east, an oriental angle, and the house of life. “Wel cowde he fortune the ascendent Of his y mages for his pacient.” Chaucer: C. T., 419-20 “. . . his signe, his houre, his ascendent.”—Gower: Conf. Amant., bk. vi. T In the ascendent : Dominant, predominant. “The French occupation of Rome led the way to the reaction, and by the end of 1849 absolutism was in the ascendent.”—Times, February 8, 1876. ‘ſ Iord of the ascendent: i. Lit. (Astrol.) : . The planet or other heavenly body which rules in the ascendent, or, first house when the latter is just rising above the horizon. “. . Mercury being lord of the ascendent.”—Quota- tion in Pen. Cycl., i. 527. “Mercury, lord of the ascendent, being in Gemini . . —Ibid. 2. Fig.: One who possesses commanding power or influence. *as-gēnd-id, pa. par. [ASCENDED.] as-gēnd'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ASCEND.] A. Ordinary Language: As present participle and adj. : In Senses corre- sponding to those of the verb. “Dark o'er the fields th’ ascending vapor flies.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xvi. 436. (Formerly ascendant, now as- 5 3. * bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, chorus, çhim, bench; go, gem, thin, this; Sin, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. expect, a $; -cian, shiis. -ble, -tian = Shan. del. —tion, —dle, &c. = bel, -SiOn -SiOuS Shiin; * —tion; Zhiin. -tious, -cious, -Šion ascension IB. Technically: I. Astronomy: 1. The ascending node of the moon is that in which the moon passes from the southern to the northern side of the ecliptic. It is opposed to the descending node. [DESCENDING...] (Herschel ; AS- from., § 406.) The meaning is the same in the case of a planet (§ 498). & 2. The ascending signs of the zodiac are those through which the sun passes while he is approach- ing his greatest northern declination, the one which to us is many degrees above the horizon. They are ‘Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, Aries, Taurus, and Gemini. The other sºx are called descending signs: 3. Ascending latitude: The increasing latitude of the moon or a planet. II. Amat.: Directed upward. “. . . has powerfully ascending rami.”—Owen: Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 67. Ascending vessels: Those which carry the blood upward, that is, from the lower to the higher parts of the body. III. Bot. : Sloping upward. 1. An ascending embryo is one the apex of which is pointed toward the apex of the fruct. (Lindley.) 2. An ascending ovule is one which grows from a little above the base of the Ovary. (Ibid.) IV. Genealogy ...One’s, ancestors in a direct line backward, excluding collaterals. “The only incest was in the ascending (not collateral) tranch ; as, when parents and children married, this was accounted incest.”—Broome: Notes on the Odyssey. as-gēn’-sion, *as-gēn-çioum, *as-sén'-tioun, 3. "[In Fr. & Sp. ascension; Port. ascensao; Ital: ascensione; Lat. ascensio, from ascensum, Sup. of ascendo.] [ASCEND.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of ascending (lit. Or fig.). 1. In a general Sense: “By nature he knew eche ascentiown.” Chaucer: C. T., 14,861. “Ne eek oure spirites ascenciown.”—Ibid., 12,706. 2. Spec. : It is applied to the ascent of Our Saviour from the earth, in view of His disciples, some time after His resurrection. Hence the Mount of Olives whence he ascended has since been called by devout Christians the Mount of Ascension. - “The traditional scene of the Ascension is one of the four summits of the Mount of Olives, . .”—Coolc: Holy Bible with Comment., vol. i. (1878), p. 471. #II. That which ascends. “Men err in the theory of inebriation, conceiving the brain doth only suffer from vaporous ascensions from the stomach.”—Browne. Vulgar Errors, III. The distance by which anything ascends. [B. Astrom...] . B. Technically: Astron. Right ascension : . The distance of a heavenly body from the first point of Aries measured upon the equator. (Hind.) The arc o the equinoctial included between a certain point in that circle, called the Vernal Equinow, and the point in the same circle to which it is, referred by the circle of declination passing through it. Or the angle included between two hour-circles, one of which, called the equinoctial colure, passes through the vernal equinox, and the other through the body. (Herschel : Astrom., §§ 108, 293.) It is opposed to oblique ascension (q.v.). T ‘... terms right ascension and declimation are now generally used to point out the position in the heavens of any celestial object, in preference to the old method of indicating certain prominent stars by proper names or by Greek letters. By means of the transit instrument, or by an equatorially-mounted telescope, a star or planet may be readily found, when once its right ascension and declimation are lºnown. [EQUATORIAL TELESCOPE, TRANSIT INSTRU- IMIENT. # we ascension: The arc of the equator inter- cepted between the first point of Aries and the point of the equator which rises with a star or other Heavenly body, reckoned according to the Order of the signs. Ascension-day, s. The day on which our Saviour's ascensión is commemorated—the Thurs- day but one before Whitsuntide, sometimes called Holy Thursday. It is one of the six leading festi- vals for which services are assigned in the Liturgy of the Episcopalian church. “This, on Ascension-day, each year.” Scott: Marmion, ii. 13. as-gēn'—sion-al, a. [Eng. ascension; -al. In Fr. ascensionnel; Sp. ascensional.) Pertaining or re- Jating to ascension. 284 as-gēn’-sive, a. [Lat. ascens(us), pa. par. of ascendo, and Eng. suffix -ive..] Ascending, on an ascending plan. * “. the gradations of the Mammalian structure, of which we have now completed the ascensive survey.”— Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 51. as-gēnt', s. [In Sp. & Port. ascenso; Ital. ascen- denza and ascesa. Lat. ascensus(s), from ascen- sus, pa. par. of ascendo.] I. The act or process of ascending or moving from a lower to a higher place. 1. Literally : (a) Of persons: “The ascent had been long and toilsome.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. (b) Of things: “. . the ascent of soap bubbles, . . Voyage rowmal the World, ch. viii. 2. Fig.: Progress upward. “In regard to animal life, and its assigned work on this planet, there has therefore plainly been an ascent and progress in the main.”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 60. “. . . steepe and hard of ascent.”—LIolland: Livy, p. 995. II. That which is ascended. 1. Literally: & g * (a) That by which ascent, is made—a flight of steps, an inclined plane artificially formed, or the natural acclivity of a hill. “. . . and his ascent by which he went up into the house of the Lord .”–2 Ch 7'on. ix. 4. (b) The eminence ascended; or generally an emi- nence, a hill. “A wide flat cannot be pleasant in the Elysian fields, unless it be diversified with depressed valleys and swell- ing ascents.”—Bentley. (c) The slope or angle of the eminence ascended. 2. Fig. : Gradation, series, order. “Large store of gleaming crimson-spotted tints, Banged side by side, in regular ascent, One after one, still lessening by degrees Up to the dwarf that tops the pinnacle.” Wordsworth: Eccursion, bk. viii, *as-gēn’—tioun. [ASCENSION.] as-gēr-tä im, *as-gēr-tä ine, *a-cér'—tain, v. f. [O. Fr. ascertainer, a certainer, acertener, a certe- meir, acerter; Sp. acertar, from Fr., O. Fr., &c., cer- tain.] [CERTAIN.] I. Of persons: To render a person certain of any- thing, or at least inspire him with conſidence respecting it. “ Me?". But how shall I be ascertained that I also should be entertained?”—Bunyam: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. II. Of things: *1...." To assert for certain, to assure.” 2. To render a thing certain which before was doubtful. * & *(a) By making that fixed which before was fluct- uating, or at least liable to change. “For nought of them is yours, but th' onely usance Of a small time, which none ascertaine maay.” Spensen': Duphºnaida. “. . . the mildness and precision of their laws ascer- tained the rule and measure of taxation.”—Gibbon. *(b) By arranging matters previously. To insure. “The ministry, in order to ascertain a majority in the House of Lords, persuaded the Queen to create twelve new Peers.”—Shnollett. #3. By divine revelation, or at least by credible testimony regarding anything. “The divine law both ºscertaineth, the truth, and sup- plieth unto us the want of other laws.”—Hooker. “Money differs from uncoined silver in this, that the quantity of silver in each piece is ascertained by the stamp.”—Locke. 4. By instituting an inquiry, investigation, exam- ination, or experiment. , (This is now the almost exclusive use of the word.) “The extent to which parliamentary, support was bar- tered for money cannot be with any precision ascertained.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. “Their periods may, therefore, be regarded as ascer- tained with the utmost exactness.”—Sir J. Herschel; As- tron., § 486 "I Ascertain, may be followed by a substantive [examples under No. II, 1, 2, 3 and 41, by that [ex- ample under No. I.], or by whether. “. . . but he was there only for the purpose of , 'scer- taining whether a descent on Englaud was practic, ole.” —Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xxiii. as-gēr-tā'in-a-ble, a... [Eng. ascertain; -tuble.] Capable of being ascertained. “. . . if truth in Irish matters was ascertainable at all.”—Frowde: Hist. Eng., vol. iv., p. 78. as-gēr-tā'ined, pa. par. & al. [ASCERTAIN.] & & compared first with the amount of ascertained .”—Darwin: asci as-gēr—tā'in-èr, s. [Eng. ascertain; suff. -er.] One who ascertains anything; one who establishes anything beyond the possibility of reasonable doubt. as-gēr-tā'in-iñg, pr. par. [AscERTAIN.] as-gēr-ţā'in-mênt, s. [Eng. ascertain; -ment.] The act of ascertaining; the state of being ascer- tained. “. . . the positive ascertainment of its limits.”— IBat?"ke: French Revolution. *as-gēs'-san-gy, s. Old form of ACEscENCY. *as-gēs'—sant, a. [ACESCENT.] as-gēt-ic, *as-gēt'-ick, a. & S. [In Ger. ascet- isch (adj.), ascet (substan.); Fr. ascótique; . Sp., Port., & Ital. ascetico; Gr, asketicos=industrious, belonging to an athlete; asketcs=(1) one who prac- tices any art or trade, (2) a hermit; askésis = (1) ex- ercise, training, (2) a profession; asked=(1) to form by art, (2) to practice, to exercise.] A. As adjective: 1. Retired from the world, and engaged in devo- tions and mortifications. “. . . he entered into such an ascetic course as had well nigh put an end to his life.”—Life of 13ishop Bur- met, ch. 13. 2. Severe, harsh, rigid, precise. B. As substantive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. Spec. : Ono who retires from active and adopts a contemplative life spent in devotion, in mortifica- .tion of the body, &c.; a hermit, a recluse. In the days of Jesus Christ the Essenes were a large and influential sect of men who lived in the wilderness. John the Baptist was an example of these ascetics. “I am far from commending those ascetics, that, out of a pretense of keeping themselves unspotted from the world, take up their quarters in deserts.”—Norris. .2. Gen. : One who, whether he retires from active life or not, adopts habits of self-mortification. II. Church, History. A class of persons who, aspir- ing after higher attainments in holiness than other Christians, thought, they would best attain their object, by self-mortification. They therefore, ab- stained from , wine, flesh, matrimony, and worldly business; and moreover emaciated their bodies by long vigils, fasting, toil, and hunger. Both men and women embraced this austère mode of life. During the second century of the Christian, era, when they first attracted notice, they lived by them: selves and dressed differently from others, but did not altogether withdraw from the society and con- yerse of ordinary men. During the course of the third century they gra dually withdrew to the Egyptian desert, and early in the fourth (about A. D. 305), were associated by Anthony into monas- tic communities. [ANCHORITE, Mon ASTICISM.] “The Ascetics who obeyed amd abused the rigid precepts of the Gospel.”—Gibbon: Decline and Fall, ch. xxxvii. as-gēt'-i-gišm, s. [Eng. ascetic; -ism. In Fr. ascetisme.] The mode of life of an ascetic; mortifi- cation of the body. “There are two classes of men of very different com- }. by whom the principle of asceticism appears to lave been embraced; the one a set of moralists, the other a set of religionists.”—Bowring; Jeremy Bentham's Works, Vol. i., p. 4. as-gēt-ics, s. [ASCETIC.] A treatise on the sub- ject of asceticism, or giving rules to be observed by aScetics. *als—ghâ’ime, v. t. [ASHAME.] *as-g.hā med, a. [ASHAMED.] \ *as-chare, adv. [A. S., on curre-in the act of turning; cerran=to turn..] Aside. ‘‘ Euer after the dogges wer so starke, Thei stode aschatre when thei schuld barke.” Hunt imſy of the Hare, 256. (Boucher.) *āsghe, s. [Asif (1) & (2).] *as-ché'-pón, pret. of v. [A. S. formed, created.] [SHAPE.] Shaped, vised. “Watz neuer so blysful a bour as watz abos thenne Ne no schroude hous so schene as a schepon thare.” Ear. Eng. Alliter. Poems (ed. Morris), Cleanness, 1,075-6. *āsgh-Ét, s. [ASHET.] (Scotch.) *asch'—é-wóle, v. t. To drive away. “Thar ich aschewele pie and crowe.” The IIule and the Nyghtingale (1601). (Boucher.) às'-ci, S. pl. [Latinized form of askoi, plural of askos=a leathern bottle.] * 1. Tubes in, which the sporules of lichens are contained while in the nucleus. (Lindley.) gesced pe?v= formed, de- Ascensional difference: The difference between difference .”—J. S. Mill: Logic, 2d ed. (1846), vol. ii., ... 2. Tubes in which the sporidia of fungi are placed. the right and oblique ascensions. p. 104 They are called also ascelli Orthocae. fäte, fat, fire, amidst, whāt, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, tº º & A. -i- * * tº º g * * ºms ** - wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, räle, füll; try, Syrian. ae, ce = €; ey = 3. or, wore, sº qu. = kW. Ascian Ås -gi-an (pl. As-gi-ans), s. [Lat. Ascii; Gr. Askioi, pl. of askios=without shadow: a, priv., and skia = a shadow. Plural: Those who at midday of one or two days of the year are destitute of a shadow. Those living in the tropics of Cancer and Capricorn are so at midday once a year, and those living between those circles are so twice a year. ăs-gid -í-a, fas-gid-i-ae (Mod. Lat.), as–Gid-i- anš (Eng.), s. pl. [ASCIDIUM.) Zool. : The first order of the Tunicated Class of Mollusca. It contains four families: the Ascidiadae, or Simple Ascidians; the Clavellinidae, or . Social Ascidians; the Botryllidae, or Compound Ascidians; and the Pyrosomatidae, an aberrant family tend- ing to the order Biphora. [ASCIDIOIDA.] äs-gid -í-a-dae, s. pl. ...[ASCIDIUM.] Simple As- cidians. The typical family of the Ascidian Order of Tunicated Mollusca. Professor Garrod considers them to be degenerate Vertebrata, which should be placed quite at the end of that sub-kingdom, after Amphioxus. The animals are simple and fixed; they are solitary or gregarious, with their branchial sac simple, or disposed in 8–18 deep and regular folds. Their external integument is provided with two apertures, making them look like double- necked jars. When touched they squirt a stream of water to some distance. They look like shapeless cartilaginous masses. Some are highly colored. In Brazil, China, and the Mediterranean they are eaten as food. äs-gid'-i-form, a. [Mod. Lat. ascidi(um), and Tat. forma =shape.] Bottle-shaped, like the leaves of Sarracenia and Nepenthes. ăs-çid-i-Öi-da, s. pl. [Mod. Lat. ascidi(um), and Gr. eidos=appearance..] Professor, Huxley's name for the class called by some others Ascidia or Ascidiae. He classes it under his great division Molluscoida. äs-gid -í-iām (pl. as-gid'-i-a), s. [Gr, askidion, dimin. of Ciskos=a leathern bottle of goatskin or similar material. 1. Zool. : The typical genus of the Tunicated Mol- lusca, belonging to the family Ascidiade and the order Ascidia. The species vary in length from an inch to five or six inches. One species is the Sea- squirt (A. hyalinum). The Ascidian genus, family, Ascidium (Sea-squirt). B. Ascidia echinatum. and order have recently acquired greatly-increased interest from the fact that Darwin has taken this part of the animal kingdom as his point of depart- ure in tracing the process of development which he believes to have ultimately resulted in the production of man. 2. Bot. : The pitcher in such plants as Sar- ragenia and Nepenthes. (Lindley.) âS-çig-Ér-oiás, a. [(1) Gr. askoi, pl. of askos, (ASCI); (2) Lat. gero=to wear, to carry about.] Having asci. (Lowdom: Cyclop. of Plants; Gloss.) Ås-gi-tae (Lat.), Ås-gi-tans (Eng.), s. [From Gr. askos=a leathern bottle.] Ch. Hist. : A sect of Montanists who arose in the Second century. Their name was designed to ex- press the fact that some Bacchanals of their party believed the passage in Matt. ix. 17, which speaks of pouring new wine into new bottles, required them to blow up a skin or bag, and dance around it When inflated, which accordingly they did with suitable vigor, as an act of solemn worship. ãS-ciº-tes, s. [[n Fr. ascite; Port. & Lat. ascites; Gr. askités; from askos=a leathern bottle.] Med...: Eifusion of fluid of any kind into the ab- domen; specialty offusion of fluid within the cavity of the peritoneum, as distinguished from ovarian dropsy and dropsy of the uterus. There is an idiopathic ascites, which may be of a tonic or acute form, or of an asthenic type; and a sympathetic or Consequential ascites. Another division is into act- ive ascites, that in which there is a large effusion of Serum into the cavity of the peritoneum, after undue exposure to cold and wet; and passive as- cites, that produced by disease of the heart or liver. ãs-git’—ic, *ās—git’—ick, as-git"-ic—al, a. [Eng., &c., ascites; Eng. suff, -ic, -ical. In Fr. ascitique; Port. ascitico.] Pertaining or relating to the disease called ascites. “When it is part of another tumor it is hydropical, either anasarcous or ascitical.”—Wiseman: Surgery. A. Ascidium mentula. • 285 äs-gi-tí'—tious (tious as Shūs), a. [Low Lat. *ascititiws; from Lat. ascitus=approved, adopted, pa. par. of ascisco–to approve, to adopt.] Not originally existent; adopted, additional, supple- mental. "[ADSCITITIOUS..] “Homer has been reckoned an ascititious name from some accident of his life.”—Pope. äs-clé'-pî-ād, s. [In Fr. asclépiade; Sp. asclepi- adeo; Lat. Asclepiadeus.] Ancient Prosody: A kind of verse used by Horace and other writers, and divided into two primary types: (1) Asclepiadeus minor, consisting of a spondee, a choriambus, a dactyl, a trochee, and a caesura, as Maëcé | nás ātāvīs édité régi biis (Horace); and (2) the Asclepiadeus major, consist- ing of a spondee, two choriambuses, a trochee, and a caesura, as Quis pêst vină grâvem. militiam aut | palipëriëm | crêpät 7 (Schmitz: Lat. Gramv., 1860, p. 306.) ăs-clé-pî-a-dā'-gé-ae, S. pl. [ASCLEPIAS.] AS- clepiads. An order of plants closely allied to tho Apocynaceae, or Dogbanes. Lindley places them under his alliance Solanales. They have a 5-divided persistent calyx; a monopetalous 5-lobed regular corolla; 5 stamina, with the filaments usually con- nate; anthers 2—sometimes almost 4–celled; the pollen at length cohering in masses, or sticking to 5 processes of the stigma; styles 2; Stigma 1, tipping both styles, dilated, 5-cornered; ovaries, 2.; fruit, 2 follicles, of which one is sometimes abortive ; seeds numerous. Shrubs, or more rarely herbs, almost always milky, and frequently twining. Leaves en- tire, opposite; flowers umbellate, fascicled, or race- mose. Their favorite habitatis Africa. They occur also in India, and the tropics generally. In 1846 Lindley estimated the known species at 910; now fully 1,000 are known. The milk, which in some species furnishes caoutchouc, is usually acrid and bitter, though apparently not so deleterious as that of Apocynaceae. That of Calotropis gigantea, the akwnd, yercwmv, or mudar plant of India, has been used with effect in leprosy, elephantiasis, and some other diseases. The roots of Cymanchwm, tomen- toswm, and Periplocal emetica are emetic. Gym- memva lactiferum is the Cow-plant of Ceylon [COW- PLANT). Pergularia edulis and Periplocal escwlenta are eatable. Diplopepis vomitoria is expectorant and diaphoretic, and is used like ipecacuanha in dysentery. Hemidesmus Indica is the Indian Sarsaparilla [SARSAPARILLA). The leaves of Cy- mamchwm Argel are used in Egypt for adulterating Senna. Marsdemia, temacissima is employed for bowstrings by the mountaineers of Rajmahal, whilo M. tinctoria and Gymnema fingems yield an indigo of excellent quality. (Lindley.) [ASCLEPIAS. J ăs-clé-pî-ād-à-an, a. [Lat. asclepiadeus.] Pertaining or relating to the meter called Ascle- piad (q.v.). “The distichs used by Horace are—(1) The second Asclepictdean meter, consisting of a Glyconieus and the Asclepiadeus minor.”—Schmitz: Lat. Gram. (1860), p. 306. äs-clé-pî-ād-ic, a. [Eng. asclepiad; -ic.] The same as ASCLEPIADEAN (q.v.). ăs-clé-pî-às, s. [In Fr. asclépiade; Ital. ascle- piade; Sp. asclepiada; Lat. asclepias; Gr. asklöpias, a plant, the Swallow-wort (Asclepias vincetoaci- cwm. Å); from Asklöpios, the Roman Æsculapius or Esculapius, the fabled god of medicine.] A genus of plants, the typical one of the Order Asclepiada- ceae. The species are found chiefly along the eastern portion of North America, in Bermuda, &c. Though all more or less poisonous, they are used medici- nally. A. decumbens excites general perspiration without in any perceptible degree increasing the heat of the body. It is used in Virginia as a remedy against pleurisy. Another variety, A. twberosa, is a mild cathartic and diaphoretic. The root and ten- der stalks of A. volubilis create sickness and ex- pectoration. A. tuberosa (Butterfly Weed) and A. cwrassavica, sometimes but incorrectly called ipecacuanha, are also medicinal plants, while A. lactifera yields a sweet copious milk used by the Indians, &c.; hence the ordinary name milkweed. A. Ctphylla, and stipitacea are eatable. (Lindley.) às'—cö-my-gé'-tês, s. pl. [Gr. askos=a bag, and mykés = a mushroom.] A group of fungi whose spores or sporidia are contained within asci. ăs-cö-my-gé'—toiás, a. [Eng., &c., ascomycet(es); -ows.] Belonging to or connected with the ascomy- cetes (q.v.). a-Scri-ba-ble, a. [Eng. ascrib (e); -able.] That may be ascribed. “. . the effects of mature's abhorrency of a vacuum, which seem to be more fitly ascribable to the weight and spring of the air.”—Boyle, vol. i., p. 17. a-Scribe, v. t. [In Ital. ascrivere. From Lat. ascribo- (1) to add to or insert in a writing; (2) to impute: ad=to, and scribo= . . . to write.] *1. To write down. “Hereupon the Athenians do ascribe that day for a most unfortunate day.”—North: Plutarch, p. 181. a.Septic 2. To attribute, to impute, to assign. Used— (a) Of qualities or actions attributed to a person: or other being : “. ascribe ye greatness unto our God.”—Dewt. xxxii. 3. “They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands.”—1 Sam. xviii. 8. (b) Of effects attributed to causes: “The mind, indeed, enlighten’d from above, Views Him in all; ascribes to the grand cause The grand effect; .”—Cowper: Task, bk. iii. iſ Regarding the difference between the verbs to ascribe, to impute and to attribute, Crabb considers that to ascribe is to assign anything in one's esti- mate as the possession or the property of another; to impute is to form an estimate of a person, and to attribute is to assign, a thing as a cause. What is ascribed is generally honorable; what is imputed is generally dishonorable.” (Crabb : English Symo- Tyms.) a-Scribed, pa. par. [ASCRIBE.] a-Scrib’-iñg, pr. par. [ASCRIBE.] , *a-scri’e, *a-skri'e, *a-skry"e, v. t. [Cf. Sw. amskri = an Qutcrys Scream, cry; O. Fr. escrier=to. call out..] To cry 6ut to, to shout to. “Seraphe was of hem wel war and faste him ascries.” Joseph of Arimnathie (ed. Skeat), 530. *a-scri’e, *as-scry", *a-skrie, *es—kry"e, *a- Skrye, S. [ASCRIE, v.] An outcry, a scream, a Cry. “In which campe, about a xi. of the clock at night, ther arose an eskrye, so that the towne of Caleys began. alarme.”—Ball: Hem. VIII., an. 5. (Richardson.) “Then the Bretaynes made an askrie and sette their beacons on fire.”—Ibid. a-Scrip'-tion, s. [Lat. ascriptio=an addition in writing: from ascribo (ASCRIBE); or from ad–to,. and scri tio=the act of writing; scribo-to scrape. with a sharp point, ... . . to write.] - e. 1. The act of attributing, imputing or assigning, as an effect to a cause, or qualities or actions to any being; the state of being attributed. “. that noble subsequent life which would render simply impossible the ascription to Faraday of anything unfair.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, xii. 357. 2. That which is ascribed. “Songs of triumph, and ascriptions, Such as reached the swart Egyptians.” Longfellow: The Slave Singing at Midnight. as-crip-ti-tious, a. [Lat. ascriptitivs = en- rolled.] Ascribed, imputed, assigned. “An ascriptitious and supernumerary god.”—Farimdom: Sermons, p. 82. as—gy-riim, s. [Lat. ascyron; Gr. askyron, a kind of St. John's Wort..] A genus of plants. belonging to the order Hypericaceae, or Tutsans- They are found in North America. *āşe, conj. [As.] *a-Sége, v. t. [ASSEGE.] *a-Sé'-gid, pa. par. [ASSEGID.] a-se'-i-ty, s. [Asif from Low Lat. aseitas.] The state or condition of having an independent ex- istence. (Prof. W. R. Smith.) *ā’–Sé1, s. [AYSELL.] *a,—sé'le, v. t. [A. S. ascelan-to bind, fasten..] To Seal. “The Angel him schewed, with-outen wedles, A put aseled with seuen seles.” The XI. Pains of Hell (ed. Morris), 193-4. a—sé1 -li, S. pl. [ASELLUS.] a—sé1'-lí-dae, S. pl. [ASELLUS.] Zool. : A family of Isopod Crustaceans. Some species are marine, and others fresh-water. , The Limnoria terebrans, so destructive to woodwork immersed in the ocean, belongs to the family. a-sé1'-liis (pl. a-săl-li), s. [Lat. asellus = a little ass.] º • 1. Zool. : , The typical genus of the Asellidae. It contains the A. aquaticus, or Water-hog Louse, common in fresh water. . • 2. Astron.: Two stars in the constellation Cancer. The Greeks, through whom we have received the sign Cancer, placed two asses, in it, where they still remain, under the titles of Asellus Boreas and Asellus Australis; and near them is the asterism Praesepe, or the Manger, in which there are about forty small stars visible in the telescope. *ā'—sé1–y, v. t. [Hous EL.] *a-sém'—ble, v. t. [ASSEMBLE.] a—sép'—ta, s. pl. [N. pl. of Gr. asèptos=not liable to putrefy: a, priv., and sºptos=putrefied; Sépô- to putrefy.] Substances not liable to putrefaction. a—sép'—tic, a. [Gr, asépta; Eng. Suff. -ic.] [ASEPTA.] Not liable to putrefaction. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Shiin; -Sious = –tion, -śion = - zhūn. -tious, -cious, 3.Sere *a-sé're, v. i. [.A. S. asedrian=to become dry.] To become dry. “Tharfore that olde tre les his pride, And asered bi that O side.” Sevyn Sages, 606. *a-sé'rue, *a sérve, v. t. & i. $62TVe. (S. im Boucher.) To merit, to de- “VChe mon schal haue as thei a serwe.” Mary and the Cross (ed. Morris), st. xxxvii. 478. *a-sès'se, v. t. [Fr. cesser=to cease.] To cause to cease. [ACESE.] “And assesse the werre anon, Betwyxe hym and hys brother Jhon.” Richard, 6,311. (S. in Boucher.) a—séth'. [ASSETs.] - *a-sèt'—més, s. [ A. S. asetnys=what is set or fixed; a statute, a law.] A regulation. “This ilke abbot at Ramsai Asetmes set in his abbai.” MS. Coll. Med. Edinb., H. iii., 12, f. 47 b. (S. im Boucher.) à-séx'—u—al, a. [Gr. a, priv., and Eng. Seawal.] Bot. : Without sexes. Applied to the flowerless plants in which stamina and pistils are wanting. *āş-fa'ste, adv. [Eng. as; fast.] Anon, quickly. (Prompt. Parv.) Ås'-gard, s. [O. Sw., &c..] An old Scandinavian deity. “. . . of his eyebrows they formed Asgard their god's dwelling.” — Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, ect, i. àsh (1), *āshe, *āsche, *ai'sche, *ēsche, *āske, *äxe, *ēsse, *ās (Eng.), aise, ass (Scotch) (plur. āsh-es, assga'-in, “fish's en, “aisch- iš, *asch-ys, *āsk –és, *āsk'-ys, *āsk’-en, “àx'-en), s. [A. S. asce, acse, Oesce, awe, ahse, aacse, Ceace ; Sw. & O. Icel. aska, Dan. aske; Dut. asch, Ger. asche; O. H. Ger. asche; Goth. azgo.] A. Ordinary Language: #I. In the singular: Rarely used as a simple word, except by geologists and chemists. In composition, however, it is very common. (See words under C. and II. Plur.) “With fyre frome Heauin consumit was with as I'or that foule stinkand sin of Lychorie.” E. E. Teact. Soc., Lawden's Minor Poems, 503. “Collected, my leddy what would ye collect out of the sute and the ass?”—Scott: Bride of Lammermoor, ch. xi. “. . an amalgam of coarse altered ash.”—Q. J. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxii. (1876), p. 22. II. In the plural : 1. ºf (a) Gen.: The residuum left after the burning of anything combustible. “. . . and take up the ashes which the fire hath con- surned,”—Lev. vi. 10. (b) The remains of a crematod dead body pre- served in an urn or coffin; or more figuratively, the remains of a body buried without cremation. “And the askes of Johne the baptyste.” The Stacyons of Rome (ed. Furnivall), 417. “The coffins were broken open. The ashes were scat- tered to the winds.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. “E’en in our ashes live their wonted fires.” Gray: Elegy, 23. 2. Fig. : Whatever is worthless, or expresses humiliation; referring, however, to the fact that of old a person in calamity would at times put ashes upon his head, or, groveling on the ground, bury his lips among them, as if he were feeding upon them. “He [the idolater] feedeth on ashes: a deceived heart Jhath turned him aside .”—Isa. xiiv. 20. “IHe hath cast me into the mire, and I am become like dust and ashes.”—Job xxx. 19. “To give unto them beauty for ashes.”—Isa. lxi. 3. B. Technically: Geol. Volcanic ashes, volcanic ash : The porous remains of certain molten rocks thrown out by ancient volcanoes, and in many cases laid down in beds stratified by the gravitation of the falling bodies themselves, or by the action of water. (For example see A. 1.) . "I For the distinction between ashes and tuffs see the subjoined example. “In answer to the question as to what was the difference between ashes and tuffs, he [Mr. David Forbes, F. R. S.] defined ashes as purely sub-aērial formations, thrown out of the volcanic orifice, and falling down on land or sea, as the case happened; whilst tuffs, on the contrary, were molten lava poured out into, or more often under, water, and thus instantaneously quenched and disintegrated into fragments or powder, more or less fine, in proportion as the action of the water was overpowering. In ashes each. separate particle bore on its exterior the evidence of its having been exposed to the action of fire in the throat of the volcano, and externally is altered, glazed, or coated with a crust or skin, often resembling that of a meteorite, an appearance which is never to be observed in tuffs.”— Q. J. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxi. (1875), p. 421. 286 C.. In composition: . Denoting various objects hº certain similarities of form, color, &c., to a SElGS, ash-color, s. A color like ash or ashes. [ASH- COLORED.] ash-colored, a. Colored like ashes. Between brown and gray. “Clay, ash-colored, was part of a stratum which lay above the strata of stone.”— Woodward: Om Fossils. Ash-colored Falcom . A name for Montagu's Harrier (Circus cineracews). Ash-colored Harrier: Another name for the same bird. - a.Sh-fire, s. chemical furnaces. ash-gray, a. Bot., dºc. : A mixture of pure white and pure black, so as to form an intermediate tint. (Lindley.) ash-grayish, a. Bot., dºc. : Ash-gray, but with more of the white The subdued or low fire used in (Todd.) admixed. (Lindley.) ash-hole, s. A receptacle for ashes beneath a furnace. ash-pan, s. A pan beneath a furnace or grate for the reception of ashes. ash-tub, s. A tub beneath a furnace or grate for the reception of ashes. Ash–Wednesday, s. [Eng. Ash, ; Wednesday. n Sw. Dan. Aske-onsdag, Dut. Ashdag, Ger. Aschermittwooh..] The first day of Lent, the con- nection of which with “ash ’’ or ashes seems to have been that, according to the injunction of Pope Gregory the Great, in the sixth century, ashes, which first had been blessed, were sprinkled on the heads of worshipers, or the form of the cross was traced with ashes upon their foreheads, one main object at first being to put them in remembrance that their bodies were but “dust and ashes.” As on the same day notorious sinners, professing peni tence, had to appear in church clothed in sack- cloth, and with tears solicit absolution, repentance “in sackcloth and ashes” was also suggested, and added a fresh association with the day. At the time of the Reformation the law or practice which required applicants for pardon of sin to be sub- jected to this severe discipline was swept away, and the “Commination ” service, still in use, was introduced in its room, “until the said discipline may be restored again, which is much to be wished.” (Liturgy: Commimation.) āsh (2), *āsghe, *ēsghe, s., a. d. in comp. [A. S. cesc Sw. ask: ; Dan. ask, asketrop; Dut. esch, ess- cheboom ; Ger. esche; O. H. Ger. asc, asch O. Icel. askr.) A. As substamtive: I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. The name of a well-known tree, the Fraasinus ea:celsior. It has, pinnate leaves. The flowers which come out before the leaves, are destitute o calyx and corolla. The stamens are two, the fruit a two-celled and two-seeded samara. “And ash far-stretching his umbrageous arm.” Cowper: Task, bk. i. 2. The wood of the ash (Fraximus earcelsior). It is used for the construction of various agricultural implements. The qualities to be sought in good ash-wood are strength, toughness, and elasticity. “Let me twine Mine arms about that body, where against, My grained ash an hundred times hath broke, And scar'd the moon with splinters.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, iv. 5. II. Scripture: The ash of Scripture, in Heb. orén (Isa. xliv. 14), is probably not a Fraxinus, but what it is has not yet been decided. “. . . he planteth an ash, and the rain doth nourish it.”—Isa. xliv. 14. B. As adjective, Made of ash; pertaining to the ash; resembling the ash. [ASHEN (2).] G. In composition: Denoting=made of, or per- taining to ash. ash-keys, S. pl. [Ash EN KEYS.] “As I have seen the ash-keys fall on a frosty morning.” —Scott: Tales of my Landlord, xxv. ash-spear, 3. A spear of which the wooden por- tion is made of ash. “The tough ash-spear, so stout and true, Into a thousand flinders flew.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, iii. 6. ash-tree, s. Fraazimus eaccelsior, described above. “Then the angry Hiawatha Raised his mighty bow of ash-tree, Seized his arrows, jasper-headed.” Longfellow: Song of Hiawatha, ix. The seed-vessels of the ash. ashlar ash-Weed, s. A name sometimes given to the Gout-weed (AEgopodium podagraria), from the resemblance of its leaflets to those of the ash-tree. ash-Wood, s. The wood of the ash-tree. “Like reeds he snapped the tough ash-wood.” Scott; Rokeby, v. 36. *a-Shā'me, *as-Ghā’me (pa. par. a-shā'med, *a-shā'—myd, *a-sghā'—myd), v. t. [Eng, a shame. A. S. ascamiam = to be ashamed; gesce- amian = to make ashamed ; from scama = shame; gescamian-to shame, to blush. In Dut. beshaamd is an adj. = ashamed; Ger. beschämem=to shame.] . A. As a verb in contradistinction to a participle it is obsolete : To put to shame; to cause to blush. B. As a past participle (ashamed, *ashamyd, *aschamyd), it is in common use : Made to blush, or feel abashed or confused, from consciousness of secret guilt, from a feeling of inferiority, from the humiliation produced by the exposure of disrepu- table moral conduct, or of intellectual folly with which one is chargeable. TI In Scrupture it is followed by of, or more rarely by for or because, applied to that which causes the shame. “And Moab shall be ashamed of Chemosh, as the house of Israel was ashamed of Beth-el their confidence.”—Jer. xlviii. 13. “. . . they shall see, and be ashamed for their envy at the people.”—Isa. xxvi. 11. “. . they shall be ashamed because of their sacri- fices.”—Hoseat iv. 19. In Ordinary Language: To be ashamed for a per- son is to blush on account of his misconduct, the jºire being felt that he should not disgrace him- SCII, a-shā'm-éd—ly, adv. [Eng. ashamed; -ly.] as to manifest shame; bashfully. (Huloet.) ăsh-büd, s. [Eng. ash (2), and bud.] A bud on or from an ash-tree. “Darker than darkest pansies, and that, hair More black than ashbuds in the front of March.” Tennyson: The Gardener's Daughter. *a.She, v. t. [AsK.] āsh'-Én (1), a. [From Eng. ashes.] Of a color between brown and gray. “On the Earl's cheek the flush of rage O'ercame the ashem hue of age.” Scott: Mot?'m ion, vi. 14. āsh'-àn (2), ás-shën, a. [From Eng. ash; and suff. -en. In Ger. eschem.] 1. Pertaining to the ash-tree. 2. Made of ash-wood. “And each his ashem bow unbent.” - Scott; Lord of the Isles, iv. 9. a.Shen keys. The seed vessels of the ash-tree. They are called by botanists Samaras, i. e., dry, indehiscent winged, two-celled, two seeded capsules. º Th C ir length and lateral compression create the resemblance to keys. [ASH-KEYS.] Her. : The seed-vessels of the ash-tree, which are occasionally represented on an escutcheon. (Gloss. of Heraldry, 1847.) a-Shine, a. Shining; radiant; bright. - āsh'-lar, àsh'-lèr, *a-ghèl'—or (Eng.), áis'-lèr, *āis'—lair, ºëst'-lèr (Scotch), s. & a. [O. Fr. aise- ler, from aisselle = the armpit; Lat. aa'illa = the armpit.} [AXIL.] A. As substantive: Arch. : Hewn or squared stone used in building, as contradistinguished from that which is rough, as when it came from the quarry. “J. H.” in ºil. Tº iii SO Ashen Keys. jº *i; º Iſº | jº III §º #||º || ºf 1: º ºliº §III fºllº III º ſº S--→--> º Iſº | ſºlº Túñ Ashlar. Sºiſſº º ſº º Boucher's Dict, states that the earliest instance of the use of the word ashler which had been discov- ered when he wrote, was, in connection with the ... of the College of Fotheringhay. [See ex- a ſūple. făte, fit, whât, fall, or, wore, amidst, färe, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, thère; marine; gé, pöt, sire, sir, pine, pit, wolf, wörk, whô, sön; Syrian. ae, Ce = 6; ey = 3. qu = kW. miite, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; try, w ashlering “. . . the ground of the body and isles be maad within the ende under the ground table-stones with rough stone; and all the remanent of the said, body and isles, unto the full hight of the said quire, with clene hewne ashler, altogedir in the outer side unto the full hight of the said quire.”—An Indenture (A. D. 1411), Monast. An- glic., vi. 1,414. Nigged Ashlar: Stone hewn with a pick or with a pointed hammer, instead of with a chisel, The term is used principally in connection with the hewing of the hard Aberdeen granite. (Weale : Rudiment. Dict. of Terms wised in Arch., pt. iii., p. 304.) B. As adjective: Pertaining to hewn or squared stones; made of or with ashlar or hewn stones. “The ashler buttress braves its force.” Scott: Cadzow Castle. “It is no square-built gloomy palace of black ashlar Imarble, shrouded in awe and horror, as Gray gives it us, . . .”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. i. āsh'-1ér-iñg, s. Architecture : 1. Pieces of wood, about three feet high, placed in garrets so as to cut off the acute angles formed by the junction of the roof and floor. 2. The act of bedding ashlar in mortar. a-shö'–ca, a Sö'–ca, s. [In Bengali, &c., ashoka.] A magnificent tree, the Jonesia asoca, called after Sir William Jones, founder of the Asiatic Society, who says that the vegetable world scarce affords a richer sight than an ashoca-tree in full bloom. The flowers, which are, in cymes, are of a rich orange color. The fruit is leguminous. The tree is wild in the Malayan peninsula, and also cultivated in Indian gardens. a-shö re (1), adv. 1. Aslope, slantwise. (Babees Book (ed. Fur- mivall), p. 121.) (Ibid., p. 136.) 2. Astraddle. a-shū're (2), adv. [Eng. a = on ; shore.] 1. To the shore; upon the shore from the sea. Used (a) of a person landing from a ship : “Yet then, when called ashore, he sought The tender peace of rural thought.” Wordsworth: To the Daisy. Qr (b) of the ship itself flung ashore, or anything from the deep similarly hurled upon the land. “May thy billows rowl ashore The beryl and the golden ore.” IIIilton : Comus. 2. On the shore, as contradistinguished from being on board a ship or in the sea. “Our position was often ashore.”—Hooker: IIimalayam Journals, ch. iii. Āsh tör-áth, tisſ-tór-êth, Ās-tar'-té (pl. Āsh-ţār-5th), s. [Heb. Ashtoreth, pl. Ashtaröth, Gr, Astarte; , Assyr. Ishtar; Pers. Istarah; Gr. Øster- a star...] [STAR.] A goddess worshiped in Phenicia, Philistia, and elsewhere. She was sym- hºlized by the moon, and also by the planet Venus. The place Asteroth Karnaim (Gen. xiv. 5) means the horned or mooned Astartes, probably from lºs of that goddess set up and worshiped } GTO, She is supposed to be the Queen of Heaven,” mentioned in Jer. vii. 18 and xliv, 17. Heb. dishérah, Wrongly translated “grove’ or “groves" in Judg. vi. 25, 2 Kings Xxiii. .4, and various other places, seeins, to signify, an image of Astarte. It is con- nected with Heb. Šshér-happiness, good fortune, Astarte being the goddess of good fortune, She represented the female principle, and was worshiped With impure rites. She is frequently connected with Baal, the corresponding malö divinity. [BAAL.] “For Solomon went after Ashtoreth, the goddess of the Zidonians.”—1 Kings xi. 5. ãsh'-y, a. ſº ash.; .-y.] Of an ash color, or tending toward one; whitish-gray, pale. “And dying eyes gleam'd forth their ashy lights, like dying coals burnt out in tedious nights.” Shalcesp.: Tarquin and Lucrece. ashy-green, a. & s. A. As adjective: Colored green, commingled with ash color. B. As substantive: The color now described. “. . . the back of an ashy-green.”— Warrington, in Miscell. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., October, 1852. ashy-pale, a. Pale like ashes. “. . . he looked ashy-pale and haggard.”—Hooker: Himalayan Jowrmals, vol. ii., p. 201. A-sia (sia as sha), s. [Sw. & Dan. Asien; Dut. fº Fr. Asie; Sp., Port., Ital, & Lat. Asia; Gr. [Eng. ashler; -ing.] 48ia. A. Classical Mythology: 1. A dayghter of Oceanus, mentioned by Hesiod the first Greek Writer who used the term Asia, an then hot in a geographical sense., 2. The wife of Prometheus. 287 B. Geog. : [4sia in this sense is said to be derived from the daughter of Oceanus afore-mentioned.] *1. Apparently the region east of the Archipelago Once ruled over by King Attalus, and extending from Pergamos, in Mysia, to Caria. Herodotus, is the first writer in which this—the oldest—geographi- cal sense of the word Asia is known to occur. Livy also uses it with the same signification, generally known as Asia Minor. 2. The Roman province of the name, including Phrygia, Mysia, Lydia, and Caria. This is the New Testament sense of the word. “. . . . the dwellers in Mesopotamia, and in Judea, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia, Phrygia, and Pam- phylia, .”—Atcts ii. 9, 10. 3. The great continent east of Europe and Africa. When this extended sense was introduced, then the region between the Black Sea, the Archipelago, and the Mediterranean, within which the Roman prov- ince of Asia was situated, came to be called in Latin, by way of distinction, Asia Minor (Lesser Asia). The first author known to have used the latter term for Asia west of the Taurus was Orosius, in the fifth century A. D. (See Trench : Om the Study of Words, p. 96.) C. Astron.: An asteroid, the sixty-seventh found. łºas discovered by Pogson on the 18th of April, Dl A'-Sian (sian=shan), adj. longing to Asia. “From Asian Taurus, from Imaus stretch'd.” Thomson: Seasons; A \ttunºv. A'-si-arch (or sí=shi), s. [In Ger. Asiarch ; Fr. &Siarque; Lat. asiarchus; Gr. asiarchēs.] Under the Romans: The director-general of re- ligious ceremonies in the province of Asia. The expression occurs in the Greek Testament, Times de kai ton Asiarchöm, “And certain also of the Asi- archs” (Acts xix. 31). Properly speaking, there was but one Asiarch residing at Ephesus; the others referred to were his subordinates. A-si-àt'-ic, *Á-sī-āt'-ick (or sí=shi), a. & s. [In Fr. Asiatique, adj. ; Sp., Port. & Ital. Asiatico; Lat. Asiaticus; Gr. Asiatikos.] A. As adjective: Pertaining, relating, or belong- ing º Asia in any of the geographical senses of that WOTC1, Now (Spec.): Referring to the Asiatic continent. “The commerce of Asiatic Russia bears a small pro- portion to that of European Russia, the proportion bein as 4 to 35.”—Leoni Levi : Hist. Brit. Comm. (1872), p. 467. Asiatic Society : The name given to any society which makes Asia and its inhabitants the main sub- ject of inquiry. The first modern society of the ind was the Asiatic Society of Bengal, founded at Calcutta by Sir William Jones, in January, 1784. The Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ire- land was formed in March, 1823, and incorporated in August, 1824. . It holds its meetings in London, but has affiliated societies or branches at Bombay and Madris. The Bengal Society also, though earlier in point of time, is now virtually a third branch. Other Asiatic societies exist among the Continental nations of Europe, the best known heing that of Paris, founded in 1822. T For terms in Zoology. Botany, &c., commencing with Asiatic, such as Asiatic elephant, see the sub- stantives subjoined. B. As substantive : A native of Asia in any of the geographical senses of the word. Spec., a native of the Asiatic continent. & “If the Japanese and the Malays exhibit a character manly, enterprising, and different from that of the other [Lat. Asius,1 Be- Asiatics. .”—Malte Bru n : Phys. Geog., 2d ed. (1834), p. 622. A-si-āt-i-gism, s. [Eng. Asiatic; -ism..] An imitation of Asiatic manners. a-side, adv. [Eng. a =on or to ; side..] [SIDE.] A. Ordinary Language: I. To one side. 1. In a general Sense : “. . . are cast aside, As useless, to the moles and to the bats.” Cowper: Task, bk. vi. 2. Specially: .. º (a) To or at a little distance from the rest; to be left in waiting, or for some other purpose. “. . . thou shalt set aside that which is full, . . .” —2 Kimgs iv. 4. (b) To a solitary spot; outside a crowd. “And he took him aside from the multitude, . . .”— Mark vii. 33. II. At one side. Specially— 1. Out of hearing, privately, or to one's self. “Then lords and ladies spake aside, And angry looks the error chide.” Scott: The Lord of the Isles, ii. 7. T So in dramas a speaker makes certain state- ments aside. ask . 2. Away from the body, as a garment taken off and then laid down. “He riseth from supper and laid aside his garments.” —John xiii. 4. T In Scotch it is sometimes used as a preposition =beside. “Since Maggie I am in aside ye.” Tammahill Poems, p. 153. (Jamieson.) III. Figuratively: 1. Morally separate; away from the soul, or away from the right direction. “. . . let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, . .”—Heb. xii. 1. (The metaphor is that of a long flowing garment hovering around us, and tripping the feet when we attempt to run.) * * 2. Away from the morally right path. “They are all gone as ide, they are all together become filthy.”—Ps. xiv. 3. B. Technically: Law. To set aside a verdict is to render it abortive, to quash it, to overthrow it. . To set anything aside = to destroy it, or render it abortive. # *a-si-dis hälf, adv. To one side; aside. (Wycliffe: kings iii. 27.) as—i-én'—tó. [Assi BNTo..] *a-si'le, s. ... [Asy LUM.] A retreat; a place of safety. (Wycliffe : 2 Macc. iv. 34.) a-Sil’-i-dae, s. pl. [ASILUS.] Entom. : A family of insects belonging, to the order Diptera, and the tribe Brachycera. They are generally called Hornet-flies. They are fierce and voracious, mostly feeding on other insects, which they catch on the wing. In flying they make a hum- ming noise. ăş-il-ūs, s. [Lat. asilus=a gadfly, a horsefly.] A genus of two-winged, flies (Diptera), the typical one of the family Asilidae. *ás-in-ar-y, a. [Lat. asimarius.j Pertaining to an ass. ºf ºne-so, ăs-sī-né'-gö, s. [Sp. asnico–a small a SS. “We jogged leisurely on upon our mules and assi- megoes.”—Sir T. Herbert: Travels, p. 127. 2. Fig.: A stupid fellow. “Or are you so ambitious 'bove your peers, You’d be an assinego by your years ‘’’ Ben Jomson: Expost. with Inigo Jones. ăs-in-ine, a. [In Sp. & Ital. asimino; Lat. asinimus.]. . & e 1. Pertaining or relating to an ass, as the animal actually is. “You shall have more ado to drive our dullest youth, our stocks and stubs, from such nurture, that we have now, to hale our choicest and hopefullest wits to that asinime feast of sow-thistles and brambles.”—Milton. 2. Stupid, silly, as the ass is popularly believed to be. [PONS ASINORUM.] ăs-î-nin'-i-ty, s. [Eng.,asinin(e); -ity..] Asinine behavior; obstinate stupidity. äs'-in-às, s. [Lat.] A genus of mammals,...of the order Pachydermata, and sub-order Solipedia. It contains the ass. There is a fossil ass or zebra (Asinus fossilis) in the drift and cave period, and in the marl beneath the peat. (Owen : British Fossil Mammals and Birds, pp. 396-398.) ăs'-i-ö, s. [Lat.] The name used by Pliny,and adopted by Swainson for the “Horned Owls.” It is not now generally used, Bubo having taken its place. [BUBO.] a-si'-phēn—ate, a. phomate.] º & In Conchology: Destitute of siphon. “Some holostomatous and as iphonate Gastropods.”— Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 61. a-sit’—i-a, s. [Gr, asitio-want of food, loss of appetite; asited=not to eat; asitos=ywithout eating; a, priv., and sites=wheat;, also food.] Med...: Loss of appetite, loathing of food. ask, *aske, *asche, *ashe, task-i-án, ºsk'-- ên, “ask-én, “ask-in, “ass, *āxe, ax-i-Én (pret. asked, *ask'—éde, *āsch'-Éd, *āc"—séde, *āsch'— éde, *ē-ăsked), v. t. & i. . [A. S. acsian, gscian, Gescian, absign, Qazian, acsigan, (twigean. . In Sw. ceska O. Icel. Ceskja , Fris, asked, aschia; Dut. eischem : Ger. heischen, O. H. Ger. eiscon; O. L. Ger. escom – to ask; Sansc. ish-to desire.] A. Transitive: I. To solicit or demand a reply in words to a ques- tion put. tº e e & 1. To question, to inquire of, to interrogate. “. . . when your children ask their fathers in time to come, saying, What mean ye by these stones 3'-Josh. iv. 6. [Gr. a, priv., and Eng. Si- bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, çhim, bench; gem; thin, this; £O, Sin, Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, -tian = shan. del. —tion, -ble, -Sion —dle, &c. = bel, * -Sious = Shūs. Shiin; Zhiin. -ţion, -śion -cious, —tious, aske . T Sometimes the word question is put after the interrogatory verb, as- “. neither durst any man from that day forth asle him any more questions.”—Matt. xxii. 46. . 2. To inquire about, to solicit information regard- lºng. “Ask counsel, we pray thee, of God, xviii. 5. iſ Ask in this first, sense of inquire is followed by the objective of the person, and concerning or ºregarding or of prefixed to the thing about which information is solicited. “Ask now the priests concerning the law, Bagg, ii. 11. “Ask me of things to come .”—Isa. xlv. 11. *II. To lay to one's charge; the original meaning probably being to demand from one an answer to a charge. “False witnesses did rise up; they laid to my charge [margin, asked] me things that I knew not.”—Ps. xxxv. 11. III. To solicit or demand any desirable thing, as contradistinguished from mere words. * 1. To solicit by prayer or petition ; to beg. “Where-fore I ashe you pardoun and youre grace, Sithe me behoveth deth or youre mercye.” La Belle Dame Sanz Mercy (ed. Furnivall), 687-8. “. . . ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.”—John xv. 7. 2. To demand (of), to require (from), or, at least, to expect (from). “To whom men have committed much, of him they will ask the more.”—Luke xii. 48. IV. To invite: as, To ask one to a party. T To ask after one: To inquire after one's health. V. Fig.: To require, to need, to stand in need of. “To carry nature lengths unknown before, To give a Milton birth ask'd ages more.” Cowper: Table Talk. “Man’s coltish disposition asks the thong.” Cowper: Progress of Error. *| Or it is followed by two objectives, the one of the person and the other of the thing: “. . . I will ask thee a thing; hide nothing from me.”—Jer. xxxviii. 14. (Properly speaking, there is an ellipsis, ºf being omitted before the person: “I will ask [of] thee.") In the sentences. Ask us a king” (1 Sam. xii. 19), tº seems an ellipsis of for: “Ask [for] us a XIIlg. º TOr it is followed by the objective of the thing. and of, from, or at of the person the last named: “Ask thee a sign of the Lord thy God; .”—Isa. vii. 11. B. In troºmsitive : 1. To inquire, to put a question, to solicit Divine direction. “I ask therefore for what intent ye have sent for me 7” —Acts x. 29. 2. To pray, to solicit. “But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering.”—James i. 6 .”—Judg. 93 & T Ask, v. i., is followed by of or at prefixed to the person addressed. “. . . thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water.”—John iv. 10. “. . . have not asked at my mouth.”—Isa. xxx. 2. Or before a noun of multitude among may be used. “Ask ye now among the heathen, who hath heard such things, . . .”—Jer. xviii. 13 T The object inquired about or petitioned for is preceded by for or after. “That any spir, othir man or wine, Or efter the cros will the ass, That inesu crist on hanged was.” Finding of the Cross (ed. Morris), 186-188. “. . . . ask for the old paths, where is the good way and walk therein, .”—Jer. vi. 16. “Why askest thou thus after my name, xiii. 18. *āske, *āsk-Ér (O. Eng.), ask, *ēsk (Scotch), s. A. S., atheate = a lizard, a newt; Ger. eidechse = a izard; O. H. Ger. egidehsq.] A water-newt, an eft. Any of the Tritons or Lissotritons. (Scotch...) [TRITON, LISSOTRITON.] as-kānt, *as-kā'unt, *as-cá'unt, adv. [Con- nected on the one hand with askance, and on the other with aslamt (q.v.); O. Fr. a scanché = ob- liquely ( º Obliquely; askance, askew, aslant, slantingly. (Used specially of the eyes.) “At this Achilles roll’d his furious eyes, Fix’d on the king askaunt, and thus replies: O, impudent.” Dryden. . ”—Judg. 288 adv. = oblique, sloping ; as substantive= a declivity.] |...} ASKLENT, ASLANT, SKLENT, SLANT.] Ob- iquely, sideways; or applied to the eye, squintingly. “Aside the devil turn’d For envy; yet with jealous leer malign Eyed them askance.” Milton: P. L., bk. iv. 504. ºf A contemporary of Spenser's, who wrote, a glossary to that poet's iſºplºgr. Calendar, in- cluded askance in his list of old words, but since then it has completely revived. *as-kā nçe, v. t. [ASKANCE.] To turn away. asked, *ask'-éde, pa. par. [AsK, v. t.] *ask'—én, v. t. [AsK.] ask'-Ér (1) s. [Eng. ask; -er.] . 1. Qne who asks in the sense of questioning or inquiring ; an interrogator, an inquirer. “Every asker being satisfied, we may conclude that all their conceptions of being in a place are the same.”— Digby: Of Bodies. 2. One who asks in the sense of petitioning; a petitioner. “Have you Ere now denied the asker 2 and, now again On him that did not ask, but mock, bestow.” * Shakesp.: Coriol., ii. 3. ãSk’–6r (2), s. [ASKE..] A newt. *äsk'—és, s. pl. [ASHES, ASH.] * aS-kew" (ew=ii), *as—küre, *as—cile, adv. & adj. [Eng, a skew. . In Dan. Skiaev is=crooked, oblique; Dut. Schwim–slant, , sloping, oblique; schwims=slopingly; schwimte-slope; scheef = Wry, slanting, sloping; Ger. schief; Lat. scoºvus: Gr: skaios = on the left hand; Sansc. Sarya = left.] [SKEW, SHUNT.] A. As adverb: 1. Askance, asquint. (Used of the eyes.) “For when ye mildly look with lovely hue, Then is my soul with life and love inspir'd: But when ye lowre, or look on me askew, Then do I die.” Spenser: Somm. T. “He looked ascue upon him, as one he envied or hated.” —Bp. Patrick on 1 Sam. xviii. 9. 2. In an oblique direction. G.I.S.C. “All things are now discovered to proceed askwe, the º world and all.”—Gayton: Notes on Dom Quiacote, }). B. As adjective: Oblique, awry. “Thus in time the tail becomes quite askew, and is a tolerable guide to the length of time the bird has been sitting.”—Mr. Ramsay, quoted in Darwin’s “Descent of Man,” pt. ii., ch. xv. - *als—kewse, v. t. [ExCUSE.] Excuse, acquit. ask"—ifig, *ask'-yńg, pr. par., adj., & S. [ASK, v.] . A. & B. As pr; par. & adj. : In senses correspond- ing to those of the verb. “With many an asking smile, and wondering stare, They whisper round, and gaze upon Gulnare.” Byrom: The Corsair, iii. 16. C. As subst.: Petitioning, expressed wish; solici- tation. “Here, too, lands may be had for the asking.” Longfellow: Evangeline, ii. 3. äsk-iñg"-ly, adv. [Eng., asking; -ly.] In an in- quiring manner; interrogatively. (Used of anything *a-sköf, adv. [O. Eng. a ; skof-scoff.] In a scoffing manner; deridingly. “Alisaunder loked askof As he no gef nought therof.” Alisawmder, 874. (Boucher.) *a-slā'ke, v. t. & i. [Eng. a , slake=Slack; A. S. aslacian–to slacken, to loosen, to untie, to remit, to dissolve, to enervate.] To cause to become slack, to slacken, to extinguish. “That thurgh your deth your lignage schuld aslake.” Chaucer: C. T., 8,013. as-lā'-ni, s. [From Turkish and Tartar aslam, arslam=a lion: as, Alp Arslan=Alp the Lion.] An Old Turkish coin worth from 115 to 120 aspers. [Asper.] It is not included in the Statesman’s Year-Book among the coins now current in Turkey. Goodrich and Porter mention, on the authority of Buchanan, that the name aslami is sometimes ap- plied to the Dutch dollar in the Levant. a—sla'nt, *a-slét", *a-slout', *a-slö'wte (Eng.), *as—klēnt", *as—klint' (Scotch), adv. & prep. [Eng. (t , slotºvt. The k of the Scotch asklent connects it also with askant. In Sw. slinta- to slip, to slide; Dut. Slimks = obliquely, slinksch. = oblique; Wel. */sglentioi = to slip or slide; O. Fr. esclincher=to slip or slide; Ital, a schiam.co-crosswise, logº in a wrong sense..] [ASKANT, ASKANCE, SLANT, GLANCE.] A. As adverb: - 1. Lit.: Not at a right angle; slantingly; Ob- aSp 2. Fig. : In a morally oblique manner. “Sin’ thou came to the world asklent.” Burns: To his Illegitimate Child. B. As prep. : In a slanting direction to anything; obliquely to anything. “The swelling upland, where the sidelong sun Aslant the wooded slope, at evening goes.” Ilongfellow: Spirit of Poetry. * The old forms “aslet, *aslout, and *@slowte are from Prompt, Parv.; and aslout in the Babees Book (ed. Furniyall), p. 155, Possibly they may be con- nected with aslope rather than with aslant. a-Slá'We, pa. par. [A. S. aslegem, aslagem-slain.] Slain. “Tho caym hadde his brother aslawe, iflemd he was. theruore.” The Holy Rode (ed. Morris), 20. a-Slé'ep, a. Or adv. [Eng. a =on, and sleep; A. S. aslapan=to be asleep.] I. In sleep. (Applied to rest in the state of Sleep. 1. Lit. : In literal sleep, sleeping. “The ship was covered with the waves; but He was. asleep.”—Matt. viii. 24. 2. Figuratively: (a) Dead; in the sleep of death. “We which are alive, and remain unto the coming of the Lord, shall not prevent them which are asleep.”— 1 Thess. iv. 15. (b) Benumbed, numb. [II. 2 (b).] II. Into sleep. , (Applied to the passage from the state of waking to the state of sleep.) 1. Lit. : Into literal sleep. 2. Figuratively : (a) Into death. “When He had said this He fell asleep.”—Acts vii. 60. (b) Benumbed; into a benumbed state. “Leaning long upon any part maketh it numb, and, as. we call it, asleep.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., cent. viii., § 735. *a-slèt", adv. [Asi, ANT.] a Slö'pe, a. or adv. [Eng. a = 9n, and slope.] With a slope; slopingly, aslant, obliquely. “To set them, not upright, but aslope.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., cent. v., § 425. *a-Slö'Wte, adv. [ASLANT.] a—slig", adv. [Eng. a slug.] After the manner of a slug-i. e., in a sluggish manner, sluggishly, lazily. (Fotherby.) * as-mat-ög'-ra-phy, s. [Gr. asma, genit. asmatos =a song, from adj=to sing; graphē = a writing.] A Writing about songs; a treatise on Songs. a-Smear', a. [Eng. a =on, and smear, S.] Smeared gº; béfouleå. (Dickens: Great Eaſpectations, ch. XX. Ås—mön-é'—an, Āš-mön-ae'—an, a. & S. [From Asmomews. (See def.) A. As adjective: Pertaining or relating to, As- moneus, the great-grandfather of that Mattathias who commenced the Maccabee revolt. (Josephus: Antiq., bk. xii., ch. vi., § 1:), Qr pertaining or relat- ing to the illustrious Jewish family of patriots and princes called after him. B. As substantive : A member of the Asmonean family described above. a-săak, a. or adv. . [Eng. a soak..] Soaking, in a soaking state. (Holdsworth.) a-Sö’-ca, S. [ASHOCA. J *a-sói'1, v. t. [ASSOIL (1).] a-săm'-a'-toiás, a. [Lat, asomatus. Gr, asómatos, from a priv., and 89 mga body..] Destitute of a body; incorporeal. (Johnson.) *a-söm'—ön, v. t. [SUMMON.] *a-sön'-dér, adv. [ASUNDER.] *asonghe, v. [O. Fr. essoymer.] To excuse. “And for-do all that wertew fare, And thow may nocht asonghe the.” Ratis Raving, bk. i. (ed. Lumby), 999, 1,000. a—so'-pi—a, s. [From Gr. Asúpos, the “god' of the river Asopus in Achaia (there was another in Boeotia).]. A genus of moths, belonging to the family Pyralidae. A. farimalis is the so-called Meal- moth. [MEAL-MOTH.] asp (2), ás-pic, tas'-pick, s. ...[In. Sw, esping; Fr. Cuspic; , Prov. aspic, aspis. Sp. aspid; "Port. aspide, aspid; Ital. aspide; Lat. aspis; Gr. aspis= a round shield; an asp.] * 1. The kind of serpent peculiar to Egypt, and Libya, which has obtained great celebrity from having been chosen by Clegpatra to give her an easy death. Its poison is so quick and deadly in its oper- × , × * , ſº * t >k liquely. Not in a straightforward manner. [B. ation, that it kills without a possibility of applying as-kā‘nge, as-kā'unge, *as-cá'unge, "as- “Maggie coost her head fu' high, any remedy. It is believed to have been the Naia cá'uns, adv. [Wedgwood derives this from O. Fr. Looked asklent and unco skeigh.” Haje. It is the same genus as the Cobra Capello, ascamche – awry, crosswise; Ital, schiancio, as Burns. Duncan Gray. but differs in having the neck less wide, and having fāte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. aspalathum r greenish, bordered with brown. It is ; t; “asp * (aspis) of the New Testament £3m. iii. 13), and the “asp '' (pethem) of the Old Deut. xxxii.33; Job. xx. 14.16; Isa. Xi. 8.) “Their wine is the poison of dragons, and the cruel venom of asps.”—Dewt. xxxii. 58. “The poison of asps is under their lips.”—Rom. iii. 13. “Swell, bosom, with thy fraught, For ’tis of aspics’ tongues ''' Shakesp.: Othello, iii. 8. 2. The Common Asp or Chersæa (Vipera aspis) is olive above, with four rows of black spots. Its poison is severe. It is common in Sweden and some other parts of Europe. º 3. (Poetically): Any venomous serpent. Describ- ing the Laocoön, Byron says:- “. . . the enormous asp Enforces pang on pang, and stifles gasp on gasp.” Byron: Childe Harold’s Pilgrimage, iv. 160. *äs-pâ1'-a-thiim, S. [ASPALATHUS.] An obso- let name for Calambac wood. (See Parr's Med. D. t.) It is the same as AG ALLOCH, AGILA, EAGLE- wood, or LIGN ALOES (q.v.). às—pāl'—a—this, s, [In Fr. aspalat; Lat. ašpala: thus º: ..., a thorny shrub, the bark and roots of which yielded a fragrant oil. It has not been certainly identified. It was called from the island of Aspalathus, on the coast of Lycia, where it sºil, e º - 1. The unidentified ancient shrub. “I gave a sweet smell like cinnamon and aspalathus, and I yielded a pleasant odor like the best myrrh.”—Ec- clus. xxiv. 15. - 2. A plant called the Rose of Jerusalem, or Our Lady’s Rose. (Johnson.) e 3. Mod. Bot.: A genus of plants belonging to the order Leguminosae and the sub-Order Papilionaceae. It contains about 150 shrubs and under-Shrubs, some of them cultivated in gardens. The genus stands in classification near Ulex (Gorse). às'-pa-lâx, s. [Gr, aspalaa, or Spalaa;=a mole.] A genus of Rodentia, to which belongs the 4., typh- lus of Turkey, Southern Russia, and Persia. It has no real affinity to our mole, which is ranked under the Insectivora, and not the Rodentia. ăs—par-àg'—é-ae, tàs—par-a-gin'-à-ae, S. pl. [AS- PARAGUS.] º Bot.: A tribe or section of the order Liliaceae (Lilyworts), consisting of species with Succulent fruits. Type, Asparagus (q.v.). They have usually the stem fúñy developed, and sometimes, indeed, even arborescent, with branches. Sometimes it is forming. Sometimes, again, there is no stem; in which jatº. case the leaves are often coriaceous and permanent. *as-pār'-a-gi, S. pl. [ASPARAGUS.] as-pār'-a-gin, as-pār'-a-mid, s, [In Ger. as- paragin; from Eng., &c., asparagus (q. v.).] A. ëhemical substance found in the roots of marsh. mallows and the shoots of i.º.º. and in sev- eral other plants. The crystals are brilliant, taste- less, transparent, and colorless. They have a faint cooling taste, and are soluble in water, especially if it is hot. The formula is C4H8N2O3.H2O. It is somewhat akin to Malamide. (Fownes.) ăs—par-a-gin"—é-ae, S. pl. [ASPARAGEAE.] ăs—par-āg'-in-öus, a. [Mod. Lat. asparagin- (ece), and Eng. Suffix -ows.] Pertaining or relating to asparagus. Asparaginows vegetables (Gardening): Those veg- etables the tender shoots of which are eaten like those of asparagus. as-pār'-a-gūs, s. [In Sw. Sparris; Dan. aspar- ges; Dut. aspersie; Ger, aspergie, Spargel; Fr. as- perge; Sp. esparrago; Port, aspargo; Ital. sparago, (tspirago; Russ. sparsa; Lat, asparagus, asphar- agus; Gr. asparagos; Attic, aspharagos, from sparassó=to tear. So called because of the strong rickles with which some of the species are armed. ormerly written sperage or sparage.] A. Ord. Lang.: A culinary plant, the tender shoots of which are eaten. It is the wild Asparagus (Asparagus officinalis), developed by cultivation. “Pardons for murder, for robbery, for arson were sold at Whitehall scarcely less openly than asparagus at Cov- ent Garden.”-Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. B. Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Liliaceae, or, Lilyworts, and the tribe, Asparagus, Qf which it is the type. It contains the Common Asparagus (A. officinalis), which is a plant with drooping, greenish-white flowers, and red berries. As mentioned above, it is the origin of the Garden Asparagus. In the plwral. Asparagi: A name given by the old botanists to the shoots covered with scales, like those of the asparagus, which are sent forth by Some plants. . The name now given to such a shoot 1S §o. (Lindley: Introd. to Bot., 3d ed., 1839, P. i2. bóil, boy; -cian, -tia 19 Cat, —tion, çell, póüt, jówl; Il -sion = Shan. chorus, shiin; 289 Mineralogy: Asparagus-stone: A mineral, a wa- riety of Apatite, found in Spain. Dana couples it with Moroxite, and places them both as a first sub- variety of ordinary Apatite, its only distinctive characteristic being its yellowish-green color. as-par"—táte, s. [Eng. aspart(ic); -ate.] [AS- PARTIC ACID.] as-pār'-a-mid, s. [Eng. aspar (agus) and amid (q.v.).] The same as ASPARAGIN (q.v.). (Watts.) as-par"—tic, a. [Formed from asparagim (q.v.).] aspartic acid (C4H1NO3). An acid formed from animal or vegetable proteids. (Watts.) AS-pâ'-Si-a, s. [From Aspasia; or from Gr. as- pasios-gladly welcomed; aspazomai-to welcome Kindly..] A genus of plants belonging to the order Orchidaceae, or Orchids. 1. Aspasia was a daughter of Hermotimus of Phocaea, famous for her personal charms and ele- flºº. and called Milto (vermilion) on account of er complexion. She was priestess of the sun, and loved successively by Cyrus, his brother Artaxerxes and Darius. 2. A daughter of Axiochus, born at Miletus, was famous for her mental and personal attractions. She taught eloquence at Athens. She became the mistress of Pericles. as-pâ'Si-à-lite, s. comed, and suffix -īte.] Min. : According to the British Museum Cata- logue, a variety of Oosite, a mineral placed by Dana under Pinite. He regards Aspasiolite as a variety of Fahlunite. It is of a green or greyish color. It Occurs in Norway with Iolite, of which it may be only in altered state. [FAHLUNITE, OOSITE, IO- LITE. *āspe, s. [ASPEN.] âs"—péct, *as-pêct', *as-pêct'e, s. [In Sw. & Dan. aspekt; Ger. aspekt, aspect; Fr. aspect; Sp. aspecto; Port. aspecto, aspeito: Ital, aspetto; Lat. aspectus= (1) a seeing, view ; (2) the sense of sight; (3) (by metonomy) the look, aspect, mien ; from as- pectus, pa. par. of aspicio=adspicio=to look to or at: ad=to, at ; specio=to look at, to behold.] A. Ordinary Language: tl. The act of looking, a glance. “The tradition is no less ancient, that the basilisk kill- eth by aspect, and that the wolf, if he see a man first, by §§ſtriketh a man hoarse.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. X., e II. The appearance presented. . 1. Of persons: (i), Gen. : Countenance, look, also mien. plied to a man, or at least to a living being.) “Which when Beelzebub perceived, than whom Satan except, none higher sat, with grave Aspect he rose, * x Milton: P. L., bk. ii. (ii.) Spec. Figuratively: (In the astrological sense.) [B. 2.] “To praise the clear unmatched red and white, Which triumphed in that sky of his delight, Where mortal stars, as bright as heaven’s beauties, With pure aspects did him peculiar duties.” Shakesp.: Tarquin and Lucrece. . . . another Pollio shine, With aspect open, shall erect his head, And round the orb in lasting notes be read.” Pope: Moral Essays; Epistle v. 64-66. [Gr. aspasios=greatly wel- (Ap- & 4 2. Of things: (i.) Of material things: The appearance pre- sented by a place; also the adaptation which a building or other station possesses for affording an Outlook in any particular direction. (Used with more or less tacit allusion to the astrological sense.) “The whole aspect of the place has been altered.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. “I have built a strong wall, faced to the south aspect with brick.”—Swift. ." Often in the plural, both with this and other significations. “The aspects of nature are more varied and impressive in Alpine regions than elsewhere.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., ii. 31. (ii.) Of things not essentially material: The ap- pearance presented to the mind instead of to the eye. “The aspect of affairs was, on the whole, cheering.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xviii. lº character, thus formed, has two aspects.”—Ibid., CIl. X11. B. Technically: 1. Old Astrom. ...The position of a planet in the heavens, especially with respect to other planets. Five different aspects received names. If two planets had the same longitude, they were said to be im, conjunction; if 60° apart, the aspect was sea:- go, gem; thin, this; = zhūn. -tious, -cious, çhin, –tion, bench; -Šion Sin, -SiOus aspen tile; if 90°, quartile; if 120°, trime; if 180°, then the two bodies were said to be in opposition. The sym- bols were the following:— Conjunction . e & e e • * Sextile º e o e & º º uartile tº e & * e º º rine . e º o º º e e Opposition . e e o e g o Of these terms only the first and last are now re- tained. [CONJUNCTION, OPPOSITION.] In the Sub- joined example, square is the same as quartile, and Opposite means in Opposition. “To the blank moon, Her office they prescrib'd: to th’ other five, Their planetary motions and aspects, In Sextile, square, and trine, and opposite.” Milton; P. L., bk. x. 2. Astrol. : This pseudo-science, recognizing the different aspects of the planets described under No. 1 (Old. Astrom.), further superadded the notion that these could, on the one hand, exert good, and on the other, an evil or malign influence on human affairs. “. . . . if Nature's concord broke, #. the constellations war were sprung, Two planets, rushing from aspect malign Of fiercest opposition, in mid sky Should combat, and their jarring spheres confound.” Milton : P. L., bk. vi. . . . and the astrologers call the evil influences of º stars evil aspects.”—Bacon: Essays (Civil & Mor.), CD. 1X. - 3. Her. : The position which an animal occupies with regard to the eye of the spectator. It may be (1) full aspect, that is, full-faced, looking toward the spectator; or (2) gº; that is, with its side toward him ; or (3) of trian aspect, that is, neither the one nor the other, but between the two. 4. Painting. A double aspect: A single figure representing two or more different objects. *as-pêct', v. t. [From aspect, s. (q.v.).] To look at, to behold, to contemplate. “Happy in their mistake, those people, whom The northern pole aspects; whom fear of death, The greatest of all human fears, ne'er moves.” Temple. as-pêct'-a-ble, a. [Lat. aspectabilis.] That may be looked at or beheld. “To this use of informing us what is in this aspectable world, we shall find the eye well fitted.”—Ray: Creation. as-pêct'—ant, a. [Lat. aspectans, pr. par. of aspecto-to look at..] Looking at. Her. : A term applied to two birds facing one another, or looking at one another. (The term as- pecting has the same meaning.) as-pêct'—éd, pa. par. & a. [ASPECT, v.] 1. As pa. par. : Looked at, beheld. 2. As adj. : Having an aspect. as-pêct'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [AspecT, v.] I. Ordinary Language : 1. As pr. par. : Looking at, beholding. 2. As adj. : Having an aspect. II. Her. : The same as ASPECTANT (q.v.). *as-pêc -tion, s. [Lat. aspectio- a look, a view.] The act of looking at anything. * A Moorish queen upon aspection of the picture of Andromeda conceived and brought forth a fair one.”— Browne. äs-pên, “àsp (1), *āspe, *ēspe, a. & s. GeSp, Cepse, º aspen; oppse (adj.)=trem Sw.asp; O. Icel. Ösp; Dan. espetrae; Dut. esp, espe- boom ; Ger. espe, aspe, dispe; O. H. Čer. QSpół. A. As adjective: Pertaining in any way to the trembling poplar. see A., subst.] Spec., consisting or made of its woo - “You see those lifeless stumps of aspen wood.” Wordsworth ; Hart-Leap Well, pt. ii. B. As substantive: A tree, the Populus tremula, or Trembling Poplar. The leaves are nearly orbicu- & 4 A. S. OuS ; Aspen. (1) Tree, (2) leaves, and (8) catkins. lar, and are bluntly sinuate-toothed. They soon be- come glabrous on both sides. The tremulous move- ment of the leaves which exists in all the poplars, aş; expect, Xenophon, shüS. -ble, -dle, exist. ph = f. &c. = bel, del. & aspen-leaf - but culminates in the aspen, mainly arises from the length and slender character of the petiole or leaf- stalk, and from its being much and laterally com- pressed. “Willows whiten, aspens quiver.” Tennyson: The Lady of Shalott. a Spen-leaf, s. 1. Lit.: The leaf of the aspen. “And his joints, with nerves of iron twined, Shook like the aspen-leaves in wind.” Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, ii. 24. *2. Fig.: The tongue. “For if they (i. e. wiues) º be suffered to begin ones in the congregacion to fall in disputing, those asy em. leaves of theirs would neuer leave waggyng.”—Sir T. More's Works, p. 769. (S. in Boucher.) às'—pér, as -pre (pre as pēr), a & S. [Lat. asper-rough. As adjective : 1. Rough ; not smooth on the surface. “. he saith that the way to heauen is straite and asp re and painful.”—Sir T. More's Works, p. 74. (S. in Boucher.) “Cold maketh the arteries and flesh more asper and rough.”—Bacom: De Calore et Frigore. 2. Sharp in sound. “All, base notes, or very treble, notes, give an asper sound.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. ii., § 173. 3. Bitter in spirit. “For if Creseide had erst complained sore, Tho gan the plain a thousand times more, And in her asp?re plaint, thus she seide.” Chawcer: Troil. and Cres., bk. iv. as'—pér, s, , [Low Lat. asperus, asprus, asperum, asprwm; Mod. Gr. ašpron.: from aspros=white; the rendering of Turkish º , a.ktsche, as adji= white; as substan. = an old Turkish coin, called by Europeans atsche or atche (q.v.). (Mahºv.).] Nwmis. : An old Turkish coin of silver, the third of a medine. It was worth about an English half- penny. * *ās'—pér—a, a. [The fem, of Lat. asper, -a, -um= rough. *Amatomy. Aspera arteria : The windpipe. ‘ſ The ancients considered all arteries to contain air and not blood. “. . . the weasand or wind-pipe, which we call as- pera arteria, . . .”—Bacon; Nat. Hist., Cent. ii., § 174. făs'—pér—áte, v. t. º ltal. asperare=to exas- perate; Lat. aspero= (1) to make rough, (2) to sºn, (3) to exasperate.] To roughen; to make TOUgn. “Those compuscles of color insinuating themselves into all the pores of the body to be dyed, may asperate its superficies, according to the bigness and texture of the corpuscles.”—Boyle. făs'—pér-à-têd, pa. par & a. [ASPERATE.] făs'-pêr-à-tíñg, pr. par. [ASPERATE.] ăs—pér-ā'—tion, s. [Lat, asperatio.J. Roughness. The act of making rough ; the state of being made º that which imparts the roughness. (John- SO??, *ās'—pér–āunt, a. #; asperams, pr. par. Of as- pero.] TEASPERATE.] Bold. (Alisawnder, 4,871.) as-pêr'-gēg, s. [Lat.=thou shalt sprinkle.] 1. The rod for sprinkling holy water. 2. The Antiphon, “Asperges me, Domine,” which is sung before a High Mass, or a Missa Cantata, while the priest is sprinkling the congregation with holy water. as-pêr-gil'—lí-form, a. [Low Lat. aspergillus (q.v.), and Lat. forma-form, shape. Bot. : Shaped like an aspergillus; brush-shaped. Example, the stigmas of grasses. as-pêr-gil'—liim, s. . [From Low Lat, aspergillus (q.v.).] Watering-pot shell. A genus of molluscs belonging to the family Gastrochtenidae. The shell, which is small, is cemented to the lower end of a long shelly tube. This tube is closed at the end by a perforated disc like the spout of a watering-pot. The species occur in the warmer Seas. In 1875, Tate enumerated twenty-one recent and One fossil, the latter from the Miocene. as-pêr-gil'-liis, S. . [Low Lat, aspergillus; from Lat. aspergo=a sprinkling; aspergo=to scatter, to sprinkle.] 1. Roman Catholic Ritual: The brush used for sprinkling “holy water” in all Roman Catholic churches. & * 2. Bot. : Moldiness. A genus of fungi belonging to the cohort Concomycetes. The species are found on rotten substances, on decaying fungi. On damp plants, in herbaria, and in similar situations. às'-pêr-goire (oire as Wār), 8. [Fr. asperge; Lat, aspergo=to Sprinkle.] * * * * e Roman Catholic Ritual: A sprinkling with “holy 290 äs-pêr-i-fo-li-2, s. pl. . [Lat. asper=rough, and folium=a leaf.] Linnaeus' name for the natural order of plants now called Boraginaceae, or Borage- worts. It was given because, as a rule, they have hairy leaves. äs-pêr-i-fô'-lí-āte, a... [Lat, asper=rough, and foliatus=leaved; from folium = a leaf.] Having rough leaves, i.e., leaves roughened with hairs. ăs-pêr-i-fº-li-oiás, a. [Lat. asper=rough, and folium=a leaf. Bot. : The same as ASPERIFOLIATE. (Todd.) äs-pér'-i-ty, s. [In Fr. asperité; Ital. asperita; Lat. asperitas; from asperºrough. I. Of things tested by the senses: 1. Roughness of surface; unevenness of surface. “Sometimes the pores and asperities of dry bodies are so incommensurate to the particles of the liquor, that they glide over the surface.”—Boyle: Works, vol. i., p. 682. 2. Roughness of sound, unpleasant sharpness; also harshness of pronunciation. 3. Roughness of taste; tartness, sourness. II. Of things tested by the mind: 1. Roughness to be encountered in one's path, dif- ficulties in one's way; something distasteful to the feelings requiring to be done. “. . . . the acclivities and asperities of duty.”—Bar- row, vol. iii., Ser. 42. #sourness or bitterness of feeling; bitterness in SOUli. 3. Roughness, of temper, moroseness, sourness crabbedness. This may be temporary and produced by provocation, Qr it may be permanent and result- ing from long-indulged ill-nature. “. ... and was answered with equal asperity and even more than equal ability by Sir John Dalrymple.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. *ās'—pér–ly, *ās'—pre-ly (pre as pēr), adv. [Eng. & Lat. asper, and Eng. Suff. -ly-like.] Rougi Y. “. . . and there assaulted them so asp rely, that the Captaine of the Romans, called Lucretius, might easily take them.”—Sir Thomas Elyot: The Governor, p. 57. a-spér'-moiás, a. [Gr, aspermos, from g., priv., and sperma = a, seed; speiró = to sow.] Without seed, destitute of seed. (Brande.) äs-pêr-nā’—tion, s. [Lat, aspermatio, from asper- mor=to spurn away: ab = from, and Spernor = to despise;. Spermo = to separate, to despise.] Con- tempt, disdain. (Johnsom.) *as'-pêr-nēsse, *as—pre-nesse, s. [Eng., &c., asper; O. Eng. suff, -messe.] Roughness, bitterness, unpleasantness to the taste or feelings; adverseness, calamitousness. . “The aspernesse of his estate.”—Chaucer: Boecius, bk. IV, as-pêr-à-lite, s. [Lat. asper = rough; 9, eu- phonious; and -lite, from Gr. lithos=stone. “Named asperolité on account of its great brittleness.” (Dama;);]. A mineral, a variety of Chrysocolla. It is of a bluish-green color, and comes from Tagilsk, in Russia. *ās'-pêr-oiás, a. [Eng. & Lat. asper.] Full of roughness, very uneven. “The asperous edge . . .”—Wilson: Great Britain (1653). (Halliwell: Comt. to Leacic.) “Black and white are the most asperous and unequal of colors, so like that it is hard to distinguish them; black is the most rough.”—Boyle. as—pér'se, v. t. [In Fr. asperger; Port. aspergir; Ital, aspergère; Lat. aspergo; Sup, aspersum=to scatter or strew upon, to besprinkle: ad=to, and spargo=to throw here and there. Cognate with Gr. speiro-to sow.] e f1. Lit. : To besprinkle one, to scatter or cast OVer OL10, º * . 2. Fig.: To bespatter one with calumnies; to set in motion, injurious charges against one, made either to his face or behind his back; to vituperate OD 6), “For he who tempts, though in vain, at least asperses The tempted with dishonor foul . . .” - Milton: P. L., bk. ix. as—pér'sed, pa. par. & a. [ASPERSE, v.] 1. Ord. Lang. : In Senses corresponding to those Of the verb. - e 2. Her.: Strewed or powdered with a number of small charges, such as flewr de lis, cinquefoils, &c. It is the same as Fr. Semé (q.v.). (Gloss. of Her.) as—pér'—sér, S. [Eng. aspers(e); -er.] One who besprinkles or bespatters another, either in a literal or in a figurative sense. (Todd.) as-pêrs—ing, pr. par. [ASPERSE, v.] as—pér'—sion, s. [In Fr. & Sp. aspersion; Port. aspersao; Ital, aspersione, aspergine; Lat. asper- St. O. I. The act of sprinkling; the state of being asphalt #1. Lit. : With water or other liquid;, or with any material thing capable of division into minute drops. “. . . as when the armorers make their steel more tough and pliant, by aspersion of water or juice of herbs.” —Bacom: Physiol. Rem. 2. Fig. : With anything not of a material kind. Specially:-- .*(a) With allusions or references to, or illustra- tions derived from, certain departments of human knowledge. “And if the Book of Job be turned over, it will be found to have much aspersion of natural philosophy.”—Bacon: Inter. of Nat., ch. i. (b) With injurious or calumnious charges. “The same aspersions of the king, and the same grounds of a rebellion.”—Dryden. ... tTI. That with which one is aspersed. Spec., an injurious Statement against One. as pèr'-sive, a. [Eng... aspers(e); suffix -ive.] Involving aspersions, containing aspersions; calcu. lated to asperse. (Ogilvie.) as-pêr'—sive-ly, adv. [Eng. aspersive; -ly..] By way of aspersion. “. those many envious and injurious detractions which the ignorant may aspersively cast thereon.”—Sir T. Drake Revived. To the Reader. (Richardson.) 3S-pêr-Sö'r-í-iim, s. [Low Lat. aspersorium, whence the Ital, aspersorio.] * 1. The stoup, or holy-water basin, in mediaeval churches. 2. The aspergill, or sprinkle. (Gloss. of Arch.) as-pêr-sàr-y, a. [Eng. aspers(e); -ory..] Hav- ing a tendency to asperse; slanderous. as-pér-ü-gö, S. [In Sp. asperugo; Ital, asperu- ime; Lat, asperugo, a plant with prickly leaves; rom asper-rough..] Madwort. A genus of plants belonging to the order Boraginaceae (Borageworts). It contains only one species, A. procumbens, or Ger- man Madwort, a very hispid plant, with solitary blue flowers in the axils of the leaves. as-pêr-u-la.s.. [In Fr. asperule; from Lat. asper =rough, so called on account of the roughness of Some species of the genus.] Woodruff. A genus fºnts belonging to the order Galiaceae, or Stel- a UGS, āş-phālt, àsºphâlte, ás'-phāl-tim, às- phāl-tiis, as '-phāl-tós, s. & a. (In Dut. & Ger. asphalt; Fr. asphalte; Port. asphalto; Sp. asſalto; Ital, asſalto, aspalto; Mod. Lat, asphaltwm, asphal- tw8; Gr. osphaltos, according to Liddell and Scott not a proper Greek word. ahn deems it of Pheni- cian Origin; but in Hebrew, which is closely akin to Phenicians, asphalt is chhémar (Gen. xi. 3; xiv. 10; Exod. ii. 3), which is from quite another root. } A. As substantive: I. Ordinary Language (of the forms asphalt, as- phalte, and tasphaltus): Bitumen, Jews' pitch. 1. The mineral substance described under II. 1. 2. The artificially-made substance described un- der II. 4. II. Technically: 1. jº. the form asphaltum) : A min- eral placed by Dana in the Appendix to his Hydro- carbons. Pliny called it bitwmen, a name still in common use. More Specifically, it is compact bitumen. It has been termed also mineral pitch and Jews' pitch. It is º: the spec. grav, 1–18; the color, brownish black, and black; the luster, pitchy; the , odor, bituminous, especially when it is rubbed. There are more fluid and more Solid kinds of it. It melts at 90° to 100° C., and burns with a bright flame. It may be dissolved either in whole or in part in oil of turpentine, ether, or alcohol. It consists of oils, vaporable at different temperatures, resins, black or brownish-black sub- stances, and others of a nitrogenous character. It contains about eighty per cent. of carbon, eight or nine per cent. of hydrogen, with varying proportions of oxygen, nitrogen, and ash. It exists in and along the shores of the Dead Sea, which was thence called Lake Asphaltites, or 4&phaltitis, (Josephus : Wars, bk. iv., ch. viii.) The “slime-pits” with which the “vale of Siddim '' was “full,” were of asphalt (Gen. xiv. 10). It also constituted both the “slime” and the “pitch '' (there is only one substance men- tioned in Hebrew) with which the ark of bulrushes designed for the reception of the infant Moses was daubed (Exod. ii. 3). It was found at Hit, above Babylon, on the Euphrates, and was the “slime” which the builders of the tower of Babel employed instead of mortar (Gen. xi. 3). It occurs also near the Tigris and in the Caucasus. In America, it is, met with in the island of Trinidad, where a large lake of it exists.[see A., II:2); in Peru; and in California. In Europe it is found in the islandof Zante ; in Albania and Dalmatia; in Carinthia; in the Harz, in Ger- many; in France; and abundantly in the Val de Travers, in the Canton of Neufchatel, in Switzer- land; besides small quantities in England in Derby- water.” sprinkled— shire, Cornwall, and Shropshire. [BITUMEN.] fate, fit, füre, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu = kW. a§phalt 2. Geol. (chiefly of the forms asphaltum and as- phalt): Asphaltum is apparently of Yegetable ori- in. Treating of the pitch lake of Trinidad, Sir harles Lyell mentions that fluid bitumen is seen to ooze from the bottom of the sea on both sides of the island of Trinidad, and to rise up to the sur- face of the water. He also states, on the authority of Gumilla, that, “about seventy years ago.” [about 1780?] a spot of land on the west coast of Trinidad sunk suddenly, and was replaced by a small lake of pitch... The celebrated “Pitch fake” may have had a similar origin. The Orinoco has for ages been rolling quantities of vegetable matter into the ad- jacent ocean. . Subterranean fires, may have con; verted them into petroleum; which being forced upward by similar causes, has been inspissated and transformed into different varieties of asphal- tum. (Lyell: Princip. of Geol., ch. xvii., 8th ed., 1850.) It occurs in rocks of various ages, but most abundantly in those of very recent-date. 3. Chem. (of the forms asphalt and asphaltum). Asphalt is said to consist chiefly of a substance called by Boussingault asphaltene. [ASPHALTENE.] Dana, however, considers Boussingault's conclu- sions as by no means finally established. 4. Art and Commerce : (a) Most of the asphalt of antiquity was brought from the Dead Sea. The Egyptians used it in em- balming their dead. Solid asphalt is still used in Arabia, Egypt, and Persia instead of pitch for ships, and the fluid asphaltum for varnishing and for burning in lamps. It is also used for covering roads and pavements, being smooth, impermeable to water, and very durable. Much, however, of the asphalt which is used for covering streets, pave- ments, bridges, roofs, &c., in New York, Philadel- phia, Chicago, and other large cities, is not that of nature, but is manufactured, artificially from bitu- men, pitch, and gravel, or from a brown bitumi- nous limestone found near the Jura mountains. When employed for paving it is melted in large iron caldrons and laid down hot, that it may con- solidate, into . a continuous sheet, of impermeable material. It is the same as asphaltic mastic. (b) A composition of asphalt, lamp black, and oil of spike, or turpentine, used for drawing black figures on dial-plates. (Nicholsom.) B. As adjective: Pertaining to asphalt; consist- ing of, or at least containing asphalt. asphalt-like, a. Like asphalt. “. . . . a black lustrous asphalt-like solid, his [Bous- #sault's] asphaltene.”—Dana: Mineralogy, 5th ed., p. 51. ăs-pha1-têne, s. [Eng., &c., asphalt; suff, -ene.] Chem. : Boussingault's name for a substance which consists for the major part of asphalt. Its formula is C20H82O3. It arises probably from the oxidation .# petrolene. ASPHALT, A., II. 3..] (Fownes: Mam. of Chem., 10th ed., p. 586.) às-pha1-tic, *ās-pha1-tick, a...[Eng. asphalt; -ic...] Pertaining to asphalt; consisting of asphalt; containing asphalt. “. . . beyond The flowery dale of Sibma clad with vines, And Eleålé to the asphaltic pool.” Milton: P. L., bk. i. āş-phâ1'-tite, a. [In Fr. asphaltite; from Gr. gºalties. The same as ASPHALTIC (q.v.). (Bry- Q,727, ãS-phalºtós, as-pha1'-tūm, as-pha1-tūs, s. [ASPHALT.] às'-phē-dël (Eng.) As-phéd'–él-ūs (Lat.), s. [In Św, asſodillrot; Gér, asphodille, affodil, affodille; Dut. affodil; ‘Russ. ašfalt; Fr. asphodèle ; Sp. affodelo; Port, asphodelo; Ital. ašfodeio; Lat. gsphodelus ; Gr. asphodelos. * Possibly from a, priv., an jº balk, to foil. in this case it would mean a flower Which cannot be balked or foiled when in competition with others. Now called by the com- mon name daffodil. A: Ord. Lang. (of the form asphodel): The English fiame of the plants belonging to the genus Asphodelus (q.v.). The yellow and white species were introduced into this country during the sixteenth century- the former about the year 1596, and the latter in 1551. Immense tracts of land in Apulia are Covered with white asphodel, Which affords good mourish. gment to sheep. The asphodels, being sacred to Proserpine, Were used in classic times in- funeral ceremonies, and the Yellow Asphodel. souls of the departed were supposed by the poets to . in meadows adorned with these beautiful OWerS. 291 “Resting weary limbs at last on beds of asphodel.” Tennyson: The Lotus-eaters; Choric Song, 8. “. . . flowers were the couch, Pansies and violets, and asphodel, And hyacinths.” & Milton: Paradise Lost, bk. ix. B. Bot. , (of the form Asphodelus): A genus of plants belonging to the Order Liliaceae and the sec- tion Anthericeae. About eight species are familiar, the best known being A. lutews, the Yellow ; A. albws, the White; and A. ramosus, the Branched Lily or Asphodel, called also King's Rod... To this family belong , the Garlic, the Hyacinth, the Squill and the Star of Bethlehem. äs-phē-dé1'-É-ae, s. pl. [ASPHODELUS.] Bot. : An old order of plants, separated by Robert Brown from the Liliaceae on account of their pos- sessing a black, crustaceous, brittle seed-coat; but this character has been since deemed unimportant and the Asphodelega are now ranked as a section of the order Liliaceae, or are suppressed even as a sec- tion. ăs-phöd'–é1–ús, s. The Latin name of the Eng- lish word ASPHODEL (q.v.). *as-phü'r—é-lātes, *as-phii'r-à-lā-ta, s. pl. [Gr. a, priv., and sphurélatos=wrought with the ham- mer; sphura- a hammer.] An old designation for metals deemed immalleable. Under it were in- cluded bismuth, antimony, cobalt, zinc, and mer- Cury. as-phyx'-i-a (Mod. Lat.), as-phyx'-y' (Eng.), s. [In Fr. asphyxie; Mod. Lat., asphyaſia; Gr. asphuania =a stopping of the pulse; sph'waxis = the pulse; sphºwzó fut. sphuacó-to throb.] 1. Originally: Syncope fainting. 2. Now. Suspended animation: An interruption of the arterialization of the blood, causing the sus- Fº of sensation and voluntary motion. It may e produced by breathing some gas incapable of furnishing oxygen, by submersion under water, by suffocation, from an impediment to breathing applied to the mouth and nostrils, by strangulation, or by great pressure, external or internal, upon the lungs. If asphyxia continue unrelieved for a short period, it is necessarily followed by death. as-phyx'-i-āte, v. t. [Mod. Lat. asphyxia, and suff. -ate.] To prevent, the arterialization of the blood; to suffocate. (Generally, if not exclusively, in the past participle.) tas-phyx'-i-à-těd, pa. par. [ASPHYXIATE.] “She died like one asphyaciated.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Anat., i. 305. as-phyx'—ied, pa. par. [ASPHYXY., v.] “Like higher organisms, the bacterial, genus are poisoned by the excess and asphyacied by the defect of oxygen.”—Prof. Tyndall, quoted in Times, May 24, 1877. fas-phyx'—y, v. t. [From asphyxia, s. (q.v.).] fas-phyx'—y, s. [ASPHYXIA.] făs'-pic, *ās'-pick, *ās'-pík, s. [From Fr. aspic = an asp.] [ASP (2).] iA. Ord. Lang. : The same as ASP (2) (q.v.). The venomous asp. Poetic. “Swell, bosom, with thy fraught, For 'tis of aspic’s' tongues.” Shakesp.: Othello. B. Technically: 1. Bot. : The French name of the Lavandula spica, the Pºnt which yields the oil of spike. [LAVAN- DUL.A. t 2. Gunnery: A piece of ordnance weighing about 4,250 pounds, and carrying a twelve-pound shot. (James.) 3. Cookery: A Savory jelly; meat or eggs en- closed in a savory jelly. ăs-pid’–él–ite, s. [Apparently from Gr. aspis, genit, aspidos=(1) a small round shield, (2) an asp; délos=clear, manifest, and suff. -ite; Gr. lithos= stone..]. A mineral, a variety of. Sphene, which again is placed by Dana under Titanite. Aspide- lite is of a pale yellowish-green color, and occurs at Arendal in Norway. äs-pîd'-i-iim, s. ſº cuspidion=a small shield; aspis–a small round shield, which the involucres of the several species more or less resemble.] Shield-fern. A genus of ferns belonging to the order Polypodiaceae. The sori are roundish, and the involucre covering them orbicular or kidney- shaped. There are ten British sº; Some have orbicular reniform involucres fixed by their sin- uses, while others have orbicular and peltate invo- lugres. To the former, sometimes called Lastrea, belong the A. Filiac mas, or Blunt; the A. spicu- losum, or Prickly-toothed; the A. oreopteris, or Heath; and the A. Thelypteris, or Marsh Shield- fern, with other species more rare; and to the atter, the A. Lomchitis, or Rough Alpine; the A. lobgtum, or Close-leaved Prickly; the A. acwled twm, or Soft Prickly; and the A. angulare, or Angular- leaved Shield-fern. * - aspiration ăs-pid-öph'-6r-üs, s. [Gr, aspis, genit. aspidos =a small round shield; an pºſſ carry. ing; phero = to bear or carry..] . A genus of fishes of the order Acanthopterygii and the family with hard cheeks. The species, six inches long, called A. Europºw8 (Cuv.), the Armed Bull-head, Pogge Lyrie, Sea-Poacher, Pluck, or Noble, are to be foun in the British seas. *ā-spi"e, *a-spy"e, v. t. [ESPY.] To espy. “Oure privetee, that no man us aspie.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,066. “Til fynally sche gan of hem aspye, That he was last seyn in the Jewerie.” Ibid., 15,002-3. *a-Spie, *a-spy"e, s. [From aspie, v. (q.v.).] [SPY.] A spy. F “For it; Were impossible to my wit, Though #. had all the pries In all a realme and all aspies, How that yet he should heare all this. Chaucer: House of Fame, ii. 196. “Have her my trouth, as thou art his aspye. Tel wher he is, or elles thou schalt die.” Chaucer: C. T., 14,170, 14,171. *a-Spi'ed, *a-spy"ed, *a-spy"yd, pa. par. [ASPIE, v.] *a-Spi'e—ing, *a-spy"—ynge, pr. par. & s. As substantive: Spying, exploration. (Prompt. Paº'v. *a-Spille, v. t. , IA. S. spillan=to spill, spoil; de- prive of, destroy, kill.] To spill, to destroy, to isiii. “Hwo so hit ileueth myd gode wille Ne may nouht the feond his saule a-spille.” An Orison of Our Lord, xvi. (ed. Morris), 55-6. ãs-pîr-ant, a. & s. [In Fr. aspirant, a. & S.; Port. aspirante; Ital. aspirante, adj. ; from Lat. aspirams, pr. par. of aspiro- to breathe or blow upon.] A. As adjective: Aspiring, aiming at. B. As substantive: One who pants after, some object of attainment; one whose desire or ambition it is to gain a certain object. - “In consequence of the resignations which took place at this conjuncture, the way to greatness was left clear to a new set of aspirants.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. às'—pir–āte, v. t. & i... [From Lat. aspiratum, supine of aspiro–to breathe or blow upon: ad-to or on, and spiro=to breathe or blow; Gr. aspairö- to pant or gasp : a, euphonic, and Spairö-to pant or gasp.] [AspIRE.] A. Transitive: To pronounce with a full breath, the effect being to prefix the sound of h to the vowel “ aspirated.” B, Intransitive: To come forth, or be pronounced with a full breath. “Where a vowel ends a word, the next begins either with a consonant, or what is its equivalent, for our w and h aspirate.”—Dryden. às'-pir–ate, a. & S. [From Lat. aspiratus, pa. §§ aspiro. (ASPIRE.) In Ital. aspirato-aspir- ated. #A. As adjective: Pronounced with a full breath. “For their being pervious, you may call them, if you please, perspirate; but yet they are not aspirate, i. e., with such an aspiration as h.”—Holder. B. As substantive: A letter pronounced with a full breath, h. (For the Greek aspirate see AS- PER, 1.) “With this he mingled the Attic contractions, the broader Doric, and the feebler Æolic, which often rejects its aspirate or takes of its accent .”—Pope: Pref. to FIome”. às'-pîr-à-těd, pa, par. & a. [ASPIRATE, v.] “. . . aspirated checks. . . .”—Maa: Müller: Sci- ence of Lang. (6th ed.), vol. ii. (1871), p. 163. às'-pîr-ā-ting, pr. par. [ASPIRATE, v.] as-pîr-ā'—tion, *as-pîr-ā'-gion, *ad-spír-ā'— çion, s. [In Ger. & Fr. aspiration; Sp. aspiraçion; Port. aspiraçao; Ital; aspirazione; Lat, aspiratio, from aspiro-to breathe or blow upon (ASPIRE).] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of breathing upon or after; the act of aspiring to or after anything. 1. In a literal sense. [See B. (a).] 2. Fig.: The act of panting after, or earnestly aiming at, some hig object of attainment. (Shakesp.: Triolus & Cressida, iv. 5. II. The state of being thus breathed upon. III. That which is breathed upon or after. 1. Lit.: That which is aspirated. [B. (b).] 2. That, which one greatly desires to attain, and at which he earnestly aims; that to which one as- pIreS. “A soul inspired with the warmest aspirations after celestial beatitude keeps its powers attentive.”—Watts. bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, Chorus, çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; sin, expect, Xenophon, a $; exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = shan, -tion, -ble, -dle, -SiOn -cious, -sious = Shūs. emºms Zhiin. -tious, Shūn; –tion, -śion º aspirator B. Technically: 1. Grammar: © º (a) The act of pronouncing a letter with a full breath, and in consequence imparting to it the h sound. (b) That which is so pronounced; the letter h. 2. Surg.: The removal of the liquid contents of a cavity without the admission of air. [ASPIRATOR.] ăs'-pîr-à-tor, s. [Eng. aspirat(e); -or.] Surg.: An explorative instrument for the evacua- tion of the fluid contents of tumors, serous and synovial effusions, collections of blood and pus, &c. It resembles a subcutaneous injection Syringe, with a terminal and lateral tube, fitted with stop-cocks. as-pîr'-a'-tór-y, a. [Eng, aspirat(e); suff-ory.] Pertaining to aspiration or breathing. as-pî're, *as-py're (yr as ir), v. i. & t. [In Fr. aspirer; Prov., Sp. & Port. aspirar; Ital. aspirare; from Lat. aspiro– (1) to breathe or blow upon ; (2) to be favorable to ; (3) to endeavor to reach : ad= to, and spiro–to breathe, to blow.] A. Intransitive: *I. (Of the form aspyre): To inspire. “God allowed, assysted, and aspyred them by His grace therein.”—Sir T. More. (S. im Boucher.) II. To aim at rising high. 1. Lit.: Of persons: To pant after some high ob: ject of attainment; to , aim at something great socially, politically, intellectually, morally, or spir- itually. ' (It is followed by to, after, or an infini- tive.) “By whose aid, aspiring - To set himself in glory.” Milton: P. L., i. 38. 2. Fig.: Of things: To rise higher, to tower, to reach a considerable elevation. “’Cross the calm lake's blue shades the cliffs aspire.” Wordsworth: Evening Walk. B. Transitive: To aim at. # There is properly an ellipsis of to or after, which being supplied, the verb becomes the ordi- nary intransitive One. “That gallant spirit hath aspired the clouds.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iii. 1. *as-pî're-mênt, s. [Eng. aspire; -ment.] The same as ASPIRATION (q.v.). “By which aspirement she her wings displays.” Brewer: Lingwa, iii. 6. as—pi'r—Ér, s. [Eng. aspir(e); -er.] One who as- pires. “The aspirer once attained unto the top, Cuts off those means by which himself got up.” - Daniel: Civil War, bk. ii. as-pi'r-iñg, pr. par., a., & S. [ASPIRE v.] A. As present participle: In Senses corresponding to those of the verb. B. As participial adjective: .1. Of persons: Aiming at what is high; ambi- tious. “Unguiet and aspiring statesmen.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. 2. Of things: Rising to a considerable elevation, towering. “Or some aspiring rock that shrouds Its perilous front in mists and clouds.” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstome, vii. C. As substantive: 1. Aspiration after; ambition. “‘Proud, art thou met 7 thy hope was to have reach'd The height of thy aspiring unopposed.’” Milton: P. L., bk. vi. *|| It is sometimes followed by to. “. . . all inclination and aspirings to knowledge and virtue, . . .”—Howell: Letters, ii. 57. 2. A point, a stop. “Nor are those so fastidious in pyramidical aspirings, nor curious in architecture or inside glory, as in many lesser towns.”—Sir T. Herbert: Travels, p. 211. as-pîr-iñg-ly, adv. [Eng, aspiring; -ly.] In an aspiring or ambitious manner. fas-pîr-iñg-nēss, S. [Eng. aspiring; -ness.] The quality of being aspiring. ăs-plé'-ni-iim, s. [In Sp. & Ital, asplenio; Lat. as- plenium; Gr. asplémon=a fern, Spleenwort: a, priv., and splén=the spleen, in Lat., also Splen; the as- plenium having been supposed to be a remedy for diseases of the spleen.] (Spleenwort. A genus of ferns belonging to the order Polypodiaceae. Among the best known species are the A. Ruta mvwraria, or Wall-rue; A. Trichomames, or Common Wall; the A. Adiantwm migrwm or Black-stalked; and the less common A. septemtriomale, or Forked Spiegnwort. tas-pôr-tā'—tion, 8. [Lat, asportatio, from as- porto-to carry away: abs = from, and porto = to carry.] făte, fäll, amidst, what, fät, färe, father; 292 1. Ordinary Language: The act of carrying away; the state of being carried away. 2. Law: The removal of goods with the intention of stealing them. If a person, designing to steal silver plate, be surprised when he has done no more than remove the plate from the ghest in which it was and put it on the floor, this is enough to con- stitute the felonious offense of larceny. (Black- stone: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 17.) *āS'-pre, a. [ASPER.] ăs-pré'-dó, S. [Lat. aspredo=roughness; asper = rough..] A genus of fishes belonging to the Order Malacopterygii, Abdominales, and the family Silu- ridge, They are the only known fishes which have no mobility in the operculum. They have six or eight barbels. They are akin to the famous Silurus elec: tricus, the Electric Silurus, or “eel,” of the Nile and Senegal rivers. *äs-pre-nesse (pre as pēr), s. [ASPERNESSE.] ăs-pré, s, [Gr, aspros=Lat. asper=rough. A genus of spiny-finned fishes belonging to the Per- cidae, or Perch family. They inhabit the Rhone, Danube, &c. *a-spy"e, v. t. [ASPIE, v., ESPY.] x3-spy"e, s. [ASPIE, s., SPY.] *3-Spy're, (yr as ir), v. t. [ASPIRE.] *a-square, adv. [Eng. a =on, and square (q.v.).] On the square; at a safe distance. “Yf he hym myght fynd he nothing wold hym Spare, That herd the pardoner wele, and held him better asquare.” Prol. to Hist. of Berym, 591. (Bowcher.) a-squat', adv. [Eng. a =on, and squat (q.v.).] #5 cowering manner. (Richardson : Clarissa, i. a-Squint', adv. [Eng. a =on, and squint (q.v.).] With a squint; with the eye directed to one side, obliquely, not in the direct line of vision. “A single guide may direct the way better than five hundred, who have contrary views, or look asquimt, or shut their eyes.”—Swift. âss (1), *āsse (pl. as'—sés, *ās'—sén, *ās'—yn—is), 8. [A. S. assa=a he-ass; asse=a she-ass; also asal, eSol, eosol, eoswl= an ass without distinction of gen- der, In, Sw, asna; Dan. asen. Gesel=he-ass; gese- linde=she-ass; O. Icel. asni, esne; Dut. ezel; Ger. esel; O. H. Ger. esil; Goth. asilus; Lith. asilas; Boh. Osel; Pol. Osiol; Russ. océl; Gael; asal, as; Irish asam ; Wel. asyn.: Arm. asen; Mod. Fr. &me, contracted from O. Fr. asne, asen, ase; Prov. aze, azne; Sp; asno=a he-ass, asna = a she-ass; Port. asno; Ital. asino=a he-ass, asima=a she-ass; Lat. asinus=a he-ass, asina– a she-ass.] 1., Lit. : A well-known mammalian quadruped. It is the Equus asinus of Linnaeus, and is now some- times made the type of the genus or sub-genus Asinus. It is known from the most nearly allied animals by its long, ears, the tuft, at the end of the tail, and the black stripe on the shoulders. Its native country seems to be Central and Southern Asia, where troops of it are, still seen, though whether aboriginal or descended from domesticated individuals escaped from servitude it is not easy to determine. [WILD Ass.] “Ne he medde stede ne no palefray Ac rod vppe on asse.” Passion of Our Lord (ed. Morris), 67, 68. “And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass.”—Gen. xxii. 3. * The sexes are often distinguished by the terms he-ass and she-ass. “. . . . . and he had sheep and oxen, and he-asses . . . and she-asses.”—Gen. xii. 16. T The young, of the ass is called an ass’ colt (Gen. Xlix. 11; also Matt. xxi. 5.) ‘ſ The wild ass is the same species as the domesti- cated one, but very unlike it in character, being high-spirited and untamable. “Who hath sent out the wild ass free? or who hath loosed the bands of the wild ass?”—Job xxxix. 5; see also verses 6-8. (For a fossil ass or zebra see ASINUS.) 2. Fig.: A person destitute of understanding, the deficiency of the ass in this respect being popularly exaggerated. “That such a crafty devil as is his mother Should yield the worl , this ass!” Shakesp.: Cymbel, ii. 1. “. . . as they think our Doctors asses to them, we'll #5 them asses to our Doctors,”—Pope: Letter to Digby ( * a.SS-Camel. [ALLO-CAMELUS.] a.SS-head, s. A person of dull intellect, a block- head. “Will you help? an ass-head and a coxcomb and a knave, a thin-faced knave, a gull?”—Shalcesp.: Twelfth Night, vi. hèr, Camel, hère, wét, wé, thère; assailant ass-like, s. Resembling an ass. (Sidney). a SS’s ear. Conchol. Haliotis asinimus: A fine iridescent shell used in the manufacture of buttons and for inlaying in the darker woods. *äss, v. [ASK.] To ask. as—sa—foet'-i-da, (oe as é). [ASAFETIDA.] tas'—sa-gāi, fas'—sa-gāy, S. & a. [ASSEGAI.] ăs'—sa-gãi, v. t. [ASSEGAI, v.] às'—sa-gãied, pa. par. [ASSEGAI, v.] as'—sai, adv. [Ital. = enough, much, very; , Fr. assez-enough ; from Lat, ad=to, and satis- enough. J Music: Very; as largo assai-very slow; presto assai-Very quick. as-sà'il, *as-sā'ile, *as-sà'yle, *a-sā'ile, *ā- sā'yle, *a-să'y—li, v. t. [In Fr. assaillir; O. Fr. assailer, asailir; Prov. assal.hir; Ital. assilire; Low Lat. assilio, adsalio; Class. Lat. assilio=to leap, spring, or jump upon: adj=to, and salio–to leap, spring, bound or jump.] [ASSAULT]. I. Lit.: To leap or rush upon. 1. Of persons: To rush upon a person with the in- tention of doing him some more or less serious bodily injury. “Will I depart from honor’s laws; To assail a wearied man were shame.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, iv. 31. 2. Of armies, navies, forts, or communities: To attack with military or flavai forces, with the view of overcoming, capturing, slaying or plundering the people on whom the warlike aggression is made. [ASSAULT.] “. . . he ne tholeth thet no vyend ous uondy ouer oure mighte ne non aduersari ous asault thet we ne moghe overcome.”—Ayembite (ed. Morris), p. 170. “Remember, if He guard thee and secure, Whoe'er assails thee, thy success is sure.” Cowper: Eacpostulation. II. Figuratively: 1. º: : tº -> e e (q) To attack a person without doing him bodily violence; as by bringing, a true, or false charge against him, or ridiculing him or his work. (Used lit. or fig., in the latter case, a thing, instead of a person, may make the attack.) “My gracious lord, here in the parliament Let us assail the family of York.” Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., i. 1. “Disdeining life, desiring leave to dye, She found her selfe assayld with great perplexity.” Spenser: F. Q., I. x. 22. (b) To attack a person's moral principles by tak- ing means fitted to seduce him or her from the paths of virtue, or from his or her immediate duty. “. . . and aye the ilke vice uighte huer hazighth thet he is mest asayled.”—Ayembite (ed. Morris), p. 157. “How have I fear'd your fate 1 but fear'd it most, When love assail'd you on the Libyan coast.” Dryden: Virgil's AEmeid, vi. 941. 2. Of things: tº A & (a) To attack by word or writing. “All books he reads, and all he reads assails.” Pope: Essay on Criticism, 616. (b) To molest. “Nature hush’d in slumber sweet, No rude noise mine ears assailing.” Cowper: Watching with God, No. 2. as-Sā'il-a-ble, *as-Sā’ile-3-ble, a. [Eng. assail; -able.] Able to be assailed. “There's comfort yet, they are assailable.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, iii. 2. as-sà'il-ant, a. & S. [Eng. assail; -ant. In Fr. assaillant.] A. As adjective: Assailing; attacking. “And as an evening dragon came, Assailant on the perched roosts And nests in order ranged Of tame villatic fowl.” Milton: Samson Agonisté8. B. As substantive: One who assails or attacks a person Or persons, or a thing. 1. One who attacks a person. (In this sense it is properly opposed to a defendant.) “The Duke of Saint Albans, with the help of his serv- ants, beat off the assailants.” — Macaulay: Hist. Eng.» ch. xxiii. 2. One who assails an enemy in a military way. “‘It is ten to one,’ says a late writer on the art of war, “but that the assailant, who attacks the enemy in his trenches is always victorious.”—Goldsmith: Essays, iv. 3. One who assails anything, as a philosophy, a religion, a science. “. . both the Christian assailants, as well as the defenders, of paganism . ”—Grote: Hist. Greece vol. i., pt. i., ch. i. marine; gö, pót, sire, sir, pine, pit, OT, Syrian. wöre, ae, Oe = €; wörk, whô, sön; wolf, ey = 3. qu = kW. try, ciib, miite, ciire, unite, Ciír, ràle, füll; assailed as-sàiled, *as-sà'yld, pa. par. [ASSAIL.] as-sà'il-Ér, 8.. [Eng. assail; -er.] One who assails; an assailant.] “Palladius heated so pursued our assailers, that one of them slew him.”—Sidney. as-sā'il-iñg, pr. par. [ASSAIL.] “She will not stay the siege of loving terms, Nor bide th’ encounter of assailing eyes, Nor ope her lap to saint-seducing gold.” & Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, i. 1. fas-sà'il-mênt, s. [Eng. assail; , -ment.] The act of assailing, an assault; an attack of disease, a .#. “His most frequent assailment was the headache.”— Johnson: Life of Pope. às'—sa-mar, 8. Chem.: A bitter substance contained in the brown oil obtained by the destructive distillation of cane Sugar. ăs-sa-pân, as-sà-pân-ic, s. The name given to a flying squirrel (Pteromys volucella). It inhabits the United States and Canada. [PTEROMYS.J as-sà'r-i-iis, s. [Lat. assarius; Gr. assarion; both from Lat. as...] Im. Classic times: one cent and three-quarters. translated “farthing.” “Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing f"–Matt. x. 29. as—sart', v. t. [Mod. Fr. essarter; O. Fr. essarter, assarter; Prov. Teissartar-to grub up trees Or bushes; Low Lat, e3:Sarto, Supine easartum ; eac- sarito, supine easaritum ; bias. Lat. 8arrio, Sup. sarritum; sario, supine saritum=to hoe, to weed.] 1. Gen. : To root up trees or bushes. “The king granted to him free chase, and free warren, in all those his lands, &c., and also power to assart his lands.”—Ashmole: Berkshire, ii. 425. 2. Spec. § Law) : Unauthorizedly to root u the trees which are required in a forest to furnis thickets or coverts. *as-sa'rt, a. & s. [Mod. Fr. (as substan.) essart; O. Fr. (as substan.) essart, essartage, assartement.] {ASSART, v.] A. As adjective: Cleared; reclaimed. Assart Lands: Forest lands reclaimed, or cleared of wood, &c., and put into a state of cultivation. (Boucher.) * Assart Rents: Rents paid for such lands. (Hutch- inson's Hist. Durham, ii. 410; Ibid., iii. 60; and his Hist. Cwmb. and Westm., i. 382.) (Bowcher.) B. As swbstantive : 1. A piece of land cleared. (Ash.) 2. A tree plucked up by the roots. (Ash.) 3. Old Law: The offense against the forest laws of plucking up by the roots the trees requisite to furnish thickets or coverts. as-sàs'—sin, As-sås'—sin, s. [In Ger. Assassinen (pl.); Fr. & Prov. assassin; Sp. asesino; Port. & Ital, assassimo (all, sing.); Arab, Haschischim-Eas substantive, a member of the sect described under No. 1; as adj., inspired by haschisch, an intoxicating liquid or drug called in India bhang, prepared from the powdered leaves of Cannabis sativa, or Com- mon Hemp. Many Eastern desperadoes, when they wish to do some nefarious deed, deaden what rem- nants of conscience they possess and stimulate their passions by means of this bhang. (BHANG.) Some etymologists derive assassim from Hassan ben Sabah, the founder of the order (I., 1).] I. Literally: 1. Hist.: . A military and religious order which Constituted an offshoot from the Ismaili branch of the great Shiah sect of Mohammedans. It was founded in A. D. 1090 by Hassan ben Sabah, at the hill fort of Alamoot, in Persia. A section of them afterward removed from Persia to Mount Lebanon, where they came in contact with the Crusaders, and through them acquired infamous notoriety in Euro e. By the rules of their founder, they were bound implicitly to carry out the commands of their §hief (popularly known in Western Europe as the Old Man of the Mountain”), even to the extent of murdering any king or inferior person in Europe, Asia, or anywhere, with whom he might have a quarrel. Several proud potentates are said to have paid him blackmail for safety’s sake; but the gal- ant Knights Templars had more of a kingly spirit and defied his power. The Mongols made a general massacre of the Persian branch of the order in 1256, and Sultan Bibars all but rooted out the Sy- rian offshoot in 1270, but traces of them, are said still to exist in both countries,especially at Kalatel Masryad, in Persia. Despite their origin, the Assas- Sins were not pure Shiahs in faith; their religion Was a mixture of Magianism, Judaism, Christianity, and Mohammedism. There was a certain resem- blance between their tenets and those of the Druses in Mount Lebanon. bóil, boy; pâût, AS.] k copper coin equal to about In Matt. x. 29 it is jówl; cat, gell, Chorus, 293 2. A ruffian who, either from personal animosity or from having been hired to do the atrocious deed, murders one by open violence or by secret or sud- den assault. “. . . of all the Jacobites, the most desperate assas- Sims not excepted, . ”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvii. II. Fig.: . One who criminally destroys the polity of his country. - “The hir’d assassims of the commonweal.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. v. assassin-like, a. Like an assassin. “. the Syrian king, who, to surprise One man, assassin-like, had levied war, War unproclaim’d.”—Milton: P. L., bk. xi. *as-sàs'—sin, v. t. [From the substantive. In Fr. assassºner; Sp. asesimar; Port. assassima)' , Ital, as- sassinare.j The same as ASSASSINATE (q.v.) “Can God be as well pleased with him that assassines his parents, as with him that obeys them **—Stillingfleet: Serm., p. 502. - *as-sàs'—sin-a-gy, s. [Eng. assassin; Assassination. (Lit. & fig.) “This spiritual assassimacy, this deepest dye of blood being most Satanically designed on souls.”—Hammond: Serm. as-sàs'—sin-āte, v. t. & i. [ASSASSIN, v.] A. Transitive: 1. To murder by open violence or by secret and Sudden assault. “What could provoke thy madness, To assassimate so great, so brave a man 3” Philips. -acy.] [Eng. assassin; -ate.] *2. Exceedingly to maltreat. “Such usage as your honorable lords Afford me, assassimated and betrayed.” Milton: Samson Agonistes. B. Intransitive: To perpetrate murder. “You who those ways feared of late, Where now no thieves assassinate.” Sandys: Paraphrase of Sacred Songs; Judges v. *as-sàs'—sin—ate, s. [Assassin ATE, v.] 1. An assassin. “The old king is just murdered, and the person that did it is unknown. Ilet the soldiers seize him for one of the assassimates, and let me alone to accuse him afterward.”— Dryden. 2. An assassination; a murder. “Were not all assassinates and popular insurrections wrongfully chastised, if the meanness of the offenders indemnified them from punishment.”—Pope. as-sàs'—sin-à-těd, pa. par. & a. [ASSASSINATE, v.] as-sàs'—sin-à-tíňg, pr: par. [ASSAssINATE, v.] as-sàs—sin-ā'—tion, s. [Eng. assassin; -ation.] The act of assassinating; the act of murdering an- other by open violence or secret and sudden assault; the state of being assassinated. On the 9th,Thermidor, 1794, the French National Convention would no longer allow Robespierre to domineer over it, and would not permit him even to defend himself. Almost the last words he ad. dressed to it before his arrest were these: “Presi- dentºf assassins, for the last time I ask liberty to Speak. On the 14th of April, 1865, President Lincoln was shot by an assassin and died the next day. On the 2d of July, 1881, President James A. Garfield was shot, and died September 19th of the same year. as-sàs'—sin-à-tór, s. [Eng. assassin; -ator. In Port. º; One who assassinates; an assassin. (Johnsom. *as-sàs'—sin-oiás, a. [Eng. assassin; -ows.] Mur- derous. (Cockeram.) *ás-sā'—tion, s. [From Lat. assatum sº of asso =to roast or broil; Gr. azö=to dry up.j oasting. “The egg expiring less in the elixation, or boiling; whereas, in the assation or roasting it will sometimes abate a drachm.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. as-sà"ult, *as-sà'ut, *as-Sā'ute, *ā-sā'ught gh silent), S. [In Fr. assawt; O. Fr. assawlt, asalt; row. assalh, assawt; Sp. a salto; Port. & Ital. as- salto; Low flat. assaltws; Class. Lat. asswltus=a leaping upon an attack; ad=to, and saltw8=a leap- ing; salio=to leap..] [ASSAIL.] A. Ordinary Language : I. Lit. : A violent attack made upon any person perSOns, Or º with the hands or with material weapons. [B., 1, 2, 3 “And by assaut he wan the citee after.” Chaucer: C. T., 991. “But whanne there was maad an asaught of the hethene men.”— Wycliffe: Dedis xiv. (Richardson.) “And when there was an assault made both of the Gen- tiles, and also of the Jews with their rulers, to use them despitefully and to stone them.”—Acts xiv. 5. “They resisted his assaults desperately, and obliged him to turn the siege into a blockade.”–Arnold: Hist. Rome, ch. xliv. gem; thin, this; çhim, bench; go, Sin, assaulted II. Figuratively: 1. (In which the attacking force consists of a per- Son or persons.) (a) An attack by means of a charge against one; abusive language, calumny, &c. “After some unhappy assaults upon the prerogative by the parliament, which produced its dissolution, there fol- lowed a composure.”—Claremaon. (b) An attack upon one's virtue, which may be by Seduction rather than violence. (c) An attack upon a thing, as upon a religion, an Opinion, &c. “Theories built upon narrow foundations are very hard º º supported against the assaults of opposition.”— OC/C62. 2. (In which the attacking force is a thing.) An adverse natural force brought to bear upon a per- Son or thing. “. . . and unshaken bears the assault Of their most dreaded foe, the strong southwest.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. B. Technically: 1. Mil.: A furious effort to carry a fortified post, camp, or fortress, where the , assailants do not screen themselves by any works. (James.) It is the appropriate termination of a siege which has not led to the capitulation of the garrison. “On the 8th of September [1855], after a furious bom- bardment of three days, the Allies assawlted the town [Sebastopoll in five places, and, though repulsed in four, the assault of the French attack on the Malakhoff com- pletely succeeded.”—Times: Annual Summary (1855). To give an assault: To attack any post. (James.) To repulse am assault: To cause the assailants to retreat, to beat them back. (Ibid.) fº ºrry by assawlt: To gain a post by storm. 10, 2. Fencing, dºc. Assault of Arms: An attack on each other (not in earnest) made by two fencers to exhibit or increase their skill. (Sometimes it is used in a wider sense for other military exercises.) “The 20th annual assault of arms of the Honorable Artillery Company was held last evening. OX- ing, fencing, sticks, bayonet exercise, cavalry sword ex- ercise, &c., composed the programme.”—Daily Telegraph, March 29, 1877. 3. Law: A movement which virtually implies a threat to strike one, as when a person raises, his hand or his cane in a menacing manner, or strikes at another but misses him. It is not needful to touch one to constitute an assault. When a blow actually takes effect the crime is not simple assault. but assault and battery. A person assaulting an- other may be prosecuted by him for the civil injury, and may also be punished by the criminal law for the injury, done to the public., (See Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., chap. 8; iv., chaps. 11, 15.) as-sàult, *as-sàut, v. t... [O. Fr. assaulter. In Sp. asaltar, assaltar, assaltear; Ital. assaltare; Low Lat. assalto.] [Assamºr, S. I. Of persons: 1. To make a hostile attack upon a person, a people, a fortification, a house, &c., using for the purpose material weapons. “Struck at the sight, the mighty Ajax glows With thirst of vengeance, and assaults the foes.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. v., 756-7. “. . . and assaulted the house of Jason.” — Acts xvii. 5. 2. To attack one in another way than by warlike weapons; to do so, for instance, by making a charge against him, calumniating him, writing against him, &c. “'Tis a mercy I do not assault you with a number of original sonnets and epigrams.”—Pope: Letter to H. Crom- well, March 7, 1709. II. Of things: To do that which is fitted to injure (applied to things rather than persons), to threaten with injury. “Before the gates the cries of babes new-born, Whom fate had from their tender mothers torn, Assault his ears.” Dryden. as—sā'ult-a-ble, a. [Eng. assawlt; -able.] Capa- ble of being taken by assault; assailable. “A breach, be it made never so assaultable, having many hands to defend it with any valor, lightly is never entered.”—Sir Roger Williams: Actions of the Low Cown- tries, p. 106. as-sà"ult—ant, a. & S. [Eng. assault; -ant. Ital. assaltante. t 1. As adj. : Leaping upon, assaulting, assailing. 2. As subst. : An assailant; a term applied to a predatory animal when represented on the escut- cheon as if leaping on its prey. (Gloss. of Her.) as-sà'ult-êd, pa. par. [ASSAULT, v.] “So long as the assaulted person is in actual danger.”— Jeremy Taylor: Om Forgiving Injuries. aş; Xenophon, exist. ph = f. expect, •cian, -tian = shan. -ble, —tion, del. -sion = Shiin; —dle, &c. - bel, –tion, -sion = zhūn. —tious, -sious = Shūs. -cious, assaulter as-Sā'ult'ér, s. [Eng. assault; -er. In Ital. as- salitore.] One who assaults another; an assailant. “Neither liking their eloquence, nor fearing their might, we esteemed few swords in a just defense able to resist many unjust assaulters.”—Sidney. as-Sā'ult-iñg, pr. par. [ASSAULT, v.] *as-sà'ut, s. [ASSAULT, s.] 3.8–Sã'y, *as-Sā'ye, *as-Sā'ie, s. [In Fr. essai, O. Fr. assai, asaie ; Prov. essay . Sp. ensayo; Ital. sag- gio; Lat, eacagium=a weighing, a weight; eacigo, sup. eacactum=to drive out, . . to examine ; eac=out, and ago=to lead or drive; Gr. heavagiom - a weight used in later times; heavagiazö=to examine.] [ASSAY, v., and ESSAY, s. & v.] A. Ordinary Language: *1. The act of trying or experimenting; a trial, an experiment, an attempt, essay. “Quod this chanoun, ‘Yet wol I make assay.’” Chaucer: C. T., 13,177. “. . . never more To give the assay of arms against your majesty.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, ii. 2. i. The state of being tried; trial, suffering, hard- SIll]). “For they be two the prowest knights on grownd, And oft approved in many hard assay.” Spenser; F. Q., T.I. iii. 15. *3. The result of such trial or experiment; spec., purity, value. “. . . beholding all the way The goodly workes, and stones of rich assay.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. x. 15. #. The thing subjected to trial or examination. • 3 9 g *| Originally assay and essay were the same word, but now assay is obsolete, except for the testing of metals, while essay is used for bodily or mental attemptS. #sº *At all essays=in every way. “He is a frende at all assayes.” Hormanni Vulgaria (1580). “At all assaies, you bear a heart true bent.”—Taylor': Workes (1630). Halliwell: Contr. to Leacic,) B. Technically: I. Chemistry: 1. The determination what percentage of a metal, especially of a precious one, is in any particular ore or alloy. An ordinary or a simple assay is de- signed to ascertain how much a compound of gold or silver varies from the prescribed standard, while a parting assay is designed to separate the two metals from each other in the specimen examined, that the proportion in the bullion of which it is a fair º may be ascertained. In a gold parting assay, the amount of silver in the gold is ascer- tainéâ; and in a silver parting assay, the amount of gold in the silver. [Ass:AYING, TOUGH.] The analy- sis, or assay, of an alloy of gold and copper is usually made by cupellation with lead. The weight of the button remaining on the cupel gives directly the amount of gold in the alloy after certain cor- rections similar to those required in the case of sil- ver. (Graham : Chem..., 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 362.) 2. The alloy or metal assayed. “. . like an assay fused before the blow-pipe.”— Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. iii. II. Law: The examination or testing of the weights and measures of this or any other country by a fixed standard. “You shall make the assays of these moneys of gold and silver, and truly report if the said moneys be in weight and fineness according to the standard weights for weighing and testing the coins of the realm.”—Oath administered to the Jury of Goldsmiths sworm to Test the Pyac. (Times, Friday, July 17, 1874.) assay-balance, S. . A delicate balance used in assaying. It is furnished with a rider (q.v.). assay-furnace, s. A furnace used in assaying. assay-master, 8... An assayer; an officer ap- pointed to ascertain the amount of the two precious metals in coins and bullion. as-sà'y, *a-să'y, v. t. & i. [In Mod. Fr. essayer; O. Fr. asaier, assayer; Prov. essaiar; Sp. ensayar; Port, emsaiar; Ital, assaggiare=to try, to attempt; to assay a metal; saggiare=to try, to essay, to taste.] [ASSAY, S.; ESSAY, v.] A. Transitive: I. To try anything or any person. 1. Of things: (a) In the same sense as No. II. (q.v.). *(b) To attempt anything; to try its practicabil- ity by the test of experience. “Ulysses, and his brave maternal race, The young Autolyci, assay the chase.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xix. 501-2. *2. Of persons: To try a person's strength, cour- 8ge, #. and fortitude by attacking him. “But, seeing thou fall'st on me so luckily, I will assay thee; so defend thyself.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., v. 4. făte, fit, amidst, whât, fall, färe, father; 294 *II. To proffer. “Whom thus afflicted when sad Eve beheld, Desolate where she sat; approaching migh, Soft words to his fierce passion she assay’d.” Milton: P. L., x. 567. III. Chem., Metall., dºc. : To subject a ring, a coin, an alloy, &c., to examination, trial, or experiment, with the view of ascertaining what its component parts are, and specially, in the latter case, what proportion of the precious or other metals enters into its composition. B. Intransitive: To attempt, to endeavor. as-Sā'yed, pa. par. [ASSAY, v.] as-sà'y–ér, s. [Eng. assay; -er. In Dut. & Fr. essayevr.] One who assays bullion. Spec., an officer of the Mint, whose function it is to try the purity of the precious metals used for coin. “. . . a confidential man of business, a practical miner and assayer, would have been all that was re- quired.”—Darwin: Voyage row.nd the World, ch. xvi. [AS- ºy-ins, *a-sā'i-yńge, pr. par & 8. SAY, v. As substantive: The act or process of subjecting coins, quantities of bullion, or alloys, to examina- tion and experiment, with the view of ascertaining what proportion of each of the precious metals they contain. The proportion in gold coin in the United States is ſº of gold and ſº of alloy. This is called the standard. That it is actually reached is proved by the Trial of the Pya, which from time to time takes place. [...] The process adopted to assay the precious metals is cupellation (q. v.). The assayer's work has been much facilitated by the discovery that the application of sulphuric acid can separate gold and silver. The French call cupella- tion the dry method of assaying, and adopt another of their own called the hºwmid one. [Assay.] “This method is also sometimes used in the assaying of coins to afford an indication of the quantity of silver required in the cupellation.”—Graham: Chem., 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 362. *as-sà'yle, v. t [Ass AIL.] assgh'-Én, s. pl. Old form of ASHEs. “His eyen holwe, grisly to biholde; His hewe falwe, and pale as assohen colde.” Chaucer: C. T., 1,365-66. âssgh-réint', *āssh-réint", āssh-réynt", pa. ar. of a verb, presumably assChremche, asshºrenche. fº S. screncan=to deceive..] Deceived. “A dame, he saide, ich was asschreint, Ich wende thou had dest ben adreint.” Sewyn Sages, 1,485. “Ac so ich fynde in the book, Hy were asshreynt in her crook.” Alisaunder, 4,819. *as-Sé'-cle (cle=kel), s. [Lat. assecla, assecula = an attendant, a follower, a hanger-on,a sycophant; *::::::...” follow on, to pursue..] An attendant, a follower. “It mattereth not with the pope and his assecles of what life and conversation their saints be.”—Sheldon: Miracles of Antichrist (1616), p. 325. tº *ās—séc-tä'—tion, s. [Lat. assectatio; from assec- tor=to accompany, to attend; absequor=to follow on.] Attendance on one, waiting upon one. (John- Som.) *ás—sé-cii'r-ange, s. [In Sw. assecurans; Ger. as- secura mz; Port. Segwrança; Low Lat, assecurantia. = assurance.] “What may be thought of those assecurances which they give, in the Popish Church, to all such as die in the same, with the copious furniture of their sacraments and their own merits?”—Sheldon: Miracles of Antichrist, p. 820 *äs-sé-ciir-à-tion, s. [Low, Lat. assecuratio, from assecuro.] [ASSECURE.] Assurance, making sure. [ASSURANCE.] “How far, then, reaches this assecuration f So far as to exclude all fears, all doubting and hesitation?”—Bp. Hall: Rem., p. 268. *ās—sé-cii're, v. t. [Low Lat. assecuro, from ad =to, and securus=Secure; cºwra-care.] To make one sure or certain ; to give one assurance. (Bullo- kar: Dict., 1656.) [ASSURE, SECURE, SURE.] *äs-sé-cil -tion, s. [Lat, ad=to; secution=a fol- lowing, pursuing: ad=to, and sequor=to follow.] The act of acquiring or obtaining. “By the canon law, a person, after he has been in full fº of a second benefice, cannot return again to is first, because it is immediately void by his assecution of a second.”—Aljliffe: Parergom. às'—sé-gāi, fas'—sa-gāi, fas'—sa-gāy, *za'- âye (Caffre), S. & a. [In Fr. zagaie ; Sp. azagaya; ort. zagaia, zagaglia =javelin; Arab. aikhazāqāh.j A. As substantive: A missile weapon, like a jave- lin, used by the Caffres, Zulus, and other South African tribes in War. It is of some considerable length. There is also a short stabbing assegai. “Alert to fight, athirst to slay, They shake the dreaded assegai.” Stratford de Redcliffe. (Times, March 29, 1879.) wë, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thère; assembler T It is sometimes used in connection with other nations than those of South Africa. “Then a terror fell on the King Bucar, And the Libyan kings who had join’d his war; And their hearts grew heavy, and died away, And their hands could not wield an assagay.” Hemams: The Cid's Funeral Procession, B. As adjective: Pertaining to or produced by the Spear described under A. “No less than thirty-seven assegai wounds . . .”— Pietermaritzburg Correspondent of the Times, 5th April, 3 * às'—sé-gãi, *ās'—sa-gãi, v. t. [From the sub- stantive.] To pierce with an assegai. * “Many were drowned, many assegated, a few shot.”— Times, March 6, 1879. às'—sé-gãied, tàs'—sa-gāied, pa, par. GAI, v.] * The young, Prince Imperial of France was asse- aied to death when fighting for the British in Zulu: and, . When found he had thirty-seven assegai Wounds on his body. *38–Seize, v. t. [SEIZE.] as-sém'—blage, s. [Fr. assemblage.] #. The act of assembling. 2. The state of being assembled. “With innocence and meditation joined, In soft assemblage.” Thomson. 3. The persons or things assembled. .(a) The persons assembled; a gathering of indi- viduals; an assembly. “Castile enjoyed the supremacy in that great assem- blage of races.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xxiii. (b) Of things assembled : “The bases of an assemblage of pyramids.”—Herschel: Astrom., § 277. *as-sém'-blançe (1), *as-sém'—blaunçe, s. [Eng. assembl(e); -ance.] Assembling, assembly. “He chaunst to come, where happily he spide A rout of many people farre away; To whom his course he hastily applide, To weet the cause of their assemblaunce wide.” Spenser: F. Q., V. iv. 21. *aš-sém'-blançe (2), s. [Lat. ad= to, and Eng. 8emblance (q.v.).] Semblance, resemblance. “Care I for the limb, the thewes, the stature, bulk, and big assemblance of a man!”—Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., iii. 2. ës-sém-blå"—tion, s. [AssBMBLY, s.] as-sém'—ble, *a-sém'—ble, v. t. & i. [In Fr. assem- bler; ensemble = together; Prov. assemblar; from Liat, simwl = at once, together, at the same time. Cognate with Dut. verzamelem= . . . to assemble; zamelen = to collect; from samen = together; Ger. 80 mmelm-to assemble; zw80 mºmen, beisam mem=to- gether.] A. Transitive: 1sº To compare, to liken. (Latimer: Works, i. 2. To convene, to call together. (Used both of persons and things.)... T. (a) Sometimes it is followed by two objectives —the one of the person or being for whom the gathering is brought together, and the other of the persons or things assembled. But before the first objective there is really an ellipsis of to or for. “Then said the king to Amasa, Assemble me the men of Judah within three days, and be thou here present.”— 2 Sam. xx. 4. (b) It is sometimes used reciprocally. “And all the men of Israel assembled themselves unto King Solomon at the feast of the month Ethanim . .” —l Kings viii. 2. B. Intransitive : 1. Gen. : To come together, to meet together, to gather, to congregate. “They, however, still assembled and prayed in private dwellings, . * 3 © [ASSE- .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. *2. Spec. : To meet in a hostile manner, to en- Counter. “Now Eualac and Tholomer tures han a-sentblet.” Joseph of Arimathie (ed. Skeat), 520. *as-sém'-blé, s. Old spelling of AssEMBLY. as-Sém'—bled (bled=beld), pa. par. & a. [As- SEMBLE.] “Lordynges, the needes for whiche we ben assemblit in this place, is ful hevy thing, .”—Chaucer: Tale of Melibeus. “Assembled armies oft have I beheld; But ne'er till now such numbers charg’d a field.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. ii. 968-9. as-Sém'—blér, s. [Eng, assembl(e); -er. In Fr. assemblewr.] 1. One who convenes, an assembly, or brings a number of people together. “None of the list-makers, the assemblers of the mob, the directors and arrangers, have been convicted.”— Burke: Reflections on the Eacecutions in 1780. pit, marine; go, pöt, pine, sire, sir, or, wēre, wolf, work, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a. qu = kW. assembling 2. One who himself constitutes part of such a gathering. - “For your confession of faith, which you say shall be published by your assemblers, . ” —Hammond to Cheynel. (Hammond: Works, i. 193.) as—sèm'—bling, pr. par. & S. [ASSEMBLE.] As substantive: A gathering together, a meeting together. “Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is .”— Heb: X. 25. “Let all rude and riotous assemblings . . . be ban- ished from this day of rest and holiness.”—Bishop Fleet- wood: Charge. *as-sàm'-blit, pa. par. [ASSEMBLED.] as-sém'—bly, *as-sém'—blé, s. [In Fr. assemblée = a meeting of persons (originally, it is believed, a deliberative political assembly; afterward also one of the clergy); assemblé=one of the steps in a dance; Prov. assemblada ; Sp. asambled , Ital. assamblea = a meeting of persons; Sw, assemble.] {ASSEMBLE, v.] A. Ordinary Language: I. In a passive Sense: 1. Gen. : That which is convoked; a gathering together of persons, or, in Some cases, of things, for any purpose. “I sat not in the assembly of the mockers.”—Jer. xv. 17. (See also Gen. xlix. 6.) “I was almost in all evil in the midst of the congrega- tion and assembly.”—Prov. v. 14. 2. Specially: e a). A great gathering of people for religious or §: itical purposes, or for both. In Old Testament Scripture it is frequently used of the whole congre- gation of the Israelites convened, for any religious or national object, especially of their assembling at Sinai to receive the law. [See also B.] “. . on the eighth day shall be an holy convocation unto you, and ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto the Lord; it is a solemn assembly.”—Lev. xxiii. 36. (See fººt. xvi. 8, and 2 Kings x. 20. In a jig. sense: Heb. Xll. Zö. & 4 * * according to all the words which the Lord spake with you in the mount, out of the midst of the fire, in the day of the assembly.”—Deut. ix. 10. (See also Deut. x. 4; xviii. 16.) (b). A deliberative body exercising legislative functions, and bearing rule over a nation, province, or district. In the United States these assemblies are known as “conventions.” “Officers and men muttered that a vote of a foreign jºu was nothing to them.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., Cºl. XI, (See also Acts xix. 39.) II. In an active sense: That which convokes. [B. 2. Mil.] B. Technically: 1, Church, Hist., &c. : The term now given to the highest deliberative body in some Presbyterian churches, and specially to what, when fully named, are termed the “General Assembly of the Estab: lished Church of Scotland,” and the “General As- sembly of the Free Church of Scotland.” These consist of ministerial and lay or half-lay represent- atives, equal to each other in number, sent from each presbytery, and in spiritual matters discharge qeliberative, legislative, judicial, and executive functions. The word Assembly, in this second sense, seems to have been introduced into Scotland from France, while the natives of the former gountry had much intercourse with Calvin. From Scotland it passed to England, where the “West- minster Assembly’’ was an assembly of 121 divines Wh9, with certain lay assessors, met at Westminster in 1643, by authority of the Parliament, with the View of attempting to produce ecclesiastical formu- laries which might lead to uniformity of worship in England and Scotland. It sat five years, produced the Directory of Public Worship, the Confession of Faith, and the Larger and Shorter Catechisms, and was ultimately dissolved by Oliver Cromwell. 2. Mil. : The second beating of the drum in a camp to summon the soldiers to strike their tents. assembly-room, s. A room in which public assemblies are won't to be held. ‘. . . . nor could she enter the assembly-rooms, . . .” -Johnson: Life of Savage. *as-Sénde, v. i. Old spelling of AscEND. **s-sàn'-dyt, pa. par. An obsolete spelling of ASCEND. *ās'—sén-èl, s. Old spelling of ARSENIc. &S-sènt', *ā-gēnt'e, s. [O. Fr. assent, assens; Port. assenso; Lat., assensus; from assentio or ((88entior=to assent.] [AssBNT, v.] • jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, º 295 A. Ordinary Language: 1. The act of admitting the truth of any state- ment. Such assent emanates from the understand- ing, and differs from consent, which is an Operation of the will. [See || below.] t “I trowe ther needeth litel sermonyng To make you assente to this thing.” Chaucer: C. T., 3,093-4. “Bier utmost reach, historical assent, y 3 The doctrines warp'd to what they never meant. Cowper: Conversation. 2. It is not unfrequently, however, used as synony- mous with consent. “. . . the talents which obtain the assent of divided and tumultuous assemblies to great practical reforms.”- Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xx. 3. Accord; agreement. “. . the words of the prophets declare good to the king with one assent.”—2 Chron. xviii. 12. "I We assent to what we admit to be true: We con- sent to what we allow to be done. Assent may be given to anything, whether positively proposed by another or not, but consent supposes that what is consented to is proposed by some other person... If assent and consent are both used of speculative propositions, then assent is the act of an individual, and consent that of many, as in the phrase, “By the common consent of mankind.” Approbation, which is a much stronger word, is a species of assent and concurrence of consent. The latter term is properly used only of numbers, not of single individuals. (Crabb.) B. Technically: Law. The royal assent signifies the consent of the king to have his signature affixed to Acts of Parlia- ment which have passed both Houses of the Legisla- ture. This assent gives them the force of law. “All those acts of the Long Parliament which had re- ceived the royal assent were admitted to be still in full force.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. as—sént', v. i. [In Fr. assentir; Sp. asentir; Port. assentar; Ital. assentire; Lat. assentio = to assent: ad=to, and sentio=to discern by the senses, to feel.] 1. To admit a statement to be true. “And the Jews also assented, saying that these things were so.”—Acts xxiv. 9. 2. To consent to a proposal affecting one's inter- ests. “The princess assented to all that was suggested by her husband.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. *3. To yield to the seductive influence of any vice. “Loke wel, that ye unto no vice assent.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,502. * For the difference between assent and consent, see ASSENT, s. ăs—sén—tā'—tion, s. [Lat, assentatio-flattering assent, pretended concurrence with everything that a person says; assentor=to assent habitually, with insincerity; assentior=to assent to ; ad=to, and sentio=to feel.] Hypocritical assent to everything which another says; pretended concurrence in every opinion, however absurd, which he broaches; the implied object being, for the most part, to flatter him for selfish ends, or at least to avoid giving him offense. “It is a fearful presage of ruin when the prophets con- spire in assentation.”—Bishop Hall. iás—sén-tä'—tör, *ās—sén-tá-toir, s. [Ital. as- semtatore; Lat. assentator.] A flatterer. “Other there be which, in a more honest term, may be called assemtatours or followers, which do await diligently what is the form of the speech and gesture of their mas- ter, and also other his manners and fashion of garments.” —Sir T. Elyot: Gov., fol. 138 b. *ás—sén'-ta-tór-i-ly, adv. [Eng. assentator; -i, -ly.] After the manner of a flatterer. “I have no purpose, vainly or assentatorily, to represent this greatness [of Britain] as in water, which shows things bigger than they are .”—Bacom. as-Sént'-er, s. [Eng. assent; assents to anything. “She is not an assenter (though thousands be) to that rabbinical rule cited in Drusius from Rabbi Haurica.”— Whitlock: Manners of the Eng., p. 353. äs-sén'-ti-ent, (ti as shi), a. . [Iat, assentiems, pr. par. Of assentio=to assent to.] Assenting to, as opposed to dissentient; dissenting from. Qwar. Rev.) (Worcester’s Dict.) äs-Sént'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ASSENT, v.] “On female truth assenting faith relies.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. i., 276. ăs-Sént'—ifig-ly, adv. [Eng. assenting; -ly. [In an assenting manner; in Such a manner as to express or imply assent. (Hwloet.) ăs-sènt'—ive, a. [Eng. assent; -ive..] Assenting. (Savage.) -er.) One who çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, assession ăs—sént'-mênt, 3. [Fr. assentiment; Ital. assenti- mento.] The same as ASSENT (q.v.) “Their arguments are but precarious, and subsist upon the charity of our assentments.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. *ās'—sèn-yke, S. Old name for ARSENIC (q.v.). às'—sér, s. [Lat. asser=a small beam or lath.] Arch. : A thin rafter, board, or lath. as-Sért', v. t. [From Lat. assertwm, supine of asséro= to put or join to, . . . . to affirm; ad=to, and sero, pret. Serwis-to put in a row, to join. In Ital. asserire.] I. Of persons or other beings: - 1. To affirm, to declare positively; to aver. “. . asserting, on proper occasions, the dignity of º country and of his master.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., CIl. XXI 11. 2. To vindicate one's rights by actions as well as WOTC1S. “Human nature at last asserted its rights.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. “Such just examples on offenders shown, Sedition silence, and assert the throne.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. ii., 338-9. II. Of things: (Used figuratively in senses an- alogous to I. 1 and 2.) “But, lo! from high Hymettus to the plain The queen of night asserts her silent reign.” Byron.: Curse of Minerva. as-Sért-éd, pa. par. & a. [AssBRT.] tas-Sért'—ér, s. [AssBRTOR.] as-Sért'—ifig, pr. par. [AssBRT.] as-Sér'—tion, s. [In Fr. assertion; Ital. asser- zione; Ital. assertio=(1) a formal, declaration re- garding the freedom or servitude of any one; (2) an assertion generally..] ... - º 1. The act of asserting, affirming, or declaring positively. 2. The statement asserted or affirmed positively. “The government, on full consideration, gave credit to his assertion that he had been guilty of a double trea- son.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. as-Sért'—ive, a. [In Fr. assertif.] With strong assertion; dogmatical, peremptory. ... “He was not so fond of the principles he undertook to illustrate as to boast their certainty, proposing them not in a confident and assertive form, but as probabilities and hypotheses.”—Glanville. as-Sért'—ive-ly, adv., [Eng. assertive; -ly.] So as to assert; affirmatively. “Read it interrogatively, and it is as strong for Soto and the Dominicans, as if it were read assertively, for Catherine and the Jesuits.”—Bp. Bedell: Letters, p. 403. as-Sért'-àr, tas—sért'—Ér, s. [Eng. assert; -or and -er.] One who asserts, affirms, supports, or maintains anything. “The assertors of liberty said not a word . . .”— Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. “. . . . an asserter of the hereditary principles of his family . . .”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist, (1855), ch. xii., pt. iii., § 54. as-Sért'-Örºy, q. . [Eng. assert; -ory. In Ital. assertorio.] Involving an assertion; designed to Support an assertion. “. . . both with oaths promissory and assertory.”— Jeremy Taylor: On the Decalogue. *als—sér've, v. t. [Lat. asservio.] To serve; to assist. (Johnson.) as—séssº, v. t. [O. Fr. assesser=to regulate, settle; Low Lat. assesso-to value for the purpose of taxa- tion ; Class. Lat. assesswºm, sup. of assideo-to sit near, to be an assessor: ad=to, or near, and sedeo= to sit.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. To fix by authority the exact portion of a tax which any particular person is required to pay. 2. To make a valuation of, property in any place, with the view of settling what amount of local or other taxation its owner or occupier should be required to pay. B. Law: To fix the amount of damages, costs, &c., in a law case. *as-Sèss', S. [From assess, v. (q. v.).] Assess- ment. “Taking off assesses, levies, and free-quarterings, might appear plausive aims.”—Princely Pelican, ch. 8. w as—séss'-a-ble, a. [Eng. assess; -able.] Subject to assessment. as—séss'-a-bly, adv. [Eng. assessabl(e); -y.] In the manner of an assessment. -- as-Sèssed, pa. par. & a. [ASSESS, v.] as-Sèss'-iñg, pr. par. [AssBSs, v.] as—sés-sion, S. [Lat, assessio: ad=to, or near, and sessio=a sitting.] A sitting near one to give one counsel. (Johnsom.) aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -Clan, -tian = &c. = bel, del. Shan. shiis. -ble, -dle, –tion, -Sious = -sion = Shiin; -Cious, –tion, -Šion = zhūn. -tious, assessionary as-sés'-sion-ar-y, a. [Eng. assession; -ary.] Pertaining or relating to assession. “One of the answers of the jury, upon their oaths at the assessionary court, I have inserted.”—Carew: Survey of Cornwall. as-Sèss'-mênt, *as-séss e-mênt, s. [Eng. assess; -memt.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. The act of fixing a certain sum, after consider- ation of a person's means, as the portion of a tax which he should fairly be required to pay ; or the act of valuing property for purposes of taxation, #º: the proper sum to be levied on it. (It is followed by on or of.) “It was determined that the greater part of this sum should be levied by an assessment on real property.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. “. ... the business of the census involving the enu- meration of persons and the assessment of property.”— Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. v., § 1. 2. The state of being assessed. 3. The amount which is imposed on an individual after consideration of his resources, or on property after valuation. B. Law: The act of assessing damages by means of a jury. as—séss'–6r, s. sessor; Fr. assesseur; Sp. asesor; Ital, assessore, from flat. assessor=(1) one who sits by another, an assistant; (2) (Law) the assistant of a magistrate: ad=to or near, and sedeo=to sit.] 1. One who sits near another- . (a) As being next to him in dignity: “That His great purpose He might so fulfill, To honor His anointed Son, avenged º His enemies, and to declare All power on Him transferr'd: whence to His Son, The assessor of His throne, He thus began.” Milton: P. L., bk. vi. Qr (b) to render him assistance. . . * In this latter sense it specially signified an assist- ant to a judge. (Dryden: Virgil's AEmeid, vi. 583.) 2. One who assesses people, or property for pur- poses of taxation. (Glossog. Nova.) ăs—sés-sé'r-i-al, a. [In Fr. & Port. assessorial; Lat. assessorius.] Pertaining to an assessor. (Coace.) *as—séth'. [ASSETs.] às'—séts, *as—séth', *ā-séth', *ā-scé'th, *a-sée'the, *as-syth, *a-gée'th, s., a, & adv. [Fr. assez-enough ; O. Fr. aset, asez, assez; asseiz, asses =enough ; Prov. assatz; Ö. Sp. asaz, Port. assaz; Ital, assai-enough ; from Lat. ad=to, and satis- enough..] A. As adj. dº adv. (chiefly of the form *asseth): Sufficient, enough. “Yet, neuer shall make his richesse Asseth unto his gredinesse.” Romaumt of the Ro8e. [In Sw., Dan., Ger., & Port. as- B. As swbstantive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. Formerly (of some among the obsolete forms given above, and especially of the form *aseth): (a) Compensation for an injury, satisfaction, or acceptable offering or concession. [ASSITH...] “And Pilat, willynge to make aseth to the puple, left to hem Barabas.”— Wycliffe: Mark xv. (b) Assets. “And if it suffice not for asseth . . ???,0.77. 2. Now (of the form assets only): The same as 1 a. and b. II. Technically (of the form assets, S. pl. only): 1. Book-keeping, Bankruptcy, dºc. : All a person's property, every part of which may be made liable for his debts. In balancing accounts assets are put on one side and debts on the other—the assets on the Cr. side, and the debts on the Dr. one. The amounts of a merchant's debts and assets are always ascertained and recorded if he become insolvent. 2. Law: Property left by a deceased person which is salable and may be converted into ready money. It receives its name, assets—meaning enough, or sufficient—because its possession is sufficient to render the executor or administrator liable to dis- charge the debts and legacies of the deceased per- son, so far as the assets may be sufficient for the purpose. Assets obtained in this way are called personal. Besides these, there are others called assets by descent, or real assets. If a person covenant that he and his heir shall keep a house in repair, the heir is bound only as he has assets enough inherited from the promiser. (Blackstone : Comment., bk. ii., chaps. 15, 20, 32.) as—sév'—ér-âte, *as—sév'–ér, v. f. & i. [In Sp. aseverar; Port. asseverar; Ital. asseverare; Lat. .”—Piers Plow- 296 assevero=to act with earnestness, to pursue earn- estly : (2) to assert strongly or firmly : severws= severe. Cognate with Eng. Swea R (q. v.).] To affirm with great solemnity or very positively. “. . so sweetened and mollified with the concert of music [the harmony of heaven], that he not only assever- eth it, but also endeavoreth, with great pains and labor, to set out the true musical proportion of it.”—Fotherby: Atheom., p. 317. as-Sév'-ér-ā-těd, pa. par. [AssBVERATE,1 as-Sév'-Ér-ā-ting, pr. par. [Assever ATE.] as-Sév-èr-à-tion, s. [In Sp. aseveracion; Port; asseteraçao; Ital. asseverazione; Lat. asseveratio.] 1. The act of asseverating, or positively asserting anything. “Asseveration blustering in your face Makes contradiction such a hopeless case.” Cowper: Conversation. .2. That which is asseverated; a positive affirma- tion made. “He denied, with the most solemn asseverations, that he had taken any money for himself.”—Macaulay : Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. *as—sév–ér-ā'-tór-y, a. [Eng. asseverat(e); -ory.] Emphatically asserting. “Warm and asseveratory answers made by Mr. Atkins.” —North : Eacamen, p. 247. as-Sib-il-lā’—tion, s. [SIBILLATION.] Aş-sī-dae -ans, As-Si-dé-ans, Châs-î-dae"—ans, ChâS-i-dé'—ans, s. pl. [In Gr. Asidaioi ; from Hebrew chhásidim = the pious or the righteous; chhéséd=eagerness, specially (1) love to one; (2) envy, animosity; chhastid=to be eager, to be vehe- ment.] A term given in 1 Macc. ii. 42, and 2 Macc. xiv. 6, to those Jews who were zealous for the purity of their faith when Grecian idolatry was beginning to pervade the land, and who, with their swords supported the Maccabee revolt till it established the partial independence of their country. It is possible that the term may originally have been a nickname, like the word Puritan was in the six- teenth and seventeenth centuries. às'-sī-dent, a. [Lat. assidens, pr. par, of assideo =to sit by or near : ad=to, and sedeo—to sit. J Med. : Attendant on a disease as a rule, but still not invariably present. Assident are opposed to pathognomic symptoms, the latter never being absent in any case. as-sid’—u—ate, *as-syd'—u—ate, *as-sid’—u—at, a. [Lat. assidwatus, pa. par. of assiduo-to apply constantly..] [ASSIDUOUS..] Constant, unremit- ting, &c. as-sà-dû'-i-ty, S. [In Fr. assidwité; Port, assi- dwidade; Ital. assidwita, assidwitade, assidwitate; Lat. assidwitas= a constant sitting by or near at- tendance, . . . . constant care.] [AssiDUOUs.] 1. Properly: The act of sitting down, or the state of remaining seated, in order to work steadily at any business which one has to do. Hence, close application, diligence. “Some cultivated rhetoric with such assiduity and suc- cess that their discourses are still justly valued as models of style.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. 2. Careful attention to a person. as-sid’—ll-ois, a. [In Fr. assidu ; Sp. asiduo; Port. & Ital, assidwo; Lat. assiduus = (1) sitting by or near in constant attendance; (2) unremitting: from assideo.] [ASSIDENT.] 1. Of persons or other animated beings (Lit.) : Sit- ting closely and unintermittingly to one's work, in- stead of getting up from time to time to take relax- ation ; hence giving close or constant application to one's work, diligent. (It is used both of specific instances of such unintermitting application, and of one's general character.) “The public were too strenuously employed with their own follies to be assiduous in estimating mine,”—Gold- smith: Essays (Preface). “Thus as the bee, from bank to bower, Assiduous sips at every flower.” Cowper: Annus Memorabilis (1789). 2. Of things: Performed with unremitting con- stancy and diligence. “. . . . they became, under assiduous training, the first soldiers in Greece.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng. (ed. I861), ch. xxiii. (Note). “. . . by assiduous observation of the sun's transits over the meridian.”—Herschel; Astron., § 377. “. . . finally, assiduous and oft-repeated effort . . .” —Tyndall; Frag. of Science (3d ed.), Preface, vi. as-sid’—u—oiás—ly, adv. [Eng. assiduous; -ly.] In an assiduous manner; with unintermitting regu- larity and diligence. “For, such as his mind was, it had been assidwously assign as-sid’—u—oiás-nēss, s. [Eng. assiduous: -mess.] The quality of being assiduous. w “Persons that will have the patience to understand, and press with art and assiduousness.”—Lett. dat. 1637; Sidney State-Papers, vol. ii., 509. .*as-sié'ge, *ā-sé'ge, v. t. S10ge. *as-sié'ged, *a-sé'gèd, pa. par. & a. [Assi BGE.] .*as-Sièg -ër, s. [Eng. assieg (e); -er.] A be- S10ger. “No lesse to keepe then coole th' assiegers’ pride.” Budson: Judith, iii. 254. ăs-sī-Ént'—ist, s. [Eng., &c., assient(o); -ist.] A shareholder or stockholdër of the ºssiento Čom. pany; also one holding the Assiento contract. (Bancroft.) ăs-si-en-tó, #s-ſ-Én'-tó, s. [Sp. asiento–a seal, te , a contract or lease; from fat, assideo-tosit near.] [ASSIDENT.] Commerce dº. History: A contract or convention between the King of Spain and other powers for furnishing slaves for the Spanish dominions in America. The contract of the Assiento was made with Great Britain on March 26, 1713. Assiento Company: Any company entrusted with the function of fulfilling the Assiento contract. The first one which agreed to undertake the de- grading task was the French Guinea Company. In July, 1713, the Treaty of Utrecht handed it over to Great Britain, and for twenty-six years the South Sea Company did something toward rendering the odious service required. But the breaking out of War in 1739 placed the Assiento contract in abey- ance. It was never revived, and ultimately Britain became the mortal foe, first of the slave-trade, and then of slavery itself. 3.S-sign", *as-si'gne, *as-sy'gne (g silent), v. t. [In Fr. assigner; Prov. assignar; Sp. asigmar; Port. assignar, assimar; Ital. assegmare; from Lat. as- sigmo- (1) to mark out, to assign, to allot, (2) to ascribe, to impute, (3) to consign, to seal: ad=to, and signwm- a mark.] [SIGN..] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Properly, to sign over to another rights or º Yººh, have hitherto belonged to one's Self. • ? -i- s g 2. To mark out, to allot, to apportion. “. . . . for the priests had a portion assigned them of Pharaoh, and did eat their portion which Pharaoh gave them.”—Gen. xlvii. 22. “. . . . . which assigned each battle, or war, or siege, or other leading event, to its proper consuls.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. i., § 3. To designate for a specific purpose; to name, to fix upon. “And they appointed Kedesh in Galilee in Mount Naphtali, . And on the other side Jordan by Jericho eastward, they assigned Bezer . . .” [meaning, named it as a city of refugel.—Josh. xx. 7, 8. 4. To attribute to ; to allege specifically. g . and with a velocity regulated according to the ºbove assigned.”—Ben'schel; Astronomy, 5th ed. (1858), § 361. [Fr. assiéger.] To be- B. Technically: I. Law: 1. To transfer to another by means of a signed document. & 2. To apportion; to allot. “If the heir or his guardian do not assign her dower within the term of quarantine, or do assign it unfairly, she has her remedy at law, and the sheriff is ºppointed t() assign it.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 8. 3. To appoint a deputy. [ASSIGNEE.] 4; To set anything forth, specifically, or with the full particulars given. Thus, to assign error is to show in what part of the process error is com- mitted; to assign false judgment, is to declare how and where the judgment is unjust; to assign the cessor, is to show how the plaintiff had ceased or given over; to assign waste, is to show wherein especially the waste has been committed. (Cowel.) II. Comm. (In the same sense as A. 1, and B., I. 1.) To sign over to another rights or property which have hitherto belonged to one's self. To transfer money or property to a person by the endorsement of a check or bill, or by a similar docu- ment signed. as-sign (pl. as-si'gns) (g silent), s. assign, v.] (Generally in the plural.) I. Ordimary Language dº Law : *1. Appendages; appurtenances. “. six French rapiers and poniards, with their ºns, as girdle, hangers, and so.”—Shakesp.: Hamlet, V. Z. [From 2. Law: Persons to whom any property is or may be assigned. “Afterward a man seems to have been at liberty to part with all his own acquisitions, if he had previously pur- chased to him and his assigns by name; but if his assigns were not specified in the purchased deed, he was not em- cultivated.”—Macawlay. Hist. Eng., ch. xx. powered to aliene.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 19. fâte, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu = kw. assignable as-sign'-a-ble (g silent), a. [In Fr, assignable.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Able to be assigned, allotted, or given over as property to an individual named. 2. Able to be specified or pointed out. “So far as that element is concerned, production is sus- ceptible of an increase without any assignable bounds.”— J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., vol. i., bk. i., ch. xi., § 4. B. Technically: I. Law & Comm. ; Able to be transferred so as to pass from hand to hand, as an endorsed check. II. Mathematics: 1. Assignable magnitude, or quantity: A. magni- tude or quantity which, not being infinite, is capa- ble of being definitely stated. 2. Assignable ratio: A ratio capable of such defi- nite statement. äs-sī-gnat (gnat as myāt), 3. [Fr.]. An annuity founded on the security of lands. Specially, French Republican paper money. When the revolutionary French Assembly of 1790 took the decisive step of disendowing the church, , and appropriating, all ecclesiastical property to the state, the prodigious uantity of church lands, amounting to about one- third of the soil of France, thrown upon its hands could not be disposed of all at once. The labor of selling it was therefore devolved on each commune or parish, which was required to pay the proceeds, when realized, into the state treasury. Meanwhile the government, being without adequate revenue, issued paper money on the security of the funds to be paid it by the communes. The bonds issued for the purpose were called assignats. Ultimately over-issue of these paper notes greatly depreciated their value, so that in the year 1795, 3,000 instead of about twenty-four of them were given in change for a louis-d'or ($4,80). (Evans Crowe's Hist, of France; § Cyclopoedia, 1831, vol. ii., p. 304; vol. iii., p. 121. - ăs-sig-nā’—tion, s. [In Fr. assignation; Sp. asig- macion; Port. assignaçao; Ital. assigmazione; from Lat. assignatio- a marking out, an allotment; assignatum, Supine of assigno.] [ASSIGN..] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of assigning. Specially— 1. The act of transferring property by a written deed, or in a similar way. “It could be converted into private property only by purchase or assignation; and assignation always proceeded 9n regular principles, and awarded equal portions of land to every man.”—Arnold: Hist. Rome, vol. i., ch. xiv., p. 268. 2. The act of making an appointment of time and place for love-interviews. “The lovers expected the return of this stated hour with as much impatience as if it had been a real assignation.” —Spectator. II. The state of being assigned. III. That which is assigned. “That by new instances are not always to be under- stood new recipes, but new assignations; and of the diversity between these two.”— Bacon: Inter. of Nat., ch. xii., p. 888. B. Technically: 1. Law & Comm. : In the same sense as A., I. 1. (Q. V. 2. Comm. (In Russia): A bank-note or bill; paper money. a S-si'gned (g silent), pa. par. & a. [ASSIGN, v.] “In their assign’d and native dwelling place.” Shakesp.: As You Like It, ii. 1. aS-8ig-nē'e (g silent), s. [In Fr, assigné-defend- ant at law.] In Law: .1. A person to whom any duty or property is as- signed. An assignee may be one in deed or in law. He is the former if appointed by a person, and the latter if appointed by the administrators of the law. . 2. AS8ignees in bankruptcy: Persons to whom a bankrupt's estate is assigned, and in whom it shall be vested for the benefit of his creditors. (Black- Stone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 31.) 3.S-sign-èr (g silent), s. [Eng. assign; -er.] One Who or that which assigns. [ASSIGNOR.] “The *** is at once the assigner of our tasks and the magazine of our strength.”—Dr. H. More: Decay of Piety. &S-sign-iñg, pr. par. [ASSIGN, v.] 3.8-Si'gn-ment, s. [Eng. assign; -ment. assegmamento.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of *:::::::::: or of designing any per- Son or thing to a particular use. 1. The act of assigning or allotting any person or thing to a particular use. “Triumvirs, for the assignment of lands and the receipt In Ital. 297 *2. The act of designing anything; design. “The second Bulwarke was the Hearing sence, 'Gainst which the second troupe assignment makes.” Spenser: F. Q., II. xi. 10. II. The state of being assigned. “I believe the years of assignment are passed away with discontent and unhappiness.”—Darwin: Voyage rownd the World, ch. xix. III: That which is assigned; also the document by which assignment is made, such as a signed or endorsed check or bill, a lease, &c. “. . . to those to whom it has granted a portion of the revenue, and are indemnified by assignments on the ºue collectors.”—J. S. Mill; Polit. Econ.; Prelim. Rem., P. “. . . . . . on an assignment of hearth money there was no difficulty in obtaining advances.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. B. Technically: Law, Comm., dºc.: The act of signing over to an- other rights or property which have hitherto belonged to one's self. . [A. I. 1.; III.] Assignment of estate is a transfer, or making over to another, of the right a person has in any estate. It is usually applied to an estate for life or years. It differs from a lease, for in a lease he grants an interest less than his own, reserving to himself a reversion ; while in an assignment he parts with the whole property, which from that time absolutely belongs to the assignee. (Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 20.) âS-sign-Or’ (g silent), s. Of the same meaning as ASSIGNER. “. . . . . in assignments he parts with the whole prop- erty, and the assignee stands to all intents and purposes in the place of the assignor.” — Blackstome: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 20. as-sim-il-a-bil'-i-ty, s. [Eng, assimilable; -ity.] Capability of being assimilated. (Coleridge.) (Reid's Dict.) as-Sim'-il-a-ble, a. & S. [In Fr. assimilable.] A. As adjective: That may be assimilated. Able to be made in one or more particulars to resemble something else. B. As substantive: That which is capable of being assimilated. “The spirits of many will find but naked habitations, meeting no assimilables wherein to re-act their natures.” —Browne; Vulgar Errors. as-sim'-il-âte, v. t. & i. [In Ger, assimiliren: Fr. assimiler; Sp. asimilar; Port. assimilar; Ital. assimigliaré, , assimilare: ... from Lat, assimiliss= similar; ad=to, and similis-like; or from, Lat. assimºwlo here is not an assimilo)=to make like, to COIn pare. A. Transitive : *I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. To compare. “To these 4 brutes, living in this estate, Ö Foure kindes of men we may assimilate.” Times Whistle, E. E. Teact Soc. (ed. Cowper), De quantuor elementis, 77, 78. 2. To create a likeness between two or more dif- ferent things; to render one thing like another. “A ferine and necessitous kind of life would easily assimilate at least the next generation to barbarism and ferineness.”—Hale. “The downy flakes Descending, and with never-ceasing lapse Softly alighting upon all below, Assimilate all objects.” Cowper: Task, iv. 329. 3. To convert into a substance identical with, or at least, similar to, that operating upon it. [II. Physiol.] “Tasting concoct, digest, assimilate, And corporeal to incorporeal turn.” Milton; P. L., v. 412. “Hence also animals and vegetables may assimilate their nourishment, moist nourishment easily changing its texture till it becomes like the dense earth.”—Newton. II. Animal and Vegetable Physiol. : In the same sense as I. 3. (Used of the power possessed, by plants and animals of converting their appropriate nourishment into portions of themselves.) B. Intransitive : I. Qrdingry Language: To become similar. (Fol- lowed by the preposition to.) “With regard to the spelling of native names, . . . I have adopted that which assimilates most to the English pronunciation.”—Hooker: Himalayan Journals, vol. i., Preface, p. xviii. II. Animal and Vegetable Physiol.: To be con- verted into the substance of an animal or plant. as-Sim-il-ā'—ted, pa. par. & a. [Assiſm.ILATE, v.] as-sim'—il-âte-nēss, s. [Eng. assimilate; -mess.] assistless as—sim—il-à-tíñg, pr. par. [ASSIMILATE, v.] as—sim-il-à –tion, s. [In Dan. & Fr. assimila- tion; Port. assimilaçao; Ital. assimilazione; Lat. assimulatio-likeness, similarity. 1. Ordinary Language : The act or process of assimilating, i. e., of making One being, person, Or thing similar to another; the state of being so , assimilated. w “It is as well the instinct as duty of our nature to aspire to an assimilation with God, even the most laudable and generous ambition.”—Decay of Piety. 2. Animal and Vegetable Physiol. : The process by which an animaſ or a plant converts into tex- tures, identical with its own, such foreign molecules as are fitted for its nutriment. (See Glossary to Owen's Comparative Anatomy of the Invertebrate Animals, 2d ed., 1855, p. 669.) & “These two processes, eaccretion, or the expulsion,9f effete particles, and assimilation of substances from with- out, are necessarily mutually dependent.”—Todd dº Bow- man: Physiol. Amat., vol. i.; Introd., p. 12. as-sim'—il-a-tive, adj. [Eng, assimilate. suff. #: Assimilating; having the power of assimila- lDig. “ , an attractive, a retentive, an assimilative, and an expulsive virtue.”—Hakewill: Apology, p. 5. fas-sim'—il-a-tór-y, a. [Eng, assimilate: -ory.] Tending to assimilate. *as-sim'-ul-âte, v. t. [Lat, assimulo- (1) to make like; (2) to counterfeit; similis-like.] To feign, to counterfeit. (Johnson.) *as-sim-ul-ā'-tion, s. [Lat. assimulatio-(1) similarity; (2) Rhet.; a feigning that an audience is unfavorable to the views the Orator expresses. when he knows it to be the very opposite.] A dissem- bling, a counterfeiting. (Johnson.) fäs-sī-né'-gö, fis—i-nē'-gö, S. . [Sp. & Port. asno=an ass.] An ass, a dolt, a stupid perSon. “, ... thou hast no more brain than I have in mine elbows; an assinego may tutor thee; thou Scurvy valiant ass! thou art here put to thrash Trojans . . .”- Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, ii. 1. *as-si'se, s. [ASSIZE (2).] ăss'—ish, a. [Eng. ass; suff. -ish.] Asinine; resembling an ass; stupid. âss'—ish-nēss, s. Obstimate stupidity. as-sis'–6r, s. [ASSIZER.] as-sist', v. t. & i. [In Fr. assister; Sp. 38istir; Port. assistir; Ital. assistere; from Lat, assisto- to stand at or by ; ad=to or near ; sisto- to cause to stand.] Properly, to stand by one; hence to help, to aid, to support one, whether in action OT in SOTFOW, A. Transitive: In the above sense. “. . . that ye assist her in whatever business she hath need of you.”—Rom. xvi. 2. B. Intransitive: To give help or aid. “Myself assisting is the social joy.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. iv., 881. as-sist'—ange, s. [In Fr. assistance ; Sp. asistem- cia; Port. assistencia; Ital. assistenza: Low Lat. assistentia.] Help, aid; whatever in the circum- stances will enable one to do his work more easily or in a shorter time, or will encourage him with more fortitude to sustain his sorrow. “Let us entreat this necessary assistance, that by his grace he would lead us.”—Rogers. as-sist'—ant, a. & S. [In Fr. assistant, a. & S.; Sp. asistente, S.; Port. assistent, adj., assistant, S.; Ital. assistente; from Lat, assistems, pr. par. of assisto.] [ASSIST.] A. As adjective: Aiding, helping, auxiliary. “Around, a train of weeping sisters stands, To raise her, sinking, with assistant hands.” - Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xxii., 604-5. B. As substantive: Properly, one who stands by or attends upon another, an attendant; but now the word means one who aids or helps another in any Way. “Of four assistants who his labor share, Three now were absent on the rural care.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xiv., 27, 28. tas-sist'—ant—ly, adv. [Eng. assistant; -ly.] In a manner to assist. “PIe hath º * assistantly, His servant Israel.” Magnificat, in Sternhold's Psalms (ed. 1598). as-sist'—Ér, s. [Eng. assist; -er.] One who as- sists; an assistant. (Ash.) - *— ... par. & a. ſ. ASSIST. as-sist Ifig, pr *:::::...is º #4. Th’ assisting forces of his native bands.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xiii., 616, 617. as-sist'-lèss, a. [Eng. assist, and suff. -less.] Without assistance. (Poetic.) of names, are appointed.” — Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., The quality of being similar to ; likeness. (John- “Stupid he stares, and all assistless stands.” ch. xii., pt. ii., § 34. SO?. Pope: Homer’s Iliad, xvi. 970. bºil, böy; pâût, jówl; cat, Gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. *Cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shiin; -tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del, assith . **s-sith', *as-sy'th, v. t. [AssBTH..] To satisfy. “Lauchful or evyne pvniscioune May thaim assith be na resone.” Ratis Raving, bk. i. (ed. Lumby), 2,391-2. *aš-šith '-mênt (O. Eng.), as-syth-mênt (Scotch), : [O. Eng. assith- to compensate, and • -???,670, U. Old Eng. Law: A weregild, or composition by a pecuniary mulct. as-size (1), s. A layer of stone, or one of the cylindrical blocks in a column. The number of assizes in the Great Pyramid was 203. (Knight's Dict. of Mechanics.) as-size (2), *as-si'se, *as-syse, *a-si'se, *a-sy'se, *a-sy"ge, s. [In Ger, assisen; Fr. assises (pl.), from asseoir=to make one sit down ;. O. Fr. assise=a set rate, a tax; assis-set, Seated ; assire= to set; Prov, asiza-(1) an assembly of judges, (2) a decision pronounced by them, (3) a tax; Low Lat. assisa, assisia; Class. Lat, assessw8=a sitting by: assideo-to sit by: ad=to, . . . by, near, and Sedeo-to sit.} A. Ordinary Language: I. A formal session or sitting; or in the plural Sessions or sittings specially for judicial purposes. 1. Literally: (a) In a general sense: A sitting for any purpose, as for worship, to hear confessions, &c. “In daunger he hadde at his owne assise The yonge gurles of the diocise.” Chaucer: C. T., 665-6. ‘ſ In dawnger is=under his jurisdiction. te (?) (Generally pl.) : With the same signification as that given under B., II. 3. “Thenceforward his writs ran and his judges held assizes in every part of Ireland . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. (c) The time or place of holding a judicial sitting. “The law was never executed by any justices of assize; but the people left to their own laws.”—Davies: Ireland. 2. Fig.: The last judgment. “The judging God shall close the book of fate, And there the last assizes keep, For those who wake and those who sleep.” Dryden: Mrs. Källigrew, 182. II. The result of such judicial or other sitting. *1. A statute. [B., II. 5.] “Bitoknen thine seuen wise, That han iwrowt ayen the assise.” Sewyn Sages, 2,490. (Boucher.) *2. A judgment. [B., II. 5.] “Ur elder God did Jhesum rise, The quilc gie hang with fals asise.” MS. Coll. Med. Edin., H. iii. 12, f. 125 b. (Boucher.) *3. A regulation. [B., II. 5.] “And on the same asise serued and allowed Of alle the franchise, that it are was dowed.” Chron. of Rob. de Brumme, p. 77. (Boucher.) “And after mete the lordys wyse, Eueryche yn dywers queyntyse, To daunce went by ryght asyse.” Octouiam, 81. (Boucher.) *III. Things assigned; commodities. [B., II. 6.] “Whan ther comes marchaundise, With corn, wyn, and steil, othir other assise, To heore lond any schip.” Alisaunder, 7,074. (Boucher.) Iv. Their weight or measure; measurement, di: mension. (Now contracted into SIZE.) [B., ii. 6.] “Than was it schorter than the assise, Thrise wroght thai with it on this wise.” The Story of the Holy Rood (ed. Morris), 643, 644. “On high hill’s top I saw a stately frame, An hundred cubits high, by just assize, With hundred pillars.” tº e Spenser; Visions of Bellay, ii. *W. Form, fashion. “So al watz dubbet on dere asyse.” E. Eng. Allit. Poems (ed. Morris); The Pearl, 97. *VI. Service. “That we may lere hymn of lof, as oure lyste biddez, As in the asyse of Sodomas to seggez that passen.” E. Eng. Allit. Poems (ed. Morris); Clean mess, 843-4. B. Technically: I. English Law & Government: An assembly of knights and other substantial men met at a certain place and time for the discharge of public business. In this sense, the General Council of Wittenage- mote of England was called the General Assize. Glanvil, who wrote in the reign of Henry II., says it had never yet been ascertained by the general assize or assembly, but was left to the custom of particular counties. (BlackStone: Comm., bk. i., ch. 2.) II. Law: 1. A jury, so called from their sitting together. Blackstone thinks that jury was the Original mean- ing of the word assize. The grand assize, or grand 298 jury, was instituted by Henry II., and might be ap- pealed to by one who preferred it to trial by battle. (Blackstome: Comm., bk. iii., chaps. 10, 22, and 23.) 2. The court which summons together such a jury by a commission of assize, or ad assisas capiendas. (Ibid., ch. 10.) 3. The sittings held, by the commission of the sovereign, at stated intervals, by one or more judges in the county towns of England, for the trial of civil and criminal cases. [See A., I., 1 (b).] The judges sit on such circuits by virtue of five authorities— the commission of the peace, that of oyer and ter- miner, that of general gaol delivery, that of assize, and that of nisi prius. The foundation of the pres- ent system was laid by Magna Charta, and by the statute Westm. 2, 13 Edw. I., c. 30. The commission of assize was so called because it was sent to take the verdict of a particular kind of assize—that is, jury. (Ibid., bk. iii., chaps. 22, 23.) * 4. An action at law for recovering the possession of lands. It is applicable to no more than two species of injury – by ouster, yiz., abatement [ABATEMENT], and recent or novel disseisin. DIS- SEISIN.] If the abatement happened upon the death of the demandant's father, mother, brother, sister, nephew, or niece, the remedy is by an assize of mort d’amoestor; if by that of relatives different from these, then various other terms are applied to it. An assize of movel disseisim—that is, of recent disseisin—does not essentially differ from that now escribed. These actions were called writs of assize. Ibid., bk. iii., ch. 10.) 1| A certificate of assize was a second trial granted when a miscarriage of justice appeared to have occurred. (Blackstone: Comm., bk. iii., ch. 24.) 5. A statute or ordinance. [A., II., 1, 2, 3...] (a) In a general sense: A statute or ordinance of any kind. The assize of arms was an enactment of Henry II. that each person should provide arms suitable to his rank, which on his death should descend to his son or other heir. The assize of the forest meant rules for the management of the royal forests. & 1 Rents of assize are certain established rents of the freeholders and ancient copyholders of a manor, which cannot be departed from or varied. They are also called guit-rents. [QUIT.] (Blackstone: Comm., bk. ii., ch. 3.) & (b) ec. : An ordinance for regulating the meas- ure and price of the articles sold in the market; also one for similarly fixing the standard weights and measures. e º ‘I To break the assize of bread is to violate the laws regulating the sale of bread, as by using false weights or giving short weight. (Blackstome: Comm., bk. iv., ch. 12. 6. The articles officially weighed and measured; also the standard weights. [A., III., IV.] *III. Chess: “The long assise, apparently a term of chess, now dis- used.”—Sir W. Scott. “And sette he hath the long asise, And endred beth ther inne; The play biginneth to arise, Tristºrem deleth at winne.” $ Sir Tristrenn, F. J., st. xxx. (S. im Bowcher.) as-size, v. t. [From assize, s.] 1. To fix by a legal ordinance the weight, meas- ure, or price of articles to be exposed for sale. *2. To assess as a taxpayer. (Bwners.) as-sized, *as-si'sed, pa. par. [ASSIZE.] as-siz–ér, as-sis-Ér, as-sis-or, as-siz–ör, s. [Eng. assize, v. ; -er, or...] A. Of the forms assizer, assiser, and assisor (Eng.) : . An officer who fixes the “assize "--that is, the weight, measure or price of articles to be sold. *as-sà'—bér, *as-sà-bre (bre as bâr), v. t. [From Fr. sobre=sober.] To sober; to make sober ; to keep sober. [SOBER.] “And thus I rede thou assobre, Thyn heste, in hope of such a grace.” Gower: Conf. Amant., bk. vi. as-sà-gí-a-bil-i-ty (or ci as shi), s. [Eng. as- sociable ; -ity. In Ger. assoziabilitat..] The quality of being capable of associating together. “When dealing with the Associability of Feelings, and the Associability of Relations between Feelings.”—Herbert Spencer: Psychol. (2d ed.), vol. ii., § 459. as-sà'-gi-a-ble (or ci as shi), a. [Formed as if from Lat. associabilis, on the analogy of Sociable. In Ger. assoziabel.] A. Ordinary Langwage: *1. Of persons: Sociable in disposition, compan- ionable. (Cotgrave, Todd, dºc.) 2. Of persons and things: Capable of being º joined or associated together. (Johnson, C. B. Technically : together. Used— 1. (Psychol.) Of the feelings. 4 & we know feelings to be associable only by the proved ability of one to revive another.”—Herbert Spen- cer: Psychol. (2d ed., 1870), vol. i., p. 251. Capable of being associated associate 2. (Med.) Of organs of the body in sympathy with other organs. as-Sö'-gi-a-ble-ness (or ci as shi), s. [Eng. associable; -mess.] The ability to be associable. as-sà'-gi-āte (ci as shi), v. t. & i. [From the adj. In Fr. associer; Sp. asociar; Port. associar- to associate.] A. Transitive: I. Of persons: 1. To join with one as a companion, a friend, a partner, or a confederate; to associate a person with one's self in some, one of these relations; to unite together in friendship or confederacy, as two persons or parties may do. “One of our order, to associate me, BIere in this city visiting the sick.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, v. 2. “A fearful army, led by Caius Marcius, Associated with Aufidius, rages Upon our territories.” Shalcesp.: Coriolanus, iv. 6. “Associate yourselves, O ye people, and ye shall be broken in pieces.”—Isa. viii. 9. *2. To show sympathy with, by tears or other- wise, as a sincere associate or friend, even in one’s WOG. “Shed yet some small drops from thy tender spring Because kind nature doth require it so ; Friends should associate friends in grief and wo.” Shakesp.: Titus Amdronicus, v. 3. FI. Of things: To unite, blend, or join together, as feelings, mental conceptions, or material sub- stances may do. “Members of the three great groups of feelings sever- ally associate themselves primarily with members of their own gº"—Herbert Spencer: Psychol. (2d ed., 1870), vol. i., p. 253. “Native silver is always associated with gold.”—Gra. ham: Chemistry (2d ed.), vol. ii., p. 848. T. Formerly, the verb to associate was at least oc- casionally followed by to; now with is employed. (See the subjoined example and the examples above.) “Some oleaginous particles unperceivedly associated themselves to it.”—Boyle. B. Intransitive: . 1. Of persons: To keep company (with), to have intimate friendship with, to be in confederacy with. “They appear in a manner no way assorted to those with whom they must associate.”—Burke. 2. Of things: To unite together in action, to act harmoniously. (The elder Darwin.) as-sà'-gi-āte (or ci as shi), a. & S. [From Lat. associatus, pa; par. of associo: ad=to, and socio= to unite together; socius=a partner, a companion.} A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. %;"; *. e (a) United in interest or for the prosecution of a common purpose; confederate. “Amphinomus survey’d th’ associate band.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xvi., 367. (b), United with another in office; sharing with another a common office; as “an associate judge.” 2. ºff. : Acting in common, exerting a sym- pathetic influence on each other. [B.] II. Technically (Med.) : . Connected by habit or sympathy, as associate motions, such as occur sym- pathetically in consequence of preceding motions. (The elder Darwin.) B. As swbstantive: I. Ordinary Language: 1. Of persons: . (1) A companion; a mate; one whom a person keeps company with. “Sole Eve, associate sole, to me beyond Compare, above all living creatures dear.” Milton: P. L., bk. ix. “BIow dull ! to hear the voice of those Whom rank or chance, whom wealth or power, Have made, though neither friends nor foes, Associates of the festive hour.” Byron.: How?’s of Idleness. º A partner in some office or enterprise. a) In a good, or at least an indifferent sense: A comrade, a partner, &c. “I call'd my fellows, and these words address'd: My dear associates, here indulge your rest.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. ix., 199, 200. (b) In a bad sense: An accomplice. “Their less scrupulous associates complained bitterly that the good cause was betrayed.”—Macaulay. Hist, Eng., ch. xv. 2. Of things: A concomitant. “Good health, and, its associate in the most, © Good temper.” Cowper: Task, bk, i. făte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; marine; gö, pöt. pine, pit, sire, sir, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a. qu = kW. associated B. Technically: One who holds a certain title in connection with some private calling, as, Associate Editor, or with some public institution, as Associate of the 'Royal Academy. - as-sà-gi-à-těd (or ci as shí), pa. par. & a. [AS- sociate, v.] “With strictly social animals the feeling will be more or less extended to all the associated members.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iii. as-sà'-gi-āte-ship (or ci as Shī), s. [Eng. asso- ciate, and suff. -ship.] 1. The state of one associated with another per- son, or with a party, or sharing with Some One else a common Office. “And that, under the present system, rising men were hardly ever admitted to associateship until they were past the age at which the recognition of the Academy could be of service to them.”—Sir Charles Dilke: Speech in Parliament; Times, April 10, 1877. 2. The position or dignity of being an associate. [ASSOCIATE, S., as-sà'-gi-à-tíñg (or ci as shí), pr. par. [Asso- CIATE, v.] as-sà-gi-ā'—tion (or ci as shī), S. [In Ger. & Fr. association; Sp. asociacion; Port. associaçao.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of associating, uniting, or joining together. º + 1. Of persons, or other beings capable of action : “F. Cuvier has observed that all animals that readily enter into domestication consider man as a member of their own society, and thus fulfill their instinct of associa- tion.”—Darwin: Voyage rowmd the World, ch. viii., p. 150. 2. Of things: “. . . his [man’s] mental powers, in association with his extraordinarily-developed brain.”—Owen; Classif. of Mammalia, p. 49. ... II. The state of being so associated, united, or joined together. (Used of beings, of persons, or of things.) 1. Of beings or persons: “Self-denial is a kind of holy association with God; and, by making you his partner, interests you in all his happi- ness.”—Boyle. “. . . those animals which were benefited by living in close association.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iii. 2. Of things. [B. 1.] III. An aggregate of persons or things associated together. e - 1. Of persons: A Society of any kind; persons in union, with each other for any purpose, civil or ecclesiastical, political or non-political. ČS. 2.] “The Association also holds itself liable to print in de- tail those researches on particular points of inquiry which it has requested individuals or societies to undertake.”— Brit. Assoc. Rep., vol. i. (2d ed., 1885), p. viii. 2. Of things: An aggregate of things so associated together, as mental conceptions with each other, a mental feeling or thought with nerve action, or material substances with each other. “We may build more splendid habitations, Fill our rooms with paintings and with sculptures, But we cannot Buy with gold the old associations.” Longfellow: Birds of Passage (Golden Milestone). “Here a name of noble intellectual associations. . .” -Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), xii. 559. IV. A contract containing the rules or articles by which persons uniting with each other mutually pledge themselves to carry out the common objects of their society. “He . . . had been the author of that Association by which the Prince's adherents had bound themselves to Stand or fall together.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. “. . . was forced to content himself with dropping the Association into a flower-pot which stood in a parlor near the kitchen.”—Ibid., ch. xviii. B. Technically: 1. Memtal and Moral Philosophy: (a) Association of ideas: The connection in the mind, especially in matters relating to memory, between two ideas, so that one tends to recall the other. If, for example, on walking out, one come to a Spot where on a previous occasion somethin exciting happened, the sight of the place wi almost certainly recall the occurrence. Dugald Stewart considers that the ideas which tend to Suggest each other are those connected together by resemblance, analogy, contrariety, vicinity in time Or in place, the relation of cause and effect, of means and of end, or of premises and conclusion. “Association of ideas is of great importance, and may be of excellent use.”—Watts. (b) The association, of feelings is a similar con- nection among the feelings. “. ... the ultimate law to which the association of feelings conforms.”—Herbert Spencer: Psychology, 2d ed. (1870), vol. i., p. 252. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 299 2. Science, Literature, dºc.: The word Association though not so common as Society, is still in general use in the sense detailed under A., III: 1. The chief scientific association in the United States is fully and formally designated “The American Associa- tion for the Advancement of Science.” as-sà-gi-ā'—tion—al, a. [Eng. association; -al.] Pertaining to the act or state of association, or to persons or things associated; spec., pertaining to an association of ministers (Dwight.) as-sà-gi-ā'-tive (or gi as shi), a. [Eng. asso- ciat(e); -ive..] Possessing the quality of associating. (Coleridge.) (Reid.) as-sà'-Gi-ā-tör (or Gí as shi), a [Eng. associate; -or.] One who associátes with others for any pur- pose. “In Westminster there were thirty-seven thousand as- sociators, in the Tower Hamlets eight thousand, in South- wark eighteen thousand.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. *as—Sóil' (1), v. t. [From Lat. ad=to, and Eng. soil. In Fr; sowiller=to soil, to defile..] [SOIL.] To soil; to stain. “. . . and what can he be, Can with unthankfulness assoile me.” Beaum. & Fletch.: Q. of Corinth, iii. 1. (Richardson.) *as-sóil' (2), *as—sóil'e, *as-sóyl', *as-s0yl'e, *as-sà'le, *a-sóil'e, *a-sóyl'e (O. Eng.), as– sóil'—zie, *as—sóil'-yie (zi as yi) (O. Eng. & Mod. Scotch), v. t. ...[O. Fr. assoiler, assawrre, assawdre, assoldre, absoiler, absowldre; from Port. assolvar; Ital, assolvere; Lat. absolvo- (1) to loosen from, (2) to free from, (3) to acquit, (4) to pay off, (5) to finish: ab=from, and solvo-to loosen, to untie.] [ABSOLVE.] A. Of the Old English forms assoil, dºc. : 1. To let loose, to set free; to deliver. “Till from her bonds the spright assoiled is.” Spense”: F. Q., I. x. 52. 2. To absolve a sin, or fault, or error; or to ab- Solve a person from a charge, to acquit him. “Well meeting how their error to assoyle.” • Spenser: F. Q., IV. vi. 25. “The Pape them assoled.”—Chron. of Rob. de Brunne, p. 205. (S. im Boucher.) “When he was asoyled of the Pope.” Langtoft: Chron., p. 1. (Boucher.) 3. To pay. - “Till that you come where ye your vowes assoyle.” Spenser; Daphnaida, vii. 4. To remove. “In seeking him that should her paym assoyle.” Spenser; F. Q., IV. v. 30. B. Of the Scotch forms assoilzie, *assoilyie: 1. Scots Law: To acquit or absolve by sentence of a court. & 4 - e º whilk the ch. xlviii. 2. To absolve from ecclesiastical censure. *as-S6il’e, s. [ASSOIL, v.] Confession. “When we speak by way of riddle, of which the sense can hardly be picked out but by the parties’ own assoile.” —Puttenham, iii. 157. (Nares.) *as-sóil'—ing, *as-sóil'—lyng, *as-sóy1'-inge, *a-sóyl'—yn, pr. par. & s, [ASSOIL, v.] As substantive: Absolution. “And to sywi this mansinge, and the assoylinge also, we assigneth the bissop of Winchestre to.”—Robert of Glow- cest.; Chron., p. 502. (S. in Bowcher.) “Asoylyn of synnys.”—Prompt. Parv. “For curs wol slee right as assoillyng saveth.” Chaucer: The Prologue, 663. as-S6 ill-ment, s: [O.Eng. assoil, and Eng. Suff. -memt.] The act of assoiling; absolution. (More.) (Speed.) for non-payment of a feu duty, . in defender was assoilzied.”—Scott: Waverley, as-s0il'—zie (z silent), *as-Söil'-yie, v. t. [ASSOIL 3. (2 3. º as—sóil'—zied (2 silent), pa. par. [ASSOIL (2), B.] as-Söll'—zińg (2 silent), pr. par. [ASSOIL (2), B.] às'—sön-ánge, s. [In Dan. assonants; Ger. asson- anz; Fr. assonance; Sp. asomancia ; Ital. asson- anza.] Rhetoric dº. Poetry: A term used when the words of a phrase or of a verse have the same sound or ºnation, and yet do not properly rhyme. (John- SO??. ăs'—sèn-ānt, adj. & s. [Fr. assonant; Sp. ason- ante (s.); Ital. assomanter; Lat. assomans, pr. par. of assomo or adsomo- to sound to : ad=to, and somo = to sound.] A. As adjective : Sounding so as to resemble another sound. (Johnson.) bençh; go, gem; çhin, thin, this; Sin, assuage Assonant Rhymes: Verses not properly rhyming. g.º.) They are deemed, legitimate , in panish, but in English are considered blemishes in composition. B. As substantive: Spanish verse not properly rhyming. [See the adj]. *as-sàn'—zie (2 silent?), v. t. [ESSOIN.] as—so'rt, v. t. & i. [Fr. assortir=(1) to sort º to match; Ital. assortire=to sort, to choose by iot [SORT.] A. Transitive : 1. To arrange or dispose in such a way that one person or thing will, suit, another, to match; to adapt one person or thing to another. “They appear . . . . no way assorted to those with whom they must associate.”—Burke. 2. To distribute into sorts; arrange things of the same kind into different classes, or into bundles, heaps, &c. . - 3. To furnish with articles so arranged. [AS- SORTED.] B. Intrans. To suit, to agree, to match; to be in congruity or harmony with. w *als—so'rt, s. [AssoRT, v.] “Sit down here by one assort.” Sir Ferwmbras. (Ellis, vol. ii.) (Richardson.) as-Sé'rt-éd, pa. par. & a. [ASSORT, v.] “To be found in the well-assorted warehouses of dis- senting congregations.”—Burke. as-sà'rt-iñg, pr. par. [ASSORT.] as-sà'rt-ment, s. [Eng. assort; -ment. In Dan. assortement; Fr. assortiment; Ital. assortimento.] I. The act of assorting, or disposing in a suitable manner; the state of being assorted. II. The aggregate of things assorted. Specially— 1. Quantities of various articles, each arranged tº ately from the rest and put in its own proper place, , . tº 2 tº - 2. Particular varieties of the same article, so selected as to match with each other; or various articles so selected that each is harmonious or in keeping with the other. “'Tis a curious assortment of dainty regales, To tickle the negroes with when the ship sails, Fine chains for the neck, and a cat with nine tails.” Cowper: Sweet Meat has Sour Sauce. “. . . also a fine assortment of Azalea indica, . . .” —Advt., Times, Nov. 30, 1875. “The above assortments are easily displayed, and have full instructions for firing on each article.”—Advt., Times, Nov. 4, 1875. *as—söt', v. t. [Fr. assoter=to infatuate with a passion.] 1. To besot, to infatuate; to cause to dote upon.] [BESOT.] “That monstrous error which doth some assot.” Spenser: F. Q., II. x. 8. 2. To bewilder. “Assotted had his sence, or dazed was his eye.” Spenser: F. Q., III., viii. 22. *as-sàt', a. [AssoT, v.] Infatuated; foolish. “Tho willye, I wene thou bee assot.” Spenser; Sheph. Cal., iii- *as-sàt'—téd, pa. par. & a. [Assot, v. t.] *as-s0y'le, v. t. [AssoIL.] *as-sày'led, pa. par. [ASSOIL.] *as-s071'-iñge, pr. par. & S. [AssoIL, v.] *as-S6 y'ne, *as-S6iºn, *as-sày'gne (g silent), *a-söy'ne, s. [ESSOIN, s.] *as-s0y"ne, v. t. [ESSOIN, s. & v.] *as-spy"e, v. t. [ESPY.] as-Suá'ge (Suá as Swä), fas–Swa'ge, *ā-swā'ge, ºv. t. & i. [O. Fr. assowager, assowagier, assooger, assodgier; Prov. asswaviar, asswavar; from Low Lat. adswavio : Lat. ad = to, and Swavis = sweet, pleasant.] [SUAVITY, SWEET. A. Transitive : I. Of anything in the arrangements of nature which is eactreme: To temper, to allay, to mitigate. “Refreshing winds the summer's heats assuage, And kindly warmth disarms the winter's rage.” w Addison. II. Of human feeling or emotion : 1. Of pain, woe, fear, or aught else depressing to the mind: To mitigate, to soothe, to allay, partly to I'êIIlCWe, “ Unless he could asswage the woe Which he abhorr'd to view below.” Byron: The Prisoner of Chillon, i. 4. “Soothing she answered him, ‘Assuage, Mine honored friend, the fears of age.’” Scott; Lady of the Lake, ii. 7. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del, —tion, -ble, -dle, -sion -Sious = Shiis. = Shiin; -cious, –tion, -Šion = zhūn. —tious, assuaged 2. Of the ea-citing emotions, and specially of anger, º déc. : To appease, to pacify, to diminish, to ay. “It’s eath his ydle fury to asswage.” Spenser; F. Q., II. iv. 11. “No living creature could his cruelty asswage.” Ibid., III. viii. 28. “On me, on me your kindled wrath assuage, And bid the voice of lawless riot rage.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. ii., 81, 82. B. Intransitive: To abate, to subside. “. . . . and God made a wind to pass over the earth, and the waters asswaged.”—Gen. viii. 1. as-Suá'ged (Suá as Swā), tas–Swa'ged, *a-Swa'ged, pa. par. [ASSUAGE, v. t.] as—suā'ge-mênt (suā as swä), *as-swā'ge- mênt, s. ſº assuage: -ment.] The act of as- suaging; the state of being assuaged; mitigation, abatement. “Tell me, when shall these weary woes have end, Or shall their ruthless torment never cease, But all my days in pining languor spend, Without hope of asswagement or release.” Spenser: Sommets. as—suá'-gēr (suā, as swä), s. [Eng. asswage; -er.] One who or that which assuages. tas-suā'—sive (suā as swä), a. [Apparently from Eng. assuage, but there is evidently a con: fusion arising from the similarity to persuasive.] Assuaging, mitigating, Soothing. “If in the breast tumultuous joys arise, Music her soft assuasive voice supplies.” Pope: St. Cecilia. *as-sàb'-ju-gāte, v. t. [Lat. ad = to, and subjw- gate.] To subjugate to, to subject to. “This thrice worthy and right valiant lord Must not so stale his palm, nobly acquir’d: Nor, by my will, assubjugate his merit.” Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, ii. ăs-sàbt'-ile (b silent), v. t. [SUBTLE.] To render subtle. (Puttenham: Eng. Poesie, bk. iii., ch. XVIII, fäs—sué-fic'—tion (ue as wé), S. [Lat. assuefacio =to accustom to, from asswetus=accustomed: ad, and swesco-to become accustomed to, and facio=to make.] The state of being accustomed. “Right and left, as parts inservient unto the motive faculty, are differenced by degrees from use and asswe- faction, or according whereto the one grows stronger.”— Prowne: Vulgar Errors. iás'—sué-tūde (ue as wé), s. [In Ital. assue- †: Lat. asswetwdo.] Accustomedness, custom, abit. “We see that assuetude of things hurtful doth make them lose the force to hurt.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., § 67. 3.S-Sü'me, v. t. & i. [In Fr. assumer; Sp. asw- mirse; Port, assumir; Ital. assumere. From Lat. asswmo=to take to: ad=to, and sumo=to take up.] A. Transitive : I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. To take to one’s self. (1) To take to one's self that which is one's own, or anything held in common of which one has the right to make use. Used— (a) Of man or other real or imagimary being: “”Twere new indeed, to see a bard all fire, Touch'd with a coal from Heaven, assume the lyre.” Cowper: Table Talk. “His majesty, might well assume the complaint and expression of King David.”—Clarendom. “Trembling they stand, while Jove assumes the throne.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. i., 694. (b) Fig. : Of nature or any other thing as contra- distinguished from a person or being: “Nature, assuming a more lovely face, Borrowing a beauty from the works of grace.” Cowper: Retirement. (2) To take to one's self what one is not entitled to ; it being eminently characteristic of those who “assume'' or take to themselves anything that they take too much. “Assume a virtue if you have it not.” Shakesp.: Hamlet. “. . . assumes or usurps the ascendancy.”—Dryden: The Hind and Panther, ii. Note. “Art girt about by demons, who assume The words of God, and tempt us with our own Dissatisfied and curious thoughts. . . .” Byron: Cain, i. 1. t(3) To adopt or receive into a society. “The sixth was a young knight of lesser renown and iower rank, assumed into that honorable company.”— Scott: (Goodrich and Porter.) 2. To take upon one's self, to arrogate to one’s self authority. “With ravish'd ears, The monarch hears, Assumes the god, Affects to nod, And seems to shake the spheres.” Dryden: Alearancier's Feast. fäll, fâte, fit, amidst, whât, färe, father; 300 II. Technically: Logic: To take anything for granted without proof. This may be done either through inadvert- ence or because what is assumed is really axio- matic. “In every hypothesis something is allowed to be as- swimmed.”—Boyle. “. . . we must not therefore assume the liberty of setting aside well-ascertained rules of historical evidence.” —Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. viii., § 1. B. Intransitive : 1. Ordinary, Language: To be arrogant or pre- tentious; to claim more than is one's due. e 2. Law: To undertake an obligation of any kind, as by a verbal or other promise to do anything. as-Sū'med, pa. par. & a. [ASSUME.] As participial adjective: 1. Gem. : In senses corresponding to those of the Vero. “. . . the assumed uniformity of the exciting causes . . .”—Darwin: Descent of Mam, vol. i., pt. i., ch. iv. 2. Spec. : Pretended, hypocritical. “‘Disastrous news!’ dark Wycliffe said; Assumed despondence bent his head, While troubled joy was in his eye, The well-feigned sorrow to belie.” Scott; Rokeby, i. 14. “Brutus now throws off his assumed character, . . .” —Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xi., § 37. *as-Sū'-mênt, s. [Lat. assumentum, from assuo = to sew on, to put a patch on ; ad=to, and Swo-to sew.] A patch. “This assument or addition Dr. Marshal says he never could find anywhere but, in this Anglo-Saxonic transla- tion.”—Lewis: Hist. Eng. Bibles, p. 9. as-sà'—mér, s. [Eng. assume; -er.) One who takes to himself more than he is entitled to, or takes upon himself what he has no right or is unable to do; a pretender; also a woman who does so. “Can man be wise in any course in which he is not safe too 7 But can these high assumers, and pretenders to reason, prove themselves so 2°–South. as-Sū'm—ifig, pr. par., a. & S. [ASSUME.] A. As pres, participle: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. B. As adjective: , Pretentious, sumptuous, self-confident. “His haughty looks, and his asswºming air, The son of Isis could no longer bear.” Dryden. C. As swbstantive: Assumption, presumption. “The vain assumings Of some quite worthless of her [Poesy's] sovereign wreaths.” Bem, Jomson : Poetaster. fas-Sū'm-iñg-nēss, s. [Eng. assuming; -mess.] Assumption, presumption. “Dyslogistic—viz., . 12. Haughtiness. 18. Asswim- ing mess. 14. Arrogance.”—Bowring: Bentham's Works, vol. i., p. 201. as-sàmp'-sit, s. [Lat. 3d person sing, pret. of asswºmo. Lit. = he has taken to or upon (him). arrogant, pre- Law: 1. A verbal promise made by any one, or which he may in justice be held to have more or less di- rectly made. [See No. 2..] In the former case the assumpsit or promise is said to be ea:plicit, and in the latter, implied. One may actually promise to pay a sum of money, or build a house by a certain day, in which case the promise is deemed explicit, and an action lies against him if he violate his verbal engagement. Certain contracts are, however, so important that the law requires them to be in writing. Implied promises are such as the follow- ing: A person, when in want of certain articles, is in the habit of obtaining them at a certain shop. Having done so, it is not legally competent for him to turn round on the shopman and say, “Prove that I ever promised to pay for the articles I received.” The law rightly judges that if there was not an eac- plicit, there was at least an implied promise to pay for the goods, else the shopman would not have iven them. So also if a person contract to build a ouse, and erecting it in defiance of the principle of gravity, see it tumble to pieces before his eyes he is not allowed to plead that he knew nothing o building. His having taken the contract is held to imply that he gave himself out as competent to perform the work which he undertook to do. “. . . the assumpsit or undertaking of the defendan tº º A third species of implied assumps its is . . .” —Blackstome: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 2. An action at law brought for the enforcement of such a promise, express or implied. (Blackstone : Comm.) *as-sàmpt', v. t. [From Lat. assumptus, pa. par. of asswºmo.] [ASSUME.] To take up. “The souls of such their worthies as were departed from human conversation, and were assumpted into the number of their gods.”—Sheldom: Miracles of Antichrist, p. 115 hér, hère, Camel, wét, wé, thére; 8,SSUII’8,IlC6, *as-sàmpt', s. [In Port, assumpto; Ital, asswnto. From Lat, assumptum, neuter of assumptus, pa. par. of assumo.] [ASSUME.] Anything assumed. “The sum of all your assumpts, collected by yourself, is *"—caulingworth Ans. to Charity maint. Öy Cath., p. 6 as-Sūmp'—tion, *as-Sūmp'-gion, s. [In Fr. as- somption; O. Fr. assumption; Sp, asuncion; Port. assumpçao; Ital. asswºmżione; Lat. assumptio, from asswºmptum, Sup. of asswºmo.] [ASSUME.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of assumfmg or taking to, up, upon, or for granted. tº . 1. The act of taking to or upon one's self, or tak, ing up, or adopting. “The personal descent of God Himself and His assump- tion of our flesh to His divinity. . . .”—Hammond: JFundamentals. “Now, war with China must mean the acquisition ot territory and the assumption of immediate political power.”—Times, Nov. 10, 1875. [See also B., I. 1.] 2. The act of taking for granted without proof. “By showing that by the assumption of this wonderful intangible aether all the phenomena of optics are ac- counted for.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), ix. 223. II. The state of being assumed in any of the ways now mentioned. “Adam, after a certain period of years, would have º rewarded with an assumption to eternal felicity.”— duke. “These, by way of assumption under the two general propositions, are intrinsically and naturally good or bad.”—Norris. III. A thing or things assumed. #, for granted without proof. CLT. & £ tº Spec., a thing §ow. by g possible to keep a compact based on the as- swmption that Turkey either would or could behave like a civilized State.”—Times, Nov. 9, 1875. B. Technically: I. Theol., Church, Hist., dºc. Greek and Roman churches: 1. The taking of the Virgin Mary up into heaven. “Upon the feast of the assumption of the blessed Vir. According to the gin, the pope and cardinals keep the vespers.”—Stilling- jleet. 2. In an elliptic sense: The festival commemorat- ing this alleged occurrence. It is kept by the Roman and Greek churches on the 15th of August. II. Her. : Arms of assumption, are those which a person may, in certain circumstances, legitimately a SSUl Iſle. ihey are now distinguished from asswºmp- tive arms. [ASSUMPTIVE.] III. Logic: *1. The minor or second proposition in a cate- gorical syllogism. f2. The consequence drawn from the major and Ill In OT. º 3. Anything taken for granted without proof or postulate. [A., III.] “There are, however, geologists who maintain that this is an assumption, based upon a partial knowledge of the facts.”—Owen; Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 58 as-Sūmp'-tive, a. [Fr. assomptif; Port. assump- tivo, from Lat. asswºmptivus.] hich is assumed, or which may be assumed; capable of being as- sumed. - Heraldry. Assumptive Arms: sº *1. Originally: Arms which had been assumed in a legitimate way. “. . . in Heraldry, asswºmptive arms are such as a person has a title to bear, by virtue of some action done or performed by him, which by birth he could not wear; as if a person that has naturally no coat should, in lawful war, take a prince or nobleman prisoner, he has from that time a right to bear the arms of such prisoner, by virtue of that military law, that the dominion of things taken in lawful war passes to the conqueror.”— Dyche: Diot. (1758). 2. Now: Arms assumed without proper authority; those legitimately taken being called arms of as- # tion, and not asswºmptive arms. (Gloss. of Her., #. as-sàmp'-tive-ly, adv. [Eng. assumptive; -ly.] In an assumptive manner. as—sii'r—ange, *as-stir-āunge (sür as shir), 8. ſº assurance, from assurer-to render sure; sūr-O. r. séwr, segwr; Lat. Secwrus = (1) free from care: (2) free from danger, safe, secure: se (old, form Of sime) = apart from, without; cwra-care.] [ASSE- CURANCE, ASSURE, SECURE, SINECURE, SURE.] A. As swbstantive: I. Ordinary Language : 1. The act of assuring or insuring. pine, pit, marine; gö, pöt, sire, sir, or, wore, 39, O2 = 6; wolf, sön; wörk, whö, ey = a, qu = kW. Syrian. try, miite, ciib, ciire, cir, rôle, unite, füll; 3.SSUITC (i.) The act of imparting to another, who is dis- trustful or anxious, grounds on which confidence may be based, or of actually inspiring him with confidence itself. (f.ii. ºffig.) “But, lordes, wol ye maken assurawnce, As I schal say, assentyng to my lore? And I schal make us sauf for evermore.” Chaucer: C. T., 4,761. “Not a house but seems To give assurance of content within.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. (ii,). The act of “insuring one's life.” [A., II: 3.] 2. The state of being assured, or being insured. (i.) The state of being assured. º (a) The state of receiving statements, designed to inspire confidence either with respect to, one's personal security or any other matter which else would be doubtful. “We have as great assurance that there is a God, as we could expect to have, supposing that He were.”—Tillotson. (b) Firm belief in such statements, unwavering conviction. “Such an assurance of things as will make men care- ful to avoid a lesser danger, ought to awaken men to avoid a greater.”—Tillotson. (c) Confidence, trust, produced by such convic- tion. “Thou shalt fear day and night, and shalt have none assurance of thy life .”—Deut. xxviii. 66. “And the work of righteousness shall be peace; and the effect of righteousness quietness and asswrance forever.” Isa. xxxii. 17. "I To make assurance dowbly swre: To take steps which seem much more than sufficient to remove every cause of apprehension, and produce tranquil confidence. “Macb. Then live, Macduff : what need I fear of thee, But yet I’ll make assurance doubly swre.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, iv. 1. (d) The confidence produced by comparing one's self with others. This may be moderate, and there- fore legitimate; indeed, it may be only the absence of false modesty or overbashfulness. “Men whose consideration will relieve our modesty, and give us courage and assurance in the duties of our profession.”—Rogers. “With all th’ assurance innocence can bring, Fearless without, because secure within.” Dryden. Or it may be immoderate and become forwardness or impudence. “This is not the grace of hope, but a good natural assurance or confidence, which Aristotle observes young º be full of, and old men not so inclined to.”—Ham- 7?? ()?? (?, Or again it may be supported by a feeling of duty, and become intrepidity or fortitude, which is highly commendable. “They, like resolute men, stood in the face of the breach with more assurance than the wall itself.” Rmolles. (ii.), The state of being insured. [A., II. 3..] 3. That which is designed to render a person or thing assured or insured. . (i.) That which is designed to assure a person, or inspire him with confidence. “Assurances of support came pouring in daily from foreign courts.”—Macaulay: Hist. Ing., ch. xx. “. ... the answer returned to these affectionate as- surances was not perfectly gracious.”—Ibid., ch. xxiii. (ii.). That which is intended to insure a person or his life, or, more truly, his property. [A., II. 3 “An assurance being passed through for a competent fine, hath come back again by reason of some oversight.” —Bacom. II. Technically: 1. Theology: The unwavering conviction, divinely prºduced, that, one is now acceptable to God, and Will, through the mediation of Christ, at last infal- libly attain to heavenly felicity. ...And we desire that every one of you do shew the same diligence to the full assurance of hope unto the end.”— Heb. vi. 11. “Though hope be indeed a lower and lesser thing than (issurance, yet, as to all the purposes of a pious life, it may prove more useful.”—South. 2. Law: A legal document drawn out to give one a guarantee with respect to the assurance designed to be conveyed. { { 3. Arithmetic, Comm. Insurance, &c.: The act of insuring '' a person’s iife; the state of being in- §ured; also a contract between a person on the one hand and a company on the other, by which the fºrmer agrees to pay a stipulated sum at fixed times, and the latter promises a certain amount to 6 given over to his heirs in the event of his dying during the period for which he has paid. The sum fºr which the individual insured becomes responsi- ble is called the premium. If given all at once it is called a single premium ; if at the commencement 301 While the time of a single person's death is not ascertainable, beforehand by man, the percentage of deaths out of 10,000, or 100,000, or a million, is wonderfully fixed, the variations becoming less as the number from which the percentage is calculated grows greater. It may, therefore, become the sub- ject of arithmetical and algebraical calculation. [ANNUITIES, LIFE, EXPECTATION.] To find the present value of $100, to be paid at the end of the year in which the assurer, 4, dies. Find the present value of an annuity of $1 for the life A. If this be called a, then (a+1) multiplied by the pres- ent value of $1 due a year hence, with a subtracted from the result, and the remainder then multiplied by 100, will give the sum required. Or, find A’s ex- pectation of life, and calculate the present value of $100 that number of years hence. To find the annual premium, which would furnish such a swim on the death of A : Divide the present value of $100, as ascertained in the previous para- graph, by the present value of an annuity of $1 for the same time. * In the United States the term most commonly used to express this sense of the word is imswr- ance, but in England for some years back assur- ance has come more and more into use in the case Of º leaving insurance as the term of Fire-offices. In a list published in 1879, of the several companies which figure under the heading “Insurance Offi- ces,” eighteen have in their title the words “Life Assurance,” while there is only one “Fire Assur- ance Society,” and one Fire and Life Assurance Society. Four have in their title the words Fire Insurance; there is also one Insurance Company “ for lives only.” Thus the distinction has firmly established itself, but has not yet quite displaced the previous usage. as-sii're, *ā-sti're (sür as shiir), v. t. [In Ger. assecurirem, assekuriren; Dut. asswreeren, I’. assurer; O. Fr. assetirer, aseiirer; Sp. asegwrair; Port. assegwrar; Ital. assecurare; Low Lat. asse- curo, from ad–to, and securws=free from care or from danger.] [Assurance, ASSECURE.] A. Ordinary Langwage: a; To adopt means for inspiring belief or confi- 62D CG, 1. To make one's self sure; or to make promises or statements, once or repeatedly, with the design §: inspiring another person § belief or confi- QIn Ce. “But whence they sprong, or how they were begott, Uneath is to assure . .”—Spenser: F. Q., II. x. 8. “Avaux assured Louvois that a single French battalion would easily storm such a fastness.”— Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. *2. To betroth. “This drudge, diviner laid claim to me; called me Dromio; swore I was asswºred to her.”—Shakesp.: Comedy of Errors, iii. 2. 3. To render property or any other desirable ac- quisition secure to one; to impart an indisputable title to certain property. To confirm, to guarantee. “ . then he shall add the fifth part of the money of thy estimation unto it, and it shall be assured unto im.”—Lev. xxvii. 19. 4. To insure, as a life in an insurance office. “One pound ten shillings per annum on the sum assured.”—Advt. of an Inswrance Office. II. Actually to inspire belief or confidence. 1. To convince. “. . . asswº’d that man shall live With all the creatures, and their seed preserve.” Milton: P. L., bk. xi. 2. To embolden ; to render confident. * His heigh astate assured him in pryde ; But fortune cast him doun, and ther he lay.” Chaucer: C. T., 15,674-5. “And hereby we know that we are of the truth, and shall asswºre our hearts before him.”—1 John iii. 19. B. Comm., Insurance, déc. : To insure one against some of the pecuniary consequences to his family which death would otherwise produce [Assur ANCE, II. 3]," or to insure one's self or property against certain contingencies. * as—sii"red (sür as Shiir), pa. par. & a. [ASSURE.] As adjective: 1. In senses corresponding to those of the verb. Specially— (a) Certain; undoubted. “. . . I will give you asswred peace in this place.”— Jer". Xiv, 13. (b) Secure. 2. Impudent. sº dº (stir as Shiir), adv. [Eng. as- swired; -ly..] With the security produced when a trustworthy assurance has been given; certainly, undoubtedly. “Dol. Most noble empress, you have heard of me? Cleo. I cannot tell. Dol. Asswredly, you know me.” Shakesp.: Antony and Cleopatra, v. 2. “Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, hat . . .”—Acts ii. 86. a.StaCuS as-sii'r—Éd-nēss (sür as shiir), s. [Eng. asswred; -ness.] The quality of being assured ; assurance, certainty. “One face, one color, one assuredness.”—Daniel: To Sir T. Egerton. (Richardson.) as—sii'r-Ér (sür as shir), s. In Fr. asswrewr.] e 1. One who seeks to inspire another with belief or confidence. 2. One who insures any person's life or property. “. the general body of new assurers are to have no claim on either of the existing assurance funds.”— John M. Candlish: Times, City Article, February 22, 1877. as-stir"—gent, a. ſ. Lat. asswrgens, pr. par. of assurgo=to rise up : ad=to or up, and surgo=to rise.J. Rising up ; rising out of. 1. Her. : Rising out of. (Gloss. of Her., 1847.) 2. Bot. : Rising upward. ( Lowdon: Cycl. Of ſº 1829, Glossary.) The same as ASCENDING, Qi. V.). [Eng. asswr(e); -er. as—sii'r—ing (stir as shir), pr. par. & a. [ASSURE.] (stir as Shiir), adv. [ Eng- *†† assuring; -ly.] In tas–Swa'ge, v. t. & i. tas-swä'ged, pa. par. [ASSUAGED.] fas—swä'—ging, pr. par. [ASSUAGING...] *as-swythe, adv. [A, S. swith:=strong, great, vehement, with prefix as- (q.v.). Quickly. “To soper thay gede asswythe.” Gawayne and the Green Knyght, 2,528. (Boucher.) AS-syr'-i-an, a. & S. [Eng. Assyri(a); -am. In Fr. Assyriem : Lat. Assyrius; Gr. Assyrios. From Lat. Assyria; Gr. Assyria (Josephus), and Assowr: ; fºur apparently from Asshºwr, the son of €IOO . 1. As adjective: Pertaining to Assyria. “There is Sir Henry Rawlinson’s Assyrian Canon . . . —Trams. Bib. Arch. Soc., vol. iii. (1874), p. 5. 2. As substantive: A native of Assyria, especially if belonging to the dominant race. “The Assyrian came down like the wolf on the fold.” Byron: Destruc. of Sennacherib. Assyrian Language : A dead language belonging to the Aramaean, or Northern group of the Syro- Arabian tongues. Its nearest, living analogue is the Neo-Syriac. It is only in the present, century that it has been recovered. From its richness, of grammatical, forms, the late Dr. Hincks termed it. ...The Sanscrit of the Shemitic family of languages.” The researches of Sir Henry Rawlinson on the tri- lingual inscriptions of Behistun, proved the lan- guage of Babylonia, in the time of Darius, to be es- sentially the same as the Assyrian of Tiglath, Pile- ser. The Biblical, Archæological Society's publica- tions are full of information regarding Old Assyria, its language, and its history. As—syr-i-ö1'-ö–gist, s. [Lat. Assyria; from Gr. Assyria, and logos=a discourse.], One who makes thºutiquities and history of Assyria his special Study. “There is no question among Assyriologists, including: *: Smith, that . . .”—Trans. Bib. Archoeol. Soc., vol. iii., p. 3. *als—sy'th, v. t. [ASSITH.] as-syth-mênt, s. [ASSITHMENT.] *as—tā'at, s. [ESTATE, STATE.] “Ne of hir highe astaat no remembraunce Ne hadde sche, . . .” Chaucer: C. T., 8,799, 8,800. *a-stā'—bí1, v. t. [O. Fr. establir=to establish, toº settle.] To calm, to compose, to assuage. (Scotch.) “Thare myndis mesis and astablis he, And gan thame promys rest in time cumming.” Dowglas: Virgil, 466. as—tā-gi-an, S. [ASTACUS.] An animal belonging º genus Astacus, or at least the family Asta- CICl39. as—tā'-gi-dae, s. pl. [ASTACUs.] A family of crus- taceans belonging to the order Decapoda and the sub-order Macrura. [ASTACUS.] äs-ta-gi'-ni, S. pl. [ASTACUS.] Cuvier's name. for the Astacidae. •. - às'—ta-gite, s. [Lat, astacus (q. v.), and suff. -ite.] Any fossil crustacean resembling a lobster or crayfish. [ASTACUS.] : as-täc'-3-lite, s. [Gr, astakos=a lobster, and lithos=stone..] The same as ASTACITE (q.v.). às'—ta-cis, s. [In Ital. astaco; from Lat. astacus, Gr, astakos, a kind of lobster or crayfish...] A genus of decapods long-tailed crustaceans, the typical One of the family Astacidae. It contains the A. marinws, or Lobster, and the A. fluviatilis, or Crayfish. Curi- ous specimens of this genus of Crayfish, without eyes, abound in the Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. [LOBSTER, CRAYFISH.] an assuring manner. [ASSUAGE.] 35. of each year, an annual premium. —Acts ii. boil, boy; pout, jöwl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. Sin, as; -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūm. -tious, -cious, -Sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. a.Stale *3.8-tä'le, v. t. [O. Fr. estailer=to display, to show.] To deck or set out. (Scotch.) “Syne hynt to ane hie hall, That wes astalit with pall.” Gawam & Gol., i. 5. (Jamieson.) *a-ständ'—an, v. i. [A. S. astandan=to stand out, to endure.] To stand up. (Layamom, i. 277.) ja-start, “a-stèrt', *āt-stür-tén, ºat-stir- tên, ºt-stér-tén (pret. *a-started, *a-stèrt', *āt-stärt'e, *at-stürt'e), v. i. & t. [Eng. a start.] A. Intrams. : To start from, to escape; to flee, to get free. “That oft out of her bed she did astart, As one with view of ghostly feends affright.” Spenser: F. Q., III. ii. 29. “He to his hous is gon with sorweful herte. He saith, he may not from his deth asterte.” Chawcer: C. T., 11,333-4. B. Transitive : 1. To cause to start, to startle, to , terrify, to affright; to befall, to come upon suddenly. “No daunger there the shepheard can astert.” Spenser. Shep. Cal., xi. 2. To release. “Ther might astert him no pecunial peyne.” Chaucer: C. T., 6,896. 3. To avoid. (Scotch.) “Giff ye a goddesse be, and thet ye like To do one payne, I may it not astert.” King Quair, ii. 25. (Jamieson.) Ås-tar'-té, s. [Gr. Astarte.] 1. Myth. : A Phoenician goddess corresponding to the Ashtoreth of Scripture. [ASHTORETH..] “With these in troop Came Astoreth, whom the Phoenicians call’d Astarte, queen of heaven, with crescent horns; To whose bright image nightly by the moon Sidonian virgins paid their vows and songs.” Milton: P. L., b.R. i. Others claim for Astarte a correspondence to the Greek Venus : , she had a famous temple at Hier- apolis, served by 300 priests. 2. Zool: ; A genus of bivalve mollusks belonging to the family Cyprinidae. They have 2–2 hinge teeth, and are suborbicular, compressed, thick, smooth, or concentrically furrowed shells. Tate estimated the recent species known at twenty and the fossil at 285. The former belong to the temperate and arctic zones, and the latter to the rocks from the Carbon- iferous formation upward. *a-stā‘te, *as-tä't, s. [ESTATE, STATE.] “And kepte so wel his real astat, That ther was nowher such a ryal man.” Chaucer: C. T., 10,340-41. as-tät'-ic, a. [Gr, astatos=never standing still; from a, priv., and the pass; of histémi-to cause to stand. Not influenced by the earth's magnetism. An astatic needle is a needle movable about an axis in the plane, of the magnetic meridian, and parallel to the inclination. When so situated, the terrestrial magnetic couple acting in the direction of the axis cannot impart to the needle any deter- minate direction, and therefore it is astatic. An astatic system is a combination of two needles of equal force joined parallel to each other, with the poles in contrary directions. They counter- balance each, other SQ that the system, becomes completely astatic, and sets at right angles to the magnetic meridian. a-stā'y, adv. [Eng, a, and stay.] Nawt.: A term used of an anchor, which, on being hauled up, temporarily takes such a position that the cable or chain from which it, depends forms an acute angle with the surface of the water. *a-sté'ir, v. t. [A. S. astyrian=to excite.] To rouse, to excite, to stir. (Scotch.) “My plesoure prikis my paine to proudke, My solace sorow sobbing to asteir.” K. Henry's Test. Poems, 16th cent., p. 262. às'-tê-işm, s. . [Lat. asteismos; Gr. asteismos; § asteios=urbane, polite, witty, clever; astwº- a city. Rhet. : Refinement of speech; urbanity. *as—tel, *as—telle, *as-tyl, S. . [Q. Fr. astelle, estelle, from Low Lat. astwla.] A thin board or lath. (Prompt. Parv.) [ASTYLL.] *as-têl', pret. of v. [A. S. astoelan=to steal out.] [STEAL, v.] Escaped, stolen from. “Neuer steuen hem astel, so stoken is hor tonge.” E. Eng. Allit. Poems (ed. Morris); Cleanness, 1,524. *as—té1'-lèn, v. t. [A. S. astellam, asteallam = to appoint, to establish.] (Stratmann.) as—tél'—ma, s. [Gr. a, priv., and stelma=a girdle, a belt; stelló=to set, to place.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Asteraceae, Qr Composites. The species are beautiful Cape shrubs with “ever- lasting” flowers. făte, fīt, făre, fäll, amidst, what, father; 302 *ās'—té1-y, adv. [HASTILY.] *a-stént , s. [Partly connected with Eng. eactent, and with Scotch stemt (q.v.).] Valuation. (Scotch.) “That Dauid Halyday and his moder sal bruk and joyss the xs worthit of land of ald astent of Dalruskei, for the termes contenit in the lettre of assedacion.”—Act Audit. (a. 1479), p. 89. *als—teor–ven, v. i. [A. S. asteorfam- to starve.] To starve; to die. (Stratmann.) às'—tér, s. [In Ital. astero; Dut., Ger., Fr., Sp. & Lat. aster; Gr. astēr=a star; from Sansc. ass=to shoot, in which case it means the “shooters of rays,” “the darters of light,” or more probably from Sansc. star= to strew, applied to the stars as strewing about or sprinkling forth their sparkling light. (Max Müller.).] [STAR.] A genus of plants, the type of the order Asteraceae, or Composites. . It is so called because the expanded flowers resemble stars. There is but one British species, the 4. tri- § Sea Starwort, or Michaelmas Daisy. In the nited States these Asters grow wild in the mead- ows and on the prairies. forms under cultivation. ‘I The popular name Aster is applied to Some species not of this genus. Thus the China Aster is Callistephus chimensis, and the Cape Aster Agathoea. amelloides. tº sº. s. [From the typical genus aster Q. V.). Botany: *1. Formerly: An order, the fourth of five ar- ranged under the alliance Compositae, or Asterales, the others being Calyceraceae, Mutisiaceae, Cichor- aceae, Asteraceae, and Cynaraceae. These, excluding Cynaraceae, constitute the Compositae proper. The term Asteraceae in this sense is called also Corym- biferae, and comprehends the larger portion of the modern Tubuliflorae. 2. Now: A vast order, comprising the whole of the Compositae proper. [See No. 1.] It is placed by Lindley, in his Vegetable Kingdom (1846), as the last order of his Campanales; or, Campanal Alli- ance. It includes plants like the daisy, the thistle, the dandelion, and others, possessing what, to a Su- perficial observer, appears like a calyx, but is in reality an involucre, surrounding a receptacle on which are situated not, as might at first sight appear, numerous petals, but many florets. Their calyxes very frequently take the form of pappus; the corollas are tubular, ligulate, or both ; the stamina, four or five, syngenesious, that is, united by the anthers into a tube; their style simple; and the ovaries single, one-celled, with a solitary erect ovule. In 1846, Lindley estimated the known species at 9,000, placed in 1,005 genera. They are believed to constitute about one-tenth of the whole vegetable kingdom. They are everywhere diffused, but in different proportions in different countries; thus they constitute one-seventh of the flowering plants of France, and half those of tropical Amer- ica. The order is divided into three sub-Qrders: I. Tubuliflorae; II. Labiatiflorae; and III. Liguli- florae. All are bitter. For more specific informa- tion regarding their qualities, see the sub-orders and some of the genera. *a-sté'r-Šn, v. t. [A. S. asteran=to disturb.] To excite, to resuscitate. (Stratmann.) as—té'r-i-a, s. [In Fr. astérie ; Port. & Lat. asteria Gr, asteria.] Min...: Pliny’s name for the sapphire when it shows, a silvery star of six rays, if viewed, in the direction of the vertical axis of the crystal. [AS- TERIATED SAPPHIRE.] as—té'r—i-as, s. [Gr. asterias-starred, spotted; from astēr=a star, ". . . a star-fish..] A genus of They grow to beautiful Asterias. radiated animals, the typical one of the family As- teridae. It contains the several species of star-fishes. [STAR-FISH.] as—té'r-i-ā-têd, a. [Gr. asterios=starry..] Radi- º: with rays diverging from a center, as in a St. 3. I’. asteriated, sapphire. A variety of sapphire, having a stellate opalescence when viewed in the direction of the vertical axis of the crystals. It is the asteria of Pliny. (Dama.) [ASTERIA, ASTROITE.] as—té'r—i-a-tite, s. [From asterias (q. v.), and suff, -ite.] A fossil star-fish of the genus Asterias, or at least resembling it. wet, wé, hère, camel, hēr, thére; asteroid ăsºtér-id, 3. [Eng., &c., aster; suff. -id.] An English name for an animal belonging to the genus Asterias, or at least the family Asteridae. (Hwæ- ley: Class. Of Animals, p. 45.) ăs—tér'—i-dae, às—tér’—i-a-dae, s. pl. [ASTERIAs.] A family of radiated animals belonging to the class Echinodermata, order Stellerida. It contains the so-called Star-fishes. ăs-têr-id'–é—a, S. pl. [From the typical genus Asterias (q.v.).] A word used by Professor Hux- ley and others to designate the Asteridae. āş-têr-i-na, S. [Lat. aster; suff. -ina.]. A genus of Star-fishes. A. gibbosa is the Gibbous Starlet. ăs'-têr-isk, s. [In Fr. astérisque; Sp., Port., & Ital. asterisco; Lat. asteriscws; Gr. asteriskos={i} 3. º star, (2) an asterisk, dimin. from Gr. astēr = a Sta. I’. I. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit. : A well-known star-like mark used in print- ing or writing to refer to a foot-note. When notes are so numerous that they exhaust the separate symbolic marks, *, +, +, $, , , then * commences a new series. Sometimes one, two, or several aster- isks mark an omitted portion of a word or sentence, as General D + 8 + + . “[He] noted by asterisks what was defective, and by obelisks what was redundant.”—Grew. *2. Fig.: Anything in the shape of a star. II. Eccles. dº Ch. Hist. : A star-shaped frame placed over the paten in the Greek church, to pre- lºnything coming in contact with the sacred T€8.01, *ås'—tér-isk, v. t. [ASTERISK, s.l...To mark with an asterisk. (North : Earamen, p. 279.) ăs'—tér-ism, s. [In Sp., Port., & Ital, asterismo; Gr. asterismos=a marking with stars.) 1. A constellation ; any small cluster of stars. “Poetry has filled the skies with asterisms, and his- tories belonging to them.”—Bentley: Sermons. #2. An asterisk. (Dryden: Dufresnoy.) às'—tér-ite, s. [ASTROITE.] a-stérn", adv. [Eng. a, and sterm.] I. In a ship, near the stern. 1. In the hinder part of a ship. person or thing at rest there.) “The galley gives her side and turns her prow, While those astern, descending down the steep, Thro' gaping waves behold the boiling deep.” Dryden, 2. Toward the hinder part of a ship. (Used of a person. On board moving, or a thing being moved, from the bow toward the stern; or of the ship itself going sternward.) II. In or into the water or elsewhere a greater or less distance behind a ship. “Between latitudes 56° and 57° south of Cape Horn, the net was put astern several times . . .”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. viii. TI Asterm is opposed to ahead. às'—tér-óid, a. & s. [In Ger. asteroid; Fr. as- téroide; Gr. astër, and eidos-form.] A. As adjective: Presenting the aspect of a star. “The asteroid polypes are all compound animals.”- Dallas: Nat. Hist. of the Animal Kingdom, p. 56. B. As substantive: 1. Astron.: The name given to º single indi- vidual of a great group of minute planets placed together between Mars and Jupiter. Prof. Titius, of Wittenberg, having drawn attention in 1772 to the fact that, with the exception of Jupiter, each planet has an orbit just about double that nearest to it on the side of the sun, Prof. Bode, of Berlin, drew the natural inference that the one exception to the rule would probably be removed by the dis- covery of a planet less remote from the Sun than Jupiter, and more distant than Mars. A society was formed in 1800 for the special purpose of explor- ing the zodiac with the hope of discovering the supposed planet, but its efforts were not crowned jº success. On the first day of the present cen; tury (January 1, 1801) a planetary body, afterward called Ceres, was found by Piazzi (who did not be- long to the society) in the part of the solar system theoretically indicated; it was, however, far more diminutive in size than had been expected. Within the next six years three more asteroids (Pallas, Juno, and Vesta) were found in proximity to Ceres, and the suspicion arose that a goodly-sized planet had either been blown to pieces by internal forces of an explosive character, or splintered in a collision with, some other heavenly body. Sir D., Brewster boldly affirms this in his edition of “Ferguson's Astronomy,” while Sir J. Herschel at one time ridi- culed the idea. It was reasoned that if such a cataS- trophe had taken place, many more than four frag- ments of the shattered planet would probably exist; but the search having been considered futile, it Was pine, pit, (Used of any marine; gö, pöt, sire, sir, or, wore, aº, Ce = 6; Wolf, ey = a, qu = kW. wórk, whô, sön; Syrian. try, miite, ciir, ràle, fūll; ciib, ciire, unite, asteroida. abandoned in 1816. It was subsequently resumed by M. Hencke, and from 1845 to July, 1879, no fewer than 200 have been met with. are of minute size, and some angular, in place of spherical. . Ac- cording to Mr. Daniel Kirkwood, an American astronomer, they would collectively make a planet only a little larger than Mars. * The term asteroid, applied to these small bodies, is now becoming, obsolete, the appellation minor planets taking its place. , Planetoids is another name. They are sometimes also called eactra-29qiacal planets, from their orbits stretching outside the zodiac, which is not the case with those of the normai type. Authorities differ respecting some minute points in the list of asteroids. Melete, when discovered on the 9th of September, 1857, was mis- taken for Daphne, an error not detected till Janu: ary, 1859. Herschel, Proctor, &c., number it 56, and place the date 1857, where it offends the eye, in 1859; we, with Mr. G. F. Chambers, transfer it to 1857, which alters the numbering of all the minor planets from 47 to 56. Before it was called Melete it used to be designated Pseudo-Daphne. There are other minute differences between lists of asteroids by leading authorities. & 2. Pyrotechnics. A firework which projects star- like bodies into the air. “. . . rockets with pearl stars ditto with magenta Stars . . Asteroids changing colors while sailing through the air.”—Advt. in Times, Nov. 4, 1875. ăs—tér–6i'-da, S. pl. [Gr. astēr=a star; eidos= form, shape.] An order of radiated animals, the second of the class Polypi. All the species are compound animals inhabiting a polypidom. The polypes have eight flat tentacles arranged around the mouth in a single circle. The order consists of four families—the Tubiporidae, the Alcyonidae, the Gorgonidae, and the Pennatulidae. ăs-tér–6i'-dal, a. [Eng. asteroid; -al.] I. Astronomy: 1. Gen. : Relating to any star. 2. Spec. : Relating to the asteroids. II. Zool. : Relating to the Asteroida (q.v.). ăs—tér-ö'-ite, 3. [Gr. astēr=a star, and suff. -ite (Min.) (q.v.).] A mineral, a variety of Augite. ăs—tér-ö–1ép'—is, s. [Gr, astēr=a star, and lepis =a scale, from lepô=to strip off a rind, to peel,] . A genus of ganoid fishes named on account of the starry color of its scales. A bone of a species be- longing to this genus, found at Stromness, the capi- tal of Orkney, suggested to Hugh Miller the writing of his beautiful volume entitled Footprints of the Creator; or, the Asterolepis of Stromness. . It was an elaborate argument against the development hypothesis. According to that hypothesis, the first Species of any class appearing on the scene should be low in organization, and probably small in size. Mr. Miller showed that the Asterolepis was large in size and high in ºniº and yet it was at that time believed to be the oldest fossil vertebrate found in Scotland. His argument was subsequently weakened by the discovery that the Stromness rocks were less ancient than the Forfarshire beds, containing Cephalaspis and other fish genera sub- Sequently discovered, mostly of small size, though not of low organization. ăs-têr-ö-phyl-li'—tés, s. [Gr. astēr=a star; phyllon=a leaf; and suff. ités=of the nature of..] A genus of Cryptogamous plants, allied to Calamites, belonging to the order Equisetaceae. All are fossil, and belong to the Carboniferous period. Their name was given on account of the starry appear- ance of the verticillate foliage. Their stems were articulated and branched, and it is now known that the fossils termed Volkmannia constituted their fructification. *a-stért', v. i. & t. [Ast ART.] *a-sté'ynte, v. t. [ATTAINT.] ãs—thén'-i-a, fis"—thén—y, s. [Gr. asthenia; from asthemés-without strength ; a, priv., and sthemos= strength.] Med. : Absence of strength; debility. ăs-thén'-ic, a. [Gr, asthenikos.] In Medicine: it. Of persons: Weakly, infirm ; marked by debil- l y e 2. Qf diseases: Produced by debility; the result of exhausted excitability. “Upon these principles he [Brown] founded the char- acter and mode of treatment of all diseases, which were Supposed to consist but of two families, the sthemic and the 4sthenic, the former produced by accumulated, the latter by exhausted, excitability, and marked by indirect debil- ity.”—Dr. Tweedie: Cycl. Pract. Med., vol. ii., p. 160. [See BRUNONIANs.] às-then-Ö1–örgy, s. [Gr. astheneia, and logos: a discourse.] A discourse concerning asthenic, dis- eases. The department of medical science which treats of those diseases in which debility is a marked feature. a.S"th-ma, s. [Ger. asthma, Fr. asthme; Sp., Port. & Ital, asma; Gr. asthma; from ad=to blow.] boil, boy; pout, j6W1; cat, g çell, Chorus, 303 * In Medicine : 1. Gen. : Chronic shortness of breath, from what- ever cause it may arise. Till a comparatively recent period good medical writers used the term in, this wide sense, and non-professional writers and the public do so still. * & 2. Spec.: Asthma, or spasmodic asthma, is “a difficulty of breathing, recurring in paroxySms, after intervals of comparatively good health, and usually accompanied by fever.” It is most common in persons possessing the nervous temperament. After some precursory symptoms, it commences, often at night, with a paroxysm in which there is a great #º and constriction of the chest...The patient breathes with a wheezing sound, and flings open the door or throws up the window in the effort to obtain more air. After a time the paroxysm passes away. Other fits of it probably succeed on subsequent days, but by no means with the regular- ity of intermittent fever. It is produced }. 3. IILOT- bid contraction of the bronchial muscles. There are two leading varieties of the disease, a nervous and a catarrhal, the former of pure sympathetic and symptomatic forms, and the latter latent, humeral, and mucous chronic sub-varieties, besides an acute congestive, and an acute catarrhal form. ăsth-mât'—ic, *asth-mât'-ick, a. & S. [In Fr. asthmatique, Sp., Port., Ital, as matiko; Lat. asthmaticws; Gr. asthmatikos=asthmatic, panting, breathing hard, from asthma.] [ASTHMA.] A. As adjective: 1. Pertaining or relating to asthma. “. . . the asthmatic paroxysms.”—Cycl. Pract. Med., vol. i., p. 188. 2. Affected or threatened with asthma, “He was asthmatic and consumptive.”—Macawlay: Hist. JEng., ch. vii. B. As swbstantive : A person affected or threatened with asthma. “Asthmaticks cannot bear the air of hot rooms, and cities where there is a great deal of fuel burnt.”—Ar- buthnot: Air. “. . . . an old asthmatic.”—Cyclo. Pract. Med., vol. i., p. 188. ästh-mât'-ic—al, a. [Eng. asthmatic; -al.] Per- º to or affected or threatened with asthma Cl. V. J. “In asthmatical persons, though the lungs be very much stuffed with tough phlegm, yet the patient may live some months, if not some years.”—Boyle. ästh-mât'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. asthmatical; -ly.] After the manner of one affected with asthma. (Richardson.) *a-sti'—ghēn (h silent), v. i. [A. S. astigan=to go, to proceed, to mount.] To ascend. (Stratmann.) fa—stig'-ma-tíšm, S. [Gr, a, priv., and stigmatizö = to prick, to puncture; stigma, genit. Stigmatos= the prick or mark of a pointed instrument, . . . any mark or spot.] Med... A defect in eyesight attended with dimness of vision, arising, it is believed, from a structural error or accidental malformation of the lens of the eye. If, in such cases, a luminous point be viewed by the eye, it will not appear like a point, but will put on some other appearance dependent on the nature of the error or malformation. “The cure of a troublesome affection of the tear-ducts, #ther with a stigmatism.”—Daily Telegraph, March 23, { { *a-stínt', v. t. & i. . [A. S., astintan.] To stop, to cease. (Ancrem. Riwle, p. 72.) *a-stip’—u—lāte, v. i. [Pref. a representing Lat. £º ; stipulate.] To stipulate; toagree. [STIPU- LATE. “All, but an hateful Epicurus, have astipulated to this truth.”—Bp. Hall: Invis. World, bk. ii., § 1. *a-stip-u-lä,'—tion, S. [Pref. a representing Lat. cºd = to ; stipulation.] Stipulation; agreement. [STIPULATION.] - “Gracing himself herein with the astipulation of our reverend Jewell.”—Hall - Hom. of the Mar. Clergy, ii. 8. a-stir" (Eng.), as stêer (Old Eng., also Old & Mod. Scotch), a. Stirring, active; in motion, in commotion. “Life had long been astir in the village.” Longfellow: Evangeline, pt. i., 4. “To set things asteer again.”—Scott: Old Mortality, xxxvii. äs-ti're, *ais-tre, tás-tre (tre as tér), s. [Etym. doubtful..] The hearth. “Bad her take the pot, that sod ouer the fire, And set it a booue vpon the asti re.” Schole House of Women, 620. (Boucher.) *as-tit, *as-ty't, *as-ty'te, adv. [Eng. as, used as a prefix; Igel, tit=ready; A, S, tid=time, tide.] 1. At once; immediately, suddenly. “I schal telle hit, astīt, as I in toun herde, With tonge.” Sir Gawayme and the Green Knyght (ed. Morris), 31-2. go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bench; Sin, astonishingly 2. Quickly. - “Therefore trewely astyt he told him the sothe.” William and the Werwolf, 290. (Boucher.) “He dyde on hys clothys astyte.” MS. Harl. 1,701, f. 46 b. 2. Rather. (Jamieson.) §s'-ti-àne, s. [Etymology uncertain..] A certain kind of precious stone. “Ther is saphire and uniune, Carbuncle and astiwne.” Warton: Hist. Eng. Poetry, i. 11. (S. in Boucher.) a-stöm'-a-ta, s. [Gr. a, priv., and stoma, genit. stomatos=mouth.] m Zoology. An order of Infusoria, containing those animalcules which have no true or determinate mouth. It contains the families Astacidae, Dino- bryidae, Peridinidae, and Opalinidae. a-stöm'-a-toiás, a. [ASTOMATA.l., Pertaining to the above-mentioned astomata. Without a mouth. (Owen.) às'-tóm-oiás, a. stomaža mouth. 1. Zool. : Mouthless. 2. Biol. : Without a mouth or similar aperture. (Used of some animals low in organization, of mosses whose capsules have no aperture, &c.) *as—tón'—ay, v. t. [ASTONY.] *3.s—tö'ne, v. t. [ASTONY.] as-tón—ied, *as-tūn-ayd, tas-tūn'-èyd, *as- toūn-ied, *as-tón'-yed, *as-tón-yd, *as-tóyn- êd, *as—tón'-Éd, *stön'-èyed, pa. par. [ASTONY.] Astonished, dismayed. “Then was King Belshazzar greatly troubled, and his countenance was changed in him, and his lords were astomied.”—Dam. v. 9. “IHe was so stonyed of that dente That nygh he had hys lyff rente.” R. Richard, 421. “Sho was astomayd in that stownde, For in hys face sho saw a wonde.” Gwaine and Gawin, 1,719. (Boucher.) “No wonder is though that sche were astoned, To seen so gret a gest come into that place.” Chaucer. C. T., 8,213-14. “For which this Emelye astomeyed was.” Ibid., 2,363. . . . were wonderfully thereat astonyed.” — Stani- hurst: Ireland, p. 14. *as-tūn'—ied-nēss, s. . [Eng. astonied; The state or quality of being astonied. “Astoniedness or dullness of the mind, not perceiving what is done.”—Baret: Dict., “Benumming.” as—tón'—ish jº, v. t. [Old Fr. eston- 'mer, estoner; Mod. Fr. 6tonne; ; from Lat. attonitus =thunder-struck; attono=(1) to thunder at, (2) to stupefy: Cºd=to, and tomo- to thunder (cf. A. S. a8tunian – to º Closely akin to ASTONY, AS- (Boucher.) [Gr. astomos; from a, priv., and (Boucher.) ${ -ness.] TOUND, and STUN. *1. To strike with a hard body, as if one had been smitten with a thunder-bolt. (Trench.) *2. To send a shock through, so as to benumb the part smitten, or to stun by a blow. “The cramp-fish [the torpedo) knoweth her own force and power, and being herself not benumbed, is able to astonish others.” — Holland's Pliny, vol. i., 261. (See Trench’s Select Glossary, p. 11 “And sure, had not his massy iron wall Betwixt him and his hurt bene happily, It would have cleft him to the girding place; Yet, as it was, it did astonish him long space.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. viii. 43. 3. To inspire suddenly with great amazement, as if one had been struck by lightning, or at least appalled by a loud peal of thunder. To strike with sudden terror, surprise, or wonder; to amaze. “. . . . . the people were astonished at his doctrine.” —Matt, vii. 28. as—tón'—ished, pa. par, & a. [ASTONISH.] “For lo! the god in dusky clouds enshrin'd, Approaching, dealt a staggering blow behind. × Sk X: His spear in shivers falls; his baldric strews the field. The corselet his astonish’d breast forsakes.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xvi., 954-68. “And start the astonish’d shades at female eyes, And thundering tube the aged angler hears.” Wordsworth : Descriptive Sketches. as—tón'—ish-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ASTONISH.] “The short space of sixty years has made an astonish- ing difference in the facility of distant navigation.”— Darwin: Voyage rowmd the World, ch. xxi. as-tūn'—ish-iñg-ly, adv. [Eng. astonishing; -ly.] In an astonishing manner; wonderfully. “We crossed a large tract of land astonishingly fruit- ful.”—Swinburne: Spain, Lett. 14. “. . . it cannot be denied that the great house of Smith has held its own astonishingly well throughout the ages.”—Daily Telegraph, December 5, 1877. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. "Clan, -tian = shan. -tion, &c. = bel, del. -sion —dle, amº -ble, shiin; -Sious = Shiis. –tion, -śion Zhūn. -tious, -cious, astonishingness as—tón-ish-iñg-nēss, , s: , [Eng, astonishing; -ness.] The quality of being fitted to excite aston- ishment, or of actually exciting it. (Johnson.) as—tón"—ish-mênt, s. [Eng. astonish; -ment. In Fr. Étonnement.] . . . . 1. The act of astonishing. . . º 2. The state of being astonished; the emotion produced when something stupendous, stunning, wonderful, or dreadful is presented to the mind. “The Lord shall smite thee with madness, and blind- ness, and astonishment of heart.”—Deut. xxviii. 28. 3. The object exciting such an emotion. “And Babylon shall become heaps, a dwelling-place for dragons, an astonishment, and a hissing, without an inhabitant.”—Jer. li. 37. *as-tón'-y, "as-tón'-aye, as-tóun'-y, *as- toy'ne, *as—tó'ne, *as—tá'-ni-án, v. t. [From O. Fr. estonner.] To stun; to astonish. ... [ASTONISH, AsTOUND, STUN.] (Almost always in the pa. par.) [ASTONIED.] *] It may be followed by at. lete. | Astony and astonish co-existed for a consider- able period, commencing at least as early as the first part of the sixteenth century. , Richardson ives an instance of the use of astomish in A. D. 1535. ASTONISH.] *as—tón'—yed, *as-tūn'-yd, *as-tóyn'ed, pa. par. [ASTONIED.] *as—tón'-y-iñg, *as-tūn'-yńge, yńge, pr: par. & S. [ASTONY.] As swbst. : Stupefaction, amazement. Parv.) *a-stö're, *a-stö'r-yn, v. t. [O. Fr. estoire=pro- visions, equipage.] A. (Of the form astoryn): To store. IParv. B. (Of the form astore): To provide with stores. “For sevene yer, and yitt more, The castel he gan astore. Fyftene thousand I fynd in book; He lefte, that cyté for to look.” Richard, 6,486. (Boucher.) as—tóü'nd, v. t. & . [From O. Eng. astownied, pa. par, of astome (q.v.). In A. S. astwmdian=to astound, to grieve, to_suffer grief, to bear; O. Fr. estonner.] [ASTONISH.] . . e 1. Trans.: To stun ; to strike with amazement. “These thoughts may startle well, but not astound The virtuous mind, that ever walks attended By a strong siding champion, conscience.” Milton: Comus. “. . . but Preston, astounded by his master’s flight, . . .”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. 2. Intransitive: To send forth a stunning sound; to peal forth as thunder. “The lightnings flash a larger curve, and more The noise astounds.”—Thomson: Summer, 1,187-8. as—tóü'nd-èd, tas–tóü'nd, pa. par. & a. [AS- TOUND.] as—tóü'nd-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ASTOUND.] as—tóü'nd-mênt, s. [Eng, astownd; Astonishment. *as—tóü'n—ied, pa. par. [ASTONIED.] *as—tóy'n—yn, “as—tóyºn, v. t. [Astony.] To shake, to bruise. (Prompt. Parv.) Ås-tra-cán', As-tra'-khān, S. & a. [For etym. see def.] A. As substantive: 1. Geog.: A province of Russia, on the northwest- ern coast of the Caspian Sea. 2. Comm. : A' name given to curled, woolly skins obtained from the sheep found in the province of Astracan, and in Persia and Syria; a fabric with a pile in imitation of this. B. As adj. : Made of, or resembling, the skins or fabric described under A. 2. âs"—tra-gišm, S. [From Gr. astraios = starry, starred.] Starriness. “Above the three-fold astracism of heaven.” Mat?"lowe. Ås-trae’—a (1), Ás-tré'—a, s. [Lat. Astroea.] I. Class. Myth.: The goddess of justice. Like other divinities, she lived for a time on the earth, but being disgusted with the iniquity of mankind, she was obliged to quit it, being, however, the last of the deities to depart. When at length she went away she was transformed into a constellation (Virgo). “This our land containes Some in whose heart devine Astroea raignes.” Times Whistle, E. E. Teact Soc., sat. 4, 1,523-4. “In this life of probation for rapture divine, With is now obso- *as—tóyn'- (Prompt. (Prompt. -ment.] 304 º II. Astronomy: *1. The constellation Virgo, called also Erigone and Isis. [See No. I.] “Hung forth in heaven his golden Scales, yet seen Betwixt Astrea and the Scorpion sign.” Milton; P. L., bk. iv. 2. An asteroid, the fifth found. It was discovered by Hencke on the 8th of December, 1845. ăs-trae'—a (2), s. [From Gr. astraios = starry, tº: astron=a star; generally in pl. astra=the SUžiTS. Zool. : A genus of radiated animals, the typical one of the family Astraeidae. It received the name Astraea because the animals are thickly studded Over it like stars in the sky. There are many recent and also many fossil species. & Ås-trae'—an, a. [From Astroea (q.v.).] Pertain- ing to Astraea; favored by the presence of Astraea. “Intent on her, who rapt in glorious dreams, The second-sight of some Astroean age.” Tennyson: The Princess, ii. ăs-trae'-ī-dae, s. pl. [From astroea, the typical genus.] [ASTRAEA §.] Zool. : A family of radiated animals belonging to the cláss Polypil and the order Helianthoida. It is specially to this family that the formation of coral reefs is to be attributed. It contains the genera Astraea, Meandrina, &c. âs"—tra-gål, s. [ASTRAGALUs.] ăs-tra-gā1–é-ae, s. pl. [AstragALUs.] A tribe of papilionaceous plants. as—träg-al-à-mân'-cy, s. [Gr, astragalos, in the plur. =dice, and manteia=divination.] Pretended divination performed by throwing down small dice with marks corresponding to letters of the alpha- bet, and observing what words they formed. It Was practiced in the temple of Hercules, in Achaia. as-träg'—al-ūs, as"—tra-gål, s. [In Fr. astragale; Sp., Port., & Ital. º ; Lat. astragalus; Gr. astragalos= the ball of the ankle-joint. A legumi- nous plant, so called because its knotted root resembled, an ankle-joint. In Arch., a molding in the capital of an Ionic column): A. (Of the form astragalus): 1. Amat, ; One of the bones belonging to the tarsus. “The tibia rests upon the astragalus, and through that bone transmits the weight to the foot.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 146. 2. Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Fabaceae and the sub-order Papilionaceae. The English name is Milk Vetch. The genus contains about two hundred American species. A. verus fur- nishes Gum-tragacanth (q. v.). It is a native of Northern Persia. The seeds of A. boeticus, after being roasted and ground, are used in Hungary as a substitute for coffee. There are many other foreign Species of Astragalus, many of them ornamental. B. (Of the forms astragal and astragalus): Astragalus. Arch.: “A small semi-circular molding or Bead, sometimes termed Roundel.” (Gloss. Of Architec- twre.) “I presume the three sets of double astragals at the base of the columns, one of which is in the British Museum, were all endecked with gold fillets, as here de- scribed.” – Letter of Mr. Wood, entitled “Diana of the Ephesians,” Times, February 17, 1874. as'-tra-kan-ite, s... [In Ger, gstrakanit. . From Astrakhan, near which it occurs..] A mineral, with whitish crystals. It is the same as Bloedite (q.v.). âs"—tral, a, [Ger., Fr., Sp., & Port, astral (adj.); Ital. astrale (adj.); Lat, astralis (adj.), from astrum =a star; Gr. astra, pl. = the stars..] A. As adjective: Pertaining to the stars; starry. “Some astral forms I must invoke by pray’r, Fram’d all of purest atoms of the air ; Not in their natures simply good or ill, But most subservient to bad spirits’ will.” Dryden. B. As substantive: The same as ASTRAL LAMP (q. v.). Speaking of a room in a peasant's hut transformed by imagination into a splendid draw- ing-room, Whittier says: “The tallow candle an astral shone.” astral body, s. The spiritual body, as distinct from the material. t astriction astral Spirits, or spirits dwelling in the heav- enly bodies, in the demonology of the Middle Ages were conceived of Sometimes as fallen angels, some- times as Souls of dead men, or as spirits originatin in fire, and hovering between heaven, earth, an hell, without belonging to either. 3-Stränd", adv. [Eng. a =on; strand.] Stranded. “As the tall ship, whose lofty prore Shall never stem the billows more, Deserted by her gallant band, Amid the breakers lies astrand.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, vi. 13. àS-train'-ti-a, s. [In Ger. astranz; Fr. astrance; Port, astrancia; Gr, astron=a_star, and anti, here implying comparison with. So called from the beautiful star-like involucres...] Master-wort. A genus Qf plants belonging to the order Apiaceae, or Umbellifers. ... àS-tra-pa-3, 8: [Gr, astrapaios=pertaining to lightning; astrapé=a flash of lightning.] A genus 9f plants belonging to the order Sterculiaceae, or Sterguliads, and the tribe Dombeyae. It has large heads of flowers so splendid in color that they sug. gested the choice of the generic name. a-Strä'y, *ā-stră'ye, adv., v., & s. [Eng. a =on; Stray.] A. As adverb: 1. Lit., Out,9f the right path, or inclosure, or place, where the person or animal described as Straying ought to be. “For ye were as sheep going astraw; but are now returned unto the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls.”— 1 Peter ii. 25. 2. Fig.: Qut of the path of truth, of propriety, or of moral rectitude. “You run astray; for whilst we talk of Ireland, you rip up the original of Scotland.”—Spense”: Preland. *B. As verb: To stray away, “They astrayed from God.”—Hudson: Judith, ii. 352. C. As substantive: An animal or a person out of the right way or place. (Prompt. Parv.) *a-Strä'y—ly, adv. [Eng. astray; -ly.] The same as ASTRAY, adv, (q.v.). (Prompt. Parv.) *aš'-tre (tre+tér), s. [Fr. astre, from Gr. astroit, = a star.] A star. (Scotch.) “The glittering astres bright.” Hume: Chrom. S. P., iii. 886. (Jamieson.) Ås-tré'-a, s. [AstBAA (1).] *as-tré-la'-bre (bre–bër), s. An old spelling of ASTROLABE (q.v.). *a-stréñgth'e, v. t.[A.S. strengan=tostrengthen; 8trengthw-strength.] To strengthen. “This is si vaire miracle thet thet godspel of te day us telth. Therefore sal hure be-liaue bie the betere astrengthed.”—Old Kentish Sermons (ed. Morris), p. 32. *a-strèt'gh-yn, “a-strét'ghe, v. t. [A. S. astrec. Cam, astrecan, astroecom, E. astrehte, pa. par. astreht=to stretch out, to bow down.] To stretch out, to reach. (Prompt. Parv.) a-strict', v. t. [From Lat. astrictus, pa. par. of astringo: ad-to, and, stringo=to draw tight; Gr. Strangô=to draw tight.] [AstBINGE.] A. Ord. Lang.: To contract by means of an appli- cation ; to bind fast. “The solid parts were to be relaxed or astricted, as they let the humors pass, either in too small or too great quan- tities.”—Arbuthnot: Aliments B. Law: Legally to bind. (Scotch.) “None salde holdin nor astrictit to makforder payment of thair partis of the said taxation.”—Acts Jas. VI. (1585). a-strict', q. . [In Port, astricto; Lat. astructus, pa. par. Of astringo.] Contracted, concise. “An epitaph is a superscription, or an astrict pithy dia- gram.”—Weever; Funeral Mom. a-stric'-tion, s. [In Fr. astriction; Sp. astric- º ; Port. adstriccao; Lat. adstrictio.] [ASTRICT, Q), A. Ordinary Language: I. The act or capability of binding closely. Used- (1) Of the body: “This virtue requireth an astriction, but such an astriction as is not grateful to the body . for a, pleasing astriction doth rather bind in the humors than expel them; and therefore such astriction is found in. tºº of an harsh taste.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent, i., (2) Of the mind and will ; “So of marriage he is the author, yet hence will not follow any divine astriction more than what is subordi- mate to the glory of God, and the main good of either Astrea declares that some penance is due.” astral lamp. A lamp similar in character to an party.”–Milton. Doctrine ºf divorce, bl. i., ch. 13. (Rich- Byron: Love’s Last Adieu. Argand Lamp (q.v.). ardson.) făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pöt, e tº * a', -l- - * us e g * . - wº - * or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. astrictive II. The state of being so bound, physically or mentally. “Lenitive substances are proper for dry atrabilarian constitutions, who are subject to astriction of the belly and the piles.”—Arbuthnot: Diet. III. That which binds closely; an astringent. “Astriction is in a substance that hath a virtual cold, and it worketh partly by the same means that cold doth.” —Bacom. "I See also example under I. (1). B. Technically: Med...: In the same senses as those under A. I. (1), II. & III. a—strict'—ive, a. [Eng. astrict; -ive.] Possess- ing the quality of contracting or binding; styptic. “The naked branches and bunches whereupon there were grapes have an astrictive vertue.”—Holland: Pliny, bk. xxiii., ch. 1. (Richardson.) a-strict'—ör—y, a. [Lat. astrictorius.] Possess- ing the quality of contracting or binding; astrin- gent; actually contracting or binding. a—stride, adv. [Eng. a stride.] 1. Lit. : With the legs across, as when a person is on horseback. “And yet for all that rode astride on a beast.”— C. Cotton: A Voyage to Ireland. 2. Fig. : Supported on either side of anything, as spectacles on the nose. “. . . and glasses with horn bows Sat astride on his nose, with a look of wisdom supernal.” Longfellow: Evangeline, pt. i., 3. as-trif-Ér-oiás, a. [Lat. astrifer; astrum=a star, and fero=to bear.] Bearing stars; starry. as-trig'—ér-ois, a. [Lat. astriger, from astrum - a star, and gero = to carry..] Carrying stars; starry. *a-strik"—kit, pa. par. [Astrict.] (Scotch.) a-string'e, v. t. [In Fr. astreindre; Sp. astringir; Port. adstringir; Ital. astringere; from Lat. as- fringo.] [ASTRICT, v.] ſº 1. Lit.: To bind together, by compressing the parts which till then have remained separate; to COmpress. “Tears are caused by a contraction of the spirits of the brain; which contraction, by consequence, astringeth the moisture of the brain, and thereby sendeth tears into the eyes.”—Bacon. 2. Fig.: To bind the mind or conscience by an obligation. (Wolsey.) a-strin'-gēn-gy, s. [In Fr. astringence; Port. (tdstringencia, astringencia ; Ital. astringemza, as- tringemzia, from at. astringens, pr. par. of astringo=to draw close, to bind.] [ASTRINGE.] The act or power of binding or contracting any part of the bodily frame. (It is opposed to RELAXA- TION.) “Astriction prohibiteth dissolution; as, in medicines, astringents inhibit putrefaction; and by astringency, Some small quantity of oil of vitriol will keep fresh water long from putrefying.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist. “Acid, acrid, austere, and bitter substances, by their astringency, create horror ; that is, stimulate the fibers.”— Arbuthnot. a-strin'-gēnt, a. & s. [In Fr. astringent; Sp. & Ital. astringente; Port. . adstringente; from, Lat. astringems, pr. par. of astringo.] [ASTRINGE.] A. As adjective: , 1. Contracting and condensing the muscular fiber. (It is opposed to LAXATIVE.) “Astringent medicines are binding, which act by the asperity of their particles, whereby they corrugate the membranes, and make them draw up closer.”—Quincy. 2. It is sometimes used of tastes which seem to Contract the mouth. B. As substantive: lſed. : A substance which produces contraction and condensation of the muscular fiber; for in- stance, when applied to a bleeding wound they so Ǻntract, the tissues as to stop the hemorrhage. he contraction thus produced is different from that effected by an ordinary stimulant, and from that caused by the administration of a tonic. ſ STIMULANT, Toxic..] They may be divided into (1) those which exert a tonic influence, as tannin com- bined with gallic acid; also sulphuric, acetic acids, &c.; (2) those which have a sedative effect, as the §alts of lead; and (3) those which operate chem- içally, as chalk or other variety of carbonate of lime, Astringents are useful in various diseases. (Dr. A. T. Thomson, in the Cycl, of Pract. Med.) “In medicines, astringents inhibit putrefaction.”— Batcom: Nat. Hist. a-Strin'-gēnt—ly, adv. [Eng. astringent; -ly.] In an astringent manner; in the way that astrin- gents act; so as to bind or contract. fä-Strin'-gēr, *āu-strin'—gér, *6s–trèg'-i-Ér, s. [[low Lat, ostercus, austercus=a goshawk º: O. Fr. awstour. ostowr, ostorr, ostor; Mod. bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; te Cat, Çell, chorus, 305 awtowr: Prov. awstor; O. Sp. aztor; Ital, astore; from Lat. acceptor, accipiter-a goshawk.] A fal- coner; spec., one who keeps a goshawk. Enter a gentle Astringer. “This man may help me to his majesty’s ear.” Shakesp.: All’s Well that Ends Well, v. 1. a-string -iñg, pr. par. [ASTRINGE.] as-trip'-O-tênt, adj. [Lat. astrum = a star, and potems= potent, powerful..] Ruling the stars. “The high astripotent auctor of all.” MS. Harl., 2,251, f. 80 b. (Boucher.) *ās'-trite, s. [ASTROITE.] as-trö-căr'-y-iim, s. [Gr. astron=a star, and karwon- (1) nut, (2) the stone in stone-fruits.] A genus of palms belonging to the family COCointe. as—trö-dèr-miis, s. [Gr. astron = a star, and derma– the skin..] A genus of spiny-finned fishes belonging to the Scomberidae, or Mackerel family. ſº tº- 2. 6% Astrodermus Guttalis. The A. guttalis is from the Mediterranean, and is somewhat akin to the Coryphoena. äs-trög'-Én-y, s. . [Gr, astron = a_star, and genºma0=to bring forth, to produce.] The coming into existence of the celestial bodies. as-trö-gno's-î-a, as-trö-grið's—y, s. [Gr, astron = a star, and gnosis=inquiry, knowledge; gmömati, 2 a.or.inf. of gigmöskö=to learn, to know, to per- ceive..] Knowledge of the stars. as—trög"—ra-phy, s. [Gr. astron=a star, and graphe- . . . a writing, a description.] A writ- ing or treatise on the stars; a description of the stars; a delineation of the stars. (Johnson.) as—trôi"—d, a. [Gr. astrom- a star, and eidos= form, shape. Heraldry: A mullet. *ás-trö–ite, *ās-trö-it, *ās-triºte, *ās-têr- ite, s. [In Fr. astroite; Lat. asterites, astrites; Gr. astron, or astēr=a star, and suff. -ite=like.] [ASTERIA.] 1. Gen. : Any star-stone, i. e., stone of a radiate structure or superficially radiated, whether a min- eral or a fossil organism, the necessity of precise identifications in such matters never having been popularly understood. , Hence various radiated minerals, also joints of fossil encrimites, and any- thing similar, have by one unscientific person or other been designated as astroites or star-stones. “Astroites or star-stones . . .”—Brome: Travels (1700), p. 12. (Halliwell: Comt. to Leacic.) “In the arable grounds toward Barton, lying on a bed of stone, has been found a species of the astroite, or starry-stone, wery beautiful, deeply intagliated or en- graven like a seal.”—Warton: Hist. of Kiddington, p. 25. 2. Spec. : An ancient gem, called by Pliny asteria. Some have thought this the mineral named cats'- eye, which possesses a certain faint resemblance to a star, in having a fibrous substance; others, amianthus or asbestos inclosed in quartz; but both Phillips and Dana regard it as a variety of the sap- phire—that sometimes called the asteriated sap- phire. [ASTERIA.] ãs -trö-läbe, *ās"—try-läbe, *ās'-trö-byre, s. In Dan., Dut., & Ger., astrolabium ; Fr. astrolabe; row. astrolabi; Sp., Port, & Ital, astrolabio; Low Lat. astrolabiwm Gr. astrolabos, astrolabi- kom, from astron = a star, and labein, 2 aor. inf. of lambamó = to take.] In its etymolog- ical sense, any instru- ment for taking the altitude of a star or other heavenly body, a definition which would include not merely the astrolabe properly so called, but also the sextant, the quadrant, the equatorial, the alti- tude and a zimuth circle, the theodolite, or any similar instru- ment. But, practically, the word is limited to the three following significations: 1. A planisphere, a stereographic projection of the sphere upon the plane of one of its great circles. This may be either the plane of the equator, in gem; thin, this; bençh; çhin, 3O, * Sin, astrologically which case the eye is supposed to be at the pole; or the plane of the meridian, in which case the eye is considered to be at the point of intersection of the equinoctial and the horizon. 2. An armillary sphere or any similar instrument. [ARMILLARY..] This type of astroiabe was in use. among astronomers at least from the early part of the second century A.D., if not even from the second or third century B. C. “His astrylabe, longyng for his art.” Chaucer: C. T., 3,209. “Liv’d Tycho now, struck with this ray, which shone More bright i' the morn than others beam at noon, He’d take his astrolabe, and seek out here What new star ’twas did gild our hemisphere.” Dryden: Death of Lord Hastings, v. 45. T The former use of the word was common in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Such an astrolabe as that first described was the badge of an astrologer. “She sente for him, and he came ; With him his astrolabe he name, With points and circles merveilous, Which was of fine gold precious.” Gower: Conf. A m., bk. vi. T The forms astyllabyre and astyrlaby are in Prompt. Parv. “. . . . . . . for we see spheres, globes, astrolabes, maps, and the like, have been provided as appurtenances to astronomy and cosmography, as well as books.”—Bacon: Adv. of Learm., blº. ii. 3. A graduated circle, with sights attached, in use early in the eighteenth century for taking the altitude of the heavenly bodies at sea. It was ultimately superseded by Hadley's quadrant, introduced to public notice about 1730. (Penny Cyclopaedia.) *, as—tröl-a-try, s. latreia = worship.] (Cudworth.) as-trö-lith-öl-ö-gy, s. [Gr, astron=a star, lithos =a stone, and logos= . a discourse.] A name proposed by Professor Shepard to designate the science which treats of meteorites or ačrolites. (Sow- erby: Popular Mineralogy 1850; Aérolites, p. 218.) *a.S-tro-loge, 8... [In Sw., & Ger. astrolog; Fr. as- trologue. Sp. & Port. astrologo; Ital. astrologo, astrolago; Lat., astrologus; Gr. astrologos= (1) an astronomer, (2) (later) an astrologer; astron=a star 1. astra=the stars, and legö= . . . to speak of. he same as ASTROLOGER (q.v.). “Of alle men i-blessed most he be The wise astrologe daun Ptholomé.” Chaucer: C. T., 5,905-6. as-tröl-à-gēr, *as-tröl'-à-gēre, s. [Eng. as- trolog(y); -er.) [ASTROLOGE, ASTROLOGY..] *1. Originally: An astronomer. “A worthy astrologen', by perspective glasses, hath found in the stars many things unknown to the ancients.”— Raleigh. T As most, if not all, the ancient astronomers be- lieved that the heavenly bodies have an influence upon human destinies; and any one who predicted fortunes from the position of the stars, required to study their movements, no need was at first felt for drawing a distinction between an astronomer and an astrologer in the modern sense of these terms. 2. Subsequently and mow: An astrologer, as con- tradistinguished from an astronomer. A man of unscientific mind who studies the heavenly bodies, not to ascertain the laws which affect their exist- ence and movements, but in the vain hope of fore- casting the future destiny of himself or others. “This made the astrologers so idle as to judge of a man’s nature and destiny, by the constellation of the moment of his nativity or conception.”—Bacon: Colors of Good and JEvil, ch. x. “. . . the astrologers, the star-gazers, and monthly prognosticators, . . .”—Isa. xlvii. 13. *äs-trö-ló'-gi-an, s. [Eng, astrolog(y); -ian. In łº, astrologian.] The same as ASTROLOGER Cl. V.), “The twelve houses of heaven, in the form which astro- logians use.”—Camden. “. . . an astrologian That in his works said such a day o' the month Should be the day of doom, . .” Webster: Duchess of Malfi, iv. 2. äs-trö-lög'-ic, *ās-trö-lög'-ick, äs-trö-lög"— ic—al, a. [In Fr. astrologique; Sp., Port., & Ital. astrologico; from Gr, astrologikos= pertaining to astronomy.] 1. Pertaining or relating to astronomy; com- mingled, as the old astronomy was, with astrology. 2. Relating to astrology; believing, professing or practicing astrology. “No astrologic wizard honor gains Who has not oft been banished, or in chains.” Dryden: Juvenal, sat. vi. ăs-trö–1ög'-ic-al-ly, adv. º: astrological : -ly.] After the manner of astrologers, or according to the rules of astrology. (Johnson.) aş; [Gr. astra=the stars, and The worship of the stars. Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan, del. -tion, shiis. -ble, -sion = Shiun; —dle, &c. = bel, -ſion, -Šion -Sious –tious, -cious, Zhiin. astrologie *as-trö1–ö—gie, s. [Astrology.] as-tröl-ā'-gize, v. t. [Eng. astrolog(y); -ize. In Gr. astrologeo-to study or practice astronomy; astra–the stars, and logos= discourse.] To study or practice astrology. (Johnson.) ăs'-trö-lögue, s. [ASTROLOGE.] as-trö1–ö-gy, *as—trö1–ö-gie, s. [In Ger. & Fr. astrologie; Dan. & Sw. astrologi; Sp., Port., Ital., & Lat. astrologia = º a knowledge of the stars, astronomy, (2) astrology; Gr. astrologia = astron- omy; from astron, generally used of stars in the plural, ast&r=a single star, logos=discourse, also reason. A discourse concerning the stars, or the reason of the stars..] 1. Originally: The word astrology, as yet unspecialized, included both the true science of astronomy and the pseudo science defined under No. 2. [See ºmº, º 2. Now: The word having become specialized, signifies the pseudo science which pretends to fore- tell future events by studying the position of the stars, and ascertaining their alleged influence upon human destiny. Natural Astrology professes to predict changes in the weather from studying the Stars [...º. and Judicial or Judi- ciary Astrology to foretell events bearing on the destiny of individual human beings or the race of mankind generally. * In the infancy of the world, when the stars were assumed to be, as they seemed, Sparkles of light, whose diminutiveness so markedly contrasted . with the hugeness of the earth, it was a perfectly legitimate conjecture or hypothesis that one main function which the shining specks served in the economy of nature might be to influence buman destinies. Hence the Chinese, the Egyptians, the Chaldaeans, the Romans, and most other ancient nations, with the honorable exception of the Greeks, became implicit believers in astrology. It was artly the cause and partly the effect of the preva- ent worship of the heavenly bodies. The “star- gazers,” sarcastically referred to by Isaiah (xlvii. 13), were evidently astrologers: So also were what are called in the margin “viewers of the heavens;” but the Heb. word rendered “astrologers” in Dan. i. 20; ii. 2, 27; iv. 7 ; v. 7, is a much, vaguer one, meaning those who practice incantations, without indicating what the character of these incantations may be. The later Jews, the Arabs, with other Mohammedan races, and the Christians in mediaeval Europe, were all great cultivators of astrology. The ordinary method of procedure in the Middle Ages was to divide a globe or a planisphere into twelve portions by circles running from pole to pole, like those which now mark meridians of lon- gitude. Each of the twelve spaces or intervals be- tween these circles was called a “house” of heaven. The sun, the moon, and the stars all pass Once in twenty-four hours through the portion of heavens represented by the twelve “houses;” nowhere, however, except at the equator, are the same stars uniformly together in the same house. Every house has one of the heavenly bodies ruling over it as its lord. The houses symbolize different advantages or disadvantages. The first is the house of life; the second, of riches; the third, of brethren; the fourth; of parents; the fifth, of children; the sixth, Of health; the seventh, of marriage; the eighth, of death; the ninth, of religion; the tenth, of digni- ties; the eleventh, of friends; and the twelfth, of enemies. The houses vary in strength, the first one, that containing the part of the heavens about to rise, being the most powerful of all : it is called the ascendent [ASCENDENT); while the point of the ecliptic just rising is termed the horoscope. The im- portant matter was to ascertain what house and star was in the ascendent at the moment of a per- son's birth, from which it was deemed possible to augur his fortune. It followed that all people born in the same part of the world at the same time Ought to have had the same future, an allegation which experience decisively contradicted. Even apart from this, astrological predictions of all kinds had a fatal tendency to pass away without being fulfilled; and when, finally, it was discovered that the tiny}ooking stars were sums like that irradiat- ing our heavens, and the earth not the center of the universe, but only a planet revolving around an- other body, and itself much exceeded, in size by several of its compeers, every scientific mind in Europe felt itself, unable any longer to believe in astrology, which has been in an increasingly lan- guishing state since the middle of the Seyenteenth century. It still flourishes in Asia and Africa. Thus when a Brahman boy comes into the world means are at once taken to construct his “ horoscope,” in- dictating what his future destiny is to be. But in this country no one can profess to believe in astrol- ogy without exciting the gravest doubt regarding his intellect, his knowledge, or his good faith. It is legal to publish a work disfigured with astro- logical vaticinations; but, the moment. One accepts payment for telling, by the help of the stars, the “fortune” of an individual, he or she becomes 306 * liable to arrest upon a charge of obtaining money under false pretenses. No belief, extensively held and long prevalent, ever passes away without leav- ing traces in language, and oscendent, ascendency, disaster, disastrows, evil-starred, influence, mercw- *ial, jovial, Satwrvine, &c., are all astrological words. “I find my zenith doth depend upon A most auspicious star; whose influence If now I court not, but omit, my fortunes Will ever after droop.” Shakesp.: Tempest, Act 1, Sc. 2. ăs-trö-mê-tê-Ör-ö1-à-gy, s. [Gr. astron=a star and Eng. meteorology (q.v.).] The investigation of the influence excited by the sun, moon, and stars upon the weather. The sun, of course, excites transcendent influence. The notion that changes of the weather take place at changes of the moon is not borne out by impartial inquiry. The stars seem absolutely void of perceptible effect on the weather. * ăs-trö-mē-tê-or-à-scópe, s. . [Gr. astron=a star, and Eng. meteoroscope (q.v.).] An apparatus invented by Mr. Pichler for demonstrating, by means of the optical lantern, the effects of persist- ence of vision. as-tröm -ē-têr, s. [Gr. astron=a star, and metrom = a measure.] An instrument invented by Sir John Herschel for measuring the apparent rela- tive magnitudes of the stars. as-tröm'-Ét—ry, s. [AstroMETER.] The meas- urement and the numerical expression of the appar- ent magnitudes of the fixed stars. *as-tröm'-y-èn, s. [Apparently abbreviated from O. Eng. astronomien to make it fit more easily into a line of poetry.] An astronomer, an astrologer, or both in one person. S’ “Of gold he made a table, Al ful of steorren, saun fable, And thougte to Seyn, amonges men, That he is an astromyen.” Alisawmder, i. 136. (Boucher.) as-trón'-öm-èr, *as-trón'-öm-ère, *as-tröm'— Öm-yér, s. [Eng. astronom (y); suff, -er. In Sw. astronom; Fr. astronome; Sp., Port., & Ital, as- tronomo; Lat. astronomus; Gr. astronomos, as adj. =classing the stars, as substam. = an astronomer; astron–a star, astra (pl.)=stars, and memo- to dis- tribute, . . . to pasture (a flock). Hence an astronomer is a classifier of the stars, or, according to Hºche, a “shepherd of the stars.”] [AstroN- O MY, Essential signification: One who studies the stars, the word giving no indication as to his motive in so doing. During ancient and mediaeval times the keenest spur to the exploration of the heavens was furnished by the belief, then all but universally entertained, that the stars influenced human des- tinies; hence astronomer signified— *1. Originally: In the main an astrologer; one who studied the stars, partly, no doubt, from scien- tific curiosity, but chiefly because he believed they influenced human destinies. “If astronomers say true, every man at his birth by his constellation hath divers things and desires appointed him.”—Pilkington: Eacposition upon the Prophet Aggeus, ch. i. (See Trench: Select Glossary, p. 12.) “But what was ominous, that very morn The sun was entered into Capricorn, Which, by this bad astronomer's account, That week the Virgin Balance should remount.” Dryden: Hind and Panther. 2. Subsequently: As study of the heavens advanced, the more gifted minds discovered the fallacy of the old notion that the stars influenced human des- tinies, while the less talented firmly adhered to the popular delusion on the subject. It consequently became needful to distinguish the two classes of men. The word astronomer was therefore reserved for any really scientific student of the stars, while the term astrologer was abandoned to the credu- lous, if not even insincere, star-gazer. Convenience dictated this arrangement: if etymology were followed, an astrologer would be regarded as the equal, if not the superior, of an astronomer. [ASTROLOGER.] “It [Encke's comet] was predicted and generally observed in 1825, and so anxious were astronomers to dis- cover it, that two new comets were found in looking for it.”—Airlſ: Report on Astronomy. Brit. Assoc. Rep., vol. i., 2d ed. (1832), p. 163. Astronomer Royal: The appellation given to the eminent astronomer intrusted by the British Gov- ernment with the care of the Greenwich Observa- tory, and who is expected to turn to the best account the splendid instruments erected there for the survey of the heavens. #s-trö-nóm'—ic, *ās-trö-nóm-ick, ... às-trö- möm'—ic—al, a. [In Fr. astronomique; Sp., Port., & Ital, astronomico; Lat. astronomicus; all from astronomy Gr. astronomikos.] Pertaining or relating to astron- omy, or to the methods in use among astronomers. “Can he not pass an astronomic line?”—Black. “The starry heavens, as you know, had for Immanuel Kant a value beyond their astronomical one.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., v. 104. astronomical instruments. Instruments used for observing the heavenly bodies. The following list includes some which are now superseded, but the great majority are still in use: Armil, armil- lary sphere, artificial horizon, astrolabe, astrom- eter, astroscope, , azimuth circle, azimuth dial, back-staff, chronometer, clock, collimator, comet- seeker, compass, cosmolabe, dipleidoscope, dip sector, equatorial telescope, gnomon, heliometer, meridian circle, micrometer, mural circle, orbit- sweeper, Orrery, pendulum. planetarium, quadrant, reflecting circle, refraction circle, sextant, spectro- scope, telescope, tellurian, transit instrument, Zenith sector, zenith tube. a.Stronomical measurements. The measure- ment of the arc of the heavens intercepted between two points, as between a star at a certain moment and the horizon. Or a moasurement of the exact time of some event, say a transit. This is done by lineans of a clock, or, more generally, a chronom- eter. (Herschel : Astrom., § 150.) a.Stronomical Observations. Observations of the heavenly bodies made to further the science of astronomy. (Ibid., § 136.) astronomical year. A year, the precise length of which is determined by astronomical observa- tions. It embraces both the tropical and the sidereal years. It is opposed to the civil year, be- ing that which each nation has adopted for itself. YEAR.] “Niebuhr thinks that the allusion is to a solar eclipse, visible in the Mediterranean, which occurred on the 21st of June, in the astronomical year' 399 B. C.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. v., § 11. ăs-trö-nöm'—i-cal—ly, adv. [Eng. astronomical: -ly.] In an astronomical manner; after the manner of astronomers; in conformity with the prin- ciples or methods of astronomy. *ás-trö-nöm'—i-cán, s. [Gr. astronomikos, neut. -kom...] A treatise on astronomy. *as-trö-nöm'—i-ên, “as-trö-nóm'—y-àn, s. [O. Eng. astronomie; Mod. Eng. astronomy; suff. -em.] An astronomer, an astrologer, or both combined in one individual. “Astronomyems al day here art faillen That whilen warned men by fore what shoulde byfalle after.” Pie)'s Plowman. “Lo astronomyems camen fro the eest to Jerusalem.”— Wycliffe: Matthew ii. 1. fas-tröm'-ó-mize, v. i. [Eng. astronom(y); -ize.] To study astronomy, as botanize means to study botany. “. . . thus they astronomized in caves.”—Browne: Christ. Mor. ii. 9 as-tröm'-à-my, *as-tröm'—ö-mie, *as-trón'-ö– * *e º , + mye, *as-tröm -óm-íge, s. [In Sw. & Dan. astron- omi; Ger. & Fr. astronomie ; Sp., Port., & Ital. astronomia ; Lat. astronómia ; Gr. ostronomia : as- trom- a star, and monos= usage, custom, law; memºj = to deal out, to distribute. *1. Originally: The pseudo science which studied the movements of the stars, with the view of obtain- ing information (which they were noc fitted to give) regarding the destiny of individuals or bodies of men ; astrology. [ASTROLOGY. See also AS- TRONOMER.] “And hem lerede, witter like Astronomige and arsmetike.” Story of Genes is and Evodws, (ed. Morris), 791-2. “Not from the stars do I my judgment pluck, And yet methinks I have astronomy.” Shakesp.: Sonnets, 14. 2. Subsequently and mow: The sublime science which treats of the distances, magnitudes, masses, composition, motions, and aii that is discoverable regarding the heavenly bodies, meaning the sun, the earth, the moon, the planets, the fixed stars, the comets, the meteorites, the nebulae, and all other material bodies really or apparently moving in infinite space. It is founded on careful and oft- repeated observations, made chiefly with elabo- rately-constructed instruments [ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTs]; these observations being next made the basis of reasoning, founded, wherever it is practicable, as it generally is, on mathematical demonstration. Astronomy may be variously divided. A simple distinction is sometimes made into geography, which treats of the earth, and wramography, the subject of which is the “heavens.” Sometimes the branch of science which describes the celestial bodies as they are is called Descriptive Astronomy. When the specific subject treated is the “fixed” stars, it becomes Sidereal Astronomy. The sciences now mentioned have sought rather to record than to explain phenomena; but what is fate, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hêr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, w8re, wolf, work, whö, sün; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kw. astronomyen called Physical Astronomy, proposes to itself the high aim of accounting for the facts observed. Its chief ally in this arduous task is mathematics, with which every astronomer worthy of the name re- quires to be very familiar. . tº º e º * The vault of heaven being visible in all its glory alternately by day and night in every portion of the world, absolute ignorance regarding celestial phe- nomena cannot have existed in any place or at any time. The people belonging to Some nations were, however, more observant in this respect than others, and claims to early proficiency in astronomy, in some cases leading to vehement controversy, have been preferred in favor of the Chinese, the Chal- deans, the Egyptians, and the Hindoos. In these and other countries, in early times, the stars were not so much studied as worshiped, there being strong temptation, even in the most pious minds, to this form of religious error (Job xxxi. 26–28). Hip- parchus of Bithynia and Rhodes (?), who flourished from B. C. 160 to 125, catalogued the stars visible above the horizon, noting down 1,080. Among his numerous discoveries may be reckoned the pre- cession of the equinoxes, trigonometry, and appar- ently the stereographic projection of the sphere. The next very great name was that of Ptolemy, the geographer and astronomer of Alexandria, A. D. 130–150, who discovered the lunar evection, refrac- tion, &c. [EVECTION, REFRACTION.] He was also the author of the Ptolemaic system, with its primwm. mobile, its eccentrics, and its epicycles. “Oh, how unlike the complex works of man Heaven’s easy, artless, unencumbered plan '' Cowpen': Truth. The Arabs translated a work of Ptolemy's, called Megisté, into their own language, and prefixing to its name their article al-the, transformed it into Almagest. The Christians during the “dark ages” deriving their knowledge of astronomy from the Arabs rather than from a study of the heavens, received from their instructors the Ptolemaic sys- tem and the Almagest, which did not lose credit in Western Europe till the seventeenth century. iALMAGEST, PTOLEMAſc.] In 1472 or 1473 was born Copernicus, who in 1543, just before his death, pub- lished his great work, On the Revolutions of the {º} Bodies, composed more than thirteen years before. It propounded the Copernican system {COPERNICAN], which, modified and improved, is now received as established truth, being supported by an amount of evidence of which Copernicus had no conception. The next very great name is that of Tycho Brabé, a Dane by birth, but of Swedish an- cestry. He was born on the 14th of December, 1546, and died in 1601. Though not accepting the Coper- nican system, but holding views partly borrowed from Copernicus and partly from Ptolemy [TY- CHONIC], his extensive and accurate observations gave a great impulse to astronomy, and prepared the way for some further discoveries in addition to those which he had himself made. Two great names now come together upon the scene, those of Kepler and of Galileo. The former, was a pupil of Tycho. He will forever be remembered for the discovery of the three laws which bear his name, the first and second made known in 1609, and the third in 1618. [KEPLER's LAws.] About 1581, Galileo had discovered the isochronism of the pendu- jum [PENDULUM); having constructed a telescope, he discovered in 1610 the satellites of Jupiter, the phases of Venus, the mountains of the moon, with other new truths. In 1642, the year in which Galileo died, Sir Isaac Newton was born; and, in 1687 he published his immortal Principia, in which the law of gravitation was announced, thus constituting an epoch in the history of science which probably will never be paralleled at any future time. “Nature and Nature's laws lay hid in night; God said, ‘Let Newton be,” and all was light.” Pope. The year that Newton died (1727) was the one in which the discovery was made by Bradley of the aberration of light, which irrefragably proved the motion of the earth, and gave the death-blow to the Ptolemaic and Tychonic systems, both of which Were founded on the hypothesis that it was station- ary. As we approach modern times the discoveries become far too numerous to be chronicled here; but Toom must be found to mention the Herschel family —the first of the name, Sir William Herschel, who Wąs born in 1738, and died in 1822, having, among other great discoveries, added nine new members of the solar system, one of them, the planet Uranus, to the eighteen previously known. The work on astronomy, so often quoted in these pages was penned by his son, Sir John Herschel, also a great discoverer; and the third generation of the family are now at work. Many discoveries will be found recorded under other articles. [AstEROID, CoMET, CONSTELLATION, GRAVITATION, PLANET, Sol,AR SYSTEM, STAR, &c.] “In astronomy, for instance, the superior departments of theory are completely disjoined from the routine of practical observation.” – Herschel; Study of Nat. Phil. (1831), § 126. gº 307 *as-tröm'—öm-yén, s. [ASTRONOMIEN.] *as-trón'—öm-yér, s. [AstroNoMER.] âs"—trö-phēl, *ās'-trö-fé11, s. [From Gr. astron =a star.] T A bitter herb; probably what the old botanists called starwort or aster. (Lyte: Dodoens, p. 41.) (Nares.) “My little flock, whom earst I lov’d so well, And wont to feed with finest grasse that grew, Feede ye henceforth on bitter astrofell And stinking smallage and unsaverie rue.” Spenser; Daphne, 344. “The gods, which all things see, this same beheld, And pittying this paire of lovers trew, Transformed them, there lying on the field, Into one flowre that is both red and blew : It first growes red, and then to blew doth fade, Like astrophel, . . .” Todd's Spenser, vol. viii., p. 60. as-trö-phö-to-mêt'-ric-al, a. [Gr. astron=a star; photos, genit. sing, of phūs=light, and metrom. = a measure.] Pertaining to the measurement of the light which reaches the earth from the several Stars. “On a new Astrophotometrical method by Prof. Ch. V. Zenger.”—Astron. Soc. Notices, vol. xxxviii. 65. ăs—trö-phyl-lite, s. [In Ger. astrophyllit; Gr. astrom-a star, and phullom - a leaf. Min. : An Orthorhombic mineral classed by Dana under his Mica Group. The hardness is 3; the sp. gr., 3324; the luster, sub-metallic, pearly ; the color, bronze-yellow to gold-yellow. It is translucent in thin plates. Composition: Silica, 32°21 to 33°71; protoxide of iron, 18°06 to 25°21; protoxide of man- ganese, 9-90 to 12°68; titanic acid, 7:09 to 8-84, with lesser quantities of potassa, soda, zirconia, alumina, and other ingredients. It is found in Norway. äs-trö-phy'—tºn, s. [Gr. astron=a star, and phºwton–that which has grown: (1) a plant, (2) a creature. “Starry creature.”] genus of star- fishes, containing the Shetland Argus. [ARGUS.] âs"—trö-scópe, s. [In Ger. astroskop; Gr. astron = a star, and skopeč=to look at..] An astronomical instrument for instructing the memory with respect to the relative position of the stars. These are de- lineated on two cones. A celestial globe, however, is both more accurate and more convenient. ăs'-trö-scöp-y, s... [In Ger. astroscopie.] [As- TROSCOPE.] Observation of the stars. (Johnsom.) *a-strö'te, adv. [ASTRUT.] as-trö-thé-à1'-à-gy, s. [In Ger: astrotheologie; Gr. astron= a star, and theologia = theology (q.v.). Theology founded on what is known of the heavenly bodies and the laws which regulate their move- ments. “That the diurnal and annual revolutions are the motions of the terraqueous globe, not of the sun, I shew in the preface of my Astro-Theology. ”—Derham; Physico- Theology. a—striit", *a-strö'te, adv. [Eng. a strut (q.v.).] *A. (Of the form astrote): In a swelling manner. “Hys yen stode owte astrote forthy.” Le Bome Florence, 2,329. (Bowcher.) B. (Of the form. ºut): With a strutting gait. te (Cowper: Task, v. 268 *ās"—try-läbe, s. [ASTROLABE.] *as-tii"ge, a. [In Fr. astuciewa: ; Ital. astutaccio.] [AstuTE.] Astute. “. . . that your facilmes be nocht sedusit be their astuce and subtil persuasions.”—Complaymte of Scotland, p. 151. #s-tū-cious, a [Fr. º, Astute, cun- ning. (Scott: Fair Maid of Perth, ch. xxi. “If the reader should wonder how Bonaparte, able and astucious as he was, came to be overreached in the treaty of Tilsit, we believe the secret may be found in a piece of private history.”—Sir W. Scott. ăs—tü'-gi-ty, s. [As if from a Low Lat, astu- citas.]...Astuteness. (Carlyle: Fr. Revol., pt. 1 bk. i., ch. iii. a-stián", v. t. [Eng. a stum. In A. S. astwmian– to astound..] To stun. [ASTOUND, STUN. “He fell rebounding; breathless and astunned, His trunk extended lay.” Somerville: Rural Games, c. ii. *a-stiánd’e, adv. [Pref. a--on, for; A. S. stund= a moment, time.] [ASTUNTE.] For a time. “Bothe in boskes and in bank, Isout me hauet astwmde.” A Song on the Passion (ed. Morris), 13, 14. *a-stiánt’e, pret...of verb. [A.S. astintan=to stop.] Stood, remained. [ASTINT.] “The barons astunte without tourn beside, And vaire sende unto the tourn to the king hor sonde, That he ssolde, vor Gode's loue, him bet vnderstonde.” Robert of Gloucester's Chronicle, p. 546. (Boucher.) atricapillws. aswelt às'—tür, s. [Lat. astur, whence Ital. astore and Fr. autowr.] s * Ornithology: A genus of raptorial birds belonging to the family Falconidae an the sub-family Accipitrinae, or Sparrow-hawks. The A. palumbarius, or European Goshawk [see G O S H A W K}, which is figured in the ac- companying illustration, is a well-known species; and there are various other spe- cies, of which the best known in America is the 4. . *a-Stürt'e, pret. of verb. [ASTART.] Štárted. as-tilte, a. [O. Fr. astwit: Sp., Port., & Ital. astwto: Lat. astutus, from astus= s cleverness, craft, cunning (a º 'º." single act, as distinguished Goshawk (Astur Pal- from, astutia = h a bitual craftiness).] ... [A STU C E ..] * º Penetrating, discerning, subtle; wily, cunning. “We terme those most astute which are most versute.” —Sir M. Sandys: Essays, p. 168. *> . . Neither astute nor any one of its compounds is in the last edition of Johnson's Dictionary. as-tii"te-ly, adv. [Eng. astwie; -ly.] In an as- tute manner; cleverly, penetratingly, discerningly. as—tüte-nēss, s. [Eng. astute; -mess.] The qual- ity of being astute; penetration, discernment; mental subtlety. “The policy of the French Government was marked by vigor and astutemess, . . .”—Times, Nov. 9, 1875. iás'-ty, s. [Lat. astw; Gr. astwaa, city, especially Athens.” in anglicizing Greek words, v becomes y; thus asty exactly, corresponds to the Gr. astw.] Architecture: A city or town. *as-ty—en, v. [A. S. astigan=to go, proceed, step, or mount; astigmes= an ascent; ascending.] To ascend. . “Ofte he heom myd spek ther hi weren to-gedere Er he wolde astyen to heuene to his vedere.” The Passion of Our Lord (ed. Morris), 623-4. a-sty'-lar, a. [Gr., astulos = without pillar or prop: a, priv., and stulos=a pillar.] Arch. : Without columns or pilasters. às'-tyll, s. [Low Lat., astula : Q. Ger. ast and asti, Goth. ast.] A shingle; a thin board of wood. (Prompt. Parv.) (Boucher.) [ASTEL.] ºw-byte (y=i), *ās'-tyr-lā-by, s. [As- ºr º Aº . . . . . . , 8. sº TROL ABE. as-tyl'-lèn, s. A small ward or stoppage in an adit or mine to prevent the full passage of the water, made by damming up. (Weale.) *as—ty't, *as-ty'te. [Astrºr.] a-săn'-dér, ta-săn'-dyr, "a-săn'-dri, *a-săn'- dèr, *a-săn'-dyr, *a-syn'-dre (dyr as dir, dreas dër), adv. [Eng. a =on, and Sunder; A. S. onsum- dram- asunder, apart, alone, privately; Ger. awsein- amder; Sp: qsundre..] [SUNDER: 1. Into different pieces, into different places; sep- arately, apart. (Lit. défig.) - “I took my staff, even Beauty, and cut it asunder.”— Zech. xi. 10. “What therefore God hath joined together, let not man put as wnder.”—Mark x. 9. 2. In different pieces; in different places; apart; in a divided state. “Freres and feen des been but litel asomoler.” Chawcer: C. T., 7,256. “Lucifer. No, we reign Together; but our dwellings are asunder.” Byron; Cain, ii. 2. a-săn'-dér–ly, adv. [Eng. asunder; -ly.] Sepa- rately; apart. “Aswºmaerly. Disjunctim. . . .”—Prompt. Parv, *a-sin'-dri, adv. [ASUNDER.] *ā-stir (sür as zhiir), a. [AZURE.] a—star—a, s. [Sanscrit.] Indian Mythology: A demon; an enemy of the gods. The Asuras, seem to have been at one time the Turanian aborigines in conflict with the Aryan inyaders of India, and at, another the Buddhist religionists in conflict with the professors of the Brahmanic faith. r *ā'-Süre (§ur as zhiir), a. [AZURE.] *a-swä'ge, v. t. & i. [ASSUAGE.] ăs—wäil, s. [Zoology: Native East Indian name.] he Ursus labiatus, or Sloth-bear, found in the mountains of India. - *a-swält', v. t. [A. S. asweltan=to die, to depart.] To become extinguished. “No the fuyr for theo snow as welt.”—Alisawmder, 6,639. (S. in Boucher.) boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist, ph = f. a $; -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, del.. -sion = Shiin; -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, –tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -Sious = Shiis. t a.SWeWe *a-swe've, v. t. [A. S. as wefan (trans.) = (1) to soothe, to appease; (2) to strike with astonishment; (intransitive) = to be stunned, to be made insen- sible; swefan=to go to sleep.] To stupefy. “For I came up, I myste how. For so astonyed and asweved Was every vertu in my heved, What with his sours and with my drede, That al my felynge gam to dede; For whi? hit was to grete affray.” - Chaucer: House of Fame, ii. 40-45. a-Swim", adv. [Eng. a swim...] Afloat. (Scotch.) “The soldiers sleeping carelessly in the bottom of the ship upon heather, were all aswim through the water that. º in at the holes and leaks of the ship.”—Spalding, l, *a-SW6 on, *ā-swó'ne, v. i. [Eng. a, and swoon; A. S. aswuman=to swoon.] To swoon. “Whan sche this herd, as womed doun sche fallith For pitous joy.” Chaucer: C. T., 8,955-6. *a-swó'on, *a-swot?'n, “a-swoã'ne, *a- SWö'Wne, adv. [Eng, a, and swoon.] [AswooN, v.] 1. Into a swoon. “And with that word as woun sche fel anoon.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,660. 2. In a swoon. “Than ever sche did, and fil to ground anoon, And lay as wowne, deed as eny stoon.” Chaucer: C. T., 10,787-8. *a-SWOil’nde, pret. of verb. [A. S. as windan= (1) to languish through dullness, to enervate; (2) to decay, perish, dissolve..] Passed away; decayed, perished. “‘Heil be thou,” he seide, ‘thou false god, in thin false heuene ifounde, Nym thin son and thin holigost vor ye beth ney a- swownde.’” Eacposition of the Cross (ed. Morris), 421-2. *a-SWyºnde, v. i. [A. S. aswindan=to decay.] To vanish, to pass away. “Ye mowen iseo the world aswynde That wouh goth forth abak that soth.” 4 Luwe Rom. O. Eng. Hiscell., Early Eng. Teact Soc., x. (ed. Morris), 39, 40. *ā-sy"ge, 8. The same as AssIzE (q.v.). *a-sy"-en, v. i. [A. S. asigan=to languish through dullness, to enervate, to pine away.] To sink; to become faint of heart. “Al we schulen a-suen and seo to the mede, Ther the crysm echild for sunnes sore schal drede.” On Serving Christ, ix. (ed. Morris), 10, 11. 3-sy-liim, *ā-sy'le, *a-sile, s. [In Dan, asyl; Fr. asile; Sp. & Ital, asilo; Port. asylo, asilo ; Lat. asylum ; Gr. aswlon=an asylum; properly the neut. of the adj. aswlos=safe from violence, inviolate: Cls priv., and 8wlaô=to strip off, to pillage.] I. A place of refuge and security. 1. Originally: A sanctuary, a place which it was deemed sacrilege for one to invade, and which, therefore, proved an inviolable retreat for crim. inals, debtors, and other people liable to be pur- §ged. (See Archaeologia, viii., A. D. 1787, p. 3.) [SANCTUARY.] “From every astylum ruffians sallied forth nightly to plunder and stab.”–Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. 2. Now: (a) Gem; ; Any place of refuge; any place where one is sheltered, as a foreign land used as a retreat for political or religious refugees. “. . . . and who knew themselves to be marked out for destruction, had sought an asylum in the Low Countries.” -Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. (b) Spec.; An institution designed for the recep- tion and shelter of those who are Hºciº from successfully fighting their own way in the World, as the blind asylum, the lunatic asylum. II. The protection accorded in such places; ref- uge, shelter. “Much he would speak not, but beneath his roof They found asylum oft, but ne'er reproof.” * Byron. Lara, ii. 8. ta-sym'-mêt-ral, a. [Eng, asymmetr(y); -al.] TJnsymmetrical; destitute of Symmetry; having per- fection marred by conspicuous defects. ..f3, §§m-mêt-ri—gal, a [Eng. asymmetr(y); -ical.] Unsymmetrical; incapable of adjustment. “Asymmetrical Qr unsociable, that is, such as we see not how to reconcile with other things evidently and com. fessedly true.”—Boyle, in Norris on Reason and Faith, ch. 8. *a-sym'-met-roiás, a. [Eng. asymmetr(y); º * * º •O't!.S. Unsymmetrical. (Barrow.) # 9); I a sym-mêt-ry, s. [Gr, asummetria; from asum- Tſvetros=(1) incommensurable, (2) unsymmetric. Or from a, priv., and 8wn ºvetrict-Symmetry; swimme- tro8=commensurate with: sum=together," and me. tron-a measure. 1. Ord. Lang.: portion. ... “The asymmetries of the brain, as well as the deformi- ties of the legs or face, may be rectified in time.”—Greno. fāte, fit, whât, fall, want of symmetry; want of pro- färe, amidst, father; , or, Wöre, Wolf, Wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, füll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 308 #2. Math. : The incommensurability of two or more numbers; that is, that the numbers stand to each other in such a relation that they have no common measure. Such, for example, is the rela- tion between the side and diagonal of a square which are in the ratio of 1: W2. a—symp'-töte, s. & a. [In Ger. & Fr. asymptote; Port. asymptota; Gr. º Cl, priv., and swim piptó = to fall together; sum=to- gether, and piptó= to fall; perf. peptóka. J A. As substantive. Geometry: A term used in de- scribing the characteristics of a hyperbola. An º of a hyperbola is a diameter which, the further it is produced, always approaches more and more nearly to the curve, and yet, though pro- duced ever so far, does never actually meet it. (The word is generally used in the plural, asymptotes.) B. As adj. : Pertaining to such a line as that now described ; continually approaching another line without ever reaching it. “Asymptote lines, though they may approach nearer together, till they are nearer than the least assignable distance, yet, being still produced infinitely, will never meet!”—Grew. a-symp-tót'-ic, a-symp-têt'-ic—al, s. [Eng. asymptote: -ic, -ical. In Fr. asymptotique..] Per- taining or relating to the asymptotes of a hyper- bola; perpetually approaching anything, but never meeting it. “Curves are said to be asymptotical when they con- tinually approach without a possibility of meeting.”— Johnson. a-syn-ar'-tête, a. [Gr, asunartótos=not united, inconsistent; a, priv., and Swmartað= to hang up with, to knit or join together: swim-together, and artað- to fasten to..] Not fitted or adjusted; dis- connected. Asymartete sentences . (Gram.) : Those of which the members are not united by connective particles. [ASYNDETON.] (Brande.) Asymartete verse (Pros.) : A verse consisting of two members, having varied rhythms; as, for exam- ple, when the first consists of iambuses and the second of trochees, or the first of dactyles and the second of iambuses. a-syn-dé-tón, S. [In Ger: asymdeton. From Gr. aswmdeton, neut. of adj. as wndetos= (1) unconnected, (2) without conjunction ; a, priv., and sundetos= bound together; swºmaleó= to bind together.] Gram. : A figure in which the copulative conjunc- tion and is omitted in a sentence, as in Lat. Veni vidi, vici, “I came, I saw, I conquered,” instead of Veni, vidi, et vici, “I came, I saw, and I conquered. In most cases, as in that now given, the omission of the copulative gives increased force to the state- ment or sentiment embodied in the sentence. It is opposed to POLYSYNDETON (q.v.). *a-sy'se, s. [ASSIZE.] ät, *ātte, *āt'-Én, prep. & adv. [A. S. oet, at=(1) at, by, near, to, next, with, against, in, (2) of, from. In Sw., at= (1) sign of the infinit, mood, (2) that; Dan, att (same meaning), ad= to ; O. Sw., Ö. Icel., O. Dan., O. L. Ger., and Goth, at=at, O. Fris. et ; O. H. Ger. az, ez : Wei. at=to; Lat, ad=to (AD); Sansc. adhi-upon.] A. As preposition : I. Denoting nearness to in place or in time. 1. Denoting nearness in place, i. e., that a person or thing is at rest in proximity to a certain place. As a rule, the proximity is not so great as that in- dicated by Om, and considerably less than that des- ignated by im. (a) In immediate proximity to. “This custom continued among many, to say their prayers at fountains.”—Stillingfleet. *% jº within; Occupying as a habitation. (Lit. 2. Ji (ſ. fig “. . . the at here tabernacle was.” Story of Gem. & Eacod. (ed. Morris), 3,790. . . . . whilst we are at home in the body, we are ab- sent from the Lord.”—2 Cor. v. 6. (c) On ; upon. “Their various news I heard, of love and strife, Of storms at sea, and travels on the shore.”—Pope. (d) In a position, attitude, state, or condition, as at gaze= in a gazing attitude. ...] (In this sense it is sometimes followed by a superlative.) “We bring into the world with us a poor, needy, un- certain life, short at the longest, and unquiet at the best.”—Temple. 2. Denoting nearness in time. “At the same time that the storm beats upon the whole species, we are falling foul upon one another.”—Addison. II. Denoting motion toward any person, place, or thing, in place or in time; denoting also motion through any place. 1. Literally: (a) Denoting motion toward the place where a person or thing is, a verb being understood. (b) Lenoting motion through a place. “Here, push them out at gates.” Tennyson: The Princess, iv. é & wë, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thère; at 2. Fig.: Denoting effort to realize an aim. “We find some arrived to that sottishness, as to owne roundly what they would be cut.”—South. III. Denoting the effect produced by proximity of one person or thing to another in place and in time; causation, Operation upon. 1. With the preposition prefiaced to the source from which this emanates: (a) In consequence of. “At his touch, Such sanctity hath heaven given his hand, They presently amend.”—Shakesp.: Macbeth, iv. 3. “They take the timbrel and harp, and rejoice at the sound of the organ.”—Job xxi. 12. (b) On. “Others, with more helpful care, Cry’d out, aloud, “Beware, brave youth, beware!’ At this he turned.”—Dryden: 1 Cong. of Gram., i. 1. (c) Under. “But thou, of all the kings, Jove's care below, Art least at my command, and most my foe.” . Dryden: Homer; Iliad i. (d) From ; of. “Mai he no leue at hire taken.” Story of Gen. & Eacod. (ed. Morris), 2,697. 2. With the preposition prefixed to that which is operated wbon: To, into. “So cam on werlde wreche and wrake, For to blissen swilc sinnes same, That it me weze at more hun-frame.” Story of Gem. & Eacod. (ed. Morris), 552-4. B. As adverb: 1. So as, at ever, soever. 2. To (used as a prefix to the infinitive mood). “Thou art to old at by kyr and fyght.” Richard, 1,621. T This use of the word is borrowed from the Danish. “And sa thai that are all weill schrewyne, and deis in the feithe and sacramentis of haly kyrk, how wyolently at euer thai dee.”—The Craft of Deymg. C. Subjoined are the chief expressions and phases of the word at: 1. *At after (Scotch). After; afterward. 2. At all : *(a) At all events. “That he that stands may stand, and nocht do fall, And quho hes fallin, may knaw the sam at all.” Lauder: Minor Poems; E. Eng. Teact Soc., 41, 45. *(b) Altogether. “The first of thai four principall Is stalwartnes of hart at all.” Ratis Raving, bk. i. (ed. Lumby), 1,128-9. (c) Of any kind. “Most women have no characters at all.”—Pope. (d) To any extent, in any degree, in the least. “. . neither hast thou delivered thy people at all.” —Eacod. v. 23. 3. At arms: Furnished with arms. (Used only in the phrase, “a man at arms ”=a man furnished with arms.) “Infuse his breast with magnanimity, And make him, naked, foil a man at arms.” Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., v. 4. 4. At a' will (Scotch): To the utmost that one could wish. (Jamieson.) 5. At end. IATTE ENDE.] 6. At first: At the beginning of any effort, enter- prise, or event. 7. At gaze (Her.) [GAZE.] 8. At hamd (a) Near in place. “. . . behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.”- Matt. xxvi. 46. (b) Near in time. “. . . the hour is at hand, . . . .”—Matt. xxvi. 45. 9. At it: Engaged with it zealously. (Colloquial.) “To make pleasure the vehicle of health, is a doctor at it in good earnest.”—Collier: Friendship. 10. At large : (a) Not under any restraint. “Hence walk’d the fiend at large in spacious field.” Milton: P. L., bk. iii. (b) Copiously, diffusely, at length. ii. At last, *atte laste: Denoting that an event long foreseen and expected has, after much delay, happened. “And hath so long a lyf, as we may see, Yet atte laste wasted is the tree.” Chaucer: C. T., 3,021-2. 12. At length ; § In an extended form ; diffusely. b) The same as AT LAST (q.v.). 13. At once ; all at Omce: (a) Without any delay; promptly, as opposed to dilatorily; or at one operation, as opposed to a series of acts or efforts. “One warms you by degrees, the other sets you on fire all at once.”—Dryden: Fables, (Pref.) (b) At one time; at the same moment; simultane- ously. marine; gö, pöt, ey = 3. qu = kW. pine, pit, sire, sir, ê; & atanis 14. At pleasure: To any extent, in any place, or in any way that one prefers, with uncontrolled free. dom; ad libitwm. “The rest, for whom no lot is yet decreed, May run in pastures, and at pleasure feed.” Dryden: Virgil; Georgic, iii. 258. 15. At the trouble: Prepared to take the trouble. “What they will not be at the trowble to deduce by rea- soning.”—Arbuthnot. *at-anis, *atanis, *at-eneš, *atenes (Old Eng.), atanis, attanis, atanys, , atainze (Scotch), adv. [O. Eng. at ; anis– once..] At once. “Baith irne and steil, and flesch and banis, His awne hand straik in twa atam is.” Ratis Raving, bk. i. (ed. Lumby), 1,100-01. “Speche, grace, and Yois schul springe of thi tonge, And alle turne to thi mouth holliche atemes.” Joseph of Arimvathie (ed. Skeat), 50, 51. +at erst, *at earst. [Eng. at and A. S. oerst from cerosí, Cerest=first, Superl, of Qºr=ere, before.j Properly “at first,” for the first time; but some- times means also “at present,” and in certain cases may, with advantage to the sense, even be rendered & at last,” “at length.” [ERST.] “For from the golden age, that first was named, It's now at earst, became a stonie one.” Spenser: F. Q., W., introd., i. 2. at one, *atone, *at Oon, adv. [Eng. at ; one.] AJsed as adj. =at one, specially in feeling, in unity with, in agreement, or harmony with instead of be- ing at variance. [ATONE, v., ATONEMENT.] “If gentil men, or other of hir contré, Were wroth, sche wolde brynge hem at oom, So wyse and rype wordes had de Sche, And juggement of so gret equité.” Chaucer: C. T., 8,312-15. “So beene they both at one, and doen upreare Thur bevers bright each other for to greet, Goodly compourtaunce each to other beare.” Spensen': F. Q., II. i. 29. “And the next day he shewed himself unto them as they strove, and would have set them at one again, saying, Sirs, ye are brethren, . . .”—Acts vii. 26. *at-our, adv. Over and above. “. . with hyrdis of catell, and multitud of corne at-our al thaim tat was befor me in Jerusalem.”—The Wisdom of Solomon (ed. Lumby), 411, 412. *āt, pro. . [Contr. from Eng. that (pro.) (q.v.).] Who, which, that. (Eng. & Scotch.) “For in ensampill thare-of he gaif to the maist synare maist mercy and grace, as to Petyr at denyd hyme.”— The Craft of Deyng (ed. Lumby), 97, 98. “He salle hime [gather] garlands of the gay flowrys, At in that sesoune spredis so fayre.” Early Scottish Vers, iv. (ed. Lumby), 46, 47. *āt, *ātte, conj. [Contr. from Eng. that (conj.) (q.v.).] That. (O. Eng. & Scotch.) “Thai come tille him that ilk night Atte thai sulde on the morne fight.” How the Hali Cros was Fundin be Seint Elaime (ed. Morris), 41, 42. “He has the halghed at mast con ken, And the salle mensk al cristen men.” Ibid., 211, 212. *āt, pret. of v. [ATE.] ât'—a-bäl, s. [Sp. atabal-a kettle-drum. In Fr. atabale; Port. timbale; Arab. ‘at-tabla=a drum ; ‘tabala-to beat a drum.] A kind of tabor or drum used by the Moors. “Then answered kettle-drum and atabal.” Scott: Vision of Dom Roderick, 10. a-tac-a-mite, s. [In Ger. atakamit. From Ata- cama, a region partly belonging to Bolivia and partly to Chili..] An Orthorhombic, translucent mineral, classed by Dana under his Oxychlorids. The hardness is 3 to 3’5; the sp. gr. 37 to 4:3; the luster verging from adamantine to vitreous; the color bright green, with an apple-green streak. It is massive or pulverulent. Composition: Chlorine, 15°51 to 16°33; oxide of copper, 50 to 66:25; copper, 13°33 to 56°46; water, 16'91 to 22-60. Occurs in Atacama, in Chili; in Australia; in Africa; in Spain; and at St. Just, in Cornwall. at –a-gãs, s. A gallinaceous bird, the red cock. at-a-ghān, ‘at-ta-ghan, yat'-a-ghān (h, silent), s. Fr. Vºt- agham, from Turk. Ayatagón.]. “A long dagger worn with pistols in the belt, in a metal scabbard, generally of silver, and among the Wºr gilt, or of gold.” The manner of wearing it is shown in the illustration. “And silver-sheathed atagham.’ Byron: The Giaow?'. *a-tä ke, v. t. [Eng. a take.] To overtake. “‘Fast have I priked,' quod he, “for your sake, Because that I wolde you atake.’” Chaucer: C. T., 12,512-13. Ataghan. 309 Āt-a-lân'-ta, s. [Lat. Atalanta, Atalante; Gr. Atalamté.] 1. Classical §ggſ, : * (a) A daughter of Schoeneus, king of Scyros, who from her beauty had many suitors, but would marry none unless she obtained a man who could outrun her. The loyer started first, she following and slaying him if she overtook him. At last, by one account Hippomanes, and by another Milanion, safely reached the goal, by º in succession three beautiful apples given him by Venus. He therefore, became the husband of Atalanta. (b) A daughter of Jasius, who was the first to wºund the boar in the mythic hunt at Calydon. T Some think the two Atalantas were the same perSon. :- e 2. Astronomy: An asteroid, the thirty-sixth found. It was discovered by Goldschmidt at Paris on the October 5, 1855, the date on which Fides was first seen at Bilk by the astronomer Luther. A-tal’-ik-Gha'-zée, s. [Hindust., &c., atalik= a private tutor, a preceptor; ghazi, Arab., Hindust., &c.-a Mohammedan hero, especially if, victorious in battle against the “infidel.”]. A title given to the ruler of Eastern Turkistan. “Yakub-Beg, the Atalik-Ghazee, or ruler of Eastern Turkistan . . .”—Daily Telegraph, Corresp. writing in 1873 from Tasl.lcend. e fat-a-män, S. [HETMAN.] āt-a-măs'-cö lil'—y, s. The English name of the Zephyranthes atamasco, a native of North America. *at-ān"—is, adv. [AT-ANIS.] fät'—ar, s. [ATTAR.] Attar, otto. fät'—ar-àx-y, at-ar-àx'—i-a, s. [In Fr. ataraacie; Port, ataraziq, from Gr. atarawia-freedom from passion: a, priv., and tarass0=to stir up, to rouse, to disturb.] Freedom from passion; calmness. “The scepticks affected an indifferent equiponderous neutrality, as the only means to their atara.cia, and freedom from passionate disturbances.”—Granville: Scep- Sis. atar-gul, s. [From atar (ATTAR), and Pers. gal = a rose..] Attar, generally called otto, of roses. The Persian is the finest. “She snatch'd the urn wherein was mix’d The Persian altar-gwl’s perfume.” Byron: Bride of Abydos, i. 10. at-a'rne, v. i. [ATORN.] To run away, escape. (Rob. Glowc. : Chrom., p. 539.) a-tà 'ste, v. t. [O. Fr. ataster.] To taste. “Atastyn. Pregusto.”—Prompt. Parv. a—tā'unt, a-tā'un-tó, adv. [Eng. a taunt.] Nawt. : In the state of being fully rigged. (Used of vessels.) ât'-a-vism, s. [Lat. atavus=(1) the father of the great-great-grandfather or great-great-grand- mother; (2) an ancestor, forefather; atavia – the mother of the great-great-grandfather or great- great-grandmother; avus=(1) a grandfather, (2) an old man. gº 1. Biology: The reversion of a descendant to some peculiarity of a more or less remote ancestor. 2. Med... The recurrence of a disease from which a more or less remote ancestor suffered, but which has not appeared in the intermediate generations. ... a-táx'-i-a, s. [ATAXY.] a-táx'-iç, a. [Eng. qtaa (v), ric. In Fr. atacique; Port. ataxico; from atavia..] Pertaining to ataxia; irregular. [ATAXY.] ataxic feyer. A form of fever attended with cerebral excitement and delirium. It was believed by Pinel to have its chief seat in the brain and nervous, system. ... (Dr. Tweedie: Cycl. of Pract. Med., vol. ii., p. 162.) a-táx-y, a-táx'-i-8, 8. [In. Fr. atarie; Sp. & Port. ataaria, from Gr. ataa:ia- (1) want of disci- pline, (2) disorder: a, priv., and tacis-arrangement, especially of soldiers; tassó=to arrange.] fA. Ordinary Language. (Of the form ataxy): Want of order; irregularity in anything. “. ... would certainly breed an infinite ataaey and confusion amongst them, and at last the ruin and destruc- tion of their kingdom, . . .”—Halliwell: Melamp romaea, p. 16 . B. Med. (Chiefly of the form ataxia): Irregularity in the functions of the body, or in the course of a disease. *at—blén'che, v. i. [A. S. at=from, and blencan= to start away from. (BLANK, BLINK.) In combi- nation with at, as cut boºrst=escaped.] To escape. “And cunnen at blem che From sathanases wrenche, And from his swikelnesse.” Simmers Beware (ed. Morris), 220-2. āt-ché-sön, ät -çhi-sön, s. [Named after Mr. Atkinson (or the Scotch pronunciation Atcheson), an Englishman, who was assay-master of the mint at Edinburgh in the beginning of James VI.'s reign.] Atellan Nºmis. ...A billon coin, or rather a copper coin, washed with silver, struck in the reign of James VI. Its value was:=eight pennies Scotch or % of an English penny. It had on it the royal arms crowned; “Jacobus, D. G., R. Scot., R. Oppid, Edin.; ” and a leaved thistle crowned. (Jamieson.) | Bishop Nicolson, says ... that atchesons were çoined first in the time of James III., and were four to the penny. *at-ghiê've, v. t. [ACHIEVE.] “With which she wondrous deeds of arms atchieved.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. iv. 46. *at-ghiê've-ment, s. [ACHIEVEMENT.] *āte, s. [HATE.] “And nith, and strif, and rufe, and san.” Story of Gen. and Ecod. (ed. Morris), 373. *āt-ê, prep. [Eng. at (th)e.] At the [AT, ATTAN.] “His wyf ate done he bet.” Sevyn Sages, 220. âte, *āt, or ët, pret. of verb. [EAT.] Did eat. (The preterite of the verb to eat.) “Sum, ghe ther at and sum ghe nam.” Story of Gen. and Ecoſt. (ed. Morris), 337. “. . . and ate the sacrifices of the dead.”—Ps. cwi. 28. A'-té, 8, [Gr; 4té=the goddess of mischief, au- thoress of all blind and foolish actions; até= (1) bewilderment, judicial blindness, (2) sin, (3) destruc- tion ; from acto- (1) to hurt, (2) to go astray.] . 1. Class. Myth: ; The goddess thus described (the term being used by, or attributed to persons who may have believed her to have had a real existence.) “Not by myself, but vengeful Ate, driven.” Pope: IIomen's Iliad, bk. xix., 92. “And Caesar's spirit, ranging for revenge, With Ate by his side, come hot from heli.” Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, iii. 1. 2. Gen. : Mischief or destruction personified (the term Ate being used by or attributed to, those who did not believe in its classical mythology). “Come, talk not of her; you shall find her the infernal #ºn good apparel.”—Shakesp.: Much Ado About Nothing, ll. l. -āte, in compos. [From the Lat. Suff. -atus, the pa, par.,9f verbs belonging to the first conjugation, or Sometimes from their supine -atum.] I. As a termingtion in adjectives it is equivalent to the participle or participial adjective -ed; as gºvimate, adj., the same as animated=possessed of breath, life, or Spirit; determinate=determined. II. As a termination in ve, bs it is in almost every case formed from the adjective. It signifies either to make, or to act, or do that which is indicated by the adjective or substantive to which it corresponds; as propitiate=to make propitious; dominate= t6 act as a dominus or lord over; radiate= to make or emit radii, i. e., rays. III. As a termination in mowns: 1: In ordinary words it is-office or dignity; as tribunate= the office or dignity of a tribune. 2. In chemical terms it is used in naming salts. The -ic of the acid is changed into-afe, and the word thus formed is connected by of with the name of the substance combined with the acid. Thus, from acetic acid comes agetates; as acetates of lead, cop. per, alwmina, &c. phates; as Of Soda, lime, and alwm inct. *a-fé'inte, v. t. [Old Fr. at incter.] To give a coloring to. *āt-à-lène, a... [Gr. atel&s=without end, . imperfect: a, priv., and telos=end . . . tion.] . Mineralogy: Incomplete, lacking regular forms in the genus. (Shepard.) ât -é-lès, s. [Gr, atelès-without end, . . . im- perfect: ſº, , priv., and telos==end, completion.] A genus of Cebidae, or American monkeys. They have a facial angle of 60 ; the thumbs of the fore-hand cQncealed under the skin, and the prehensile part of the tail naked underneath. There are several’spe- gies. They are generally called Spider Monkeys. They inhabit Brazil and the neighboring regions. . a-tê1'-É-site, s. . [Gr. atelès-without end, . . . imperfect, incomplete; and suff. -ite.] A minerai imperfectly known, containing bismuth. It is found at Schneeberg. Dana places it in the ap- pendix to his Anhydrous Silicates. ta-têl-i-er (er as ā), s. [Fr.] A workshop, a studio. T The word has other meanings in French. A-té1'-lan, a. [Lat. Atellanus, from Atella, an ancient Campanian town belonging to the Osci.) A. As adjective: Pertaining or relating to Atella Or to the farces there acted. g y “Their Fescennin, and Atellan way of wit was in early days prohibited.”—Shaftesbury. bóil, böy; påilt, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, bench; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. From sulphuric acid comes sºl- j perfec. •Cian, &c. = bel, del. —tian = Shan. -ble, -dle, —tion, -Sious = Shiis. -Sion = –tion, shiin; Zhiin. -tious, -cious, -Šion = atelo B. As swbstantive: A popular kind of farces acted by the young men of Atella. They seem to have consisted of burlesque metrical imitations of the dialect and manners of the peasantry. “Many old poets . . did write fescennines, atellams, and lascivious songs.”—Burton: Amat, of Mel., p. 414. “Tove-stories, plays, comedies, atellams, jigs.” * - Ibid., p., 542. ât -ē-lö–, in compos. [Gr. atelēs = . . . imper- fect.] i.e. Med...: Imperfect, as atelo-gnathia=malformation of the jaws. a têm'-pô, a têm'-pô pri'-mö, wsed as adv. [Ital., the same as Lat, in tempore=|in time, or in tempore primg=in the first time.] ... . Music: In the original time, signifying that after any change of time in a musical composition the Original time is to be resumed. a têm'-pô gi-às'—tó, wsed as adv. [Ital., the same as Lat., in tempore justo-in just time.] Music: In just, marked, or proper time. *āt'—én, prep. [AT, ATTE. Contracted from at them.] aten end. At end; finally. a-té nd, pa. par. [A. S. atemdan.] Set alight, set fire to. (Sir Ferwmbras, 3,280.) *at-ê'-neş, adv. [AT-ANIS, ENES.] *a-tênt', s. [From attentum, sup. of attendo.] ºrse. An object, an intention. (Sir Amadas, 72. *a-té -ón, v. [A. S. teonam, tyman = to make angry.] To make angry. (Chrom. Of Eng., 61.) *a-té'yn, v. t. [Fr. tammer=to tire, to tease, to weary, J To over-fatigue. “Eyng Richard was almost atenyt.” Richard, 4,847. (S. in Boucher.) *at'–for–en, “et–for–em, at-Vore, prep. [A. S. octforam.] [AFORE.] Before, in front of. (Rob. Glowcester, p. 358.) *äth, s. [OATH...] *äth, 3d pers. sing., pr. indi:. of v. [HATH.] *at-hal-den, *ast-hal-den, v. t. [A. S. healdan.] [ATHOLD.] a—tha'-li—a, s. [From Gr. athalès-not verdant, withered.] A genus of saw-flies (Tenthredinidae). A. spinarwm or centifolde is the Turnip Saw-fly, so called because its larvae, which are the animals called blacks or ºviggers, feed on turnips. The per- fect insect is common in some years from May to August. It has a black head, a red thorax, with two large and several smaller spots on the back, and an orange-colored abdomen. (Curtis.) *ath-a-mă unte, s. [ADAMANT.] The same as ADAMANT (q.v.). - “This world with byndyng of youre word eterne, And writen in the table of athamawn te Youre parlement and youre eterne graunte.” Chaucer: C. T., 1,306-8. a-thä'—nas, s. [From Gr. athamatos= undying; a, priv., and thanatos=death..] A genus of Crusta- ceans, of the family. Alpheidae. Athanas mitescens, or Montague's Shrimp. It is thought, but erro- neously, by the fishermen to be the young of the lobster. Āth-an-ā-Si-an (or Sian=shan), a. & S. [Eng. Athanasi(ws); suffix -an.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to Athanasius, who was raised to the see of Alexandria in A. D. 326, and from that date till his death in 373, amid many trials, acted, as the great champion of Trinitarian doctrine. (See example under the substantive.) B. As substantive: A follower of Athanasius, or One holding his views with respect to the Trinity. “Upon the revival of the Arian controversy in Gaul, under the influence of the Burgundian kings, it was ob. vious to call one side Athanasiams, and the other side Arians; and so also to name the orthodox faith the Ath- anasian faith, as the other Arian.”—Waterland: Hist. of the Athamasian Creed. Athanasian Creed. The creed which the fram- ers of the Liturgy of the English Episcopal Church, with proper critical acumen, designate as “this Confession of our Christian Faith commonly called the Creed of Saint Athanasius,” thus avoiding any expression of belief as to its real authorship. Though correctly expressing the doctrine of that Christian father, it seems not to have been penned till after his time. Dr. Waterland ascribed it to Hilary, Bishop of Arles from A. D. 430 to 449. It was about the beginning of the eighth century that it commenced to be read in liturgic worship. The English Episcopal Prayer-book enjoins that it be used in the churches on the principal festivals, when it is to take the place of the Apostles' Creed, and to be sung or said “by the minister and people standing.” The Greek Church has modified the ë. relating to the “Procession ” of the Holy 3 host. 310 *ath -a-nor, s. [In Ger. athemor; from Arab. at- tannivr; Heb. tamavār- a furnace.] A digesting fur- nace formerly in use among chemists. It was de- signed to maintain an unvarying amount of heat, which could be increased or diminished at pleasure by opening or shutting apertures with sliders over them called registers. (Quincy, &c.) Āth'-ar-ist, s. [CATHARIST.] (Scotch.) A—thar'-va-na, s. [Sanscrit..] The fourth of the Indian Vedas. Its language is more modern than that of the other three. The Samhitā, or collection of prayers and invocations, is comprised in twenty books. The number of verses is stated as 6,015; the Sections more than 100; and the hymns upward of 760. The theological treatises, regarded as fifty-two in number, called Upanishads, are appended to the Atharvan Veda. âthe, aith, s. [OATH.] (Scotch...) ã'—thé-işm, *ā’—thé—işme, s. [In Ger. atheism, cut heismws; Fr. athéisme, Sp. & Ital. ateismo: Port. atheismo, from Gr. a, priv., and theos=God..] Lit- erally, disbelief in a Göd. if such an attainment is possible; or, more loosely, doubt of the existence of a God; practically, a denial that anything can be known about the supernatural, supposing it to exist. [AGNOSTICISM.] “It is true that a little philosophy inclineth man’s mind to atheism, but depth in philosophy bringeth men’s minds about to religion.”—Bacom: Essays, Civ. & Mo?"., ch. xvi. Hist, dº Philos.: Among the Greeks atheism con- sisted in a denial or non-recognition of the gods of the State. [PYRRHONISM, SREPTICS, SOPHISTs.] Socrates was put to death for asserting the superi- ority of the Divine wisdom to the other gods, as the ruler and disposer of the universe, thus contra- dicting Greek mythology, which assigned that office to Zeus. In Latin times atheism still continued to be a negation, with no pretension to rank as a sys- tem. Voltaire speaks of it as having destroyed the republic, and says that it was factious in the time of Sulla and of Caesar, and slavish under Augustus and Tiberius. It was closely akin to that cultured unbelief which extensively prevailed at the Roman Curia during the early part of the Renascence. Macaulay (Ramke's History of the Popes) is very severe on the “men who, with the Latinity of the Augustan age, acquired its atheistical and scoffing spirit.” The atheism of the eighteenth century was a protest against the persecution of fanaticism ; and, like its predecessors, put forward little or noth- ing to replace the system it attempted to destroy. The atheism of the present century may be taken to include every philosophic system which rejects the notion of a personal Creator: in this sense it ranks as a genus, of which Atomism, Pantheism, Positiv- ism, &c., are species. Strictly, it is the doctrine that sees in matter the sole principle of the uni- verse. Popularly, atheism consists in the denial of a God: this view is probably founded on the mis- translation of Psalm xiv. 1, and liii. 1, which should be, “The fool hath said, in his heart. No God for me”—i.e., he willfully rejects God, at the same time knowing that He is. ā’—thé—ist, s, & a. [In Ger, atheist; Fr. athée, fathéiste ; Sp. & Ital. ateista, Port. atheista, Lat. atheos; from Gr. a, priv., and theos-God.] A. As substantive: One who holds any of the opin- ions described under Atheism (q.v.). B. As adjective : Entertaining any of the opinions described under Atheism (g. v.). atheist-Wretch, s. A contemptuous term for an atheist. “The weakest atheist-wretch all heaven defies, But shrinks and shudders when the thunder flies.” Pope: Homen’s Iliad, bk. xx., 421-2. ā-thé—ist'-ic, a-thé—ist'-ic—al, s. (Eng. atheist; -ic. -ical. In Ital. ateistico.] 1. Of persons: Disbelieving or doubting the exist- ence of a God. “Tt is an ignorant conceit, that enquiry into nature should make them atheistic.”—Br). Hall: Contemplations; The Sages and Star'. (IRichardson.) “. ... a stupid, an atheistical, an irreligious fool.”— Jeremy Taylor; Of the Decalogue. Works (ed. 1839) vol. iii., p. 26. r 2. Of speeches, writings, dºc. : Containing or in- volving atheism. “. . . atheistical explications of natural effects and common events.”—Barrow, vol. i., Ser. 3. à-thé—ist'-ic—al—ly, adv. [Eng. atheistical; suff. -ly.]. In an atheistic manner; inclined toward atheism. “I entreat such as are atheistically inclined to consider these things.--Tillotson. â—thé—ist'-ic-al-mêss, S. [Eng. atheistical; -mess.] The quality of being atheistic. “Lord, purge out of all hearts profaneness and atheistic- almess.”—Hammond : Fundamentals. ā-thé—ize, v. t. & i. [Gr, atheos= without God; denying the existence of God; and Eng. -ize=to make.] [See suffix -IZE.] Athenian A. Tramsitive: To render atheistic. “. . . they endeavored to atheize one another . . .” —Bp. Berkeley: The Minute Philosopher, Dial. ii. B. Intransitive: To speak or write in an atheistic Iſla DIT GI", “. . . . to see if we can find any other philosophers who atheized before Democritus and Leucippus, as also what form of atheism they entertained.”—Cudworth: In- tell. Syst., p. 3. (Richardson.) ă-thé—i'Z-Ér, s. [Eng. atheize; -er.] One who atheizes; one who teaches or encourages atheism. “These men were indeed the first atheizers of this ancient atomick philosophy.”— Cudworth: Intell. Syst.; Pref. (Richardson.) Jºãth-É1, *ād-š1, *ae'—thèl (O. Eng.), *āth'-il, *äth'-ill, *hāth-ill, * hath'-Él, *.hāth'—&lle, *āgh'-il, *āgh'-ill, adj., s., & in compos. [A. S. Cethele= (1) noble, eminent not only in blood or by descent, but in mind; excellent, famous, singular; (2) very young; growing fast. (Bosworth.) [AETHEL, ADELING, ATHELING...] A. As adjective: Noble, illustrious. “The athil Emprour annon rycht him neir.” Howlate, iii. 4. (Jamieson.) “At the soper, and after Mony athel songes.” Gawayme and the Grene Knyght. (S. in Bowcher.) ...B. As substantive: A prince, a nobleman, an illustrious personage. “All thus thir achilles in hall hastie remanit.” How late, iii. 17. (Jamieson.) C. In composition: In Anglo-Saacom proper mames: Noble, well-born, of honorable extraction; as Atheling=a noble youth ; Ethelred or Æthelred=noble in counsel; Ethelard or AEthelard= a noble genius; Ethelbert or AEthelbert=nobly bright, eminently noble; Ethel- 700 rd. Or AEthelward= a noble protector or de- fender. Jäth-Él-iñg, àd-šl-iñg, Śd-š1-iñg, Šth'-lińg, êth'-Él-iñg, s. [A. S. aetheling=(1) the son of a king, a prince, one of the royal blood, the heir apparent, a nobleman next in rank to the king; (2) a ruler, governor, man. (Bosworth.).] [ADELING, AETHELING...] Properly, a title of honor belonging to the heir apparent or presumptive. It was first conferred on Edgar by Edward the Confessor, his grand-uncle, who bestowed it when he designed to make him successor to himself on the throne. Thral unbuxoum, Atheling britheling.” MS. Cott., Calig., A. ix., f. 246 b. (S. in Bouchen”.) a-thén-ae'-iām, a-thèn-é'—üm, s. [In Fr. athénée; Port. athemeo; Lat. athemoewmv, athemewm, a place built by Hadrian, and consecrated to Minerva, in which poets and other authors read aloud their productions; Gr. Athémaion, the temple of Athéma.] [ATHENE.] A term used to designate various institutions more or less connected with literature: as— 1. A public reading-room furnished with newspa- pers and other periodicals, with possibly a library attached. 2. A periodical specially designed to record the progress of art and review new books, as the well- known Athemoewyn published in London; or simply a newspaper, as the Madras Athenoewm. A-thé'-nē, A-thé'—ma, s. [Gr. Athéna, in Hom. Athéné, Athémaić. Max Müller believes that the root from which Atheme came was ah, which yielded also the San- Scrit (thamā, aghwyá, i. e., ahwya=the dawn, and ahar- day.] The Grecian goddess corresponding to the Roman Minerva. She was the tutelary goddess of Athens, which was said to have been called after her. She was the goddess of war, of wisdom, and of the arts and sciences. “He spake, and to her hand pre- ferr'd the bowl. A secret pleasure touch’d Athe- ma’s soul.” Pºſioner's Odyssey, bk. iii., 3. Statue of Athene. Athene was known to the Romans as Minerva. A-the-ni-an, a. & S. In Fr. Athémien, Lat: Athenaeus; Gr. Athémaios, from Athémai–Athens.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to Athens or its in- habitants. "I Atheniam Owl: A name given to the Eagle Owl (Bubo maacimus). [BUBO, EAGLE OWL.] B. As substantive: A native of Athens. “No breath of air to break the wave That rolls below the Atheniam's grave.” Byron: The Giaowr. fāte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wét, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wörk, whö, Són; Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. miite, try, ciib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; atheologian *ā-thé-ö-ló-gi-an, S. [Gr, (t, priv., and Eng: theologian.] A person destitute of theological knowledge Or acumen. “They of your society [Jesuits], as they took their original from a soldier, , so they are the only atheolo- gians, whose heads entertain no other object but the tumult of realms; whose doctrine is nothing but confusion and bloodshed.”—Hautegra: Ans. to Doleman, ch. 9. *ā-thé-à1-6-gy, s. [Gr, a, priv., and Eng. the- ology (q.v.).] Atheism. (Swift.) *ā’—thé—oiás, a. [Lat. atheos; Gr. Qtheos: a, priv., and theos=God...] Atheistic; not believing in God, or acting as if one did not do so. “Thy Father, who is holy, wise, and pure, Suffers the hypocrite or atheous priest To tread his sacred courts and minister About his altar, handling holy things.” Milton : P. R., blk. i. a—ther-i-ās'-tite, s. [From Gr. atheriastos (its discoverer says), which is a word not in Liddell and Scott. Should it be atheristos= unheeded (?).] A mineral, a variety of Scapolite, placed by Dana under the mineral Wernerite. It is of a greenish color, and is found at Arendal, in Norway. ăth'-Ér-ine (Eng.), āth-Ér-i-na, s. [Mod. Lat. ather inct; from Gr. atherimé = a kind of smelt (Aristotle).] A. Of the form atherine: Ordinary Language : A pretty little fish, from five to six inches long, called also the Sandsmelt. It is the A. presbyter of Cuvier. It is found along the southern coasts of Europe, occupying a region distinct from that in which the smelt. (Osmerus eperlanws) occurs. It is used as food. There is an American species, the Memidict motoita, commonly called silversides. B. Of the form atherina: - Zool. : A genus of fishes of the order Acanthop- terygii and the family Mugilidae (Mullets). Several species are known in the Mediterranean and else- where. The young, which congregate together, are the Aphyes of the ancients. Now, in the south of Europe, they are called Nommat. a—thér -man-gy, s. [From Gr. athermantos=not heated ; athermos= without heat: a, priv., and ther- mos=hot..] The term used by Melloni to express the power which certain bodies have of stopping radiant heat. [DIATHERMANCY.] (Atkinson : Ganot's Physics, $373.) a—thér'-man-ois, adj. [From Eng. atherman (cy); -ows.] [ATHERMANCY.] Pertaining or relating to athermancy (q.v.). (It is opposed to diather- manows.) ăth-Ér-ó-ma, s. [Lat. atheroma Gr. athérôma- a tumor upon the head filled with matter; from athéré, also ath(tra; Attic atharé–groats or meal.] A species of wen filled with curdy matter. It does not cause pain, discolor the skin, or yield easily to the touch. “If the matter forming them resembles milk curds, the tumor is called atheroma; if it be like honey, meli- ceris; and if composed of fat, or a suety substance, steatoma.”—Sharp. ăth-ér-öm'-a-toiás, a. [Gr. athéromatos, genit. of athérômet (ATHEROMA), and Eng. suffix -ows.] Pertaining or relating to atheroma. Curdy in appearance and consistency. “. . . . the atheromatous deposits which are so common in peculiar diatheses, or at an advanced period of life.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., 320. ath-Ér-ö-spér-ma, s. [Gr. athêr-the beard or spike of an ear of corn ; sperma-seed. So called º * seed being crowned by a permanent hairy Style. Bot. : A genus of plants, the typical one of the Order Atherospermaceæ (q.v.). ath-Ér-ó-spér-mâ'-gé-ae, s. pl. [From the typi- cal genus athero- Spermat (Q. v.). ot. : An order of exog enous plants placed by L in dley in his Menispermal Alli- ance. Their Eng- lish name is Plume Nutmegs. They a re u n is exual plants, having mei- ther calyx nor cor- 9lla, but only an involucre. In the male flowers the Stamens are n u - merous; in the fe- males they are less so. Each involucre has several ova- ries, with solitary erect Ovules, which afterward become feathered at the summit by the persistent styles. They are hatives of New Holland and South America. In 1846 Lindley estimated the known species at four only. Plume Nutmeg. 311 *ā-think, impers, v. [A. S. ofthymcan.] To repent. (Wycliffe: Gemesis, vi. 7.) *ā’-thir, ºã'—thyr, conj. [EITHER..] à'-thir, *ā'—thyr (yr as ir], a. [OTHER..] a-thirst', *a-thyrst' (yr as ir), a. [Eng. a , thirst.] [THIRST, THIRSTY.] I, Lit. : Having a necessity and a longing for water or some other liquid wherewith to slake the thirst; craving after something to drink. “. . . when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels and drink.”—Ruth, ii. 9. II. Figuratively: 1. Gen. : Feeling an intense longing after some- thing. “Athirst for battle.”—Cowper: Homer's Iliad, bk. viii. 2. Spec. : Feeling intense dissatisfaction with worldly pleasure, occupation, or care, and eager longing for spiritual good. . “I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.”—Rev. xxi. 6. äth'-lète, fūth-lét, s. [In Dan. & Ger, athlet; Fr. athlète; Sp. & Ital. attleta, Port. athleta, Lat. athleta, athletes; Gr. athlétès: from Lat. athlon, and athla, Gr. Ctthlom - a struggle, a work, a labor.] I. Literally: 1. º : A man trained to contend in some one of the physical exercises established among the Greeks and Romans. These were five in number, yiz., running, leaping, boxing, wrestling, and throw- ing the discus or quoit. “David’s combat compared with that of Dioxippus, the Athenian atthlete.”—Delany: Life of David. 2. Wow (in & more general sense) : A person with strongly-developed muscles, and trained to contend in exercises which require for success much physi- cal strength. “Having opposed to him a vigorous athlete.”–4. Smith: Theory of Moral Sentiments. II. Figuratively: An intellectually strong and well-educated man who contends against opponents, not with his muscles, but with his mind. “But I submit, that the dictum of a mathematical ath- lete upon a difficult problem which mathematics offers to philosophy, has no more special weight than the verdict t of that great pedestrian, Captain Barclay, would have had. in settling a disputed point in the Fº of locomo- tion.”—Huaclely: Lay Sermons, 5th ed.; Prefatory Letter, wi. ath-lèt'-ic, *ath-lèt'-ick, al.& 3. [Eng, athlet(e); -ic. In Fr. athlétique; Lat. athleticus; Gr. athlèti- kos.] A. As adjective: 1. Pertaining to the games or contests in which the ancient athletes strove. [ATHLETE.] “The athletick diet was of pulse, alphiton, maza, barley, and water.”—Sir T. Browne: Misc. Tracts, p. 17. 2. With great muscular development, like that possessed, after training, by the ancient athletes. “The hundreds of athletic Celts whom he saw in their national order of battle were evidently not allies to be despised.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. R. As substantive: “The art of activity.” letics. “. . . art of activity, which is called athletic; and art voluptuary, which Tacitus truly calleth eruditus lua:us.”— Bacon: Adv. of Learm., blº. ii. ath-lét'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng, athletical : -ly.] In an athletic manner; with exertion of much physical strength. (Barrow.) ath-lèt'-i-gišm, s. [Eng. athletic; suff. -ism.] The art of training one as an athlete; the state of being so trained; athletics. (Maunder.) (Reid's Dict.) ath-létºics, s. [ATHLETIC.] The art of develop- ing muscular strength for the sake of prize, or other contests, or for the ordinary physical work of life. “Can parents and schoolmasters possibly go on any longer pretending to think that cricket, boating, and athletics, as now conducted, are only recreations?”—Mark Pattison : 1cademical Organization (1868), p. 316. *äth'-lèt-ism, s. [Eng, athlet(e); -ism..] The same as ATHLETICISM (q.v.). Ath –öl, Áth -óle, Áth -ëll, S., [Celtic.] trict in the northern part of Perthshire. . . . Athol brose: Honey mixed with aqua vitae, used in the Highlands as a specific for cold. Meal is sometimes substituted for honey. (Jamieson.) “The captain swallowed his morning draught of Athol brose and departed.”—Scott: Heart of Midlothian, ch. xlviii. *at-hô'ld, *at-hā'ld, v. t. To hold back, to with- hold. Ath- A dis- .* “And bad him go and hir athold,” Sir Orfeo, 49. (S. in Boucher.) A -thor, 8. An asteroid, the 161st found. It was discovered by Watson on April 18, 1876, * athyrium a-thé'-às, s. [Gr, athóos=unpunished; hapm- less: a, priv., and thoë=a penalty. g # . Entom: ; , A. genus, of beetles belonging, to the family Elateridae. The larvae of the several species —A. longicollis, the Long-necked Click Beetle: 4. niger, the Black Click Beetle, and A. ruficant- dis the Red-tailed Click Beetle—produce “wire- worms,” but not all destructive to farm crops. (Curtis.) *a-thrée, *a-thré", *a-thré-ā, adv. [Eng. a , three..] In three. “This lond was deled a thre among thre Sones y wys.” Robert of Gloucester, p. 23. (Richardson.) a-thrép -si-a, s. [Gr. (t, priv., and threpsis= nourishment.) Want of nourishment; the bad habit of body resulting therefrom. a—thrix -í-a, s. [Gr. athria: : ct, priv., and thria: =hair, in allusion to the absenge of hairs from the receptacle and the stigmas of the ray.] - Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Asteraceae, or Composites. A. capensis is a pretty greenhouse shrub, with narrow, lanceolate leaves and bright crimson solitary heads of flowers. *a-thröb', a. [Eng. a =on, and, throb, s.] Throb- bing, palpitating. *a-thrö'te, v. t. [O. Eng. a and A. S. throte= the throat.] To fill up to the throat. “And if thou wolt algates with superfluity of riches be athroted.”—Chaucer: Test. of Lowe, bk. ii. a-thwärt (Eng.), a-thort (Scotch), prep. & adv. [Eng. a thwart (q.v.).] A. As preposition : I. Ordinary Language: 1. Literally: * (a) Across, transversely; from one side to the other. “He sate him down at a pillar's base, And pass'd his hand athwart his face.” Byron: Siege of Corinth, 19. ... (b). So as to cross, without reference to whether it is transversely, longitudinally, or diagonally. - “Her lights, wi' hissing eerie din: Athort the lift they start and shift, Like fortune’s favors’ tint as win.” Burns: A Vision. 2. Figuratively: (a) So as to cross; so as to thwart. “Strikes the rough thread of error right athwart The web of every scheme they have at heart.” Coºper: Ecpostulation. *(b) Through ; in the midst of. “Now, athwarf the terrors that why vow Has planted round thee, thor: appear'st more fair.” Addison. II. Technicatin, ; Nauf. Athwart hawse: A term applied to the situation of a ship when she lies across the stem of another one, either in immediate contact with her or a short distance off. g Athwart ships: Reaching across the ship from side to side; transversely across the ship. . Athwart the fore-foot;. A term applied to the direction of a cannon-ball fired by one ship across the bow of another as a signal or a command for her to lay to. B. As adverb : I. Lit. Of material substances and their direc- to??, " 1. Seized by the middle, so as to be cross-wise. (Pope: Homer's Iliad, iii. 111.) . * 2. Across, so as to pass from side to side. (Thom- Son: Spring, 509.) II. Fig. Of adverse influence: 1. So as to thwart; crossly, vexatiously, perplex- ingly. “All athwart there came A post from Wales, loaden with heavy news.” Shakesp. : 1 Henry IV., i. 1. 2. Awry, wrong; to destruction. “The baby beats the nurse; and quite athwart Goes all decorum.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, i. 3. 3. Abroad; far and wide. (Scotch.) “There goes a speech at hort in the name of the Duke of Lennox.”—Baillie's Letters, i. 83. (Janvieson.) a-thy"—mi-a, s. [Gr. athymia, from athymed=to be down-hearted: a, priv., and thymos= the soul as the seat of passion.] Faint-heartedness, despond- CºnCy. *ā’—thyr (yr as ir), conj. [EITHER..] (Scotch.) *ā’—thyr (yr as ir), a.. [OTHER..] (Scotch.) a-thyr-i-àm, s. [Gr. a, priv., and thyrion = a little door, a wicket.] A genus or sub-genus of ferns containing the 4. filiac foemina and the A. fontamwm. [ASPLENIUM.j bóil, boy; pout, j6W1; cat, çell, Chorus, this; go, gem; thin, ghin, bençh; Sin, Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, del. -tian = shan. -tion, shiis. -ble, -Sion = -dle, &c. = bel, Shiin; -SiOus = —tion, -Sion = Zhiin. -tious, -cious, atil *ā-til, *ā-tyle, v. t. [O. Fr. attiler.] To equip, to supply with necessary stores. “Upe is stede i-armed is, and attled thorn out al.” Rob. Glouc. : Chrom., p. 525. “Al ys folc wel atyled to the bataylesscet.” Ibid., p. 361. (S. im Boucher.) *ā-tí1, *ā-tyl, s. [From the verb.] Furniture, necessary Supplics. “And al here at ul and tresour was also asseynt.” Rob. Glouc. : Chrom., p. 51. (Bottcher.) * In another MS. it is catel, and in a third attyre. (S. in Bowcher.) a-tilt", at tilt", adv. & al. [Eng. a, and tilt; at tilt.]...[TILT.] As if tilting; as a person would do who tilts. º * * 1. As adv. : As if thrusting at an antagonist. “. . . when in the city Tours, Thou ran'st at ilt, in honor of my love, And stol'st away the ladies' hearts of France.” Shakesp. ; 2 Hen. VI., i. 3. 2. As adj. ... In the position of a barrel raised or tilted behind, to make it run out. “Such a man is always atilt: his favors come hardly from him.”—Spectator. ât'—i-my, s. [Gr. atimia-dishonor; atimad–to dishonor: a, priv., and timé= Worship, honor; tio- to pay honor.] * In ancient Greece : Infamy; public disgrace inflicted on those who had been guilty of certain offenses. # -ā'—tion. . [Eng. Suff., from Lat. -atio, as Oblation, from Lat, oblatio=an offering.] It signifies § the act of, (2) the state of being, and (3) that which. For example: “God’s creation of the world’’ means “God’s act of creating the world ;” “the world's creation ” signifies “its state of being created,” and by the expression “the visible creation ” we mean “the persons who and things which have been cre- ated.” at-lân'—ta, s. [From the Atlanta, in which the species occur (?).] A genus of mollusks, the typical one of the family Atlantidae (q. v.). The shell, which is minute, is glassy, with a dextral opercu- lum, though it is a dextral shell, a phenomenon of a unique character. According to Tate, in the year 1875 there were known of recent species eighteen, from the Canary Islands and the warmer parts of the Atlantic. A Sub-genus Oxygyrus added four more to the list. Āt-lān-té—an, thf-lān-ti-an, at-lân'-té—an, *At-lân'-tic, a. [Lat. Atlanteus; Gr. Atlanteios.] A. (Of the forms Atlantean and atlantean only): 1. #'ſ. : Pertaining to Atlas or the mountains called after him. [ATLAS.] 2. Gen. : Strong; capable of bearing great weight. (Used chiefly of shoulders.) -- “Sage he stood, With Atlanteam shoulders, fit to bear The weight of mightiest monarchies . . .” Milton : P. L., bk. ii. “What more than Atlantean shoulder props The incumbent load.” Young: Night Thoughts, 9. fB. (Of the forms Atlantian, and Atlantean); Per- * to the probably fabulous island of Atlantis Qi. W.). At-lân'—tés, S. pl. [In Fr. atlante (sing.); Sp. at- lamtides. From Gr. Atlantes, plural of Atlas, genit. Atlantos.] - Arch. : Colos- ; ºrrº º: sal statues of ſº-_- men used instead of pillars to sup- port an entabla- ture. Roman ar- chitects called them Gr. telo- mömes. (Vitruv., vi. 10.) h on ºf: statues of women jºi Support an en- il. #| || § sº :'H' tablature they . {º}; § § 4 * * * | Iº º fº. - are generally *# § called Cary- ºś i à | | * § † § atides (q.v.). º # ºl l .. rº'. At – l a n’ – tic, (1), a. & S. [In Atlantes. (From Pompeii.) Fr. Atlantique; Sp., Port. & Ital. Atlantikos.] A. As adjective: ocean so designated. “The murmurs of th’ Atlantic wave.” Cowper: Task, blº. iv. B. As substantive: The great ocean between Europe and Africa on the one side and America on the other, divided into the Northern, the Inter- tropical, and the Southern, or simply into the Northern and Southern Atlantic. Atlantico; Lat. Atlanticus; Gr. Pertaining or relating to the 312 “The doctrine that there has been a continuous forma- tion of Globigerina mud on the bottom of the Atlantic from the Cretaceous epoch to the present time . we must be admitted as (to say the least) a not improbable hypothesis.”—Dr. W. Carpenter. (Ency. Brit., 9th ed., iii. 21.) The Bed of the Atlantic: Between soundings and photography there is a prospect that marine depths will become almost as familiar to students of oceanography as the dry land. Surveys of the Atlantic have somewhat modified pre-existing views as to the contour of its bed. Proceeding westward from the Irish coast the sea deepens very gradually, the gradient being for the first 230 miles not more than six feet to the mile. In the next twenty miles, however, the fall is more than 9,000 feet, the descent being so precipitous that in many places depths of 1,200 to 1,600 fathoms are found close to the 100- fathom line. When a depth of 1,800 to 2,000 fathoms is reached the bed becomes a slightly undulating plain, with scarcely any variation for a distance of 1,200 miles. So far as is known the greatest depth in the Atlantic is about 100 miles to the north of St. Thomas, where soundings of 3,875 fathoms have been obtained. The seas around Great Britain, in- stead of forming part of the Atlantic hollow as Supposed, are now believed to be part of the *; form banks of the great European continent which the sea has overflowed. *At-lân'-tic (2), a. [ATLANTEAN.] At-lân'-ti-ca, s. [ATLANTIS.] at-lân'-ti-dà, s. pl. [ATLANTA.] I. Ethn. : According to Latham, one of the pri- mary varieties of the human species. The maxillary profile is projecting; the nasal one generally flat; the frontal one retiring ; the cranium dolichoceph- alic, the parietal diameter being generally narrow. Eyes rarely oblique. Skin often jet black, very rarely approaching a pure white. Hair crisp, woolly, rarely straight, still more rarely light-col- ored. Languages with an agglutinate, rarely an amalgamate inflection. Distribution, Africa. In- fluence on the history of the world inconsiderable. II. Zool. : A family of mollusks belonging to the class Gasteropoda and the order Nucleobranchi- ata. There is a symmetrical discoidal shell, sometimes closed by an operculum. The gills are contained in a dorsal mantle-cavity. Genera: At- lanta Bellerophon, &c. At-lân'-ti-dés, S. pl. tiades.] 1. Class. Myth. : The daughters of Atlas, seven of whom were called also Pleiades, after their mother Pleione. After their death they were supposed to have been transformed into the constellation Pleia- des. 2. Astrom. ; A designation sometimes given to the [Lat. Atlantides, Atlan- stars constituting the Pleiades. At-lān'—tís, At-lān-tí-ca, s. [From Gr. Atlan- tis...] An island, said by Plato and others to have once existed in the ocean immediately beyond the Straits of Gades, that is, in what is now called the Atlantic Ocean, a short distance west of the Straits of Gibraltar. Homer, Horace, and some others made two “Atlanticas,” distinguished as the Hesperides and the Elysian Fields, and believed to be the abodes of the blest. Plato states that an easy passage existed from the one Atlantis into other islands, which lay near a continent exceeding in size all Europe and Asia. Some have thought this America. Atlantis is represented as having ulti- mately sunk beneath the waves, leaving only iso- lated rocks and shoals in its place. Geologists have discovered that the coast-line of Western Europe did once run farther in the direction of Amer- ica than now ; but its submergence seems to have taken place long before historic times, so that the whole ancient story about Atlantis was probably founded on erroneous information. Or arose from a clever guess put forth by a man of lively imagina- tion. * The New Atlantis: The title which Lord Bacon gives to a literary fragment, in which he sketched out an ideal commonwealth. ât'—las, At'-las, s. [In Sw., Dan., Dut., Ger., Fr., Sp., & Port. atlas, Atlas; Lat. Atlas, genit. Atlantis; Gr. Atlas, Atlantos; atlas, atlantos.] A. Of the form Atlas: 1. Class. Myth. : A king of Mauritania, believed to have been transformed, by looking at the head of Medusa, into the range of mountains of the same In 8 Iſle. e was supposed to support the World on his shoulders. “Atlas her sire, to whose far-piercing eye The wonders of the deep expanded lie; Th’ eternal columns which on earth he rears JEnd in the starry vault, and prop the spheres.” º Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. i., 67-70. 2. Geog.: The range of mountains mentioned above. The highest peak, which is in Morocco, is about 11,400 feet in elevation. atmolyzed B. Of the form atlas: I. Ordinary Language: 1. A collection of maps, probably so called from the fact that some volumes of maps used to have as a frontispiece a representation of Atlas supporting the world on his shoulders. The celebrated geog: rapher Mercator was the first to use the word in this sense. He lived in the sixteenth century. 2. A large Square folio, externally resembling a quarto or a book of maps, but which consists of large engravings, as for instance, anatomical plates or landscapes illustrative of a country. “Owen's report of a geological survey of Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota, and part of the Nebraska Territory, with atlas of colored plates.”—Name of Book. ‘I This use of the word is somewhat rare in Eng- land and America, but very common in France. ... i2. A book in which the information is presented in a tabular form. f4. In the same sense as B. 3. II. Technically: gº 1. Arch. : The supporters of a building. [ATLAN- TES. 2. Amat.: The first cervical yertebra, the one on which the head is balanced. It is very strong, and has great freedom of movement. . “The first and second cervical vertebrae, called respect- ively atlas and axis.”—Flower: Osteology of the jLam- *malia, p. 22. 3. Silk-weaving. A rich kind of silk or stuff manu- factured in the East, and designed to be used in making articles of female attire. ‘‘I have the conveniency of buying Dutch atlases with gold and silver, or without.”—Spectator. 4. Paper-making : A large kind of drawing paper. . I Atlas beetle: . A fine lamellicorn, beetle found in portions of Eastern Europe. It is the Chalcosoma. cutlas. The male is brilliant metallic olive-green ; the ſºle duller. The male is about three inches Ong. fatlas-fine, d. & S. A kind of paper, opposed to atlas-ordinary (q.v.). [ATLAs, B., II. 4.] fatlas-ordinary, a. & S. . A kind of paper, op- posed to atlas-fine (q.v.). [ATLAS, B., II. 4.] “The preservation of this faith is of more consequence than the duties on red lead, or white lead, or on broken glass, or atlas-ordinary, or demy-fine, or blue royal.”— Burke on. A mer'. Tatw. ât'-las-ite, s. [Apparently from Ger., &c., atlas --- satin, named from the satiny or silky character of the mineral. The term corresponds with Ger. atlaserz=fibrous malachite.] A mineral believed by Dana to be not sufficiently distinct from AZurite to constitute a quite independent species. He believes that it may be a mixture of flºu, 3% t is parts of Azurite with one part of Atacamite. from Chili. āt-mi-dòm -ēt-êr, s. [From Gr. atmidos, genit. of atmis–the steam of a fomentation. Cognate with atmos...] [See ATMOMETER.] An instrument still in use, invented by Babington, for measuring the evaporation from water, ice, snow, &c. It con- sists of two glass or metal bulbs, one of them placed above the other, with which it communicates by a narrow neck. The low er on e is weighted with shot or mer- cury, and the upper has on it a small glass or metal stem, with a scale graduated in grains and half-grains. On the top of all there is a shal- low pan. The instrument being immersed in a vessel of water through a circular hole in which the steam rises, distilled water is gradually poured into the pan above, causing it to sink to the point at which the zero of the steam * is on a level with the cover of the vessel. As then the water in the pan gradually evaporates, the stem slowly ascends, the amount of evaporation being indicated in grains on the graduated scale. (Brande.) āt-mol’–6–gy, s. [Gr. atmos=vapor and logos= discourse.] The science which treats of atmos- pheric vapor. āt-mö1-ys-is, s. [ATMOLYZE.] The act or opera- tion of separating two gases in combination from each other. (Fowmes.) āt-mö–ly'ze, v. t. [Gr. (1) atmos=Smoke or steam ; (2) lysis= a loosing or setting free; lyö=to loose.] To separate, at least partially, two gases or vapors of unequal diffusibility which are com- bined with each other. (Fowmes: Mamwal of Chemi- istry, 10th ed., p. 140.) āt-mö–ly'zed, pa. par. [ATMOLYZE.] Atmidometer. -º-º-º-º fâte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian, ac, Ce = €; ey = à. qu. = kW. atmolyzer ât—mö–iyz'-Ér, 8. ſº º ; -er.]...That which produces atmolysis, the partial separation of gases or vapors of unequal diffusibility. e g Tube atmolyzer: An instrument for effecting this result. It consists of a tube of unglazed earthen- ware, about two feet in length, placed within a shorter tube of glass in contact with an air-pump. The air between the two tubes being to a large ex- tent exhausted, the mixed gases are allowed slowly to traverse the earthenware pipe, when much of the lighter one escapes through the pores into the other. (Fowmes.) āt-mö–lyz'-iñg, pr. par. [ATMOLYZE.] āt-möm'—é-têr, s. [Gr, atmos=Smoke, Steam, vapor; Sansc. atma;=spirit, Soul; and Gr. metrom- a measure.] An instrument in- - vented , by Sir John, Leslie for measuring the quantity of moist- ure oxhaled in a given time from any humid surface. It consists of a very thin ball of porous earthen- ware, from one to three inéhes in diameter, having a small neck firmly cemented to , a long and rather wide tube of glass, to which is adapted a brass cap with a nar- row collar of leather to fit closely. It is filled, with distilled, or Fº water, and its cap screwed tightly. It is then suspended out of doors in a situation where it is exposed freely to the action of the wind, but is sheltered from rain. As the water evaporates from the external surface of the ball, it transudes , Atmometer. through its porous substance, and the waste is measured by the corresponding descent of the liquid in the stem. To test the amount of this de- scent there is a finely-graduated scale. When the water has sunk to the bottom of the stem the latter requires to be filled anew. ât'—mö-sphère, s. [In Sw, atmosfer; Ger, atmo" sphòire; Fr. atmosphère, Sp. & Ital. atmosfera ; ort. atmosphera; from Gr. atmos=Smoke, steam, vapor, and sphaira=a ball, a sphere.] 1. Lit. : #. air surrounding ... our planet, , and which, as the etymology implies, is, speaking broadly, a “sphere '' (not, of course, a solid, but a hollow one). With strict accuracy, it is a hoilow spheroid. Its exact height is unknown. At 27 miles above the surface of the earth half its density is gone, and the remainder is again halved for every further rise of 2.7 miles. ... Some small density would remain at forty-five miles high. At eighty miles this would have all but disappeared. But from sundry observations, made at Rio Janeiro and elsewhere, on the twilight arc, M. Liais infers that the extreme limit of the atmosphere is between 198 and 212 miles. For its weight, see ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE. In the lower strata of the atmosphere the temperature falls at least a degree for every 352 feet of ascent; hence, even in the tropics, mount- ains of any considerable elevation are snow- capped. The atmosphere appears to us blue, because, absorbing the rod and yellow solar rays, it reflects the blue ones. It revolves with the earth, but being extremely mobile, winds are generated in it, so that it is rarely long at rest. [WIND.] For its composition, see AIR. Evaporation continually at work sends into it quantities of water in a gaseous state; clouds are formed [CLOUDS], and in due time descend in rain. [RAIN, METEOROLOGY..] The atmosphere always contains free electricity, some- times positive and sometimes negative. There appears to be no atmosphere around the Moon; but the case seems different with the Sun, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. “How as a talisman of magic fame, This atmosphere conveys th' enlightening beam, Reflects, inflects, refracts the orient ray Anticipating sheds the rising day.” Brook: Universal Beauty. (Richardson.) 2. Fig. : Any pervading intellectual, moral, religious, or other influence by which one is sur- rounded; as in the expression, “He lives in an Cutmosphere of suspicion.” *IClectrical atmosphere: An obsolete name for the sphere immediately surrounding an electrified body and operated upon by it. Jſagnetic atmosphere: The sphere within which the attractive force of the magnet acts. āt-mö-sphèr-ic, æt-mö-sphèr'-ic-al, a... [Eng. Qtmospher(e); -ic. -ical. In Fr. atmosphérique; Sp. atmosferico.] [ATMOSPHERE.] Pertaining or relating to the atmosphere. Specially— 1. Constituting or pervading the atmosphere; made of air. “. . . . the transparent atmospheric envelope . . .” -Herschel; Astronomy, $566. 2. Existing within the atmosphere. .." . . , but when we reflect that the Cordillera, run- &ling in a north and south line, intercepts, like a great wall, the entire depth of the lower atmospheric current .”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xv. 313 3. Produced by the atmosphere. “Measure of atmospheric pressure, . . Sound, p. 8. - f4. Under the influence of the atmosphere; af- fected in temperament by the atmosphere. (Pope.) fatmospheric air. The Ordinary air belonging to the atmosphere, as contradistinguished from other “airs,” the old term for gases. Now that the word air has come specifically to mean that in the atmosphere, the expression atmospheric air is a tautology, and will probably sink into disuse. atmospheric or atmospherical clock. A ma- chine planned by Sir David Brewster for measuring the mean temperature of the atmosphere. atmospheric engine. An engine in which the piston was forced down by the pressure of the atmo- sphere, when the steam, which caused it to rise, was condensed so as to produce a near approach to a vacuum in the cylindrical chamber beneath it. Such was Newcomen's engine, constructed in 1705, and subsequently improved by Smeaton, Brindley, and others, till superseded by Watt's single-acting engine, which was a genuine steam-engine. The atmospheric engine was used only, for pumping Water. - Mech. : A line drawn upon an indicator-card by a pencil worked by the steam of a steam-engine, and designed to register the equilibrium line between steam pressure on the piston and the extent of the vacuum produced on the other. The former is indicated by numbers ascending above the atmos- heric line; , the latter... by numbers descending }. it; while itself it stands at zero. [INDI- CATOR-CARD.] atmospheric pressure. The pressure exerted by the atmosphere, not merely downward, but in every direction. It amounts to 14.7 lbs. of weight on each square inch, which is often called in round numbers 15. On a square foot it is-2,160 lbs., or nearly a ton. It would act upon our bodies with crushing effect were it not that the pressure, oper- ating in all directions, produces an equilibrium. If any gas or liquid press upon a surface with a force of 15 lbs. on a square inch, it is generally described as having a pressure of one atmosphere; if 60 lbs., of two atmospheres; if 120 lbs., of four atmospheres, and so on. atmospheric railway. . A railway in which the propulsive force designed to move the carriages along is that of the atmosphere. The notion of such a method of locomotion seems first to have suggested itself, in the latter part of the seven- teenth century, to the French physician, Papin, whose name is forever associated with the cele! brated digester. [DIGESTER.] In 1810 Mr. Med- hurst published a work entitled A New Method of Conveying Letters and Goods by Air. His proposal was to construct a closed tunnel, in which the car- riages—the last of them provided with a piston fit- ting the tunnel—should be propelled by air forced in behind them. Wallance, of Brighton, in 1825, recommended as an improvement on this plan the exhaustion of the air in front. About 1835 Mr. Henry Pinkus, an American gentleman residing in England, patented a scheme for placing the car- riages in the open air, but connecting them below with a small tunnel, having a narrow slit above, with ingeniously constructed apparatus to render the tunnel temporarily air-tight notwithstanding the slit. Not much was done to carry out the pat- ent; and Pinkus' scheme of what he called a Pneumatic Railway was cousidered as having failed, when, in 1840, Messrs. Clegg and Samuda brought forward a somewhat similar project under the name of the “Atmospheric Railway.” An experimental fragment of line laid down near Wormwood Scrubs, just outside of London, on the Great Western line, was successful, as was one de- signed for actual use from Kingstown to Dalkey, in Ireland, another between London and Croydon, and a third in South Devon; all, however, have been since abandoned. For passengers at least and to a great extent even for the transmission o letters, the railways of the ordinary type, on which steam is the impelling force, have triumphantly held their own against the innovation of the Atmos- pheric or Pneumatic Railway, and all that now remains of the latter method of propulsion are the pneumatic dispatch tubes, used for transmitting parcels to short distances. [PNEUMATIC.] atmospheric tides. Tides which must exist in the atmosphere, as they do in the ocean, from the attractions of the moon and the sun. a'-tók, s. [South American name.] Zool. : A variety of the Mephitis Americana found at Quito, whence Humboldt called it Gulo Quitensis. It is sometimes termed the Zorra. a'-tóll, s. & a. [A Maldive word Anglicized. In Fr. cutollon.] .A. As substantive: The name applied by, geolo- gists and others to any one of the lagoon islands or annular coral reefs found in the Pacific and .”—Prof. Airy: at Om the Indian Oceans, the Red Sea, and some other parts of the tropics. An atoll is a ring of coral rock, oval rather than circular in form. One reaches eighty-eight miles in its longer, by twenty in its shorter, diameter; but in general they are of much more limited dimensions. On the top of the coral rock, which rises but slightly above the sea- level, is vege- tation of some luxurian ce— the cocoanut being the most conspicuous plant. On the convex cir- cumference of the ring is a beach of white sand, exterior to which is a line of breakers, and a few feet beyond them the unfathomable ocean. The ring of land, which is less than half a mile across, encircles a lagoon of comparatively still water, which, from reflection, is of a bright but pale-green color. In the view of Mr. Darwin, now almost universally adopted, there was once an island, possibly even containing high land, in the place now occupied by the lagoon. It was surrounded by a “fringing reef.” of living coral close to the shore. As, from geological causes, it slowly subsided into the deep and disappeared, the coral animals built up to the surface of the water, and formed the ring of rock constituting the modern island. In the larger atolls there are generally two or three breaks in the ring, affording ship-channels into the lagoon; these mark the spots where fresh water, discharged from the old subsiding land into the sea, prevented the coral animals, which are marine, from locating themselves or building. [CORAL.] “. . . hence I have invariably used in this volume the term ‘ atoll,” which is the name given to these circular groups of coral islets by their inhabitants in the Indian Ocean, and synonymous with lagoon-island.”—Darwin: Coral Reefs (1842), p. 2. atoll-building, a. Building atolls. “If, then, the foundations, whence the atoll-building corals spring, were not formed of sediment . . .”— Darwin: Voyage rowmd the World, ch. xx. atoll-formed, a. Of the shape of an atoll. “The three classes, atoll-formed, barrier and fringing. reefs, together with the modifications just described of the latter, include all the most remarkable coral forma- tions anywhere existing.”—Darwin: Coral Reefs, p. 59. atoll-like, a. Like an atoll. - “. . . with their atoll-like structure.”—Darwin: Coral Reefs, p. 28. atoll-shaped, a. Shaped like an atoll. “. . . an atoll-shaped bank of dead rock.”—Darwin. Corcº Reefs, p. 107. atoll-Structure, s. The structure of an atoll. “. . . the true atoll-structure . . .”—Darwin's Coral Reefs, p. 169. B. As adjective: Pertaining to an atoll. “. ... all these reefs are more probably allied to the barrier or atoll classes.”—Darwin: Coral Reefs, p. 195. ât'—ém, *āt-ême, *āt"—Gm—y (1), *āt'—&m-às, s. In Sw., Dan., & Ger. atom Fr. atome; Sp., Port., & Ital, atomo; Lat. atomus, as substam. = an indivis- ible element; as adj. = undivided, indivisible; from Gr. atomos=(1) uncut, (2) that cannot be cut, indi- visible: from a, priv., and temno=to cut.] *A. Of the form atomus, pl. atomi. (This form is found in Bacon.) B. Of the forms atom and *atome. I. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit. : Anything composed of matter which, to Our Senses, seems too small to be divided again; anything very minute, without reference to whether or not it can be divided again. [ATOMY.] “Measures an atom, and now girds a world.” Cowper: Task, bk, i. “‘The sun,” says Daniel Culverwell, “ discovers atomes, though they be invisible by candle-light, and makes them dance naked in his beams.’”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., xi. 291. 2. Figuratively: . & (1) Any immaterial thing, viewed as very small; the smallest amount. “He [King James II.] would yield nothing more, not an atom; and, after his fashion, he vehemently repeated many times, ‘Not an atom.’”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. . (2) Man, yiewed as no more than a speck or invisible point in creation. “And teach these atoms, thou hast made, thy praise?” Cowper: Glory to God Aloi. e. Atoll. [ATOMY.] bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, chorus, bench; çhin, go, gem; thin, this; Sin, exist. ph = f. expect, Xenophon, aş; -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -ble, -dle, -Sion &c. = bel, del. Shiin; -Sious = Shiis. -#ion, -Šion Zhūn. -tious, -cious, # atom-like II. Technically: 1. Mental Phil. : A particle of matter so infinitely small that it cannot again be subdivided ; the idea of a divided atom—that is, of a division of that which cannot be divided—being self-contradictory. It is a mental conception simply ; for the senses cannot take cognizance of anything so minute. 2. Nat. Phil. : One of the exceedingly minute ulti- mate particles of matter, aggregates of an immense number of which, held in their place by molecular forces, constitute all material bodies. 3. Chem. : The smallest particle into which an element can be divided. An atom cannot exist in a separate state, but unites with one or more atoms to form a molecule. The atoms of different elements have definite relative weights fixed and invariable for each, the weight of an atom of hydrogen being regarded as unity. [ELEMENT.] atom-like, adj. Like an atom; exceedingly minute. “They all would vanish, and not dare appeare, Who atom-like when their sun shined cleare, Danc'd in his beame.’’ * Browne: Britannia's Pastorals, ii. 1. a—tóm'—ic, *a-töm'—ick, a-têm'—ic—al, a. [Eng. atom; -ic, -ical. In Fr. atomique..] Consisting of atoms, or otherwise pertaining or relating to an atom or atoms. “Vitrified and pellucid bodies are clearer, in their con- tinuities, than in powders and atomical divisions.”— Browne: Vulgar Errors. ‘‘Vacuum is another principal doctrine of the atomical philosophy.”—Bentley: Sermons. atomic heat. Chem.: A term introduced by M. Regnault. The atomic heat of the elements in a solid state is nearly a constant quantity, the mean value, being 6'4. This number is obtained by multiplying the specific heat of an element by its atomic weight. The atomic heat of an element represents the quantity of heat which must be imparted to or removed from atomic proportions of the several elements, in order to pro: duce equal variations of temperature. (See Watts' Dict. Chem.) atomic or atomical philosophy. Memtal cºnd Natt. Phil. The Doctrine of Atoms: A doctrine or hypothesis º broached by Leucippus, afterward developed by Democritus, and which underwent further modifications at the hands of Epicurus. It represented atoms as pos- sessed of gravity and motion, and attributed to their union the formation of all things. Democritus is reported to have said that they come together in different order and position like the letters, which, though they are few, yet by being placed in conjunc- tion in different ways produce innumerable words. at Omic theory. Nat. Phil. dº Chem. : A theory first propounded by John Dalton in his New System of Chemical Philoso- phy, published in 1807. He stated that the atoms of each element were incapable of being subdivided and each had a definite relative weight, compared with that of hydrogen as 1; that the composition of a definite chemical compound is constant; that if two elements, A and B, are capable of uniting with each other in several proportions, the quanti- ties of B which unite with a given quantity of A usually bear a simple relation to one another. If an element A unites with certain other elements B, C, D, then the quantities B, C, D, which combine with A, or simple multiples of them, represent the proportions in which they can unite among them- selves. Dalton supposed that one element replaced another atom for atom, but it has since been found that one atom of an element can replace one or more atoms of another element, according to their respective atomicities. [ATOMICITY...] atomic Volume. Chem. : A term introduced by Graham in lieu of the phrase “specific volume,” used by Dr. Kopp. (Graham's Chemistry.) It signifies the volume or measure of an equivalent or atomic proportion in different substances. It is obtained by dividing the molecular weight of a compound by its specific gravity. The specific gravity of a compound gas or vapor referred to hydrogen as unity is equal to half its atomic weight; therefore the atomic volumes of compound gases or vapors referred to hydrogen as unity are, with few exceptions, equal to 2. The densities of isomorphous solid compounds are pro- Sortional to their molecular weights, that is, they }. equal atomic or specific volumes. The differ- ences of specific or atomic volume of Organic liquids is often proportional to the differences between the corresponding chemical formulæ, Thus liquids whose formulae differ by mCh9 differ in specific or atomic volume by m times 22. (See Watts' Dict. Chem.) atomic weight. (Symbol and abbreviation, At, Čiem.: The weight of an atom of an element compared with the weight of an atom of H, which 314 is regarded as unity. Thus the atomic weight of oxygen is 16; that is, an atom of O is sixteen times as heavy as an atom of H. The sum of the atomic weights of a chemical compound is called its molec- ular weight, and, with a few exceptions, the spe- cific gravities of all bodies, simple and compound, in the gaseous state are equal to half their molecu- lar weights. The specific heats of many of the elements are nearly proportional to their atomic weights. (For atomic weights, see ELEMENT.) a-tóm'—i-cal—ly, adv. [Eng. atomic; -ally..] After the manner of those holding the atomic philosophy. “Empedocles, who was a Pythagorean, also did physi- ologize atomically.”—Cudworth: Intell. System, p. 14. a-tóm'—i-çişm, s. [Eng. atomic; -ism...] The doctrine of atoms or of the atomical philosophy. (Cwdworth.) āt-öm-ig'-i-ty, s. [Eng. atomic; -ity.] Chem. : The combining capacity of an element or radical. It is measured by the number of atoms of or other monatomic elements with which the element in question can directly combine, or can replace in a substance. When an element does not unite with H its atomicity may be measured by the number of atoms of Cl or some other monatomic element with which it can directly combine, since the atomicity of these elements is equal to that of H, and they may be substituted for it, atom for atom. The atomicity of an element cannot be esti- mated by the nu::ber of diatomic or polyatomic atoms that it can take up, as this number is indefi- nite. A diatomic element like oxygen may attach itself to another element, or group of elements, by one of its combining bonds, leaving the other free; and to this again another diatomic or polyatomic element may be attached, and so on indefinitely. The atomicity of an element is also called its quam- tivalence. * āt-öm-i z-Śr, s. [Eng. atom; -izer.] An instru- ment used for reducing a liquid into Spray for disinfecting, cooling, perfuming, and similar pur- poses. tät-öm—ism, s. [Eng. atom; -ism..] The doc- trine of atoms or of the atomical philosophy; atomicism (q.v.). (Todd.) ât'-àm—ist, s. [Eng. atom; -ist. In Ger, atomist.] One who holds the doctrine of atoms or of the atomic philosophy. “The atomists, who define motion to be a passage from one place to another, what do they more than put one synonymous word for another?”—Locke. āt-öm—ist'-ic—al, a. [ATOMIC.] ât'-Öm-ize, v. t. [Eng. atom; -ize.] 1. To convert into atoms, to reduce to atoms. (Baarter.) 2. To adopt the tenets of the atomic philosophy. (Cwdworth : Imtell. Sys., p. 26.) āt-öm-ö1–5-gy, s. [Gr., atomos = an atom, and logos= . discourse.] A discourse about atoms. The department of Natural Philosophy which treats of atoms. (Knowles.) g *āt'-àm—y (1), s. [ATOM.] An atom. “It is as easy to count atomies as to resolve the proposi- tions of a lover.”—Shakesp.: As You Like It, iii. 2. *āt-öm—y (2) (O. Eng.), *āt-öm-ie, *āt-tam-ſe (Scotch), s. [Contr. from a natomy.] Ludicrowsly: A skeleton. “You starved blood-hound ! . . Thou atomy, thou!” Shakesp. ; 2 Henry IV., v. 4. “They grew like atomies or skeletons.”—-Serm. affiaced to Society’s Contendings. (Jamieson.) *atone (at-win'), adv. [AT ONE (q. v.).] a—tó'ne, *at-tó'ne, v. i. & t. [Eng. at ; one..] [AT ONE..] A. Intransitive : I. Ordimcury Language: *1. (Properly.) To be “at one,” to be reconciled; 6. º from strife with, to agree, to accord. [AT NE. “He and Aufidius can no more atone, Than violentest contrariety.” Shakesp.: Coriolamus, iv. 6. 2. To make expiation or satisfaction for some crime, sin or fault. “. . . that large class of persons who think that there is no excess of wickedness for which courage and ability do not atone.”—llacaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. 3. Specially. [See II. Theol. II. Theol. : To expiate sin. (Tºsed of the death of Christ, viewed as a sacrificial offering.) “The Lamb, the Dove set forth His perfect innocence, Whose blood of matchless worth Should be the soul's defense: For he who would for sin atome Must have no failings of his own.” Cowper: Olney Hymns; O. Test. Gospel. atonement B. Transitive : - 1. To make at one; that is, to reconcile those who before were in feeling two; to create sympathy be- tween those who before had antipathy to each other; to make peace where before there was strife Or war. Used— (a) Of individuals: “I have been attoning two most YººHºº neighbors.” —Beaumont & Fletcher: Spanish Curate, ii. 4. “Since we cannot atome you, we shall see Justice design the victor's chivalry.” Shakesp.: Richard II., i. 1. Or (b) of nations: ** Fºrench. I was glad I did atome my countrymen and you; it had been pity you should have been put to- gether with so mortal a purpose as then each bore, . . .” —Shakesp.: Cymbeline, i. 5. *To atome together: To unite together. 2. To appease; to render propitious. “And may thy god, who scatters darts around, Atom'd by sacrifice, desist to wound.” Pope: Homen’s Iliad, bk. i., 580-81. “Neptune atom’d, his wrath shall now refrain, Or thwart the synod of the gods in vain.” Pope: Homer's Odysselſ, blº. i., 100, 101. 3. To expiate; to afford satisfaction for. “. . . behold, King James, the Douglas, doomed of old, And wainly sought for near and far A victim to atome the war.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, v. 26. *a-tó'ned, pa. par. & at. [ATONE, v. t.] T It is also the pret. of the v. i. & t., and the perf. par. Of the v. i. *āt-one-mâ'-kèr, *āt-tone-mâ'—kër (one as wun), s. [Eng. at ; one; maker.] One who makes two persons or two beings, whom he finds at vari- ance, one with each other in feelings; a reconciler, Spec., Christ. “Paul sayth (1 Tim. ii.), One God, one Mediator (that is to say, advocate, intercessor, or an atomemaker) between God and man: the man Christ Jesus, which gave Himselfe a ransom for all men.”—Tyndall: Workes, p. 158. (Rich- ardson.) “And that there is one mediator, Christ, as Paul (1 Tim. ii.). And by that word understand an atomemaker, a peace-maker, and brynger into grace and favor .”— Ibid.: The Testam. of MI. W. Thracie. (Richardson.) a-tó'ne-mênt, *at-tóne-mênt, *at-tóne- mênte, s. [Eng. Cut, and O. Eng. onement=agree- ment, harmony; from, Eng., one, and suffix -ment; (ONEMENT.) Or from Eng. at, ome, and suffix -memt.] [AT ONE..] A. Ordinary Language : *1. Originally dº properly: “At-one-ment,” a mak- ing “at one of those who before were "two” in point of feeling; that is, who were in antipathy to each other; reconciliation, agreement, harmony, peace, . Used— . . . . e (a) Of reconciliation between men at variance. “Buck. Ay, madam: he desires to make atomement Between the Duke of Gloster and your brothers, And between them and my lord chamberlain.” Shakesp.: Richard III., i. 3. (b) Of reconciliation, not merely of men together or among themselves, but of God to men, and men to God. “And like as he made the Jewes and the Gentiles at one betwene themselues, even so he made them both at one with God, that there should be nothing to breake the atonement, but that the thinges in heaven and the thynges in earth should be ioyned together as it were into one body.”—Udal: Ephes., ch. ii. (Richardson.) 2. Expiation of a sin against God, or of a crime or offense against man or anything similar. [B., 1.1. “Great as Sawyer's offenses were, he had made great ctomement for them.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. B. Technically: I. Scripture : 1. Old Test. : In the authorized version of the Old Testament the word atomement occurs not less than fifty-eight times in the text, and once in the margin; all but five of the places in which it is found being in the Pentateuch; It signifies— º (1) Expiation of sin by means of a typical sacri- fice, generally of a victim, offered in faith. “For the life of the flesh is in the blood: and I have given it to you upon the altar to make an atonement for your souls: for it is the blood that maketh an autonement for the soul.”— Lev. xii. 11. “And one kid of the goats for a sin-offering, to make an atonement for you.”—Numb. xxix. 5. (See also Lev. i. 4; iv. 35; x. 17; xvi. 10, 33, 34; Numb. viii. 21; xvi. 46; xxv. 13; 2 Sam. xxi. 3; 2 Chron. xxix. 24, &c.) (2) The removal, by a sacrificial offering, of cere- monial impurity (Lev. xii. 7, 8). In this sense the term was sometimes used of inanimate things- namely, of the altar (Exod. xxix. 36, 37; Lev. XYi. 18); of a house infected with the “leprosy'' (xiv. 53); of the holy place, on account of the sins of the fäte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Söm; Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. miite, try, ciib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; at Oner worshipers (xvi. 16); of the holy of holies (ver. 33); of the tabernacle of the congregation (ibid.), and of the work of the Temple (Neh. x. 33). (3) Ransom. “Then he is gracious unto him, and saith, Deliver him from going down to the pit; I have found a ransom ſmar- gin, alonement].”—Job xxxiii. 24. (4) In one place atomement is used for what was, in its essential features, a thank-offering (Numb. xxxi. 50). ‘i (a) Atomement momey: Money paid for purposes of atonement. “And thou shalt take the atomement money of the chil- dren of Israel.”—Eacod. xxx. 16. (b) The Day of Atonement or the Great Day of Atonement was on the tenth of the seventh month. (For ºn. regarding it, see Lev. xxiii. 26–32; xxv. 9. 2. New Test. : In the New Testament the word occurs only once—viz., in Rom. v. 11 : “And not only so, but we also joy in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom we have now received the atome- ment’’ (in the margin, reconciliation). The Greek word is katallagën= (1) the exchange of one thing for another, as, for instance, money, for an article; (2) a change from enmity to friendship ; reconcilia- tion; from katallassi)=(1) to change money; (2) to change a person from enmity to friendship ; to reconcile. The marginal rendering is evidently cor- rect. And in 2 Cor. v. 18, 19, the same Greek sub- stantive is twice rendered “reconciliation,” and the same Greek verb, also twice, “reconcile.” [A., 1.] II. Theology : The sacrificial offering made by Christ in expiation of the sins, according to the Calvinists, of the elect only ; according to the Arminians, of the whole human race. a-tó'-nēr, s. [ATONE..] One who atones, either in the sense of reconciling alienated persons, or in that of making expiation. a-tó -ni-a, s. [ATONY.] a-tón'-ic, a. & S. [Gr. atomos=not stretched or strained ; relaxed.] [ATONY.] A. As adjective: 1. Med...: Pertaining to atomy; having no tone in the system. 2. Gram. : Not having an accent. B. As substantive (Gram.) : A word not having an accelıt. a—tón-iñg, pr. par. & Cº. [ATONE..] “With an atoming smile a more than earthly crown.” Byron: Childe Harold’s Pilgrimage, iv. 83. āt-ö-ny, a-to-mi-a, s. [In Ger. & Fr. atomie; Port, atomia; Gr; atomia = slackness, enervation; (ſtoned = to be relaxed or languid; a, priv., and tonod or toneº-to stretch, strain, brace up ; tomos= that by which anything is braced up; a rope; the sinews; the tone on a word: teinö= to stretch.] Med. : Want of tone in the system. a-tóp", adv. [Eng. a top.] On the top, at the top. “What is extracted by water from coffee is the oil, which often swims atop of the decoction.”—Arbuthnot: Aliments. *at-orn', ºat-orm', 'v. i. [.A. S. (at) remnan, (at)- aernam=to run away.] To run away. “He atorm d as baste as he myght that was his best won.” Rob. of Glouc., p. 419. (S. im Boucher.) *a-tö'ur, s. Old spelling of ATTIRE. *a-tó'ur, prep. & adv. [ATTOUR.] āt-ra-bil-ā'ire, a. [Fr.] Atrabiliary, atrabilious. [ATRABILARIAN.] “A preposterous love of mirth hath turned you all into wits; quite down from the sanguine orator of the inde- pendent Whig to the atrabilaire blasphemer of the mir- acles.”— Warburton: Divine Legation of Moses, Dedic. (Richardson.) āt-ra-bil-ā'r-i-an, a. [Fr. atrabilaire; Sp. afra- bilari (o); Eng. Suff. -ian or -am. From Fr. & Ital. a trabile; Sp. & Port. atrabilis = black bile; Lat. atra, fem. of ater=black, and bilis-gall, bile. Cog- nate with Gr. cholē, cholos=gall, bile.] [ATRABILIS, CHOLERIC, MELANCHOLY.] Pertaining to “blac bile,” which the ancients supposed to be the cause of the melancholic temperament and its product melancholy; hence atrabiliarian and the cognate adjectives signify also melancholy. “The at rabilarian constitution (or a black, viscous, pitchy consistence of the fluids) makes all secretions difficult and sparing.”—Arbuthnot: Diet. āt-ra-bil-ā'r-i-oiás, a. [Fr. atrabile=black bile, and Eng. Suff, -ows. . In Sp. atrabilario.] [ATRA- BILARIAN.] Full of black choler; atrabilarious. “The blood, deprived of its due proportion of serum, or finer and more volatile parts, is atrobilarious, whereby it is rendered gross, black, unctuous, and earthly.”–Quincy. 315 āt-ra-bil-ā'r-i-oiás-nēss, s. [Eng. atrabilari- ows: -mess.] The state of , being affected , with “black bile;” the state of being melancholic or melancholy. (Johnsom.) āt-ra-bil -í-ar, Åt-ra-bil-i-ar-y, a. [From Port & Ital. atrabiliario and Eng. suff. -y.] The same as ATRABILARIAN (q.v.). “. . splenetic atrabiliar reflections on his own misery . . .”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. iii. āt-ra-bil-i-ar-y, a. [ATRABILIAR.] atrabiliary Capsules. Amat.: Two small, gland-like bodies situated one on the upper and interior edge of each kidney. They are called also the remail or swprarenal glands or capsules. ât-ra-bil-i-oiás, a. -ows. In , Sp. atrabilioso. [ATRABILARIAN.] same as ATRABILARIOUS (q.v.). ã'-tra-bi-lis, s. [Lat. atra, and bilis.] [ATRA- BILIARY...] Old Amatomy: Black bile; a thick, black, acrid fluid, which the ancients beiieved to be secrèted by the spleen, the pancreas or the atrabiliary cap- Sules, but which was really only the ordinary bile altered by morbid influence. ât-ra-căs'-pis, s. [Gr. atraktos=(1) a spindle, (2) an arrow, (3) the top of a mast; and aspis = a round Shield, . . . an asp.] Zool. : A genus of snakes. The A. irregwlaris of South Africa has the poison-fangs longer than those of any known serpent. a-träct-ên-chy"—ma, s. [Gr. atraktos=a spindle, and enghyma-an infusion: en-in, and ched = to pour. - . Bot. : Professor Morren's name for fusiform, that is, spindle-shaped tissue. It is the fourth division of his Parenchyma (q.v.). *3-tra'id, pa. par. [ATRAY.] āt-ra-mén-tä'-gé-oiás, a. [Lat. atramentum= anything black; ink; from ater=dull-black, and Eng., -aceous, (q.v.)=Lat, aceus.] Pertaining or relating to ink; inky, black as ink. (Derham.) āt-ra-mên'-tal, a. [Lat. atramentum= . . . ink;, Eng. suffix -al.] [ATRAMENTACEOUS..] Inky, black as ink; atramentaceous, atramentarious; helping to produce such a color. (Browne: Vulgar Errors, bk. vi., ch. xii.) āt-ra-mén-tär-i-oiás, a. [Lat. atramentari- (wm) = an inkstand, and Eng, suff, -ows.] . [ATRA- MENTACEOUS..] . Suitable to be employed in the manufacture of ink. , Applied especially to cop- peras, one of its ingredients. (Fourcroy.) āt-ra-mên'-toiás, a. [Lat. atramentum=ink, and Eng. jº Lit. : Inky, inky-looking ; very black (lit. dº fig.). (Swift : Battle of the Books.) *a-trä'y, v. t. [A. S. tregion=to vex, to trouble, to grieve..] To vex, to trouble. “Swithe sore sche him at raid.” Sevyn Sages, 1,876. *3-tra, yyed, pa. par. [ATRAY.] *ā-tred (tred as térd), a. º: ater=dull- black, not glossy-black..] Colored black. “It cannot express any other humor than yellow choler, or atred, or a mixture of both.”—Whitaker: Blood of the Grape, p. 76. *āt-ré de, v. t. [A. S. (cet) raedam.]. To surpass in counsel or wisdom. (Chawcer: C. T., 2,451.) *āt-rén'ne, v. t. [A. S. (cet) remnan.] To outrun, to beat in running. (Chaucer: C. T., 2,454.) º: *a-tré'te, *a-treet', *at-réed", adv. [Etym. doubtful. Conybeare compares it with Fr. & trait= “in my discourse, in earnest;” and Stevenson with Sw. rad-order.] Continually, distinctly. (Prompt. Parv.) “The wynd that bleugh the schip with blast, Hit was gode preyers I hit at rete.” Elegy on Edw. III., Archaeologia. (S. im Boucher.) ºăt-ride, v. t. [A. S. (art)ridan.]. To beat in rid- ing, or on horseback. (Layamom, iii. 264. ) *ā-tri’e, v. t. [O. Eng. a trie-try.] To try as a judge. “Chief justice he satte the sothe to outrie. Rob, de Brwmme: Chrom., p. 89. (S. in Boucher.) a-trip', adv. [Eng. a trip.] Nawt. A term used (1) of an anchor, which is atrip when it is drawn out of the ground at right angles to it; (2) of the topsails, of a vessel, when they are hoisted as high as possible on the masts, or just started from the caps. āt-rip-lèx, s. [In Ital, atrepice; Lat. attriplex, originally atriplexum ; ; Gr. atrapha.cis-an orach plant: ct, priv., and trephi)= . . to mourish...] A [Fr. atrabile, and Eng. suff. The (Bowcher.) atropa genus of plants belonging to the Order Chenopodi- aceae (Chenopods). Eight species are indigenous, and one or two more partially naturalized, in Britain. Of the former may be mentioned, the A. laciniata, or Frosted Sea-orache; the A. Babing- tnoi, or Spreading Fruited; the A. patwild, or Spreading Halberd-leaved; the A. angustifolia, or Narrow-leaved Orache; and the A. littoralis or Grass-leaved Sea-orache. The leaves may be used as pot-herbs. ã'-tri-iim, s. tico or vestibule. I. In ancient times: The hall or principal room in an ancient Roman house. It communi- cated with the st ree t by the vestibule a n d the front door. There was in the ce n ter of its ceiling a large aperture called compluvium, de- iºd º * #| ||}º ... " 1gh U. S glass ºft|||}} ºw Sºlºš was not then in ſº #º use, the s a me Čš ºft opening permit-' *= ted the ingress also of ra in , hence its name c O m. p l w w ł w m. [COMPLUVIUM.] Beneath it there was scooped Qut in the pavement a cistern called implwvivm. [IM- PLUVIUM.] In a large house rooms opened into the atrium from all sides, and were lighted from it. II. In mediceval times: 1. Till the twelfth century: A covered court, somewhat on the model of the ancient, atrium, constructed in front of the principal doors of an edifice. (Gloss. of Arch.) 2. After the twelfth century: The church-yard. (Ibid. a—trö'-gious (cious as shiis), a. [In Fr. & Ital. atroce; Sp. & Port, atroz; from Lat. atroac, genit. atrocis: cognate with trua:=wild, rough, Savage.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Of deeds: 1. Excessively cruel, or enormously wicked in any other respect. “When Catiline was tried for some atrocious murders. . . .”—Porteus; Beneficial Effects of Christianity. (Rich- ardson.) “An advocate is necessary, and therefore audience. ought not to be denied him in defending causes, unless it be an atrocious offense.”—Agliſſe: Parergom. 2. Stern, expressive of cruelty. “The fierce atrocious frown of sinewed Mars.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. ii. 3. Colloquially (in a hyperbolical and humorous sense) : very, pad, as when it is said, without any real imputation of moral guilt, that one's hand- writing is “atrocious.” II. Of persons: Savage, cruel, fierce, harsh, severe. B. Technically: *Old Medicine. Of diseases: Very violent; angry. a-trö’-gious—ly (cious as Shūs), adv. [Eng. atrociows; suff. -ly.] In an atrocious manner; with: much cruelty or other flagrant wickedness. “As to my publishing your letters, I hold myself fully justified by the injury you have done me by abusing me. infamously and atrociously.” — Lowth to Warburton, Lett. 2. a-trö'-gious-mêss (cious as shiis), 8. [Eng. atro- cious; -mess.] The quality of being atrocious. * “He [Herod] thought of John's character, the atro- ciousness of the murder, and the opinion which the world would entertain of the murderer.”—Horne: Life of St. John Baptist, p. 218. a—trög'-i-ty, *a-trög-y-té, s. [In Fr. atrocité; Ital. atrocita; Lat. atrocitas=fierceness.], Excess- ive cruelty or other flagrant wickedness; atrocious- neSS. “. . . in this case there was no peculiar atrocity, no. deep-seated malice, no suspicion of foul play.”—Mac- aulay: Hist. Eng., ch. XXV. * It is often used in the plural for excessively cruel deeds. “. . . the disgrace and scandal brought upon Lib- erty by the atrocities committed in that holy name.”—De Quincey: Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., p. 185. ât'-rö-pa, s. [In Sp. & Ital. atropg; from Gr. Atropos, one of the three Fates, infernal goddesses, supposed to determine the life of man by spinning a thread. The genus Atropa is so called from its deadly effect.] Nightshade, or Dwale. A genus of Lat. In Ital. atrio means a por- Atrium of a Roman House. bóil, boy; póüt, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shūn; -tion, -śion = çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; zhūn. -tious, -cious, Sin, -Sious = expect, Xenophon, Shiis. -ble, -dle, a $; exist. ph = f. &c. = bel, del- * atrophied plants belonging to the order Solanaceae, or Night- shades. It contains the well-known species, A. bel- Jadonna, or Deadly Nightshade. It is three or more feet high, has its ovate leaves paired, large and small to- gether, droop- ing lurid purple flow ers, and black berries of the size of a small c her ry, which if eaten #. du ge de- irium, dilation of the pupils of the eyes, and death. The flow- ers and fruit are both pow- erful medicinal a gent s. It is largely used by the Homeopath- ic school. āt-röph—ied, a. [In Fr. atro- phié, pa. par. of atrophier; Gr. atrophos=nºt well fed;’ atropheo-to have no food, and therefore to waste away; a, priv., and trophet), or {réphº- * ... to nourish. Or from a, priv., and trophē =food, nourishment.] Unfed, not supported by their proper nourishment; hence wasting or wasted a Way. }. is used of muscles, nerves, &c.) “. . . the muscles were in so atrophied a condition that the experiment failed.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 879. “When the eye is destroyed the optic nerve, often be- comes atrophied.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. i., ch. iv. ãº, s. [In Fr. atrophie; Sp. & Ital. atrofia; Gr. atrophia..] . [ATROPHIED.] ... Ord. Lang. & Med...: A continual wasting of the body or its organs through disease or old age. “Pining atrophy, Marasmus, and wide-wasting pestilence.” e 1Milton; P. L., bk. xi. “All the organs, even the bones, tend to atrophy in ººing life.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol, Amat., vol. ii., p. 270. Deadly Nightshade (Atropa Belladonna). a—tröp'-ic, a. [Eng. atrop (ime); -ic.] Pertain- ing to atropine (q.v.). atropic acid. Chem.: CoH8O2. A crystalline acid. obtained, together with a basic compound tropine, by the action of alkalies on atropine. (Fowmes.) ât'-rö-pine, s. [From atropa (q.v.).] Chem.: C17H23NO3. An organic base obtained from the Deadly Nightshade, Atropa belladonna. . It crystallizes in colorless needles, and is used in medicine. It dilates the pupils of the eye. ât'—rö-poiás, a. [Gr. atropos=not to be turned ; a, priv., and tropos=a turn; trepô=to turn. Bot.; A term used in describing the position of an ovule in the ovary. An atropous (lit., an unturned ovule) is erect, with the chalaza at its base and the foramen at its apex. It is the same as QRTHO- TROPOUs (q.v.). (Lindley: Introd. to Bot., 3d ed., 1839, DIO . 214-15.) ă'—troiás, a. [Lat. ater (masc.), atra (fem.), atrum (neut.)=dead black, corresponding to the Gr. melas. It is opposed to miger-glossy black.] Botany, dºc. : Pure black; black without the admixture of any other color. (Lindley.) ât—rotat'e, *at-riat'e, v. i. [Etym. doubtful. Probably from at, and Fr. route=an assembly, a gathering.] g 1. To assemble against, to Oppose. “Ther nas prince unethe that hym myghte atroute.” Robert of Glouc., p. 78. (S. im Bowchen”.) 2. To appear. “That thu ne might no war atrute.” Hule and Nyghtingale, 1,156. (S. in Boucher.) *a-try", *at-tri'e, adj. [A. S. attor, atter, ator, ater=poison, matter, pus.] x 1. Purulent, containing matter. cankered sore.) “. ... the kind of the disease, as ye may gather out of that verse, was a pestilential byle, ani attrie kind of byle, ‘stryking out in many heades or in many plukes.”—Bruce: Serm., fol. i. b. (Jamieson.) 2. Stern, grim. “Fix atry phiz beneath her een.” Ross: Helenore, p. 36. (Jamieson.) *at-sitt", *at-sitte, *at-syte, v. t. [Eng. at ; 'O. Eng. sitt-sit..] To sit against. “In ys ryght hond ys lance he nom that cluped was Ron, Long and gret and strong ynou hym. ne myghte atsytte non.” Robert of Gloucester: Chron., p. 174. “That in joustes schulde atsitte the dynt of the lance.” Havelolc, 2,200. (Bouche”.) (Applied to a 316 *at-ständ' (pret. at-stö'de), v. t. [Eng. at ; stand.] To stand against, to withstand, to oppose. “That hymne myghte no man ne geaunt atstonde.” Rob. of Glowc. : Chron., p. 15. (Boucher.) *at-stöde, pret. of verb. [ATSTAND..] at-tác"-ca, s. [Ital. attaceo-a sticking, a cleav- ing to ; attacare=to hang, to fasten.] Music : A direction given at the end of a move- ment to proceed to the next one without stopping for any intermediate pause. (often with the word swbito.) | at-tágh', (Eng.), at-té igh (Scotch), v. t. [In Fr. attacher=to fasten, to tie, . . . to allure, &c.; Sp. atacar-to lace, to tie up, to ram in, to attack, to tease; Port. atacar=to fasten to, to lace, to tag; atocar, attacar = to attack; Ital, attaccare = to hang, to fasten, to apply the mind, to quarrel, to kindle war. Cognate with Eng. ATTACK, TACK, TAKE, &c. (q.v.).] A. Ordimary Language: I. To fasten, to tie, or in some similar way to connect one thing with another. “Then, homeward, every man attach the hand Of his fair mistress.” Shakesp.: Love's Labor's Lost, iv. 3. II. Irresistibly to seize on one by physical force against one's will. 1. Lit. : (Used specially of seizing a person or his goods by judicial authority.) [B., 1 (a) Of seizing himself. “Par. I do defy thy conjurations And do attach thee as a felon here.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, v. 3. * It had formerly of before the offense alleged. “You, Lord Archbishop, and you, Lord Mowbray, Of capital treason I attach you both.” Shakesp. ; 2 Henry IV., iv. 2. (b) Of seizing his goods. [B., 2.] “France hath flaw'd the league, and hath attach'd Our merchants' goods at Bourdeaux.” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., i. 1. 2. Fig. (Used of the irresistible influence of nat- ural agencies or forces.) “I cannot blame thee ; Who am myself attach’d with weariness, To the dulling of my spirits.” Shakesp.: Tempest, iii. 3. T The foregoing example shows the essential identity of the verbs attach, and attack. III. To cause one to adhere to another by moral instead of material force; to unite one to another by the ties of self-interest or of affection. “God, working ever on a social plan, By various ties attaches man to man.” Cowper: Charity. “The great and rich depend on those whom their power or their wealth attaches to them.”—Rogers. IV. To attribute ; to ascribe. “The other party wondered that any importance could be attached to the nonsense of a nameless scribbler of the thirteenth century.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. B. Law : [A. #. *º a person by judicial authority. *A* 3 ll. • C!, ). * It is now used specially respecting the process adopted in cases of contempt of court. (See Black- stone's Comment., bk. iii., ch. 27.) [ATTACHMENT.] 2. Similarly to arrest or seize upon one's goods by process of law. [.A., II, 1 (b).] at-täçh'-a-ble, a. [Eng. attach; -able.] Liable to be attached by legal process. attaché (at-táçh'—ä), s. [Fr.] One attached to a person or thing. (Specially used with respect to an attaché of an embassy, one connected with an em- bassy, who, being of much inferior dignity to the ambassador, can move about without attracting much notice, and in consequence can often pick up items of information valuable to his chief or even to his country.) at-täçhed, pa. par. & a. [ATTACH.] at-tāgh-iñg, pr. par. [ATTACH.] at-täçh'-mênt, *at-táçh'e-mênt, s. [Eng. at- tach -ment. In Fr. attachement; Ital. attaca- menta.] A. Ordinary Language : The act of attaching; the state of being attached; that which is attached. Specially— 1. Lit.: The state of being attached to a person or thing in a literal sense. “. and when the rest of the cranium is modified, concomitantly, for the attachment of muscles to work the jaw.”—Owens Classif. of the Mammalia, p. 65. 2. Fig.: The state of being bound to a person, a party, or a principle, by moral or other ties not of a material #. as by affection or self-interest. “But Friendship can vary her gentle dominion ; The attachment of years in a moment expires.” Byron: To George, Earl Delawar”'. attack “. . . . . poured forth their blood for a leader unworthy of their attachment.”—Macaulay: Hist Eng., ch. v. “But though he was very unwilling to die, attachment to his party was in his mind a stronger sentiment than the fear of death.”—Ibid., ch. xxii. ‘I It may be used in the plural for friendship with various individuals. “Attachments by fate or by falsehood reft.” Primgle: A far in the Desert. ºf Drawing the distinction between inclimation, attachment, and affection, Crabb shows that incli- mation is the weakest of the three words. Inclina- tions, he says, arise of themselves, attachments are formed ; inclimation, moreover, has respect chiefly to things, attachment to either persons or things, and affection to persons only. “Attachment, as it regards persons, is not so powerful or solid as affec- tion. Children are attached to those who will min- ister to their gratifications; they have an affection for their nearest and dearest relatives. Attach- memt is sometimes a tender sentiment between por- Sons of different sexes; affection is an affair of the heart without distinction of sex. The passing attachments of young people are seldom entitled to Gerious notice; although sometimes they may ripen by long intercourse into a laudable and steady affection. Nothing is so delightful as to see affection among brothers and sisters.” B. Technically (Law) : 1. Of the ordinary contris: The act or process of attaching, i. e., arresting a person or his goods. It is especially used of cases in which contempt of court is being shown. In some of the states attachment may be issued against an absconding debtor, and in most of them against his real and personal property. An attachment out of Chamcery is a process de- signed to be used to enforce answers and obedience § º decrees and orders of the Chancery Division OUII’t. A writ of attachment or pome is a writ issued to the sheriff requiring him to attach a person by taking gage, that is, certain of his goods, or requir- ing him to find security for his appearance in the court. (Blackstome: Comment., br. iii., ch. 19.) Foreign attachment: A local custom existing in }. of England to arrest the money or goods of a Oreigner within a certain liberty or city (like arrestment in Scotland), till some claims against him be satisfied. 2. Of the Old Forest Cowrts: Cowrt of attachments, wood-mote or forty-days' court : A court formerly held before the verderors of a forest every forty days to inquire regarding all offenders against vert and venison, and report offenses to higher courts. [REGARD, SweLNMOTE, ºcessar. (Blackstome: Comment, bk. iii., CIl. O. An attachment of the forest is the proceeding in the Old English courts of attachments, wood-mote or forty-days’ courts. at-täck', v. t. & . [In Fr. attaguer: Sp. & Port. atacar; Ital. attaccare=to hang or fasten, , , ; , . to engage in battle. Cognate with attach, this specially appearing in the Italian.] A. Transitive: I. Ordimary Language: 1. Of assaults, direct or indirect, upon persons: To make an assault on an army, a fortification, &c., with weapons of war, or on a person with material weapons of any kind. “Unite thy forces and attack their lines.” . . Dryden: Virgil's Aeneid, bk. ix. (1) To assail a person by hostile words, writing, &c., with the view of damaging his reputation with the community or insulting himself; to censure, to find fault with. “It would be easy to attack them. It would be hardly possible to defend them.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. (2) To assail a person, the assailant being a thing, (Specially used of diseases.) “On the fourth of March he was attacked by fever . . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. 2. Of assaults on things instead of persons: Specially: To attempt to gain knowledge by what may be figuratively considered as a hostile assault on some portion of nature. “. . . we have never been able to attack those parts of the sun’s surroundings . .”—Transit of P'en its, (Times, April 20, 1875.) II. Technically: Mil. To attack in front and flank: To attack the salient angle or both sides of a bastion. It is also used colloquially in the army for military attacks made by bodies of men on each other. fB. Intransitive: To make an assault as contra- distinguished from standing on the defensive. “Those that attacle generally get the victory, though with disadvantage of ground.”—Came: Campaignts. făte, fät, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wēre, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kV. attack “T Attack, v. & s., is not in Bullokar's Dictionary (1656), though “attache” and “attachement” are. Richardson says that attack is not an old word in the English language, and that the term preceding it was assawlt. at-täck', s. [From the verb. , In, Fr. attagºte; Sp. & Port. ataque; Ital, attacco.] [ATTACK, v.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Of assaults, direct or indirect, on persons: 1. An assault upon an army, a place, or upon an individual with material weapons, whether natural or acquired. “. . . a tumultuary attack of the Celtic peasantry.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. 2. An assault upon a person's feelings, reputation, J.C. “But, whenever any personal attack has been made on my lord, I have done him the best service that I could.” —iſacawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. T It may be used where the assailant is a disease or some other thing. “. . . . the sudden manner in which the attack [of eruptive fever or smallpox) commences.”—Dr. Andrew; Domest. Med., p. 501. II. Figuratively. Of assaults upon things: 1. When the assailant is a person. [ATTACK, v.] “The Committee of the Royal Society laid so much stress upon this part of the attack that no less than three instruments were devoted to it by the Siam party alone, . . .”-—Transit of Venus. (Times, April 20, 1875.) 2. When the assailant is a thing. “. the dark rays, after having passed through the receiver, still possessing sufficient power to ignite the charcoal, and thus initiate the attack of the oxygen.”— Tyndall; Frag. of Science, 3d ed., viii. 7, p. 191. B. Technically: Mil. : Any general assault or onset made to gain a post or break a body of troops. (James. e Attack and defense: A part of the drill for recruits learning the sword exercise. It is carried on first on horseback; afterward, when more proficiency is gained, at a walk, and finally, “in speed,” which, however, does not exceed three-quarters, of that which a trained soldier would attain were he really pursuing or being pursued. (Ibid.) False attack: One carried on to compel the enemy to divide his forces, thus weakening his position in front of what is meant to be the real attack. (Ibid.) Regular attack: One carried out according to military rules. (Ibid.) at-täck'-a-ble, a. [Eng. attack; -able. In Fr. attaqwable.] In a condition to be attacked. at-täck'ed, pa. par. & a. [ATTACK, v.] at-täck'-èr, s. [Eng. attack; -er.] One who attacks. “To so much reason the attackers pretend to answer.”— Elphinstone: Prim. of Eng. Lang., ii. 468. at-täck'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ATTACK, v.] “. . . it would have been difficult for an attacking .# to force a passage.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iii., P. at-tác"—61—ite, s. [In Ger. attakolith. From Gr. attakews, a salmon which the mineral resembles in color. (Dana.)]. A pale-red mineral, of which the chief constituents, according to Blomstrand, are: Phosphoric acid, 36°06; alumina, 29.75; lime, 13:19; and water, 6'90. It occurs in Scania, in Sweden. āt-ta-cis, s. [Lat. attacus; Gr. attakos and at- takés, a kind of locust.]. A genus of moths belong- ing to, the family Bombycidae, A. cynthia is the Ailanthus Silkworm, so called because its caterpil- Attacus Cynthia. (One-third real size.) lar feeds upon the Ailanthus-tree (Ailanthus glam- dulosus). It is a hardy insect, living well in this Sountry, though it is a native of China. The Ail- anthus is hardy also ; and the rearing of the Attacus silkworm upon it is an easy process. (Wood, dºc.) ât-ta-gãs, at'—ta-gēn, s. [In Gr, attagas, a long-billed bird of the grouse family, fond of the Water, and esteemed a great delicacy. The God- Wit (?). (Liddell dº Scott.) Also Gr. attagón; Lat. 4ttagem=a hazel-hen or heath-cock (Tetrao bomasia, Linn., or T. alchata, Linn.), found in Spain, the South of France, &c. (Dr. Wm. Smith.)] 317 Ornith. : The Attagas of Buffon, the Attagen of Aldrovandi, is believed by Cuvier to be the young or the female of Tetrao bondsia mentioned before, and the Attagem or Ganga to be the pintailed grouse (T. alchata, Linn.). The latter of these is found all round the coasts of the Mediterranean. ât'—ta-ghan, S. [ATAGHAN, YATAGHAN.] at-tä'in, ºat-tä ine, *at—té'ine, *at-té'yne, v. i. & t. [Apparently from Lat. Cuttimeo- (1) to hold on, to hold fast, delay, (2) to stretch to, to reach to ; from ad-to, and tené6=to hold fast, to hold, ;... .. to reach, attain. . The corresponding word in Mod. & Q. Fr. is atteindre=to attain, to reach, overtake, strike, catch, equal, come to ; Port. attingir: these are not from Lat. attimeo, but from attingo=(1) to touch, (2) to assault, to reach, to arrive at: ad-ito, and tango=to touch, to reach, to strike....The Eng. attain agrees better in signification with the Fr. atteindre and Lat. attingo than with Lat. attimeo though its form is modified from the fast mentioned verb.] A. Intransitive: 1. To reach, grasp, or, arrive at some object of pursuit or of desire, physical, mental, moral, or spiritual. “. . . the more part advised to depart thence also, if by any means they might attain to Phenice, . . .”— Acts xxvii. 12. - “. . . . have not attained unto the days of the years of the life of my fathers in the days of their pilgrimage.”— Gen. xlvii. 9. “. . . . a man of understanding shall attaim unto wise counsels.”—Prov. i. 5. & ... how long will it be ere they attaim to inno- cency?”—Hos. viii. 5. “If by any means I might attain unto the resurrection of the dead.”—Phil. iii. 11. “But to her purpos schul they never atteyne.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,327. 2. It is used also of material objects in process of reaching a certain state. - “Milk will soon separate itself into cream, and a more serous liquor, which, after twelve days, attains to the high- est degree of acidity.”—Arbuthnot: Aliments. * It is rarely followed by an infinitive. In the subjoined example “attain to know ’’ is=attain to the knowledge of. { { “. . . and wherein lies The offense that man should thus attain to know.” Milton: P. L., bk. ix. B. Transitive (formed from the intransitive verb by the omission of the preposition to): I. Of persons: 1. Lit.: To reach a place at which one seeks to arrive, or a person with Or at whom one wishes to be. “Canaan he now attaims; I see his tents Pitch'd above Sichem, and the neighboring plain Of Moreh.” Milton: P. L., bk. xii. “The earl hoping to have overtaken the Scottish king, and to have given him battle ; but not attaining him in time, set down before the castle of Atom.”—Bacon. 2. Fig.: To reach or grasp any object, physical, mental, moral, or Spiritual, at which One is aiming. *| To say that a person attaims a thing is not the same as to say that he obtains it. Attain implies that one is making active efforts, or at least indulg- ing earnest wishes, to gain the object; while obtain can be used though he be passive, or even indifferent. “The eminence on which her spirit stood, Mine was unable to attain.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iii II. Of things: To reach. “Thinges that rigour never sholde atteime.” Chaucer: C. T., 11,087. “It is when the sun has attaimed its greatest height that such scenes should be viewed.”—Darwin: Voyage rowmal the World, ch. xxi. at-täin-a-bil'-i-ty, s. [Eng, attainable, -ity; or attaim, and -ability.] Attainableness. (Coleridge.) at—tā'in-a-ble, cu. [Eng. attain; -able.] 1. Able to be attained; able to be reached by proper effort. “. . . tending all To the same point—attainable by all: Peace in ourselves, and union with our God.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iv. 2. Less . §.” erly: Obtainable;...that is, which may possibly be reached without its being implied that effort has been put forth at all. * at-tä in-a-ble-nēss, s. [Eng, attainable; -mess.] The quality of being attainable. “Persons become often enamored of outward beauty, without any particular knowledge of its possessor, or its attainableness by them.”—Cheyne. attaint at-tā'in-dér, s. [From O. Fr. atteindre-to cor- rupt or attaint, or to reach, to strike, to hit, to injure; Port. atingir; from Lat. attingo غ: In this case the metaphor would be of the law overtaking, touching, and seizing a criminal whom it had been #sº Wedgwood and Mahn are in favor of this etymology. Blackstone, Webster, Richardson, &c., connect attainder and attaint with Lat. attingwo-to moisten, to sprinkle; and not with attingo=to touch. Attingo is from ad–to, and timgo, tango=to wet, . . . to dye; Gr. temgö = to Wet, . . . to dye.] [TINGE.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. The act of attainting a criminal; the state of being so attainted. “A bill for reversing the attainder of Stafford was passed by the Upper House, . . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. 2. That which constitutes, establishes, or de- clares an attainder; an act or a bill of attainder. “. . . the great Act of Attainder.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. “The terrible words, Bill of Attainder, were pro- nounced .”—Ibid., ch. xxii. 3. Figuratively : Taint upon one's character, whether of proved crime or fault, or of suspicion Only. “So smooth he daub’d his vice with show of virtue That x: >k x: × × IHe lived from all attainder of suspect.” Shakesp.: Richard III., iii. 5. B. Law: The state or condition of being attainted, which, according to Blackstone, meant “stained” or “blackened.” I. In the United States: The Constitution of the United States requires that “No bill of attainder. shall be passed, and no attainder of treason, in consequence of a judicial sentence, shall work cor- ruption of blood or forfeiture except during the life. of the person attainted.” II. In England : Formerly. Attainder, in its old and more rig- orous form, followed, not when a criminal was convicted of a capital offense, but when sentence of death upon him was pronounced. No formalities were then needed to attaint him ; the attainder fol- lowed as a natural consequence from the sentence. He was regarded as being out of the pale and pro- tection of the law. He was not allowed, to be witness in any case. Nay, more, there were forfeit- ure of his real and personal estates, and the “cor- ruption of his blood;’’, the last-mentioned phrase implying that not merely could he not inherit any property from his ancestors, but he could not trans- mit it to any descendants, all of whom, even to the remotest generations, were thus to suffer for a crime in which they had taken no part. (Blackstone: Commemt., bk. iv., ch. 29, &c.) at-tä’ined, pCt. p0.7°. & Cl. [ATTAIN.] at-tä'in-iñg, pr. par. [ATTAIN.] at-tä'in-mênt, s. [Eng. attain; -ment.] I. The act of attaining. 1. The act or process of reaching any place, 2. The act or process of reaching any object of desire. “The great care of God for our salvation must appear in the concern. He expressed for our attainment of it.”— JRogers. II. The state of being attained. “Education in extent more large, of time shorter, and of attainment more certain.”—Milton. III. That which is attained. Specially— In the plural: Knowledge, acquaintance with branches of science or literature. “His manners were polished, and his literary and scien- tific attainments respectable.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng. ch. xiii. at-tā'int, *at-tā'ynte, *at-té'ymt, *a-têynt, *as—té'ynte, v. t. [Fr. atteint, s. ; from O. Fr. attaint, attainct, pa. par. of atte‘indre; Mod. Fr. atteindre.] [ATTAINDER.] A. Ordinary Language : 1. To disgrace, speciall under B., I. [ATTAINDER. “Was not thy father, Richard Earl of Cambridge, For treason executed in our late king's days; And by his treason stand’st not thou attainted, Corrupted, and exempt from ancient gentry?” Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., ii. 4. “If we try the Act which attainted Fenwick . . .”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. T It is often followed by of standing before the CI’ll In 62, “They had conspired against the English government, and had been attainted of treason.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. 2. Fig.: To taint, to stain, to dim, obscure, to blacken, to darken, as an attainder was supposed in the way described bóil, boy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, bençh; this; çhin, gem; thin, 30, * Sin, expect, Xenophon, a $; exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. —tion, —dle, -sion = -ble, Shiin; -Sious = Shūs. –tion, -Šion = Zhūn. —tious, -cious, attaint to stain or blacken the person against whom it was directed. [ATTAINDER...] Used— (a) Of a person's reputation. “How would the sons of Troy, in arms renown'd, And Troy's proud dames, whose garments sweep the roll Attainſt the ruster of my former name, Should Hector basely quit the field of fame?” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. vi. 562-5. “For he attaints that rival’s fame With treason’s charge . . .” Scott; Marmion, ii. 28. (b) Of anything lustrous in nature capable of being dimmed; or anything, whether lustrous or not, capable of being tainted or stained. “IHis warlike shield all closely covered was For so exceeding shone his glistering ray That Phoebus' golden face it did atta in t, As when a cloud his beames did overlay.” Spenser: F. Q., I. vii. 33, 34. 3. To corrupt, as the , blood, of a person under attainder was supposed to be legally” corrupted.” |ATTAINT, particip, adj. (2).] B. Old Law: *1. To declare a jury infamous, and inflict on them a punishment severe even to extravagance, on ac- count of their having given a false verdict. [See ATTAINT, s, B. 1.] (Blackstome: Comment, blº. iii., chaps. 23–25.) * 2. To place one under an attainder, which is done upon sentence of outlawry, Or on that of death for treason or felony. (Blackstome: Comm., bk. iv. º |ATTAINDER.] Formerly a man might be attainted in two ways: (1) By appearance, by which was meant that he really presented himself in the court, and was subject to attainder, having confessed his crime, been vanquished in battle, or, adjudged guilty by a verdict. Or (2) by process, when having fied and failed to answer, after being five times called publicly in the county, he was at last out- lawed for non-appearance. * The Constitution of the United States, Article I., Section IX., Clause 3, provides that “no bill of attainder or ea: post facto law shall be passed.” at-tā'int, *at-té inct, s. [From the verb. In Fr. atteinte; O. Fr., attainte..] [ATTAINT, v.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Literally: 1. Gem.: A stain, a blot. TAlNT.) - “No man hath a virtue that he hath not a glimpse of ; nor any man an attaint, but he carries some stain of it.” Shakesp.: Troil, and Cress., i. 2. 2. Spec.: In the legal sense described under B., 1. “. . . shall be sued of an atteimct, and bound to appeere at the Starre Chamber.”—Holinshed: Chron., bk. ii., ch. iv. *II. Fig.: Anything injurious; as illness, weari- § 16SS, (Now shortened into “Nor doth he dedicate one jot of color TJnto the weary and all-watched night ; But freshly looks and overbears attaint With cheerful semblance.” Shakesp.: Henry V., iv., Chorus. B. Technically: 1. Old Law: A process commenced against a former jury for bringing in a false verdict. The jury empaneled to try such a case was the grand one, consisting of twenty-four of the best men in the county; the appellation “grand’’ being used to distinguish it from the “petit,” or small jury—the first one. famous, their goods were forfeited, their wives and families, were turned out of doors, their houses razed, their trees rooted up, &c. At length the practice of setting aside verdicts, upon motion made for the purpose, and granting new trials, 2.Tseded the old system of attaints, which was finally swept away by 4 Geo. IV., c. 50. (Blackstome: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 25.) - 2. Veterimary Medicine: A blow or wound on the hinder foot of a horse. fat-tä'int, particip. adj. attaint.] [ATTAINT, v.] 1. Under an attainder; attainted. “He is then [when convicted of a capital crime and sen- tenced to die] called attaint, attinctus, stained or black- ened.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 29. 2. Corrupted. “My tender youth was never yet attaint, With any passion of inflaming love.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., v. 5. at-tä'int-êd, *at-tä'ynt-éd, pa. par. & a. [AT- * TAINT, v.] As participial adjective: “. . . there are more attaymted landes, concealed from her Majestie, then she hath now possessions in all Ireland.”—Spense”; Present State of Ireland. “Whether Flora MacDonald was justified in concealing the attainted heir of the Stuarts, . . .”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. V. [Fr. atteint; O. Fr. If convicted, they were pronounced in- 318 at-tā'int-iñg, pr. par. [ATTAINT, v.] - at-tä int-mênt, s. [Eng. attaint; -ment.] The state of boing attainted. “This manor and castle was made over by Henry VIII. to that great man [Cardinal Wolsey], upon whose attaint- ment, that sacrilegious prince re-annexed it to the crown.” —Ashmole. Berkshire, i. 45. at-tä in-tiire, s. [Eng. attaint; -wre.] The act of attainting; the state of being attainted; the Writ Or act attainting One. “ Hume's knavery will be the duchess's wreck, And her attainture will be Humphrey's fall.” Shakesp; 2 Henry I’I., i. 2. ât'—tal, s. [Q. E. adel, A. S. adela, mud.] Waste matter from mines; refuse. [ATTLE.] at-tal-è—a, s. [From Attalus III., Philometer, king of Pergamus.] A genus of palms belonging to the section Cocoinae. The species are found in the tropical parts of South America. A. fumifera is called by the Brazilians Piassaba. Its fibers afford the finest cordage, for the navy of their country. Here it is used for brooms to sweep the streets. The seeds are called coquilla muts. They are hard, and being large, are used in turnery for making the handles of doors, umbrellas, and other articles. 4. compta is the Pindavo Palm of Brazil. The seeds are, eaten as a delicacy, and the leaves used for thatching, for making hats, &c. A. speciosa and A. earcelsa furnish nuts, which are burnt. to dry the juice of Siphonia elastica, whence India-rubber is obtained. A, cohune, a native of Honduras, pro- duces nuts called cahown muts, which furnish a valu- able oil. at-tā‘me (1), *a-tá'me, *a-tā'-mi-śn, v. t. [A. S. atemian-to tame.] To tame. “And specially his pride gan attame.” Bochaz: Fall of Princes, p. 108. (Boucher.) .*at-tä me (2), v. t. Fr; entamer-to make an in- Cision into . . . to touc to begin, . . . to attack, &c.] 1. To commence, to begin. “And right anon his tale he hath atamed.”—Chaucer: C. T. (ed. Urry). (Boucher.) T The reading is tamyd in more modern editions. (2) To make an incision into. “I pray ye, syremperoure, shewe me thy minde, wheth- er is more accordynge, to attame thys fysshe here pres- sante fyrste at the heade or at the tayle. The emperoure answered shortlye and sayde, At the head the fysshe shall be fyrste attamed.”—Fabian: Chrom., f. (Boucher.) *āt'—tam-ie, s. [ATOMY.] *at-täm'—in-âte, v. t. ſº rom Lat. attamino- (1] to tough, to attack, to rob, (2) to contaminate, to defile.] To corrupt, to spoil. , (Coles, 1685.) * CONTAMINATE is now used instead of it. *āt'—tan, prep. [ATTE.] *at-tā’—nis, adv. [AT-ANIS.] *āt'—tar (1), s. [ATTER.] ât'—tar (2), ta'—tar, Öt'—tó. [In Hindoostanee, Mahratta, &c., dittàr; from Arab. itra perfume, *śraºto' smell Sweetly..] Essence, especially of I’OSGS, - attar or otto of roses. The essential oil, ob- tained from roses, by distillation. It is said that 100,000 roses, yield only 180 grains of attar; hence the temptation to adulterate it is very great. The oil is first pale-green, then, after being kept, it be- comes darker, and exhibits various tints of green, yellow, and red. It is manufactured in various villages and towns of Turkey just south of the Balkans, as well as in India. “And attar of rose from the Tlevant.” Longfellow: A Wayside Imm; Prelude. attar-gul, atar-gul. [(1) Attar, and (2) gul, in various Indian languages=a rose.] The same as ATTAR OF ROSES (q.v.). “. . . festooned with only those rarest roses from which the Attar Gul, more precious than gold, is distilled. . . .”—Moore: Lalla Rookh; Light of the Haram. *at-ta'sk, v. t. [Old form of TASK (q.v.).] To take to task, to blame. “You are much more attask'd for want of wisdom, Than prais’d for harmful mildness.” Shakesp.: King Lear, i. 4. *at—tä'ste, *ā-tä'st, v. t. [O. Fr. taster.] [TAsTE, v.] To taste. “This is his own staff, thouseyst, therof he shall atast.” —Chaucer: The Pardomere and Tapstere. (Richardson.) “For gentlemen (they said) was nought so fit, As to attaste by bold attempts the cup Of conquest's wine, whereof I thought to sup.” Mirror for Mag., p. 297. *ätte, *at'—tén, "åt'—tán, a contraction for at the..] [AT.] At, at the. “Kyng William atte laste.” R. Glouc., p. 879. (R. T. in Boucher). 5 * e attempt *ätte, pret. of v. [HATTE.] *at-têigh, v. t. [ATTACH.] (Scotch.) *at-té ‘ine, v. t. & i. [ATTAIN.] at-té1'-a-biis, s. [From Lat. attelabus; Gr. at- telabos=a small, wingless species of locust.] . Entom, : A genus of Coleoptera (Beetles), belong- ing to the family. Curculionidae (or Weevils). It was originally, introduced by Linnaeus with the gharacter, “Head attenuated, behind inclined. Antennae somewhat thick toward the apex.” In the 13th edition of his Systema Naturae (1767), as many as thirteen species are enumerated. Most of these, however, are now transferred to other genera Of Čoléoptera. In Stephens' Illustration of British Entomology (1828), only one species is mentioned, 4. Curculionoides. ât -têle, v. t. [ETTLE.] fat-tém -pèr, v. f... [In O. Fr. attemprer; Ital, attemperare; Lat. attempero=to fit, to adjust, to accommodate; from ad-to, and tempero=duly to proportion.] [TEMPER.] e e .1. To mix anything with another in just propor- tions; to regulate. 2. To temper; to dilute or reduce to a more mod- erate strength or amount anything that is exces- SIV. G. “Nobility attempers sovereignty, and draws the eyes of the people somewhat aside from the line royal.”—Bacom. 3. To soften ; to mollify. “His early providence could likewise have attempered his nature therein.”—Bacon. “Those smiling eyes, attemp'ring every ray, Shone sweetly lambent with celestial day.” Pope: Eloisa to Abelard, 63-4. 4. To fit to something else. “Phemius! let acts of gods and heroes old, Attempered to the lyre, your voice employ.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, i. 436. *at-têm'-pêr-ange, *at-têm'—pér–aunge, s. [Eng., attemper. -ance.] Temperance, moderation. 1. Gen. : In all things. “The felawes of abstinence ben attemperance, that holdeth the mean in alle thinges: also shame, that eschew- eth all dishonesty.”—Chaucer: Persomes Tale. b 2. Spec. : In the use of liquor, or of food, or of Oth. “By this virtue, attemperawmce, the creature reasonable kepeth hym from to much drinke, and from to moch. mete.”—Institution of a Christian Mam. *at-têm'-pêr-āte, v. t. [ATTEMPERATE, q.] AT- TEMPER.] To render proportionate to anything, to regulate. “Attemperate his actions accordingly.”—Barrow: Math. Lectures, Lect. iv. *at-têm'-pêr-āte, a. [Lat. attemperatus, pa. par. of attempero..] [ATTEMPER, ATTEMPERATE.] Regulated, proportioned. “Hope must be proportioned and attemperate to the promise; if it exceed that temper and proportion, it be- comes a tumor and tympany of hope.”—Hammond: Prac- tical Catechism. iſ at-têm'—pèred, *at-têm'—pred pèrd), pa. par. & a. [ATTEMPER, v. J “And to her guestes doth bounteous banket dight Attempred goodly well for health and for delight” Spense”: F. Q., II. xi. 2. “A bard amid the joyous circle sings High airs, attemper'd to the vocal strings.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. iv. 23-4. *at-têm'-pêr-ēl, a. [Eng. attemper; -el.] Tem- perate, moderate. “But though attemperel wepyng be graunted, outrā- geous wepynge certes is defended.”—Chaucer: Tale of Meli- beats. *at-têm'-père-ly, adv. [ATTEMPERLY.] fat-têm-pêr-iñg, *at-têm'—pring, pr. par. & (t. [ATTEMPER, v. J *at-têm'—pèr—ly, *at-têm'-père-ly, *at-tém - re-ly (pre as pēr), adv. [Eng, attemper; -ly.] n a temperate manner; moderately, in modera- tion. “. . . whan it is y-graunted him to take thilke ven- geaunce hastily, or attemperely, as the lawe requireth.” Chaucer: Tale of Melibeus. “Governeth you also of you diete Attemprely, and namely in this hete,” Ibid.: Shipman's Tale. [Eng., attemper; -ment.] being tem- (pred as -** at-têm'-pêr-mênt, s. The act of tempering, or the state o pered. (Dr. Chalmers.) *at-têm'-pre (pre as pēr), Temperate. “Attempre dyete was al hir phisik, And exercise, and hertes suffisaunce.” Chaucer: C. T., 16,324-5. at-témpt', *at-têmpt'e (p mute) v. t. & i. [In Old Fr. attempter, atempter; Mod. Fr. attenter; a. [ATTEMPER.] fāte, fūt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu. = kW. attempt Prov. & Port. attentar; Sp. atemtar; Ital, attentare; Lat. attento–to reach after, to try; freq. from attendo = . . . to attend (ATTEND): ad = to, and tendo=to stretch...] A. Transitive : I. Gem. : To make trial or experiment of ; to try, to endcavor. 1. (Followed by an adjective of the person or thing of which one, makes trial or experiment, or after whom or which one puts forth an endeavor.) “Something attempted, something done, Has earned a night's repose.” Longfellow: The Village Blacksmith, . 2. (Followed by the infinitive.) “The government regarded these infant colonies with aversion, and attempted violently to stop the stream of emi- gration.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. II. Specially: *1. To try in the sense of tempting; to tempt. (In this sense the word tempt has taken its place.) “Who in all things wise and just, Hindered not Satan to attempt the mind Of man, with strength entire and free-will armed.” Milton: P. L., x. 8. 2. To attack. “Tript me behind, got praises of the king, For him attempting who was self-subdued.” Shakesp.: Lear, ii. 2. B. Intrams. : To make an attack. “I have been so hardy to attempt upon a name, which, among some, is yet very sacred.”— Glanville: Scepsis Scientifica. at-témpt', *at-témptºe, (p mute), s. verb.] 1. An endeavor, an effort. “An attempt was made with great success to set up iron works.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. 2. An attack, an assault. “If we be always prepared to receive an enemy, we shall long live, in peace and quietness, without any attempts upon us.”—Bacon. at-témpt-a-bil-i-ty (p mute), s. [Eng. attempt; ability.] 1. Capability of being attempted. 2. A person or persons, or a thing or things capa- ble of being attempted. “Short way, ahead of us, it is all dim; an unwound skein of possibilities, of apprehensions, attemptabilities, Vºgue-looming hopes, . . . .”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero. Worship, Lect. vi. at-témpt-a-ble, at-témptº-i-ble (p mute), a. [Eng. attempt; -able, -ible.] Capable of being at- tempted; capable of being attacked. º The gentlemen vouching his to be more fair, virtuous, Wise, and less attemptable than the rarest of our ladies.”— Shakesp.: Cymbeline, i. 4. at-témp'-täte (p mute), s. [Lat. attentatum, neut. of , attemtatus, pa. par, of attento.] In Fr, attentat..] An attempt, an endeavor, especially to commit a crime. In 1589, Puttenham ranked this Word as one quite recently introduced in the lan- guage. It arose, however, somewhat earlier. “To forbear that attemptate.”—Sadler (A. D. 1543), in Froude: Hist, Eng., vol. iv., p. 241. at-témpt'-ed (p mute), pa. par. & a. TEMPT, v.] at-témpt.-èr (p mute), s. [Eng. attempt; -er.] One who attempts. Specially: 1. Qne who assails a person or his virtue; an assailant; a tempter. “The Son of God, with godlike force endued, Against th’ attempter of thy Father's throne.” Milton: P. R., iv. 603. 2. One who endeavors to do anything. “You are no factors for glory or treasure, but disin- terested attempters for the universal good.”—Glanville: Scepsis Scientifica. &t-témpt'-i-ble, (p mute), a. [ATTEMPTABLE.] at-témpt'-iñg (p mute), pr. par. & s. [AT- TEMPT, v.] A. As pr; par.: (In senses corresponding to those of the verb). B. 4: $ºbst. Perpetration, commission (in a bad Sense, followed by of). (Scotch.) "The attempting of sic foul and schameful enormities.” ~-lets Jas. VI., 1581 (ed. 1814), p. 217. (Jamieson.) wºmpºss (p mute), a. [Eng. attempt; -less.] ithout trying, (Marlowe: i Tambwrlaine, ii. 5.) * at-tênd', 9. {..., & i... [In Fr. attendre–to wait, jºy, put off, delay; Prov. atendre; Sp. (ttender; *9, tº attender; Ital. attendere. From flat, attendo * to stretch or bend anything material—a bow, ºr example; (2) to stretch or bond the mind to ad º, and tendo=to stretch, implying that one who attends to any person or thing is as if he stretched ºut his neck to hear and see more effectively.j bóil, [From the [AT- boy; pout, jówl; Cat, gell, Chorus, 319 A. Transitive : I. fit (When the subject of the verb is a per- SOD1. 1. To turn the thoughts toward; to apply the mind to. . (a) To bend the desires toward attaining any ob- ject. “Their hunger thus appeased, their care attemd's The doubtful fortune of their absent friends.” Dryden : Pirgil; AEmeid i. 299. (b) To fix the mind upon anything; to listen to anything ; to turn the eyes fixedly upon it, or reflect upon it earnestly. - “Sing then, and Damon shall attend the strain.” -- Pope: Pastorals; Spring, 29. 2. To wait upon or for a person. (i.) In a good sense: (a) To wait upon a person as a servant does upon a master. It may be used when a servant ministers to his master at home, but is more frequently em- ployed when he accompanies him. On a journey. * { his companion, youthful Valentine, the emperor in his royal court.” Shakesp.: Two Gent. of Ver., i. 8. . . . . with devoted loyalty, though with a sore heart and a gloomy brow, he prepared to attend William thither.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. (b) To come to a superior when summoned; to present one's self in obedience to a summons. “The lord mayor and the sheriffs of London were sum- moned to attend the king.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. ix. (c) To wait for the expression of a superior will. It is used by Milton in an analogous sense for the Son of God reverentially and submissively attend- ing to the will of his Heavenly Father. “. . . as a sacrifice Glad to be offer'd, He attends the will Of his great Father.” Milton : P. L., bk. iii. (d) To wait upon a person in a professional ca- pacity, as a physician may do upon a patient. “The fifth had oharge sick persons to attend, And comfort those in point of death which lay.” Spense”. A ttends & & (ii) In a bad sense: * f(a) To accompany with hostile intentions. “He was at present strong enough to have stopped or attended Waller in his western expedition.”—Clarendon. (b) To lay wait for. “Thy interpreter, full of despight, bloody as the hunter, attends thee at the orchard end.” — Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, iii. 4. 3.To wait for or expect an event, whether one desire or deprecate its coming. T This signification is possessed also by the French attendre. “Three days I promis’d to attend my doom, And two long days and nights are yet to come.” Dryden: Indian Emperor, iii. 2. “So dreadful a tempest, as all the people attended therein the very end of the world and judgment day.”— Ičaleigh: History. II. Fig. (When the subject of the verb is a thing.) 1. To accompany, to be appendant to. “Dangers of every shape and name Attend the followers of the Lamb.” Cowper: Olmey Hymns, xxxvii. 2. To follow upon, to be consequent to. “Secure of conquest, where the prize Attends superior worth.” Cowper: Promotion of Thurlow. 3. To await, to be in store for. “To him, who hath a prospect of the state that attends all men after this, the measures of good and evil are changed.”—Locke. B. Intransitive : I. To bend the mind to, or concentrate it upon, some object of study or pursuit. “Since man cannot at the same time attend to two objects, if you employ your spirit upon a book or a bodily labor, you have no room left for sensual temptation.”— Taylor. II. To yield attention to ; to listen to anything audible, or turn the eye fixedly on anything visible, “Hear, ye children, the instruction of a father, and attend to know understanding.”—Prov. iv. 1. T It is used in Scripture in the sense of God’s “hearing a prayer” and answering it. “But verily God hath heard me : he hath attended to the voice of my prayer.”—Ps. lxvi. 19. III. To be present or within call; to wait upon, as a Servant may do on a master. (1) As a companion or servant of the person accompanied, or to render professional service, Sacred or secular. “His squire, attending in the rear, Bore high a gauntlet on a spear.” - Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, iv. 18. “Look how thy servants do attend on thee, Each in his office ready at thy beck.” Shakesp.: Tamimg of the Shrew; Induction, ii. go, gem; thin, this; bençh; çhin, Sin, attendant Or (2), in obedience to a summons, in compliance with a wish. “The nurse attended with her infant boy, The young Astyanax, the hope of Troy.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, vi. 486. IV. To wait for, to wait, to delay. [See Fr. attendre in the etym.] “Plant anemonies after the first rains, if you will have flowers very forward; but it is surer to attend till October.” —Evelyn. * (a) Crabb thus distinguishes between the verbs to attemd, to mind, to regard, to heed, and to motice: —Attend is the generic; the rest are specific terms. “To mind is to attend to a thing, so that it may not be forgotten; to regard is to iodk on a thing as of importance; to heed is to attend to a thing from a principle of caution; to motice is to think on that which strikes the senses. . . . Children should always attend when spoken to, and mind what is said to them; they should regard, the counsels of their parents, so as to make them the rule of their conduct, and heed their warnings, so as to avoid the evil; they should notice what passes before them, so as to apply it to some useful purpose.” . . . (b) Attend to and wait upon are thus discrimi- nated: “Attemdam.ce is an act of obligation; waiting om, that of choice. A physician attends his patient; a member attemds on Parliament; one gentleman waits upon another.” (c) The following is the distinction between to aftem.d, to hearken, and to listem : “Attemd is a mental action; hearken, both corporeal and mental; listem, simply corporeal. To attend is to have the mind engaged on what we hear; to hearken and listem are to strive to hear. People attend when they are addressed ; they hearken to what is said by others; they listem to what passes between others.” (Crabb : Eng. Symon.) *at-tênd', s. [ATTEND, v.] Attendance. . at-tênd-ange, *at-tênd'–āunge, s. [O. Fr. at- tendance.] I. The act of attending. 1. The act of waiting upon a person or upon people; Service, ministry; as that of - (i.) A servant waiting upon a master, or followers upon a chief. “And the meat of his table, and the sitting of his serv- ants, and the attendance of his ministers and their ap- parel . .”—2 Chrom. ix. i. “Attendance is a bribe, and then 'tis bought.” Dryden: The Hind and Panther, iii. ºf For the difference between attendance and wait- £ng upon see ATTEND, IV. (b) 3. ii.) A professional man making a point of being present at proper times at the place where he dis- charges his public duties. “. . . another tribe, of which no man gave attend- ance at the altar.”—Heb. vii. 13. “The next morning he held a Privy Council, discharged Chief Justice Keating from any further attendance at the board, . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. T (a) In attendance: Attending, attendant upon. “A guard of honor was everywhere in attendance on Him.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. (b) To dance attendance wpon : To wait upon a superior who is regardless of the comfort of his in- feriors, or a government similarly inconsiderate, and find one's self kept in lively moment, like that of a dancer, no profitable result, to the performer at least, following from all this activity. “I had thought They had parted so much honesty among 'em, At least, good manners, as not thus to suffer A man of his place, and so near our favor, To dance attendance on their lordship's pleasures, And at the door, too, like a post with packets.” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., v. 2. 2. Concentration of the mind upon ; attention. . . . give attendance to reading, to exhortation, to doctrine.”—1 Tim. iv. 13. t 3. Expectation. “That which causeth bitterness in death, is the late guishing attendance and expectation thereof, ere it come.” — Hooker". II. The state of being attended. III. The persons attending; a train; a retinue. (Milton : P. L., b.R. x.) * *at-tênd'—an-gy, s. Attendance; a following or retinue. “It showeth what honor is fit for prelates, and what attendancy.”—Hooker. at-tênd'—ant, a. & S. [From Fr. attendant, pr. par. of attemdre-to attend ; Ital. attendent.] A. As adjective : I. Ordinary Language : 1. Accompanying; being present with and minis- tering or lending dignity to. (Applied in a literal sense to persons, or figuratively to things.) “Not to the court (replied th’ attendant train), Nor mix’d with matrons to Minerva’s fame: To Ilion’s steepy tower she bent her way, To mark the fortunes of the doubtful day.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. vi., 4784-481. expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. a $; -cian, del. -tian = shan. Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, –tion, -SiOus = -sion –tion, Shiin; -Šion = zhin. -tious, -cious, attended “. . . in the reign of Henry the Seventh, fresh meat was never eaten even by the gentlemen attendant on a great Earl, except during the short interval between Mid- summer and Michaelmas.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. “Why did the fiat of a God give birth To yon fair Sun, and his attendant Earth?’” Cowper: Tirocinium. 2. Following as a consequence of ; related to, as an effect is to a cause. II. Technically: t 1. Law: Dependent on or doing duty or service O. © 2. Music. Attendant keys: The keys or scales on the fifth above and fifth below (or fourth above) any key-note or tonic considered in relation to the key or scale or that tonic. (Calcott.) B. As substantive: I. Ordinary Language: 1. Of persons: . - (a) One who waits upon another, as a servant on a master or mistress, a courtier on a sovereign, or one of a train upon its head. “Yet the Queen, whose kindness had endeared her to her humblest attendants, . ”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. (b) One who waits upon a person with the view of É. Some request to him, or transacting some usiness with him. “I endeavor that my reader may not wait long for my meaning: to give an attendant quick dispatch is a civility.” —Burmet; Theory. (c) One present at a meeting or at any gathering. “He was a constant attendant at all meetings relating to charity, without contributing.”—Swift. 2. Of things: A consequent, a concomitant of any- thing related to another, as an effect is to a cause. “He had an unlimited sense of fame, the attendant of noble spirits, which prompted him to engage in travels.” —Pope. “It is hard to take into view all the attendants or conse- quents that will be concerned in a question.”—Watts. II., Law: A person who owes a duty or service to another, or in some way depends upon him. (Cowel.) at-tênd'–éd, pa. par. [ATTEND.] fat-tênd'–ér, s. [Eng. attend; suff. -er.] An at- tendant. “The gypsies were there, Like lords to appear: s With such their attenders As you thought offenders.”—Ben Jomson. at-tênd-iñg, pr. par. & a. [ATTEND.] “Th’ attending heralds, as by office bound, With kindled flames the tripod-vase surround.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xxiii., 49, 50. *at-tênd'-mênt, s. [Eng. attend; suff. -ment.] That which attends. “The uncomfortable attendments of hel I.”—Browne: Wulgar Errors, bk. vii., ch. 16 tat-tênd-rèss, s. [Eng. attend(e) r -ess.] A female attendant. “A female attendress at the table.” (Fuller: Worthies; Somersetshire.) *at-té'ne, v. i. [From Lat. attimere=to pertain to: ad=to; temere=to hold; Fr. s'attenir &=to be linked to...] To pertain to. “That attenit to the partie defendur.”—Acts James VI., 1567 (ed. 1814), p. 44. *at—tént', a. [In Sp. atento; Port, & Ital, attento; Lat. attentws.] Attentive. “Now, my God, let, I beseech thee, thine eyes be open, and let thine oars be attent unto the prayer that is made in this place.”—2 Chrom. vi. 40. “With an attent ear . . .”—Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 2. ... at-tént', s. [In Fr. attente = waiting.] Atten- IOIl. “And kept her sheepe with diligent attent, . Watching to drive the ravenous Wolfe away.” Spenser: F. Q., VI. ix. 87. at-tên'-tätes, S. pl. [In Fr. attentat - an at- tempt; Lat. attentata, n. pl. of pa. par. of attemto = to stretch out, to attempt..] . . . e 1. Progeedings in a court of judicature, pendin suit, and after an inhibition is decreed. (Ayliffe. 2. Things done after an extra-judicial appeal. (Ibid.) ºn-tº-won. S. [As if from Tow Lat. attem- tatio. 1. Attention. (Hacket: Life of Williams, i. 99.) 2. Temptation. (Davies.) at-tên–tion, s. [In Fr. attention; Sp. atencion; Port. attençao; Ital, attemzione; from Lat, attem- tio=a bending of the mind, attention; from attem- twm, sup. of attendo.] [ATTEND.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of attending. 1. Gen.: The act of concentrating the mind on any object of sense or on any mental conception. 320 “Yet, while I recommend to our actresses a skillful at- tention to gesture, I would not have them study it in the looking-glass.”—Goldsmith: The Bee, No. II. 2. Spec. : An act of civility; thoughtful consider- ation, kindness, or love shown to a person, from appreciation of his or her character. (Often in the pl.) “The Secretary shared largely in the attentions which were paid to his chief.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. II. The state of being attended to. “. . . the labor bestowed by him, upon what he has heretofore and now laid before the public, entitled him to candid attention . .”—Wordsworth: Preface to the JEaccursion. III. The power, ability, or faculty which man possesses to attend to anything. [B. 1.] “Hardly any faculty is more important for the intellect- ual progress of man than the power of attention.”—Dar- win: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. ii. * To draw or to call the attention to : To point out to any one an object calculated to a greater or less extent to attract the notice. “My attention was called to this subject.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch, i. B. Technically: 1. Mental Phil. : Intelligent consciousness volun- tarily applied; consciousness concentrated in Order intellectually to conquer a particular object; the positive act of concentrating consciousness. “Attention is consciousness and something more. It is consciousness voluntarily applied, under its law of limit- ations, to some determinate object; it is consciousness concentrated.”—Sir W. Hamilton: Metaph., vol. i., p. 238. “Attention is consciousness applied by an act of will or desire under a particular law. . . This law, which we call the law of limitation, is, that the intention of our knowledge is in the inverse ratio of its extension—in other words, that the fewer objects we consider at once, the clearer and more distinct will be our knowledge of them.” —Ibid., p. 246. “Attemtion, then, is to consciousness what the contrac- tion of the pupil is to sight; or to the eye of the mind what the microscope or telescope is to the bodily eye. The faculty of attention is not, therefore, a special faculty, but merely consciousness acting under the law of limita- tion to which it is subjected. But whatever be its relation to the special faculties, attention doubles all their effi- ciency, and affords them a power of which they would other- wise be destitute. It is, in fact, as we are at present con- iºd, the primary condition of their activity.”—Ibid., p. 246. 2. Mil. : A command given to Soldiers, who for a time have been permitted to “stand at ease,” to resume a more normal military attitude. When “Attention ” is ordered, the hands are to fall smartly down the outside of the thighs, and the right foot to be brought up on a level with the left. at-tên'-tive, *at—tén'-tyve, a. [Fr. attentif.] 1. Of persons: With the mind fixed on the object to which the person is said to be attending; heed- ful. If the object be one of which the eye takes cog- nizance, then the eye is directed keenly to it; if one cognizable by the ear, then the ear is similarly intent; if on a book, then the eye and the mental powers are in operation ; if its own thoughts are the subject of reflection, then the mind introverted becomes vividly conscious of its own working. “. . . Knowledge dwells In heads replete with thoughts of other men; Wisdom in minds attentive to their own.” - Cowper: Tasle, bk. vi. * It may be used also figuratively of God. “. . . . let now thine ear be attentive to the prayer of thy servant, . . .”—Nehem. i. 11. 2. Of things: “J. bring a trumpet to awake his ear; To set his sense on the attentive bent, And then to speak.” Shakesp.: Troil and Cress., i. 3. “Its various parts to his attentive note.” Cowper: Tirocinium. at-tên'-tive-ly, adv. [Eng. attentive; -ly.] In an attentive manner; heedfully; with the mind fixed on what is in progress. “Hear attentively the noise of his voice, and the sound that goeth out of his mouth.”—Job xxxvii. 2. at-tên'-tive-nēss, s. [Eng., attentive; -mess.] The state or quality of being attentive; attention. “. . . at the relation of the Queen’s death, . . . bravely confessed and lamented by the King, how attem- tiveness wounded his daughter.”—Shakesp.: Winter’s Tale, v. 2. tat-tênt'—ly, adv. [Eng. attent; -ly.] In an at- tentive manner; attentively. “Those who attently regard a locust or a caterpillar . . .”—Barrow, vol. ii., Serm. 6. ; at-tên'—u—ant, a. & S. [In Fr. atténwant; Sp. atemwante; Port. attenwante; Lat. attenwams, pr. par. of attenwo-to make thin..] [ATTENUATE.] atterly a liquid thin, or diluting it. “They put into the stomach those things that be attem- want, incisive, and sharp, for to provoke and stir up the appetite.”—Holland: Plutarch. (Richardson.) B. As substantive (Pharm.) : That which pos- sesses the power of imparting to the blood a more thin and fluid consistency than it previously pos- sessed. Water, and other aqueous fluids, have this property to a greater or less extent. (Castle). at-tén-u-āte, v. t. [From Lat. attenuatus, pa. par. Of Lat. attenwo-to make thin : ad=to, and tenwo-to make thin ; temwis–thin. (THIN.) The Fr. attemwer, Sp. atemwar, Port. attenwar, Ital. attem- quare (pa. par. Qttenuato), correspond in significa- tion to our English word.] I. Lit.: To make thin. 1. Of liquids: To make thin in the sense of less dense; to render more watery and of less consist- CIl CG. “Of such concernment too is drink and food T” incrassate, or attenuate the blood.” Dryden: Lucretius, bk. iv. 2. Of solids: To render finer, as a wire which is filed away or partially dissolved in an acid. “It is of the nature of acids to dissolve or attem wate; and of alkalies to precipitate or incrassate.”—Newton; Optics. II. Fig. : To lessen, to diminish. “. ... for this fatal sect hath justled her out of divers. large regions in Africk, in Tartary, and other places, pºttenuated their number in Asia.”—Howell: Letters, ll. J.U. at-tên'—u—ate, a. [From Lat. attemwatus, or Ital. attenuato..] [ATTENUATE, v.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Of liquids: Made thin in consistency; rendered less dense. “Vivification ever consisteth in spirits attenwate, which the cold doth congeal and coagulate.”—Bacon. 2. Of solids: Rendered finer or more slender. B. Bot. : Made thin or slender; tapering. (Low- O??, at-tên'-u-ā-têd, pa. par. & a. [ATTENUATE, v.] at-tên'-u-ā-ting, pr. par. [ATTENUATE, v.] at-tén-u-ā'—tion, s. [In Fr. attemwation; Sp. atemwacion; Port. attemwacao; Ital. attemwazione; Lat. attemwatio.] & e . 1. The act of rendering thinner; the state of be- ing rendered thinner. # e. i Used specially (a) of a liquid or gas rendered less dense. “. . . . the diminished density, or attenuation of the wort, . ”—Fownes: Manual of Chem., 10th ed., p. 604, “Chiming with a hammer upon the outside of a bell, the sound will be according to the inward concave of the bell; whereas the elision or attemuation of the air can be only between the hammer and the outside of the bell.” —Bacom. Or (b) of a solid rendered finer or more slender in form, as, for instance, ductile wire drawn out to a greater or less extent of tenuity. †2. A person or thing attenuated. “I am ground even to an attenuation.”—Donne: Devo- tions, p. 517. *āt'—tér, ºãt'-tyr (yr=ir), s. [A.S. atter, attor, ator, ater=poison; matter, pus. In Sw.etter; Dan. edder.] Poison venom ; pus from an ulcer. “And nithful meddre, loth and lither, Sal gliden on hise brest nether Anderthe freten wile he mai Jiuen, And atter on is tunge cliuen.” Story of Gen. & Ecod. (ed. Morris), 369-72. *āt-têr-cóppe, *āt-tir-cóppe, *āt-tyr-céppe, *āt'—tér-cób, *āt'—tér-căp, *ād'–ér-cóp, *ā-dy1. cöp (yr=ir), s. [A. S. attercoppa=a spider; from atter=poison, and copp, cop-(1) the head, top, apex, (2) a cup. In Dan, edderkop.)] I. Literally: 1. A spider. (Prompt. Parv., &c.) “Araneus; an adercop, or a spynner.” Vocab. Stanb., Sig. D, 2 b. (Boucher.) 2. Less properly: A Spider's web. “I sees her kronkin astride o' th' bawk, her hair au ful of attercops.”—Craven: Dialogues, p. 228. (S. in Boucher.} II. Figuratively: A peevish, ill-natured perSon. “Thou yreful attercap, Pylat, apostata, Judas, Jew's janglor, Lollard lawreate.” Ever Green, ii., 74. (Boucher.) *āt'-têr-filth, s. [O. Eng. atter, and Eng, filth.] Corruption. . *āt'—tér-lāthe, s. [A. S. atterlathe, aterlathé- betony, penny-grass.] A plant, betony. *at'—tér–ly, adv. [From O. Eng. atter (q.v.), and A. As adj. That which has the power of making * suffix -ly.] With poison; venomously. (Chaucer.) fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whät, fall, father; we, wet, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. atterne *āt'—térne, *āt'-térn, a... [A. S. Getterne, cettren, optiºn=poisonous; M. H. Ger, eiterin. 1, Venomous; poisonous. (Stratmann.) 2. Fierce, cruel, snarling, ill-natured. (Grose.) *āt'—tér-nēsse, s. [From A. S. atter=poison.] [ATTER.] Wenomousness. (Stratmann.) ât'—tér-råte, v. t. [Lat. ad=to, and terra, *tera- dry land, as distinguished from the heavens, the sea, the air, &c.] To add to the land, to form into dry land. ât'—tér-rā-têd, pa. par. [ATTERRATE.] ât'—tér-rá-tíñg, pr. par. [ATTERRATE.] āt-têr-rā'-tion, s. [Eng. atterrat(e); -ion.] The process of adding to the land or of forming into dry land. at-têst', v. t. & i... [In Fr. attester; Sp. atestar, afestigwar; Port. attestar; Ital, attestare; Lat. at- tesfor; from ad-to, and testor=to be a witness; testis=a witness.] A. Transitive: *I. To call to witness. “But I attest the gods, . . .” Shakesp.: Troil and Cress., ii. 2. II. To bear witness. 1. Lit. : Where the witness is a person. (a) Properly: To bear witness to the genuineness of a document and the truth of its contents by ap- pending one's signature to it; to certify. (b) In any other way, whether by word or deed, to confirm the truth of an allegation or fact. “I.ive thou: and to thy mother dead attest That cleare she dide from blemish criminall.” Spenser: F. Q., II. i. 87. “Idomoneus, whom Ilion fields attest Of matchless deeds . . .” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xix., 211-12. 2. When the witness is a thing, as, for instance, a book, a passage or passages in a book, coincidences of fact in a statement, or anything similar. “. . . . they formerly did so, as is attested by passages in Pliny.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (1859), ch. i., p. 84. “. . . the casual coincidences of fact, with which contemporary literature abounds, serve to attest the narra- tive of the historian, and to confirm its veracity.”—Lewis: Eurly Roman Hist., ch. vi., § 5. B. Imtrams. : To bear witness. “Till, from the fleet our presents be convey'd, And, Jove attestimg, the firm compact made.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xix., 189-90. [From the verb.] Attestation. . . . . . the exalted man, to whom Such high attest was given . . .” Milton: P. R., bk. i. at-tés-tá-tion, s. [In Fr, attestation; Sp. ates- tacion; Port. attestaçao; Ital. attestazione; all from Lat. attestatio. The act of attesting; the State of being attested; that which attests. Specially: 1. Of persons: The act of bearing witness to any document by appending one's signature to it; also the act of witnessing any opinion or statement in a less formal manner. “. . men, as we know them, do not sacrifice their lives in the attestation of that which they know to be un- true.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), iii. 53. 2. Qf things: That which attests anything; speci- ally historical evidence of an external character to the authorship or events of a history. “. . the external attestation, corroborated by the internal evidence of the narrative, . . .” — Lewis: Early Roman Hist., ch. xiv., § 1. at-tés'—ta-tive, adj. [From Lat. attestatus, perf. par. of attestor (ATTEST), and Eng. Suff. -ive.] Attesting. “Of attestative satisfaction : Satisfaction arising from establishing truth by evidence against a false statement pºlicial to one.”—Bowring: Bentham's Works, vol. i., p. 3/4. at-têst -ēd, pa. par. [ATTEST, v.] at-têst'-Ér, at-têst'-ör, s. [Eng. attest; -er, -or.] One who attests. , “The credit of the attesters, and truth of the rela- tions.”—J. Spencer: Prodigies, p. 397. “This arch-attester for the public good By that one deed ennobles all his blood.” Dryden: Absalom and Achitophel. Rt-têst'-ing, pr. par. [ATTEST, v.] “Nor speak I rashly, but with faith averr'd, And what I speak attesting Heaven has heard.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xiv., 175-6. “Alternate each th' attesting scepter took, And, rising solemn, each his sentence spoke.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xviii., 587-8. &t-têst'—ive, a. [Eng. attest; -ive..] Attesting; fat-têst', s. 321 at-têst'-àr, s. [ATTESTER.] at-té'yn-ant, a. [From Lat, attimens, pr. par. of attimeo.] [ATTAIN.] Appertaining, belonging. “That to my dull wytte it is not atteymant.” Fabian: Chron. (Prologue, p. 2). (S. im Bowcher.) *at—té'yne, v. i. & t. [ATTAIN.] Åt'-tic, it'—tic, *Át'-tick, a. & S. _[In Fr. At- tique; Sp. Atico; Port. & Ital. Attico; Lat. Atticus; Gr. Attikos, from Attica.] A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Language: 1. Of or belonging to Attica, a province of Greece or to Athens, its world renowned capital; to the inhabitants of Attica or Athens; or, finally, to their writings and other productions. “Who, scarcely skill'd an English line to pen, Scans Attic meters with a critic's ken.” Byron: A College Earamination. 2. Classical: . Used especially of poetic or other compositions, in whatever language they may be written. “How can I Pultney, Chesterfield forget, While Roman Spirit charms, and Attic Wit.” Pope: Epilogue to the Satires; Dial. ii. 84, 85. II. Technically: 1. Philology: ſº Attic dialect: The dialect of ancient Athens. The old Attic was the same as the Ionic, from which the Attic properly so-called somewhat diverged. The latter was the accepted standard of the Greek language; the other dialects were regarded as pro- vincial forms of speech. 2. Architecture : e - * (a) Attic base : A peculiar base which the ancient architects used in buildings of the Ionic and Corin- thian orders, and, which Palladio introduced also into the Doric style. e (b) Attic order: An order of small square pillars placed by Athenian architects at the uppermost parts of a building. B. As substantive : I. Ordinary Language : 1. A native of Attica. Spec., an Athenian. “A time when the Atticks were as unlearned as their neighbors.”—Bentley: Dissert. upon Phalaris, p. 890. 2. A room or series of rooms at the top of a house just under the roof; a garret. “. . . betaking himself with his books, to a small lodging in an attic.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. TI It is often used in the plural. “The wild wind rang from park and plain, And round the attics rumbled.” Tennyson: The Goose. II. Architecture : 1. A.low story placed above an entablature or a c O r n 1 C e, a n limiting the *::::::: height of the s 3. main part of an āś §ºº ºº: §º j Q = * Ritſº : ººgº § º, º&SR3 elevation. It is tº # to be found ºğ 1 ghiefly in the ºl R O m an a n d ſº Italian styles. ; Y. |f : º i º º ſº º ſº º º i §§§ º f (Gloss. Of Arch.) §§ †: sº *śs 2. In º sº g ºšºšº sense as B., I. 2. §§ §§ Zºº wº º [. 㺠º: º º • Attic muse. * º ; sºi A fine poetic ::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Weln. §§ º *...; § gº- * w >. º º º º º º ** * iAt'-ti-cal,a, *. § º: §º º a t t ic ; §ºšº -Cl, l. 1. Lit.: Of or Attic on the Arch of be longing to Constantine. Attica. - * 2. Fig.: Pure or classical in style. “If this be not the common Attical acception of it, yet it will seem agreeable to the penning of the New Testa- ment; in which, whosoever will observe, may find words and phrases, which perhaps the Attick purity, perhaps grammar, will not approve of.”—Hammond: Serm., 12 At'-ti-cism, s. [In Ger. atticism; Fr. atticisme; Port, atticismo; Gr., attikismos = (1) a siding with the Athenians; (2) the Attic style; an atticism. t1... Attachment to the Athenian people. sed specially in narratives of the Peloponnesian War. “Tydius and his accomplices were put to death for Atticism.”—Hobbes: Thwcydides, bk. viii. (Richardson.) 2. A mode of expression characteristic of the Attic dialect; also classical, elegant, polished. “They made sport, and I laughed; they mispronounced, and I misliked; and to make up the Atticism, they were attour “There is an elegant, 4tticism which occurs, Luke xiii. 9, “If it bear fruit, well.’”—Newcome; View of the Eng. Biblical Trams., p. 279. āt-ti-gi'ze, v. t. & i. [In Lat. atticisso; from Gr. attikizo, J A., Transitive: To cause to conform to the idiom of Attica, or of its capital, Athens. B. Intransitive: To speak or write like a native of Attica. “If any will still excuse the tyrant for atticizing in those circumstances, . .”—Bentley: Dissert. upons Phalaris, p. 317. #At-tics, S. pl. [From Gr. Attika, the title of the first book in Pausanias's Itinerary of Greece, which treats of Attica and Megaris.] A geograph- ical, topographical, historical, or other description of Attica. TI Attics, the pl. of attic, has a slightly different etymology. [ATTIC, B. 2.] *at-tíg'—u—oiás, a. [Lat. attigwus, from attigo, old form of attingo.] . [ATTING.E.] Contiguous, bordering on, near, hard by. (Ogilvie.) at-tíg"—u—oiás—nèss, s. [Eng. attiguous; -mess.] Thºuality of being attiguous; contiguity. (Ogil- 'U16. at-tin'ge, v. t. [Lat. attingo=to touch, to handle; ad=to, and tamgo=to touch..] To touch lightly or gently. (Coles: Dict., 1685.) at-ti're, *a-ti're, v. t. [Connected apparently with two classes of words. It has affinity with O. Fr. attirer, attyrer, atirer-to provide, to array, to dispose, to adorn. (This is not closely akin in sig- nification to Mod. Fr. attirer, which is=to attract, to procure.) From O. Fr. tier= rank. Order; Prov. (ttieyar; Sp. ataviar = to adorn. Compare also Ger. ziere?v=to adorn ; zier=ornament. The Eng. attire has also intimate relations with O. Fr. attowr- mer= to clothe: Mod. Fr. atowrmer= to adorn ; from O. Fr. Gutowr. attowr- (1) a hood, (2) a head-dress for a woman. The Eng. word tire-woman, to a certain extent, connects both classes of words.] [ATTIRE, S., TIRE, TIRE-WOMAN.] To clothe one in garments. especially of a gorgeous character. (Used literally or figuratively, followed by with or in.) “. . . and with the linen miter shall he be attired.” —Lev. xvi. 4. “Religion, if in heavenly truths attired, Needs only to be seen to be admired.” Cowper: Eacpostulation. at-ti're, *a-ti're, *at-ty're, *a-ty're (yr as ir), *at-tū'ur, s. [O. Fr. atirier=to attire.] A. Ordinary Language: I. (Of the form atour): A woman's head-dress. “This lady was of good entaile, Right wondirfulle of apparayle; By hir attyre so bright and shene, Men myght perceyve welle, and sene, She was not of religioun. Nor I nelle make mencioun, Nor of robe, nor of tresour, Of broche, neithir of hir rich attour.” t Romaunt of the Rose, 3,718-3,725. II. (Of the other forms of the word): Dress, ap- parel, vestments. 1. Spec. : Of a splendid kind. “Can a maid forget her ornaments, or a bride her attire?”—Jer. ii. 82. (See also Ezek. xxiii. 15.) 2. Gen. : Whether splendid or not. “Not brothers they in feature or attire.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. viii. ‘I In ordinary language it is rarely used in the plural. “But, when return'd, the good Ulysses' son With better hand shall grace with fit attires His guest . . .” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xiv., 583-5. B. Technically: *1. Qld. Bot. ... The stamens, pistils, &c., of a plant included within the calyx (called impalement) and the corolla (denominated foliation). The terms used in the subjoined extract from Johnson's Dictionary are so, thoroughly dead, and gone that the extract, itself is fitted to excite mirth in the botanical mind. ** Attire . ... [in Botany]. The flower of a plant is divided into three parts—the empalement, the foliation, and the attire, which is either florid or semiform. Floºd attire, called thrums or suits, as in the flowers of marigold and tansy, consists sometimes of two, but commonly of three parts: the outer part is the floret, the body of which is divided at the top, like the cowslip flower, into five distinctive parts. , Semiform attire consists of two parts— the chives and apices; one upon each attire.”—Johnson's IXictionary. 2. Her.: (1) Clothing; (2) a single horn of a stag. º yºur. attires is used for two horns. (Gloss, of €7°. Containing an attestation. (Worcester.) out, and I hissed.”—Milton: Apology for Smectymnuus. boil, boy; pâût, jowl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, expect, , Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, 2 -tian = shan. -tion, -5ion = Shiin; -tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, 1 &c. = bel, del, -Sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, attired at-ti'red, pat, par. & a. [ATTIRE, v.] 1. Ord. Lang. : With a signification correspond- ing to that of the verb. 2. In Heraldry: Orna- mented with horns or ant- lers. (Used of the Stag or Hart.) A rein deer is represented in Heraldry with double attires—one pair erect, and the other drooping. (Bowtell: Eng- lish Heraldry.) ** Attired : A term used among Heralds when they have occasion to speak of the hornes of a Buck or Stag, .”—Bullokar: Eng. Eac- N pos. (ed. 1655. Attired. , at-tî'r-èr, s. [Eng. attir(e); -er.] One who at- tires another; a dresser. (Johnson.) at-ti'r-iñg, pr. par. & S. [ATTIRE, v.] A. 48 present par. : With a signification corre- sponding to that of the verb. B. As swbstantive: 1. Spec. Plºwr.: The head-dress of women. “. . . attirings, that which gentlewomen wear on their heads, red imicula, . .”—Huloet, 2. Gen. : Dressing; dress of any kind. (a) Literally: “In the attiring and ornament of their bodies, the duke had a fine and unaffected politeness.”—Sir H. Wotton : Re- mains, p. 171. ..(b) Figuratively : Ornamental covering of any kind. (Sidney : Astrophel and Stella.) ât-tîr-líňg, s. LA. S. attor, aterpoison.] A shrew, a villain. “Meekely thou him answere, and not as an attirling.” Babees Book (ed. Furnivall), p. 38. *at-ti'—tle (tle = tel), v. t. [Lat. attitulo.] To entitle. º *I Its place is now supplied by ENTITLE (q.v.). “This Aries out of the twelve Pſath March attitled for hym selfe.” Gower: Conf. Am., bk. 7. āt-ti-tūde, #t-ti-tū’–d6, s. [In Sw, attitud; Fr. & Port. ſittitude = posture; Sp. actitud; Ital. attitudime = (1) aptness, fitness, (2) posture; Low Lat. * from Class. Lat., aptus = fitted, 3dapted. (APT.) While the signification, aptness, fitness, suggests Low Lat. aptitudo, from Class. Lat. aptw8=fitted, adapted, the Sp. actitud points to Class. Lat. actio = doing, action, and to actus = an impulse, an act; from actus, pa. par. of ago = to drive, . . . to do. he Ital, attitudime also is connected with Ital. atto-action, deed, which comes from the Lat. actus. (ACT.) Richardson and Mahn adopt the first of these ultimate etymologies; John- son, Webster, and Wedgwood the second.] 1. The posture in which a person stands, or in which a human being or animal is represented in a painting or sculpture. “They were famous originals that gave rise to statues, with the same air, posture, and attitudes.”—Addison. “Declining was his attitude.” Byron.: Siege of Corinth, 19. 2. The posture or position of a nation, of a per- son's mind or heart, or even of inanimate things. “. . . . . the attitudes assumed by idealists and skep- fig-irºr Spencer: Psychol. (2d ed.), vol. ii., p. 312, T Malone points out that in Evelyn's Idea of the Perfection of Painting (A. D. 1688), attitudo occurs , instead of attitude, and even it is defined as being a word little known. (Todd.) at-tá-tii"-din-al, a. [Apparently from Ital, atti- fwdim(e), and Eng. Suff. -al.] Pertaining or relating to attitude. āt-tî-tū-din-ār-i-an, s. [Apparently from Ital. attitudin(e), and Eng, suff...-arian.] One who gives particular attention to attitudes. āt-ti-tū-din-I'ze, v. [Apparently from Ital. at- titudin(e), and Eng. Suff. -ize.] To practice or as- sume attitudes. f “They had the air of figurantes, attitudimizing for effect.”—De Quincey: Works, vol. v., p. 158. - tät'—tle (tle=tel), s. [Cognate with ADDLE (?) (q.v.).] (Mahºn.) e Mining: Refuse or rubbish, consisting of broken fragments of the rock, rejected after examination as containing no Ore worth extraction. (Weale.) {ATTAL.] fat-tó1'-lent, a. & S. [Lat. attolens, pr. par. of attollo- to lift up : ad=to, and tollo—to lift up.] A. 48, adjective: Lifting up, raising, elevating. (Used chiefly in Anatomy.) “I shall farther take notice of the exquisite libration of the attollent and depriment mascles.”—Derham; Physico- 322 B. As substantive: Amat.: A term applied to one of the muscles whose function is to raise any portion of the bodily frame. *at-tong'e (onge as winge [?]), adv. [Eng. at ; once.]. At once; together in plage, or simultane- ously in point of time. [ATTONE..] “Tho mov’d with wrath, and shame, Of all attonce he cast avengd to be.’ Spenser: F. Q., I. v. 12. *at-ton'e (one as win), adv. [O. Eng. att-at: and Eng, one.] tº ſº tº 1. Of proacimity or identity in place : Together, connected with ; side by side. “But what are you whom like unlucky lot Hath linckt with me in the same chains attone?” Spense”: F. Q., IV. vii. 14. “. . . as white seemes fayrer macht with blacke at- tone.” Ibid., III. ix. 2. .2. Qf proximity or identity in time: At once; simultaneously. “. . . and from one reft both life and light attone.” Spense”: F. Q., III. v. 7. “The warlike Dame was on her part assaid Of Claribell and Blandamour attone.” Ibid., IV. ix. 30. * For AT ONE as quite separate words, see AT ONE, ATONEMENT. *at-tó'ne-mênt, s. [ATONEMENT.] at—tórn', *at-tūrn', v. t. & i. [O. Fr. attorner= to direct, to dispose, to attorn ; from tormer, town'- mer=to turn ; ltal. attornia re–to encompass, to enclose ; attormo = about ; Low Lat. attornare, attormiare, atturmare = to commit business to another, to attorn ; from Class. Lat ad = to, and tormo- to turn in a lathe, to round off; Gr. tormws= (1) a carpenter's tool, like our compasses, for draw- ing a circle, (2) a turner's chisel, a lathe chisel, (3) a circle.] [TutºN.j A, Transitive : Old Feudal Law or Custom : To transfer the feudal allegiance of a vassal, or the vassals gener- ally, to a new lord on his obtaining an estate from its former possessor. “In some case a lord might atturn and assign his vas- sal's service to some other: but he might not atturm him to his deadly foe.”—Sadler: Rights of the Kingdom, p. 16. B. Imtransitive : 1. Old Feudal Law or Custom . To profess to be- come the tenant of a new lord ; that is, to give con- sent to one's landlord transferring his estate to another, and intimating one's willingness to become the tenant of the new proprietor. “This consent of the vassal was expressed by what was called attorning, or professing to become the tenant of the new lord.”—Blackstome: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 19 2. Mod. Law: To agree to become tenant to a landlord to whom the estate on which one is located is about to pass by reversion. [ATTORNMENT.] at-tór-ney, at-tür'-ney, *a-tūr-ney (pl. at- tör"—neys, at-tór"—nies), s. [From O. Fr. attormé. atormé, atowrmé, pa. par. Of attormer, atormer, atowr- mer; Low Lat. attornatus, atturmatus, pa. par. of attorno, atturmo- to commit business, to another; Lat. ad=to, and tormo- to round off.] [ATTORN.] A. Ordinary Language: *I. Formerly, in a general sense: One appointed to act for another in important matters, and espe- cially in those pertaining to law. 1. Literally: º ** Rich. Tell me, how fares our loving mother? Stam. I, by attorney, bless thee from thy mother, Who prays continually for Richmond's good.” Shakesp.: Richard III., v. 3. “I am a subject, And I challenge law: attormies are denied me; And therefore personally I lay my claim To my inheritance of free descent.” * Shakesp.: Richard II., ii. 3. and Ladies' sake, y 2. Figuratively: “But when the heart's attorney once is mute, The client breaks, as desperate in his suit.” Shakesp.: Venus and Adonis. II. Now. Spec. : (In the same sense as B.) “He frequently poured forth on plaintiffs and defend- ants, barristers and attorneys, witnesses and jurymen, torrents of frantic abuse, intermixed with oaths and curses.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. *B. Law: One who managed any legal matters for another in a common law court; in this differing from a solicitor who practiced in a court of equity. |He corresponded to th. procurator or proctor of the civilians and canonists. Letter or Power of Attorney : A legal document by which a person appoints another to act for him in some particular matter, as to claim or receive a debt due to him. One who acts in consequence of being named in such a document is called a private attorney, and need not be a lawyer at all. attract attorney-general, s, *General : A lawyer permanently retained by a person of rank to defend his interests. “If you do wrongfully seize Hereford's rights, Call in the letters patent that he hath By his attorneys-general to sue His livery, and deny his offer'd homage.” Shakesp.: Richard II., ii. 1. In the United States the Department of Justice is presided over by the Attorney-General, whose duty it is to furnish all legal advice needed by Federal authorities, and conduct all litigation in which the United States is concerned. He is also called upon to recommend persons to fill the places of judges of the United States Circuit and District courts. There is an attorney-general for each State whose duty it is to furnish legal advice to the legislature; he represents the State in suits at law, and aids in prosecuting offenses against the State. In England the highest legal functionary perma- nently retained, on a salary, to take the part of the Crown in any suits affecting the royal (by which is really meant the public) interests. In prece- dence, he ranks above the solicitor-general. When he files an information in the appropriate COllrts regarding damage to the “king's ’’ lands, great political or other crimes, &c., it is sure to meet with immediate attention. He is not a member of the Cabinet, but goes out with the Ministry from whom he received his appointment. “Somers, now attorney-general, strongly recommended delay.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xix. attorney-generalship, s. The office or dignity of the attorney-general. fat-tór'-ney (pa, par. at-tór-neyéd, at-tór- niêd), v. t. [ATTORNEY, s.] 1. To employ as one's deputy Or proxy. “As I was then Advertising and holy to your business, Not changing heart with habit, I am still Attornied to your service.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, v. 1. 2. To perform an act by attorney, deputy, or proxy. “. . their encounters, though not personal, have been royally attorneyed with interchange of gifts, letters, loving embassies.”—Shakesp.: Winter's Tale, i. 1 at-tór'—ney-ship, s. [Eng. attorney, and suff, -ship.] The office of an attorney, in its first and more general sense; or, in the modern and specific One, of an attorney-at-law acting for one in a legal matter. IATTORNEY.] “Marriage is a matter of more worth Than to be dealt in by attorneyship.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., v. 5. at-tūrn'-ing, pr. par. [ATToRN.] at-tórn'-mênt, s. [O. Fr. attornement; from Low Lat. attornamentum..] [ATTORN.] Old Feudal Law: Consent given by tenants or vassals to a lord’s alienating his estate. By the old feudal arrangements, both "lords and tenants were supposed to Tave mutual obligations, so that the former could not sell his estate without the attorm- memt or permission of the tenant, or the tenant transfer his land to another tenant without the lord’s permission. at-tó'ur, *at—tó'ure, *at-tóü're, *a-tó'ur, “a- tóü're, *at-tū’re (Old Eng, dº Scotch), prep. & adv. [Fr. awtowr-round about:, or Eng. owt, over (pro- nounced rapidly and indistinctly).] A. As preposition: Over, across, beyond, above, further onward than, exceeding in number, past. (Scotch.) “Na, na, lad! Od! she is, maybe, four or five years younger than the like o' me, by and attour her gentle havings.”—Scott; Red-gauntlet, Letter xii. B. As adverb : Moreover. ‘iſ Attown' alquhare : Anywhere, anywhither. “Attour, the King shall remain in thy government and keeping, till he come to perfect age.”—Pitscottie, p. 13. (Jamieson.) T To go attown'. (Jamiesom.) To stand attown'. To keep off. (Jamieson.) By and atown': Besides all that, moreover, Over and above. “By and autour, the same few farm duty allanerly.”- A Charten' om Bibl. Topog., vol. v. (Zetland), p. 71. at-träct', v. t. [Low Lat. attracto; from attract. wm, sup. of attraho=to draw to or toward: ad=to, and traho-to draw. In Mod. Fr. attirer; O. Fr. attraicter; Sp. atraer; Port. attrahir; Ital, at traºrre.] I. Lit.: To draw any material substance to ºr toward another one, or exert an influence which, but for counteracting causes, would so attract it. [ATTRACTION.] “The single atoms each to other tend, Attract, attracted to, the next in place Form'd and impelled its neighbor to embrº. Opé. To remove to some distance, fāte, fät, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pôt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. attract “The law of gravitation enunciated by Newton is, that every particle of matter, in the universe, attracts every other particle with a force which diminishes as the square of the distance increases.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., i. 6. II. Figuratively: & 1. To draw hearts by influences fitted to operate upon them; to allure. “Adorn’d She was indeed, and lovely, to attract Thy love, not thy subjection.” Milton: P. L., bk. x. “This stipend, coupled with the hope of a pension, does not attract the English youth in sufficient numbers.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. 2. To arrest, to fix (applied to the mind or atten- tion), to draw the notice of. “The former is the error of minds prone to reverence whatever is old; the latter of minds readily attracted by whatever is new.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. “. . . . to attract a large share of the public atten- tion.”—Ibid., ch. ii. *at-träct', s. ſº the verb. In O, Fr. attraict: Mod. Fr. attrait..] [ATTRACT, v.] “Feel darts and charms, attracts and flames, And woo and contract in their names.” Hudibras. at-träct-a-bil'-i-ty, fat-träct-i-bil-i-ty, s. [Eng. attract; ability.] Capability of being at- tracted. “There is a strong propensity, which dances through every atom, and attracts the minutest particle to some peculiar object ; . . . thou wilt not find a corpuscle destitute of that natural attractibility.”—Sir W. Jones: Tr. of Shirim and Ferhad. (Asiat. Res., iv. 178.) at-träct'-a-ble, fat-träct'—i-ble, a. [Eng. at- tº: ; -able.] That may be attracted. (Kerr, Lavoi- .S1627°. at-träct'-ād, pa. par. & a. [ATTRACT, v.] fat-träct'-èr, s. [ATTRACTOR.] *at-träct'-ic, *at-träct'-ic—al, a. [Eng. attract; -ic, -ical.] Possessing the power of drawing to or toward. “Some stones are endued with an electrical or attract- £cal virtue.”—Ray on the Creation. at-träct'-ile, a. [Eng., attract; , -ile.] Having the power to attract anything. (More commonly written ATTRACTIVE.) [ATTRACTIVE.] at-träct'-iñg, pr. par. & al. [ATTRACT, v.] “. especially if that thing upon which they look has an attracting, virtue upon the foolish eye.”—Bunyam: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. at-träct-iñg—ly, adv. [Eng: attracting; -ly.] So as to exert attraction. (Todd.) at-trác"—tion, s. gº Ger. tattraction, tattrak- tion; Fr. attraction; Sp. atraccion : Port. attracCao; ſtai attrazione, Aii from flat. attractio, from at- £raho = to draw together: ad = to, and traho = to draw.] A. Ordinary Language: wº I. The act or power of attracting. 1. Lit.: The act of one material body in drawing º or toward itself; also the power of doing SO. & & * in so far as their orbits can remain unaltered by the attractions of the planets.”—Herschel; Astron. «1858), $ 564. 2. Fig.: The act or power of drawing a É. by moral means to one's self; the power of alluring. “. . . in his eye There is a fastening attraction which Fixes my fluttering eyes on his: my heart Beats quick; he awes me, and yet draws me near, Nearer, and nearer.” Byron: Caim, i. 1. II. The state of being attracted, either in a literal or in a figurative sense. “Since Newton’s time the attraction of matter by mat- ter was experimentally established by Cavendish.”— Atkinson; Ganot's Physics, $ 58. III. That which attracts, either in a literal or in a figurative sense; attractive qualities. “. . . . to female attractions.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xxiii. B. Technically: I. Nat. Phil., or Universal Attraction: A force in Virtue of which the material particles of all bodies tend necessarily to approach each other. It oper- ates at whatever distances the bodies may be from each other, whether the space between them be filled with other masses of matter or is vacant, and Whether the bodies themselves are at rest or are in motion. When they are not closely in contact, the attraction between them is called that of gravita- tion or of gravity. It is of various kinds:— (1) The Attraction of Gravitation or of Gravity is the operation of the above-mentioned attraction When the bodies acting and acted upon are not bóil, böy; pout, jówl; Caſt, çell, Chorus, 323 closely in contact. It is often called the Law, of Gravity or Gravitation, but the term Law in this case means simply generalization. It states the universality of a fact, but does not really, account for it. By this law or generalization, the attraction between any two material particles is directly pro- portional to the product of their masses, and in- versely proportional to the square of their distance asunder. [GRAVITY..] “Thus the attraction of gravity at the earth’s surface is expressed by the number 32, because, when acting freely on a body for a second of time, it imparts to the body a velocity of thirty-two feet a second.”—Tyndall: Frag. Of Science (3d ed.), i. 10. (2) Molecular attraction, differs from the former in acting only at infinitely small distances. . It ceases to be appreciable when the distances be- tween the molecules become appreciably large. It is divided into COHESION, AFFINITY, and ADHESION q. V.). Capillary Attraction (from Lat. capillws=a hair), meaning the attraction excited by a hair-like tube on a liquid within it, is, properly speaking, a variety of adhesiom. [ADHESION, CAPILLARY.] & 4 and for the attraction of gravity substitute that of chemical affinity, which is the name given to the molecular attraction.”—Tyndall; Frag. of Science (3d ed.), i. 10 II. Chemistry. Chemical Attraction: The same as Chemical Affinity. [AFFINITY..] [See also I., 2.] III. Magnetism. Magnetic Attraction: The power excited by a magnet or loadstone of drawing and attaching iron to itself. IV. Electricity. Electrical Attraction: The power possessed by an electrified body of drawing certain other bodies to itself. The repulsions or attractions between two electrified bodies are in the inverse ratio of the squares of their distance. The distance remaining the same, the force of attraction or re- pulsion between two electrified bodies is directly as the product of the quantities of electricity with yºn they are charged. (Atkinson : Gamot's Phys- 1.C.S. at-träct'—ºve, a. & s. [Eng. attract; -ive. In Fr. attractif: Sp. atractivo; Port. attractivo, Ital. at- trattivo.] A. As adjective: 1. Lit.: Drawing, or having the power to draw to or toward. (Applied to the action of gravity, cohe- sion, &c., on material bodies.) [ATTRACT (q.v.).] “. . . other stars, Py his attractive virtue and their own Incited, dance about him various rounds? Their wandering course, now high, now low, then hid, Progressive, retrograde, or standing still.” Milton: P. L., bk. viii. “The reason of this stability is that two forces, the one attractive and the other repulsive, are in operation between every two atoms.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), x. 251. 2. Fig.: Drawing the mind or heart; allurement. (a) Chiefly by physical beauty. Hence, an “at- tractive ’’ female as a rule means a beautiful one. The term may be applied, in an analogous sense, to the inferior animals. “. . . successive males display their gorgeous plum- age and perform strange antics before the females, which, standing by as spectators, at last choose the most attract- ive partner.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. iv., p. 89. (b) Chiefly by mental or moral graces, or by both combined. é & and with attractive graces won , y 3 The most averse, thee chiefly . . . Milton: P. L., blº. ii. B. As substantive: That which draws; an attrac- tion, an allurement. “The condition of a servant staves him off to a distance; but the gospel speaks nothing but attractives and invita- tion.”—South. at-träct'—ive-ly, adv, [Eng. attractive; -ly.] In an attractive manner. (Johnson.) at-träct'—ive-nēss, s. [Eng. attractive: -mess.] The quality of being attractive. & 4 the same attractiveness in riches.”—South: Works, vol. vii., Serm. 14. at-träct –ör, at-träct'-èr, s. [Eng. attract; and suffixes -or, -er.] One who or that which attracts. “. and most prevalent attracter, the earth.” Derham: Physico-Theol., bk. i., ch. 5. “If the straws be in oil, amber draweth them not; oil makes the straws to adhere so that they cannot rise unto the attractor.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. ât'-tra-hént, a. & S. [In Fr. attrayant, attirant; Port. attrahente ; all from Lat. attrahems, pr. par. of attraho = to draw to or toward: ad = to, and traho= to draw.] Ghin, bençh; go, gem, thin, this; Sin, - attribute A. As adjective: Drawing B. As substantive: ..., ‘. . . 1. Gen.: That which, draws to or toward. -- “Our eyes will inform us of the motion of the steel to its attrahent.”—Glanville: Scepsis. - .*2. Specially. Old Med...: An external applica- tion, which was formerly supposed to draw the humors to the part of the body on which it was put. It is now known that the action, easily ex- cited, is that of the part, itself. Sinapisms, rube- facients, &c., fall under the category. *at-träp', (1) v. t. [From Lat. ad, and Eng, trap (q.v.). In Sw, drapera; Fr. draper=to line with cloth, especially with black cloth; to drape; drap =woolen cloth, stuff, sheets; Sp. & Port, trapo- a rag, tatter, clout, cloth; a suit of sails; ragged people; Low Lat. trapºws = cloth; trappatºwrq= trappings.] [DRAPE, TRAP, TRAPPINGS.] To clothe, to dress. (a) In ornate style. “Attrapped royalty; ‘instratus ornatu regio.’”—Barett Alvearie. (b) In plebeian fashion. & £ e to or toward. } . . all his steed With oaken leaves attrapt, yet seemed fit For salvage wight . . .” e Spenser: F. Q., IV. iv. 39. *at-träp' (2), v. t. [From Fr. attraper=to catch, to seize, to deceive, to trick.] To entrap. “. . . he was not attrapped eyther with net or snare.”—Grafton: Henry VIII., an. 17. (Richardson.) *at-träpped (1), *at-träpt', pa. par. [ATTRAP (1).] *at-träpped (2), pa. par. [ATTRAP (2).] ât—tréc—tā'—tion, s. [Lat. attrectatio, from at- trecto-to touch, to handle; ad=to, and tracto-to drag about; freq. from traho-to draw.] The act of handling frequently: the state of being frequently handled. (Johnson.) *āt'-tri, *āt"—traº—a, a. [ATTRY.] at-trib'—u—ta-ble, a. [Eng. attribut(e), -able; Tr. attribuable.] That may be attributed, ascribed, or imputed to. “The errors which were almost entirely attributable to carelessness in the adjustments.”—Hooker: Himalayan Journals, vol. ii., Appendix 1. at-trib'—ute, *āt -tri-bute, v. t. [In Fr. attrib- wer; Sp. atribwir; Port. attribwir; Ital, attribwire; Lat., attribuo: ad=to, and tribuo-to distribute, ant; tribws=the third part of the Roman people, ence a tribe.] e º .1. Of persons: To ascribe to, to impute; to con- sider as having been done by one. & . (a) That which is ascribed to one being good or indifferent. “Little as either the intellectual or the moral character of Blount may seem to deserve respect, it is in a great measure to him that we must attribute the emancipation of the English press.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xix. (b) That which is ascribed to one being bad. “. . . the treason of Godolphin is to be attributed altogether to timidity . . .”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvii. 2. Of things: To ascribe to, as when a certain effect is ascribed to a particular cause. “I now admit . . . that in the earlier editions of my ‘Origin of Species’ I probably attributed too much to the action of natural selection, or the survival of the fittest.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iv. T In one place, as Nares remarks; Spenser accents the verb attribute on the first syllable, like the sub- Stantive. “Right true : but faulty men use oftentimes To attribute their folly unto fate.” Spenser: F. Q., V. iv. 28. In another, however, he does so on the second, as is now universally done. “Ye may attribute to yourselves as kings.” Ibid., 1, Cant. on Mutab., st. 49. ât'-tri-büte, s. [In Sw., Dan., Ger., & Fr. at- tribut; Sp. atributo; Port, & Ital. attributo; from Lat. attributws, pa. par. Of attribwo.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. That which is attributed, ascribed, or imputed to any person or thing, as an essential characteris- tic of him or it. A characteristic quality of any person or thing. “Reflect his attributes, who placed them there.” Cowper'; Tirocinium. 2. That which is symbolic of one's office or charac- ter, or of anything. [B., 2.] “A crown, an attribute of sovereign power.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. 3. Honor, reputation. “The pith and marrow of our attribute.” Shakesp. ; Hamlet, i. 4. expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, —dle, &c. = bel, 'del. -tian -ble, ** * Shan. -Sious = shiis. —tion, '-Cious, -Sion –tious, Zhūn. shūn; -Šion —tion, attributed B. Tech?vically: 1. Logic: That which is predicated of any sub- ject; that which may be affirmed or denied of any- thing. Sir William Hamilton divides attributes into Primary, Secundo-primary, and Secondary. Herbert Spencer, objecting that these words have direct reference to the Kantian doctrine of Space and Time, from which he dissents, and that they are in another respect inaccurate, divides attributes into Dynamical, Statico-dynamical, and Statical (q.v.). (Herbert Spencer: Psychol., 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 136, § 317.) 2. Painting and Sculpture: That which is repre- sented with one as being symbolical of one's Office or character. Thus the trident is the attribute of Neptune. [A., 2.] at-trib'—u—téd, pa. par. [ATTRIBUTE, v.] at-trib’—u—tífig, pr. par. [ATTRIBUTE, v.] āt-tri-bü'—tion, s. [In Fr. attribution: Port. attribuiçao; Ital. attribuzione; Lat. attributio- (1) the assignment of a debt; (2) an attribute. 1. The act of attributing or ascribing anything; the state of being ascribed. “. in the attribution and distribution of which bonors, we see, antiquity made this difference.”—Bacom: Adv. of Learm., blº. i. 2. That which is ascribed. Spec., commendation, honor. “Hot. Well said, my noble Scot: if speaking truth, In this fine age, were not thought flattery, Such attribution should the Douglas have.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., iv. 1. at-trib'—u—tive, a, & s. [Eng. attribute; -ive.] 1n Fr. attributif; Port. attributivo.] A. As adjective: Attributing. “And the will dotes that is attributive.” Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, ii. 2. B. As substantive (Gram.) : A term introduced by Harris to designate words which are significative of attributes. He classifies them as Attributives of the first order, or those which are attributes of substances, namely, Adjectives, Verbs, and Parti- cles; and Attributives of the second order, or those which denote the attributes only of attributes— namely, Adverbs. “Proper subjects of the attributives good and bad.”— Bowring: Bentham's Works, vol. i., p. 216. at-trib'—u—tive-ly, adv. In an attributive man- Il GT. at-trist , v. t. [Fr. attrister.] To sadden. (Wal- pole : Letters, iii. 382.) at-triºte, a. [Lat. attritus, pa. par. of attero= to º at, toward, or against: ad=to, and tero=to I’ll O. I. Ordinary Langwage: Rubbed; subjected to the action of friction. (Miltom. P. L., X. 1,073.) II. Roman Catholic Theology: Sorry for having committed sin, but solely on account of the pun- ishment associated with it. at-trite-nēss, s. [Eng. attrite; -mess.] The qual- ity of being rubbed away or worn down by friction. (Dyche.) -i. at-tri'—tion, *at-tryg'—y-ön, s. [In Fr. attri- tion; Ital, attrizione; Lat, attritio.] 1. Ord. Lamg. dé Nat. Science: The act or process of rubbing down or away; abrasion; the state of being rubbed away. (Used of rocks, teeth, &c.) “If this great bed of pebbles, without including the mud necessarily derived from their attrition, was piled into a mound, it would form a great mountain chain.”— Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. viii. “. ... the posterior concavity having been smoothly deepened by attrition, . . .”—Owen; British Fossil Mam- mals and Birds, p. 6. 2. Roman Catholic Theology: Sorrow for having committed sin, not, however, through hatred of the sin itself, but merely on account of the punishment brought in its train. It is considered the lowest degree of repentance. “He the whyche hath not playne contrycyon, but all onely attrycyon, the whyche is a manner of contrycyon unpärfyte and unsuffycyent for to have the grace of God.” —Institution of a Christian Man, p. 162. *āt"—try, *āt'—tér—ly, adv. [A. S. attor, atter, ator, alter=poison, venom.] Venomous. “Somed that the attri heorte sent up to the tunge.”— MS. Cott., Nero, A. xiv., f. 21. (S. im Bowcher.) *at-try cº-y-àn. [ATTRITION.] at-tūne, v. t. [Lat. ad, and Eng. twme.] I. Literally: 1. To tune to ; to render one musical instrument or one sound accordant with another One. 2. To render musical. II. Fig.: To render accordant. (Applied to human hearts, the passions, &c.) “Social friends, Attum’d to happy unison of soul.” Thomson: The Seasons; Summer. “. . . but harmony itself, Attuming all their passions into love.” Ibid., Spring. whât, fall, fät, amidst, färe, fāte, father; 324 at-tū'ned, pa, par. & al. [ATTUNE.] at-tū’n—ing, pr. par. [ATTUNE.] *at'—two (two astā), adv. [Eng. a two.] [ATwo.] artin', s. A fish, the Thyrsites atun, belonging to the family of Trichiuridae, or Hair-tailed fishes. It feeds voraciously on the calamary, is found in the ocean, near Southern Africa and Australia, and is prized for the delicacy of its flesh. *a-tá’o, adv. [ATwo.] a twä in, “a-twäine, *a-twinne, *a-twynne, *Q-tuyn ne (uy as Wi), adv. [Eng. a twain (q.v.).] In twain, in two; asunder, apart. (Lit. défig.) “He sondred the Sarazins otwynne, and fought as a dragon.”—R. Brumme, p. 183. (Richardson.) “I will not that this compaignye parten at wymme.” $ Chaucer: C. T., 318. “Flesch and veines nou fleo attvinne, Wherfore I rede of routhe.” Mary and the Cross (ed. Morris), 16, 17. “Tearing of papers, breaking rings at waim.” Shakesp.: A Love?’s Complaint. “Edged with sharp laughter, cuts at wain The knots that tangle human creeds.” Tennyson: To– a—twä'el, adv. [Eng. at=wot; weel-well, or it may possibly be a corruption of a weel.] I wot well. (Scotch.) (Scott: Old Mortality, ch. xxxviii.) a-tºwe'en, *a-tºwe'ene, *a,—twé'ne, adv. & prep. Eng. a twain...] [ATWAIN, Twain. Cf. also ETWEEN.] Between. . The form ATWEENE is now obsolete. “From her faire eyes wiping the deawy wet Which softly stild, and kissing them at weeme.” Spense”: F. Q., IV. vii. 35. T. In English the form at ween is obsolete in prose but is employed in poetry. In Scotch it is still used colloquially. “It was, I ween, a lovely spot of ground; And there a season at ween June and May.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, i. 2. “Low-tinkled with a bell-like flow Atween the blossoms.” Tennyson: Song. “. . . we’ll guide him at ween us, . . .”—Scott: Antiquary, ch. xv. a—twänd", v. t. [A. S. at, denoting opposition; wendam=to go..] [WEND.] To turn away. “Hed mai hire gult at wende.” Hule and Nyghtingale, 1,415. *a-twi'nde (?), *ā-twi'n-dan, v. t. [See AT- wOND.] *a-twin'ne, adv. [ATWAIN.] a—twirl, a. & adv. Twirling; in the act of twirling. “With her heel at wirl.”— Whittier. fa-twist' (O. Eng.), al-twä'esh (Scotch), a. [Eng. a ; twist (q. v.).] Twisted. (Seager, Reid, and %;a; *a-twite, *a-twi'—tén, v. t. [A. S. dºtwitam.] To twit, to reproach, to blame for, to upbraid. “Thing most slanderous their nobles to aturite.”— Chaucer: Certain Balades, 1,066. (Boucher.) *a—twixt', *a-twyx', *a-twyx'—yn (O. Eng.), a—twäe sh (O. Scotch), prep. [Old form of Eng. betwixt. From A. S. a, and tweah-two.] [Two, BETWIxT.] Betwixt. “With that an hideous storm of wind arose, With dreadful thunder and lightning at wiact.” Spemser: F. Q., III. xii. 2. “Atweesh themselves they best can ease their pain.” Shirref: Poems, p. 33. (Jamieson.) *a-two", *at-two", *a-tu'o (two and tuo as td, or as two, see the first example), *a-twa', adv. [Eng. a=in, two.] Into two, in two ; asunder, in twain. “Right as a swerd for-kutteth and for-kerveth An arm atuo, my dere sone, right so A tonge cutteth frendschip al at wo.” Chaucer: C. T., 17,272-4. *a-twind', pret, of v. i. (as if from *a-twinde, or *a-twin-dan). [A. S. Cetwimdam – to wind off, escape, flee away; pret. Oetwººd, pa. par. Oetwwn- dem.] Ceased. “Moyses gede ut, helde up is hond, And all this unweder thor attvond.” Story of Genesis and Eacodus, (ed. Morris), 3,057-8. Atwood's machine. [MACHINE.] *a—twºt', pret. of v. (as if from *a-twi'te or *3–twi'—tan). [A. S. oet-at, by, near against, and witan– to depart.] Disappeared ; departed. “And God at wot into hise ligt.” Story of Gemesis and Ea:odus (ed. Morris), 1,049. *a—twyn'ne, adv. [ATWAIN.] a-ty—a, s. [From Atys; Gr. Atys=the name of several persons mentioned, in classic history or mythology. The most notable was an effeminate hër, Camel, hère, wét, wé, thére; auchan and foppish youth, killed by Tydeus in the Theban War.] The name given by Leach to a genus of decapod long-tailed crustaceans. They have the forceps terminating the four claws cleft as far as its base, or appearing to be composed of two fingers in the form of lashes united at their origin. a typ-ic, a. [Not from Lat. atypus, Gr. atypos, which signifies stammering, but from a, priv., and Jäät, typws; Gr. typos= . . . . a model, type. [TYPE. Nott. Science: Not having typical characters, (Dama. a-ty'-piis, s. [Gr. a, priv., and typos= . . . a type. Not typical.] ...A genus of spiders belonging to the family Mygalidae. The A. Solzeri excavates in the ground, to the depth of seven or eight inches, a cylindrical tube, which it lines with silk. It is found in France. *a-ty'-zar, a. [Accommodated from the Arabic.] 48trol. : , Inflamed; angry (?). A technical word of old applied to the planet Mars. (R. Bell, in the Glossary to his edition of Chaucer.) Au. [The first two letters of Lat. aurum=gold.] Chem. : The symbol for awrum=gold. [AURUM, GOLD.] ău, Ö, Öu, interj. pain.] A. Qf the form au: An exclamation expressive of Surprise. B. Of the forms au in Aberdeenshire, and O or ou. in the southern counties of Scotland: An exclama- tion expressive of surprise. [Dan, aw–oh, expressive of ău-ā'le, v. i. [AVAILL.J. To descend. (Douglas: Virgil, 150, 41.) *äu"-alk, v. [A. S. awoeccan=to awake(?).] To watch. (O. Scotch...) *äu"—ant, s. [AvAUNT.] (O. Scotch.) ău-ba'de, s. [Fr.] Open-air music performed at daybreak before the door or window of the person. whom it is intended to honor. âu'-bäine, s. [Fr. awbaine=an escheat to the Crown ; from awbain – a stranger not naturalized. from flat. alibi=elsewhere, and suff. -amus. Comp. also alienus=an alien.] . Droit, d’awbane, or Jus albimatus: A so-called right which the King of France formerly possessed. to seize the goods of any alien dying within his dominions, unless the person deceased had in his lifetime been formally promised an exemption from the operation of the law. (Blackstone: "Com- 7ment... bk. i., ch. 10.) T The natural effect of this unjust and absurd law was to hº foreigners from settling in France, and thus to deprive the king and the coun- try of all assistance from intellect not of native growth. It was repealed in 1819. ăube, s. [ALB.] ău'-bérge, s. [Fr.] An inn; a place of enter- tainment for travelers. “At the awberge near the foot of the Rhone glacier . . .”—Tumdall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., ii. 32. ău'-bêr-gines, s, pl. [Fr.] A name for the fruit of two species of Solanum. “. . . that of Solanum lycopersicum and melongen (t is served at table in various forms, under the name of º and Aubergimes.”—Loudon: Encyclop. of Plants, P. l; ău'-bin, s. [Fr. awbin; from Lat. ambulo=to go about, to go backward and forward, to walk..] Horsemanship : A gait or movement of a horse intermediate between a gallop and a trot or amble. ău'—bürn, “á'-birn, “à'—bürne, *āu'—börne, *ā-brón, *ā1'-birn, a. [Connected with A. S. boerman, berman- . . . . to burn; bryme=a burn- ing; Ger, bremſmen—to burn, with which the form abrom seems akin. On this hypothesis auburn hair would be of a color like that produced by burning, viz., brown. (BROwn.) But the form alburn, which occurs in Skinner's and Johnson's Dictionaries, points to the Ital. albwrmo- a white hazel-tree; Lat. albwrmws=a white fish, the Bleak or Blay; albws=dead white, not dazzling white (ALBURNUM); in which case, auburn hair must originally have signified white instead of brown hair. Mahn and Wedgwood adhere to this latter etymology. AC- cording to the Prompt., awbwrne color=citrimus: ñā; a pale yellow color.] A term used chiefly of all T. *1. Originally: White (?). (See etym.) 2. Now: Brown, with a tinge of red or russet. (Byron.: Corsair, ii. 2.) A. U. C. A contraction for Anno urbis, conditae =in the year of the city founded, i. e., from the foundation of the city of Rome. ău'-chan, a'-chan, 8. IDeriv. uncertain. Prob- ably from some obscure place.) A kind of pear. pine, pit, marine; gö, pöt, sire, sir, Or, wóre, ae, Oe = €; wolf, whô, sān; wórk, ey = a, qu = kW. Syrian. try, ciib, miite, ciire, unite, ciír, ràle, füll; auchenia. âu-ché'-ni-a, s. [Gr, awchén=the neck.] A genus of Mammalia of the order, Ruminantia and the family Camelidae. It includes the Llamas, which are the American representatives of the Camels so well known in the Eastern world. They have no dorsal humps, and their toes are completely di- vided. There are about four species of Auchenia : the A. guanaco, or Guanaco, [GUANACO]; the 4. jiama, or Llama [LLAMA]; the 4. paco, the Paco or Alpaca [ALPACA); and the A. vicunia, or Wicugna [VICUGNA]. *äucht, v. t. & S. [OUGHT.] *āucht, a. [AUHT, EIGHT.] (Scotch.) àucht, àught, awcht (ch. & gh, guttural), pret. of verb. [In Scotch aw– to possess, to owe ; from Å.S. aht, ahte, cehte, pret.of again=to own.]...[AG.H.] 1. Possessed; owned. (Scotch.) [AUGHT.] “Of kyngis, that aucht that reawte, And mast had rycht thare kyng to be.” Wyntown, viii., 2, §. (Jamieson.) 2. Owed; was indebted; ought. “For lawe or than for threte Of fors, he suld pay as he awcht.” Wyntown, v., 8, 89. (Jamieson.) àu cou-rant (ant as āng), a. or adv. . [Fr. aw– to the, in the, with the ; cowrant=current, running stream, course, way, custom, progress.], ..." In the current” of progress with regard to anything; well informed with respect to everything which is being said or done in connection with it. #āuc'—ta—ry, s. [From Lat. awctorium=an addi- tion, an overweight; awctum=Supine of ayugeo = to increase..] Increase, augmentation. (O. Scotch.) “An large awctary to the library.” Crawford: Univ. Edin., p. 137. *āuc'-tén-ty, a. [AUTHENTIC.] (O. Scotch.) *āuc'—tér, s. [ALTAR.] Altar. “He made an aucter on Godes name.” Story of Genesis and Eacodus (ed. Morris), 625. âuc –tion, s. [In Sw. & Ger. tauktion; Dan. awc- fion= an auction; from Lat. awctio- (1) an increas- ing, (2) an auction; (tugeo-to cause to increase, 1. The public disposal of goods to the highest bid- der. None but those who have taken out an auction license are at present allowed to conduct such sales. To ascertain who the highest bidder is, two leading processes may be adopted. The goods may be put up at a low figure, and then competitors for them, bidding against each other, will raise this to a higher price. This is what is generally done. In what is, called a “ Dutch auction,” however, the process is reversed. The goods are put up at a price much above their value, and gradually lowered till a bid is given for them, and they are then forthwith knocked down to him from whom it proceeded. “Then followed an auction, the strangest that history has recorded.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. vii. 2. The goods sold by auction. “Ask you why Phrine the whole auction buys? Phrine foresees a general excise.”—Pope. auction-catalogue, s. The catalogue of the goods to be disposed of at an auction. auction-mart, s. A place where goods are sold by public auction. auction-room, S. A. room, used temporarily or permanently for the disposal of goods by public auction, făuc—tion, v. t. [From the substantive.]. To sell goods by auction. (Johnson.) In the United States, the phrase, “ sales at auction,” is more commonly used. âuc'—tion-ar-y, a. [Eng. auction; -tury.] Per- taining to an auction. “And much more honest, to be hir’d, and stand With (unction (try hammer in thy hand; Provoking to give more, and knocking thrice For the old household stuff, or picture's price.” Dryden: Juvenal. âuc—tion-É'er, s, [Eng. auction; -eer.] A person ‘Whose occupation it is to sell goods by auction. “Even the auctioneer was always a character in the drama.”—De Quincey: Works (ed. 1863), ii. 6. auc-tion-è'er, v. t. [From the substantive.] To dispose of goods by auction. âuc-tion-è'ered, pa. par. [AUCTIONEER, v.] “Estates are landscapes, gazed upon awhile, Then advertised, and auctione”'d away.” Cowper: Task, bk. iii. âuc-tion-è'er-iñg, pr. par. & adj. [AUCTION- EER, v.] făuc -tive, a. . [From Lat, awctus, pa. par. of Cºuſſeo.] Increasing. (Johnson.) *âuc-tor -i-té, s. [Fr. anttorité.] Authority. “. . and certes rightfully may ye take no ven- º as of youre owne awctorité.”—Chaucer: Tale of Ahl ('l i ()ett S. bóil; böy; pout, jowl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 325 *āuc'-tóur, s. [AUTHOR.] ău'-că-ba, s. [Japanese name.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Cornaceae, or Cornels. The Only known species in A. Japonica, a well- known evergreen, with leaves like those of the laurel in form and mottled with yellow. ău-că-pâ'—tion, s. [Lat. awcupatio; from aucu- por=to go a bird-catching ; awceps, contr. for avi- ceps=a bird-catcher; avis–bird, and capio=to take.] Bird-catching; fowling. ău-dà'-cious (cious as shiis), a. [From Fr. awdacienta: ; Sp. & Port. awactz; Ital. awāace. Lat. awda.c.; from audeo-to dare, to venture.] Adven- turous, bold, daring, spirited. e †: In a good or an indifferent sense: Brave, val- la Illy, “Audacious Hector if the gods ordain, That great Achilles rise and rage again, What toils attend thee, and what woes remain!” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. x., 118-120. 2. In a bad sense: (a) Of persons: Bold, impudent; with shameless effrontery; with contempt for law, human and divine. RA “Of the members of the House of Commons who were animated by these feelings, the fiercest and most awda- cious was Howe.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. (b) Of conduct: Proceeding from and indicating boldness in a bad sense; the offspring of shameless effrontery. “Such is thy audacious wickedness, Thy lewd, pestif’rous and dissentious pranks.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., iii. 1. ău-dā'-cious—ly (cious as shiis), adv. [Eng. awdacious; Suff. -ly.] ln an audacious manner; tºº, impudently. (Shakesp.: Love's Labor's Lost, V. Z. ău-dā'-cious-nēss (cious as shiis), s. [Eng. audacious; -mess.] The quality of being audacious; º impudence, audacity. (P. Holland: Livy, I). 40ö. ău-dāg'-i-ty, s. [From Lat. audacis, genit. of awdaw-audacious, bold, and Eng. suff. -ity. In Fr. Gºwdace; Port., Ital., & Lat. awaacia..] "Capa- ble of doing daring deeds. 1. In a good, or at least in an indifferent sense: Courage, daring, valor, gallantry. “Another lawyer of more vigor and audacity.”—Mac- aulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. 2. In a bad sense: Hardihood, effrontery, impu- dence; capability of boldly doing deeds involving contempt for law, human and divine. Au-dé-an-ism, Āu-dae"—an-ism, Āu-di'-an- išm, s. [From Audoeus or Awdius, a native of Meso- otamia, who lived in the fourth century. He ecame a Syrian bishop; but having incurred odium among his brethren for censuring their avarice and luxury, he was banished to Scythia.] The follow- ers of the Audaeus or Audius mentioned above, who was said to have held the anthropomorphic view, founded on Gen. i. 26, 27, that God had a body in the image of which that of man was created. [AN- THROPOMORPHITE.] ău-di-bil’-i-ty, s. [From Low Lat. awdibilis; and Eng. suffix -ty.] "Audibleness; capability of being heard. (Jowrmal of Science.) ău -di-ble, a. & S. [In Ital. audibile; from Low Lat. audibilis-audible; awdio=to hear. Cognate with Gr. awdad=to utter sounds, to speak, and audě=the human voice; from the root awd or aws, in Sansc. vad-to speak; also with Gr. ous, genit. Ötos=an ear.] [EAR.] A. As adjective: Which may be heard; loud enough to be heard; actually heard. “His respiration quick and audible.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. viii. fB. As substantive: Anything which may be heard or which is heard. “ . and of articulate voices, tones, songs, and quaverings, in audibles.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. iii., § 258. ău.-di-ble-mêss, s. [Eng. audible; ºness.] The quality of being able to be heard; audibility. (John- SO??). àu.-di-bly, adv. [Eng., audible); -ly.] In an audible manner. So as to be heard. “Main ocean, breaking audibly, . . .” Wordsworth; View from the Top of Black Comb. ău'-di-enge, s. [In Sw, audiens; Ger. awdienz; Dan, & Fr. audience; Sp. & Port. audiencia; Ital. (twdienza, awdienzia, all from Lat. awdientia.] A. Ordinary Langwage: . I. The act, or opportunity of hearing; hearing, listening; attention. “Let thine handmaid, I pray thee, speak in thine audi- emce.”—1 Sam. xxv. 24. To give awdience is to give ear, to listen, to attend. “Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, give awdience.”— Acts xiii. 16. çhin, bench; –tion, go, gem; thin, this; Sin, audiphone II. The state or opportunity of being heard, listened to, or attended to. 1. In a general sense: “ Unhappily sarcasm and invective directed against William were but too likely to find favorable audience.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. 2. Spec. : A formal interview granted to important personages, particularly to an ambassador present- ing his credentials or making a communication to a sovereign ; also a private interview with a mon- arch given to a court favorite. “This was the state of affairs when, on the next day (the 2d), Lord Augustus Loftus was admitted to an audi- emce, . . .”—Times, Nov. 24, 1876. - “He was every day summoned from the gallery into the closet, and sometimes had long audiences while peers were kept waiting in the ante-chambers.” — Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. III. The person or persons hearing, listening, or attending. Gen. : An assemblage of hearers; an auditory. “. . . still govern thou my song, Trania, and fit audience find, though few.” .. Milton : P. L., bk. Vll. “The king meanwhile surveyed his audience from the throne with that bright eagle eye which nothing escaped.” Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. B. Technically: & ſº England: The same as AUDIENCE-COURT Cl. V.). “None to be cited into the arches or audience, but dwellers within the archbishop's diocese or peculiars.”— Comst. & Canons Eccl. 94. 2. In Spain: One of the seven supreme courts. 3. In Spanish America before it became independ- ent: The supreme court of justice and its jurisdic- tion. “ . as little as the aboriginal population of Darien regarded the authority of the Spanish Viceroys and Awdiences.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. audience-chamber, s. A chamber in which formal audiences are granted. “He summoned all the princes now resident in this court, to appear before him in the great a walience-cham- ber.”—Translation of Boccali mi (1626), p. 94. audience-court, s. Eng. Eccles. Law: A court belonging to the Archbishop of Canterbury. Being accustomed formerly to hear causes extra-judi- cially in his own palace, he usually requested that difficult points should be discussed by men learned in the law, called awditors, whence ultimately sprung up by slow degrees a court held to have equal authority with that of Arches, though inferior to it both in dignity and antiquity. The audience- court is now merged in the Court of Arches, the duties of its former presiding Officer being dis- charged by the Dean of the Arches. *äu'-di-ent, s. [Lat. awdiens, pr. par. of awdio= to hear.] A hearer. “The audients of her sad story felt great motions both of pity and admiration for her misfortune.”—Shelton: Trams. of Dom Quiacote, iv. 2. ău-di-Öm'—ét-êr, àu-dim'-Ét-êr, s. [Lat. awdio = to hear, and Gr, metron=measure.] An instru- ment devised by Prof. Hughes, the inventor of the microphone, and described by Dr. Richardson at a meeting of the Royal Society of London in 1879. Originally its object was to measure with precision the sense of hearing. Among its constituent parts are an induction coil, a microphone key, and a tele- phone. Recently the audiometer has been materially modified, and is now principally used for obtaining a balance of induction from two electric coils acting upon a third. A scale is provided to show the extent of the movement. A varying or interrupted current being passed through the two outer coils the preponderating current will produce the most, induction if the central coil is equidistant. It can always be moved to such a point that there will be no inductive effect, one counteracting the other. Thus its position measures the relative induction. A telephone is in circuit with the intermediate coil and is used to determine when its position is such that no current is induced in it. âu-di-Öm-êt-ric, a. [Eng. audiometer; -ic.] Per- taining to or connected with audiometry. ău-di-Öm-êt-ry, s. [Eng. audiometer; -y.] The act or practice of testing the sense of hearing, by means of the audiometer (q.v.). ău -di-phone, s. [Lat. awdio=to hear, and Gr. phonē = a Sound.] Acoustics : An instrument which enables deafs mutes to hear, and by which they can be taught to speak. A triangular plate of hardened caoutchouc. very sensitive to sound vibrations, is its essential part. The patient, holding the audiphone, places the upper cdge against his upper teeth ; the sounds are gathered and conveyed to the auditory nerve by the teeth, and not by the tympanum. a $; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, del. -tian = Shan. -ble, -die, &c. = bel, –tion, Sious = ShāS. -sion = Shiin; -Cious, -Šion = - –tious, zhën. audit ău'-dit, s. [Lat. awdit=he hears..] 1. The examination of an account by persons ap- ointed to test its accuracy, by comparing each item with vouchers, adding up each page, and at last authoritatively stating the sum owing or at credit. (Used literally or figuratively.) “Yet I can make my awdit up, that all From me do back receive the flour of all, And leave me but the bran.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, i. 1. “To steal from spiritual leisure a brief span, To keep your earthly awdit.” Ibid.: King Henry VIII., iii. 2. 2. The account as thus tested and verified. (Used lit. or fig.) “He took my father grossly, full of bread, With all his crimes broad blown, and flush as May; And how his audit stands who knows save heav'n?” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 3. audit-house, s. . A house appendant to , most cathedrals, and designed for the transaction of busi- ness connected with them. “The church of Canterbury (till within this two or three years) had the morning-prayers at seven or eight of the clock in the morning; the sermon at ten in the awdit- house; and then the rest of the communion-service, and the communion, in the choir.”—Sir G. Wheler: Acc. of Churches, p. 115, * audit-office, s. The office in which the public accounts of the empire are audited. au'-dit, v. t. & i. [AUDIT, S.] A. Transitive: Carefully to examine (the account of another, person), and formally and authorita- tively certify to (its) accuracy. , “Bishops’ ordinaries, auditing all accounts, take twelve pence.”—Ayliffe: Parergon. B. Intransitive: To ascertain and certify the accuracy of an account. “I love exact dealing, and let Hocus audit; he knows how the money was disbursed.”—Arbuthnot. âu-di'—tion, s. [In Fr. awaition; from Lat. awditio.] Hearing. (Walpole: Letters, ii. 333.) àu'-di-tive, a. [In Fr. auditif.; Sp. & Port. auditivo.] Having the power of hearing. (Cot- grave.) àu'-dit-ör, “āu'-di-tóur, s. [In Ger. auditor= a regimental judge; Fr. auditewr-a hearer, an auditor of accounts; Sp. auditor, oidor; Ital. auditore= an inferior judge; Lat. awditor=(1) a hearer, (2) a pupil, (3) the reader of a book; from awdio=to hear, to understand, to learn, to examine.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. A hearer; one of an audience. “Workers of Goddes word, not auditours.” Chaucer: C. T., 7,518-19. ** His jº and animated discourse doubtless called forth the loud hums of his auditors.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. 2. One appointed to examine accounts, compare the several items with the corresponding vouchers, and finally certify to the accuracy of the whole. In general, two auditors act together, to give greater weight to the statement signed as to the accuracy of the account. “Flav. If you suspect my husbandry, or falsehood, Call me before the exactest awditors, And set me on the proof.” Shakesp.: Timom of Athens, ii. 2. Auditors are, of course, required for the govern- ment a CCOuntS. “The house swarmed with placemen of all kinds, . . . tellers, auditors, receivers.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xix. B. Technically: A national or state officer whose duty it is to audit the accounts of the nation or State. àu-di-to'r-i-iim, s. [AUDITORY, s.] ‘ſ The Auditorium of Chicago takes rank as one of the most magnificent of modern public buildings. Its permanent seating capacity is over 4,000; but when the stage and all the available space is util- ized, as on the occasions of holding National and other conventions, 8,000 people can bp accommo- dated. The stage is the largest and the organ the most costly and complete in the world. Beside the Auditorium proper there is a Recital Hall, capable of holding 500 people, and a Hotel with Annex capa- ble of entertaining nearly a thousand guests. The Tower Observatory, which rises to the altitude of 260 foet, is occupied by the U. S. Signal Service. The Auditorium is lighted by 12,000 electric lights, pro- vided by eleven dynamos. The first and second stories are granite, the balance is Bedford stone. v, 326 ău'-dit-ör-ship, s... [Eng. auditor; and suff. -ship.] The office, dignity, or functions of an auditor. 6 & . . . the auditorship of the exchequer.”—Johnsom: Life of Halifaac. (Richardson.) ău'-dit-ör—y, *āu'-dit-ör-ie, a. [From Lat, aw- dutorius=relating to a hearer or hearing ; from awdio= to hear.] º, e. 1, Ord. Lang. & Amat..: Pertaining to the organs of hearing. º 2. Perceived by means of the organs of hearing. “. . . the auditory perception of the report.”—Airy on Sound (1868), p. 135. T The auditory artery is a ramification of the internal carotid one, the several branches of which are distributed through the brain. The auditory canal, or external meatus of the ear, is considered to belong to the external portion of that organ. It extends inward from the concha for rather more than an inch. Part of it is carti- laginous and part Osseous. (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. § The awditory merve, called also the acoustic merve, enters the ear by the internal auditory canal, and divides into two leading branches, which again subdivide to an amazing extent. It is remarkably soft in texture. The auditory and the facial nerves together constitute the seventh pair of nerves in Willis' arrangement. “We wish to extend our inquiries from the auditory nerve to the optic nerve.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), vii. 133. àu -dit-ör—y, *āu'-dit-ör-ie, au-dī-tó'r-i-àm s. [In Fr. awā'itoire; Port, auditoria = the tribuna of an auditor; awditorio= people assembled for hearing; Sp. & Ital auditorio=a court, a sessions house; Sw., Dan., & Ger. awaitorium, from Lat. awditorium= (1) a lecture-room, a hall of justice; (2) a school; (3) (by metonymy) an audience, per- sons assembled for hearing...] [AUDITORY, adj.] A. Of the form auditorium : Arch. In ancient churches: The nave; that part of the church in which the audience sat. B. Of the forms auditory and *auditorie: I. Of places or things: 1. A hall, an apartment, or a portion of a hall or apartment in which an audience sits. 2. A bench on which a judge sits in a law-court. II. Of persons: An audience; people assembled to hear. “Several of this auditory were, perhaps, entire stran- gers to the person whose death we now lament.”—Atter- Untry. àu'-di-trèss, s. [The feminine form of Eng. awditor.] A female hearer. “. . such pleasure she reserv’d, Adam relating, she sole audi tress.” Milton: P. L., bk. viii. [From Lat. awaitus=hearing, (Cole- tău-dît'—u—al, a. and Eng. suff. -al.] Pertaining to hearing. ridge.) *äu’–6, *āu'—én, v. Old forms of HAVE. *äu"—éde, pret. of v. Old form of HAD. âu–ér-bach'-ite, s. [Named after Dr. Auer- bach..] A mineral, believed by Dana to be simply altered zircon. ã'uf, s. [Dut. alf.] A fool, a silly person. [OAF.] ău fait (it silent), used as am, adj. [Fr. (lit.)= to the deed; also in fact, indeed, in reality.] Ac- quainted with, skilled in. *äu"—fald, a. The same as AFALD (q.v.). Åu-gé-an, a. [From Lat. Augeas, in Gr. Augeas, or Awgeias; and Eng. Suff. -ſtºv.] 1. Class. Myth. : Pertaining to Augeas, one of the Argonauts, King of Elis, who was represented as having a stable, or cow-house, which had been occu- pied for thirty years by 300 of his cattle, without ever once having been cleansed. Hercules under- took the great task, and succeeded completely in his endeavor, by turning the course of the rivers Alpheus and Peneus through the polluted stable. He next slew the king, who had defrauded him of his hire, and put on the throne Phyleus, the son of the erring monarch. 2. Pertaining to whatever has been too long neg- lected, and cannot now, without Herculean labor, be put right, or of any task that seems to be in the nature of the case impossible of performance. ău'-gē1–ite, s. . [In Ger. awgelith : from Gr. augē =bright light, radiance, and suff. -ite.] A colorless or pale-red mineral, with its luster strongly pearly on cleavage surfaces. The composition is: phos- phoric acid, 35°3: alumina, 51°3; and water, 13°4= augite âu'-gēr, *āu'-gre (gre as gēr),s. [A. S. mafe, mafw- the nave or middle of a wheel, gar = a gorer, E. mafe-bor=a nave- ºssºs orer, an auger. Bosworth ºt asks if mafegar has not also the same meaning; gar=a dart, javelin, spear, ance, or weapon ; in Sw. mafoare; Icel, ºn a far r; Dut. avegaar; Mod. Ger. motber; O. H. Čer. mabager mean=an auger. Thus m. has been º from the beginning of the word.] 1. An instrument used for boring holes in wood, or other soft substance. It is used by carpenters, ship- wrights, joiners, wheel- wrights, and cabinet-mak- ers. It consists of a wooden handle and an iron shank, Auger. with a steel bit terminating it at the bottom. “The auger hath a handle and bit; its office is to make great round holes. When you use it, the stuff you work upon is commonly laid low under you that you may the easier use your strength; for in twisting the bit about by the force of both your hands, on each end of the handle one, it cuts great chips out of the stuff.”—Moacon: Me- chanical Eacercises. ** Men. What’s the news? what’s the news? Com. Your temples burned in their cement, and Your franchises, whereof you stood, confined Into an augre’s bore.”—Shakesp.: Coriolanus, iv. 6. 2. An instrument of a similar kind, but on a much larger scale, used for boring into the soil, or through the geological strata for water, to ascertain the character of the subsoil or of the beds traversed. It has connecting-rods to adapt it to the different. depths required. auger-hole, *augre-hole, s. A hole drilled by all auger. “What should be spoken here, where our fate, Hid in an awger-hole, may rush, and seize us?” Shakesp.: Macbeth, ii. 3. auger-shell, s. The English name of the shells belonging to the genus Terebra. It is given in conse- quence of their being long and pointed. ău'-gēt, äu'-gētte, s. [Fr. auget=a trough.] Mil. : . A wooden pipe , containing the powder designed to be used in exploding a mine. (James.) ăught, fought (ou as ā), *āuht, *aght, *aht (gh and h guttural or mute), S. & adv. [A. S. aht, awht, auht, awiht, aww.ht, owint, Qºwht=aught, anything, some ; q or o-one; wºult, wiht=(1) aught, something, anything; (2), a thing, a creature, a wight, an animal; Q. H. Ger, wihtº. Goth. vaiht=a. thing, anything.] [AGHT, AUGHT, WHIT, WIGHT.] A. As swbstantive: 1. Gen. : Anything, whether great or small. “Who digging, round the plant, still hangs his head, Nor aught remits the work, while thus he said.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xxiv., 285-6. 2. Spec.: The smallest portion of anything, a whit, a jot, or tittle. B. As adverb: In anything, in any respect. “Thy sire and I were one: nor varied aught In public sentence, or in private thought.” Pope: Homer's Odysselſ, bk. iii., 155-6. "I Aught = anything, is sometimes erroneously spelled ought, and thus, confounded with, ought= should, or is under an obligation. It would tend to clearness if the former were uniformly spelled, as correctness requires, with a, and the latter with 0. ãught, àucht (gh and ch guttural), s. [AGHT, AUHT.] Possession, property. (Scotch...) “Edie Ochiltree caught hold of the rein, and stopped his further proceeding. “Whu's aught, ye cullant : '''— Scott: Antiquct?'lſ. Bad Aught: “..A. bad, property.” (Used of an obstinate ill-conditioned child.) (Jamieson.) ăught, aucht (gh and ch guttural), pret. of v. f. [AG.H.] Possessed as one’s property. (Old Emg. dé Scotch...) [AUCHT. *ā'ught—and, *ā'ght—and (gh guttural), pr. par. [AUGHT, AGHT.] Owing. “That the debts aughtand be our armie—or propertie aughtand be officearis and soldiouris.”—Acts Chas. I. (ed. 1814), v. 347. *ā'ught-where (gh guttural), 8. where.] Anywhere. “. . . that he had aught where a wife for his estate.” —Chaucer: Legend of Good Women, 1,538. (S. in Boucher.) ău'—gite, áu'—gite, s. [In Ger, augit, &c. In Lat, augités; Gr. augités, a precious stone, supposed [Eng, attght; The entire weight of the building is figured at 100. . It is found in the province of Scania, in by some to be the turquoise; augē-bright light, 110,000 tons. Sweden. radiance..] An important mineral, interesting from făte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wore, wolf,’ work, whö, Sön; milte, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu. = kW. augite-rock its geological as well as its mineralogical relations. The term has not always been used in the same SCIlse. / 1. Formerly: The augite of Werner was the same as what has been called volcanic Schist and vol- canite. 2. Now: Dana applies the name awgite to the greenish or brownish-black and black kinds of alu- minous pyroxene, found chiefly in eruptive, but sometimes also in metamorphic rocks. [PYROX: ENE..] When altered into hornblende, it is called Tralite (Q. v.). Augite was once suspected by many mineralogists to be essentially the same mineral as hornblende, differing only in this respect, that the former species resulted from rapid and the latter from slow ; But, Dana separates the two, regarding hornblende as an aluminous variety of amphibole [AMPHIBOLE], and not of , pyroxene. [HöRNBLENDE.] Whatever its exact place in the system, it is so much akin to hornblende that Gus- tav Rose, fusing a mass of the latter mineral, found that on cooling it uniformly became augite. Both are found in modern and in ancient volcanic prod- ucts. The green and dark kinds of eruptive rock have hornblende or augite predominant, while the reddish ones owe their color to the abundance of feldspar in their composition. augite-rock, s. A kind of basalt, or greenstone. composed wholly or chiefly of granular augite. (Leonhard, Lyell, &c.) ău-šít'-ic, au–git'-ic, a. [Eng., augit(e); -ic.] Pertaining to augite, or composed in greater or losser amount of augite. “It was also remarked, that in the crystal line slags of furnaces, augitic forms were frequent, the hornblendic entirely absent; hence it was conjectured that hornblende might be the result of slow, and augite of rapid cooling.” —Lyell: Man. of Geol. 4th ed., p. 369. augitic porphyry. A volcanic rock, consisting of Labrador feldspar and augite on a green or dark- gray base. (Rose, Lyell, &c.) ăug-mênt', v. t. [In Fr. augmenter; Sp. & Port. (tw/mentar; Ital, awmentare; from Lat. awgmento, -avi, -atum, v. t.=to increase; augeo, fut, auxi = to increase; Gr. awaranó, and award= to increase.] [See WAx, Eke.] A. Trans.: To increase the size of anything; to make anything larger in reality or to the imag- ination. “. . . old taxes were augmented or continued.”— Matcaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxii. “At half this distance the attraction would be awg- pºſſed four times.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., i. 18. “Augment the fame and horror of the fight.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xvi., 792. B. Intrams. : To increase. “Strength is deriv'd from spirits and from blood; And those awg memt by generous wine and food.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, blº. xix., 159-60. ăug'-ment, s. º Ger. $owgment; Fr. augment; Port, awgmento ; Ital. awmento; Lat, augmentum, from ww.geo-to increase.] A. Ordinary Language: 1: The act of augmenting or increasing; the state of being augmented or increased. .2. That by which anything is increased; also the time during which increase takes place. “You shall find this augment of the tree to be without the diminution of one drachm of the earth.”—Walton: Angle?'. “Discutients are improper in the beginning of inflam- mations, but proper when mixed with repellants in the a ugment.”— Wiseman. B. Technically: 1. Philol. dº Gram. : In Greek grammar, a prefix to the past tenses and to the paulo-post future, in- tended to distinguish them from other tenses. Tho augment to the perfect and the paulo-post future prefix the initial consonant with e, and retain the Syllable thus formed through all the moods. In this Qase the augment is called the reduplication. Thus from tuptó, to strike or beat, comes tetupha, tetup- 80m (ti, where te is the augment. Constituting, as it does, a syllable, it is called a syllabic augment. Sometimes the augment is formed by substituting for a short vowel its corresponding long one, as elpidzö, élpidzon; the augment thus produced is termed a temporal augment. "I Dr. Donaldson, in 1839, published the hypothe- sis that the augment is properly a pronominal particle, denoting distance or remoteness, origin- ally in space and then in time; a view which has Since been adopted by Popp, Garnett, Curtius, and ºthers... (Donaldson.) There is an augment in Sanscrit as well as in Greek. ăug-mênt'-a-ble, , a, [Eng. qugment; -able.] Able to be augmentéd; able to be increased. “Our elixirs be augmentable infinitely.” Ashmole: Theat. Chem. (1652), p. 183. 327 ăug-mên-tā'-tion, s. [In Fr. augmentation; Sp. augmentacion; Port. augmentaçao; Ital, augumen- tazione, awmentazione. A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. The act of augmenting or increasing. “They would not, he thought, be much alarmed by any augmentation of power which the Emperor might obtain.” —Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. 2. The state of being augmented. “What modification of matter can make one embryo capable of so prodigiously vast augmentation, while another is confined to the minuteness of an insect.”— Bentley. 3. The amount added to produce the increase. “. . . the amount of the augmentation it would be ridiculous to attempt to estimate.”—J. S. Mill: Logic, vol. ii., p. 101. B. Technically: 1. Astronomy. Augmentation of the Moon's Semi- diameter: The increase in her apparent magni- tude, due to the difference between her distance from the observer and the center of the earth. 2. In Heraldry. Arms of Augmentation of Honor are a grant from one's sovereign of an additional charge on a coat of arms for a meritorious service rendered, or for some other cause. (Glossary of Beraldry, 1847.) They are called also Arms of Com- cession of Honor. augmentation court. A court erected by King Henry VIII., for the increase of the revenues of his crown, by the suppression of monasteries. ăug-mênt'-a-tive, a. & s. [In Fr. augmentatif: Ital. awgwmentativo.] A. As adjective : Having the power of increasing any particular thing, or actually increasing it. “Some of them [terminations of verbal nouns] being augmentative, some diminutive.”—Instructions for Ora- tory, p. 32. B. As substantive: A word which expresses in an augmented form—that is, with increased force—the idea conveyed by the simple word from which it was derived. Thus the Indian term Maharajah (in Mahratta maha.=great, rajah-king) is an aug- mentative of the simple word rajah. It is opposed to diminutive. To the latter category belongs the word kinglet (king, and let=little). ăug-mênt'—éd, pa. par. [AUGMENT, v.] “Precipitate thee with augmented pain.” Milton. P. L., blº. vi. ăug-mênt -ër, s. [Eng., augment; -er. In Fr. augmenteur.], Qne who or that which augments or increases anything. “The Egyptians, who were the world’s seminaries for arts, ascribe all to learning, as to its patroness and (tug- menter.”—Waterhous: Apol. for Learm., &c. (1653), p. 177. àug-mênt'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [AUGMENT, v.] “. and hence the increased supply, required by increasing population, is sometimes raised at an attg- menting cost by higher cultivation.”—J. S. Mill. Polit. Econ., vol. i., bk. i., ch. xii., § 2. *äu"—gre, s. [AUGER.] *āu'—grym, s. & Cº. [ALGORITHM..] Arithmetic.] augrym-Stones. Stones or counters formerly used to aid in arithmetical calculation. “Pſis awgrym-stones, leyen faire apart.” Chaucer: C. T., 3,210. Augs'—bürg, S. & 6t. [From the city of Augsburg (called by the Romans Awgusta), in Bavaria.] Augsburg Confession. A confession of faith, rough hewn by Luther and polished by Melanch- thon, which, being subscribed by the #. was read before the Emperor Charles W., at the diet of Augsburg, June 25, 5130. It is sometimes called the Awgustan. Confession. (See the etym.) ău'-gür, s. ſº Sw., Ger., & Port. awgwr; Fr. awgwre; Sp. (pl.) (tug wres; Ital. Cuttgwrottore, awgwra, awgwres (m.), and awgwratrice (f); all from Lat. awgwr.] ſº 1. A member of the college of augurs at Rome, a highly dignified corporation that pretended to predict future events by the methods described under AUGURY (q. 'il, Being consulted on all important occasions, they long possessed enormous powers in the Roman State ; but as knowledge increased they were applied to only for form's sake, and at last not at all. “Caesar. What say the augurs ? Servant. They would not have you stir forth to-day: Plucking the entrails of an offering forth, They could not find an heart within the beast.” Shakesp. ; Julius Caesar, ii. 2. “Oh? spare an augur's consecrated head.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xxii., 355. 2. Any person who attempts to read futurity and predict events which have not yet occurred. ‘‘’Twas false thou know'st—but let such augurs rue, Their words are omens Insult renders true.” Byron: The Corsair, III. augury ău'-gtir, v, i. & t. [In Ger. auguriren; Fr. aw- gwrer; Port, augwrar, agowrar; Ital: awgwrare; from ilat. awgwror=(1) to act as augur, (2) to fore- bode; awgwro= (1) to consult by means of augurs, (2) to consecrate by means of augurs, (3) to fore- bode..] [AUGUR.] - A. Intrans.: To form auguries, prognostications or guesses regarding future events; to anticipate, to conjecture. “They deemed him now unhappy, though at first Their evil judgment augur’d of the worst.” Byron; Lara, ii. 8. B. Trans. ...To prognosticate, to presage, to fore- bode: as, That augured mischief. (Usually of things.) âu'-gur—al, a. [In Fr. & Port. awgwral; Ital. awgwrale; Lat. awgwrotlis.] Pertaining to an augur Or to augury. “The augural crook of Romulus.”—Lewis: Cred. Early Rom. Hist., ch. iv., § 3. “Persons versed in augural lore.”—Ibid., ch. x., § 6. fiu-gur-āte, s. [AUGURATE, v.] The office or dignity of an augur. “The powers of the augurate.”—Penny Cyclop., iii. 88. fău'-gur-āte, v. i. & t. [Lat. awgwratus, pa. par. of awgwror.] [AUGUR, v.] àu-gur-ā'ition,...s. [In Sp. Quguracion; from Lat: auguratio.] The act, practice, or art of pre- tending to presage futuro events, either in the manner of the Roman augurs, or in any other way. “Claudius Pulcher underwent the like success when he continued the tripudiary augurations.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. - ău'-güred, pa. par. & Cº. + au"—gur-Ér, s. as AUGUR (q.v.). “And the persuasion of his augurers, May hold him from the Capitol to-day.” Shakesp. ; Julius Coesar, ii. 1. ău-girl—i-al, a. [In Sp. awgwrial; Lat, au- gwrialis, for augwrailis...] Pertaining or relating to allgury. . } “On this foundation were built the conclusions of soothsayers in their augurial and tripudiary divina- tions.”—Browne. * âu'-gur—iiig, pr. par & Cº. [AUGUR, v.] “The people love me, and the sea is mine; My power’s a crescent, and my awgwring hope Says, it will come to the full.” Shakesp.: Anttony and Cleopatra, ii. 1. âu'-gur-ist, S. [Lat. Cºwgwr, and Eng. suff. -ist.] One who practices angury; an augur. *äu'-gur-ize, v. t. [Lat. awgwr, and Eng. Suff. -ize.] To augur. (Johnson.) àu-gur-oiás, a. [Lat. awgwr, and Eng: suff. -ows.] . Full of augury; prescient, presaging, foreboding. “So fear'd The fair-man’d horses, that they flew back, and their chariots turn’d, Presaging in their augurous hearts the labors that they mourn’d.” Chapman: Iliad. ău'-gūr-ship, S. Lat, augur, and Eng. Suff. -ship.] The office or dignity of an augur. “. . . though it is true that in the augurship nobility was more respected than age.”—Bacon: Hist. of Life and , Death (1658). (Richardson.) - âu'-gur-y, *āu'-gur-ie, s. [In Fr. augure; O. Fr.” air, whence in Mod. Fr; comes malheur-misfortune ºld Fr. nai air; in Lat. malum augurwm=evil augury. In Sp. agwéro; from Prov. (twº ior, awgwr =an amen; Port. & Ital. (tugurio; Ger. &. Lat. aw- gwrium ; from aris-bird, and gur-telling. , Gwr. appears again in Lat. garrio=to chatter, and gar- rulus=chattering, and is from Sansc.gwr and gri- to shout... (Max Müller: Science of Language, 6th ed., vol. ii., 1871, pp. 265, 266.).] - I. The act or practice of pretending to prognosti- cate future events. 1. After the manner of tho old Roman college of augurs [AUGUR), namely, by noting the flight or singing of particular birds; the avidity or otherwise with which the sacred chickens, devoured their food (1); the movements of quadrupeds; and the occurrence of lightning, thunder, or both, in par- ticular parts of the sky. “. . . . . and they inquired of the gods by auguru to know which of them should give his name to the city.”— Armold: Hist. Rome, ch. i. J 2. In any other way. - “The very children who pressed to see him pass ob- served, and long remembered, that his look was sad and full of evil cºwgwry.”—Motectulaty: Hist. Eng., ch. v $ fLI. The state of being augured. III. That which is augured; an omen; a prognos- tication ; a prophecy; a vaticination. “If such thy will, dispatch from yonder sky Thy sacred bird, celestial augury!” Pope, Homer's Iliad, bk. xxiv., 381-2. [AUGUR, v.] [Eng. augwr: -er.] The same bóil, -cian, bóy; pout, -tian = jówl; cat, Shan. -tion, gell, -SiOn = chorus, shiin; bençh; -Šion = çhin, –tion, go, gem; thin, this; Sin, zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f; * * august ãu-gūst', a. [In, Fr...auguste;. Lat, augustus= (1) sacred, venerable, (2) majestic, august; either from awgeo-to cause to increase, or from augwr. A, title given by the Roman Senate to Qctavianus when confirming him, in the imperial dignity.] $acred, majestic; fitted to inspire reverence; not to be touched without awe. Used— 1. Of royal or primcely personages: “Her Majesty, and three, at least, of her august daugh- ters, were amongst the subscribers to the fund.”—De Quincey: Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., p. 26. 2. Of anything appertaining to such dignitaries: “He was far too wise a man not to know, when he con- sented to shed that qugust blood [that of Charles I.], that he was º, a deed which was inexpiable.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. 3. In a more general sense, of anything grand and magnificent; “And still let man his fabrics rear, August in beauty, grace, and strength.” Hemams: Ivy Song. 4. Of the Divine Being or His arrangements for the government of the wrviverse: “The trumpet—will it sound, the curtain rise, And show th’ awgust tribunal of the skies.” * Cowper: Retirement. Au -güst, S. [In Dan. & Ger. August; Sw. #º. ; Dan Augustus, Oogst; Fr. Août, Sp. and Ital. Agosto; Lat. Augustus, from Augustus, the first Roman emperor.] 1. Formerly. The sixth month of the old Alban or Latin year, which began with March and not with January. . At first it was called in consequence Sea:tilis, from sevtus= the sixth. Afterward the senate altered that name into Augustus, in honor of Augustus Caesar, the first Roman emperor, who during this month was created consul, three times over obtained triumphs, subdued Egypt, and termi- nated the civil war. 2. Now : The eighth month of the year in this and of her parts of the Christian world. * August was dedicated to the honor of Augustus Caesar, because in the same month he was created consul, thrice triumphed in Rome, subdued Egypt to the Roman empire, and made an end of civil wars; being before called Seactilis, or the sixth from March.”—Peacham. Åu-gūs'—tan (1), a... [Lat. Augustanus.] Per- taining to Augustus Caesar. As literature in an- cient Rome reached its highest development during the reign of Augustus Caesar, the expression “the Awgustam age" of literature in any country means the age in which it is at its highest point. g “The Genius of the Augustan age His head among Rome's ruins rear'd.” Cowper: On the Author of “Letters on Literature.” Åu-gūs'—tan (2), a. [From . Augusta, the old 1ſtoman name of Augsburg, in Bavaria.] Pertain- ing to Augsburg. Augustan Confession. Theology and Church. History: What is now com- monly known as the Augsburg Comfession (q.v.). Åu-gūs-times, Åu'-gūs-tins, S. pl. [From Awgustine.] [AUGUSTINIANS.] Au-gūs-tîn-i-an, a. & S. . [From Augustine or St. Augustime, the very, eminent theologian and Christian father, born at Tagaste, in Numidia, on November 13, A. D. 354; a presbyter of Hippo Regius (now Bona, in Algeria) from 391; and finally bishop of the same Hippo from 395 to his death on August 28, 430.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to St. Augustine. Augustinian Camoms regular: Canons whose mode of life was regulated by what was considered to be the rule of St. Augustine. ſº (Mos- heim : Chºwrch. Hist., Cent. xi., pt. ii., ch. ii. § 29.) Augustinian Eremités. The same as AUGUSTIN- §§ ſº (q.v.).] (Ibid., Cent. xiii., pt. ii., ch. ii., B. As substantive: I. Gem. : Any follower of Augustine. II. Spec. (Plural): 1. Those who follow Augustine in his views of the doctrines of grace, which were essentially what are now called Calvinistic. 2. An order of monks called after Augustine. Other English designations for them are Augustimes or Augustims, and they are also sometimes called Awgustinian Eremites, or simply Eremites. They were formed into an order by Alexander IV., in 1256, he having required various Societies of Eremites— of which some followed the rules of William the Eremite, and others those of St. Augustine—to unite into one body. When, in 1272, the orders of Mendi- eants were reduced by Pope Gregory X, to four, the Augustinians were one of these four. They are the same that are called Awstºn friars. Their garb is black. âu-gūs'-ti-oiás, a. [AUGUST a.] The same as AUGUST (q.v.). 328 ău-gūst"-ly, adv. . [Eng. august; -ly.] In an august manner; in a highly dignified manner; in a manner to inspire Veneration Or awe. ău-gūst'-nēss, [Eng. august; ºness.] The char- acteristic of being august; dignity, venerableness. *äuht, *āuhte, *aght, (O. Eng.), *āucht (Scotch), (gh and ch guttural), a. ſ.3. S. eahta= º Eight. [AGHT, EIGHT.] (Rob. de Brwmme, p. 122. *äuht (h guttural), s. (S. im Bowcher.) *äuht –énd, (h guttural), a. =eighteenth.] “In his auhtend year.” Rob. de Brumme, p. 83. (S. im Boucher.) ăuk (in Provinc. Eng. ālk), S. [Icel. aulka; Sw. alka = a_puffin ; Dan. alke; Ger. alk; Mod. Lat. alca.] [ALCA.] The name given to several sea- birds, especially the Great and the Little Auk. 1. The Great Auk is the Alca impennis of Lin- naeus. [ALCA, ALCIDAE.] It is from two to two and a-half feet high, with short wings almost useless for flight. In the water, however, it makes way with astonishing rapidity. It is essentially a North- ern bird. It seems to be rapidly verging to extinc- tion. Its bones left behind show that it was formerly abundant on the shores of Iceland, Greenland, and TXenmark. (Owen : Classif, of the Mammalia, p. 57, and other works.) [AGHT, AHT.] Properly. [A. S. eahta-tyme º º §§ ºxº~Nº. 3:3: ºš “...º.º.º.3% dº." Nº ºne’sº ºğ, Nº The Razor-Bill (Alca Torda). 2. The Little Auk of Pennant and others, called also the Common Rotche, and the little White and Black Diver, is the Mergulus melamolewcos of Yar- rell's British Birds, the M. alle of Carpenter and T]allas, and the Alca, alle of Linnaeus. It has the breast, the belly, a dot above the eyes, and a stripe on the wing, white; the rest of the plumage black. Its length is nine inches, and the extent of its wings sixteen. Its dimensions are thus about those of a large pigeon. It nestles in holes or crevices on the bare rocks, laying one bluish-green egg. It is abundant in the Arctic seas. It is found also in Great Britain. 3. One of the English names given to a bird, the Razor-bill (Alca torda). King of the Awks: A Scotch name for the Great Auk (Alca impennis). [See No. 1.] tăuk'-ward, a. [Awkward.] tăul, s. [AwL.] âu'-la, s. [In Sp., Lat., &c., awla. In Gr, awlé= (1) a courtyard or its wall; (2) the court or quad- rangle around which the house itself was built; (3) any. fºurt or hall; (4) (later) the court, or awla, 7'egva. 1. A court baron. (Spelman.) 2. In some old ecclesiastical writings: of a church. 3. A. regia or regis: A court established by William the Conqueror in his own hall, and com- prised of the great officers of state usually attendant on his person. It was ultimately transferred to Westminster Hall. ău'-lae-àm, s. [Lat. awloewm; Gr. awlaia= . . . a curtain; tapestry.] *Bot. : A term sometimes applied by Linnaeus to a corolla. àu-lā'r-i-an, a. & S. [In Sp. & Ital. awla = a royal palace; Lat. awla; Gr. awlê- the front court of a Grecian house.] 1. As adjective. Pertaining to a hall. Worcester, &c.) 2. As substantive. Im Oxford University: The member of a hall as distinguished from a collegian. “Dr. Adams ſprincipal of Magdalen Hall] made a little speech, and entertained the vice-chancellor and aularians with a glass of wine.”—Life of A. Wood, p. 383. ãu-lâx, s. [Gr. aulay=a furrow, in allusion to the furrows on the under side of the leaves in one species.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Proteaceae, or Proteads. The species consist of pretty shrubs, with narrow leaves. The nave (Smart, 8,111010116. âuld, a. [A. S. ald, eald.] Old. [OLD.] *1. (Formerly English.) “'Tis pride that pulls the country down : Then take thine awld cloak about thee.” Shakesp.: Othello, ii. 3. 2. (Now only Scotch.) “Half the people of the barony know that their poor awld laird is somewhere here about.”—Scott: Waverley, ch. lxv. auld-farrant, a. Sagacious. “This auld man, Ochiltree, is very skeely and awld-far- rant about mony things.”—Scott: Antiquary, ch. xlii. auld lang Syne. [Scotch awld–Eng. old; lang ºlong; Syme=since.]. Long, long ago; referring to the time when friends, now in full maturity, if not even beginning to decline, were boys accustomed to play together. A “But seas between us braid ha’e roar’d, Sin’ auld lang syme.”—Burns: Auld Lang Syme. Burns’ “Auld Lang Syne” is sung at the close of all Scottish entertainments the world over, and nowhere with more zest, and delight than in the United States. auld-warld, a. Old world; antique; belonging to a state of things which has now passed away. (Scotch.) ău-létºic, a. [Lat, awleticus; Gr, awlétikos= suitable for a pipe or flute; awlos=a flute or other wind instrument: ad, gemi, or awo-to blow.] Per- taining to the pipe or flute. (Johnson.) ău-lic, *āu"—lick, g. & S. [In Fr. aulique; Sp., Port., & ital autº ; Lat. awlicus=pertaining to a princely court, princely; Gr., awlikos=of or for the court, courtier like. In Ital, awla is=a royal pal- ace ; ‘Lat. awlq=(1) the front court of a Grecian house, (2) a palace, a castle, (3) princely power, (4) the court, courtiers; Gr. aulé+ (1) the open court before a house, or its wall, (2) (later) the court or quadrangle, (3) the hall or vestibule, or any cham- ber, (4) (latest of all), the court, courtiers. From aÖ, ačmi= to blow—the courtyard being necessarily Open to the wind.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to a royal court. *I Awlic Cowmcil : (a) ln the old German empire, the name formerly given to the personal council of the emperor, as contradistinguished from the imperial chamber, which was the supreme court of the empire. It ceased when the emperor died, but a fresh one was immediately called into existence by his successor. The supercession of the German empire by the con- federation, of the Rhine, established, under the auspices of Napoleon I. in 1806, terminated the old Aulic Council: e & (b) A council at Vienna, established for the man- agement of the military affairs of Austria. B. As substantive. At the Sorbomme, and SOme foreign universities: The ceremony obseryed when one receives the degree of Doctor of Divinity., First an oration is addressed to him by the Chancellor of the University, then he receives the cap, and finally presides at the disputation, While the term. aulic is used generally of the whole ceremony, it is spe- cially to the disputation that it is applied. tăul'—nage, s. [ALNAGE.] făul'—nag-Ér, s. [ALNAGER.] *âulm, “àulne (l silent), s. [AUNE.] A* (l silent), a. [Apparently altered from WN (G. V.). Heraldry: Awned, bearded. (Used of ears of corn.) âul'-op-às, s. [Gr, awlos=a flute, and pous=a foot.] A, genus of fishes belonging to the family Salmonidae. âu-lós'—tóm'—a, āu-1ós'—tóm-às, s. [Gr, awlos= a flute, and stoma =mouth. Flute-mouthed.] A genus of spiny-finned fishes, of the family Fistular- idae. Like the rest of the family, the snout ends in a tube. The only known species is from the Indian Ocean. ău-1ö-stöm'—i dae, s. pl. [Mod. Lat. awlostom (a) and Lat, fem. pl. adj. suff. -idop.] [FISTULARIDAE. ( *āul'—tér, s. [ALTAR.] The same as ALTAR q. V.). *âul'—trage, *āul'-têr-age, s. [ALTARAGE.] The same as ALTERAGE (q.v.). (Scotch.) *äu'-măil, *āu'-mâyl, v. t. [AMEL, v.] *äu'-mâyld, pa. par. [AUMAIL.] *āum'—ble, *āum'—bel. [AMBLE.] *äum'-bry. [AAIBRY.] ăume, s. The same as AAM (q.v.). *äu -men-Ér, *āu'—mére, s. [Fr. awmonier=an almoner.] An almoner. *äu-möme, s. [Fr. awmóme=alms, charity.] Law: A tenure by which lands are given in alms to some church or religious louse. făte, fät, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, sān; mute, ciąb, cire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, Ce = €; ey = a, qu = kW. auncenyd *āun-gen-yd, *āwn'-schen-yd, a. [ANCIENT.] Antiquated. (Prompt. Parv.) *āun'-gé-tre (tre as tér), s. The same as ANCEs- TOR (q.v.). *āun-gé-try, s. Old spelling of ANCESTRY (q.v.). *āune, *āulne, s. [Fr. awme, awlne; Lat, wilma- (1) the elbow, (2) the arm, (3) an ell.] Formerly: A French measure for cloth, varying in length in different places. . At Rouen it was - 1 English ell, at Calais=1:52, at Lyons=1.061, and at Paris–0'95. e Now: The mêtre has taken its place. *āun'-gē1, *āun'-gil. Old forms of ANGEL. “And as an aumgel lad him up and doun.” Chaucer: C. T., 7,260-1. “At Lucifer, though he an aumgil were, And nought a man, at him wil I bygynne.” y Ibid., 15,485-6. aunt, *aunte (au=a), s. [In Ger. & Fr. tante; O. Fr. ante; Prov. amala, from Lat. amita=aunt by the father's side, that by the mother's side being quite a different word, viz., matertera.] I. Lit.: The sister of one's father or mother. [AUNTIE.] “Who meets us here? my niece Plantagenet, Led in the hand of her kind aunt of Glos' ter.” Shakesp.: Richard III., iv. 1. II. Figuratively: 1. In a good semse: A kindly epithet for an elderly woman of no kinship to the speaker, as wncle was for an elderly man. *I Modryle and Ewytly=aunt and uncle, are used similarly in Welsh. (Barmes: Early England and the Sat.com English, p. 135.) 2. In a bad semse: A cant term for a woman of bad character, whether prostitute or procuress. (Nares.) (Shakesp.: Winter's Tale, iv. 3.) *āun'-tér, *āun'-tre (O. Eng.) (tre as tér), *ān'-têr, *āun'-tyr (tyr as tir) (Provinc.), s. [Contr. from Fr. aventwre- an adventure.] 1. An adventure. 2. Fortune. (Prompt. Parv.) “I'ro Nabugodonosor the kyng that him hade, Called this paleis “Auntres,’ and forsothe seide.” Joseph of Arimathie (ed. Skeat), 319-20. *āun'-tér, *āun'-tre (tre as º v. t. & i. [From Fr. aventurer= to venture, to risk.] To venture, to dare; to encounter danger, to incur risk. “ Unhardy is unsely, as men saith, I wol arise, and auntre it, in good faith.” Chaucer: C. T., 4,207-8. *âun'-tér-ois, *āun'-tröus, *ān'—tér-ois, a. [Abbreviated from adventwrovis (q.v.)]. Adven- turous, courageous, enterprising. LAUNTER.] “And for he was a knyght awmtrous.” Chaucer: C. T., 15,317. aun-tie (au=a), s. [Eng. aunt; and dimin. -ie.] A familiar name for an aunt. (Eng. and Scotch.) , “I wad get my mither bestowed wi' her auld graning tittie, Auntie Meg, in the Gallowgate o' Glasgow.”—Scott. Old Mortality, ch. xiv. T It is also a familiar name for an old negress. *āun-tre (tre as tér), s. & v. t. [AUNTER.] *āun'-troiás, a. [AUNTEROUs.] A game, common at county fairs. It consists in attempts to knock a pipe from the mouth of a pup- pet head placed on a pole; the name is also applied to the puppet head. *äu-önge, v. t. [A.S. afon=to receive, pa. par. afongen, afangem.] [AFONGE.] “Bede him that ich deie mote and the oile of mylce quonge.”—The Holy Rode (ed. Morris), 44. *äu-Öſte, adv. [Eng. a = on; vote = foot.] On foot. [AFóOT.] âu -ra, S. [In Sp., Port., Ital, & Lat. awra; Gr. (tw/ (t=air in motion, a breeze; *ad, ačmi=to blow, and gºtö=to shout . . . to roar; Sansc. vá or wā = to blow.] I. Gen. ; Amy subtle, invisible fluid, gaseous, or other material emanation from a body, as an efflu- Vium ; the aroma of flowers. II. Specially: 1. Electricity. Electric Awra; A so-called elec- tric fluid emanating from an electrified body, and forming what has been called an electric atmos. phere around it. 2. Med. Epileptic Aura (A. epileptica, or simply 4 ſtra): A sensation as if a current of air, a stream ºf Water, or a slight convulsive tremor ascended from a part of the body, or of the extremities, to the head, on reaching which the patient fails down in a fit of epilepsy. (Dr. J. Cheyne: Cycl. Pract. Med., vol. ii., p. 86.) au-ral (1), a. [Lat. aura; and Eng. Suff. -al.] Pertaining to the air. (Matunder.) bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 329 àu'—ral (2), a. [From Lat. awris–the ear. Per- taining to the ear. ău-ra-lite, s. [In Ger. auralit; from awra (?), and, lithos=stone..]. A mineral; according to the British Museum Catalogue, a variety of Dichroite; but according to Dana, the same, as Fahlunite (q.v.). Borsdorff called it Hydrous Iolite. It is from Abo, in Finland. ău-rán-ti-à-gé-ae, s. [From Mod. Lat. auran- tium, the specific name of the orange (Citrºs aurantium), the remoter derivation apparently being awrams, genit. aurantis, pr. par. of auro-to gild; awrum=gold, referring to the fine yellow color of the fruit.] º e Bot. : An order of plants, classed by Lindley in his Rutales, or Rutal Alliance. They have from three to five petals, stamina the same in number, or twice as many, or some multiple of the petals, hypogynous. The fruit is pulpy, and is many: celled. It, with the rest of the plant, is covered with an abundance of oily receptacles. The leaves, which are alternate, are often compound, fre- 3. tly with the petiole winged. There is no genus urantium (see etym.). The typical one is Citrus, which contains the orange, the lemon, the lime, &c. [CITRUs.]. In 1847 Dr. Lindley estimated the known species of Aurantiaceae at ninety-five, nearly all from India. àu'-råte, a. & S. [In Ital. aurato, from Lat. aſſº-gilt, pa. par. of a wro-to gild, from Cturum, =gO1C1. A. As adjective : Of a golden yellow hue; a pure bright yellow, duller than lemon-color. B. As substantive : 1. Horticul.; A. kind of pear. te gº gº 2. Chem. : Auric oxide in combination with an alkali. (Fowmes: Chem., 10th ed., p. 421.) "I There are awrates of potash, of ammonia, &c. âu'—rā-têd (1), a. [In Ital, a wrato; Lat. auratw8 =gilt, from aurum=gold.] [AURATE.] 1. Ord. Lating. and Science generally: Containing gold; gilded, or resembling gold in color. 2. Chem. : Combined with auric acid. [AURIC.] ău-ra-têd (2), a. [From Lat. auris=the ear.] 3. I’CCI. auré (äu"—rã), a. [O. Fr.] Bestrewed with golden drops. (Gloss. of Her., 1847.) ău'-ré–āte__ (Eng. and Scotch), *āw-ré–äte Scotch), a... [Lat. awreatus=adorned with gold.] Ol C16) Ile “Amidis ane rank tre lurkis a golden beach With aureate leuis and flexibel twistis teuch.” Douglas: Virg., 167, 42. âu-ré'-lí—a, s. [In Sp. aurelia=a pupa, chry- salis; Lat. awrelia – pupa of a golden color, from awrum=gold. Several Roman ladies were called Awrelia.] Entom. : A chrysalis; a pupa. [CHRYSALIS.] “The solitary maggot, found in the dry heads of teasel, is sometimes changed into the aurelia of a butter- fly, sometimes into a fly-case.”—Ray: On the Creation. ău-ré –li-an, C. & S. [Lat. awrelia (q.v.), and Eng. Suff. -am.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to an aurelia. (Hum- phreys.) B. As substantive: One who studies butterflies. “Few butterflies are greater favorites with aurelians than this [White Admiral J.” — Jardime: Naturalist’s Library, xxxix. I. ău-ré–0–1a, s. [In Fr. Qwréole; Port. awreola ; from Lat. awreolus = golden ; a wrews = golden ; awrum = gold.] The circle of rays with which painters surround the head of Christ and the saints. Trench is in error when he says that this word is in none of the Dictionaries. It is in Webster, ed. 1848. The Archbishop says that the following citation from Donne should be inserted with it:— “Because in their translation, in the Vulgate edi- tion of the Roman Catholic Church, they [the Roman Catholics] find in Exod. xxv. 25 that word aureolam. Facies coronam awreolam, “Thou shalt make a lesser crown of gold ; ' Out of this diminutive and mistaken word they have estab- lished a doctrine that, besides these coronoe awrece, those crowns of gold which are communicated to all the saints from the crown of Christ, some saints have made to themselves, and produced out of their own extraordinary merits, certain a wreolats, certain lesser crowns of their own . . . And these awreolas they ascribe only to three sorts of yersons — to Virgins, to Martyrs, to Doctors.” onne : Sermom, 73.) (Trench : Om some Def. im owr Eng. Dict., p. 42.) ău'-ric, a. [From Lat, awrum=gold, and Eng. suff. -ic.] A. Ordinary Language: Of gold; having more or less of gold in its composition, or in any way per- taining to gold. bençll; çhin, go, gem; thin, this; Sin, auricula. B. Science generally: Chem. : With gold as one of its constituent ele- ments. In a wric compownds the gold is trivalent, while in a wrous compounds it is univalent. There are auric sulphides, chlorides, anoxides, bromides, and iodides. If alloys of gold be dissolved in nitro- muriatic acid, and a ferrous salt be added, the pure metal will be pricipitated. The chief tests for gold in solution are ferrous sulphate and what is called “ purple of Cassius.” g Awric chloride or trichloride of gold (AuCl2), is formed when gold is dissolved in nitro-muriatic acid, forming a yellow solution. It crystallizes with hydrochloric acid, which it gives off on heating, forming a red crystalline mass of AuCl3. Auric chloride is very deliquescent, soluble in water, alcohol, and ether; it forms double salts, as Sºuchºol a double chloride of sodium and gC1C1. Auric oacide (Aug.03) is obtained by, adding mag- nesia to auric chloride, and digesting the precipitate with nitric acid. Auric oxide is a chestnut-brown powder, reduced to metallic gold by heat, or by exposure to light. Auric oxide is soluble in strong nitric acid, and easily dissolved by hydrochloric or hydrobromic acids. It is soluble in alkalies. By digesting it in ammonia it forms fulminating gold. Its salts, with alkalies, are called a wrates. A wric sulphide (AugS3) is formed when hydrogen sulphide (H2S) is passed into a cold dilute solution of auric chloride. It is yellow-brown, and is soluble in ammonium sulphide. ău-ri—châ1–gite, s. [From Lat. awrichalcum, better spelled orichalcwm. ; Gr. oreichalkos=yellow copper ore, also the brass made from it; Oreios= mountainous; oros=a mountain, and chalico8= (1) copper, (2) bronze, (3) brass.] A mineral placed by Dana under the fourth section of his Hydrous Carbonates. It occurs in acicular crystals, forming drusy incrustations; also columnar, plumose, granular, or laminated. Its luster is pearly ; its color, pale-green, or sometimes azure. The hard- ness is 2. The composition: Oxide of copper, 16:03 to 32°5; oxide of zinc, 32°02 to 56°82; carbonic acid, 14:08 to 24'69; water, 9.93 to 10.80; lime, 0 to 8-62. It is found in Éngland at Roughten Gill, in Cumber- land; at Leadhills, in Lanarkshire; in Spain, Asia, and America. Buratite, by some , called lime- (twrichalcite, occurs in France and in Austro- Hungary. àu'-ri-cle (cle= Rel), s. [In Fr. awricule; from Lat. awricula–the external ear, dimin. of a wris– the ear.] Anything shaped like an ear. (Used, spec., in Anatomy.) 1. A wricle of the ectºr: The pinna or external por- tion of the ear, consisting of helix, anthelix, concha, tragus, &c. “The auricles of the ear act like an acoustic instrument to collect, increase, and pass to the internal ear the sounds which reach it from without.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., pp. 66, 89. 2. Antricles of the heart; Those two of the four cavities of the heart which are much smaller than the others, and each of which, moreover, has falling down upon its external face a flattened appendage, like the ear of a dog, from which the name of the whole structure is derived. The right auricle has a communication with the right ventricle, and the left auricle with the left ventricle. The two auricles are irregular, cuboidal, muscular bags, separated from each other by a thin fleshy partition. The main portion of each consists of what is called the sunws venosws, into which the veins pour their blood. (Todd dº Bowman : Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 333, &c.) “The part of the heart which receives is called the auricle or receiving cavity; and this opens into the ven- tricle or propelling cavity.”—Beale: Bioplasm (1872), p. 24, $ 40. #-rºlea (Cled = keld), a. -ed. 1. Gen. : Eared; possessing ears. 2. Bot. : Possessing two small lobed appendages, like minute ears, at the base of the leaf, as in Salvia. officinalis. It is called also awriculate; in Lat. Cvw.riculatus. ãu-ric'-O-mois, a. ... [Lat. awrum = gold, and coma = hair.] Having the quality of rendering the hair golden hued. ãu-ric'-u-la, s. [In Dan. & Ger. a wrikel; Fr. a wricule ; Lat. auricula- a little ear. Sometimes called Bear's Ear.] 1. Ord. Lang. dº Horticul. : A well-known and beautiful garden flower, the Primwla awricula. It is a native of the Alpine districts of Italy, Switzer- land, and Germany, and occurs also in Astrakhan. In its wild state its colors are generally yellow and red, more rarely purple, and occasionally variegated or mealy. A still greater variety of colors has been introduced by cultivation. “From the soft wing of vernal breezes shed, Anemonies; auriculas, enriched With shining meal.” Thomson: Spring, 537. aş; [Eng. a wricl(e); expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = shan. Shiis. -ble, -dle, –tion, zhin. -fious, -cious, -Sious = -Sion –tion, Shiin; -Šion = auricula 2. Zool. : A genus of pulmoniferous mollusks, the typical one of the family Auriculidae (q.v.). They are found chiefly in the brackish swamps of trop- ical islands. Tate, in 1875, enumerated ninety-four recent and twenty-eight fossil species, the latter apparently Neocomian in age. There are several sub-genera. auricula. Judae, genus Auricula. SWałmpS. auricula Midae. The Voluta Auris Midae (Linn.), the Midas' ear-shell. It comes from tropical Asia or the Asiatic Archipelago. âu-ric'-u-lar, a. [In Fr. auriculaire (adj.); Sp. & Port... auricular; Ital. auricolare, a wriculare (adj.); Lat;...auricularis=belonging to the ear; a wricula – a little ear, dimin. of a wris+ an ear.] A. Ordinary Langwage; I. Lit. Of the ear: 1. Pertaining to the ear or any part of it. 2. Heard by the ear; depending upon the ear. “Edm. If your honor judge it meet, I will place you where you shall hear us confer of this, and by an auricular assurance have your satisfaction . .”—Shakesp.: King Lear, i. 2. 3. Whispered in the ear; secret...[B., II.] 4. Passing from ear to ear; traditional. “The alchymists call in many varieties out of astrology, auricular traditions, and feigned testimonies.”—Bacom. t|I. Fig.: Of anything ear-like in shape. [B., I. 2.] B. Technically: I. Anatomy: f1. Pertaining to the ear. 2. Pertaining to anything ear-like. Spec., per- taining to the two auricles, or to one or other of the auricles of the heart. “The auricular septum, however, remains incomplete through foetal life.”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 604. “A wricular appendage, or proper auricle: That portion of each of the auricles of the heart which resembles an ear.”—Ibid., p. 334. II. Theology, Church. History, dºc. , Auricular Com- fession: . Confession of sin privately, made to a priest, with the view of obtaining absolution. “Shall awricular confession be retained or not retained in the Church 7”—Froude: Hist. Eng., 2d ed., vol. iii., ch. xvi., p. 384. ău-ric'-u-lar-ly, adv. . [Eng. auricular; suff. -ly.] By means of whispering in the ear; secretly. “These will soon confess, and that not auricularly, but in a loud and audible voice.”—Dr. H. More: Decay of Piety. âu-ric'-u-lāte, áu-ríc'—u—lā—těd, adj. . [Mod. Lat, a wriculatus; from a wricula = a little ear, dimin. of a wris=an ear.] I. Generally. Biol. : Having actual ears, or with appendages like ears. II. Specially: 1. Zoology: (a). Of the Vertebrata (chiefly of the form auricu- lated): Eared; with the ears so conspicuous as to require notice in a description. (b) Of the Mollusca (chiefly, of the form auric- The typical species of the It occurs in mangrove and other ulate); Eared; that is, with a projecting ear- shaped process on either side of the apex of the shell. Example, the genus Pecten. 2. Bot. (of either form) : Eared; having at the base two small appendages, shaped like ears. (Applied chiefly to leaves.) The same as AURICLED. Ex- gºyle. Jasmin wºm auriculatum. (Limdley, Lowdom, C. ău-ric-ll-lid'—a, S. pl. [From the typical genus A wricula (q.v.).] Zool. : A family of Gasteropodous Mollusks be- longing to the order Pulmonifera; and to the section Inoperçulata. , They have spirai shells, of which the body-whorl is large and the aperture elongated and denticulated. They frequent salt marshes, damp hollows, and places overflowed by the sea. ău-ric'-u-ló–, in compos. [From Lat. awricula..] Auricle. auriculo-ventricular, orifice. The orifice through which the blood passes from the auricle into the ventricle. It is guarded on either side by *::::: (Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. ii., p. 333. ău-ríf-ér-ois, a. [In Fr. aurifere; Sp. & Port. aurifero; Lat. antrifer; from aurum=gold, and fero = to bear.] Gold-bearing; producing gold. “Whence many a bursting stream auriferous plays.” Thomson: Summer, 648. auriferous native silver. A mineral, called also Küstelite § v.). It passes gradually into argentiferous gold. 330 auriferous pyrites, auriferous pyrite. A species of pyrites containing gold. It is generally found in quartz rock with gold in other forms, and is the most abundant of all the minerals there associated with the gold. (Dama.) ău-ríf-ic, a. [..Lat. awrum=gold, and facio=to make.] Having the power of changing other Sub- stances into gold. (Southey : The Doctor, ch. clxxxvi.) ău'-ri—flämme, s. [In Port, a wriflamma.] [ORI- FLAMME.] ău-ri—form, a. [Lat. awris = ear, and forma = form.] Formed like an ear. Åu-ri—ga, s. . [Sp. & Lat. auriga = a wagoner, from a wrea = a bridle, and ago=to drive . . . manage.] - 1. Astron.: One of the ancient northern constella- tions, the Wagoner. w - 2. Amat.: The fourth lobe of the liver. (Quincy.) 3. Swirg.: A bandage for the sides. (Quincy.) àu-ri—gal, a... [Lat. *::::::::) Pertaining to a wagoner or charioteer. (Bulwer. *ău-ri—gā-tion, s. [Lat. aurigatio.]. The act or practice of driving a carriage. (De Quincey.) ău-ríg'-ra-phy, s. . [Lat. awrum=gold, and Gr. grapho-to write.] The act or process of writing with gold in place of ink. *Au-ri—mönt, s. [Lat. auri = of gold, genit. of awrum = gold; mons, genit. montis = a mount, a mountain..] An imagined mountain of gold. ău-rin, s. [From Lat. awrum=gold, and suff. -im, the same as-ime (q.v.). º Chem. : C20H1403. An aromatic compound, pre- pared by heating phenol, C6H5(OH), with oxalic acid and sulphuric acid. It is used as a dye under the name of corallin or rosolic acid. It crystallizes from alcohol in red needles, which are soluble in alkalies. *äu-ri—pig'-mênt, *āu-rí-píg-mên'-tūm, 8. [Lat. awripigmentum ; auri = of gold, genit. of awrum = gold, and pigmentwm = a pigment, from pingo=to paint. Named from its brilliant yellow color, and from the old idea, now known to be erroneous, that it contains gold.j - Mim.: Orpiment, the sesquisulphuret of arsenic, [ORPIMENT.] “Alchemy is made of copper and auripigmentum.”— Bacon: Physiol. Rem. “Red alchemy is made of copper and auripigment.”— Ibid., § 7. ău'—rí-scălp, au-ri—scăl'-pî-iim, s. [Lat. awri- scalpium ; auris= the ear, and scalpos= to scrape.] *1. An ear-pick. *2. Swrgery: A probe. ău'—rist, s. . [Lat. awris = an ear.] One whose special study is the ear, and who is therefore an authority in the diseases to which it is liable. (Ash.) âu-ri—téd, a. [Lat. auritus.] 1. Zool. : Eared ; furnished with ears, or with ear- shaped appendages. 2. Bot. : Eared; furnished with lobes resembling ears. Not differing essentially from AURICLED and AURICULATE (q.v.). ău'—rí-tim, s. [Lat., genit. pl. of a wris- an ear.] Med. A wrium tinnitus: Tingling of the ears, i.e., in the ears. àu-röchs, s. [Ger. wrochs; from (1) wr-original, and (2) ochs=an ox; wre-ow, that is, original Ox, Ur is Latinized into wrus (Cgesar: De Bell. Gall., vi. 28). In Fr. boeuf wrus.] The English and very nearly the German name of the Aurochs fossile of Cuvier, the Bos wrus of some other writers, now called Bison priscus. It belongs to the Order Ru- minantia and the family Bovidae. It is a species of ox, with a shaggy coat and mane, found by the Romans in the forests of Germany and Belgium, Pºž ~332's % [44’ ºn 2% ºft' *ºtºrºiº Wººſºº" [A.Y., º - ***.* § §§ lº 33 §§§2 g º, Aş iAA'ſ *** º - 2 ºf ºf Fº º § % |\'º'; §§ §§§ §§§ºś ...tºº-ºº: º:#: Tºº-º-º-º-º: &########### --~~~~33; Aurochs. and still existing in small numbers in Lithuania, being preserved by strict protective laws. In pre- historic times it must have existed in England, for its remains have been found in Newer Pliocene strata at Woolwich, at Ilford, and in the valley of the Thames. It is not to be confounded with the Urus of Caesar. The genus is almost extinct. 8, UITU-II] Åu-rö r—a, āu-rö'r—a, s. [In Ger., Sp., Port., Ital., & Lat. Aurora, a wrora ; Fr. A wrore, a wrore. Mahn considers this as–awrea hord-golden hour, or Gr. awrios hôra =“morning hour '' (“morning time of day,” rather, the specific sense of “hour'' being a late one); or, finally, from Sansc. w8hòsa= the dawn. Smith derives antrora from a root wr- to burn. Compare with this Heb. Ür and Ör=light, from Ör= to give light, to shine.] A. Of persons (of the form. Aurora only). Romant. Myth. : The goddess of the morning. She was some- times represented as drawn in a rosy-colored chariot by two horses. She appears as the fore- runner of the sun. In some examples it is difficult to determine whether Aurora means this mythic female or only the dawn. “Soon as Aurora, daughter of the dawn, Sprinkled with roseate light the dewy lawn.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xvii., 1, 2. ‘‘Till on her eastern throne Awrora glows.” Ibid., bk. xix., 61. B. Of things (of either form): 1. Poetry: The dawn of day. “The morning planet told th’ approach of light, And, fast behind, Aurora’s warmer ray O'er the broad ocean pour'd the golden day.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xxiii., 281-3. “His bosom of the hue With which Aurora decks the skies, When piping winds shall soon arise To sweep away the dew.” Cowper; Death of Mrs. Throckmorton's Bullfinch. 2. Ord. Lang., Meteorol. , dēc.: The generic term for that illumination of the night sky which is so common within the polar circles, and is called A wrora, borealis or A. awstralis, according as it is seen near the North or near the South Pole. The phenomenon is visible in North America in the autumn and winter. Sometimes the light is of the ordinary flame color; green has been more rarely observed. The shapes it assumes are infinite in number and very transient. “The amber midnight smiles in dreams of dawn.” Bayard Taylor. Sometimes there is an arch, in which case it is placed at right angles to the magnetic meridian, showing its connection with magnetism. It affects electrical wires also: thus in France and elsewhere the aurora of August 30 and September 1, 1859, noiselessly worked the telegraphic, needles and violently rung the alarm-bells. The aurora is believed to be produced by electric currents in the higher regions of the atmosphere. Its great eleva- tion above the earth is evident from the fact that the same aurora has been witnessed at the same time in Moscow, Warsaw, Rome and Cadiz. 3. Bot. : A species of Ranunculus. aurora australis. [AURORA (B., 2.).] aurora, borealis. [In Fr. aurore boréale; Sp. awrora boreal.] [AURORA (B., 2.).] âu-rör'—al, a. [Eng, a wror(a); -al.] 1. Pertaining to the dawn of day. “Her cheeks suffused with an awroral blush.” Longfellow: The Student’s Tale, 2. Pertaining to the Awrora borealis, or to the A. awstralis, as an “a wroral arch.” âu-rö-tê1-lii'r-ite, s. [Lat. awrum=gold; tel: lurium (Mod. Lat.), the metal so called (q.v.); and Eng. suff. -ite.] A mineral, the same as SYLVANITE (q.v.). ău'-roiás, a. [From Lat. awrum=gold.] 1. Ordinary, Language: Full of gold; loosely) containing more or less of gold. º 2. Chem. : With gold univalent in its composition. * The aurous compounds are of but little import- ance. Aurows chloride (AuCl) is prepared by heating the auric chloride (Au’’ ‘C13) to 227°, till it ceases to give off chlorine. It is a yellowisſ mass, decomposed by water into metallic gold and auric chloride. Aurows ovide is formed when caustic potash solu- tion is poured on aurous chloride. It is a green powder, easily decomposed into metallic gold and auric oxide. * - A wrous swlphide (AugS) is a black-brown precipi- tate, formed when hydrogen sulphide is passed into a boiling solution of auric chloride. It is soluble in ammonium sulphide. âu'-rüm, s. [Lat. aurum, whence Fr., Gael., & Ir, or; Wel. & Corn. awr; Šp. & Ital. oro; Port. ouro, oiro. The root is dwr, wr-to burn, which occurs also in Lat. wro, supine wstum=to burn; Gr. awó= to dry, to kindle a fire; Sansc. ush. Mahn suggests (). Prussian awsas; Lith. auksas; Bis- cayan wrrea = gold.] Chem.: A triatomic metallic element. monatomic in the aurous compounds, which alſo quickly decomposed into metallic goid and auric salts. Symbol, Au ; atomic weight, 197; Sp. gr., 19:50; melting point, 1102° C. Gold is a soft yellow (more It may be fåte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cèir, ràle, füll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kW. 3,1] I’ll Iſl metal, both ductile and malleable. . It dissolves in nitro-muriatic acid, and it is obtained pure by precipitation frºm its solution by a ferrous salt. fºolp.]. The following are tests for aurum (gold) in solution. The sulphides are precipitated from acid solutions by H2S, and, are soluble in ammo- mium sulphide. Ferrous, sulphate (FeSO4) gives a brown precipitate, fusible by the blowpipe into a bead of metallic gold; Stannous chloride (SnCl2) gives a brownish-purple precipitate (Purple of Cas- sius). Oxalic acid slowly reduces gold to the metal- lic state. , Potassium cyanide gives a yellow precipi- tate, soluble in excess. A piece of paper dipped in a solution of gold becomes purple on exposure to the light, All salts of gold are reduced to the metallic state by heat. •. *aurum fulminans, . [Lat, (lit.) = fulminating gold; gold darting lightning..]. An explosive com; pound made by dissolving gold in aqua regia, and precipitating it with salt of tartar. A very small quantity of it becomes capable, by a moderate heat, of giving a report like that of a pistol. (Quincy.) “Some awrum fulminans the fabric shook.” Garth: Dispensary, iii. 303. *aurum graphicum. [Lit. =graphic gold.] Min. : An obsolete name for Sylvanite (q.v.). aurum mosaicum, aurum musivum. [Lit. = Mosaic gold.] tº º Old Chem. ; An old name for bisulphuret of tin. It is of a sparkling golden hue, and used as a pig- ment. - aurum paradoxum. Min. [Lit., an old name for Tellurium (q.v.).] (Dama.) àus–ciſ1–tā'—tion, S. [In Ger. jauskultation; Fr. auscultation; Lat. awscultatiq-(1) a listening to, (2) an obeying; awscwlto-to hear with attention, to listen to. Probably from O. Lat. awscwlo, awsi- culo, from ausicwta, an obsolete form of a wricula. = the external ear, the ear; a wris- the ear.] A. Ordinary Langwage: The act of listening to. B. Med...: The art of discovering diseases within the body by means of the sense of hearing. Being carried out most efficiently by means of an instru- ment called a stethoscope, it is often called mediate auscultation. It is used to study the natural sounds produced within the body, especially the action of the lungs and heart, both in health and disease. Its operation can be facilitated by percussion of the surface. [STETHOSCOPE.] “. . . the application of auscultation to the explora- tion of the sounds developed in its [the heart's] action.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 29. ăus-cil-tä'—tºr, s. [Lat. awscwltator=one who hears or listens.] A person who practices auscul- tation. “. . verified by numerous auscultators.”—Dr. John Forbes: Cycl. of Pract. Med., vol. i., p. 241 ăus-cil'-ta-tór-y, a. [Eng. ausculator; -y.] Pertaining to auscultation; ascertained by means of auscultation. “. . . the auscultatory diagnostics of cardiac dis- €41SeS .”—Dr. John Forbes: Cycl. Pract. Med., vol. i., p. 235. *äu'-Si-Ér, s. [OSIER.] Au-só'-ni—a, s. [Lat. Ausonia, from the Awsomes =the inhabitants of Ausona; a town in Latium, #. fºcus Fundanus, now the Lake of Fondi, in taly. .1. Old Geog. and Old and Mod. Poetry: An an- cient name of Italy. (See etym.) -*. “. for warmer France With all her vines; nor for Ausonia's groves Of golden fruitage, and her myrtle bowers.” º Cowper: Task, bk. ii. 2. Astron.: An asteroid, the sixty-third found. It Was discovered by De Gasparis, on February 11, 1861. täus -pî-căte, v. t. [From Lat. auspicatus, perf. par, of auspicor=(1) to take the auspices; (2) to make a beginning; or from Qw8picatum, sup. of attspigatus, pa. par. of auspico, with the same meaning.] e 1. To augur from certain circumstances that an event about to take place will be a happy one, or an enterprise to be commenced will have a favor- able issue. “Long may'st thou live, and see me thus appear, As ominous a comet, from my sphere, Unto thy reign: as that did awspicate So lasting glory to Augustus' state.” B. Jomson: Part of K. James' Entertainment. 2. To make a favorable beginning of an enter- prise, Or simply to commence it. “The day of the week which King James observed to (lºcate his great affairs.”—Hacket: Life of Archbishop Williams (1693), p. 173. “One of the very first acts by which it [the government] d?' Spictuted its entrance into function.”—Burke: Om a 331 ăus-pic-a-tór-y, a. [Eng. auspicat(e); -ory.] Pertaining to auspices. (Ogilvie.) - fäus'-pige (sing.), āus-pî-gēś (pl.), s. [In Ger. guspicien (pl.); Fr. auspice (sing;), auspices (pl.); Sp. auspicio (sing.), auspicios (pl.); Port. tal. auspicio (sing.); from Lat. auspicium (sing.)= (lit.) a bird seeing or watching; awspea’, a contraction of avispea’, from avis—a bird, and the root spec- to See. A. Of things: 1. Lit. Among the Romans: Omens, specially those drawn from the flight or other movements of birds, or less properly, from the occurrence of lightning or thunder in particular parts of the sky. These were supposed to be indications of the will of Heaven, and to reveal futurity. At first only the augurs took the auspices [AUGURS], but after a time civil officers, discharging important functions, had the right of doing so. Two kinds of auspices, how- ever, arose—a greater and a lesser; the former reserved to dictators, consuls, censors, praetors, or the commander-in-chief in war; the latter permitted toiess exalted functionaries. In the struggle which the plebeians carried on against the patricians for permission to share in political power, the chief argument used by the opponents of change was, the impossibility that a plebeian could take the auspices; but when, in B. C. 307, the flinging open of the augural college to all classes permitted him to try the experiment, it was found that he did the work as effectively (not to say as ineffectively) as any patrician whatever. The glory of a successful enterprise was universally assigned to the person who took the auspices, and not to the leader of the enterprise itself: hence the phrase arose, to carry On a war “under the auspices” of the emperor or Some other high authority. “The neglecting any of their auspices, or the chirpi of their chickens, was esteemed a peculiar crime which required more expiation than murder.”—Bo. Story: Priesthood, ch. v. -- “He accordingly takes the auspices, and the lightning flashes from left to right, which is a favorable sign.”— Lewis: Early Rom. Hist, ch. xi., pt. i., § 1 2. Fig.: Beneficial influence descending, or at least believed to descend, upon those engaged in arduous or perilous work, from some being or per- son of higher dignity than themselves. Specially— (a) From the heathen gods. “Great Father Mars, and greater Jove, By whose high awspice Rome hath stood So long.” B. Jomson. Or (b) from a king or queen supposed to call down blessing from heaven. “It [the armada] was so great, Yet by the auspice of Eliza beat.” B. Jomson: Masques at Court. (c) From the directors of an enterprise, who, though probably not themselves present with those engaged in executing it, are still sending them sup- port, counsel, and aid of various kinds: thus when a missionary goes abroad “under the auspices '' of the Society or church which pays his salary and gives him more or less specific directions how to act. When success is achieved, those who directed the enterprise from home are contented to claim, as in fairness belongs to them, part of the glory; the modern augur or other dignitary, unlike the ancient Roman one, has not the effrontery to appropriate the whole. ‘I The singular awspice is now all but obsolete in this first sense; the plural is frequently used. fB. Of persons: Persons who went through cer- tain ceremonies when a marriage took place, not forgetting to wish good luck or happiness to the wedded pair. “In the midst went the auspices; after them, two that sung.”—Masques at Court: Hymencei. àus-pig'-i-al (g as sh), āus—pig'—ial (gial as shal), a... [Eng. auspic(e); -ial.] Relating to prog- nostics. (Johnson.) ăus-pig'-i-oiás (g as sh), āus-pî-gious (gious as shiis), a. [Eng. auspic(e); -iows.] [AUSPICE.] I. Lit. : Having the omens favorable. II. Fig.: Allwaling— (1) To the time chosen or the appearances pre- sented: Propitious, favorable. “Sudden, invited by auspicious gales,” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xiii., 323. . . . and admonish how to catch The auspicious moment, 3 y & 4 Cowper: Task, bk. iii. ... (2) To the enterprise whdertaken, and specially to tts commemoement: Prosperous, fortunate. “. the auspicious arms of the Caesars.”—Gibbon: Decline and Fall, ch. xli. & £ the auspicious commencement of a new era in austernly (3) To the higher being able to aid or thwart the enterprise: . (a) Auguring or promoting happiness, or at least prosperity. g (b) Kind, benignant. “Betwixt two seasons comes the auspicious heir.” Dryden: Britannia Rediviva. “Parent of golden dreams, Romance Auspicious queen of childish joys.” IByron : To Romance. àus-pig -í-ois-ly (g as Sh), adv. [Eng. aws- picious , -ly.] In an auspicious manner; with favorable prognostications; favorably. “The elections, however, began auspiciously for the government.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. ăus-pig'-ioiás-nēss (gious as shiis), s. [Eng. (twspicious, -ness.] The quality of being auspicious; prosperity. (Johnson.) ăus'—tér, s. [From Lat. auster, whence Fr. auster and Ital. awstro=the south wind.] The south wind. “On this rough Auster drove th’ impetuous tide.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. iii., 376. ăus-têre, *āus—té'er, a. [In Fr. austère; Sp., Port., & Ital. austero; Lát. austerus; Gr. austēros= (1) making the tongue dry and rough, harsh, rough, bitter; (2) stern, harsh; from Gr. auð- to dry.] I. Lit. : Harsh, tart, or rough to the taste. it & sloes austere.”—Cowper: Task, bk. i. “An austere crabapple .”—Hooker: Himalayarz. Journals, vol. ii., p. II. Figuratively: 1. Of persons.: Harsh, severe, grabbed in temper; permitting no levity in one's self or others. “For I feared thee, because thou art an awstere man.” —Luke xix. 21. 2. Of things: Severe. “Be clothed the nakedness of austere truth.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. i. ăus-té re-ly, *āus—té"ere—ly, adv. [Eng. aus- teré ...-ly.] In an austere manner; severely, harshly, TlglCily. “If I have too awsterely punish’d you, Your compensation makes-amends; for I Have given you here a thread of mine own life, Or that for which I live . .” Shakesp.: Tempest, iv. 1. & ſº an excellent digest of evidence, clear, passion- less, and austerely just.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. aus-té re-nēss, *āus-té're-nēsse, *āus-té'ere- nësse, S. . [Eng: austere; ºness.] The quality, of being austere, either in a literal or in a figurative sense. Austerity. “My unsoil’d name, th’ austereness of my life, May vouch against you; and my place i' th' state Will so your accusation overweigh.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, ii. 4. âusitér-i-ty, s. . [In Fr. austērité; Sp. austeri. dad; Port. austeridade; Ital, austerita; Lat. aws- teritas; Gr. austērotés.] I. Lit.: Harshness or sourness to the taste. “The sweetness of the ripened fruit is not the less de- licious for the austerity of the cruder state.”—Horsley: vol. ii., Serm. 28. (Richardson.) II. Figuratively: 1. Of persons: Harshness, severity, crabbedness of temper. tº s g º Blair thus distinguishes between austerity and some of the words which approach it in meaning:- “Austerity relates to the manner of living; severity, of thinking; rigor, of punishing. To austerity is opposed effemimacy; to severity, relaxation; to rigor, clemency. A hermit is angstere in his life; a gasuist severein his application of religion or law; a judge rigorows in his sentences.” º : Lectures on Rhetoric and Belles Lettres, vol. i., 1817, p. 228.) Crabb takes essentially the same view. “The Puritan austerity drove to the king's faction alk who made pleasure their business, who affected gallantry, splendor of dress, or taste in the lighter arts.”—Macaw- laty: Hist. Eng., ch. i. 2. Of things: Harshness, ruggedness. “. . and cast a wide and tender light, Which soften’d down the hoar austerity Of rugged desolation, 3 y & & Biron: Manfred, iii. 4. *äus—térn'e (Old Eng.), āus'—térn, as-têrn'e, àws'-trène (O. Scotch), a. [Either a form of aws- tere, or aw may be= a, and the whole word=a ; sterm.] Stern, harsh. “But who is yond, thou lady faire, That looketh with sic an awsterne face?” Northumberland Betrayed. Percy, vol. i. (Richardson.) *äus—térn’-ly, adv. [Eng. austern; suff. -ly.1 Harshly. (Scotch.) “For the heyeht of the heyte happyne sall wer, And everyche lorde shall (twsternly werk.” Regicide Peace. English commerce.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. Early Scottish Verse, iv. (ed. Lumby), 16, 17. boil, bóy; pout, jowl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, a $; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. "91&n, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūm. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del- austral ăus'-tral, a. [Fr., Sp., & Port. austral; Ital. australe; Lat, australis-Southern, from auster= (1) the south wind, (2) the south.] Pertaining to the south, southern. Åus-tral-ā-ší—an (si as zhi), a. & S. [From Aws- tral=Southern, and Asia. Southern Asia.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to Australasia, a division of the globe containing the land and water between the equator and 50° south latitude on the one hand, and 110° and 180° east longitude on the other. It comprises New Guinea, the Australian continent, Tasmania, New Zealand, and various Polynesian islands. It is a part of Oceania, and is sometimes called, from the generally dark char- acter of its inhabitants, Melamesia. It is not to be confounded with Australia. [AUSTRALIAN.] The term Australasia was introduced by President de JBrosses in 1756. B. As substantive: A native of Australasia. ăus"—tral–éne, s. [Eng. austral, and suff. -eme. The word awstral is from awstralis, in Pinus aws- tralis, the specific name of an American pine.] Chem.: A liquid called also awstraterebentheme produced by neutralizing English turpentine oil with an alkaline carbonate, so as to purify it, and then distilling it first over a water-bath, and then in a vacuum. It turns the plane of polarization to the right. English turpentine oil is made from Pinus australis and P. toeda, trees which grow in the Southern States. (Fownes.) Aus–trä'—li—an, a. & s. [From Australi (a), and suff. -am.] 1. As adjective: Pertaining or relating to Aus- tralia, formerly called New Holland, an island of dimensions like those of a continent, lying south- east of Asia. Australian languages: The native languages spoken in the several parts of Australia. (Latham says that these all show an agglutinate structure.) {AGGLUTINATE.] 2. As substantive: A native of Australia. Two great races inhabit the islands lying to the south- east of Asia and scattered in small groups at inter- vals over the warmer parts of the Pacific. The higher of these is the Malay race; the lower is called, from its resemblance to the African negroes, Negrito. The native Australians are Negritos. They are so low in organization that it is said they can count only 3, 4, and 5, though some who have taught them have given a much more favorable opinion of their capacity. âus-tral—i'ze, v. t. [Eng. austral; -ize.] To tend in a southerly direction; to tend to point toward the south. “Steel and good iron discover a verticity, or polar faculty; whereby they do septentriate at one extreme, and australize at another.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. âus-tra-tér–é-bên’—thène, s. Fº Lat. aws- tralis-austral, and terebentheme.] [AUSTRALENE, TEREBENTHENE.] Aus'-tri-an, a. & S. [Eng., &c., Aw8tria, and Eng. suff. -am. In Fr. Awtrichien, a. & S.] A. As adjective: 1. Pertaining or relating to the Archduchy of Austria, the nucleus around which the Austrian empire, at present called Austro-Hungary, was agglomerated. 2. Pertaining to Austro-Hungary itself. B. As substantive: A native of Austria. Aus'-trine, a. . [In Sp. & Ital. Austrino; Lat. Awstrimws.] Southern. (Johnson.) Åus-trö-, in compos. [From Lat. Auster, genit. Awstri (q.v.). 1. Southern, as Austro-Egyptian = Southern- Tègyptian ; pertaining to the Southern Egyptians. 2. Pertaining to Austria, as contradistinguished from Hungary, as Austro-Hungary. àus'-trö-mân-gy, s. [From Lat. auster=the south wind, and Gr. manteia.=divination.] Divina- tion suggested by a careful study of the winds. ãus-tū'ge, s. [Fr. astwce; Sp. & Port, astucia= subtilty.] Subtilty. [ASTUCE.] “They lay at the vacht lyik the ald subtill doggis byd- and quhil conspiratione or dissensione suld ryes amang you, than be there awstuce thei furnest vitht money baith the parteis.”—Complaymt of Scotland, p. 135. ā'ut, a ‘uth, a. [All the rapidly pronounced.] All the. (Craven, Gloss. **. àu'—tär-chy, s. [Gr, autarchia-absolute power; awtarch&s=an absolute sovereign ; autarched=to be an absolute sovereign : autos=Self, and archewó, or archö= . . . to command, to rule.] The gov- ernment of a single person; absolutism. “It may as well boast an autarchie and self-suffi- ciencie.”— Valentine: Four Serm. (1635), p. *äu"—tér, s. [In Fr. awtel.] An altar. “Thy tempel wol T worschipe evermo, And on thin aute?", wher T. ryde or go, y y I wol do sacrifice, tº e Chaucer: C. T., 2,253-5. 332 ău'—tér, a. [Norm. or Law Fr. for awtre = an- Other.] Another. In Law : En auter droit: In right of another. (Used especially with respect to the holding or inheriting property in right of another, as when one marrying an heiress obtains property in virtue of his being lººsbandº (Blackstome: Comment., bk. ii., Cll. l I. Per auter vie: By the life of another. (Used spe- cially when one obtains the possession of an estate to continue as long as a certain other person lives.) (Ibid., ch. 8.) ău'—tér—fois (fois as fºã), adv. [From Norm. or Law Fr. awter=another, and fois-time; Fr. aw- trefois.] Before, previously. Law (Used especially in the phrases A. acquit= previously acquitted; A. convict=previously con- victed ; and A. attaint=previously attainted. Any one of these three pleas, if substantiated, will pre- vent an indictment from being proceeded with, on the ground that one should not be tried twice for º sºme offense.) (Blackstome: Comment., bk. iv., Ch. 26. âu—then-tic, *āu—then'-tick, *āu—then'-tique (tique =tík), *āu-tén-ticke, *āu-tên'-tike, *āw-tên'—yk (O. Eng.), *āuc—tën'-ty, *āu-tên'- tyfe (O. Scotch), a. & S. [Dut. awthentick; Fr. awthemtique; Sp. & Ital. awtentico; Port. awthem- tico, Low Lat. awthenticus; Gr. awthemtikos= warranted, authentic ; opposed to a despotos=(1 without a master or owner, (2) (used of books anonymous. Gr. Cºwthemtés, contracted from awtoemtés, applied to one who does anything with his own hand; awtos=one's self. Cognate with the Eng. word AUTHOR.] A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Language: *1. Written with one's own hand; an original. “There is as much difference between the present and former times as there is between a copy and an original; that, indeed, may be fair, but this only is authentickſ”— South, vol. vii., Ser. 14. (Richardson.) “Ye see how large a letter I have written unto you with mine own hand.”—Galatians vi. 11. 2. Bearing the name of an author; having a sig- nature attached to it; not anonymous. [A., II. 2.] “Being examined on these material defects in the au- thenticalness of a paper produced by them as authen tick, [they] could give no sort of account how it happened to be without a signature.”—Bushe: Itep ort on Affairs of India. (Richardson.) 3., Trustworthy, credible, as what is subscribed with the name of an author is likely to be. “Awtenyk bukys and storis alde and new.” Early Scottish Verse, i. (ed. Lumby), 1. “This man regularly sent to the French headquarters authentic information touching the designs of the allies.” —Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xix. 4. Unadulterated ; not counterfeit. (a) Of persons: “Par". Both of Galen and Paracelsus. Laf. Of all the learned and authentic fellows— Par. Right, so I say.” Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, ii. 3. “She shall not have it back: the child shall grow To prize the awthentic mother of her mind.” Tennyson: The Princess, w. (b) Of things: “As time improves the grape's cut thentic juice, Mellows and makes the speech more fit for use.” Cowpen' - Conversation. “. . . to be avenged On him who had stole Jove's authentic fire.” Milton: P. L., blo. iv. II. Technically: 1. Christian, Apologetics, Historical Criticism, dºc. Writers on the evidences of Christianity have had to define the words genuine and awthentic, and have increased rather than diminished the obscurity at- tending on the subject. Thus Bishop Watson says: “A genwine book is that which was written by the person whose name it bears as the author of it. An awthentic book is that which relates matters of fact as they really happened.” (Watson : Apology for the Bible, Letter ii.) Some other writers, ad- verting to the fact that the words awthor and awthentic are etymologically connected, call that gemwine which Watson terms authentic, and that awthentic which he denominates genuine. It would tend to clearness if all Christian apologists would in future adopt this latter use of the word. At }. each author has to define the sense in which he individually employs it in his writings. 2. Law: ; Wested with all legal formalities, and legally attested. 3. Music: Having an immediate relation to the key-note or tonic. It is contradistinguished from #!"; i. e., having a corresponding relation to the ifth, or dominant, in the octave below the key- note. author Awthentic Cadence, called also Perfect Cadence. [CADENCE.] Awthentic Melodies. [MELODY.] Awthentic Modes, Authentic Tomes. [MODE, TONE..] B. As substantive: An authentic book or docu- ment. [A. I.] (Fuller.) âu—then-tic—al, a. ...[Eng. authentic; -al.] The same as AUTHENTIC, adj. (q.v.). ãu-thèng-tic-al-ly (Eng.), “agitén-tigly, *āk- ºuk is (O. Scotch), adv. [Eng. awthentical; -ly. 1. In an authentic manner; properly supported by authority so as to be credible, and therefore trustworthy. “. . . and na new gift conformacioun nor infeftment aktentikly gevin agane the said reuocacioun,”—Act Dom. Comc., A. 1478, p. 31 “I will not even allude to the many heart-sickening atrocities which I awthentically heard of.”—Darwin: Voy- age round the World, ch. xxi. 2. Authoritatively. “This point is dubious, and not yet authentically de- cided.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. “Conscience never commands or forbids anything authentically, but there is some law of God which com- mands or forbids it first.”—Sowth. ău-thén'-tícial-nēss, S. Eng: authentical; -ness.] The quality of being authentic, i.e., of being properly supported by authority, and therefore trustworthy. “Nothing can be more pleasant than to see virtuosos about a cabinet of medals, descanting upon the value, rarity, and authentical mess of the several pieces.”—Ad- dison. - ău-thén'-tic-āte, v. t. [Eng. authentic; -ate. In Fr. authentiquer; . Sp. awtenticar; Port. awthem- ticar.; Ital. º:::::::::::: .1. To give proper validity to any document, as by signing the name to it, or going through any other formalities needful to impart to it authority. “To Correspondents.-No notice can be taken of anony- Imous coin munications. Whatever is intended for inser- tion must be authenticated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guarantee of good faith.”—Standing intimation in Times Newspaper. 2., In, a more general sense: , To impart, such authority to anything as to render it valuable or trustworthy. “. . . replete with research and authenticated by curious evidences, . . .”— Wartom: Hist. of Kidding- tom, Pref., p. vi. * àu-thèn'—tíc-à-têd, pa. par. [AUTHENTICATE.] “We learn, however, from Livy, that there was no uni- form or well-authenticated report of the origin of the dictatorship in the early historians.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist. (1855), ch. xii., pt. i., § 13. ău-thén'—tic-à-ting, pr. par. [AUTHENTICATE.] ău-thén-tic-ā'—tion, s. [Eng. authentic; -ation. In Sp. autenticacion; Ital, awtenticazione.] The act of authentication; the act of furnishing such evidence of authorship, trustworthiness, or both, as may accredit a book Or a document, or even a spoken statement. # “The reign of Tullus Hostilius, like those of his two predecessors, is destitute of all anthemtication by coeval yºen evidence.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xi., pt. i., § 1 àu-thén-tig'-i-ty, s. [In Ger, and henticität; Fr. awthem.tv.cifé; Sp. awtenticidad; Port. awthentici- dade.] The quality of being authentic. [AUTHEN- TIC.] “. . . rather a work of command and imagination than of authenticity.”—Walpole: Amec. of Painting, vol. i., ch. 2. (Richardson.) àu–then'-tic-ly, *āu-têm -tick—ly, *āu-tên'- tique-ly (tique-tik), adv. [Eng. authentic; -ly.] In an authentic manner. “. . . regesters and recordes iudicially and auten- tiquely made.”—Hall: Henry VIII., an, 34. (Richardson.) ãu—then'-tíc-nēss, *āu—thèn'-tick-nēss, 8. [Eng. authentic; -mess.] Authenticity. “They would receive no books as the writings of in- spired men, but such of whose authen tickness they had rational grounds.”—By. Mortom: Episcopacy Asserted, p. XXV 1. àu-then'-tics, S. pl. [In Fr. authentiques.] Civil Law: An anonymous but valuable collec- tion of the Novels of New Constitutions of Justin- ian. (Bowvier.) (Goodrich dº Porter, &c.) âu'-thèr, *āuc'-thèur, ºãuc'-tör, *āu'-tór, *ău-töur, ºãw'—tówre, *a-tour, s. [In Fr. auteur; Wel. awdair; Prov, auctor; Sp. autor; Port. autor, awthor; Ital. autore; from Lat. (twctor (sometimes incorrectly written autor and author)=one who enlarges or confirms anything; sl cially (1), an originator, (2) a father, (3) a founde, , (4) an artist, (5) an author of books (6, 7, &c.); from aucturm, Sup. of cºwgeo=to increase, to augment.] fâte, fit, fåre, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wät, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, & g age a. 4- - * * * º * * * º * * or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = a. qu = l;W. author-craft Ordinary Language: I. Of the Divine Being or of persons: 1. Gen.: The originator, beginner, producer, or efficient cause of anything. “In that bless'd moment Nature, throwing wide Her veil opaque, discloses with a smile The Author of her beauties, who, retired Behind his own creation, works unseen By the impure, and hears his power denied.” Cowper: Task, bk. v. “The serpent autor was, Eve did proceed; Adam not autor, auctor was indeed.” Owen’s Epigrams. “. . . He became the awthor of eternal salvation unto all them that obey Him.”—Heb. v. 9. “We the chief patron of the commonwealth, You the regardless awthor of its woes.” Cowper: Task, bk. v. 2. Specially: (a) An ancestor, a predecessor. (Old Eng. & Scotch.) - - * * (b) One who writes books, scientific papers, &c., with a certain measure of originality, as distin- guished from a compiler and a translator. “. the Arabes vseth yet that maner of doyng, Ysmael was here atowr.”—Higden; Polichrom. by Trevisa, ii. 10. (S. in Boucher.) “All the rage of a multitude of authors, irritated at once by the sting of want and the sting of vanity, is directed against , the unfortunate patron.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. "I Although there is a special term, AUTHORESS (q.v.), for a female who writes books, yet the word author is sometimes used in the same sense. “To one of the Author’s Children on his Birthday.”— Heading of one of Mrs. Hemams’ Poems. II. Of things: . The efficient cause of anything; that which originates or produces anything. “That which is the strength of their amity, shall prove the immediate author of their variance.”—Shakesp.: Amt. and Cleop., ii. 6. author-craft, s. The craft or art of an author; skill in literary composition. “If a book come from the heart, it will contrive to reach other hearts; all art and author-craft are of small amount to that.”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect- ure II. fäu"—thūr, v. t. [From the substantive.] To be the cause or author of ; act as the doer of a deed; to do, to effect, to perpetrate; to support by author- ity, to accredit. “. . . when such an overthrow Of brave friends I have awthored, . . . .” Chapman: Homer’s Iliad, bk. iii. (Richardson.) “Oh, execrable slaughter, What hand had author’d it?” Beaumont & Fletcher: Bloody Brother. tău —thūred, pa. par. [AUTHOR, v. t.] âu'—thér-šss, s. [Eng. author, and fem. Suff. -ess.] 1. Gen.: A female author, cause, or originator of anything. “Albeit his [Adam's] loss, without God's mercy, was absolutely irrecoverable; yet we never find he twitted her as authoress of his fall.”—Feltham: Serm. on St. Luke xiv. 20. “When others curs'd the authoress of their woe, Thy pity check'd my sorrows in their flow.” Pope: Homen’s Iliad, bk. xxiv., 970-71. 2. Spec. : A female author of a book. “This woman was awthoress of scandalous books.”— Warburton: Notes on Pope’s Dwmciad. "I This sense is more modern than the former one. ... àu-thor’—i-al, a... [Eng. author; -ial.) Pertain- ing to an author. (Scott: Antiqwary, ch. xiv.) âu—thūr-i'ge, v. t. [AUTHORIZE.] tău'-thèr-ism, s. [Eng. author; -ism...] Author- ship. (Walpole: Letters, ii. 269.) in ºr tº ºve. adj. [ Eng. authorit(y); -(ll, lºſe, 1. Possessed of authority; founded on authority. 2. Given forth with authority. “With the practice of the whole Christian world the - authoritative teaching of the Church of England ap- peared to be in strict harmony.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. 3, Making or authority. “And questions in authoritative tone.” Wordsworth; Eaccursion, bk. vii. ãu-thūr-i-ta-tive-ly, adv. [Eng. authoritative; -ly. In an authoritative, manner; by proper authority; with an assumption of authority. . . . . . . publicly and authoritatively taught.”—Cole- ºridge: Aids to Reflection, 4th ed. (1839), p. 223. “No law foreign binds in England till it be received, º ºthoritatively engrafted, into the law of England.” -H (Lle. implying an assumption of 333 ău-thūr-i-ta-tive-nēss, s. [Eng. authoritative; -ness.] The quality of being or appearing authori- tative. (Johnson. au-thir-i-ty, *āu-thir-i-tie, *āu-têr-i-tie, *äu-tór-y-té, *āuc-tär-i-té, *āuc-tór-i-ty, *āuc-tór'-i-tie, *āuc—tör -i-tée, s. [In Sw. & Dan. awtoritet; Ger. awtoritat; Fr. autorité; Sp. awtoridad; Port, autoridade; Ital. awtorita Prov. awctoritat. From Lat., auctoritas= (1) a cause, (2 an opinion, (3) advice, (4) a precept, (5) a propose legislative measure, (6) power or authority to act, (7) reputation, influence; (8) a pattern, (9) a war: rant, credibility, (10) legal ownership ; from awctor.] [AUTHOR.] Authority being connected with the word awthor, in its older and wider signification, meaning one who enlarges, confirms, or gives to a thing its complete form, hence one who originates 9r proposes anything, authority is, properly speak- ing, the power to act in the manner now described. It is used specially— A. In an abstract sense: The right of claiming belief and deference, or of demanding obedience. I. Of belief or deference: 1. Claimed on behalf of persons: (a) Legitimately : The right, which a truthful person has of claiming belief in his testimony on matters of fact which have fallen under his imme- diate cognizance; also the right which a man of intellect, knowledge, and character possesses of claiming deference to his opinions, even if they cannot be accepted. “For authority, it is of two kinds: belief in an art, and belief in a man.”—Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. x. “I re-salute these sentiments, confirm’d By your authority.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. “. . . the authority of a crowd of illustrious names . . .”–Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. (b) Illegitimately: A claim to belief or deference not sustained by proper evidence. “It was known that he was so profane as to sneer at a practice which had been sanctioned by high ecclesiastical authority, the practice of touching for the scrofula.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. 2. Claimed on behalf of things: The title which a book or a document has to a greater or lesser amount of credit, according to its character. “They consider the main consent of all the churches in the whole world, witnessing the sacred authority of scriptures, . . .”—Hooker. “But on what authority it was recorded by the first Roman chroniclers, we cannot now discover.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch., xii., pt. i., § 13 II. Of obedience: 1. Claimed on behalf of persons: (i.) (The right to demand obedience may be founded on natural law, as the authority of a parent over his children; or on the law of the country, as that of a magistrate over those brought before him ; or a master over an apprentice.) Delegated power given by superiors. “When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice: but when the wicked beareth rule, the people mourn.”—Prov. xxix. 2. “And here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that, call on thy name.”—Acts ix. 14. “Tyrconnel, before he departed, delegated his civil authority to one pouncil, and his military authority to another.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. § Assumption, that such a claim has been acknowledged; bold exercise of power. “. . . exhort and rebuke with all authority. no man despise thee.”—Titus ii. 15. (iii.) Power resting, on the actual acknowledg- ment of the claim made to it. “Power arising from strength is always in those that are governed, who are many: but awthority arising from opinion is in those that govern, who are few.”—Temple. 2. Claimed on behalf of things: The title which a law has to be obeyed. “The recent statutes were surely not of more authority than the Great Charter, or the Petition of Right,”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. B. In a concrete Sense: The persons for whom or the things for which belief, deference, or obedience is claimed. I. Of persons: 1. Of persons legitimately or illegitimately claim- ing belief or deference. “. . . statements made by such high authorities.”— Darwin: Descent of Mam, pt. i., ch. i. 2. Of persons claiming obedience, viewed as indi- viduals, or regarded collectively as one. In the former case the word is in the plural; “the military authorities,” “the civil authorities,” “the ecclesi- astical authorities,” “the municipal authorities,” or simply “the authorities;” in the latter it is in the singular, as in the abstract word “authority.” Let authorship “The provincial awthorities sent copies to the munici- pal authorities.”—Macaulay: Hist. of Eng. ch. v. “Authority herself not seldom sleeps, Though resident, and witness of the wrong.” Cowper: Task, blº. iv. .T. It may be used, in an analogous sense, of par- ticular Orders of Superhuman beings holding a place in the heavenly hierarchy. “Who is gone into heaven, and is on the right hand of God; angels and awthorities and powers being made sub- ject unto him.”—1 Peter iii. 22. II. Qf things (specially):, Books or documents regarded as so deserving of credit, that people in general are afraid to dissent from them in opinion. . “We urge authorities in things that need not, and introduce the testimony of ancient writers, to confirm. things evidently believed.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. “I cannot here give references and authorities for my several statements.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, Introd., p. 2. âu-thūr-i'z-a-ble, adj. [Eng. authorize; -able.] That may be authorized. “. . . a censure authorizable by that part of St. Austin’s words . .”—Hammond: Works, vol. i., p. 248. âu-thūr-i-zā-tion, s. [Eng., authorizſe); -ation. In Fr. autorisation; Sp., autorization; Port. autor- izaçao.] The act of authorizing; the state of being authorized. “The obligation of laws arises not from their matter, but from their admission and reception, and authorization- in this kingdom.”—Hale. ău-bhār-ize, v. t. [Eng., author; , -ize. In Fr. awtoriser; Sp. awtorizar; Port. autorisar; Ital. awtorizzare; from Lat. awctoro-to produce; from. awctor.] [AUTHOR.] I. Of awthority given to persons: 1.To give a person warrant or legal or moral authority to act in a particular way permanently; or to do so temporarily till a certain commission is: executed. “. declared that he was awthorized, by those who had sent him, to assure the Lords that . . .”—Macau- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. II. Of awthority given to things: To give legal sanction to anything. “Lawful it is to devise any ceremony, and to awthorize any kind of regiment, no special commandment being thereby violated.”—Hooker. 2. To give the sanction of custom or public opin- ion to. “Those forms are best which have been longest received. and authorized in a nation by custom and use.”—Temple. 3. To justify, to give moral sanction to, to permit. “All virtue lies in a power of denying our own desires, where reason does not awthorize them.”—Locke. 4. To impart credit or vitality to an opinion by bearing testimony in its favor. “. . would well become A woman’s story, at a winter’s fire, Authorized by her grandam.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, iii. 4. àu-thºr—i'zed, pa. par. & a. [AUTHORIZE.] “His rudeness so with his awthorized youth Did livery falseness in a pride of truth.” Shakesp.: A Lover's Complaint. Authorized Version of the Bible, or simply Authorized Version. The version of the Bible into English, made at the suggestion of James I. by forty-seven learned divines. It took three years— viz., from 1607 to 1610—to execute, and was first ublished in 1611. It is the º one “appointed to É. read in churches,” and till quite recently its title-page contained the words “printed by author- ity.” It has held its place so long more by its own great merits than by the artificial support of law; and while there are numerous minute, defects, which have been corrected in the Revised"Version. of the New Testament, it remains, in all essential respects, the same Bible which for more than two centuries and a half has been the most potent fac- tor in the spiritual education of the English-speak- ing race, and through it, more or less, of all the other families of mankind. [BIBLE.] àu–thūr-i'z-iñg, pr. par. [AUTHORIZE.] âu'—thér-lèss, adj. [Eng. author; -less.] With- out an author or authors, anonymous. “. the false aspersions some awthorless tongues have laid upon me.”—Sir. E. Sackville, Guardian, No. 183. àu'—thūr-ly, a. [Eng, author; -ly.] Like an author. - âu'—thér-ship, S. . [Eng, author, and suffix -ship. In Ger. awtorschaft.] The profession of an author; the state of being an author; or the exercise of the functions of an author on any occasion. “That waste chaos of authorship by trade.”—Carlyle; Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lecture V. “. . . the authorship of Mac Flecknoe was announced too plainly on the title page to admit of a direct denial.” —Dryden: Mac Flecknoe, Introd. by R. Bell. bóil, böy; påut, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. expect, aş; -cian, -ble, -tian = shan. -tion, —dle, &c. = bel, del, -sion = -Sious = Shiis. Shiin; -Šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -ţion, } authotype ău-thé-type, s. . [Gr, autos=self, the very, and £wpos=a blow, the impress of a º [TYPE.] type or block containing the fac-simile of an auto- graph, which could be affixed to a franked letter, a package of goods, or anything similar. ău-tö-, prefia. . [From Gr. autos=of one's self or 9f itself-natural, independent, alone, &c. Some- times quito is used subjectively, as autograph= that which one himself writes; and sometimes 9bjectively, as awtobiography=a writing about the life of one's self. ău-tó-bi-ög"—ra-phér, s. [Eng. autobiogra- #! ; -er. In Fr. autobiographe..] [AUTOBIOGRA- PHY.] . A person who writes his or her own life, or memoirs of one's self. àu-tó-bi-O-gráph'-ic, au-tó-bi-O-gráph'-i- cal, a [Eng, autobiograph(y); -ic, -ical. n Fr. autobiographique.] Relating to or containing auto- biography. ău-tö-bi-O-gráph'-i-cal—ly, adv. [Eng. auto- ©iographical; suff. -ly.] By way of autobiography. tău-tö-bi-ög-ra-phist, s. [Eng. autobiogra- 20h (y); -ist.] An autobiographer. ău-tö-bi-ög'-ra-phy, adv. [In Ger. & Fr. auto- biographie ; , from. Gr. autos= self, bios=course of life, life, and §. writing.] A narrative of the most memorable incidents in one’s life, written by one’s self. “Awtobiography of an Atheist; or, Testimony to the Truth.”—Title of a Book. âu-tö-chrön-Ö-gráph, s. [Gr, autos=self, chro; 2nos= time, and graphē=a writing, or describing.] An instrument for the instantaneous self-recording or printing of time. (Knight.) ău-töch'—thén (plur. au—töch'—thèn-ès), s. [In Fr. awtochthome (sing.); Port. & Lat. autoch- £homes (pl.); from Gr. Awtochthom), adj. sing. ; Awtochthones, pl. =sprung from the land itself; awtos=self, and chthon = the earth, the ground.] ‘One of the aborigines of a country, a man, animal, or plant belonging to the race which seems to have #bited the land before all other races of a similar KIIłOl. * ău-töch'—thèn-al, a. [Eng., &c., autochthon; —al.] jºj Aboriginal, indigenous, autochthonic, autochthonous. âu-töch'—thūn-ic, a. [Eng, autochthon; , -ic.] {AUTOCHTHON.]. Aboriginal, indigenous, autoch- thonal, autochthonous. ău-töch'—thūn-oiás, a. [Eng. autochthon, and suff. , -ows; Gr... autochthomos...], ...[AUTOCHTHON.] †iºnal, indigenous, autochthonal, autoch- thonic. “. . . and the decision either of the awtochthonous Cecrops, or of Erechtheus, awarded to her the prefer- ence.”—Grote: Hist. Greece, vol. i., pt. i., ch. i., p. 77. ău'—tó-cláve, s. [Gr. awtos=self, and apparently clavis—key, from clawdo=to shut. That which shuts itself.] A form of Papin's digester, consist- ing of a French stew-pan with a steam-tight lid. To render it safe it should have a safety-valve. ãu-töc'-ra-gy, au—töc'-ra-sy, s. [In Ger. auto- Jeratie; Fr. awtocratie; from Gr. awtokrateia, from awtos = self, and kratos = (1) strength, might, (2) power.] * I. Literally: 1. Of a ruler: Power or authority, the limits of which nominally depend solely on one's own will. “. . . who believe that an autocracy is necessary for the accomplishment of an object which they, at the moment, hold to be of paramount importance, .”— Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. iii., § 54. 2. Of a state : Independence of other states; pos- session of the right of self-government, with the ability to windicate it if it be called in question. (Barlow.) II. Fig.: Independent and controlling power over anything. “Another influence has favored the establishment of this autocracy among the faculties.”—Herbert Spence?": Psychol., 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 314, § 889. àu'—tó-crät, táu-tº-cråte, s. [In Dan, auto- crat; Dut. awłokraat; Ger. awtokrat; Fr. autocrate; Gr. autokratēs, adj. = ruling by One's self: awtos= self, and krated= (1) to be strong, (2) to rule; kratos *(i) strength, (2) power.] Properly, one ruling by his own power, a sovereign of uncontrolled author- ity; an absolute ruler. Specially— I. Formerly. Among the old Athenians: A desig- Ination sometimes given to particular generals or ambassadors when they were invested with almost absolute authority. II. Now : 1. Any absolute sovereign, especially the Emperor «Of Russia. “. . . the awtocrat of the immense region stretching from the confines of Sweden to those of China, . .”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. 334 2. Half sarcastically: A person who rules with undisputed sway in a company or other associa- tion. In this sense the word is used by Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes in the title of his most popular book, “The Autocrat of the Breakfast Table.” This work is by common consent one of the master- pieces of modern American literature. ău-tó-crât'-ic, au—tó-crāt-ī-cal, adj. [Eng. autocrat; -ic, -ical. In Fr. autocratique; Gr. auto- kratēs=ruling by one's self, absolute.]. Pertaining to autocracy; absolute in power, or at least nomi- nally so. ău-tó-crāt-i-cal—ly, adv. [Eng. autocratical; -ly. After the manner of an autocrat; agreeably to one's own will, and that only. *ău-tó-crä'—tor, s. [Gr, autokrator.] An auto- Crat. ău-tö-cra—tór-i-cal, a. [Eng. autocrator; -ical.] Pertaining to an autocrator, that is, an auto- Crat. “The Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, in respect of the same divinity, have the same autocratorical power, domin- ion, and authority.”—Pearson on the Creed, Art, 7. àu-töc'-ra-trige, s. [In Fr. autocratrice.] A female autocrat. fău-tó-crā'-trix, S. [Eng. autocrat(o)r; -ia:..] A female autocrat. (Tooke.) ău'-tó-crat-ship, 8... [Eng., autocrat; -shup.] The office, position, or dignity of an autocrat. ău'-tê de fé, s. [Sp. auto-de-fé; Port. awto-da- fé=an act of faith; Fr. auto-da-fé; Ger. auto da fe; Sp. & Port. awto, from Lat. actum=an act; Sp. & Port. f6, from Lat. fides=faith. Literally: “An act of faith,” and an act of faith, no doubt it was, but faith, terribly misguided. When the “Holy Inquisition ” (of unsaintly mem- ory) was in the plenitude of its power in Spain, it ever and anon found that condemned “heretics” and other obnoxious offenders so accumulated upon its hands that a general jail or dungeon deliv- ery became expedient. The necessary clearance was effected by means of an “auto-de-fe.” There were different varieties of this exhibition, more or less public or private, that called the auto publico general being the most dignified of the whole. When one of this type took place, there was a great gathering of all the civil and ecclesiastical gran- dees, who proceeded to an amphitheater or other suitable place of meeting on richly-caparisoned steeds, and with music playing, the prisoners being taken with them. The general public also were per- mitted to witness the proceedings. After mass had been said and a sermon preached, extracts were read from the records of the trial conducted and the sentences pronounced by the judges of the inquisition, and it was to this part of the proceed- ings that the term awto de fe was primarily applied. For some of the condemned there were minor, and for others capital sentences prescribed. The unfor- tunates were then handed over to the civil power, the representative of the inquisition never failing to urge with earnestness that they might be merci- fully and kindly dealt with. Foreboding (with sorrow?) that this petition would be rejected, those who preferred it had felt it their duty, if not even their privilege, to furnish fagots, lights, a gallows, executioners, and all other necessary appliances for making away with the persons for whom they had solicited tender treatment. “Heretics” who recanted and similar penitents were first strangled and then burned; but hanging was considered too good for those who remained obstinate in their errors: they were simply burned alive. The first auto de fe was held in Spain in 1481, the last in 1813. The prisoners who suffered minor or º punishments were, in all, 341,021. [INQUISI- TION. The old heathen returning from the amphithe- ater, in which he had seen gladiators “butchered to make a Roman holiday,” never imagined that, in being present at such an exhibition, he had been performing an act of worship. The spectators of the yet more cruel Spanish spectacle were of a dif- ferent opinion; and the inquisitors, at whose instigation all had been done, laid the flattering unction to their souls that they had rendered serv- ice to the God of love by honoring Him with a public auto de fel ău-tö-dyn-ām-ic, a. [Gr, autos=self, and duna- mikos= powerful, from dunamis-power, strength.] Operating by , its own power or force without extraneous aid. autodynamic elevator. A water elevator. An instrument in which the weight of a falling column of water elevates a smaller column to a certain height. A water-ram is of this character. ău-tög'—én—oiás, au—tó-gé'-nē-öus, au—tö– gén'—é—al, adj. [In Gr, autogenes: from autos= self, and gemma ö=to beget, to engender; gemma= birth, and gigmomai-to come into being.] Self- engendered, self-produced; arising spontaneously. automatized “The various processes of the vertebrae have been divided into those that are autogenous, or formed from separate Ossific centers, and eacogenous, or outgrowths from either of the just-mentioned primary vertebral con- stituents.”—Flower: Osteol. of the Mammalia, p. 18. autogenous, or autogeneous soldering. Solder. ing by melting together parts of two metals and allowing them to mix together and unite as they cool; but as human agency was required to do this, the soldering cannot properly be called autogenous. âu-tóg’-en-oiás—ly, adv. [Eng. autogenous; -ly. In an autogenous manner; spontaneously. “The anterior, or more properly inferior, bar of the transverse process of the seventh, and occasionally of some of the other cervical vertebrae in man, is aw togen ously developed.”—Flower; Osteol. of the Mammali a, p. 20 ău'—tö-gráph, s. & a. [In Fr. autographe; Sp. . Ital. autogrófo: Port. autographo. Lat. auto- graphºws (adj.), autograph wºm (subst.); Gr. auto graphos (adj.), and autographon (subst.): from awłos = self, and graphē = a writing; graphô = to write.] A. As substantive: Anything written with one's own hand, as a letter or a signature; an original manuscript, as distinguished from a copy. “. . to enrich obscure collectors of autographs, . . .”—Times, November 13, 1876. B. As adjective: Written by one's own hand. “. . . carried a second autograph letter from Francis to Henry.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iv., p. 342. tău-tög'-ra-phal, a. [Eng. autograph; -al.] The same as AUTOGRAPHIC (q.v.). “The autographal subscription of the Convocation of 1571 to the same Articles is still extant.”—Bennet: Essay on the Thirty-nine Articles (1715), p. 376. ău-tö-gráph'-[c, àu-tö-gráph'-ic-al, ſt... [Eng. awtograph: "ic, -ical. In Fr. autographiqué.], [AUTO- GRAPH.] Written by one's own hand; pertaining to 8 Il ºtograph or autographs; autographal. (John- SO}\,. autographic ink. Ink used for executing writ- ings or drawings on prepared paper, and of such a character that it is possible afterward to transfer them to stone. autographic paper. The prepared paper used in such a process. autographic press. printing autographs. autographic telegraph. An instrument for transmitting. autographic messages, or . In some cases, portraits executed in insulating ink upon metallic paper. âu-tög"—ra-phy, s. [Eng. Fr. awtographie. 1. Ord. Lang. : An autograph. “Persons unknown but in the anonymous autography of their requisition, denominating themselves the gentle- men of this theater.”—Dr. Knoa:: Narrative, &c. (1793). . 2. Lithography: A process for transferring a writ- ing or an engraving from paper to stone. âu-tö-ki-nēt'-ic—al, a. [Gr. autos= self; Eng. kinetic, and suff.-ql.J. Self-moving. (More: Immor- tality of the Sowl, I. ii. 25.) àu-töm'—a-lite, s. [AUTOMOLITE.] ău-töm'-a-tál, a. [From Lat. automatos; Eng. &c., suff. -al.] [AUTOMATON.] Automatic. “The whole universe is as it were the automatal harp of that great and true Apollo.”—Ammot, on Glanville's Lita. Orient, (1682), p. 129. ău'-tö-máth, 8. [Gr, automathés, from awtos=self, and matheim, 2 aor, infin. of manthamó=to learn.] A self-taught person. ău-tö-mât'-ic, au—tö-mât'-ic—al, a. [In Fr, awtomatiqwe ; Port. awtomatico; Lat. awtomatos; Gr. awtomatos.] [AUTOMATON.] I. Ord. Lang. Of material things: 1. Pertaining to an automaton. g 2. Pertaining to self-acting machinery. - “Rope-making—recent developments—an automºtio spinner for rope-yarns.”—Advt. in Times, November 4, 1875. II. Physiol. & Mental Phil., Of mental opera- tions: Carried on unconsciously. “Unconscious or ; automatic reasoning.”—Herbert Spencer: Physiol., 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 6. § 276. automatic fire. A composition made by the Greeks, which ignited under the rays of the Sun at ordinary temperatures. automatic telegraph. A telegraph system based on the operation of the transmittin instrument by a perforated strip of paper drawn through it. The erforations, made by an apparatus termed a per- orator, are so arranged, as to give telegraphic characters in the transmitting instrument. ău-tóm-āt'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. automatical: -ly.] In an automatic manner. ău-töm'-a-tized, a. [Eng. automat(on); -ized.] Made into an automaton (q. v.). (Carlyle; Dial- momal Necklace, ch. i.) The printing press used in Cºwtograph ; -y. In fāte, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wäre, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; milte, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. automaton âu-tóm-a-tón (plural àu-töm'—a—tóns or ău-töm'-a-ta), s. [In Sw., Dan., & Ger. awtomat; Dut. automaat; Fr. awtomate; Šp., Port. & Ital. automato; Lat. awtomatºw8, adj. ; Gr. awtomatos= self-acting: awtos= self, and *maô=to strive after, to attempt.] -, I. Literally: 1. Gen. : Any self-acting machine; or, as a self- acting machine is, at least in most cases, impossible, a machine which, like a watch or clock, requires to be adjusted only at remote intervals, and during, the intermediate periods goes of itself. “The particular circumstances for which the automata of this kind are most eminent may be reduced to four.”— Wilkins. 2. Spec. : A figure resembling a human being or animal, so constructed that when wound up it will for a certain time, make movements like those o life. II. Fig.: This earth or the universe. “For it is greater to understand the art whereby the Almighty governs the motions of the great awtomatom, than to have learned the intrigues of policy.”—Glanvill: Scepsis Scientifica. automaton balance. A self-acting machine for weighing coin and rejecting any pieces which may be of light weight. ău-töm'-a'-tór-y, a. [Eng. automat(on) ; º Automatic. (Urquhart: Rabelais, bk. i., ch. xxiv. ău-töm –a–toiás, a... [Lat. awtomatus; Gr. autom- º [AUTOMATON.] The same as AUTOMATIC (q.v.). “Clocks, or automatous organs, whereby we distinguish of time.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. ău-töm'—ö–lite, áu-töm'-a-lite, s. [In Ger. awtomalit; from Gr. awtomolos=a deserter, awtom- olos, adj. =going of one's self; awtomoleó= to desert: awtos=self, and moleim- to go or come. This min- eral is said to be a “deserter,” because it has departed from the aspect of a metallic one, and yet has much zinc in its composition.] A mineral, called also Gahnite, a variety of Spinel (q.v.). Dana characterizes it as Zinc-gahnite. The composition is oxide of zinc and alumina, with sometimes a little iron. It is found at Fahlun, in Sweden, and in America. âu-tö-morph'-ic and mor jº form. one's .# ău-tón'-à-ma-sy, s. =name.] Rhet, Lit. : A word which virtually names itself, meaning a general word which, from certain cir- cumstances connected with it, has really a specific meaning. Thus, to a native of É ypt, the common §. river in most cases means the proper One, the Nile. *äu-tö-nó'-mi-an, a. [Eng. autonomy..] Pertain- ing to autonomy. * AUTONOMOUs is the word now used. ău-tön-ö-moiás, a. [Fr. autonome; Port, auto- momo. In Gr. awtonomos...] Pertaining or relating to autonomy; possessing and exercising the right of self-government; independent. ău-tón'—ö—my, s. [In Fr. autonomie; Port. auto- momia ; Gr. awtonomia, from awtomomos=living by one's own laws: awtos=self, and momos=custom, law; memo- to distribute.] 1. Ord. Lang.: The right, and that not lying dormant, but acted on, of self-government. Inde- pendence; the state of being, within certain limits, a law to one's self. (Used of nations or of indi- viduals.) “It is rumored that the autonomy of Bulgaria will form part of her demands, .”—Times, Nov. 16, 1877. 2. Mental Phil. In the ſºp'ſ, Of Kant : A term employed to designate the absolute sover- eignty of reason in the sphere of morals. *äu-tóp'-a-thy, s. ſº autopatheid=one's own feeling or experience.], More defines this as “the a. [Gr. awtos=of one's self, Formed after the pattern of [Gr. awtos=Self, and omoma. being self-stricken, to be sensible of what harms us, rather what is absolutely evil.” (Davies.) ... àu-tö-pis-ty, s. [Gr, autopistos=credible in itself: autos= self, an pistos=trustworthy; peithô =to persuade. Self-evidencing power; credibility on internal evidence without its being requisite to seek corroboration from external sources. àu-tóp'-si-a, s. [AUTOPSY.] ău-töp-sic—al, s. [Eng. autops(y); -ical.] Per- taining to autopsy ; autoptical. "[AUTOPTICAL.] ... àu-tóp'-sy, àu-tóp'-si-a, s. [In Fr. autopsie; Port. (ºwtopsia; Gr. awtopsia, from auto&=self, and 9ps=the eye.] Observation of a phenomenon made by means of one's own eyes, as distinguished from testimony with respect to it. “In those that have forked tails, autopsy convinceth us that it hath this use.”—Ray: Creation. ‘ ‘By autopsy and experiment.”—Cudworth. 335 tău-tóp'-tic—al, a. [In Gr. autoptikos.] Ord. Lamg. dé Med. : Pertaining to autopsy; seen by one's own eyes; autopsical. “Evinced by awtoptical experience.”—Evelyn, bk. iii., ch. iii., § 22. fău-tóp'—tic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. autoptical; -ly.] Ord. Lamg. dé Med...: By means of one's own eyes. “That the galaxy is a meteor, was the account of Aristotle; but the telescope hath autoptically confuted it . . .”—Glanville: Scepsis. fău-tó-sché-di—as'—tic—al, a. [From Gr, auto- schediastikos=extemporary; awłoschediazô= to do, act, or speak off-hand: awtoschedios= (1) hand to hand, (2) off-hand; awtos=one's self; schedios= º, place) near, (of time) sudden, on the spur of the moment, off. and ; schedon–near; echö=I have ; Scheim, infin. = to have..] Extemporaneous, extem- p0rary. “You so much over-value my autoschediastical and in- digested censure of St. Peter's primacy over the rest of the apostles, . .”—Dean Martin: Letters, p. 21. tău-tê-thé'-ism, s. . [Gr. autos=self, and Eng. º: (q.v.).] The doctrine of the self-existence O God. fău-tö-thé'—ist, s. . [Gr, autos=self, and Eng. theist (q. º One who is his own god. A wor- shiper of self. --- âu'—tö-type, s. [Gr, autos = self, and typos = a low, . . . the impress of a seal.] A method of phototyping. Tissue being prepared with a liquid composed of gelatine, sugar, and bichromate of pot- ash, is then used for taking a collodion negative in the ordinary way. It is next applied under water with the face down to a plate of glass, metal, or other paper, coated with gelatine and chrome alum. Means are then taken to remove the parts not hard- ened by light, and finally, by another elaborate process, the plate is made ready for the printing- preSS. ău-tö-ty-pôg'—ra-phy, s. [From Eng, autotype (q.v.), and Gr. graphē= a deduction, drawing, paint- ing, or writing.] process invented by Mr. Wallis, by which drawings made on gelatine can be trans- ferred to, soft metallic plates, and afterward used for printing from, like Ordinary copper plates. ău'—túmn (n mute), s. & a. [In Fr. awtomme; Sp. otomo; Port. Owtomo; ital autumno ; Lat. awctumnus (awtwimmws isless correct), awctus=increase, growth, abundance; awctus, pa. par. Of augeo- to increase. While the words 8pring, swimmer, and winter came to us from Our Ängio Saxon ancestors, the term awtumn was borrowed from the Romans.] 1. Lit.: The season of the year which follows summer and precedes the winter. Astronomically, it is considered to extend from the autumnal equinox, September 23d, in which the sun enters Libra, to the winter solstice, December 22d, in which he enters Capricorn. Popularly, it is believed to embrace the months of August, September, and October. “Divinest awtwmn ! who may paint thee best?” R. H. Stoddard. “I saw old awtumn in the misty morn Stand shadowless, like silence listening to silence.” Thomas Hood. 2. Fig.: The decline of human life; the whole term of man’s existence being tacitly compared to a G8 I’. year. Life's autumn past, I stand on winter's verge.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. As (tdjective : “The lands are lit With all the autumn blaze of golden rod; And everywhere the purple asters nod And bend and wave and flit.”—Helen Hunt. autumn-field, s. A field as it looks in autumn, when harvest is in progress. “When thinking of the autumn-fields that are no more.” Tennyson, autumn-leaves, s. pl. The leaves which so abundantly fall toward the close of autumn. (Long- fellow : Evangelime, i. 4.) autumn-Sheaf, S. A sheaf of grain gathered in autumn. (Temmyson : Two Voices.) ău-tūm —nal, *āu-tūm'—ni—an, a. & s. [Eng. awtwmn -al, -iam. In Fr. Cºwtomnal ; Sp, awtwmvnal ; Port. Owtonal; Ital. awtwmmale ; Lat. awctum malis, less properly awtwmvnalis.] A. As adjective: 1. Lit. : Pertaining to, or produced or plucked in, autumn. “How sweet on this autumnal day, The wild wood's fruits to gather.” Wordsworth: Yarrow Visited, September, 1814. “As when a heap of gathered thorns is cast, Now to, now fro, before th’ autum mal blast, Together clung, it rolls around the field.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, v. 418. 2. Fig.: Pertaining to the declining period of human life. “A sudden illness seized her in the strength Of life’s awtwmmal season.” America, &c. auxiliary Autumnal equinoa: : The time when the days and nights in autumn become equal, the influence of twilight not being taken into consideration. The Sun is then vertical at the equator on his journey southward. This happens about the 22d or 23d of September. Autwmmal point: The º of the equator from which the sun passes to the southern hemisphere. Awtumnal sigms (Astron.) : The signs Libra, Scorpio, and Sagittarius, through which the Sun passes during the autumn. B. As substantive: A plant which flowers in autumn. - *äu-tūm'—ni—an, a. [AUTUMNAL..] fău-tūm'-ni-ty, *āu-tūm'-ni-tie, s. [Eng., aw: tumn; -ity. From Lat. fawtwmnitas, awctum mitas.] [AUTUMN.] The season of autumn. “Thy furnace reeks Hot steams of wine, and can aloof descrie The drunken draughts of sweet autumnitie.” Bp. Hall: Sat., iii. 1. Äu-tūn'-ite, s. [So named because found near Awtºwn, in the department of Saône-et-Loire, in France.] Min. : An orthorhombic mineral, of a citron or sulphur-yellow color. The hardness is 2 to 2'5; the sp. gr., 3.05 to 319; the luster on one face pearly, on others adamantine. It is a translucent and optically biaxial. Composition: Phosphoric acid, 13°40 to 1520; sesquioxide of uranium, 56°47 to 61°73; water, 15'48 to 20; with smaller amounts of lime, magnesia, pº of manganese, baryta, and oxide of tin. º found at South Basset, Wheal Edwards, a DC Ilêa.I’ St. Day, in England; now at St. Sym- phorien, near Autun, in France; in Russia, (Dama.) - âu-vér-mas, s. [From Fr. awvermas, a name given at Orleans to certain kinds of black raisins.] A heady wine, made near Orleans from the raisins mentioned in the etymology. Kept two or three years it becomes excellent. âux-é'-sís, S. [Gr. awarésis=growth, increase; awaram0, 1 fut. awaresö=to make large, to cause to increase.] & gº • * Rhet. : Amplification, a figure by which a digni- fied word is purposely substituted for one of a more Ordinary character. ăux-Ét'-ic, a. [Gr, awarétikos.] Pertaining to an auxesis; containing an amplification. “This awaretic power of the preposition is observable in the Epist. to Philemon, ver. 19.”—Dr. Hutchinsom: Serm. at Oa ford (1740), p. 8. făux—il -i-ar, a. & S. [In Fr. awaziliare; Sp. & Port. awaziliar; Ital. ausiliare; Lat. awaziliaris and awaziliarius, from awazilior and awazilio=to help; awazilium=help.] A. As adjective: Auxiliary. 1. Gen. Of things in general : - “While yet th’ awaziliar shafts this hand supply.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xxii., 123. “The glorious habit by which sense is made Subservient still to moral purposes, Awariliar to divine.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iv. 2. Spec. Of troops: “Awaziliar troops combin'd, to conquer Troy.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xix., 147. B. As swbstantive: Auxiliary troops; auxiliaries. “Ye Trojans, Dardans, and awaziliars, hear!” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. vii., 419. âux-il'-i-ar-ies, S. pl. [AUXILLARY, s.] ăux-il'—i-ar-ly, adv. [Eng, awailiar; -ly.] By means of help. (Harris, Worcester, dºc.) àux-il-i-ar-y, *āux-il'-i-ar-ſe, *āux-Il-li- ar—y, a. & S. [AUXILIAR.] A. As adjective: I. Ording ry Language: Rendering assistance, helping, aiding; subsidiary to. “Aid from his brother of the seas he craves, To help him with awaziliary waves.” Dryden. II. Technically: º: il. Awaziliary troops. B., I. 1 (2). 2. Gram. . Attaciliary verbs: The verbs which are used to conjugate others. They are the verbs to be, to have, shall, will, &c. “In almost all languages, some of the commonest nouns and verbs have many irregularities; such are the common ſtwari liary verbs, to be and to have, to do and to be dome, &c.”— Watts. 3. Amatomy: Pertaining to any organ or part of an organ which assists another one in its operation. “There is not the smallest capillary vein but it is Used— [AUXILIARY, e e present with, and awaziliary to it, ascording to its use.” * Med...: Used of a post-mortem examination. Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. vi. —Hale: Origin of Mankind. 3. g boil, boy; pout, jöWI: cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon. exist. ph = f. -Qian, -tian = Shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. auxiliation Awaziliary muscles: Muscles, the action of which assists that of others. (Used specially of the pyra- midal muscles of the abdomen.) . 4. Music. A waxiliary scales: The six keys or scales, consisting of any key major, with its relative minor, and the attendant keys of each. B. As substantive : I. Ordimary Language: 1. Of persons: (1) Any person who helps another; a helper, an assistant. “There are, indeed, a sort of underling awaziliaries to the difficulty of a work, called commentators and critics.”—Pope. (2) Troops, often from another nationality, tak- ing a subordinate place in a military enterprise. “Highland awaziliaries might have been of the greatest use to him; but he had few such awaziliaries.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. 2. Of things: Anything which assists. “In the strength of that power he might, without the awaziliaries of any further influence, have determined his will to a full choice of God.”—South. II. Technically: 1. Gram. : An auxiliary verb. [A., II. 2.] 2. Math. : A quantity introduced with the view of simplifying some complex Operation. aux-n--a-tion, S. [Lats awaziliatio.] Help, al º ăux-il'—i-a-tór-y, a. perf. par., of . awazilior=to help.] Assisting, helping. “. . . the purchasing of masses both awaziliatory and expiatory.”—Sir E. Sandys: State of Religion. aux'—is, S. [Gr. awazis.] A genus of spiny- finned fishes belonging to , the , Scomberidae, or Mackerel, family. They are found in the Mediter- ranean, the Antilles, &c. Some are of large size. They resemble the tunny. ăux'-inge, s. [AXUNGE.] a—v'a', al-va.', adv. [Scotch av-of, and a' =all.] (Scotch.) * º 1. Of all, as denoting arrangement in place. (Mayme: Siller Gun, p. 22.) 2. At all; in any Way. “. . . to be sure, for my part, I hae nae right to be here ava’.”—Scott: Old Mortality, ch. xiv. a'—va, s. [Native language of the Sandwich Islands.] & gº ºf wº 1. The Sandwich Island name of a liliaceous plant, a species of Cordyline [CORDYLINE], which furnishes an intoxicating liquor. “. . . the stream was shaded by the dark-green lºnotted stem of the ava, so famous in former days for its intoxicating effects.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xviii. 2. The native name given in the Sandwich Islands to an intoxicating liquor distilled from the plant described under No. 1, or to intoxicating liquor in general. “But when it did a general search was made, in which even the houses of the missionaries were not exempted, and all the ava (as the natives call all ardent spirits) was poured on the ground.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xviii. 3. A kind of pepper, Macropiper methysticwm. (Treas. of Bot.) ăv'-a-da-vat, S. [AMADAVAT.] An Indian bird, the same as AMADAVAT (q.v.). a-vā'il (1), a-vā'ile, *a-vā'ill, *a-vā'ille, *a-vā'y—lyn, ºa-vā'yl, *a-uā'ile, *a-uä'yle, a—ué'ile (u as V), v. i. & t. [From Fr. valoir=to be worth ; O. Fr. valoir, valer, valeir; Proy., Sp., & Port. valer; Ital. valere; Lat. valeo- (1) to be strong or vigorous, (2) to be worth.] A. Intransitive: To be of sufficient , strength, validity, or effectiveness to gain the end which it was designed to accomplish. “The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man avail- eth much.”—James v. 16. “Farewell ! if ever fondest prayer For other's weal avail'd on high.” Eyrom: Farewell! [From Lat. awa-iliatus, [AUXILIAR.] B. Transitive: 1. To profit, to serve the purpose of. “But litle may such guile thee now avayl.” Spenser: F. Q., II. v. 5. “Yet all this availeth me nothing.”—Esther, v. 13. ºff (a) It is rarely followed by an infinitive. “Eternal sorrows what avails to shed ? Greece honors not with solemn fasts the dead.” Pope; Homer’s Iliad, bk. xix., 227-8. (b) It is often used reciprocally. “Then shall they seek tº avail themselves of names,.. Places, and titles . . .” Milton: P. L., bk. xii. 336 2. To promote, to favor, to assist. “Meantime he voyag'd to explore the will Of Jove, on high Dodona’s holy hill ; What means might best his safe return avail.” Pope: Homen’s Odyssey, xiv. 365. *a-vā'il (2), *a-vā'ile, *a-vā'le, *a-uā'ile, *a-uā’le (u-v), v. t. & i. [From Fr. availer=to swal- low, take down, let down ; avail=downward. In Ital. avallare is=to let down, from Low Lat, avalo, Or a vallo, with the same meaning.] A. Transitive: 1. Lit. : To cause to descend, to let fall. “By that, the welked Phoebus gan availe His weary waine . . .” Spense”: Sheph. Cal., i. 2. Figuratively: To depress in position and in Spirits; to render abject. “IHe did abase and avale the sovereignty into more servitude toward that see than had been among us.”— Wottom. B. Imtramsitive : 1. Lit.: To descend. “And from their sweaty coursers did avale.” Spenser; F. Q., II. ix. 10. 2. Fig.: To sink, to become depressed in spirits, to feel one's pride humbled. “That could so meekly make proud hearts avale.” Spense”: F. Q., VI. viii. 25. a—vā'il, *a-vā'ile, *a-vā'yle, *a-uā'ile, *a- uā'yle (u-V), s. [O. Fr. availe.] A. Ordimary Language: 1. Worth, value, profit, advantage, use, produce. “I charge thee, As heav'n shall work in me for thine avail, To tell me truly.” Shakesp.: All's Well, i. 3. T It is, often preceded by mo, much, little, and other adjectives, indicating flºº, number, or gºportion: thus, “Of mo avail,” “ of much avail,” C. “Truth, light upon this way, is of mo more avail to us than error.”—Locke. i2. Means, property; avails=proceeds, profits. B. Scots Law: An old feudal practice which grad- ually acquired the force of law, by which a lord or other superior exacted from any vassal's son, who happened to be unmarried at the time of his father's death, but afterward entered , the matrimonial state, the entire tocher, that is, dower of the lady. This was called single avail: , Nay, more, the supe- rior believed himself entitled to choose a wife for the young man, and take from him double avail if, rejecting her, he wedded another. When the Court of Session gained a voice in these matters, the judges, almost as recalcitrant as the bridegroom himself against double avail, were never known to haye given the smallest assistance to an aggrieved chief in carrying out his modest claim. (Erskine: Instit., bk. ii., title v., §§ 20, 21.) a-váil–a–bíl-i-ty, s. [Eng. avail, -ability; or available; -ity.] The quality of being available. a-vā'il–a–ble, *a-vā'il-a-ble, *a-uä'yle-a-ble (u-V), a. [Eng. avail; -able.] *1. Powerful, in force, valid. “Laws human are available by consent.”—Hooker. “Drake put one of his men to death, having no author- ity nor commission available.”—Raleigh. 2. Profitable, advantageous, of benefit. “It was as much available to pray to saints as to whirl a stone against the wind.”—Froude: Hist. Eng., vol. iii., ch. xii., p. 64. 3. Capable of being employed, & & available for purposes of collective luxury or S. Mill: (Generally in the plural, magnificence.”—J. Politic. Economy (Prelim. Remarks), p. 19. a-vā'il-a-ble-mêss, s. [Eng. available; -ness.] ... 1. The #. of being available. § capabil- ity of effecting the purpose for which it was intended. “We differ from that supposition of the efficacy, or availablem ess, or suitableness of these to the end.”—Hale. 2. Legal force, validity. a-vā'il-a-bly, adv. [Eng. availabl(e); -y.] *1. Powerfully, in force; spec., with legal validity. (Johnson.) 2. Frontº, advantageously; of benefit. (John- SO??,. a—váil'—ifig, pr. par. [AVAIL (1).] *a-vā'ill, s... [From avail (2), v.] humiliation. (Scotch.) “The labor lost, and leil service; The lang availl on humil wyse, And the lytill rewarde agane, For to considder is ane pane.” Dumbar: Maitland Poems, p. 115. (Jamieson.) Abasement, avariciousness fa-vā'il-mênt, s. [Eng. avail, advantage. (Johnsom.) a-vā'ils, S. pl. [AVAIL, S.] . āv-a-la nghe, tav-a-la'nge, s. [Fr. divalanche, from availer= . . . . to let down.] [AVAIL (2), v.] A snow-slip; the descent from the upper parts of a mountain, down its slope, of an immense mass of snow and ice, accompanied by earth, gravel, and such fragments of rock as they have been able to detach. Such avalanches are often, destructive to Alpine houses or hamlets. Avalanches on a minia- ture scale may be seen whenever snow is melting on housetops. “Huge fragments, sapp'd by the ceaseless flow, Till white and thundering down they go, Like the avalamche's snow On the Alpine vales below. Byron: The Siege of Corinth, 24. *a-vā'le, v. t. & i. [AVAIL (2).] *a-vange, v. t. [From Fr. avancer.] [ADVANCE.] The same as ADVANCE (q.v.). (Old Emg. dé Scotch.) “It is not honest, it may not avance.” Chaucer: C. T., 246. (S. in Boucher.) *a-va'nge, *a-vā'unge, s. [From Fr. avance.] [ADVANCE.] Advancement. “To another a greter avaunce.” Piers Plowman’s Tale, 165. (S. in Boucher.) *a-vange-mênt, *a-vā'unge-mênt, *a-uange- mênt (uange=vange), s. [From Sp. avancement.] (Old Emg. dº Scotch.) The same as advancement, (q.v.). (pº Parv., Jamiesom, &c.) a-Va'nt (1), s., and im, compos. [Fr. avant: (as prep.)=before; (as adv.)=far, forward; (as subst.) =the bow of a ship.] A. As swbst: The van of an army. [WAN.] . B. In comp. ; Avant is an adj, = foremost, which, in military phrases, is=most advanced against the enemy. avant-Courier (Fr. dº Eng.), favant-currier (Scotch), S. [Fr. avant-cowrewr, from avant = before, and cowrir-to run.] 1. Gen. : A forerunner, a precursor. 2., Spec., plur. (Mil.) : Forerunners of an army, perhaps what are now called “picquet guards.” “The avant-curriers of the English hoast were come in sight, whilest the Scots were some at supper and others gone to rest.”—Humve: Hist. Dowg., p. 99. (Jamieson.) avant-fosse, s. [Fr.] Fortif.: The ditch of a counterscarp next to the country. It is dug at the foot of the glacis. (James.) avant-guard, s. sing, or pl. [Fr. avant-garde.] Mil. : Advanced guard. “The horsemen might issue forth without disturbance of the foot, and the avant-guard without shuffling with the battail or arrière.”—Hayward. *a-vā'nt (2), s. [AvAUNT.] A vaunt, a boast. [AVAUNT, s., WAUNT, s.l *a-vā’nt, al-vá'nte, v. i. [Fr. vanter.] [AVAUNT. I To vaunt, to boast. [AVAUNT, v., WAUNT, v.] *a-va.'n-tage, s. [Fr. avantage; Low Lat. avan- -memt.] Profit, 3 y º [ADVANTAGE.] The same as ADVANTAGE (q.v.). (Prompt. Parv., &c.) [See also EVANTAGE.] fa-vān'-tiir-ine, s. [AVENTURINE.] āv-a-ríge, s. [In Fr. avarice; Sp. avaricia; Port. avareza, Ital. awarizia; Lat, avaritia, from avarus =eagerly desirous of..] 1. Spec. : An excessive graving after wealth; greediness of gain ; in ordinate love of money; COvetOuSnoSS. “And the difference bytwixe avarice and coveytise is this: coveitise is for to coveyte suche thinges as thou hast not; and a varice is to withholde and kepe suche thinges as thou hast, withouten rightful neede.”—Chaucer: Per- Somes Tale, “A varice is rarely the vice of a young man: it is rarely the vice of a great man .”—Macawlay: Hist, Eng., ch. xiv. 2. Gen.: Insatiable desire of something else than money. “And all are taught an avarice of praise.” Goldsmith : The Traveler. āv-a-rí'—gious (gious as shiis), a. [Eng: avaric(e); -ious. In Fr. avariciewic; Ital, avaraccio.] 1. Insatiably eager to acquire wealth; covetous. “Luxurious, avaricious, false, deceitful.” . Shakesp.: Macbeth, iv. 3. 2. The result of covetousness; produced by covet- OUISIlešS. “An unrelenting, avaricious thrift.” g Wordsworth. Eaccursion, bk. vi. āv-a-rí'—gious—ly (gious as shiis), adv. [Eng. avaricious; -ly.] In an avaricious manner; covetº ously. āv-a-rí'-gious-nēss (gious as Shūs), s. . [Eng. avaricious; -mess.] The quality of being avaricious; COWetOusness. fāte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hère, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mite, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kW. avarous *āv-a-roiás, *āv'-Ér-ois, a. [Fr. avare; Sp. & Port. avaro, adj. ; Ital, avaro, S.F a miser. From Lat. avarus, from CºveO-to desire.] “. for it ſavarice] bireveth him the love that men to him owen, and turnith it bakward agains al resoun, and makith that the tvarows man hath more hope in his catel than in Jhesu Crist, . . .”—Chaucer: The Persomes Totle. a—va'st, interj. [Etymology doubtful. Johnson, Webster, &c., derive it from Ital, basta=enough ; and the Italian nautical phrase corresponding to the Eng, “avast” is basta ferna, while that cor- responding to “avast , heaving ” is basta virato: Mahn believes avast to be a corruption of Dut. howd vast=hold fast, and Wedgwood, of an old cant term, a waste-away.] • Nawt. : Enough, cease, stay, hold, desist from. “Avast hailing! don’t you know me, mother Partlett 7” Cwmberland: Comm. of the Walloons. a vast heaving. TXesist from heaving. āv-a-tar', fiv-a-ta'-ra, S. [Sansc. awatūra, avatāra, from ava-from, and tri-to cross over, to pass over.] IHindoo Myth. : The descent of a deity to the oarth; the incarnation of a deity. (Specially applied to the ten incarnations of Vishnoo.) [INCAR- NATION.] *a-vā'unge, s. [Apparently altered from avaunt (q.v.).] A boast. (Prompt. Parv.) *a-vā'unge-mênt, S. [Fr. avancement.] [AD- VANCEMENT.] - *a-vā'un-çyd, pa. par. The same as ADVANCED (q.v.). (Prompt. Parv.) a-vā'unt, adv., interj., & swbst. [Fr. avant (adv.) = (1) far, (2) forward.] - A. As adjective: Forward. (Chaucer.) B. As interjection: An exclamation expressive of mingled loathing and contempt=“Begone, get thee gone ! “O, he is bold, and blushes not at death! Avawmt, thou hateful villain, get thee gone!” Shakesp.: K. John, iv. 3. “Hence! Avaunt / he's mine, Prince of the Powers invisible!” Byron.: Manfred, ii, 4. C. As substantive: An order to depart. “To give her the avaunt / . . .” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., ii. 3. *3-vā'unt, v. i. [Fr. avant-forward; en avant =forward.] To advance. Spec., to do so in a boastful manner. “And by the way he chaunced to espy, One sitting ydle on a sunny bancke To whom avaunting in great bravery, As Peacocke that his painted plumes doth pranck.” Spense”: F. Q., II. iii. 6. *a-vā'unt, v. t. [In Ital, avvantarsi = to boast; Fr vanter=to praise; se vanter=to praise one's Self, to boast.] To vaunt, to boast. “I let now the Papists avaunt themselves of their tran- Substantiation.”—Aöp. Cranmer: Answer to Gardiner, p. 338 *a-vā'unt, *a-uā’nt (u-v),”3-wa'nt, s. [AVANT, v.] A vaunt, a boast. “If he gave aught, he durst make avaunt.” Chaucer: Prol. C. T., 227. *a-Vaunt—age, s. [From Fr. avantage.] [ADVAN- TAGE.] The same as ADVANTAGE (q.v.). “For ther nas moon so wys that cowthe seye, That any had of other avawntage.” Chaucer: C. T., 2,592-3. *a-Vaunt—ance, s. [Eng. avawnt, and suff, -ance.] Waunting, boasting. “The vice, cleped avauntance, With pride hath take his acquaintance.” Gower: Conf. Am., b. i. *ā-Vá'unt-ér, s. [O. Eng. avawnt; -er.] One who Vaunts; a boaster. “Ne noon avaunter, by that God above!” Chaucer: C. T., 16,403. J is vaunt-ins. *a-vā'unt–yn, pr. par. [AVAUNT, *ā-vā'uht-ry, *a-vā'unt-ri—é, s. [Eng. avawnt, and Eng. Suff.-ry.] “The worshippe of his name, Through pride of his avauntrie, He tourneth into vilanie.” Gower: Conf. Am..., b. i. *ā-vā'yle, s. [AvAIL.] &Ve, imperat. of verb, sometimes used as a swbst. [Lat.=hail.] [AVE MARyj - A. As imperative of verb, as when the expression 337 ( B. 4. substantive: An Ave Mary or Ave Maria Q. W. § | “. . . . he repeated Aves and Credos: he walked in processions . . . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. Áv'—é Mā'r—y, Åv'ê Ma—ri'—a. [In Sw., Sp., & Lat. Ave Maria, Dan. Avemaria ; Dut. & Port. Ave- Maria, Fr. Avé Maria ; Ital. Avemaria, Avenuma- ºia. From Lat. ave-hăii-God save you, and Eng. Mary, Lat. Marva, Gr. Maria=Mariam, Heb. Mi- riam, from méri=contumacy (Gesenius), or màrar- to be bitter; or from rººm—to be high. Ave Maria, are the first words of the angel's salutation to the Virgin Mary, as given in the Latin Vulgate of Luke i. 28.] [HAIL MARY.] .A. As imperative of a verb.: Hail Mary a saluta- tion to the Virgin Mary, constituting part of the Roman Catholic worship. “He joyed to see the cheerful light, And he said Ave Mary, as well he might.” Scott, Lay of the Last Minstrel, ii. 24. “But ‘Ave Marty,’ made she moan.” Tennyson: Mariana in the South. B. As substantive : A prayer to the Virgin Mary; in which the words Ave Maria occur. T The chaplets and rosaries which Roman Cath- olics use are divided into a certain number of Ave Marias and patternosters. “Numbering our Ave Maries with our beads.” Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., ii. 1. *ā’ved, *ā’-uëd (užv), pret. of verb. [Ap- #. from have, with h suppressed, before have ad become an irregular verb.] Had. “Er the fulthe of time was comen, Satenas al folk awed momen.” MS. Coll. Med. Edinb., H. III. xii., f. 51. (S. in Boucher.) *a-véll', v. t. [Lat. avello.] To pull away. “The beaver in chase makes some divulsion of parts; yet are not these parts avelled to be termed testicles.”— E?'Owne. a—vé1'-lâne, s. [Fr. aveline; Sp. avellama, Port, avelam : Ital, avellama– a filbert, a hazel- Inut.] Her. : A cross resembling four filberts. (Gloss. of Heraldry.) *a’ve-löng, a. . [Old form of Eng. oblong..] Oblong. a—Vé'—na, s. [In Fr. avoine; Sp. avena; Port. avea, Ital. vena; from Lat. avena- an oat.] Bot. : A genus of plants belong- ing to the order Graminaceae, or Grasses. The A. fatwa, or Wild; the 4. strigosa, or Bristle-pointed; the A. pratensis, or Narrow-leaved perennial; the 4. #º or Flat-stemmed; the A. pubescens, Or LOWny; and the A. jlavescens, or Yellow Oat, Avellane Cross. ŻóN2 ſký §4. '5 ?%\4%NºAN. 37 A R W \ Group of Avenae. 1. Avena elation (False Oat Grass). 2. Avena fatua (Wild Oat). 8. A vena pratensis (Glabrous Oat Grass.) Avena pubescens (Downy Oat Grass). 5. Avena flaves- cens (Yellow Oat Grass). 6. A vena strigosa (Black Oat). are species included in this genus. The first of these species is akin to the A. sativa, or Cultivated Oat. It is a cereal suitable for cold climates, not reaching proper maturity in the South. It attains perfection in Scotland, and is largely grown there. A. m.wda is the Naked or Hill-oat, or Peel-corn, for- merly cultivated and used extensively by the poorer classes in the North of England, Wales, and Scot- land. [See also OAT.] a-vé-nā-gé-oiás, a. [Lat. avenaceus, pertaining to oats, oaten, from avena – the oat.] Pertaining to the botanical genus Avena, or to the wild or cul- tivated oats. āv-e-nage, s. [Fr. avenage; Low Lat. avena- avenger *āv-Čn-âunt (Old Eng.), āv'-èn-änd (Scotch), a. [Fr. avenant; Old Fr., advenant, both=hand- some and courteous.] Elegant in person and manners; prepossessing, engagling. ... • “. . . . Y. grete wele Sir Otes the graunt, And byd hym sende me his doghter avenaunt.” Le Bome Florence, 128. (Boucher.) “He wes yhoung, and avenand, . . ; And til all lordis rycht plesand.” 'ymtown, vi., 13, 161. (Jawmieson.) ây'-šn-āunt-liche, adv...[O. Eng. avenawnt, and suff, liche= -ly.] Beautifully. . . . “To seche thoru that cite ther nas non sich, Of erbes, and of erberi, so avenauntliche idiht.” The Pistill of Susan., st. 1. (S. im Bowcher.) *ā'—vēnge, s. [AVENs.] *a-Vé'ne, s. [AVENA.] An ear of corn. [AWN.] “Avene of corne: Arista.”—Prompt. Parv. , , *a-vé'-nēr, a vé'-nór, *a-vey—ner, s. [Norm. Fr. From Lat. avena, and Eng., &c., suff. -er, -or.] Feudal Law: An officer of the king's stables, who provided oats for the horses. J “. . . . and to have sitting with him at his table the Esquire de Quyre, and the Avenour.”—Ordin. Royal Househ., p. 172, 17 Hen. VIII. (S. im Boucher.) : *ā-véng, *ā-uéng (u-v), *ā'—féng, pret. of v. [AFONGE, AVONGE.] a—věng'e, *a-uéng'e (u-v), v. t. [From O. Fr. avengier, vengier, vangier, vanger; Mod. Fr. venger; Prov. vengar, venjar; Sp; vengar; Port. vingar; Ital: vengiare, vendicare; Lat: vindico-to avenge, to vindicate; vindex=(1) a claimant, (2) a punisher, an avenger.] To make a return, or take satisfac- tion, for a wrong, by inflicting punishment of some, kind or other on the offender. . . . . 1. Gen.: Formerly it was often used, as it since sometimes is, to imply simply the return of pain for, real or imagined injury, without its being decided whether the retribution is legitimate or the reverse. “He had avenged himself on them by havoc such as England had never before seen.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. vii. 2. But now it is generally confined to, cases of unishment for injury in which the retribution is egitimate in character and not disproportioned to the offense; the word revenge being used in cases of another character. - . . . . (a) Sometimes the object of the verb is the offense for which retribution is inflicted, followed by upon or on applied to the persons punished. “. I will avenge the blood of Jezreel upon the house of Jehu, . . .”—Hosea i. 4. Formerly of was sometimes used instead of on, or wpon. - -> * “. . . and avenge me of mine enemies.”—Isa. i. 24. (b) Sometimes in place of the offense standing as the object of the verb, it is followed by for. “. . . such are the practices by which keen and rest- less spirits have too often avenged themselves for the humiliation of dependence.”—Macaulay: Hist, , Eng., ch. xiv. - - F , , (c) The word is often used reciprocally, the per- son inflicting punishment for wrong being at oncé the subject and the object of the verb. - “. . . avenging myself with my own hand.”—1 Sami. xxv. 33. . . . . . . . . ‘I See also various examples given above. *a-vénge, s. [AVENGE, v.] Revenge, vengeance. “And if to that, average by you decreed . ... " This hand may helpe, . . .” - Spensers F. Q., IV. vi. 8. *a-véng'e-ange, s. [O. Eng. avenge; -ance.] Pun- ishment; vengeance. i “This neglected fear Signal avengeance, such as overtook A miser.” Philips; Cider, bk. ii. a-věng'ed, pa. par. [AVENGE, v.] a-véng'e-fúl, *a-věng'e-fúll, a. . [O. Eng. avenge; Eng. Suff. -full.] Revengeful, vengeful; full of or expressive of vengeance. - f - Y “Frame thunderbolts for Jove's avengefull **. w enser: F. Q., IV. v. 3 a-věng'e-mênt, *a-uéng'e-mênt (u-v), s. [O. Eng... gºvenge, -ment.] Wengeance; revenge of ani illegitimate character; also legitimate punishment or retribution for wrongs inflicted. * “For of his hands he had no government, Ne car'd for blood in his avengement.” º Spenser: F. Q., I. iv. 34. “. . . to impute the death of Hotham to God’s avengement of his repulse at Hull . . .”—Milton: Answer to Eikon Basilike. - - a-vén'-gēr, *a-uén'-gēr (u = v), s. [Eng. aveng(e); -er. In Fr. vengeur; Sp. vengador; Port. vingar; Ital, vendicatore.] [Visioſºroſ...} One #te Mary is used in an ejaculatory manner. _[AVE givm ; from Lat., ayena-an , Qat..] [AVENA.] A who avenges himself or a wrong by inflicting pun- MARY.] (See the examples from Scott and Tenny- stipulated amount of oats paid by a tenant to a ishment, either of a legitimate or of an illegiti- Son.) *~ landlord in lieu of rent. (Kersey: Dict., 1702.) mate character, upon the offender. Used— ſº , , boil, boy; pétit, jöwl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph a f. “ian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, dèl. avengeresse I. In a general sense: “. . . that thou mightest still the enemy and the cavenger.”—Ps. viii. 2. “Achilles absent was Achilles still. Yet a short space the great avenger staid, Then low in dust thy strength and glory laid.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. xxii., 418-20. II. Specially: 1. Of God, as the Being to whom it specially ap- Ypertains to punish unexpiated wrong or other sin or crime. “. . . the Lord is the Avenger of all such, . . .”— 1 Thess. iv. 6. T It is used in a corresponding sense of the heathen Jupiter or Jove. “Then Discord, sent by Pallas from above, Stern daughter of the great avenger Jove.” Pope: Home?'s Odyssey, bk. iii., 165-6. 2. Of the Jewish “avenger of blood.” [See "I below.l. *I Avēnger of blood : (a) Spec.: The designation given in the Mosaic law to the person on whom it devolved to punish death by violence. He was the nearest male relative of the person killed, and was accorded the right of slaying the homicide, if he could overtake him be- fore the latter reached a city of refuge. But if the person who had killed another reached a city of refuge, he had then a fair trial, with the view of detiding whether the offense was manslaughter or murder. [REFUGE.] “. . . and deliver him into the hand of the avenger of blood, that he may die.”—Deut. xix. 12. See also Numb. xxxv. 9–34; Josh. xx.) b) Gen. : . Any one who insists that the unjust taking of life shall be expiated by the death of the person, high or low, who perpetrates the deed. “The first Lieutenant-Colonel was Cleland, that im- pkacable avenger of blood who had driven Dundee from the Convention.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. *a-vén'—gér-Ésse, s. [O. Eng. avenger; -esse=-ess. In Fr. vengeresse.] A female avenger. “Yett there that cruell Queene avengeresse.” Spense”: F. Q. III., viii. 20. a—véng'-iñg, pr. par., a., & S. [AVENGE, v.] A. & B. As patrficiple dé participial adjective (used in semses corresponding to those of the verb) : 1. Of God, angels, men, or other beings capable of inflicting retribution for wrong. ** He heard the wheels of an avenging God Groan heavily along the distant road.” Cowper: Eacpostwilation. “When England 'midst the battle-storm, The avenging angel reared her form.” EIemans: To the Memory of Sir Hy. E–ll—s. 2. Of the blow or stroke inflicted, or the bolt hurled to avenge a wrong. “Troy yet may wake, and one avenging blow Crush the dire author of his country’s woe.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. iii., 83-4. *Each word against his honor spoke, Demands of me avenging stroke.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, iv. 31. 3. Of the day of vengeance. C. 4s subst. : Windication of a person or people by punisłiing those who have done him or them wrong. “Praiseye the Lord for the avenging of Israel.”—Judges V. Z. a-vé'—nºr, s. [AVENER.] { sºnous a. [Eng. a =Gr. a, priv., and venows Qi. V.). Bot. : Wanting veins or nerves. ă'—véns, *ā-vénge, s. [Wel. avan=a raspberry.] The name applied to plants of the genus Geum er their allies. G-EU M.] . The £ommon Avens, G. M. r. b a m 'w mº, Linn.) has erect flowers, sessilo heads of fruit, and small yellow flowers. It is C O In In O Il i Il w o o dis a n d he dges. The Water Avens, G. riv a le, bas drooping # ow. ers, st a l k ed heads of fruit, large flowers with purplish calyces and erect; Common Avens. dull, orange-col- e ored petals. It is not unfrequent in marshy places and moors. Both species have the qualities of cin- chona. Mowntain Avens, called also White Dryas, Dryas octopetala, is akin to the other species. It has, how- ever, eight large white petals, while the petals in 338 ăv'-en-täyle, àv'-en-täile, àv'-en-täille, s. [O. Fr. aventail, ventaille; Mod. Fr. ventail; Prov. ventalh; Ital. ventaglia = the cheek-piece of a hel- met; frº. Lat, ventus=wind.] The part of a helmet which lifts up, and is so contrived as to admit fresh air. [WENTAYLE.] “For, as he drough a king by th’ aventaile.” Chaucer: Troil. and Cress., v. 1,570. (S. in Boucher.) “Sweet was her blue eye's modest smile, Erst hidden by the aven'tayle.” Scott: Marmion, Introd. to canto v. “And lifted his barred aven tayle, To hail the Monk of St. Mary's aisle.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, ii. 3. *a-vénte, v. f. [O. Fr. esventer.] To open for the purpose of breathing. “And as he schulde hys helme avente, A quarrell smote hym verament, Thorowowt bothe bonne and brayne.” Le Bone Florence, 1,941. (S. im Boucher.) Āv'-ēn-tine, a. & S. [Lat. Aventimws.] .A. As adjective: Pertaining to the Mons Aven- §: one of the seven hills on which Rome was uilt. B. As substantive: A military refuge, a tower, a defensive fort, a redoubt. “Into the castle's tower, The only Aventime that now is left him.” Beaumont & Fletcher. (Goodrich dº Porter: Dict.) *a-vén'-tre (tre+tér), v. t. [From Ital. avven- tare=to throw a spear.], [ADyENTURE.] To throw or push forward. (Used specially of a spear.) “With that, her mortall speare She mightily aventred toward one And down him smot, . . .” Spenser: F. Q., III. i. 28. • *a-vén'-tred (red=8rd), pa. par. [Ave NTRE, ADVENTURED.] ºne-ºns. pr. par. [AVENTRE, ADVENTUR- ING. *a-vén'—türe, *āun'-tér (Old Eng.), *āwyn'-tyr (tyr=tir) (O. Scotch), s. [Fr. aventure.] [ADVEN- TURE. 1. An adventure. “They tolden him of aventures that they hadde founde.”—Chaucer: C. T., 771. 2. Chance; accident. “ . for the honorabill support of his estate riale, in all aventouris and caiss, .”—Acts Ja. V., 1540 (ed. 1814, p. 360). 3. A mischance causing the death of a man; as where a person is suddenly killed by any accident. It is opposed to death by felonious crime. (Old Eng. & Scotch.) (Cowel, Spottiswoode, dºc.) In aventwre: Corresponding to Fr. & l'aventure, d'aventure=perchance. Lest, perchance. “The medicinaris inhibit thir displesouris to be schawin to the Kyng ; in aventure he tuk sic malancoly thair throw, that it mycht haisty him to his deith.”—Bellend.: Crom., bk. xi., ch. 4. Ne forsitan, Boeth. (Jamieson.) a-vén'-tiir-ine, ta-vān'—tür-ine, s. [In Ger. avanturin; Fr. aventurine; Port. venturina.] . A mineral, consisting of quartz, Spangled with scales of mica, or some other, mineral... Dana classes, it under his Phenocrystalline or, Vitreous varieties g Quartz. The best specimens have been found in på IIl. - aventurine felSpar. 1. A variety of Orthoclase, 2. A variety of Albite or Oligoclase. TURINE OLIGOCLASE.] aventurine Oligoclase. A reddish-gray or grayish-white mineral, with fire-like reflections, É. by minute disseminated crystals of ematite and göthite. It is the same as Aven- turine Feldspar, No. 2, and both of these minerals have been called Sunstone (q.v.). (Dama.) *a-vén'—tür-ois, *a-vén'-trise, a. TUROUS..] 1. Adventurous. “Ane Egle of the est, ande ane aventruse byrde.” Early Scottish Verse, iv. (ed. Tumby), 42. 2. Of uncertain issue, “. . . the deedes of batayles be aventurous, and no thing certeyn, .”—Chaucer: Tale of Melibeus. ăv'-én-tie, *ād'—vén-tie, s. [Fr. avenue, from avenir=to come. In Sp. & Port. avenida ; Lat. advervio=to come to: ad=to, and venio-to come.] A road, or opening of any kind leading to a house, a city, &c. “All, the avenues leading to the city by land were closely guarded.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. Spec. : An alley bordered by rows of trees, whether leading to a house or not. “The roads were bordered by hedges of Mimosa, and near many of the houses there were avenues of the, mango.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xxi. [See AVEN- [ADVEN- average *ā'—vér (1), s. [In Sw, hafre, hafra-oats; Dan. & Dut. havre; Ger. hafer.] The oat; oats. (Scotch.) *āv'–ér (2), *āv'-ére, *āv-oir'e (oire as wār), s. [Fr. avoir—that which’one possesses; from avoir= to have ; Sp. haber=substance, wealth, riches; from haber=to have ; , Port, haver (sing.), haveres (pl.); Ital. avere-estate, riches; from avere=to havé; Low Lat. avera, averia; from Lat, habeo-to have.j A. (Of the forms avoire and avere.) Gen. : Prop- erty of any kind. B. (Of the form aver.) Spec. : As in the old pas- toral times *. in the main consisted of the domesticated animals, the word aver became con- fined to them [AFFRI, AIVER, AVER-CORN, Aver- LAND, AVER-SILVER, AVERIE], and next, becoming yet more specialized, terminated by signifying a work-horse. (Scotch dº N. of England.) “An inch of a nag is worth the span of an aver.”— Ferguson: Scotch Proverbs, p. 7. (S. in Boucher.) aVer-COrn, s. [So-called, according to Skinner, because it is corn drawn to the granary of the lord of the manor by the working cattle, or avers, of the tenants.] A reserved rent in corn, paid by farmers and tenants to religious houses. (Jacobs.) (S. in Bowcher.) ayer-land, , s: Land plowed by the tenants, with their cattle, or avers, for the use of a monas- tery or of the lord of the soil. (Cowel.) (S. in Bowcher.) aver-penny, averpenny, s. Money formerly paid in lieu of arrage and carriage. (A word of frequent occurrence in old English charters.) “A verpenny, money paid toward the king's carriages by land, instead of service by the beasts (averia) in kind.” —Burn: Hist. of Westm. and Cwmb.; Gloss. aver-silver, s. A custom or rent so called, orig- inating from the cattle, or avers, of the tenants of the soil. (Jacobs.) a-vér', *a-vér’re, v. t. [Fr. avérer= to declare positively; Prov. averar, aveirar; Sp. & Port, aver- igwar; Ital, averrare; Low Lat. avero, advero: from Classical Lat, ad = to, and veryts = true..] [VERIFY.] To assert positively, as one does who is convinced he is speaking the truth; confidently to declare. “Early one morning it was confidently averred that there had been a battle, . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. *āv -ér-age (1) (O. Eng.), *au'-ar-age (au=ay), *ār-y-age, *ār"—rage, *ār'-age (O. Scotch), s. [In Dan. hoveri is= average, soccage-duty, service due to the landlord; hoveribonde=soccager, bondman; hoveripligtig=obliged to soccage-duty; hovarbeide =service due to the landlord, soccage-duty, average; hovdag=the day on which soccage-duty is performed (Tawchnitz: Dam. Dict.) Wedgwood derives this group of words from Dan. hof-a court residence or palace, and believes that in this direction the ety- mology of Eng. average (1) should be sought. The derivation generally given is from Low Lat. aver- agium and averia, in the sense of a portion of work done by animals of burden; also a charge upon car- riages. So, also, the heriot formerly paid to the lord of a manor on the death of a tenant was the best live beast, or averium, which the deceased tenant had Pºiº [AVER. (2).] & Old Feudal Law: The duty or service which the tenant was bound to pay to the king or to the lord of the manor by means of his animals of burden and his carriages. “Arage, v. t., pervaies. Average signifies service quhilk the tennent aucht to his master be horse or carriage of horse.”—Skeme: De Verb. Signif. (1599). (Jamieson.) TI. The term arriage, in the legal phrase “arriage and carriage,” is the word average modified; [...], The feudal obligation now mentioned was abolished by 20 Geo. II., c. 50. The money paid for exemption from the burden of arage was called aver-penny (q.v.). (Jamieson.) ăv'—ér-age (2) (age=ig), s. & a. [In Dut, averij =(1) average, (2) damage; Sw, averi-ayerage; Dan. haveri = (1) average, (2) damage which a ship receives, (3) waste of wares; Ger, avarie, avgret, haferei, haverei=average; Fr. avarie=damage done to a ship, or any damage; O. Fr. average; , §p. averia=(1) average, (2) damage done to a ship; Port. avaria = allowance out of freight to the master of a ship for damage sustained, or a contribution by insurers to replace losses; Low Lat. averagium, in the sense of loss of goods in transportation. Santa Rosa and Marsh derive this from Turk. avaria=aid, a government exaction in the Levant; but Wedgwood considers it to be from Arab, & war- a defect or flaw.] A. As substantive : I. Ordinary Language: *1. Formerly: The apportionment of losses by se? or elsewhere in just proportions among different its congener are only five. . It is not uncommon T. In America it is used also for a broad street in individuals concerned. [A., II. 1.] From this the in alpine districts. [DRYAS.] a City. second sense of the word gradually arose. fâte, fit, fåre, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wät, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; milte, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. average-sized 2. Now: The medium or mean proportion between certain given quantities. It is ascertained by add- ing all the quantities together and dividing their sum by the number of them. . For instance, to ascertain the average income of the clergy of any given church, their several incomes must all be added together, and the sum, total be divided by the number of clergymen... The more that the extremes vary, the less possible is it to reason out any individual case from a study of the average. Thus the knowledge of the average age at which people die in the United States affords no aid what- 3ver toward discovering when any particular person will die, for some do so almost at the moment of birth, and others linger on for nearly, if not even guite, a hundred years. But for finding out general laws, the study of averages is of immense yalue. The average of qualities is ascertained in a similar way to that of quantities. “. . . and the average of intellect and knowledge was higher among them than among their order generally.”- Mucaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. * On an average: When an average is taken. II. Technically: 1. Law, Nautical and Commercial: & e (a) Average, or general average : A contribution made by merchants Fº to the value of the goods which each has on board a particular vessel, to meet the loss which arises when in a storm the goods of one have had to be cast Over- board to lighten the ship. “This contribution seems so called because it is so pro- portioned after the rate of every man’s average, or goods carried.”—Cou'el. f (b) Particular average: The sum required to make good any fortuitous injury , to the goods belonging to one person. It falls on him or on his insurers, e (c) Petty average: An estimate of the probable aggregate amount of various petty charges, as for harbor dues, pilotage, &c., which the captain of a vessel must in the first instance pay, but which, of course, do not fall on him ultimately. Formerly they were often met, as they still are, by agreement between the owners of the vessel and those to whom the goods sent in it belongs. Hence in, bills of lad- ing the words occur, “paying so much freight, with primage and average accustomed.” . e 2. Corn-trade averages: The medium price of grain in the leading markets. B. As adjective: Ascertained by taking a medium or mean proportion between given quantities. “. . . . the ascertained differences are chiefly in the average light and heat . . .”—J. S. Mill: Logic, 2d ed., vol. ii., ch. xx., p. 108. “Meanwhile, however, the nodes of the rigid ring will retrograde, the general or average tendency of the nodes of every molecule being to do so.”—Herschel; Astrom., 5th ed., § 645. average-sized, a. Of medium size. “Captain Sullivan informs me that the hide of arerage-sized bull weighs forty-seven pounds, Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. ix. ăv'-ér-age (age=ig), v. t. & i. S. (q.v.).] A. Transitive: 1. To ascertain or state a mean proportional between different numbers. .2. To divide an ascertained loss in just propor- tions among the several individuals on whom it should fall. B. Intransitive (as a copula or apposition verb): To be on an average, to amount to, when a mean proportional between certain given numbers is ascertained. “Of this total the properties [in France] averaging 600 acres numbered 50,000, and those averaging 60 acres 500,000 .”—Statesman's Year-Book (1875), p. 80. āv-er-age (3) (age=ig), *āv-Ér-ish, s. [From Fr. idiºer-winter, and Eng. eatage. : 1. Winter eatage... (Craven, dialect.) The break- ing of corn-fields, edish, roughings. 2. Stubble. (S. in Boucher.) āy-ºr-age-ly (age=ig), adv. -ly..] According to an average. “. . , tends to render living more difficult for every “Tºggely-situated individual in the community.”—J. S. "lill; Polit. Econ., bk. i., ch. xiii., § 4. āv-er-ag-iñg (age=ig), pr: par. [AverAGE, v.] 8-Vér'-dant, a. [Eng. a ; verdant..] [VERDANT.] Hºr. : Covered with green herbage, The term is }; pecials of a mount in base. (Gloss. of Her- tl (try. jºy -êr-dû-póis, s. Old spelling of Avoirdu- S. {{Il ’— [From average, [Eng. average; P āv-Ére, s. [AveR (2).] boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, 339 ây'-ār-àn, āv-Ér-in, , *ai'-yér-in, s. . [From Welsh avam -a wild strawberry..] [AVENS.] A wild Strawberry. “And spies a spot of averems ere lang.” Ross: Helenore, p. 26. (S. in Boucher.) *āv'-ér-êne, s. [From O. Scotch aver-oat.] Money payable as custom-house duty on oats. (Jamieson.) ‘: With powar to vptak the tollis, customeis, pryngilt, avereme entreissilver, . . . gadgeing silver, &c.”—Acts Charles I. (ed. 1814), v. 627. (Jamieson.) *āv-er-ie, s. [O. Eng. aver; -y, -ie. In Sw, hafre- bod...] [AVER. (2).] Live stock, as including horses, cattle, &c. “Calculation of what money and victuals will yearly furnish and sustain their Majesties house and averie.”— Keith: Hist., A. 1565, p. 321. *ā'—vér—il (1), *ā’—uér—il (u as v) (O. Eng.), *ā'—vér—ile, *ā'—vyr-yle (yr as ir) (O. Scotch), s. [Fr. Avril.] April. “Thes furste was cleped Mars, That othir Averil, the thridde May, Thes furthe Junye, the longe day.” Alisawmder, 51. (S. in Boucher.) *ā'—vér-Il, (2), *ā-vér-ill, s. [HAVERIL.] A senseless fellow. “Thou scowry hippit, ugly averil.” Dumbar: Evergreem, ii. 57, st. 18. (Jamieson.) *āv'-Ér-ish, s. [AVERAGE (3).] ăv'-Ér-lye, a. [Etymology doubtful.] Heraldry: The same as ASPERSED (q. v.). a—vér'—ment, s. [O. Fr. averement. From Low Lat. averamentum..] [AVER, v.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. The act of positively affirming anything, or of yerifying it, that is, proving it true; the state of bein affirmed positively, or of being or having been Verlūe C1. “To avoid the oath, for averment of the continuance of some estate, which is eigne, the party will sue a pardon.” —Bacon. 2. That which is positively affirmed; an affirma- tion. (More rarely, the proof offered.) “Deceit, averments incompatible, Equivocations, . . .” Byron: Om Hearing that Lady Byron was Ill. B. Law: An affirmation alleged to be true, and followed by the words “and this he is ready to verify.” (Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 20; bk. iv., ch. 26.) a-vér'-nat, s. [Fr. avermat.] A kind of grape grown specially at Orleans. A-Vér'-ni-an, a. [From Avermus, in Gr. Aormos: a, priv., and or mis–a bird. Without birds.] Per- taining to Lake Avernus, near Puzzuoli, which was formerly a volcanic crater. Birds are found in and about it now ; but Lyell believes that it may once have been, as its etymology imports, “without birds,” the escape of mephitic vapors at that period preventing their living in the vicinity. (Lyell: Geology, 1850, p. 347.) *āv'–ér—oiás, a. [AvAROUs.] ãv'-Ér-pên–ny, s. [Ave R-PENNY.] a—vér’red, pa. par. [AVER, v.] Av'—ér–rhö’—a (h silent), s. [Named from Aver- rhoes or Averroes, the Arabian philospher and physician.] [AVERROIST..] . . A genus of plants belonging to the order Oxalidaceae (Oxalids). The A. carambola, called Kurmul, and the A. bilimbi, the Anvulla or Bilimbi, are trees cultivated in Indian gardens. They have compound sensitive leaves and intensely acid fruit, which sometimes grows on the trunk itself below the leaves. It is a five-celled pome. The juice of A. bilimbi is made into syrup and the flowers, conserved, are given in fever and bilious diseases. The fruit of A. carambola is eaten, and is also used in dyeing. a-vér'-ríňg, pr. par. [AVER, v.] Äv-èr-rö’—ist, s. [Named after Averroes or Aver- rhoes (in Arabic Ebm Roshd), an Arabian philoso- pher and physician, born at Cordova, in A. D. 1149, and died, by one account, in 1198; by another, in 1206. His best known work is his Commentaries on Aristotle.] Hist, and Philosophy: One of a sect deriving their name from Averroes. They held that all men have One common soul—a doctrine akin to Pantheism. They flourished in the fifteenth century, and were a branch of the Aristotelians. (Mosheim : Chºwrch. Hist.) fāv-Ér-rüfi'-căte, v. t. [In O. Fr. averronquer; from Lat. averrumco-to avert; from the root of verro-sweep, or of verto-to turn..] To turn away, to avert. “Sure some mischief will come of it, Unless, by providential wit, Or force we averruncate it. Butler: Hudibras, pt. i., ch. i. go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bençh; Sin, aversion fay-Ér-rūfī-că. -tion, s. [Eng. averruncat(e); -ion.] The act of rooting up. “Whether averruncation of epidemical diseases, by telesms, be feasible and lawful.”—Robinson: Eudoaca. (1658), p. 82. ăv-èr-rūfī'-că-tór, s. [Eng. averruncat(e); -or.] Arboriculture: An instrument for pruning trees, consisting of two blades fixed at the end of a rod, made to operate like a pair of shears. (Brande.) a-Vérº-sant, a. [From Lat. aversans, pr. par. of aversOr=to turn one's self away.] [AVERSE. Her: ; Turned away; a term applied to a hand, of which only the back is visible. It is called also Dorsed (q.v.). fāy-Ér-sā'—tion, s. [Lat. aversatio.] The act of turning away from on account of antipathy to; great dislike to. (Obsolescent.) “It detests hating of our brother, by the same aversa- tion which it expresses against doing him affronts.”— Jeremy Taylor: Om the Decalogue. TI Aversation is followed by from, or by to, or toward. “Original sin and natural aversation from goodness.” —Taylor. Great Eacemplar, p. 61. , ºversation toward society.”—Bacon: Essay on Friend- Shºp. a-Vér'se, a. [In Sp. averso, from Lat. aversus, pa, par. Of averto: a = from, and verto-to turn.] I. Lit.: Turned away. “Which needs not thy belief, If earth, industrious of herself, fetch day, Traveling east, and with her part averse From the sun’s beam, meet night, her other part Still luminous by her ray.” Milton: P. L., viii. 138. II. Figuratively: 1. With an antipathy to, the natural consequences of which would be, that one would turn away from the object thus hated, or at least morally disap- proved of; unfavorable; unpropitious. “Their courage languished as their hopes decayed: And Pallas, now averse, refused her aid.” Dryden: Virgil’s AEneid, ii. 227. 2. Unwilling, indisposed. “. . . . finding the Old Company obstinately averse to all compromise, .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xx. ºf 4verse was formerly followed by from, as the etymology would lead one to expect. “. . . . them that pass by securely as men averse from war.”—Micah ii. 8. From is still occasionally employed. “. . . . nor averse from excess in wine.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. Generally, however, to is employed. º They were averse to an armistice . . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. a-vér'se-ly, adv. [Eng. averse; -ly.] 1. Lit. : Backwardly. “ Not, only they want those emitted aversely or backwar Vulgar Errors. 2. Fig. : Unwillingly, Ela DC 62, a-vér'se-nēss, s. [Eng. averse; -mess.] Lit. A being turned away from ; but generally used figuratively for repugnance or unwillingness. “The corruption of man is in nothing more manifest, than in his averseness to entertain any friendship or familiarity with God.”—Atterbury. a-vèr'-sion, s. [In Fr. & Sp. aversion; Port. aversao; Ital, aversione. From Lat. aversio. I. The act of turning away (lit. or fig.). 1. Lit. : The act of literally turning away. (Used of persons or of material substances.) t(a) Of persons : The act of literally turning round and departing. This may arise from a desire to have no more to do with a person disliked (...) (b) Of matterial substances: The process of sepa- rating from, or the tendency to separate from, another substance from which there is a chemical, an electrical, or other repulsion. 2. Fig.: The act of mentally turning away, when antipathy is felt to a person or thing; dislike, repugnance to, but not so strong as that implied by the word hatred. “The Khasias have an aversion to milk.”— Hooker: Himalayam Jowrmals, vol. ii., p. 275. II. The state of being turned away from, in a lit- eral or figurative sense. “. his sordid rapacity had made him an object of general aversion.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. III. An object of dislike; the person or persons from whom, or that from which, one turns away. aş; arts of secretion, but it is by both sexes.”—Browne: reluctantly; with repug- expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion. -sion = Shiin; &c. = bel, del. -ble, -dle, –tion, -Sious = Shiis. zhin. -tious, -cious, -Šion = aversive “They took great pleasure in compounding lawsuits among their neighbors; for which they were the aversion of the gentlemen of the long robe.”—Arbuthnot: Hist. of John Bull. “Self-love and reason to one end aspire; Pain their aversion, pleasure their desire.” Pope: Essay on Man, ii. 88. ºf Aversion is now followed by to, or for, or from ; formerly it might have from, to, for, or toward. “A freeholder is bred with an aversion to subjection.” —Addison. “The same adhesion to vice, and aversion from good- ness, will be a reason for rejecting any proof whatsoever.” —Atterbury. , , " , a state for which they have so great aver- sion.”—Addison. & 4 “His aversion toward the house of York . . .”— Bacon. *a-vèr'-sive, a. [From Lat., aversum, Sup, of averto, and Eng, suffix -ive..] Turned away §tº ally or figuratively), averse. “Those strong-bent humors, which aversive grew.” Daniel: Civil War, bk. vii. *a-vèrst', *a-uèrst' (u-v), adv. (O. Eng. a , and verst, apparently a pronunciation, by the ear, of at first.] At the first, “Auerst byeth the hestes ten, Thet lokissolle alle men.” MS. Arwmdel, 57, f. 1. (S. in Boucher.) 3-vért', *a-vért'e (1), *a-uért'e (u-v), v. t. & i. [Not from Fr. avertir, which is=to apprise (not to avert). In Ital. avertere+to turn away; Lat. averto =to turn away; a = from, and verto-to turn.] A. Transitive: 1. Lit.: To turn away. (Used of things material.) “With eyes averted, Hector hastes to turn The lots of fight, and shakes the brazen urn.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. iii., 402. 2. Fig.: To turn away; either to . prevent from coming at all, or, if this be impracticable, to com- pel to depart after it has arrived. (Used of evil, misery, &c.) “From me, ye gods, avert such dire disgrace.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xx., 412. . . . Go-from him—from me— Strive to avert this misery!” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstone, ch. iv. * It is often used in prayers. “O Lord avert whatever evil our swerving may threaten unto his church 1”—Hooker. B. Intransitive : 1. To turn evil away. “Cold, and averting from our neighbor’s good.” Thomson: Spring, 801. 2. In prayers: To prevent, to forbid. * Yet Heaven avert that ever thou Shouldst weep, and haply weep in vain.” Byron: To Inez, in Childe Harold’s Pilgrimage, i. *a-vért'e (2), v. [From O. Fr. evertir; Lat. everto-to overthrow.] To overturn. (Scotch.) “His hous to be sa avertit, that of it sall remane na memorie.”—Bellend.: T. Liv., p. 334. (Jamieson.) a-vért'—éd, pa. par. & a. [AVERT, v.] “But with averted eyes . . .” - Cowper: Truth. a-vért'—Ér, 8. [Eng. avert; -er.] He who or that which turns [anything] away. “A verters and purgers must go together.”—Burton't Amat...of Melancholy, p. 384. a—vért'-ing, pr. par. [AVERT.] *ā-vért'—it, pa. par. [AVERTE (2).] ã'—věš, S. pl. [Pl. of Lat. avis=a bird; Sansc. wi =a bird; as if a were a prefix simply..] Birds. T As the terms used in modern zoological classi- fication are mostly of Latin type, the class of birds is generally called Aves. It constitutes the second class of, the sub-kingdom Vertebrata, and stands below the Mammalia, and above the Reptilia. BIRDS.] *āv'-e-trö1, s. bastard. 4 & [O. Fr. avoltre, avowtre.] A “Thou avetrol, thou foule wreche.” Alisawmder, 2,693. (S. in Boucher.) *3-véy'le, v. t. [AVAIL.] à'—ví—an, a. [Lat, avis—a bird..] [AVES.] Per- taining to birds. “. . . the examination of the mammalian and avian remains in the Mineralogical Department of the British 340 ă'—vi-a-ry, s. [In Port. aviario; from Lat. avi- arium; from aviarius=pertaining to birds; a bird.] [AVES.] A building, or a portion of a building º §§§ §§ ${i}; &; ği §§ º/, $º §l * º º ! º § º º: §§ º #. tº S Aviary. netted off, or a large cage designed for, the keeping of birds. “In aviaries of wire, to keep birds of all sorts, the Ital- ians bestow vast expense ; including great scope of ground, variety of bushes, trees of good height, running waters, and sometimes a stove annexed, to contemper the air in the winter.”— Wottom: Architecture. āv-i-gén'-ni-a, s. [Called after Avicenna, the celebrated Arabian physician, who was born near Bokhara about A. D. 980, and died apparently about 1036 or 1038.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Myoporaceae (Myoporads). A. tomentosa is the White Mangrove of Brazil; but though called a Mangrove, it does not belong to the genuine Man- grove order, the Rhizophoraceae. It is found in salt marshes in India, as well as in South America. The bark is used at Rio Janeiro for tanning. a—vic'—u—la, s. [Lat. avicula–a little bird; dimin. of avis-a º A genus of Mollusks, the typical one of the family Aviculidae. It has a very inequivalve shell. The type is A. hirwºndo, so called from a certain superficial resemblance which it presents to a swallow, called in Lat. hirumdo. Re- cent species known in 1875, twenty-five; fossil, 300, the latter from the Silurian onward. (Tate.) a-vic'-u-li-dae, s. pl. [AVICULA.] Wing-shells, or Pearl Oysters. A family of Mollusks belonging to the class Conchifera and the section Asiphonida. They are akin to the Ostreadeae, or Oysters, but have the umbones of the shell eared, the posterior one so much so as to appear wing-like. They have also two muscular impressions. The fossil greatly exceed the living species in number. a—vic'—u—lö-pêc—tén, s. [From avicwla and pecten (q.v.).] A genus of Mollusks placed doubtfully in the family Aviculidae. They combine the characters of the genera Avicula and Pecten. All are fossil. à-vi-ciilºtiire, s... [Lat: avis = a bird, and Eng. cwltwre.] The breeding and rearing of birds. fäv'-id, a. [In Fr. avide; Sp., Port., & Ital. avido; from Lat. avidw8; Wel. awyddws=greedy..] Greedy, covetous. (Brydges.) ta—vid'—ſ-oils, a. [AVID.] The same as AVID. (Bale: Image, pt. ii.) (Richardson.) ta—víd'—i-oiás—ly, *a-vyd'-y-oiás—ly, adv. [Eng. avidious; -ly.] Greedily, covetously. “Nothing is more avidiously to be desired than is the sweet peace of God.”—Bale: Revelation, D, viii. a-vid'-i-ty, s. [Fr. avidité; from O. Fr. arvyd= vehement desire; Ital, avidita, aviditade, aviditate; Lat. aviditas, from avidw8 = eager; aveo or haveo- to be joyful or lively. In Wel...awydd. It may be remotely connected with Heb. avah—to bend; in the conjugation piel = to seek after; divvah = appetite, lust; from avah, in piel= to seek after.] Insatiable desire; excessive eagerness; appetite, especially of an inordinate kind; covetousness. (Used of the sensual appetites, or of other desires.) “Has he not usurped with equal avidity the city of Bosphorus on the frozen Maeotis, and the vale of palm- trees on the shores of the Red Sea?”—Gibbon: Decline and Fall, ch. xlii. āv-í-gā'—tó, S. [AvoCADo.] Av'-ign-on (ignon as in-yông), s. [Avignon or Avenio, a commune and city in the south of France, the place celebrated for having been the residence of the Popes from 1329 to 1377.] Avignon-berry, s. The berries of Rhamnus infectorius, Saa’atilis, and amygdalimºws. They are used for dyeing yellow. When they are ripe the avize *a-viºle, y, t, [Fr. avilir=to debase, to degrade.] To render “yie,” cheap, or of little account; to depreciate. [WILE.] - “Want makes us know the price of what we avile.”— B. Jonson: Masques at Court. *a-vil'—loiás, a... [In Fr. avilissant, from Cºvilăr— to debase..] Contemptible; debased. “In a villows Italie.” Scott: Chrom., S. P. iii. 147. à yín'-cu-lö mät-ri—mö -nī—i. bond of matrimony.] t & Law: Divorce in its fullest sense, and not simply separation for the time being : “a memsa et thoro’’= from table and bed, i.e., from bed and board. *āv'-i-röun, prep. & adv. [Fr. environ..] Around. “They wenten and segedyn avirown.” Alisawmder, 2,671. (S. im Boucher.) *a-vi's, *a-vi'se, *a-vy's, s. [Fr. avis=advice, intelligence, instruction, warning, account, adver- tisement.] Advice. [ADVICE.] “And if you thinketh this is wel i-Sayde, Say your avys, and holdeth yow apayde.” Chaucer: C. T., 1,869-70. *a-vi-Sand, pr. par. [AviSE, v.] *a-vi's de, pret. of verb. [AVISE.] *a-vise, v. t. [AvLZE, v.] *a-vi'se, *ā-vé'yşe, a. [Fr. avisé.] Circum- Spect. “Of werre and of bataile he was fulle avise.” Rob. de Brunne, p. 188. *a-vi'ge-mênt, s. [Eng. avise, and suff. -ment.] Advisement, counsel, consideration, deliberation. ‘‘I think there never Marriage was manag’d with a more avisement.” Ben Jonson: Tale of a Tub, ii. 1. ºvi-sely, adv. [O. Eng, avis(e); -ily.] Advis- ©CLly. (Jamieson.) [Lat. = from the “But for a litil speche avisily Is no man schent, to speke generally.” Chaucer: C. T., 17,259, 17,260. *a-vi'-sion, *a-vi'—gioun, a-vy-sioun (sion, §ioun-zhiin), 8. [VISION.] A vision. “Macrobius, that writ the avisiown.” -- Chaucer: C. T., 16,609. *a-vi'-så, s. [In Sp. & Port. aviso-advice, pru- dence; Ital. avviso—advice, opinion, advertisement, news.] [ADVICE, S., B. i., AVIS.] w “I had yours of the tenth current; and besides your avisos, I must thank you for those rich flourishes where- with your letter was embroidered everywhere.”—Howell: Letters, ii. 68. *a-vi'—toiás, a. [In Ital, avito; Lat. avitus, per- taining to a grandfather ; ancestral: from avus=a. grandfather.] Ancestral. *a-vi'—zand, pr. par. [AVIZING...] *a-vi'ze, *a-vy'ze, ta-vi'se, *a-vy'ge, *a-vy- syn, v. t. [Fr. aviser=(1) to perceive; (2) to inform. Often used reciprocally: 8'aviser=to bethink one's self.] Used— I. Of perception: 1. To perceive, to see, to view, to regard, to take note of. ““Fond Squire,’ full angry then sayd Paridell, * Seest not the Ladie there before thy face?” He looked backe, and, her avizimg well, Weend, as he said, by that her outward grace That fayrest Florimell was present there in place.” Spenser; F. Q., IV. ii. 22. 2. To examine, to look over. “As they 'gan his library to view. And antique registers for to avize.”—Spenser. "| Aviseth yow (2 pers. pl. imper.) : Look to your- selves. “Aviseth you now and put me out of blame.” Chaucer: C. T., 3,185. II. Of reflection: 1. To consider, to reflect. “They stay’d not to avise who first should be, But all spur'd after, fast as they mote fly.” & Spenser; F. Q., III. i. 18. “The wretched man gan then avise too late, That love is not where most it is profest.” Ibid., II. x. 31. * In this sense it is used reciprocally=to bethink one's self. “Then gan. Sir Calidore him to advize Of his first quest which he had long forlore.” Spenser: F. Q., VI. xii. 12. 2. As the result of such reflection to form a reso- lution. “But when his uncouth manner he did vew, He gan avize to follow him no more.” Spenser; F. Q., II, xi. 27. III. Of advice: To advise. “But I with better reason him aviz'd, Museum.”—Owen; British Fossil Mammals and Birds, juice is mixed with alum, to make the sap-green of And shew’d him how . . .” p. ix. the painters. Spenser, F. Q., IV. viii. 58. fâte, fūt, fåre, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pót, or, wöre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. avized *a-vi'zed, *a-vi'zd, *a-vi'sed, pa. par. [AVIZE, v.] *a-vi'ze-fill, a. [O. Eng. avize, and suff. full.] Observant, vigilant. “When Britomart, with sharpe a visefull eye, Beheld the lovely face of Artegall ” Spenser: F. Q., IV. vi. 26. *a-vi'-zíňg, *a-vi-zand, *a-vi-Sand, pr. par. [AVIZE.] āv-ó-ca'-dó, 3-vi-ga'-tá, s. [Apparently from Fort, avogado, advogado= ah advocate.] A West Indian fruit, called also Avocado-pear, alligator- year, subaltern's butter-tree, avī- gato, and Sabac- ca. It belongs to the order Laura- ceae (Lau rels), and is the Persea, gratissima. It is found in tropical A merica. The fruit is about the size and shape of a large pear. consider a ble part of it is believed to con- sist of a fixed oil. It is highly esteemed. The fruit itself is very insipid, on which account it is generally eaten with the juice of lemons and sugar to give it poignancy. ăv'-ö-căt, s. [Fr.] A French lawyer, correspond- ing to the attorney or advocate of the United States. “These babbling Avocats up at Paris—all talk and no work.”—Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. Vi. *āv'-ö-căte, v. t. [Lat. avocatus, pa. par. of ovoco-to call off or away: a = from, and voco-to call upon.] To call away from. “From hence it is evident that all secular employment did not—hoc ipso—avocate a clergyman from his necessary office and duty.”—Bishop Taylor': Episcopacy Asserted, $ 49. (Richardson.) *āv-Č-că-têd, pa. par. [Avocate, v.] *āv-à-că-tíñg, pr. par. [Avocate, v.] “Their divesture of mortality dispenses them from those laborious and a vocating duties to distressed Chris- ti) ns and their secular relations, which are here requisite.” —13oyle. āv-à-că'—tion, s. [In Sp. avocacion; Port. avo- Caçao; Lat. avocatio=a calling off, a diverting of the attention : from avoco.] [AvoCATE.] 1. The act of calling one away from any business or work in which he may be engaged; the state of being called away. “The soul with pleasing avocation strays.” Parnell: To an Old Beauty. 2. The business which calls or summons one away from society, from idleness, from pleasure, or from other work. . It is used for one's primary vocation or business in life. [VOCATION.] “. whatever other merits this well-dressed young gentleman might possess, poetry was by no means his proper a vocation.”—Moore: Lalla Rookh: Sequel to “The Ilight of the Haram.” *a-vöc'-a-tive, a. & s. [Eng. avocate; -ive.] A. As adjective: Having the power of calling off Or actually doing so. B. A8 Substantive: That which calls away from. āv-ó-gēt, äv'-ö-gētte, áv'-ö-sét, s. [In Fr. *Ocette ; Sp. avoceta; Ital, avosetta; from Mod. Lat, avocetta.] The English name of a genus of birds, with their feet so webbed that they might Seem to belong to the Natatores (Swimmers), but Which, by the other parts of their structure, are placed in the family. Scolopa- cidae (Snipes), § n (i, the sub- family Totaninae (Tatlers). Their great peculiarity §, a long feeble Jill, curved up- Ward, with which they explore the §§nd for prey. Recurvirostra avocetta is a British bird. It, was . formerly abundant in the fenny districts, but is now rare. R. American differs Avocado. 341 *a-vö'–ér—y, s. [AvoweRY.] Av-ö-gadº-ró, S., The name of an Italian phy- sicist who flourished in the early part of the present century. AVOgadro's law. [LAW.] a—void, *a-voide, *a-uði'de, *ā-vöy'de, *a-uðy'de (u-v), *a-vöy’d—en, v. t. & i. [Eng. a , void. In Fr. 6ayiter- to avoid; vider=to empty, to clear; O. Fr. wwider=to empty; vudie=empty; Proy, Sp., & Port, evitar; from Lat. evito, vito–to avoid.] [Word, WIDE.] A. Transitive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. To void; to render void, empty, or of no effect. {} Literally: e a) To avoid; to render empty, by expelling or emitting that previously contained in anything. “A toad contains not those urinary parts which are found in other animals to avoid that serous excretion.” —Browne: Vulgar Errors. (b) To evacuate, to quit, and thus render empty, so far as the person evacuating the place is con- cerned. “What have you to do here, fellow? pray you, avoid the house.”—Shakesp.: Coriolanus, iv. 5. “If any rebel should be required of the prince confed- erate, the prince confederate should command him to avoid the country.”—Bacon. (2) Fig.: To render void of effect; to annul or to Vacate. “How can these grants of the king's be avoided, without wronging of those lords which had these lands and lord- ships given them?”—Spemser. 2. To keep at a distance from. (1) Lit.: To keep at a distance from ; to keep away from a person or place. “He, like an honest man, took no advantage of her unhappy state of mind, and did his best to avoid her.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. % JFiguratively: * a) To shun ; to abstain from. “He still hoped that he might be able to win some chiefs who remained neutral; and he carefully avoided every act which could goad them into open hostility.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. (b) To escape. “If thou art privy to thy country's fate, Which, happily, foreknowing may avoid, O speak ('' Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 1. II. Law: To defeat. B. Intransitive : 1. To become void; to become vacant. “Bishoprics are not included under benefices; so that if a person takes a bishopric, it does not avoid by force of that law of pluralities, but by the ancient common law.”—Ayliffe. 2. To withdraw, to retire, to depart. “And David avoided out of his presence twice.”—1 Sam. xviii. 11. “Descend to darkness, and the burning lake: False fiend, avoid!” Shakesp. ; 2 Hem. VI., i. 4. a—void’-a-ble, a. [From Eng. avoid; -able.] 1. Liable to become vacant or to be declared void. “The charters were not avoidable for the king's nonage, and if there could have been any such pretense, that alone would not avoid them.”—Hale. 2. Able to be escaped or shunned. “To take several things for granted is hardly avoidable to any one, whose task it is to show the falsehood or improbability of any truth.”—Locke. a—void'—ange, *a-vöid'–öns, *a-vöyd'–āwnçe, s. [Eng. avoid; -ance.] A. Ordinary Language: I. The act of voiding, or of avoiding. 1. The act of voiding, or declaring vacant o VO1C1. & * 2. The act of avoiding or shunning. (Lit. & fig.) “. . . and the avoidance of all the state and works of darkness which we should abhor.”—BP. Hall: Rem., p. 37. II. The state of being voided; also the state of being avoided. “. . . an object of pity, of contempt, and avoidance.” * -Carlyle: Heroes and Hero-Worship, Lect. iv. III. That by which anything is voided, as a chan- nel to carry off water. “In the upper gallery, too, I wish that there may be, if the place will yield it, some fountains running in divers places from the wall, with some fine avoidances.”—Bacon: Essays, Civ. and Mor., ch. xlv. B. Law: 1. The act of annulling. § (Used of a law.) avoreward “A voidance of an ecclesiastical benefice is : 1. By death, which is the act of God. 2. By resignation, which is the act of the incumbent. 3. By cession, or the acceptance of a benefice incompatible, which also is the act of the incumbent. 4. By deprivation, which is the act of the ordinary. 5. By the act of the law; as in case of Simony; not subscribing the Articles or Declaration; or not read- ing the Articles or the Common Prayer.”—Burm. a-vOid-éd, pa. par. [Avord, v.] “Q. Eliz. True, when avoided grace makes destiny; My babes were destined to a fairer death, If grace had bless'd thee with a fairer life.” Shakesp.: Richard III., iv. 4. a-vOid'–ér, s. [Eng. avoid; -er.) I. Of persons: 1. Qne who voids, expels, or carries off anything. 2. One who avoids, shuns, or escapes anything. “. . . a curious avoider of women’s cºmpany, e e & —Beaumont dº Fletcher: Hon. M. Fortune, lv. 1. II. Of things: That which carries off anything, or a vessel in which anything is carried off. a-Vöid'-Ifig, pr. par. [Avoid, v.] a—void'-lèss, a. [Eng. avoid, and suff. -less= without..] Incapable of being avoided; inevitable. “That avoidless ruin in which the whole empire would be involved.”—Dennis: Letters. a—voi'—ra, a-var'-ra, a '-a-vör'—a, s. [A native South American yy Ila IIl G. ſ? 1. The name N. t $* given in portions Rºš of South America *ś 32& to palms of the ge- 2% §§§ nus Astrocaryum. §§ §. § A S T R O CARYUM.] §[ſºft\SYS & Šik ºğlığ Vom Marti ws: l §§ Nº Palms, vol. iii., p. <º Yº" 287 } } º 2. The name given in parts of South America to a palm, Desmomcus 7m a c ºr O C a quit hºws. (Von M a rit i ws : Palms, vol. ii., p. 86.) A long the Amazon it is called also J a citira. Avoira. [DESMONCUs.] > ăv'-6ir-dû-póis, fiv'-6ir-dà-pôişe, s. [Fr. avoir du poids; from O. Fr. avoirs de pois=things that sell by weight, and not by measurement. (Wedg- wood.) Or from Fr. avoir= to lave (in Lat. hº and Fr. poids= weight, load, . ; O. Fr. poia, pois; from Lat. pensum=anything weighed ; pen- swim, sup. of pendo=to weigh. The d of poids was introduced in the French because it was erroneously thought that the word came from Lat. pondw8= weight.] [POISE.] The name of a series of weights, that by which groceries and similar commodities are weighed. The pound avoirdupois consists of 7,000 grains troy, and contains sixteen ounces while the pound troy has only twelve. A pound avoirdupois is=453-52 grammes. - *āv-oir'e, s. [AveR (2).] *a-vö'ke, v. t. [Lat. avoco-to call away; a =from, and voco-to call.] To call away; to keep off. “All were admitted to every consultation there anent; yet the absence from the weightiest consultations of prime noblemen and barons, and all ministers but two, was not much remarked, nor their presence sought, if their negli- gence, or ados, or miscontent, did avoice them.”—Baillie's Letten's, i. 183. (Jamieson.) *āv-ö–1âte, v. i. [Lat. avolatum, supine of avolo = to fly from or away : a = from, and volo-to fly.] To fly from or away. (Lit. dº fig.) “. . . and nothing will avolate or fly away, . . .” —Boyle: Works, vol. iv., p. 591. iāv-5-lä-tion, s. [Lat. avolatio; avolo=to fly away.] The act of flying from or away; flight, CScape. “These airy vegetables are made by the relics of plantal emissives, whose avolation was prevented by the condensed enclosure.”—Glanville: Scepsis Scientifica. * “Strangers, or the fungous parcels about candles, only signify a pluvious air, hindering the avolation of the favillous particles.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. *a-vönge, *a-fönge (pret. a-vēng', a-féng), v. [A. S. afon=to receive; afemg=received.] To take, to receive. “And after his fader dethe, a weng the kinedom.” Rob. of Glouc.. Chron., p. 484. (S. in Boucher.) *a-vö're-ward, adv. [Old Eng. a. voreward= forward.] At first. “So that avoreward from it by. having a red cap; and there are a few 2. The state of becoming vacant. (Used of an The bissop hii chose of Bathe, Walter Giffard.” other foreign species. office.) Rob. of Glouc., p. 567. (S. in Bowcher.) bºil, boy; póüt, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. **ºn, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. avorth *a-vOrth, a -uor'th (u-v), v. t. [In Dut. bevor- deren-to forward; voorwit, voorwarts=forward.] {AFORTHE.] To forward. “Wether he shal aworth the abak.” Hule & Nightingale, 812. (S. in Bowcher.) ăv'—ö-sét, s. [Avocet.] a-vO'te, a-uðte, adv. On foot. [AFOOT.] “So that wastinde a day awote he dude this dede.” Robert of Gloucester: Chron., p. 545. “Spermen awote, and bowmen and also arblasters.” Ibid., p. 378. 3-vá ú'gh, *a-vöu'ghe, v. t. [O. Norm. Fr. ad- vowcher; O. Fr. avochier, avocher, advogwer, avoguer, avower; from Norm. Fr. voucher; Old Fr. vochier, vocher=to call, to pray in aid, to call to aid in a Suit, to summon ; from Lat. advoco+to call, to summon;, ad=to, and voco-to call, Wedgwood believes that wouch in the sense of “call to" spe- cially refers to the case of a tenant calling on his feudal lord to defend him in the matter of a right impugned. Finally, however, the word becoming transferred to the landlord, lost its meaning of “call to,” and came to mean, “take the part of the tenant against his assailant,” openly acknowledge, avow, positively affirm, vouch..] [Avow, Vouch. I.(Apparently with tacit reference to a tenant's calling on his landlord for support of a claim.) (See etym.) To adduce in support of anything. “Such antiquities could have been avowched for the Irish.”—Spenser; State of Ireland. II. (Apparently with tacit reference to a land- lord's acknowledging a tenant and defending his righgº (See etym.) 1. Solemnly and deliberately to acknowledge a being or person as standing to the avoucher in a certain relation. (a). As a superior acknowledges an inferior, or as the Supreme Being owns the people of God. “And the Lord hath avowched thee this day to be His peculiar people, . . .”—Dewt. xxvi. 18. (b) In a more general sense, without reference to the ...”. ty or inferiority of the persons or beings avouching and avouched. “Thou hast avowched the Lord this day to be thy God, and to walk in His ways, .”—Deut. xxvi. 17. 2. To assent to or support the petition or the tunderstood wishes of any person. “Nem. Great Arimanes, doth thy will avouch The wishes of this mortal?”—Byron: Manfred, ii. 4. 3. To support a cause believed to be just ; to jus- tify, to vindicate. “You will think you made no offense, if the duke avouch the justice of your dealing.”—Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, iv. 2. 4. To assert positively, to affirm; to maintain, to aVer. “. . . but that it is so constantly avowched by many.” —Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. x., § 911. ta—völü'gh, s. [Avou CH, v.] Evidence, testimony; avouchment. “Hor. Before my God, I might not this believe, Without the sensible and true avowch Of mine own eyes.”—Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 1. fa—völl'gh-a-ble, a. [Eng. avowch; -able.] That may be avouched. (Sherwood.) a-vá ú'ghed, pa. par. [Avouch., v.] a—vá ú gh-Ér, S. [Eng. avowch; -er.] He who or that which avouches. “Even Cardinal Bellarmin can abide to come in as an avoucher of these cozenages.”—Bp. Hall: Censure of Travel, § 18. a—vöü'gh-iñg, pr. par. [AVOUCH, v.] a—vöu'çh-mênt, s. [Eng. avowch; -ment.] The act of avouching ; the state of being avouched; that which is avouched. *a-vóü’r, *a-vóü're, s. [In Fr. avower=to avow.] Acknowledgment, confession. a-vOw" (1), *a-vöwe, *a-vöw'—én, v. t. [Fr. avower=to own, to confess, to approve, to ratify; avoué=an avowee, a proctor, attorney, Solicitor, patron, or supporter; avowerie-right to present to a benefice. The idea is that of a superior acknowl- edgi.,g an inferior, which connects the Word, as Skinner and Wedgwood maintain, with AVOUCH q. v.). Mahn connects it with Fr. vower=to vow.] AVOW, (2), S.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. To declare openly the sentiments one holds in the belief that, even though they may be unpopular he can defend them ; or to declare openly a dee wnich one has done, either in the conviction that it was a right deed, or because one is so hardened in wickedness that he is incapable of feeling shame when he justly falls under the censure of the virtuous. “. . . the orphan girl avowed the stern delight with which she had witnessed the tardy punishment of her father's murderer.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xi. fāte, fit, fäll, or, wore, sön; amidst, whāt, wörk, whô, făre, Wolf, father; miite, 342 t2. To acknowledge, to confess, though more dis- fººd to hide the deed than to proclaim and glory IIl lù. “Left to myself, I must avow I strove From public shame to screen my secret love.” Dryden: Sigismunda and Guiscardo, 456. 3. To take the responsibility of stating ; to state, to allege, to declare. “. . . . the relation of some credible person avowing it upon his own experience.”—Boyle. B. Law: To admit that, one distrained goods belonging to another, but alleging that he can and will justify the deed. “ . . . he avows taking the distress in his own right or º fight of his wife.”—Blackstome: Comment., bk. iii., CIl. $3. *a-vOW' (2), *ā-vöwe, *a-vöw'-en, “a-uðw'-en º *a-wów'—yn, v. t. & i. Old form of WOW Q. W. ). A. Trans.: To devote by a vow. (Scotch.) “Tullus . . . avowit xii preistis, quhilkis war namit salis, to be perpetually dedicat to Mars.”—Bellend.: T. Liv., p. 49. (Jamieson.) B. Intrams. : To vow. “. . . . warfore they made him . . . sethyn to avow to restore . . . what he had borne away.”—Monast. Angl., ii. 198. (S. in Boucher.) “Tullus . . . altoure avowit to big twa tempellis . . . —Bellend.: T. Liv., p. 49. (Jamiesow.) *a-vow' (1), *a-vówe, s. [Avow, v.] 1. A discovery, declaration; avowal. (Old Eng. dº Scotch.) - “At kirk and market when we meet, We'll dare make nae avowe.” Minstrelsy Border, ii. 86. (Jamieson.) 2. Patronage. [AVOWERY.] “. . . . for thoru avowe of him the sone bigan that strif.”—Rob. Glouc.; Chrom., p. 477. (S. im Boucher.) *a-v6w' (2) (O. Eng.), a vöw'-yé (ye=ié) (O. Scotch), s. [Old form of Eng. vow. In Fr. voew; Sp., Port., & Ital. voto; Lat. votum.] [VOW.] A vow. “But here I will make mine avow, To do her as ill a turn.” Marriage of Sir Gawaine. a-vOW'-a-ble, , a. [Eng. avow; -able.] Able to be avowed; which one can without blushing avow. “The proceedings may be apert, and ingenuous, and candid, and avowable; for that gives satisfaction and acquiescence.”—Donne: Devotions, p. 209. a-vOw-a-bly, adv. [Eng. avowabl(e); -y. In a way that can be avowed. a-vOw'—al, s. [Eng. avow; -al.] An open decla- ration of sentiments entertained or of deeds done. “He frankly confessed that many abominable and detestable practices prevailed in the Court of Rome; and by this sincere avowal, he gave occasion of much triumph to the Lutherans.”—Hwme: Hist. Eng. ; Henry VIII. “This absurd avowal would alone have made it impos- sible for Hough and his brethren to yield.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. viii. a-vOw-ange, s. [Eng. avow; -ance.] Evidence, testimony. a-vOw"—ant, s. [Fr. avowant, pr. par. Of avower.] 73 - : “A person making cognizance,”, or admit- ting that he distrained certain jº. belonging to another, but maintaining that he was justified in doing so. “. . . the avowant or person making cognizance . . .”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 9. a-vOw'ed, *a-vOw'd, pa. par. & a. [AVOW, v.] “The hasty heat of his avowed revenge delayd.” Spenser: F. Q., II. vi. 40. “. . . they had become avowed enemies.” — Macau- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. a-vOw-Éd—ly, adv, [Eng. avowed; -ly.] Openly, confessedly, admittedly. “Temple's plan of government was now avowedly abandoned and very soon forgotton.”—Macaulay: Iſist. Eng., ch. ii. a-vOw'-Ée, *a-vöw'-é, s. [In Fr. avowe=(for- merly) the protector of a church or religious com- munity; (now) a lawyer.] Ord. Lang.: An acknowledged friend. “That thou bed heore avowe.’’ Alisa under, 3,160. (S. im Boucher.) a-vOW'—ér, s. [Eng. avow: -er.) 1. Qne who avows (any sentiment or deed). 2. A proclaimer. “Virgil makes AEneas a bold avower of his own virtues.” —L)?'yolen. a-vOw"—ing, pr. par. [Avow, v.] a-vOw-ry, *a-vöw'-èr—y, *a-vö –ér-y, s. [From O. Fr. avowerie, avowerie; Low Lat. advocaria.] [AVOW, v.] hér, füll; hère, camel, unite, cir, ràle, wét, ciire, wé, ciib, thére; try, await A. Ord. Lang. (Qf the forms avowery and avo- ery): Patronage of an individual of a religious cause or of a church. [B. 1.] “For through avowery of him the rather he gan to stryf.”—Rob. Glouc.; Chrom., p. 477. (S. im Boucher. B. Law: 1. (Of the forms avowery and avoery): The right which the founder of a religious house or church had to its patronage. “And so in thys manner was the lord Marmyon put fro the foundation and the avoery of the howys of "Polles- worth.”—Monast. Anglic., ii. 198 (old ed.). (S. in Bowcher.) 2. (Of the form avowry) : A term used when, on a person suing replevin of goods, which he alleges that the defendant distrained, the latter, in reply, avows or openly declares that he did take the goods, but adds that he had proper justification of the deed, as that the distraint was for rent due, for damage done to his property, or for some similar cause. (Blackstone: Comment., blº. iii., ch. 9.) *a-vöw'-sal, s. Old spelling of AvowAL. *a-vów'—try, s. [ADvouTRy, AvoúTRY.] a-vil'sed, a. [In Port, avulso; from Lat. avulsus, pa. par. of avello- to pull away or off: a == from, and vello- to pluck.] “Who scatter wealth, as though the radiant crop Glitter'd on every bough; and every bough, Like that the Trojan gather'd, once avuls'd, Were by a splendid successor supplied, Instant, spontaneous.” Shenstone. a-viil'-sion (Eng.), al-vil'-sī-Ö (Scotch), s. [In Fr. avulsion; from Lat, avulsio-a young slip torn off a plant instead of being cut off; avulswim, supine of avello..] [AVULSED.] A. Ordinary Language. Only): 1. The act of pulling anything away from another; the act of tearing away or violently separating; also the state of being pulled away. “The pressure of any ambient fluid can be no intel- ligible cause of the cohesion of matter; though such a ressure may hinder the avulsion of two polished super- ficies one from another, in a line perpendicular to them.” -Locke. 2. That which is pulled away; a fragment torn off. B. Law. (In English, of the form avulsion; in. Scotch, of the form avulsió, the latter, being simply the Latin word left wrvmodified): The wrenching away of lands from the property of one man, and their transference to another, caused by river floods, by the alteration in the course of a stream, or any similar operation of nature. [ALLUVIUM, ALLUVION.] a-vijñ'-cu-lar, a. [In Ital, avuncolor=an uncle; Lat. avunculus=a maternal uncle, from avus=a. grandfather; Eng. Suff. -al.] Pertaining to an (Of the form avulsion uncle. “In these rare instances, the law of pedigree, whether direct or avuncular, gives way.”—I. Taijlor. (Goodrich & Porter.) *a-vijñ'-cul—ize, v. i. [From Lat, avuncul (us), and Eng. suff. -ize.] . [Avuncular.] To follow in the steps of one's uncle. *a-vy's, s. [AVIS, ADVICE.] *a-vy'se, v. t. [AVIZE, v.] *a-vy'sed, *a-vy'-syd, pa. par. [AVIZED.] *a-vyš'e-mênt, s. [AVISEMENT.] *a-vy'-sioun, s. [AVISIOUN.] *a-vy'-syn, v. t. [AVIZE, v.] âw, a. [ALL.] All. âw, s. [AWE.] àw, àwe, v. t. [A. S. again—to own; (1) to pos: sess; (2) to give, . . . to restore.] [AGH, OWE.] 1. To owe, to be under obligation. (Scotch.) “The second command is of the lufe whiche we ato till our nychbour.”—Abp. Hamilton: Catechism (1551). 2. Ought. “That trevs aw forto do honoure That bare oure Lord and oure Sauioure.” Finding of the Cross (ed. Morris), 5, 6. a—wa', adv. [Away.] Away. (Scotch.) “. . . gangs awa in the morning.”—Scott: Waverley, ch. lxiv. *a-wa'i, adv. [AWAY.] *a-wä'il, *a-wa'ill, S. [AVAIL, S.] (Scotch.) *a-wā'il, a-wall, v. t. & i. [AVAIL (2), v. f. & i.] (Scotch.) *a-wa, ill, *a-wai'l-yé, v. i. & t. [AVAIL (1), v. t. & t.) (Scotch.) a-wait, *a-waite, *a-wāte, *a-wayte, v. t. & i. [Eng. a, and wait (q.v.).] gö, pót, qu = kW. marine; ey = 3. Sir sire, y ē; 32, O2 = pine, pit, Syrian. await. A. Transitive: 1. To wait for. Used- * (a) Of persons: Waiting for a person or thing. “Which with incessaunt force and endlesse hate They battred day and night, and entraunce did awate,” Spenser: F. Q., II. xi. 6. “And, plung'd within the ranks, awaits the fight.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. xx., 436. (b) Qf things: Left for a certain event, purpose, or action. - “The Abjuration Bill and a money bill were awaiting his assent.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. 2. To be in store for. “To shew thee what reward Awaits the good; the rest, what punishment.” Milton: P. L., bk. xi. B. Intransitive: To wait. “If a hunting party kills an animal, a number soon collect and patiently await, ... on all sides.”—Dar- win: Voyage round the World, ch. iii. *a-wa'it, *a-waite, 8. [AWAIT, v.] Waiting, wait, ambush, watch. [WAIT.) “. Delay in close awaite 3 y Caught hold on me . . . Spenser: F. Q., IV. x. 15. a—wä'it-êd, pa, par. & a. [AWAIT, v.] a—wā'it-iñg, *a-wai'yt-iñge, pr: par. [AwarT, v.] a-wa'ke (pret. a-Wö'ke, *ā-Wö'k; pa. par. a—wā'ked, *a-wai'kd, *a-Wā'hte, *a-wé'ightte, *a-wai'kte), v. t. & i. [A. S. awacan (pret. awoc) awa.ccan, aweccan=to awake..] [AWAKEN, WAKE. A. Transitive : I. Of persons or other beings capable of sleep: 1. To arouse from natural sleep. “He marveild more, and thought he yet did dreame Not well awakte.” Spenser: F. Q., III. viii. 22. “And He was in the hinder part of the ship, asleep on a pillow; and they awake Him, and say unto Him, Master, carest thou not that we perish?”—Mark iv. 38. 2. To arouse from a state of physical, mental, moral, or spiritual lethargy; to excite to action or new life. “But they shall find, awaked in such a kind, Both strength of limb and policy of mind.” Shakesp.: Much ado About Nothing, iv. 1. 3. To cause to arise from the dead. “Wherefore he went again to meet him, and told him, saying, the child is not awaked.”–2 Kings iv. 31. II. Of things;. To put into action anything which to the imagination may appear to be dormant; to put anything quiescent into active Operation. “Therefore take heed how you impawn our person, Iłow you awake our sleeping sword of war.” Shakesp.: Henry V., i. 2. * In this first or transitive sense, the more com- mon verb is not awake, but awaken. [AWAKEN.] B. Intransitive : I. Of persons or other beings capable of sleep: 1. To waken up from natural sleep. “As a dream when one awaketh . .”—Ps. lxxiii. 20. 2. To waken up or become aroused from physical, mental, moral, or spiritual lethargy. “And from the kindling of his eye, there broke Language where all th’ indignant soul awoke.” Hemams: Marius at Carthage. “Awake thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead, and Christ shall give thee light.”—Eph. v. 14. 3. To arise from the sleep of death. “And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake g * * * .”—Dam. xii. 2. II. Of imamimate things: To remain no longer dormant; to cast off lethargy or inaction. “Awake, O sword, against my shepherd.”—Zech. xiii. 7. a-wa'ke, a. & S. [AWAKE, v.] A. As adjective: I. Of persons or other beings capable of sleep: 1. Not in a state of sleep; not asleep. “And, like an infant troublesome awake, Is left to sleep for peace and quiet's sake.” Cowper: Truth. 2. Not in a state of lethargy. II. Of things: Quiescent; not in action. a.º.º. substantive: An arousing from sleep or Cath. . “In the hope of an awake at the resurrection.”—Wood: Athem. Oacom. a-wa'ked, [AWAKE, v.] a-wa-ken, v. t. & i. [.A. S. awoecnian=(1) to awake, arouse, revive; (2) to stir up, Originate, arise, vegetate. Cognate with AWAKE (q.v.).] *a-wai'kd, *a-Wà"kte, pa. par. 343 A. Transitive: I. Of persons or other beings capable of sleep: 1. To arouse from natural sleep. “I awakened the arriero to know if there was any danger.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xv. 2. To arouse from a state of physical, mental, moral, or spiritual lethargy. “The picture of the clown awakened to consciousness of life and manhood by the sight of the sleeping nymph in Clymon and Iphigenia is perfect in its kind.”—Dryden: The Fables, Introd. 3. To raise from the sleep of death. II. Of things: To put anything previously dor- mant or quiescent into action. B. Intransitive: To return to consciousness; activity after having been for a longer or shorter time under the lethargy of sleep. “The book ends abruptly with his awakening in a fright.”—Pope: Note in his “Temple of Fame.” * In the intransitive sense, awake is more fre- quently used than awaken. [Awakº, v.] a—Wä'-kened, pa. par. & al. [AWAKEN.] a-wai'-ken-Ér, s. [Eng. awaken, -er.] He who or that which awakens. “As much obliged to his awakener as Philemon was to St. Paul.”—Boyle: Occas. Ref., Disc. i., § 4. (Richardson.) “Oh the curse, To be the awakener of divinest thoughts, Father and founder of exalted deeds; And, to whole nations bound in servile straits, The liberal donor of capacities.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. vii. a-Wā'-ken-iñg, pr. par., a. & S. [AWAKEN.] A. & B. As pr. par. and adj. : In senses corre- sponding to those of the verb. “And when you think of this, remember too 'Tis always morning somewhere, and above The awakening continents, from shore to shore, Somewhere the birds are singing evermore.” Longfellow: The Merry Birds of Killingworth. C. As swbstantive: 1. Gen. : The act of arising from sleep, lethargy, or death, or of being excited to action; also the state of being aroused from any of these. “Supposing the inhabitants of a country quite sunk in sloth, or even fast asleep, whether upon the gradual awakening and exertion, first of the sensitive and loco- motive faculties, next of reason and reflection, then of justice and piety, the momentum of such country or state, would not, in proportion thereunto, become still more and more considerable.”—Bishop Berkeley: Querist, 591. . 2. Spec. : A religious revival in the soul of an individual or in a portion of the community. [REVIVAL.] a-wa'-ken-ing-ly, adv. [Eng. awakening; -ly.] In a manner tending to awaken. a-wa'-king, *a-wa'-küfige, pr. par., a. & s. [AWAKE, v.] “Who brought the lamp that with awaking beams Dispelled thy gloom, and broke away thy dreams.” Cowper: Eacpostulation, 500. *3.—wa'le, s. [VALUE.] Value. “Mane sel thi corne and alz thi victuale For mesurabyl wynnynge profet and awale.” Early Scottish Verse, i. (ed. Lumby), 115, 116. *a-Wà 'pe, v. t. [AWHAPE.] a—wärd', *a,—warde, *a-gård', v. t. & i. [O. Fr. awarder=to give a decision regarding the compe- tence of judges, from a = Uat. ad = to, and warder = to observe, to take hocq of, to keep ; Norm. Fr. cigardetz=awarded; agarder= to regard, to award; garda, garde=judgment, award.] A. Transitive : 1. Ord. Lamg. dé Law: To adjudge, to decide authoritatively, after carefully “regarding,” look- ing into, or examining the facts requisite to the formation of a correct judgment. sed appropri- ately of the decision of an arbitrator, but some- times also for the verdict of a judge in an ordinary court of law. It is generally followed (a) by the objective of the thing awarded ; (b) more rarely by the objective of the persons for or against whom the decision is given ; or (c) by that.) “That last judgment, whiche shall awarde some to eternal felicitee, and other some to euerlastyng paynes and damnacion.”—Udal: Hebreis, ch. iv. (Richardson.) “And we decre, ordaine and awarde that my saied lorde of Wynchester . . . .”—Hall: Henry VI., ch. iv. (Rich- ardson.) “Thus early Solomon the truth explored, The right awarded, and the babe restored.” I)ryden: To Mr. Northleigh. “A church which allows salvation to none without it, º awards damnation to almost any within it.”— South. *2. To ward off, to avert. “A supplication was preferred that the temporal lands might have been seized to the king. This was wisely awarded by Chichley.”—Fuller: Worthies; Radnor. away B. Intransitive: To make an award; to determine, as arbitrators do, a point submitted to them. “Th’ unwise award to iodge it in the towers.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, viii. 557. a-wa’rd, *a-gā'rde, s. [In O. Fr. award, & wart; Scotch warde = determination; Norm. Fr. garda = award or judgment. [AWARD, v.] « » 1. Ord. Lang. & Law: The decision of arbitrators on a case submitted to them, or a verdict of the Ordinary judges in a court of law. & & a punctilious fairness, such as might have been expected rather from a disinterested umpire pro- nouncing an award .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ix. “If the award was legal, nobody was to blame ; and, if the award was illegal, the blame lay, not with the attor- ney-general, but with the judges.”—Ibid., ch. xv. 2. Ord. Lang. Gen. : A decision given after care- ful inquiry by one who is in a position to give an authoritative judgment. “With Giaffir is none but his only son, And the Nubian awaiting the sire's award.”. Byron: The Bride of Abydos, i. 3. a-ward'–éd, *a-wärd'—it, a-ward"—id, pa. par. & a. [AWARD, v.] & 4 sothely, the vengeance of avouterye is awardid to the peyne of helle, but if he be destourbed by peni- tence.”—Chaucer: C. T.; The Persomes Tale. - a—wärd'–6r, s. [Eng. award; -er.) One who awards. “The high awarders of immortal fame.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. ii. *a-Wärd'-id, pa. par. & a. [AwarDED.] 3-ward"—ifig, pr. par. [AwarD, v.] *a-Wä'rd-ship, s. [Eng. award, and suffix -ship.] An award. “That hee would stand to your awardship.”—Foace: Actes & Monum. Queen Mary; Death of Latimer. (Rich- ardson.) - a-Wa're, d. [Eng, a, ware; A. S. gewarian, eva remian-to take heed of, to beware, to shun ; . S. givar; Dut. gewaar; Ger. gewahr; O. H. Ger. gowar..] [WARE, §§ *1. Excited to caution; watchful, vigilant. 2. Apprised, cognizant; possessing knowledge. (Followed by of.) “Of all this Lewis was perfectly aware.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. T Formerly it was often used to signify cognizant of the presence of a person in consequence of com- ing in sight of him unexpectedly. “And riding toward Nottingham Some pastime for to spy, There was he aware of a jolly beggar As ere he beheld with his eye.” Robin Hood, ii. 123. (Boucher.) 3. Convinced, assured; knowing. (Followed by a clause of a sentence introduced by that.) “Aware that flight in such a sea Alone could rescue them.” Cowper: The Castaway. *a-wai're, v. i. [Aw ARE, a.] To beware, to be cautious, to be on One's guard. “So warn’d he them, aware themselves, and soon In order, quit of all impediment ; Instant, without disturb, they took alarm.” Milton: P. L., bk. vi. T. Some , understand this, passage to mean– “Those who were aware of themselves.” (Johnson.) a-war"—ie, v. t. [A. S. awergian=to curse.] To CUl I’S62, “And draf of the awedde (tw/triede wihtes.” MS. Cott., Titus, D. xviii., fo. 139 b. (S. in Boucher.) *a-wärn', v. t. [Eng. a, warm A. S. gewarmian. = to admonish, to defend. } [WARN.] To make aware, to Warn. “That every bird and beast awarmed made To shrowd themselves, whiles sleepe their sences did invade.” Spentser: F. Q., III. x. 46. a-warp", v. t. [A. S. aweorpan=to cast away.] To cast away. “And awarpe the wit of those world wittie.” MS. Cott., Titus, D. xviii., f. 136. (S. in Boucher.) a-wa,'—ward, S. [Fr. avantgarde.] [ADVANCED, B. (2)]. The vanguard. “The awaward had the Erle Thomas, And the rereward Schyr Eduardis was.” Barbour, xiv. 59, MS. (Jamieson.) a-way, “a-wāye, a-wai, *a-wey, a wey, *a-Wé'i, adv., v., & S. [Eng. a =on, and way (q.v.). In A. S. (t-weg, Omwoºg, onweg–away, out; from a- from, out, away, and weq=way; awegan=to turn aside or away. in Ger., also, weg–way, and M. H. Ger. en weg–away.] bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, ghin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, exist. ph = f. expect, Xenophon, aš; -cian, shiis. -ble, -dle, -tian = Shan. &c. = bel, del. –tion, -Sious = -sion = Zhūn. -tious, -cious, Shūn; —tion, -śion = s awayte A. As adverb: * I. Of things material: 1. With rest implied: At a greater or less dis- stance; absent, without its being indicated where; -departed, removed. - “He sagh erth drie and te water awai.” Story of Genesis and Eaxodus (ed. Morris), 616, “They could make Love to your dress, although your face were away.” & Ben Jomson: Catiline. 2. With motion implied: To a greater or less dis; tance from a person, a place, or a thing. (Used with such verbs as lead, drive, send, go, put, &c.) “Loth and is agte childre and wif, Ben led a-wei bunden with strif.” Story of Gemesis and Eaxodus (ed. Morris), 859-60. “Oh, I am sent from a distant clime, Five thousand miles away.” Scott: The Gray Brother. ; II. Of things immaterial: 1. With rest implied: Mentally conceived of as absent; not occupying the attention at the moment. , “It is impossible to know properties that are so annexed to it, that any of them being away, that essence is not there.”—Locke. 2. With motion, implied: From one state into another, as from being one's own to becoming the property of another, from prosperity to adversity, from existence into non-existence, &c. “It concerns every man, who will not trifle away his soul, and fool himself into irrecoverable misery, to inquire into these matters.”—Tillotson. “He play'd his life away.”—Pope. T. To make away with a life is to extinguish it; to make away with money is to carry it off. B. As a verb : I. As an imperative of a verb: ... 1. Go away, begone, be off, start off I “Her summons dread, brooks no delay; Stretch to the race—away! away!” Scott; Lady of the Lake, iii. 21. ... 2. Come away ! “Away, old man, give me thy hand; away! King Lear hath lost, he and his daughter ta'en.” . . . Shakesp.: King Lear, v. 1. T Away with, used in an imperative sense, is properly an , elliptical expression, interpreted according to the verb which it is needful to supply. ... (a) It may be go away with, begome. Or (b) make away with. “. . . Away with such a fellow from the earth. . . .” —Acts xxii. 22. Or (c) put away. “If you dare think of deserving our charms, Away with your sheephooks, and take to your arms.” ( - Dryden: Beautiful Lady of the May. : II. As an infinitive of...a verb: Used only or chiefly in the expression, “away with,” meaning to endure, to bear, to tolerate, to abide. Perhaps there may be the ellipsis of a verb like go, and the original meaning may be to refuse to go with, not to allow such a person to accompany One on a journey. £ 4 tº tº . . . the calling of assemblies, I cannot away with . . .”—Isa. i. 13. “Shallow. She never could away with me. Falstaff. Never, never; she would always say she could not abide Master Shallow.”—Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., iii. 2. ... III. As an indicative of a verb.: To go away, to depart. (Evidently formed by the ellipsis of go.) & “Love hath wings, and will away.”—Waller. ‘ſſ Whither away : Whither are you going away. “Sir Valentine, whither away so fast?”—Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, iii. 1 C. As a substantive: A way. “And shall departe his awaye from thence in peace.”— Jer. xliii. 12. (Coverdale Vers.) (S. in Bowcher. , *a-Wā'yte, s. The same as AWAIT, s. (Prompt. Parv. . *a-wa'yte, v. t. (q. V.). [Aw AIT.] *a-wa'yt-iñge, pr. par. & S. [AWAITING..] (Prompt. Parv.) *a-wai'y—ward, *ā-wé'i-ward, adv. [Eng. away; -ward.] Away, implying departure. - “And swithe a-weiward hem garen.” Story of Genesis and Exodus (ed. Morris), 3,168. “This Phebus gan away-ward for to wryen.” Chaucer: C. T., 17,194. *āwbe, *āwlbe, s. The same as ALB (q.v.). **āw'—bé1, *ē'—bélle, *ē'—bel, s. [EBEL.] (Prompt. Parv.) - .*āw-bla's—tér, s. [ARBLASTER.] 344 *āw'—btirne, a. The same as AUBURN (q.v.). *āw'—byr-gh5üne (byr as bir), *āw-bêr-ghèon, [HABERGEON.] - *āwcte, pret. of verb. [AG.H.] [AUGHT.] *āw, *āw'-Ére, *āghe, *āhghe, *āge, s. -- a, ege=fear, terror, dread ; egesa, egsa= orror, dread, alarm, fear, a storm; ice ... G9t; Dan. ave-awe, chastisement, correction, discipline. (See AWE, v.) Old Eng. agt, agte, hagt=thought, anx- iety, sorrow, grief, care, fear, has a different ety- mology. [AGT.] A. (Of the forms awe and awere): Doubt, fear or anxiety, the result of uncertainty or perplexity; also a thing doubtful. B. (Of all the forms eaccept a were): 1. Veneration, fear mingled with love; as for God or His word, or for a parent, a teacher, or other earthly superior. “. . . my heart standeth in awe of thy word.”—Ps. cxix. 161. “His frown was full of terror, and his voice Shook the delinquent with such fits of awe, As left him not, till penitence had won.” Cowper: Task, bk. ii. 2. Dread, unmingled with love. “His queen, whom he did not love, but of whom he stood greatly in awe, . . .”—Macaulay. Hist, Eng., ch. XX11 i. To stand in awe of: To remain with some per- manence under the emotion of fear or veneration. “Princes have persecuted me without a cause; but my heart standeth in awe of thy word.”—Ps. cxix. 161. See also the example under No. 2. T Regarding the distinction between awe, rever- emce, and dread, Crabbe considers that awe and oreverence both denote a strong sentiment of respect, mingled with a certain measure of fear, but the former is the stronger of the two: while dread is unmingled fear for one's personal security. Sub- lime,’ sacred, and solemn objects awaken awe, exalted and noble ones produce reverence, and ter- rific ones dread. The solemn stillness of the tomb will inspire awe, even in the breast of him who has no dread of death. awe-commanding, a. Commanding awe. “Berlion port, her awe-commanding face, Attemper’d sweet to virgin grace.” Gray: The Bard. awe-compelling, a. Compelling awe. awe-inspiring, a. Inspiring awe. In Tonic Sol-fa mototion : An epithet applied to Fah, the fourth note of the scale, from the mental effect which it is fitted to produce. awe-Struck, a. Struck with awe. “Not so—the dead, the dead! An awe-struck band In silence gathering round the silent stand.” Hemans: Scene in a Dalecarliam Mime. “The factions of the Parliament House, awe-struck by the common danger, forgot to wrangle.”—Macawlay: IHist. Eng., ch. xiii. âwe (1), v. t. [From awe, s. (q.v.). In Icel. aegia =to strike with fear; Dan. ave-to keep in awe, to discipline, to chastise, to correct; Goth. again; ogan =to fear.] To inspire with veneration or with SIIIl- ple dread. $. “His solemn and pathetic exhortation awed and melted the bystanders.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. “The rods and axes of princes, and their deputies, may awe many into obedience; but the fame of their goodness, justice, and other virtues, will work on more.”—Atter- bury. *āwe (2), *āw (O. Eng.), āwe (Scotch), v. t. & awazil. [A. S. agam- to possess.] [OWE, OUGHT.] A. Trams. : To owe. (O. Emg. dº Scotch.) “Weel, sir, your house awes them this siller.”—Scott: Rob Roy, ch. xxii. B. Awaziliary: Ought. (O. Eng.) “It is nedfull to al men, in the tyme of that dysegh, to think and to knaw that his synis, aw to have mar pwny- scioune than he may tholl.”—The Craft of Deyng (ed. Lumby), 116. *a-we'ald, v. t. [A. S. wealdam, waldam–to rule.] [WIELD.] To govern. “A weald thurh thi wisdom hare worldliche wit . . .” —MS. Cott., Titus, D. xviii., f. 137, b. (S. in Boucher.) a-w8'ar-y, a. [Eng, a , weary..] Weary (lit. dé fig.). 1. Literally: “I’gin to be awearly ’o the sun And wish the estate o' the world were done!” Shakesp.: Macbeth. “She said, ‘I am aweary, (tweary, I would that I were dead l’” Tennyson: Mariama. S. Possessed. âwe, A. S. o 2. Figuratively: awful a-weath'-Ér, adv. [Eng. a, and weather.] e flºut. : To the weather side, as opposed to the lee S1C10. - - *āw'e-bänd, s. [Eng. awe, and º a restraint, either of a physical or mora JEntg. dé Scotch.) “. . . that the said castel suld be an awband againis them.”—Bellend. : Crom..., bk. xii., ch. 15. âwed, pa. par. & a. [AWE, v.] • *a-Wé'de, v. i. [A. S. awedam..] To become mad. *a-w8d'de, pa. par. [AwEDE.] “Wives ther lay in child bedde, Sum ded and sum awedde.” Orfeo, 362, MS., Auchinlech. (S. in Boucher.) 8-Wé'e, adv. [Eng. a , Scotch wee=little.] A little, or a very little. (Scotch.) “I trust bowls will row right, though they are awee ajee enow.”—Scott: Rob Roy, ch. xxvi. a-Wé'el, adv. [Eng. a, and Scotch weel-well.] Well. (Scotch.) “A weel, Duncan—did ye say . . .”—Scott: Waverley, ch. xxix. - *a-w6'i, adv. [Aw AY.] a-weigh' (gh silent), adv. [Eng. a, and weigh.] Nawt. (of anchors): The same as ATRIP (q.v.) *a-w6'i-ward, adv. [Aw AYw ARD.] l axe-less *āw'-lèss, a. [Eng. awe, and suff. •l 6 SS. 1. Subjectively: Not feeling awe; not imbued with veneration; not inspired with fear. “The awless lion could not wage the fight.” Shakesp.: King John, i. 1. 2. Objectively: Not inspiring or fitted to excite veneration or dread. “The tyger now hath seiz'd the gentle hind: Insulting tyranny begins to jet Upon the innocent and aweless throne.” Shakesp.: Richard III., ii. 4. *ā-wä–1öñg, a. [OBLONG.] (Prompt. Parv.) *a-wint', v. t. [A. S. awyndwian-to blow away from wind.]. [WIND..] To cool or refresh by expos- 1ng to the air. (Scotch.) “Thai fand the king syttand allane, That off hys bassynet has tane Till awent him for he was hate.” Barbour, vi. 305, MIS. *a-we'r, adv, [O. Eng. a ... wer=where.] Any- where. [The Holy Rode (ed. Morris), 150.] a—we're, s. [WERE.] Doubt. (Prompt. Parv.) º *a-uér'-ty,(u as v), a... [Fr. averti, pa, participle=warned, advertised.] Cautious, ex- perienced. (O. Scotch.) “That wes both wys and awerty, And full of gret chewalry.” Barbour, ii. 213, MS. (Jamieson.) *a-w6'y, adv. [Away.] *a-wā'y, s. [A. S. ece, asce, ace=an ache, pain.] Pain, torment. “Al the welth of the world, that awey wiles.”—Sir Gawan and Sir Gal., i. 17 *ā’—wey-lóñg, adj. [OBLONG.] (Prompt. Parv.) *āw'—fäll, a. [AFALD.] (Scotch.) âw'—fü1, *āwe'—fül, *āw'—füll, a. full.] Full of awe. †I. In a swbjective sense: Inspired with great awe; feeling great awe; full of awe. “It is not nature and strict reason, but a weak, and awful reverence for antiquity, and the vogue of fallible men.”— Watts. II. In an objective sense: . 1. Fitted to inspire veneration, or actually inspir- ing it. A check, kind. (O. [Eng, awe; “. . . abash'd the devil stood, And felt how awful goodness is, and saw Virtue in her shape how lovely.” e Milton: P. L., bk. iv. T. Formerly it was used as an epithet applied to civil and other dignitaries=worshipful. “Know, then, that some of us are gentlemen, Such as the fury of ungovern'd youth Thrust from the company of awful men.” . Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, iv. 1. 2. Fitted to inspire dread unmixed with love, or actually inspiring it. “Prophetic sounds along the earthquake's path Foretell the hour of nature's awful throes.” IHemams: Death of the Princess Charlotte. “The woman: then, sir, awful odes she wrote, Too awful, sure, for what they treated of. But all she is and does is awful.” * Tennyson: The Primcess, i. *3. Excessively bad in some respect or other. (0. 1. A cross-bowman. (Barbour) . “When will the clouds be aweary of fleeting 7” Scotch.) 2. A cross-bow. (Wallace.) (Jamieson.) Tennyson: Nothing will Die. “The awfull churle .”—Bellend. (Jamieson.) făte, fät, fare, amidst, whât, fäll, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = à. qu. = kW. awful-eyed 4. In the language of children and common peo- ple: A word of vague meaning applied to anything remarkable, and meaning apparently that such wonder is excited that it creates awe. - awful-eyed, a. Having eyes fitted to inspire 3W 6. awful-looking, a. to inspire awe. “. . . the ruins of a strange and awful-looking tower .”—Moore: Lalla Rookh; Paradise and the Peri. Having an appearance fitted àw-fúl—ly, adv. [Eng. awful, -ly.] 1. Subjectively: With a feeling of awe; inspired with awe. - “On each majestic form they cast a view, And timorous pass'd and awſulliſ withdrew.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. xxiv., 125-6. 2. Objectively: In a manner to inspire veneration or dread. . “Again, and yet again!—from yon high dome, Still the slow peal comes awfully.” Hemams: The Last Constantine, 64. 3. Among children and the common people: Very. àw'—fül-nēss, s. [Eng, awful; -mess.] #1. Subjectively: The state of being full of ven- eration or dread. “An help to prayer, producing in us reverence and awfulness to the divine majesty of God.”—Taylor: Rule of Living Holy. 2. Objectively: The quality of being fitted to inspire 3.W.0 : - “While every cave and deep recess Frowns in more shadowy awfulness.” Hemams: Tale of the Fourteenth Century. *āw'—fyn, s. [Lat. alfinus.] One of the pieces used in the game of chess. “Awfyn of the cheker: Alfinus.”—Prompt. Parv. *āw-grim, *āw-grym, *āu-grym, *ā1'-grim, *āl-gör-ithm, *āl-gör-igm, *ā1'-gör-isme, s. [In Lat. algorismus; Arab Al Khowaresmi, properly meaning the Kharismian, that is, the native of Kharisme, in Central Asia. The reference is to Mahommed ben Musa, who lived in the first half of the ninth century, and wrote an Arabic treatise on algebra, which was soon after translated into Latin. Pie was quoted in that language as Alchoresum Amagister Indorwm. (See Renaud's Mémoire sur l’Inde, p. 363; Max Müller's Science of Language, 6th ed., vol. ii., 1871, pp. 300, 301.).] § AUGRYM, J A name used in the Middle Ages for arithmetic... (Prompt. Parv.) ſº When the word now defined was in use, Eng- lish school children, who had never heard or desired to hear either of “the Kharismian' or of Kharisme, assumed, as they puzzled over their arithmetic, that the stern and repulsive aspect of the science Qr art which they were attempting to agguire, had been recognized in the very etymology 9f the name applied to it: “all grim '' was its highly appropriate designation. *3–Whā'ite, v. t. [O. Fr. waiter = . . . in ambush for (?).] To investigate. “And afterwarde awhaite hoo hath most neede.”—Piers Plowman, p. 288. (S. in Boucher.) *a-Whā'pe, *a-wa'pe, v. t. [Webster derives this from Wel. cwapiaw=to strike smartly; Mahn, from Eng, whap=a blow, a weapon; A. S. hºwedpan=to Whip; and Wedgwood, who believes the primary Tmeaning to be = to take away, the breath with astonishment, from Wel. chºwaff = a gust; Goth. ºfhvapwan-to be choked ; Sw, qvaf=shortness of breath, Suffocation.] To strike, to confound, to terrify. to lie “. . . that could awhape An hardy heart.” Spense”: F. Q., IV., vii. 5. “Ah ! my deare Gossip, answer'd then the Ape, Deeply doo your sad words my wits awhape.” Spenser: Mother Hubbard’s Tale. a-Whā'ped, pa. par. [AwHAPE, v.] à-Whé elš, adv. [Eng. a =on; wheels.] On wheels. ... 3-While, ady... [From Eng. q =to, for, and while, #. the sense of “a short time.”] Some time, a lit. C. “. . . the wary fiend Stood on the brink of hell, and look'd awhile, Pondering his voyage . . . Milton: P. L., bk. ii. & Whit, a whit", adv. [Eng. a , whit (q.v.).] In the least. “It does not me awhit displease.”—Cowley. *ā-Whyle, s. [AVAIL, s.] Emolument, profit. (Prompt. Parv.) *āw -ín, a. [Own.] *a-Wi'Se—ly, adv. e [Eng. a wise; -ly.] Prudently, Circumspectly [ADVISEDLY.] “Arayitrycht awisely.” Barbour, ii. 344, MS. (Jamieson ) 345 *āwk, *āwke, q, & adv. [Etymology doubtful. One of two hypotheses given by Richardson is that it is from Dut. averechts=wrong, the wrong way, backward, preposterously. Trench derives it from A. S. aweg-away, out. [AWAY.] Mahn considers it an abbreviation of Eng. gawk; Fr. gauche=left awkward, clumsy. Stratmann deems it=avek, an connects it with O. Icel. Öfugr, O. H. Ger. abwher= averse, perverse, sinister; and Wedgwood derives it from O. Icel. af (Lat. ab)=Eng. off, of, with k as an adjectival termination.] A. As adjective: I. Lit. (Used chiefly of things material); 1. On the left hand. .." “That which we in Greek call aristeron, that is to say, on the awke or left hand, they say in Latin simistrum.”— P. Holland: Plutarch, p. 717. 2. Awry; turned round. (Used of a staff or any- thing similar.) (Golding.) (Trench : Select Gloss.) II. Fig. (Used chiefly of things immaterial): 1. Wrong. “Awke or wrong; sinister.”—Prompt. Parv. 2. Perverse in temper, for the moment at least; & Dig Ty. “Awke, or angry. Contrarius, biliosus, perversus.”— Prompt. Parv. B. As adv. : Odd; out of order; perverse; un- toward. “We have heard as arrant jangking in the pulpits as the steeples; and professors ringing as awk as the bells to give notice of the conflagration.”—L’Estrange. *āwk, s. The same as AUK (q.v.). âwk'-Énd, s. The butt-end of a rod or wand. “And shake The awkend of hir charmed rod upon our heades and spake.” J. H. in Boucher. *āwk'—ly, *āwke'—ly, *āwk'-lí, *āuk'—ly, adv. [Eng. awk; -ly.] 1. On the left hand (lit. dé fig.). “So ignorant and untaught persons, many times when Fortune presenteth herself on the right hand, receive her awkly.”—P. Holland: Plutarch, p. 122. (Richardson.) 2. Oddly, clumsily, in an ungainly manner. “I know a camel passeth in the Latin proverb either for gibbous and distorted, or for one that undertaketh a thing awkely or umgainly. “Camelus saltat.’”—Fuller; Worthies; Cambridgeshire. 3. Perversely; wrongly; angrily “Awkly, or wrongly: simistre.”—Prompt. Parv. “Awkely, or wrawely: Perverse, contrarie, bilose.”—Ibid. *āwk'-nēss, s. [Eng. awk; -mess.]. The quality of being awk (q. v.); oddness; ungainliness; per- versity of whatever kind. (Rogers: Naamam, the Syrian, p. 378.) (Trench: Om Some Def. im owr Eng. Dict., p. 15.) àwk'—ward, *āwk'—ard, *āuk'—warde, *āuk'e- warde, adv. [Eng. awk, and suff, ward.] I. Perverse. (In a physical, mental, or moral SéIn SG. .1. In a physical sense: Turned to the left side; sinister, awry, contrary, untoward. “Was I for this nigh wrecked upon the sea, And twice by awkward wind from England’s bank Drove back again unto my native clime?” Shakesp. ; 2 Henry VI., iii. 2. 2. In a mental or moral sense, or both. Perverted, perverse; twisted, cross; one-sided. (Used of per- sons or of things.) “But was implacable and awkward To all that interlop'd and hawker’d.” Butle?”: Hudibº-Cus. “Oblynde guydes, which beinge of an awkwarde religion, do streyne out a griat and swalowe v.p a camel.”—Udal: Matthew, ch. 23. II. Clumsy. (Used of persons or things.) . 1. Qf persons: Not dexterous; unskilled; with no implication that this arises from natural or inten- tional perversity. “Making war in any other way, we shall be raw and awkward recruits.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. 2. Of things.: e - - - (a) Not easily managed; not effected with facility. “The Lowlanders prepared to receive the shock; but this was then a long and awkward process . . .”— Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. (b) Not skillfully managed; badly executed. “And drop'd an awkward court’sy to the knight.” Dryden: Wife of Bathes Tale. âwk'-ward–ly, adv. [Eng. awkward; -ly.] In an awkward manner. “. . . they move awkwardly.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. iv. “Yet even here homage was paid, awkwardly indeed and sullenly, to the literary supremacy of our neighbors.” –Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. awning âwk'-ward-nēss, s. [Eng. awkward; -ness.] The quality of being awkward. . *1. Untowardness, physical or moral. (See example under AWKWARD, I 2. Want of dexterity; clumsiness. “All his airs of behavior have a certain awkwardness in them; but these awkward airs are worn away in company.” —Watts: Improvement of the Mind. âwl, tàul, *āwle, *āule, s. J.A. S. awel, al, cel; Icel. alr; Dut. els; Ger. ahle; Ger. alawsa, glaswa, Fr. alène; Sp. lesna ; Ital, lesima...]. An instrument, with a wooden handle and an iron cylindrical blade sharpened at the end. It is used by shoemakers, and cobblers for boring holes for Stitches in leather. “Flav. Thou art a cobbler, art thou? 2 Com. Truly, sir, all that I live by is with the awl.” Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, i. 1. “Then thou shalt take an awl, and thrust it through his ear unto the door . . .”—Deut. xv. 17. - aWl-Shaped, a. Bot. : Shaped like an awl, subulate; leaves of the gorse (Ulea: Ewropoews). awl-wort, s. The English name of Subularia, a enus of cruciferous plants. The name Awl-wort is erived from the shape of the leaves, which are of the form of awls. The flowers, which are small, Sometimes appear even under water. *āwl'—ate, v. t. A. S. wiloetian, wilatan=to nauseate, to loathe..] To disgust. “Vor the king was somdel awlated . . 485. (S. in Boucher.) *āwlbe, *āwbe, s. [ALB.] *āw'-lèss, a. LAwELEss.] *āwm, *āum, s. Old spelling of AAM. *āwm'—blare, s. The same as AMBLER (q.v.). (Prompt. fºr.) *āwm'—brére, s. The same as ALMONER (q.v.). (Prompt. Parv.) *āwm'—bry, s. [AMBRY.] *āwm'—byr, *āwm'—yr, *ām'—byr (yr as ir), 8. [Low Lat. ambra.] [AMBER.] *āwm'e-bry, s. The same as AMBRY (q. v.). (Prompt. Parv.) *āw'-mên-ère, . *am'-nēr, *arm'-nēre, s Parv.) - *āwm'—Ér-y, s. The same as AMBRY (q.v.). *āw'-mil-Ére, s. The same as AMBLER (q. v.). (Prompt. Parv.) *āwm'—lińge, pr. par. & a. (q.v.). *āw'—myr, s. [AwMBYR.] *āwn, v. t. [OWN, v.] *āwn, a. [OWN, a.] awp, *āwne, “āwnd, *āune, “àw'-ene, *ā-van, *ā-véne, s. [From Icel. Ógn. In Sw, agnar (pl.)= chaff, awn, awns; Dan, avne; Gr. Qchné=anything shavéd off, as (1) the froth of liquids, or (2) chaff in winnowing..] A bristle, called also in English beard, and in Latin arista, springing from near the termination, of a bract in the , inflorescenge of grasses, and produced by a prolongation of the midrib. (Lindley: Introd. to Botany.) *āwn'-gēt-rye, s. The same as ANCESTRY (q.v.). (Prompt. Parv.) *āwn'-gé-tyr (yr=ir), s. The same as ANCESTOR (q.v.). (Prompt. Parv.) *āwnd, s. [AWN, s.] *āwn"—d €r n e, *āwn' — dyr-yn, *āwn"—dyrm (yr as ir), s. The same as ARDIRON (q.v.). (Prompt. Parv.) âwned, a. [Eng. awn; , -ed.] Ab- ruptly term i- nated in a hard, st raight, awl- shaped point of lesser or greater length, as the palete of grasses. (Lindl. : Introd. #s Bot., 1839, p. 3)ö. In Her. as the .”—Rob. Glouc., *āwm'-nēre, *āw-mên–ér, [ALMONER.] (Prompt. The same as AMBLING Awned. (Paleae of Grasses.) [See AULNED.] *āwn'-gēl, s. The same as ANGEL (q.v.). âwn'-iñg, s. [Etym. doubtful. Webster derives it from Goth. hwlyam = to cover. Mahn compares it with A. S. heldºm, heliam, heligam=to cover; Goth. hºwljan; O. H. Ger. haljam, heljan, hºwlgam Ger. lvillem, O. H. Ger. helina-veil, covering ; and Wedg boil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -Qian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Shiin; -SiOuS -$ion, -śion Zhūn. -tious, -cious, awnless wood with Fr. awvent=pent-house, shed, slight roof, a slope against a wall; Low Lat. awvawna. If it could be shown that an initial b had dropped from the word awning, it might then plausibly be connected with Fr. Damme=a coarse linen cover, a tilt, an awning, a cabin, a hamper; but there is no proof that such a b ever existed.] I. Nawtically: 1. A covering of tarpaulin, canvas, or other material spread over a boat, or part of a vessel, to keep off the sun's rays. - “Our ship became sulphureous, no decks, no awnings, nor invention possible, being able to refresh us.”—Sir T. Herbert: Travels, p. 7. 2. The part of the poop-deck which is continued forward beyond the §. of the cabin. II, Ord. Lang.: , Any covering or shade similar to that described under I. 1. (q.v.). “Round the parapet-wall at top are placed rows of square pillars, meant either for ornament according to some traditional mode of decoration, or to fix awnings to, that such as sit there for the benefit of the sea-breeze may be sheltered from the rays of the sun.”—Swinburne: Travels through Spain, Lett. 28. àwn'–1éss, a. [Eng. awn; -less.] Destitute of &ICl a WD, *āwn'—sghèn-yd, *āun'-gēn-yd, a. [ANCIENT.] Antiquated, ancient, veteran. (Prompt. Parv.) *āWnte, s. Old spelling of AUNT. ( *āwn-têr-ois, a. The same as AUNTEROUS q. V.). *awn-ter-ows—ly, adv. [A contraction of ADVEN- TUROUSLY (q. v.).] Perhaps, possibly. (Prompt. Parv.) *āwn'-tre (tre as tér), s. [Contracted from Fr. aventwre.] Adventure, peril. (Scotch.) The same as O. Eng. AUNTER (q.v.). “And all le’ll men sall lyff thame on thar lyffis awnter, Thai salle ruee and bryne, and mekyll reveryse make.” Early Scottish Verse, ii. (ed. Lumby), 86. *āwn"—trón, *āwn"—tryn, “a-vén-tryn, v. t. Old form of ADVENTURE, v. (q. v.). See also UNTER, v.] To put to hazard, to venture, to dare: also to render fortunate or prosperous. (Prompt. Parv.) àwn'—y, *āwn'-je (Eng., & Scotch), a. [Eng. dºwn -i. Furnished with an awn or awns; bearded. “I let husky wheat the haughs adorn, And aits set up their awmie horn.” Bu?"ms: Scotch. Drink. “In shaggy wave the awmy grain IIad whitened owre the hill and plain.” Picken: Poems (1788), p. 144. a—wö'ke, v. The preterite of AWAKE (q.v.). “And she said, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep.”—Judges xvi. 20. *a,—wö'Id, v. i. [A. S. wealdan (pret, wedla, pa. par. wealdém)=to rule, to govern, to command, to direct.] 1. To cause. “Pſe herde hem murnen, he hem freinde for quat; Harde dremes ogen awold that.” Story of Genesis and Exodus (ed. Morris), 2,053-4. 2. To avail, to be successful. “Luue wel michil it agte awold, Swilc seruise and so longe told.” Story of Genesis and Exodus (ed. Morris), 1,671-2. 3. To signify. “In this thisternesse, old and dep, Get wurthe worpen naked and cold, Quat so his dremes owen awold.” Story of Genesis and Eacodus (ed. Morris), 1,942-4. *a—wön'-dér, *a-win'-dér, v. t. & i. [Old form of WONDER (q.v.).] A. Trams. : To astonish. “Than al his barnes awonderd ware Of the sight that thai saw thare.” Story of the Holy Rood (ed. Morris), 365-6. B. Intrans, : To Wonder. “. . . hed aww.ndrede swithe.”—MS. Reg. 17, A. xxvii., f. 62. (S. im Boucher.) *a-wón'-dérd, pa. par. [AwonDER.] *a—wó'nt, a. [A. S. aww.nian–. . . to be wont.] accustomed to. “. . . awont the occupacioun of the said land.”— Aberd. Reg. (1563), v. 25. *a—wórk', *a-wórk'e, adv. work.] At work, into work. e “Set a good face on’t, and affront him; and I’ll set my fingers aworke presently.”—Holiday: Technogamia, iv. 5. * “ . . . so after Pyrrhus' pause Aroused vengeance set him new a-work.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, ii. 2. a—wórk'-ing, a. [Eng. awork; -ing..] Into the state of working ; working. “Long they thus traveled, yet never met Adventure which might them aworking set.” [Eng. a =on, and 346 *a—wórth', adv. [Eng. a worth (q. v.).] thily. (Scotch.) “And so aworth he takith his penance.” Ring Quair, i. 6. Old Eng. a . elonious. (O. Wor- *a-wráñ'-goiás (w mute), a. wrang = wrong; and suff. -ows.] Scotch...) “Awrangous awaytaking.”—Aberdeen Reg., Cent. xvi. *3—Wré'ke (w mute), v. t. [A. S. awrecam=to revenge, avenge, vindicate, defend, free.] To avenge, to take vengeance on ; in passive, to be revenged of. (Now written WREAK.) “Eſe suor he wold awreke be of hys brother Roberd.”— Rob. Glouc., p. 888. (S. in Boucher.) “Thus schal men on a fals theef ben awreke.” Chaucer: C. T., 17,230. *a-Wró'th. (w mute), v. i. [Eng. a , wroth..] To be wroth or angry. “Ne noght so glad that hit ne awrotheth.” Hule & Nightingale, 1,266. (S. in Boucher.) a—wry', *a-wrie' (w mute), a. or adv. [Eng. a wry.] [WRY, WRITHE.] I. Literally: 1. Gen. : Oblique, slanting, uneven, leaning to one side. “Your crown’s awry: I’ll mend it, and then play.” Shakesp.: Amton iſ and Cleopatra, v. 2. 2. Of vision: Oblique, asquint. “Like perspectives which, rightly gaz'd upon, Shew nothing but confusion; eyed awry, Distinguish form.”—Shakesp.: Rich. II., ii. 2. II. Fig. In a wrong direction, intellectually or morally viewed; perversely. “. . . or by her charms Draws him awry . . .” Milton, Samson Agonistes. âws, awes, s. [Old Sw. & Ger. ach-water.] The buckets or projections on the rim of a mill-wheel designed to receive the shock of the falling water. (Scotch.) (Jamieson.) *āwsk, s. The same as ASK, s. (O. Scotch.) âw-sème, a. [Eng. awe; and suff. -some.] 1. Appalling; causing terror. “So awsome a night as this.”—Scott: Antiquary. 2. Expressive of fear or reverence. *āws"—trène, *as—térne, a. The same as AUS- TERNE (q.v.). (O. Scotch.) *āw'—täyne, a. [HAUGHTY.] (O. Scotch.) *āw'—tére, s. The same as ALTAR (q. (Prompt. Parv.) *āw'—tér-stöne, s. (q.v.). ºn g me *a-wy'-sée, a. [AwrSE.] *âx, v. t. & i. [AX, v.] *âx, s. [AX, S.] *äx, *axe (pret. and pa. par *aacid, pr. par. *aacwmg), v. t. & i. [.A. S. acsian, aacsian, azian, acsigam, a cigean=to ask.] To ask. âx, Axe (pl. ax'-eş), s. [A. S. Cea, ear, acas, V.). The same as ALTAR-STONE acase=anything that is brought to a sharp edge, an ax, a hatchet, a knife. In Sw, yace; Ital. Ó.c, Özi; Dan. Öace; Ger. aacl: O. H. Ger, achºws; O. L. Ger. & O. S. acus; Goth. aquizi; Lat. ascia; Gr. aarimó=an ax. Adze or addice, and hatchet, though to a cer- tain extent resembling aa in sound, are from other roots.] An instrument for cutting or chopping timber, or smaller pieces of wood. It consists of an iron head with one edge sharp, and a handle or helve, generally of wood. As a rule, it is used with both hands, while a hatchet, which is smaller, is intended for one. [HATCHET, BATTLE-AX.] “. . . there was neither hammer nor aace, nor any tool of iron, heard in the house while it was in building.” —l Kings wi. 7. T (1) To deserve an aac : To deserve to be be- headed as a traitor by means of an ax. “. . his English councilors and captains were per- jured traitors who richly deserved (taces and halters, and might, perhaps, get what they deserved.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiii. tº To get am aa: ; To be beheaded with an ax. 1). ax-formed, a. In the shape of an ax (q.v.). ax-head, axe-head, s. The head of an ax; the cutting portion, of , an ax, as contradistin- guished from its handle, the former being generally of iron, and the latter of wood. “But as one was felling a beam, the aaº-head fell into the water.”—2 Kings vi. 5. ax-helve, s. The handle of an ax. ax-shaped, a. With one border thick and straight, the other enlarged, convex, and thin, dolabriform, as in the leaves of Mesembryonthemwm. axine *axe-stone, 8. An old designation for a mineral, called also Jgde, Nephrite, Cerawmite, and Ama. zonian stone. It is a hard, tough stone of a greenish color. It is found in Cornwall, along with diallago in Serpentine. It is not recognized by Dana. ãx-āy-a-cát, àx'-āy-a-cătl, s... [Mexican.]. A Mexican fly, the eggs of which, deposited abun- dantly on rushes and flags, are collected and sold as a species of cavigre. The use of these as an article of diet was learned by the Spanish settlers from their predecessors, the native Indian Mexicans, who called, the dish now described ahwawhtli, (Clavi. gero, &c.) ãx -ès (1), 8, pl. of Ax (q.v.). ãx-És (2), s. pl. of Axis (q.v.). *āx-ás (3), *äx-Ésse, *äx-gēsse, *āc'-gēsse (O. Eng.), *āx'—is, *āck'-sys (O. Scotch), s. [Fr. acces: Lat, accessus = a paroxysm of intermittent fever.] [ACCESS.] I. Gen. : Aches, pains. (O. Scotch.) “Bot tho began myn aaci’s and turment.” King Quair, ii. 48. II. Spec. : Fever in general, or yet more precisely intermittent fever, ague. (O. Eng. dº Scotch,) [ACCESSE.] “This gazes hath made him so weake that his legges will not bear hym.”—Palsgrave, bk. iii., f. 17. (Jamieson.) axes-graSS, s. An infusion of buckthorn and other herbs, used as a cure for ague. *äx-fétgh, *āz-větch, s. [O. Eng. aze, and yetch...]. An old name for a kind of vetch, so called from the ax-like shape of the legumes. It is called also AX-WORT. “. . when it should not bring forth anything but mustard-seede, blew bottles, aafetch, or such like vnprofit- able weedes.”—The Countrie Farme, p. 666. (S. in Boucher.) ãx-ī-al, a. [Eng., &c., aa-i(s); and Eng. Suff, -al, Pertaining or relating to an axis. “Practically, though not morphologically, the pelvis is a part of the trunk or aacial skeleton.”—Flower: Osteol. of the Mammalia, p. 284, note. axial line. . Magnetism: The line taken by the magnetic force in passing from one pole of a horse-shoe magnet to the other one. (Faraday.) ãx-í-al-ly, adv. [Eng. acial; -ly.] W.orcester.) ãx-i-cle (cle=kel), s. [Dimin. of Ax1L (q.v.).] A sheave. (Hyde Clarke.) *äx'-id, pret. of v. AxE (q.v.). ãx-if-Ér-oiás, a. [Lat. avis, and fero=to bear.] Bearing an axis. ãx-i-form, a...[From Lat. acis, and forma- form. In Ger. aaciformig.] Of the form of an axis. ãx'-il (Eng.), āx-í1'-la (Lat.), s. [In Dut. oksel; Ger. achselgrube: Ir. asgal; Fr. aisselle; Ital: ascella; all from Lat. azilla-the armpit, dimin, of ala--a wing. Compare with Heb. atsil- a juncture; a joint; as one of those connecting the fingers; atsäl = to join, to couple.] A. (Chiefly of the form axilla): Amat. : The armpit. “Numerous sweat-glands exist in the aacilla.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. A mat., vol. i., 422 B. (Chiefly of the form axil): - Bot. : The point where the base of the upper side of a leaf joins the stem. (Lindley: Introd, to Bot., 3d ed., 1839, p. º Also the point, where two branches diverge. It was called by old botanists the ala. (Ibid., p. 73.) axil-flowering, a. Flowering in the axil, as Chiomanthus avillaris. (Lowdon : Encycl. of Plants, 1829, Glossary.) ãx'-ile, a. . [From Lat. azis...] Situated in the axis of anything. ax-il'-lar, ax-il'-lar-y, a. [Lat. awill (a); Eng. suff, -ar, -arú.] . . . * 1. Amat.: Pertaining to the armpit. Aayillary Artery: The name given to the subcla: vian artery at that part of its course in which it passes the armpit (aacilla); , Important vessels are thence sent off to the shoulders and chest. “Aacillary artery is distributed into the hand; below the cubit, it divideth into two parts.”—Browne. Agillary Vein: The vein corresponding to the axillary artery. It springs from the subclavian WGII). & . 2. Botany: Pertaining to the axil (q.v.); aris- ing from the axil; placed in the axil. (Lindle!/. Introd. to Bot., 3d ed., 1839, pp. 112,490.) äx"-ine, a. & S. [From Lat. awis (2) (q.v.), and Eng. Suff. -ime.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to a group of Stags, of which Cervus aſcis, Linn., the Spotted Axis, is the ( Prout, Spenser: Mother Hubberd’s Tale. dolabriforme. type. (Griffith's Cuvier, vol. iv., p. 116.) fate, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt. or, wore, wolf, wērk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = 3. qu. = kW. axing B. As substantive: A member of the Axine group of Stags. [Axis.] (Griffith's Cuvier, vol. iv., p. 116.) ãx'-iñg, pr. par. [AX, v.] Asking. (O. Eng. & Scotch.) “Are yeaacing me as a magistrate, Monkbarns . –Scott: Antiquary, ch. xxxviii. ăx'-in-ite, s. & a. [Gr. azimé– an ax, and Eng. suff. -ite.] A. As substantive: A triclinic mineral, called also Yanolit and Thumite. The crystals are broad with their edges sharp. The hardness is 6.5–7, the sp. gr. 3.271, the luster glassy, the color, clove-brown, plain blue, and pearl-gray, these . hues, varying greatly according to the direction in which it is viewed. It has strong double refraction. Composi- tion: Silica, 41'50 to 45; alumina, 13°56 to 19; lime, 12:50 to 25'84; sesquioxide of iron, 736 to 12:25; ses- quioxide of manganese, 1'16, to 10; boric acid, 0 to #61; magnesia, 0 to 2:21; and potassa, Q to 64. It is found, both in its normal state and altered, in Europe and in America. B. As adjective: Having as its type the mineral now described. Dana has an Axinite group of min- erals, (Dana.) ãx-in-ó-mân'-gy, s. [Lat. awinomantia; Gr. airinomanteia, from aa iné= an axe, and manteia = divination.] Pretended divination by means of an ax. One way of doing this was to fix a hatchet on a round stake, so as to be exactly poised, then the names of persons suspected of a specified offense were repeated, and the name at the mention of which the hatchet moved, or was imagined to move, was pronounced guilty. - ãx-in-tir’—is, s. . [Gr. azimé=an ax, and owra= tail.] A genus of spiny-finned fishes, placed by Cuvier under his family Theutyes. All aro foreign. ãx -í-öm, s. [In Sw., Dan., & Ger. aariom; Fr. aa.iome; Ital. assioma, Dut., Sp., Port., & Lat. a.cioma, Gr. axiºma-that of which one is thought worthy, an honor. In science, that which is assumed as the basis of demonstration ; aaciod = to think worthy; aacios=worthy.] 1. Math. : A self-evident proposition, a proposi- tion so evident at first sight that it requires no demonstration, but commends itself at once to the acceptance of every one capable of thinking. The first axioms in Euclid are: “Things which are equal to the same thing are equal to one another.” “If º uals be added to equals, the wholes are QC, U18 [. | It is sometimes said that the science of mathe- matics is built upon the axioms; in reality it is on the definitions that it rests. Thus many of the truths demonstrated in Euclid's second book are necessary consequences deduced from his definitions of a square and of a rectangle; and a large number of those established in his third book follow from his definition of a circle. 2. Gen. : A self-evident principle in any depart- ment of thought, or, more loosely, one which, though requiring proof, is considered to rest on irrefragable evidence. “. infallible aarioms and precepts of sacred truth, delivered even in the very letter of the law of God . . .” —Hooker: Eccl. Pol., blº. v., ch. xxii., § 3. äx-i-à-mât'-ic, #x-i-à-mât'-ic-al, adj. [From Gr, aciómatos, genit. of azioma (AXIOM); and Eng. suff. -atic, , -atical.]. Pertaining to an axiom or axioms; self-evident; containing axioms. “. they have made their way against all kinds of opposition, and may now be regarded as aaciomatic.”—J S. Mill: Polit. Ecom., blº. i., ch. x., § 2. “Hippocrates did well to front his aactomatical experi- ments (the book of Aphorisms) with the grand miscar- riages in the practice of most able physicians.”—Whit- lock: Man. of the Eng., p. 109. ãx-i-ö-mât'-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. axiomatical; -ly.] In a manner that is axiomatic. *äx-i-à-pis—ty, s. [Gr. aaiopistia; from arios =Worthy, and pistis=trust, trustworthiness.] The quality of being trustworthy. ãx-is (1) s. & a. [From Lat, aaris-(1) an axle, a chariot; (2) the axis of the earth; (3) the pin on which a hinge turns; (4) the valve of a pipe; (5) (Arch.) the axes of a volute; (6) a board, a plank, from ago =to drive. Akin to Eng. aa:le; A. S. ceae, eac=än axis, an axle-tree; Dut. as; Ger. achse, aare; O. H. Ger, ahsa ; Dan. & Fr. aſce; Sp. eace; Port, eiaco; Russ, os, oši; Lith. assio; ftai. asse ; Gr. Cºacon, COg- nate with hamaa’a = a wagon, a chariot; Sansc. akshas–a chariot.] Eºj A. As substantive: I. Ordinary Language : (Essentially a scientific Word, though in some of its technical significations it has made way into ordinary language.) 1. A straight line, real or imaginary, passing through a body, and around which that body revolves, or at least may revolve. Spec., the imag- inary line connecting the poles of a planet, and º which the planet rotates. [II. Astron.] (Lit. : Ji (). y 3 & (1) Literally: “On their own aaci’s as the planets run, And make at once their circle round the sun.” Pope: Essay on Man, 313. (2) Figuratively: “Meanwhile, the heart within the heart, the seat Where peace and happy consciousness should dwell, On its own aaci’s restlessly revolves, Yet nowhere finds the cheering light of truth.” Wordsworth. Eaccursion, bk. iv. 2. A straight line, real or imaginary, passing through a body, around which the several parts of the body are symmetrically arranged. “The lofty mountains on the north side compose the granitic aacís, or backbone of the country.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. x. II. Technically: 1. Geom. : An imaginary line drawn through a plane figure, and about which the plane figure is supposed to revolve, with the result of defining the limits of a solid. Thus, a circle revolving about one of its diameters, and at right angles to that diameter, will constitute a sphere; hence the aaris of a sphere is any one of its diameters. If an isos- celes triangle revolve around an imaginary line con- necting its apex with the center of its base, it will constitute a cone; hence the aa is of a come is an imaginary straight line drawn from its apex to the center of its base. A rectangle revolving around a straight line connecting the centers of any two of the opposite sides will produce a cylinder; hence the aaris of a cylinder is a straight line drawn from the center of its apex to the center of its base. The aaris of a parabola is the diameter which passes through its focus. For the abscissa of the axis, the Subtangent, &c., of the axis, see ABSCISSA, SUB- TANGENT, &c. In an ellipse the axis major (Lat.= greater axis) is the diameter which passes through the foci: and the aaºis minor (Lat. =lesser axis) #. diameter at right angles to the aa is major. In a hyperbola, the qazis major is the diameter which passes through the foci; the aaris minor is the dis- tance between two points formed when a straight line drawn through the center of the hyperbola, and at right angles to its major axis, is intersected by a circle described around a principal vertex as its center, and with a radius equal to the eccentricity of the hyperbola. Conjugate gazis of an ellipse or of a hyperbola : The straight line drawn through its center perpen- dicular to the transverse axis. Transverse garis of an ellipse or of a hyperbola : The straight line drawn through the two #. The aacis of symmetry of a body: Any line in a regular polygon bisecting an angle or bisecting a side perpendicularly. “. . . a rotation of a body of regular figure about its aacis of symmetry.”—Herschel; Astron. (5th ed., 1858), $ 56. 2. Astrom. The aaci’s of the earth, or the aaris % rota- tion of the earth, is that diameter about which it revolves. It is the one which has for its extremities the north and south poles. The term is similarly used of the sun, the moon and the planets. (Her- schel : Astrom., 3d ed., 1858, §§ 22, 57, &c.) & & - both Venus and Mercury have been concluded to revolve on their aares in about the same time as the Earth.”—Berschel; Astron. (5th ed., 1858), $ 509. Aacis of the celestial sphere: The imaginary line around which the heavens appear to revolve. It is the axis of the earth produced. . Aa is of an orbit. The major axis of the orbit of a Fº is the line joining the aphelion and peri- helion points. The minor axis is the line perpen- dicular to the former, and passing through the center of the ellipse. 3. Mim.: The term aa is of a prismatic or other crystal is used in the same sense as in Geometry. (Phillips: Mineral., 2d ed., 1819, p. lxxxiii.) 4. Mechanics: The aaris of suspension of a pendulum is the point from which it is suspended, and consequently around which it turns. The aasis of oscillation of a compownd pendulum is an axis constituted by a series of points, so situated that their motion is neither retarded nor acceler- ated by their constituting part of a solid body, which, of course, can only move together. (Atkin- son : Ganot's Physics, 3d ed., 1868, § 70.) Aacis of a balance: Thaiine around which it turns. Aacis in peritrochio. [Gr, peri–round about, and trochos=a wheel.] The same as the wheel and axle. One of the six mechanical powers, consisting of a peritrochium, or wheel and an axle. 5. Magnetism : The line supposed to connect the north and south poles of a magnet. 6. Optics: Aacis of a lems: A line passing through the center of its curved, and perpendicular to its plane, sur- face. (Brewster: Optics, 1831, § 34.) Optic acis: The line corresponding to this in the eye. The ray of light passing along it is the only one which is not refracted. The other rays of light entering the eye have axes also, but this is the only one to which the term optic acis is applied. axle Visual gases: The axes of the several rays of light which enter the eye. [See Optic Aacis above.] ”— “. . . due convergence of the visual aaces . . . . . Herbert Spencer: Psychol., 2d ed., vol. ii., p. 170, § 327. Aacis of refraction : A straight line drawn perpen- dicular to the plane of a transparent body, and passing through the point of incidence of a lumin- ous ray, striking it from without. º Aaces of dowble refraction: All doubly refracting substances have one or more lines, or one or more planes, along which no doubly refracting force exists. If there is one such line or plane, then the body is said to have one axis, or plane of axes, of double refraction; if two, two axes, or planes of axes, of double refraction, and so forth. A real a ris, Or ſº of aares of dowble refraction, is one in which the doubly refracting force really does not; exist; while a resultant azis, or plane of axes, or an axis or plane of compensation, is one in which it. exists, but is neutralized by a counter force of equal intensity. A positive aaris of dowble refraction is the term used when the refracted ray is bent toward the axes, or plane of axes of the body; and a mega- tive , azis of dowble refraction is the expression. employed when it is bent in the contrary direction. 7. Architecture : º Spiral aasis: The axis of a spirally-twisted col- III (lil, Aacis of an Ionic capital: A line passing perpen- dicularly through the middle of the eye of the volute. & g º 8. §§ : An imaginary line on the opposite sides of which the strata dip in different directions. If the angle formed at their point of junction be a salient one, they form an anticlinal azis, or ANTI- CLINAL (q v.); but if it is a re-entering one, then they constitute a symclimal aaris, or SYNCLINAL §: % (Lyell: Man, of Geol., 4th ed., 1852, p. 57.) • ? –1 = 9. Botany: , The axis is that part of a plant around which the organs are symmetrically ar- ranged. The ascending aa is means the stem. (Lind- ley: Introd. to Bot., 3d ed., 1839, p. 69.) The descend- ing aaris is the root. (Ibid.) Recessory dates are axes in addition to the main one, found in the stems of Calycanthus Chimonanthus, and some other plants. (Ibid., p. 96.) The appendages of the axis are scales, leaves, bracts, flowers, sexes, and fruit. (Ibid., p. 110.) The cºacis of inflorescence is a pedun- cle which proceeds in a nearly straight line from the base to the apex of the inflorescence. (Ibid., p. 153.) 10. Amatomy: : (a) The aris of the body: The vertebral column around yhich the other portions of the frame are arrange(1. “When the skull remains in connection with the ver- tebral column, it will be seen that its aazis is a continua- tion forward of the cuacis of that column, consisting of the bodies of the vertebrae.”—Flower: Osteol. of the Mamma- lia, p. 96. “In the deer the aacts of the face is nearly in the same line with that of the cranium . . . .”—Ibid, p. 171. “The bones of the cranio-facial aaci’s . . . .”—Ibid, p. 105. (b) The second vertebra of the neck, or the joint by which it is connected with the first vertebra. [ATLAS.] “. . . the vertebral being slightly bent between the º and aaci’s.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Anat., vol. i., 295 P. O. B. As adjective: Pertaining to an axis in the anatomical sense. [II., 10 “On entering the innermost capsule, the nerve-tube suddenly loses its envelope of white substance and becomes pale, the aaci’s cylinder alone remaining . . .” —Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Anat., vol. i., p. 898. ãx'—is % s. [Lat. aaris = an Indian quadruped, probably the deer described below.] A species of deer, the Cervus aazis, found in India. It is spotted like the Fallow-deer, from which, however, , the adult males at least may be distinguished by their º round horns, without a terminal palm. here are several varieties, if, indeed, they are not distinct species. All are called by Anglo-Indian sportsmen Hog-deer. ãx'-i-às, s. [Gr, acia = dignity.] A genus of Crustaceans of the family Thalassinidae. It con- tains the Slow Shrimp, A. stirhynchus. ãxºle (Je =el), *āx-el, *āx -ell, *āx-y1, *ēx'—yl, *āx (Eng.), *āx (O. Scotch), s. [A. S. eacle= a shoulder-joint; Icel. Öacl: Lat. aarla, dim. of ala- a wing. O. Fr. dissel, essel. In Sw. & Dan. aarel; Dut. as : Ger, achse; Sp. eace; Port, eia!o; Ital. asse.} [AXIS.] 1. Lit.: The pin or bar in the center of a wheel around which the wheel itself turns. “And now the twentieth sun, descending, laves His glowing aarle in the western waves.” ºx y e Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. iv., 487-8. bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. expect, aş; -cian, Shūs. -ble, -tian = Shan. -tion, &c. = bel, del. -Sion = —dle, Shiin; -Sious = —tion, -Šion = Zhūn. -tious, -cious, axle-tree 2. Fig.: The axis of the heavens, around which they seem to revolve. - “There view'd the Pleiads, and the Northern Team, And great Orion's more refulgent beam, To which, around the aa:le of the sky, The Bear, revolving, points his golden eye, Who shines, exalted on th’ ethereal plain, Nor bathes his blazing forehead in the main.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. v., 847-52. axle-tree, *axyl-tre, *exyl-tree, *ax-treo (Eng.), *ax-tree, *ax-tre (O. Scotch), 8. 1. Lit.: The axle of a wheel. “. . . . their acle-trees, and their naves, and their fel- loes, and their spokes, were all molten.”–1 Kings vii. 83. 2. Fig.: The axis of the heavens. “. . . the poles or aacle-tree of heaven, JBacon: Adv. of Learn., bk. ii. àx'-led (ax'-eld), @...[Eng. acl(e); -ed.] Fur- nished with an axle. (Wharton.) ax'—ö–1ötl, s. . [Mexican.] A species of amphib- ious vertebrated animals, belonging to the order Amphipneusta and the family Proteidae. It is the Sirédon pisciforme. It has four feet, and has, on either side of the neck a very large aperture, within which are displayed bronchial arches, the gills, however, being attached to the opercula, or flaps which close the orifices. It is found in the lakes surrounding the city of Mexico, where it is said, to have once been very abundant. It is esteemed a great luxury. ãx-öt'-öm-oiás, a... [From Gr. awān= an axle, an axis, and tomé=a cutting; from temno=to cut.] Crystallog.: Having its cleavage perpendicular to the axis of the crystal. (Dama.) ãx-stöne, s. [AXE-STONE..] *äx'—tré-à (O. Eng.), *āx'—trée, *āx'-tré (O. Scotch), s. The same as AXLE-TREE (q.v.). ãx'-àfig, 190. poºr. [AX, Q7. l fäx'—üßige, aux'—üßge, s. [Lat, aa wngia=cart: grease; axis = axle, and wngo=to smear.] The lard of hogs. *äx'—větgh, s. [AXFETCH.] Åx'—wed-nēš-dāi, s. [O. Eng. arse = ash, and Wednesdai. J Ash Wednesday. (Rob. of Gloucester.) *äx'—wört, s. [O. Eng, a2, and suff. -wort.] {AXFETCH.] *äx'—y fig, pr. par. & S. [Ax, ASKING..] “And they him swore his aacyng fayre and wele.” Chaucer: C. T., 1,828. [AYE (3).] * y 9 wº ay (1), adv. fāy (2), adv. [AYE (2).] *ay, interj. [AH.] *ay me, interj. & 8. A. As interjection: Ay me / an ejaculatory ex- pression of sorrow, regret, or anxiety. - “Ay one / I fondly dream l’’ Milton: Lycidas. B. As swbstantive: The utterance of such an ejaculation. “Ay-mees, and hearty heigh-hoes, Are sallets fit for soldiers I’’ Beaum. & Fletcher: Bonduca, i. 2. “Sonnets from the melting lover's brain, Aymees and elegies.” The Woman Hater (1607), iii. 1. *ay (1), (pl. eyr-Én) (eyr as ir), S. [Ger. ey (sing.), eiren (pl.)=an egg.] An egg. “And a faucon hedm amyddes, An ay he laide.” Alisawmder, 556-7. ay—Schelle, S. An egg-shell, *āy (2), s. [AWE.] The same as AWE (q.v.). *ay'—ah, s. [Port. aya, aid : Ital. aia = a gover- ness, a chambermaid; cognate with Port. aio, a yo- 3. º Sp. ayo; Ital, aio=a tutor, a governor of Outh. W Anglo-Indian : The ordinary appellation given by Anglo-Indians to a lady's or nurse-maid of Hin- doo or Mohammedan extraction, or who, whatever her faith, belongs to one of the native races of india. The term, originally borrowed from the Portuguese, is now tending to become naturalized in various Hindoo languages. fäyd'e, v. t. [AID, v.] Obsolete, except in poetry, and then in imitation of antiquity. “When the bells of Rylstone play’d Their Sabbath music—“God us ayde?’” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstone, vii. *aye (1), adv. [AYEN.] âye (2), tày, *āi, adv. [A. S. a, ad=always, sever, for ever; awa=away; Icel, aesi, O. Icel. Ce: Ger. evig; O. H. Ger, eo, io, ewa Goth. aiv; Lat. oevum Gr. aid m- . . . eternity; aei = always.] {COBVAL, EKE...] 1. Always, perpetually, for ever. (Poetic.) “Fro that time we tellen ay.” Story of Genesis and Eacodws (ed. Morris), 87. “The soul, though made in time, survives for aye ; And, though it hath beginning, sees no end.” Sir J. Davies. º 348 2. Always, ever, in all cases, on all occasions; through aii bygone time. (O. Eng. and Scotch prose and poetry.) “ . . . and sykirly, ay the bettyr man, ay the mar lawly, . .”—The Craft of Deymg (ed. Lumby), 145-6. “For ai was rigt and kire beforn On man, on wif, till he was born.” Story of Genesis and Eacodws (ed. Morris), 451-2. “I daur say, Mr. Waverley, ye never kend that a' the eggs that were sae weel roasted at supper in the Ha’ house \. ave turned by our l)avie?”—Scott: Waverley, ch. X1X. 3. Always; without intermission. “Th’ astonish'd mariners a ye ply the pump : No stay, nor rest, till the wide breach is clos'd.” Phillips. ‘ſ Ay-forth : Ever after. “His godhede lees he nought thei he come lowe, That he was God ay-forth in his grete strengthe.” Joseph of Aircumvathie (ed. Skeat), 125-6. aye (3), Aye, ay, ºi, adv. & S. [Etymology, some- what doubtful. Perhaps it is connected with Eng. q/ea ; A. S. ia, gea, Sw ja (pronounced ya); Dan. ja=yes, yea, nay; jo-yes, yea; Dut. ja=yea, nay; Goth. ja, jai. Mahn considers it more probable that aye is connected with Ger. ei, ey=why, hey, ay well, ah ha : M. H. Ger. ei, eia, fań. ej; L. Ger. th. Wedgwood believes it to have developed by a process which he illustrates from aye=always, and in fact to be that word.] Yes, a particle of affirma- tion or assent, used in the same way as yes. A. As adverb: “What say'st thou? Wilt thou be of our consort? Say aly, and be the captain of us all.” Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, iv. 1. * The form i occurs in old editions of Shakes- peare and other dramatic works. Nawtical : Ay, ay, sir, or Aye, aye, Sir: A common phrase in the mouths of sailors, who mean by it to express their willingness cheerfully to carry out the command just issued to them by their superior. “Heard the voices of men through the mist, the rattle of cordage Thrown on the deck, the shouts of the mate, and the sailors' ‘Ay, alſ, sir!’” Longfellow: The Courtship of Miles Standish, iv. B. As swbstantive : 1. Of things. A vote in the House of Commons or elsewhere in favor of a motion as opposed to No-a vote against it. “There were a hundred and sixty A yes to a hundred and sixty-four Noes.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. 2. Of persons : One who in such a case votes af- firmatively. “. . . the Ayes did not venture to dispute his opin- ion.” — Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xviii. âye' - aye, s. [So called from the cry of the an- imal.] The Chei- Tomys Madagas- c a r i e m s is, an animal placed by C u v i e r among the Ro- dentia, and by others with the Lemuridae. As its Specific name imports, it is a native of Madagascar. It is about the size of a cat. Its fur is brown and its tail black. *Ay-é'en, Ak'—bér—y, s. [Hindust. ayeen-insti- tutes, and Akbar, a celebrated Mogul Emperor of TXelhi, who reigned from 1556 to 1605.] A very valu- able statisticaſ description of the Mogul empire as it was in the reign of Akbar. his vizier, Abul Fazi. tion of it by Gladwin. *ay -ēl, ai'-81 (i-yé1), s. [Fr. aiewl, from Lat. ; dimin. of avus=grandfather.] A grand- à Lil CI’. Aye-Aye. . It was compiled by There is an English transla- “I am thine ayel ready at thy will.” Chaucer . C. T., 2,479. *a-yén', *ā-yén'e, adv. [AGAIN.] (Chawcer.) *a-yén-bite, 8... [Eng. (1) gyen-again (like vett for gate), and (2) bite.] A bite or biting again; Tërn OI’Se. “Dan Michel's Ayembite of Inwyt, or Remorse of Con- science.” Edited by Richard Morris, Esq., London: Trübner & Co. *a-yénst', *a-yéns", prep. [AGAINST.] Against. (Chaucer.) “. . . whan he wente in batayle ayenst them . . .” —Invention of the Holy Cross (ed. Morris), p 159. *a-yén'-ward, adv. . [O., Eng. ayen-again, in the sense of against, in the reverse direction.] [AGAIN.] Backward. (Chaucer.) Azazel ta-yén'—wylle, adv. [O. Eng...ayen, and wylle= Will.] Against one's will, unwillingly. (Prompt, Parv.) fay"—Ér—y, s. [EYRIE.] *ay-gré'en, tai-gré'en, s. [Eng. ay=always. and greem.] A name of the housiº. !/ y *ay'-gūl-êt, S. [Fr. aiguillette.] An aiglet. [AIGLET.] *ayle, s. [Fr. aiew.l..] A grandfather. *ayle, v. t. [AIL, v.] “Noot I nought why, ne what meschaunce it aſled.” Chaucer: C. T., 16,586. tãy-lèt, s. , [Deriv. uncertain.] Heraldry: A name used to designate the Cornish Chough (Fregilus gracwlus). (Gloss. of Her.) *āym, 8. The same as AIM (q.v.). Spec., guess. “That knowes her port, and thither sayles by ayme.” * * Spenser: F. Q., II. vi. 10. *āy'—mérg, S. pl. [EMBERs.] *āyne, a. [ANE, ONE..] One, a. “And his corune on his heued he dede, And let it standen ayme stund.” Story of Genesis and Eaxodus (ed. Morris), 2,638-9. 8-yônt', prep. & adv. [Eng. a yomt.] Beyond, on the further side; remote from. (Scotch.) A. As preposition: .*. as he wad thrum them ower and ower to the like o' me avont the ingle at e'en, .”—Scott: Anti- quary, ch. xxi. B. As adverb: “A burn ran in the laigh, ayont there lay As many feeding on the other brae.” Ross: Helenore, p. 47. (Jamieson.) *ay'-quère, adv. ... [O. Eng., ay (AYE), and quère, old form of WHERE (q.v.).] "Everywhere. “With mony golde frenges, Ayqwere naylet ful nwe.” Gawan and the Green Knyght, 1,070. (S. in Bowcher.) àyr'—ant, a. [EYRANT.] *āyre (1), 3. [HEIR.] *āyre (2), s. [AIR..] “Shouting and clapping all their hands on hight, That all the ayre it fills, and flyes to heaven bright.” Spenser: F. Q., I. v. 16. *ayr-àn (yr as ir), s, pl. [AY, Eggs.] A'yr-Shireş (Ayr as Ar), S. pl. [From Ayrshire, a Scottish county.] Farming: A breed of cattle brought from Ayr- shire. The animals so designated are in general Marti-colored, , red and white, being diffused over hem in patches. They are horned; Their value arises from their being excellent for the dairy. âyr-y (ār-i), s. [AERIE.] “I should discourse on the brancher, the haggard, and then treat of their several ayries.”—Walton. Ang. *āyše, v. t. [EASE, v.] *āyşe, s. [EASE, s.] *āy-sylle, *āi-syll, s. [A. S. aisil=vinegar.] Winegar. “The vessel of aysylle and of galle, Lord, kepe me from the Synnys alle.” The Symbols of the Passion (ed. Morris), 105-6. âz-ā'-lè—a, s. [In Dut., Dan., & Mod. Lat, aza- lea ; Fr. azalée, Gr. azaleos- dry, parched, either because in such places the plant grows, or from the brittle, dry nature of its wood.] Botany: A genus of plants belonging to the Order Ericaceae (Heathworts). Several foreign azaleas are cultivated in gardens and greenhouses on account of the abundance of their fine flowers, and in some cases their fragrant smell. There are numerous varieties of the species, and hybrids may be formed between Azalea and the nearly-allied genus Rhododendron. Azaleas are best cultivated in a peaty soil. The most delicate species is Azalea. Indica. a-zā'-lè-ine, s. Eng. Suff. -ime.] Chem. [ROSANILINE.] ăz'-a-rále, s. [In Ger. azerole=the berry, and azerol bawm-the tree; Fr. azerole=the berry, and azerolier=the tree; Port, azerola = the fruit, and azeroleiro = the tree; Ital, lazzerwola = the berry, and lazzerwolo–the tree.] The English name of a Species of hawthorn (Cratoegus azarolus). A-zā'-zël, s. [Heb. Özazel; in the opinion of Gesenius, the same as āzalzel; from azāl, disused in Hebrew, but occurring in Arabic=to separate.] 1. In Scripture: A word occurring in Lev. xvi. 8. 10, and 26, where it is translated “scapegoat; ” but the antithesis which makes the one goat be for Jehovah, and the other for Azazel, is best preserved by supposing Azazel to be such a being as Satan, or some other evil spirit. - S i. In Milton: An evil spirit, standard-bearer to a U8lDi, [From Mod. Lat. azalea, and fâte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, Wolf, Wörk, Whö, Sön; mite, clib, ciire, unite, cir, rôle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. azedarach “Than straight commands, that at the warlike sound Of trumpets loud and clarions be upreared . His mighty standard: i. Fº honor claime zel as his right, a cherub tall.’ Azúzél 3. g|Ilú, Milton: P. L., i. 534. a-zéd-a-rách, s. [In Fr. azedarach, from Arab. azadarach...] g Pharm.: The bark of tho root of a tree, Melict azedarach. [MELIA.] âz-el-ā'-ic, a... [Eng. azote, and Gr. elgikos, per- taining to the olive-tree; elaion=Olive-oil, or oil in general; elaia-Ethe olive-tree.J. Pertaining or relat- ing to azote (nitrogen) and oil in combination. azelaic acid, 8. Chem.: C7H14.(CO.OH)2. A bibasic acid formed along with suberic acid by oxidizing castor oil. It is soluble in cold ether, and in boiling water; . It forms large white needle crystals, which, melt, at 106. By heating with caustic baryta, it yields heptane, C7H16. A-zél–fa-fage, s. [Corrupted Arabic.] A fixed star, numbered 4% in the scale of magnitude; it is called also Cygni. ăz'—i-müth, s. [In Dut., Ger., & Sp. azimwth; Fr. & Port. azimut; Ital. azzimutto; from Arab. assamt, pl. as-Swmat=a way, a path..] [ZENITII.] Astronomy. e g 1. Sing.: “The angular distance of a celestial object from the north or south point of the horizon (according as it is the north or south pole which is elevated), when the object is referred to the horizon by a vertical circle.” Or “the angle comprised between two vertical planes, one passing through the elevated pole, the other throug the object.” It is generally reckoned eastward or Westward, from the north or south point for 180°, either way; but Herschel prefers always reckoning it from the points of the horizon most remote from the elevated pole westward, so as to agree in its general direction with the apparent diurnal motion of the stars. Of course he therefore counts from 0° to 360°. schel : Astrom., 5th ed., 1858, § 103.) g 2. Plural: Azimuths, called also vertical circles, are great circles intersecting, each other in the zenith and nadir, and cutting the horizon at right angles in all the points thereof. On these are reckoned the altitude of the stars, and of the Sun when he is not in the meridian. e * * * Magnetical Azimuth : Magnetical azimuth is an arch of the horizon, contained between the Sun's azimuth circle and the magnetical meridian ; Or it is the apparent distance of the sun from the north or south point of the compass. azimuth and altitude instrument. . An astro- nomical instrument designed to ascertain the alti- tudes and azimuths of the º bodies at any particular time. It has two axes, the principal One vertical and the other horizontal; the former, therefore, º: to a verticai circle of the heavens, and the latter to the celestial horizon. The angles measured on the latter are therefore azi- muths or differences of azimuth, and those on the former zenith distances, according as the gradu- ation is from the upper point of the limb, or a point distant from it 90°. (Herschel : Astron. §§ 182– 187.] [ALTAZIMUTH..] azimuth compass. An instrument used for finding the sun's magnetical azimuth, or the ampli- tude of any other heavenly body. azimuth dial. A dial, the stile or gnomon of which is at right angles to the plane of the horizon. âz-i-müth-al, a [Eng. &c., azimuth, and Eng. suff, -al. In Fr. & Port. azimutal; Sp. azimuthal.] Pertaining to the azimuth. azimuthal error. The deviation of , a transit instrument from the plane of the meridian. Its effect is greatest in the horizon, and vanishes in the Zenith. It is sometimes called the “meridian error.” (Hind.) âz-ö-bén'-zème, s. [From Eng. azo(te)=nitro- gen, and benzene (q.v.). C6H5N e s (→ * * * * * Chemistry: N Obtained by distilling nitro- 6-II.5.1N benzene with an alcoholic solution of potash. The alcohol is oxidized to aldehyde. Azobenzene can be obtained by the action of sodium amalgam and water on an alcoholic solution of nitrobenzene, Azobenzene crystallizes in large yellow-red plates which melt at 66.5°, and boil at 29.3°. Concentrated nitric acid converts it into nitro-substitution com- pounds. Boiling sulphuric acid converts it into azobenzene-sulphonic acid, C12H9N3SO3H. Reducing agents convert azobenzene into hydrazobenzene, C6H5NH & C6H5NH. ãZ-5-bên-zö'-ic, a. [Eng. azo(te), and benzoic (see def).] Pertaining to nitrogen, and also to gum benzoin, a resin produced from Styraac benzoin, a tree from the Malay archipelago. (Her-. 349 aZObenzoic acid. NC6H4.CO.OH | NC6H4.CO.OH. of sodium amalgam, and water on , nitro-benzoic acid. A yellow solid, almost insoluble in alcohol, ether, or water; it forms sparingly soluble salts. ā-zö-di-phēn-yl-di'-a-mine, s. [Eng. azo(te), diphenyl, diamine.] C19H11N3. A chemical sub- stance produced by passing nitrous acid through an alcoholic solution of aniline. a-zö'–ic, a. [Gr. azôos: a, priv., and zöOS=alive; zóē-life; za Ú-to live..] Destitute of life, or the remains of what once were animated beings. Geology. Azoic Rocks: Those in which no traces of organic remains exist, and which are by some assumed to have been deposited before life com- menced in this planet. TI As the constant tendency of geological investi- gation has been to find traces of fossils in sediment- ary rocks previously deemed azoic, and as, moreover, there is good reason to believe that in many cases in which they have not been found they once existed, but have since been destroyed by metamor- phic action, students of nature require to be very careful as to what rocks they venture to character- ize as azoic. âz-à-mé'-than, s. [From Eng. azo(te)=nitrogen, and metham (q.v.). Chem. [CYANIDE.] âz-ö-par'-af-fing, S. pl. Chem. : Obtained by the action [Eng. azo(te); paraf- 77 S. Chemistry.' [NITRILEs.] âz-Ö-phès-phēr'—ic, a. [Eng. azo(te), and phos- phoric (q.v.).] Pertaining or relating to azote and phosphorus in combination. azophosphoric acid. An acid obtained by Dr. Gladstone, and which he regarded as phosphoric acid conjugated with an atom of the group P. N. az-6T'-ite, s. [From the Azores, nine islands in the North Atlantic, about 800 miles distant from Portugal, to, which, they politically belong..]. A white mineral, translucent or opaque, crystallizing in minute octahedrons. The hardness is 4°45; the luster vitreous on a fractured fragment. Hayes considers it carbonate of lime. It is found in an albitic rock in the Azores. a—zö'te, s. [In Fr. azote ; from Gr. a, priv., and zötikos=fit for giving and maintaining life; zöé= life; za Ú=to live..] A name once all but universally used for what is now more frequently termed nitro- gen. . [NITROGEN.] It was so called because when breathed, uncombined with oxygen, it has fatal effects upon animal life. *a,'—zöth, s. [Arabic (?).] 1. Alchemy: Mercury, which was supposed to exist in every metallic body and constitute its basis. (Glossog. Nova. &c.) 2. The liquor of sublimated mercury. 3. Brass. 4. Paracelsus' universal remedy. a—zöt'—ic, a. [In Fr. azotique.] Pertaining to azote. *azotic acid. The same as NITRIC ACID (q.v.). *azotic gas. Nitrogen. “. . . one of which has been named oxygen gas and the ther azotic gas.”—Gregory: Haüy's Nat. Phil. (1807), § 24 âz-ö-ti'ze, v, t. [Eng. azot(e); -ize.] To impreg- nate with azote. âz-5-tized, pa. par. & a. [AZOTIZE.] - “. . . those of azotized matters, whether animal or vegetable.”-road dº Bowman: Physiol. A mat., i. 13. “. . . . various azotized substances.”—Ibid.: vol. ii., p. 208. azotized substances. Nitrogenous compounds or those containing nitrogen, the most essential element of food, yet, by itself, unable to sustain life. Foods, which build up the bodies of men and animals, are divided into two great classes, viz.:- flesh formers, or those which repair the waste of tis- sue; and heat-generators, or those which keep up the heat and movements of the body. The former are called nitrogenous, and the latter non-nitrogenous or carbonaceous. The principal animal nitrogenous compounds are albumen, fibrin, gelatine, and casein, aii of which are almost identicaän composition, and contain from 16 to 18 per cent of nitrogren. Albumen. fibrin, and gelatine are found in the muscles, blood and bones of animals, while casein is found in the milk. Similiar nitrogenous compounds occur in vegetables; thus we find albumen in potatoes turnips, apples, &c.; fibrin in wheat, barley and other cereals; and casein in peas, beans and lentils. The nutritive value of an infusion of tea or coffee is very small, the amount of nitrogen present being almost inappreciable. The non-nitrogenous foods azure-penciled are sugar, starch, and fat or oil. These, by oxida- tion in the body, produce heat and motion, and are hence termed heat-givers or force-producers. âz-ó-ti'z-iñg, pr. par. [AZOTIZE, v.] a-zó'-tó-, as a prefix. [From azot(e); -o.] Com- bined with azote, as azoto-sulphuric. azoto-Sulphuric acid (of De La Provostaye). A chemical compound. Formula S2N2O6. âz-Śx-y-bên'—zène, s. [From Eng. azot(e); Gr. Oaw8=sharp, and Eng. benzene (q.v.).] * C6H5N © Chem. : Azoxybenzene, H | > O. It is formed, #1 together, with , azobenzene, by reducing nitroben- Zene with alcoholic potash. It crystallizes in long yellow needles. Az'-ra-Él, Az'-ra-il, s. [Arab., Turk., &c.] Among the Arabs and Turks: The angel of death. “Even Azrael, from his deadly quiver When flies that shaft, and fly it must, That parts all else, shall doom for ever Our hearts to undivided dust.” Byron: The Bride of Abydos, i. 11. a-Zü’l-mic, a. [Eng. az(ote), and wilmic, from wlmin (q.v.).] Pertaining to azote and ulmin. aZulmic acid. Chem. ; Azulmic acid, C4H5N5O, obtained by the Spontaneous decomposition of an aqueous solution. of cyanogen gas; also by the action of cyanogen, C2N2, on aqueous ammonia. By boiling it with Water it is converted into mycomelic acid, C4H4N4O2. ăz'-tire, *āş'-tire, *āş'-šūre, *ās'-tir (z=zh), a. & S. (The first syllable of the word is occasionally pronounced ā'). [In Fr., Welsh, Prov., and O. Sp. azur; Ital. azzurro, azzuolo; Sp. azur, a2wl; Port. azul; from Pers, lájawardi, lùjuwardi-blue, azure: lăjaward, lájwward=lapis lazuli, the second word in which is the Persian one altered. From Arab, a2wl =heaven.] [AZURINE, AZURITE, Azur.N.] A. As adjective: Ord. #. : Of that tint of blue which is seen in the vault of heaven during the absence of clouds. Used— 1. Of the sky. “Inverted trees, and rocks, and azure sky.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, blº. iii. 2. Of the sea in certain states. º “The sea, Far through his azure turbulent domain, Your empire owns.” Thomson; Spring, 71. 3. Of some eyes, and specially of Minerva's. “Minerva, graceful with her azure eyes.” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. i., 56. 4. Of sea-goddesses. “Leucothoe saw, and pity touched her breast (Herself a mortal once of Cadmus' strain, But now an azure sister of the main).” Pope: Homer’s Odyssey, bk. v., 425-7. B. As substantive : I. Ordinary Language : 1. The color of the sky, soft or pale blue. “Gold and seluer he seis and as wrforsothe.” Joseph of Arimathie (ed. Skeat), 195. “. . . if our hypothetical shell were lifted to twice the height of Mont Blanc above the earth’s surface, we should still have the azure overhead.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., vii. 152-3. 2. The vault of heaven', so called from its soft, blue color. é & to the lights above us, in the azure, ich are so beautiful.”—Byron: Cain, i. 1. II. Her. : Bright blue. Used especially in de- Scribing the escutcheons of gentlemen beneath the degree of barons. The same color on a nobleman’s coat is called Sapphire, from the stone, and that on the coat of a sovereign prince Jupiter, from the planet of that name. Engravers conventionally represent azure, or a swºre as it sometimes spelled in heraldry, by horizontal lines. “Foles in foler flakerande bitwene, And al in as wre and ynde enaumayld ryche.” Ear. Eng. Alliter. Poems (ed. Morris); Cleanness, 1,410-11. azure-eyed, a. Having, eyes of an azure color, or what may be poetically described as such. “Fair-haired, azure-eyed, with delicate Saxon com- plexion.” Longfellow: Courtship of Miles Standish, i. azure-penciled, a., Penciled with azure, with radiations of an azure hue. “And where profuse the wood-veitch clings Round ash and elm, in verdant rings, Its pale and azure-penciled flower Should canopy Titania’s bower.” Scott; Rokeby. iv. 2. bóil, böy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. -tian = shan. -tion, -Sious = Shūs. -sion = Shiin; -tion, -gion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, azure-spar azure-Spar, azure Spar, s. A mineral, called also Lazulite (q.v.). azure-Stone, azure Stone, s. AZURE-SPAR (q.v.). azure-tinted, a. Tinted with azure. “On his hairy arm imprinted Was an anchor, azure-timted; Like Thor's hammer, huge and dinted Was his brawny hand.” * Longfellow: The Saga of King Olaf, xiv. ăz'-tire º as zh), v. t. [From the adjective or sub- stantive. In Sp. & Port. azular.] To color azure. ăz'-tired (z as zh), pa. par. & a. [AZURE.] A. As past participle: Colored azure; made to assume an azure color. B. As adjective: Of an azure color. “Thou shalt not lack The flower that’s like thy face, pale primrose; nor The azured hare-bell, like thy veins; no, nor The leaf of eglantine, whom not to slander, Out-sweeten’d not thy breath. . . .” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, iv. 2. ã4-ir-ine (z as zh), a. & S. [Eng. azur; -ine.] In Ital. azzwrimo.] iA. As adjective: Of an azure color. “. . . whereupon they lay a color which continueth dark azurime.”—Hackluyt: Voyages, vol. iii., p. 3 B. As substantive: A fresh-water fish, called also the Blue Roach, the Leuciscus coeruleus of Yarrell. It belongs to the Cyprinidae, or Carp family. It is found in some of the Swiss lakes. .#zº-tir-ite (z as zh), s. [Eng. azur; and suff. -ite.] ( The same as 1. º Ger. lazulit, lazulith.) A mineral, called also Lazulite (q.v.) 2. (In Ger. lazurit.) A brittle, transparent or subtranslucent mineral with monoclinic crystals. The hardness is 3'5–4:25; the sp. gr., 3’5–3'831; the luster vitreous or verging on adamantine; the color azure-blue, passing into Berlin blue. Compos.: Carbonic acid, 24 to 25'46; oxide of copper, 68.5 to 76; and water, 5.46 to 6. It is found in England, as also in France, Austro-Hungary, and Siberia. (Dama.) ăz'-tirn (z as zh), a. [Ger, azurn..] The same as U.R.E. “My sliding chariot stays, Thick set with agate and the azarn sheen Of Turkis blue.” Milton: Comus, 893. a—zy'-goiás, a. [Gr. azugos=unwedded, not con- stituting one of a pair; a, priv., and zwgos, oftener zwgon=a yoke. . . e e Anat, ; , Pertaining or relating to anything occur- ring singly as contradistinguished from one of a pal I’. “. . . single or azygous bones . . Osteol. of the Mammalia, p. 105. • *a-Zy'-mé, S. . [Gr. a, priv., and zwmé=leaven.] IAZYMOUS..] Unleavened bread. A—zy'—mite, s. [In Ger. Azymitem (pl.); Fr. Azy- mite (sing.); Port. Azymita (sing.).] [AZYMOUS..] Church. Hist, (pl.); Those who use unleavened bread in the administration of the Lord’s Supper. a—zy"—moiás, a. [In Fr. azyme; Sp. azimo; Port: azymo; Lat. azymºus; Gr. azumos: a, priv., and zwmé=leaven.] Unleavened; unfermented. (Used of bread.) .”—Flower: THE second letter and the first consonant in the English al- phabet, as it is also in the other languages of the Aryan family spoken in Europe. The characters in use in these several tongues having come through the Greek from some old form of speech, probably the Phenician, belonging to the Semitic (better called the Syro-Arabian) family, it was to be expected that the letter corresponding to B would occupy the same place in the Semitic as in the previously-mentioned Aryan alphabets. Inves- tigation shows this to be the case, to a considerable extent at least. A sound and character correspond- ing to the English b, and the Greek beta, is the second letter and the first consonant in Phenician. Hebrew, Samaritan, Aramaic, Arabic, and Coptic. In Ethiopic, however, beth stands tenth instead of second in order. , Turning next to Some of the Aryan languages of Asia, we find that in, Armenian be is the twenty-sixth of thirty-eight letters; and in Sanscrit, Mahratta, &c., bū or bi is generally placed twenty-third in the list of consonants, where it is preceded by phii and followed by bhū. Returning 350 again to the Semitic, beth, the name given to the second letter...of the Hebrew alphabet, is really Aramaean. Like the corresponding word in Hebrew, baith, it signifies a howse, to which it has some faint resemblance. [A, ALPHABET.] B is a flat mute [MUTE], the yoice not being so entirely shut off in pronouncing it as it is when one of the sharp mutes, p or f, is uttered. The b sound is produced by compressing the lips, a vowel being added to render it audible. It is hence called a labial, from Lat. labium=a lip, plur. labia=lips; its other associates in the same category being p, j, and v, with which it is often interchanged in the cognate languages. Thus to bake is in O. H. Ger. a cham, and in Slav. peshtshi. The Eng. life is the †er. leben; and while life is the substantive, live is the verb. So the Lat. baloema is from the Gr. phallaima, phalaima with ph pronounced as f, while from one or other comes the Eng. whale. The Eng. have is from the Lat. habeo, So also the Sanscrit Vyagra=a tiger, becomes the Mahratta vagh (pronounced Yº: and is transformed into the Hindi bagh. Other letters than the labials can be interchanged with b : thus the Greek molwbdos and the Lat. §. unlike as they appear, are akin, m being exchanged for p , and the old form of the Lat, bellwm=war, was dwellwm, whence Our Eng. words bellicose and dwel. I. B, as an imitial, is used— 1. In designating wniversity degrees: (a) For Lat. Baccalawrews, as Artiwm Bacca- lawrews=Bachelor of Arts. (% For Bachelor; as B. A. = Bachelor of Arts; B. D. = Bachelor of Divinity; B. M. = Bachelor of Medicine; B. L. = Bachelor of Laws. . 2. In Music: For bass. Similarly B. C. is used for basso continwo-thorough bass. ... 3. In Chemistry: For the element borom, of which it is the symbol as well as the initial. II. B, as a symbol, is used— 1. In Numeration, in Greek, Hebrew, Arabic, and even occasionally in English, for 2. But B, in Greek is the diacritical mark for 2,000. In Latin B stands for 300, and B for 3,000. 2. In Music: As the seventh note of the diatonic scale. It answers to the Italian and French si. In Germany it is= B flat. 3. Im Chemistry. [I., 3 4. Biblical Criticism. Vaticanus. [CODEX.] III. B, as a part of speech, is used— 1. As an adjective : as “the b sound.” 2. As a substantive: as “Capital B,” “Not to know a B from a bull's foot.” g Ba (Chemistry). The symbol for the element barium. bà, a. [A. S. ba- both.] [BOTH..] Both. “That poure ba and riche.”—MIS. Cott , Titus, D. xviii., fo. 133. (S. in Boucher.) ba, v. t. [BASSE, v.] baa, (Eng.), s: [From the sound.]. The utterance of a sheep in bleating, from which it is manifestly imitated. “Proteus. Therefore thou art a sheep. Speed. Such another proof will make me cry bact.” Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, i. 1. baa, (Eng.), v., i., [From the substantiye.] To emit the sound which a sheep does in bleating. “Or like a lamb, whose dam away is fet, He treble baas for help, but none can get.” Sidney. Bă'—al, s. [In Ger., &c., Baal; Gael. Beil; from Heb. Baal; Aram. Baal, and Pºiº) master, possessor, (2) husband (generally with the article ha)=the, hab-Baal= Baal ; in Sept. Gr. ho Baal= the Baal (masc.) (Judges ii. 13), hē Baal=the Baal (fem.) (Jer. xix. 5).] & º 1. Lit.: The chief male divinity among the Phe- nicians, as Ashtoreth was the leading female one. º The º who sprang rom the Phenicians, carried with them his wor- ship to their new settlements, as is proved, among other evidence, by the names of some of their world-renowned heroes: thus Hannibal, written in Punic inscriptions, Hamnibaal, signifies “The grace of Baal; ” and Hasdrubal, or Asdrubal, Azrū- baal=“Help of Baal.” The worship of Baal early existed among the Canaanites and the Moabites, whence it spread to , the Israelites, becoming at last for a time completely dominant among the ten tribes, and to a certain extent even among the two, in consequence of the ill-advised marriage of Ahab with Jezebel, daughter of Ethbaal (the name means “With išaajº king of Sidon. A num- ber of places in Palestine and the neighboring countries commence with Baal, such as Baal-gad (Josh. xi. 17), Baal-meon (Numb. xxxii, 38), but whether in the sense of “lord,” “possessor,” or sig- nifying “Baal,” is a matter of dispute. One place is simply called Baal (1 Chron. iv. 33). This divin- ity seems to have symbolized the sun, and less ..] Of Codices: B=the Codex babbler frequently the planet Jupiter. He was worshipod under different forms, or in different relations: thus there were Baal-berith=the Covenant Baal or lord; Baal-zebub | BEELZEBUB]= the fly-lord; Baal Peor = the Baal of Mount Peor, or Paal of the Opening, the Moabitish national divinity... Perhaps the Babylonian Bel was only Baal with a dialectic difference of spelling, though Prof. Rawlinson thinks differently (Isa. xlvi. 1). [BEL.] There was an affinity between Baal and Moloch. [Moloch.] The Beltein or Beltane fires, lit in early summer in Scotland and Ireland, seem to be a survival of Baal's worship. [BELTANE.] “. . . . . and called on the name of Baal from morning even until moon, saying, O Baal, hear us.”—l Kings, xviii. 26. (See also Jeremiah xix. 5.) ." The Heb. plural Baalim often occurs. It may signify images of Baal, or that imaginary god in different relations. (Judges viii. 33.) 2. Fig.: Any one held by the person using the term to be a false priest. “The priest of Baal was reviled and insulted, some- times beaten, sometimes ducked.”—JIacaulay. Hist, Eng. ch. xiii. Baal-adorer, s. One who adores Baal. “The Baal-adorer bows on Sinai’s steep.” Byrom: On Jordan’s Banks. Bà'-al-ist, s. [Eng., &c., Baal; -ist.] A worshiper of Baal; a contemptuous epithet applied to a Roman Catholic or to an Anglican. (Sylvester: Tobacco Battered, 190.) ba'-ba, s. [Mahratta (1) Baba, a proper name borne by many men; (2) baba, a term of endearment for a young child of the male sex. Akin to Eng. baby.] Among Anglo-Indians: Used in the second of these senses. Bab-bit metal,...s. An alloy of copper, tin and zinc, used in bearings to lesson friction. bâb'—ble, *bāb'-le º v. i. & t. TIn Dut. babbelen; Ger. babbelm, Fr. babbiler. Imitated from the sound.] [BABEL.J A. Intrans.: To send forth vague unmeaning Sounds in an unintermitted stream. I. Of persons: Used— 1. Of the imperfect attempts at speech which characterize the period of infancy. 2. Of the talk of persons whose powers are failing through old age or serious sickness. 3. Of the copious, unintermitting, and shallow speech of talkers, who habitually weary every com- pany into which they may gain admittance, and betray every secret intrusted to them to keep, II. Of inanimate things: To emit such sounds as are made by a running brook. “And runlets babbling down the glen.” Tennyson: Mariana in the South. B. Trams. : To prate; to utter. “John had conned over a catalogue of hard words; these he used to babble indifferently in all companies.”— Arbuthnot. T The participial adjective, babbling, derived from babble, is more common than any part of the verb strictly so called. [BABBLING...] báb'—ble, *bāb'-le (le=el), *bāb'—bel, s. [From the verb. In Dut. gebabbel; Fr. babil.] e 1. Emamating from hºwman beings: Unmeaning prattle; shallow, foolish talk. “The babble, impertinence, and folly, I have taken notice of in disputes.”—Glanville. 2. Emamading from in animate things: Such a sound as that made by running water. g * Hounds are said to babble when they give lºgº too loudly after having found. (Gemt. Itec., p. 78. bāb'—ble-mênt, s. [Eng. babble; -ment. In Fr, babillement.] 1. The act of babbling. 2. The foolish talk which is uttered. “Deluded all this while with ragged notions, and babblements, while they expected worthy and delightful knowledge.”—JIilton: Education. bāb'-blër, ºbāb'-lèr, s. [Eng. babbl(e); -er. In Dut. babbelaar; Fr. babillard.] A Ord. Lang.: An unintermitting and shallow talker. “I found him garrulously given, A babbler" in the land.” Tennyson: The Talking Oak. B. Ornith. (pl. Fº: The English equiyā- lent for the Timalinae, a sub-family of the Turdidae, or Thrushes. It stands between the True Thrushes and the Orioles. The species are small birds con- fined to India, the Eastern Archipelago, and Aust tralia. Some have imitative powers, and many sing sweetly. fāte, fat, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pót, or, wēre, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, as, Ce = €; ey = à. qu. = kW. babbling báb'-bling, pr. par., a., & 8. [BABBLE.], A. As present participle dº gº adjective: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. “And have the fates thy babbling age ordain’d To violate the life thy youth sustained?” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, bk. xix., 563-4. B. As substantive: Wain, shallow, foolish talk. “. . . avoiding profane and vain babblings, . . .” 1 Timothy vi. 20. bäbe, s. . [In O. Sw. babe-a baby; Ger. bube = a boy, a lad; Ir, bab, baboºn; Wel. baban=a baby; Ital. bimbo—a sucking babe, bambino=a little boy, bambina– a little girl; Mahratta Baba, a proper name (BABA); Arab. babah. = a baby; Syr. babia ; Phenic. babion.] A word which has arisen from the efforts of infantile lips to utter some easy redu- plication of sounds which may serve to discriminate the tiny speaker from the beings named “papa '’ and “mamma.” I, Lit. : An infant, male or female. [BABY.] “. . . . and, behold, the babe wept.”—Eacodus ii. 6. II. Figuratively: 1. A doll. [DOLL.] “But all as a poore pedlar he did wend, Bearing a trusse of try fles at hys backe, As bells and babes, and glasses in hys packe.” Spenser: The Shepheard’s Calendar, w. 2. In Scriptwre: A person who has just undergone the new birth, and is as yet very immature in spir- itual development. . “As new-born babes, desire the sincere milk of the Word, that ye may grow thereby.”—1 Peter ii. 2, Bă -bel, s. [Sw., Dan., Dut., Fr., Port., &c., Babel; from Heb. Babel=(1) confusion, (2) Babel, (3) Babylon; for Bălbél; from baldil=(1) to pour over, (2) to confound (Gesenius); or from Bab-ilw =the gate of God, or Bab-ili- the gate of the gods; the rendering into Semitic of the Accadian Ca-di- mirra, (Sayce in Trams. Soc. Bibl. Archaeol. vol. i., pp. 298, 309.).] A place or circumstances in which confusion of Sounds—as, for instance, by several people speaking at once—is the predominating characteristic. The reference is to the confusion of tongues divinely sent in consequence of the building of the Tower of Babel (Genesis xi. 1-9.) The magnificent Temple of Belus, asserted to have been originally this tower, is said to have had lofty spires, and many statues of gold; one of them forty feet high. In the upper part of this temple was the tomb of the founder, Belus (the Nimrod of the sacred Scriptures), who was deified after death. (Blair.) The Birs Nimroud, examined by Rich, Layard, and others, is considered by some persons to be the remains of the Tower of Babel. “The poor man must have thought the voice came from the shore: such a Babel of cries issued at once from the #hip .”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xv. *bā'-bêl, v. i. [From BABEL, S.] To totter, to Waver. (Prompt. Parv.) *bā'-bêl-ar-Y, 3. . [From Eng., &c., Babel, and Eng. Suff. -ary..] A foolish tale. “And then goeth he forth with a large babelary.”—Sir T. More: Works, p. 568. (S. in Boucher.) bā-bêr-lipped, *bā'—byr-lyppyd (yr as ir), a. Thick-lipped. ... ." He was...byttel-browede and baber-lupped, with two blery eyen.”—Piers Plowman, p. 97. * The form babyr-lyppyd is in Prompt. Parv. bà-be-ry, s. [Eng. bab(e); -ery..] Finery de- signed to please a baby or child. “So have I seen trim books in velvet dight, With golden leaves and painted babery Of Seely boys, please unacquainted sight.” Sidney: Arcadia, bk. i. bā'be-ship, s. [Eng. babe ; -ship.] Infancy. {Udal: Apoph. of Erasmus, p. 194.) bā'-betir-y, *bā'-biir-y, s. [Stevens thinks this comes from Eng. baboom...] An architectural orna- Inent. “As babeuries and pinnacles, Imageries and tabernacles.” Chawcer: House of Fame. ba-bi-a'-na, S. . [From Dut. babianer, the name given by the Dutch colonists in South Africa, from the fact that the baboon, or baviaan, is fond of it...] A genus of lº belonging to the order Iridaceae 9p Irids. The species are aii from the Cape of Good Hope, and are beautiful flowers. One is dark red, another red and blue, and more than one are scented. One of the commonest species is Babiana Sulphurea. bā'-bie, s. The same as BABY. (Scotch.) , babie-pickle, s. The small grain lying in the bºsom of a larger one, at the top of a stalk of oats. (Scotch.) (Jamieson.) boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, Chorus, 351 *ba'-bie, s. [BAWBER.] (Scotch...) Báb'-iñg-tên–ite, s. [Named after Dr. Babing- on, of England, who, besides being a distinguished physician, published several important works on mineralogy in 1795–1799. A small, gathering , of mineralogists at his house ultimately developed in 1807 into the great Geological Society of London.] A mineral placed by Dana under his Amphibole Group, the Pyroxene Sub-group, and the section of it with triclinic crystallization. The hardness is 5'5 to 6; the sp. gr. 3'35–3°37; the luster is vitreous, splendent; the color, dark greenish-black. Compo- sition: Silica, 47°46 to 54'4; protoxide of iron, 10°26 to 21.3; lime, 1474 to 196; sesquioxide of iron, 0 to 11 : protoxide of manganese, 18 to 1791; magnesia, 0.77 to 2:2; alumina, 0 to 6’48. It occurs in the Shet- lº. Islands, at Arendal in Norway, and in North AIIlêII Ca. báb-i-rôus'—sa, s. [BABYROUss A.] bā'-bish, *bā'-bishe, ºbā-bysh, *bā-byshe, a. [Eng. bab (e); -ish...] Childish, as a babe would do. “If he be bashful and will soon blush, they call him a babish and ill brought-up thing.”—Aschwm. *bā'-bish, v. t. [From Eng...babish, adj. (q.v.).] To render babish; to treat as if one were a baby. “The Pharisees had babished the simple people with fained and colde religion, and had .# theyr con- sciences with mannes ordinaunces.” – Udal: John vii. (Richardson.) bā-bish-ly, adv. [Eng. babish; -ly.] Childishly; in a baby-like manner. “One that spake so babishly.” — Archbishop Usher: Amswer to the Jesuit Malome, p. 404. bā-bishºnēss, 8... [Eng. babish; suff. -mess.]. The quality of being babish; childishness. (Ogilvie.) *bab'—lah, s. [Perhaps akin to Persian and Mah- ratta babūl and babhūe=the Gum-Arabic tree (Aca- cia Arabica).] The rind of the legume of a plant— Mimosa cineraria of Linnaeus, now Prosopis spici- gera. It contains gallic acid and tannin, and has een used in dyeing a drab color. (Ure.) ba,'—böo, ba'-bil, s. [Bengalee.] A term used in Calcutta and other parts of Lower Bengal for a Pſindoo gentleman, or sometimes for a native gen- tleman of any purely Oriental race. “Here is a picture of a Calcutta babw.”—Calcutta. Review, wol. vi. (1846), p. lvi. ba—bóon', *bāb'-i-ón, *bāb"—i-am, S. [In Sw. bab- ian, Dan, bavian ; Dut. baviaan; Ger, pavian, bavian ; Fr. babowim (masc.), babowime (fem.); Sp. babwino; Ital, babbwino, dimin. Of babbo=papa; Low Lat. baboymw8, babwynus, babovinus, babewy- mus, babwynia, and papio, Skinner and Menage think it cognate with babe, while Wedgwood con- siders that ba and pa, being syllables requiring the lips for their utterance, came to mean the motion of the lips in framing them ; also the lips them- selves. Bºing baboom from this root ba or pa, he considers it etymologically to mean=the ugly- lipped animal.] 1. Lit.: The English name of those Simiadae (Monkeys) which have a facial angle as low as 30°, a long, dog-like snout, great canine teeth, large cal- losities, and capacious cheek-pouches. They are classed by naturalists chiefly under the genus Cyno- cephalus.They are the lowest, in intelligence of all the Simi- adae, and the most ugly and animal in look. hey are fero- cious when full - grow n, though the young of at least one spe- cies has been domesticated. The mandrill, the drill, the derrias, and som e o the r m on keys of similar affinity, are regarded as baboons. Africa, throughout its whole extent, is their appropriate habitation, though one species is found also in Southwestern Asia. Some other monkeys, less closely allied to Cynocephali, are popularly known as baboons. “And I am neither your minotaure, nor your centaure . . . nor your babion.”—B. Jomson: Cynthia's Revels. 2. Fig. (in vituperative language): A man who, for ugliness, for want of intellect, for a snarling temper, Or Some other quality, recalls to mind a baboon. ba-bočn'–ér—y, s. [Eng. assemblage of baboons. Middle Temple.) Baboon. ... baboom ; -ery.] An (Chapman : Masque of çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, Babylonian ba-bočn'-ish, a. [Eng. baboon; -ish..] Resem- bling a baboon. ba,'—btl, s. [BABOO.] *bā'—bür—y, s. [BABERY.] bā'—by, *báb'-by, *báb'-bie, 8. & a. [From Eng. babe, and y, denoting little..] [BABE.] A. As substantive: 1. An infant, male or female; a babe. “The baby beats the nurse, and quite athwart Goes all decorum.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, i. 3. 2. A doll such as girls play with. “The archduke saw that Pekin would prove a runnagate: and it was the part of children to fall out about babies.” Bacom: Henry VII. 3. An idol. “Since no image can represent the great Creator, never think to honor Him by your foolish puppets and babies of dirt and clay.”—Stillingfleet. B. As adj. Like a baby; infantile, childish. (Tennyson : Eledimore, i.) baby-farm, s. A house where babies are received and cared for. baby-germ, s. A baby, only the germ or embryo of what, if life continue, he or she will yet become. “From when she gambol]'d on the greens, A baby-germ, to when The maiden blossoms of her teens Could number five from ten.” Tennyson: The Talking Oak. º s. Imitation houses of small size used by children in their play for the reception of their dolls, or for any other purpose. “But the whole plainly wrought by children’s hands ! Whose simple skill had throng'd the grassy floor With work of frame less solid, a proud show Of baby-houses, curiously arranged.” Wordsworth. Eaccursion, bk. ii. baby-oak, s. An oak as yet very small in size, and which has passed through only the first stages of its development. “The riper life may magnetize The baby-oak within.” l Tennyson: The Talking Oak. baby-rose, s. The rosy blush on the cheeks of an infant Or young person. “Till the lightning laughters dimple The baby-roses in her cheeks.” Tennyson: Lilian. baby-Show, s. 1. A show, sight, or spectacle which a baby will appreciate. “That way look, my infant, lo 1 What a pretty baby-show !” Wordsworth: Kitten and the Falling Leaves. 2. An exhibition of babies. baby-treat, s. A treat for a baby. “'Tis a pretty baby-treat; Nor, I deem, for me unmeet.” Wordsworth: Kitten and the Falling Leaves. bā'-by, v. t. . [BABY, S.J. To make a baby of, to treat like a baby, to keep in a state of infancy. “At best it babies us with endless toys, And keeps us children till we drop to dust.” Young; Night Thoughts, v. 521. bā-by-hôod,. s. [Eng, baby, and suff, hood.] The state of being a baby ; infancy or childhood in the restricted sense. (Ash.) bā'-by-ish, a. . [Eng. #". and suff. *:: Like a baby, as a baby would do; infantile, childish. (Bale.) bā'-by-ism, s. [Eng. baby, and suff. -ism..] The characteristics of a baby. Bāb-y-lö'-ni-an, a. & S. [Eng. Babylon, -ian; from Lat. Babylonius; Gr. Babulêmios; from. Lat. Babylon; Gr. Babulon, the great city on the Eu- phrates celebrated in Scripture, ancient classics, and elsewhere.] [BABEL.] A. As adjective: 1. Lit.: Pertaining either to the ancient city or to the country of Babylon. “. . . Sir Henry [Rawlinson] published the first authentic list of early Chaldean and Babylonian mon- archs.”—Mr. George Smith in Trans. Soc. Bib. Archaeol., vol. i., p. 28. 2. Pertaining to the mystical Babylon mentioned in Revelations xvi. 19; xvii. 5; xviii. 10, 21. “Early may fly the Babylonian woe.” Milton: Sommets; Massacre in Piedmont. B. As substantive : 1. Lit. : A native of, or, more, loosely, a resident in, the ancient city or country of Babylon. “. . . after the manner of the Babylonians of Chaldea, the land of their nativity.”—Ezekiel. xxiii. 15. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. “Clan, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Shiin; -Sious = –tion, -cious, -Šion = Zhiin. -tious, Babylonic 2. Fig. (Anciently): One who professes astrology, the Babylonians being so much addicted to this study that the term “Babylonian numbers,” in Horace, Odes, I. xi. 2, signifies astrological calcula- tions similar to fortune-telling. T There is no distinctive Babylonian language. In early times Babylon had an Accadian popula- tion and tongue of Turanian origin, with a strong and increasing . Semitic element in it. (Sayce.) From these Semites came the “cuneiform inscrip- tion of Babylon,” which Max Müller conjoins with those of Nineveh, placing both under the Aramaic, or Northern class of the Semitic family of lan- guages. [ARAMAEAN, CHALDEE, CUNEIFORM.] tRāb-y-lón'-ic, Bāb-y-lön-ic—al, a. [From Eng. Babylon, -ic, -ical; Lat. Babylonicus, Babylon- facus; Gr. Babwlöntakos.] [BABYLONIAN. 1. Lit. : Pertaining to either the literal or the mystic Babylon; Babylonian. 2. Fig. : Confused, tumultuous; disorderly. “He saw plainly their antiquity, novelty; their univer- sality, a Babylonical tyranny; and their consent, a con- spiracy.”—Harington: Br. View of the Church, p. 97. Bāb-y-lön'-ics, s. pl. [BABYLONIC.] The Eng- lish designation generally given to a valuable fragment of universal history prior to 267 B. C., composed by Berosus, a priest of Babylon. Bāb-y-lón'-ish, a. [Eng. Babylon; In Dut. Babylonisch..] 1. Lit. : Pertaining to Babylon; derived from Babylon; of Babylonian manufacture. “. . . a goodly Babylonish garment.”—Joshua vii. 21. 2. Fig. : . Outlandish, barbaric: , ostentatiously grand, but in bad taste; Babel-like, marked by confusion of tongues. bāb-y-rôus'—sa or bâb-i-rods—sa, s. [A name given by Bontius. In Fr. babirousse; Port. babi- rosa, babirussa.] A species of hog, sometimes galled the Horned Hog and the Hog-deer, from the fact that its upper tusks, which are of great length -ish. jºſſ' * * * : *R §§ º º Kºź ºś º º i : §§º - § SN §§ § : § #ſ % § Xº ſº g 3 & A Wº% º º - :*7 NY #3% ºº:: Babyroussa. and curved in form, piercing through the upper lip, grow upward and backward, like the horns of a ruminant. It has longer legs than, those of the common hog. Its native country is the Indian Archipelago, yet it seems to have been known to the ancients. It is the Sws babyrussa of Linnaeus, now called Babyrussa alſwrw8. Its flesh is good eating. bā'-by-ship, 8... [Eng. *ś, 3,-8hip.] The state or characteristics of a baby; babyhood, infancy. (Min- shew.) bäc, s. [BACK (2).] bäc'-ca, s. [Lat.] A berry. Botany: 1. During the time before Linnaeus: A berry; any fleshy fruit. 2. Now (more precisely) : A many-celled, many- seeded, indehiscent pulpy fruit; in which at matu- rity the seeds lose their attachment and become scattered throughout the pulp. (Lindley.) bacca-Sicca, s. [Lat. (lit.) = a dry berry.] Bot. : In Prof. Link's arrangement, a fruit which when unripe is fleshy, but which when ripe becomes dry, when it is distinguishable from a capsule only by not being brown. bäc-ca-läu"—rè—ate, s. [In Dan. baccalaureat; Ger. baccalaureat, bakkalawreat; Fr. baccalawréat; from Mediaev. Lat, baccalawrews. (BAccAïAUREus.) The general opinion is that baccalawreate is com- pounded of Latin bacca-a berry, and lawreatus= crowned with laurel, from lawrea = the laurel or baytree; the reason, according to Calepinus, being that students, on gaining the B. A. degree, were crowned with a garland of laurel or bay berries; a statement resting on very doubtful historical au- thority. In Sp. the word is bachillerato, and in Port. bachalerado, terms in which the connection with bacca and lawreatus disappears. In Low Latin baccalarius, the original word whence baccalaw- rews may have sprung, was unconnected with bacca =a berry, and signified a tenant of a kind of farm 352 in the south of France and the north of Spain called baccalaria. Such tenants were bound to give a certain amount of labor to their feudal lord. Adyert- ing to the locality where the baccalarii lived, Wedg- wood thinks the word may have had a Basque Origin..] [BACHELOR.] In wrviversities: The degree of Bachelor of Arts. [BACCALAUREUS, BACHELOR.] bäc-ca-läu"—re-is, s. [In Dan. & Dut. baccalau- Yews; Ger, baccalawrews, bakkalawrews; all from Mediaev. Lat. baccalawrews=bachelor. Generally believed to be from Lat. bacca lawri = a berry of laurel, but may be a Celtic or a Basque word Latin- ized, and then spelled as if it came from Latin roots after its proper origin had been forgotten. [BAC- CALAUREATE, BACHELOR.] One who has taken the first degree in a university; a Bachelor (of Arts). bäc-căte, bâc'-că-têd, a. [From Lat. baccatus =set or adorned with pearls; from bacca-a berry, . . . a pearl.] A. Of the form baccated: fí. Set with pearls. (Johnson.) 2. Having many berries. (Johnson.) 3. The same as BACCATE. [B., 2.] B. Of the form baccate: 1. Having as its fruit a bacca. [BACCA.] Berried; having a fleshy coat or covering to the seeds. Baccate seeds: Seeds with a pulpy skin. 2. Having in any part of it a juicy, succulent texture, as the calyx of Blitum. (Lindley.) bäc-cău-lā'r-i-às, a. [The first part is from Lat. bacca = a berry; the second apparently from Gr. awlos=hollow.] The name given by Desvaux to the type of fruit called by Mirbel, Lindley, and Others, Carcerulus (q.v.). It consists of several One or two-seeded dry carpels cohering around an axis. Example, Malvaceous plants. bäc'-cha, s. [Gr. Bakché, a mythological name.] A genus of dipterous insects belonging to the family Syrphidae. Bäcº-cha-nal, S. & a. [In Fr. (1) bacchanale, bacchamal (no pl.)=great noise and uproar, a noisy and tumultuous dance; (2) Bacchanales (pl.)=fes- tivals of Bacchus; Sp. Bacanal (adj. & s.), Bac- camales (s. pl.) = Bacchanals; Port, bacchanal (adj.), Bacchamals (s. pl.) = feasts of Bacchus; Ital. Baccamale=a tumultuous crowd, a bacchanal; all from Lat. Bacchanalis (adj.)=relating to Bacchus, Bacchanalian ; also Bacchamal, old Orthography Baccamal (s.)= (1) a place of Bacchus, (2) a feast of #º the orgies of Bacchus: from Bacchus Q. W. ). A. As substantive : #% things. (Plural Bacchanales and Baccha- 70,0t, lº, Cl, ) . 1. An orgie celebrated in honor of Bacchus. (Often in the plural.) The worship of Bacchus was erhaps of Oriental origin. Various festivals in his }. were held in Greece. The colonists from that country in Southern Italy introduced his Yº...? into Rome, where Bacchanalia, attended by muc immorality, were secretly held for some time, till they were discovered in B. C. 186, and prohibited by a decree of the Senate. “They perform these certain bacchamals or rites in the honor of Bacchus.”—Holland: Plutarch’s Morals. 2. Any similar orgie. “Then Genius danced a bacchandl; he crown’d The brimming goblet, seized the thyrsus, bound His brows with ivy, rush’d into the field Of wild imagination, and there reel’d, The victim of his own lascivious fires, And, dizzy with delight, profaned the sacred wires.” Cowper: Table Talk. II. Of persons. (Pl. Bacchanals only): 1. Lit. : A worshiper of Bacchus. “. . . nor was it unsuitable to the reckless fury of the Bacchanals during their state of tºry excite- ment, .”—Grote: Hist. Greece, pt. i., ch. i. 2. Fig.: One, who prefers, drunkenness and debauchery to all high and noble aims. “Hark! rising to the ignoble call, How answers each bold Bacchamal 7” Byrom: Don Juan, iii. 86. B. As adjective: Characterized by drunkenness and revelry. “Your solemne and bacchamal feasts, that you observe yearly.”—Crowley: Deliberate Answer (1587), f. 26. Bäc-cha-nā’-li-a, S. pl. [Latin.] [BACCHANAL..] Bäc-cha-nā’-li-an, a. & , 8...[Eng. bacchanal, -i.am, from Lat. bacchanalis.] [BACCHANAL. A. As adjective: Pertaining, to a bacchanal; re- sembling the characteristics of a bacchanal. “There, beauty woos him with expanded arms; Even Bacchamalian madness has its charms.” Cowper: Progress of Error. - Bacchus B. As substantive : 1. Lit. : A worshiper of Bacchus, specially in the state of excitement in which he was at the festivals in honor of the divinity whom he specially wor- shiped. “So, when by Bacchamalians torn, On Thracian Hebrus' side, The tree-enchanter Orpheus fell.” Cowper: Death of Mrs. Throckmorton’s Bullfinch. .2. Fig. : One whose actions on any special occa- Sion, or º resemble those witnessed at the ancient orgies in honor of Bacchus. Bäc-cha-nā'-lí-an-ly, adv. [Eng. Bacchana- lictm . º In Bacchanalian fashion; after the manner of bacchanals. fbâc'-chant, s. [From Lat...bacchans, pr: par. of baccior to celebrate the festivai of Bacchus...] A priest of Bacchus. bäc-chán-te, s. bacchante= (1) a immodest female; [In Fr. & Port. Bacchante, riestess of Bacchus, (2) an tal. Baccante ; from Lat. bac- chans, pr. par. of bacchor.] [BACCHANT.] A priest- ess of Bacchus. (Often used in the plural Bác- chdim.'-tés.) A “Plaintive at first were the tones, and sad: then soar- ing to madness Seemed they to follow or guide the revel of frenzied Bacchantes.”—Longfellow: Evangeline, pt. ii. 2. bäc-cha-rid'–é-ae, s. pl. [BACCHARIs...] A family of Composite plants belonging to the order Aster- aceae, the first sub-order Tubuliflorae, and the third tribe Asteroideae. Typical genus, Baccharis (q.v.). bäc'-cha-rís, s. [In Ger. baccharis; Fr. bac- chamfe; Lat, baccar, bacchar, and baccharis; Gr. bak- karis; from the Lydian language. A plant yielding oil (B a c ch, a ris dioscor i des 2).] §§ low m a n’s §§º Spike n a r d. A *śl º º genus of plants a SA=$% belonging to the §§2 AW º der A §§ j\ AºSöğ Order Asteraceae, 2 º' QKNºş, ſºy * & Nº. $27,2:::::A ſ § }% or CO m posites. §§ *N A& lº Upward of two §§§ ºSS & <=\3 Sºº W lººſe hundred species sº *AXº are known, all of #7. K% l, * Yºğ which belong to % ºssº the Western g He m is p he re. \\ źº They are herbs, A % shrubs, or some- ſº times s m a 1 1 º § trees, many of them res in ous and glossy. B. Baccharis. Plant, floret, and root. microcephala is used in Parana for curing rheu- matism, and B. gemistilloides in Brazil in inter- mittent fever. Bäc'-chic, Bäc'-chi-cal, a. [In Fr. Bachique; Port. Bacchico; Lat. Bacchicus=relating to the Bacchic meter; Gr. Bakchikos.] Pertaining or relating to Bacchus, or to any such orgie as those yºh were so objectionable a feature of his wor- Snlp. “He cured them by introducing the Bacchic dance and fanatical excitement.”—Grote: Greece, pt. i., ch, i. bäc-chi-iis, 8. [Lat. bacchius; Gr. bakcheios.j Prosody: A foot consisting of three syllables, the first and second long, and the third short, as pé jö rai; or, according to others, the first short and the second and thir long, as cdi ri mús. Bäc'-chiis, s. [Lat. Bacchus; Gr. Bakchos.] Classic Myth. : The Roman god of wine, ſº identified, whether correctly or not, with the Gree Dionysos, the divine patron of wine, inspiration, and dramatic poetry. His worship, or at least the frenzied form of it, is said to have arisen in Thrage and reached Rome through the Greek colonies in Southern Italy. Like Dionysos, he was one of the Dii Selecti, or “Selected gods.” He was fabled to be the son of Jupiter and Semele, the daughter of Cadmus. He figures in perennial youth, with a crown of vine or ivy leaves around his temples, and holding in his hand a spear bound with ivy...Tigers, lions, or lynxes are yoked to his chariot, while he is accompanied by bacchanals, satyrs, and his foster. father and preceptor Silenus. He is said to havg conquered India, and his worship [BACCHANAp] has more an Oriental than a European aspect. In the foregoing article the most common form of the myth is given; there are others so inconsistent with it, and with éach other, that possibly, as Cicero, Diodorus, and others think, several perSonage; have been confounded together under the name Q Dionysos or Bacchus. Bacchus married Ariadne when she was deserted by Theseus at Naxos. [DIONYSOs.] fâte, fit, fåre, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, clib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kW. Bacchus-bole Bacchus-bole, s. . A flower, not tall, but very full and broad-leaved. (Mortimer.) bäc-gif-ér-olís, a. [In Fr. baccifere: Port, bac- cifera: from Lat, baccifer; bacca-a berry, and fero to bear.] Berry-bearing, producing berries; using that term either (1) in the extended and popular sense, which was also the old scientific one- “Racciferous trees are of four kinds. (1) Such as bear a caliculate or naked berry; the flower and calix both falling off together, and leaving the berry bare; as the sassafras trees. (2) Such as have a naked monospermous fruit: that is, containing in it only one seed; as the arbutes. (3) Such as have but polyspermous fruit; that is, containing two or more kernels or seeds within it; as the jesminum, ligustrum. (4) Such as have their fruit composed of many acini, or round soft balls, set close together, like a bunch of grapes; as the uva marina.”— Ratly. Or (2) in the more limited and modern scientific one. [BACCA. bäc-giv-ör-ois, a [Lat. bacca-a berry, and poro–to swallow whole, to devour.]... Berry-deyour- ing; feeding on berries. (Glossog, Nova, 2d ed.) *bāge, a. [BASE, adj.] *bāge, s. [BASE, S.] bäch'-a-rách, bâck'-räck, bāck-rág, 8... [From Bacharach, a town upon the Rhine, near which it is produced.]. A kind of wine from Bacharach. “With bacharach and aqua vitae.” Butler: Hudibras. “Give a fine relish to my backrag.”—City Match, ix. 282. *bagh.-èl-er-ie, s. [Eng. bacheler; suff. -ie. From ſlow Lat. bacheleria=commonalty or yeomanry in contradistinction from baronage.] The state, con- dition, or dignity of a knight. “Phebus.that was flour of batchelerie, As wel in freedom as in chivalrie.” Chaucer: C. T., 17,074-5. bāgh-Él-ör, “bāgh-Él-lär, ºbātgh-Él-ór, ºbātāh-31–161, ºbātgh-lèr, ... *bāgh-Él-ère, bāgh-el-Ér, ºbāgh-y-lère (O. Eng.), *bāgh-Él- ar (O. jº s. [From Fr. bachelier= (1) a young gentleman who aspires to be a knight, (2) a student who has taken his first degree at a university, (3) an unmarried man, a lover; O. Fr. bachelier, bachellier, bacheler, bach’iler=a young man (the corresponding feminine word is bachelette-a young and pretty girl, specially one who has a lover); O. Fr. bachelette, bacelote, bachele, bacelle, and bacele. In Prov. bachallier, bacalar; Sp. bachiller; Port. bacharel; Ital, bacceliere, bacceliero=a bachelor; Wel, bachgem=a boy, bach =little; Ir, beag, beg; Gael. beag = little, short, trifling.] [BACCALAU- REATE.] A. Ordinary Lang.: A person of the male sex, of marriageable age, who has not been married. When he has passed the time of life at which the majority of men enter the matrimonial state, he is called an old batchelor. “Fair maid, send forth thine eye: this youthful parcel Of noble bachelors stand at my bestowing.” Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, ii. 8. B. Technically: I. University degrees: In the expression Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), one who has taken the first degree at a university. The B. A. degree was introduced in the thirteenth cen- tury by Pope Gregory IX. In the opinion of Jamieson, in this sense the term bachelor was prob- ably borrowed from the arrangement in the University of Paris, where two of the four orders into which the theological faculty was divided were called Baccalarii Formati and Baccalarii Cursores. “The Batchelars met in the chamber above the school of Humanitie.”—Crawf.: Hist. Univ. Edin., p. 29. (Jamieson.) II. Heraldry: 1. Formerly: , (ſt) A person who, though a knight, had not a suf- ficient number of vassals to have his banner carried before him in battle. *(b) One who was not old enough to display a banner of his own, and therefore had to follow that of another. “A knyghte of Rome and his bacnlylere.” Gower, f. 42. (S. im Boucher.) *(c) A chevalier who, having made his first cam- paign, received a military girdle. *(d) One who, on the first occasion that he took part in a tournament, overcame his adversary. 2...Now!: A member of the oldest but lowest order 9f English knighthood—the knights bachelors. | KNIGHT.] King Alfred is said to have conferred it on his son Athelstan. III. Among the London City Companies of Trades- ºn. One not yet admitted to thé livery. l, Bachelor's buttons: A name given by gardeners to the double-flowered variety of one of the Crow- foots, Qr Buttercups (Ranwnculus acris). Some- times this species is further designated as Yellow boil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, - Chorus, 353 Bachelor’s Buttons, after - the example of the French, who denominated it Boutons d'or, while the name White Bachelor's Buttons (in Fr. Bowtoms d'argemt) is bestowed on another Crowfoot (Ramwm- culus acomitifolius). Various other plants, espe- cially the campion, the burdock, the scabious or Bluebottle, have also been called Bachelor's But- tons, or Buttons. bāgh'-el-ār-ism, s. [Eng. bachelor; -ism..] The state or condition of a bachelor. (Ogilvie.) bāgh-el-6r-ship, s. [Eng. bachelor; and suff. -ship.) The state or condition of a bachelor. 1. In the sense of an unmarried person. “Her mother, living yet, can testify, She was the first fruit of my bachelorship.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., v. 4. 2. In the sense of one who has taken the first or lower degree in a university. [B. A.] *bach -lane, pr. par. [BACHLE.] (Scotch.) ba'-chle, s. [BAUCHILE.] (Scotch.) bäch º par. [O. Fr. baceoler-to lift up and ºwº, o lift or heave up or down. (Cot- grave.) (Used of some modes of exposing goods for Sale.) (Jamieson.) bag'-il-lär-i-a, s. [From Lat. bat- cillws (q.v.).] *1. Formerly: A large family of so- called infusorial animalculae' estab- lished by Ehren- berg, who compre- he n dis under it more than thirty genera, including Gallionella, Nav- icula, and others, the silic e o us shields of which abound in creta- ceous, tertiary, and In Ore recent geo- logical deposits. tº º hey are now believed to be of vegetable origin, and to be properly ranked with diatomaceous Algae. 2. Now: A genus of diatomaceous Algae. It has lower rectangular articulations and curious move- mentS. ba-gil'-liis (pl. ba-Gil'—li), s. [Lat. bacillum OT #fille-A little staff; dimin. of bacwlum = a Staff. 1. Plural (bacilli): The leaf-buds, analogous in structure to bulbs, which are developed in some endogens on the part of the stem above-ground, and ultimately separate from it spontaneously. They are called also propagines and bulbilli. . 2. Singular: One of the separable moving narrow plates of which the genus of Algae called Diatoma is composed. bäck (1), *bācke, *bāk, s., a., & adv. [A. S. boec, bac, Sw. & O. Icel. bak; Dan. bag, bagem; O. Fr. O. L. Ger. bac, bak; O. H. Ger, bacho.] A. As substantive : I. Literally; The upper part of the body in most animals, in which the spine, is the hinder part in man, extending from the neck to the loins. “It can hardly be doubted that, with most mammals, the thickness of the hair and its direction on the back is adapted to throw off the rain.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. i., ch. vi. “Ramsay’s men turned their backs and dropped their arms.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. II. Figuratively: 1. Of man : e - . (a),The whole hinder part, upon which a burden is naturally carried. “Those who, by their ancestors, have been set free from a constant drudgery to their backs and their bellies, should bestow some time on their heads.”—Locke. (b) The entire body behind, in front, at the sides, everywhere; as in the expression, “he has not clothes on his back.” (c) Whatever, in any portion of the human frame, occupies a relative situation analogous to that of the back in the body itself. Thus the back of the head is the hinder part of the head; the back of the hand is the convex part of it—that on the other side of the palm. (d) A body of followers; persons to back one. [BACKING...] “So Mr. Pym and his back were rescued.”—Baillie: Let- ters, i. 217. (Jamieson.) (:) In football: Those players who are stationed at the rear of their own side, and nearest their own goal. [HALF-BACK.] 2. Of things: º Qf knives, aces, and similar implements: The thick blunt portion ; that on the other side from the cutting edge. Bacillaria (Magnified 100 Diameters). , 3 çhim, bench; * 30, back (b) The portion of anything most remote from its face or from the place which the speaker at the moment Occupies. s “Trees set upon the backs of chimnies do ripen fruit sooner.”—Bacom: Natural History. “The source of waves which I shall choose for these experiments is a plate of copper, against the baek of which a steady sheet of flame is permitted to play.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), viii. 4, p. 181. III. The word back is used in the following special phrases:– 1. Behind the back : - (g) Lit.: To or at any spot so situated. (b) Fig.: The time when one is absent. [See No. 2. The back of my hand to you: I will have nothing- more to do with you. (Jamieson.) • * 3. To be wo (used of the back): Tó become irritated against a person. The metaphor is derived from the procedure of, a cat or similar animal, which raises its spine and bristles up its hair before attack- ing an adversary. (Jamieson.) “Well, Nelly, since my back is up, ye sall tak down the picture .”—Scott; St. Roman’s Well, ch. iii. 4. To bow down the back : To humiliate. “. . . and bow down their back alway.”—Romans xi. 10. 5. To cast behind the back: : t (a) Used of law or of persons: To despise. “Nevertheless they were disobedient, and rebelled, against thee, and cast thy law behind their backs.”— Nehemiah ir. 26. “. . . thou hast forgotten me, and cast me behind thuſ batchc .”—Ezekiel xxiii. 35. (b) Used of sins: To forgive and forget. “. . . thou hast cast all my sins behind thy back.”— Isaiah xxxviii. 17. 6. To give the back: To turn back, to abandon an expedition or enterprise. “. . . he would not thus lightly have given us the back.”—Bunyan: Pilgrim's Progress, pt. i. 7. To have the back at the wall: To be in an unfor- tunate state. (Jamieson.) .(Scotch.). 8. To plow upon the back. To inflict upon one gross oppression, injury, and insult. “The plowers plowed upon my back: they made long their furrows.”—Ps. cxxix. 3. 9. To see the back, used of soldiers in a battle, means that they have turned to flee. “. fifty thousand fighting men, whose backs no enemy had ever seen.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. 10. To twºrn, the back : (a) To turn in battle with the intention of fleeing, or in an enterprise with the design of abandoning it. “O Lord, what shall I say, when Israel turmeth their backs before their enemies!”—Joshua vii. 8. (b) To go away, as, “Scarcely had the teacher twrmed his back, when the scholars grossly misbe- haved.” (In this sense it may be followed by on or ºwpon. (c) Actually to turn the back upon, one in the street, either undisguisedly or under the pretense of not seeing him. B. As adjective: 1. Pertaining to or supporting the back, as the “back-bone.” “. . . it shall he take off hard by the back-bone . . .” —Leviticus iii. 9. 2. Behind anything in situation, as a “back-yard;” hence remote from the accessible, parts of the country; up a country inland, as “the back settle- ments of North America.” º º *I Back and bottom mails: Nails made with flat shanks that they may hold fast, and yet not open the grain of the wood. (Glossog. Nova.) C. As adverb: I. Of a person or place: 1. To the quarter behind a person or thing; back- ward. “And when Judah looked back, behold, the battle was before and behind.”—2 Chronicles &iii. 14. 2. To the direction, opposite to that in which motion has been made ; to the place whence one has departed or been taken away. “. . . and the Lord caused the sea to go back by a strong east wind all that night, .”—Eacodus xiv. 21. “Why are ye the last to bring the king back to his house?”—2 Samuel xix. 11. ." To give back in battle: To recede from a posi- tion before occupied. “This made Christian give a little back; Apollyon, therefore, followed his work amain . .”—Bunyan: Pil- grim’s Progress, pt. i. 3. To a person or public body whence anything has been obtained; to one’s self again; again; in return. “The laborers possess nothing but what he thinks fit to give them, and until he thinks fit to take it back.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., vol. i., bk. ii., ch. v., § i. gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -Clan, 23 -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shūn; -tion, Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. -Šion = -SiOuS = Zhūn. -tious, -cious, back-band . 4. So as to remain behind ; with no progression in any direction (lit. dº fig.); retained instead of being paid over. “. . . . . but, lo, the Lord hath kept thee back from honor.”—Numbers xxiv. 11. “. . . . to keep back part of the price of the land.”— Acts v.3. 5. With progression, yet so as to fall more, and more behind another body; as “Compared with the Christian powers, the Mohammedans, are falling back in the world,” meaning not that they are sta; tionary or retrograde, but that their forward motion is so slow in comparison with that of the Christian nations that they are more and more fall- ing behind. II. Of time: 1. To or at a time gone by. “I had always a curiosity to look back unto the sources of things, and to view in my mind the beginning and progress of a rising world.”—Burmet. 2. A second time, anew, afresh again. “The epistles being written from ladies forsaken by their lovers, many thoughts came back upon us in divers letters.”—Dryden. III.Qf state or condition: To a former state or condition ; again. “For Israel slideth back as a backsliding heifer . . Hosea iv. 16. TI, Crabb thus distinguishes (a) between the ad- verb back and backward:—Back denotes, the situ. ation of being and the direction of going; backward simply the manner of going, A person stands back who would not be in the way; he goes backward when he would not turn his back to an object. (b) Between back and behind: Back marks the situ- ation of a place; behind, the situation of one object with another. A person stands back who stands in the back part of a place; he stands behind who has any one in front of him ; the back is opposed to the front, behind to before. (Crabb : Eng. Symon.) D. In composition: Back is generally an adjective, as back-bone, back-yard, though in some rare in- ºnces it is adverbial, as in the case of back-filling, C *back-band, s. [BACK-BOND.] back-bedroom, s. A bedroom at the back of a house. back-board, S. & a. 1. As substantive : § A board for the support of the back. b) A board across the stern of a boat for the pas- sengers to lean against. (c) A board attached to the rim of a water-wheel to prevent the water running off the floats or pad- dles into the interior of the wheel. (Nicholsom.) (d) A part of a lathe. (Goodrich & Porter.) 2. As adjective: Behind the ship. (Glossog. Nova.) back-bond, *back-band, *bak-band, s. Scots Law. A counter-bond rendering another one null and void. It is a deed corresponding to what is called in England a declaration of trust. (Mac- kenzie: Institutes, &c.) back-boxes, S. pl. Typography: The boxes on the top of the upper case used for printers' types. back-cast, a. & S. (Scotch.) A. As adjective : Retrospective. “I’ll often kindly think on you And on our happy days and nights, With pleasing back-cast view.” Tammahill: Poems, pp. 96, 97. (Jamieson.) B. As substantive: Anything which throws one back from a state of prosperity to one of adversity. “They'll get a back-cast o' his hand yet, that think so muckle o' the creature and see little o' the Creator.”— Scott: Tales of my Landlord. back-chain, s. A chain which passes over the cart-saddle of a horse to support the shafts. back-end, s. The latter part of anything. Spec., the latter part of the year. “. . . . when you did me the honor to stop a day or two at last back-end.”—Blackwood's Mag., Oct., 1820, p. 3. (Jamieson.) back-fear, s. [BACKCHALES.] “He needed not to dread no back-fear in Scotland as he was wont to do.”—Pitscottie (ed. 1728), p. 105. (Jamieson.) back-filling, s. 1.The act or process of restoring to its place, as in the case of a grave, for instance, earth which has been removed. † 2. The earth thus restored to its place. back-leaning, a. Leaning toward the hinder part. back-light, s. A light reflected upon the hinder part of anything. 3 º An object of terror from behind. 354 back-look, s. A look to what is past in time. (Chiefly Scotch.) “After a serious back-look of all these forty-eight years.”—Walker. Pedem, p. 71. (Jamieson.) back-parlor, s. A parlor situated at the back part of a house. back-plate, s. A plate on the hinder part of armor; the same as BACK-PIECE (q.v.). back-spaul, s. The hinder part of the shoulder. (Scotch.) “. ... if sae muckle as a collier or a salter make a moonlight flitting, ye will cleck him by the back-spawl in a minute of time .”—Scott; Red-Gawntlet, ch. vii. back-tack, back-take, s. In Scotland: A deed by which a wad-setter, in- stead of himself possessing the lands which he has in wadset, gives a lease of them to the reverser, to continue in force till they are redeemed, on con- dition of the payment of the interest of the wadset Sun as rent. “Where lands are affected with wadsets comprysing assignments or back-takes, that the same may be first Compted in the burdens of the delinquent’s estate.”— Acts Charles I. (ed. 1814), vi. 204. back-tread, s. Retrogression. (Scotch.) “. . . followed the back-tread of our defection.”— Manifesto of the Scots Army (1640). back-trick, s. A mode of attacking behind. back-yard, s. A yard behind a house. T. Other compound words will be found further On in their proper alphabetical order. bäck, v. t. & i. [From the substantive.] A. Transitive: I. Ordinary Language: 1. Literally: (1) To get on, or to place on, the back of an animal; to ride. “. ... as I slept, methought Great Jupiter, upon his eagle back'd, Appear'd to me, with other spritely shows Of mine own kindred.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, v. 5. (2) To cause to move backward. (Used of horses, railway engines and the trains attached to them, the engines, in steamboats, or , anything similar.) [See II. 2, where some special phrases are given.] “One of the alien, mercenaries had backed his horse against an honest citizen who pressed forward to catch a gººse of the royal canopy.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., Cºl. X1. (3) To write on the back of; to direct a letter; to endorse a bill or other document. º 1. 2. Figuratively: To stand at the back of, to aid, Support. (1) Of persons: To stand as a second or supporter to one; to Support Or maintain one’s cause. “I have not ridden in Scotland since James back'd the cause of that mock prince, Warbeck, that Flemish counterfeit, Who on the gibbet paid the cheat.” Scott: Marmion, i. 18. “. . . . doubt whether it would be possible for him to contend against them when they were backed by an Eng- lish army.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. {} Qf things: a) To justify, to support. “. . . endeavor to back their experiments with a specious reason.”—Boyle. “We have I know not how many adages to back the reason of this moral.”—L’Estrange. (b) To second. “Factious, and favºring this or t'other side, Their wagers back their wishes.” Dryden. “. . . I am come forth to withstand them, and to that end, will back the lions.”—Bunyan; Pilgrim’s Prog- ress, pt. ii. II. Technically: 1. Law. To back a warrant: To endorse a warrant with the signature of a justice of the peace, so as to give it force, in the county or other district over which his authority extends. This is done when an accused person, for whose apprehension a warrant valid only in one county is out, passes into another. (Blackstome: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 21.) 2. Nawtically: To back the sails of a ship : To cause them to press backward on the masts instead of forward. "The effect is to make the ship move sternward. To back the engine in a steamboat: To reverse the action of the engine, with the effect of making the vessel go backward. To back a vessel: To make her go backward. To back the oars of a boat: To reverse the action of the oars and make the boat move stern foremost, the phrase for which is, to back asterm. . To back an anchor: To lay down a small anchor in advance of a large one, the cable of the former being fastened to the crown of the latter one to pre- vent its coming home. backbrede 3. Horse-racing: (a) To back a horse: To bet that one of the horses in a race shall outrun the rest. (b) To back the field: To support the aggregate of the horses in a race against a particular horse. B. Intransitive: To move backward. To back owt of a promise, a project, or an enter- rise: To retreat, from the forward position one formerly occupied with respect to it. bäck (2), bác, s. [In Sw, back- . ... a bowl; Dut. bak=a bowl, a pan, a basin, the boot of a coach, the pit in a theater, a trough, a crib, a mess; Fr. bac=a large ferry-boat for men and animals; Arm. bak, bag - a bark.] A. Ord. Lang.: A wooden trough for carrying fuel; a “backet.” [BUCKET.] “After narrowly escaping breaking my shins over a turf back and a salting tub . . .”—Scott: Rob Roy, ch. xiii. B. Technically: ..I. Navigation: A ferry-boat, specially one of large size, guided by a rope or ghain, for transporting animals, men, and freight from One side of a river to the other. II. Brewing dº Distilling: 1. A cooler, a large flat vessel or tub in which the Wort is cooled. “That the backs were about 120 inches deep.”—State, Leslie of Powis, &c. (1805), p. 166. 2. A vessel into which the liquor intended to be fermented is poured from the cooler to be worked with the yeast. bäck (3), s. [Ger. backen-to bake.] An instru- ment for toasting bread above the fire. It is like a griddle, but is much thicker, and is made of pot metal. *bäck-bêr-inde, báck-vár-inde, bäck-bêr- ênd, a. º: S. boec-berende=taking on the back; boeci-back, and berende, from beram- to bear.] Old Law: Bearing upon the back. Used specially when a man was apprehended bearing upon his back a deer which he had illegally shot. bäck'-bite (pret. bāck'-bit, pa. par. bāck - bit-ten), v. t. & i. [Eng. back and bite.] A. Transitive : Literally: Tobite on the back, as a dog coming treacherously behind one might, do; but used figuratively, meaning=to attack the character of the absent, censuring or slandering them behind their backs. “Most untruly and maliciously do these evil tongues backbite and slander the sacred ashes of that personage.” —Spense?". B. Imtramsitive: To speak disparagingly, if not even slanderously, of the absent. “He that backbiteth not with his tongue . . .”— Ps. xv. 3. bäck-birtér, s... [Eng, backbit(e); -er.], One who is given to backbiting; one who censures the actions or attacks the character of the absent. “Nobody is bound to look upon his backbiter, or his underminer, his betrayer, or his oppressor, as his friend." —South. bäck'-biºtiñg, *bäck'-bi-tyńg, tifige, ºbäck-by-tyige, pr. par. & a. back; -biting.] #, and B. Corresponding in signification with the WQI"O. “The north wind driveth away rain: so doth an angry countenance a backbiting tongue.”—Proverbs xxv. 23. C. As substantive: The act or habit of attacking the character of the absent. “Leasinges, backbytinges, and vain-glorious crakes, Bad counsels, prayses, and false flatteries.” º Spense”: F. Q., II, xi. 10. “. . . debates, envyings, wraths, strifes, backbitings, whisperings, swellings, tumults.”–2 Cor. xii. 20. bäck-bi-tíñg-ly, adv. [Eng. backbiting; -ly.] In a way to backbite. bäck'-bit-ten, pa. par. & a. bäck-bó'ne, s. rather the bony framework of the back; the spine; the sº col- umn. It consists of numerous ver- Vertebral Column of Man. tebrae. [VERTEBRAE.] “The backbone should be divided into many vertebræ for commodious bending, and not to be one entire rigid bone.”—Ray. 2. Moral stamina. The man of moral firmness is called a man with a backbone, grit, sand, courage. bäck-bréde, s. [BAKBREDE.] *bāck'-by- [Eng. [BACKBITE. J fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, here, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; Syrian. a, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. miite, try, ciib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; backcarry bäck'—căr—ry, s. [Eng, back; carry.] Law: The act of carrying on the back. “Manwood, in his forest laws, noteth it for one of the four circumstances or cases wherein a forester may arrest an offender against vert or venison in the forest, viz., stable-stand, dog-draw, backcarry, and bloody-hand.” Cowel. bäck -caw, s, [Eng, back, and Scotch caw=call.] A call back, a “back-cast " (q.v.). bäck-châles, s. [Eng. back, and O. Scotch chales, derived from Eng. call (?).] A calling back. “ . . so bandit with him, that he neidit not to fear no backehales of thame as he had vont to do.”—PitScottie: Cron., p. 251. (Jamieson.) bäck -come, v. i. [Eng. back; come.] To return. “If it happened Montrose to be overcome in battle before that day, that they were then to be free of their parole in back-coming to him.”—Spalding, ii. 252. (Jamieson.) bäck-cöme, s. [From BACKCOME, v, (q.v.).] Return. An ill-backcome: An unfortunate return. (Jamie- Som.) bäck'-cöm-iñg, s. [Eng. back; coming.] Return. “. . . how the army should be sustained at their Öack-coming.”—Spalding, i. 187. (Jamieson.) bäck -dóor, s. [Eng. back; door.] 1. Lit.: A door at the back part of a house, lead- ing generally to a garden or other enclosure con- nected with the building. “The procession durst not return by the way it came; but, after the devotion of the monks, passed out at a back- door of the convent.”—Addison. 2. | : An indirect or circuitous way, course, or method “Popery, which is so far shut out as not to re-enter openly, is stealing in by the backdoor of atheism.”— Atterbury. bäck'-draught (ugh=f), S. ... [Eng, back; draught.]. The convulsive inspiration of a child during a fit of whooping cough. bäck-lög, s. [See BACK-LOG.] *bācke, s. A bat. [BAT (3).] bäcked (Eng.), bāck"—it (Scotch), pa, par., a., and in compos. {BASK, v.] A. As adj.: Having a back of a particular type determined by the context. “Sharp-headed, barrel-bellied, broadly backed.” Dryden: Virgil, G. iii. B. In compos. : Having a back, of, a particular type settled by the word with which backed is in close conjunction. “There, by the hump-back'd willow.” Tennyson: Walking to the Mail. *bāck'-Én, v. t. [Eng, back; -en.] To hinder. bäck'-Ér, s. [Eng. back; -er.] A. Ord. Lang.: One who backs. B. Arch. : A small slate laid on the back of a large one at certain points. (Brande.) bäck'-ét, s. [BUCKET.] (Scotch.) bäck-èt-stäne, s. A stone at the side of a kitchen fire on which the saut-backet rests. (Scotch.) . *bāck-fall, 8... [Eng. back; fall.] A falling back in spiritual matters; backsliding; also used tech- nically in wrestling. *bāck'-fäll-ćr, s. [Eng. backfall; -er.] A back- slider, an apostate. “Onias, with many like backfallers from God, fled into Egypte.”—Joye: Eacp.os. of Daniel, ch. xi. bäck-friènd, s. [Eng, back; friend.] I. Of persons: 1. A so-called friend who, behind one's back, becomes an enemy. (Eng.) “Far is our Church from encroaching upon the civil power, as some, who are backfriends to both, would mali- ciously insinuate.”—South. 2. One who seconds or supports another; an abetter. (Scotch.) “The people of God that's faithful to the cause has ay * º backfriend.”—Mich. Bruce's Lectures, 60, 61. (Jamie- O}}. II. Fig. Of things: A place of strength behind an army. (Monro: Exped., pt. ii., 140.) (Jamieson.) bäck-fú', s. [Eng. back, and Scotch fu', con: tracted from Eng. full.] As much as can be carried on the back. [Cf. BAcK-BERENDE.] ...A backſu' of peals.”—Blackwood's Magazine, March *... 317. (Jamieson.) y ãck-gā-in, báck-gā'—én, participial adj. [Eng. back, and Scotch gain, gaenºgoing. (Scotch...) J. Of things: Going back; ebbing. (Used of the tide, &c.) 355 II. Of persons: 1. Declining in health; ill-grown. 2. Declining in worldly circumstances. “The backgaen tenants fell about And couldna stand.” The Hurst Rig, st., 48. (Jamieson.) bäck-gām-mön, bāg-gām-mön, S. & a. [Ety- mology somewhat doubtful. From Wel. bach, bac =little, and cammawm, cammen-combat, fight; camp = a game. (Dr. Henry Johnsom, Webster, dº Mahm.) Or from (O. ?) Dan, bakke, or bakke-bord= a tray, and A. S. gamen, gomen – a game. (Wedg- wood, &c.) The exceeding similarity between gam- mom, in backgammon, and A. S. gamen is in favor of the latter etymology.] A. As subst.; A game played by two persons on a table divided into as many portions, on which there are twenty-four black and white spaces, called “ points.” Each player has at his disposal fifteen dice, black or white, called “men,” which he man- euvers upon the points. B. As adj. dº in compos.: Designed for the play- ing of backgammon, as a backgammon-board (q.v.). backgammon-board, s. A board on which back- gammon is played. “. . neither the card-table nor the backgammon- board . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. bäck'-gāne, participial adj. & 3. [Eng, back, and Scotch game=gone.] A. As participial adj. : Ill-grown. (Jamieson.) #, As subst. : A decline, a consumption. (Jamie- SO??). bäck'-gāte, s. [Eng. back, and gate.] I. Lit: An entry to a house, court, or area from behind. “To try up their own backgates closer.”—Spalding, i. 109. II. Fig. Of conduct: 1. i. underhand, not straightforward. 2. Immoral. bäck'-gróünd, s. [From Eng. back and grownd. In Dan. baggrwind.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit.: The ground in a landscape situated toward the horizon. “. . . instead of the darkness of space as a back- round, the colors were not much diminished in bril- iancy.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science (3d ed.), x. 285. 2. Fig.: In obscurity, with some degree of dark- ness or indistinctness of outline; also in an inferior position, as in such phrases as “to stand or be left, in the background.” 2. Spoken of, reticent, sly; people who prefer to remain unobserved in the background. B. Painting, Photography, dºc.: The representa- tion of the more remote portion of a landscape, or of the space and objects behind the principal fig- Ul I’OS. bäck-hând'–éd, adj. & adv. [Eng. back; handed.] A. As adjective: 1. Having the hand directed backward; delivered or given by means of the hand thus directed, as “a backhanded blow.” - 2. Oblique, indirect, not straightforward, as “a backhanded compliment.” B. As adv. : With the hand directed backward, as “ the blow was given backhanded.” bäck'-hôüse, s. [Eng. back; howse.] A house at the back of another and more important one. “Their backhouses, of more necessary than cleanly serv- ice, as kitchens, stables, are climbed up into by steps.”— Carew. bäck-hôu'—sí—a, s. [Named after Mr. James Backhouse, a botanist and traveler in Australia and South Africa. A genus of plants, with showy flowers, belong in g to the order Myr- taceae. Back- housia, myrti- folia is a small tree, with op- posite o V a te le a v e s a n d st alked gor- ymbs of whit- ish flowers. bäck'-iñ g, r. par., a., & 8. BACK, v.] A. & B. As present parti- ciple & adjec- tive: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As substantive: I., Ord. Lang.: In Senses corresponding to those of the present participle. Backhousia Myrtifolia. - backside II. Technically: 1. Horsemanship: The operation of breaking a colt for the saddle. ...[Gilbert.) . 2. Book-binding: The preparation of the back of a book with glue, &c., before putting on the cover. 3. Stereotyping. A thick, coating of type metal affixed to the back of the thin shell of copper depos- ited by means of a voltaic battery. I Backing-up (Cricket-playing): A term used when one fielder runs behind another, so as to stop the ball, should the front one fail to do so. bäck'-log, s. A large stick of wood against which a fire is made on a hearth. bäck-look, s. Retrospective view; as to take a back-look. bäck-pâint-iñg, s. . [Eng. back; painting.] A. term sometimes applied to the painting of mezzo- tinto prints pasted on glass of a size to fit them. bäck -piège, s. [Eng. back; piece.] The piece or plate, in a suit of armor, covering the back. “The morning that he was to join battle, his armorer put on his backpiece before, and his breastplate behind.” —Camden. bäck'-plate. [See BACK-PLATE.] cº-rick s. Another form of BACHARACK Q. V.). bäck'-ré-tūrn, s. [Eng. back; return..] A return a second time, if not even more frequently. & £ g & ſº omit All the occurrences, whatever chanc'd Till Harry's back-return again to France.” Shakesp.: Henry V., Chorus, v. bäck'-rôom, s. [Eng. back; room..] 1. A room in the back part of a house. “If you have a fair prospect backward of gardens, it may be, convenient to make back-rooms the larger.”— Moacon. Mechanical Eaxercises. 2. A room behind another one. bäcks, 8, [In Sw. & Dut. balk=a beam, a parti- tion, a joist, a rafter, a bar; Ger. balken (pl.) = a beam.] Carpentry: The principal rafters of a roof. ROOF. Leather-dealing : The thickest and stoutest hides, used for sole leather. bäck -scrátch-Ér, s. [Eng. back; scratcher.] An instrument, applied to the , backs of people, by practical jokers wherever holiday crowds assemble, as at races, fairs, or illuminations. bäck'—sét, a. [Eng, back; set.] Set upon behind. “IHe suffered the Israelites to be driven to the brink of the seas, backset with Pharaoh’s whole power.”—Anderson: Eacp.os. upon Benedictus (1573), fol. 71, b. bäck'—sét, s. [Scotch set=a lease; set=to give in lease.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. Of persons: Whatever drives one back in any pursuit. “The people of God have got many backsets one after another.”— Woodrow: Hist., ii. 555. 2. Of things: Anything which checks vegetation. “. even those [weeds] they leave cannot after such a backset and discouragement come to seed so late in the season.”—Maacwell: Scl. Trams., 82. B. Old Law: A “sub-tack” or sub-lease in which the possession is restored on certain conditions to those who were formerly interested in it or to some others. “. having got this tack, sets the same cautions in backset, to some well-affected burgesses of Aberdeen.”— Spalding, i. 334. (Jamieson.) bäck'-shish, s. [BAKSHEESH.] bäck'-shock, s. A lightning stroke received after the main discharge of the lightning, and caused by a charge induced in neighboring surfaces by the main discharge. bäck-side, s. [Eng, back, and side. In Sw. baksida; Dan. jagº A. Ordinary Language: 1. Gen. : The back portion of anything, as of a roll, a tract of country, &c. “. . . a book [books were formerly rolls] written within and on the backs ide, . . .”—Revelations. v. i. “If the quicksilver were rubbed from the backside of the speculum, . .”—Newton. 2. Spec. : The hinder part of an animal. (Vulgar.) “A poor ant carries a grain of corn, climbing up a wall with her head downward, and her backside upward.”— Addison. . B. In old conveyances and pleadings: What now is called a backyard; that is, a yard at the back of a house. “The wash of pastures, fields, commons, roads, streets, or backsides are of great advantage to all sorts of land.”— Mortime?’. * póüt, jówl; bóil, bóy; Cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, a $; exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. In = Shan. —tia, shiis. . -ble, -dle, -SiOuS = —tion, -cious, -sion = shin; –tious, —tion, -Šion = zhūn. backslide bäck-slide, v. i. [Eng. back; slide.] ti. Lit;;. To slide backward, as a man, or an animal climbing a steep ascent might do. [See ex. under BACKSLIDING, particip, adj.] 2. Fig.: To slide or lapse gradually, from the Spiritual or moral position formerly attained. “That such a doctrine should, through the grossness and blindness of her professors, and the fraud of deceiv- able traditions, drag so downward as to backslide one way into the Jewish beggary of old cast rudiments, and stumble forward another way,” &c.—Milton: Of Ref. in Eng., bk. 1. bäck-slid-Ér, s. [Eng. backslid(e); -er.] One who slides back or declines, from a spiritual or moral position formerly reached; an apostate. “The backslider in heart shall be filled with his own Ways. .”—Proverbs xiv. 14. bäck-slid-iñg, pr. par., a., & S. [BACKSLIDE.] A. & B. As present participle dº participial adj. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. “. O backsliding daughter. .”—Jer. xlix. 4. backsliding Israel . .”—Jer. iii. 6, 8. C. As swbstantive : ti. Lit. : A sliding backward. (Rare or unused.) 2. Declension from a spiritual or moral position formerly reached. “. . . because their transgressions are many, and their backslidings are increased.”—Jer. v. 6. “. . I will heal your backslidings.”—Jer. iii. 22. bäck'-slid-iñg-nēss, s. [Eng. backsliding; -mess...] The quality of backsliding. bäck'-staff, s. [Eng. back; staff; the word back being used because the observer had to stand with his back to the sun.] An instrument invented by Captain Dayies, about A. D. 1590, for taking the altitude of the sun at sea. It consisted of two con- centric arcs and three vanes. The arc of the longer radius was 30°, and that of the shorter one 60° ; thus both together constituted 90°. It is now obsolete, being superseded by the quadrant. [QUADRANT.J bäck-stā'ir (pl. bäck-stā'irs), 8, & al. [Eng. back; stairs.] A. As substantive: 1. Lit. In the sing., a stair; in the plur., stairs at the back of a house, whether inside of it or outside. e & 2. Fig.: Circuitous, and perhaps not very repu- table means of benefiting a friend or gaining a personal object. “I condemn the practice which hath lately crept into the court at the backstairs, that some pricked for sheriffs get out of the bill.”—Bacon. B. As adjective (fig.): Conducted by, the route of the backstairs; tortuous, not straightforward. [BACKSTAIRS-INFLUENCE.] backstairs-influence, s. Influence exerted secretly, as in obtaining for one an office to which he is not entitled by merit. bäck'-stäys, s. . [Eng. back; stays.] Stays, or ropes which prevent the masts of a ship from being wrenched from their places. back'-Stitch, s. A stitch made by going back over a former One. bäck'-stöne, s. [Eng. bake, A. S. bacan; stone.] The heated stone or iron on which oat-cake is baked. (Scotch, and North of England.) “As nimble as a cat on a hot backstone.”— Yorkshire JProverb. bäck'-stöp, s. The same as LONGSTOP (q.v.). bäck'-striñg, s. . [Eng. back; string.], One of the strings, tied behind a young girl to keep her pinafore in its proper place. * Even misses, at whose age their mothers wore The backstring and the bib.”—Cowper: Task, bk. iv. bäck–sw8'rd (w silent), s. [Eng. back; sword.] 1. A sword with one sharp edge. “Bull dreaded not old Lewis at backsword.”—Arbuth- not. 2. A stick with a basket handle, used in rustic amusements. [BASKET-HILT.] bäck'-ward, *bāck'-warde, *bāk'-ward, bäck'-wards, adv., a., & S. [Eng, back; -ward, or -wards.] A. As adverb: I. Of place: 1. With the back, intentionally, turned in the direction toward which one is moving. “ . . . but I did not see a place where any one might not have walked over backward, .”—Darwin: Voyage rowmd the World, ch. xv. 2. So that the body naturally moves in the direc- tion toward which one's back is situated. Upon tº ack, or tending thereto; downward, upon the back. “. . . . he fell from off the seat backward by the side of the gate, and his neck brake, .”—1 Samuel iv. 18. t & º 356 3. Toward the back. (Used not of the whole body, but of part of it.) “In leaping with weights, the arms are first cast back- ward, and then forward with so much the greater force; for the hands go backward before they take their rise.” —Bacon. 4. In the direction opposite that in which a per- son or thing has been moving, so as to convert a forward into a retrograde movement; regressively, retrogressively. “The foremost, who rush on his strength but to die: Thus against the wall they went, Thus the first were backward bent.” Byron: The Siege of Corinth, 53. “Are not the rays of light, in passing by the edges and sides of bodies, bent several times backward and forward with a motion like that of an eel ?”—Newton. 5. Back to or toward the place whence a person came, so as to compel retreat. Also to the person Or place whence a thing came. (a) Of persons: “We might have met them dareful, beard to beard, And beat them backward home.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, v. 5. (b) Of things: “Amendments and reasons were sent backward and forward.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. “How under our feet the long, white road, Backward like a river flowed.” - Longfellow: The Golden Legend, iv. II. Of time: 1. Toward bygone times. “To prove the possibility of a thing, there is no argu- ment equal to that which looks backward, for what has been done or suffered may certainly be done or suf- fered again.”—South. 2. In bygone times; past; ago. “They have spread one of the worst languages in the world, if we look upon it some reigns backward.”— Locke. III. More figuratively: lºeflexively. Used of the mind turned upon itself. “No, doubtless ; for the mind can backward cast |Upon herself her understanding light.” Sir J. Davies. 2. So as to fail in an endeavor; into failure, into foolishness, or into fools. “. . let them be driven backward and put to shame that wish me evil.”—Ps. xl. 14. “That frustrateth the tokens of the liars, and maketh diviners mad; that turneth wise men backward, and mak- eth their knowledge foolish.”—Isaiah xliv. 25. 3. From what is good toward what is bad. Spec., SO as to lose moral or spiritual attainments already made. “But they hearkened not, nor inclined their ear, but walked in the counsels and in the imagination of their evil heart, and went backward, and not forward.”—Jere- miah vii. 24. (See also xv. 6.) 4. In a perverse manner; with an intellectual or moral twist, or with both. “I never yet saw man, But she would spell him backward; if fair-fac'd, She’d swear the gentleman should be her sister; If black, why nature, drawing of an antic, Made a foul blot: if tall, a lance ill-headed.” Shakesp.: Much Ado about Nothing, iii. 1. “And judgment is turned away backward, and justice standeth afar off : for truth is fallen in the street, and equity cannot enter.”—Isaiah lix. 14. B. As adjective: 1. Late in point of time. Applied to flowers, fruits, &c., expected to come to maturity at a cer- tain season of the year. 2. Behind in progress. Applied to mental or other attainments, to institutions which have not kept pace with the times, &c. “Yet, backward as they are, and long have been.” Cowper: Tirocinium. society, like that of . .”—J. S. Mill: Polit. “In a very backward state of Europe in the middle ages, Econ., vol. i., bk. i., ch. x., § 3. 3. Of dull comprehension; slow. “It often falls out, that the backward learner makes amends another way.”—Sowth. “Nor are the slave-owners generally backward in learn- ing this lesson.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., vol. i., bk. ii., ch. v., § 1 4. Averse to ; unwilling. (a) From indolence. “The mind is backward to undergo the fatigue of weighing every argument.”—Watts. . (b) From not having attained to complete convic- tion of the expediency of doing what is proposed. “All things are ready, if our minds be so: Perish the man, whose mind is backward now !” Shakesp.: Henry V. iv. 3. “Our mutability makes the friends of our nation back- ward to engage with us in alliances.”—Addison. bacon (c) From possessing the strong conviction that, what is proposed is detrimental. “Cities laid waste, they storm'd the dens and caves; For wiser brutes are backward to be slaves.”—Pope. C. As substantive: The space behind or the time which has gone by. “What seest thou else In the dark backward or abysm of time 7” Shoukesp.: Tempest, i. 2. bäck-ward-à-tion, S. [Eng. backward; -ation.] On the Stock Exchange: A consideration given to keep back the delivery of stock when the price. is lower for time than for ready money. bäck'-ward–ly, adv. [Eng. backward; -ly.] I. Lit. : In a backward direction. “Like Numid lions by the hunters chas'd, Though they do fly, yet backwardly do go With proud aspect, disdaining greater haste.” Sidney: Arcadia, bk. i. II. Figuratively: 1. In a backward manner; with an indisposition. to come to the front, or if brought thither, then with a tendency to retreat; reluctantly, unwillingly. 2. Short of what might have been expected, or is due ; perversely. “I was the first man That e'er receiv'd gift from him: And does he think so backwardly of me, f That I’ll requite it last.” Shakesp.: Timom, iii. 3. bäck'-ward-nēss, , s: , [Eng, backward; -mess.] The quality of being backward. .,,. e 1. Of persons: Reluctance; unwillingness; hesi- tancy to remain on the foreground of action, Or to come to the front and undertake action at all. “The thing by which we are apt to excuse our backward- ness to good works, is the ill success that hath been observed to attend well-designing charities.”—Atterbury. 2. Of things: The state of remaining behind the development, which might have been expected at the time; lateness. The opposite of forwardness or precocity. bäck'-wards, adv. [BACKWARD.] bäck'-wa-ter, s. [Eng. back (adv.), and water.] 1. Gen. : Water in a stream which, meeting, with some impediment in its progress, is thrown back- ward. “. . . Mr. Temple, on reaching the backwater of a river which had been quite shallow in the morning, found it, ten feet deep.”—Reader, vol. ii., No. 47; November 2i, 2 Spec. : Water in a mill-race thrown back by the turning of a waterwheel, by the overflow of the river below, or by ice, that it cannot flow forward. he man who takes back unjust or unkind words takes backwater. bäck-wóods'-man, s. [Eng. back; woods; man.] One whose residence is in the wooded parts of North America, and who has acquired the charac- teristics which fit him for the situation in which he is placed. (Byron.) bäck'-wórm, s. [Eng. back, and worm.] A small worm found in a hawk's body near the kidneys when the animal is laboring from disease. [FIL- ANDER.] bā'-cón, *bā-cöun, “bā'-cin, s. [From O. Fr.& Prov. bacon. In O. Dut. bake, boec=ham ; O. H. Ger. backe (accus. backen); Low Lat, baco, bacco, bacho- a bacon hog, ham, salt pork. Some connect the word with beechen-fed on beech-mast.] º 1. Lit.: A term applied to the sides of a pig which have been cured or preserved by salting, with salt and saltpeter, and afterward drying with or with- out wood-smoke. By the old process of rubbing in the saline mixture, the curing occupied from three to four months. The method now generally adopted on a large scale is to place the prepared flitches in a fluid pickle. The pickling, drying, and smoking now occupy not more than six weeks. Bacon may be called the poor as well as the rich man's food. By the former it is prized as a necessary of life; by the latter, for its exquisite flavor. The nitrogenouš or flesh-forming matter in bacon is small, one pound of bacon yielding less than one ounce of dry mus- cular substance, while the amount of. carbon compounds, or heat-givers, is large, exceeding sixty per cent. Its digestibility, however, owing to the farge proportion of fat it contains, is not less than that of beef or mutton. “High o'er the hearth a chine of bacom hung; Good old Philemon seiz'd it with a prong, Then cut a slice.”—Dryden. 2. Fig.: One's own person. (Used in the sub- joined phrase.) To save one's bacon: To save one's self from SuS taining bodily injury. The expression was bor: rowed, according to Dr. Johnson, from the car; shown by housewives, in the unsettled times, of which happily we now know so little, to preserve făte, fat, amidst, whât, fall, or, wore, färe, father; wét, hère, Camel, hêr, wé, thére; pine, pit, marine; gö, pöt, Syrian. sire, sir, wolf, wörk, whô, sān; ae, Ce = €; ey = à, qu = kW. miite, try, ciib, ciire, füll; unite, ciir, ràle, Baconian the bacon, which formed the most valuable part of their store of provisions, from being carried off by soldiers on the march. “What frightens you thus, my good son? says the riest; you'ºrd, are sorry, and have been confest. O father my sorrow will scarce save my bacon For ’twas not that I murder'd, but that I was taken.” P}' loº. Bā-cö'-ni-an, a. [From Eng. Bacom , -iam. See dof. J Pertaining or relating to Francis Baconi, Lord Verulam, who was born on January 22, 1561, was created Baron Verulam on July 11, 1618, pub- lished his Novum Orgamom in 1620, and died on April 9, 1626. Baconian philosophy. The inductive philos- ophy of which it is sometimes said that Lord Bacon was the founder. This, however, is an exaggerated statement. What Lord Bacon did for this mode of ratiocination was to elucidate and systematize it; to point out its great value, and to bring it prom- inently before men's notice; lending it the support of his great name at a time when most of his con- temporaries were satisfied with the barren logic of the schools. The great triumphs of modern science have arisen from a resolute adherence on the part of its votaries to the Baconian method of inquiry. [A Post ERIORI, INDUCTION, INDUCTIVE.] bäc-té'r-i-a, s. [Gr. baktéria=a staff or cane.] Bot. : A plant of low organization either an alga or a fungus. bäc-té'r-i-al, a. [Eng., &c., bacteria ; and Eng. suff. -al.] Pertaining to Bacteria (q.v.). bäc'-tris, s. [From Gr, baktron = a staff, also a cudgel, a club. The genus is so called because the species which it contains are made into walking- sticks.] A genus of Palms (Palmaceae), of the sec- tion Cocoinae. The species, which are about forty in number, are slender in form, only about the height of a man in stature, and so armed with thorns that when growing together they constitute an impenetrable thicket. They are found in the West lindies, in Brazil, and the parts adjacent. Bac- tris major, or Greater Bactris, has a large nut with a solid kernel, eaten in Carthagena, in South Amer- ica, of which the species is a native. B. minor, or Lesser Bactris, also from South America, has a dark-purple fruit about as large as a cherry, with an acid juice, which is made into wine. It is spe- cially from this species that the walking-sticks mentioned above are obtained. They are some- times imported from Jamaica under the name of Tobago canes. bäc-àle, s. [Fr. bascwle=see-saw, . . bridge.] Fort.: A kind of portcullis or gate made like a pitfall, with a counterpoise, and supported by two large stakes. It is usually erected before the corps de gard, not far from the gate of a place. bäc'-u-lite (Eng.), s. & a.; bäc-u-li'—tés (Mod. Lºtt.), s. [In Ger. bacwlit. From Lat. baculwm or baculus=a stick, and -ite=Gr. lithos=a stone.] A. As substantive. (Chiefly of the form. Baculites.) Palaeomt. : A genus of chambered shells belonging to the family Ammonitidae. From the typical genus, Ammonites, it is at once distinguished by the form of the shell, which is long and straight. The aper- ture is guarded by a dorsal process. In 1875, seven- teen species were known, all fossil. They extend from the Neocomian to the Chalk, and occur in 'Great Britain, France, and India. There is a sub- genus called Bacwlina, with two known species from the French Neocomian rocks. (Tate.) B. As adjective. (Of the form Baculite.) tººl: Containing numerous specimens of Bacu- 1U (2S, Bachtlite limestone: A name applied to the chalk 9f Normandy on account of the abundance of baculites which it contains. (Woodward: Manwal Of the Mollusca, 1851, p. 97.) bäc-u-lóm'-āt-ry, s. [Lat. baculum, baculus=a stick; Gr. metrom: a measure.] The act or process of measuring a distance by means of a stick or rod. (Glossog. Nova.) bäc'-u-liim, accus. of Lat. s. [Accus. of Lat. baculus, or baculum = a staff.] Humorously. Argwmemtwm ad baculum. MENTUM.] bād, bādde, a, & s. [Etym. doubtful. Horne Tºoke thinks it the pa. par. of bay=to bark at, to Willify. Junius derives it from Goth, bawths=insipid : Johnson from “quadd "(the best spelling is kwdad) =bad; Richardson from the pa. par. of A. S. beaten-to beat; Webster from Pers. biid=bad, evil, depraved (in Hind, also bid is=bad). Mahn and Wedgwood, adopting Webster's view, add also the Cognate words, Dut. boos= wicked, evil, angry; {ier. bāse=bad; O. H. Ger. bosi, posi. In A. S. bad is a pledge, a thing distrained; and beaudo is- battle, war, slaughter, both things bad in one point bóil, ... weigh- [ARGU- böy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, 357 of view; while in the Semitic tongues, as pointed out by Webster, Arab. bada and Heb. &bdid, Chal., Syr., and Sam. dibad is= to perish ; and in the active conjugation, to destroy.] A. As adjective: The opposite of good; a word of very general application, signifying whatever per- son or thing is so exceedingly inferior to the average Of his or its class as to require a positive word to express the notable deficiency. I. Of persons: 1. Morally depraved. “Thou may’st repent, And one bad act, with many deeds well done, May’st cover.”—Milton. . 2., Very inferior in intellectual characteristics, as in skill, knowledge, &c. “In every age there will be twenty bad writers to one good one; and every bad writer will think himself a good one.”–Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. 3, With marked physical defects. *4. Sick. (Followed by of.) “Bad of a fever.”—Johnson. II. Of things: 1. Notably deficient in that, which constitutes excellence in the thing specified. Thus a bad road is one rough, muddy, stony, or with other eyil qualities; bad weather, is weather unsuitable for out-door exercise and for agricultural labor, &c.; bad sight is sight much beneath, the average in power of defining objects, with clearness; a bad coin is one in some way, debased, so as not to be worth the sum for which one attempts to pass it Current. “And therwithal it was ful pore and badde.” Chaucer: C. T., 15,908. “And hast thou sworn on every slight pretense, Till perjuries are common as bad pence.” Cowper: Eacpostulation. 2. Pernicious, hurtful; producing noxious effects. (Followed by for.) “Reading was bad for his eyes; writing made his head ake.”—Addison. B. As substantive: I. Of persons: Wicked people. “Our unhappy fates Mix thee amongst the bad, II. Of things: 1. That which is bad or evil. “. . . Take heed that thou speak not to Jacob either good or bad.”—Genesis xxxi. 24. 2. Badness, wickedness; a wicked, vicious, or cor- rupt State. “Thus will the latter, as the former, world Still tend from bad to worse.” Milton: P. L., bk. xii. ‘ſ Crabb thus distinguishes between bad, wicked, and evil. Bad respects moral and physical qualities in general; wicked, only moral qualities; evil, in its full extent, comprehends both badmess and wicked- mess. Whatever offends the taste and sentiments of a National being is bad : e.g., bad food, bad air, bad books. Whatever is wicked offends the moral prin- ciples of a rational agent: e.g., any violation of the law is wicked; an act of injustice or cruelty is wicked—it opposes the will of God and the feelings of humanity. Evil is either moral or natural, and applicable to every object contrary to good; but used only for what is in the highest degree bad or wicked. When used in relation to persons, bad is more general than wicked ; a bad man is one who generally neglects his duty; a wicked man one chargeable with actual violations of the law, human or Divine—such an one has an evil mind. A bad character is the consequence of immoral conduct; but no man has the character of being wicked who has not been guilty of some known and flagrant vices: the inclinations of the best are evil at certain times. (Crabb : Emg. Symon.) bād-dam, s. A species of bitter almond from Persia. It is used in India as money. bad-hearted, a. Having a bad heart; having bad hearts. “. . . his low-minded and bad-hearted foes.”—Ma- caulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. *bād, pret. of verb. [BADE.] bāde, bāde, *bād, pret. of verb. [BID.] “But bade them farewell, .”—Acts xviii. 21. bādge, *bāgge, *bāge (Eng.), bad'-gie, bāu'— gie (Scotch), s. [In the Anglo-Saxon beag is=a crown, and beah– a bracelet, a neck-ring, a lace, garland, or crown; Dut. bag=a pendant, an ear- drop, a ring; Fr. bagwe: a ring ; Lat., baccº-, . . . the link of a chain. Skinner, Minsheu, Mahn, &c., connect badge with these words. Mahn admits the affinity of badge to the A. S. beag and beah, and adds as cognate words, Fries. beage=bandage; Low Lat. bawga, bauca, boga = bracelet, and bagia, bagea, =sign. Webster ventures on no hypothesis; John- go, gem; thin, this; .”—Prior. çhin, bençh; Sin, badger son believes it to be from Lat. bajulo-to carry a heavy burden; and Wedgwood, with some misgivi ing, makes it one of a group with botch and patch.] [BADGE, v.] (See example.) A. Ordinary Language: I. Lit.: A mark or cognizance worn on the dress to show the relation of the wearer to any person or thing. [B., Her.] “Yet now I spy, by yonder stone, Five men—they mark us, and come on ; And by their badge on bonnet borne, I guess them of the land of Lorn.” © tº 4 Scott; Lord of the Isles, iii. 18. “He wore the garter, a badge of honor which has very seldom been conferred on aliens who were not Sovereign princes.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. II. Figuratively: 1. That by which any person, or any class or rank of men, is conspicuously and characteristically marked out. “Furthermore, he made two changes with respect to the chief badge of the consular power.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. i., § 4. “The outward splendor of his office is the badge and token of that sacred character which he inwardly bears.” Atterbury. 2. A characteristic mark or token by which any- thing is known. “To clear this spot by death at least I give A badge of fame to slander’s livery.” Rape of Lucrece, 1053, 4. “Sweet mercy is nobility's true badge.” Shakesp.: Titus Andron., i. 2. B. Her. : A cognizance. [COGNIZANCE.] A mark of distinction somewhat similar to a crest, but not placed on a wreath, nor worn upon the helmet. Trinces, noblemen, and other gentlemen of rank had formerly, and still retain distinctive badges. Thus, the broom-plant (Planta gemista) was the badge of the royal house of Plantagenet, a red rose that of the line of Lancaster, and a white one that of the line of York. The four kingdoms, or old nationalties, the union of which constitutes the home portion of the British em- pire, and the nucleus of the rest, have each a distinct royal badge. These were form- ally settled by sign-manual in 1801, and are the following. For England: A white rose within a red one, barbed seeded, slipped, le a ve proper, and ensigned with the imperial crown. For Scot- land: A thistle, slipped and leaved proper, and ensigned with the imperial crown. For Ireland: A harp, or stringed argent, and , a trefoil vert, both ensigned with the imperial crown. For Wales: Upon a mount vert, a dragon passant, with wings expanded and endorsed, gules. (Gloss. of Her- aldry.) Formerly those who possessed badges had them embroidered on the sleeves of their servants and retainers [RETAINERS], and even yet the prac- tice is not extinct. The history of the changes which badges have undergone is interesting. In the time of Henry IV. the terms livery and badge seem to have been syn- onymous. [LIVERY..] A badge consisted of the mas- ter's device, crest, or arms on a separate piece of cloth, or sometimes on silver in the form of a shield, fastened to the left sleeve. In Queen Eliza- beth’s reign the nobility placed silver badges on their servants. The sleevo badge was left off in the reign of James I., but its remains are still preserved in the dresses of porters, firemen, and water-men, and possibly in the shoulder-knots of footmen. During the period when badges were worn the coat to which they were affixed was, as a rule, blue, and the blue coat and badge still may be seen on parish and hospital boys. (Dowce : Illustrations of Shake- speare, 1839, pp. 205-7.) bādge, v. t. [From the substantive.] To invest with, or designate by, a badge; to blotch, to daub. “Their hands and faces were all badg’d with blood ; So were their daggers.” Shakesp: Macbeth, ii. 3. bādge-lèss, a. [Eng, badge; -less.] Destitute of a badge. | Badge of Arthur, Prince of Wales. (1500.) “While his light heels their fearful flight can take, To get some badgeless blue upon his back.” Bp. Hall: Sat., iv. 5. *bād'-gér, bād-gèard, *bāg-èard, s. [Fr. blai- reaw- a badger; O. Fr. bladier–a corn dealer, Low Lat, bladdrellus=a little corn-dealer; bladarius, bladerius=a corn-dealer, a badger, from bladwm, bladus, blada.=corn, which the badger was evi- dently believed to carry away.] aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = shan. -ble, -dle, —tion, -sious = Shiis. -Sion -Šion sºm-º: –tion, Shiin; zhūn. -tious, -cious, badger-baiting *A. Of persons: A person who bought corn or other provisions in one place and carried them to another, with the view of making profit on the transaction. [BADGERING..] “Some exemption ought not to extend to badgers, or those who carry on a trade of buying of corn or grain, selling it again without manufacturing, or of other goods unmanufactured to sell the same again.”-Nicolson and Burn: Hist. of Cumberland, p. 312. B. Of animals (believed to carry off corn in the same manner as the persons now described). I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. A mammalian animal found in America and Europe. It stands intermediate between the wea- sels and the bears, and was called by Linnaeus Ursus meles, but is termed by modern naturalists Meles vulgaris. [MELEs.] It is a nocturnal, and hiber- nating animal, with powerful claws, which enable it to burrow in the ground. It feeds chiefly on roots. It can bite fiercely when brought to bay. It is of a light color above, and dark beneath. . It secretes an oily matter of a very offensive odor. Country people speak of a dog and a hog badger, but they are not distinct even as varieties. “That a brock, or badger, hath legs of one side shorter than the other, is received not only by theorists and in ex- perienced believers, but most who behold them daily.”— Browne. 2. The English designation of the genus Meles, which contains one or two other species. II. Technically: 1. Her. The badger is often introduced in heraldic blazonry: it is sometimes called a “brock” (see example under B., I. 1), and sometimes a gray. (Gloss. of Her.) 2. The Badger of Scripture, Heb, tachhash, has not been identified with certainty. The Septuagint translators render the Heb. tachhash, not by a sub- stantive, but by the adjective hwakinthima-hya- cinthine, hyacinth-colored: as, however, the word is at times used in the plural, it cannot be an adjec- tive. It is probably an animal, but which is far from determined. Gesenius thinks it the Seal or badger itself; the Talmud an animal like a weasel or marten; Col. Hamilton Smith a kind of antelope, such as the tachmotse, tacasse, or pacasse of East- ern Africa. Other opinions make it a dolphin or a sea-cow, or a dugong, or a halicore, or a kind of hyaena. Such diversities of opinion make darkness visible instead of removing it. “And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of ram's skins dyed red, and a covering above of badgers' skins.”— Eacodus xxvi. 14. Cape-badger. [HYRAX.] † Honey-badger: A name sometimes given to the ratel. IRATEL.] Pouched-badger: The English name of a genus of Marsupial Mammalia. [PARAMELES.] Rock-badger: The rendering in Griffith's Cww.ier of Klep-daassie, the name given by the Dutch colo- nists at the Cape of Good Hope to the Hyrax of Southern Africa. (Griffith: Cww., vol. iii., p. 429.) badger-baiting, s. A so-called “Sport” of a cruel character – the setting of dogs to fight a badger and attempt to draw it from its hole. badger-colored, a. Colored like a badger (an epithet applied by Cowper to a cat). “A beast forth sallied on the scout, Long-back'd, long-tail'd, with whisker’d snout, And badger-color'd hide.” Cowper: Mrs. Throckmorton’s Bullfinch. badger-legged, a. Having legs like those of a badger; having legs of unequal length, as those of the badger are popularly supposed to be. (See the example from Browne, under B., L. 1.) “His body crooked all over, big-bellied, badger-legged, and his complexion swarthy.”—L'Estrange. badger's-bane, s. The name of a plant. it win meloctonum). bād —ger, v. t. [From the substantive..] ... To worry, to tease, to annoy like a badger baited by dogs. (Colloquial.) bād'-gered, pa. par. [BADGER, v.] bād'-ger-iñg, pr. par., a., & S. [BADGER, v.] A. & B. As pr. par. & participial adj. . In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As swbstantive : The act of teasing, tormenting, or worrying ; or the state of being teased, tormented, or worried like a badger whom dogs are attempting to “draw.” bād-gie, s. [BADGE.] bād-i-á'-ga, s. [Russ, badyaga.] A genus of sea-weeds belonging to the family or section Am- phibolae. There is a species common in the north of Europe, the powder of which is used to take away the livid marks left by bruises. *I Badiaga was considered by Linnaeus a Sponge, and by others a fungus. (Acom- 358 ba-di-a'-nē, fbād-i-an, s. [From Fr. badiane, badian ; Ger. badian. Mºahn thinks it is from Lat. badiws=brown, the capsules being of this color.] [BADIOUS..] A tree (Illiciwm anisatwm), belonging to the order Magnoliaceae (Magnoliads). It is called Star Anise, or Chinese Anise. The designa- tion star refers to the fact that the fruit is stellate in shape, and it is designated amise from its possess- ing a pungent aromatic flavor and smell, like that of anise. Its native land is China, where it is used, as it is also in the countries adjacent, as a condi- ment in foods. Small quantities of , it being also chewed after dinner. (Treas. of Bot.) bād-i-Ér'—a, s. [From Badier, a French botanist, who collected plants in the Antilles.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Polygalaceae. Badiera diversifolia is the Bastard Lignum Vitae of Jamaica. ba-dig'-e-ön, s. [In Fr. badigeon.] 1. Among Stattvaries : A mixture of plaster and freestone ground together and sifted; used to fi the small holes and repair the defects in the stones to be sculptured. 2. Among Joimers: A mixture of sawdust and i. used to remove or conceal defects in the work Orlé. bād'-in-age, s. [Fr. bad image; from badiner= to play; badim-playful..] Light, jesting, sportive, playful discourse. “When you find your antagonist beginning to grow warm, put an end to the dispute by some genteel bad in- age.”—Lord Chesterfield. *bād-in-e-ríe, s. [From Fr. badinerie.] The same as BADINAGE (q.v.). “The fund of sensible discourse is limited; that of jest and bad inerie is infinite.”—Shenstone. bā'-di-oils, a... [Lat. badius=brown and chestnut colored (used only of horses). In Fr. bai=bay, light łº, tº colored Sp. bayo; Port. & Ital, baio.] A.Y., Ct. . Not. Science: Chestnut-brown, dull brown, a little tinged with red. ba-dis —tér, s. [Gr. badistés=a walker, a goer; badizö= to walk or go slowly..] A genus of predatory beetles belonging to the family Harpalidae. Three or or more species are found in Great Britain, the best known being Badister bipustulatus, which, Stephens says, is a common insect throughout the metropoli- tan district, abounding during the winter months beneath the bark of felled trees. bād'—ly, *bād-dél–iche (che guttural), adv. [Eng. bad; -ly.] I., Gen. : Like something bad; in a bad manner; evilly. II. Specially: 1. Unskillfully. “It is well known what has been the effect in England of badly-administered poor laws, . . .”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Ecom., vol. i., b}<. i., ch. xii., § 3. 2. Imperfectly; with notable deficiency of some ! Il Cl, “. badly armed . iii., ch. xliii. 3. Seriously, grievously, disastrously. “K. John. How goes the day with us? Oh, tell me, Hubert. Hubert. Badly, I fear. .”—Armold: Hist. Rome, vol. How fares your Majesty?” Shakesp.: King John, V. 3. TI Crabb thus distinguishes between badly and ill: “These terms are both employed to modify the actions or qualities of things, but badly is, al- ways annexed to the action, and ill to the quality: as to do anything badly, the thing is badly done; an ill-judged scheme, an ill-contrived measure, an ill- disposed person.”—(Crabb : Emg. Symon.) *bād-ly fig, s. [BAEDLING..] bād-nēss, s. [Eng. bad; ºness.] The º Or state of being bad in any of the senses of that word. “The traveling was very tedious, both from the badmess of the roads, and from the number of great fallen trees . . .”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xiv. “It was not your brother's evil disposition made him seek his death; but a provoking merit, set at word by a reprovable badmess in himself.”—Shakesp.: Lear, iii. 5. ba'-dòch, s. [Scotch..] A gull, the Arctic Skua (Cataractes parasiticus). (Scotch.) bād-rans, 8. [BAUDRANs.] bāe, s. [BAA, S.] (Scotch.) bāe, v. i. [BAA, v.] (Scotch.) back'-i-à, s. [From Abraham Baeck, physician to the King of Sweden, and a correspondent of Lin- naeus.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Myrtaceae, or Myrtle-blooms. A few have been introduced into American gardens from Australia and China. *bad -ling (O. Eng.), ºbād-ly fig (O. Scotch), s, [A. S. boedlimg=a lazy fellow given to lying in bed; from boedd=bed.] baffle 1. An effeminate, lazy person, of the kind referred to by St. Paul in 1 Corinthians, vi. 9. 2. A low scoundrel. bae-àm'-y-gēś, s. [Gr. baios=small, and mukës= mushroom fungus.) A genus of lichens much resembling minute fungi. Baeomyces rosews, or Rosy, and B. rufus, or Rufous. bā–é-tis, S., [Lat. Baetis.] A genus of insects belonging to the order Neuroptera and the family Ephemeridae. They have four wings and two setae. bäff, s. [Etymology doubtful..] A blow, bang, heavy thump. “. they durstna on ony errand whatsoever gang ower the door-stane after gloaming, for fear John Heath- erblutter, or some siccan dare-the-de'il, should tak a batſ at them. . . .”—Scott: Waverley, ch. lxxi. *bāffe, *bāf-fén, ºbāf-fyn, v. i. [In Dut, baffen = to bark, to yelp ; Low Lat, baffo-to bark.] To yell as hounds. “Baffyn as hown dys; Paº" vº. “Baffym as houndes after their prey: Nicto.”—(Ibid.) bāf-fé-tās, baf-täs, bas-täs, S. [In Ger. baftas. Possibly from Pers. bafti=woven, wrought. Mahm.)] A plain muslin brought from India. *bāf-fifige, 707". p(tº". & S. [BAFFE, v.] As substantive: Baffymge or bawlynge of hown- dys.” (Prompt. Parv.) bāf-fle (fle as fel), *bāf-füll, v.t. & i.[From Low Scotch bauchle. In fºr. bafower= to treat with deris. ion, to scoff at, to baffle; O. Fr. beffler, beffer; Sp. befar- to scoff, to jeer; Itai. beffare=to rally, to cheat, to over-reach. Comp. Dut, baffgn=to bark, to yelp : Ger. baffem, bafzem- to yelp ; Hind. befaida, = to baffle.] A. Transitive. 1. To subject to some public and degrading run; ishment. (Used specially, of a , knight, who had shown cowardice or violated his pledged alle- giance.) “And after all for greater infamie He by the heels him hung upon a tree, And bafful’d so, that all which passed by The picture of his punishment might see.”.. Spenser ; F. Q., VI. vii. 27. “In this state I continued, 'till they hung me up by th’ heels, and beat me wi' hasle-sticks, as if they would have bak'd me. After this I railed and eat quietly; for the whole kingdom took notice of me for a baffled and whipped fellow.”—King and No King, ii. 2. 2. To elude, to escape from, especially by artifice. “By wily turns, by desperate bounds, Had baffled Percy’s best bloodhounds.” g Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, i. 11. 3. To thwart, to defeat in any other way. In this case the baffler and the baffled may be a man, one of the inferior animals, or a thing. “But, though the felon on his back could dare The dreadful leap, more rational, his steed Declined the death, and wheeling swiftly round, Or e”er his hoof had press'd the crumbling Verge, Baffled his rider, saved against his will.” # Cowper: Task, bk. vi. “Across a bare wide common I was toiling With languid feet, which by the slippery ground Were baffled.”—Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. i. “. . . a universe which, though it baffles the intel- lect, can elevate the heart, .”—Tyndall; Fraſſ, of Science, 3d ed., v. 105. “. . . baffle the microscope.”—Ibid., xi. 306. B. Intransitive : 1. To practice deceit, with the view of eluding any being, person or thing. “Do we not palpably baffle, when, in respect to God, we pretend to deny ourselves, yet, upon urgent occasion, allow him nothing?”—Barrow: Works, i. 437. “To what purpose can it be to juggle and baffle for a time?”—Ibid., iii. 180 2. To struggle ineffectually against, as When a ship is said to baffle ineffectually with the winds. "I (a) Wedgwood believes that there, are two dištinct verbs spelled baffle, which have been Con- founded together. Under the one he would place the signification given above as No. 1, viz., to degrade, to insult. The second and third significa- tions of the transitive verb, and that ranked under the intransitive one, he would relegate, to his second verb, of which the primary form was intrans- itive, signifying to act in an ineffective mallne", and transitively to cause one to act in such a Wº: This second verb he connects with the Swiss lºſſell! = to chatter, to talk idly. (Wedgwood: Dict, lºſſ. Etym., 2d ed., p. 39.) es § (b) Crabb thus distinguishes between the verbs to baffle, to defeat, to disconcert, and to coſtfound: “When applied to the derangement of the mind, ºr rational faculties, baffie and defeat respect the powers of argument, disconcert and comfort nd the thoughts and feelings. Baffle expresses less than Baulo, baffo, latro.”—Prompt. fâte, fīt, fare, amidst, what, fall, father; we, wet, hēre, camel, her, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = à. qu. = kW. try, baffle defeat; disconcert less than confound. A person is baffled in, argument who is for the time discom- posed and silenced by the superior address of his opponent he is defeated in argument if his oppo- mont has altogether the advantage of him in strength of reasoning and justness of sentiment. A person is disconcerted who loses his presence of mind for a moment, or has his feelings any way discomposed ; he is comfowmded when the powers of thought and consciousness become torpid or vanish.” “When applied to the derangement of plans, baffle expresses less than defeat; defeat less than confound; and disconcert less than all. Obstinacy, perseverance, skill, or art baffles; force or violence defeats; awkward circumstances discom- cert; the visitation of God comfownds. When wicked men strive to obtain their ends, it is a happy thing when their adversaries have sufficient skill and address to baffle all their arts, and sufficient power to defeat all their projects; but sometimes when our best endeavors fail in our own behalf, the devices of men are comfonumded by the interposition of Heaven.” (Crabb : Eng. Symon.) bāf-fle (fle=fel), s. [From the verb.] A defeat. “It is the skill of the disputant that keeps off a baffle.”— Sout/h. “The authors having missed of their aims, are fain to retreat with a frustration and a baffle.”—Ibid. ºf ſea (fled=feld), *bāf-fúld, pa. par. [BAF- FLE, Q", -- “Say, was it thus, with such a baffled mien You met the approaches of the Spartan queen?” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. iii., 69, 70. “And, by the broad imperious Mole repell’d, Hark! how the baffled storm indignant roars.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. v. bäff–1ér, s. [Eng. baffl(e); -er.] He who or that which baffles, humiliates, thwarts, or defeats a person, or completely overcomes a thing. “Experience, that great baffler of speculation, . —Government of the Tongue. bäff-lifig, pr. par. & a. [BAFFLE, v.] Yawt. A baffling wind; One which fººtly shifts from one point of the compass to another. fbäff-lifig-ly, adv. [Eng. baffling; -ly.] In a baffling manner. ibäff-lińg-nēss, s, quality of baffling. *bāf-fúld, pa. par. [BAFFLED.] bäft, S. ...A species of blue or white cotton used in the India trade. The word is Persian. bāg, *bāgge, s. ſº Gael. bag, balg=a bag; bug=a bag, a big belly; bolg- a pair of bellows, a quiver, a blister, a big belly; builg- to bubble, to blister; Wel. balleg- a purse; Norm. Fr. bage=a bag, a coffer; Low Lat. baga = a coffer. In A. S. boplg, boºlig, bylig, belg-a bulge, budget, bag, purse, belly ; Ger. balg=a skin, the paunch, a pair of bel- lows; Goth. balgs=a skin, a pouch; Dan. balf– a sheath, a scabbard.] [BELLY, BUL.G.E.] A. Ordinary Lamgwage: I. Of sacks, powches, or anything similar mamw- factured by art : 1. A pouch or small sack, made usually of cloth or leather, and generally with appliances for dràw- ing it together at the mouth ; or any similar article. “A wond’rous tag with both her hands she binds, Like that where once Ulysses held the winds.” Pope: The Rape of the Lock, iv., 81-2. 2. A term used by sportsmen to signify the results of the day's sport. Thus, a good bag=a large quan- tity of game killed and brought home. * Bag and baggage. [BAGGAGE.] 3. A purse or anything similar. (a) Generally: “For some of them thought, because Judas had the bag, that Jesus had said unto him, Buy those things that we have need of against the feast; or, that he should give something to the poor.”—John xiii. 29. “. see thou shake the bags Of hoarding abbots; imprison’d angels Set at liberty.” Shakesp.: King John, iii. 3. *(b) Spec. (formerly): An orna- mental purse of silk tied to men's hair, as shown in the annexed illustration. “We saw a young fellow riding toward us, full gallop, with a bob wig and black silken bag tied to it.”—Addison. 4. A quiver. (Scotch.) “Then bow and bag frae him he keist.” —Christ Kirk, i. 13. II. Of anything similar in mature: 1. Gen. : A minute sac in which 5 § * [Eng. baffling; -mess.] The i. secretion is contained, as the Bag-wig. loney-bag in a bee and the poison- 288 in a venomous serpent. (Lit. dº fig.) “The swelling poison of the several sects, W high, wanting vent, the nation's health infects, Shall burst its bag,” Dryden. 359 *2. Spec. : The udder of a cow. “.. onely her bag or udder would ever be white, with four teats and no more.”—Markham: Way to Wealth (ed. 1657), p. 72. (S. in Boucher.) B. Technically: 1. Weig hts, and Measures (used as a measure of ºº:: : A fixed or customary quantity of goods II] a SaCR, 2. Eng. Law: (a) Petty Bag Office: An office in the Common Law jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery, in which was a small, sack or bag in which were formerly kept all writs relating to Crown business. º Clerk of the Petty Bag : The functionary who had charge of the writs now described. (See the subjoined example.) “The next clause ordains that at any time after the com- mencement of the Act her Majesty's Treasury may, with the concurrence of the Lord Chancellor and the Master of the Rolls, abolish the office of Clerk of the Petty Bag, “not- withstanding that there is no vacancy in the office.” . . The oddest part of the affair is that it has been univers- ally supposed, at least by laymen, that Petty Bag was ‘abolished some years ago. His name is certainly not to be found in the list of officers of the Chancery given in the Solicitor’s Diary and Alma mack for the current year & e There were once three Clerks of the Petty Bag. The sole survivor is doomed; but, Phoenix-like, he rises again in the Clerk of the Crown.”—Daily Telegraph, August 4, 1874: The Great Seal. bāg, *bāgge, v. t. & i. [From the substantive.] A. Transitive (of the form bag): 1. To put into a bag. “Hops ought not to be bagged up hot.”—Mortimer. 2. Used by sportsmen of killing and carrying home game. “It was a special sport to find and bag and mark down the whirring coveys in such ground . ''-Daily Telegraph, September 1, 1879. 3. To load with a bag. the sense of laden.) “Like a bee, bagg’d with his honey’d venom, He brings it to your hive.” I}ryden. 4. To cram the stomach by over-eating. (Scotch.) (J º & e 5. To gather grain with a hook. [BAGGING...] 6. To distend like a bag. B. Imtramsitive (of the forms bag and bagge): 1. Lit.: To be inflated so as to resemble a full bag ; to take the form of a full bag. “The skin seemed much contracted, yet it bagged, and ad a porringer full of matter in it.”—Wiseman. 2. Fig. : To swell with arrogance. “She goeth upright, and yet she halte ; That batſ/gith foule, and lokith faire.” Chaucer: Dream, i. 1,624. *bāg, pret. of v. big = to build. (O. Scotch.) [BIG, v. (Only in the pa. par. in “My daddie bag his housie well.” Jacobite IRelics, i. 58. (Jamieson.) ba-gas'—sa, s. A genus of Artocarpaceae (Arto- carpads). The fruit of one species is eaten in Guiana, where it grows wild. ba-gās se, s. [Fr.] The sugar-cane when crushed and dry. It is used as fuel. (Ure.) bāg-a-télle, bāg-a-télle, s. [ Fr. bagatelle= (1) a trinket, (2) a trifle, (3) the play; Sp. bagatela : Port. & Ital. bagatella from Prov. & Ital. bagala = #B º O. Fr. bagwe ; Prov. bagwa = bundle.] AG. 1. A trifle; anything of little importance. “One of those bagatelles which sometimes spring up like mushrooms in my imagination, either while I am writing, or just before I begin.”—Cowper: Letter to Newton, November 27, 1781. “The glory your malice denies: Shall dignity give to my lay, Although but a mere bagatelle; And even a poet shall say, Nothing ever was written so well.” Cowper: To illn's. Throckmorton. 2. A game in which balls are struck by a rod and made to run along a board, the aim being to send them into certain holes, of which there are nine, toward its further end. *bāg'e, *bāg'ge, s. [BADGE.] A badge. (Prompt. Pat?”, *bāg-éard, s. [BADGER. bág -gage (1) (age=ig), s. & c. [In Sw., Dan., Dut., Ger., Fr., & Sp. bagauge; Prov, bagatge; Port. bagſtgem, botg(tiem, ; Ital, bagaglict, batgaglie (pl.), bagaglio (sing.). Probably from Sp. baga = a cord which ties the packs upon horses. Or possibly, as Mahn thinks, from O. Fr. bague; Prov, bagwa- a bundle.] A. As substantive : 1. The tents, furniture, utensils, and whatever else is indispensable to the comfort of an army. £ & yet the baggage was left behind for want of beasts to draw it .”—JIacotu lay . Hist. Eng., ch. xv. bagging-time 2. The trunks, portmanteaus, and Scarpet-bags which a traveler carries with him on his journey; luggage. “. . . . the boiling waves of a torrent which suddenly whirls away his baggage and forces him to run for his life . .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. B. As adjective: Used for carrying baggage. “. . . the baggage horses .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. “A thousand baggage wagons .”—Ibid., ch. xv. Bag and Baggage (generally used as an adverb): With a person's all; root and branch. . It seems to have been used originally of the defenders of a fort who have surrendered on terms, being allowed to carry out with them their knapsacks and other bag- gage. From this it passed to other more or less analogous cases. “And the men were letten pass, bag and baggage, and the castle casten down to the ground.”—Pitscottie: James II., p. 34. - “Dolabella designed, when his affairs grew desperate in Egypt, to pack up bag and baggage, and sail for Italy.” —Arbuthnot. The phrase bag, and baggage, which had long existed, acquired in England new vitality in 1876, when Mr. Gladstone recommended, as a panacea for the woes of Bulgaria, that, the official part of the Turkish population should be requested to remove from that province “bag and baggage.” His view on the subject was described by some newspaper writers as the “bag and baggage ’’ pol- lCy. bäg"-gage (2) (age=ig), s. [In Fr. bagasse-bag- gage, worthless woman, harlot; Prov. bagwassa ; Sp. bagasa ; Ital, bagascia ; from O. Fr. bagwe, Prov. bagata=a bundle; Or, the word may be from baggage (1), implying that the women of loose char: acter so designated follow among the “baggage” in the rear of an army.] 1. With, imputation on the moral character: . A woman of loose character, specially one following an army, “Hang thee, young baggage, disobedient wretch.” hakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iii. 5. “When this baggage meets with a man who has vanity to credit relations, she turns him to account.”—Spectator. 2. Without imputation on , the moral character §§§ { : young girl not, worth much. ormerly used sometimes in mock censure as a term, of affection. “Olivia and Sophia, too, promised to write, but seem to have forgotten me. Tell them they are two arrant little baggages .”—Goldsmith: Vicar of Wakefield. *bāg'-ga-gér, s. [Eng. baggag (e); -er.] One engaged in carrying baggage. (Raleigh.) bāg-ga-la, *bāg-ló, S. [Arab.] [BUDGERow.] A two-masted boat, more generally called a dow, used by the Arabs for commerce and also for piracy in the Indian Ocean. They vary from 200 to 250 tons burden. *bāgge, v. i. [BAG, v. i.] *bāgge, 8. [BADGE.] bägged, pa. par. & (t. [BAG, v. t.] 1. Gen. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. 2. Bof., &c. : Resembling a bag or sack. Example, the inflated petals of some plants. bäg-gēt-y, s. [BAGATY..] bāg'-gie, s. [Eng. bag; ie, diminutive suffix.] A small bag. “A guid New-year I wish thee, Maggie Hae, there’s a rip to thy auld baggie.” Burns: Auld Farmer to His Auld Mare Maggie. *bāg'-gi-Ér, s. [Fr. bagwier.] A casket. (Scotch.) “A baggier conteining xiii ring is . . .”—Inventor ies (1578), p. 265. (Jamieson.) bāg-gif|g, pr. par., a, & S. [BAG, v.] A. & B. As adj. dº particip, adj. . . In senses corre- sponding to, those of the verb., In the following example with the sense of distended. [See BAG, v., “Two kids that in the valley stray’d I found by chance, and to my fold convey’d; They drain two bagging udders every day.” Dryden: Virgil’s Ecl. ii. 50-2. C. As substantive : 1. The act of making into bags; so made. * & 2. The act of putting into bags. 3. ('loth or canvas used in making bags. 4. A method of reaping grain by the hook, by a striking instead of a drawing cut. bagging-time, s. Apparently from the practice of the country people working in the fields to have recourse to their bags at a certain time for a colla- tion. Baiting time; feeding time. “. . . on hoo'll naw cum agen till bagging-time.” Tim Bobbin, p. 11. (S. in Boucher.) the state of being boil, boy; pâût, jówl; Cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -ºian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Shiin; —SiOus = -ţion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, baggingly º, *bāg'—gyńg-ly, adv. [Eng. bag- ging; suffi...—ly.] Often held to mean arrogantly; in a swelling manner, boastfully; but Tyrwhitt, Stevens, &c., consider, it to mean squintingly, and with the latter view the context is in harmony. “I saugh Envie in that peyntyng, Hadde a wondirful lokyng; For she me lokide but awrie, Or overthart, alle baggyngly.” Romawnt of the Rose, 289-292. bāg'—git, pa. par., a. & S. [BAGGED.] (Scotch.) A. & B. As participle dº particip. adj. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb intransitive. C. As substantive (of persons): 1. A term of contempt for a child. 2. An insignificant little person, a “pestilent creature.” * 3. A feeble sheep. bāg'-nét, s. [Eng, bag; net.] A net in the form of a bag. It is used for catching fish, insects, &c. bag"-ni-Ö (g silent), S. ... [From Ital, bagmo = a bath; bagmio = cistern, bathing-tub. In Sp. baño; Port. bamho; Fr. baims (plur.), from baigner = to bathe; Lat. balmewm, a contraction of balimewm- a path; Gr. balameion = a bath or bathing-room. Liddell and Scott consider it to have a connection with balamos = an acorn, but do not know in what Way. 1. A bath, a bathing establishment, house or TOOII). “I have known two instances of malignant fewers pro- “duced by the hot air of a bagmio.”—Arbuthnot on Ain'. 2. A brothel. - f3. In Twrkey: A prison for slaves, the name “apparently being given to it on account of the baths which those places of confinement contain. Bāg-nó-lists, Bāg-nó–1én'-si-ans, or Bai-à- lèn'-Si-ans, s. pl. [From Bagmoles, in Provence.] Ch. Hist. : A Christian sect existing in the twelfth -century. They belonged to the branch of the ‘Cathari, whose great principle was to admit only a singie First Cause. They were one of the bodies termed Albigenses. [ALBIGENSEs.] (Mosheim : Ch. IHist., Cent. xii., pt. ii., cl. 5.) ba-gö'–üs, s. #. Bagous and Bagoas; Gr. Bagöas; from a Persian proper name believed to signify an eunuch..] A genus of beetles of the famil 'Curculionidae, or Weevils. The species are smal insects found in marshes. g ... bāg-pipe, s. [Eng, bag; pipe. So called because the wind is received in a bag..]. A musical instru- ment which has existed in various parts of the world from an unknown period of antiquity, but is now associated in the minds of the English chiefly with the Highlands of Scotland. Though less known in Ireland, it is still in use there also. It ‘consists of a large wind-bag made of greased leather covered with woolen gloth, a valved mouth-tube, by which the player inflates it with his breath, three reed drones, and a reed chanter, with finger-holes on which the tunes are performed. The drones aré for the bass, and the chanter, which plays the melody, for the tenor or treble. The compass of the bagpipe is three octaves. “And then the bagpipes he could blow.” Wordsworth. Blind Highland Boy. fbâg-pipe, v. t. [From the substantive.] To cause, in Some way or other, to resemble a bagpipe. (Used only in the subjoined nautical phrase.) To bagpipe the mizzen: To lay the mizzen aback by bringing it to the mizzen shrouds. - bāg'-pî-pêr, s. [Eng. bag; piper.] One who plays the bagpipe. “Some that will evermore peep through their eyes, And laugh like parrots at a bagpiper.” Shakesp.: Merchant of Venice, i. 1. bāg-rāpe, s. [From Icel. bagge=a bundle (?), and Scotch rape=rope.] A rope of straw or heath, double the size of the cross-ropes used in fastening the thatch of a roof. This is affixed to the cross- ropes, then tied to what is called the pan-rape, and fastened with wooden pins to the easing or top of the wall on the other side. (Jamieson.) Ba-grä'-ti-ön-ite, s. [Named after its discov- cerer, P. R. Bagration.] A name given by Kokscharof to a mineral which is found in black crystals at -Achmatorsk, in the Ural Mountains. Dana makes it identical with Allanite, and the British Museum “Catalogue of Minerals ranks it as a variety of Orthite, under which it places also Allanite. The ºtoniº of Hermann is the same as Epidote * Q. V.). ... ba’—gre (gre-ger), S. [BAGRUS.] Any fish belonging to the genus Bagrus (q.v.). bág -réef, s. [Eng. bag; reef.] N Nawt. : A fourth and lower reef used in the British JNavy. 360 bäg'—rie, s. [Etymology doubtful..] Trash. (Scotch.) “I sigh when I look on my threadbare coat, And shame fa’ the gear and the bagrie o't.” FHerd: Coll., ii. 19. (Jamieson.) ba'-griis, S. [Latin Bagrus, a proper name.] A genus of fishes of the order Malacopterygii Abdomi- males, and the family Siluridae. ba-guèt'te, fba-guèt' (w silent), s. [In Fr. ba- guette-a switch, a rammer, a drumstick, a round molding; Sp. & Port. bagweta ; Ital, bacchetta = a rod or mace; from Lat, baculum, bacwlus=a Stick.] [BACULUM.] • * - Arch. : Around molding, smaller in size than an astragal. It is sometimes carved and enriched, and is then generally known as a chaplet. In its plain form it is often called a bead. [BEAD.] bäg'—wyn, s. [Etymology doubtful.] Her. : An imaginary animal, like the heraldic antelope, but having the tail of a horse and long horns curved over the ears. Ba-ha,'—ma, S. & a. [For etym. see def.] As adjective : From the Bahama Islands in the West Indies, between latitude 21° to 27° N., and long- itude 71° to 79° W. Bahama redwood. . The English name of a plant, Rhamnus colubrina. - ba-har', barre, 8, [Arab. bahār; from bahqra =to charge with a load. (Mahm.)] Two weights which are current in certain parts of the East Indies. e - - The Great Bahar is 524 lbs. 9 oz. avoirdupois. It is used for weighing pepper, cloves, nutmegs, &c., The Little Bahar weighs 437 lbs. 9 oz. avoirdupois, and is used for weighing quicksilver, vermilion, ivory, silk, &c. bahr"—géist (h silent), s. [BARGUEST.] bāide, pret. Of BIDE. . [BIDE, ABIDE.] Waited, stayed, lived, endured. (Scotch.) “Oh, gif Ikenn’d but where ye baide, I’d send to you a marled plaid.” Burns: G widwife of Ji'au chope House. *bā'-ie, s. [Etym. doubtful..] A chiding, a reproof. “Let baies amend Cisley or shift her aside.” Tusse”: Husbandry. bai'-Ér-ite, bai-Ér-ine, s... [From Bayern or Bairen, the German name of Bavaria.] A mineral, the same as Columbite (Q. v.). *baigne, v. t. [Fr. baigner=to bathe, to wash.] To soak or drench. “The women forslow not to baig me them, unless they plead their heels, with a worse perfume than Jugurth found in the dungeon.”—Carew: Survey of Cornwall. bäik, s. [BECK.] A beck, curtsey; reverence. (Scotch.) “. . . . when Mattie and Igae through, we are fain to make a bailc and a bow, .”—Scott; Rob Roy, ch. xxvi. bāi-kal—ite, s. ºn Ger. Bailcalit; from Lake Baikal, near which it occurs..] A mineral of a dark dingy-green color. Dana makes it a variety of Sahlite, which again is a variety of Pyroxene. bāi-kër-in-ite, s. [Altered from Baikerite (q. v.).] A mineral, one of the hydrocarbons. It is brown in color, translucent, of a balsamic odor, and a taste like that of wood tar. At 15°C, it is a thick, tar-like fluid, and at 10° C. a crystalline granular deposit in a viscid, honey-like mass. bāi'—kér-ite, s. [From Lake Baikal, near which it is found..] A wax-like mineral, a hydrocarbon compound. Besides occurring in nature, it has been distilled artificially from mineral coal, peat, petroleum, mineral tar, &c. It is identical with Ozokerite, or it is a variety of it. băil, *bāile, *bāyle, v. t. & i... [From Fr. bailler = to give, deliver, put into the hands of, deal, bestow; Prov. bailar; from Lat, bajwlo– (lit.) to bear a burden, to carry anything heavy; from bajwlus=a carrier of a burden. Blackstone consid- ers that the idea in bail is that of the Fr. bailer=to deliver, because the defendant is bailed or deliv- ered to his sureties. Wedgwood shows that the word bajulus in mediaeval times became=the bearer of a child, a nurse, and then a tutor, a guardian. Hence, one bailing another was assumed by a legal flººh º be his guardian, who could produce him at will. A. Transitive: I. Ordimary Laºguage: *1. To deliver, to set free; to release, to rescue. “Ne none there was to reskue her, ne none to baile.” Spense”: F. Q., IV. ix. 7. 2. To deliver in the legal sense. [II. 1 (a), 2.] 3. To deliver a boat from the unpleasantness, inconvenience, and danger of being , filled with water, by shoveling the latter overboard. bail II. Law: 1. Of persons: (q) To hand an accused person over to sureties on their giving a bond [BAIL-BONDJ that he will sur. render when required to take his trial. [BAIL.] “When they had bailed the twelve bishops who were in the Tower, the House of Commons, in great indignation, caused them immediately to be re-committed to the Tower.”—Claremdon. “. to refuse or delay to bail any person bailable is an offense against the liberty of the subject in tany Imagistrate, by common law.”—Blackstone: Comment. bk. iv., ch. 22. (b) To give security for the appearance of an accused person. “. . . . . what satisfaction or indemnity is it to the ublic, to seize the effects of them who have bailed a mur. erer, if the murderer himself be suffered to escape with impunity?”—Blackstome: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 22. 2. Of things: To deliver anything to another in trust for some purpose, as, for instance, to give over to some silk-weaver material to be woven. The person who receives the trust is called the bailee (q.v.). B. Intramsitive; To admit to bail. “Lastly, it is agreed that the Court of King's Bench (or any judge thereof in time of vacation) may bail for º, ºne whatsoever.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. iv., CIl. -> - băil (1); *băile, ºbāyle, s. [In Fr. bail=a lease, tenure; 6. Fr. bail, baile=a guardian, an admin. istrator.] [BAIL, v., BAILLIE, EATErrºr.' A. Ordinary Language: *1. Custody. “So did Diana and her may dens all, Use silly Faunus now within their baile.” Spenser: F. Q., VII. vi. 49. 2. In the same sense as B. 1, 2. B. Law: 1. Of persons: Those who stand socurity for the appearance of an accused person at the fitting time to take his trial. , The word is a collective one, and not used in the plural. They were so called because formerly the person, summoned was baillé, that is, iven into the custody of those who were security or his appearance. “And if required, the bail must justify themselves in court.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 19. 2. Pecuniary security given by responsible per- * sons that an individual charged with an offense against the law will; if temporarily, released, sur- render when required to take his trial. “. . . or give bail, that is, put in securities for his appearance, to answer the charge against him.”—Black- stome: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 22. To admit to bail : To permit security to be tend- ered for one, and, if sufficient, accept it. “The trial of Kaeso for this new charge is postponed, and he is admitted to bail.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist.,, ch. xii., pt. iii., § 37. ºf Several kinds of bail either exist or did so formerly at common law. An important one, of which much use was once made, was that called Common Bail, or Bail below. The old practice being to arrest persons who now would only be sum- moned, an excuse was required for again letting those go against whom the charge was trivial. So, with all gravity, there were accepted as their securities John Doe and Richard Roe, two mythic personages whom no one had ever seen in the flesh; and who were known to be utterly unproducible if the friend for whose appearance they became responsible thought fit to decamp. If the charge was a more serious one, Special Bail, called also Bail above, was requisite; it was that of sub- stantial men, and in this case no shadowy person- ages would do. Modern legislation has so altered the form of process that Messrs. Doe and Roe's services are no longer required. bail-court, S. Formerly, a court auxiliary to that of Queen's Bench. It was called also the Prac- tice Court. bāil (2), s. ſº Dut. balie=a bar, a tub; Ger, balle =a half tub; Fr. balise= a sea-mark, a buoy, a bea- con, a floating-beacon, a quay, a water-mark; but ille = a barrier, a barricade, a large sea tub or bucket. Wedgwood believes it cognate with pale, s. ("on- pare also º 1. Plural: Hoops to bear up the tilt of a boat, (Glossog. ...iſ w 2. The handle of a kettle or similar vessel. *3. The space inclosed by the outer wall of a castle. 4. A division between the stalls of a stable. *bāil (3), *bāyl, s. [From Lat. ballium. (BAILEY.) Wedgwood conjoins this word with the preceding one.] The same as BAILEY (q.v.). băil (4), s. [Lat, baculus=a staff.] ...One of the top or cross-pieces of the wicket in the game of oricket. ſite, fat, fare, amidst, whät, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whô, sān; mite, cib, ciire, unite, cir, råle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. bailable "băil'-a-ble, a. [Eng. bail; -able.] 1. Of persons; Haying committed Qnly, such an offense as to allow of one's being admitted to bail. “In civil cases we have seen that every defendant is Abailable.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 22. 2. Of offenses; Not so serious but that one com- mitting it may be admitted to bail. “. . . which offenses are not bailable.”—Blackstome: Comment, bk. iv., ch. 22. băil-bónd, s. [Eng. bail; bond.] Daw: A bond or obligation entered into by one or more sureties, who by it engage that an accused person shall surrender at the proper time to take his trial. *bāile, v. & S. băiled, pa. par. & al. [BAIL, v.] bâi-lée, s: [Eng. bail, -ee.] One, to whom goods are intrusted for a specific purpose by another per- son called the bailer or bailor. “For as such bailee is responsible to the bailer, if the goods are lost or damaged .”—Blackstone; Comment., bk. ii., ch. 30. báil–ér, báil–or, s. [Eng. bail, -er, -or:l One who intrusts another person called the bailee with goods for a specific purpose. (See example under [BAIL (1).] BAILEE.] hº s. [In Fr. baille; Low Lat., balliwm: (1) a work fenced with palisades, or sometimes with masonry, covering the suburbs of a town to consti- tute a defense to it; (2) the space immediately within the outer wall of a castle. (James.)] [BAIL (3).] *1. Formerly: The courts of a castle formed by the spaces between the outward wall and the keep. 2. Now: A prison, or any modern structure situ- ated where such courts previously existed, as the 'Old Bailey in London. băil'—i-ar—y, báil'—li–ér-ie, *bāyl'–1ér-ie, s. '[Scotch baillie; Eng. Suff. -Ctry.] In Scotland : 1. The extent of a bailee's jurisdiction. “And do hereby grant full power and commission to the sheriff-principal of Air and his deputies, the Bailie- depute of the Bailiary of Cumingham, and commanding officer of the forces .”— Wodrow, ii. 236. i2. The extent of the jurisdiction of a sheriff. “That ilk schiref of the realme sould gar wapin-schaw- ing be maid foure tymes ilk yeir, in als mony places as war speidfull within his Baillierie.”—Acts, Jas. I. (1425), ch. 67 (ed. 1566). Lefter of Bailiary: A commission by which an heritable proprietor appointed a baron baillie to office in the district over which the proprietor had feudal sway. bāi'—lie, s. [BAILLIE.] bâi-liff, s. . [In Dut. baljuw. From O. Fr. bailiff; Fr. bailli-bailiff, inferior judge, seneschal; baillewr-agent, governor; bailler=to give, deliver, put into the hands of ; Prow. bailiew; Port. bailio= a bailiff; Ital, balivo; Low Lat. baillivus, balivus, bajulus=a pedagogue, a tutor of children; Class. Lat. bajulus=a porter. Cognate with O. Fr. baillir; Prov, bailir-to govern; Ital, balire=to bring up, to govern; baliato, balia = power, authority; also with 'bailo-a kind of magistrate, and balia = a nurse. (BAIL, BAILLIE.) The essential meaning is a per- Son intrusted by a superior with power of superin- tendence.] I. Gem.: In the United States the word bailiff has To precise meaning. The term is most frequently used to denote a court officer whose duty it is to take charge of juries and wait upon the court. II. Eng. Law: . An officer appointed, for the administration of justice in a certain bailiwick or district. The sheriff is the king's bailiff, whose business, it is to preserve the rights of the king Within his “bailiwick’’ or county. [BAILIWICK.] “. ... the hundred is governed by an high constable '91' bailiff.”—Blackstone: Comment., Introd., § 4. See also bk. i., ch. 9. Specially: !. The governor of a castle belonging to the king. 2. A sheriff's officer. Bailiffs are either bailiffs of hundreds or special bailiffs. . (4) Bailiffs of hundreds are officers appointed by the sheriff over the districts so called, to collect fines, to summon juries, to attend the judges and justices at the assizes and quarter sessions, and to execute Writs and process. (b). Special bailiffs are men appointed for their adroitness and dexterity in hunting and seizing persons liable to arrest. They assist the bailiffs of hundreds in important work for which the latter have no natural aptitude or acquired skill. Special bailiffs being compelled to enter into an obligation for the proper discharge of their duty are some- times called bownd-bailiffs, a term which the com- ºlon people have corrupted into a more homely appellation. [BUM-BAILIFF.] (Blackstone: Com- ºnent., blº. i., ch. 9.) 361 T Formerly bailiffs of liberties, or franchises, were functionaries appointed by each lord within his liberty to execute process, and generally to do such work as the bailiffs errant were wont to do in larger districts. bāi-li-wick, 8... [From Q. Fr. baillie=the juris- diction of a bailiff, and A. S. suff. -wic=a dwelling, station, village, castle, or bay; as Alnwick= the dwelling, or village on the Aln; Greenwich=the green, village; and Norwich=the north village or dwelling. (Bosworth.) , In, Ger, bailliff and Fr. bailliage are=a bailiwick.] The precincts within which a bailiff possesses jurisdiction. Specially— Eng. Law: 1. A county. “As the king's bailiff, it is his [the sheriff's] business to preserve the rights of the king within his bailiwick: for so his county is frequently called in the writs; a word introduced by the princes of the Norman line, in imita- tion of the French, whose territory is divided into bailiwicks, as that of England into counties.” — Black- stome: Comment., bk. i., ch. 9. 2. A liberty exempted from the jurisdiction of the sheriff of a county, and over which the lord ap- oints his own bailiff, with the same power within is precincts as that which an under-sheriff exer- cises under the sheriff of a county. (Blackstone: Comment., blº. ii., ch. 3.) băil’-li-age (age=ig), s. [Fr.] The term in French corresponding to BAILIWICK in English. băil'—lie (1), bāi'—lie, *bāi'—ly, s. [From Fr. bailli..] [BAILIFF.] *A. (Of the forms baily and baillie): A bailiff; a steward. “Also that the seriaunts be made by the Baillies anone the same day of eleccyon.”—Eng. Gwilds (Early Eng. Teact Soc.), p. 395. B. (Of the form baillie or bailie): In Scots Law : f1. An officer or other person named by a proprie- tor to give infeftmont. 2. A municipal functionary, in rank next above a town-councillor. He acts as a magistrate. *bāil'—lie (2), *bāi-lye, s. [O. Fr. baillie= the jurisdiction of a bailiff; fron O. & Mod. Fr. bailler = to deliver; Ital, balia, baliafo = power, authority; Low Lat., bailia = guardianship.] [BAIL, BAILIFF, BAILLIE (1).] Care, management; government of, custody, guardianship. ** Than drede had in her baillie The keeping of the constablerie Toward the North.” Romawnt of the Rose, 4,217. (Boucher.) băil'-mênt, s. . [Eng. bail; -ment. Not from Fr. bóillément, which is=yawning, gasping, . . . hiatus.] 1. Of the delivery of things: The act of delivering goods in trust, or the state of being so delivered, upon a contract expressed or implied that the trust shall be faithfully executed on the part of the bailee. Thus one may give cloth in bailment to a tailor to make into a coat, or a parcel to a carrier to be delivered to a third party to whom it is addressed. “Bailment, from the French baille”, to deliver, is a delivery of goods in trust upon a contract expressed or implied that the trust shall be faithfully executed on the part of the bailee.”—Blackstome: Comment., blº. ii., ch. 30. 2. Of the delivery of persons: The act of deliver- ing an accused person to those who are responsible for his appearance; the state of being so delivered. “ . a delivery or bailment of a person to his sure- ties upon their giving (together, with himself) sufficient security for his appearance.”—Blackstone: Comment., blº. iv., ch. 22. băil'—or, s. [BAILER.] t băil'-piège, s. [Eng. bail; piece.] Law: , The slip of parchment on, which, aro recorded the obligations under which those bailing an accused person come before he is surrendered to their custody. (Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 19.) *bāi'—ly, s. [BAILLIE.] *báin (1), bāyn (1), bāyne, a. [Icel. beinn, A. S. bwgan-to bow, bend, stoop, . . . Submit, yield.] 1. Lit. : Flexible. (Now only provincial.) 2. Figuratively: (1) Ready ; prompt. * * that were baym To serve Sir Tristrem swithe.” Sir Tristrem, i. 65. (2) Obsequious, complying; submissive. “To me was he wont to be bain.” Cursor Mundi. (S. im Bowcher.) “To Goddez wylle I am ful bayme.” Gawayn and the Green Knyght, 3,879. (S. in Boucher.) *báin (2), *bāyn (2), a. [Ger. ban=a smooth and beaten road; or Sw. bama-to clear, to pave, to prepare the way.] Of a road: Ready; near. baiske *bāin, ºbăine, *bāyne, ºbāigne (g silent), v. t. & i. [Fr. baigner= to bathe, swim, soak in ; Sp. bamar; Port. bamhar; , Ital. bagmare=to wet, to wash; bagmarsi = to bathe, to wash one's self; Low Lat. balneo; from Lat, balmewm- a bath.] A. Trams. : To wash, to bathe; to wet. “And when salt teares do bayme my breast.” Surry. (S. in Boucher.) B. Intrans.: To bathe one's self. “In virgin's blood doth baine.” Phaer, Virgil, p. 260. (Boucher.) *bāin (1), *bäine, *bāyne, *bāigne (g silent), 8. [Fr., pain=bath, bathing, bathing-tub, bathing- machine, bathing-place; Sp. baño; Ital, bagno=a bath; bagmio- a cistern, a bathing-tub.] [BAIN, v. t.] A bath. “ . . . and never would leave it off but when he went into the stew or bain.”—Holland; Pliny, ii. 70. “ . a bayme of things aperitive or opening, . . . —Vigoe: Amatomie. (S. in Boucher.) *bāin (2), s. [BAN.] *bāines, s. [BANNs.] bāin"-ly, adv. [O. Eng. bain; and suff. -ly.] Readily. “And he as bainly obeyed to the buerne his eme.” Destruct. of Troye, f. 4, M. S. (S. in Bowcher.) bai'—ram, s. [Turk. bairam, beiram, Pers. bay- 'rām. [...A. great Mohammedan festival, following immediately on the Ramadan or Rhamazan, the month of fasting, and believed to have been insti- tuted in imitation of the Christian Easter. It is called also Id-al-Fitr=the Festival of the Inter- ruption, as “interrupting,” or, more accurately, terminating, a four-weeks' fast. The rejoicings should extend one day, but are jº IULIl through a second one. , Seyenty days later is held a lesser Bairam, called Id-al-Azha and Kurbón. Bairám-the. Éestival of the Sacrifices. It is in commemoration of Abraham's willingness to offer his son Isaac in sacrifice, and lasts four days. “Millions of lamps proclaim'd the feast Of Bairam through the boundless East.” Byron: The Giaowr. *bāir-mân, s. [O. Eng. bair=bare; and man.]. Old Law: A poor insolvent debtor, left “bare’’ of property, and who had to swear in court that he was not worth more than 5s. 5d. ($1.35) bāirn (Scotch, and O. Eng.), *bārn, bārne (O. Eng.), 8. S. bearm. In Sw., Icel., Dan., O. S., & Goth. barm–a, child... From A. S. beram = to bear.] [BEAR, BORN.] A child, whether male or female. A. Of the forms barn and barne: “And bringeth forth barºnes ayens for-boden lawes.” Piers Plowmam, p. 178. (S. in Boucher.) B. Of the form bairn (Old English dº Scotch). “Which they dig out fro’ the dells, For their bairns' bread, wives’ and sells’.” Ben Jomsom, Underwoods, vii. 51. (S. in Boucher.) . . the bonny bairn, grace be wi' it.”—Scott: Gwy Mammering, ch. iii. bairns' part, s. Scots Law. A third part of a deceased person's movable effects, due to the children when their mother survives. Should she be dead, they receive one-half in place of one-third. *bairn-team (Eng.), bairn-time, s. A progeny; y; 6 & & a family of children; a brood. “Thae bonnie bairmtime Heav'n has lent, Still higher may they heeze ye.” Buºns: A Drectºn. bairns-Woman, s. A child’s maid; a dry nurse. (Jamiesom.) bā'irm-li-nēss, s. [O., Eng., & Scotch bairm; suff. -li =ly; and -mess.] Childishness. bā'irm-ly, a... [Q.Eng. & Scotch, bairm; -ly. In Sw, barnslig.] Childish; having the manners of a child. (Scotch.) “Thinking the play of fortune bairmely sport.” Muses Thren., p. 116. (Jamieson.) bā'iš-dlie, adv. [Scotch bazed; suff. -lie=Eng. -lie. Like one bazed...] [BAZED.] In a state of stupefaction or confusion. (Jamieson.) “Amaisdlie and the baisdlie, Richt bissilie they ran.” Burel: Pilg. (Watson's Collec.), ii. 20. *bāise-măins, 8... [In Fr. baisemain=kissing of hands at a feudal ceremony, indicating affectionate loyalty: baiser=to kiss, and mains=hands.) The act of kissing the hands to, the act of compliment- ing of an inferior to a Superior. (Skinner.) *bāiske, d. [Sw. barsh–stern, fierce, terrible; Ger. barsch; Fr. brusque; Port. & Ital, brusco- sour, tart.] [j Sour. “For the froite of itt is soure, And baiske and bittere of odoure.” MS. Cott. Faust., bk. vi., f. 123 b. (S. im Boucher.) bóil, böy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, bençh; this; çhin, go, gem; thin, Sin, Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, del. -tian Shiis. -ble, shan. -tion, —dle, &c. = bel, -sion = shim; -SiOllS = –tion, -Šion zhūn. -tious, -cious, baiss bāiss, v. t. IBAste.] (Scotch.) *bāist, *bāyst, s. [See ABASH.] Abashed, alarmed. “Gawan gotz to the gome With giserne in honde, And he baldly hymn by des He bal/st neuer the helder.” Gawaym and the Green Knyght, 685. (S. in Boucher.) bāit (1), *bāite, *bāyte, *bāight, ºběyght (gh. silent), vit... & i. [.A. S. batan (i.jºto. lay a bait for a fish ; beta=to pasture, to feed, to graze, to un- harness, to tan; Dan. bede (i.) = to bait, to rest, to refresh ; Ger. baizen-to bait. From A. S. bitan=to bite. (BITE.) Wedgwood believes all the significa- tions here given to be modifications of the idea of biting.] A. Transitive: I. Of a “bite ” of food or other attraction, given with insidious design : 1. Lit.: To place upon a hook some food attract- ive to the fishes or other animals which it is designed to catch. Or similarly to place food upon or in a trap, or otherwise expose it, with the view of luring certain animals into the loss of their lives or liberty. “Many sorts of fishes feed upon insects, as is well known to anglers, who bait their hooks with them.”—Ray. 2. Fig.: To put in one’s way some object of attrac- tion with the object of gaining the mastery over him. “O cunning enemy, that to catch a saint With saints doth bait thy hood! Most dangerous Is that temptation that doth goad us on To sin in loving virtue.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, ii. 3. II. Of a “bite” of food given with mo insidious desigm To give provender for the purpose of refreshment to horses or other animals at some halting-place on a journey. “In the middle of the day we baited our horses at a little inn called the Weatherboard.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xix. III. Of the incitement of dogs to bite an animal : 1. Lit.: To set dogs upon an animal to worry it, perhaps to death. “Who seeming sorely chaffed at his band, As chained bear whom cruel dogs do bait, With idle force did fain them to withstand.” Spenser: F. Q 2. Fig.: Greatly to harass or persecute. “. . . hunted to the last asylum, and baited into a mood in which men may be destroyed, but will not easily be subjugated.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. B. Intrams. : To stop at an inn, or any other place for the purpose of taking refreshment or obtaining provender for man and beast. “In all our journey from London to his house, we did not so much as bait at a Whig inn.”—Addison: Spectator. bāit (2), v. i. [Fr. battre; O. Fr. batre—to beat; Sp. batir; Port. bater; Ital, battere; Lat. battwo- to beat..] . [BEAT, v.] To flap the wings; to flutter. (Used of hawks or other birds of prey.) [BAIT- ING, S.] “Another way I have to man my haggard, To make her come, and know her keeper’s call; That is, to watch her as we watch these kites That Uait and beat and will not be obedient.” Shakesp.: Tamimg of the Shrew, iv. 1. bait, *bāite, *bāyte, *bāight, *béyght, (gh silent), s. [In Sw, bete=pasture grazing, bait, lure; Icel. beita = food; beit=pasture.] I. Of food or anything else attractive given with insidéows design : Lit. : Whatever is used as an allurement to make fish or other animals take a hook, or come within the operation of a net, Snare, or trap of any kind. “The pleasant'st, angling is to see the fish Cut with her golden oars the silver stream, And greedily devour the treacherous bait.” i Shakesp.: Much Ado about Nothing, iii. 1. (a) Gen. : Anything constituting the natural food of fishes; a worm, for instance, put on a hook. It is opposed to an artificial “fly.” (b) Spec. : A contraction for WHITEBAIT (q.v.). 2. Fig.: An allurement of any, kind, designed to ensnaré one, or at least to bring his will under the control of the person laying the “bait.” “Fruit like that Which grew in Paradise, the bait of Eve Used by the tempter.” Milton: P. L., bk. x. “They at once applied goads to its anger, and held out baits to its cupidity.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. II. Of food given or taken with mo insidious desigm : Food or drink taken on a journey for purpose of refreshment. bā'it-êd, pa. par. & a. [BAIT, v.] “. . and lead him on with a fine baited delay, till he hath pawn'd his horses to mine host of the Garter.”— Shakesp.: Merry Wives of Windsor, ii. 1. 362 bāith, a, & pro. [BOTH.] (Scotch.) bā’it-iñg, pr. par., a. & S. [BAIT (1).] A. & B. As present participle dé participial adjec- tive: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. “But our desire's tyrannical extortion Doth force us there to set our chief delightfulness, Where but a baiting place is all our portion.” Sidney. C. As substantive: 1. The act of placing bait upon a hook or on or in a trap. 2. The act of harassing some large or powerful animal by means of dogs; the state of being SO harassed. bāize, *bāyes, s. [In Sw, boj; Dan. bay; Dut. baai ; Fr. bayette, baiette, apparently from baie= berry; Sp. bayeta , Port. baeta, Ital. baietta.] A coarse woolen stuff like flannel. bāj-ar-dòur, s. [Lat. bajulator.] A bearer of any weight or burden. (Jacob.) bā-jöcº-cho, s. [Ital.]. A copper coin of the value of about two cents which was current in the papal States. *bāj-u-lāte, v. t. [From Lat. bajulus=a carrier, a porter.] To carry anything, and specially, grain, from one place to another with a view of selling it at a profit. [BADGER, BADGERING...] (Fuller: Worthies; Sussed”.) bāj-u-rée, baj-rée, baj'-ra, or baj'—u—ry, s. [In Mahratta bajuree.] The name given in many parts of India to a kind of grain (Holcus spicatus), which is extensively cultivated. *bak-brede, s. [A.S. bacan=to bake, and bred =a board.] A kneading trough, or a board used for the same purpose in baking bread. (Cathol. Anglicwm.) bäke, *bākke, *bācke (pret. bāked, *bóke; pa. par. bāked, ibà-kén, *bākt), v. t. & i. [.A. S. bacam=to bake. In Sw. & Icel. baka , Dan. bage; Dut. bakkem : Ger. backem : Ger:, pacham; Russ. peshtshi- to bake; pekw=I bake; Pol. piec= to bake; Sansc. patsh– to bake.] A. Transitive: 1. To dry and harden in an oven, under which a fire has been lighted, or by means of any similar appli- ance for imparting a regulated amount of heat. (Used of bread, potatoes, or other articles of food.) “. . . yea, he kindleth it, and baketh bread; . . . .” —Isa. xliv, 15. “And the people went about, and gathered it [the manna], and ground it in mills, or beat it in a mortar, and baked it in pans, .”—Numb. xi. 8. 2. To harden by means of fire in a kiln, in a pit, &c., or by the action of the sun. (Used of bricks, earth, the ground, geological strata, or anything similar.) “A hollow scoop’d, I judge, in ancient time, For baking earth, or burning rock to lime.” Cowper: The Needless Alarm. “The lower beds in this great pile of strata have been dislocated, balced, crystallized, and almost blended to- gether.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xv. 3. To harden by means of cold. “The earth is balced with frost.” — Shakesp.: Tempest, i. 2. B. In transitive : 1. To perform the operation of baking on any one occasion or habitually. “I keep his house, and I wash, wring, brew, bake, scour, dress meat, and make the beds, and do all myself.”— Shakesp.: Merry Wives of Windsor, i. 4. 2. To become dry and hard through the action of heat, or from Some similar cause. “Fillet of a fenny snake, In the cauldron boil and bake.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, iv. 1. bäke, a...[Contracted from baked (q.v.).] Baked. (An adjective existing only in composition.) [BAKE- HOUSE, BAKE-MEATS.] bāked, pa. par. & a. [BAKE, v.] “. hills of baked and altered clay-slate.”—Dar- win: Voyage round the World, ch. x. baked meats. The same as BAKE-MEATs (q.v.). “There be some houses wherein sweetmeats will relent, and baked meats will mould, more than others.”—Bacon. bā'ke-hôüse, *bāk-hôwse, s. [Eng. bake; house. A. S. boechus; Dan. bagerhuus.] A house in which baking operations are carried on. “I have marked a willingness in the Italian artisans to distribute the kitchen, pantry, and bakehouse under ground.”—Wottom. b ºre-meats, S. pl. [Eng. Dake, and meats.] Meats a KCC1, “And in the uppermost basket there was of all manner of bake-meats for Pharaoh . .”—Gen. xl. 17. baksheesh thä'-ken, pa. par. & Co. [BAKE, v.] (Obsolescent.) “ . a cake baken on the coals .”—1 Kings xix. 6. bā'-kër, s. [Eng. bak(e); -er. A. S. baecere: Icel. bakari; Sw. bagare; Dan. bager; Dut. bakker: Ger. bācker, becker.] ... One whose occupation is to bake bread, biscuits, &c. “There was not a baker's shop in the city round which twenty or thirty soldiers were not constantly prowling.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. *baker-foot, s. A foot like that of a baker, by which was meant a badly-shaped or distorted foot. (Bp. Taylor.) *baker-legged, a. Having legs like those of a baker, by which was meant legs bending forward at the knees. *baker’s dozen, [Dr. Brewer (Dict. of Phrase and Fable) says: “ en a heavy penalty was in- flicted for short weight, bakers used to give a sur- plus number of loaves, called the imbread, to avoid all risk of incurring the fine.”] Thirteen, that being assumed to be the number of witches who sat down together at dinner on the Lord's day, even as it was the number who were at that last Passover supper which immediately preceded the betrayal of Christ. Thirteen was also called the “devil's dozen.” baker's itch, s. A disease, a species of tetter (Psoriasis pistoria=baker's psoriasis). [PSORIASIs.] It is found on the backs of the hands of bakers and cooks, and arises partly from exposure to the heat of the fire, and partly from the irritation produced by the continued contact of flour upon the skin. bā'-kèr—y, *bā'k-kér—y, s. [Eng. baker; -y, A. S. bascern. In Sw, bageri; Dut, bakkerij; Ger. bāck- €7°60. 1. ho trade or calling of a baker. 2. A bakehouse, a place where bread is made. fbâ "Ke-stér, s. [Eng. bake, and suff. -ster. A. S. boecestre+ (1) a woman who bakes, (2) a baker.] 1. Originally (fem. only): A female baker. (Old ICnglish.) 2. Subsequently (masc. & fem.) : A baker of either sex. (Obsolete.) ºf The name Baacter is simply bakester differently spelled. bā'-kie, s. [Eng. bake; -ie.] The name given to a kind of peat. (Scotch.) “When brought to a proper consistence, a woman, on each side of the line, kneads or bakes this paste into masses of the shape and size of peats, and spreads them in rows on the grass. From the manner of the operation, these peats are called Bakies.”—Dr. Walker: Prize Essays, Highl. Soc., § ii., 124. (Jamieson.) bā'-king, pr. par., a. & S. [BAKE, v.] A. & B. As present participle & participial (tdjec- tive: In senses corresponding to those of the verb, C. As substantive: 1. The act or process of applying heat to unfired bread, bricks, &c. 2. The quantity of bread produced at one opera- tion. [BATCH. baking-dish, s. A dish for baking. baking-pan, s. A pan for baking. baking-powder, s. A powder used in baking as a substitute for yeast. It consists of tartaric acid, bicarbonate of soda, and rice or potato flour. These ingredients must be powdered and dried separately, and then thoroughly mixed together. The flour is added to keep the powder dry, and prevent it absorbing moisture from the atmosphere. As the combination of tartaric acid with bicarbonate of Soda produces tartrate of soda, which is an aperient, it would be better if manufacturers of baking pow- ders would substitute sesquicarbonate of ammonia for the bicarbonate of soda. Baking powders are generally free from adulteration, although alum has Sometimes been found, but in very minute quantity. *bākk, s. [In Ger. backe.] A check. “Than brayde he brayn wod and alle his bakkes rente, His beard and his bright fax far bale he to twight.” William and the Werwolf, p. 76. (S. in Boucher.) *bāk-pân-ár, s. [O. Eng. bak-the back, and parver=pannier.] A pannier carried on the back. “First xii. c. paneyres; cc. fyre pannes, and xxv, other fyre pannes. . . . Item v. c. bakpaners al garnished, cc. lanternes.”—Caacton: Vegegius, Sig. i., v. b. (S. in Bowlcher.) bäk-shëesh, bäk-shish, bik-shéish, bäck- Shish, bāck-Shéesh (the vowel of the first syllable has a sound intermediate between a and u, nearer the latter than the former), s. [Arab. & Pers. bakh- shish– a present; from bakhshidam – to give. A gratuity. “, : every fresh nomination is productive of fresh baksheesh to the unworthy minions of the harem.”— Times, April 20, 1876. T In Egypt and other parts of the Turkish empire (not, as is sometimes said, in India), the traveler has scarcely set foot on shore before clamors for wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, făte, fit, fare, amidst, what, fall, father; or, wäre, wolf, wērk, whö, sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. bakstale “baksheesh ’’ on the most frivolous pretexts, or in simple beggary, without pretext at all, assail his ears from every quarter. “Baksheesh ’’ is the first Arabic word with which he becomes acquainted, and he acquires it unwillingly. It will be for his interest, as soon as possible, in self-defense, to learn three words more—“lū Shy ht,” meaning, “there is none.” *bák"-stāle, s. [O. Eng. bak=back, and perhaps A. S. stellan=to Spring, leap, or dance.] Backward. “Bakward or bakstale; a retro .”—Prompt. Parv. *bāl, s. [A. S. boel=(1) a funeral pile, (2) a burn- ing; Icel. baal= a strong fire.] [BAAL, BELTANE.] A flame, “Drif thaim down in to the hell, And dunt the develes the der in, In thair bal al for to brin.” Cursor Mundi, MS, Edin., f. 7 b. (S. in Boucher.) ba'-la, s. [Celt. bal-place (?). In Goth. also bal hºlicile a residence, a seat, a villa; from bo= to go. Geog. : A small market town in the north of Wales, in the county of Merioneth. Bala limestone, s. Geol. : The appellation given by Professor Sedg- wick to a calcareous deposit occurring in the vicinity of Bala. Its age is nearly that of Murchi- son's Llandeilo Rocks in the older part of the Lower Silurians. [LLANDEILO ROCKS.] *bā1'-ad, *bā1'-ade, s. [BALLAD.] ba-lae -n3, s. [Lat. baloena, Ital. balema; Port. baléct, boleic Sp. ballencu, Fr. bq.leine; Gr. phal- lqina, phalotima, phallé, phalé; O. H. Ger. wal; Mod. Ger. wall- fisch, Dut. wal- v is c h; & Il. hval fisk : Sw. h w a l ; I c e ] . h w a l r ; A. S. h w ae l ; Eng. whale (q. v.).] Zool. : The typical genus of the family Balaenidae (q. v.). There is no fin on the back. B. mysti- c et us is the common Greenland or Right Whale; B. awstralis is the corresponding species in the Southern Hemi- sphere. [WHALE.] ba-lae'-ni-dae, s. pl. suff. -idog. Zool. : The true whales, the most typical family of the order Cetacea and the sub-order Cete. They are known by the absence of teeth and the presence in their stead of a horny substance called whale- bone, or baleen. The family contains two genera, Balaena and Balaenoptera (q.v.). bāl-ae-nóp'-têr-a, s. [Lat. balaena = a whale, and Gr. pteron= a feather, a wing, or anything like one—a fin, for example..] Fin-back Whales. A genus of Balaenidae, characterized by the possession of a soft dorsal fin, and by the shortness of the plates of baleen. Balaemoptera Boops is the Northern Ror- qual, or Fin-fish, called by sailors the Finner. It is the largest of known animals, sometimes reach- ing 100 feet in length. A somewhat smaller species, B. musculus, inhabits the Mediterranean. bāl-ange, *bā1'-lâunge, s. [In Dut. balans; Ger. (in Mech.) .ibalance; Fr. balance; Prov. bºtlans, balanza; Sp. balamza : Ital, bilancia; Lat. bilan.c-laying two scales: bi (in compos. Only)= two, and lama:=(1), a plate, platter, dish, and spe- çially (2) the scale of a balance. Compare also Low Lat, ballancia, valentia = price or value. (See Ducange.)] A. Ordinary Language: I. An instrument for weighing. 1. Lit. : That which has two scales i. viz., the in- Štrument, described under, B., I, 1, for weighing bodies. It is called “a balance,” “a pair of bal- ances,” or, more rarely, “balances.” “A just weight and balance are the Lord's: all the Weights of the bag are His work.”—Prov. xvi. 11. “. . . had a pair of balances in his hand.”—Rev. vi. 5. “Just balances, just weights, a just ephah, and a just him, shall ye have . .”—Lev. xix. 36. 2. Figuratively: (a) What may be called mental scales; those powers or faculties which enable one to estimate the relative weight, advantage, or importance of two things, neither of which can be cast into mate- rial scales. “If a person suffer much from sea-sickness, let him Weigh it heavily in the balance.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xxi. bóil, boy; [From Lat, balcen(a); and jówl; cat, gell, póüt, chorus, 363 (b) The emblem of justice, often figured as a ºsed person holding in equilibrio a pair of SCa10S. To sway the balance: To administer justice. “Discernment, eloquence, and grace, Proclaim him born to sway The balance in the highest place, And bear the palm away.” Cowper: Promotion of Thurlow. II. The state of being in equipoise. 1: Lit: ; The equipoise between an article and the weight in the opposite scale; or any similar equi- poise without actual scales being used. “And hung a bottle on each side, To make his balance true.” Cowper: John Gilpin, “I found it very difficult to keep my balance.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xvii. 2. Figuratively . - (a) The act of mentally comparing two things which cannot be weighed in a material balance. “Upon a fair balance of the advantages on either side, it will appear that the rules of the gospel are more pow- erful means of conviction than such message.”—Atterbury. (b) Mental or moral equipoise or equilibrium; good sense, steadiness, discretion. “. . . the English workmen completely lose their balance.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Ecom., vol. i., bk. i., ch. vii. (Note). III. That which is needful to be added to one side or other to constitute an equilibrium ; also the pre- ponderance one way or other before such adjustment is made. 1. Lit. : Used in connection with the weighing of articles or the making up of accounts. e 2. Fig.: Used in the estimating of things imma- terial which cannot be literally weighed or calcu- lated. “. . . the balance of hardship turns the other way.” —J S. Mill: Polit. Ecom., vol. i., bk. ii., ch. ii., § 2. B. Tech.mically: I. Mechanics, dºc. : 1. Common balance: An instrument for determin- ing the relative weights or masses of bodies. It consists of a beam with its fulcrum in the middle, and its arms precisely equal. From the extremities of the arms are suspended two scales, the one to receive the object to be weighed, and the other the counterpoise. The fulcrum consists of a steel prism, called the knife-edge, which passes through the beam, and rests, with its sharp edge or axis of suspension, upon two supports of agate or polished steel. A needle or pointer is fixed to the beam, and oscillates with it in front of a graduated arc. It points to zero when the balance is at rest. When the beam is horizontal, the center of gravity of the instrument should be in the same vertical line with the edge of the fulcrum, but a little beneath the latter. A good balance possesses both sensibility and stability. A balance is said to be sensible which so easily revolves upon its fulcrum that, when in equipoise, the addition of the minutest particle of matter to one scale makes it sensibly move. It is stable when, owing to the low position of the center of gravity, it does not long oscillate on being disturbed. This first type of balance may be modified in various ways. (a) A false balance of this type is one in which the arms are unequal in length, the longer one being on the side of the scale into which the article to be weighed is to be put. As the balance is really a lever [LEVER}, it is evident that a smaller weight than that in the scale will put the beam into equilibrium. The fraud may at once be detected by putting the article to be weighed into the scale containing the weight, and vice versä. (b) Hydrostatic balance : A balance designed for the weighing of bodies in water, with the view of ascertaining their specific gravity. 2. A “Roman’’ balance, the same as the steel- rard. [STEELYARD.] Of this type the Chinese, the anish or Swedish, and the bent lever balances are modifications. II. Mechanics and Nottwral Philosophy: Balance of torsion : An instrument, invented by Coulomb for comparing the intensities of very small forces. It consists of a metallic wire sus- pended vertically from a fixed point, to the lower end of which a horizontal needle is attached with a small weight designed to keep the wire stretched. The magnitude of a small force acting on the end of the needle is measured by the amount of “torsion,” or twisting of the wire—in other words, by the arc which the needle passes over measured from the point of repose. \ III. Mechanics and Horology: 1. Balance of a watch : The circular hoop or ring which takes the place of the bob of a pendulum in a clock. The action of the hair-spring causes it to vibrate. “It is but supposing that all watches, while the balance beats, think; and it is sufficiently proved, that my watch thought all last night.”—Locke. go, gem; thin, this; bench; çhin, Sin, * balance 2. Compensating balance of a chromometer: A balance or wheel furnished with a spiral springs with metals of different expansibility so adjusted that, in alterations of temperature, they work against each other and render the movements of the chronometer uniform. IV. Astron.: A constellation, one of the signs of the zodiac, generally designated by its Latin name, Libra. [LIBRA.] V. Book and Account Keeping : The excess on the debtor or creditor side of an account, which requires to be met by an identical sum entered under some heading on the other side if an equilibrium is to be established between the two. VI. Comm. and Polit. Econ. Balance of trade: Properly an equilibrium between the value of the exports from and the imports into any country, but more commonly the amount required on one side or other to constitute such an equilibrium. “Nothing, however, can be more absurd than this whole. doctrine of the balance of trade. When two places trade with one another, this doctrine supposes that if the balance be even, neither of them either loses or gains; but if it leans in any degree to one side, that one of them . loses and the other gains, in proportion to its declension from the exact equilibrium.”—Adam Smith: Wealth of Nations, bk. iv., ch. iii., pt. ii. VII. Politics. Balance of power: Such a con- dition of things that the power of any one state, however great, is balanced by that of the rest. To maintain such an equilibrium all the nations jealously watch each other, and if any powerful and ambitious one seek to aggrandize itself at the expense of a weaker neighbor, all the other states, parties to the system, i. themselves bound to resist its aggressions. The ancient Greek states thus combined first against Athenian and then against Spartan domination. Several of the mod- ern European states did so yet more systematically, first against Spain, then against France, and more recently against Russia. Many of these wars have tended to the vindication of international law and the preservation and increase of human liberty; but others have been detrimental to humanity, and the “balance of power’” does not now override every consideration to the extent that it did for- merly. Those who advocate it have no other ambi- tion than to maintain the “status quo,” however arbitrary or obsolete. balance-beams, s. pl. Beams constituting part of the machinery for lowering a drawbridge, and which, moving upward, cause it to descend. “Full harshly up its groove of stone, The balance-beams obeyed the blast, And down the trembling drawbridge cast.” Scott: The Bridal of Triermain, i. 15. balance-electrometer, s. An instrument in- vented by Cuthbertson for regulating the amount of the charge of electricity designed to be sent through any substance. Essentially it consists of a beam with both its arms terminating in balls. One of these is in contact with a ball beneath it, sup- ported by a bent metallic tube, proceeding from the same stand as that on witch the beam rosts. When electricity is sent through the instrument, the two balls repel each other, and the beam is knocked up. Its other extremity consequently descends, the ball there coming in contact with another one at the top of an insulated column, and a discharge will there take place. The weight, overcome by the repulsive force, will measure the intensity of the latter. It has been superseded by instruments on other principles. balance-fish, s. A name sometimes given to a shark of the genus Zygaena. The more common appellation, however, for these fishes is Hammer- headed sharks. balance-knife, s. A table-knife with a handle- which so balances the blade that it is kept from coming in contact with the table. balance-reef, v. t. Nawt. : To reduce a sail to its last reef. balance-Step, s. [GOOSE-STEP.] bā1–ange, thäl'-lange, *bā1'-lâunge, v. t. & i. [From the substantive. In Sw. balansera ; Dan. balancere; Fr. botlancer; Prov. balamsar, batlam- zar; Sp. & Port. balamcear; Ital, bilanciare.]. [BALANCE, S.] A. Transitive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit. : To adjust the scales of a balance so that they may be equally poised ; to render them what is called in anglicized Latin in equilibrium, or in classical Latin im equilibrio. 2. Figwratively : (a) So to adjust powers or forces of any kind as to make them constitute an equilibrium ; to cause to be in equipoise; to render equal. (Used whether this is done by man or by nature.) “Now by some jutting stone, that seems to dwell Half in mid-air, as balanced by a spell.” Hemams: The Abemcerrage, c. 3. Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, -tian = del. Shan. –tion, -ble, -Sion = -dle, &c. = bel, -Sious = Shiis. Shiin; -tion, -Šion = -cious, Zhūn. -tious, - balanced “The forces were so evenly balanced that a very slight accident might have turned the scale.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xix. “In the country, parties were more nearly balanced than in the capital.”—Ibid., ch. xxv. (b) To make the two sides of an account agree with each other; or to do anything analogous. III. 1.] “ . . . his gain is balanced by their loss.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ., bk. i., ch. iii., § 4. “Judging is balancing an account, and determining on which side the odds lie.”—Locke. “Give him leave , . To balance the account of Blenheim's day.” Pºor". (c) Mentally to compare two forces, magnitudes, &c., with the view of estimating their relative potency or importance. “A fair result can be obtained only by fully stating and valancing the facts and arguments on both sides_of each question.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), Introd., p. 2. (d) To adjust one thing to another exactly. “While chief baron Ear sat to balance the laws, So famed for his talent in nicely discerning.” Cowper: Report of an Adjudged Case. II. Technically: 1. Account and book keeping: To ascertain and note down or pay the sum which is necessary to make the debtor and creditor side of an account equal. 2. Dancing: Reciprocally to move forward to and backward from. B. Intransitive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit.: To be in equilibrio; to be exactly poised. (Used of scales.) 2. Figuratively : e (a) To be equal on the one side and the other, as “the account balances.” * - - º f(b) To hesitate between conflicting evidence or motives. “Were the satisfaction of lust, and the joys of heaven, offered to any one's present possession, he would not bal- ance, or err in the determination of his choice.”—Locke. “Since there is nothing that can offend, I see not why you should balance a moment about printing it.”—Atter- bury to Pope. II. Dancing: To move forward to, or backward from, a partner. bál'—anged, pa. par, & a. [BALANCE, v.] “For England also the same sobering process of bal- anced loss and gain will have the same salutary effect.”— Times, Nov. 16, 1877. bā1'-ange-mênt, s. [Eng, balance; -ment. In Fr. balancement.] The act of balancing; the state of being balanced. “The elder Geoffroy and Goethe propounded, at about the same period, their law of compensation or balance- ment of growth.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. v., p. 147. bā1'-an-çër, s. [Eng. balanc (e); -er.] 1. Ord. Lang.: He who or that which balances or poises a pair of scales, Qr who, by this or any other method, produces equilibrium in anything. 2. Entom. (The balancers of a dipterous insect): Those drumstick-like processes well seen in the fly and other familiar species of the Order. bál'—an-çiñg, pr. par., a. & 8. [BALANCE, v.] A. & B. As pr. par. dé particip. adj. : In Senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As substantive: 1. The act of rendering equal or in equilibrio or poised; the state of being thus equal or in equi- OLSC. Pº, That which produces equilibrium, poise or equality. “Dost thou know the balancings of the clouds . . .”— Job xxxvii. 16. bºº s. [Sp. & Port., balandra.] [BI- LANDER.] A kind of vessel with one mast, used in South America and elsewhere. “I was compelled to return by a balandra, or one- masted vessel of about a hundred tons' burden, which was bound to Buenos Ayres.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. vii. ba-lān-i-dà, s, pl. [BALANU.S.] One of the two families into which the crustaceous order called Cirrhopoda is divided. It includes the animals popularly called Sea-acorns, from the remote resem- blance which their shells bear to the fruit of the oak. They constitute the fixed Cirrhopoda so fre- quently seen covering stakes and rocks within Hºte: mark. [BALANUS, BARNACLE, CIRRHO- PODA. bāl-a-ni'-niis, S. [Lat. balaninus; Gr. balaminos 364 } Entom. : A genus of beetles belonging to the family Curculionidae. The species have a long slender rostum, furnished at the tip with a minute pair of sharp horizontal jaws, which they use in depositing their eggs in the kernels of certain fruits. Balamimus mucum is the Nut-weevil. It attacks the hazel-nut and the filbert, while B. glandiwm. makes its assaults on the acorn. bāl-an-ite, s. [In Ger. balanit; Fr. balamite; Lat. balamites; Gr. balamitčs = (as adj.) acorn- shaped, (as s.) a precious stone. (Pliny.)] Paloeomt.: A fossil Cirripede of the genus Bal- anus, or closely allied to it. bāl-an-Öph -ór-a, s. [Gr, balanos=acorn, and phero=to bear. , Acorn-bearing...] The typical genus of the above order. The Himalayan species make great knots on the roots of oaks and maples, scooped by the natives into drinking-cups. In Java the wax of Balamophora elongata is used in making candles. bāl-ām-à-phör-ā'-gé-ae (Lindley), bāl-ān-Ö– hör-à-ae (Richard), s. pl. º Cynomoriums. An order of plants placed by Lindley under the class Rhizanths or Rhizogens, but believed by Dr. Hooker to have an affinity to the exogenous order Halorageae, or Hippurids. They are succulent, fungus-like, leafless plants, usually yellow or red, parasitical upon roots. The flowers are mostly unisexual; they are crowded together in heads or cones. The perianth in the males is generally three or six cleft; the ovary has one or two styles, but only one cell and one pendu- lous ovule. Lindley estimated the number known in 1846 at thirty. They occur in America; at the Cape of Good Hope and in other parts of Africa; also in Asia. One species occurs in Malta. In prop- erties they seem to be styptic. Cymomorium coccimewm, called by apothecaries Fungus Melitem- sis, is so, as are some species of Helosis. Embro- phytum is eaten in Peru as if it were a fungus. [BALANOPHORA, CYNOMORIUMS.] bāl-ān-ö-phör'-à-ae, s, pl. [BALANOPHORACEAE.] bāl-an-iis, s. [Lat. balamws; Gr. balanos=(1) an acorn, (2) any similar fº Acorn-shells. A genus of crustaceous animals, the typical One of the family Balanidae (q.v.). Their shell consists of six valves, firmly united into a short tube, which is fixed by its base to the object to which the animal seeks to adhere. From two to four valves more close the upper portion of the tube, with the exception of a slit or orifice, through which the inhabitant protrudes, its cirri, in quest of suste: nance. . Though fixed, when adult, it swims about when immature, and in that state somewhat resembles an entomostracan. [ACORN-SHELL.] bāl'—as, bā1'-ass, a. & S. [In Ger, ballass; Fr. bala is and rubis balais; Prov. balais, balach, Sp. balaa: ; Port. balaar, balais; Ital. balascio; Low Lat. balascus. Named from Balashon or Baiaxiam, erroneous spelling of Badakshan or Budakshan, a city of Uzbec Tartary or Great Bokhara; capital of the province of Kilan; lat. 37° 10' N., long. 68° 50' E.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to the kind of ruby described under B., as the Balas Ruby. B. As substantive: A name given by lapidaries to the rose-red varieties of the Spinel Ruby. These are not to be confounded with the Oriental ruby, or Sapphire, which is of far greater value. [See RUBY and SPINEL, of which the ruby is a variety.] *bal-ās"—tre (tre-ter), s. [Lat. balistarius.] [ARBLESTRE.] A cross-bow. { % . . . a grete quantite of caltrappes, baldstres, quar- elles, bowes and arrowes, .”—Caacton: Vegetius, Sig. ., vi. (S. im Boucher.) bal-âus-ta, S., [Lat., balawstiwm; Gr. balaws- tion=the flower of the wild pomegranate.] Bot.: The name given by Richard, Lindley, and others to the kind of fruit of which the pomegran- ate is the type. It consists of a many-celled, many- seeded, inferior indehiscent fleshy, pericarp, the seeds in which have a pulpy coat, and are distinctly attached to the placentae. bal-âus'-time, a. & s. balawstion.] [BALAUSTA.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to the pomegranate- tree. (Coace.) B. As substantive: The pomegranate-tree. *ba-lāyn, s. [Fr. balaim – a whale.] Whalebone WaS originally used for ivory, which is no doubt meant in the oxample. “Her baner whyt, withouten fable, With thre Sarezynes hedes of sable, That werschapen noble and large Of balaym, both scheeld and targe.” Richard, 2,982. (S. im Bouchen”.) *bāl-bü'-çin-âte, *bā1'-bil'—ti-āte, v. i. [In Fr. balbwtier; Port. balbuciar; Ital. balbw Zzare, bal- buzzère, balbettare, balbutire; Low Lat. balbuzo; Class. Lat, balbutio-to stammer; from balbus= [Lat. balaustium ; Gr. bald bāl-bü'-ti-ás, s. [In Fr. balbutie-inarticulate- ness, bad pronunciation ; Port, balbucie; Ital. balbuzie=stammering, stuttering ; from Lat. balbus =stammering.] . Med...: Stammering. bāl-büz'-zard, s. [BALD-BUZZARD.] Cwvier, vol. vi., 39, 231-233.) fbâ1-cán'—i-fér, fbâl-da-kin'-i-fér, s. [From i. Lat. baldamwºm—a standard, and fero=to €8. I’. Her., Hist., dºc. : Knights Templars. *bā1'-cón, *bā1'-cöne, s. [BALCONY.] bā1'-cön-fed, a... [Eng. balcon (y); -ied.] Having balconies. (Sometimes used in composition.) “The house was double-balcomied in front.”—Roger: No?"th. bā1'-cön-y, *bāl-cá'—ny, *bā1'-cón, *bāl-cöne, *bél–cöne, s. [In Sw., Dut., & Ger. balkon; Dan. balkom, balcom . Fr., Prov., & Sp. balcom . Port. balcao; Ital. balcome; Low Lat. balco. Cognate with Ital. balco or palco = a floor, stage, scaffold, the box of a theater, the horns of a deer, and Eng. balk=a beam.] [BALK.] ** Ord. Lamg. dº Arch. : A gallery or projecting frame- work of wood, iron, or stone, in front of a house, generally on a level with the lower part of the windows in one or more floors. Balconies are sup- ported on brackets, cantilevers, rails, consoles, or pillars, and are often surrounded by iron rails or by a balustrade of stone. They are very common out- side the better houses in large towns. When they are sufficiently strong the inmates of the house can use them for standing or sitting in the open air: when more feebly supported, they may be employed as form-stands for plants in flower-pots. “The streets, the balconies, and the very housetops were crowded with gazers.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. † (a) The form balcome occurs in Howell's Letters (dated 1650). (Halliwell: Contrib, to Learic.). It is found, also in Holyday's Juvenal (1618). This is probably the earliest instance. : (b) In 1836, , Smart noted that the change of accent from the second syllable of the word to the first had taken place within the previous twenty years. *bāld (1), a... [BOLD.] bâld (2), *bälde, *bälled, *bällede, *bāl-líd, a. [Richardson, looking at, the old forms balled, bal- lede, and ballid, thinks the word bald, comes from ball, and signifies smooth and round like a ball. It seems, however, more akin to Sp. & Port; baldiož untilled, uncultivated, vain, useless; Gael. & Jrish maol, Wel. moel; Arm. moal=bald. Sw. kal; Dut. kaal=bald, bare, leafless.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Literally: 1. Of mam: Without hair upon the crown of the head, one of the characteristic marks of approach- ing old age. : ‘Balled he was, and thycke of body . . .” Rob. Glouc.; Chrom., p. 429. (S. in Boucher.) “Both the great and the small shall die in this land; they shall not be buried, neither shall men lament for them, nº; Cut, *selves, nor make themselves bald for them.” —J €r". XVI. ty. 2. Of birds: Without feathers on the crown of the head, a characteristic seen in some vultures, which can in consequence bury their head in the carcass of an animal without having their feathers rendered clotted and disagreeable by blood. II. Figuratively: 1. Of covering or adornment essentially of (t 7m aterial kind : º * (q) Of plants: . Destitute of foliage, flowers, or fruit. [See also B. “ Under an oak, whose boughs were moss'd with age, And high top bald with dry antiquity.” Shakesp.: As You Like It, iv. 3. (b) Of any inanimate part of mature: Destitute 3. º natural covering. (Used of rocks, the earth, &C. . 2. Of covering or adornment essentially of an immaterial kind: (a) Of literary composition: Unadorned... (Used both of original composition and of translation.) “Hobbes, in the preface to his own bald translation of the Ilias, begins the praise of Homer where he should have ended it.”—Dryden: Fab., Pref. - “And that, though labor'd, line must bald appear, That brings ungrateful music to the ear.”—Creech. (b) Of a person's character, manners, or status: Unattractive, undignified. “What should the people do with these bald tribunes 2 On whom depending their obedience fails - - - To the greater bench.-” Shakesp.: Coriolamus, iii. 1. B. Agric. & Bot. Of grasses: Without a beard (Griffith's The standard-bearer of the = made from the balamos...] [BALANOS.] Stammering.] To stammer. (Johnsom.) OT a WI] . făte, fit, fare, amidst, what, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, Wäre, Wolf, Wörk, Whö, Sön; mite, cib, ciire, unite, cir, råle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 3; ey = a, qu = kw bald-buzzard bald-buzzard, s. A name sometimes given to the Osprey, or Fishing-hawk (Pandion haliceetus), and to the genus to which it belongs. e e ºf Baid-buzzard is sometimes abbreviated into Balbuzzard. bald coot, s. An English name for the Common Coot (Fulica atra). bald-head, bald head, 8. 1. A head which is bald, or destitute of hair. 2. An offensive designation for one affected with baldness. “. . . there came forth little children out of the city, and mocked him, and said unto him, Go up, thou bould head; go up, thou bald head.”–2 Kings ii. 23. - bald-locust, bald locust, S. [Heb. Salgham, saléam, or salam, from East Aram. Salgh (tm, saléam, or salam=consumed. In Sept. Gr. attakes. Lat: Vulg. attacus...] A winged and eatable species of locust, not yet properly identified. “. . . and the bald locust after his kind . . .”— Ler. xi. 22. bald-pate, S. & a. A. As substantive : of hair. “Come hither, goodman baldpate; do you know me 3’’— Shakesp.: Measure for leasure, V. B. As adjective : 1. Having a head of this description. 2. Devoid of the accustomed covering of any- thing. “Nor with Dubartas bridle up the floods, Nor perriwig with snow the baldpate woods.” Soame and Dryden: Art of Poetry. Having the “pate,” or head, A “pate,” or head, destitute bald-pated, a. destitute of hair. - “You baldpated, lying rascal, you must be hooded, must you?”—Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, v. 1. bald-tyrants, s. pl. The English name of a genus of birds, Gymnocephalus, which belongs to the family Ampelidae (Chatterers), and the sub- family Gymnoderinae, or Fruit-crows. Its habitat is South America. Its name is derived from the ºnce of feathers on a considerable portion of the 3.C.G., bä1'-da-chin, bāl-da-chi-nó, bāu'-dé-kin, s. [In Dan. baldakim ; Ger. baldachin, Fr. baldaquin; Sp. baldaqwi, Ital, baldatchino= canopy ; Low Lat. baldachinus, baldechinus=(1) rich silk, (2) balda- chim from itài. Raldacco, Baldach = Bagdad, the well-known city near the eastern limit of Turkey in Asia, whence the rich silk used for covering balda- chins came.] 1. Properly: A rich silk cloth erected as a canopy Over a king, a saint, or other persons of distinction, to increase his dignity. “No baldachimo, no cloth of state, was there; the king being absent.”—Sir T. Herbert: Trav., p. 185. 2. Eccles. Arch.. A canopy, generally supported by pillars, but sometimes suspended from above, placed over an altar in a Roman Catholic Church, ;||{i. m ... ." ld º, ||| º | * § : ; ; ) º º: º .* | * º º : ſ ºiº\: |º-§ ;j || º : : ; :| º-º: -a-see sº Baldachino (from St. Peter's, Rome). not SQ much to protect it as to impart to it addi- £ional grace and dignity. It is generally of a square form, covered with silk or other rich cloth, fringed at the margin. It is supposed to be copied from a Štructure called in Latin ciborium, and in Greek kibgrion, erected by the early Christians over tombs and altars, Baldachins were first introduced into the Western Church about 1130. Some baldachins are of great size. That in St. Peter's at Rome, the largest and finest known, reaches the elevation, including the cross, of 126% feet. On the other hand, some are smail "enough to be removed from their places and carried over the host in Roman Catholic processions. *bā'lde-ly, *bā'lde-liche (ch guttural), adv. BOLDLY.] *bāld e-móyne, s. [Etymology doubtful..] [BAWD- MONEY.j 365 bā1'-dér-dāsh, s. [According to Malone, balder is from Eng. ball, and dash, is also the ordinary English word, the reference being to the practice of barbers dashing their “balls” backward and for- ward in hot water. The example from Nashe given below is in favor of this etymology. But Joseph Hunter, writing in Boucher, suggests that balder- dash may be from Wel. baldardd, baldordd = to babble, to prate, to talkidly; baldarddus=prating babbling, talking idiy. With this view Wedgwoºd agrees, and adds Teutonic and other affinities. In Gael. ballartaich, ballardaich is = a loud noise, shouting; Sw. buller=noise, clamor, bustle; Dan. bwlcler-noise, rumbling noise, bustle, brawl; Dut. bºwldering = blustering.] [See the verb.] I. Lit. : Mixed, trashy, and worthless liquor. 1. That used by barbers for washing the head. [See etym.] “They would no more live under the yoke of the sea, or have their heads washed with his bubbly spunne or bar- ber's balderdash.”—Nashe: Lenten Stuffe (1599), p. 8. 2. A liquor to be drunk. “It is against my freehold, my inheritance, To drink such balderdash, or bonny clabber 1’’ Ben Jomson: New Inn, i. 2. ** Mine is such a drench of balderdash.” Beaumont & Fletcher: Woman’s Prize. II. Fig. : Confused speech or writing; a jargon of words without meaning, or if they possess any, then it is something offensive and indecent. * If the derivation of balderdash, from the Welsh, as suggested by Hunter, be preferred, then what is here marked 11. Fig. must become I. Lit., and vice wersć. bāl'-dér-dāsh, v. t. [From the substantive.] To mix or adulterate liquor of any kind. “When monarchy began to bleed, And treason had a fine new name; When Thames was balderdash’d with Tweed, And pulpits did like beacons flame.” The Geneva Ballad (1674). “Can wine or brandy receive any sanction by being balderdashed with two or three sorts of simple waters?” —Mandeville: Hypochondr. Dis. (1730), 279. bâld'—ly, adv. [Eng. bald; -ly.] In a bald man- ner; nakedly, inelegantly. (Johnson.) bâld'-mön-ey, *bāld'—mön-y, bāvd'-mön-ey, *bāld e-móyne, s. [From the Lat. valde boma = exceedingly good. (Prior.) From Balder, the name of the person to whom the plant was dedicated. (Sir W. J. Hooker.)] *A. Of the for m s bald- mony, * balde- moyne : A gen- tian. (Johnsom, dºc.) B. Of the for m s bald- m O n e y a m d bawd m on ey: A n English name applied to the Meum, a genus of um- be l life r O us plants. On e species found in Britain, the M. atham a mi- cwm = Common Baldmoney or Meum. It has multip artite leaflets, yellowish flowers, and a fusiform root eaten as an aromatic and carminative. The whole plant has a strong smell. bâld'-nēss, *bā1'-lèd-nēss, s. [Eng. bald; -mess.] The quality of being bald. I. Literally: 1. Partial or total, absence of hair on a human being, whether arising from disease or from old age. [ALOPECIA.] “. . . his shode shamed not the harme of balled messe, and whenne he is iclipped in squar the for hede, he sheweth as a lyounus visage.”—Rob. of Glowc., p. 482. (S. in Boucher.) “. . . on all their heads shall be baldness, and every beard cut off.”—Isa. xv. 2. 2. Absence of feathers from the crown and back of the head in a vulture or other bird. “Make thee bald, and poll thee for thy delicate chil- dren; enlarge thy baldness as the eagle.”—Micah i. 16. * In the example from Micah the word translated “eagle” is probably a species of vulture. II. Figuratively: 1. Such destruction as leaves a city bare of inhabitants, if not even of edifices. “Baldness is come upon Gaza; Ashkelon,is cut off with the remnant of their valley; how long wilt thou cut thy- self 2?”—Jer. xlvii. 5. Baldmoney (Meum Athaman- ticum). bale 2. Absence of all ornament or even elegance. (Specially of composition.) “Borde has all the baldness of allusion, and barbarity of versification, belonging to Skelton, without his strokes of ºire and severity.”—Warton: Hist. of Eng. Poetry, lil. e bâld'—ric, *bāld'—rick, *bāuld-rick, *bāud- rick, *bäu"—dér-yk, bāvd'—rick, *bāwd-rycke, ºbăw-dèr-yke, ºbāw-dryk, ºbāw-drikke, bâld'—reye, bow'-drég, bāv'-dryg (au or aw in some of these words is softened from ald, which is the older form), s. [In M. & O. H. Ger. ba’ derich. According to Mudge, from Low Lat. baldringws; according to Ducange, from Low Lat. baldrellus. In either case, remotely from Class. Lat. baltews= a girdle, a belt, . . . the zodiac. In A. S. belt: Sw. balte; Icel. balti ; 'Dan. boelte; Fr. bawdrier; O. Fr. bawdrier, bawdre, e Ital. budriere.] [BELT.] I. Literally: .1. A richly-ornamented girdle or belt, passing over one shoulder and around , the opposite side, as shown in the ac- companying, figure. It was designed to be orna- mental and to show the rank of the wearer, be- sides being of use as a sword-belt, or, in some cases, for carrying a bugle. “A radiant baldric, o'er his shoulder tied, Sustain’d the sword that glitter'd at his side.” Pope: Homer’s Iliad, bk. iii., 415-16. “His bugle-horn hung by his side, All in a wolf-skin baldric tied.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, iii. 16. “. . . from his baldric drew His bugle . . .” Byron: The Corsair, ii. 4. *2. A collar. “A baldrick for a lady's neck.”—Palsgrave. *3. Any one of the subsidiary ropes used in ringing church bells. (Bowcher); or the rope by means of which a bell is rung. “. . . for making the bawdryk of the great belle, xii d.”—Add. MSS., Mus. Brit., 6,761, f. 40. (S. im Boucher.) II. Fig. ...The zodiac viewed as a gem-studded belt encircling the heavens. (See Lat. baltews in the etymology.) “That like the Twins of Jove, they seem’d in sight, Which deck the baldrick of the heavens bright.” Spense”: F. Q., W. i. 11. baldric-wise, bauldrick-wise, a. Resembling a baldric ; ornamented like a baldric. “And not the meanst, but, bauldrick-wise, doth wear Some goodly garland y 3 Baldric. Drayton, iv. 1,464. (Boucher.) *bāle (1), S. & q. . [A, S, bealw, bealo- (1) bale, woe, evil, mischief; (2) wickedness, depravity; bale we=miserable, wicked; balewa—the baleful or wicked 9ne, Satan ; Icel: bal, běl; Dut, baal= misery; O. Sax. balu; O. H. Ger, balo; Goth, balos. ln Ir, becula is=to die; and a bail=death.] A. As swbstantive: 1. Mischief, danger, calamity. “Ac of sende thison therfore, And yif him respit of his bale.” Sevyn Sages, ii. 704-5. * Sometimes, though rarely, used in the plural. “Of such false blisse as there is set for stales, Tº entrap unwary fooles in their eternal bales.” Spenser: F. Q., VI. x. 4. 2. Sorrow, misery. “. . . that much bale tholed.”—Gawaym and the Green. Knyght, 4,448. (S. in Boucher.) “For light she hated as the deadly bale.” Spenser: F. Q., I. i. 16. B. As adjective: Evil. . . . bring me forth toward blisse with se bale here.”—MS. Cott., Titus, D. xviii., f. 146 b. (S. in Boucher.) bāle (2), s. [In Sw. bal; Icel. bøllr: Dan. balle; Ger. ball, balle, ballen M. H. Ger. bal, balle; O. H. Ger. balla, palla, pallo; Fr. balle ; O. Fr. bale; Prov, balla, Sp. & Port. bala : Ital. balla ; Low Lat. balla, bala = a bale, a bail.j [BALL.] 1. A package or certain quantity of goods or merchandise, wrapped or packed up in cloth, and corded round very tightly, marked and numbered with figures corresponding to those in the bills of lading for the purpose of identification. “Every day ten or twelve bales of parchment covered with the signatures of associators were laid at his feet.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. & “. the most frequent object being a bullock- wagon piled up with bales of wool.”— Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xix. & & bóil, böy; pétit, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bench; Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, * -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. –tion, Shiis. -ble, -dle, -sion = Shiin; -Sious —tion, -śion * Zhiin. -tious, -cious, bale-goods *2. A pair of dice. “It is a false die of the same bale, but not the same cut.”—Overbury: Charact., sign. Q. 2 “For exercise of arms a bale of dice.” Ben Jomson: New Inn, i. 1. bale-goods, S. pl. Goods done up in bales. bāle (1), v. t. [From bale, s. (2). In Ger. emballen; Fr. emballer; , Sp. embalar; Ital. imballare.] To form into a bale or bales. bāle (2) v. t. [Johnson, believes it to be from Fr. &bailler, in the sense of delivering from hand to hand, an opinion with which Mahn, who considers the preferable spelling to be bail, agrees. On the other hand, as Wedgwood points out, it may be connected with Dan. ballie, balje = a tub; Sw. balja=a sheath, a scabbard, a tub; Dut. balj = a, skin, a slough (a skin being perhaps the oldest form of tub); Fr. baille=a large sea-tub or Bºº Naut. ... To free from water by throwing it out, as distinguished from pumping it out. (Skimmer.) bāle º s. [A. S. boel = (1) a funeral pile, (2) a burning.] [BELTANE...] A fire kindled upon an erminence, on the border or coast of a country or elsewhere, to give warning of the approach of danger. “For, when they see the blazing bale, Elliots and Armstrongs never fail.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, iii. 27. bale-fire, s. A fire of the kind now described. “Sweet Teviot! on thy silver tide The glaring bale-fires blaze no more.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, iv. 1. bale-hills, 8... pl. Hillocks on which bale-fires were formerly kindled. (S. im Boucher.) bàle (4), 8...[Fr. bale, bale, balle, from Wel. ballasg, ballaw-a skin, a glume (Littré), balleog=a prickly skin. (Pughe.)] De Candolle’s name for one of the bracts in the flower of grasses called by him also glºwmella. tRāl-e-ār-i-an, a. [Lat. Balearis=Balearic, from Baleares, s., or Baliares insulae; Gr. Bali- &reis...] Pertaining to the Balearic Isles. [BALE- ARIC. “. . . . the Balearian slingers slung their stones like hail into the ranks of the Roman line.”—Arnold: Hist. Bome, vol. iii., ch. xliii., p. 140. Bāl-e-ār-ſc, a. [Lat. Balearicus.] [BALEAR- IAN.] Pertaining to the Balearic Isles in the Med- iterranean. In Sp. & Lat. Baleares, probably from balló= to throw, the inhabitants anciently being excellent slingers. The re a re five islands—viz., Ma- jorca, Minorca, a Iviza, Form en- # tera, and Cabrera. ... They are subject to Spain. B a 1 e a r i C Cr a n e , s . The Črowned Crane (Balearica, pavo- # found not merely in islands after which it is n a med, but in North Africa. Its occiput is or- namented with a & e tuft of yellowish filaments, or feathers tipped with blackish hairs. Its voice is like a trumpet. ba-lèc'—tion, bū-lèc'—tion, a. obvious.] Projecting. balection moldings, s. Arch. : Projecting moldings, situated around the panels of a framing. (Gwilt.) bā'led, pa. par. [BALE, v. (1) & (2).] ba–1é'en, s. [In Fr. baleine= (1) a whale, (2) whalebone; Lat. baloema Dut. balein-whalebone (q.v.).] Whalebone. “. . . the family of the Balaenidae, or true Whales, in which the teeth are deficient, and the mouth is fur- nished with numerous plates of a horny substance well known as whalebone or baleem.”—Dallas: Animal King- dom, p. 677. bā'le-fúl, fbâ'le-füll, a. [Eng. bale (1); full.] 1. §§ : Full of grief or misery; sorrow- ful, sad, woeful. “Such stormy stoures do breede my balefull Smart, As if my yeare were wast and woxen old.” Spenser; Shep. Cal., i. Balearic Crane. [Etymology not “. . . . round he throws his baleful eyes, That witnessed huge affliction and dismay.” Milton: P. L., bk, i. 366 2. Objectively: Pernicious, harmful, deadly. “He cast about, and searcht his baleful bokes againe.” Spense”: F. Q., I. ii. 2. “. . . by baleful Furies led . . .” Pope: Thebais of Statius, 95. “It is Count Hugo of the Rhine, The deadliest foe of all our race, And baleful unto me and mine !” Longfellow: Golden Legend, iv, bā'le-fü1–ly, adv. [Eng. , baleful; , -ly.] In a ºul manner; perniciously, harmfully. (John- SO??. bā'le-fúl-nēss, , s: [Eng., baleful; -ness.] Per- niciousness, harmfulness, ruin. “But that their bliss be turned to balefulness.’’ * Spenser: F. Q., II. xii. 83 *ba'-lès, s. [BAL Ass.] *bāl'—és-tér, s. [BALISTAR.] *bāl-Étte, s. [BALLAD.] *bāl-hew (ew as ū), a. [BALwF.] bā -lifig (1), pr. par. & s. [BALE, v. (1).] A. As present par. : Making up into bales. B. As substantive: The act or process of putting goods into bales. bā'-lińg (2), pr: par., a. & S. [BALE, v. (2).] A. & B. As present par. dº adj. : Freeing from Water by throwing it out. C. As substantive: . The act, or process of freeing from water by throwing it out. bâl-i-sāur, s. [Apparently from Gr, balios= spotted, dappied, and Sawra, sawros=a lizard; but it is a mammal, and not a lizard.]. An Indian mammal (Mydaws collaris), allied to the badger. ba-lis'—ta, bā1–1ís'—ta, s. [In Fr. baliste; Ger. balliste; Port. balista; Lat., ballista, balista and ballistra; from Gr. balló=to throw.l. A large mili- tary engine used by the ancients for hurling stones, TE--— º “... Fºx-º-º-mºm. 㺠# §§§ - as º $4°N: sº -- - - - - - - SW3 #sº º āşº-: -- w Rºº. . . Fºr lººk-Y-Hºº-ºº: 23;sº$: §§§º º-E= #º == N. XSS º *º x=#: *N******- 1; -º - */emº:==== Balista. darts, and other missiles by moans of a spring tightly drawn and then let loose. 2. Anot. : The bone of the tarsus, more commonly called the astragalus. *ba-lis'—tar, *ba-lès'—tér, s. [Contracted from ARBALISTER (q.v.).] A crossbow-man. “. . . two hundred men of armes, a hundred bales- ters, and cc. carpenters.”—Caaton: Vegetius, Sig. I., vi. U. (S. in Boucher.) ba-lis'—tér, bâl-lis'-têr, s. [In Prov. balestier, balestrier; Lat, balistarium, accus. =crossbow, from balista (q.v.).] A crossbow. “A spindle full of raw thread, to make a false string for the king's balister, or crossbow.”—Blownt: Tem wres. ba-lis'—téS, s. [Lat. ballista or balista (q.v.). The resemblance to the method of working the balista is in the way the fishes to be described ele- vate a long spine which they have upon their backs.]. A genus of fishes, the typical one of the i. Balistidae. The species are common in the TOp1CS. ba-lis'—tics, bāl-lís'-tics, s. [In Fr. balistique; Port. balistica.] The science of throwing missile weapons by means of an engine. ba-lis'—tí-dae, s. pl. [From the typical genus balistes (q. §: File-fishes. A family of fishes of the order Plectognathi. Their skin is generally rough or clothed with hard scales. They have a long muzzle, and few but distinct teeth. bâl-is-trar'-i-a, s. [From balista (q.v.).] The same as BARTIZAN (q.v.). ba-li'ze, s. . [From Fr. balise=a sea-mark, buoy, beacon, floating beacon, quay, water-mark; Sp. baliza : Prov. palisa ; from Lat. palus—a pale.] PALE, s., PALING, PALISADE.] A pole raised on a ank to constitute a sea-beacon; a sea-mark. bālk, *bālke, *bāulk, *báuk, *bāwk (l usually mute), s. [A. S. balca- (1) a balk, heap, ridge, (2) a beam, roof, covering, balcony; Dut. balk=a beam, joist, rafter, bar; Sw, balk, bjelke=a beam ; Dan. bielke; Ger. balkem. Wel. balc=a ridge between furrows, from bal–a prominence; Fr. balk..] [BALR, v., BALCONY.] balker A. (Apparently connected specially with Dut., c., balk=a beam. See etym.) A beam, a rafter. “There's some fat hens sits o' the bawks.” Taylor: Scotch Poems, p. 62. (Boucher.) “On Saturday last a heavy balk of timber, weighing some three-quarters of a ton, was being hoisted to the first floor of the building by means of a crank, when the rope . . . . gave way and the timber fell Times, May 17, 1879. B. (Apparently connected specially with Wel. balc=a ridge between furrows.) I. Literally: 1. A ridge of land left unplowed between the fur- rows or at the end of a field; land over which the plow slips without turning it up. “Dikers and delvers digged up the balkes.” Pier's Plowman, f. 67. (Boucher.) “Making no ballces, the plow was truly held.” Bochas: Fall of Princes, f. 172. (Boucher.) 2. The boundary line between fields, constituted, as is sometimes the case, by such an unplowed fur- row; Or, in a more general sense, a boundary made by a ridge or tract of land of any kind. (This use of the word still obtains in Suffolk.) “Doles and marks, which of ancient time were laid for the division of meres and balks in the fields, to bring the owners to their right.”—Homilies, ii. 235. “. . . who by his knightlie force Had set from robbers clere the balke that makes the straight divorce Between the seas Ionian and Ægean.” Ovid: Metamorph., bk. vii. (J. H. im Bowcher.) II. Figuratively: 1. Anything passed by in the way that an unplowed furrow is. “The mad steele about doth fiercely fly, Not sparing wight, ne leaving any balke, But making way for death at large to walke.” Spenser: F. Q., VI. xi. 16. .2. The disappointment hence resulting; frustra- tion of plans or projects. “There cannot be a greater balk to the tempter, nor a more effectual defeat to all his temptations.”—South. 3. A part of a billiard-table. bālk (1), *bälke, *bāulk, *bāulke (l usually mute), v. t. & i. [Eng. balk, s. (q.v.).] A. Transitive : I. Lit. . Of land: To leave untouched by the plow: to plow, leaving “balks” or furrows unturned up. “So well halt no man the plow That he ne balketh other whyle.”—Gower. II. Figuratively: 1. Of the dead in battle: To leave lying untouched | i Various authors consider it to mean in the ollowing example, “heap up.”) “Ten thousand bold Scots, two and twenty knights, Balk'd in their own blood, did Sir Walter see On Holmedon’s plains.”—Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., i. 1. 2. Of roads, paths, dºc.; also of things immateriol: To avoid, to turn aside from, to miss, to leave unmeddled with. “. . . which made them bawlic the beaten road, and teach post-hackneys to leap hedges.”—Sir H. Wottom: Rem., p. 218. “I shall balk this theme.”—Bo. Hall: Rem., p. 233. 3. Of persons im, ſº discussion: Coyly to say the opposite of what one thinks, or believes to be maintainable in argument, with the view of draw- ing out a person with whom the speaker wishes to be in friendly or loving dispute. “But to occasion him to further talke, To feed her humor with his pleasing style, Her list in stry full termes with him to balke, And thus replyde.” Spense”: F. Q., III.ii. 12. 4. Of persons having any wish, hope, or with any aim or project in contemplation: To thwart, to frus- trate, to render nugatory, to disappoint. “The thorny ground is sure to balk: All hopes of harvest there.” Cowper: Olmey Hymns; The Sower. “Their numbers balk their own retreat.” Byrom: The Siege of Corinth, 29. B. Intrams. : To turn aside, to swerve, to diverge. “When as the ape him heard so much to talke Of labor, that did from his liking balke.” Spenser: Mother Hubberd's Tale, v. 268. *bālk (2), *bišlk, v. t. & i. [A. S. bealcan, beal- cettam-to belch, emit, utter, pour out..] To emit, to belch. bālked, *bālkt, *bālk, pa. par. [BALK (1), v.] “This was looked for at your hand, and this was balkt.” —Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, iii. 2. bālk'-Ér, s. [Eng. balk; -er.] A. Ord. Lang. : One who balks. 3 * , - făte, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = 3; ey = à. qu = kW. balking B. In fisheries: Men who stand on a cliff, or high place on the shore, and give a sign to the men in the fishing-boats which way the shoal of herrings is passing. (Cowel.) “The pilchards are pursued by a bigger fish, called, a plusher, who leapeth above water and be wrayeth them to the balker.”—Carew: Survey of Cornwall. bālk'-iñg (1), pr. par. [BALK, v. (1).] *bālk'—ing (2), *bālk'-yńge, *bālk'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BALK, v. (2).] g As substantive: Eructation. “It is a balkynge of yesterdayes meel.” Horman: Vulg., Sig. G. 8. (S. in Boucher.) bālk -iñg-ly, adv. [Eng. balking; -ly.] In a manner to balk, to frustrate or hinder. bāll (1), s. [In Sw., boll, bal; Dan, bold; Dut. bal; Ger. ball; O. H. Ger, balla, palla . Fr. balle, bowlet, bowle, bille; Prov, & Sp. bola = a ball; balla. =bullet; Port. bala; Ital, palla– a ball, bowl, bullet; Lat. pilg-a ball.] [BALLOON, BALLOT, Bow L, BULLET, PILL.I] A. Ordinary Language : I. Anything in art or nature which is globular Or nearly so. 1. Of things made by art : (a) A globular body for play. It may be formed of leather and stuffing, or any hard substance, or be inflated with air, j can be used with the hand, the foot, or a racket. “Those I have seen play at ball grow extremely earnest who should have the ball.”—Sidney. (b) A globular body of wood, ivory, or other sub- stance, used for yoting by ballot or in any other way. Also one of a similar character for experi- ments in natural philosophy. “Let lots decide it. For every number'd captive put a ball Into an urn, three only black be there, The rest all white are safe.”—Dryden. “Minos, the strict inquisitor, appears; º Round in his urn the blended balls he rowls, Absolves the just, and dooms the guilty Souls.” Dryden: Virgil's AEmeid, vi. 582-85. (c) A bullet, a globular piece of metal designed 3 S 8. projectile to be expelled from a. musket or rifle. Also one on a larger scale to be ejected from a cannon. (Often used in the singular as a noun of multitude to signify a large number of balls.) “Their powder and ball were spent. Cries were heard of ‘Ammunition' for God’s sake, ammunition!'”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. (d) A globe of metal carried as a symbol of sovereign or other high authority. “Hear the tragedy of a young man that by right ought to hold the ball of a kingdom; but by fortune is made himself a ball, tossed from misery to misery, from place to place.”—Bacom. 2. Of objects eacisting in Nature: , . * (a) Gen. : Anything in nature which is globular or nearly so. “Like a ball of snow tumbling down a hill, he gathered strength as he passed.”—Howel. (b) Spec.: The earth when viewed with reference to its nearly spherical shape. It may have some explanatory adjective, such as “earthly ” prefixed, or may have no such adjective. “No compound of this earthly ball Is like another, all in all.” Tennyson: The Two Voices. “Ye gods, what justice rules the ball f Freedom and arts together fall.”—Pope. II. A game in which the globular body described under I. 1. (a), or anything similar, is used. B. Technically: I. Heraldry: Balls, occasionally tasseled, are represented on some charges. II. Mechanics: 1. Ball and socket: An instrument so adjusted that it can move in all directions, horizontally, Yertically, and obliquely, like the ball-and-socket joint of the shoulders or of the hip. It is used in trigonometrical surveying and in astronomy. The theodolite approaches this construction. 2. The ball of a pendulum : The heavy piece of metal at the bottom of a pendulum. The name is not appropriate, for the “ball,” instead of being flººr. is much compressed on two opposite sides. OB. III, Veterinary science:... A bolus of globular shape administered as medicine to a horse. IV. Pyrotechnics: A firework made in a globular form, and consisting of combustible materials of Various kinds. *V. Printing: A cushion covered with leather or skin, and stuffed with hair or wool, the whole affixed to a hollow piece of wood called a ball-stock. It was formerly used by printers for applying ink to the types, several applications of the ball being 367 necessary to spread the ink over the entire surface when a number of pages were printed at one time; but now this is done much more rapidly and efficiently by means of rollers made of a composi- tion of treacle, caoutchouc, and other ingredients. VI. A matomy: (a) Any part of the bodily frame globular in form. “Be subject To no sight but thine and mine, invisible To every eye-ball else.”—Shakesp.: Tempest, i. 2. (b) Any part sub-globular or protuberant. “. . pressed by the ball of the foot .”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. A mat., vol. i., p. 170. Ball-and-socket joint: A joint constituted by the insertion of the round end of one bone in a socket or cavity formed for its reception. It is called also an enarthroidal joint. Those of the shoulder and of the hip are of this construction. [ENARTHROI- DAL, ENARTHROSIS.] “. . . an enarthroidal or ball-and-socket joint.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 71. VII. Bot. : The round central part of the flower of Stapelia. TI For such compounds as foot-ball, smow-ball, see the word with which ball is conjoined. ball-cartridge, s. A cartridge containing a ball, as distinguished from one which has only powder. ball-cock, s. A water-cock furnished with a ball, which allows the fluid freely to enter till it rises to a certain line, when the ball is floated to a level with the aperture by which ingress is made, and closes it for a time. ball-flower, s. Arch. : A kind of ornament in Gothic architecture of the fourteenth century, in which the petals of a Ball-flower Ornament. molded or Sculptured flower inclose, not stamens or pistils, but a ball. *ball-Stock, s. Printing : The “stock ’’ to which the cushion was affixed in the old apparatus for applying ink to the types. [BALL, B., (Now Superseded by com- position rollers.) ball-vein, S. . The appellation given by miners to a particular kind of iron ore found in balls or nodules. bā11, v. i. [From Eng. ball (s.). 1. To unite so as to form a ball. 2. To have a ball attached to it. bāll (2), s. [In Sw., Dut., Fr., & Proy. bal; Ger. ball; Sp. & Port. baile; Ital, ballo. From O. Fr. baler; Prov. balar, ballar; Sp. & Port, bailar; Ital, ballare; Low flat bailö–to dance; Gr. ballizö = to throw the leg about, to dance; balló=to throw.] A dancing assembly, a social party at which guests assemble, specially that they may spend the evening in dancing. “Of court, and ball, and play ; those venal souls, Corruption’s veteran unrelenting bands.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. v. In Ger. ballen.] *|| To open a ball : {} Lit. : To lead off in the first dance. b) Fig. (among soldiers) : To commence a battle, or a cannonade against a fortification, and thus set on foot a dance of death. *bā1'-lage, v. t. [BALLAST, v.] bā1'-lad, *bāl-ad, *bāl-ade, *bā1'-lèt, *bil'— ëtte (O. Eng.), *bāl-lant (O. Scotch), s. [In Sw. ballad; Dan., Dut., Ger., & Fr. ballade; Prov. bal- lada ; Ital, ballata=a dance, a ballad; from ballare = to dance.] [BALL (2), S., BALLET. ) * Ballad and ballet were originally the same word; afterward they became specialized in mean- ing—ballet being applied to a dance, and ballad to a literary or musical composition. A. Ordinary Language: 1. Originally: Any composition in verse, or even in measured lines. Such a production might be serious, or even religious. Thus in Coverdale’s Bible Solomon's Song is called “Salomon's Bal- ettes,” and in Cranmer's and the Bishops' Bibles “The Ballet of Ballets.’’ Harding also calls his Chronicle a “Balade.” (Bowcher.) “Ballad once signified a solemn and sacred song as well as trivial, when Solomon’s Song was called the ballad of ballads; but now it is applied to nothing but trifling verse.”— Watts. ballader 2. Neart : A poem in spirited style; in most cases celebrating some heroic exploits. It was a much briefer and less elaborate, composition . than an epic. Ballads of this type have existed in nearly all countries. They have been used with great effect to perpetuate and increase the martial spirit, besides furnishing a tolerably authentic narrative of important occurrences,ere history of, the ordi- nary kind had arisen. Before the revival of letters had directed attention to the great classic models of epic poetry, native ballads were highly appre- ciated, even by persons of rank and culture, and the bard was a welcome guest at their social enter- tainments. This state of things was in full force between the eleventh and thirteenth centuries, dur- ing which period the ballad, though still mainly occupied in celebrating heroic exploits, began to embrace a wider range of subjects. [BARD.] “A great part of their history is to be learned often from their ballads.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. iii. “I know a very wise man that believed that if a man were permitted to make all the ballads, he need not care who should make the laws of a nation.”—Fletcher of Sal- town: Letten' to the Marquis of Montrose. 3. Now: A short sentimental poem. B. Music: 1. A short, simple air repeated in two or more stanzas, with an accompaniment of a strictly sub- ordinate character. A more elaborate composition of an analogous kind is called a song Qr, canzonet. 2. A piece of concerted vocal music of the madri- gal, class, perhaps originally of a dance-like rhythm, *ºnerally having a short “burden” such as fa, C!, CC, 3. A term used by . Bagh and other writers to designate one of a “suite de pièces.” ‘I A ballade, in German music may be a long qramatic and descriptiye song, or even assume the form of a cantata with solos and choruses with Orchestral accompaniments. ballad-maker, s. A maker of ballads. “Such a deal of wonder is broken out within this hour, that balladmakers cannot be able to express it.”— Shakesp.: Winter’s Tale, v. 2. ballad-making, s. ballads. “How he found time for dress, politics, love-making and ballad-making was a wonder.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. ballad-monger, s. a composer of ballads. ; “With eagle pinion soaring to the skies, Behold the Ballad-monger Southey rise!” Byron: English Bards. ballad-opera, 8. An opera, the musical portion of which is not a connected and consecutive whole, but a series of ballads introduced, as occasion arises, into the spoken dialogue. ballad-singer, s. One who sings ballads. “A famous man is Robin Hood, The English ballad-singer's joy!” Wordsworth: Rob Roy’s Grave. ballad-singing, s. The act or practice of sing- ing ballads. ballad-style, s: , A, style suitable to be used in the composition of ballads. “The familiarity which Dr. Milles assigns to the ballad- style.”— Wartom: Rowley Eng., p. 46. ballad-theory, s. A theory which accounts for the prevalence of belief in certain, unsupported historical narratives by assuming that they may have been derived from Old and veracious ballads. “There is another circumstance which shows the futility of Niebuhr's ballad-theory, as a historical hypoth- esis, .”—Lewis. Early Rom. Hist., ch. vi., § 5 ballad-tune, s. The tune to which a ballad is Set. The art of composing A contemptuous epithet for “. . . and fitted to the ballad-tume which each liked best.”—Warton: Hist. of Eng. Poetry, iii. 168. ballad-Writer, s. A writer of ballads. “Thomas Deloney, a famous ballad-writer of these times, mentioned by Kemp, one of the original actors in iºkespeare's plays.”—Warton: Hist. of Eng. Poetry, iii. bā1'-lad, v. t. & i. [From Eng. ballad, s. (q.v.).] A. Transitive: To assail with or in ballads. (Fol- lowed by the objective of the person against whom the ballad is directed.) “Saucy lictors Will catch at us like strumpets, and scall’d rhimers Ballad us out o' tune.” Shakesp.: Amtomy and Cleopatra, v. 2 B. Imtramsitive: To compose or sing ballads. “These envious libelers ballad against them.”— Donne: Par., 1 fbâl-lad-Ér, s, [Eng. ballad;...-er.] One who composes or sings ballads; a balladist. “Poor verbal quips, outworn by serving-men, tapsters, and milkmaids; even laid aside by balladers.”—Overbury: Character, Sign. G., 4 bóil, böy; pout, jöwl; Cat, gell, Chorus, bençh; çhin, gem; thin, this; 30, Sin, expect, XenophOn, a $; exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = shan. shiis. -ble, -dle, —tion, -SiOus = -sion = shin; = zhūn. –tion, -Šion -cious, –tious, ballading bāl-lad-iñg, pr. par. & a, [BALLAD, v.] “A whining ballading lover.”—Ben Jomson: Masques. thal-lad—ist, s... [Eng., ballad; -ist.] One who composes or who sings ballads; a ballader. bā1'-lad-ry, s. [Eng, ballad , -ry.] 1. The singing of ballads. “Stay, till the abortive and extemporal din Of balladry were understood a sin.” Ben Jonson: Masques. 2. The ballad style of composition. “To bring the gravity and seriousness of that sort of music [Italian] into vogue and reputation among our countrymen, whose humor it is time now should begin to lose the levity and balladry of our neighbors.”—Purcell: Anthems, Pref. 3. Skill in composing ballads. “To see this butterfly, This windy bubble, task my balladry!” Marston: Sc. of Vill., ii. 6. bāl-län, S. [Etymology doubtful...] The English specific name applied to a fish, the } allan Wraase (Labrus bergylta); It is blue or greenish above, white beneath, and everywhere checkered with fawn color. It occurs in the British seas. A fawn-color variety was the Labrus ballam of Pennant. *bā1'-la-rág, v. t. [BULLIRAG.] bā1'-last, *bāl'—ast, s. [In Sw., Dut., Ger., & Russ. ballast; Dan, baglast; apparently from bag= the back behind, and last=burden, charge, load, weight; Św. last=|load, cartload; Icel. hlass; A.S. hloest= a burden, loading, the loading of a ship, freight, merchandise; O. Fries. hlest; O. H. Ger. hlast; iyut. & Ger, tasi ; Fr. balast, lest–ballast, lastage, cargo;, Sp; lºtstre+ballast; Port, lastro. The second half of the word seems plain. The import of the first half appears suggested by the Dutch, word, bag=back. Wedgwood believes the metaphor to be that of a ship coming back in bal- last when it is unable, to obtain cargo. Webster and Mahn give as an alternative view. Celt, beal- sand, and suggest comparison with Wel. balasarm =ballast. Or the substantive may be from the yerb to ballast, and it again from A. S. behloestam-to load a ship.] [BALLAST, v. t., LASTAGE.] I Literally: 1. Stones, iron, or other heavy substances placed in the bottom of a ship or boat to lower its center of gravity and make it less liable to be capsized when tossed by the wind and waves. “They had scarcely time to hide themselves in a dark hole among the gravel which was the ballast of their smack.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. * A ship is said to be im, ballast when she has no cargo on board. & tº º e 2. Gravel, shingle, or anything, similar, laid on a line of railway to make it solid. (Goodrich dº Porter.) II. Fig. : Whatever is necessary to give stability to the character of a person, of a form of govern- ment, or anything similar. “Why should he sink where nothing seem'd to press? His lading little, and his ballast less.”—Swift. “There must be middle counselors to keep things steady, for without that ballast the ship will roll too Imuch.”—Bacom. ballast-wagon, 8. A wagon used, on railways for carrying ballast and other materials for the con- struction or repair of the permanent way. bā1'-last, *bā1'-lage, v. t. [From ballast, s. (q. v.). In A. S. behloestan=to load a ship; Dan, bag- laste; Dut. & Ger. ballasten.] *A. Of the form ballace: To stuff. “Neither to ballace the belly of Bacchus.” Reynold Scot: Dedication to . . . a Hop Garden (1578). (J. H. in Boucher.) B. Of the form ballast: 1. Lit.: To place stones, iron, or other heavy sub- stances in the bottom of a ship or boat to diminish the risk of its being capsized. “If this be so ballasted as to be of equal weight with the like magnitude of water, it will be movable.”—Bp. Wilkins. 2. Fig.: To counteract the action of anything too light by superadding something solid to it; to impart stability to anything liable to be overturned. “Whilst thus to ballast love I thought, And so more steddily tº have gone, I saw I had Love's pinnace overfraught.” Domme. “Now you have given me virtue for my guide, And with true honor ballasted my pride.” I)ryden, bā1'-last-age (age=ig), 8. [Eng. ballast; -age.] A toll paid for the privilege of taking up ballast from the bottom of a port or harbor. (Bowvier, dºc.) bā1'-last-ed, pa. par., a. & 8. [BALLAST, v.] bā1'-last-ing, pr. par., a. & S. [BALLAST, v. In T)an, baglastºving, º făte, fīt, fäll, amidst, whāt, färe, father; 368 A. As pr., par; dº participial adjective: The act of placing literal or figurative ballast in anything; the state of being ballasted. B. As substantive: 1. Ord. Lang.: The act of ballasting, the state of being ballasted; the ballast itself. “. . and so more equal ballasting To thee, Posthumus.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, iii. 6. 2. Engineering.; Gravel, pebbles, cinders, slags, or similar material used as a foundation on which to base the surface material of a common road or of a railway. bāl-lat-ed, a. [From Ital, ballata=a dance, a ballad..] [BALL AD.] Sung in a ballad. “I make but repetition Of what is ordinary and Ryal to talk, And Uallated, and would be plaid o' the stage, But that vice many times finds such loud friends, That preachers are charm'd silent.” Webster: Vittoria Coromboma, iii. bal'-la-tóon, s. A heavy luggage-boat employed in the transport of timber in Russia. bal-lat-ry, s. [From Ital. ballata=a dance, a ballad..] [BALLET.] A jig; a song. “The ballatry and the gammuth of every municipal fidler.”—Milton: Areopagitica. bâlled, pa. par. & a. [BALL, v.] *bāll'-ed-nēss, s. [BALDNESS.] *bāl-lèn-gēr, ºbāl-šn-gēr, *bā1-lin-gér, s. [In Fr. ballingier, which, in the opinion of Stevens, is derived from Ger. bal–the trunk of a tree (BOLE), and suff. -enger, indicating the size of the vessel.] A small sailing vessel, formerly in use in France, England, and Scotland; a barge, a water-vessel, a man-of-war. “Quhen schippes of Tour and ballinger is of weir . —Dissertation prefia:ed to the Complatymte of Scotland. bâll-èr, s. [Eng. ball; -er.] One who makes up thread into balls. bal-lès-têr-ö -site, s. [Named after Lopez Bal- lesteros...] . A mineral, the stanniferous variety of Pyrite or Pyrites. It contains tin and zinc. It is found in Galicia. bā1–1ét (1) (t silent), thāl-lètte, s. [In Dan., Dut., Ger., & Fr. ballet; Ital. balletto; from ballare = to dance, to shake; fat, bailo-to hop, to dance; Gr. balló= to throw, and ballizö= to throw the leg about, to dance.] 'Bºº, (2), BALLAD.], .. Dramatic Art: dramatic representation, con- sisting of dancing and pantomime, regulated by the strains of music, and generally attended by the subordinate accessories of scenery and decoration; It was first introduced by the Greeks, was copied and developed by the Romans, and was revived in more modern times by the Italians, whose example diffused it over most civilized countries., Our Qwn nation received it from the French. Till the decline of the Roman empire the performers were men, then women were introduced, and have since been the chief actors in the ballet. The bad taste of the play-going public, has always tended to drag down the ballet to the low level of a mere exhibition of gymnastic skill in dancing, whereas its original and specific aim was to act by gesture instead of words a drama illustrative of the life, manners, and cos- tumes of foreign nations. “The title of ballet was [also] often applied to poems of considerable length.”—Warton: Hist. of Eng. Poetry, iii. 423. bā1'-lèt (2), s. [Dimin. of BALL (1).] Her. ... A kind of bearing in coats of arms. It con: sists of bezants, plates, hurts, &c., distinguished from each other by their color. *bā1'-li-ard, a. & s. [BILLIARD.] bāl-liš'-miis, s. [From Gr. ballismos=a jumping about, a dancing; ballizö=to throw the leg about, to dance. º º Med...: A variety of palsy, called by Parkinson Paralysis agitans, or shaking, palsy, of which the symptoms are the trembling of the limbs even when they are supported. When the patient tries to walk he is compelled to adopt a running pace. The º is a rare one, and generally terminates in eath. bāl-lis'—ta, S. [BALISTA.] bāl-lis'-ter, s. [BALISTER.] bāl-lís'-tic, a. [Lat, ballista; Eng., &c., suff. -ic. In Ger. ballistisch , from Lat. ballista (q.v.).] Pertaining to the ballista; pertaining to the method of shooting missiles by means of a ballista. ballistic pendulum, s. A machine invented by Mr. Benjamin Robins for ascertaining the force of projectiles. It consists of a large block of wood affixed to the end of a strong iron stem, having at the other end a cross steel axis, placed horizontally, about which the whole vibrates together like the pendulum of a clock. When a projectile is dis- y y hère, wét, wé, hér, Camel, thère; balloon charged against the wooden block or ball, tho. pendulum is set in motion, and the arc through which it vibrates measures the force with which the machine has been struck. bāl-lis -tics, s. [In Ger. ballistik: Fr. balistique; Port. balistica.] The art, or the principle underly- ing the art, of shooting missiles by means of a ballista. (Crabb.) bāl-lis-trar'-i-a, bāl-is-trar'-i-a, s. ball islat, balista (q.v.).] 1. Cruciform apertures in the walls of a fortress through which the crossbow-men discharged their missiles. [ARBALESTENA.] 2. A bartizan ; a projecting turret on a building. bāl-li-àm, s. [Derived from the Lat. valliwm.] 1. Originally: An outer bulwark. 2. Afterward: The area or courtyard comprised within an outer bulwark. It contained the bar- racks for the garrison, the chapel, and sometimes. other buildings. “With battled walls and buttress fast And barbican and ballium vast.” Scott: Bridal of Trier main, iii. 9. bal-lô"on, *bā1'-lón, *ba-16 on, *ba-lów’ne, s. [From Fr. ballon = (1) a football, (2) a bladder, (3) a baloon, augmentative of balle=a ball, a bullet. In Sw, ballong; Dan. & Ger., ballon; Sp. balom; Port, balao; Ital, pallome; Wel, pelhem, from pel= a ball.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Originally : *1. A large as contradistinguished from a small ball; balloon, as mentioned in the etymology, being the augumentative of ball. Spec., the large ball called by Minshell a “wind ball,” used in the game defined under No. 2. “Like balloones full of wind, the more they are pressed iºn, the higher they rise.”—Hewyt: Sermons (1658), p. [From T. Todd thinks that the foregoing example sug- gests the existence of a machine for traversing the atmosphere as early as 1658. But may it not refer to a ball pressed against the ground, and again elastically springing up? kind of game. Somewhat resembling tennis, played in a field with a large ball of leather inflated with air, and driven to and fro with the arm. “Foot-ball, balloom, quintance, &c., which are the com- mon recreations of the country folks.”—Burton: Amat. of Mel., p. 266. II. Swbsequently: 1. Gen. Anything large and spherical, or nearly so, especially if at the same time it is hollow. ii. Spec.: The machine for aerial navigation described under B. 4. B. Technically: *1. Old Chem.: A large spherical receiver with a short neck, used in distillation. 2. Arch. : A ball or globe placed on the top of a pillar. (Johnson.) 3. Pyrotech. : A ball of pasteboard, stuffed with combustible matter, which, when fired, mounts to a considerable height in the air, and then bursts into bright sparks of fire resembling stars. 4. Aeronautics: A, machine designed for ačrial navigation. The sight of soap-bubbles rising into the air, and of the flight,of birds, must have made men in all ages give at least an occasional stray thought to the subject of ačrial navigation; but the first deliberately considered scheme recorded seems to have been that of Francis Lana, a Jesuit, who, in 1670, proposed to raise a vessel into the atmosphere by means of four metallic globes, hav- ing a vacuum inside. he scheme, if tried, would have failed; the globes of metal, # intensely thin, would have been crushed in a moment by the sur- rounding air; while if made thick enough to resist the pressure, they would have been far too heavy to rise. The only type of balloon which as yet has succeeded was invented early in 1772, by the brothers Stephen and Joseph Montgolfier, paper-makers of Annonay, near Lyons, who publicly exhibited at Annonay the first balloon ascent ever witnessed, on June 5, 1783. Their balloon was filled with air rare- fied by a fire lighted in the car. In December of the same year, M. Charles, Professor of Physics in Paris, substituted hydrogen gas for rarefied atmos- pheric air. On November 21, 1783, the Marquis d'Arlandes and M. Pilatre ascended 3,000 feet, or more in a balloon, and, passing over Paris, descended again in safety. Since then many daring ačronautic feats have been successfully achieved, while Some fatal accidents have occurred. M. Blanchard, ascending from Paris on March 2, 1784, was the first to carry up with him a parachuté to aid him in his descent if a catastrophe occurred. On November 25, 1783, the first English balloon was sent up from London, with no person in the car; on September 15, 1784, Vincentio Lunardi ascended from London. On January 7, 1785, M. Blanchard and Dr. Jeffries crossed the English Channel from Dover to the pine, pit, gö, pöt, Syrian. marine; sire, sir, or, wore, ae, Ce = €; Wolf, wörk, whö, sön; ey = a, qu = kW. try, miite, Cir, räle, ciib, ciire, limite, füll; ballooning forest of Guiennes; on September 21, 1802, M., Gar- nerin safely descended in London from a parachute. Twice in 1804 M. Gay-Lussac ascended from Paris for meteorological and other scientific research, the first time, accompanied by M. Biot, 13,000 feet; the second time, alone, 23,000 feet. It will be observed that in the early history, of, balloons France takes undisputed precedence of all other countries. A great dº; on the utility and safety of aerial traveling is the inability, in the present state of science, effectively to guide the machine in the air. g A balloon of modern type is made of long bands of silk sewed together, and rendered air-tight by being covered with caqutchouc varnish. ..It is filled with hydrogen or coal gas. At the top there is a safety- valve, under the aëronaut's control. He sits in a light wicker-work boat or car, suspended by means of cords from a network covering the balloon. A balloon about forty-eight feet long by thirty-six feet broad and thick will carry three persons; with its car and accessories it weighs about 300 pounds. Captive Balloon: . A balloon fixed by a rope or chain to the ground so that it is not free to ascend beyond a certain height. Fire Balloon: A balloon constructed of paper or some light material, which, at pyrotechnic displays, is sent up into the air, carrying a fire or light instead of an ačronaut. This display forms a very popular element of Fourth of July celebrations. bal-lóon'-iñg, s. [Eng. balloon; -ing.] The art of constructing balloons, or of using them for the purpose of ačrial navigation. “Since then the art of ballooming has been greatly ex- tended, and many ascents have been made.”—Atkinson: Ganot's Physics, 3d ed. (1868), p. 134. Military Ballooning: The art of using balloons for military purposes. Sometimes captive balloons have been employed to reconnoiter the enemy in war; and on Friday, October 7, 1870, during the in- vestment of Paris by the Germans, the celebrated French deputy, Gambetta, escaped from the belea- guered capital in a balloon, and used his freedom to organize a large relieving army in the provinces, with the intention, not ultimately realized, of com- pelling the Germans to raise the siege. bal-lôon"—ist, s. ſºft balloom ; -ist.] A person who constructs or who steers a balloon, or ascends in one from the earth; an aéronaut. bal-läon'—ry, s. [Eng. balloon; -ry.] The art or practice of ascending in a balloon ; ačronautics. bā1–1öt, s. [Fr. ballote=a ballot, a voting-ball, a pannier, a basket; Sp. balota ; Port. balote; Ital. ballotta = a little ball, dimin. of balla—a ball. Thus, in one sense, ballotta (a little ball) is the opposite of balloon, which properly means a great one.] 1. A ball used for the purpose of voting. In cast- ing a ball for or against an individual, the arrange- ment sometimes is that if the vote be designed in his favor, then a white ball is used; but if it be in- tended to be against him, then one of a black color is employed—whence the phrase “to blackball one.” Other methods, however, may be adopted: thus, a ball of any color put through a hole into one drawer may indicate a favorable vote, and into another an unfavorable one. Used in this sense, literally, for such a ball as that described, or figuratively, for anything, even though not a ball, employed in secret voting. 2. The method of voting in a secret manner, by means of balls of different colors, or put into dif- ferent compartments, or in any other way; secret as opposed to open voting. Admission into scientific Societies, clubs, the direction of banks and other large commercial establishments, has long been conducted by ballot. In ancient Athens and the other Greek states, it was in use when votes had to be taken on political questions. It has long been established in this country, and for a shorter period in France. In England it constituted one of the five points in the Chartist programme, both of the great political parties in the state being at first opposed to it, as deeming it a revolutionary project. Gradu- ally, however, the mass of the Liberal party ceased to fear the ballot, and opposition to it on the part ºf the Conservatives becameless pronounced, till at last, while Mr. Gladstone was in the plenitude of his power, a bill, legalizing it as an experiment for ºight years, was passed during the session of 1872 Its merits are that it constitutes a considerable barrier in the way both of intimidation and bribery and thus º the voter to express his rea §§ntiments, besides making elections much less likely, to result in riot than when the old system prevailed. ballot-box, s. A box for the reception of ballot- alls or papers when a secret vote is being taken. “A weapon that comes down as still As snow-flakes fall upon the sod, But executes a freeman's will As lightning does the will of God; And from its force nor doors nor locks Can shield you—’tis the ballot-boat.” J. Pierpont: A Word from a Petitione?'. boil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, gell, -Clan, 24 chorus, 369 ... ---, bā1-18t, v. i. & t. [From ballot, s. In Sw, bal- lotera ; Dan. ballotere; Dut. balloteeren; Fr. bal- lotter; Sp. balotar; Ital. ballotare.] A. Intransitive: 1. Specially: To vote by means of ballot-balls. [BALLOT, s. 2. Generally: To vote secretly, whatever be the method adopted. B. Transitive: To submit to the operation of the ballot. “No competition arriving to a sufficient number of balls, they fell to ballot some others.”— Wotton. bal-ló'—ta, s. [In Dut. & Fr. ballote; Lat. ballote; Gr. ballgté, from balló=to throw, to throw away, to reject, the allusion being to its unpleasant smell.] A genus of plants belonging to the order. Lamiaceae, or Labiates. The calyx has ten ribs. The plant is two or three feet high, with, whorls, of purple or rarely of white flowers. It flowers from July on almost to Winter. fbâl-lö—tā'de, fbâl-ö-täde, s. [In Ger. & Fr. ballotade; from Fr. ballotter, v. t. = to toss.] In the Menage : The leap of a horse performed between two pillars, and of such a character that when his fore feet are in the air, he shows nothing but the shoes of his hinder feet. It differs from a capriole, for when a horse works at caprioles he jerks out the hinder legs with all his force, whereas e abstains from jerking them out when he makes a ballotade. bāl-lö-tā'-tion, s. [Eng, ballot; -ation. In Ital, ballottazione.] The act of voting by ballot. “The election is intricate and curious, consisting of ten several ballotations.”— Wottom. bāl-löt-êr, s. . [Eng. ballot; -er.] One who votes }. ºilot or conducts balloting Operations. (Qwart. €Q). bā1–1öt-i-dae, s, pl. [From, ballota (q.v.).]. A family of Labiate plants, ranked under the tribe Stacheae. fbâ1'-löt-in, 8... [Fr; ballottin= . . . . a boy who receives a voting ball.] One who collects ballots. bā1–1öt-iñg, pr. par., a. & S. [BALLOT, v.] A. & B. 48 pr. par. & participial adj. In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As swbstantive: The act of voting by ballot, or secretly. jºins their votes by balloting, they lie under no awe.” —Swift. bā1–1ót-íst, s. (Eng. ballot; -ist.] An advocate for the ballot. (Quart. Rev.) *bā1–1ów, s. & a. [Akin to Eng, balk= . . . a beam, and bole (q.v.).] A. As substantive: A club, a cudgel. “ . . your costard or my ballow.”—Shakesp.: King Lean', iv. 6. B. As adjective: Gaunt, bony, thin. “Whereas the ballow nag outstrips the wind in chase.” Drayton: Polyolb., iii., p. 704. (Nares.) bâll'-rðom, S. [Eng. ball; room...] A room used temporarily or , permanently for balls, i. e., for dancing assemblies. “. ... the land of corn-fields and vineyards, of gilded coaches and laced cravats, of ball-rooms and theaters.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. balm (l silent), *bäume, *bāwme, s. [In Prov. balme, Fr. bawme, from Lat. balsamwm O. Fr. bawsme, basme; Sp., Port., & Ital. balsamo; Sw. & Ger. balsam ; Dan. balsom Dut. balsem. Thus balm is a contraction of balsam (q.v.).] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. The juice, sap, or gum of highly odoriferous trees, shrubs, or herbs. ‘‘ Balm trickles through the bleeding veins Of happy shrubs in Idumean plains.” Dryden. 2. Anything possessed of a highly fragrant and agreeable odor, as, for example, anointing oil. “Thy place is fill’d, thy sceptre wrung from thee; Thy balm wash’d off where with thou wast anointed.” Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., iii. 1. 3. Anything soft and grateful to the feelings, or which mitigates pain, irritation, or distress. “Wide flush the fields; the softening air is balm.” Thomson: Hymn. “Nor steep our brows in slumber's holy balm.” Tennyson: The Lotus-eaters; Choric Song, 2. B. Botany, Horticulture, Commerce, dºc. : . I. Generally: The English name of several botan- ical genera. II. Specially: 1. Loudon applies the term balm specially to Mºisa, which Arnott and others call bastard- Cl, lºº, 2. Balm of Acouchi: The gum of the Icica acuchimi, a plant of the order Burseraceae, [ICICA.] bench; go, gem; thin, this; çhin, Sin, balneary 3. Balm of Gilead: } Scripture: The gum of a tree and the tree itself, the latter growing, as its name suggests, in ilead, a region east of Jordan, belonging chiefly to the tribe of Gad. It is called tséri in Heb., and rhétiné in Septuagint Greek. It was used for 'heal- ing wounds. (For, reference to it see Gen. xxxvii. 25; xliii. 11; Jer. viii. 22; xlvi. 11; Ezek. xxvii. 17.) it has not been satisfactoriy identified by modern botanists. Royle thinks it, may possibly have been º #aaanu angwstifolius of Linnaeus. [See 2) Cº. º Botany: - - a) A tree, Balsamodendrom Gileadense, the specific name being given because it was once Sup- posed to be the Scripture “Balm of Gilead "-an opinion probably erroneous, for, it does not at present grow in Gilead, either wild or in gardens, nor has it been satisfactorily proved that it ever did. [(1) Scriptwre.] It is called also B. opobal- samwm. It is a shrub or º: spineless tree, ten or twelve feet high, with trifoliate leaves in fascicles of 2–6, and reddish flowers having four petals. . It is found south of 22° N. lat. On both sides of the Red Sea, in Arabia, Abyssinia, and Nubia. It does not occur in Palestine. (Dr. Trimen, dºc.) . (b). Its gum.: This is obtained from the trees by incision. It is called also Balm of Mecca and Opo- balsamum. Two other kinds of gum are obtained from the same tree: the first (Xylobalsamwm) by boiling the branches and skimming off the resin, which rises to the surface of the water; and the fººd (Carpobalsamum) by pressure upon the TUII U. Balm of Gilead Fir: A tree (Abies balsamea), which furnishes a turpentine-like gum. It is a North American fir, having no geographical con- nection with Gilead. 4. Balm of Mecca : The same as Balm of Gilead (2), b (q.v.). balm-breathing, q, Breathing balm, or produc- ing a highly agreeable effect upon the senses or heart. “Since the balm-breathing kiss of this magical miss Can such wonderful transports produce.” Byrom': To the Sighing Strephon. balm-cricket, s. A cricket whose carol is fitted to soothe. “The balm-cricket carols clear In the green that folds thy grave.” Tennyson: A Dirge. balm-deW, s. Odoriferous dews, or dew fitted to Soothe. “All starry culmination drop Balm-dews to bathe thy feet!” Tennyson: The Talking Oak. baim (l silent), *bāume, *bāwme, v. t. [From balm, S. %r. • J . t 1., Lit.: To anoint or impregnate with balm or with any other odoriferous substance. “Balm his foul head with warm distilled waters, And burn sweet wood to make the lodging sweet.” Shakesp.: Taming of the Shrew, i., Induct. 2. Fig. : To soothe, to assuage. “Opprest nature sleeps: This rest might yet have balm'd thy senses.” Shakesp.: King Lear, iii. 1. ibalm -í-fy (l silent), v. t. [Eng. balm (y), and suffix -fy..] To make balmy. “The fluids have been entirely sweetened and balmi- fied.”—Cheyne: English Malady (1733), p. 306. balm"-i-ly (l silent), adv. In a balmy manner. balm'-y' (l silent), a. [Eng. balm; -y.] 1. Impregnated with balm; having the qualities of balm; highly and pleasantly odoriferous. “Broke into hills with balmy odors crown'd.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. ii. “Where, scatter'd wild, the lily of the vale Its balmy essence breathes where cowslips hang The dewy head, where purple violets lurk.” Thomson: Spring. 2. Producing balm. “Let India boast her groves, nor envy we The weeping amber, and the balmy tree.” Pope's Windsor Forest. 3. Mitigating or assuaging bodily pain or mental distress; soft, soothing. “The lamp of day is quench’d beneath the deep, And soft approach the balmy hours of sleep.” Pope: Homer's Odyssey, iii. 427, 428. bā1'-nē-al, q. . [From Lat, balneum=a bath, and Eng. suff. -al.] Pertaining to a bath. bā1'-nē-a-ry, s. [From Lat. balnearia (pl.)=a bathing-room; balnearis and balnearius=pertain- ing to a bath; Low Lat. balneo-to bathe; balmewm. =a bath..] A bath-room. - “The balnearies, and bathing-places, he exposeth unto the summer setting.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. * -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = &c. = bel, del. —dle, shiin; -ble, —tion, -šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -Sious = Shiis. f ; s balneation bāl-nē-ă'-tion, s. [From Lat. balneum=a bath.] The act or operation of bathing. “As the head may be disturbed by the skin, it may the same way be relieved, as is observable in balneations, and formentations of that part.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. bā1-nē-a-tár—y, , a... [Lat. balneatorius=per- taining to a bath.] Pertaining to a bath (Cot- grave.) fbâl-ö-tā'de, s. [BALLOTADE.] *ba-lô"w, *ba–16'o, interj. & s. [From Fr. en bas le lowp-the wolf below. J [HULLABALOO.] A. As interjection: A nursery term designed to frighten, children into silence, if not into sleep. Originally it hinted that a wolf was waiting below, but ultimately it lost definite meaning, and only suggested that cause for terror existed without indicating the nature of the peril. “Balow, my babe, lie still and sleipe, It grieves me sair to see thee weipe.” Lady Anne Bothwell’s Lament. (Boucher.) B. As substantive: The name of a tune referring to the above-mentioned exclamation. “You musicians, play Baloo.” Knight of the Burning Pestle, ii. (Bouche”.) bā1'-sa, bā1'-za, s. [Sp. & Port. balsa, considered by Mahn to be of Iberian origin..] A raft or fishing- boat, used chiefly on the Pacific coast of South America. bāl'—sam, s. [In Sw. & Ger. balsam ; Dan. bal- som; Dut. balsem : Fr. bawme; O. Fr. bausme, basme; Sp., Port., & Ital. balsamo; Lat. balsamvum; Gr. balsamom.- (1) a fragrant gum from the balsam- tree, balm of Gilead ; (2), the balsam-tree; also balsamos= the balsam-tree, I A. Ordinary Language: I. Literally: 1. Any natural vegetable resin with a strong and fragrant odor. g g ‘ſ Johnson defines it as “ointment, unguent, an unctuous application, thicker than oil and softer than salve.” 2. A well-known and beautiful plant, Impatiens Abalsamina, or any of its congeners. II. Fig.: Anything, agreeable to the recipient, and which acts upon him with medicinal effect. “Christ's blood our balsam; if that cure us here, Him, when our judge, we shall not find severe.” Denha?n. 18. Technically: I. Chemistry, Pharmacy, Botany, Comm., dºc. : 1. Originally: A term for any strong-scented vege- table resin. It was applied also to many resinous and oleaceous compounds. 2. Then: It was next limited to those containing, or supposed to contain, benzoic acid, and specially to the Balsams of Tolu and Peru, to storax, benzoin, alſº º tºº. ... [WO?!) . aS & Rººse 5 again been ex- º % § §§ tended to sub- sº Wºź § !es §§A. º tºº ſº §§ stances not COn gºtºź. #! taining benzoic Sºčº acid. According Asº º to the present use of the term, bal- sam in Chemistry may be defined as a natural mix- ture of resin with volatile oil. * B a l s a m of Capevi or Copai- ba: Agum which flows from incis- ions of the wood of Copaifera of ficinalis, a South Arnerican tree. It is at first clear & * º and colorless, but acquires a yellowish tinge by age. [COPAIFERA.] Balsam of Mecca, Balm of Mecca : The same as JBalm of Gilead, an odoriferous resin from an Amyridaceous tree, Balsamodendrom , Gileadense. {BALM of GILEAD, BALSAMODENDRON.] Balsam of Peru : A balsam, the produce, accord- ing to Mutis, of Myroxylon, or Myrospermum, an Amyridaceous genus. Balsam of Tolw: A balsam, the produce of Tolu- ifera, or Myrospermum, already mentioned. *II. Old Pharmacy. Balsam of Sulphur: A solu- tion of sulphur in oil. III. Botany and Horticulture: 1. Sing.: The English name of Impatiens, a genus belonging to the order Balsaminaceae, or Balsams. Impatians balsamina is the much admired “balsam” (Plant, Flower, and Fruit.) Balsam of Copaiba. 370 so often grown in gardens, in boxes, or pots in win- dows, and in other places. Cultivation has made its colors now very diverse, and the plant has run into in any varieties, but none of them are permanent. The juice of the balsam, prepared with alum, is used by the Japanese to dye their nails red. [IMPATIENs.] 2. Plural: Balsams. The English name of the order Balsaminaceae, in Lindley's nomenclature. balsam-apple, balsam apple, s. . The fruit of a Cucurbitaceous plant, Momordića balsamina. It is a fleshy, ovate fruit, partly smooth, partly with longitudinal rows of tubercles, and red in color when ripe. In Syria the unripe pulp, mixed with sweet oil, and exposed to the sun for some days, is used for curing wounds. It is applied in drops let fall upon cotton wool. balsam-herb, balsam herb, s. Among Gardemers: A plant, Justicia comata. balsam-seed, s. Among Gardeners: Any plant of the genus Myro- Spermum. balSam-SWeating, adj. Sweating or yielding balsam. balsam-tree, s. 1. The English name of the Clusia, a genus of plants constituting the typical one of the order Clusiaceae, or Guttifers. 2. The “Balm of Gilead,” or any other tree belonging to the genus Balsamodendron. [See BALM, B., II. 3; BALsAMODENDRON.] balsam-weed, s. The name given in this country to a plant, Graphaliwm polycephalum, used in the manufacture of paper. balSam-WOOd, s. Among Gardemers: Any plant of the genus My- roxylon. *bāl'—Sam, v. t. [From balsam, s. (q.v.).] 1. Lit. : To impregnate with balsam. 2., Fig. : To make agreeable, as if impregnated with balsam. “The gifts of our young and flourishing age are very sweet, when they are balsamed with discretion.”—Bp. Hackett: Life of Abp. Williams, pt. i., p. 57. *bāl-Sam-à-gé-ae, s. pl. [From Lat. balsamum.] BALSAM.] An order of plants, generally called ltinghiaceae or Balsamifluae (q.v.). bāl-Sam-à-tion, s. [Eng.: balsam ; Fation.] The act or operation of impregnating with balsam. “Mr. Hook produced a paper, which he had received from Mr. Haak, being an account of the several things affirmed to be performed by Dr. Elshot of Berlin; which paper was read. It contained an account of . . . his universal balsamation.”—Hist. Roy. Soc., iv. 109. (Todd.) bāl-sām'—ic, *bāl-sām'—ick, a. & S. [Eng. bal- sam ; -ic. In Fr. balsamique; Ital, balsamico; from Lat. balsamicus.] # As adjective: Pertaining to balsam. Spe- Czall?/— 1. Having the qualities of balsam. “. . . with mild balsamic juice The Tuscan olive . .” Thomson: Liberty, pt. v. 2. Mitigating, assuaging, or removing pain or mental distress. “. . . . medical men of high note believed, or affected to believe, in the balsamic virtues of the royal hand.”— Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xiv. ..B. As substantive: Anything having properties like those of balsam. (Berkeley.) bāl-sām'—ic—al, a. [Eng. balsamic; -al.] The same as BALSAMIC, adj. (q.v.). (Hale.) bāl-sām'—ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng, balsamical; -ly.] After the manner of a balsamic. bāl-Sam-if"–ér-ois, a. [Lat. balsamum, and fero =to bear.] Bearing balsam. - . bāl-sam-if-lu-ae, S. pl. [Lat, balsamum=bal- sam, and fluo-to flow.] Bot. , Blume's name for an order of plants more generally called Altinghiaceae or Balsamaceae (q.v.). bāl-sam-i'-na, s. [Lat. balsaminus; Gr. balsam- invos=of balsam.] A genus of plants, in which some include the Garden Balsam, .# is called by them Balsamina hortensis, but is more appropriately des- ignated by the name Linnaeus gave it, Impatiens balsamvirva. bāl-sam-in-à-gé-ae (Lindley), bāl-sam-in"— ë-ae (4ch. Richard) (Latin), bāl'—sams (Eng.), s. pl. [BALSAMINA. Botany: An order of plants placed under the Geranial Alliance. The flowers are very irregular. The sepals and petals are both colored; the former Baltimore are properly five in number, but generally by abor- tion three, one of them spurred; the latter five, reduced to two lateral ones, each really of two com. bined, and a large broad concave one. Stamens five, uncombined. Fruit generally a five-celled capsule, with one or more suspended seeds. No involucre. The large genus Impatiens is the type of the order, which in 1846 contained 110 described Species, chiefly from the East Indies. [BALsAMINA, IMPATIENS.] Some make the Balsaminaceae only a sub-order of Geraniaceae. bâl-sam-ime, s. [In Ger. balsamine; Fr. bal- Samime; Gr. balsamimé=the balsam-plant.] A name Sometimes given to a plant, Impatiens balsamina. bāl-Sam-in-è—ae, s. pl. [BALsAMINACEE.] bāl-sam-i-ta, s. [In Port. balsamita; from Lat. balsamwm ; Gr. balsamon, and balsamos= the bal- Sam-tree, called from the balsamic smell.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Asteraceae (Com- posites). B. vºwlgaris is the Costmary or Ale-cost, [COSTMARY, ALE-COST.] The species are plants of no beauty from the south of Europe. bāl-Sam-à-dén'-drön, s. [Gr. balsamon=bal- sam, and demarom-a tree. Balsam-tree..] A genus of plants belonging to the order Amyridaceae. They have often pinnate leaves, spinous branches, small green axillary, unisexual flowers, and a two, or by abortion, one-celled fruit with solitary seeds. Bal- samvodendrom myrrha, found in Arabia Felix, yields the resin called Myrrh. B. Gileadense (Balm of Gilead), called also B. opobalsamvwm, produces Balm of Gilead or Balm of Mecca (Q. v.). B. m.wkwl yields a resin believed by Dr. Stocks to be the Bolellium of Scripture and of Dioscorides. ſº B. africanum furnishes African Bolellium. B. kºttaf furnishes a kind of myrrh, and B. pubescens yields Bayee Balsam. [BALM.] fbâl-Sam-ois, a. [Eng. balsam ; -ows.] Full of, Or at least containing, balsam. *bāl-staff, *bā1–staffe, s. A. S. balca = balk, and Eng. staff.] A quarter-staff, a great staff like a pole or beam. - “He berith a balstaffe . . .” Prologue to Beryn. 163. *bāll-stéll, *bäll-sté1, s. [Eng. ball. (1), and stele = a, handle..] . A geometrical staff (in Latin “radius”). (Higgins: Nomenclator, 1585.) *bāl'—tér, v. t. [Perhaps from O. Fr. baladeur, Low Lat. balator= a dancer.] [BALL (2). 1. To dance. (Old Scotch.) “Sum trottit Tras and Tremass; Sum balterit The Bass.” Clolkelbie Sow, F. i., v. 302. (Jamieson.) 2. To stick together. (O. Eng.) (Holland.) Băl'—tic, Băl'—tick, a. & s. [Etym. somewhat doubtful. The word was first used by Adam, canon of Bremen, at the end of the eleventh century. In Fr. Baltique; Port. Baltico; Mod. Lat. Mare Balti- cwm. Probably from Sw. bālt = a belt (BELT), in allusion to its form, and also to the fact that two of the straits connecting it with the ocean are called the Great and the Little “Belt.” It has also been derived from Sclav. or Lettonian balt=white, from its being frozen part of the year; or from Baltus, an old king, or Baltea, the old name of an island. } A. As adjective: Pertaining to the sea described under B. “We know that it [the Scandinavian ice-sheet] not only filled the Gulf of Bothnia, but occupied the whole area of the Baltic Sea.”—Geikie: The Great Ice Age, 2d ed. (1877), p. 404. B. As substantive: An inland sea, inclosed by Sweden, Russia, Germany, and Denmark, and com; municating with the German Ocean by the “Sound" and the Great and Little Belts. “Hence we may confidently infer that in the days of the aboriginal hunters and fishers, the ocean had freer access than now to the Baltic.”—Lyell: Antiq. of Man, 4th ed. (1873), p. 14. Bă1'-ti—more, bāl'—ti-móre, s. & a. [Named after the second Lord Baltimore, a Roman Catholic nobleman of Yorkshire, in England, and Longford in Ireland, who, in A. D. 1634, founded the colony of Maryland.] A. As substantive: 1. (As Baltimore): A city and county in Mary- land. 2. (As baltimore): The bird described under BALTIMORE BIRD (Q. v.). “I have never met with anything of the kind in the nest of the baltimore.”—Wilson and Bonaparte: Americ. Ornith., ed. Jardine (1832), i. 19. B. As adjective: Pertaining to Baltimore; found at Baltimore. Baltimore bird, Baltimore oriole, Baltimore hang-nest, baltimore. A bird of the family Sturnidae (Starlings), and the sub-family Oriolinæ färe, fâte, fit, amidst, what, fall, or, wore, father; hér, hère, wé, wét, Camel, thére; marine; gö, pöt, sire, sir, pine, pit, wolf, Syrian. wórk, whô, sān; 32, Oe = €; miite, ey = a, qu = kW. ciib, ciire, unite, try, füll; cir, ràle, baltimorite (Orioles). It is the Oriolus Baltimore of Catesby, now Icterus Baltimorii., The name Baltimore was applied or attached to this bird not merely because it occurs at the place so called, but according Aſºº to Catesby, be- §§ º j, its § tº: §: Which are blac *. % 2: ſ and or a ng e , were the same == as those on the coat of arms Or livery of , the Lord Baltimore who was form- crly proprietor ſ w §º : … - º * tº sº SNNº. . SSSS $º N: ºf S$ º D." * º ES * * gº º 32 V ºf ººº. s L * a ºn º lº º of Maryland. Šºć (See etym.) The §§ tºº a p_p ell a tio in ºš. “Hang Nest,” #º O 1 sometimes º “H a n g in g Bird,” is given be cause it Y= builds a pen- £ºº (lulous nest — ź Eğ ÉNº. that is, like a cyl in d r ic a 1 gº pº gººd Baltimore Bird and Nest. with horse hair; the curious structure being sus- pended from the end of a branch or a twig. Another name given to the baltimore is “Fire Bird,” because when its bright hue is seen through the green leaves the appearance somewhat resembles a flame of fire. Yet another name is “Golden Robin.” It extends from Canada to Mexico, or even to Brazil, migrating to the northern part of this area about May, and to the southern one about the end of August or in September. (Wilson and Boma- parte, dºc.) bāl-ti-mör-ite, s. [From Baltimore (q. v.), where it occurs, and suff. -ite.] A mineral, con- sidered by, Dana as identical with Picrolite (q.v.), and ranked as a variety of Serpentine (q.v.). It is composed of longitudinal fibers, adhering to one another. Its luster is silky. When thick it is opaque, but when thin is transparent on the edges. bā] ús-têr, thāl-läs-têr, thāl-lis-têr, thä1– 13.S-têr, 8.. [In Dut. baluster; Fr. balustre: Sp. balawstre; Port, balawstre, balawste; Ital. balantstro. From Low Lat, balustrum, balustrium = a place with several baths railed in. (Du Cange.) Or from Prov, Sp., & Ital. balaustra; Lat. balaustium; Gr balaustion= a pomegranate flower, to which bal- usters may in Some cases have resemblance. Mahn accepts and Wedgwood rejects the latter etymology. It has also been derived from Lat, balista (q.v.), and from Lat. palus=a pale, a stake.] [PALE, s, PALING...] In Architecture: 1. A small pilaster or column, often adorned with ymoldings. . It is usually made circular, and swell- ing toward the lower part. Rows of such balusters are ºften placed in the front of galleries in churches, on the outside of terraces and bridges, or to support rails on stairs. In the last case, the word is gen- erally corrupted into banister [BANISTER), while a roW of balusters constitutes a balustrade (q.v.). Rayled with turned ballasters of free-stone," . . . -Survey of Wimbledon (1649). (Archaeol., vol. x., p. 404.) “The use of the baluster was unknown to the ancients, ... Perhaps the most ancient are to be found in Italy, and it may be considered an invention which first appeared 9n the revival of the arts in that country.”—Chambers: Civil Architect. (ed. Gwilt), p. 322. ... 2; The lateral part of the volute of an Ionic cap- ital. (Gwilt.) ba-liš'-têred, bâl-liis'-tred (tred as terd), adj. [Eng, baluster; -ed.] Having balusters. balºis-träde, thã1'-läs-trade, s. [In Sw. & Dan, ballustrade; Dut. & Fr. bºiºstrade. Sp. bai. ºstrada ; Port, balawstrada, balawstada; Ital. balaustrata.] [BALUsTER.] y 3. tº es- . .” w =wº tº a * . º-º-º-º-º-º-º-º-º- n * * *i-sºº riº - - * H. * sº §º, - §'. - º º º º ... ". . . " *::... º.º. º. º. ". . Balustrade. 4?ch. A range of small pillars called balusters, 371 form a parapet around a flat-roofed building, or along the sides of a bridge, terrace, staircase, or balcony, or to fence round an altar or a font. The material most frequently used in their construction is stone, though iron and wood are also occasionally employed. *balye, *balhew, *baly, a. ful..] Plain, smooth. “Balwe or playne.”—Prompt. Parv. *bal -We, *bal'—ltà, s. The same as BALE (1). *bā1'-yé, S. [BAILLIE (2).] Dominion, custody. “To harl him til his balye.” Cursor Mundi. (S. in Boucher.) *bā'-ly-ship, s. [O. Eng. baily=baillie (q.v.) and suff. -jj The office and position of a bailiff. “Balyship, baliatus.”—Prompt. Parv. ibalz, s. [Ger.] Ormith. : The love-dance and love-song of the blackcock. “The elder Brehm gives a curious account of the Balz, as the love-dance and love-song of the blackcock is called in Germany.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. xiii. balz-place, s. Ormith... A place where blackcocks perform their love courtships. “. . . . and the same blackcock, in order to prove his strength over Several antagonists, will visit in the course of one morning several balz-places, which remain the same during successive years.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, pt. ii., ch. xiii. bā1-za-rine, s. [Fr.] A light mixed material 9f worsted and cotton, used for ladies' dresses. (Simmonds.) fbâm, s. |May thinks it a contraction of bam- boozle (q.v.). Wedgwood derives it from Bret. bameim– to enchant.] A sham ; a quiz. “The laird, whose humble efforts at jocularity were chiefly confined to what was then called bites and bams, since denominated hoa aces and quizzes, had the fairest possible subject of wit in the unsuspecting Dominie.”— Scott: Guy Mannering, ch. iii. thäm, v. t. [From bam, S.] To cheat. bām-bóo, s. & a. [In Sw. bamburór; Dan. bam- bwsrör; Ger. bambus-rohr and bambws; Dut. bam- boesriet and bamboes; Fr. bambow; Sp. cana, bambos; Port. bambw; Ital. canna bambw. From Mahratta bamboo or bambú, or from Malay bamboo or bambú, also mambw.] A. As substantive: Any species of the botanical genus Bambusa, and specially the best-known one, Bambwsa arundinacea. . [BAMBUSA.] It is a giant- grass, sometimes reaching the height of forty or more feet, which is found everywhere in the tropics of the Eastern Hemisphere, and has been intro- duced into the West Indies, the Southern States of America, and various other regions of the Western world. It has the usual characteristics of a grass —the cylindrical stem, of flinty hardness externally while soft or even hollow within ; the separation &# the stem into nodes and, internodes; and the inflor. escence of a type found in many genera of the order namely, in great panicles made up of a series o spikes of flowers. In some cases a substance called tabasheer [TABASHEER), consisting of pure silica, is found secreted in the nodes. The uses to which the several species of bamboos are put in the regions where they grow are almost innumerable. In housebuilding they furnish the framework of the sides and roof, with the joists and other parts of the flooring. Wiliages of such materials are in many cases rendered very difficult of attack by being surrounded by a thick fence of spiny species. Bows, arrows, quivers, the shafts of lances, and other warlike weapons can be made from the stems of bamboo, as can ladders, rustic bridges, the masts of vessels, walking-sticks, water- pipes, flutes, and many other objects. The leaves are everywhere used for weaving and for packing purposes. Finally, the seeds are eaten by the poorer classes in parts of India; and in the West Indies the tops of the tender shoots are pickled and made to supply the place of asparagus. B. As adjective: Pertaining to the bamboo ; made of bamboo, consisting of bamboo, resembling the bamboo. (See the compounds which follow.) bamboo-Cane, barmboo cane, s. Another name for the bamboo. bamboo-jungle, s. An Indian jungle in which the wild bamboo abounds. bamboo-rat, s. A rodent mammal belonging to Gray's genus Rhizomys, which is placed under the Muridae, or Mouse family. - bamboo-stage, s. A stage made of bamboo. “. . . . sitting on a bamboo-stage astern ; . . Hooker: Himalayam Journals, i. 70 [Etymology doubt- ? y º $ ban bām-bóo'-zle, *bām-böu'—zle (zle=zel), v. i. & t. . [Said to be of gipsy origin; but if so, then prob- ably it originated since the gipsies came to Europe from their former home upon the Indus, for it does not appear to occur in the cognate Hindoo tongues. (GIPsy.) (Bp. Nicolson, Boucher, &c.) Probably akin to Ital, bamboccio=a simpleton; bamboleg- §º do childish things; from bambolino, boºm- olo–an infant, a babe, and bambo-silly. fn Sp. bambarria is=a fool, an idiot; and in Sp. Port. bambalear is=to stagger, to vacillate. If derived from the Italian, the essential meaning is to make a grown-up man behave in as silly a manner as a child could do.] f4. Intrams. Intentionally to involve a subject in mystery or perplexity. To do so especially in money matters for purposes of fraud. “After Nick had bamboozled about the money, John called for counters.”—Arbuthnot. B. Trams. To mystify for purposes of deceit; to cheat, to swindle. “Let no one be bamboozled by this kind of talk, . . .” —Edward A. Freeman: Times, February 10, 1877. ºf Bamboozle is regarded as a vulgar word. bām-bóo'-zled, *bām-böu'-zled (zled as Zeld), pºt. par. [BAMBOOZLE, v. bām-bêoz -lèr, s. [Eng. bamboozl(e); -er.] One who bamboozles; a cheat, a swindler. (Vulgar.) “There are a set of fellows they call banterers and bam- boozlers that play such tricks.”—Arbuthnot. bām-bóoz'-lińg, *bām-böuz'-lińg, pr. par. & a. [BAMBOOZLE.] bām-büş-a, *bām'—bás, s. [Latinized from the Mahratta or Malay word bamboo.] . [BAMBQo.] A genus of grasses, the type of the section Bambuseae. It contains the well-known Bamboo or Bamboo- cane (Bambusa arundinacea). [BAMBOO.] Other species from Asia and the adjacent islands are B. maarima, 100 feet high, from the Malay archipelago; B. aspera, from Amboyna, 60 or 70 feet; and B. apus, from Java, of as ample dimensions, with many Others. The American species are less numerous, but B. latifolia, from the Orinoco, is very fine. bām-bü-šíd'—ae, *bām-büş'-3-ae, s. pl. [BAM- BUSA.] The family of the order Graminaceae, to which the Bamboos belong. It falls under the sec- tion Festuceae. In most of the species there are six stamina instead of three, the normal number. The genera are but few, Bambusa (q. v.) being the chief. bäm'—lite, s. where it occurs..] A mineral, a variety of Fibrolite proper (q.v.). It is of a white or grayish color and columnar in form. Jān (1), *bānn, “bānne, *bāin, ºbăne (pl. bänns, fbâns, *bāneş, *bāines), S. [From A. S. bannam=to proclaim, summon. In Sw. bann= excommunication; Dan. band, ban=ban, excom- munication, outlawry; Dut. ban=excommunica- tion, banishment, jurisdiction; Ger. bamm . O. H. Ger. bam–a public proclamation, spec., excommu- nication; Wel. & Gael. bam= a proclamation; Fr. & Proy. ban=banns, proclamation, publication, ban, banishment, outlawry, exile, privilege; Sp., fort. & Ital. bando. The word seems to have come orig- inally from the Teutonic tongues. Low Lat. bam- ºpennum, bandwm.] [ABANDON, BANDIT, BAN- ISH. T. Essential meaning: A proclamation, public notice, or edict respecting a person or thing. Wedg- wood thinks that the original signification was that given under B., I. - A. Ordinary Language: I. Of persons: 1. A public proclamation or edict respecting a Fº without its being in any way implied that hº been named in order to be denounced. [B., (i) Gen. : An edict or proclamation of any kind. “That was the bany of Keningwurthe; that was lo this That ther ne ssolde of heie men deserited be none That hadde ibolde aye the king, bote the erl of Lei- cetre one.”—Rob. Glowcest., p. 568. (S. in Boucher.) (2) Specially: * - - - a) A summons; a citation. “Ther come to thys rounde table as he sende ys ban, Aunsel kyng of Scotlond, and also Uryan, That was kyng of Muryfycens, and also of North Walys, Cadwal, and also Scater kyng of South Walys.” Rob. Gloucest., p. 188. (S. in Boucher.) , (b) Plur. : An announcement of an intended mar- riage. [B., III.] “IHe gan renew the late forbidden bains.” Spenser: F. Q., L. xii. 36. “I bar it in the interest of my wife, ** 'Tis she is subcontracted to this lord, And I, her husband, contradict your banns.” Shakesp.: King Lear, v. 3. . º after Bamle, in Norway, ...nº on a plinth, and supporting a coping, cor- bam'—bóo, v. t. [From bamboo, s. (q.v.).] To °9′ or rail. They are frequently employed to beat with a bamboo. bóil, boy; pout, jowl; cat, gell, chorus, chin, bench; go, ... gem; thin, this; Sin, aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. "lan, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; –tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. ; ban 2. A proclamation or edict denouncing one, and rendering him subject to penalties. Specially— (1) In civil matters. [B., II.] . “He proceeded so far by treaty, that he was proffered to have the imperial ban taken off Altapinus upon submis- sion.”—Howel. (2) In ecclesiastical matters: Excommunication, curse, anathema. [BAN, v. “A great oversight it was of St. Peter that he did not accurse Nero, whereby the pope might have got all ; yet what need of such a ban, since friar Vincent could tell Atabalipa that kingdoms were the pope's 7”—Raleigh. . (3) Gen...: A curse of any kind by whomsoever given forth. “Thou mixture rank, of midnight weeds collected, With Hecate’s ban thrice blasted, thrice infected.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 2. II. Of things: 1. A public proclamation or edict, commanding, permitting, forbidding, or . announcing anything 3. ..]; hence any prohibition or interdiction of a Solemn kind, however announced. “. ... who thus hast dared, Had it been only coveting to eye That sacred fruit, sacred to abstinence, Much more to taste it, under ban to touch 3 '' Milton: P. L., bk. ix. 2. The penalty inflicted upon a person publicly denounced. B. Technically: I. Military and Fewdal: of war. II. Hist. The ban of the empire: A penalty occasionally put in force under the Old German empire against a prince who had given some cause of offense to the Supreme authority. Arnulf, Duke of Bavaria, in the eleventh century, and Otho, of Wittelspach, in the twelfth century, were thus put under the ban of the empire. III. Law, dºc. Bamms (pl.) : The publication of intended marriages in the Church of England; proc- lamation that certain parties named intend to proceed to marriage, unless any impediment to their union be ; to exist. Banns of marriage have to be published for three Sundays before the event in the church or chapel where the ceremony is to take place, unless a license is obtained. [LICENSE, MARRIAGE.] Marriages may now be solemnized in Non-conformist chapels or at the office of the registrar. bān (2), s. serian bam; Russ. & Pol. pan=a master, a iord. In Austro-Hungary: 1. Formerly: A title belonging to the warden of the eastern marshes of Hungary. 2. Now: The Viceroy of Temesvar, generally called the “Ban of Croatia.” The territory he rules over is called a bamat or bamate. T The name Bam in this latter sense was brought prominently before the English public during the war of independence, waged by the Magyars of Hungary against Austria in 1849. , In that struggle the Sclavonians, who constituted nearly half the opulation of the Austrian empire, sided with the É. against the Magyars. One of the most prominent supporters of the Vienna, Government being the “Ban Jellachich " of Croatia. His name impressed the English public with a certain meas- ure of awe, for people had but vague conceptions as to what a “Ban” might mean, and none but the most audacious ventured to pronounce the word “Jellachich.” bán (3), s. [Hind., &c., ban, bum=cotton.] Comm. : A kind of fine muslin brought from the East Indies. bān, v. t. & i. [A. S. bannam, abammam- to com- mand, to order. In Sw. bamma=to reprove, to chide; bammas=to ban, to curse; Dan. forbande- to excommunicate, to curse; Dut. bandem = to excommunicate.] (BAN, s., BANISH.] A. Trans.: To make the subject of a public proc- lamation. Specially— º 1. Of persons: To excommunicate, to curse; to imprecate evil upon. “And bitter words to ban her cruel foes.” Shakesp.: Rape of Lucrece, 1,460. 2. Of things: To forbid; to prohibit. “And mine has been the fate of those To whom the goodly earth and air Are bann’d and barr’d—forbidden fare.” Byrom: Prisoner of Chillom. A proclamation in time B. Intransitive: 1. To imprecate vengeance upon a person; to Curse a perSOn. 2. To curse and swear; to use more or less pro- fane or irreverent language. “Ne'er curse, nor bann, I you implore, In neither fun nor passion.” 372 +ba-mă1'-i-ty, s. [Fr. bamalité=common-place; from bamal, adj. = (1. Of persons) mercenary, (2. Of things) common to every one; formerly said of things, as a mill, oven, &c., provided by a feudal lord, and which the people were obliged to use..] A Common-place; a common-place compliment uttered to every one alike, and devoid of any special sig- nificance. “. . . his house and his heart are open to you. Civil banalities are not at all in his line, his friendship is sol- idly demonstrative, and you can do him no greater favor than by frankly accepting the thousand kindnesses he is eager to proffer.”—Daily Telegraph, December 8, 1876. ba-na,'—na, s. & a. [In Sw. bama mastróid, Fr. banane, the fruit, and bamamier, the tree; Sp. banama, bamamo, bamamas; Port. bamama..] A. As swbstantive: 1. A tree, the Musa sapientwm of botanists. To the superficial observer it looks like a palm, but the leaves are essentially different. Tearing in long strips, like those of endogens in eneral, they differ rom the normal type in doing so transversely on either side from the midrib,instead of longitudinally. The flowers also are different, and the nearest affinity of the Order Mu- saceae, of which it or its congener, the plantain, is the type, is with the gingers and arrowroots, and not with the palms. The bana- na is about twenty feet high. It resembles the plantain so closely that some think it a mere variety of that species; but it differs in having the stalk marked with dark-purple stripes and spots, and possessing a shorter, more rounded, and more luscious fruit. Originally from the Eastern Hemi- sphere, but now cultivated largely in Florida and Louisiana. 2. The fruit of the banana-tree. It grows in clusters of long, angular, finger-like fruits, some inches in length. When the rind, which easily comes away, is stripped off, there is found beneath it a soft pulp like that of a fine pear, but more luscious. . It and its congener the plantain are, in the writer’s opinion, the finest of all tropical fruits. “The dream is past; and thou hast found again Thy cocoas and bananas, palms and yams, And homestall thatched with leaves.” Cowper: Task, bk. i. B. As adjective : Pertaining to the banana ; feed- ing on the banana. (See the compounds.) banana-bird, 8. A bird, Xanthormºus icterws belonging to the family Sturnidae (Starlings), and the sub-family Oriolinae, or Orioles. It is tawny and black, with white bars on the wings. It is gre- garious, a multitude of individual nests hanging from the ends of contiguous twigs. It occurs in the West Indies and the warmer parts of Continental * It has some affinity to the Baltimore Bird Q. V.). banana-leaf, s. The leaf of the banana. its peculiar venation, see BANANA, A., 1.] “Before morning it rained very heavily, but the good thatch of bamama-leaves kept us dry.”—Darwin: Voyage 7'own'd the World, ch. xviii. banana-tree, s. [BANANA, A., 1.] ** bán'—ate, s. [In Ger. Banat; from bam. The Banana and its Fruit. [For 2) (q.v.). ( 1. #h. territory or jurisdiction of a ban. 2. Specially: An old province of Hungary, of which the capital was Temesvar. báñc, s. [A. S. benc, Fr. bamc=a bench, . . . court.] [BANCO.] Law. In banco. [BANCO, II.] *báñ'-chis, s. . [From Ital, º: Deeds of settlement. Jamiesom.) “Bot quhen my billis and my banchis was all selit, I wald na langer beir on brydil, bot braid up my heid.”—Dunbar: Maitland Poems, p. 57. *báñcke (1), s. [BANK.] *báñcke (2), s. [Dan. bank=drubbing, cudgel- ing blows; banke=to beat, to knock.] A ruff or roll on a drum (?). (O. Scotch.) To beate a bancke : To beat a ruff or roll on a drum. “The drummer-major, accompanied with the rest of the drummers of the regiment, being commanded, beate a bamcke in head of the regiment.”—Monro; Eacp ed., pt. ii., banco- a bank.] Money-deeds (?). band bāń'-có, S. [In Dan. banco–a bank; Sp. banco- bench, bank; Ital, banco-a bench, a shop counter; metter bamco-to be a banker.] [BANK.] I. Commerce : 1. A bank, especially that of Venice. 2. The difference between the price of money at a bank and its value outside. II. Law. Sittings in bamco, or in banc : Sit- tings of a Superior Court of Common Law as a full court, as distinguished from the sittings of the judges at Nisi Prius, or on circuit. fbân-cöur-is, s. pl. [In Ger. banckwerc-tapes- try, the covering of a stool or bench ; Fr. banquier =“a bench-cloth, or a carpet for a forme or bench.” (Cotgrave dº Jamieson.)] Covers. (O. Scotch.) “Braid burdis and benkis, ourbeld with bancouris of gold, Cled our with grene clathis.” Howlate, iii. 3, ..]IS. (Jamieson.) bänd, *bānde, s. [In A. S. banda=a band, a h9useholder, a husband; band=bound; pa. par of bindan=to bind. . In Sw. band; Dan. baand; Dut. band= a tie, a string ; bende=a troop, a company; Ger. bande, binde, Goth. bamdi, Fr. bande; Sp., Port;, & Ital, banda; Hind. bund= an embankment, bund, bamd = to confine. As Trench points out, band, bend, and, bond. were not at first distinct words, but only three different ways of spelling the same word. (Trench : English Past ama. Present, p. 65.)] [BEND, BIND, BOND.] A. Ordinary Langwage: (a) Of things: I. Literally: 1. A fillet, tie, cord, chain, or other ligament used for binding together things which else would be separate, for ornament, or for any other purpose. (1) Gen. : With the foregoing signification. “So wild a beast, so tame ytaught to be, And buxom to his bands, is joy to see.” Spense”: Mother Hubberd's Tale. (2) Spec.: The rope or tie by which black cattle are fastened to the stake. (Scotch.) (Jamieson.) 2. The hinge of a door. (Generally in the pl.) (Scotch, and North of England.) (Jamieson.) 3. Formerly sing. (band), now pl. (bands): A form of appendage to the collar or neck-cloth for- merly worn by clergymen, lawyers, students in colleges, and others. It consists of two, broad strips of muslin united above, but separated below, their upper part tied by a string around the neck, from or in front of which they hang down. “For his mind I do not care, That’s a toy that I could spare; Let his title be but great, His cloaths rich, and band sit neat.” Ben Jomson. “Be took his lodging at the mansion-house of a taylor's widow, who washes, and can clear-starch his bands.”— Addison. II. Figuratively: 1. Anything by which persons or things are united together or restrained. In a general sense: “. . . and I have broken the bands of your yoke, and made you go upright.”—Lev. xxvi. 13. “THere’s eight that must take hands To join in Hymen’s bands.” Shakesp.: As You Like It, v. 4. 2. Union. (b) Of persons. [Wedgwood considers that of the words from the several languages given in the etymology, Sp. banda, in the sense of side (it means a scarf, a side, a bend, a band), is the one from which the Eng. band, when used of persons con- federated, originally came.] I. Gen. : A company of persons united together for any purpose, or held by any bond of affinity. 1. Lit.: Persons so united. “. . . I passed over this Jordan; and now I am become two bands.”—Gen. xxxii. 10. 2. Fig.: A great assemblage of any species of animal. “. . . . vast numbers of butterflies, in bands or flocks of countless myriads, extended as far as the eye could range.”—Darwin: Voyage rownd the World, ch. viii. II. Specially: 1. A number of soldiers, or at least of men capa. ble of bearing arms, united together for military purposes. “So the bands of Syria came no more into the land of Israel.”—2 Kings vi. 23. “And backed with such a band of horse, As might less ample powers enforce.” . Scott; Rokeby, vi. 34. 2. A number of trained musicians, in a regiment, intended to march in front of the soldiers and play instruments, so as to enable them to keep step a they move forward; also any similarly organized A. Douglas. Poems, p. 75. p. 38. (Jamieson.) fāte, fit, färe, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, w8re, wolf, wärk, whö, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rale, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. band-fish company of musicians, even though they may in no way be connected with the army; an orchestra. (The word band is also applied to the subdivisions of an orchestra, as string-band, wind-band, &c.) “. . . the hereditary piper and his sons formed the band.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. | Crabb thus distinguishes between band, com- pany, crew, and gang: “Each of . these terms denotes a small association for a particular object. A band is an association where men are bound together by some strong obligation, as a band of soldiers, a band of robbers. A company marks an association for convenience, without any particular obligation, as a company of travelers, a company of strolling players. Crew marks an association col- lected together by some external power, or by coincidence of plan and motive; in the former case it is used for a ship's crew; in the latter, and bad sense it is employed for any number of evil-minded persons met together, from different quarters, and co-operating for some bad purpose. Gang is always used in a bad sense for an association of thieves, murderers, and depredators in general. It is more in common use than band. In Germany the rob- bers used to form bands and set the Government at defiance; housebreakers and pickpockets commonly associate now in gamgs.” (Eng. Symon.) B. Technically: 1. Saddlery. The bands of a saddle: Two pieces of iron nailed upon the bows to hold them in their proper place. & 2. Naut, . A stripe of canvas sewed across a sail to render it stronger. (Falconer.) 3. Arch. : A fascia, face, or plinth ; any flat low member or molding. (Johnson.) sº e 4. Amat. Flattened band: The name given by its discoverer, Remak, to what is better called by Rosenthal and Purkinge the axis cylinder. It is a transparent material occupying the axis of the nerve-tube...(Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Anat, vol. i., pp. 212, 228.) e - 5. Botany; Bands or vittae are the spaces between the elevated lines or ribs on the fruit of umbellif- erous plants. 6. Bookbinding: One of the cords at the back of a book to which the thread is attached in sewing. 7. Mach. : A broad endless i. used for com- municating motion from one wheel, drum, or roller to another. * For such compounds as faggot-band, head-bamd, swathing-band, &c., see the word with which band is in combination. w band-fish, s. The English designation of Cepola, a genus of fishes ranked under the Riband-shaped family of the order Acanthopteri. band-kitt, s. A large wooden vessel with a cover to it. (Boucher.) band-master, s. band. [BAND, II. 2.] band-place, s. The part of the hat where the band was placed. band-pulley, s. Mach. : A flat-faced wheel, fixed on a shaft and driven by a band. band-Saw, s. ~. Mach. : An endless steel belt, serrated on one of its edges, running over wheels, and rapidly revolved. band-shaped, a. Bot.: Narrow and very long, and with the two Opposite margins parallel. Example, the leaves of Zostera marina. band-String, s. 1. A string appended to a band; a string going across the breast for tying in an ornamental way. “He saw a weel-fa’ared auld gentleman standing by his bedside, in the moonlight, in a queer-fashioned dress wi' mony a button and a band-string about it.”—Scott: Anti- quary, ch. ix. 2. The designation given to a species of confection of a long shape. (Jamieson.) band-wheel, s. Mach. : A wheel with a face nearly flat or grooved to retain the band that drives it, as in the lathe. bänd (1), *bánde, v. t. & i. [From Eng, band, s. (q. v.). ſn fºr. bander=to bind, to tie; Port. bandar.] A. Transitive: fl. Of things: To tie with a band. “And by his mother stood an infant Love, With wings unfledg’d, his eyes were banded o'er.” Dryden: Palamom and Arcite, ii. 320, 321. 2. Of persons: To unite together in confederacy; to form into a band, troop, or society. (In this Sense often used reflectively.) “As such, he might still be foremost among those who Were banded together in defense of the liberties of Europe.”—Macaulay. Hist, Eng., ch. xv. The director of a (military) 373 B. Intransitive : 1: To unite together; to enter into agreement, alliance, or confederacy. “And when it was day, certain of the Jews banded together . ”—Acts xxiii. 12. 2. To assemble. “Huge routs of people did about them band.” Spenser; F. Q., I. iv. 36. *bānd (2), v. t...[Low. Lat. bandire=to proclaim, to º;; [BAN, BANISH.] To interdict, to banish, to forbid, to expel. “Sweete love such lewdnes bands from his faire com- panee.” Spenser: F. Q., III., ii. 41. *bānd (1), pret. & pa. par. of BAN, v. (q.v.). “And curs'd and band, and blasphemies forth threw.” Spenser: F. Q., W. xi. 12. *bānd (2), pret. & pa: par. of BAND, v. (q.v.). [A. S. band, pret. of bindan= to bind.] “FIis hors until a tre sho band.” Ywaine and Gawin, 1,776. (S. in Boucher.) bänd'—age (age=ig), s. [In Dan. & Fr. bandage, from Fr. bander = to band or tie, &c.] [BAND, S. & v.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Anything tied around another, as a piece of cloth tied around the eyes to blindfold one, or around a wound for surgical purposes. 1. In a general sense: (a) Literally: “Cords were fastened by hooks to my bandages, which the workmen had girt round my neck.”—Swift. (b) Figuratively: “Zeal, too, had a place among the rest, with a bandage over her eyes .”—Addison. 2. In a surgical sense. [B. 1.] “. . my informer, Pºiº his head out to see what was the matter, received a severe cut, and now wore a bandage.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. vi. ill. The act or operation of tying up wounds. B. Technically: . 1. Swrgery: A fillet, band, or strip of cloth, used in surgery for tying up, wounds, and thus stopping the effusion of blood, further injury from the air, from accident, or from, violence. ., I. 1, 2. 2. Arch. (Plur.).; The iron rings or chains SUIT- rounding the springing of a dome or the circum- ference of a tower, to bind the structure together. bänd'-age (age={g), v. t. [From bandage, s. (q.v.).] To tie up with a bandage or similar appli- & Il Cé. bänd'-aged, pa. par. & a. [BANDAGE, v.] bänd'—ag-ing, pr. par. [BANDAGE, v.] bänd-a-lé'er, s. [BANDOLEER.] bān-da"—na, *bān-dan'—na, s. [In Fr. bandana; Sp. bandaña, bandaño–a neckerchief made of bast. (Mahm;)] A kind of calico-printing in which white or bright-colored spots are placed upon a Turkey- red or dark ground. bandana handkerchief. A handkerchief printed as described above. bänd'—böx, s. [Eng. band; boa..] A box of thin card, used, principally for inclosing hats, caps, or similar articles of attire. “With empty bandboa, she delights to range.” * Gay: Trivia. bandé (bån'-dé), a. [Fr. =banded.] Her.: The same as Eng. IN BEND. [BEND.] bān-deau (eau as, 6), plur, bán'-deaux (eaux as Óz), 8. r. = a fillet, frontlet, diadem, tiara, architrave..] A narrow band or fillet around a cap or other headdress. “Around the edge of this cap was a stiff bandeau of leather.”—Scott. bänd-Éd (1), *bānd, pa. par. & a. 1), v.] A. Ord. Lang. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. “Secret and safe the banded chests, In which the wealth of Mortham rests.” Scott; Rokeby, iv. 31. [BAND B. Technically: 1. Bot.: A term applied to variegation or mark- ing when transverse stripes of one color cross another one. gº & 2. Her.: ...When a . garb is bound together with a band of a different tincture, it is said to be banded of that tincture. (Gloss. of Her.) bänd'—éd (2), pa. par. [BAND, v.] bān'-dèl-êt, s. [BANDLET.] fbând'–6r, s. [Eng. band; -er.) One who bands; a person engaged to one or more in a bond or cov- enant. bandog - “Montrose, and so many of the banders as happened to be at home at that time, were cited to appear.”—Guthry: Mem., p. 90. (Jamieson.) bán'-dér-öle, bán'-dèr-Ölle, s. [BANDROL.] bān'-di-cóot, *bān-di-cote, s. [Anglo-Indian name. Compare Sansc. andar = rat, and kút = house, . . . heap of grain.] * { 1. A name given to the Mus, gigantews of Hard- wicke. It is as large as a rabbit, and is found in India. It feeds on grain. * 2. The English name given to a genus of Marsu- pial quadrupeds, named from their resemblance to the above species. ... They constitute the genus Per- ameles or the family Peramelidae, and are found in Australia. There are several species. They are Sometimes called Bandicoot Rats. [PERAMELIDAE.] bān'-died, pa. par. [BANDY, v.] bán'-di-lèer, s. [BANDOLEER.] bänd-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BAND (1), v.] banding-plane, s. A plane used for cutting Out grooves and inlaying strings and bands in straight and circular work. (Goodrich dé Porter.) bān-dit, *bān-dite, ... bān-dit-tó, *bán'— dét—tó (pl. bān'-dit-tí, thān'-dits), a. & s. [In Sw., Dan., Ger., & Fr. bandit; Dut. bandiet; Sp. & Port. bandido=a highwayman. Ital, bandito, as adjective=published, banished; as substantive=an outlaw, an exile, a highwayman; bandita, bando=a roclamation; bandire=to proclaim, publish, tell, anish.] [BAN.] *A. As adjective (of the old form banditto): Per- taining to an outlaw, a highwayman, or other robber. [B.] “A Roman sworder, and banditto slave, Murder'd sweet Tully.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry VI., iv. 1. B. As substantive (of the modern form bandit): 1. Properly: One who, besides having been ban- ished, has been publicly proclaimed an outlaw, and, having nothing further to hope from society, or at least from the government which has taken these decisive steps against him, has become a highwayman or robber of some other type. 2. More generally: Any robber, whateyer may be the circumstances which have led to his adopting his evil mode of life. “No bandit fierce, no tyrant mad with pride, No cavern’d hermit, rest self-satisfy’d.”—Pope. T.As robbers generally find that they can more easily carry out their nefarious plans if they go in gangs, the word bandit often occurs in the plural (banditti); there is, however, no reason to believe that this is etymologically connected with band, in the sense of a company of people associated together for some end. “They had contracted all the habits of banditti.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. bandit-saint (pl. banditti-saints), 3. Aaperson combining the profession of a saint with the prac- tice of a bandit. “Banditti-saints disturbing distant lands, And unknown nations wandering for a home.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. iv. bān'-dit-ti, S. pl. [BANDIT.] *bánd'-kyn, 3. [Apparently a misspelling of bawdekyn, which again is derived, from baldachin º A very precious kind of cloth, the warp of which is thread of gold, and the woof silk, adorned with raised figures. (Scotch.) “For the banket mony rich claith of pall * Was spred, and mony a bandkyn wounderly wrocht.” Dowg.: Virgil, 33, 15. (Jamieson.) fbând-le (le as el), s. [Irish..] An Irish measure of two feet in leagth. (Bailey.) fbând'-lèss—ly, adv. [Eng. band: -less, -ly.] without bands or vestments; regardlessly. (Jamie- SO??). fbând'-lèss-nēss, s. [Eng. band; -less, -ness.] Tºtate of abandonment to wickedness. (Jamie- SO??.. bänd-lèt, bán'-dél–ét, s. [In Fr. bandelette.] 1. Ord. Lang.: A small band for encircling any- thing. (Francis.) g 2. Arch. : Any small band, molding, or fillet. (Johnson.) band—hôo'-ka, s. The name of an Indian shrub, the Iacora Bandhwca, sometimes, called the Jungle Geranium. It has scarlet or crimson flowers, and belongs to the order Cinchonaceae, or Cinchonads. Jān-dòg, *bánd-dāg, *bānd-dûgge, *bünde- dóg, s. [O. Eng. bamd=bound, and dog..] A dog of such a character, as to require the restraint of a band; a large, fierce dog requiring to be kept bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, thin, this; gem; go, ghin, bench; Sin, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. expect, aş; -cian, -tian = shan. -ble, —tion, —dle, &c. = bel, del. -sion = -sious = shiis. shiin; –tion, -śion = zhin. —tious, -cious, \ bandoleer chained: Specially, according to Harrison, a mas- tiff; and, according to Bewick, a cross between the mastiff and the bull-dog. “Bondedog: molossus.”—Prompt. Parv. “Half a hundred good bandologs Came running o'er the lea.” Robin Hood, ii. 64. (Boucher.) “We have great bandogs will teare their skinne.” * * wolf, work, whö, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = or, wore, - à. qu. = kW. barber bar'-bêr, v. f. [From barber (1), s.] To do a barber's work; to shave or dress the hair. “Our courteous Antony, Whom ne'er the word of ‘No’ woman heard speak, Being barber'd ten times o'er, goes to the feast.” Shakesp.: Amtomy and Cleopatra, ii. 2. bar'-bêr-èss, s. [Eng, barber; -ess.] A female barber. (Minshew.) bar'-bêr-ry, běr'-bêr-ry, s. [In Sw, berberis- bćir; Ital. berbero, berberi, Dan., Dut. Sp., Port., & Lat, berberis; from Arab. berbèrys.] The Eng- lish name of the Berberis, a genus of plants consti- tuting the typi- cal one of the order Berberida- ceae (Berberids). The C om m O n Barberry (Ber- beris vulgaris) is planted in g a r- dens or in hedges, * . being an O r n a- (4 ... ". mental s h r u b, . . . especially when covered with a p r of usion of flowers or loaded with fruit. It has yellow flowers with an unpleas- ant smell, which, however, are much frequented by bees. The berries are oblong in form, red in color, except at the top, where the stigma, which is black, remains. Their juice is acid, hence they are used for preserves and confectionery. The root, boiled in lye, and the inner bark of the stem, dye a fine yellow. [BERBERIS.] barberry blight, berberry blight. Bot. : The English name of a minute fungal, the AEcidium, Berberidis of Persoon. It occurs on the leaves of the barberry, forming roundish, bright-red spots, consisting of the fruits of the AEcidium, which form little cups full of spores when they burst. These spores germinate on the leaves or stems of wheat, send out mycelium into the plant, and pro- duce the disease called rust, which was thought to be a distinct fungus. Several generations of this form grow in the summer, but in the older speci- mens a darker two-celled spore is produced, which remains on the straw during the winter, and, germ- inating in the spring, produces spores that cause the barberry blight. barberry-bush, s. The barberry (q.v.). “Where the tangled barberry-bushes Hang their tufts of crimson berries.” Longfellow: Somg of Hiawatha, Introd. bar-bêt, s. [In Fr. barbet, from barbe-beard; or from Lat., barba=a beard. ., 1. Any bird of the family Picidae and the sub-fam- ily, Capitoninae. The barbets have short conical bills, with stiff bristles at the base, short wings, and broad and rounded tails. It is from the bristles, Which have an analogy to a beard, that the name is derived. These birds are found in the warmer parts gf both hemispheres, the most typical coming from South America. (Dallas : Nat. Hist.) 2. A dog, called also the poodle. It is the Camis familiaris, variety aquaticus. It has a large round head, with a more considerable cerebral cavity than any other Variety of dog, pendent ears, long curly hair, white with black patches, or vice versa. There is a large and a small barbet. (Griffith's Cuvier, Vol. v., p. 138.) 23. A name given to a small worm that feeds on the aphis. bar-bêtt'e, s. [Fr.] A mound of earth on which guns are mounted to be fired over the parapet. Fortification. En barbette: Placed so as to be Barberry and Fruit. fired over the top of a parapet, and not through embrasures. *º: Gun en Barbette. ...The hills are strongly entrenched, being fortified #. redoubts en barbette.”—Daily Telegraph, October 8, º Moncrieffe barbette: A special form of the bar- ette system invented by Col. Moncrieffe, by which * £un is elevated at the moment of firing, the recoil *; it to disappear, by a movement like that of 383 ciently large to accommodate it and the gunners, thus protecting both from danger except for the brief period when the piece is being fired. The gun is raised to its proper elevation for firing by the depression of certain weights which are attached to the rockers upon which it is supported. bar'-bi-can, bar'-ba-can, “bar'-by-can, s. [In Fr. & Ital. barbacame : Prov. & Sp. barbacama, Port. barbecam; Low Lat, barbacama, barbicama : from Arab, barbakh wºn = aqueduct, sewer (?).] Old fortification : *1. A long narrow opening in the walls of a castle, to draw off the water falling on a platform or terrace. *2. A hole in the wall of a city or of a castle, through which arrows and javelins or, in later times, small firearms or cannon might be dis- charged. (Spelman.) 3. A small tower connected with the outworks of a city or castle, designed for the defense of a soli- tary watchman or the advanced guard of the garrison, or to be a cover to the inner works. (1) In castles, the barbican was placed just out- side the gate, so that it might be used as a watch- to Wer. “Within the barbican a porter sate Day and night duely keeping watch and ward; Nor wight nor word mote passe out of the gate, But in good order and with dew regard.” Spemser: F. Q., II. ix. 25. (2) In cities: (a) An outwork of a city in advance of the other fºllºcations, and designed to cover or protect l62 II] . (b) A fort at the entrance of a bridge, or at the place of exit from a city, having a double wall with towerS. - ...tbar'-bi-can-áge, thar'-ba-căn-ăge (age as ig), s. [Low Lat. barbicamagium, from barbicam. q. v.).] Money paid for the support of a barbican. Bowvier.) bar'-bi-èrs, s. [A different pronunciation of Eng., &c., beriberi (q.v.).] According to Drs. Scott and Copland, a paralytic disease, which often arises on the Coromandel coast of India from sleeping in the open air exposed to the land-winds, especially in January, February and March. There. are pain, numbness, and partial paralysis of the extremities, with occasional in- jury to the voice. It is an acute dis- ease, and different from beriberi q.v.). (Cyclop. of Pract. Med. ut the writers now mentione had not personal opportunities of seeing the disease. Dr. Malcolm- son of Madras, and Dr. Carter of Bombay, who have had this ad- vantage, consider barbiers the same as beriberi (q.v.). bar'-bi-tón, S. [Lat. barbiton and barbitos; Gr. barbitos.] many-stringed instrument used by the ancients. It is generally M said to have been invented by the Greek poet Anacreon. It is not certainly known whether any representative of a barbiton is actually in existence, but it is probable that it greatly resem- bled the instrument figured here, which is taken from Blanchini’s work. bar-bi-tiir"—ic äç'-id, s. . C4N2H4O3 sº Chem.: Ö .#&H.O.)"O =Malonyl urea. By the action of bromine on hydurilic acid dibromo- barbituric acid is formed along with alloxan. When this acid is heated with excess of hydriodic acid it is reduced to barbituric acid, which crystallizes in prisms with two molecules of water. It is bibasic and forms salts. Boiled with potash it gives ôff Mºonia, and yields the potassium salt of malonic 8 C1 (1. bar-bu-la., bar'-bule, s. [Lat. barbula = a little beard; dimin. from barba=beard.] A. Ordinary Langwage. (Of the form barbule): 1. A small beard. 2. A small barb. B. Bot. (Of the form barbula): The beard-like apex of the peristome in Tortula, and some other genera of mosses. bar'-bis, s...[Lat, barbus=a barbel.], [BARBEL.] A genus of fishes of the order Malacopterygii Abdominales, and the family Cyprinidae (Carps). bar-ca-rölle, s. [Fr. barcarolle; Ital, barcarolo, Öct?‘ccur wolo, barcaiwolo = a waterman, from barcot– a barge, a boat.] [BARK.] A kind of song sung by the Venetian gondoliers; a composition either in music or poetry, or both, similar in character to Ancient Seven- Stringed Lyre. barded bar'-clay-a, s. [Named by Wallich after Robert Barclay, of Bury Hill...] A genus of plants belong- ing to the order Nymphaeaceae and tribe Barclayidae. They are aquatic plants with root-stocks like tubers; the flowers consist of five sepals, distinct from each other; five red petals, united at the base into a tube; stamina and carpels, many. They are found in the East Indies. bar'-cláy—i-dae, s. pl. [BARCLAYA.] Bot. : A tribe belonging to the order Nymphaeaceae, or Water-lilies. Type, Barclaya (q.v.). bard (1), *bāird, s. [In Sw. & Dut. bard; Dan., er., & Fr. barde : Port, bardo; Lat, bardus ; Gr. bardos, all from Irish & Gael, bard; Wel. bardd, barz; Arm, bar2. Cognate with Ir. barda = a satire or lampoon; Wel. bardhas-philosophy; bardgam- a song ; bar = rage, enthusiasm ; Ir. & Arm. bar =brilliant, glossy, learned, literary.] 1. Originally : A poet by profession, specially one whose calling it was to celebrate in verse, song, and play the exploits of the chiefs or others who patron- ized him, or those of contemporary heroes in general. Bards of this character flourished from the earliest period among the Greeks, and to a lesser extent among the Romans. Diodorus and Strabo, in the first century B. C., allude to them under the name of Gr. bardoi, and Lucan, in the first century A. D., under that of bardi. Tacitus seems to hint at their existence among the Germanic tribes. It was, how- ever, above all, among the Gauls and other Celtic nations that they flourished most. According to Warton, they were originally a con- stitutional appendage of the Druid hierarchy. At Llanidan, in Anglesea, Wales, formerly inhabited by Druidical conventual societies, vestiges exist of Tre'r Drym—the Arch-Druid’s mansion; Bodrudgw= the abode of the inferior Druids; and near them Bod-owyn'- the abode of the Ovades, i. e., of those passing through their novitiate; and Tre’v Beirdd = the hamlet of the bards. They may be even considered as essential con- stituents of the hierarchy, if the division of it into priests, philosophers, and poets be accurate. The bards did not #. away with the Druids, but flour- ished, especially in Wales, honored at the courts of rinces, and figuring up to the present day at the £isteddfods or gatherings of bards and minstrels. They were similarly honored throughout Ireland, and indeed among the Celts everywhere. “There is among the Irish a kind of people called bards, which are to them instead of poets: whose profes- sion is to set forth the praises or dispraises of men in their poems or rhyme; the which are had in high regard and estimation among them.”—Spenser: State of Ireland. t?. Later: A vagrant beggar, who could not or would not work, and, who, moreover, pretended to be wanting in understanding, if, indeed, he were not so in reality. “. . . That mane sall be thoiled to beg, neither to burgh nor to land betwixt fourteen and seventy yeares, that sike as maks themselves fules or bairdes, or uthers siklike runners about, being apprehended sall be put in the king's ward or irones, sae lang as they have any gudes of their awne to live on.”—Scottish Acts, i. 413. (S. in Boucher.) 3. Now: A synonym for a poet. “Conquerors and kings, Founders of sects and systems, to whom add Sophists, bards, statesmen, all unquiet things Which stir too strongly the soul’s secret springs, And are themselves the fools to those they fool; Envied, yet how unenviable !” Byron : Childe Harold, iii. 43. bard’s-croft, s. The designation given to a #. of land, on the property of a chieftain, ereditarily appropriated to the bard of the family. “. . . more seed-barley than would have sowed his Highland Parnassus, the Bard's-Croft as it was called, ten times over.”—Scott: Waverley, ch. xxi. bard-like, a. Like a bard. “And all the keener rush of blood, That throbs through bard in bard-like mood.” Scott; Mayºmiom, Introd. bard (2), s. [Fr. barde=scaly horse armor; Sp., Port., & Ital. barda.] Defensive armor for a horse. The same as BARBE (q.v.). bard, *baird, v. t. ſº bard, s. In Fr. border = to lard, to cover with a slice of bacon, to COver a horse with armor; Sp. bardar=to lay boards on a wall; Port. bardar- to fence round.] To caparison, to adorn with trappings. “His hors was bairdit full bravelie.” Lyndsay; Squire Meldrum. (Jamieson.) bar'-dách (ch guttural), s. [From Eng., &c., bard, or from Icel, barda=pugnacious.] Impudent boldness, the result of insensibility to danger or shame. “She never minds her, but tells on her tale Right bauld and bardach, likely-like and hail.” Ross: Helenore, p. 81. (S. in Boucher.) bard'–éd, pa. par. & adj. [BARD.] Caparisoned; defended by armor. (Used of horses as equipped in mediaeval times. The armor covered the neck, * child's rocking horse, into a circular pit suffi- such songs. breast, and shoulders.) [BARB.] bón, boy; póüt, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. * -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shūn; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shüs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. Bardesanists x. Bar-dès'-a-nists, s. pl. [Named after Bar- desanes, a Syrian of Edessa, in the second century.] A Christian sect which followed the person above named. His tenets were founded on the Oriental philosophy. He supposed that God at first made men with ethereal bodies, but Satan tempted these first human beings to sin, and then put round them the grosser bodies which we now possess; and that when Jesus descended on earth. He appeared in an ethereal body, and taught men to subdue their carnal depravity by abstinence, meditation, and fasting. ardesanes afterward returned to the ordinary Christian belief, but his followers long held the tenets which he had abandoned. (Mos- heim : Ch. Hist., Cent. ii.) bard'–ic, a. [Eng. bard: -ic.] Pertaining to a bard, to the order of bards, or to their poetry. (Warton.) bard'—ie, s. (Scotch.) “Accept a bardie's humble thanks ''' Burns: Scotch. Drink. bar-dig-li-ö -né (g mute), 8... [In Ital:. Marmo Bardiglio di Bergamo=marble bardiglio ſº mineral anhydrite), from Bergamo, in Italy.] A mineral, the same as Anhydrite (q.v.). bard"—i-ly, adv. [Scotch bardie; -ly.] 1. Boldly, with intrepidity. “They bardily and hardily Fac’d home or foreign foe; Though often forfoughten, They never grudg’d the blow.” R. Galloway: Poems, p. 64. [Diminutive of bard.] A little bard. 2. Pertly. (Jamieson.) bard'—in, “bard'–ynge (plur. bard'-ins, *bard'– §n-gis), s. [Fr. barde.] Trappings for horses. (Often in the plural.) “Item—thair, certane auld harnes with foir geir and bak geir, with º of auld splentis, and bardim to hors.” —Inventories: A. 1566, p. 170. “At last be cumyng of Welchemen and Cornwal, sa huge nois rais be reird and sowne of bellis that hang on thair bardyngis, that the ennymes war affrayt, and final y put to flycht.”—Bellend.: Chrom., fol. 25. (Jamieson.) bard'—i-nēss, s. [Scotch bardie, -mess.l. lant frowardness, pertness and irascibility, manifested in conversation. bard’—ish, a. [Eng. bard; -ish..] 1. Pertaining to a bard, or to the bards. 2. Rude, insolent in language. (Scotch.) “The rest of that day, and much also of posterior sessions, were misspent with the altercation of that bardish man, Mr. D. Dogleish, and the yound constable of IDundee.”—Baillie: Lett., i. 311. (Jamieson.) bard'—ism, s. [Eng. bard; -ism...] The senti- ments, maxims, or system of belief given forth by the bards in their verses. (Elton, Reid, dºc.) bard'–lińg, s. [Dimin. of Eng. bard.] An inferior bard. *bard'-yn-gis, s, pl. [BARDIN.] bäre, *bār, a. & s. [A. S. boer, bare; Sw. & Dan. bar, Ger, bar, baar; Dut, baar; Icel. berr; O. H. Ger, pari, Russ, boss, Lith, basas, basus; Sansc. bhasad=the sun, and bhas–to shine.] A. As adjective: I. Literally: 1. Naked, without clothes. Used— (1) Of the whole of the hºwman body. “. and leave thee naked and bare.”—Ezek. xvi. 39. º Of any portion of it: a) Im. a general sense. HANDED.] (b) Spec. Of the head: Wanting the covering of their heads; uncovered, as a token of respect or for ceremony's sake. “Though the Lords used to be covered while the Com- mons were bare, yet the Commons would not be bare before the Scottish commissioners ; and so none were covered.”—Claremdon. 2. More loosely: Consisting of raw flesh. II. Figuratively : 1. Of things material: § Of the body : Lean, (Jamieson.) 2) Of clothes: Threadbare. “You have an exchequer of words, and no other treasure for your followers; for it appears by their bare liveries, that they live by your bare words.”—Shakesp.: Two Gen- tlemen of Verona, ii. 4. (3) Of trees or other plants: Destitute of leaves. “The trees are bare and naked, which use both to cloath and house the kern.”—Spenser: Ireland. (4) Of a rock, sea-shore, or anything similar: With- out soil or verdure. “The booby lays her eggs on the bare rock, . . .”— Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. i., p. 10. Petu- 8|S [BAREFOOT, BARE- 384 2. Of things immaterial, abstract; or in a more general sense; sº (1) Plain, simple, unadorned, without Ornament. “Yet was their manners then but bare and plain; For th’ antique world excess and pride did hate.” Spenser. (2) Detected; brought to light. “These false pretexts and warnish’d colors failing; Bare in thy guilt, how foul thou must appear!” Milton: Samson Agonistes, 90. º Poor, indigent; empty. Used— a) Of persons: “Were it for the glory of God, that the clergy should be left as bare as the apostles, when they had neither staff nor scrip, God would, I hope, endue them with the self- same affection.”—Hooker. Pref. to Ecclesiastical Polity. (b) Of things: “Even from a bare treasury, my success has been con- trary to that of Mr. Cowley.”—Dryden. (4.) Mere, unsupported or unaccompanied by any- thing else. “Those who lent him money lent it on no security but his bare word.”—Macaulay; Hist. Eng., ch. xii. "I Sometimes bare is succeeded by of placed be- fore that which is taken away. “Making a law to reduce interest, will not raise the price of land; it will only leave the country barer of money.”—Locke. T. To lay bare: To uncover anything. erally and figuratively.) (a) Literally: “Therefore lay bare your bosom.” Shakesp.: Merchant of Venice, iv. 1. (b) Figuratively: “. . . . and he lays bare his disappointment . . . Times, November 5, 1 Bare poles: The masts and yards of a ship when no sails are set. To run wºnder bare poles: To run with no sails hoisted, as during storms. B. As substantive : fSculpture: Those parts of an image which repre- sent the bare flesh. “To make the visages and hands, and all other bares of all the said images in most quick and fair wise.”—Con- tract for the Monument of Richard Beauchamp, Earl of Warwick, in Blore's Monumental Remains. ºff (a) Crabb thus distinguishes the adjectives bare, naked, and uncovered: “Bare marks the con- dition of being without some necessary appendage; naked simply the absence of external covering; bare is therefore often substituted for maked, yet not vice versö-e.g., bare-headed or bare-footed; but a figure or the body is maked. , Applied to other objects, bare indicates want in general; naked simply something external, wanting to the eye—e.g., bare walls, a bare house; maked fields, a naked appearance; bare in this sense is often followed by the object wanted; maked is mostly employed as an adjunct—bare of leaves, a naked tree. Naked and wncovered strongly resemble each other; to be maked is in fact to have the body uncovered, but many things wrveovered are not maked. Nothing is said to be maked but what in the nature of tº; or according to the usages of man, Ought to be covered.” (b) Bare, scanty, and destitute are thus discrimi- nated: “All these terms denote the absence or deprivation of some necessary. Bare and scanty have a relative sense; the former respects what serves for ourselves, the latter what is provided by others: a subsistence is bare, a supply is scanty. Bare is said of those things which belong to cor- poreal sustenance; destitute of one's outward circumstances in general: bare of clothes or money; destitute of friends, resources, &c.” (c) The following is the distinction between bare and mere: “Bare is used positively, mere nega- tively. The bare recital of some events brings tears; the mere attendance at a place of worship is the smallest part of a Christian's duty.” bare-handed, a. Having the hands, or one of them, bare. bare-toed, a. Having the toes bare. Bare-toed Day Owl : A name given by Macgilli- vray to an Owl, Striac passerina, the Little Night Owl of Audubon and Selby, Syrmia psilodactyla of Macgillivray. [NOCTUA...] bare-worn, a. Worn bare. cester, dºc.) bäre, v. t. Used— I. Lit.: Of the human body or any part of it. “Since thy triumph was brought by thy vow— Strike the bosom that’s bared for thee now.” Byron: Jephtha's Daughter. (Used lit- 3 y (Goldsmith, Wor- [BARE, a. & S.] To render bare. barefoot - II. Fig.: Of anything else capable of being de- nuded of its covering. Specially— 1. Of material things: tº (a) Of a tree which has been divested of its leaves or branches, or of grass nipped or cut short. “Lopped of their boughs, their hoar trunks bared, And by the hatchet rudely squared.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, i. 26. “There is a fabulous narration, that an herb groweth. in the likeness of a lamb, and feedeth upon the grass in such sort as it will bare the grass round about.”—Bacon: Natural History. (b) Of a weapon unsheathed. “But thundering as he came prepared, With ready arm and weapon bared.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, i. 8. (c) Of any other material thing divested of its covering. 2. Of things immaterial or abstract: “For Virtue, when I point the pen, Bare the mean heart that lurks beneath a star ; Can there be wanting to defend her cause, Lights of the church, or guardians of the lay: * , , Ope. b bäre, v. One of the preterites of the verb to €OL7°. “. . . the Levites, which bare the ark of the cove- nant of the Lord, . .”—Deut. xxxi. 25 “. . . the daughter of Aiah, whom she bare unto Saul, . . .”—2 Sam. xxi. 8. bā're-bóne, s. [Eng. bare : bone..] A very lean erSOn, One who looks as if he had no flesh on his OIl GS, “Here comes lean Jack, here comes barebone: . . . . . . how long is it ago, Jack, since thou sawest thy own knee?” —Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., ii. 4. ‘ſſ Barebone's Parliament (Hist.) : A derisive nick- name given to the first Parliament elected under the auspices, of Oliver Cromwell. It was so called because it had as one of its members a Puritan leather-seller in Fleet street known as “Praise God Barebone.” It was not a properly representative assembly. Cromwell having requested the several ministers of religion to send in the names of the most pious members of their several congregations, be selected from the lists forwarded to him 139 Eng- lishmen, six Welshmen, four Scotsmen and six Irishmen, and invited or summoned them to the House of Commons. Qn the appointed day of j (July 4, 1653), a hundred and twenty of the selected members actually presented themselves. Five months subsequently, at the suggestion of Colonel Sydenham, they resigned their authority into the hands of Cromwell, who forthwith began to rule under the title of “His Highness the Lord Protector.” Barebone's was sometimes called also the “Little Parliament.” Some of its measures were enlightened. It was economic, of the public money; it desired the codification of English law, an aim unhappily not yet accomplished; and it provided for the registration of births, marriages, and deaths. - bā're-bóned, a. [Eng. bare; boned.] Having the bones covered with but little flesh. (Shake- 8peare.) bäred, pa, par. & al. [BARE, v.] bā‘re-façed, a. [Eng. bare; faced.] 1. Lit. : Having the face bare or uncovered. “Your French crowns have no hair at all, and then you will play barefaced.”—Shakesp.: Mid. Night's Dream, i. 2. . 2. Fig. : With shameless, boldness in doing what is evil, or avowing something which might have been expected to be concealed. “The animosities increased, and the parties appeared barefaced against each other.”—Clarendom. “. . . barefaced robberies of private property, . . . —Armold: Hist. Rome, ch. xli. bā're-faç–éd—ly, adv. [Eng. barefaced; -ly.] 1. Lit. : With the face bare. * 2. Fig.: In a barefaced manner; with shameless boldness in doing an evil deed or avowing some- thing disreputable. “Though only some profligate wretches own it too bºre. facedly, yet, perhaps, we should hear more, did not fear tie people's tongues.”—Locke. bā're-faç–éd-nēss, s. [Eng. barefaced; -ness.] The state or quality of being barefaced, either liter- ally or figuratively. bā're-fit, a. [From Scotch bare, and fit=Eng. foot..] Barefooted. (Scotch.) “. . . its nae mair ferlie to see a woman greet than to see a goose going barefit.”—Scott: I’ob Roy, ch. xxvii. bā're-fôot, a, & adv. [Eng. bare, and foot;] Not having boots, shoes, or stockings; barefooted. A. As adjective: “. Lochiel took off what probably was the only pair of shoes in his clan, and charged barefoot at the head of his mem.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. “That barefoot plod I the cold ground upon.”. Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, iii. 4. f; făte, fit, amidst, whât, or, wore, fäll, făre, father; hère, Camel, hēr, wāt, wé, thére; gö, pöt, marine; pine, pit, sire, sir, wolf, wórk, whô, Syrian. ae, oe = É; sön; ey = 3. Qill - |KW. miite, try, ciib, ciire, unite, cir, rôle, fūll; barefooted B. As adverb: Without boots, shoes, or stockings on the feet. bā're-fôot-éd, a. . [Eng. bare; footed.] Without boots, shoes, or stockings on the feet. 1. Literally: “I know a lady in Venice, who would have walked bare- footed to Palestine, for a touch of his nether lip.”— Shakesp.: Othello, iv. 3. 2. Figuratively: “Thus did that poor soul wander in want and cheerless discomfort, Bleeding, barefooted, over the shards and thorns of existence.”—Longfellow: Evangeline, ii. 1. bár'–ége, s. . [From, Barèges, a town, in the Pyrenees.] A lady's thin dress goods, all wool. (Knight.) bā're-gnäwn (g silent), adj. [Eng, bare : gnawn.] Gnawn or eaten are ; gnawn or eaten till no more flesh remains on the bones. “Know my name is lost, e By treason's tooth bare-gnawn and cankerbit.” Shakesp.: King Lear, v. 3. bä re-héad-Éd, a. [Eng. bare; headed.] Having the head uncovered. “Buchan escaped bare-headed, and without his sword. Cannon ran away in his shirt.”—JIacawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. bäre-héad’-ed-nēss, s. [Eng. bgreheaded; -mess.] The state or quality of being bareheaded; the state of having the hoad uncovered. “Bare-headedness was in Corinth, as also in all Greece and Rome, a token of honor and superiority; and cover- ing he head, a token of subjection.”—Bo. Hall: Rem., p. 237. ºbār-eigne (eigne as én), ºbār-eine, *bar-rein, adj, Various old spellings of BARREN. *bār-el, s. [BARREL.] bä re-lègged, a. [Eng. bare; legged.] Having the legs bare. “He riseth out of his bed in his shirt, barefoot and bare-legged, to see whether it be so; with a dark lantern searching every corner.”—Burton: Anatomy of Melam- choly, p. 116. bā're-ly, adv. [Eng. bare; -ly.] I. Literally: Nakedly. II. Figuratively: 1. Poorly. 2. Without decoration. 3. Merely; only; without anything more. . “Where the balance of trade barely pays for commodi- ties with commodities, there money must be sent, or else the debts cannot be paid.”—Locke. 4. Hardly; scarcely. “So again the two main divisions of cirripedes, the pedunculated and sessile, which differ widely in external appearance, have larvae in all their several stages barely distinguishable.”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. xiii. bäre-nēcked, a. [Eng. bare, and necked.] Hav- ing the neck bare (lit. dº fig.). bā‘re-nēss, s. [Eng. bare; -ness.] ..I. Literally: Nakedness of the body or any por- tion of it. II. Figuratively: 1. Threadbareness or meanness of clothing. 2. Leanness. “. . but when you have our roses You barely leave our thorns to prick ourselves, And mock us with our bareness.” Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, iv. 2. 3. Poverty, “Were it stripped of its privileges, and made as like the primitive church for its baréness as its purity, it could legally want all such privileges.”—South. 4, Absence of vegetation and warmth; nakedness. (Lit. (6 fig.) “How like a winter hath my absence been From thee, the pleasure of the fleeting year ! What freezings have I felt, what dark days seen What old December's bareness everywhere.” Ç, Shakesp.: Sommets, 97. bā're-picked, a. [Eng. bare picked..] Picked bare; picked to the bène. y “Now, for the bare-pick'd bone of majesty, Doth dogged war bristle his angry crest, And snarleth in the gentle eyes of peace.” tº º Shakesp.: King John, iv. 3. º re-ribbed, adj. [Eng. bare; ribbed.] Having the ribs bare in the sense of possessing but little flesh upon them. & & in his forehead sits A bare-ribb'a death, whose office is this day To feast upon whole thousands of the French.” Shakesp.: King John, v. 2. *bār-et (1), *bár'-3tte, s. [BARRAT.] 385 bar'-fúl, fbarr'Afül, a. [Eng. bar; ful..] Full of obstructions. * A barful strife Whoe’er I woo, myself would be his wife.” Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, i. 4. bar'-gain, *bar'-game, *bér'—gane, v. t. & i. ; bargaigner= to bargain, haggle, boggle, waver, hesitate; O. Fr. bargaigmer, bargwiner, barginer, bargaigmer, bargeigner; Prov. & Port. bargamhar; Ital, bargagmare; Low Lat, barcaniareºtö traffic; from barca – a bark. (BARK.) Compare also with O. Sw. baeria, boerja = to contend; "Icel. berja=to Strike; berjast= to strive.] (O. Eng. dº Scotch.) A. Transitive: *1. To fight, to contend. (O. Scotch.) “Wallace said, Nay, or that ilk tyme be went, War all the men hyn till [the] orient, In till a will with Eduuard, quha had sworn, We sall bargame be ix. houris to morn.” Wallace, x. 516, MS. (Jamieson.) 2. To make a contract, agreement, or formal stip- ulation for the purchase or sale of anything; to agree. (In general it has after it for, which is pre- fixed to the thing purchased or sold.) “So worthless peasants bargain for their wives, As market-men for oxen, sheep or horse.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., v. 5. B. Imtrams. : To transfer to another in conse- quence of a bargain. bar'—gain, "bar"—gan, *bar'-game, *bér’-game, s. [O. Fr. barg aime, bargagne, bargaigme; Prov. bargam, bargamha , Port. barganha, Ital. bargagno. Compare also Icel. bardaga =battle..] [BARGAIN, v.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Originally: Contention, (O. Eng. dº Scotch.) “This is the strike, eke th' affraie, And the battel that lasteth aie. This bargaine may never take, But that if she thy pece will make.” Romawnt of the Rose, 2,551. “Thare was ane hidduous battal for to sene As thare name uthir bargame are had bene.” Douglas; Æneid, bk. ii. (S. in Boucher.) II. Subsequently: 1. Generally: (1) An agreement, stipulation, or contract between two parties, the one of whom engages to part with certain property for a specified price, and the other to give that price for it, and accept the property as his own. In important bargains or public treaties among the ancient Romans, a swine was sacrificed, the person who gave it the death-blow formally expressing the wish that Jupiter might similarly strike or smite the Roman people if they were unfaithful to their stipulations (see Livy, i. 24). From this, perhaps, came the phrase still common, “to strike a bargain,” meaning simply to make a bargain with due formalities. Or there may be a reference to the striking hands mentioned in Prov. xxii. 26; vi. 1; also xi. 15 (margin). “A bargain was struck; a sixpence was broken; and all the arrangements were made for the voyage.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. Into the bargain : In addition, beyond what was stipulated for or expected. “Give me but my price for the other two, and you shall even have that into the bargain.”—L'Estrange. “He who is at the charge of a tutor at home, may give his son a more genteel carriage, with greater learning into the bargain, than any at school can do.”—Locke. (2) Mercenariness; interested stipulation. “There was a difference between courtesies received from their master and the duke; for that the duke's might have ends of utility and bargain, whereas their master's could not.”—Bacom. 2. Specially: (1) Lit. Im. Q fevorable sense: An article pur- chased at an advantageous rate. “As to bargains, few of them seem to be excellent, because they all terminate into one single point.”—Swift. § Figuratively: {l strife, quarreling. (t), Chiefly, in an unfavorable sense: An event ecting one's destiny or interests. “I am sorry for thy misfortune; however, we must make the best of a bad bargain.”—Arbwthnot: History of John Bull. (b) An indelicate repartee. “Where sold he bargains, whipstitch 2"–Dryden. B. Law. Bargain and scule : A kind of convey- ance introduced by the “Statute of Uses.” It is a kind of real contract in which the “bargainor’’ for Some pecuniary transaction bargains and sells, that is, contracts to convey, the land of the “bargainee,” and becomes by such bargain a trustee for, or seized to the use of, the bargainee. The Statute of Uses completes the purchase; in other words, the bar- gain first vests the use, and then the statute vests the possession. (See #lackstone's Comment, bk. ii., barge-laden bar'-gain—ée, s. [Eng. bargain; -ee.] Law: A person with whom a bargain is made; the correlative term to bargainor. One who accepts a bargain; one who agrees to accept the property about which a bargain has been made. “A lease, or rather bargain and sale, upon some pecun- iary consideration, for one year, is made by the tenant of the freehold to the lessee or bargainee.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 20. ºr-sain ºr *bar'—gan-Ér, s. [Eng. bargain; -60°. *1. (Chiefly of the form barganer): A fighter, a bully. (O. Eng. dº Scotch.) “Than Yre com on with sturt and stryfe: His hand wes ay upoun his knyfe, IHe brandeist lyke a beir, Bostaris, braggaris, and bargameris, Eftir him passit into pairis, All bodin in feir of weir.” Dumbar: Bannatyne Poems, p. 28, St. 4. 2. (Chiefly of the form bargainer) : A person who bargains with another or others. [BARGAINOR.I “See, if money is paid by one of the bargainers, if that ** good also.”—Clayton: Reports of Pleas (1651), p. 145. bar'—gain-iñg, *bar'-gam-yºng, pr. par., a. & S. [BARGAIN, v.] A. & B. As present participle & adjective: senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As substantive: 1. The act of fighting. “This Eneas, wyth hydduous bargamyng, In Itale thrawart pepill sall doun thring.” Dowglas: Virgil, 21, 9. 2. The act of making or attempting to make a bargain. bar'-gain-Or, s. [Eng. bargain; -or.] In Law: One who bargains, stipulates, agrees, or contracts to transfer property, for a certain pecun- iary or other consideration, to another person called the bargainee. “. . . . a kind of real contract, whereby the bar- gainor, for some pecuniary consideration, bargains and sells, that is, contracts to convey, the land to the bar- gainee.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 20. *bar'-gan, “bar'-gane, s. [BARGAIN.] bār-gan'-der, s. [According to Dr. Turner, from Eng;, &c., berg, and Eng. gander; berg referring to the fact that the bird sometimes builds in rocks, but it does not often do so. More probably from Eng. bar and gamder, the species, so designated frequenting sandy bars, as well as flat shores and links.] One of the English names of a duck, the Sheldrake. *bar'-gane, v. t. [BARGAIN, v. t.] *bar'-gan-yiig, pr. par., a. & S. [BARGAINING..] *bar'-ga-rèt, *bar'-ga-rète, s. [From Fr. ber- gerette– a shepherd-girl..] A kind of dance, with a song, supposed to have been popular among shep- GTOIS, In $. “. . . tho’ began anon, A lady for tesing, right womanly, A bargaret in praising the daisie.” Chaucer: Floure and Leafe. *bar'-gåst, s. [BARGHAIST.] barge (1), s. [In Dut. bargie; Fr. barge=a hay- stack, a flat-bottomed boat for pleasure or burden, a pile of faggots; berge=a beach, a steep bank, a shoal, a bank, a small boat; O. Fr. barge; Prov. barca, barga, Sp., Port., & ſtal barca; ow Lat. barga. Bark and barge were originally the same word.] [BARK.] 1. A sea-commander's boat. “It was consulted, when I had taken my barge and gone ashore, that my ship should have set sail and left me.”— Raleigh. 2. A pleasure-boat. A boat fitted up with all nec- ossary equipments for comfort, festivity, and show. The barge in olden times served the purposes of our modern steam-yacht. “They were put on board of a state barge, . Macaulay: ‘Hist. Eng., ch. v. 3. A boat used on rivers for the conveyance of goods. “. . . getting into the large punts or barges, which were ordinarily used for ferrying men and cattle across the harbor, .”—Arnold: Hist. Rome, ch. xxi. 33 “By the margin, willow-veiled, Slide the heavy barges trailed.” Tennyson: The Lady of Shalott- barge-laden, a. Laden with barges. “The Nen’s barge-laden wave.” *bār-Ayn, (t. [BARREN.] ch. 20.) Cowper: Bill of Mortality, A. D. 1787. boil, b% pout, Jówl; cat, gell, chorus, chin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, xenophon, exist. ph-f. -Clan, 25 -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shün; -tion, -Šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. barge barge (2), s. & a. [Corrupted from verge (q.v.).] barge-board, S. In Architecture: A projecting board usually placed at the gable end of a building, and con- cealing the horizontal timbers, laths, and tiles of the roof. It serves as protection against driv- ing rain, and is generally perforated or scalloped to give it an ornamental appearance. barge-couples, S. pl. Arch.: Two beams mortised into each other to strengthen a building. barge-course, s. Arch. : A part of the tiling projecting beyond the principalrafters in buildings where there is a gable. bar-gé'e, s. [Eng. barge.] A man who manages a barge. (BARGER. bar-géist, s. [BARGHAIST.] barge-man, s. [Eng. barge; man.] A man who manages a barge. [BARGEE. “He knew that others, like sly bargemen, looked that way when their stroke was bent another way.”—Lord Northampton: Proceed. against Garmet, Sign. N. “And backward yode, as bargemen wont to fare.” Spenser: F. Q., VII. vii. 35. barg'e-mas-tér, s. [Eng. barge; master.] The master of a barge. “There is in law an implied contract with a common carrier, or bargemaster, to be answerable for the goods he carries.”—Blackstone. bar'-gér, s. [Eng. barg(e); -er.] One who man- ages a barge. ARGEE. “. . . who again, like the Campellians in the north, and the London bargers, forslow not to baigne them.”— Carew: Swrvey of Cornwall. ba—rid'-i-às, s. [From Gr. baris= an Egyptian boat, a kind of flat boat; ... eidos= . . . form, appearance.]. A genus of beetles belonging to the family Curculionidae, or Weevils. The Species are generally small cylindrical insects, black, and coy- ered with a whitish down. They feed on aquatic plants. ba—ril'—la, s. . [In Fr. barille; Sp. barilla.] The ash of sea-weeds and plants, as Salsola soda, which grow on the sea-side. It is prepared on the coast of . Spain, and was formerly the chief source of sodium carbonate. (Brande.) barilla de Cobre (copper barilla). The com- mercial name for native copper brought from Bolivia. [COPPER.] bär'—is, s. [From Gr. baris=a row boat., Probably in allusión, to their shape.J º A genus of beetles belonging to the family Curculionidae. The species feed upon the dead parts of trees. Baris ligmarius preys both in the larva and the per- fect state on the elm. ba-ri'—ta, s. [From Gr, barys=heavy.] A genus of birds, *::: by Cuvier among the Laniadae (Shrikes), but transferred by Vigors to that of Cor- vidae (Crows). The birds belonging to it are called by Buffon Cassicans. They are found in Australia and New Guinea. Barita tibicem is the Piping Crow of New South Wales. * bär'—ite, bár'—yt, bār'—yte, ba—ry'—tíne, ba—ry'— tite, ba-ry'—tés, 8. [Barite is from Gr. barys= heavy; barytes from Gr. barytês=weight, heaviness; §. barytime and barytite from the same subst., the last two with suffixes -ime and -ite respectively. In Ger, baryt; Fr. º: º: BARYTA.] A mineral, čailed also Baroselenite, Suiphate Of Baryta, Heavy Spar, and by the Derbyshire miners Cauk, Calk, or Cawk. It is placed by Dana in his Celestite group. It is Orthorhombic, and has usually tabular crystals, or is globular, fibrous, lamellar, or granular. Its hardness is 2.5–3.5; sp. r. as much as 4'3–4°72, whence the name Heavy Spar; its luster, vitreous or slightly, resinous; its color white, yellowish, grayish, black, reddish or dark brown. It is sometimes transparent, some- times almost opaque. When rubbed it is occasion- ally fetid. Its composition is: Sulphuric acid, 343; baryta (monoxide of barium), 657–100, whence the name Sulphate of Baryta. It is found as part of the gangue of metallic ores in veins in secondary limestones, &c. . It is found in this country and on the continent of Europe. Dana thus subdivides Barite: Variety 1. (a) Ordinary, (b) created, (c) columnar, (d) concretion- ary, (e) lameſiar, % granular, (g) compact or cryptocrystalline, (h) earthy, (i) stalactitic and stalagmitic. Bologna stone is included under (d). BOLOGNA STONE..] 2. Fetid. 3. Allomorphite. 4. Xalcareobarite. 5. Celestobarite. 6. Calstron- barite. ſº * It is found altered into calcite, spathic iron, and s t º º, # , ºft. Barge-board. 386 bär’—i-tóne, bār-i-tó-nó, s. [See BARYTONE..] bär'—i-im, s. [In Ger. barym, from Gr. barys= heavy. It is so named from the great specific gravity of the native carbonate and sulphate.] Chem.: A dyad metallic element; symb. Ba; atomic weight, 137. Barium is prepared by the decomposition of barium chloride, BaCl2, by the electric current, or by the vapor of potassium. It is a white malleable metal, which melts at red heat, decomposes water, and oxidizes in the air. Barium occurs in nature as barium carbonate and sulphate. Its salts are prepared by dissolving the garbonate in acids, , or by roasting, the native, Sulphate. Of barium with one-third of its weight of coal, which converts it into barium sulphide, BaS ; this is decomposed by hydrochloric or nitric acid, accord- ing as a chloride or nitrate of barium is required. All soluble salts of barium are very poisonous; the best antidotes are alkaline sulphates. The salts of barium are employed as re-agents in the laboratory, and in the manufacture of fireworks to produce a green light. Barium is precipitated as a carbonate BaCO3, along with carbonates of strontium an calcium, by ammonia carbonate. . [See ANALYSIS.] Barium can be separated by dissolving the carbon- ates in acetic acid, and adding potassium chromate, which gives a yellow precipitate of the insoluble barium chromate. Barium salts give an immediate white precipitate on the addition of calcium sul- phate, an insoluble precipitate with 4H.F.SiF4 (hydrofluosilicic, acid), and , a, white precipitate insoluble in acids with sulphuric acid or with soluble sulphates; this precipitate is not black- ened by H2S. Barium chloride gives a green color to the flame of alcohol, and the spectrum of barium salts contains a number of characteristic green lines. barium Carbonate. 1. Chem. : A heavy white powder obtained by pre- cipitating barium chloride or nitrate with an alka- line carbonate. It is nearly insoluble in water. Formula, BaCO3. 2. Mim. : A mineral, called also Witherite (q.v.). barium, chloride, BaCl2:... A colorless trans- parent salt, crystallizing with two molecules of water in flat four-sided tables. A saturated solu- tion boils at 104°5°, and contains 78 parts of the salt dissolved in 100 parts of water. barium dioxide, BaO2, is obtained by ſº heating baryta in a current of Oxygen gas. It is a gray powder, which when heated to a higher tem- perature gives off oxygen gas, and is re-converted into baryta. barium monoxide (or baryta, BaO). A gray porous mass obtained by heating barium nitrate; it forms a hydrate with water (barium hydrate), producing crystals, BaligO2.8H2O, which dissolve in twenty parts of cold and two of boiling water, forming an alkaline salt, which rapidly absorbs CO2 from the air, barium carbonate being precipi- tated. Barium hydrate can also be obtained by decomposing barium chloride in caustic soda. barium nitrate, Ba(NO3)2. It crystallizes in anhydrous transparent colorless Octobedra ; they dissolve in eight parts of cold and three parts of º water; it is much less soluble in dilute a CICIS, barium Sulphate. 1. Chem. : BaSO4, obtained by adding sulphuric acid or a soluble sulphate to a solution of a barium salt. It is a white heavy powder, insoluble in water or dilute acids. It is used, under the name of blanc fice, as a substitute for white lead in the manufacture of oil paints. 2. Min. : A mineral (sp. gr. 4:5) called also Heavy Spar or Barite (q.v.). The powdered mineral is too crystalline to be used as a white paint. barium ... sulphato-carbonate. A mineral, a variety of Witherite. barium sulphide, BaS, is obtained by roasting BaSO4 with giarcoal. It decomposes by exposure to the air; boiled with, sulphur, it, yields }. sulphides. Barium sulphide is phosphorescent, and has been used to render the dials of clocks luminous in the dark. bark (1), s. [From bark, v. (q.v.).] The peculiar utterance of a dog. (Hamilton Smith.) bark (2), s. [In Sw. & Dan. bark–bark, rind; Icel. børkr; Ger. borke.] A. Ordinary Language: j. Generally: ſº The rind or Outer sheath enveloping a tree. “Trees last according, to the strength and quantity of their sap and juice, being well munited by their bark against the injuries of the air.”—Bacom: Nat. History. (b) A tree itself. (Poet.) “And rugged barks begin to bud.”—Tennyson. bark B. Technically: 1. Bot. : The outer sheath enveloping the stem in an exogenous plant, and protecting, the wood, while the latter is young and tender, from injury by cold or by external violence. It also prepares the proper juices of the plant, which have descended from the leaves, for being transmitted through the medullary rays to the wood. Bark consists of four parts: (1) the epidermis constituting its outer skin; § the epiphloeum, phloeum or peridermis within it; 3) the mesophloeum or cellular integument; and (4) the innermost of all, called endophloeum or liber. [See these terms.] 2. Medicine. . Spec.; Peruvian , bark, formerly administered, instead of its product, quinine, in intermittent fevers. [JESUIT’s PARK.] 3. Tamming : The epidermis of the oak, used in the preparation of leather. 4. Fishing : The epidermis of the birch, used by fishermen for preserving their nets. bark-bared, a. Bared or stripped of bark. “Excorticated and bark-bared trees. .”—lſortimer. bark-bed, s. Płortic. : A bed formed beneath by bark from a tannery; a bark-stove. bark-bound, a. Bound by means of the bark; having the bark so firmly set, as to constitute a restraint upon growth. In such cases relief is gen- erally afforded by slitting the bark. ... bark-feeder, s. An animal, and specially an insect, feeding upon bark. “When we see leaf-eating insects green, and bark- º mottled-gray . . .”—Darwin: Origin of Species, CIl, l\", bark-galled, a. Having the bark galled as with thorns. The binding on of clay will remove this disease. bark-louse, s. t Entom, : A kind of Aphis infesting the bark of I’êGS, bark-paper, s. Paper manufactured from bark. bark-pit, s. A pit with bark, &c.; water into which hides are plunged that they may be tanned. bark-stove, s. Hortic.: The same as BARK-BED (q.v.). bark % barque º as k) s. [In Dan. & Ger. barke=a bark, a lighter; Dut. bark=a bark, boat, or barge ; barkasse=a long boat; Sw, barkass=a long boat; Fr. *g. bark, a small ship, a craft, a large boat; Prov., Sp., Port., & Ital. barca; Low. Lat. barca, barcha, barga; ir. barc; Russ. barka. Mahn compares also with Waiach, bºrº ; Icel. barh r=skiff, barki–prow ; Class. Lat. baris; Gr. baris—a small and flat Egyptian row-boat; Copt. barc-a small boat; barake=a cart, a boat. [BARGE.] I. Ord. Lang. (spec. in Poetry): Any small ves- Sel. (Lit. défig.) “The Duke of Parma must have flown, if he would have come into England; for he could neither get bark nor mariner to put to sea.”—Bacon. On the War with Spain. “Who to a woman trusts his peace of mind,) Trusts a frail bark with a tempestuous wind.” Glam ville. II. Notwitical : 1. A three-masted vessel, with her fore and main masts, rigged like those of a ship, and her mizzen like the main mast of a schooner, with a spanker and gaff-topsail. º 2-º: º § º: #º jº - §:### ºr ºf ºil ɺf 㺠º Lºli. Nº |, lºgies, ºr ºl , \'ºs-E * iſ sº º Wº 㺠#||Nº||ººyº #|| \ º fift fºliº àºjº Fs-ººse:::::::=== ~ Erºl ºº is ſº ** *º-sº Bark. 2. Among coal-traders: . A broad-sterned ship, which bears no ornamental figure on the stern Or prow bark (1), v. i. [A. S. bedrcan. In Sw. barka.] 1. To emit the sound which dogs do when they menace any other animal or man, or are following prey. (Followed by the preposition at.) “Why do your dogs bark so º be there bears i' th' à variety of other minerals. 2. Spec. : Peruvian bark. [B. 2.] town?”—Shakesp. Merry Wives of Windsor, i. 1. făte, fat, fare, amidst, what, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pôt, or, wore, wolf, Wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kW. bark 2. To clamor loudly against a person, an institu- tion, &c. “Vile is the vengeance on the ashes cold, And envy base, to bark at sleeping fame.” Spenser; F. Q. bark (2), v. t. [From bark (2), s. In Sw. barka, I)an. barke=to tan. 1. To strip the bark from a tree, especially for tanning purposes. (Eng. dº Scotch.) “The severest penalties ought to be put upon barking any tree that is not felled.”—Temple, (See also example under BARKED.) 2. To cover with bark. #bark'—an-tine, barqu'-an-tine (qu as k), 8. Comp. Sp. bergamtim–brigantine.] [BRIGANTINE.] three-masted vessel. *bark'-ar—y, s. [Eng. bark; -ary.]" A tan-house. (Jacobs.) barked (Eng.), bark'-it (Scotch), pa, par. & a. [B.ARK (2), v.] “He'll glowr at an auld warld barkit aik snag as if it were a queez-maddam in full bearing.”—Scott; Rob Roy, ch. xxi. bark'—en, v. 7. [Eng. bark -em.]. To form a “bark; ” to become hard or indurated; to become covered with some hard or compact substance. “The best way is to let the blood barken upon the cut— that saves plasters.”—Scott: Guy Mannering, ch. xxiii. bark'—ér (1), s. [Eng. bark (1), and Suff. -er.] I. Lit. : A dog emitting the characteristic sound of its voice. II. Figuratively: 1. One who clamors loudly against a person, an institution, &c. “The other Spanish barker, raging and foaming, was almost out of his wits.”—Foace: Acts and Mom.; Life of Archbishop Cramme?'. “But they are rather enemies of my fame than me, these barkers.”—Ben Jomson. 2. In London: A tout who, standing at the door of an auction-room or shop, invites passers-by to enter. bark'-Ér (2), s. [Eng. bark (2), s., and suff. -er.] 1, One who strips the bark from a tree. (Kersey.) 2. One who, whether he does this or not, uses bark thus obtained in tanning; a tanner. “I am a barker, sir, by my trade; Nowe telle me what art, thou ?” K. Edw. I V. and the Tanner of Tamworth. Percy Reliques, ii. 85. (Boucher.) Barker’s mill, s. [MILL.] bark'-Ér-y, *bark'-ar-y, s. [Eng. bark; -ery, -ary..] A tan-house. (Jacobs, Booth, dºc.) bark'-hău-si-a, s. [BORKHAUSIA.] bark'-iñg (1), pr. par., a. & s. [BARK (1), v.] I. & II. As pr. pgr. & participial adj. In senses corresponding to that ..? the verb. “. . . that barking dog of whom mention was made before.”—Bunyam; Pilgrim's Progress, pt. ii. Barking and fleeing: Spending one's property in a prodigal way, and believed to be on the eve of bankruptcy. (Scotch.) (Jamieson.) III. As substantive: 1. The emission of the sound which constitutes a ‘dog’s voice. 2. The sound thus emitted. “. . . and anon the lowing of cattle Came on the evening breeze; by the barking of dogs interrupted.”—Longfellow: Evangeline, i. 5. barking-bird, s. A bird—the Pteroptochos Tarmw —found in the islands of Čhiloe and Čhomos off the West coast of Patagonia. It is called by the natives “Guid-guid.” Its voice is like the yelping of a small dog, whence its English name. (See Darwin's Jowrmal of Voyage rowmd the World, ch. xiii., p. 288.) bark'-iñg (2), pr. par. & al. [BARK (2), v.] barking-irons, S. pl. Iron instruments used for Stripping the bark off trees. bark'-lèss, a. [Eng. bark: -less.] Without a bark." (Drayton.) [Eng 3. } bark'-y, g. [Eng. bark=the rind of a tree, and suffix -y:] Consisting of bark; possessing or con- taining bark; looking like or resembling bark. “. . . . the female ivy so Enrings the barky fingers of the elm.” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night’s Dream, iv. 1. *bar'-lèp, *bar'-ley-lèpe, s. [A. S. bere, baerlic =barley, and leap=basket.]" A basket for keeping barley in. “Barleylepe, to kepe yn corne (Barlep.) Cumera.” # * M. S. Harl. 221. (S. im Boucher.) bar:1é'r-ţ-a, s. [Named after Rev. James Barrelier, M. D., a Dominican traveler and writer.] A genus of plants, order Acanthaceae; tribe or sect tion. Echmatacanthi; family, Barlerideae. Various Species are found in India, armed or unarmed, shrubby or herbaceous, with yellow, pink, blue, or White flowers. boil, boy; pâût, jówl; º Cat, -Qian, -tian = shan. –tion, çell, -Sion = Chorus, Shiin; 387 bar-1ér-id'-É-ae, S. pl. [BARLERIA.] A family of plants belonging to the order Acanthaceae, and the tribe or section Echmatacanthi; type, Barleria. bar'-ley (1), *bar'—ly, *bar'-li, *bar'-líche, *bar'-lích, *bar'-líc, *bar'-lig, *baer'—lie (O. Eng.), *bar'-la. (O. Scotch), s. & a. [A. S. bere, boerlic=barley (BERE); Wéi. barlys (from bara = bread, and llye=a plant)=corn, barley.] A. As substantive: The seeds or grains of various species and varieties of the genus Hordeum. That most commonly in cultivation is Hordewm vwl- gare, spring or two-rowed barley, especially the rath-ripe and Thanet sorts. H. hea:astichon (i.e., with the seeds growing in six rows) is the bear or bigg barley. H. distichom, two-rowed or common barley, is preferred for malting, which is one of the chief purposes for which barley is cultivated. º: H. zeocritom, or sprat-barley, is more rare. erhaps the four so-called species now enumerated \may be only varieties of Qne plant. Barley is, the hardiest of all the cereals, and was originally, a native of Asia, but it is now cultivated all over the world, even as far north as Lapland. In ancient times it was largely used as an article of food, but the greater proportion of the barley now grown is used in the preparation of malt and spirits. For culinary purposes it is sold in two forms, Scotch or pot barley, and pearl barley, the former being the grain partially deprived of its husk: the latter, by longer and closer grinding, being rounded and hav- ing the entire husk removed. Bread made from barley-meal is darker in color and less nutritious than that made from wheat flour; but it is cheaper and more easily digested. One pound of barley-meal contains one ounce of flesh- formers and fourteen ounces of heat-givers. Barley-meal is sometimes adulterated with oat- husks, and is itself used to adulterate oatmeal, and occasionally wheat-flour; but these admixtures are readily detected by the microscope. “. . . boerlic.”—Saac, Chrom, An. 1124. “Ich bouhte hure barliche.”—Piers Plowman. Pouchen”.) , In Scripture “barley,” Heb. séðrah, Sept. Gr. krithé, seems properly translated. The Hebrew term is from sciêrah-hair, from sadir— to be bristly ; referring to the long awns of the barley. B. As adjective: Consisting of barley, or in any other way connected with barley. (See the com- pounds which follow.) barley-bird, s. A name for a bird—the Wryneck (Yuma; torquilla). ibarley-box, s. A small box of a cylindrical form called also barrel-boa, made as a toy for children. barley-bread, barley bread, s. “. . . Lo, a cake of barley-bread . . .”—Judg. vii. 13. barley-break, barley-brake, barli-break, barli-breake, barly-break, barly-breake, (O. Eng.), barla-breikis, barla-bracks (O. Scotch), s. A game once common, as shown by the frequency with which it was alluded to by the old poets. It was played by six young people, three of either.sex, formed into couples, a young man, and , a young woman in each, it being decided by lot which indi- yiduals were to be paired together. A piece of ground was then divided into three spaces, of which the central one was profanely termed “Hell.” This was assigned to a couple as their appropriate place. The couples who occupied the other spaces then advanced as near as they dared to the central one to tempt the doomed pair, who, with one of their hands locked in that of their partner, endeavored with the other to grasp them and draw them into the central space. If they succeeded, then they were allowed themselves to emerge from it, the couple caught taking their places. That the game might not be too speedily finished, leave was given to the couple in danger of being taken to break hands and indi- vidually try to escape, while no such liberty was accorded to those attempting to seize them. Though the name does not occur in the subjoined lines, the game which they describe is that of barley-break. “Then couples three be straight allotted there, They of both ends the middle two do fly; The two that in mid place Hell called were, Must strive, with waiting foot and watching eye, To catch of them, and them to Hell to bear, That they, as well as they, Hell may supply.” Sir Philip Sydney: Arcadia, i. 153. (S. in TI Most authorities consider barley-break identi-. cal with base, 3 (q. v.). Boucher regards it as identical with a game called in Cheshire a row.nd, and in Douglas ring-dancer and roundels; but the resemblance is far from being close. (Boucher, Nares, Gifford, dºc.) “At barley-break they play Merrily all the day.” The Muses' Elysium (Drayton), iv. 1,471. “. . . and with a lass And give her a new garment on the grass, After a course of barley-break or base.” Ben Jomson: Sad Shepherd, v. 109. “He is at barli-break, and the last couple are now in Hell.” The Virgin Marty?", v. 1. (Boucher.) bençh; go, gem; thin, -šion = zhūn. -tious, this; -cious, çhin, —tion, Sin, -Sious = Barlow lens barley-bree, barley-brie, s. Liquor distilled from barley. (Scotch.) ' • “How easy can the barley-bree Cement the quarrel !” Burns: Scotch. Drink. barley-broth, s. 1. Broth made with barley. t2. A cant term for strong beer. “Can sodden water, A drench for sur-reyn’d jades, their barley-broth, Decoct their cold blood to such valiant heat 2'' Shakesp.: Henry V., iii. 5. barley-Cake, barley cake, s. A cake made of barley-meal. “And thou shalt eat it as barley-cakes.”—Ezek. iv. 12. bºley-corn, S. A “corn,” or single grain of arley. In Measures: The third part of an inch in length. “A long, long journey, choak'd with brakes and thorns, Ill-measured by ten thousand barley-corns.”—Tickell. barley-flour, 8. Flour made by grinding barley. It is used in Scotland for making a breakfast-bread eaten hot with butter and honey or cream and Sugar. barley-harvest, barley harvest, s. A harvest for barley and that portion of the general harvest of which the chief feature is the reaping of barley. In Palestine the barley-harvest is gathered in chiefly in April, and in various parts of the United States according to the season. - “. in the beginning of barley-harvest.”—2 Sam. xxi. 9. barley-loaf (plur. barley-loaves), s. “There is a lad here which hath five barley-loaves and two small fishes.”—John vi. 9. barley-meal, s. Meal made of barley. “. . . . . the tenth part of an ephah of barley-meal.” — Numb. v. 15. barley-mill, s. barley. barley-mow, s. A heap of barley; a place where barley is stowed away. [Mow.] “Whenever by yon barley-mow I pass, Before my eyes will trip the tidy lass.”—Gay. barley-sheaf (pl. barley-sheaves), s. A sheaf of barley. “Ble rode between the barley-sheaves.” Tennyson: Lady of Shalott. barley-sugar, s. A well-known sweet substance sold by confectioners and others. It consists of a syrup from the refuse of sugar-candy, hardened in cylindrical molds and usually twisted spirally. barley-water, s. A decoction of pearl barley used in medicine as a mucilaginous drink. (Crabb.) bar'-ley (2), s. [Apparently derived from Eng. parley.] A word used by boys when they wish a temporary cessation of a sham-fight in which they are engaged. *bar'-liche, s. [BARLEY (1).] bar'-lińg, S. [A. S. boermen-to kindle, light (?).] A fire-pole, (Scotch.) “Barlings or fire-poles the hundredth—xx. L.”—Rates, A. 1611, p. 2. Bar'-löw léns, s. [Named from Mr. Peter Bar- low, Professor of Mathematics at Woolwich from 1806 to 1847.] Among opticicums: 1. Originally: A modification of the object-glass of a telescope, suggested by Mr. Peter Barlow, with the idea of avoiding the use of flint glass in the construction of object-glasses of large size; discs of flint glass suitable for optical purposes then being both expensive and rare. He proposed to enclose between two convex lenses a fluid lens equal in refractive power to a flint glass of the same dimen- Sions. This proposal was not generally adopted, and the term “Barlow lens” is now mostly applied to the form of lens described under No. 2. A mill for making pot and pearl to Barlow Lens. A. B. Converging rays from object-glass. C. Barlow lens. D. Focus of the object-glass without the Barlow lens, E. Focus of the object-glass after refraction. through C. F. G. Size of image formed by object-glass at D without the Barlow lens. # I. Enlarged image formed by object-glass and Barlow lens at focus E. h, i. Size of image formed at E by an object-glass of longer focus, and lengthened tube, but without using the Barlow lens. 2. Now: A concave lens inserted in the eye-piece of a telescope before the rays, come to a focus; by means of which the focal length of the object-glass aş; expect, Xenophon, shiis. -ble, -dle, ” &c. = bel, del. exist. ph = f... * , barm or speculum is increased nearly, one-half, and the effect is the same as if the tube were proportion- ally lengthened, the magnifying power being con- siderably increased. Another advantage of the Barlow lens is the avoidance of the loss of light which would take place if the same magnifying power were produced by using an eye-glass of shorter focus. *barm (1), *barme, s. [A. S. bearmy=the womb, the lap, the bosom ; from beram- to bear, to pro- duce, to bring forth ; Sw. & Goth. barm.] The lap, the bosom. [BARM (2).] ‘‘Till in his fadres barm adoun i.e lay.” Chaucer. C. T., 15,926. *barme-cloth, s [A. S. bearm, clath..] A bosom- cloth; an apron. “A seint she wered, barred all of silk, A barºme-cloth eke as white as morowe milk.” Chaucer. C. T., 3,237. *barme-hatre, s. [O. Eng. barm; and hatre – a garment.] A garment for the breast. “Fair beth yur barm-hatres, yolowe beth yur fax.” M. S. Harl. 918, f. 7. (S. im Boucher.) *barm-skin, “barne-Skyn, s. A leather apron. “Barme-sklyn: Melotes vel melota.”—Prompt. Parv. barm (2), s. [A. S. bearma = barm, yeast; Sw. berma; Dan. boerme.] [Compare BARM (1).] The frothy scum which rises to the surface of beer when it is undergoing the process of fermentation, º º used in making bread. The same as YEAST Q. V.). “Try the force of imagination upon staying the work- ing of beer, when the barm is put into it.”—Bacom. bar'-man, s. A man who serves in the bar of a public-house. (Formerly called a drawer, q.v.) *barn'-kin, s. [BARNEKIN.] sºbarm'—y º; Eng.), *bārm'—ie (Scotch), a. Eng. & Scotch barm; -y. 1. Lit. : Pertaining to barm or yeast. º s 2. Lit.: Acting like barm; fermenting thought; at work with creative effect. barmy-brained, adj. Wolatile, giddy-headed. “A wheen cork-headed barmy-brained gowks! that winna let puir folk sae muckle as die in quiet.”— Scott: St. Foman, ch. xxxii. barn, “barne, *bérne, s. [A. S. boerm, berern; from bere=barley, and erm, orn-a place, secret place, a closet, an habitation, a house, a cottage. (Bosworth.) Or from Bret. berm- a heap. (Wedg- wood.) In Sw. föarm.] © ſº 1. A house or other covered inclosure designed for the storage of grain. “The seed is rotten under their clods, the garners are laid desolate, the barns are broken down; for the corn is withered.”—Joel i. 17. 2. Anything like a barn in outward appearance. : “In front there are a few cultivated fields, and beyond them the smooth hill of colored rocks called the Flagstaff, and the rugged square black mass of the Barm.”—Dar- win: Voyage round the World, ch. xxi. barn-door, s. The door of a barn. “Heavily closed, with a jarring sound, the valves of the barn-doors, Rattled the wooden bars, . . .” Longfellow: Evangeli me, pt. i., 2. loarn-door fowl, s. A dung-hill cock or hen. “Never has there been such slaughtering of capons and fat geese and barn-door fowls.”—Scott; Bride of Lammer- moor, ch. xxvi. barn-like, a. Like a barn. “. . . passing through several hamlets, each with its large barm-like chapel built of wood.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xvi. barn-owl, 8. Stria: flammed, a bird of prey 'be- longing to the family Strigidae. It is called also the White Owl, the Church Owl, the Screech, Owl, the Euro- pean Screech Owl (Macgilli- wratſ), the Hissing Owl, the Yellow Owl, the Gillihowther, the Howlet, and the Hoolet. Above it is light reddish- yellow, mottled with ash- gray and black and white spots; beneath, it is white with small dusky spots. The male is fourteen inches long, and the female fifteen. It preys on the smaller mam- malia and birds, with beetles and other insects. It is per- manently resident, builds its nest in a steeple, a dovecot, or a hollow tree, and lays from two to five pure white eggs. It is found in America and in Europe. barn-yard, s. A yard or inclosure, open to the sky, attached to a barn. [O. arm or yeast; containing with Fº twº ‘. . §ºvº }} #. - ... 'i . º Nº. * * * º º 388 *bārn, ºbārne, s. [BAIRN.] Bar-na-bite, s. & a. [Named after the Church of St. Barnabas at Milan, given over to the Barna- bite order in 1535.] I. As swbstantive. Ch. Hist. : Any member of a certain religious order, properly called the Regular Clerks of St. Paul. . Its founders belonged to Milan. It arose in the sixteenth century, was approved by Clement VII. in 1532, and confirmed by Paul III. in 1535. The principal occupation of the Barnabites was preaching to sinners. (Mosheim : Ch. Hist., Cent. xvi., sect. iii., pt. i., ch. 1.) II. As adjective: Pertaining to any member of flººrder described under No. I., or to the order 1 USG II. bar'-na—cle, ther'-ni-cle (cle as cel), s. [In Fr. barnacle, barnache; Sp. bernacho; Port. ber- qvaca, bermachat, bermicla ; Low Lat. barmicla, bermacula, bermicla, bermicha, bermacq, bermair. Boucher derives it from A. S. bearm = child, and opc- Qak; but if so, why does it occur in Fr., Port, &c.? Mahn thinks the Low Lat. word a contraction for Lat: Hiberniculſº §: f.) = found in Hibernia (Ire- land); while Wedgwood traces barnacle to the Manx bayrm-a cap, believing it to be so named from its conical shape.] In Zoology: 1. Of Cirripeds: (a) A general name for both pedunculated and Sessile Cirripeds. [LEPADIDAE, BALANIDAE.] “Barnacle.—A name commonly given both to the pedunculated and sessile Cirripeds.”—Dama. (b) Spec. : The English name of the peduncu- lated Cirripeds (Lepadidae), as contradistinguished from those which a re sessile [see ACORN-SHELLs, BA- LANIDAE], yet more specially applied to the Lepas, the typi- cal genus of the fam- ily a n d or der. [LEPAs.] 2. Of B i r ds : A name for the Berni- cle Goose (q. v.). Formerly the absurd belief was enter- tained that these geese sprung from the barnacles de- scribed under No. 1. Max Müller believes that the bird was originally called Hi- bernicula, which was converted into Bernicula by the dropping of the first syllable, after which the similarity of the name to the Čirriped led to the two being confounded together and generated the myth. Two species of the genus Lepas were called by Linnaeus Lepas amserifera and L. and fifera = goose-bearing, of coursé with no belief in the fable suggested by the Ilê II) 62. “There are found in the north parts of Scotland, and islands adjacent called Orcades, certain trees, whereon do grow certaine shells of a white color tending to russet, wherein are contained little living creatures: which shells in time of maturity doe open, and out of them grow those little living things, which falling into the water doe become fowles, which we call barnacles, in the North of England brant geese, but in Lancashire tree geese.”— Gerard: Herbal, p. 1,858. (Boucher.) bar'-na—cle, *bar'-ni-cle,” ber-na-kill, *bér– Ilāk (i. S. º: believes the word to have come from the East, and to have been used originally for some instrument of torture. Most writers, Mahn included, consider it the same as the preceding word. Latham derives it from binocle, and Max Müller from Ger. brille, O. Ger berulem, a corruption of beryllus. Compare Dan. brems, brand- gars=barnacles as defined below, and Fr. besicles= spectacles.] Generally in plwral: 1. Farriery : An instrument º upon the nose of a horse when he will not stand to be shod or sur- gically operated upon. It consists of two branches, joined at One end with a hinge, and is generally made of iron. 2. Ord. Lang.: A cant term for spectacles, these resembling the instrument described under No. 1. “. . . they had barmacles on the handles of their faces.”—Transl of Rabelais, v. 130. (Boucher.) bār-na-dé'-ší—a, s. [Named after Michael Bar- nadez, a Spanish botanist.] A genus of Composite plants, the typical one of the family Barnadesiege (q. v ). The species are spiny bushes with entire leaves and pink florets. Barmadesict rosea is culti- wated in English hothouses. bār-na-dé'-ší–é-ae, s, pl. [BARNADESIA.] A family of Composite plants belonging to the order Group of Barnacles. y barometer *barnde, pret. of v. The same as BURNT (q.v.). *bārne, s. [BAIRN.] *barn e-kin, *barn'—kine, *barm-kin, s. [Etym. doubtful. Apparently from Eng. barn, and cyn, as s. -kin, as adj. =akin, suitable, fit, proper. The outermostward of a castle, within which "...] the barns, stables, cowhouses, &c., were placed. “. . . and next day lay siege to the castel of Nor- ham, and within short space wan the brayes, overthrew the barmkime, and slue divers within the castel.”—IIolin- shed: Hist. Scot., pp. 419, 434. (Boucher.) “And broad and bloody rose the sun, And on the barmkin shone.” Border Minstrelsy, ii. 841. (Boucher.) barn'-fúll, s. [Eng, barn; full.] A barn literally full of something, as wheat, hay, &c.; or as much as a barn, if full, would hold. barn-hard’t-ite (t silent), s [Named after Dan Barnhardt's land in North Carolina, where it occurs.] A mineral, classified by Dana under his Pyrite group. Composition: Sulphur, 30°5; copper, 48'2; iron, 21.3; hardness, 3:5; sp. gr., 4:321. Luster, metallic ; color, bronze-yellow. Homichlin and Ducktownite may be varieties. *bārn'—hède, s. [A.S. bearm = a child, and O. Eng. Suff. -hede=Mod. Eng. suff. -hood.] Childhood. “Of alle ille tetches in worde and dede That thine childer takis in barn hede.” Hampole Myrrow r, MS. Hunt., f. 60. (Boucher.) *bar'-ni-cles, s, pl. [BARNAcLEs.] *barn'—kine, s. [BARNERIN.] ba-rö-Cô, ba-ró -kö, s. [A word without etymo- logical meaning, but designed to have the vowels symbolic. (See àefjj Old Logic: A combination of letters collectively destitute of meaning, but which, taken separately, imply that the first proposition (A) is an universal affirmative, the second, and third (O), particular negatives, and the middle term the predicato in the first two propositions. Baroko is the fourth Mode of the second Figure of Syllogisms. Example— All scholars of the first rank have, as one essential char- acteristic, intense love of knowledge. But the mass of mankind do not possess this. Therefore the mass of mankind cannot reach the first rank of scholarship. bār-à-lite, s. [From Gr, baros = weight, and lithos = a stone..] A mineral, called also Witherite Q. V. J . fba-rö1-à-gy, s. [From Gr, baros=weight, and logos = a ...?". The department of science which treats of weight or gravity. bār-3-ma-cröm'—ét-êr, s. [From Gr. baros = weight, makros=long, and metron = measure.] An instrument for ascertaining the weight and length of new-born infants. ba-röm'—ét-êr, s. [In Sw., Dan., Dut., & Ger. barometer; Fr. barometre : Sp., Port., & ltal. Ua rom- etro; Gr. baros = weight, and metrom = a measure.] An instrument used for measuring the atmospherić ressure. The discovery that this pressure might e counterpoised by a column of mercury standing as high in proportion to the thirty-four feet that water in similar circumstances stands, as the specific gravity of water is to that of mercury (the ratio or proportion, it will be perceived, is an inverse one), was made at Florence in the year 1643 by one of Galileo's pupils, the celebrated Torricelli, but was not quite complete when he died, in 1647. The most common form of barometer is what is called a Cistern Barometer. It consists essentially of a straight glass tube about thirty-three inches long, filled with mercury, and dipping into a cistern of the same metal. It is affixed to a mahogany stand, on the upper part of which is a graduated scale to mark the height in inches at which the mercury stands. When com- plete, a , thermometer stands side by side with it to note the temperature at which the pres- sure of the atmosphere is tested. In Fortin's barometer the base of the cistern is made of leather, and can be raised or depressed by means of a screw ; a constant level of the mercury from which to measure the zero of the scale, unattainable by the ordinary cistern barometer, can be pro- duced by this one; besides which the instrument is more port- able. Gay-Lussac’s barometer is in the form of a syphon. It has two scales with a common zero point, and graduated in contrary directions. As the one Cistern Barometer, “ Barm-yard and dwelling, blazing bright, Asteraceae, the sub-order Labiatiflorae, and, the branch, the shorter one, corresponds to the cistern, Served to guide me on my flight.” tribe or section Mutisiaceae. Type, Barnadesia and the other or longer one to the tube, the differ- Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, iv. 6. (q.v.). ence between the two levels is the true height of the fäte, fat, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pôt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. barometric mercury. Bunter's barometer is a slight but valu- able modification on that of Gay-Lussac. For the aneroid barometer (that “without moisture '’) see ANEROID. The general mean at the level of the sea is 2996 inches. A barometer is popularly termed a weather-glass. In order to adapt it for this purpose Hooke devised what is called the wheel-barometer. It is a syphon barometer, having in its shorter leg a float, a string from which passes over a pulley, and is connected with a weight somewhat lighter than the float. To the pulley is affixed a needle, which moves round a circle graduated to represent the different variations in the weather. [WEATHER- GLAss.] Speaking broadly, a barometer rises for good and falls for bad weather, but there are exceptions to this rule. The more accurate state- ment is that with S. W., S. E., and W. winds the mercury, falls for rain. If it do so rapidly, the probability is that a heavy storm is approaching; if slowly, continued bad weather is to be expected. It rises, if rapidly, for unsettled weather; if gradu: ally, for fine settled weather. A rise, with wind veering N. E., may be indicative of rain. băr—ö-mêt'—ric, bār-5-mêt'—ric—al, a. [Eng. barometer; -ic, -ical. In Fr. barométrique.] Per- taining or in any way relating to the barometer. “. . . the barometric column varies between these limits . . . .”—Lardmen": Heat, p. 160. “He is very accurate in making barometrical and ther- mometrical instruments.”—Derh.: Physico-Theol. bār-ü-mêt-ric-al-ly, adv. [Eng. barometrical; -ly..] By means of a barometer. bār-à-mêt'-rö-gráph, s, [Gr. (1) baros=weight, (2) metron=measure, and (3) graphé= a drawing, a délineation, a picture, &c..] An instrument used for automatically inscribing on paper the varia- tions of the barometer. : fbār-à-mêt'—rö-gráph-y, bār-6-mêt"—ra-phy, s." [From Gr. baros=weight, metron= a measure, graphē = a description ; graphô = to . Scratch, to write.] The department of science which treats of the barometer. bār -ó-mêtz, bär'-a-nētz, s. [Mahn suggests for comparison Pers. barah =lamb, and Russ. baramez =club-moss.] A fraudulently constructed natural history specimen, called also the Scythian Lamb, and represented as being half-animal and , half- plant. In reality it is a woolly-skinned fern (Cibo- finan barometz), stripped of everything but its root-stock and the stipes or stalks of four of its fronds, and then turned upside down. bār-àn, ºbār'-rön, ºbar'-5, *bar, *bér, “par’-5, *var, $viro, ºvirro, viron, S. J.A. S. barom-a man (Bosworth); Sw., Dan., Dut... Ger., & Fr. baron = baron; O. Fr. ber (acc. barom), bairon; Prov. bar (acc. baro); Sp. barom, varon- (1) a male, (2), a full- grown man, (3) a man of consideration, (4) a baron; Port. varao– a male; Ital, barome; Low Lat, baro, Darws, varo, viro= man, husband, baron; but in Class. Lat. baro, which, according to Menage, is the origin of baron, meant a. simpleton, a block: head, though sometimes it is said to have been used for a brave man, a warrior. Cognate with A. S. wer =a man; Goth. vair; Gael. bar, ber=a hero, an eminent man; Ir, fir, fear; Wel. guer, gevir; Lat. Vir= a man ; Tith. vyrus; Sansc. vira. Nº. In Sansc. also barrem and bharta are= husband, and may be compared with baron in the phrase baron and feme (see A., III.). Compare also Hebrew geber=a man.] A. Of persons: TI. Old Law: A husband in relation to his wife. used in the old phrase baron and feme=husband and wife. (Blackstome: Comment, bk. i., ch. 15.) II. History dº Law: *1. Formerly: (1) At first apparently every lord of a manor, of which sense the expression court-baron is still a memorial. [COURT-BARON.] The Magna Charta granted in King John's time seems to show that originally all lords of manors, who held of the king &n capite, had seats in the Great Council or Parlia- ment; but their numbers becoming too large for proper deliberation, the king summoned Qnly the greater barons in person, leaving it to the sheriff to convene the smaller ones to another house, which was a very important step in making the separa- tion which at present exists between the Houses of Lords and Commons. (Blackstome, blº. i., ch. 3.) [BARONY.] Hence *(2) the term baron came to be confined to the lords of manors summoned by the royal writ in place of by the sheriff. The writ ran “Hac vice tantum.” (Blackstome: Ibid.) Barons by ancient tenure were those who held certain lands or territories from the king, who, hºwever, still reserved the tenure in chief to him- $élf, Barons by temporal tenure were those who held their honors, castles, and manors as heads of their barony, that is, by grand serjeantry. By their ten- 389 ure they were summoned to Parliament; now they are not entitled to be there till a writ is issued in their favor. º (3) Richard II. made the term baron a mere title of honor, by conferring it on various persons by letters patent. (Blackstome, bk. i., ch. 3.) The first baron by patent was John Beauchamp of Holt, who was raised to the peerage by Richard II., in the eleventh year of his reign, October 10, 1387, by the title of Baron of Kidderminster. No other instance occurs until 10 Henry VI. 2. Now: (1) Any nobleman belonging to the lowest Order of the peerage—that immediately beneath the rank of viscount. His style is “The Right Hon. Lord —,” and he is addressed as “My Lord.”. In gen- eral, in place of being called “Baron,” he is simply termed “Lord A.” or “B.” His coronet has six large pearls set at equal distances on the chaplet. His coronation robes are like those of an earl, except that he has only two rows of spots on each shoulder. In 1879 there were 248 temporal barons in the House, with 24 bishops, who are also re- garded as barons, and rank just above those for- merly described. e (2) Any one holding a pºliº office, to which the title baron is attached, as the Chief Baron and the Barons of the Exchequer. [EXCHEQUER.] Formerly there were also Barons of the Cinque Ports, viz., two to each of the seven following towns: Hastings, Winchelsea, Rye, Romney, Hythe, Dover, and Sandwich. Till the Réform Bill of 1832 these had seats in Parliament. Instead of these barons there is now a Warden of the Cinque Ports. “They that bear The cloth of honor over her, are four barons Of the cinque ports.” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., iv. 1. III. Heraldry, Baron and feme is the term applied where the coats of arms of a man and his wife are borne per pale in the same escutcheon. If the woman is not an heiress, then the man's coat is on the dexter side, and the woman's on the sinis- ter; if she is, then her coat must be borne by the husband on an escutcheon of pretense. B. Of things. Baron of Boef: Beef in which the two sirloins are not cut asunder, but joined together by the end of the backbone. Dr. Brewer says that it is “so called because it is the barom (back part) of the ox, called in Danish the rug. It is not so called because it is ‘greater’ than the sirloin.” ( ºn-court. s. The same as COURT-BARON Q. V. © *bār-àn-a-dy, s, [Eng., baron, and suff, -ady= state or dignity of..] The dignity of a baron. “Some that were honored with the dignity of baron- ady.”—Sir John Ferme: Dedic. pref. to a Blazon of Gem- trie (1586). (J. H. in Bowcher.) ba'-rön-age, *bar'-mage (age=ig), s. [Eng. barom , -age. In Fr. barromage; O. Fr. barmage, barmaige, barmez; Prov. barnaige=baronage; Ital. barom naggio-barony.] & & 1. The barons of England viewed collectively; the whole body of barons. “Thus thai made the maryage Omang al the riche barmage.” Y waime and Gawin, 1,258. (S. im Bouche”.) “. . . that authority which had belonged to the baromage of England ever since the foundation of the monarchy .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xix. 2. The dignity, status, or position of a baron. 3. The land or territory from which a baron derives his title. bär'-àn-èss, s. [Eng. baron; -ess. In Sw. baron- essa ; Dan. & Ger., baronesse; Dut. barones; Sp. baromesa ; Port. baroneza : ital. baronessa. A female baron, the wife or lady of a baron, or a lady who holds the baronial dignity in her own right, as “Angela Georgina Burdett-Coutts, first Baroness.” bär'–Čn-êt, *bār'—rön-ètt, s. [In Sw., Dan., Dut., & Ger. baromet; Fr. baronmet; Ital. barometto; Low Lat. baromettws, dimin. Of baron (q.v.).] *I., Originally: A term aºy in use as early as the time of . Edward III., for certain landed gentlemen not of the dignity of lords, summoned to Parliament to counterbalance the power of the clergy. “. . King Edward the Thirde (as I remember) whoe, being greatly bearded and crossed by the lordes of the cleargye . . . was advised to directe out his writtes to certayne gentellmen of the best abilitye and trust, entitling them therein barrons, to serve and sitt as barrons in the next Parliament. By which meanes he had soe many barrons in his Parliament, as were able to waigh doune the cleargye and theyr frendes, the which barrons, they say, were not afterward lordes but only barronetts, as sundrye of them doe yet retayne the name.”—Spenser: State of Ireland. º Subsequently: The name given to three titled OP (16. TS, 1. Baronets of Great Britain: A titled order, the lowest that is hereditary. Speaking broadly, they *-*. baroscopic rank in precedence next after the nobility, or, more specifically, next after the younger sons of vis, counts and barons; but in reality they are inferior to the Knights of the Order of St. George or of the Garter, certain official dignitaries, and knights- bannerets created on the actual field of battle. The order was instituted by James I., on May 22, 1611 to raise money by fees paid for the dignity, an thus obtain resources for the settlement of Ulster. The number was to be limited to 200; but, a device for increasing an honor so profitable to the Treas- ury was soon found, so that before the death of Charles I. 458 patents for the creation of baronets had been issued; and by the end of 1878 there were 698 baronets in existence. The dignity is generally confined to the heirs male of the grantee. The badge of a baronet is sinister, a hand gules (= a bloody hand) in a field of argent. §. uette requires that he be addressed as “Sir A. B., Bart.” 2. Baronets of Ireland: A titled order instituted by James I. in 1619. It is believed that this dignity has not been conferred on any one since the union of Great Britain and Ireland in 1801, but many of the titles granted before the union still remain in the British baronetage. 3. Baronets of Scotland: A titled order planned by James I., but actually instituted, not by him but by Charles I. in 1625, just after the accession of the latter monarch to the throne. The object aimed at in the creation of the order was the planting, of Nova Scotia (New Scotland). Each baronet by his patent received eighteen square miles of territory in that colony, with a sea-coast bounding it on one side : Or a tract of land extending for three miles along a navigable river, and stretching for six miles inland. Since the union between England and Scotland in 1707; no baronets have been created holding rank in the latter country alone, but some titles existing previously still figure in the British baronetage. baronet-creation, s. The elevation, by royal authority, of any one to the dignity of a baronet. “A glance over the names of Baronet-creations.” -Burke's Peerage and Baronetage of England, 41st ed. (1879). bār-Ön-èt-age (age = ig), s. [Eng. baronet; -Clge. e i The whole order of baronets viewed collect- Ively. “Burke's Peerage and Baronetage, 41st ed. (1879).”— Title of a well-known Book. 2. The dignity, status, or position of a baronet. bār-øm-èt-gy, s. [Eng. baronet; -cy..] The title or dignity of a baronet. bār-3-nét'-ic—al, a. [Eng, baronet: -ical.] Belonging to or having the dignity of a baronet. “The barometical family of Moneymusk.”—J. Pick- ford, M. A., in Notes and Queries, November 18, 1882. barð-ni-al, a. [In Fr. baronnial.] ... Pertaining or relating to a baron, or to the Order of barons. . “. . . wandering on from hall to hall, Baronial court or royal.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. ii. baronial Service. Service by which a barony was held. It was generally that, of furnishing a specified number of knights to aid the king in war. bār-àn-y, *bār-øn-ye, *bir'—rön–ny, s. [In Sw. & Dan. baroni; Ger, baronie; Fr. baronimie; Sp. baronia, varonia=male line, a barony; Port. baronia=male line; Ital. & Low Lat. baronia.] The lordship or fee of a baron, either temporal or Spiritual. Originally every peer of superior rank had also a barony annexed to his other titles. But now the rule is not universal. Baronies in their first creation emanated from the king. [BARONIAL SERVICE.] Baronies appertain also to bishops, as they formerly did to abbots, William the Conquerer having changed the spiritual tenure of frank- almoyn, or free alms, by which they held their " lands under the Saxon government, to the Norman or feudal tenure by barony, It was in virtue of this that they obtained seats in the House of Lords. (Blackstone: Comment., bk. i., ch. 2, 12.) The word is common in Ireland for a subdivision of a county. bār-ö-scópe, s. [In Fr. baroscope; Ger. baros- kop; from Gr. (1) baros=weight, and & Skoped=to look at, to behold.]. An instrument designed to show that bodies in air lose as much of their weight as that of the air which they displace. It consists of the beam Qf a balance with a small weight at one end and a hollow copper sphere at the other, If these exactly balance each other in the air, then the Sphere preponderates in a vacuum. “. ... where the winds are not variable, the altera. tions of the baroscope are very small.”—Arbuthnot. bár'-à-scöp-ic, bär'-3-scöp-ic—al, adj. [Eng. baroscop (e); -ic.], Pertaining or relating to a baro- Scope; ascertained by means of a baroscope. “. . . that some inquisitive men would make baro- scopical observations in England.”—Boyle: Works, ii. 798. (Richardson.) bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, çhin, bençh; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, &c. = bel, del. -Sion = Shiis. -ble, -dle, shiºn; -Sious = –tion, Zhiin. -tious, -cious, -Šion = baroselenite bār-à-sé–1é'-nite, s. [In Ger, baroselenit; from Gr. baros=yeight, and Eng. selenite (q.v.). A mineral, called also Barite and Barytes (q. v.). bar-às'-ma, s. [Gr. (1) baros=weight, heaviness, and (2) osmē=Smell. Named from its heavy, offen- sive smell.] Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Rutaceae (Rueworts), and the section Eudiosmeae. JBaro8ma cremata is one of the Bucku plants of the Cape. It has been , recommended as anti-spas- modic and diuretic. (Lindley. Veg. Kingdom.) B. crenulata and serratifolia, have also been used with the former as stimulants and tonics, as well as in diseases of the bladder. (Treas. of Botany.) Barouche. bar-Öu'ghe, s. [In Ger. barutsche; Ital. baroc- cio, beroccio=a cart; Low Lat. barocia, barrotium, barrotwm; Class. Lat, birotus=two-wheeled; bis= twice, and rota =wheel.] A four-wheeled carriage with a falling top, with a seat outside for the driver, and two inside, each capable of accommo- dating two persons, the two couples facing each other. bár'–6u-ghèt (t, silent), S. [Dimin. of Eng., &c. barouche.] A small, light barouche. barqu'—anztine (que as k), S. [BARKANTINE.] Barque (que as k), S. [Fr.] (1) A bark or boat; (2) a º [BARK.] *barre, s. [BAR.] bär'-ra, s. [In Ger. barre; from Sp. & Port. barra.] Weights dº. Measures: A measure of length used in Portugal and some parts of Spain for measuring woolen and linen cloths and serges. In Valentia, 13 barras are=12% yards English measure; In Cas- tile, 7 barras are=63 yards; and in Aragon, 3 barras are=2# yards. bār-ra-cán, s. [In Dan. barcan; Ger. berkam; M. H. Ger. barkam, barragan, Fr. barracam, bara- can, bowracan; Prov. barracam, Sp. barragam, barāgam, Port, barregama; Ital. baracane; Low Lat. barracanws; from Arab, barrakān, barkām-a kind of black gown. Mahn compares with this Pers. barak-a garment made of camel's hair; Arab. bark=a troop of camels: bārik-camel.] Comm. : A kind of thick, strong cloth or stuff, resembling camlet. It is used to make different kinds of outer garments. Barracans are chiefly of French manufacture, being made at Valenciennes, Ilisle, Abbeville, Amiens, and Rouen. bär"—rack, s. [In Sw. barack; Dan. barrak; Ger. barracke; Fr. baragwe= a barrack, a hut, a hovel, a little paltry house, a room, a shop, a workshop; a public-house; Sp. barraca = a small cabin made by a Spanish fisherman on the seashore; Port. & Ital. barraca – a barrack; Gael. barrachad = a hut or booth; barrack-brushwood branches. If the Gae- lic form of the word be the original one, then, as Wedgwood thinks, a barrack was originally a booth made by branches of trees; if the Spanish one be that from which the others came, then the materi- als of the hut or cabin would probably be different.] fi. A hut or small lodge. Formerly it was espe- cially used for a humble temporary building of this character, one of many erected to shelter horse- men, as contradistinguished from similar structures, called huts, for foot soldiers. Then it was extended to embrace any temporary erection for a soldier, to whatever arm of the service belonging. •ºp 2. Generally in the plwral, Barracks: A large building erected to house soldiers, or for some similar purpose; also a large building used to house soldiers, for whatever purpose it may at first have been built. “IHe [Bishop Hall] lived to see his cathedral converted into a barrack, and his palace into an ale-house.”—T. Warton: Hist. of Eng. Poet., iv. 2. Barracks have often been constructed to shelter men engaged in building a lighthouse, or other temporary but extensive works. barrack-master,s. An officer who has charge of a soldier's barrack and its inmates. barrack-master general, s. An officer, real or imaginary, who has charge of all the barracks required for an army or existent within a king- dom. (Swift.) bär"—ra—clade, s. [From Dut, baar; O. Dut. baer–bare, naked; and klaed=a garment. Cloths undressed or without a nap.] 390 Comm. ; A home-made woolen garment without a nap. (New York.) bär'-ra-cöon, s. [From Sp. barraca–a barrack [BARRACK.] Old Slave Trade : Any inclosed place, used for the detention of slaves till opportunity arose for shipping them off to America. bār-ra-cu'-da, s. [Sp. barrocuda..] A fish—the Sphyroena. bºrrºd& found in the vicinity of the Bahamas and other West Indian islands. bär"—rage, s. [Fr. barrage.] 1. Engin. : An artificial obstruction placed in a water-course to obtain increased depth of water. . 2. Cloth Manuf. : , A Normandy fabric made of linen interwoven with worsted flowers. bar-rān'-dite, s. [In Ger. barrandit. Named after Barrande, the distinguished geologist of Bohemia..] A mineral occurring in spheroidal con- centric concretions, with indistinctly-radiated fibers. The hardness is 4:5; the sp. gr., 2°576; the luster between vitreous and greasy; the color, pale- bluish, greenish, or yellowish-gray. Composition: Phosphoric acid, 39'68; alumina, 12.74; sesquioxide of iron, 26°58; water, 21:00–100. Found at Przi- rram, in Bohemia. It is said sometimes to be allied to dºw.fremite and cacoazenite. bär"—ras, S. . [Fr.] The French name for the res: inous gum of Pinus maritima, which is the basis of Burgundy pitch. *bār-rat, *bār-ette, *bār-et, s. [O. Fr. barat, barate, barete = fraud, deceit, confusion; Prow. barat, barata ; Sp. barata ; O. Šp. barato, barata = fraud, deceit: ital. baratto-truck, exchange, deceit: baratta=a fight. Icel. & Goth. baratta–contest; Wel, barattom..] [BARRATOR, BARRATRY, BARTER. 1. Strife, contest. “Ther nis baret, nother strif.” Hickes: Thesaurus, i. 231. 2. Sorrow, grief. “And all the baret that he bar It reseld in thin hert ful Sar ” Cursor Mundi, MS. Edim., f. 34 b. (S. im Boucher.) Jhār-rat-ör, thār-rét-ör, ºbār-rét-êr, ºbār- rêt-têr, *bār'-a-toir, *bār'—a-toire, s. . [O. Fr. barateres; Ital, barattiere, barrattiero = deceiver, cheat; barattatore=one who trucks; from O. Fr. baratar, bareter=to barter, to cheat in bargaining; Prov. & Sp. baratar; Ital. barattare = to barter, to exchange, to cheat; Low Lat, barato-to cheat; from O. Fr. barat, barate, barete=fraud, discord, confusion. ... (BARRAT.). Diez considers that it is cognate with Gr. prattein – to do, . . . to use practices or tricks. (PRACTICE.) Barrater is ety- mologically connected with BARTER (q.v.). See also BARRATRY.] +1. The master of a ship who deals fraudulently with goods put on board his vessel, and therefore committed to his custody. 2. One who, for his own purposes, stirs up litiga- tion or private quarrels among his neighbors. “Will it not reflect as much on thy character, Nic, to turn barrator in thy old days, a stirrer-up of quarrels amongst thy neighbors º'”—Arbuthnot: History of John Bull. $ & (Boucher.) . . . . . a barretor, who is thus able, as well as willing, to do mischief.”—Blackstome: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 10. bār-ra-troiás, adj. . [Eng., barratr(y); -ows.] Pertaining to barratry; involving the commission of barratry. bär'-ra-trois-ly, adv. [Eng, barratrous; - § In a barratrous manner; as a barrator would do; in a way to involve the crime of barratry. bār-ra-try, bār-rét-ry, *bār-rét-ríe, bār- a—try, s... [In Fr. barraterie; Prov. barataria; Ital. baratteria, bararia Low Lat. barataria..] [BAR- RAT, BARRATOR.] A law term. Jºnglish Law: 1. The offense committed by the master of a yes- sel of embezzling or injuring goods committed to his charge for a voyage. * * * e tº 2. The offense of frequently exciting and stirring up law-suits or quarrels among one's neighbors or in society generally. “'Tis arrant barratry that bears Boint blank an action 'gainst our laws.” Hudibras. barred, pa. par. & Cº. [BAR, v.] 1. Ord. Lang.: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. “They [assemblies for Divine worship] were very prop- erly forbidden to assemble with barred doors.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. “And they drank the red wine through the helmet barred.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minst rel, i. 4. 2. Bot., Entom., &c. : With bars of a paler color crossing a space of a darker hue. barrel • *bar'-réin, thar'-réine. [BARREN.] bār-rel, *bār-rell, *bār-el, s. [In Fr. & Wel. baril; O. Fr. bareil, bariel; Prov. barril, barrial; Sp. & Port, barril= a barrel, an earthenware vessel with a great body and a narrow neck; Ital, barile; Gael. bara ill. Compare Fr. barrique; Sp. barrica: =a hogshead. , Generally assumed to be connected with bar (q.v.)., In, this case it would mean a ves- sel barred round with staves or hooped.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Of anything shaped like a cask: 1. A cask; a vessel bulging in the middle, formed of staves, surrounded by hoops, and with a bung- hole to afford egress to the generally liquid contents. “. . . . . and [Elijah] said, Fill four barrels with water.”—1 Kings xviii. 33. “It hath been observed by one of the ancients that an empty barrel, knocked upon with the finger, giveth a diapason to the sound of the like barrel full.”—Bacon. 2. The capacity of such a cask, supposing it to be of the normal magnitude... In one for holding liq- uids the capacity is usually from 30 to 45 gallons. • 3 -i- s II. Qf anything , hollow and cylindrical: The metallic tube which receives the charge in a musket or rifle. , With the stock and the lock, it comprises the whole instrument. “Take the barrel of a long gun perfectly bored, set it upright, with the breech upon the ground, and take a bullet exactly fit for it; then if you suck at the mouth of the barrel ever so gently, the bullet will come up so forci- bly, that it will hazard the striking out of your teeth.”— Digby. - III. Of anything cylindrical, whether hollow or Tot: A cylinder, and specially one about which anything is wound. [B., III. 1.] “Your string, and bow must be accommodated to your º; if too weak, it will not carry about the barrel.”— O3CO72. B. Technically: I. Measures: As much as an ordinary barrel will hold. Specially— 1. Liquid Measure. In this sense the several liq- uids have each, a different capacity of barrel. . barrel of wine is 31% gallons; a barrel of oil aver- ages from 50 to 53 gallons. 2. Dry Measure. A barrel of flour contains 196 pounds. II. Mech. : The cylindrical part of a pulley. III. Horology: 1. The barrel of a watch. : The hollow cylinder Or case in which the mainspring works. It is con- nected with a chain by the fusee, by the winding of which the chain is unrolled from the cylinder, with the effect of winding the mainspring. 2. The chamber of a spring balance. Y. Campanology: The sonorous portion of a € & V. Amatomy. Barrel of the Ear: A cavity behind the tympanum, covered with a fine membrane. "I The belly and loins of a horse or cow are tech- nically spoken of as the barrel. “The priceless animal of grand symmetrical form, short legs, a round barrel.”—Sidney. Book of the Horse. VI. Nautical : 1. The main piece of a capstan. 2. The cylinder around which the tiller-ropes are wound. VII. Music: The cylinder studded with pins by which the keys of a musical instrument are moved. [BARREL-ORGAN.] barrel-bellied, barrel-belly'd, a. large and protuberant belly. (See W.) “Dauntless at empty noises, lofty neck'd, Sharp-headed, barrel-belly'd, broadly-back'd.” ... Dryden: Virgil, G. iii. A measure of capacity. [BAR- IHaving a barrel-bulk, s. REL, B., 1, 2.] barrel-drain, s. A cylindrical drain. barrel-fever, s. Diseaso produced by immoder- ate drinking. (Scotch.) (Jamieson.) barrel-head, s. The head of a barrel. barrel-organ, S., An organ consisting of a cy- lindrical barrel with pins, the revolution of which opens the key-valves and plays the instrument. The sfreet-organ is of this type. barrel-pen, s. A steel pen which has a split cy: lindrical shank adapting it to slip upon a round holder. barrel-pump, s. The piston-chamber of a pump. bár'-rel, v. f. [From barrel, s. (q.v.). In Fr. embariller.] To put in a barrel. “Barrel up earth, and sow some seed in it, and put it in the bottom of a pond.”—Bacon. făte, fat, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wät, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wērk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, Ce = É; ey = a, qu = kW. barreled bar-reled, pa. par., adj., & in compos. [BAR- REL, v.] A. & B. As past participle dº Cudjective: Put in a barrel. C. In compos.: Having a barrel in the three senses, that is, a tube; as “a five-barreled revolver.” #bär"—rel-Ét, s. [BARRULET.] bär"—rel-iñg, pr. par., a., & S. [BARREL, v. t.] A. & B. As pr. par. dé a...: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As subst.: The act of putting in barrels; the state of being put in barrels. bārºrén, ºbār-réin, ºbār-réine, *bār-eine, *bār-Éym, *bār-eigne (eigne as én), a. & S. [In Dut, bar=barren, unfruitful, , naked, severe, nip; ping; onvruchtbacºr=unfruitful, barren. This would connect it with Eng., bare (q.v.). But the real etymology is Norm. Fr. barein; O. Fr. barraigne, brahaigne, brehaigne, brehaine, brehange=sterile; Arm. brekham =sterile.] A. As adjective: I. Ordinary Languages: 1. Literally: & (1) Qf the human race, or of the inferior animals: Unable to produce one's kind, or not actually pro- ducing it; sterile, unfruitful, unprolific. “. . . and his wife was barren, and bare not.”—Judges xiii. 2. “There shall not be male or female barrem among you, or among your cattle.”—Deuteromomy vii. 14. (2) Of plants: Not producing fruit; as “The bar- ren fig-tree.” “Violets, a barren kind, Wither'd on the ground must lie.” Wordsworth: Foresight. . (3) Of the ground: Not fertile; sterile, not yield- ing abundant crops. “. . . the situation of this city is pleasant; but the water is naught, and the ground barrem.”—2 Kings ii. 19. 2. Figuratively: g e (1) Of the mind: Not intellectually productive, uninventive, du “There be of them that will make themselves laugh, to set on some quantity of barrem spectators to laugh too.” —Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 2. (2) O .#. in general : . . * : * * º (a) Unproductive, not bringing with it anything beyond itself; not descending from father to son. “Upon my head they plac'd a fruitless crown, And put a barren scepter in my gripe.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, iii. 1. (b), Scanty, not copious; deficient; wanting in number or quantity. (In construction followed by “The forty-three years of his reign are as barren of events as they are of names.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist. (1855), ch. xi., § 13. II. Botany: A barren, flower: (1) A flower which has only stamina, without a pistil: example, the males of monoecious and of dioecious plants. (2) Having neither stamina nor J.; example, some flowers in certain grasses and sedges. B. As substantive: 1. Western Barrens. West of the Alleghany mount- ains there are whole tracts of land elevated a few feet above the level of the plain called “barrens,” not because they yield no produce, for in fact they are very fertile in small trees and grasses. 2. “The Pino Barrens' of South Carblina cover a large unproductive tract of land. [PINE BARREN.] barren-flowered, adj. Having barren flowers. barren-ivy, s. Creeping ivy which does not Wer. barren-land, s. Unfertile land. barren-money, s. Civil Law: Money not put out to interest or so traded with as to yield an income. barren-Spirited, adj. ... A person of a spirit incapable of effecting anything high or important. “A barren-spirited fellow; one that feeds On abjects, orts, and imitations: Which, out of use, and stal’d by other men, Begin his fashion.” * * Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, iv. 1. bār-ren—ly, adv. [Eng. barren; -ly.] In a bar- Ten, manner, with the absence of fertility, un- fruitfully. bār-ren-nēss, *bār'-ren-nēsse, s. [Eng. bar- ºrem, -mess.] I. Literally: 1. Of the hºwman race, the inferior qºmimals, or plants: The quality of being barren, inability to procreate offspring, or the state of being without offspring. “I pray'd for children, and thought barrenness In wedlock a reproach.” Milton: Samson Agon. 391 2. Of the § : Infertility, sterility, incapa- bility of yielding heavy crops. “Within the self-same hamlet lands have divers degrees of value, through the diversity of their fertility or bar- rem mess.”—Bacon. II. Figuratively: 1. Of the mind: Want of inventiveness, inability to produce anything intellectual. “ . ... a total barreminess of invention.”—Dryden. 2. Of the heart: Absence of proper moral or spiritual emotion. “The greatest saints sometimes are fervent, and some- times feel a barrenness of devotion.”—Taylor. 3. Of things in general: Deficiency of matter or of interest. “The importunity of our adversaries hath constrained us longer to dwell than the barren mess of so poor a cause #. have seemed either to require or to admit.”— ooke?". bär"—rem—wórt, s. [Eng. barren, and wort = herb.] The English name of Epimedium, a genus of plants belonging to the order Berberidaceae (Berberids). It has a creeping rhizome, a twice ternate stem-leaf with cordate leaflets, , reddish flowers in panicles, with inflated nectaries, four ...; eight petals, four stamina, and curious all the TS, bär"—rét, s. [In Fr. barrette; Prov, barreta, berreta, birret; Sp. birreta, birrete; Ital. berretta; Low Lat, barretwm, birretwm, dimin. of Lat. birrus = a woolen overcoat used to keep off rain.] [BIRETTA.] A cap formerly worn by soldiers. barret-cap, barret cap. The same as BARRET • W. ). Q1 “Old England's sign, St. George's cross, His barret-cap did grace.” Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, iii. 16. bār-rêt-tê'es, s. A kind of plain silk. (Knight.) *bār'-rêt-àr (1), s. [BARRATOR.] *bār'—rêt-ér (2), s. [BARRISTER.] ibär'-rét—ry, s. [BARRATRY.] thärr'—fül, a. [BARFUL.] bār-ri-că'de, thär-ri—ca'-dó, s. [In Sw. bar- rikad; Dut. & Ger. barrikade : Dan. & Fr. barri- cade; Sp. barricada ; Ital. barricata. From Fr. barrique; Prov. barriqwa, Sp. & Port. barrica=a cask; casks having apparently formed the original barricades.] A. Ordinary:Language: 1. Lit. : A hastily-formed rampart of casks, earth, trees, logs of wood, paving-stones, wagons, or other vehicles, designed to impede the advance of a sud- denly declared foe. * The word came into the language in the form barricado, but is now more frequently spoken and written barricade. “. No barricado for a belly.” Shakesp.: Winter’s Tale, i. 2. “The access was by a neck of land, between the sea on one part, and the harbor water, or inner sea, on the other; fortified clean over with a strong rampier and barricado.”—Bacom. “. . to make the security still more complete by throwing a barricade across the stream . . .”— Ma- cawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. 2. Fig.: Anything designed to prove an obstruc- tion, or which actually proves such. “There must be such a barricade as would greatly annoy or absolutely stop the currents of the atmosphere.”—Der- ham. B. Naval Architecture : A strong wooden rail supported by stanchions extending across the fore- part of the quarter-deck in ships of war. The vacant spaces between the stanchions are usually filled with rope mats, corks, or pieces of old cable; and the upper part, which contains a double rope netting above the rail, is stuffed with hammocks, as a defense against small shot in a naval action. bär"—rí-căde, thār-ri—ca'-dó, v. t. [From barri- § º (q. v.). In Ger. barikadeerem, Fr. barri- CC! (!,62)". 1. Lit.: To form a barricade, to throw up a hastily- constructed rampart of earth, trees, paving-stones, wagons, or other vehicles, with the view of obstructing the progress of an enemy; any barrier raised for a defense; an obstruction raised to keep a crowd from pressing forward unduly, or to pre- serve a spot sacred from their intrusion. Like the substantive, this also first entered the English language in the form barricado. Neither the substantive nor the verb barricado is yet obso- lete. The former seems passing away more rapidly than the latter. “Fast we found, fast shut, The dismal gates, and barricadoed strong.” Milton; P. L., bk. viii. barring “He had not time to barricado the doors; so that the enemy entered.”—Clarendon. “All the great avenues were barricaded.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. x. 2. Fig.: To obstructin any way by means of physi- cal obstacles. “A new volcano continually discharging that matter, which, being till then barricaded up and imprisoned in the bowels of the earth, was the occasion of very great, and frequent calamities.”— Woodward. bār-ri-cá'-déd, bār-ri—ca'-dòed, pa. par. & a. [BARRICADE, v.] bār-ri-cá'd-iñg, bār-ri-cá'-dò-iñg, pr. par. [BARRICADE, v.] bār-ri-Ér, ºbār-ri-á're, *bār-rére, s. & a. Formerly pronounced sometimes with the accent on last syllable. [In Fr. barrière; Prov. & Ital. bar- riera ; Sp. barrera.] [BAR.] A. As swbstantive: I. Ordinary Langwage: 1: Literally: * * (1) A physical obstruction of any kind erected to bar the progress of a person or thing, to constitute a boundary line, or for any other similar purpose. Specially— . . & tº f(q). A fortification, a strong place; a wall raised for defense, a fortified boundary-line. - “The Queen is guarantee of the Dutch, having posses- sion of the barrier, and the revenues thereof, before a peace.”—Swift. (b) Any obstruction raised to prevent a foe, a crowd, &c., from passing a certain, point; anything designed to fence around a privileged spot, or to mark the limits of a place, as, e.g., a tiltyard, the gateway of a continental town. “The lists' dread barriers to prepare, Against the morrow’s dawn.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, v. 9. (2) Anything, natural which similarly furnishes defense, impedes movement, or produces separa- tion. “Safe in the love of heav'n, an ocean flows Around our realm, a barrier from the foes.” Pope. “. . . an invisible barrier, two yards in width, sepa- rated perfectly calm air from a strong blast.”—Darwin: Woyage round the World, ch. xxi. 2. Fig.: Anything immaterial which hinders ad- vance or produces separation. * (1) A mentally-formed obstacle, obstruction, or hindrance. “If you value yourself as a man of learning, you are building a most impassable barrier against improve- ment.”—Watts. (2) A mentally-formed boundary, limit, or line of division or separation. “And fix, O muse, the barrier of thy song At CEdipus.”—Pope: Statius. “FIow instinct varies in the groveling swine, Compar'd, half-reas' ming elephant with thine: *Twixt that and reason what a nice barrier! For ever sep’rate, yet for ever near.” Pope. II. Fortification: A palisade, stockade, or other obstacle raised in a passage or retrenchment as a defense against an enemy. (James.) B. As adjective: Impeding, standing in the way; intercepting anything. “. . . the barrier mountains, by excluding the sun for much of his daily course, strengthen the gloomy impressions.”—De Quincey: Works (ed. 1863), vol. ii., p. 88. barrier-gate, s. A heavy gate to close the open- ing through a barrier. (Goodrich dé Porter.) barrier-like, s. Like a barrier. “There is a simplicity in the barrier-like beach.”— Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xx. barrier-reefs, s. fº Darwin's second great class of coral reefs. In these the wall of coral runs nearly parallel to the coast of a continent or large island, but at some distance from the shore; in this latter respect differing from fringing or skirting reefs, which are in contact with the land. There is a vast barrier-reef along the northeastern coast of Australia. “Before explaining how atoll-formed reefs acquire their peculiar structure, we must turn to the second great class, namely, Barrier-reefs.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xx. *bār-ri-két, s. [Dimin, of Fr. barrique=a hogs- head, a tun, a butt.] A firkin. “Barrot, a ferkin or barriket.”—Cotgrave. bar'-ríňg, pr. par., a., & S. [BAR, v.] A. & B.A8 present participle and participial gºtive : In senses corresponding to those of the Vero. * It is sometimes used in familiar language as a preposition; for example, “barring (i. e., exclud- ing, excepting) undetected errors in the addition, the account should come to so much.” boil, böy; pôut, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -Qian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. barring-out C. As substantive : g I. Ordinary Language: * Lit. : Exclusion by means of a bar placed across 3. COOT, 2. Fig.: Exclusion of any kind, by whatever pro- cess effected. II. Her. : The same as BARRY or BARRULY (q: v.). (Chawcer.) barring-Out, S. An act of rebellion occasionally committed by School-boys. It consists in locking and, if need be, barricading the door against the entry of the teacher. “Not school-boys at a barring-out, Rais’d ever such incessant rout.” Swift: Journal of a Modern Fine Lady. bār-riñg-tó'-ni-a, s. [Named after the Hon. Daines Barrington, F.R.S., &c.] Bot. : A genus of plants, the type of the order Barringtoniaceae (Barringtoniads). Barringtonia speciosa is a splendid tree which grows in the East ndies. It has long, wedge-shaped coriaceous leaves, and large, handsome purple-and-white flowers. . The fruit is a drupe, the seeds of which, mixed with bait, inebriate fish in the same way that Cocculws indicus does. bār-ríňg—tó-ni-ā'-gé-ae (Lindley), bār-riñg- to'-ni-à-ae (De Camd.), (both Latim), bār-riñg-tö'– ni—ads (Eng.), s. pl. [BARRINGTONIA.] An Order of plants classed by Lindley under his 53d or Gros- sal Alliance. Formerly they were regarded as a sub-order of Myrtaceae, from which, however, they differ in having alternate undotted leaves. Sepals, 4–5; petals, 4–5; stamina indefinite; ovary inferior, 2, 4-5 ceiled; ovules, indefinite ; style, simple; stigma, capitate ; fruit, fleshy. Habitat, the tropics of the Old and New Worlds. In 1847 the known species were twenty-eight. [For the prop- erties of the various species see STRAVADIUM, CUSTAVIA, and CAREYA.] bār-ris-têr, *bār-ras-têr, ºbār-rét-ér (2), s. Apparently from bar, referring to the fact that a arrister pleads at the bar. Other etymologies have been given.] In England, a member of the legal rofession who has been admitted to practice at the ar; a counselor-at-law. [COUNSELOR, COUNSEL.] In old law books barristers were styled apprentices, apprenticii ad legem, being regarded as mere learn: ers, and not qualified to execute the full office of an advocate till they were of sixteen years' stand- ing; now a barrister of ten years is held competent to fill almost any kind of office. No one who has not been called to the bar can plead in the Superior Courts at Westminster, or, as a rule, in any court presided over by a superior judge. Formerly a distinction was drawn between wtter (=outer) bar- risters, who on public occasions in the Inns of Court were called from the body of the hall to the first place outside the bar, while the benchers and read- ers were called immer. In the Inns of Court a distinction was formerly drawn between Immer Barristers, who on public occasions occupied a lace on a raised dais separated from the rest of the all by a bar, and Utter (i. e., Owter) Barristers, who were called from among the students to the first place outside the bar. The distinction has long been abolished, the term barrister being now used for what were formerly termed Immer, Barris- ters, while the Outer Barristers have sunk again into the rank of students, from which they were taken in Queen Elizabeth's reign the Outer Barristers were allowed to practice in law courts, but under most other English sovereigns they simply took part in readings and moots at the Inns of Court. A now obsolete regulation, made in 1603, required that no one should be allowed to study for the bar unless he were a gentleman by descent; but at least since 1762, study for the bar has been Open, on certain conditions, to any member of the com- munity. A barrister can be disbarred, appeal, however, being allowed him to the judges. The Irish bar is regulated almost exactly like that of England. In Scotland there is a difference of name, barristers being called advocates. [ADVOCATE.] *bār'-rön-y, s. [BARONY.] bár'—röw (1), *bār'—a, s. . [A. S., bearh (genit. bearges), bearwg=a barrow pig, a porker; N. H. Ger. barch, borch, O. H. Ger. barch, barug Sp. verraco; Sansc. barāha, warāha;= a hog. (See also PORK.) Dr. Brewer, in his Phrase and Fable, says: “A barrow pig.: A baronet; so called because he is not looked upon as a nobleman by the aristocracy, nor as a commoner by the people. In like manner a barrow pig is neither male nor female, neither hog nor sow.”]. A boar, especially if castrated. (O. Eng.) “. . . and hadde an vatte barw ynome.” Rob. Glouces., p. 207. (S. im Boucher.) bºrrow-grease, *barrowes-greece, s. Hog's- aICl. “For a saws-fleame or a red-pimpled face, 4 oz. of barrowes-greace are directed ” [in a work called A Thou- sand Notable Things, p. 140].-Bow.cher: Supplement to Dr. Johnson's Dictionary. 392 *barrow-hogge, s. The same as BARROW (1) (q.v.). “BIis life was like a barrow-hogge, That liveth many a day, Yet never once doth any good Until men will him slay.” Percy Reliques, i. 208. (Bouchen”.) barrow-pig, s. The same as BARROW (1) (q.v.). “Gorret, a little sheat or barrow-pig.”—Cotgrave. barrow-swine, s. The same as BARROW (1) Cl. V. J. $ $ the gall of a barrow-swine.”—A Thousand Notable Things, p. 88. (Boucher.) bār-rów (2), s. [A. S. berewe = a wheelbarrow; from berem, bedram- . . . to bear, to carry. In Sw, bor=a 'barrow, a bier; Dan. bār=barrow ; Dut. berrie; Ger. bahre. Compare bier (q.v.).] A. Ord. Lamg.: Any kind of carriage moved by the hand. Specially— 1. A hand-barrow, a frame of wood with two shafts or handles at each end, carried by men; also as much as such a vehicle will hold. “Have I lived to be carried in a basket like a barrow of butcher’s offal, and thrown into the Thames 2"–Shakesp.: Merry Wives of Windsor, iii. 5. 2. A wheelbarrow, a small cart with one wheel placed in front, and handles in the rear, by grasp- ing which one can trundle the barrow before him. It has two uprights to support it when stationary. “No barrow's wheel Shall mark thy stocking with a miry trace.”—Gay. B. Salt manufacture: A conical basket employed at Nantwich and Droitwich for the reception of wet Salt till the water has drained from it. “A barrow containing six pecks . . .”—White; Kemmet's MS. Gloss. (S. im Bowcher.) barrow-tram, s. 1. Lit.: The shaft of a wheelbarrow. 2. Fig. (im a jocular sense): A raw-boned person. & 4 gather your wind and your senses, ye black barrow-tram o' the kirk that ye are.”—Scott: Guy Mammer- ing, ch. xlvi. bār-rów (3), s. [A. S., bearh, bearg = a hill, a mountain, a rampart, a citadel, a heap, burrow or barrow, a heap of stones, a place of burial; from be organ=to protect or she] ter, to fortify. Compare also bearo- a barrow, a high or hilly place, a groye, a WOOd, a hill covered with wood, &c..] An artificial mound or tumu- lus, of stones or earth, piled up Over the remains Of the d e a d. Such erections were frequently made in ancient times in our own 1and, and they are met with also in many other countries, both in the Old and New Worlds. In Scotland they are called cairns. When op en ed they are often found to contain stone cysts, calcined bones,. &c. Burial in barrows commencing amid the mists of remote antiquity seems to have been practiced as late as the eighth century A. D. One of the finest barrows in the world is Silbury Hill, Wiltshire, near, Marlborough, It is 170 feet in perpendicular height, 316 along the slope, and covers about five acres of ground. [CAIRN, CYST.) & & Barrow. e & e where stillness dwells "Midst the rude barrows and the moorland swells, Thus undisturb’d.” Hemams: Dartmoor. bar'-rów-mân, s. [Eng., barrow ; man.] One who carries stones, mortar,. &c., on a hand-barrow, to masons when building. (Scotch...) “I will give you to know that old masons are the best barrowmem.”—Perils of Man, ii. 326. (Jamieson.) bār-rul–ét, fbâr'-rel-Ét, s. bar (q.v.). “A little bar.”] Hergldry: One-fourth of a bar; that is, a twentieth part of the field. It is seldom or never borne singly. It is sometimes called also a BRACE- LET. When they are disposed in couples, barrulets are bars-genvels (q.v.). fbâr-rul-Ét'-ty, a. [From Eng. barrulet (q.v.).] [Dimin. of Eng. Having the field horizontally divided into ten or any number of equal parts. Barry is the term more commonly used. [BARRY.] bār-rul–y, a. [Dimin. of barry (q.v.).] The same in signification as BARRY (q.v.). barter bar'-ry, a. & s. [Eng, bar; -ry.] A. As adjective (Her;): Having the field divided, by means of horizontal lines, into a certain number of equal parts. [BAR.] B. As substantive §§ : The division, of the field by horizontal lines into a certain number of equal arts. It is called also BARRULY. Chaucer terms it barring. ‘ſ. The following. are Variations of this division of the field:— Barry bendy: The term used, when a field is divided bar-wise and bend-wise also, the tinct- ures being countercharged. (Gloss. of Heraldry.) Barry bendy simister: A combination of barry and bendy sinister. Barry bendy deacter and sinister: A combination of barry and bendy dexter and sinister. It is called also BARRY LOzENGy. Barry lozengy. The same as the last. Barry pily; Divided into an equal number of j by piles placed horizontally across the SIllêiCl, *bars, S. pl. The old name of a game. [BAR.] *barse, s. [BAssE.] bars'-gēm-èls, s. pl. [From Eng. bar (q.v.), and gemels, pl. of Eng. gemel=a pair; from Lat. gemellus=twin.] [BAR.] Her. : A pair of bars; two horizontal bars on a field, at a short distance from each other. bar-Söw-ite, s. . [Named from Barsoyskoi, in the auriferous sands of which it occurs..] A mineral, a variety of Anorthite, of a granular texture. Hard- ness, 5.5–6; º gr., 274–275; luster, pearly; color, snow-white. Compos, ; Silica, 4871; alumina, 33.90; magnesia, 1'54; lime, 15°29=99'44. (Dama.) *barst, *bèrst, pret. of v. [BURST.] “And slou to grounde vaste ynou and barste mony a sselde.”—Rob. Glouc., p. 437. “Atte laste thoru stronge duntes hys suerd berstatuo.” Ibid., p. 460. ºf Still used in North of England. (S. im Bowcher.) bar'-têr, v, t. & i. . [In O. Fr. barater, bareter=to truck, to exchange, to cheat in bargaining or other- wise; Sp. baratar- to truck; baratear= to bargain; Ital, barattare..] [BARTER, s, , BARRATOR.] A. Transitive: To exchange one, thing for, an- other. , (It generally implies that this is not done through the medium of money. (a) Literally: “. . . . . . the inconvenience and delay (if not the im- possibility) of finding some one who has what you want, and is willing to barter it for what you have.”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Econ. (b) Half-figuratively: “Convenience, plenty, elegance, and arts: But view them closer, craft and fraud appear, E’en liberty itself is bartered here.”— Goldsmith: The Traveler". T To barter away: Nearly the same as to barter; but special prominence is given to the fact that what one, thus exchanges passes out of his posses: sion and is lost to him in future. (Often used, but not always, when one sells what he should have retained, or, has made a bad bargain.) “If they will barter away their time, methinks they should at least have some ease in exchange.”—Dr. H. More: Decay of Piety. “He also partered away plums, that would have rotted in a week, for nuts that would last good for his eating a whole year.”—Locke. B. Intrams. : To exchange one thing for another. [See the verb transitive.] (Literally dº half-figura- tively.) “A man has not everything growing upon his soil, and therefore is willing to barter with his neighbor,”- Collie?". bar'-têr, s. [From Eng. barter, v. (q.v.). In Ital, baratto, Compare Sp; barata and baratura = a low price.j [BARRATOR.] & * 1. The act or operation of exchanging one article for another, without the employment of money as the medium of exchange. “. the operation of exchange, whether conducted by barter or through the medium of money, .”—J. S. Mill: Polit. Ecom., bk. i., ch. v., § 9. 2. The article which is given in exchange for another. * “He who corrupteth English with foreign words is is wise as ladies that change plate for china; for which the laudable traffic of old clothes is much the fairest 94” ter.”—Felton. 3. A rule of arithmetic, by, which the values of commodities of different kinds are compared. Barry Bendy. fāte, fat, fåre, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pö% or, wäre, wolf, wärk, whô, són; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = à. qu. = kW. bartered bar'—tèred, pa. par. & Cº. [BARTER, v. t.] bar'-têr-èr, s. [Eng. barter; -er...] One who barters; one who exchanges commodities for each other. (Wakefield.) bar'-têr-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BARTER, v.] *bar'-têr-y, s. [Eng. barter; :y..] The act or operation of exchanging one article for another. “It is a received opinion, that in most ancient ages there was only bartery or exchange of commodities among most nations.”—Camden : Remains. Bar-thè1 -ó-mew (ew as ū), s. & a. [Gr., Bar- tholomaios; Aram. Bar, Tolmai = son of Tolmai; or Bar Talmai =son of Talmai.] A. As substantive: 1. Theol. & Ch. Hist. : One of the twelve apostles of Jesus. He was probably the same as Nathanael. Matt. x. 3; Mark iii. 18; Luke vi. 14; Acts i, 13.) The mission field of this apostle was the southern part of Arabia. - * 2. Hist. The Bartholomew: A name often given to the Massacre of St. Bartholomew. [BARTHOLO- MEW’s TIDE.] B. As adjective: Pertaining to the apostle Bar- tholomew, or to any institution, time, or occurrence called after his name. [See the compounds which follow. } Bartholomew Fair, Bartlemy Fair, (Vulgar); A celebrated fair which was long held in Smithfield at Bartholomew-tide. The charter authorizing it was granted by Henry I, in 1153, and it was pro- claimed for the last time in 1855. Bartholomew-pig. 1. Literally: A roasted pig, sold piping hot, at Bartholomew Fair. The Puritans were against this feature of the fair as well as the fair itself. “For the very calling it a Bartholomew-pig, and to eat it so, is a spice of idolatry.”—Ben Jomson: Bart. Fair, i. 6. 2. Fig.: A fat, overgrown person. “Thou . ... little tidy Bartholomew boar-pig.”— Shakesp. ; 2 Henry IV., ii. 4. “Roast-pig and goose they did oppose, And blasphemed custard through the nose.” Butler: Hudibras. Bartholomew's Hospital, more generally St. Bartholomew's Hospital. , A celebrated London hospital and medical school, on the South side of Smithfield, believed to have been founded as far back as A. D. 1102, by Rahere, usually described as having been a minstrel in the court of Henry I. It is still a highly-flourishing institution. It has recently been enlarged. Bartholomew's tide. The festival of St. Bar- tholomew is celebrated on the 24th of August, and St. Bartholomew's tide is the term most nearly coinciding with that date. * Two great historical events have occurred on E. Hºolomew's day, one in France, the other in 1,nglän (i. (a) On the 24th of August, 1572, Paris disgraced itself by the atrocious and treacherous massacre of the Admiral Coligny and an immense multitude of less distinguished Huguenots, one chief instigator of this crime being the queen-mother, Catherine of Medicis, and her son Charles IX., who became an accessory before the event, lending it the sanction of his royal name. A papal medal, with the inscrip- tion Hugemotorwm strages, struck to commemorate the event, was obtainable at Rome till a few years ago. The crime of the 24th of August, 1572, is gen- erally called by Protestant writers “the Massacre of St. Bartholomew,” and sometimes in English narrative simply “the Bartholomew.” (b) On the 24th of August, 1662, about 2,000 clergy- men, unable conscientiously to sign adherence to the Act of Uniformity, had to leave their livings in the Church of England and make way for others Who could accept that Act. bar:ti-zán (Eng. & Scotch), *bar-ti-sé'ne, *bér-ti-sé'ne (O. Scotch), s. [O. Fr. bretesche= wooden towers; Ital. bertesca = a kind of rampart or fence of war, made upon towers, to let down or be raised at pleasure: a block-house (Altieri) ; Low Lat. retawa, bertescoe=wooden towers..] [BRAT- TICE. 1. Of castles or howses: A battlement on the top of a house or castle. (Jamieson.) Specially: A small overhanging turret projecting from the angle on the top of a tower, or from the par- apet or other parts of a building. (Gloss. of Arch.) “So near they were, that they might know The straining harsh of each crossbow; On battlement and bartizan Gleamed axe, and spear, and partizan.” Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, iv. 17. 2. Of cathedrals or churches: The battlement sur: rounding a spire or steeple or the roof of a cathedral or church. “That the morn afternoon the town’s colors be put upon the bertiseme of the steeple, that at three o'clock the 393 bells begin to ring, and ring on still, till his Majesty comes hither, and passes on to Anstruther.”—Records Pittenweem, 1651. (Statist. Acc., iv. 376.) (Jamieson.) “. . . while visitors found access to the court by a projecting gateway, the bartizan or flat-leaved roof of which was accessible from the terrace by an easy flight of low and broad steps.”—Scott: Bride of Lammermoor, ch. xxii. “A native of Strasburg, thirty-six years old, formerly a butcher, lately threw himself from the bartizam of the cathedral, and fell on the roof of the aisle, being, of course, killed on the spot.” – Weekly Scotsman, August 4, 1877. bartizan-seat, s. A seat on the bartizan. “IHe passed the court-gate, and he oped theitower grate, And he mounted the narrow stair To the bartizan-seat, where, with maids that on her wait, He found his lady fair.” Scott: The Eve of St. John. Bar"—tle-my Fair (tle=tel). [BARTHOLOMEW FAIR..] bar-tón, *bér'—tón, *bér'—tóme, s. [A. S. beretum. =court-yard; from bere=barley, and twºv=a plot of ground fenced round or inclosed by a hedge; hence § a close, a field, (2) a dwelling, house, yard, farm, (3) a village, (4) a class, course, turn. 1. In England, the part of a manorial estate which the lord of the manor kept in his own hand; a demesne. (Spelman.) T It is used in this sense in Devonshire (Blowmt), and Cornwall (Carew). In the first-named county it also signifies a large as contradistinguished from a small farm. (Marshall.) 2. An area in the hinder part of a country house where the granaries, barns, stables, and all the lower offices and places appropriated to domestic animals belonging to a farm are situated, and where the business of the farm is transacted. (Spelman.) 3. A coop or place to keep poultry in. (Kersey, Bailey, Phillips, &c.) (For the whole subject see IBoucher.) Bar'-tūn, s. & a. [Compare barton (q.v.).] A. As swbstantive: Geog.: The name of many parishes and places in England. B. As adjective: Barton beds, Barton series: A series of beds laid bare in Barton Cliff, in England, in Hampshire and the Isle of Wight. Lyell considers them the equiva- lents in age and position of the French Grès de flºp. or, Sables Moyens. He places them at the base of the Upper Eocene, immediately below the Headon series, and just above the Bracklesham series of the Middle Eocene. The Barton sands have been classed by the Government surveyors as Upper Bagshot, and the Barton clay as Middle Bagshot, but Lyell considers the evidence insuffi- cient as yet completely to bear out these precise identifications. (Lyell: , Studenvi's Mamwal of Geology, 1871, pp. 227, 233, &c.) *bar'-tön-Ér, s. [O. Eng. barton (q. v.), and -er.] One who manages reserved manorial lands. [BARTON (1).] “And the persons who took care of and managed such reserved lands were called bertonarii, i. e., bartoners or husbandmen.”—Boucher. bar—to'—ni—a, s. [Named after Dr. B. S. Barton, botanist, of Philadelphia.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Loasaceae, or Loasads. The species are fine plants with large white odoriferous flowers, which open during the night. *bar'—tram, s. [In Ger. bertram. Corrupted from Lat. pyrethrum ; Gr. pyrethron=a hot spicy plant; from pyr-fire. (Skimmer.)] A plant, the Pellitory §º officinalis). [PARIETARIA, PELLITORY...] Higgins: Adaptation Qf Junius' Nomenclator.] * Parietaria has no botanical affinity to Pyreth- rum. [PYRETHRUM.] bärt'—si-a, s. [Named by Linnaeus after a friend Of * Dr. John Bartsch, M. D., a Prussian botan- ist. ... A genus of plants belonging to the order Scrophulariaceae, or Figworts. The calyx is four- cleft; there is no lateral compression of the upper lip of the corolla, while the lower lip has three equal reflexed lobes. *bár'—d (1), s. [BARRow (1).] ba'-rū, (2), s. A woolly material, found at the base of the leaves of a particular palm-tree, Sague- rus saccharifer. Bâr-üch, s. Gr. Barowch..] 1. Script. Hist.: , A, son of Neriah, who was, a friend of. Jeremiah's, and at least occasionally acted as his a manuensis (Jer. xxxii. 12; xxxvi. 4, 17, 32; xliii. 6; xlv. 1; li. 59.) - 2. Bibliog.: Two apocryphal books or letters lºave been attributed to the above-mentioned 3. I’ll Cll. [Heb. Barwk (= blessed); Sept. barytone (a) The first of these was nominally designed to assure the tribes in exile of an ultimate return to their own land. Its date seems to have been the second century B. C., while the real Baruch lived in the latter part of the seventh—that is, about 500 years before. (b) The second epistle, or book, was nominally designed to counsel those Jews who were left in Palestine, during the time that their brethren were in captivity abroad, to submit to the Divine will. It was written probably about the same date as the former one—i.e., the second century B. C. bar-wise, adv. [From bar, and suff. -wise= manner or fashion.] * r Her. : Horizontally arranged in two or more rows. bar'-wóod, s. sſ Eng. bar; wood.] An African wood used in dyeing. It is the product of Baphia, mitida, a tree which belongs to the sub-order Caesalpinieae. bār-y-gēn'-tric, adj. [Gr. barys=heavy, and kentrikos=of or from the center.] Nat. Phil. d: Geom. : Pertaining to the center of gravity. barycentric galculus. , A kind, of calculus designed to apply the mechanical theory of the center of grayity to geometry. It was first pub- lished by Möbius, Professor of Astronomy at Leip- sic. It is founded on the principle of defining a point as the center of gravity of certain fixed points to which co-efficients or weights are attached. It has now been superseded by the method of , tri- linear, and quadrilinear co-ordinates, to which itself led the way. bār-y-phē'-ni-a, s. [ Gr. bar/phonia; from barys=heavy, and phonē = a sound, . . the voice.] Med...: Heaviness, i.e., hoarseness of voice. bār-y-ström'-ti-an-ite, s. [In Ger. barystron- tianit. From Eng. baryta, and stromtian (q.v.).] A mineral, called also Stromnite, a variety of Stron- tianite. [See these words.] bär"—yt, s. [In Ger. baryt.] [BARYTA, BARITE.] The same as Barite (q.v.). baryt-harmot Ome, s. Harmotome (q.v.). ba-ry'—ta, s. [In Ger. baryt; Fr. baryte; Gr. barytês=weight, heaviness; barys=heavy. ] Chemistry: The monoxide of barium, BaO. [BARIUM.] 1. Carbonate of Baryta. a) Chem. [BARIUM.] b) Min. : The same as Witherite (q.v.). 2. Carbonate of Lime and Baryta (Min.): The same as Bromlite (q.v.). 3. Swlphate of Baryta : § Chem. [BARIUM.] b) Min. : The same as Barite (q.v.). 4. Sulphato-carbonate of . Botrytcu (Mineralogy): Witherite incrusted by barite. ba-ry -tês, S. [BARYTA.] Mim. : The same as Barite (q.v.). bar—yt'-ic, a. [Eng. baryt -ic.] Consisting in whole or in part of barytes; pertaining to barytes. (Watts: Chemistry.) bary'-tíne, s. [Eng., &c., baryt (a), and Suff. -*. Jº,62. S. Min. : The same as Barite (q.v.). ba—ry'—tite, s. [Eng., &c., baryt(a), and suff. -ite = Gr. lithos=stone. * Min. : The same as Barite (q.v.). ba-ry-tär, in compos. Containing a certain amount of barytum, now called Barium. [BARYTo- CALCITE, BARYTO-CELESTITE.] ba—ry-tó-călc'-ite, s. [In Ger. baryto-calcit; from baryto, the form in composition of baryta or barytes, and calcite (q.v.), Ger, calcit.] . 1. A mineral, called also Bromlite (q.v.). 2. A monoclinic transparent or translucent min- eral, with a hardness of 4, a sp. gr. of 3.63–3'66; vitreous luster, a white, grayish, greenish, or yel- lowish color. Composition : Carbonate of baryta, 66°3; carbonate of lime, 33°7-100. It occurs at Alston Moor, in Cumberland, England. ba-ry—tó-gé1'-es—tite, s. [Eng. baryto; celestite.] A mineral, called by Thomson Baryto-sulphate of Strontia. It is found near Lake Erie. bär'-y-tóme, bár'-i-tóne, a. & s. [In Ger. bar- iton (S.) (Music), barytomwm (Gram.); Fr. baryton, s.); Port. bariton. § ; Sp. & Ital. baritomo. From r. barytomos (adj.) = (1) deep-sounding, (2) (Gram.) (see II.), (3) (Rhet.) emphatic : barys=heavy, and tomos=a tone..] [TONE. A. As Cudj. : Having a deep heavy tone of voices or instruments; having the character described under B., I. 1. A mineral, the same as bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, bençh; çhin, go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. aş; -cian, “tian = shan. shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. –tion, -SiOus -sion = shin; -cious, –tion, -Šion = Zhūn. -tious, barytum B. As substantive: I. Music: 1. A male voice intermediate between a bass and a tenor. - * *2. A stringed instrument invented in 1700, but not now in use. It resembled the viol da Gamba. (Penny Cycl.) II. Greek Grammar: Not marked with an accent on the last syllable. In such a case the grave accent is understood. *ba-ry'—tüm, s. An old name for barium. RIUM.] bā-Sal, a. [Eng, bas(e); -al.] [BASE, s.] A. Ord. Lang. : Pertaining to the base of any- thing. & & º [BA- . . still continue to front exactly the upper parts of those valleys, at the mouths of which the original basal fringing-reef was breached.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xx. B. Bot. : Situated at or springing from the base of anything. ‘I In botanical Latin it is rendered basilaris, though the etymological affinity between this and basal is not close. ba-sălt', s. [In Dut. & Ger. basalt; Fr. basalte; Port. basaltes, basalta from Lat. basaltes (Pliny), said to have been derived from an African word, and to have meant basaltoid syenite, from Ethiopia or Upper Egypt.] 1. Gen. : Any trap rock of a black, bluish, or leaden gray color, and possessed of a uniform and compact texture. (Lyell: Mamwal of Geology, ch. xxviii.) 2. Spec. : . A trap rock consisting of augite, felspar, and iron intimately blended, olivine also being not unfrequently present. The augite is the pre- dominant mineral; it is, sometimes, however, exchanged for hornblende, to which it is much akin. The iron is usually, magnetic, and is, more- over, often conjoined with titanium. Other minerals are also occasionally present, one being labra- dorite... It is distinguished from doleryte, or doler- ite, by its possessing chlorine disseminated through it in grains. It is of a very hard endurable nature, *ay be used to advantage in macadamizing TO3 CIS. The specific gravity of basalt is 3:00. It so much tends to become columnar that all volcanic colum- nar rocks are by some people called basalt, which is an error. There are fine columnar basalts at the Giant's Causeway in the north of Ireland; in Scot- land at . Fingal's Cave and other parts of the island of Staffa; and along the sides of many hills in the old volcanic district of Western and Central India. Non-columnar basalts may be amorphous, Or they may take the form of volcanic bombs Cemented together by a ferruginous paste, or again they may be amygdaloidal. (Lyell: Man, of Geol., ch. xxviii., &c.) ba-săl-tic, a. [Eng. basalt, suff, -ic; Fr. basal- tique.] Composed in greater or smaller measure of basalt; columnar, like basalt, or in any other way pertaining to basalt. & & which indicates with singular age of some, at least, of the basaltic sheets . . . of Argyll: Q. Jour. Geol. Soc., vii. (1851), pt. i., p. 100. ba-sălt'—i-form, a. #. basalt, i, and form. In Ger. basaltiformig.] Having the form of basalt; columnar. (Mawmder.) ba-săl'-time, a. [From Eng., basalt; -ime.] A mineral, which some regard asidentical with Horn- blende, while Dana considers it a synonym of precision the ”—Duke Augite, and perhaps of Fassaite, two sub-varieties classed under his eighth variety of Pyroxene, that denominated “Aluminous Lime, Magnesia, Iron Pyroxene.” ba-săl'—tóid, a. [Lat. basaltes (BASALT), and r. eidos = form, appearance..] Presenting the appearance of basalt; resembling basalt; having basalt in its composition. “. . . basaltoid syenite, black Egyptian basalt.”— Smith’s Lat. Dict., Art. “Basaltes.” *bā'—Sam, *bā'-sen, s. [In Fr. basane; Low Lat. basamium, bazam, bazama, bazamna, bazenma. ] The skin of a sheep tanned. [BASIL (3).j bás'—an–ite, s. [Lat, basanites; Gr. basamitčs= a touchstone, from basanos=a touchstone..]. A min- eral, called also Lydian Stone. It is placed by Dana as one of his Crypto-crystalline varieties of Quartz. It is a velvet black siliceous or flinty jasper. If an alloyed metal be rubbed across it, the color left behind will indicate the nature and the depth of the alloy; hence arises the name of Touchstone. [JASPER, QUARTz.] bas'—a-nó-mél–ane, bas'-a-nó-mél–an, S. [Gr. basanos=a touchstone, and mela 8-black...] A min- eral believed to be identical with Ilmenite. Dana makes it his seventh variety of Menaccanite, rank- ing Ilmenite as the third, and Menaccanite proper 394 bas bled (s silent), s. [Fr. bas–a stocking; blew = blue.] A “blue-stocking,” originally a lady more attentive to literature than to personal neatness; lº applied to any literary lady. [BLUE-STOCK- ING. Joãs gin-èt, bás-in-èt, bás'—sin-èt, *bās'- sén-èt, *bās-sèn-Étte, *bās'-san-ètte (O. Eng.), *bās'-san-āt, *b a s” – san-Ét, *bās'-mêt (O. Scotch), S.I.Fr. bassimet, bacinet, dimin. of bas- sim, basim, b a c i m = a basin. In Prov. basimet, bascºvet; Sp. basinejo; It al. baci metto; Low Lat, bacinetwm, basin- etwm..] . [BASIN.] 1. A light helmet, gen- erally without a visor, which receives its ap- pellation from the great similarity which it pre- Sents to a basin. he Specimen shown in the illustration is from the tomb of Sir H. Stafford, A.D. 1450, in Bromsgrove church, and is adorned with a richcrest-wreath. (O. Eng. dº Scotch.) “A diadem of gold was set Above his bright steel basimet, And clasp'd within its glittering twine Was seen the glove of Argentine.” Scott; Lord of the Isles, vi. 13. “That ilke gentilman hafand ten pundis worth of land or mare be sufficiently harnest and anarmit with bassam at Sellat, quhite hat, gorgeat, or peissane, hale leg harnes, Swerd, spere, and dager.”—Acts James IV., 1491 (ed. 1814), p. 226. (Basmet, in ed. 1566.) (Skene.) (Jamieson.) 2. (% the form bassinet): a) A species of geranium. (Parkinson.) b) A skin with which soldiers covered themselves. (Blount.) (S. im Boucher.) bās cille, s... [Fr. bascule=sweep, see-saw, coun- terpoise, equilibration. e e Mech. : A balancing lever; a swing gate or bridge. bäse (1), *bāge, *bāas, a. & s. [In Wel., Fr., & Prov. bas; Sp. baaco; Port. baia:o; Ital. basso–low ; Low Lat, bassus=thick, fat, short, humble.] A. As adjective: I. Ordimary Langwage: .*1. Literally: Low, in place. (Applied to the posi- tion of one thing with respect to another.) “Hir nose baas, her browes hie.” Gower: Conf. Amant., bk. i. (Richardson.) 2. Figuratively: - º Of individuals: tº 3 tº & º e a) Occupying a humble position in society, being as it were at or near the base of the social pyramid. “If the lords and chief men degenerate, what shall be hoped of the peasants and baser people º '-Spemser: Ire- land. (b) Illegitimate in birth, bastard. “Why bastard 2 wherefore base? When my dimensions are so well compact, My mind as generous, and my shape as true, As honest madam's issue.”—Shakesp.: Lear, i. 2. º the slender influence or with the moral qualities often seen in those who, being at the base of the social pyramid or of illegitimate birth, are looked down upon by. the proud and the unthinking. Mean, undignified, without independence of feeling. “It could not else be, I should prove so base To sue and be denied such common grace.” Shakesp.: Timon, iii. 5. “Unworthy, base, and insincere.”—Cowper: Friendship. (2) Of communities: Politically low, without power. “And I will bring again the captivity of Egypt, and will cause them to return into the H. of Pathros, into the land of their habitation; and they shall be there a base kingdom. It shall be the basest of the kingdoms; neither shall it exalt itself any more above the nations; for I will diminish them, that they shall no more rule over the nations.”—Ezek. xxix. 14, 15. % Of things: Mean, vile, worthless. Spec. : a) Of metals: Of little value. (Often used of the less precious metals in coins or alloys. In the case of gold and silver coins or alloys, all other metals combined with them are regarded as base, and a coin in which these other metals are in undue quan- tity is said to be debased.) “A guinea is pure gold if it has nothing but gold in it, without any alloy or baser metal.”—Watts. Bascinet. “He was robbed indirectly by a new issue of counters, smaller in size and base” in material than any which had base-dance - (b) Of any other material thing, whether occurring $n nature or made by art : Inferior in quality, of little value. “The harvest white plumb is a base plumb, and the white date plum are no very good plumbs.”—Bacon. “Pyreicus was only famous for counterfeiting all base things, as earthen pitchers, a scullery.”—Peacham. (c) Of deportment: Suitable to a humble position. [BASE-HUMILITY..] (d) Qf moral conduct: Such as to involve moral degradation. “FIe had indeed atoned for many crimes by one crime. baser than all the rest.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xx. II. Law: 1. Suitable to be performed by persons of low rank. º SERVICEs.] 2. Holding anything conditionally. Specially used of one holding land on some condition, not absolutely. [BASE TENANT.] (Blackstone: Com- ment., ii. 9.) } Jºnglish Law: a) Base services: Under the feudal system base services were such as were fit only for peasants or E.iº. of servile rank to perform, as to plow the ord's land, to make his hedges, &c. (Blackstone: Comment., ii. 5.) }} A base tenant is one holding land which he will lose if a certain contingent event occur. (Black- stone: Comment., bk. ii., ch. 9.) Base temwre is the tenure by which land in such circumstances is held. A base & called also a qualified fee, is one with a qualification attached to it, and which must be determined whenever the Qualification annexed to it is at an end. If a grant be made to a person and his heirs so long as he or his family occupies a certain farm, this is a base tenure, for the grant ceases if the farm be no longer occupied by the grantee or his heirs. (Blackstome: Comment... bk. ii., ch.9.) (2) Scots Law: Base rights are those which are possessed by a person who has had feudal property disponed to him by one who arranges that it shall be held under himself and not under his superior. B, 48 swbstantive: , That which is physically, socially, morally, or otherwise base; specially, that which is morally so. “. . . . Why brand they us With base? with baseness? bastardy? base, base ?” Shakesp.: Lear, i. 2. Plural: Persons low or despised. ºf Crabb thus distinguishes the terms base, vile, and mean: “Base is a stronger term than vile, and vile than mean. Base marks a high degree of moral turpitude: vile and mean denote in different degrees the want of all value or esteem. What is base excites our abhorrence; what is vile provokes dis- gust; what is mean awakens contempt. Base is Opposed to magnanimous; vile to noble ; mean to generous. Ingratitude is base; it does violence to the best affections of our nature: flattery is vile; it violates truth in the grossest manner for the lowest purposes of gain ; compliances are mean which are derogatory to the rank or dignity of the indi- vidual.” base-born, a. 1. Born out of wedlock. “But see thy base-born child, thy babe of shame, Who, left by thee, upon our parish came.”—Gay. 2. Of humble, though legitimate birth. “Better ten thousand base-born Cades miscarry Than you should stoop unto a Frenchman’s mercy.” * Shakesp.: 2 Henry VI., iv. 8. 3. Mean. “Shamest thou not, knowing whence thou art extraught, To let thy tongue detect thy base-born heart?” - Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., ii. 2. base-court, *base-courte, *basse-courte, 8. [In Fr. basse-cour.] The court lower than another one in dignity; the outer court of a mansion, the servants' court, the back-yard, the farm-yard, the stable-yard. - e. ‘I The form basse-cowºrt is in Menage. “Into the base-court she dyd me then lede.” Percy Iđeliques, i. 105. (Boucher.) “My lord, in the base-court he doth attend, - 4 - To speak with you.”—Shakesp.: Richard II., iii. 3. *base-dance, *bass-daunce (O. Eng. dº Scotch): 8. [Fr. basse-damse.] A kind of dance slow, and formal in its motions, and probably in the minuet style; directly opposite to what is called the high dance. “It was ane celest recreation to behald ther lycht lopene, galmouding, stendling bakuart and forduart, dansand base-dances, pauuans, galyardis, turdions, braulis and branglis buffons vitht mony lycht dancis, the quhilk ar ouer prolixt to be rehersit.”—Compl. of Scotland, p. 102. (Jamieson.) “Then came down the Lord Prince and the Ladye as the fourth. Basanomelane is a titaniferous yet borne the image and superscription of James.”— Cecill, and daunced two bass-dawnces.”—Append to haematite. Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. Leland's Coll., v. 361. (Boucher.) fate, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, pót, & A. * ^* tº tº -- - - e - - - or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; müte, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, füil; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu. = kW. base-hearted t base-hearted, a. Having a low, mean, vile, or treacherous heart. - *base-humility, S. Subjection. “But virtuous women wisely understand That they were born to base-humility, e” Unless the heavens them lift to lawful sovereignty.” Spense”: F. Q., V. v. 25. base-minded, a. Having a low, mean, vicious mind, capable of morally low deeds. “It signifieth, as it seemeth, no more than abject, base- minded, false-hearted, coward, or midget.”—Camden: Remains. base-mindedly, adv. able manner. base-mindedness, S. The quality of being base- minded; vileness of mind. (Sandys.) base-rocket or base dyer's-rocket, s. The English name given to a species of mignonette, the Reseda lutea. It grows on waste plains and chalky hills. It has yellow flowers. base-Souled, q, , Having a low, mean soul, capable of doing dishonorable deeds. base-spirited, a. Having a low, mean, vicious spirit. (Baacter, in Worcester's Dic.) bäse (2), a. & s, [BASS (3).] base-viol, s. [BASS-VIOL.] bäse (1), s. & Cº. [In Sw. bcts=base, pedestal; Dan., Dut., & Ger. toasis; Fr. & Port. base; Prov. baza: Sp. & Ital, basa, base; Lat. basis; Gr. basis= (1) a stepping, a movement, (2) a step, (3) that with which one steps, a foot, or (4) that on which he steps, a base, a pedestal, a foundation; bain.0- to walk..] [BASIS.] A. As substantive: I. Ordinary Language: 1. The lowest part of anything, considered as its Support; that part of anything on which the remainder of it stands. (Used of the lower part of a hill, or of a pillar, the pedestal of a statue, &c.) [A., II. 1 (a).] ... if this fail, The pillar'd firmament is rottenness, And earth’s base built on stubble.” Milton: Comus. “Or to the dreadful summit of the cliff, That beetles o'er his base into the sea.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 4. “Firm Doric pillars found your solid base; The fair Corinthian crowns the higher space.” Dryden. “Men of weak abilities in great places are like little Statues set on great bases, made the less by their advance- ment.”—Bacom. 2. That end of anything which is broad and thick, as the base of a cone. [A., II. 3 (d).] *3. An apron. “Bakers in their linen bases.”—Marston. 4. That part of any ornament which hangs down, as housings. “Phalastus was all in white, having his bases and caparison embroidered.”—Sidney. 5. The place from which racers or tilters run; fºottom of the field; the carcer, the starting- DOS g { { g In a low, vile, dishonor- :... . . to their appointed base they went; With beating heart th' expecting sign receive, And, starting all at once, the barrier leave.” Dryden. II. Technically: 1. Architecture: (a) The part of a column between the bottom of the shaft and the top of the pedestal. In cases in Which there is no pedestal, then the base is the part between the bottom of the column and the plinth. See example from Dryden under A., I. I.] º ift º #: ..º.º. sººf: º-º-º-º-º-º-º-º: —ººse= ||. º, rºº Sººº... .º. §§§ { * * Corinthian. Tuscan. Bases of Columns. (b) A plinth with its moldings constituting the lower part (that which slightly projects) of the wall of & TOOIn. 2. Sculp. : The pedestal of a statue. [See example rºm Bacon under A., I. 1.] 3. Geometry: e º The base of an ordinary triangle is its third SldC, not necessarily the One drawn at the bottom 395 of the diagram, but the one which has not yet been mentioned while the two others have. (Euclid, bk. i., Prop. 4, Enunciation.) (b), The base of an isosceles triangle is the side which is not one of the equal two. (Prop. 5, Enun- ciation.) , (c) The base of a parallelogram is the straight line on which in any particular proposition the parallelogram is assumed to stand. (Prop. 35.) It also is not necessarily drawn the lowest in the figure. (Prop. 47.) (d) The base of a come is the circle described by that side containing the right angle which revolves. (Euclid, bk. xi., Def. 20.) (e) The bases of a cylinder are the circles described by the two rotatory opposite sides of the parallelo- gram, by the revolution of which it is formed. (Def. 23.) 4. Trigonometry, Swrveying , dē Map-making. A base or base-line is a straight line measured on the ground, from the two extremities of which angles will be taken, with the view of laying down a triangle or Series of triangles, and so mapping out the country to be surveyed. . 5. Fort.: The exterior side of , a polygon, or the imaginary line connecting the salient angles of two adjacent bastions. 6. Ordnance: The protuberant rear-portion of a gun, between the knot of the cascabel and the base- Ting. . 7. Military: That § or portion of a country in which the chief strength of one of the combat- ants lies, and from which he draws reinforcements of men, ammunition, &c. During the Indian mutiny and war of 1857 and 1858, the base of the operations for the recovery of Delhi was the Punjaub. . . . . 8. Zool. : That portion of anything by which it is attached to anything else of higher value or signifi- cation. (Dama.) * . 9. Bot. : A term applied to the part of a leaf adjoin- ing the leaf-stalk, to that portion of a pericarp which adjoins the peduncle, or to anything simi- larly situated. 10. Her.: The lower part of a shield, or, more specifically, the width of a bar parted off from the lower part of a shield by a horizontal line. It is º º base-bar, baste, and plaim point. (Gloss. OT He?". 11. Chem. A metallic oxide which is alkaline, or capable of forming with an acid a salt, water being also formed, the metal replacing the hydrogen in the acid. Organic bases, or alkaloids are found in many plants; they contain nitrogen, and are prob: ably substitution compounds of ammonia. Artificial Organic bases are called amines. Bases soluble in water render red litmus blue. 12. Dyeing: Any substance used as a mordant. [MORDANT. B. As adjective: Pertaining to the lower part, the thickest end of anything, a mathematical or trigo- nometrical base, or whatever else is similar; as a base-line. [A., II. 4.] base-ball, s. 1. A game carried on with a ball on a diamond- shaped field having four bases. e 2. The ball with which the game is played. base-bar, s. Her. [BASE (1), A., II. 10.] base-line, s. Geom, dº Trig. [BASE (1), A., II. 4.] base-ring, s. A molding on the breech, of a gun, between the base and the first reinforce. (Kmight.) bäse (2) (plural bă'—sés), s. [Fr. bas-bottom, feet, depth, end, lower part, extremity; stocking, hose.] In the plural : 1. Armor for the legs. “And put before his lap a napron white, Instead of curiets and bases fit for fight.” Spenser: F. Q., W. v. 20. “Nor shall it e'er be said that wight, With gauntlet blue and bases white, And round blunt truncheon by his side, So great a man at arms defy’d.”—Hudibrats. 2. Stockings. “He had party-colored silk bases of a rich mercer's stuffe.”—Momomachia (1613), p. 20. *bāse (3), *bäys, *bars, *bar-rys, s. [The form bars seems the older one, occurring as early as the reign of Edward I. Base is apparently a corrup- tion of it. The name bars is said to have been given because the place in which it was first played was, figuratively speaking, “barred.” off from the intrusion of those who were not in the ºl Formerly a game for children, the full name o which was Prisoner's Base or Prisoner's Bays. Two equal parties of young people faced each other in line, each line connected by a joining of hands. Behind each line was a “base'' or home, of which one kept hold. If any person breaking off from the mongers, of which Walworth was a member. basely line ran into the intermediate space, he was imme- diately, followed by an opponent from "the other side, who, if he caught him, gained a score for his own party. However many such pursuits mights take place, each person giving chase had to stick to the fugitive whom, he had originally singled out. In some countries the game was called Prisoner's Bars, or Prison Bars, not base. [See etymology.] “He wende in a day to plave The children ournen at the bars, A cours he took with o felawe Gregorie the swiftere was, After hym he leop pas wel gode With honden seyseth him with skept, That other was vnblithe of mode, For tene of herte sore he wept And ran home as he wer wode.” Legend of St. Gregory, M.S. Cott., Cleop., D. 10, f. 156 b. (S. im Boucher.) . . . two striplings, lads more like to run The country base than to commit such slaughter.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, v. 3. bäse (1), v. t. [Contracted from Eng, debase or from abase.] To debase; to alloy by the mixture, of a less valuable metal. “I am doubtful whether men have sufficiently refined metals which we cannot base; as whether iron, brass, and tin be refined to the height.”—Bacon. bäse (2), v. t. [From Eng. base, s.] 1. To make a pike stand upon its base or lower part, by applying the latter to the ground; or, more probably, to abase or lower it. “Based his pyke.”—Plutarch (1579). to Leacic.) 2. To found. “. . . to verify the report on which his statement. was based.”—Times, November 16, 1877. *bāse (3), *basse, v. t. [From BASE (2), s.] To apparel, to equip. “. . . apparelled and bassed in lawny velvet.”— Hall; Henry VIII., an. 6. (Richardson.) băsed (1) (Eng.), bā'—sit (Scotch), pa. par. & a- [BASE (1), v. t.] băsed (2), pa. par. & Cº. [BASE (2), v. t.] *bā'se-lard, *bās'-la-àrd, s. [In O. Sw. basslare : O. Teut. baseler—a long dagger or short sword.] A. poniard or dagger, generally worn dependent from, the girdle. (S. in Bowcher.) “Bucklers brode and Swerdis long Baudrike with baselard is kene, Suche toles about ther neck thei hong.” . Ploughman’s Tale, in Wright’s Polit. Poems, i. 331. “A baselard or a ballocke knife, with bottons overgilt.” —Piers Plowman, f. 79. (S. in Boucher.) ** Baselard: Sica.”—Prompt. Parv. T The weapon with which Sir William de Wal- worth slew Wat Tyler was a baselard, which is stil). preserved with veneration by the Company of §: • ???. £ 6 (Halliwell: Cont- Bowcher.) bā'se-lèss, *bā'se-lèsse, a. [Eng, base; -less.] Without a base, with nothing to stand upon. “It must be accepted . ... as an historical fact, or rejected as baseless fiction.”—Milman: Hist. of Jews, 3d, ed., Preface, vol. i., p. xvi. $ “And like the baseless fabric of this vision.” Shakesp.: The Tempest. ba—sé1'-la, s. [Malabar name.] Malabar Night- shade. A genus of plants belonging to the Order Chenopodiaceae (Chenopods); The species Basella. alba and B. rubra, are twining succulent plants, with smooth fleshy leaves, used in China and India. as spinach plants., B. rubra yields, a very rich purple dye, which, however, is difficult to fix. ba—sé1–1ā'-gé-ae (Lat.), ba-sé1'-lads (Eng.), s- BASELLA.J. An order of perigynous exogens, placed y Lindley in his Ficoidal Alliance. It consists of plants like Ficoids, but with distinct sepals, no. petals, the fruit inclosed in a membranous or suc- culent calyx, a single solitary carpel, and an erect. seed. (Lindley.) All or nearly all tropical. . In 1847 Lindley estimated the known species at twelve- bā'se-ly, adv. [Eng. base; -ly.] In a base man- ner. Specially— e 1. Born of low rank or out of wedlock, in bas- tardy, illegitimately. “These two Mitylene brethren, basely born, crept out of a small galliot unto the majesty of great kings.”—Knolles. 2. In such a way as one looked down upon in society might be expected to do; meanly, dishonor- ably. “The king is not himself, but basely led By flatterers.” Shakesp.: Richard II., ii. 1. “A lieutenant basely gave it up as soon as Essex in his passage demanded it.”—Clarendon. - “. . . by him left On whom he most depended, basely left, Betray’d, deserted.” Cowper: On Finding the Heel of a Shoe. bóil, boy; pâût, jówl; Cat, gell, Chorus, çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, Xenophon, exist. ph = f- expect, aş; -cian, -tian = shan. -ble, —tion, del- -sion = Shiin; —dle, &c. = bel, —tion, -sious = Shūs. -Sion = Zhiin. -tious, -cious, basement bā'se-mênt, S. & a. [Eng, base; -ment.] A. As swbstantive: 1. Ord. Lang. dº Med...: The lowest, outermost, or most fundamental part of a structure; that above or outside of which anything is reared. “. . . the homogeneous simple membrane which forms the basement of the skin and mucous membrane.” —Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Anat., vol. i., ch. i., p. 50. 2. Arch. dº Ord. Lang.: The lower story of a build- ing, whether constituting a sunken story or a ground floor. In ancient architecture the basement was generally low, and had above it a row of columns. It is still low in most churches and other public buildings, but high in private houses. B. As adjective: Lowest, outermost, most funda- mental. “It consists, like the corresponding part of most other :glands, of two layers, an outer basement membrane with which the vessels are in contact, and an epithelium lining the interior.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., ch. xiv., p. 423. basement-membrane, s. Amatomy: A membrane lying between the cutis and the epidermis of the skin. “This expanse consists of two elements, a basement- :tissue composed of simple membrane, uninterrupted, Thomogeneous, and transparent, covered by an epithelium or pavement of nucleated particles. Underneath the &basement-membrane vessels, nerves, and areolar tissue are Placed.”—Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., i. 404. basement-tissue, s. ... Anat.: The tissue of which basement-membrane is composed. (See an example under B.ASEMENT- MEMBRAN.E.) ba-sen, a. [From Eng. base, S., in the sense of anything broad. Or from basin. “As, large, as &basins.” (Cf. Saucer-eyes.) (Herrtage.)] Extended. “Then gan the courtiers gaze on every side, And stare on him, with big lookes basem wide.” Spense”: Mother Hubberd's Tale, i. 1. bā‘se-mêss (1), *bāşe-nēsse, s... [Eng., base= How, and suff. -mess.] The quality of being base or low, in place or in any other respect. Specially— I. Of lowness in place ... The state or quality of heing low in sociaſ standing. g ºf e (a) Without imputation on the legitimacy of the £irth : Humble rank. “So seldome seene that one in basemesse Set Doth noble courage shew with curteous manners met.” Spense”: F. Q., VI. iii. 1. (b) With such imputation: Illegitimacy of birth, 3bastardy. “Why brand they us With base? with basemess bastardy? base? base?” Shakesp.: King Lean', i. 2. II. Of the moral qualities likely to be produced by such lowness in place: The state or quality of pos: sessing, or, being supposed to, possess the moral qualities likely to be found in the low, the despised, and the illegitimately born; meanness, vileness, deceit. “Of crooked basemess an indignant scorn.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. v. III. Of debasement in metals: Absence of value; comparative worthlessness in a metal. “We alleged the fraudulent obtaining his patent, the ©asemess of his metal, and the prodigious sum to be coined.”—Swift. bā'se-nēss (2), s. [Eng., base=deep in sound, and suff. -mess.] T)eepness of Sound. “The just and measured proportion of the air percussed toward the basemess or trebleness of tones, is one of the greatest secrets in the contemplation of sounds.”—Bacon. bás'—én-Ét, s. [BASCINET.] bā'—sés, s. [BASE (2), 8.] *bāsh, v. i. [Shortened from abash (q.v.). Comp. Heb. bosh–to be cast down, confounded, or ashamed; Ishbosheth = a man of shame.] To be ashamed. ABASH.] “He soone approched, panting, breathlesse, whot, And all so soyld that none could him descry: His countenaunce was bold, and bashed not For Guyons lookes, but scornefull eyeglaunce at him shot.” Spense”: F. Q., II. iv. 37 fba-shāw', s. [In Dut. & Ger, bassa ; Fr. bacha : Sp. baata. ACHA.] 1. The old way, still sometimes adopted, of spell- ing pacha (q.v.). “The Turks made an expedition into Persia; and because of the straits of the mountains, the bashaw consulted which way they should get in.”—Bacom. S “The lady with the gay macaw, The dancing-girl, the great bashaw With bearded lip and chin.” Longfellow: To a Child. 2. A haughty, Overbearing, and tyrannical per- $OIl. 396 bāsh'-fü1, a. [From bash, evidently = shame, though no noun, but only a verb of this form now exists; and suff. -full.] I. Literally (of persons): . 1. Full of shapme; having the eyes abased; hav- ing a downcast look from an excess of modesty or consciousness of demerit. (Used of single occasions or of the character in general.) “. . . the bold youth, Of soul impetuous, and the bashful maid.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. “And bashful in his first attempt to write.” Addison. 2. Sheepish, unduly and foolishly embarrassed in company, not from genuine modesty, but from latent vanity. II. Figuratively (of things): 1. In the concrete. (Of things boldly personified and poetically assumed to feel like man): (a) Feeling shame, and in consequence trying to shun observation. “The Ouse, dividing the well-water'd land, Now glitters in the sun, and now retires, As bash ſwl, yet impatient to be seen.” Cowper: Task, bk. i. (b) Shame-produced; caused by shame. “His bashful bonds disclosing Merit breaks.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. W. 2. In the Czbstract: . (a) In a good sense: Of natural shame, modesty, or any similar quality. “IHe burns with bashful shame.” Shakesp.: Venus and Adonis. “No, Leonato, I never tempted her with word too large, IBut, as a brother to his sister, shew’d Bashful sincerity and comedy love.’’ Ibid.: Much Ado about Nothing, iv. 1. (b). In a bad sense: Of cunning, or any similar quality. “Hence, bashful cunning ! And prompt me, plain and holy innocence.” Shakesp.: Tempest, iii. 1. bāsh'-fúl—ly, adv. . [Eng. bashful; -ly.] In a bashful manner, whether— (1) Modestly. (Sherwood.) Or (2) Sheepishly. bāsh'-fúl-nēss, s. [Eng: bashful : ; mess.] . The quality of being bashful; the disposition to blush or show embarrassment in the presence of others. (1) To a legitimate eactent : Shame produced by truc modesty. “So sweet the blush of Bashfulness, Even Pity scarce can wish it less.” Byron: Bride of Abydos, i. 8. º To am illegitimate eactent: Sheepishness, false modesty. “For fear had bequeathed his room to his kinsman bashfulness, to teach him good manners.”—Sidney. “There are others who have not altogether so much of this foolish bashfulness, and who ask every one’s opinion.” —Dryden. bash'-i ba-zöuk’, s. [Turk. bashi bozowk=one Nº. fights without Science; an irregular combat- à Il tº. In Turkey: An irregular soldier of any kind. Under the direction of British officers the Bashi Bazouks acquired reputation in the Crimean war; but under Turkish leadership in the Bulgarian insurrection of 1876, they acted with such inhu- manity that the term Bashi Bazowk became one of reproach, and had to be exchanged for another— Mustehaiz= Provincial militia. “The troops hitherto known under the sinister appella- tion of “Bashi Bazouks’ will henceforth be called “Muste- haiz,” or Provincial Militia.”—Pera Correspondent of the Times, April 23, 1877. *bash'-less, a. [Eng, bash (q; lº and suff. -less. Without shame, shameless, unblushing. (Spenser. bā'—sic, cu. [Eng. bas(e); -ic.] 1. Chem. : Pertaining to a base; constituting a base and a salt. re 2. Having the base in excess; having the base atomically greater than that of the acid or that of the related neutral salt; a direct union of a basic oxide with an acid oxide. (Todd & Bowman.) basic rockS. Lithology, Chem, and Geol. : In Bernard Won Cotta's classification, one of the two leading divis- ions of igneous rocks, whether volcanic or plutonic. It comprises those which are poor in silica, as dis- tinguished from Acidic Rocks, which are rich in that mineral constituent. A somewhat analogous classification had been previously adopted by Bun- Sen, who called rocks akin to the Basic ones Pyrox- enic ſ Fº and those allied to the Acidic Rocks Trachytic [TRACHYTIC]; but while the Pyrox- basilica enic division contains only 45 to 60 parts of silica, the Basic one has 55 to 80 parts. (Bernhard Vom Cotta ; Rocks, translated by Lawrence, ed. 1878, pp. 120, 356.) bā'-ší-gēr-ine, S. [Lat, basis; Gr. basis=a base; and Mod. Lat. cerum.] A mineral, the same as Fluocerite, or Fluocerine (q.v.). ba-sid -í-a, s. [Gr. basis= a, base, and dimin. termination, frequent in Gr. idiom.] The cells on the apex of which the spores of fungi are formed. bā-sī-fi'-Ér, s. [Eng. basify; -er.] Chem.: That which basifies any substance; that which converts any substance into a salifiable base. bā’-si-fy, v. t. [Lat. basis, from Gr. basis=a base (BASIS), and facio=to make.],. Chem. : To convert into a salifiable base. bā'-sī-fy—ifig, pr. par. & a. [BASIFY.] bā-Si-gyn'-i-ām, s. [Gr, basis=a base, and gyně = . . . a female.] JBot. : The same as GYNOPHORE (q.v.). bāş'-il (1), s. [In Fr. biseaw-beveling.] . Joinery: The sloping edge of a ghisel or of the iron of a plane. For soft wood it is usually made 12°, and for hard wood, 18°. “These chissels are not ground to such a basil as the joiner's chissels, on one of the sides, but are basiled always on both the flat sides, so that the edge lies between both the sides in the middle of the tool.”— IIIoacon. bāş'-il (2), s. [Possibly from an Oriental word meaning to strip..] The skin of a sheep tanned, used in bookbinding and for making slippers. bāş'-il (3), s. [In Sw. basilika; Dan. basilike. mart; Dut. basilicwm Ger, basilikum and basilien- krawt; Fr. basilic; Ital, basilico; Lat. basilicum : from. Gr. basilekqs= royal; basilews=a king..] . The English name of the Qcymum, a genus of plants belonging to the order Lamiaceae, or Labiates. The species are numerous; many of them come from the East Indies. They are fine-smelling plants. Sweet Basil or Basilicum is Ocymum basilicum. It is an aromatic pot-herb. Wild Basil is Calaminth a climopodium. basil-thyme, s. Calamimtha acimos. basil-weed, s. The same as Wild Basil (Cala- 7mintha climopodium). *bāş'-il (4), *bās'—sil, s. [Abbreviated from Fr. basilic-a basilisk, a kind of cannon.] ſº A long cannon, or piece of ordnance, garrying a bal of 160 lbs. weight, but practically useless. “She bare many canons, six on every side, with three great bassils, two behind in her dock, and one before.”— Pitscottie, pp. 107, 108. (Jamieson.) bāş'-il, v. t. [From basil, s.] To grind the edge º a. po to an angle. [For example, see BASIL 1), 8. bās'-i-lar, ba-sil'—ar—y, a. & s. [In Fr. basilaire: Port, basilar; Mod. Lat. basilaris; from basis.] [BASE, BASIS.] A. As adjective: 1. Gen. : Situated at the base of anything. 2. Anat. : Pertaining to any portion of the frame which forms a basis to other portions. B. As substantive: Amat..: An important artery. “. . . at the posterior margin of the pons they [the vertebral aſſº coalesce to form a single vessel, the basilar, which extends the whole length of the pons.”— Todd & Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 293. Ba-Ší1'-i-an, a. [Named after St. Basil, who founded a monastery in Pontus, and an order of monks, which soon spread over the East, was intro- quced into the West in 1957, and reformed by Popº Gregory XIII, in 1569.] Pertaining to the monks of the order of St. Basil. ba-ší1'-ic, *ba-šíl'—ick, a. & S. [In Sp. basilico; Lat, basilicus; Gr. basilikos=royal; from basileus= a king.] A. As adjective : 1. Pertaining to or resembling a basilica (q.v.). 2. Amat.: Pertaining to the vein of the arm called the basilic. [B. 2 “These aneurisms following always upon bleeding the basilic vein, must be aneurisms of the humeral artery. —Sharp. B. As substantive: 1. Arch. [BASILICA.] g 2. Amat.: A vein which crosses the radial arteſy in the bend of the elbow, and is separated from it by a tendinous expansion of the biceps muscle. . . is one of the two veins most frequently opened in blood-letting. ba-ší1'-i-ca, ba-Ší1'-ic, *ba-ší1-ick, s... [In Fr. basilique; Sp., Port., & Ital, basilico; Gr. basiliké from basilikos=royal; basilews=a king.] fāte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wore, wolf, wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu. = kW. basilical I. In the Greek period: Apparently, as the etymology shows, a royal, residence, though proof of the fact has not been obtained. II. In the Old Roman period : 1. A public building in the forum of Rome, furnished with double colonnades or aisles. It was used both as a court for the adminis; tration of justice and as an exchange for merchants. 2. Any similar building in other parts of Rome or in the provincial cities. III. In the Christian period: 1. A cathedral church. The name is given because under Constantine many basilicas were changed into Christian, churches, objection, being felt to transforming the heathen temples, the associations of which had been always anti-Christian, and often ºl. (See Trench's Symon. of New Testament, p. 139. 2. A royal palace. * g "I The term was also applied in the Middle Ages to the large canopied tomb of persons of distinction. (See Parker's Glossary of Her.) ba-šíl-ic—al, a. [Eng, basilic; -al.] The same as BASILIC, adj. (q.v.) basilical vein. Amat. [BASILIC, B, 2.] ba-šíl'—ic—an, a. [Eng, basilic (adj.), and suff. #"; The vein of the arm described under BASILIC, 2. e : e Z. g [...] : : tº {e de tº * * * * * * * a s a tº | tº º e º º & º * * * * * * * * * * * c e e s = • e ; : I. tº e eº * * * * • . . . . . . . . . . . g * * * * * * * * * e s e º e s a e Plan of Trajan's Basilica. * Soon after the execution of Charles I.; Howell made sarcastic allusion to the tragic event, by using the word basilican at once in its anatomical and its etymological sense. “I will attend with patience how England will thrive, now that she is let blood in the basilican vein.”—Howell: Lett., iii. 24. -*. *ba-Śil'-i-cok, s. [From Eng. basili(sk), and cock or cock (attrice).] [COCKATRICE.] A basilisk. (Chaucer.) ba-Síl-i-cón, s. [Gr. basilikon-royal, from its "sovereign” virtue..] An, ointment called also tetrapharmacon, from its being composed of four ingredients-yellow wax, black pitch, resin, and Olive oil. (Quincy.) “I made incision into the cavity, and put a pledget of basilicon over it.”—Wiseman. Ba-silº-i-dans, s. [Named after Basilides.] (See def. Church. Hist. : The followers of Basilides, an emi- ment Gnostic, who lived at Alexandria in the early part of the second century A. D. bāş-i-lis'-cis, s. [Lat, basiliscus, the fabulous animal described under BASILISK (q.v.).] Herpetology: A genus of Reptiles founded by Daud in...It belongs to the family lguanidae. There is a fin-like elevation, capable of being erected or depressed, running along the back and tail; there is no throat-pouch, and thigh-pores are absent. On the occiput is a membranous dilatable pouch. The Species are partly arboreal, partly aquatic. Basilis- CºtS mitrattus, the Hooded Basilisk, is from Guiana and other parts of tropical America. B. Amboinem- sis, the Crested Basilisk; is from Amboyna and other parts of the Indian Archipelago. Their habits are quite unlike those attributed to the fabulous basi- lisk of antiquity. [BASILIsk.] bāş-í-lisk, *bāş'-i-liske, s. [In Sw., Dan., & Ger, basilisk; Fr. basilic; Sp., Port., & Ital, basi- {{sco; Lat., basiliscus; Gr. basiliskos = (1) a little king or chieftain, (2) a kind of serpent, so named, according to Pliny, from a spot upon its head like a crown. (See example under A, 1.)] A. Ordinary Language: 1. A fabulous animal, imagined by the ancients to be so deadly that its look, and much more its breath, Was fatal to those who stood near. When it hissed, other serpents fled from it in alarm. [CockATRICE.j “Make me not sighted like the basilisk; I’ve looked on thousands who have sped the better By my regard, but kill’d none so.” Shakesp.: Winter's Tale, i. 2. { { The basilisk was a serpent not above three palms long, find, differenced from other serpents by advancing his head, and some white marks or coronary spots upon the Crown.”—Browne: Vulgar Errors. *2. An obsolete kind of cannon, supposed to re- $ºmble the fabulous basilisk in its deadly effect. [BASIL (4).] “We practice to make swifter motions than any you have, and to make them stronger and more violent than Yours are; exceeding your greatest cannons and basilisks.” 397 B. Technically: 1. Her. : The fabulous animal described under A., 1. In most respects it resembles the cockatrice, from which, however, it is distinguishable by hav- ing an additional head at the extremity of the tail. This peculiarity of its being two-headed makes it sometimes be called the Amphisien Cockatrice. [AMPHISIEN COCKATRICE.] 2. Zool. : The English name of the genus Basilis- cus (q.v.). bā'—sin (i mute, as if written ba n), bā'—sön (Eng.), *bā'—sing, plur. *bā'—sing—is (Q. Scotch), s. In Dan. & Fr. bassin; O. Fr., O. Sp., & Prov. bacin; od. Sp. & Port. bacia ; Ital, bacimo, Low. Lat. bacchinus; from bacca = a vessel for water. Cog- nate with Ger. becken- a basin, and Eng. bac, back (2) (q.v.).] A. Ordinary Language: I. Of cavities artificially made: 1. A small vessel for holding water, designed for washing or other purposes. “Hergest dotat this kirk with cowpis, challicis, basingis, lawaris.”—Bellend.: Crom., bk. vi., ch. 15. Pelvibws, Boci h. (Jamieson.) “We behold a piece of silver in a basin, when water is put upon it, which we could not discover before, as under the verge thereof.”—Browne: Pulgar Errors. “And he made all the vessels of the altar, the pots, and the shovels, and the basons, . .”—Ecod. xxxviii. 3. 2. Anything of similar form artificially made for holding water. Specially— (a) The cavity for receiving an ornamental sheet of water in a plantation, &c. (b) A dock in which vessels are received, discharge their cargo, and, if need be, are repaired. 3. Any hollow vessel, even though not designed for holding water. Thus the scales of a balance are sometimes, though rarely, called the basins of a balance. (Johnson.) [See also B.] II. Of cavities eacisting in mature: 1. The cavity naturally formed beneath a water- “Into a chasm a mighty block Hath fallen, and made a bridge of rock: The gulf is deep below; And in a basin black and small Receives a lofty waterfall.” Wordsworth : Idle Shepherd Boys. 2. A land-locked bay, or even a bay with a wide entrance. (a) With a narrow entrance. “The jutting land two ample bays divides; The spacious basins arching rocks inclose, A sure defense from every storm that blows.” Pope. (b) With a wide entrance. “ . which had assembled round the basinº of Tor- bay.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. 3. The bed of the ocean. “If this rotation does the seas affect, The rapid motion rather would eject The stores, the low capacious caves contain, And from its ample basin cast the main.” Platchemore. B. Technically: I. Mechanical Arts: 1. Among opticians: A concave piece of metal, in shape resembling a basin, on which glass-grinders form their convex glasses. 2. Among hat-makers: A round shell or case of iron placed over a furnace, in which hatters mold a hat into form. II. Nature : 1. Amat. : A round cavity situated between the anterior ventricles of the brain. 2. Physical Geography : (a) A circular or oval valley, generally forming the bed of a lake, or, if not, then having a river flowing through it. (b) The entire area drained by a river, as the basin of the Amazon; or the channel of an ocean, as the Atlantic Ocean. III. Geology: 1. In the same sense as B., II. 2 (a). “. . there was a point in connection with this which Professor Ramsay said he claimed as his own idea, and that was with regard to the origin of lake-basins. #is belief is that in affi cases they have originated from glaciers; that is, that the basins have been scooped out by glaciers.”—Lecture at the London. Institution. (Times, March 7, 1878.) 2. A depression in strata in which beds of later age have been deposited. . e tº e 3. A circumscribed geological formation in which the strata dip on all sides inward. Coal frequently occurs in the Carboniferous formation in such a depression. . -. basin-Shaped, a. Shaped like a basin. bā'-Sined (i mute), a. [Eng. basin, -ed.]. Situ- basket bā'-sī-nērved, G. [Lat, basi(s), and Eng. merved.] Botany. Of leaves: Having the nerves, or “ribs,” all springing from the base. bás'-in-èt, s. [BASCINET.] *bā'—sińg, s. [BASIN.] (O. Scotch.) bā-si-rós"—tral, a. [Lat. basis (BASIS), and ºrgstralis=pertaining to the rostrum, or bill of a bird..] Situated at the base of the bill. “Several persons have supposed or imagined it [the serrated claw in the Goat-sucker] to be for the purpose of enabling the bird to clear away from between its basi rostral bristles the fragments of wings or other parts of lepidopterous insects, which by adhering have clogged them.”—Macgillivray: Brit. Birds, vol. ili., p. * - bā'-sis, s... [In Fr., Port., & Ital, base; Sp. basa; Dan., Dut., Ger., & Lat. basis; Gr. basis=a stepping, a step, a foot, a foundation; baimô=to walk, to Step, to go.] A. Ordimary Langwage: I. Lit. Of things which are or are assumed to be material: That on, which anything rests, or is supposed to rest; the lowest part of anything, as the foundation of a building, &c. 1. Generally : “In altar-wise a stately pile they rear, The basis broad below, and top advanc’d in air.” Dryden., “Ascend my chariot, guide the rapid wheels That shake heaven’s basis, . 7 y iſiiton; P. L., bl. vi. 2. Specially. [B., I. 1 & 2.] II. Of things immaterial: The fundamental prin- ciple, groundwork, or support of anything. “. . . bulid me thy fortunes upon the basis of walor.”—Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, iii. 2. “. . all parts of an author's work were, moreover, supposed to rest on the same basis.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. i., § 1 “. ... the basis of the negotiations of the approach- ing Conference, .”—Times, November 11, 1876. f B. Technically: I. Architecture : 1. The pedestal of a column; the lowest part of a column, the other being the shaft and the capital. [BASE.] “Observing an English inscription upon the basis, we read it over several times.”—Addison. 2. The pedestal of a statue. “How many times shall Caesar bleed in sport, That now on Pompey’s basis lies along No worthier than the dust!” Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, iii. 1. II. Chem. : The same as BASE (q.v.). III. Pros.: The smallest trochaic rhythm. bā'-sī-sö-lüte, a. [Lat, basis=a base, and solutus=unbound, loose, free ; pa. par. of solvo-to- loosen, to separate, to §§ Botany. Of leaves: Extended downward beyond. the point at which theoretically they arise. ibà’-sist, s. [From Eng. base in music.] One : who sings base or bass. *bā'—sit, pa. par. [BASED.] (Scotch...) bask, *baske, v. t. & i. [Etym. doubtful. Prob- ably from O. Sw. basa = to bask (Todd, Wedgwood, . &c.). Compare also Dut, bakeremºto swaddle, . . . to bask in the sun. Cognate with Eng. bake (q.v.). Mahn suggests also Ger. bācherm, běichelm- º º by warmth; and Wedgwood Eng. bathe QI. V.). A. Transitive: To place in the sun with the view of being warmed by its heat. “'Tis all thy business, business how to shun, To bask thy naked body in the sun.”—Dryden. T It is sometimes used reciprocally with the word . self. “He was basking himself in the gleam of the sun.”— L’Estrange. B. Intransitive (now the more frequent): 1. Lit.: To repose in the sun for the purpose of feel- ing its genial warmth; to sun one's self. , (Used of man, of the inferior animals, or even of plants.) “. . . a group of six or seven of these hideous reptiles . may oftentimes be seen on the black rocks, a few feet above the surf, basking in the sun with outstretched legs.” Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xvii. 2. Fig.: To repose amid genial influences. basked, pa. par. & Cº. [BASK.] bask'—ét, *bask-Étte, s. [A Celtic word. In Corn, basket; Welsh, bgsged, bascod, basgawd, bas- gawda ; from basg=plaiting, network; Irish bascaid, bascaied, basceid. Lat, bascauda, avowedly derived from the Old British. (See I.)] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. A light and airy vessel made of plaited osiers, twigs, or similar flexible material, much used in – Bacom. ated in a basin; inclosed in a basin. (Young.) domestic arrangements. bºl, boy; pout, Jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, xenophon, exist. ph = f; & t { "91&n, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = shiis. -ble, -die, &c. = bel, del. . basket-carriage T. The baskets made by the old inhabitants of Britain were so good that they became celebrated at Rome, and were called by a Latin name which was confessedly only their native appellation pro- nounced by foreign lips. Martial thus speaks of them: “Barbara de pictis venit bascauda Britan- nis” (“The barbarian basket came from the painted Britons”). By “barbarian ’’ he probably meant made by foreigners, as contradistinguished from Romans, and did not mean in any way to impeach the excellence of the manufacture." Mr. Freeman (O. Eng. Hist, for Children) instances basket as one of the few Welsh words in English, and points out that the small number that do exist are mainly the sort of words which the women, whether wives or slaves, would bring in. From this and other facts, he infers that in what at the end of the sixth cen- tury had become England, the prior inhabitants had been all but extirpated by the Anglo-Saxon invaders. “. . . a basket of unleavened bread.”—Lev. viii. 2. “And they did all eat, and were filled: and they took up of the fragments that remained twelve baskets full.”— Matt. xiv. 20. 2. As a vague measure of capacity: As many of anything as the size of basket generally used for containing that article will hold. “One brave soldier has recorded in his journal the kind and courteous manner in which a basket of the first cher- ries of the year was accepted from him by the king.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. B. Technically: 1. Her. : Winnowing-basket. [WINNOWING, WANE.] 2. Mil. [GABION. g & 3, Arch. : The base of a Corinthian capital. (Gwilt.) 4. Hait-making: A wicker-work or wire screen tused in the process of bowing (q.v.). basket-carriage, s. , A. Small carriage with a wicker bed, adapted to be drawn by ponies. basket-fish, s. Not a genuine “fish,” but a “Star- fish.” It is of the genus Astrophyton and the family Ophiuridae. LARGUS.]--> * basket-hilt, s. The hilt of a weapon, so called because it is made in something like the shape of a basket, so as to contain the whole hand, and defend it from being wounded in fighting or fencing. - The basket-hilt of a single stick is usually made of wicker-work. “With basket-hilt that would hold broth, And serve for fight and dinner both.” Hudibras. basket-hilted, a. Having a basket-hilt. basket-osier, basket Osier, s. The English name of Saliac Forbyama. It grows wild in many countries, and is cultivated for purposes of com- merce, being much esteemed by basket-makers for the finer sorts of wicker-work. basket-salt, s. Salt made from salt springs, of a finer quality than ordinary salt; so called from the shape or construction of the vessel in which the brine is evaporated. basket-woman, S. A woman who attends at markets with a basket, ready to carry home any- thing which is bought by customers. basket-WOrk, S. 1. Work or texture of plaited osiers or twigs. {WICKER-work.] * e s & 2. Fortification: Work involving the interweaving of withes and stakes—e.g., fascines, hurdles, &c. bagk'-ët, v. t. [From basket, S. (q.v.)] To put in a basket. (Cowper.) bask'-êt-fúl, s. [Eng. basket; full.] 1. A basket º full of any substance. .. 2. As much of anything as would fill an Ordinary basket. #bask'—ét-ry, s. [Eng. basket; suff. -ry.] A num- ber of baskets regarded collectively. bask'—ifig, pr. par. & al. [BASK, v. č.] basking-shark, 8... A sharks called in English also the Sun-fish and the Sail-fish, and by Zoologists Selachºws maacimus. As its name maſcimus imports, it is the largest known shark, Sometimes, reaching thirty-six feet in length, but it has little of the ferocity seen in its immediate, allies. It is called “basking ” because it has a habit of lying motion- less on the water, as if enjoying the warmth of the sun. It inhabits the Northern Seas, but is occasion- ally found on the shores of England. [SELACHUS.] *bās'—nat (pl. sº s. [Fr;, basinette, dimin. from bassin–a basin.] A small basin; a little bowl. (Scotch.) “. . . twa blankatis, price viijs.: twa targeatis, price of pece xs.: thre basmatis, price of the pece, xiijs. iiijd.” —Act. Dom. Conc. A. 1491, p.195. (Jamieson.) 398 bā'-sön (1), s. [BASIN.] *bā'—sön (2), s. [BAwson.] , Basque (que as k), a., & S. [Fr. Basque=pertain- ing to Biscay or its inhabitants.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to the Basque race or language. B. As substantive: 1. One of the , Basque race. This extremely antique race, which probably once occupied the whole Iberian peninsula, exists in the Spanish provinces of Guipuzcoa, Biscay, Alava, and Na- varre, and in France in Labourd, Bassé Navarre, and Soule. 2. The Basque language. It has no close affinity to any European tongue. Even the numerals are unique, except Sei (six), and bi (two). 3. A jacket with a short skirt worn by ladies, copied probably from the Basque costume. tRås'-quish (qu as k), a. [Eng. Basqu(e); -ish. In Ger. Baskisch.j 1. After the manner of the Basques. 2. Pertaining to the Basque language. “. . . their words were Basquish or Cantabrian.”— Sir T. Browne: Tracts, p. 136. bas-ré–lief (s. mute), s. [Fr.] [BASS-RELIEF.] bass (1), s. [A corruption or alteration of bast • W. ) . "I See also BAST (1). 1. The inner bark of the lime or linden tree, from which mats are made in Russia. [See Nos. 2, 3.] 2. The lime or linden-tree itself (Tilia, Europoea), also the American species (Tilia Americanva). [BASS-WOOD.] 3. A mat made of the inner bark of the lime or linden-tree, or of any similar material. Specially- (1) In England: A hassock or thick mat on which people kneel at church. % In Scotland: a) A mat laid at a door for cleaning one's feet. (Jamiesom.) (b) A mat used for packing bales of (Jamiesom.) c) A sort of mat on which dishes are placed at table, especially meant for preserving the table º being stained by those that are hot. (Jamie- SO??, ba.SS-WOOd, s. 1. The wood of the American lime or linden-tree (Tilia Americana). “All the bowls were made of bass-wood, White and polished very smoothly.” Longfellow: Song of Hiawatha, xi. 2. The tree itself. ibass (2), s. [BASSE.] bāSS (3), *bāse, *basse, a. & S. [In Sw., Dan., & Dut. bas; Ger. bass: Fr. basse; Sp. baaro; Port. baiaco; Ital, basso.] [BASE.] A. As adj. (Music): Of a low or deep pitch; grave, as opposed to acute. (The form base is now obsolete, being superseded by bass.) “In §. the lower the note-holes be, and the further from the mouth of the pipe, the more base sound they yield.”—Bacon. B. As subst (Music): 1. The string which gives a base sound. “At thy well-sharpen'd thumb, from shore to shore, The trebles squeak for fear, the bases roar.” Dryden. 2. An instrument which plays the bass part; specially of the violoncello or bass-viol, and the contrabasso or double bass. Both this and the previous sense are found in the following example: “Now Mr. Fearing was one that played upon the bass. IHe and his fellows sound the sackbut, whose notes are more doleful than the notes of other music are; though indeed some say the bass is the ground of music. And for my part, I care not at all for that profession which begins not in heaviness of mind." The first string that the musician usually touches is the bass, when he intends to put all in tune. God also plays upon this string first, when he sets the soul in tune for himself.”—Bunyan: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. 3. The lowest of the principal human voices; those higher in pitch being, respectively, baritome, tenor, alto Or contralto, mezzo-soprano, soprano. 4. Plural. The portion of a choir singing the bass E.; also the portion of a string-band playing the ass part. 5. In compound words: The lowest instrument of any class or family of instruments; as bass-clariomet, bass-flute, bass-horm, bass-trombone, bass-twba, bass- viol Or base-viol. 6. Bass-string or base-string: The string of lowest pitch on a string instrument having deep Sounds. 7. Bass-clef: The lowest sign of absolute pitch goods. basset j T. A fundamental bass: The supposed generator Qr foundation of any harmonic combination. Thus () iş, said to be the fundamental base of the chord 4 y } & Example of Figured Base from Corelli. ‘I Thorough or continuous bass: Originally the bass part figured for the player on a harpsichord or Organ. Hence, the art of adding chords to a figured bass; the art of harmony. #j ba.SS-horn, S. . A wind instrument of low tone, deeper than the bassoon. ba.SS-Viol, fbase-viol, s. [Eng. bass, base; viol. In. Sw. & Dan, bas-fiol; Fr. basse de viole: Port. bai.co de viola..] A stringed instrument for playing bass; a violoncello. “On the sweep of the arch lies one of the Muses, play- ing on a base-viol.”—Dryden. “At the first grin he cast every human feature out of his countenance, at the second he became the head of a base-viol.”—Addison. iba.SS, v. t. [From the substantive. Comp. Fr. baisser=to lower, to sink, to depress.] To sound in a deep grave tone. “Methought the billows spoke and told me of it; The winds did sing it to me, and the thunder, That deep and dreadful organ-pipe, pronounc'd The name of Prosper; it did bass my trespass.” Shakesp.: Tempest, iii. 3. băss, a. [Fr. bas-low.] Low. (Used in com- position, as in bass-relief, &c. ba.SS-relief, bas-relief, basso-relievo, s. [In w., Dut., & Ger. bas relief; Fr. bas-relief; Šp. bāºo relieve; Ital, basso-rilievo. From Fr. bas, Sp. baco, Ital, basso–low ; and Fr. relief, Sp. relieve, Ital. relievo- (1) a relief, foil, set-off; (2) relief in paint- ing and sculpture, (3) embossing.] Low relief; a kind of sculpture, a coin, medal, &c., or embossing, in which the figures are “in relief,” that is, are raised above the plane in which they stand, but are raised only slightly, this being implied by the French word bas–low. More specifically, they stand out less than half their proper proportions: had they stood out half their proportions, the term used would have been mezzo-relievo (meaning, in middle relief); and had they done so more than half, the word used would have been alto-relievo, signifying=in high, bold, or strong relief. basse, fbass, *base, *bar (Ord. Eng.), barse, barge (Provinc. Eng.), s. [From A. S. boers, bears, the kind of perch described in the def. ; Dut. baars =a perch; Ger, bars, barsch, béirsich=the barse, a perch. Akin, though not so closely, also to Eng. perch Fr. perche; Ital. pertica, Low Lat. parca, porca; Sp. & Lat. perca; Gr. perkö, perkos=dark- colored, dusky.] A. Formerly (with little precision): Either the marine fish described under B., or some fresh water perch resembling it. “Bar, the fish called a base.”—Cotgrave. “Item, there is within the said manor a great tarne or fish-pond, called Talken Tarn, wherein are good store of pyke, barces, trow tes, and eyles.”—Hutchison: Hist. Cumberland, i. 149. (Boucher.) B. Now (more precisely): 1. A fish of the order Acanthopterygii and family Percidae. It was known to the Greeks, as labraw, and to the Romans, as lupus, and is the Labraw lupus of Cuvier, and the Perca labraa, of Linnaeus, It is like the perch, but is marine, . It is used for food. It has been known to weigh thirty pounds. “For catching of whiting and basse they use a thread.” —Carew: Survey of Cornwall, p. 32. (Boucher.) 2. A sea-fish, caught particularly at the Potomac and Chesapeake Bay. It is highly esteemed in Virginia. (Boucher.) ibas'—sén-èt, *bas'—san-ètte, s. [BASCINET.] bas'—sét, fbas—sét", *bas—sétt'e, s. & a. [In Dan. bassetspil; Ger, bassetspiel; Fr. bassette ; Sp. baceta . Ital, bassetta=somewhat less dimin. of basso–low.] [BASS, BASSE.] A. As substantive: A game at cards, said to have been invented by a Venetian noble... It was intro- duced into France in 1674. The parties to the gaine are nominally a dealer or banker; his assistant, who supervises the losing card; and the punter, to play against the banker. “Some dress, some dance, some play, not to forget Your picquet parties, and your dear basset.” *bás'—nét, s. [BASCINET.] used in music; the F clef. Rowe. fāte, fit, fire, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wore, wolf, work, whö, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian. 2, Ce = €; ey = a, qu = kW. $. basset-table . . . B. As adjective: Pertaining to the game described under A. “ Gamesters would no more blaspheme; and Lady Dab- cheek's basset bank would be broke.”—Dennis. basset-table, s. A table upon which basset is played. º “The basset-table spread, the tallier come; Why stays Smilinda in the dressing-room * Pope, Miscellanies, The Basset-table, i. 2. bás'—sét (1), a. & S. . [Comp. Old Fr. basset, dº of bas- ow, as Ital, bassetto is dimin. Of basso =low.] e A. As adjective (among miners); Having a direc- tion at one side toward the surface of the earth; tending to crop Out. B. As substantive (among miners): The outcrop of strata at the surface of the ground. bás'—sét (2), a. [Comp. Ital, bassetto-Somewhat low, dimin. of basso–low. In O. Fr. & Proy, basset =somewhat low.] . [BASSET, adj. & S.] (Used in composition, as in Basset-horn, q, V.) basset-horn, S. [Ital cormo, di basetto...]. A musical instrument, the tenor of the clarinet fam- ily, having more than three octaves in its compass, extending upward from F below the bass. Stave. It differs from the shape of the clarinet mainly in having the bell-mouth, which is made of metal, recurved. fbás'—sét, v. i. [From basset, a. & 8. (q.v.)] Among miners: To rise to , the surface of the earth. (Applied specially to beds of coal, which thus rise in a direction contrary to that in which they dip.) bás'-sét-iñg, pr. par. & S. [BASSET, v.] º As substantive (among miners): The rise of a vein of coal to the surface of the earth; the cropping out of coal in the direction contrary to its dip. bas-sétte, s. [Fr.] The same as BASSET, 8. (q.v.) [BASSETTO.] bas-sét'—tó, bas-sétt'e, s. [Ital, bassetto (adj.) =somewhat low ; (s.) , counter-tenor.] [BASSET, adj.] A tenor or Small bass-viol. bás'-si-a, s. [Named after Fernando Bassi, curator of the botanic gardens at Bologna.] A genus of plants belonging to the Order Sapotaceae (Sapotads). It consists of large trees which grow in the East Indies. Bassia latifolia (Broad-leaved Bassia) is common in some parts of India. It is called the Mohra or Moho-tree. The flowers have a heavy, sickening smell, and an intoxicating. Spirit is distilled from them. B. butyracea is the Indian Butter-tree. The African Butter-tree, that of Mungo Park and Bruce, is also a Bassia. *bas'—sil, s. [BASIL (4).] thäs'—sin-èt, s. [BASCINET.] bás'-si-nētte, s. [Derived from Fr. berceau- nette, dimin. of berced w = a cradle.] A wicker bas- ket with a covering or hood over the end, in which young children are placed as in a cradle. băss'-mät, s. [Scotch bass (BAST), and Eng. that, ) Matting made of bass, used for various gar- dening purposes. bás'-sà (1), s. [Ital, basso.] [BAss.] 1. The bass in music. 2. One who sings or plays the bass part. “Soprano, basso, even the contra-alto, Wished him five fathom under the Rialto.” * Byron: Beppo, xxxii. bāS-Sö’ (2), s. [BASHAW.] A pacha. “Great kings of Barbary and my bassoes.” Marlowe: 1 Tamburlaine, iii. 2. bašSO-concertante, s. . [Ital.] The principal bass string-instrument; that which accompanies recitatives and solos. basso-continuo, s. . [Ital, basso, and continuo- çontinual.] Continued or thorough-bass, i. e., the gured bass written continuously throughout a movement, for the use of the player on a harpsi- chord or organ. [BAss (3).] bass0-rilievo, basso-relievo, s. [Ital.] [BAS- RELIEF.] basso-ripieno, s. [Ital, basso, and ripieno=full, filled.] The bass of the grand chorus, which comes in only occasionally. bás'-sögk, bás'—söc, s. [From bass, and dimin. Suff. -ock.] A bass, a mat. bāS-Sö0'n, “bas-sà'n, s. [In Sw. bassong; Dan. & Dut, basson; Fr. basson; Sp. bazon; Port.baiacao; Ital, fagotto=a fagot, so called from its similarity in appearance to a bundle of sticks.] 1. A reed instrument of the “double-reed” class, forming in ordinary orchestras the tenor and bass of the wood-wind band. . It has a compass of about three octaves, commencing at the note B flat below the bass stavé. “The wedding guest here beat his breast, For he heard the loud bassoon.” Coleridge: Ancient Marimer. böy; pâût, jówl; bóil, çell, chorus, * 399 2. An organ-stop of a quality of tone similar to the orchestral instrument. º 3. A series of free reeds on a harmonium or kin- dred instrument, of a like quality of tone. bas-sàon’—ist, s. [Eng: bassoon; -ist.] A musician whose instrument is the bassoon. Bås'—sör—a, Bús'-sör-ah, 8, & a. [From Arab. basra = a margin.] A. As substantive: A frontier city of Asiatic Turkey on the Shat-el Arab (river of the Arabs), made by the junction of the Euphrates and the Tigris into one stream. It is about seventy miles from the Persian Gulf. B. As adjective : Pertaining to Bassora. Bassora-gum, S. Gum brought from Bassora. It is supposed to be derived either from a Cactus or a Mesembryanthemum. bās -sår-in, s. [In Fr. bassorime.] Chem : A kind of mucilage found in gum-traga- cantla, which forms a jelly with water, but does not dissolve in it. º * A clear, aqueous-looking liquid, apparently of the nature of bassorin, exists in the º: cells of the tubercular roots of some terrestrial Orchids of the section Ophy reas. It is formed of minute cells, each with its cytoblast; the whole being compactly aggregated in the interior of the parent cell. bás'—sis, s. [Lat. Bassus, a proper name.] . A genus of hymenopterous insects, belonging to the family Braconidae. They have long narrow bodies, and frequent umbelliferous flowers. *bāst, v. t. [BASTE.] (Scotch.) bäst (1), pa. par. [BASTED, BAST, v.] (Scotch.) bäst (2), pa. par. [BASE, v.; BASED, pa, par.] (Scotch.) bäst (1), bāss (1), s. [A. S. boest=the inner bark of the linden-tree, of which ropes were made; boesten rap-a linden or bast rope; Icel., Sw., Dan., Dut., & Ger. bast : O. H. Ger., bast, past. ... In Dut. bast means also back, rind, cod, husk, ; 1. Properly: The inner bark of the lime or linden- tree, used in Russia and elsewhere for making mats. [BASS.] 2. A rope made from this material. 3. Anything similar. Spec., a strong woody fiber derived from two palms, Attalew funifera and Leopoldiana Piassaba, and used for making brooms and brushes. ‘I Cuba, bast: The fibers of Paritium elatwºm, a Mallow-wort. It is used for tying up plants in gardens, or binding together cigars. (Trectswry of Botany.) bast-matting, bast matting, Russian mat- ting, s. The matting formed from the inner bark of the lime. (Hooker dº Armott's Brit. Flora, order Tiliaceae.) bäst (2), s. [BASTE.] bās'—ta, adv. [Ital. basta=enough.] Music : Enough l stop | A term used when the leader of a band wishes to stop a performer. (Crabb.) *bás-tā'il-yie, s. [BASTILLE.] (O. Scotch.) bás'—tant, a. [Fr. bastant, pr. par. of baster=to be sufficient, to go on well; Sp., Port., & Ital. bas- tamte-sufficient; Sp. & Port, bastar=to suffice, to supply, to give; itai, bastare-to be sufficient; basta, =enough..] Possessed of ability. “If we had been provided of ball, we were sufficiently bastant to have kept the passe against our enemy.”— Monro - Exped., i. 20. (Jamieson.) bás'—tard, *bās'—tarde, *bās'—tarst, s. & a. ſº bast(e)=illegitimacy (q. v.), and suff. -ard. n Sw., Dan., & Ger. bastard; Dut. bastatard; Fr. bâtard; O. Fr. & Prov. bastard, bastart; Sp., Port., & Ital, bastardo; Low Lat. bastardus. Mahn con- siders the ultimate etymology to be Fr. bāt; O. Fr. & Prov. bast; Low Lat. basta, bastwm= a pack- saddle, muleteers at the inns being accustomed to use their packsaddles as beds. . Wedgwood, again, regards bastard as remotely derived from Celt, baos =lust, fornication.] [BASTE. 1 A. As substantive: I. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit. : An illegitimate child. [A., II. 1.] “To anounce Robert his sone, that bastarst, was there . . .”—Rob. Glouces., p. 431. (S. in Boucher.) “I laugh to think that babe a bastard.” Shakesp.: Tinnom, i. 2. 2. Figuratively: (a) Anything spurious, counterfeit, or false. “. . . words that are but rooted in Your tongue, though but bastards and syllables Of no allowance to your bosom’s truth.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, iii. 2. (b) The wine described under A., II. 3. II. Technically: 1. Law: (1) United States Law: In many of the States of the Union the civil and canon laws provide that a go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bençh; Sin, bastard bastard may become legitimate by the marriage of the parents at any time subsequent to the birth of the child. In certain States of the Union a child must be born after the lawful marriage to be legiti- mate. (2), English Law: One born out of lawful wedlock. (A child begotten out of lawful wedlock may be legitimized if its parents marry before its birth.) TI A bastard, being looked on legally as no one's SOn, Cannot inherit property, though he may acquire it by his own exertions. Other disabilities under which he formerly labored have been removed. * When a man has a bastard son, and afterward marrying the mother has a legitimate son by her, the former is called bastard eigne, and the latter mvulier pwisne. ... (3) Scots Law: In Scotland a child is legitimized if its parents marry at any future, period; this was the case also in the Roman law, which the Scotch in this respect followed. 2. Hist. (Plur. Bastards). [So called because headed by the illegitimate sons of noblemen, who, on account of being bastards, were incapable of inheriting Fº The name given to certain bandits, who in the fourteenth century rose in Guienne, and, joining with the English, set fire to various towns. *3. Wine-making: A name formerly applied to a foreign sweet wine sometimes called muscadel [MUSCADEL). It came chiefly from Candia. “Why, then, your brown bastard is your only drink.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., ii. 4. 4. Sugar-refining: (a) (Pl. Bastards): An impure, coarse brown. sugar, one of the refuse products in the manufac- ture of refined sugar. It is occasionally used in brewing, and frequently by publicans to bring up the color and gravity of beers which they have adulterated. (b) Sing. : A large-sized mold in which sugar is drained. (Ure.) B. As adjective: I. Ordimary Language: 1. Lit. : Begotten out of wedlock; illegitimate; natural. “Peace is a very apoplexy, lethargy, insensible, . . . a getter of more bastard children than war's a destroyer of men.”—Shakesp.: Coriolanus, iv. 5. 2. Figuratively: (a). Spurious, not genuine; adulterated, implying inferiority to the thing counterfeited. “That were a kind of bastard hope indeed.”—Shakesp.: Men', 'hamt of Venice, iii. 5. “Men who, under the disguise of public good, pursue their own designs of power, and such bastard honors as attend them.”—Temple. , (b) Resembling anything else, though not iden- tical with it. Not necessarily implying inferiority to that which it is like. (Used specially of plants or animals resembling others, but not really iden- tical with them, at the same time they are just as perfect as the species whose “bastards” they are.) [See II. 6 & 7.] II. Technically : 1. Military. Of cannon: Of an abnormal type; for instance, longer or shorter than ordinary. 2. Printing: - (a) Bastard or half-title: An abbreviated title on a page preceding the full title-page of a book. (b) Bastard fownt: A fount of type cast on a smaller or larger body than that to which it usually belongs. In the former case the lines appear closer together, and in the latter wider apart, than in type cast on the usual body. 3. JVime-making. Bastard wines (pl.) : Those partly sweet, partly astringent. “Such wines are called mungrel or bastard wines, which, betwixt the sweet and astringent ones, have neither manifest sweetness nor manifest astriction, but indeed participate and contain in them both qualities.” —Markham: Transl. of Maison Rustique (1616), p. 635. (S. in Boucher.) 4. Plastering. Bastard stucco: A kind of stucco, made two-thirds of lime and one-third of fine pure sand; also, the finishing coat of plastering when prepared for paint. 5. Painting. Bastard Scarlet: dyed with madder. 6. Botany: - Bastard Alkamet, Bastard-alkanet: The bark of Tithospermum arvense (Common Gromwell). It abounds with a deep-red dye, which is easily com- municated to oily substances like the true Alkanet (Amchwsa tinctoria). Bastard Balm, Bastard-balm : The English name of Melittis, a genus of Lamiaceae (Labiates). Specially applied to the Melittis melissophyllum. It has beautiful flowers of variegated coſor, and in a herbarium acquires and long retains a smell like that of Anthoxanthum. Bastard Cabbage-tree: The English name of Geoffroya, an anomalous genus with papilionaceous flººrs, and drupes instead of proper legumes for TUll U. a $; Of a red color expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. •cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. -ble, -dle, —tion, -Sious = Shiis. -sion = shin; -Šion = –tion, Zhiin. -tious, -cious, bastard-file Bastard Cedar, Bastard-cedar: (a) The English name of the Cedrela, a genus constituting the typical one of the order Cedrelaceae (Cedrelads). [CEDRELA.] Also the wood of various species of the genus. me kind comes from Aus- tralia, and another from the West Indies. The latter is , of a brown color and a fragrant odor, whence the name of cedar has been given to it. It is light, soft, and well adapted for making canoes and other purposes. (b) The English name of the Bubroma, a genus belonging to the order Byttneriaceae (Byttneriads). The Bubroma, guazuma (Elm-leaved Bastard Cedar) grows in Jamaica. The wood is light and easily wrought. The tree is an umbrageous one, and Sup- plies cattle not merely with food, but with shelter from heat. [BUBROMA.] Bastard Cinnamom, Bastard-cinnamom . . A tree, Lawrus cassia, which grows in Ceylon. It is decor- ticated like the True Cinnamon, but of inferior value, being more largely imbued with mucilage. Bastard Dittany, Bastard-dittany: A rutaceous plant, Dictammus Fraasimella. * Bastard Flower Fence: The English name of Ademanthera, a genus of 8. belonging to the leguminous order and the Caesalpineous sub-Order. [ABENANTHERA.] Bastard Hare's Ear: The English name of tho Phyllis, a genus belonging to the order Cinchonaceae (Cinchonads). Phyllis mobla, from the Canaries, is an evergreen shrub with beautiful leaves. Bastard Hemp : A plant, Datisca cammabina. It belongs to the Datiscaceae, or Datiscads. & Bastard Indigo, Bastard-indigo: The English name of a genus of plants belonging to the legum- inous order. There are several species, all Amer- ican. Amorpha fruticosa, or . Shrubby Bastard Indigo, was once used in Carolina as an indigo- plant, but it is now abandoned. º Bastard Lupine, Bastard-lupine: The English name of Lupinaster, a genus of leguminous plants from Siberia. Bastard Manchimeel : The English name of Cam- eraria, a genus of plants belonging to the Order Apocynaceae (Dog-banes). e Bastard Orpine: The English name of the An- drachne, a genus of euphorbiaceous plants. Bastard Pimpernel: The English name of Cen- tunculus, a genus of plants belonging to the Order Primulaceae (Primworts). Bastard Quince: The English name of Pyrus Chamoemespilus, which grows in the Pyrenees. . Bastard Rocket: A cruciferous plant, Brassica, JErwcastrum. e * Bastard Star of Bethlehem : A name sometimes given to a liliaceous plant, a species of Albuca. The genuine Star of Bethlehem is Ornithogalwm wºmbel- latwºm. Bastard Stone-parsley: The English name of the umbelliferous genus Sison. * Bastard Toad-flaa: ; The English name of Thesium, a genus of plants belonging to the Order Sºlaces (Santalworts). The species are obscure WeCOS. Bastard Vervain: The English name of Stachy- tarpheta, a genus belonging to the order Verben- aceae, or Verbenas. Stachytarpheta mutabilis, or Changing Flower, is a beautiful shrub, a native of South America. Bastard Vetch : The English name of Phaca, a genus of leguminous plants, which grow Wild in many countries. They are pretty herbaceous plants resembling Astragalus. bastard-file, s. One of a grade between the rough and the smooth in respect of the relative prominence and coarseness of the teeth. (Knight.) bastard-wing, s. Three or , four. , Quill-like feathers placed at a small joint in the middle of the wing. “. . . I presume that the ‘bastard-wing’ in birds may be safely considered as a digit in a rudimentary state, . . .”—Darwin: Origin of Species, ch. xiii. ibás'—tard, v. t. . [From bastard, s. (q. v.)] To pronounce to be a bastard. “She lived to see her brother beheaded, and her two sons deposed from the crown, bastarded in their blood, and cruelly murdered.”—Bacom. ibás'—tard-šd, pa. par. & al. [BASTARD, v.] ibás'—tard-iñg, *bās'—tard-yńg, pr. par. & S. [BASTARD, v.] bás'—tard-ism, s. [Eng, bastard; -ism..] The state or condition of a bastard. (Cotgrave.) bās'—tard—ize, v. t. [Eng. bastard; -ize.] I. With a person for the object: *1. To beget a bastard. “I should have been that I am, had the maiden]iest star in the firmament twinkled on my bastardizing.”— Shakesp.: King Lear, i. 2. 2. To render one a bastard by legislation, or to convict one of being a bastard; legally to declare one a bastard. (Burm: Just. of Peace.) 400 --- II. With a thing for the object: To render ille- gitimate or abnormal. [See example under the participial adjective.] bās—tard-i zed, pa. par. & a. “. . . irregular, abbreviated, and bastardized lan- guages.”—Darwin: Descent of Man, vol. i., pt. i., ch. ii. bās-tard-i z-iñg, pr: par., s, & a. [BASTARDIZE.] bās'—tard–ly, adv. & a. A. As adverb: Like a bastard; after the mannor of . a bastard. [Used (lit.) of persons or (fig.) of things.] “Good seed degenerates, and oft obeys The soil's disease, and into cockle strays; Let the mind’s thoughts but be transplanted so Into the body, and bastardl iſ they grow.”—Donne. B. As adjective: Spurious, counterfeit, not really what it looks like or is called after. “ IBastardly tertian . . .”—Barrough: Physic (1624). (Halliwell: Contr. to Leacicoſy.) bás'—tard–y, s. [Eng. bastard; -y. In Sp. & Port, bastardia ; Ital, bastardigia.] The state or condition of a bastard. “There, at your meetest advantage of the time, Infer the bastardy of Edward’s children.” Shakesp.: Richard III., iii. 5. bäste (1), (Eng.), bāst (Scotch), v. t. [In Icel beysta=to strike, to powder; Sw, běsta = to baste, to whip, to flog, to beat, to lash ; Fr. bastomer = to cudgel, to bastinado; Sp. bastectºr; Port. bastomar; Ital, bastomare. From O. Fr., Sp., & Prov. bastom; Mod. Fr. bātom Ital, bastome = a staff, a stick. Compare also Dan, baske = to beat, strike, cudgel; bask=a stripe, a blow. } {BASTINADO.] 1. To beat with a cudgel. . 2. To drip fat or anything similar on meat when it is turning on the spit or roasting-jack to be roasted; to soften by means of such fat. “The fat of roasted mutton falling on the birds will serve to baste them, and so save time and butter.”—Swift. bāste (2) (Eng.), bāiss (Scotch), v, t. [From O. Fr. bastir; Mod. Fr. bātīr= to build, . . . . to baste; Sp. bastear, embastar; Ital. imbastire=to sew with long stitches; from basta = a long stitch. Compare Dan. besye = to sew, to stitch, to embroider; M. Ger, bestam=to sew.] To sew slightly with the view of holding the portions of a dress in their proper place till they can be sewed more thoroughly. (Lit. dé fig.) bā'st-éd (1) a. [BASTE (1). bā'st-éd (2), *bā'st-en, pa. par. & a. [BASTE (2).] *bā'St-en, pa. par. [Ger. bastem.] [BASTE (1).] *bā'st-êr, s. [Eng. bast(e); -er.] A blow with a stick or similar weapon. (Todd.) Bås-tille, *bás'-tile, *bás-tylle (ylle as il), ºbás-têll, *bās'-té1,... *bās-ti-li-an, ºbás-til— li-Ön (Eng.), *bās'—tail-yie (O. Scotch), s. [O. Fr. bastille= a fastness, a castle furnished with towers; from bastir, Mod. Fr. bātir=to build. In Port. bas- tilha, Low Lat, bastellwºm, bastile, bastilia, bastia.] I. Generally: *1. Originally: A temporary wooden tower on wheels, constructed to enable besiegers safely to approach a town or fort which they designed to attack. 2. Later: A small antique castle fortified with turrets, a blockhouse; also the turrets, bulwarks, or other defenses of such a structure. II. Spec. (of the form. Bastille): The celebrated Parisian state-prison and fortress called by way of pre-eminence the Bastille. It was commenced in 1370 by order of •2:... zºr--ºººººº- Charles V. Of , , , ..] *** France, and was sºft º &% finished in 1382 º º: § under h is suc- §§§ cessor. Many vic- ſ tims of despotism were immured within its gloomy walls. One of the earliest scenes in the great drama of the first French revolution was the attack of the 3 populace on the É Hastille. It was ==####3 ºpºd }} hº ==r-s=== OI] Tºle th. O Bastille. July, 1789, a n d The Bastille soon afterward demolished. None of the govern- ments which have since succeeded to power in France have ever proposed its restoration. “For lo the dread Bastille, With all the chambers in its horrid towers, Fell to the ground, by violence o'erthrown Of indignation y y Method of ºngo, *bāst (O. Scotch), pa. par. & zººs zaº. asº º Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iii. bastion *bastelk-howse, *bastell-house, s. The same as BASTILLE, I. 2. - “And they burnte a stead called Farnelay, and won a bastell-howse in the same.”—MS. Cott. Calig., bk. v., f. 28. (S. in Boucher.) bás'-tí-da, s. In the twelfth century, a place of defense; a fortress. *bás'-ti-mênt, ”bās-tí-mên-tó, s... [From Ital. bastimento- a ship, a vessel; but in Sp. =victuals, provisions; and in O. Fr. = a building.] A ship, a vessel, &c. “Then the bastimentos never Had our foul dishonor seen, Nor the sea the sad receiver Of this gallant train had been.” Glove?"; Hosier’s Ghost, st. 7. bás-ti-nā'-dò, bás—tí-nā'de, s. [In Sw. bastomad; Dan., Ger., & Fr. bastom-made; Dut. bastinade; Sp. bastomazo, bastonada; Prov. & Sp. bastomada ; Ital. bastomata. From O. Fr., Sp., & Prov.baston : Mod. Fr. bātom: Ital. bastome=a staff, a stick.] [BASTI- NADo, v., BASTE, v. (1), BASTON, BATON.] * 1. Gen. : A cudgeling, a beating inflicted with a stick. “And all those harsh and rugged sounds Of bastin ados, cuts, and wounds.”—Hudibras. 2. Spec, ; One administered with a stick, on the soles of the feet, as is usually done in the Turkish empire and in China. bás-ti-nā'-dó, bás-ti-nā'de, v. t. [In Fr. bas- tommer; Port, bastomar; Ital, bastomare. } {BASTI- NADO, S.] e * 1. Gem. : To beat with a stick. “Nick seized the longer end of the cudgel, and with it began to bastin a do old Lewis, who had slunk into a corner waiting the event of a squabble.”—Arbuthnot. 2. Spec. : To do so on the soles of the feet. “The Sallee rover, who threatened to bastinado a Christian captive to death unless a ransom was forth- jºg, was an odious ruffian.”—Macaulay: Hist. of Eng., CI). XV, bāst'-iñg (1), pr. par., a. & S. [BASTE, v. (1)] A. & B. As pr., par. & particip. adjective: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As substantive: 1. The act or operation of beating with a cudgel Or similar weapon. “Bastings heavy, dry, obtuse, Only dullness can produce.”—Swift. 2. The operation of dripping butter or fat, upon meat on the spit or roasting-jack to make it be the more satisfactorily roasted. “Sir, I think the meat wants what I have, a basting.” —Shakesp.: Comedy of Errors, ii. 2 bāst'-iñg (2), pr. par., a. & S. [BASTE, v, (2)] A. & B. As pr. par. (£ participial adjective : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As substantive: The operation of slightly stitching cloth together as a preparation for more careful sewing of a permanent kind. bās'-ti-ön, s. [In Sw., Dan., Dut., Ger., Fr., & Sp. bastion : Prov, bastio, Port, bastiao; Ital, bastione. Erom Q. Fr., Prov., & Sp. bastir; Mod. Fr. batire to build.] I. Literally: Fort.: A projecting mass of earth or masonry at the angle of a fortification having two faces and two flanks, and so constructed that every part of it may be defended by the flank fire, of some other part of the fort. The flanks of adjacent bastions are connected by a curtain. The distance between two such flanks is termed the gorge. A detached bastion is called a lunette. “. . . a fire from the nearest bastion.”—JIacaxtlaſ): Hist. Eng., ch. xii. ‘I (a) A Composed Bastion is one which has two sides of the interior polygon very irregular, with the effect of making the gorges also irregular. . (b) A Cut Bastion is one which has a re-entering angle instead of a point. & (c) A Deformed Bastion is one in which the irregu- larity of the lines and angles prevents the structure from having a regular form. (d) A Demi-bastion is a bastion composed of one face only, with but a single flank and a demi-gorge. (e) A Dowble Bastion is a bastion raised on the plane of another one. ge g (f) A Flat Bastion is one erected in the middle of a curtain when the latter is too long to be pro- tected by the bastions at its ends. * * t (g) A Hollow Bastion is one hollow in the in- GI’IOI’. (h) A Regular Bastion is one so planned as tº possess the true proportion of its faces, flanks, and gorges. º (i) A Solid Bastion is one solid throughout its entire structure. fāte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, són; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. bastioned II. Figuratively: 1. A person or thing defiant of attack. “They build each other up with dreadful skill, As bastions set point-blank against God’s will.” Cowper: Conversation. 2. Poet.: An object in nature resembling a bastion in appearance. gº tº yonder cloud That rises upward always higher, And onward drags a laboring breast, And topples round the dreary west A looming bastion fringed with fire.” Tennyson: Im Memoriam. bās'-ti-öned, a. [Eng., &c., bastion; -ed.] Fur- nished with bastions. “To try at length, if tower and battlement And bastioned wall be not less hard to win.” Moore: Veiled Prophet of Khorassam. bás'—tite, s. [In Ger. bastit. From Baste, in the Harz Mountains, where it was first discovered.] mineral, called also Schiller Spar. It is an impure foliated serpentine. Its hardness is 3•5–4; its spe- cific gravity 25–276; its luster like that of bronze, whence the name Schiller in Ger.:=of shining luster. Composition: Silica, 42°36 to 43'90; alumina, 1°50 to 6'10; magnesia, 26°00 to 30'92; protoxide of iron, 7'14 to 1078; lime, 0.63 to 2'70; oxide of chromium,0—2°37; protoxide of manganese, 0–85; potassa or soda, 0–279; water, 8'51 to 12°42. Phaestine (q.v.) is an allied mineral. (Dama.) bäst'-mat, s. [In Sw. bastmatta.] The same as BAST (1), s. (q. V.) bast'-na-site, s. [From Bastnäs, in Sweden.] A mineral, the same as Hamartite (q.v.). bas'—tó, s. [In T)an. & Dut. basta Ger. & Fr. baste ; Sp. bastos (pl.); Port. basto; Ital, basto- (1) a pack-saddle, (2) the aco of clubs.] The ace of clubs at quadrille and ombre. (Pope. bás'—tón (1), ba—tó'on (Eng.), bás—töun (Scotch), s. [O. Fr. & Sp. baston; Mod. Fr. bāton; Port. bastao; Ital, bastone; Low. Lat. basto.] [BATON.] tº: grainary Langwage: A heavy staff, a baton Q. W. ). “Quha best on fute can ryn lat se, Or like ane douchty campioun in to fycht With bustuous bastown darren stryffe, or mais.” Douglas. Virgil, 129, 39. (Jamieson.) B. Technically. Of things: 1. Her. : A staff borne in English coats of arms as a mark of illegitimacy. [BATON, B.] 2. Arch. : The round molding at the base of a column; a torus. .*bás'-tón (2), *bās'-tūn, s. [Etymology doubtful. Not, as is said by Ritson, from Baston, an English poet taken by the Scotch at Bannockburn, early in the fourteenth century; for it occurs in a attributed to the end of the thirteenth. , Stevenson thinks it comes from Fr. baston= a stick (BASTON, 1), and that this is a rendering of A. S. and Icel. staf-a staff, . . stanza.]. An old verse of dif- ficult construction, and possibly of a satirical cast. (S. im Bowcher.) “Nis this bastun wel ifught.” IIarleian MS., 913. (S. im Boucher.) bás-tön º s. . [Compare Sw, bast, baste bom =bombasin. I A kind of lace. “For to make a lace baston, tak . 2,320, f. 55. (S. in Boucher.) bás'-tón-ite, s. [From Bastoigne, in Luxemburg, where it was found.]. A mineral, a greenish-brown mica, in large foliated plates. It is a variety of Lepidomelane (q.v.). bás'—yle (or bà’-syle), s. [Gr, basis=. base, and hylè– a wood' . . . Pºlº, Chem. : The same as a radical. [RADICAL.] bās'—yl-oiás (or bâ'-syl-oiás), a. [Eng. basyl(e); -ows.] Pertaining to basyle; of the nature of basyle. (Graham.) bát (1), *bātte (pl. *bāt'-tís), s. [Fr. batte-a beater, battledore, . . . ., a rammer, a hammer, &c.; bottom-a baton, a stick, a staff; Ir, bat, bata= a stick, a staff; Russ. bot; Fr. bātom. Connected With Fr. battre; Prov. batre; Sp. batir; Port. bater; Icel, battere; Lat. battwo- to beat., The original root of these verbs, as well, as of the allied sub- stantive bat is, without doubt, imitated from the Sound of beating.] [BEAT.] A. Ordinary Langwage: º |A club, stick, staff, or walking-stick of any Yill (1. (a). In a general sense: e * * * "I Still so used in many English dialects. “The while he spake, lo, Judas, oom of the twelve, came, and with him a greet company with swerdis and battis.” – Wickliffe: Matt. xxvi. 47. “But soon discovered by a sturdy clown, He headed all the rabble of a town, And finished them with bats or polled them down.” Dryden: Hind and Panther, iii. 629-31. póüt, jówl; -tian = shan. .”—Harleian M.S., ſº 8t (Chem.), a base, a bóil, boy; -cian, Cat, —tion, çell, t [Boºtswan.' Chorus, -sion = Shiin; 401 (b) § : An instrument of wood, at one end thin and cylindrical for a handle, at the other more ex- panded, with which to drive a cricket or other ball. 2. A substance used as a weapon, intended to do execution by its weight or beating power, as a brick- Cl, e .3. A sheet of cotton used for filling quilts; bat- 1Ilg. 4. A staple, a loop of iron. (Scotch.) (Jamieson.) B. Technically: 1. Arch. : A portion of a brick, constituting less than half its length. (Gwilt.) 2. Miming : Bituminous or other shale. (Kirwam.) *bát (2), s. [A. S. bat=boat.] A boat. bat-Swain, s. [A. S. bat-swam.] A boatswain. bát (3), *bāck, *bācke (Eng.), *bāck, *bāk, *bāck'—ie, *bā'—kie, *bā'—kie-bird (Old Scotch), s. [In Sw. matt-backa-night “back” or bat; Dan. aftem- bakke. Wedgwood thinks the original word was blak, which connects it with Mediaev. Lat. blatta, blacta, batta.] [BLATTA.] A. Ord; Lang.: The pipistrelle, , or any similar species of flying quadruped. [B. 1.] “After the flitting of the bats, When thickest dark did trance the sky.” Tennyson: Mariana. B. Technically: 1. Zool. : Any animal belonging to the Order Chei- roptera [CHEIRQPTERA], and especially to the typical family Vespertilionidae. [WESPERTILION- IDAE.] The Common Bat is Vespertilio #º it is called also the Flitter Mouse, and the Pipis- trelle. The Great Bat is V. moctulet; the Long- eared Bat, Plecotws a writws; and the Greater Horse- shoe Bat, Rhinolophºws ferrum equinum. 2. Scriptwre: The Bat of Scripture, Heb, ditſillèph, is correctly rendered, the Hebrew being identical in meaning with the English word. In Isa. ii. 20, the reference is to an ordinary insect-eating bat; and in Lev. xi. 19, Deut. xiv. 18, the species meant is appa- rently, the Eleutherwra Aºgyptiaca, figured on the Egyptian monuments. It is a fruit-consuming species, similar to the Pteropus edulis, eaten in the Eastern islands. 3. Her. : A bat is often called a reremouse. bat-fowler, s. One who practices bat-fowling Q. V.). “The birds of passage would, in a dark night, immedi- ately make for a lighthouse, and destroy themselves by flying with violence against it, as is well known to bat- jowlers.”—Barrington’s Essays, Essay 4. bat-fowling, s. A method of catching birds at the time when bats are out, that is, during the night. The fowlers, proceeding to the trees, shrubs, hedges, or other places where the birds pass the night, light torches or straw in the vicinity, and then beat the bushes, upon which the birds, fiying in their fright toward the flames, are caught in nets or by some other appliances. “We should . ... then go a batt-fowling.”—Shakesp.: Tempest, ii. 1. - * bat-haunted, a. Haunted by bats. *bat-in-water, bat in water, s. Water-mint (Memtha aquatica). “Balsamita, menta aquatica: Bat in water.” — MIS. Sloane, 5, f. 8. (A little after A. D. 1300.) (S. in Boucher.) bat-net, s. A net for catching bats. bat-printing, s. A method of porcelain printing. bat-Shell, s. A species of volute (q.v.). bat's-wing burner. A form of gas burner from which gas issues at a slit so proportioned as to give the flame the shape of a bat's wing. bát (4), s. [Siamese.] A silver coin, called also Tical (q.v.), current in Siam. It is worth about 2s. 6d. (Statesman's Year Book.) bât º v, i. [From bat, s. (q.v.)] To handle a bat in playing cricket or any similar game. bā'—ta-ble, a. [Abbreviated from debatable.] Debatable, disputable. “Battable ground seems to be the ground heretofore in question, whether it belonged to England or Scotland, lying between both kingdoms.”—Cowel. *bāt'—ail, s. [BATTLE, s.] *bāt'—ail, *bāt'—aile, *bāt-àil-ên, v. i. & t. [BATTLE (2), v. i. & t.] *bā'-tänd, pr. par. [BATE (1), v.] ba-ta'-ra, S. [Compare Port, bataria, bateria= battery; or batarda, ºl, Ornith, ; D'Azara's name for the Bush Shrikes, constituting the genus Thamnophilus of Vieillot. [BUSH SHRIKES, THAMNOPHILUs. bât'—ar-deau, bāt-Ér-deau (eau as Ö), s. battardeau—a dam, mole. Mahn thinks it may be contracted from bastarrie d’eaw-water-car.] go, gem, thin, this; Zhiin. -tious, -cious, A plant, the çhin, –tion, bench; -Šion = [Fr. r sin, -Sious = y: bate 1. Hydrostatics or Hydraulics: A coffer-dam, , , 2. Fort.: A wall built across a moat or ditch surrounding a fortification. It is provided with a sluice-gate for regulating the height of the water. ba—tā'—tas, s. [In Ger. & Fr. batate, patate ; Sp. batata, patata ; Port. batata ; Ital, patata ; Peru- vian papa.] ſpotAT6.j tº a tº Bot. : A genus of Convolvulaceae, consisting of plants with a four-celled ovary, one style, and two stigmas. They are creeping or twining herbaceous or shrubby plants. About twenty species are known, chiefly from tropical America. Batatas edulis (Convolvulus batatas, Roxb.) is the sweet potato largely cultivated for food in the hotter parts of both hemispheres. The edible part, the tubers, are from three to twelve pounds in weight. in the East and West Indies, where they grow, our common potato, Solamwm twberosum, is called the Irish otato, to distinguish it from the sweet potato or atatas. B. jalapa, from Mexico, has purgative qualities, but is not the true Jalap. [JALAP.] B. paniculata furnishes Natal Cotton. Ba—tä'—vi-an, d. & s. [Eng., &c., Batavi(a); -an- From Lat. Batavus, a, & S.5 pertaining to or one of the Batavi, a branch of the Catti, a Germanic nation who, being expelled from their country through a domestic sedition, settled on an island since called Betuwe or Betu, between the Rhine and the Waal. (In Mahratta and other Hindoo tongues bet = island.)] A. As adjective: Pertaining (a) to the ancient Batavians. [See etym.] b) To the modern Dutch. c) To Batavia, in Java, the capital of the Dutch possessions in Eastern Europe or to its inhabitants. B. As swbstantive: 1. One of the ancient Batavi. 2. A native of Batavia in Java. 3. A Dutchman in general. *bāt'—ayle, s. Old spelling of BATTLE, s, *bāt'—ayl-oiás, a. [BATTAILOUS..] bâtgh, *bātghe, s. [From Eng. bake; A. S. bacan; as thatch comes through Old Eng. theochen, from A. S. theccan=to cover, to conceal, to thatch. In Dan. boegt; Dut. baksel ; Ger. geback..] [BAKE..] I. Lit.: As much bread as a baker produces at one operation. “Bahche, or bakynge, batche: Pistura.”—Prompt. Parv. “. . . waiting most earnestly for the hour when the batch that was in the oven was to be drawn.”—Transl. of Rabelais, iv. 199. (S. in Boucher.) II. Figuratively: 1. Of things: A quantity of anything made at once, and which may therefore be presumed to have the same qualities throughout. “Except he were of the same meal and batch.”—Benz Jomson. 2. Of persons (somewhat disrespectfully): A crew or gang of persons of the same profession or pro- clivities. “An’ there a batch o' wabster lads Blackguarding frae Kilmarnock.” Burns: The Holy Fair. “Another batch of 200 returned Communists arrived here.”—Times, September 10, 1879: French Corresp. *bātgh'-Él-ör, s. [BACHELOR.] *bāte (1), s. Old spelling of BOAT. *bāte (2), S. [From A. S. bate=contention; or abbreviated from debate (q.v.).] “. . . . and breeds, no bate with telling . . .”— Shakesp. ; 2 Henry IV., ii. 4. bate-breeding, a. Breeding strife. “This sour informer, this bate-breeding spy.” Shakesp.: Venus and Adonis, 655. *bāţe (1), v. t. [Etymology doubtful..] To go with. rapidity. [See etym.] ** Batand to Canterbiri . . .” Fob. de Brunne, p. 145. (S. in Boucher.) bäte (2), v. t. & 7. Abbreviated form of Eng. ABATE (q.v.). A. Transitive: I. Literally: 1. To beat down the price of anything from the amount claimed by another, or to beat down the amount of anything. “When the landholder's rent falls, he must either bate the laborer's wages, or not employ or not pay him.”— Locke. 2. On one's own part to lower the price of any- thing, whether because another has beaten it down, or spontaneously; also to lessen a demand upon OOl62, “Nor, envious at the sight, will I forbear My plenteous bowl, nor bate my plenteous cheer.” demº. bate me some, and I will #. you Some, and, as most debtors do, promise you infinitely.”—Shakesp. 2 Henry IV., Epilogue. a $; { { & expect, , Xenophon, exist. ph = f. Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. 26 bate II. Figuratively: *1. To deprive of. “When baseness is exalted, do not bate The place its liciaor for the person’s sake.” Herbert. 2. To cut off, to remove, to take away. “Bate but the last, and 'tis what I would say.” I)ryden: Sp. Friar. 3. To make an exception, either in favor of or against. (Used specially in pr. par. bating q. v.) B. In transitive : 1. To become less, to diminish, to waste away. “Bardolph, am I not fallen away vilely since this last action ? Do I not bate 2 Do I not dwindle * Why, my skin hangs about me like an old lady's loose gown.”— Shakesp. : 1 Henry J. V., iii. 3. 2. To intermit, to remit, to retrench. (Followed by of.) “Abate thy speed, and I will bate of mine.” Dryden. *bāte, v. t. Old spelling of BAIT (3), v. *bāte, v. i. 6)}d spelling of BAIT (4), v. *bāte, pret. of v. [Old pret. of bite (q.v.).] Bit; did bite. “Yet there the sºsel stay’d not, but inly bate Deep in his flesh and opened wide a red flood-gate.” & Spenser: F. Q., IL. v. 7. bât'—eau, thät'-teau (eau as Ö) (pl. bāt-eaux) (eaux as Ös), S. [Fr. Gateau– a boat, a vessel to cross the water, as a ferry-boat, the body of a coach ; Prov. batelh; Sp. & Port. batel; Ital, battello; Low Lat. batellus, from battus=a boat.] . [BOAT ] A light boat, long, in proportion to its breadth, and wide in the middle as compared with what it is at the ends. bateau-bridge, s. by bateaux. bā'-têd, pa. par. & a. [BATE (2), v.] As participial adjective :... Used specially in the expression, “bated breath,” meaning breath arti- ficially restrained. & 4 A floating bridge supported . . . . in a bondman's key With 'bated breath and whisp'ring humbleness.” Shakesp.: Merchant of Venice, i. 3. bâte-fül (1), a. [Eng., &c., bate, and full.] Full of strife, prone to strife; contentious. “He knew her haunt, and haunted in the same, And taught his sheep her sheep in food to thwart; Which soon as it did bateful question frame, He might on knees confess his guilty part.” a 2 & sº -- , Sidney. *bā'te-fúl (2), a. [BATFUL.] * bā'te-lèss, a. [Eng. A cºe; -less.] Without abate- ment, unabated ; unblunted. “IHaply that name of cºaste unhapp’ly set This batelerg edge on his keen appetite.” Shakesp. : Rape of Lucrece, 8, 9. *bāt-el-mênt, s. BATTLEMENT.] bā'te-mênt, s. [Contracted from abatement.] Among artificers: Diminution. “To abate is to waste a piece of stuff; instead of asking how much was cut off, carpenters ask what batement that piece of stuff had.”—Yºxx,” Mech. Eac. Bă'-ten-ites, Bā'-ten-ists, Bă-tén-i-ang, s. [Arab. .(?) = esoteric,...(?).] A sect which came originally from the Mohammedans. Their tenets resembled those of the A.2sassins. [ASS AssiN.] e ibät'—fül, *bā ve–fül, a. [From O. Eng. v. bat= uncrease. BAT (2), 2:..] [See also BATTEL and BATTEN.T Fertiie. bath (1), *bathe (pl. baths), s. [A. S. boeth (pl. bathw). In O. S. bath, Sw., Icel., Dan., Dut., & Ger. bad; O. H. Ger, pad; Wel... badh, baz=a bath; Sansc. bād, våd=to batha. Wedgwood thinks that the original sens ; is to heat, and that bath is cognate with bake.] A. Ordinary Language: fi. The act of bathing; the act of immersing the body in water, or applying water to the body for the sake of cleanliness or of health, or as a religious CCremony. “. . . and the chimney-piece Chaste Dian bathing.”—Shakesp.: Cymbeline, ii. 4. 2. The water or other liquid used for bathing purposes. (Lit. dº fig.) (a) Lit. : In the above sense. “Why may not the cold bath, into which they plunged themselves, have had some share in their cure ?”—Addi- som: Spectaton'. * For hot bath, cold bath, &c., see B., I. (b) Fig.: Anything which invigorates or soothes and relieves the mind as a cold or hot bath does the body. “Sleep, The death of each day's life, sore labor's bath, Balm of hurt minds.”—Shakesp.: Macbeth, ii. 4. 3. The cavity or vessel in which water for bathing purposes is held; a building fitted up with appli- ances for bathing purposes. 402 4. Baths were not much frequented in the earlier period of Grecian history; they became more com- mon afterward. The Romans during the period of the empire gave much attention to bathing, and not merely Rome but even the provincial cities had public baths, often magnificent. In our own country public baths are of comparatively recent introduc- tion, though they are now completely rooted throughout the several cities and towns. “I was surprised to see several machines out, both of the Municipal and Pavilion Baths.”—Times, September 26, 1879: The Bath img Accident at Boulogne. B. Technically: I. Med...: Any substance which constitutes the medium in which the human body, or a part of it, is immersed for the maintenance or recovery of health or strength. The most common media are water of various temperatures, watery vapors, and à l'I', 1. A Water Bath. This may be matural or arti- ficial. Rivers, lakes, and the sea afford facilities for a matural bath; various public and private appliances are designed to furnish an artificial one. In the latter case the temperature of the water may be varied at pleasure. Arranged by temperature, six kinds of baths are in use for medical or other Durposes: Name of Bath. Temperature. {} A cold bath . . 33° to 60° Fahr. b) A cool bath . . 60° to 75° “ 75° to 85° “ c) A temperate bath 85° to 92° “ d) A tepid bath . . . e) A warm bath . . . 92° to 98° “ A hot bath . . . 98° to 106° “ All baths below 88° in temperature impart the sen- sation of cold, those above it of heat. In an arti- ficial bath, not merely can the temperature be raised or lowered at pleasure, but various methods may be adopted of applying the liquid. A bath may be taken by the person walking or plunging into it; by his more or less completely lying down in it; by the sudden affusion of water upon him from above, called the shower-bath, or by his being sprinkled with it, or applying it to himself by means of a sponge. Or a stream of water may be turned upon him, in which case the name applied is a dowche or douse, from Ital. doccia=dowche. Or only a part of the body may be immersed, as in the hip- bath, and the foot-bath. Moreover, the water em- ployed may be saline or impregnated with other constituents, as sulphur, iodine, or, in the case of a foot-bath, mustard. 2. A Watery-vapor Bath. If it is intended that the vapor should be breathed, there are three grades of temperature in the vapor bath: the first from 96° to 106°, the secºnd from 106° to 120°, and the third from 120° to 160°. If not intended to be breathed, there are also three: the first from 90° to 100°, the second from 100° to 110°, and the third from 110° to 130°. 3. Am Air Bath. : The exposure of the naked body to the atmosphere of a room of a certain tempera- ture varying from 90° to 130°. 4. Photography: A solution in which plates or papers are immersed or floated, or the vessel hold- ing such solution. TXaths are known as semsitizing [NITRATE OF SILVER}, fiacing, toming, or washing. II. Chemistry: 1. Formerly (Spec.): A vessel of water in whicn another one was placed which required a lesser amount of heat than that furnished by the naked fire. “We see that the water of things distilled in water, which they called the bath, differeth not much from the water of things distilled by fire.”—Bacon: N. H. 2. Now . (Gen.): Any medium, such as heated sand, ashes, or steam, through which heat is applied to a body. III. Heraldry, dºc. Order of the Bath: . An order of knighthood, so called because the recipients of the honor were required for- merly to bathe the evening before their creation. It was instituted by Henry IV. in 1399, and, having fallen into disuse, was revived by º I. in 1725. Under George IV. its regulations were modified, and now there are various subdivisions of the order viz., Knights Grand Cross of the Bath (G. C. B.), Knights Commanders of the Bath (K. C. B.), and Companions of the Bath (C.B.). Under each of these classes there are now a military and a “civil '' (meaning a civilian) sub- class. The ribbon worn by the Knights of the Bath is crimson, with the Latin motto, “Tria juncta in who’’= e three (England, Ireland, and Scotland, or their emblems, the rose, shamrock, and thistle) joined III. Oſle. . 1. | i W C ºr. W. * \ . N N N. W y s Badge of the Bath. 'bathe bath-room, s, , A, room erected to contain a public or private bath. Bath (2), s. [A. S. Bathgm, Bath cum ceaster; from batham = baths. Named from the baths erected over the hot saline and chalybeate springs, there existing, the result of old volcanic action in the locality.] Geog. : A city, the capital of the county of Somer- Set, England. Bath-brick, s. An artificially-manufactured “brick ’’ of the usual form, but formed of cal- careous earth. It is used for cleaning knives and various kinds of metal work. Bath-bun, s. . A bun richer than a common one, and generally without currants. Bath-Chair, s. A small carriage or chair on wheels, drawn by a chairman, and intended for the conveyance of invalids or others for short dis- tances. So called because either originally or principally used at Bath, where the steepness of many of the streets rendered such conveyances especially useful. Bath-ChapS, s. table. Bath-metal. s. An alloy consisting of 1 pound of copper and 4% ounces of zinc, or at least more zinc than in brass. Bath oolite, Bath-stone, s. A shelly limestone belonging, with others of similar character, to the Great Oolite. It is much celebrated as a buildin Stone. (Lyell: Elem, of Geol., ch. xx.) [OOLITE. Bath-post, s. . A term for letter paper, now Seldom used. It is a yellow wove post quarto. bath (3), s. º bath=measured; from bathóith = to measure. A liquid measure among the ancient Hebrews. It was the same as the ephah [EPHAH], each of these containing the tenth part of an homer (Ezek. xlv. 11)... [HOMER.]. According to Josephus (ſº iii., § 3), it contained six hins. [HIN.] It has been calculated that it contained 1985'77 Parisian cubic inches, but there are other estimates as well. “Then made he ten lavers of brass: one laver contained forty baths . .”—l Kings vii. 38. bath, v. t. [BATH (1), s.] To wash in a bath. bāśhe, *bèath (preterite bathed, *bathwd, beathed), v. t. & i. [A S. bathiam H to bathe, wash, foment, cherish ; from baed=a bath. In Sw. & Icel. bada ; Dut. & Ger. baden; O. H. Ger. padom Sansc. bād, våd=to bathe..] A. Transitive: I. Ordinary Language: 1. Lit.: To immerse the body or any part of it in water, or to pour water upon it for the purpose of cleanliness, as a medical appliance, or as a relig- lous Ceremony. “Then the priest shall wash his clothes, and he shall bathe his flesh in water, .”—Numb. xix. 7. * It is sometimes used reflectively with self or selves “Chancing to bathe himself in the river Cydnus, ... . . he fell sick, near unto death, for three days.”—South. 2. Figuratively : , . º & © . (a) To wash anything with water or any similar liquid. “. . . the lake which bathed the foot of the Alban mountain, . . .”—Arnold: Hist. of Rome, vol. i., ch. xxiii. (b) To bring a thing in contact with some liquid, or apply some liquid to it, without the purpose of purification. “And bathed thy sword in blood, whose spot Pternity shall cancel not.” Hemans: Wallace’s Invocation to Bruce. § To immerse in anything, though but faintly analogous to Water. “Each purple peak, each flinty spire, Was bathed in floods of living fire.” & Scott; Lady of the Lake, i. 11 II. Medicine dº Swn'gery: 1. To foment or moisten a wound for the purpose of cleansing and soothing it. • * * 2. To supple or soften by the outward application of warm liquors. “Bathe them, and keep their bodies soluble the while by clysters and lenitive boluses.”—Wiseman: Surgery. B. Intransitive: - 1. Lit.: To enter or lie in a bath, or otherwise take means for formal and thorough ablution. “The gallants dancing by the river-side, They bathe in summer, and in winter slide.” Waller. Small pigs' checks cured for the 2. Fig.: To be immersed in anything. “Except they meant to bathe in reeking wounds, Or memorize another Golgotha, tº I cannot tell.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, i. 2. fāte, fit, fare, amidst, what, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, thére; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wäre, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rôle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. bathe * *bathe, s. [BATH (1).] *bāthe, a. [BOTH.] (Scotch.) bāţhed, *bā’—thiid, *béathed, pa. par. & a. [BATHE, v. bā'—thér, S. One who bathes. #ba—thèt -íc, a. [From Eng., &c., bathos (q.v.).] Having the character of bathos. (Coleridge). bā -thie, s. [BOTHIE, BOOTH.] (Scotch.) bā-thing, pr. par., a., & 8. [BATHE.] A. & B. As pr. par. & §: Cudj. : In Senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As substantive: The act, or operation of immersing the body or part of it in water, or some other medium, for the purpose of ablution, as a medical appliance, or for ceremonial purposes in connection with religion. “Their bathings and anointings before their feasts.”— Hakewill: Apology, p. 390. bathing-machine, S. . A vehicle, consisting of a small room on wheels, provided for a small charge to accommodate persons bathing in the Sea. The bather undresses in the machine, which is drawn out by horses some distance among the breakers, so that a plunge, or even a gentle descent from the door-step, places him at Once in the Water. [Eng. bath(e); -er. (Tooke.) In Ger. bader.] “The three ladies betook themselves to a large bathing- . machine.”—Times, September 26, 1879. bathing-place, s. A place for bathing. bathing-room, s. A room used for bathing pur- poses. (Congreve.) bathing-tub, s. A large oblong vessel, conven- ient for bathing purposes. bath'—mis, S. [Gr. bath mis.] Amat. : The cavity which receives the anterior extremity of another bone. bât'-hörse (t silent), bāt'—hors, thā'w-hörse, s. {Fr. bgt=a pack-saddle, a pannel, a saddle on which burdens are laid; and Eng: horse..]. A horse which carries the baggage of military officers dur- ing a campaign. (Macaulay.) bā-thés, s. [From Gr, bathos=depth or height; Öſt/hus=deep or §: The opposite of the sub- lime in poetry Or in style; anti-climax. “The taste of the bathos is implanted by nature itself in the soul of man; till, perverted by custom or example, he is taught, or rather compelled, to relish the sublime.” —Arbuthnot and Pope: Man't. Scrib. *bā —thre (thre as ther), possessive case of adj. From A. S. begra – of both, from begen–both.] f both. [BOTH, BOTHER..] bäth -röns, s. [BAUDRONs.] (Scotch.) *bā'-thiid, pa. par. & adj. [BATHE, v.] “And bathwd every veyne in swich licour, Of which vertue engendred is the flour.” Chaucer: The Prologue, 3, 4. bath'—vil-lite, s. . [From Bathville, near Tor- banehill in Scotland, where it is found, and suff. -ite.] A mineral placed by Dana in his Succinite group of Oxygenated Hydrocarbons. It is an amorphous fawn-colored mineral, with an absence of luster, and resembling rotten wood. Sp. gr., about 1:01. Compos.: Carbon, 58-89-78.86; hydrogen, $56-11'46; oxygen, 7'23–9-68; ash, 0–25°32. It is akin to Torbanite. (Dama.) ba-thy b -í-is, s. º Gr. bathws=deep, and bios=life, course of life. Lit. = deep life, life in the depths.] Biol. : A peculiar slimy matter dredged up in the North, Atlantig, in 1857, from a depth of 6,000 to 25,000 feet, by the crew of the Cyclops, when examin- ing what has since been called the “Telegraph Plateau,” for the deposition of the Atlantic Tele- graph Cable. Specimens of this viscous mud, exam- ined by Professor Huxley in 1858, were re-examined by him with higher microscopic power in 1868, when he came to the conclusion that they contained d protoplasmic Substance apparently existing in \masses over wide areas of ocean-bottom. , Minute bodies, which he had before called coccoliths, of two forms [CoccolſTH], were believed to stand to the gelatinous protoplasm in the same relation as the spicula of sponges to the softer parts of the animal. Professor Haeckel, after examining the Šlimy substance, adopted the views of Professor Huxley, and attributed the origin of the protoplas- mic Substance, though not dogmatically, to sponta- heolis generation. It was named after him, by Professor Huxley, Bathybius Haeckelii. The natur- alists, of the exploring vessel Porcupine, in 1868, Stated that they had found Bathybius alive, but Cºnsidered it to be derived from sponges, &c. Those of the Challenger, however, failed to find it in the parts of the ocean which they dredged over, and propounded the hypothesis that the Bathybius was }lothing more than a precipitate from the sea-water by the alcohol in which the specimens had been Preserved. More recently, again, the Arctic navi- f 403 gator Bessels, of the Polaris, considered that he had found masses of undifferentiated protoplasm in the Greenland seas. The subject requires further investigation. (Q. J. Microscop. Soc., 1868, p. 210; Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. xvii., 190-1; Prof. Allman's JPresidential Report at British Association. Meeting at Sheffield in 1879. băth-y-mêt-ric—al, a. [Eng. bathymetr(iy) ; -ical...] Pertaining to bathymetry. (Prestwich. : Q. J. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii., p. xliii.) ba-thym'-Ét-ry, s. . [Gr, bathus=deep, and metron=a measure.] Measurement by sounding Of the depth of the sea at various places. (Dama.) ba-tíd'-É-ae, s, pl. [BATIS.] A doubtful order of plants, of which the sole representative, as yet known, is the Batis maritima, described under Batis § v.). Lindley placed it with hesitation and without numbering it, under his Éuphorbiai Alliance. It has solitary ascending ovules, the female flowers being naked and combined into a suc- culent cone. *bāt-il-bā—ly, s. [Probably the same as battle- baly; battle=to fatten...] An officer in forests, the duties of which are unknown. “It appears from the Harleian MS. 433, f. 39, that in the 1st of Richard III., William Staverton received a confirmation of his graunts of the office of bat il-baly in the forest of Wyndesore.” (S. in Bowcher.) bāt-iñg, pr. par. (used as a prep.). Excepting, except. “If we consider children, we have little reason to think that they bring many ideas with them, bating, perhaps, some faint ideas of hunger and thirst.”—Locke. bā'—tis, s. [Gr. (batis)=a fish, . . a plant described by Pliny as akin to a bramble-bush..] A genus of plants, the typical one of the order or sub- order Batideae. The species Batis maritima grows in salt marshes in the West, Indies. It is a low, shrubby, succulent plant, with opposite leaves. The ashes yield barilla in large Wºº. and the plant is sometimes used in the West Indies in the making of pickles. bât'—ist, *bāt-iste, s. [In Sw. & Dan. battist, Ger. batist, battist; Sp. batista Fr. batiste, from baptiste; Lat, baptista; Gr. baptistés=a baptizer (BAPTIST.) Named, according to Mahn and others, either from Baptiste Chambray, who claimed to have been the first manufacturer of batist; or because it was used to wipe, the heads of infants after their baptism.] A fine description of cloth of mixed silk and woolen. The term is now also applied to cotton or linen goods of fine texture. bât'-1ét, *bātt'-lét, s: [Dimin, of Eng. bat (1).] A small bat, a flat wooden mallet, consisting of a square piece of wood with a handle, used to beat linen when taken out of the buck, with the view of [BATE, v. t.] whitening it. It is called also a batting staff and battledoor (q.v.). “I remember the kissing of her batlet, and the cow's dugs that her pretty chopt hands had milked.”—Shakesp.: As You Like It, ii. 4. bât'-man (1) (t silent), or bâtº-man, s. [From Fr. bāt-a pack-saddle, and Eng, many. ] . A man having charge of a bathorse and its load. (Ma- caulay.) [BATHORSE.] , bát'-man (2), s, [Pers; ba’tman.] A weight used in Persia and Turkey, and varying in weight accord- ing to the locality. I. In Persia, the batman usually weighs from 6 lbs. to 10 lbs. avoirdupois. II. In the Turkish Empire: 1. At Smyrna and Aleppo it usually contains 6 okes, or 400 drams=about 17 lbs. avoirdupois. 2. In the other parts of the Turkish empire there are two batmans: (a) The greater batman=about 157 lbs. avoirdupois; (b) the lesser batman = about 39 lbs. avoirdupois. ba'-tê-lite, s. [Fr. baton (q.v.), and Gr, lithos= a stone..] What was considered by Montfort a new genus of fossil shells, but was regarded by Cuvier as only Hippurites (q. v.), formerly described by Lamarck. bât'-àn, “ba-tó'on, *bit'—tóon, *bāt-ine, bás'— tön, s. [Fr. baton=a batoon, a staff, a walking- stick, a club, a cudgel, a truncheon, a field-marshal’s staff; O. Fr. & Sp. bastom , Ital. bastine=a staff, a support, a prop; Low Lat. basto. IBASTON.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Gen. : A staff or club. “Straightways we saw divers of the people with bastons in their i. as it were, forbidding us to land.”—Bacon: New Atlantis. 2. Spec. : A truncheon, or anything similar. It may be used— (a) As a badge or symbol of authority, as a field- marshal's baton. - (b) Partly as a symbol of authority, and partly as an offensive weapon, as a policeman's baton. battailant (c) For giving directions, as the baton of One who conducts a musical entertainment. B. Her; : A diminutive of the bend sinister, of which it is one-fourth part the width. It is called more fully a simister baton, and occasionally, though not *ś with correctness, a fissure. It is invariably a mark that its first bearer was illegitimate. A sinister is distinguished from a deacter baton. [DEx- TER.] _[For cross batom see CRoss.] ba—tó'on, v. t. [BATON, s.] To cudgel. (Qld dº New Edin- burgh, iii. 339.) bāt-printing, s. A meth. . . ** od of printing 6 n glazed Arms of Fitzroy, Duke Ware, of Grafton. bat-rá'-chi-a, s. pl. ing to a frog, from batrachos = a frog.] According to Brongniart and Cuvier, the last of the four orders of Reptiles. In Prof. Owen's classification, the thir- [Gr, batracheios = pertain- teenth and last Order of the class Reptilia, or Reptiles. He places under it the frogs, toads, and newts. (Prof. Owen : Palaeontology.) Huxley makes the Batrachia the second of his four orders of Amphibia. It contains the frogs and toads. bat-rā'-chi-an, “bat-rā'-gi-an, adj. & s. Fr. batraciem.] [BATRACHIA.] A. As adj. : Pertaining to any member of the order Batrachia. (Lyell.) B. As subst. : A member of the order Batrachia. “. . . these formidable Batrachians.”—Lyell. bāt-ra-chite, s. [In Ger, batrachit; Lat, batra- chites; Gr..batrachités, a mineral of a frog-green color, described by Pliny; batra chos=a frog.] A min- eral, according to the British Museum Catalogue a variety of Qlivine, (q. y.); but Dana makes it a variety of Monticellite (q.v.). bât'-ra-chóid, a. [Gr, batrachos = a frog, and eidos=appearance..] Resembling a frog. bāt-ra-chö-my-&m'-a-chy, s. [Gr. batrachos= a frog ; mºus, genit. mºtos=a mouse, and maché= battle, fight.] The battle between the frogs and the mice, a burlesque poem, sometimes ascribed to Homer. bāt-ra-chö-spèr'-mi-dae, 8, pl. [BATRAcHo- SPERMUM.]. The fourth tribe of the Waucheriae, which again are the first sub-order of the order Fucaceae, or Seawracks. The frond is polysiphon- ous, composed of a primary thread, with parallel accessary ones around it. The vesicles, which are clustered, are terminal or lateral. bāt-ra-chö-spér'-miim, s. [Gr. batrachos=a frog, and sperma-a seed.]. A genus of plants belonging to the alliance Algales and the order Confervaceae, or Confervas. They are found in marshes, and more rarely in the sea. bāt-ra-chiis, s. [Lat, batrachus=a frog-fish; Gr, batrachos=a frog, a frog-fish.] Ichthy. : A genus of fishes of the order Acanthop- tºgi and the family with the pectoral fins feet- 1 R62. bāt-ra-cöph'-a-goiás, adj. [Gr, batrachos=a frog; and phageim, infin. = to eat..] Feeding on frogs. bats'—ghí-a, s. [Named after John George Batsch, a professor of botany in the University of Jena in the latter half of the eighteenth century.] Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Boraginaceae . (Borageworts). The few species known are pretty American plants. bâts'-man, s. [Eng, bat's, poss. of bat (1), and man.] The person who handles the bat in cricket, baseball, &c. “I hae had eneuch ado, wi' John Gray; for though he's nae bad hand when he's on the loom, it is nae easy matter to keep him at the batt.”—Hogg; Winter Tales, i. 377. (Jamieson.) .* ** bāt-ta, s. [Hind.] Allowance supplementing the ordinary pay given to the East Indian regiments, whether European or Sepoy, when they are on a campaign or occupying a half-conquered country. *bāt'—ta-ble, a. [Comp. battel (q.v.); Eng. suff. -able.] Capable of cultivation. “Masinissa made many inward Fº of Barbary and Numidia, before his time incult and horrid, fruitful and battable.”—Burton: Anat. of Mel. (To the Reader.) *bat'—tail'—ant, *bāt'—teil-ānt, s. [Fr. batail- lant, pr. par. of batailler=to fight, struggle, dispute, contest hard.] [BATTLE. v.] A combatant. “Soon after this I saw an elephant Adorned with bells and bosses gorgeouslie, That on his backe did beare (as batteilant) A golden towre, which shone exceedinglie.” $ Spenser: Visions of the World's Vanitie. [In boil, böy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bençh; Sin, expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. aş; ~Clan, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. —tion, —dle, -sion = -ble, shiin; -sious = Shūs. –tion, -Šion = Zhūn. -tious, -cious, battaile *bāt'—taile, s. [BATTLE (2).] ‘tbāt-tail-ois, *bāt'—ayl-oiás (English), *bāt"— ta—loiáss (Scotch), a. [Fr. bataille; Eng. Suff. -ows.] I. Of persons: 1. Of armies: Full of fight; quarrelsome. “The French came foremost battailows and bold.” Fairfaac. eager for fight; 2. Of individuals: (a) Disposed to fight, quarrelsome. “A cruell man, a bataylows.” Gower: Conf. Amant., b. v. (b) Brave in fight. “At schreftis evin sum wes so battalouss, That he wald win to his maister in field Fourty florans.” Colkelbie Sow, 879. (Jamieson.) II. Of things: 1. Constituting one of the operations of battle: involving battle; warlike. “Those same against the bulwarke of the sight Did lay strong siege and battailous assault.” Spenser: F. Q., II. xi. 9. . 2. Constituting preparation for battle; such as is adopted in battle. “He started up, and did himself prepare In sun-bright arms and battailous array. Fairfaac. [From Class. & Low Lat. battalia, batalia. In Ital. battaglia = a battle, a fight; Port, batalha : Prov, batalha, batailla, Šp. batalla, Fr., bataille. Wachter calls battalia. originally a Burgundian word..] [BATTLE.] 1. Order of battle, battle-array. “Both armies being drawn out in battalia, that of the Ring's, trusting to their numbers, began the charge with great fury, but without any order.”—Swift: Reign of King Henry I. 2. An army, or portions of it, arranged in order of battle: spec., the main body as distinguished from the wings. “Arm'd and array'd for instant fight, Rose archer, spearman, 8Guire, and knight, And in the pomp of battle bright The dread battalia frown'd.” Scott: Lord of the Isles, vi. 20. bât'-ta-line, s. [Compare battlement.] A pro- jection, Or kind of vérandah, of stone. “The passage to the bells in the great steeple was from the south lesser steeple, by a battaline under the easing of the slates of said church.”—Orem : Descrip. Chamomºry of Aberd., p. 64. bat-táI'-i-ön, s. [In Sw. & Dut, bataljon; Dan., Ger., & Fr. bataillom Sp. batallom; Port. batalhao; Ital, battagliome.] [BATTALIA.] I. Literally: (Military dº Ord. Langwage): *1. An army drawn up for battle. "Why, our battalion trebles that amount.” Shakesp.: Richard III., v. 3. T In some editions it is “battalia trebles.” 2. An assemblage of companies; the tactical and administrative unit of infantry—that is, the first body that is, as a rule, used independently, and commanded by a field officer (major or lieutenant- colonel). In the United States army a battalion is composed of two or more companies, not exceeding six, and is formed for battle in three echelons, a firing line, a line of supports, and a reserve. (a) English battalions are formed of ten com- panies for administrative and eight for tactical urposes. The first twenty-five regiments have two attalions, the remainder, originally of one battal- ion each, are now linked in pairs according to their territorial derivation. Linked-battalions are inter- changeable as regards officers, and each shares the honors and advantages of the other. Two regiments of Rifles have four battalions each, and the three regiments of the Guards seven battalions in all. The piece strength of a battalion is about 400 men, but varies; its war strength in the field is 1,000 men, with one lieutenant-colonel, two majors, eight cap- tains, sixteen subalterns, four officers of the regimental staff (adjutant, paymaster, quarter- master, and medical officer), and fifty sergeants. The corporals and lance-corporals fall in with the privates in the ranks, and therefore number among the “rank and file.” (b) French battalions. By the laws of December 2, 1874, and January 20 and, March 13, 1875, the french Infantry is divided into º Infantry of the Line, (2) Regiments of Zouaves, (3) Regiments of Tirailleurs Algériens, and (4) Battalions of Chas- seurs à Pied. The 144 Regiments of Infantry of the Line have each four battalions; a battalion (which is divided into four field companies) consisting of 12 commissioned officers, 54 non-commissioned officers, and 264 soldiers-in all 330 men, raised in time of war 9 3 that-tā'-li-a, s. 404 eace, 612 men in a battalion, and in war 1,000. The irailleurs, Algériens, who in, time, of peace are always in Algeria, or at least have been so for the last eight years, have, in peace, 652 men in a bat- talion, and in war 1,000 men. Finally, the Chas- seurs à Pied have, in peace, 468 men, and in War 1,000 men. * g º, German battalions. With the exception of the 116th (Hesse). Regiment, the 148 Line, Regiments have three battalions. £h. Yägers are formed into twenty-six separate battalions. To each line, regi- ment is attached a Landwehr regiment of two battalions, and these latter bear the same number as the regular regiments to which they are affiliated. The five Prussian Guard Regiments have 22 officers and 678 men per battalion in peace time, the remain- ing regiments having 18 officers and 526 men per battalion, and the Yāgers, 22 officers and 526 men. On mobilization for war all battalions are raised to a strength of 22 officers and 1,000 men, with a regi- mental staff of one commandant, one extra field officer, and one aide-de-camp. Pioneer battalions are practically field engineer bodies, and are divided into Pontoniers (for bridging), and, Sap- pers and Miners (for siege operations, demolitions, or the construction of artificial defenses). They bave each three field and one depôt company; the former comprising fifteen officers and 650 men. II. Figuratively: A great number of anything. “When sorrows come, they come not single spies, But in battalions.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iv. 5. bat-tá1'-i-öned, a. [Eng, battalion; -ed.] Formed into battalions. (Barlow.) *bāt-tall, s, [From Fr. bataill.] [BATTLE, s.] A battalion. (Jamieson.) *bāt-tal-lifig, *bāt'-têl-lifig, s. [From Fr. bas- tillé, batillé.] [BASTILLE, BATTLEMENT.] A bat- tlement. “Skarsement, reprise, corbell, and battellingis.”—Pal- ice of Honor, iii. 17. (Jamieson.) *bāt'—tar-àx, s. [BATTLE-AX.] *bāt'—tart, *bāt-tirt, *bāt'—tard, *bāt'—tér, s. [Fr. bastarde. “A demie-cannon, or demie-culverin; a smaller piece of any kind” (Cotgrave).] A cannon of a smaller size. “Item, tua pair of irne calmes for moyan and battard.” —Ibid., p. 169. (Jamieson.) *bāt'—teil, s. [BATTLE.] *bāt'—teil-ant, s. [BATTAILANT.] *bāt'—tel, *bāt'—till, *bāt'—tle (1), v. t. & i. [From O. Eng. & Scotch bat=to fatten, to be fat; and, according to Mahn, A. S. doel=deal, portion. BAT, v., BATFUL, BATTEN.] A. Transitive: To make fat. “Ashes are a marvelous improvement to battle barren land, by reason of the fixed salt which they contain.”— Ray: Proverbs. B. Imtramsitive: f Gºdinary Language : To become fat, to gain GSE) , “The best advisement was, of bad, to let her Sleep out her fill without encomberment; For sleep, they said, would make her battill better.” Spenser: F. Q., VI. viii. 38. *bāt'—tel (1), s. [BATTLE (1).] An old spelling of the substantive BATTLE. (Used specially in Old Law for the absurd practice of settling legal inno- cence or guilt by single combat.) [BATTLE, s., B. 1.] “. . . the barbarous and Norman trial by battel.”— Blackstome: Comment., bk. iv., ch. 33. *bāt'—tel (2) (O. Eng.), *bāt'—tell (O. Scotch), a. & S. [From BATTEL., v. (q.v.).] flºwestwº Fertile, fruitful. (Used specially of SO11. “. . . is like unto a fruitful field or battel soil.”— Holland: Plutarch, p. 943. *bāt'—tell, s. [BATTLE.] *bāt'-te-mênt, s. [Fr. battement=a beating; from battre+ to beat..] A beating. bāt-tên, thät'-tón, s. & a. [Fr. baton=a stick, a staff, or Éng. bat (1) (q.v.).] A. As substantive : 1. Carp.; A plank, of wood from 2 to 7 inches wide, 2% inches thick, and from 6 to 50 feet long. They are used for floors, and, reared upright on the inner face of walls, afford supports to which the laths for the plastering may be affixed. Battens differ from deals in never being so, much, while deals are never so little, as 7 inches wide. “A batten is a scantling of wood, two, three, or four inches broad, seldom above one thick, and the length unlimited.”—Moacom. 2. The movable bar of a loom which strikes in or closes the threads of a woof. (Francis.) 3. Nawt. : Thin pieces of wood nailed to the mast- batter Battems of the Hatches: Scantlings of wood or cask-hoops rendered straight, which are used to. keep the margin of the tarpaulins close to the hatches during storms at sea. B. As adjective: Of or pertaining to battens. batten-end, s. A batten less than six feet in length. bât'-ten (1), v. t. [From batten, S. & a. (q.v.).] 1. to form with battens. 2. To fasten with battens. Nawt. : To batten down the hatches of a ship. To fasten them down with battens, which is gener- ally done when a storm arises. LBATTEN, S., A. 3..] bât'-ten (2) (Eng.). bāt (Old Eng. & Modern Scotch), v. t. & i. ſ omp. with A. S. bet=better; Dut. bat, bet–better; A. S. betan, and Icel. batma= to grow better; Goth. gabatman-to profit..] [BAT- FUL, BATTEL (1), BETTER.] A. Transitive: 1. Of persons, or of the lower animals: To cause to become fat, to fatten. “Battening our flock with the fresh dews of night, Oft till the star that rose at evening bright.” Milton: Lycidas, 26, 27. 2. Of land: To fertilize, to render fertile. [For example, see BATTENING (1).] B. Imtrams. : To grow fat through gluttony and sloth. (Lit. and fig.) “Hopes rashly, in disgust as rash recoils: Battens on spleen, or molders in despair.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. bât'-tened (1), pa. par. & a. [BATTEN (1), v. t.] bât'—tened (2), pa. par. & a, [BATTEN (2), v. t.] bât'-ten-iñg (1), pr. par. & a. [BATTEN (1), v.] ti In a transitive semse: Imparting fatness or fer- ity. “The meadows here, with batt’ming ooze enrich'd, Give spirit to the grass; three cubits high The jointed herbage shoots.” Philips. 2. In an intransitive sense: Becoming fat, “While paddling ducks the standing lake desire, Or batt’ming hogs roll in the sinking mire.” Gay: Pastorals. *-wn as (2), pr. par., a., & S. [BATTEN (2), Qj As swbst. : Narrow battens nailed to a wall to which the laths for the plastering are fixed. bât'—tér (1), v. t. [Fr. battre+to beat; Prov. batre; Sp. batir; Port, bater; Ital, battere; from Lat. bafwo and battwo-to beat.] A. Ordinary Language: I. To inflict upon any thing or upon any person a succession of heavy blows. 1. In a general sense: “And clattering flints batter'd with clanging hoofs.” Tennyson: A Dream of Fair Women. 2. Spec. : In the military sense defined under B. (Lit. & fig.) “. . . these haughty words of hers Have batter’d me like roaring cannon shot.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., iii. 3. “Now that those institutions have fallen we must hasten to prop the edifice which it was lately our duty to batter.” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. i. II. To inflict upon a person or thing a continued assault or hard usage, not necessarily taking the form of actual blows. (In this sense the assailant may be man, one of the inferior animals, wind, rain, and storm, or time.) “Batten’d and blackened and worn by all the storms of the winter.” Longfellow: The Courtship of Miles Standish. Fig.: Of the effect of passion upon the mind. “Kingdom’d Achilles in commotion rages And batters down himself.” Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, ii. 8. B. Technically: 1. Military: To inflict a succession of heavy blows on a wall or other defense with the view of break- ing it down. This was of old, done by means of a ºnstan. and now by artillery. [BATTERING- RAM. 2. Forging: To spread metal out by hammering on the end. bât'—tér (2), v. i. [Fr. battre+to beat, . . . to shake. * Arch. : (Formerly) To bulge out as a badly-built wall; (mow) to slope. [BATTER (1), s.] “The side of a wall, or any timber, that bulges from its bottom or foundation, is said to batter.”—Moacon. bât'—tér (3), v. t. [From batter (2), s. (q.v.).] To paste; to cause one body to adhere to another by means of a viscous substance. bât'—tér (1), s. [From batter (2), v.] Arch.: A backward slope in a wall to make the plumb-line fall within the base; as in railway cut- to 1,000 men. The Regiments of Zouaves have, in head and to the midship post of the yard. tings, embankments, &c. (Weale.) făte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt. or, wöre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = É; ey = à, qu = kW. batter-rule batter-rule, 8, . Arch.: A plumb-line designed to regulate the “batter’’ or slope of a wall not meant to be vertical. The plumb-line itself is perpendicular, but the edge is as much to the side of this as the wall is intended to slope. (Francis.) bât'—tér (2), s... [From Fr. battre = to beat, to agitate, to stir; that which is beaten, agitated, or stirred.] º º 1. A mixture of several †† beaten together with some liquor; so called from its being so much beaten. - “One would have all things little, hence has try’d Turkey poults fresh from th’ egg in batter fry’d.” Ring. 2. A glutinous substance used for producing, ad- hesion; paste used for Sticking papers, &c., together. (Scotch.) (J amieson.) 3. Printing: A bruise of the face of the #. when arranged in pages for printing; also a similar defacement of a stereotyped plate. batter-pudding, s. A pudding made of, flour, milk, eggs, butter, and salt. It is either baked or boiled. *bāt'—tér (3), s. A corruption of Fr. bastarde.] A species of artillery. [BATTART.] (O. Scotch.) bât'—tér (4), s. [BATTER (1), v. t.] Pottery: A plaster mallet, used to flatten, out a Iump of clay which is to be laid and formed upon the whirling table. bât'—tér (5), s. [BATSMAN.] bât'-têred, *bāt"—red, *y-bāt-red (red as érd), pa. par. & a... [BATTER (1), v.] A. As past participle: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. B. As participial adjective. Specially— I. Of things: Having marks indicating that it has been subjected to blows. “But sparely form’d, and lean withal: A battered morion on his brow.” Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, iv. 5. II. Of persons: Affording obvious indigations that time has done its work upon their physical frame. Used— (at) Of old mem: - “I am a poor old battered fellow, and I would willingly tend my days in peace.”—41-buthnot. History of J. Bull. Or (b) of old women : “In di’monds, pearls, and rich brocades, She shines the first of batter'd jades.”—Pope. bāt-têr-Ér, s. [Eng. batter; -er.] One who bat- ters. (Johnson.) bât'-têr-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BATTER (1), v.] battering-ram, s. An ancient military engine used for battering down walls. It existed among the Assyrians. See the engraving, taken from a tablet dated about 880 B. C. In its most perfect form among the Romans it consisted of a pole or beam of wood, sometimes as much as 80, 100, or even 120 feet in length. It was suspended by its extremi- ties from a single point or from two points in another beam, above, which lay horizontally across two posts. When at rest it was level, like the beam s É º – ºr - ſº above it. When put in action against a wall, it was SWung, horizontally by men § succeeded each other in constant relays, the blow which it gave to the masonry at each vibration being rendered all th9, more effective that one end of it was armed With iron. This, being generally formed like a ram's head, originated the name aries (ram), by Which it was known among the Romans, and bat- tering-ram, which it obtains among ourselves. A Toof or shed covered it to protect the soldiers who Worked it from hostile missiles, and to facilitate Ocomotion it was placed on wheels. the parapets, and the platform is horizontal. 405 battering-train, s. An artillery train for siege Operations. , - - bāt-têr-y, s. [In Sw, batteri; Dan., Ger., & Fr. batterie; Dut. batterij; Sp. & Port. bateria; Ital. batteria. From Fr., battre, Prov. batariq = to beat. (BATTER.) Essential signification, a beating; hence apparatus for inflicting one.] A. Ordinary Language: fL. The act of beating or battering. ill. The state of being beaten or battered; a legal Agº raised in consequence of having been beaten. • ? ... tº fIII. The wound or other injury produced by a beating. ſº tº 1. #. : A wound or other injury of the body. • 3 & “. . . may increase the damages at their own discre- tion; as may also be the case upon view of an atrocious battery. But then the battery must likewise be alleged so certainly in the declaration that it may appear to be the same with the battery inspected.”—Blackstone: Commemt., bk. iii., ch. 22. 2. Fig. : A wound or impression on the heart. “For where a heart is hard, they make no battery.” Shakesp.: Venus and Adom is, 427. IV. Apparatus by which the act or operation of battering is effected: 1. Lit. : In the military sense. [B., II. 1, 2.] “All the southern bank of the river was lined by the camp and batteries of the hostile army.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. 2. Figuratively: (a) Heaven's artillery; lightning, with the accom- panying thunder. “A dreadful fire the floating batt’ries make, O'erturn the mountain, and the forest shake.” Blackmore. (b) An argument. “Earthly minds, like mud walls, resist the strongest batteries.”—Locke. B. Technically: I. Law. The unlawful beating of another, or even the touching him with hostile intent. It is legiti- mate for a parent or a master to give moderate correction to his child, his scholar, or his *PR. tice. A churchwarde,) or beadle may gently lay hands on a person disturbing a congregation. A person, also, who is violently assailed by another may strike back in self-defense. He may do so also in defense of his property. But to strike any one in anger, however gently, without these justifications, exposes one to the liability to be prosecuted for assault and bat- tery, the assault being the menacing gesture and the battery the actual blow. [ASSAULT.] Wounding and mayhem are a more aggravated kind of battery. (Blackstome: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 8.) II. Military : 1. Breaching (siege) battery: One placed as close as possible to the object to be destroyed; as the stone revetment of a fortress. 2. Counter or direct (siege) battery: One intended to crush the opponent's fire by an equal number of heavy guns. 3. Cross batteries: Two batteries playing on the same point from two different positions. 4. Elevated (siege) battery : One in which the gun platforms are on the natural level of the ground. 5. Enfilading battery: One which is º on the prolongation of the line occupied by the enemy. 6. Fascine battery: One made of fascines. 7. Floating battery: A heavily armed, and ar- mored vessel intended for bombarding fortresses and not for sea cruising. 8. A gabiom, battery : One built up of gabions. 9. Half-sunkem battery : . One in which the terre- plein is sunk two feet below the level of the ground. 10. Masked battery: One that is concealed from view of the enemy by brushwood or the non-removal of natural obstacles in front until it is ready to open fire. 11. Mortar battery: One without ºre, i. R6 shells are fired over the parapet at an angle of 45°. 12. Open batteries: Those which are not protected by earthen or other fortifications, . 13. Ricochet battery : One in which the guns are placed on the prolongation of the front of an enemy's battery, so that by firing low charges the shot or shell may be made to bound along inside the work and dismount the guns. 14. Sand-bag battery. One constructed in rocky Or ands sites of sand-bags filled with earth or Så Il Cl, 15. Screem (siege) battery: One in , which the actual gun battery, is protected by a low earthen screen placed parallel to and a short distance from the main battery. & º 16. Sunkem (siege) battery : One in which the gun platforms are sunk three feet below the surface. battery 17. A certain number of artillerymen united under the command of a field officer, and the lowest tac- tical unit in the artillery. In a battery there are gunners who work the guns, and drivers who drive the horses by which these guns are transported from place to place. Batteries are usually distinguished as Horse, Field, and Garrison. The two first con- sist of six guns each. g (1) Horse batteries are those in which the gunners aré carried partly on the carriages and partly on horses. * º (2) Field batteries are those in which all the gun- ners, are carried on the carriages; and these are divided again into (a) Mountain and (b) Position Batteries. º (3) Garrison batteries are those bodies of foot artillerymen who have to serve and mount the heavy guns in forts or coast batteries. III. Physics: 1. An electric battery: One consisting of a Series of Leyden jars [LEYDEN JAR], the external and Klli, #|, Battery of Leyden Jars. internal coatings of which are respectively con- nected with each other. 2. A magmetic battery or magazine: One consist- ing of a number of magnets joined together by their similar poles. * 3. A Thermo-electric battery: One in which a number of thermo-electric couples are so joined together that the second copper of the first is sol- dered to the bismuth of the second, the second copper of this to the bismuth of - the third, and so on. It is worked by keeping the odd solder- ings, for instance, in ice, and the even ones in water at a tempera- ture of 100° Fahr. 4. A voltaic battery or voltaic pile: . A battery or pile con; structed by arranging a series of voltaic elements or pairs in such ºf a way that the zinc of one ele- * → ment is , connected with the ', ;- copper of another, and so on #, #: through the whole series. The #: first feeble one was made by # Wolta, who used only a single # pair. [Vol. TAIC. PILE.]. There sº are two forms of it, a Constant V º Pil Battery and a Gravity Battery. Oltaic Pile. (a) A constant battery, or comstant voltaic bat- tery: One in which the action continues without material alteration for a considerable portion of time. This is effected by employing two liquids in- stead of one. The first and best form of constant battery is called a Daniell’s battery, after its inventor, who devised it in the year 1836. It consists of a glass or porcelain vessel con- taining a saturated solu- tion of sulphate of copper, immersed in which is a copper cylinder open at 3 both ends and perforated Ž by holes. At the upper ºf part of the cylinder is an annular shel erforated by holes, and below the level of the solution. In- side the cylinder is a thin porous vessel of unglazed earthenware, and inside this last a bar of zinc is suspended. Two thin strips of copper are fixed b binding-screws to the copper and to the zinc ; an rº- -. º tº... ºilºuſly * * … .º. º i. several of these cylinders, connected together by uniting the zinc of one to the copper of the next form a battery. To keep it in action, crystals o sulphate of copper to replace those consumed are placed on the annular shelf, and in the porous ves- sel is placed a solution of salt or diluted sulphuric acid along with the bars of amalgamated zinc. As boil, böy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, Chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, a $; XenophOn, exist. ph = f. expect, *Clan, -tian = shan. -tion, -ble, -sion = Shiin; del. -ţion, -śion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -dle, &c. = bel, -Sious = Shūs. battery-resistance the several chemical elements now mentioned act on each other, a constant stream of electricity is evolved. To this type belong , Grove's, Bunsen's, $º's Smee's, Walker's, and Marié bavy's bat- * 156rleS, . (b). A gravity battery: One in which the separa- tion is produced by the difference of gravity in the substances themselves. To this type belong Calli- aud's and Menotti's batteries. (Atkinson : Gamot's JPhysics, bk. x., ch. 1.) * battery-resistance, s. Resistance, occurring in connection with a voltaic or other battery. “. . . when low battery-resistances have to be meas- ured, . . .”—Proceedings of the Physical Society of Lom- dom, pt. ii., p. 107. *bāt'-tie, a. [BATTY.] *bāt'—til, v. i. [BATTLE, v. (1).] bât'-tiâg, pr. par., a., & S. [BAT, v.] A. & B. As present participle dº participial adjec- tive: In a sense corresponding to that of the verb. C. As substantive: The use and management of a bat in cricket and other games. bât'-tífig, s. [BAT (1).] A sheet of cotton pre- pared for stuffing quilts. f fbât'—tish, a. [Eng. bat (2); -ish.] Resembling a at. “To be out late in a battish humor.” Gent. Instructed. bât'—tle (tle as tel), *bāt'—tel, *bāt'—tell, *bāt"— teil, *battail, *battaile, *batail, *bataile (Eng.), *bataill, *battall, *battayle (Old Scotch), s. Wel. batel=a drawing of a bow, a battle. In Sw. atalj; Dan. & Fr. bataille=battle, fight, encounter, dy of forces, main body of an army; Proy. bat- Aiii.; Sp. bataii.; Port."bataina ftal. battaglia, all from Low Lat. batalia-battle..] [BATTALIA, BATTALION, BEAT.] A. Ordinary Language : I. Of array or equipment for fighting purposes: 1. Order of battle, battle array. “And in bataill in gud aray, , Befor Sanct Jhonystoun com thai, And bad Schyr Amery isch to fycht.” Barbour, ii. 246. (Jamieson.) 2. Military equipment (?). “Quhan he wald our folk assaill, , Durst name of Walis in bataill ride.” - Barbour, i, 105, MS. (Jamieson.) II. Of the combatants engaged in fighting, or equipped for it: An army in part or in whole. Spe- eiºſi £ tº º 1. A division of an army, a battalion. “To ilk lord, and his bataill, Wes ordanyt, quhar he suld assaill.” Barbour, xvii. 345. MS. (Jamieson.) *I Still used in poetry: “In battles four beneath their eye, The forces of King Robert lie.” Scotf: Lord of the Isles, vi. 10. 2. The main body of , an army as contradistin- guished from itsyan and rear. “Angus led the avant-guard, himself followed with the battle a good distance behind, and after came the arrier.” —Hayward. * Not quite obsolete yet. * . and it chanced that Brutus with the Roman horsemen and Aruns, the son of King Tarquinius, with the Etruscan horse, met each other in advance of the Imain battles.”—Arnold: Hist. of Rome, vol. i., ch. vii. p. 108 3. The whole of an army opposed to another in the field. ** Each battle sees the other's umbered face.” Shakesp.: Henry V., iv., Chorus. III. Of a hostile encounter between two or more armies, or between two or more individuals, or amy- thing analogous to it: 1. Literally: . iº (1) Between armies or other large bodies of men, or between beings of any kind. (a) Between armies. “And the King of Israel disguised himself, and went into the battle.”—1 Kings xxii. 30. (b) Between beings. “Foolhardy as th’ Earthes children, the which made Batteill against the Grods, so we a God invade.” Spenser : F. Q., III., xi. 22. A pitched battle: A battle in which all the forces on both sides are engaged. . . . To give battle, (of an attacking force): To take the initiative in fighting; also (of a force on the defen- sive) to be prepared for an attack. “The English army, that divided was Into two parts, is now conjoin’d in one, 406 f To join battle: Mutually to engage in battle. * Either (a) the name of one of the combatants may be a nominative before the verb, and that of the other an objective governed by with : & & and they joined battle with them in the vale of Siddim.”—Genesis xiv. 8. Or (b) the names of both combatants may be nomi- natives before the verb. “Then the Romans and the Latins joined battle by the º: Regillus.”—Armold: Hist. of Rome, vol. i., ch. vii., p. 116. To offer battle: To give the enemy an opportunity if not even a temptation to fight. "I According to Sir Edward Creasy, the followin were the fifteen “Decisive Battles of the World:” 1. The Battle of Marathon, B. C. 490. 2. The Defeat of the Athenians at Syracuse, B. C. 413. 3. The Battle of Arbela, B. C. 331. 4. The Battle of the Metaurus, B. C. 207. 5. The Victory of Arminius over the Roman legions under Varus, A. D. 9. 6. The Battle of Chalons, A. D. 451. 7. The Battle of Tours, A. D. 732. 8. The Battle of Hastings, A. D. 1066. 9. Joan of Arc’s Victory over the English at Orleans, A. D. 1429. 10. The Defeat of the Spanish Armada, A. D. 1588. 11. The Battle of Blenheim, A. D. 1704. 12. The Battle of Pułtowa, A. D. 1709. 13. The Yºr the Americans over Burgoyne at Saratoga, A. D. 17 14. The Battle of Valmy, A. D, 1792. 15. The Battle of Waterloo, A. D. 1815. BATTLES OF THE AMERICAN WAR OF INDEPEND- IENCE. Lexington, April 19, 1775. Gage victor, with great loss. Bunker's Hill, June 17, 1775. Americans repulsed. Long Island, August 27, 1776. Americans defeated. White Plains, October 28, 1776. Howe defeats Americans. Rhode Island, December 8, 1776. Taken by Royalists. Princeton, January 3, 1777. Washington defeats British. Brandywine, September 11, 1777. Howe defeats Wash- ington. Germanstown, October 3, 4, 1777. Burgoyne's victory. Saratoga, October 7, 1777. He is compelled to surrender. Briar's Creek, March 3, 1779. Americans defeated. Camden, August 16, 1780. Cornwallis defeats Gates. Guildford, arch 15, 1781. Cornwallis defeats Gates, Camden, April 25, 1781. Americans defeated Eutaw Springs, September 8, 1781. Americans. York Town, October 19, 1781. Arnold defeats Cornwallis surrenders. THE BATTLES OF THE LATE CIVIL WAR. 1861. Fort Sumter, April 12. Fairfax C. H., Va., May 31. Phillippi, W. Va., June 3. Big Bethel, Va., June 10. Cole Camp, Mo., June 10. Fºllº, ater, W. Va., ll Carthage, Mo., July 5. Riº Mountain, Va., July Carricks Ford, Va., July 13. Screytown, Va., July 13. Blackburn Ford, Va., July 18. Bull Run, Va., July 21. Dug Spring, Mo., Aug. 2. wºon's Creek, Mo., Aug. Charleston, Mo., Aug. 21. Summerville, Va., Aug. 26. Fort Hatteras, N. C., Aug. 29. Boonville, Mo., Sept. 1. Carnifex, Va., Sept. 10. Blue Mills, Mo., Sept. 17. heat Mountain, Va., Sept. 12, Lexington, Mo., Sept. 21, Papinsville, Mo., Sept. 21. cººpmanville, W. Va., Oct. Greenbrier, W. Va., Oct. 3. Chicamacomico, Va., Oct. 4. Flemington, W. Va., Oct. 6. Santa Rosa Island, Fla., Oct. 9. Balls Bluff, Va., Oct. 21. cººp Wild Cat, Ky., Oct. Fºericktown, Mo., Oct. Buffalo Mills, Mo... Oct. 22. Romney, W. Va., Oct. 25. Springfield, Mo., Oct. 26. Port Royal, S. C., Nov. 7. |Belmont, Mo., Nov. 7. Guyandotte, Va., Nov 10. Hunters Hill, Va., Nov. 26. Warsaw, Mo., Nov. 29. Salem, Mo., Nov. 30. Cººp Alleghany, Va., Dec. Munfordville, Ky., Dec. 17. Osceola, Mo., Dec. 17. Drainsville, Va., Dec. 20. Mount Zion, Mo., Dec. 28. 1862. Fort Pickens, S. C., Jan. 1. Huntersville, W.Va., Jan. 4. Prestonburg, Ky., Jan. 10. Mill Springs, Ky., Jan. 19. Fort Henry, Tenn., Feb. 6. Roanoke Island, N. C., Feb. 8. Fort Donelson, Tennessee, Feb. 15–16. Fort Craig, N. M., Feb. 21. Fº gase Ark., March Hampton Roads, Va., {l PCIl &. Newbern, N. C., March 14. Winchester, Va., March 23. Pigeon Ranch, March 28. Shiloh, April 6–7. M., Chattanooga, Tenn., April Eſſabeth City, N. C., April, New Orleans, La., May 1. Williamsburg, Va., May 4. Lebanon, Tenn., May 5. West Point, Va., May 7. McDowell’s, Va., May 8. Fort Darling, Va., May 16. Lewisburgh, Va., May 23. Manassas Gap, Va., May 23. Strasburg, Va., May 25. Hanover C. H., Va., May 27. Seven Pines, Va., May 31. Fair Oaks, Va., May 31. Memphis, Tenn., June 6. Harrisonburg, Va., June 6. Cross Keys, Va., June 8. & battle Saint Charles, Ark., June 7. Mghanicsville, Va., June 6. Cold Harbor, Va., June 27. Savage Station, Va., June Frazier Farm, Va., June 30. Malvern Hill, Va., July 1. Jasper, Ala., July 7. Bayou Cache, Ark., July 7. Murfreesboro, Tenn., July 13. Moore's Hill, Mo., July 28. Baton Rouge, La., Aug. 5. cºar Mountain, Va., Aug. Haymarket, Va., Aug. 27. Centerville, Va., Aug. 28. Gainesville, Va., Aug. 29. Bolivar, Tenn., Aug. 80. Bull Run, Va., Aug. 30. Richmond, Ky., Aug. 30. Bºtton Lane, Tenn., Sept. Chantilly, Va., Sept. 1. Washington, N. C., Sept. 6. Middletown, Md., Sept. 18. South Mountain, Md., Sept. 14. Harper's Ferry, W. Va., Sept. 12. Munfordsville, Ky., Sept. 14–15–16. Antietam, Md., Sept. 17. Iuka, Miss., Sept. 19. Augusta, Ky., Sept. 27. Corinth, Miss., Oct. 3–4. Lavergne, Tenn., Oct. 6. Perryville, Ky., Oct. 8. Gallatin, Tenn., Oct. 19. Pocotaligo, S. C., Oct. 22. Maysville, Ark., Oct. 22. Labadle, La., Oct. 27. Garrettsburg, Ky., Nov. 11. Kingston, N. C., Nov. 17. Cane Hill, Ark., Nov. 28. Charleston, Va., Dec. 2. Prairie Grove, Ark., Dec. 7. Hartsville, Tenn., Dec. 7. Fredericksburg, Va., Dec. Hīy Springs, Miss., Dec. David Mills, Miss., Dec.21. Vººrs. Miss., Dec. 27– Fº Cross Roads, Dec. Stone River, Tenn., Dec. 31, and Jan. 1–2–3, 1863. 1863. Galveston, Tex., Jan. 1. Springfield, Mo., Jan. 7. Aºns Post, Ark., Jan. & Bayou Teche, La., Jan. 15. Sabine City, Tex., Jan. 20. Black Water, Va., Jan. 30. Rover, Tenn., Jan. 31. Middletown, Tenn., Feb. 2. Bradyville, Tenn., Mar. 1. Thompson Station, Tenn., March 5. Unionville, Tenn., Mar. 7. Fairfax, Va., March 9. Newbern, N. C., March 13. Port Hudson, La., Mar. 13. Kelly's Ford, Va., Mar. 17. Milton, Tenn., March 20. sºle's Bayou, Miss., Mar. Somerset, Ky., March 29. Woodbury, Tenn., April 1. Nashville, Tenn., April 6. Charleston, S. C., April 7. Eranklin, Tenn., April 10. Bayou Teche, La., April 15–16–17. g Fayetteville, Ark., April 18. Fairmont, W. Va., April 30. Monticello, Ky., May 1. Port Gibson, Miss., May 1. Chancellorsville, Va., May 2–3. Cedar Bluff, Ala., May 8. Horse Shoe Bend, Tenn., May 9. Raymond, Miss., May 12. Jackson, Miss., May 18. 18 Newbern, N. C., Feb. 1. Stevensburg, Va., Feb. 6. Sherman's Raid in Miss., Feb. 3 to March 4. Plymouth, N. C., Feb. 17. Olustee, Fla., Feb. 20. Union City, Tenn., Mar. 24. Paducah, Ky., March 25. Monticello, Ark., Mar. 80. Natchitoches, La., Mar. 81. Crump's Hill, La., April 2. Pleasant Hill, La., April 7. Sabine Cross Roads, La., April 8. Fort Pillow, Tenn., Apr. 12. Wilderness, Va., May 5 to 31. Fort Darling, Va., May 16– 19–20–21. Kulp House, Va., May 22. Wilson's Wharf, Va., May 24. Dallas, Ga., May 25. Powder Springs, Ga., May Sherman's March from Chattanooga, Tenn., May 7. Resaca, Ga., May 15. Cold Harbor, Va., June 3. Pine Mountain, Ga., June Buck Childs, Va., June 11. Gordonsville, Va., June 12. Morgan’s Second Raid in Kentucky, June 7. Petersburg, Va., June 15–16. Weldon ailroad, Va., June 21. Rood's Hill, Va., June 14, Linden, Tenn., May 13. Suffolk, Va., May 15. Baker's Creek, Miss., May 16. Big Black River, Miss., May 17. Port Hudson, La., May 27. Triune, Tenn., June 11. Winchester, Va., June 14. Aldie, Va., June 17. Lºrty Gap, Tenn., June Hºver. Gap, Tenn., June Morgan's Raid in Ken- tucky, June 27, Gº's Gap, Tenn., June Gettysburg, Pa., July 1–2, Helena, Ark., July 4, Surrender of Wicksburg, Miss., July 4. Jackson, Miss., July 17. Elk Creek, Ark., July 17. Wytheville, Va., July 20. Mºassas Gap, Va., July Culpeper, Va., Aug. 2. Grenada, Miss., Aug. 17. Lawrence, Mo., Aug. 25. Sabine City, Tex., Sept. 8. Chickamauga, Tenn., Sept. Farmington, Tenn., Oct. 9. Missionary Ridge, Tenn., Nov. 24–25–26. Huff Hill, Tenn., Nov. 14. Knoxville, Tenn., Nov. 28. 64. Mºnocacy River, Md., July Near Washington, D. C., July 11. Peach Tree Creek, Ga., July 20. Hºard Płouse, Ga., July Atlanta, Ga., July 24. Winchester, Va., July 24. Newman, Ga., July 26. Moorefield, W. Va., Aug. 7. Deep Bottom, Va., Aug. 16. Weldon Railroad, Va., Aug. 18. Rºme Station, Va., Aug. Jonesboro, Ga., Aug. 31. Dalton, Ga., Aug. 14. Winchester, Va., Sept. 19. Fisher's Hill, Va., Sept. 22. Pilot Knob, Mo., Sept. 26. Port Scott R. R., Kan., Oct. 25. Allatoona, Ga., Oct. 5. Thom's Brook, Va., Oct. 8. Cedar Creek, Va., Oct. 19. Sherman's March from At- lanta, Ga., Nov. 15. Mºtown, Tenn., Nov. Hollow Tree Gap, Tenn., Nov. 17. Franklin, Tenn., Nov. 17. Griswoldville, Ga., Nov. 22. Sºng Hill, Tenn., Now- 9 Franklin, Tenn., Nov. 30. Murfreesboro, Tenn., Dec. And means to give you battle presently.” Island No. Ten, April 8. James Island, S. C., June Kenesaw Mountain, Ga., Nashville, Tenn., Dec. 15- Shakesp.: 1 Henry VI., v. 2. Fort Pulaski, Ga., April 10. 16. - June 27. 16. făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, Wolf, Wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rale, fūll; try, syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kW. battle 1865. Beverley, W. Va., Jan. 11. Quaker Road, Va., Mar. 29. Fort Anderson, N. C., Jan. Boydton Road, Va., March 18. 30–31. Town Creek, N. C., Jan. 20. Five Forks, Va., April 1. Sherman's March to Wil- Petersburg, Va., Surren- mington, N. C., Jan. 18. dered April 2. Hatcher's Run, Va., Feb.6-7. Itichmond, Va., Surren- dered April 2. Surrender of General Lee, Appomattox CourtHouse, Va., April 9. Waynesboro, Va., March 2. Averysboro, N.C., Mar. 16. Bentonville, N. C., March 18–21. BATTLE-FIELDS OF THE LATE CIVIL WAR AND THEIR DISTANCES FROM WASHINGTON, D. C. The mere enumeration of these battle-fields is interesting. The places within, 300 miles of Wash- ington, and distances, are as follows: MILES. IMILES. Alexandria, Va. . . . . . . . 7 Rernstown, Va. . . . . . . . 87 Antietam, Md. . . . . . . . . 66 Leesburg, Va. . . . . . . . . . 40 Aldire, Va. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Lexington, Va. . . . . . . . . 191 Appomattox C. H., Va. 198 Luray, Va. . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Ashby's Gap, Va. . . . . . . 66 Lynchburg, Va. . . . . . . . 175 Balls' Bluff. . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Manassas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Berryville, Va. . . . . . . . . 82 Manassas Gap. . . . . . . . . 48 Big Bethel, Va... . . . . . . 179 Mine Run. . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Bull Run, Va. . . . . . . . . . 34 Monocacy, Md. . . . . . . . . 52 Cedar Creek, Va. . . . . . . 101 Meyer’s Cave, Va. ..... 171 Cedarville, Va. . . . . . . . . 98 Natural Bridge, Va. . . . 241 Cedar Mountain. . . . . . . 75 Newport News, Va..... 244 Chancellorsville. . . . . . . 113 Newmarket, Va. . . . . . . . 136 Chancellorsville, Va... 54 Norfolk, Va. . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Chantilly ... . . . . . . . . . . . 18 North Ann, Va. . . . . . . . . 92 City Point, Va. . . . . . . . . 274 Old Point, Va. . . . . . . . . . 220 Cold Harbor, Va. . . . . . . 116 Opequan, Va. . . . . . . . . . . 87 Cross Keys, Va. . . . . . . . . 171 Petersburg, Va. . . . . . . . 189 Culpeper C. H., Va. . . . . 67 |Phillippi, W. Va...... 279 Fisher's Hill. . . . . . . . . . 93 Piedmont, W. Va. . . . . . 171 |Fortress Monroe, Va.. 173 Port Republic, Va. . . . . 160 Fredericksburg, Va. .. 54 Rappahannock Stat'n. 56 Fairfax C. H. . . . . . . . . . . 23 Richmond, Va. . . . . . . . . 116 Five Forks, Va. . . . . . . . . 189 Snickers' Gap. . . . . . . . . 53 Frederick, Md. . . . . . . . . 55 South Mountain, Md... 66 Front Royal, Va. . . . . . . 104 Staunton, Va. . . . . . . . . . 55 Gettysburg, Pa. . . . . . . . 111 Strasburg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Gordonsville, Va. . . . . . 94 Suffolk, Va............ 197 Hanover, Va. . . . . . . . . . . 151 Waltenton. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Hanover C. H., Va. . . . . 92 Waynesboro, Va. . . . . . . 143 Harrisonburg, Va. . . . . 155 Wilderness, Va. . . . . . . . 113 Harrison's Ferry, W. Williamsburg, Va. . . . . 164 'a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Winchester, Va. . . . . . . . 87 Relly's Ford. . . . . . . . . . . 56 Yorktown, Va. . . . . . . . . . 185 (2) Between individuals. (In this case the word more commonly employed is combat.) [B. 1.] 2. Figuratively: (1) Of a struggle of any kind: (a) A long protracted military, political, social, or other struggle. “For Freedom's battle once begun, Bequeathed from bleeding sire to son, Though vanquished oft is ever won.” Byron. (b) The struggle for existence which every human being, as also every animal and plant, must carry on during the whole period of his or its life. “. . . other variations useful in some way to each being in the great and complex battle of life.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. iv., p. 80. - (2) Of success in a fight or struggle: Victory in battle, “. . . the race is not to the swift, nor the battle to the strong.”—Ecclesiastes ix. 11. B. Technically: 1. Law. Trial by battle, or, wager of battle (or battel, as the spelling was): A barbarous method of deciding in the court of last resort, by personal combat, all civil and criminal questions turning on disputed matters of fact. The practice seems to have been immemorially in use among the Northern nations; the Burgundians reduced it to stated forms about the end of the fifth century; from them it passed to the Franks and Normans, and, through William the Conqueror came to be established in England. It was used (1) in courts- martial, or courts of chivalry and honor; (2) in appeals of felony; and (3) upon cases joined in a writ of right—the last and most solemn deci- Sion of real property. In civil actions the par- ties at variancé appointed champions to fight for them, but in appeals of felony they had to do so themselves. The weapons were batons of an ell long, and a four-cornered target. The combat went on till the stars appeared in the evening, unless one of the combatants proved recreant and cried grayen. If he did so, or if his champion lost the battle, Divine Providence was supposed to have decided that his cause was bad. If the one who thus failed was appellant against a charge of mur- der, he was held to have done the felonious deed, and without more ado was hanged. Henry II. Štruck the first blow at the system of trial by battle by giving the defendant in a case of property the Qption of the grand assize, then newly introduced. The last trial by battle in the Court of Common Pleas at Westminster was in the year 1571, the last in the provinces in 1638. The case of Ashford v. Thornton, in 1818, having nearly led to a judicial bøll, jówl; cat, -Clan, Shan. -tion, böy; pout, —tian = çell, -Sion = Chorus, shiin; 407 duel of the old type, the Act 59 Geo. III., ch. 46, assed in 1819, finally abolished trial by battle. Montesquieu traces both dweling and knight- errantry back to the trial by battle. (Blackstone: Comment, bk. iii., ch. 22, and bk. iv., chs. 27, 33, &c.) 2. Nat. Science. Battle of life. [A., III. 2 Öj "I Crabb thus distinguishes the words battle, combat and engagement:—“Battle is a general action requiring some preparation ; combat is only particular and sometimes unexpected. Combat has more relation to the act of fighting than battle, which is used with more jº simply to denominate the action. “In the battle the combat was obstinate and bloody.” In this sense engage- ment and combat are analogous, but the former has a specific relation to the agents and parties engaged, which is not implied in the latter term. We speak of a person being present, or wounded, or fighting desperately in an engagement; on the other hand, we speak of engaging in a combat, challenging to single combat, &c. Battles are fought between armies only ; they are gained or lost. Combats are entered into between individuals, in which they seek to destroy or excel. , Engagements are con- fined to no particular number, only to such as are engaged. A general engagement is said of an army when the whole body is engaged ; partial engage- ments respect only such as are fought by small parties or companies of an army.” battle-array, s. The array or order of battle. “Two parties of fine women, placed in the opposite side boxes, seemed drawn up in battle-array one against the other.”—Addison. battle-ax (Eng.), *battar-ax (Old Scotch), s. (1) Lit. : A weapon like an ax, formerly used in battle. “But littil effect of speir or battar-aac.” Dunbar: Bammatyne Poems, p. 43, st. 8. * “Four men-at-arms came at their backs, With halbert, bill, and battle-aac.” Scott: Marmion, i. 8. * In the first example Jamieson considers that battar-cla: may be an error of an early transcriber for battal-a,c, if not, then it is directly from Fr. battre+to beat. 2. Fig.: Military power. The battle-aa.. in Jer. li. 20 is the military power by the instrumentality of which God should execute his judgment on Babylon. battle-bed, s. The “bed ”, on , which a slain soldier is loft to repose after a battle. “In the strong faith which brings the viewless nigh, And pour’d rich odors on their battle-bed.” Hemams: The Bowl of Liberty. battle-bell, s. A bell used to summon people to battle, or for some similar purpose. “I hear the Florentine, who from his palace Wheels out his battle-bell with dreadful din.” Longfellow: The Arsenal at Springfield. battle-brand, s. A “brand” or sword used in battle. [BRAND. “Thy father's battle-brand . . .” Scott; Lady of the Lake, ii. 15. battle-broil, s. Broil or contention of battle. “When falls a mate in battle-broil.” Scott; Rokeby, i. 21. battle-call, s. A call or summons to battle. ** Valencia roused her at the battle-call.” Scott: Vision of Don Roderick, st. xlvi. battle-cry, s. . A cry given forth by troops of certain nations when engaging in battle. “How shall she bear that voice's tone, At whose loud battle-cry alone Whole squadrons oft in panic ran.” Moore: Lalla Rookh; Fire-Worshipers. "| Occasionally used figuratively for the watch; word of parties engaged in warfare of another kind —e.g., political or Social. battle-day, s. The day of battle. “The beetle with his radiance manifold, A mailed angel on a battle-day.” Wordsworth: Stanzas on Thomson’s Castle of Indol. battle-dell, s. A dell in which a battle has oc- curred. “The faithful band, our sires, who fell Here in the narrow battle-dell l’’ Hemams: Swiss Somg. battle-field, s. A “field,” plain, or other extended area on which hostile armies fight with each other. “. . . the coalition of clans would last only while they were impatiently pushing forward from battle-field to battle-field.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. battle-fray, s. The fray, affray, or collision of battle. " “And my free spirit burst away, As if it soared from battle-fray.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, vi. 14. go, gem; thin,' this; zhūn. -tious, -cious, bençh; -Šion = çhin, —tion, Sin, -SiOus = battle battle-front, s. The front presented by an army drawn up in order of battle. “With plumes and pennons waving fair, Was that bright battle-front 1 for there Rode England's king and peers.” Scott; Lord of the Isles, vi. 14. battle-ground, s. The ground or “field” selected for battle, or on which battle actually takes place. “Upon its midnight battle-ground The spectral camp is seen.” Longfellow: The Beleaguered City. battle-heath, s. A heath on which a battle takes place. ** Far on the future battle-heath. His eyes beheld the ranks of death.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, iii. 7. battle-horn, s. A horn summoning men to battle. ** Heard you not the battle-horn ?— Reaper leave thy golden corn.” Płem atms: The Bended Bow. battle-piege, s. A piece or picture, or occasion- ally a musical composition, representing a battle. battle-plain, S. A plain on which a battlo takes DiaCe. “Hear ye my vows, O spirits of the slain : Hear, and be with me on the battle-plain.” Hemams: The Abemcerrage. battle-royal, s. 1. A battle of game cocks, in which more than two are engaged. . (Grose. 2. A mélée, in which more than two persons fight; each other with fists and cudgels. (Thackeray.) (Goodrich, dº Porter.) battle-scar, s. A scar arising from a wound received in battle. battle-shout, s. A shout raised in battle. “And the laurel groves, as on they pass'd, Rang with no battle-showt 1 '' Ełemans: The Spartan’s March. A sign or signal given for battle. ** On all her Olive-hills Shall men set up the battle-sign of fire.” Hemans: The Siege of Valencia. battle-signal, s. A signal given for battle. “For those who wait the morn’s awakening beams, The battle-signal to decide their doom.” Hemans: Last Banquet of Amtomy and Cleopatra. battle-song, s. A song sung by troops to animate them when proceeding to battle. “Ye know his battle-song f The old rude strain wherewith his bands went forth.” Hemans: The Siege of Valencia. battle-strife, s. The strife of battle. “Since thou hast been, in battle-strife, So prodigal of health and life, For earthly fame.” Longfellow: (Translation), Coplas de Manrique. battle-target, S. A round target formerly used in battle. * battle-sign, s. “With disk like battle-target red, He rushes to his burning bed.” Scott; Rokeby, v. 21. battle-thunder, s. The thunder-like sound given forth by the cannon and lesser guns in battle. “Soon murkier clouds the hall enfold, Than e'er from bevttle-thumder's rolled.” Scott; Rokeby, v. 34. battle-word, s: The “word,” signal, or watch- word given forth by a leader to his followers when engaging in battle. “Alla and Mahomet their battle-word.” Scott: Vision of Don Roderick, 20. “We heard but the battle-word given by the chief, “To-day for revenge, and to-morrow for grief ''” Hemams: The Death of Clamronald. “What though thy name, through distant empires heard, Bade the heart bound, as doth a battle-word ** Ibid.: The Skeptic. battle-worn, a... Worn away or depleted in bodily vigor by participating in battles. *bāt'—tle (1) (tle as tel), *bāt"-til, v. t. & i. [BATTEL (1).] bät —tle (2) (tle as tel), *batail, *bat—ailen, v. i. & t. [From battle (2), s. § v.). In Fr. batailler; Prov. & Port, batalhar; Sp. battallar-to fight, to fence; Ital, battagliare=to fight, to skirmish.] A. Intransitive : I. Lit., Of a conflict between physical forces: 1. To fight a battle; to take part in a battle. “Oh! more or less than man—in high or low, Battling with nations, flying from the field.” Byron : Childe Harold, iii. 38. 2. To struggle; to contend in a conflict of any kind, even though unworthy the name of a battle. “Her ragged and starving soldiers often mingled with. the crowd of beggars at the doors of convents, and battled there for a mess of pottage and a crust of bread.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xx. aş; Xenophon, exist. ph = f. —dle, &c. = bel, del. expect, Shiis. -ble, *g battled II. Fig. Of a conflict between moral forces: To be in conflict or antagonism with anything; to strug- gle against anything. “I own he hates an action base, His virtues battling with his place.” Swift. B. Transitive: To contest, to dispute by force of arms, or in any other hostile way. (Followed by it, which gives the ordinary intransitive verb a transi- tive character.) “I battle it against Him, as I battled - e. In highest heaven.” Byron: Cain, ii. 2. bāt-tled (tled as teld), *bāt'-teled, a. [Con- º from Eng. embattled, or from battlemented q. V.). 1. Órd. Lang.: Possessed of battlements. [EM- BATTLED.] “So thou, fair city! disarrayed Of battled wall and rampart's aid.” Scott: Marmion, Introd. to canto V. 2. Her. : Having the chief, chevron, fesso, Or any- thing similar borne on one side in the form of the battlements of a castle or fort. bât'—tle-door, bát'—tle-dòre, *bāt'—tle-dér, *bāt"—yl-dòre, *batyldoure (tle as tel), S. [Gen- erally considered a corruption of Spanish, bgitalla- dor=a combatant, a fencing master, a gladiator; Port. & Prov. batalhador; ital. battagliatore, all= a combatant; these words being akin also to Fr. bataillew, O. Fr. bataillew', bataillier; Proy, bgºt- alhier–a warrior. [BATTLE (2), v.] But Wedg- wood derives it from the Sp. batidor=a Washing beetle.] [BEETLE §: *1. A washing beetle. “Batyldowre or wasshynge betyl, Feritorium.”—Prompt. OL7"U. 2. The instrument with which a shuttlecock is struck. It consists of a handle and a flat expanded board or palm at the top ; a racket. “Playthings which are above their skill, as tops, gigs, battledoors, and the like, which are to be used with labor, should indeed be procured them.”—Locke. *3. A child’s hornbook. (Todd.) bât'—tle-mênt (tle as tel), *bāt-el-mênt, s. From O. Fr. bastillé=made like a fortress, bastille; ow Lat, bastilla, bastillus=tower, fortification.] [BASTILLE.] A. As substantive: I. Lit. (Arch. dº Ord. Lang.): 1. A wall or rampart built around the top of a fortified building, with interstices or embraSures to discharge arrows Or darts, or fire gun S through. “Go ye up upon her walls, and destroy; but make not a full end: take away her battle- ments; for they are not the Lord’s.”—Jer. v. 10. 2. A similar erection around the roofs of churches and other Gothic building s, where the object was principally ornament- al. They are found not only upon para- pets, but as ornaments on the transoms of windows, &c. - 3. A wall built around a flat-roofed house, in the East and elsewhere, to prevent any one from falling into the street, area, or garden. “When thou buildest a new house, then thou shalt make a battlement for thy roof, that thou bring not blood upon thine house, if any man fall from thence.”—Dew- teromom?/, XXil. II. Fig.: A high and dangerous social or political elevation. “That stands upon the battlements of state; I'd rather be secure than great.” Norris. B. In an attributive sense in such a compound as the following:— battlement-wall, s. A wall forming the battle- ment to a building. “And the moonbeam was bright on his battlement-walls.” Hemams: Gwerilla Song. bât'—tle-mênt–ed (tle as tel), a. [Eng, battle- ment; -ed.] Furnished with battlements; defended by battlements. “So broad [the wall of Babylon] that six chariots could well drive together at the top, and so battlemented that they could not fall.”—Sir T. Herbert: Travels, p. 228. *bāt'—tlér, s. [BATTELER.] *bātt'—lét, s. [BATLET.] *bāt'—tlińg (1), *bāt-lińg, *bat'-le-iñg (le = Battlements. 408 f bätt'-líng (2), pr. par., adj., & S. [BATTLE (2), v.] The act or operation of fighting, in a literal or figurative sense; contest, fight, struggle. “The livid Fury spread— She blaz'd in omens, swell'd the groaning winds With wild surmises, battlings, sounds of war.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. 4. thät-tó1'-ö-gist, s. [See BATTOLOGIZE, v. t.] One who repeats his words unnecessarily. “Should a truly dull battologist, that is of Ausonius' character, quam pauca, quam di w loquumtur Attici that an hour by the glass speaketh nothing; . .”— Whit- lock: Mammers of the English, p. 209. fbât-tö1–ö-gi'ze, v. t. [Gr, battologed (Matt, yi. 7, (+r. º: stammer, to repeat the same sylla- ble, word, clause, or sentence over and over again : battos=a stammerer, logos=discourse, and Eng- suff. -ize= to make.] To repeat the same word Or idea with unnecessary frequency. “After the Eastern mode, they wagged their bodies, bowing their heads, and battologizing the names Allowgh Whoddaw and Mahumet very often.”—Sir T. Herbert: Travels, p. 191. ibāt-tól-ö-gy, s. [Fr. battologie.from Gr. bat- tologia=stammering.] [See v. t.) The repetition of the same word or idea with unnecessary fre- quency. (Milton.) *bāt'—tén, S. & a. [BATTEN, S. & a.] *bat—tó'on, s. [BATON.] bāt-tör-y, s. A name given by the Hanse Towns to their magazines or factories abroad. bât'—ttle, s. [Fr. battwe-beating; from battre+ to beat.] º Among sportsmen: The process or operation, of beating the bushes to start game or drive it within prescribed limits, where it may be more easily shot. *bāt'-tu-lāte, v. t. [A Levantine word. Ety- mology doubtful...]... . Comm. : To prohibit commerce. *bāt-tu-lā'—tion, s. [From Eng. battulate (q.v.).] A prohibition of commerce. bāt-tū’—ta, s. ſItal; battuta = time in music, ... . . the beating of the pulse; from battere—to beat.] Music: The measurement of time by beating. [A BATTUTA.] º bât'—ty, .*bāt-tie a. [Eng. bat(t); -y.] Bat- like ; pertaining to a bat. “Till o'er their brows death-counterfeiting sleep, With leaden legs and battlſ wings doth creep.” Shakesp.: Midsum me?' Night's Dream, iii. 2. *bāt'-time, s. Old form of BATON. *bāt'—yl-dòre, s. [BATTLEDOOR.] batz, batze, s. [In Ger. batz, batze, batzen; Low Lat. bacco, bacius, bacemws=of the Swiss canton of Berne, having on it the figure of a bear; from Ger. bóitz, betz=bear.] A coin of copper with a slight admixture of silver, formerly current in parts of Switzerland and Germany. Its value was about five-sixths of a cent. ibäub, s. [Apparently imitated from the sound.] Beat of drum. “. for that effect, ordains a bawb to be beatt throw the town, that none may pretend ignorant.”—Deed of Town Council of Jedburgh (1714). Petition of Fleshers, A. 1814. (Jamieson.) bău-bê'e, s. [BAWBEE.] (Scotch.) bău-ble (1), *babulle, *bable, s. [From Eng. bob ; Scotch bab, as v. = to move smartly up and down ; as 8.- a lump, a bunch. (BOB.) Wedgwood sets the example of separating this from BAUBLE (2), with which it is generally united.] 1. Originally: A Stick, with a lump of lead hang- ing from its summit, used to beat dogs with. “Babulle or bable: Librilla pegma.” “Librilla dicitur instrumentum librandi: a bable or a dogge, malyote.” “Pegma, baculus cum massa plumbi in summitate pend- ent.”—Prompt. Parv., and Foot-notes to it. 2. Later: A short stick or wand, with a head with asses' ears carved at the end of it; this was carried by the fools or jesters of former times. T (a) Perhaps this second meaning of the word should go under BAUBLE (2). (b) When Oliver Cromwell, losing patience with the then existing House of Commons, and with par- liamentary government in general, turned the ºnbers unceremoniously out of doors, feeling him- Së11– “Forced (though it grieved his soul) to rule alone.” his words were but few, but among those few there came forth the notable direction, as to the disposal of the parliamentary mace—“Take away that bawble; ” Or, by other accounts, his language was, “What shall be done (or, What shall we do) with this fool's bauble? Here, carry it away !” bäu"—ble (2), bāv'—ble, *bable, s. [From Fr. babiole=a toy, a bauble, a trifle, a gewgaw, a play- baudisserite. *** A. As substantive: I, Lit.: A gewgaw, a tinsel or other Qrnament of trifling value; any material thing which is showy but useless. “This shall be writ to fright the fry away, Who draw their little bawbles when they play.” Druden. almost every great house in the kingdom con- tained a museum of these grotesque baubles.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xi. II. Figuratively: 1. Of things: Anything not material which is specious or showy, but worthless. Specially— (a) Trifling conversation; pretentious nonsense. “If, in our contest, we do not interchange useful notions, we shall traffic toys and baubles.”—Government of the Tongue. (b) A composition of little value. “Our author then, to please you in your way, Presents you now a bawble of a play, In gingling rhyme.” Granville. (c) A sham virtue; a virtue attributed to one by people who look from a distance, but which would on closer inspection prove counterfeit. “A prince, the moment he is crown'd, Inherits every virtue round, As emblems of the sovereign pow'r, Like other bawbles of the Tow’r.” Swift. 2. Of persons: One small in size and unimportant. A contemptuous or pretendedly contemptuous term for a wife or other female. “She haunts me in every place. I was the other day talking on the sea-bank with some Venetians; and thither comes the bauble, and, by this hand, falls me thus about my neck.”—Shakesp.: Othello, iv. 1. B. Attributively: Toy, the plaything of a child, miniature; showy, but not much worth. “And where the gardener Robin, day by day, Drew me to school along the public way, Delighted with my bauble coach, . .” Cowper: On the Receipt of my Mother's Picture. “Behold the child by Nature's kindly law, Pleased with a rattle, tickled with a straw: Some livelier playings gives his youth delight, A little louder, but as empty quite; Scarfs, garters, gold, amuse his riper stage, And beads and prayer-books are the toys of age, Pleased with this bauble still, as that before, Till tired he sleeps and life's poor play is o'er. Pope: Essay on Man. bău-blińg."băw'-blińg, a...[From Eng. bauble (2), and -ing, dimin. Suffix.] Trifling; contemptible. “A bawbling vessel was he captain of, For shallow draught and bulk unprized.” Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, v. 1. bău'-gé-ant, s. [BAUSEANT.] *bāu'-chle, bā'-chle, bā'-chel (ch guttural, Chle as Chel), s. [Apparently from Celtic bacach =mutilated, halted, º (Scotch.) 1. Lit. : An old shoe used as a slipper. “Through my auld bachle peep'd my muckle toe.” Taylor’: Poems, p. 4. (Jamieson.) 2. Fig. : Whatsoever is treated with contempt or disregard. (a) To mak (, bauchle of anything=to use it so frequently and familiarly as to show that one has no respect for it. (b) To mak a bawchle of a person= to treat him as the butt or the laughing-stock of a company. bäu'-chle, bā'-chle (chle as chel), v. t. [BAU- CHLE, s.] To distort, to vilify. (Jamieson.) *bā'uch-lińg, s. [BAUCHLE.J. Taunting, scorn- ful and contumelious rallying; “chaff.” “And alswa because that bauchling and reproving at the assemblies . . . na persoun or persoumis, of ather of the saidis realmis, bein, Schaw, or declair ony sign or taikin of repruif or bawch limſy, againis ony subject of the oppo- site realme .”—Barbowy' Matteris: Balfour’s Pract., & 4 e p. 606. (Jamieson.) ºneh-y. adv. [BAUCHLE.] Sorrily, indiffer- Ontly. t “Compar'd with hers, their luster fa', And bauchly tell IHer beauties, she excels them a'.” w Ramsay: Poems, ii. 397. bāuch-nēss, s, [BAUCHLE.] Want; defect of any kind. (Jamieson.) Bäu'-gis, s. [Lat. Baucis, (1) the wife of Phi- º a Phrygian ; (2) any pious old woman who is p0OT. Astronomy: An asteroid, the 172d found. It was discovered by Borelli, February 5, 1877. thäu"—cle (cle as cel), s. [BYw D.] bäu'-dé-kin, 8. [BALDACHIN.] *bāud'–ér-ie, *bäud'—ríe, s. [BAwDRY.] * bău-dis'—sér-ite, s. º Bowdissero, near Turin, where it occurs..] A mineral of chalky appearance and adhering to the tongue, »laces it under his Earthy Sub-variety of Ordinary Dana e1), pr. par. [BATTLE (1), v., BATTEL., v.] thing.] Magnesite. [MAGNESITE.] fate, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pôt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, rôle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. baudrick #bäud' – rick, *bäud’–6r-yk, *bäud'-rick, *bāudº-ry, s. Old spellings of BALDRIC. bäudº-röms, bâud'-rams, bād-rans, báth’. -1- e g { % e º 7 y röns, s. A nickname for a cat, like “grimalkin in England. -- “He had a beard, too, and whiskers turned upward on his upper lip, as long as baudrons' .”—Scott: Anti- quary, ch. ix. #bäud'—y, a. [BAWDY.] bäu"—ér—a, s. [Named after two brothers, Francis and Ferdinand Bauer, highly eminent botanical draughtsmen.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Hydrangeaceae, Qr Hydrangeads. It consists of small Australian shrubs with opposite sessile trifoliate leaves and handsome rose-colored or pur- ple flowers. #bău-ár-à-gé-ae, *báu-ár -ē-ae, s. pl. [BAUERA.] According to some botanists, an order of Exogens akin to Hydrangeads ; but it has not been generally accepted. *bāu'—frey, s. [BERFRAY.] bău-gé", s. [Named from Bauge, a town of France, in the department of Maine-et-Loire.] A drugget of thick-spun thread and coarse wool, man- ufactured in Burgundy. *bāu'-gér, a. [Etymology doubtful..] Bald, bar- barous, bad. “. . . and that also he rede in his bawger Latine.”— Bale: Brief Chron. of Sir John Oldcastell. (Boucher.) *bāu'—gie, s. [A. S. beag, beah, beg- a bracelet, a collar, a crown; Fr. bagwe=a ring ||An ornament, as a ring, a bracelet, or anything similar; an ensign. [BADGE.] “His schinyng scheild, with his bawgie tuke he.” Douglas: Virgil, 52, 13. (Jamieson.) bău-hin'-i-a, s. [Dut. bawhinia; Fr. baw- hime. Named by Blumier after John and Caspar Bauhin, the plants which have two-lobed leaves being deemed suitable for rendering honor to two brothers, instead of to one person simply.] Mountain-Ebony. A genus of plants belonging to the order Fabaceae, or Leguminosae, and the sub- order Caesalpinieae. The species, which are mostly climbers belonging to the East or West Indies, have beautiful flowers. bău-hin'-i-é-ae, s. pl. [BAUHINIA.] Bot. : A tribe of the sub-order Caesalpinieae. *báuk, bāulk (l usually mute), s. [BALK, º §ºlº) Uncultivated places between ridges o all Cl, . “Upon a baulk, that is, an unplowed ridge of land interposed among the corn .”—Scott; Heart of Mid- Lothiam, ch. xxvi. *bauk-height, bawk-height, adv. As high as the bauk (i.e. balk) or beam of a house or barn. báuk, v. i. [BALK, v.] *bāuld, a. A form of BALD, a. bâuld, a. [BOLD.] (Scotch.) bâuld-lie, adv. [BoIDLY.] (Scotch.) bâuld'-nēss, s. [BoIDNEss.] (Scotch.) *bāuld'—rick, s. [BALDRIC.] bäu"—lite, s. [From Mount Baula, in Iceland.] A mineral, a variety of Orthoclase. It is called also Krablite, It is a siliceous feldspathic species, form- j the basis of the Trachyte Pitchstone and Ob- S1(113Il. bâulk, s. [BAUK, s.] bâun'-sey, s. [BAwson.] A badger. “Bawmsey or bauston best: Taxus, melota.”—Prompt. 7°v. Joãu'-sé-ant, beau'—sé—ant (eau as Ö), *bāu'— $8-&nt, S. [Fr. ; from beau=well, and seamt-sit- ting.] 1. The banner borne by the Knights Templars in the thirteenth century. It was of cloth, striped black and white; or in heraldic language, sable and argent. 2. The Templars' battle-cry. bău-sön, s. [BAwson.] bauSon-faced, a. [BAwson-FACED.] bău-sy, a. (O. Sw, basse=a strong man.] Bi Strong. (Scotch.) dº 3. | Big, “. . and henches narrow, And bausu hands to ber a barrow.” Dumbar: Maitland Poems, p. 110. (Jamieson.) h bäu'-têr, v. i: [Etymology doubtful..] To become ardened. (S. in ; "băute-röll, S. [BOTTE-ROL.] bäux'-ite, s. [BEAUXITE.] ba-Ya-lite, s. [Etymology doubtful. It has jºivºd from Fr. bas vallon—a low vale or Min. A variety of Chamoisite. 409 Ba—vär'-i-an, a. & s. [From Eng. Bavari(an). In Fr. Bavariem, adj.] . 1. Pertaining to Bavaria. 2. A native of Bavaria. bäv'-a-roy (Eng.), bāv'-a-ry, bāv'-a-ríe (Scotch), s. [From Fr. Bavarois–Bavarian.] 1. Lit. : A great-coat; properly, one made meet for the body. “Let the loop’d bavaroy the fop embrace, Or his deep cloak be spatter'd o'er with lace.” “We war, wi rain, maist drown't to death, Though we had on bavaries Fu side, that day.” Picken: Poems (1788), p. 177. 2. Fig.: A disguise; anything employed to cover moral turpitude. º “Dinna use to hide yer sin, Hypocrisy's bavary.” Picken: Poems, p. 90. *bā'—véns, s. [Etymology doubtful..] A kind of cake. (Howell.) (J. H. im Bowcher.) bāv-in, ºbāy-Ém, *bauen, s. & adj. [Deriv. uncertain. Mahn compares it with Gael. & Ir. baban=a tuft or tassel. Wedgwood suggests also bab, bob:=a cluster. (BAB, BOB), and Fr. bobine=a bobbin (BOBBIN), besides quoting from Lacombe O. Fr. baffe=a fagot.] A. As substantive: A word used in the timber trade, with different meanings in different parts of the country. 1. Brushwood in general. 2. A fagot of the type of which bundles are used for the heating of bakers' ovens or the kindling of ordinary fires. “He’s mounted on a hazel bavim, A crop'd malignant baker gave him.” Hudibras. “The truncheons make billet, bavim, and coals.” Mortimer. 3. In Warwickshire, it is used for the chips of wood, scraps, and refuse of brushwood and fagots which are either given to the poor, or are gathered together to be burned as useless. john Floris, Wil- liam Lily, and Shakespeare (BAVIN, a.) used it in this sense. (Timber Trade Journal, &c.) B. As adj. : Like fagots, or like chips of wood, easily kindled but soon burned out. “He ambled up and down With shallow jesters and rash bavim wits, Soon kindled and soon burnt.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., iii. 2. Galy. *bāw, s. [Bow, 8.] *bāw, *bäwe, interj. [Wedgwood, considers this word formed by the expiration naturally had recourse to as a defense against a bad smell. In Welsh baw is=dirt, filth, excrement.] An expres- sion used to signify contempt and disgust. “Ye baw for bookes . . .”—Piers Plowman, p. 205. “Ye bawe, quath a brewere .”—Ibid., p. 387. in Bouchen”.) *bāw'-waw, s. An oblique look, implying con- tempt or scorn. t “But she was shy, and held her head askew, Looks at him with the baw-wav of her ee.” Ross: Helenore, p. 82. (Jamieson.) bāw-bê'e, bāu-bā‘e, bāv-bi'e, bā-bê'e, bā-bi'e, bā-bê'i, s. [Etymology doubtful. From a Scottish mispronunciation of Fr. bas-piece=a low piece. (Pinkerton.) From Scotch babby =baby, infant, because first struck in the reign of James II. of Scotland, who, on his accession, was only six years old. (Boucher.) Possibly from Fr. bas–low, and billom-copper coin, debased coin. (Webster.) A corruption of Eng. halfpenny. (Mahºn.) (Scotch. and N. of England {#iºſ An old Scotch cop- per coin, equivalent to the American cent. Jamie- son says that the first mention he had found made of it in Scottish literature was in Acts James VI., 1584 (see first example), and that then the term was applied not to a purely copper coin, but to one of copper mixed with silver. According to Sir James Balfour, it was first intro- duced in the reign of James W., and was then worth three farthings, about one and a-half cents of United States currency. In the reign of James VI. it was valued at six farthings, and continued to be of the same value as long as Scottish money was coined. “. . . of the tuelf pennie peceis babeis, and auld gº .”—Acts James VI. (1584.) “. . . ye ken week enough there's mony o’ them wadna mind a bawbee the weising a ball through the Prince himsell, an the Chief gae them the wink . .” Scott: Waverley, ch. lviii. bawbee-row, s. A half-penny roll. (Scotch.) “. . . they may bide in her shop-window wi' the maps and bawbee-rows, till Beltane, or I loose them.”— Scott: St. Roman’s Well, ch. ii. bāw'—ble, s. [BAUBLE (2).] bāw'—bling, a. [BAUBLING...] (S. bawdy *bāw'-cöck, s. [From Fr. beaw–fine, and Eng. cock.] A fine fellow. “Why, how now, my bawcock? how dost thou, chuck?”— Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, iii. 4. ibâwd, a. [A corruption of bald (q.v.).] (Occurs Only in the expression bawd or bald money (q.v.). bawd-money, s... A name given to Meum atha- manticwm, a well-known umbelliferous plant. [BALDMONEY, MEUM.] bāwd, *bāud, *bäude, s. [O. F. bawd (m.), bawde §iº; wanton, merry; Prov. bawl; Ital. baldo= bold. (BOLD.) (Mahºn.) . From bºw, interj. (q.v.) (Wedgwood.). That in old Eng. º IS SOIO €- times spelled, baldrye, is in favor of Mahn’s ety- mology; and that bawdy in Chaucer means dirty, as applied to a garment, is in favor of Wedgwood's. Webster suggests a comparison (1) with Ital. bada- loma = a good jolly woman, baderla– a silly woman, badare=to amuse one's self, to stand trifling, to look amorously upon ; and (2) with Eng, bad. (Originally masculine as well as feminine.)] I. Literally (of persons): One who , procures females for an immoral purpose; one who brings together lewd persons of different sexes with Yicious intent. (Formerly masculine as well as feminine.) *1. (Masc.) A procurer. “He was if I shal yeven him his laud A theef, and eke a sompnour and a baud.” Chaucer: C. T., 6,936. 2. (Fem.) A procuress. - “If your worship will take order for the drabs and the knaves, you need not to fear the bawds.”—Shakesp.: Meas- wºre for Measure, ii. 1. II. Figuratively (of things): . 1. Whatever renders anything else more attract: ive than, it otherwise would be, with the view of gaining the favor of spectators. “Our author calls coloring lema sororis, the bawd of her sister design; she dresses her up, she paints her, she procures for the design, and makes lovers for her.”— —Dryden. 2. Whatever involves the taking of a bribe for perpetrating wickedness. “This commodity, This bawd, this broker, this all-ºhanging word, Hath drawn him from his own determin’d aid.” Shakesp.:. King John, ii. 1. bawd-born, a. Born of a bawd. “Bawd is he doubtless, and of antiquity too; bawd- born.”—Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, iii. 2. bāwd, *baude, v. t. & i. [From bawd, s. (q.v.).] *A. Trams. : To foul, to dirty, to defile. ** Her shoone smered with tallow Gresed upon dyrt, That bawdeth her skyrt.” Skelton: Poems, p. 126. B. Intrams. : To act as a procuress or as a pro- CUITOI’, - “And in four months a batter'd harridan; Now nothing's left, but wither'd, pale, and shrunk, To bawl for others.” Swift. bāwd'—i-ly, adv. [Eng. bawdy; -ly..] Obscenely. (Johnson.) .bāwd'-i-nēss, s. [Eng. bawdy; -mess.] *1. Greasiness or filthiness of apparel or body. (Bullokar and Baret.) 2. Obscenity, lewdness. (Johnsom.) *bāwd-rick, , *bāwd'-rycke, *bāwd-àr-yke, *bāwd'—ryk, *bāwd'-rikke, *bāwd —ryg, s. [From Old Fr. bawdric, baldret.] [BALDRIC.] “Fresh garlands, too, the virgins' temples crown'd; The youths gilt swords wore at their thighs with silver bawdricks bound.” Chapmam: Iliad. bāwd'—ry, *bäud'—rie, *bāwd'–ér—ie, fbâud’— êr-ie, *bāld'—rye, s. [Eng. bawd; -ry. In O. Fr. bawdérie, balderie-boldness, joy, ) [BAWD.] 1. The practice of a bawd—that of procuring females for an immoral purpose, or of bringin together vicious persons ofdifferent sexes with evi intent. “Cheating and bawdry go together in the world.”— L'Estrange. 2. Illicit commerce of the sexes; obscenity in composition or otherwise; unchaste language. “I have no salt: no bawdry he doth mean; For witty, in his language, is obscene.” Ben Jomson. bāwd'—y, *bäud'—y, a. [Eng. bawd, or bawd; -y.] *1. Of garments: Foul, dirty, defiled in a physical SCI1S6. “. . . of his worship rekketh he so lite His overest slippe it is not worth a mite As in effect to him, so mote I go; It is all bawdy and to-tore also.” Chaucer: C. T., 16,103. boil, boy; påüt, jówl; Cat, çell, Chorus, this; go, gem; thin, çhin, bençh; Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. –tion, -ble, -dle, -sion = -sious = shiis. shiin; –tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, bawdy-house 2. Of words, writings, conduct, or places. Obscene, 1Inchaste. “Only they That come to hear a merry bawdy play, Will be deceiv'd.” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., Prologue. “Not one poor bawdy jest shall dare appear; For now the batter'd veteran strumpets here Pretend at least to bring a modest ear.”—Southerm. 3. Of things inanimate (im a highly-figurative sense) : Unchaste. “The bawdy wind that kisses all it meets, Is hush’d within the hollow mine of earth, And will not hear 't.” Shakesp.: Othello, iv. 2. bawdy-house, s. A house of ill-fame; a house in which, for lucre's sake, unchaste persons of opposite sexes are allowed opportunities and facili- ties for illicit intercourse. “Has the pope lately shut up the bawdy-houses, or does be continue to lay a tax upon sin?”—Dem?vis. *bāwe (1), s. [Bow.] *bawe-line, s. [BOWLINE.] *bawe-man, s. [BOWMAN.] *bāwe (2), s. [Wel. baw-filth º A kind of worm formerly used as bait in fishing ; perhaps a maggot of some Musca or other dipterous insect. “The bayts in May and June . . . also the worme that ys callyd a bawe and bredythe yn a donghylle.”— MS. Sloane. (S. in Boucher.) bāw -gie, s. [Norse.] One of the Norse names of the Black-backed Gull (Larus marimus). *bāw'—horse, s. [BATHORSE, S.] bāwk, s. [BALK, s.] (Scotch, and N. of Emg. dia- lects.) “A rosebud by my early walk, Adown a corn-inclosed bawk.” Burns: A Rosebud. bāwl, v. i. & t. [In Icel. bawla = to bellow, to low, as a cow does; Sw, bøla A. S. bellam : Ger. bellen= to bark; Dut. balderem – to roar; Wel. ballaw; Fr. piawler=to squally to bawl, to scold ; , Low Lat. bawlo- to bark; Class. Lat. balo=to bleat. Imi- tated from the sound..] [BELLOW.] A. Imtramsitive: 1. To emit a loud sound with the voice; to shout. “And every soul cried out ‘Well done l’ As loud as he could bawl.” e Cowper: John Gilpin. 2. To cry loudly as a child. “A little child was bawling, and a woman chiding it.” —L'Estrange. B. Trcºnsitive : 1. To shout ; to shout against a hostile measure; to effect by clamor. “To cry the cause up heretofore, And bawl the bishops out of door.”—Hudibras. 2. To proclaim or advertise with a loud voice, as a town-crier does. “It grieved me when I saw labors which had cost so much bawled about by common hawkers.”—Swift. *I Bawl is always used in a contemptuous sense. bāwl, s. [Eng. bawl, v. i. & t.] A loud shout or Cry. * bāwled, pa. par. [BAWL, v. t.] bāwl"—Ér, s. [Eng. bawl, V., and Suff. -er.) One who bawls. f “It had been much better for such an imprudent and ridiculous bawler, as this, to have been condemned to have cried oysters and brooms l’’—Echard: Grounds, dºc., of the Contempt of the Clergy, 10th ed., p. 69. bāwl'-iñg, *bā1'-lińg, pr. par., adj, & S. [BAWL, v. i. & t.] A. & B. As present participle or participial adjec- tive: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. “From his loved home no lucre him can draw; The senate's mad decrees he never saw, Nor heard at bawling bars corrupted law.” Dryden. C. As substantive: Ioud shouting, crying, or clamor. “‘We have at the Muzzy Club,” says he, “no riotous mirth nor awkward ribaldry; no confusion or bawling.’” —Goldsmith: Essays, i. bāwme, v. t. [Fr. (Scotch.) 1. To embalm. “That ilk hart than, as men sayd, Scho baw.myd, and gert it be layd In-til a cophyn of evore.” Wyntown, viii. 8, 18. 2. To cherish, to warm. “We strike at nicht, and on the dry sandis Did bawme and beik oure body is, fete and handis.” Douglas: Virgil, 85, 31. (Jamieson.) bāwn, bāvne, ºbān, S. [In Ger, bawen; Goth. bawam=to build. A. As an ordinary Old English word: 1. Gen. : Any habitation, dwelling, or edifice, of embawmer = to embalm.] (Jamieson.) 410 2. Specially: A quadrangle or base-court. (French.) B. As a word used by the English, living within the Irish pale. (See Trench's Eng. Past and Pres- 62??,\,, 1. A hill. “These round hills and square bawnes, which you see so strongly trenched and throwne up, were (they say) at first ordained for the same purpose, that people might assemble themselves therein, and therefore aunciently they were called folkmotes, that is, a place of people, to meete, or talke of anything that concerned any difference betweene parties and towneships.”—Spenser: Ireland. 2. A house. “This Hamilton's bawm, while it sticks on my hand, I lose by the house what I get by the land; But how to dispose of it to the best bidder For a barrack or malthouse, I now must consider.” Swift: The Grand Question Debated. (Richardson.) T It is still used in connection with Irish his- tory. “. . . he had wandered about from bawn to bawn ºngºon cabin to cabin.”—JIacaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii., p. ZUo. 3. A place near the house inclosed with mud or stone walls to keep the cattle from being stolen in the night. (Notes to Swift's Grand Question Debated.) *bāw-ré1, s. [Compare Ital. barletta = a tree- falcon, a hobby..] A kind of hawk. (Johnsom.) *bāw'-sand, *bāu'—zëyn, ºbău'—zain, ºbău'— zéin, a. [From Fr. balzam, bawzam = a black or bay horse with white legs above the hoof; balzame= a white spot or mark in any part of (a horse's) body (Cotgrave); Prov. bawsam, and Ital. balzano = a horse marked with white; from Breton ball = (1) a white mark on an animal, (2) an animal with a white mark upon it.] Of horses and cattle only: Streaked with white upon the face. “Apoun ane hors of Trace dappill gray Herand, quhais formest feit bayth tuay War mylk quhyte, and his creist on hicht bare he With bawsand face ryngit the forthir E.” Douglas: Virgil, f. 110 (ed. 1553). (S. in Boucher.) *bāw'-sån, ºbāw'-såne, *bäu"-sān, ‘bā'-sön, *bāw-sin, "bău-sene, ºbău-gyne, ºbāw'-stón, *bāu'—stón, *bäu"—zón, *bāu'—zén, ºbāun'—sey, s. [In O. Fr. bawzam, baw.cant, bauchant=spotted with white, pied.] Originally, no doubt, the same as the preceding word. A. As substantive: 1. Lit. : One of the English names of the badger (Meles taa:ws). It is given on account of the streaks of white on the face of the animal. (See etym.) “Bedoue: a Gray, Brock, Basom, Badger.”—Cotgrave. 2. Fig.: A large or fat person. (Coles.) B. Attributively: Pertaining to or taken from the badger. “His mittens were of bawzen skinne.” Drayton: Dowsabell (1593), st. 10. bawson-faced, bauson-faced, bawsint-faced, Having a white oblong spot on the face. “Ye might try it on the bawson-faced year-auld grey; .”—Scott: Heart of Mid-Lothiam, ch. xxyiii. bāw'-sy-brówn, s. [Probably from A. S. basw- purple, and Eng, brown..] A hobgoblin. (Jamieson.) This “seems to be the English Robin Goodfellow, known in Scotland by the name of Brownie’’ (Lord Hatiles). “Than all the feynds lewche, and maid gekks, Black-belly, and Bawsy-brown.” Bammatyme Poems, p. 27, st. 3. (Jamieson.) bäx'—tér, s. [Old form of BAKER (q. v.); origi- nally a female baker; A. S. boecestre, from baecere.] [BAKESTER.] A baker. “Ye breed of the baacters, ye loo your neighbor's browst better than your ain batch.”—Ramsay: S. Prov., p. 80. Bäx-têr-i-an, a. [From the proper name Baacter (see def.).] Pertaining to Richard Baxter, the eminent Puritan leader, who was born in 1615, and died in 1691. * bäy, *bāye, (t. & S. [O. Fr., Mod. Fr., & Prov. bai; Sp. bayo Port. batio; Ital. bc1.jo, baio; from Lat. badvºws=chestnut colored. Compare Gael. buidhe =yellow.] - A. As adjective: Of a reddish-brown, approach- ing to a chestnut color. (Applied chiefly to horses, many of whom are of the hue now described, with a black mane and tail.) “. . . my lord, you gave Good words the other day of a bay courser I rode on. 'Tis yours because you liked it.” Shakesp.: Timon of Athens, i. 2. (!, º B. As substantive : 1. The color described under A. “A bay horse is what is inclining to a chestnut; and this color is various, either a light bay or a dark bay, ac- cording as it is less or more deep. There are also colored horses that are called dappled bays. All bay horses are bay “All bay horses have black manes, which distinguish them from the sorrel that have red or white manes. “There are light bays and gilded bays which are some- what of a yellowish color. The chestnut bay is that which º nearest to the color of the chestnut.”—Farrier’s ict. 2. A horse of that color. “. . . . he steps into the welcome chaise, Lolls at his ease behind four handsome bays, That whirl away from business and debate, The disencumber’d Atlas of the state.” Cowper'; Retirement. (See also the example under B. 1.) bây (1), *bāye, s. [In Fr. baie : Prov., Sp., & Port, bahia, ltal. baiºts. baja; Low Lat. baia, Ir. & Gael. badh, bagh, Bisc. baid, baiya = harbor. Wedgwood considers Sp., &c., bahia, the original form, and derives it from Catalan badia=a bay, and badar= to open, to gape.) A. As substantive. 1. Geog...g6 Ord. Lang.: An arm or inlet of the sea extending into the land, with a wider mouth proportionally than, a gulf., Compare , in this respect the Bay of Biscay with the Gulf of Venice. “And as the ocean many bays will make.” Byron: Childe Harold, iv. 157. 2. Hydraulics dº Ord. Lang. : A pond-head raised to keep a store of water for driving a mill. 3. Arch. dº Ord. Lang.: A term used to signify the magnitude of a building. Thus, “if a barn consists of a floor and two heads, where they lay corn, they call it a barn of two bays. These bays are from fourteen to twenty feet long, and floors from ten to twelve broad, and usually twenty feet long, which is the breadth of the barn.” (Builder's Dict., John- Som, dºc.) “If this law hold in Vienna ten years, I’ll rent the fairest house in it after threepence a bay.”—Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, ii. 1. “There may be kept one thousand bushels in each bay, there being sixteen bays, each eighteen feet long, about seventeen wide, or three hundred square feet in each bay.” —Mortimer: Art of Husbandry. B. Attributively: As in the following com- pounds: bay-like, a. Like a bay. “In this island there is a large bay-like space, com. posed of the finest white sand.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xx. bay-Salt, bay Salt, 8. Im Chemistry, Manufacture and Commerce: 1. Originally: Salt obtained by evaporating water taken from a “bay” or other part of the sea. This was done by conducting the water into a shal- low pit or basin, and then leaving it to be acted upon by the heat of the sun. 2. Now: Coarse-grained crystals obtained by slow evaporation of a saturated solution of chloride of sodium. “All eruptions of air, though small and slight, give sound, which we call crackling, puffing, spitting, &c., as in bay scult and bay leaves, cast into fire.”—Bacon. bay-Window, s. Arch. : A window projecting beyond the line of the front of a house, generally either in a semi- hexagon or semi-octagon. Strictly speaking, a bay- w in d Ow rises from the ground or b a so me n t, while an oriel is supported on a corbel or brack- ets, and a bow window is al- Ways a segment of an arch ; but in ordinary use these distinc- tions are seldom accurately ob- served, all three CA is *S º gº º º & -- ſº-º- ºğlºš Fº words being frºgs: #; §§ used as synony- ||&#% ãº: IIl OllS. “. . . it hath balſ-windows trans- - parent as baricadoes.”—Shakesp.: Twelfth Night, iv. 2. bây (2), s. . [Fr. abois, abbois-barkings, bayings; abbayer= to bark or at. The original form of the word was º abaye, or abey.] - 1. The state of being stopped by anything, as by amorous feeling or by some restraint on motion interposed by others; a standstill. “Euere the dogge at the hole held it at abaye.”—Willian? of Palerme (ed. Skeat), 46. “When as by chaunce a comely squire he found That thorough some more mighty enemies Wrong, Both hand and foote unto a tree was bound. >k † Bay-window. Sk Unhappy Squire what hard mishap thee brought Into this bay of perill and disgrace : ” whatever materials constructed. (Richardson.) commonly called brown by the common people. Spenser: F. Q., VI. i. 11, 12. fâte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, here, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pot, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW. bay * - -- 2. The act or the state, position, or attitude of standing fiercely facing one's foes after having vainly attempted to escape from them by flight. º in the expressions at bay, at the bay, and to bay. % At bay, *at abay, at the bay: % Of a stag or other animal: The state, posi- tion, or attitude of a stag or other animal hunted by hounds when, despairing of escape, it turns round and faces its pursuers. “Like as a mastiffe having at abay A salvage bull, whose cruell hornes doe threat Desperate daunger, if he them assay.” Spenser: F. Q., VI. vii. 47. “This ship, for fifteen hours, sate like a stag among hounds at the bay, and was sieged and fought with in turn by fifteen great ships.”—Bacom: War with Spain. (b) Of mem: In the state of men driven to despera- tion, who, having turned, now fiercely face their assailants, resolved to sell their lives as dearly as possible. “. . . they still stood at bay in a mood so savage that the boldest and mightiest oppressor could not but dread ºudacity of their despair.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., Cºl. 11. (c) Fig. (of things): Warded off. “The most terrible evils are just kept at bay by inces- sant evils.”—Isaac Taylor. (Goodrich & Porter.) (2) To bay: From a state of flight into one like that described under At bay (b). “. . . the imperial race, turned desperately to bay.” —Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xii. pº (3), s. [From bay, v. (q. v.)] Barking; a 3 TR . “From such unpleasant sounds as haunt the ear In village or in town, the bay of curs . .” Cowper: Task, bk. i. bāy (4), *bāye, s. [Probably from Fr. baie ; Sp. baya= a berry. Remotely from Lat, bacca (q.v.).] A. As swbstantive: il. A berry, and specially one from Some species of the laurel... [See No. 2.] 2. The English name of the Lawrus mobilis. A fine tree with deep-green foliage and a profusion of dark-purple or black berries. Both of these have a sweet, fragrant odor, and an aromatic, astringent taste. The leaves, the berries, and the oil made from the latter are narcotic and carminative. The leaves were anciently used to form wreaths or gar- lands with which to encircle the brows of victors. The bay is common in Spain, Italy, Greece, and the Levant. [LAUREL. It is common in English gardens, the leaves being often used for flavoring certain dishes. There are several trees called by the same name. The Red Bay of our Southern States is Lawrus Carolimiensis. The White Bay is Motgmolict glaw.ca. * In this country bay is locally used also for a tract of land covered with bay-trees. (Drayton : S. Carolinct.) 3. Plur. (Poetic.): An honorary crown, garland or any similar reward bestowed as a prize for excel- lence. [See No. 2.] (a) Such a reward, literally, of bay-leaves. (b) An honorary reward of another kind. “Shall royal institutions miss the bays, And small academies win all the praise?” Cowper: Ti rocinium. 4. Of the Scriptwre Bay-tree. [BAY-TREE, 2.] B. Attributively: In such compounds as the fol- lowing: bay-laurel, s. A name sometimes given to the common laurel, Prwmws lawrocerasus. bay-rum, S. An aromatic, spirituous liquid, used by hair-dressers and perfumers, prepared in the West Indies by distilling rum in which bay leaves have been steeped. As imported it is almost colorless, and gontains eighty-six per cent. of proof- spirit. It is difficult to obtain genuine bay-rum, except directly from the importer, more than one- half of that consumed in the United States being an artificial mixture of oil of bay, alcohol, and Water. bay-tree, bay tree, s. 1. Ord. Lang.: The same as BAY (4), No. 2. It is Sometimes called also the Sweet Bay-tree. 2. Scriptwre. The bay-tree of Ps. xxxvii. 35, Heb. €3rachh, from zarachh- to spring up, may be the Jaurus mobilis, though this is by no means certain, Gesenius makes it simply an indigenous tree, as distinguished from one transplanted. The Septua- gint translators, mistaking arzachh for ezracch, called the tree “the cedar of Lebanon.” .“I have seen the wicked in great power, and spreading himself like a green bay-tree.”—Ps. xxxvii. 35. bây (1), v. t. [From Eng. bay (1) = an arm of the Sea.] To embay, to shut in, to inclose, to encom- pass, to surround, as a bay is inclosed to a certain extent by land. “. . . we are at the stake, And bay’d about with many enemies.” 411 bāy (2), v. i. & t. [In Fr. aboyer; O. Fr. abbayer; Ital. abbaiare, abbajare, baiare, bajare=to bark; Lat, bawbor= to bark gently; Gr. bawzo-to bark, to cry baw, baw, corresponding to the bow wojo Of English children, imitated from the sound of a dog's barking.] A. Imtrams. : To bark like a dog. Used — 1. With at of the person or thing barked at. “While her vexed spaniel, from the beach, Bayed at the prize beyond his reach.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, ii. 5. 2. Without a preposition following. “The watchdog bay’d beyond the Tiber.” Byron: Manfred, iii. 4. B. Transitive: To pursue with barking; to bark at. Used — 1. Lit.: Of dogs pursuing an animal. 2. Fig. : Of human enemies pursuing a person or an army. “He leaves his back unarm’d, the French and Welsh Baying him at the heels.”—Shakesp.: 2 Hem. I V., i. 8. * Also [from BAY (2), s., 2] to drive to bay. “When in the wood of Crete they bay'd the bear.” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night's Dream, iv. 1. bāy'—ard, *bāi'—arde, s. [O. Fr. bayard; from bay, a., and suff. -ard ($ v.). e .1. Literally: A. bay horse. (Often applied spe- cially to an old blind horse frequently mentioned in old poetry.) “Blind Bayard moves the mill.”—Philips. 2. Figuratively : g (a) A man blinded with self-conceit. “Onely the bald and blind bayards (who usually out of self-conceit are so exceedingly confident of their election and salvation) .”—Barrow, vol. iii., Ser. 42. (Rich- ardson.) (b) An unmannerly beholder. [Fr. bayer=to gape.] [Eng. bayard ; ;-ly.] I)one in a bāy'—ard–ly, a. - blind or stupid manner. “. . . not a formal and bayardly round of duties.”— Goodman: Winter Evening Conference. (Richardson ) bāy-bêr-ry, s. [Eng, bay; berry.] 1. The berry of the bay, Lawrus mobilis. 2. One of the names given to the Myricq ceriferq or Wax Myrtle of North, America, a shrub or small tree bearing berries used, for making into candles, soap, or sealing-wax. . The root is used to remove toothache. The name is said to be derived from the fact that the plant is found on the shores of bays. bayberry-bush, s. The same as BAYBERRY Ql. W . & bayberry-tallow, s. Tallow for candles made from the fruit of the bayberry. *bāye, v. t. [BATHE.] To bathe. “Hee feedes upon the cooling shade, and bayes IHis sweatie forehead in the breathing wynd.” Spenser: F. Q., I. vii. 3. ... bāyed, a. . [From bay (1), s. and a., A. 3..] Hav- ing a bay or bays. “The large bayed barn.”—Drayton. *bā'ye-ly, s. Old spelling of BAILLIE. *bāyes, s. [BAIZE.] Bāy-eux (eux as ū), s. & Cº. [Fr. Bayewa (see def.), O. Fr. & Low Lat., Baiocas, Baiocae, and Baio- casses, from a tribe formerly inhabiting it...]. A French town, capital of an arrondissement of the same name in the department of Calvados. Bayeux-tapestry, Bayeux tapestry, s. Tapes- try preserved in the Cathedral of . Bayeux, ren- resenting the events in William of Normandy's conquest of England, and said, apparently with $ºss to have been wrought by his queen & Ill Cla. bây'—iſig (1), pr. par. & Cº. [BAY (1), v.] bāy'—ifig % *bāi-ynge, *bāy'—ifige, pr. par., bazed A. & B. As adj. and particip. adj. : In senses cor- responding to those of the verb. C. As substantive: The barking of a dog. “Until he heard the mountains round Ring to the baying of a hound.” -- ? Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, iii. 14. bäyl'-dòn-ite, s. [Named after Dr. John Bayl- don.] A mineral occurring as minute mammillary concretions, with a dingy surface. It is sometimes reticulated. Its hardness is 4:5; its sp. gr. 5:35; its luster strong resinous; its color grass-green to: blackish-green. Its composition is: Arsenic acid. 31.76; oxide of copper, 30.88; oxide of lead, 30'13; water, 4.58. It is found in Cornwall, England. bāy"-ly-ship, s. [Old Eng. bayly=baillie; -ship.]] The office or jurisdiction of a #. y *bāyne, s. [BAIN, s.] *bāyne, v. [BAIN, v.] *bāyne, a. [BAIN, a.] bāy-Ön-ét (or as bân-át), *bāg'-à-nét, s. [Im. Sw. bajomett; Dan. & Dut. bajomet; Fr. baiomette, bayonette; Sp. bayoneta; Port. baioneta, Ital. baiometta. From Bayonne, a French city in the Basses Pyrénées, near which bayonets were first, manufactured in 1640. Derived from Basque baia = good, and Oma;-bay, port.] 1. Military dº Ord. Lamg.: A military weapon for- merly called a dagger, made to be fitted to the muz- zle of a gun or rifle, to convert the latter into a kind. of pike. At first it was so fixed that it required to. be taken off before the gun was fired; but since the battle of Killiecrankie showed the danger of such. an arrangement, it has been screwed on in such a. Way as not to interfere with the firing of the weapon- “The musketeer was generally provided with a weapon. which had, during many years, been gradually coming: into use, and which the English then called a dagger, but, which, from the time of William III., has been known. among us by the French name of bayonet.”—Macaulay- Hist. Eng., ch. iii. 2. Mech. : A pin which plays in and out of holes. formed for its reception, and which by its move— ments engages or disengages parts of a machine. bayonet-clasp, s. A movable ring of metal sur- rounding the stock of a bayonet to strengthen it. bayonet-clutch, s. A clutch, usually with two- prongs, attached by a feather-key to a shaft-driving: machinery. When in gear the prongs of the clutch. are made to act upon the ends of a friction-strap. #ºtact with the side boss of the wheel to be Cirl W. Gºn. bayonet-joint, s. A kind of coupling, the two. pieces of which are so interlocked by the turning of the complex apparatus that they cannot be disen- gaged by a longitudinal movement. bāy-ön-êt (or as bân'-Ét), v. t. [From bayonet, s- q. V.) 1. “To put to the bayonet,” to stab with the bay— D 6t. 2. To compel by hostile exhibition of the bayonet- “You send troops to Saber and bayonet us into submis- sion.”—Burke: To the Sheriffs of Bristol. (Richardson.) bā'—yoff, s. [Fr. §"...] a gut, (2) a long and narrow place.]. A word used in Louisiana (which, belonged to the French, before 1803, when the United States purchased it), and signifying (1) the outlet of a lake; (2) a channel for water. *bāyt, *bāyte, s. The same as BAIT, s. *bāyte, v. t. & i. [BATE, v.] ... bāy-ya, rn,s, º Eng, bay, a., or bay, s. (1) (it. is doubtful which), and yarm..] The same as woolen. yarn. (Chambers.) *bāyze, s. [BAIZE.] bā'-za, s. [BAZAT.] ba-zaar', ba-zar', s. [In Dut., Ger., Fr., & Port. bazar; Ital. bazar, bazari, all from Pers. bazār- sale, exchange of goods, market.] 1. In Persia, Turkey, Indict, dºc. : An Easterm. market, whether in the open air or roofed in. “Attached to the barracks [in Madras] is a bazar for the supply of the troops.”—Thornton; Gazetteer of India, (1857), p. 579. 2. In England : - (a) An establishment for selling various kinds of fancy goods for personal profit. (b) A sale for some benevolent object. báz’—at, bāz -a, s. [In Ger. bazak. from Arab. towsr=cotton. Comm. : long fine-spun cotton, often called; Jerusalem cotton, as being brought from that city. bāzed, bāşed, bā'-sit, particip. adj. [Dut. verbazen-to astonish, to amaze.] Confused, stupid, stupefied, dazed (q.v.). “Into his face she glour'd and gazed And wist not well, she was so bazed, To what hand for to turn her.’’ Watson: Coll. i. 47. Apparently Shakesp.: Julius Caesar', iv. 1. a. & s. [BAY (2), v. ) boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f- "Cian, -tian = Shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, &c. = bel, del- -Sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, bazen f *bā'-zén (Old Eng.), bás'-sín (Scotch), a. [BAss (1).] Of or belonging to rushes. “Under the feit of this ilk bysnyng jaip; About the nek knyt mony bassim raip.” Dowglas: Virgil, 46, 38. (Jamieson.) bā-zôo', s. To “blow one's bazoo” is American slang for talking boastfully of one's self. Frontier newspapers are often called The Bazoo. B. C. Initials and abbreviations of Before Christ. (Used in chronology and ordinary language. bdé1'-lí-dae, s. pl. [From Gr. baella = a leech; bdalló= to milk cows, to suck.] Zoology: A family of Arachnida (Spiders), of the order Acarina. They have a rostrum and palpi of extreme length, have their bodies divided by a constriction, and live among damp moss. bdé1'-lí-iām (b silent), s. [In Ger. and Fr. bael- divm, Port. baellio; Lat. baelliwm and bedella, Gr. bdellion. Apparently akin also to Heb. bedholachh, from badhdil=to separate, to select.] I. Scriptwre. The “bdellium ” of Scripture is in IHeb. bedhold chh (see etym.), rendered in the Septu- agint of Gen. ii. 12 anthra.c (literally, burning coal) = . . . the carbuncle, ruby, and garnet (Liddell and Scott), the red sapphire (Dama); while in Numb. zi. 7 it is translated krystallos= . . . . . rock crys- tal. Some modern writers, following the Septuagint translation, make it a mineral, as are the “gold '' and the “onyx stone '' with which it is associated in Gen. ii. 12. Others think that it was the gum described under II. and III. 2; while the Rabbins Bochart, and Gesenius consider that it was a peari or pearls. “And the gold of that land is good ; there is baellium and the onyx-stone.”—Gemesis ii. 12. “And the manna was as coriander-seed, and the color thereof as the color of baellium.”—Numbers xi. 7. II. Class. Nat. Hist. The baellium of Pliny was once supposed to have been the gum of the Palmyra Palm, Borassus flabelliformis, but was more #º. bly a Balsamodendron, apparently B. Mwkwl (III. 2). III. Moderm. Botany, Old Pharmacy, and Com- '1726.7°C6 1. Indian baellium or False Myrrh. A gum resin produced by Balsamodemdron Roacburghii or Amyris JBClelliwm. It appears in light-colored pellicles in the bark of the tree, which peel off from time to time; they diffuse for some distance round a fragrance of a delightful kind, but not equal to that of myrrh. It was formerly used in plasters. 2. The bdelliwm of the Persian Gulf: A gum resin derived from Balsamodemdrom Mwkwl. 3. African bdellitum : Two gum resins, the one from Balsamodemdrom Africanwm, which grows in Abyssinia and Western Africa; the other from a composite plant, Ceradia furcata. (Treas. of Bot.) 4. Sicilian bdellium : A gum resin produced by a species of carrot, Dawcus Hispanicus (De Cand.), D. gwmmifer (Lamarck), or by D. gimgidium. (finn.). bdél-töm'—ét-êr, s. [From Gr. baella = a leech, and tomeus = one that cuts; a shoemaker's knife; femmö= to cut.] . . Surgery: A cupping-glass, to which are attached an exhausting Syringe and a scarificator. bé, *bi, *bén (pr. par... beang, *beeing, *beynge (Eng.) ; *beand & Scotch) (pa. par. been, ºbem, *be), ºv. i. A. S. beam, becomme=to be, to exist, to become. It is thus declined: ic beo = I am ; thw bedst, best, byst = thou art; he byth, bith, we beoth, bed, &c. *Gael. bi=to be ; Ger. ich bim=I am ; O. H. Ger. bºwm, Abim- to be ; Goth. bamam; Slav. byti; Lith. bºwti; 'Sansc. bhº-to be. Compare also Lat, fui = I was; Gr. phºwö = to bring forth, to produce.] The sub- stantive verb. It is used— I. As a copula commecting the subject and its predi- cate; in which case it denotes existence in relation to that predicate; existence, the character of which is to be explained by the word with which the sub- stantive verb is connected; to be ; to continue, to remain; to be present in a place; to happen in a particular way; to happen according to ordination or appointment; to become ; to aim; with various other shades of meaning. Ranking as a copula or apposition verb, now technically viewed as one of incomplete predication (see, Bain's Higher Eng. Gram.), it is followed by a nominative in apposition with it, and not with an objective as would be the case were it a transitive verb. Thus in the example from Acts xii. 15, given below, “It is his angel,” the noun , angel is in the nominative and not in the objective case. .. I Be is defective, the omissions being supplied by parts from other verbs not in the least resembling y 412 2. Specially: As an auxiliary verb: Used— . . (a) Before a past (properly a perfect) participle, so as to constitute the passive voice. “Blessed shall be thy basket and thy store.”—Dewt. xxviii. 5. (b). Before the present (properly the imperfect) participle, so as to constitute a form of the active, implying that an action has commenced to be per- formed, that the doing of it is in progress, but is not yet completed. “. . . the oxen were plowing, and the asses feeding beside them.”—Job i. 14. II. In an abstract sense denoting simple existence. This is the reason why it is called the substantive verb. If the being existent be a living one, then the substantive verb denotes to live. “To be or not to be, that is the question.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 1. III. Special phrases: 1. *Be als mekil-forasmuch. “Alle so it is ordeyned, be on assent of the brethren, be als meckil as the lyght fornseide ne may nout be meyntened in the tyme for to come.”—English Gilds (Ear. Eng. Teact Soc.), pp. 49, 50. 2. Be it so-let it be so. A phrase used (a), by one giving authority to do, anything which he has the power to permit or refuse to have done, or (b) by one conceding what an opponent in argument has demanded. “My gracious duke, Be 't so she will not here, before your grace, Consent to marry with Demetrius.” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night's Dream, ii. 1. 3. Let be-let alone, leave unmeddled with. “Let be, said he, my prey.”—Dryden. * The following examples illustrate how inter- changeably be, bi, and bem were once used : (a) Be, used where been would now be employed. “I'enyeand ane oblatione, as it had be For prosper returnynghame in thare cuntré.” º Douglas: Virgil, 89, 10. (b) Ben (=beon) for be. “A manly man, to bem an abbot able.” Chaucer: C. T., Prol. 167. Be was also used where we now employ are. “Be they better than these kingdoms?”—Amos vi. 2. It was also used in O. Scotch for let or let be-not to mention, not to speak of, to except. (Jamieson.) *I (a) Crabb thus distinguishes between the verbs to be, to eacist, and to subsist: “To be is applicable either to the accidents of things, or to the sub- stances themselves; to eacist only to substances or things that stand or eacist of themselves. We say of qualities, of forms, of actions, of arrangement, of movement, and of every different relation, whether real, ideal, or qualificative, that they, are; we say of matter, of spirit, of body, and of all substances, that they eacist. Man is man, and will be man under all circumstances; he exists under every known climate, &c. Of being and eaſistemce as nouns, the former not only designates the abstract action of being, but is metaphorically employed for the sensi- ble object that is; the latter is confined altogether to the abstract sense. Hence, human beings; beings animate and inanimate; the Supreme *::::: but the eacistence of a God, of innumerable wor ës, of evil. Being may in some cases be indifferently º or eacistence, particularly, in the graye style; when speaking of animate objects, as the being of a God; our frail being ; and when qualified in a compound form is preferable, as our well-being. Swbsist is properly a species of eacisting; it denotes temporary or partial eacistence. Every thing eacists by the creative and preservative power of the Almighty; that which swbsists depends for its eacistence upon the chances and changes of this mortal life, To eacist therefore designates simply the event of being or eacisting; to subsist conveys the accessory ideas of the mode and duration of eacist- img. Man eacists while the vital or spiritual part of him remains; he swbsists by what he obtains to sup- port life.” (b) To be, to become, to grow, are thus discrimi- nated “ Be is positive; become is relative: a person is what he is without regard to what he was; he becomes that which he was mot before. We judge of a man by what he is, but we cannot judge of him by what he will become. To become includes no idea of the mode or circumstance of its becoming; to grow is to become by a gradual process: a man may become a good man from a vicious one, in conse- quence of , a sudden action on his mind;... but he grows in wisdom and virtue by means of an increase beacon be as a prefia. [A. S. be, bi, big; O. S. be, bi; Sw., Dan., & Dut. be; N. H. Ger., be, bei; M. H. Ger. be, bi; O. H. Ger. bi, pi, pi; Goth. bi.] 1. Denoting nearness to ; as beside. ºf Originally it was the same as by, and beside in Old English is often written biside or byside. 2. Denoting a surrounding of any person or thing, as beset=to set on one all round ; or a doing of any- thing all over a person or thing, as beslaver = to slaver all over. 3. Denoting priority; as bespeak-to speak before- hand for anything. 4. Denoting causation or generation, as beget com- pared with get; or converting a simple verb generally intransitive into a transitive one, as to moam, to bemoan one's hard lot. 5. Adding intensity to a simple verb, though in some cases the meaning seems scarcely altered. It is difficult to say how much or how little intensity is added in the case of each of the words bedeafen, bedraggle, begrudge, and becalm, as compared with deafen, draggle, grwdge, and calm. Prof. Craik, Eng. of Shakespeare, considers that in most cases be is the relic. of the prefix ge, which was the favorite and most distinguishing peculiarity of the language in what is ...i “the Anglo-Saxon period.” “Swinish gluttony, Ne'er looks to heaven amidst his gorgeous feast, But with besotted base ingratitude Crams, and blasphemes his feeder.” Milton: Comus. Be. In Chemistry, the initial letters and symbol for the element Beryllium. béagh, s. [Of doubtful etymology. Not in A. S., Sw., Dan., Dut., or Ger., in which the word for what we call a beach is strand ; nor is it in the Celtic nor in the Italic languages. Compare with Dan. bakke, Sw. backe=ascent, acclivity, rising ground, hill, hillock, J A sandy or pebbly sea-shore, the strand on which the waves break. (Used also for the shore of a lake or of a large river.) “Hail to the welcome shout ! the friendly speech I When hand grasps hand uniting on the beach.” Byron: The Corsair', i. 4. beach-head, s. The beach at the head of a creek. “. . . their detritus on the beach-heads of long nar- row arms of the sea, first high up the valleys, then lower and lower down as the land slowly rose.”—Darwin: Voy- age round the World, ch. xv. beach-line, s. The line marked out by the waves on a beach. “. such deposits, consequently, would have a good chance of resisting the wear and tear of successive beach-limes, and of lasting to a future epoch.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xvi. béagh, v. t. [From beach, s. (q. v.)] To run, drive, or drag upon a beach. (Used specially of boats, or of leaky and sinking vessels, or of vessels which have sunk in a river and are impeding navi- gation. Thus the ill-fated “Princess Alice ’’ steam- boat, sunk in the Thames in a collision with the “Bywell Castle,” On the 3d of September, 1878, was said to be “beached ” when her broken hull was hauled or driven ashore. | béaghed, pa. par. & a. [BEACH, v.] As participial adjective. Spec. : Exposed to the action of the waves on a beach. “Upon the beached verge of the salt flood.” Shakesp.: Timom, V. 1. béagh'-ing, pr. par., a. & S. [BEACH, v.] A. & B. As participle ºfºº adjective: In a sense corresponding to that of the verb. .C. As substantive: The act or operation of run- ning a leaky vessel on the beach, or of hauling a ship or boat up upon the beach to repair her, or to afford her shelter till the time arrives for her again putting to Sea. bé'agh-y, *bé'açh-ie, a. [Eng. beach; -y, Hav- ing a beach or beaches. “The beachy girdle of the ocean Too wide for Neptune's hips.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., iii. 1. "I Beachy Head, the loftiest headland, on the southern coast of England, does not take its name from the above, but from a corruption of beau chef (see Isaac Taylor's Words and Places). běa'-cön (or o silent, as if bécn), *béa'-kön, *bé'-kön, ºbekne (me=en), s. [A, S, beacem, becºm; becem, becºm-a beacon, a sign, a token ; connected with beacmian, bicniqn, bycmian: (1) to beckon; (3) to nod, to show, signify form. (BECKON.) In O. S. bokan; Fries, baken, bekem=sign, signal; Dut, baak BeaconS it in Sound, as am, art, are (from A. S. eom-to be), in knowledge and experience.” (Crabb : Eng. “ ge * wire; 20CLS {from * S. º º: [BEAND, ń. Symon.) g wº. !ºon. Compare with Eng. beck and beckon 1. In a general, sense, in which case it may be 8 on a- - y a tº a y ç. e joined with an adjective, an adverb, a substantive, ( gº ... [Be as a prefix=by..] By, to, toward. A. As substantive: a pronoun, &c. & § -, 1- ?? * * * be-east, adv. Toward the east. (Scotch.) I. Literally: “ I was envious at the foolish-ºs. lxxiii. 3. ; www ve * & t 1. Ignited combustible materials placed in an iron . . . lo, he w there ,, . –Mark xiii. 21. be-than, adv. By that time. cage, elevated upon a pole or any other natural ele- “ it is his ºngºl. - Acts xii. 15. “Sternys, be-than, began for till apper.” vation, so as to be seen from a distance. . . . Lord, is it I ?”—Matt. xxvi. 22. Wallace, v. 185, MS. were used to guide travelers across unfrequented făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, thère; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, Wörk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kw. beacon-blaze parts of the country, and to alarm the inhabitants on the occurrence of an invasion or a rebellion. The “cressets” formerly used in London and other cities to light the streets were beacons of the type first described. “As less and less the distance grows, IHigh and more high the beacon rose.” Scott: Lord of the Isles, v. 13. 2. A signal, specially by means of fire, to Warn mariners of danger. II. Fig.: Anything calculated to give light to those who are in darkness, perplexity, and danger, re-animating their courage, while warning them of the perils they should avoid. “IHe that in mountain-holds hath sought A refuge for unconquer'd thought, A charter'd home where Freedom’s child Might rear her altars in the wild, . And fix her quenchless torch on high, A beacon for eternity.” Hemams: A Tale of the Secret Tribunal. B. Attributively: Constituting a beacon; sup- porting a beacon; proceeding from or otherwise pertaining to a beacon. (See the examples which follow.) beacon-blaze, s, 4. (Used literally or figuratively.) “Is yon red glare the western star? Oh, 'tis the beacon-blaze of war !” Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, iii. 25. beacon-fire, s. The fire of a beacon. “With me must die the beatcom-fires That stream’d at midnight from the mountainhold.” Hemans: The Chieftain’s Son. beacon-flame, s. The flame of a beacon. “Cuthbert had seen that beacom-flame, Unwitting from what source it came.” Scott: Lord of the Isles, v. 15. beacon-light, s. The light of a beacon. (a) Literally: “By thee, as by the beacon-light, Our pilots had kept course aright.” Scott; Marmion, Introd. to c. i. (b) Figuratively: “By the bright lamp of thought thy care had fed From the far beacon-lights of ages fled.” Hemams: The Sceptic. beacon-tower, s. A tower on or from which a beacon is displayed. “And in the fortress of his power The owl usurps the beacom-tower.” Byron.: The Giaow r. béa-cön, i. t. [From beacon, s.] To light up with beacon-fires. “As up the vale of Tees they wind, Where far the mansion of her sires Beaconed the dale with midnight fires.” Scott; Rokeby, v. 37. béa'-cön-age (age=ig), s. [From Eng, beacon; -age.] Money paid for the maintenance of a beacon. “. . . . a suit for beaconage of a beacon standing on a rock in the sea.”—Blackstone: Comment., bk. iii., ch. 7. béa'-cöned, pa. par. & a. [BEACON, v.] As participial adjective : Having a beacon. “The foss that skirts the beacon’d hill.” T. Warton: Ode x. * * * 4. * º béa'-Cön-lèss, a. [Eng. beacon; -less.] With- Out a beacon. (Dr. Allem.) béad, *béade, *béde, *béd, s. [A. S. bed, gebed = a prayer. . In Dut: bede; Ger, bitte, Low. Ger. bede, bete, bethe, all meaning, not, a bead, but a prayer. from the Roman Čatholic practice of counting off a bead upon a rosary when one of a series of prayers has been offered, the word has obtained its modern meaning of a perforated ball.] A. Ordinary Language: *I. Prayer. “And also it is ordeynede, yat yis bede and preyer shal bene reherside and seyde at euery tyme yat ye alderman and ye bretheren bene togedere.”—English Gilds (Ear. Eng. Teact Soc.), p. 23. II. One of a number of small globular bodies of glass, coral, metal, or other material, perforated so as to be hung on a string. Specially— 1. Those for keeping count of prayers offered. [See ºn, These are strung thirty or sixty together, Every tenth one is larger and more ºmbellished than the rest; it is called a gaude: he gaudes are used for counting paternosters, and the ordinary beads for Ave Marias. [GAUDE.] “Ere yet, in scorn of Peter's pence, And number'd bead, and shrift.” Tennyson: The Talking Oak. To bid one's beqas: To pray one's prayers, Specially when use is made of beads to keep count of them. [BID.] “Bidding his beades all day for his trespas.” The blaze made by a beacon. 413 “. . . as will appear by the form of bidding the beads in King Henry the Seventh’s time. The way was first for the preacher to name and open his text, and then call on the people to go to their prayers, and to tell them what they were to pray for ; after which all the people said their beads in a general silence, and the minister kneeled down also and said his.”—Burmet: Hist. Reformat., bk. i., pt. ii., an. 1547. To tell one’s beads : To number one's beads for the purpose of numbering one’s prayers ; (less Specifically) to be at prayer. “The wits of modern time had told their beads, And monkish legends been their only strains.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 52. 2. Those worn round the necks of children, of women, and in Eastern Europe of men, for orna- ment. “With scarfs and fans, and double change of brav'ry, With amber bracelets, beads, and all such knav’ry.” Shakesp.: Tamimg of the Shrew, iv. 3. III. Anything artificial or natural resembling a bead in its globularity, even if it differ in being imperforate ; as, for instance, those glass globules which, before the abolition of the slave trade, were used in bartering with the natives of Africa. 1. Artificial. § B., 1, and BEAD-PROOF.] 2. Natural. [See the examples.] “Thy spirit within thee hath been so at war, And thus hath so bestirr'd thee in thy sleep, That beads of sweat have stood upon thy brow.” Shakesp.: 1 Henry I P., ii. 8. “Several yellow lumps of amber, almost like beads, with one side flat, had fastened themselves to the bottom.”—Boyle. B. Technically: 1. Distillation. Wilson, or Lovis' Beads. PROOF.] 2. Gwn-making : A small piece of metal on a gun- barrel, used for taking a sight before firing. 3. Book-binding: A roll on the head-band of a ook. 4. A rehitecture : (a) A round molding, cut or carved in short embossments, like beads in necklaces, occurring chiefly in the Corinthian and Roman orders of archi- tecture. It is called also ASTRAGAL (q.v.). (b) The strip on a sash-frame which forms a guide for the sash. There are inside, owtside, and parting beads. e T Bead and butt (Carp.): Framing in which the pearls are flush, having beads stuck or run upon the two edges. Bead and quirk: A, bead stuck upon the edge of a piece of stuff flush with its surface. 5. Astronomy. Baily’s Beads. Named after Francis Baily, an Englishman, who discovered them during the solar eclipse of 1836. (Mem. Astrom. Soc., vol. x.)] Certain luminous bead-like prominences arranged in a curved line round the margin of the moon’s disk upon that of the sun toward the commencement, and toward the close of complete obscuration in a total or annular eclipse of the latter luminary. Once attributed to the projection of a range of lunar mountains on the face of the sun, they are now supposed to pro- ceed from irradiation. bead-butt, s. Carpentry: Formed with bead and butt. [BUTT.] º have a combination of bead-butt and square- WOI’K. bead-furnace, s. . A furnace in which beads, first cut into short cylinders, are rounded. bead-like, a. Like a bead. “. . . the spaces bead-like, . . man: Physiol. Amat., i. 152. bead-loom, s. A gauze loom in which there are beads strung at the spots where the threads inter- sect each other. bead-maker, s. A maker of beads. bead-mold, Ş.. A fungus of low organization the stems of which consist of cells, loosely joined together so as to resemble a string of beads. bead-plane, s. Carpentry: A semi-circular molding plane. bead-proof, a. 1. A term formerly used among distillers to mean that the spirit was of a certain density, as ascer- tained by throwing into it, beads of different densities, and ascertaining which bead remained suspended instead of floating or sinking;. 2. A degree of strength in alcoholic liquors as shown by beads or bubbles floating on their surface, or appearing at the sides of the glass when shaken. bead-snake, s. A beautiful little snake (Elaps fulvius), variegated with yellow, carmine, and jet black. It belongs to the family Elapidae of the Colubrine sub-order of Snakes. Though venomous, it rarely uses its fangs. It is about two feet long. Its chosen habitat is in the sweet-potato fields of [BEAD- .”—Todd & Bow- bead-roll bead-tool, s. A tool for turning convex mold- IIlg.S. bead-tree, s. The English name of the Melia, a genus of plants constituting the type of the order Meliaceae (Meliads). Melia azedarach has com- pound leaves; flowers not very unlike those of the Orange-tree, but smaller and bluish in color; and yellow berries with poisonous pulp. It is indigenous to the countries bordering on the Mediterranean, and has been introduced into India and other warm Countries as an ornamental tree. The Indian Neem- tree, Or Ash-leaved Bead-tree, is sometimes called Melia azedirachta, but more frequently Azadi- racta Indica. [NEEM.] bead-work, s. Ornamental work in beads. fběad, v. t. [From Eng. bead, s.] To ornament or distinguish with beads or beading. béad'–éd, pa, par. & a. [BEAD, v.] ‘‘’Tis beaded with bubbles.” H. Smith. (Goodrich & Porter.) beaded wire. Metal-working : Wire with bead-like protuber- ances placed upon it at intervals for the purpose of Ornament. fbéad’—höüse, s. [BEDEHOUSE.] béad'-iñg, pr. par. & al. [BEAD, v.] béa-dle, bé'-del, bé'-dell, *bé'-dele, *béd'-dèI, *béd'—délle, 8. #. S. bydel=a beadle, crier, officer, messenger, herald, or, preacher; from beddan=to command, order, bid (BID). Sw. & Ger. pedell; Dan. pedel; Dut. bode, pedel; Fr. bedeaw; O. Fr. badel, bedel, bedea ac, Prov., Sp., & Port. bedel; Ital. bidello; Low Lat. bedellus, pedellus.] 1. In Law Cowrts: An apparitor, a summoner; one who carries citations to the persons who are required to present themselves in the court. 2. In English Parochial Economy: A petty officer, now in most cases maintained as much for show as use, but who in former times had the substantial. duty of flogging offenders. “May. Sirrah, go fetch the beadle hither straight.” (Enter a Beadle with whips.) Shakesp.: 2 Henry VI., ii. 1. 3. In English Universities (with the spelling: bedel or bedells): An officer who carries a macé before the vice-chancellor and the university preach- ers. They are of two grades—esquire-bedels, who are graduates of the university, and yeomem-bedels, of a lower social grade. “He procured an addition of £20 per annum to each. of the inferior, beadles; he restored the practice of the vice-chancellor’s court; and added several other improve- ments in the academical economy.”—Warton: Life of Bathurst, p. 89. “If the university would bring in some bachelors of art to be uſeomen-bedels, which are well grounded, and towardly to serve that press as composers; they, which thrived well and did good service, might after be pre- ferred to be esquire-bedels; and so the press would ever. train up able men for itself.”—Abp. Laud: Hist, of his Chan. at Oacford, p. 132. 4. In old English Guilds: . A similar functionary, used as a messenger or to keep up the dignity of the body employing him. “. . . and he ssal sende forthe the bedel to alie the , bretheren and the systeren, that they bien at the derge of the body, . . .”—English Gilds (Ear. Eng Teact Soc.), p. 35. “And to the beddelle of the seid Gilde, ij d., . . .”— Ibid., p. 145. bèaidle—ry, s. . [Eng. beadle; -ry.] The office or . jurisdiction of a beadle. (#j béal-dle-ship, S. [Eng. beadle, and suff. -ship.] The office or functions of a beadle. * “There was convocation for the election of his successor - in the beadleship.”—A. Wood: Athen. Oacon. T The beadle is almost exclusively an English, institution. bé'ad-lét, s. [Eng. bead, and dimin. suff. -let.] 1. Gen. : A little bead. 2. Zool.: A name for the most common Actinia on the British shores (A. mesembryonthemwm). [ACTINIA.] bé'ad-röll, *bé'de-röll, s. Among Roman Catholics: 1. Lit. : A catalogue of those for the repose of whose Souls a certain number of prayers are to be offered, the count being kept by the telling of beads. “. . . praying for the saules of the seid John Tan-. field and Agnes hys wyff yerely vppon Sondays by hys : bede-rolle in the pulpitt, . . .”—English Gilds (Early . Eng. Teact Soc.), p. 145. 2. Figuratively: e (a) A catalogue of men worthy of enduring fame. “Dan Chaucer, well of English undefyled On fame’s eternall bead roll worthy to be fyled.” Spenser. F. Q., I. i. 30. America. [See BATATAs.] Spenser; F. Q., IV. ii. 32. boil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f... -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = Shiin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del, . beads-bidding . (b) A catalogue of those who are execrated, instead of being prayed for. “The king, for the better credit of his espials abroad, did use to have them cursed by name amongst the bead- roll of the king's enemies.”—Bacon: Henry VII. ibé'ads-bid-ding, *bèdes *byd'-dyńg, s. [Eng. ºbead (q. v.).], The act, of saying ‘bedes,” i.e. prayers, specially when the memory is assisted by the use of material beads. [BEAD, BID.] “God of hus goodnesse, sech hus grete wil With oute mo bedes byddyng.” Piers Plowman, p. 205. (Richardson.) bé'ads-man, bé"de-man, bě'des-man, ºběd'— iman, S. [Eng, bead, S. (q.v.), and man.] A man who prays for another person. Specially— *1. A priest, whose duty it was to pray for the souls of the dead. “. . . . and the bedeman shall pray for the soul of the dead, and for the souls of all Christians, at the cost of the gild.”—English Gilds (Early Eng. Teact Soc.), p. 230. *2. A man who resided in an hospital or almshouse who was supposed to be praying for the soul of the “pious founder.” “Commend thy grievance to my holy prayers; For I will be thy beadsman, Valentine.” Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, i. 1. 3. Now. One who resides in an almshouse, for- merly called a bede-house, or is supported from the funds left for the purpose of maintaining poor or decayed persons. (Jamieson.) § { Antiquary, ch. xxiii. Ring's bedesmen: What were sometimes called “blue-gowns.” [BLUE-GOWN.] bé'ads-wom-an, ºbědes wom-an, s. [From plural of Eng. bead (q.v.), and woman.] A woman similarly engaged, and stifimore frequently than in the case of the opposite sex, living in an almshouse. “And hönor done to your poor bedes-woman.” Ben Jomson: Sad Shepherd, ii. 6. (Richardson.) béa'-gle (gle as gel), *bé'—gele, s. [Etym. “doubtful. . In Fr. bigle, as adj. =squint-eyed; as sº- a beagle; but it is believed to be the English word a little altered. Mahn believes it is from Irish & Gael. Öeag=Small, but in Gaelic there is a word—cat-lwirge —for beagle. Compare Welsh bach=little; Eng. boy, and possibly pug. Skinner derives it from the cor- responding word in Italian piccolo = small, but again there is a word bracco for beagle.] A small hunting-dog, a sub-variety of Canis gallicus venato- "riws= the hunting hound. It was formerly much used for hunting hares, which it pursued slowly but Surely to their fate. There are several sub-varieties: (1) the Southern, smaller, and shorter, but at the same time thicker than the deep-mouthed hound; § the Northern or Cat Beagle, smaller and finer in form, and a more untiring runner; (3) a cross between these two; and (4) a dwarf variety used for hunting rabbits or young hares. Queen Elizabeth had little “singing beagles'' so small that they could be placed in a man's glove. Col. Hamilton Smith thinks the beagle the same with the Brachet of the Middle Ages [BRACHET] and the Agasseus of ‘Oppian. * “About her feet were little beagles seen, That watch'd with upward eyes the motions of their queen.” Dryden: Fables. bèak, *béake, *bécke (English), běik (Scotch), s. '[Ir., Gael.., Fr., & Prov. bec- a point, a beak; Arm. Dut, bek; Ital, becco, Port, bico; Sp. pico; Wel. pig. Compare also A. S. becoa = a beck, a pickax, a imattock; piic, a little_needle or pin; and pic =a Point, a top, a head..] [PEAK.] A. Ordinary Language: 1. The bill of a bird. “Bleaded like owles with beckes uncomely bent.” +. Spemser: F. Q., II. xi. 8 “Their smoke assail’d his startled beak, And made him higher soar and shriek.” Byron.: Siege of Corinth, 33. 2. Anything pointed like the bill of a bird, as the prow of an ancient war-vessel, a promontory of Tand, &c. “With boiling pitch, another near at hand, From friendly Sweden brought, the seams instops, Which well laid o'er, the salt sea waves withstand, And shakes them from the rising beak in drops.” Dryden: 4nnus Mirabilis, czlvii. B. Technically: 1. Zoology: & § The bill of a bird. [A. 2.] b) Anything in another animal similar. Thus, in “describing a genus (Chelys) of tortoises, Gray says, “The beak very broad.” (c) The snout or the elongated termination of the head in the Curculionidae, or Weevil family of beetles. The term more frequently used for this is -rostrum.) g . (d) The part of some univalve shell which runs into a point and contains a canal. * think on your poor bedesman the day.”—Scott: 414 (e) The umbo or apex of a bivalve shell. (S. P. Woodward.) 2. Botany: Any projection resembling the beak of a bird; any short and hard-pointed projection, as the apex of the fruit in the genus Anthriscus. [BEAKED PARSLEY.] 3. Nawt. Arch. : A piece of brass shaped like a beak, terminating the prow of an ancient galley; it WaS designed to pierce a hostile vessel, like the sim- ilar weapon of offense in a modern “ram.” Now the beak or beak-head is the external part of a ship before the forecastle, which is fastened to the stem and supported by the main-knee. 4. Carpentry: The crooked end of the hold-fast of a carpenter's bench. 5. Forging : The point of an anvil. BICKIRON.] , 6., Farriery: A little shoe, at the toe about an inch long, turned up and fastened in upon the fore- part of the hoof. 7. Chem. : The rostrum of an alembic by which the vapor is transferred to the worm. 8. Gas-fitting: A gas-burner with a circular hole 3'sth of an inch in diameter. beak-head, S. & a. A. As substantive: 1. The same as BEAK, B. 3. “By shooting a piece out of our forecastle, being close by her, we fired a mat on her beak-head, which more and more kindled, and ran from thence to the mat on the bowsprit.”—Hackluyt's Voyages, vol. ii., p. 200. 2. Arch. : An architectural ornament, especially of the Norman and Early English style, resembling the head of a beast united to the beak of a bird. B. As adjective: Beak-head beam : The largest beam in a ship. beak-rush, s. [The English name of Rhynco- spora, a genus of plants belonging to the Order Cyperaceae (Sedges.) It is called from the beaked tips of the “seed,” or rather the fruit. There are two British species, the White Beak-rush (Rhymco- spora alba), and the brown one (R. fusca). béak (1), v. t. [From BEAK, s. (q.v.).] #, Cockfighting: To seize with the beak. (Vul- C!?". Af [BEAKIRON, Q béak (2), *béek, *béyke (Old Eng. & Scotch), v. t. & i. [BAKE..] A. Trams. : To bask, to warm. ‘‘I made the fire and beked me aboute.” Chaucer: Creseides Testament, 36. “And beeking my cauld limbs afore the sin.” Allan Ramsay: Gentle Shepherd, ii. 3. B. Imtrams. : To warm one's self, to bask. “To shun the storm thei drove they carefu” steeke And mang the auld fowk round the ingle beek.” Marion: A Pastoral. Hawick Collection. (S. in Boucher.) béaked, pa. par. & a. [BEAK (1), v.] A. As participial adjective : I. Ordinary Lamgwage: 1. Having a beak. (Used of birds or other ani- mals.) “. . . . he feeds a long and a short-beaked pigeon on the same food.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. iv., p. 83. 2. Having a sharp-pointed prow. (Used of ships.) “. . the floating vessel swum Uplifted, and secure, with beaked prow, Rode tilting o'er the waves.” Miltom: P. L., bk. xi. 3. Running to a point or tip. “And question'd every gust, of rugged wings, That blows from off each beaked promontory: They knew not of his story.” Milton: Lycidas. B. Technically: 1. Heraldry: Having the beak and legs of a bird of a different tincture from the body. In such a case the bird is said to be beaked and membered of that tincture. 2. Botany (applied to fruits) : Having a long, hard terminal, straight, horn-like projection. beaked-parsley, s. Bot. : The English name of the umbelliferous genus Anthriscus. It is so called from its fruit terminating in a beak. There are two wild British species, the , Wild Beaked, Parsley (Anthºriscus sylvestris), which has smooth fruit, and the Com- mon Beaked Parsley (A. vulgaris), of which the fruit is muricated. oth are common. Besides these the Garden Beaked Parsley, or Cherwil (A. cerifolium), has escaped from cultivation. bé'ak-Ér, s. [From O. S. bikeri. In Sw. bāgare; Dan. boeger; Icel, bikarr; Dut, beker; Ger. becher; O. H. Ger, bechar, pechar, pechare; ital. bichiere; Lat. bicariwn=a wine-vessel, a wine-glass.] 1. A large drinking-vessel, a tumbler. “He lives, and o'er his brimming beaker boasts.” Cowper: Task, bk. vi. beam 2. A vessel used for experiments in natural phi- losophy, chemistry, or any other science. It has an open mouth, and a lip for pouring. - “Various quantities of distilled water were weighed into beakers.”—Proceedings of the Physical Society of London, pt. ii., p. 56. bé'ak-iñg, a. [Eng, beak; -ing.] beaking-joint, s. Carpentry & joinery: A joint formed by the meet- ing, in a floor or door, of several heading joints in a line. º bé ak-ir-ön, s. [The same as BICKERN (q.v.).] béal, s. [In A. S. byl, bilä a boil, blotch, Sore; Sw. bulmad, blimmg=a swelling, a morbid tumor, from bulna-to swell, to become filled with matter; Dan. byld, blegm, Fries. beil; Dut. bevl; Ger. bentle =a swelling or protuberance; Ital, bolla- a bubble, blister, pimple..] A pimple, an inflammatory tumor. (Scotch, and North of England dialect.) ibéal, v. i. [From the substantive. In Sw, bulna = to swell, to become filled with matter; Dan. bwld me.] To gather matter or pus. (Scotch cºnd North of England dialect.) beal-fire, s. [BELTANE.] Beàle light, s. [LIGHT.] ibé'al—ifig, pr. par., a., & S. [BEAL, v.] A. & B. As present participle départicipial adjec- tive: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As subst.: An inflammatory swelling contain- ing matter or pus. bé-ā'll, s. [Eng. be; all.] All that is to be. & & that but this blow Might be the be-ali and the end-aii here.” g Shakesp.: Macbeth, i. 7. bèam (1), *béame, *béem, *béme, *bém, *bealme, s. [A. S. becum= (1), a tree; (2) a beam-pºst, a stock of a tree, a splint; (3) anything proceeding in a straight line, a sunbeam ; (4) a wind instru- ment, a horn, a trumpet (Bosworth, &c.). O. Sax. bom, bam : O. Fries. bam; Sw. & Dan. bom= a bar, a boom ; Ger. bawm = a tree, a beam, a bar, a boom; O. H. Ger. bawm, bowm, powmv, O. L. Ger, b0m; O. Icel, badhmir = a beam; Goth. bagms = a tree.] [BOOM.] I. Ordinary language: *1. Of trees: A tree, i.e. one living, and not dead and cut up. The same as the Ger. bawm. (See etym.) This sense of the word is obsolete, except in the compound Horm-beam (“horn-tree '’) (q.v.). (Tremeh.) - 2. Of wood from trees, or anything similar: (1) A large, long piece of timber “squared " or rather made rectangular on its several sides; spe- cially one used to aid in supporting the ordinary rafters in a building. It is distinguished from a block by being longer than broad. “A beam is the largest piece of wood in a building, which always lies cross the building or the walls, serving to support the principal rafters of the roof, and into which the feet of the principal rafters are framed. No building has less than two beams, one at each head. Into these the girders of the garret floor are also framed; and if the building be of timber, the teazel-tenons of the posts are framed. The proportions of beams, in or near London, are fixed by Act of Parliament. A beam fifteen feet long must be seven inches on one side its square, and five on the other; if it be sixteen feet long, one side must be eight inches, the other six, and so proportionable to their lengths.”—Builder's Dictionary. “For many a busy hand toiled there, Strong pales to shape and beams to square.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, v. 9. In Matthew. vii. 3-5 the word is used in this sense. The expression was made designedly hyperbolical, that the dullest perception might discern the mean- 1Ilg. É) A similar support to rafters, though made of iron and not of wood. (3) The pole of a carriage which passes between the horses. “Juturna heard, and, seiz'd with mortal fear, Forc’d from the beam her brother's charioteer. Dryden: Virgil; AEmeid xii. 687, 688. (4) The transverse iron rod or bar in a balance, from the extremities of which the scales are sus- pended. “If thus th’ important cause is to be tried, Suppose the beam should dip on the wrong side.” Cowper: Hope. T To kick the beam : To be outweighed, surpassed. (5) A cylindrical piece of wood belonging to a weaver's loom, on which the web is gradually rolled as it is woven. This is called the cloth-beam or breast-beam. A similar One, on which the yarn is wound, is called the yarm-beam. “. . and in the Egyptian's hand was a spear like a weaver's beam.”—1 Chronicles xi. 23. (6) The main part of a plow, that to which the handles are attached, and to which, also, the ani- mals designed to draw it are yoked. 5 y făte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wét, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whô, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. 32, Ce = €; ey = a. qu = kW. beam-bird f 3. Of what is branched: ... The third and fourth antlers of a stag's horns. (The metaphor seems to be that of a branching tree.) (See No. 1.) “And taught the woods to echo to the stream His dreadful challenge, and his clashing beam.” e Denham. 4. Of what radiates or is radiated: e (1) Lit.: A ray of light emitted from a luminous body. (d) Of one emitted from the sun. “To make the sun a bauble without use, Save for the fruits his heavenly beams produce.” Cowper's Hope. (b) Of an electric spark or flash of light. “The effects, moreover, obtained with the electric Jean are also produced by the beams of the sun.”—Tyn- dall: I'rag. of Science (3d ed.), X. 260. (2) Fig.: *ing imparting intellectual, moral, or spiritual light. “Where fancy's fire, affection’s mental beam, Thought, genius, passion, reign in turn supreme.” Hemams: To the Eye. * It is a question whether beam, in the sense No. 3, is not a distinct word; but in A. S. it is the same as beam=wood. (See etym.) In Latin, also, the somewhat corresponding word radius is staff, al rod, i. e. a ray, a beam of light. II. Technically: 1. Arch.: There are many kinds of architectural beams, such as a tie-beam, a collar-beam, a dragon- Abeam, &c. (See these words.) 2. Naval Arch. & Nawt. Langwctge: (1) The beams of a ship are the great main cross- timbers which prevent the sides of the ship from falling together, and which also support the deck and orlops. Broad in the beam : Broad from the bulwarks on one side to those on the other. “Broad in the beam, that the stress of the blast Pressing down upon sail and mast, Might not the sharp bows overwhelm.” Longfellow: Building of the Ship. * Beam is also used technically for the width of a ship. The beam nearest the mainmast is called the main beſt m, the next to it the second beam, the next again the third beam and so on with the rest. The midship beam is the one, as its name indi- cates, situated in midships. It is the greatest one in the vessel. Abaft the beam : In an arc of the horizon sub- tended by the angle of which one side is constituted by a line crossing the ship transversely from beam to beam at right angles, and the other by a line running from the stem to the stern of the vessel. Before the beam : In an arc of the horizon inter- Vening between that now described and the bow of the vessel. (2) The beam of am anchor: The straight part or lººk of an anchor, to which the hooks are fast- €I] G (i. 3. Match. : A heavy iron lever in a steam-engine One end of which is connected with the piston, an the other with the crank of the wheel-shaft. It transmits motion from the piston to the wheel-shaft. 4. Curriery: The board on which skins are laid to be shaved. III. Beam is used attributively in compounds like the following: beam-bird, s. A bird so called from often build- ing its nest on a beam or rafter belonging to a house. It is better known as the Spotted Fly- catcher (Muscicapa grisola.) beam-board, s. The platform of a steel-yard or balance. beam-center, s. The pin on which the working beam in a steam-engine vibrates. beam-compass, s. An instrument used in de- scribing larger circles than can conveniently be dºne by means of common compasses... It consists of a beam of wood or brass, with sliding sockets bearing steel or pencil points. It is called also a trammel. beam-ends, s. pl. , Naut. : The ends of the beams of a ship. A ship is on her beam-ends when she is so far driven over on her side that the ends of the beams, horizontal When the vessel is at rest, are thrust more or less nearly into a vertical position. # beam-engine, s. Meck, A steam-engine in which power is trans- mitted by a walking beam, in contra-distinction to One in which the piston-rod is attached directly to the crank of the wheel-shaft. beam-feather, s. One of the long feathers in the Wing of a hawk. (Booth.) beam-filling, s. Building: The filling-in of mason-work between beams or joists. 415 beam-gudgeons, S. pl. The bearings on the cen- º, #. the beam, or the central pivot upon which it WIOTatēS. beam-knife, s. Curriery : A, two-handled knife used to shave hides stretched upon a beam. * beam-line, s. Ship-carpentry: The line showing where the tops of the beams and the frames meet. beam-Shind, a. [Eng. beam; Shim (not shine).] FIaving the shin, or bone of the leg, rising with a Sort of curve. (Jamieson.) beam-tree, s. A species of wild Service, so called §§ from the beam-like aspects of its corym- iferous flowers. Its full name is the White Beam: tree. It is Pyrus, aria. It has downy, leaves and red fruit, larger than that of its near ally, P. awcw: garia, the Mountain Ash, or Rowan-tree. The wood is extremely hard. ºběam (2), s. [Etymology doubtful..] Difficulty, misfortune (?). “Dunkan sauh his eme had his heritage, Ther he wist bote of beam .” Rob. de Brumme. (S. im Boucher.) běam, v. t. & i. [From beam, s. (q. v.). A. S. beamian-to shine, to emit beams.] A. Transitive: To emit, to send. of mental, moral, or spiritual sight.) “God beams this light into man's understanding.”— South. ** Eyes beaming courtesy and mild regard.” Wordsworth.: Eaccursion, bk. v. (Chiefly used B. Intransitive : 1. Lit.: To send forth rays of light; to show forth. (Used of the sun, or other luminous body, or of the morning.) “But slowly fade the stars—the night is o'er— Morn beams on those who hail her light no more.” Hemams: The Abencerrage 2. Fig.: To shine forth. (Use t, of intellectual, moral, or spiritual light; the light of happiness, the radiance of beauty, or anything similar.) “ . ... the interest high Which genius beams from beau y's eye.” Sc ºf t; Rokeby, ii. 3. ... “To paint those charms which waried as they beam’d.” 13 yron: To Ianthe. “His speech, his form, his action full of grace, And all his country beaming in li is face.” Co. ºper: Table Talk. bèamed, pa. par. & a. [BEAM, v.] “Like crested leader proud and high, Tossed his beamed frontlet to the sky.” Scott; Lady of the Lake, i. 2. bé'am-fúl, a. [Eng. beam , full.] Full of beams, beaming. “And beautify'd with beam ful lamps above.” Drayton: Noah's Flood, iv. 525. (Boucher.) bé'am-iñg, pr. par., a., & S. [BEAM, v.] A. & B. As pr. par. dé pººl adj. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. “Where ruddy fire and beaming tapers join To cheer the gloom.” Thomson: The Seasons; Winter. “And robed the Holy One's benignant mien In beaming mercy, majesty serene.” IIemans: Restoration of Works of Art to Italy. “Come, to the beaming God your heart unfold !” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 48. C. As substantive: I. Ordinary Lamgwage : 1. Lit; : The state or quality of emitting light, in a literal or figurative sense: . 2. Fig.: The emission of intellectual, moral, or spiritual light. “The doubtful beamings of his prince’s soul.” Thomson: Liberty, pt. v. II. Technically: 1. Weaving: The operation of winding yarn upon the beam of a loom. 2. Cwrriery: The operation of washing hides with a slicker over a beam. * beaming-machine, S., A machine, for currying hides on a carriage, and thus effecting the operation more usually performed during the time that they. are stretched upon a beam. bé'am-lèss, a. [Eng. beam; -less.] Without a beam. (Thomsom, : Seasons; Swmmer.) bé'am-y, a. & adv. [Eng. beam; -y.] A. As adjective: 1. Having the massiveness or weight of a beam. “His double-biting ax, and beamy spear; Each asking a gigantic force to rear.” Dryden: Palamom & Arcite, iii. 480, 481. & bean 2. Having horns or antlers. “Rouse from their desert dens the bristled rage Of boars, and beamy stags in toils engage.” Dryden: Virgil. 3. Emitting beams; shining, radiant, brilliant. (1) Literally: * “All-seeing sun' FIide, hide in shameful night thy beamy head.” Smith. (2) Figuratively: “So I with animated hopes behold, And many an aching wish, your beam iſ fires.” Cowper: Task, bk. v. B. As adv. : In a more shining or radiant man- ner, so as to cast a brighter light. “Colors from the trying fire more beamy come.” Cartwright: Poems (1651). (Halliwell: Comt. to Le.cicog.) bëan, *béane, *béene, *béne, s. [A. S. beam, bien = a bean, all sorts of pulse; O. Icel, bawn, Sw. böma, Dan. bomme; Dut. boom; N. H. Ger. bohme, M. H. Ger. bome, O. H. Ger, pömö Russ. bob ; Gael. pomar; Ir, pomaire; Wel. faem Lat. faba. All these words, though many of them so dissimilar to each other, are considered to be etymologically connected.] A. As substantive: I. Bolamy and Horticulture: 1. A well-known cultivated plant, Ticia fabct of Tuinnaeus, now called Faba vulgaris. It belongs to the order Leguminosae. The stem is quadrangular and hollow ; the leaves are alternate; they are pin- nate with two to four leaflets. The flowers, which are fragrant, are papilionaceous, white, with violet- colored veins and blotches looking almost black. The seeds are partly kidney-shaped. The native country of Faba vulgaris is believed to be the regions near the Caspian Sea, the Levant, and Egypt. The word beam occurs twice in Scripture (in 2 Sam. xvii. 28, and Ezek. iv. 9). The Hebrew term is pºl, Septuagint Greek, kwamos (see etymol- ogy), and seems correctly translated. Pythagoras and his followers would not eat it, and the flamen Dialis, or priest of Jupiter at Rome, was forbidden to touch it. Faba vulgaris may be primarily divided into the Garden Bean and the Field Bean. Of the former there are numerous sub-varieties. The earliest is the Mazagan, which is small-seeded; while the largest is the Windsor. The Field Bean runs into two leading sub-varieties, a larger and a smaller one; the latter is called Ticks. The horse- bean is the variety equina. 2. (Popularly.) Any leguminous plant resembling a bean, though not of the genuine genus Faba. Such, for example, as the Florida bean, which is the seed, not the fruit, of a West Indian plant. These seeds washed up on the Florida shore and are sometimes used as food, and sometimes they are polished and used as ornaments. The Navy bean is the common white bean, used largely as an article of diet by sailors. The flea beam is a smaji white bean used commonly as food. The Tonquin bean is the fragrant seed of a leguminous tree. 3. (Popularly.) Any plant with some vague resemblance to a bean in fruit, even though it be not even leguminous. Thus the Buck Bean, Men- vanthes trifoliata, is properly of the Gentian order, and has no real affinity to Faba. [BUCK-BEAN.] II. Commerce, déc.: The name given to the seeds of certain plants belonging to the natural order Leguminosae. The Com- mon Field Bean is the seed of the Faba vulgaris, the Broad or Windsor Bean, being a cultivated variety of the same plant. The French Or Haricot Bean is the seed of IPhaseolus m.wltiflorus, and the Scarlet Runner (which is closely akin to the for- mer) is Phaseolus vul- g(tº 18. Beans are used for feed- ing horses, as also for fat- tening hogs. When fresh they also sometimes ap- pear at table as a culinary vegetable. Scarlet-runners and French beans are used in the pod, in the green state, and eaten as a vegetable, Bean-meal, which is more easily digested than whole beans, contains twice as much nitro- genous matter as wheat-flour, and is more nutri- tious; It is sometimes used to adulterate flour and bread, but this can be readily detected by the micro- scope. The cells of the bean are larger, and the cell-walls much thicker, than those of the wheat. The starch jº are also different, being oval or kidney-shaped, and having an irregular, deep cleft down the center. Roasted beans are sometimes used to adulterate coffee. B. Attributively; Pertaining to the bean; con- sisting of plants allied to the bean. “Order CX. : Leguminosae or Fabaceae, the Bean Tribe.”—Lindley: Nat. Syst. Bot., 2d ed. (1886), p. 148. § Q9 Granules of Bean tarch. Magnified about 120 diam- eters. bóil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, chorus, çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, expect, Xenophon, aş; exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, &c. = bel, del. -sion = shiin; —dle, —tion, -śion = -ble, Zhūn. -tious, -cious, -Sious = shiis. bean-Caper bean-caper, bean Caper,' s. [Eng: bean, and caper , (q, v.).] The English name of the genus Zygophyllum, the typical one of the botanical order Zygophyllaceae. The species, which are not particu- larly ornamental, have fleshy leaves and yellow or whitish yellow flowers. They come from the Cape of Good Hope and other places. g In the plwral (Beam Capers) : The name given by Lindley to the order Zygophyllaceae (q.v.). º-coa, bean cod, s. The legume of a bean. XOD. “Argent, three beam-cods . . .”—Gloss. of Heraldry. bean-fed, a. Fed on beans. “. . . a fat and beam-fed horse, . . .” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night's Dream, ii. 1. pean-fly, s. “A small fly of a pale-purple color found on béans, the larvae of a maggot called Mida.” The term Mida is from Gr, midas, an insect stated by Theophrastus to be destructive to pulse. bean-goose, s. A kind of goose, the Amser Sege- twm. It is so called from the resemblance which the upper mandible of the bill bears to a horse-bean. It is a migratory bird, coming to this country from the North in autumn, and returning thither again in Spring. bean-harvester, s. A machine for cutting and heaping together beam-haulm when ready to be gathered. There are various kinds. g bean—meal, s. [See BEAN, II.] bean-Ore, s. $ Mining: Brown iron-ore, occurring in ellipsoidal concretions. bean-Sheller, S. bean-Shot, S. Metal-working: Copper formed into shot like gravel by being poured in a melted state into Water. bean-stalk, s. The stalk of a bean. “Taking this ground, a man may maintain the story of ‘Jack and the Bean-stalk:" in the face of all the science in the world.”—Tyndall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., xiv. 435. bean-tree, s. 1. The Swedish bean-tree, Pyrus intermedia. 2. The bean-tree of Australia, Castanospermum awstrale, a leguminous species belonging to the section Sophoreae. bean-trefoil, s. 1. The English name of Anagyris, a genus of plants belonging to the Papilionaceous sub-order of the Leguminosae. The species are small trees with legumes curved inward at the extremity. They grow in the south of Europe, North America, and perhaps elsewhere. 2. A name sometimes given to Memyanthes trifoli- ata. . [MENYANTHES. name formerly applied to the Laburnum (Cytisus labwrmwm). [CYTISUS. béan (1), bāne, a. [Gael, ban=white; baine= whiteness.] White. (Scotch.) “. with light sandy-colored hair, and small, pale features, from which he derived his agnomen of Beam, or white .”—Scott: Waverley, ch. xvii. *béan (2), a. [Probably from Fr. bien (as subst.) =wealth, property, . . . . comfort'; (as adj.) = well.] ENE...] Comfortable, Snug. (Old Scotch.) *beand. [BEYOND.] *bé'—and, pr. par. [A. S. beand, pr. par. of beom, = to be..] Being. (O. Scotch.) “Bath the partiis beand personaly present—the lordis * decretis,” &c.—Act. Awdit., A. 1476, p. 43. (Jamie- SO??.. | bë'an-shāw, s. [BENSHAW.] (Scotch.) bear (1), *bère, *baere, *beore, *baer'—én, *bër"—én, ºbeir’—én, *bueren (pret. bore, ibare, *bar, “bear, *bger, *ber; pa. par. born, borne) (aere, eore, eir, and uer as ār), v. t. & i. [.A. S. beram, beordim (pret. boer; pa. par. borem) = to bear; gebe- van = to bear; geboeram=to behave, to conduct one's self; aberam=to, bear, carry, suffer; O. S. beram, giberan; O. Fries, and O. Icel. bera; Sw. bāra ; Dan. boere; Dut. baren—to give birth to, to bring forth ; bewrem=to lift; boeren—to carry, to bear; Goth. bairam = to carry; Ger. gebarem=to bring forth ; führen = to carry; O. L. Ger. beram; A machine for shelling beans. H. Ger. beram, peram—to bear; Fr. porter=to carry; . Sp. & Port. parer= to bring forth ; Ital, portare=to carry; Lat. fero=to bear or carry; pario=to bear; porto-to carry what is heavy; Gr. pheró, phoreo- to bear or carry; cognate with barws=heavy, and baros=weight; Ir. berradh, beivin-to bear or bring forth, &c.; Russ. berw-to take, to carry; Pers. ber; Sansc. bhar, bharāmi, bibharmi-to carry, to sus- tain. Occurs in Semitic as Heb. parah, rarely para. = (1) to carry, (2) to be fruitful, (3) to run as a chariot. Possibly connected also with bara— (1) to cut out, (2) to create, to produce.] [BAIRN, BAR- fāte, fīt, fäll, or, wore, amidst, whât, färe, father; 416 INDE, BERINDE, BEAR (2), BERE, BIER, 'BIRTH, BURDEN.] A word of very various significations. Thus Watts says— “We say, to bear a burden, to bear sorrow or reproach, to bear a name, to bear a grudge, to bean' fruit, or to beat, children. The word bear is used in very different senses. A. Transitive: I. To support or to carry as a burden. 1. Literally: (1) To support, sustain, or, carry any person or thing possessing a greater or less amount of matc- rial weight. “. . . that thou shouldest say unto me, Carry them in thy bosom, as a nursing father beareth the sucking child, unto the land which thou swearest unto their fathers ?”—Numbers xi. 12. (2) To cause any person or thing, to be, sustained or carried, or conveyed, without literally bearing the burden one's self. - “A guest like him, a Trojan guest before, In shew of friendship, sought the Spartan shore, And ravish’d Helen from her husband bore.”—Garth. 2. Figuratively: (1) (Of any mental or moral instead of any phys- ical burden): To support, sustain, or carry. (a) To sustain, to maintain, to support. “For he always saw passing events, not in the point of view in which they commonly appear to one who bears a part in them, .”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. (b) To endure, to suffer to stand, to tolerate, with- out giving way under the load, or being otherwise injured by it. “I have fed you with milk, and not with meat: for hith- erto ye were not able to bear it, neither yet now are ye able.”—1 Corinthiams iii. 2. “. . . he could not bear the eyes of the bar and of the audience.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. (c) To endure without resentment; to tolerate, to stand. “Not the gods, nor angry Jove will bear Thy lawless wand'ring walks in upper air.” Dryden. (d) To suffer, to undergo; to be subjected to as a punishment, sickness, calamity, or loss. “I have borne chastisement, I will not offend any more.” —Job xxxiv. 31. “That which was torn of beasts I brought not unto thee; I bare the loss of it; of my hand didst thou require it.”— Genesis xxxi. 89. (e) To stand the temptation resulting from any- thing. “I was carried on to observe, how they did bear their fortunes, and how they did employ their times.”—Bacon. (f) To be responsible for; to be answerablo for, “. . . they shall even bear their iniquity.”—Ezekiel xliv. 10. “If I bring him not unto thee, then I shall bear the blame to my father for ever.”—Gemesis xliv. 32. “. . . . that which thou puttest on me will I bear.”— 2 Kings xviii. 14. (g) To carry, or convey an immaterial burden or anything similar. “My message to the ghost of Priam bear : Tell him a new Achilles sent thee there.” Dryden: AEmeid. (2) (When no idea of burden is implied, but in many cases the reverse): To sustain, support, pos- sess, or carry anything. Specially— (a) To possess a name. - “His pious brother, sure the best Who ever bore that name.”—Dryden. ..(b) To possess a title or other mark of honorable distinction, as “to bear arms.” “He may not bear so fair and so noble an image of the Divine glory, as the universe in its full system.”—Hale. “I write the falsehood on their crest. If by the blaze I mark aright, Thou bear'st the belt and spur of knight.” Scott: Lady of the Lake, iv. 30. ſ (c) To possess in the sense of being the object OI, .* “I’ll be your father, and your brother too ; Let me but bear your love, I’ll bear your cares.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., v. 2. (d) To possess as power. (Used specially in such phrases as “to bear sway.”) “When vice prevails, and impious men bear sway, The post of honor is a private station.” Addison: Cato. (e) To carry in the mind, to entertains to harbor. (Used of good and of bad and indifferent emo- tions.) “That inviolable love I bear to the land of my nativity, prevailed upon me to engage in so bold an attempt.”— Swift. “As for this gentleman who is fond of her, she beareth him an invincible hatred.”—Ibid. hér, hère, wét; Camel, wé, thère; bear } º Used of things: & f a) To be capable of, to admit, to be sufficient OT, - “Had he not been eager to find mistakes, he would not have strained my works to such a sense as they will not bear.”—Atterbury. {} To supply. g c) To tolerate, admit of. “. . . than either the judgment of wise men allow- eth, or the law of God itself will bear.”—Hoolcer. II. To produce, to bring forth. 1. Lit. : To give birth to, to produce, to bring forth. Used— . (a) Of the female sex of man or that of the infe- rior animals. “. . . Isaac, which Sarah shall bear unto thee . . .” —Genesis xvii. 21. (b) Of plants. “Nor yet the hawthorn bore her berries red.” Cowper: Needless Alarm. 2. Figuratively: (q) To give birth to, as the earth is poetically said to do to the animals, and plants generated upon it, Or as one's natal spot is said to give him birth. “Here dwelt the man divine whom Samos bore.” Dryden. (b) To bring forth, produce, adduce, give. “There is another that beareth witness of me . . .”— John v. 32. III, Reflectively: To act; to behave. (The radi- cal signification probably is to support or to carry one's self.) “. . . some good instruction give, How I may bear me here.”—Shakesp.: Temp., i. 2. “Hath he borne himself penitently in prison ?” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, iv. 2. ‘ſ This sense appears to have been derived from A. S. boeram- to behave, to conduct one's self. (See etymology.) IV. To weigh down, press upon, drive, or urge. (Here the signification points not at the person sus- taining the burden, but at the burden viewed as weighing down the person.) © * 1. To press upon, even when motion or action on the part of the person thus pressed does not follow. “Caesar doth bear me hard; but he loves Brutus.” Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, i. 2. “These men bear hard upon the suspected party, pursue her close through all her windings.”—Addison. 2. To drive or urge in some direction, as forward or backward. § Chiefly by physical means. [See C. 3, 4.] b) Chiefly or wholly by moral means. “But confidence then bore thee on; secure, Either to meet no danger, or to find Matter of glorious trial.”—Milton: P. L., bk. ix. B. Imtransitive: 1. To suffer. “They bore as heroes, but they felt as men.”—Pope. 2. To be patient; to endure without murmuring. “I cannot, cannot bear: ’tis past, 'tis done; Perish this impious, this detested son ''' Dryden. 3. To act upon, or against. [See C. 15.] “Spinola, with his shot, did bear upon those within, who appeared upon the wall.”—Hayward. 4. To produce, to bring forth its like; to be fruitful. “A fruit-tree hath been blown up almost by the roots, and set up again, and the next year bear exceedingly.”- Pacom. 5. To succeed, to take effect. “Having pawned a full suit of clothes for a sum of money, which my operator assured me was the last he should want to bring all our matters to bear.”—Guardian. 6. To be situated with respect to. “At noon we perceived a low double land, begiºn.9 W. S. W., about ten leagues distant . .”— Walter: Anson’s Voyage, 15th ed. (1780), p. 53. 7. To move in the direction of. C. In phrases in some of which bear is transitive, in others intransitive. 1. To bear against: º (a) To be in contact with; to press more or less forcibly against. “Because the operations to be performed by the tº require a considerable strength in the instruments which move the lower jaw, nature hath provided this with strong muscles to make it bear forcibly against the upper jaw.”—Ray. “Upon the tops of mountains, the air which beqrs against the restagnant quicksilver is less pressed." Boyle. (b) To move toward, to approach. pine, pit, marine; gé, pöt. Syrian. sire, sir, wolf, wórk, whô, sön; ae, Ce = €; ey = a, qu = kW. try, miite, ciib, cir, ràle, ciire, unite, füll; bear 2. To bear dway : (a) Trans.: To win, to carry away; as, for in- stance, a prize. “Because the Greek and Latin have ever borne away the prerogative from all other tongues, they shall serve as touchstones to make our trials by.”–Camden. (b) Intrans.: To move one's self off; to depart, to flee. “Never did men more joyfully obey, Or sooner understand the sign to fly: With such alacrity they bore away.” — Dryden. 3. To bear back or backward (trams.) : To thrust or drive back or backward by physical force. “Their broken oars, and floating planks, withstand Their passage, while they labor to the land; And ebbing tides bear back upon th’ uncertain sand.” Dryden. “Clan-Alpine's best are backward borne.” Scott. Lady of the Lake, vi. 18. 4. To bear down (trams.) : † (a) Lit. : To thrust down by physical force. “. . . on land they were at first borne down by irre- sistible force.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. (b) Fig. : To do so by other means. “Truth is borne down, attestations neglected, the testi- mony of sober persons despised.”—Swift. (c) Nawt. : To sail toward. (Followed by upon.) 5. To bear hand to : To support, to lend assistance to. (Scotch.) “. . . to beare hand to the trueth Eleven Serm., f. 3 b. * Bear a hand (without to) is very common in English in the sense of help : “Bear a hand here !” 6. To bear in : To move in. “Whose navy like a stiff stretch'd cord did shew, Till he bore in, and bent them into flight.” Dryden. 7. To bear in hand: To amuse with false pre- tenses; to deceive; to accuse. “Your daughter, whom she bore in hand to love With such integrity, she did confess Was as a scorpion to her sight.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, v. 5. “. . . . . his sickness, age, and impotence, Was falsely borne in hand.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, ii. 2. .”—Bruce: 8. To bear off (trans.): (a) Lit.: To carry away. “Give but the word, we'll snatch this damsel up, And bear her off.” Addison: Cato, (b) To hold; to restrain. “Do you suppose the state of this realm to be now so feeble, that it cannot bear off a greater blow than this ?” —Hayward. 9. To bear on hand; *to bar on hand: (a) Trams. : To tell, to inform, (Scotch.) “In till this tyme that Umphraweill, As I bar yow on hand er quhill, Come till the King of Ingland . . .” Barbour, xix. 142, MS. (Jamieson.) (b) Intrans.: To affirm, to relate. “Syn the Balliol and his folk were Arywyd in to Scotland, As I have herd men bere on hand.” Wyntown, viii. 83, 64. (Jamieson.) 10. To bear owt (trans.): e * (a) To afford a warrant for; to give legitimate defense, or at least excuse, for. “I hope your warrant will bear out the deed.” Shakesp.: King John, iv. 1. (b) To support; to sustain by power or any other Way than by legal or moral warrant. “Quoth Sidrophel, I do not doubt To find friends that will bear me out.” Hudibras. ompany only can bear a man out in an ill thing.”— South. (c) Intrans.: To stand forth. “In a convex mirror, we view the figures and all other things, which bear out with more life and strength than nature itself.”—Dryden. 11. To bear the bell: To lead. [BELL, A., III., 4.] 12. To bear the cross; to bear one's cross: (a). Lit. (Qf Christ): To endure the agonizing physical and mental sufferings of which the cross Was the symbol. “Submits to death, nay, bears the cross, In all its shame and woe.” Cameron, (b) Fig. (of His followers): To endure sufferings, especially those to which their devotion to their Divine Master may expose them. “And whosoever doth not bear his cross, and come after Me, cannot be My disciple.”—Luke xiv. 27. bóil, boy; påüt, jówl; to apprise. { { Cat, çell, Chorus, 4.17 13. To bear the sword: (a) Lit.: To carry or bear a sword for a longer or shorter time as the emblem of authority. “I do commit into your hand The unstain’d sword that you have us’d to bear.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., v. 2. (b) Fig.: To be in an office conferring authority, even when no sword is carried. “. . . for he [the magistrate] beareth not the sword in vain . .”—Rom. xiii. 4. 14. To bear wo (trams. dº intrans.) : } Transitive: . . g * a) Lit.: To sustain anything by physical means, so that it cannot fall or sink. “. . . the waters increased, and bare wp the ark, and it was lift up above the earth.”—Gen. vii. 17. “And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne wp.”— Judges xvi. 29. b) Fig.: To sustain any immaterial thing by suitable means. “A religious hope does not only bear wo the mind under her sufferings, but makes her rejoice in them.”— Addison. (2) Intransitive: (a) Lit.: To move upward or onward. “The oily drops swimming on the spirit of wine, moved restlessly to and fro, sometimes bearing up to one another, as if all were to unite into one body; and then falling off, and continuing to shift places.”—Boyle. (b) Fig.: To manifest fortitude, to be unmoved; to retain composure under calamity. “Yet, even against such accumulated disasters and dis- graces, his vigorous and inspiring mind bore up.”— Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xxv. 15. To bear woon : & (a) Lit.: To carry upon, as a ship upon a rock. “We were encounter’d by a mighty rock, Which being violently borne upon, Our helpless ship was splitted in the midst.” Shakesp.: Comedy of Errors, i. 1. (b) Fug.: To have a certain reference to ; to restrain one's self. “And sae for fear he clean sud spoil the sport Gin anes his shepherdess sud tak the dort, IHe boore wpom him, and ne'er loot her ken, That he was ony ways about her fain.” Ross: Helenore, p. 33. 16. To bear with : To endure something distaste- ful to one. “If he is willing to bear with their scrupulosity . . .” —Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. ‘ſ (a) Crabb thus distinguishes between to bear and to yield: “Bear conveys the idea of creating within itself; yield, that of giving from itself. Animals bear their young; inanimate objects yield their produce. An apple-tree bears apples; the earth yields fruits. Bear marks properly the natural power of bringing forth something of its own kind; yield is said of the result or quantum brought forth... Shrubs, bear leaves, flowers, or berries, according to their natural properties; flowers yield seeds plentifully or otherwise as they are favored by circumstances.” To bear, to carry, to convey, and to transport are thus discriminated: “To bear is simply to put the weight of any substance upon one's self; to carry is to remove it from the spot where it was; we always bear in carrying, but not vice versä. That which cannot be easily borne must be burden- some to carry. Since bear is confined to personal service, it may be used in the sense of carry, when the latter implies the removal of anything by any other body. . The bearer of a letter or parcel is he who carries it in his hand; the carrier of parcels is he who employs a conveyance. Convey and trans- port are species of carrying. Carryin its particular sense is employed either for personal exertions or actions performed by the help of other means. Comvey and transport are employed for such actions as are performed not by immediate personal inter- vention or exertion: a porter carries goods on his knot; goods are conveyed in a wagon or cart; they are transported in , a vessel. Convey expresses simply the mode of removing; transport annexes the ideas of place and distance. Merchants get conveyed into their warehouses goods which have been transported from distant countries.” (Crabb : Bºng. Symon.) bear (2), v. t. [BEAR, s., II. 1.] On the Stock Exchange : A cant phrase meaning to attempt to depress the price of stock. bear (1), *béare, *bére, *bé'-Öre, s. [A. S. bera =bear; Dut. beer; Ger. bār; M. H. Čer. ber ; O. H. Ger. bero, pero: Icel. & Sw, biörn, björn; Lat. fera =a wild beast.] I. Ordinary Language: 1. Literally: (1), Zool. . . The English name , of the various Species of Plantigrade mammals belonging to the rsus and some neighboring genera. The term go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bench; Sin, * tº bear-berry plantigrade, applied to the bears, intimates that they walk on the soles of their feet;... not, like the digitigrade animals, on their toes. Though having six incisor teeth in each jaw, like the rest of the Carnivora, yet the tubercular crowns of the molar teeth show that their food is partly vegetable. They grub up roots, and, when they can obtain it, greed- ily devour honey. They hibernate in winter. The best-known species is Ursus arctos, the Brown Bear, the one sometimes seen dancing to the amusement of children in the streets. They are wild, in this country, on the continent of Europe, and in Asia. Other species are the Syrian Bear (Ursus Syriacus, which is the bear of Scripture); the , American Black Bear (U. Americanus); the Grizzly Bear of the same continent (U. feroa.); and the Polar Bear, U. or Thalassarctos maritimus, and others. “. . . . they be chafed in their minds, as a bear robbed of her whelps in the field.”—2 Sam. xvii. 8. (2) Palaeontology: (i.) The Family Ursidae. The earliest representa- tive of the Ursidae, or Bear family, known at resent, does not belong to the typical genus Ursus. t is called Amphicyon, and is of Miocene age. (ii.) The Genus Ursus. Of the True Bears belong- ing to the Ursus genus none have as yet been found earlier than the Pliocene. * * (a) Pliocene Bears. The best-known Species is Ursus arvernensis. (b) Post-pliocene Bears. One of these, ... Ursus riscus, seems the same as U. feroa (the Grizzly ear). [A., I. 1.] Several bears, Ursus Spelaeus, arctos, and others, have been found in caves in England and elsewhere. Of these, U. Spelaeus, from Gr, spélaios=a grotto, caye, cavern, or pit, is the one called specially the Cave-bear. It is a giant species, occurring in the later rather than the earlier Post-pliocene beds. (Nicolson : Palaeont., c.) 2. Figuratively: (a) A person brave, fierce, and rough in his treat- ment of others, whom one holds in his control. “York. Call hither to the stake my two brave bears, That with the very shaking of their chains They may astonish these fell lurking curs: Bid Salisbury and Warwick come to me. (Enter the Earls of Warwick and Salisbury.) Clif. Are these thy bears 2 we’ll bait thy bears to death, And manacle the bear-ward in their chains, If thou darest bring them to the baiting-place.” Shakesp. ; 2 Henry VI., v. 1. (b) The Northern Bear: Russia. The points of resemblance are probably that, like the Polar Bear, its habitat is far north amid snow and ice; its aspect is shaggy, and those who meddle with it are apt to perish in its fatal embrace. II. Technically: 1. On the Stock Eacchange: A cant phrase for one who contracts to sell on a specified day certain stock not belonging to him, at the market price then prevailing, on receiving imaginary payment for them at the rate which obtains when the promise was made. It now becomes his interest that the stock on which he has speculated should fall in rice; and he is tempted to effect this end by circu- ating adverse rumors regarding it; while the purchaser, called a “bull, sees it to his advantage to make the stock rise. The origin of the term is uncertain. Dr. Warton derives it from the pro- verbial expression of selling the skin before the bear is caught, but he does not assign any explanation to the contrary term bull; others point out that the action of the former is like that of a bear pulling down something with his paws, while that of the latter is suggestive of a bull tossing a person up with his horns. [BULL. 2. Astrom. : One or other of two constellations, Ursa Major and Ursa Minor, called respectivel the Great Bear and , the Little Bear. ...[URSA. hen the word Bear stands alone, it signifies Ursa, Major. “E'en then when Troy was by the Greeks o'erthrown, The Bear oppos'd to bright Orion shone.”—Creech. 3. Nawt. : A block, shaggy below with matting, used to scrub the decks of vessels. ºf The word bear is used in an attributive sense in compounds like the following: bear-baiting, *bear-bayting, s. The sport of baiting bears by dogs set upon them. [BAITING...] “But bear-baiting, then a favorite diversion of high and low, was the abomination which most strongly stirred the wrath of the austere sectaries.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. ii. bear-berry, s. The English name of the Arcto- staphylos, a genus of plants belonging to the order Ericaceae (Heathworts). It includes the two species, Arctostaphylos Uva wrsi and A. alpina. hey are sometimes ranked under the genus Arbutus. The flowers are rose-colored, the berry of the Uva ursi is red, while that of the other is black. They afford food for moor-fowl. The former is used in nephritic and calculous cases, and sometimes aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. -tion, Shiis. -ble, -dle, -sion = Shiin; -SiOuS = —tion, -śion = zhin. -tious, -cious, bear-bind even in pulmonary diseases; it moreover dyes an ash color, and can be used in tanning leather. It is found on the Continent, especially in alpine regions, while its chose n habitat in the Brit- Sa’, ish 1sles is in the A Scottish Highlands. bear-bind, s. The English name of the Calystegia, a genus of plants belon ing to the order Con- volvulaceae, or Bind- weeds. It is called also Hooded Bind- weed. The Calys- tegia sepium and C. Soldamella occur in Britain. The former has large showy flowers, pure white, Or Sometimes rose- colored or striped with pink; it is Bear-bind. 1. Calystegia sepium. 2. Calyx, found in moist with its leafy bracts Woods and hedges. (natural size). The latter, which has large rose-colored flowers, is usually found on sandy sea-shores. bear-fly, s. An insect. “There be of flies, caterpillars, canker-flies, and bear- flies . . .”—Bacom: Natural History. bear-garden, s. A. As swbstantive: 1. A garden or other place in which bears are kept for “sport ’’ or exhibition. “Hurrying me from the play-house, and the scenes there, to the bear-garden, to the apes, and asses, and tygers.”—Stillingfleet. “I could not forbear going to a place of renown for the gallantry of Britons, namely, to the bear-gardem.”— Spectator. 2. An assembly in which those present behave with bear-like rudeness. B. Attributively: Resembling the manners of a bear-garden; rude, turbulent, uproarious. “. . . a bear-garden fellow; that is, a man rude enough to be a proper frequenter of the bear-garden. Bear-gardem sport is used for inelegant entertainment.”— Johnson. bear-oak, s. Quercus ilicfolia. bear’s-breech, . s. The English, name of the Acanthus, the typical genus of the botanical order Acanthaceae. [ACANTHUs.] bear’s-ear, s. The ordinary English name of the Cortusa, a genus of plants belonging to the order Primulaceae. Another English appellation for it is Sanicle. C. Matthioli, the Common Bear's Ear Sanicle, is a handsome little plant from the Alps. bear's-foot, , s: The English name of a plant (Helleborus foetidus). It is a bushy plant, two feet high, with evergreen palmate leaves, globose flow- ers, fetid smell, and powerfully cathartic properties. bear’s-grape, s. A plant, Arctostaphylos Uva. ursi. [ARCTOSTAPHYLOS.] bear's-grease, s. The grease or, fat of bears, used extensively as an ointment for the hair. bear-Skin, S. 1. The skin of a bear. 2. A shaggy kind of woolen cloth used for over- COats. bear's-Whortleberry, s. A name for the bear- berry (Arctostaphylos). [See BEAR-BERRY, ARC- TOSTAPHYLOs.] bear-whelp, s. The whelp of a bear. bear-wort, s. An umbelliferous plant, Mewm. athamanticwm, called also Meu, Baldmoney or Bawdmoney. béar (2), běre, běir, běer, s. [BERE.] 1. As subst. : A cereal, “six-rowed barley'' (Hor- dewm hea:astichum). [BERE. “Our kintra’s rife wi' bear and corn, Wheat, beans, and pease.” Galloway Poems, p. 104. (Boucher.) 2. Attributively: Pertaining to the cereal de- scribed under A. bear-land, s. barley. (See example under bear-meal, S. & a. 1. As subst. : Meal composed of bear. 2. As adj. : Pertaining to such meal. “. . . . and feed him, as they did me, on bear-meal scones and bruxy mutton . . .”—Scott: Red-gauntlet, ch. xii. bear-mell, S. Land appropriated for a crop of EAR-SEED.) A mallet for beating the hulls off 418 bear-seed, beer-seed, bein-seed, s. 1. Barley, or big. “The shower’ll do muckle guid to the beer-seed. It's been a sair drowth this three weeks.”—Temnant's Card. Beatom, p. 113. - 2. That portion of agricultural labor which is appropriated to the raising of barley. “. . . . vacance to be for the bein'seid during the moneth of Maij.”—Acts Ja. VI., 1587 (ed. 1814), p. 447. 3. The season for sowing barley. “A dry season is not at all desirable for ploughing and sowing bear-land, because it directly encourages want of solidity. That defect is much supplied by a rainy, bear-seed.”—Survey of Banffshire, Åpp., p. 49 (Jamieson.) bear-stane, s. . A hollow stone, anciently used for removing the husks of bear or barley. “It is what was formerly called in this country a bear- stame, hollow like a large mortar; and was made use of to unhusk the bear of barley, as a preparation for the pot, with a large wooden mell, long before barley-mills were known.”—Stat. Acc., xix., 56.1-2. (Jamieson.) bear'-a-ble, a. [Eng. bear; -able.] Able to be borne. bear-a-bly, adv. [Eng. bearabl(e) -y.] In a bearable manner; in a manner to be endured ; tolerably, endurably. *beard (1), *bard, s. A reproach, taunt. “Hed bi nithinges beard Driuen heon on-yeinwaerd.” Layamom, i. 71. béard (2), *beard, *bérd, ºběrde, s. [A.S. beard; Fries. berd; Dut. board ; , Ger. bart; Fr. barbe; Sp., Port., Ital., & Lat, barba, Wel, barf; Pol. broda ; Russ. boroda; Lith. barzda.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Of man: 1. Lit.: The hair on the lower parts of the face of man, constituting one of the most noticeable marks by which he is distinguished from the opposite Sex, “Ere on thy chin the springing beard began To spread a doubtful down, and promisé man.” Prio?". 2. Figuratively: (1). The face (in phrases implying to the face); openly, defiantly. T(a) To do anything offensive to a mam’s “beard:” º his face, for the sake of affront; in open defiance OT, “Rail'd at their covenant, and jeer'd Their rev'rend persons to my beard.” PHudib?"gs. (b) To make the beard of: To outwit, to deceive, to Overreach. “He sayd, I trow the clerkes were aferde, Yet can a miller make a clerke's berde.” Chaucer: C. T., 4,093-4. § Maugre one's beard : In spite of one. 2) Time of life. T (a) Without a beard: Not yet having reached manhood; without virility. “Some thin remains of chastity appeared Ev’n under Jove, but Jove without a beard.” Dryden. (b) A gray beard, literally=a beard that is gray, and figuratively=an old man (in most cases con- tempt wously); and a reverend beard is literally=a beard white with age, and figuratively=a very old man (respectfully). “The ancient ruffian, sir, whose life I have spar'd at suit of his gray beard.”—Shakesp.: King Lear, ii. 2. “We’ll overreach the graybeard, Gremio, The narrow-prying father, Minola.” Shakesp.: Taming of the Shrew, iii. 2. “Would it not be insufferable for a professor to have his authority of forty years' standing, confirmed by general tradition and a reverend beard, overturned by an upstart novelist 7”—Locke. II. Of the ºnferior animals: Anything bearing a more or less close analogy, or even a remote simi- łºń to the hirsute appendage of the chin in man. “. . . and when he [either a lion or a bear] arose against me, I caught him by his beard, and smote him, and slew him.”—l Sam. xvii. 35. III. Of plants: The awns in cereal or other grasses. “A certain farmer complained that the beards of his corn cut the reapers' and threshers’ fingers.”—L’Estrange. IV. Of things imamimate. Specially— 1. The barb of an arrow... [BEARDED, B., I. 3, b.] 2. The tail of a comet. [BEARDED, B., I. 3, a. 3. The foam on the sea. “The ocean old, Sk Sk And far and wide With ceaseless flow, His beard of snow bearded B. Technically: I. Anthropology: The hirsute appendage of the chin in, man. [A., I, 1.] II. Zoology.; 1. Among mammals: (a) The hirsute appendages of the lower part of the face in some genera and species. [A., II., and BEARDED (B., I. 1, example).] (b) The appendages, though not hirsute, to the mouth of some Cetacea. 2. Among birds: The small feathers at the base of the bill. EARDED TIT, BEARDY. 3. Among fishes: The appendages to the mouth of Some fishes. [BEARDIE.] 4. Among insects: Two small oblong fleshy bodies placed just above the antlia, or spiral sucker, in the Lepidoptera, and the corresponding part of the mouth in some Diptera, like the gnat. 5. Among mollusks: (a) The byssus by which some genera affix them- selves to the rock. Example, the byssus in the genus Pinna. (b) The gills in some genera. (the oyster). III. Botany: 1. The arista, or awn, of grasses; the bristle into which the midrib of the bracts in the flowers of many grasses is prolonged. 2. Long hairs occurring in tufts. IV. Farriery: The beard or chuck of a horse is that part which bears the curb of the bridle. V. Printing: That part of the type above and below the face which allows for ascending and descending letters, such as h and y, and prevents them from coming in contact with adjacent letters in the preceding or following line. Many types, mostly capitals, are cast with very little beard. VI. Carpentry: The sharp edge of a board. VII. Mechanics: 1. The hook at the end of a knitting needle in a knitting machine. It is designed to hold the yarn. 2. A spring-piece at the back of a lock to prevent the internal parts from rattling. beard-grass, s. The English name of Polypo- gon, a genus of grasses. [POLYPOGON.] beard-moss, s. ...A. botanical name for a lichen, Usnea barbata. , This or, some other species of Usnea is believed to be Milton's “. . . humble shrub And bush with frizl’d hair implicit.” beard-tree, s. The hazel-tree. [FILBERT.] béard, v. t. [From beard, s. (q.v.)] . I. To provide or furnish with a beard. (Generally in the pa. par., bearded.) “The youth now bearded, and yet pert and raw.” Cowper: Tirocinium. II. To take or pluck by the beard in contemptuous defiance or uncontrollable anger. . 1. Lit. : With the foregoing meaning. 2. Fig.: To defy, to oppose to the face, to affront. Used— (a) Of persons: “No man so potent breathes upon the ground But I will beard him.” - Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., iv. 1. (b) Of things: “The meanest weed the soil there bare Her breath did so refine, That it with woodbine durst compare And beard the eglantine.” Drayton, Question of Cynthia, p. 624. III. Carpentry: To chip or plane away timber, so as to reduce the concavity of a curve, to modify a straight line, &c. bé'ard-Éd, pa. par. & a. [BEARD, v.] A. As pa. par. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. B. As participial adjective: I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Ofman or the inferior animals: Having a beard. “The bearded Turk, that rarely deigns to speak.” Byron: Childe Harold, ii. 58. “. . . two large bearded monkeys.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. 2. 2. Of plants: Having awns, as barley and other grain, and some grasses. [See also II. 2.] “In among the bearded barley.” Tennyson: Lady of Shalott. “On the chalk-hill the bearded grass Is dry and dewless.” Tennyson: The Miller's Daughter. 3. Of things inanimate: * * e (a) Having anything long and hair-like connected with it. Example, Ostrea barley. (It is called in Scotch also knockin mell.) Heaves with the heaving of his breast.” “Some bearded meteor, trailing light.” . ... (Jamieson.) Longfellow: The Building of the Ship. Tennyson: Lady of Shalott, pt. iii. fāte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wet, here, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gé, pöt, or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rale, füll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = a, qu = kW. beardie (b) Barbed, j agged. “Thou should'st have pull'd the secret from my breast, Torn out the bearded steel to give me rest.” Drud ryden. II, Technically : 1. Zool.: Possessed of a “beard,'... [A, 1.] ºf The Bearded Tit, Bearded Titmouse, Bearded Pinnock: A bird, called also the Least Bwtcher-bird. it is the Calamophilus biarmicus, of Jenyns. The male has the head a light grayish-blue-the general color light red; the wings *. with black and white; mystachial bands and lower tail-cov- erts black." The female is lighter, with the head merely tipped with gray, no mystachial bands, and the lower tail-coverts light red. Young, like the female, but with the head and back black. Male; length 6% inches; extent of wings, 7% ; female, 6% inches. It lives among reeds and aquatic plants in the southern counties of England. Its nest, made of reeds, sedges, &c., and lined with reed-tops, is placed in a tuft of grass or rushes near the ground: its eggs are five or six, white, with a few light-red lines and dots... . - - e. 2. Botany: Having long hairs occurring in tufts; barbate. bé ard-ie, 3. . [Dimin, of Eng. beard.] A name given to a fish, the Loach (Cobitis barbatula, Linn.). [COBITIS, LOACH.] bé'ard-iñg, pr. par., a. & S. [BEARD, v. t.] As substantive (Nautical): The angular forepart of the rudder in juxtaposition with the stern-post ; also the corresponding bevel of the stern-post. bearding-line, 8. Ship-building: A, curved line made by, bearding the dead-wood to the shape of the ship's body. béard-lèss, *bé'ard-lès, *bé'rd-lès, a. [A. S. beardleas; Dut, baard loos; Ger, bartlos.] 1. Without a beard. “There are some coins of Cunobelin, King of Essex and Middlesex, with a beardless image, inscribed Cunobelin.” —Camden. 2. Youthful, immature. “To scoff at withered age and beardless youth.” Cowper: Hope. béard-lèss-nēss, s,[Eng, beardless; -ness.] The quality of being beardless. (Smart.) bé'ard-lét, s. [Eng. beard, and dimin. -let.] Bot. : A little beard. - bé'ard-lét—těd, a. [From Eng. beardlet (q.v.).] Bot. : Furnished with small awns, as Cinna, Grundinacea. bé'ard–y, s. [Dimin. of Eng. beard. Begºrdy and beardie are etymologically the same, but the mean- ing happens to be different.] A name for a bird, the White-throated Warbler, or White-throat (Sylvia cinerea). thèare (1), s. [Eng. bear.] A burthen. “The dolefulst beare that ever man did see, Was Astrophel, but dearest unto mee l’’ Spenser: Astrophel. *béare (2), S. [BIER.] bear'-Ér, s. [Eng. bear; -er. In Sw. bārare; Dan. boerer. A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Lit.: One who bears or carries anything. 1. One who carries any material thing, as a body to the grave, a palanquin, a pall, or a letter. Hence the compounds pall-bearer, palanquin-bearer, Standard-bearer, &c. [I., 1.] (a) In a general sense. “. . . the packet of which he was the bearer.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. t (b) Plural: Those who carry a body to the grave upon their shoulders. This was once the universal practice, and is still seen in many parts of the Country. (Boucher.) º (c) In India: A palanquin-bearer; also a native servant who carries about a child; a nurse, º 2. One who bears or carries any intangible thing, Such as a verbal message. “No gentleman sends a servant with a message, without endeavoring to put it into terms brought down to the capacity of the bearer.”—Swift. II. Fig.: One who wears or supports anything, as an office or dignity. “O majesty! When thou dost pinch thy bearer, thou dost sit Like a rich armor worn in heat of day, That scalds with safety.” Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., iv. 4. III. An animal or plant producing its kind. t * e º “This way of procuring autumnal roses, in some that are good bearers, will succeed.”—Boyle. “Re-prune apricots, saving the young shoots; for the *W bearers commonly perish.”—Evelyn. b0ll, boy; pâût, jöW1; Cat, çell, chorus 419 B. Technically: 1. Comm., Banking, &c. : One who bears or car- ries, and specially who presents for payment a draft, check, bill, or note, entitling him to receive a certain sum of money. - 2. Arch. : A post or brick wall raised up between the ends of a piece of timber, to shorten its bearing, or to prevent its bearing with the whole weight at the ends only. e 3. Heraldry: The supporter of , a shield on, an escutcheon. "Animals generally figure in such a CàS£2. º 4. Turnery: The part of the lathe supporting the puppets. 5. Machinery : º (a) A bar beneath the ordinary bars of a furnace, and designed for their support. e • * * * (b) The housings or standards of a rolling-mill in which the gudgeons of the rollers revolve. 6. Printing: Small pieces of metal, wood, or cork used to “bear off?” the impression from those parts of the type where it would otherwise be too heavy: 7. Stereotyping.: Borders of metal or wood placed around a page of type for the purpose of forming a boundary to receive the mold from which the metal fac-simile cast is to be taken. 8. Mwsic: One of the thin F. of hard, wood fastened to the upper side of the sound-board in an organ. It is designed to form a guide to the regular slides commanding the apertures in the top of a wind-chest with which the pipes forming Stops are connected. 9. Horticulture. [A., III.] bear'—hèrd, s. [Eng. bear, and herd..] One who herds or looks after bears. “He that is more than a youth, is not for me; and he that is less than a man, I am not for him: therefore I will even take sixpence in earnest of the bearherd, and lead his apes into hell.”—Shakesp.: Much Ado about Nothing, ii. 1. T In some of the editions it is bearward, which is the more common form. bear'-iñg (1), *ber'—ing, *ber-yng, *ber'—yńge (Eng.), *ber'—inde (er as ār), *bār-inde (O. Scotch), pr. #. a. & S. [In A.S. beremole=bearing, §§ [BEAR, v.] A. & B. As present participle & participial adjec- tive: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As swbstantive: I. Ordinary Langwage : 1. Capability or possibility of being borne; endur- ance, toleration. “Well, I protest, 'tis past all bearing.” Cowper: Mutual Forbearance. 2. The way in which one bears himself; mien, port, manner, conduct, or behavior., (Used specially of one's manner or carriage as seen by beholders.) “Another tablet register'd the death, And praised the #. bearing of a knight, Tried in the sea-fights of the second Charles.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. v. “He hath a stately bearing, . . .” Hemans: The Vespers of Palermo. 3. Relation to ; connection with. “. . . by patiently accumulating and reflecting on all sorts of facts which could possibly have any bearing on it.”—Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), Introd., p. 1. 4. The act of producing or giving birth to. II. Technically: 1. Arch.: The space between the two fixed extrem- ities of a piece of timber, or between one of the extremities and a post or wall placed so as to dimin- ish the unsupported length. Also and commonly used for the “distance or length which the ends of a piece of timber lie upon or are inserted into the walls or piers.” (Gwilt.) 2. Mechanics: (a) The portion of an axle or shaft in contact with the collar or º (b) The portion of the support on which a gudgeon rests and revolves. (c) One of the pieces resting on the axle and sup- porting the framework of a carriage. (d) One of the chairs supporting the framework of a railway carriage or truck. 3. Ship-carpentry (plur.) : The widest part of a vessel below the plank-shear. 4. Her. : A charge; anything included within the escutcheon. (Generally in the plural, as armorial bearings.) 5. Nantt., &c. : Observation as to the direction by the compass in which an object lies from the ves- sel, or the direction thus ascertained. (Sometimes in the plural.) “Captain Fitz Roy being anxious that some bearings should be taken on the outer coast of Chiloe, . . .”— Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. xiv. bearing-binnacle, s. Nawt. : A small binnacle on the fife-rail on the forward part of the poop. go, gem; , ghin, bench; thin, this; Sin, beast bearing-chair, s. A chair in which an invalid, a lady, a dignitary, or other person is carried in semi-civilized states of Society. “. Agrippina . . caused herself to be carried to Baias in a bearing-chair.”—Greenway: Tacitus, p. 200. (Richardson.) * bearing-cloth, *bearing gloath, 8. The cloth or mantle with which a c ild is usually covered when carried to the church to be baptized, or shown to the godfather and godmother by the Ill II’SG, “Here's a sight for thee; look thee, a bearing-cloth for a squire's child ! look thee here, take up, take up, boy; open 't.”—Shakesp.: Winter's Tale, iii. 8. bearing-neck, s. Mech.: The journal of a shaft, the part of a shaft which revolves. bearing-partition, s. A partition supporting a structure above it. bearing-pier, s. A pier supporting a structure above it. bearing-pile, s. A pile driven into the ground to support a structure. bearing-rein, s. Saddlery: A rein attached to the bit, and looped over the check-hook in carriage-harness or the hames in wagon-harness. bearing-Wall, s. Arch. : A wall supporting a beam, somewhere between the ends, and thus rendering it much more secure than it would otherwise be. [BEARER, B. 2.] bear'-iñg (2), pr. par., a. & s. [BEAR (2), v.] A. & B. As present participle & participial adjec- tive: In a sense corresponding to that of the verb. C. As substantive. On the Stock. Eacchange : A cant term for the practice of depreciating the value º certain stocks for one's own pecuniary advan- age. “The stoppage of the system of “bulling’ and ‘bearing’ on the Stock Exchange would be of immense benefit to the community.”—Times, July 14, 1874. *bear’—is bê-fö’r, s. £; [Scotch bearis, from A. S. beran=to bear; and befor=before.] Ancestors. The same as Scotch Foreºgs (q.v.). (Scotch.) “Yhit we suld thymk one our bearis befor, . . .” Wallace, i. 15, MS. bear'-ish,..g. [Eng, bear; -ish..] Having some of the qualities of a bear, as, for instance, its roughness of procedure. “. . . we call men, by way of º sheepish, bearish,” &c.—Harris: Three Treatises, Notes, p. 844. bear'-lèss, q. [Eng. bear (1), v. t. ;-less.] Bar- ren, unfruitful. bear'-like, a. bear. “They have tied me to a stake: I cannot fly, But, bearlike, I must fight the course.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, v. 7. *bearn, s. The same as BARNE, BAIRN (q.v.). bear'-ward, *bear'e-ward, *bear'—ard, [Eng. bear; ward.] 1. Lit. : A keeper of a bear or bears; a protector of a bear. [See also BEARHERD.] “The bear is led after one manner, the multitude after another; the bearward leads, but one brute, and the mountebank leads a thousand.”—L’Estrange. 2. Fig.: One who takes charge of a human bear. 3. The star Arcturus, fancifully supposed to fol- low Ursa Major, the Great Bear, and look after its safety. This notion, may be found, in Sanscrit, Greek, Latin, and other languages. [ARCTURUS.] “‘Arktowros, o (owros, guard): Arcturus, Bearward, º is"—lidae, & Scott; Gr. and Eng. Leac., 5th ed. (1863), p. 163. bèast, *béeste, *béste, *bést, s. [In Sw, best; Dan. bgest; Dut. & L. Ger. beest; H. Ger. bestie; Fr. bete; O. Fr. best, beeste; Port... besta; Sp., Prov., Ital., & Lat. bestia=a beast, an irrational creature opposed to man. It differs, from gminal, which includes man. Corn, best=a beast; Gael. biast.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. Literally : 1. Any of the inferior animals, as contradistin- º from man. [See above the etym. of Lat. €ST?.C. r 2. A quadruped, especially a wild one, and of a kind usually hunted. . [B. # “The man that once did sell the lion’s skin While the beast liv'd, was kill'd with hunting him.” Shakesp.: Henry V., iv. 3. 3. Scripture: A quadruped, as distinguished from a bird, a fish, and a creeping thing; a quadruped which is wild, in contradistinction to cattle or other domestigated animals; a horse, or ass, or other animal for drawing a carriage.or for riding On, a S distinguished from animals, like oxen, kept pri- aş; [Eng, bear, S.; like..] Like a 8. expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. –tion, shiis. -ble, -dle, -sion = shiin; -Sious –tion, -Šion = zhūn. —tious, -cious, beast-fly marily for food or dairy purposes, though in fact trequently used also for draught, or even occasion- ally for riding on. “But ask now the beasts, and they shall teach thee: and the fowls of the air, and they shall tell thee: ... the fishes of the sea shall declare unto thee.”—Job xii. 7, 8. “Beasts, and , all cattle; creeping things, and flying fowl.”—Ps. cxlviii. 10. “. ... and his cattle, and all his beasts, . . .”— Gen. xxxvi. 6. “. . . bind the chariot to the swift beast . . .”— Micah i. 13. “; . . and set him on his own beast, ſº x. 34. 4. *ś the term is applied specially to º: as distinguished from other kinds of i. Stock. To put the beast on one's self: To take shame to one's self. (O. Scotch.) “. . . . putting the beast upon ourselves, for having been so base . . .”—M. Ward's Contendings, p. 15. T. Beasts of the field: Quadrupeds which walk as distinguished from birds which fly. “Upon his ruin shall all the fowls of the heaven remain, and all the beasts of the field shall be upon his branches.” —Ezekiel xxxi. 18. Wild beasts of the field: Those of the former class which have remained undomesticated. “I know all the fowls of the mountains: and the wild beasts of the field are mine.”—Psalm 1. 11. T In various prophetic passages in the Book of Revelation the Greek word zöom, which is translated “beast,” should rather be rendered “living being '' or “living creature.” “And the four beasts said, Amen.”—Rev. v. 14. II. Figuratively: A man destitute of intellect, of brutal cruelty; of filthy habits, or in any other re- Spect approaching the inferior animals in mind, conduct, or habits. “Were not his words delicious, I a beast To take them as I did.” Tennyson: Edwin Morris. .” —Luke B. Technically: *1. Old Natwral Science: A heterogeneous “genus,” or “order ’’ (it would now be called “class”), com- prehending quadruped warm-blooded mammals, quadruped reptiles, and even serpents. “Animate bodies are divided into four great genera or orders: Beasts, Birds, Fishes, and Insects. The species of Beasts, including also Serpents, are not very numer- gº-Ravi Wisdom of God in Creation, 7th ed. (1717), p. 21. 2. Law: A wild quadruped, especially one of a kind usually hunted. “Beasts of chase are the buck, the doe, the fox, the martern, and the roe. Beasts of the forest are the hart, the hind, the hare, the boar, and the wolf. Beasts of war- rem are the hare and cony.”—Cowel. 3. Gaming : A game at cards similar to loo. ‘T 1. Mark of the Beast: (1) Lit. dº Script. : A mark impressed on all the followers of the mystical Beast of the Apocalypse (xiii. 16-18; cf. 2 Macc. vi. 7). (2) Fig.: The distinguishing sign of any sect or party. 2. Number of the Beast : Script. : A number (666) representing the name of the mystical Beast (Rev. xiii. 18), which the early Christians identified with Nero. beast-fly, s. A gadfly. beast-milk, s. [BEEST-MILK.] bé'ast-ée, 8. [BHEESTIE.] (Anglo-Indian.) *bé'ast-ī-al, a. & S. [BESTIAL.] bèast-ī-āl'-i-ty, s. [BESTIALITY..] bé'ast—ie, s. [Dimin. of Eng. beast.] Little beast. (Generally used as expressive of affection or sympathy.) “Wee, sleekit, cowrin', tim’rous beastie, Oh, what a panic's in thy breastie.” Burns: To a Mouse. *bé'ast-iñgs, s. pl. [BEESTINGs.] bé'ast-īsh, a... [Eng, beast; -ish.] Partaking of the qualities of a beast. *bé'ast-1}-héad, *bé ast-ly-héad, s. Eng. beastly, and suff, head..] An epithet designed to be Bl reº or flattering *Pelºſion for a beast. n , the subjoined , example the “Foxe " thus addresses the “Kidd.” “Sicke, sicke, alas! and little lack of dead, But I be relieved by your beastlyhead.” Spenser: Shephearde's Calendar, v. bé'ast-like, a. [Eng. beast; like..] Like a beast. - “Her life was beastlike, and devoid of pity.” Shakesp.: Titus Amaronicus, v. 3. bë'ast-li-nēss, *bé'ast-ly-nēss, s. [Eng. beast; -ly, -mess. 420 *1. Brutal want of intellect. [See example from North’s Plutarch, p. 763, in Trench's Sel. Gloss., pp. 20, 21.] º 2. A beastlike act; an act, practice, or conduct in any respect resembling that of the brutes rather than that of man; or in which it is supposed, per- haps erroneously, that brutes would shamelessly indulge, if they had the opportunity. . . beastliness of drunken men.”—North: Plutarch, s & p. 732. “They held this land, and with their filthiness Polluted this same gentle soil long time, That their own mother loath’d their beastliness, And 'gan abhor her brood's unkindly crime.” Spenser: F. Q., II. x. 9. bé ast-li-wise, adv. [BESTLY wise.] bé'ast-ly, *bé'est-li, *bé ste-ly, a. & adv. [Eng. beast; -ly. A. As adjective: 1. Resembling an animal, or anything possessed by an animal. . . . *2. Like anything possessed by an animal. “It is sown a beestli bodi, it shall rise a spiritual bodi.” —1 Cor. xv. 44 (Wiclif). (Trench.) “Beastly divinities, and droves of gods.”—Prior. . 3. Possessed of animal rather than human quali- ties, or at least supposed to be so; acting like the brutes. “. . . . the herdsman of the beastly plebeians . . .” —Shakesp. Coriolanus, ii. 1. B. As adverb: As if a beast had done it; as by a beast. “Who neigh’d so high, that what I would have spoke Was beastly dumb’d by him.” Shakesp. ; Antony and Cleopatra, i. 5. bé'ast—u—al, a. [BESTIAL.] *béat, a. [Norman.] Blessed. běat, *béte (pret, beat, *beot; pa. par. beaten, beat, *betem, *beotem), v. t. & i. [A. S. beatam (pret. beot, pa. par. beaten); O. Icel. bawta Sw, bulta; O. Sw. beta º Fr. battre; Prov. batre; Sp. batir; Port. bater; Ital, battere; Lat. batwo, battwo; Pol. bic; Russ. bitj; Serv. batati. Imitated from the sound of a smart blow.] A. Transitive: # Literally: To inflict blows on a person or lDig. 1. To give to a human or other sentient being repeated blows with an instrument, or with the closed or open hand; in fighting, for the sake of assault, for punishment, or for any other object. “And that servant, which knew his lord’s will, and pre- pared not himself, neither did according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes.”—Luke xii. 47. * { make them of no more voice Than dogs, that are as often beat for barking.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, ii. 2. 2. To give successive blows to such an instrument as a drum, to elicit from it music. “Or at their chamber-door I'll beat the drum, Till it cry sleep to death.” Shakesp.: King Lear, ii. 4. 3. To give blows to anything to modify its form or consistency, or for any similar purpose. Specially— a) To hammer a metal into a required form, as gold into wire or leaf, or heated iron on an anvil. “They did beat the gold into thin plates, and cut it into wires to work it. . . .”—Eacodws xxxix. 3. (b) To pound any substance in a mortar. “The people gathered manna, and ground it in mills, or beat it in a mortar, and baked it.”—Numbers xi. 8. (c) To thresh out corn or any other gereal, or such a plant as hemp, by means of a flail or a threshing-machine. “They save the laborious work of beating of hemp, by making the axle-tree of the main wheel of their corn mills longer than ordinary, and placing of pins in them, to raise large hammers like those used for paper and fulling mills, with which they beat most of their hemp.” —Mortimer. (d) To give blows to "rees or brushwood, with the view of shaking down fruit or starting game. [BEAT Down.] 45 “When thou beatest thine olive-tree, thou shalt not go over the boughs again: it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow.”—Deut. xxiv. 20. “When from the cave thou risest with the day To beat the woods, and rouse the bounding prey.” Prior. (e) Gently to strike by means of a spoon, or to agitate a liquid by means of a tremulous, a rotatory, or any other motion. * “By long beating the white of an egg with a lump of alum, you may bring it into white curds.”—Boyle. beat 4. To strike with the feet in place of the hands. (Used of walking, dancing, &c.; or of treading the ground until a path is formed. “Come knit hands, and beat the ground In a light fantastic round.”—Milton: Comus. “While I this unexampled task essay, Pass awful gulfs, and beat my painful way, Celestial dove 1 divine assistance bring.” Blackmore. 5. To cause to pulsate or throb, “I would gladly understand the formation of a soul, and see it beat the first conscious pulse.”—Collier. 6. To strike against by means of wind, water, or other natural agency. “I saw a crag, a lofty stone As ever tempest beat.” Wordsworth : The Oak and the Broom. II. Figuratively: 1. To overcome by means of a beating adminis- tered to a person, an army, &c.; to overcome in a contest of any kind, physical, mental, or moral; to surpass, to leave behind. “Both armies, however, were unsuccessful; and both, after having been beaten by the enemy, fled.”—Arnold: Hist, Rome, vol. i., ch. xv., p. 803. “You souls of geese, That bear the shapes of men, how have you run From slaves that apes would beat.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, i. 4. “Hence, the more common forms, in the race for life, will tend to beat and supplant the less common forms.”— Darwin: Origin of Species (ed. 1859), ch. vi., p. 177. 2. To stimulate. (See also C. 10.) B. Intransitive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. To strike against anything. º (1) With man for the agent: To strike upon any- º: with the hand or with a weapon; to knock at 8. CiOOT, & & the men of the city beset the house round about, and beat at the door, and spake to the master of the house ”—Judg. xix. 22. (2) With a thing for the agent: To strike against, as a storm of wind or rain, the agitated waves of the ocean, or the rays of the sun during fierce heat. (Lit. or fig.) (a) Literally: “Your brow, which does no fear of thunder know, Sees rowling tempests vainly beat below.”—Dryden. “. . . the sun beat upon the head of Jonah, that he fainted, and wished in himself to die.”—Jonah iv. 8. (b) Figuratively: “Public envy seemeth to beat chiefly upon ministers.” —Bacom. (3) To vibrate, giving a succession of blows, as a clock striking, or a bell tolling. “But I heard a heart of iron beating in the ancient tower.’’ Longfellow: Belfry of Bruges. T In (1), though the form of the verb is intransi- tive, the sense is almost transitive; in (3) it is almost passive in reality. So we speak of drums beating, meaning really being beaten, 2. Of the heart or veins; To pulsate or, thrºb, especially when one is mentally agitated; also of a swelling containing pus. (Literally and figurd- tively.) “No pulse shall keep His nat'ral progress, but surcease to beat.” . Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iv. 1, T There is a different reading in some other edi- tions. “Thy heart these two weeks has been beating fast With many hopes . . .”—Wordsworth: Michael. II. Naut.: To make way against the wind by tacking to and fro. C. In compound terms or special phrases: 1. To beat a path is, by means of frequent walk- ing in a particular direction, to beat down herbage, the mud, or inequalities of surface, so as to make a path where none existed before. [BEATEN, 4.] 2. To beat about: To search for, like a perSOD going through bushes and beating them for game. “I am always beating about in my thoughts for Sonºr thing that may turn to the benefit of my dear country- men.”—Addison. * To beat about the bush is to approach a question in a cautious and roundabout Way. . 3. To beat back: To draw back by violence, or tº compel by some insurmountable difficulty in tº way to return. (Applied to men, to the ocean beaten back from the shore, &c.) “Twice have I sally'd, and was twice beat back.” ..? Dryden. “Above the brine, where Caledonia’s rocks Beat back the surge—and where Hibernia shoots; Cowper: To the Immortal Memory of the Halibut, făte, fit, făre, amidst, whät, fäll, father; wét, hère, wé, camel, hēr, thére; pine, pit, marine; gö, pöt, Syrian. sire, sir, Or, wore, ae, oe = 6; wolf, ey = a, qu = kW. wórk, whö, try, sön; cür, rôle, fūll; Imüte, ciib, unite, ciire, beat 4. To beat down : * tº gº º (a) To knock down by literal blows inflicted on the body of a sentient being, or by engines of War used to batter forts. “. . . and, behold, the multitude melted away, and they went on beating down one another.”—1 Samuel xiv. 16. “And he beat down the tower of Penuel, and slew the men of the city.”—Judg. viii. 17. (b) To terminate, or to render powerless by active effort of an antagonistic kind. “. . . the party which had long thwarted him had been beaten down.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iv. (c) To endeavor by stipulation or by haggling to reduce the price asked for an article. “Surveys rich movables with curious eye Beats down the price, and threatens still to buy.” JDryden. (d) To lessen price in some other way. “Usury beats down the price of land; for the employ- ment of money is chiefly either merchandising or pur- chasing: and usury waylays both.”—Bacon. 5. To beat hollow : So completely to beat, dis- tance, or surpass, that the reputation of the van- quished person or thing, formerly looked on as solid, is now seen to be hollow. (Colloquial and vul- gar.) 6. To beat imto: (a) Literally: To beat till an entrance is effected. “And there arose a great storm of wind, and the waves Öeat into the ship, so that it was now full.”—Mark iv. 37. (b) Figuratively: To introduce into by constant repetition. (Used specially of the painful effort to introduce knowledge into a dull brain.) 7. To begt off: (a) To drive away by blows, or less accurately by threats of blows. “. . . and an attempt to beat off the lictors, and to rescue her from the hands of M. Claudius, is threatened . . .”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. iii., § 51. (b) To drive away by anything unpleasant for the mind or heart to endure. “The younger part of mankind might be beat off from the belief of the most important points even of natural religion, by the impudent jests of a profane wit.”— Watts. (c) To separate mechanically. (Used of things.) “And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall beat off from the channel of the river unto the stream of Egypt . . .”—Isaiah xxvii. 12. 8. To beat owt: * º e (a) To compel one to quit a place by beating him; to drive out, to expel. (Lit. and fig.) “He that proceeds upon other principles in his inquiry does at least post himself in a party, which he will not quit till he be beaten out.”—Locke. “He cannot beat it out of his head, but that it was a cardinal who picked his pocket.”—Addison. (b) To overcome with fatigue. [Generally in the passive, to be beaten out (Colloquial).] “Quite beat, and very much vexed and disappointed.” —Dickens. (c) To thresh out, to º from the husk by blows. (Used of the threshing of grain.) “So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned.”—Ruth ii. 17. (d) To beat something which is malleable—a metal,for instance, till it takes a more extended form than that previously possessed. “And he made two cherubims of gold beaten out of one plece . .”—Eacodus xxxvii. 7. (e) Fig.: To count out or mark, as by the beat of a pendulum or anything by which time is noted; hence to define clearly. **In the dusk of thee the clock Beats out the little lives of men.” Temmyson: Im Memoriam. “Perplexed in faith, but pure in deeds, At last he beat his music out.”—Ibid. (f) To get something for nothing by taking an unfair advantage of another; as, to beat a street ©ar company out of a fare by avoiding payment to the conductor. (Colloquial.) 9. To beat the air: (a). Literally: To aim a blow which strikes only the air. A pugilist might do this in private exer- cise, as a preliminary flourish to serious fighting, or in that serious fighting itself, by missing his antagonist. (b) Figuratively: To put forth fruitless aims in Spiritual or other contests. (See also C. 14.) “I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not 3S One that beateth the air.”—1 Cor. ix. 26. 10. To beat the brains: To attempt to stimulate the brain to exertion beyond what is natural to it; to “cudgel” the brains. “It is no point of wisdom for a man to beat his brains, º Spend his spirits, about things impossible.”—Hake- 20tll. bóil, bóy; pout, jówl; Cat, çell, quest of. chorus, 421 11. To beat the chest (in the menage) : A term used of a horse, when at each motion he fails to take in ground enough with his fore-legs, or when he makes curvets too precipitately or too low. 12. To beat the head : The same as to beat the brains (q.v.). “Why any one should waste his time and beat his head about the Latin grammar, who does not intend to be a critic.”—Locke. 13. To beat the hoof: To walk; to go on foot. (Johnson.) * 14. To beat the wind : To strike at the air with a sword. In ancient trials by combat, when one of the parties did not appear, the other was simply required to make some flourishes in the air with his ...}. on executing which he was entitled to all the honors of victory. g 15. To beat the wing: To strike the air with the WlngS. “Thrice have I beat the wing, and rid with night About the world.”—Dryden. 16. To beat time: To note time in music by a movement of the hand or baton. 17. To beat to arms: To beat a drum with the view of assembling the soldiers or armed citizens of a town. (James.) 18. To beat to quarters: The signal on board war- ships for every man to go to his proper station. 19. To beat wo: To attack suddenly, or to alarm. (Used specially in the phrase “to beat wip the quar- ters of an enemy.” See also No. 20.) “They lay in that quiet posture, without making the least impression upon the enemy by beating up his quar- ters, which might easily have been done.”—Clarendon. 20. To beat wo for: To go hither and thither in (Used specially in the expression “to beat up for recruits,” to search through markets or #. place for them, formerly with actual beat of TUIII] . T Beat wo is also used in the same sense without {{. , as “he is beating up recruits for the soci- ety,” &c. 21. To beat wipon.; - (a) Lit.: To strike upon, as a person may do with his hand or a weapon, or a tempest by the air which it sets in motion. (b) Fig.: To revert to repeatedly. “We are drawn on into a larger speech, by reason of their so great earnestness, who beat more and more wpon these last alleged words.”—Hooker. “How frequently and fervently doth the Scripture beat wpon this cause.”—Hakewill. 22. To beat wipom a walk (in the menage): A term used of a horse when he walks too short. T (a) Crabb thus distinguishes between the verbs to beat, to strike, and to hit. “To beat is to redouble blows; to strike is to give one single blow ; but the bare touching in consequence of an effort, consti- tutes hitting. We never beat but with design, nor hit without an aim, but we may strike by accident. It is the part of the strong to beat; of the most yehgment to strike; of the most sure-sighted to hit.” .* (b) To beat, to defeat, to overpower, to rout, and to overthrow are thus discriminated: “To beat is an indefinite term expressive of no particular degree: the being beaten may be attended wit greater or less damage. To be defeated is a specific disadvantage; it is a failure in a particular object of more or less importance. To be overpowered is a positive loss; it is a loss of the power of acting §§ may be of longer or shorter duration. To be rowted is a temporary disadvantage; a rowt alters the course of proceeding, but does not disable. To be overthrown is the greatest of all mischiefs, and is ap- plicable only to great armies and great concerns: an overthrow commonly decides a contest. Beat is a term which reflects more or less dishonor on the gen- eral or the army, or on both. Defeatis an indifferent term ; the best generals may sometimes be defeated by circumstances which are above human control. Overpowering is coupled with no particular honor to the winner, nor disgrace to the loser; superior power is oftener the result of good fortune than of skill: the bravest and finest troops may be overpow- ered in cases which exceed human power. A rout is always disgraceful, particularly to the army; it always arises from want of firmness. An overthrow is fatal rather than dishonorable; it excites pity rather than contempt.” (Crabb : Eng. Symon.) béat, s. [From beat, v. (q.v.) See also BAT.] A. Ordinary Langwage: I. The act of beating; the state of being beaten. 1. A stroke with the hand or with a weapon for the purpose of assault. 2. A stroke with a hammer or similar instrument for forcing a metal ifito the required shape. (Lit. and fig.) “He with a careless beat Struck out the mute creation at a heat.” Dryden: Hind and Panther, i. 253. go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bench; sin, beater A' 3. A series of strokes on a drum or similar instru- ment, to play a tune or make a signal. “. . . the beat of the drum was heard.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xii. 4. A pulsation of the heart or wrist, or the throb- bing of a swelling produced by inflammation. Literally: In the sense here defined. “When one beat among a certain number of strokes is omitted, as in the intermitting pulse . .”—Cyclop. Pract. Med. - II. That which is beaten, trod over, or perambu- lated. 1. A certain assigned space, regularly traversed at more or less stated intervals. (Used specially, of the space prescribed to a policeman to be perambu- lated in the interests of the public.) “Every part of the metropolis is divided into beats, and is watched day and night.”—Penny Cyclop., xviii. 335, article “Police.” 2. The round taken when people beat up for game. B. Technically: I. Music: .1. The rise or fall of the hand or foot in regula- ting time. 2. A transient grace-note struck immediately before the one of which it is designed to heighten the effect. • . 3. The pulsation of two notes not completely in UlD1SOIl. * II. Mil. Beat of drum : A series, of strokes upon a drum, so varied as to convey different military" orders to the soldiers who have been previously instructed as to the meaning of each. ... III. Horology., Beat of a clock or watch: A tick- ing sound made by the action of the escapement. In beat: With such actions at intervals of equal length. Out of beat: With the action at intervals of un- equal length. º at-en, fbéat, *bé't-en, pa. par. & adj. [BEAT, As participial adj. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. Specially— 1. Subjected to blows. {{ſed of persons struck, or of metals hammered out.) “And thou shalt make two cherubims of gold, of beaten work shalt thou make them. . . .”—Eacodus xxv. 18. ** 2. Defeated, vanquished. “. . covered the flight of the beaten army.”— Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxi. 3. Pressed or squeezed between rollers or in some similar way. “. . . . the fourth part of an him of beaten oil.”— Eacodus xxix. 40; Numbers xxviii. 5. 4. Rendered smooth by the tramping of multi- tudinous feet (lit. or fig.). (a) Literally: ... “What make you, sir, so late abroad Without a guide, and this no beaten road f' Dryden: Wife of Bath, 228, 229. (b) Figuratively: “He that will know the truth of things, must leave the common and beaten track.”—Locke. “‘We are,” he said, “at this moment out of the beaten path.’”—Macaulay; Hist. Eng., ch. xi. - 5. Prostrated by the wind. “Fier own shall bless her; Her foes shake like a field of beaten corn, And hang their heads with sorrow.” Shakesp.: Henry VIII., v. 4. ºf Beaten is sometimes used as the latter part of a compound word, as “weather-beaten.” bé'at-ér, s. [Eng. beat; -er. A. S. beatere--a beater, a fighter, a champion; Fr. battewr; Sp. batidor; Port. batedor; Ital, battitore.] 1. Of persons: ſº - . (a) One who is addicted to the practice of inflict- ing blows. “The best schoolmaster of our time was the greatest beater.”—Ascham: Schoolmaster. (b) One who is employed by sportsmen to beat up covers for game. 2. Of things: An instrument for beating or com- minuting anything. “Beat all your mortar with a beater three or four times over before you use it ; for thereby you incorporate the sand and lime well together.”—Moacon. Specially (Machimery): (a) The portion of a thrashing-machine which strikes. gº ſº (b) A beating machine or scutcher used in the cotton manufacture. [BEATING-MACHINE.] ? A blade used for breaking flax and hemp. d) The lathe or batten of a loom for driving the weft into the shed; the movable bar which closes up the woolshed; a beating-bracket. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, &c. -: bel, > del. -tian = shan. -ble, -dle, –tion, -Sious = shiis. -sion = shin; —tion, -šion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, beater-press @ A hatter's mallet. j) The sack in a knitting machine. (Knight.) beater-press, s. . A press for beating bales into smaller bulk, they being packed first by beating, and then by continued pressure. beater-up, 8. A person who or a thing which beats up. *béath, v. t. [O. Icel. bada.=to dry.] 1. To straighten by heating at a fire. “Yokes, forkes, and such other let bailiff spy out, And gather the same as he walketh about ; And after at leisure let this be his hire— To beath them and trim them at home by the fire.” Tusser; Husbandry, p. 60. (S. in Boucher.) 2. To plunge into the fire for the purpose of hardening. “Whose knottie snags were sharpned all afore, And beath’d in fire for steele to be in sted.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. vii. 7. *běathed, pa. par. [BEATH...] bê-a-tíf"—ic, *bé–a–tif-ick, bé-a-tíf-íc—al, a. [In Fr. beatifique; Sp., Port., & Ital, beatifico beatificws; from Lat. beatifico = to make blessed Or º beatws=happy, and facio=to make.] Having the power of making one supremely blessed or happy. tº Beatific or Beatifical Vision: The overpoweringly glorious sight which shall break on those human beings who shall enter heaven, or which is at all times visible to angels inhabiting that place of bliss. The phrase “Beatific Vision” is frequently jºied to the Book of Revelation by the Evangelist O & : [See SACK.] [BATHE.] “We may contemplate upon the greatness and strange- ness of the beatific vision; how a created eye should be so fortified, as to bear all those glories that stream from the fountain of uncreated light.”—South. “. . . enjoying the beatifical vision . . JBrowne: Vulgar Errors. bé-a-tíf-ic-al-ly, adv. [Eng. beatifical; -ly.] In a beatifical manner; so as to produce supreme or unalloyed happiness. “Beatifically to behold the face of God, in the fullness of wisdom, righteousness, and peace, is blessedness no way incident unto the creatures beneath man.”—Hakewill. bé-āt-if-i-cá'—tion, s. [Eng. beatific, -ation; Fr. béatification; Sp. beatificacion; Port, beatificaçao; Ital. ºatucasione from Lat, beatifico, v.] [BEA- TIFIC. 1. Gen.: The act of rendering supremely blessed ; the state of being rendered supremely blessed. 2. Spec. (in the Church of Rome) : An act by which the Pope declares, on evidence, which he considers himself to possess, that a certain deceased person is in the enjoyment of Supreme felicity in heaven. It is the first step toward canonization, but is not canonization itself. ‘ſ Crabb thus distinguishes between beatification and canonization: “In the act of beatification the Pope pronounces only as a private person, and uses his own authority only in granting to certain per- sons, or to a religious order, the privilege of paying a particular worship to a beatified object. In the act of canonization, the Pope speaks as a judge after a judicial examination. On the state, and decides the sort of worship which ought to be paid by the whole church.” (Crabb : Eng. Symon.) bé-āt'—ſ—fied, pa. par. & a. [BEATIFY.] “I wish I had the wings of an angel, to have ascended into Paradise, and to have beheld the forms of those beatified spirits, from which I might have copied my arch- angel.”—Dryden. be-àt'—i-fy, v. t. [In Fr. beatifier; Sp. & Port. beatificar; Ital, beatificare; Lat, beatifico, from beatws=blessed, and facio=to make.] 1. Gen. : To render supremely blessed or happy. “We shall know him to be the fullest good, the nearest to us, and the most certain; and consequently the most beatifying of all others.”—Browne. 2. Spec, (in the Church of Rome): To declare, on the Pope's authority, that a certain deceased person is supremely happy in the unseen world. [BEATIF- ICATION, 2.] “Over against this church stands an hospital, erected by a shoemaker, who has been beatified, though never sainted.”—Addison. bé'at-iñg, pr. par., a, & 8. [BEAT, v. t.] A. As pr. par. : In senses corresponding to those of the v. t. and of the v. i. B. As participial adjective: Chiefly in senses cor- responding to those of the v, i. “. . . whom forest trees Protect from beating sunbeams . . . Wordsworth; White Doe of Rylstone. . . a turn or two I’ll walk To still my beating mind.” Shakesp.: Tempest, iv. 1. 3 y e * é & 422 C. As Swbstantive : I. Ordinary Language: 1. The act of beating. tº & * g (1), The act of striking a sensitive being with the hand closed or open, or with a weapon. “. . . beatings of freemen, expulsions from the city were the order, of the day.”—Lewis: Early Rom. Hist., ch. xii., pt. iii., § 54 (2) The act or operation of striking anything, as part of some manufacturing process. [II., 1, 2. 2. The state of being beaten. ... 3. The succession of blows inflicted. “Playwright, convict of public wrongs to men, Takes private beatings, and begins again.” Ben Jonson. II. Technically: 1. Bookbinding: Formerly the act of beating with a broad, heavy-headed hammer a block placed above the folded sheets of a book to make it more easy to bind them neatly, and to open the several pages after they are in use. 2. Flaa; and Hemp Manufacture: The beating of rolls of flax or hemp, placed for the purpose in a trough. This operation renders them more flexible. 3. Gold or Silver-working : The operation of ham- mering gold or silver into thin leaves. 4. (Music) Beats: The alternate reinforcement and interference of sound heard when two sounds are nearly, but not quite, consonant. The wave- lengths of the two notes being slightly different while the velocity of propagation is the same, the phase will alternately agree and disagree in their course. . The number of beats is equal to the dif- ference in the frequencies of vibration of the two Sounds producing the beats. 5. Her. : An achievement. “He won his rank and lands again, And charged his old paternal shield With beatings won on Flodden field.” Scott; Marmion, vi. 38. 6. Naut, The operation of making way at sea against the wind by tacking backward and forward. beating-bracket, s. The same as BEATER, 2 d) (q.v.). beating-engine, s. 1. Paper Manuf. : An engine for cutting rags to pieces that they may be converted into pulp. It consists of two concentric cylinders, the outer one hollow, each armed with knives to operate as they revolve. 2. Cotton Manuf.: The same as BEATING-MA- CHINE (q.v.). beating-machine, s. Cottom Manuf. : A machine for opening, loosening, and cleaning cotton from dust or other rubbishi before commencing to operate upon it. It is called also a scutcher, a willower, an opener, a wolf, and a devil. (Knight's Dict. of Mechanics.) bé-āt'-i-tūde, s. [In Fr. beatitude; Sp. beatitud; Ital, beatitudime; Tat, beatitudo; from beatus= happy; beatum, Sup., of beo-to make... happy. Trench says of the Latin beatitudo that it was a word coined by Cicero (Nat. Deor., i. 34), which scarcely rooted itself in Latin, but was adopted by the Christian Church. (Study of Words.)] 1. Qrdinary Language: Supreme felicity, great happiness. “. . . then my spirit was entranced With joy exalted to beatitude.” Wordsworth; Eaccursion, bk. iv. 2. Theology: The nine intimations in the Sermon on the Mount, each of which begins with the words “Blessed are . . . .” (Matt. v.). “. . . . the beatitudes must not be parallelized with the blessings which, along with the curses, accompanied the legislation of Sinai.”—Tholuck: Sermon on the Mount, Transl. by Menzies, vol. i., p. 78. Bē-ă'-trix, S. [Low Latin, from Classical Lat. beata, femy of beatus=happy; bea = to bless.] An asteroid, the eighty-third found. It was discovered by De Gasparis, at Naples, on April 26, 1865. beau (bö), S.; plur, beaus, beaux (bös). [From Fr. adj. beaw, bel (m.), belle (f.)=fine.]. [BELLE.] 1. A gentleman whose chief occupation in life is to dress well or fashionably, or in whose thoughts dress holds an undue place. “You will become the delight of nine ladies in ten, and the envy of ninety-nine beaua in a hundred.”—Swift. 2. A gentleman who is escorting a lady. beau-clerk, or beau-clerc, s. [Fr. (lit.)=a fine isºlar.] A name given to King Henry l. of Eng- 8 Ol C1. beau esprit, 8... [Fr. (lit.)=a fine spirit; a man of fine spirit.j A man of a gay and witty spirit. [BEL ESPRIT.] beau ideal, s. [Fr. beaw, idéal.] 1. A faultless ideal; an ideal of beauty, in which the excellences of all individuals are conceived as combined, while their defects are omitted. beautified 2. The highest conceivable perfection of any- thing, whether beautiful or not. “A discussion on the beaw ideal of the liver, lungs, kid- neys, &c., as of the human face divine, sounds strange in our, ears.”—Darwin: The Descent of Man, vol. i. (1871), pt. i., ch. iv., p. 109. beau monde, s. [Fr. beaw-fine, and monde = world..] The fashionable world. “She courted the beau monde to-night.”—Prior. beau (bö), v. t. [From beaw, s. (q.v.)] To act as º to, to escort. (Used of a gentleman escorting a la Cly. beau'-catcher, s. A ringlet of hair worn on the temple by women. beaufet (bö'—fa), s. [BUFFET.] beau-for"—tſ—a (beau as bö), s... [Named after ary, Duchess of Beaufort, who died in 1714, and who, while her husband lived, had possessed a fine collection of plants.] A genus of plants belonging to the order Myrtaceae (Myrtleblooms). The species, which are not numerous, come from Australia. They are splendid evergreen shrubs. beau'-frey (beau=bó), s. A beam or joist. Weale. f *beaugle, s. beau’—ish (beau as bö), a. suff. -ish..] After the manner o foppish. “He was led into it by a natural, beauish, trifling fancy of his own.”—Stephens: Abridg. of Hackett's Life of Archbp. Williams (1715), Pref. Beaumaris (Bö-mör'—is), s. & a. [Fr. beaw– fine, and marais= marsh. A. 48 substantive: A town, the capital of Angle- Sea, Wales. B. As adj. : Pertaining to the town mentioned under A.; as, Beawmaris Bay. Beaumaris Shark. [Named from Beaumaris Bay, at the northern entrance to the Menai Straits.] The English name of the Lamma Momensis of Cuvier, a shark occasionally caught in the Menai Straits. beau'-mön-tite (beau as bö), s. [Named after the celebrated Elie de Beaumont, Professor of Geology in the School of Mines at Päris, born 1798.] A mineral, a variety of Heulandite found near Balti- IOOI’ê. *beau—pere, *beau-phere (bö'-pār), s. [Not from Fr. beaupère, which is= wife’s father, but from Fr. beaw-fine, and pair, O, Fr. peer, per, par =peer, equal, companion; from Lat, par-equal, or from A. S. fera-companion.] A fair companion. “Now leading him into a secret shade From his beauperes.” Spenser: F. Q., III. i. 35. beau"-sé—ant (beau as bö), s. Another form of BAUSLANT. beau"-ship (beau as bo), s. [Fr. beaw (q.v.), and Eng. suff. -ship.] The procedure or the quali- ties of a beau. (Dryden.) beauté (bö'-tä or bú'—tā), s. [BEAUTY...] beati'-tê-oiás, *bew'—té-oiás (bew as bü), a. From Eng. beauty, -ows; or O. Eng. beawté, &c.] ull of beauty; beautiful. (Chiefly poetic.) (Used either of a living being, of inanimate nature, or even of anything abstract, as order.) “He was among the prime in worth, An object beauteous to behold: Well born, well bred ; I sent him forth Ingenuous, innocent, and bold.” Wordsworth: Affliction of Margaret. “Now, would you see this aged Thorn, This pond, and beauteous hill of moss.” Wordsworth: Thorn. “And what is that, which binds the radiant sky, Where twelve fair signs in beauteous order lie?’ Pope: Pastorals; Spring, 39, 40. beati'-tê-oiás—ly, adv. [Eng, beawteow8; -ly.] In a beauteous manner; beautifully. “Look upon pleasures not upon that side that is next the sun, or where they look beawteously . . .”—Taylor. beati'-tê-oiás—néss, s. [Eng. beawteous; -mess.] The quality of being beauteous; great beauty. “From less virtue and less beauteowsness, The Gentiles fram’d them gods and goddesses.” }. tied, adj. I)onne. [Eng. adorned. beauty..] Beautified, “The harlot's cheek, beautied with plast’ring art, Is not more ugly to the thing that helps it, Than is my deed to my most painted word.”... Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 1. beau'—tſ—fied, pa. par. & a. [BEAUTIFY, v.] “. . a most pleasant, mountainous country, beat!- tified with woods, vineyards, fruits of all sorts, flowers also, with springs and fountains, very delectable to behold (Isa. xxxiii. 16, 17).”—Bunyam: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. i. “And those bright twins were side by side, And there, by fresh hopes beautified.” © tº Wordsworth; White Doe of Rylstone, ii. Old spelling of BUGLE. ſº beau, and Eng. a beau, like a beau, [Fr. beauté.] făte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pôt, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = a, qu = kW. beautifier beau'-tî-fi-Ér, 8. [Eng., beautif(y); -er.] Qne who beautifies; one who renders anything beautiful. “O Time ! the beautifier of the dead, Adorner of the ruin, comforter And only healer when the heart hath bled.” Byrom Childe Harold, iv. 180. beau-ti-fúl, *bew'-ty-fül (bew as bü), a. & s. [Eng. beawty; ful.] As adjective: Full of beauty. [BEAUTY..] Used— (1) Of the human (and specially of the female) face or figure, or of both combined. “Young and beautiful was Wabun.” Longfellow: The Song of Hiawatha, ii. (2) Of anything in art or in nature tastefully col- ored, finely symmetrical, or both. “Awake, awake; put on thy strength, O Zion; put on thy beautiful garments, . . .”—Isa. lii. i. “Although the scenery is nowhere beautiful, and only occasionally pretty, I enjoyed my walk.”—Darwin: Voy- age round the World, ch. xviii. (3) Qf anything which finely illustrates a princi- ple. Thus medical men sometimes allow themselves to speak of a “beautiful case,”, meaning one specially worth study, from the light which it throws on º or pathology; and, they are not deterred from using the term even if the case is j Yºich the untrained eye regards as horrible to ©il O1C1, - "I Crabb thus distinguishes between the words beautiful, fine, handsome, and pretty: “Of these epithets, which denote what is pleasing to the eye, beautiful conveys the strongest meaning; it marks the possession of that in its fullest extent, of which the other terms denote the possession in part Only. Fineness, handsomeness, and prettiness are to beauty as parts to a whole. hen taken in relation to persons, a woman is beautiful who in feature and complexion possesses a grand assemblage of graces; a woman is fine who with a striking figure unites shape and symmetry; a woman is handsome who has good features, and pretty, if with symmetry of feature be united delicacy. The beautiful compre- hends regularity, proportion, and a due distribution of color, and every particular which can engage the attention; the fine must be coupled with grandeur, majesty, and strength of figure; it is incompatible with that which is small; a little woman can never be fine. The handsome is a general assemblage of what is agreeable; it is marked by no particular characteristic, but the absence, of all, deformity. Prettiness is always coupled with simplicity; it is incompatible with what is large: a tall woman with masculine features cannot be pretty. Beauty is peculiarly a female perfection ; in the male sex it is rather a defect; but though a male may not be beautiful or pretty, he may be fine or handsome. When relating to other objects, beautiful, fine, pretty, have a strong analogy; but handsome differs too essentially from the rest to admit of comparison. With respect to the objects of nature, the beawtiful is displayed in the works of creation, and wherever it appears it is marked by elegance, variety, har- mony, proportion, but above all, that softness which is peculiar to female beauty; the fine, on the contrary, is associated with the grand, and the pretty with the simple. The sky presents either a beautiful aspect, or a fine aspect; but not a pretty aspect. A rural scene is beawtiful when it unites rich- ness and diversity of natural objects with superior cultivation; it is fine when it presents the bolder and more impressive features of nature, consisting of rocks and mountains; it is pretty when, divested of all that is extraordinary, it presents a smiling View of nature in the gay attire of shrubs and many colored flowers and verdant meadows and luxuriant fields. Fº sentiments have much in them to interest the affections, as well as the understand- ing; they make a vividinpression. Fine sentiments mark an elevated mind and a loftiness of concep- tion; they occupy the understanding, and afford scope for reflection; they make a strong impression. Pretty ideas are but pleasing associations or com- binations that only amuse for the time being, without producing any lasting impression. We may Speak of a beautiful poem, although not a beautiful tragedy; but a fine tragedy, and a pretty comedy. Imagery may be beautiful and fine, but seldom pretty.” (Crabb : Eng. Synonyms.) beautiful-browed, a. Having a beautiful brow Or forehead. - “Beawtiful-brow’d CEnone, my own soul.” Tennyson: OEnome. beai -ti-fúl-ly, adv. [Eng, beautiful; -ly.] In a beautiful manner. “Yet, pull not down my palace towers, that are So lightly, beautifully built.” Tennyson: The Palace of Art. Jeau'-tº-fil-nēss, *beau'-ti-fúl-nēsse, *bew'— #y-fúl-nēs (bew as bú), s...[Eng. beautiful, -ness.] he quality of being beautiful; beauty. “. . . and restored their armor to the former 'equtifulness and excellencye.”—Brende: Quintus Curtius, 423 beati'-ti-fy, v. t. & i. [Eng, beauty; ify.] A. Trams. : To make beautiful. “Time, which had thus afforded willing help To beautifu with Nature's fairest growth This rustic tenement . . .” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. vii. B. Intrans.: To become beautiful. “It must be a prospect pleasing to God Himself, to see His creation forever beautifying in His eyes, and drawing nearer to Him by greater degrees of resemblance.”— Addison. beaii'—tí—fy—ing, pr. par. & a. [BEAUTIFY.] fbeai -ti-lèss, beau'-ty-lèss, a. [Eng, beauty, and suff. -less.] Without beauty. “The Barabbas, the only unamiable, undesir- able, formless, beautiless reprobate in the mass.”—Ham- mond: Works, vol. iv., Ser. 7. (Richardson.) beati'-ty, *beau'—tée, *beauté, s. . [Fr. beauté; O. Fr. beaulté; from beau or bel' (m.), belle (f.)= beautiful. . In Sp. & Port. belleza =beauty; bello = beautiful; Ital. bella-beauty; bello–beautiful; Lat. bellitas=beauty; bellus=goodly, handsome ; contracted from benºwlus, dimin. of benws, another form of bonus=good.] I. In the abstract: That quality or assemblage of qualities in an object which gives the eye or the ear intense pleasure; or that characteristic in an object or in an abstraction which gratifies the intellect or the moral feeling. 1. The assemblage of qualities in a person or thing which greatly pleases the eye. 1) I'm a person. a) Manly beauty. | This must be of a kind to suggest that the individual possessing it is endowed with the higher qualities of manhood—intellect, courage, strength of will, and capacity for ruling other men. Rosy cheeks and faultless symmetry of feature do not constitute manly beauty if they are of a kind to suggest that the person possessing them is effemi- mate in character. “But in all Israel there was none to be so much praised as Absalom for his beauty; from the sole of his foot even to the crown of his head there was no blemish in him.”— 2 Sam. xiv. 25. {}º beauty. - his must indicate that the person possessing it belongs to a high type of woman, with no com- mingling of masculine characteristics. In this case the excellences to be looked for are faultless sym- metry of form and of feature and complexion varying in hue as the mind is affected by internal emotion, but with an expression of purity, gentle- ness, sensibility, refinement, and intelligence. “But if that thou wilt praysen my beauté.” Chaucer: C. T., 5,876. “This was not the beauty—Oh, nothing like this, That to 3. Nourmahal gave such magic of bliss; |But that loveliness, ever in motion, which plays Ilike the light upon autumn's soft shadowy days. “Now here and now there, giving warmth as it flies From the lips to the cheek, from the cheek to the eyes; Now melting in mist, and now breaking in gleams Like the glimpses a saint has of heaven in his dreams.” Moore: L. R.; Light of the Haram. (c) Similarly, boyish beauty must suggest that the person, possessing, it is of the highest type of boyhood, girlish beauty of girlhood, and childish beauty of childhood. To approach perfection each type must be itself and no other. 2) In one of the inferior animals: This consists of color, symmetry, form, grace, and everything else that shows the adaptation of the structure of the animal to the purposes of its being. “. yet both must fail in conveying to the mind an adequate idea of their surpassing beauty [that of the Trochilidae, or Humming Birds]. The rainbow colors of the most resplendent gems are here superadded to a liv- ing form, which in itself is exquisitely graceful and animated in all its movements; the flight of these pigmy birds is so rapid as to elude the eye .”—Swaimson: Birds, ii. 147. (3) In a place or thing: This consists of color, symmetry, and adaptation to the end for which it was erected or made. “The uncertain glory of an April day Which now shows all the beauty of the sun, And by and by a cloud takes all away.” Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, i. 3. 2. The assemblage of qualities in an object which are fitted to inspire analogous though not identical pleasure to the ear. “Recognizing the simple aesthetic pleasure derivable from rhythms and euphony, the feelings of beauty yielded by poetry are feelings remotely repre- sented.”—Herbert Spencer: Psychol., p. 642. 3. That characteristic in an object or in an ab- stract conception which gratifies the intellect, “With incredible pains have I endeavored to copy the beaver . 4. That characteristic in an object, in an action, or in an abstract conception which gratifies the moral feeling. This is generally called moral beauty. “He hath a daily beauty in his life That makes me ugly, . . .” Shakesp.: Othello, v. 1. II. In the concrete: A person or thing fitted to inspire the delight referred to under No. I. 1. A person or persons fitted to do so. Specially— (a) A beautiful woman, individually. “Patroclus now th' unwilling beauty brought.” Pope: Homer's Iliad, bk. i., 450. (b) The same, taken collectively. “And Belgium's capital had gathered then Her Beauty and her Chivalry, and bright The lamps shone o'er fair women and brave men.” Byron: Childe Harold, iii. 21. 2. A thing or things attractive to the eye, to the ear, or to the loye of order, symmetry, and grace existing in the mind. “The beauties of that country are indeed too often hidden in the mist and rain . . .”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xii. beauty-beaming, a. Beaming with beauty. “. . . . by myriads, forth at once, Swarming they pour; of all the varied hues Their beauty-beaming parent can disclose.” Thomson: Seasons; Summer. beauty-breathing, a. Breathing beauty. “When from his beauty-breathing pencil born (Except that thou hast nothing to repent), The Magdalen of Guido saw the morn.” Byron : To Genevra. beauty-Spot, S. A spot placed upon the face to direct the eye to Something, else, or to heighten Some beauty; a patch; a foil (lit. & fig.). “The filthiness of swine makes them the beauty-spot of the animal creation.”—Grew. beauty-Waning, a. Waning beauty; declining in beauty. “A beauty-waming and distressed widow, Even in the afternoon of her best days.” Shakesp.: Richard III., iii. 7. beauty-Wash, s. A wash designed to increase or preserve beauty; a cosmetic. “. . . the only true cosmetic or beauty-wash in the world . .”—Tatler, No. 34 *beati'-ty-lèss, a. [BEAUTILEss.] beau'-voir (böv'—wār), s. An old spelling of BEAVER. (2). beaux (bos), S. pl. [BEAU.] beaux esprits, S. pl. [BEAU ESPRIT, BEL ESPRIT.] beaux'-ite, baux'-ite (beaux or baux as bús), S., [From Beaux or Baux, near Arles in France, where it occurs.l. A mineral placed by Dana among his Hydrous Oxides. Its sp. gr. is 2:551; its color from whitish or grayish to ochre yellow, brown and red; its ºniº 52-0, sesquioxide of iron 27°6, and water 20°4. It occurs at §. and some other parts of France in concretionary grains or Oolitic. An earthy and clay-like variety from Lake Wochein in Styria is called Wachenite (q.v.). bé'a-vér (1), *bé'Evêr, *bié'—vér, s. [A. S. bedfer, befer, befor, beber; Icel. º ; O. iceſ. bior, biwr.; Sw...bdifver; Dan. boever; Dut. bever; Ger. biber; O. H. Ger., biber, piber; Fr. bièvre; Sp. bibaro, ibevaro, befre; Port, bivaro ; Ital, bivaro, bevero; Lat. fiber: Gael, beabhar; Russ. bobr; Lith. bebru, bebras. Wedgwood thinks it may be from Pol. babrač– to dabble, which it does in water.] A. As swbstantive: 1. The English name of the well-known rodent mammal Castor fiber, Or, more loosely, of any spe- cies belong to the genus Castor. . [CASTOR.] The animalso designated has in each jaw two powerful incisor teeth, coated with hard enamel, by means of which it is, enabled to cut across the trunks of the trees which it requires for its engineering schemes. [BEAVER-DAM.]. The hind feet are webbed, and one of the five toes has a double nail...The tail is flat- tened horizontally, and covered with scales. Large glandular pouches secrete an odoriferous substance called Castoreum, much prized by the ancients, who regarded it as of high medical value. [CASTO- REUM.] The Castor fiber exists through the temper- ate and colder parts of this country. A species gen- erally believed to be the same one (though this has been doubted) exists in Europe on #. various European rivers, such as the Rhine, the Danube, and the Weser, and has attracted admiring notice since the days of Herodotus. 2. The fur of the animal just described. 3. A hat made of such fur or hair. “The broker here his spacious beaver wears, Upon his brow sit jealousies and cares.”—Gay. 4. A heavy-milled woolen cloth, sometimes felted, in respect of several beauties of the ancient and modern historians.”— used for making overcoats, hats, &c. (Simmonds, fol. 285. (Richardson.) Arbuthnot. dºc.) boil, boy; pout, jowl; cat, gell, chorus, chim, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; -t,on, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del, beaver-dam . B. Attributively in compounds like the follow- lDg beaver-dam, s. A dam built by a beaver across a stream likely to run off in summer. It is gener- ally formed of drift-wood, green willows, birch poplars, and similar materials. The simple method by which a beaver makes a tree fail in a particular direction across a stream, is by nibbling it round, not horizontally, but so as to siope or dip in the direction in which it intends the tree to fall. “The author expressed his belief that the deposits indi- cated, at places, the effects of beaver-works, tracts of forest having been, to all appearance, submerged and destroyed by the action of beaver-dams.”—H. Woodward, in Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1869, pt. ii., p. 104. beaver-house, s. A “house" built by a beaver. It is made of wood, mud, and stones. When a beaver finds that its openly inhabiting such an edi- fice in the vicinity of a human settlement exposes it to unnecessary risk, it abandons it, burrows in a hole which it has dug, and is in consequence called a “terrier,” in the broad sense of an earth, animal Or burrowing animal. While the beavers inhabit- ing “houses” are social, the terriers are solitary. “The situation of the beaver-hauses is various.”—Hearne. beaver-rat, s. . A name sometimes given to a small species of beaver, Castor Zibethicus (Linn.), one of the animals called Musk Rat. It is only the size of a rabbit, and inhabits Canada. beaver-skin, s. The skin of the beaver. The beaver has been so ruthlessly slaughtered in British North America to obtain this, that now it is much rarer than it was a century ago. beaver-tooth, s. The enameled tooth of the beaver, once used by the North American Indians as a cutting instrument. “. . . the beaver-tooth was succeeded by the English file.”—Eng. Cycl., Nat. Hist., i. 416. beaver-tree, s. The English name of the Mag- nolia glauca, a fine fragrant and, ornamental tree growing in swamps in North America, and so attractive to beavers that they are caught by means of it. It is called also the White Laurel and the Swamp Sassafras. beaver-works, s, pl. Either the engineering or the architectural works of the beaver. [See exam- ple under BEAVER-DAM.) bé'a-vár (2), *bée-vör, “bé-vör, “bé-vár, *bā'-vi-ár, beau'-voir (böv -wār), s. . [Fr. ba- vière-the bib put before a slavering infant (Cot- grave); bavette = a slayering cloth; baver = to slabber, slaver, drivel, dribble, foam ; Fr. bovve; Ital, bava, Sp. and Port.baba: foam; Ital, baviera =the visor of a head-piece.] The part of a helmet which, being made movable, can be raised to show the face or be put down to protect it. “So beene they both at one, and doen upreare Their bevers bright each other for to greet.” Spenser; F. Q., II. i. 29. “Oh, yes, my lord, he wore his beaver up.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 2. bé'a-yéred, *bé-véred, a. . [Eng. beaver; -ed.] Covered or protected by a beaver; wearing a beaver. . “His beaver'd brow a birchen garland bears, Dropping with infants’ blood, and mother's tears.” Pope, bé a-vér—téen, s. [From beaver, the animal.] Manufactures amol Commerce : 1. A cotton twilled cloth in which the warp is drawn up into loops, forming a pile, thus distin- guishing the fabric from velvet, in which the pile is cut. 2. A kind of fustian made of, coarse twilled cotton, shorn after it has been dyed. If shorn before being dyed it is called mole-skin. (Simmonds in Goodrich dº Porter's Dict.) *bë-bā1'-ly, a. Her. : A word used by some old writers for party per pale. (Parker: Gloss. of Her.) *béb'—bér, s. [BIBBER.] bē-bé'er-ine, bě-bi'r-ine, bi-bi'r-ine, s. [From bebeerw (q.v.). º ... Chem. ; An uncrystallizable basic substance, C19H21NO3, extracted from the bark of the Green. heart Tree of Guiana, Nectandra Rodioei.] [BE- BEERU.] 2. Pharm.: The sulphate of bibirine is a very Valuable, medicine, being used like quinine as a tonic and febrifuge. It can be given with advantage to patients who are unable to take sulphate of uinine. . Unfortunately, owing to the supplies of “the bark being very uncertain, this drug is at times 424 grows to about seventy feet high, and has strong, durable timber, much prized for shipbuilding The bark is a tonic and a febrifuge. [BEBEERINE, 2.] *bë—blé'ed (pa. par. *bebled, *bebledde), v. t. [Eng. pref. be, and bleed. In Dut... bebloedem=to ensanguine, to stain with blood; beblood=bloody. ; Ger. beblattem.] To make bioody, to stain with blood, to “beblood.” “The open war, with woundés all bebledde.” Chaucer: C. T., 2,004. “The feast All was tourned into bloud : The dishe forthwith, the cuppe and all, Bebled they weren over all.” Gower: Conf. Am., bk. ii. *bé-blind, v. t. [Eng. pref. be, and blind.] To make blind, to blind. ' “Home courage quailes where love beblindes the sense.” Gascoigne: Works, p. 103. *bé-blöod', *bé-blöod -y, v. t. [Eng. be, and blood, bloody.... In Dut... bebloedem; Ger. beblutem.] [BEBLEED.] To make bloody, to stain with blood, to “bebleed.” “You will not admit, I trow, that he was so beblooded with the blood of your sacrament god.”—Sheldom: Mir. of Antich., p. 90. *bé-blöt', *bé-blötte, v. t. [Eng, pref. be, and blot...] To blot. “Beblotte it with thy tearis eke a lite.” Chaucer: Troilus and Crosseide, ii. 1,027. bé-blötch, v. t. To blotch, or cover with blotches, (Southey.) bé-blib'-bër, v. t. . [Eng, pref, be, and blubber.] To cause to blubber, to make to swell with weep- 1Dig. bé-bliáb'—béred, pa. par. & a. [BEBLUBBER.] “A very beautiful lady did call him from a certain win- dow, her eyes all beblubbered with tears.”—Shelton: Tr. of Don Quiacote, I. iii. 13. bé-boot"-ed, pa. par. & a. Booted; wearing boots. “Couriers bestrapped and bebooted.” Carlyle. béc-a-fi -cö, běc-ca—fi'-có, s. [Ital.=fig-eater.] [FICEDULA 1. Gen. : various species of birds belonging to the genus Sylvia. “The robin-redbreast, till of late, had rest, And children sacred held a martin's nest; Till becaficos sold so . . . dear, To one that was, or would have been, a peer.” Pope. 2. Spec. : The Sylvia hortensis of Bechstein. *bé-căll, v. t. To challenge. bé–ca."lm (l silent), v. t. [ Eng, be; calm..] To render calm or still, to quiet, to tranquilize by removing the cause of agitation. Used— 1. Literally: (a) Of the rendering water, as that of the ocean or of a lake, calm by stilling the wind which sweeps over its surface. [See example under the participial adjective BECALMED.] (b) Of a sailing vessel made to lie nearly motion- less by the stilling of the wind which formerly filled its sails. “During many hours the fleet was becalmed off the Godwin Sands.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvii. (c) Of a man who cannot proceed on his voyage through the motionless state of the ship on board of which he is. “A man becalmed at sea, out of sight of land, in a fair day, may look on the Sun or sea, or ship, a whole hour, and perceive no motion.”—Locke. 2. Fig.: Qf the Fº or other emotions which at times agitate the human soul, which are quieted by removing their exciting causes. “Soft whisp'ring air, and the lark's matin song, Then woo to musing, and becalm the mind Perplex’d with irksome thoughts.” Philips. “Banish his sorrows, and becalm his soul With easy dreams.” Addison. “Perhaps prosperity becalm’d his breast, Perhaps the wind just shifted from the east.” Pope. bē-ca,"lmed (l silent), pa. par. & a. [BECALM.] “The moon shone clear on the becalmed flood.” . Drydem. bé–ca."lm—ifig (l silent), pr. par., a, & s. [BECALM.] A. & B. As pr: par, and ſº adj. : In senses corresponding to those of the verb. G. As subst: : The act or operation of making calm ; the state of being made calm ; a calm at sea. “Thou art a merchant: what tellest thou me of crosse winds, of Michaelmas flaws, of ill weathers, of tedious bechle bé-cá'use, *bé-cá'uss, *bicause, *bycause, *biecause, conj. [Eng. by cause.] A. Ordimary Langwage: 1. By cause of, by reason of, on account of, for, “God persecuteth vs bycause we abuse His Holy Testa- ment, and bycause when we knowe the truth we folowe it not.”—Tyndall: Works, p. 7. (Richardson.) “. . . but bicause she hath refused it afore.”—Bale: Apologue, fol. 82. (Richardson.) “We love Him, because He first loved us.”—1 John iv. 19. It is correlative with therefore. The normal position of the clause containing because is before that of the one having therefore in it; more rarely the posi- tions of the two are reversed. “Because sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil.”—Eccles. viii. 11. “. . . therefore the Levites shall be mine: because all the first-born are mine.”—Numbers iii. 12, 18. It is often followed by of, and a noun, which because of governs, almost like a preposition. “. . . all ye shall be offended because of me this night.”—Matthew xxvi. 31. *2. That, in order that. “And the multitude rebuked them, because they should hold their peace.”—Matthew xx. 31. - B. Grammar. Because is classed as one of the Conjunctions of Reason and Cause, which again are placed in the category of Subordinating Con- junctions. (Baim : Eng. Gram., 1874, p. 68.) béc-ca-büfig'—a, s. [From Low Lat. beccabunga; Ital, becoabwmga, beccabwngra ; Sp. becoabunga H. Ger. & Sw., backbumge, bachbohme; L. Ger, begka- bwmge; Dut. beckbunge; from O. & Provinc. Eng. beck, flut, beek, Dan. boek, Sw, back, H. Ger. Uach, all meaning=a brook, a riji, a rivulet; and H. Ger, bwmge, O. H. Ger. bungo = bulb.] A name for a plant — the Brooklime (Veronica becoabwng(t). [BECK (2), BROOKLIME, VERONICA.] *bécº-co, s. [Ital, becco–a bill or beak; a mouth; the helm of a ship; the pipe of a still; a buck, a goat; a cuckold.] A cuckold. “Duke, thou art a becoo, a cornuto. P. How Y M. Thou art a cuckold.” Marston: Malcontent, iv. 20. bëch’-a-mêl, s. [From Fr. bechamelle; Ger. bechamel= a kind of broth or sauce (see definition), called after the Marquis de Bechamel, steward of Louis XIV., by whom it was first concocted.] Cookery: A kind of fine white broth or sauce thickened with cream. bé-ghan'ge, v. i. & t. [Eng. be; chance.] 1. To chance to, to happen to. “All happiness bechance to thee in Milan,” . Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, i. 1. 2. To befall. “My sons, God knows what hath bechanced them.” Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., i. 4. *bé-ghan'ge, adv. [O. Eng. be=by, and Eng. chance..] By chance; perhaps. *bé-ghan ged, pa. par. [BECHANCE, v.] *bé-ghan Q-ing, pr. par. [BECHANCE, v.] fbé-gharm', v. t. [Eng. pref. be, and charml.] To charm, to fascinate; to attract and subdue by exciting intensely pleasurable feeling. “I am awak'd, and with clear eyes behold The lethargy wherein my reason long Hath been becharm'd.” Beaumont & Fletcher: Laws of Candy. bë-gharmed, pa. par. & a. [BECHARM.] g bèche, s. [Fr. beche=a spade; becher=to dig, pierce, or turn up with a spade..] . . Well-boring : An instrument for seizing and recoV- ering a rod used in boring when it has become broken in the process. béche-de-mér, s. [Fr. = a spade of the sea; a sea spade.] The Sea-slug or Trepang, a marlſº animal, Holothuria edulis, eaten as a luxury by the Chinese. fbéch'—ic, s. [In, Fr. bechique; Port. beck?"9. Gr. bāchikos=suffering from cough ; bøchos, gell- tive of b&a=a cough; bessºa to cough...] Pharmacy: A medicine fitted to relieve a cough. bëch’-i-lite, s. ſº Bechi, an Italian ºineral. ogist.] A mineral classed by Dana with his Borates: It consists of boric acid, 51-13; lime, 20.85; water, 26:25; with 1:75 of silica, alumina, and magnesia. It was found by Bechi as an incrustation at the backs of the boric acid lagoons of Tuscany, being scarce and difficult to obtain. becalmings, of piratical hazards 2"–Seasonable Serm., formed º by the action of hot vapor on bé-bê'er-a, bě-béar-a, s. [A Guiana word..] A. P.” lime. The South American mineral Hayesite may tree, the Nectandra Rodioei or N. leucantha, vari- be-cá'me, pret. of BECOME. be the same species. --- ety Rodigei, a species belonging to the Lauracege “For such an high priest became us . . .”—Heb. bāch'-le (le as el) (ch guttural),8. [From Gº (Laurels). It is called also the Greenheart Tree. It vii. 26 genit. bāchos=a cough..] A settled cough. (Scotch.) fäte, fit, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wät, here, camel, her, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, p". or, wēre, wolf, work, whö, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rale, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = e, ey = a, qu = k". beck *béck (1), *bécke (1) (Eng.), běck, *bék, *bāik (Scotch), s. [A contraction of Eng, beckon. (Mahm.)] [BEckon, BEACON, BEAK.] 1. A bow or curtsey. (O. Eng. & O. Scotch.) “Bek or lowte: Conquiniscio, inclimacio.”—Prompt. Parv. 2. Any nod of the head. (a) In a general Sense. “Haste thee, nymph, and bring with thee §. and cranks and wanton wiles, ods and becks and wreathed smiles.’ Milton; L'Allegro. (b) Spec. : A nod of command. “Then forthwith to him takes a chosen band Of spirits, likest to himself in guile, To be at hand, and at his beck appear.” Milton; Paradise Regained, bk. ii. * To be at any one’s beck and call: To be entirely at his service and disposal. béck (2), s. [Icel. bekkr-a brook, a rivulet, a small rapid stream; Sw, běick; Dan. boek; Dut. beek; Ger. bach...] A brook, a rivulet. Used— f1. As an ordinary word, chiefly in poetry. “As when a sunbeam wavers warm Within the dark and dimpled beck.” Tennyson: The Miller's Daughter. 2. As entering into the composition of various geographical names in the North of England gen- ºils, viz., Millbeck, Grysdale Beck, Goldsil Beck, - C. béck (3), s. [BAC, BACK, 8.] The same as back (2) is used in such compounds as a dye-beck or a soap-beck. (Knight.) béck, *bécke (Eng.), běck, *bék (Scotch), v. i & t. [See BECK, s., also BECKON and BEACON.] A. Intransitive: I. To make obeisance; to cringe. (Scotch.) . 1. Gen. ... Of the obeisance made by either sex indiscriminately. “Thay lute thy lieges pray to stokkis and stanes, And paintit paiparis, wattis nocht quhat thay meine; Thay bad thame bek and bynge at deid mennis banes.” Bamnatyne Poems, #. st. 11. (Jamieson.) 2. Spec.: To curtsey (restricted to the obeisance made by a woman, as distinguished from the bow- ing practiced by a man.) II. To give a nod of the head for command or Other purpose. B. Trams. : To call or command, as by means of a nod (lit. dº fig.). “Bell, book, and candle shall not drive me back, When gold and silver beck me to come on.” * Shakesp.: King John, iii. *bécke, s. [BEAK.] “Headed like owles, with beckes uncomely bent.” Spemsey'; F Q., II. xi. 8. béck-Ér, s, [Possibly a corruption of Lat. pager, pagur, or pagrus;, Gr: pagros, phagros, the fish described in the definition.] A name of the braize §: ww.lgaris), a fish of the family Sparidae. See BRAIzE.] béck -ēt, S [Etym. doubtful, Compare A. S. º pickax, a mattock; or Old Eng. becke=a 08 K. Nawt. : Anything used to confine loose ropes, tackles, or spars, as a large hook, a rope with an eye, at one end; a bracket, pocket, loop, &c. (Gen- erally in the plural, beckets.) béck'-iñg, pr. par. [BECK, v.] béck-ite, bě'ek—ite, s. [Named after Dr. Beeke, Dean of Bristol, by whom it was first discovered.] A mineral, a variety of pº morphous quartz. It consists of altered coral in which a portion of the original carbonate of lime may yet be detected, though most of it has been replaced by chalcedony. It is found in Devonshire, England. béck-lét, bäik'-1ét, s. [Scotch beck, etym. doubt- ful; -let=little..] An under-waistcoat. (Scotch.) béck'-àn, “béck'-en, “béc'-ne, bekne (ne=en), v. f. & t . [A. S. beacman, becruiam, bycman, bycnian =to beckon; Icel. bakna–to nod; tº . Uſer, Çawhmian, pawhnen, pawham. Comp. also Sw. peka; Dan, pege=to point at with the finger.] [BECK (1), 8, BEACON.] A. Intransitive: 1. To make a signal to one, as by a motion of the hand or of a finger, or the nodding of the head. “Yonder snow-white cloud, that floats in the ether above me, Seems like a hand that is pointing and beckoning Over the ocean.” Longfellow: The Courtship of Miles Standish, v. “Over the river they beckon to me, 3. 425 2. With the preposition to. B. Transitive: To summon or signal to by means of a motion of the land, a nod, &c. (Followed by the objective of the person signaled to.) “It beckons you to go away with it, As if it some impartment did desire To you alone.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 4. béck-àn, s. [From beckon, v.]. A signal con- veyed to one by a movement of the hand, the head, or in some similar way. “So she came forth, and entered the river, with a beckon of farewell to those that followed her.”—Bwmyan: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. béck'-öned, pa. par. & a. [BECKON, v.] béck'-ön-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BECKON, v.] *bé-clip", *biclip, v. t. [A. S. beclyppam.] To embrace. “And he took a child, and sett him in the myddil of hem, and when he hadde biclipped him, he sayde to hem, Whoever reseyveth oon of siche children in my name, he reseyveth me.”—Wicliffe: St. Mark, ix. 36. *bé-clip'ped *bé-clipt"e,” biclipped,” blclupte, pa. par. [BECLIP.] bē-clóüd", v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and cloud, v.] To cloud; to cover as with a cloud. “Storms of tears Becloud his eyes, which soon forc’d smiling clears.” P. Fletcher Pisc. Eccl. 5, st. 15 bé-cláild'—éd, pa. par. & a. [BECLOUD.] “Stella oft sees the very face of woe Painted in my beclouded stormy face.” Sidney: Astrophel and Stella. bé-cloud'—ifig, pr. par. & al. [BECLOUD.] bé-cöm e, *bé-cöm'me, *bi-cöm’e, bi come, by come, v. i. & t. [Eng. pref. be, and come. The v. i. is from A. S. becuman (pret. becom, becomon pa. par. becwmem) = (1) to go or enter into, to meet with, to come to, to come together; (2) to come, to hap- pen, to faii out, to befall. In Sw. bekom ma, Dan. bekomme, Dut. bekomen, Ger. bekommen all= to get, to receive, to obtain ; the German yerb also being= to have ; O. H. Ger. piº ; Goth. bikwiman. From A. S. cwman; O. H. Ger. queman, chºwenan; Goth. bequiman. (COME.) Comp. also Św, begwan. =fit, convenient, apt, proper, qualified, easy; Dan. bequenmelig; Ger. been = commodious, easy. I [COMELY.] A. Intransitive, or more , exactly, a . Copula or Apposition. Verb like the verb to be. [Directly from A. §. becwman. (See etym.)]. In a general sense to pass from one state or condition into another, more especially to grow into something more developed, greater, more powerful, or in other respects more satisfactory, or to recede into something Smaller, more degenerate, more withered and decaying. “And unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews.”—1 Cor. ix. 20. “. . . the Campbells, the children of Diarmid, had become in the Highlands what the Bourbons had become in Europe.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. “. . . for all thy blessed youth • Becomes as aged, and doth beg the alms Of palsied eld.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, iii. 1. | To become of: To be the final state, condition, or place into or to which any i. person or thing has as yet passed; to be the present fate of. (Used only after th. interrogation what, which may refer to a person or a thing.) “The first hints of the circulation of the blood were taken from a common person’s wondering what became of all the blood which issued out of the heart.”—Graunt. B. Transitive. [Directly from A. S. becwman-to please. (See etym.) e 1. To be suitable for, to befit, to be congruous with, to be proper to or for, to be in harmony with. Sé (a) As an ordinary personal verb. “If I become not a cart as well as another man —Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., ii. 4. “But speak thou the things which become sound doc- trine.”—Titus ii. 1. (b) As an impersonal verb. “Only let your conversation be as it becometh the gospel of Christ . .”—Phil. i. 27. 2. To be the present fate of, to have become of. (See v. sh (In the subjoined example, Where is be- come=what has become of.) “I cannot joy, until I be resolv’d Where our right valiant father is become.” Shakesp.: 3 Henry VI., ii. 1. T To become of (nominally as w; t) : To be the present fate of. The expression “What is become of you?'' is a less proper way of saying “What has become of you?” becomingly A. As pa. par. (Of all forms eaccept becomed): In senses corresponding to those of the verb. B. As participial adj. (Of the form become): Becoming, fit, suitable, appropriate. bé-cöm'—ing, *bé-cöm'—míňg, pr. par., a, & s. [BECOME, v.] A: As pr. par... In senses corresponding to those of the verb, whether intransitive or transitive. “This is, sir, a doubt In such a time nothing becoming you, Nor satisfying us.” Shakesp.: Cymbeline, iv. 4. . B. As participial adj. : Befitting, suitable, proper; in harmony or keeping with ; graceful in conduct, in attire, &c. “And many a compliment politely penn'd; But unattired in that becoming west Religion weaves for her . . .” Cowper: Table Talk. T. It is sometimes followed by im, for, or of, the last being obsolete. - “Their discourses are such as belong to their age, their calling, and their breeding; such as are becoming of them, and of them only.”—Dryden. C. As substantive: 1. In the abstract: That which is befitting, suit- able, proper, in harmony with, or graceful. “Self-respect and a fine sense of the becoming were not to be expected from one who had led a life of mendicancy and adulation.”–Macaulay. Hist, Eng., ch. VI le *2. In the concrete: Ornament. “Sir, forgive me, Since my becomings kill me when they not Eye well to you.” Shakesp.. Antong and Cleopatra, i. 3. ‘ſ (a) Crabb thus distinguishes the terms becom- ing, decent, fit, and switable: “What is becoming respects the manner of being in society, such as it Ought, as to person, time, and place. Decency regards the manner of displaying one's self, so as to be approved and respected. Fitness and Swit- ableness relate to the disposition, arrangement, and order of either being or doing, according to per- sons; things, or circumstances. . The becoming consists of an exterior that is pleasing to the view; decency involves moral propriety; it is regulate by the fixed rules of good breeding: fitness is regu- lated by local, circumstances, and suitableness by the established customs and usages of society. The dress of a woman is becoming that renders her per- son more agreeable to the eye; it is decent if it no wise offend modesty; it is fit if it be what the occa- sion requires; it is switable if it be according to the rank and character of the wearer. What is becom- ing varies for every individual; the age, the complexion, the stature, and the habits of the per- son must be consulted in order to obtain the appearance which is becoming; what becomes a young female, or one of fair complexion, may not become one who is farther advanced in life, or who has dark features. Decemcy is one and the same for all; all civilized nations have drawn the exact line between the decent and indecent, although fashion may sometimes draw females aside from this line. Fitness varies with the seasons, , or the circum- stances of persons; what is fit for the winter is unfit for the summer, or what is fit for dry weather is wnfit for the wet; what is fit for town is not fit for the country; what is fit for a healthy person is not fit for one that is infirm. Switableness accom- modates itself to the external circumstances and conditions of persons; the house, the furniture, the equipage of a prince, must be switable to his rank; the retinue of an ambassador must be switcable to the character which he has to maintain, and to the wealth, dignity, and importance of the nation whose monarch he represents.” (b) Becoming, comely, and graceful are thus discriminated: These epithets “are employed to mark in general what is agreeable to the eye. Be- coming denotes less than comely, and this less than graceful; nothing can be comely or graceful which is wribecoming; although many things are becom- ing which are neither comely nor graceful. Becom- ing respects the decorations of the person, and the oxterior deportment; comely respects natural embellishments; graceful, natural or artificial accomplishments: manner is becoming; figure is comely; air, figure, or attitude is graceful. Becom- img is relative; it depends on taste and opinion, on accordance with the prevailing sentiments or particular circumstances of Society. Comely and graceful are absolute; they are qualities felt and acknowledged by all.” (Crabb : Eng. Symon.) bé-cöm'—ing—ly, adv. [Eng. becoming; -ly.] In a becoming manner; suitably, properly, befittingly. “. . . expediently, piously, and prudently, consci- Loved ones now gone to the further side.” bē-cöm'e, *bé-cöm'ed, *bé-cöm'-en, “bé-cöm'— entiously, and becomingly.”—Bo. Taylor; Artif. Hands, N. W. Priest. Ín, *bicomen, pa. par. & al. [BECOME, v.] p. 74. - bóil, boy; póüt, j6W1; cat, gell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, ag; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del. *: f becomingness bé-cöm'—ifig-nēss, s. [Eng. becoming; -ness.] The quality of being proper or becoming ; propriety. “Nor is the majesty of the divine government greater in its extent than the becomingness hereof is in its manner and form.”—Grew. *bé-cöm'me, v. i. & t. [BEcoME.] *bé-cöm'-míng, pr. par., a. & S. [BECOME.] *béc'—que (que as kwä), a. [Fr. becquée, be- quée.] Heraldry: Beaked. bé-crip'-ple (ple as pel), v. t. and cripple.] To cripple, to lame. “Those whom you bedwarf and becripple by your rºoms medicines.”—More: Mystery of Godliness (1660), p. 2 bē-cui'-ba (cu as kw), s. [BICUIBA.] bé-cii'—na, s. A ferocious fish (Sphyroena vul- #;" of the Mediterranean. . It belongs to the amily Sphyroemidae, and resembles the pike. From its scales and air-bladder is obtained a substance useful in the manufacture of artificial pearls. The flesh is of good flavor. *bé-cirl', v. t. [Eng. pref, be, and curl.] To curl; to cover or adorn with curls. “Is the beau compelled against his will to practice winning airs before the glass, or employ for whole hours all the thought withinside his noddle to bepowder and becurl the outside f *-Search: Freewill, Foreknowledge, and Fate, p. 98. bē-cürse, v. t. To shower curses on. Běd (1), *bédde (1), s. [A. S. bed, boed, bedd=a bed couéh pallet, tick of a bed, bed in a garden; Ö.S. Icel., Ijan. & O. Fries. bed; Dut. bed, and in compos. bedde; Ger. bett; M. H. Ger, bette ; O. H. Ger, betti, petti-a bed.] A. As Swbstantive: I. Ordinary Langwage: 1. Lit.: An article of domestic furniture to sleep upon. Originally a bed was the skin of a beast stretched upon the floor; then rushes, heath, and after a time straw were substituted. A modern bed consists of a large mattress stuffed with feathers, hair, or other materials, with bolster, pillow, sheets, blankets, &c., the whole raised from the ground on a bedstead. The term bed sometimes excludes and sometimes includes the bedstead. In India, and other Eastern countries, the bed of a native, at least on his travels, is simply a mat, a rug, or a bit of old carpet; his bed-clothes are his scarf or plaid. “Bed” and bed-clothes he has no difficulty in carrying with him as he goes. “I say, unto thee, Arise, and take up thy bed, and go thy way into thine house. And immediately he arose, took up the bed, and went forth before them all. . .”— IMark ii. 11, 12. *] To make a bed: To put a bed in order after it has been used. “. . . I keep his house ; and I wash, wring, brew, bake, scour, dress meat and drink, make the beds, and do all myself.”—Shakesp.: Merry Wives of Windsor, i. 4. 2. Half figuratively: g (a) A sleeping-place, a lodging. “On my knees I beg That you’ll vouchsafe me raiment, bed, and food.” Shakesp.: King Lear, ii. 4. (b) Marriage, or its lawful use. “George, the eldest son of this second bed, was, after the death of his father, by the singular care and affection of his mother, well brought up.”—Clarendon. (c) Child-birth. * To be brought to bed: To be delivered of a child. It is often used with the particle of; as, “she was browght to bed of a daughter.” “Ten months after Florimel happen'd to wed, And was brought in a laudable manner to bed.” Prio?". To put to bed : Either to do so in a general sense, or, spec., to aid in child-birth, to deliver of a child. 3. "Quite ſºft, : a) The grave in which the body reposes in death. (Used specially of the calm sleep of death, appro- priate to the righteous as distinguished from the wicked.) £ & * [Eng. pref, be, . . this bed of death.”—Shakesp.: Juliet, v. 3. “We thought as we hollowed his narrow bed, And smoothed down his lonely pillow, • That the foe and the stranger would tread o'er his Pomeo and head, * And we far away on the billow.” Wolfe: Burial of Sir John Moore. (b) In a more general sense: That in which any- thing lies. 2. “See hoary Albula's infected tide O'er the warm bed of smoaking sulphur glide.” 426 (c) A bank of earth raised slightly above the ordinary level in a garden, and planted with flowers or whatever other vegetable productions it was designed to receive. “Herbs will be tenderer and fairer, if you take them out of beds when they are newly come up, and remove them into pots with better earth.”—Bacon. (d) The channel of a river. “The great magazine for all kinds of treasure is sup- posed to be the bed of the Tiber.”—Addison. (e) A layer. [II. 8.] ... . . º ... ( % sorrow, pain, affliction, judgments. ii. 22. II. Technically: 1. Law... Divorce from bed and board (in Lat, a memsa et thoro) : Divorce of a husband and wife, to the extent of separating them for a time, the wife receiving support, under the name of alimony, during the severance. - 2. Roman Archoeol. Dining bed, discubitory bed: An article of domestic furniture among the Romans, upon which they reclined at meals. Three such “beds” were generally placed around three sides of a table, the attendants having access to the fourth. [TRICLINIUM.] 3. French. History. Bed of justice: (a) Lit. : The throne on which, before the revo- lution of 1789, the king used to sit when he went to Parliament to look after the affairs of State, the º of Parliament attending him in scarlet TO OGS, gº § Fig. : As this interference of the king with the Parliament was not compatible with free govern- ment, sitting on the bed of justice came to signify the exertion of arbitrary power. 4. Mach.: The foundation-piece or portion of anything on which the body of it rests, as the bed- piece of a steam-engine; the lower stone of a grind- ing . mill; or the box, body, or receptacle of a vehicle. 5. Gºwmnery: (a) Bed of a mortar: A solid piece of oak, hol- lowed in the middle to receive the breech and half the trunnions. , (b). Bed of a great gun: The thick plank which lies immediately under the piece, and constitutes the body of the carriage. (c) In a rifle: The hollow stock designed for the reception of the barrel. 6. #": The level surface of a printing press on which the form of type is laid. In the old wooden presses, now superseded by iron, the bed was usually of stone. 7. Ship or other Carpentry: a) The cradle of a ship on the stocks. º The thickest part of a bowsprit. c) The surface in a plane-stock on which the plane-iron is supported. (Knight.) 8. Masonry: (a) The direction in which the several layers of stone lie in a quarry; also a course of stones or bricks in a wall. In the case of bricks or tiles in position the side specially called the bed is the lower one. (b) The top and bottom surface of stones when worked for building. 3. (c) A place on which a brick or tile is laid, or a place prepared for the rearing upon it of a wall. 9. Geol. : A stratum, a layer of rock. “Among the English Pliocene beds the next in antiq- uity is the Red Crag. .”—Lyell: Student’s Elements of Geol. (1871), p. 170. 10. Billiards: The flat surface of a billiard table, covered with green cloth. Formerly it was of wood ; now nearly all billiard tables have slate beds. 11. Nawtical: The impression or “form '' by a ship's bottom on mud after being left by an ebb-tide. (Smyth: Sailor's Word-Book.) B. Attributively in the sense of, pertaining to, or connected with a bed, as in the following com- pounds: *bed-ale, 8. An entertainment at a country wed- ding among poor people; christening ale. bed-bottom, s. The sacking, iron spring bars, or anything similar, affixed interiorly to the frame- work of a bedstead to support the bed. bed-bug, s. ... The Cimea: lectularius, in some places a too well-known insect. [BUG, CIMEx..] “. . . the disgusting animal in question, namely, § bed-bug or Cimea: lectularius.”—Griffith's Cuvier, xv, (Rev. made ... bed-chair, s. A chair with a movable back, intended to support a sick person sitting up in bed. bed-chamber, S. & a. b i As substantive: A chamber containing a bed or Gº (1S, “For when they came into the house, he lay on his bed in his bed-chamber, . .”—2 Samuel iv. 7. **I (a) Grooms of the Bed-chamber: Certain func- bedrid the Royal Household. . These are, now called Grooms in Waiting. Besides them there are five. “Extra Grooms in Waiting.” [GROOM.], . g (b) Ladies of the Bed-chamber: Certain ladies who render service, under the Mistress of the Robes, to her Majesty the Queen...There are eight “Ladies of the Bed-chamber,” all titled, two of them being duchesses, one a marchioness, and one a countess; six “Extra Ladies of the Bed-chamber,” four count- esses and two viscountesses; eight “Bed-chamber Women,” one a viscountess, and even the humblest with *Honorabičº prefixed to their names; and, finally, three Extra Bºe; Women, one des- ignated “Lady’’ and the other, “Honorable.” These are not to be confounded with the Maids of Płonor, of whom there are at present eight, all with the official title ‘‘Hon.” before their names, Sim- ilarly, in the Princess of Wales' household there are four Ladies of the Bed-chamber, four Bed- chamber Women, and two Extra Bed-chamber Women; in that of Princess Christian two Honorary Bed-chamber Women; and in that of the Princess. Louise (Marchioness of Lorne) one Lady of the Bed-chamber. (c) Lords of the Bed-chamber: Certain officers. belonging to the Royal Household, under the Groom of the Stole, or, as he is now designated, the Groom of the Robes, They are now generally called Lords, in Waiting. They are eight in number, all members of the nobility. They wait in turn. They are not the same as Grooms of the Bed-chamber. [Šee (a).] “. . . to frequent the Court, and to discharge the duties of a Lord of the Bed-chamber.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xv. 2. As adjective: Pertaining to a bed-chamber, attached to a bed-chamber, or performing service in One, as “a bed-chamber woman.” bed-clothes, s. pl. “Clothes” or coverlets, such as sheets, blankets, and a counterpane spread over a bed for warmth's sake. “For he will be swine-drunk, and in his sleep he does little harm, save to his bed-clothes about him.”—Shakesp.: All’s Well that Ends Well, iv. 3. Bed-clothes, clasp; A clasp for keeping the bed- clothes from being to any extent displaced. bed-curtains, s. pl. Curtains partly or entirely ºnding a bed to keep the sleeper from draughts OT all I’. - b bed-hangings, S. pl. Hangings or curtains for a € g the story of the prodigal, or the German hunting in water-work, is worth a thousand of these bed- hangings. .”—Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., ii. 1. bed-head, s. The head of a bed. bed-lare, S. & a. [Eng. bed, and O. Scotch lare =bed ; from A. S. leger=(1) a lying down, (2) cause of lying down, a disease, (3) place of lying down, a. bed.] (Scotch.) : 1. As substantive: A bed. * Cheld bed-lare : Child-bed. “. . . and becauss his wiff wes liand in cheld bed- lººpidana the will of God.”—Act. Dom. Conc., A. 1494, P. tº 2. As adjective: Bedridden; confined to bed. “. . . to pruft that Johne of Kerss wes seke and bedlare the tyme of the alienatioun of the said land, and *. some he deit thereftir,” &c.—Act. Audit., A. 1474, P. bed-lathe, s. A lathe of the normal type in which the puppets and rest are supported upon two parallel and horizontal beams or shears. bed-linen, S. Linen, i. e., sheets and pillow- cases for a bed. bed-pan, 8. *1. A warming-pan. 2. A pan or utensil for one confined to bed. bed-piece, bed-plate, s. Mech.: The foundation piece, plate, or framing by which the other parts are held in place. It is called also a sole-plate. bed-post, s. One of the posts of a bed, support- ing the canopy or curtains. “. . . her head leaning to a bed-post . man: Surg. *bed-presser, s. A great lazy person. “. . . this sanguine coward, this bed-presser, this horseback breaker, this huge hill of flesh.”—Shakesp.: 1 Henry IV., ii. 4. bed-quilt, s. A quilt for a bed. [QUILT.] bed-rid, bed-ridden, a. [Eng. bed; and rid, ridden, pa. par. of ride. In A. S. bedrida, bedd- rida, bedreda, beddredda.] 1. Of persons: Confined to bed by age or sickness. “Better at home lie bedrid, not only idle, Inglorious, unemploy'd, with age outworn.” Milton; Samson Agonistes. “He might be bedridden.”—Macaulay. Hist. Eng., .”— Wise Addison. tionaries in the Lord Chamberlain's department of ch. xii. fâte, fat, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, Wolf, Wörk, Whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, räle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = 6; ey = à, qu = kW. bed-rite 2. Of things: Characteristic of a person confined to bed by sickness. “Disturb his hours of rest with restless trances, Afflict him in his bed with bedrid groans.” Shakesp.: Tarquin and Lucrece. bed-rite, s. The rite, ceremony, or privilege of the marriage-bed. “Whose vows are that no bed-rite shall be paid, Till Hymen's torch be lighted.” Shakesp.: Tempest, iv. 1. (Editions consulted by Dr. Johnson, Mrs. Cowden Clarke, &c.) *I Bed-rite gives a more logical meaning to the passage than bed-right (q.v.). bed-rock, 8. The stratum that underlies the mineral-bearing rock or soil. bed-room, S. *1. Room in a bed. 2. A room designed for the accommodation of a bed, to be occupied during the night. “The collectors were empowered to examine the in- terior of every house in the realm, to disturb families at meals, to force the doors of bed-rooms .”—Macaw- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. xi. bed-screw, s. A screw used to put and hold together the framework of wooden bedsteads and bedposts. Also a powerful machine for lifting large bodies, and placed against the gripe of a ship to be launched for starting her. (Smyth. Sailor's Word- Book.) bed-sick, *bed-seik, s. Confined to bed by indis- position. “It is enjoined, that if one be prevented from obeyin a legal summons by sickness, it be provin be a testimonia . . . with twa witnessis, that he is bed-seik, and may not travel, .”—Balfour: Pract., p. 361, A. 1568. bed-side, s. The side of a bed. “When I was thus dressed, I was carried to a bed-side.” —Tatler, No. 15. bed-sore, s. A sore produced by long lying in bed. Usually a result of careless nursing. *bed-staff, *bedd-staff, s. A wooden pin for- merly affixed to the sides of a bedstead, to hold the clothes from slipping on either side. “Give her a remembrance with a bedd-Staff, that she is forced to wear the Northumberland-arms a week after.”— Twelve Ingenious Characters (1686). (Halliwell: Contrib. to Leacicog.) “Hostess, accommodate us with a bed-staff.” Ben Jonson: Every Man in his Humor. bed-steps, s. pl. Steps for ascending a bed. bed-stock, s. A bedstead. bed-straw. [BEDSTRAW.] *bed-stre, s. Materials of a bed. “Y schal moiste my bed-stre with my teeris.”—Wyclif: Psalm vii. 7. bed-swerver, s, One who swerves from faith- fulness with regard to marriage vows. “She’s a bed-swerver, even as bad as those That vulgars give the boldest titles to.” Shakesp.: Winter’s Tale, ii. 1. ... bed-tick, s. [In Dut. beddetijk, J. Cloth made into a huge bag to contain the feathers or other material of a mattress; a mattress, without the material used for stuffing it. (Pennant.) bed-time, s. The time for retiring to bed. “Bell ! thou soundest merrily; Tellest thou at evening, Bed-time draweth nigh.” Longfellow: Translations; Song of the Bell. ...tbed-ward, adv. Toward bed or rest, or the time of resting. “Couch'd, and now fill'd with pasture gazing sat, Or bed-ward ruminating.” Milton: Paradise Lost, iv. 350. . In the examples which follow bedward looks like a substantive; but in reality toward is split into i. Words, to and ward, and the substantive is only 60, “While your poor fool and clown, for fear of peril, Sweats iº for a dry brown crust to bedward.” Albumazan' (O. Pl.), vii. 160. “As merry as when our nuptial day was done, And tapers burned to bedward.” Shakesp.: Coriolanus, i. 6. bed-winch, s. An implement used to tighten up or to loosen and extract bedscrews in wooden bed- sº ) (Frequently spelled and pronounced bed- X7'('ll Ch. bed-work, s. Work done in bed without any #Tº at exertion of energy; work performed with no toil of the hands. “The still and mental parts That do contrive how many hands shall strike When fitness calls them on, and know, by measure 9f their observant toil, the enemy's weight ; Why, this hath not a finger's dignity, They call this bedwork, mappery, closet war.” Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, i. 3. 427 *bëd (2), 8 [BEAD, s.] *bed-howse, s. [BEDEHOUSE.] *bed-roll, s. [BEAD-ROLL.] běd, *bédde, v. t. & i. [From bed, s, (q.v.) Ger. betten.] A. Transitive: - I. Of a literal bed, or of literal bedding, for man or for beast : . t1. To place in a bed. (a) In a general sense: “She was publicly contracted, stated as a bride, and Solemnly bedded.”—Bacom. +(b) Spec. : To cohabit with. “They have married me : I’ll to the Tuscan wars, and never bed her.” Shakesp.: All's Well that Ends Well, ii. 3. 2. To make partaker of the bed. “There was a doubt ripped up, whether Arthur was bedded with his lady.”—Bacon. 3. Reflectively: To make one's self a bed or place of rest anywhere. “A snake bedded himself under the threshold of a cofatry house.”—L'Estrange. 4. To supply a horse or cow with litter. II. Of a plant-bed in a garden : 1. To lay out plants in rectangular or other plots. 2. To sow or plant in earth. “Lay the turf with the grass side downward, upon which lay some of your best mold to bed your quick in, and lay your quick upon it.”—Mortimer. III. Of anything hollow and bed-like: To lay in anything hollow and bed-like. IV. Of anything which lies flat: To lay in order; to stratify; specially of laying a course of bricks or Stones in mortar or cement. B. Intransitive: To cohabit. “If he be married, and bed with his wife, . . .”— Wiseman. & *běd (1), pret. of BID (q.v.). “Nor leave his stand untill his Captaine bed.” Spenser: F. Q., I. ix. 41. *běd (2), pret. of BIDE (q.v.). [A. S. bad; from bidan=to abide..] "Abode. 3 “Then sped up to Cabrach some, Whair they bed all that º;', Battell of Balrinnes. (Poems 16th Cent., p. 850.) bé-dāb-ble, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and dabble.] To sprinkle over; to wet. bé-dāb'—bled, pa. par. & a. [BEDABBLE.] “Bedabbled with the dew, and torn with briars.” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night’s Dream, iii. 2. “Idols of gold from heathen temples torn, Bedabbled all with blood.” * Scott: Vision of Don Roderick, 31. bé-dāb-bling, pr. par. & a. [BEDABBLE.] *bé-dāff, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and O. Eng. daff=a fool.] To make a foºl of. y “Be not bedaſſed for your innocence.” ** Chaucer: C. T., 9,067. *bé-daffed, pa. par. [BEDAFF.] *bé-daf-fiſſig, pr. par. [BEDAFF.] thé-dāg-gle (gle as gel), v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and daggle.] To soil the clothes by, allowing them to touch the mud in Yºº or by bespattering them as one moves forward. (Now generally spelled bedraggle, q. v.) * “The pure ermine had rather die than be bedaggled with filth.”—Wodroephe; French and English Grammar (1626), p. 324. bé-dāg'-gled (gled as geld), pa. par, & a. [BEDAGGLE.] bé-dāg'-glińg, pr. par. [BEDAGGLE.] *bé-da’gh, v. i. [A. S. prefix be, and dagian=to dawn, to become day.] To dawn upon. “Lest the day vs bedaghe and oursdeedes knowen.” Destruction of Troy, MS. (S. in Boucher.) nº-dāre. v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and dare.] To à Tê, “The eagle . . is emboldened With eyes intentive to bedare the sun.” Peele: David and Bethsabe. *bé-dā’red, pa. par. [BEDARE.] *bé-dā'r-iñg, pr. par. [BEDARE.] *bé-dark", *bé-dérk', v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and dark.] To darken. “Whan the blacke winter nighte, Without moone or sterre light, Bederked hath the water stronde.” Gower: Conf. Amant., bk. i. *bé-dark'ed, pa. par. [BEDARK.] bé-dark-ºn, v. t. [Eng., prefix be, and darken.] To darken; to cover with gloom. “. . . . . when this gloomy day of misfortune bedarkened him.”—Bo. Hackett: Life of Archbp. Williams, pt. i., p. 65. In bedding bé-dark'-ened, pa. par. & a. [BEDARKEN.] bé-dark-en-iñg, pr. par. [BEDARKEN.] *bé-dark'-iñg, pr. par. [BEDARK.] bé-dāsh', v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and dash..] To dash over; to wet by dashing a liquid over or against. “When thy warlike father, like a child, Told the sad story of my father’s death, And twenty times made pause to sob and weep, That all the standers-by had wet their cheeks, Like trees bedash’d with rain . . .” Shakesp.: Richard III., i. 2. bé-dāshed', *bé-dāshte, pa. par. & a. [BE- DASH.] bé-dāsh'-iñg, pr. par. [BEDASH.] 1. Lit.: To daub over, to besmear. with, more rarely by in.) “A piteous corse, a bloody piteous corse, Pale, pale as ashes, all bedawb’d in blood, All in gore blood.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iii. 2. “Here, therefore, they wallowed for a time, being- grievously bedaub’d with the dirt . .”—Bunyam: Pil- grim’s Progress, pt. i. 2. Figuratively: tº (a) To disfigure by unsuitable vestments. “Every moderate man is bedawbed with these goodly habiliments of Arminianism, Popery, and what not.”— Mowmtagu's Appeal to Caesar', p. 139. (b) To flatter in a coarse manner; to offer ful- Some compliments to. ** Parasites bedawb us with false encomiums.”—Burton- Amat. of Mel., p. 121. bé-dā'ubed, *bé-dā'wbed, pa. par. & al. [BE- DAUB, v. t & bé-dā'ub-iñg, pr. par. [BEDAUB, v. t.] Béd-a-ween, “Bedwin, s, & a. [BEDOUIN.] bé-dāz'-zle (zle as zel), v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and dazzle.] To dazzle. “Pardon, old father, my mistaken eyes, That have been so bedazzled with the sun, That everything I look on seemeth green: Now I perceive thou art a reverend father; Pardon, I pray thee, for my mad mistaking.” Shakesp.: Taming of the Shrew, iv. 5. bé-dāz'-zled (zled as zeld), pa. par. & a. [BEDAZZLE.] “Full through the guests’ bedazzled band Resistless flashed the levin-brand.” Scott: Lay of the Last Minstrel, vi. 26. bé-dāz'-zlińg, pr. par. & a. [BEDAzzle.] bé-dāz'-zlíňg-ly, adv. [Eng. bedazzling; -ly.I In a bedazzling manner. béd'-bölt, s. A horizontal bolt passing through both brackets of a gun-carriage near their centers, and on which the forward end of the stool-bed rests. (Smyth. : Sailor's Word-Book.) béd'-ghām-bêr. [BED-CHAMBER.] béd'-clöthes. [BED-CLOTHEs.] béd'-cir-tains. [BED-CURTAINs.] *béd'-dal, *béd'-del, *béd'-dèll, s. [BEADLE.] béd'-ded, pa, par, & a, [BED, v. t.] “Let coarse bold hands from slimy nest, The bedded fish in banks outwrest.”—Donne. “And, as the sleeping soldiers in th' alarm, Your bedded hairs, like life in excrements, Start up, and stand on end.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iii. 4. béd'-dér, s. [From Eng, bed; -er.] The nether stone in an oil-mill. It is called also BEDETTER. bèd'-dèrn, s. A refectory. (Weale: Architect- (Followed by *N. wral Terms.) *bèd'-dèste, s. [BEDSTEAD.] béd'-diig, pr. par., a. & S. [BED, v.] A.” & B. . As present participle and adjective: In senses correspon verb. C. As substantive. [From Eng. bed, -ing. In Dut. bedding=bed, layer, stratum; Sw. bāddming; Ger. bettwmg.} I. Ordinary Language: 1. A bed with the clothes upon it; materials for rendering a bedstead comfortable to a skeeper. “The disease had generally spared those who had warm, garments and bedding.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. xv. 2. Litter for the domestic animals to lie upon. “First, with assiduous care from winter keep, Well fother'd in the stall, thy tender sheep; Then spread with straw the bedding of thy fold.” articipial Dryden. bºil, boy; pout, jówl; cat, çell, chorus, ghin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; sin, as; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. ng to tº: of the sº-º * -tian = shan. -tion, -sion = shin; -tion, -sion = zhūn. -tious, -cious, -sious = Shūs. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del- bedding-moldings II. Technically: 1. Geol. : Stratification, or the line or plane of stratification. “The planes of cleavage stand in most cases at a high angle to the bedding.”—Tumdall: Frag. of Science, 3d ed., ziv. 410. 2. Mech. : The seat on which a boiler or anything similar rests. bedding-moldings, s. pl. [BED-MOLDINGS.] bedding-plants, bedding-out-plants, s. Plants intended to be set in beds in the open air. bedding-St0rle, s. Bricklaying : A level marble, slab on which the rubbed side of a brick is tested to prove the truth of its face. (Knight.) *bèd'-dy, a. . [Etym. doubtful.] Eager to seize prey. (Used of greyhounds.) (Scotch dº North of JEngland dialect.) “But if my puppies ance were ready, They’l be baith clever, keen, and beddy, And ne'er neglect To clink it like their ancient deddy, The famous Heck.” Watson’s Coll., i. 70. *bède, *béd, pret. of v. . [.A. S., bead, pret of #. to command, to bid, will, offer, enjoy.] GrêC1. pl. “I bed hem both londe and lede.” The Kyng of Tars, 124. (S. in Boucher.) *bède (1), s. [BEAD.] *bède (2), s. A miner's pickax. *bé-déad', v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and dead..] To deaden; to deprive of sensation. “There are others that are bedeaded and stupefied as to their morals, and then they lose that natural shame that belongs to a man.”—Hally well's Melampromoea, p. 1. *bé-déad'–éd, pa. par. [BEDEAD.] *bé-déad’—ing, pr. par. [BEDEAD.] *bé-dèaf-en, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and deafen.] To deafen. “Forth upon trackless darkness gazed, The Knight, bedeafened and amazed.” Scott : Bridal of Triermain, iii. 8. *bé-déaf-ened, pa. par. & a. [BEDEAFEN.] *bé-dèaf-en-iñg, pr. par. [BEDEAFEN.] bē-dèck", v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and deck.] To deck out, to adorn. “The spoil of nations shall bedeck my bride.” Byrom: The Bride of Abydos, ii. 20. bºoked *bé-déckt', pa. par. & a. [BEDECK, v. t. “So that I was bedeckt with double praise . . .”— Mirror for Magistrates, p. 187. (Richardson.) bé-déck"—ifig, pr. par. [BEDECK. v. t.] bé-dég"—u—ar, bé-dèg'—ar, s. [Pers. bād-award or bad-àwardah, a kind of white thorn or thistle of which camels are fond; from b&d=wind, and @ward =battle, or awardah-introduced. º The gall of the rose, found especially on the stem of the Eglantine. It is as large as an apple, and is covered with long reddish and pinnated filaments, it is produced by a puncture of a small hymenopterous insect, the Cumips rosoe. . It has been employed against diarrhoea, dysentery, scurvy, stone, and worms. (Griffith's Cuvier, vol. xv., p. 427.) běde'—hôüse, *bé d-hówse, s. [Old Eng. bede, Öead=a prayer, and house..] An almshouse. TREAD- HOUSE.] “. . . shal make lodgyngs, and bedhowses for x. poor men.”—MS. quoted in Halliwell’s Contrib, to Eng. Leacicog. *bé'-del, s. Old Spelling of BEADLE. *bé'-del-ry, s. [BEADLERY.] *bé'de-man, “bé'des—man, 8. *bé'de-rölle, s. [BEADROLL.] *bé-dét'—tér, s. [From Eng. bed.] The same as BEDDER (q.v.). bedevil (bé-dév'l), v. t. 1. To treat with diabolical violence or ribaldry. “I have been informed, since the present edition went to the press, that my trusty and well-beloved cousins, the Edinburgh Reviewers, are preparing a most vehement critique on my poor, gentle, unresisting Muse, whom they have already so bedeviled with their ungodly ribaldry.”—Byrom: English Bards and Scotch Reviewers, P. S. [BEADSMAN.] 2. To throw into a state of disorder or confusion, in a manner to suggest the action of evil spirits. bē-dév'-iled, pa. par. & a. [BEDEVIL.] bé-dév'-il-iñg, pr. par. [BEDEVIL.] bé-dév'-il-ment,8. The state of being in vexa- tious disorder, or of being bedeviled. ºw (ew as ū), v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and 428 1. To moisten with dew-like drops of any liquid or viscous substance. “The countess received a letter from him, whereunto all the while she was writing her answer, she bedeved the paper with her tears.”—Wotton. “Balm, from a silver box distill'd around, Shall all bedev the roots, and scent the Secret ground.” Dryden: Theocritus; Idyll. xviii. “Though Freedom's blood thy plain bedev.” Byron: Ode from the French, 1. 2. To moisten with water or other liquid trickling more continuously than if it simply fell in drops. “Dark Suli’s rocks, and Pindus’ inland peak, Robed half in mist, bedev'd with snowy rills.” Byron: Childe Harold, ii. 42. bé-dewed'.(ew as ū), pa. par. & a. [BEDEw.] bé-dew'—ér (ew as ū), s. [Eng. bedev; -er.) A person who or that which bedevs. bé-dew'-iñg (ew as ū), pr. par. & a. [BEDEw.] fbé-dew'-y' (ew as ū), a. [Eng. prefix be, and dewy.] Covered with dew. “Dark Night, from her beclewy wings, º Drops silence to the eyes of all.” Brewer: Lingwa, v. 16. běd-fast', pa. par. Confined to bed; bedridden. béd'—fél-lów (Eng.), *béd'-fil-löw (O. Scotch), s. [Eng. bed; fellow.] I. Literally: 1. Gen.: One who sleeps in the same bed with another is bedfellow to that other, and vice versa. In mediaeval times it was common for two men, even of high rank, to occupy, the same bed; thus Lord Scroop was said to have been bedfellow to Henry V. Poverty, of course, has in all ages necessitated the same arrangement. [BEDMATE.] “Nay, but the man who was his bedfellow, Whom he hath cloy'd and grac'd with kingly favors.” Shakesp.: Henry V., ii. 2. “With consent of our said souerane Lord, his Maiesties * bedfallow, .”—Acts James VI., 1612 (ed. 1814), P. te “Misery acquaints a man with strange bedfellows.”— Shakesp.: Tempest, ii. 2. 2. Spec. : One's married spouse. (Scotch.) II. Fig.: Anything for the time being lying on the bed with one. “Why doth the crown lie there upon his pillow, Being so troublesome a bedfellow?” Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., iv. 4. běd-häfig'-iñgs. [BED-HANGINGs.] *bé-dight (gh silent), v. f. [Eng. prefix be, and dight=to prepare, to put in order.] To dress, espe- cially in splendid raiment; to equip, to deck, to adorn. bé-dight, bé-di'ght-éd (gh silent), pa. par. & a. [BEDIGHT, v. A. Of the form bedight: “Four ivory eggs soon pave its floor, With russet specks bedight.” Cowper: The Bird's Nest (1793). B. Of the form bedighted. (Used chiefly in com- position; as, ill-bedighted=“ill bedight,” disfigured. [ILL-BEDIGHT.] “. . . whose inner garment hath been injur’d and ill bedighted.”—Milton: Apology for Smectymnuus. bé-di'ght-iñg (gh silent), pr. par. [BEDIGHT, v.] bé-dim', *bé-dymºn (n silent), v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and dim.] To render dim ; to obscure. Used— 1. Of a body nearly hidden from vision by some- thing only partially transparent. “. . . as stars That occupy their places—and, though oft Hidden by clouds, and oft bedimm’d by haze, Are not to be extinguish’d or impair’d.” Wordsworth; Eaccursion, bk. vi. 2. Of the eye looking at a body. *. “Celestial tears bedimm'd her large blue eye.” Byron : The Curse of Minerva. bé-dim'med, *bé-dym'ned (n silent), pa. par. & a. [BEDIM.] bé-dîm'-miſſig, pr. par. & a. [BEDIM.] “Even as a dragon’s eye that feels the stress Of a bed imming sleep, . . . .” Wordsworth: Miscellaneous Sonnets. bé-dirt", *bé-drít'e, v. t. § pref. be, and dirt.] To befoul with 3rdure. Scotch...) bé-dirt"—en, “bé-drít'-ten, pa. par. [BEDIRT.] (Scotch.) *bé-dirt"—y, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and dirty.] To make dirty, to daub, to smear. (Lit. dº fig.) “. . . bedirtied and bed aubed with abominable and horrid crimes.”—Bo. Taylor; Comt. of the State of Man, bedmate *bé-dis-mal, v. t. dismal. (Not classic. “Let us see your next number not only bedismaled with broad black lines, death’s heads, and cross marrow- bones, but sewed with black thread I’”—Student, ii. 259. bé-diz'-en, be-di'—zen, v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and dizen-to dress, to clothe..] To deck out, with little regard to good taste, in over-gaudy vestments, or with a superabundance of tinsel finery. “Well, now you're bedizem’d, I’ll swear as ye pass I can scarcely help laughing—don’t look in the glass.” Whitehead; Venus Attiring the Graces. (Richardson.) bë—diz'-ened, be-di'—zened, pa, par. [BEDIZEN.] bé-diz'-en-iñg, be-di'—zen-iñg, pr. par. [BE- DIZEN.] - Béd-lam, *Béd'–1āw, Béth'-lém, Béth'-lè- hèm, S. & a... [Eng. Bedlam is a contraction from Bethlehem, the hospital, for lunatics described under A., f. 1. It again is from Bethlehem, the little town, six miles south of Jerusalem, everywhere and forever celebrated as the birthplace of David and of Jesus Christ. In Latin of the Vulgate Bethle- hem; Sept. & New Testament Gr, Béthleem, Heb, Bêth Lecchhem = House of Bread.] A. As substantive: I. Of things: 1. The Hospital of St. Mary Bethlehem, from which Bedlam is derived. This was first a priory, founded in 1247 by an ex-sheriff, Simon, Fitz Mary. Its original site was in Bishopsgate. The Priory of St. Mary Bethlehem, like the other English monas- tic establishments, was dissolved at the Reforma- tion, Henry VIII., in 1547, granting its revenues to the Mayor, the commonalty, and the citizens of London. They made it a hospital for lunatics. In 1676 the original buildings were superseded by those of the “New Hospital of Bethlehem,” erected near London Wall, the Qriginal, one being thence- forward known as “Old Bethlehem.” Finally, in 1815, the hospital was transferred to Lambeth. “. . . an intellect in the most unhappy of all states, that is to say, too much disordered for liberty, and not sufficiently disordered for Bedlam.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvii. 2. Gen. : Any lunatic asylum. “. . . an Inquisition and a Bedlam.”—Tillotson: Works, vol. i., Serm. 1 3. A place of uproar. II. Of persons: An inhabitant of Bedlam, a Bed- lamite; a madman. “Let's follow the old earl, and get the bedlam To lead him where he would; his roguish madness Allows itself to anything.” Shakesp.: King Lear, iii, 7. ſºns. be; dismal.] To render B. As adjective: 1. Belonging to Bedlam or some other madhouse. [BEDLAM-BEGGAR. 2. Such as might be supposed to emanate from a madhouse, and would be in place there. “Anacreon, Horace play’d in Greece and Rome This bedlam part; and others nearer home.” Cowper: Table Talk, s. One who, having formerly been an inmate of Bedlam, was now allowed to go again at large, as being held to be convalescent. nable, or in some cases perhaps unwilling, to work for a livelihood, he, as a rule, took up the vocation of a vagrant beggar; the fact that he had actually been in the institution from which he pro- fessed to have emerged being vouched for by an inscribed armlet which he wore upon his left arm. [ABRAHAM-MAN.] “The country gives me proof and precedent Of bedlam-beggars, who with roaring voices Strike in their numb’d and mortify’d bare arms Pins, wooden pricks . y bedlam-beggar & Shakesp.: King Lear, ii. 8. Béd'-lam-ite, s. [Eng. Bedlam; -ite.] An inmate of Bethlehem Hospital for Lunatics, or one who behaves like a madman. “In these poor bedlamites thyself survey, Thyself less innocently mad than they. Fitzgerald. běd-lin'-èn. [BED-LINEN.] běd-mă'-kër, s. [Eng. bed; maker, bett-macher.] g 1. Gen. : One who makes the beds in a house. ... 2. Spec. : A person in the universities, whose office it is to make the beds and clean the chambers. “I was deeply in love with my bedmaker, upon which I was rusticated for ever.”—Spectator. *béd'—man, s. [BEADSMAN. J. béd'-mâte, s. . [Eng. bed; mate.] ...A bedfellow, one who occupies the same bed with a perso" [BEDFELLOW.] & ſº . nought but heav'nly business Should rob my bedmate of my company.”. , , 1 Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, iW. * In Ger. dew. bk. i., ch. 9. fâte, fīt, fare, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wēt, here, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pôt, or, wēre, wolf, wärk, whö, sān; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, rale, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, ce = €; ey = a, qu = ** bedmon *bād-mön, s. [A. S. beddan=(1) to ask, to pray, (2) to bid, to command.] A beadle; the man who bids or SummonS. “And that proclamacion be mad at iiii. places assigned, ij, tymes a quarter, by the bedmon of the citee.”--English Gilds (Ear. Eng. Teact Soc.), p. 395. běd-möld-figs, S. pl. - Architecture: The moldings of a cornice in Gre- cian and Roman architecture immediately below the corona. It is called also BED-MOLD and BED- DING MOLDINGS. *bé-dó'te, v. t. cause to dote. “To bedote this queene was their intent.” - Chaucer: Leg. of Hips., 180. Béd-öu-in, “Béd'—fl-in, *Béd'—a—wéen, “Béd'— win, s. & a... [In Fr. Bédouin. , From Arab. bedawi =living in the desert; badw-desert; badó-to live in the desert, to lead a wandering life.] A. As swbst: : A wandering Arab, an Arab of the nomad type living in a tent in the desert, as dis- tinguished from one living in a town. - “Bedawnees or Bedouins, the designation given to the dwellers in the wilderness.”—Kitto: Cycl., 3d ed., i. 185. B. As adj. : Pertaining to the wandering Arabs, nomad. “The Bedwim women teer (ed. 1864), p. 54. *bé-dòy'f, pa. par. [A. S. bedofen = drowned.] Besmeared, fouled. “His face he schew besmottrit for ane bourde, And all his membris in mude and dung bedouf.” Douglas: Virgil, 139, 31. (Jamieson.) běd-póst. [BED-Post.] běd-quilt. [BED-QUILT.] bé-drág'-gle (gle as gel), v. t. [Eng, pref. be, and draggle.] To draggle, to soil the clothes by allowing them to trail in the mire. “Poor Patty Blount no more be seen, Bedraggled in my walks so green.”—Swift. bé-drág'-gled (gled as geld), pa. par. & a. [BEDRAGGLE.] bé-drāg'-glińg, pr. par. [BEDRAGGLE.] bédºral (1), S. & a... [An altered form of the English word bedel or beadle.] [BEADLE.] 1. A beadle. “I’ll hae her before Presbytery and Synod—I’m half a minister mysel', now that I’m bedral in an inhabited par- ish.”—Scott; Bride of Lammermoor, ch. xxxiv. 2. A sexton, a gravedigger. (Scotch.) “Od, I wad put in auld Elspeth, the bedral’s widow.”— Scott: Guy Mammering, ch. lv. ibédº-ral (2), s, & a. rupted from rid (?).] A. As subst. : A person who is bedrid. (Jamieson.) B. As adj. : Bedrid. ~. *bé-dreint'e, pa. par. [A. S. drencan, drencean (pret, drencte), gedrencam (pret. ged rente)=to give to drink, to drench, to drown.] Drenched. bé-drénçh', v. t. [Eng. pref. be, and drench.] [BEDREINTE.] To drench ; thoroughly to wet. “:... . . such crimson tempest should bedrench The fresh green lap of fair King Richard's land.” Shakesp.: Richard II., iii. 3. bé-drénçhed, pa. par. & a. [BEDRENCH.] bé-drénçh -iñg, pr. par. [BEDRENCH.] *bed-repe, s. [A. S. beddan=to bid, and reopan =to reap.] A day's work performed in harvest time by tenants at the bidding of their lords. béd-right (gh silent), s. [Eng. bed; right.]. The tºppertaining to the marriage-bed. [BED- “Whose vows are, that no bedright shall be paid Till Hymen’s torch be lighted . . .” Shakesp.: Tempest, iv. 1. (Globe ed.) běd-röom. [BED-RooM.] bé-dröp', *bé-dröppe, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and drop.] To besprinkle or bespatter with drops. “On the window-pane bedropp'd with rain.” Wordsworth: Cottager to her Infant. bé-dröpped, bé-drópt, pa. par. & a. [BEDROP.] bé-dróp-piñg, pr. par. [BEDROP.] běd-side. [BED-SIDE.] béd-stéad, *béd'-dèste, s. [Eng. bed; stead (q.v.). In Dut. bedstede.] The wooden or iron framework on which a bed is placed. ." Only Og, king of Bashan, remained of the remnant of giants; behold, his bedstead was of iron.”—Deut. iii. 11. ºstraw, 8. [Eng, bed; straw. In Ger. bett- 1. Straw placed beneath the mattress or clothes On a bed boil, boy; pâût, j6W1; [Eng, pref. be, and dote.] To .”—Keith Johnston: Gazet- [From bed, and ral, cor- St Cat, çell, Chorus, 429 2. Bot. and Ord. Lang.: The English name of Galium, the genus of plants constituting the type of the order Galiaceae (Stellates). The corolla is rotate and four-cleft, the stamina are four, and the fruit is a dry two-lobed indehiscent pericarp; while the leaves are in whorls. About fourteen species exist in Great Britain; most have white flowers, though two, Galiwm ºverwm (Yellow Bedstraw), a very common lant, and G. cruciatum (Crosswort Bedstraw or ugwort), have them yellow, and, one or two a greenish bloom. Among the white flowered Species may be enumerated G. saacatile (Smooth-heath Bed- straw), which is very common, G. aparine (Goose- rass or Cleavers), and G. mollwgo (Great Hedge edstraw). [GALIUM.] bé-dûck, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and duck, v.] To duck, to plunge (one) under water, to immerse in Water. “How without stop or stay he fiersly lept, And deepe himself bedwcked in the same.” Spenser: F. Q., II. vi. 42. *bé-duël’e, v. [A. S. dwelian, dweligan=(1) to deceive, (2) (i.) to mistake.] To deceive. “Our godes some ells thai him helde, For he cuthe make the men bedwelde.” Cursor Mundi, MS. Edin., f. 129. (S. im Boucher.) bé-dûn'-dér, v. t. [From Eng., A. S., Dan., &c., be, and Dan. dunder=thunder.] To stupefy, to con- found, to deafen by noise. (Scotch.) (Jamieson.) bé-dûfig", v. t. [Eng, pref. be, and dung.] To apply dung to, as, for instance, with the view of manuring a plant; to cover as with dung. “Leaving all but his [Goliath’s] head to bedung that earth.”—Bo. Hall: Cases of Coms., ii. 2. *bé-disk', v. t. [Eng. be; dusk.] To make dusky, blackish, brown, or swarthy; to smutch. (Cotgrave: Fr. Dict., under the word basaner.) bé-dûst', v. t. [Eng. pref. be, and dust.] To sprinkle with dust, or to cover over with dust. bé-dûst'-àd, pa. par. & a. [BEDUST.] bé-dûst'—ifig, pr. par. [BEDUST.] bé-dwärf, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and dwarf.] To dwarf, to stuntin stature. “”Tis shrinking, not close weaving, that hath thus In mind and body both bedwarfed us.” Domme. bèd'—wäy, s. [Eng. bed; way.] Min. : A certain false appearance of stratification in granite. bé-dye, *bé-di'e, v. t. [Eng. prefix be; dye.] To dye, to tinge or stain with color. “And Briton fields with Sarazin blood bedyde.” Spense”: F. Q., I. xi. 7. bë—dy'ed, *bé-dy'de, *bé-di'de (Eng.), *bé-dy – it (O. Scotch), pa. par. & a. [BEDYE.] ‘‘Your airis first into the Secil se Bedy it weil and benedit oft mon be.” Douglas: Virgil, 81, 3. bé-dy'—ifig, pr. par. [BEDYE.] * *bé-dym'n (n silent), v. t. [BEDIM.] bée (1) [pl. bees (O. Eng.), *béese, *bés (Wy- cliffe), *bé'—is, *béen], s. [A. S. bed, bi; Sw. bi; Icel. by ; Dan. bie; Dut. bij : (N. H.) Ger. biene; M. H. "Ger, bie, bin; Ö. H. &er, pia; Gaei. & ir. beach , Sp. abeia ; Fr. abeille; Port. abelha : Ital. ape, pecchia; Lat. apis; Lith."bitte; Lett. bette.] I. Literally: 1. Spec. : . The well-known insect half domesti- cated for honey-making in hives. It is the Apis mellifica, Linn., and is still found wild or escaped from man's control in Russia, in portions of Asia, in Italy, and in France. Bees are social insects. Their societies consist of three classes—neuters, females, and males. The first-named are abortive females, and do all the work of the society; they are armed with a sting, and their larvae, if treated with specially rich food, can develop in to perfect fe- males. The soli- tary female in the hive is popularly called a queen ; she is fecundated in the air, and then de- osits her eggs in hexagonal comb S which the workers have prepared for the purpose. The eggs are hatched in to maggot-like larvae, which are fed on a mixture of wax and honey, are then shut by the e workers into the cell, which they inclose with a lining, and finally emerge as perfect insects. single female will produce in a year from 12,000 to 20,000 bees, of which all but about 3,000 die at the go, gem; thin, this; Bees. b. Queen. a. Drone. c. Worker. bençh; çhin, Sin, bee-hive approach of winter. The males are called drones: A well-peopled hive will contain from 200 to 800 of them. Being destitute of a sting, they have not the power of defending themselves, and after their appropriate function has been jº. they are remorselessly put to death by the workers. When bees become too numerous in a hive, a fresh queen. is nurtured, under whose auspices they Swarm. “And bees in hives as idly wait The call of early Spring.” Cowper: To the Rev. Mr. Newton. 2. Gen. : Any insect of a similar structure to the hive-bee, as the Humble Bees, the Carpenter Bees, the Mason Bees, solitary bees in general; . In the same sense the plural bees is the technical English name for the section of the hymenopterous order Anthophila (q.v.). II. Figuratively: 1. A busy person. (Colloquial.) 2. An assemblage of persons for a specific, pur- pose, as to unite their efforts for a charitable object, to help one of their number on with his work, or to carry on a contest with each other in spelling or some similar intellectual exercise; as, a iº bee; an apple bee; a husking bee; a quilt. Ing Oee. ‘I (a) To hae a bee in one's bommet: To be hare- brained; to be giddy. [BEE-HEADIT.] “If ony body kend o’ the chance she has of the estate, there's mony a weel-doing man would think little of the bee in her bonnet.”—Scott: St. Roman’s Well, ch. x. º In the bees: In a state of confusion. (Jamie- SO??,. bee-bird, s. A local English name for the Spotted Flycatcher, Muscicapa grisola. bee-block, s. Nawt. : One of the blocks of hard wood bolted to the sides of the bowsprit-head, for reeving the fore- topmast stays through. bee-bread, s. 1. A kind of “bread,” composed of the pollen of flowers collected by bees, and which after it has been converted by them into a whitish jelly by being received into their stomachs, and there perhaps mixed with honey, is finally used for the feeding of their larvae. (See Kirby & Spence's Introd. to Ento- mgººl, Letter 11th.) 2. plant, Borago officinalis, often grown pur- posely for bees. - bee-eater, s. 1. Sing.: The English name of a genus of birds, Merops, and especially of the M. apiaster [see MEROPS], more fully called the Yellow-throated. Bee-eater, Qf Africa. It has two long tail-feathers. projecting behind the rest. Its general color above is brownish-red; the forehead is pale blue; a black band crosses the throat, meeting a streak of the same color along the side of the head, the space: thus inclosed being yellow; the lower parts, wings, and tail are green. 2. Plwr. (Bee-eaters): The English name of the family of Meropidae, of which the genus Merops is. the type... Residents in India, have at times the opportunity of seeing a beautiful green species, Merops Indicus, darting out from among trees, and returning again, much as the fly-catchers do. bee-feeder, s. A device for feeding bees in bad weather or protracted winters. It consists of a small perforated piece of board which floats on the liquid food. bee-flower, s. The same as the BEE-ORCHIS (q.v.); the name also of the Wallflower. bee-fumigator, s. A blower for driving smoke. into a hive to expel the bees from the hive, or a por- tion of it, while the honey is being taken away. bee-garden, s. A garden or inclosed place planted with flowers, and designed for the accommodation. of bee-hives. bee-glue, s, º: the glue-like or gummy substance with which bees affix their combs to the hive and close their cells. bee-hawk, s. A predatory bird, the Permis api- vorws. Its full designation is the Brown Bee-hawk. It is called also the Honey Buzzard. It feeds chiefly on wasps and their larvae. [PERNIS, HONEY BUz- ZARD.] bee hawk-moth, s. The name given to some species of the genus Sphingidae called Macroglossa. They have a certain resemblance, which, however, is one of analogy and not of affinity, to bees. The Broad-bordered Bee Hawk-moth is Macroglossa. fuciformis, and Narrow-bordered Bee Hawk-moth is Macroglossa bombyliformis. bee-headit, a. Harebrained; unsettled. tish phrase, “having a bee in one's bonnet. “Ye needna mind him, he’s a bee-head it bodie.” Jamieson. bee-hive, s. A hive designed for the reception of a swarm of bees or actually inhabited by one. aš; exist. ph = f. In Scot- expect, Xenophon, -cian, shiis. -ble, -dle, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. –tion, -Sious -sion = shiin; —tion, -$ion zhin. -tious, -cious, bee-house .--> bee-house, s. A building containing a number of hives for bees; an apiary. bee-larkspur, 8. A well-known flowering plant, Delphiniwm grandiflorwm. bee-line, s. The shortest route to any place, that which a bee is assumed to take; though, in #. it often does differently in its flight through © all", bee-master, s. One who keeps bees. “They that are bee-masters, and have not care enough of them, must not expect to reap any considerable advan- tage by them.”—Mortimer: Art of Husbandry. bee-moth, s. A name for the Wax-moth, Galleria cereana, which lays its eggs in bee-hives, the larvae, when hatched, feeding on the wax. [WAx-MoTH..] bee-nettle, s. Galeopsis tetrahit. bee-Orchis, s. The name of a species of Orchis, the Ophrys apifera. It is so called because a part of the flower resembles a bee. It is large, with the sepals purplish , or greenish-white, and the lip brown variegated with yellow. bee-parasites, S. pl. , A name sometimes given to the order of insects called Strepsiptera, which are Fº On bees and wasps. (Dallas: Nat. Hist., Il Cl62X. bee-Scap, S. [Icel. Skeppa=a measure, a basket.] A bee-hive. “When I got home to my lodging I was just like a demented man; my head was bººie a bee-scap, and I could hear [of] nothing but the bir of that wearyful woman’s tongue.”—Steam-Boat, p. 83. (Jamieson.) bee-Wax, s. The wax formed by bees. It is not, as Some suppose, the farina collected from flowers, but exudes from between the segments on the under- side of the bodies of the bees, eight scales of it emanating from each. bee (2), s. [A. S. beah, beh- a ring, bracelet.] JNawt. : A ring or hoop of metal. béegh, *béeghe, *béçhe, s. [A. S. bece, beace, boc, Sw. bok, boktråd, Icel. bok=a beech-tree, beyki =a collection of beech-trees, a beech-wood; Dan. bög, bøgetroe; Dut. bewk, bewkeboom; N. H. Ger. -bwlche; M. H. Ger. buoche, O. H. Ger. puocha : Russ. bwk'; Port. faia ; Ital, faggio; Lat. fagus; Gr. §. os; Gael. faibhle=beech wood; Arm. fao, fav; Well, fawyd. The Anglo-Saxon bece or boc, mean- ing beech, seems connected with bec and boc-a book, as if at one period or other our ancestors had used some portion of the beech-tree, perhaps the smooth bark, as writing material.] A tree, the Fagus Sylvatica, or the genus Fagus to which it belongs. It is ranked under the order Corylaceae (Mastworts). The nuts are triquetrous, and are placed in pairs within the º prickly in- volucre. They are called mast, and are devoured in autumn by swine and deer. The wood is brittle and not very lasting, yet it is used by turners, joiners, and millwrights. The fine thin bark is employed for making baskets and band-boxes. The country people in some parts of France put the leaves under mattresses instead of straw, their elasticity rendering them well adapted for such a purpose. "I (a) The Australian beech is Tectoma Australis, a kind of teak. (b) The beech of New South Wales: celliptica, an Epicrad. (c) The Blue or Water-beech: Carpinw8 Ameri- ..cana, a kind of hornbeam. d) *The Dutch Beech: Popwlus alba, e) The Horm Beech: Carpinces betwluś. gº } The Sea-side Beech: A name given in Jamaica to the Earostemma Cariboeum, a Cinchonad. (g) The Water Beech. [BLUE-BEECH.] (Treas. of Bot.) (h) The American Beech: F. Ferruginea. beech-coal, *bechene-Coal, S. Charcoal made ..from beech-wood. “The chanounes becheme cole.” Chaucer: C. T., 13,124. beech-drops, s. A vegetable parasite which A grows on the roots of beeches. beech-finch, s. A local name for the Chaffinch (Fringilla coelebs, Linn.). (Ogilvie.) beech-gall, 8. A gall on the leaf of the beech- tree. beech-green, a. Of a color like the leaves of the beech-tree; almost the same as Olive-green. Entom. Beech-green Carpet Moth : A British Geometer Moth (Larentia olivata). beech-nut, s. The nut of the beech, two of which lie in the prickly capsule. beech-oil, s. Oil expressed from beech-mast. It is used in Picardy and some other parts of France in lieu of butter, for which it is a poor substitute. beech-owl, s. A name given to the Tawny Owl (Syrmiwm stridwla). Monotica. 430 fbé'egh-en, a. [A. S. becem. büchen...] Pertaining or relating to beech. In Ger. buchen, Spe- ciº. tº gº & 1. Consisting of beech-trees, produced by beech- trees. “And Dati and Francini both have made My name familiar to the beechen shade.”. Cowper: Trams. of Milton (Death of Damon). 2. Made of beech-wood. “In beechen goblets let their beverage shine, Cool from the crystal spring, their sober wine.” Cowper: Trans. of Milton's Elegy. ºf Gradually becoming obsolete, its place being supplied by the substantive beech used adjectively; thus we say beech-wood rather than beechen-wood. běegh'-mast, s. [Eng. beech; mast. In Ger. bwchmast.] The mast or fruit of the beech-tree. beech-wheat, s. [Eng. beech wheat..] A plant, Polygonum fagopyrwm. ºjº [BUCKWHEAT.] bé'egh-y, a. Full of beech, consisting of beech. “Who knows not Melville's beechy grove, And Roslin’s rocky glen.” Scott: The Gray Brother. béef, S. & a. [From Fr. boeuf- (1) an ox, (2) beef, (3) (of persons) a beef-eater; O. Fr. boºf, buef, Sp. bwey=an ox; Prov. bow; Port. boi=beef; Ital. bue– an ox: all from Lat. bos, accus. bovem; Gr. bows, genit. boos=an ox. Compare in Sw. biffin, biff-stek and Dut. bieſin, º beef-steak. A word introduced by the Normans. Trench directs atten- tion to the fact that while in English the domestic animals, as long as they are living, are called by Saxon names, their flesh, after they are dead, has, as a rule, some Norman appellation, as if the Sax- ons had tended them while living, and the Normans eaten them when dead. “Thus,” he says, “oac, steer, cow, are Saxon, but beef Norman; sheep is Saxon, but mutton Norman. So it is severally with swine and pork, deer and venison, fowl and pullet. Bacon, the only flesh which perhaps ever came within his % Saxon's) reach, is the single exception.” Trench: The Study of Words,)] (See also Scott's Ivanhoe.) A. As substantive: 1. An ox, a cow, or a bull, regarded as fit for food. T In this sense it has a plural, beeves. “Alcinous slew twelve sheep, eight white-tooth'd swine, Two crook-haunched beeves.” Chapman. 2. The flesh of the ox or the cow, used either fresh or salted. It is the most nutritious of all kinds of meat, and is well adapted to the most delicate con- stitutions. It should be well cooked, as it has been proved that underdone beef frequently pro- duces tapeworm. Good beef is known by its having a clear uniform fat, a, firm texture, a fine open #. and a rich reddish color. Meat which feels amp and clammy should be avoided, as it is gener- ally unwholesome. Fresh beef loses in boiling 30 per cent. of its weight; in roasting it loses about 20 per cent. The amount of nitrogenous matter found to be present in one pound of good beef is about four ounces. In the raw state it contains 50 per cent. of water. [Ox.] * In this sense there is no plural. “The fat of roasted beef falling on birds will baste them.”—Swift. B. As adjective: Consisting of the flesh of the ox, cow, or even the bull. “If you are employed in marketing, do not accept of a treat of a beef-steak and a pot of ale from the butcher.”— Swift. beef-steak, s. A steak of beef. “I like a beef-steak, too, as well as any; Have no objection to a pot of beer.” Byron: Beppo, 48. beef-tea, beef tea, s. A kind of “tea '.' or broth for invalids made from beef. In the large packing houses of the West the manufacture of the extract of beef is quite an industry for the purpose of making beef-tea, which has entered largely into the common diet of the people. beef-Witted, a. Having a heavy, ox-like intel- lect; dull of understanding, stupid. “. ... thou mongrel beef-witted lord!”—Shakesp.: Troilus and Cressida, ii. 1. beef-wood, 8. 1. The English name of the Casuarina (q.v.). 2. The name given in New South Wales to the Stemocarpus salignus, a tree belonging to the order Proteaceae, or Proteads. 3. The name given in Queensland to Banksia, compar, also a Protead. (Treas. of Bot.) běef’-Éat-Ér (1), s. [Eng. beef; eater.] A. Ordinary Langwage: 1. One who eats beef. 2. A stout, overfed man. B. Ormith. : The Buphagineae, a sub-family of African birds, called also Ox-peckers. They belong beer Africana, the species called by way of pre-eminence the Beef-eater, perches on the back of cattle, pick. ing from tumors on their hide the larvae of Bot-flies (CEstridae), on which it feeds. béef-èat-êr (2), s. [Derived from the Fr. beauff. etier=one who watches or looks after the beauffet, buffet, or sideboard.] Plwr. : A name applied to the yeomen of the royal guard. “. some better protection than that of the train- bands or beef-eaters.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. bé ef-Sü-čt, 8... [Eng. beef; swet.] The suet or kidney fat of beef. "[SUET.] beef-suet tree, s. A shrub, Shepherdia argentea, belonging to the Elaeagnaceae (Oleasters). It is called also Buffalo-berry, and grows in this country. *béek, v. t. & i. To bask, warm. [BEAK.] *béek, s. An old spelling of BEAK. bé'ek-ite, s. [BECKITE.]. A mineral, a variety of quartz, the same as Beckite (q.v.). *béel, s. A boil, ulcer. [BOIL.] “The skynne in the whiche a beel is growun.”—Wycliffe (Levit. xiii. 18). *béeld, *béild, s. [BEILD, BIELD.] bèele, s. A kind of pickax used by miners. Bē-él'—zé-büb, s. [In Gr. Beelzeboub; Heb. Baal zebub, from Baal=lord of, and zebwb= a fly. i. ſhe fly-god, a god worshiped in the Philistine town of Ekron. (2 Kings i. 3.) 2. An evil spirit. [BEELZEBUL.] 3. Fig.: Any person of fiendish cruelty, who is So nicknamed by his adversaries, or in contempt of moral sentiment appropriates the appellation to hºst and cherishes it as if it were an honorable 1UlO. “His [Viscount Dundee’s] old troopers, the Satans and Beelzebubs who had shared his crimes, and who now shared his perils, were ready to be the companions of his flight.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiii. Bē-ă1'-zé-bül, s. [Gr. Beelzebowl, from Heb. Baal zebwl, Baal=lord of, and zebwl, in Old Testa- ment=a habitation, in the Talmud=dung.] A word used in the New Testament for the prince of the demons (Matt. x. 25; xii. 24, 27; Mark iii. 22; Luke Xi. 15, 18, 19.) ...Beelzebul, not Beelze- bub, is the correct reading in those passages. Probably signifying lord of dumq, the º A contemptuous appellation for Beelzebub, the god of Ekron [BEELZEBUB], which may, moreover, have been, as Hug suggests, a dung-rolling scarabaeus beetle, like that worshiped by the Egyptians. *béeme, s. [BEAM.] thée'-möl, s. [BEMOL.] béen, *béne, *bén, v. L.A. S. beam—to be, to exist, to become.] º 1. Past participle of the verb to be. “. . . thou hast been faithful over a few things, . . —Matt. xxv. 23. *2. The 1st, 2d, and 3d persons plural indicative of the verb to be. “Some aren as seneschals and serven other lordes, And ben in stede of stywardes.” Piers Plowman, p. 5. “. . . thay be desceyved that say thay bem not tempted in here body.”—Chaucer: The Persones Tale. *béen, s. ſº [In A. S. bedn=bees, pl. of bed-a bee.] An old plural of BEE (q.v.). *beenge, *bynge, v. t. [A. S. bensian=to fall down in prayer, to supplicate; ben=a prayer.] To cringe, in the way of making much obeisance. “An' ding awa’ the vexing thought O’ hourly dwyning into nought, By beenging to your for pish brithers.” Fergusson: Poems, ii. 83. (Jamieson.) pêer (1), *béere, s. & al. [A. S. § {} beer, nourishing or strong drink, (2) metheglin (?) (Bos- worth): Icel. biorr; Fries. biar; Dut. & Ger. bier; O. H. Ger, bior, pior; Fr. bière; Ital, birra; Wel. bir; Arm. byer, bir, ber.] A. As substantive: A fermented aqueous infu- sion of malt and hops, or of malt, sugar, and hops. The term is now applied to all malt liquors pre- pared by the process of brewing. Beers are divided into two great classes, ales and porters, the former being chiefly prepared from pale malt, and having a pale amber color, while in the preparation of the latter a certain Fº of roasted or black malt is used along with the pale malt. This increases the color, and gives to the porter a somewhat bitter flavor. These two classes are subdivided into a great many varieties, depend: ing on the strength of the wort used and the amount of hops added. Thus we have pale ale, mild ale, bitter ale, barley wine, table beer, &c. Stout, brown stout, double brown stout, &c., are merely richer and stronger kinds of porter. Genuine beer should consist of water, malt y y {e beech-tree, s. The same as BEECH (q.v.). to the family of Sturnidae (Starlings). Buphaga extract (dextrine and glucose), hop extract, and fāte, fit, fire, amidst, whät, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, sor, wēre, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, oe = 6; ey = à, qu = kW. * beer-barrel alcohol. The quantity of alcohol in beer varies from two per cent. in table beer to ten Or even twelve per cent. in strong ale, and the extract from three to fifteen per cent, the latter giving to the beer its nutritive value. The alcohol present always bears a relation to the amount of Sugar fermented. A good sound beer should be perfectly transparent, and have a brilliant color and a pleasant flavor. Sour beers and beers that are thick ape very unwholesome. sº º In England the adulteration of ale or beer is sub- jected to a serious fine: The Act 56 George III., cap. #8, imposes a penalty of £200 ($1,000) on any brewer or publican who shall have in his possession, or who shall sell adulterated beer, and a further penalty of 4500 ($2,500) on any druggist or other person who shall sell any adulterant to a licensed brewer. Not- withstanding the stringency of this act, beer has been, and still is, very largely adulterated. The nitrogenous matter extracted from the malt, and present in the original beer, is reduced to a mini- mum, and the beer-drinker pays for a liquor which may be sweet and pleasant to the taste, but is almost destitute of nourishment. Salt is added, not so much to preserye the beer, as to increase the thirst, and thereby impart a craying for, more drink. Cocculus indicus, picric acid, Strychnine, and opium, said to be adulterants, are now seldom, if ever, used to adulterate beer. “Flow, Welsted flow, like thine inspirer beer! Tho' stale, not ripe; tho' thin, yet ever clear; So sweetly mawkish, and so smoothly dull; . Heady, not strong; and foaming, tho' not full.” Pope; Dwmciad, bk. iii., 169-172. B. As adjective: Intended to contain or actually containing beer; designed for the sale of beer, or in any other way pertaining to beer. (See the Sub- joined compounds.) beer-barrel, S. [BARREL.] { % * A barrel used to contain beer. of earth we make loam; and why of that loam, whereto he was converted, might they not stop a beer- barrel 3'-Shakesp.: Hamlet, v. 1. . beer-cooler, s. A large shallow vat or cistern in which beer is exposed to the natural air to be cooled; a tub or cistern in which air artificially cooled is used to reduce the temperature of beer. beer-engine, s. [BEER-MACHINE.] beer-faucet, s. A machine consisting of a piston for injecting air into flat beer to make it foam. beer-float, s. An areometer or hydrometer floated in grain-wash to ascertain its density and the percentage by yolume of proof spirits which it will probably yield. beer-fountain, S. A. pump used to draw beer into a glass for immediate consumption. [BEER- MACHINE.] beer-glass, s. A glass to drink beer from. , beer-hopper, S. A vat or beck in which hops are infused before being added to the wort. beer-house, s. A house where beer is sold. “What woman (even among the droonken Almaines) is Suffred to follow her husband into the alehouse or beer- house?”—Gascoigne: Delicate Diet for Drunkards (1576). beer-machine, beer-engine, s. A machine or engine in use in public-houses and other beer-shops of London and most other cities. It consists of a TOW of force-pumps in connection with casks below, each containing a different quality of liquor. The handles of the pumps are visible at the bar; and a Sink below conveys away any liquor which may be Spilled in the process of drawing. beer-Saloon, s. A saloon licensed for the sale of beer and other malt liquors only; a saloon where eer is sold. beer-vat, s. A vat in which malt is infused in the manufacture of beer. *béere, s. [BIER.] béer'—y, a. ſº -?/. * - tº under àº; dº.” lºins to beer; béeş, S. pl. [Plural of Eng. bee.] Ship-carpentry: Pieces of plank bolted to the 9nter end of the jib-boom to reeve the fore-topmast stays through. [BEEBLock.] fbees-alluring, a. Alluring bees. “Faire Marigoldes, and Bees-alluring Thime.” Spenser: The Fate of the Butterflies. *bée-Sén, a. [BIson, Bysom.] Blind. bée-sha, s. [Nativ * India (?).j [ ive name in parts of Further , Hot.; Agenus of bamboos differing from Bambusa in having the seeds inclosed in a fleshy pericarp. *Te are two species, Beesha baccifera, from hittagong, where it is called Pagu Tulla, and *far, from the Malayan Archipelago. boil, boy; påüt, j6W1; Cat, çell, Chorus, 431 *béest, *bé'est-yńg, *bestynge, bestnynge, *bièst'—ifig, *bé'est-in, "beest'-ing, *bé'est-lińg, *bé'es—tín-iñg, *bé'est-ny fig, *bé'est-ny fige, s. (sing.) & a.; *bé'est-iñgs, *bié'st-iñgs, *bé est- ins, 8. #: [A. S. beast, bysting=the first milk of a cow after calving (Bosworth); Dut. biest; L. Ger. beest; (N.H.) Ger, biestmilch, e {ji eestings. Mahn suggests an affinity to Goth. eist=leaven, and Wedgwood to Lett. bee8=thick, close, like the combs of bees; beest= to become thick, to coagulate.] h A. As substantive: The first milk taken from a cow after calving, or from any other milch beast after having borne offspring. “Bestmynge mylke (bestmymgek); collustrum.”—Prompt. Q.7°º). “So may the first of all our fells be thine, And both the beestming of our goats and kine.” Ben Jomsom: Pam's Anniv. B. As adj. (?, the singular forms) : Pertaining to the first milk from a cow after calving. *beest-milk, *biest-milk, s. [In Ger. biest- milch..] The first milk of a cow after calving. [BEEST.] - bé'es—wax, s. [Eng. bees; war.] The “wax" of bees, used by them for constructing their cells. It is a secretion elaborated within the body of the animal from the saccharine matter of honey, and extruded in plates from beneath the rings of the abdomen. It is not the same as the propolis which bees may be seen carrying on their thighs when returning from their daily excursions among flowers. Also, the same wax melted down and purified, as an article of commerce. bées'—wing, s. A fine filmy deposit in old Port WID 0, béet, S. & a. [A. S. bete; Ger. beete; Dut. beete; Dan. bede; Wel. betysen, Fr. bette or bette- rave; Sp. betarraga, beterraga; ital, bieta orbietoia ; Sw. & Lat. beta , from the Celtic bett=red, or from bwyd or biadh-food or nourishment, the plants being used for that purpose.] A. As swbstantive: The English name of the Beta, a genus of plants belonging to the order Chenopo- diaceae (Chenopods). Beta vulgaris, or Common Beet, is cultivated to be used in the manufacture of Sugar, the green-topped variety being preferred for the purpose. . The small red, the Castelnaudary, and other varieties are used, either raw or boiled, as salad. Beet is also used for pickling, for furnish- ing a varnish, and for other purposes. 'Much of the beetroot-sugar is made not from the Beta vulgaris, but from the B. cicla, the White Beet, called also the Chard or Sicilian Beet. (Cicla in the specific name means Sicilian.) B. As adjective: Pertaining to the plant described under A. béet, v. t. [A., S., betan = to make better, im- provej To remedy, improve, mend. “Makynge ayein or beetymge her nettis.”—Wycliffe (Matt. iv. 21). Of fire=to mend, improve, or add fuel to a fire (figuratively). “Or noble ‘Elgin' beets the heav'n-ward flame.” Burns: The Cotter’s Saturday Night. bê'et-ax, s. [From Eng. beet, and aa (?).] An instrument for paring turf. běe'—tle (1) (tle=tel), s. [A. S. bytel, bytl, bioful = a mallet, a staff; from beatan=to beat. In L. Ger. betel, bětel=a clog for a dog ; N. H. Ger. bewtel=a bag, a purse, a beater, a reaping-chisel; M. H. Ger, bosze l = a beater.] 1. A maul, a heavy wooden mallet for driving stones, stakes, or tent- pegs into the ground. “If I do, fillip me with a three-man beetle.”—Shakesp.: 2 Henry IV., i. 2. beetle-brow, s. A projecting brow, like one of the transverse projections on the head of a mallet. It is the portion just above the eyes called the super- ciliary ridge, made by the projection of the frontal sinus. [BEETLE, v, (2)] “He had a beetle-brow, A down-look, middle stature, with black hair.” Sir R. Fanshaw: Tr. of Pastor Fido, p. 175. T It is sometimes used in the plural. “His blobber lips and beetle-brows commend.” Dryden: Juv., Sat. iii. beetle-browed, *bitel-browed, a. Having a projecting brow. “Enquire for the beetle-brow'd critic, &c.”—Swift. “He was bitelbrowed and º also.” Piers Plowman (ed. Skeat), bk. v. 190. go, gem; thin, this; Beetle. çhin, bench; . H. Ger. biest, biost, Sin, beetroot-Sugar beetle-head, a. & S. A. As adjective: Having a head assumed to be, as destitute of understanding as the head of a wooden maul; a “wooden head.” . B. As substantive: The weight generally calle the “monkey’’ of a pile-driver. beetle-headed, q. , Having a “ wooden,” head; utterly deficient in intellect; stupid exceedingly. . “. a beetle-headed, flap-ear'd knave.” . 'Shakesp.: Taming of the Shrew, iv. 1. beetle-stock, s. The stock or handle of a beetle. “To crouch, to please, to be a beetle-stock Of thy great master's will.” Spenser: Mother Hubberd's Tale. bée'—tle (2) (tle as tel), s. [A. S. betl, betel, bitel =(1) a beetle, a coleopterous insect; (2) a “black- beetle,” i.e., a cockroach; from bitan-to bite.] 1. Entom. ; Any member of the enormously iarge order of insects called by naturalists Coleoptera, meaning Sheathed Wings. [Col. EOPTERA.] They have four wings, the inferior pair, which are mem- branous, being protected by the superior pair, which are horny. “The poor beetle that we tread upon, In corporal suff’rance finds a pang as great As when a giant dies.” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, iii. 1. To be as blind as a beetle is an expression founded §. upon the habits of some beetles of the carabaeus family, which come droning into houses in the evening, are attracted by the glare of the lamp, fly round it and through the room, ending by tumbling backward on the ground, and finding a difficulty in getting up again. No beetles are really blind, except a few cave species. “Others come sharp of sight and too provident for that which concerned their own interest; but as blind as beetles in foreseeing this great and common danger.”—Knolles: History of the Turks. 2. Popularly : A “black beetle,” viz., a cockroach, which, however, is not properly a beetle at all, but belongs to the order Orthoptera, and is akin on one side to the cricket, on the other to the earwig. *beetle-St. Ones, s. pl. , An old name given to nodules of clay-ironstone found at Newhaven, near Edinburgh, and elsewhere. The appellation was given from the erroneous notion that the nodules were of insect origin. [CLAY-IRONSTONE.] (Buck- land: Geology and Mineralogy, 1836, vol. i., p. 199.) bée'—tle (% (tle=tel), v. t. [From Eng, beetle, s. (1) (q.v.).] To beat with a heavy mallet. “Then lay it [yarn] out to dry in your bleaching-yard; but be sure never to beat or beetle it.”—Maacwell: Sel. Trans., p. 844. (Jamieson.) bée'—tle (2) (tle as tel), v. i. [.A. S. bitel=biting or sharp.] To jut out or hang over, as some cliffs do. “Or to the dreadful summit of the cliff, That beetles o'er his base into the sea.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 4. bée'—tled (tled as teld), pa. par. & adj. [BEE- TLE, v. t. bé'et-lińg, pr. par. & al. [BEETLE, v. (1)] bé'et-lińg, pr. par. & al. [BEETLE (2), v. t.] “On beetling cliffs, or pent in ruins deep, They, till due time shall serve, were bid far hence.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, i. 46. *beetling-machine, s. A machine formerly in use for beetling or beating cloth as it was slowly wound on a revolving roller. béet'-rād-ish, s. [Eng. beet; radish.] A plant, the same as BEETRAVE (q.v.). bé'et-ráve, s. [Fr. betterave=beet; from bette– beet, and rave=a radish, a root..] A plant, the Red Beet (Beta vulgaris). [BEET.] bé'et-röot, S. [Eng. beet; root.] The root of the Beet (Beta vulgaris). [BEET.] A valuable food, §. to the large amount of sugar it contains. Nearly all the sugar used in France is made from the beet, and . in this country many of the sugar refiners use it in their sugar factories. In Germany a coarse spirit is manufactured from the beet, a large proportion of which is imported into other coun- tries and made into methylated spirit. Beetroot contains ten per cent. of Sugar, and about two per cent. of nitrogenous matters. It was formerly used to adulterate coffee. beetroot-Sugar, S. Sugar made from the root of the beet. It seems to have been first made in the year 1747; it was largely manufactured in France dur. ing the wars of the revolution, when English cruisers cut the French off from access to the West Indian cane sugar. It has been attempted in this country and in England. “The beetroot is first washed in a rotatory drum immersed in water, then rasped into pulp, and squeezed in woolen sacks by hydraulic pressure, or in continuous revolving presses, or the Sugar is removed by diffusion in iron tumblers. The aš; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. "Cian, -tian = shan. &c. = bel, del. —tion, -ble, -dle, -sion = shiin; -Sious = Shiis. –tion, -śion * * Zhiin. -tious, -cious, beeves juice is clarified with lime filtered through animal charcoal, crystallized in vacwo, and drained by a centrifugal machine.” bêeveš, s. pl. [The plural of Eng. beef (q.v.).] Oxen, black cattle. • “They sought the beeves that made their broth.” * Scott; Lay of the Last Minstrel, vi. 10. *bée'—vér, s. [BEAver (2) (q.v.).] *bé'e-zén, a. [BIson.] (O. Scotch.) bé-fall', *bé-fal', *bé-falle (pret. befell, *befelle, *befel, *bi fel, *by fel; pa. par. befollen), v. t. & i. [A. S. befeallan; O. S. bifallan; Ger. befallen.] A, Transitive (followed by the object with or without a preposition): . 1:...To hºp; to, to affect one. (Used at first indifferently of favorable or of unfavorable occur- rences in one's career.) “Bion asked an envious man, that was very sad, what harm had befallen unto him, or what good had befallen unto another man.”—Bacom. . 2. The tendency being to take more note of what is unfavorable than favorable in one's lot; the word now has generally an unfavorable sense. “For the common people, when they hear that some frightful thing has befallen such a one in such a place . . .”—Bunyan; Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. B. Intrams. : To happen, to take place. “But you at least may make report Of what befolls.” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstone, iv. bé-fall-len, pa. par. [BEFALL.] “O teacher, some great mischief hath befallen To that meek man.”—Milton: Paradise Lost, bk. xi. bé-fal’-lińg, pr. par. & S. [BEFALL.] . A. As present participle: In senses correspond- ing to those of the verb. B. As subst.: That which befalls, an occurrence, an incident; an event especially of an unfavorable character. bé-fa'r-i-a, s. [BEJARIA.] bé-féll', *bé-fél', pret, of BEFALL. *bëff, *baff, v. t. [Ger. £º: touffen- . . . to cuff, bang, or buffet..] To beat, to strike. (Scotch.) “Bot the wrath of the goddis has doun beft The cietie of Troy from top vnto the ground.” Douglas: Virgil, 59, 9. béff, baff, s. [From baff, v. In O. Fr. bufe, buffe, bouffe- a blow from the fist, a cuff..] . [BUFF, BUFFET.] A blow, a stroke, a cuff. The same as Scotch BAFF (q. v.). - *bëf"—froy, s. [BELFRY.] *bé-fight (gh silent), v. f. fight.] To fight, to combat. bé-fit, v. To be suitable to or for; to become, to be becoming in. Used— (a) Of persons: “He was not in the frame of mind which befits one who is about to strike a decisive blow.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. v. (b) Of things: “Well do a woman’s tears befit the eye Of him who knew not as a man to die.” - Hemams: The Abencerrage, iii. bé-fit'—téd, pret. of BEFIT. *I Befitted as a pa. par. scarcely exists. “. . and that it us befitted To bear our hearts in grief . . .” Shakesp.: Hamlet, i. 2. bé-fit'-tiâg, pr. par. & a. [BEFIT.] “An answer beſitting the hostile message and menace.” Longfellow: Courtship of Miles Standish, iv. bé-fit'-tiâg—ly, adv. In a befitting manner. ibē-flágged, £%. [Eng. prefix be, and flagged = decorated with flags.] From an imaginary pres- ent, beflag. “Berlin is gaily beflagged, and the illuminations will be unusually brilliant.”—Daily Telegraph, March 23, 1877. *bé-flā'ine, pa. par. & a. [BEFLAY.] bē-flåt'-têr, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and flatter.] To flatter in excess. bé-flåt'—téred, pa. par. & a. [BEFLATTER.] bé-flât'—tér-iñg, pr. par. [BEFLATTER.] *bé-flāy (pa, par. beflaime), v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and flay.] To flay. “Out of his skin he was beftaine.” Gower: Conf. Amant., bk. vii. (Richardson.) bé-flów'êr, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and flower.] To besprinkle, to scatter over with flowers or with pustules. (Hobbes.) thè-flüm', v. t. [Eng, prefix be; and flum, con- tracted from flummery (q.v.).]. To befool by cajol- ing language, to cajole, to deceive, to impose upon; (in slang phrase) to “bamboozle.” [Eng. prefix be, and 432 bē-flüm'med, pa. par. [BEFLUM.) bé-flüm'—míňg, pr. par. [BEFLUM.] wº bé-fö'am, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and foam.] To bespatter or cover with foam. “At last the dropping wings, befoam'd all o'er With flaggy heaviness, their master bore.” Ewsdem: Ov. Met., iv. bē-fö'amed, pa. par. & a. [BEFOAM.] bé-fö'am-iñg, pr. par. [BEFOAM.] bé-fög", v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and fog.] To involve in a fog. (Irving.) bé-fögged, pa. par. & a. [BEFOG..] bé-fögg'-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BEFOG..] bé-fô Q1, v. t. ... [Eng. prefix, be, and fool.]. To make a fool of. (Often used reflexively=to make a fool of one's self; for in reality no one can make a fool of another.) “. . . . and how they came back again, and befooled themselves for setting a foot out of doors in that path . . .”—Bunyan: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. bé-fô'oled, pa. par. & a. [BEFool.] bé-fô ol-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BEFooL.] bé-före, *bi-före...ºby-fôre, *bi-före, by- uðr'e, *bi—for’n, *bé-fôr'ne, *bi—for’—&n, *bé—for’— ën, prep., conj., & adv. [A. S. and O. S. beforam, biforgºva (1) before, (2) for ; Dut. bevorems=before; (N. H.) Ger. bevor; O. H. Ger. bifora, pivora.] A. As preposition : I. In space: 1., Gen. : In front of, not behind; situated in front of the face, not behind the back. Used— (a) Of persons: “Their common practice was to look no further before them than the next line.”—Dryden. - Or, (b) More loosely (of things): Situated nearer a spectator than is another thing with which it is com- pared in situation. “. . . . the hill of Hachilah, which is before Jeshimon.” —l Samwel xxvi. 1. 2. Spec. : In the presence of, as noting— {} hem w8ed of persons: . (a) Exposure to the eyes of the person or persons in whose presence one is. “And Shallum the son of Jabesh conspired against him, and smote him before the people.”—2 Kings xv. 10. "I Before one, in the expression “Thou shalt have no other gods before me” (Exod. xx. 3; see also Deut. v. 7), practically, means anywhere; for as a false god worshiped anywhere is worshiped ‘‘ before,” i.e., in the presence of the All-seeing One, the commandment can be obeyed only by him who forbears to worship a false god anywhere. (b) Great respect Or even actual adoration for. ** On kneos heo gon beforem him falle.” The Kyng of Tars, 221. (S. in Boucher.) “. . . . . the place where they kill the burnt-offering before the Lord.”—Lev. iv. 24. (c) Submission to the jurisdiction of. “If a suit be begun before an archdeacon, the ordinary may license the suit to an higher court.”—Ayliffe. (d) In the power of, as if spread out in front of them. “The world was all before them, where to choose.” Milton: Paradise Lost, bk. xii. (2) When, wsed of places (Spec.), : Encampment or the construction of military works for the pur- pose of besieging a place. “And all the people, even the people of war that were with him, went up, and drew nigh, and came before the city.”—Joshua viii. 11. º When wsed of things: e a) Proximity to, either for worship or any other purpose. “. . . but thou and thy sons with thee shall minister before the tabernacle of witness.”—Numbers xviii. 2. (b) The impulse of something behind; as in the common nautical phrase ‘...to run before the wind,” i.e., moving in the same direction as the wind and impelled by its full force. “Her part, poor soul! seeming as burdened With lesser weight, but not with lesser woe, Was carried with more speed before the wind.” Shakesp.: Comedy of Errors, i. 1. II. In time : 1. Preceding. “Particular advantages it has before all the books which have appeared before it in this kind.”—Dryden. 2. Prior to. “The eldest [elder ?] son is before the younger in suc- cession.”—Johnson. 3. Not yet arrived at ; future. “The golden age, which a blind tradition has hitherto beforehand III. In a figurative sense: 1. In preference to, rather than. “We think poverty to be infinitely desirable before the torments of covetousness.”—Taylor. 2. Superior to. “. . . . he is before his competitors both in right and power.”—Johnson. B. A6 conjunction : 1. Sooner than, earlier in time. “Before two months their orb with light adorn, If heav'n allow me life, I will return.”—Dryden, 2. Previously to, in order that something may be. “Before this elaborate treatise can become of use to Imy country, two points are necessary.”—Swift. C. As adverb: I. Of place: 1. Further onward, in advance, in front of. “Thou'rt so far before, That swiftest wing of recompense is slow To overtake thee.” Shakesp.: Macbeth, i. 4. 2. In front; opposed to in the rear, or to behind. II. Of time: 1. Up to this time, hitherto. “The peaceful cities of th’ Ausonian shore, Lull'd in her ease, and undisturbed before, Are all on fire.” 2. In time past: . e (a) Gen. : At an indefinite period of bygone time. “. . ... and the name of Debir before was Kirjath- sepher.”—Joshua xv. 15. (b) Spec. : A short time ago. “I shall resume somewhat which hath been before said, touching the question beforegoing.”—Hale. 3. Already. “You tell me, mother, what I knew before, The Phrygian fleet is landed on the shore.” Dryden, Dryden. before-casting, s. Forethought. “If ony man sleeth his neighebore bi bifore-castyng,”— Wycliffe (Eacodus xxi. 14). before-go, v. t. To precede, go before. “Merci and treuthe shal befor-go thi face.”— Wycliffe (Psalm lxxxviii. 15). before-goer, s. A messenger before. “Y Schal sende thi bifore-goere an Aungel,”—Wycliffe (Eacodus xxxiii. 2). before-set, a. Prefixed. (Prompt. Parv.) before-showing, pr. par. A previous disclosure; a fore-warning. “We bothe saien a dreem in o nyght bifore-schewynge of thing is to comynge.”— Wycliffe (Gemesis xli. 11) before-Speaker, s. A spokesman. “Profete that is interpretour ether bifor-spekere.”—- Wycliffe (Eacodus vii. 1). before-Wall, s. An advanced rampart. “The wal and the bifor-wal.”—Wycliffe (Isaiah xxvi. 1). bé-före-gi-têd, a. [Eng. before; cited.] Cited before. (Dr. Allen.) - ibé-fôr'e-gö-iñg, g, [Eng., before; §§ Going before. (Now abbreviated into For EGOING, (Milton.) - bé-före-hănd, *bé-fôr'e-hände, *bi-fôr'-hănd, *biuoren-hond, a. & adv. . S. beforam, and homd=hand. In Sw. i forhand.] A. As adjective: 1. Possessed of accumulations or stores previously acquired. “Stranger's house is at this time rich, and much before- hand, for it hath laid up revenue these thirty-seven years.”—Bacon, 2. In a state of forwardness; well prepared, all but ready. “What is man's contending with insuperable diffi- culties, but the rolling of Sisyphus' stone up the hill, which is soon beforehand to return upon him again 7"- L'Estrange. B. As adverb : 1. Previously, before. “He o bi woremhond leorneth hore meister.”—Ancrém. Riwle, p. 212. - 2. In a state of priority, first in time. (In this sense often followed by with. “. ... they therefore determined to be beforehand with their accusers.”—Macaulay; Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. 3. Previously. ſº (a) By way of preparation. “When the lawyers brought extravagant bills, Sir Roger used to bargain beforehand to cut off a quarter of a yard in any part of the bill.”—Arbuthnot. (b) Without waiting for a certain event; ante- cedently. - “It would be resisted by such as had beforehand resisted “. . . . . then, on the other hand, I beflumm'd them wi' placed in the Past, is before us.”—Carlyle: Sartor Resartus, Colonel Talbot.”—Scott: Waverley, ch. lxxi. k. iii., ch. v. the general proofs of the gospel.”—Atterbury. fâte, fūt, fåre, amidst, whât, fall, father; we, wet, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, p". & O * A. * * tº Q * -- 3 * — a > e or, wēre, wolf, wärk, whô, sān; mute, clib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW beforementioned bé-fôr'e-mên–tioned (tioned as shiind), a. [Eng; before; mentioned.] , Mentioned before, whether by word of mouth, by writing, or in a printed page. (Foster.) *bë-för -ēn, prep., (Chaucer.) bé-före-time, adv. [Eng., before; time.] For- merly; specially, in the olden time. “Beforetime in Israel, when a man went to inquire of God, thus he spake.”—1 Samuel ix. 9. *bé-for"ne, prep., conj. & adv. [BEFORE.] bē-för-tune, v. t. [Eng. be; fortune.] To happen to, to betide. “As much I wish all good befortune you.” Shakesp.: Two Gentlemen of Verona, iv. 8. bē-fôr'-tuned, pa. par. & a. [BEFORTUNE.] bē-för -tum-iñg, pr. par. [BEFORTUNE.] *be-fot e, adv. On foot. “Befote, or on fote (afote). bé-fôül', v. t. ... [Eng, be; fowl.] To foul, to render dirty, to soil. (Todd.) bé-fôü led, pa, par. & a, [BEFOUL.] bē-fôül'-iñg, pr. par. [BEFOUL.] bé-fréck'-le (le as el), v. t. [Eng. be; freckle.] To spot over with freckles. (Drayton.) bé-friénd', v. t. & i. [Eng, be; friend.] A. Transitive : 1. Lit.: To be a friend to or of, to act with kind- ness to, to favor, to countenance, to sustain by sympathy. “Be thou the first true merit to befriend; His praise is lost who stays till all commend.” Pope: Essay on Criticism, 474. 2. Fig.: To favor, to be propitious to. (Used of tlinº B. Intransitive: To be friendly, favorable, “But night befriends—through paths obscure he pass'd.” Hemams: The Abencerrage, ii. bé-friènd-Éd, pa. par. [BEFRIEND.] bé-friénd'-iñg, pr. par. [BEFRIEND.] “Hope the befriending, Does what she can, for she points evermore up to heaven.” Longfellow: The Children of the Lord's Supper. bé-fričnd-mênt, s. [Eng., befriend; -ment.] The act of befriending; the state of being befriended. (Foster.) bé-fringe, v. f... [Eng, be; fringe. In Ger, befran- Sen.] To place fringes upon, to adorn with fringes. “When I flatter, let my dirty leaves Cloath spice, line trunks, or flutt'ring in a row, Befringe the rails of Bedlam and Soho.” Pope: Satires, v. 419. bé-fring'ed, pa, par. & a. [BEFRINGE.] bé-fring'-iñg, pr. par. [BEFRINGE.] bé-frizz'ed, a. Having the hair frizzled, or crinkled. béft, pa. par. [BEFF.] (Scotch.) .bé-füd'-dle, v. t. To muddle or confuse, as with liquor. bé-für', v. t. [Eng, be; fur.] To cover or clothe with fur. (F. Butler.) bé-fúrred, pa. par. & a. [BEFUR.] bé-für'-ríňg, pr. par. [BEFUR.] conj. & adv. [BEFORE.] Pedestre.”—Prompt Parv. *beg, s. [BEIGH.] bég, *bigge, *bég'-gén, v. i. & t. [From Eng. bag. Or from A. S. bedecian=to tºº, ...; Skeat). Compare also Sw, begåha, bedja; Goth. bidjan; Dan, bede; Dut. bedelen, bidden; Ger. bettelm; O. H. Ger, bitjan; A. S. biddan=(1) to ask, tº pray, to beseech, (2) to bid; biddan=to pray; Mahr. bhik, bheek=alms; Hind. bhikh, bheelch, bhik of bheek=alms; bhikh, or bheekh mangma=to ask alms, to beg.] [BEG, BEGGAR.] A. Intransitive: To ask for alms, habitually; mendicant. “I cannot dig; to beg I am ashamed.”—Luke xvi. 8. B. Transitive: I. Ordinary Langwage: * ań. To ask earnestly; to ask as a beggar does for II].S., * Spec., to ask to be a professional beggar, to be a “. . . for all thy blessed youth Becomes as aged, and doth beg the alms Of palsied eld . . .” Shakesp.: Measure for Measure, iii. 1. 2. With similar earnestness to request anything, sºlºitation for which does not make one a mendi- “He went to Pilate, and begged the body of ”— Matthew xxvii. 58. ' gged the body of Jesus. 3. To take for granted. [II. 1.] boil, boy; pout, jowl; Cat, çell, chorus, 488 *4. To apply for one's guardianship. [II. 2.] “I fear you will Be begg’d at court, unless you come off thus.” The Wits (O. Pl.), viii. 500. II. Technically: : 1. Logic. To beg the question: To perpetrate the fallacy called Petitio principii: to assume, if an $ºnt will permit it, the very thing to be proved. *2. Qld Law. ...To beg a person for a fool: To apply to be his guardian. The petition was presented in the Court of Wards. “Leave begging, Lynus, for such poor rewards, Else some will beg thee, in the court of wards.” Harrington: Epigr., i. 10. ‘ſ There is a play upon the words beg you for in the following passage: “And that a great man Did mean to beg you for — his daughter.” City Match (O. Pl.), 314. (Nares.) ‘ſ (a) Crabb thus distinguishes between the verbs to beg and to desire: “To beg marks the wish; to desire, the will and determination. Beg is the act of an inferior; desire, of a superior. We beg a thing as a favor, we desire it as a right.” (b) To beg, beseech, solicit, entreat *Fº implore, crave are thus discriminated he first four of these do not mark such a state of depend- ence in the agent as the last three: to beg denotes a state of wºant; to beseech, entreat, and solicit a state of urgent necessity; swpplicate and implore, a state of abject distress; crave, the lowest state of phys- ical want. One begs with importunity; beseeches with earnestness; entreats by the force of reasoning and strong representation. One solicits by virtue of one's interests; sugplicates by a humble address; implores by every mark of dejection and humilia- tion. Begging is the act of the poor when they need assistance; beseeching and entreating are resorted to by friends and equals, when they want to influ- ence or persuade; beseeching is more urgent, entreat- ing more argumentative. Solicitations are used to obtain favors which have more respect to the cir- cumstances than the rank of the solicitor; suppli- cating and imploring are resorted to by sufferers for the relief of their misery, and are addressed to those who have the power of averting or increasing, the galamity. Craving is the consequence of longing; it marks an earnestness of supplication, an abject state of suffering dependence. bég, s. [Turkish beg-prince, chief.] [BEY.] In Turkey, Tartary, déc. : A title for a provincial governor, or generally for an official of high rank. n India it is occasionally met with as part of an ordinary proper name, borne by persons presumably of Mogul Tartar descent, but possessed neither of official rank nor of aristocratic birth. Beg is essen- tially the same word as Bey, used in Tunis and other parts of Northern Africa. “Togrul Beg, however, the son of Michael, the son of Sedjuk, offered himself as a leader and bond of union to the Turks.”—Mill: Hist. India (ed. 1848), vol. ii., p. 254. sº ife-san. *big'—gah, s. [Mahratta, Hind., C., Oºgh Q. Im. India : A land measure. That of Bengal is about 1,000 square §: or one-third of an English acre. That of the Mahratta country contains 3,926 Square yards; consequently 1% begas will be= an English acre. *bé-gāb", v. t. [BYGAB.] *bèg-ăir'—ies, s. [From O. Eng. begare=varie- gate.] Stripes or slips of cloth sewed on gar- ments, by way of ornament, such as are now worn in liveries; pessments. [BEGARIE.] “. . use or weare in their cleithing, or apparell, or lyning thereof, onie claith of gold, or silver, velvot, satine, damask, taff ataes, or ony begairies, frenyies, pas- ments, or broderie of gold, silver, or silk, . . .”—Acts James VI. (1581), c. 113. *bé-gäll", *bé-gål', v. t. [Eng. be; gall.] To gall, to chafe, to rub till Soreness arise. “And shake your sturdy trunks, ye prouder pines, Whose swelling graines are like begald alone With the deep furrowes of the thunder-stone.” Bp. Hall: Defiance to Envy. *bé-gälled, *bé-gäld', pa. par. [BEGALL.] *bé-går'-Éit, *bé-går'-y-it, pa. par. [BEGARIE.] *bé-går"-ie, *bé-går"—É, v. t. . [From Lat. gyro- to turn round in a circle. (GYRATE.) (Urry dº {{...} Or from A. geriam = to clothe. (Stevenson.) ...[GARISH.] Or from, (Qld 2) Fr. begarrer=to diversify. (Longmuir.)] (O. Emg. dº Scotch.) 1. To variegate. (a) Gen. : To deck with various colors. “Begareit all in sundry hewis.” Lyndsay; S. P. R., ii. 103. (Jamieson.) (b) Spec, ; To stripe, to variegate with lines of various colors, to streak. “All of gold wrocht was thare riche attyre, Thar purpoure robbis begaryit schynand brycht.” Douglas: Virgil, 267, 15. (Jamieson.) go, gem, thin, this; bençh; çhin, Sin, beggar 2. To besmear, to bedaub, to bespatter. “Some Whalley's Bible did begarie, By letting flee at it canarie.” & Colville: Mock Poem, pt. i., 59. bé-gāt", pret. of BEGET (q.v.). * “Shem . . . begat Arphaxad two years after the flood. And Shem lived after he begat Arphaxad, —Gen. xl. 10, 11. bé-gā'—vēl, s... [Eng.: be, and gavel (q. Y.).] [BAGAVEL.] It is called also Bethwgavel, or Chip- ping-gavel (q.v.). *bë-gåw', *bé-gåwd, v. t. [Eng, be; and gaw (q.v.).] [GEwg Aw.) To deck out with gewgaws. & & . Begawded with chains of gold and jewels.” North: Plutarch, p. 127. (Richardson.) *bé-gåw"ed, *bé-gãwd'—éd, pa. par. & a... [BE- GAW.] *bé-gåw"—ifig, *bé-gåwd'-iñg, [BE- GAW.] bé-gé'ik, s. [BEGUNK.] bé-gēm", v. t. [Eng: be gem.] To adorn, with recious gems, or anything similarly beautiful and uStrous. - “The doe awoke, and to the lawn Begem med with dewdrops, led her fawn.” - Scott: Lady of the Lake, iii. 2. bē-gēm"med, pa. par. & a. [BEGEM.] - bé-gēm"—míňg, pr. par. [BEGEM.] *bég'—én-ild, *bég -ēn-èlde, s. [O. Eng. begen- to beg, and yldo, yld, eld=age, seniority, a man;] Amendicant. “A bastarde, a bounde on, a begeneldes douhter.” ier's Plowman, p. 158. (S. im Boucher.) *bë-gés", *bé-gēss", adv. [Eng. pref. be=by, and gesse=guess; Dan. gisse.] By chance, at random. “Thou lichtlies all trew properties f luve express, And marks quhen neir a styme thou seis, And hits begess.” Scott: Evergreen, i. 118. “I hapnit in a wilderness, Quhair I chanst to gang in beges.” Burel's Pilg. (Watson’s Coll.), ii. 30. bé-gēt', *bi-gēt'e, *by-gyºte (pret. begot, thegat, *begatte, *begate; pa par. begotten, bigeten), v. t. [Eng. be; get=to cause to get; A. S. begytan, bigi- fan (pret, begeat)=to get, to obtain; A. S. prefix be, and º: gitam-to get.] [GET.] 1. Lit.: To engender, to generate, to procreate, to become the father of. (Used of the procreation of children.) 2. Fig.: To produce, to engender, to generate, to cause to come into existence. (Used of projects, ideas, or anything similar, or generally of anything which man can bring into being.) ‘‘Till carried to excess in each domain, This fav'rite good begets peculiar pain.” Goldsmith: The Traveler. bé-gēt'—tér, s. [Eng. beget; -er.] " . 1. Lit. : One who begets; one who procreates; a father. | “For what their prowess gain'd, the law declares Is to themselves alone, and to their heirs; No share of that goes back to the begetter.” Dryden. 2. Fig.: A producer; as “a begetter of disease.” bég -ga-ble, a., [Eng. beg; -able.] . Able to be obtained if begged for, or at least able to be begged with a doubtful result. “He finds it his best way to be always craving, because he lights many times upon things that are disposed of, or not beggable.”—Butler's Characters. bèg'-gar, *bég'-gēr, *bég'-gēre, s. [Eng. beg, -er; Dut. 'bedeiaf, Ger. bettler; fał piccaro. Comp. also Sw. tiggare; Dan. tigger.] [BEG.] A. Ordinary Language: I. Literally: 1. One whose habitual practice is to implore peo- ple for alms, whether because he has some physical or mental defect which wholly or partially incapac- itates him from working ; or because (if such a thing be conceivable) all his efforts to obtain work have been uniformly abortive;, or finally, in too many cases, because he is too idle to work and too shameless to blush at the meanness of casting his support on others perhaps less strong in body, and even less rich in purse, than himself. “Bet than a lazer, or a beggere.” Chaucer: C. T., 242. “And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man’s table .”—Luke xvi. 20, 21. 2. One who is dependent on others for support, whatever his position in society. “They [the non-juring clergy] naturally became beggars and loungers.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. aş; pr. p(t?". expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. *Clan, -tian = shan. del. –tion, —dle, &c. = bel, -Sion = shiis. -ble, shin; -Sious = —tion, -Šion = Zhūn. -tious, -cious, beggar-brat t 3. Qne who asks, a favor, however legitimate; a petitioner for anything. “What subjects will precarious kings regard? A beggar speaks too softly to be heard.” Dryden. II. Fig. : One who, in a logical matter, “begs ’’ the question ; one who assumes the point in dispute, or, in a more general sense, who assumes what he does not prove. “Those shameful beggars of principles, who give this precarious account of the original of things, assume to themselves to be men of reason.”—Tillotson. B. Old Law and Ord. Lang. §§ §§§ An able-bodied man quite capable, if he liked, of work- ing, but who will not do it because he prefers to $º. himself upon the industrious. The Act 14 liz., c. 5, passed in 1572, defined rogues, Yºº and sturdy beggars to be “all persons whole and mighty in body, able to labor, not having land or mister, nor using any lawful merchandise, craft, Or mystery.” These, and coupled with them, unhap- pily, “all common laborers able in body, loitering and refusing to work for such reasonable wage as is commonly given ''-that is, what now would be called all agricultural or other laborers on strike- were, for the first offense, to be grievously whipped and be burned through the gristle of the right ear with a hot iron an inch round; for the second should be deemed felons; and for the third suffer death, without benefit of clergy. The cruel severity of the Act made it fail of effect. The sturdy beggar continued to flourish ; he does so still. He may be seen daily almost anywhere, not to say everywhere, in New York or Chicago; and as long as the thoughtless continue to give him alms in the street, there is no likelihood of his condescending to work. beggar-brat, s. . A contemptuous appellation for a child engaged in begging. A beggar's child. beggar-maid, s. An unmarried female beggar. “Young Adam Cupid, he that shot so trim, When King Cophetua lov'd the beggar-maid.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, ii. 1. beggar-man, 8. A man who is a beggar. “Glo. Is it a beggar-man Ż Old Mam. Madman and beggar, too.” - Shakesp.: King Lean', iv. 1. Beggar-man's Oatmeal: A plant, Alliaria Offici- 'nalis. Beggar's Basket: A local name for a plant, Pul- mvomarča officinvalis. beggar's-brown, s. A light-brown snuff, which is made of the stem of tobacco. beggar's-lice, s. A vulgar name for an Ameri- can boraginaceous plant—the Echimospermvwm vir- ginicum, the hooked prickles of whose nuts or ur-like fruits adhere to the clothes of passers-by. beggar’s-ticks, s. A similarly yulgar name for two composite plants, found in this country—the Bidens from dosa and the B. commata, the fruit of which, having two teeth or prickles, adhere to the clothes. beggar-weed, s. [So called , by farmers, and others from its growing only in impoverished soil, or because of itself it beggars the land..] A name given by farmers to various weeds, specially to Polygonwm, aviculare, Cuscuta trifolii, Heraclium. sphomolylium, Spengula arvensis, and Galium apar- ine. (Britten.) [POLYGONUM, Čüscura, &c.] beggar-woman, s. A woman who is a beggar. “The elder of them, being put to nurse, Was by a beggar-woman stol’n away.” Shakesp.: King Henry VI., iv. 2. bêg'-gar, “bég -gēr, v. t. [From beggar, S.J I. Lit.: To reduce to beggary; to impoverish. “Wives beggar husbands, husbands starve their wives.” Cowper: Task, bk. ii. II. Figuratively: 1. To impoverish. finances.) & 4 (Used of an exchequer or of g her merchants were to be undersold, her cus- tomers decoyed away, her exchequer beggared.”—Macau- lay: Hist. Eng., ch. xxiv. 2. To deprive. (Followed by of.) “Necessity, of matter beggar'd, Will nothing stick our person to arraign In ear and ear.” Shakesp.: Hamlet, iv. 5. 3. To exhaust; to tax to the utmost the power of. “It beggar'd all description.” Shakesp.: Amtomy and Cleopatra, ii. 2. beggar-my-neighbor, s. A game at cards, either the same with, or very like that of Catch-honors. (Eng. dº Scotch.) bég'-gared, pa. par. & al. [BEGGAR, v.] “Big Mars seems bankrupt in their beggared host.” Shakesp.: Henry V., iv. 2. bég'-gar-iñg, *bég'-gēr-iñg, pr; par. & a. 434 bég -gar-li-nēss, *bég'-gēr-ly-nēsse, s. [Eng. beggarly, -mess.] The quality of being beggarly ; IX1628 IO In GSS. “They went about to hinder the journey, by railing on the beggarliness of it, and discrediting of it.”—Lord Wimbledon to the Duke of Buckingham. Cabala (1654), p. 136. (Todd.) bèg'-gar-ly, *bég'-gér–ly, *bég'-gēr—lye, a. & adv. [Eng. beggar; -ly. ] A. As adjective: 1. Of persons: Like a beggar, poor-looking, mean. “Who, that beheld such a bankrupt beggarly fellow as Cromwell entering the parliament house with a thread- bare, torn cloak, and greasy hat, could have suspected that he should, by the murder of one king and the banish- ment of another, ascend the throne º’”—South. 2. Of things: Suitable for a beggar; like that of a beggar; mean, contemptible. “As children multiplied and grew, the household of the priest became more and more beggarly.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. iii. B. As adverb : In a manner suitable to a beggar: meanly, indigently. (In a literal or in a figurative sense.) “Touching God Himself, hath He revealed that it is His delight to dwell beggarly 2 And that He taketh no pleasure to be worshiped, saving only in poor cottages 7”—Hooker. bèg'—gar-y, *bég'-gēr—y, *bég -gēr-ye, s. [Eng. beggar; -y. I. Of persons: The state or condition of an habitual beggar; indigence. “Gaunt Beggary, and Scorn.” Thomson: Castle of Indolence, ii. 76. 2. Of things: Poverty; indigence. “There's beggary in the love that can be reckon'd.” Shakesp.: Amtomy and Cleopatra, i. 1. bégged, *bég'-géde, pa. par. & a. [BEG.] *beg-gild, s. A beggar. “Hit is beggilde rihte uorte beren bagge on bac.”— Amcrem Riwle, p. 168. bég'-gińg, *bég-gyńge, pr. par., a. [BEG, v.] A. & B. As present participle départicipial adjec- tive: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. | Begging Friar (Ch. Hist.): A friar who, having taken a view of poverty, supported himself by beg- ging. [FRIAR.] “. . the songs of minstrels and the tales of begging friars.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. C. As substantive: 1. The act of begging for, or soliciting anything. Spec., the act of soliciting alms. “I Fish. No, friend, cannot you beg” Here's them in our country of Greece gets more with begging than we can do with working.”—Shakesp.: Pericles, ii. 2. Logic: The act of assuming what is not con: ceded, as in the phrase “a begging of the question.” *bég -gińg-nēss, s. Neediness, beggary. “Ther shal come to thee thi vegging messe as a man armyd.”— Wycliffe (Prov. xxiv. 34). Bég"—hards, Bēg"—uards, Bög'—ards, s. pl. [In & S. Ger. Begart; O. Ger. Beghard ; Fr. Begard, Begward; Low Lat. Beghardws, Begehardws, JBeghardws, Begiardus; from Low Lat. & Prov. baga = a bag; and Ger. hart, Goth. hardws=Eng. hard. Some say that the name is derived from their begging favor from God in prayer, and to the fact that they were religious mendicants. Another opinion is that they are named after St. Begghe, whom they took for their patroness. Skeat confi- dently suggests the Namur dialectic word begwiawt= a stammer, as the real etymology.] [BEGUINs, BEGUINES.] Chºwrch. History : 1. Gem. : The “tertiaries” of several monastic orders, Dominicans and Franciscans. 2. Specially: & (a) The “tertiaries” of the Franciscans. By the third rule of St. Francis, those might have a cer- tain iodse connection with this Order, who, without forsaking their worldly business, or forbearing to marry, yet dressed poorly, were continent, prayer- ful, and grave in manners. In France they were called Beguini, and in Italy Bizochi and Bocasoti. They were greatly persecuted by successive popes. (Mosheim.) (b) Certain religious people who associated them- selves into a kind of monastic lodging-house under a chief, while they were unmarried, retiring when they pleased. As they often supported themselves by weaving, they were sometimes called “Brother Weavers.” They first attracted notice in the Netherlands in the thirteenth century. They were established at Antwerp in 1228, and adopted the third rule of St. Francis in 1290. (Mosheim.) bē-gilt', a. [Eng, be; gilt.] Gilded over. “Six maids attending on her, attired with buckram - beginning bé-gin', *bé-gin'ne, *bi-gynne, v. i. & t. [A.S. beginnam (pret. began, pa. par. begunmem), aginnam, anginnam, ingingam, omgimmam, Omgynman from a, am, im, or om, and gymnam = to begin ; O. S. & O. H. Ger. begimman; Sw, begymma; Dan. begynde : Dut. & Ger. begimmen; Lat. gigmo = to bring forth; Gr. gigmomai, and genö; from the root gem, Sansc.gam= to be born, and gögammi = to beget, or to bring forth.] A. Transitive : 1. To commence action; to pass from inaction to action. “. . . yat alle ye bretheren and sisteren of yis fra- termite shul kepen and begunmen her deuocioun on ye euen of ye feste of ye Trinitee, . .”—Eng. Gilds (Ear. Eng. Teact Soc.), p. 25. 2. To trace the first ground, element, or existence of anything. “The apostle begins our knowledge in the creatures, which leads us to the knowledge of God.”—Locke. B. In transitive : 1. To come into being, or commence or enter on any particular state of existence. (a) To come into being. (Used of persons or things.) “Ere the base laws of servitude began, When wild in woods the noble savage ran.” Dryden, (b) To commence or enter on any particular state of existence; to commence, to arise. “All began, All ends, in love of God and love of man.”—Pope. 2. To commence any action or course of action; to take the first step from non-action to action; to do the first act, or part of an act. “Then they began at the ancient men which were before the house.”—Ezekiel ix. 6. *I Begin is often followed half-transitively by an infinitive. “Now and then a sigh he stole, And tears began to flow.” Dryden. ºf To begin with : To commence with ; to select any particular person or thing as the first of a series. “A lesson which requires so much time to learn, had need be early begun with.”—Goverm. of the Tongue. T Crabb thus distinguishes the verbs to begim, to commence, and to enter upon: “Begin and com- mence are so strictly allied in signification, that it is not easy to discover the difference in their appli- cation, although a minute difference does exist. To begin respects the order of time; to commence, the exertion of setting about a thing. Begin is opposed to end; commence, to complete: a person begins a thing with a view to ending it; he commences with the view of completing it. To begin is either transitive or intransitive; to commence is mostly transitive: a speaker begins by apologizing: he com: memces his speech with an apology. To begin is used either for things or persons; to commence, for persons only ; all things have their beginning; in order to effect anything we must make a commence- nvent. Begin is more colloquial than commemºe: thus we say, to begin the work, to commence Opera- tions. To commence and enter wbon are as closely allied in sense as the former words; they differ principaſly in application: to commence Seems rather to denote ; making an experiment; to enter. wpon, that of first doing what has not been tried before: we commence an undertaking; we enter wpom an employment.” (Crabb : Eng. Symon.) *bé-gin'ne, s. [From begin, v.] Beginning. “I let no whit thee dismay The hard beqinne that meets thee in the dore.” Spenser: F. Q., III. iii. 21. bé—gin'-nēr, s. [Eng. begin; -er. In Dut, begin- mer; Sw, begymmare; Dan. begynder.] e 1. One who originates anything; one who is the first to do anything. “Socrates maketh Ignatius, the Bishop of Antioch, the first beginner thereof, even under the apostles them- selves.”—Hooker. 2. One whose study of a science or practice of an art has just commenced; one inexperienced in what he is doing or professing to do; a young learner or practitioner. “Our choir would scarcely be excused, Even as a band of raw beginners.” Byron: Hours of Idleness; Granta. bé—gin'-nifig, pr. par., a. & S. [BEGIN.] A. & B. As pr. par. & participial adj. : In Senses corresponding to those &##. verb. C. As substantive : I. The act of commencing to do. e “This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana of Gali- lee.”—John ii. 11. II. The state of commencing to be. “Youth, what man's age is like to be, doth show; We may our end by our beginning know.” [BEGGAR, v.] bridelaces begilt, ... . .”—Ben Jomson: Underwoods. Denham. --T fāte, fit, fare, amidst, whāt, fall, father; we, wēt, hēre, camel, hêr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; go, p", or, wēre, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian, ae, ce = €; ey = a, qu = k". beginningless .* III. The commencement or cause of anything. 1. The time or date of the commencement of any- thing. & e * (a) The moment in bygone time in which the heavens and the earth—i.e., the material universe— came into existence at the fiat of the Creator. “In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.”—Genes is i. 1. (b) From everlasting, from eternity. “In the Ueginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.”—John i. 1. 2. The first part of anything. “The causes and designs of an action are the beginning; the effects of these causes, and the difficulties that are met with in the execution of these designs, are the mid- dle; and the unraveling and resolution of these difficulties are the end.”—Broome. 3. That which causes anything. “Wherever we place the beginning of motion, whether from the head or the heart, the body moves and acts by a consent of all its parts.”—Swift. 4. That from which anything grows or develops. “The understanding is passive ; and whether or not it will have these beginnings and materials of knowledge, is not in its own power.”—Locke. bé—gin'-niāg-lèss, a. [Eng. beginning; -less.] Without a beginning. “Melchisedeck, in a typical or mystical way, was begin- ningless, and endless in his existence.”—Barrow: Serm. ii. 307. bé-gird', the girt’ (pret. & pa. par. begirt, begirded), v. t. [A. S. begyrdam, begredan-(1) to begird, to surround, (2) to clothe, (3) to defend, to fortify; Ger. begilrtem : Goth, begairdam.] I. ###: To encircle with a girdle; to place a literal girdle round the body or anything else. II. Figuratively. To encircle with anything else than an aérial girdle. , 1. Gen. : In the foregoing sense. “And, Lentulus, begin't you Pompey's house.” Ben Jomson: Catiline, iii. 3. 2. Spec.: To encircle with hostile works with the view of besieging. “It was so closely begirt before the king's march into the west, that the council humbly desired his majesty that he would relieve it.”—Clurendom. bé-gird'–éd, bé-girt", pa, par. & a. [BEGIRD.] bé-gird"—ifig, *bé-girt’-iñg, pr. par. & a. IBEGIRD.] “He describes them as begirting the hair-bulbs.”—Todd dº Bowman: Physiol. Amat., vol. i., p. 407. bé-gir'—dle, v. t. To incircle with a girdle. bé-girt" (1), v. [BEGIRD.] bé-girt’ (2), pa. par. & a. [BEGIRDED.] hº bég"-li-Ér-bêy, s. [Turk.-lord of lords.] [BEG. * In Turkey. A title, for a provincial governor, next in dignity beneath the Grand Vizier. He has under him several begs, agas, &c. bég-lér-bég-lik, s. [Turkish.] º : The province ruled over by a begler- €g (QI. V.). bég"-li-Ér-bêy, s. [BEGLERBEG.] bé-glö'om, v. t. [Eng, prefix be; gloom.] To cast gloom over; to render gloomy. “I should rather endeavor to support your mind, than begloom it with my own melancholy.”—Badcock to Dr. JJ º (1787). Statement of Dr. White’s Obligations, &c., p. 82. bé-gnä'w (g silent), v. t. [Eng. prefix be; gnaw.] To gnaw (lit. & fig.). “The worm of conscience still begmaw thy soul.” Shakesp., Richard III., i. 3. bé-gnäw'ed, "pa, par. & a. [BEGNAw.] bé-gnâw-iñg, pr: par. [BEGNAw.] *bé-gö, w, t. [A. S. begangan=to go after, to per- form, to dispatch, to attend, to be near, to surround, to worship.] 1. To perform, to accomplish. (S. in Boucher.) 2. To surround. (S. in Boucher.) iſ Occurs only as past participle and participial adjective. [BEGONE..] fbé-göd", v. t. [Eng, be, and god.] To make a god of, to deify. [Eng. be, god.] the-gūd-déd, pa. par. & adj. [BEGoD.] “High-flown perfectionists—what is yet more execrable, When they are come to the height of their begodded con: Jition, &c., cannot sin, do what they will.”—More: Myst. of Godliness, p. 510, fbé-göd-ding, pr. par. [BEGoD.] bºgöne, *pś-gönne, ºbé-gó', ºbi-gā’, ‘by-gö, 2% par. &.a. [A. S. begangan=to go after, to per'. º to dispatch, to lie near, to surround, to wor- bóil, böy; pout, jowl; cat, çell, Dut. begraven; Ger. begrabem- to Chorus, 435 1. Gone far, sunk deep, especially in woe or in weal; beset with. “. . . is with treasour so full begome.”—Gower: Conf. Amant., bk. v. “. so deep was her wo begon me.” Romawnt of the Rose. bº is rich and well bego.”—Gower: Conf. Amant., • IV. T It still appears in the word woe-begome (q.v.). 2. Surrounded. “The bridles were, for the nones, Bygo with preciouse stones.” Chron. of Eng. in Ritson's Romances. (S. in Boucher.) bé-göne, interj. [Imperative of verb to be, and past participle of go..] Begone, get you gone, go, go away, depart, quit my presence 1 “Begome 1 nor dare the hallowed stream to stain. She fled, forever banish’d from the train.” Addison. bé-gö'–mi-a, s. [Named after Michael Begon, a Frenchman, born in 1638, who promoted botany.] Bot. : A genus of plants, the typical one of the order Begoniaceae º BE- GONIACEAE. eV- eral species are cultivated in gree n houses, in flower-pots, in houses, and in sim- ilar situations. Joë-gö-mi-á- çë-æ (Latin), bé- g 3' — ni - # d S (Eng.), S. pl. [BE- GONIA.] Bot. : An order of plants, classed by Lindley under his §t. OT Cucurbital alli- ance. The flowers are unisexual. The sepals superior, colored; in the males four, two being within the others and smaller than them ; in the females five, two being smaller than the rest. The stamina are indefinite; the ovary is inferior, winged, three-celled, with three double polysperm- ous placentae in the axis. The fruit is membra- nous, three-celled, with an indefinite number of minute seeds. The flowers, which are in cymes, are pink; the leaves are alternate, and toothed with scarious stipules. Genera, 2; species, 159 (Lindley, 1847). Localities, the East and West Indies, &c. [BEGONIA.] *bé-gön"me, pa. par. & a. [BEGO, v., and BEGONE..] fbé-gö're, v. t. [Eng. pref, be, and gore.] Occurs only in pa. par. begored=besmeared with gore. “Besides, ten thousand monsters foule abhor'd Did wait about it, gaping griesly, all begor'd.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. xi. 3. bé-göt', bě-göt'—tén, pa. par., a. & S. [BEGET.] 1. Lit. : Generated, produced. “ Found that the issue was not his begot.” Shakesp.: Richard III., iii. 5. . . the only begotten Son of God.”—John iii. 18. 2. Script. : To be the Divine cause or the human instrument in producing regeneration within a sin- ful soul. “We know that whosoever is born of God sinneth not ; but he that is begotten of God keepeth himself, and that wicked one toucheth him not.”—1 John v. 18. “. . . . . my son Onesimus, whom I have begotten in my bonds.”—Philemon 10. 3. Script. Of God: To stand to the eternal “Son of God” in such a mysterious relation as to warrant the latter to be called “the only begotten Son of God.” “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.”—John iii. 16. bë-góü'k, bě-gów'k, s... [Eng, pref: he, and Scotch gowk, gavk=a fool.] The act of jilting or making a fool of. “If he has gi'en you the begowk, lat him gang, my woman ; ye’ll get anither an’ a better.”—Saacon and Gael., ii. 32. (Jamieson.) *bé-gra'ge, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and grace.] To endow with grace. (Occurs only in the past par- ticiple. *bé-grä'ged, pa. par. & a. [BEGRACE.] *begrauin, pa. par. [BEGRAVED.] *bé-gra’ve (1), v. t. [A.S. begrafan, bigrafan. In * to begrave; Goth. ºrgan=to dig up..] To commit to the grave, to Ulry. Begonia. & t & “That he wald suffir to be caryit from thence Thay corpis dede, . . . To suffir thame begrawin for to be.” Douglas: Virgil, 363, 48. go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bençh; Sin, beguilement *bé-grá've (2), v. t. [Eng. pref, be, and grave, v. t. & pa. par. begrave.] To grave, to engrave, t “[He] stood upon a foote on highte Of borned golde; and with great sleight Of workmanship it was begrave.” Gower: Conf. Am., bk. 1. *bé-graved, bé-grav’-en, “begrauin, pa. par. & a. [BEGRAVE (1).] *bé-grá'v-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BEGRAVE (1).] bé-gré'ase, v. t. [Eng. pref, be, and grease.] To cover with grease. (Minshew.) a 3- bé-gré'ased, pa, par. & a. [BEGREASE.] bé-gré'as-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BEGREASE.] *bé-gré'de (pret, bě-grád de), v. t. [Eng. & A. S. pref. be, and A.S. gradan; O. Eng. grede=to, Say, to cry, to call.] To cry out against. “The fugheles that the er begradde.” Hule and Nightingale, 1,132. (S. im Bowcher.) *bé-grétte, pa. par. [A. S. gretan=(1) to go, to meet, to approach; (2) to greet, to salute; (3) to touch..] Saluted. “The teris lete he fall, and tendirly With hertlie lufe begrette hir thus in hy.” -- Douglas: Virgil, 179, 44. bé-grime, v. t. [Eng. pref., be, and grime.] To soil with soot, the black material which adheres to the Outside of pots and pans, or anything similar. . . . . bands of dragoons, spent with running and riding, and begrimed with dust.”—Macawlay: Hist, Eng., ch. xvi. bé-gri med, pa. par. & a. [BEGRIME.] bé-grim-iñg, pr. par. & a. [BEGRIME.] bé-grüdge, v. t. [Eng. pref, be, and grudge.] To grudge. “None will have cause to begrudge the beauty or height of corner-stones .”—Standard of Equality, $ 25. bé-grüdged, pa. par. & a. [BEGRUDGE.] bé-grüdg'-iñg, pr. par. [BEGRUDGE.] *bé-grät-tén, a... [Sw, begrâta=to weep for, to deplore.] Having the face disfigured with weep- ing. (Jamieson.) bé-guile, *bé-gi'le, *bi-gyle, *by gyle, v, f. [Eng. be, gwile. O. Fr. guiler=to deceive.) I. To deceive by means of guileful conduct or words. * & sº & *1. To cover up with guile; guilefully to hide. ‘‘So beguil'd With outward honesty.” Shakesp.: Rape of Lucrece. 2. To deceive by means of a false statement. “Why wol he thus himself and us bigyle '' Chaucer: C. T., 8,128. II. To allure or lure to or from any place, course of conduct, &c. (a) To anything. “And the woman said, The serpent begwiled me, and I. did eat.”—Genes is iii. 13. (b) From anything. “Perceives not Lara that his anxious page Begwiles his charger from the combat's rage.” Byron: Lara, ii. 15. III. To cause to mistake, to cause to commit an error, without reference to the means by which this has been brought about. (Scotch.) “I thank my God he never begwiled me yet.”—Walkers Remark. Passages, p. 10. “I’m saer beguil'd'' is=I have fallen into a great mistake. (Jamieson.) IV. To thwart; to disappoint. 1. To thwart or elude by artifice. sº T In this sense the object of the verb may be a person or a thing. “Is wretchedness depriv'd that benefit, To end itself by death? 'Tis yet some comfort, When misery could beguile the tyrant’s rage.” Shakesp.: King Lear, iv. 6. 2. To disappoint. “The Lord Aboyn comes to the road of Aberdeen still looking for the coming of his soldiers, but he was begwiled.”—Spalding, i. 165. (Jamieson.) V. To remove tedium or weariness; to give pleas- ing amusement to the mind, and so make time slip pleasantly away. “Nought, without thee, my weary soul begwiles.” Hemans: Sonnet, 271. bé-guile, 8, [From beguile, v. (q; v.)]. A decep- tion, a trick; “the slip;” a disappointment. ** Ere I came back, and well I wat short while, Was I a coming, I gets the begwile, Nae thing I finds, . . .” Ross: Helenore, p. 70. (Jamieson.) bé-guiled, *bé-guy'ld, pa. par. & a. [BEGUILE.] bé-guile-mênt, 8. . [Eng., begwilement.] The act of beguiling; the state of being beguiled; that which beguiles. aş; expect, Xenophon, exist. ph. = f. -Cian, &c. = bel, del. -tian = Shan. -tion, —dle, -sion = -ble, Shūn; -sious = Shiis. —tion, -Šion = Zhiin. -tious, -cious, beguiler bé-guil'-Ér, ºbé-gil'—ér, s. [Eng. beguile, -er.] One who beguiles; an allurer, a deceiver, a cheat. “To-day a begwiler, to-morrow beguiled.” Wodroephe; Fr. dº Eng. Gr. (1623), p. 476. bé-guil-iñg, pr. par., a. & S. [BEGUILE, v.] A. As present participle dº participial adj. : - “'Tis flown—the vision: and the sense Of that begwiling influence 1” Wordsworth: White Doe of Rylstone, iv. , B. As substantive; The act of deceiving people by living or speaking falsehood. “For further I could say, This man’s untrue, And knew the patterns of his foul beguiling.” Shakesp.: Lover’s Complaint. bë-guil'-iñg-ly, adv. [Eng, begwiling, -ly.] In a beguiling manner. thé-guil'—tied, pa. par. & a. [BEGUILTY...] thé-guil'-ty, v. t. To render guilty. & ‘. . . dost at once beguilty thine own conscience with sordid bribery, . .”—Bo. Sanderson: Sermons. thé-guíl'-ty—ing, pr. par. [BEGUILTY.] bég-uín-age (uin as win, or w silent, age as Ig), 8, [Fr. begwinage= (1) puerile and affected devotion, (2) a convent of Beguines. (Littré.)] An association or “vineyard ” of praying women. [See BEGUINEs.] Bég"—uineš (Eng.), *Bé'-guins (guins as gwins), Bē-gui'-nae (w silent), s. pl. [Fr. Bégwines, the fem. form of Bégwin (q. v.). Lat. Pegwinoe. 1. The females who acted on the third rule of St. Francis, and corresponded to the Beghards or Beguins of the other sex. [BEGHARDS.] They were called also Begwttde. & 2. Associations of ºś. which arose in the Netherlands in the thirteenth century, the first being formed at Nivelles, in Brabant, in A. D. 1226, and spread rapidly in the adjoining countries. #. they originated from a certain St. Begga, Duchess of Brabant, in the seventh century; while their enemies affirm that they were founded by Lambert le Begue, a priest of Liege, in the twelfth century. Mosheim rejects both statements. They used to weave cloth, live together under a direct- ress, and leave on being married, or indeed when- ever they pleased. They still exist in some of the Belgian towns, notably at Ghent, where they are renowned as makers of lace, though under different rules from those formerly observed. “Young wanton wenches, and begwins, nuns, and naughty packs.”—World of Wonders (1608), p. 184. Bēg'—uing (uins as wins, or w silent), s, pl. {From Fr. begwin = (1) a little boy's cap tied under the chin, (2) a person whose devotion is only of a puerile and affected type. (Littré.) In Ger. Regime.] h. Hist. : The French name for the religious men called by the Germans Beghards. º Used (1) of the Franciscan Tertiaries, and (2 specially of the, praying men established in the etherlands in the thirteenth century in imitation of the similar institution for the other sex com- menced by the Beguines. [BEGUINEs...} bē-güm', v. t. [Eng. be, gum.] To cover or smear with gum. (Swift.) bé'—güm, s. [Hindustani begum...] A lady, prin- cess, or woman of high rank. (Used chiefly of Mohammedan queens regnant, as the Begwm of Bhopal.) , bé-gún (Eng.), *bé-gün-nyn (O. Scotch), pret.` & pa. par. [BEGIN.] A. As preterite of begin: “Those mysteries, that since the world begwn Lay hid in darkness and eternal night.” Sir J. Davies. B. As past participle of begin: “Being confident of this very thing, that he which hath begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ.”—Phil. i. 6. #bé-günk', v. t. [BEGUNK, v.] To cheat, to deceive. Specially, to jilt in love. “Whose sweetheart has begunked him won his heart, Then left him all forlorn to dree the smart?” Village Fair: Blackw. Mag., Jan. 1821, p. 426. (Jamieson.) bë-gúñk', bě-giń'k, bě-gé'ik, s. [Eng. & Scotch prefix be, and A. sº goeca (1) a cuckoo, a gawk, (2) a simpleton.], [GAWK, GQWK.] e i. Generally: A trick, or illusion, which exposes one to ridicule. “Now Cromwell’s game to Nick, and ane ca'd Monk Has play'd the Rumple a right slee begunk.” Ramsay's Poems, ii. 88. 2. Specially: The act of jilting one in love. (Used either of a male or of a female.) “Our sex are shy, and wi' your leave they think Wha yields o'er soon fu' aft gets the begink.” Morison’s Poems, p. 137. (Jamieson.) fāte, fūt, whât, fall, făre, amidst, father; 436 *bē-gün'-nym, pr. par. The same as BEGINNING. (Scotch.) bé-gūt'—tae, s. [Low Lat., from O. L. Ger. & Dut. begutte.] The same as BEGUINES (q.v.). *bé-guy'ld, pa. par. & adj. [BEGUILED.] *béh, pa. par... [A, S, beah, pret. of bugan=to bow, bend, submit, yield.] “Hire love me lustmede uch word Ant beh him to me over bord.” Ritson: Ancient Songs, i. 61. (S. in Boucher.) bë—ha'd, pret. of v. [BEHOLD.] (Scotch.) *bë—hāld to, v. t. [BEHOLD TO.] bé-hăl'-den, bě-hād-den, pa. par. [BEHOLDEN.] (Scotch.) bé-half, *bé-halfe (l silent), s. [Perhaps derived from behoof, which is from A. S. behefe- §. advantage, . benefit, behoof. (BEHOQF.) Skinner derives it from Eng, be, half, making it= for my half, for my part. Skeat essentially agrees with Skinner.] e * tº i tº 1. Favor, advantage, support, or vindication. (Noting action for the advantage of. “For unto you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe on him, but also to suffer for his sake.”— Phil. i. 29. 2. Lieu, stead (noting substitution for). (Used specially when one appears instead of another, as an advocate for a client, &c.) bë—hāp'-pen, v. i. [Eng. be, happen..] To hap- pen to. “This is the greatest shame, and foulest scorn, Which unto any knight behappen may, .. To lose the badge that should his deeds display.” Spenser: F. Q., W. xi. 52. bé-hăp'-pen-iñg, pr. par. [BEHAPPEN.] bë—há've, v. t. & i. [Eng. pref. be, and have ; A. S. behabban, behoebban = (1) to compass, surround, or contain ; (2) to restrain, to detain; Ger, gehabem. = (1) to behave, (2) to fare.] A. Transitive : .*1. Not refleasively: To exercise, to employ, to dis- cipline. “With such sober and unnoted passion He did behave his anger ere 'twas spent, As if he had but prov’d an argument.” Shakesp.: Timon of Athens, iii. 5. 2. Refleasively: To conduct (one's self), to comport (one’s self). “Thou hast worthily behaved thyself . . Pilgrim's Progress, pt. ii. B. Imtramsitive : 1. Of persons: To conduct one's self; to comport one's self. (Used in a good or in a bad sense.) “Though severely mortified, he behaved like a man of sense and spirit.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. 2. Chem. Of things: To act or appear when treated in a certain way. “. . . I would ask you to observe how the metal behaves when its molecules are thus successively set free.”—Tyn- dall. Frag. of Science (3d ed.), iv. 85. bë—hā'ved, pa. par. [BEHAVE.] bë—hāv'-iñg, pr. par. [BEHAVE.] bë—hāv'-iñg (pl. *bé-hă'v—iing—is), s. Behavior, manners, deportment. (Scotch.) “The Scottis began to rise ylk day in esperance of bet- ter fortoun, seyng thair kyng follow the behauung is of his gudschir Galdus, and reddy to reforme al enormy teis of his realm.”—Bellend.: Crom., bk. v., ch. 2. (Jamieson.) bë-há'-vi-Ör, bé-há'-vi-oir, s. [Eng. behave; -ior, or -owr.] A. Ordinary Language: I, Qutward deportment; visible to the . carriage. 1. Gen. : In the foregoing sense. “And he changed his behavior before them, and feigned himself mad in their hands.”—l Sam. xxi. 13. “In his behavior on a field of battle malice itself could find little to censure.”—Macawlay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. "I Shakespeare has behaviors in the plural just as we say mammers. (Jul. Coes., i. 2; All's Well, i. 3.) 2. Specially: g (1) Such outward deportment as is fitted favor- ably to impress. “The beautiful prove accomplished, but not of great spirit; and study, for the most part, rather behavior than virtue.”—Bacom. (2) Gesture, posture, attitude, specially of a graceful kind. “He marked, in Dora's dancing, good grace and hand- some behavior.”—Sidney. “. . . the gesture of constancy becometh us best in the one, in the other the behavior of humility.”— Hooke?". .”—Bunyan : such conduct as is wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, thére; behemoth #II. Conduct, including what is within the heart and unseen, no less than what is visible. “To him who hath a prospect of the state that attends men after this life, depending on their behavior here, the measures of good and evil are changed.”—Locke. T. (a) To be on one's behavior: To be so situated that one is likely to suffer considerably if, following: the natural bent of his inclinations, he behave ill. “Tyrants themselves are upon their behavior to a. superior power.”—L’Estrange. (b) To hold an office on one's good behavior: To. hold an office while one's behavior continues good. B. Technically: Chem. Of things: Appearance presented in cer- tain specified circumstances. “When the behavior of a substance containing a sul- E. or arsenic is to be ascertained by heating with orax.”—Plattner: Use of the Blowpipe (Muspratt's ed., 1850), p. 60. - "I Crabb thus distinguishes between the words, behavior, conduct, carriage, deportment, and de- meanor: “Behavior respects corporeal or menta} actions; condwct, mental actions; carriage, deport- memt, and demeanor are different species of be- havior.” “Behavior respects all actions exposed to the notice of others; conduct, the general line of a person’s moral proceedings: we speak of a person's behavior at table or in company, in a ball-room, in the street, or in public ; of his comdwct in the man- agement of his private concerns, in the direction of his family, or in his different relations with his fellow-creatures. Behavior applies to the minor morals of society; conduct, to those of the first, moment: in our intercourse with others we may adopt a civil or polite, a rude or boisterous, behavior; in our serious transactions we may adopt a peaceable, discreet, or prudent, a rash, dangerous, Or mischievous conduct. A behavior is good or bad; a conduct is wise or foolish.” “Carriage respects simply the manner of carrying the body; deport: ment includes both the action and the carriage of the body in performing the action; demeanor re- spects only the moral character or tendency of the action; deportment is said only of those exterior actions that have an immediate reference to others: demeanor, of the general behavior as it relates to the circumstances and situation of the individual: the carriage is that part of behavior which is of the first importance to attend to in young persons.” (Crabb : Eng. Symom.) bé-héad, v. t. [A. S. beheafdian.] 1. Lit. : To deprive of the head, to decapitate, to decollate. (Used of men, rarely of animals.) “But when Herod heard thereof, he said, It is John whom I beheaded.”—Mark vi. 16. “. . . the heifer that is beheaded in the valley.”— Deuteronomy xxi. 6. 2. Fig.: To destroy. “. . . . the first that with tre, made way to repair the decays thereof by beheading superstition, was King Henry the Eighth.”—Hooker: Eccl. Pol., blº. iv., ch. xiv., $7. bé-héad'-Éd, pa. par. & a. [BEHEAD.] bë—héad'-iñg, pr; par., a. & S. [BEHEAD.] A. & B. As prº, par. and participial adj, ; In senses corresponding to those of the verb. C. As subst. (A. S. beheafdung): The act of be: heading; the state of being beheaded; a kind of capital punishment in which the head is severed from the body by the stroke of some sharp instru- ment. The Romans inflicted it, at an earlier period, by an ax, or subsequently by a sword; the English by an ax, the Scotch by an instrument called a “maiden,” the French by the guillotine. It has generally been regarded as a more honorable method of death than that by hanging, and in England was reserved to the nobility. “His beheading he underwent with all Christian mag- nanimity.”—Clarendom. *bé-hël’, v, t. [Eng., prefix be; and hel=hell.] To torture as with the pains of hell. “Satan, Death, and Hell were his inveterate foes, that either drew him to perdition, or did behel and wrack him. with the expectation of them.”—Hewyt: Serm. (1658), p. 72. bë—héld', pa, par. & pret. [BEHOLD, v. t.] “And Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Jesus beheld where He was laid.”—Mark Xv. 47. bé'—hé—móth, s. [In Ger., &c., behemoth. . From Heb. behemoth, (1) the plural of behémah-beasts; specially the domestic quadrupeds, but also wild beasts; from obsolete root baham=to shut, to be dumb." In this latter case the plural form is the “plural of excellence or majesty” (PLURAL), unless indeed the opinion of Jablonski be correct, that there is in the old Coptic (Egyptian) language, a word pehemout=water-ox, which could easily be transformed into the Heb. behemoth. Compare alsº Arab. bahaym-beasts, brutes, wild beasts, bahimſ? =a quadruped, an animal wild or tame.] . The alli- mal described in Jobºl. 15-24. It is probably the pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pöt, or, wore, wolf, wärk, whö, Sön; mute, cib, cire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = €; ey = à. qu = kW. behen hippopotamus, which in the time of Job seems to have been found in the Nile below the cataracts, though now it is said to occur only above them. A second opinion entertained is that Job's behemoth was the elephant; while a few scholars make the less probable conjecture that it was the rhinoceros. “Behold now behemoth, which I made with thee; he eateth grass as an ox.”—Job xl. 15. bé'-hēn, běk'—én, bén, S. [In Ger., behem, or behembawm.] A name given to several plants. 1. Silene inflata, formerly called Silene Behem, and £ucubalus Behem, a caryophyllaceous plant. 2. Serratula Behem, a composite one. [See also PEHENIC ACID.] bë—hēn’—ic äg'-id, běn'-ig àg'-id, s. [From be- àen (q. * A monatomic fatty acid, C tºº, obtained by the saponification 9 of ben, which is expressed from the fruits of Moringa, Nua. Behem. It is a white crystalline fat, and melts at 76°. bë—hèst', ºbé-hést"e, *beheast, s. [In A., S. behoes=a self-command, a vow, a promise; Ger. geheiss=bidding, command.] [HEST.] *1. A promise. “As he caused Moises to conuay his whole people out of Lgypt . . . . into the land of beheste.”—Sir T. More's Works. (S. in Bowcher.) 2. A command, a precept, a mandate. “. . . let every nation hear The high behest, and every heart obey.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. ix. *bé-hé'te, v. t. [BEHIGHT.] *bé-hête", s. [BEHECHT.] (Scotch.) *be-hewe (hewe as hil), v. t. [Eng, be; hue.] To render of a certain hue. “For it was all of golde behewe.” Chaucer: House of Fame. *bé-hi'ght, *bé-hi'ghte, *bé-hite, *bé-hété, *by hi'ghte, *by—héet, *by—hét, *bé-hö'te, *bé- hö-tyn (pret. *behote, *behot, *byhote, pa. par. *behight, *behighte,"behighten), v. t. [A. Š. behatam, = to promise, vow, bid, or order.] 1. To promise, vow. “And for his paines a whistle him behight.” Spemser: F. Q., IV. xi. 6. “Theruor yeh by hote God that . . .” R. Gloucester, p. 322. (Richardson.) 2. To give; to carry out a promise; to bestow. (a) To intrust, to commit. “That most glorious house that glist’reth bright— Whereof the keys are to thy hand behight By wise Fidelia.” Spenser: F. Q., I. x. 50. (b) To adjudge. “There it was judged, by those worthy wights, That Satyrane the first day best had donne— The second was to Triamond behight.” e Spenser: F. Q., IV. v. 7. 3. To inform, to assure. “In right ill array She was, with storm and heat, I you behight.” Chaucer. Flower and Leaf. ºf Promise is still used in this sense (see BE- HECHT, v.). e 4. To mean, to intend. “The author's meaning should of right be heard, Pſe knoweth best to what end he enditeth: Words sometime bear more than the heart behiteth.” Mirror for Magistrates, p. 461. 5. To reckon, to esteem. “A knight much better than thyself behight.” Spenser. F. Q., IV. i. 44. 6. To call, to name, to denominate, to address as. HIGHT. “Whan soone as he beheld he knew, and thus behight.” Ibid., W. iv. 25. 7. To ordain, to command, to declare the will of. “It fortuned (as heavens had behight), That in this gardin . . . .” * * * Spenser: Muiopotmos. *bé-hi'ght (gh mute), s. [From behight, v.] A DTOIIliSe. .*bé-hight, *bé-hi'ghte, Silent), på. par. [BEHIGHT, v.] “At last him turning to his charge behight.” Spense”: F. Q., II. viii. 9. bé-hind, *bé-hinde, *bé-hy'nde, *byhynde, *bi hynde, {...}} & adv. [A. S. behindam; be, and himdan-béhind.] [HIND. A. As preposition: I. Literally: 1. In place: } Of persons: %). At one's back. (Used whether the person Sº thing behind one is quite near or at a greater distance.) *bé-hi'ght-en (gh ‘. . . . . it is a present sent unto my Lord Esau; and, behold, also he [Jacob) is behind us.”-Genesis ºxxii.18: bóil, boy; pout, j6W1; Cat, çell, Chorus, 437. (b) Toward one's back. & & 40. the Benjamites looked behind them.”—Judges XX. 4U. * (2) Of things: On the other side of something, as reckoned from the place where the speaker stands, or from what is the natural front of that thing. “From light retir’d, behind his daughter's bed, He for approaching sleep compos'd his head.” Dryden: Sigismonda and Guiscardo, 207. 2. In time : (a) Remaining after the death or departure of the possessor. “What he gave me to publish, was but a small part of what he left behind him.”—Pope. (b) Of an effect remaining after the cause is gone. “Piety and virtue are not only delightful for the pres- ent, but they leave peace and contentment behind them.” —Tillotson. II. Figuratively: 1. In place: Used in one or more phrases. Behind the back (Scripture): (a) Away, in contempt. & & miah ix. 26. (b) In intentional forgetfulness. “. . . . for thou hast cast all my sins behind thy back.”—Isaiah xxxviii. 17. 2. In dignity: Inferior to in worth, position, or dignity. “I was not a whit behind the very chiefest apostles.”— 2 Corinthiams xi. 5. B. As adverb: I. Literally (in place, and thence, in time): 1. In place : Implying (a) position, or (b) motion. (a) At the rear or back of one. º certain woman came in the press behind.”—Mark 7. and cast thy law behind their backs.”—Nehe- W. (b) To the rear or back of one, as to “look behind.” 2. In time : e º (a) After one's departure; at a distance back; in time. “. . . the brook Besor, where those that were left behind stayed.”—l Samuel xxx. 9. (b) Inferior in point of rapidity. “Such is the swiftness of your mind, That, like the earth's, it leaves our sense behind.” Dryden. , (c), Future, remaining to be done or suffered, also simply remaining. “. . . and fill up that which is behind of the afflic- tions of Christ.”—Colossians i. 24. II. Figuratively: 1. After something else has been taken away or considered latent, which has not yet attracted notice. “We cannot be sure that we have all the particulars before us; and that there is no evidence behind, and yet unseen, that may cast the probability on the other side.” —Locke. 2. Deficient in means, behind hand in money mat- ters, unable to meet one's obligations. 3. Negligent about requiting benefits or meeting obligations; behindhand. (Followed by with or in.) ‘‘IIe was never behind with any that put their trust in him; and he will not be in our common.”—Walker: Life of Peden, p. 88. (Jamieson.) * In this and, the previous case the word has fºrently an adjectival use equivalent to behind- b. Cl’)? Cº., * bé-hind"—bāck, bé-hind-bācks, a, & adv. [Eng. behind ; back.] - Literally, at the back of one; or figuratively, underhand, deceitful. bé-hind-hănd, a. [Eng. behind; hand.] *A. With the adjective before the substantive or promown : Dilatory, tardy, backward. “. . . . interpreters Of my behindhand slackness! . . . Shakesp.: Winter's Tale, v. 1. B. With the adjective after the substantive or pro- %. O'M,70. ." 1. Spec. : Financially in arrears, not able to make one's payments at the Fº time, or, in colloquial language, to make both ends meet. “Your trade would suffer, if your being behindhand has made the natural use so high, that your tradesman can- not live upon his labor.”—Locke. 2. Gen. : Not so far advanced in action, work development, or anything, as might be expected from one’s §º or admitted obligations, the progress made in similar circumstances by others, or from the course of nature. “. and all joined in the chorus of the seamen’s songs, but the manner in which they were invariably a little behind hand was quite ludicrous.”—Darwin: Voyage round the World, ch. x. çhin, bench; go, gem; thin, this; Sin, beholder. T. In this sense it is sometimes followed by with, and sometimes by in. “Consider whether it is not better to be a half year behind hand with the fashionable part of the world, than. to strain beyond his circumstances.”—Spectator. *bë—hite, v. t. [BEHIGHT.] *bé-hith'er, prep. [Eng. prefix be=by, besides and hither...] . 1. On this side. “The Italian at this day by like arrogance calleth the Frenchman, Spaniard, Dutch, English, and all other breed behither their mountaines Appenines, Tramontani, as who should say barbarous.”—Puttenham: Art. of English. Poesie, p. 210. (Nares.) 2. Except. “I have not any one thing, behither vice, that, hath occasioned so much contempt of the clergie, as unwillings ness to take or keep a poor living.”—Oley: Preface to Here bert’s C. Parson, A. 11 b. (Nares.) bé-höld', *bé-höld'e, *bé-halde, *bi-höld'e, *bihulde (Eng.), bé-há'd, bě-hald' (Scotch) (pret. beheld, *bi held; pa. par. beheld, beholden, “biheld), ºv. t. & v. [A.S. behealden- (1) to behold; to see, to look on, (2) to observe, to consider, to beware, to regard, to mind, to take heed, to mean, to signify (Bosworth), from be, and healden- to hold; Dan, beholde-to keep, to hold; Ger. behalten = to retain, to keep; Dut... behondem--to keep, preserve, save; gehondem = obliged, bound. So the Latin observo and tweor combine the significations of to See, to observe, and to keep.] A. Tramsitive: ..I. Literally: To fix the eyes upon, to turn the sight to, to observe keenly or steadfastly. “Behold my hands and my feet, that it is I myself: handle me and see . . .”—Luke xxiv. 39. II. Figuratively: 1. Not merely to look at, but to do so with faith. “. . . I said, Behold me, behold me, unto a nation that was not called by my name.”—Isaiah lxv. 1. 2. To permit. “They desired him out of love (without any warrants that he would be pleased to behold them to go on . . .” —Spalding, i. 117. (Jamieson.) 3. To take no notice of. “The bishop in plain terms gave him the lie. Lorne said this lie was given to the lords, not to him, and beheld him.”—Spalding, i. 56. (Jamieson.) 4. To view with an eye of watchfulness, scrutiny, or jealousy. B. [From A. S. behald, behaldem =beholden in the sense of being bound.] ...To warrant, to guarantee, to become bound (transitive and intransitive). “I’ll behad he’ll do it.”—Jamieson. “‘I’ll behad her she'll come.’ I engage that this shall be the case.”—Jamieson. 1. To fix the eyes upon an object, to gaze, or sim- ply to look. “And I beheld, and lo, in the midst of the throne , stood a Lamb as it had been slain.”—Revelations v. 6. 2. To turn the attention to anything unseen by the bodily eye but visible to the mind. “And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels . . . .”—Revelations v. 11. tiš. have respect to, to view with favor or par- lallty. “Saturnus douchter Juno, that full bald is, Towart the partye aduersare behaldis.” Douglas: Virgil, 347, 5. (Jamieson.) 4. To wait, to delay; to look on for awhile. “‘The match is feer for feer,” ‘That’s true,' quo' she, “but we’ll behad a wee. She's but a tangle, tho' shot out she be.’” Ross: Helenore, p. 21. (Jamieson.) . . In the imperative behold is used almost as an interjection, meaning See, lo! It is used speci to call, attention to an important announcemen immediately to follow it. “And, behold, I am with thee, and will keep thee,”- Jeremiah xxviii. 15. bé-höld'-en (Eng.), bě-hāld'—en, bë—hād-den. § pa, par. [The past participle of behold. pecially, frºm Dut. gehow dem = obliged, bound.] [BEHOLD.]...Obliged to, indebted to, under obliga: tion of gratitude to., (Followed by to of a person or thing conferring the benefit.) “Little are we beholden to your love.” * * Shakesp.: Richard II., iv. 1, *bé-höld'-en-nēss, s. [Eng. beholden; -ness.] Obligation. [BEHOLDINGNESs.] “. . . to acknowledge his beholdenness to them.”— Sidney: Arcadia, bk. iii. (Richardson.) bë—höld'—Ér, *bë—höld'-oir . S. [Eng, behold: -er.] One who looks upon anything; a Spectator, “. their successors, whose wild and squalid appearance disgusted the beholders.”—Macaulay: Hist, Eng., ch. vi. a $; 3, * * expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f; -cian, -tian = shan. shiis. -ble, -dle, &c. = bel, del, –tion, -SiOus = -sion = Shiin; -cious, —tion, Zhiin. -tious, -Šion = **. beholding * * * * \- f e sº gº * bé-höld'-iñg, *bé-höld'—yāg, *bi-höld'-yńge, pr. par., pa. par. & S. [BEHOLD.] A. As present participle: * 1: In senses corresponding to those of the verb. *2. A variation of BEHOLDEN. Obliged, indebted to, under obligation to. *We anglers are all beholding to the good man that made this song.”—Waltom: Angler, p. 87. B. As swbstantive: 1. The act of seeing; the state of being seen. “. . . a mother should not sell him an hour from her beholding . .”—Shakesp.: Coriolanus, i. 3. 2. Obligation. “Love to virtue, and not to any particular beholdings, hath expressed this my testimony.”—Carew. *bé-höld'-iñg-nēss, s. [Eng, beholding, derived from beholden (q. v.); -mess.] The state of being under obligation. “The king invited us to his court, so as I must acknowl- edge a beholdingness unto him.”—Sidney. bé-hön'-ey, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and homey.] To Sweeten with honey. (Sherwood.) bé-hô of, ºbé-hô'ofe, *bë—hô'ufe, *bé-hô'fe, *bé-hafe, *bé-hô ove, *behough, s. P. S. behof (as s.)=gain, advantage, benefit, behoof (as adj.)= necessary, behooveful; Sw, behof; Dan, behøv- need, necessary obligation ; , Dut... beh9ef; Ger. behwf.]...[BEHooye, BEHALF.] That which “be- hooves,” that which is advantageous; advantage, profit, benefit. “. . . no mean recompense it brings To your behoof, .”—Milton; P. L., bk. ii. thé—hô'ov-a-ble, *bé-hô'v-a-ble, *bé-hô've-a- ble, a. [Eng. behoov(e); -able.] Needful ; profit- able; advantageous. “. . . in which it had been chefely of all expedient and behoveable to give eare vnto John’s sayinges.”—Udal: Luke, ch. iii. (Richardson.) thé-hô ove, s. [BEHOOF.] ibé-hô ove-fúl, a. [BEHOVEFUL.] thé-hô'ove-fúl-ly, adv. [BEHOVEFULLY.] *bë-horn'e, v. t. To put horns on, to cuckold. (Taylor: Works, 1630.) *bé-hött', *bé-höte, pret. of v. mised. [BEHIGHT.] “. . . so rude him smott, a That to the earth him drove as stricken dead ; Ne living wight would have him life behott.” Spense”: F. Q., I. xi. 38. *bë—hôu'—füll, a. [BEHOOVEFUL.] *behough, *behouve, s. [BEHOOF.] bé-hö've, the hô ove, *bi-hôve, *by-hô ve *g) bë—hd've, bě-há'fe (Scotch), v. f. & i. A. S. beñºſian-tº beñove, to be fit, to have need of, to need, to require, (impers.) it behoveth, it con- cerns, it is needful or necessary; Dan. behove, behöve; Sw, behöfva Dut. behoeven- to want, to need, to be necessary; behooven-to, behove, to be fit, suitable; Ger. behufen, behwben.] [BEHOOF.] A. Transitive: 1, Personally: * t(a) In the active voice: To put under the neces- sity, to impose upon one the necessity (of doing something). e * t(b) In the passive voice: To be needful for, to be required, to be fitting, whether as regards neces- sity, duty, or convenience. ** Jul. No, madam; we have cull'd such necessaries As are behoved for our state to-morrow.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iv. 3. (Some editions.) 2. Impersonally: It is needful; it is fit; fitting, suitable. “He did so prudently temper his passions, as that none of them made him wanting in the offices of life, which it behoved or became him to perform.”—Atterbury. B. Intransitive: To require, to need. “A kynge behoweth eke to flee The vice of prodigalitee.” Gower: Conf. Am., bk. vii. bé-höve-fúl, *bé-hô ove-fúl, ºbé-hôo-füll, *bë—hô'v—füll, a. [Eng. behoof, behoove=behoof; and full.] 1. Needful. “And that they the same Gilde or fraternyte myght augumente and enlarge, as ofte and when it shuld seme to they m necessarie and behoufull, .”—English Gilds (Ear. Eng. Teact Soc.), p. 310. 2. Advantageous; profitable. “Jul. No, madam; we have cull’d such necessaries As are behoveful for our state to-morrow.” Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, iv. 8. (Globe ed., &c.) bë—hö've-fil-ly, *bé-hô ove-fúl-ly, adv. [Eng. behoveful; -ly.] Advantageously; profitably. “Tell us of more weighty dislikes than these, and that roay more behoovefully import the reformation.”—Spenser: State of Ireland. 438 *bë—hówl', v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and howl.] To howl at. “Now the hungry lion roars, And the wolf behowls the moon.” Shakesp.: Midsummer Night’s Dream, v. 2: Behring Sea. The Behring Sea. Difficulty: Alaska was purchased from Russia in 1867, through the diplomatic skill of the Secretary of State, Wm. H. Seward. The trouble concerning the seal fisheries in Alaskan waters, known as the Behring Sea, came to an actual issue in 1887, when the Canadian sealer, W. P. Sayward, was seized for violating the Act of Congress making it a penalty to catch seals, within the waters of º Sea; and the United States District Court of Alaska declared a forfeiture of the vessel. This, however, did not Fº a stop to the catching of the seals by the British, and the trouble went on. This reckless killing of the seals, and the ignoring of the rights of the United States to the same broad juris- diction in the waters, as England had conceded to Russia, led to a protest on the part of the United States—a protest so firm and yigorous as to cause an interchange of very clever diplomatic dispatches. hen it is remembered that our brilliant leader, James G. Blaine, had charge of affairs in our behalf, we can realize that our rights were well protected. Lord Salisbury had, on behalf of England, offered arbitration, which Mr. Bíaine rejected as unsatis- factory in form. Many alarming rumors arose at this time; among them, that a large part of the United States naval force was under orders to pro- ceed to the disputed waters for the protection of American interests. These rumors caused the Ger- #. government to take a lively interest in the 8ſſa II". The difference of opinion was in relation to the rights of the United States as to the limits of the ocean. Mr. Blaine contended that the United States had by purchase acquired all the privileges, rights, and franchises which had belonged to Russia. Lord Salisbury, on the contrary, held that the three- mile limit should be observed. Mr. Blaine then invited an offer of arbitration on the real questions at issue, which were as follows: e 1. What exclusive jurisdiction in Behring Sea did Russia have previous to the purchase of Alaska by the United States ? 2. How far did Great Britain recognize these claims as to the seal fisheries 3. Was what is known as Behring Sea included in the phrase, Pacific Ocean, in the treaty of 1825 % and what rights, if any, were given to Great Britain by that treaty & 4. Did not all the rights of Russia in the fisheries east of the water boundary pass to the United States by the treaty of March 30, 1867 ? 5. What are now the rights of the United States outside the ordinary territorial limits 7 6. How far outside of the ordinary limits should the United States have exclusive jurisdiction to rotect the seal, living and feeding on the United States islands, and if so, when } With some exceptions, and an additional point relative to damages to those who had been injured by the seizure of vessels by the United States, Lord Salisbury signified the willingness of Great Britain to adopt arbitration as a means of final settlement of these questions. The seizure of the “Sayward” sent the question into the Supreme Court of the United States, a fact which for a time threatened to cause trouble; but, happily, this was averted. Various commissioners from the interested countries were appointed to gather all available, information, and investigate everything concerning the subject. Meanwhile war-ships from Great Britain and the United States had been sent to the disputed waters, to prevent illegal poaching. The arbitrators chosen were Justice John M. Harlan, from Kentucky, of the Supreme Court, and Senator John T. Morgan, both of whom were emi- nently qualified to represent the United States. Great Britain was represented by Lord Hannan and Sir John Thompson. Baron de Courcelles, of France, was the president of the Board. The other mem- bers were Marquis Visconti Venosta, of Italy, and the Scandinavian jurist, G. W. W. Gram. The United States case was presented by Messrs. Carter, Phelps, Coudert, and Blodgett; that of England by Sir Charles Russell and Sir Richard Webster. After some controversy and delay as to what language should be used officially, it was decided that the discussions should be in 'English and the official records and decisions in French. The Board of Arbitrators sat in Paris, France. The causes, from both an English and American point of view, were presented with great force and argument, by the respective counsels, and received and acted upon with impartiality by the arbitra- tors. . While, the results were not absolutely what Americans desired they should be, one important fact has been demonstrated, viz., the adjustment of serious international complications may be, as ; this case, accomplished by arbitration instead OI WäI’, being The decision of the tribunal was made public August 15, 1893, in Paris. Both interested countries feel that they are partially victorious. The arbi- trators established a zone of sixty miles around the Pribylov islands—the most valuable territory to us of the Alaskan purchase—in which it is forbidden at any time to pursue, capture, or kill seal. Also a close season from May 1st to July 31st was fixed, dur- ing which time no seal hunting should be permiited in Behring Sea and immediate waters. Although it has been decided that the seal which belong to us On Alaskan ground may be public property in the open sea, yet the rules for their time of capture, and the modes by which they may be caught, will tend to prevent the ruthless destruction of the seal, and pelagic fishery. Thus far our object is achieved. On the other side, the United States is made liable for damages on account of seizure of Canadian vessels while engaged in . Seal fishery. Also, since at present only Great Britain and the United States are the arbitrating parties, poachers may carry on their business under the flags of other nations. Time only will show the real value of the results of the decisions. Until then we, of the United States, will believe that our true rights and interests have been promoted by the work of the arbitrators. (A. W. Hawkes.) bé-hū'fe, bě-hū've, v. t. [BEHove.] (Scotch.) *bë—hū'fe, s. [BEHoof.] bë—há've, v. t. [BEHOVE.] (Scotch.) *bë—hy'nde, prep. & adv. [BEHIND.] *béid'-mân, s. [BEADMAN.] *beien, a. [A. S. begen–both.] Both. “Ne bedn ghit bute tweien, Mine sunen ghit beoth beien.” MS. Cott., Calig., A. ix., f. 28. (Jamieson.) *beigh, *beighe, *bie, *bee, *beege, *beygh, *byge, 8. IA. S. beah, beag, beh, boeh-metal made into circular ornaments, as bracelets, necklaces, crowns, from bugam= to bow or bend.] 1. Gen. : Anything bent or twisted. 2. Spec. : An ornament for the neck; a torque. “So weneth he be ful sleighe, To make hir his leman With broche and riche beighe.” Sir Trist rem, iii. 66. (Jamieson.) “(He) putte aboute his necke a goldun beege.”— Wycliffe (Gemesis xli. 42). 3. Any ornament. “Thi ring and thi bie of the arm.”—Wycliffe (Genesis xxxviii. 18). - béight, s. [BIGHT, BOUGHT.] (North of England. dialect.) *bèik, *béke, *béek, *béak, v. t. & i. bacan=to bake..] [BAKE, BASK.] A. Transitive: 1. To bask. (Sometimes used reflexively.) “Ane standyng place, quhar skartis with thare bekkis, Forgane the son gladly thaym prunyeis and bekis.” Douglas: Virgil, 131, 46. 2. To warm ; to communicate heat to. “Then fling on coals, and ripe the ribs, And beek the house baith but and ben.” Ramsay: Poems, 205. (Jamieson.) B. Intransitive: To warm ; to flush. “Her cheek, where roses free from stain, In glows of youdith beek.” Ičamsay: Works, i. 117. *béik, a. [From beik, v.] Warm. “And sittand at ane fyre, beik and bawld.” Bannatyne Poems, p. 215, st. 2. (Jamieson.} *béik, s. [BEAK.] (Scotch.) 1. The bill of a bird. 2. Figwratively: (a) Contemptuously: A man’s or a fabulous mon- ster's mouth. Of the Cyclops it is said— “An horribil sorte, wyth mony camschol beik, And hedis semand to the heuin arreik.” Douglas: Virgil, 91, 18. (b) As a cant word: A person; as, “an auld beik,” “a queer beik,” &c. (Jamieson.) bé'-[fig, *bée-iñg, *bé'-yńge, pr. par., S. & conj. [BE.] [A. S. A. As present participle: Existing; living, as a sentient being, or existing as a thing inanimate. “[Joshuaj died, being an hundred and ten years old.” —Judges ii. 8. B. As substantive : I. The state of existence. 1. Lifetime. Claudius, thou Wast follower of his fortunes in his being.” Webster (1654). (Goodrich dº Porter.) .2. Existence, with no direct, reference to its dura- tion ; existence as distinguished from non-exist- €Il CG. “Merciful and gracious, Thou gavest us being; raising us from nothing to be an excellent creation.”—Taylor; Guide to Devotion. & 4 fäte, fit, fare, amidst, whāt, fall, father; wé, wēt, hēre, camel, hēr, there; pine, pit, sire, sir, marine; gö, pót, or, wore, wolf, wērk, whö, Sön; mºute, cib, ciire, unite, cir, ràle, fūll; try, Syrian. ae, oe = É; ey = a, qu = kW being-place II. He or she who, or that which, exists. A conscious existence, created or uncreated; he or she who exists or lives. Used— § Of man or other created existences; or, more rarely, of the human mind. “What a sweet being is an honest mind ''”—Beaumont dº Fletcher. “And with them the Being Beauteous, Who unto my youth was given, More than all things else to love me.” Longfellow: Footsteps of Angels. (b) Of the one uncreated Existence, God. “That the procession of our fate, howe'er Sad or disturb’d, is order'd by a Being Of infinite benevolence and power.” Wordsworth: Eaccursion, bk. iv. C. As conjunction : (Contracted from it being so, this being the cºse, or some similar expression.) Since; since this is so. “And being you have Declin’d his means, you have increased his malice.” Beaumont dº Fletcher: Hon. M. Fort., ii. #being-place, being place, s. A place of exist- ence; a place in which existence may be maintained. “Before this world’s great frame, in which all things Are now contain'd, found any being-place.” Spenser: Hymn of Heavenly Love. *béire, s. . [A. S. bedrh.- a hill, . . . . . a barrow, a place of burial; a place of refuge.] A grove, a shady place. “A shaw or beire of trees, or a young spring.”—Withal: Dict. (ed. 1608), p. 93. (Halliwell.) *béist, *béis'-tyn, “béist'-ings, s. [BIESTINGs.] *bèit, *bète, *béet (O. Eng.), béet (Scotch), v. t. [A. S. betan, gebetan = to make better, to improve, to kindle or to mend a fire, to mend, to restore.] [BEET. - tº To help, to supply; to mend by making addi- 1OD, “At luvis law a quhyle I think to leit, And so with birds blythly my bailis to beit.” Hemrysome. (Bannatyne Poems, p. 182.) 2. To blow up, to kindle (applied to the fire). “Quhen he list gant or blaw, the fyre is bet, And from that furnis the flambe doith brist or glide.” Douglas: Virgil, 87, 55. 3. To bring into a better state by removing calam- ity or cause of sorrow. “Allace, quha sall the beit now off thi baill ! Allace, quhen sall off harmys thow be haill!” Wallace, xi. 1,119, MS. (Jamieson.) *bé'it-iñg, *bét -íňg, s. [BEIT.] The act of help- ing, improving, mending, supply. “. all statutes of his hienes burrowis within this realme, tending to the beiting and reparatioun of thair wallis, streittis, havynnis, and portis.”—Acts James VI., 1594 (ed. 1814), iv. 80. (Jamieson.) *bé-jā'de, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and jade, v.] To jade, to tire, to fatigue. “If you have no mercy upon them yet spare yourself, lest you bejade the good galloway, your own opiniatre wit,”—Milton: Anim. upon the Rem. Defense. *bé-jā'pe, v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and jape.] To laugh at, to ridicule. “I shall bejaped ben a thousand time More than that foole, of whose folly men rime.” Chaucer: Troilus and Cresseide, i. 532. *bé-jā'ped, pa. par. [BEJAPE.] bé-jã r—i-a, v. [Named after Bejar, a Spanish botanist.] Bot. : A genus of plants belonging to the order Ericaceae (Heathworts), and the section Rhodoreae— that in which the Rhododendron and Azalea are placed. Béjaria racemosa is a sweet-scented ever- green shrub, with pink flowers, growing in Florida On the banks of swamps and ponds. The genus is called also Befaria. bé-jāun'-dige, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and jawn- dice.] To give one the jaundice. bé-jës—u—it, v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and Jesuit.) To make a Jesuit of one; to teach one Jesuitical methods of procedure. (Milton.) bé-jëw'-el, v. t. To adorn with jewels. bé-jū'-có, s. A slender, twining plant of Central America. bé-júm'—ble, v. t. To jumble together. bé-kah, s. [Heb.] A Jewish measure of weight, equal to five Troy pennyweights; a half shekel. bé-kën'ne, (1), v. t. [A. S. prefix bi, and cemnan= to beget, to bring forth, to produce.] To give birth to. [AKENNE.] “Ure onelic loverd . was.”—Reliq. Antiq., I. 234 *bé-kém ne (2), *by-kën me, *bi'-kén, v. t. [O. Fris, bikemma.] To intrust, to commit to. “‘Ich ºne the Crist,’ quath he, “that on the croice eide,” And ich seide ‘the same save you fro meschaunce.’” Piers Plowman, p. 169. (Jamieson.) ... thatt of de holigost biken medd 439 tº kiss, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and kiss, v.] To ISS, “Shee's sick o’ the young shepard that bekist her.” Ben Jomson: Sad Shepherd, i. 6. *bé-kíst', pa. par. [BEKIss.] *bēkke, v. t. & i. [BECK.] To nod. (Chaucer.) bé-knā’ve (k silent), v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and knave.] To call a knave. “May satire ne'er befool ye or beknave ye.”—Pope. *bé-knit" (k silent), v. t., [A. S. becynttan=to knit, bind, tie, or inclose.] To knit. “. ... her filthy armes beknit with snakes about.” Arth. Golding: Ovid’s Metamorphoses, bk. iv. bé-knit" (k silent), pa. par. & a. [BEKNIT.] *bé-knö'w, *by-knöw, *by-kné'we, *bi-knöw (k silent), v. t. & i. [The full form is to “be a know.” (AKNOWE.) A. S. oncreawan = to acknowl- edge. In Ger. bekem mem=to acknowledge, to confess, to avow.] To confess, to acknowledge, to be aware. A. Trams. (followed by objective): “For Idar nought byknowe myn own name.” Chaucer: C. T., 1,558. B. Imtrams. (followed by clawse of a sentence): “This messager tormented was, til he Moste bikmowe and telle it plat and playn, Fro nyght to night in what place he had layn.” Chawcer: C. T., 5,306. *bé-knöw'em, *bé-knö'we, *bi—knö'we (k silent), pa. par. [BEKNOW.] “When men come to the koke, he was beknowe sone That sum burn a-wei had bore two white beres skynnes.” William and the Werewolf, p. 79. (S. in Boucher.) *běk'—ny fige, s. [BECKONING..] (Prompt. Parv.) *bé1, a. [Fr. bel, adj.; before a vowel or h mute.] [BEAU, BELLE.] Beautiful. “A ful bel lady, un-like hure of grace.” Piers Plowman, p. 124. (S. in Boucher.) Bel esprit (pl. beaua, esprits)=a wit, a fine genius. *bël (1), s. [BELL.] Bël (2), s. [Heb. Bel, according to Gesenius con- tracted from Aram. Béél=|Heb. Baal; Sept. Gr. Bél, and Bélos; Babylonian, Assyrian, and Accadian Bel, Belw, Elw (EL)=Lord.] Accadian, Assyriam, and Babylonian Myth. : A “god ‘’ mentioned in Scripture, in Isa. xlvi. 1; Jer. l. 2; ii. 44; in the Septuagint, in Baruch vi. 40, and in the apocryphal additions to the Book of Daniel (BEL AND THE DRAGON), as well as by classical authors. Much new light has recently been thrown on Bel’s characteristics and position in the heavenly hierarchy, by the examination of the cuneiform tablets and sculptures. It has been discovered that, prior to 1600 B.C., the highly interesting Turanian people called Accadians, the inventors of the cunei- form writing, who wielded extensive authority in Western Asia before the Semitic Assyrians and Babylonians had come into notice, worshiped as their first triad of gods Anu, ruling over the heaven; Elu, Belu, or Bel, over the earth ; and Ea over the sea. Bel's three children; or three of his children were Shamas, the Sun-god ; Sin, the Moon-god; and Ishtar, the Accadian Venus. . Sayce shows that some first-born children were vicariously offered in sacrifice by fire to the Sun-god. From the Acca- dians human sacrifice passed to various Semitic tribes and nations. Bel's name Elu identifies him with the Phenician El, who, in a time of trouble, offered his first-born son, “ the beloved,” on a high place, by fire. It is not settled whether or not Bel was the same also as the Phenician Baal. To the wrath of Bel the deluge was attributed. In Scripture times he was known exclusively as a Babylonian divinity, being distinguished from both Nebo and Merodach. In the later Babylonian empire, how- ever, Merodach came to be generally identified with Bel, though sometimes distinguished from him, being called “the lesser Bel.” (Sayce, Bos- cawen, Foa: Talbot, Bosanquet, &c., in Trams. Bib. Archaeol. Soc., vols. i.-vi.) *I Bel enters as an element into various Baby- lonian names as Belteshazzar= the Prince of Bel (Daniel i. 7 ; iv. 8, 9, 19) Bel and the Dragon, s. One of the books of the Apocrypha, or, more precisely, certain apocryphal chapters added to the canonical Book of Daniel. The Jews consider them as no part of their Script- ures. They were penned probably by an Alexan- drian Jew, the language used being not Hebrew, nor Aramaean, but Greek. The Church of Rome accepts Bel and the Dragon as part of the Holy Scripture; most, if not all, Protestant churches reject it. In Roman Catholic worship it is read on Ash Wednes- day, and was so in the old lectionary of the English Church on the 23d of November. The new lection- ary has it not either on that or any other date. The story of Bel and the Dragon tells how Daniel enlightened Cyrus, who is represented as having been a devout worshiper of Bel, by proving that the immense supplies of food laid before the idol were really consumed, not by it or by the inhabit- belangereae ing divinity, but by the priests and their families. On Cyrus urging, that the dragon, also worshiped, was at least a living God, Daniel poisoned it, for which he was thrown into a lions'. den, where the prophet Habakkuk fed him. Ultimately he was released, and his persecutors put to death. The above narrative must not be confounded with one called also “Bel and the Dragon,” trans- lated by Mr. Fox Talbot from the cuneiform tablets. ..Mr. Talbot believes that the dragon; seven-headed like the one in Revelation, would, if the tablets Were º prove the same being that seduced some of the heavenly “gods,” or angels, from their allegiance (Rev. xii. 4; Jude 6), for which he was slain by Bel. The resemblance is not to the apoc- ryphal book now under consideration, but to the combat between Michael and the Dragon, in Rey. xii. 7–17. (H. Fox Talbot in Trans. Bib. Archceol., vol. iv., 1875, p. 349.) bé-lā'-bor, v. t. [Eng. prefix be; labor.] 1. To labor upon ; to cultivate with labor. “If the earth is belabored with culture it yieldeth corn.” —Barrow, vol. iii., Serm. 18. 2. To beat; to give a sound drubbing with a cudgel Or similar weapon. “. . but they so belabored him, being sturdy men at arms, that they made him make a retreat . . .”—Bun- van: Pilgrim’s Progress, pt. ii. *bél–ac-c6 y'le, *bél-a-cói'1, *bi-āl-a-cóil, s, [Fr. bel=beautiful, fine, good (BEL), and, accueil- reception, accueillir=to receive kindly..] A kind reception, a hearty welcome. “And her salewyd with seemely belaccoyle Joyous to see her safe after long toyle.” Spenser: F. Q., IV. vi. 25. * In the “Romaunt of the Rose” the quality is personified under the name of Bialacoil. “A lusty bachelere Of good stature and of good hight, And Bialacoil forsothe he hight.” bé-lā'ge, v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and lace. In Sw. beléiyga.] 1. To lace, to fasten with lace. “To belace a rope.”—Johnson. 2. To adorn with lace. (a) Lit. : In the foregoing sense. & --- (b) Fig...(of poetic ºvumbers): To describe in soft and graceful rather than bold and martial strains. “How to belace and fringersoft, love I knew ; For all my ink was now Castalian dew.” Beaumont: Psyche, ii. 48. bé-lä ged, pa. par. & a. [BELACE, v. t.] Adorned with lace. *, * * g, pref, be, and pepper.] To pelt with anything, as if one had throwſi pepper at a person; to pepper Over. “. bepowdering their ribs, bepeppering their noses. * .”—Sterne, Tristrain Shandy, viii.5. ibé-pêp-pèred, pa, par. & a. [BEPEPPER.] ibé-pép-pêr-iñg, pr. par. [BEPEPPER.] fbé-pêr-i-wigged, (t. [Eng. pref, be, and peri- ºgged.] Equi { Wit. iwig. r • II Clarke, k; pped with a periwig. (Nuttall, Hyde boil, boy; påüt, j6W1; g e çell, Cat, Chorus, 457 bé-pinch', v. t. [Eng. pref, be, and pinch..] To pinch all over; to mark with pinches. bé-pinch'ed, fbé-pincht, pa, par. & a. PINCH.] “In their sides, arms, shoulders, all bepincht, Ran thick the weals, red with blood, ready to start out.” Chapman. bé-pinch'-iñg, pr. par. [BEPINCH.] bá-plait-éd, bé-plait-ed, a...[Eng, prefix pe. and plaited.] Plaited; covered with plaits. (Mrs. JButler.) bé-plas'-têr, v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and plaster.] To plaster; to plaster over. “Like an all-judging beauty, his colors he spread, And beplaster'd with rouge his own natural red.” Goldsmith.: Retaliation. bé-plas -têred, pa. par. & al. [BEPLASTER.] bé-plas'-têr-iñg, pr. par. [BEPLASTER.] *be-plotmele, adv. Bit by bit; in bits. “Beplot mele: Particulariter, partitive.”—Prompt. Parv. bé-plaſmed, q. [Eng. prefix be, and plumed.] Possessed of a plume; decked out in a plume. “The young in armor bright which shone like beplwmed with each gay feather of the East g Sterne: Sentimental Journey. bé-pów-dèr, v. t. [Eng. pref. be, and powder.] To cover with powder, TI See example under BECURL. bē-pów-dèred, pa. par. & a. [BEPowDER.] bë-pôw'—dèr-iñg, pr. par. [BEPowd ER.] bé-präis'e, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and praise.] To praise greatly; to praise. “Generals, who once had crowds hallooing after them, wherever they went; who were bepraised by newspapers and magazines—have long sunk into merited obscurity.” —Goldsmith : Essay 8. bé-präis'ed, pa. par. & a. [BEPRAISE.] bé-präis'-iñg, pr. par. [BEPRAISE.] *bé-präse, v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and prose.] To convert into prose. “Such was his doom impos'd by Heaven's decree, With ears that hear not, eyes that shall not see, The low to swell, to level the sublime, To blast all beauty and beprose all rhyme.” Mallet: Verbal Criticism. (Richardson.) fbé-pick-Éred, a. [Eng. prefix be, and puck- ered.] Puckered. *bé-piid'—dled (dled as deld), a. [Eng. prefix be, and puddled.] Bemired by the muddy feet of those passing Over it. (Lit. cº fig.) “. . while their tradition was clear and evident, and not so be puddled as it since hath been with the mixt- ure of heretics striving to spoil that which did so much mischief to their causes.”—Bp. Taylor: Episcopacy Asserted, s. 18. • bé-piiffed, a. Puffed. *bé-pîr-ple, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and purple.] To render purple in color; to dye or tinge with purple. “Like to beauty, when the lawn, With rosy cheeks bepurpled o'er, is drawn To boast the loveliness it seems to hide.” Dudley Digges: Perses preſiaced to Sandys’ Psalms. *be-pâz'-zlé, v. t. [Eng. pref. be, and puzzle.] To puzzle greatly. “A matter that egregiously bepuzzled and entranced my apprehension.”—Nashe: Lenten Stuffe, p. 6. *bé-quâl-i-fy, *bé-quál'—i-fie, v. t. [Eng. #: beg. and qualify.] To attribute or assign igh qualities to; to characterize as. “Amo. I doe vaile to both your thanks and kisse them, }. primarily to yours, most ingenious, acute, and polité 8,0118. “Phi. Gods my life, how he does all to bequalifie her ingenious, acute, and polite! as if there were not others in place as ingenious, acute, and polite as shee.”—Ben Jon- son: Cynthia’s Revels, iv. 3, *: bé'-qué, a. [Fr. becquée, béquée-a beakful, a mouthful; a beak. Her. : Beaked. The term is used specially of a bird which has its bill enameled differently from the rest of its body. bé-qué'ath, *be-queathe, *be-quethe, *by- quethe, v. t. . [A. S., becwethan, bic wetham – to bequeath, to, give by will; be, and cwetham—to say, speak, to call (bequests originally being made by word of mouth, scarcely any layman being able to write). In O. S. gºvetham : O. Ger. quetham, tº: Goth. Qvitham; Icel, gveda;, Sw, qvāda ; an. quºvoede–to chant, to sing; identical with Eng. QUOTH (q.v.).] - 1. Lit. : To leave by will or testament. “And dying, mention it within their wills, Bequeath img it, as a rich legacy, Unto their issue.” [BE- gold, ’’— [Eng. prefix be, and puffed. } Shakesp.: Julius Caesar, iii. 2. go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bench; Sin, beraunite 2. Fig. To transmit by death, without the for: mality of a will, to one's children, to a successor, a sympathizing friend, or a political or religious party, or to posterity generally. (a) To children. “. . . . had bequeathed to his children nothing but his name and his rights.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xvi. (b) To a political party. “For Freedom’s battle once begun, Bequeathed by bleeding sire to son, Though baffled oft is ever won.” Byron: The Giaowr. (c) To posterity generally. “. . but the best works which he has bequeathed to posterity are his catches.”—Macaulay: Hist. Eng., ch. xiv. bé-qué'athed, *be-quethid, pa. par. [BE- QUEATH.] * bë-qué'ath-Ér, *be-queth–er, s. [Eng. bequeath; -er.) One who bequeaths property of any kind to another. (Lit. défig.) “If the bequether or maker of any will . Arte of Logike, p. 48. (Richardson.) bé-qué'ath—ifig, pr. par. & a. [BEQUEATH.] bé-qué'ath-mênt, 3. [Eng. begweath; -ment.] The act of bequeathing; the state of being bequeathed; that which is bequeathed; a legacy. bé-quêst', *be-queste, *biqueste, *by quyste, *Yºdº, S. º BEQUEATH..] * 1. The act of bequeathing; the state of being bequeathed. “He claimed the crown to himself, pretending an adoption or bequest of the kingdom unto him by the Con- fessor.”—Hale. 2. That which is bequeathed. (a) Literally. Law & Ord. Lang. : A legacy “Not contentyd with such bequeste as his fader to hym gaue.”—Fabyan, vol. i., ch. 48. (b) Figuratively: Anything bestowed. “Than those resplendent lights, his rich bequest, A dispensation of his evening power.” e Wordsworth. Eaccursion, bk. iv. *bë-quêst', v. t. [From BEQUEST, s.] To give as a legacy. “So hur is all I have to bequest, And this is all I of the world request.” Gascoigme: A Remembrance. [Eng. prefix be, and quote.] To . .”—Wilson: bē-quð'te, v. t. quote often. bé-quð'—ted, pa. par. & a, [BEQUOTE.] bé-quð't-iñg, pr. par. [BEQUOTE.] *ber (pret. *ber), v. The same as BEAR (q.v.). *ber (1) (pl. *ber—ren), s. [BERRY.] *ber (2), s. [BIER.] * *ber (3), s. [BERE.] A cry. *bé-räg'-gēd, a. [Eng. pref. be, and ragged.] Very ragged. “Il est tout chipoult, He is all to beragged.”—Cotgrave. *bé-rā'in', *be-rein, . berayn, byryne, v, t, [Eng. prefix be, and rain...] To rain upon, to wet with rain. “And with his teires salt her brest berained.” Chawcer: Troilus, bk. iv. bē-rā'ined, pa. par. & a. [BERAIN.] bë-rā'in-iñg, pr. par. [BERAIN.] *be-rampire, v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and rampire =rampart.] To protect with a rampart ; to fortify. “O Troy wals stronglye berampyred.”—Stanyhurst: Virgil, bk. ii. *. bē-rā'te, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and rate.] 1. With a person for the object: To rate much, to SCO; Ci. “, ... he fell into a furious fit of choler and all-to berated the foresaid Toranius.”—Holland; Plimie, bk. viii., ch. 12. º 2. With a thing for the object: “So is the veritie of the gospell berated and laughed to skorne of the miscreamtes.”—Udall: Mark, ch. xv. bē-rā'—těd, pa. par. & al. [BERATE.] bē-rā't-iñg, pr. par. [BERATE.] bé-rät'—tle, v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and rattle.] To make a rattling sound, to rattle. “These are now the fashion: and so berattle the com- mon stages (so they call them), that many, wearing rapiers, are afraid of goose quills, and dare scarce come hither.” –Shakesp.: Hamlet ii. 2. bē-rât'—tled, pa. par. & a. [BERATTLE.] bē-rât'—tlińg, pr. par. [BERATTLE.] bér–āun'-ite, s... [From , Berawn, in, Bohemia, where it occurs..] A mineral, a variety of Vivianite (q.v.). It is a hydrous phosphate of sesquioxide of iron, occurring not merely at Beraun, in Bohe- mia (see etym.), but at Wheal Jane, near Truro, in Cornwall County, England. Xenophon, expect, exist. ph = f. aş; "Clan, -tian = shan. * —tion, del. -Sion = Shiin; shüs. -ble, –tion, —dle, &c. = bel, -sion Zhiin. -tious, -cious, -SiOus * beray *bé-rāy', v. t. [Eng, prefix be, and O. Fr. ray= dirt (q.v.).] To defile. “Beraying the font and water, while the bishop was ºptiºns him.” — Milton: Of Ethelred, - Hist. of Eng., . Vl, bé-rā'yed, pa. par. & a. [BERAY.] bé-rā'y-iñg, pr. par. [BERAY.] bër'—bér, 8. [BARBERRY.] (Scotch.) “Of box, and of berber, bigged ful bene.” Sir Gawan and Sir Gal., i. 6. (Jamieson.) bér'—bér—al, a. [Formed by analogy as if from Lat. berberalis, from Lat. berberis.] Pertaining or º to, or associated with the genus Berberis Q. V. º Bot. : Berberal Alliance. [BERBERALES.] bër-bêr-ā'-lès, s, pl. [Bot. Lat., berberales, from berberis (q.v.).] The Berberal Alliance. Bot. : Lindley's thirty-third Alliance of Plants. He places it under his second exogenous sub-class —Hypogenous Exogens, and includes under it the orders Droseraceae, fumariaceae, Berberidaceae, Yºº Pittosporaceae, Olacaceae, and Cyrillaceae Q. V.). bér-bêr-i-dā’-gé-ae (Lindley), běr-bêr-id-É-ae (Ventenat, Lat.), běr'—bér-ids (Eng.), s. pl. [BER- IBERIS. Bot. : An order of plants, the typical One of the alliance Berberales. The sepals are three, four, or six in a double row, and surrounded by petaloid scales. The petals are equal in number to the sepals, or there are twice as many. The stamens are equal in number to the petals, and opposite to them; the anther valves are recurved. here is a solitary free one-celled carpel, with sutural pla- centae. Seeds, many or two. Fruit, berried or capsular. Leaves alternate. Compound shrubs or erennial herbs found in America, Europe, and dia. Species known in 1846=110 (Lindley). 'their prevailing quality is astringency or slight acidity. [For details see BERBERIs, EPIMEDIUM, BONGARDIA, and LEONTICE.J. The order is divided into two sec- tions, (1) Berberideae, and (2) Nandineae (q.v.). bër-bér'—id-ē-ae, s. [BERBERIs.] Botany: 1. A term used by Ventenat as a synonym of Berberaceae. 2. A section of Berberaceae (q.v.). Type, Berberis. bêr'—bér-ine, s. [Lat. berber(is), and Eng. suff. •???,62. Chem. : C21H19NO5. A feeble base, slightly solu- ble in water, extracted from the root of Berberis vulgaris. It crystallizes, in yellow needles. It is a bitter powder, and has been used in India, in the treatment of fevers, as a substitute for quinine. It is, however, inferior to quinine in its effects. bër'—bér-ís, s. [BARBERRY.] Bot.; A, genus of plants, the typical one of the order Berberidaceae (Berberids). The sepals, petals, and stamina are each six in number, and the berry is two and three seeded. Berberis vulgaris is the common barberry, B. aristata, ilicifolia, emargi- nata, and fascicularis are cultivated species more or less ornamental in their aspect. An extract of the root, stem, and branches of the Indian or Oph- thalmic Barberry, B. lycium of Royle, Gr, Lukion Indicon of Dioscorides, is of use in ophthalmia. The fruits of B. asiatica are dried in the sun like raisins. [BARBERRY, BERBERRY.] bër'—bér-ry, s. [From Lat. berberis.] The same as BARBERRY (q.v.). [See also BERBERIS.] “Some never ripen to be sweet, as tamarinds, berber- ries, crabs, sloes, &c.”—Bacon: Natural History. berberry blight, s. [BARBERRY BLIGHT.] *bér'—gé1, s. [BERSEEL.] *ber-cel-et, ”ber-cel-lett, s. ſIn Lat, brace- lettwm. A dimin. of brach (q.v.).] A small hound or beagle. “. . . . and every day for his servant and his bercelett during the sayd time twelve pence.”—Plot: Nat. Hist, of Staffordshire, p. 444. *berd, s. [BEARD.] 1. Mawgre ome's berd: In spite of one. ** Her sal thou be mawgre thair berd.” Gawaine and Gawin, 783. 2. To run in one's berd: To offer opposition to. “The cuntre some he fond in his be?'d redy ran.” Chron.: Rob. de Brumme. (S. in Bowcher.) ibër’-dāsh, 8, [Etym. doubtful..]. A kind of neckcloth, said to occur only in the following pas- sage. [HABERDASHER..] “I have prepared a treatise against the cravat and ber- §." which I am told is not ill done.”—Steele: Guardian, O, X. *berde (1), S. *berde (2), 8. a vessel. “Berde or brynke of a wesselle or other lyke: Margo.”— Prompt. Parv. [BEARD, BERD.] (Chawcer.) [Etym. doubtful..] The margin of 458 *berde (3), s. [BIRD.] *bere (1), v. t. [BEAR, v.] To bear. (Wycliffe, C. To bere wpon : To charge with. “As ich am giltles of that dede That he opon the bere.” Amis and Amiloum, 1,121-2. *bere-bag, s. Qne, who, bears a bag. A term of contempt applied by Minot to the Scotch, who were said to carry a bag of oatmeal when they went on a campaign or plundering foray. “He brought meni bere-bag With bow redy bent.” Minot: Poems, p. 41. (S. in Bowcher.) *bere (2), v. i. [BERE, s. (5)] To cry out, clamor. “The people beryt lyk wyld bestis.”—Wallace, vii. 457. bère (3), v, i. [BIRR.] To birr. (Scotch.) bère (1), s. [BIRR.] (Scotch.) *bere (2), s. [BOAR, BEAR.] (Old Emg. déScotch,) *bere (3), *ber (2), 8. [BIER.] *bere (4), s. [PILLOWBERE.] A pillow or cushion- COWer. “Many a pelowe and every bere Of clothe of Raynes to slepe softe.” Chaucer: Bolce of the Duchess, 254. *bere (5), s. [A. S. geboere.] A noise, clamor. “Who makis sich a bere.”—Townley Mysteries, p. 109. bëre §: béar (2), běir (2), běer (1), s. [A. S. bere=barley; O. Icel. , barr; eso-Goth. barizeim. (adj.) =of barley, as if from baris=barley; Lat. farina-corn, far–spelt, a kind of grain ; Heb. bar= corn or grain, especially when separated from the husk. . [BARLEY, BARN, FARINACEOUS..] The name given in Scotland to Hordew.m. heatastichwin, a cereal with six rows of seeds on its spike, hence called six- rowed barley. It is cultivated in the north of Scotland and Ireland, being valued for its hardy properties, and is used in malting, and for the man- ufacture of spirits. Bere is a coarser and less nutritious grain than barley, but thrives in the poorest soil. It is also called bigg. “Of all corne thare is copy gret, Pese, and atys, bere, and qwhet.” Wyntown, i. 18, 6. (Jamieson.) Bē-ré'—an, a. & S. [From Eng. Berea; Lat. Beroea, Gr. Beroia, and Eng. suff. -am.] A. As gºjective: Pertaining to Bergea, a town in ancient. Macedonia (Acts xvii. 10, 12; xx. 4), now called Werria or Kara Werria. B. As substantive : 1. Geog. & Hist. (sing.): A native of the foregoing town. 2. Ch. Hist. º : A Scottish religious sect founded by the Rev. J. Barclay in 1773, on which account they were called also Barclayans. . Their aim was to become entitled to, the commendation, bestowed by St. Luke on the inhabitants of Beroea (Acts xvii. 11, 12). . The Bereans do not figure now, by that name at least, in the Registrar-General’s list of Scottish or English sects. bé-ré'ave (pret. & pa. par. bereaved, *bereved, *berawed, bereft, *berefte, *beraft), v. t. & i. [From Eng. be, and reave. A. S. bereaftan=to bereave, seize, rob, or spoil: be, and reaſian–to seize, to rob. In Sw. *ś Dan. beröve; Dut. berooven, Gr. berawben.] [REAVE, ROB.] A. Transitive : I. With a person or an animal for the objective: #. Gen. : To deprive, rob, or spoil of anything. .The general sense of the word, though not yet extinct, was formerly much more common than it 1S [] OW. “There was never a prince bereaved of his dependen- cies by his council, except there hath been an overgreat- ness in one counselor.”—Bacom: Essays. 2. Spec. : To deprive of relatives, as a person does who causes the death or departure of any one, or as is done by Death itself personified. “And Jacob their father said unto them, Me have ye bereaved of my children.”—Gemesis xlii. 36. TI (a) Bereave in this sense is followed by the objective of the person deprived of anything, while the thing itself has before it of (see examples under 1 and 2); or (b) in poetry the of may be omitted: “Who this high gift of strength committed to me, In what part lodged, how easily bereft me.” Milton: Samson Agonistes. *II. With a thing for the objective: To take away, to remove. In this case that which is reft is put in the objective, and the person or thing losing it is preceded by from, or thence is used, or some similar word. “That no new loves impression ever could Berective it thence.” Spenser: F. Q., W. vi. 2. B. Intransitive : “. . . abroad the sword bereaveth, at home there is as death.”—Lam. i. 20. Berenice "I Crabb thus distinguishes between the verbs to bereave, to deprive, and to strip: “To bereave expresses more than , deprive, but less than strip, which in this sense is figurative, and denotes a total, bereavement: one is bereaved of children, deprived of pleasures, and stripped of property: we are beredved of that on wich we set most value. The act of bereaving does violence to our inclination ; we are deprived of the ordinary com- forts and conveniences of life; they cease to be ours: we are stripped of the things which we most want; we are thereby rendered, as it were, naked. Depriva. tions are preparatory to bereavements; if we cannot bear the one patiently, we may expect to sink under the other. Common, prudence should teach us, to look with unconcern on our deprivations: Christian faith should enable us to consider every bereave. nvent as a step to perfection ; that when stripped of all worldly gº. we may be invested with those more exalted and lasting honors which await the faithful disciple of Christ. bé-ré'aved, pa. par. & a. [BEREAve.] bé-ré'ave-mênt, s. [Eng. The state of being deprived of. the loss of relatives by death.) bé-ré av-Ér, s. [Eng. bereav'(e); -er.) One who or that which bereaves. “Yet hast thou lost at once all these, and he thine only ºr"-speed: Hist, of Great Britain; The Dames, 8. Ił. e bē-ré'av-iñg, pr. par. [BEREAvE.] bē-réft', pa. par. [BEREAVE.] “For to my care a charge is left, Dangerous to one of aid bereft.” Scott; Rokeby, iv. 4. Bēr-ēn-går'-i-an, a. & S. [Lat., &c., Berengarius, and Eng. Suff. -am.] A. As adjective: Pertaining or relating to Beren- garius or his views. “In this history of the Berengarian controversy. . .” —Mosheim: Ch. Hist. Note by Reid. B. As subst, Ch. Hist, (plur.).; Berengarians. The followers of. Berengarius or those who shared his views regarding the Sacred Communion. Some Ber- engarians held consubstantiation, but others antici- pated the Zwinglian doctrine that the communion elements were only symbols and signs of the body and blood of Christ, and not that § and blood themselves. [BERENGARIANISM.] Bēr-ēn-går'-i-an-ism, 's. -ism...] Ch. Hist, dº. Theol. : The system of belief held by Berengarius, or Berenger, canon and master of the school at Tours, afterward Archdeacon of Angers, who about the year 1045, or by other accounts 1047 or 1049, rejected the doctrine of the real presence teaching, according, to Mosheim, doctrine identica with that afterward propounded by Zwinglius and Calvin ; but documents since discovered have shown that what he held was consubstantiation, the dog; trine afterward put forth by Luther, and still maintained by the Lutherans. [CONSUBSTANTIA- TION.] Though the Church had not strictly defined its belief, yet the great majority of its members held the doctrine of the real presence [TRANSUB- STANTIATION], and the views of Berengarius were condemned in councils in 1050, 1055, 1062, 1063, 1073, 1919, and 1080. Under the influence of fear he myš. tified;, and even recanted, his conscientious belief, but, like Galileo, always returned to it again when the immediate danger was over. bër-èn'-gél–ite, s. [Named from St. Juan de Berengela, in Peru, where it occurs..] A mineral closely akin to, if not even a variety of, asphalt, said to form a pitch lake in the localities where it is found. Bēr-é-ni'-çë, Bér-ni'-gē, s. [Lat. Berenice, Bernice; Macedonian Gr. Berenikë, Bernikö; Class. Gr. Phereniké; from pherenikos= carrying off Vic- tory, victorious; pheró=to bear or carry, mikö- victory.] - A. Of the form Berenice: The name of various Egyptian queens of the Macedonian dynasty of the Lagidae. B. Of the form Bernice: , The eldest daughter Herod Agrippa I., and the sister of Agrippa (Acts xxv. 13, 23; xxvi. 30.) Berenice's Hair. . [Called after Berenice.(th? third of the name), wife, about B. C. 248, of Ptolemy Euergetes, bereave; †: (Specially used o [Brig. Berengarian of II. ing of 'Egypt. While her hus- band was fighting in Asia she vowed her hair tº Venus, in whose temple it was consequently placed, It was stoien, or eſse the priests flung it away, and then Conon of Samos at once allayed the annºt ance of the king at its disappearance, and made religious capital for the temple, by proclaiming; that it had been taken up to the sky and placed among the seven stars in #e tail of Leo.] fāte, fīt, fäll, amidst, whât, făre, father; hère, wét, wé, camel, hêr, thére; gö, pót, marine; sire, pine, pit, sir, or, wore, Syrian. wolf, Wörk, whô, sön; 32, ey = 3. qu = KW. Imüte, try, cúb, ciire, unite, căr, ràle, fūll; berere Astron.: The English rendering of the words Coma Berenices, one of the nine constellations introduced by Hevelius. It is in the northern hemisphere, and consists of indistinct stars between Bootes and the tail of Leo. #ber-ere, s. [BEARER.] A bearer or carrier. “Barris on the schuldris of the bereris.”—Wycliffe (Numbers iv. 6). #bére"—skyn, s. A bear's skin. “He had a bereskyn coleblak for old.” Chaucer: C. T., 2,144. #bere-warde, s. [BEARWARD.] (Prompt. Parv.) #ber-frey, *ber-fray, *bew—fray, s. [O. Fr. berfroit, berfreit, belefreit.] ſº. 1. A movable tower, generally of wood, employed in sieges. “Alisaundre and his folk alle Fate assailed heore wallis Myd berfreyes, with alle gyn Gef they myghte the cite wynne.” Alisawnder, 2,777-80. 2. A tower built of stone. It was so applied to a stone prison at Berwick. (S. in Bowcher.) T From this came the word BELFRY (q.v.). bérg, s. [A. S. berg, bedrg, bearh, gebeorh- (1) a hill, a mountain, (2) a rampart, a fortification, (3) a heap or barrow ; Sw., Dut., & Ger. berg; Dan. bierg =a mountain, a hill #I. As the half of a compownd word: 1. A mountain, a hill; as ice-berg, a mountain or hill of ice. 2. (Altered to Berk): A barrow, a heap of stones, a burial mound; as Berkhampstead (A. S. Beor- hamstede). (Bosworth.) II. As an independent word, most frequently of C6 1. A mountain, a hill, a high mass. “. glittering bergs of ice.” Tennyson: The Princess. *2. Fig.: A Being, a person, or a thing which pro- tects; a protector, a defense. “After this spac god to abram: Thin berg an tin werger ic ham.” Story of Genesis and Ecodus (ed. Morris, 1865), 925-26. berg-butter, s. A mineral, a variety of Halo- trichite. It is an efflorescence of a consistence like that of butter, consisting of an impure alum or ºperas. It is found in Continental Europe and Sla. bër'—ga-mö, s. [BERG AMOT, IV.] bër’-ga—möt, s. & a. [In Sw, bergamott (pâron), bergamot (pare)=bergamot (pear); Dut. bergamot; Ger. bergamotte; Fr. bergamote; Sp. bergameto, the tree, and bergamota, the pear; Port. bergamota, Ital, bergamotto, the tree; bergamotta, the pear. From Bergamo, in Italy.] A. As substantive: º Of Odoriferows plants or their immediate prod- (MCWS. 1. A kind of orange, the Bergamot Orange (Citrus Bergamia); It is very fragrant. Both the flowers and fruit furnish an essential oil of a delicious odor, much prized as a perfume. The term is used— (a) Of the tree now described. (b) Qf its fruit. .. * e it!") Of the essential oil or perfume derived from l g “The better hand more busy gives the nose Its bergamot.” Cowper: Task, bk. ii. 2. A garden plant, Monarda fistulosa; of the Mint Order, the smell of which is exactly that of oil of bergamot. (Britten dé Holland.) 3. A kind of mint, the Bergamot Mint (Mentha citrata). (Britten dº #.ii.; II. Of the fruit of plants luscious to the taste: A kind of pear luscióus to the taste. III. Of swbstances scented with bergamot: A kind of Snuff prepared with bergamot. IV. Of other products of Bergamo, in, Italy: A coarse tapestry with flocks of wool, silk, cotton, hemp, and ox or goat's hair, said to have been first manufactured at Bergamo; also spelled bergamo. B. As adjective: Pertaining or relating to the bergamot in any of the senses given above; as bergamot oil, the bergamot pear. bër-gān-dèr, s. TEng., &c., berg, and gander. In Ger. *ś One of the names given to the Common Shelldrake, Shieldrake, or Burrowduck, Am(ts tºtdorma of Linnaeus, now called Tadormat vulpanser. [SHELLDRAKE, BURROWDUCK, TADORNA.] *ber'-gane, v. t. [BARGAIN, v. t.] *ber'-game, s. [BARGAIN, s.] *perge, *ber-gen, v.it. [A. S. bedrgan=toprotect, to fortify..] To protect. “And he so deden als he hem bead, He wisten him bergen fro the dead.” Story of Genesis and Eacodus (ed. Morris), 1,059-60. bóil, boy; pâût, j6W1; cat, çell, Chorus, 459 *bér'—gèr—ét, s. [In Fr. bergerie-a sheepfold, # pastoral poetry; bergerette=a young shep- herdess; berger=a shepherd..] A pastoral song. “There began anon A lady for to sing right womanly A bergeret in praising the daisie.” Chaucer: Floure and Leafe. *bérg'-lès, a. [Eng. berg=a shelter (BERG), and O. Eng, suff. -les=less.] Shelterless, unprotected. bërg'—man–nite, s. [Named after Torbernus Bergmann, a minéralogist who flourished in the latter half of the eighteenth century.] * Min. : A variety of Natrolite, white or red in color, occurring fibrous, massive, or in long prisms. it is found in Norway. bérg'—mas—tér, s. [A. S. bedrg=a hill, and Eng. master. In Dut. bergmeester; Ger, bergmeister=a surveyor of mines: berg–a mountain ; berg mesh- a mine; meister=a master.] The bailiff or chief officer among the Derbyshire miners. bérg’—méal, s. [In Ger. bergmehle.] Mim... [ROCK-MEAL.] bérg'—möte, s. [A. S. bedrg-hill, and mot, gemot =a meeting, an assembly; from metam = to meet.] A court held in Derbyshire, England, for settling controversies among miners. Bér-gö-mask, a. & s. [From Ital. Bergamasco =an old provincé in the state of Venice.] A. As adjective: Pertaining to . Bergamasco. (Used of the Fº of that old province, who were ridiculed as being more clownish in manners and dialect than any other people in Italy. The Italian buffoons used to imitate their peculiarities.) *I Bergomask dance: A rustic dance as performed by the people now described. “Will it please you to see the epilogue, or hear a bergo- mask dance, between two of our company?”—Shakesp.: Midsummer Night's Dream, v. 1. B. As substantive: The dance now described. “But, come, your Bergomask: let your pilº alone.” —Shakesp.: Midsummer Night’s Dream, v. 1. (Nares.) *ber-guylt, s. The Shetland name of a fish, the Black Goby. (Edmonstone : Zetland.) bër'—gylt, běr'-gil, běr'–gle, běr'-gēll, s. [Ety- mology doubtful. . (The form bergylt is in Yarrell; bergle, and bergell in Jamieson.)] 1. The name given a fish (the Sebastes Norvegicus of Cuvier, the Perca marina of Linnaeus), belonging to the order Aºi and the family “With hard cheeks.” It is called also the Norway Had- dock, but has no real affinity to the haddock proper. It is an arctic fish, but is found occasionally on the coasts of Scotland. 2. A fish, the Ballan Wrasse (Labrus bergylta) (Ascanius), Labrus tinca (Linnaeus), found in Ork- ney, &c. (Barry : Orkney.) *ber—hed' (plur. *ber—hedis), s. [O. Scotch bere =boar, and hede=Eng. head..] A boar's head. (Scotch.) “Thre be?”hed is he bair.” Gawain and Gol., ii. 23. bë—rhy’me, (h silent), v. f. [Eng. prefix be, and rhyme, v. In Ger., bereimen ; Dut. berigmem.] To rhyme about, to introduce into rhyme. sed sometimes in contempt.) “. . . marry, she had a better love to be rhyme ber.” —Shakesp.: Romeo and Juliet, ii. 4. bë—rhymed (h, silent), pa. par. & al. [BERHYME.] bē-rhy'rm—ing (h silent), pr. par. [BERHYME.] *bër’—i-all, a... [From Eng. beryl, and O. Eng. suff. -all=-al.] Shining like beryl. (Scotch.) “The new collour alichting all the landis, Forgane the stanryis schene and beriall strandis.” Dowglas: Virgil, Prol. 400, 10. (Jamieson.) *bër’—i-all, s. [BURIAL.] (Scotch.) bër’—i-bêr-i, běr-i-bér’—i-a, běr'-rí-bêr-rí, bar-bi-érg, 8, [From Cingalese beri bhayree-weak- ness, inability; the reduplication beriberi or bhayree bhayree implying that this weakness or inability is § in double measure or in a very large degree. ut it has been denied that such a word exists in Cingalese. Dr. Herklots derives it from bharbari = paralysis with anasarca, and Dr. Carter from Arab. bahr—asthma, and bahri-marine.] Med...: An acute disease characterized by oppres- sion of breathing, by general Oedema, by paralytic weakness, and by numbness of the lower extremi- ties. It is generally fatal. It occurs frequently in Ceylon among the colored troops, and on some por- tions of the Indian coast. Earlier authorities con sider beriberi and barbiers distinct, but more recent (Jamieson.) medical observers regard them as identical. (Dr. Carter: Trans. Med. Soc. Bombay. Dechambre : Cycl., déc.) *bër’—ie, s. [A, S, bearo- a high or hilly place, a grove, a wood, a hill covered with wood.]. A grove or garden. “The cell a chappell had on th’ easterne side, Upon the wester side a grove or berie.” Sir J. Harrington: Orl. Fun". xli. 57. go, gem; thin, this; çhin, bench; Sin, berm *bër’—i-ēng, pr. par. [BURYING..] *bër'-i-Ís, s. (Scotch.) [A. S. byrigels=a sepul- cher.] A sepulcher; sepulture. [BIRIEL.] - “The body of the quene (becaus scho slew hir self) wes inhibit to lye in cristin beri is.”—Bellend...: Crom., bk. ix., ch. 29. (Jamieson.) bē-rí1'-Iſ-àm, s. [BERYLLIUM.] *ber—inde, pa. par. [BEAR, v.] *ber—ing, s. [BEARING..] *ber—inge, lepe, S., [A, S, bere=barley, leap=a basket.] A basket wherein to carry barley or other grain. “Beringe lepe: Camistra.”—Prompt. Parv. bër’—is, s. [From Gr, běros=a garment. (Agas- siz. Not in Liddell dº Scott.)] Entom. : A genus of. Diptera, (two-winged flies) belonging to the family Xylophagidae (Wood-eat- ers). They are small metallic-colored insects, the larvae of which feed on decaying wood. *bër’—isch, v. i. [BERY, BURY.] *bér'-kar, s. [BARKER.] (Prompt. Parv.) *bér'-kën, *bér—kyn, v. i. & t. To bark. [BARK.] (Prompt. Parv.) Bērk'-lèy-a, s. [Named after the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, an éminent cryptogamic botanist. Bot. : A genus of Diatomaceæ, of the sub-order Naviculeac. Berkeleya fragilis is parasitic on Zostera marina and on some Algae. *bér-kyng, *bér-kynge, s. [BARKING..] (Prompt. Parv.) iber–le, s. [BERYL.] (Howlate.) *ber–lep, s. [BERINGE-LEPE.] A basket. “Thei gedriden seven berlepis of relif that was laft.” — Wycliffe: Works (ed. Arnold), i. 17. *bér'—lik, a. [BARLEY.] Made of barley. *berlik-malt, s. Malt made of barley. “. . . . . fifty , quarteris of berlik-malt.”—Act Audit., A., 1488, p. 147. (Jamieson.) bér-lín (1), *bièr'—lim, *bièr-ling, s. Gael. birlinn–a galley.] A sort of galley. “There’s a place where their berlins and gallies, as they ca’d them, used to lie in lang syne.”—Scott: Guy Manner- ing, ch. xl. Bér-lin' (2) (occasionally as in example under II. bār'-lin), S. & Cº. [For etymology see A., I., II., and B, below.] A. As swbstantive: I. Geog. : [Sw., Dan., Ger., &c., Berlin, Dut. Ber- lijn. From Wendic berle=uncultivated land.] The capital of Prussia and of the modern German emplpe. II. Coach making : [In Sw. Berliner-vagn=Perlin- wagon; Dan. Berlinst-bogn; Dut. & Ger. Berline; ºp. & Ital. Berlina ; Port. Berlinda...]. A species of four-wheeled carriage having a sheltered seat behind the body and separate from it. It was introduced previous to 1673 by Philip de Chiese, of Piedmont, who was in the service of William, Elector of Brandenburg. “Beware of Latin, authors all ! Northink your verses sterling, Though with a golden pen you scrawl, And scribble in a berlin.” Swift. B. As adjective: , Pertaining to, or in any way connected with Berlin city. Berlin or Prussian blue, s. *bér–ling, s. A young bear. “All the berling is brast out at ones.” Depos. of Richard II., p. 18. bër’-lin-ite, s. º after Prof. N. H. Berlin, of the University of Lund.] Min. : A massive and compact quartzy-looking mineral, colorless or grayish or pale rose-red. Its hardness is 6, its sp. gr. 2'64. Compos, : Phosphoric §: 559; alumina, 40-5; water, 3.6=100. It is found IIl SC a Dla. - *bér–ly, (1), a. [BURLY.] *bér—ly (2), a. Her. : An old term for barry. bërm, běrme (1), S. (In Fr. berme; Ger. berme, brame, bräme=the border of a field. 1. Fortification: A narrow, level space at the foot of the exterior slope of a parapet, to keep the crumbling materials of the parapet from falling into the ditch. [ABATTIS.] 2. Engineering : A ledge or bench on the side or at the foot of a bank, º Or cutting, to catch earth that may roll down the slope or to strengthen the bank. In canals, it is a ledge on the opposite side to the tow-path, at the foot of a talus or slope, to keep earth which may roll down the bank from aš; [From [PRUSSIAN BLUE.] [Eng. bear, and dim, suff. -ling.] expect, Xenophon, exist. ph = f. -cian, -tian - shan. -tion, &c. = bel, del. -sion = -ble, -dle, shiin; -Sious = Shūs. –tion, -Sion = Zhiin. -tious, -cious, * berman. falling into the water. Slopes in successive benches have a berme at each notch, or, when a change of slope occurs, on reaching a different soil. *ber–man, s. [A. S. boerman – a man who bears, a porter, boer=bare, pret. of beram- to bear.] porter. “Bermen, bermen, hider swithe.” Havelok the Dame, 885. (S. in Bowcher.) ~berme (2), s. [BARM.] (Prompt. Parv.) *bér-mên, s. [From BERME (2).] To foam. “Bermen or spurgyn as ale or other lyke: Spwmo.”— Prompt. Parv. bér-mil'-li-ang, s. pl. In Commerce: The name of linen and fustian materials. Bēr-mü'-da (pl. Bér-mü'-daş, *Ber-moothes, *Bar-moo-dağ), s. & a. [Named after Juan Ber- mudez, a Spaniard, who is said to have touched at the islands in 1522; or, as May thinks, from a Span- ish vessel called “Bermudas” being cast away there.] A. As swbstantive: 1. Geog.: A group of islands in the Atlantic Ocean, between latitude 32° and 33° N., about 580 miles from Cape Hatteras in North Carolina, on the American continent, and 645 miles from Atwood's - Keys, the nearest point of the West Indian Islands. “Thou call’dst me up at midnight to fetch dew From the still vext Bermoothes.” Shakesp.: Tempest, i. 2. * If Ben Jonson may be trusted, when the Ber- mudas were first discovered, a practice seems to have prevailed for fraudulent debtors to elude their creditors by embarking for these beautiful coral islands. “There's an old debt of forty, I ga' my word For one is run away to the Bermudars.” Ben Jonsom: Devil an Ass, iii. 3. cº arose the second meaning of the word [2]. O.7°6’S. 2. Topography (plwr.) : A place in London, called also the Straights=Straits. The term is supposed to have referred to the narrow passages north of the Strand, near Covent Garden, which were admirably adapted to the necessities of fraudulent debtors [1], and yet more to those of educated literary men and others who had to keep up a good appearance on slender resources. “Turn pyrates here at land, Ha’ their Bermudas and their Streights i' th' Strand.” Ben Jomsom: Epistle to Sir Edw. Dorset, vol. vi., 361. 3. A kind of tobacco probably brought from Ber- muda, where the tobacco-plant flourishes. “Where being furnished with tinder, match, and a por- tion of decayed Barmoodas, they smoke it most terribly.” —Clitus: Whimz, p. 135. B. As adjective: Pertaining to the Bermudas. 1. Bermudas cedar, Bermudian cedar: Juniperus Bermudiana, a species of cedar which covers the Bermuda Islands. The timber is made into ships, boats, and pencils. The wood of Juniperus Barba: densis, the Barbadoes Cedar, is sometimes imported with it under the same name. e 2. Bermuda grass: Cymodom Dactylon, a species of grass, called in Bermuda devil grass. It grows in our Southern States and in Southern Europe. It is much esteemed for pasture. Bér-mil'-di-an, Bēr-mâ'-di-an, a. & S. [Eng. Bermud(a); -i-am.] A. As adj. : Pertaining to Bermuda or the Ber- mudians; growing in the Bermudas. B. As subst. : A native of the Bermudas. “. . the Bermudians are among the most desterous of fishermen, especially with the harpoon.”—Penny Cuſclopedia, iv. 301. T Bermudian Cedar. [BERMUDAs CEDAR.] Bér-mil'-di-ān—a, Bēr-mâ'd-i-à-na, s. [From Bermudian (q.v.), and suffix a.] A beautiful plant of the Flag order—the Sisyrymchium Bermudian wºm, called also in the Bermudas, where it grows wild, the Blue-eyed Grass. - *bér’—myn, v. i. The same as BERMEN (q. v.). (Prompt. Parv.) *bérn (1), *bérne (1), s. [BARN.] “He shal gedre his corne in to his berme.”—Wycliffe (Matthew iii. 12). *bérn (2), běrne (2), s. [A. S. bearm- a child, a man.] e 1. A warrior. “The Erle of Kent, that cruel berme and bauld.” * Wallace, vi. 649, MS. 2. A man of rank or authority. “The renk raikit to the Roy, with his riche rout; Salust the bauld berme, with ane blith wout.” Gawaim & Gol., iv. 22. 3. Any man. “For fere of houndis, and that awful berme.” Douglas: Virgil, 439, 22. (Jamieson.) fäll, amidst, what, făte, fät, făre, father; 460 bër"—na—cle, *bér'-nāck, *bér'—nák (1), s. [BAR- NACLE (1), BERNACLE.] (Prompt. Parv.) *bér'-nāk (2), *bér'-na-kill, běr"—na—kyll, s. ºcus (2), BERNICLE, BARNACLE (2).] (Prompt. O!?”0), Bér"—nar-dine, Bēr"—nar-din, a. & s. [In Sw., Dan., & Ger. Berm hardimer (s.); Fr. Bernardim ; Sp. & Port. Bernardo (s.); Ital, Bermardini (S. pl.). From BERNARD (B.).] A. As adjective: Pertaining to the monks of the Order of St. Bernard. “Hard by, in hospitable shade, A reverend pilgrim dwells, Well worth the whole Bernardine brood.” Scott: Marmion, vi. 18. B. As substantive (pl. Bernardims): Chºwrch. History: The name given to the Cistercian monks, a branch of the old Benedictines, from the very eminent St. Bernard, who, entering the order, gave it such an impulse that he was considered its second founder. St. Bernard was born at Fontaine, near Dijon, in A. D. 1091; in 1115 became abbot of a Cistercian monastery at Clairval or Clairvaux, in the territory of Langres; in 1127, before the Council of Troyes, advocated the establishment of the Knights Templar; and in 1146 carried out his most notable achievement, inducing the kings of France and Germany to enter on a crusade (the second of the series), which ended, contrary to his expectations, in great disaster. He died in 1153. His order was revived in 1664 by Armand Jean Bouthelier de Rance, and long flourished under the name of the Reformed Bernardines of La Trappe. (Mosheim : Ch. Hist., Cent. xii., xvii.) *bérne (1), s. [BERN (1).] (Chawcer.) berne-yard, s. [BARN-YARD.] *bérne (2), s. (Scotch.) [BERN (2).] *bér'-nēt, s. The crime of arson. bër’-ni-cle, běr-na-cle, bar-na-cle (cle as cel), *bar'-na-kylle, *bér'—näck, *bér’—nák, s. [In Low Lat. barmacus, barmita, barmites (Prompt. Parv.).] [BARNACLE. 1. The cirriped calle 2. The bernicle-goose. bernicle-goose, bernacle-goose, barnacle- goose, s. A species of goose, Amser, leucopsis, some- times called also Amser bermicla. The connection in name with the cirriped called a barnacle was that the bird was supposed to be developed from the cirriped. The Solan-goose was also said to be so develop ed. (See exam- bles under ARNAC L E.] Gerard, in his Herbal, wrote in 1636 as if he had see n the growth of the bird from the cirriped ; but the celebrat- ed Ray, in his edition of Willwg h by, published in 1678, rejected the myth, as the French naturalist Belon had done more than a century before. The bernicle-goose has the upper part of the head, neck, and shoulders black; the rest of the upper parts marbled with blue, gray, black, and white; the sides ashy-gray; the lower parts white; the head and tail black. It spends the summer in the northern latitudes, appearing in autumn abundantly on the Atlantic coasts of America and Europe. The food of the bernicle- goose consists chiefly of algae and the Zostera marima. bér—notise', s. [BURNOUS..] *bern'—ston, s. [BRIMSTONE..] “Thou sselt yuinde ver and bernston.” Ayenbite, p. 130. *bern-team, S. ... [A. S. bearm-team=posterity; from bearm- a child, and teamian-to generate.] Posterity. a BARNACLE (q.v.). Bernicle-goose. “Oswas was moyses eam And chore was is berm team.” Story of Genesis and Eacodus (ed. Morris), 3,747, 3,748. *bé-röb', v. t. [Eng. prefix be, and rob. In Sw. beröfva, Dan. beröve; Ger. berawben..] To rob. [BEREAVE.] *bé-röb'bed, pa. par. & a, [BEROB.] “She said, ‘Ah dearest Lord! what evill starre On you hath frownd and pourd his influence That of your selfe ye thus berobbed arre.’” Spense”: F. Q., I. viii. 2. camel, hēr, there; hère, wét, wé, berrya ? *bé-röb'-bińg, pr; par. [BEROB.] Bër’-5–é, s. [From Lat. Beroe; Gr. Beroë.] 1. Class. Myth. & History: A daughter of Oceanus, Also the name of several women connected with Thrace, Illyria, &c. 2. Zool; : A genus of animals, the typical one of the family. Beroidae (q.v.). The Beroes are oval or globular-ribbed animals, transparent and gelatin- ous, with cirri from pole to pole, and two long tentagles fringed, with cirri, which, aid them in breathing and in locomotion. They have a mouth, a stomach, and an anal aperture. They are free SWimming Organisms inhabiting the sea, sometimes rotating, and at night phosphorescent. bër-ö’—i-dae, s. pl. [Lat. Bero(e); -idoe.] Zool. : A, family of animals placed by Cuvier, Owen, and others in the class Agalephae, by Car. penter, and Dallas in that of Discophora (the equivalent of Acalephae), and by Huxley in the Coelenterata and the order Ctenophora. [BEROE.] bër-ö -sås, S., [From Lat. Berosus; Gr. Bérôsos, Bérossos=a celebrated historian, a priest of Belus, in Babylon, in the third century 'B. C.] Entom:: A genus of beetles belonging to the family Hydrophilidae. They have prominent eyes, a narrow, thorax, a dusky-yellow hue, with dark metallic bronze markings. They swim in ponds, often in an inverted position. *bér-öwe, *ber-we, s. [From A.S. bearo-a grove, berawe-to a grove..] A shadow. [BERIE. ** Berowe or shadowe.”—Prompt. Parv. “Berwe or shadowe.”—Ibid. bër’—ried, a. [Eng. berr(y); -i-ed.] § Bot. : Having a juicy, succulent texture; bac- Cate, “Or when I feel about my feet The berried briony fold.” Tennyson: The Talking Oak. ber-ry (1), *ber—y, *ber-ie, ºber (pl. ber-ries, *ber'—ies, *ber'—rèn), s. & a. [A. S. berie, berige= a berry, a grape; Icel, ber; Sw. bār; Dan. baer: (N. H.) Ger, beere; M. H. Ger. ber; O. H. Ger. & O.S. beri, L. Ger. besing; Dut. bes, boesie; Goth. basi, Compare Lat, bacca, and Sansc. bhakshya=food; bhaksh–to eat.] A. As substantive: I. Ordimary Language: 1. Any small, fleshy fruit, as the blackberry, Strawberry, &c. “Nor, creeping through the woods, the gelid race Of be?”ies.” Thomson: Seasons; Sunnmer. T In Fº of England and Scotland it is used specially for a gooseberry. g 2. One of the eggs in the roe of a fish; so a fish in spawn is said to be im, berry. 3. The coffee bean. II. Botany: *1. Formerly: Any fleshy fruit. e 2. Now: Any small, pulpy fruit, the seeds of which becoming detached, when they are mature, from their placentae, are loosely scattered through the pulp of the fruit, as the currant, blueberry, &c. B. As adjective: Bearing berries, composed of berries, or in any other way pertaining to berries, berry-bearing, a. Bearing a berry or berries. “. . and berry-bearing thorns.” Cowper: The Task, v. 82. berry-brown (Eng.), *bery-browne (O. Scotch), Q. S. A. As adjective: Brown as a berry. #. As substantive: A shade of brown approaching GC1. berry-coffee, s. The coffee shrub ; coffee un- ground. “Certainly this berry-coffee, the root and leaf beetle, the leaf tobacco, . . . do aii condense the spirits.”— Bacon: Nat. Hist., Cent. viii., § 738. berry-formed, a. Of the form of a berry. *bër’—ry (2), s. [A corruption of barrow (q.v.).] barrow. bër’—ry (1), v. i. & t. [From berry, s.] A. Imtramsitive: To bear a berry or berries. B. Transitive: To impregnate with spawn. *bëri-ry (2), v. t. [From O. Sw. baeria; Icel. beria =to beat, to fight.] “To berry a bairn; to beat a child.”—Jamiesom. bër’—ry—a, s. [Named after Dr. Andrew Berry, a Madras botanist.] Bot.: A genus of trees belonging to the order Tiliaceae (Lindenblooms). The only known species, Berrya ammonilla, grows in the Philippine Islands and Čeylon, The wood is called Trincomalee wood, and is used in the construction of the Madras mas- soola boats. pine, pit, marine; gö, pöt, sire, sir, Or, a?, Oe = €; wóre, wórk, whö, sön; ey = 3. qu = KW, wolf, Syrian. try, cib, miite, ciire, linite, cir, ràle, fūll; berseel *bér–séel, *bér'—sé11, *bér'—tël, *by-selle, *bér’— çë1, s. [Compare Gaelic baraille=a butt.] A mark to shoot at, a butt. “Berseel: Meta.”—Prompt. Parv. *bér-sé1-Ét, *bar-sé1–étte, s. [From Ger. beſºn = to shoot (?).] A , species of bow (?) (Boucher); an engine employed for shooting, possibly the cross-bow (Stevenson). “With bow and with bay'selette Under the bowes.” Gawaim & Gol., i. 3. (Boucher.) bér-sèr-kar, běr'